Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
University of Toronto

http://www.archive.org/details/cyclopaediaoruni23rees

THE

CYCLOPADIA;

oR,

Untversal Dictionary

OF

ARTS, SCIENCES, AND LITERATURE.

VOL. XXIII.

' - aH.

7 5 J
\ 3 ees ‘
>. .

(

-

qranahie fawning oo f
ASUTARYTIA GA 280V008 BP

CY ELOPA DIA;

OR,

UNIVERSAL DICTIONARY

Or

Arts, Sciences, and Literature,

BY

ABRAHAM REES, D.D. F.R.S. F.L.S. S. Amer. Soc.

WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF

EMINENT PROFESSIONAL GENTLEMEN.

ILLUSTRATED WITH "NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS,

BY THE MOST DISTINGUISHED ARTISTS.

ee

IN THIRTY-NINE VOLUMES.
VOL. XXIII.

Ea

LONDON:

PrinTED ror LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME, & BROWN, ParterwosteR-Row,

F.C. AND J. RIVINGTON, A. STRAHAN, PAYNE AND FOSS, SCATCHERD AND LETTERMAN, J. CUTHELL,

CLARKE AND SONS, LACKINGTON HUGHES HARDING MAVOR AND JONES, J. AND A. ARCH,
CADELL AND DAVIES, S. BAGSTER, J. MAWMAN, JAMES BLACK AND SON, BLACK KINGSBURY
FARBURY AND ALLEN, R. SCHOLEY, J. BOOTH, J. BOOKER, SUTTABY EVANCE AND FOX, BALDWIN
CRADOCK AND JOY, SHERWOOD NEELY AND JONES, R. SAUNDERS, HURST ROBINSON AND CO.,
J. DICKINSON, J. PATERSON, E. WHITESIDE, WILSON AND SONS, AND BRODIE AND DOWDING.

1819.

‘re eh
hh, rs
ba -
we tin anv
LeRTATIN, ny MiGs
{ w
i .
So@l se whink 6.00 8 Pa pa
ay Bs vanes 40 ER ‘
AIUEAT SD AY Yee OMT ee tals: en
‘ . ‘ od : .
> er
~ a
! 10160 G AC eVEE EL
.* THEY GO as
\ om
; — oe nee
uae
pi : * we CYC Ab
MOM Bissonni Ay A TOUEE 30 ARS Be
et it(Ciges. AWE ee ory hehe Ly ane 33) Ry ge gad ;
a AE AOE TOOT A MSY ey eee te my 1 Yorn P

" , eS Peo Ga ete At AE Cae | oo a ke
, Mk? eet ae a) aa RON. He Sage Lal He

he RY PORTE rae Me 1 Re RP pero ee pee

7 alee. » ies = er rae roe Gah ca are sie lena wnt Saved

Se oon , Sa y 2 ye aie

‘ OR,

A NEW

es CKCLOP A DIA:

UNIVERSAL DICTIONARY

OF

4%

. ' ’

ATTHEW, or Coppel of St. Matthew, a canonical

, book of the New Teltament. The writer of this gof-
pel, an apoftle and evangelift, furnamed Levi, and fon of Al-
pheus, was, before his converfion to Chriftianity, a publican,

or toll-gatherer under the Romans. He was a native of
Galilee, but of what city in that countgy, or of what tribe
of the people of Mrael, we are not informed. Jefus found

- partook of the
a)

J

him at the receipt of cuftom, and called him to be witnefs of
his words and works, thus conferring upon him the honour-
able office of an apditle. From this time he continued with
Chrift ; and-after his afcenfion, he was at Jerufalem, and
ift of the Holy Gholt, with the other
{tles. With them he bore teltimony to the refurrection

of Jefua; and, as we may reafonably fuppofe, preached for
fome time at Jerufalem, and in various parts of Judea, con-
‘firming his do&trine with miracles, which God enabled him to
rm in the name of Jefus. Socrates, in the fifth century,

ays, that when the apoitles went abroad to preach to the

Gentiles, Thomas took Parthia for his lot, Matthew Ethi-
opia, and Bartholomew India; and it is now a common
pinion, that Matthew died a martyr in Ethiopia, in a city
called Naddabar, or Naddever ; but the mode of his death is
not afcertained. Others fpeak of his preaching and dying
in Parthia or Perfia ; but we may infer from the diverfity of
thefe accounts, that none of themare well founded. Hera-
cleon, a learned Valentinian, in the fecond century, whom
Clement of Alexandria has cited, reckons Matthew among
thofe apoftles who did not die by martyrdom ; nor does Cle-
ment contradi& him. Chryfoftom, though he mentions him

_ with peculiar commendation, and {peaks of his ‘coming from

the prefence of the council rejoicing,” (fee Acts, v. 41.)
fays nothing of his martyrdom. Hence we may infer, that
there was not any tradition about it among Chriftians at that

_ time, or that it was not much regarded.
_ Vor, XXIII. 5

v

ea

Strahan and Prefton,
New-fireet-Square, Londos,

ARTS ad SCIENCES.

MATTHEW. ‘nl

St. Matthew is faid by many to have written his gofpel
in Judea, at the requeft of the Jewith believers, when they
were likely to be difperfed by perfecution ; and it is thought
by fome, as Baronius, Grotius, Voffius, Jones, Wetttein,
&c, that he began-it inthe year 41, eight years after Chrilt’s
afcenfion. But according to others, as Bafnage, Dr. Lard-
ner, &c. who follow the teftimony of Irenzeus, this gofpel
was written in the time of Nero, about thirty years shes
our Saviour's afcenfion, or about the year 63; 64, or 65 of
the vulgar epoch. At the year 64, or about that period,
the gofpel had been propagated inemany Gentile countries,
the times were troublefome in Judea, and the war was com-
ing on; feveral of the apoftles were dead, others of them,
who furvived, were going abroad, and many of the Jewith
believers were about to feek fhelter elfewhere : now, fays
Dr. Lardner, was a proper time to write a hiftory of Chrift,

‘and of his miracles. Moreover in this gofpel are recorded

divers plain prediétions of the miferies and defolations of
Jerufalem, and the overthrow of the temple and the Jewith
ftate, befides many other figurative intimations of the fame
things in many of our Lord’s difcourfes and parables ;
which could not be well publifhed to all the world in writin
till about this time. The fuitablenefs of St. Matthew’s gof-
pel to the ftate of the Chriftian religion, and of the Jewith
people, about the year 64 or 65, leads to that time. And
however unwillingly, from private apprehenfions and pre-
judices, we may admit the thought of protraéting fo long the
writing of the hiftory of our Lord’s miniftry ; the circum-
ftances of things, fays Lardner, will conftrain us to acquiefce
in this feafon as the moft likely. _ Cave thought that. it was
written about the 15th year after our Saviour’s afcenfion, in
the year 48. It was written, according to the teftimony of
moft of the ancients, as Papias, A.D. 116, Ireneus in .
178, Origen in 230, Eufebius in 315, Athanafius, Cyril of
Bs Jerufalem, ~

Jerufalem, Epiphanius, Gregory Nazianzen, Jerome, Chry-
foftom, &c. in the Hebrew or Syro-Chaldaic language,
which was then common in Judea; but the Greek verfion of
it, which now paffes for the original, is faid to be as old as
the apoftolical times. However, many learned moderns, as
Fabricius, Erafmus, Lightfoot, Calvin, Le Clerc, Beau-
fobre, Whitby, &c. are of opinion, that this gofpel was
firt written in Greek, which was much ufed at that time
throughout the whole Roman empire, and particularly in
Judea: and it isalleged that Papias, who firft advanced the
contrary opinion, was a weak and credulous man. Jones, Baf-
nage, Lardner, Jortin, &c. are of this opinion. Dr. Lard-
ner obferves on this point, that if St. Matthew did not write
till about thirty years after our Lord’s afcenfion, which he
thinks moft probable, he would ufe the Greek language ;
but if he wrote his gofpel within the fpace of eight years after
Chrift’s afcenfion, it is moft likely that he wrote in the He-
brew. He adds, farther, that there was very early a Greek gof-
pel of St. Matthew, cited or referred to by Clement of Rome,
Ignatius, Polycarp, Juftin Martyr, and others, none of whom
intimate that they made ufe of atranflation: that many of
the ancients do not feem to have fully believed that Matthew
wrote in Hebrew, becaufe they have fhewn very little re-
gard to the Hebrew edition of it: that there are not in our
Greek gofpel of St. Matthew any marks of a tranflatien :
that there isno where any probable account who tranflated
this gofpel into Greek ; and befides, as the Greek gofpel
was tranflated into Hebrew in very early days of Chrifti-
anity, many not examining it particularly, nor indeed being
able to do it, for want of underftanding the language, might
imagine, that it was firft written in Hebrew. Hence, ac-
cording to Dr. Lardner, fprung the opinion, that Matthew
publifhed his gofpel at Jerufalem, or in Judea, for the Jew-
ifh believers, and at their requeft, before he went abroad to
other people: whereas he apprehends, that this gofpel, as well
as the others, were written and intended for believers of all
nations ; and that the Nazarene gofpel was St. Matthew’s
gofpel, tranflated from Greek, with the addition of fome
other things, taken from the other gofpels, and from tradi-
tion. Allowing the date of this gofpel already affigned, he
cannot conceive the reafon why Matthew fhould write in
Hebrew any more than any of the other evangelifts; for
it may be reckoned highly probable, or even certain, that
he underftood Greek, before he was called by Chrift
to be an apoftle. Whilft a publican, he would have
frequent occafions both to write and fpeak Greek, and
could not difcharge his office, without underftanding that
language.

According to the teftimony of Irenzus, all the Jewifh
believers in general received the gofpel of St. Matthew en-
tire, with the genealogy at the beginning : for Irenzeus fays
exprefsly that Matthew “ ftrove by all means to give to the
Jews full fatisfaGtion, that Chrift was of the feed of David:
wherefore he began with his genealogy.” The firit chapter
of this gofpel is quoted by Juftin Martyr (A.D. 140) in his
Firft Apology; by Tertullian (A. D. 200), who fays that
Matthew, ‘for no other reafon than that we might be
informed of the origin of Chrift according to the flefh,
began in this manner :”’”—** The book of the generation of
Jefus Chrift, the fon of David, the fon of Abr ham.’’ No-
vatus (A.D. 251) feveral times quotes the firft chapter of
this golpel. The fecond chapter is referred to by Ignatius
(A. D. 107), andby Hegefippus (A. D. 173), whence we
are led to conclude, that this part of St. Matthew’s gofpel
was owned by this Hebrew Chriftian. Epiphanius, however,
informs us, that the gofpel of the Ebionites begins thus :
6 It came to pafs in the days of Herod, the king of Judea,

iI

MATTHEW.

that John eame baptizing with the baptifm of repentance
in the river Jordan,” wich is the beginuing of the third
chapter of St. Matetiew, a little altered : and he fays exprefs-
ly, that their gofpel called according to Matthew, is “ de-
feGtiye and corrupted.”” It is neverthelefs plain from a paf-
fage in Hegefippus, that he received the hiftory in the fecond
chapter of St. Matthew ; fo that, as Lardner fuggetts, he ufed
our Greek gofpel. Or, if he ufed only the Hebrew edition
of St. Matthew's gofpel, this hittory muft have been in it
in his time. The firft and fecond chapters of this gofpel
are referred to in the Sibylline oracles, a work of the fecond
century, according to Lardner: and the fecond chapter is
alluded to by Victorinus (A.D. 290.) Cerinthus, an early
heretic, who is fuppofed to have lived in or near the age of

the apoftles, made ufe of the beginning of St. Matthew’s

gofpel, and from thence endeavoured to prove, that Jefus
was defcended in a natural way from Jofeph and Mary.
Thefe chapters, however, are of doubtful authenticity,
and have been rejected by feveral ancient and modern
writers; and the candid reader muft allow that they are
liable to various objeétions. The external teftimony againft
them is ftrong; and their contents prefent us with dif-
ficulties that are not eafily folved. It has been alleged,
that though the ancients, with one confent, affirm that the
gofpel by St. Matthew was originally publifhed in He-
brew or Syro-Chaldaic, fome of them reprefent the copies
of it as not having the two firft chapters; and this circum-
ftance, it is faid, affords a ftreng prefumption againft their
authenticity. Whether this Syro-Chaldaic or Hebrew
gofpel be the original copy not, fuch a copy certainly
exifted at a very early period; and its authority muft be al-
lowed to have confiderable weight in deciding this queftion ;
efpecially when it is confidered that we have no certain re-
ferences or allufions to thefe chapters till the days of Celfus
the Epicurean, about the year 150, or later, and of Irenezus,
abeut 178. Asto this Hebrew copy, the reception of it by
the Ebionites, and perhaps alfo by the Nazarenes, yields a
ftrong argument in favour ofits authority. Epiphanius fays,
that the Nazarene gofpel was wAngecrzilov, é. €. moft entire,
but that the Ebionite gofpel was ovx caw wAngeoralby, 2. e.
not altogether entire. The former, it is thought by fome,
was the true original copy of St. Matthew; and the latter
might be, in fome degree, corrupted. Irenzus, Eufebius,
and Epiphanius fay, that the gofpel received by the Naza-
renes and Ebionites was the gofpel ef Matthew altered in
fome particulars, according to their different fentiments.
Dr. Lardner adopts this opinion. Dr. Mills thinks, that
the Nazarenes and Ebionites had the trueft copy of St. Mat-
thew’s Hebrew gefpel. That this Hebrew gofpel was the
original of St. Matthew, and that he wrote his gofpel in
Hebrew, is maintained by Papias, A.D- 116, the difciple
and companion of Polycarp; Ireneus, A.D. 148; Tatian,
A.D. 172; Hegefippus, A-D. 173; Origen, A.D. 230;
Eufebius, A.D. 315; Pantenus, A.D. 192; Cyril of
Jerufalem, Epiphanius, Gregory Nazianzen, Jerome, Au-
guftin, Chryfottom, Ifidore of Seville, Theophyla@, and
feveral other orthodox writers. Nor was this faét queftioned,.
it has been faid, till of late ; for Erafmus was one of the
firft, who, in oppofition to all antiquity, afferted that Mat-
thew wrote in Greek ; and he has been followed by many
inzenious moderns; fuch are cardinal Cajetan, Oecolampa-
dius, Flaccius Illyricus, Calvin, Voffius, and other foreigners,
and Dr. Lightfoot, Dr. Whitby, Mr. Jer. Jones, Dr. Lard-
ner, and other Englifh divines.

Thofe who allow that there was a Syro-Chaldaic gofpel
of St. Matthew extant in very early times, and that the
Nazarenes and Ebionites believed and declared it to be the

original

MATTHEW.

original of St. Matthew, are neverthelefs of opinion, that
this gofpel was originally written in Greek. ‘T’o this pur-
pole they allege, that the prefent Greek copy has no mark
of a tranflation ; that the Greek was the molt proper lan-
uage, becaufe it was the molt univerfal; and that St. Mat-
thew, who was a publican before he became an apollle,
mult have been acquainted with it; that if our prefent copy
of St. Matthew's gofpel be only a tranflation, it mull be of
very doubtful and precarious authority, and that it muft ap-
pear to be very {trange and furprifing that this Syro-Chaldaic
gofpel fhould be fo {oon loll, if it Rid been the work of an
apoltle, But to return from this digreffion to the queftion
concerning the genuinenefy of (he two firlt chapters: it has
been urged that thefe chapters were not referred to for a
confiderable time after St, Matthew's gofpel was publicly
known. It is not certain that they are referred to by any of
thofe who are ufually called the apoftolical fathers, though
thele fathers frequently refer to other parts of the gofpel.
Under this clafs we may comprehend wade A.D. 71;
Clement of Rome, A.D. 96; Hermas, A.D. 100; Poly-
» A.D. 108. Ireneus, without doubt, acknowledged
both the chapters as the genuine production of St. Matthew ;
fo do alfo Clement of Alexandria, A.D. 194, and Tertullian,
A.D, 200 ; and as we defcend to later periods, allufions to
them more frequently occur. ‘The firft and fecond chapters
of St. Matthew’s gofpel are inferted in the Syriac verfion of
the New Teftament, and this may be confidered asa ftrong
argument in favour of their authenticity. The arguments
from external teltimony again{t their authenticity may be
fummed up in the following epitome: we have undoubted
evidence that thefe two chapters were wanting in fome very
ancient copies of this gofpel, which were ufed by the firft
Chriftians; the Ebionites certainly omitted thefe chapters,
and we know that the genealogy was omitted by other
Chriftians, nor have we any reafon to think that they were
inferted in the Hebrew or Syro-Chaldaic copy, which all the
fathers jointly affirm to have been the original of St. Matthew:
itis not probable that they would have been expunged, if
they had been genuine, becaufe there was but one point,
viz. our Saviour’s birth of a virgin, by which they feemed
to oppofe the notions of fome particular feéts of Chriftians,
and that thofe feés might have overcome the difficulty in
a much fafer way, by either reafoning, as Cerinthus aQually
did, from the genealogy, that Jefus was the fon of Jofeph
and Mary ; or by receiving St. Mark’s gofpel, and reject-
ing St. Matthew’s altogether. The collateral arguments
again{t the authenticity of thefe chapters, deduced from
their contents, are fuch as follow: it has been agreed by
many writers, that St. Mark, in moft places, agrees with
the method and order of both St. Matthew and St. Luke,
and fo doth alfo St. John, after a fhort introdution concern-
ing the Logos. St. Mark begins his gofpel at what we call
the third chapter of St. Matthew ; that is, at the time when
John came baptizing in the wildernefs. As it is moft pro-
bable that St. Luke was the firlt who publifhed a gofpel,
and as he had given the genealogy, and a full account of the
birth, &c. of Chrift, there was no neceffity for thofe who
came after him to repeat the fame things, as they were not
particularly important to the virtue and happinefs of man,
the great end which our Saviour and his difciples had in view.
Befides, St. Luke’s account of the birth of Jefus, and of
all the events which followed it, till Jofeph and Mary car-
ried him home to Nazareth, which he has fully detailed, is
totally different from that which is found in the firft and fe-
cond chapters of St. Matthew’s gofpel. No coincidence oc-
curs, except in Chrilt’s being born at Bethlehem of a virgin,
and in his dwelling at Nazareth. Hence it is inferred, that

the abfolute filence of St. Luke, refpeéting many remark-
able events fuppofed to be related by St, Matthew, yields a
flrong negative argument againfl the authenticity of thefe
two chapters, ‘There is alfo in the contents of thefe chap-
ters fomething peculiar both in the fentiments and language,
fuch as does not occur in other parts of the New Teflament,
chap, i, 20 ii. 12, 13.19.22. The appearance of a ftar
in the ealt, directing the wife men to the new-born Meffiah,
in Judea, has, it has been faid, more the air of an eaftern
invention than of a real hiftory. In chap. ii. v. 3. a cir-
cumftance is mentioned that ig fearcely credible, vie. that
“when Herod the king had heard thefe things, he was
troubled, and all Jerufalem with him.’’ Another pecu-
liarity in thefe chapters is the behaviour of the Magi to the
child Jefus ; they fell down and worfhipped him,’’ chap. ii.
11. Moreover, Dr. Wall obferves, that the account of the
genealogy in St. Matthew is the moft difficult to reconcile
with St. Luke, or with itfelf, of any place in the gofpel:
he adda that there are more difficulties in thefe two chapters
than in the whole Bible befides. There are alfo in thefe two
firft chapters feveral prophecies of the Old Teftament, faid
to be fulfilled, but which cannot eafily be made to corre-
{pond with the events by which they are declared to be ac-
complifhed. (See chap. i, 22, 23. chap. ii. 6. compared
with Micah, v. 2.) The flaughter of the infants at Bethle-
hem, though a very remarkable fact, is not mentioned by
any writer but by the fuppofed St. Matthew in this fecoud
chapter, and by thofe who quote from him. To this is an-
nexed a prophecy, cited from Jerem. xxxi. 15, &c. fuppofed
to relate to a totally different fubje&. The paflage cited
from Hofea, xi. 1. does not feem to have the moft diftant
reference to the Meffiah. (See Accommopation.) The
flight from Bethlehem feems to have been impra¢ticable ; and
from Nazareth it was altogether unneceffary, becaufe the
flaughter of the infants did not extend fo far.

In order to account for the interpolation of thefe two
chapters, without impugning the authenticity of the whole
gofpel, thofe who difpute their genuinenefa, and maintain that
the difficulties which they furnifh cannot be obviated by the
records of hiftory and the aid of criticifm, recur to one or
other of the following hypothefes. They take for granted
that the gofpel was originally written in the Syro-Chaldaic
language ; and that when it was tranflated into Greck, the
body of Chriftians had little acquaintance with the language
of the original, and therefore left the tranflator at liberty to
add, or, if he had been fo difpofed, to take away what he
pleafed, without much danger of deteétion. If the tranf-
lator was a believing Jew, it is poffible that he might think
a few prophecies, cited from the Old Teftament, by way of
accommodation, would have confiderable influence upon
fome of his unbelieving brethren abroad, who, having never
feen the original, would naturally think that the Greek
copy was, in every refpeét, a faithful tranflation of that
original. Or, this interpolation might have happened with-
out the leaft defign. Thefe chapters might originally be a
kind of introduétion to the gofpel of St. Matthew, drawn
up by the tranflator ef it into Greek, and never intended by
him to be confidered as a part of it. When the Greek copy
of the gofpel. was fpread abroad, thofe who were un-
acquainted with the original would naturally think, that, as
it was called the gofpel by St. Matthew, it contained
nothing but the authentic writing of that apoftle ; and ac-
cordingly, it might be received as {uch in the countries out
of Judea. When Origen, Jerome, &c. perceived that thefe
chapters were wanting in the Ebionite gofpel, there was
nothing unnatural in their fuppofing, that they were left
out with defign, becaufe the Ebionites, &c. were then con-

B2 fidered

M AT |
fidered as heretics, and, of confequence, capable of any fraud
or impofture. ‘The Greek copy of St. Matthew foon gained
reputation, becaufe it was ufed by the generality of Chrif-
tians, whereas the Syro-Chaldaic copy was ufed by only a
few poor Jewifh converts in Paleftine; and thefe, reputed
enemies to the true faith. Hence the former copy would
be deemed of much greater reputation than the latter.
Upon the whole it fhould be obferved, that no doétrine, or
faét in Chriftianity, will be affe€ted by the omiffion of the
firft and fecond chapters of St. Matthew; for as to the
genealogy, birth, &c. of Chrift, we have, in St. Luke’s
gofpel, a full and confiftent account of them; whereas thefe
chapters contain fearcely any thing that is not difficult and
liable to objeGtions. We do not, however, think the diffi-
culties incapable of folution, nor the objeCtions altogether
unanfwerable. Profeffor Michaelis, in his Introdu€tory
Leétures, &c.”’ ftates, that if thefe chapters had been
wanting in St. Matthew’s original text, they ought not to
be immediately rejected as an interpolation; for they may
have been a feparate writing of St. Matthew, defigned by
him to give an account of the childhood of Chrilt, to
which he prefixed the title Bs@o: yeverswz, and to prevent its
being loft as a feparate compofition, the tranflator, as it re-
lated to the fame fubje&, might join it to the gofpel of
St. Matthew. The profeffor acknowledges the difficulties
that occur in thefe two chapters, but he thinks it unwarrant-
able to reje&t them on that account. See Williams’s Free
Enquiry, &c. firft publifhed in 1771, and republifhed with
additions in 1789. Michaelis’s Introduction to the New
Teitament, by Marfh, vol. iii. part 1.

Marruew of Weftmintter, in Biography, an ancient Eng-
lifh chronicler, and BenediGtine monk of the abbey of Weit-
miniter, flourifhed in the fourteenth century: he come
piled a chronicle in Latin, commencing from the creation,
and proceeding down to the year 1307, which was entitled
“<¢ Flores Hittoriarum,”’ hence its author was named “ Flori-
legus.”? This work related almoft entirely to Englifh hif-
tory, and is freely tranfcribed from Matthew Paris and
others. The writer is applauded for veracity and accu-
racy, but bifhop Nicolfon holds him up as a mere compiler,
without any great degree of judgment. The “ Flores Hif-
toriarum,”? &c. was publifhed at London in 1567, and again
at Frankfort in 1601. It is divided into three bocks,
1. From the creation to the birth of Chrift ; 2. From that
period to the Norman Conqueft; and 3. From thence to
the beginning of Edward II.’s reign. A period of feventy
years was added by other hands. Gen. Biog. :

Marruew, St., in Geography, an ifland in the Atlantic
ocean, difcovered in 1516 by the Portuguefe, who havea
fettlement on the ifland. S. lat. 1° 45’. W. long. 13%
—Alfe, an ifland in the-Indian fea, -near the coaft of
Siam. N, lat. 9’ 35! E.long. 97° 52'.—Alfo, a river of
Lower Siam, which runs into the Eat Indian fea, N. lat.
10° 5/.

Matruew’s Bay, St., a bay in the gulf of Mexico,
W. of the gulf of Campeachy.—Alfo, a bay called Mat-
theo bay, on the coaft of Peru, in the North Pacific ocean ;
fix leagues to the N.E. by E. fr-m Point Galera, and five
or fix leagues S.S.W. from the river St. Jago, with anchorage
all the way.

Martruew’s, St., Day, i3 a feltival obferved on the 21ft
of September.

Martuew’s Shoals, St., in Geography, two rocky iflets
furrounded with fhoals, in the Ealt Indian fea. S. lat. 5°
14'. E. long, 124° 54’.

MATTHEWS, a county of Virginia, 18 miles long and

fix broad, bounded W. by Gloucefter, N. by Middlefex,

MAT

E. by the Chefapeak, and S. by Mobjack bay
from Wafhington. pis

MATTHIAS, Sr., in Scripture Hiffory, an apoftle, who
was chofen in the room of Judas. He was qualified for the
office to which he was appointed, by having been a conftant
attendant on our bleffed Lord during the courfe of his
miniftry, and was probably one of the 70 difciples. He
preached in Judea and part of Ethiopia, and fuffered
martyrdom... The traditions, and alfo the gofpel of Mat-
thias, are fpurious. See GosPEL. :

Marruias’s Day, Si., a feitival of the Chriftian church,
obferved on the 24th of February.

Marruias, in Biography, emperor of ‘Germany, fon
of the emperor Maximilian II. was born in 1557. When
he was twenty years of age, he was invited by the revolted
itates of the Low Countries to take upon himfelf the go-
vernment of thofe provinces, which he accepted, appointing
the prince of Orange to aé as his lieutenant. His power
was very circum{cribed, and ferved anly to give a fort of re-
putation to the revolters as their nominal head; and in
1581, through the jealoufy of the houfe of Auftria, he
was honourably difmiffed. In 1594, he was appointed ge-
neral of the army which his brother Rodolph II., emperor of
Germany, fent againft the Turks. In this fervice he was
very fuccefsful, and fo well ingratiated himfelf with the Hun-
garians, that they conferred upon him the moft diftinguifhed
honours, and in 1607 eleGted him their king, on condition
that he fhould confirm all their privileges, and allow the
Proteftants the free exercife of their religion. After this he
was proclaimed king of Bohemia, in prejudice to his ewn
brother Rodolph, and was crowned at Prague in the year
1611: he had, previoufly to this, obliged his brother to
yield him the poffeffion of the archduchy of Auftria: and
on the death of Rodolph, in 1612, Matthias was eleéted to
fucceed him. Such was the rapid elevation of this prince ;
but foon after he fucceeded to the empire, a diet was
convoked at Ratifbon, at which the Proteftants agreed to
prefent a memorial to the emperor, complaining of his
privy-council for interfering in various matters relative to
religion, over which they, by right, had no jurifdiction,
and making feveral demands for the purpofe of fecuring to
them an equal adminiftration of juitice. An evalive anfwer
was given, and the Proteftants declined giving fupplies of
men and money to the empire till their grievances were re-
dreffed. The Catholics, on the other hand, recriminated
on the Proteftants, and, during their conteits, the Turks
made an irruption into Tranfylvania. After a variety of
fortune, in which Bethlem Gabor took a diftinguifhed part,
peace was made in 1615, by which the grand feignor re-
itored to the houfe of Auttria all the places in Hungary
that had been conquered by his arms, and re-inftated the
owners of all lands that had been alienated. Matthias now
refolved to curb his Proteftant fubjeéts ;.and tock mea-
fures accordingly. The Proteftants were, however, enabled
to procure a convocation of the ftates, and fent deputies to
renew their remonftrances before the council. Thefe, being
roufed by the ill treatment which they experienced, could
not reftrain their paffions, and actually threw feveral of the
members of the council out of the window ; but fortunately
no lives were loft on the occafion. The count de la Tour,
who was the principal aétor in this bufinefs, forefeeing its
probable confequences, perfuaded the Proteftants to take
up arms in their own defence. Matthias faw he had carried
matters too far, and endeavoured to reclaim them by gentle
means; but they returned bold rémonitrances to his decla-
rations, and accufed his prime minifter, Klefel, cardinal and
archbifhop of Vienna, of promoting the perfecutions that

they

3 193 mikes —

5, ee + +

MAT

‘they had tuftained, "Che Proteftants of Silefia were equally
- difeontented, and made an alliance with the Bohemians, who
now in a ftate of aGtual rebellion, ‘This was the com-
Mencement of that thirty years war which defolated Ger-
many, and was productive of fo many great and difattrous
nts. Matthias was obliged to Ganith hia minifters, and
war between the Protefants and Catholics began with
ious fuccefy, but in the end Bolemia remained in the
dr of the Proteftants. Matthias died in 1619, at the
ge of fixty-three, after a reign of feven years as emperor.
le left no legitimate iffue, and recommerded moderation to
his fucceflor Ferdinand, Univer. Mitt.
“Marrntas Corvinus, king of Hungary, fon of the
rated Huniades, was a prifoner at bis Pther's death,
rether with his elder brother Ladiflaus, on account of the
re Which the latter had in the affaflination of the count de
» for which he was afterwards executed. Matthias
@ detained in cuftody at Vienna, whence he was removed
anh counterfeit ‘order to Bohemia. He was {till held in
nement at Prague, but upon the death of Ladiflaus the
‘Pofthumous, in 1458, he was clected king of Hungary, being
then about the age of eighteen. From his very early youth
“he had manifefted a martial {pirit, and had excelled in war-
Tike exercifes. He could not obtain his liberation from the
hands of the governor Podzebratki, till he had paid a large
‘yanfom and married his daughter. The emperor Frederic,

iF got poffeffion of the ancient crown of Hungary, re-
_ fufed to deliver it up, and Matthias found himfelf obliged

© go to war for its recovery, which at length he pro-
cured by a treaty. He then marched into Botha and re-
“covered Jayeza, the capital, from the Turks, which fultan
“Mahomet afterwards vainly attempted to reconquer. In
1468, he made a truce with the Turks, and being at peace
‘in his own dominions, he was induced, as well from mo-
ves of ambition, as by the perfuafions of the pope, to
cept the crown of Bohemia offered him by the pontiff,
_9n condition of extirpating the herefy of-the Huflives in
Bat coy Againit this harmlefs people, and his fa-
her-in-law, the king of Bohemia ele&t, he carried on a fan-
inary war, which was terminated by a treaty, fecaring to
the crown after the death of Podzebrafki. Two years
afterwards, that event took place, but the Bohemians
‘eleGted Uladiflaus, fon of the king of Poland. Matthias,
ia ae at this proceeding, marched an army into the coun-
» in order to compel the people to acknowledge him for

their fovereign ; he was however fhortly recalled by a re-
bellion in ungary, led on by Cafimir, fecond fon of the
King of Poland, to whom the crown had been offered.
Matthias {topped his progrefs, and, in his turn, became the
aggreflor. War was continued till 1475, when, by a treaty,

e king of Poland kept Lufatia, and the part of Silelia
ordering on Bohemia, and Matthias retained the reft of
Silefia and Moravia. While engaged in thefe contefts, the
rks were making great progrefs in the frontiers of Chrif-
tendom: Matthias, as foon as he had leifure, turned his arms
againit them, and having, in a meafure, attained his object,
ne attacked the emperor Frederic III., with whom he had a
—quarrelin 1478. After ravaging Aultria, and laying fiege
to Vienna, he confented to withdraw his troops, on being
paid the expences of the war, and receiving the inveftiture
of Bohemia from the emperor, who was to renounce his
title of king of Hungary. The payment being refufed,
and the title ftill retained, Matthias invaded Lower Auftria,
‘of which, t.gether with Vienna, he made himfelf the com-
plete maiter in 1487. He died in that city in 1490, about
the fiftieth year of his age, leaving no iffue but a natural
fon. Matthias was reckoned one of the moft f{plendid mo-

MAT

farehs of his age; a man of great enterprize, and of fine
military talents, liberal and «magnificent, an encourager of
learning and thefine arte: he was himfelf acquainted with
a variety of languages, and was lively and pleafant in con-
verfation. He was, however, ambitious, and fo violent in
his temper, as fometimes to furpafs, in his refentment, the
boundaries of juttice and humanity, though he was at no
time deftitute of the generofity and magnanimity that cha-
raterize a great prince. Univer. Hitt,

Marriias, St, in Geography, an ifland in the Fatt
Indian fea, about go miles in circumference. St. lat. 1 50’.
FE. long. 144° 30’.

MATTHIEU, Perer, in Biography, was born at Po-
rentru, in France, of a family in humble life. He ftudied
among the Jefuits, became principal of the college of Ver-
ceil, and was afterwards an advocate at Lyons. He attach-
ed himfelf to the ftudy of the belles lettres, but was parti-
cularly partial to hiftory, to which he chiefly devoted him-
felf when he took up his refidence at Paris. He had an in-
tention of, writing the hiltory of Alexander, prince of Par-
ma, but was not permitted to flay long enough “in the
country to accomplifh his defign. He was introduced to
Henry [V. by the prefident Feats, and at the death of
Du Haillon was made hiftoriographer of Trance. He was
affiduous in colle€ting memoirs of every kind, relative to the
times in which he lived, as well as the earlier periods of
French hiftory. He was continued in his office by Lewis
XIII., and accompanied that king in his wars again{ft the
Hugonots. He died at Touloufe in 1621. Hts wogks
are not reckoned among thofe of the firft rank, but they are
efteemed-exceedingly ufeful for elucidating the periods on
which he treats: among thefe are the following ; « L’Hif-
toire des Chofes memorables arrivees fous le Regne de
Henri le Grand :’’ “ Hiftoire de la Mort deplorable de
Henri le Grand :” ** Hiftoire de St. Louis —et Louis XI.;”’
« Hiftoire de France fous Frangois I., Henri II., Fran-
gois II., Charles IX., HenriII1. et IV., et Louis XIII.”’
This laft was a poithumous work, and publifhed by his
fon, who continued the hiftory of Lewis XIII. to 1621.
He was author of fome morai verfes, entitled ‘ Qua.
trains fur la Vie et la Mort ;”’ and the tragedy “ La Gui-
fade.”? Moreri.

MATTHIOLA, in Botany, is a genus of Plumier’s,
named by him after Peter Andrew Matthiolus, the moft
popular commentator on Diofcorides; fee the followin
article. Linn. Gen. 566. Schreb. 131. Willd. Sp. Pl.
v. 1. 998. Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Juff. 206. Pium.
Gen. 16. t. 6.—Clafs and order, Pentandria Monogynia.
Nat. Ord. Rubiacee, Juff.

Gen. Ch. (according to Linnezus) Cal. Perianth cylin-
drical, entire, ere&t, fhort, permanent. Cor. of one petal,
very long, its flender tube gradually terminating in an un-
divided limb, waved at the margin. Stam. Filaments five,
awl-fhaped, fhorter than the corolla; anthers imple Pi/f.
Germen globofe, inferior; ftyle thread-fhaped, the length
of the corolla; ftigma thickifh, blunt. Peric. Drupa
globofe, of one cell, crowned with the calyx. Seed. Nut
globofe, with a globofe kernel.

Eff. Ch. Corolla tubular, fuperior, undivided. Calyx
entire. Drupa witha globofe nut. :

1. M. feabra. Rough Matthiola. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1661.
(M. folio afpero fubrotundo, fru&tu nigricante; Plum. Ic.
166. t. 173. f. 2. Rategal, arbore indiano; Zann. Iit.
167. t. 75. f. 1,2? Guettarda {cabra; Vent. Choix de
PL. 1. t. 1.)—Gathered by Plumier in the Weft Indies.
Ventenat fays, it is a native of the Caribbee iflands.

This has always been a very ob{cure plant. Plumier re-

prefents

MAT

prefents it asa firs, with feattered, obovate, entire, very
rough /eaves, the flowers fomewhat cymofe, with pinnated
bra&eas. This laft chara&ter however is erroneous, as well as
the fame author’s figure and defcription of the flower, from
whence Linnzus took his generic charaéters. Reichard
and Swartz have long ago fufpeéted the Matthiola to be a
Guettarda, and Ventenat has at length reduced it to that
genus; in the new work, left unfinifhed at his death, entitled
Choix de Plantes. He faw the plant in flower in the gardens
at Paris, and appears to have had no doubt of its being
the fame as Plumier’s. See Gurrrarpa ; to the {pecies
of which this fhould now be added, by the name of

G. fcabra. Leaves obovate, pointed, rough; rugged above;
veiny beneath. Flowers with fix ftamens.—The /fem is as
thick as that of an apple-tree, with numerous, horizontal,
widely {preading branches, whofe fubdivifions are oppofite,
round, rough, with fhort grey hairs, and leafy at the ex-
tremity. Leaves oppofite (not feattered), on fhort thick
ftalks, accompanied by a pair of awl-fhaped /lipulas. They
are three inches long and above an inch broad, rough like
the foliage of a fig, obovate, or fomewhat elliptical, flightly
wavy; dark green above; downy and whitifh beneath.
Flower-ftalks axillary, fhorter than the leaves, divided at
the top into two fpreading denfe {pikes of white, filky,
fhort-lived, highly fcented flowers, much refembling a jaf-
mine. The braéeas are lanceolate and crowded, fo that
Plumier’s figure, though not very inaccurate, eafily mifled
Linnezus. The limb of the corol/a is divided into fix oval
horizontal fegments, one-third the length of its tube.
Drupa as big as acherry, black and bitter, its nut of from
four to fix cells—This feems to be what Lamarck has
figured in his t. 154. f. 3. He, like Ventenat, has pro-
perly preferred the name Guettarda, to the more ancient
one of Matthiola, becaufe of the number of fpecies already
known under the former appellation, which it would be
inconvenient to call Matthiole. So the old Genipa of Plu-
mier is rightly funk in the modern but better known Gar-
denia. "The fynonym of Zannoni, quoted by Linnzus with
hefitation, ought furely to be excluded. See Gurrrarpa
and GARDENIA.

MATTHIOLUS, or Martiori1, Peter ANDREW, in
Biography, an eminent phyfician, and medical botanift, was
born at Sienna, in Tufcany, in the year 1501, where his
father pra¢tifed the fame profeffion. His early education
was received at Venice; and thence he was fent to the uni-
verfity of Padua, for the purpofe of ftudying the law;
for which, however, he conceived an antipathy, and turned
his attention to medicine. His ftudies were prematurely in-
terrupted by the death of his father; but his condué& had
acquired for him the good opinion of the profeffors, who
gave him the degree of do€tor before his departure from
athe univerfity. He returned to Sienna, where he {peedily
fucceeded in finding ample employment. He appears, how-

_ ever, to have quitted his native place fubfequently, and to
have gone to Rome; whence he removed, in 1527, to the
court of cardinal Bernardo Clefio, prince bifhop of Trent,
who held him in great eftimation. He refided 14 years
in the valley of Anania, in the diftri&t of Trent, where he
acquired the refpe€t and affection of the inhabitants to
fuch a degree, that on his departure, men, women, and
children accompanied him on his way, calling him their
father and benefaGtor. He next fettled as public phy-
fician at Gorizia, where a fingular proof of the efteem in
which he was held was likewife given; when a fire having
confumed all his furniture, the people flocked to him the
next day, with prefents of goods and money, that made
him richer than before, and the magiltrates advanced him a

‘original fources, and the examination of plants.

MAT

year’s falary. After a refidence of twelve years at Gorizia,
he accepted an invitation from Ferdinand, king of the Ro-
mans, to take the office of phyfician to his fon, the arch-
duke Ferdinand. He was greatly honoured at the imperial
court, and in 1562 was created aulic-counfellor to the em-
peror Ferdinand. Afterwards Maximilian IL. prevailed
upon his brother to part with him, and made him his firft
phyfician. Finding, however, the weight of age prefling
upon him, Matthiolus took leave of the court, and retired
to a life of repofe at Trent, where he foon after died of
the plague, in the year 1577.

He fefc feveral works, of which the following are the
titles: * Dialogus de Morbi Gallici curatione,’’ printed in
the colle@tion of Luifinus. ‘ Apologia verfus Amatum
Lufitanum,” Venice, 1558. ‘¢ Eviftolarum Medicinalium,
Libri V.”” Prague, 1 S61. «. Difputatio adverfus viginti
Problemata Melchioris Guilandi,” Ven. 1563. ‘ Opuf-
cula de Simplicium Medicamentorum Facultatibus fecun-
dum genera et loca,” ibid. 1569 ; which is a compendium
of vegetable materia medica. His Epiftole alfo relate

chiefly to the virtues of plants, and their mode of ex. -

hibition.

The great work, however, by which this phyfician ac-
quired his fame and honour, was his commentary on the
writings of Diofcorides. His firft Commentaries in illuf-
tration of this ancient botanift, were printed at Venice in
1548, in the Italian language, with the title of « Il Diof-
coride, con li fuoi difcorfi, aggiuntovi il fefto libro de gli
antidoti contra tuttii veneni.”” It was foon twice reprinted.
He afterwards publifhed it in the Latin language, and with
the addition of {mall cuts, in 1554, with the title of ** Com-
mentarii in fex Libros P. Diofcoridis, adjeGtis quamplurimis
plantarum et animalium imaginibus.”” Numerous editions,
in Latin, enlarged and improved, were afterwards given ; and
the work was alfo many times reprinted in Italian, and in
French and German tranflations by different perfons. The
beft edition is that of Venice, 1565, folio, with large plates.
Haller remarks, when {peaking of the value of this work,
that while the author was deeply verfed in the ftudy of the
Arabians and their followers, he too much neglected the
He was,
therefore, frequently impofed upon by his correfpondents,
and fometimes even gave fictitious reprefentations of plants,
drawn merely from the defcriptions of the ancients. He
did not, however, altogether negle& the examination of
plants; for he difcovered feveral in Bohemia, and the dif-
tri& about Gorizia, the medicinal properties of which he
made the fubjeét of experiments on malefa€tors. He cer-
tainly contributed much to lay the foundation of botanical
{cience ; but, as Eloy remarks, the multitude of editions
and verlions of his work evinces the penury of the age in
botanical books. An edition of all his works was publifhed
by Cafpar Bauhin, with the addition of more than three
hundred figures, at Bafle, in 1598, folio, which was re-
printed in 1674.

Matthiolus was twice married, and left feveral children :
one of his fons was phyfician to the eleétor of Saxony.
Gen. Biog. Eloy. Haller. Bibl. Botan.

MATTIA, in Geography, a river of Albania, which runs
into the Adriatic, S. of Aleffio.

MATTIACTI, in Ancient Geography, a people who, ac-
cording to Tacitus, refembled the Batavi in their habits
and manners, and who had a common origin with them.
They were alike valiant, but lefs firm in combat. They
were taken under the proteétion of the Romans, and are
Repoles to have inhabited the country now called Zea-
and.

MAT.

MAT

MATTIACUM, a town of Germany, placed by Pto-
lemy between Mudoris and Artaunum ; fropeted to be
Marpurg in Hefle.

ATTIG, in Geography, 0 river of Bavaria, which runs
into the Ton, near Beaunau

MATTIGAY, a town of Hindooftan, in Myfore, on
the Cavery, oppofite to Allumbaddy.

MATTIGKOFEN, a town ot Bavaria; nine miles S.
of: Braunau.

MATTINATELLO, a town of Naples, in Capita-
nata; feven miles E. of Monte St. Angelo,

MATTINS, from the Ltalian, mastina, or the French,
matin, morning, the firlt part in the daily fervice of the
Romifh church.

Mattins are fometimes held early in the morning, fome-
times at midnight, and fometimes the evening before ; and
infirm people, even in monatteries, are difpenfed from attend-
ing mattins.

MATTKEM, in Ornithology, a common name in Ger-
for the Matkneltzel.
ATTO-GROSSOQ, in Geography. See Mato-Gnrosso.

MATTS, on board a Ship, a kind of broad, thick clouts
wove out of {pun-yarn, or of a variety of {trands, or fe-
parate parts of a {mall rope, or of a number of rope-yarns,
twilted into foxes; and ufed to preferve the main and fore-
yards from galling againit the matts at the ties, and at the

nnel of the loof. They alfo ferve to keep the clew of

e fail from galling there; as alfo to fave the clews of
the fore-fail from doing fo at the beak-head and bolt{prit.
The longett and ftrongeft fort of thefe matts are called
panches.

MATT-SEE, in Geography, a lake in the archbifhopric
of Salzburg; 12 miles in circumference.—Alfo, a town of
the fame archbifhopric ; a fief of the bifhop of Paffau ;
12 miles N. of Salzburg.

MATTUSCHK BA, in Botany, named by Schreber,
in commemoration of count Mattufchka, a German bo-
tanift, who was born in the year 1734, and died in 1779.
The following works rank him in the lift of authors on
botany. In 1776, and the following year, Mattufchka
publifhed his Fora Silefiaca, in 2 vols. 8vo.; and in 1779
appeared his Enumeratio flirpium in Silefia /ponte crefcentium,
in 1 vol. 8vo., a fort of compendium of the other work.—
Schreb. 788. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 606. Vahl. Symb. p. 3.
11. Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. (Perama; Aubl. Guian. 54.
Juff. 109. Lamarck Tlluftr. t. 68.)—Clafs and order, Ze-
trandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Vitices, Jul.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, cloven into four, ovate,
acute, villofe fegments. Cor. of one petal; tube long ;
limb cloven into four roundifh lobes. Stam. Filaments four,
nearly equal, the length of the clefts of the limb; anthers
roundifh, two-celled. Pi/?. Germen fuperior, four-cleft,
furrowed on each fide ; ftyle thread-fhaped; ftigma fimple,
(Aubl.) —Peric. none. Seeds two or four, very {mall,
naked (Juff.)

Eff. Ch. Calyx in four deep fegments.
fhaped, equally four-cleft. Seeds naked.

1. M. irfuta. Willd. n. 1. (Perama kirfuta; Aubl.
Goian. t. 18.)—A native of moift and fandy places at
Aroura and Orapu, in Guiana, where it flowers in June
or July. According to Aublet, the whole plant is com-
pletely covered with reddifh or rufty hairs. Stem flender,
branched, villofe, from one to two feet high. Leaves op-
pofite, feflile, ovate, villofe, longitudinally ribbed. Flowers
apitate, terminal, yellow. Receptacle chaffy, with fringed
cales between each flower.—Vahl’s defcription of this plant
differs fomewhat from the former, for which reafon we fub-

Corolla funnel-

MAT

join profeffor Martyn’s tranflation. Stem thread-thaped,
erect, frequently quite fimple; hirfute, as is the Slide
plant, efpecially the calyx. Leaves almott like thofe of
Thymus ferpyllum, feffile, Oppofite, acute, veinlefs, obfeurely
three-nerved 5 the loweft fmaller, approximating, ovate 5
the upper oblong, remote, three lines ae, Flowers io a
terminal feffile head, the fize of a pea. This phant is a
finger's length in height, or more, but never fo gigantic as
Aublet has drawn it, according to an obfervation of Van
Rohr, an eye-witnefs, who gathered it in Guiana.”

MATTUT, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in Chu-
filtan ; 15 miles N.E. of El-Tiib.

MATT Y’s Istanp, an ifland in the Pacific ocean, dif-
covered by Cupt. Carteretin 1767. S,lat. 1°45. E. long.
143° 2.

MATUARO, an ifland near the N.E. coaft of New
Zealand, on the S.E. fide of the Bay of Iflands, S. lat.
35°. E. long. 156 28’.

MATUGU,AN, a town of Peru, in the audience of
Lima; 60 miles N. of Guanca Velica.

MATVIEV, an ifland of Ruffia, in the ftraits of Va-
gathoi, N.lat. 69 15’. E.long. 52° 14'.

MATVIEVKA, a town of Ruffia, in the government
of Ekaterinoflav, on the Bug ; 40 miles N.W. of Cherfon.

MATUITTI, in Ornithology, a name given by Ray, Wil-
lughby, and Buffon, to the Brafilian {potted king-fifher of
Latham, or Alcedo maculata. See Acepo.

MATUITUI, a name given by Marcgrave to the fea-
lark or ringed-plover. See Cuaraprius Hiaticula. See
alfo TantaLus Grifeus.

MATULAM, Aydrops ad Matulam. See Hyprops.

MATURA, in Geography, a {mall village and fort at
the fouthernmott point of Ceylon; 30 miles E. of Point
de Galle. (See Garis.) The country round Matura is
very wild, but well fupplied with provifions of all forts,
and particularly game, which is abundant. The houfe for
the commandant is tolerably good, agreeably fituated near
the river, which is broad here, and runs into the fea at a
{mall diltance. The circumjacent country abounds with
elephants, and here they were principally caught for ex-
portation. Every three or four years the elephant is hunted
here, by order of government. In 1797, at one of thefe
hunts, 176 were caught, and this was the greatelt number
ever known to be taken at one time. Matura is four miles
diftant from Donpre Head; which fee. .

Marura, a chain of villages of Egypt, on the right
bank of the Nile; 12 miles N. of Enfeneh.

MATURANTIA, in Medicine, &c. ripeners ; or fuch
things as promote maturation ; are fuppofed to favour the
produGtion and complete formation of pus in inflammatory
humours. There are, certainly, fays Dr. Cullen, means
which may be employed for favouring’ thefe operations
of nature ; but as it cannot be admitted that any medicines
are endowed with any fpecific powers to this purpofe, the
term, as applied to medicine, feems to be quite improper.
See SupPURATION. r

MATURAQUE, in Ichthyology, the name of an Ame-
rican fifh, of the harengiform kind, and having only one
fhort fin on the back. It feldom grows to more than four
inches long, and is fomewhat flattifh, but not very broad ;
its head is very broad, and covered witha fhelly cruft; it
is caught in lakes, not in rivers, and is a well-taited fith.

MATURATION of Fruit, in Gardening. See Ca-
PRIFICATION, ForcinG, and Hot-Beds.

Maruration, in Pharmacy, a preparation of fruits, or
other fimples, gathered before their maturity, to fit them to
be eaten, or for other ufes. See Fruit, &c.

“ MATURU,

MAT

MATURU, in Geography, a town of Brazil, on the
river Xingi; 49 miles S.W. of Curupa.

MATUSARUM, in Ancient Geograpty, a town of Lu-
fitania, S.E. of Scalabis. The Itinerary of Antonine marks
it upon the route from Lifbon to Emerita.

MATUSFALVA, in Geography, a town of Hungary;
25 miles N.E. of. Cafchau. :

MATY, Marruew, in Biography, a phyfician and man
of letters, was the fon of a refugee Proteftant clergyman,
from Beaufort in Provence, and was born at Montfort, near
Utrecht, in 1718. He was originally intended for the
clerical profeffion; but, in confequence of fome mortifica-
tions which his father had received from the fynod, on ac-
count of his fentiments relative to the Trinity, his attention
was turned to the profeffion of medicine. He graduated at
Leyden in 1740, and came to fettle in England, his father
having determined to quit Holland for ever. In 1747, he
publifhed at Leyden, « Effai fur le Caractere du Grand
Medecin, ou Euloge critique de Boerhaave.”” Three years
afterwards he began to publifh at the Hague, in French, an
account of the principal books printed in England, under
the title of “ Journal Britannique.’’ This journal was well
received, and anfwered the chief end which he had in view,
by introducing him to the notice of fome of the moft re-
f{peCtable literary charaéters of the country, which he had
adopted as his refidence, and to whofe aétive and uninter-
rupted friendfhip he owed the places which he afterwards
obtained. At the inftitution of the Britifh Mufeum in
1753, he was appointed an under-librarian; and at the death
of Dr. Knight, in 1772, he became principal librarian to
that eftablifhment. In 1758 he was eleéted a fellow of the
Royal Society ; and in 1765, on the refignation of Dr.
Birch, who foon afterwards died, and made him his execu-
tor, he was chofen fecretary to that learned body. He filled
thefe offices with great reputation, and was in general efteem
§or the benevolence of his private charaéter, and the extent
of his literary information. He died in 1776. In his
medical capacity, Dr, Maty was diftinguifhed as an ative
and zealous promoter of the praétice of inoculating the
fmall-pox; and aétually re-inoculated himfelf, unknown to
his family, in order to difprove the fuppofition that it might
be produced a fecond time in this way. He tranflated, in
1768, Dr. Gatti’s « New Obfervations on Inoculation,”
which had been originally written by the author at his re-
que. He had nearly completed, at the time of his death,
the ‘* Memoirs of the Earl of Chefterfield,”? which were
finifhed by his fon-in-law, Mr. Juftamond, and prefixed to
an edition of the ‘* Mifcellaneous Works”’ of that nobleman,
in1777. Gen. Biog. Hutchinfon’s Biog. Med. Anec-
dotes of Bowyer.

Mary, Paut-Henry, fon of the preceding, was born
in 1745. He was educated at Weftminfter-fchool, whence,
in 1763, he was elected to Trinity college, Cambridge, and
obtained from thence a travelling fellowfhip. He pafled
three years on the continent, after which he was appointed
chaplain to lord Stormont, ambaffador at the’ court of
France. He might, from his conneétions, have fecured
preferment in the church, but feruples concerning its doc-
trines and ceremonies prevented him from continuing to per-
form the duties of a minifter in it. After his father’s death
he retired from its fervice, and, in 1777, he publifhed his rea-
fons for this ftep. From this period he devoted himfelf to
aliterary life, and was almoft immediately appointed affitt-
ant librarian to the Britifh Mufeum ; he was eleéted one of
the under librarians, and likewife fucceeded Dr. Horfley
as one of the fecretaries of the Royal Society. In
3782 he commenced a review of fele& works, Englifh and

_

MAU

foreign, which he carried on almoft without any affiftance
till 1786. He died, in the following year, at the age of
forty-two. Mr. Maty publifhed a tranflation of Riefbeck’s
travels through Germany, and tranflated into the French
language the defcriptions in the “* Gemmz Marlburienfes.”
After his death a volume of fermons was publifhed for the
benefit of his family : they are fpirited and original compo-
fitions ; but the editor, through fome inadvertence, printed,
as Mr. Maty’s, three that had been copied from the fermons |
of archbifhop Secker. Gen. Biog.

MATYLUS, in Ancient Geography, a town of Pamphy-
lia, placed by Ptolemy between the mouth of the river Ca-
taraétus and that of the river Cafter.

MATZEN, in Geography, a town of Auftria; feven
miles S. of Zifter{torff. *

MATZENDORF, a town of Switzerland, in the can-
ton of Soleure; fix miles N. of Soleure.

MATZOL, a cape of Ruffia, at the mouth of the Ob-
fkaia gulf. N. lat. 72° 30’. E. long. 75° 30/.

MATZUNEA, a town of Poland, in the palatinate of
Kiev; 24 miles S.W. of Kiev. : :

MAU, a town of the ifland of Ceylon; 40 miles
W.N.W. of Candi.

MAVA, a river of Africa, which paffes through the
country of Quoja, and runs into the Atlantic near cape
Monte. j :

MAUBAL, a town of Candahar; 65 miles N.N.E. of
Candahar.

MAUBECHE, in Ornithology, a name given by Buffon
to the Trinca Calidris ; which fee.

MAUBEUGE, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the North, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftri& of Avefnes, fituated on the Sambre. The place
contains 4726, and the canton 14,084 inhabitants, on a ter-
ritory of 205 kiliometres, in 32 communes. N. lat. 50°
16’. E. long. 4° 2!.

MAUBOURGUET, a town of France, in the depart-
ment of the Upper Pyrenées, and chief place of a canton,
in the diftri€&t of Tarbes; 15 miles N. of Tarbes! The
place contains 1400, and the canton 7345 inhabitants, on a
territory of 1024 kiliometres, if 11 communes. :

MAUCAUCO, in Zoology. See Lemur and Viverra
Caudivolvula.

MAUDERDALLY, in Geography, a town of Hin-
dooftan, in Coimbetore; 10 miles W.N.W. of Coimbetore.

MAUDIHOCA, the caffada, or the poifonous root of
which bread is made in many-parts of the Weft Indies.

MAUDISIMILIA, in Geography, a town of Hin-
dooftan, in Bahar; 35 miles S.E. of Bahar.

MAUDLIN, in Botany. See Yarrow, and AGERA-
TUM.

MAUDUIT, Jaquzs, in Biography, faid by M. La-
borde to have been a great mufician in the time of Henry IV.
who accompanied wonderfully on the lute. (Effais fur la
Muf, t.iii. p. 519.) We are likewife told, that he added a
fixth ftring to viols, which had originally but five ; and that
he was the firft in France who introduced thefe inftruments
in concert, inftead of bafe-viols.

Pére Merfenne, who had a particular regard for this mu-
fician, has given us an engraved head and eloge of him in his
“Harmonie Univerfelle ;”? with the chief part of which
we fhall prefent our readers.

« Jaques Mauduit, defcended from a noble family, was
bornin 1557. He had a liberal education, and travelled dur-
ing his youth into Italy, where he learned the language of
that country, together with Spanifh and German, which,
with the literature he had acquired at college, enabled him

12 te

MAY

to read the bef authors of almolt every ki) He had a
genaral knowledge of molt {ciences av well al mechanics;
and fludying mufic with unwearied diligencwithout an
other affittanee than that of books, he rendd himfelf @
eminent, that he wae honoured, even during Hife, with the
on title of Pere de la Mufique,’ fer of mufic,
And with reafon,”’ faye his panegyritt, “be the inventor
of good mufic in France, by the many exant works he

ublifhed, both vocal and inftrumental, wh have been
ong the ornament of our concerts

“« Alia merit obtained him admiffion into thamous Acade-
my of Mulic, inflituted by the learned B, 15835 and
many writers of his time feem to have produl their poeti-
cal effufions, in order to have them immortatd by the airs
of Mauduit.

The firft compofition in which he diftinghed himfelf as
a learned harmonilt, was his mafs of Reqim, which he
fet for the funeral of his friend, the celebral poet Ron-
fard ; it was afterwards performed at je funeral of
Henry lV. and, lattly, at his own, 1627ander the di-
rection of his fon Louis Mauduit, at which ne Merfennus
officiated in the facred funtion as prieft.

“ He left behind him innumerable maffes, ymns, motets,
fancies, and fongs. A {mall hereditary pla at the court
of requefts defcended to him from his faer, which he
fe to exercife for no other purpofe thito oblige and
ferve his friends. At the fiege of Paris, ven the Faux-*
bourg was taken by ftorm, he ventured throrh the victori-
ous foldiers to the houfe of his friend Baif,hen dead, and
faved all his manufcripts, at the hazard of hown life.

_ Upon a fimilar occafion, in which there as ftill greater
difficulty and danger, he faved the douxe moa de Claude le
Jeune, and his other manufcript works, at tk time that this
compofer was feized at the gate of St. Des as a Hugo-
not; fo that all thofe who have fince receive pleafure from
the productions of this excellent matter, re obliged to
Mauduit for their prefervation, as he faved thei from deftruc-
tion by feizing the arm of a ferjeant at the wy inftant that
he was going to throw them into the flames ; yerfuading the
foldiery that thefe papers were perfectly inncent and free
from Calvinittical poifon, or any kind of trean again{t the
League: and it was by his zeal and addrefs, yith the aflift-
ance of an officer of his acquaintance, that Caude efcaped
with his own life."’

2 Such are the praifes beftowed upon Jaques Mauduit, by his
friend the learned and benign Merfennus, w!ofe diligence,
{cience, and candour, far furpafled his tafte The Re-

uiem, by Mauduit, is printed in the Harm. Univ. in five
eparate parts; but in {coring it, neither the hrmony nor
modulation offer any thing that is either curious pr _uncom-
mon, at any period of counterpoint. It is in lterally plain
counterpoint of crotchets and minims moving al together,
as in our cathedral chanting. he chief merit «f this pro-
duétion is in the exa& accentuation of the words, l’antique :
a minim for a long fyllable, and a crotchet for afhort.

Merfennus, in his Commentary on Genefis has illuf-
trated his mufical remarks with many of his frieni Mauduit’s
compofitions, in which we have never been able to dig out
the leaft fragment that would do honour to this compofer or
his country,

: MAVEBARA, in Geography, a town of South Ame-
rica, in the province of Choco; 20 miles N. of Zitara.

MAVELAGONGUE, a river of Ceylon, which runs
into the fea at Trinconomaly.

‘ MAVELICAN, a town of Hindooftan, in the Carna-
tic; 40 miles from Travancore.

Vor, XXIIL.

MAU

MAVENHELLY, a town of Hindooftan, i the My-
fore, ceded to Great Britain in 17995 60 miles 5.E, of
Seringapatam.

MA G, Tunas, or St. Laurence, one of the {maller
of the iflands called “ Ladrones,”’ compofed of three rocks,
about 20 miles in circumference ; 15 miles from the ifland
of Affumption.

MAUGERVILLE, a townhip of Sunbury county,
in the province of New Brunfwick, in St, John’s river, 40
miles above Belifle. N. lat. 45 59’. W. long 66° 40°.

MAUGHOLD Hean, a cape on the E. coalt of the
Ifle of Man; 40 miles W.S W. from St. Bee's Head. N
lat. 54° 18’. W. long. 3° 28!.

MAUGSEE, three {mall iflands in the Eaft Indian fea,

between Borneo and Paraguay. N. lat. 7° 33’. E. long
117° 30’.
MAUGUIO, a town of France, in the department of

the Herault, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
Montpellier; fix miles E. of Montpellier. The place con-
tains 1167, and the canton 3386 inhabitants, on a territory
of 160 kiliometres, in five communes

MAUBLIA, in Botany, Dabl. Obf. Bot. 25. Thunb.
Prod. 60, is the fame genus with the Azapanthus of Solan-
der in Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1. v. 1. 414, the Tulbaghia of
Heifter; fee AGArantuus. The only genuine fpecies is
Agapanthus umbellatus, Curt. Mag. t. 500. Redout. Liliac.
t.6. (Crinum africanum; Linn. Sp. Pl 419.) ‘Thunber,
however has added a fecond, by the name of Mauhlia ake

folia, and he is followed by Willdenow ; but their plant is

our Maffonia enffela. See Massonia.

The name of Mauhlia was given by Dahl, (fee Daura,)
in honour of Mr. John Mauhle, who, as this author informs
us, had for many years the fuperintendance of the Swedith
mercantile affairs in China; and has, fince his return, la-
boured, with great ardour, to promote various economical
objects at home, He is faid to have furnifhed Dahl with
the fum neceffary for the purchafe of the Linnean Mufeum;
(fee Lrywzus the fon,) in order that it might not go out of
Sweden ; and the narrator above-mentioned afferts that “the
fame fum of money for which it paffed into foreign hands,
was offered to retain it.’? This affertion bears hard upon
the honour and patriotifm of the highly refpeétable profeffor
Acrel, who alone was entrufted with the fale of the collec-
tion in queftion, and we have his authority to fay the account
is incorre&t. We know alfo that this excellent man was
falfely accufed of having received a bribe from the adtual
purchafer, becaufe he behaved honourably and impartially in
his truft; and we know moreover that he did rejeét with in-
dignation an offer, from another quarter, to betray it. He
‘had even to refift the difhoneft cupidity of the heirs of the
younger Linnzus, who, on receiving unlimited offers from
the emprefs of Ruffia, would have left in the lurch the per-
fon with whom they were in treaty, and who did not hefitate
to purchafe the whole at their ovrn price, and in their own

way. S.

MAVILE, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan, in the
circar of Cicacole; 27 miles S.W. of Coffimcotta.

MAVIS, in Ornithology, the common name of the fong-
thrufh, or throftle. See lusxpus muficus.

MAUKS, in Agriculture, a provincial word applied to
maggots.

MAUL, in Rural Economy, a provincial term fignifying
a beetle, mallet, &c.

MAULDAJH,, in Geography, a circar of Bengal, of a
triangular form, and about 45 miles in circumference; fitu-
ated between Rajemal and iy ie saa the ape)

Q

MAU

of the faid circar, which is a place of confiderable. trade ;
#2. _ N. of Moorfhedabad. N. lat. 25° 3’. E. long.
16',

MAULE, a river of Chili, which runs into the Pacific
ocean, S. lat. 35° 12/.

MAULEN, a town of Proffia, in the province of Na-
tangen; feven miles S.W. of Konighberg.

MAULEON, a town of France, and chief place of a
diftri&, in the department of the Lower Pyrenées, having
a caftle on a rock, formerly deemed impregnable ; 12 miles
W. of Oleron. The place contains 1010, and the canton
12,497 inhabitants, on a territory of 3174 kiliometres, in
28 communes. N. lat. 43° 13'. W. long. 0° 49!.

MAvuLeon-en-Barouff, a town of France, in the depart-
ment of the Upper Pyrenées, and chief place of a canton,
in the diffri@ of Bagneres; nine miles S.E. of La Barthe.
The place contains 612, and the canton 6495 inhabitants, on
a territory of 185 kiliometres, in 25 communes.

MAULI, a river of Sicily, which runs into the fea,
about eight miles S.S.W. from Ragufa. N. lat. 36° 40’.
E. long. 13° 45’.

MAULIAVERAM, or Seven Pacopas, a town of
Hindooitan, in the Carnatic, fituated on the coaft; 30 miles
S. of Madras.

MAULPOUR, a town of Hindooftan, in Lahore; 10
miles N. of Rahoon.

MAULSURDA, a town of Bengal; 55 miles S.S.W..:

of Doefa.

MAUM, in Agriculture, a term provincially fignifying a
woe dry mellow quality in land. A fort of dry fine

oam.

MAUMUSSON, in Geography, a channel or narrow fea
between the ifle of Oleron and the continent of France.

MAUNCH,, in Heraldry, the figure of an ancient fleeve
of a coat, which is borne in many gentlemen’s efcutcheons ;
as in the earl of _Huntingdon’s.

MAUNCORE, in Geography, a town of Bengal; 20
miles NW. of Burdwan.

MAUND, in our Old Writers, a kind of great bafket or
hamper, containing eight bales, or two fats ; it is commonly
a quantity of eight bales) of unbound books, each bale hav-
ing one thoufand pounds weight.

Mavuwnp, in Commerce, the denomination of a weight in
the Eaft Indies. In Bengal heavy goods are weighed by
the maund of 4o feers, each feer being divided into 16 chit-
tacks. The maund of the Englifh factory in Bengal weighs
74lb. 10 0z. toidr. avoirdupois; fo that the feer is 1b.
13 oz. 13gdr. and the chittack 1oz. 132dr. The Bengal
Bazar maund is 10 ger cent. heavier than the maund of the
factory, and therefore weighs $2lb. 202. 2/2.dr. avoirdupois;
and in this cafe, the feer is 2lb. o0z. 133dr., and the chit-
tack, 20z. odr. Grain is fold by the Khahoon of 16
foallee, which is equal to 40 maunds. Liquids are fold by
the chatack of 5 ficca weight ; 16 chatacks making 1 pouah,
4 pouah 1 feer, and 40 feers 1maund. At Madras goods
are fold by the candy of 20 maunds, and the maund is di-
vided into 8 vis, 320 pollams, or 3200 pagodas. The candy
of Madras is soolb. avoirdupois. In the Jaghire, or terti-
tory belonging to the Englifh company round Madras, and
in moft other parts of the Coromandel coaft, the Malabar
weights are ufed, and are as follow: the gurfay, called by
the Englifh garce, contains 20 baruays or candies; the
baruay, 20 manungus or maunds ; the maund 8 vifay or vis,
320 pollams, or 3200 varahuns; each varahun weighing
522 Englifh grains; fo that the vifay is 3lb. gdr., the maund,
24lb. 20z., the baruay, 48231b., and the gurfay 96454Ib.

MAU

avoirdupoiss 4 tons 6cwt. nearly. In corn meafure, the
garce is = . Englith quarters nearly. When grain is fold
by weight, (64Ib. are reckoned for 1 garce, being 18 can-
dies 124 mids. At Bombay the ¢ommercial weight is
the candy @o maunds, the maund being fubdivided into
40 feers, anhe feer into 30 pice.. The candy is 56olb.,
the maund 5., and the feer 1140z. avoirdupois. Goods
are likewifeld by the Surat maund, and the Pucea or
Bengal mau, fo that, in every contract, the particular
maund, or «dy, fhould be mentioned. A bag of “rice
weighs 6 mnds, or 168lb. avoirdupois, and a candy is
equal to 25 ‘nchefter bufhels nearly. At Calicut, on the
Malabar coaithe candy weight contains 20 maunds, and
the maund r<pools or paloons. The maund ufed here by
the Englifh ighs 3olb., and the candy, 6oolb. But the
common weigs are thofe of Malabar, the maund weighing
24lb. 202z., ai the candy 48221b. avoirdupois. At Carwar,
on the Malab coaft, the maund is 26lb. avoirdupois, and is
divided into » feers or 1000 pice, and the eandy is 20
maunds. Atochin the maund is 27lb. 240z. avoirdupois,
and the candy= 20 maunds = 543!b. 8 oz. avoirdupois.
At Goa the rund contains 24 rattles, = 24$lb. avoirdu-
pois, fo that ti candy of 20 maunds is equal to 495]b. avoir-
dupois. Corand rice are fold by the candy of 20 maunds,
which are equto 14 Englifh bufhels nearly. At Manga-
lore, the manor maund, by which goods are fold in the
market, contas 46 feers, or 28lb. 2402. avoirdupois: the
maund, by wkh the merchants buy and fell, weighs 16 ru-
pees more, th is 28lb. 4402. avoirdupois; the baru or
candy is20 maids. At Mafulipatam the candy is 2omaunds,
the maund § v, 40 feers, 600 neves, or goo dabous. This
maund weighs4tlb. avoirdupois nearly. _At Pondicherry
the commerci; weight is the candy of 20 maunds, or 160
vis. The mand is = 24lb. French poids de marc, or
25lb. 1402. 52r. avoirdupois. At Scindy heavy goods are
weighed by t: maund of 4o feers. ‘The cutcha or Surat
maund is — 7lb. 50z. 53dr. avoirdupois, and is divided
into 16 annas,>r 32 pice; the Pucca maund is double the
former. At Grat, the maund for weighing heavy goods is
40 feers, and tk feer 30 pice: 20 Surat maunds, or 10 Puc-
ca or Bengal fStory maunds make 1 candy, or 746lb. To0z. -
lodr. avoirdupis. But thefe weights vary. sit Tranque-
bar the mauncweighs 68lb. Danifh, or 74Ib. avoirdupois.
At Acheen, irthe ifle of Sumatra, a maund of 75]b. of rice
contains 21 bmboes, a bamboe being 4 and fometimes 5
cauls. Kelly Cambift. vol-i. -

MAUNTA, in Geography, a town of Bengal; 30 miles
N.W. of Natore.

MAUNDAR, a town of Bengal; 10 imiles W. of
Midnapour.

MAUNDY, or Maunpry Thurfday, Dies Mandati,
the Thurfdiy before Eafter; fo called from the French
mande, i. e. Jortula; it being a cuftom on that day to give a
largefs or byunty to certain poor men, whofe feet the king
formerly wafied, as a mark of humility, and in obedience
to the command of Chri‘. : ‘

MAUNDYGAUT, in Geography, a town of Hin-
dooftan, in the foubah of Delhi; 27 miles E.N.E. of Se-
cundara.

MAUNSEE, a town of Auftria, near a lake of the
fame name; 16 miles S.W. of Voglabruck.

MAUNSI, a river of Bengal, which falls into the
Toorfha, and after their confluence they aflume the name of
Neelcoomer, and fhaping their courfe through Baharbund,
fall with their united ftreams into the Berhampooter.

MAUNTRY,

MAU

MAUNTRY, a town of Hindoofan, in Mohurbunge ;
12 miles S, of Harriorpour,

MAUPERTUIS, Peren-Lewis Mongau ve, in Bio-
graphy, weelebrated French mathematician and philofopher,
who Hourithed in the eighteenth century, was born at St.
Malo in the year 1698. He was privately educated till he
waa fixteen years of age, when he was fent to the college of
La Marche, at Paris, He thortly difcovered a ftrong incli-
nation to mathematical purfuits, and a confiderable tattle
forinftrumental mulic, which he practifed with fuccefa, Ar
the age of twenty he determined of a military life, and enter-
ed among the moufquetaires, but after remaining two years
in that‘corpy, he obtained a company in a regiment of caval-
ry, whieh he held about three years. During this time he
devoted all his leifure hours to {cientific Qudies, and at length
he » the profeffion of arms, and applied his mind en-
tirely to mathematics. In 1723 he was received into the
Royal Academy of Sciences, on which oceafion he read his
firlt performance, which was «* A Memoir upon the Conttruc-
tion and Porm of mutical Inttruments.’’ He now paid a
good deal of attention to natural philofophy, and difcover-
ed great knowledge and dexterity in obfervations and expe-
riments upon animals. In 1728 he, with all the zeal of a
devotee, vifited the country which had given birth to New-
ton, of whofe principles he became a zealous admirer and
follower; and during his refidence in London he wae ho-
noured with an sfinifflion into the Royal Society. Upon his
return to France, he made an excurfion to Bafil, where he
formed a friendfhip with the celebrated Bernouillis, On his
retura to Paris from Switzerland, he applied to his favourite
{tudies with redoubled ardour, and enriched the tranfactions
of the academy witha vat number of his communications,
between the years 1724 and 1744. In fome of thefe the
mott fublime and intricate queftions in the mathematical
{ciences are difcuffed with precifion, clearnefs, and elegance.
In 1736, he was fent by Lewis XV., at the head of the
French mathematicians, into Lapland, for the purpofe of
meafuring a degree of the meridian within the polar circle,
in order to determine the figure of the earth. The reputa-
tion which he acquired by this undertaking was fo great,
that he was admitted a member of almoit every academy in
Europe. In 1740 he was invited by the king of Pruffia to
goto Berlin, to be the prefident and direétor of the Royal
Academy of Sciences and Belles Lettres in that place, which
he readily accepted. When he arrived, the king was at
war with the emperor, and our philofopher, whofe love for
his firtt profeffion of arms was not entirely effaced, determined
to follow the king to the field. He was prefent at the bat-
tle of Molwitz ; but before vi@tory declared itfelf for the
Pruffians, his horfe ran away with him into the enemy’s
ranks, where he was taken prifoner, and very roughly ufed.
Being carried to Vienna, he there met with the mioft ho-
nourable reception from the emperor. This noble-minded
prince, hearing him regret the lofs of a watch by Graham,
the celebrated Englifh artift, which had been ob great ufe
to him in his experiments and aitronomical obfervations,
having another by the fame maker, but enriched with dia-
monds, prefented it to him, faying, «¢ The huffars were only
in jeit with you, they have fent me your watch, and I gladly
reltore itto you.’’ Notwithitanding his talents as a philo-
fopher and mathematician, he was capable of paying well
turned compliments to perfons of the higheft rank in life :
in the courfe of converfation with the emprefs-queen, her
majelty obferved to him that fhe had heard the princefs
Louifa-Ulrica of Pruffia was the moft beautiful princefs in
the world. << Till this moment, madam,’’ replied Mauper-
tuis, “ I was entirely of that opinion?’ He was foon after-

MAU

wards allowed to depart for Berlin, loaded with favours by
the emperor and emprefs. From thence Maupertuis went
to Paris, and in 1742 wae choles direClor of the Academy
of Sciences; during the following year he was received into
the French Academy, and was the firit inftance of a perfon 's
being member of both the academies of Paris at the fame
time. After this he again aflumed the charader of a foldier,
and was prefent at the fiege of Friboury, and, upon the fur-
render of that citadel, was appointed to carry the news of
the event to the French king. In 1744 he returned to Ber-
lin, and married a lady of great beauty and merit, to whom
he was extremely attached, and his alliance with whom be
confidered as the moft fortunate event of his life. In 1746,
the king of Pruffia declared our philofopher prefident of the
Royal Academy of Sciences at Berlin, and foon afterwards
honoured him with the order of Merit ; and farther diflin-
guifhed him with his own mott intitnate confidence. Thete
accumulated honours ferved to flimulate him in his applica-
tion to {cientific refearches, not only in mathematics, but
in metaphyfics, chemiitry, botany, and polite literature.
His temper was not good, and he was frequently involved in
difputes with perfons of diftinguifhed talents: one of thefe
was with Koenig, profeffor of philofophy at Franeker, in
which Voltaire took a decided part againft him. Maucer-
tuis threatened to take on him perfonal revenge, to which
Voltaire replied by reiterating the ftrokes of the moft ludi-
crous fatire. ‘The conftitution of the philofopher had been
long impaired by fatigues of various kinds, and particularly
by the hardfhips which he had undergone in his Lapland
expedition; but the vigour-of his mind was unabated, even
at a time when, from fevere illnefs, he was incapable of taking
the chair of the academy. He diedin 1759, when he was
about the age of fixty-one. He was author of many works,
of which the following may be noticed ; An Effay on Cof-
mology :”’ “<A Difcourfe on the different Figures of the
Stars :” Philofophical Refleétions upon the Origin of
Languages, and the Signification of Words :’’ “ An Account
of the Expedition to the Polar Circle, for determining the
<1. of the Earth, or, the Meafure of the Earth at the
Polar Circle :’? ** Obfervations on the Comet of 1742:”
- a Meafure of a Degree of the Meridian at the Polar

ircle.”’

MAUPHAZE-Bunner, in Geography, a town of Hin-
dooitan, in the circar of Cicacole; 4 miles S.E. of Cica~

cole.

MAUPIN, La, in Biography, one of the early and
moft extraordinary female fingers in the operas of Lulli,
M. Laborde has affigned, in his « Effais fur la Muf.,” a*
piquant article to molt of the favourite performers in thefe
{plendid mufical dramas, with which Louis KIV. and the
whole French nation were fo delighted and fo proud. Al-
mott every individual of this fyren troop is marked by fome
fingularity of charaGter, or peculiar circumftances; but
none more fo than La Maupin, the fucceffor of La Rochois.
She was equally fond of both fexes: fought and loved like
a man, and refifted and fell like a woman. Her adventures
are of a very romantic kind. Married to a young hufband,
who was foon obliged to abfent himfelf from her, to enter
on an office he had obtained in Provence, fhe ran away with
a fencing-mafter, of whom fhe learned the fmall-fword, and
became an excellent fencer, which was afterwards a ufeful
qualification to her on feveral occafions. The lovers firft
retreated from perfecutiou to Marfeilles; but neceflity foon
obliged them to folicit employment there, at the opera;
and, as both had by nature good voices, they were received
without difficulty. But foon after this fhe was feized with
a paffion for a young perfon of her own fex, whom fhe fe-

Cid duced ;

MAU

duced; but the objeé& of her whimfical affection, being pur-
{ued by her friends and taken, was thrown into a convent at
Avignon, where the Maupin foon followed her ; and haying
prefented herfelf as a novice, obtained admiffion. Some
time after, fhe fet fire to the convent, and, availing herfelf
of the confufion fhe had occafioned, carried off her favourite.
But being purfued and taken, fhe was condemned to the
flames for contumacy ; a fentence, however, which was not
executed, as the young Marfeillaife was found, and reftored
to her friends.

She then went to Paris, and made her firft appearance on
the opera ftage in 1695, when fhe performed the part of
Pallas, in ** Cadmus,” with the greateft fuccefs. The ap-
plaufe was fo violent, that fhe was obliged, in her car, to
take off her cafque to falute and thank the public, which
redoubled their marks of approbation. From that time her
fuccefs was uninterrupted. Dumeni, the finger, having
affronted her, fhe put on men’s clothes, watched for him in
the Place des Viétoires, and infilted on his drawing his
fword and fighting her; which he refufing, fhe caned him,
and took from him his watch and fnuff-box. Next day
Dumeni having boafted at the opera-houfe, that he had de-
fended himfelf againft three men who attempted to rob him,
fhe related the whole ftory, and produced his watch and
{nuff-box in proof of her having caned him for-his cowardice.
Thevenard was nearly treated in the fame manner, and had
no other way of efcaping her chaftifement than by publicly
afking her pardon, after hiding himfelf at the Palais Royal
during three weeks. At a ball given by Monfieur, the
brother of Louis XIV., fhe again put on men’s clothes, and
having behaved impertinently to a lady, three of her friends,
fuppofing the Maupin to be a man, called her out. She
might eafily have avoided the combat by difcovering her
fex, but fhe inftantly drew, and killed them all three.
Afterwards, returning very coolly to the ball, fhe told the
{tory to Monfieur, who obtained her pardon. After other
adventures, fhe went to Bruffels, and there became the
miftrefs of the ele€tor of Bavaria, This prince quitting her
for the countefs of Arcos, fent her by the count, hufband
of that lady, a purfe of 40,000 livres, with an order to quit
Broffels. This extraordinary heroine threw the purfe at
’ the count’s head, telling him, it was a recompence worthy
of fuch a fcoundrel and as himfelf. After this fhe
returned to the opera ftage, which fhe quitted in 1705.
Being at length feized with a fit of devotion, fhe recalled
her hufband, who had remained in Provence, and paffed
with him the laft years of her life in a very pious manner,
dying in 1707, at the age of thirty-four.

MAUR, in Geography, a town of Auftria; 7 miles S.

of Mauttern.
’ Maur, St., a town of France, in the department of the
Indre and Loire, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri&
of Chinon; 15 miles S.E. of Chinon. The place contains
2291, and the canton 8357 inhabitants, on a territory of
185 kiliometres, in 12 communes.—Alfo, a town of France,
in the department of Paris; 6 miles S.E. of Paris.

Maur, St., Congregation of, in Ecclefiaflical Hiffory, a
famous fociety of Benediétines, which was founded in the
year 1620, by the exprefs order of Gregory XV., and en-
riched by Urban VIIL. in 1627, with feveral donations and
privileges. This fociety has been diltinguifhed by the great
number of excellent rules and inftitutions that are obferved
in it, and by the regular lives and learned labours of its
members. Thofe who have any acquaintance with the hif-
tory and progrefs of learning in Europe, well know what
fignal advantages the republic of letters has derived from the
eftablifhment of this famous congregation, whofe numerous

MAU

and admirable produétions have caft a great light upon all
the various branches of philology and belles lettres, and
whofe refearches have taken in the whole circle of f{eiences,
philofophy excepted. Thefe Benediétines ftill maintain
their literary fame, by the frequent publication of laborious
and learned produétions in all the various branches of facred
and profane literature.

MAURACONDA, in Geography, a town of Africa,
in the kingdom of Burfali, N. lat. 13° 40!. W. long.
eo ies

> MAURANDIA, in Botany, received its name from Dr.
Ortega, the profeffor of botany at Madrid, in honour of the
lady of Dr. Maurandy, the botanical profeffor at Cartha-
gena, faid to be an ardent admirer and profecutor of the
fame ftudy with her hufband. Cavanilles had given the
generic appellation of Uferia to this plant, not being aware
of its having been previoufly beftowed on another Fem by
Willdenow ; for which reafon, joined to that of compli-
menting the above-named lady on her botanical acquire-
ments, Ortega was induced to change it to Maurandya. In
the Botanical Magazine we perceive that Dr. Sims, though
he has adopted the genus, is not perfeétly fatisfied with it,
or rather that ‘he cannot cordially coincide with Dr. Or-
tega, in the propriety either of his generic or trivial name."”
We content ourfelves with reforming his orthography.
Orteg. Hort. Matrit. dec. 2. 21. Jacq. Hort. Schoenb.
v. 3. 20. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 389. (Ulteria; Cavan. Ic.
v. 2.15.)—Clafs and order, Didynamia Angiofpermia. Nat.
Ord. Perfonate, Linn. Bignonia, Jufl.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, permanent, cloven
nearly to the bafe into five linear-lanceolate, acute, ere&,
almott equal fegments. Cor. of one petal, two-lipped;
tube fhorter than the calyx; throat twice as long as the
calyx, rather depreffed, broad, with various furrows on each
fide, fomewhat incurved ; limb ringent, in five nearly equal,
roundifh, emarginate fegments, two above and three below.
Stam. Filaments four, thickened and hairy at the bafe, not
fo long as the throat of the corolla, two of them fhorter ;
anthers oblong. Pi/?. Germen fuperior, ovate, with a fur-
row on each fide; ityle awl-fhaped, the length of the fta-
mens; ftigma fimple. Peric. Capfule as long as the calyx,
of two cells, each opening at the top with five, half-ovate,
acute, reflexed valves. Seeds numerous, rather ovate, rough,
affixed to each fide of the partition.

Eff. Ch. Calyx inferior, in five deep fegments. Co-
rolla ringent ; tube bell-fhaped, furrowed. Capfule of two
cells, opening by five teeth at their fummit.

1. M. /emperflorens. Climbing Maurandia, or Baftard Fox-
glove. Sims in Bot. Mag. t. 460. Jacq. Hort. Schoenb.
t. 288. Ufteria fcandens; Cavan. Ic. t. 116. Andr. Bot.
Repof. t. 63.

‘This, the only fpecies known, is a native of Mexico, and
an elegant greenhoufe plant, flowering for months together
in the fummer, Root perennial, branched,- fending forth
numerous, annual, climbing, round, darkifh, branched /fems,
about the thicknefs of a quill. Branches green, about three
feet long, fomewhat divided. Leaves alternate, on long
twining tootftalks, very numerous, f{pear-fhaped, three, five,
or feven-rerved. J owers folitary, drooping, on long,
twifted, axillary ftalks, of a beautiful lilac, or purple and
white, colour. They have great affinity to thofe of the
Foxglove. Seeds oblong and black. ’

This truly elegant climber, which is beautifully figured
in the works above quoted, from being eafily propagated by
cuttings as well as feeds, feems in a fair way of becoming
common in our greenhoufes, though faid to be rather better
fuited to the confervatory.

I MAURBACH,

MAU

MAURBACH, in Geography, & town and chartreux of
Aulltria; nine miles W.N.W. of Vienna.

MAURE, Mademoifille Crvinnie-Nicore Ley in
Biography, one of the Sait favourite fingers in the French
ferious opera of the old fehool. She was born at Paris in
1704, and, according to M. Laborde, gifted with the
finett voice that nature ever beflowed ona mortal, She was
admitted, in 1719, only as a chorus-finger, and remained in
that humble flation till 1724, when the appeared in the
ao of Cephile, in the firft part of “ L’ Europe Ga-
ante,””

From that moment fhe never ceafed to delight the audi-
ence, even to extacy, in every part that was affigned her.
Her beautiful voice, manner of finging, and embellifiments,
were equally cuptivating. Mademoifelle le Maure, dimi-
nutive m figure, and ill made, moved on the ftage with
incredible dignity ; fhe penetrated every heart fo much by
what fhe had to utter, that the drew tears from hearers the
molt frigid; fhe animated and tranfported them; and though
the had neither beauty nor wit, fhe excited the moft lively
fenfations.

She quitted the ftage and returned to it feveral times, till
1743, after which period fle never performed in public,
except in the feltivate given in celebration of the dauphin’s
firft marriage, in 1745.

Her retreat was rather occafioned by caprice than fading
talents; fhe might have remained on the {tage ten years
longer with her ufual eclat. For after her retirement we
have very frequently been prefent (continues M. Laborde)
when fhe has fung and ated whole operas without appear-
ing fatigued. ‘The undertakers of the Colifée prevailed upon
her to fing two or three times in 1771, and there never was fo
great a crowd aflembled at a public place as fhe attracted
to hear her. Mademoifelle le Maure continued to the end
of her life fuperior to what might be expected from her
a .

SNo one could difpute the perfection of her voice ; and
even young people, though a great change was begun in our
mufic, found the charms of her vocal organs irrefiftible.

Tt would be an interelting inquiry to inveltigate the caufe
of that exquifite pleafure which the mere tone of a fine
voice excites, without the concurrence of any reafoning fa-
culty. Mademoifelle le Maure had no impofing figure, was
neither pretty, nor gifted with fuperior intelleets or reflec-
tions, without ta‘le or education; yet, denied all thefe ad-
vantages, fhe had only to open her mouth, ard breathe two
or three founds, to produce every effe& refulting, with great
difficulty, from the union of all the advantages of which fhe
was in want. To what are we to afcribe this prodigy? It
is one of thofe myfterics of nature which philofophy has
not yet unfolded.

Mademoifelle le Maure, in 1762, was married to M. de
Monbruelle ; but fhe {till remained beft known, after her
marriage, by her maiden name; fo true it is that our place
in fociety is determined by talents and ufeful faculties.

Mare, in Geography, a town of France, in the depart-
ment of the [lle and Vilaine, and chief place of a canton,
in the diflri& of Rédon; 15 miles N. of Rédon. The
place contains 4110, and the canton 8370 inhabitants, on a
territory of 295 kiliometres, in nine communes.

Maure, St., or Leucadia, an ifland in the Mediterranean
fea, about 50 miles in circumference, formerly joined to the
continent, but now feparated fromit. (See Lrucapra.)
This ifland produces great plenty of game, wine, oil, citrons,
pomegranates, almonds, and other fruits, with fine paftures.
Its inhabitants are Greeks, fubjeét to a bifhop. It had
formerly. three confiderable towns, with a very magnificent

MAU

temple of Venus, The town which gives name to the ifland,
contains about 6000 inhabitants ; as it is fituated in the wa-
ter, and defended by walls and towers, it is not ealy of accefs
cither by land or water, Beyond its works, in a morafa,
are two well inhabited iflands, or fuburbe; and the little
iflands between this and the continent communicate by
bridges. It hav repeatedly changed mafter, being fome-
times under the dominion of the Turks, and fometimes under
that of the Venetians, By the treaty.of Campo Formio it
was ceded to France; but in 1799, it was declared one of
the feven iflands formed into a republic. N. lat. 49? 4’.
E. long. 20° 39/.

MAUREPAS, Jonw Frepente Prtcirpraux, Count
des, in Biography, a French {tatefman, was born in 1701,
and in 1715 was appointed fecretary of {tate ; which, con-
fidering his youth, muft have been a finecure. In 1723, he
was made fuperintendant of the marine, and, in 1738, mi-
nifler of ftate. By the intrigues of madame Pompadour
he was exiled to Bourges in 1749. He was not recalled
till 1774, when Louis XVI. entrufted the public affairs to
his management. He attended greatly to the marine de-
partment, and was a liberal encourager of the fciences; but
the part he took in aflifling America againft England is a
refle@ion on his political prudence. He died in 1781.
His Memoirs, by himfelf, are curious, but carelefsly written ;
they were printed at Paris in 1792, 2 vols 8vo. Nouv.
Dié. Hitt.

Maurepas, in Geography, an ifland on the N.E. coaft of
lake Superior, in Upper Canada, N.E. of Portchartrain
ifland, about half way between Elbow ifland and the bay of
Michipicoten ; 40 miles in circumference. N. lat. 47° 42!.
W. long. 85° 30'—Alfo, an ifland on the coaft of cape
Breton, the fame as the “ Ifle Madame;"’ which fee —
Alfo, a lake in Welt Florida, communicating weftward with
the Miflifippi river, through the gut of Ibberville, and
eaftward with lake Portchartrain ; ten miles long and feven
broad.

MAURITAG, a town of France, and chief place of a
diftri&, in the department of the Cantal; 18 miles N.N.W.
of Aurillac. he place contains 2572, and the canton
11,337 inhabitants, on a territory of 250 kiliometres, in 11
communes.

MAURICE, (Mauritius), in Biography, emperor of the
Eaft, was born, about 539, at Arabiflus, in Cappadocia. He
entered at an early age into the army, and was, on account of
his prudence and valour, placed by the emperor Tiberius Con-
ftantine at the head of the army fent againft the Perfian king
Hormifdas. He gained two vi€tories over the Perfiais, and
returning to Conitantinople, was rewarded with the hand of
the emperor’s daughter, and the high dignity of Cefar. At
the death of Tiberius, in 582, Maurice fucceeded to the
throne without oppofition. War was renewed with doubt-
ful fuccefs, but in the end Hormifdas was depofed, and
Chofroes, with the affiftance of Maurice, was placed on the
Perfian throne. Peace was now reftored between the two
emperors, after which the arms of the emperor were turned
againft the Avars, a barbarian tribe on the Danube, who
had made incurfions into Thrace: of thefe it is faid that
60,000 were flain, and a great number taken prifoners.
The enemy, however, in the fame conteft, captured 12,000
of the foldiers in Maurice’s army, which they put to death

'on the refufal of their king to pay a ranfom for their lives

and liberty. This and other circumftances rendered him ex-
tremely unpopular among the troops; and upon the arrival
of an order for them to crofs the Danube into the enemy’s
country, they broke out into a general mutiny, and marched
back to Conftantinople. The populace in that city, par.

taking

MAU

taking in the difaffeétion, rofe in revolt, and aflaulted the
emperor with ftones. He was now glad to make his efcape
to the Afiatic fhore, whence he fent his eldeft fon to im-
plore the proteétion and affiftance of the Perfian king. Pho-
cas, acenturion, had been invefted with the purple, and as
the emperor quitted the capital he entered it, and was con-
fecrated by the patriarch. Shortly after this he fent his ex-
ecutioners to prevent the poffibility of future rivalfhip.
They dragged the unfortunate man from his fanétuary, and

having murdered five of his children before his face, flew him *

in the twentieth year of his reign, A.D. 602. Maurice is
highly extolled by ecclefiaftical hiftorians for his picty and
orthodoxy, and it is generally admitted that he was a vir-
tuous charaéter, poffefled of very good intentions, though
certainly unequal to his high ftation. He was well acquaint-
ed with the military art, and compofed twelve books on the
fubje&t, which are ftill extant. They were publifhed in
1664, at the endof the Ta@tics of Arrian. Univer. Hitt.
Gibbon.

Mavurics, elef&tor of Saxony, fon of Henry the Pious,
of the Albertine branch of the Saxon family, was born in
1521. Hecame to the poffeffion of his territories when he
was about twenty years of age, at which time he was dif-
tinguifhed by gracefulnefs of perfon, and great dexterity in
all martial exercifes. He had been educated in a zealous
attachment to the Proteftant dotrines, yet, when the princes
of that perfuafion entered into the league of Smalcalde in
defence of their civil and religious liberties, he refufed to
join in it, and attached himfelf to the party of Charles V.
His coufin, John-Frederick, then ele€tor of Saxony, was
one of the chiefs of that league; and the unjuft defign of
fupplanting him, with the view of making himfelf the head
of the houfe, was probably the {pring of his conduct from
his firft appearance as a public charaéter. At the diet of
Worms, in 1545, he differed from his Proteftant brethren,
by fhewing an inclination to gratify the emperor, in opening
a communication with the council of Trent, and granting an
aid towards the Turkifh war. In the following year, when
the Proteftant confederacy declared war againft Charles,
Maurice made a fecret treaty with him, by which he en-
gaged to affift him as a faithful fubje¢t, ftipulating that he
fhould be rewarded with the dignity and territories of which
his kinfman, the elector, might be defpoiled- He, never-
thelefs, lulled the fufpicions of the other party, till he
a@ually invaded and took poffeffion of almoft the whole
eleGtorate of Saxony. For this he was branded with the
names of traitor and apoftate, and became the theme of the
bittereft inveétives from the pulpit and the prefs. The
eleGtor foon after recovered his dominions, and not contented
with this, he feized upon a part of the hereditary poffef-
fions of Maurice. His fuccefs was fhort-lived, for in 1547
he loft his fovereignty and his liberty, and his antagonift
Maurice was, in the fame year, formally invetted in the elec-
toral dignity at the diet of Augfburg. He now entered moft
fully into the emperor’s views, and joined him in the pro-
jeGt to reduce the whole Germanic body to a flate of fub-
jeGtion ; nor was it doubtful that the final ruin of Pro-
teftantifm was a part of his determination. Maurice, fin-
cerely attached to his religion, and feeling his confequence
as its head in Germany, refolved henceforth to appear in
a chara¢ter fuited to his ftation and principles. He enforced
throughout Saxony “ The Interim,” or temporary plan of
religion, which was to continue till its final fettlement, but
which was highly ébnoxious to the zealous Proteftants.
In this he was fupported by Melanéthon and ochers of the
moderate party. He fill profeffed a full adherence to his
altiance with the emperor, but as his own plans approached

MAU

nearer to execution, he ‘trengthened himfelf by a treaty

with the French king, Henry IL, the profefled object of —

which was to reftore the landgrave of Heffe to liberty, and
to preferve the German conftitution. At length, in March
1552, Maurice fuddenly joined in Thuringia a_confiderable
army which he had colle¢ted, and iffued a manifefto contain-
ing his reafons for taking arms. The king of France added
one in his own name, and both their forces began to a&.
Maurice now threw off the mafk very completely, he ad-
yanced into Upper Germany, at every place reftoring the
magiftrates whom the emperor had depofed, and reinflating
the Proteftants in the churches from which they had been
ejeGted. By hafty marches, attended with great fuccefs, he
proceeded towards Infpruck, where the emperor then was.
A temporary mutiny among his troops gave that powerful
monarch time to.efcape out of the town in a litter by torch-
light, hefore Maurice entered it. He fled acrofs the Alps,
having firft liberated the former eletor of Saxony; the
council of Trent broke up in confufion, and the affairs of
Germany affumed a totally new face. Negociations for
peace were opened at Paflau, where Maurice appeared at
the head of the Proteftants, and Ferdinand, king of. the
Romans, reprefented his brother the emperor. Maurice’s
demands were fupported by the princes of the empire, as
well Popifh as Proteftant, and the emperor found it necef-
fary to enter into terms of accommodation. At length the
« Peace of Religion,’ as it was called, was concluded at
Paflau, in Auguft 1552, by which the landgrave was to be
fet at liberty, a diet was to be holden within fix months for
fetling all religious diffentions, and in the mean time each
party was to enjoy equal privileges, and the undifturbed ex-
ercife of its religion. Thus Maurice, who, by his condu,
had been fufpeéted of apoftacy from the Proteftant caufe,
had the glory of eftablifhing the reformation in Germany
upon the folid bafis on which it has ever fince fubfifted.
After this treaty was agreed on, and figned, he accompanied
Ferdinand into Hungary at the head of 20,000 men, in
order to take the command of the Turks, but mutinies
among the troops and diflentions between the generals pre-
vented him from doing any thing worthy of his reputation.
In the following year a confederacy was formed againft
Albert of Brandenburg, of which Maurice was appointed
commander-in-chief, and on the ninth of June, 1553, the two
armies met at Sievenhaufen, when a fierce engagement en-
fued, which ended in Albert’s total defeat. But the victors
had to deplore the lofs of many brave officers of diftinétion,
among whom was Maurice himfelf, who, on leading a body
of cavalry to a fecond charge, was fhot in the belly with a
piftol-bullet, of which wound he died two days after, in the
thirty-fecond year of his age, and the fixth from his poffeffion
of the ele€toral dignity. Univer. Hift. Robertfon.
Maurice of Naffau, fon of William prince of Orange,
by his fecond wife Ann, daughter of the preceding Maurice
of Saxony, was about eighteen years of age, and a ftudent
in the univerfity of Leyden, at the time of his father’s
affaffination in 1584. Upon that fatal event he was ap-
pointed by the ftates of Holland and Zealand their itadt-
holder and captain-general, and foon after he took his polt
as an antagonift of the prince of Parma, the moft celebrated
general of that age. In isgo he made himfelf matter of
Breda ; and in the following year, being created ftadtholder

of Guelderland, he took feveral important places, ending ~

with Nimeguen, by which he acquired a very high degree
of popularity anc fame. In 1593 he captured the {trong
fortrefs of Gertruydenberg, which raifed him to a parity
with the ablelt generals of the time, and he appeared to
unite with vigour and enterprize of youth all the caution

and

MAU

and vigilance that are ufually the refult of age and expe-
rience, Attempts were made to take away Ti. life, but
they were unfuccefaful, and he continued for many years
in an uninterrupted courte of military tranfadtions, and gra.
dually recovered almolt all the places within the feven pro-
vinces which had been taken by the Spaniards, He gained
the memorable battle of Nieuport againit the archduke
Albert, Several towns fell into his hands in confequence
of this fuccefs, though he ever after reflected upon himfelf
for putting his country to fuch a rifle as was incurred by
thia ation. After the death of the prince of Parma,
Maurice had next Spinola for his antagonift. Every ftra-
tagem of war was exhaulted in the campaigns between thefe
two matters of the military art, who balanced each other’s
fuccefs. The Spaniards now began to be tired of war, and
negociations were entered upon for a peace, but Maurice
threw obltacles in the way oF an accommodation, while, on
the other hand, the con(titutional republicans, at the head of
whom was the grand pentioner of Holland, Barneveldt, were
on that account the more folicitous to promote it, and in
the end they carried their point, and a truce for twelve years
was concluded in April, 1609.. From this period Maurice
appears chiefly in the lefs refpectable light of head of a
party, and aiming at a degree of power and influence not
at all compatible with a free conflitution. Religious dif-
putes fucceeded the external tranquillity of Holland :. thete
gave Maurice a pretext to interpofe with a ttrong hand, by
virtue of his office as {tadtholder. The Arminian doctrine
was embraced by Barneveldt, Grotius, and many other illu
trious characters, who united fentiments of religious liberty
with republican politics. Thefe, however, were the fmaller
number, and Maurice threw all his influence into the feale
of their enemies, who would not acquiefce in a propofal
for an equal toleration of Calvinifts and Arminians: they
demanded a national fynod to fettle their difputes, not doubt-
ing that their party would be found to be the majority.
To this propofal Maurice lent his afliftance, and at length,
in 1618, the famous fynod of Dordrecht or Dort was
allembled. The refult of its deliberations was the abfolute
condemnation of the doétrines of Arminius, and of thofe
who held them. Maurice now exhibited in his own condu&
and charaéter the traits of a vile and infamous perfecutor,
for every man who lifts his arm againit the rights of con-
{cience ought, in right, to be held up as infamous : he or-
deved the apprehenfion of Barneveldt, Grotius, Hoogenberts,
and other heads of that party, who were imprifoned in the
caftle of Louvenftein. Barneveldt was brought to trial,
and though innocent of the charges exhibited againit him,
was condemned to death by a pufillanimous and iniquitous
court, and no interceffions could avert the fate of one whom
the prince was fo much interefted to remove. He died a
martyr to his principles, and his death not only fixed an
indelible ftain on the memory of this prince, but greatly in-
jured his popularity, as foon as the nation became cool
enough to-eftimate the man they had loft. The truce be-
tween Spain and Holland expired in 1621, and a renewal of
war followed, but Maurice’s military tranfactions were not
now remarkable ; they were thought to denote the languor
of broken fpirits and declining health. * A confpiracy was
formed againit his life by the younger fon of Barneveldt,
“joined by fome zealous Arminians: it was, however, dif-
covered, and the leaders in it executed. Maurice died at
the Hague in 1625, in the fifty-eighth year of his age.
He had fpent. the greater part of his life in the fervice of
his country, of which he was, notwith{tanding his defeéts,
confidered. the preferver, and was unqueftionab!y the greatett
Ratefman and warrior of the period in which he flourifhed.

MAU

Vigilant, indefatigable, penetrating, cautious, and fagacious,
he united all the qualities of a general and a hero with the
knowledge of a tcholar, Ambition, faid to be the weak-
nefs of a great mind, was his only foibles this rendered
him dangerous to that liberty which he had before nobl
afferted. There was no part of the feience of war with
which he was not thoroughly acquainted, but he particularly
excelled in the art of fortification, and in the feleétion of
{trong pofts. He cultivated a tafte for the fine arte, and
his temper and talents were calculated to fupport a tottering
caufe and render it triumphant, and he has been regarded
as one of the founders of Butavian independence. Univer,
Hilt.

Maunice, or Morris, in Geography, a river of New Jer-
feyy whic runs fourtherly through Cumberland county, into
Delaware bay ; navigable for veffels of 100 tons ten miles,
and for fmaller craft confiderably further.

Maunice Bay, St., a bay onthe W. fide of cape Fare-
well ifland, or fouth extremity of Eaft Greenland, and
the principal harbour of that fea.—Alfo, a bay on the
S. coaft of the ifland of Java. N, lat. 7° 38. E. long.
109° 3/.

Mavnice Port, a {mall cove, which has anchorage before
it, in 124 fathoms, about half a mile from the fhore, over
coral rocks, on the E. coait of Terra del Fuego ifland, on
the W. fhore of Le Maire ftraits, hetween that ifland and
Staten Land, on the E. and N. of the bay of Good Succefs.

Maurice, St, a town of Switzerland, in the Vallais,
fituated between the two chains of mountains that bound
this country in their approach towards the Rhone The
town is built almoft totally upon the rock, at the foot of
fteep mountains, and at a {mall diftance from the river... This
was anciently called “ Agaunum;"’ and the name of St.
Maurice is derived from an abbey ere&ted in the beginning of
the fixth century, by Sigifmond, king of Burgundy, in
honour of a faint who is f{uppofed to have fuffered martyr-
dom in this place: he was, as tradition fays, the leader of
the famous Theban legion, reported to have been maffacred
by the order of Maximin, for not renouncing Chriftianity. A
few Roman infcriptions, chiefly fepulchral, and two defaced
columns, are the only incontrovertible remains of the anti-
quity of St. Maurice. It is principally diftinguifhed as
being the chief entrance from the canton of Bern into the
Vallais. This entrance is formed by a narrow pafs, fo
itrongly fortified by nature, that a {mall number of men
might defend it againft a confiderable army. The ftone
bridge over the Rhone is much admired for its bold pro-
jection; it is of a fingle arch, and the {pan is 130 feet.
The pafs juft mentioned is a great thoroughfare for all
goods and perfons from the lake of Geneva, through the
country of Vallais, and over mount St Bernard ; 35 miles
E. of Geneva. N. lat. 46° 15’. E. long. 6° 52'.—Alfo,
a town of Canada, on a river of the fame name; 9 miles
N.W. of Trois Rivieres.—Alfo, a town of France, in the ~
department of Mont Blanc; 11 miles N.N.W. of Cham-
bery, and another in the fame department ; 24 miles W- of
Aotta.—Alfo, a town of France, in the department of the
Orne ; 12 miles N.E. of Mortagne.

Maurice, St.; and St. Lazarus, an order of knights in
Savoy. The order of St. Maurice was inftituted in 1440, by
Amadeus VII. duke of Savoy, who was afterwards pope,
by the name of Felix V. He affigned for its badge a crofs
pomettée, made either of white taffeta, or of white linen
cloth, placed on the knight’s breaft. In the year 1572 Phili-
bert, duke of Savoy, being made grand-mafter of the order
of St. Lazarus, which, in 1565, had been renewed in Savoy
by pope Pius 1V., obtained permiffion from Gregory, then

PORES

MAU

Pope, for the union of the twe orders; ever fince which time
they have been ftyled the order of St. Maurice and Lazarus.
When this union was effeéted, the badge was a crofs po-
mettée argent, upon a crofs of eight points vert ; being the
re{peGtive badges of the two orders’ before they were united,
and to be worn pendent to a green ribband.

MAURICEAU, Francis, in Biography, a furgeon,
eminent in the pra€tice of midwifery, was born at Paris,
where he applied, with great induftry, to the ftudy and
practice of furgery, for many years, efpecially in the great
hofpital of that city, the Hétel-Dieu. He had already ac-
quired there fo much experience in the obftetrical department
of practice, before he commenced public practice, that he
rofe almoft at once to the head of his profeflion. His repu-
tation was farther increafed by his writings, and maintained
by his prudent condu& and acknowledged fkuill during a feries
of years; after which he quitted praétice entirely, and re-
tired into the country, where‘he died, in October 1709.
He publifhed the following works, all relative to the parti-
cular branch of the art which he praétifed ; they contain a
great ftore of ufeful fa&ts, though ill arranged, and mixed
with falfe reafoning peculiar to his time. 1. “ Traité des
Maladies des Femmes groffes, et de celles qui font accou-
chées,” Paris 1688, in 4to. which has been often reprinted,
and tranflated into Latin, as.well as into moft of she modern
European languages. 2. “ Aphorifmes touchant lAc-
couchement, la Grofleffe, et les Maladies des Femmes,” ibid.
1694, which contains a fummary of the doétrines of his
larger work. 3. ‘¢ Obfervations fur la Groffefle et I’ Ac-
couchement des Femmes, et fur leurs Maladies, et celles des
Enfans nouveaux nés,” ibid. 1695, 4to. This may be con-
fidered as a fecond volume of the firft treatife, and contains
a great number of cafes and obfervations, in illuftration of
tke doétrine there ftated. 4. Dernieres Obfervations fur
les Maladies des Femmes groffes et accouchées,” qto. ibid.
1708 ; which contains an additional colleétion of cafes.
The whole of thefe works were colleéted, and reprinted toge-
ther, after his death, in 1712, and fubfequently with figures.
Eloy. Di&. Hifl. Gen. Biog.

MAURIENNE, or Mortesne, County of, in Geography,
was lately a province of Savoy, confilling of a long narrow
valley ; it now belongs to France, and is included in the de-
partment of Mont Blanc.

MAURIPIDA, one of the Laccadive iflands.
to’ 5S’. E, long. 72° 21’.

MAURITANIA, Mauretania, or, as it is called by
Strabo, Maurufia, in Ancient Geography, a confiderable part
of the northern region of Africa, extending from Numidia
towards the eaft to the Atlantic ocean on the weft. Mau-
ritania Propria, or Tingitania, confidered as unconnected
with Mauritania Czfarienfis, was bounded on the E. by the
river Malva or Mulucha; onthe W. by the Atiantic ocean ;
on the S. by Getulia or Libya interior ; and on the N. by
the Mediterranean. This kingdom, being reduced to the
form of a Roman province in the reign of Claudius, was de-
nominated by that prince Mauritania Tingitana ; and it was
called by the Romans at that time, as well as afterwards, Tin-
gitana, from its principal city Tingi or Tingis, and thus dif-
tinguifhed from Mauritania Czfarienfis. ‘The Tingitania of
the ancients yery nearly correfponds to the kingdoms of Fez
and Morocco. As to the extent of Mauritaria properly fo
called, it may be eftimated by confidering that the Malva or
Mullooiah, its eaftern limit, about 1° 15 W. of London, is
rather more than 240 miles diftant from the Atlantic occan.
Some modern geographers make the kingdom of Fez to be
270 miles long, and that of Morocco, from cape Non to the
mountains which divide it from Segelmeffa above 370; but

N. lat.

MavU

this computation, with refpe& to the ancient Tingitania, is,
without doubt, more erroneous than that of Pliny, which
amounts only to 170 miles.

Mavritania and Maurufia, the names of this coustry, are
derived from the Mauri, an ancient people who inhab:ted it ;
and Bochart confiders Maurus as equivalent to Mahar; or
as an elifion of gutturals is very common in the Oriental lar-
guage, Maur, i.c. one from the welt, or an occidentaliit, Mau-
ritania being weft of Carthage and Phoenicia. As to the
origin and general hiftory of the Meuritanians, we may direét
our attention to three principal epochas. 1. The period
during which the firlt population, derived from Mizraim by
his fons and grandfors, extended from the E. to the W.
2. That in which the Canaanites, expelled from Paleftine by
Jofhua, traverfed fea and land to efcape from his viétorious
and deftructive arms, eftablifhed themfelves along the coafts
of Africa, and partly in the interior of the country. To this
purpofe Procopius fays, that in his time two pillars of itone
were to be feen in this country, with the following infcrip-
tion in the Pheenician language and charater upon them:
«¢ We are the Canaanites who fled from Jofhua, the fon of
Nun, that notorious robber."’ 3. The time when the Phe-
nicians, impelled by the activity of their commercial fpirit,
formed upon thefe coafts confiderable efablifhments. We
might alfo mention an influx of Arabians, who came here
from Arabia Felix, in the firft century of the Chriftian era,
and the invafion of the Mahometan Arabs, in the feventh and
eighth centuries. This country, it is well known, bore the
name of Barbary, of which there are feveral derivations.
To thofe that occur under BarBARy, we fhall here add, that
the name may be formed from the oriental * Bar-Barca,”’ or
the fea of Barca, atown of the Pentapolis, called after-
wards Ptolemais.

The Mauritanians, according to Ptolemy, were divided
into feveral cantons or tribes, which it is needlefs for us now
to enumerate. The metropolis of Tingitania was Tingis or
Tingi; which fee. Sorne of its other principal towns were,
Zelis, fuppofed by fome to be the modern Arzilla :—Lixus,
the refidence of Antzus, who was here vanquifhed by Her-
cules, and not far from the gardens of the Hefperides ; con-
jeGtured to be the prefent Larache :—the city of Hanno,
called Thymiaterion :—Sala, near a river of the fame name,
not far from the Atlantic ocean:—the port and town of
Rutubis, 213 miles S. of Lixus :—the Exilifla of Ptolemy,
fuppofed to be the Ceuta of the moderns :—Rufadir, pre-
fumed to be Melila or Melilla; and in the interior of the
country, the Afcurum of Hirtius :—Herpis :—Volubilis,
fuppofed to be the modern Fez :——Gilda, correfponding to
Mequinez :—Prifciana :—the Tocolofida of Ptolemy, per-
haps the modern Amergue ; the Trifidis of Ptolemy :—Gon-
tiana, anfwering to a {mail town between Fez and Mequinez,
called Gamaa :—Banafa :—Chalce :—Calamintha, &c. &c.
Among the rivers of Tingitania we may mention the Malva,
Molochath, Mulucha, or Mullooiah; the Thaluda, Taluda,
or Tamuda; the Lixus; the Subur; the Sala, &c. &c.
The chief capes or promontories of Tingitania were, the Me-
tagonitis of Ptolemy, and Metagonium of Strabo ; the Sef-
tiarium promontorium of Ptolemy, or the Rufladi of the Iti-
nerary; the promontorium Qleaftrum; the Phobi pro-
montorium ; the cape Cottes or Ampelufia, now cape Spar-
tel ; Mons Solis; promontorium Hereulis; and Ufadium.
Among the principal mountains we may rank Abyle or
Abyla or Abenna, called by the ancients one of Hercules’s
pillars, and by our countrymen Apes hill; the Septem fra-
tres of Mela, or Heptadelphi of Ptolemy, near Abyla ;
mount Cotta nat far from the Lixus ; and mount Atlas. The
chief ports of this country were Rufadir, Sinus Emporieus,

Cotts,

MAURITANIA.

Cotta, Rutubis, and Myfocaras, The principal iflands on
he coalt of Tingitania were the Trea Infule of the Ltine-
rary, N.W. of the Mulucha; Gezira or Jezeirah, in the
river Lixua, about three leagues from the fea, where the
ancients placed the Hefperides ; Ptolemy's Pane and Ery-
thia, two obfeure iflands in the Atlantic; the latter of
which is now called Mogador ; the Infule Purpuralie, faid
by Hardouin to be Markeira and Porto Santo; and the In-
fulw Beate, or Fortunate iflands, of which fome reckoned
ten, others feven, and others three.

The government of Mauritania, from the earliefl ages, is
fuid to have been an abfolute monarchy. [lowever Appian
fays, that feveral tribes of Moors were governed by their own
lawa, or at leatt under the direéion of their own chiefs and
Jeaders, in oppofition to that form of government which was
eftublifhed in the greatefl part of this counsry. The inde-
pendent Arabs, mentioned by Dr. Shaw in his Travels, who
are feated in the kingdom of Algiers and Tunis, and who
fometimes hover about the frontiers of Morocco, may pro-
bably be the pofterity of thefe free-born Moors, Whether
this slaw or not, molt of the provinces of Mauritania,
if not the whole country, were fubjedt to one prince in the
reign of the elder Dionyfius. It appears alfo from Juftin
and Appian, that at fubfequent periods they had fovereigns,
but it is likely that they exercifed their fovereign authorit
according to fixed laws, or certain political maxims, which
dire&ed the condud of their rulers.
_ As to their religion, Neptune was one of the principal
objects of their adoration, They likewife paid religious
honours to the fun and moon, in common with the other
Libyan nations. Seneca afferts that they offered human fa-
erifices to their gods, in imitation of the Pheenicians and
Carthaginians, or fome other ancient people, from whom
they derived their origin. Bacchus was alfo worfhipped by
the Mauritanians ; and, in fhort, we may form a notion of
their religion from that of the Egyptians, Phoenicians, Per-
fians, os Carthaginians. Their language and character
fearcely differed from thofe of the Numidians, As to their
cultoms and habits, they at fir ufed only clubs in their mi-
litary conflicts, till they were taught the ufe of the fword.
All perfons of diflin€tion were clad in rich apparel, orna-
mented with gold and filver, and they took great pains in
curling their hair, curioufly and elegantly, cleanfing their
teeth, combing their beards, which were es and paring
their nails. In time of a¢tion the Mauritanian infantry ufed
fhields made of elephants’ fkins, and they were clad, both
night and day, in thofe of lions, leopards, and bears. The
cavalry were armed with broad fhort lances, and carried tar-

ts or bucklers, made of the fkins of wild bealts. They
ufed no faddles. | Their horfes were {mall and {wift, and fo
much under command, that they would follow them like
dogs. Herodotus intimates, that the fhield and helmet came
from them to the Greeks. Notwithftanding the fertility of
their foil, the poorer Mauritanians never attended to agri-
culture, but roved about the country in a wild favage man-
ner, like the ancient Scythians or Arabian Scenites. They
lived in {mall and inconvenient tents ; their food was corn and
herbage, which they frequently ate green, and without any
preparation ; their habit was the fame in fummer and winter,
and contifted of a tattered, though thick, garment, covered
with a coarfe rough tunic; they repofed on the ground,
fometimes fpreading their garments under them, as the
African Kabyles and Arabs now do. According toa paflage
in Horace, they fhot poifoned arrows; in preparing and
ufing which they were {kilful, haying acquired the art from
felf defence againft the wild beafts, to which they were cxe

Vor. XXIII.

pofed. With regard to the arts and fciences, the Mauri-
tanians were rude and barbarous; but if they excelled in
any art, it mult have been in navigation. “"o magic, for-

cary» and divination, they were much addifed. Strabo

differs from Mela in his defeription of Tingitavia ; for he re-

ps it, not as poor and defpicable, but as an opulent
ae

The hiftory of the Mauritanians prefents to our notice
nothing remarkable, except the defeat of Antes, till the
Roman times. Salluft informs us that nothing of the Mauri,
except their name, was known to the Romans fo late as the
Jugurthine war; and the moft ancient Greek writers con-
fidered them merely asa branch of the Libyans. Bogud, king
of Mauritania, who was contemporary with Julius Cefar,
contributed very much to his great fuccefs in Africas and
he affifled him alfo in Spain. After Cafar’s death, he
joined Antony again{t Octavius, but when he attempted to
make a diverfion in Spain, in favour of the former, the
Tingitanians revolted, and being fupported by Bocchus's
troops in the intereft of O&avius, Bocchus fucceeded and was

ut in poffeflion of Tingitania, and Oétavius granted to the
inhabitants of Tingis the privileges of Roman citizens. After
Bocchus’s death, Tingitania was reduced to the form of a
Roman province, Auguitus gave the younger Juba the two
Mauritanias, together with part of Gatulia, fome time after
his marriage with the younger Cleopatra, inftead of his
father’s kingdom, i. ¢. Numidia, which ftill remzined a Ro-
man province. The Mauritanians, however, did not quietly
fubmit to the Roman yoke. At the commencement of the
reign of Tiberius, Tarfarinas, a Numidian foldier, enterprifing
and courageous, famed among the Romans in the art of war,
entered into a confederacy with fome difcontented Moors, and
refufed to acknowledge the authority of Rome. ‘l'arfarinas
was defeated by the proconful Cornelius Dolabella, In this
war Ptolemy, the fon of Juba II. and grandfon of Juba I.
rendered very confiderable affiltance to the Romans. How-
ever, he was put to death under Caligula. Eudemon, his
freedman, raifed an army in order to avenge his death.
Claudius, who fucceeded Caligula, fent an army againit the
Moors, and they were completely defeated.

In confequence of a treaty of peace between the two
commanders, Mauritania was delivered entirely into the
hands of the Romans; for we find it foon after divided into
two provinces, the one called Tingitania, or Mauritania Tin-
gitana, from the city Tingis, and the other Mauritania Cx-
farienfis, from Ceafar, a furname which Claudius had in ccm-
mon with the other Roman emperors.

The Mauritanians, being completely fubjected to the Ro-
mans, returned to their cuftomary occupations, and having
abandoned a military life, devoted themfelves to the care of
their lands, herds, and fiocks. But the diffentions that
occurred on occafion of the pretentfions of Otho and Vitel-
lius to the empire, put them again in motion. Under the im-
mediately fucceeding reigrs nothing very material occurred ;
but under the empire of Diocletian, they engaged in 2 con-
teft with Maximin, his affociate in the empire. In this con-
fli& they were great fufferers; being obliged to deliver up
their arms and to abandon their country. After the abdica-
tion of Diocletian, they were involved in new troubles.
The troops of Africa revolted and proclaimed Alexander
their lieutenant ; upon which they were attacked and de-
feated by Maxentius.

Conitantine, after his acceffion, granted fingular privileges
to the African churches, which foon became very numerous.
But when the feat of government was transferred to Byzantium

by Conttantine, the diftant provinces were abandoned to the
D oppreflion

MAU

oppreffion of their governors, The Mauritanians fuffered,
and their country was once and again the fcene of tumult and
of war. When the Vandals were deftroyed in Africa under
the reign of Juftinian, by the a€tivity of Belifarius, the
Mauritanians found themfelves expofed to the tyranny and
oppreffion of Greek prefeéts. ‘The people revolted ; and at
length, under the empire of Heraclius, the caliphs having
conquered Egypt and Syria, fent an army on their coatt.
The whole country, as far asthe columns of Hercules, fub-
mitted to their domination, under which it has more or lefs
continued. See Moors.

Mauritania Ca/farienfis, or Cefariana, a part of Mauri-
tania fo denominated under the reign of Claudius. This
province had been feparated from Numidia: it extended
from Mauritania Tingitana, from which it was feparated by
the river Malva on the weft as far as the Ampfagee. See
Nomipia.

MaurirtaniA Sitifenfis, a part of Mauritania Czfarienfis
on the eaftern fide, adjacent to Numidia, fo called from Sitifi,
a town in that territory. ,

MAURITIA, in Botany, a Palm fo named by the
younger Linnzus, after the appellation by which it is known
to the Dutch fettlers in Surinam, Mauritii-Boom, or
Maurice tree. Whether this appellation originated in any
compliment to the memory of their great prince Maurice,
or of any other perfon of the fame name, or whether the
tree were thought to have been brought from the ifland
of Mauritius,. we are not informed.—Linn. Suppl. 70.
Schreb. 779. Mart. Mill. Did. v.3. Juff. 40. Lamarck
Did. v. 3. 739.—Clafs and order, Dioecia? Hexandria.
Nat. Ord. Palme.

Gen. Ch. Male an oblong feffile catkin, covered entirely
with clofely crowded flowers, having obtufe feales between
them. Cal. Perianth of one leaf,’ cup-fhaped, abrupt, en-
tire, triangular, fhort. Cor. of one petal ; tube fhort, the
length of the calyx, with three futures, by which the divi-
fions of the limb are eafily continued down to the bafe ;
limb in three deep, equal, flightly fpreading, lanceolate,
obtufe, channelled, rigid, and almoft woody, fegments. Stam.
Filaments fix, thick and very fhort, inferted into the mouth
of the tube; anthers linear, angular, the length of the
corolla, three of them {preading horizontally between its
fegments, the alternate three ereét, clofely prefled to the
channel of each fegment.

Female unknown.

Eff. Ch. Male an oblong feffile catkin. Calyx of one
leaf, cup-fhaped, undivided. Corolla of one petal, with a
fhort tube, and three-cleft limb. ein :

1. M. flexuofa. Linn. Suppl. 454. Syft. Veg. ed. 14.
see nae: the woods of Be ogne by Dalberg, being
a part of the botanical colleétion, preferved in fpirits of
wine, which king Guitavus III. of Sweden prefented to
Linnzus. (See Gustavia.) It is defcribed as a nearly
leaflefs tree, with angular, zigzag, fmooth branches, com-
pofed of fhort joints {welling upwards and fomewhat re-
curved, each joint terminating in a cup-like, doubly-pointed

Jreath. From thefe fheaths, over the whole ftem, {pring
folitary feffile catkins, of an ovate-oblong cylindrical figure,
rather above an inch in length, widely {preading in two ranks,
each haying at its bafe a pair of larger ere& falcate feales.
The flowers are of a rufty hue, at leaft in the preferved
fpecimens, and clofely cover the whole catkin, ftanding at
a right angle with its common ftalk. The jeales which
feparate the flowers are round and obtufe, fmaller than the
pair at the bottom of the catkin. The flowers fall when
taded, leaving the catkin and its feales permanent. Linnzus

MAU

juftly fpeaks of this tree as very fingular, being almoft def-
titute of foliage, and laments that he knew nothing of the
female flowers or fruit. Thefe are prefumed to be borne on
a diftin& individual.

Mauniria, in Gardening, comprehends a plant of the
exotic tree kind, of which the fpecies cultivated is the
maidenhair tree, or ginkgo, (M. flexuofa.) :

Method of Culture.—-It may be increafed by laying down
the young branches in the fummer feafon, and when they
have ftricken root fully, taking them off and planting them
with earth about their roots in pots filled with light frefh
pee placing them in the greenhoufe, where they muit
be kept.

And the cuttings of the young fhoots may alfo be planted
in pots in the fame manner, plunging them in a moderate hot-
bed till they have ftricken root, when they may be managed
as the other plants are direted to be.

This plant affords variety in the greenhoufe, and when
trained againft walls ; but in the laft cafe muft be fheltered
by mats, in fevere weather in the winter feafon.

MAURITIO, Sr., in Geography, a town of France,
in the department of the Po ; feven miles N.N.W. of Turin.

MAURITIUS, or Je of France, an ifland in the
Indian fea, firft difcovered by the Dutch in 1598, and
fo called by them in honour of the prince of Orange. On
their firft arrival the Dutch anchored with a fleet of five
fhips in a fafe port capable of containing 50 large veffels,
and which, in honour of their vice-admiral, they called War-
wick’s Haven. ‘The country was found to abound with cat-
tle, fowl, fifh, and fruits; and afforded a feafonable fupply
of neceflaries to the crew and of refrefhments to the fick,
who went on fhore for their recovery. Of the importance of
this ifland they were fufficiently apprifed, infomuch that
they recorded in their journals an obfervation, that it might
be commodioufly vifited by outward bound fhips, as that of
St. Helena might be on their return: neverthelefs, they
made no fettlement in this ifland for forty years, and they
were juft in time to preclude the French from taking poffef-
fion of it. They had the precaution to build a fort for the
defence of the haven and watering place ; and in 1640 they
had two or three {mall fettlements in the ifland, befides their
fort. But as they wanted flaves to cultivate their plantations,
they applied to the French governor of Madagafcar, and pre-
vailed upon him to fteal 50 blacks out of the number of thofe
who were under his proteGtion. This fraudulent aé& induced
the people of Madagafcar to withdraw their confidence from
the French; and as to the negroes that were carried to
Mauritius, many of them fled into the woods and mountains,
where they became robbers or banditti, or, as they are deno-
nominated in the Weft Indies, maroons. Thefe were joined
by other perfons of a fimilar defcription, and Lecame fo
powerful, that the Dutch, notwithftanding their garrifon of
50 men in the fort, could not fecure themfelves againft their
infults and depredations. About the beginning of the laft
century, the Dutch Eait India company in Holland deter-
mined to abandon it ; and a¢tually withdrew their colony
from it in 1712, and removed it to the Cape of Good
Hope. The ifland, fays the Abbé Raynal, was uninha-
bited when the French landed there in 1720, and changed
its name from Mauritius tothe Ifle of France, which name
it ftill bears. Its firft inhabitants, he fays, came over from
the Ifle of Bourbon; but it remained in a negleéted ftate
for almoft fifteen years. At length, in 1734, the French

»company refolved to make fome important fettlement

here, and the proje& was entrufted to the execution of
Mahe de la Bourdonnais, As foon as he arrived he was
2 indefa-

MAU

indefatigably active in executing every plan for the improve-
ment of the ifland, which his Braclt deviled : and to him
the French were afterwards indebted Ke aqueduéts, bridges,
hofpitals, and ftorehoufes, Exciting by his example a
{pivit of emulation and induttry in the colonilts, he changed
the whole afpeét of the ifland and the condition ts
inhabitants, during the twelve yearn of his adminiltration.
By hia recommendation the French made choice of the
harbour to the N.W. of this ifland, in preference to
that which is more f{pacious and more commodious to
the S.E.; a harbour to the leeward poffefling many ad-
vantages in latitudes where the general winds prevail. The
{pirit which he excited led the inhabitants to the cultiva-
tion of corn, which became the molt profperous of all
the branches of agriculture practifed at this ifland ; where
the fields yield annually in regular fucceflion a crop of
wheat and another of maize or Indian corn, The ma-
nioe or caffava, which was brought from Brazil by
. la Bourdonnais, ferved as common food to the blacks.
n conlequence of the improvements of this governor, fhips
ing to India found all the refrefhments and conveniences
they wanted after a tedious paflage, The continual fup-
plies afforded to fhips and f{quadrons have contributed to
check the increafe of cattle, which it was the object of La
Bourdonnais to multiply. However, the ifland produces ex-
cellent pafture, i iprings up in the beginning of the
rainy feafon, It completes the whole courfe of its vegéta-
tion in the courfe of three months, during which interval the
inhabitants feed their herds. This ifland has occafionally
fuffered much from hurricanes, fo that the colony has been
referved by the attention of the governor in procuring
i from the Cape of Good Hope. The cultivation of
corn in this ifland has been much promoted by M. Poivre ;
and in a variety of other ways, particularly by introducing
the nutmeg and clove, and the rice of Cochinchina, he
contributed to enrich the colony entrufted to his care. M.
Ceré procured from Ceylon, and planted in this ifland, of
which he was governor, a great number of cinnamon, clove,
and nutmeg trees, which have been very profperous. But
in 1786, the Dutch, aétuated by the true {pirit of mono-
poly, fent a vagabond to the ifland in order to deftroy thefe
plantations; but the plot was difcovered in time, and the
vagabond efcaped merited punifhment.
he foil of this ifland is, generally {peaking, red and
{tony ; towards the fea-coafts it is mountainous, but within
land there are many {pots both level and fertile. Some of
the mountains are high, but none exceed 426 fathoms in
elevation: it is faid, however, that their fummits are co-
vered with {now throughout the year. The whole ifland is
well watered; and it produces all the trees, fruits, and
herbs, which grow in this part of the globe, in great plenty ;
groves of oranges as well as citrons; and the pine-apple
grows {pontaneoufly in great perfeGtion. The chief pro-
duce is Pier When this ifland was firft difcovered, the
ground was covered with wood up to the fummits of the
mountains, fo that it was one immenfe foreft full of beautiful
trees. M. Rochon obferved in it different kinds of the
palm-tree, bamboos, ebony, mat-wood, tacamaca, ftinking
wood, aad many other kinds of valuable trees. No ve-
nomous animals, except {corpions and millepedes, are known
here. For finenefs of climate, and falubrity of air, this
ifland, as well as that of Bourbon, may be compared with
the Fortunate iflands. ‘The whole extent of the ifland is
about 150 miles, and its form is nearly circular. The po-
pulation, in the year 1790, exclufive of the military, was
eftimated at 8000 whites and 12,000 blacks. Thisifland,

MAU

the lat remains of the French poffeffions in the Indian feas,
was taken by the Englith, December 2, 1810. 58. lat. 20
12/, E. long, 58” 27’.
MAURO, Sr., atown of Naples, in Lavora; 4 miles
5.E. of Capua,.—Alfo, a town of Naples, in Bafilicata ;
22 miles S.E. of Acerenza,—Alfo, a town of the county
of Tyrol; 12 miles N,N.E. of Trent.—Alfo, a town of
Naples, in Calabria Citra; 3 miles W.S,W. of Roffano,
AUROCENIA, in Botany, Linn. Hort. Cliff. 108.
Gen, ed. 1. 85, was named by Linnaeus in honour of Gio-
vanni Francefeo Mauroceno, a Venetian fenator, who had a
very fine and rich garden at Padua, of which a catalogue
was publifhed there by Antonio ‘Tita in 1713, being an bo
of 183 pages, befides 13 pages defcribing a journey of the
author’s over the mountains of Trent. This genus was

fubfequently funk in Coline, the only {pecies of which it
confilted being Cafine Maurocenia, Linn. Sp. Pl. 385, See
Cassine.

MAUROLICO, or Mavnoticus, Francis, in Biogra

phy, who flourifhed in the fixteenth century, defcended from a

noble Greek family, Se driven to feek an afylum in Sicily
from the perfecution of the Turks, ) was born at Meffina in the

ear 1494. He was, at a very early period, diftinguifhed by
kis proficiency in polite literature, the learned languages, and,
above all, in mathematical learning. He devoted himfelf to
theology as a profeffion ; but his Svobkne ftudies were thofe
of the belles lettres, and the fciences properly fo called
For a confiderable time he was profeflor of mathematics in
his native city, and was much followed and admired on ac-
count of the great perfpicuity with which he explained and
illuftrated the moft difficult queftions. His ferns, as a
mathematician, extended over the whole of Europe. He
excelled in geometry, aftronomy, optics, and architeéture ;
and he enjoyed the efteem and friendfhip of the moft illuf-
trious perfons of his time. He was by his countrymen re-
garded as their fecond Archimedes. He reftored the fifth
book of Apollonius, which had been loft ; and he difcovered
a new method of demonftrating the properties of the conic
fe€tions, in which he has been followed by many modern
geometers. He made difcoveries in the art of dialling,
of which he publifhed an account in his “ De Lineis Ho-
rariis.”” He wrote on optics, and is mentioned by Dr.
Prieftley and others as the perfon who difcovered that it is
the cryftalline humour which colleéts and unites on the
retina the rays which it receives from external objets, and
brings every pencil to its proper focus; and by means of it,
he was able to explain the phegomena of long and fhort-
fightednefs, which had been till then inexplicable. He is
faid alfo to have given the firft folution of the problem con-
cerning the image of the fun appearing round, though the
rays that form it are tran{mitted into a dark room through
an angular aperture. He died at the advanced age of
eighty, leaving behind him numerous works, that atteft to
the greatnefs of his talents, and his unceafing induftry and
perfeverance, though he was for many years an invalid.
His biographers have given the titles of the following as his
principal works: ‘ The Spherics of Theodofius ;” <* Emen-
datio et Reftitutio Conicorum Apollonii Pergzi;” ‘ Ar-
chimedis Monumenta omnia;"’ ‘ Euclidis Phenomena ;"’
* Opufcula Mathematica ;” ‘¢ Arithmeticorum Libri duo ;””
** Photifmus de Lumine et Umbra ;’”? “ Problemata Me-,
chanica ad Magnetem et ad Pyxidem nauticam Pertinentia.”’
Prieftley’s Light and Colours. Moreri.

MAURON, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Morbihan, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftri& of Ploermel; 10 miles N. of Ploermel. The

rz place

MAU

place contains 4212, and the canton 9035 inhabitants, on a
territory of 1924 kiliometres, in 7 communes.

MAUROUWSE, the name of a creature of the deer kind,
mentioned by Joffelyn. It feems to be the fame with the
dama Virginiana of Mr. Ray, one of which creatures was,
in his time, kept alive in St. James’s park.

This is not certain, however; for Joffelyn’s defcription is
very imperfect: he only fays it is like the moofe-deer, but
is fmall, and has {mall horns,

MAURS, in Geography, a town of France, in the de-
partment of the Cantal, and chief place of a canton, in the
diftri&t ef Aurillac; 18 miles $.S.W. of Aurillac. The
place contains 2045, and the canton 11,929 inhabitants, on
a territory of 262: kiliometres, in 13 communes.

MAURSEE, a confiderable lake of Pruffia, in the pro-
vince of Culm; 10 miles E. of Raftenburg.

MAURUA, or Maunooa, one of the Society iflands,
in the South Pacific ocean, of {mall fize, wholly furrounded
by a reef, and deftitute of harbour for fhipping. It is in-
habited, and bears the fame produce as the neighbouring
iflands. Its middle rifes in a high round hill, that may be
feen at the diftance of 10 leagues. S. lat. 16° 26’) W.
long. 152°.

MAURUCA, a kingdom on the ealt coaft of Africa,
fituated in about S. lat. 14° 30’. E. long. 37° 14!.

MAUSAHEID, or Mesex, a town of Arabia; 35
miles N, of Mocha.

MAU-SIDS, a town of Arabia, in the province of
Yemen; 24 miles N. of Mocha.

MAUSOLEUM, a magnificent tomb, or funeral monu-
ment, decorated with archite€ture and fculpture, and in-
{cribed with an epitaph; ereéted in honour of fome emperor,
prince, or other illuftrious perfon.

The word comes from Mau/olus, the name of a king of
Caria, to whom Artemifia, his widow, ereéted a mot ftately
monument, that has fince been numbered among the feven
wonders of the world; calling it, from his name, Mau-
foleum. It was fixty-three feet long, almoft four hundred
and eleven feet in compafs, and about thirty-five feet high,
furrounded with thirty-fix columns, that were beautified in
a wonderful manner. Pliny has defcribed it, lib. xxxvi.
cap. 5. Afterwards the fame name was given to ‘all coftly
monuments. ‘Thus the ftately monument was called, which
Anguftus built, during his fixth confulfhip, between the
Flaminia Via and the Tiber, to be a burial-place for him
and his family, and which Strabo has defcribed in his fifth
book. It is alfo the name which Florus, lib. iv. cap. 11.
gives to the monuments of the kings of Egypt, wherein
Cleopatra fhut herfelf up, and put herfelf to death. Many
authorities teltify, that the Romans gave this name to thofe
fepulchres whofe ftru@ture was magnificent.

Mauso.eum is alfo ufed to fignify the decoration of a
fictitious tomb, or catafalca, in funeral pomp.

MAUSSAC, Puitir-James, in Biography, a learned
critic, was born at Touloufe in the year 1590, where his
father was a counfellor of parliament. He was educated for
the profeffion of the law, and became prefident of the court
of aides at Montpellier, where he died in 1650. He was
accounted one of the beft Greek fcholars of his time. He
wrote ‘* Notes and Corrections on Harpocration,” “ Re-
marks on the Treatife on Mountains and Rivers afcribed to
Plutarch,’’ and various other works. Moreri.

MAUTCHONG-Counsan, in Geography, a mountain
of Thibet. _N. lat. 31° 38’. E. long. 83° 44!.

MAUTEN, a town of Carinthia, at the conflux of the
Moledin and the Geil; 8 miles S.W. of Saxenburg.

MAU

MAUTERN, a town of the, duchy of Stiria; 8'milés
N. of Windifch Gratz.

MAUTH, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of Beraun ;
18 miles S.E. of Beraun.

MAUTHAUSEN, a town of Autftria, on the left bank
of the Danute; 7 miles E. of Steyregg.

MAUTOUR, Puirtisert Bernarp Moreau pe, m
Biography, auditor of the chamber of accompts at Paris,
and member of the academy of infcriptions. He was born
at Beaune in 1654, and died in 1737. He wrote fome
papers in the Memoirs of the Academy of Belles Lettres,
and poems. He was alfo the editor of an abridgment of.
Petavius’s Chronology, 4 vols. 12mo. Moreri.

MAUTTERN, in Geography, a town of Auftria, on
the fouth fide of the Danube, oppofite to Stein; 32 miles
W.N.W. of Vienna. N. lat. 48°23. E. long. 75° 38,

MAUTTERNDORYF, a town of the principality of
Salzburg; 11 miles S. of Radftadt.

MAUVEZIN, a town of France, in the department of
the Gers, and chief place of a canton, in the diltri@ of
LeGoure; 17 miles S.S.E. of Le€toure. The place con-
tains 2005, and the canton 9083 inhabitants, on a territory
of 1924 kiliometres, in 26 communes.

MAUVILLON, James, in Biography, profeffor of the
military fciences in the Caroline college at Brunfwick,’ was
defcended from a French family, and born at Leipfic in
1743. His father being profeffor of the French language
in the Caroline college, he had an opportunity of pro-
fecuting his ftudies under the celebrated men who, at that
time, were an ornament to the feiences which they taught.
The favourite purfuits of the fon were the languages, draw-
ing, and mathematics. He foon difplayed a ftrong attach-
ment to a military life; but as this was oppofed by his fa-
ther, who wifhed him to ftudy the law, he went privately
and offered to inlift himfelf with general Wallmoden.
Though his ardour was great, his lature was fo {mall and
diminutive, that the general refufed to admit him into the
fervice. At length, however, he was received into the
corps of engineers; but, at the conclufion of the war, he
was, at the perfuafion of his father, induced to repair to
Leipfic to ftudy the law. His mind was not at all formed
for legal itudies, and he preferred to thefe the drudgery of
affiting ina fchool. Here he improved himfelf in the Latin
language, and foon after, on the recommendation of the
general, was appointed engineer of bridges and highways at
Caffel, and teacher of the military fciences. About this
period he became a contributor to fome periodical works,
and wrote his *“ Letters on the Merits of the German
Poets,’’ which, on account of the feverity of his animad-
verfions, excited againft him many enemies. In 1775 he
gave proofs of his diligence, as well as his talents, by tranf-
lating Raynal’s «* Hiftory of the Indies,’”? a work of Tur-
got’s, and Ariofto; befides being engaged in feveral jour-
nals. In 1777 he was appointed captain of a corps of
cadets, and obtained the friendfhip of profeffor Dohm, after-
wards the Pruffian minifter. To this perfon he addreffed
his “‘ Phyfiocratic Letters,” which were publifhed in 1780 ;
and in the fame year he was eleéted a member of the Society
of Antiguaries at Caffel, and wrote feveral papers, which
were inferted in its tranfactions. In 1781 he publifhed his
“ Introduétion to the Military Sciences,” with an Effay
on the thirty years’ war, and another on the influence
which the invention of sunpowéer has had in modern wars.
Thefe were all publifhed in the French language. His
fituation in the corps of cadets fubjeGted him to much un-
eafinefs ; and about this time he repaired to Potzdam, and

folscited

MAW

folicited an appointment from Frederic T1., which would
have been rea iy granted; but he found his wife fo averfe
from fettling in ‘praia, that he gave up the idea, and re.
turned to his former fituation at Caffel. He ftudied religion
av well as military tactics, and in 1787 publifhed what he
entitled a “ Syftem of Religion.’ He had, previoufly to
this, formed an acquaintance, which ripened into friendfhip,
with the celebrated Mirabeau. An account of the joint pur-
fuits of thefe friends may be found in Mirabeau's * Lettres
du Compte de Mirabeau a un de fes Amis en Allemagne,
écrites durant les Annets 1786-90.” Manvillon died in
1792. The lait work which he publifhed was entitled
« Man aid Woman,” written iv oppofition to a book b
Brandes, in which the female fex hed not been treated wit
that degree of jultice which Mauvillon thought due to them.
Me began a “ Life of Prince Ferdinand of Brunfwic,”
which is faid to be the beft of all his productions. Mau-
villon was fond of company; and in the early part of life,
the whole object of his labour was that he might gratify his
tafle without running into debt. In his manners and drefs
he was exceedingly fimple ; he had no attachment to wine,
but was exceffively fond of coffee; he was a zealous advo-
cate for the principles of toleration, and in all kinds of com-
pany avowed his fentimenta with the greate(t freedom. He
was friendly to the French revolution, but difapproved of
the horrid fcenes which attended it. Gen. Biog.

MAUZAT, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Puy-de-Ddme, and chief place of a can-
ton, in the diftric&t of Riom. The place contains 1565,
and the canton 9072 inhabitants, on a territory of 2424
kiliometres, in ro communes.

MAUZE’, a town of France, in the department ef the
‘Two Sevres, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
Niort. The place contains 1600, and the canton 6576
inhabitants, on a territory of 145 kiliometres, in 8 com-
munes.

MAW, a fea-port of Ceylon, at the mouth of a river on
the welt coait; 50 miles W. of Candy. N. lat. 7°45’. E.
long. 75° 55".

Maw. Fee AxzoMasus.

Maw-Skin, in Rural Economy, a provincial word ufed
to fignify the ftomach of the calf prepared for cheefe-
making.

MAWAR-UL-NERE, denoting “the country beyond
the river, or “ Tranfoxiana,’* in Geography, a country of
Independent Tartary, lying beyond the Oxus, or modern
Gihon or Jihon ; and beyond the lower parts of the courfes
of that river, and the Sihon, or ancient Iaxartes.

MAWHELLIPOUR, atown of Hindooitan, in Ba-
har; 3 miles S.W. of Bahar. N. lat. 25° 21’. E. long.

Sat olor

*wAwnt, a fea-port town of Africa, in the country of
Sabu, on the Gold coaft, inhabited chiefly by fifhermen.
In the middle of the town is Fort Naflau, built by the
Dutch, with a fmall garrifon. ;

MAWS, Srv., a borough town in the parifh of St. Juft,
hundred of Powder, and county of Cornwall, England, is
fituated on the ealt fide of Falmouth harbour; one mile dif
tant from Falmouth, and 270 from London. It confilts
only of one {lreet, containing about twenty honfes, in-
habited chiefly by fifhermen. A fair is held annually, but
the town has never been incorporated, and has neither
church, chapel, nor meeting-houfe; yet it fends two repre-
fentatives to parliament, and has done fo ever fince the
fourth year of queen Blizabeth. — It is governed by a port-
reeve, who has the title of mayor. The principal influence
and property of the borough are now poffefled by the marquis

MAX

of Buckingham, King Henry VIII. creed a caftle here,
oppofite'to that of Pendennis, to which it is very inferior
both in fize and fituation, though buile nearly at the fame
time, by the fame monarch, wt for the fame purpofe, i. ¢.
the fecurity of Falmouth harbour. The works are com-
letely commanded by a hill, which rifes immediately be-
bind them, Deauties of England and Wales, vol. ii.

MAXANTELLA, an ifland near the port of Matan-
chel, on the weft coaft of New Mexico, in the North Pacific
ocean.

MAXDORYFP, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of Leit-
meritz ;°10 miles W. of Kamnitz.

MAXEN, a town of Saxony, famous for a viétory ob-
tained by the Auftrians, commanded by count Daun, over
the Pruifians, in 1759, when 20,000 Pruflians laid down
their arms and faeeaddered prifoners of war; 80 miles S, of
Drefden.

MAXENTIUS, Marcus Avurerivs Varenivs, in
Biography, a Roman emperor, was the fon of Maximian,
and married the daughter of Galerius, The abdication of
Maximian and Dioclefian, in 305, made room for the ele-
vation of Galerius and Conftantius to the rank of Auguftus:
of courfe, two new Cefars were to be appointed ; but
Maxentius, on account of his vicious propenfities, was

afled over, though, from his birth and rank in the ftate,
e feemed beft entitled to that honour. Deprived of what
he thought was his natural right, he waited only for an op-
portunity of afferting his claims; and in 306 he declared

~himfelf independent emperor, and, without remorfe or com-

punction, put to death the prefeét, and other magiftrates
who adhered to Galerius. His abdicated father, by this
time, weary of retirement, refuming his dignity, joined
him; and Severus, the newly-made Cefar, who marched
againft them, finding himfelf deferted by his army, fur-
rendered himfelf ce, rs to the victorious emperors. He
was at firft received with great humanity, and treated with
a refpe&t due to his rank. Maximian himfelf conduéed the
captive emperor to Rome, and gave him the moft folemn
aflurances that he had fecured his life and happinefs, by the
refignation of the purple. But, in fpite of the honour of
an emperor, Severus could only obtain an eafy death, and
an imperial funeral. In February 307, the fentence was
fignified to him, but the manner of executing it was left to
his own choice. He preferred the favourite mode of the
ancients, that of opening his veins; and as foon as he ex-
pired, his body was carried to the fepulchre which had been
conftructed for the family of Gallienus. Galerius, at this
time, entered Italy with a powerful army, for the purpofe
of dethroning Maxentius; but he found the new emperor fo
ftrongly defended, and his own troops fo wavering in their
fidelity, that he thought it belt to confult his fafety by a
retreat. Maximian alfo became his rival, and attempted to
depofe him; but the foldiers decided in favour of the
younger claimant, and Maximian, who aimed at all, loft all,
and was oblized to retire with fhame and humiliation.
Maxentius was now the undifputed matter of Italy. He
paffed into Africa, where he rendered hinifelf odious by his
cruelty and oppreffions. His fufpicions frequently endan-
gered the lives of perfons of rank; and the honour and
chattity of their wives and daughters were daily expofed to
violation from his brutal defires. The heroic condu& of a
Chriftian lady, who plunged a dagger into her breaft, in
order that fhe might efcape his impure embraces, has been
recorded by fome writers to her honour, though others have
quettioned the lawfuluefs of the a& ; but none have hefitated
to hold up the condu@ of the tyrant to that contempt and
infamy which it fo juitly merited. Upon the return of

Maxentius

2?

MAX

Maxentius to Rome, he was informed that Conftantine was
come to dethrone him. The refources of Maxentius, both
in men and money, were ftill confiderable. The Pretorian
guards felt how itrongly their own intereft and fafety were
conneéted with his caufe, and an army was f{peedily col-
leGted. It was far from the intention of the emperor to lead
his troops in perfon. ‘ A ftranger,’’ fays the hiftorian,
« to the exercifes of war, he trembled at the apprehenfion
of fo dangerous a conteft ; and as fear is commonly fuper-
ftitious, he liftened with melancholy attention to the rumours
of omens and prefages, which feemed to menace his life and
empire. Shame at length fupplied the place of courage,
and forced him to take the field, being unable to fuftain the
contempt of the Roman people. The circus refounded
with their indignant clamours, and they tumultuoufly be-
fieged the gates of the palace, reproaching the pufillanimity
of their indolent fovereign, and celebrating the heroic f{pirit
of Conftantine. Before Maxentius left Rome, he confulted
the Sibylline books. The guardians of thofe facred oracles
were as well verfed in the arts of this world, as they were
ignorant of the fecrets of fate; and they returned him a
very prudent anfwer, which might adapt itfelf to the event,
and fecure their reputation, whatever fhould be the chance
of arms.” At length he affembled his forces, and gave his
enemy battle; but loft the day, and fled with the utmof
precipitation to the city. The bridge, over which he was
to crofs the Tiber, was in a decayed fituation, and he fell
into the river, and was drowned. This happened on the
24th of September, A-D. 312. The cowardice and luxuries
of Maxentius were as confpicuous as his cruelties. He op-
preffed his fubje&s with heavy taxes, to gratify the cravings
of his pleafure, or the avarice of his favourites ; and he was
{o debauched in his manners, that neither virtue nor inno-
cence was fafe, if within his reach. He was naturally de-
formed, of an unwieldy body, and the {malleft exertions to
him were as Herculean labours. Gibbon, vol. ii. 8yo.
Univer. Hitt.

MAXILLA, in Anatomy, the jaw. The term is ufually
applied to the bones. The maxilla fuperior contains fix
pairs of bones, and one fingle bone; the maxilla inferior is
afingle bone. See CRANIUM.

Maxitra, Fradures and Diflocations of, in Surgery.
Fracture and Luxarion.

MAXILLARIS, Maxitiary, in dnatomy, an epithet
applied to various parts about the jaws. ‘There is an ex-
ternal, an internal, and an inferior maxillary artery (fee
ARTERY); one inferior and two fuperior maxillary bones
(fee CRANIUM); a maxillary gland, which is a mucous
gland of the cheek, placed near the back upper teeth; a
fuperior and inferior maxillary nerve, branches of the fifth
pair (fee Nerve); a maxillary finus or antrum maxillare,
which is a large hollow of the fuperior maxillary bone. See
Cranium and Noss.

MAXILLARY Sinus, dbfcefs of, in Surgery.
ABSCESS.

Maxiniary Sinus, Fungus of. See Funcus,

MAXIM denotes an eftablifhed propofition or principle ;
in which fenfe it amounts to much the fame with axiom.

Maxims are a kind of propofitions, which have paffed for
principles of {cience ; ‘and which, being felf-evident, have
been by fome fuppofed innate.

A maxim in law is faid to be a propofition, of all men
confeffed and granted without argument or difcourfe.

Maxims of the law are holden for law ; and all other cafes
that may be applied to them, fhall be taken for granted.
(x Inft. 11.67. 4 Rep.) The maxims in our law-books,

See

See

MAX

which are many and various, are fuch as the following, viz.
It isa maxim, that land fhall defcend from the father to the
fon, &c. That if a man have two fons, by divers venters,
and the one purchafe lands and die without iffue, the other
fhall never be his heir, &c. That as no eftate can be
vefted in the king, without matter of record, fo none can
be divefted out of him but by matter of record. That an
obligation, or matter in writing, cannot be diffolved by an
agreement by word, without writing. Co. Litt. 12. 141.
See Law.

MAXIMA Casantensis, in Ancient Geography, one of
the five provinces into which Britain was divided by the
Romans; but the reafon of the name, and the time when
this province was ere¢ted, are not certainly known. It was
bounded on the fouth by the Humber, on the eaft by the
German ocean, on the weft by the Irifh fea, and on the
north by the wall of Severus; and contained the countries
of the Parifi and the Brigantes, which are now the counties
of York, Durham, Lancafter, Cumberland, and Northum-
berland. For the other four provinces, fee Fravia Ce-
farienfis and V ALENTIA.

Maxima, Lat., Maxime, Fr.
Table.

Maxima et Minima, in Analyfis and Geometry, are the
greateft and leaft values of a variable quantity; and the
method of finding thefe greateft and leaft values is called
the method de maximis et minimis, which forms one of the moft
interefting inquiries in the modern analyfis. This fubjecé
was conlidered geometrically by fome of the moft ancient
mathematicians, particularly by Apollonius, in the fifth
book of his Conics; and there are ftill a few problems of
this kind, which fucceed better by the geometrical than by
the analytical method: their number, however, is very
limited, compared with thofe which may be elegantly per-
formed by analyfis. To the latter, therefore, we fhall
principally direét our attention, only fhewing, in a few
cafes, how the fame may be accomplifhed by means of the
pure elements of geometry.

The method de maximis et minimis, according to the ana-
lytical doétrine, firft arofe at the beginning of the feventeenth
century, after the invention of Defcartes for exprefling the
properties of curve lines by means of algebraical equations,
and clafling them into different orders, according to the
degree of the equation which expreffed the relation between
the abfcifs and ordinate. Befides the method of Defcartes,
we have alfo thofe of Fermat, Hudde, Huygens, Slufe,
and fome others, which are now all fupplanted by the gene-
ral and elegant method of fluxions; yet as thefe feveral
methods may be confidered as fo many fteps towards: the
difcovery of the latter, it will be interefting to have a brief
abftra&t of them, in order to fhew how flow and progreffive
are the fteps to knowledge, and by what imperceptible de-
grees we arrive towards perfeCtion,

Fermat's Method de Maximis et Minimis.—The principle
upon which Fermat formed his operation confifted in this :
that when the ordinate of a curve was the greateft poffible,
if we augmented the variable quantity x, which reprefents
the abfcifs, by an indefinitely {mall quantity e, the ordinate
correfponding to this abfcifs will be equal to the former, or
will approach towards equality indefinitely near; or, which
is the fame, the increafe or decreafe of an ordinate, when it
approaches indefinitely near its maximum or minimum, is no-
thing; and, therefore, thefe two ordinates may be con-
fidered as equal, whence an equation is obtained, from
which cancelling the like quantities, and all thofe powers
of e beyond the firit, becaufe they are indefinitely {mall with
regard to the others, and dividing the other terms by ¢, the

value

See Massima and Time-

4

‘
)

in the equation y* = 2a -

MAXIMA ET MINIMA,

value of w will be obtained, that renders the funétion
maximum or a minimum,

For example: let it be propofed to find that value of x,
x’, which renders y a maxi-
mum.

Increafe the variable quantity by ¢; then,

yometa(xe te) — (ete)
Or, 2ae— x's 2av— w+ 20e— tex +e’,
Or, O= 24¢—2¢Kx;
by rejecting ¢’, which is indefinitely {mall: whence again,
2ae=2exn, OF x= a,

Again: required the value of x, in the equation y' =
aw’ — «', which renders the whole fun@ion a maximum,
Making, as before, # =v + ¢, we have

ae —a=ax—«' + 2axve+ae— zex'—3ex—e',
Or, O= + 2axe— Zex's
by fuppreffing thofe powers of ¢ above the firft: whence,
3ex*= 2axe, Or «= fa.

Thefe examples will be fufficient to thew the f{pirit of
Fermat’s rule, which is in principle much the fame as the
fluxional method; only that it wants that generality and
elegance which conttitute the diftinguifhing characteriftics of
the latter.

Defeartes’’ Method.—This confifted in making two of
the roots of the equation equal to each other; in which
cafe, two of the ordinates of the curve became equal, and
thus indicated the maximum or minimum ftate. This, how-
ever, being much lefs eligible than the preceding, we will
not enter into farther explanation, but proceed to Hudde’s
method, which is in principle the fame as Defcartes's, but
more elegant and concife.

Hudde's Method.—This, as we have obferved, confifted,
like that of Defcartes, in making two of the roots of
the propofed equation equal to each other, and for which
he gave the following rule: viz, multiply each term of
the equation, arranged according to the power of x, by
the terms of an arithmetical progreffion, viz. the firft by
the firft, the fecond by the fecond, &c.; and the equation
thus obtained will indicate the maximum or minimum re-
quired.

Let us take, for example, the equation above, a2* — x?

— gy
—e

Arranging this equation according to the powers of x,
~and fupplying the deficient term, we have

2 —axt+or—y=o.
Arith. prog: 3, 2, Ss n,0%
32°— 2ax*°=0
© _3«1= 24x", or x= $a, as above.
Again: let 2*— ax + y>— 2by + 8, be propofed.
Writing this, we —ax+ (yp —2b¥4+8)=0..
Arith. prog. Seis Ako 50m
2a°—axv=0, or x=Ha.

This rule, though not fo general.as could be wifhed, is
ftill extremely fimple and ingenious; and, confidering the
ftate of analyfis at the period it was difcovered, it is highly
creditable to its author, to whom we are alfo indebted for
feveral other analytical and geometrical improvements.

Huygens’ Method—As the rule of .Hudde, deferibed
above, was a fimplification of that of Defcartes, fo the
following one is founded on the principle of Fermat, and

can only be confidered as a fimplification of his method.
Inflead of fubltituting «# + ¢ for x, and then cancel-
ling the like terms, fupprefling thofe in which ¢ rifes
to a higher power than the firft, and finally dividing by ¢;
Huygens, as alfo Slufe, arrive at the final equation at
once by the following fimple rule: multiply each of the
terms in which » is found by its exponent, rejecting all thofe
into which it does not enter; divide the refult by #, and
make the whole equal to zero; and the eq&ation thus arifing
will give the value of x required.

For example: required the value of « in the equation

ax' — w= y',

Multiplying each of thofe terma by the exponent of «x in
them, we end Gax"— 34'; then dividing by «,

6ax* — 32x°=0, or 3x'—6ax=0,
or, a —-2ax4+a =a’, or w=at+a;
that is, «=o, or 2a.

This rule differs in no refpeét from our fluxional operation,
except that we divide by x inftead of +; yet the generality
of the latter is fuch, that the rules above defcribed have
long been forgotten, and are only given here as prefenting
an hiftorical view of the methods employed by our prede-
ceffors ; and in this refpe&t they are entitled to particular
notice ; for in them is evidently contained the germ of the
modern analyfis. Farther advances were made in thefe
kinds of operations in the method of tangents, but they are
foreign to our prefent enquiry; of thefe the differential tri-
angle of Barrow is particularly interefting, See Tancenrs.

Of the method de maximis et minimis according to the
fluxional or differential calculus.

1. The fluxion of a quantity, when it is a maximum or
a minimum, is equal to zero, oro. This is obvious from
the definition of a fluxion, for this being the meafures or
rates of increafe or decreafe of a variable quantity ; when
this quantity becomes a maximum, or a minimum, its flux-
ion muft be = o, becaufe at that point it admits of no far-
ther increafe or decreafe.

2. Ifa quantity be a maximum or minimum, any power
or root of that quantity muft then evidently be a maximum
or minimum. For the power or root of a quantity will
increafe or decreafe as long as the quantity itfelf increafes
or decreafes, and no longer.

3- Any con‘tant multiple, or part, of a quantity, which
is a Maximum or a minimum, mutt alfo be a maximum or a
minimum. For the multiple or part of a quantity will
increafe or decreafe as long as the quantity itfelf increafes or
decreafes, and no longer; therefore, when its fluxion is
made equal to zero, the conftant multiplier may be ne-
gle&ed.

4. The fluxion of a conftant quantity = o. For this
admitting of no increafe or decreafe has no fluxion, or its
fluxion = o.

1. To divide a given number (a) into two fuch parts
x and y, that x” y” may be a maximum.

Since. « + y = a, and x” y" = a maximum, the fluxions
of each = 0; the former becaufe it is conftant, and the
latter becaufe it is a maximum, whence

x+y¥=0
maya * x tax my"*"-*4=—0:
from the firft we have x = — _¥3; and fubftituting this in
the fecond, gives
mys" 'x— naxx" ' x = 0, OF
my" x™—* = a ghosts or
my = 3 whence

MAXIMA ET MINIMA.

n
yore
€onfequently, « + =~ x == a, or

me dys 22
m+n oe ge we

If m = n, then the two parts are equal.

Hence, to divide a quantity (a) into three parts, a, y, x,
fo that wy z may be a maximum, the three parts muit be
all equal amongft themfelves, For whatever one of the
parts may be, if it be conftant, the produé of the other
two will be the greateft when they are equal to each
-other ; and in the fame manner, if we confider any one of
the parts as conftant, the reCtangle of the other two will
‘be the greateft when they are equal to each other; whence
it is obvious, that the product will ‘be the greateft when
the three parts are equal to each other. And in the fame
manner, if the given quantity be divided into aay number
of parts, the produét of them, or the produét of any equal
powers of them, will be the greateft when the feveral parts
are all equal amongft themfelves.

2. To divide a given number (a) into two fuch parts,
x and y, that the fum of their alternate quotients may be a
maximum.

Here we muft have x + y = 4,

=

rs :
and — + 2 = amaximum.
a

Now fince the firft is conftant, and the latter a: maximum, _

we have + = — j, and
xy —jau
oe ae :
er, fubftituting for % its equal — y, this becomes

jx—*y

> = 0%;

sa tnd Bt ee, Se eee
b i
aP ty) 9S ERS.
ae Traian aad

I
—, ory? = x*, or w = y; that

I
whence we have — =
‘4

is, each of the required quantities is equal to 3 a.
3. Of all right-angled triangles, having the fame hypothe-
nufe ; to determine.that which fhall have the greateft area.
Let the given hypothenufe be reprefented by 4, and the
required fides by x and y; then we ‘have thefe two equa-
tions ;
x + ~ pe

vy = a maximum,
‘

In the firt we have 22% + 2y p= 0, orx = 22:

in the fecond xy + $x = 0.
Subftitute for x, and we obtain

~I2 b5y%= 0, or 9° = 2%, ory = #5
and, confequently, both w and y = 2 S

This refult is alfo readily obtained from the pure elements
of geometry ; for the hypothenufe being given, let there be
defcribed upon it a femicircle ; then it is obvious, that the
area of that triangle will be the greateft whofe perpendi-
cular, let fall upon the hypothenufe from the right angle, is
the greateft; and this evidently is the cafe when that perpendi-

cular is equal to the radius, or when the rightsangled tri.

angle is alfo ifofceles.
4. To find the greateft cylinder that can be infcribed in a

given cone. .
Let the altitude of the cone be reprefented by a, the

diameter of its bafe by 4, the altitude of the cylinder by

x, and the diameter of its bafe by y: alfo put .7854 = p.
Now by fimuilar triangles, as

aibitb—#: 2 (bx) = 9;
and by the queltion p y* x = a maximum, or fubftituting for
y, and fupprefiing Ait becaufe it isa conftant multiplier,
2

we have
baw — 26x* + 2? = a maximum, or
Bx —4bxx + 32° = 03 whence
ge—4qgbe= —Jd,

which reduced, gives « = 3 5.

5. To divide a given are A into two parts fuch, that the
mth power of the fine of one part, into the nth power of
the fine of the other, may be a maximum.

Let P and Q reprefent the two arcs, x and y their fines,
radius being unity, then we muft have

a” x y" = amaximum,
and-confequently, my" 2"—! x +22" y"—*3 =O;

whence we find my z= — 2xj.

x : x
——— _, ad Q =
iat ee
from the known do&rine of fluxions; alfo
Py Q =o, becaufe P + Q = A, whence P = — QO;

i(k os oft ot? uaa
'J(C— 9) ~ Ge
Multiply this equation by the equation

myx = — NK Sy

Now Pe

and we obtain
tity gaibresag * :
J (1 — x) af (PY =e)
or, which is the fame,

m.tan. P = 2.tan. Q,
whence

m:n: tan. O: tan. P

(m + n):(m—n) :: (tan. Q + tan. P) : (tan.Q — tan. P)
But
~ (tan. Q + tan, P): (tan. Q — tan. P) :: fin. (Q +P):

fin. (Q — P); ;
or, (m + 2): (m—n):: fin. A: fin. (Q — P);
whence, fin. (Q — P) = fin. A x = z -

Now, therefore, knowing the fine of the difference, we
know alfo the difference of the arcs, whence the fum being
alfo given, the arcs themfelves are readily determined. We
might have obtained the fame refult from the known trigo-
nometrical formula; viz. :

fin. (P + Q) = fin. P. cof. Q + fin. Q. cof P,
that is, the above notation remaining, and making
fin. {P + Q), orfn. A =e.

m xX

‘ey

MAXIMA E

s/(t—-y) ty VO —*") Sa,
and we have alfo #” y" = a maximum: from which two
equations the values of « and y may be determined; and,
confequently, the arcs of which they are the fines.
6. To find the value of » in the equation «* = a minimum,
Make w' = «, then » log. » = log. «, and

. x £
&log. we +x x — = —=0,
* t
becaufe, a’, or, is to be a minimum,
whence log. #=> — 1,

that is, # is that number of which the hyperbolic logarithm
is — 1.

Application of Maxima et Minima to phyfical Problems.

7. Given two elaltic bodies A andC to find an interme-
diate body x, fo that the motion communicated from A to C,
through x, may be a maximum.

Put a = the given velocity of A, w the velocity com-
municated to C, and = the velocity communicated to +;
then by the known theory of elattic bodies

A+ex:2A:ia:w
e+ Crariswis
taking the produ€t of correfponding terms
(Awe¢eex' + AC+ Cr): 4 Avia: s, or

Atet AS cigAuare

Now as the two mean terms are conftant, the laft term’

varies inverfely as the firft; and, therefore, as the laft is to
be a maximum, the firft term muft be a minimum; and, con-
fequently, its uxion = 0; that is,

ACx

x

= 0; whence «x = .f AC;

that is, x muft be a mean proportional between the two given
bodies.

8. To determine at what angle the wind ought to ftrike
againft the fails of a windmill fo that the effe& to put it
in motion may be the greateft poffible.

Let + = the cofine of the required angle, then the
fin» = 1 — a’, radius being unity ; hence by the princi-
ples of hydroftatics, the effect being as the produ@ of the
cofine into the fquare of the fine, we mutt have

2x (1 — #) =x — x} = a maximum,
whence #—3x°4 = 0,0rx = ,/3 = cof. 54° 44',
which is the required angle.

9. Given the folidity of a cone to find the bafe and
height, when the time of its vibration fhall be a minimum,
the point of fufpenfion being at the vertex.

Let x = the radius of the bafe, y = the altitude, p =
3-1416; then } pxy* =z, the given folidity.

Now the diftance of the point of fufpenfion from the
centre of ofcillation, in a cone fufpended at its vertex,

= 4a +9 See OscitLation. And this, from the nature

5* :
of the problem, mutt be a minimum.
ae: 3. 4ety _ 4pe'+ 35
But y* = = whence ees Spal

This being put into fluxions gives
60 p xt x — 40 p atx — jopsxx _ >
25 pa =
Vou. XXIII.

r MINIMA.

or, Opu'— 4px —jg1 =o,
] J i
whence « « / 3/ andy = 2x /3 '
V ap V 4p
confequently, x $23 ./ 2.

riy3

10. To find the pofition of the planet Venus, when it
gives the greateft quantity of light to the earth

Let S be the fun, (fig. 1. Plate XI11. Analyfis,) E, the
earth, V, Venus, produce E V, on which let fall the perpen-
dicular S B, and withthe centre V, and diftance VS, de
fcribe the circular are SA, Pur SE= a, SV=AV
=6,EV =s,BV =y; thnA B= b — y, the veried
fine of the angle SV Aj and by the known aftronomical
theory, the quantity of light received by the earth from
aot RE 2 = Z = a maximum,

5 = x

Venus varics as ?

Again, (Euclid, b. ii. p.12.) & =P + + 2% 5
ahs

iy. ie

therefore, y = = peered § (by making m’

=a'— b').

Hence, the quantity of light varies as

4 m—s she—misx ‘
— = = ———__—— = a maximum ;
_ 2 x’ Vs

hence its fluxion

(abs + 2e%) 22) — 6x x (2b x — m+ x’)
42°

or, (26 + 2%) 22'— 60° (2b% — m+ x’) =

=

whence by reduétion, &c.
—x—4b2+ 3m =o,
2+ 4b4= 3m’,

and hence, zr=>— 264+ (48 + 3m’)

Since then, we know the three fides of the triangle ESV,
the angle E of elongation is readily found = 39 44.

We might have extended thefe kinds of problems to a
much greater length, had the limits of our article admitted
of it; but it is prefumed that the above will throw con-
fiderable light on the fubject ; and render the application of
thefe principles eafy and familiar in moft other cafes. The
reader who is defirous of farther information relating to the
method of maxima et minima, as applicable to mechanical
and aftronomical fubjeéts, may confult Dealtry’s Principles
of Fluxions, or Vince’s Treatife on the fame fubje&: fee
alfo Simpfon’s and Maclaurin's Treatifes on Fluxions, to
the former of which works we are indebted for the follow-
ing article.

Application of Maxima et Minima to curve Lines—Having
already confidered this fubjeét at confiderable length under
the article IsopeRIMETRICAL Problems, we fhall, therefore,
be very brief in our obfervations with regard to them in this
place ; but as there are certain problems of this kind, which
eafily yield to the ordinary method of maxima et minima,
we thought it right ta touch flightly on this fubje& in the

refent article.

To find the nature of curves, in which fome canditions
being invariable, others become the grgateft or the leait
poffible. .

1. Giyen the length of a curve to find the area a maxi-

therefore,

mum.
It is evident, that by merely putting the fluent yx a

maximums

maximum, no folution can be obtained; for no limitation is
expreffed, and the fluent will admit of increafe or decreafe
without limit. But as the length is given, the f. x, fo far
as concerns the f y x, is a given quantity ; therefore, the

f-9% +f. % mut bea maximum :
er, rendering the terms homogeneous, in order that they
may admit of comparifon,

f:y%#+f-.az = amaximum.

Now if for every individual value ef y, this owing quan-
tity be always a maximum, the whole fluent will be fo Jike-
wife ; but for every fuch value of y, the flowing quantity is
y#-+ a2. Hence the nature of the curve will be deter-
mined by afcertaining what relations of z and = will render
gy * + az a maximum for any given value of y; or the
fluxion of y x + az = 0, whilft y is conftant; and this
mutt be the cafe for every fucceffive value of y throughout ;
fo that in each limiting portion of the area, for every value
of y, the ratio of # : x muft be fuch as to make y % + az
a maximum,

therefore ge Faxz=0; bute = 7 +4;
whence z% = x X, and ren pea
z
; — axk - =
confequently, yet= + aoe andy = + ak.

But from the nature of the problem y % mutt be pofitive,
and, therefore, the true refult is yz = az.

Now, in the circle a: y::%:%3; whence ax = yz.
Hence the curve required is a circle; in which the length
being given, the area is a maximum.

Therefore, if A and B denote any funétions of x and y,
and # = ,/ (c? + 5”), where ¢ is conftant, the expreffion
A x + Bj is a maximum, or a minimum, when A y =
+ B %, or the funétions of x and y are reciprocal.

z. To determine the nature of a curve, which generates
a furface, fo that the furface being given, the folid may be
a maximum.

Here f.2py%, or f.y is given; and f. y* x is a
maximum : hence the fluent of ay z + fluent of 7% a
maximum ;

‘or; f-ayza fey * = a maximum;

therefore, ayx=y xz, Orax=yxr

which is a property of the circle, and the body isa fphere.
- To determine the nature of the generating curve, that

the folidity being given, the furface may be a minimum.

Here f . y? % is given, and f. ay z is a minimum; there-
fore, y>x = ay x, and yX = ax: the required curve,
therefore, is a circle, and the body a {phere.

The fame principles are employed in the work above
quoted, to the finding of the folid of leaft refiftance, and a
few other problems of the fame kind; but as we have al-
ready confidered thefe under a more general form in the
article IsoprRiMeTRY, we fhall not purfue the fubje& any
farther in this place.

To afcertain the number of maxima or minima that appertain
to any variable fundion.

In the preceding problems it has generally happened, that
the equations from which we have derived our maximum or
minimum have been of the firft degree ; and, therefore, ad-
mitted of only one-rational value; but it may happen that
the final equation is of a higher dimenfion, and, confequently,
admitting of feveral roots, each of which may be employed,
at leaft fo far as we have confidered the fubje€ at prefent:
alfo, as our operation is precifely the fame, whether we are

MAXIMA ET MINIMA.

feeking a maximum or a minimum, it is neceflary to have
fome means of determining, @ priori, which root gives the
maximum, and which the minimum, as well as to afcertain
the number of each.

In our former definition, we {tated a maximum, or mini-
mum, to be the greateft or leaft ftate of a variable funétion ;
which was done in order to fimplify the idea, being in fact
the real import of the word; and in any quettion of a phy-
fical nature, the term muft be ftill underftood in this light.
That is, if the fluxional equation be of fuch a de as to
admit of feveral roots, that one muft be found which makes
the refult the greateft, or leaft poffible; but analytically,
we muft underftand this term to fignify that ftate of a varia-
ble funtion, which, if the variable upon which it depends
be either increafed or decreafed, the whole funétion will
decreafe or increafe, according as it is in its maximum or
minimum ftate ; but this increafe or decreafe is frequently
limited, and being carried beyond a certain point, the whole
funtion will again increafe or decreafe. This will be more
obvious, from (fig. 2. Plate XIII. Analyfis,) where the feveral
ordinates A B, E F, I K, are maxima, and C D, GH, are
minima, any one of which, as for example E F, will be
obferved to recede from its maximum towards a minimum,
as it approaches towards C or D ; but beyond thofe points,
it again approaches towards its other maximum value. The
obje&, therefore, of our prefent enquiry, is to afcertain the
number of maxima or minima that a fun&tion may have, and
which root of the final equation gives the one, and which the
other.

In order to this, let y be any funétion of’, and fuppofe
that x has attained that particular value whicn renders the
fun@ion y a maximum or a minimum; it follows then, if «
be either increafed or diminifhed by any quantity 4, that we
ought to obtain for the whole funétion a relult Jefs or
greater than the preceding, according as it was in its maxi-
mum or minimum ftate. Now, if we reprefent by y" the
function anfwering to x + 4, and by y! the funétion anfwer-
ing to x — 4, we fhall have from Taylor’s theorem

by Bi bi
o at Re —_— — ——————— .
aa Lia eit oie Teagan. er
bj, By BY
| — .
FSS he Ey Sea page ee

And fince the powers of a quantity which is lefs than
unity become lefs and lefs as the exponent is greater, it»may
be readily conceived, that 4 may be taken fo {mall, that each '
of the terms of the preceding feries may be greater than
the fum of all the following ones; and, confequently, the
fign of the whole feries, beginning at any term, will always
be the fame as that of the firft term, as to pofitive or nega-
tive.

Therefore, if by be any thing but zero, y will be greater
x

than y', and lefs than »"; and, confequently, is neither a
maximum nor minimum; therefore, when it is either the

by :
one or the other, — =o. In this cafe, we have
x

by b 5

— a a

Lt aes I 7g ar tee
ae Boe

J AG 1.277 3.2.9

where it is obvious that y > y!/, and > y"; ory < y',

<_y", according as is negative or pofitive; and

1.2%”
is,

MAX
is, therefore, neceffarily a maximum or a minimum.
4
Sul 2.
1.a¥
nor a minimum ; for in this cafe, y is > y', and < y". We

have, therefore, the following rule for afcertaining the maxi-
ma et minima of any propofed funétion, Find the value

= ©, then again y is neither a maximum

of » in the equation 2. = 0, and fubltitute it for x in the
*

expreffion a then if the refult is negative, y is a maxi-

mum, if pofitive, a minimum; and if it be zero, then y is

neither a maximum nor a minimum, unlefs alfo cs be equal
xr

to zero; and then it will depend upon the fign of 2. and
x

fo on, and the fame procefs being obferved, with regard to

each of the roots of the fluxional equation, the number of

maxima et minima will be obtained.
Let us illuftrate the preceding rule by an example.

1. Find y = x! — 82! + 22 x*° — 24.2 + 10, a maxi-
mum or minimum, Here
Z = 48) — 243" + 449 — 24 = 05

where # = I, 2, and 3.

And it is required to find which of thefe roots anfwers to

the maxima, and which to the minima. Now
= 12x° — 48 x + 44.

And here, making x = 1, 2, 3, the refults are refpec&-
ively +, —, +3 therefore the root 2 anfwers to the maxi-
mum, and the other two to the minima.

2. Let there now be propofed the funétion

y= ve — 7x1 4+ 19x? — 25 x* + 16x + Io.
Here 3 = 5 x* — 28 x3 + 57 x* = 5ox+ 16=0.

And the roots of this equation are 1, 1, 2, 13. Now

~

J
Nets x} — 842° +4 114.4% — 50,
which = 0, when a = 1; therefore the root 1 gives neither
a maximum nora minimum, unlefs = = 0; which upon
~

trial does not obtain.

But by afluming « = 2 in this equation, the refult is
— 4; and, confequently, this value of x anfwers to a maxi-
mum.

And by fubmitting the other root 13 to the fame teft, a
fimilar refult will be obtained.

We will add another example, with which we muft con-
clude this article.

3- To find when the fun&ion

y =a — 182° + 96 x — 20

becomes a maximum or a minimum.
Here = = 38° 364496 =o,
in which equation the roots are x = 4, x = 8.

Now z= 6x — 36.

MAX

Here the root 8 gives Z pofitive.

And the root 4 gives a negative.
a

Therefore the former anfwers to the minimum, and the
latter to the maximum.

If the fluxional equation has no real root, then it follows
that the propofed funétion admits of neither a maximum nor
a minimum ; but increafes or decreafes ad infinitum.

MAXIMENE, in Geography, a town of Walachia; 18
miles N. of Galacz.

MAXIMIANOPOLIT, a town of European Turkey,
in Romania, founded by the emperor Maximian ; iiceaty
the fee of a bifhop, in the province of Rhodope, but now a
{mall place 60 miles S.W. of Adrianople.

MAXIMIANOPOLIS, in Ancient Geography, a town
of Palefline, the fame as Hadad-Rimmon, in the valley of
Jezree), and in the plain of Megiddo, An ancient traveller
places it 17 miles from Cefarea, and 10 from Jezreel.—
Alfo, a town of Thrace, in Media, upon the northern bank
of the Marfh Buton; called alfo Myxe. See Maximian-

OPOLI.

MAXIMIANUS, Hercurivs Marcus Avretius
Vacenivs, in Biography, a native of Sirmium, in Pannonia,
was the fon of parents who gained their daily fubfiftence
by the labour of their hands. Brought up in ruftic manners,
and deftitute of every advantage of education, he early
embraced that way of life which alone prefented the pro-
f{peé& of advancement, and enlifted as a common foldier in the

oman armies, Afpiring to fomething better than the fer-
vile chara&ter which he then held, he gradually rofe through
the feveral ftages of command, diftinguifhed by ftrength and
hardinefs of body, and the military virtues of courage and
obedience. He fought under the emperors Aurelian and
Probus on the banks of the Danube, Rhine, Euphrates,
and borders of the ocean, acquiring the talents of an éx-
perienced foldier, if not of a at general. His manners
were not changed in his progrefs, but he remained rude and
ferocious, ae a propenfity to the groffeft debauchery.
In the courfe of his fervice, he contraéted an intimacy with
his fellow-foldier Dieclefian, who, when elevated to the im-
perial dignity, remembered the valour, courage, and hardi-
hood of Maximianus, and rewarded his fidelity by making
him his colleague in the empire, and by ceding to him the
command of the provinces of Italy, Africa, and Spain, and
the reft of the weftern territories of Rome. The perfonal
fuperiority of Dioclefian was, however, recognized in the
aflumed epithet of Jovius, while Maximian took that of
Herculius. Maximianus fhewed the juftnefs of the choice of
Dioclefian by his viGtories over the Barbarian tribes with
whom he was called to contend. As foon as Dioclefian
entered into the twentieth year of his reign, he celebrated,
in conjunGtion with Maximian, that memorable era, as well
as his own great fucceffes, by the pomp of a Roman triumph.
(See Diocixstan.) This triumph was dignified by feveral
circumftances of fuperior celebrity and good fortune,
Africa and Britain, the Rhine, the Danube, and the Nile,
furnifhed their refpeG@tive trophies; but the moft diflin-
guifhed ornament was of a more fingular nature, a Perfian
victory, followed by an important conqueft. The repre-
fentation of rivers, mountains, and provinces were carried
before the Imperial car. The images of captive wives,
the fifters and the children of the great king, afforded a new
and grateful fpe@acle to the vanity of the people. Not
long after this, a fevere illnefs infpired Dioclefian with the
defign of abdicating his oe which refolution he carried

2 iato

MAX

into effet in the month of April or May, 305. Maximian
was induced by his authority to follow his example, and on
the fame day divefted himfelf of the purple at Milan, and
retired to a delightful villain Lucania. In the courfe of a
few months, as we have feen in the article Maxentius, he;

at the defire of his fon, re-aflumed the imperial dignity, and:

was now anxious that this fon fhould yield all authority into
his hands. This fingular conteft for empire between father
and fon, and its decifion, have already been noticed. Maxi-
mian retired in confufion into Illyricum, and endeavoured
to engage Galerius in his caufe. Difappointed in his ex-
pectations, he returned to the court of his fon-in-law, Con-
itantine, apparently contented with his lot, but in truth
watching an opportunity for recovering his power; and
while Conftantine, in 309, was engaged on the banks of the
Rhine in repelling an invafion of the Franks, he fpread the
report of Maxentius’ death, and haftily refumed once more
the enfigns of office. The intelligence of this event caufed
Conftantine to return {peedily into Gaul, who feized upon
Maximian, and confined him to the palace under ftri&t watch ;
but without intending to infli@ a feverer punifhment. The
clemency of Conftantine infpired Maximian with the dark
defign of murdering him ; and he had the wickednefs and
temerity to folicit his daughter Faufta to join him in the con-
{piracy. She informed her hufband of the plot, and through
their contrivance, a flave, who was an eunuch, was placed
in the emperor’s bed, whom Maximian {tabbed to the heart,
on the fuppofition that it was his mafter. Upon this detec-
tion he was judged unworthy to live, and being permitted
to choofe his death, he ftrangled himfelf. Such is the gene-
rally accredited account ; but Gibbon reprefents the matter
differently : he fays, that Maximian was delivered into the
hands of his fon-in-law by the treachery of his army, in con-
fequence of which, a fecret and irrevocable fentence of death
was pronounced againft the ufurper, and he obtained the
fame favour which he granted to Severus, and it was pub-
lithed to the world, that, opprefled by the remorfe of his
repeated crimes, he ftrangled himfelf with his own hands.
© After he had loft the affiftance, and difdained the moderate
counfels of Dioclefian, the fecond period of his aétive life
was a feries of public calamities and perfonal mortifications,
which were terminated in about three years by an ignomi-
nious death. He deferved his fate; but we fhould find
more reafon to applaud the humanity of Conftantine, if he
had fpared an old man, the benefator of his father, and the
father of his wife.. During the whole of this melancholy
tranfa@tion, it appears that Faufta facrificed the fentiments
of nature to her conjugal duties.’ Gibbon. Univer.

Hitt.

MAXIMILLIAN I., emperor of Germany, born
in 1459, was fon of the emperor Frederic 1V. In early
life he was fo dull and apparently deficient, that he was
for feveral years confidered rather in the light of an
ideot. About ten years of age he became remarkably ad-
diéted to learning, and acquired, with furprifing quicknefs,
the Latin, French, and Italian languages. In his twentieth
year his father effeted a marriage between him and Mary,
the heirefs of the great houfe of Burgundy. Lewis XI. of
France having feized part of her inheritance in the Low
Countries, Maximillian made war againft him, defeated his
troops, and recovered great part of the ufurped territories.
He alfo fuppreffed the revolts which broke out in various
parts of the Low Countries. As he was proceeding in a
career of fuccefs, he had the misfortune to lofe his wife, a
circumftance that gave a fhock to his authority, and the

uardianfhip of his children was immediately contefted by
the ftates. A civil war enfued, which at length was accom-

MAX

modated on the condition that he fhould continue tutor te
hie fon Philip, under reftri€tions. In 1486, Maximillian
was ele¢ted king of the Romans, and crowned at Aix-la-
Chapelle: upon his arrival at Bruges to meet the ftates-
general in 1488, the inhabitants ran to arms to fecure his
perfon, being fufpicious that he was inimical to their rights
and liberties ; at the fame time they imprifoned fome of his
counfellors, four of whom they beheaded. ‘The people of
Ghent followed their example ; but, after fuffering a kind
of imprifonment for ten months, he was liberated. In 1493,
he fucceeded, by the death of his father, without oppofition,
to the imperial dignity. He marched at the head of an
army again{t the Turks, who had invaded Croatia, but they
retreated before he could reachthem. In 1494, he took for
his fecond wife Blanche, the fifter of John Galeazzo, duke
of Milan, an ailiance which engaged him in the affairs of
Italy ; and when Charles VIII. of France had made himfelf
matter of the kingdom of Naples, Maximillian joined in the
confederacy of the pope, the king of Spain, and feveral
Italian powers to oppofe his arms. He alfo effe€&ted a mar-
riage between his fon Philip and the infanta Jane, daughter
of Ferdinand and Ifabella, by which the Low Countries
eventually fell under the dominion of Spain. After the
retreat of Charles from Italy, Maximillian, in 1496, en-
gaged in an expedition into that country, and laid fiege to
Leghorn ; but, failing in his attempts, he returned with
difgrace. He next attempted to reduce the Swifs; but
feven defeats, within fix months, made him glad to terminate
the war in 1500 by atreaty. After the death of his fon
Philip, in 1507, he obtained the regency of the Low Coun-
tries, of which he conftituted his daughter Margaret gou-
vernante. The famous league of Cambray againft the Ve-
netians took place in 1 509, to which Maximillian was one
of the contracting parties. His troops took poffeffion of
Friuli and Iftria, and he, at the head of a great army, laid
fiege to Padua, but was obliged to abandon the enterprize.
When pope Julius deferted the league and declared war
againit the French, Maximillian endeavoured to get him
depofed, in order that he himfelf might fucceed to the
papacy ; but his f{cheme entirely failed. For a large fub-
fidy he engaged to affift Henry VIII. in his invafion of
France ; but failing in his engagement, he came in perfon
with a few German troops, and flattered the vanity of the
Englifh monarch, as well as gratified his own avarice, by
ferving under him for the pay of a hundred crowns a day.
On the acceffion of Francis I. he made peace with that
monarch, who therehy regained the Milanefe. He took
little or no part on the fubje& of the Reformation at-its
commencement; but at the folicitatién of the monks he
applied to Leo X. to terminate the religious difputes by his
own decifion, and he fummoned Luther to appear, with the
promife of a fafe conduct, before the diet of Augfburg.
He was particularly anxious to fecure the fucceffion to the
imperial crown for his grandfon Charles; but in the midft
of his cares on this fubjeét he died in January, 1519. In
his private chara&er he was amiable and refpectable ; but
as a public man he wanted that decifion which conftitutes
true dignity in a prince. He was beneficent and humane,
and his memory is ftill cherifhed in Germany for abolifhing
the famous fecret tribunal of Weitphalia. He was author
2 a poems, and compofed memoirs of his life. Univer.
ift. i

MaxiMicxian II., emperor of Germany, fon of Ferdi-
nand, was born at Vienna in 1527. He was educated in
Spain under his uncle, Charles V., whofe daughter he mar-
ried, and he governed that country three years in the name
of his father-in-law. After his father had afcended the
I imperial

MAX

imperial throne, he conferred on Maximilian, in r56a, the
crowns of Hungary and Bohemia, and caufed him to be
elected king of the Romans: and upon the death of Fer-
dinand, in 1564, he fucceeded to the empire without any
oppolition. He was already diftinguifhed for prudence and
moderation, and well acquainted with the languages and
difpofitions of the various people under his {way. The
{pirit of his adminiltration was pacific, and his reign, for the
molt part, ane The Proteftants of Auftria, who had
been very ufefal to the emperor in lending him money to
on the Turkifh war, and afterwards cancelled the
debt, requelted to be indulged in the free exercife of their
religion, which he readily granted. He was not contented
to do good himfelf, but endeavoured, by all the means in his
ower, and by {trong remonttrances to his coufin, Philip
ing of Spain, to put a ftop to the cruelties exercifed by
Alva in the Low Countries; but that bigot refufed to
liflen to his advice, or to follow his example. Actuated by
the fame principles, he forbad Charles 1X. to make levies
in Germany for the purpofe of exterminating the French
Hugonots, though he could not prevent the Protettant
princes of Germany from fending fuccours to their perfe-
cuted brethren in France. Twice he folicited the crown
of Poland, with the intention of conveying it to his fecond
fon, but want of activity prevented him from attaining his
obje&: he had, however, been fuccefsful in fecuring to his
eldelt fon Rodolph the reverfion of the empire, and of the
kingdoms of Bohemia and Hungary, and avowed his inten-
tion of fupporting his claim to the kingdom of Poland by
force of arms; but this purpofe, if real, was defeated by
his death, which happened in 1576. He had, it was faid,
for fome time previoufly to the event, devoted many of his
leifure hours to the contemplation of a future ftate; and
had been accuitomed to difcourfe, in his familiar parties,
upon the immortality of the foul, which he looked to not
only without terror and difmay, but with hope and Chriftian
confidence. Maximillian I1., fays the hiftorian, ** appears to
have been one of the molt amiable princes that ever fwayed
the imperial fceptre. No individual ever complained of hay-
ing heard a harfh expreffion from his lips, none ever departed
diflatisfied from his audience. So regular were his econo-
mical arrangements, that to every act of his life its appro-
priate hour was allotted; and every day after dinner the
meanett of his fubje&ts was at liberty to approach him. A
faithful hafband, an affectionate parent, and a paffionate
lover of truth, his example had confiderable influence on the
manners of his people, and the empire flourifhed in a peculiar
manner under his adminiftration.” Univer. Hilt.
Maxuiciian, duke of Bavaria in the 17th century,
was called, on account of his courage and fuccefs, the De-
fender of Germany ; and, for his fingular prudence, he ac-
quired the name of Solomon. He zealoufly oppofed the
Protettants, and was confidered as one of the principal fup-
porters of the Catholic religion, In 1620, he gained the
battle of Prague againft Frederic, prince palatine, who had
been eleGted king of Bohemia. [Tor thefe fervices Maxi-
millian was named an elector of the empire. He died in 1651,
aged 70. Moreri.
_ MAXIMIN, Sr., in Geography, a town of France, in
the department of the Var, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftri&t of Brignolles; 20 miles N. of Toulon, The
place contains 3717, and the canton 9778 inhabitants, on a
territory of 4124 kiliometres, in nine communes. N. lat.
° 98!, E. long. 5° 55’.
MAXIMINUS, Caius Jutius Verus, in Biography,
a Roman emperor, raifed to this high rank from almoft the
loweft clafs of fociety, was born in Thrace, A.D. 183.

MAX

His father was a barbarian of the Gothic nation, his mother
an Alan, and he himfelf was brought up to attend the herds
and flocks. In this flation he had frequent opportunities of
exhibiting his prowefs in combating the bands of robbers
who overran the country. He is faid to have attained to
a gigantic ftature, lke correfpondent ftrength of art
which produced, in an uncultivated mind, a favage and fe-
rocious character. He was both the pride and the dread of
his diftriét, at the time when the emperor Severus, return-
ing from the Eaft, halted in Thrace, to celebrate the birth-
ow of his fon Geta. “ The country,” fays Gibbon,
“ flocked in crowds to behold their fovereign, and a young
barbarian of gigantic ftature earneftly folicited, in his rude
dialeé&t, that he might be allowed to contend for the prize
of wreltling. As the pride of difcipline would have been
difgraced in the overthrow of a Roman foldier by a Thra-
cian peafant, he was matched by the ftouteft followers of
the camp, fixteen of whom he fucceflively laid on the
ground. His victory was rewarded by fome trifling gifts,
and a permiffion to enlift inthe troops. The next day, the
happy barbarian was diftinguifhed above a crowd of recruits,
dancing and exulting after the fafhion of his country. As
foon as he perceived that he attrated the emperor’s notice,
he inftantly ran up to his horfe, and followed him on foot,
without the leaft appearance of fatigue, in a long and rapid
career. ‘ Thracian,’ faid Severus, with aftonifhment, ‘ art
thou difpofed to wre(tle after thy race?’ Moft willingly,
fir, replied the unwearied youth ; and, almoft in a breath,
overthrew feven of the ftrongeft foldiers in the army. A
gold collar was the prize of a matchlefs ativity, and he
was immediately appointed to ferve in the horfe-guards who
always attended on the perfon of the fovereign.” As a
foldier he diftinguifhed himfelf no lefs by his attention to
military difcipline than by his valour, and his ferocity bent
to the f{pirit of obedience and fubordination.. Under Ca-
racalla he rofe to the rank of centurion, but he nobly re-
fufed to ferve under the affaffin of that prince, and retiring
to his native place he purchafed property, and carried ona
commerce with the barbarous tribes from which. he derived
his origin. During the reign of the monfter Heliogabalus
he kept at a diftance from the court, notwithftanding the
folicitations of his friends to take a military tribunefhip.
Alexander Severus knew the worth of Maximinus, and com-
mitted to his care a legion of new recruits; the duties of
which ftation he fulfilled with the utmott affiduity, beftow-
ing the minuteft attention upon their exercife, arms, health,
and apparel. When he was told by a perfon of contider-
able rank, that in fuch a career of promotion he need not
trouble. himfelf, he indignantly replied, “ I am of a dif-
ferent opinion, the higher I rife the more 1 fhall labour.”
Though, as an officer, he was a ftri@ difciplinarian, his
manners, and the figure of his perfon, rendered him ex-
tremely popular among the foldiery, who gave him the ap-
pellations of Ajax and Hercules. His elevation began to
infpire him with ambitious views, which effaced the fenti-
ments of affection, gratitude, and duty: he afpired to the
throne, and was proclaimed, by the army, emperor, in the
year 235. The decree of the foldiery was confirmed by
an always complying fenate, and one of his firft acts was to

.confer on his fon, a youth of fine talents, the title of Czfar.

His heart now became callous to the feelings of honour and
humanity ; he not only removed from his prefence the friends
and advyifers of the late emperor, but put many of them to
death upon the flighteft and mott frivolous grounds. A
con{piracy againft his perfon afforded him a better pretext
for the moft fanguinary cruelty, and a vaft number of per-
fons of rank loft their lives on the occafion, with various

circumftances

MAX

eircumftances of barbarity. He now became the object of
univerfal dread and deteltation, and was, in a fhort time,
fuch is the progrefs of vice and cruelty, grounded on am-~
bition, ranked among the moft bloody tyrants that ever
difgraced the Roman purple. He ftill had the art to retain
the attachment of his army, in whom he confided, and
crofling the Rhine into Germany with numerous and well
difciplined battalions, he laid wafte a wide traét of country
with fire and fword, and deftroyed a great number of na-
tives who oppofed him. In thefe aétions he difplayed the
fkill of a general, with the bravery of a private foldier,
and made it fufficiently evident that war was the true theatre
of his glory. After two campaigns, he paffed the winter of

the year 236 at Sirmium, occupied in raifing money by -

the fevereft exa&tions, which, by means of his officers, were
extended to all the provinces of the empire. The procu-
rator of Africa carried his extortions to fuch an intolerable
excefs that a confpiracy was formed againft him, to which
his life fell a facrifice; andin the year 238, Maximinus and
his fon were difpatched by an indignant and fuffering peo-
ple, who, fixing their heads upon fpears, difplayed them as
trophies through the army, who received the intelligence
with joy, and united in declarations of fidelity to the Paste
and its decifions. Maximinus has been reckoned, by eccle-
fiaftical writers, among the perfecutors of the Chriftians,
but the candid hiftorian does not readily admit the title of
“the fixth perfecution’”’ to be juftly applied to the reign
of this emperor. He is defcribed, by Gibbon, as a brutal
favage, deftitute of every fentiment that diftinguifhes a
civilized, or even a human being. ‘ The body,” fays he,
&¢ was fuited to the foul.”” The ftature of Maximinus ex-
ceeded the meafure of eight feet, and circumftances almoft
incredible are related of his matchlefs ftrength and appetite.
Had he lived in a lefs enlightened age, tradition and poetry
might well have defcribed him as one of thofe monftrous
iants, whofe fupernatural power was conftantly exerted
for the deftru€tion of mankind. Gibbon. Univer. Hitt.
Maximinus, C. GaLerius VALERIUS, a Roman em-
peror, fon of the fifter of the emperor Galerius, was in
the year 305, upon the abdication of Dioclefian and Maxi-
minian, raifed, by the influence of his uncle, to the rank of
Cefar, and, in the divifion of the empire, the provinces of
Egypt and Syria were placed under his government. When
Licinius, in 307, was raifed by Galerius to the rank of
Auguftus, Maximinus, difdaining an inferior title, infifted
on the fame elevation, and upon fome reluétance on the part
of Galerius to grantit, he caufed himfelf to be nominated
to that dignity by his aflembled troops: thus at one and the
fame time, the Roman world, in the year 308, witnefled fix
Augulti or emperors. On the death of Galerius, in 311,
Maximinus fhared his dominions with Licinius, and added
A(fiatic provinces to his former poffeffions, In the conteit
between Maxentius and Conftantine, Maximinus fecretly
allied himfelf with the former, though he took no open
part inthe war. When Galerius iffued his edi€ in favour
of the Chriftians, Maximinus, though an enemy to them,
thought proper to concur. Still he had a great defire
to re-eftablifh the Pagan worfhip, with all its impoftures of
magic and divination. He was preparing to renew the per-
fecution, and, in the mean time, he not only gave to the an-
cient religion a fyftem of church government copied from
the Chriffians, and threw about it all the luftre of the ftate,
but employed every art to difcourage and vilify Chriftianity.
He is alfo charged with having publifhed and carefully
diffeminated a falfe narrative of the death of Jefus Chrift,
filled with the moft injurious reprefentations. The principal
cities of his dominions, as Nicomedia, Antioch, and Tyre

MAX

were inftigated to fend addrefles to him, expreffing their ab-
horrence of the Chriftians, and imploring that they might be
expelled. Thefe, however obtained, led to the infliGtion of
cruel and ignominious punifhments and to the deftruétion
of fome lives. The dangers that menaced Chriftianity in
Afia were averted by the war, which, in 313, took place
between Maximinus and Licinius. ‘The latter had made an
alliance with Conftantine, and the apprehenfion of its confe-
quences feems to have been the chief motive of Maximinus,
who begun the attack. He was entirely defeated, and was
obliged to feek his fafety ina rapid flight ; and it is faid he
reached Nicomedia, a diftance of 160 miles, in the fpace of
twenty-four hours from the conclufion of the battle. He
retreated to Tarfus, where, in a few months, death put an
end to his difgrace. His whole family was facrificed to the
vindiétive rage of the conqueror. Gibbon. Univer. Hitt.
MAXIMUS, M. Craupius Purizenus, a Roman em-
peror, was the fon of a mechanic, but having a defire to
enrol himfelf in the army, he enlifted at an early age, and
became diftinguifhed firft as a foldier, and afterwards in
fome of the public offices of ftate. In 227 he obtained the
confulate, and was afterwards proconful of Bithynia, Greece,
and Narbonnenfian Gaul, and was appointed to military
commands in various parts of the Roman empire. As
prefe& of Rome, he difplayed intelligence, firmnefs, and
feverity, fo that he acquired a general refpe&t, accompanied
with an awe, approaching almoft to terror. In 237,
when the murder of the Gordians deprived Rome of the
emperors it had chofen in the place of the tyrant Maxi-
minus, the merit of Maximus caufed him to be invefted
with the purple together with Balbinus. Some oppolition
was firft made to his acceffion, and it was refolved to add
the younger Gordian, then a child, to the emperors al-
ready chofen. At length Maximus was received with joy-
ful acclamations as the deliverer of his country, and the con-
dué& of the three emperors feemed to promife the reftoration
of an equitable and wife government to the Roman world.
The various nature of their talents feemed to appropriate to
each his peculiar department of peace and war, without leav-
ing room for a jealous emulation. Juftice was regularly
adminiftered, wholefome laws were enatted, and oppreffive
taxes were repealed or moderated. Difcipline was revived,
and with the advice of the fenate many excellent regula-
tions were introduced into the feveral departments of go-
vernment. The pretorian bands, accuftomed to depofe and
to make emperors at their pleafure, foon fhewed fymptoms
of difcontent under a fovereignty which they had not efta-
blifhed, and apprehended that the reign of law and order
would be deftruétive of their power. They accordingly
feized upon the opportunity when the citizens were occu-
pied in the Capitoline games, rofe in mutiny, and marched
towards the palace: laid hold of the two emperors, treated
them with every mark of infult, and, to prevent the pof_i-
bility of a refcue, took away their lives, leaving their bodies,
mangled with a thoufand wounds, expofed to the infults or
the pity of the populace. Gibbon. Univer. Hift.
Maximus, PErronius, an emperor of the Welt in the
fifth century, was a Roman of noble birth. Poffeffed of an
ample patrimony, and adorned with liberal arts and elegant
manners, he obtained the favour of the prince and the fenate,
and of courfe rofe to high and important offices in the ftate.
In March 455, Maximus was elected emperor, in the room
of Valentinian, who had, on account of his vices and
tyranny, been affaflinated. In a few hours he was convinced
that happinefs and fovereignty were generally at variance,
and he was heard to exclaim, “ Happy Damocles, whofe
reign began and ended with a dinner !’’ His own power
was

a

MAX

was very fhort-lived ; when attacked by Genferic, king of
the Vandals, in Africa, he was depeleed of all courage and
refence of mind, and thought of nothing. but how to make
is sg Cowardice in a prince is always hateful aad con-
temptible, and as foon as his intentions were known, the
people, who would probubly have rallied round him, had he

n inclined to defend his country, rofe upon him, and a
foldier gave him a fatal blow. His body was ignominioufly
dragged through the ftreets and thrown into the Tiber.
Such was his end, after a reign of lefe than three months.
Gibbon. Univer, Hitt.

Maximus Macnus, an imperial ufurper of the fourth
century, a native of Spain, and probably of low origin,
ferved in Britain with Theodofius, afterwards emperor, and
eflablifhed a chara&er for valour and abilities, though it
does not appear that he rofe to any important rank, either
civil or military. He was invefted with the imperial purple
in the year 383, by the army among whom he had excited
difcontent and difaffection againft Gratian, emperor of the
Welt. This took place while he was in Britain, but he
determined to carry his arms to the continent, and contend
with the lawful emperor upon his own ground, He tranf-
ported into Gaul fo great a number of Britons, that the
emigration at that period weakened the population of the
ifland, and they afterwards fettled in Bretagne. As he ad-
vanced he was joined by the Gallic armies, and even the
houfhold troops deferted Gratian, then refident at Paris.
He fled before the ufurper, and was put to death at Lyons.
Maximus was now acknowledged as emperor by all the pro-
vinces of the Welt, and he aed his infant fon Victor
his colleague, and propofed an alliance to Theodofius, em-
poe of the Eaft, which was accepted, on condition that

e fhould not pafs the Alps, beyond which Valentinian,
the brother of Gratian, reigned over Italy, Illyrium, and
a\frica. The ambition of Maximus, however, would not

ermit him to reft; in 387 he invaded Italy, and took pof-
effion of Milan, without oppofition. Valentinian fled to
implore the affiftance of Theodofius, who, while the ufurper
was employed in reducing the towns of Italy, levied an
army to oppofe him. A battle decided the fate of Maximus ;
as foon as he was defeated, his own foldiers rofe upon him,
him away and ftruck off his head. His fon Vitor
met with a fimilar fate in Gaul. Thefe events took place in
the year 388. Maximus is f{tigmatized as the firft Chriftian
prince who fhed the blood of ‘his Chriftian fubje&s, on ac-
count of their religious opinions. Gibbon. Univer. Hitt.

Maximus Tyrius, a celebrated philofopher, and ele-
‘gant writer in the fecond century, was a native of Tyre in
Phoenicia, whence he derived his name. He probably came

' to Rome in the year 146, where he received from the em-

yeror Marcus Aurelius many tokens of efteem and regard.
This emperor is faid to have placed himfelf under the in-
ftruétions of the philofopher, though fome writers imagine
that this high honour belonged to another Maximus of the
Stoical fe&. Maximus adopted the principles of Plato, but
with an evident leaning to fcepticifm. There are forty-one
of his “ Differtations,”? on philofophical topics, fill extant,
which difplay much found argument, and real eloquence.
‘Thefe have been very frequently printed. The firft Latia
verfion was publifhed at Bafil in 1519, and the original
Greek was printed for the firft time by Henry Stevens, in
3557 In 1607, Daniel Heinfius publifhed an edition of
them at Leyden, in Greek and Latin, illuftrated with
notes. A new impreffion of this edition was printed at
Cambridge in 1703, with corrections, additional notes and
indexes, by Dr. John Davies. Enfield. Hift. Phil. Har-
wood, :

MA Y

Maximus, named “ The Cynic)” a native of Ephefus,
who ftudied under CEdefius of Cappadocia, a philofopher
of the Ecleétic {chool, and immediate fucceffor of Jambli-
chus. He was probably appointed by the emperor Con-
ftantius preceptor to Julian, furnamed afterwards “ The
Apottate,””’ Some writers, however, maintain that he in-
troduced himfelf to that emperor at Nicomedia, either while
he was purfuing his ftudies, or during his expedition into
the Eaft. Whichever account be true, it is certain he was
a great favourite with Julian, and had fuch an influence over
his mind, as to excite in him the moft determined hatred to
Chrittianity, while he infpired him with an ardent attach-
ment and enthufiafm in favour of Heathen fuperttitions, and
the practice of pretended magical arts. Such, at length,
was the folly of the deluded emperor, that he feemed to sock
an entire confidence in the prediétions of Maximus. When
the emperor intended to make war againft Perfia, he had
recourfe to his divinations, which flattered him with the
idea, that he was born to rival Alexander in the glory of

conquelt. The event fhewed the vanity of the prophet,
and the emperor fell a facrifice to his credulity. During the
refpect ; but

a of Jovian, Maximus was treated wit
under the government of Valentinian and Valens he was
feized and profecuted for the crime of magic, of which he
was convicted and fentenced to a long imprifonment. In
373, he was put to death by the proconful. Feltus, the
diftinguifhed minifter of the emperor Valens’ cruelties
Enfield. Hitt. Phil.

MAXINO, in Geography, a town of Sweden, in the
government of Wafa; 12 miles N.N.E. of Wafa.

MAXULA, Mo-raisan, in Ancient Geography, an an-
cient town of Africa, fituated on the fea-ceatt, S.E. of
Carthage. It is mentioned by Ptolemy, Pliny, and An-
tonine in his Itinerary.

MAXY, in Mineralogy, a name given by fome to mundic,
a fulphureous mineral, common in the tin-mines of Cornwall,
and elfewhere.

MAXYES, in Aacient Geography, a people of Africa, in
Libya, W. of the river Triton. According to Herodotus,
they permitted their hair to grow on the right fide of the
head, fhaved the left fide, and painted their bodies with ver-
milion. They are faid to have been defcended from the
Trojans, and to have inhabited a very mountainous country,
covered with wood and full of wild beatts.

MAY, Matus, the fifth month in the year, reckoning
from our firft, or January ; and the third, counting the year
to begin with March, as the Romans anciently did. It
was called Maius by Romulus, in refpeét to the fenators
and nobles of his city, who were named majores, as the fol-
lowing month was called Junius, in honour of the youtk of
Rome, in honorem juniorum, who ferved him in the war;
though fome will have it to have been thus called from
Maia, the mother of Mercury, to whom they offered facri-
fice on the firft day of it; and Papias derives it from Madius,
eo Quod tunc terra madeat. ~

In this month the fun enters Gemini, and the plants o
the earth in general begin to flower.

The month of May was under the prote€tion of Apollo ;
and in it alfo they kept the feftival of Bona Dea, that of
the goblins, called muria; and the ceremony of regifugium,
or the expulfion ot the kings.

The vulgar have a great opinion of the virtues of May-
dew, and May-butter.

The month of May has ever been efteemed favourable to
love ; and yet the ancients, as well as many of the moderns,
look on it as an unhappy month for marriage. The orm
ginal reafon may perhaps be referred to the feaft of the Le-

mures,

MAY

mures, which was held in it. Ovid alludes to this in the
fifth of his Fafti, when he fays,

‘© Nec viduz tzdis eadem, nec virginis apta
Tempora; que nupfit, non diuturna fuit :
Hac quoque de caufa, fi te proverbia tangunt,
Menfe malum Maio nubere vulgus ait.”

May-apple, in Botany. See PopoPHYLLUM.

May-bujh. See CRaTmGus.

May-dew. See Dew.

May-duke, a fpecies of cherry.

May-lily. See CoONVALLARIA.

May-weed. See AnrHemis and Marricanria.

May-qeed, in Agriculture, the common name of atrouble-
fome kind of field weed, which refembles wild chamomile,
and is a trailing perennial plant, which puts out roots from
its branches as they lie on the ground. By thefe means,
and by fcattering its feeds long before the corn is ripe, it
{preads and multiplies greatly. It flowers in May, whence
its name . With regard to the beft means of extirpating it,
they are thofe of fummer fallowing, repeated good harrow-
ing, and burning the colleéted roots. What efcapes thefe
clearings fhould be very carefully pulled up by hand ; for
the common weeding-hook will not go deep enough to take
out the whole of the long flender tap root of this plant, of
which every remaining bit that has a’ knot in it will produce
new fhoots. ‘The farmer fhould not regret this {mall addi-
tional expence, to get rid of one of the moft fatal enemies
his corn can have. Mr. Lifle obferves, that a “* good crop
of wheat in the winter time, was fo deftroyed by the coming
up of May-weed and poppies in the {pring and fummer, that
it did not at laft yield fo much as the feed.”” Where proper
tillage is practifed, this can never be the cafe.

May-wort, in Botany. See ARTEMISIA.

May, Tuomas, in Biography, eldeft fon of fir Thomas
May, knight, of Mayfield in Suffex, was born in 1595.
He purfued his ftudies in Sidney college, Cambridge, where
he took his degree of B.A. ; after which he entered himfelf
a member of Gray’s Inn, with the view of ftudying the
law, though he probably never purfued it as a profeffion.
He was much attached to literature, and became acquainted
with the poets and men of wit who flourifhed in that period,
Owing to the extravagance of his father, he had only a
{mall annuity to depend upon. Some of his firft compofi-
tions were of the dramatic clafs, and three tragedies and,
two comedies are extant in his name. He tranflated ‘* Vir-
gil’s Georgics,” * SeleGted Epigrams of Martial,’’ and
« T,ucan’s Pharfalia,’’ with a continuation of the poem to
the death of Julius Cefar, in feven books, of his own com-
pofition; which have been fo much admired, as to be given
with feveral of the beft editions of Lucan. This has ren-
dered his name famous among claffical feholars. He was
author of many original poems, fuch as “ The Reign of
Henry II.,” « The victorious Reign of Edward ILI,,”
« The Defcription of Henry II. with a fhort Survey of the
Changes of his Reign,”” and * The fingle and comparative
CharaGter of Henry and Richard his Sons.”” He was in
high eftimation with king Charles I., who defignated him as
his poet; but the monarch was not fufficiently liberal to
fecure the poet’s attachment. He even quitted the royal
party, upon the breaking out of the civil wars, and entered
into the fervice of the parliament, He was appointed fe-
cretary to the parliament, and wrote a hiftory of its tranf-
aétions; which work became famous, and was extremely
obnoxious to the royal party. Clarendon {peaks with great
contempt of his performance, but Granger affirms that it is
a very refpe€table work. It was his laft literary labour.

MAY

He died in November 1650. His confideration with his
party was fhewn by a fplendid public funeral in Wettmintter
Abbey, with a marble monument and a laudatory epitaph.
After the reftoration, the royalifts took their revenge, dug
up his body, which they treated with ignominy, and tore
down the monument intended to perpetuate his fame.
Biog. Brit.

May, in Geography, a river of America, in South Caro-
lina, which runs into the Atlantic, N. lat. 32° 15'. W. long.
80° s¢',—Alfo, a river of Chiampa, which runs into the
Chinefe fea, N..lat. 10° 42’. E. long. 107° 14’.—Alfo, a
town of Perfia, in the province of Farfiftan; :20 miles S.
of Schiras.—Alfo, a {mall ifland of Scotland, at the en-
trance of the Frith of Forth, formerly dedicated to St.

Adrian, who was murdered by the Danes. Onit isa light-
houfe ; five miles S. of Fifenefs. N. lat. 56° 10'. W. long.
2° 38.

May. See Mayo.

May, Cape, the moft foutherly point of land of New
Jerfey, and the N. point-of the entrance into Delaware bay
and river in N. lat. 39 . W. long. 74° 51’.

May, Cape, County, extends northward round the fore-
mentioned cape, and is a healthy, fandy traét of country,
34 miles long, and 19 broad. ‘his county is divided into
Upper, Middle, and Lower precinéts. The number of
inhabitants is 3066, of whom 98 are flaves.

May Point, a point of the peninfula, between Fortune
and Placentia bays, on the S. fide of Newfoundland ifland.

MAYA, a town of Spain, in Navarre; 21 miles N. of
Pamplona.

Maya, in Metaphyfics, is a term of vague import among
the Brahmans and other Hindoo philofophers. It means
illufion or deception, and is varioufly applied in cafes beyond
the reach of demonftration or comprehenfion, For inftance,
although their moft facred books give the title of god to
the fun, and they confefs generally that the fun is an emblem
or image of their three great deities, jointly and individually,
that is of Brahm, or the Supreme Being, who alone exifts
really and abfolutely, yet the three forms, or trimurti, are con-
fidered as maya, or delufion, as well as the body of the fun;
but fince the latter is the moft glorious and ative emblem of
God, that luminary is refpeéted as an obje& of high veneya-
tion. This is fufficiently myfterious; but it flows from
the principal tenet of the Vedanti fchool (fee VepANTA) >
‘‘ That the only being which has abfolute and real extitence is
the Divine Spirit, infinitely wife, mfinitely benign, and infi-
nitely powerful, expanded through the univerfe ; not merely
as the foul of the world, but as the ruler of it, fending forth
rays or emanations from his own efience, which are the pure
vital fouls of all animated creatures, whether moveable or im-
moveable; or, as we fhould exprefs it, both animals and vege-
tables, and which he calls back to himfelf, according to
certain laws eltablifhed by his unlimited wifdom.” Brahm, as
the Mott High One, is neuter; in the charaéter of Supreme
Ruler he is named Paramefwara; but, through the infinite
veneration to which he is entitled, the Hindoos meditate on
him with filent adoration, and offer prayers and facrifices
only to the higher emanations from him. This filent adora-
tion is by fome called Jap, (fee that article,) in which de-
{cription of worfhip the holy gayatri and the facred mono-
fyllable O’M is mentally recited. (See O’M.) Ina mode,
incomprehenfible to inferior creatures, they are involved at
firft in the gloom of maya, and fubject to various taints
from attachment to worldly affeGtions; but they can never
be reunited to their fource, until they difpel the illufion by
felf-denial, renunciation of the world, and intelle€&tual ab-
ftraCtion, and have removed the impurities of their nature

by

» Janguage called alfo avatara.
celta

MAY

by repentance, mortification, and fucceffive tranfmigratory
paflages through the forms of one or vegetables, accord-
ing to their demerits. In fuch a rednion confifts their final
beatitude; and to effeét it by the beft poffible means is the
object of their fupreme ruler, who, in order to reclaim the
vicious, to punifh the incorrigible, to proteé&t the opprefled,
to deltroy the oppreflor, to encourage and reward the good,
and to fhew all {pirits the path to their ultimate happinefs,
has been Menfod (fay the Brahmans) to manifeft himfelf in
a variety of ways, from age to age, in all parts of the ha-
bitable world. When he acts immediately without affuming
a a or fending forth a new emanation ; or when a divine
found is heard from the fky, that manifeftation of himfelf is
led Aka/avani, or an ethereal voice: when the found pro-
eceds from a meteor, or a flame, it is faid to be Agnipuri, or
formed of fire: a defcent of the deity in the thape of a mortal,
isan avatara. Of this lait defcription there have been many ;
but the chief of them as detailed in the Puranas, and to which
the word is generally applied, are the ten, or da/avatara, of
Vifhnu ; as enumerated under the article Visunu, and
defcribed briefly under the references therefrom, A fimilar
incarnation of an inferior kind, intended to anfwer fome pur-
fe of lefs moment, is called Avantara. Of this defcrip-
tion is that noticed under Kanpen RAo ; though in common
The fupreme being, and the
manations from him, are nirakara, or bodilefs, in
which tate they muft be invifible to mortals ; but when they
are pratyak/ha, or vilible, they become /akara, or embodied,
and expreffive of the divine attributes ; thus Krifhna revealed
him to Arjun, as defcribed in an extra&t from the Gita
under the article KrrsHna, or in a human form, which
Krifhna ufually bore. And in that mode of appearing, the
deities are generally fuppofed to be born of a woman, but
without any carnal intercourfe. The exceflive libertinifm of
Krifhna, his feGtaries declare to be apparent only ; he was
chafte and pure in reality ; fuch appearances were maya, or
delufion, >

Thefe dofirines, however, are by no means received by
all Hindoos, though they be very popular with certain fects.
A reformation of the above, called Purva mimanfa, was in.
troduced by Jaimini, who denies the incarnations of deities.
See Jari.

Although not particularly in its place, we will here infert
four verfes tranflated by fir William Jones from the Bhagavat,
one of the Hindeo Puranas, as conneting fome of their phi-
lofophical tenets. The tranflation we are affured is * moft
ferupuloufly literal.””

« Even I was at firft, not any other thing; that which
exifts unperceived, fupreme ; afterwards J am that which is ;
and he who mutt remain, am I.

« Except the Fir/? Cau/e, whatever may appear, and may
not appear, in the mind, know that to be the mind’s maya,
or delufion, as light, as darknefs.

«As the great elements are in various beings, entering,
yet not entering, (that is, pervading, not deftroying,)
thus am I in them, yet not in them.

* Even thus far may enquiry be made by him who feeks to
know the principle of mind, in union and feparation, which
mult be every where always.” Afiatic Ref. vol. i.

The above verfes are {tated to have been {poken by the fu-
preme being to Brahma, and wild and ob{cure as they are,
the learned tranflator doubts if the poetry or mythology of
Greece and Italy afford conceptions more awfully magni-
ficent ; the brevity and fimplicity of the Mofaic diétion is,
however, unrivalled. r

The firft of the four yerfes above quoted will ftrongly re-

Vou. XXII.

MAY

mind the reader of the infeription in a temple at Sais io
Lower Egypt; fee the article Ever; where farther traces of
refemblance will be found between the theogon y and philo-
fophy of that country and of India, as exhibited in this, and
the other articles conneéted with Hindoo mythology.

“As the foul of the world, or the pervading mind, fo
finely deferibed by Virgil, we fee Jove reprefented by feve-
ral Roman poets; and with great fublimity by Lucan, in
the fpeech of Cato concerning the Ammonian oracle :
«* Jupiter is wherever we look, wherever we move.” This
is precifely the Indian idea of Vifhnu, according to the four
verfes above exhibited—not that the Brahmans imagine their
male divinity to be the divine effence of the Great One, which
they declare to be wholly incomprehenfible ; but, fince the
power of pervading created things, by a fuperintending pro-
vidence, belongs eminently to the Godhead, they hold that
power to exift tranfcendeutly in the preferving member of
the Triad, whom they fuppofe to be every where always,
not in fubftance, but in fpiritandenergy. Here, however
I fpeak of the Vaifhnavas, for the Saivas afcribe a fort,
of pre-eminence to Siva.’? Jones, ib. See VAisHnava
and Sarva.

The accomplifhed writer above quoted addreffed a fpirited
hymn to Narayana, and in the argument prefixed fays, “ that
a complete introduétion to it would be no lefs than a full com-
ment on the Vedas and Puranas of the Hindoos, the remains
of Egyptian and Perfian theology, and the tenets of the
Tonic and Italic fchools: but this 1s not the place for fo vaft
a difquifition. It will be fufficient here to notice, that the
inextricable difficulties attending the vulgar notion of material
JSubflances, concerning which ‘ we know this only, that we
nothing know,’ induced many of the wifeft among the an-
cients, and fome of the moft intelligent among the moderns,
to believe that the whole creation was rather an energy than
a work, by which the infinite Being, who is prefent at all
times in all places, exhibits to the minds of his creatures a
fet of perceptions like a wonderful pi€ture, or piece of mufic,
always varied, yet always uniform ; fo that all bodies and
their qualities exift, indeed, to every wife and ufeful pur-
pofe, but exift only as they are Fst ape : atheory no lefs
pious than fublime, and as different from any principle of
atheifm as the brighteft funfhine differs from the blackeft
night. This illufive operation of the Deity the Hindoo phi-
fophers call maya, or deception.” The Berkelyan theory of
immaterialifm feems to coincide with thefe doétrines. See
BEnKELEY.

Maya, in amore mythological view, is defcribed as the
mother of Kama, the god ef love. Under this perfonifi-
cation fhe reprefents the general attrading power ; and fome
Hindoo fcholars explain the word to mean the ‘¢ firft incli-
nation of the Godhead to diverfify himfelf,’ fuch is their
phrafe, « by creating worlds.’ She is thus icigned to be the
mother of univerfal nature and of all the inferior gods.
Lakthmi, the bounteous giver of all good, is alfo reprefented
to be the mother of Kama, and one of her appeilations is
Maya, or Ada-maya, as noticed under Laxsuai.

Maya, in Ornithology, a name given by the people of the
Philippine iflands to a imall fpecies of iparrow, much lefs
than our’s, and very common among them. It feeds on
rice, and is very deftruétive of it.

MAYACA, in Botany, a name of which no explanation
is given. Aubl. Guian. 42. t. 15. Juffl. 45. Lamarck Il
luftr. t. 36. Michaux Boreal-Amer. v. 1. 26. See SYENA;
Schreb. 36. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 254.

MAYACARI, in Geography, a river of Guiana, which
runs into the Atlantic, N. lat. 2° 11’. W. long. 51° 46’.

F MAYA-

MAY

MAYAGUANA, one of the Bahama iflands; 24 miles.
in length. N. lat. 22° 32! to 22° 44'. W. long. 72° 15!
to 72° 30).

MAYAHOUN, a town of the Birman empire, on the
Trawaddy, which formerly belonged to Pegu, and was called
« Loonzey’’ or “ Lundfey.” It is large, and contains
many temples and convents, befides grararies filled with
rice, produced in the environs, and belonging to the king ;
120 miles N.N.W. of Rangoon.

MAYALS, a town of Spain, in Catalonia; 16 miles S.
of Lerida.

MAYAMBA, a town of Africa, and capital of a pro-
vince of the fame name, in the kingdom of Loango, near
the Atlantic ocean. Within its territory, which extends far
eaftward, is a falt lake, above 15 miles in compafs, which
empties itfelf by fome rivulets into the fea, about half a
league N. of cape Negro. The town ftretches along the
coat, but lies fo low that the inhabitants are frequently
under a neceflity of removing at high water to fome of the
neighbouring high lands. The river Banna, which runs
near the town, is faltifh, and has at its mouth a good fifhery
for oyfters. By means of this river, logwood is brought to
the port in canoes from the province of Sette, where it
abounds; the river extends 150 miles within land. ‘The
foil of Mayamba is dry and fandy, and produces little or no
grain, but furnifhes plenty of bananas and palm-trees, and
of the latter a wine is made, and alfo roots of maxondo,
which they ufe inftead of bread. The lakes and rivers
fupply abundance of fifh, on which the inhabitants chiefly
fubfift, 'The oyfters are opened and fmoked, and are thus
preferved in an eatable ftate for feveral months. ‘The coun-
try abounds with game, which is caught by dogs, with
wooden clappers to their necks, by the noife of which they
follow them, as they are not able to bark. The govern-
ment of this province is commonly conferred on a counfellor
of ftate, who is alfo prince of Loangiri, and gives no ac-
count to the king of Loango of any commodities, except of
the logwood, which pays a duty of 10 per cent. The
people are rude and favage, and their governor is an abfolute
tyrant. The commerce of elephants was formerly con-
fiderable and lucrative, but has lately been almoft annihi-
lated. “S. Jat. 3° 20'.. E. long. 13° 4!

MAYAPARA, the proper name of Point Palmiras ;
which fee.

MAYAPIL, a town of Mexico, in New Bifcay ; 75
miles §.S.E. of Parral.

MAYAPOUR, a town of Bengal; eight miles S.W. of
Palamow.—Alfo, a town of Bengal; 12 miles S.W. of
Calcutta. E

MAYAR, a town of Perfia, in the province of Irak,
containing about 300 houfes, and a caravanfera; 24 miles
S. of Ifpahan.

MAYASQUER, a town of South America, in the
audience of Quito; 70 miles N. of Quito.

MAYBACA; a river of Guiana, which runs into the
Atlantic, N. lat.6° 40’. W. long. 58° 26'.

MAYBOLE, or Mixneszoit, a town of Scotland, in
the county of Ayr, which has manufactures of woollen and
cotton. ‘The population returned to parliament in 1791
was 3162, of whom i626 were employed in manufactures,
chiefly of blankets. At this time here were ten perfons,
whofe ages amounted together to upwards of goo years; 18
miles S. of Ayr.

MAYCAWINI, a river of Guiana, which runs into
the Atlantic, N. lat. 6°35’. W. long. 58° 26’.

MAYCOCK Bay, a bay on the W. coait of Barbadoes ;
three miles N. of Speight’s town.

MAY

MAYDOOH, 2 town of the Birman empire ; 42 miles ’
S.W. of Monchaboo.

MAYEM, a town of Hindooftan, in Baglana; 20 miles.
N. of Bafleen.

MAYEN, a town of France, in the department of the
Rhine and Mofelle, and chief place of a canton, in the dif-
tri€& of Coblentz; 15 miles W. of Coblentz. The place
contains 2200, and the canton 5358 inhabitants, in 15 com-
munes. N. lat. 50° 26'. E. long. 7° 8’.

Mayen’s J/land, an ifland lying S.W. of Spitzbergen ;
formerly reforted to for the whales which frequented
its coalt, but now forfaken, as thefe fifhes have removed
farther north. A very high mountain, called Beerenbergen,
or Bear mountain, extends quite acrofs the ifland, which
may be feen from the fea, at the diftance of 30 miles.
This ifland has many good bays, and the land abounding
with deer, and the coaft with fifh, render it habitable; but
the floats of ice, towards the E. efpecially, make it inac-
ceffible in fpring. N. lat. 71° 13/.

MAYENCE. See Menrz. :

MAYENNE, Cuartes of Lorraine, Duke of, in Bio
graphy, fecond fon of Francis of Lorraine, duke of Guife,
was borninis54. He difplayed great courage at the fieges
of Poitiers and Rochelle, and at the battle of Montcontour.
He alfo defeated the Proteftants in Guienne, Dauphiny, and
Saintonge. When his brothers were killed at the meeting
of the {tates at Blois, he declared himfelf head of the
league, and aflumed the title of lieutenant-general of France.
He proclaimed the cardinal of Bourbon king, by the name
of Charles X.; but was defeated by Henry IV. at the
battle of Arques, and again at Ivry. In 1599 he was
reconciled to the king, who made him governor of the Ifle
of France. He died in 1611. Moreri.

Mayenne, in Geography, atown of France, and capital
of a department of the fame name, and principal place of a
diftri@, near the river Mayenne, defended bya caftle on a
rock: the river rifes near Linieres in the department of the
Charente, and pafling by Ambrieres, Mayenne, Laval, &c.
joins the Sarthe, about three miles N. from Angers, and forms
the Mayne, which. joins the Loire, about four miles below.
The town contains 7575 inhabitants; one of its cantons con-
tains 14,834, on a territory of 1624 kiliometres, in eight
communes, and the other contains 14,946 inhabitants, on a
territory of 200 kiliometres, in twelve communes.

MayeEnng, one of the nine departments of the N.W. re-
gion of France, formerly Lower Maine, lies in N. lat. 48° 15’,
and is bounded on the N. by the departments of the Chan-
nel and the Orne, on the E. by the department of the Sarthe,
on the S. by the Mayne and Loire, and on the W, by that
of the Ille and Vilaine. Its length is about 22 French
leagues, and breadth 16; its extent is 5452+ kiliometres, or
about 266 fquare leagues, and the number of its inhabitants
is computed at 328,397. It is divided into three circles,
27 cantons, and 288 communes. Its circles are Mayenne,
including 157,256 inhabitants in 116. communes; Laval,
containing 106,141 inhabitants in 93 communes ; and Cha-
teau-Gontheir, having 65,000 inhabitants in 79 communes.
According to M. Haffenfratz, this department comprehends
feven circles, 68 cantons, and 323,607 inhabitants. Its
contributions in the 11th year of the French era amounted
to 3,111,618 fr., and its expences for adminiftration, juf-
tice, and public inftruétion, were 234,804 fr. Its capital is
Laval. A great proportion of this department is hilly and
covered with forefts ; it has many fandy tra&ts, and few
cultivated plains. The borders of the rivers Sarthe and
Mayenne yield fome grain, fruits, and paftures in abundance.

2

Here

MAY

Here are mines of tron, quarries of marble and ftone, mi-
neral {prings, &e.

+ Mayewnn, or Mayne, and Loire, fo called from the union
of two rivers, formerly Anjou, is one of the nine departments
of the wellern region of France, lying in N. lat. 47° 20’,
and bounded on the N. by the departments of the Mayenne
and Sarthe ; on the E. by the department of the Indre and
Loire; on the S. by the departments of the Vendée, the
Two Sevres, and the Vienne; and on the W by the depart.
ment of the Lower Loire. Its length is 26 French leagues,
and breadth a1 leagues; and its territorial extent is 7637}
kiliometres, or about 370 fquare leagues; and its number
of inhabitants is 376,033. It is divided into five circles or
diftriéts, 34 cantons, and 385 communes. The circles are
Segré, comprehending 58,176 inhabitants in 77 communes ;
Baugé, including 60,669 in 61 communes; Saumur, having
92104 in 115 communes; Beaupreau, with 74,650 in 73
communes; and Angers, having 92,434 in 59 communes.
According to M. Haflenfratz, & circles are eight, the
cantons 99, and the number of inhabitants 445,500. Its
contributions in the rith year of the French era amounted to
4:182,024 fr. and its expences for adminiftration, juftice,
and public inftruétion, were 348,331 fr. 99 cents. Its
capital is Angers. This department, diverfified with hills
and plains, yields grain, flax, hemp, fruits, abundant paftures,
confiderable foreits, mines of coal, &c. and quarries of
marble, ftone, and flate.

MAYEPEA, in Botany. See Ceranruvs, and Curo-
NANTHUS Jncraffata. Notwithftanding the doubts of our
learned predeceiffor in the place laft cited, we are convinced
ya this genus of Aublet and Schreber is rightly referred by

wartz and Vahl to Chionanthus, and that Juffieu was widely
miltaken in ranking it among his Rhamni.

MAYER, Joun Freperic, in Biography, a learned Ger-
man divine in the feventeenth century, was born at Leipfic
in 1650; he acquired a profound knowledge of the ancient
languages, and became profeffor at feveral of the univerfities
of his country. He died in 1712 witha high charaéter for
learning. oh was author of * Bibliotheca Biblica,”’ which
treats of the moft celebrated commentators of the {criptures ;
a treatife «On the belt Method of ftudying the Sacred
Scriptures ;"’ “The Hiftory of Martin Luther’s German
Verlion of the Bible, with a fhort Account of the Tranfla-
tions of the Sacred Books before his Time ;’? and other
pieces. Moreri. ¥,

Mayer, Tosras, a German aftronomer and mechanician,
was born at Marpach, in Wirtemburg, in the year 1723.
At the very early age of four years he fhewed a flrong
attachment to the mechanical arts, and actually began to
defign and conftru& little machines with dexterity and
accuracy. His father was a civil engineer, and encouraged
him in his purfuits; but upon his death the fon was left
almoft deftitute, and was obliged to depend on his own
energies for future fupport. By thefe he made himfelf
acquainted with mathematical learning, and qualified himfelf
in a fhort period to be an able inftruétor of others. He
acquired, at the fame time, a confiderable thare of claffical
knowledge, fo as to be able to write the Latin tongue with
elegance. At the age of twenty-eight, he was nominated
mathematical profeffor at the univerfity of Gottingen, and
foon after was admitted a member of the Royal Society in
that town. From this time every year of his life was dif-
tinguifhed by difcoveries in geometry or aftronomy.
invented many ufeful inftruments for the meafurement of
angles : he applied himfelf to ftudy the theory of the moon :
he extended his obfervations to the planet Mars, and the
fixed ftars, determining the places of the latter, and afcer-

MAY

taining that they poflefsa certain de of motion relative
to their refpeétive fyftems. ‘Towards the clofe of his thort
life the magnetic needle engaged his attention, to which he
affigned more certain laws os thofe before received. ‘T'o
all his purfuits he applied with fuch indefatigable affiduity,
that he died literally worn out with labour in 1762, at the
age of thirty-nine. ‘The principal works which he gave to
the public were, ** A New and General Method of refolving
all geometrical Problems, by means of geometrical Lines ad
“ £ mathematical Atlas, in which all the mathematical
Sciences are comprifed in fixty Tables; “ A Defeription
of a Lunar Globe, conttruéted by the Cofmographical So-
ciety of Nuremberg, from New Obfervations ;” “ Maps ;’’
and feveral valuable papers in the Memoirs of the Royal
Society of Gottingen. His table of refraétions, deduced
from aftronomical obfervations, agrees with that of Dr.
Bradley ; and his theory of the moon, ahd aftronomical
tables and precepts, were fo well received, that they were
rewarded by the Englifh Board of Longitude with the
remium of three thoufand pounds, which fum was paid to
is widow after his deceafe. ‘Thefe tables and precepts
were publifhed in 1770.

MAYERGA, in Geography, a town of Spain, in the

province of Leon; 23 miles S S.E. of Leon.
MAYERNE, Sir Tuzopore Turauet ve, BAnow
bD’AUBONNE, in Biography, an eminent phyfician, was born
at Genevain the year 1573. His father, Lewis de Mayerne,
author of ** A General Hitory of Spain,”” and of “The
Monarchie arifto-democratique,’ and a Calvinift, had re-
moved thither the preceding year, on account of religious
perfecution, from Lyons. After being inftruéted in the
rudiments of literature in his native city, Theodore was fent
to the univerfity of Heidelberg, where he remained fome
years ; after which, as he had made choice of the profeffion
of medicine, he removed to Montpellier, where he received
the degree of do&tor in 1597. Fre then went to Paris,
where he became acquainted with Riverius, firlt phyfician to
king Henry IV., through whofe influence he was, in the
year 1600, appointed to attend the duke de Rohan, as
phyfician, in his embaffy to the diet at Spire ; and alfo no-
minated one of the phyficians in ordinary to the king. On
his return,, he availed himfelf of the privilege which the
latter office afforded him, and praétifed in the metropolis,
where he alfo gave public letures in anatomy and in phar-
macy to the young furgeons and apothecaries. The latter
of thefe fubje&ts led him to treat of chemiftry, to the prac-
tice of which he had paid peculiar attention; and his recom-
mendation of chemical remedies drew upon him a confider-
able degree of enmity from the faculty of Paris, who
manifefted their attachment to Galen, by an indifcriminate
abufe of all who ventured to employ any mode of treat-
ment not mentioned in his works. Quercetanus was joined
with Mayerne in this attack; and one of the faculty, in
1603, publifhed a book again{ft thefe heterodox brethren,
entitled ‘* Apologia pro Hippocratis et Galeni Medicina,
contra Mayernium et Quercetanum.”” To this Mayerne
replied immediately in another ‘* Apologia, in qua videre
eft, inviolatis Hippocratis et Galeni legibus, Remedia che-
micé preparata tuto ufurpari poffe,” in which he made fome
fevere ftri€tures on the Parifian phyficians. The Galenifts,
however, not only replied, but proceeded to iffue a decree of
the faculty againft confulting with him, conceivedin very bitter
and abufiveterms. But the efteem‘of Henry IV., which he
had fully obtained, fo far fupported him, that he continned
to practife in Paris, and would have been appointed firft
phyfician to the king, provided he would have embraced the
Catholic religion. Even in {pite of his unyielding adherence
ye 2 to

MAY

to Proteftantifm, the king would have given him that ap-
pointment, had not the Jefnits influenced queen Mary de
Medicis to interpofe and prevent it. In 1607, an Englifh-
man of rank, who had been his patient, carried him over
to England, and introduced him to the royal family. He
returned to Paris, and remained there till after the affaffi-
nation of Henry IV., which took place in May, 1610.
In the following year, he received an exprefs invitation
from king James I. to come and take the office of his
firft_phyfician, which he accepted, and paffed the reft of
his life in England, where he appears to have been con-
fidered as the firft perfon in the profeffion. He was ad-
mitted to the degree of do¢tor in both univerfities, and into
the College of Phyficians, and treated with the greateft re-
fpe& by thefe learned bodies. He incurred fome obloquy
on account of the fatal ficknefs of Henry prince of Wales,
in O&ober 1612 ; in the treatment of which he differed in
opinion from the other phyficians, with refpe& to the ufe of
blood-letting. But his condu& obtained the approbation of
the king and council, of which certificates, couched in the
mott fatisfactory terms, were given him. He received the
honour of knighthood from James, in 1624; and on the
acceffion of Charles I. he was appointed firft phyfician to
him and his queen, and rofe to high favour, particularly with
the latter. During the civil commotions he ftill adhered to
the royal party, for he was appointed firft phyfician to
Charles IT. after the death of his father, although the office
was now merely nominal. Thus he enjoyed the extraor-
dinary honour of ferving four kings fucceffively in his me-
dical capacity ; and during all this period he was moft ex-
tenfively employed by perfons of the firft rank in this
kingdom, by which he accumulated a large fortune. He
died at Chelfea, March 15, 1655, in the eighty-fecond year
of his age, and was buried in the church of St. Martin’s-
in-the-Fields. Sir Theodore was twice married; but left
only one daughter, who was married to the marquis de
Cugnac, grandfon of marfhal dela Force. He bequeathed
his library to the College of Phyficians.

The only work which fir Theodore Mayerne publifhed
himfelf, was the “* Apologia,’ before-mentioned. But in
Germany a letter of his was printed in 1619, “ De Gonorrhez
inveterate, et Caruncule et Ulceris in meatu urinario cura-
tione ad Geo. Mat. Koningium.”? After his death were
publifhed ‘* Medical Counfels and Advices,’”’ and « A Trea-
tife on the Gout,’ which had been written in French, tranf-
lated into Latin by Theoph. Bonetus, and thence into
Englifh by Dr. Thomas Sherley, in 1676. Alfo, “ Praxeos
Mayernianz in Morbis internis gravioribus et chronicis Syn-
tagma,”? publifhed in 1690, by his godfon, fir Theodore de
Vaux, who alfo communicated to the Royal Society, in 1687,
«¢ Mayerne’s Account of the Difeafes of Dogs, with fe-
veral Receipts for Canine Madnefs,’’ printed in the Philo-
fophical Tranfaétions for that year. ‘* Tra€tatus de cura
Gravidarum,”’ added to an edition of the ** Praxis.?? Mott
of thefe were included in Dr. Jofeph Browne’s publication,
entitled ‘“¢ Mayernii Opera Medica, complefentia Confilia,
Epiftolas, et Obfervationes, Pharmacopeiam variafque Me-
dicamentorum formulas,’’ folio, 1701. The firft book in
this volume confifts of medical cafes treated by the author,
to molt of which the names of the patients, are prefixed,
who are in general perfons of the firft quality in France and
England. They comprehend a feries from 1605 to 1640.
The defcriptions are generally diftin@, minute, and judicious,
and the reafonings, though commonly founded upon the
erroneous doétrines of that time, are yet acute and learned.
His prefcriptions are moftly of the compound form of the
Galenical fchool ; yet his Pharmacopeia exhibits a number

1

MAY

of chemical preparations, and he, “doubtlefs, contributed
much to their introduétion. Nor did he confine his che-
mical knowledge to medicinal fubjeé&ts; for he is faid to
have difcovered, by a courfe of experiments, the principal
colours to be ufed in enamelling, and to have communicated
them to Petitot, the famous painter in that branch. He
was, likewife, converfant with natural hiftory, and edited
Mouffet’s pofthumous ‘“ Theatrum Infetorum.”” Aikin’s
Biog. Memoirs of Med. Gen. Biog. ’

MAYET, in Geography, a town of France, in the de-
partment of the Sarthe, and chief placc of a canton, in
the diftri@ of La Fleche; 15 miles S. of Le Mans. The
place contains 3165, and the canton 10,049 inhabitants, ona
territory of 210 kiliometres, in feven communes. —

Mayert-de-Montagne, Le, a town of France, in the de-
partment.of the Allier, and chief place of a canton, in the
diftri& of La Palifle; 10 miles S.E. of Cuffet. The place
contains 3945, and the canton 14,443 inhabitants, on a ter-
ritory of 180 kiliometres, in 12 communes.

MAYETA, in Botany, Aubl. Guian. 443. t. 176. Juff.
3303 is Melafloma Maicta, Lamarck Di&. v. 4. 34. Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 2. 589. See Metastoma. Pe

MAYFIELD, in Geography, a townfhip of America, in
Montgomery county, New York, incorporated in 1793, and
containing 876 inhabitants.

MAYHEM. See Mauim.

Mayuem, Appeal of. See APPEAL. }

MAYL, in Falconry, fignifies to pinion the wings of a
hawk.

MAYLLO, in Geography, a town of Spain, in the pro-
vince of Leon; 14 miles E.S.E. of Ciudad Rodrigo.

MAYNA, in Botany, (why fo called does not appear; )
Aubl. Guian. 921. t. 352, a dicecious fhrub, of which the
male only was obferved in Cayenne by Aublet. He de-
{cribes it by the name of MM. odorata, as nang feveral
upright, fimple, flexible, brittle ems, about fix feet high.
Leaves alternate, ftalked, ten inches long, and three wide,
lanceolate inclining to obovate, pointed, entire, fomewhat
wavy, of a fine fhining green, and a firm texture, with a
prominent rib and numerous veins beneath. Sfipulas lanceo-
late, deciduous. F/owers axillary, feveral together, on fhort
ftalks, white, and very agreeably fcented, produced in the
month of December. The calyx is in three deep concave
fegments, externally hairy. Petals eight, roundifh, with
fhort ere&t claws. Stamens 28 or 30, difpofed upon a co-
nical receptacle ; their filaments fhort, anthers long and
quadrangular, opening at the top. Aublet could find no
traces of a piltil, nor could he difcover the female plant,
though he carefully fought for it. Juffieu has juitly re-
ferred this genus to his order of Magnolie ; fee that
article.

MAYNARD, Francis, in Biography, a French poet,
born in 1582, was fon of a counfellor in the parliament of
Touloufe. He was introduced, while very young, to court,
and was appointed fecretary to queen Margaret. In 1634,
the duke de Noailles, being appointed ambaflador to the
court of Rome, took Maynard with him. He was mem-
ber of the French Academy from its firft inftitution, and
endeavoured to ingratiate himfelf with the cardinal Richelieu,
but failing in his abje&, he gave him the appellation of
tyrant, and wrote fatires upon him. At length, weary in
the purfuit of fortune, he retired to his native province,
where he died in 1646, at the age of fixty-four. His works
confit of Songs, Epigrams, Odes, Mifcellaneous Poems,
and Letters in profe. They muft be read with caution, for
though efteemed as a man of hononr and a fincere friend,
his principles were very licentious. Moreri.

Maynarp,

MAY

Maynattn, Sir Joun, an eminent Englith lawyer, who
diftinguifhed bimfelf by his patriotifm, as well av his know.
ledge of jurifprudence, and integrity in his profeffion, When
the prince of Orange was declared king after the abdication
of James IT., fir John waited upon the new monarch with
an addrefa ; and William having obferved to him that from
his age he muft have outlived molt of the judges and eminent
luwyera of his flanding; he replied, “und IT fhould have
outlived the law too had it not been for the arrival of your
majelty.”” He died in 1690, aged 88. Biog. Brit.

MAYNAS, in Geography, a government of South Ame-
rica, in the eaftern limit of the audience of Quito, lying
contiguous to thofe of Quixos and Jaen de Bracamoros
towards the ealt. In the territories of this jurifdiétion are
the fources of thofe rivers, which form by their conflux
the Maranon. The ftreams of thefe rivers environ and per-
vade the government of Maynas. Its limits, both towards
the N. and°S., are little known. Eattward it joins the
poffeffions of the Portuguefe, from which it is feparated by
the line of demarcation that forms a boundary between the
Spanith and Portuguefe poffeffions. Santiago de la La-

una, which is the refidence of the governor, is properly
the capital of Maynas ; though San Francifeo de Borja
has been ufually confidered as fuch. (See Cocama.) ‘The
miffionary villages of this jurifdi@tion are numerous; and
they trade with each other, and alfo with Quito and Lamas,
in falted fifh, chocolate, of which the arroba (25 lbs.) is
fold for two rials, wax, yuca, and te ie candles, called
by the natives ‘ paitas,”’ being the fruit of a tree, which,
when lighted, prefents at once wax and wick. Whether
this tree be the “ croton febifera” of Linneus has not
been afcertained. There are alfo fome poor manufactures,
chiefly cloaks and hats, made of the rich plumage of the
birds, with which they are formed after any pattern. The
manners and cuftoms of the inhabitants of Maynas differ
little from the other nations of the Pampas del Sacra-
mento, except where they are tinged with a faint dye of
Chriftianity.

‘“MAYNBERNHEIM, a town of Germany, in the mar-

aviate of Anfpach, near the Maine; 12 miles S.E. of

urzburg.

~MAYNE. See Mayenne.

Mayng, a river of Ireland, in the county of Antrim, which,
rifing towards the centre of the county, flows into lough
Neagh, a little below Randalftown.

MAYNOOTH, a polt-town of Ireland, in the county
of Kildare, and province of Leintter. In this town is the
Royal College of St. Patrick, for the education of perfons
profeffing the Roman Catholic religion, in{tituted by aét of
parliament in the year 1795. The building confitts of
lodging-rooms, {chools, a church, library, hall, and different
offices fuitable to the accommodation of 200 ecclefiattical
ftudents, befides profeffors, officers, and fervants. There is
alfo a Lay College, eftablithed by private fubfcription in 1802.
When the evils attendant on a foreign education, efpecially
under the circumftances in which the Roman Catholic clergy
of Ireland were educated, at the expence of foreign powers,
are confidered, it muft be admitted to have been a wife ttep
in the parliament of Ireland to provide a place of educa-
tion for them at home ; and it is furprifing that the expence
thus incurred fhould ever be objected to by Proteftants.
The quettion is not, whether the tenets of popery are de-
ferving of fupport? but whether the population of Ireland
is to be fupplied with prieits educated at the expence, and of
courfe attached to the interett, of foreign powers, or fup-
plied with them from a college fupported at the national
expence? Maynooth had formerly a college, founded in

MAY

_ by an earl of Kildare, whofe defcendent, the duke
of Leinfter, has a princely refidence in the neighbourhood.
It has alfo a charter-{chool for fifty girls. Maynooth is 12
miles W, by N. from Dublin.

MAYO, a county of Ireland, in the province of Con-
naught, the third in fize, but one of the leaft populous in
caer yr to its extent, It is bounded on the y" and W.
»y the Atlantic ocean, on the E. by Sligo and Rofeommon,
and onthe 8. by Galway. Its length, from N. to 8 is
49 Irith or 62 Englith miles; and its breadth 45 Irith or
7 Englih miles, It contains 790,600 acres, or 1235
quare miles [rith, equal to 1,270,144 acres, or 1984
fquare miles Englith. Its population was eftimated, when
Dr. Beaufort wrote, at 140,000, but there muft have been
fince that time a confiderable increafe in this as well as
every ether county. There are 68 parifhes, but thefe are
combined into eighteen benefices, having about as many
churches, which would be a dreadful grievance, if the great
mafs of the people were not Roman Catholics. The Git of
the county of Mayo varies prodigioufly, from the bleak and
rugged mountain to the fertile and chearful plain. The
ealtern and fouthern parts are arable and champaign, and
though not arrived at a high degree of cultivation, they
produce a fufficiency of corn and flax for home confumption,
and fupply other counties with abundance of fat and ftore
cattle. Inthe mountainous diitri& of Burrifhoole there are
fome fruitful grounds along the coaft and in the vallies. Buta
large extent in the N. W. is overfpread with an immenfe mafs
of uninhabited mountains, and traétlefs bogs without roads,
and very difficult of accefs to the few farmers and fifhermen
who dwell upon the coaft, and to the inhabitants of the
Mullet ; a peninfula, which is faid to be fertile, pleafant,
and well inhabited. Among the mountains in the S.W.
Croagh-Patrick claims the pre-eminence, the conic fummit
of which is dittinguifhed at a vaft diftance rifing 2666 feet
above the level of the fea, and being by fome efteemed the
higheft mountain in Ireland, but others confider the Reeks
in Kerry to furpafs it. On the top of Croagh-Patrick is
a very large and remarkable cairn. .M‘Nephin, though
little inferior to it in height and fublimity, being 2640 feet
high, is of a very different charaGter, for it ftands almoft
infulated, and appears rounded on all fides, and at top like
a huge rath or barrow. There are, in the flat country
that borders upon the lakes of Mafk and Carrah, many
miles of rocky ground, which, at a diftance, appear like
one immenfe fheet of white ftone. But upon a nearer in-
fpection of thefe fingular rocks, they are perceived to ftand
in parallel lines, from one to three feet above the furface,
like flag-ftones pitched in the ground upon their edges ;
and however they may vary in fhape, fize, and diftance,
they are all caicareous, and have all the fame direGtion:
Fifflures of a great depth are found in fome of the narroweft
interftices ; but, in general, the verdure between them is
beautiful, and the pafture excellent for fheep. Large ca-
verns and fubterraneous waters are alfo frequent in this part
of the country, efpecially near Cong. At the back of that
{mall village, a very broad river rufhes at once from beneath
a gently-floping bank, and after a rapid courfe of about a
mile, lofes itfelf in lough Corrib. It is fuppofed to be
the outlet of a fubterraneous channel, through which the
fuperfluous waters of lough Mafk and lough Carra are
difcharged into Corrib. This rocky part of Mayo abounds
alfo with turlachs, as they are called in Irifh. Thefe are
plains, fome of them very extenfive, which having no vifible
communication with any brooks or rivers, in the winter
are covered with water, and become in the fummer a rich
and firm pafture, the waters rifing and retiring through

recky

MA Y

rocky clefts inthe bottoms. There are many fine lakes in this
county. Lough Conn, at the foot of M‘Nephin, is nine
miles long ; lough Mafk is longer by two miles, and confi-
derably broader. ‘There are fome fine harbours, and many
iflands, the moft remarkable of which are noticed in diflin&
articles. Caftlebar is the county town. The only members
of parliament returned from this county are the two knights
of the fhire. Beaufort’s Memoir.

Mayo, or May, one of the Cape de Verd iflands, about
21 miles in circumference, of an oval form, with a variety
of rocks and points projeting into the fea. Its elevation
above the fea is confiderable ; neverthelefs its furface is
level and plain, if we except two mountains of confiderable
height. The fhor2, according to the defeription of Dam-
pier, prefents fandy bays between the promontories, which
afford good anchorage. On the W. fide of the ifland, are a
bay of this kind, where fhips drop anchor, and a fand bank,
folty paces wide, and extending nearly three miles along the
fhore, within which is a large falt pond, two miles long, and
half a mile broad, from the N. end of which falt is obtained
in the whole dry feafon, that is, from November to the
month of May. The foil of the ifland is dry, with little
moifture from rivulets or f{prings, its humidity being occa-
fioned by the nightly dews, or the fhowers that fall in the
wet feafon. Inthe whole ifland there is only one fpring,
near its centre, the water of which runs off in a {mall {tream
through a valley confined by the hills. The ifland of courfe
muft be in a very confiderable degree barren and unpro-
duGtive. It has three {mall towns, which contain all the
inhabitants of the ifland. The chief fruits are figs, water-
melons, citrons and oranges of a very indifferent quality,
and pumpions, which, together with calwanas, a fort of
bean, furnifh the natives with their ordinary diet. The fea
fupplies great variety and plenty of fifth. Thenumber of
inhabitants is eftimated at 7000. N.lat 15°10! W.long.
23° 8!

Mayo, a river of New Mexico, which runs into the gulf
of California, N. lat. 27° 40'!—Alfo, a town of South
America, in the government of Caraccas ; 35 miles W. of
Caraccas.—Alfo, a province of New Mexico, bounded on
the N. by the province of Hifqui, on the E. by New Bifcay,
on the S. by Cinaloa, and on the W. by the gulf of Ca-
lifornia.

MAYOBAMBA, a town of Peru, in the diocefe of
Truxillo. S. lat. 6° 58’. ;

MAYOMBA, or Jamso, a town of Africa, in Loango,
on the coaft. S. lat. 3°45’. E. long. 10° 24'.

MAYOMBO, a town of Congo; eight miles $.S.W. of
Bombi.

MAYOR, a fmall ifland in the South Pacific ocean,
near the coaft of New Zealand. S. lat. 36° 57'. E. long.
183° 31'. Near this is a clufter of {mall iflands and rocks,
to which Cook gave the name of “ The Court of Alder-
men.”?

Mayor, Cape, a cape on the N. coaft of Spain. N.
lat. 43° 29'. W.long. 3° 46'.

Mayor, or Maior, the chief magiftrate or governor in
the cities, and moft corporation towns of England ; chofen
annually by his peers out of the number of the aldermen.
See ALDERMAN.

The word, according to Veritegan, comes from the an-
cient Englith maier, able, potent, of the verb may, or can.
‘The mayor of the place is the king’s lieutenaut, and, with
the aldermen and common-council, can make laws, called
bye-laws, for the government of the place. He has alfo
the authority of a kind of judge, to determine matters, and
to mitigate the rigour of the law.

MAY
King Richard I., A.D. 118g, firft changed the bailiffs of

London into .ayors ; by whofe example others were after-
wards appointed. See Lonpon.

Mayors of corporations are juftices of peace pro tempore,
and they are mentioned in foonal Detter es no perfon
fhall bear any office of magiftracy concerning the govern-
ment of any town, corporation, &c. that hath not received
the facrament, according to the church of Eng!and, within
one year before his election ; and who fhall not take the oaths
of fupremacy, &c. ftat. 13 Car. II. cap. i.

Mayor’s-Court. See Court.

MAYORGA, in Geography, a town of Portugal, in Ef
tramadura, on the W. coait, near the Atlantic; 50 miles
N. of Lifbon.—Alfo, a clufter of {mall iflands in the South
Pacific ocean, difcovered in 1780 by don Francifco Antonio
Maurelle. S. lat. 18° 38. E. long. 179° 52!.

Mayorea Jfland. See Masorca.

MAYOTTA, the moft foutherly of the Comorra iflands,
about 240 miles from the coait of Africa, and 150 from the
ifland of Madagafcar. Aithough this ifland is cold, low,
and damp, and not inhabited near the coaft, it abounds with
provifions and fruits. S. lat. 13°. E.long. 45° 16'.

MAYOW, Joun, in Biography, an ingenious phyfician
and phyfiologift, was born in Cornwall in 1645. He was
educated at Oxford, where he became a probationer fellow
of All-Souls’ college, having firft been entered a ftudent of
Wadham. He took a degree in civil law, but afterwards
ftudied medicine, and entered upon the praétice of that pro-
feffion. He feems to have refided chiefly at Bath; but died
at the houfe of an apothecary in York-ftreet, Covent-gar-
den, in the year 1679. “

Thefe are ali the brief memoirs that are recorded of a
man, who went before his age in his views of chemical phy-
fiology, and in fome meafure anticipated, darkly and im-
perfectly itis true, fome of the mot remarkable difcoveries
in pneumatic chemiftry, which the prefent age has pro-
duced. He publifhed at Oxford, in 1699, ** Traétatus duo,
quorum prior agit de Refpiratione, alter de Rachitide.”?
Thefe were afterwards reprinted, in 1674, with three addi-
tional differtations, under the title of * Traétatus quinque
Phyfico-Medici, quorum primus agit de Sale Nitro, et Spi-
ritu Nitro-dereo, fecundus de Refpiratione, tertius de Re-
{piratione foettis in utero et ovo, quartus de motu mufculari
et {piritibus animalibus, ultimus de Rachitide.”?. It is from
the firit of thefe treatifes, on nitre and nitro-aérial {pirit, that
Mayow derives his claim to the originality of difcovery juft
alluded to. His nitro-aérial or igneo-aérial fpirit, the exift-
ence of which he proves by many ingenious and decifive ex-
periments, isa conftituent part of the atmofpherical air, and
the food of life and flame, and is the fame with the oxy-
gen, or vital air, of the modern chemilts, which has become fo
important an object in chemical philofophy. His fpecula-
tions about it are indeed mixed with much of the abfurd hy-
pothefis of the times; but fome of his ideas relative to its
agency nearly accord with the more recent dotrines ; efpe-
cially that of its abforption by the blood in the lungs, during
refpiration, and the produétion of animal heat by its means.
He alfo anticipated the mode of operating with aérial fluids,
in veffels inverted over water, and the method of transferring
them from one veflelto another, under this fluid. In a word,
had he lived at a later period, and poffeffed the lights of his
fucceffors, he would in all probability have been a diftin-
guifhed improver of his fcience and profeffion. His theory
ef the-nitro-aérial {pirit runs through all his hypothefes, and
he regards it as the caufe of mufcular motion and of the
nervous energy; in which refpeét, he {till more nearly ap-
proached fome of our own contemporaries in his views of this

MAZ

fpirit. Dr, Beddoes republithed his chemical tras in 1790,
with a view of thewing his cluim to fome thare of the credit
which has been awarded to modern difeoverers, Gen. Biog.
Eloy.

AYPO, in Geography, a river of Chili, which runs
into the Pacilic ocean, N. tat. 33° 26’.

YRI, a town of Cuba; 25 miles S. of Havanna,
MAYS, in Botany. See Zea. This name, which we

ufually write Muize, feems to be an Indian word, and was
introduced along withthe plant which bears it, otherwife
called Indian wheat, at the very ecarlie(t period of the intro-
dudtion of exotic plants into Europe. Maize appears, by
Turner's herbal, to have been cultivated here in 1562, and
was probably brought much earlier from the eaft.

AYSVILL. fy in Geography, a pott-town of America,
in Mafon county, Kentucky ; 484 miles from Wathing-

ton.

MAYTENUS, in Botany, a barbarous word, formed
of the Chili name Maiten. Molin. Chil. 152. Vahl. Enum,
ve 1. 304. Jul. 449.—Clafe and order, Diandria Monogynia.
Nat. Ord. Ja/minee, Jul.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, very fmall, of one
leaf, five-lobed. Cor. of one petal, bell-haped, undivided.
Stam. Filaments two, inferted into the corolla ; anthers... .

if. Germen fuperior, roundifh; ttyle undivided ; flig-
ma fimple. Peric. Capfule {mall, ovate, compreffed, of
two cells and two valves, buriting at the edges, the parti-
tions continued half way along the middle of the valves,
which are at length reflexed. Seeds folitary, ovate-oblong,
attached to the bottom of each cell; embryo flat, in a
flefhy albumen.

Eff. Ch. Calyx five-lobed. Corolla bell-fhaped, undi-
vided. Capfule fuperior, compreffed, of two cells and two
valves. Seeds folitary.

1. M. boaria. (Maiten; Feuill. Chil. v. 3. 39. t. 27)
Native of Chili.. A /rud or {mall tree, with the habit of a
Phillyrea. About twenty feet high, much branched.
Leaves fometimes oppofite, fometimes alternate, evergreen,
nearly feffile, elliptical, acute, ferrated, fmooth; dark green
above, brighter beneath ; with a prominent rib, and feveral
veins. The flowers, which Feuillée did not meet with, are
deferibed’ by Juffieu as fcattered. The laft-mentioned au-
thor fays one cell of the fruit, with its feed, is frequently
abortive. He errs in fuppofing the genus akin to Forfter’s

Bankjia, which is the Pimelea of later writers, and belongs
to the order of Thymelee.

« The Maiten,'’ fays Feuillée, “ is the counter-poifon of
the Liithi,”’ (Feuill. Chil. v. 3. 33. t. 23, a plant whofe clafs
and genus are unknown to us), ‘the meer fhade of which
caules fuch fwellings as to deform the human body. In cafe
of fimilar accidents, a deco@tion of the branches of the
Maiten, ufed as a fomentation to the parts affliéted, is the
moft {peedy cure.”’ ‘

MAYTO, in Geography, a town of Mexico, in the pro-
vince of Xalifco; 50 miles W.N.W. of Purification.

MAYTZ, atown of Pruflia, in the province of Barten-
land; 18 miles S. of Raftenburg.

MAYZE, Cars, or Cape Maizo, the eaftern point of
the ifland of Cuba. N. lat. 20° 18’. W. as 74° 10).

MAZA, a name given by the ancients to a fort of food,
in comaion ufeamong the poorer fort of people. It is made
-of the meal of parched barley, fprinkled with fome liquid,
and was eaten with honey, or with defrutum.

« Hippocrates every where fpeaks of this as of a coarfe
kind.of bread, and advifes the changing the common finer

_ bread, in the {pring feafon, for this coarier kind, asa thing

MA Z
very conducive to health. He feems every where to confider

bread as the drier, und maza the moifter diet

MAzA, Mada, among the Athenians, a fort of cake,
which was the common fare of fuch as were entertained at
the public expence in the common-hall, or prytancum.

Thefe cakes were made with flour boiled with water and
oil. Pitife. Lex. Ant. in voce.

MAZACA, in Ancient Geography, a town of Cappado-
cia, in the prefe&ture of Cilicia, called alfo Maza, and fur-
named Crtirea Strabo gives it the title of metropolis of
Cappadocia, furnamed Eufebia, and places it on mount

reeus.

MAZAGAN, in Geography, a town of Africa, in the
empire of Morocco ; 4 leagues S. Azamore, built by the
Portuguefe in 1506, and named by them “ Caitillo Real.”
Under the walls of this town a dock has been made, which
will admit {mall veffels ; but large thips are obliged to an-
chor two leagues out at fea, on account of the cape of Aza.
more, which ftretches to the W., and which it would be
difficult to double, if a S.W. wind fhould drive them from
their anchors. This town remained in the pofleffion of the
Portuguefe till the year 1769, when the emperor of Mo-
rocco laid fiege to it juft as it was about to be abandoned
its former matters. It is at prefent entirely ruined, and al-
molt uninhabited. Ata little diftance to the S.W. of Ma-
zagan isan old tower, called Borifha, whence is derived the
name of Bridja, which the Moors confound with that of Ma-
zagan ; 61 miles N. of Morocco. N. lat. 32° 54’. W. long.
8° 46’. Chenier’s State of Morocco, vol. i.

MAZALIG, atown of Africa, in the country of Su-
gulmeffa ; 50 miles N.E. of Susulmeffa.

M \ZAMET, a town of France, in the department of
the Tarn, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
Caftres; g miles S.E. of Caftres. The place contains
5474, and the canton 12,410 inhabitants, om a territory of
2572 kiliometres, in 11 communes.

MAZANDERAN, or Mazenpran, a province of
Perfia, fituated along the fouthern coaft of the Cafpian fea,
and bounded on the E. by Khorafan, encircled on the S.
by a lofty branch of the Caucafian chain, which was the
feat of the Mardi of antiquity, and on the W. by Ghilan.
The foutheru part is mountainous, and nearly defert, inter-
{perfed with fome pleafant vallies, and enjoying a falubrious
air: this part is called Taberiftan. ‘Towards the north this
province is extremely fertile, infomuch that it is called the
‘* Garden of Perfia,” and from September to April, the
whole country appears like a vait parterre of flowers. The
chief produétions are filk, far inferior to that of Ghilan,
rice and cotton, of which articles there is a large exportation.
The cotton theinhabitants dyeand manufaCture. The province
alfo affords fugar, excellent fruit, efpecially raifins, of fome
of which they make wine, but the greateft part is dried for
fale, corn, and falt. Among the animals are tygers, deer,
fheep, goats, &c. Mazanderan is well fituated for trade on
the Caipian fea ; but the coafts are much infefted by pirates.
The capital is Fahrabad, or Farabat, which fee. This

“! provirite, and alfo thofe of Shirvan, Ghilan, and Aftrabad,

(which fee,) are much affe&ted by the unfettled ftate of Per-
fia, and the civil wars which continue to harafs that divided
empire. On the death of Kerim Khan, the fucceffor of
Nadir Shah, in 1779, Perfia became expofed to all the
horrors of a difptted fucceffion, and was divided between the
two principal competitors. Akau Mahomed Khan, a Perfian
of high diftin@tion, was caftrated in his infancy by order of
Nadir Shah, but poffeffing great civil and military talents, he
became maiter, in 1788, of Mazanderan-and Ghilan, as well
as

MAZ

as the cities of Ifpahan and Tauris. Jaafar Khan, nephew
of Kerim Khan, was at that period fovereign of Shirauz,
the capital, and of the fouthern provinces. In general,
however, thefe provinces ate governed by their own khans,
who, though tributary to the fophy, render themfelves oc-
cafionally independent; and as they are continually at war
with each other, their governments are almoft always the feat
of hoftility, rapine, and devaftation ; and the trade flourifhes
or declines in proportion as the exactions of the fovereigns
are more or lef{s frequent and exorbitant.

MAZANO, a town of Italy, in the Veronefe; 8 miles
N. of Verona.

MAZARA, a fea-port town of Sicily, in the valley of
Mazara, fituated on the S.W. coatt, near a river of the fame
name, near or upon the ruins of Selinuntium. Ata dif
tance tts appearance is not unpromifing, as it prefents to
view feveral convents and chapels richly ornamented ; but
its ftreets are narrow and winding, and it has only one fquare
before the cathedral. Mazaran was of fome note in the time
of the Romans, and many of their tombs and infcriptions are
found init. In the cathedral are fome valuable farcophagi,
and one in particular, which, on account of the ityle of its
compolition, as well as its defign and workmanfhip, is attri-
buted to the Greeks. Mazaran was laid wafte by the Sa-
racens, and was taken from them by earl Roger, who vowed
to build a church if he obtained a victory. The church
does not now exift. At Mazara have been found fome Pu-
nic, and many Roman coins, and thofe of the Saracens in
their tombs. It has not now more than 7000 inhabitants,
without trade or manufacture. The chief cultivation is that
of cotton. Here is no harbour, but the fea enters by a
channel above half a mile into the country, which would
form an excellent fhelter for fhipping, if merchants had any

‘inducement to come hither. Mazara is the fee of a bifhop;
so miles S.W. from Palermo, N. lat. 37° 46'. E. long.
12° 28'.

MAZARELLL, a town of Sicily, in the valley of
Noto ; 15 miles S.W. of Noto.

MAZARIN, Jutius, in Biography, cardinal, and a ce-
lebrated minifter of ftate, was born in 1602, at Pifcina, in
Italy, of a noble family named “ Mazarini.”’ In the
courfe of his education he was diftinguifhed for his talents,
and was introduced into the houfhold of Jerome Colonna,
afterwards cardinal. He followed that nobleman into Spain,
where he ftudied the law, and on his return he took the de-
gree of doétor. He frequented the court of Rome, and at-
tached himfelf to Sachetti, as he did afterwards to cardinal
Barberini, to whom he afforded much affiftance in his at-
tempts to effe&t an accommodation between the different
powers. When the French were juft preparing to attack the
Spanifh lines before Cafal, Mazarin rode out of them, ex-
claiming ‘‘ Peace, Peace,”’ and brought propofals to the
French general, which caufed a fufpenfion of arms, which
was followed by the treaty in 1631. His fervice was re-
warded ‘by the pope with a place, and in 1634 he was fent
as vice-legate to Avignon, and nuncio to the court of
France. Hethere acquired the efteem of Richelieu, and of
the king, Lewis XIII., who procured for him a cardinal’s
hat: and after the death of Richelieu, the monarch created
him counfellor of ftate, and one of the executors of his
will. At the death of Lewis, in 1643, Mazarin was im-
mediately placed at the head of the government by the re-
gent queen Anne of Auftria, who had the moft unbounded
confidence in him ; he was a very different man from Riche-
lieu; he was fimple and modeft in his appearance and
equipage ; infinuating in hid mapners and he ever affected

MAZ

to carry his points rather by gentle means than by the force
of authority. The rapacity of his difpofition foon raifed
a powerful party againft him, while his foreign manners threw
a ridicule over him which rendered him contemptible. Some
edi&ts of taxation being refufed verification by the parlia- _
ment of Paris, Mazarin canfed the prefident Blancmef-
nil, and the counfellor Brouffel to be imprifoned. This was
the fignal for the civil wars which commenced in 1648, in
which the Parifians were excited to revolt by De Retz, with
feveral princes of the blood and nobles. ‘The queen, the
young king, and the minifter, were obliged to take refuge
at St. Germain. Mazarin was profcribed as a public dif-
turber of the peace: Condé, then on the fide of the court,
befieged Paris, and the ‘« war of the Fronde” enfued, which
was more fertile in fatirical fongs and epigrams, than in im-
portant events. An accommodation was effected in 1649;
by which the parliament preferved its right of affembling,
and the queen kept her minifter. In the following year,
frefh difturbances led the parliament to iffue a decree, banifh-
ing Mazarin from the kingdom. He made his retreat to
Cologne, whence he continued to govern the kingdom by his
counfels. In 1652 Mazarin returned to France with 7000
men whom he had raifed, but being regarded by pariiament
asa public enemy, he was obliged a fecond time to retire.
In 1653 he entered Paris amidit the acclamations of the in-
conftant people, and even the parliament, from which a mere
fteady line of condu& might have been expected, réceived
him with diftinguifhed honours. Henceforward his powers
were unlimited: in 1655 he made a treaty with Cromwell,
of which one_of the conditions was the refufing Charles II.
an afylumin France. ‘The war with Spain was terminated
in 1659, by the peace of the Pyrenées, negotiated in per-
fon between Mazarin and the Spanifh prime minifter. “'The
ceffion of Alface to France was one of its conditions, and
the marriage of the young king to the infanta of Spain
was another. After this the cardinal affumed a greater fate,
and ruled with a more abfolute {way ; while the queen-mo-
ther loft ail her influence, and was reduced to infignificance.
Hiftory has handed down a variety of heavy charges again{t
him ; fuch as having purpofely brought up the young king
in ignorance, not having fignalized his adminiftration by
a fingle grand or ufeful national eftablifhment ; and hav-
ing amafled fuch a fortune as no other minilter ever had,
amounting, it was faid, to two hundred millions of livres,
or eight millions fterling. His profperity was of no long
duration: he was attacked by a difeafe which his conftitu-
tion could not refift. When fenfible of his danger he began
to feel fcruples concerning the wealth which he had heaped
together, and his confeffor plainly told him that reititution
was neceflary for his falvation, He gave the whole to the
king, in the hope that, as was the cafe, his majefty would
reftoreitto him. He died in 1661, at the age of fifty-nine.
The letters of cardinal Mazarin, containing his negociations
at the peace of the Pyrenées, were publifhed in two volumes
r2mo. in1745. The traéts on the controverly refpe@ting
the war of Fronde were fo numerous, that a complete col-
l@&tion of them amounted to forty-fix volumes 4to. The
adminiftration and talents of Mazarin have been compared
with thofe of Richelieu, but the commanding features which
diftinguifhed the latter are in vain fought for in the former.
Prudent, fubtle, and avaricious, he endeavoured to foothe
rather than command ; to deceive than to vanquifh; and the
love of glory either did not exift in his bofom, orwasloftin .
his infatiable thirft of money. Moreri, Hitt. of France. 1790.
MAZARINA, in Geography, a town of Sicily, in the
valley of Noto; 20 miles N.E. of Alicata.
MAZAT-

MAZ
MAZATLAN, a town of Mexico, in the province of

Chiametlan, on a river of the fame name, which runs into
the fic ocean ; 40 miles N.W, of Chiametlan, N. lat.
23° 7t «long. 106" 46!,

MAZE, in Gardening. See Lanyvninen.

MAZEAS, Joun-Marnurni, in Biegraphy, a mathema-
tician, was born at Landernau, in Brittany, in 1714, and died
in 1802. He wrote Elements of Arithmetic, Algebra, and
Geometry, with an Introduétion to Conic Seétions ; he was
alfo the author of « Inftitutiones Philofophicw,” three vols.
tamo. He was an ecclefiattic, and held a canonry in the church
of Notre Dame, at Paris, before the Revolution. Nouv.
Di&. Hitt.

MAZERAY, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in Kho-
rafan ; 100 miles W.S.W. of Naffapour.

MAZEUTOXERON, in Botany, Billard. Voy. (Eng-
lifh edition), v. 2. 8, and 65. t. 17 and (9. See Cornma.

MAZIERA, or Mepsane, in Geography, an ifland in
the Indian fea, near the E. coait of Arabia, 60 miles long
and 8 wide. N. lat. 20°. E. long. 74°. *

MAZIERES, a town of France, in the department of the
Two Sevres, and chief place of a canton, in the diltri& of
Parthenay. The place contains 605, and the canton 8447
inhabitants, on a territory of 2574 kiliometres, in 12 com-
munes.

MAZIL, a town of the ifland of Cuba; 20 miles W.S.W.
of Bayamo.

MAZOCHI, Axexio Symmacuo, in Biography, an
Italian antiquary, was born near Capua in 1684. e ac-
quired in early life an attachment to literature, and be-
came diltinguifhed for his acquirements. He went through
a regular courfe of philofophy and theology at Naples, and
he afterwards became profeffor of the Greek and Hebrew
languages, and obtained fome preferment in the church.
He was author of feveral ingenious works, of which the
principal was the refult of the difcovery of the ruins of an
amphitheatre at Capua: it was entitled « Campani Amphi-
theatri Titulum, aliafque nonnullas Campanas Infcriptienes
Commentarius,’* 1727. This he afterwards very much en-
larged. In 1739 he publifhed an epiftle «« De dedicatione
fub Afcia,’’ on which he employed much erudition. He
publifhed many other antiquarian pieces : as ‘* A Hiltory of
the Cathedral of Naples :"’ «¢ Commentarium in Regii Her-
culanenfis Mufei /Eneas Tabulas Heraclienfes :"’ ‘* Spice-
legium Biblicum,”’ three vols., of which the two firft relate to
the Old Teltament, the laft to the New. He died at Naples
in 1773, at the age of 86. He wasa man void of ambition,
and attached to a fober, ftudious, and retired life. He be-
-queathed to the poor his library and: the little property
which he had accumulated. Gen. Biog.

MAZONOMUS, among the Ancients, a very large difh,
commonly of wood, in which the maza was ferved. é

MAZORBO, in Geography, one of the iflands in the
dogado of Venice, and podettaria of Torcello, compofed
of three {mall iflands, united by bridges. It has two

. churches.
MAZORMO, a town of the ftate of Venice, on the
' N. bank of the Po; 22 miles S. of Venice.

_MAZOUNAH, a town of Algiers, nearly furrounded
by the river Shelliff, and celebrated for its woollen manufac-
ture ; 30 miles S. of Muftygannim.

* MAZULA, in Ancient Geography, the name of two
towns in Africa propria, according to Ptolemy. He places
one on the coaft, and gives it the title of a colony, and the
other @ little inland. Srey

Mazuta, in Geography, a town of Africa, in Congo,
on the coait; 50 miles S.S.W. of Bombi—Alfo, a {mall
Vor. XXIII.

MAZ

ifand in the Atlantic, near the coat of Africa.
8” 6’,

MAZUR, a fpecies of birds which the Arabian failors
elteem very lucky, becaufe it lays itsegge clofe by the fea-
thore before good weather ; fo that when thefe are obferved,
they promife themfelves a fafe voyage. They alfo pretend
that this bird gives notice to failors, when the fii» approaches
any danger, by flying and fluttering up and down.

MAZUS, in Botany, fo denominated by Loureiro, from
patos, a nipple, on account of the little tlalked tubercles,
which fill up the mouth of the corolla, Loureir. Cochineh
385. Brown Prod. Nov. Holl, v. 1. 439.—Clafs and or-
der, Didynamia Angiofpermia. Wat. Ord, Perfonate, Linn.
Scrophularia, Jull.

m. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, large, bell-
fhaped, five-fided, permanent, with five lanceolate, {pread-
ing, nearly equal fegments. Cor. ringewt; its upper lip
pointed, in two lobes, reflexed at their fides; lower longer,
in three rounded, inflexed, undivided lobes, and two pro-
minences at its bafe; the throat marked externally with two
furrows, and lined with ftalked glands. Svam. Filaments
four, two of them longer, approaching each other in pairs ;
anthers oblong, combined. Pift, Germen fuperior, round-
ifh ; ftyle thread-fhaped, equal in length to the longer fta-
mens; ftigma fpatulate, of two {preading plates.. Peric.
Capfule roundifh, enclofed in the calyx, comprefled, of two
cells, and two undivided valves, with partitions from their
centre. Seeds numerous, ovate, {mall.

Eff. Ch. Calyx bell-fhaped, in five equalfegments. Co-
rolla ringent ; upper lip cloven, reflexed at the fides ; lower
three-lobed, with two {wellings at the bafe. Capfule of two
cells, with many feeds. Anthers combined.

1. M. rugofus: Lour. (Lindernia japonica ; Thunb.
Jap. 253 2 Brown.)—Flowers numerous, in a long clutter.
—Native of fields in Cochinchina, where it is called Rau
dang long la. An annual herb, about fix inches high, branched,
and nearly erect. Leaves oppolite, ovate, ferrated, rugofe.
Flowers pale violet, in long loofe clutters.

2. M. Pumilio. Brown. Stalks bearing from. one to
four flowers, fmooth as well as the calyx. Gathered by
Mr. Brown in Van Diemen’s land. A {mall herd. Leaves
cluftered at the root. F/oqwer-falks radical, either fimple or
racemofe.

We cannot perceive any clear diftin@tion between this ge-
nus and Mimulus, to which Mr. Brown allows it is nearly
allied. See Mimucus.

MAZZAFERRATA, Gio. Bar., in Biography, a
mufical compofer, who publifhed at Bologna, in 1677,

S. lat,

_Cantate,” or Canzonette da Camera a Voce fola,” not very

good mufic indeed ; but the author feems to have been one
of the firft compofers who ufed the technical terms vivace,
large, and ardito, to indicate the time of the feveral move-
ments. Before that it was done by moods at the fide of the
clef. °
MAZZANTI, Ferpinanpo, an opera finger in fopra-
no, of great eminence in the bravura ftyle of the middle of
the laft century. He fung, when we heard him at Rome
in 1770, not only with an exquilite tafte, but was a good mu-
fician, and not a mean performer on the violin. He was
not only a reader, but a writer of mufic, having himfelf
compofed operas and motets for voices ; but trios, quartets,
and quintets for violins. He hada great colleGion of Pa-
leftrina’s compofitions, of which he was truly fenfible of the’
fuperiority tothofe of all other ecclefiaftical compofers of
his country, @ capella, and had made, by way of itudy, an
abridgment of the modulation of that venerable father of
facred mufic of the moit pure and reverential flyle, which-
he

MA Z

he had digefted with great judgment and intelligence. He
came to England asa finging-mafter about the year 1773,
and remained here till the time of his death. During the
laft years of his exillence, oppreffed with age, infirmities,
and poverty, he was reduced to the utmolt mifery and
wretchednefs. His temper was not amiable: he was natu-
rally peevifh, “npatient, and difputatious, fo that his fuf-
ferings were not diminifhed by philofophy or refignation.
He feems not to have made a friend in this country during
more than thirty years refdence, except La Blancherie, who
folicited thofe who had been long laid under contributions
for himfelf, to extend their benevolence to Mazzanti, and
fora certain time procured him fuccour ; but fubfecriptions
and collections at length failing, and having no poffeflions
left that were convertible to money or food, except his fa-
vourite violin, which he brought from Italy, he reluétantly
permitted his fole friend, Blancherie, to negociate a raffle for
it, at haf a guinea a ticket, and in a fhort time the requifite
number bein» difpofed of, chiefly to mufical profeffors, on
Saturday, May 11th, 1805, the raffle took place at Men-
zani’s mufic fhop, when the blind and capricious goddefs,
Fortune, for once, feems to have had a glimmering of light
and reafon, in throwing her handkerchief at Frangvis Cra-
mer, who fo well knew the ufe of the lot with which he was
crowne’. But, alas! during the conflict of the adven-
turers for Fortune’s favour, the poor mortal who furnifhed
the prize expired !

MAZZARUNI, in Geography, a river of Sicily, which
runs into the fea, on the S. coait; three miles S.E. of Ter-
ranova.

MAZZO, a town of Italy, in the Valteline ; nine miles
W. of Sondrio.

MAZZOCCHI, Domenico and Vircix10, in Biography,
two brothers, the moft eminent muficians in Rome during
the early part of the feventeenth century. Domenico wasa
voluminous and excellent compofer. He is muchcelebrated
by Kircher, and was almoft the laft fuccefsful madrigalift
in Italy, after Luca Marenzio. He feems to have pene-
trated deeper into latent efie¢ts and refinements than his con-
temporaries. In 1638. he dedicated a fet of madrigals,
which he publifhed at Rome, to cardinal Barberini. In
his dedication, he pronounces madrigals to be “the moft
ingenious fpeces of compofition that mufic could boatt.
And yet,” he fays, ‘¢ that few were then compofed, and ftill
fewer fung; as they were nearly banifhed from all academie,
or concerts.””

As fecular melody was improved by the cultivation of
dramatic mufic, fo choral h rmony was meliorated by the
new combinations that were hazarded in madrigals. And
the two Mazzocchi, during this period, contributed greatly,
by their numerous’ works for the church, to improve the
more folemn and grave manner of writing for facred pur-
pofes, by extending the bounds of harmony, without which
ecclefiaftical mufic could not fuftain its dignity, or be f{nitable
to the purpofes of its defination. A clear, pidturefque,
and graceful melody feems infinitely more neceflary for the
ftage than the church; as it is there the voice of paffion,

~ and medium through which lyric and narrative poetry can
alone be rendered intelligible. In the church, where new
poetry, prayers, or fentiments of piety feldom have admif-
fion, and where nothing is fung that has not often been previ-
oufly read and heard by every member of the congregation,
the clothing fuch portions of fcripture, or of the hturgy
as are appointed to be fung, in rich and complicated harmo-
ny, adds greatly to their folemnity, by precluding all fuch
frivolous and fantaftical {trains as remind the hearer of fecular
amufements.

’ 6

' MBO .

Domenico Mazzocchi, befides feveral new combinations,~
anda more bold and matterly ufe of difcords in ligature
than can be found in the works of his predeceffors, if we
except Monteverde, firit propofed feveral refinements in the —
execution of his madrigals, and invented charaéters of cre/--
cenda, diminuendo, piano, forte, and the enharmonie fharp.
In his eighth madrigal he has. made the mott frequent ufe of
thefe new indications. Page 73, there are, indeed, mifapplica-
tions of the enharmonic dielis to Zand B tharp, which is
at prefent rightly appropriated, by the most accurate con-
trapuntiits, to notes that have been already (harp, as a fign of
their being {till raifed a femitone minor. Enharmonic, fimi'ar
to that of the ancients, we have none, nor is it pradti-
cable in modern counterpoint, where, having no fundamen-
tal bafe for quarter tones, their ule in harmany would pro-
duce no other effe€t to the hearer than that of finging or
playing out of tune.

The only madrigalilts after Mazzocchi, who much diltin-
guifhed themfelves, were Stradella, Aleffandro Scarlatti,
Bononcini, Lotti, Perti, and Caldara, of whom we fhall:
have occafion to {peak among the molt eminent compofers of.
operas and cantatas.

It feems an indifpenfable duty to inform the curious reader,
that there is a madrigal (Cor mio) by this compofer, for four
fopranos and a contraito voice, inferted in the fecond part
of P. Martini’s ‘ Saggio di Contrap,’”’ which furpaffes in
art and ingenuity all the compofitions of that kind which
we have feen. The expreffion of the words, and paffages
of imitation, are fil elegant and new. The learned
editor has pointed out all its beauties in an excellent com-
mentary.

Mazzoccut, Vircitio, brother to Domenico, firft ma-
eftro di cappella to the pope, and mafter to Bontempi, the
mufical hiltorian.

MAZZONO, in Geography, a town of Naples, in the
province of Lavora; feven miles S.W. of Capua.

MAZZUCHELLI, Gramoaria, Count, in Biography,
who flourifhed in the eighteenth century, was diflinguithed
for his acquaintance with: Italian literature. He was author
of feveral works, of which we may notice “ Notizie Hsftoriche
e Critiche intorno alla Vita, alle Inventione, ed agli Scritti
di Archimede Siracufano:’’ ‘¢ La Vita di Pietro Aretino :’?
he began a biographical work on the writers of Italy, enti-
tled ** Gli Scrittorid’Italia, &c.’’ of which he only finifhed
the two firtt letters in the alphabet.

MAZZUOLI, Francesco. See PARMEGGIANO.

Mazzvott, Giroxamo, the coufin and pupil of Francefco,
is little known as a painter beyond Parma and its diltriéts,
though for ** impaito,’? and the whole mytftery of colour, he
has few equals. There is reafon to believe that feveral
piatures painted by this artilt, efpecially thofe of a higher
and gayer tone, are conttantly afcrined to Parmeggiano. He
was more attached to the ftyle of Corre,io than Fran-
cefco, and feized its charaéter with great avidity in the
nuptials of Santa Catherina in the church del Carmine. He
excelled in perfpeétive, and in the Lait Supper, in the refec-
tory of Santa Giovanni, placed and painted a colonnade with
all the iliufions of Pozzo. To the moft harmonious chiaro-
fcuro, he added grandeur, variety, and vivacity in frefco.
He hada fon, Aleffandro Mazzuoli, who painted in the
dome of Parma 1571. _ He isa feeble imitator of the fa-
mily ftyle. Fufeli’s Pilkington.

MBACQUA, in Geography, a town of South America,
in Buenos -yres; 120 miles E. of Corrientes.

MBOMBOY, a river of Paraguay, which runs into the

Parana.
MBOTELEY,

° MEA
MBDOTELEY, a river of Paraguay, which runs into the

arana.

MEACO, or Mraco, called alfo Xi, a city of Japan,
in the ifland of Niphon, the ancient metropolis of the = er
empire, and now the fpiritual capital, being the refidence
of the Dairis, and fecond city of the empire, is fituated
near the middle of the fouthern coalt, ona fpacieus and
fertile plain, about 160 miles S.W, from Jedo, the repured
capital, Neverthelefa this is the firlt commercial city, and
is celebrated for the principal manufactures. It 1 alfo
the feat of the imperial mint, and as the Dairi’s court is
literary, all books are printed here. It is {urrounded at
fome diltance by high mountains, much covered with {lately
temples, monatteries, burying-places, and pleafure houles,
all of which are adorned with gardens and orchards, and
a great variety of verdure, as they are watered by a great
number of rivulets which flow from thofe mountains. Thefe
ftreams unite in the centre of the city, and there divide it
into the Upper and Lower Towns. The whole city, when in
its greate(t {plendour, appears by its high and itately walls to
have been about 20 miles in length and nine or ten in breadth;
to which we may add its {pacious fuburbs, and the imperial
palace, which of itfelf isa kind of city, feparated from the
reit, The ftreets are narrow, but long and ttraight; and we
learn from Kempfer, that by an enumeration of the inhabit-
ants in 1674, they amounted to 405,642, of whom 182,070
were males, and 223,572 females, without including the
numerous attendants of the Dairi, and probably the chil.
dren, together with an immenfe number of {trangers, who
refort hither from all parts of the empire. Its temples are
numerous, and beyond conception magnificent and {plendid.
Although Meaco has fuffered much from pillage, maflacre,
and conflagration, it is {till the grand ftorehoule of all the
manufactures of Japan, ard of ail foreign as well as domef-
tic merchandize, and the principal feat of commerce. Here
they refiue their metals, coin their money, print their books,
and carry on all forts of manufaGtures : here they weave and
dye the richett filks and ftuffs, make and fel! the moft beautiful
Japan work, porcelain, mutical inftruments, paintings,
carvings, all forts of gold, filver, and copper articles, and
particularly. fteel of the moft excellent quality, and mot
curious workmanfhip: they alfo prepare in this place dreffes
of ail forts for both fexes, which are fit for ufe, and they
manvfacture a variety of toys and trinkets. In a word,
there isno kind of commodity which may not be procured
at Meaco, nor any kind of workmanfhip which its artiits

will notimitate. N.lat. 35° 24’. E. long. 153° 30.

MEAD, Ricuanrn, in Biography, a very eminent phyfician,
was born at Stepney, “a {mall village near London,”’ asit is
called by his biographer, in Augutt, 1673, of which parifh
his father, the Rev. Matthew Mead, a Prefbyterian, was one
of the two minilters ; but had been ejected, for non-confer-
mity, in the year 1662. Ashehad a handfome patrimony,
being defcerded from a coniiderable family in Buckingham-
fhire, he continued to refide in the parifh, (preaching toa
numerous congregation of diffenters,) and beitowed a iiberal
education on his large fami-y, under a private tutor, at home.
This little demeitic fchool, however, was breken up in
1683, when Mr. Mead, having been accufed of participat-
ing in a plot againit government, thought proper to retire
to Holland, leaving Richard, his eleventh child, under the
care of Mr. Singleton, an able claffical fcholar, who had
been ejected from the office of fecond matter of Eton
{chool as a ndn-conformift, Richard made great pro-
grefs in his clafficai ftudies, which he proceeded to finith
at Utrecht, under’ the learned Grevius, in 1689. After

MEA

a refidence of three years at that place, he determined
upon the veag of phylie, and went to Leydeu, where he
attended the le¢tures of Herman on botany, and of Pit.
cairn on the theory and pradtice of médicine. He received
much friendly attention from the latter, from whom he
imbibed the mathematical principles of that {cience, which
were prevalent in his early writings. He then com-
menced his travels, and vifited the principal cities of Italy,
where he graduated in philofophy and phyfic, at Padus, in
Augult 1695. On his return to England, in 1696, he fet.
tled in the na houfe in which he was born, and practifed
his profeflion for feveral years with confiderable fuccefs -
and, in 1699, he married the daughter of a merchant in
London. His firlt publication, entitled “A Mechanical
Account of Poifons,’’ which contained the refult of many
experiments, made with the poifon of the viper, &c. ap-
peared in 1702, and gained him conficerable credit. lu
f{ubfequent editions, however, he candidly retraéted fome
points of his mechanical theory, which more matute obfer-
vation convinced him was inadequate to expfain the functions
of aliving body. Soon after the publication of this treatife,
he was elected a member of the Royal Society, of which he
was afterwards appointed one of the vice-prefidents by fir
Ifaac Newton. In 1703, he was chofen phyfician to St.
Thomas's hofpital, when he took up his refidence in
Crutched Friars. In 1704, he publithed his treatife, « De
Imperio Solis et Lunz in Corpore humano, et Morbis inde
oriundis,"’ 8vo. Phyficians have always been prone to apply
the fafhionable philofophy of their day to the explanation of
the phenomena of the animal economy ; and in this effay,
Mead built his reafoning on the theory of attra@ion, which
Newton had promulgated, attempting to thew that periodi-
cal influences were produced on the living body, as upon the
tides of the fea and the atmofphere. In 1707, he received
the diploma of doéter cf phyfic from the univerfty of Ox-
ford, through the intereit, as is fuppofed, of Dr. Radcliffe,
who was not averfe to patronifing a junior of rifing teputa-
tion, when he was himfelf declining. In 1711, he removed
to Auitin Friars, into the houfe which had been inhabited
by Dr. Howe, then deceafed. About the fame time he was
appointed by the company of furgeons to read the anatomi-
cal leGtures in their hall, which he continued to do during
fix or fevea years with great applaufe. In 1714, his friend
and patron, Dr. Radcliffe, died, and Dr. Mead took his
houfe, in» Bloomfbury-fquare. He was now a fellow
of the College of Phyficians, and he had been called
into confultation in the laft illnefs of queen Anne, a few
days before her death, and proneunced more decifively on
her danger than the court phyficians. From this time he
feems to have ftood among the firft of the profeffion; and
in the beginning of 1715 refigned his office at St. Thomas’s
he partly in confequence of his full employment, and

partly of the dciftance of the hofpital from his refidence.
The occurrence of the plague at Marfeilles, in 1719)
occafioned great alarm in London, where the dreadful mor-
tality of 1665 was not forgotten; and by the dire¢iion of
the lords of the regency, the fecretary of itate applied to
Dr. Mead for his opinion of the nature of the malady, and
of the beft means of preventing its iatrodution into this coun-
try. In confequence of this application, he publifhed, in
the following year, “A fhort Difcourfe concerning peftilen-
tial Contagion, and the Methods to be ufed to prevent if,*?
dedicated to Mr: Craggs, the fecretary of ftate. In this
work he decidedly maintained the contagious nature of the
plague, which had been queftioned in France, and laid down
a plan for the purpoie of cutting off all communication -of
G2 the

MEAD.

the infe&tion, by quarantine, lazarettoes, and other means
of feclufion. This traét paffed through no lefs than feven
editions in one year : to the eighth, in £723, was added a new
chapter on the method of cure; and the lalt, publifhed in
1744, was {till farther enlarged : it was tranflated into Latin
by Mattaire, and afterwards by profeflor Ward.

Inthe year 1721, Dr. Mead was direCted by the prince
of Wales (afterwards George 11.) to fuperintend the ex-
periment of inoculating the fmall-pox in the perfons of
{ome criminals, which had been recommended by Mr.
and lady M. W. Montague, in confequence of their know-
ledge of the falubrity of the practice, as performed at Con-
itantinople, and other eaftern countries. His report was
favourable ; fo that the example of the praétice was imme-
diately fet by the royal family, and its general introduction
thus accelerated.

As Dr. Mead was ever anxious to fupport the honour of
his profeflion by his liberal conduét, and by affociating with
it the charaéter of a friend and patron of learning, fo he
aflerted its dignity in his * Harveiaa Oration,’’ read before
the College in Ogtober, 1723, and afterwards publifhed. In
this oration he endeavoured to fhew, that the profeffion was
exercifed by feveral families of diftin€tion among the Ro-
mans; and he annexed to it a differtation on fome coins,
which had been {truck at Smyrna, in honour of phyficians.
This publication was the origin of a controverly, which was
begun by Dr. Conyers Middleton, and in which Mead was
fupported by his friend profeffor Ward, of the Grefham
college. Dr. Middleton, perhaps with the greater weight of
erudition on his fide, undertook to prove the fervile condition
of the Roman phyficians. ‘The controverfy was carried on in
a manner honourable to both parties; and Dr. Middleton,
in afubfequent work on Greek and Egyptian antiquities,
fpoke of Dr. Mead in terms of great refpect. In the fame
year, Dr. Mead gave an example of the honourable conduct
that is due between the members of a liberal profeffion, in
the fervices which he performed towards Dr. Freind, when
the latter phyfician was committed a prifoner to the Tower,
upon the fufpicion of being concerned in Atterbury’s
plot, in confequence of fome free obfervations which had
fallen from him in the houfe of commons. (See the article
Freinp.) Dr. Mead obtained his liberation in a fpirited
manner, and paid over to him a confiderable fum, received
from his patients during his imprifonment.

In 1727, Dr. Mead was appointed phyfician in ordinary
to George II. His profeffional occupations were now fo ex-
tenfive, that for many years he had no leifure for writing. He
had, fo early as the year 1712, communicated to Dr. Freind
his opinions refpeGting the importance of purgatives in the
fecondary fever of {mall-pox, upon which fubject Dr. Freind
publifhed aletterin 1719. But it was not till the year 1747,
that Dr. Mead printed his treatife ‘* De Variolis et Mor-
bilis,”? which contains many valuable obfervations on both
thefe difeafes, and alfo {trong recommendations of the prac-
tice of inoculation. Both this work and the Letter of Dr.
Freind were made the fubje& of animadverfion by Dr.
Woodward, (whofe {killin pathology appears to have been
much inferior to his knowledge of natural hiftory,) ina
work entitled “« The State of Phyfic and Difeafes, &c.”’
which gave rife to a controverfy that engendered confider-
able acrimony in the two learned advocates for the practice.
Dr. Mead fubjoined to his treatife, which was written iu a
pure Latin ftyle, a tranflation of Rhazes’s commentary on
the fmall-pox, into the fame language, a copy of which he
had obtained from Leyden, through the afliftance of his
fellow-{tudent, Boerhaave, with whom he had maintained a

I :

conftant correfpondence. It was chiefly through the pa-
tronage and interpofition of Dr. Mead, that Mr. Sutton’s
ventilator, for the purpofe of cleaning the foul air from fhips,
was received into the fervice of the navy, by an order from
the admiralty, after a delay of ten years: and he ftill farther
recommended it, by adding to a publication of feveral traéts
that had been written on the fubje&, in 1749, “ A Treatife
on the Scurvy,”? in which he afcribed that fatal difeafe to
moifture combined with putridity.

About this time, as he began to retire in fome degree
from the fatigues of practice, he employed his leifure im
revifing his former publications, and in compofing others.
He publifhed in the year 1749 his ‘* Medicina facra, feu de
Morbis infignioribus qui in Bibliis memorantur,”” 8vo. ‘The
obje&t of this work was to reconcile men’s minds to the fa-
cred writings, by fhewing that the difeafes, mentioned in
them, were explicable on natural grounds ; and he fupported
the do&rine of fome divines, who maintained efpecially that
the demoniacs mentioned in the gofpel were only infane, or
epileptic perfons. His laft work was a fummary of the ex-
perience of his ative proteffional life, which might be deemed
a bequeft to his medical brethren, and was publifhed in 1751,
under the title of ‘ Monita et Precepta Medica,” 8vo.
This little volume was almoft purely praétical, confifting of
detached obfervations ona variety of difeafes and medicines,
many of which have ftood the teft of fubfequent experi-
ence; it was frequently reprinted, and was tranflated into
Englifh.

Soon after this period, the ipfirmities of age rendered him
incapable of exertion, either as a pra¢titioner or an author,
and he gradually funk under increafing debility, until the
16th of February 1754, when he expired, without any
vifible figns of fuffering, in the eighty-firft year of his age.
He was interred in the Temple church, near his brother Sa-
muel, an eminent counfellor, who died twenty years before
him ; and a monument was erected to his memory, in Weit-
minfter Abbey, by his fon. He was twice married, but had
iffue only by. his firft wife, of whom four furvived him 5
namely, a fon and three daughters. Two of the daughters
were married to eminent phyficians, fir Edward Wilmot and
Dr. Frank Nichols, who were, with himfelf, phyficians to
the king. His fecond wife, who was daughter to fir Row-
land Alfton, furvived him.

The medical character has rarely obtained more refpeéta-
bility than in the perfon of Dr. Mead. He was not only in
high and univerfal efteem on account of his profeflionai {kill,
but was the greateft patron of fcience and polite literature
of his time. He maintained a correfpondence with the
principal literati of Europe; all men of talents found a
ready affiftance from him in every undertaking; and no
foreigner of any learning or tafte vifited London, without
being introduced to Dr. Mead. His ample income was
{pent in anoble and hofpitable way of living, in gratuities
to men of fcience, and the encouragement of learned pub-
lications, and in the collection of {earce and valuable books,
manu{cripts, and literary curiofities, of which no individual
of his time, in this kingdom, poffefled fo choice and ample a
colleGtion. Of all his treafures he made the molt liberal ufe ;
for he not only freely admitted learned men of all countries
to fee and examine them, but he likewife entertained them
at his table, and treated them with fingular urbanity ; unit-
ing, as his biographer obferves, ‘the magnificence of princes
with the pleafures of philofophers.’’

The whole works of Dr. Mead have frequently been col-
leéted and publifhed in various countries of Europe. A
French tranflation of them by Cofte, 1774, in two vols.

- 8vo.

MEA

8vo. isefteemed for its numerous notes. See “ Authentic
Memoirs of the Life of Richard Mead, M.D.” 1755:
Gen, Biog.

Meap, 4 wholefome agreeable liquor, prepared of honey
and water,

One of the belt methods of preparing mead is as follows :
Tnto twelve gallons of water flip the whites of fix egys ;
mixing thefe well togethey, and to the mixture adding twenty

unds of honey. Let the liquor boil an hour, and when

oiled, add cinnamon, ginger, pa, mace, and a little rofe-
mary, As foon as it is cold, put a fpoonful of yeaft to it,
and tun it up, keeping the velfel filled as it works ; when
it has done working, ftop it up clofe ; and when fine, bottle
it off for ufe.

Thorley fays that mead, not inferior to the belt of foreign
wines, may be made in the following manner; Put three

ounds of the finelt honey to one gallon of water, and two
lemon-peels to each gallon ; bot it half an hour, well
{cummed ; then put in, while boiling, lemon-peel: work it
with yealt; then put it in your veffel with the peel, to
ftand five or fix months, and bottle it off for ufe. IF it is to
be kept for feveral years, put four pounds to a gallon of
water.

Macquer, in his * DiGionary of Chemiltry,”’ direéts to
choofe the whitett, purett, and beft-tafted honey, and to put
it into a kettle with more than its weight of water: a part
of this liquor mult be evaporated by boiling, and the liquor
feummed till its confiltence is fuch, that a frefh egg fhall be
fupported on its furface, without finking more than half its
thicknefs into the liquor ; then the liquor is to be ftrained,
and poured through a funnel into a barrel; this barrel,
which ought not to be nearly full, muft be expofed to heat as
equable as poffible, from twenty to twenty-feveu or twenty-
eight degrees of Reaumur’s thermometer, taking care that
the bung-hole be flightly covered, but not clofed. The

henomena of the f{pirituous fermentation will appear in this
iquor, and will fubfift during two or three months, ar i
to the degree of heat; after which they will diminifh an
ceafe. During this fermentation, the barrel mutt be filled
up occafionally with more of the fame kind of liquor of
honey, fome of which ought to be kept apart, on purpofe
to replace the liquor which flows out of the barrel in froth.
When the fermentation ceaies, and the liquor has become
very vinous, the barrel is then to be put into a cellar, and
well clofed ; a year afterwards the mead will be fit to be
put into bottles.

Every maker of metheglin or mead for fale hall take out
a licence, for which he fhall pay 1/. and fhall renew the
fame annually, on pain of 10/. (42 Geo. III. c. 38.) If
any maker of metheglin or mead for fale fhall conceal any
of it from the view of the guager, he fhall forfeit for every
gallon 5s. 15 Car. II. c. 31.

MEADIA, in Botany, fo called by Catefby, in compli-
ment to Dr. Richard Mead, the celebrated phyfician, who,
whatever might be his merit in his profeflion, was not judged
by his contemporaries to deferve this botanical honour ; and
Linnezus therefore did not confirm it. The only work of
Dr. Mead’s ever mentioned as giving him a claim to fuch
diftinction, is his ** Mechanical Account of Poifons,”? in
which however there is nothing botanical. Crantz, a pe-
tulant critic of Linnzus, affected to oppofe him in this
trifling point, faying that “* Mead was perha s more deferv-
ing than many others who had obtained {uch honours.”
If this be all that can be {aid for him, the matter may re-
sain at reft. See DopecaTHEON. ;

MeapIAy in Geography, 2 town of Hungary, in the bannat

MEA

of Temefvar, on a fmall river which runs into the Danube ;

52 miles S.E. of Temefvar.’ N. lat. 45’ 10’. E. long.
ar 59"

MEADOW, in Agriculture, a name generally applied to
fuch natural grate lands as are annually mown for hay; but

more particularly to thofe which are fo low in their fituations
as to be too moilt for cattle to graze upon in winter, without
breaking the fward, or poaching the furface, which would
be highly injurious,

Meadows, from their being generally enriched with the
fine mould wafhed down from i adjacent rifing grounds,
are ufually of a good foil, and feldom require much other
ara than the removing of temporary imperfe¢tions,
and the fuperabundant moifture by proper draining. But
they may be of fuch a nature as to thand in need ag more
particular treatment ; as is the cafe when their furfaces are
of a mofly, loofe earthy, or a binding clayey quality, where
harrowing or fcarifying, and the application of top-dreffings
will be neceffary.

They are alfo farther dittinguifhed into natural and arti-
ficial, or common and watered meadows.

The former, from their being fituated in the hollows and
floping fides of the vallies, where the depth of the foil
has been conttantly increafing by the depofition of various
forts of vegetable and other matters brought down from the
higher grounds, are, it is fuppofed by a late writer, in a con-
fiderably greater ftate of fertility, and evidently better fitted
for the permanent production of grafs, than thofe from
which they have derived their richnefs. And it has been
well obferved, in the report of Staffordfhire, that this, of all
others, is “ the moft productive of grafs and hay, yielding
fuftenance for cattle through the fummer and the winter,
and producing an everlatting fource of manure for the im-
provement of the adjoining lands, Alfo, that in all cafes
of extenfive inclofures, the improvement of the vale land, or
that formed by nature for meadow and palture, fhould be
firft attended to. In this view, the low lands in all fitua-
tions come under the head of natural meadows.’

And the latter are thofe which lie contiguous to rivers
or brooks, whence the water can be eafily carried or con-
veyed fo as to overflow the grafs at pleafure. Of thefe
there are large traéts in feveral parts of the kingdom, which,
where fkilfully managed, become highly profitable to their
owners, affording not only immenfe crops of hay, but yield-
ing an abundant early grafs for the ufe of ewes and lambs,
in the beginning of the {pring long before the paiture or
other grounds are ready to receive them.

However, as the former fort of meadow lands, from their
retention of moifture in confequence of their fituation, and
the t depth of vegetable matter which they contain,
are fuggelted by a late writer to be liable to throw up
much more coarfe herbage, of the aquatic or other kind ;
in many cafes more drainage as well as other Management
will be neceflary to bring them into the proper condition
for the growth of good herbage than is requifite in the
hay grounds in more elevated places. And that, “ by a
more particular attention in thefe refpeéts they would, in
many inftances, be rendered a vaft deal more produétive
than they are at prefent, and, at the fame time, afford a
much better and lefs coarfe herbage. They would alfo
admit ftock upon them a much greater length of time,
both in the autumn and fpring feafon.” :

It may be noticed, that * the moft proper feafon for fur-
face draining grafs lands is in the autumn, when they are
firm and dry, as in the early fpring months fuch lands
are too full of moifure. The grips, or {mall open ——

fho

MEADOW.

fhould be cut obliquely in the moft fuitable direGtions for
conveying off the fuperficial ftagnant water. It is a prac-
tice, in fome cafes, to fuffer the fods or grippings that are
taken out of the trenches to remain on their fides; but it
is much better, and a lefs flovenly mode, to have them con-
veyed from the land and laid up in heaps, in order to their
being aéted upon by the winter frofts and other caufes, fo
as to be brought into a ftate proper for being formed into
compolts with well rotted farm-yard dung. Much of this
fort of draining may be performed at a {mall expence, and
the beneficial ' effects ‘be very confiderable, efpecially where
the lands are very much loaded with moifture, in the quan-
tity of produce.’? Befides, fuch meadow lands ‘* demand
much more attention in their management in other refpects,
as thofe of their being fed by cattle, and the performing
of the different operations that are proper for rendering
them produétive of good herbage. In thefe cafes, ftock
fhould be turned upon the lands, and manures be applied
with much care, and only when the land is in fuch a ftate
of drynefs as not to be injured by the poaching or breaking
of the fward. The higher forts of grafs lands, in moft in-
ftances, admit of confiderably more latitude in performing
thefe different operations, as they are capable of admitting
‘the ftock as well as the dung-cart more early in the fpriag
months, and of fuffering them to remain or be applied
at later periods in the autumn without incopvenience. The
advantage of this attention is rendered fufficiently plain by
the effects which the contrary pra€tice produces in fuch
meadow and other hay lands as are in a ftate of common-
age, where the {tock is admitted at all feafons, and under ail
’ .circumitances.”’

It is evident that “ thefe forts of grafs lands muft be
applied to different purpofes, according to their nature,
fituation, and other circumitances. Thofe which are of the
more moift and wet kinds, whether from the nature of the
foil, or the peculiarity of fituation, and which have been
a long time in the ftate of fward, are for the moft part
kept under the feythe ; while thofe of the contrary defcrip-
tions, that are fituated at a greater height, and of courfe,
in moft cafes, poffefs a greater degree of firmnefs, are, in
general, appropriated to the purpofe of pafturage; though,
in particular fituations, where grafs land is fcarce, and
confequently of great value, they are occafionally likewife
converted to the purpofe of hay. .And as grafs plants
grow to the greateft height in fituations where a confider-
able degree of moifture 1s conitantly preferved, and, of
courfe, afford the largeft produce, it would feem that the
- practice of keeping them under the feythe is right on this
account ; as well as that of their being lefs firm and {olid in
their texture, and their moftly producing a coarfer herb-
age. The more elevated grounds, as they bear the ftock

enerally with lefs injury, and often afford both a more
fine and {weet feed, are with propriety converted to the
ufe of being fed down by animals. By a fuitable ma-
nagement in the feeding and ufe of manure, the latrer fort of
Jands may even be brought to afford a confiderable produce
in hay in numerous inftances.

And ‘as it muit be evident to the moft fuperficial ob-
fervation, that the breaking of the furface texture or fward
of grafs lands mutt, in all cafes, be prejudicial, not only
by the deftruGion of plants which is thereby immediately
produced, but alfo by the retention and ftagnation of water
upon them in the holes, and depreflions from {mall portions
of the turf being forced in, the neceflity and utility of
clearing and removing all forts of live ftock, and efpecially
thofe of the heavy kinds, on both thefe deferiptions of mea-
dow land when mown, becomes ftrikingly obvious.”

There is a firiking fact of this fort ftated in the A gricul-
tural Report of Middlefex. «In a piece of clayey mea-
dow land expofed to the treading of cattle during the wet
feafon of winter, with a view of fully afcertaining the
effects of the praétice of fuffermg cattle to remain too
long upon grafs hay lands, it was feund that after three
years, notwithftanding every poflible care and attention in
rolling, manuring, and fowing grafs feeds was employed, it
was not reftored to its former itate of {ward.?’ And it has
been remarked, that on the deep tough yellow clayey grafs
lands in the fame diftri€t, every care is taken to prevent the
leaft decree of poaching, as it is well known that wherever
a buliock makes a hole with his foot in this kind of foil, it
holds water, and totally dettroys every veflige of herbage,
which is not quite replaced till feveral years after the hole is
grown up.”’

In regard to the exact period of continuing the feeding
down of grafs lands of the hay kind, it cannot be eafily
regulated by any fixed rules, as it muft depend much on
feafons; but it fhould never, on any account, be continued
after the grounds have become fo much impregnated with
moifture as to eafily give way to the tread of animals.
In the autumn feafon the heavy cattle fhould feldom be
fuffered to remain on the fofter forcs of lands longer than
the beginning of November, but in thole of the more dry
kinds, they may be let remain to the end of that month.
Sheep ftock may, in drier cafes, be continued till February,
or later ; and in the {pring feafon, if paftured at ail, they
fhould noi be admitted upon fuch lands till they begin to
poffefs a proper degree of firmnefs, which will depend on
the various circumftances of the preceding feafon. On the
more low and moift forts of meadow land, it can probably
feldom be ventured earlier than the middle of March. :

It is, however, obvioufly 2 much better practice, efpe-
cially where hay is the main objeét, not to eat them down
at all, or very little, with cattle in the fpring, and not fo
much as is the ufual cuftom with fheep ; as it is plain, that by
this means the cultivation will not only enfure a more abun-
dant produce, but a much earlier one, and, of courfe, have
more advantage in the making it into hay and fecuring it.

Betlides, where the Jands are fertile and the grafs {prings
quickly, as is often the cafe near large towns where ma-
nure is plentiful, it may be advantageous in the view of
having a fecond crop, as by that means the after-grafs
may be cut more early, and be lefs in danger of being well
fecured ; and, in all events, the after-grafs will be in a more
forward ftate, and, of ccurfe, ready at a more early pe-
riod for the admiffion of ftock of different kinds, which, in
many cafes, is a circumftance of great importance to the
farmer where grazing is the main obje@.

With refpect to the moft proper periods of fhutting up
fuch grafs lands as are defigned for hay, they mutt, like thoie
of eating them down by ftock, depend on various circum- ,
{tances that can only fuit the particular cafes. In general,
however, it is the beft practice not to delay it too long.
When the lands are not eaten at all in the {pring by cattle,
after the fheep have been removed about the middle of
February ; nothing farther is allowed, according to the
writer of the Middlefex Report, to enter the meadows, by
which means a quick vegetation is promoted, as well as a
more plentiful crop and more early harvelt. And in other
cafes it fhould probably feldom much exceed the beginning
of April, as when eaten much later, efpecially in the fouth-
ern diitriéts, there is not time for the grafs to produce a
full crop before the commencement of the hay feafon, of
courfe the farmer fuftains more lofs than can be repaid by,
any advantage in theadditional feeding he nay obtain. This

is

MEADOW,

is therefore the belt eigen where the view of the farmer is
hay : and it thould be particularly adopted and attended to
in cow-farms, where it is of much importance to cut early
and at different times, in order to fecure hay of a fine graffy
quality, for the purpofe of producing large fupplies of
milk. In thefe cafes itis cut two, three, or more weeks
before the ufual period, as it is better not to let the feed
ftems rife much.

Immediately after the meadows or other grafv-lands have
had the cattle and other forts of live flock removed from
them, in the early {pring months, and been fhut up for hay,
they fhould be prepared for the feythe, by having al forts
of obftructions picked up and removed from the furface.
This work fhou'd always be executed as foon as poffible,
before the grafs begins to {pring up too much and conceal
them, as it is difficult to perform the bufinefs effectually
afterwards. And it has been obferved, that it is an ex-
cellent pra&tice, but one that is too much negleéted by
—_ in general, to have all forts of starts plants of
the aquatic and other kinds, fuch as ruthes, fern, docks,
thiftles, and various others, effectually drawn up and era-
dicated both from the hedge-rows and other parts of the
fields, in order to prevent their running up to fed and dif.
feminating themfelves over the lands, and thus not only fill
them progreffively with ali forts of trumpery, but greatly
injure the herbage. Ina field on an extenfive hay-farm in
Middlefex, on perceiving the whole furface thickly ftudded
with thiltle-plants, it was found that this fort of weed had
been fuffered to flower and perfect its feed annually, until
the lands on every fide had become fully ftocked, to the
valt injury of the hay-crops. The fame thing takes place
with the dock, and feveral other naxious plants, which
ftrongly enforces the utility of the praétice jult recom-
Fi if The annual expence of performing the bufinefs
is but a mere trifle, while the advantage will be real and
permanent. The faving to the farmer would be confider-
able, by having the work regularly done as foon as the
weeds fhew themfelves, and at the fame time his young
hedge-plants be prevented from being deftroyed, by being
fhaded and choaked up by fo many weeds. In order to
take them up in a perfe&t mauner, a narrow implement of
the fpade kind, fuch as is made ufe of in forming narrow
drains, may be employed with advantage, as cutting or
breaking them off is by no means effectual. After fuch

lants have been removed, and the ground well cleared,
fasts the banks and hedge-rows with the beft grafs-feeds,
fuch as white clover and cther fimilar plants, might be an
excellent practice, as in this way the lands may be im-
proved rather than injured.”

Tn regard to plants of the rufh kind, they may be eafily
removed by preventing the ftagnation of moifture near the
furface, by judicious under or furface draining, and the ap-
plication of fubitances of the faline or calcareous kinds, fuch
as afhes, lime, drift from the roads, and other fimilar ma-
terials. ‘Thefe are the beft made ufe of in a dry feafon, in
either the autumn or {pring ; but the latter is probably the
bet, as thefe abforbent matters will thereby be made ufe of
at the time fuch plants begin to fhoot and eftablith them-
felves, and when there will be the leaft danger of their
operation being Jeffened or prevented by too great a degree
of moifture. It has been obferved, that in natural coarfe
meadows, or fuch as become fo in confequence of rufhes
growing upon them, before they have been rendered fufh-
eiently dry by draining, it forms a great improvement to
apply a thin coat of fand evenly over the furface of them,
in the proportion of from twenty to thirty common loads.
By this means the {ward is rendered much finer, and a much

'

‘

better fort of herbage brought up; white clever being pre-
dominant in molt cales where this is praétifed.

But there ie another method that, in particular fituations,
may be more eafy and convenient, and which has been found
to quickly deflroy plants of this coarfe kind, by bringing
up thofe of a finer defeription. ‘This may appear extra-
ordinary at firlt fight to thofe who have not feen its fadden
and altonifhing effeéts in this way. It is that of conduting
water over the furfuce of fuch grounds; but, in this inten-
tion, it fhould not be fuffered to have the leaft degree of
ftagnation, but be conveyed off with as much expedition as
poflible, by fuitable drainage or other means.

M. de Chateauvieux many years ago invented a machine,
culled a cutting-plough, with three fharp coulters for cut-
ting the land about fix or feven inches deep, that the ma-
nure laid upon it might be wafhed into the incifions made by
the coulters, and which alfo, by cutting the old roots of
the grafa, many new roots were produced, and a very great
improvement afforded, particularly where the meadows were
hide-bound and overrun with mofs. And afterwards Mr.
Wynn Baker, in Ireland, added two more coulters, and
named it a /earificator ; which is confidered a very ufeful tool
for the purpofe of improving meadows, as well as paflures,
For it has been found in praé@tice, that if the land is firft
{carified, and then manured, the improvement is greater than
fearifying the land after laying on the manure. And this
bufinefs is faid alfo to be well performed by a fward-dreffer,
invented by Mr. Amos in Lincolnfhire, See Swarp-
Dre cr.

In cafes where meadow-lands are properly fituated for the
purpofe of being watered, th-y may be formed properly for
the purpofe, probably with the moft advantage, in the early
autumn; but when that feafon cannot be conveniently em-
ployed, the work may be performed early in the fpring.
The methods of cutting the gutters and trenches, and of
managing the whole of the procefs, as wellas the vatt utility
which is the refult of it. may be feen detailed under the
heads Inn1GaTion and WaTERING of Land.

Where this practice is attempted, the farmer fhould com-
mence the watering of his meadow-lands early in November,
which, in moft inftances, affords more improvement than a
Grefling of the beit manure that can be provided. As they
are commonly the lower parts of the ground that can be made
ufe of in this way, much may often be effefied by a proper
attention to the ditches in the lands that lie at higher levels,
as by keeping them in fuch a ftate that they may difcharge
themfelves freely into a large main ditch, a little above the lower
parts of them, from which the water may be let off occafion-
ally, fo as to float the meadow grounds below ; care being
taken that it does not ftagnate upon themin any way. And
in managing this fort of operation afterwards, Mr. Wright
advifes that the floater fhould take care to keep the land
fheltered by the water from the feverity of frofy nights.
And in the winter, as about January, it is neceflary, he-
conceives, every ten days or fortnight to give the land air,
and to lay it as dry as poffible, for the fpace of a few days.
‘* Whenever the froit has given a complete fheet of ice to
the meadow, it is advifable to difcontinue floating; for the
froft will fometimes take fuch ftrong hold of the land, as to
draw it into heaps, and injure the evennefs of the furface.
Attention is alfo to be paid to prevent the equal difribution
of the water being obitru&ted, by the continual influx of
weeds, leaves, fticks, &c.?? And, as the feafom advar ces, ..
ftill greacer attention is required from the Aczter in the fuc-
ceeding month: ‘if the water be fuffered to flow over the
meadow, for the {pace of many days without intermiflion, a
white fcum, it is obierved, is generated,. which is found

ey

MEA

very deftructive to grafs; and if the water be taken off, and
the land expofed in its wet ftate to a fevere frofty night, a
great part of the tender grafs will be cut off. In Glou-
cefterfhire, two methods ef avoiding thefe injuries are prac-
tifed: one is, to take the water off by day, to prevent the
fcum, and to turnit on again at night, to guard again{t the
froft; the other method is to take the water off early in the
morning, and if that day be dry, to fuffer it to remain off
for a few days and nights; for if the land experiences only’
one drying day, the froft at night will do little injury. The
former of thefe praGtices, where it is found not too trouble-
fome, is preferable to the latter.” About the middle of
February, the floater fhould begin to ufe the water more
{paringly than in autumn or winter; for his chief objeét now
is to encourage or force vegetation. It is moftly found,
that about the lait week of this month, if the preceding
management has been good, there will be a pretty full bite
for ewes and lambs. Some advife rolling in the beginning
of the year, as about January.

The fame writer alfo ftates, that “ about the beginning

of March, the grafs on the old floated meadows will gene-

rally be fufficient to afford an abundant pafturage to any
kind of farming ftock ; and the water muft be taken off for
nearly a week, that the land may become dry and firm before
heavy cattle are admitted. It is proper, in the firft week of
eating off the {pring feed, if the feafon be cold and rainy, to
give the cattle a little hay in the evening to intermix with
their moift food. But the grand application of the young
meadow-gra{s is for ewes and lambs; and attention fhould
always be paid to hurdling off the grafs, and giving {tripes
acrofs the meadow, exactly in the way turnips are hurdled
for fheep. The caution of Mr. Bofwell, never to feed on
thefe meadows any heavier ftock in fpring than fheep or
calves, feems to be judicious, but muft obvioufly depend
much on foil; for, upon a found gravel, a pra€tice may be
admitted, which would be mifchievous on a peat meadow.”’
But good rich meadows, whether watered or not, are moftly
ready to be cut about the middle of June.

Mr. Bofwell advifes, that “ as foon as the hay is cleared
from thefe meadows, cattle of any fort (no fheep) fhould
be turned in for a week to eat the grafs out of the trenches,
and what may be left by the mowers. Then the water
fhould be worked on them, care being taken to let it only
dribble over every part as thinly as poffible; this being the
warmett feafon of the year. The firft watering fhould not
laft longer than two or three days, before it is fhifted to
another meadow. There will foon be an after-grafs of fuch
a rich and beautiful verdure as will aftonifh a fpetator not
accuftomed to it; and the quantity and quality will be be-
yond conception, compared with the tate the lands were in
before they were watered. He alfo further cautions us to
guard by all means againft keeping the water too long upon
the meadows, in warm weather. It will very foon produce
a white fubftance like cream, which is prejudicial to the
grafs, and fhews it has been upon the ground too long al-
ready ; but if permitted to remain a little longer, a thick
{cum will fettle upon the grafs, of the confiltence of glue,
and as tough as leather, which will quite deftroy it.”

Meavow-Gra/s, in Botany. See Poa, Cynosurvus,
and Grass.

Meapow-Fox-tail Grafs, in Agriculture, a fort of field
grafs, that may be cultivated to advantage on the more moilt
forts of foil. It is faid to be early and produétive, but
rather coarfe. See Atorgcurus Pratenfis and Grass.

Meapow Rue. See THALICTRUM.

Meapow Saffron. See Cotcuicum.

Meapow Saxifrage. See PeucepANUM and SEsELI.

MEA

Meapow Sweet. See SpiR#A.

Meapow Trefoil. See TREFOIL.

Meapow River, in Geography, a river of America,
which runs into lake Huron, N. lat. 45° 38’. W. long.
84° 30!'.

‘ME ADVILLE, a thriving poft-town, feated on French
creek, a branch of the Alleghany, in Crawford county,
Pennfylvania (N. lat. 41° 36’), and the feat of juftice for
the counties of Warren and Crawford, to the latter of which
it belongs. It contains about 100 houfes, and feveral ftores,
and is a place of confiderable bufinefs.

MEAGOM, a town of Hindooftan, in Guzerat; 20
miles N. of Baroach.

MEAHGURRY, a town of Hindooftan, in Candeifh ;
30 miles S.E. of Chuprah.

MEAHMAGO, a large town of the Birman empire, on
the Irawaddy, fhaded by groves of palmyra trees, and re-
markable for a manufaéture of coarfe cloth, fuch as is worn
by the lower clafs of people; 42 miles W. of Ava.

MEAKING, a town of the Birman empire, on the right
bank of the Ava; 8 miles N. of Penongmew.

MEAL. The meal or flour of England is the fineft and
whiteft in the world. The French is ufually browner, and
the German browner than that. Our flour keeps well with
us; but in carrying abroad, it often contraéts damp, and
becomes bad. All flour is fubje& to breed worms: thefe
are white in the white flour, and brown in that which is
brown ; they are therefore not always diftinguifhable to the
eye: but when the flour feels damp, and {mells rank and-
mufty, it may be conje€tured that they are there in abun-
dance. ;

The colour and the weight are the two things which de-
note the value of meal or flour; the whiter and the heavier it
is, other things being alike, the better it alwaysis. Pliny
mentions thefe two charaters as the marks of good flour,
and tells us, that Italy, in his time, produced the fineft in
the world. This country, indeed, was famous before his
time for this produce’; and the Greeks have celebrated it ;
and Sophocles, in particular, fays, that no flour is fo white
or fo good as that of Italy. The’corn of this country has,
however, loft much of its reputation fince that time; and
the reafon of this feems to be, that the whole country being
full of fulphur, alum, vitriol, marcafites, and bitumens, the
air may have, in time, affe€ted them fo far, as to make them
diffufe themfelves through the earth, and render it lefs fit for
vegetation ; and the taking fire of fome of thefe inflammable
minerals, as has fometimes happened, is alone fufficient to
alter the nature of all the land about the places where they
are. Defland. Trait. Phyf.

ibe four of England, though it pleafes by its whitenefs,
yet if wants fome of the other qualities valuable in flour: the
bread that is made of it is brittle, and does not hold to-
gether, but, after keeping a few days, becomes hard and
dry, as if made of chalk, and is full of cracks in all parts ;
and this mult be a great difadvantage in it, when intended
for the fervice of an army, or the like occafions, where there
is no baking every day, but the bread of one baking muift
neceflarily be kept a long time,

The flour of Picardy is very like that of England, and,
after it has been kept fome time, is found improper for
making into pafte or dough, The French are forced either
to ufe it immediately on the grinding, or elfe to mix it with
an equal quantity of the flour of Brittany, which is coarfer,
but more un¢tuous and fatty ; but neither of thefe kinds of
flour keeps well.

The flour of almoft any country will do for the home
confumption of the place, as it may be always frefh ground ;

bat

rd

- Birman empire, on the Ava; 36 miles

MEA

but the great care to be ufed in feleding it is in order to the
pedis it abroad, ov furnithing thips for their own ufe.
The fuline humidity of the fea-air rufts metals, and fouls
every thing on board, if great care be not taken in the pre-
ferving them. ‘This alfo makes the flour damp and bra
and is often the occafion of its breeding infects, and being
wholly {poiled.

The door of fome places is conftantly found to keep
better at fea than that of others; and when that is once
found our, the whole caution needs only be to carry the
flour of thofe places. ‘Thus the French find, that the flour
of Poitou, Normandy, and Guienne, all bear the fea-carriage
extremely well, and they have formerly made a citable
advantage by carrying them to their American colonies.

* The choice of flour for exportation being thus made, the
next care is to preferve it in the fhips: the keeping it dry is
the grand confideration in regard to this; the Baal in
which it is put up ought to be made of dry and well-feafoned
oak, and not to be larger than to hold two hundred weight
at the moft. If the wood of the barrels have any fap re-
maining in it, it will moiften and f{poil the flour; and no
wood is fo proper as oak for this purpofe, or for making
the bins and ota veffels for keeping flour in at home, fince,
when once well dried and feafoned, it will not contraé& hu-
midity afterwards. ‘The beech-wood, of which fome make
their bins for flour, is never thoroughly dry, but always
retains fome fap. ‘The fir will give the flour a tafte of tur-
pentine ; and the ath is always fubje& to be eaten by worms.
‘The oak is preferable, becaufe of its being free from thefe
faults; and when the feveral kinds of wood have been
examined in a proper manner, there may be others found as
fit, or poffibly more fo, than this for the purpofe. The

reat teft is their having more or lefs fap. See Frour and

ood.

Meat Worm. See Worm.

Meaty-Tree, in Botany and Gardening. See Vinurnum.

MEAMBOLANGAM, in Geography, a town of the
. of Prome.

MEAMOY, a town of the Birman empire, on the right
bank of the Ava; 16 miles W. of Ava.

MEAN, the middle, between two extremes.

Thus we fay, the mean motion of a planet; its mean
diftance, &c. meaning a motion or diftance, which as far
exceeds the leaft diftance or motion, as it is exceeded by the

ateft. :

‘Mean, middle, mean proportion, is the fecond of any
three proportions ; but in mufic, mean is more properly the
title of the fecond violin in trios, as being the mean between
the firft.violin and bafe. In madrigals of five and fix parts,
a third treble is generally termed the mean part.

Meay, in Law, refers either to time or dignity. Thus,
in the firt fenfe we fay, his a@ion was mean betwixt
the diffeifin made to him, and his recovery ; #.¢. in the
interim.

In the fecond fenfe, we fay, there is lord mean or
mefne.

MEAN; in Logic. See Mepium.

Mean Anomaly, in Affronomy. See ANOMALY.

_ Mean Axis, in Optics. See Axis.

Megan Orr t in Affronomy, is when the mean
place of the fun is in {

of the moon in the ecliptic.
SITION.
Mean Diameter, in Gauging. See Gaucinc. I
Mean Diffance of a Planet-from the Sun, in Aftronomy, is
Vor. XXIII

conjynétion
oppofition
See ConsuncTion and Oppo-

with the mean place

MEA

the right line drawn from the fun, to the extremity of the
conjugate axis of the ellipfis in which the planet moves ;
and this is equal to the femitranfverfe axis, and is fo called

becaufe it is a mean between the planet's greateft and leatt
diftance from the fun.
Mean AMotion, that whereby a planet is fuppofed to

move equally in its orbit, and is always proportional to the
time,

Mean Proportion. See Exrneme Proportion.

Mean Time. Sve Tine.

MEANA, ino Geography, a town of Hindooltan, in Kitch-
wara; 10 miles N.E. of Budawar.—Alfo, a town of the
ifland of Sardinia; 21 miles S.S.W. of Lode

MEANG, a town of Hindooflan, in Guzerat ; 40 miles
N.W, of Puttan-Sumnaut.

MEANGIS, a clutter of {mall iflandsin the North Pa-
cific ocean. N. lat. 4° 58’. E. long. 126° 55".

MEANY, a town of Hindooltan, in Guzerat, near the
coalt; 40 miles S.W. of Junagur.

Meayy, Cheppos atownof Hindooftan, in Guzerat, on
the coaft; 55 miles W. of Junagur.

MEAO, one of the {mall Molucca iflands. N. lat. 1° 12".
E. long. 127° 3'.

MEARIM, a river of Brazil, which runs into the bay -
of Baranhao, S. lat. 2’ 40’, W. long. 45° 30’. 1

MEASLES, in Medicine, a contagious fever, accompa-
nied by a rafh or eflorefcence on the fkin, of a peculiar form
or diftribution, which moftly appears on the fourth day of
the fever, and, after a continuance of four days, gradually
declines together with the febrile fymptoms.

This difeafe, like the {mall-pox and fcarlet-fever, was not
particularly defcribed or named by the Greek and Roman
phyficians, but is firft mentioned by the Arabians. The
tranflators of the writings of the latter into Latin applied
the term mortilli to the difeafe; as it were a little plague, the
word i! morbo, in Italy, fignifying the plague, or the difeafe,
by way of eminence. Subfequently, from the red colour
of the rafh, the terms rubiole and rubeole were given to this
difeafe, and to fcarlet-fever, which was confounded with it.
The appellation of rubeola has been adopted for the meafles
by our beft nofologilts, Sauvages and Cullen. The Englifh
term meafles feems to have been borrowed from an appear-
ance, which was fo denominated in the flefh of pork, to
which the eruption of rubeola was fuppofed to bear fome
refemblance.

The difeafe in queftion is prepagated folely by contagion ;
and it commences in children, or in adult perfons of an irri-
table conititution, from ten to fourteen days after they have .
been expofed to the infe€tion. Others, who are lefs fuf-
ceptible, may have frequent communication with perfons
affeGted with the difeafe during feveral fucceffive weeks, but
the contagion does not aé& upon them, unlefs the body be
brought into a feverith ftate by fome incidental caufe, as by
taking cold, by watching, fatigue, or mental diftrefs. Dr.
Willan, in his valuable and elaborate treatife on cutaneous
difeafes, has defcribed three varieties cf meafles, which it
is important to attend to: thefe are the rubeola vularis,
or common form of the difeafe ; the rubeola fine catarrho,
in which fever and catarrh do not accompany the eruption ;
and the rubeola nigra, or purple-meafles.

1. The rubeola vulgaris, or ufual form of meafles, exhi-
bits the following charaéter. The fymptoms which pre-
cede the eflorefcence are, on the firit and fecond days, irre-
gular fhiverings alternating with heat of the fkin, general
debility or liitleffnefs, flufhing of the cheeks, giddinefs, a
fenfation of pain or weight acrofs the forehead and eyes,
with drowlinefs ; fometimes pain of the back and limbs,

H flight

MEASLES.

flight forenefs or roughnefs in the throat, lofs of appetite, .

frequent naufea, thirit, a white fur on the tongue, clear
high-coloured urine, the pulfe much increafed in frequency,
and fomewhat labouring or irregular. On the third and
fourth days, the fame fymptoms continue, but with greater
violence : the eyes become tender and inflamed ; the eye-lids
and tarfi appear a little turgid; at the fame time a ferous
humour is copioufly difcharged both from the eyes and nof-
trils, which occafions repeated {neezing. The difeafe during
this period, and ufually for two or three days longer, is
accompanied with a frequent dry cough, hoarfenefs, diffi-
culty of breathing, and a fenfe of conftri€ion acrofs the
chefl. In children, indeed, in whom ail the fymptoms of
the firft ftage are more fevere than in adults, the difeafe is
often preceded by a harfh founding cough for a week, or
even a fortnight, before it formally commences ; and fome-
times, efpecially during the period of dentition, is attended
with frequent twitchings, or even with ftrong convulfive
fits. :
We have faid that the efflorefcence moftly appears on the
fourth day of the fever: this, however, is not invariably true.
In perfons who have a very delicate fkin, it fometimes ap-
. pears partially on the third day; while in others, of a dark
and thick fkin, or who have been expofed much to cold, it
may not be manifeft till the fifth or fixth day: and as the
contagion is, in many perfons, only called into aétion by fome
incidental feverifhnefs ; fo it is not eafy, in thefe cafes, to
afcertain the commencement of the proper eruptive fever.

The rafh is firft vifible on the face, efpecially on the fore-
head and under the chin, and exhibits in other parts only a
few fcattered fpecks, with a fomewhat warmer colour of
the fkin than ufual. On the following (fifth) day, it is
formed on the neck and breaft in the morning, and is diffufed,
towards evening or in the night, round the trunk of the
body, and along the extremities ; during this day it ts moft
full and vivid on the face. On the fiath day of the difeafe,
the rafh on the face begins to fade and fubfide, while the
patches on the body are moft red and extended; but thefe
gradually change their appearance the day after. The
patches on the back of the hand and wrilt, which ufually
appear lateft (in fome inftances on the fixth or feventh day),
do not always decline till the eighth day. On the ninth day,
there remain only vettiges of the efflorefcence, marked by a
flight difcolouration ; this, however, difappears before the
end of the ¢enth day. When the rafh begins to decline on
any part, the cuticle becomes dry and rough, and foon after
feparates into feurf. Hence arifes a very difagreeable itch-
ing of the fkin which continues from the feventh to the tenth
day.

The progrefs of the eruption is fometimes checked by
expofure to continued cold; and its retroceffion occafions
delirium, reftleffnefs, difficulty of breathing, pain of the
bowels, diarrhoea, &c. and endangers the life of the patient.
The inflammation of the eyes, the difcharge of tears, the
{neezing, and hoarfenefs, generally ceafe on the decline of the
efflorefcence, about the feventh day ; at leaft they are always
much abated at that time, and the appetite for food returns.
Between the fourth and fixth days there is often a hemorrhage
from the nofe, and in females an appearance of the catamenia
out of their courfe; but thefe circumftances eccur in other
eruptive difeafes,

It isneceflary, however, to attend to the form and mode
ef diftribution of the efflorefcence, as well as to its progrefs
and periods, with a view to avoid miftakes as to the nature
of the difeafe; which has been frequently, and indeed for
many centuries wa; conftantly confounded with fcarlet-fever,
and other febrile rafhes. The colour of the rafh in the

2

meafles, Dr. Willan obferves, is lefs bright than in fome
other difeafes of the exanthematous clafs. It verges to=
wards the rafpberry tint, rather than the fcarlet or rofe hue _
of fome other rafhes. On the eighth day, when the efflo-
refcence declines, it changes to fomewhat of a yellowifh hue..
The rafh commences with diltin&, red, and nearly circular
dots, about the ‘fize of common flea-bites, to which moft
writers have compared them. Larger patches afterwards
appear, or rather thefe dots, becoming more numerous, coa-
le{ce into larger patches, which, although not exaétly defined,.
approach neareft in their form to the figure of a crefcent,
or femicircle. Thefe patches are flightly raifed, and give
to the finger the fenfation of an unequal furface. Many of
the patches are interfperfed with the fame {mall circular dots ;.
but there are, for the moft part, large interftices of cuticle
retaining its ufual colour.

From thefe chara¢teriftic appearances of meafles there are
only partial variations: as, 1{t. The flufhed and tumefied
ftate of the cheeks, while the fever continues, may obliterate
or obfcure the form of the rafh on thofe parts. 2dly. In
infants lefs than a year old the efforefcence is much fcattered ;
and on the cheeks, nofe, backs of the hands, &c. it often
confifts of diftin&t pimples (papule). The wrifts, hands,
and fingers are alfo frequently papulated in adults. 3dly. In
many perfons, at different ages, there are, during the height
of the efflorefcence, lymphatic or miliary veficles on the
neck, breaft, and arms. Willan on Cutan. Difeafes, p. 217,
& feq.

Dr. Heberden has noticed the following particularities
of the meafles: ‘* One patient was feized with a {pitting om
the fourth day, which continued to teafe him for forty-eight
hours, without fuffering him to reft at all by day, or to fleep
at night: the cough in the mean time almoft ceafed, and all
the other fymptoms were as mild as in a favourable fort of
the meafles.

‘* In one or two patients I have feen the eruption appear
on the arms a few hours after its having been obferved on the
face and neck.

s* Once or twice the diftemper has been obferved never to
have reached the arms, which parts, through the whole of
it, fhewed none of the ufual*f{pots.

« The eye-lids have been fo {welled, on the fecond day of
the eruption, that for twenty-four hours they could not be
opened.

«< In feveral patients the marks on the face have been on
the third and even fourth day of the eruption, of as bright
aredasever. In others, 1 have obferved them to difappear
entirely on this day, and all other fymptoms likewife to
retreat.

« T have noted a very troublefome and conftant {neezing,
which firft came on upon this day.

«« A child, five years old, became comatofe the third day
of the eruption, and died the next.

‘¢ The longer the preparatory fymptoms have continued
and the worfe they were, fo much the lefs mild the diftemper
proved.

«¢ Thofe who have fhewn the leaft remains of the eruption
after the feventh day of the difeafe (and fome have hardly
fhewn any) have appeared the beit ; and in thofe where it
was ftill in undiminifhed vigour, the cough and fever have
been the worft.’” See a Paper in the Med. Tranf, of the
Coll. of Phyf. vol. iii, Alfo, Dr. Heberden’s Comment.
de Morb. rap. 63.

The eruptive {tage of the meafles is not attended with much
danger, either to infants or adults. The fever, indeed, does
not receive any immediate alleviation, but is often fomewhat
aggravated on the appearance of the rafh: yet the naufea

and

MEASLES.

and vomiting feldom continue beyond the fourth day of the
fever, as Sydenham has jultly remarked ; and the diftreffing
heat, punting, and reitleffnefs wbate on the fixth day. The
fubfequent period of the difeafe, however, may prove fatal
to patients of anyage. Between the ninth and twelfth day,
fome children are unexpectedly attacked with great difficulty
of breathing, or fuffocation, and die in a few hours. In
others, the diarrheea, which ulually fupervenes on the difap-
pearance of the rath, about the ninth or tenth day, continues,
without intermiffion, for fo long a period that it exhautts
their ftrength, and they become pale and emaciated ; under
thefe circumftances aphthous ulcerations of the mouth are
— the fore-runners of death, Adults, as well as
children, fall fometimes into a {tate of heétic fever, which
returns twice in twenty-four hours, without any cough or
diarrheea ; and during the intervals there is great reftle{fnefs
and a quick irregular pulfe. The patients thus affeéted, for
two or three fucceflive weeks, gradually fink under the com-
plaint ; but in fome inftances a fatal termination feems to be
averted by the appearance of boils, puitules, or fuppuratin
tubercles on the -fkin, which operate very favourably vite
refpec to the internal diforder, both in this he@tic ftate, and
in cafes where the bowels or the lungs are feverely affected.
Sometimes this alleviation is {peedily produced by an eruption
of inflamed watery veficles round the cheft, or more flowly
by a difcharge from behind the ear, or from the ear itfelf,
accompanied with fuppuration in fome of the lymphatic
lands. When nothing of this kind appears externally, the
inflammation of the lungs in adults is fometimes on a fudden
greatly aggravated ; the cough ceafes, refpiration becomes
more and more laborious, with a fenfe of oppreffion and
anxiety : the eyes are glafly, the countenance livid, the ex-
tremities cold, and the pulfe fcarcely difcernible. After a
firuggle of three or four days, the difeafe has a fatal ter-
_Mination, the caufe of which diffeCtions have afcertained, in
feveral cafes, to be an effufion of lymph, mixed with blood
Or matter, into the cavity of the thorax. Willan.

Even when the meafles pafs through their courfe mo-
derately and mildly, however, various diforders follow them,
or a tendency to fome other difeafe is not unfrequently left
behind ; fo that the confequences of this fever are often
more to be dreaded than the original difeafe itfelf. In many
perfons the cough, foon after the difappearance of the rath,
recommences with violence, being attended with difficulty of
breathing, fixed pain in the fides, flufhing of the cheeks,
quick pulfe, and often with paroxy{ms, as in a heétic.
This ftate is protraéted much longer than pneumonic inflam-
mation produced by cold, and more frequently terminates by
effufion into the cavity of the chett, or by {pitting of blood,
fuppuration, and confirmed putmonary confumption. There
are alfo fome other appearances which occalionally fucceed
the meafles, efpecially difeafes of the fkin and glandular
fyftem, which mark a cachedtic ftate of the habit. Among
thefe are fmall hard tumours, like boils, occurring on the
back, loins, and lower extremities, which are very much
inflamed in the beginning, and afterwards fuppurate with
great pain, and a fanious difcharge; herpetic eruptions, in
patches of watery velicles, with an inflamed bafe, about the
chefl, mouth, &c. producing much heat, pain, and tingling
of the fkin ; foft puftules, containing a vifcid ftraw-coloured
fluid on the head, face, breait, and thighs, fucceeded by
ulcerations at the corner of the mouth, with tumour of the
upper lip, inflammation of the eyes, and ulcerations at the
edges of the eye-lids, difcharges behind the ears, enlarge-
meat and tedious fuppuration of the lymphatic glands under
th: jaw, in the neck, arm-pits, and groin, fometimes with

pain and {welling of the joints, and every other form of
{crofulous difeale.

Treatment of Common Meafla.—The rabeola vulgaris is
ufually a mild difeafe in the fummer months, being attended
with a moderate degree of fever, and but little cough; in
January, February, and March, it is moft frequent, and
likewife molt fevere and dangerour.

In the eruptive ftage of the difeafe, it is neceffary to en-
join a very byht dict, with mild tepid drinks; and to keep
the patient in a moderate temperature, carefully guarding
againft any great or fudden changes. An emetic given on
the men | or third evening affords fome flight alleviation
to the violence of the catarrhal fymptoms. During the
eruption, however, no confiderable effect appears to be
preduced by antimonials, or other diapheretics; and emul-
fions and mucilages afford but a very feeble palliation of the
cough and difficulty of breathing. ‘The firlt of thefe ob-
je&s, to wit, of foftening the fkin, feems to be more effici-
ently accomplifhed by the ufe of the warm pediluvium every
evening; and the latter by the infpiration of the fleam of
hot water. If a diarrhoea comes on during the continuance
of the efflorefcence, it is generally favourable, relieving the
cough, and allaying the inflammatory fymptoms: where
this does not fupervene, therefore, it 1s advifable to admi-
nifter occafional purgatives, which will be found to produce
a fimilar relief, and often fuperfede the neceflity of more
violent remedies.

Almoft all authors, down to our own time, have afferted the
neceflity of blood-letting in this difeafe, differing only in
regard to the period when it may be praétifed with moit
advantage. Morton deemed it requifite during the height
of the eruption, when he thought the difeafe was moft in-
flammatory ; and Sydenham recommended it after the dif-
appearance of the eruption, when fymptoms of pulmonary
inflammation enfue. Whilit Mead and Heberden contlidered
the period of the difeafe as of little moment in determining
the propriety of the practice, which the degree of inflam-
matory affection in the cheit, they contended, ought alone
to decide. Dr. Heberden, however, recommended the ufe
of the lancet as a general remedy in the meafles. Bleed-
ing may be ufed at any time of the meafles,”’ he fays, “ and
is always beneficial where the fymptoms are very diftrefling,
particularly an oppreffion of the breath, to which every
{tage of this diftemper is liable ; and d/eeding, together with
fuch medicines as occafional fymptoms would require in any
other fever, is the whole of the medical care requifite in the
meafles.”” Med. Tranf. vol. iii. p. 404.

In cafe the breathing becomes fuddenly difficult, threat
ening to fuffocate the patient, at the conclution of the difeafe,
as Sydenham ftates, there cannot be a doubt that blood-
letting, even in children, may be reforted to with great
benefit, and ought not to be omitted : in infants the appli-
cation of leeches to the cheft may be fufficient. Wath re-
f{peé to the treatment of the oppreffion, however, conjoined
with anxiety, heaving of the cheft, and a labouring pulfe,
which take place on the third, fourth, or fifth day of the
difeafe, Dr. Willan juitly obferves, that this remedy may be
difpenfed with, nite there are at the fame time pains in the
cheft, and ahard dry cough. ‘ Thofe who from doubt, or
from fome coilateral motive,’’ he itates, “ are led to await
the event, ufually find the pulfe become moderate, and the
uneafy laborious re{piration terminate in twenty-four hours,
This oppreffed breathing is, indeed,’’ he adds, ‘* common
to other eruptive fevers, and if it were univerfally confidered
to be an indication for bleeding, the praétice would often be

more fatal than the difeafe."" Lec. cit. p. 232.
cE 2 He

MEASLES.

He goes on to remark, that ‘* when the eforefcence in
meafles has wholly difappeared, and the cough, difficulty of
breathing, and “pains in the cheft are very fevere, bleeding
and cupping may perhaps be repeatedly neceffary. Yet,
even in robult habits, fome limitation is requifite to this mode
of pra&tice ; fince it has not an effeét in alleviating the fymp-
toms, equal to that which is experienced from it in pulmonic
inflammations orizisating from cold. Hence we fhould em-
ploy as auxiliaries to bleeding, at the latter period of the
difeafe, blifers, opium, and demulcent liquors. Sydenham
prefcribed an opiate every night through the whole courie of
the meafles ; but this plan feems not beneficial in the eruptive
ftage ; I have obferved, and myfelf felt, while labouring
under the difeafe, that opium did not conciliate fleep, ‘but

roduced an increafe of heat and reftleffnefs, and therefore
feldom direG it till the efflorefcencehas declined. A diarrhoea
occurring at this period may be accounted amoft favourable
circumitance, fince nothing fo effeCiually relieves the perip-
neumonic fymptoms, or contributes more to prevent the
troublefome confequences of the difeafe formerly mentioned.
The neceffity of bleeding, asa remedy for the diarrhcea, is
infifted upon by Dr. Sydenham from theoretical reafoning.
Experienced practitioners in London feem to have now de-
cided, that we ought not much to interfere with this critical
evacuation, but rather allow it a free courfe, at leaft for
fome days. Where the diarrhoea does not thus take place,
it is proper to imitate the ufual procefs of nature, by the oc-
cafional ufe of purgatives, which will always be found to re-
lieve the cough, and by allaying the inflammatory fymptoms,
often to fuperfede the neceflity of blood-letting.”’

2. The Rubeola fine catarrho, which is fo mild as to re-
quire no medicine, is particularly entitled te notice, in con-
fequence of a circumftance peinted out by Dr. Willan, ard
not obferved by other writers who had mentioned its oc-
currence ; namely, that when the eruption of meafles occurs
without the accompanying fever and catarrhal fymptoms, it
does not appear to fecure the conftitution from the future in-
fluence of the contagion, nor to prevent the acceflion of the
ordinary form of the difeafe ata fubfequent period. In this
way he fuppofes that the inftances of the recurrence of meafles
in the fame individual, which have been recorded, are pro-
bably to be explained, unlefs where other difeafes, {carlatina,
rofeola, ftrophulus, &c., have been miltaken for meafles ;
for he never faw the febrile meafles occur more than once in
the fame perfon. In fome cafes the non-febrile eruption has
occurred at the interval of two years before the rubeola vul-
garis ; in other inftances, a very fhort time has intervened.
« T have feen other inftances of the fame kind,” Dr. Willan
fays, “ wherein the efflorefcence without fever or catarrhal
fymptoms having declined, there appeared on the fourth
day from its commencement a new eflorefcence, and violent
diforder of the conftitution. Thefe inftances are perfectly
analogous to fome cafes of {mall-pox, in which diftin&
puftules arife without any material complaint, and when
thefe decline, about the eighth or ninth day after their
appearance, the variolous fever takes place, with an eruption
of confluent pocks over the whole furface of the body.”
P. 236. ,

The appearance of the eflorefcence of meafles, when the
ordinary febrile and catarrhal fymptoms are abfent, is to be
Giftinguifhed from other rafhes, as well as from lichen and
ftrophulus, which are papular, by a careful examination of
its form and diftnbution, as above defcribed. In infants,
Dr. Willan obferves, the eruption of meafles ‘is more pa-
pulated, and the patches often lefs extenfive, fo that to dif-
criminate with exaCinefs, the patient being under two years

of age, requires both minute attention, ard fome previous
habitude.”

3. The Rubcola nigra is that variety of the meafles, which
fometimes occurs, in which, about the feventh or eighth day,
the rafh becomes fuddenly black, or of a dark purple co-
lour, with a mixture of yellow. This appearance has con-
tinued ten days, and in fome cafes longer, without much
Giftrefs to the patient, and with no other fymptoms of fever
than a quick pulfe, and a flight degree of languor. The
mineral acids were adminiftered in thefe cafes with evident ad-
vantage. Sydenham afcribes the change of the appearance
of the rafh to a black or purple colour, which he eccafionally
witnefled in adults, to the pernicious perfeverance in a heat-
ing regimen. To the influence of fuch a regimen, indeed,

he affirms that the pulmonary inflammation, which is the

moft fatal fymptom, as well as the diarrhoea, that continued
many weeks, was generally to be imputed. See his excel-
lent chapter on Meafles, which contains the prototype of the
defcription of the difeafe, that has been given by the majo-
rity of fubfequent writers. Seét.iv. cap. 5.

Under the denomination of “ putrid meafles,”’ fir Will.
Warfon defcribed a difeafe, which prevailed among the chil-
dren of the Foundling Hofpital, in 1763 and 1768. (See
Med. Obf. and Inquir. vol. iv.) On examining the fymp-
toms of this difeafe, however, as detailed by fir W. Wat-
fon himfelf, as well as the varying appellations, which he
gave to it, at different times, in his journal of the cafes, Dr.
Willan has fhewn moft clearly, that the difeafe in queftion
was not meafles, but fcarlet-fever. There were, indeed, a
cough and watery eyes among the fymptoms of thefe ‘ pu-
trid meafles ;"’ but ‘ the eruption appeared over nearly the
whole body on the fecond day ;’—* the fauces were of a
deep red colour ;”—“ the pulfe was very quick, but low ;”
—“ the patients complained of extreme weaknefs, and could
not bear bleeding ;’'—*¢ their oppreffed and difficult breathing
was attended with great reftleffnefs and anxiety, but with
{carce any expectoration throughout ;”—‘*fome died under
laborious refpiration, more from a dyfenteric purging ;7—
«‘ fome cafes terminated in mortification of the reétum, pu-
denda, cheeks, gums, &c. others with caries of the jaw-
bones.’’ Now thefe circum|tances obvioufly belong to fear-
latina, and not to meafles: indeed fir W. Watfon refers
them to the morbilli maligni, or epidemii, defcribed by
Morton. (De Morbillis et Febre Scarlatina.) But Mor-
ton, who calls the difeafe alfo morbilli /purit, exprefsly main-
tains that the meafles and fcarlatina are the fame difeafe, with
no more variation in their form, than there is between the
diftin& and confluent fmall-pox : he has therefore conjoined
the principal fymptoms (cap. iii.), and wifhes to banifh the
diftin@ion, and the very name of fcarlatina, from medical
language. Hence thofe readers who attend not to the names
of things, but to the things themfelves'as deferibed, will
find that the morbilli maligni, epidemii, and fpurii, and the
febris morbillofa pettilentialis, in his writings, have no rela-
tion tothe meafles, but conftitute the difeafe, to which other
writers have given the titles of angina maligna, fearlatina
anginofa, and maligna, &c. Willan, loc. cit.

The original writers on the meafles, however, not only
laid the foundation for this error, but created a much greater
confufion, by de{cribing the {mall-pox and the meafles as
one and the fame difeafe, which admitted of confiderable
variety in its form. This confufion was tranfmitted from
the Arabian phyficians, who firft defcribed thefe difeafes,
through eight or nine centuries. But as the meafles and
fcarlet fever were deemed one.and the fame malady, even
doyn to our own times ; fo this confufion was greater than

at
I

MEASLES.

wt fir fight it appears to have been ; inafmuch as thefe
three {pecilic contagions were treated of as one difeale, in-
cluding alfo the chicken-pox, which was feparated during
the la comer This circumttance enables us to explain
the opinion of the Arabian phyficiana, that the fmall-pox or
meafles not unfrequently occurred’ ¢wice, but rarely ¢hrice, in
the courfe of the life of an individual; fince the occurrence
of any one of thefe four difeafes would be confidered as a re-
currence of the fmall-pox. It would feem extraordinary,
indeed, (if we did not know how completely the obferva-
tion of mankind is obfcured and perverted by pre-conceived
opinions,) that the almolt univerfal occurrence of both the
{mall-pox and the meafles, in the fame individuals, fhould
have efcaped their notice. Yet even fo late as the time of
Sennertus, this fact was not known: for that able and
learned phyfician difcuffes the queftion, Why the difeafe in
fome conttitutions affumes the form of {mall-pox, and in
others that of the meafles? (See his Med. Pra@. lib. iv.
cap. 12.) He refers it merely to fome indeferibable idiofyn-
erafy, or peculiarity of habit. In his time, indeed, phy-
ficians had not entirely agreed upon the appropriation even
of the names variole and morbilli ; for fome applied the term
variole to the eruption of the meafles, “ qua colorem cutis
variant,” they faid. Diemerbroeck, an able Dutch’ pro-
feffor, ftill later expreffed his opinion, that fmall-pox and
meafles differed only cafually and in degree, not in kind.
« Differunt (morbilli a variolis accidentaliter, vel quoad
magiset minus."’ Tractat. de Variol. et Morbill. cap. xiv.

hen the mott able phyficians did not ftep afide ben the
path which the Arabians had marked out for them, fo as to
afcertain the effential difference between the pu/ftular {mall-
pox and the rob called meafles, it can fearcely be expected
that they fhould have made out the diftin@tion between the
two rafhes of meafles and {carlatina. It is obvious, however,
that the fcarlatina was known to them, and they deemed it a
variety of meafles, as many later writers have done.

There is no trace in medical hiftory of the origin and pri-
mary caufe ef the meafles, nor of the other contagious erup-
tive fevers ; but it is commonly fuppofed, that they had no
exiftence in the time of the older Greek and of the Roman
phyficians ; fince, among the accurate defcriptions which
they have left of many difeafes, that are at prefent familiar
to us, no diftin& account of thefe ftriking and formidable
maladies is to be found. This is, indeed, an extraordinary
circumitance ; and by thofe who look back to the fathers of
phyfic, as to the only correct and unbiafled obfervers of na-
ture, it is deemed conclufive evidence on the fubject. We
have feen above, however, that the moft accomplifhed phy-
ficians of later times were for ages blinded by the opinions of
their predeceffors, fo as to overlook the moit glaring facts ;
and it is not neceffary to inform the learned reader, that no
fucceffion of writers ever difplayed a more fervile adherence
to the doctrines of their anceitors, or compofed their works
by a more fyftematic tran{cription of thofe which had gone
before, than the feries of Greek phyficians from Galen down
to A@uarius ; nor has any other clafs of obfervers been more
enflaved by hypothefis, than the Greeks by the four hu-
mours of Hippocrates, and the four qualities which Galen
engrafted upon them. Infomuch that they fatisfied them-
felves, with giving general appellations to the eruptions,
conneéted with fevers, which they claffed together, as pef-
tilential ; and deemed the anthraces and carbuncles of the true
plague, and the erp/ipelata, edihymata, phly@ene, erythemata,
exanthemata, herpetes, &c., under which moit probably they
included the fmall-pox, meafles, fearlet-fever, nettle-rath,
&c., as mere varieties of peitilential fever, arifing from dif-
ferent combinations of the four humours. Thefe eruptions

are frequently mentioned as accompanying malignant fevers
by Hippocrates and Galen. ae i

Farther, it is remarkable, that the firlt writers Co the
Arabian fchool) who treat of {mall-pox and meafles, do
not {peak of them asnew or unufual difeafes. Aaron, a
phyfician of Alexandria, and contemporary with Mahomet,
confiders them as the refult of putridity, and fimilar to the
carbuncles of the groin, axilla, &c., which were often epi-
demical in the climate where be refided, and fatal within four
or five days. Rhazes, a phyfician of Bagdad, who, about
the middle of the ninth century, colleéted the obfervations
of his predeceffors, in a curious traét on this fubje&, takes
it for granted that the {mall-pox and meafles were known to
Galen, more than fix hundred years before his own time.
Although we may admit, however, that the paflages which
Rhazes quotes (from an incorre& tranflation of the works
of Galen, and not from the original Greek), do not bear
him out in this opinion; yet it is fearcely poffible to deny
that the difeafes in queltion were known before the time of
Galen, if we carefully perufe a chapter “de Puftulorum
(*§cr4nucllwv) in febribus curatione,” written by Herodotus,
and preferved by Aétius. (See Aétii, tetrab. ii, ferm. i.
cap. 129.) This Herodotus was an eminent phyfician at
Rome, in the reign of Trajan, more than half a century be-
fore the arrival of Galen in that city ; the fragments of his
writings, which have been tranferibed by Oribafius and
Aéétius, contain fo much criginal obfervation and perfpicuity
of defcription, as to excite a regret that the greater part of
them has been loft. Herodotus begins this chapter, by men-
tioning the herpetic eruptions that break out about the mouth
and ale of the nofe, at the termination of catarrhal and other
flight fevers. ‘In febrientibus affidué fiunt exanthemata
circa labia et nafum, juxta febrium folutionem.” And he
recommends thefe to be treated with a fimple liniment, or a
faturnine ointment. «“ But,” he proceeds, in the begin-
ning of fevers, which are not fimple, but the refult of vitious
humours, there arife over the qwhole body patches like flea-
bites ; and in malignant and peltilential fevers thefe ulcerate,
and fome of them have an affinity with carbuncles. All
thefe eruptions are figns of the redundancy of corrupt and
corrofive humours in the habit ; but thofe which appear on
the face are the molt malignant of all. They are worle if nu-
merous, than if few ;—the larger are worfe than thofe which
are fmaller,—and thofe which have a fhort courfe, than thofe
which remain a long time. Thofe are more dangerous too
which are hot and iaflamed, than thofe which are accom-
panied by itching. And thofe again which are conjoined with
a coitive or gently open {tate of bowels, are favourable ;
while thofe accompanied by diarrhea and vomiting are dan-
gerous; but if, while the fucceffive eruptions appear, the
diarrhea ceafes, it is favourable. Thefe exanthemata are
attended by malignant fymptoms of fever, and often by fyn-
cope.”’ The firft fpecies, refembling the flea-bites, (by
which he probably means the meailes) are to be treated
by blood-letting in the beginning, if nothing contra-indicate
that remedy ; for if the eruptions be repelled inwards, they
are wont to produce danger, unlefs the acrimony be carried
off by vomiting or by ftool.”” Hence he recommends
“ emollient clyiters of ptifan, with egg, and oil of cha-
momile, and that the evening injection fhould be retained ail
night ; and likewile a {pare diet, quo undique multitudo rol-
latur.”” But “at the acceffion of the difeafe, on account
of the violent pains at the region of the ftomach, we order
warm water to be given,” he fays, ‘ and vomiting to be ex-
cited, by putting the finger or a feather into the throat ;
light cooling food, &c. &c.”” But in thofe cafes where the
eruptions are peltilential and carbunculous, “ we employ

biood«

~

MEA

blood-letting at the very outfet, but not abftinence; for
falting renders the matter more malignant, and diminifhes
the vital powers, which we fhould fupport in all fevers, ef-
pecially peftilential ones.’ He then tells us, that ‘ the fame
cerates and plaifters, which are ufeful in burns, may be ap-
plied to the puftules, and that thofe on the face may be alle-
viated by wafhing with warm water.’”” When they ulcerate,
he recommends the application of poultices of bread, lentils,
&c., boiled with honey ; and at the fame time a diet of goat’s
milk, to correct the morbid ftate of the humours. After
the decline of the eruption, a proper purgative is to be ad-
miniftered ; dnd the cure is to be completed by an antidote
of theriaca or mithridate, ‘ which may deftroy the poifonous
relics of the humours.”

This account is applicable only to the exanthematic fevers,
and efpecially to the {mall-pox, including meafles and {car-
latina; for we are acquainted with no other fevers, ** occa-
fionally peftilential, with eruptions over the whole body,
that often ulcerate, efpecially on the face.”” And it appears
from the conclufion of this chapter, that Herodotus was
well acquainted with the danger of the confluent, and highly
red or livid forms of thefe eruptions. ‘* Moreover,”’ he fays,
« thofe which are extremely red, are of the worft kind ; but
thofe which are livid, black, and tumid, like flefh that has
been dotted, are {till more fatal ; and thefe are abundant on
the face and breaft, abdomen, fides, and back.” His ad-
vice as to the condué of the phyfician in -thefe defperate
cafes, is curious. * In fuch inftances it is prudent not to

attempt any thing in the beginning, but to wait ; for if it .

terminates ill, the blame will fall upon him, who endea-
voured or promifed to effect a cure ; but if the difeafe goes
on to its acme, without any increafe of malignancy, then it
fhould not be altogether left to itfelf ; a little occafional af-
fiftance fhould be given, medicine fhould be adminiftered at
proper opportunities, and the cure be conducted with great
vigilance. For thofe eruptions, which arife from beneath in
a mortifying ftate of the furface, what can they denote but
that the life is pafling from within ?””

It appears pretty obvious, from the preceding extratts,
that the contagious exanthemata were familiarly known at
Rome, at the end of the firft century. For this is the lan-
guage of obfervation and experience, and implies that the
difeafes, thus diftin@ly deferibed, were of ordinary occur-
rence; their recent appearance is not once hinted at, If
we trace the accounts of thefe exanthemata, down to the
feventeenth century, even after appropriate names had been
given to them, we {till find a fimilar communion of nature,
origin, and treatment, afcribed to them ; and it was not till
the end of the 18th century, that their peculiar charaGteriltics
were pointed out. The Arabians themfelves have diftinétly

defcribed the fearlatina, as a variety of meafles [fee Haly

Abbas, Theorice. lib. viii. cap. 14. where the tranflator
has diitinguifhed it from the mordilli (or ordinary meafles)
by giving it the appellation of rubeola, from its {carlet co-
Jour]; yet the difeafe was {till confounded with the meafles,
fo late as the publication of fir W. Watfon’s paper, above
referred to; fo difficult it is to fee with our own eyes
through the veil of prejudice! Confult Rhazes de Variolis
et Morbillis, tranflated by Channing. Sydenham, Obf.
Med. fe&. iv. chap. 5. Morton, de Morbis acutis, ex-
ercit. iii. Sennert. de Febribus, lib. iv. cap. 12. Diemer-
broeck de Variol. et Morbill. cap. xiii. Heberden, in
Med. TranfaG. vol. iii, and Commentar. cap. 63.; and
Willan on Cutaneous Dif. order iii.

MEASURE, Mensura, in Geometry, denotes any

certain quantity affumed as one, or unity, to which the ra-
tio of other homogeneous or fimilar quantities is expreffed.

MEA

This definition is fomewhat more agreeable to prattice
than that of Euclid, who defines meafure a quantity, which
being repeated any number of times, becomes equal to an-
other: which only anfwers to the idea of an arithmetical
meafure, or quota part.

Measure of an Angle, ic an arc defcribed from the ver-
tex in any place between its legs. Hence angles are diftin-
guifhed by the ratio of the arcs, defcribed from the vertex
between the legs, to the peripheries.

Angles then are diftinguifhed by thofe ares; and the
arcs are diltinguifhed by their ratio to the periphery. See
ANGLE.

It is, however, in many cafes, a more fimple and more
convenient method to eftimate angles, not by the ares fubtend-
ing them, but by their fines, or the perpendicular falling
from one leg to the other. Thus it is ufbal, among miners,
to fay that the ground rifes or falls one foot, or one yard, in
ten, when the fine of the angle of its inclination to the ho-
rizon is one-tenth of the radius. Angles of different mag-
nitudes are indeed proportional to the ares, and not to the
fines, fo that in this fenfe the fine is not a true meafure of
the comparative magnitude of the angle ; but in making cal-
culations, we are more frequently obliged to employ the fine
or cofine of an angle than the angle or arc itfelf. Neverthe-
lefs, it is eafy to pals from one of thefe elements to the
other. by means either of trigonometrical tables, or of the
feales engraved on the fector.

To meafure the height of a hill, fee ALtrrupx, and the
latter part of the article LEVELLING.

Measure of a Figure, or plane furface, is a fquares
whofe fide is one inch, foot, yard, or fome other determi-
nate length.

Among geometricians, it is ufually a rod, called a /guare
rod, divided into ten {quare feet, and the fquare feet into
fquare digits. Hence {quare meafures. See Mznsura-
TION.

Measure of a Line is any right line taken at pleafure,
and confidered as unity.

The modern geometricians ufe a decempeda, or rod, di-
vided into ten equal parts, called feet. The feet they fub-
divide into ten digits, the digit into ten lines, &c. This
decimal divifion of the meafure was firft introduced by
Stevinus, probably from the example of Regiomontanus.
The index or chara&ter of the decempede he made o, that
of feet 1, of digits 2, of lines 3, &c. which, becaufe the
meafure was fubdivided in a decuple ratio, were the loga-
rithms of the divifion. Bayer, in lieu of thefe, expreffed
the logarithms by the Roman chara¢ters; wv. g. 5 perches,
4 feet, 3 digits, and 2 lines, he expreffed thus; 5°, 4!, 3",
2", It is frequently moft commodious to feparate the inte-
gers, or rods, from the fraétions, by a point; thus, inftead
of 5°, 4', 3", 2!, to write 5.432. F. Noel obferves, that,
among the Chinefe, the decimal divifion obtains in their
common meafures, and even in their weights.

Measorzs, Line of. See Line.

Measure of the Ma/s, or quantity of matter, in Mechanics,
is its weipht ; it being apparent, that all the matter which
coheres and moves with a body, gravitates with it: and it
being found by experiment, that the gravities of homogeneal
bodies are in proportion to their bulks: hence, while the
mafs continues the fame, the abfolute weight will be the
fame, whatever figure it put on: but, as to its {pecific
weight, it varies as the quantity of furface varies. See
WEIGHT.

Measure of a Number, in Arithmetic, is fuch a number
as divides another, without leaving any fraGtion; thus g is
a meafure of 27.

MEasuRE,

eet

MEA

Muasune, Common. See Common Mea/ure.

Measune of a Solid, iv a cube, whole fide is one inch,
foot, yard, or other determined length.

Among geometricians, it is fometimes a rod, or perch,
called a cubic perch; divided into cubic feet, digits, &c.
Hence cubic meafures, or meafures of capacity. See Cune
and Mensunarion,

Merasunx of Velocity, in Mechanics, is the {pace paffed
over by a moving body in any given time.

To meafure a velocity, therefore, the {pace mull be di-
vided into as many equal parts as the time is conceived to be
divided into. The quantity of {pace anfwe ring to fuch an
interval of time, is the meafure of the velocity.

Measure, Univer/al and Perpetual, is a kind of meafure
unalterable by time, to which the meafures of different na-
tions and ages might be reduced, and by which they might
be compared and eftimated. Such a meafure is very defir-
able, if it could be attained. Huygens, in his Horol. Ofcill.

ropofes, for this purpofe, the length of a pendulum, vi-
rating feconds, taken from the point of oe gear to the
point of ofcillation. The third part of fuch a pendulum
may be called the horary foot, and ferve as a flaidard to
which the meafure of all other feet may be referred. Thus,
v. g. the proportion of the Paris foot to the horary foot
would be that of 864 to 881; becaufe the length of three
Paris feet is 864 half lines, and the length of a pendulum,
vibrating feconds, contains 3 horary feet, or ; feet 84 lines,
#. e. 881 half lines. But this meafure, in order to its being
univerfal, fuppofes, that the a@tion of gravity is every
where the fame, which is contrary to fa&t; and, therefore,
it would really ferve only for places under the fame parallel
of latitude ; and in order to.its being perpetual, it fuppofes
that the ation of gravity continues always the fame in the
fame place. (See Penputum ) See alfo on the fubjeé of a
ftandard of meafures, the article SrANDARD, under which
head the different modes of afcertaining it will be detailed
and difcuffed.

Measurg, ina legal, commercial,‘and popular fenfe, de-
notes a certain quantity or proportion of any thing bought,
fold, valued, or the like. It denotes alfo a veflel of capa-
city employed in meafuring grain and other articles: the
fourth part of a peck.

The regulation of weights and meafures ought to be
univerfally the fame throughout the kingdom, and fhould,
therefore, be reduced to forhe fixed rule or {landard ; the
prerogative of fixing which was vetted, by our ancient
Taw, in the crown. This ftandard was originally kept at
Winchefter ; and we find, in the laws of king Edgar, cap. 8,
near a century before the Conqueft, an injunction, that the
one meafure, which was kept at Wincheiter, fhould be ob-
ferved throughout the realm. With refpect to meafures of
length, our ancient hiftorians (Will. Malm. in Vita Hen. I.
Spelm. Hen. I. apud Wilkins, 299.) inform us, that a
new ftandard of longitudinal meafure was afcertained by
king Henry I. who commanded that the ulna, or ancient
ell, which anfwers to the modern yard, fhould be made of
the exa& length of his own arm; and one ftandard of mea-
fures of length being once gained, all others are eafily
derived from hence ; thofe of greater length by multiplying,
thofe of lefs by fubdividing the original ftandard. Thus,
by the ftatute, called « Compofitio ulnarum et pertica-
rum,” 54 yards make a perch; and the yard is fubdivided
into 3 feet, and each foot into 12 inches ; which inches will

_be each of the length of 3 grains of barley. The ftandard

of weights was originally taken from corns of wheat,
whence the loweft denomination of weights which we
have is {till expreffed by a ‘ grain ;”” 32 of which are di-
rected by the ftatute, called “* Compolitio menfurarum,”

MEA

to compofe a pennyweight, of which 20 make an ounce,
12 ounces a pound, and fo upwards. Upon thefe prin-
ciples the flandards were firll made ; whic h, being origi ally
fo fixed by the crown, their fubfequent regulations have
been generally made by the king in parliament. hus, under
king Richard [. in his parliament holden at Wellminfler,
A.D. £197, it was ordained that there fhould be only one
weight and one meafure throughout the kingdom, and that
the cuftody of the affife or ftandard of weights and meafures
fhould be committed to certain perfons, in every city and
borough. (See Atnaorn.) In king John's time, this ordi-
nance of king Richard was frequently oe with for
money (Hoved. A.D. 1201); which occaffoned a pro-
vifion to be made for inforcing it, in the great charters of
sar John and his fon, Stat. 9 Hen. III. c. 25.

he ftatute of Magna Charta, cap. 25, ordains, that
there fhall be but one meafure throughout England, accord.
ing to the ftandard in the exchequer; which ftandard was
formerly kept in the king’s palace ; and in all cities, markete
towns, and villages, it was kept in the churches. (q Intt,
273.) By 16 Gar, J, cap. 19, there is to be one weight
and meafure, and one yard, according to the king’s ftand-
ard, and whoever thal keep any other weight or meafure,
whereby any thing is bought or fold, thall forfeit for every
offence five fhillings. And by 22 Car. II. cap. 8, water
meafure, (viz. five pecks tothe buthel,) as to corn or grain,
or falt, is declared to be within the ftatute 16 Car. I.
And if any fell grain or falt, &c. by any other buthel, or
meafure, than what is agreeable to the ftandard in the Ex
chequer, commonly called Winchefter meafure, he {hall
forfeit 40s. &c. (22 Car. II. c. 8. 22 and 23 Car. II.
c. 12.) Notwithftanding thefe flatutes, in many places
and counties there are different meafures of corn and grain ;
and the bufhel in one place is larger than in another; but
the lawfulnefs of it is not well to be accounted for, fince
cuftom or prefcription is not allowed to be good againft a
ftatute. (Dalt. 250.) It is now fettled, that no praCtice
or ufage can countervail the ftatutes 22 Car. II. c. 8.
22 and 23 Car. II. c,12. above cited. 4 Term Rep. 750.
5 Term Rep. 353.

There are three different meafures, viz. one for wine,
one for ale and beer, and one for corn. In the meafure of
wine, 8 pints make a gallon, 8 gallons a firkin, 16 gallons
a kilderkin, half barrel or rundlet, 4 firkins a barrel,
2 barrels a hogfhead, 2 hogfheads a pipe, and 2 pipes a
tun. (Stat.15 R.II.c. 4. 11 H. VIL. c. 4. 12 H. VI.
c. 5.) In ameafure of corn 8 pounds or pints of wheat
make the gallon, 4 gallons a peck, 4 pecks a buthel,
4 bufhels a fack, and 8 bufhels a quarter, &c. And in
other meafure, 3 barley corns in length make an inch, 12
inches a foot, 3 feet a yard, 3 feet and g inches an ell, and
54% yards or 163 feet, make the perch, pole, or rod. (Stat.
27 Edw. III. ¢. 10.) Selling by falfe meafure, being
an offence by the common law, may be punifhed by fine,
&c. upon an indictment at common law, as well as b
ftatute. See the ftatute 11 Hen. VII. c. 4. which infli@s
particular fines for offences, pillory, &c. The more eafy
and ufual mode of punifhment is by levying, on a fummary
conviction, by diftrefs and fale, the forfeiture impofed
by the feveral- aéts of parliament adapted to particular
frauds.

Measurxs are various, according to the various kinds
and dimenfions of the things meafured. Hence arife /ineal
or /ongitudinal meafures for lines or lengths: /guare mea-
fures tor areas or fuperficies ; and /olid or cubic meafures
for bodies and their capacities. All thefe again are very
different in different countries, and in: different ages, and
even many of them for different commodities. Whence

arife

MEASURES.

arife other divifions of dumeftic and foreign meafures, ancient proportions and reduGions: for particulars we refer to the

and modern ones, dry and liquid meafures, &c. following heads; as Foor, Dicir, Ext, Tun, GALton,
Under this head the reader will find enumerated and ex- Busuet, Percu, Leacur, Furtone, &c.

hibited in tables, the various general ftanding meafures, long, Measures, Affay of. See Assay.

{quare, and cubic, now or heretofore in ufe, with their Measures, Standard of. See STANDARD.

The Tables of different Meafures, extraéted from various Publications, are as follow; beginning with Meafures of
Length.

Taste I.—Scripture Long Meafures.
Engl. Feet Inch. Dec.

Digit — — —_ — —_ —_ ° 0.912

| 4 | Palm — _ — ve — a 3-648
12 one Span = _ — — — ° 10.944
mr a a en ae re nd =i )| 2aeein
96 Assi 8 wal Fathom — — — — 7 3-552
144 36 ae 6! 13| Ezckiel’s reed — _ 2s deg 11.328
192 | 48 | 16 ve 2H Arabian Pole — — — 4 7.104

1920 | 480 | 160 | So | 20 | 133} 10 | Scoenus, meafuring line _ — 145 1.104

N. B. There was another fpan ufed in the Eaft, equal to $th of a cubit.

Tastx I1.—Grecian Long Meafures reduced to Englifh.

Engl. Feet. Inch, Dee.
aces.
Daétylus, Digit _— — — ~ = 0. © O755415
4 ‘Doron, Dochme, Palefta, — — — as AONE 3.02182
10 23! Lichas —_ _ — _ _— © 0 755467
11 23} 1445| Orthodoron _ _ — — o o 83101,
12 | 3 13 1-4, | Spithame — _ -- o 0 9.06564
16 4 ie toe 14|Pous foot, os _ _ _ oO 1 0.0875
18 yes pies 14] Pygme, cubit —_ _ —- oOo 1 165984%
zo 5 2 Ir ry 1!| Pygon a7 =F] a Oo 1 3.109%
24. 6 2% Qer 14 13} | Pecus, cubit larger _ — oo ! 6.53125
96} 24 93 oie 6 531 4%] 4 | Orgya, pace —_ = o 6 O525
= ee Sens 7 ‘
9600 | 2400 | 960 | 8724, 6co | 5332| 480 | 400 | roo | Aulus 7 furlong | FOOE Sea tees:
76800 |19200 |7680 | 6981,% |6400 [4800 | 42663|3840 |3200 | 800] 8 |Million, Mile — 805 5 o

N.B. Two forts of long meafures were ufed in Greece, viz. the Olympic and the Pythic. The former was ufed in
Peloponnefus, Attica, Sicily, and the Greek cities in Italy. The latter was ufed in Theffaly, Illyria, Phocis, and
Thrace, and at Marfeilles in Gaul.

The Olympic foot, properly called Greek, according to Dr. Hutton, contains 12.108 Englifh inches,

Folkes — 12.072
Cavallo — 12.084
The Pythic foot, called alfo natural foot, according to Hutton = 9-768

Paucton — 9-731

Hence it appears, that the Olympic ftadium is 2014 Englifh yards, nearly ; and the Pythic or Delphic ftadium, 1622
yards, nearly ; and the other meafures in proportion.

The Phyleterian foot is the Pythic cubit, or 14 Pythic foot. The Macedonian foot was 13-92 Englifh inches; and
the Sicilian foot of Archimedes, 8.76 Englifh inches. See Taste VII.

Taste IIT.

MEASURES.

Tauce IIT —Jewith Long or Itinerary Meafures.

Eh Paces, Peete:
Cubit — = -- — _ — oOo o 1Ba4
400° Stadium _ —_ _ - 0 145 46
eb. day's journey = _ -- — ° 7249 «30
2 | Eaftern mile _— — — — 1 403 1.0
6 Pa’ Parafang = — — — 4% 153 Vio
$8 | 24 { 8 | A day's journey — - — 33 194 "40
Pante [V.—Roman Long Meafures reduced to Englith ied
Paw. Feet. Inch, Dee
— — _ —- o 0 0.7254
Al ~ _ = _ ° 0 0.967
az! ead ~~ — 20 2,901
Pes, or Foot _ _ — ° o 11,604
14/| Palmipes — _ = o I 2.505
I ;| Cubitus -- — _ © £ 5.406
2 | ui Gradus os a —< =O BW itor
eh ph gine gt a Paflus, _— — oO 4 10.02
soo | 4163] 250 135 | Sra Stadium — — 10 4 45
5000 | 4000 | 33334 2000 | 1000 | 8 | Milliare — — 967 o °
N.B. The Roman meafures began with 6 fcrupula = 1 ficilicum; 8 fcrupula = 1 duellum; 12 duellum = 1

feminaria; and 18 fcrupula = 1 digitus, Two paflus were equal to 1 decempeda.

iat V.—Proportions of feveral long Meafures to each
other, by M. Picard.

The Roman foot in the Capitol, examined by
Mefirs. Picard and Auzout = 653 or 653%
The fame from the Greek foot - 652

The Rhirland or Leyden foot (12 whereof make From th 0. [ig eles ate

the Rhinland perch) i daar - 696 From the sa aner E Z 6b
The Englith foot - - - - 6755 From the Sweet of the Pantheon, fuppoted to ;
The Paris foot = - 20 contain 10 Roman feet - 653
a dam foot, Bens that of Leyden, by 6 From a flip of marble in the fame pavement, iup-

ellius - 29 ofed to contain 3 Roman feet - 6

The Danith foot (two whereof are the Danith ell) 701s Ries the pyramid sf Celtine, =e fo comtiain a
The Swedifh foot - - 585 95 Roman feet - 653%
The Bruffels foot = - 6093 From the diameters of the colunias * ‘the yah of
The Dantzick foot, from Hevelius’s Selenographia 636 Septimivs Severus - 6533
The Lyons foot, by M. Auzout - 7573 OF Porp ;
The Bologna foot, by the fame - 843 gtr te, Sp.t yey A » the pavement of the 653%
The braccio of Florence, sa the fame, and father re
. Merfenne - - 1290 See on this fubjeS& Phil. Tranf. vol. li. art. 69. p. 774.
The palm of the gachitetts ce er 5 according to For other meafures, fee Foor.

the ebfervations of Mefirs. Picard and Auzout - 4942

Vou. XXIII.

Pe TABLE

MEASURES.

Taste VI.—Proportions of the long Meafures of feveral Roman, foot - - -970 before Titus. Raper.
Nations to the Englifh Foot, taken from Mefirs. Greaves, 965 after Titus. Raper.
Auzout, Picard, and Eifenchmid. 9672 from rules. Sh.

The Englith ftandard foot being divided into 1000 equal +9681 from buildings. Sh.
parts, the other meafures will have the proportions to it -9696 from a ftone. Sh.
which follow : 967 H.

Feet. Inches. Roman mile of Pliny 4840.5 C.
Englith foot - ° = - - 31000 12 Roman mile of Strabo 4903.
Paris foot - - - - - 1068 12.816 Sicilian foot of ae SST
Venetian foot - - - - W162 13-944 medes = 73 .

hinland foot - - - - -390 ‘ :
penrs Sak 2 te ne roe rae 4 The length of the Roman foot in inches is ftated as
Norimberg foot - = - - 1000 12 follows :

Dantzick foot ~ - = = 944 «11-328 By Bernard - - ~- 11.640 Englith inches.
Danifh foot r S : - 1042 12.504 By Picard and Hutton : 11.604.
Swedifh foot : - = = «977% 11-733 By Folkes = - -) a ee
Derahor cubit of Cairo - - + 1824 21.858 By Raper (before Titus) : 11.640
Perfian arifh -) r - 3197 38-364 By the fame (after Titus) - 11.580
Greater Turkith pik r = - 2200 26.4 By Schuckburgh, from rules - 11.6064
Leffer Turkifh pike z F - 2131 25.572 By the fame, from buildings - 11.6172
Braccio at Florence - - - 1913 22.956 By the fame, from a tomb-{tone 11.6352
Braccio for woollen at Sienna - - 1242 14.904 ie P
Braccio for linen at Sienna 5 u, - 1974 23.688 N.B. Hence, 11.6 Englith inches feem to be a medium ;
Canna at Naples ~ is - 6880 82.56 and, therefore, the Roman mile = 1611 Englifh yards,
Vera at Almeria and Gibraltar = a 2760 cL EY being 149 yards lefs than the Englifh mile. See Foor.
Palmo di Archtetti at Rome - - 7320 87.84
Fanna diArchtetti - | = = + 9320 87.84 Taste VIII.—Ancient Greek fuperficial Meafures.
Palmo di bracchio di mercantia - - 695%. 8.34)
Genoa paim - - - - = $815. | 9.78 Olympic Land Meafure.
Bolognian foot - - - = ES Ar O er : ,
36 Olympic fquare feet = 1 Hexapodon.
piace ell mn q © i i ‘: oe 27-396 6 Hexapoda = HemiheSios,
Ligg rie) aL . arc ones ts a, ap ns i ; oe 2 Hemihetti = 1 Heétos or Modius.
Paris draper’s ell - - = 3929 47.148 ENE = Oe Mefieoims ay depen:
Paris mercer’s ell - - - - 3937 47-244 Hence it appears, that the Olympic jugerum was equal
to 103 Englifh perches, or nearly ths of an acre.
TasLe VII.—Ancient Meafures taken from Folkes,

Raper, Shuckburgh, Hutton, Cavallo, and others.

Arabian, foot

Pythic Land Meafure.

1.095 Engl. H. 1666} Square cubits 1 Hemiheéos.

J
y : 1.144 H. 2 Hemiheéti =: 1 Modius.
Babylonian, foot Tae 35 H. 6 Modii = 1 Medimnus or Jugerum.
Drufian, foot - - 1.090 : :
Egyptian, foot - 1.421 H. Hence the Pythic jugerum appears to have been equal to
Egyptian, ftadium = -_—«- 730.8 109 Englifh perches, or nearly +2ths of an acre.
Greek, foot - - ¥.009 H. N.B. The plethron, or acre, is faid by fome to contain
bere Folkes, 12. Ri aan f. 1444 by others 10,000 {quare feet ; and aroura, the half
1.007 a! of the plethron. The aroura of the Egyptians was the
1.007 C. f{quare of 100 cubits.
Greek, phyleterian foot 1.167 H.
Hebrew, foot - - Toa) el. ‘
Petre: ceabit . 1.817 H. Tasie IX.—Ancient Greek Corn Meafure.
Hebrew, facred cubit - 2.002 H. es ;
Hebrew, great cubit = 6 common cubits. H. oe. ne : pein
Macedonian, foot s 1.160 H. a Hemihe€tos ar 1 Tetarlon.
Natiral foot ee ann See 2°. Hemet... = -. Take
Ptolemaic = Greek foot = fate ree 6 Modii = 1 Medimnus or Achana,

Roman, foot

-967 Picard and Greaves.

-966
967 t Folkes.

Pauéton fates the medimnus to have been 34 French
boiffeaux = 1.27 Englifh bufhels, and the inferior meafures
in proportion.

Tasre

Cochliarion

MEASURES.
Taste X.—Attic Dry Meafures reduced to English

Pecks Gali
ake a ~_ -_ o °
_ - — ° °
= —_ -- ° Q
4 |Cotylus - -~ = °
Xefles, fextary _ — o °
ag Cheenix _ —_ i) °
as | 48 Medimnus _ 4 °

Taste XI.—Attic Medfures of Capacity for Liquids, reduced to the Englifh Wine Meafure.

Gall.

— — _ os — °
_ _ — °

-~ — °

a _ -- °

- os °

- °

— _ °

2 |Xefles, fextary — °

12 | 6 |Chous, congius o

12 |Metretes, amphora 10

Pinu.

uj
Tis

Sol. Inch. Dee
0.0356/,

0.0712}
0.0894¢
0.1781
35651
-535%
2.1414
4.283
25.698
19.626

Others reckon 6 choi = 1 amphoreus, and 2 amphorei = 1 keramion or metretes. The keramion is ftated by Pau€ton
o have been equal to 35 French pints, or 8} Englifh gallons, and the other meafures in proportion.

Gall.
— = _ _ a °
as _ ~~ °
_ — _ °
= — _ °
_ _ _ °
2 jSextarius _ —_ = °
6 ongius _ = °
48 Fag 4 jUrna — a 3
96 ral he 2 |Amphora — q
1920 '960| 160 Che j20 Coleus — 143
I

Taste XII.—Meafures of Capacity for Liquids, reduced to Englifh Wine Meafure.

Pints. Sol. Inch. Dec.

O.LI7 yy
0.4693
0.704!
1.409
2.818
5-636
4-942
5-33

10.66

11.095
Tasiz

MEASURES.
Tasie XIII.—Jewith Dry Meafures reduced to Englih.

Pecks. Gall. Pints. Sol. Inch,

Gachal — -— — _ _ ° ° o14% 0.031
| 20 |Cab _ _ _ — ° ° 23 0.073
or 1+ |Gomor _ a = ° ° 5x5 1.211
_ I ° I 4.036

_ 3 ° 3 12.107

_ 16 ro) ° 26.500

_ g2 ° ~ I 18.969

Taste XIV.—Jewith Meafures of Capacity for Liquids, reduced to Englifh Wine Meafure.
Gall. Pints. Sol. Inch.

Caph — _ — _ —- fo) 0.177

1% |Log — —— _ — ° = O211

53 | 4 {Cab _ _ — -_ _ ° 33 0.844

«oa as Peg Hin i _ - _ - _ I 2 2.533

32 || 24 a 2 |Seah = _ — _ 2 4 5-067
96 | 72 Pye ee as Bath, epha — _ —_ 7 4 15.2

g60 yao ‘180 66. ee aR Coron, chomer _ _ _ 75 Gj 9.625

TasLe XV.—Ancient Roman Land Meafure.

100 Square Roman feet - - - = 1 Scrupulum of land
4 Scrupula - - - - - z= 1 Sextulus
14 Sextulus - - - = Secs
6 Sextuli or 5 A@us - - - = 1 Uncia of land
6 Uncie - - - - - = 1 Square A&us
2 Square Actus - - - - = 1 Jugerum
2 Jugera - - - A - = 1 Heredium
100 Heredia - - - A - = 1 Centuria

N. B. The aétus was a flip of ground four Roman feet broad, and 120 long. The jugerum or acre was confidered as
an integer, and divided, like the libra or as, in the following manner :

Jugerum contained

Uncie Square Feet, Scrup. Eng. Roods. Sq. Pol. Sq. Feet.

1 As - - 12 As - - - = 28800 288 a 18 250.05

21 Deunx - - 11 Deunx - - - 26400 264 2 10 183.85
& Dextans - - 10 Dextans - = 24000 240 2 2 117.64

3 Dodrans-~ - - g Dodrans - + 21600 216 a 34 51.42

% Bes - $3), A IS Ca fy ml oe = 19200 192 x 25 257-46

~ Septunx - - 7 Septunx + - 16800 - 168 i 17 191.25
4 Semis - - 6 Semis - - 14400 144 I 9 125.03

= Quincunx - 5 Quincunx ~ ~ 12000 120 5 AX z §8.82
i Triens— - = ppeieiegs (t=) x= ~ g6oo 96 ° + 32 264.85

4 Quadrans - - 3 Quadrans - - 7200 72 © 24 198.64

2 Sextans -~ + 2 Sextans - - 4800 48 ° 16 132.43

~, Uncia - 4 Uncia - - - 2400 24 ° 8 66.21

N. B. If we take the Roman foot at 11.6 Englith inches (fee Taste VII.), the Roman jugerum was 5980 Englith
{quare yards, or 1 acre 37% perches.

Taste

MEASURES.

Tavte XVI,—Roman Dry Meafures reduced to English.

, Peck, Gell Pint Sol. lech. Dex.
Ligula _ - — ° ) 04 0.01
4 |Cyathus _ — _ — ° ) Ors 0.04
6 1 \A cetabulum —_ — i) ° of} 0.06
24 6 4 |Hemina or Trutta =_ —_ ° ° of 0.24
48 | 12 8| 2 \Sextarius _— _ _ o ° I 0.48
384 | 96 / 64 | 16| 8 |Semi d. _— _ ° i ° 3-84
768 | 192 | 108 32 | 16] 2 |Modius _ — i o ° 7-68
Taste XVIL.—Ancient Roman Liquid Meafures,
6 Sextarii - - - = 1 Congius
4 Congii - - - - = 1 Urna
2 Urne - : - - = 1 Amphora
20 Amphore - - - = 1 Dolium.

N. B. The fextarius and its divifions were ufed as in the preceding table. If the fextarius be, as above fuppofed, = 36.94
Englith cubic inches, the amphora will be = 7} Englith gallons, and the dolium = 1534 Englith gallons.

The principal modern meafures will be found either in the following tables, or under the names of the countries and
towns in which they are ufed, or under their own appropriate titles.

Taste XVIII.—Englifh Long Meafures, or Meafures of Application.
Barley-corn

Inch

Pace

2 |Fathom

—EE EE

eee 23 |Pole, or Rod
3

[1]

132 110 40 |Furlong

20 | 8 |Mile

1056 880

N. B. To the above meafures we may add a link oY 7-92 inches, a chain = 792, a nail of cloth = 23, a quarter = g,
an eH = 45, and a hand = 4 inches.

Taxis XIX.—Scotch Long Meafures.

An Ell - - - - ae 37-2 Englifh inches.
AFall - - - - —- 22e8

A Furlong - - - - = 8928

A Mile - - - - = 71424

ALink - ‘ & Ess 1 igaS

A Chain, or Short Rood - . = .892.8

A Long Rood > - - = 1339-2

TABLz,

MEASURES.

TasLe XX.—Englifh Square or Superficial Meafures.

Inches

Paces

- 10.89 | Poles

435-6 40 |Rood
1743-6 | 160 | 4 |Acre

N. B. Englifh fquare or fuperficial meafures are raifed from the yard of 36 inches,. multiplied into itfelf ; and this
producing 1296 fquare inches in the fquare yard, the divifions of this are fquare feet and inches; and the multiples,
poles, roods, and acres, as in the table. The Scotch acre is 55353-6 fquare feet Englifh, or 1.27 Englifh acre. See
Acre.

TasLeE XXI.—Englifh Dry or Corn Meafures.
Solid Inches

342
2725 Gallon
}
5444 2 Peck @
2178 8 4 |Winchefter Buthel

Strike

2 |Carnock or coom

Seam or quarter

But if the corn gallon contain only 268.8 folid inches, the meafures will be as follows:
Solid inches -
268.8 |Gallon

537-6 2 | Peck

2150.42 8 4 |Winchefter bufhel *

17203.36 64 | 32 8 jQuarter

According to this eftimate of the corn gallon, the pint will be 33.6 folid or cubie inches, a quart = 67.2, a pottle
= 134-4.
* A heaped bufhel is one-third more.

N. B. Some make five quarters a weigh or load, and two weighs a laft of wheat ; and others reckon ten quarters to the
weigh, and twelve weighs to the laft. A bufhel of wheat, at a mean, weighs 60 pounds, of barley 50, of oats 38 ; achaldron
of coals is 36 heaped bufhels, weighing about 2988 pounds. See CHALDRON.

3

Englifh

MEASURES.

Englith dry or corn meafures are railed from the Win-
chetter gallon, which contains 272 | folid inches, and is to hold
of pure running or rain-water, nine pounds, thirteen ounces.
This feema to ftand on the foot of the old wine gallon, of
224 cubic inches; 12 being to rg{h, an aa2gto agat. Yet
by act of parliament, made 1697, it is decreed, that a round

buthel, eighteen inches and a half wide, and eight deep, is a
legal Winchefler bufhel, But fuch « veflel will only hold
2150.42 cubic inches: and confequently the gallon will con-
tain 268} cubic inches. The divifions and multiples are in
the preceding table.

Taste XXIL.—Englifh Meafures of Capacity of Liquids.
Wine Meafure,

Solid or Cubic Inches.
28.875 ‘Pint

231 8 (Gallon
4158 | 144] 18) |Rundlet
sigay6.5" 252:| 314 14 [Barrel
9702 | 3365] 42 24 1} |Tierce
14553 | so4| 63 | 3h | 2 | 1 |Hogthead
| 19404. | ore arr ery mae gy cil a Puncheon
| 29106 1008 | 126 7 4 oR ae rr Butt or Pipe
58212 | 2016 | 252 Pe re eae lige: a! 2 (Pun
Ale Meafure.

Solid Inches.

Englifh

MEASURES.

Englifh liquid meafures were originally raifed from troy
weight ; it being enacted by feveral ftatutes that eight pounds
troy of wheat, gathered from the middle of the ear, and
well dried, fhould weigh a gallon of wine meafure ; the di-
vifions and‘multiples whereof were to form the other mea-
fures: at the fame time it was alfo ordered, that there fhould
be but one liquid meafure in the kingdom; yet cuftom
has prevailed ; and there having been introduced a new weight,
viz. the avoirdupois, we have now a fecond ftandard gallon
adjufted thereto, and therefore exceeding the former in the
proportion of the avoirdupois weight to troy weight. From
this latter ftandard are raifed two feveral meafures, the one
for ale, the other for beer. For the method of reducing
one into the other, fee WEIGHT.

The fealed gallon at Guildhall, which is the ftandard for
wines, fpirits, oils, &c. is fuppofed to contain 231 cubic
inches; and, on this fuppofition, the other meafures raifed
therefrom will contain as in the preceding tables; yet, by
actual experiment made in 1688, before the lord mayor and
the commiffioners of excife, this gallon was only found to
contain 224 cubic inches ; it was however agreed to continue
the common fuppofed contents of 231 cubic inches ; fo that
all computations ftand on their old footing. Hence, as 12
is to 231, fo is 144% to 2814, the cubic inches in the ale
gallon : but in effect the ale quart contains 70% cubic inches ;
on which principle the ale and beer gallon will be 282 cubic
inches. See on this fubje& Phil. Tranf. vol. xlvi. art. 15.

Pe feveral divifions and multiples of thefe meafures and
their preportions, are exhibited in the preceding tables.

It is conje@tured, that fome centuries before the conqueft,
a cubic foot of water weighing 1000 ounces, 32 cubic feet
weighed 2000 pounds, ora ton; that the fame quantity was
aton of liquids, and a hogfhead eight cubic feet, or 13524
cubic inches, one fixty-third of which was 219.4 inches, or
a gallon. A quarter of wheat was a quarter of a ton,
weighing about 500 pounds, a bufhel one-eighth of this,

equivalent to a cubic foot of water. A chaldron of coals was
aton, and weighed 2000 pounds. (Barlow, Phil. Tranf.
for 1740.) At prefent 12 wine gallons of diftilled water
weigh exa&tly 100 pounds avoirdupois.

Whereas it has been thought expedient that the quantities
to be returned as and for a barrel of beer or ale brewed by
the common brewer and the allow2nces for wafte fhould be
in all places the fame, itis ena&ted that after the 5th day of
July, 1803, every thirty-fix gallons of beer or ale brewed
by the common brewers in Great Britain, whether within
the weekly bills of mortality or without the fame, taken ac-
cording to the ftandard of the ale-quart, four thereof to the
gallon in the exchequer, fhall be reckoned and returned by
the guager or other officer of excife for a barrel of beer or
ale ; and the allowances to be made in Great Britain to the
common brewer not felling beer ale or worts in any lefs quan-
tity than the whole cafk, containing 43 gallons, whether
within or without the faid limits, for wafte by fillings and
leakage, or otherwife, out of the returns by the gagers or
other officers, fhall be three barrels upon every thirty-fix
barrels, both of ftrong beer, or table beer and ale, and after
that rate for any greater or lefs quantity. 43 Geo. iI. c. 69.

Tasie XXIII.—Scotch Meafures of Capacity sf Liquids.

A Gillis - - 6.462 Englifh cubic inches.
A Mutchkin - 25.85

A Choppin - 51.7

A Pint - - 103.4

A Quart - - 206.8

A Gallon - 827.23

A Hogfhead - 13235.7, or 16 gallons,

N.B. By the A& of Union, twelve Scotch gallons are
reckoned equal to an Englifh barrel, or 9588 cubic inches,
inftead of 9927.

A lippie or feed is 200.345 cubic inches.

Taste XXIV.—French Meafures, according to the Old Syftem before the Revolution.

A Point is
A Line
An Inch or Pouc
A Foot
An Ell or Aune
A Sonde -

A Toife or Fathom
A Perche
A Perche, mefure royal
A League -
A Square Inch -
An Arpent

An Arpent, me

1.06578,
12.78933

1.13582

Tee y a te tae Wn, eis

{ure royale

A Cubic Inch - - - 1.21063
A Litron - . - - 65-34

A Boifleau - - - - 1045.44, or
A Minot = - = =

A Mine - = = - = 4181.75, or
A Septier - - - -

A Muid - - = = -

N.B. A ton of fhipping contains 42 cubic feet. The
aune or ell of Paris varies, being for filk ftuffs 527-5 lines,
or 4612 Englifh inches ; for woollens, 526.4 French lines, or
46% Englifh inches; for linens, 524 French lines, or 46}
Englifh inches; and it varies ftill more in other parts of

0148025 Englifh inch, or nearly ;3-.
-088815, or nearly 35.

I Si
OY .ozsay Or =<

46.8047, or 44 French inches, or according to Vega, 43.9
63.9967, or 5 French feet, about 2 Englifh fathom.

76.7360, or 6 French feet ; formerly 76.71, Phil. Tranf, for 1742,
239.2080, or 18 French feet.

22 French feet.
2282 toifes, or 4, of a degree.
Englifh {quare inches. *
100 fquare perches, about $ acre Englifh, ufed near Paris.
about 14 Englifh acre.
hes Englifh.

cubic inc

16 litrons,

2090.75, or 3 boiffeaux, nearly an Englifh buthel.

2 minots.

8363.5, or 2 mines, or 6912 inches French,
double for oats.
100362, or 12 feptiers,

France. The perch, which determines the meafure of the
acre, varies in different parts of the country : but the arpent
of wood-land is every where the fame, the perch being 22
feet long ; and this arpent contains 48,400 French fquare
feet, or 6108 Eng. fquare yards, or one acre, one rood, one

2 perch,

-

‘Hecatolitre - -

MEASURES.

perch, ‘The arpent for cultivated land, in the an
of Paris, contains goo fquare toifes, or 4088 Enyli
‘hele fo that 43 fuch urpents are equal to 48 Englith acres
nearly,

Taste XXV.—French Meafures, according to the New
Syftem, with the amended Nomenclature of Dr. Young.

Meafures of Length.

Englith Inches.
Millimetre . ~ : ~ 03937
Centimetre—- - . 0639371
Decimetre - — - . = 3.93710

39-37100, or 3.281 feet,
ort 09364 yds or nearly
Ty. tAnail, or 443.2959
French lines, or «513074
toile.

393-71000, or To yards,

2 feet, 9.7 inches.

- 3937-10000, er 100 yards,

1 foot, 1 inch.

© 39371-00000, or 4 furl: 213
et 1 foot, 10.2inches:
o that 8 chiliometres are
nearly 5 miles.

393710.0000, or 6 miles, 1

furl. 136 yds. of. 6inch.

Metre

Decametre . - :
Hecatometre = S

Chiliometre — - -

Myriometre - - -

N. B. An inch is .0354 metres; 2441 inches 62 metres,”

1000 feet nearly 305 metres.

Superficial or Square Meafures.

Are, a fquare decametre, is - - 3.95 Eng. perches,
or 119.6046 {quare
yards.

1196.0460 {quare yards.

11960.4600 {quare yards, or

2 acres, 1 rood, 35.4
perches.

Decare- ge 2 -
Hecatare . =H Bs

Meafures of Capacity.

Cubic Inches
Englith,
Millilitre = - - Jt.t ~~ 06103
Centilitre - = - a - .61028
Decilitre = - = - 6.10280
Litre, a cubic decimetre - - 61.02800, or 2.113 wine
ints.
Decalire - - ©- - 610:28000, or 2.64 wine
gallons.

-! 6102.80000, or 3.5317 cu-
bic feet, or 26.4 wine
e gallons.
Chiliolitre - - = °61028.00000, or 35.3170'cu-
bic feet, or 1 tun, r2
k wine gallons.
Myriolitre - - - 610280.00000, or 353.1700
cubic feet.

Solid Meafure.

en Cubic Feet,
Deciftre, for firewood - - 3.5317
Stere, acubic metre - - 35-3170
Decaftere - - - | =» 353-1700

N. B. In order to exprefs decimal proportions in this
» Vou, XXIII.

new fyftem, the following terms have been adopted. The
term Deca prefixed denotes 10 times; Heca, 100 times;
Chilo, tooo times; and Myrio, 10,000 times. On the
other hand, Deci expreffes the roth part; Centi, the 1oodth
part; and Milli, the 1o00dth part: fo that Decamere fig-
nifies 10 metres; and a Decimetre, the roth part of a metre,
&e. &e. The Metre is the element of Jong meafures ;
Are, that of {quare meafures; Stere, that of folid mea-
fures: the Litre is the element of all meafures of capacity 5
and the Gramme, which is the weight of a cubic centimetre
of diftilled water, ie the element for all weights, (See
Weiour.) For the principle on which this fyltem of mea-
fures is founded, fee Stanpann. See Dr. Young’s Philof.
vol. ii, Kelly’s Un. Cambift. vol. ii.

Tasty XXVI.—Modern Meafures of various Countries
compared with thofe of England.

Altdorf, foot - - ©0775 Engl. H.

Amilterdam, foot - - 15927 H.

#930 C.

+931 Howard.
Amtterdam, ell. - - 2.233 C.
Ancona, foot - - 3.282 H.
Antwerp, foot - - «940 H.
Aquileia, foot - FP esa28 H.
Ass, foot - - ».888 H.
Augfburg, foot - - 1.972 H.
Avignon = Arles.
Barcelona, foot . « - .992 H.
Bafle, foot - >» 944 H.
Bavarian, foot - - .968 Beigel. See Munich
Bergamo, foot - - »1-431 H.
Berlin, foot - - ..992 H.
Bern, foot - + .962 Howard.
Befancgon, foot - ~,nors H.
Bologna, foot - - -1:244 H.

1.250 C
Bourg en Breffe, foot | - . 1.030 H

Brabant, ell,in Germany | 2.268 V.
Bremen, foot = -
Brefcia, foot - :
Brefcian, braccio - £
Breflau, foot - +l.
Bruges, foot - -

Bruffels, foot - go2
954 V
Bruffels, greater ell - 92.278 V
Bruffels, leffer eil - > 12245 V
Caftilian, vara - - 2.946 C
Chambery, foot - - 1107 H
China, mathematical foot. 4.127 H.

China, imperial foot - 1.051 H.

HL dweso Gs
Chinefey li - ~.Y6aG.,
Cologne, foot = - ~ 9903 H.
Golientiaople, foot . ~ mis | H
EL. 36 :
Copenhagen, foot - - aoa H
Cracau, foot - < :Bi69 H.V.
Cracau, greaterell - (- 2.024 V
Cracau, fmallerell - = «3 855 V
Dantzic, foot - = ..923 H
Dauphiné, foot - + 1.119 H
* Delft, foot = = + 4547 H
Denmark, foot - 4.047 H.

Dijon,

MEASURES.

Dijon, foot + - 1030 H. Prague, ell - = 1,948 V.
Dordrecht, foot - + 4.771 H. Provence = Marfeilles,
Drefden, foot - ~ .929 Wolfe, Ph. Tr.1769 V. Rhinland, foot - - (tt.023 H.)
Drefden, ell = 2 feet - 1.857 V. 1.030 V. Eytelweir.
Ferrara, foot - =1)0.319-H. Riga = Hamburg.
Florence, foot > = .995 H. Rome, palm - =< .09 30 Hi
Florence, braccio -— = Se Rome, foot - - + .966 Folkes
1.9105 ~" Rome, deto, 5 f. - - .0604 F.
Franche Comté, foot - 1.172 H. Rome, oncia, {, f. - - .o805 F.
Frankfort = Hamburg - H. Rome, palmo_ - a=W 25050 Ee
Genoa, palm - - 812 H. Rome, palmo di architettura .7325 F.
800] ¢ Rowe,canna di architettura 7.325 F.
a ; Rome, ftaiolo - - - 4.212 F,
Genoa, canna --—Ssi -:=S 7.300 C.. Rome, canna dei mercauti 6.5365 F. 8 palms.
Geneva, foot = - - 1919 H. Rome, braccio dei mercanti 2.7876 F. 4 palms.
Grenoble = Dauphiné - H. 2.856 C,
Haarlem, foot - = .937°H. Rome, braccio di teffitor di
Halle, foot > = 2979" TH: tela - - - 2.0868 F.
Hamburg, foot - - | .933 H: Rome, braccio di architet-
Heidelberg, foot - - .903 H. tura. - - - 2.561 C.
Infpruck, foot - cirknor fH. Rouen = Paris = isl
Leghorn, foot - - .992 H. Ruffian, archine - - 2.3625 C.
Leipzig, foot - - 1.034 H. Ruffian, arfchin - - 2.3333 Ph. M. XEX.
Leipzig, ell - + + 1.833 H. Journ, R. 1. Ruffian, verfchock, ,%,arfchin .1458
Leyden, foot - + 1.023 H. Savoy = Chambery - - H.
Liege, foot - - - .944 H. Seville = Barcelona - H.
Lifbon, foot - - = .952 H. Seville, vara - = = 2.760 C.
Lucca, braccio - - 1.958 C. Sienna, foot - - + 1.239 H.
Lyons = Dauphiné. Stettin, foot - - - 1.224 H.
Madrid, foot - +. - o15 H. * Stockholm, foot - - 1.073 H.
-918 Howard. Stockholm, foot - - (.974 Celfius Ph. Tr-)
Madrid, vara - - 3-263 C. Strafburg, town foot - .956 H.
Maeftricht, foot - - .g16 H. Strafburg, country foot - .969 H.
Malta, palm - - > .g15 H, Toledo = Madrid - :
Mantua, braffo - - 1.521 H. Trent, foot “ - 1.201 H.
Mantuan, braccio = Brefcian Cc. Triefte, ell for woollens 2.220 H.
Marfeilles, foot - - 814 A. Triefte, ell for flk - - 2.107 H.
Mechlin, foot - b.) PS7 53 Turin, foot - - - 1.676 H.
Mentz, foot - - - .988 H. 1.681 C.
Milan, decimal foot ~Oxs8h5 EH. ‘Lorin,)ras anos - 1.958 C.
Milan, aliprand foot - 1.426 H. Turin, trabuco - + 10.085 C.
Milanefe, braccio - - 1.725 C. Tyrol, foot - - 1.096 V.
Modena, foot - - - 2.081 H. Tyrol, ell - 2 - 2.639 V.
Monaco, foot - = $0971 H. Valladolid, foot - - .go8 H
Montpelier, pan - = .777 H. Venice, foot = - -. 1.137 Hi.
Moravian, foot - = .g71 V. 1.140 Bernard, Howard, V-
Moravian, ell - - - 2.594 V- 1.167. C
Mofcow, foot - + .928 H, Venice, braccio of filk - 2.108 C.
Munich, foot - - 947 H. Venice, ell - - - 2.089 V.
Naples, palm - - - .861 H. Venice, braccio of cloth * 2.250 C.
1.859 C. Verona, foot - - - 4.117 H.
Naples, canna == - 6.908 C. Vicenza, foot - - - 1.136 H.
Nuremberg, town foot - .996 H. Vienna, foot - - - 1.036 H.
-997 V- 1.037 Howard; C. V.
Nuremberg, country foot .g07 isk Vienna, ell - - - 2.557
Nuremberg, artillery foot .961 V. Vienna, poft mile - 24888. V.
Nuremberg, ell - = 2.1266 V. Vienne in Dauphiné, foot 1.058 H.
Padua, foot = - 1.406 H. Ulm foot Seisan. =F e5s826_ Hi.
Palermo, foot - - - 747 Ii. Urbino, foot - - - - 1.162 H
Paris, foot - - - 1.066 H. Utrecht, foot - - - .741 H.
Paris, metre - - - 3.281 Y. Warfaw, foot - - - 1.169 He
Parma, foot - - - 1.869 H. Wefel = Dordrecht = igh
Parmefan, braccio - - 2,242 C. Zurich, foot - - - .979 H.
Pavia, foot - - - ms4o H. -984 Ph. M. VIII. 289:
Placentia = Parma - Cc. N.B. The preceding table has been formed by Dr,
Prague, foot - - - .987 H. Young from the authorities of Folkes, Vega, Hutton, Ca-
-972 V- vallo, and others.

TABLE

Taptx XXVII.—A_ Comparifon of the Foot, and other Meafures of Length in different Countries;

MEASURES.

namely, the

Number of Feet, &c. of each Place, ik A age to 100 Englith Feet; and alfo the Length of a fingle Meafure of

each denomination in Englith Inches, and

Aix la Chapelle

Amiterdam
Anfpach. -
Ancona -
Antwerp -
Rees”
Ball -

Bavaria -
Bergamo -
Ber _
Bern -
Bologna -
Bremen -
Brefcia _-
~Breflaw ss -
Brunfwick

Bruffels -
Cadiz -
Cagliari -
Calemberg

Carrara -
Caftile — -
_Chamberry
China -
onl
Cologne -
poop
Cracow -
'Dantzic -
| Dordrecht

Drefden -
‘Embden -
England -
Ferrara -
‘Florence -
France -
Francfort -
Geneva -
Genoa. -
Gottingen -
Gotha .-
Groningen

Feet
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Bracci
Feet
ditto
ditto
See Spain.)
almi - -
Feet - -
Palmi - -
(See Spain.)
Feet - -
Mathematical Fee
Builders’ ditto
Tradefmen’s ditto
Land Survey. do.
Feet -

Pertiche -
Builders’ Bracci
‘Pieds de Roi
Toifes -
Metres
Feet
ditto
Palmi
Feet
ditto
ditto

Number off Length of

each equal] a fingle

to 100
Englith
Feei,

— | SS

105.18
107.62
102.38
78.02
106.76
83.69
103
102.22
105.08
69.89
98.44
103.98
80.05
105-45
64.10
107.24
106.85
104.80

150.52
104.34
125

go. 36
91.46
94-41
90.08
05°39
103.18
110.80
97°17
16.20
9-71
85-53
106.28
7.08
84.74
107-62
102.92
100
33-33
6.06
75°95
II.1I
55°55
93-89
15.65
30.48
106.48
62.50
123.45
104.80
106
104.44

Meafure
of each

Sort.

E. Inches.

eere!
11.15
11.72
15.38
11.24
1353
11.65
11.74
11.42
17.17
12.19
11.54
14.99
11.38
18.72
11.19
11.23

11-45
7:97

11.50
9-60

13.28
13-12
12-71
13-32
12.58
11.63
10.83
1285
74-10
123-50
14.03

Tundredths of an Inch.

Hamburgh
Hanover -
Harlem -
Heidelberg
Hildeftheim
Holftein -
Infpruck -
Konigiberg
Leghorn -
Leipfic -
Leyden -
Liege -
Lindau -
Lifbon-
Lorraine -
Lubec -
Luneburg -
Ada .
agdebur,
Malta ‘
Manheim -
Mantua -
Maftricht -
Mecklenburg
Mentz~ -
Middleburg
Milan m
Monaco -
Mofecow ~-
Naples =
Neufchatel
Nuremberg
Oldenburg
Ofnaburg -
Padua -
Palermo -
Paris -
Parma -
Pavia =
Perfia -
Pomerania
Portugal -
Prague -

|
Number ol

wach equal
to 100
Englith
Feet
Feet - - | 106.28
Rhineland ditto 97-17
Clafters - -| 17.91
Mafch Ruthes -| 7.59
Geelt ditto - 6.64
Rhineland ditto 8.10
Feet - - | 104.80
Ruthes_- -| 6.g0
Feet - - | 106.67
ditto - - | 109.48
ditto - - |} 108.60
(See Copenhagen.)
Feet - -| 96
ditto - - 9-0
(See Florence. ) mre
Common Feet 108.01
Builders’ ditto - | 107.81
ditto - - | 97.24
ditto - - 1106
Common Feet - | 105.26
Long ditto - | 96.77
Feet - - | 92.78
Palmi - - |139.17
Feet - - | 106.20
ditto - - | 104.80
Ruthes - =|) 655
Feet - - | 104.80
(See Spain.)
Feet - - |107.52
ditto - - | 107.43
ditto - - {105.39
Bracci- - | 65.75
Feet - - | 108.60
(See Hanover.)
Feet = + | 101.26
ditto - - | 101.61
ditto - - | 76.82
Bracers - | 62.34
Feet - - | 129.73
ditto - - | gor.12
Palmi *)) [- | 115.62
Feet - = | 101.61
ditto - - | 100.34
ditto - -_|103
ditto . - | 109.09
ditto - - | 86.15
Palmi . = |125.93
(See France.)
Surveyors’ Bracci | 56.23
ditto - - | 65-57
Arifh =) | =| 1.36
Feet . - | 104.34
(See Lifbon. )
Feet - - | Tor
K2

Length of
a fingle
Meafurr
of each

Sor

E. Inches

MEASURES,

Taste XXVIIL—A Comparifon of the Itinerary Mea-
Number of| Length of fures of different Countries, exhibiting the Number of
each equal] a fingle each, anfwering to 100 Englifh Miles ; alfo the Length

to 100 | Meafute of a fingle Meafure of each Sort, in Englifh Yards.
Engluh | of each
Feet. Sort.
aS ee Number of|Length o!
each equal} a fingle-
to 100 |Meafureo

Ratifbon - En. Miles. |each Sort.

Ratzburg -
Revel
Reggio -
Rhineland -
Riga -
Rimini =
Rome ‘.

(See Bavaria.)

Feet = 104.80
ditto 113.96
Bracct 57-55

- 81.93
Feet - 97:17

Bohemia i 17-36
_ Brabant i 28.93
| Burgundy i 28.46

China 1 279.80

Denmark 21635

England - - }|100

ditto geographica 86.91
_ Flanders Miles - - 25.62
' France Leagues, Sonat

ditto III.21
Bracci 56.10
Feet . 103-45
Builders’ Canne 13.65
Palmi - 136.49
Roftock - Feet - 105-45
Rotterdam (See Rhineland.
Ruffia Arfheens - 42.86
Safhes == 14.28
Feet - 87.27
122.70

or 8

30.21 5h

28.97
41.28

nomical - -
ditto Marine — -
ditto legal of
2000 Toifes. i
Germany ‘Miles, geograph. | 21.72
ditto, Long 17.38
ditto, Short 25.66
Miles - 21.35
ditto 15.23
ditto 16.68
ditto 27.52
ditto 19.31
ditto 57-93
ditto 86.91
ditto 18
ditto - 16.26
Miles, Short 28.97
ditto, Long 21.72
Portugal Legoas - 26.03
Pruffia Miles - - | 20.78
Rome Ancient Miles of
8 Stadia - § | 109-18
Modern Miles 86.91
Roffia Vertts - 150.81
Saxony Miles - 17.76
Scotland ditto > 88.70
Silefia ditto - 27.67
‘Spain Leguas common
of 8000 Varas } 23-73
ditto Legal, of
5000 Varas 37-97
Swabia - Miles - 17.38
Sweden - ditto - 15-04
Switzerland ditto - 19.23
‘Turkey - Berries - 96.38
Weltphalia Miles - 14.56

Sardinia Palmi =
Savoy (See Chamberry.
Sienna Feet -
Sicily * (See Palermo.)

ree tt

80.75

Silefia Ruthes ~ 7-06
Spain Feet - 107.91

‘Hamburgh
‘Hanover
Heffe
Holland
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Lithuania
Oldenburgh
Poland

Toefas - 17.98
Palmos. 143.88
Stade - Feet - 104.80
Stettin = - ditto - 107.91
Stockholm (See Sweden.)
Strafburg - Feet 2 ole
Land ditto 103.
(See ako France.)
Stutgard (SeeWurtemberg.)
Sweden Feet - - | 102.66
Fathoms 17-11
Rods 6.43
Feet 83.28
ditto 04-34
ditto 105.35
ditto 111,82
ditto 87.72
ditto 89.55
ditto 88.04
ditto 96-39
ditto 85-53
ditto 103-63
ditto - 104.80
(See Hanover.)
ditto - 98.28
Feet - 101.60
Ruthes = - 10.16
Fathoms - 16.32

=

| aes | sd ‘ ' ‘ ' ' ' ' ' ' '

Trent

Turin

Ulm

Utrecht
Venice
Verona
Vicenza
Vieuna
,Warfaw
Wifmar -
Wurtemberg
Zello ines
Ziriczee =

Zurich -

tr © foe te he 8
Vereen 8 ke ie Ce ed Be

Tautr XXTX.

of different Countries, in Englith Square
hundredth Parts of an Inch.

A Square Foot of Amiterdam contains

)

;
)
4
ss
.
1)
Bi
F

|
ie
|

a

wt Brenkl Cubic Metre

ABLE XXX.— —Shewing

‘Berlin

Ant werp
Berlin
Bern -
Bologna
Bremen

Denmark or Rhine

Dantzic
Drefden
England
France
Hamburgh
Hanover
Konigtberg
Leiptic
Lifbon
Milan
Nuremberg
Ofnaburg
Rome
Spain -
Sweden
Turin -
Venice
Vienna
Zurich

A French Square Metre - -

Antwerp -

Bern
Bologne
Bremen
Denmark or
Dantzic -

Drefden

= 4 ’ .

England =
+

‘France

Hamburgh
Hanover -
Konighberg
Leipfic = -
Lifbon =
Milan =
Nuremberg
Ofnaburgh -
Rome
Spain
Sweden
Turin
Venice
Vienna
Zurich

Biinclan

Se ee 6 Se Be 8 gg

Crar et 8-28 O-4~ 0-10-8241. eo - BO € UO

A Cubic Foot of Amfterdam contains

and

Foy leet, ae Piet Oe Ceee eh gs sees Oe ce iy ie oe ease 8g oe ip 8

MEASURES.

Tavce XXXI.—A Comparifon of the Corn Meafores of
different Places; Prem ride the Number of Meafures of
onding to 10 Quarters, or Bo Englith

Shewing the Contents of a Square Foor
Inches, and

Englith Square

nehes,

124.32
126.34
148.59
33 3*23
224.70
129-50
152.52
127.46
124.10
144.00
163.32
127.46
131.10

146.05 —

123-43

167.96 }

243.98
14.5604
121.00
134-56
123.65
136.65
161.80
187.13
155.00
139.42
1550.00

the Contents of a Cubic Foot
of different Countries, in Englifh Cubic Inches, and hun-
dredth Parts of an Inch.

r

Englith Cubic

Inches.

1386.20

1420.03 .

1811.39
1536.80
3368.25
1473-76
1883.65
143907
1382.50
1728.00
2087.34
1439-07
1501-12
1775-96
17a
2177.80
3812.98
1710.76
1331.00
1560.90
1375-04
1597-52
2058.07
2560.10
1929.78
1647-20
61023.50

each Place, corref|
Buthels, Winchelter Meafure ;

alfo, the Contents of a

fingle Meafure in Englith Cubic caer

Abbeville -
Agen

Aix-la- Chapelle

Alemaar. -
Alexandria

Algiers .-
Aligant _ -
Altona -
Amersfort -
Amiens -
Amterdam

Ancona. -

Antwerp =
Apulia -
Archangel -
Arles .
Arnheim. -
Augiburg -
2 oom zs
Azores -
Barcelona -
Bafil f
Bayonne -

ergamo -
fac s
Bergen-op- Z00)
Berlin =
Berg. — «iv
Beauvais -
Bilboa s
Boifleduc --
Bologna — -

Botzen or Bolfano

9 Be
5

Setiers
Sacks
Fafs
Sacks
Rebebes
Kiflos
Tarrie

Caflifes

(See Hamburgh.

Mudden
Setiers
Mudden
Sacks
Scheepels
Tonnes
Rubbi
Spinks
omoli
Czetwer
Setiers
Mouvers
Schaff
Boiffeaux
Alquieres
Quartera$
Sacks
Conques
Soma

(See Copenhagen.)

Sifters
Scheffels
Mutt
Tonneaux
Fanegas
Mouvers
Corbe
Scheffels
Setiers
Boiffeaux
Viertels
Scheffels
ditto
Tonneaux
Sacks
Hoeds
Himten,
Scheffels
Sacks
Fanegas
Tomeli
Setiers
Mudden
Charges
Viertels
Fanegas

5 Bf ' ' ' ‘ 7 22 ‘ ‘ ' ' a | ’ ) '

Yt aes Oe ieee be hh oe A Ae © ae

TE GT Pe FEU et eT TS Tea mT Vey Sie Teas Te Clee See Tec Nee Qe oe Vea] |

+

Cette
Cleves
Cologne
Colberg

Conftantinople

Copenhage

n

Corfu -

Corfica
Corunna
Culm

Creutznach

Cyprus
Dantzic
Darmiftadt
Denmark
Delft
Deventer
Dieppe
Dixmude
Dordrecht

Drefden
Dunkirk

Elbing
Embden

England

Enkhuyfen

Erfurt .
Faro
Femeren
Ferrara
Ferrol
Florence
Flufhing
France

Francfort

Friderickftadt

Galicia

Geneva

| Genoa

Ghent
Goes -

Saas | ' ‘ ' ' ‘ '

Gluckftadt

Gouda

Gorcum

Gravelines -
Greece -

Greipfwald

Groningen

Hague (The)

Hamburgh

Ce A a 0g time

» Scheffels

Setiers
Malters
ditto
Scheffels
Kiflos
'Toende
Moggi
Stajo
Ferrados
Scheffels
Malters
Medimni

FC he Oe Ee Ge te

ditto -

es

(See Copenhagen.

Sacks -
Mudden -
Mines -

Rafieres -

Great Sacks

Little ditto
Scheffels -

Sea Rafieres

Land ditto
Scheffels -
Tonnen -

Verps -

Winchefter Buth.

ditto Quarters

Mudden -
Sacks
Scheffels
Alquieres
Scheffels
Stari
Ferrados
Stari

Sacks

t ' 1 ‘ ' & ug

Old Syftem. (See

Paris.)

New Syf. Litres

Decalitres -
Heétalitres

Malters -
Tonnen -
Ferrados -
Coupes -
Mina -
Halfter-
Sacks -
Tonnen -
Sacks -
Mudden -
Rafieres -
Medimni -
Scheffels -
Mudden -
Sacks -
Scheffels -
Fafs -
Himten -

to 10 Eng.
Quarters.

42.98
15.70
17-39
56.72
85.02
20.26
23.21
28.60
174-44
51-37
19.38
38.62
57-95
28.14

28

34.80
A755
29.51

14.70
58.80
80
fe)
21.25
42.50
50.01
174.26
74-98
93-22
155-80
118.70

37-67

2818.70

281.87
28.18
26.10
21.74

149.16
36.29
23.30
54-12
38.70
22

27.09
16.67
21.29
71.96
72.36
OF,
27.06
26.76
53-52
107.04

MEASURES.

each Sort.

j\Cub. Inch,
4002
10055
9892
3032
2023
8489
6097
6014
986
3348
8874
4453
2968
6111

6141
4942
6243
5821
7428
5565
6456
9884
8786
2065
11697
2924
2150
17200
8095
4048
343°
987
ceseh
1845
1104

1449

4566

Hanaus-
Hanover -
Harderwick
Harlem -
Harlingen -
Havre-de-Grace
Heidelberg
Heufden -
Hildefheim
Holftein -
Honfleur -
Hoorn -
Hufum -
Ingolftadt -
Ireland -~
Kiel -
Konig fberg
Laland -
Lawemburg
Leghorn -
Leipfic -
Lewarden -
Leyden -
Libourne -
Liebau -
Lifbon -
Liege -
Lifle -
Lubec -
Lucca -
Luneburgh
Lyons -
Madeira -
Magdeburgh
Majorca -
Malaga -
Malta -
Manheim -
Mantua -
Marfeilles -
Maltricht -
Mentz -
Mecklenburgh
emel -
Middleburg
Milan -
Modena --
Montpellier
Morlaix -
Munich -
Muyden -
Nancy -
Nantes” -
Naples -

‘ ' ‘ ' : '

Malters

Mudden -
Boiffeaux -
Malters -
Mudden. -
Scheffels -
Tonnen -
Boiffeaux -
Sacks -
Rye Tonnes
Wheat ditto
Schaff -
Barrels -
Tonnes -
Scheffels -
New Scheffels
Tonnen -
Sacks
Staji
Sacchi
Scheffels
Mudden
Sacks -
Sacks
Loofs
Alquieres
Fanegas
Setiers
Razieres -
Wheat Scheffels
Oats ditto -
Staji- -
(See Hanover.)
Anées -
Alguieres
Scheffels
Quarteras
Fanegas
Salme
Malters
Stari
Charges
Setiers
Malters
Scheffels
ditto
Sacks
Moggi
Staji
ditto
Setiers
Boiffeaux
Scheffels
Sacks
Reals
Cartes
Setiers
Tomoli

a ee Nes ees Me | ae iia ast ee Sa

S 26.230. ig .8 [28 Tie ees es ae ae | ' ' Lao) oh ‘ ' eee '

, Sidi Natt J iy of ' ' re et ' | ee ' ‘ ‘ ' ‘ ‘

MEASURES.

Number of Contents o
sh | a fingle
to 10 Eng. Mealare o
Quarters, jeach Sort,
_--__---

ditto

| 8.83 | 19465 Wifmar
ditto

Palau - =~ Sechfling
3431 | 5012 Wolgait -

Patras —- - Stare

Cub, Ineh

Narva . ~ ‘Tonnes -~ | 17.38) 9893 Toulon - Emines
Naumburg - Scheffels - «| 36.50] 4712 Trieke - Stari
Negropont - Kiflos -~ «| 93.02] 1849 Tripoli - Caffifi
Nice . + Staji - - | 70.46] 441 Tunis - ditto
Nieuport - - Razieres ~~ | 16.93 | 10157 Turin - Sacchi
Nimeguen - - Mouvers - ~| 21.04] 8181 Staji .
Nuremberg - Malters - | 16.86 | 10200 Ulm - Immis -
Oldenburg - Tonnen - | 17-28 | 9946 Utrecht - Mudden -
Oneglia - + Mine - | 23.78 | 7233 Valencia - Cahizes -
Oporto - + Alquieres - | 163.66 | 1051 Vannes - Tonneaux -
Ofnaburg - = —Scheffels - | 98.12] 1753 Venice - Sraji -
Oftend = - Razieres - | 16.02 | 10733 Verona + Minelli | -
Oviedo - + Fanegas - | 37:51 |} 4985 Viana - Alquieres '-
Paris - - Setiers - | 18.38 | 9360 Vienna ss Metzen -

Boifleaux - | 220.52 780 Weimar - Scheffels -

ee ee ee ee ee ae ee ee ee ee

Bachels - | 102.93 | 1671 Wurtemberg ditto

Pernau == - Tonnes -| 22.056] 772 Zant Barrili —-

Perfia = - Artabas 42.85 | 4013 Zell - (See Hanover. )

Poland - - Corzecs 55-13 | 3120 Ziriczee Sacks ala As
pPrague - ~~ Stricks 26.39 | 6516 Zurich Mutten
-Ratifbon - © - Maafs 10.64 | 16171 Zwoll Sacks
- +09 - = Tonnen 23-83 | 7219

m9 weer WH bdr Taste XXXII.—A Comparifon of the Liquid Meafures

Oe a of different Places; namely, the Number of Meafures of

Rome “ - Rubbi
By Quarti
'Roftock - - Scheffels

fe s6god each Place, seerelponding to 100 Englith Gallons, Wine

Meafure ; and alfo the Contents of a fingle Meafure of
ATO), eee each Sort, in Englifh Cubic Inches.

oe De! 2 eRe! Foe t roms s Pe Keser ee ec aw Bee eo Ws

} -| 79-40 | 2166
Rotterdam - Sacks - | 27.04 | 6361 s
Hoeds - 2.53 : r:
Rouen a - Setiers - | 15.75 Number of Contents 0
Boiffeaux - | 126 ee a hea
Roflia . - Chetwer - 13.82 cielidi leah Sort.
St. Andero . - Fanegas -| 51.95
St. Gall - -~ Charges - | 38.71
St. Maloes - Boifleaux - | 63-77 | 2697 Alicant - - Cantaras - - | 37-14 622
St. Omer - - Ratfiares - | 21.77 | 7900 Altona -. - Tonnes - - |}. 3.26! 7072
St. Sebaftian - Fanegas - | 47-42 | 3650 Stubgens - - | 104.52 221
St. Valery - Setiers -| 18.38 | 9356 Amfterdam - Ankers - -{ 9.91 | 2331
Sardinia - - Starelli - | 57-56 | 2988 Stekans - - | 19.82 | 1165
Schiedam - - Sacks - + | 27.04 | 6360 Viertels' - - | 52.03 444
Scotland - - Wheat Firlots - | 78.28 | 2197 Stoops” - - | 158.22 146
Barley ditto - {| 53.66} 3205 Mingels - ~- | 316.44 73
}Slefwig - - Tonnen - -] 20.19 | 8520 Augfburgh - Maafs - - | 255.71 go:
Seville - - (See Spain.) Ancona - - Boccali - = - | 267.04 86:
Sicily ~ - Salme Grofle -| $8.18 | 21014 Antwerp'- - Stoops - - | 119.08 194
) Salme Generale - | 10.18 | 16886 Apulia - - Salme - -| 2.45] 9428
Smyrna = - Kiflos - ~-/} 80.34 | 2141 Arragon + - Cantaras - ~-| 39.49 585
Spain - - Fanegas - -| 50.01 | 3439 Barcelona - - Wine Cargas -]| 2.93 | 7877
| Cahizes_ - -} 4-16 | 41268 Arrobas - - | 35-21 656
‘Stettin - - Scheffels - -]| 54.09} 3180 . Oil Cargas -| 3-12] 7394
‘Stolberg - - Viertels - -| 61.30 | 2806 Bari - = - OilStaj - -j} 22.87] 1010
| Stralfund - - Tonnen - -| 24.11 } 7134 Salme - - 2.29 | 10100
Scheffels - - | 72.33 | 2378 Bafl - - - Ohms - -| 7.56] 3053
Sweden - - Tunnor ra Ke 19.24 | 8940 Pore ee tao = i*-] g1.22 451
H ditto (with goo ergamo = - Brente -« = .20 i
car i 17-30 | AGOae Berlin - | - Ankers ~~ - Say pope
-Tonningen - -Tonnen => -] 23.20] 7413 Bem - - - Maafs = - |226.48 102
‘Tortofa = ~ Quarteras- -| 31-77 | 5414 Blois + - - Quartauts -J 3-74| 6183
Bologna

Bologna -

Bourdeaux

Bremen -
Breflaw -

Brunfwick
Burgundy
adiz -
Canary Iflands
Candia =-
Caffel =
Champaigne
Cognac -
Cologne -

Conftantinople
Copenhagen

Cracow -
Dantzic -

Dijon =
Drefden -

‘Dunkirk -
England -

Ferrara -

Florence -

France = -

| Francfort -
} Gallipoh -
Geneva -

Genoa @

Gotha ; -
Hamburgh

Corbe ‘ -
Boceali = -
Barriques - -
Veltes = -
Pots c =
Stubgens - -
Eimers - =
Tops = (a
Stubgens - 2
Quartauts -
(See Spain. )
Arrobas -
Oil Mitftati
Quartlins -
Quartauts
Veltes -
Ohms -
Viertels -
Almuds -
Ahms =
Ankers -
Stubgens -
(See Poland.)
Beer Stofs
Wine ditto
Ahms =
Quartauts
Vifier Kannes
Common ditto
Wine Eimers
Beer T'onnen
Pots

Beer Gallons
Pints =
Wine Gallons
Pints =
Maftelli -
Secchie -
Oil Barrili
Wine ditto
Fiafchi +
Boccali -
Old Syftem, (Sce
Paris. )

New Syft. Litres
Decalitres
HeGalitres
Viertels -
Maafs =

Coat sb Uae ee ei fees eee Pee it) Fn ede i eee. Oe

Salme =
Setiers ~
Quarterons -
Pots 4-55 -
Wine Barrili -
Pinte - « »
Oil Barrili =
Stubgen ~ <
Ahms * 3
Ankers © - ~
Eimers - 2
Viertels - s

MEASURES.

Number of|Contents o!
each equal] a fingle
100 6Eng.|Mcafure o

Gallons.

each Sort.

Cub. Inch,
5-13 | 4503 Hamburgh

308 75
1.64 | 14033 Hanover -

52-74 | 438

181.18 1273

118.79 19. Heidelberg
6.82 | 3389

135.88 176 Holftein = -

203-12 224 Hungary -
3-68 | 6275

z Konig {berg
24°34 949
34-95 661 Leghorn =
46.29 | 409
4.20 | 5496
51.68 447 ;
2.43 | Q5or Leipfic =
63.29 3605
72-41 319
2-45 | 0420
9-81 | 22355 Lindau -

98.07 235% Lifbon =

164.40 140}

221.06 Tog Lifle -
2-01 | 11495 London -
3-68 | 6275 Lubec =

268.60 86 Lucca =

102.90 573, | Lyons -
5-59 | 4128 Macon -
3-85 | 5993 Majorca ~

167.39 138 Malaga -
81.91 205 Malta -

655.28 323) | Mantua -

100 23 | | Marfeilles -

800 282 ,
4.60 | 5015

36.84 627 Mafla -
11.87 | . 1946 Mentz =
9-52 | 2427 Meffina—-

190.90 121

381.80 601 Minorca -

Montpellier

377-20 61
37-72 612}

3-77 | 6124
5533 45°

205.33 1123) | Nantes -
2.44 }° 9459 Naples -
8.37} /2760

200.87 115 Narva -

401.74 5 ;

5-10 | - 4530 Nice -

255-2 Nuremberg
5-85 |~ 3946

111.86 206
2.61 '| 8836 Oneglia_ -
10.45 | ©2209 Oporto -
13.07 | 1767
52.26 442

- Stubgen =

' ' ' ' ' ' ‘ i ' ' '

Beer Tonnes
Ahms =
Stubgen -
Beer. Tonnes
Viertels =
Maafs =
(See Hamburgh.) J
Eimers =.
Tokay Anthals -
Stofs by
Quarts =
Wine Barrili
Fiafchi «=
Boccali: -
Oil Barrili
Eimers =
Kannen -
Vifier Kannen
Beer Tonnes
Quarts =
Almudes >=
Potes =
Canhadas - =
Lots a
(See England. a
(See Hamburgh.)
baad 3 s
Pots = =
(See Burgundy.)
Oil Cortanes — -
(See Spain.)
Caffifi

ere y's: | aed | aa ed} eet Uh ta OF

Oil Moggi
Millerolles
Efcandeaux
Pots ="
Oil Barrili
Maafs S
Wine Salme
Oil Caffifi -
Barriles -
Quartillos -
Setiers =
Wine Barrals
Pots .
Oil Barrals
Pots -
Veltes =
Wine Barrili
Oil Staji_ -
Ankers -
Stofs g
Rubbi -
Eimers | -
Vifier Maafs
Schenck Maafs
Oil Barrili
Almudes -
Alquieres
Canhadas =

a Magl M NG oy Nia" Ty] NL er Pam GM aM FR ANT TDs ARG Pear (ny aad THe eas TP Lack me ie Dea |

Oat
Orleans

Orleans

Ofnaburg
Oviedo -
Paris .

Pernaus -

Poland -
Prague -
Ratifbon -
Revel le
Riga -
Rochelle -
Rome -
Rotterdam

Rouen -
Ruffia a
Saragofla -
Scotland -
Schaffhaufen
Sicily - -
Spain- -
Stettin -
Stralfund -
Strafburg -
Sweden -
Toulon -
Trieftle -
Tripoli -
Tunis -
Turin iS
Valencia -
Venice -
Verona” -
Warfaw -
| Vienna -
Zell =
Zurich -

Vor. XXII.

(See Burgund

Kannes -
Cantaras -
Setiera .
Pots a
Pintes m
(See Narva.)
Garmeca -
Eimers -
Pints «
Great E:mers
Berg dito
Common ditto

Kopfen -
Ankers” -
Stofs -

Idem.

Wine Barriques

Brandy Veltes
Wine Barrii

y:)

MEA
Dr. Kelly, always aftuated by a defire of promoting lite.

rature and {cience, has, with a polite attention, which we thus
refpeétfully acknowledge, allowed us to extract feveral of the
preceding tables from his very valuable work, the # Uni-
verfal Cambift :"' a work which is planned with judgment,
and executed, at the expence of much time and labour, with
accuracy, and which will be no lef. acceptable and ufeful to
men of {cience in general, than to mercantile perfons io par-
ticular.

Measunes w/ed by different artificers are 144 {quare inches
== afquare foot, g {quare feet = a {quare yard, 63 {quare
feet = 7 {quare yards = a rood, 100 {quare beet = a {quare,
and 2724 {quare feet = j3o4 {quare yards = a rod, perch,
or — pole.

EASURE ef fire-wood. See Conn of wood.

Measure for Horfes. See Hann.

Measures alfo ufed to fignify the cadence and time ob-
ferved in poetry, dancing, and mufic, to render them re-
gular and agreeable.

The different meafures or metres, in poetry, are the dif-
ferent manners of ordering and combining the quantities, or
the long and fhort fyllables. Thus hexameter, pentameter,
iambic, fapphic verfes, &c. confilt of different meafures.
In Englifh verfes, the meafures are extremely various and
arbitrary, every poet being at liberty to introduce any new
form that he pleafes. The moft ufual are, the heroic, ge-

Number of Contents or
each equal a fingle
100 Ea. |Meafare of
Gallons, feach Sort.

Cub, Tnel

Oilditto - — - nerally confifting of five long, and five fhort fyllables ; and
Boceali—- - verfes of four feet ; and of three feet and a czfura, or fingle
(See Amfterdam.) fyllable. :
Pots efo- The ancients, by varioufly combining and tranfpofing
Weddras - - their quantities, made a vaft variety of different meafures.
Krufkas - - Of words, or rather feet, of two fyllables, they formed a
Cantaras - - {pondee, confifting of two long fyllables; a pyrrhic, of
Pints - - two fhort fyllables ; a trochee, of a long anda fhort fyl-
Maafs —- - lable ; and an iambic, of a fhort and a long fyllable.
Oil Caffil - Of their feet of three fyllables, they formed a moloffus,
Wine Arrobas - confilting of three long, fyllables ; a tribrach, of three fhort
Azumbres - fyllables ; a da&tyl, of one long and two short fyllables ;
Quartillos - and an anapeft, of two fhort and one long fyllable. The
Oil Arrobas_—- Greek poets contrived a hundred and twenty-four different
Ankers) - - combinations or meafures, under as many different names,
Stubgen - - from feet of two fyllables to thofe of fix. See Merre and
Ohms - - Prosopy.
Pots = - Measure, in Mufic, the interval, or {pace of time, which
Eimers”— - - the perfon who beats time, takes between the raifing and
Ankar- - falling of his hand or foot, in order to conduét the move-
Kannor - - ment, fometimes quicker, and fometimes flower, according
Stops - = to the kind of mufic, or the fubje¢t that is fung or played.
Millerolles - The meafure is that which regulates the time we are to
Orne - - dwell oneach note. See Time.
Boccali - The ordinary or common meafure is one fecond, or fix-
Oil Mattari - tieth part of a minute, which is nearly the {pace between the
Oil ditto - = beats of the pulfe or heart; the fyftole or contraétion of
Wine ditto - the heart anfwering to the elevation of the hand; and its
Brente - - diaftole, or dilatation, to the letting it fall. The meafure
Rubbi-- - ufually takes up the {pace that a pendulum, of two feet and
Arrobas” - - ahalf long, employs in making a {wing or vibration. The
Azumbres - meaiure is regulated according to the different quality or vaiue
Secchie - - of the notes in the piece ; by which the time, that each note
Brente—- - is to take up, is exprefled. The femi-breves for inftance,
* Baffe - = holds one rife, and one fall ; and this is called the mea/ure, or
(See Poland.) whole meafure ; fometimes the meafure-note, or time-note ; the
Eimers” - - minim, one rife, or one fall ; and the crotchet, half a rife;
Maafs - - or half a fall, there being four crotchets in a full meafure.
Stubgen - — - Measures, Mufical, are now much fimplified, compared
Land Maafs - with thofe which our anceftors de/cribed, we cannot fay ufed,
City dito - - as fome of them are impraéticable. In the mufical MS. of
Oldditto - | - Waltham holy-crofs, in the poffeffion of the marquis of Lanf-
L

downe,

MEA

downe, N° 9, by Chiliton, we have not only double and
triple proportions, but quintuple, fefquialterate, and fefqui-
oftavan ; that is, when one minim in the bafe is as long asa
femibreve, or two minims in the treble; as three minims 3 as
five ; as one and a half; as 16 to 12, or 12 tog.

Whether all thefe meafures were ever received in pratical
mufic, does not appear; but wecan be very certain, if they
were, that the refult would be nothing but diflocation and
confufion.

All meafures and fpecies of time in modern mufic are re-
duced to two proportions ; the binary, dual, or even meafure,
in which the rife and fall of the hand are equal ; and the éer-
nary, triple, or odd meafure, in which the fall is double to
the rife. The firft, ufually called common time, is the mea-
fure confifting of two femibreves, two minims, or two crotch-
ets; the fecond, or ¢riple time, of three minims, three
crotchets or three quavers.

To this purpofe the number 3 is placed at the beginning
-of the lines, when the meafure is intended to be triple ; and
a C, when the meafure is to be common or double. This
rifing aad falling of the hands was called by the Greeks aeous
and Yer. St. Auguitine calls it plaufus, and the Spaniards
compas. See Arsis and Tuxsts.

There is likewife a mixed or compound meafure of 6 or
12 crotchets or quavers in a bar, indicated at the beginning
of a movement, thus: §, or 7, 2, or g. But as all thefe
meafures move in triplets, for each portion of a bar, they are
reducible to binary and ternary meafures,

Measures, Powder,in Artillery, are made of copper,
and contain from an ounce to twelve pounds: thefe are very
convenient in a fiege, when guns or mortars are loaded with
loofe powder, efpecially in ricochet firing, &c.

MEASURING, Mensurarion, defined geometrically,
is the affuming any certain quantity, and exprefling the pro-
portion of other fimilar quantities to the fame.

Measuring, defined popularly, is the ufing of a certain
known meafure, and determining thereby the precife extent,
quantity, or capacity of any thing.

Meafuring, in the general, makes the practical part of
geometry. See MENsuRATION. :

From the various fubje&ts on which it is employed, it ac-
quires various names, and conititutes variousarts. Thus,

Measurine of Lines, or quantities of one dimenfion, we
call Jongimetry ; and when thofe lines are not extended parallel
to the horizon, altimetry. When the different altitudes of
the two extremes of the lines are alone regarded, we call it
levelling.

Measurine of Superficies, or quantities of two dimenfions,
is varioufly denominated, according to its fubjets: when
converfant about lands, it is called geodefia, or /urveying :
in other cafes, it is called imply mea/uring. ‘The initruments
ufed are the ten-foot rod, chain, compafs, circumferentor,
&e.

Measurine of Solids, or quantities of three dimenfions,
we call /fereemetry ; where it is converfant about the capa-
cities of veflels, or the liquors they contain particularly,
gauging.

The inftruments for this art are the gauging-rod, fliding-
rule, &c.

From the definition of meafuring, where the meafure is
expreffed to be fimilar or homogeneous to, 2. e. of the fame
kind with, the thing meafured, it is evident, that in the firft
cafe, or in quantities of one dimenfion, the meafure muft be
a line ; inthe fecond, a fuperticies ; and in the third, a folid.
For a line, v. gr. cannot meafure a furface; to meafure,
being no more than to apply the known quantity to the un-
known, till the two become equal. ‘Now a {urface has
breadth, and aline has none: andif one line have no breadth,

10

MEA

two or a hundred have none. A line, therefore, can nevér
be applied fo often to a furface, as to be equal to it, é.¢. to
sky it. And from the like reafoning it is evident, a fu-
perficies, which has no depth, cannot become equal to, #. ¢
cannot meafure, a folid, which has.

While a line continues fuch, it may be meafured by any part
of itfelf : but when the line begins to flow, and to generate
a new dimenfion, the meafure mult keep pace, and flow too ;
i. c. as the one commences fuperficies, the other muft do fo
too. ‘Thus we come to have /guare meafures, and cubic mea-
fures.

Hence we fee why the mea/ure of a circle is an arc, or part
of the circle ; for a right line can only touch a circle in one
point, but the periphery of a circle confifts of infinite points.
The right line, therefore, to meafure the circle, mutt be ap-
plied infinite times, which is impoffible. Again, the right
line only-touches the circle in a mathematical point ; which
has no parts or dimenfions, and has confequently no magni-
tude ; but a thing that has no magnitude or dimenfions, bears
no proportion to another, that has; and cannot therefore
meafure it. Hence we fee the reafon of the divifion of cir-
cles into 360 parts or arcs, called degrees. See Arc, Cir-
cLE, and Decree. See alfo MENsuURATION. ;

Measurin of Triangles, or from three given fides or angles
to determine all the reft, is called trigonometry.

Measurine of the Air, its preflure, {pring, &c. is called
aerometry, Or pneumatics.

MEAT, Crsus. See Foon and Dier.

Meats, Dreffing of. See DrEssinc.

Meats, Dry. See XeRoPHAGY.

Meats, White. See WHITE. +

MEATH, in Geography, a county of Ireland, which,
though only the tenth in fize, is one of the moft diftinguifhed
on account of its many natural advantages. It is bounded
on the north by the counties of Cavan, Monaghan, and Louth;
on the eaft by the Irifh channel and port of Dublin ; on the
fouth by the county of Kildare, and on the weft by Weift-
meath. It extends from N. to S. 29 miles (36 Englifh),
and from E. to W. 35 (444 Englifh) miles, including an
area of 512 fquare miles, or 327,900 acres Irifh meafure,
which are equal to 822 {quare miles, or 526,700 acres Eng-
lifh meafure. This county, united with Longford, Weit-
meath, and part of fome adjoining counties, was formerly
one of the five kingdoms into which Ireland was divided ;
and long after the Englifh obtained poffeffion of the country,
it was confidered asa diftin@ province, though it is now
part of Leinfter. It derived its name, according to fome,
from a corruption of Media, from its being furrounded by
the other kingdoms, but others derive its name from the Irifh
Magh or Maith, which fignifies a plain or level country.
On the eftablifhment of the Englifh in Ireland, Henry II.
made a grant of Meath to Hugh de Lacy, who planted fe-
veral colonies, and ereéted many caftles, and was more power-
ful in Ireland, as he boafted, than Henry himfelf. In 1234
the inheritance of Meath paffed, by marriage, to Jeffery de
Geneville, from whom it, in like manner, » paffed to Mor-
timer, earl of March, whofe*daughter and heir married the
duke of York, father of Edward IV. Meath formed a
principal part of what was called the Englifh Pale, and from
the number of parifhes into which it was divided, and the
many ruins it contains, it is probable that it was then very
populous. In1792, the 147 parifhes were, by unions, re-
duced to 59 benefices, of which 44 had churches, and 19
only glebe houfes. The population was eftimated by Dr.
Beaufort at.112,400, the number of houfes amounting to
22,468. Since the time that calculation was made (1792)
a very great increafe has probably taken place, but the writer
knows of no data from which it can be eltimated. The

country

MEA
country is, in general, level, having few hills, and thofe of
inconfiderable height. The foil is variable, but that moft
generally met with is a flrong deep clay upon limettone
gravel at a greater or lefs diflance from the furface, in dif-
nt places, ‘T'hat land which borders on the county of
Louth, north of the river Boyne, is the worlt and moft un-
profitable, whilit the north-weltern and fouth-ealtern diltriéts
are the molt produdtive. Though fome peculiar diltriéts in
other counties are richer, yet there is no traét of equal ex-
tent in Ireland of {uch excellent quality, and fo appropriate
to every pen of grazing and tillage. Meath i indeed
oh hang for cattle, and not only fupplies the Dublin mar-
et, but alfo buyers from the north of Ireland, and from
different parts of England. There is alfo a number of
dairy farms, efpecially in the fouth-eaftern part, which fend
their produce to the metropolis. Some butter is alfo made
for exportation, but it is not highly prized. At Slaine
there is a manufaétory of cheefe carried on by natives of
England. The pattures yield a luxuriant crop of natural
bem and there is little attention paid to the introduétion
of others. Some marhes on the Moynalty river feed an im-
menfe number of horfes in the fummer feafon ; and the Kile-
rew hills in the weftern angle adjoining Cavan, are remark-
able for fattening theep. Ecihsipaeetna of late years ex-
tended much, and about one-third of the county is at prefent
under tillage. The crops commonly cultivated are, wheat,
oats, barley, rye, clover, flax and potatoes. Cabbages,
turnips, rape, and peas are alfo frequently met with, though
not'very general. The quantity of walte land, exclufive of
bog, is very fmall, and chiefly confifts of the commons be-
longing to fome of the towns, which will probably be foon
enclofed.

The manufaGtures of this county are few. The prin-
cipal is that of facking, which is made from tow, brought
out of the northern counties. This manufacture is chiefly
carried on in the neighbourhood of Navan. Dowlas and
three-quarters wide coarfe linens are made in the parts near
Drogheda, which are exported thence to the Weft Indies
to clothe the negroes. In the north-weiftern parts linen of
a finer texture is made, which is fold in the county of
Cavan. In the fouthern parts {pinning is generally neglected,
and there is no manufacture except of fome coarle frieze for
home confumption. It may be added that the manufacture
of ftraw hats, both of fplit and whole ftraw, has been
brought to great perfection, and is carried on to a great ex-
tent. In the wetftern and northern parts of the county are
fome confiderable bogs, which fupply a large quantity of
fuel, though not equal to the wants of the inhabitants ;
whilft the eaftern parts have coal from Dublin or Drogheda.
There are fuppofed indications of coal in feveral parts of
the county, but no mine is worked. The other mineral
produ€tions are of little importance. ‘lhere is a copper
mine at Skreen, from which the proprietor has yet derived
no benefit ; and a valuable potters’ clay near Dunfhaughlin,
reckoned equal, if not fuperior (fays Mr. Thompfon) to
moft of the potters’ clay found in Staffordfhire, which,
though within fifteen miles of Dublin, has been turned to
no account. Marleis found at fome depth under the bogs,
fimilar to that found in Louth, which is ufeful in agricul-
ture; and the limeftone at Ardbraccan has been thought
ornamental in building. ;

Meath is well watered, and the attention paid to inland
navigation cannot fail of contributing to its rapid improve-
ment. The principal river is the Boyne, which rifing in
the county of Kildare, enters Meath in the fouth-weitern
angle, and divides it into two nearly equal pet Its courfe
lies through fome of the moft fertile and beft improved parts

MEA

of the county. Its banks in moft parts rife to a confider-
able height, gradually floping from the water's edge to
their verdant brow, and in ot Ene bold projecting rocks and
fleep precipices overhang its limpid furface. dw in
fome places the river is much diftarbed in its courle by
fharps and rocks, yet in others it fteals filently alon
through flats of confiderable extent, adding elegance a
beauty to fcenes fearcely to be equalled in Ireland. On
this river, in its courfe within the county, are fix extenfive
bolting mills, befides feveral grift and cloth mills, and one
for the manufaéture of cotton. A canal has been made,
called the Boyne navigation, which is for the moft part
contiguous to the river. This canal has been completed ae
far as Navan, but the other projeéted cuts to Trim, Ath-
boy, and Kells, remain unfinifhed, which appears, from Mr.
Wakefield's account, to be the cafe with moft of fuch un-
dertakings in Ireland. The Blackwater, flowing from
lough Ramor in the county of Cavan, enters the county
in the north-weft, and pafling near the town of Kells, joins
the Boyne at Navan. The Moynalty flows into the Black-
water, and the Athboy, Knightfbrook, and fome other
{mall rivers, add their waters to the Boyne. The river
Nanny, or, aa it is ufually called, the Nanny water, rifes
near Navan, and takes nearly an eafterly direétion to the
Irifh fea. The water of this river has, like the Bann, the
charaéter of being peculiarly adapted to the purpofes of
bleaching. The fea-coaft is principally a thelving ftrand
with fhallow water, fo that little advantage is derived from
it. The land adjoining is a light foil, refembling fea fand,
without much vegetative power, and well adapted for rab«
bits. The towns in Meath are numerous, but generally
{mall and ill built. Trim is the county town, but Navan
is more thriving, from its eafy communication with Drog-
heda. Tarah hill, on which there is now an infignificant
village, is faid to have been formerly the royal refidence,
not only of the kings of Meath, but alfo of the monarchs
of Ireland. A Danifh invader is fuppofed to have alfo
taken up his abode there, and to have built the fine Danith
fort or rath on the fouth-eaft fide of the hill, which is
now beautifully planted. 'Thompfon’s Statiftical Survey of
Meath. Wakefield's Account of Ireland.

Meartu, a bifhopric in Ireland, the bifhop of which
takes precedence of all other Irifh ones. Several {mall
bifhoprics gradually coalefced into one fee, which received
the name of Meath at the end of the 12th century, being
the only one not taking its name from a city or town. In
1568 the bifhopric of Clonmacnoife was incorporated with
it by act of parliament. It extends from the fea to the
Shannon, over part of fix counties, and contains 663,600
Irifh acres. The parifhes are 224, but unlefs late improve-
ments have been made, the churches are little more than a
third part of the number. There is no cathedral in this
diocefe ; neither is there a chapter, nor even a dean of
Meath ; the only dignities are the deanery of Clonmacnoife
and the archdeaconry of Meath. The revenue of this fee
is ftated by Mr. Wakefield to be 6000/. per annum. The
epifcopal refidence is at Ardbraccan, near Navan. Dr.
Beaufort’s Memoir of a Map of Ireland.

MEATUS, in Anatomy, a term applied to two paflages
belonging to the ear. The meatus auditorius externus is
the tube leading froth the external ear to the membrana
tympani. The meatus auditorius internus is the opening in
the petrous portion of the temporal bone receiving the
nerves of the feventh pair. See Cranium and Ear.

Meatus Auditorius, Imperforate, in Surgery. Obftruc-
tion of the external tube of the ear is fometimes a con-
genital malformation. In particular cafes, the outer open-

L2 _ ing

MEA

ing of the paflage is clofed by a membranous fubftance ; in
others, the canal is entirely ebliterated, either by the ap-
proximation of its cartilaginous and bony parietes to each
other, or by being filled up with a flefhy mafs. In all
thefe cafes of fimple clofure, or complete obliteration, the
deafnefs, that is unavoidably produced, is not equally eafy
of cure. When the opening of the meatus auditorius ex-
ternus is merely fhut up by membrane, this may have a
crucial incifion made into it, or it may be removed al-
together by cutting ina circular manner. After either of
thefe operations, the new opening muft be kept from be-
coming again impervious, by the introduétion of tents,
until the part is entirely healed. When the membrane is
more deeply fituated, the operation is lefs eafy of accom-
plifhment. In this fort of cafe Richerand advifes us to draw
the external ear upwards, in order to efface the natural curva-
ture of the meatus, and let the entrance of the light make
the ftate of the infide of the paffage vifible. “We are then
to introduce a narrow ftraight biftoury, the blade of which
is wrapped round with lint nearly to the point, and make
an incifion with great caution, taking particular care to
avoid injuring the membrane of the tympanum. It was
the apprehenfion of doing mifchief to the latter part, that
induced Lefchevin to prefer, in fuch examples, the appli-
cation of cauftic, to the employment of a cutting inftru-
ment. (Prix de l’Acad. de Chirurg. tom. i. p. 67. 118.
4to.) He advifes us to apply the cauftic tothe bottom of
the meatus auditorius feveral times, fo as to deltroy the
preternatural membrane. It appears to us, however, that
the ufe of cauftic muft here be exceedingly inconvenient,
and hardly fo fafe as a biftoury. Perhaps cauftic may be
attended with the advantage of making an opening, that
will be lefs likely to clofe again, Experience can alone
determine fuch points.

When the bony and cartilaginous parietes of the meatus
auditorius are in contac, the obliteration of the paflage is
incurable. But when the canal is filled up with a flefhy fub-
ftance, the difeafe fometimes admits of relief. In fuch a
cafe, M. Lefchevin recommends us to introduce a trocar,
in the natural dire€@tion of the meatus auditorius, to the
depth of from 15 to 18 lines. Should the point of the tro-
car now meet with no refiftance, the inftrument mult be
withdrawn, and a tent pafled into the artificial opening, in
order to keep it from becoming clofed. When the trocar,
after being introduced to fucha depth, that there is reafon
to believe it has reached the natural fituation of the cavity
ef the tympanum, and yet the fame refiftance to its further
introduction is experienced, we are recommended to abandon
the operation. Were any one, fays M. Lefchevin, here to
afcribe the want of fuccefs to unfkilfulnefs in the furgeon,
he would be very unjuft.

A preternatural narrownefs of the meatus auditorius ex-
ternus is not fo bad a cafe as its obliteration, and the deaf-
nefs produced by it is incomplete. But it is not to be
imagined, that a cure is practicable when the bony portion
of this tube is the feat of the contraGtioa. Should the
cartilage alone be concerned, a gradual dilatation may be
accomplifhed by means of prepared fponge, or tents made
of lint, the fize of which is to be increafed every day.
Richerand acquaints us, that he has preferved feveral tem-
poral bones which belonged to fubjeéts who were very
hard of hearing; and in all of them the bony portion of
the meatus anditorius is remarkably narrow. M. Lametrie
has recorded an inftance, in which this paflage was fo nar-
row in a young perfon, that it would fcarcely admit of the
introduction of a needle into it. Nofog. Chir. tom. ii,
Pp. 124.—126. edit. ii. '

MEA

There was a curious cafe (which was feen a few years
ago by many medical gentlemen in London), of a total
deficiency of the external ears, unattended with any meatus
auditorius, the fituation of this opening, on each fide of
the head, prefenting only the common integuments. It
was remarkable, that notwithftanding fuch malformation,
the faculty of hearing was far from being altogether de-
ftroyed. In all probability, the internal and moit effential
parts of the ear were, in this example, altogether perfeé& ;
and it feems not unlikely, that, by removing a portion of
the fkin over the orifice of each meatus auditorius, the
hearing might have been rendered ftill lefs dull.

Meatus Auditorius Externus, Extraneous Subftances in.
—Befides the defe€&ts of which we have been fpeaking, and
which are, for the moft part, congenital, the meatus audi-
torius may be obftruéted by foreign bodies. With refpect
to water and other liquids, they readily efcape on puttin
the head in a favourable pofition. Small folid fubftances,
like a pea, bean, &c. are ufually extraGted with a pair of
forceps, the blades of which fhould be of a flender conftruc-
tion. But if the foreign bodies cannot be thus extraGied,
furgical authors recommend us to try to break them to
pieces with a ftronger pair of forceps, in order to facili-
tate their removal. They alfo advife us to inftil into the
ear a few drops of the oil of almonds, both before and
after the operation. The lodgment of extraneous fub-
{tances in the ear may give rife to a train of moft unaccount-
able and perplexing iymptoms, as may be feen by re-
ferring to the fourth obfervation of Fabricius Hildanus,
cent. 13.

Meatus Auditorius Externus, obftruéed with Cerumen.
See DEAFNEss.

Meatus Auditorius Externus, Polypi and other Tumours of.
—Thefe, when their fituation will permit, muft be removed
with a knife, and the part to which they were attached.-may
be touched with the argentum nitratum. When they can-
not be cut away, they fometimes admit of extraction, or
of being tied in the manner of other excrefcences, fituated
in cavities. (See Potypus.) The application of cauftic to
them can fearcely ever be a prudent mode of treatment.

Meaius Auditorius Externus, containing Infeds—Worms
which make their appearance in the meatus auditorius are
always produced fubfequently to ulcerations in the paflage,
or in the interior of the tympanum, and, very often, fuch
infects are quite unfufpeCted caufes of particular fymptoms.
In the cafes of furgery, publifhed in 1778 at Stockholm,
by Olaus Acrel, there is an inftance confirming the ftate-
ment juft offered. It is the cafe of a woman, who, having
been long affiicied with a hardnefs of hearing, was fuddenly
feized with very violent convulfiens, without any apparent
caufe, and foon afterwards complained of an acute pain in
the ear. This affection was followed by a recurrence of
convulfions, which were more vehement than before. A
{mall tent of fine linen, moiftened with a mixture of oil and
laudanum, was introduced into the meatus auditorius, and
on removing it the next day, feveral {mall ronnd worms
were obferved upon it, and from that period all the fymp-
toms difappeared. To this cafe we fhall add another from
Morgagni. A young woman confulted Valfalva, and told
him, that when fhe was a girl a worm had been difcharged
from her left ear; that another one, about fix months ago,
had alfo been difcharged, very much like a fmall filk-worm
in fhape. This event took place after fome very acute pain
in the fame ear, the forehead, and temples. She added,
that fince this fhe had been tormented with the fame pains
at different intervals, and fo feverely, that fhe often fwooned
away for two hours together. On recovering from this

4 flate,

MEA

ftate, a fmall worm was difcharged of the fame thape as,
but much fmaller than, the preceding one, and that the was
now affliéted with deafnefs and infenfibility on the fame fide.
After hearing this relation, Valfalva no longer entertained
any doubt of the membrane of the tympanum being ul-
cerated, He propofed the employment of an injection, in
order to deftroy the neft of worms, which he prefumed to
exift. For this purpofe diftilled water of St. John’s wort,
in which mercury had been agitated, was ufed. Morgagni
adds, that nothing appears to him more proper in fuch
cafes, to prevent a recurrence of fuch worms, than to avoid
going to fleep, particularly in autumn and fummer, with-
out taking care to ftop up the affeéted ear. If this be
not done, flies, attracted by the fuppuration, enter the
meatus auditorius, and, while the patient ia unconfcious,
depofit their eggs in the ear. Acrel, in {peaking of worms
generated in the meatus auditorius, obferves, that there is
no better remedy for them, than the decoétion of ledum
paluftre, injected into the ear feveral times a day. How-
ever, as itis not always poffible to procure this plant, we
fhall recommend in fuch cafes, in preference to all other
remedies, a flight infufion of tobacco in oil of almonds, a
few drops of which are to be dropped into the ear, and to
be retained there by means of a little bit of cotton. This
application, which is not Pat to the lining ef the paf-
fage, is fatal to infects, and efpecially to worms, as various
experiments have convinced naturalifts. ‘This method may
alfo fucceed in cafes, in which caterpillars, ants, and other
infe&s, have infinuated themfelves into the meatus audi-
torus; but it is always better, firft to endeavour to ex-
traé&t them. A piece of lint, fmeared with honey, often
fuffices for this purpofe ; and when they cannot be extracted
by this fimple means, they may be taken out with a
very {mall pair of forceps, however little of them may be
vifible.

Meatus Auditorius Externus, Purulent Difcharges from.
—The fecreted matter may either proceed from fup-
puration of this paflage itfelf, or from difeafe in the tym-
panum, the membrane of which is imperfe&t. The latter
cafe may be the confequence of blows on the head, abfceifes
after fevers, the {mall-pox, or the venereal difeafe. In
moft inftances, the little bones of the internal ear are de-
tached, and efcape externally, complete deafnefs generally
enfuing. A total lofs of hearing, however, does not in-
variably follow this kind of mifchief, as we have ourfelves
witneffed in one or two examples. Greater hopes of fuch
an event being avoidable may be indulged, when the dif-
order is confined to the meatus; as judicious treatment may
now avert the molt ferious confequences. In Acrel’s fur-
gical cafes, there is a cafe relative to the circumitance of
which we are {peaking. Suppuration took place in the
meatus auditorius externus in confequence of acute rheu-
matifm, which was followed by vertigo, reftleffaefs, anda
violent head-ache. The matter difcharged was yellowifh,
of an aqueous confiftence, and acid fmell. The meatus
auditorius was filled with a fpongy flefh. On introducing
the probe, our author felt a piece of loofe rough bone,
which he immediately took hold of with a pair of forceps,
and extraéted. From the time, when this was eccomplifhed,
the difcharge diminifhed, and, with the aid of proper treat-
ment, the patient became perfe&ly well. : ‘

Meatus Auditorius Externus, Inflammation of.—This paf-
fage, like every other part of the body, is fubje& to in-
flammation, which is frequently brought on by expofure to
cold. it is hardly neceflary to fay, that topical bleeding
and antiphlogiftic means in general are indicated. The
meatus auditorius fhould alfo be protected from the cold

MEC

air, particularly in the winter feafon, by means of a piece
of cotton.

Mr. Saunders obferves, “ When the means employed to
reduce the inflammation have not fucceeded, and matter
has formed, it is generall evacuated; as far as I have ob-
ferved, between the auricle and mattoid procefs, or into the
meatus, If it has been evacuated into the meatus, the
opening is molt commonly fmall, and the fj ongy >
lations, fqueezed through a {mall aperture, aflume the ap-
pearance of a polypus. Sometimes the {mall aperture, b
which the matter is evacuated, is in this manner even clo
and the nes: fuffers the inconvenience of frequent returns
of pain from the retention of the difcharge. When the
fae have fallen into this ftate, it will be expedient to
iaften the cure by making an incifion into the finus, be-
tween the auricle and maftoid procefs.

“Tt occafionally happens, that the bone itfelf dies, in
confequence of the finus bein negleGed, or the original
extent of the fuppuration. The exfoliating parts are the
meatus exterrius of the os temporis or the external lamina
of the maftoid procefs.’’ See Saunders on the Anatomy of
the Human Ear and its Difeafes, p. 24, 25.

Meatus Auditorius, Herpetic Difeafe of. See Dearnegss,

Meatus Urinarius, Imperforate. See Unerura, Imperfo-
rate.

MEAVAUA, in Geography, a towa of Italy, in the
county of Bormio ; five miles N.E. of Bormio.

MEAUDEE, a town of the Birman empire, on the left
bank of the Ava; 10 miles N. of Prome,

MEAUX, a town of France, principal place of a dif-
tri€t, in the department of the Seine and Marne, before the
revolution the fee of a bifhop, and diflinguifhed by having
been the firft fcene of the reformation in the time of Francis.
The chief traffic confifts in grain, wool, and cheefe. The
city contains 6447, and the canton 14,484 inhabitants, on a
territory of 127 kiliometres, in 15 communes, N, lat. 48°
58’. E. long. 2° 57'.

MEBOREA, in Botany, a word of whofe origin no
account is given, Aubl. Guian. 826. t. 323. (See Ruo-
PIuM.) Juflieu places this genus amongft his Plante incerta
Jedis. We thould have fuppofed it one of his Euphorbia,
though it may not anfwer to all the chara¢ters he has given
of that order.

MEBUJ, in Cengraphy, a town of Japan, in the ifland of
Niphon ; 160 miles N.W. of Jedo.

MECATINA, an ifland in the gulf of St. Lawrence.
N. lat. 50° 48'. W. long. 59° 10!.

MECCA, a city of Arabia, known to the Greeks under
the name of “ Macoraba,” is fituated in a dry and bar-
ren tract of country, a full day’s journey from Jidda,
which fee. ‘Some latent motives perhaps of fuperiti-
tion,” fays Gibbon (Decl. Rom. Emp. vol. ix. p. 223.)
‘* muft have impelled the founders of this city to the choice
of a moit unpromifing fituation. Their habitations were
ereted of mud or ftone, in a plain about two miles long
and one broad, at the foot of three barren mounatins; the
foil being a rock ; the water even of the holy well of Zem-
zem being bitter or brackifh ; the-paftures remote from the
city ; and grapes tranfported to it above 70 miles from the
gardens of Tayef. The fame and fpirit of the Koreifhites,
who reigned in Mecca, were con{picuous among the Ara-
bian tribes ; but their ungrateful foil refufed the labours of
agriculture, and their pofition was favourable to the enter-
prizes of trade. By the fea-port of Gedda (or Jidda), at
the diftance only of 40 miles, they maintained an eafy cor-
refpondence with Abyflinia; and the Chriftian kingdom
afforded the firft refuge to the difciples of Mahomet. The

treafures

MEC

treafures of Africa were conveyed over the peninfula to
Gerrha or Katif, in the province of Bahrein, a city built,
as it is faid of rock falt, by the Chaldean exiles; and from
thence, with the native pearls of the Perfian gulf, they were
floated in rafts to the mouth of the Euphrates. Mecca is
placed almoft at an equal diftance, a month’s journey, be-
tween Yemen on the right, and Syria on the left hand.
The former was the winter, and the latter the fummer
ftation of her caravans: and their feafonable arrival re-
lieved the fhips of India from the tedious and troublefome
navigation of the Red fea. Inthe markets of Saana and
Merab, in the harbour of Oman and Aden, the camels of
the Koreifhites were laden with a precious cargo of aro-
matics ; a fupply of corn and manufa€tures was purchafed
in the fairs of Boftra and Damafcus ; the lucrative exchange
diffufed plenty and riches in the ftreets of Mecca; and the
nobleft of her fons united the love of arms with the pro-
feflion of merchandize.”” On an approach to the high
lands, a few leagues beyond it, abundance of excellent fruits
is to be found. In the fummer months, the heat is ex-
ceffive at Mecca, and in order to avoid and moderate it as
much as poffible, the inhabitants take care to fhut their
windows and water the ftreets. Inftances have occurred, of
perfons that have been fuffocated in the flreets by the
burning wind, called “« Samoum,” or ‘ Samiel.”” As many
of the firft nobility in Hedjas refide at Mecca, the build-
ings are better here than in any other city in Arabia.
Among its elegant edifices the moft remarkable is the Kaba
or Caaba, or houfe of God, which was held in high venera-
tion by the Arabians, even before the days of Mahomet.
(See Caaza.) Niebuhr fays, that no Chriftian dares to
enter Mecca, on account of the prejudices of the people with
refpeé to the fan@tity of the place, who think that it would be
profaned by the feet of infidel Chriftians ; though there is
no prohibition to this purpofe in the laws of Mahomet.
The fuperftitious people perfuade themfelves, that Chriftians
are reftrained from approaching it by a fupernatural power.
We may hence prefume, that the Chriftians of Europe, who
defcribe Mecca as eye-witneffes, have been renegadoes, who
have efcaped from Turkey. The Mahometans have fuch
high ideas of the fanétity of Mecca, that they fuppofe
it to extend even to the environs of the city. Its terri-
tory is reputed facred, to a certain diftance round it, which
‘s indicated by marks fet up for this purpofe. Every ca-
ravan finds one of thefe marks in their way, which warns
the pilgrims to put on the modeft garb which it becomes
them to wear on that facred ground. The government of
this holy city is feated in a Sherriff, who is a temporal
prince ; and his revenue is increafed by the donations of
Mahometan fovereigns. N. lat. 21° 47’. E. long. 56°

Every Muffulman, it is well known, is obliged, once in his
life, to vifit Mecca, and to perform aéts of devotion in the
facred places. But if this duty were univerfally performed,
the concourfe of pilgrims would be immenfe, and the city
would not contain the crowds that would refort to it from
every country in which the Mahometan religion has been
introduced. Thofe, whofe circumiftances do not admit of
their undertaking this pilgrimage, are allowed to have a
perfon to perform it for them. But a pilgrim of this de-
{cription can act for no more than one perfon at the fame
time ; and, in order to prevent impofture, he muit bring
back a formal atteftation from an Imam at Mecca, teftify-
ing, that he has actually performed the appointed devo-
tional exercifes in the holy places, in the name of fuch a
perfon, living or dead; for even after the death of any per-
fon, who, during life, has neglefted this duty, it may be

MEC

difcharged in his name, and for his benefit. The caravans
that vifit this city, are frequently compofed of perfons who
become pilgrims more from motives of intereft and traffic
than from thofe of devotion. (See Caravan) A pil-
grim who has not been prefent from the commencement
at the celebration of all the ceremonies, and performed every
act of devotion, cannot obtain the title of « Hadgi ;’’
honour much courted by the Turks, becaufe it confers fub.
{tantial privileges, and commands refpe& to thofe who bear
it. (See Manomet and Manomeranism.) We fhall here
obferve, that a fimilar cuftom prevails among the Chriftians
in the Eaft, who are very anxious to obtain the title of
«« Hadgi” or “* Mokdafi,’”’ which they give to pilgrims of
their communion. In order to acquire this title, it is not
fufficient for a perfon to go in pilgrimage to Jerufalem: he
mutt {pend the feafon of the paffover in that city, and
affift at all the ceremonies in the holy weeks. See
PILGRIM. ;

Mecca, a town of Morocco, near the coaft of the At-
lantic. S. lat. 29° 45’. W. long. 9° 45’.

MECHADER, a town of Arabia, in Yemen; 27 miles
S. of Sana. N. lat. 14°7!. E. long. 44° 15!.

MECHAIN, Perer Francis ANDREW, in Biography,
a very able French mathematician and aftronomer, was born
at Laon in the year 1744. At an early age he difcovered a
{trong inclination for mathematical purfuits, and while he
was under the inftruétion of his tutors, correfponded with
Lalande, whom he was defirous of affifting in his labours.
In 1772, Mechain was invited to Paris, where he was em-
ployed at the depdt of the marine, and affifted M, Dar-
quier in correéting his obfervations. Here his merit brought
him acquainted with M. Doify, direétor of the depét, who
gave him a more advantageous fituation at Verfailles. At
this place he diligently obferved the heavens, and, in 1774,
fent to the Royal Academy of Sciences, “A Memoir rela-
tive to an Eclipfe of Aldebaran,” obferved by him on the
15th of April. He calculated the orbit of the comet of
1774.3 and difcovered that of 1781. In 1782, he gained
the prize of the academy on the fubjeét of the comet of
1661, the return of which was eagerly expeéted in 1790;
and in the fame year he was admitted a member of the aca~
demy, and foon fele€ted for the fuperintendance of the Con-
noiflance des Tems. In the year 1790, M. Mechain dif-
covered his eighth comet, and communicated to the academy
his obfervations on it, together with his calculations of its
orbit. In 1792 he undertook, conjointly with M. Delam-
bre, the labour of meafuring the degrees of the meridian,
for the purpofe of more accurately determining the magni-
tude of the earth and the length of a metre. In the month
of June 1792, M. Mechain fet out to meafure the triangles
between Perpignan and Barcelona; and notwithftanding that
the war occafioned a temporary fufpenfion of his labours, he
was enabled to refume and complete them during the fol-
lowing year. He died on the 2oth of September 1805,
at Caftellon de la Plana, in the fixty-fecond year of his age.
Lalande deplores his lofs as that of not only one of the
beft French aftronomers, but one of the moft laborious, the
moft courageous, and the moft robuft. His laft obferva-
tions and calculations of the eclipfe of the fun on the 11th
of February, are inferted in the Connoiffance des Tems for
the year 15, and he alfo publifhed a great many in the
Ephemerides of M. Bode of Berlin, which he preferred to
a former work after Lalande became its editor, A
more extenfive memoir of his labours may be feen in baron
von Zach’s Journal for July 1800; and Lalande’s Hiftory
of Aftronomy for 1804.

MECHANICS, that branch of praétical mathematics

which

MECHANICS,

which confiders motion and moving powers, their nature,
laws, effects, &c. ‘This term, in a popular fenfe, is applied
equally to the doétrine of the equilibrium of powers, more
properly called ftatics, and to that feience which treats of

generation and communication of motion, which con-
ftitutes dynamics, or mechanics ftriétly fo called. See
Srarics, Power, Morion, and Dynamics.

This {cience is divided by Newton into praétical and ra-
tional mechanics, the former of which relates to the me-
chanical powers, vic. the lever, balance, wheel and axis,
pulley, wedge, ferew, and inclined plane ; and the latter, or
rational mechanics, to the theory of motion ; fhewing, when
the forces or powers are given, how to determine the mo-
tion that will refult from them, and converfely when the
circumftances of the motion are given, how to trace the
forces or powers from which they arife.

Mechanics, according to the ancient fenfe of the word,
eonfiders only the energy of organa, or machines. The
authors who have treated the {ubjeét of mechanics fyf-
tematically have obferved, that all machines derive their
efficacy from a few fimple forms and difpofitions, that may
be given to the organa, which are interpofed between the
agent and the refiftance to be overcome ; and to thofe fimple
forms they have given the name of mechanical powers, fim-
bes pi or fimple machines. See Mecnanicat Powers.

he practical ufes of the feveral mechanical powers were
undoubtedly known to the ancients, but they were almoft
wholly unacquainted with the theoretical principles of this
{cience till a very late period ; and it is therefore not a little
furprifing that the conftruction of machines, or the inftru-
ments oF mechanics, fhould have been purfued with fuch
induftry, and carried by them to fuch perfection. Vitru-
vius, in his roth book, enumerates feveral ingenious machines
which had then been in ufe from time immemorial. We
find, that for raifing or tranfporting heavy bodies, they em-
ployed moft of the means which are at prefent commonly
ufed for that purpofe, fuch as the crane, the inclined
plane, the pulley, &c.: but with the theory or true prin-
ciples of equilibrium they feem to have been unacquainted
ill the time of Archimedes. This celebrated mathema-
tician, in his book of Equiponderants, confiders a balance
fupported on a fulcrum, and having a weight in each feale ;
and taking as a fundamental principle, that when the two
arms of the balance are equal, the two weights fuppofed
to be in equilibrio are alfo of neceflity equal, he fhews, that
if one of the arms be increafed, the weight applied to it
mutt be proportionally diminifhed. Hence he deduces the
general conclufion, that two weights fufpended to the arms
of a balance of unequal length, and remaining in equilibrio,
muft be reciprocally proportional to the arms of the ba-
lance; and this is the firft trace any where to be met with of
any theoretical inveftigation of mechanical fcience. Archi-
medes alfo farther obferved, that the two weights exert the
fame preffure on the fulcrum of the balance, as if they
were direGtly applied to it ; and he afterwards extended the
fame idea to two other weights fufpended from other points of
the balance, then to two others, and fo on, and hence, ftep

by ftep, advanced towards the general idea of the centre of _

gravity, a point which he proved to belong to every aflem-
blage of fmall bodies, and confequently to every large body,
which might be confidered as formed of fuch an affemblage.
This theory he applied to particular cafes, and determined
the fituation of the centre of gravity in the parallelogram,
triangle, trapezium, parabola, parabolic trapezium, &c. &c.
To him we are alfo indebted for the theory of the inclined
plane, the pulley, and the ferew, befides the invention of a
multitude of compound machines, of which, however, he

has left us no defeription, and therefore little more than their
names remain.

We may judge of the very imperfect flate in which the
theory of mechanics was at that time, by the aftonifiment
exprefled by king Hiero, when Archimedes exclaimed,
«* Give me a place to ftand on and I will move the earth,’’
a propofition which could have excited no furprife in any
perfon poflefling a knowledge of the fimple property of the
lever. Of the theory of motion, however, ‘it 6 not
appear that even Archimedes poflefled any adequate idea ;
the properties of uniform motion feem only to have en-
gaged the attention of the ancients, and with thofe of ac-
celerated and variable motion they were totally unac-
quainted: thefe were fubjects to which their geometry could
not be applied the modern analyfis being neceffary to bring
this branch of the fcience to perfeétion.

From the time of Archimedes till the commencement of
the fixteenth century, the theory of mechanics appears to
have remained in the fame ftate in which it was left by this
prince of Grecian {cience, little or no additions having been
made to it during fo many ages; but about this time, Stevi-
nus, a Flemifh mathematician, made known direétly, without
the introduétion of the lever, the laws of equilibrium of a
body placed on an inclined plane: he alfoinveftigated, with
the fame fuccefs, many other queftions- on ftatics, and de-
termined the coriditions of equilibrium between feveral forces
concurring in a common point, which comes, in faét, to
the famous propolition relating to the parallelogram of forces;
but it does not appear, however, that he was at all aware
of its confequences and application. In 1592, Galileo com-
pofed a treatife on Statics, which he reduced to this fingle
principle, wiz. it requires an equal power to raife two dif-
ferent bodies to heights having the inverfe ratio of their
weights; that is, whatever power will raife a body of two
pounds to the height of one foot, will raife a body of one
pound to the height of two feet. On this fimple principle
he inveftigated the theory of the inclined plane, the fcrew,
and all the mechanical powers, and Defcartes afterwards
employed it in confidering the ftatical equilibriums of ma-
chines in general, but without quoting Galileo, to whom
he had been indebted for the firft idea. To Galileo we are
alfo indebted for the theory of accelerated motion, and its
complete coincidence with the obferved phenomena of na-
ture may be confidered as one of the greateft fteps made at
one time in the fcience of phyfics. Since all bodies, faid
this philofopher, are heavy, into whatever number of parts
we divide any mafs, it follows, that its total weight is pro-
portional to the number of material atoms of which it is
compofed. Now the weight being thus a power always
uniform in quantity, and its action never undergoing any
interruption, it muit, in confequence, be continually giving
new impulfes to a body, in every equal and fucceflive in-
ftant of time, and while the body is falling, thefe impulfes
are inceffantly accumulating, and remain in the body with-
out alteration, the refiftance of the air alone being de-
du@ed, and hence the motion mutt be accelerated by equal
degrees.

Torricelli, a pupil of Galileo, profecuted the fubje& after
his mafter, and added feveral curious propofitions concern-
ing projectiles, to thofe which the latter had previoufly in-
veltigated. Huygens contidered the motion of bodies along
given curves, and demonftrated that the velocity of a heavy
body, which defcends along any curve, is the fame at every
inftant in the dire€tion of the tangent, as it would have ac-
quired by falling freely from a height equal to the corre-
{ponding vertical abfcifs. [hen applying this principle to
the inverted cycloid, the axis of which is vertical, he —

that

MECHANICS:

that'a heavy body, from whatever part of the cycloidical arc
it falls, always arrives at the loweft point of that arc in the
fame {pace of time. This very remarkable propofition in-
cludes what is commonly called the i/ochroni/m of the cycloid,
and would alone have been fufficient to eftablifh the fame of
a geometrician. In 1661, Huygens, Wallis, and fir Chrif-
topher Wren, all difcovered the true laws of percuffion fe-
parately, and without any communication with each other, a
propofition which Defcartes had previoufly attempted, but
failed in giving it a general folution. The finding of the
centres of ofcillation in compound bodies foon followed that
relating to percuflion, and here again Huygens equally dif-
tinguifhed himfelf by the accuracy and elegance of his folu-
tion; but as the principles which he employed were not well
underftood by the philofophers and mathematicians of that
period, his inveftigations were much criticifed at the times but
the honour of the difcovery was finally attributed to him,
and thofe of Defcartes and Roberval admitted to be erro-
neous, or at leaft not fufficiently general. However, before
the difcovery of the fluxional calculus, there were many
curious and interefting mechanical properties which the an-
cient geometry was incompetent to inveltigate, and which
could never have been brought to light but by the affiftance
of this modern branch of analyfis.

After the foundation of ftatics was laid by Archimedes,

~ it was not difficult to difcover the conditions of equilibrium
in every particular cafe, and thele had guided the genius of
invention in a number of machines, but they were not yet
reduced to a general and uniform principle.

Varignon undertook and accomplifhed this plan of combin-
ing them, by means of the theory of compound motions. He
gave fome fketches of this in 1687, in his Project of a new
Syftem of Mechanics, and he in fome degree exhaufted all the
combinations of the equilibrium of machines, in his ‘¢ General
Mechanics,’’ not publifhed till after his death, in1725. In
1695, la Hire publifhed a ‘‘ Treatife on Mechanics,” the ge-
neral obje&t of which, like that of Varignon’s, is the equi-
librium of machines, befide which it contains various appli-
cations of machines to the arts, in which the author was well
verfed. He alfo fubjoined a treatife on epicycloids, and their
ufe in this fcience, particularly as relating to the forms of
teeth in wheel-work. This is a beautiful theory, and is
highly creditable to its author, who it appears from the tef-
timony of Leibnitz was not la Hire, though he publifhed
it as fuch, but was due to the celebrated Danifh mathema~
tician Roemer, who had communicated it to Leibnitz twenty
years before la Hire’s work appeared. After this period,
feveral elementary treatifes on the fubje& of mechanics were
publifhed, without, however, adding much to the previous
itock ef knowledge, unlefs indeed we except that of Cor-
mus, a work highly valuable for the ftri€tnefs and perfpi-
cuity of its demonftrations.

At this time very little had been done with regard to the
theory of variable motion; this now began to engage the at-
tention of mathematicians, and opened an extenfive field to
their refearches. Galileo, as we have feen, made known the
properties of re¢tilinear and uniformly accelerated motions ;
Huygens had treated of curvilineal motion, which finally
led to the beautiful theory of central forces in a circle, and
which is equally applicable to motion in any curve, by con-
fidering them as infinite feries of {mall arcs of a circle, agree-
ably to the idea which he himfelf had employed in his gene-
ral theory of evolutes. The laws of the communication of
motion, likewife fketched by Defcartes, and farther purfued
by Wallis, Huygens, and Wren, had made a new and very
confiderable ftep, by means of the folution which Huygens
gave of the celebrated problem of the centres of ofcillation,

All thefe acquifitions, at firft feparate and in fome meafure
independent of each other, having been reduced to a {mall
number of fimple, commodious, and general formule, by
means of the analyfis of infinites, the fcience of mechanics
aequired frefh vigour, and was profecuted with the moft un=
bounded fuccefs. The problems relating to motion were re-
duced into two claffes; the firft comprifing the general
problem of the motion of a fingle body afted upon by any
given powers; and the fecond, the motions which refult from
the action and re-aGtion that feveral bodies exert on each other
in any given manner,

In the motion of a fingle body, we obferve that matter,
being of itfelf paffive, 1f once fet in motion, muft uni-
formly perfeyere in it; and that its motion can neither in-
creafe nor diminifh, unlefs by the a€tion of fome external
power, which may be either conftant or variable. And
hence arife two principles, that of wis inertie and that of
compound motion; and on thefe are founded the whole
theory of motion, re@tilineal or curvilineal, conftant or va-
riable, according to a given law. By virtue of the wis iner-
tie, motion at every inftant is effentially reGtilinear and uni-
form, fetting afide refiftance and every obftacle that might
otherwife impede or change its dire&tion; and by the nature
of compound motion, a body expofed to the aétion of a
given number of forces, all tending at the fame time to
change the quantity and dire€tion of its motion, takes fuch a
path through fpace that in the laft inftant it reaches the fame
point at which it would have arrived, had it fucceffively and
freely obeyed each of the forces propofed.

On applying thefe principles to retilineal motions uni-
formly accelerated, we perceive, r{t, that in this motion, the
velocities increafing by equal degrees, or proportionally to
the time, the accelerating force muft be conftant, or incef<
fantly give equal impulfes to the moving body, and that, con-
fequently, the final velocity is as the product of the accele-
rating force multiplied by the time. 2dly. Each elementary
portion of fpace paffed through being as the product of
the correfponding velocity multiplied by the element of the
time, the whole of the {pace paffed through is as the pro-
duct of the accelerating force multiplied by the fquare of
the time; and thefe two properties equally take place for
each elementary portion of any variable motion whatever.
Thus in every reétilineal motion variable according to a
given law, the increment of the velocity is as the produét
of the accelerating force into the element of the time,
and the fecond fluxion of the fpace pafled through is as
the produét of the accelerating force into the fquare of
the element of the time. Now if to thefe principles we
add that of compound motion, we fhall arrive at the know-
ledge of all curvilineal motion whatever. In faét, what-
ever forces be applied to a body defcribing a curve, we
may at each inftant reduce thefe forces to two, the one
a€ting in the direGtion of the tangent at any point of
the curve, and the other perpendicular to it; the firft
produces an inftantaneous re¢tilineal motion, to which the
principle of vis inertie applies; and the fecond is expreffed
by the fauare of the a€tual velocity of the body, divided by
the radius of curvature, agreeably to the theory of central
forces in the circle, which equally reduces to the fame prin-
ciple the motion in the dire€tion of the radius of curvature.
Such were the general principles introduced into the {cience of
mechanics by means of the modern analyfis, and there feems to
be no doubt that it was by purfuing this theory, New-
ton was led to thofe brillant difcoveries which he afterwards
publifked in his “ Principia”? under a different form. In
1716, Hermann publifhed his «De Phoronomia,’’ in which’
he undertook to explain all that regards mechanics, both of

folids

MECHANICS,

folids and fluids, that is to fay, (latios, dynamics, hydrolta-
tics, and hydraulics; in which he employs the fynthetic me-
thod, although, like Newton, he doubtlefs derived molt of his
refulte from analyfis, a circum(tance which frequently inter-
rupts the unity and connection of his problema.

Che Mechanics of Euler, publithed in 1736, contain the
whole theory of rectilinear and curvilinear motion in an ifo-
lated body, acted upon by any accelerating forces whatever,
either in vacuo or in a refilling medium, The author has
every where followed the analytical method, which, by re-
ducing all the branches of this theory to uniformity, greatly
facilitates the connection of it, and the whole is managed
with an elegance and perfpicuity, of which, before this time,
we had no example. As to the principles of mechanics by
which he puts his problems into equations, he employs thole
above mentioned,

This manner of laying the foundation of the calculation,
however, though fuficiently commodious, was not the onl
one that might have been employed, nor was it the mol
fimple. For the forces and motions at every inftant may be
refolved into other forces and motions parallel to fixed lines
of given pofition in fpace. In which cafe nothing more is
neceflary than to apply the equations of the principles of vis
inertia to thefe motions and forces, by which means the
theorem of Huygens may be avoided. This fimple idea,
which was firft employed by Maclaurin in his “ Treatife on
Flaxions,’’ threw new light on the theory.of mechanics, and
much facilitated the folution of various problems. When
the body moves conttantly in one plane, two fixed axes only
‘ are to be taken, which are fuppobed to be perpendicular to
each other, for the fake of greater fimplicity; but when we
are obliged, by the nature of the forces, to change the path
continually in-all dire&tions, and to defcribe a curve of dou-
ble curvature, three axes are to be employed perpendicular
to each other, or forming the edges of a right-angled paral-
lelopipedon. But the problems relating to the communica-
tion of motion, commonly called dynamic problems, required
new principles. Thefe, for inftance, conlilt in determining
the motions that refult from the percuffion of feveral bodtes;
the centre of ofcillation of a compound pendulum; the mo-
tions of feveral bodies {trung upon a rod, which has a rota-
tory movement round a fixed axis; &c.

Now it is evident, that in all cafes of this kind the mo-
tion of the bodies is not the fame as if the bodies were ifo-
lated and at liberty, but that there mult be a diltribution of
the forces among all the bodies forming one whole, fo that
the motion Biitied by fome of them is loft by others. The
motion gained or lott is always eftimated by the produgt of
the mafs anto the velocity received or loft, whether the com-
munication. or the lofs of motion be produced every inftant
by finite degrees, as in the hock of hard bodies, or whether
the velocity change at each inftant only by degrees infinitely
fmall, as in motion of feveral bodies ftrung on a moveable
rod,-and generally in all cafes where forces act in the manner
of gravitation.

When Huygens gave his folution of the problems of
ofcillation, {ome pofkilfal mathematicians attacked it in
reviews. James Bernouilli defended it in the Leipfic Tranf-
a@tions for 1686, and undertook to give a dire& demontftra-
tion by means of the principle of the lever. At firft, he
confidered only two equal weights faitened to an inflexible
rod devoid of gravity, which was in motion round an hori-
zontal axis. Hain then obferved that the velocity of the
weights, neareft to the axis of rotation, muft neceflarily be
lefs, and that on the other greater, than if cach acted on the
rod feparately, he concludes that the force loft and the force

Vou. XXIII.

gained balance each other, and that, coufequently, the pfo
duct of the quantity of matter in one, into the velocity it
lofes, and that of the other multiplied by the velocity it
rains, mull be inverlely proportional to the arms of the lever
his reafoning o in fad accurate, only James Bernouilli
miftook in fetting out, by confidering the velocities of the
two bodies as finite, inflead of which he thould only have
confidered the elementary velocities, and compared them
with the fimilar velocities produced every inftant by
the aétion of gravitation, Del’ Hépital at sret oh this error,
and in correcting it, he found the centre of ofcillarion
of the two weights, without departing in other refpeéts
from the principle of Bernouilli, In order then to pro-
ceed to a third weight, he united the former two at their
centre of ofcillation, and combined this new weight with
the third, as he had combined together the former two, and
fo on. But the propofed union was a little precarious,
and could not be admitted without a demonftration. This
led Bernouilli to revive his former folution, in order to ex-
tend it “perngs to any number of bodies, which he finally
accomplifhed. His method confifts in refolving the motion
of each body at any given inftant into two other motions,
the one, that which the body aétually takes ; and the other,
that which isdeftroyed, and in forming equations which ex-
"ga the condition ef equilibrium between the motions loft ;
y which means the problem is brought under the general
laws of ftatics. The author applies this principle to feveral
qxamples, and demonttrates ftriétly, and in the moft evident
manner, the ww which Huygens employed as the
balis of his folution. See Memoirs of the Academy of
Sciences for 1703.

This folution of the problem of the centres of ofcillation,
feemed to leave nothing to be defired; yet, in 1714, it was
brought forward again by John Bernouilli and Dr. Taylor,
which were fundamentally the fame. This occafioned warm
difputes between them, as to the originality of their per-
formances. Here, inftead of the elementary weights of which
the pendulum is compofed, other weights are fuppofed to
be fubftituted, in one and the fame point, fuch that their
motion of angular acceleration, and their motion with re-
{peé to the axis of rotation, fhall be the fame, and the new
pendulum ofcillate as the former. But thefe folutions are
not confidered fo luminous as that of James Bernouilli,
which was founded immediately on the laws of equilibrium.
Leibnitz eftimated the momenta of bodies by the mafs
into the fquare of their velocities, and John Bernouilli hav-
ing adopted the fame opinion, gave to the principles of Huy-
gens, forthe problem of the centres of ofcillation, the name
of the principle of converlion of the vires vive, which it
has retained, becaufe, in fa@, in the motion of a fyftem of
heavy bodies, the fum of the produéts of the mafles into
the {quares of the velocities remains the fame, when the bo-
dies defcend conjointly, and when they afterwards afcend
feparately, with the velocities they acquired by their defcent.
This principle was alfo followed with fuccefs in dynamical
problems, by feveral able analy its of the laft century ; but
as it gives only a fingle equation, from which the velocity or
the time mutt afterwards be expunged, the fecond objec
was attained by different means.

John Bernouilli employed for this purpofe the principle
of tenfions ; Euler, that of preferes ; Daniel Bernouilli,
that of virtual » which a fyitem of bodies has of re-
eftablifhing itfelf in its former itate ; and in certain cafes
both he and Euler made ufe of the conftant quantity of
circulatory motion round a fixed point. And when at length
all the differential, or fluxional equations of the problem

M were

MEC

were eftablifhed, it remained only to refolve them, which
was of courfe the leaft difficult part of their invefti-
gations.

The principle which had been employed by James Ber-
nouilli, in the folution of the problem relating to the centre
of ofcillation, was generalized by D’Alembert ; he fhewed,
that in whatever manuer the bodies of one fyitem act upon
each other, their motions may always be refolved at every
inftant into two forts of motions, thofe of the one being
deftroyed in the fucceffive inftant, but the other retained ;
and that the motions retained are neceflarily known from the
conditions of the equilibrium between the motions deftroyed.
This general principle applies to all the problems of dyna-
mics, and at leaft reduces all their difficulties to thofe of the
problems of fimple ftatics ; and renders ufelefs that of the
converfion of vires vive. By this means D’Alembert has
refolved a number of very beautiful and very difficult
problems, fome of which were abfolutely new, as, for ex-
ample, that relating to the preceflion of the equinoxes.
Thefe general principles were firft developed by D’Alembert
in 1743, but they were more fully treated of in his Treatife
of Dynamics, publifhed in 17493; a truly interefting and
original work, highly creditable to the talents of this cele-
brated author. The fcience of dynamics having thus gra-
dually attained a high degree of perfe¢tion, was {till farther
enriched, in 1765, by an important difcovery, which is due to
Segner; who has fhewn in a fhort paper entitled « Specimen
Theorie Turbinum,”? that if a body, of any fize and figures
afier rotatory or gyratory motions in all direétions have been given
to it, be left entirely to itfelf, it will always have three principal
axes of rotation ; that is, that all the rotatory motions, by
which it is affefted, may conftantly be reduced to three,
which are performed round three axes perpendicular to each
other pafling through the centre of gravity or inertie of the
body, and always preferving the fame pofition in abfolute
fpace, while the centre of gravity is at reft, or moves uni-
formily in a right line; the pofition of thefe three axes
being determined by an equation of the third order. This
theory, which its author had not fufficiently developed, Al-
bert, the fon of the celebrated Euler, treated at length in his
paper * On the Stowage of Ships,” which fhared the prize
of the Academy of Sciences at Paris for 1761, as did likewife
his father, according to the fame method, in the Memoirs of
the Academy at Berlin for 1759, and in his work entitled
“‘Theoria Motus Corporum rigidorum, 1765.”? Latftly,
D’Alembert fhewed in his ‘¢ Mathematica Opufcula,”’ vol. iv.
publifhed in 1768, that the folution of the problem was
deducible from the formule which he had given in a memoir
for determining the motion of a body of any figure, aéted
upon by any forces whatever, printed in vol. i. of his Opufcula
in 1761. The knowledge of thefe motions of free rotation
round three principal axes, naturally led to the determination
of the motion round any variable axes whatever ; and hence,
if we confider the body to be aéted upon by any given ac-
celerating forces, we mult begin with determining the re&ti-
linear or curvilinear motion of the centre of gravity ab-
itraGtedly from all rotatory motion, and then combining this
progreflive motion with the rotatory motion of a given
point of the body round a variable axis, we fhall know at
every inftant the compound motion of this point in abfolute
fpace. On thefe prirciples Euler has refolved many curious
and interefting problems relating to dynamics, and the fame
have been fince farther proved by fubfequent mathematicians.
(Boffur’s Hilt. Math.) We have thus given a {ketch of

the hiftory .and fucceflive improvements of the fcience of

mechanics, which is all that is neceffary under the prefent
4

ME C

article, as the particular branches conneéted with this fubjeét
are treated of feparately under their refpeGtive heads in the
different articles of this work. But as we have only di-
reéted our attention to the more prominent parts of the hif-
tory, the works to which our references have been made are
very limited. It remains, therefore, before we conclude
this article, to enumerate fome of the principal writers on
mechanics, or on particular branches of it, which are as
follows, viz.

Newton, in his * Principia;” Guido Ubaldus, in his
“ Liber Mechanicorum ;”? Torricelli, « Libri de Motu Gra-
vium naturalitis Decendentium et Projeétorum ;’’ Balianus,
“ Tratatus de Motu naturali Gravium ;’? Huygens, ** Ho-
rologium Ofcillatorium,’’? and ‘ Traétatus de Motu Cor-
porum ex Percuffione ;”’ Leibnitz, ‘¢ Refiftentia Solidorum,”’
in AGa Euroditus, ann. 1684; Guldinus, * De Centro
Gravitatis ;"’ Wallis, « Traétatus de Mechanica ;” Varig-
non, ‘ Projet d’une Nouvelle Mechanique,"’ and his papers in
the Memoires Acad. ann. 17023 Borelli, ‘ Traétatus de
Vi Percuffionis, de Motionibus naturalibus, &c.;’’ De Chales,
“© V'reatife on Motion;’’ Pardies, “ Difcourfe on Local
Motion ;’’ Parent, ‘¢ Elements of Mechanics and Phyfics ;”’
Cafatus, ‘* Mechanica;’? Oughtred, ‘* Mechanical Inftitu-
tion;’?? Robault,** Traétatus de Mechanica ;”” Lamy, * Me-
chanique ;” Keil, « Introduction to true Philofophy ;”
De la Hire, «« Mechanique ;”” Mariotte, ‘* Traéti du Choc
du Corps;”’ Ditton, «« Laws of Motion;” Hermann, ‘ Phoro-
nomia;” Gravefande, “ Phyfics ;” Euler, ** Tra€tatus de
Motu ;”? Mufchenbroeck, ‘ Phyfics;”? Boffu, “ Mecha-
niques;”” La Grange, ‘* Mechanique Analytique;"’ Atwood,
“On Motion ;”? Prony, «* Architeture Hydraulique,”’ and
«‘Mechanique Analytique ;?’ Francear, ‘ Mechanique ;”?
Gregory, ‘* Mechanics in Theory and Praétice,”? &e. &c.
to which may be added the names of Nicholfon, Enfield,
Wood, Fergufon, Young, and Marat. For thofe works
which relate principally to the defcription of machinery,
fee the article MacHINE.

MECHANICAL, fomething that relates to mechanics,
or 1s regulated by the nature and laws of motion.

In which fenfe we fay mechanical powers, mechanical
properties or affe€tions, mechanical principles, reafoning,
knowledge, &c.

MECHANICAL Afeélions, are fuch properties in matter, as
refult from their figure, bulk, and motion.

MecuanicaL Cau/es, are thofe founded on fuch affec-
tions.

MecHANICAL Force. See Force.

MECHANICAL Solutions, are accounts of things on the
fame principles.

= Mecuanicat Philofophy, is the fame with what we other-
wile call the corpufcular philofophy ; viz. that which explains
the phenomenon of nature, and the operations of corporeal -
things, on the principles of mechanics; viz. the motion,

ravity, figure, arrangement, difpofition, greatnefs, or
{mallnefs of the parts which compole natural bodies. See
CorpuscuLar.

Mecuanican Powers, (fo called,) are thofe machines
which are ufed for raifing greater weights, or overcoming
greater refiftances than could be effeéted by the natural
itrength without them ; the power of ftrength being applied
to one part of the machine, and another part of the machine
applied to the weight or refiftance.

There are two principal problems that ought to be re-
folved in treating of each of them.

The firft is, todetermine the proportion which the power

: and

MECHANICAL POWERS.

and weight ought to have to each other, that they may juit
fullain one another, or be in equilibrio,

The fecond is, to determine what ought to be the pro-
portion of the power and weight to each other ina given
machine, that it may produce the greatelt effeét poflible, in
a given time.

As to the fir problem, this general rule holds in all
powers ; fuppole the engine to move, and reduce the velo-
cities of the power and weight to the refpective directions in
which they ad; find the proportions of thofe velocities ;
then if the power be to the weight as jthe velocity of the
weight is to the velocity of the power; or, which amounts
to the fame thing, if the aie multiplied by its velocity,
gives the fame product as the weight multiplied by its velo-
city, this is the cafe wherein the power ‘and weight fultain
pom other, and are in equilibrio ; fo that in this cafe the
one would not prevail over the other, if the engine was at
reft; andif it is in motion, it would continue to proceed
uniformly, if it were not for the friction of its parts, and
other refiftances.

The fecond general problem in mechanics is, to deter-
mine the proportion which the power and weight ought to
bear to each other, that when the power prevails, and the
machine is in motion, the greatett effect poffible may be pro-
duced by it ina given time. It is manife(t, that this is an
enguiry of the greateft importance, though few have treated
of its\When the power is only a little greater than that
which is fufficient to fuftain the weight, the motion is too
flow; and though a greater weight is raifed in this cafe it is
not fufficient to compenfate the lofs of time. When the
weight is much lefs than that which the power is able to fuf-
tain, it is raifed in lefs time ; and this may happen not to be
fufficient to compenfate the lofs arifing from the fmallnefs of
the load. It ought, therefore, to be determined when the
produ& of the weight, multiplied by its velocity, is the
greatett poffible; for this product meafures the effect of the
engine ina Biven time, which is always the greater in pro-
portion as the weight which is raifed is greater, and as the
yelocity with which it israifed is greater. For other confi-
derations neceflary to be regarded in the conftru@tion and ufe
of machines, we refer to the articles Macuine and Macuti-
NERY.

The fimple machines by which power is gained, are fix in
number, viz. the /ever, the wheel and axle, or axis in peri-
trochio, the pulley (or rather fyttem of pallies}: the inclined
plane, the wedge, and the ferew. Of thefe, all forts of me-
chanical engines confift; and in treating of them, fo as to
fettle their theory, we muft confider them as mechanically
exa&, and moving without friction. Although thefe ma-
chines are treated of at large under their proper heads, it
may not be amifs to give a {hort account of them all here.

1. A dver is an inflexible bar, turning upon a fupporting
prop as its centre of motion, which muit be firm enough to
bear the lever and the weight with which it is charged.
There are three kinds of levers, and in each of them the
velocity of each peint is directly as its diftance from the

rop.

~ A lever is faid to be of the firft kind when the prop is be-
tween the weizht and the power. Here the’ power and
weight balance each other, when the power is in proportion
to A weight as the diitance of the weight from the prop is
to the diftance of the power from it; fo that if a weight be
twenty pounds, and at one foot from the prop, a power of
ene pound at twenty feet from the prop will balance the
weight, fuppofing the lever itfelf to have no weight. To
this fort of lever may be reduced all iron crows, {ciflars,
pinchers, candle-fauffers, and the like.

A lever is faid to be of the fecond kind, when the weight
is between the prop and the power. Here the lever and
weight balance each other when the power is in proportion
to the weight as the diftance of the weiyht from the prop is
to the diftance of the power from it. Of this fort are doors
turning on hinges, oars, and fuch knives as are fixed at the
point.

A lever is faid to be of the third kind when the power is
between the weight and the srop. In this, the power and
weight balance each other, when the power is in proportion
to the weight, as the diftance of the weight from the prop
is to the diftance of the power from it: but this lever 1
never ufed where power is wanted to be gained ; for in it,
the intenfity of the power applied, mult always exceed the
intenfity of the weight to be raifed, or refiftance to be over-
come. Of this fort are the bones of our legs and arms, and
the wheels of clocks and watches. See Lever and Ba-
LANCE.

2. Inthe qwheel and axle, where the power is applied to
the wheel, and the weight drawn up by a rope winding
round the axle, the velocity of the power is to the velocity
of the weight, as the circumference of the wheel is to the
circumference of the axle, and the advantage gained by the
machine is in the fame proportion : for the power and weight
balance each other when the power is in proportion to the
weight, as the circumference of the axle is to the circum-
ference of the wheel. This machine is the principal part of
acommon crane. See Axis in Peritrochio.

3- A pulley, that only turns on its axis, and does not rife
with the weight, ferves only to change the direétion of the
power; for it gives no mechanical advantage thereto. But
when, befides the upper pullies, which turn round in a fixed
frame, or block, there is a block of pullies moving equally
fait with the weight, the velocity of the weight is to the
velocity of the power as one is to twice the number of pul-
lies in the moveable block : and the power and weight ba-
lance each other when the power is in proportion to the
weight, as one is to twice the number of pullies in the move-
able block. See Putey.

4- An inclined plane is like one-half of a wedge which has
been cut in two equal parts lengthwife. A weight raifed,
or a refiftance moved, by an inclined plane, moves only
through a {pace equal to the height of that machine, in the
time that a power drives it through a fpace equal to its
whole length. Therefore, the velocity of the power is in
proportion to the velocity of the weight, as the length of
the machine is to its thicknefs or height at the back ; and
the power and weight balance each other when the power is
in proportion to the weight, as the thicknefs of the plane is
to its length. All edge tools, which are chamfered (or
ground down only on one fide to the edge) are inclined
planes, as far as the chamfer goes from the edge. See Jn-
clined PLANE.

5- A wedge, in the common form, is like two inclined
planes, joined together at their bafes ; and the thicknefs of
thefe planes (oppofite their fharp edges) makes the back of
the wedge, to which the power of the fledge or hammer is
applied in cleaving of wood.

When two equal refiftances a& perpendicularly againft
oppofite fides of the wedge, and a power aéts perpend
cularly againft the back of the wedge, the velocity of the
power is in proportion to the velocity of the refiftance on
either fide, as the length of the fide is to half the thicknefs
of the back: and the power balances the refiftance of the
wood, when the power is in proportion to the refiftance, as
half the thicknefs of the back of the wedge is to the length
of either of its fides, if the fharp edge goes to the wr:

M2 o'

MECHANICAL POWERS.

of the cleft in the wood. But when the wood fplits before
the wedge, ‘as it generally does, the power balances the
refiftance, when the former is to the latter as half the thick-
nefs of the wedge (when it is driven quite into the wood)
is to the whole length of the cleft below the back of the
wedge. See WrEpGE.

6. The /crew may be confidered as if it were an inclined
plane, wrapt round a cylinder. In this machine, the power
muft turn the cylinder quite round, in the time that the
weight or refiftance (as in a common prefs) moves through
a {pace equal to the diftance between the threads or fpirals
of the fcrew. Therefore, the velocity of the power is in
proportion to the velocity of the weight or refiftance, as the
circumference of a circle, defcribed by the power, is to the
diftance between the fpirals of the fcrew ; and the power and
refiftance balance each other, when the former is to the Jat-
ter as the diftance between the fpirals is to the circumference
of the circle defcribed by the power. This machine, befides
the advantage peculiar to itfelf, has generally the benefit of
the wheel and axle, on account of the winch or lever by
which it is turned. See Screw.

Of thefe fix fimple machines, all the moft compound en-
gines in the world are made. Ass the ferew includes the in-
clined plane, and two equally inclined planes make the wedge,
we have all the mechanical powers combined together in a
common jack, if it be turned by the fly; for then we have
alfo the lever, the wheel and axle, and the pullies.

Thus, ina frame ABCD, (Plate XXXII. Mechanics,
fig. 5») faftened by the nut O upon the fland O O, and held
together by the pillars V W and Bg, is adapted firft the
piece E F, whofe fans or flies may be put in motion by the
wind, or drawn by a hair faftened at F, which reprefents
the lever and balance: at right angles to this piece is joined
the perpendicular {pindle GH, having upon it the endlefs
fcrew H, which may be alfo confidered as a wedge. ‘This
endlefs ferew or worm takes the fkew teeth of the wheel K,
which is the axis in peritrochio, and, in turning round,
winds up the {tring LM upon its axis, which pafling round
the pullies at M and N, or drawing by a tackle of five, raifes
the weight P. But as the ferew has no progreflive motion
on its axis, it cannot here be faid to comprehend the inclined
plane; therefore, in order to make this machine take in all the
mechanical powers, we may add the inclined plane, rgQ R,
by making it reft on the ground at QR, and on the
pillar. g B, at gr, and thereby the force of the power draw-
ing at F, will be farther increafed in the proportion of QT
to T'S. The whole force gained by this machine is found
by comparing the fpace gone through by the point F, with
the height through which the weight is raifed, in any deter-
minate number of revolutions of F. An hundred pounds
weight at P will be eafily raifed by the hair of a man’s head
drawing at F.

If an engine conftruéted in this manner be ued for raifing
a weight, by means of a power applied to the fly, the power
will balance the weight, if it be in proportion to the weight
as the velocity of the weight is to the velocity of the fly.
Now, confidering how faft the fly moves with refpeét to the
motion of the weight, it is evident, that a crane, con{truéted
in the manner of a common jack, would be an engine of very
great power, But then the time loft in raifing the weight
would alfo be very great: for, in any machine or engine
whatever, the time loft in working it will be as great as the
power gained by it.

If machines or engines could be made without friction,
the leaft degree of power added to that which balances the
weight would be fufficient to raife it. In the lever, the
friétion is next to nothing; in the wheel and axle’ it is but

fmall; in the pullies it is very confiderable ; and in the m-
clined plane, wedge, and {crew, it is very great. ‘The uni-
verfal law or principle in all mechanical machines or engines,
made to gain power, is, that the power gained will be al-
ways as great as the velocity of the power exceeds the velo-
city of the weight or refiftance: and, upon this principle,
it is eafy tocompute the power, force, or advantage, of any
fimple machine or compound engine whatever.

E gr. If the body A (PlateXXXII. Mechanics, fig. 6.)
be triple the body B, and éach of them be fo fixed te the
extremities of a lever A B, whofe fulcrum or fixed point is
C, as that the diftance of BC be triple the diftance C A ;
the lever cannot be inclined on either fide, but the fpace B E,
paffed over by the lefs body, will be triple the fpace A D,
paffed over by the great one. So that their motions or mo-
ments will be equal, and the two bodies in equilibrio.

Hence that noble challenge of Archimedes, datis viribus,
datum pondus movere; for as the diftance C B may be in-
creafed infinitely, the power or moment of A may be in-
creafed infinitely. So that the whole of mechanics is re-
duced to the falleics problem.

Any body, as A, with its velocity C, and alfo any other body,
as B, being given; to find the velocity neceffary to make the
moment or quantity ef motion, in B, equal to the moment of A,
the given body. ere, fince the moment of any body is
equal to the reétangle under the velocity, and the quantity
of matter; as B: A:: C: to a fourth term, which will
be c, the celerity proper to B, to make its moment ‘equal
to that of A. Wherefore in any machine or engine, if the
velocity of the power be made to the velocity of the weight,
reciprocally as the weight is to the power, fuch power will
always fuftain, or, if the power be a little increafed, it will
move the weight.

Let, for inftance, A B be a lever, whofe fulcrum is at C;
and let it be moved into the pofitioi aC 4. Here, the ve-
locity of any point in the lever is as the diftance from the
centre. For let the point A defcribe the are Aa, and the
point B the arc B4; then thefe arcs will be the fpaces de-
{cribed by the two motions; but fince the motions are both
made in the fame time, the {paces will be as the velocities.
But it is plain, the arcs Aa and Bé will be to one auother
as the radii AC and CB, becaufe the feétors A Ca and
BC dare fimilar: wherefore the velocities of the points A
and B are as their diftances from the centre C.

Now if any powers be applied to the ends of the lever A
and B, in order to raife its arms up and down; their force
will be expounded by the perpendiculars Sa and’N; which,
being as the right fines of the former ares, a A and B4J, will
be to one another alfo asthe radii AC and CB; wherefore
the velocities of the powers are alfo as their diftances from
the centre. And fince the moment of any body is as its
weight, or gravitating force, and its velocity, conjunétly ;
if different powers of weights be applied to the lever, their
moments will always be as the weights and the diftances from
the centre conjunély. Wherefore, if to the fame lever
there be two powers or weights applied reciprocally pro-
portional to their diftances from the centre, their moments
will be equal ; and if they aé contrarily, as in the cafe of a
fteel-yard, the lever will remain in an horizontal pofition, or
the balance will be in equilibrio. And thus it is eafy to
conceive how the weight of one pound may be made to equi-
balance a thoufand, &c.

Hence alfo it is plain, that the force of the power is not
at all increafed by engines; only the velocity of the weight,
in either lifting or drawing, is fo diminifhed by the applica-
tion of the inftrument, as that the moment of the weight is
not greater than the force of the power. Thus, for inftance,

if

MECHANICAL POWERS.

if any force can raife a pound weight with a given velocity,
it is impoflible by any engine to effeét, that the fame power
thal raife two pound weight with the fame velocity : but b
an engine it may be made to raife two pound weight, with
half the yelocity » or 1000 times the weight with yodoy of
the former velocity.

We thall here introduce into one view, an account of the
principal methods that have occurred to us of explaining: and
demonttrating the fundamental property of the feveral me-
chanical powers. It has been keds obferved, that, with
re to the lever, when any two forcea aét againft each
other on its arms, they will continue in equilibrio, if their
quantities are inverfely as the diftance between the points to
which they are applied, and the point or fuleram round
which the lever turns. The demonitration commonly
aferibed to Archimedes is founded upon this principle, that
when any cylindric or prifmatic body is applied upon a
lever, it has the fame effect as if its whole weight was united
and applied at the middie point of its axis. Let AB,
Plate XXX. Mechanics, £g. 7, be a cylinder, of an uni-
form texture, C its middle point ; and it is manifelt, that if
the point C be fupported, the equal halves of the cylinder,
C A and CB, will balance each other about the point C,
and the body will remain in equilibrio. Let the cylinder
A.B be diltinguifhed into any unequal parts, A D and DB;
bifeét A D in E, and D B in F; then a power applied at E,
equal to the weight of the part A D, with a contrary direc-
tion, will fultain it; and a power applied at F, equal to the
weight of the part DB, with a contrary direction, wiil
fultain that part ; fo that thefe two powers aéting at E and
F, refpectively equal to the weights of A D and D B, have
precifely the fame effect as a prop at C, futtaining the whole
cylinder A B, and may be confidered as in equilibrio with a

ower, acting at C, equal to the whole weight of the cy-
inder. But the diltaace CE=CA—AE=4AB—
4AD=£DB; and, in hke manner, the diltance C F =
CB-—BF=4AB—4DB=iAD; confequently CE
is to CF as DB to AD; that is, as the power applied at
F to the power applied at E, thefe beiog in equilibrio with
the weight of the whole cylinder applied at C. From which
it appears, that powers applied at E and F, which are to
each other in the proportion of CF to CE, futtain one
another about the centre C.

Tt has been objected by M. Huygens and others, to this
demonttration of Archimedes, that when the whole cylinder
is diltinguithed into two fegments, part of the weight of the

ter feements aéts on the fame fide of the fulcrum with
the leffer fegment ; and, therefore, when the whole weight
of the greater fegment is contracted into its middle point on
one fide of the fulcrum, and aés altogether againit the leffer
fegment, it requires fome proof to fhew, that this contracted
weight will be balanced by the weight of the leffer fegment.
M. Huygens propofed a method ot his own, depending on a
poltulatum aflumed in common with Archimedes, and need-
ing demonttration, viz. that when equal bodies are placed on
the arms of a lever, the one which is fartheit from the fulcrum
wiil prevail and raife the other up.

Sir Ifaac Newton demonftrates the fundamental propo-
fition concerning the lever, from the refolution of motion:
let C, fig. 8, be the centre of motion in the lever KL; let
A and B be any two powers applied to it at K and L,
-a&ting in the diretions K A and LB. From the centre of
motion, C, let CM and CN be perpendicular to thofe di-
reGtions in M and N; fuppofe C M to be lefs than C N, and
from the centre C, at the diftance CN, defcribe the circle
NHD, meeting KA in D. Let the power A be repre-
fented by D A, and let it be refolved into the power DG

acting in the direétion C D, and the power D F perpendi-
cular to CD, by completing the parallelogram A F D G+
The power D G, aéting in the dire¢tion C D from the centre
of the circle, or wheel, D HN, towards its circumferences
has no effeét in turning it round the centre, from D toward
H, and tends only to carry it off from that centre, It is
the part D F only that endeavours to move the wheel from
D towards H vee N, and is totally employed in this effort.
The power B may be conceived to be applied at N as well
as at L, and to be wholly employed in endeavouring to turn
the wheel the contrary way, from N towards H and D. If,
therefore, the power B be equal to that part of A which is
reprefented by D I, thefe poly being equal and oppofite,
mutt dettroy each other's effeé ; that is, when the power B
is to the power A, as DF to DA, or (becaufe of the
fimilarity of the triangles, AF D, DMC) asCMtoCD
oras CM to CN, then the powers muft be in equilibrio;
and thofe powers always fuftain each other that are in the in-
verfe proportion of the diftances of their dire¢tions from the
centre of motion ; or when the product of the one power
multiplied by the diftance of its direétion from the centre, is
equal to the produét of the power on the other fide multi-
plied by the like diftance from it.

Mr. Maclaurin propofes anew method of demonftrating
the law of equilibrium in the lever, which feems, he fays, to
be founded on the plainett and mott evident principles: thefe
principles are the following, viz. that if equal powers a&
at equal diftances on different fides of the fulcrum or centre
of motion, with direGions oppofite and parallel to each
other, they will have the fame effeé&t: and that, if gravity
be fuppofed to act in parallel lines, and the fulcrum be be-
tween the bodies, whofe powers are eftimated, it muft bear
the fum of their weights; becaufe the lever being loaded
with thofe weights, it muft give way, it thé fulcrum does
not fultain their fum: but if the powers are on the fame
fide of the fulcrum, in which cafe one of them muft pull up-
wards whilft the other pulls downwards, that there may be
an equilibrium, it is then enly loaded with the difference of
the powers.

Suppofing, therefore, firft, two equal powers, A and B,
Jig. 9, aéting in the directions AF, BH, to carry a body
C, upon the lever A B, placed at C at equal diftances from
them; it is evident that, in this cafe, each of the powers A
and B futtains one-half of the weight C, by dividing it
equally between them. Imagine now that the power A is
taken away, and that, initead of refting upon it, the end A
of the lever refts upon a prop at A; it is manifelt that the

wer B, and the prop at A fullain, as before, each one-
half of the weight C; the prop now aéting, in every re-
{peét, as the power at A before; and, the equilibrium con-
tinuing, it appears that, in this cafe, a power B equal to
one-half of the weight C futtains and ba'ances it, when the
diltance of C from the prop A is one-half of the diftance of
B from the fame; that is, when Bis toC, as C Ato BA,
er Bx BA=Cx CA. From this fimple inftance we
fee, that powers a& upon a lever not by their abfolute force
only, but that their efte& neceffarily depends upon the difJ
tance of the point where they act from the prop, or centre
of motion; and particularly, that a power balances a double
power which aéts at half its diftance from the prop, on the
fame fide of it, with an oppofite direction. ,

The cafe when the two powers act on the different fides
of the prop, follows from this, by the principles already
laid down, For let B H and CG (fg. 10.) reprefent the
direGtions and. forces with which the powers Band C a&
upon the lever ; upon B A produced take A E equal to
AC, or} AB, and in place of the power C G fubftitute

an

MECHANICAL POWERS.

an equal power E K at E, with an oppofite direétion ; and,
by the firit of thofe principles, this power E K will have the
fame effet as C G, only the prop or centre of motion A
will now fuftain the fum of the forees E K and B H, by
the fecond of thofe principles. But the equilibrium between
the powers B H and E K will continue as it was before, be-
tween BH andC G; fo that the powers BH and E
will be in equilibrio, when the power B H is one-half of
E K, and the diftance of E K from the prop A is one-half
of the diftance of BH from the fame; that is, when the
posver at B is to the power at E, as A EtoA B, or
Bx BA=ExEA. In this cafe, the prop A being
loaded with both the powers B and E, which act with the
fame direflion, its re-aétion niuft be equal to their fum,
EK + BH =3 BH, and muk be in the oppofite direc-
tion A F. In place of this re-action, let us now (jig. 11.)
fubftitute a power A F at A, equal to thrice BH; and in
place of the power E K, let us fubftitute a prop at E, fuf-
taining that end of the lever B E; and fince the equilibrium
continues as before, it follows that the prop or centre of mo-
tion, being at E, the power BH fuftains the power A F,
which is triple of B H, when the diftance of B H from the
prop Eistriple of the diftance of the power A F from the
fame, thatis, when BH x BE=AFXxAE.

If we fuppofe the power E K to remain (fig. 12.) but the
end B of the lever E B to reft upon a prop, then the powers
A F and E K will fuftain and balance each other, the prop
at B now coming in place of the power B H; in which
A F= 3BH, ad EK=2BH; fo that A Fis to
E K as 3 toz; and the diftances E B and AB being in
the fame proportion, it appears that when two powers in
the proportion ef three to two a& upon a lever on the fame
fide of the prop, or centre of motion, with oppofite direc-
tions, at diftances in the proportion of two to three, they
then fuftain each other. We have demonftrated therefore,
that when the powers are in the proportion either of two to
one, or of three to one, or of three to two, and the diftances
of their application from the centre of motion are in the in-
verfe proportion, then thofe powers balance each other, or
are in equilibrio.

Upon B E produced (fig. 13.) take EL = EA; and
in place of the power A F fubititute a power L M=A F,
but with a contrary direétion ; this power L Mi will have the
fame effe€&t to turn the lever round the centre of motion E
as A F had; confequently it will be in equilibrio with the
power B H, as A F was. Therefore, when two powers
L Mand BH, in the proportion of three to one, aét upon
alever with the fame direGtion, they are in equilibrio, if
their diftances from the centre of motion L E and E B bein
the ratio of one to three : that is, when LL M x LE =BH
x BE. In this cafe, the powers LM and B H ating
with the fame direction, the prop E mutt fuftain their fum
LM+BH=4 BH, by the fecond principle above pre-
mifed. Therefore a power at L, as 3, and a power acting
at B with the fame direétion, as 1, are fuftained by a power
acting at E, with a contrary direGtion, as 4. From which
ft follows, by fubftituting in the place of the power L Ma
prop at L, that|a power at B, as 1, fuftains a power at E, as
4 acting witha contrary direGion, when B L is to E Las
4 to 1; that is, when the powers are inverfely as their dif-
tances from the prop, or centre of motion. By fubititut-
ing the prop at B in the place of the power B H, it appears
that a power L M at L, as 3, fuitainsa power, ating with
an oppofite direction at E, as 4, when their diftances L B
and E B, from the prop B, are to each other as 4 to 3, or
when LM x LB=EK x EB. By taking upon
L B produced Be = BE (fig. 14.), and in place of the

power at E, fubftituting an equal power at ¢ with acontrary
direétion, it appears, that a power at L, as 3, fuftains a
power adting at e, with the fame direétion, as 4, when the
diftance L Bis to the diftancee B, as 4 to 3. In thiscafe, the
prop at B fuftains the fum of the powers acting at L and ¢,
that is, a power equal to feven times B H. From which it
follows, by fubftituting a prop at L or ¢, in place of
the powers that act there, that a power ate, as 4, fuftains a
power at B, as 7, about the centre of motion L, when their
diftances from it, e L, B L, are to each other as 7 to 4: and
that a power at L, as 3, fuitains the power at B, as 7, about
the centre of motion e, when their diftances from it, L e and
Be, are to each other as 7 to 3.

By proceeding in this manner it appears, that when the
powers are to each other as number to number, and when
their diftances from the centre of motion are in the inverfe
ratio of the fame numbers, then the powers fuftain each
other, or are in equilibrio. From which it is eafy to thew,
in general, that when the powers are to each other in any ra-
tio, though incommenfurable, and the diftances of their ap-
plication from the centre of motion in the fame inverfe ratio,
then they are in equilibrio ; becaufe the ratio of incommen-
furable quantities may be always limited to any degree of
exactnefs at pleafure, between a greater and a lefler ratio of
number to number. To Mr. Maclaurin’s demonttration it
has been objected, that it cannot be applied when the arms
of the lever are incommenfurable, and as it cannot conclude
generally, it muft, therefore, be imperfect.

Dr. Hamilton, having obferved that thefe feveral methods
of demonftrating the fundamental property of the lever are
liable to objeGtions, propofes'a new proof, depending on the
following poftulatum, viz.ifa force be uniformly diffufed over
a right line, fo that an equal part of the force aéts upon every
point of the line, and if the whole force ats according to one
and the fame plane, this force will be fuftained, and the line
kept in equilibrio; by a fingle force applied to the middle
point of the line equal to the diffufed force, and aéting ina
contrary direGtion, Healfo premifes this lemma; ifa right
line be divided into two fegments, the diitances between
the middle of the whole line and the middle points of the
fegments, will be inverfely as the fegments. This is felf-
evident when the fezments are equal ; and, when they are
unequal, fince half of the whole line is equal to half of the
greater and half of the Jefler fegment, it is plain that the
diftance between the middle of the whole line and the middle
of one fegment, muft be equal to half of the other feg-
ment, fo that thefe diftances muft be to each other inverfely
as the fegments.

Let the line GH, then, fg. 15, whofe middle point is
D, be divided into the unequal fegments GL and L H,
whofe middle points are C and F, and let two forces or
weights, A and B, which are to each other as the fegments
G Dand L H, be applied to their middle points C and F,
and let them aét perpendicularly on the line GH: then,
(by the lemma) the weights A and B will be to each other
inverfely as C D and F D (the diftances of the points C
and F, to which they are applied, from the middle of the
whole line) ; if then a third force or weight E, equal to
the fum of the forces A and B, be applied to the point D,
and aéts on the line in an oppofite direétion ; I fay thefe
three forces will fuftain each other, and keep the line in
equilibrio. For let us fuppofe the force E to be removed,
and inflead of it another force, equal alfo to the fum of A and
B, to be uniformly diffufed over the whole line G H, and
to a& directly againft the forces A and B, then the part of
this force which ats on the fegment G L, will be equal to
the force A, and therefore will be fuitained ky it (pofta-

Tatum) 3

MECHANICAL POWERS.

latum) ; and the other part, which is diffufed over the feg-
ment LH, will ight to and fultained by the force B, f
that the forces A and B will fultain this diffufed force and
keep the line in equilibrio. Let now two other forces ac
alfo on this line in oppofite directions, one of them the force
E acting on the point D, as it was firlt fuppofed to do, and
the other an uniformly diffuled force equal to E (and confe-
quently equal to the other diffufed force), then thefe two addi-
tional forces will alfo balance each other, and therefore the
equilibrium will flill remain. So that the two forces A and
B, and a diffufed force acting on one fide of the line fuflains
the force E, and a diffufed force acting on the other fide: but
it is manifelt, that in this equilibrium, the two diffufed forces
acting on oppofite fides are perfetly equivalent, and therefore
if they are taken away from both fides, the equilibrium mutt
fill remain, Hence it appears that the three weights or
forces A, B, and E, any two of which are, (by the conftruc-
tion) to each other inverfely as their diftances from the third,
will fuftain each other and Lea) the line on which they a& in
equilibrio; which is the firft and moft fimple cafe of the
property of the lever ; for here the direétions of the weights
are fuppofed to be perpendicular to the line on which the
act, and it is evident that, if one of the points C, D, or r
be fixed or confidered as a fulcrum, the weights aéting on
the other two points will continue to fupport each ther,
The fecond A of the property of the fear is eafily de-
duced from the firft ; for when two weights a& on the arms
of a lever in oblique directions, and are to each other in-
verfely as the perpendicular diftances of the lines of direc-
tion from. the centre of motion, then by the refolution of
forces, it is eafily proved that the parts of thofe forces which
a& perpendicularly on the arms of the lever, and which only
are exerted to turn the lever, are to each other inverfely as
the a, of thofe arms ; and therefore by the firlt cafe
they muit balance each other.

_From what has been above demonftrated, it appears, that
the powers with which any two forces move or endeavour to
move the arms of a lever, are as the reétangles, under lines
proportional to the forces, and the perpendicular diftances of
their lines of dire€tion from the fulcrum ; and alfo that when
two bodies acting on the arms of a lever fuftain each other,
if one of them be removed farther from the fulcrum, it will
preponderate ; but if it be brought nearer to the fulcrum, the
other weight will prevail: becaufe the produ& to which its
force is proportional will be increafed in the firft cafe, and
diminifhed in the fecond.

When a weight is to be raifed by means of an axle and
wheel, it is faftened to a chord that goes round the axle, and
the power, which is to raife it, is hung to a chord that goes
round the wheel. If then the power be to the weight as the
radius of the axle to the radius of the wheel, it will juft fup-
port that weight ; as will eafily appear from what was proved
ofthe lever. For the axle and wheel may be confidered as a
lever, whofe fulcrum is a line pafling through the centre of
the wheel and middle of the axle, and whofe long and fhort
arms are the radii of the wheel and axle which are parallel to
the horizon, and from whofe extremities the chords hang
perpendicularly. And thus an axle and wheel may be looked
upon as a kind of perpetual lever, on whofe arms the power
and weight always act perpendicularly, though the lever
turns round its fulcrum. And in like manner, when wheels
and axles move each other by means of teeth on their peri-
-pheries, fuch a machine is really a perpetual compound lever ;
and, by confidering it as fuch, we may compute the propor-
tion of any power to the weight it is able to fuftain by the
help of fuch an engine. And fince the radii of two con-
tiguous wheels, whofe teeth are applied to each other, are as

the number of teeth in each, or inverfely as the number of
revolutions, which they make in the fame time: we may, in
the computation, inftead of the ratio of thefe radii, put the
ratio of the number of teeth on each wheel; or the inverfe
ratio of the number of revolutions they make in the fame
time,

The moft natural method of explaining the effects of the
pulley, that is, of computing the proportion of any power
to the weight it can fultain by means of any fyftem of pullies,
is, by confidering that every moveable pulley hangs by two
ropes equally ftretched, which muft bear equal parts of the
weight : aa f therefore, when one and the fame rope goes
round feveral fixed and moveable pullies, fince all its parts on
each fide of the pullies are equally ftretched, the whole weight
mult be divided equally daca all the ropes by which the
moveable pullies tae, And confequently if the power
which aéts on one rope be equal to the weight divided by the
number of ropes, or double the number of moveable pullies,
that power muft fuftain the weight.

The feveral cafes in which the wedge is applied may be
comprehended in one general propofition: let the equicrural
triangle ABC (fig. 16.) reprefent a wedge, the lines
AB and CB will be the fides of the wedge, AC its bafe,
or back, and its height will be the line PB bifeéting the
bafe AC, and alfo the vertical angle A BC.

When any two refifting forces aé on the fides of a wedge,
in dire€tions which make equal angles with the fides, (as they
are always fuppofed to do,) a power aéting perpendicularly
at P on the bafe of the wedge will keep the refifting forces
in equilibrio, when it is to the fum of thefe forces, as the
fine of half the vertical angle of the wedge, to the fine of the
angle which the direétions of the forces contain with the fides
of the wedge.

Yor let E and F be two bodies acting on the fides of the
wedge, and let them be firft fuppofed to aét in the direc-
tions E P and F P perpendicular to the fides; then fince the
power P ats perpendicularly on the bafe A C, if thefe three
forces keep the wedge in equilibrio, they will be to each
other, as the fides of a triangle to which their directions are
parallel, or (which is the fies thing) as the fides of the
triangle A BC, to which their directions are perpendicular.
Therefore, the power P is to the fum of the refifting forces
which it fultains as A C, the bafe of the wedge, to the fum of
the fides, or as PA, half the bafe, to AB, one of the
fides; but PA is to AB as the fine of PBA, half the
vertical angle of the wedge, to the radius which is the fine
of a right angle, and the direGtions of the refifting forces are
fuppofed in this cafe to contain a right angle with the fides
of the wedge. i

Let now the relifting bodies E and F be fuppofed to a&
on the wedge in direGtions parallel to the lines D P and OP,
which make oblique angles with its fides, draw EG and F K
perpendicular to thofe lines. From what has been proved,
it appears that the power P is to the force with which it is
able, by means of the wedge, to protrude the refifting bodies
in the direGions P E and P F, as the fine of Half the vertical
angle to the radius ; let this protruding force be expreffed by
the line P E, and let it be refolved into two forces exprefled -
by the lines PG and GE, the former of thefe only will a@
in oppofition to the refifting bodies, therefore the whole pro-
truding force of the power is to the force with which it a&s
againft the refifting bodies E and F in the direGtions PD
and PO as PE to PG, or (becaule the triangles EPG
and DPE are fimilar) as PD to P E, that is, as the radmus
to the fine of the angle PDE; compounding, therefore,
the ratio of the fine of half the vertical angle to the radius,
with the ratio of the radius to the fine of the angle a
©

MECHANICAL POWERS.

the power P, when the wedge is kept in equilibrio, will be
to the force with which it protrudes the refifting bodies in
‘direGtions oppofite to thofe in which they a, as the fine of
half the vertical angle to the fine of the angle PDE or
POF, which the dire@tions of the refifting forces contain
with the fides of the wedge.

Hence, when the direGtions in which refifting bodies aét
on a wedge are given, we may eafily find two lines that will
exprefs the proportion between the refiftance and the power
which fuftains it by means of the wedge. For from P, the
middle point of the wedge, draw the line P D meeting one
of the fides, and parallel to the direction in which the re-
fifting force a&ts on that fide, then the power will be to the
refittance as P D to PB the height of the wedge. For PD
and P B are to each other as the fines of the oppofite angles,
in the triangle P B D, that is, as the fines of half the vertical
angle, and the angle which the direétion of the refilting force
contains with the fide of the wedge.

From what has been demonftrated we may deduce the
proportion of the power to the refiftance it is able to fuftair,
in all the cafes in which the wedge is applied.

Firft, when, in cleaving timber, the wedge fills the cleft,
then the refiftance of the timber ats perpendicularly on the
fides of the wedge; therefore, in this cafe, when the power
which drives the wedge is to the cohefive force of the timber
as half the bafe to one fide of the wedge, the power and re-
fiftance will be in equilibrio.

Secondly, when the wedge does not exactly fill the cleft,
which generally happens becaufe the wood fplits to fome
diftance before the wedge: let E L F reprefent a cleft, into
which the wedge ABC is partly driven; as the refifting
force of the timber muit at on the wedge in direétions per-
pendicular to the fides of the cleft, draw the line PD in a
.direGion perpendicular to EL, the fide of the cleft, and
meeting the fide of the wedge in D ; then the power driving
the wedge, and the refiftance of the timber, when they
balance, will be to each other as the line PD to PB, the
height of the wedge.

Thirdly, when a wedge is employed to feparate two bodies
that lie together on a horizontal plane, for inftance two
blocks of ftone; as thefe bodies muit recede from each other
in horizontal direétions, their refiftance muft aét on the
wedge in lines parallel to its bafe C A; therefore, the power
which drives the wedge will balance the refiftance, when
they are to each other as P A, half the breadth cf the wedge,
to PB its height; and then any additional force, fufficient
to overcome the retiftance arifing from the fri€tion of the

bodies on the horizontal plane, will feparate them from each

other.

With refpe& to the inclined plane: let the line AB,
( fg. 17.) reprefent the length of an inclined plane, A D its
height, and the line B D, we may call its bafe. Let the cir-
cular body G E F be fuppofed to reft on the inclined plane,
and to be kept from falling down it by a ftring CS tied to
its centre C. Then the force with which this body ftretches
the ftring will be to its whole weight as the fine of ABD,
the angle of elevation, to the fine of the angle which the
. ftring contains with a line perpendicular to A B, the length
of the plane. For let the radius C E be drawn perpendicular
to the horizon, and C F perpendicular to A B, and from E
draw EO parallel to the ftring, and meeting CF in O:
then, as the body continues at refit, and is urged by three
forces, to wit, by its weight in the direétion C E, by the
re-action of the plane in the direGtion FC, and by the re-
action of the ftring in the direGtion EO; the re-aétion of
the firing, or the force by which it is ftretched, is to the
weight of the body as EO to CE; that is, as the fine of

(the angle ECO, which is equal to) A BD, the angle of
elevation, to the fine of the angle EOC, equal to SCO,
the angle which the ftring contains, with the line C F per-
pendicular to A B, the length of the plane.

‘When, therefore, the ftring is parallel to the length of the
plane, the force with which it is ftretched, or with which
the body tends down the inclined plane, is to its whole
weight, as the fine of the angle of elevation to the radius,
or as the height of the plane to the length. And in the
fame manner it may be fhewn, that when the ftring is parallel
to BD, the bafe of the plain, the force with which it is
ftretched is to the weight of the body as A D to BD, that
is, as the height of the plane to its bafe. If we fuppofe the
ftring, which fupports the body G ET, to be fattened at S,
and that a force by ating on the line A D, the height of
the plane, in a direction parallel to the bafe B D, drives the
inclined plane under the body, and by that means makes it
rife to a dire€tion parallel to AD: then, from what was
proved in the third cafe of the wedge, it will appear, that
this force muft be to the weight of the body as AD to
BD, or rather in a proportion fomewhat greater ; if it makes
the plane move on and the body rife.

From this laft obfervation we may clearly fhew the nature ~
and force of the fcrew; a machine of great efficacy in raifing
weights, or in prefling bodies clofely together. For if the
triangle A B D be turned round a cylinder whofe periphery
is equal to B D, then the length of the inclined plane BA
will rife round the cylinder in a fpiral manner, and form
what is called the thread of the ferew, and we may fuppofe
it continued in the fame manrer round the cylinder, from
one end to the other ; and A D, the height of the inclined
plane, will be every where the diltance between two con-.
tiguous threads of this ferew, whichis called a convex fcrew.
And a concave fcrew may be formed to fit this exa@tly, it
an inclined plane every way like the former be turned round
the infide of a hollow cylinder, whofe periphery is fome-
what larger than that of the other. Let us now fuppofe
the concave {crew to be fixed, and the convex one to be
fitted into it, and a weight to be laid on the top of the con-
vex fcrew: then, if a power be applied to the periphery of
this convex fcrew to turn it round, at every revolution the
weight will be raifed up through a fpace equal to the
diftance between the two contiguous threads, that is, to the
line A D, the height of the inclined plane B A; therefore,
fince this power applied to the periphery a&s in a direétion
parallel to BD, it muft be to the weight it raifes as A D
to B D, or as the diftance between two contiguous threads,
to the periphery of the convex fcrew.

The diltance between two contiguous threads is to be
meafured by a line parallel to the axle; if we now fuppofe
that a hand{pike or handle is inferted into the bottom of the
convex fcrew, and that the power which turns the fcrew is
applied to the extremity of this handle, which is generally
the cafe ; then as the power is removed farther from the axis
of motion, its force will be fo much increafed, and therefore
fo much may the power itfelf be diminifhed. So that the
power which, aéting on the end of a handle, fuftains a
weight by means of a fcrew, will be to that weight, as the
diftance between two contiguous threads of the ferew, to
the periphery defcribed by the end of the handle. In this
cafe we may confider the machine as compofed of a fcrew
and a lever, or, as fir Ifaac Newton expreffeth it, Cuneus 2
veGe impulfus.

Profeflor Vince, premifing that Dr. Hamilton’s demon-
ftration depends upon this propofition, that when a body is
at reft, and acted upon by three forces, they will be as the

‘three fides of a triangle parallel to the dire@ions of the

12 forces,

MEC

forces, pesado principle to be true, when the three forces
act at any point of a body; but, confidering the lever as the
body, the three forces act at different points, and therefore
the principle, as applied by the author, is certainly not ap-
licable, If in this demonttration we fuppofe a plane body,
in which the three forces act, inftead of fimply a lever, then
the three forces being aQually direéted to the fame point of
the body, the body would be at rel. But in reafoning
from this to the cafe of the lever, the fame difficulties would
arife, asin the proof of fir I. Newton, But admitting that
all other objections could be semoved, the demonfration
fails when any two of the forces are parallel. Another de-
monttration is founded upon this principle, that if two non-
elattic bodies meet with equal quantities of motion, they will,
after impact, continue at reft ; and hence it is concluded,
that if a lever which iv in equilibrio be put in motion, the
motions of the two bodies mult be equal; and therefore the
preflures of thefe bodies upon the lever at reft, to put it in
motion, mult be as their motions. Now in the firlt place,
this is comparing the effects of preffure and motion, the rela-
tion of the meafures of which, or whether they admit of any
relation, we are totally unacquainted with. Moreover, they
a&t under very different circumftances; for in the former cafe,
the bodies aéted immediately on each other, and in the latter,
they a&t by means of a lever, the properties of which we are
a to be ignorant of. When forces aé& on a body,
conlidered as a point, or dire&ly againft the fame point of
any body, we only eftimate the effec of thefe forces to
move the body out of its place, and no rotatory motion is
either generated, or any caufes to produce it, confidered in
the inveftigation. When we, therefore, apply the fame pro-
pofition to inveltigate the effect of forces to generate a rota-
tory motion, we manifeltly apply it to a cafe which is not
contained in it, nor to which there isa fingle principle in the
ern applicable. ‘The demonftration given by Mr.
anden, in his Memoirs, is founded upon felf-evident prin-
ciples, nor does our author fee any objections to his reafoning
uponthem, But as his inveftigation confifts of feveral cafes,
and is befides very long and tedious, fomething more fimple is
fill much to be withed for, proper to be introduced in an
elementary treatife of mechanics, fo as not to perplex the
young ftudent either by the length of the demonttration, or
want of evidence in its principles. What the ingenious Pro-
feflor propofes to offer will, he hopes, render the whole bu-
finefs not only very fimple, but alfo perfetly fatisfactory.
The demonttration given by Archimedes would be very
fatisfaQory and elegant, provided the principle on which it
is founded could be clearly proved; viz. that two equal
powers at the extremities, or their fum at the middle of a lever,
would have equal effe@s to move it about any point. Now, that
the effeéts will be the fame, fo far as relpeéts any progre/five
motion being communicated to the lever when at liberty to
move freely, is fufficiently clear; but there is no evidence
whatever that the effects will be the fame to give the lever a
rotatory motion about any point, becaufe a very different mo-
tion is then produced, and we are fuppofed to know nothing
about the efficacy of a force at different diitances from the
fulcrum to produce fuch a motion. Befides, the two mo-
tions are not only different, but the /ame forces are known
to produce diffrent effe&ts in the two cafes ; for in the former
cae the two equa! powers at the extremities of the arms pro-
duce equal effects in generating a progre/five motion ; but in
the latter cafe they do not produce egual effets in generating
arotatory motion. We cannot therefore reafon from one to
the other. The principle, however, may be thus proved.
Let A, C, (fig. 182) be two equal bodies placed on a flraight
fever, A P, moveable about P; bife€& AC in B, produce
P A to Q, and take BQ = BP, and fuppofe the end Q
You. XXIII.

MEC

to be fuftained by a prop. Then as A and C are fimilarly
fituated in refpeét to each end of the lever, that is, AP =
CQ, and A QO = CP, the prop and fulcrum muft bear
equal reg of the whole weight; and therefore the prop at
Q will be preffed with a weight equalto A, Now take
away the weights A and C, and put a weight at B equal
to their fum ; and then the weight at B being equally diftant
from 9 and P, the prop and fulcrum mutt dittarn equal
parts of the whole weight, and therefore the prop will now
alfo fultain a weight equalto A. Hence if the prop O be
taken away, the moving force to turn the lever about P in
both cafes mutt evidently be the fame ; therefore the effeéts
of A and C upon the lever to turn it about any point are
the fame as when they are both placed in the middle point
between them. And the fame is manifeltly true if A and
C be placed without the fulcrum and prop. If, therefore,
AC be a cylindrical lever of uniform denfity, its effeé to
turn itfelf about any point will be the fame as if the whole
were colleéted into the middle point B; which follows from
what has been already proved, by conceiving the whole
cylinder to be divided into an infinite number of lamine
perpendicular to its axis, of equal thickneffes.

The principle, therefore, aflumed by Archimedes is thus
eftablifhed upon the molt felf-evident principle, that is, that
equal bodies at equal diftances mut produce equal effeéts ;
which is manifeft from this confideration, that when a// the
circumftances in the caufe are equal, the effeéts muft be
equal. Thus the whole demonftration of Archimedes is
rendered perfectly complete, and at the fame time it is very
fhort and fimple. The other part of the demonftration we
fhall here infert, for the ufe ee thofe who may not be ac-
quainted with it.

Let X Y (fig. 19.) bea cylinder, which bifeé& in A, on
which point it would manifeitly reft. Take any point Z,
and bifeé&t Z X in B, and Z Y in C; then, from what has
been proved, the effeéts of the two parts Z X, Z Y to turn
the lever about A is the fame as if the weight of each part
were colle&ed into B and C refpectively, which weights are
manifeftly as Z X, Z Yy and which therefore conceive’to be
placed at BandC. NowAB=AX—XB=1XY
—2tXZ=3YZ; adAC=AY—YC=txXY
—+ZY=+1XZ; confequently AB: AC: YZ:
$XZ:YZ : XZ :: the weight at C: the weight at B.

The property of the ftraight lever being thus eftablifhed,
every thing relative to the bent lever immediately follows.
See Maclaurin’s Account of fir Ifaac Newton's Phil. Difc.
book ii. chap. 3. Hamilton’s Phil. Eff. eff. 1. or Phil.
Tranf. li. p. 116. Phil. Tranf. vol. Ixxxiv. art. v. p. 33,
&ce.

MecHANIcaL is alfo applied to a kind of reafoning, which
of late has got great ground, both in phyfics and medicine ;
thus denominated, as being conformable to what is ufed in
the contrivance, and accounting for the properties and opera~
tions of machines. See MenicIne.

MecuanicaL is alfo ufed, ia Mathematics, to fignify a
conftruction or proof of fome problem, not done in an ac-
curate and geometrical manner, but coarfely and unartfully,
or by the affiftance of inftruments; as are moft problems
relating to the duplicature of the cube, and the quadrature of
the circle. ‘

MecHanicaL Arts. See Arts.

MecuanieaL Curve. See Tranfcendental CurvE.

Mecuanicat Pathology, the fyitem of medicine adopted
by Borelli, Pitcairn, and others, at the end of the feven-
teenth and beginning of the eighteenth centuries, by which
they endeavoured to explain the phenomena of difeafe upon
the principles of mechanical philofophy; principles which
were yery partially eo to the operations of animal

life ;

MEC
life ; the fyftem, therefore, was exploded by the more phi-
lofophical refearches into the laws of the fenforial power, or
nervous energy, peculiar to living beings, by the pathologitts
of fucceeding times. See Mepicine, Hiffory of, near the
end.

MECHELEN, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Lower Meufe, and chief place of a can-
ton, in the diftri& of Maeftricht. The place contains 906,
and the canton 7736 inhabitants, ona territory of 390 kilio-
metres, in 17 communes.

MECHLIN. See Marines.

MECHOACAN, a province or large diftri€&, in the
domain of Mexico, bounded on the N. by part of Guafteca,
or Panuco, and the provinces of Zacatecas and Guadalajara,
on the E. by another part of Guaiteca, and Mexico proper,
and on the S. by the latter and the South fea, which, toge-
ther with Xalifco or New Galicia, bounds it alfo on the W.
and N.W. It extends about 210 miles along the coaft, and
ftill further inland. ihe air is fingularly healthy, and the
foil very fertile. In this province are mines of filver, and,
as it has been faid, fome of gold and copper. Among its
productions we may reckon maize and cotton, the cacao or
chocolate nut, the root mechoacan, feveral odoriferous gums,
and balfam, farfaparilla, ambergris, vanillas, caffia, honey,
wax, &c. ‘The natives, fince they have been incorporated
with the Spaniards, have acquired the knowledge of feveral
trades, and are curious in the manufaGture of cabinets,
weaving filk, and earthen pottery; and they particularly
excel in making images of {mall feathers, equal to the moit
exquifite painting. The country is infetted with foxes,
{quirrels, hons, wild dogs, and tygers; but it has alfo a
numerous breed of excellent horfes for the faddle or harnefs.
The fea, as well as its lakes and rivers, fupply abundance of
excellent fifth. In this province there are two confiderable
lakes one of which gave name to the lake, implying
“ fifhery,” as it ufed anciently to fupply the capital. ‘This
lake is fituated on the N. of Pafquaro, the capital of the
province, while Valladolid, or Mechoacan, has only the
bifhopric. According to Alcedo, it is about 12 leagues in
circumference, probably about 40 Englifh miles, perhaps
equalling that of Tezeuco, though reprefented in our maps
as of far inferior fize. The fifh is exquifite; and many
Indians dwell in pi€turefque iflets, occupied in, fifhing, or
bringing to the capital in canoes fith, fruits, flowers, and
pot-herbs. Mechoacan was formerly a kingdom, but the
Spaniards have reduced it into a bifhopric, in which are
about 200 towns of converted natives. As in this province
there are fcarcely any harbours that deferve the name of
ports, the greateft part of the trade is earried on by land.

Mecnoacan; or Valladolid, a city of Mexico, in the
province’ of Mechoacan, and a bifhop’s fee, fituated on a
river near the W. fide of a lake, which abounds with fifh.
It is large and well decorated ; 108 miles W. of Mexico.
N. lat. 20° 5’. W. long. :02° 11!

Mecnoacan, Mechoacanna, called alfo white jalap, white
rhubarb, and American feammony, a medicinal root, taking
its name from a province of Mexico, from whence it is
brought in thin tranfverfe flices, like jalap, but larger and
whiter. (See Javar.) Mechoacan fearcely yields one-fixth
part fo much refin as jalap does. It is a {pecies of bind-
weed. See ConvoLvuLus.

Mechoacan was firft introduced about the year 1524, and
afed as a purgative before jalap, though the latter is now

in more general ufe, as being found more efficacious: yet °

mechoacan is the milder and more gentle of the two, and

on that aceount is preferable. The feat of its action is

ebiefly in the extreme parts ; for which reafon it is accounted
tI

MEC

good in arthritic pains. It has the advantage of needing
no preparation, or correétive ; and of purging in its own
proper fubftance, as it grows.

It purges ferous humours from all parts of the body ;
and helps the dropfy, jaundice, the rheumatifm, working
with gentlenefs, and without griping ; and, therefore, it is
fit for weakly tender conftitutions ; but by reafon that a
larger quantity muft be given than moft people ‘are willing
to take, it is grown very much out of ufe: The dofe in
fubftance is from one drachm to two or more.

M. Boulduc found, by analyfing it, that it contains twelve
times as much falt as refin; but neither tne faline nor refinous
extract purge fo freely as the fubftance, even though taken
in larger dofes; nor do they even purge fo eafily.

In the choice of mechoacan, prefer thofe pieces which are
the browneft within, and whofe fubftance is the clofeft, and
moft compact. ° :

MECKENHEIM, in Geography, a town of France, in
the department of the Rhine and Mofelle, feated on the
Erfft; 7 miles S.S.W. of Bonn. N. lat. 50° go’. E.
long. 6° 57'.

MECKLENBURG, a town of the duchy of the fame
name, anciently the capital of the Obotrites, and called by
fome old hiltorians, probably on account of its extent,
“« Megapolis.”” Formerly it contained three convents, and
in 1058 a bifhopric was founded. Since the founding of
Wiimar, it has funk into a village ; 2 miles S. of Wifmar.

Mrcktensure, Duchy of, might formerly be faid to
confift of three parts, viz. Schwerin. Giiftrow, and Strelitz.
But now only thofe of Schwerin and Strelitz are preferved,
and the duchy of Mecklenburg Giiftrow has fallen to the
houfe of Schwerin, and, becoming incorporated with it, has
loft its diftinCtivename. Wifmar, which was formerly ceded
to the Swedes, was afterwards purchafed of the king of
Sweden, and now belongs to this branch of the houfe of
Mecklenburg. This principality is bounded on the N. by
the Baltic, on the E. by Pomerania, on the S. by Branden-
burg, and on the W. by the territory of Lubeck and prin-
cipality of Luneburg. When the Vandals, in a confider-
able number, quitted this country in the fifth cen-
tury, the Wends occupied their habitations, and became
intermixed with the inhabitants that remained. Of thefe
Wends, the moft confiderable tribe was that of the Obo-
trites, which had its own particular princes. From thefe
defcended Prebiflau, who, in the 12th century, embraced
the Chriftian religion, and rebuilt Mecklenburg, the ancient
capital of the Obotrite princes, and took his name from it.
His fon, Henry Borwin, was father of two princes, one of
whom, viz. John, was the founder of the Mecklenburg
line, and the other, viz. Nikolot, that of Wenden: but
when this latter became extinG, the principality of Wenden
devolved to the Mecklenburg branch, which was raifed to
the dignity of duke by the emperor Charles TV. At the
peace of Weftphalia, in 1648. Wifmar was ceded to the
Swedes ; but the diocefes of Schwerin and Ratzeburg were
converted into temporal principalities. The Giiftrow line
failed, and, after fome difputes, a compromife took place at
Hamburgh in 1701, on condition that the principality of
Gittrow fhould be added to that of Schwerm, and that the
principality of Ratzeburg, with fome other territories,
fhould be annexed to that of Strelitz. At the fame time,
the right of primogeniturefhip, and the lineal fucceffion,
were eltablifhed in both houfes, and the compa& was ratified
by the emperor Leopold. Two lines of the dukes of Meck-
lenburg are ftill fubfi‘ting. The Schwerin line commenced
in duke Frederic William ; and the Strelitz line commenced
in duke Adolphus Fredeic II. The annual revenves of
the Schwerin line ave confiderable ; and they were formerly

rated

MEC

rated at 300,000 rix-dollars per annum. "The duke of the
Mecklenburg Strelity line in faid to receive about 126,000
rix-dollara. The two duchies are divided into three circles,
vis. Mecklenburg, Wenden, and Stargard,

The accounts of the foil and produce of this country are
various and contradiftory, even among the Mecklenburghers
themfelves. According to the remonitrance of the nobility
in 1718 to the imperial court again{t the contribution exaéted
from them, the country was reprefented ay full of lakes,
_ which were almoft wholly unproductive, and as abounding
with heaths, moors, woods, fens, and quarries. The for
was faid to be fandy, and capable of producing only a {mall

uantity of rye and oats, and the paftures and meadows af-
orded but poor food for their fheep. The arable lands,
even when well manured, produce for the moft part only
barley, and very little wheat. The account given by
Cluvier and Frank, who have deferibed the country, ts
very different. About ,',th of the country, they fay, is
fandly, but the worlt of ‘the fandy land produces excellent
rye, and, when fuffered to lie fallow, affords good theep-

walks ; but the country in general is reprefented as incom--

parable, and not exceeded by Pomerania or Holitein. When
well tilled and dunged, it yields barley and wheat, gene-
rally five, fix, or eight-fold. The country is interfperfed
wih delightful eminences, pleafant and profitable woods ; nor
is it deltitute of good fruit trees. Several forefts have been
afforted, fens drained, and, together with the moors and
quarries, improved into arable and palture land. The
commons and meadows, not inferior to thofe of Holftein
and Pomerania, afford grafs in fuch plenty, that the coun-
try exports annually fine thoufands of cattle: the lakes
and rivers, by their abundance of fith, yield large revenues.

The principal rivers are the Elbe, Stor, Reckenitz, and
Havel. In both duchies, exclulive of Roftock, are 45

reat and {mall cities. ‘The inhabitants of both duchies are

utherans. In the country alfo there are fome congre-

tions of Calvinifts; and in Schwerin the Roman Ca-
tholics are permitted the free exercife of their worship.
The towns have German f{chools, and Roftock has an univer-
fity. The country is not deftitute of woollen manufactures,
tanners, leather-dreflers, tobacco-{pinners, and other trades.
The exports of the country are corn, fiax, hemp, hops,
wax, honey, cattle, butter, cheefe, woo!, and feveral kinds
of wood.

MEcKLENBURG, a county of Virginia, bounded S. by
the {tate of North Carolina; containing 8332 free inha-
bitants, and 8676 flaves.—Alfo, a county of North Caro-
lina, in the diftri& of Salifbury, bounded S. by the ftate of
South Carolina; containing 10,317 inhabitants, of whom
1931 are flaves. Its chief town is Charlotte.

MECKLEY, a country of Thibet, occurs the
fpace between Bengal and China, is bounded on the E. by
China; on the S. by Ava, or the Birman empire ; and on
the W. by thick foreits, which feparate it from Bengal;
it is about 350 miles in length, and 170 in breadth, fubje&
to the king of the Birman empire. N. lat. 22° 30’ to 27°
ao’. E. long. 93° 20! to 98° 40’. See ARRACAN.

MECKMUHL, a town of Wurtemberg, on the Jaxt ;
32 miles N.N.E. of Stuttgart. N. lat 49° 20’. E. long.

° 2 r 2
™ MECOBA NISH, a lake of Canada. _ N. lat. 48° 58’.
W. long. 83° 45'. . eee

MECON, or Menaw, a large river of Afia, which rifes
in the mountains of Thibet, between the 34th and 35th
degrees of N. latitude, and purfuing a foutherly courfe bear-
ing eattward,it pafles through the Chinefe province of
Yun-nan, the kingdom of Laos, Cambodia, &c., and runs

MED

into the Eaftern fea, about 200 miles S, of the city of
Cambodia, At firft this river is called “ Kiou-lony,” and
retains this name till it enters Laos, when it takes the name
of Mecon: when it enters Cambodia, it receives the name
of the country, till at the city of Cambodia, it feparates into
two branches, the eaftern of which is called Cambodia, or
the Japanefe river, and the weflern Oubequeme.

MICONIUM, Mexenio, from fennarry poppy, in Pharmacy,
is the juice of the heads or capfules of Poppy, or papaver
fomniferum, drawn by incifion, and dried.

Opium differs from the meconium, which, by the ancients,
was made of the exprefled juice or decoétion of the pop-
pies, and it was deemed by them much more inaCtive in its
operation than the opium. See Orrum.

The college of London direéts an extraét of white poppy
to be prepared by decoétion of the poppy capfules in water,
and fubfequent infpiffation. For this purpofe, take a pound
of white poppy capfules bruifed, ot a gallon of boiling
water. Macerate for 24 hours; then boil down to four
pints, ftrain the hot liquor, and evaporate it to a proper
confiltence. This differs from opium, which is believed to
be the concrete milky juice which exudes on making inci-
fions into the frefh capfules, though probably fome addi-
tions are made to it. Six grains of this extraét are about
equivalent to one of opium ; but much of the comparative
narcotic power of the plant itfelf may depend upon the in-
fluence of climate. The feeds are firft to be feparated from
the capfules, for they produce no narcotic effeét ; they yield
oil and mucilage, and readily rub into an emulfion.

A decoétion of poppy, deco&tum pro fomento, P. L.
1787, fotus communis, P. L. 1745, is thus prepared: take
of white poppy capfules bruifed four ounces, and of water
four pints; boil for a quarter of an hour and ftrain. For
various purpofes, efpecially fomentation, advantage is derived
from the folution of the narcotic matter contained in poppy
heads ; this may, therefore, be confidered as an ufeful addi-
tion, and as reducing into form a decoétion in very com-
mon ufe.

Mecowtum is alfo a black thick excrement, gathered in
the inteftines of a child during the time of geftation.

In colour and confiitence it refembles pulp of caffia. It
is alfo thought to refemble meconium, or juice of poppy;
whence it takes itsname. See Inranrt.

MECRAN, or Mexran, in Geography, a large province
of Perlia, extending to the Indian deferts, is bounded on the
N. by Segeftan and Candahar; onthe E. by Hindooftan; on
the S. by the Indian fea; and onthe W.by Kerman. This
is the ancient Gadruftan, or Gedrofia. A chain of moun-
tains croffes it, and divides it into two almoft equal parts.
This province has been always unfertile, and full of deferts
and ciaffical geography, fays Pinkerton, here prefents only
one mean town, called Pura, probably Borjian, onthe mott
W. frontier. The extenfive fea-coaft on the Indian ocean,
far from being the feat of commerce, fcarcely prefents one
harbour, being almoit an uniform line of fterility, ishabited
by Arabs, like moft of the fouthern coafts of Perfia, which
are divided by mountains and deferts from the fertile and
cultivated land. Travellers in their journies are often opped,
and fometimes overwhelmed by deep and moving fauds. In

this province water is fcarce, and it has few rivers. The
capital is Kidge.
MECRINHOS, a town of Portugal, in the province of

Tras los Montes ; 24 miles S.E. of Mirandela.
MECZARA, 2 town of Africa, in the kingdom of

Tambut.

_ MEDA, a town of Portugal, in the province of Beira;

20 miles N.E. of Pinhel,
N2 MEDACO,

MED

MEDACO, a town of Africa, in the country of
Meetka. N. lat. 14°30’. E. long. 23° 20!.

MEDAL, Mepatia, a {mall figure, or piece of metal,
in form of a coin, deftined to preferve to pofterity the por-
trait of fome great man, or the memory of fome illuftrious
ation.

Scaliger derives the word from the Arabic methalia, a coin
whereon is impreffed the figure of a human head. Menage
and Voflius rather derive it from metallum. Du Cange ob-
ferves, that the obolus was anciently called medalia quafi me-
dietas nummi ; as being half of another coin.

Medals may be diftnestilheel by the metal of which they
are made; which is commonly one of the three metals,
aurum, argentum, and es, fignified by the three A’s, which,
on feveral coins, are placed after the name of the mint-mafter,
viz. gold, filver, and copper, or brafs.

The moft ufual purity of coined gold amounts to about
22 carats, two carats being deduéted from the ftandard of
the utmoft purity, which is fixed at 24 carats, and confifting
of alloy. See Corn.

The moft ancient gold coins exifting, thofe of Lydia
and other ftates in Afia Minor, are not of the pureft gold.
Many of the earlieft coins feem to be formed of the metal
anciently called eleGtrum ;’’ and -confifting of gold and
filver. But when Philip of Macedon coined the firft gold
of Greece; procured from the mines of Philippi in Thrace,
the art of refining gold had attained great perfection, for
his coins are of the utmoft purity. They are rivalled, how-
ever, by thofe of his fon Alexander, and of other princes
and cities within a few certuries of that age. The gold
coins of the Egyptian Ptolemies are 23 carats three grains
fine, with only one grain alloy. The Roman gold coinage
is very pure from the earlieft times, and remained in this ftate
till the reign of Severus. Pliny fays, that moft gold was
found mixed with filver ; of which the latter amounted to
one-fifth. The metal was called “ele&trum.’’ The moft
ancient filver is, like the gold, lefs pure than that of fucceed-
ing time, and this was particularly the cafe with that of
the Greeks. The Roman filver was rather inferior to the
prefent ftandard, even from the beginning; but in the time
of Severus very bad filver appeared, and continued till that
of Diocletian. The brafs of the ancients, when pure, which
is rather uncommon, confifted of two kinds; the red, or
what the ancients called Cyprian brafs, which we call cop-
per, and the yellow, or brafs. As medals of thefe metals
are generally covered with patina, the difference has not ex-
cited attention; though in Roman coins brafs was double
the value of copper ; and the Greeks, it is fuppofed, followed
the fame rule.

The ancients had alfo numerous coins made of mixed
metals, The firft mixture was that of gold and filver, and
called ** EleGrum ;?? which fee. The next metal of value
was Corinthian brafs, which was employed in the fabrication
of vafes and other ornamental toys; but it does not appear,
according to Mr. Pinkerton, that they ever ftruck a fingle
medal inthis metab. The real fa&t is, that the coins, which
fome medallic authors have called Corinthian brafs, are
only ftruck as a modification of common brafs. ‘The zinc
which is mingled with the copper in the furnace for the
manufacture of brafs, gives it a great variety of hues in
proportion to the quality of the zinc, or of the copper.
The beft and fineft of thefe hues belongs to what is now
termed “* Prince’s metal,’? which feems to have been that
which the firft medallifts called Corinthian brafs. Of
Esyptian coins, ftruck under the Roman emperors, fome
were at firft of tolerable filver; but by. degrees they dege-
nerated into ametal,.called by the French Medallic writers

ME ®

“ Potin,” being a mixture of copper and tin, with a little
filver. Thefe coins are remarkably thick ; but many of
them are elegantly executed, in a peculiar flyle, with un-
common reverfes. There are, likewife, brafs coins of Egypt,
of three fizes, from the earlieft Roman emperors there, and
of a different fabrication. Some coins of that which is
called large brafs, are of the mixtures now called pot-
metal and bell-metal. After the time of Valerian and Gal-
lienus coinage of brafs, with a {mall addition of filver, is
that authorized by the ftate, being that of the ‘ denarii
aerii..’ The coins of lead er copper, plated with gold
or filver, are thofe of Roman forgers. Coins have been
found in lead of undoubted antiquity. Some fuch of
Tigranes are mentioned as genuine by Jobert; but they are
now well known to be forgeries. An ancient writer informs
us, that tin money was iffued by Dionyfius, one of the
Sicilian tyrants; but no fuch coins have been found. In
Rome leaden coins muft have been pretty ancient, for
Plautus mentions them i= one cr two paflages of his plays ;
and a few imperial ones have been found, but they are
chiefly trial-pieces, in order to enable the artift to judge of
the progrefs of the dye. Others are thofe which have been
plated by forgers, but the covering worn off.

It has been faid that there are alfo fome medals compofed
of two different metals, not by melting them together, but
either by plating over brafs or iron with filver ; a fort of
falfe money, which had its rife in the triumvirate of Au-
gultus ; or by laying a rim of a different metal round the
edge of a medal. Thofe of the latter fort are called by
antiquaries contorniati, from the French contour, which fig-
nifies the outline that defines a figure. See ConTour-
NIATED.

It is confidered as a certain rule in this fcience, fays
Pinkerton, that none of the ancient money was caft in
moulds, except the moft ancient and very large Roman brafs,
vulgarly called weights, and other Itzlian pieces of that fort.
All other caft coins are forgeries of ancient or modern
times: for this was a manceuvre of the ancient forgers, as
we learn from feveral Roman moulds which have been found,
and which have led the unfkilful to imagine that the an-
cients firft caft their money in dyes, and then ftamped it, to.
make the impreflion more deep and fharp. Dr. Jennings,
in his ‘ Introduétion to the Knowledge of Medals, &c."’
1764, 12mo., has fallen into this miftake, befides feveral
others which are noticed by Mr. Pinkerton. The ancients,
though ftrangers to the art of imprefling legends upon the
edge of their money, like the “‘ pECUS ET TUTAMEN”’
upon our crown pieces, and to the fine indentation obfervable
on our gold, yet knew fomething of crenating the edges of
their coin. This they did by cutting out regular notches
on the edges. Some of the Syrian coins, and of the Ro-
man confular, with a few other early ones, are ornamented
inthis manner. The former were caft in this fhape, then
ftruck ; the latter was dene by incifion to prevent forgery,
by fhewing the infide of the metal. They were anciently
called «¢ ferrati,”” and Tacitus fays, that the Germans pre-
ferred them to other Roman coins. But this was alfo
imitated by the old forgers; and Mr. Pinkerton has in his
poffeffion a ferrated confular coin, of which the incifions, like
the refit, are plated with filver over copper.

Medals may again be diltinguifhed by their, different fizes.
The fize of the ancient medals is from three inches to one-
fourth of an inch in diameter. Thofe of the larger fize or
volume are.called medallions. The others, which are very
various, are ranked into three claffes, viz. large, middle, and
fmall ; and the clafs is determined, not fo muck by the
breadth and thicknefs of the medal itfelf, as by the fize of

the

MEDALS.

the hewd that is famped vpen it, The thape of medals is
rother roundith than perfeétly round, No Reman or Etruf-
can coins have been tound of the globular form, or indented
on the reverle, like the carly Greek, ‘The fir Greek
coins are {mall pieces of filver, while the Reman are large
mafles of copper, The former are flruck; the latter are
ealt in moulds,

Mepat, the Parts of a, are the two fides ; one whereof
is called the Jace, head, or obverfe, the other the rewerfe.

On each fide is the area, or field, which makes the middle
of a medal ; the rim, or borders and the exergue, which
is beneath the ground whereon the figures reprefented are
placed, (See Exencum.) On the two fides are diftin-
gvithed the type, and the infeription or legend, The type,
or device, is the figure reprefented ; the legend is the writ-
ing, efpecially that around the medal ; though, in the Greek
medals, the infcription is frequently in the area, See Le-
GEND.

What we find in the exergue is frequently no more than
fome initial letters, whofe meaning we are ufually unac-
quainted with ; though fometimes too they contain epochas,
or words that may be accounted an infeription. The ex-
ergue contains fometimes the date of the coin, exprefling in
sata confulfhip of the emperor it was {truck : ascos 111.
upon the reverfe of an Antoninus. Sometimes it fignifies
the place where it was ftruck, and to which the coin properly
belonged, as s. ms AL. for figna Moneta Alexandrie, upon the
reverle of a Licinius. Sometimes the name of a province,
the reduétion of which the medal is defigned to celebrate ;
as Judwa in the reverfe of ‘a Vefpafian.

‘On the face of medals we have commonly the portrait of
fome great and illuftriows perfon ; ufually, if nor always, in
profile,. ‘The coins of the kings of Macedon are the moft an-
cient of any yet difcovered on which portraits are found ;
and Alexander I., who began his reign about 500 years B.C.
is the earlieft monarch mea medals have yet been difco-
vered. .Then follow thofe kings and queens who reigned
in Sicily, Caria, Cyprus, Heraclea, and Pontus. To thefe
fueceeds the feries of kings of Egypt, Syria, the Cim-
merian Bofphorus, Thrace, Bithynia, Parthia, Armenia,
Damafcus, Cappadocia, Paphlagonia, Pergamus, Galatia,
Cilicia, Sparta, Pronia, Epirus, Ilyricum, Gaul, and the

» This feries extends from the time of Alexander the
Great to the birth of Chriit, comprehending a period of
about 330 years. The lait feries of ancient kings defcends
to the fourth century, and includes fome of Thrace, the
Bofphorus, and Parthia, thofe of Commagene, Edefla or
Ofrhoene, Mauritania, and Judwa. The portraits of the
kings above enumerated are found en medals itruck with
Grecian charaGters. : ft:

_ The Romanemperors prefent a moft diftin& feries from
Julius, the firt of them, to the deitru€tion of Rome by
the Goths, or even to a much later period, if the coins after
this were not fo barbarous as to deltroy the beauty of the
feries while they add to its perfection, Of modern coins
many proper feriefes might be formed, confilting of the kings
and other potentates of the different countries. Medals of
illuftrious men in modern times are not likewife wanting to
form a collection. :

The kings, upon Greek coins, have generally the diadem,
without any other ornament. The fide face is alway pre-
fented ; though upon very ancient Greek coins of cities,
and Roman confular coins, full faces are found of amazing
relief and expreflion. Sometimes feveral heads are found
on the fame coin, either impreffed on both fides, or only
upon one. Thus the beautiful gold coin of Ptolemy Phi-

R)

ladelphus, king of Egypt, beare his own head and that of
Arlinoe, his queen, on one fide 5 and thofe of his father
and mother, Ptolemy I. and Berenice, on the other,
Coins are found alfo of Antony and Cleopatra, Nero and
Agnp ina, Agrippina and Germanicus, and many others,
both Greck and Roman. Semetimes two or more heads
are found upon one fide, while the other bears a reverfe in
the ufual way. Thefe heads ore cither adverfe, that is,
oppofite to each other, face to face; or Joined, avd both
looking one way. Of the adverfe are coms of Licinivs,
father and fon, and others. Joined heads are found on the
fineft Greek coins, as in that of Ptolemy above-mentioned,
and in the Roman are Commodus and Marcia his concu-
bine, and others. Sometimes real portraits are joined with
ideal ones, as Caravfius and Apollo, Pofthumus and Her-
cules, &c. Sometimes three heads are found upon one
fide, as in that of Valerian, with his fons Gallienus and
Valerian, &c. All fuch coins are very rare and valuable,

As for the ornaments of portraits, the chief is the diadem,
or *¢ vitta,’’ which was a ribbon worn about the head, and
tied in a floating knot behind, anciently the fimple, but
fuperlative, badge of kingly power. It 1s obfervable upon
the Greek monarchic medals, from the earlieft ages to the
laft; and is almoft an infallible fign of the portrait of a
prince. In the Roman coins it is foen on the confular one
with Numa and Ancus; but never after, as Mr. Pinkerton
apprehends, till the time of Licinius.

The Romans had fuch an abhorrence of this badge of
kingly diflinion, that their emperors had, for two cen-
turies, wore the radiated crown, peculiar to the gods, be-
fore they dared to affume this tyrannic badge. However,
in the family of Conftantine the diadem became common,
but divefted of its ancient fimplicity ; being ornamented on
either fide with a row of pearls, and various other decora-
tions. The radiated crown, at firft, as in the poithumous
coins of Auguftus, a mark of deification, was, in little
more than a century after, put upon moft of the emperors’
heads in their feveral medals, The crown of laurel, at firft
the honorary prize of conquerors, was afterwards com-
monly worn, at leaft in their medals, by all the Roman
emperors from Julius, who was permitted by the fenate to
Wear it always, in order to hide the baldnefs of his fore-
head. In the lower empire, the laurel is often held by a
hand above the head, as a mark of piety. Agrippa appears
on his coins with the roftral crown, a fign of naval viéto
or command, being made of gold, in refemblance of prows
of fhips tied together. He is likewife feen with the mural
or turreted crown, the prize of firft afcending the walls of
an enemy’s city. The oaken, or civic crewn, is frequent
on reverfes, as of Galba and others ; and was the badge
of having faved the life of a citizen, or of many citizens.
(See Crown.) Befides the diadem, the Greek princes
fometimes appear with the laurel crown. The Arfacide,
or kings of Parthia, wear a kind of fafh round the head,
with their hair in rows of curls like a wig. Tigranes, and
the kings of Armenia, wear the tiara. Xerxes, a petty
prince of Armenia, appears on a coin in a conic cap, with
a diadem around it. Juba, the father, has a fingular crown
like a conic cap, all hung with pearls.

The fucceflors of Alexander aflumed different fymbols of
deity on the buits of their medals ; fuch as the lion’s {kin of
Hercules, furrounding the head of the firft Seleucus ; the
horn placed behind the ear, an image of their itrength and
power, or of their being the fucceffors of Alexander, called
the fon of Jupiter Ammon ; the wing, placed in like man-

ner behind the ear, fymbolic of the rapidity of their con-
quefts,

MEDALS.

queits, or of their defcent from the god Mercury, &c.
Pyrrhus, as Plutarch informs us, had acrefi of goat’s horns
to his helmet; and the goat was a fymbol of Macedon.
The fucceffora of Alexarider might take this badge on that
account. The helmet alfo appears on coins, as in thofe of
Macedon under the Romans, which have Alexander’s head,
fometimes covered with a helmet. Probus has the helmet :
and Conftantine I, has helmets of different forms, curioufly
ornamented.

The Greek queens have the vitta or diadem. Moft queens
of Egypt have the fceptre. The Roman empreffes never
appear with the diadem, the variety of their head-drefles
compenfating the want of it. The remarkable part of the
Roman head-drefs among the ladies was the ** Sphendona,”
or fling, on the crown of the head, which was of gold, and
fo prominent, as to be even remarkabie on a coin. Some-
times the buft of an emprefs is fupported by a crefcent, de-
noting that fhe was the moon, as her hufband was the fun of
the ftate. There are other fymbolic ornaments of the head
obfervable on fome Roman coins. Such is the veil, or ra-
ther toga, drawn over the head, and {een on the buits of Ju-
lius Czfar, when Pontifex Maximus, and others. Latterly
the veil was only a mark of confecration, and is common on
coins of empreffes, as Fauftina and others. Inthe coins of
Claudius Gothicus, it is firft found as a mark of the confe-
cration of an emperor; and it was continued in thofe of
Conftantius I., Maximian I., and Conftantine I. Thefe
coins, fays Mr. Pinkerton, rank with thofe that are valuable
for their rarity.

The ‘ nimbus,”’ or glory, now peculiar to the faints, was
formerly applied to emperors. A nimbus appears round the
head of Conftantine II., in a gold coin of that prince, and
of Flavia Maxima Faufta, ina go!d medallion ; and of Juf-
tinian in another. But the idea is as ancient as the reign of
Auguftus. Havercamp gives a fingular coin, which has
upon the reverfe of the common piece with the head of Rome,
URES ROMA, in large brafs. Conftantine I., fitting amid
victories and genii, with a triple crown upon his head for
Europe, Afia, and Africa: legend sEcURITAS ROM#.
This medal, fays Pinkerton, might haply have afforded a
curious argument, in an ignorant age, for Conftantine’s do-
nation to the pope, and for the papal triple crown. But in
fa&t the univerfal {piritual power of the pope was totally un-
known till the 12th century ; before which time his eleCtion
was obliged to be confirmed by the exarch of Ravenna, and
afterwards by the emperor of Germany ; and~ his temporal
power is fo late as the beginning of the 16th century, only
commencing in the crimes of Borgia. The buit alone is ge-
nerally given on ancient coins; but fometimes half the body,
or more; in which latter cafe the hands often appear, with
tokens of majefty in them. Such is the globe, faid to have
been introduced by Auguftus, to exprefs poffeffion of the
world ; the feeptre, fometimes confounded with the confu-
lar ftaff; the roll of parchment, fymbolic of legiflative
power ; and the handkerchief, expreffing that of the public
games, where the emperor gave the fignal. Some princes
hold the thunderbolt, fhewing that their power on earth was
equal to that of Jupiterin heaven. Others hold an image of
victory. «

The reverfes of medzls contain figures of deities at whole
length, with their attributes and fymbols ; public buildings
and diverfions ; allegorical reprefentations; ceremonies civil
and religious ; hiftorical and private events ; figures of an-
cient itatues ; plants, animals, and other fubjeéts of natural
hiftory : ancient magiftracies, with their infignia; and, in fhort,
almoft every object of nature or art. Some reverfes bear

the portrait of the queen, the fon, or the daughter of
the prince who appears on the obverfe. Such are highly
efteemed by antiquaries, not merely becaufe coins ftamped
with portraits on both fides are valuable, but becaufe they
identify the perfonage on the reverfe to have been the wife,
the fon, or the daughter, of fuch a particular prince, and
thus help in the adjuttment of a feries. Some medals with
two portraits are very common ; fuch are Auguitus reverfe
of Caligula, and M. Aurelius reverfe of Antoninus Pius.
The reverfes of the Roman coins have more of art and de-
fign than the Greek ; but the Greek have more exquifite re-
lief and workmanfhip than the other. Inthe very ancient
coins, no reverfe is found except a rude mark ftruck into the
metal, as of an inftrument with four blunt points, on which
the coin was flruck. Afterwards, by degrees, we fee fome
little image of a dolphin, or other animal, inferted into one
of the departments of the rude mark, or into a hollow
fquare. ‘Then follows a perfect reverfe of a horfe, or the
like, with a flight mark, and at length without any mark, of
the hollow fquare. Some ancient Greek reverfes‘are ftruck in
intaglio, not in cameo, hollow, not in relief. Such are thofe
of Caulonia, Crotona, Metapontum, and fome other an-
cient cities of Grecia Magna. Thefe reverfes fometimes
bear the fame type in intaglio, which the obverfe has in
cameo ; and fometimes they are quite different. When com-
plete reverfes appear on the Greek coins, about 5ooyears B.C.
they are of exquifite relief, minute finifh, and beauty. The
very mufcles of men and animals are feen, and will bear in-
fpection with the largeft magnifier, as ancient gems.

Of Roman coins, the reverfes are very uniform, the prow
of a fhip, a car, or the like, till about 100 years B.C.,
when various reverfes appear on their confular coins in all
metals. The variety and beauty of the Roman imperial
reverfes are well known. The medallift much values thofe
which have a number of figures, as the * Puellz Fauftinia-
ne” of Fauftina, a gold coin no larger than a fixpence,
which has twelve figures :—that of Trajan, * Regna adfig-
nata,”’ which has four:—the “ Congiarium” of Nerva,
with five :—the ‘ Allocution’ of Trajan, with feven; of
Hadrian, with ten; of Probus, with twelve. Some Ro-
man medals, to which no peculiar name has been appro-
priated by medallifts, have {mall figures on both fides, as
the Apolloni Sanéto”’ of Julian II. Others have only a
reverfe, as the noted ‘ Spintriati,’? which have numerals
I. II. &c. on the obverfe.

The figures of deities and perfonifications on the Roman
coins, are commonly attended with their names, befides
being diftinguifhed with their attributes. ‘Fhefe names,
‘vithout an adjun@, are put down merely becaufe it was ne-
ceffary that the coin fhould have a legend. Thus, in a coin
of Lucilla, Venus, though well known by the apple which
fhe always holds in her hand, has neverthelefs the name
round her, veNus, without any addition. Butan adjun@ is
moft commonly added, and this renders the infertion of the
name very proper and neceflary, as in the inftance of a
Neptune, with NEPTUNO REDUCI :—a Venus, with VENERI
vicTRict, and others fimilar. The like may be faid of the
coins with a figure of Modefty, pupiciTim aucustz ; of
Virtue, vikTUS AUGUSTI, &c. ; for itis the legend which
appropriates the virtue to the emperor or emprefs, and thus
leaves no doubt as to the meaning of the reverfe.

In the Greek coins, a {uperior delicacy is obferved by not
exprefling the name of the deity, but leaving it to the eafy
interpretation of fixed fymbols. This remarkable difference
is obfervable in the earlieft coins of the two countries, on
which only the buft of the deity or perfonification is given.

The

MEDALS.

The Romans have almoft always the name, as Preras, Lt
BeERTAS, Ke, while the Greeks content themlelves with
giving Ceres with her wheaten garland; Jupiter with his
mild countenance, laurel crown, and beard ; + we with
her helmet, &c. &c.

Mr. Pinkerton has given an account of the fymbols found
on the Greek coins, na alfo of thofe very few on the Roman,
which are not immediately illultrated by the legend of the
medal, The principal deities fymbolized in the Greek coins,
as divided into male and female, are as follow: 1. Jurrren,
in the firft rank of gods, occurring frequently on reverfes of
Alexander the Great, and eafily known by his eagle and
thunderbolt ; when the butt only occurs on obverfes of coins,
it is known by the laurel crown, and placid bearded coun-
tenance. Jupiter Ammon is diftinguifhed by the ram's
horn twilting round hisear. 2. Nerrune feldom occurs on
the coins of Greece ; but when he appears, he is well known
by the trident, or the dolphin, and is fometimes drawn by
fea-horfes. His butt has a trident behind. 3. Apoxuo is
Pepestr feen on the reverfes of the Syrian princes, and
is known by the harp, the branch of laurel, or the tri-
pod; fometimes he has a bow and arrows. When the butt
only occurs, he has a fair young face, and is covered with
laurel ; and in the charaGer of the fun, his head is fur-
rounded with rays. 4. Mars, often feen on Greek civic
medals, is diftinguithable by his armour, and fometimes by
a trophy on his fhoulders. The buft is known by the helmet
and ferocivus countenance. 5. Mercury appears with the
«€ caduceus,” or wand twined with ferpents, and the “ mar-
fupium,”’ or purfe, which he holds in his hand. He is deli-
neated as a youth, with a {mall cap in his hand, and wings
behind his ears and at his feet. The buft is known by the

-cap, which refembles a {mall hat, and the wings. 6, /Escu-
LAPius is remarkable on account of his bufhy beard, and
his leaning on a club witha ferpent twifted round it. He is
fometimes feen with his wife Hygeia, or Health, and their
little fon Telefphorus, or Convalefcence, between them.
7+ The attributes of Baccnus are the tiger, the fatyrs
around him, the ‘ thyrfus,’’ or rod twilted with ivy or vine,
and the crown compofed of one of thofe plants. His buit
is known by the latter fymbol, and by the diadem and horn.
8. The club, lion’s fkin, and finewy ftrength, reveal
Hercuces; with fometimes the addition of a cup, denoting
that wine infpires courage, and the poplar tree, fymbolic of
vigour. He often appears as breaking the neck of the Ne-
mzan lion, by crufhing it in his arms, His buft is common
on the obverfe of coins of Alexander the Great, and other
princes, and thofe of Sicilian cities: it is that of a youth
without a beard ; with the lion's {kin wrapped around it ;
and on the coins of Alexander has been erroneoufly taken for
the portrait of that prince. He is fometimes drawn with a
beard, and called Hercules; without it he is denominated
the young Hercules. 9. SeRapis, one of the fantaitic gods
of Egypt, is known by his bufhy beard, and the meafure
upon his head. Apis appears asa bull, with a flower of
the Acios, lotos, the water-lily of the Nile. Macrobius fays
it was a fymbol of creation; and Jamblichus fays that
Ofiris was fuppofed to have his throne init. (See Loros
and Lorus.) 10. Harrocrares, the god of filence, is
known by the familiar token of putting his finger to his
mouth. He has fometimes the fiftrum’? in his left hand,
which isa fymbol conimon to moft of the Egyptian deities.
11. Canopus is very common onthe coms of Egypt, in
the fingular fhape of a human head, placed upon a kind of
pitcher. (See Canopus.) 12. To the above-mentioned
fymbolized gods we may {ubjoin the IEPA 2YNKAHTOS,
and IEPOS AHMOS, the holy fenate, and holy people, fo

frequent on Greek imperial coins. ‘Thefe ideal perfons are
commonly feen in the fame image of an ancient bearded
head, crowned with laurel: fometimes both appear as
youths,

Among the female deities, the firlt in dignity is, 1. Juno
known by the peacock, a bird facred to her from the fable
of Argus, As the goddefs of marriage, the is veiled to the
meddle, and fometimes to the toes. Her buft is that ofa
beautiful young woman, fometimes without any badge,
which fufficiently diftinguithes her, as the reft of the god-
defles have badges ; and fometimes with adiadem. 2. ‘I'he
fymbols of Minenva confilt in her armour, with a {pear in
her right hand, and the ¢ wpis,’? or thield with Medafa's
head, in the otlier ;, an owl commonly ftanding by her. _ Her
bul is diftinguifhable by the helmet, which the always wears:
this is very common on the gold coins of Alexander the
Great. 3. Diana is manifelt by the crefcent, by her bow
and arrows, and often by her hounds, The Ephefian
Diana, common upon Greek imperial coins,-appears with a
number of “mamma,” being fuppofed the fame with
univerfal nature; fhe is fupported by a couple of deer,
and bears on her head a pannier of fruit. The buft of
Diana is known by the crefcent on her brow, and fometimes
by the bow or quiver engraven on one fide. 4. Venus is
declared by the apple in her hand, the prize of beauty.
Sometimes fhe may be known by her total want of dre,
without any other fymbol. Her built is diftinguithable by
her fupreme beauty, ands often adorned with pearls around
the neck. We may here mention that Curip fomet-mes ap-
pears on the Syrian coins, in half-length, as the painters call
it, and is known by his infancy and wings. 5 Cynere has
the turreted crown and lion; or is feen in a chariot drawn
by lions. Her buft is known by the firft mentioned attri-
bute. 6. Ceres has the torches in her hands, with which
the is fabled to have gone in fearch of her daughter Pro-
ferpine. She has fometimes two ferpents hy her, and is
fometimes drawn in a chariot by them. Her butt is readily
known by the wheaten garland, and is moft common on coins
of Sicily, an ifland celebrated for its fertility. Her danghter,
Proferpine, is alfo common with the name KOPH, or the
girl. 7. Isis, an Egyptian goddefs, has the fiftrum in her
hand, anda bud, or flower, on her head, fymbolic of the
eternal bloom of the inhabitants of heaven. The flower is
faid to be that of the «@ecloxor, or fouthern-wood ; but moft
probably it is a fpecies of amaranth. §. AstTarre, a
Sidonian goddefs, appears ona globe, fupported by a chariot
of two wheels, and drawn by two horfes.

Mr. Pinkerton enumerates other deities that are lefs fre-
quent on Greek coins ; fuch are Saturn with his fcythe, of
his buft with a hook on thofe of Heraclea :—Vulcan’s
head, with his tongs:—Adranus, a Sicilian god, with his
dog :—Anubis of Egypt; with his dog's head: —Atis, in
the Phrygian bonnet :—Caftor and Pollux, with a ftar on
the head of each :—Dis, having an old face with dithevelled
hair and beard, and a hook :~ Flora, crowned with flowers,
on coins of Marfeilles :—Nemefis, with a wheel :—and Pan
with {mall horns and brutes’ ears. Some fymbols are figu-
rative of perfons or circumftances: fuch are vafes, with
{prigs of plants iffuing out of them, fym#olic of folema
games :—the {mall cheft, or hamper, avith a ferpent leaping
out of it, exhibiting the myftic rites of Bacchus, coias' with
their image being called + Ciltophori:’”—the anchor, on
Seleucian medals, afcertaining their having been @ruck at
Antioch, where an aschor was found in digging the founda-
tion of the city, though at a confiderable diitance from the
fea:—Apolio fitting upon a fingular feat, refembling a
hamper inverted, pechaps a tripod with a covering of =

work,

MEDALS.

work, on different coins of the princes of Syria :—the bee,
a mark of Arifteus, fon of Apollo and Cyrene, much wor-
fhipped in the ifles of the Adriatic and A&gean feas : —the
laurel of Apollo: —ivy and grapes of Bacchus :—the poppy
of Ceres and of Proferpine:—corn of Ceres:—owl and
olive of Minerva :—dove of Venus :—and torch of Diana,
Ceres, and Proferpine. The pv3eo:; mudrus, or conic ftone,
wasa token of the Sun, of Belus, and of Venus.

The moft remarkable fymbols of countries and cities on
Greek coins are the flowers of the pomegranate for
Rhodes :—owl for Athens :—pegafus for Corinth :—wolf’s
head for Argos:—bull’s head for Beeotia :—minotaur’s
head, and the labyrinth, for Crete :—horfe’s head for Phar-
falia:—lion for Marfeilles :—tortoife for Peloponnefus : —
{phinx for Scio :—three legs joined for Sicily : anda horfe
for Theflaly. Thebadge of Byzantium was the crefcent, which
appeared early on the coins of Byzantium, with the legend
BYZANTINH £0T.; the preferver of Byzantium. The occa-
fion was this ; when Philip of Macedon befieged Byzantium,
and was proceeding to ftorm it in a cloudy night, the moon
fhone out, and difcovered his approach, fo that the inha-
bitants obferved and repulfed him. The Turks, upon enter-
ing Conftantinople, found this ancient badge in many places ;
and fufpeé&ting fome magical power in it, affumed the fymbol
and its power to themfelves ; fo that the crefcent is now the
chief Turkifh enfign. (See Crescent.) The bull is very
frequent on Greek coins, fignifying, as Mr. Pinkerton fug-
gefts to be the moft probable opinion, a river, on which the
country or town was fituated : accordingly, the river Ache-
lous is called Bovxewo:, or bull-headed, by Sophocles in
Trachin, v. 13: and Cephifus is faid to have rzvgouoePov
ouue Kndicov raleos by Euripides, lon. v. 1261. The Latin
poets peak of the horns of rivers; thus Horace defcribes
the Aufidus, “ Sic tauriformis volvitur Aufidus.”’ The
bull was a token of fertility, but the horns feem to allude to
the force of the ftream, &c. See Cornucopia.

On Roman coins the deities and perfonifications have not
only attributes, but their names likewife in the legend of the
medal, fo that it is not neceflary to dwell upon the explana-
tion of them. Some, however, it may not be improper to
mention. On the reverfes of Roman colonial coins, eafily
diftinguifhed by their rude fabric, and the name of the colony
on them, commonly beginning with cot., when an enfign
ftands alone, and without any perfons, it fhews a colony
drawn from one legion ; but when the enfigns or banners
appear in the like circumftances, they evince the colony to
have been drawn from as many legions as there are enfigns.
A bull on thefe coins often reprefents Apis as a fymbol of
ftrength and fecurity.: fuch was, probably, the bull upon
the reverfe of the common coin of India, with two ftars
over him, and the legend securiras reipus. The cadu-
ceus marks peace and concord ; the cornucopia, abundance ;
the pontifical hat, the priefthood. They all appear upon a
reverfe of Julius, and are fymbols of the concord of the
empire, and the plenty which attended his power: the laft
fymbol merely denotes that Czfar was Pontifex Maximus;
The * parazonium’? on Roman coins was a baton of com-
mand, and not a pointlefs dagger, as it has been defcribed
by many antiquaries. In later times the globe on an altar,
with three ftars, is fuppofed to typify the world preferved
by the gods for the three fons of Conftantine I, The fort
and the gate are fymbols of fecurity. The altar is a well-
known mark of piety: the tripod was a portable altar,
ufed in temples for liquid offerings, as the altar was for
folid facrifice. A dolphin is fometimes twined among the
legs of the tripod; the dolphin was facred to Apollo, as
appears from Servius on the 3d Aneid. The “ ledtif-

ternia’’ alfo appear on medals. (See LecristerNiuM.)

The inftruments of facrifice appear on many Roman coins :

fuch are the “ fecefpita,” or oblong hatchet, or large knife
for killing the victim :—the “ afperforium,’”? a veffel for
holy water, with which the prieft {prinkled the affiftants :—
the “fimpullum,”? or veflel for pouring wine on the facri-
fice:—the ‘ patina,” or “ patera,” a difh for the fat, and.
other portions facred to the gods :—and the * acerra,’’ or
little coffer for incenfe. The * lituus,” or wand twilted

round at the top, fomewhat like the epifcopal ftaff, is a
badge of the augurfhip, as the “ apex,’’ or cap with ftrings,

and terminating with a tuft, is of the pontificate. (See
Lituus.) The thenfa,’’ or divine chariot, which car-
ried the image of a deity in facred proceffions, (improperly
termed “carpentum’’ by fome,) is a badge of confecration
of an emprefs; as is alfo the peacock, which was the bird
of Juno, the queen of heaven. Thefe fometimes appear
without the legend ‘ confecratio,”” as the thenfa on a coin

ftruck under Tiberius for the confecration of Livia, the
wife of Auguttus, called Julia, s. P. Q. R« IULIZ AUGUST. ;

and the peacock on that moft rare gold coin of Julia, the
daughter of Titus, the front of which has her bult, rubra
AUGUSTA, and the reverfe a peacock, pIVI TITI FILIA.
The eagle is the fign of confecration of an emperor.

The palm-tree, on both Greek and Roman coins, is fym-
bolic of Phcenicia, where that tree flourifhed; as the fil-
phium is of Cyrene, from the earlieft times down to thofe
ofthe Roman empire. Pinkerton’s Effays, vol. i.

The titles are generally found upon the face of the medal.
Thefe are titles of honour, as Imperator, Cefar, Auguitus,
given to all che Roman emperors after Ofavianus; Do-
minus, firft affumed by Aurelian, and ufed by his fucceflors
(fee Dominus) : other titles are afcribed to particular per-
fons on account of their virtues, as Pius to Antoninus;
affumed alfo by Commodus, with the addition of Felix ;
Pater Patri, firft beftowed on Cicero for dilcovering and
defeating the confpiracy of Cataline, and afterwards aflumed
by the emperors; Juftus, the title of -Pefcennius; Beatif-
fimus and Feliciffimus of Dioclefian ; ‘Optimus and Clemens,
decreed to Trajan by the fenate; Maximus, aflumed by
Conftantine ; and Invidtus, by ViGorinus. In the lower
empire, Stauracius firft, and then Michael Ducas, and others,
afflumed the proud addition of BASIAZYS, or king ; which
was followed by that of AEZTIOTHS, or defpot. Other
titles are the names of offices; as cos. for conful, with a
number annexed to it, fignitying how many times the perfon
had been thus elected: Tribunitia poteftas, with the year of
the tribunefhip commonly expreffed after the title, ag TRIB.
poT. x. or xvi. &c.. The office of Pontifex maximus, ex-
preffed by p. m. was affumed by the emperors, and generally
expreffed among their titles, from Auguttus to Conftantine,
by whom it was refuled: it was re-aflumed by Julian, and
laid afide by Gratian. Julius Czfar afflumed the title of
Dictator perpetuus ; Claudius, that of Cenfor; and Domi-
tian made himfelf Cenfor perpetuus.

The large early copper coins only bear RoMA in the
reverfe. Afterwards we find the names and titles of the
Quzitor or DireG&tor of the public treafury, the Triumviri
who managed the mint, the Pretor, the curule Edile, the
Edile of the people, the Prefe& of the city, the Ponti-
fex Maximus, Augur, Quindecimvir facris faciundis, Fla-
men Martialis and Quirinalis, Septemvir Epulonum, and lat-
terly, Triumvir Reipublice conitituendz, and ad Frumen-
tum emundum. Of the great magiftrates out of Rome, who
had moneyers with them, in order, from bullion and the fpoil
of the enemies, to coin money for paying the troops engaged
in foreign fervice, we have the names and titles of Imperator,

Proconful,

MEDALS,

Proconful, Propretor, Legatus, Legatus pro Pretore,
eee Proqueltor, Legatus Claffis, Triumvir Colonix
ucends, or reficiendis facris wdibus. All thefe titles ap-
pear on the reverfes of what ave called confular coins; while
tthe obverfe beara the head of a deity, generally without a
legend. In time the magiltrates put the head of fome illuf-
triousanceflor on the coins, with his name; as Numa, Ancus
Martius, Quirinus or Romulus, Brutus, Ahala; Caius Coe.
lius Caldus, obverfe of Caldus IIT. vir, and the like. This
led the way to Cwfar, who firlt put his own head on his
coins, when made perpetual DiGator; with the legend of
names and titles on the obverfe, and not on the reverfe as
before, The infcription vor. v. vir. x. VOT. X. MVLTIS XX.
occurs on many reverfes of Roman medals, and moft com-
monly marked ona fhield, or within a crown of laurel. This
Du Cange interprets to refer to the artifice of Augutlus,
who pretended to lay down his power, and refume it for 10
ce longer as at the requelt of the fenate. This term, he
‘ays, was by fucceeding emperors fhortened to five ; and
folemn vows were entered into by their fubjeéts for their
fafety to the end of that period; nay, that the double of
that period might be allotted tg their reign, again to be pro-
longed, on the wifhes of their people, to a future date. This
infeription is alfo found upon coins of Crifpus, and other
Cefars, or heirs of the empire; and it hence appears, that
the honour of fuch folemnities was alfo conferred on them,
who created Cetars. The “ Vota Decennalia,’’ as on coins
of Pertinax and of Papianus, were only vows to perform
the Decennalia, if the emperor fhould reign 10 years; where-
as “Primi Decennales,” or «* Secundi Decennales,”’ imply
thefe games to have been aétually performed; and the em-
aed to have reigned ro, or 20 years. On coins of Lucilla,
adrian, Severus, Caracalla, and others, we find vora
PVBLICA, with a facrifice; fhewing that the vows were
undertaken, with that rite, as they were afterwards per-
formed with folemn games and rejoicings. Coins of Con-
ftantine II., and of Conftans, only bear sic. x. sic. xx. to
exprefs the wifhes of the people, that, as the emperors had
happily reigned 10 years, fo they might reign 20. There
were alfo ‘ Vota Quinquennalia”’ for the emperor reigning
five years, and games called ‘ Quinquennalia” performe
when he had accomplifhed that period. From Aurelius
ViGor, in his life of Gordian III., it appears that Nero in-
troduced this practice ; which is mentioned by Tacitus, and
by Lampridius in his life of Diadumenus. There were alfo
“© Vota Novi Anni,’’ as appears from Spartian’s life of
Hadrian, and from Dio, |. 58; and there is a coin of An-
toninus with s. Pp. Q. R. A. N. F. F. OPTIMO PRINCIPI, Senatus
populufque Romanus annum novum fauitum felicem, &c.
4.¢. the fenate and people of Rome wifh a profperous and
happy new year to the beft of princes. ,See LeGenp. _
ae Greek, claim that place in a cabinet from their
antiquity, which their workmanfhip might enfure to them,
independently of that adventitious coniideration. The in-
vention of coinage, as we have elfewhere oblerved, is afcribed
by Herodotus to the people of Lydia. upwards of 1000
years before the Chriftian era. The abbé Barthelemy, cited
by Mr. Pinkerton, arranges the following ftages of the
progrefs of coinage. 1. Coins without any impreffion. 2. Thofe
‘with a hollow indented mark or marks on one fide, and im-
reffion in relief on the other. This clafs, it is fuggefted,
foci to extend from about the year goo before our era, to
about 700. 3. Such as have an indented fquare divided
into fegments, with a {mall figure in one of the fegments,
the reft being vacant ; and impreffions on the obverfe, as
ufual. Thefe may extend to the year 600 B.C. 4. Thofe
which are ftruck hollow on the reverfe, while the obverfe is

Vou. XXIII.

the ancient ones of Afia Minor.

in relief commonly with the fame figure; which coins may
be confidered as of equal age with thofe in the lat clafs.
5. Coins in which a aes dye is ufed, cither on one or
both fides, Thefe were difcontinued about the year 420
B.C. 6. Complete coins both in point of obverfe and re-
verfe. Some of thefe occur in Sicily, where this art was
carried to a perfeétion unknown in gny éther country, fo
early as the time of Gelo, who began his reign in the year
491 B.C. Coins of molt remote antiquity, fays Froelich,
quoted by Pinkerton, may be diltinguilhed by thefe infalli-
ble marks. 1. Their oval circumference, and globous
{welling thape. 2. Antiquity of alphabet. 3. The cha-
racters being retrograde; or the firlt divifion of the legend
in the common ftyle, while the next is retrograde. 4. ‘I'he
indented fquare. 5, ‘The fimple, flruéture of the mintage.
6. Some of the very old coins are hollowed on the reverie,
with the image imprefled on the front. 7. The drefs, fym-
bols, &c. are often of the rudelt defign and execution. ‘The
coins of Pofidonia, Crotona, Sybaris, and two or three
other cities, bear thefe marks of profound antiquity. Some
Perfian pieces, with the archer upon one fide, and the hoilow
ware upon the other; and feveral coins of the firft kings
of Macedon, are examples. In the Britifh Mufeum, there
is a medal of filver afcribed to Lefbos, of this defcription.
In a fhort time the Greeks affumed great elegance ; and it is
obferved by Mr. Pinkerton, that innumerable of the medals
of cities, which, from the character, we mutt judye to be of
the highe antiquity, have a furprifing ftrength, beauty,
and relief, in their impreffions. About the time of Alex-
ander the Great, the art feems to have attained to its very
higheft perfeGtion. Of the Greek medals, thofe of cities
are the moft ancient. ‘The civic medals are generally
ftamped on the obverfe, with the head of the genius of the
city, or fome favourite deity ; while the reverfe often pre-
fents fome fymbol ufed by the city, at the time when the
piece was ftruck. ‘Ihe legend contains the initials, mono-
gram, or whole charaéters of the name of the city. Some
connoiffeurs prefer the regal coins of Greece; others the
civic. The former intereft by their portraits; the latter by
their variety. The former are perhaps more important to
ancient hiftory ; and the latter to ancient geography. The
civic coins are interefting, as they prefent us with a view of
the cuitoms, religion, &c. of ancient cities; they likewife
afford a kind of political barometer of the wealth and power
of each city and country. Z£.G. The numerous and beau-
tiful gold coins of Cyrene, a country, from its remote fitua-
tion, little known in hittory. afford fufficient proofs of its
great power and wealth. The {mall civic coins of gold,
electrum, and filver, ftruck in Afia Minor, are perhaps
fome of the earlieft ; though if we judge from workmanhhip,
thefe coins are fo exquifite, that the coins of Greece, from
their rudenefs, feem to claim priority of era; and Mr. Pin-
kerton fuggelts, that it is dubious whether Greece or Lydia
firft invented coinage. -

The Greek monarchic coins are often of the fame con-
ftru€tion with the civic ; only that they bear the name of the
prince on the reverfe; many fuch occur with the buit of
fome deity in front, for one which prefents the image of the
prince. The moft ancient feries is that of Macedcn, com-
mencing, as we have obferved already, with Alexander I.,
who began his reign sor years before our era. With
Philip, the Macedonian coins begin to be beautiful. Thofe
of Alexander the Great are wonderful. The head of Mi
nerva on his gold, affords a variety of exquifite faces; and
the coins of Alexander and his father, exceed a that were
ever executed, except thofe of Sicily, Grecia Magna, and
Sicilian coins are famous

for

MEDALS.

for workmanfhip, even from Gelo’s time. The coins of the
Syrian kings, fucceffors of Alexander, almoft equal his in
beauty. Thofe of Antiochus VI. are peculiarly exquifite,
both for the beauty of the coin and that of the king. The
Egyptian Ptolemies have fine relief, but do not equal the
Syrian in delicacy and finifh, The family coin of Ptolemy
Philadelohus, before mentioned in this article, is extremely
fine and interefting. _ There is a coin of Alexander, fon of
Neoptolemus, king of Epirus, witha head of Jupiter Do-
donzus, crowned with oak, of miraculous workmanfhip, and
thought to be done in Magna Grecia, when he came to
affift the Tarentines. This has been engraven by Bartolozzi.
Even the earlier Parthian coins of the Arfacide are worthy
of the Grecian workmen, whofe they are, as is evident from
the Greek legends impreft on them, in many of which thefe
monarchs aflume the title of PIAEAAHNOS, or lover of the
Grecks. It is to-the Greek coins that were ftruck before
the Roman empire fwatlowed up the Greek cities and fove-
‘reignties, that the high praife beftowed by good judges upon
the Greek mint, mutt be chiefly confined; for the Grecian
imperial medals are not equal to the former, though they do
not always yield to the Roman. :

In the feries of Grecian imperial coins, we meet with very
uncommon portraits and reverfes. In attention to the fair
fex, the people of Mitylene, the chief city of Lefbos, and
the birth-place of Sappho, have peculiarly ditinguifhed them-
felves. Thofe Greek coins of cities, which have the head of
an emperor or emprefs, are ealled Imperial Greck coins; but
thofe which have no fuch impreffions are clafed with Grecian
civic coins, though ftruck under the Roman power. Of
imperial Greek coins none occur in gold; but there are thofe
of filver of Antioch, Tyre, Sidon, Tarfus, Berytus, Czfa-
rea, and one or two other trading cities in that opulent and
commercial region. Thofe of Antioch prefent, now and
then, the genius of the city fitting, with the river Orontes
flowing beneath her feet, as cn coins of Syrian monarchs.
Syrian filver coins fometimes bear the club of Hercules, the
founder, or the famous Tyrian fhell-hfh, whence the Tyrian
purple, our crimfon, was derived. S:don gives the car of
Aftarte, or a head of the goddefs: Tarfus has fometimes
only a monogram, expreffing the name of the city. Czfarea,
in Cappadocia, abounds in filver of various fizes ; and filver
coins of Lycia appear to be of good work, and good metal;
the reverfe having two harps and an owl fitting on them.
Silver coins of Gelon, a town of Sarmatia, much refemble
the Syrian; and have the AHMAPX. EZOTZIA®, with an
eagle holding a (tag’s foot. The Greek imperial brafs coins
are fo abundant, that it is hardly neceflary to {pecify any of
them. Thofe of Antioch, generally with a Latin legend
on the obverfe, and Greek on the reverfe, are fo numerous
as to furnifh a feries of almoft all the emperors; being ap-
parently {truck for the purpofe of paying the forces in the
Eatt.. Thofe of Ceretapa, in Phrygia, are diftinguifhed by
their good workmanfhip, as alfo are thofe of Bithynia and
Phrygia. On thofe of Tarfus are curious views of obje&s,
almoit in perfneétive; and there is a fingular coin of Gangra
in Paphlagonia, with a view of two caitles and houfes be-
tween them. ‘This is in the late Dr. Hunter’s colleCtion,
The coms of Egypt under the Roman emperors, being
marked with Greek legends, range with*the Greek imperial
medals ; they are remarkable for thicknefs, and bafenefs of
metal. Thofe of the-filver feries are at firlt about the fize
of an half crown, but three times as thick; after the time
of Commodus, they declined both in fize and bafenefs, and
became reduced to the fize nearly of a fixpence, and the
metal-is only bad brafs wafhed with filver. ‘The filver coins
of Egypt are not fo well done from Auguitus to Nero, as.

afterwards. From Nero to Commodus, they are often ad,
mirable, and of a ftyle of workmanfhip that can be called
neither Greek nor Roman. The reverfes are extremely
various and fingular, exhibiting the capricious religion and ~
manners of the people. From Commodus the Egyptian
filver gradually declines till the reign of Conttantius I., wher
it ends. The feries confifts of tooo coins, or more. Many fearce
portraits of emperors and of empreffes decorate the feries.
The Egyptian brafs coins of the Roman peried claim notice.
Until Vefrafian there are only two fizes, equal to the fecond
and third Roman brafs. Vefpafian indulged the Egyptians
with the privilege of iffuing large brafs, as ufed in Rome
itfelf. All the Egyptian Othos, the moft common coins of
that prince in brafs, are of the fecond fize; and bear for
reverfe an head of Ifis, or Serapis, with u.A. or year firft.
Some have names of towns, and in Dr. Hunter’s cabinet,
there is a fine one of Cebennutus in firlt brafs, of Domitian,
who appears decorated with a wheaten, as Gallienus does
in Roman gold. On the brafs coins of Egypt, a female
figure, with part of a fhip in her hand, and the Pharos be-
hind, ig very common, probably expreffive of Alexandria.
One of Antoninus Pius, in third brafs, prefents to us Ifis
fitting on the flower of the lotus. With this emperor very
fine work begins in the Egyptian brafs. The 12 coins of
this prince, with the 12 figns are very curious, and publifhed *
by Barthelemy, Mem. de l’Acad.xli. The laft brafs coins
of Egypt, are of Marcia Otacilia Severa, wife of Philip the
Elder, A.D. 244. The genuine brafs coins of Egypt are
thinner than the filver, and of a diftin& fabric. 4

Mepats, Roman. It was in the reign of Servius Tullus
that the firft Roman ccins appeared, which were large pieces
of brafs, rudely impreffed, only on one fide, with the igure
of an ox, aram, or fome other animal, whence, it is hid,
money was denominated “¢ pecunia.’? Thefe fymbols were
derived from the Tyrrheni or Etrufcans, a people of Italy,
originally Lydians. In procefs of time the impreffion of the
as was changed to that of a buft of Janus, upon the front,
and the prow of a fhip on the reverfe ; and for more general
ufe, pieces of inferior weight and value were coined. See
Asand Money.

The Roman coins, confidered as medals in a cabinet, com-
prehend the two grand divifions of con/ular and imperial coins.
The Roman cen/u/ar coins feldom or never bore the names or
titles of confuls till towards the clofe; neverthelefs they are
not improperly called confular, becaufe they were ftruck in
the confular times of Rome. They are alfo called coins of
families ; and are always arranged alphabetically in families,
according to the names which appear on them. The brafs
confular coins are rather uninterelting ; as they confift chiefly
of large unwieldy pieces, with types of infipid fimilarity.
Few of them have any imagery or fymbol. ‘The large an-
cient pieces are generally kept in boxes apart, by thofe who
are verfed in them. (See As.) The next coinage to that
of brafs was that ef filver, which took place, according to
Pliny, in the 485th year of Rome, that is, about 300 years
after the firlt brafs coinage, and 266 years B.C. The de-
narius was the firft and the laft form which it aflumed, for the
other fizes are fo fcarce, that it is certain very few were
ftruek. (See Denarius.) Until the age of Julius no por-
trait of a living perfonage appears upon any Roman medal 5.
Czfar was indeed the firft who affumed that high honour,
anda competent judge aflerts, that the pian of engraving on
coins the names of great men and magiftrates was only intro-
duced about the time of Marius and Sylla. The reverfes of
fome few confular medals are fraught with much eruditicn
and curious matter. On acoin of the family ef Emilia, we
have this legend, M, LEPIDUS PONT. MAX. TVIOR Re-

GIs,

MEDALS.

aus, and Lepidus appearing in the drefs of a eonful, and
utting the crown on the head of oung Ptolemy, whom his
ather had left to the futorage of the Roman people. On
the obverfe is the turreted head of the city of Alexandria in
Egypt with ALexANDiIA. In the fame family there is a
medal, with a youth on horfeback, carrying a trophy, with
this legend, M. LePinus ANNORMUM XV. PRATEXTATUS
HOSTEM OccipIT civem sruvavir. Again, L, Admilius
Paulus, of a coin of the fame family, appears dedicating a
trophy for his viory over Perfeus, who, awith his two chil-
dren, ftand by, their hands being tied behind their backs,
Portraits of Bacchus, Jugurtha, the lait Philip of Macedon,
the rit and ad Brutus, Metellus, Marcellus, Regulus, Sylla,
Pompey, Caldus, and others appear on confular coins.
Rome and Italy are perfonified ; Victory crowns Rome ;
with other {pecimens of that fine perfonitication afterward dif-
played on the imperial coins. Gold was fir(t coined at Rome,
62 years after the application of the mint to filver. The
general gold coin is the Aureus, which fee. The confular
coins, whofe number is eflimated at 200 in brafs, and 2000
in filver, extend not to above 100 in gold, of which moft
arecurious. The beautiful Pompey with his fons on the re-
verfe, and the Brutus with his brother Lucius, commonly
claffed with imperial coins, fhould rank with the confular.
Mokt of the gold confular coins are of great beauty and bigh
value. Of confular medals father Joubert reckans about
fifty or fixty of gold ; two hundred and fifty of copper; and
near a thoufand of filver. Goltzius has defcribed them in
a chronological order, according to the Falti Confulares ;
and Urfinus has difpofed them genealogically, according to
the order of the Roman families. M. Patin has colleéted an
entire feries of them, in the fame order with Urfinus; and only
computes one thoufand and thirty-feven confulars, which re-
late to one hundred and feventy-eight Roman families. M.
Vaillant, and M. Morel, have alfo publifhed on the fame fub-
ject. See the fequel of this article. The Roman imperial coins
claim our attention from a variety of confiderations ; and
more particularly from the extent of the Roman empire, and
from our own connection with it. The Roman coins may
be called thofe of the emperors of Europe, and intereft us
like thofe of our own country. Some have diftinguifhed
the imperial coins into thofe of the upper and lower empire 5
the upper empire commenced under Julius Cxfar, and ended
about the year of Jefus Chrifttwo hundred and fixty ; the
lower empire comprehends near one thoufand two hundred
years; viz. till the taking of Conftantinople. It is the euf-
tom, however, to account all the imperial medals, till the time
of the Paleologi, among the antique ; and yet we have no
imperial medals of any confiderable beauty, later than the
time of Heraclius, who died in 641.

After the time of Phocas and Heraclius, Italy became a
prey to the Barbarians ; fo that the monuments we have re-
maining of thofe two emperors, finifh the fet, or feries of
imperial medals. To thefe are added the medals of the lower

. empire, and of the Greek emperors ; whereof a feries may
be made as low as our times, taking in the modern ones.
M. Patin has made an ample colleétion of the imperial medals,
till the time,of Heraclius. ~

The Gothic medals make part of the imperial ones ; they
are fo called, as having been itruck in the times of the Goths,
and in the declenfion of the empire, and favouring of the ig-
norance and barbarity of the age.

Cefar, who begins the imperial feries, was conqueror of
Gaul ; Claudius of Britain. As to the brafs coinage it has
been already obferved, that at the time of Marius and Sylla,
about 50 years before that of Czfar, fome elegance and va-
riety commence ia the Roman coinage. In the times of

Julios Carfar this elegance was carried to a height. In
the family of Marcia, there isa beautiful As, with the heads
of Numa and Ancus; the reverfe Vidory in a porch, and
the prow at her feet. Indeed it is only in the half ounce As
that variety can be found. Syila, ax we are informed by
Cicero, and by gold coins remaining, introduced great con.
fulion into the coinage; and it is not improbable, that the
brafs had its thare, by alteration of fixes and types. The
imperial brafs is Of three fizes, large, middle, and /mall, ‘Vhe
large brafa form a feries of furprifing beauty and valt ex.
pence. In this feries the various colours of the patina have
the fineft effect ; and the great fize of the portraits and figures
confpires to render it the moft important of all the Roman
coinage. It even exceeds the gold in value.

The feries of the middle brafs exceeds the former in number ;
but doth not prefent fuch elegance of work, or of types.
Many coins are common in fecond brafs, which are rare in frfks
but very few examples occur to the contrary. Hence this
feries yields much to the former in price, a8 well asin dignity.
However, many rare and curious coins occur in this ferics.
There is a Tiberius, with this infcription 6n the reverfe,
TRIB. por. xxxvui1. A Gallienus, obverfe with his head,
bearing a laurel over a turret on his forehead, Genrus ¥. KR.
reverfe with this infcription ANT. URB. 8. c. Coins of
Fauftina the elder are common in this fize; but thofe with-
out DIVA are very fearce, and always bear ANTONINI PII
AUG. ; a circumi{tance, which feems to indicate, that moft
of thefe coins were {truck by her good hufband, after her
death, In the firft and fecond brafs there are many coins,
which particularly intereft us as Britons, becaufe they relate
to the hiftory of this ifland. Such are the triumphal arch of
Claudius, inferibed pe BriTANN., alfo occurring in gold
and filver; the ADVENTUI AUG. BRITANNL®, and EXERC,
BRiTANNicus of Hadrian; the coins of Antoninus Pius,
Commodus, Severus, with a vitory, VICTORIA BRITAN.,
but efpecially thofe perfonifying the country Britannia.

The /mall brafs feries abounds with curious coins. Till
the times of Valerian and Gallienus, they are generally
fearce ; but afterward extremely common. In the former
period portraits of the emperors are rare in {mall brafs, but in
the latter many are found which occur in no other feries, as
moit of the ufurpers, Zenobia, Vaballathus, and many
ethers. All real brafs coins have the s.c. till the time of
Gallienus ; as the fenate alone had the power of ftrikin
brafs, while the emperor himfelf had that of geld and filver.
When the s. c. therefore is wanting, the coin was certainly
ouce plated. With Pertinax A.D. 192, there is a temporary
ceffation in the {mall brafs ; nor after him do any princes oc~
cur in that feries till Valerian, A.D. 254, excepting Tra-
janus Decius A.D, 250, only. After Valerian, the feries
is continuous, and common. The brafs coinage declined in
fize from the time of Severus, and Trajanus Decius in vain
attempted to reftore it ; and Valeria: and Gallienus were
forced to iffue denarii zrei of billon, and {mail affaria. The
feries of large and of middle brafs are of two fixed and known
fizes ; the former about that of our crown, and the latter of
our half-crown, till after Severus they gradually leffen.
But the {mall brafs takes in all the parts of the As, and every.
brafs coin not larger than our fhilling in fize belongs to this
feries. Our limits wiil not allow our enumerating the coins
of this feries, but we refer to Pinkerton’s Eff. vol.i. p. 272,
&c. The feries in {mall brafs extends from the beginning to
the clofe of the Roman empire, nay, far into the Byzantine, ~
clofing with Conftantine Pogonatus, A.D. 670.

The filver imperial coins are very numerous and various.
This feries is as complete as any, and of far cheaper pur-
chafe, very few emperors being fcarce in iilver. Moit types

Ova even

MEDALS.

even of the large brafs and gold are found in the filver, which
thus unites the advantages of all metals. Sometimes the
filver and gold coins, as being of one fize, are ftruck from
the fame dye, as the young Nero, reverfe a votive fhield
EQUEST. ORDO PRINC. JUVENT. and others. One of the
rareft filver coins is that of Gneius Pompey, fon of the great
Pompey, in Dr. Hunter’s colle&tion. It is fuppofed to have
"been ftruck in Spain, before the battle of Munda, foon after
which he was flain.

The imperial gold forms a feries of wonderful beauty and
perfeétion ; but it is only attainable by men of princely for-
tunes. In thefe the workmanfhip is carried to the greateft
height ; and the richnefs of the metal furpaffed by that of
the types. As gold refufes ruft, the coins are generally in
the fame ftate as they came from the mint. The number of
Roman gold imperial coins may amount to 5000; the filver
to 10,000; and the brafs to 30,000. The whole of the
different ancient coins may amount to about 80,000 ; but
the calculation cannot be very accurate.

Before we clofe this account of Roman medals, the co-
Jonial ought to be mentioned. As Roman colonies were
fettled in various parts of the empire, their coins have fome-
times Greek, fometimes even Punic legends; though gene-
rally that on one fide of fuch is Latin. But thofe with
Latin legends only are far more numerous. Some of thefe
coins are elesant, though moft are rude and uninterefting.
The colonial coins only occur in brafs; thofe in firft brafs
are very rare till the time of Severus. They begin with
Julius and Antony. The Spanifh colonial coins ceafe with
Caligula, who took away this privilege from Spain. The
colonial coins of Corinth are the moft various and beautiful ;
prefenting triumphal arches, temples, gates, ftatues, baths,
and figures of gods and goddefles. Other remarkable co-
lonial coins are of Emerita, of Illice, of Tarraco. The
coins of Caffandria in Macedon are generally {mall brafs,
with the head of Jupiter Ammon on the reverfe, and fur-
nifh that feries with many fine heads of emperors, with Latin
legends, from Claudius to Severus, but always with the
fame reverfe. Many fcarce portraits are found in colonial
coins of that fize; as thetwo Agrippinas, Agrippa, Cefar,
Drufus Cxfar, O&avia Neronis, Czfonia, Meflalina, and
others. It is remarkable, that while Spain had perhaps 50
colonies, Camalodunum is the only one in Britain of which
there are coins. There is one of Claudius, reverfe a team of
©xell, COL. CAMALODON. AUG. The {malleft imperial
filver alone are quinarii, the go!d being femifles and trientes,
and the brafs at firft {mall parts of the As, and latterly only
the half affarion. Thefe, inftead of being denominated
quinarii, might, more properly, be called ‘ mimimi ;”? as
including the very fmalleft coins of all metals and denomi-
nations. The Roman coins have had a moft extenfive fpread ;
fome of them have been found in the Orkneys; and they
have likewife been found in numbers in the moft remote parts
of Europe, Afia, and Africa, at that time difcovered.

As for the medals of other ancient nations, befides Greece
and Rome, fome notice fhould be taken of them ; premifing
that by ancient coins, all preceding the ninth century, or age
ef Charlemagne, are meant ; and all poflerior to that period
are modern. No coins are found which can even be imagined
to belong to Affyrian, Median, or Babylonian kings. The
oldett coins found in their empire are palpably Perfian and
fimilar to the Greek. ‘Fhe Pheenicians do not appear to
have coined money, till after the Greeks had fet the ex-
ample. No Pheenicians were ever found of much anti-
quity ; and not one, without both obverfe and reverfe, nor
are any of them older than about 400 years before our era.
Weight alone was ufed in the famous cities of Tyre and

Sidon, as we learn from {cripture; and in Egypt coinagé
was unknown, not a coin with a hieroglyphic being found $
and in the mouths of the mummies there are only thin broad —
pieces of unftamped gold, to pay Charon’s fare. India ap-
pears to have no claim to an early ufe of coinage. No
Indian or Chinefe coins exift till within a late period ;
and thofe of both countries are fo rude as hardly to de=
ferve being colle&ted. Upon the whole the Lydian coins
feem to be the moft ancient in Afia, Next to thefe are the
Perfian, well known from the archer on them, and fron:
Mithras the Perfian deity, the drefs of the princes and other
marks, None of thefe coins can be older than 570 years:
before our era, when the Perfian empire began. The fa-
mous darics were iffued by Darius Hyftafpes, who began.
to reign 518 or 521 years B.C. See Daric.

Of Perfian coins, there is a fecond feries, that of the
Saffanide, beginning about 210, when Artaxerxes over-
turned the Parthian monarchy. The Parthian coins have
all Greek legends, but thofe later Perfian bear only Perfian
chara&ters: they are large and thin, with the king’s but
on one fide, and the altar of Mithras on the other, generally
with a human figure on each fide. ‘he letters on Perfiaa.
coins feem to partake of the ancient Greek, Gothic, and
Alanic. The later Perfian coins extend to the year 636,
when Perfia was conquered by the Arabian caliphs.

The Hebrew fhekels are of filver, and originally di-
drachms, but, after the Maccabees, about the value of the
Greek tetradrachm ; and the brafs coins, with the Samari-
tan charaéters, are moft of them later than the Chriftian
eray and generally the fabrications of modern Jews, F.
Souciet has a differtation on the Hebrew medals, commonly
called Samaritan medals, in which he diftinguifhes between
the genuine and the {purious : and fhews, that they are true
Hebrew coins, ftruck by the Jews, on the model of the an-
cients ; and that they were current before the Babylonifly
captivity. The fame impreflion of a fprig on one fides
and a vafe upon the other, runs through all the coins of this
nation. The Phoenician coins are of Phoenicia, and the
Punic of Carthage; and they are rendered interefting by
the ancient civilization and great power of the Phenicians
and Carthaginians. ‘The alphabets, which are nearly al-
lied, have been illuftrated by their. relation to the Syriac,
Chaldaic, and Hebrew. ‘The fame may be faid of the
Palmyrene coins and infcriptions. (See Parmyra.) The
Etrufcan coins are infcribed with the Etrufcan character,
which is fatisfaGtorily explained by its connection with the
Pelafgic, or oldeft Greek and Latin. The Spanifh coins
are infcribed with two or three different alphabets allied to
the old Greek, or to the Punic. The ancient coins of
Spain are numerous, and evidently not all ftruck by the
Punic colonies, for the legends are in different charaéters.
The ancient coins of Gaul are alfo numerous, and many of
them in bafe gold, but unhappily the moft ancient have no
legends at all. ;

In {peaking of the“coins of Britain, Cefar fays of the
natives, ‘* they make ufe of brafs inftead of gold coin, or
iron rings reduced to a certain weight inftead of (our brafs)
coins.” Mr. Pinkerton underftands his meaning to be, that
our aneeftors ufed brafs, apparently coined, asa fuperior
metal, in like manner as more advanced nations ufed gold:
and that pro nummis, inftead of the brafs coinage of Rome,
(nummus being a peculiar name of the brais feftertius,)
they ufed iron rings, examined and reduced to a certain
weight. Rude coins of copper, much mingled with tin, are
frequently found in England, and may perhaps (as Pinker-
ton intimates) be the copper coins ufed by our ancellors ;
for Cxfar's expreflion merely infers, that their copper was

_m

MEDALS.

fn the form of coins. ‘Thefe pieces are of the fize of a
didrachm, the common form of the “ nummus aureus?’
Among the ancients. We have many coins of Cunobelin,
who was king of the T'rinobantes, and educated, as it has
been faid, in the court of Auguftus. He is mentioned
by Suetoniusand Dio. ‘Thefe coins of Cunobelin are the
only ones apparently Britith. Molt of them yet found
have CvNo on one fide, with an ear of wheat, a horfe, a
kind of head of Janus, or fome fuch fymbol, and often
CAMY, thought to be the initials of Camudolanum, on the
Other fide, with a boar and tree, and a variety of other
badges. ‘They have likewife frequently the word TAscia
upon them, which has not yet been fatisfactorily explained ;
but it has abfurdly, as Mr. Pinkerton conceives, been
thought to be the name of the Moneyer, as the putting of
the name of the Moneyer on coins was a late praétice, un-
known till the fixth century, and gradually introduced a cen-
tury after the Roman mints had ceafed in Europe, with the
empire, and when private perfons contracted with the kings
for the little mints, and put their names to identify the
mintage. In old German fa/g is a purfe: and the a
thought to be the mock moneyer Zu/zio is Vulcan making
ahelmet. All the kings of France down to Charlemagne
range in this divifion. Liuva I. who began his reign in
the ee year of our era, and the other kings of the Welt
Goths in Spain, appear upon their coins encircled with Ro-
man characters. Other Gothic kings, who reigned in Italy
and other countries, after the fall of the Roman empire in
the Welt, likewife ufe the Roman language in their coin-
age. They moft commonly occur in the fize of medals
termed {mall brafs. Many coins alfo occur with legends,
which, though meant for Latin charaéers, and in imitation
of Latin coins, are fo perverted as to be illegible. Such
a in general termed Barbarous medals. Pinkerton’s Ef.
vol. i.
Mepats, Con/fervaiion of, is a matter among medallilts of
uliar importance. Whena medal is in the leatt defaced
An figures, or in legend, the true judge will reject it, hardly
excepting even the rareft coins. Nothing contributes fo
much to the confervation of brafs or copper coins as that
fine ruft, fometimes called “ xrugo,”’ appearing like var-
nifh, which their lying in a particular foil occations. Gold
adimits no ruft but iron mold, when lying in a foil impreg-
nated with iron. Silver takes many kinds; but chiefly
n and red, which yield to vinegar. In gold and filver
the vult is prejudicial, and ought to be removed ; whereas
in brafs and copper it is prefervative and ornamental ; a cir-
cumftance remarked by the ancients, as the “‘ pocula ado-
randz rubiginis’” of Juvenal may prove, and that exquilite
Greek phrafe, which terms ‘patina’? x«Axou ares, the
flower of brafs. “ This fine ruft,”’ fays Pinkerton, ‘ which
is indeed a natural varnifh not imitable by any effort of
human art, is fometimes a delicate blue, like that of a tur-
quoife ; fometimes of a bronze brown, equal to that ob-
fervable in ancient {tatues of bronze, and fo highly prized ;
and fometimes of an exquifite green, a little on the azure
hue, which laft is the moft beautiful of all. It is alfo
found of a fine purple, of olive, and of a cream colour, or
pale yellow: which laft is exquifite, and fhews the im-
preffion to as much advantage, as paper of cream colour,
ufed in all great foreign preffes, does copper-plates and
printing. The Neapolitan patina is of a light green ;. and
when free from excrefcence or blemifh, is very beautiful.
Sometimes the purple patina gleams through an upper coat
ef another colour, with as fine effect asa variegated {ilk or
m. Ina few inftances a rult of deeper green is found ;
and it is fometimes fpotted with the red or bronze shade,

which gives it quite the appearance of the Eaft Indian flone
called blood-ftone, ‘Thefe rutts are all, when the real pro-
duét of time, as hard as the metal itfelf, and preferve it
much better than any artificial varnith could have p Be } con.
cealing at the fame time not the moft minute particle of the
faspeeffion of the coin.” Medals are fubjeét to various
blemifhes. Sometimes the letters are difplaced, as is com-
monly the cafe in thofe of Claudius Gothicus; fometimes the
coins, for want of being well fixed in the dye, fo as to have
flipped at every flroke of the hammer, prefent a double or
treble image. Of thefe laft many are found, in which the
paca is deranged, while the reverfe is diftinét, and others
vave the portrait perfeétly well ftruck, while the reverfe
confufes the eye by its double or triple contours. An-
cient coins are fubjeCt to another blemifh, which rather re-
commends them to the curious than otherwife. It is when,
after having {truck a coin, the workmen, through forgetful-
nefs, put another into the dye, without withdrawing the firlt.
Hence, the portrait of the other piece being commonly
upward, and inthe upper part of the dye, the fecond coin
is impreffed with it by the dye, and at the fame time made
hollow on the other fide with the form of the portrait al-
ready ftamped on the former medal. Some coins are found
with a {mall flamp imprefled on apart of them, bearing
fometimes a minute head, or fome letters, as AVG. or N.
pros. or the like. Such are called “ countermarked” b
medallifts ; and being very rare are the more va'ued, fo that
fuch mult not be reje4led or blemifhed. Thefe counter-
marks are thought to infer, that an alteration had been
made in the value of the coin; as was the cafe with the
countermarked coins of Henry VIII. and of Mary of Scot-
land in modern times. Other coins are found with holes
pierced through them; and fometimes with a {mall ring
faltened. Such were worn as ornaments of the head, neck,
and wrilt; either by the ancients themfelves, as bearing
images of favourite deities, or in modern times, when the
Greek girls thus decorate their perfons. Coins of genuine
antiquity are often found fplit on the edges, or even in the
middle, by the force of the hammer. ‘This, fo far from
being regarded as a fault, is loked upon as a great merit
by the collector ; being confidered as a proof that the coin
is uadoubtedly of ancient fabric. Silver coins often acquire
a particular yellow tarifh, giving them the appearance of
having been gilt ; but it is merely owing to their being de--
pofited in a foil, whence a peculiar vapour arifes, or fome
fimilar circumitance. Mr. Pinkerton has given the follow- -
ing hints concerning the method of cleanfing coins from
any prejudicial ruft. «* Gold is cleaned by any acid: fpirit -
of nitre eats every thing but gold, and is therefore an ef-
fe&tual cleanfer of that metal.. The green, biue, or red

‘rult, may be removed from filver, by fteeping in. vinegar

for a day or two: but a more effeGtual way is to boil with »
a mixture cf three parts tartar; and one fea-falt in water.
On gold and filver the rut is always in fpots, and never
forms an entire incruftation, as on brals and copper ; whence
it js always regarded as a blemifh in the former metals. -
Very different is the cafe with. brafs and copper, and they
are never to be cleanfed, for coins in thefe metals would be -
difefteemed if rendered bright, and would-be full. of fmall »
holes, occafioned by the ruft.. But fometimes brafs and.
copper coins are found wholly obfcured with ruit ; and one -
of the beit ways of.clearing them, if ufed by.a_ fkilful '
hand, is.a_graver. Another way is to boil in water for -
twenty-four hours, with three parts tartar, and one part
alum, (not fea-falt as.in filver,) and then cleanfe with bran.
But it is a dangerous bufinefs to cleanfe coins; and ought
always to be committed to a fkilful. hand, or let slonai 2

MEDALS.

See Joubert des Medial. fe&. viii. AG. Erud. Lipf. 1694,
- 226.

‘ Some authors imagine, that the ancient medals were
ufed for money. M. Patin has a chapter. exprefs to
prove, that they had ail a fixed regular price in payments,
not excepting even. the medallions. TF. Joubert is of the
fame opinion. Others, on the contrary, maintain, that we
have no real money of the ancients; and that the medals
we now have, never had any courfe as coins. Between
thefe two extremes there is a medium, which appears by
much more reafonable than either of them. See Money.

Mepats and Coins, Modern, “as contradiftinguifhed from
thofe that are denominated ancient, comprehend, as we have
already obferved, all thofe that have been ftruck fince the
time of Charlemayne, or the commencement of the gth
century. Mr. Pinkerton, of whofe valuabie *« Effay on
Medals” we have been allowed to avail ourfelves in the
compilation of this article, has divided the fubje& into
«¢ Modern Coins”? and ‘* Modern Medals.” He obferves,
that down to the revival of literature in the "beginning of
the 16th century, modern coins are fo very rude, that cu-
riofity fuggefts the fole inducement to examine them.
Without dates or epochs they cannot ferve one purpofe of
utility. The very portraits found on them are fo uncouth,
that the human face diviae is hardly difcernible. ‘The re-
verfes always bear a moft beautiful crofs garnifhed with
pellets, or a difh of fome fuch exquifite flavour. Yet fuch
as the luft of curiofity, of completing a feries, or of felf-
love indulged in the extreme, by poffeffing a bauble which
nobody elfe does, that ten or twenty guineas are often
given for one of thefe pretty little things. To us, how-
ever, as Britons, the ftudy of thefe coins may be regarded
as peculiarly interefling, as they furnifa monuments illuf-
trating, or relating to, perfons or actions, in the glory of
which the common paffion of national vanity warmly in-
terefts our affeCtions. Thus, the noble of Edward III., on
which he appears in a fhip, as aflerting the Britifh domi-
mion of the ocean, would, though uncouth in the execu-
tion, which it by no means is, juitly command our higheft
regard and attention ; and doubtlefs any patriot, or an
Briton, would, even in thefe days, place moft juftly a higher
value upon this ccin, than upon the molt perfec medal
which Grecian fkill has produced. Upon the fame prin-
ciple, the coins of Edward the Black Prince are intereft-
ing ; and, indeed, the whole Englifh feries muft be interefting
to every one who feels himfelf particularly concerned in
Englifh hiftory.

In this place modern coins are regarded merely as they
appear in a cabinet ; but for their commercial value, we re-
fer to other articles, fuch as Corn, Money, &c. Beginning
with the moft eaftern part of Afia, the coins of Japan firit
attra& notice. Thefe are thin plates of gold and filver,
large and oval, ftamped with little ornaments and charaters.
The only coins of China are in copper, about the fize of a
farthing, with a {quare hole through the middle, in order to
their being ftrung for the convenience of enumeration or of
carriage. They bear an infcription in Chinefe characters,
exprefling the year of the prince’s reign, without his name,
diftinguifhed as the “ Happy year,”’ “ The [Muftrious year,” and
the like. It is faid, that Canghi, the emperor, who died
in 1722, aftera reign of 61 years, formed a complete cabi-
net of Chinefe coins, and appointed a Mandarin to keep it.
The coins of Tartary, which are potterior to Genghis-Khan,
are rude, and generally prefent only inferiptions. Im Thibet,
Pegu, and Siam, the coins are various ; but evidently of late
erigin, and generally bearing infcriptions on both fides.
Such alfo are thofe of many {maller {tates in Eaitern Afia.

In the country fo celebrated anciently by the name of India’
the Mahometan faith is predominant, as it is in moft coun-
tries of Weftern Afia. The precept of Mahomet, which for-
bids the reprefentation of any living creature, bas had a per-
nicious effect upon the arts. It is doubtful whether or not
any Indian coins exilt before the time of the Moguls, or
the 13th century. Some old coins have been found near
Calcutta, of gold, filver, copper, and tin, all mingled in
one bafe mixed metal. On one fide they bear a warrior with
a {word, and on the other an Indian female idol. The later
coins of India are well known, fuch as the pagoda, rupee,
and cafh, the moft common copper, whence our word.
All thefe coins are very thick, like the old Egyptian. On
one remarkable fet of rupees, are prefented the twelve figns,
a lion on one of them, a bull on another, &c. &c. The
Portuguefe, Englifh, French, and Dutch, fometimes flruck
coins in their fettlements with Perfian infcriptions on one fide
and Latin on the other. Rupees and cafh are known of
Elizabeth, of Charles II., of the year 1730, and of other
periods. The coins of Perfia have continued on the Ara-
bian model, even after the Arabian caliphs loft their domi-
nion in that country, and bear on both fides pious infcrip-
tions from the Koran. ‘The Perfian copper, however, has
the fun and lion, the arms of Perfia, on one fide. Of Man-
nus, and fome other petty kings in drabia, we have coin
during the imperial period of Rome. The brafs coins of
Haroun Al Rafchid, the Charlemagne of Afia, and his
contemporary, and of other powerful princes who refided at
Bagdad, have an Arabic infcription on the reverfe ; the ob-
verte is a mere tranfcript of any old Greek or Roman coin
that fell in the way of the Moneyer. The gold and filver coins
have many infcriptions. The later Arabian coins, which
are filver, bear the name and titles of the prince on one fide,
and fome fentence from the Korap, or the like, upon
the other. The more modern are in the fhape of a fith-
hook, with Arabic infcriptions. The coins of Turkey re-
femble thofe of Perfia and Arabia, having merely inlesip.
tions on both fides. The coins of Africa, comprehending
Morocco, Fez, Tripoli, Algiers, &c. are upon the Maho-
metan plan of mere infcriptions. Paffing over Abyffinia,
and the interior kingdoms of Africa, as little known, and
the civilized empires of America, Mexico on the N., and
Peru on the S., where coinage was not praétifed, we fhall
proceed to the coins of Europe. In Jta/y, when the Ro-
man empire in the weft ceafed with Romulus, in the year
476, the Gothic kings ftruck ccins till 'Teias, the laft
oi them, was conquered in 552 by Narfes, the general of
Juftinian. Then the exarchs of Ravenna, viceroys for the
Byzantine emperors, ifflued copper with FELIX RAVENNA,
&c.; but the gold and filver of the Greek emperors fufficed
for Italy. After Charlemagne, about the year 780, made a
great revolution in Italy, there are coins of him {truck in
Rome and Milan. In the next century the modern coins of
Italy begin with the filver pennies of various ftates. The
papal coins originate with Hadrian I. 772—795, to whom
Charlemagne gave leave to coin money. The filver pennies
continued tiil a late period, with the name of the pope on
the one fide, and scus PETRUS on the other. On thefe
coins there are rude portraits of fome of the popes. A fter=
wards, when the pope ceafed to have power in Rome, from
Pafchal iI. till Benedi&t XI. in 1303, there are pennies of
the Roman fenate and people, bearing on one fide Peters
ROMAN. PRINCIPE, on the other Paul, sENAT. POPUL.
@. rn. In the middle ages the chief bifhops of Italy,
France, and England, ftruck coins, as well as the pope..
The firit gold com is of John XXII. 1316. The coins of
Alexander VI., Julius II., and Leo X. are remarkable for

elegancee

MEDALS,

elegance, The coins of Milan begin with Charlemagne, a
erols, reverfe the monogram of Carolus, with scepioL., and
they are found of the other emperors to the 13th century.
Thefe coins are of filver. In Nuples there are coins of duke
Sergius, 840, and bifhop Athanafius, 880: and they are
followed by thofe of feveral others. The coinage of Venice
begins in the roth century, with filver pennies, marked vr-
nect. In 28o the firlt Venetian gold appears; and the firit
copper in Se The filver groate are as old as 1192, J/o-
rence {urpafles all the cities of Italy in the dignity of her
coinage. Some filver pieces occur from the 1ath century,
or an earlier period ; but in 1252, the famous gold coins,
called Florins, from the flower of the lily upon them, ap-

eared 5 and were imitated by the popes, France, and Eng-
el as being the firt gold coins ftruck in Europe, afier
the eighth century, for during five centuries no gold worthy
of notice was flruck in Europe. The florins of Florence
have on one fide St. John the Baptilt landing, s. sonan-
NES. B. on the other a large fleur-de-lis, FLOoRENTIA 3 and
the coins of the popes, France, and England refembling
them, have the fame types, but different legends. They
weigh adrachm, and are no lefs than 24 carats fine, accord-
ing to Italian writers; being intrinfically worth about 125.
The firft coins of Genoa are of Conrad the emperor, 1129,
bux JANVa. Thofe of the dukes of Savoy begin in ,the
fame century, The patriarchs of .fguilia iffued coins from
1204 till 440. Ferrara has coins of marquifes from 1340.
In France, the coins of the firft race from Clovis 490, al its
termination in 751, are chiefly gold trientes, well. wrought,
with the heads of the kings. Some folidi and femiffes alfo
appear. Thefe coins, which properly belong to the clafs of
ancient coins, have on the obverle the king’s head and name,
but fometimes the name of the Moneyer; the reverfe has a
crofs with the name of the town. The coins of the fecond
race, beginning with Pepin in 750, and extending to Hugh
Capet in 987, commence the modern clafs. Thefe are no lefs
barbarous than the others are elegant: they are almott all
filver pennies, and very feldom bear the head of the min
Thofe of Charlemagne have only carotus 1 the field, while
the reverfe bears x. F. or fome fuch in{cription. _ One piece
alone, {truck at Rome, hasarude butt of him. The third
race, beginning with Hugh in 987, and extending to the re-
volution, are unfortunate in their coins, ull the time of St
Louis, in 1226, when the groat appears, and the coinage
began to improve. The groat, or groffo, fo called in com-
parifon with the penny, pafled from Italy to France, Ger-
many, and England. In the time of St. Louis, deniers of
billon were iffued, and were followed by other pieces of the
fame metal, as the liard or hardi of three deniers, the maille
or obole of half a denier, the pougeoife or pite of one
quarter. In the time of Henry ILI. 1574, copper was firlt
uled in French coinage. Other remarkable coins of France
are the blancs, or billon groats, firft iflued in 1348; the
ecus a la couronne, or crown of gold, the moit famous
French coin, fo called from the crown on one fide, and be-
gun by Charles IV. in 1384; the telton, or piece with the
king’s head, of Louis X11.; the elegant Henri of Henry II.
which has Gaul fitting in armour, with a victory in her hand,
OPTIMO PRINCIPI; exergue GALLIA. The firft Louis d’or
is of 1640. Spain vies with France in the elegance of her
early feries, which confiits almoit wholly of trientes of

old finely executed. On one fide they bear the head of the
Foy, with his name, and on the other a crofs with the name
of the town. While the Moors, or Arabs, poffefled Spain,
from the eighth to the 13th century, and Granada in
particular till the end of the 15th, fuch was the influence
of the Mahometan faith, that the Morefque coins of Spain

‘ 6.

only prefent us with infipid inferiptions on both fides: they
are chiefly in gold; and the inferiptions are in the old Ara.
bie charaéter, ufed in Mahomet's time, called the Cuphic.
From Charlemagne the coinage of Germany commences;
and the feries of emperors is thought to be nearly complete.
The coinage of Denmark begins with Canute the Great, in
1o14. After Canute, we find coins of Harold and Hardi-
canute, then of Magnus Bonus in 1041, with Runic réverfes
and of neat workmanthip. But without enumerating thofe
of Sueno If., which rarely have the buft, with an arched
crown, and on the reverfe curious ornaments of a teffellated
form running acrofs the field, with the muu on either edge
of the ornaments; and thofe of Harold I. in 1074, with ge-
nerally two heads; the rude coins of Nicolas or Niel, of
Waldemar I. and of his fucceflors; thofe of Olaf in 1376,
bearing a grinning full face, with a crowned O on the other
fide ; and the billon coins of Eric in 1426:—we pafs into
Sweden, which is faid to have begun her coinage under Bi-
orno in 818, on the plan of that of Charlemagne; thefe
coins have a crofs, though Biorno was not a Chnitian; the
next coins are of Olaf, oLvr nex svevoryo, &c. &c. the
feries proceeding till Margaret in 1387. From her time to
that of Guftavus Vafa, in 1520, the coins are of Danifh
monarchs, {truck for Sweden. Of Guftaf Wafe, or Gufta-
vus Vafa, and his fucceflors, there are many fine coing. In
1634. ducats were coined with the buft of Guftaf Adolf, who
died in 1632; reverfe the arms of Sweden, with the chymic
types of mercury and fulphur. In 1716, and the two follow-
ing years, the {mall copper coins with Saturn, Jupiter, Mars,
&c. were iffued by Charles XII. to pafs for gies on ac-
count of his want of money. The coins of Norway begin
with Olaf, in 1066, and are followed by thofe of Magnus,
Harald, &c. &c. Of Denmark, Sweden, and Norway there
are alfo eccletialtic coins, as of Germany, France, &c. ftruck
by the chief bifhops. Bohemia, the molt wefterly Slavonic
kingdom, boatts the earliett coinage; the firft coins are thofe
of duke Boleflaus I. in gog, with his head and name. The
coinage of Poland is nearly as ancient as that of Bohemia;.
and it may be obferved in general, that the coinage of the
Slavonic kingdoms follows the model of the German. The
coins of Rufia are of very late date. None of her coins
feem to be more ancient than the 13th century. The
firft Ruffian coins have rude figures of animals on one fide ;
and a man, ftanding, with a bow or fpear, on the other,
Some have St. George and the dragon, and various other
types. Such are all kopeks, or filver pennies. The rouble
or dollar, ard its half, begun under Ivan or John in 1547.
Thofe of the falfe Demetrius, in 1605, are very fearce. In
1230, the knights of the Teutonic order, having conquered
the Pagan inhabitants of Pruffia, coined filver pennies on
the German plan, at Culm. In the next century were ftruck.
fhillings, groats, and fchots, the laft being the largeit
and very rare; they have the Pruffian fhield, an eagle fur-
mounting a crofs, within a rofe-fhaped border, MoNETA
DOMINORUM PRUSSIE; reverfe a crofs fleurie, within
a like border, HONOR MAGISTRI JUSTITIAM DILIGIT.
In the fame century gold coins were ftruck. , In 1525 the-
money was fo debafed, that 12 or 13 marks were worth but
one mark of filyer. The coins of Brandenburg and Poland:
are the later coins of Pruffia.
We fhall now proceed to givea brief enumeration of the
coins of Britain. .The Heptarchic coins are only of two:
forts; the filver fkeattaor penny, and the copper or billon ftyca3-
the latter being known only in Northumbria, and being a very
{mali piece, worth about half a farthing. The filver penny
may be regarded as the general heptarchic coin. The
fkeattas were ftruck in Kent, and.the other ftates of the
Heptarchy

MEDALS.

Heptarchy from the fixth to the eighth century, or from
about the year 500 till 700. No heptarchic pennies occur
till after the year 700 ; but fkeattas, which Dr. Combe, by
caufing two plates of them to be engraved, has brought
into notice, are found with the name of Ethelbert I., king
-of Kent, A.D. 560—616, and of Egbert, alfo king of
Kent, A. D. 664. The heptarchic pennies are, therefore,
almoft all of the eighth century, or from 700 till 832, when
Egbert terminated the feven kingdoms. The coins of the
chief monarchs prefent almoft a complete ferie:, from Eg-
bert 832 to Edgar 95g. Of Ethelbald 857, and Edmund
Tronfide, A.D. 1016, thereare no coins. Moft of them
bear rude portraits, and the reverfes have views of cathedrals
and other buildings, &c. The infcriptions are alfo fometimes
curious. Ecclefiaftic coins alfo appear of the archbifhops of
Canterbury, Wulfred, A.D. 804, Ceolnoth, 830, and
Phlermund, 889. ‘The Norman conqueft in 1066 made no
alteration in the Englifh penny, the only coin. The old
Englifh penny, or anglicus, Mr. Pinkerton obferves, was
.a coin celebrated all over Europe in the middle ages, and
almoft the only money known in the northern kingdoms. In
neatnefs of fabric, and in purity of metal, it is fuperior even
to the Italian and French coins of that period. The feries
of Englifh pennies extends almoft without any failure from
Egbert to the prefent reign. The kings wanting are John
and Richard]. The Rev. Mr. Southgate, generally learned
and peculiarly filled in medals, has in his cabinet as neat and
complete a feries of this knid asis perhaps to be found. Se-
veral uniques, or almoft fuch, are found there in the belt pre-
fervation ; fuch as the French penny of Richard I., the
penny of Richard IIL, the full-faced penny of Henry VIII.
“in fine filver, and others. The firft Englifh pennies weigh
224 grains troy: toward the clofe of Edward IIT. the penny
weighs but 18 grains, andin the reign of Edward IV. it fell to
12. In Edward VI’s. time, 1551, the penny was re-
duced to eight grains, and after the 43d of Elizabeth to
7%3 grains, at which weight it continues to this day. The
ext coins in antiquity, purfuing the filver coinage, are the
halfpennies and farthings, firlt {truck by Edward I. about
1280, fome having been previoufly iflued ia Ireland by
John. The firft were continued down to the commonwealth,
fince which time none have been ftruck in filvers the
farthings ceafed with Edward VI. To thefe fucceeds the
groat, from Fr. gros, a large piece, introduced by Edward
III. in 1354. The half-groat, or two-pence, is of the fame
date. Next to the groat is the teftoon, or fhilling, firft
coined by Henry VII., in 1503. The appellation of tef-
toon was derived from the teite, téte, or head of the king
upon it. The fhilling was at firft a German appellation,
{chelling ; coins of that name having been ftruck at Ham-
burghin 1407. The crown was publifhed by Henry VIII.
in filver, whereas it had before appeared only in gold; whence
the old phrafe ‘crowns of gold ;” and the half-crown, fix-
pence, and three-pence, by Edward VI. Elizabeth, in
1558, coined three-halfpenny, and in 1561 three-farthing
pieces, but they were dropped in 1582. From the 43d of
Elizabeth, 1601, the denominations, weight, and finenefs of
Englifh filver remain the fame to the prefent time. It was
about the year 1257 that Henry III. formed the defign of
a gold coinage, and ordered it to be current in the kingdom :
however, no more than two f{pecimens of it have reached us.
It is called a gold penny, but larger than a filver one.
But it is from Edward III. that the feries of gold coin-
age commences, for no more occurs till 1344, when that
prince firit ftruck florens, fo called from the beit gold
then coined at Florence. The floren was then worth 6s.,
but is now intrinfically worth 19, from the increafed value

of gold, and diminution of filver coins. ‘The half and quar.
ter of the floren were ftruck at the fame time, and of the
fame proportional value. In the fame year the noble was
announced, of 6s. 8d. value, and confequently forming half
a mark, being then the moft general ideal mode of money.
This was attended by its half and quarter; the proportion
of filver to gold being then 1 to 11. This coin, toge~
ther with its fubdivifions, continued the only gold coins till
the angels of Edward IV. 1465, ftamped with the angel
Michael and the dragon, and the angelets, half the angel,
or 3s. 4d. was fubftituted in their place. Henry VIII. in
1527, added to the gold denominatiens the crown and half-
crown, at their prefent value; and, in the fame year, gare
fovereigns of 22s. 6d. and ryals of 11s. 3d., angels of
7s. 6d., and nobles at their old value of 65. 8d.’ In 1546,
the fame fovereign, making the value of filver to gold
as1to 5, ftruck fovereigns of the former value of “205-5
and half-fovereigns in proportion. ‘The gold crown of
Henry VII1. is about the fize of our fhilling, and the
half-crown of a fixpence, but thin, as all hammered money
was in moderntimes. His gold coin, like his filver, is much
debafed. Thefe coins continued, with a few variations, till
Charles II. ettablifhed the prefent forts of goldcoin, ‘Till
Edward VI. our monarchs appear upon their gold coin
at full, or three quarters, length; that prince being the
firft whofe buft only is feen. Silver, which had been to
gold for fome time as 1 to 4, was again reduced in
1551 to its old proportionof 1 torr. Upon the union
of the crowns, James I. of England gave the fovereign
the name of unite, it being then of 205. value. Of him
are likewife rofe ryals of 3os. and {pur ryals of 15s. angels
of tos. and angelets of 5s.; ti'l his ninth year, when
gold was raifed in the proportion of 1s.in 10s. Silver,
which had fallen in its proportion to gold from the de-
gree of 1 to 12, now funk further, as 1 to 13} in weight.
The gold crown and half-crown continued to this prince
inclufive, and the crown to his fucceffor. The fove-
reign, which had been commonly termed the broad-piece,
under the commonwealth affumed the uninvidious name of
the twenty-fhilling piece, which it retained till it was fup-
planted by that of the guinea. The commonwealth hke-
wife {truck ten-fhilling and five-fhilling pieces in gold. Oliver
publifhed none but forty-fhilling and twenty-fhilling pieces,
and very few even of thefe ; the former in particular being
moftly patterns. The guinea, fo called from the Guinea-
gold out of which it was firft ftruck, was proclaimed in
1663, and to pafs for 20s. ; but it never went for lefs than
21s. by tacit and univerfal confent. It is only twenty-two
carats fine, and two alloy, which is the ftandard of our
gold coinage tothis day. Charles II. likewife iffued half-
guineas, double-guineas, and five-guinea pieces, which have
been all continued through every reign to the prefent time,
though the latter two are not in common circulation. Geo. I.
publifhed quarter-guineas, an example imitated by his pre-
fent majelty ; but thefe laft of George 1II. were found fo
troublefome and apt to be loft, that they were ftopped within
a year or two when received at the bank of England, and
thus filently annihilated. Pieces of 7s. were likewife coined,
and have been continued: they are known by the lion above
the helmet. The laft coinage is that of copper. The firft
money coined in ancient Britain feems to have been copper.
But the Saxons never thought of coining except in the
inftance of the ftyca. While copper coin continued to be
wanting in the Englifh authorifed money tll the year 1672,
with a few fmall exceptions after the itime of Elizabeth,
we need not much wonder that in mere remote periods its
deficiency was not at all felt. The known averfion of that

7 queen,

MEDALS,

queen, and of the nation in peneral, to a copper cuinsge,
was owing to the counterfeit money called * black money,”
being always of copper mixed or wathed with about a fifth
part of filver. The term of “black money” evidently
arofe from contradiftinction to « white money,” which is yet
aname for that pure filver which it was made to imitate.
When it is confidered, therefore, that the bafe money was
always of copper, it is no wonder that the idea of a copper
coinage fhould be confounded with that of an impofition of
authorifed bad money. In 1594, when the practice of
coining tokens, upon the returning which to the iffuer, cur-
rent coin, or value was obtained, had got to a great length,
government had ferious thoughts of a copper coinage; and
a {mall copper coin was ftruck, of about the fize of a filver
two-pence, with the queen's monogram on one fide, and a
rofe on the other, the running legend being tHe PLEDGE
OF —A HAL¥-PENNY. ‘The queen, however, retaining her
averfion to a copper coinage, the {cheme proved abortive ;
nor was it revived till the fucceeding reign, when, on the
rgth of May 1613, king James's royal farthing tokens com-
menced by proclamation. ‘They are moftly of the fame fize
with the above, and have upon one fide two f{ceptres in faltier,
furmounted with a crown, and the harp upon the other.
Their legend is the king’s common titles running upon each
fide. Thefe pieces, which were iffued merely as pledges or
tokens, for which government was obliged to give other coin if
required, were not favourably received ; but continued in a
kind of reluétant circulation through this reign and the be-
inning of the next. In 1635 Charles I. ftruck thofe with
the rofe inftead of the harp. But their currency was
flopped by the number of counterfeits and the king’s death
in 1648 ; and then the tokens of towns and tradefmen again
took their run, and increafed sien ae till 1672, when
farthings, properly fo called, were firit publifhed by govern-
ment. Aner many trials for improving the copper coinage,
and the iffuing of many copper farthings, current half-pence
and farthings firft began in 1670 to be {truck at the Tower ;
but they were not proclaimed till Augufl 1672. Thefe
continued till the laft year of Charles II., 1684, when dif
putes arifing about the copper, tin farthings were coined
with a ftud of copper in the ceatre, and infcribed round the
edge as the crown pieces, with NUMMORUM FAMULUS, 1685
or 1686. Hialf-pence of the fame kind were iflued in 1685,
and tin continued to be coined till the year 1692. But in
1693 the tin was called in, and the copper coinage com-
menced anew. All the farthings of the following reign of
Anne are trial pieces, except that of 1714, her laft year.
‘They are beautifully executed ; but the one whofe reverle is

Peace in a car, PAX MISSA PER ORBEM, is the moit efteemed.

It is obfervable with regard to the copper coinage, that the
intrinfic worth of the metal is not one-half of its currency.
‘The pound of copper, worth rod., yields 46 half-pence, or
23 pence, when coined. Hence forgeries even of good
metal yield a large profit, and the whole kingdom {warms
with counterfeit copper, infomuch that not a fiftieth part of
that currency is legitimate ; an evil which requires remedy.
Before we clofe this fubje& of the Englifh coinage, we fhall
~ mention the Portcullis coins of Elizabeth, iffued in rivalfhip
of the Spanifh king, for the fervice of the Eaft India com-
any, in their fettlements abroad. They are of different
Hits from the crown downward, and are eafily diftinguifhed
by the portcullis on the reverfe. To them fucceeded the
various fiege pieces of Charles I. in gold and filver, fome of
the latter being fo large as to be of 20s. value. f
The coinage of Scotland did not commence till a late
period. There is room to believe, fays Mr. Pinkerton, that
filver pennies exilt of Alexander I., 1107, as fome are found

Vor, XXIII.

with that name, apparently of ruder and more ancient fabri
than thofe of Alexander IL, 1at4. Of David, 1124, ther:
are coins, ‘Thofe of William, 1165, are numerous, with:
Le 1ueh WILAM, OF WILAM tu, or sae; the laft word ufed in
Scandinavia for king, or perhaps a various fpelling of the
old French Rei. A larye hoard of William's pennies was
found near Invernefe in 1780. The Scottith money con-
tinued to be the fame with that of England in fize and value
till the time of David I1., 1355, whofe vait ranfom drained
the Scottith coin, and occafioned the fize of that which re-
mained to be diminifhed. After this ranfom, the Scottith
coin gradually diminifhing, in the firft year of Robert ILI.
it pafled only for half its nominal value in England ; and at
length, in 1393, Richard I/, ordered that it fhould pafs
only for the weight of the genuine metal in it. It funk by
degrees, till, in 1600, it was only a twelfth part value of
Englifh money of the fame denomination, and fo remained
till the union of the kingdoms cancelled the Scottifh coinage.
In filver, we have aafy pennies of Alexander II., who
reigned till 1249; but Alexander III., who reigned till
1293, coined half-pence. Of Robert I., 1306, and Da-
vid II., there are filver farthings. Tlie groat and half-
groat, introduced by David II., completed the denomina-
tions of filver money till the reign of Mary, when they all
ceafed to be ftruck in filver: In 1544, the fecond year of
Mary, Scottifh money was a fourth of that of England.
About the year 1553, fhillings or teftoons were firft coined,
bearing the buft of the queen, and the arms of France and
Scotland on the reverfe: they were then worth 4s. Marks
of 135. 4d. Scottith were alfo ftruck, worth 3s. 4d. Englih.
In 1565 the coin was to the Englith as 1 to 6; the filver
crown being then firft ftruck, weighing an ounce, and
pafling for 30s. Scottifh; and leffer pieces of 20s. and ros.
were {truck in proportion; and thefe have the marks upon
them xxx, xx, x, to exprefs their value. In the time of
James VI., 1571, the mark and half-mark Scottifh were
ftruck, the former being worth about 22 pence and the
latter 11 pence Englifh. In 1578 the famous NEMO ME
IMPUNE LACESSET occurs firlt upon the coin; the invention
of which is afcribed to Buchanan. The Scottith filver,
coined after the union of the crowns, it is hardly neceffary to
mention, 4

The gold coinage of Scotland refembled the Englifh ;
Edward IT]. having given the firt currency in this metal in
1344. About 30 years afterwards, Robert II. iffued his.
The gold coins of Scotland, however, are of much {maller
aigaet than the Englifh. They were firft called St. An-
drews, from the figure of that tutelar faint upon his crofs,
who appears upon them, with the arms of Scotland, a lion
in a fhield, on the reverfe. The lion was another name for
the largeft gold coin, from the Scottifh arms upon it; next
was the unicorn under James III. ; and the chief gold pieces
of James V. were the bonnet pieces, fo called from the
bonnet in which that king’s head appears upon them. The
lait gold coinage of Scotland is the piftole and half-piftole,
coined by William III. in 1701, worth 12, and 6/. Scottith.
They have the fun under the head.

The copper coinage of Scotland, though more current
than that of England, is not of fo early a date as fome would
afcribe to it. Buchanan fpeaks confufedly of copper coin-
age in Scotland before James III. ; but in this he is mif-
taken. During the reign of James III., fays Pinkerton,
the copper coinage began, and fpeedily increafed in its
pieces. The old Scottifh coins of copper ftood thus:

APemy = +; ofa penny Englifh.

A Bodle = 2 pennies.

A Hardie = 3 pennies, the farthing Englifh.
P A Plack

MEDALS.

A Plack 4 pennies.
A Baw-bee 6 pennies.
An Atkinfon 8 pennies.

N.B. The penny hag a little dot behind the lion; the
bodle, alfo called two-penny piece and turner, has two dots.
This coinage continued the fame through the reigns of
Charles I. and 11. The Scottifh pennies of Charles IL. are
not very uncommon ; they weigh only 10 grains. In Scot-
land there are no ecclefiaflical coins; though they occur in
Denmark, Norway, and almof all other kingdoms,

With refpe& to the coins of Ireland it may be obferved,
that, from their form and fabric, the old made pennies
found -in this country were {truck by the Danes there.
Of Anlaf, 930, and Sihtric, 994, there are coins {truck at
Dublin, on pvFL1, or pyrL1, Duflin or Dyflin being the
real Danifh original name of this fine city, as of towns in
Scandinavia. Coins of Donald, an Irifh monarch, probably
Donald O’Neal, 956, are publifhed by Simon. Other
Danith and Irifh kings have coins. The pennies itruck by
Englifh monarchs in Ireland are remarkable: fuch, with the
name of Dublin, occur of Ethelred, 866; Edred, 948;
Edgar, 959; and “one of Canute, ro17. The Irifh coins
from John to Henry V. are known by the triangle en-
clofing the king's head, and by the names of Irifh towns on
them: after Henry V. they are only diftinguifhed by the
names of [rifh cities where they were ftruck. The harp is
never feen upon Irifh coin till the reign of Henry VIII.
"The difference between the Irifh coin and the other money
ftruck by the kings cf England begins in the time of
Henry VIII., who coined fix-pences for Ireland, only
worth four-pence in England. Mary iffued bafe fhillings
and. groats for Ireland; and Elizabeth’s bafe money for
Ireland is notorious. In 1601, copper pennies and half-
pence were coined for Ireland by Elizabeth, though fhe
would not confent to a copper coinage in England. In
1635 a mint was eltablifhed in Dublin by Charles I.; but
the maffacre and difturbances in that country put a ftop to it,
and the plan was never refumed. After that maffacre, 1641,
the Papifts ftruck what are called St. Patrick’s half-pence
and farthings, known by the legends FLOREAT REX, reverfe
ECCE GREX; and the farthing quigscaT PLEBS. In Crom-
well’s time, copper tokens were ftruck by towns and tradef-
men, as in England. In 1680, half-pence and farthiigs
were given by authority, with the harp and date. James 11.,
arriving in Ireland from France in 1689, inftituted a mint,
and iffued fhillings and half-crowns, ftruck of all the refufe
metal which could be procured: for this purpofe fome brafs
guns were ufed, fo that the coinage is generally called gun-
money. Pennies and half-pennies of lead mixed with tin
were publifhed in 1690; and other crowns of gun-metal, of
the fize of half-crowns, without the mark of the month, in
the fame year. The crowns of white metal, which are very
fearce, have James on horfeback, with titles no longer his;
and on the reverfe the arms, CHRISTO VICTORE TRIVMPHO,
with this legend on the rim, MELIORIS TESSERA FATI ANNO
REGNI SEXTO. The patent of William Wood, efg., ac-
quired from George 1, for coining half-pence and farthings,
occafioned“great difcontent, on account of the great lofs that
attended it. Thefe coins are of very fine copper and work-
manfhip, and have the beit portrait of George I., perhaps,
any where to be found. Sir Ifaac Newton, then at the
head of the mint, faid they were fuperior to the Englifh in
every thing but fize. In 1737, 10th of George II., Inth
half-pence and farthings were again coined of jut fize and
weight, with the harp only on the reverfe ; and the like are
continued to this day. As they have no mint in Ireland,
they are all coined here, and fent to that kingdom, In

I

‘rope.

1760 the fcarcity of copper coin in Ireland was relieved by
a fociety of Irith gentlemen, who obtained leave to coin
half-pence ; which appeared with a very bad portrait of
George I]., and voce popuLi round it. Since the aboli- ©
tion of the mint ere¢ted by Charles I., which hanpaiies
about 1640, no gold or filver coins have been ftruck with
the Irifh badge, but copper only. See Cory, Comace,
and Money.

Modern Medals.—In the middle ages medals were quite
unknown. Till the 15th century no medals appear of any
country in Europe, if we except Scotland, which can boatt
of gold medals of David II. 1330—1370, ftruck in Eng-
land during his captivity. In the next century medals ap-
peared in Italy, and from that time fucceffively in moft
countries of Europe. The gold medal of the council of
Florence, 1439, is one of the earlieft of thefe medals. Some
indeed have mentioned, that of the famous reformer, John
Hufs, in.1415, as the firft. Vittore Pifano, a painter of
Verona, is celebrated a3 perhaps the chief reftorer of this
branch of art. His medals, however, haye no fimilarity to
thofe of antiquity, being very large, and all calt: they were
firft modelled in wax, then a mould was taken from the mo-
del in fine fand and other ingredients. When a good caft was
procured, it was tcuched up, and made a model for the refi.
Vafari, in his lives of the painters, gives us a catalogue of
the medals done by Pifano. The papal medals are not only
the moft elegant, but the molt ancient feries in modern Eu-
Paul II., created pope in 1464, is the firft pontiff
who has medals of his own time. After Paul II., coeval
medals are found of all the popes. In the time of Alex-
ander VI., 1492—15~>3, the elegance of the papal medals
begins to dawn; but his fucceffors Julius IT, Leo X, Ha-
drian VI., and Clement VII., were fingularly fortunate in
having many of their medals defigned by Raffaele, Julio
Romano, and other great painters; and executed with cor-
refponding workmanfhip. The medal of Julius II., with
Saul, CONTRA STIMULUM NE CALCITRES, 18 the firft medal,
according to Venuti, that was ftruck, not caft. The medal
of Julius III., reverfe a Ganymede ©EPNH ZHNOZ EYo-
PAINEI, the dower of Jove delights, the defign of which is
afcribed to Michael Angelo, is denied to be genuine by the
pontifical writers. But there is a fine medal, defigned by
Parmegiano, of Gregory XIII., ‘upon the correétion of the
calendar ; reverfe a ferpent, with his tail in his mouth, and a
ram’s head for the fign Aries, in the centre, ANNO RESTITU-
TO, M.B. LXXXI. marked 1. PARM. beneath the pope’s
buft, in the obverfe. Befides the papal medals, there are
many of the various {tates in Italy. Next to Italy, France
is the moft remarkable country for medals. But the French
medals are neither fine nor numerous, till the reign of
Louis XIV., who has exceeded all modern princes in this
way. In Denmark, there are medals of Chriftian IT. 1516,
and of Frederic and Sophia, 1532. Of Frederic II, and
Chriltian IV. there are many medals, The elephant of the
houfe of Oldenburg is very frequent on Danifh medals.
In Sweden there are many fine medals of Guftaf Wafe, or
Guftavus Vafa. Chriftina appears on feveral, firuck chiefly
at Rome after her abdication. Of Charles XII., there are
feveral. curious medals, /The medallic hiftory of Holland
begins in the year 1566. Inthe SpeGtatora Dutch medal
is quoted as Englith; namely, that on the defeat of the
Spanifh armada, a fleet, FLAVIT ET DISSIPATI SUNT, 1588.
Many Dutch meda's are remarkable for maps and plans.
The Spanith medals begin, as Mr. Pinkerton fuggefts, with
Confalvo, the great captain, in 1503 ; and many of themare
curious. and interelting. Germany and Spain were as one
empire under Charles V., of whom there are many medals.

| But

MEDALS.

But the German ones begin. with Frederic UL., of whom
there in one truck at Rome 1453 5 next is Maximilian 1504,
who appears i the bonnet, worn before hats were in-
vented about 1560, and a wheel on the reverfe, ren vor
DISCKIMINA. ‘There is a curious medal upon the death of
Louis, king of Hungary, at Mohatz, 1926, when he fell
fighting aguinit the Turks ; obverfe hie head, and that of bia
queen, face to face; reverfe a battle. The medals of John
of Leyden, leader of the Anabaptitts, 1534, 15355 are fin-
are monuments of folly and fanaticilm. They bear bis
ult, with German inferiptions and legends. Amongit
other curious medals, there is one of Sebattian, king of Por-
oe famous for his unfortunate expedition in Africa, 1578,
with his buft, full face, and three quarters length, semasrra-
NUS D. G. REX PORTUGALLI®, ARARBLA, INDIA, BT AFRICA
ANNO HTATIS XVI, reverle a fhell-fith in the fea, the moon
and feven ftars, sengNA CELSA FAVENT. There is another fin-
gular medal of Catherine of Medici, queen of France, no-
torioufly addiéted to altrology. Lt reprefents her naked, be-
tween Aries and Taurus, with the name eERULLA AsMoD@A,
over her head: fhe holds a dart in one hand, and a heart in
the other; in the exergue is ox1EL. }
» As foon as medals began to revive, they became fatiric ;
a quality almoft unknown to the ancient mint. Medals
among the moderns have been the chief article of fatire, till
the printfhops took up the trade. The firft fatiric medal,
it is believed, was {truck by Frederic, king of Sicily, in
1501, againit his enemy, Ferdinand, king of Spain. It
bears the head of Ferdinand, rerpINANpUS R. AR. VETUS
. VULPES oRBIS; reverfea wolf carrying off a fheep, suGuM
MEUM SUAVE EST ET ONUS MEUM LEvE. It is faid that in
1588, Elizabeth, queen of England, {truck a medal, with
the Spanifh and Englith fleets, HesPERIDUM REGEM DFVI-
err virco. Philip, king of Spain, caufed medals of the
fame impreflion to be diftributed in England ; but with this
addition, NEGATUR, EST MERETRIX VULGI. ‘The queen
fupprefled them, and publifhed another medal, with this le-

gend,
“ Hefperidum regem devicit virgo Negatur,
Eft meretrix vulgi, Res eo deterior.”

Above all nations, the Dutch have mott diitinguifhed them-
felves for fatiric medals ; and have paid dearly for this kind
of prefumption. A great number of medals have been
ftruck for private men of eminent learning or talents, and in
this refpect modern medals are fuperior to the ancient.

Mr. Pinkerton clofes his account of modern medals with a
comparifon between thefe and the ancient medals. The moft
furpriling difference between the ancient and modern works
of art lies inthe portraits. The ancient artifts, even of the
lowelt clafs, marked the charafer, and exhibited the life and
{pirit of the perfon whom they reprefent ; while the moderns
only produce a kind of model, with very faint features of the
character. The ornaments of the portraits have alfo this ef-
fe& ; the ancient being fimple and pi¢turefque in real life ;
whereas ours are difcordant and ungraceful. The reverfes
of ancient medals, when confilting of human figures, cr de-
tached objects, exceed the modern in every view of itrength,
elegance, or tate. But in landfcape, and all that belongs
to perfpective, the modern excel the ancient toa prodigious
degree. A great fault of modern reverfes, as of modern
portraits, is that the manners of the time and country
are very often totally perverted in them. Perfonifications
are of all ages and countries and languages ; but what title
have heathen gods or goddeffes to exift on our medals, and
attract the adoration of our connoiffeurs? Mr. Pinkerton,
taking advantage of Dr. Coningham’s tract on modern me-

dala, makes fome remarks on the legends. But for the dif-
ferent kinds of legends that are cenlured, we refer to the arti-

cle Lugexps, in which the reader is defired to correét. the
error of the prefs in the name of Coningham,
The firlt Englith medal is in the duke of Devonfhire’s ca-

binet. Itis in brats, of a large fize, upon the plan of the
early Italian medals, being done without doubt in Italy ; and
bears on one fide a bult 10. KeNDAL RHODI TYKOVPELLE
nivs, reverfe the arma of Kendal, Tempone onaipionis
TVACORUM. mCCCCLXXxX. The next Englith medal is that
of Henry VILL. (track in 1545; it is of gold, larger than
a crown-piece, and has the king’s head full-faced on the ob-
verfe, with three legends within each othar, of his titles and
other matter. The reverfe contains two in{criptions, decla-
rative of his being head of the church, &c. the firlt in He-
bréw, the other in Greck. This was imitated in all points
by his fuccefior Edward VI. in his coronation medal, being
the fir we have. Elizabeth prefents us with a good number
of medals, one or two of which are tolerable, but the reft
very poor, inferior to thofe of Philip and Mary, two of
whom in filver by Trezzo are of high relief, and good exe-
cution. Decent medals appear of James I. and his queen ;
and avery large one of Charles I. and Henrietta, in 1636,
deferves notice for its fine workmanfhip. ‘The reverfe re-
prefents Juttice and Peace, kifling, aukwardly enough 3 but
the execution of the king's buft, an’ that of his lovely
queen, is very matterly. ‘The medals of Charles I., who
was a lover of the arts, are various and curious; but we
cannot enlarge in the enumeration of them. The common-
wealth and Oliver Cromwell, were fingularly fortunate in
having the celebrated Simon for their artift in this line. The
medals and coins of Simon are defervedly regarded as the
moft admirable which modern times have produced. Of
Charles 11. there are feveral good medals, as on his leaving
Holland, his reftoration, and coronation. The fhort reign
of James II. has fevcral medals, the moft remarkable of
which are the NEMO ME IMPUNE LACESSET ; that with his
queen, FORTES RADII SED BENIGNI ; thofe on the Pretender’s
birth, FELIcITAS PuBLICA. William III. gave occafion for
many interefting medals. Thofe after his acceffion to the
Englifh crown, have generally his head and Mary’s joined, as
the MAJUS PAR NOBILE; ATAVUM PRO LIBERTATE ; NEC
LEX EST JVSTIOR VLLA ; NISI TU QUIS TEMPERET IGNES ;
and others. Many medals alfo occur of James II., after his
abdication, and of the other pretenders, done in foreign
countries by eminent artifts. Queen Anne has feveral fine
gold, filver, and copper medals; of the firft only two or
three different pieces were ftruck ; but in the other medals
of this princefs, we have a feries of all the great events with
which Marlborough illuminated her reign. About 1740,
and for fome years before and after, Daffier, a native of Ge-
neva, fettling in London, engraved a feries of medals of all
the Englifh kings, with great tafte and fpirit. They are
ftruck upon fine copper, and amount to thirty-fix in num-
ber. He likewife gave medals of many illuttrious men of
this and other nations, which, fays Pinkerton, deferve con-
fiderable praife. The various medals of emment private per-
fons in England are very wumerous. Thofe who wifh for
fuller information of Englifh medals than our limits allow,
and the preceding extradts furnifh, may confult Pinkerton’s
Effay fo often cited, and Mr. Snelling’s plates of them.

Of medals, of Scotland, which are numerous, we can

‘only mention fome of the principal. The fine gold pieces

of David II. 1330—1370, which we have already noticed,
are certainly medals. Another Scottifh medal occurs of
James III. 1478; it is of gold, weighing near two ounces,
and its diameter is ¢! inches. The obverfe bears a ee

P32 8

MEDALS.

efs king, with long hair, fitting on a throne, holding in
one hand a naked {word, in the other a fhield with the
Scottifh arms. On the borders of the canopy, above the
throne, is a Gothic infcription, iN MI DEPFEN, in my
defence: the legend of the obverfe in Gothic letters is,
MONETA NOVA IACOBI TERTII DEI GRATIA REGIS SCOTIE.
The reverfe bears St. Andrew and his crofs, sALvvM
FAC POPVLVM TVVM DOMINE. Another remarkable Scot-
tifh medal is that inaugurative of Francis II. of France and
Mary of Scotland, ftruck upon their coronation as fove-
reigns of France, and prefenting bufts of them face to face,
with three legends, the outermoft of which contains their
titles, and the middle one this fingular fentence, HORA
NONA DOMINUS IHS EXPIRAVIT HELLI CLAMANS : the in-
nermoft legend is the name of the city of Paris. The fine
crown of Mary and Henry, 1565, is fo rareas to be efteemed
a medal of the higheft value; it is fuppofed to be worth 40
or 50 guineas. Henry and Mary appear on it face to face,
with their titles, and the reverle bears the arms of Scot-
land, with this legend, Qvos DEVS CONIVNXIT HOMO NON
sepArer. Another remarkable medal of Mary gives her
portrait full-faced, and weeping, 0 GOD GRANT PATIENCE
IN THAT I SVFFER VRANG. ‘The reverfe has this infcrip-
tion in the centre, QVHO CAN COMPARE WITH ME IN
GREIF—I DIE AND DAR NOCHT SEIK RELEIF; and this
legend around, HovRT Nor THE (figure of a heart) Q@vHAIS
oy THOV ART, The lat Scottifh medal, which we fhall
mention, is the celebrated coronation medal of Charles L.,
when he underwent his inauguration at Edinburgh, 18th
June, 1633. It was executed by Briot, an eminent French
artift; and was the firft piece flruck in Britain with a
legend on the edge, being, it is fuppofed, the only one ever
coined of gold found in Scotland. On the front is the
king’s buft, crowned and robed, with his titles. ‘The re-
verfe bears a thiftle growing, HINC NOSTRH CREVERE ROSH.
Around the edge is EX AVRO VT IN SCOTIA REPERITVR
BRIOT FLCIT EDINBVRGI, 1633. Few of thefe were ftruck
on the Scottifh gold, three only being known to exift, of
which one is in the mufeum. The piece is not uncommon
in filver, in which metal it wants the legend on the edge,
which conftitutes its chief curiofity and merit. It was in
rivalfhip to this that Simon gave his fine medal of Oliver,
the reverfe of which is an olive tree, NON DEFICIENT
OLIVE.

Mepats, Hiffory of, and Account of Writers on this Subjed.
The ftudy of medals affords fuch a variety of amufement
and of inftruftion, that we may naturally {uppofe it to be al-
molt as ancient as medals themfelves; and yet ancient writers
do not furnifh us with a fingle hint of colleétions of this
kind. In the days of Greece, a colleétion of fuch coins as
then exifted would not be regarded as an acquifition of any
great value, becaufe it muit have confifted only of thofe that
were {truck by the innumerable little ftates, which then ufed
the Greek charafters and language, and of courfe it would
be regarded as a fort of domeftic coinage, precluded from
extenfion by the narrow limits of the intercourfe that fub-
fifted between different provinces and countries. As foon
as any communication was’ opened between the Romans and
the Greeks, the Grecian coins were imitated by the Roman
workmen, and preferved in the cabinets of their fenators
among the choiceft treafures. In a more advanced period
of the Roman empire, individuals muft have formed feriefes
of Roman coins: for we find, in fact, that a complete
feries of filver was lately found in our ifland, containing,
inclufively, all the emperors down to Caraufius. From
the decline of the Roman empire, moft branches of f{cience
were enveloped in great darknefs, till the revival of litera-

ture towards the end of the rgth century. When litera-
ture began to be cultivated in Italy, the ftudy of medals,
conneéted with that of ancient erudition, began to engage
attention. Accordingly Petrarch, who in modern times
was amongit the firft perfons in Europe that afpired to the
celebrity of learning and of genius, was likewife the firft
to conftitute an example of the fcience of medals. This
eminent writer, being defired by the emperor Charles V,
to compofe a book that fhould contain the coins of iiluftri«
ous men, and to place him in the lilt, with a noble pride
anfwered, that he would comply with his defire, whenever
the emperor’s future life and actions deferved it. Avvailin
himfelf of this circumftance, he fent that monarch a et
leGtion of gold and filver coins of celebrated men. “ Be-
hold,’”? fays he to the emperor, “* to what men you have
fucceeded! Behold whom you fhould imitate and admire !
To whofe very form and image you fhould compofe your’
talents! The invaluable prefent I fhould have given to
nobody but you; it was due to you alone. I can only
know or defcribe the deeds of thefe great men. Your
fupreme office enables you to imitate them.”
In the next age Alphonfo, king of Arragon, caufed all
the ancient coins, that could be difcovered throughont all
the provinces of Italy, to be colle&ted, which he placed in
an ivory cabinet and always carried with him; that he
might be excited to great ations by the prefence, as it
were, of fo many illuftrious men in their images. Anthony,
cardinal of St. Mark, nephew of Eugene [V., who afcended
the pontifical chair in 1431, hada vaft collection. Soon
afterwards Cofmo de Medici began the grand mufeum of
the family of the Medici at Florence; the mott ancient, as
well as the molt noble, in the univerfe. Among a profufion
of other monuments of ancient art, coins and medals were
not neglected. About the fame period Matthias Corvinus,
king of Hungary, formed a noble colle€tion of coins, along
with ancient MSS. and other valuable reliques of antiquity.
The firft perfon who feems to have examined medals,
and adduced them as vouchers of ancient orthography and
cuftoms, was Agnolo Poliziano, or Angelus Politianus.
Maximilian I., emperor of Germany, formed a cabinet of
medals, by means of which Joannes Huttichius was enabled
to publifh a book of the lives of the emperors, enriched
with their portraits, delineated from ancient coins. M.
Grollier, treafurer of the armies of France in Italy dur-
ing part of the 16th century, had a great colleGion of
coins in all metals. When, after the death of Grollier,
thefe were about to be fent into Italy, the king of France
bought them ata high price for his own cabinet of antiqui-
ties. Befides medals of brafs, this colleétion contained an
affortment of gold and filver. Guillaume du Choul, a con-
temporary of Grollier, had alfo a goed colleGtion of medals,
many of which were publifhed in his treatife on the religion
of the ancient Romans, printed at Lyons in 1557. From
the letters of Erafmus we learn that the ftudy of medals
was begun, in the Low Countries, about the beginning of
the 16th century. About the middle of that century,
Goltzius, a printer and engraver, travelled over a great -
part of Europe in fearch of coins and medals, for works
relating to them, which he propofed to publifh. At this
time, as he informs us, there were in the Low Countries
200 cabinets of medals, 175 in Germany, more than 380
in Italy, and about 200 in France: to which we may add
about 500 for our own country, which Goltzius did not
vifit. ‘The greater number, however, of thefe cabinets were
of that clafs called cafkets of medals, including from 100>
to 1000, or 2000 in number. If we except Italy,
there are few countries, in which more ancient coins are

found

MEDALS.

found, than in Britain. Mr, Pinkerton fufpeéts, that
Camden was one of the firlt, if not the very firlt, of our
writers, who produced medals in his works, and who mutt
have had a fmall collection, In the rth century, Speed's
Chronicle, publifhed in 1610, was iltuftrated with coms
from fir Ries Cotton’s cabinet. Henry, prince of Wales,
bought the collection of Gorleus, amounting, as Jofeph
Scaliger fays, to 30,000 coins and medals, and left it to
his brother, Charles I. Archbithop Land bought 500
coins for 6oo/. and gave them to the Bodleian library.
Thomas, earl of Arundel and Surry, earl marthal of Eng-
land, had, in his exuberant collection of antiquities, a rich
cabinet of medals, gathered by Daniel Nilflam. The dukes
of Buckingham and Hamilton, fir William Patton, fir
‘Thomas Fanthaw, fir 'Chomas Hanmer, Ralph Sheldon, efq.
Mr, Selden, and many more, are enumerated by Mr
Evelyn, as having collections. ‘To this number we may
add the earl of Clarendon, the hiftorian, and Charles I.
The fine cabinet of this unhappy monarch was diflipated
and loft in the civil commotions. Oliver Cromwell had alfo a
fmall collection; and that of Charles IL. is mentioned by
Vaillant. We may add, that his prefent majetty poffeffes a
tolerable collection of ancient gold coins. Since the time
of Mr. Evelyn, many noble cabinets have been formed in
this country, which we cannot recount. At prefent, the
chief cabinets in Britain are thofe of the duke of Devon-
fhire, the earl of Pembroke, earl Fitzwilliam, formerly the
marquis of Rockingham’s, the Hon. Horace Walpole, the
Rev. Mr. hartley the Rev. Mr. Southgate, Mr. Town-
ley, Mr. R. P. Knight, Mr. Edward Knight, Mr. Tyfon,

r. Barker, Mr. Brown, Mr. Bootle, Mr. Hodful, Mr.
Auften; with Mr. Ord’s Egyptian, Mr. Douce’s {mall
brafs, and Mr. Jackfon’s Britith.

The mufeum, lately enriched by fome of thofe above-
mentioned, and the univerfities, have alfo collections; and
alfo the Lawyer's library, and one or two colleges in Scot-
land; to which might be added private collections both
there and in Ireland. But that of the late Dr. Hunter de-
ferves notice, as the greateft in Europe, if we enly except
that of the late French king. From the middle of the 17th
century down to thefe times, almoft every year has produced
fome new work, or new difcovery, in the icience of medals.

Of writers in this department of fcience, Mr. Pin-
kerton has enabled us to mention the following: in Italy,
Enea Vico publifhed, in 1548 or 1555, his ‘* Difcotirfes on
the Medals of the Ancients.”? His example was imitated in
France by Antoine le Pois, who in 1579 gave his ‘* Difcourfe
on the Coins and Seals of the Ancients.” In 1665, Charles
Patin publifhed his “ Hiltory of Medals, or Introduétion to
that Science.’”? The latt edition appeared in 1695. In 1692,
Pere Jobert, or Joubert, prefented to the public his “Science
des Medailles,’’ the beft edition of which is that of 1739, by
M. le Baron Bimard de la Battie. In the. year in which
Jobert publithed his book, a work fomewhat fimilar to it
was publifhed in the Englifh language, entitled ““ The Greek
and Roman Hiltory illuitrated by Coins and Medals, repre-
fenting their Religion, Rites, &c. by O. W. (Obadiah
Walker,) London 1692, 12mo0.’’ In 1695, a tranflation of

* Jobert’s work appeared under the title of «* The Knowledge
of Medals,” afcribed to Walker. The “ Numifmata, or
Difcourfe on Medals, ancient and modern,” by Mr. Evelyn,
was printed in 1697, fol. In 1720, Nicolas Haym, an
Italian mufician, publifhed at London his «* Teforo Britan-
nico,”? or Britifh Treafury, in Italian and Englifh. They
who with to proceed in this {cience, fays Mr. Pinkerton, may
perufe the moft excellent and ufeful work of Froelich,
entitled “ Notitia Numifmatum antiquorum illorum, que

Urbium Liberarum, Regum et Principum, ac Perfonarum
illuttrium, appellantur,” Vienne, Praga, et Tergelti 1758,
4to.; and atterward fuch books of medals as they pleafe,
in chronological order as publithed, from Goltzius down to
Pellerin and Combe. The following lift of the bett authors
is given by Mr. Pinkerton. For the general {cience he re-
commends Vico’s work, and Patin’s already mentioned, The
ftudy of the Greek coms may be begun with Goltzius
“ Hittoria Sicilie et Magne Gracia: ex antiquis Numifmati-
bus,” Antwerpie 1644, fol. Recourfe may then be h.d to
Geflner's “* Thefaurus Numifmatum,” Tiguri 1738, two
vols. fol, The productions of Pellerin, Paris 1762, and fol-
ees years till 1778, making, with all the fupplements,
10 vols, 4to,, ought next to be perufed. Dr. Combe's pub-
lication of Dr. Hunter’s coins of Greek cities, London,
1782, 4to., as it is the laft, fo it is the very belt of the kind
ever yet given. Of the Greek monarchic coins Geffuer’s is
the moft ample aflemblage. The Roman confular coins will
alfo be found in full detail in Geffner ; and defcriptions may
be found in Vaillant’s “ Nummi Antiqui Familiarum Ro-
manarum,’’ Amit. 1703, two vols. fol., or the Thefaurus
Morellianus,’? Amit. 1734, two vols. fol., a later and a better
work. The imperial coins of Rome are likewife amply dif-
played ‘by Geflner ; with whom, for the rare coins, fhould
be read Vaillant’s «« Numifmata Imperatorum Romanorum,’’
publifhed by Baldini at Rome, 1743, three vols. 4to., and
Khell's «« Numifmata Imperatorum Romanorum,’’ Vindo-
bone 1767, 4to., a fupplement to the Roman edition of
Vaillant ; Banduri’s “ Numifmata Imp. Rom. a Trajano
Decio ufque ad Palaeologos,”’ (or to the termination of the
Byzantine empire) Lutetiz, 1718, two vols. fol. ; Occo’s
«* Numifmata Imp. Rom.”? The beft edition is the tecond
of Occo himfelf.

Of books on modern coins and medals, the firft which
ought to be perufed by a Britith fubjeét are thofe relating to
his own country. He fhould begin with Mr. Ciarke’s « Con-
neétion of the Roman, Saxon, and Englifh Coins,’ London
1767, 4to.; Mr. Lowndes’s excellent ** Report, containing
an Effay for the Amendment of Silver Coins,” Lond. 1695,
S8vo.; Snelling's « Views of Englith Money,” Lond. 1763, and
following years, gto. ; and Folkes’s “Tables of EnglithCoin,"’
Lond. 1763, 4to. Ducarel’s « Letters on Anglo-Gallic
Coins” are very confiderable. Englith medals are publifhed
by Snelling and in Vertue’s Account of Simon’s works. On
the Scottifh coins the only books are thofe of Anderfon ‘and
Snelling. The Irith are well difplayed by Simon, in his
* Hiltorical Effay on Irifh Coin,’ Dublin, 1749, 4to., with
the fupplement by another author 1767, gto. For the acs
count of the fources of information with regard to other
modern countries, we muft refer to Mr. Pinkerton’s preface.
The fecond edition of Mr. Pinkerton’s « Effay on Medals”
will fuperfede the neceflity of conftant reference to other
works, not cafily procured ; and the reader will find, that
the author has cited original authors, and availed himfelf of
an examination of many of the coins themfelves, which he
has defcribed. This elaborate work, in two {mall volumes,
Lond. 1789, will afford to the ftudent in this branch of
{cience ample fatisfaction. This edition, befides many
corrections and additions, that very much contribute to tke
increafed value of the work, 1s illuftrated with prints of
coins, engraven exaGly of the form and fize of the originals,
forming ipecimens of all the principal forts. In the adver-
tifement to this new edition, the author expreffes bimfelf in
terms of high commendation concerning Monaldini’s « Ifti-
tuzione antiquariou Numifmatica,” printed at Rome, 17725
8vo., which, he fays, is much fuperior to Jobert’s ‘* La
Science des Medailles.”’

Mepats,

MEDALS.

Mepats, Utility of the Study of. Medals are of great im-
portance to the itudy of hiftory. They, indeed, furnith
the principal proof of hiftoric truth, as their evidence reaches
to the moft remote ages and the moft remote countries.
Vaillant fet the firlt example, in his learned hiftory of the
Syrian kings, printed at Paris in 1681, of fixing the dates,
and arranging the order of events in ancient hiflorians, by
means of thefe infallible vouchers. Thus he was enabled to
afcertain, ina very great degree, the chronology and pro-
act of events of three of the moft important kingdoms of
the ancient world, viz. thofe of Egypt, of Syria, and of
Parthia. Father Hardouin, Noris, and Bayer, have pur-
fued the fame plan; and to them we may add Froelich,
Corfiai, and Cary. The ftudy of the Roman medals has a
fuperior advantage to that of the Greek coins, as they ferve
not only to illuftrate the chronology of reigns, but to aid us
in the interpretation of particular events. To this purpofe,
befides the portrait of the prince, and date of his confulfhip,
or of his tribunitian power, we have a reprefentation, or
poetical fymbol, of fome grand event on the reverfe. Ina
word, the feries of Roman coins prefents the very belt fuite
of documents of the Roman hiftory, which the art of man
could have invented. Befides its fervice to hiftory, the
feience of medals is without doubt of confiderable ufe to
geography, to natural hiftory, to the illuftration of ancient
writers, to architeéture, and to the knowledge of a con-
noiffeur, or that of ancient monuments, bufls, ftatues, cere-
monies, and the like ; in all which views its utility is well
illuitrated by examples in Pinkerton’s valuable work. He
has alfo evinced the conneétion of the ftudy of medals with
the fine arts of poetry, painting, {culpture, and architecture.
In the firit refpects, he has greatly improved upon Mr. Ad-
difon’s ** Dialogues on the Ufefulnefs of ancient Medals.”
On this very interelting fubje&, which Mr. Pinkerton has
rendered no lefs amufing than inftru@tive, we cannot forbear
making a few extrdéts. The Roman coins to a'man of poe-
tical imagination are very entertaining by means of the fine
perfonifications and fymbols, which are to be-found on their
reverfe. appine/s has fometimes the caduceus or wand of
Mercury, which Cicero tells us was thought to procure the
gratification of every wifh. Ina gold coin of Severus, fhe
has heads of poppy, to exprefs that our prime blifs lies in
oblivion of misfortune. Hope reprefented as a fprightly
damfel, walking quickly and looking ftraight forward. With
her left hand fhe holds up her garments, that they may not
hinder the rapidity of her pace; while, in her right hand,
fhe holds forth the bud of a flower, an emblem infinitely
more fine than the trite one of an anchor, which is the
fymbol of Patience, not of Hope. Abundance is imaged as
a fedate matron, with a cornucopia in her hands, of which
fhe {catters the fruits over the ground; but does not hold up
her cornucopia. and keep its contents to herfelf, as many
poets and painters make her do, Security ftands leaning on
a pillar, indicative of her being free from ali defizns and
purfuits ; and the pofture ivfelf correfponds to her name.
The emblems of Piety, Mode/ly, and the like, are equally
appofite and poetical. The happinefs of the ftate is piétured
by a fhip, failing before a profperous breeze; an image of
which Gray has admirably availed himfelf in his « Bard.”?
The different countries of the then known world are alfo
delineated with great poetical imagery. To a Briton, it
affords peculiar fatisfaction to fee his native ifland often re-
prefented upon the earlie{t imperial coins, fitting on a globe,
with a fymbol of military power, the “ labarum,” in her
hand, and the ocean rolling under her feet. Coins’ alfo
prefent us with countries and rivers, admirably perfonified.
On the reverfe of a colonial coin, rude in execution, of

Auguflus and Agrippa, inferibed imp. and prvi. ¥., the
conquett of Egypt is reprefented by the appefite metaphor
of the crocodile, an animal almoft peculiar to that country,
and at that period efteemed altogether fo, which is chained
to apalm-tree, at once a native of the country and fymbolic
of viGtory. Moreover, a cabinet of medals, of which Ru-
bens is faid to have had a very fine collection, may be con-
fidered as forming the claflic erudition of a painter. We
may add, that almoft all the ufes which connect the feience
of medals wich painting, render it alfo fubfervient to the art
of the fculptor, who cannot lefs than profit by the ftudy of
the Greek coins in particular. The conneétion of the ttudy
of ancient coins with architeéture, confiits in the views of
many of the ancient edifices, which are found in perfeét pre-
fervation on medals. Froelich obferves, that the coins of
Tarfus are very remarkable for a kind of perfpeétive in the
ficures. On others are found triumphal arches, temples,
fountains, aqueduéts, amphitheatres, circufes, hippodromes,
palaces, bafilicas, columns and obelifks, baths, fea-ports,
pharofes, and the like.

Mepats and Coins, Rarity of. The {carcity of coins,
bearing any particular impreflion, mutt be principally owing
to the few that were ftruck with that impreflion, or their
being called in, and iffued from the mint in another form.
The firit is the cafe with the copper of Otho, and gold of
Pefcennius Niger ; the latter with the coinage of Caligula.
Sometimes coins, formerly efteemed almoft fingular, will,
in later times, become much more common in confequence
of the high price at which they are rated, fo that they are
brought to market as hoards of them are found. The firft
was the cafe with the farthings of queen Anne; fome of
which, formerly fold at five guineas, would not now fetch
five fillings ; the latter with refpeét to the coins of Canute, —
king of England, which were very rare till a large hoard of
them was difcovered in the Orkneys. The coins of Greek
cities are elteemed to be more common in copper than in
filver ; double the number exilting in the firlt metal: thofe
of Greek princes the reverfe, with a few exceptions,
thofe of filver being more numerous. Of the Greek mo-
narchic coins, the tetradrachms of the Syrian kings, the
Ptolemies, the princes of Bithynia and Macedon, excepting
Alexander the Great and Lyfimachus, are all rare. Thofe
of Cappadocian kings are not found, except of {mall fize,
and are fcarce. Of the kings.of Numidia and Mauritania,
Juba, the father, is common, the fon and nephew Ptolemy
are fcarce. The kings of Sicily, m large filver, are rare:
as are alfo thofe of Parthia. The kings of Judea are rare ;
thofe of Arabia and Commagene only occur in brafs, and
are f{carce; and likewife the kings of Bofphorus, who
appear in cleétrum, and a few in brafs. The kings of
Pontus, and Phileterus, king of Pergamus, are all rare.
All didrachms, both of kings and cities, are fearce, except
Corinth and her colonies. The gold coins of Macedon,
Alexander the Great, or Lyiimachus, are common: the
others very rare. All filver tetradrachms of kings are
accounted medallions, and bear a high price. One of the
fearcett of the {mall filver coins of the Greek princes is the
didrachm of Alexander the Great. The Grecian mo-
narchic money of copper may, in moft inftances, be confi-
dered as rare.

Of the Roman coins, the confular ones rettored by Trajan
are the rarelt of their clafs. The gold confular coins are
the moft rare, and the filver the moft common ; excepting
the coin of Brutus, with a cap of liberty between two
daggers, EID. MART. which is fearce, and a few other
inftances.

Among the Roman imperial coins, we fhall only sa 2

that

MEDALS.

that of Otho in brafs; the fearcity of which is owing to
the fhortnefs and tumule of hia reign. ‘The fourcity of
other imperial coins is largelystated by Mr. Pinkerton in
his tables. The Roman coing indead are all extremely rare.
The sheptarchic coins of Britain are —- rare: the mo-

ney of Alfred, bearing his bult, is rather fearce ; his other
coin is very rare, ‘T'he coins of Hardicanute are very
fearce. Of kings after the conquelt no English coins of

John are found, except Irith only, and of Richard L. only
French. In the Scottith feries Alexander II. is rather
fearce. Coins of Joh Baliol are rare, and none of Edward
Baliol are found. The gold money of Scotland has always
been fearce. See farther on this Fubjoet the Appendix to
Pinkerton’s Effay on Medals.

Tn the fale of medals, thofe that are rare are fold fepa-
rate, but the common ones are put into large lots, fo that
they are feldom bought but by dealers. The gold coins of
Greek cities are generally very {mali ; and not above a dozen
ftates have thole in gold: of thefe only Carthage, Cy.
rene, and Syracufe are rather common, and worth but dou-
ble their intrinfic value. The other gold civic coins are
worth from 5/, to 30/. The only two gold coins of
Athens known to exit are in Dr. Hunter’s colleétion, and
if they were fold, they might bring the very highett price
a coincan bear. The filver coins of Greek cities are many
of them extremely fcarce ; the common ones are priced
according to their fize, for the largeit are always the rarelt.
Thote of Syracufe, Dyrrachium, Maffia, Athens, and afew
other ftates, are common; drachmas, and leffer fizes,. might
bring 5s. each ; didrachms and tridrachms from 5s. to 10s.
according to their beauty and prefervation. The tetradrachms,
which are always moft valued, may, when belonging to cities
whofe coins are common, bring from 7s. 6d. to r/. 45.
Civie coins of filver that are rare are not eafily valued.
Ten guineas have been given for one, and competition
a triple that value. ‘(he common Grecian civic coins
in {mall brafs bring from 3d. to 1s. 6d., according to their
prefervation. Others belonging to cities, which have not
above two or more coins that are known, and thofe of brafs,
bring much higher prices. With refpect to the gold coins
of the Greek princes, thofe of no rarity in the coinage of
‘Philip of Macedon, and Alexander the Great, bear but
from 5s. to 205. above the intrinfic value. But thofe of the
other princes are rare, and bring from 3/. to 3o/. a-piece,
or more. Of the filver monarchic money, with Grecian
legends, the tetradrachms, which are deare!t, fell from cs.
to 5os., and thofe that are very rare from 3/.to 30/. The
drachmas may bring half thefe prices, and that of other
denominations in proportion. The copper coins of the
Greek kings are, generally, {carcer than the filver, and
Ought to bring a high price. Ancient Roman Afes,
Wels their divifions, bring from 2s. to 2/.,’according to the
fingularity of their devices. Confular gold coins are worth
from 1/.to si. : the Pompey; with his fons, 21/., and the two
Bruti, 25/. The filver rate univerfally from 1s. to 2s. 6d.,
except that with the cap of liberty and daggers, and a few
others, which, if genuine, may bear from.tos. to 5/. The
confular copper, though rarer than the filver, may be put
at. an equal price. The confular filver coins, reftored by
Trajan, bear 1/.a-piece. Among the Roman imperial coins,
with uncommon reverfes, we may reckon a filver piece of
Anguftus, which will fetch from 4s. 6d. to 1. 11s. 6d. 5
that with the legend c.marivs TROGVS bears 3/. 3s. Com-
mon gold coins of Trajan are not worth abeve 1/7 The
medals, with unknown chara‘ters, are fcarce and dear.
Saxon pennies of the heptarchic princes are generally rare,
and worth from 10s.,to 1o/. each, according to fearcity and

prefervation,, Thofe of the kings\of all England, which are
rare, are worth from tor, to 2/. as. 4 exceptiny one or two
very fearce ones, fuch as Hardicenate, which would fetch
10/, 10% =~ Of Englith medals, the gold ones of Henry,
1E4Ss and of Edward's coronation, are worth 2o/, each;
the Mary of Trezzo, 3/1 ‘Vhe dearelt of Simon's works
are his head of Thurloe, in gold, va4/; his oval medal, in
gold, upon Blake's viétory at fea, zo/.: his! trial-picer, if
brought to fale, would bring: a large fain, Queen Anne's
medals in. gold, intrinfically worth about 2/ 125 6d., bear
about 3/.a-piece. ‘The filver, of about the fize of « crown-
piece, will bring 10s, each; the copper from gs. to ros,
The Seottith coins are ona par with the Enylith, ¢ xcepting
that the gold fell higher. The fhilling of Mary, with the
bult, is very rare, and brings. 3os.; the half, 3/. ; the
ryal, g/. 5s. The French. teltoon of Francis and Mary
brings 1o/, 10s.; the Scottith one of Mary and Henry
would bring so/.; as would alfo the medal of James IV,
The coronation medal of Francis and Mary i» worth 2o/,.
Briot’s coronation medal in gold fold only for 2/. 25. at
Dr. Mead’s falerin 1955, but would now bring 20/. ‘The
English coins {truck in Lreland, or appropriated to that kings
dom, are moltly of the fame price as the other Englith coins,
The St. Patrick’s halfpence and farthings are rather fcarce.
The gun-money of James II. is quite common. The rare
crown of white metal brings about 4/. All other Irith coins
are very common, See the Appendix to Pinkerton’s
Effay. ‘

Mepats, Counterfeit, are forged imitations of ancient
coins ; the art of doing whichis faid to have arifen at. the
beginning of the 16th century, and lias fince prevailed’ to
an altonifhing degree. Thefe counterfeit medals are diftrie
buted into fix claffes: 1. Medals known to be modern
imitations of the ancient ; but which beg, executed by
matters, fuch as the Paduan, &c. have their value. 2. Me-
dals catt from thefe modern matterly imitations. 3. Medals
caft in moulds taken from the antique. 4. Ancient medals
which are retouched, and the obverfes or reverfes altered.
5. Medals which are impreffed with new devices, or which
are foldered. 6. Counterfeit ‘medals which have clefts, or
which are plated. For the method of diltinguifhing thefe
counterfeits from the true, in which the poffeffors or pur-
chafers of medals aré particularly interefted, we refer to
Mr. Pinkerton’s Effay, vol. ii. p. 167, &c.

Mepats, for the manner of ftriking, fee Cowwace.

Mepats, Academy of. See AcapEMY.

Mepats, Cabinet of, may be divided into three diftin®
fizes: 1. The large and complete cabinet, containing, or
intended to contain, every iflue of the mint, in every age
and every country. The late king of France had the moft
richly furnifhed cabinet of this kind in exiitence, and which
is calculated to have coft near 100,000/. fterling. | That of
the late Dr. Hunter was, perhaps, one of the belt private
cabinets’ ever formed in this ityle; and coit about 21,c00/:
2. The {maller cabinet, the colleGtor of which, confining
himfelf to the forming of five or fix fequences, asiof middle
and {mall Roman brafs only, of Englith pennies, or of groats,
or any other particular feriefes, confiders other medals as out
of his line of colleGing, though he may purchafe a few
defolate ones, or fuch as belong to other fets, in order to»
give variety to his colleGtion. Such a cabinet may incur am’
expence of from 200/. or 300/. to 1000/, 3. The leaft:
cabinet, or cafket of medals, which may inclide ail littlé
collections of coins, from 100 to 1000 or 2000. In this.
not above one or two fequences can well be formed; bat’
the amateur pleafes. his fancy by the mifcellancous iniertion’
of any article which curiofity or other motives: may in-

cline

MED

cline him to procure. In the formation of the large ca-
binet, it is to be obferved, that in the grand divifion of
ancient coins, as diftiné&t from the modern, the Greek medals,
of every denomination, can never be arranged by the metals,
or fizes, like the Roman; for no feries of any one metal, or
fize, can be found of this clafs in the moft opulent cabinet.
On this account the civic coins of all metals and fizes,
are digefted in alphabetical order, and the monarchic in
chronological. The fame rule is to be obferved in the Ro-
man confular medals, which are arranged in alphabetical
feries of the families, like thofe of the Greek cities. The
proper divifions of a grand and complete cabinet, com-
prehending the part allotted to ancient coins, are ftated by
Mr. Pinkerton as follows: 1. The coins of cities and free
ftates, in alphabetical order; whether ufing Greek, Roman,
Punic, Etrufcan, or Spanifh characters. 2. Kings in chro-
nological feries, both as to foundation of empire and feni-
ority of reign. 3. Heroes, heroines, and founders of
empires, and of cities. 4. Other illuftrious men and wo-
men. 5. Roman fs. 6. Coins of families, commonly
called confular. 7. Imperial medallions. 8. Imperial gold.
g- Imperial minimi, of all metals. 1o. Imperial filver.
11. Imperial firft brafs. 12. Second brafs. 13. Third
brafs. 14. Colonial coins, which are all of brafs.
15. Greek cities under the emperors, of all metals and
fizes. Ina fmaller cabinet they may be put with the Ro-
man, according to their metal and fize. ‘Thofe without the
emperor’s head go to clafs1, though ftruck in Roman
times. 16. Egyptian coins ftruck under the Roman empe-
rors, of all metals and fizes. They are moftly of a bafe
metal, called by the French writers “‘ potin,’’ being a kind
of pot-metal, or brittle brafs. 17. ‘ Contorniati,”? or
ticket medals. 18. Coins of Gothic princes, &c. infcribed
with Roman charaéters. 1g. Coins of fouthern nations,
ufing unufual alphabets ; as the Perfian, Punic, Etrufcan,
Spanifh. 20. Coins of northern nations, ufing unufual
charaGters ; as the Runic and German.

In the modern part no feries can be found of copper that
will go back above two centuries; but fequences of gold
and of filver may be arranged of all the different empires,
kingdoms, ana ftates, fo far as their feveral coinages will
allow. Thofe of England and France will be the moft per-
fe&t. Modern filver is commonly arranged in three fe-
quences ; the dollar fize, the groat fize, and the penny
fize. ‘The metals of each modern country ought of courfe
to be feparated; though it is beft to arrange each fet in
chronological order, whatever be their fize or the metal.

The formation of a cabinet of the fecond clafs will admit
of obferving the directions for the former, fo far as this
is meant to extend. But as it includes only.a few complete
fequences, either of ancient or mordern coins, fome parti-
cular inftruGtions may be neceflary. If, e.g. the collector
means to form a feries of the large brafs, he will find the
coins of four or five emperors fo fcarce as not to be attainable
in that feries, even at any price. He muit, therefore, fup-
ply their places with a middle brafs, as is allowed with
regard to Otho even in the beft cabinets, there not being
above three coins of that emperor in large brafs known in
the world, whereas of the middle brafs two or three hun-
dred may exift. If this be allowed in one inftance, why
not in others?) Why may not Tiberius or Pertinax appear
in the middle brafs as well as Otho? In cabinets of the
fecond clafs the colle€&tor may mingle the middle with the
large brafs as he thinks proper; and in like manner the
{mall with the middle. In the fmall fequences there can be
no harm in his mixing gold, filver, and brafs, as chance or
curiofity may lead him to purchafe any of thefe metals.

MED

In like manner, if, in the modern part of the fmaller ea-
binet, any eoin of a feries is of high price, or of bad im-
preflion, there can be no impropriety in putting another of
the fame reign which is cheaper, or better executed, though
of a different denomination, and a little larger tize. 5
fhort, the colleétor has no rules, but in the Greek cities and
Roman families to obferve alphabetical order, and chrono-
logy in every thing elfe. ‘The management in a cafket of
medals may be conducted by the obfervations already made
upon thofe of the two higher defcriptions.

Mepats, Caf, are thofe which are not ftruck, but caft in
a mould.

MeEnpAts, Contourniated. See ConTOURNIATED.

Mena ts, Covered or Plated, are thofe which have only a
thin filver leaf over the copper, but which are {truck fo art-
fully, that the cheat does not appear without cutting them ;
thefe are the leaft fufpeGted.

Mepats, Countermarked, are thofe which have marks cut
either on the fide of the head, or of thereverfe. Thefe counter-
marks ferve to denote the change of their value; and this kind
is much inquired for by the curious. See Mgpats, /upra.

Mepats, Dift, are ftruck of pure copper, and afterwards
filvered. This is.a contrivance that the curious have fre-
quent recourfe to, in order to complete their filver fets.

Mepaus, Grained or Indented, are thofe whofe edges are
cut, or notched like teeth, which is a fign of purity and
antiquity. They are common among the confulars, but
we have none later than Auguitus. There are feveral of
them, however, among thofe of the kings of Syria.

Mepats, Jmpreffions or Caffs of. A very eafy and ele-
gant way of taking impreffions or cafts of medals and coins
1s this: melt a little ifinglafs glue, made with brandy, and
pour it thinly over the medal, fo as to cover its whole
furface; let it remain on for a day or two, till it is
thoroughly dry and hardened, and then taking it off, it will
be fine, clear, and hard as a piece of Mufcovy glafs, and
will have a very elegant impreffion of the coin. In order
to render the relief of the medal more apparent, a {mali
quantity of carmine may be mixed with the melted ifinglafs ;
or the medal may be previoufly coated with leaf-gold by
breathing on it, and then laying it on the leaf, which will
by that means adhere to it; but the ufe of leaf-gold is apt
to impair a little the fharpnefs of the impreffion. Impref-
fions of medals may be likewife taken in putty of the
true kind, made of calx of tin and drying oil. Thefe may
be formed in the moulds, previoufly taken in plaifter or ful-
phur ; or moulds may be made in its own fubftance, like
thofe of plaifter. Thefe impreffions will be very fharp and
hard ; but the greateft difadvantage attending them is their
drying very flowly, and being liable in the mean time to be
damaged.

Sulphur is fometimes ufed to take off impreffions of
medals, coins, &c. The method is this: having made a
ledge of clay about the work whofe impreffion is defired,
and carefully oiled the whole, gently pour brimftone melted
in a covered veffel, to prevent its firing, upon the metal.
About the edge of this mould make a border of clay, as
before, and lightly oil the internal furface of both; then
gradually put into it, to the thicknefs of about a quarter of
an inch, a mixture made up with calcined alabafter and
water, to the confiftence of {tiff honey. This foon growing
hard, may be taken out of the mould, and gives figures of
the coin or medal. Boyle’s Works, abr. vol. i. p- Ig.
A. method fomewhat different is defcribed under the article
BriMsrone.

The brittlenefs of fulphur is a great objeGtion to this
method, and the plaifter of Paris, which is often ufed for

2

taking

MED

taking impreffions, is too foft : however, n coat or layer of
thin metal, formed over the plaifter, would be a confiderable
defence. This is the cheapett and molt convenient metal
for this purpofe : let thin tin-foil, fuch an is ufed for filver-
ing looking-glafles, be laid over the medal or coin intended
to be taken off, andthen rubbed either with a bruth, the
point of a fkewer, or a pin, till it has received perfeétly
the impreffion of the medal ; then pare off the tin-foil round
the edge of the medal, till it is brought to the fame circum-
ference ; afterwards the medal mult be reverfed, and the
tin-foil will drop off into a chip-box, or mould ready to
receive it; the concave fide of the foil, or that which is
laid on the face of the medal, being uppermoll ; upon this
a plailter of Paris, made in the ufual manner, and when

ry the calt figure may be taken out of the box or mould,
with the tin-feil flicking on the plaiiter, the convex fide
being now uppermoft, in which pofition it is to be kept in
the cabinet after it becomes dry. ‘To have an impreffion
very perfect, the thinneft tin-foil fhould be made ufe of.
The impreffions taken in this manner almoft equal filver
medals in beauty, and are very durable. If the box or
mould be rather larger than the impreflion of tin-foil, the

laifter, when poured on, runs round its edges, and forms a

ind of white frame, or circular border round the foil,
whence the new made medal appears more neat and beautiful.
If this tin-foil is gilt with gold-leaf, by means of thin ifin-
gilafs glue, the mated will rcfemble gold.

Calts of medals may be made likewife with iron, pre-
pared in the following manner: ‘Cake any iron bar or

iece of a fimilar form; and having heated it red-hot,
hold it over a_ veffel containing water, touch it ver
flightly with a roll of fulphur, which will immediately dit
folve it, and make it fall in drops into the water. Whena
fufficient quantity of iron is thus diffolved, pour the water
out of the veflel, and pick out the drops formed by the
melted iron from thofe of the fulphur which contain little or
no iron, and will be diltinguifhable from the others by their
colour and weight. The iron will, by thefe means, be ren-
dered fo fufible, that it will run with lefs heat than is re-
quired to melt lead ; and may be employed for making cafts
of medals, and many other fuch purpofes, with great con-
venience and advantage.

We have an eafy method of procuring the true impreffion
or figure of medals and coins, by Mr. Barker in the Philof.
Tranf. N° 472. fe&. 13. vol. xlii. p. 77.

Take a perfect and fharp impreflion on the fineft black
fealing-wax, of the coin or medal you defire. Cut away the
wax round the edges of the impreflion ; then with a prepa-
ration of gum-water, of the colour you would have the

iGture, {pread the paint upon the wax impreflion with a
mall hair-pencil, obferving to work. it into all the finking
or hollow places, thefe being the rifing parts of the medal ;
and the colouring muf be carefully taken from the other
parts with a wet finger. Then take a piece of very thin
poft-paper, a little larger than the medal, and moiften it
quite through. Place it on the wax impreffion, and on the
back of the paper lay three or four pieces of thick woollen
cloth or flannel of about the fame fize. The impreffion,
with its coverings, fhould be placed between two fmooth
iron plates, about two inches fquare, and one-tenth of an
inch thick.

Thefe muft be carefully put into a {mall prefs, made of
two plates of iron, about five inches and a half long, one
inch and a half wide, and half an inch in thicknefs, having a
couple of long male fcrews running through them, with a
turning female {crew on each, to force the plates together.
Thefe being brought evenly together by means of the ferews,

Vor, XXIII.

MED

will take off a true and fair picture of the medal; which,
if any deficiencies thould appear, may eafily be repaired with
a hair-pencil or pen, dipped in the colour made ufe of.

If a relievo only be defired, nothing is neceflary but to
take a piece of card, or white palte-board, well foaked in
water, then placing it on the wax-mould, without any
colouring, and let it remain in the prefs for a few minutes,
a good figure will be obtained,

This method of taking off medals, &c. is convenient, and
feems much more fo than the feveral inventions ufually prac-
tifed in fulphur, plaifter of Paris, paper, &c. wherein a»
mould mutt be formed, cither of « Jay, horn, plaifter, or other
materials, which requires time and trouble.

Some take impreffions on yaper from the medals them-
felves, by paffing them dnoaih the rolling-prefs, and colour-
ing them afterwards; but this is not only more difficult,
but does great injury to the medals, by impairing the fharp-
refs of their mott delicate and expreflive flrokes: whereas
wax does not hurt the fineft medal in the leaft degree ; and
though a brittle fubftance, yet it effe€tually refifts the force
of a downright preflure.

Red feems the bett colouring, and therefore black wax is
direéted to be ufed ; but if the pi€tares are chofen in black
and white, to refemble copper-plates, the wax fhould be red ;
for the wax and paint ought to be of different colours, ir
order to diftinguifh when the colour is laid on properly, or
rightly cleared away.

The fubltance of medals, being metalline, is liable to be
corroded ; and the figures being raifed, are alfo liable to
be effaced by friftion. Hence it is rare to find any per-
fe&tly preferved. Gems are not fubje& to thefe incon-
veniencies. See Gem.

Mepats, Mutilated, are thofe that are not entire, or are
much defaced.

MepAts, Redintegrated, are thofe wherein we find the
letters reft, which fhew that they have been reftored by the
emperors.

Mepat, Repairing a. See REPAIRING.

MepALs, Reflitution of. See Restitution.

Mepats, P’otive. See Votive.

MEDALs without Reverfe. See REVERSE.

MEDALETS, a name given by Mr. Pinkerton to thofe
fmall coins or miffilia, feattered among the people on folemn
occafions, thofe ftruck for the flaves in the Saturnalia, private
counters for gaming, tickets for baths and feafts, tokens
in copper and lead, and the like. Baudelot, in his curious
and entertaining work, “ L'Utilite des Voyages,” has pro-
duced many fingular fpecimens of medalets; for fome of
which fee Pinkerton’s Effay on Medals, vol. i. p. 227, &c.

MEDALLION, or Mepation, a medal of extraordi-
nary fize.

The word is formed from the French medaillon, or Ita-
lian medaglion, which fignify the fame, or a large medal ; and
which were originally formed from metallisnes, a name by
which thefe pieces are frequently called in ancient Latin
writers.

Medallions were never any current coins, as fome medals
probably were: they were ftruck purely to ferve as public
monuments, or to be prefented by the emperor to his friends,
and by the mint-makers to the emperor, as {pecimens of fine
workmanhhip.

They were ftruck upon the commencement of the reign
of a new emperor, and other folemn occafions; and fre-
quently, the Greek medallions in particular, as monuments
of gratitude, or of flattery. Sometimes they were trial or
pattern-pieces, ‘‘ teftimonia probate monetz;”” and fuch
abound after the reign of Maximian, with the “ Tres Mo-

Q

net2”

MED

netz” on the rtverfe. It is obferved, that all Roman pieces
in gold, exceeding the denarius aureus ; all m filver, fuperior
to the denarius; and all in brafs, fuperior to the feftertius,
or what the medallifts term large brafs, are comprehended
under the defcription of medallions. Mr. Pinkerton, how-
ever, thinks that the gold medallions, weighing two, three,
or four aurei only, paffed in currency as the Greek gold di-
drachms, tridrachms, or tetradrachms, according to their
fize. The like may be faid of the filver, which are com-
monly of the value of a Greek tetradrachm, which went in
eurrency for four denarii. But it is not of much moment
whether any of the pieces called medallions paffed as coin
with the ancients; it is fufficient to know what kind of
coins paffed under that denomination. The brafs medallions,
which are the largeft, are commonly of the moft exquifite
workmanfhip, and uncommon device. Many of them are
compofed of two forts of metal, the centre being copper,
with a ring of brafs around it, or the cont . The in-
{eription of fuch fometimes bites upon both metals, and
at other times runs upon one. Medallions of this kind are
inimitable, and of undoubted antiquity. Medallions from
the time of Julius to that of Hadrian are very uncommon,
and of very high price; from Hadrian to the clofe of the
weftern empire they are, generally ipeaking, lefs rare.
The types of the Roman medallions are often repeated upon
common coin: hence they appear of lefs importance than
the Greek, impreffions of which are frequently moft un-
common, and no where elfe to be found. A remarkable
diftin@ion between the Greek and Roman medallions lies in
their different thicknefs; the Roman being often three or
four lines thick, while the others feldom exceed one. By
the Greek medallions we mean thofe ftruck in the imperial
periods; for few Greek medallions are found prior to the
emperors of Rome. Of Greek medallions, preceding the
Roman empire, few are known. Some occur of Rhodes;
and there is a fine one ftruck at Syracufe, upon the defeat
of Icetas by Timoleon. The medallion is of filver, with
the head of Ceres upon one fide, and upon the other a female
figure, perhaps reprefenting Sicily or Syracufe, in a car,
a victory crowning her, and fpoils in the exergue. Its
workmanhhip is fine, but not eqnal to the gold coin of the
fame Icetas, ftruck at Syracufe, ETI IKETA, under Icetas,
which is a perfeét gem, furpaffing all defcription. Syracufe
alfo affords a moft remarkable medallion on another great
occafion. The only one perhaps exifting formerly belonged
to Dr. Combe, and was engraven by his order. It is ex-
quilitely wrought, in high relief, and perfeét prefervation ;
of copper, and about two inches in diameter. Upon one
fide is a female head, covered with a helmet, on which is a
caduceus, and roma. Upon the other is a man’s head,
with a helmet wreathed with laurel, and mM. mM. Dr. Combe
thinks this fine piece, now in Dr. Hunter’s cabinet, was
ftruck by Syracufe, in honour of Marcus Claudius Mar-
cellus, who befieged and took that city, 210 years B.C.
This medallion is moft remarkable for its being unique; for
its beauty, for its prefervation, and for the portrait of this
great man. Thefe are perhaps the only Greek medallions
prior to the Roman empire. Many Roman medallions have
8.C., as being ftruck by order of the fenate; others have
not, as being by order of the emperor. Of Auguftus a
noble medallion was found in Herculaneum, and Khell pub-
‘lifhed a differtation upon it. There are medallions of Au-
guitus and Tiberius, flruck in Spain; and one of Livia, at
Patre in Achaia: one in brafs of Antony and Cleopatra;
reverfe, two figures in a car, drawn by fea-horfes. Of Ti-
berius there are many, and alfo of Claudius. There are alfo
fome of Agrippina, Nero, Galba, Vefpafian, and Domi-
ir

MED

tian. 'Thofe of Trajan and Hadrian have generally a very
broad rim, beyond the legend, with indented circles; and
of Hadrian, Baldini gives no lefs than 47. There are fine
medallions of Commodus, and his famous miftrefs Marcia;
their heads are joined, and fhe wears a helmet. One of
Pertinax bears, for reverfe, that emperor facrificing, with
VOTIS DECENNALIBUS. There are many of Severus, Gor-
dian III., and Philip; afterwards they are numerous of
Gallus, Valerian, Gallienus, Aurelian, Probus, Diocle-
tian, Maximian I., Conftantius I., Conftantinus I. and II.,
Conftans, and Conftantius II. Of other emperors they are
fearcer, In Dr. Hunter’s cabinet, among many others,
there is one of Otacilia. 'The Greek medallions of Roman
emperors are far more numerous than the Roman. All me-
dallions, one or two inftances excepted, are very rare, and
of princely purchafe. Even in the richeft cabinets, 20 or
30 medallions are efteemed of great weight. In the 17th
century, however, queen Chriftina was fo fortunate as to
procure about 300; and the king of France’s cabinet was
poffeffed of about 1200 medallions. Dr. Hunter's cabinet
contains about 400, exclufive of Egyptian. There are alfo
Latin medallions, of a fize between firft and fecond brafs, or
larger than our half-crown, eafily diftinguifhable by their
thicknefs, and uncommon neatnefs and manner. Thefe are,
by Italian medallifts, called ‘* Medaglioncini,” or little
medallions. In Dr. Hunter’s colleétion is a fine one of
Alexander Severus and Julia Mammeza, face to face; re-
verfe their figures, with BELICITAS TEMPORVM. Pinker-
ton’s Effay on Medals, vol. i.

MeEpALLion, in ArchiteGure, is any circular tablet on
which are imboffed figures or buttos.

MEDAMA, in Geography, a town of the ifland of Cey-
lon; 16 miles N. of Candi.

MEDAMPE, a town of the ifland of Ceylon; 36 miles
N. of Columbo.

MEDANIPEK, a town of Servia, on the river Ipek ;
22 miles S.W. of Orfova.

MEDARD, Sr., a town of France, in the department
of the Lot; 8 miles N.W. of Cahors.

MEDAUAR, a town of Arabia, in the province of
Yemen; 28 miles N.W. of Dsjebi.

MEDAUSO, a town of Africa, in the country of Ber-
goo; 150 miles S.W. of Wara.

MEDE, Josern, in Biography, a learned divine, was
born in 1586, at Berden in Effex, and in 1602 entered of
Chrift’s college, Cambridge, where he ftudied with intenfe
application, was chofen fellow, and proceeded to his degree
of bachelor in divinity. He refufed feveral preferments,
particularly the provofthhip of Trinity college, Dublin,
which was repeatedly offered him by archbifliop Usher.
He died in 1638. His works have been colle&ed into one
volume folio. The principal is his Commentary on the
Apocalypfe; in explaining which, his plan has been fol-
lowed by bifhop Newton, and a number of other great
divines. Biog. Brit.

MEDEA, in Geography, a town of Algiers, in the pro-
vince of Titterie, furrounded with mud walls, anciently
«¢ Lamida ;”? 32 miles S.W. of Algiers. N. lat. 26’5'. E.
long. 2° sol,

Mepea, E/, Mehdia, or Mehedia, a town of Africa,
in the kingdom of Tunis, on a peninfula, on the eaft coaft,
formerly a place of great ftrength and importance. The
port, which was an area of nearly roo yards f{quare, lies
within the ‘walls of the city, with its mouth opening towards
Cap-oudia; but at prefent not capable of receiving the
{malleft veffel; 80 miles S. of Tunis. N. lat. 35? 20. E.

long. 11°.
MEDEBACH,

MED

MEDEBACH, a town of Wellphalia; 32 miles W. of
Caffel, N, lat. g1° 10’. E. long. 8° 48.

MEDELLIN, a town of Spain, in Ettramadura, on the
Guadiana, being the native place of Fernando Cortez, It
isan ancient town, having been founded by Q. C, Metellus,
the Roman conful, and called by him “ Metellioum 3” 13
miles S.E. of Merida. N, lat. 38° 43!. W. long. 5° 47/.—
Alfo, a town of Mexico, in the province of Tlafeala, 25
miles S. of Vera Cruz, on a river of the fame name, which
runa into the gulf of Mexico, N. lat. 19°.

MEDELPAD, a province of Sweden, in the divifion
called Nordland, bounded on the north-eaft by Angerman-
land, on the eatt by the gulf of Bothnia, on the fouth-welt
by en gee and on the north-welt by Jamtland, or
north by the river Indal, and fouth by the Niurunda s from
13 to 20 leagues from north to four, and upwards of 30
from welt to eaft. This province, though mountainous and
woody, contains feveral vallies of meadow and arable land,
inter{perfed with rivers and lakes, which yield abundance of
fifh, The grain, which is fown here about Whitfuntide,
produces corn that ripens in ten weeks ; and it is fufficient
to tuppt the inhabitants. The forefts abound with game
of De, elks, rein-deers, beavers, martins, weafels,
lynxes, foxes, and wild fowl. The inhabitants have plenty
of cattle, and traffic in timber, hops, flax, hemp, butter,
fruits, and dried fifh. The only fea-port is Sund{wall,
which is a mean though trading town, fituated in a dry and
fandy tract, near the bottom of a bay, with a convenient
port. This province lies in N, lat. 62° 30!.

MEDELSHEIM, a town of France, in the department
of Mont-Tonnerre, and chief place of a canton, in the dif-
trict of Deux-Ponts. The place contains 338, and the
canton 4521 inhabitants, in 15 commynes.

MEDEM, a town of Arabia, in the province of Yemen,
and the Imam’s dominions: it is the capital of Hamdan, and
the refidence of a {chiech ; 1o miles N.N.W. of Sana.

MEDEMBLICK, a fea-port town of Holland, at the
entrance into the Zuyder fee, {mall though ancient, and,
before Enckhuyfen and Hoorn were built, the capital of
North Holland. The inhabitants trade chiefly in timber,
which they bring from Norway, and other northern’parts of
Europe. Its vicinity abounds with rich paftures. As the
land is here lower than the waters, it requires very ftrong
dykes and dams to defend it from the fury of the waves;
26 miles N. of Amfterdam. N. lat. 52° 29’. E. long.
4° 58!

: MEDEN, a river of the Ifle of Wight, which runs into
the fea between Ealt and Weft Cowes, but is navigable for
{mall veflels to Newport.—Alfo, a river, which rifes from
a lake in the duchy of Bremen, and difcharges itfelf into the
Elbe, two miles below Otterndorf, N. lat. 53° 55'. E. long.
8° 4a!.

MEDENA, in Surgery, a name given by Paracelfus to
a particular clafs of ulcers.

MEDENAM, in Geography, a.town of Pruffia, in the
province of Samland; 12 miles N.W. of Konigfberg.

MEDEOLA, in Botany, is the Linnzan name of this
genus, thought by Profeflor Martyn to be “ a diminutive
of Medea, the famous forcerefs of antiquity.’’ Linn. Gen.
179. Schreb. 240. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 270. Mart.
Mill. Dia. v..3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 2.327. Mi-
chaux. Boreal-Amer, v. 1. 214. Ju. 42. Lamarck II-
luftr. t. 266.—Clafs and order, Hexandria Trigynia. Nat.
Ord. Sarmentacee, Linn. A/paragi, Juif.

Gen. Ch. Gai. Perianth none. Cor. inferior, deeply
cloven into fix, ovate-oblong, equa!, {preading, revolute
fegments. Stam. Filaments fix, awl-fhaped, the length of

MED

the corolla; anthers incumbent. Pi//, Germens three, aor-
niculate, ending in the flyles; fligmas recurved, thickith,
Peric, Berry roundith, trifid, three-celled. Seeds folitary,
heart-(haped.

Eff, Ch. Calyx none,
Berry three-feeded.

Obf. Linnwus remarks that M. virginiana, which he
received from the celebrated Gronovius, had four petals;
and Juffieu further fays, that the fame f{pecies having verti-
cillate leaves, and the habit of 7ri//ium or Paris, is ve
nearly akin to thofe genera. Jacquinia rufcifolia was ori-
pr confidered by Linneus as a Medeola.

1. M. virginiana, Virginian Medeola, or Indian Cu-
cumber. Linn. Sp. Pl. 483. Sims in Bot. Mag. t. 1316.—
Leaves verticillate.—A native of Virginia, flowering in
June. Michaux fays that it is common in moilt woods
throughout the whole of North America. Root tuberous and
fibrous. Stem {carcely a foot bigh, fimple, erect or fomewhat
{candent, about the thicknefs of a quill, covered with a re-
flexed, hairy down. Leaves whorled, from fix to eight in
the upper and three in the lower whorl, ovate, pointed.
Flowers on pendent ftalks, greenifh-yellow, with purple
filaments, without fmell. Its root, which is eaten by the
Indians, is faid to refemble the Cucumber in flavour, and
hence the Englifh name.

2. ‘M. eprerene Broad-leaved fhrubby Medeola.
Linn. Sp. Pl. 484. (Afparagus africanus fcandens, myrti
folio; Til. Pis. t.12. f. 1.)—-Leaves alternate, ovate, un-
equally heart-fhaped at the bafe.—A native of the Cape of
Good Hope. It flowers during the greater part of the
winter, and was cultivated in 1702 by Se duchefs of Beau-
fort. Root compofed of feveral oblong knobs, uniting at
the top like that of a Ranunculus. Stems round, twining,
branched, feveral feet long. Leaves feflile, acutely pointed,
light-green beneath, but dark above. Flowers one or two
on a ftalk, dull white. Michaux is of opinion that /. 5 om
ragoides fhould be referred to another genus, and Mr.
Gawler fays, in the Botanical Magazine, that the following,
M. anguftifolia, together with this, fhould be excluded from
Medeola. ;

3- M. anguflifolia. Narrow-leaved Medeola. Willd. n. 3.
( Afparagus africanus fcandens, myrti folio anguftiore; Til.
Pis. t 12. f. 2.)—Leaves alternate, lanceolate.—A native
alfo of the Cape, flowering in the early f{pring. Root fimilar
to the preceding. Stalks weaker, not fo much branched,
but climbing higtes. Leaves long and narrow, of a greyifh
colour. Flowers lateral, two or three on a ftalk, of an
herbaceous white appearance.

Profeffor Martyn obferves that “ the flowers of thefe two
latter fpecies making no great appearance, the plants are
not preferved for their beauty; but as their ftalks are
climbing, and their leaves are in full vigour in winter, during
that feafon they add to the variety of the green-houfe.””

MepeoLa; in Gardening, comprifes plants of the her-
baceous climbing kind, of «which the fpecies cultivated are
the Virginian medeola -(M. virginiana); the broad-leaved
fhrubby medeola (M. afparagoides) ; and the narrow-leaved
medeola (M. anguttifolia).

Method of Culture—TYhele forts of plants may be in-
creafed by planting off-fets, taken from the roots in the fum-
mer feafon, about July, in pots filled with good, rich, light
mould, remaining in the open air till autumn, when they
fhould be removed into the green or hot-houfe ; but the lat-
ter, when intended to fruit. While the plants have a vi-
gorous growth, they fhould be frequently refrefhed with
water ; but, as the ftems decay, very little, efpecially when
placed in an eaftern afpe&,

Q2 The

Corolla deeply fix-cleft, revolute,

MED

The fecond and third forts may alfo be raifed from feed ;
but they commonly remain long in the earth before they
come up.

The firft fort is fufficiently hardy to ftand in the open air
during the winter feafon.

They all afford variety in green-houfe and ftove colleétions,
in the winter feafon, among other plants.

MEDERA, cr Mepra, in Geography, a town of Africa,
in the kingdom of Bournou.

MEDES, Empire of. See Empire and Mena.

MEDFIELD, in Geography, a townfhip in Norfolk
county, Maffachufetts; 20 miles S.W. of Bofton; incor-
orated in 1650, and containing 745 inhabitants,

MEDFORD, a pleafant, thriving, compa& town in
Middlefex county, Maffachufetts, fituated on Myttick river,
three miles from its mouth, and four miles N. of Botton.
The river is navigable for {mall veffels to this place, where
it meets the Middlefex canal. The townfhip was incor-
porated in 1630, and contains 1114 induftrious inhabitants.
Here are four diftilleries, which have diftilled in one year
252,450 gallons of rum. About four millions of bricks are
made annually in this town, moft of which are conveyed to
Bolton.

MEDHERAM, atown of Africa, in the kingdom of
Fezzan; 330 miles S.S.E. of Mourzouk.

Merpueram /za, a town of Africa, in the defert of
Berdoa. N. lat. 24° 35’. E. long. 16° 24’.

MEDHRA, among Hindoo metaphyticians and mytho-
logifts, is a name of the Yoni; which fee.

MEDIA, or, as it was fometimes called, AZedena, in
Ancient Geography, an extenfive country of Afia, and the feat
of a powerful empire, bounded, according to Ptolemy, on
the north by part of the Cafpian and Hyrcanian fea, on the
fouth by Perfia, Sufiana, and Affyria, on the eaft by Par-
thia and Hyrcania, and on the welt by Armenia Major.
In ancient times it was divided into feveral provinces, which
by a later arrangement were reduced to two, the one called
«© Media Magna,” and the other ‘¢ Media Atropatra,’’ or
fimply Atropatene ; which fee. ‘The cities of note in this
latter part of Media were Gaza, the metropolis (which fee) ;
Sanina, fituated between the Araxes and the Cambyfes;
Fazina, between the Cambyfes and the Cyrus; and Cyro-
polis, between the Cyrus andthe Amardus. This tract was
inhabited by the Cadufians and Cafpians, a barbarous and
inhuman race, originally {prung from the Scythians.

Media Magna was bounded by Perlis, Parthia, Hyrcania,
the Hyrcanian fea, and Atropatene. The moft remarkable
cities in it were Ecbatana, Laodicea, Apamea, Rega or
Regaia, and Arfacia. This part of Media was inhabited
by the Carduchians, Marandzans, Gelians, Syro-Medians,
Margafians, &c. The mountains of this country, according
to Ptolemy and Strabo, are Choatra, parting Media from
Affyria; Xagrus, dividing it from the fame Affyria on the
eat, which, according to Polybius, was 100 cubits high ;
Parachoatra, placed by Ptolenty on the borders towards
Perfia, and by Strabo on the confines of Media, Hyrcania,
and Parthia. ‘To thefe, which are the boundaries between
Media and the adjacent provinces, may be added the Orontes,
the Jafonius, and the Coronus, in the interior of the coun-
try. The rivers of note, according to Ptolemy, are the
Straton, the Amardus, the Cyrus, and the Cambyfes ; pro-
perly belonging to the provinces of Ghilan and Mazan-
deran, and nut to Media Proper, as defcribed by the an-
cients. ‘The northern parts of Media, lying between the
Cafpian mountains and the fea, are very cold and barren:
the prefent inkabitants make their bread of dried almonds,
and their drink of the juice of certain herbs. The fnow

MED

lies on the mountains for nine months in the year. But the
fouthern parts produce all forts of grain, and neceffaries of
life, and are fo pleafant, that the country adjoining to Tau-
ris, probably the ancient Ecbatana, is called the garden of Per-
fia. It has large plains, one of which was called Nyfa, and
was famous for its numerous {tuds of horfes, that were kept
in it for the ule of the Perfian monarchs. The climate of
Media is various: that part which lies between the moun-
tains and fea is cold and {wampy, and f{ybjeét to vapours
exhaling from the Cafpian fea; but the provinces that are
more remote from the fea, enjoy a very falubrious air, though
liable to heavy rains and violent ftorms, efpecialiy in the
{pring and autumr. In the neighbourhood of Tauris, it is
faid that 60 different kinds of grapes, of exquifite flavour,
have been found.

The Medes are faid to have fprung from Madai, the third
fon of Japhet ; and in procefs of time feveral perfons from the
adjacent countries fettled here, on account of the fertility of
the foil, and gave rife to the various tribes into which thefe
people were anciently divided. Their government was ori-
givally monarchical, and they feem to have had their own
kings in the earlieft times. ‘Chey were firft brought under
the Affyrian yoke by Pul, faid to be the founder of that mo-
narchy, or by his immediate fucceffor Tiglath-Pilefer. In
the reign of Sennacherib they fhook off this yoke, and fell
into anarchy until the reign of Dejoces. Their kings after
the revolt were quite abfolute, and controuled by no law.
The Medes were once a very warlike people, but in procefs of
time became one of the mott effeminate nations of Afia. They -
ufed the fame armour with the Perfians, whom, it is faid,
they inflrudted in the art of war ; and it is likewife aflerted,
that they firft introduced luxury into Perfia, which ulti-
mately occafioned the downfal of that empire. Polygamy
was fo far from being difreputable among them, that they
were bound by law to maintain, at leaft, feven wives, and
thofe women were regarded with contempt, who maintained
fewer than five hufbands. In war they {meared their arrows
with a bituminous liquor called naphta; fo that when the
arrows were fet on fire and fhot from a flack bow, they burnt
the flefh with fuch violence that water ferved to increafe
rather than to extinguifh the flame. hey are faid likewife
to have bred a number of large dogs, to whom they threw
the bodies of their friends, parents, and relations, when at the
point of death, conlidering it as difhonourable to die in their
beds, or be laid in the ground. Some writers charge the
Medes with being the firit who made eunuchs ; but others
impute this execrable practice to the Perfians. With the
Medes originate the cuitom of confirming alliances with the
blood of the contraéting parties, which afterwards prevailed
among all the eaftern nations, even in the Roman times. When
they concluded alliances, they tied together, with a hard
bandage, the thumbs of their right hands, until the blood
itarting to the extremities was, bya flight cut, difcharged.
This they mutually fucked, and a league thus confirmed was
efteemed moft awful, as myiterioufly folemnized with the
blood of the parties. The laws and religion of the Medes
were much the fame with thofe of the Perfians. (See Prr-
sta.) When a law was once enatted, it was not in the
king’s power to repeal it, or to reverfe a decree he had once
made; whence the laws of the Medes are, in the facred
writings (Dan. vi. 8.) called unchangeable. Their kings
were treated with great re{peét ; and whenever they appeared
in public, they were attended by mufic, and numerous
guards, confifting of the prime nobility ; their wives, chil-
dren, and concubines, forming part of their retinue, even
when they headed their armies in the field. We areignorant
of their arts, learning, and trade; but this is known, that

during

MEDIA.

during the thort period of their monarchy, they feem to have
applied their thoughts only to warlike exercifes, viz. to
horfemanthip and archery, in which they fuepafled all other
nations; the Median horfe being no lef celebrated by the
ancients than the Perfian infantry in fubfequent ages.

In detailing their hiftory, we heat with Pul, or Tiglath-
Pilefer, already mentioned, who firtt brought them under
fubjeétion. rom the time of Pul, or Tiglath-Pilefer, who
fueceeded his father in the year 740 B.C, they remained fub-
a to the Affyrians till about the latter end of the reign of

nacherib, 710 B.C., when, emancipating cheeiiation Hom
Affyrian bondage, they fell into a ftate of anarchy. ‘This cir-
cumitance, as Herodovus informs us, gave Efar.taddon, or
Affar-Hadon, who fucceeded Sennacherib, an opportunity
of reducing a great port of Media, if not the eh country,
under fubjeétion. ‘This anarchy is fuppofed to have lafted
one ; for Dejoces, called Arphaxad in the book of
Judith, was killed by Saooduchius or Nebuchadonofor, in
the year 656. From the commencement of the reign of
Dejoces to the deftruction of Nineveh, 601 B.C., Media
may properly be ftyled a kingdom. From the de(truétion of
ineveh, we may therefore date the rife of the empire of
the Medes. (See Empire.) Their empire lafted till the
taking of Babylon ; for we learn from Eat that
after the reduction of that city, Cyrus went to the king of
the Medes at Ecbatana, and fucceeded him in the kingdom,
The empire of the Medes lafted 65 years, at the period in
which the Perfian empire took rife in Cyrus. Pafling over
the fabulous hiftory of the Medes, we fhall begin with the
reign of Dejoces, who was chofen by them as their judge,
and who, afpiring to the fovereign power, performed that
office with the itricteft regard to juitice. Upon his refignation
of this office, licentioufnefs prevailed, and it was found ne-
ceflary to appoint a king ; upon which Dejoces was named
to the fovereignty, and with univerfal applaufe placed upon
the throne 710 B.C. As foon as he was elected king, and
velted with the fupreme power, he threw off the mafk, and
became a tyrant. Ecbatana was built and chofen for the
royal refidence, and a {tately palace was eretted for the fo-
vereign. Dejoces, having enacted various laws for the go-
vernment of the kingdom, and having, in a confiderable
degree, civilized his unpolifhed fubjects, entertained thoughts
of extending the limits of his new kingdom, and with this
view he invaded Affyria. Nebuchadonofor, however, at that
time king of Affyria, met him in the plain of Ragau, anda
battle enfued, in which the Medes were utterly defeated,
and Dejoces was flain, after a reign, according to Hero-
dotus, of 53 years. The Affyrian king, availing himfelf of
his fuccefs, reduced feveral cities of Media, and among the
reft Ecbatana, which he almoft utterly deftroyed. Dejoces
was fucceeded by his fon Phraortes, 647 B.C., and, not fa-
tisfied with the kingdom of Media, he invaded Perfia, and is
faid to have brought that nation under fubje€tion to the
Medes. Such is the account of Herodotus ; but others af-
cribe the conqueft of Perfia, not to Phraortes, but to his
fon and fucceffor Cyaxares. Phraortes, however, fubdued
feveral neighbouring nations, and made himfelf matter of al-
moft all the Upper Afia, lying between mount Taurus and
the river Halys. Emboldened by his fuccefs, he invaded
Affyria, fubdued a great part of the country, and even laid
fiege to Nineveh, the metropo'is. Here he perifhed, with
the greater part of his army, after having reigned 22 years.
Upon the death of Phraor'es, his fon, CyaxaresI., a brave
and enterprifing prince, fucceeded him, 625 B.C. Having
well difciplined his troops, aid recovered the territories
which the A flyrians had ;aken during the reigns of his father
and grandfather, he marched againft Nineveh, but efter

having laid clofe fiege to the city, he was obliged to retreat,
and to employ his troops in the defence of his own kingdom,
againft a formidable army of Seythians, who, having driven
the Cimmerians out of Europe, purfued their flying enemies,
and were ready to enter Medin. The two armies engaged,
and the Medes were utterly routed. The conquerors overran,
not only all Media, but the greater part of Upper Afia, ex-
tending their conquelts into Syria, as far as the confines of
Egypt. Cyaxares, defpairing of being able to overpower
the As thians by force, had recourfe to ftratagem ; and in-
vited them to a general fealt, which was prepared in every
family. Each hoft intoxicated his gueft ; and in that con-
dition the Scythians were maffacred, and the kingdom de-
livered from a long and cruel bondage. The Medes were
afterwards engaged with the Lydians ; and during the en-
prareent there Tasenge a total eclipfe of the fun, faid to

ave been foretold by Thales the Milefian, Both parties
were terrified, and foon after concluded a peace by the me-
diation of Labynetus, that is Nebuchadnezzar, king of Ba-
bylon, and Syennefis, king of Cilicia. This peace was
confirmed by 4b marriage of Aryenis, the daughter of Ha-
lyattes, and Aftyages, the eldeit fon of Cyaxares ; and of
this marriage was born in the enfuing year Cyaxares, who,
in the book of Daniel (ch. v. 31.) is called Darius the
Mede. Cyaxares, difengaged from the Lydian war, re-
fumed the fiege of Nineveh ; and having formed a ftri@ al-
liance with Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, they joined
their forces, and took and deftroyed the city. (606 C.)
With this profperous event commenced the great fuccefles of
Nebuchadnezzar and Cyaxares; and thus was laid the
foundation of the two collateral empires, as they may be
called, of the Medes and Babylonians, which rofe on the
ruins of the Affyrian monarchy. After the reduction of
Nineveh, the two conquerors led thé confederate army
againit Pharaoh-Necho, king of Egypt, who was defeated
near the Euphrates, and compelled to refign what he had
formerly taken from the Affyrians. After this viétory they
reduced all Ceelefyria and Pheenice ; then they invaded, and
laid wafte Samaria, Galilee, and Scythopolis ; and at latt
befieged Jerufalem, and took Jehoiakim prifoner. Nebu-
chadnezzar afterwards purfued his conquefts in the welt, and
Cyaxares fubdued the Ailyrian provinces of Armenia, Pon-
tus, and Cappadocia. Again uniting their forces, they re-
duced Perfia and Suriana, and accomplifhed the conquett of the
A(flyrian empire. The prophet Ezekiel (ch. xxxii. 22. &c.)
enumerates the chief nations that were fubdued and flaugh-
tered by the two conquerors Cyaxares and Nebuchad-
nezzar.

Cyaxares, having thus ereéted the kingdom of Media
into a powerful empire, and fhared the new acquifitions with
his Babylonian ally, died in the goth year of his reign, and
was fucceeded by his fon Aftyages, called in fcripture Aha-
fuerus. This prince had by Aryenis, already-mentioned,
Cyaxares II., called in fcripture Darius the Mede, who was
62 years of age when Belfhazzar was flain at the capture of
Babylon. In the year when Cyaxares was born, A ftyages
gave his daughter Mandane, whom he had by a former wife,
to Cambyfes, a Perfian ; from which marriage fprung Cyrus,
the founder of the Perfian monarchy, and the reftorer of the
Jews to their country, their temple, and their former con-
dition. (See Cyrus.) Altyages, aftera reign of 35 years,
was fucceeded by his fon Cyaxares, uncle to Cyrus, 560 B.C.
Whilft Cyaxares lived, Cyrus held the empire only in part-
nerfhip with him, though he had entirely acquired it by his
own valour ; but as Cyrus was entrufted with the command
of the army, and the whole management of affairs, he alone
was regarded as the fupreme governor of the empire. From

{ Jofephus

MED

Jofephus we learn, that Cyaxares, or Darius the Mede, with
his ally, Cyrus, deftroyed the kingdom of Babylon. After
the réduétion of Babylon, Cyaxares, in concert with Cyrus,
fettled the affairs of their new empire, and divided it into 120
provinces. The governors of thefe provinces were under the
direGtion of three prefidents, of whom Daniel was appointed
the chief. (See Danrev.) From this time Media became
a province of Perfia. See Empire and Persia.

MEDIANA, in Anatomy, median, a name given to cer-
tain veins of the upper extremity. Thefe are the median
veins of the fore-arm, occupying the middle of the limb, be-
tween the radius and the ulna. Thefe divide at the elbow
into two chief trunks, of which one joins the bafilic, and
the other the cephalic vein of the arm: they are named re-
{pectively, vena mediana bafilica, and v. m. cephalica. See
VEIN.

MepiAna, in Geography, a town of Spain, in Arragon ;
12 miles S.E. of Saragofla. :

Mepranz&, Columna, in Vitruvius, are the columns in the
middle of a portico, whofe intercolumniation is to be larger
than thofe of the columns.

MEDIANTE, Fr., in Mufic, is the ftring or found
which divides the fifth of a key intotwo thirds, the one ma-
jor, and the other minor ; and it is their relative pofition
which determines the key. When the major third is the
loweft, that is to fay, between the mediante and key note, the
key is major, or with a fharp third ; when the major third is
uppermoit, and the minor at the bottom, the mode or key
is minor, or witha flat third above the bafe.

MEDIASTINUM, in Anatomy, the partition which di-
vides the cheft into the right andleft halves. See Lune.

MEDIATE, or InTERMEDIATE, a term of relation to
two extremes, applied to a third, which is in the middle be-
tween them. See Mean and Mepium.

Subftance is a genus with regard to man; but between the
two there are other mediate genuffes, as body and animal.

Mediate ftands oppofed to immediate: thus when we fay
that God and man concur to the produétion of man ; God is
the mediate caufe, man the immediate.

Mepriate Mode. See Mone.

MEDIATIO, Lat., Meptarion, Fr., in Canto Fermo,
implies the middle of achant, er the found which termi-
nates the firft part of a verfe inthe pfalms. The punc-
tuation of the pfalms in the Englifh pfalter, where a colon is
conftantly placed in the middle of a verfe, and frequently
when the fenfe requires not fo long a paufe, exprefles this
mediatio, or breath-place, marked out for thofe who chaunt
the pfalms in the cathedral fervice.

MEDIATOR, in Theology, is an appellation which be-
longs ina peculiar, appropriate, and eminent fenfe, to Jefus
Chrift, the inftru€tor and faviour of mankind ; accordingly,
as the doétrine of mediator between God and man is a mat-
ter of pure revelation, the New Teftament exprefsly afferts
that “¢ there is one God, and one mediator between God and
man, the man Chrift Jefus,’’ 1 Tim. ii. 5. Divines, however,
have differed in their fentiments with refpe& tothe nature and
extent of this office, and the mode of its accomplifhment.
In a general view of this fubje@, it is argued by bifhop But-
ler in his ‘‘ Analogy, &c.’’ that the whole analogy of nature
removes all imagined prefumption againft the general notion
of a mediator between God and man ; fo that, as the vifible
government which God exercifes over the world, is carried
on by the inftrumentality and mediation of fubordinate
beings, there is no fort of objeétion againft the general notion
ofa mediator, confidered asa dotrine of Chriftianity, or as
an appointment in this difpenfation ; fince we find by expe-
rience, that God does appoint mediators to be the inftruments

MED

of good and evil to us, the inftruments of his juflice and
mercy. He adds, that it is clearly contrary to all our no-
tions of government, as well as to what is, in faét, the ge-
neral conititution of nature, to fuppofe that doing well for the
future fhould, in all cafes, prevent all the judicial bad confe-
quences of having done evil, or all the punifhment annexed
to difobedience. And though the efficacy of repentance
itfelf alone, to prevent what mankind had rendered themfelves
obnoxious to, and recover what they had forfeited, is now
infifted upon, inoppolition to Chriftianity ; yet, by the ge-
neral prevalence of propitiatory facrifices over the heathen
world, this notion of repentance alone being fufficient to ex-
piate guilt, appears to be contrary to the general fenfe of
mankind. As there was, therefore, room for an interpofi-
tion to avert the fatal confequences of vice, revelation affords
us fuch reprefentations of the compaffion and goodnefs of
God in the adminiftration of the world, as to give us reafon to
expect {uch an interpofition ; and, moreover, it informs us, that
an interpofition of this kind has been mercifully provided, in
orderto prevent the deftru€tion of the humankind. (See
John, iii. 16.) As for the particular manner in which Chrift
interpofed in the redemption of the world, ar his office as
mediator, in the largeft fenfe, between God and man, itis, as
the learned prelate conceives, thus reprefented to us in the
{criptures : 1ft. He was, by way of eminence, ‘‘ the pro-
phet that fhould come into the world’? (John, vi. 14.) to
declare the divine will. He publifhed anew the law of na-
ture, which men had corrupted, and the knowledge of which
was, to a great degree, loft among them. Be taught
mankind, authoritatively, to “live foberly, righteoufly, and
godlily in this prefent world,’’ in expeGation of the future
judgment of God. He confirmed the truth of this moral
fyftem of nature, and gave us additional evidence of it; the
evidence of teftimony. He diftin@ly revealed the manner in
which God would be worfhipped, the efficacy of repentance,
and the rewards and punifhments of a future life. Thus he
was a prophet in a fenfe in which no other ever was. To
which is to be added, that he fet us a perfe€& ** example, that
we fhould follow his fteps.”” 2dly. He has a “ kingdom
which is not of this world.”” He founded a church, to be
to mankind a {landing memoriai of religion, and invitation to
it; which he promifed to be with always, even to the end.
He exercifes an invifible government over it himfelf, and by
his fpirit ; over that part of it which is militant here on
earth, a government of difcipline. (See Eph. iv. 12, 13.)
Of this church, all perfons fcattered over the world, who
live in obedience to his laws, are members. 3dly. Chrift
offered himfelf a propitiatory facrifice, and made atonement
for the fins of the world; which is mentioned laft, in regard
to what is objeéted againft it. Sacrifices of expiation were
commanded the Jews, and obtained amongft moit other na-
tions, from tradition, whofe original probably was revelation.
And they were continually repeated, both occafionally and
at the returns of ftated times: and made up great part of
the external religion of mankind. ‘* But now once in the end
of the world Chrift appeared to put away fin by the facrifice
of himfelf.”” (Heb. 1x. 26.) And this facrifice was, in
the higheft ay se and with the moft extenfiye influence, of
that efficacy for obtaining pardon of fin, which the heathens
may be fuppofed to have thought their facrifices to have been,
and which the Jewifh facrifices really were in fome degree,
and with regard to fome perfons.

How and in what particular way it had this efficacy, there
are not wanting perfons who have endeavoured to explain :
but we do not find that the {cripture has explained it. We
feem to be very much in the dark, concerning the manner in
which the ancients underftood atonement to be made, i. ¢.

pardon

MED

—— to be obtained by facrifices, And if the feripture
a, ad furely it has, left this matter of the fatisfadtion of
Chrift mytterious, left fomewhat in it unrevealed, all con-
jectures about it mutt be, if not evidently abfurd, yet at leatt
uncertain, Nor has any one reafon to complain for want of
farther information, unlefe he can thew his claim to it.

Some have endeavoured to explain the efficacy of what
‘Chrift has:done and fuffered for us, beyond what the ferip-
ture has authorized: others, probably becaufe they coald
not explain it, have been for taking it away, and conlining
his office as redeemer of the world to his inftruétion, exam-
ple, and government of the church. Whereas the doétrive
of the gofpel appears to be; not only that he taught the
efficacy of repentance, but rendered it of the efficacy which
it is, by what he did and fuffered for us: that he obtained
for us the benefit of having our repentance accepted unto
eternal life: not only that he revealed to finners, that they
were in a capacity of falvation, and how they might obtain
it; but moreover that he put them into this capacity of fal-
vation, by what he did and fuffered for them; put us into a
capacity of efcaping future punifhment, and obtaining
future Rapoinals y ae it is our wifdom thankfully to
accept the benefit, by performing the conditions upon
which it is offered, on our part, without difputing how
it was procured, on his.

Another writer, viz. Mr. Tomkins, in his treatife en-
titled “ Jefus the Mediator between God and Man,”
feems to have entertained fimilar views with thofe of
bifhop Butler concerning the mediation of Chrift. The
feripture, fays this writer, exprefsly gives Chritt the title
of mediator (the one mediator); this will be allowed even
by thofe who underftand it of his mediating on the part
ah God towards us, or of his being invefted with a mediato-
rial kingdom, in confequence of which he difpenfes the fa-
vours of God to men. But this, in the judgment of the
author to whom we now refer, is merely half of what the
feripture defigns, when it calls Chrift the mediator ; for he
fuppofes this office to include what he doth or hath done on
our-behalf towards God. The apottle, he thinks, evidently
and dire€tly refers to this (1 Tim. ii. 5.) when he adds,
“ who gave himfelf a ranfom for us.”’ If, then, it appears
that Chrift offered himfelf a facrifice; that he makes inter-
ceffion for us; that he is ordained for us an high-prieft in
things pertaining to God ; and that we are required to come
unto God by him under this character: if thefe, and the
like, are in the plain literal fenfe the doftrine of the New
Teltament, none, he fuppofes, can make it matter of dif-
pute, whether the title of mediator hath not refpect to thefe
things, as well as to his ating on the behalf of God towards
us: in confirmation of which it may be obferved, that the
term itfelf feems to imply a tranfacting with each party on
the behalf of the other; according to the language of the
apoftle *¢ a mediator is not of one.’ The object of the au-
thor in the treatife which we have cited, is to lay before the
reader the declarations of fcripture on the fubjects above
ftated; or to fhew that they reprefent what it was appoirted
- for Chrift to do on our behalf, and confequently what he hath
done, or now does for us, in order to our reconciliation with
God. Another writer, after fhewing that the general no-
tion of a mediator is not at all repugnant to the moft honour-
able fentiments we can entertain of the mercy of God, ilates
the fubftance of what he conceives to be the true Chriftian
do@trine of a mediator in the following terms: viz. that
our bleffed Saviour was appoicted by the fupreme authority
of heaven and earth, to reconcile apoftate and rebellious men
to their offended maker and fovereign, and to be the difri-
butor of God’s favour to mankind.”? He thinks, that there

MED

are feveral probabilities that incline us to believe, that our
blefled Cieed vever exprefely allumed to himfelf the title of
mediator, during the tune of his public miniftry upon earth,
and that it never was aferibed to him vill after his exaltation to
regal dignity and power; and of courfe that the mediatorial
character of Chrift did not properly commence till after his
refurreétion, when he had al! power committed to him, and
was conttituted the one Lord, through whom are all things,
Adverting to the death of Chrift, asa prominent event in
his hifory, he obferver, tha: it was not tended to render
the Deity propitious, i ¢. willing to be reconciled to his
creatures upon fit and honourable terms, becaufe it was pro-
poled by himflf, and the whole ufe and efficacy of it {prung
from his appointing and declaring it to be an accepted facri-
fice, fothat it mutt neceffarily fuppofe him to have been an-
tecedently propitious, ‘The truth of the cafe in his opinion
feems to be, that it was “ an expedient originally proceeding
trom the mercy of God, and not the argument or motive,
inducing him to be merciful. The great purpofes, as this
author {tates them, which are evidently ferved by the ex-
prefs command of God to confider the death of Chrift un-
der the notion and charaéter of a facrifice, are thofe which
follow.

Firlt, that i, might be a ftanding memorial of God's being
propitious, and inclined to pardon the fins of men ; and an
enforcement of that fundamental princip!e of all religion,
that he is a rewarder of them that diligently feek him: “ A
memorial coinciding with the almoft univerfal fentiment and
practice of the world (among whom facrifices were efteemed
as an effential part of religion), and likely, upon that account,
to have a more certain and powerful influence.""— Secondly,
that it might be a ftanding memorial, likewife, of the evil
and demerit of fin ; and, confequently, a perpetual incentive
to humility and repentance.—And, thirdly, it feems to have
been wifely appointed with this view likewife, viz. to fuper-
fede the ufe of all future facrifices; which, extending even
to human facrifices, had been the moft depraved and unna-
tural branch of heathen fuperftition. And, therefore, that
it might the artis) Serr this effe&, which was worthy the
care of infinite wifdom and goodnefs, we are exprefsly in-
formed, that Jefus Chrift hath, by one offering, “perfedied for
ever them that are fanctified.”? Heb. x. 14.

And, in the laft place, there is formed, by this confti-
tution, a beautiful analogy in a very confiderable and im-
portant point, between the fettled methods of God’s natu-
ral providence, and the extraordinary operations of his
grace ;”’ which perhaps may jultly be efteemed as one of the
principal reafons of it. Fofter’s Sermons, vol. iv. ferm,
xvi. See ATONEMENT.

Meprarors of Queftions, in our Old Writers, were fix
perfons authorized by iftatute, who, upon any queftion
arifing among merchants, relating to any unmercable wool,
or undue packing, &c. might, before the mayor, or officers
of the ftaple, upon their oath, certify and fettle the fame;
to whofe order and determination therein, the parties con-
cerned were to give entire credence, and fubmit. 27 Ed: Tit.
ftat. 2. c. 24.

MepIAToRS, MeczZo7:¢, under the emperors of Conftan-
tinople, officers of ftate, who had the direftion of al! affairs
tranfaéted at court. Their chief, or prefident, was called
megas mefazon, psyo: utcx%-+, and anfwered to the prime or

rand vilier of the Turks. Hofm. Lex. in voc.

MEDICA, in Botany, zn old name for fome plants of
the Trefoil or Lucerne tamily, which Tournefort has retained
forthe genus Medicago of Lianeus. It is fuppofed to be
derived from -Media, the native country of the plants fo
which it was applied. See Mepicaco.

Mepica

MED

Mepica is alfo the Linnzan fpecific name of the Citron,
Malus medica, or Median Apple, of the old writers. See
Cirrus.

MEDICAGO, fo called by Tournefort, from Medica,
which is indeed the proper name of the plant, (jmdixn
of Diofcorides), and arofe from its having been intro-
duced into Greece by the Medes, during the Perfian
war in the time of Darius’ Hyitafpes. This name being re-
{trained by Tournefort to a few {pecies with a flat, not {pi-
ral, legume, he calls the very numerous ones in which
that part is more or lefs convoluted, or fpiral, Medicago,
as refembling, or approaching to, his Medica. Both
tribes are united under the above appellation by Lia-
nzus. The original Medica of the ancients, which was a
valuable fodder, or, in the modern phrafe, artificial grafs, is
probably one of the genus; though we cannot determine
which, and it may poflibly be fome Trifolium, or perhaps a
Trigonella. Lucern, Medick, or Snail Trefoil. Linn.
Gen. 389. Schreb. sto. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1403.
Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Sm. Fl. Brit. 795. Ait. Hort.
Kew. ed. 1. v. 3. 96. Juff. 356. Lamarck Lluftr. t. 612.
Gertn. t. 155. (Cochleata; Riv. Tetrap. Irr. t. 88. Fal-
cata; ibid. t. 84, 85. 87.)—Clafs and order, Diadelphia De-
candria. Nat. Ord. Papilionacee, Linn. Leguminofe, Jul.

Gen. Char. Ca/. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, ftraight,
cylindrical, fomewhat bell-fhaped, divided about half way
down into five pointed, nearly equal, fegments. Cor. papi-
lionaceous. Standard ovate, undivided, inflexed at its edges,
the whole reflexed. Wings ovate-oblong, affixed to the
appendages of the keel, cohering by their edges within it.
Keel oblong, cloven, fpreading, obtufe, bent down by the
piftil, and divaricating from the ftandard. Stam. Filaments
in two fets, united almoft to the top; anthers fmall. Pf.
Germen ftalked, oblong, incurved, comprefled, enfolded by
the filaments, ftarting from the keel, and forcing back the
ftandard, terminating in a fhort, awl-fhaped, nearly {traight,
Styles ftigma terminal, minute. Peric. Legume comprefled,
long, inflexed. Seeds feveral, kidney-fhaped or angular.

Obf. The Cochleate of Rivinus have a {pirally convoluted
legume ; his Falcate a curved, or fickle-fhaped one.

Eff. Ch. Legume compreffed, fpiral, forcing back the
keel of the corolla from its ftandard.

The latefl edition of Linnzus enumerates but ten fpecies
of Medicago, becaufe he always confounded, under his
M. polymorpha, a numerous tribe, which, though they ge-
nerally accord very nearly in herbage, differ too widely and
conftantly in their fruit to be efteemed mere varieties of one
fpecies. Willdenow, following Gertner, has diftinguifhed
them all, and has even added feveral new ones, making ail
together 37. He has perhaps gone too far, and the fubje&
appears to demand revifion, which we fhall here attempt.—
Medicago virginica, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1096, is fuppofed to be
the fame plant as Hedy/arum frutefcens, and is therefore
omitted here. On this point however the Linnzan herba-
rium affords no information.

* Legumes lunate, fomewhat twifted.

1. M. arborea. "Tree Medick, or Moon Trefoil. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 1096. (Cytifus feptimus cornutus ; Ger. em. 1305.)
—Legumes lunate, entire at the margin. Stem arborefcent.
—Native of rocky places in various parts of Greece and the
Archipelago, as well as about Naples, fowering in the early
fpring. It is with us a hardy green-houfe fhrub. Stem
bufhy. Leaves ternate, on long ftalks; their leaflets in-
verfely heart-fhaped, hoary and filky beneath, like all the
ftalks. Flowers in axillary, ftalked heads, or very fhort
clufters, of a full yellow. Legume reticulated, making

MED

{carcely more than one complete turn.—This fhrub has bees
fhewn by M. Amoureux in the Mem. de la Soc. d’ Agriculture
de Paris, for 1787, part 2d, to be the real Cytifus of Vir=
gil, celebrated by him for cauling cows to yield abundance
of milk, while its flowers are grateful to goats and to
bees. .

2. M. radiata. Radiated Medick. Gaertn. f. 5. (Luna-
ria radiata italorum; Lob. Ic. v. 2. 38. Trifolium filiqua
lunata; Ger. em. 1207.)—Legume kidney-fhaped, toothed
at the edge. Leaves ternate.—Native of Italy. Root an-
nual. Stem ereét, more or lefs branched from the bottom,
a {pan high. eaves ftalked, ternate, obovate, fharply
toothed, formewhat hairy. Sowers {mall, yellow, two or
three on each axillary flalk. Calyx hairy. Legumes fingu-
larly elegant, curved into an orbicular flat form, near an inch
broad, naked, glaucous, purplifh, finely reticulated, fringed
with briftly teeth. Seeds numerous, tranfverfely corrugated.

. M. circinata. Pinnate Kidney Medick. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1096. (Falcata foliis anthyllidis; Riv. Tetrap. Irr.
t. 87.)—Legume kidney-fhaped, toothed at the edge.
Leaves pinnate, lyrate, entire.—Native of Spain, Italy, and
the Levant. Annual. Leaves fomewhat like thofe of Aa-
thyllis vulneraria, pinnate, with obovate, entite, thick, hairy
leaflets, the odd one very large. The earlieft leaves are
fimple. Flowers yellow, two or three on a long braéteated
axillary ftalk, like thofe of a Lotus. Legume imaller and
lefs elegant than in the laft, hairy. Willdenow and Gertner
defcribe a variety whofe legume is f{maller, without teeth,
which may well prove a fpecies. We have never feen it.

4. M. fativa. Lucern, or Purple Medick. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1096. Mart. Ruit. t. 48. Engl. Bot. t.1749. (Me-
dica legitima; Cluf. Hift. v. 2. 242.)—-Flower-ftalks race-
mofe. Legumes contorted. Stem ereét, fmooth.—In dry
paftures and by road fides in France and Spain, as well as
occalionally ia England, but it is hardly wild with us. For
its defcription, and agricultural ufe, fee Lucrry. The &-
gume is frequently fo much convoluted, that it rather belongs
to the next fe&tion.

. M. falcata. Yellow Sickle-podded Medick. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 1096. Mart. Rutt. t. 86, 87. Engl. Bot. t. 1016.
—Flower-italks racemofe. Legumes moon-fhaped. Stem
procumbent.—Found in dry gravelly places in various parts
of Europe. Jn England chiefly about Norwich and Bury.
It greatly refembles the laft, but does not grow ereét, and
the /egume is merely fickle-fhaped, not contorted. The
flowers vary from yellow to purple, and are often ef a green
hue, combined of both the former tints. Thefe two lait
fpecies are perennial, and perhaps neareft akin to the firft,
arborea.

6. M. glutinofa. Clammy Medick.
1406.—Fiower-ftalks racemofe. Legumes faleate, twifted,
hairy and vifcid, like the calyx. Leaflets »bovate, toothed
at the fummit.—Native of graffy land ir Tauria. Willde-
now fays it is very fimilar to MM. falcata, but differs in having
obovate /eaffets, and a hairy vifcid calyx. The flems are
afcending, and downy.

7- M. lupulina. Black Medick, or Nonefuch. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1097. Curt. Lond. fafc. 2. t. 57. Engl. Bot. t. 971-
Mart. Ruft. t. 19. (Trifolium luteum lupulinum; Ger.
em. 1186.)—Spikes ovate. Legumes kidney-fhaped, rug-
ged and veiny, fingle-feeded. Stem procumbent.— Frequent
in the meadbws and paftures of Europe. It is annual, flower-
ing all f{ummer long, and is much cultivated, as an artificial
grafs, for a crop of hay, or as fodder for fheep. The flems
f{pread widely. The /eaffets are broad, roundifh-obovate,
finely toothed. Flowers yellow, {mall, in denfe ovate ftalked
fpikes, very much refembling fome of the common yellow

{pecies

Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3.

MEDICAGO.

{pecies of Trifolium, with which indeed the whole habit of
K plant accords, but the curved, black, rugged legumes,
as they ripen, con{picuoufly diftinguith it.

8. Mt. obfeura. Doubtful Medick. Retz. Obf, fafe. 1. 25.
t. 1.—Flower-{talks racemofe. Legumes seed Age iy wit
two feeds. Stipulas toothed, Leaflets obovate, fomewhat
rhomboid. Stems recumbent.—Suppofed by Retzius, who
had it by accident with other feeds, to be a native of Ger-
many. oot annual. The habit and flowers are like many
of the next fection, but the /egume is merely orbicular, not
cochleated, or truly {piral ; its diameter fearcely a quarter of
an inch,

** Legumes /pirally convoluted.

9. M. profrata. Slender Proftrate Medick. Linn. Suppl.
340. Jacq. Hort. Vind. v. 1. 39. t. 89. Ehrh. Pl. Seleét. 49.
—Flower-{talks racemofe. Stem procumbent, thread-fhaped,
much branched. Legumes thrice convoluted, thick-edged,
without prickles. Stipulas briftle-fhaped, undivided. Leaf-
lets nearly linear.—Native of expofed dtony ground in Hun-
gary and Italy, It is known by its long, flender, much
branched flems, fimple flipulas, very narrow leaflets toothed
merely at the point, and fmall orbicular /egumes, confifting
of two or three complete {piral turns, thick at the edge,
deftitute of teeth or prickles, and very flightly Cowny. The
flowers are yellow, and, like the reft of the plant, vary much
in fize according to the richnefs of the foil. The root is pe-
rennial, in which it differs from moft of this fecond feétion,
and agrees with /ativa and falcata, which alfo it approaches
in habit; but the whole nature of the /egume has induced
us to remove it hither.

10. M. orbicularis. Flat Snail Medick. (M. polymorpha
orbicularis; Linn. Sp. Pl. 1097. Cochleata fruétu orbicu-
lato; Riv. Tetr. Irr. t. 88. f. 1.—Morif. fe&. 2. t. 15.
f. 1, 2.)—Stalks one or two-flowered. Stipulas in many
capillary fegments. Legumes orbicular, depreffed, with ra-
diating veins, and no teeth.—Native of fields in the fouth of
Europe. Annual. Stems long and proftrate, angular, flen-
der, fmooth. Leaflets obovate, tharply toothed, fmooth:
Stipulas deeply pinnatifid. Flowers very {mall, yellow, on
flender iiliny ftalks. Legumes {mooth, orbicular, de-
preffed, above three quarters of an inch in diameter, fin-
gularly neat, marked with elevated radiating veins, and of
a glaucous or purplith hue. This is one of thofe hardy
annuals, cultivated in curious gardens, by the name of Snails,
the Scorpiurus vermiculata generally accompanying them un-
der the appellation of Caterpillars, which its legumes ftrik-
ingly refemble. , ; 4

11. M. rugofa. Rugged Snail Medick. Lamarck Di&.
v. 3- 632. (M. elegans; Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1408. Coch-
leata fru&tu rugofo; Riv. t. 88. f. 5. Morif. fe&. 2. t. 15.
f. 4.)—Stalks about two-flowered. Stipulas toothed. Le-
gumes orbicular, depreffed, with radiating elevated veins, a
Fick edge, and no teeth.— Native of Sicily. We have feen
no fpecimen of this, but it fhould feem to be only a flight
variety of the laft, except the /fipulas may ferve to diftinguifh
vie: M. /eutellata. Common Snail Medick. Lamarck
Did. v. 3. 633. (M. polymorpha fcutellata; Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1097. Cochleata fru@u fcutellato; Riv. ¢. 88. f. 2.
t. 89. fa. Morif, fed. 2. t. 15. f. 3.)—Stalks about two-
flowered. Stipulas half arrow-fhaped, toothed. Legumes
globular, fpiral, convex beneath, the convolutions ered,
rugofe, without teeth.— Frequent in corn fields in the fouth
ef Europe, and the moft common kind in our gardens. : It
differs {pecifically from M. orbicularis in having broad fipu-
Jas, often ftrongly toothed, but not divided into deep capil-

Vou. XXIII.

lary fegments. ‘The /egume moreover differs widely in being
globofe, in confequence of the edges of its convolutions
being turned upwards, or ereét, and they may be pulled
afoot like a rolled flip of paper. The whole herd is more
or lefs downy.

13. M. Helix, Small Snail Medick. Willd. Sp. PI. v. 4.
1409. (M. levis; Desfont. Atlant. v. 2. 213.)—Stalke
many-flowered. Stipulas ftrongly toothed. Legumes or-
bicular, flat, of two fpiral diftant turns, concentrically
veined, without {pines.—We have from the fouth of France
what anfwers well to Willdenow’s defcription, nor have we
the leaft doubt concerning the fynonym of Desfontaines.
The leaflets are obovate, rounded, with fhallow tecth. S4-
pulas much like the laft. Flowers four or five ona flalk.
Legumes hairy, a quarter of an inch only in diameter, marked
with concentric or fpiral interbranching veins, in which re-
{pect it differs effentially from the three laft, as well as from
M. obfeura, to which Willdenow compares it; a charaéter
which feems to have been noted by Desfontaines,

14. M, tornata. Screw-turned Snail Medick, Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1409. (M. polymorpha tornata; Linn. Sp.
Phi 8. $249; beihlants fructu tornatili ; Rue
t. 88.6 4.)—Stalks many-flowered. Stipulas deeply toothed
Legumes cylindrical, flat at each end, of many, rather dif-
tant, horizontal, {mooth, thin-edged turns, without {pines.
—Native of the fouth of Europe. The only fpecimen we
have ever feen is that of Linnzus, who by quoting a figure
of Morifon which belongs to the following, has led Faas
botanifts aftray. Lachenal took one for the other, and Des-
fontaines has confounded the two. Whether they are more
than varieties may perhaps be doubted, as is the cafe with
fome others of the genus; but they appear diftin@. The
real fornata, figured by Rivinus in chat curious tab. 88,
which is wanting in many copies of his book, has a {mal}
legume, that appears to be neatly turned, exaétly like a fcrew,
the convolutions being flat and horizontal, rather diftant,
with a thin {mooth even edge, parallel and near to which
runs a principal concentric fpiral rib or nerve, conneéted by
reticulated veins with the centre, and fending off a minute
branch, here and there, to the margin. The /fj have
generally a few deep taper-pointed teeth. The s are
rather large, four or five on a ftalk. Leaves fharply toothed.

15. M. turbinata. gen rm Medick, wae:
Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1409. . polymorpha turbinata; Linn.
Sp. ige ode. Gochlants frudia turbinato ; Riv. t. 88. f. 3.
Morif. fe&t. 2. t. 15. f. 5.)—Stalks many-flowered. Sti-
pulas deeply toothed. Legumes ovate, convex at each end,
of many, clofely imbricated, thick-edged, even turns, with-
out {pines.—Native of Italy and the fouth of France. Like
the laft in habit and general charaéters, but the /egume is
twice as large, ovate, its convolutions crowded clofe to-
gether, as if imbricated upwards, prefenting a thick edge
outwards, along which runs the fame {piral concentric nerve
which in the MM. tornata is fituated within the margin.
Willdenow, who appears to have paid great attention to
thefe plants, has removed a fynonym of J. Bauhin, cited
here by Linnzus, to the following, to which it evidently
belongs. Linnzus indeed confounded the two, and Lache-
nal, led perhaps by Bauhin’s fynonym, took the tubercu-
lata for turbinata. We cannot however follow Willdenow
in here quoting Bauhin’s Medica /cutellata, v. 2. 384, which
appears to us the real Medicago /cutellata, our n. 12.

16. M. tuberculata. Warty Snail Medick. Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. 3. 1410 (M. polymorpha tuberculata; Retz. Obf,
fafc. 2. 23. Medica magna turbinata; Bauh. Hift. v. 2.

85. Cochleata fru€tu verrucofo; Riv. t. 88. f. 6. Morif.
ect, 2. t. 15. f. 6.)—Stalks about two-flowered. Stipulas
R deeply

MEDICAGO.

deeply toothed. Legumes nearly cylindrical, flattith at
each end, of many horizontal crowded turns, befet with a
double row of corrugated warts.—Native of the fouth of
Europe. This differs from the laft in having only one or
two flowers on each ftalk, which feems to be conftant, and
in the rather {maller, more cylindrical, /egumes, the outer
edge of whofe convolutions is clofely befet with a double
row of bluntifh warts, imbedded in a fort of granulated
fkin. In an early ftate thefe warts are rather bluntifh
{pines.

- 17. M. aculeata. Prickly Snail Medick. Willd. Sp. Pl.
v. 3. 1410. (Cochleata fruétu turbinato et echinato; Riv.
t. 88. f. 72)—* Stalks about two-flowered. Stipulas
toothed. Leaflets fomewhat rhomboid. Legumes cylin-
drical, flattifh at each end, of many turns, befet with thick
fhort marginal {pines.’’—Native country unknown. Will-
denow defcribes it as very like the preceding, but diftinét,
the /egumes being befet with unequal, thick, and very: fhort,
prickles. Not having feen this plant, we quote with
doubt the figure of Rivinus, which anfwers pretty well to
the defcription. Willdenow feems not to have known this
tab. 88,

18. M. Murex. Thorny Snail Medick. Willd. Sp. PI.
v. 3.1410. (Cochleata fruétu durils echinato; Riv. t. 88.
f, 10?)—* Stalks about two-flowered. Stipulas deeply
toothed, or fringed. Leaflets obovate. Legumes cylin-
drical, rather’ convex at each end, of many turns, befet
with ftraight thorns.’’—Native country unknown, but Will-
denow had the plant alive, as well as the laft. He deferibes
it with cylindrical turbinate legumes, befet with thick awl-
fhaped thorns, and differing from the laft in having obo-
vate obtufe /eaflets, the lower ones cbcordate ; linear-awl-
fhaped /fipulas with fringe-like teeth, not lanceolate ones
toothed only at the bafe; and longer thorns upon the
fruit. We quote Rivinus with doubt, for the fame reafon as
before, though we have fcarcely any hefitation about either
of his figures.

19. M. intertexta. Entangled Prickly Medick. Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1411. (M. polymorpha intertexta ; Linn. Sp.
PI. 1098. Cochleata fruétu echinato maximo; Riv. t.-88.
f..g3 andt.9o. Morif. fet. 2.t. 15. f. 7, 8,9-)—Stalks
about two-flowered. Stipulas deepiy toothed. Legumes
oval, of many turns, befet with two rows of long, awl-
fhaped, clofe-preffed thorns, alternately diyaricated.— Native
of the fouth of Europe. Dillinguifhed from ail the fore-
going by its nearly globular /egumes, about the fize of a
goofeberry, compofed of fix or feven clofe convolutions,
concealed by the long fharp thorns, which cover the whole
fruit, and which being alternately deprefied, in two oppofite
directions, appear matted together. In ail our {pecimens
thefe thorns are fmooth; Wiildenow defcribes them as
pubefcent. The flowers are from two to four on each
ttalk. Svipulas fringed with long fharp teeth. Leaflets obo-
vate, or jomewhat rhomboid, narrow, fharply, toothed. This
fpecies is often met with in gardens.

20. M. ciliaris. Hairy Prickly Medick. Willd. Sp. Pl.
1411. \M. polymorpha ciliaris; Linn. Sp. Pl. 1099.
Cochleata fruGu echinato rotundo; Riv. t. 88. f. 8,)—
Stalks about two flowered. Stipulas deeply toothed. Le-
gumes oval, of many turns, befet with two rows of fhort
awl-(haped. hairy thorns, fpreading in two directions.—
«© Native of the fouth of France.” Wéilidenow. Sent from Si-~
cily by Mr. Bivona Bernardi, In habit and fize it altogether
agrees with the laft ; but the /-gumes are covered with much
fhorter hairy thorns, ranged in two rows along the edge
of their convolutions, {preading in oppofite directions, but
sot depreffed,

21. M. carftienfis. Creeping-rooted Medick. Jacq.
Coll. v. 1. 86. Ic. Rar. t. 156. Curt. Mag. t. gog.——
Stalks many-flowered. Leaflets ovate. Stem ere&t. Root
creeping. Legumes depreffed, of many turns, fringed with
two rows of ftraight {preading briftles.— Native of the alps
of Carinthia and Carniola, faid to have been introduced
into our gardens in 1790. It is remarkable for its peren-
nial creeping root, and upright, fquare, almoft fhrubby /fem.
The /eaflets moreover are ovate, not obovate. Flowers fix
or eight on each ftalk, of a bright yellow, their ftandard
ftreaked with red. Legumes black, not half the fize of the
two preceding, of fewer turns, and deprefled, the edges
fringed with two divaricated rows of long briftles.

22. M. maculata. Spotted Medick. Sibth. Oxon. 232.
Wiild. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 14172. (M. polymorpha arabica;
Linn. Sp. Pl. 1098. FI. Brit. 797. Engl. Bot. t. 1616.
Curt. Lond. fafe. 3. t. 47. Mart. Ruft. t. 76. Cochleata
frutu longits echinato 5 Riv. t. 85. f. 12. Morif. fect. 2.
t. 15. f, 12?)—Stalks two or three-flowered. Leaflets in-
verfely heart-fhaped, fpotted. Stipulas dilated, fharply
toothed. Legumes depreffed, their convolutions fringed
with numerous, long, {preading briltles—Native of the
more temperate countries of Europe. Found in the foutl
of-England, on a gravelly foil, flowering in May and June.
The flems are pioftrate, Root annual. Leaflets diftin-
guifhed by their obcordate fhape, and a black or purplifh
fpot in the middle of their difk, which however difappears
from the later or upper leaves. Stipules half-heart-fhaped,
with fharp broad teeth. //owers two or three on a ftalk,
yellow, as indeed are all of this feétion of the genus, Le-
gumes {mall, deprefled, of feveral turns, marked with con-
centric nearly parallel ribs, and fringed with long, {preading,
flender, and rather weak fpines, or briltles, the whole pale
brown or whitifh when ripe.—The three varieties enumerated
in the Flora Britannica are now eftcemed diftin& fpecies,
at leaft the Bandy. The d we know only by the report of
Dillenius.

23. M. truncatula.. Abrupt Medick. Gaertn. v. 2. 350.
Ea 155. Morif. feet. 2.t. 15. f.17. (M. tentaculata, by
miftake ; Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1413.)—Stalks about two-
flowered. Stipulas toothed. Legumes cylindrical, f{piral,
flat at each end, befet with two ranks of {mooth, lanceolate,
clofe-prefled prickles.— Native of the fouth of Europe.
Willdenow had it. living, and defcribes the leaflets as obo-
vate ; /fpulas awl-fhaped and toothed ;, /falks two-flowered ;
legumes as above. We fhould think it a variety of the fol-
lowing, but not having feen it, we dare not decide.

24. M. tree Coronet Medicks Lamarck Dié.
y. 3- 634. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1413. (M. polymorpha
coronata ;_ Linn. Sp_Pl. 1098. i fea Js righ
Medica coronata cherleri parva'; Bauh. Hilt. y. 2. 386.)—
Stalks many-flowered. Leaflets inverfely heart-fhaped. Le-
gumes cylindrical, hairy, flat at each end, of about two turns,
bordered with an afcending and defcending row of flrong,
clofe-prefled, awl-fhaped fpines.—Native of the fouth of
France. We have it from Gerard. This is a very {mall
{pecies, about three or four inches high, hardly branched ;
with lanceolate nbbed /lipulas, {carcely toothed except at the
bale ; feveral {mall foqwers on each ftalk ; and curious little
legumes, well reprefented in the figures quoted. The /eaflets
are hairy, obcordate, ftrongly toothed.

25. M. apiculata. Wheel-toothed Medick. Willd. Sp.
Pi. y. 3. 1414, (M. coronata; Gaertn. v. 2. 349. t. 155.
Monf. feé, 2. t. 15. f. 142)—Stalks many-flowered.
Stipulas deeply toothed. Leaflets obovate. Legumes de-
preffed, of three turns, ftrongly reticulated, with two
rows of minute, diverging, marginal teeth.—Native of the

fouth

MEDICAGO.

fouth of Europe. We have it from Profeffor Lachenal
under the name of M. coronata, but it is very diftin€ from
the laft, being a much larger plant, with deeply fringed
Aipulas, obovate {mooth /eaflets, and flattened ftrongly re-
ticulated /egumes, whofe tecth are fearcely more prominent
than their veina,

26. M. denticulata, Sickle-toothed Medick. Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. + 1414.— Stalks many-flowered, Stipulas deeply

’ aflets obovate. Legumes deprefled, of two
turng, reticulated, with two rows of diverging marginal
{pines.""—Native of the fouth of Europe. Ve near the
laf, differing only in its longer briftle-like marginal {pines.
Willd. We have from the fea-coaft near Cley, in Norfolk,
what feems to anfwer to thefe charaers, except that in
ours the /eaflets are inverfely heart-fhaped. We know not
whether this has been noticed as a Britifh plant, or whether
it be the M. polymorpha 3 of Fl. Brit. adopted there from
Dillenius.

27. M. muricata. Flat-toothed Medick. Willd. Sp. Pl.
vy. 3- 1414. (M. polymorpha muricata; Linn. Sp, Pl.
reat oh Brit. 798 ». Morif. fe&. 2, ¢.. 15. f.. 11. Pri.
folium cochleatum, modiolis {pinofis ; Pluk. Phyt. t. 113.
f. 6.)—Stalks many-flowered. Stipulas deeply toathed,
Leaflets obovate, fomewhat rhomboid. Legumes depreffed,
of five turns, with fhort, depreffed, radiating teeth.—Na-
tive of dry ground in France and Italy. Said by Ray
to have been found on the fea bank at Orford, Suffolk.
The ftruture of its /egume is abundantly different from the
foregoing five fpecies, the teeth being horizontal, and in
fingle rows, nor is the furface veiny or reticulated. The
teaflats are hairy. Flowers from two to four on each ftalk.

28. M. Gerardi, Gerardian Medick. Willd. Sp. Pl.
Ye 3. 1415. Waldit. and Kitaib. Hungar. Morif. fe&. 2.
t. 15. f. 18.— Stalks about two-flowered. Stipulas
with fetaceous teeth. Leaflets obovate. Legumes hairy,
depreffed, of five turns, with awl-fhaped, projecting, hooked
{pines.””—Native of Spain, Narbonne, and Hungary.—We
know it only from Willdenow, who had dried fpecimens
before him.

29. M. re#a. Upright Dwarf Medick. Willd. Sp. Pl.
vy. 3. 1415. (M. polymorpha reéta; Desfont. Atlant. v. 2.
212.)—Stalks fingle-flowered. Stipulas entire. Leaflets
wedge-fhaped, downy. Stem ere&t. Legumes fpiral, with
hooked teeth.—Native of Barbary. About four inches
high, annual, downy and filky. Leaflets fmall, with minute
teeth. Stipulas ovate, acute. Flowers axillary, on very fhort
ftalks. Legume orbicular.

30. M. marina. Downy Sea Medick. Linn. Sp. PI.
1097. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1415. Cavan. Ic. v. 2. 26.
t. 130. (Cochleata incana; Riv. t. ot. f. 2. t. 88. f. 15.)
—Stalks many-flowered. Herb procumbent, very downy.
Leaflets obovate, crenate or entire. Stipulas undivided.
Legumes very hairy, with {trong radiating teeth.—Native
of the fandy fea-coaft in the north of Africa, and fouth
of Europe. Root perennial. Stems proftrate, much branched,
denfely clothed with foft hoary hairs, as is every part of the
herbage. The /eaflets are wedge-fhaped, broad, but fearcely
obovate, either quite entire, or flightly crenate at the end
only. Flowers numerous, of a full yellow, in denfe round
heads. . Legumes with feveral convolutions, edged with pro-
minent, awl-fhaped, ftrong hairy teeth.—This can be
confounded with no other, and even Linneus keeps it
feparate from the varieties of his fuppofed fpecies foly-
morpha.

“i M. Terebellum. Prickly Screw Medick. Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. 3. 1416. (M. aculeata; Gzrtn. v. 2. 349. t- 155.
Morif. fe&. 2. t. 15. £20, 21. Cochleata fructu rarius

echinato; Riv. t. 4. f. ind Stalks with feveral flowers:
Stipulas deeply toothed, Leaflets obovate, obtufe. Le-
gumes cylindrical, flat at each end, of five turns, with two
rows of diverging, very fhort, awl-thaped {pines —Native
of the fouth of Europe. In habit this is among the more
luxuriant procumbent fpecies. The leaflets are broad,
ftrongly toothed ; the lower ones moft abrupt. Spines of
the legumes, thick at the bafe, often conical, reflexed in op-
ae directions. ‘The ripe /egume is the fize of a large pea.
ence we rather cite Rivinus’s fig.7 for our 17th Foecies,
M. aculeata, than, with Gartner, for the prefent, that
figure being nearly thrice as large.

32. M. ¢ribuloides. Caltrop Medick. Lamarck Dif.
v. 3- 635. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1416.—* Stalks two.
flowered, Stipulas toothed. Leaflets obovate. Legumes
cylindrical, flat at each end, of five turns, with two rows
of diverging conical {pines.’"—Native of the fouth of
Europe, Willdenow fays the /egumes are very like thofe of
his tentaculata, our truncatula, n. 2 3, but larger, with longer
{pines, which are merely reflexed, not clofe. reffed. We
re feen no {pecimen that an{wers to this. Willdenow had
it alive.

33- M. uncinhta. Larger Bur Medick. Willd. Sp. Pl.
Vv. 3. 1417.—Stalks many-flowered. Stipulas toothed. Leaf-
lets obovate. Legumes cylindrical, fhort, flat at each end,
of feveral diftant turns, with two fpreading rows of long,
awl-fhaped, hooked {pines.—Willdenow, who had this alfo
alive, fuppofes it a native of the fouth of Europe. We
find what anfwers very correétly to his defcription in the
Linnzan herbarium, marked coronata, which is moft affuredly
an error. Linnzus having referred all this tribe to one
{pecies, was not fufficiently attentive to their differences, even
as varieties. The /egumer of the prefent are nearly globofe,
loofely {piral, and diftinguifhed by their hooked prickles
from nearly all the foregoing, in which mark they agree
with two hereafter defcribed, minima and nigra.

34- M. rigidula. Briftly Medick. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3.
1417. (M. polymorpha rigidula; Linn. Sp. Pl. 1098.
Medica fruétu cochleato fpinofo; Ger. em. 1199. Coch-
leata fru€tu echinato rotundo minore ; Riv. t. 88. f. 13?)
Stalks with feveral flowers. Stipulas toothed. Leaflets
obovate. Legumes cylindrical, of many turns, with conical
ftraight fpreading {pines.—Native of fields in France, Italy,
and Barbary.—This differs from the laft in having the con-
volutions of the legume clofer, the {pines ftraight, all hori-
zontally fpreading ; the fowers twice as large. It is diffi-
cult to adjuft the fynonyms of all thefe fpecies. The figure
of Gerard, which is alfo found in Lobel's Icones, v. 2. 37-
f. 1, may have been done for either, but it beft agrees with
this. We are much in doubt concerning Rivinus's f. 1 33
but we cannot refer his f. 12 to the prefent fpecies, becaufe
that figure fo admirably and precifely reprefents the con-
centric veins of M. maculata, n. 22, which being a common
plant, could hardly have been unknown to Rivinus.

35: M. minima. Little Bur Medick. Willd. Sp. Pl.
V. 3+ 1418. (JM. polymorpha minima; Linn. Sp. Pl. rogg.
FI. Brit. 798 @. Fl. Dan. t.211. Medica echinata mi-
nima; Bauh. Hift. v.2. 386. Cochleata fru@u echizato
minimo ; Riv. t. 88. f. 14.)—Stalks many-flowered, Sti-
pulas half-ovate, undivided. Leaflets obovate, hairy. Le-
gumes orbicular, hairy, of three or four turns, with two
divaricated rows of hooked fpines.—Native of Germany,
Hungary, Switzerland, France, and England, chiefly on a
calcareous foil, Mr. Woodward found it at Narburgh,
Norfolk. A fmall proftrate downy fpecies; its leaflets
ftrongly toothed at the very fummit only. Flowers four og

five on each ftalk, with a hairy calyx. Legumes {mall, orbi-
Re

cular,

MED

cular, diftinguifhed by their numerous rigid, {preading, but
ftrongly hooked, prickles. ;

@. M. polymorphahirfuta. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1099. (Me-
dica echinata hirfuta; Bauh. Hitt. v. 2. 386.) This is faid
by Willdenow to be a variety, four times as large as the
common minima, and lefs hairy. We know it not, but we
have from Switzerland, intermixed with the common fort,
a few f{pecimens diftinguifhed by the long fpines of their
fruit, hooked at the tip only. Thefe require inveftigation
in a living ftate. ‘They may be Bauhin’s plant.

36. M. nigra. Black Prickly Medick. Willd. Sp. Pl.
v. 3. 1418. (M. polymorpha nigra; Linn. Syft. Veg.
ed. 14. 694. M. hifpida; Gaertn. v. 2. 349. t. 155. Morif.
fe&. 2. t. 15. f. 19.) —Stalks about two-flowered. Stipu-
las deeply toothed. Leaflets obovate. Legumes cylindri-
cal, rather depreffed, of feveral clofe turns, with long,
{preading, black, hook-tipped f{pines.—Native of the fouth
of France. We have no {pecimen. It feems to be diftin-
guithed by the long black prickles of the fruit, whofe points
are faid to be hooked, though no fuch charaéter is fhewn in
the figures quoted. Gzertner furely mifapplies Rivinus’s
f.12, in which, as we have obferved under n. 34, the veins
are concentric, not reticulated as Gertner reprefents them
in his hi/pida.

37- Mt laciniata. Jagged-leaved Medick. Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. 3. 1419. (M. polymorpha laciniata; Linn. Sp. Pl.
109g. Cochleata fyriaca; Riv. Tetr. Irr. t. gt. f. 1.) —
Stalks about two-flowered. Stipulas fringed with capillary
teeth. Leaflets linear-wedge-fhaped, abrupt, cut. Legumes
cylindrical, of many turns, with two rows of alternately
divaricated, ftrong, hook-tipped f{pines.—Native of the
fouth of Europe and north of Africa. This {pecies is
readily known by its narrow jagged /eaflets. The /lipulas
are cut into deep capillary fegments. Flowers one or two,
on long flender ftalks. Legumes cylindrical, fomewhat ellip-
tical, the fize of a large pea, compofed of about five clofe
turns, armed with a double divaricated row of peculiarly
ftrong, awl-fhaped, fmooth, polifhed fpines, very minutely
hooked at their tips only.

It is proper to obferve that all the {pecies of this fecond
feGtion have yellow flowers on axillary ftalks; the /fem,
where not defcribed otherwife, proftrate, branched from the
root, which is generally annual. The /eafets are always
more or lefs toothed. In quoting Morifon throughout this
article, we have not thought it worth while to copy his long
names or definitions, but merely to cite his figures. Many
of thefe remain ftill unappropriated, for want of better de-
{criptions. S.

Mepicaco, in Gardening, furnifhes plants of the
fhrubby evergreen and herbaceous annual kinds, of which
the {pecies moftly cultivated are, the tree medick, or moon
trefoil (M. arborea) ; and the variable medick, or fnail and
hedge-hog trefoil (M. polymorpha.)

The fecond fort has numerous varieties and fubvarieties,
but the principal ones are, the common {nail medicago, with
large fmooth pods, fhaped and twifted like a fnail; the
hedge-hog medicago, with large prickly {nail-fhaped pods,
armed with {pines pointing every way, like a hedge-hog ;
with turbinated pods; with globular pods; with orbicular
‘pods; with long crooked pods; with double pods; with
twifted pods; and with jagged leaves.

Method of Culture.—The firft fort may be raifed from
feeds or cuttings.

In the former mode the feeds fhould be fown in the early
fpring, on a warm border, or in pots of light mould, and
plunged in a moderate hot-bed, till the plants have attained
a little growth ; when they fhould be gradually hardened to

MED

the full air. And in both methods the plants fhould be
kept clean, and have proteétion in the following winter from
froft, and in the {pring they fhould be planted out, fome
into pots to have the management of green-houfe plants, and
others into borders and nurfery rows, in dry warm fituations,
the former to remain, and the latter to be occafionally tranf-
planted.

But when they are increafed by cuttings, thefe fhould be
planted on a bed of light rich earth, or in pots of the fame
fort of mould, and plunged in a moderate hot-bed, due
fhade and water being given ; and when they have formed
good roots, in the autumn they may be removed into other
pots, or the fituations in which they are to remain, fhading
and watering them till they are well rooted, when they fhould
be trained up to fticks, to have ftraight tems and regular
heads, their irregular fhoots being annually pruned to keep
them in order. Thefe plants are found to grow ftronger
and ficwer better when kept in warm fituations in the open
air, than when managed as green-houfe plants. They fhould,
however, be fheltered in very fevere winters.

And the fecond fort and varieties may, alfo be raifed from
feed, which fhould be fown in the carly {pring months in the
places where the plants are to remain, in patches of feveral
feeds, after thinning the plants to two or three of the bett,
when they require no further culture. It is the double forts
that are chiefly cultivated in the garden.

They both afford variety in the borders and other parts,
and the former in the green-houfe among other fimilar plants.

MEDICAL Exxecrricity. It is natural to imagine,
that a power of fuch efficacy as that of electricity, would
be applied to medical purpofes ; efpeciaily fince it has been
found invariably to increafe the infenfible perfpiration, to
quicken the circulation of the blood, and to promote the
glandular fecretion. Accordingly, many inftances occur in
the later period of the hiftory of this fcience, in which it
has been tried, on various occafions, with confiderable ad-
vantage and fuccefs. Among the variety of cafes to which
it has been applied, there are none in which it feems to have
been prejudicial, except thofe of pregnancy and the venereal
difeafe. In moft diforders, in which it has been ufed with
perfeverance,. it has given, at leaft, a temporary and partial
relief, and in many effeéted a total cure. The firft inftance
that occurs of its falutary effet, was that of a woman, who
was cured in a quarter of an hour of a centraCted finger,
by M. Kratzenftein, at Halle, fo early as the year 1744.
It was afterwards applied in a variety of paralytic cafes, by
M. Jallabert of Geneva, in 1747; M. Sauvages of the aca-
demy in Montpellier, in the courfe of whofe experiments it
appeared, that eletrification increafes the circulation of the
blood about one-fixth; Mr. Patrick Brydone in Scotland,
in 17573 the abbé Nollet and others: in feveral of the cafes
concerned prefent relief was obtained; but the beneficial
effe€t does not appear to have been permanent. One inftance
occurs, related by Dr. Hart of Shrewfbury, and recorded
in the Phil. Tranf. vol. xlviii. part ii. p. 785, in which elec-
trification was injurious, and brought on univerfal palfy ona
young perfon, whofe right arm was paralytic; and though
this pally was removed by a courfe of medicine, the difeafed
arm remained incurable. It alfo appears from a number of
experiments made by Dr. Franklin in paralytic cafes, that
no permanent advantage was derived from eleétricity in this
diforder ; and Mr. Wefley, who was long engaged in a
courfe of medical ele&tricity for the benefit of perfons in
his conreétion, obferves, that though many paralytics have
been helped by it, no palfy of a year’s ftanding has been
thoroughly cured by it. However, a remarkable iaftance
more lately occurs, in which an hemiplegia was cured by

Io this

MEDICAL

this means, under the direction of a phyfician at Greenwich.
The patient was in fuch a ttate, that boiling water might be
4 one from her hand to-her thoulder, and from her thoulder
to her foot, on the difeafed fide, without being felt. ‘This
— was eleétrified, by drawing {parks from the pallied
ide, and giving thocks, beginning with ftronger thocks, ull
the began to feel them, and continuing moderate ones, for
18 days; and in that time, during 314 hours, the number
of thocks was 141; and this perfeverance was attended with
fuch fuccefs, that her feeling was quite reftored, and that
{he became capable of walking, and of writing with the
hand, the ufe of which fhe had lolt. Dr. de Haen obferves,
that with refpect to partial pallies, eleétrification never did
the leaft harm; and that one or two perfons, who had re-
ceived no benelit from it in fix entire months, were yet much
relieved by perfevering in the ufe of it; and that fome per-
fons difcontinuing it, after having received fome benefit from
it, relapfed again ; but afterwards, by recurring to the ufe
of electricity, recovered, though more flowly than before.

Dr. Hart, in 1756, mentions a cure performed on a wo-
man, whofe hand and wrilt had been for fome time rendered
ufelefs, by a violent contraction of the mufcles; but the
molt remarkable cafe of this kind is that related by Dr.
Watfon, Phil. Tranf. vol. liii. p. 10.

The patient, about feven years of age, was feized with
an univerfal rigidity of her mufcles, fo that her whole body
felt more like that of a dead corpfe than of a living perfon ;
Dr. Watfon electrified her, at convenient intervals, from the
middle of November 1762, to the end of January 1763,
when every mufcle of the body was perfectly flexible, and
fubfervient to her will, fo that fhe could ttand, walk, and
run like other children of her age. Mr. Miles Parting-
ton alfo communicated to the Royal Society a furprifing
inftance of the cure of a very great degree of contraétion
and rigidity in the fterno-maftoideus mufcle by means of
eleGtrical {Parks and fhocks. (Phil. Tranf. vol. Ixviii. part i.
Pp. 97, &c.) Mr. Wilfon mentions a fingle inftance, in
which he had cured deafnefs of feventeen years continuance ;
but he acknowledges that he tried fimilar experiments on
lix other deaf perfons without fuccefs.

Mr. Lovet and Mr. Wefley have extended the medical
application of eleCtricity to a greater variety of cafes than
‘any others, Mr. Lovet obferves, in his ‘ Effay,’’ that
ele&tricity is almoft a {pecific in all cafes of violent pains,
of however long continuance, in any part of the body ; as in
obftinate head-aches, the tooth-ache, the {ciatica, the cramp,
and diforders refembling the gout; and that it has feldom
failed to cure rigidities, or a wafting of the mufcles, and
hyfterical diforders ; he adds, that it cures inflammations, and
a fiftula lachrymalis ; that it has {topped a mortification, and
difperfed extravafated blood; that it has been of excellent
ufe in bringing to a fuppuration, or in difperfing without
fuppuration, obftinate {wellings of various kinds, even thofe
that were fcrophulous; that it has cured the falling-ficknefs,
and feveral kiuds of fits, and a diforder that feems to have
been a gutta ferena. He advifes to begin, in general, with
fimple electrification, efpecially in hyfterical cafes; then to
proceed to take f{parks, and laitly, to give moderate fhocks.
Mr. Wefley obferves, that he has fearcely known an initance,
in which fhocks all over the body have failed to cure a ter-
tian or quartan ague; he mentions cafes of blindnefs cured
and relieved by it, and hearing given by it toa perfon who
was born deaf; and he further fays, that it has cured
bruifes, ruaning fores, the droply, and a palfy in the tongue ;
and that it has brought away gravel from the kidnies. In
hyiterical cafes, he recommends the patient’s being fimply
‘ele@rified, by fitting on cakes of refin, at leaft for half an

ELECTRICITY.

hour morning and evening; and then taking {mall {parks,
and afterwards giving fhocks, more or lefs flrong as the
diforder requires. Dr. Antonius de Haen, in his “ Ratio
Medendi,”’ cited by Dr. Prieftley (Hift. Eleét. vol. i. p. 485,
8vo.), informs us, that a paralyfis and trembling of the
limbs, from whatever caule it arofe, never failed to be ree
lieved by eleétricity ; and that it alfo certainly cures St.
Vitus's dance;Ahat it has been of fome ufe in cafes of
deafnefs; but failed in its application to a gutta ferena, and
{trumous neck. Mr. Hey, furgeon of Leeds, mentions
feveral cafes in which the power of eleétricity has been fuc-
cefsfully applied to an “ amaurofis.’’ The machine was ufed
twice a day; the patient was placed on a {tool with glafs
legs, and had {parks drawn from the eyes and parts fur-
rounding the orbit, efpecially where the fuperciliary and
infra-orbitary branches of the fifth pair of nerves {pread them-
felves. After this operation had been continued for half
an hour, the patient was made to receive for an equal time
flight fhocks through the affected parts, which were fome-
times directed iets the head, from one of the temples to
the other, but chiefly from the fuperciliary and infra-orbi-
tary foramina to the occiput. Med. Obf. & Enq. vol. v.
) Ty Gs

In rheumatic cafes, Mr. Fergufon obferves, that he has
generally found eleétricity fuccefsful, by continuing to take
{parks from the places where the pain lies, till the fkin
has been red and pimpled, and the patient has felt a glowing
warmth where the {parks were drawn off; and the fame
method has alfo proved effe&tual in old fprains. The ufe of
ele&tricity has alfo been recommended in cafes of fudden
death. See Drownine. ,

In all cafes where fhocks are given, gentle ones fhould be
firft ufed: and if the diforder continues, they may be gra-
dually increafed ; and they fhould be confined to the affeéted
part. The efficacy of Slestrieity in the tooth-ache is fo
great, that it feldom or ever fails to give immediate relief,
unlefs the tooth be very much decayed. The following
inftrument will ferve for this purpofe: it confifts of two
wires, A Band B E, fixed in the piece of bored wood H,
and bent at CD and FG, and at A and B, as in fg. 1,
Plate XV., Eleéricity. If the affe&ted tooth be brought
within the two wires at E, and the ring A or B be conneéted
by a chain with the outfide of a charged jar, and the other
ring be connected by a chain with the knob of the jar, the
fhock will pafs through the wires, and confequently through
the tooth. The modes of applying eleGricity to the human
frame, formerly ufed, were by the fhock and fpark, and
fometimes, though rarely, by tingle eleétrification. Thefe
modes are now varied and multiplied according to the cir-
cumiftances of the patient, and the nature of his diforder.
Under the conduét of Mr. Birch, an eminent furgeon, who
particularly direGted his attention to the improvement and
application of medical electricity, and of other gentlemen
of the profeffion who have purfued the fame courfe, the
cafes in which eleétricity may be employed with fuccefs have
been afcertained, and its advantages evinced. For an ac-
count of this medical apparatus, and of various modes of
applying it in different diforders, fee Adams’s Effay on
Ele&ricity, chap. 15, 8vo. 1785.

Dr. Cullen fays, that electricity, when properly applied,
is one of the moft powerful itimulants that can be ufed to
aét upon the nervous fyitem of animals. Mr. Birch con-
fiders ele&ricity, applied under the form of a fluid, as a
fedative, under that of a {park or friGtion, as a ftimulant,
and by way of a fhock, as a deobftruent, in its aGtion.

Under this head of medical eleftricity it may not be im-
proper to mention thoie medicated tubes, the imaginary virtues

of

MED

of which were firft difcovered by Signior Pivati, at Venice,
and which were much recommended in the years 1747 and
1748, both in Italy, and by Mr. Winkler at Leipfic. Thefe
gentlemen imagined, that odorous fub{ftances, confined in
excited glafs veffels, would tranfpire through the pores of
the glafs, and communicate their medicinal virtue to the
atmofphere of a conduétor, and to all perfons in contaét
with it; and that thefe fubftances would yield their virtues
by being held in the hands of perfons electrified ; and they
pretended that many cures were wrought in this way by
the operation of medicines, without being taken into the
ftomach ; but the whole was foon difcovered to be a fal-
lacy ; and it was inconteftibly proved, that no effluvia could
pa{s from the included fubftances through the pores of ex-
cited glafs ; and that no method was known for caufing the
power of medicine to infinuate itfelf into the human body
by eleGtricity. Dr. Franklin, by proving that glafs was
impermeable to the eleGric fluid itfelf, and that its eleAricity
was colle&ted from the rubber, &c. evinced the abfurdity of
every attempt to tranfmit the effuvia of any fubftance
through the glafs. See Franklin’s Letters, p. 82, &c.
Mepicau Stones. See STONE.
MEDICAMENTOSUS Lapis. See Lapis.
MEDICI, Cosmo px, in Biography, a citizen of Flo-
rence, born in that city in 1389, was the eldeft fon of John,
or Giovanni de Medici, who laid the foundation of that
greatnefs which his pofterity enjoyed for feveral ages. By
a ftri@ attention to commerce, John acquired immenfe
wealth ; by his affability, moderation, and liberality he en-
fured the confidence and efteem of his fellow-citizens.
Without feeking after the offices of the republic, he was
honoured with them all. «The maxims,’’ fays Mr. Rofcoe,
«« which, uniformly purfued, raifed the houfe of Medici to
the fplendour which it afterwards enjoyed, are to be found
in the charge given by this venerable old man on his death-
bed to his two fons.’? Thefe, on account of their excel-
lence, of the authority by which they were enforced, and of
the fuccefsful application of them by his potterity, we fhall
tranfcribe. «I feel,” faid he, ‘‘ that I have lived the time
prefcribed me. I die content ; leaving you, my fons, in
affluence and in health, and in fucha ftation, that while you
follow my example, you may live in your native place ho-
noured and refpedted. Nothing afferds me more pleafure
than the refleGtion that my condué has not given offence
to any one; but that, on the contrary, I have endeavoured
to ferve all perfons to the beft of my abilities. I advife
you to do the fame. With refpeét to the honours of the
ftate, if you would live with fecurity, accept only fuch as
are beflowed on you*by the laws, and the favour of your
fellow-citizens ; for it is the exercife of that power which is
obtained by violence, and not of that which is voluntarily
conferred, that occafions hatred and violence.” At the
death of this venerable man, in 1428, Cofmo had already
attained to high refpeGtability as well in the political as in
the commercial world. He had engaged deeply, not only
in the extenfive commerce by which the family had acquired
its wealth, but in the ftill weightier concerns of govern-
ment. In the year 1414, when Balthafar Coffla, who had
been eleéted pope, and had affumed the title of John pS, Ge RS
was fummoned to attend the council of Conftance, he chofe
to be accompanied by Cofmo de Medici, among other men
of eminence, whofe high charaéters might countenance his
caufe. On the death of his father, Cofmo fucceeded to the
influence poffefled by him as head of that powerful family,
which rendered him the firft citizen of the ftate, though with-
‘out any fuperiority of rank or title. He {upported and
augmented the family dignity. His condu& was uniformly

MED

marked by urbanity and kindnefs to the fuperior ranks of
his fellow-citizens, and by 2 conftant attention to the inte-

‘refts and wants of the lower clafs of citizens, whom he

relieved with unbounded generofity. By thefe means he
acquired numerous and zealous partizans, whom he confi-
dered rather as pledges for the continuance of the power
which he poffeffed, than as inftruments to be employed in
the ruin and fubjugation of the ftate.

The authority which Cofmo and his defcendants exer-
cifed in Florence during the 15th century confifted rather
in a tacit influence on the!r part, and a voluntary acquief-
cence on that of the people, than in any prefcribed or
definite compact between them. The form of government
was that of a republic, direfted by a council of ten officers,
and a chief executive officer, called the Gonfaloniere, or
{tandard bearer, who was chofen every two months. Under
this eftablifhment, the ¢itizens imagined they were pofleffed
of the full exercife of their liberties; but fuch was the in-
fluence of the Medici, that they generally aflumed to them-
felves the firit offices of the ftate, or nominated fuch per-
fons as they efteemed fit for thofe employments. In this,
however, they always paid great refpeét to popular opinion.
Notwithftanding the great prudence and moderation of
Cofmo’s public conduét, the difcontent of the Florentines,
with the bad fuccefs of the war againft Lucca, gave occafion
to the preponderance of a party led on by Rinaldo de’ Al-
bizi, which, in 1433, after filling the magiftracies with their
own creatures, feized the perfon of Cofmo, and proceeded
judicially againft him, on the pretence that bis influence
was hazardous to the ftate. He was committed to prifon,
in which he remained for feveral days, in conftant apprehen-
fion of fome violence being offered to his perfon; but he
{till more dreaded that the malice of his enemies might make
attempts upon his life by poifon. On the news of his
danger, feveral princes and ftates of Italy interfered in his
behalf ; and in conclufion, he was banifhed to Padua for ten
years, and feveral other members and friends of the Medici
family underwent a fimilar punifhment. He was received
with marked refpe& by the Venetian government, and took
up his abode in the city of Venice. Within a year of his
retreat, Rinaldo was himfelf obliged to quit Florence, and
Cofmo being recalled, he returned amidit the acclamations
of his fellow-fubje&ts. Some viétims were offered to his
future fecurity, and the gonfaloniere who had pronounced
his fentence, with a few others of that party, were put to
death. Meafures were now taken to reftri& the choice of
magiltrates to the partizans of the Medici, and alliances
were formed with the neighbouring powers for the avowed
purpofe of fupporting and perpetuating the fyftem by
which Florence was from that time to be governed. The
manner in which Cofmo employed his authority, has con-
ferred upon his memory the greateft honour. From this
time his life was an almoft uninterrupted feries of profperity.
The tranquillity enjoyed by the republic, and the fatisfac-
tion and peace of mind which he experienced in the efteem
and confidence of his fellow citizens, enabled him to indulge
his natural propenfity to the promotion of fcience, and the
patronage and encouragement of learned men. ‘The richeft
private citizen in Europe, he furpaffed almoit all fovereign
princes in the munificence with which he patronized litera-
ture and the fine arts. He affembled around him fome of
the moft learned men of the age, who had begun to cultivate
the Grecian language and philofophy. He eftablifhed, at
Florence, an academy exprefsly for the elucidation of the
Platonic philofophy, at the head of.which he placed the
celebrated Marfilio Ficino, He colleéted from all parts,
by means of foreign correfpondences, manufcripts of the

13 Greek,

MEDICL

Greek, Latin, and Oriental languayes, which were the
foundation of the Laurentian library, He gave great en-
couragement to the arts of painting, feulpture, and archi-
— uy the valt furns which he expended in the public
edifices of the city, ax well as in his private palaces, He
alfo colle&ed the valuable remains of ancient art in {tatues,
vafes, gems, and medals; and all his treafures were made
liberally acceffible to the curious.

‘Towards the latter period of his life, a great part of the
time that Cofmo weld withdraw from the adminittration
of public affairs was paffed at his feats at Care gi and Caffag-
glo 0, where he applied himfelf to the deltvedios of his

ris ; but his happiett hours were devoted to the ftudy of
letters and | pilofophy, or pafled in the company and con-
verfution of learned men. In his country retreats he was
ufually accompanied by Ficino, where, after having been
his protector, he became his pupil in the ftudy of the
Platonic philofophy. His attachment to the fentiments of
antiquity did not render him indifferent to the religion of
his country, and he difplayed his piety according to the
fafhion of the age, by numerous religious foundations which
he munificently endowed. He even ereéted a noble hof-

Lat Jerufalem for the relief of diftreffed pilgrims. ‘The
pirit of his government was mildnefs and moderation. He
never aifumed a {tate beyond that of a citizen in a republic,
and avoided every open exertion of authority which could
lead the Florentines to fufpe& they had loft their liberties.

The wealth and influence that Cofmo had acquired, had
long entitled him to rank with the molt powerful princes of

- Italy, with whom he might have formed conneétions, by the
intermartiage of his children ; but being apprehenfive that
fuch meafures would give rife to fafpicions that he enter-
tained defigns inimical to the freedom of the ftate, he rather
chofe to increafe his intereft among the citizens of Florence,
by the marriage of his children into the moft diftinguifhed
families of that place. Piero, his eldeft fon, married Lu-
cretia Tornabuoni, by whom he had two fons, Lorenzo, the
fubje& of the following article, and Giuliano. Cofmo con-
verfed freely with all orders of men, and there was fearcely
a citizen whom he had not fome time obliged by loans of
money of which he never expected the repayment. His im-
menfe wealth was not the obje& of envy, becaufe he chiefly
expended it upon the public ; fo that it wasa kind of common
fund in which all had an intereft. Parties were again
formed in Florence hoflile to the predominance of the
Medici. The popularity of Cofmo, however, was not to
be fhaken, and while he withdrew from public bufinefs, he
retained the influence of his benefits and virtues. He had lott
his fecond fon, Giovanai, on whom he had placed his chief
expeiations, as his elde(t, Piero, laboured under various
bodily infirmities, and he apprehended that at his own deceafe
the fplendour of his fami!y would clofe. Thefe refleGtions
embittered the repofe of his latter days: and he exclaimed,
a fhort time before his death, as his attendants were carry-
ing him through the apartments of his palace, “ This is too
large a houfe for fo fmall a family.” His latter days were,
however, cheered by the honourable teftimony to his merit,
afforded by his fellow-citizens, in a public decree, confer-
ring upon him the noble title of Father of his Country,
which was inferibed on his tomb, and has ever fince adhered
to his name.

About three weeks before his death, when his ftrength
began rapidly to decline, he entered into converfation with
Ficino, lamenting the miferies of life, and the imperfections
infeparable from human nature. Ashe continued his dif-
courfe, his fentirnents and his views became more elevated,
and from bewailing the lot of humanity, he began to exult

in ren of that happier flate towards which he felr
himfelf approwching, He died Augult rf, 1464, at the
age of feventy-five years, deeply lamented by a vait majority
of the citizens of Florence, whom he had firmly attuched to
his intere(t, and who feared for the fafety of the city from
the diffentions that were likely to enfue. Rofeoe’s Life of
Lorenzo. Univer. Hilt.

Meier, Lonenzo ne, furnamed The Magnificent, grand-
fon of Cofmo, and fon of Piero de Medici, by Lueretia
Tornabuoni, was born on January 1, 1448. He was about
fixteen years of aye when Cofmo died, and had, at that time,
ae ftriking indications of extraordinary talents. From

is earlieft years he had exhibited proofs of a retentive and
vigorous mind, which had been cultivated by a very careful
eduction, chiefly under the direétion and food conduét of
his mother Lucretia, who was one of the mott accomplithed
women of the age, and who had diftinguifhed herfelf not
only as a patronefs of learning, but by her own writings.
The difpofition of Lorenzo, which afterwards gave hima
peculiar claim to the title of * Magnificent,” was apparent
in his childhood. Having received, as a prefent, a horfe
from Sicily, he fent the donor, in return, a gift of much
greater value, and on being reproved for his profufenefs, he
remarked, that there was nothing more glorious than to
overcome others in acts of generolity. In his youth he had
the advantage of the inftructions of fome of the wifeft and
molt learned men of the age, in the languages, and philo-
fophy of antiquity, and the principles of polite literature.
To the latter he difplayed a decided inclination by fome
early poctical compofitions in his native tonyue; but he
feemed formed for excelling in every thing that becomes
an object of attention. He was not lefs addiéted to aétive
{ports and laborious exercifes, than to the ftudies of the
dlotet, and was equally dextrous in the management of
bulinefs, and in the purfuits of arts and fcience. ‘Tall in his
ftature, robuft ‘in his form, Lotenzo had in his perfon
more the appearance of ftrength than of elegance. From
his birth he laboured under peculiar difadvantages ; his
fight was weak, his voice harfh and unpleafing, and he
was totally deprived of the fenfe of fmell. With all thefe
defeéts, his countenance was dignified, and itrongly indicated
the magnanimity of his character; and the effeéts of his
eloquence were confpicuous on many important occafions.
At the death of Cofmo, on account of his father’s in-
firmitics, it was thought proper immediately to initiate
Lorenzo into political life. He was, accordingly, fent to
vifit the principal courts of Italy for the purpoie of forming
a perfonal conneGtion with the rulers, and making obfer-
vations on the circumftances of each ftate. He ftrengthened
the interefts of his family in an interview with Ferdinand,
king of Naples, who was imprefled with a high idea of his
early wifdom ; and the prudence and vigour of his condu&
at home were materially inftrumental in reftoring the fupe-
riority of the Medici. In 1469, Lorenzo married Clarice,
the daughter of a member of the noble family of Oriini,
and in the fame year Piero de Medici died, leaving his two
fons, Lorenzo and Giuliano, the heirs of his power and
property. Immediately after the death of his father, Lo-
renzo, at the requeit of the people of Florence, took upon
himfelf that poft of head of the republic which Cofmo and
Piero had oceupied. Upon the acceffion of Sixtus IV. to
the papacy, Lorenzo, with other eminent citizens, were
deputed to congratulate him on the part of the Florentine
republic. On this occafion he was inveited with the office
of treafurer of the holy fee, and he took the opportunity of
his abode at Rome to make valuable additions to the re-*
mains of ancient art already collected by his family. a

°

MEDICI.

of the firft public occurrences after he conduéted the helm
of government was a revolt of the inhabitants of Volterra,
on account of a difpute with the Florentine republic; by
the recommendation of Lorenzo, means of force were adopted,
which ended in the fack of the unfortunate city, an event
that gave him much concern. In 1472, he was the means
of re-eftablifhing the academy of Pifa, and he took up his
refidence for a confiderable time in that city for the purpofe
of completing the work ; exerted himfelf in fele€ting the
moft eminent profeflors, and contributed to it a large fum
from his private fortune, in addition to that granted by the
ftate of Florence. Zealoufly attached to the Platonic phi-
lofophy, he took an a¢tive part in the eftablifhment of an
academy for its promotion; and inftituted an annual feftival
in honour of the memory of Plato, which was conduéted
with fingular literary fplendour. While he was thus ad-
vancing in a career of profperity and reputation, a tragical
incident was very near depriving his country of his future
fervices. This was the confpiracy of the Pazzi, a numerous
and diftinguifhed family in Florence, the rivals of the houfe
of Medici. The inftigators of this foul confpiracy, of
which the obje& was the affaffination of Lorenzo and his
brother, were pope Sixtus IV. and his nephew, cardinal
Riario: and the archbifhop of Pifa, Salviati, was the prin-
cipal agent in the horrid defign. Giacopo de Pazzi, the head
of that family, gave his name and affiftance, and feveral perfons
of defperate charafter undertook to aid in the execution.
Nothing could exceed the atrocity of the plan which was to
aflaffinate the two brothers, while they were partaking of
the hofpitality of Lorenzo; but the abfence of Giuliano,
on account of indifpofition, obliged the confpirators to poft-
pone the attempt. Thus difappointed, another plan was to
be adopted, and on further deliberation it was refolved that
the affaffination fhould take place on the following Sunday,
in the church, at the inftant of the elevation of the hoft.

The immediate affaffination of Giuliano was cemmitted to
Francefco de Pazzi and Bernardo Bandini, and that of Lo-
renzo had been intrufted to the fole hand of Monteficco.
This office he had willingly undertaken while he underftood
that it was to be executed in a private dwelling, but he
fhrunk from the idea of polluting the houfe of God with
fo heinous a crime. Two ecclefiaftics were therefore fe-
leéted for the commiffion of a deed, from which the fol-
dier was deterred by confcientious motives. It was in the
month of April 1478, the-young cardinal Riario, apoftolic
legate, a gueft in the palace of Lorenzo, proceeded to the
church of the Reharata, fince called “‘ Santa Maria del
Fiore,” where the intended victims were prefent. The con-
fpirators having taken their ftations, waited with impa-
tience for the appointed fignal. The bell rang—the prieft
raifed the confecrated wafer ; the people bowed before it,
and at the fame inftant Bandini plunged a fhort dagger
into the breaft of Giuliano. On receiving the fatal wound
he took a few hafty fleps and fell, when the other fiend,
Francefco de Pazzi, rufhed upon him with incredible fury,
and ftabbed him in different parts of his body, continuing
‘to repeat his ftrokes even after he was apparently dead.
Such was the violence of his rage that he wounded him-
felf deeply in the thigh. The priefts who had undertaken
the murder of Lorenzo were not equally fuccefsful : they
infliGed only a flight wound, which rather roufed him to
his defence, than difabled him. He inftantly threw off his
cloak, and holding it up as a fhield in his left hand, with his
right-hand drew his fword, and repelled the affailants, who
fled. Bandini came up with his dagger ftreaming with the
blood of Giuliano, but was inftantly laid dead by a fervant
of the Medici. Inthe meantime, the friends of Lorenzo

affembled round him, and conduéted him home in fafety.
An attack upon the palace of government where the ma-
giftrates were fitting, by other confpirators, failed of fuc-
cefs, and the people attached to the Medici, collecting in
crowds, put to death or apprehended the affaflins, whofe
defigns were thus entirely fruftrated, with the exception of
the death of Giuliano. Signal and inftant juftice was in-
flied on the criminals. The archbifhop of Pifa was
hanged out of the palace window in his facerdotal robes,
and Giacopo de Pazzi, with one of his nephews, fhared the
fame fate. Lorenzo did himfelf honour by his efforts to re-
ftrain the fury of the populace, and induce them to commit
to the magiftrates the farther purfuit of the guilty. The
name and arms of the Pazzi family were fuppreffed, its
members were banifhed, and Lorenzo rofe ftill higher in the
efteem and affection of his fellow-citizens. The pope, in-
flamed almoft to madnefs by the defeat of his {chemes, ex-
communicated Lorenzo, and the magiftrates of Florence,
laid an interdict upon the whole territory, and forming a
league with the king of Naples, prepared to invade the
Florentine dominions. Lorenzo appealed to all the fur-
rounding potentates for the juttice of his caufe; and he
was affectionately fupported by his fellow-citizens. Hofti-
lities began, and were carried on with various fuccefs through
two campaigns. At the clofe of the year 1479, Lorenzo
took the bold refolution of paying a vilit to the king of
Naples, and, without any previous fecurity, trufted his li-
berty and his life to the mercy of a declared enemy. The
monarch was ftruck with this heroic a&t of confidence, and
a treaty of mutual defence and friendfhip was agreed upon
between them. Sixtus, however, perfevered in the war,
till a defcent upon the coaft of Italy by Mahomet II. ex-
cited fuch an alarm, that he confented to a peace upon the
fubmiffion of the Florentine deputies to his pontifical repri-
mands.

Another attempt was made to affaflinate Lorenzo in a
church in the month of May 1481, but the plot was hap-
pily difcovered, and the agent and his accomplices were
feized and executed, From this time he generally ap-
peared in public, furrounded with friends as.a guard, a
circumftance which has been reprefented by his enemies as
a fymptom of tyranny. His political condu& as head of
the Florentine republic was chiefly dire&ted to the prefer-
vation of the balance of power among the Italian {ftates,
The death of Sixtus IV. freed him from an adverfary who
never ceafed to bear him ill-will, and he was able to fe-
cure himfelf a friend in his fucceffor Innocent VIII. He
condu@ted the republic of Florence to a degrce of tran-
quillity and profperity which it had fcarcely ever known
before, and by procuring the inftitution of a deliberative
body of the nature of a fenate, he corre&ted the democrati-
cal part of its conttitution.

Lorenzo diftinguifhed himfelf beyond any of his pre-
deceffors in the encouragement of literature and the arts;
his proficiency in Italian poetry would have conferred dif-
tin€tion even upon one who had no other merit to adduce.
The produétions of this great man are diftinguifhed by a
vigour of imagination, an accuracy of judgment, and an
elegance of ftyle, which afforded the firft great example
of improvement, and entitle him, almoft exclufively, to the
honourable appellation of the reftorer of Italian lite-
rature.’’? His compofitions are fonnets, canzoni, and other
lyric pieces, fome longer works in ftanzas, fome comic fa-
tires, and jocofe carnival fongs, and various facred poems,
the latter as ferious, as many of the former are licen-
tious. Some of thefe pieces, efpecially thofe of the lighter
kind, in which he imitated the ruftic dialeé&t, became ex-

tremely

MEDICL

tremely popular, His regard to literature, in general, was
tellified by the extraordinary attention which he paid to
the augmentation of the Laurentian library, Although
the anceftors of Lorenzo luid the foundation of the im-
menfe collection of MSS, contained in this library, he may
elaim the honour of having raifed the faperttructure. If
there was any purfine in which he engaged more ardently
and perfevered in more diligently than the reft, it was that
of enlarging his collection of books and antiquities: for
this purpole he employed the fervices of learned men, in
different parts of Italy, and efpecially of his intimate friend
and companion Angelo Politiano, who took feveral jour-
nies in order to difcover and purchafe the valuable re-
mains of antiquity. «1 with,” faid Lorenzo to him as
he. was proceeding on one of thefe expeditions, “that the
diligence of Pico and yourfelf would afford me fuch op-
portunities of purchafing books, that I thould be obliged
even to pledge my furniture to poflefs them.” ‘Two jour-
nies, undertaken at the initance of Lorenzo, into the eatt,
by Giovanni Lafear, produced a great number of rare and
valuable works. On his return from his fecond expedi-
tion, he brought with him two hundred copies, many of
which he had procured from a monaltery at mount Athos;
but this treafure did not arrive till after the death of Lo-
renzo, who, in his lalt moments, expreffed to Politiano and
Pico his regret that he could not live to complete the
collection which he was forming for their accommodation.
On the difcovery of the invalwable art of printing, Lo-
renzo, was folicitous to avail himfelf of its advantages in
uring editions of the belt works of antiquity corrected
y the ableit fcholars, whofe labours were rewarded by his
munilicence. When the capture of Con{tantinople by the
Turks caufed the difperfion of many learned Greeks, he
took advantage of the circumftance, to promote the {tudy
of the Greek language in Italy. It was now at Florence
that this tongue was inculcated under the fanétion of a
= inftitution, either by native Greeks, or learned Ita-
ians, who were their powerful competitors, whofe fervices
were procured by the diligence of Lorenzo de Medici, and
repaid by his bounty.‘ Hence,’ fays Mr. Rofcoe, * fuc-
ceeding feholars have been profufe of their acknowledg-
ments to their great patron, who firft formed that eftablifh-
ment, from which, to ufe their own claflical figure, as from
the Trojan horfe, fo many illuftrious champions have {prung,
and by means of which the knowledge of the Greek tongue
was extended, not only through all Italy, but through
France, Spain, Germany, and England; from all which
countries numerous pupils attended at Florence, who dif-
fufed the learning they had there acquired throughout the
reft of Europe.”

The fervices of Lorenzo to the fine arts were not lefs
confpicuous than thofe which he rendered to letters. Cofmo
had collected all the moft valuable remains of ancient tafte
and fkill that he could obtain. His treafures were vattly
augmented by Lorenzo, who propofed to himfelf the im-
provement of modern art as the chief end of his magni-
fieence in this point. Of the earneftnefs with which Lo-
renzo engaged in this purfuit inftances may be adduced. It
is faid that thofe who wifhed to oblige him were accuf-
tomed to collect from every part of the world medals and

coins, eftimable for their age or their workmanthip, fta-

tues, buits, and whatever elfe bore the ftamp. of antiquity.

By his conftant attention to this purfuit, and by the expen-

diture of confiderable fums, he colle&ted, under his roof,

all the remains: of antiquity that fellin his way, whether

they tended to illuftrate the hiftory of letters or the arts.
Vor. XXIII.

It is not, however, on this account only that he is en.
titled to the efteem of the profeffors and admirers of the
arts. He determined to excite, among his countrymen,
a good talte, and, by propoling to their imitation the re-
mains of the ancient matters, to elevate their views beyond
the forms of common life, to the contemplation of that
ideal beauty which alone diftinguishes works of art from
mere mechanical produétions. With this view he appro-
priated his gardens in’ Florence to the eftablifhment r+ nd
academy for the itudy of the antique, which he furnithed
with a profulion of ftatues, bufts, and other relics of art,
the ust perfect in their kind that he could procure: The
attention of the higher rank of his fellow-citizens wags in-
cited to thefe purfuits by the example of Lorenzo; that
of the lower clafs by his liberality. To the latter he not
only allowed competent ftipends, while they attended to
their {tudies, but appointed confiderable premiums as re-
wards of their proticiency. To this inftitution, more than
any other circumftance, Mr. Rofcoe afcribes the fudden
and altonifhing proficiency which, towards the clofe of the
rsth century, was evidently made in the arts, and which
commencing at Florence, extended itfelf to the re of Eu-

e. The gardens of Lorenzo de Medici are frequently,
celebrated as the nurfery of men of genius, but if they had
produced no other artilt than Michael Angelo Buonarotti,
they would have fufficiently anfwered the purpofes of the
founder. It was here that this great man began to im-
bibe that fpirit which was deftined to effeét a reformation
in the arts, and which, perhaps, he could have derived from
no other fource. The art of archite€ture he encouraged by
the numerous buildings which he ereéted, or induced others
to ereét in Florence and its vicinity, after defigns furnifhed
by the ableft artifts. By thefe exertions he prepared the
way for thofe wonders which have rendered the age denomi-
nated from his fon Leo X. one of the moft {plendid in the
records of mankind.

Lorenzo, in his domettic concerns, deferves confiderable,
but by no means unmixed praife.. The licentioufnefs
which characterizes feveral of his poems is faid to have
tainted his manners with refpe& to the female fex. He
was neverthelefs a very affeGtionate and attentive father, fo-
licitous for the inftru€tion of his children, whom he placed
under the care of Politiano, and he was fond of partaking
in their {ports and amufements. The exigencies of the re-
public in confequence of its wars had obliged him to borrow,
in hisown name, large fums, which the negligence or infide-
lity of his commercial agents and correfpondents rendered it
difficult for him to repay ; and a decree for the difcharge of
his debts out of the public treafury was neceflary to relieve
him from his embarraflments. From this period he deter-
mined to quit his mercantile concerns, for the improvement
of hiseftates under his own eye. He had a numerous fa-
mily, in the fettling of which he was as fuccefsful as an am-
bitious parent would generally defire. His eldeft fon Piero,
defigned for his own fucceffor in the Florentine ftate, was
fent, -at the age of fourteen, to vifit the pope, and cultivate
the family intereft of Rome. The object of his clofe con-
nection with the pontiff, and the profound refpe& which he
always teftilied for the holy fee, was the attainment).of the
favourite point of his ambition, the elevation of his iecond
fon Giovanni to the cardinalate, with the future profped of
his filling the papal chair. By means of inceffant applica-
tions, he prevailed upon the pope to confer upon Giovanni,
at the age of thirteen, the high dignity of one of the
princes of the Roman church, which was unquettionably
a flagrant violation of decorum, difhonourable to both 3

s “Tt

MED

«Tt was,” fays one of the biographers of Lorenzo, “a
deferved confequence of this proftitution of ecclefiattical
honours, that this cardinal, when arrived at the popedom,
fhould, by his levity and extravagance, have given the imme-
diate occafion to that defection from the church of Rome,
which has fo much reduced her power and authority.” (For
a farther account of this pontiff, the reader is referred to
Leo X.) Of his other children, Giuliano became allied to
the roval houfe of France, and obtained the title of the
duke of Nemours; and his daughters married into noble
families. f

In the year 1488, Lorenzo’s domettic comfort was much
impaired by the lofs of his wife. He wasat this time abfent
at the warm baths, which he was often obliged to ufe, on
account of a gouty complaint that feverely afflicted him, and
had made an early breach in his conftitution. In the inter-
vals of eafe and health, he appears to have flattered himfelf
with the expectation of enjoying the reward of his public
labours, and partaking of the general happinefs, which he
had fo effentially contributed to promote, in a peaceful and
dignified retirement, enlivened by focial amufements, by
philofophic ftudies, and literary purfuits. Thefe expecta-
tions were built tpon the moft fubftantial foundation, the
confcioufnefs that he had difcharged his more immediate
duties and engagements. ‘ Having,” fays he, ‘* now ob-
tained the object of my cares, I trult I may be allowed to
enjoy the {weets of leifure, to fhare the reputation of my
fellow-citizens, and to exult in the glory of my native place.”
This profpeét of relaxation and happinefs he was not def-
tined to realize. Early in the year 1492, the complaint
under which he laboured attacked him with additional vio-
lence, and while the attention of his phyficians was em-
ployed in adminiftering relief, he contracted a flow fever,
which efcaped their notice, until it was too late effectually
to oppofe its progrefs. He funk, almodt before his atten-
dants f{ufpeéted danger, into fucha {tate of debility, as totally
precluded all hopes of recovery. Having performed the
offices of the church, and adjuited with fincerity and deco-
rum his fpiritual concerns, he requefted a private interview
with his fon Piero, with whom he held a long and interelting
converfation on the ftate of the republic, the fituation of
his family, and the condu@ which it would be expedient
for him to purfue. When Lorenzo had relieved his mind
from the weight of its important concerns, he became more
fenfibly alive to the emotions of friendfhip. At this mo-
ment Politiano entered his chamber: Lorenzo heard his
voice, and raifing his languid arms, clafped the hands of his
friend in his own, and at the fame time {teadfattly regarded
him with a placid and even a cheerful countenance. Deeply
affected at this filent, but unequivocal proof of his ef-
teem, Politiano could not fupprefs his feelings, but, turning
his head afide, attempted, as muchas poffible, to conceal his
fobs and his tears. Perceiving his agitation, Lorenzo fill
continued to grafp his hand, as if intending to {peak to him
when his paffion had fubfided; but finding him unable to re-
fit its impulfe, he relaxed his hold, and Politiano, haftening
into an inner apartment, flung himfelf on a bed, and gave
way to his grief. Having at length compofed himfelf, he
returned to the chamber, when Lorenzo enquired with great
kindnefs why Pico of Mirandola had not once paid him a
vifit during his ficknefs. Politiano apologized for his friend,
by affuring Lorenzo that he had only been deterred by the
apprehenfion that his prefence might be troublefome. “ On
the contrary,” replied Lorenzo, * if his journey from the
city be not troublefome to him, I fhall rejoice to fee him be-
fore I take my final leave of you.”” Pico came, prepared with

pe

MED

a melancholy pleafure, to fhare, for the laft time, the intereft
of his converfation. Lorenzo expreffed his elteem for him
in the moft affectionate terms, profefling that he fhould meet
death with more cheerfulnefs after this laft interview. He
then changed the fubje& to more familiar and lively topics ;
and it was on this occafion that he expreffed, with fome
degree of jocularity, his wifhes that he could have obtained
areprieve, until he could have completed the library deftined
to the ufe of his auditors. This interview was fearcely ter-
minated, when the haughty prieft Savonarolo reminded him,
that it was his duty to bear death with fortitude, ‘* with cheer-
fulnefs,”? replied Lorenzo, ‘if fuch be the will of God."
His vivacity as well as his refignation were perceptible almof:
to the laft moment. Being afked, on taking a morfel of
food, how he relifhed it, *¢as a dying man always does,”
was his reply. Having affe€tionately embraced his furround-
ing friends, and fubmitted to the laft ceremonies of the
church, he became abforbed in meditation, occafionally re-
peating portions of fcripture, and maria his ejacu-
lations with elevated eyes and folemn geftures of his hands,
till the energies of life gradually declining, and prefling to
his lips a magnificent crucifix, he calmly expired, in the forty-
fourth year of his age. Few perfons of his condition have
filled fo contracted a {pace of life with fo much glory and
profperity.

In fumming up his character, Mr, Rotcoe fays, he is “ a
man who may be feleéted from all the charaGters of ancient
and modern hiftory, as exhibiting the moft remarkable in-
ftance of depth of penetration, verfatility of talent, and
comprehenfion of mind. Of the various occupations in
which Lorenzo engaged, there is not one in which he was
not eminently fuccefsful : but he was more particularly dif-
tinguifhed in thofe which juftly hold the firft rank in human
eftimation, The facility with which he turned from fubjects of
the higheft importance, to thofe of amufement and levity,
fuggeited to his countrymen the idea that he had two diftin&
fouls combined in one body. Even his moral character feems
to have partaken, in fome degree, of the fame diverfity ;
and his devotional poems are as ardent as his lighter pieces
are licentious. On all fides he touched the extremes of hu-
man character, and the powers of his mind were only
bounded by that impenetrable circle, which prefcribes the
limits of human nature.’

After all that we have faid of this great man, and his
grandfather Cofmo, thofe who .would rightly appreciate
their talents and various virtues, will confult the hfe of
Lorenzo De Medici by Mr. Rofcoe, of which the firft
chapter is chiefly devoted to Cofmo, the remainder of the
three volumes to Lorenzo and the fortunes of his houfe.

MEDICINA Musica, or the medicinal Power of Mufic;
being an eflay on the effets of finging, mufic, and dancing
on the human frame, revifed and corre&ted. To which is
annexed, a new eflay on the nature and cure of the f{pleen
and vapours, by Richard Browne, apothecary at Oakham,
in the county of Rutland, {mall 12mo, London, 1729.

This is the title of a fmall tra but little known; but as
it is not devoid of merit, we fhall give fome account of the
author's principles. We feared we fhould have had the old
ftories over again, of Orpheus, Linus, Amphion, and Ter-
pander; but their names do not once occur in the work,
‘The author does not afcribe any miraculous powers to mufic,
ag the Greeks, the Chinefe, and the Arabians have done ;
who pretend to cure many difeafes with the inftrument called
Oiid, refembling our lute :_ he only points out its mechanical
effects on the nerves and animal fpirits. He is moderate in
his demands, and modeft in hisaffertions. It is not elaborate

compofition,

MED

compofition, or exquifite performance, that is required to
operate the effects which he deferibes; but the dulce linimen
of Horace,

The gentle exercife of the lunge in finging, an well as the
gratification of the ear in hearing {weet tones well accented,
are among the preferiptions, And for this he only requires
the patient to have an ear well organized, andthe vocal per-
formance to confift of gay and lively ftrainy, fo that the body
and the mind may be reciprocally affected by the produétion
and fenfation of found. Asthe motion of the blood is ac-
celerated or returded during the rife or fall of the mercury in
the barometer; fo in finging, the preflure of the air upon
the lungs is greater than in common refpiration.

The author fupports his opinions ably and anatomically,
He feems to have loved and underftood mutic, though he
never {peaks of it with the enthufiafm of a rapturift.

Among the poflible evils of too frequent and too violent ex-
ercife of the lungs, we with the author had cautioned parents
not to let their children, whatever difpofition they may dif-
cover for finging, begin to exercife the voice ferioufly in dif-
ficult fongs, or /olfeggios, till arrived at their teens: as we
have frequently known a promifing voice fung away, by
tearing and {training the vocal organ beyond its power. Let
them hum a tune, or fing a light and pleafing ballad if
they pleafe ; but leave different intervals, and long and high
notes, to a more robuit and mature age.

In afthmatic complaints, when the tone of the {tomach is
relaxed, and appetite fails ; and in nervous diforders, as mufic
raifes the {pirits, and diverts our attention from ourfelves and
our woes, real or imaginary, finging is not only amufing but
falutary.

The author, however, feems to think that nervons and
low-{pirited perfons fhould refrain from pathetic, melancholy,
and languid airs, which, inftead of exhilarating and enlivening
the fpirits, rather tend to their depreffion. Buton the con-
trary, in afflition, pain, and forrow, as wellas in hypochon-
driac and calamitous cafes, when gay and lively mufic is to the
faft degree offenfive, we rather enkitt with thofe who think
grave mufic, if it cannot radically cure, can footh, alleviate,
and afford a temporary relief.

And among the medicinal effets of modern mufic that
border on the marvellous, we read in the memoirs’ of the
Acad. des Sciences at Paris, that a mufician was cured of a
violent fever, by a concert of well feleted and well executed
mufic in his bed-chamber. Avnd the effe&t which Farinelli’s
finging had on Philip V. king of ;Spain, who like Saul
feemed to have been troubled with an evil {pirit, has never
been difputed. "

As to the author’s Medicina Gymmajlica, as a {pecific for
fpleen, vapours, and hypochondriac affections, we fhall leave
bs confideration of thefe myfterious diforders to the profound
fons of AEfculapius, who peradventure may be perfectly

uainted with their nature and exiftence. Mr. Browne, who
has not defined them very clearly, prefcribes, however, after
other preparatory medicines, dancing to a good band of
mufic for the completion of the cure. And as the mufic
is meant to exhilarate and excite motion, the whole procefs
feems reduced to the two mott fimple of all Hygeia’s agents,
Air and Evxercife.
Tothefe Armitrong adds Sun-/hine.
“© Cheer'd by thy kind invigorating warmth,
We court thy beams, great majelty of day !
If not the foul, the regent of this world,
Firft-born of heaven, and only lefs than God!”

MEDICINAL Warers. See Warers.

MED

Menieinar Sacculus, See Saccurus,

MEDICINE, Mepicina, from mederi, to heal or cure,
is the art of reftoring health to the fick.

It muft be obvious, from a flight confideration of the
fubjeét, that various and complicated knowledge muft con-
fpire to give perfeétion to this art. [t is not from the la-
bours of an individual, though he were an Efculapius, nor
even from the united colleétions of an age, that the nature
and means of curing the diforders of the animal frame can be
fully afcertained. For, to trace the matter in detail, it is
neceflary to be previoufly acquainted with the ftruéture of
the animal machine, or with the anatomy of the body ; and
likewife with the ufes and a@ions of its various organs, ina
flate of health, the knowledge of which conftitutes the
fcience of phyfiology. But to the proper cultivation of this
fcience, a previous knowledge of many other departments of
fcience is abfolutely neceflary. Almott every branch of na-
tural philofophy, indeed, contributes to the explanation of
the functions of the animal economy. The ufes of the eye
are intelligible only upon the principles of optics, as applied
to inorganic inftruments; the funétions of the ear upon thofe
of acouflics ; and the various mechanical operations of the
body, fuch as thofe of mufcular motion, the circulation of
the fluids, the aétion of refpiration, &c. upon the common
principles of mechanics and hydroflatics : not to mention the
numerous changes in the combinations and properties of the
fluids ; in the blood, as it paffes through the lungs; in the
food and drink, under the procefs of dh eftion ; and in the
various fecreted fluids, as the urine, milk, bile, &c.; for
the elucidation of which, the fcience of chemifiry lends its
aid. Upon thefe branches of knowledge the foundation of
medicine is laid ; but the fuperftruéture requires many addi-
tional materials for its ereGtion. The animal machine differs
materially from all other examples of mechanifm ; principally
in the poffeffion of a felf-futaining and felf-moving power,
upon which alone the operation of every external influence
mutt be direéted ; and from which refult many phenomena,
that belong exclufively to its conftitution, and are inex pli-
cable on any of the principles of mechanical or chemical
philofophy: but it differs likewife, fecondarily, in the cir-
cumftance that its motions are not (as in other machines)
expofed to our view; that we cannot remove, repair, and
renew, (asin them,) thofe parts or organs which become
inadequate to their fun@tions, and cannet fufpend the mo-
tion of the whole but for a moment, without the imminent
rifk of ftopping it for ever. Hence then, in addition to the
principles of mere mechanifm, the ftudy of the animal con-
ftitution includes a feries of minute obfervations on thofe
phenomena, which are the refult of /ife; and this ftudy is
neceffarily rendered more obfcure and difficult, from the cir-
cumitance laft alluded to: for the internal operations of the
vital machine, not being dire€tly cognizable, can only be
afcertained by indire& inference from external and obvious
figns or fymptoms. Thefe figns or fymptoms, therefore,
are the fole objeét of the examination of the pratifers of the
art of medicine, and the fole guides of their proceedings.
But as the exiftence and the nature of difeafe are known
only by a comparifon of thofe figns, which are exhibited by
the body in health, with thofe which occur in difeafe ; fo
the ftudy of fymptoms includes not only the {cience of ga-
thology, but alfo a knowledge of the various semperaments, as
they have been called, or of thofe various appearances of
the ftructure, complexion, fize, ftrength, &c. which are all
compatible with health. (See Temperament.) The
figns of the refpettive difeafes of the different organs of the
body we have detailed a their proper appellations, ~

2

MEDICINE.

the various articles in medicine and furgery ; and a feries of
the figns which are to be inveftigated, as the indications of
difeafe in general, will be found under the article Disrase.

Poffeffed, however, of this knowledge, we fhould {till be
little more than ufelefs, though learned, fpetators of the
phenomena of difeafe, if we were ignorant of all means of
controlling the actions of the vital power. The art of medi-
cine, then, obvioufly requires alfoa knowledge of the va-
rious produétions of the material world, and of their pro-
perties, #. . their agency upon the animal fyltem : for thefe
produétions afford the inftruments by which alone art can
effect any phyfical change in its condition. A feries of
ages would be requifite to teach mankind the phyfical pro-
perties of the animal, vegetable, and minera) fubitances, by
which they are furrounded ; and the nature of many of them
could only be afcertained by accidental trials, from the
fatality, injury, or benefit derived from which, a flow but
multiplying experience would ultimately arife. ‘ Hee
fimiliaque cum quotidie inciderent, diligentes homines no-
taffe, que plerumque melius refponderent ; deinde egrotan-
tibus ea precipere cepiffe: fic medicinam ortam, {fubinde
aliorum falute, aliorum interitu, perniciofa difcernentem a
falutaribus.” (Celfus. Pref.) The knowledge of the ma-
teria medica has thus been gradually brought to that com-
prehenfive extent, in which it exifls at prefent, by a long
feries of experiments, aided by the refearches of travellers
and naturalilts, and by the difcoveries and combinations of
chemitts.

The progrefs.of the art of medicine, however, as Celfus
has intimated, was the reverfe of the foregoing ftatement.
« Repertis deinde medicine remediis, homines de rationibus
eorum diflerere czpifle; nec pot rationem, medicinam effe
inventam ; fed poft inventam medicinam, rationem efle que-
fitam.” (Loc. cit.) The hiftory of the progrefs of medi-
cine is, in fact, principally a hiftory of thofe reafonings, or
hypothetical fyftems, adopted by different individuals and
their followers ; and thefe confifted chiefly in transferring to
the fcience of life the doétrines of the collateral departments
of philofophy, which were fucceflively cultivated, as the
following {ketch will evince.

Mentcine, Hiffory of. The hiftory of medicine has for
its obje& to defcribe the origin and progrefs of the art, and
to inveftigate the caufes and confequences of the different
revolutions which it has undergone.

Some authors have waited much time and learning in at-
tempting to depié the firit origin. of phyfic. Thus Schulze,
a writer of great erudition, who was profeffor at Altorf in
the beginning of the 18th century, has traced it to the fall
of man; fhewing, with great gravity, what obfervations
Adam and Eve were likely to make on the fubjeé of their
natural appetites, and the evacuations which followed their
indulgence ; what\a rich ftore of phyfiological knowledge
they would colle@, ‘-quum: fe mutuo conterplarentur,
quum ampleéterentur, coirent ;”? and how probable it is,
that .\dam, yielding to the neceffity of the occafion, ‘ labo-
ranti amice,; obftetricias manus adhibuiffe, ficque chirurgiz
primam forte operationem: exercuiffe!”? Even Le Clerc
thinks it neceffary to difenfs the queftion, «Si la médécine
eft venue immediatement de Dieu’? and to fhew, that the
firft man mutt have beenalfo the firft phyfician. And Bram-
billa, a furgeon of fome repute at Vienna, afferts that Tubal
Gain was the inventor and manufaGurer of feveral furgical
inftruments; whence he endeavours to prove the greater an-
tiquity of furgery!

It. is evident, however, that medicine muft have had a
very vearly origin: for mankind, even in the moft uncivilized

ages of the world, would foon be led to remark the more or
lefs agreeable, and more or lefs falubrious, qualities of the
different articles of their food ; and expofed, as they would
be, in the common courfe of things, to a variety of acci-
dents, they would, by degrees, learn the means of alleviating
the pain, or averting the confequences of the more ufual ex-
ternal injuries. They would thus, in procefs of time, form
to themfelves certain dietetic maxims and rules, for the
treatment of thofe difeafes to which they found them-
felves liable. Their materia medica would probably, at
firft, confift of only a few herbs, which they had difcovered
to be efficacious in fupprefling hemorrhage, and in healing
wounds, or to which they imputed virtues, real or ima-
ginary, in the cure of internal complaints; but all the con-
comitant circumftances, under which they had obferved re-
covery, in any doubtful cafe, to take place, would be
regarded as indifpenfable in every fimilar cafe, and would be
imitated accordingly. ‘*'Tunc non fanabat medicina,”’ as
Meibomius fhrewdly remarks, ‘ fed quidquid videbatur fa-
nafle erat medicina.”? Unacquainted, however, with the
economy of the human body, and unable, for the moft part,
to trace the progrefs of difeafe, they would afcribe the more
fatal internal diforders to the powers of forcery, or to the
wrath of thofe deities whom they had been taught to fear 5
and would refort, for their cure, to thofe rites and cere-
monies by which they conceived they could break the charm,
and pacify the offended gods. Hence would arife various
fuperititious pra&tices, which would be handed down from
one generation to another, and of which the priefts and
magicians of the communities would gladly avail themfelves,
as affording them the means of extending their influence.
Such we may conceive to have been the origin of the medical
art; and fuch nearly is its condition at the prefent day,
among the favages of Africa and America, New Holland,
Zealand, &c. See Winterbottom’s Account of the native
Africans in the Neighbourhood of Sierra Leone, yol. ii-
Millar’s Difquifitions in the Hiftory of Medicine.

The Egyptians appear to have been the firft nation which
cultivated medicine in a fyftematic manner. Thouth, or
Taaut, (the Hermes Tri/megiflus of the Greeks,) who had
been, according to Diodorus, the fecretary of Ofiris, had
divine honours paid him, as the inventor of letters, and of
all ufeful arts and feciences. His do&rines were collected,
after his death, into a book, to which the title of «* Embre”’
(Scientia Caufalitatis) was given. A great part of this
work confifted of medical precepts, which the phyficians or
priefts were bound to obferve ftri@ly. If they followed the
direétions, and the patient happened to die, they were held
free from blame; but if they deviated in any manner from
the rules laid down, they were punifhable with death, what-
ever might be the iflue of the cafe. Another of the Egyp-
tian deities, Apis, is mentioned by fome as the inventor of
medicine; but greater influence is attributed to Serapis, whofe
moft ancient temple was at Memphis, and who was worfhipped
by the Greeks, as well as Egyptians, as prefiding over
health. In whatever way thefe divinities may be fuppofed
to have firft attra€ted the adoration of the people, it is cer-
tain that the priefts, from among whom the ancient kings
of Egypt were chofen, appropriated to themfelves the func-
tions of the medical art. The chief priefts exercifed what
was confidered as the higher branch of the profeflion, which
confifted of magic rites and prophefyings. They are the
wife men and magicians of whom Mofes fpeaks, and they
appear to have been very expert in their tricks. On the
Paftophori, or image-bearers, who were an inferior order of
the priefthood, devolved the tafk of ftudying the fix her-

metical

MEDICINE.

metical books on medicine, Thefe treated of the fru@ture
of the body, of difeafes in general, of furgical inftruments,
of materia medica, of difeates of the eyes, and of difeafes of
women, It was the office of the chief prielts to prognofti-
cate the courfe and event of the difeafe, while the paftophori
ereind the remedies as direéted in the facred books, As
the rank of the Egyptian prieits was hereditary, as the fon
received and obeyed implicitly the inftruétions of the father,
and as their knowledge was communicated to none but thofe
who had been adopted into their order, it is evident that
their medical knowledge would remain nearly ftationary. It
was obvioufly their intereit to teach the people, that all
difeafes proceeded from the immediate agency of the gods,
and were to be cured only by facrifices and offerings. They
concealed their art under the forms of religious ceremony,
and confequently we know very little concerning the details
of their practice. Judging, however, from the analogy of
other nations, we may infer that they left the cure of dif-
eafes, in a great meafure, to nature; and were content with
romoting the difcharges, which feemed to be indicated.
his opinion is in fome degree confirmed by the remarkable
circumitance which Ariftotle mentions, (Polit. lib. iii.)
viz. that it was contrary to their rules to venture upon any
ative treatment before the fourth day of the difeafe. We
have the teftimonies of Diodorus and Plutarch, that incuba-
tions were practifed in the temples of Ifis and Serapis; and
we learn from Pliny (lib. viii. c. 46.), that predittions of
life and death were delivered in thofe of Apis.
In the time of Herodotus, the ftate of phyfic in Egypt
feems to have been fomewhat altered. According to this
hiftorian, ‘every diftin& diftemper had its own phyfician, who
confined himfelf to the ftudy and cure of that, and meddled
with no other ; fo that all places were crowded with phy-
ficians ; for one clafs had the care of the eyes, another of the
head, another of the teeth, another of the ftomach, and
another of occult difeafes.” But Herodotus would fearcely
haye fpoken thus of the prieft-phyficians. We mutt there-
fore fuppofe that his defcription applies to the exoteric prac-
tice of medicine, as profefled by Jatralipte and others ; and
we are inclined, notwith{tanding the dogmatical commentary
of Warburton, to put a fomewhat fimilar interpretation on
the paflage of Genebs (c 1. v. 2.), in which it is faid, that
* Jofeph commanded his fervants, the PHYSICIANS, to em-
balm his father; and the pHysicians embalmed Ifrael.”
On the ftrength of this ufe of the word phyficians, the au-
thor of the divine legation |b. iv. § 3.) has amufed him-
felf with forming an ideal picture of ‘* the grandeur, luxury,
and politenefs”” of the Egyptian people ; and the writer of
the article Mepicine in the Encyclopedia Britannica has
haftily concluded that the firft phyficians of Egypt were not
‘of the order of priefts; but, when we confider what muft
have been the ftate of medicine in Jofeph’s time ; and when
we find, that, long afterwards, the priefts of the Jews were,
properly fpeaking, their only phyficians, it will at once ap-
pear, how abfurd and untenable the above cited tranflation
of the original text is. It is far more probable, and it is cer-
tainly more confonant with all that we have learnt concern-
ing Egyptian hiltory, to believe that the —~ ‘457, whom Jo-
feph ordered “to embalm his father,” were merely embalmers,
or, as we might term them, undertakers. So, in fa&, they
are defignated in the feptuagint; Kas weortlazey Tuo ross
“waisiy autou, Tac HiPizsats, HiCiacas Tor waregx aviov. Kas
WeDiaoay 5 leDiasas tor “Ireauna. We know pretty accu-
rately in what manner the ceremony of embalming was per-
‘formed, and in what degree of eltimation the perfons who
executed the office were held ; we know, too, that among
the ancient Egyptians, there was a great divifion of labour,

and that no one was allowed to meddle with the trade or pro-
fellion of another; it is, therefore, not very likely that, if
Jofeph had been fo affluent as to retain a number of phy-
ficians in his fuite, a» Warburton fuppofes, they would have
condefcended, or been permitted, to embalm the body of hie
father. From the diitribution of medical praétice, as
deferibed by Herodotus, however, one might be difpofed
to infer, that the Egyptians had already made confiderable
advances in the art; but as they were, in a great meafure,
debarred from all opportunities of acquiring anatomical
knowledge, by the horror that purfued every one who cut
open a dead body; and as they laboured, befides, under
many other reftridtions in the cultivation of the fcience, this
could not poffibly have been the cafe. That the Egyptian
phyficians were even very unfkilful in the treatment of ex-
ternal complaints, is proved by what the author juft men-
tioned relates (lib. iii, c. 129.) concerning their inability to
cure a common luxation of the foot, which Darius, the fon
of Hyttafpes, had met with in hunting. They appear,
however, to have been acquainted with ae powers of fome
valuable remedies, as of fquills in dropfy, and of iron as a
tonic in cacheétic difeafes.

Medicine was eftablifhed on nearly the fame footing among
the Jews, as among the Egyptians. The priefts, forming
the only learned clafs, conftituted themfelves the fole judges
and phyficians of the people. Difeafes were believed to pro-
ceed from the wrath of “a jealous God ;” and prayer was
the chief means employed for their removal (Gen. xx. 17.
Numb. xii. 13.) ; an immediate revelation to Mofes even de-
clares, that if the people would give ear to the command-
ments of the Lord, and keep all his ftatutes, he would put
none of thofe difeafes upon them which he had brought upon
the Egyptians, for it was the Lord that healed them.
(Exod. xv. 26.) It would appear, however, from different
paflages of the Pentateuch, and, in particular, from the
enumeration of the different figns and varieties of leprofys
in Leviticus xiii., that the lawgiver of the Jews maft have
been, at leaft, a very accurate obferver. Some perfons have
concluded, that he muft have been alfo deeply {killed in che-
miftry, from his being able to diffolve the golden calf, in
the wildernefs, and from his changing the bitter waters of
Marah to {weet, by means of a certain wood ; but without
more particular information refpeéting the means which he
employed on thefe occafions, it is impoffible to form any ac-
curate eftimate of his chemical proficiency. In later times,
the prophets of the Jews fignalized themfelves by healing the
fick, raifing from the dead, and occafionally denouncing the
infliGtion of diftempers on thofe who had rebelled againit the
law of God.

Recent refearches have fhewn, that, at a very early period
of hiftory, the inhabitants of Hindooftan had made great
progrefs in feveral branches of phyfical fcience, but there
does not aprear to be any reafon for believing that in the art
of curing difeafes, they were fuperior to dhe Eurecinadingd na-
tions. According to Strabo (lib. xv.), they trufted chiefly
to diet, and to external applications ; the fuperintendance of
the fick was committed in the towns to a particular deferip-
tion of magiftrates, under whofe infpeftion the Samaneans
(Sauavasor) were permitted to praétife. A law prevailed,
that whoever difcovered a poifon, was bound to keep it
fecret till he had found an antidote to it; if he fucceeded
in difcovering the latter, he was rewarded with great- ho-
nours; but if he made known the poifon without the anti-
dote, he was punifhed with death.

Under the defpotic government of China, whatever its
admirers may choofe to fay, and whatever degree of anti-
quity they may afcribe to its inftitutions, it was utterly im-

poffible

MEDICINE.

poflible that the liberal arts could attain any high improve-
ment,
and faid to have been compofed 4000 years ago, but which
has been proved te be of much later origin, forms the guide
of the Chinefe phyficians. Formerly there were public
{chools in different parts of the empire, in which medicine
was taught in conjunction with aftrology; but thefe no
longer exilt ; and the art itfelf, as we learn from fir George
Staunton and other late travellers, is in a very degraded
flate. The Specimen Medicine Sinice, for which we are in-
debted to Cleyen, fufficiently proves that the Chinefe were
never acquainted with its fundamental principles.

There is a ftriking coincidence between the accounts
which have been given of the medical divinities among the
Greeks, and thofe of the Egyptians, though it may be
doubted whether the Greeks derived their knowledge of the
art from the latter people. Like the Ifis and Ofiris, Apollo
and Minerva became the gods of phyfic in Greece, and Or-
pkeus, who was faid to be the fon of Apollo and Calliope,
performed the part of Thouth ; inftruéting his countrymen
in the myfteries of religion, in poetry, and in medicine.
According to fome chronologifts, however, Melampus is
reported to have flourifhed confiderably before his time, and
to have diftinguifhed himfelf by his medical fkill ; of which
he gave a remarkable proof in the cure of the daughters of
Preetus, king of Argos, who were attacked with leprofy
and madnefs. Afterwards it would appear that all the chief
heroes of Greece, and particularly thofe of the Argonautic
and Trojan expeditions, were more or lefs verfed in the
phyfical art ; in which they are faid to have received their in-
ftru€tion from Chiron the Theffalian, furnamed the Centaur.
Cephalus, A®{culapius, Melanion, Neftor, Amphiaraus, Pe-
leus, Telamon, Meleagrus, Thefeus, Hippolytus, Pala-
medes, Ulyffes, Meneftheus, Diemedes, Caftor, Polydeuces,
Machaon, Podalirius, Antilochus, AZneas, and Achilles,
are all mentioned by Xenophon as the pupils of Chiron. Of
thefe by far the moft celebrated is E{culapius, or Afclepios,
the reputed fon of Apollo and Coronis.. He was probably
a Theffalian prince; and he is defcribed as_particularly
fuccefsful in the cure of external difeafes. That, indeed,
his merits muft have been very extraordinary for the age in
which he lived, feems proved by the fable, that Jupiter was
obliged to remove him from the world, to prevent the grow-
ing indifference of mankind towards the gods, and the defo-
Jation of Pluto's kingdom. Some time after his death,
divine honours began to be paid him; in confequence, chiefly,
of his defcendants devoting themfelves to the medical pro-
feffion ; pretending to have derived their knowledge imme-
diately from him, and afcribing all the cures which they ef-
feGed to his dire&t influence. His fons, Podalirius and Ma-
chaon, have acquired a durable celebrity from the mention
which the author of the Iliad has made of their furgical
fkill.

From the Trojan war till the age of Hippocrates, the
art of medicine continued chiefly in the hands of the prietts,
who exercifed it for their own profit in the temples of the
gods. In conformity with the fuperititious character of the
age, the patients were taught to expe¢t acure, or at leaft to
learn the means of obtaining it, in dreams, for which they
were previoufly prepared, or rather ftupefied, by a courfe of
impofing ceremonies. The temples were generally fituated
in the neighbourhood of rivers, or mineral {prings, and in
elevated fituations, where the influence of the frefh air, and
the beauty of the furrounding profpedts, were likely to ex-
eite cheerful ideas, and to conduce to the recovery of the
patient. Bathing was an indifpenfable part of the initiatory
procefs ; and this, conjoined with the ftri@ abftinence which

The medical code, which is afcribed to Hoangti, _

was enforced, doubtlefs often effeted a cure. When re-
covery took place, the patients were led, from gratitude, to
prefent various offerings to the deity of the place ; fometimes
pieces of money were thrown into the {pring where they had
bathed, or from which they had drunk; at other times
drawings and images of the difeafed parts, or tablets deferip-
tive of the diforder and cure, together with the names of the
patients, were f{ufpended in the temples. ‘Thefe narratives,
fome of which have been refcued from oblivion by the in-
duftry of Griiter (Corp. Infcript.), muft have doubtlefs
contributed to the progrefs of the art, and fupplied the fuc-
ceffive generations of priefts with fome uleful praétical ob-
fervations. ‘The temples in which they were recorded, par-
ticularly thofe of the Afclepiades, became, in fa@, fo many
medical fchools, differing however from one another, and
that often materially, in their doctrines and practice. ‘Thus,
the Cnidian {chool diftinguifhed itfelf by its ttriét empiricifm ;
while that of Cos had more of a dogmatical chara&er, laying
much ftrefs on the knowledge of the exciting caufes, and
the prognofis of difeafe, and purfuing a more methodic and
rational mode of treatment. The former produced Eury-
phon, the author of the Typos Kwdict, and Ctefias, of whofe
Perfian hiftory fome fragments have been preferved by Pho-
tius; in the latter was developed the genius of Hippo-
crates.

Atfirft, they were only the aGtual defcendants of AEiculapius
who were inftruéted in the art: afterwards other perfons
were admitted as pupils, having previoufly undergone a par-
ticular initiation, and bound themfelves by an oath to con-
ferm to the rules of the Afcleprades. Some philofophers of
comprehenfive genius, however, accuftomed to fpeculate on
the origin of things, the nature of man, &c. had already
begun to extend their refearches to medicine, and fucceeded
in ref{cuing the itudy, toa certain degree, from the dominion
of the priefts. Of thefe benefactors of their race, no one is
more deferving of mention than Pythagoras, who, after vi-
fiting Egypt and India in queft of knowledge, returned to
his own country and eftablifhed the {chool of Crotona. He
applied himfelf to the ftudy of the animal economy ; intro-
duced a regular fyltem of dietetics ; and did not negleé the
practice of medicine. His attempts to explain every thing
by the power of numbers, were, indeed, fufficiently ridi-
culous ; and his therapeutical maxims differed fcarcely from
thofe of the temples ; but the rules of regimen which he incul-
cated were, generally fpeaking, very judicious, and implied
conliderable powers of obfervation ; though they have, no
doubt, been carried to an extravagant length by his followers.
Among his immediate difciples, Alcmzon is celebrated as
the inventor of anatomy ; and though his knowledge of the
internal ftru€ture of the human frame may be difputed, yet
the concurring teftimonies of Ariftotle, Diogenes, and Plu-
tarch, abundantly prove that he made no inconfiderable figure
as a comparative anatomift. He is alfo the author of the
firft theory of fleep. ‘When the blood,” he fays, «* returns
into the larger blood-veffels, fleep is induced: when it is
again diftributed, waking occurs ; but a complete congeflion
is followed by death.’? (Plutarch de Plac. Philof. lib. v.
c.23.) Empedocles was another diftinguifhed adherent of
the Pythagorean fe&t. See EmpEpoc.es.

Betides thefe philofophers, and the Afclepiadz, there
were, at this period, other perfens who devoted themfelves
to the profeflion of phyfic, and who occationally were re-
munerated by a fixed falary. Thus, Democetes of Crotona
was retained at the court of the Samian tyrant, Polycrates,
with an allowance of two talents yearly : being afterwards
taken prifoner, and carried as a flave into Perfia, he acquired

great repute by curing Darius of a fprained foot, after the

Egyptian

MEDICINE.

Egyptian phylicians had failed ; and alfo by his fuccefsful
treatment of a tumour of the breaft, under which Atoffa,
the daughter of Cyrus, and wife of Darius, had laboured
for a confiderable time, (Herod, ili, 133.) Such practi
tioners, from their wandering lives, were fometimes detig-
nated by the name of waiodwira. OF this clafs, one of the
moft confpicuous was Acron of Agrigentum, the contem-
orary and rival of Empedocles, refpecting whom Pliny has
allen into a flrange error, in deferibing him as the eels of
the empiric feet * under the fan&tion of Empedocles,"" Ac-
cording to Diogenes, he was the author of fome books on
medicine and dietetics, written in the Doric dialeét ; and he
fignalixed himfelf at Athens, in the time of the great plague,
by introducing the practice of fumigations (mug x:Arvorlx
uy Fors vorwry), and thus affording relief to many.
Met ut. de Ifid. et Ofir.) The gymnafia of ancient Greece
ecm alfo to have contributed to the improvement of the art.
It belonged to the gymnafiarch, or paleflrophylax, to regu-
late the dict of the youths who were trained in thefe femi-
naries; the yyuvasas were prefumed to be converfant with
difeafes ; and it was the bufinefs of the aula to perform
venefeSion, to drefs wounds, frafures, &c. They were fome-
times called phyficians. It was in thefe feminaries that the
mnattic fyftem of medicine originated, under the aufpices
SF tzeui of ‘Tarentum, and Herodicus of Selymbria. See
Heropicus.

The firft year of the eightieth Olympiad gave birth to
Hippocrates, the fecond of that name, wha was dettined to
effect a greater revolution in medical {cience than had hither-
to beenaccomplifhed, and whofe authority continued to be re-

rded with almoft implicit veneration by his fucceffors,
dating a period of more than two thoufand years. “ He faw,”
fays Mr. Cabanis, “ that too much, and yet not enongh,
had been done .for medicine ; and he accordingly feparated
it from philofophy, to which it had never been united by its
true and reciprocal relation. He brought the fcience back
again into its proper channel, that of rational experience.

owever, as he himfelf obferves, he introdaced both thefe
{ciences into each other, for he confidered them as infeparable;
but he affigned to them relations which were altogether new.
In fhort, Tr freed medicine from falfe theories, and formed
for it new and folid fyftems : this, he with juftice faid, was
to render medicine philofophical. On the other hand,
he elucidated moral and natural philofophy by the light of
medical f{cience. This we may, with propriety, call with
him the introduction of the one into the other.

¢ The new fpirit of improvement, which was thus commu-
nicated to medicine, refembled a fudden light that difpels the
phantoms of darknefs, and reftores to bodies their a
figure and natural colour. By rejeéting the errors of former
ages, Hippocrates learned more fully to avail himfelf of the
wteful part of their labours. The conneétion and dependence,
beth of the faéts which had been obferved, and of the con-
clufions which had been legitimately deduced from their
comparifon, were now perceived with a degree of evidence,
which, till then, had been unknown. All the difcoveries
were certainly not yet made; but from that moment inqui-
rers began to purfue the only path which can condué to
them ; from that moment, if they had been able to preferve
themfelves from delufion, they would have poffeffed fure
means of eftimating, with precifion, the new ideas which
time was deftined to develope ; andif the difciples of Hip-

ocrates had diiderftood his leffons well, they might have
laid the foundation of that analytical philofophy, by the
aid of which the human mind will be henceforth enabled to
create to itfelf, as it were, daily, fome new and improved

methods of advancement,”” Coup d’CBil fur les Revolu-
tions, &c. de la Médécine, 76—78.

Unfortunately, however, for de rogrefs of the art, the
difciples of Hippocrates either did not “ underfland his
leffons,'"’ or, mifled by vanity, or other more ignoble paffions,
they foon deviated from the path which he had ftruck out.
Inftead of purfuing quietly the obfervation of nature, they
confumed their time in framing fanciful hypothefes to explain
her operations; inftead of fludying, in a fincere fpirit, the
works of the mafter whom they profeffed to worthip, they
fhamelefsly falfified his writings, in order to adapt them to
their own peculiar views, fo that it has become, as we have
already had occafion to thew, (fee Hirvocnares,) a matter
of no {mall difficulty to diftinguith the genuine from the
{purious compofitions that have been aferibed to the father
of medicine. But, notwithftanding thefe errors, it cannot
be doubted, that the genius of Hippocrates exerted a highly
beneficial influence on the minds of fucceeding inquirers ;
and that, without his writings fora guide, the fcience of
phyfic would have remained, for a much lonyer period, in a
ftate of infancy. “ Au lieu de ces! fyflémes, finon mear-
triers, du moins ridicules, qu'a enfantés la médécine mo-
derne pour les profcrire enfuite, on y trouve des faits bien
vus et bien rapprochés ; on y voit un fy{téme d’obfervations,
qn encore aujourdhui fert de bafe a V’art de guérir.’*

*Alembert, Mtahizes: iil. 271.

The Dogmatic fchool, of which Hippocrates has erro-
neoufly been confidered asthe head, was founded by his fons
Theffalus and Draco, and his fon-in-liw Polybus, who are
the reputed authors of many of the books that now pafs
under Piasgcerites" name. Polybus is mentioned by Arif-
totle as the compiler, at leaft in part, of the book « On
the Nature of Man,’’ which contains all the leading tenets of
the Dogmatifts, and which was regarded by Galen not as
the compofition of one individual, but as a colleétion of
fragments by different writers. Applying the myftical doc-
trines of the Platonic philofophy to medicine, the Dogma-
tifts proceeded upon the principle which has exerted fuch
baneful influence on the progrefs of fciencein general, viz.
“ that where obfervation failed, reafor might fuffice."” (De
Arte. Ed. Foef. 1657. p. 6.) They accordingly were led
to neglect the patient ftudy of nature ; and before they had
collected a fufficient ftore of faéts, they fondly imagined that
they had laid the foundation of an incontrovertible fyftem.
Hence it came, that, in their inquiries, fophiftry often
ufurped the place of obfervation, and futile hypothefis
was preferred to experience. In this way arofe a multitude
of feéts, who contributed little or nothing to the advance-
ment of the art, but, on the contrary, were daily mifleading
their followers more and more from the right path of refearch.
It is therefore highly unjuft to refer the origin of the
Dogmatic fchool to Hippocrates, in whofe genuine writings
it will be found that the moft oppofite principles are incul-
cated. For amore particular account of the doGrines of
this fe&, fee Enrrrric.

About the fame period, Endoxus of Cnidos introduced
the Pythazorean fyftem, and a modification of the Egyp-
tian practice, in which he was followed by his difciple Chry-
fippus. With the latter, cabbage and other vegetables were
the favourite remedies ; to purgatives and blood-letting he
had an averfion. One of the moft diftinguifhed men of the
age, however, was Diocles of Caryftus, whom Pliny (xxvi. 2.)
ranks as almoit equal to Hippocrates. He employed himfelf
in comparative anatomy, and corrected many errors of his
predeceffors: like the two laft mentioned phyficians, he
united the do&trines of Pythagoras with medicine ; afcrib-

ing

MEDICINE.

ing great influence to the number feven and its combinations.
(Macrob, in Somn. Scip. i. 6.) He was alfo the inventor
of a furgical inftrument for the extraétion of arrows, called
after him Diocleus graphifcus. His contemporary, Praxagoras
of Cos, is not lefs deferving of notice on account of his
anatomical labours, being the firft perfon who eftablifhed the
diftin&tion of arteries and veins, and who demonttrated the
abfence of cotyledons in the human uterus ; whence Sprengel
(Gefchichte der Arzneikunde, i. 549.) has with great plau-
fibility conjeGtured, that diffeGtions of the human fubje&
could not have been, at that time, entirely unknown. Prax-
agoras alfo introduced the doérine of the pulfe, and re-
duced the humoral pathology to a more regular fyftem: he
made frequent ufe of venefeCtion, particularly in hemorrhage,
and was a bold furgical operator; for he fcrupled not, as
Czlius Aurelianus informs us, to lay open the abdomen, and
divide the inte/tinum refum, in the iliac paffion, in order to
remove the accumulated faces.

Many circumftances had now concurred to favour the ad-
vancement of natural knowledge. The {pirit of inquiry,
which the early philofophers had excited, was cherifhed by
the eftablifhment of fo many rival fchools; but, above all,
by the number of learned men, who arofe to adorn and in-
ftru& the world. Within the fhort fpace of a century ap-
peared Ariftotle, Pyrrho, Theophraftus, Zeno, and Epi-
curus, all of them endowed with tranfcendent genius, and
confpicuous for their zeal in the caufe of fcience. The in-
fluence which they exerted on the charaéter of their age was
accordingly very great: While Ariftotle applied himfelf,
with the moft fignal fuccefs, to all the branches of moral
and phyfical refearch, and his pupil Theophraftus laid the
foundation of true botanical {cience; Zeno and Epicurus
developed thofe beautiful fyftems of ethics, which tranfport-
ed their contemporaries, and which ftill, in fome meafure,
divide the minds of men. However remote from medicine
the f{peculations of moralifts may at firft fight appear, a
little obfervation will teach us, that the phyficians of almoft
every age have allowed themfelves to be carried along by the
current of prevailing opinions. In the epoch of which we
are now writing, the tenets of Pyrrho and Epicurus were
eagerly feized upon by the empirical feét, as favouring their
peculiar views; while the itoical fyftem gave new ftrength
to the dogmatifts, particularly by the introduétion of the
dialeGtic method.

The eftablifhment of a magnificent library and mufeum
of natural hiftory at Alexandria, and: the liberal patronage
which learning there received from the Ptolemies, rendered
that city the chief refort of men of fcience from all parts of
the world, and the great emporium of literature. In confe-
quence, the Alexandrian fchool foon eclipfed all the rival
feminaries, and produced a fucceffion of eminent phyficians ;
among whom Herophilus and Erafiftratus are entitled to
the firft place, on account of their important contributions
to anatomical knowledge. (See their refpective articles, )
It was in their time, and probably at Alexandria, that the
memorable divifion of the art into three branches took
place: ‘‘ lifdem temporibus, in tres ‘partes medicina di-
duéa eft, ut una effet, que victu, altera que medicamentis,
tertia que manu mederetur.” (Celf. 1.1.) | But, however
much this diftribution of practice was calculated to accele-
rate the progrefs of medical fcience, in all its different parts,
it does not appear that the immediate fucceflors of Hero-
philus and Erafiftratus turned the circumftance to great
account ; though Celfus affirms, that furgery improved ra-
pidly after its feparation. Lib. vii. Pref

Of the eftablifhment and dotrines of the Empirical fe&

we have already given a fufficiently minute view under the
proper article. We have there fhewn how decidedly the
principles of this {chool were oppofed to thofe of the
Dogmatifts; and that there was fomething more than a
.mere difpute of words between them, as fome writers main-
tain. Notwithftanding, however, all their points of variance ;
notwithftanding the violence and bitter animofity which the
contending parties difplayed in their controverfies; it was
found, that when they came to apply their refpetive prin-
ciples to prattice, and to determine on the treatment of
difeafe, all differences, ina great meafure, vanifhed. Nor
was this to be wondered at: for the dogmatifts, though
they indulged too much in hypothetical reafoning, did not
altogether negle& obfervation, and were confequently more
or lefs guided by the fame leffons of experience, on which
the empirics founded their therapeutical maxims. The
fame remark will be found to apply to almoft all the fects
which have acquired any confequence in the medical world.
In the article laft referred to, Heraclides of Tarentum
has been mentioned as one of the adherents of the empi-
rical fchool; but he deviated from the ftri& empirics in this
refpeét, that he did not negleé& the inveftigation of the hid-
den and remote caufes of difeafe. His praétice in fome
of the moft dangerous difeafes, as phrenitis, lethargy, cy-
nanche, tetanus, and cholera, (for the defcription oP which
we are indebted to Czlius Aurelianus,) feems to have been
highly judicious. To the materia medica he contributed
largely: he wrote a treatife on the compofition of medi-
cines, in which he obferved the praifeworthy maxim of no-
ticing only fuch remedies as he had adminiftered himfelf,
He is alfo reported tu have poffeffed no inconfiderable {kill
in furgery ; and, on the whole, he appears to have fully
merited the eulogies of Galen and Aurelianus, the latter of
which ftyles him empiricorum princeps. After his death, the
ftudy of the materia medica took a new direétion, in confe-
quence of the attention that was paid to the fubjet of
poifons and their antidotes, by the kings of Pergamus and
Pontus. The antidote which was invented by the latter
is well known, though its efficacy has never been proved.
Even Serenus, who is in general fufficiently credulous, feems
to have had no very high opinion of its virtues.

¢s Antidotus vero multis Mithridatica fertur
Confociata modis, fed Magnus f{erinia regis
Cum caperet victor, vilem deprehendit in illis
Synthefin, et vulgata fatis medicamina rift.” Cap. Ix.

Nicander of Colophon, who was the contemporary of At-
talus, king of Pergamus, acquired great fame as a gram-
marian, a poet, anda phyfician. Of his works, only the
two treatifes in verfe, entitled Gzgiaxa and ArAcki®aeuaxx,
have been handed down to us, Though not abounding
in poetical merit, they difplay no mean acquaintance with
natural hiftory. ,

The Roman people, as Pliny affures us (xxix. 1.), had
continued without phyficians, if not without phyfic, during
a period of 600 years. On the occafion of a deftruétive
epidemic, in the year 463 A.U.C. however, they fent a
deputation to the temple of -Efculapius at Epidaurus. _ In-
ftead of an oracle, they received one of the facred ferpents,
and following the indication of its fpringing from the fhip
upon the ifland of the Tiber, they there founded a temple
to the god of medicine, and eftablifhed his worfhip on the
fame footing as at Epidaurus. Shortly afterwards, a tem-
ple was dedicated to the Grecian Hygeia, and the worlhip
of Ifis and Serapis was borrowed from the Egyptians :
but, befides thefe, the Romans had certain medical deities

2 quite

MEDICINE.

7 peculiar to themfelves, For example, on the Palatine
ount, there was a temple of the goddefs Febris, who pro-
bably received divine honours froma prevalent dread of the
difeafe, Tomafini, (in Grev Thelaur, Roman, Antiquit.
v. xii, p. 867.) has preferved the following infeription of a
votive tablet to this goddefy:

« Front pivae reont
SaNncT® resnt MAGNA”
CAMILLA AMUTA PRO
Finio MALE Arrecro pr.”

There was alfo a goddefs Offipaga, who prefided over the
growth of the bones, and one ttyled Carna, who took care
of the wifeera, and who had bean-broth and bacon offered
to her, as being the moft nutritious articles of diet. (Ma-
crob, Saturnal. lib, i, p. 123. ed. Ald.) The goddefs
Mephitis, who is mentioned by Tacitus, av worthipped at
Cremona, had probably the fame attributes as Febris.

With refpect to the quettion, which was fo warmly de-
bated in the beginning of the lalt century, (viz. Whether
the art of phyfic was exercifed by any other perfons than
flaves, or freedmen, in the earlier periods of Roman hif-
tory?) we would obferve, that the probability is againt the
f{uppolition, that it was fo. Certain it is, that the inferior
ontees of the profeffion, thofe Greeks, for example, who
were employed to perform venefeétion, to extract corns, or
draw teeth, were all dignified with the title of medici, in
the fame way as the Jatralipte were often ftyled ‘argo.

_ But that in time they raifed themfelves above this fervile
condition, is abundantly proved by the honour of eitizenfhip,
and other privileges, which were conferred upon them.
Archagathus is the firft perfon who is mentioned as per
come to Rome, of his own accord, to practife the art o
furgery. The fenate decreed him the freedom of the city,

purchafed for him a fhop in the Acilian crofsway; but
his cruel operations—* fevitia fecandi urendique’’—foon
brought him into difrepute, and eventually led to his ba-
nifhment, Pliny, loc. cit.

In the 654th year A.U.C., or 100 years before the
Chriftian era, Afclepiades, a native of Prufa in Bithynia,
who had ftudied at Alexandria and Athens, came to Rome
asa teacher of rhetoric: but not finding that profeflior
fufficiently lucrative, he fuddenly turned phyfician, and by
his confummate addrefs, in a fhort time, brought himfelf
into great notice. The prototype of all {ucceeding quacks,
Afeclepiades affected to contemn every thing that had been
done before him—* omnia abdicavit ; totamque medicinam,
ad caufam revocando, conjeGturam fecit;’”? he ridiculed
Hippocrates for his patient obfervation of nature, and
called his fyftem a meditation on death, Saredov rider. His
fame, however, would have been incomplete, if he had not
introduced a fyftem of his own. Accordingly, taking, for
the bafis of it, the philofophy of Epicurus and Heraclides
of Pontus, he attempted to explain all the funétions of the
human body, and all the operations of health and difeafe,
by means of corpufcles and pores, éyxo and cog. Ana-
tomy was altogether neglected by him. In his practice, he
profeffed to be guided by the maxim ¢uto, celeriter, et jus
eunde: but though he flattered the caprices of his patients,
and foothed their complaints by the blandifhments of his
rhetoric ; yet we learn from Celfus (lib. iii. c. 4.), that he
fubjeGted them to many fevere mortifications ; keeping them,
for inftance, feveral days without drink or fleep, in the
early ftages of fever. That Adclepiades, however, pof-
feffed no mean talent for obfervation, is proved by his de-
fcription of difeafes, and by the divifion of them into acyte

Vou. XXIII.

and chronic, which appears to have originated with him.
The remedies which he employed were chiefly dictetical ;
but he was no enemy to phlebotomy, though he difeouraged
vomiting and purgation: inftead of the latter be recom-
mended clytters, He was a great advocate for the eflicacy
of fridtions, geflation, and other corporeal exercifess and
he feduloufly preferibed the ule of cold water externally
as well as internally ; though he probably ingratiated hum-
felf With the Romans more by his free adminiftration of
wine, in diforders where it had not formerly been allowed.
Sprengel fuppofes him to have been the inventor of the
fhower-bath, Tokina penfilis. Pliny, xxvi. c. 3.

Themifon of Laodicea, « difciple of Afclepiades, adopt-
ing the leading doétrines of his teacher, founded upon them
the Methodic fyttem, He difearded the fludy of remote
caufes, the theory of critical days, &c. as wholly ufelefs ;
and maintained, that all that was neceflary for the phyfician,
was an acquaintance with certain general conftituents of
difeafe. In his praétice he followed the foottteps of Af-
clepiades, firft famifhing his patients, and then endeavouring
to obviate the pa i i condition, which he had in-
duced, His fuccefs, however, would not appear to have been
very great, if we are to credit the infinuation contained in the
line of Juvenal,

“ Quot Themifon egros autumno occiderat uno.’

The objeé&t which the Methodic feé& had in view, feems to
have been the fimplification of the theory and praétice of
the art. The inveltigations of the Dogmatifts refpecting
occult caufes appeared to them to refit on too fallacious
grounds ; nor were they fatisfied with obferving the con-
curfus fymptomatum, like the Empirics : they therefore fteered
a middle courfe between the two, taking for the bafis of
their theory certain conditions of the {yftem, which are
common to different difeafes (quedam morborum communia,
xowornza) ; without confidering, as Sprengel well obferves,
that thefe conditions of the body are as often, if not more
frequently, concealed from view, than all the occult caufes
of the Dogmatifts. The earlier adherents of this fyitem
contended, that there were two general morbid conditions
to which all difeafes were referrible, viz. a ftate of con-
Srridion, and a ftate of relaxation; but they applied thefe
terms not, as it would appear, in the modern acceptation,
to particular organs, but to the body at large. Conform-
ably to this view of difeafe, all that the practitioner had
to do, was to find out, in each cafe, the morbid condition,
and to apply his remedies accordingly.: if it was a difeafe
of conftriétion, he prefcribed relaxing medicines; and if it
was one of relaxation, he employed aftringents. But it was
very foon difcovered, that thefe two ftates would not com-
prehend all difeafes: the Methodifts therefore invented a
third common condition, which they called the mired ftate.
“« We may form fome idea,” Mr. Cabanis obferves, «of
what they meant to defignate by the term difca/es of con-
Sridion, though it is certainly not fo intelligible to men
of feience, as it appears to the uninformed clafs; we may
alfo conceive the import of the phrafe relaxed fibres ; but it
is difficult to divine, what they could underitand by their
mixed fpecies, or how they could apply to practice this {pe-
culative notion, which is fo very fubtle, as to elude all clear
conception. Belides, is it nat evident, that almof all dif-
eafes belong to the mixed clafs, or may be referred to it?
For this word, if it fignify any thing, muft mean an ine-
quality of tone inthe different organs, or an irregular déftribu-
tion of the vital power. Now the majority of difeafes pre.
fent the general phenomenon of a derangement of equili-
T hrium,

MEDICINE.

brium, or irregular expenditure of living energy. In thofe
cafes, in which thefe deviations from the healthy ftandard
are lefs obvious, an obferving eye may {till perceive them ;
and, perhaps, there is no difeafe in which a deficiency of

equilibrium is not, in fome degree, manifeited, whether it be ©

in the tone of the different organs, or in the exercife of
life, and diftribution of the fenfibility of the fyftem. Thus
then, the mixed /pecies of the Methodic fe&t, by compre-
hending every thing, becomes, in faét, applicable to nothing.”
Loc. cit. p. 100.

Notwithftanding the juftice of thefe ftri€tures, it cannot
be denied, that the doétrines in queftion had, in one point
of view, a beneficial tendency, viz. by obliging phyficians
to ftudy more attentively, than they had hitherto been ac-
cuftomed to do, the different indications of difeafe. If the
Methodifts had applied themfelves to the inveftigation of fuch
morbid conditions of the fyftem as were manifefted by the
fymptoms ; and if they had not rafhly attempted to fimplify
pathology, by ranging difeafes in two general claffes, ac-
cording to chara¢ters that were but partially applicable ;
their {choo] would have conduced {till more to the improve-
ment of the fcience of medicine. As to their mode of
practice, it may be obferved, that they wholly overlooked
the healing powers of the fyftem, and, without regard to
the peculiar circumitances of the cafe, or the nature of
the part affeGed, were folely intent on fulfilling thofe gene-
ral indications, that were conformable to their theory. It
is true, that they paid particular attention to days; not,
however, as connected with the doétrine of crifes, for
which, as we have already hinted, the founders of this fe&
entertained a marked contempt ; but only as affording them
a meafure of the duration of the diforder, and a guide for
the method of treatment.* In the firft days, they followed
the ftarving fyftem; afterwards they purfued the fuppofed
general indications of conftri€ting, or of relaxing: during
the exacerbation of the difeafe, they endeavoured to mode-
rate the violence of it; during its decline, they fupported
the powers of the fyftem by nutritive diet. This was their
mode of proceeding in all acute difeafes: but, in chronic
complaints to which it was lefs applicable, they had re-
courfe to what they termed the peracuyxeicsc, Or reincorpo-
ration, of which the profeffed obje& was to reftore the pro-
per relations between the atoms and pores, and for which
they prepared the patient by the ayaanlic, or refumptive
circle. It was, in fa&, little elfe than their practice in
acute difeafes reverfed,—they firft fought to ftrengthen the
patient by a generous diet, and then they adminiftered a
fucceffion of violent remedies, to fubdue the original ma-
lady. For the details of this mode of treatment, fee
Cel. Aurel. Chron. i. c. 1. ii. c. 13. 29. &e.

Among the difciples of Themifon, one Theffalus of
Trallis, a man of low birth and coarfe manners, made him-
felf confpicuous by the fhamelefs audacity with which he
fought to difparage the labours of others—arrogating to
himfelf the title of iareonxns, or conqueror of phyficians, and
that, it would appear, without the flighteft pretenfions
to either learning or talents. (Plin. ]. xxix. c. 1.) He
held forth, that he could qualify any one for a phyfician in
the {pace of fix months, and actually fucceeded in obtain-
ing a great number of pupils; but it was from among the
loweft order of artifans, fuch as rope-makers, weavers,
cooks, butchers, fullers, and fuch like. Thefe he took
with him to vifit his patients for the ftipulated time, and
then he conferred upon them the privilege of pra¢tifing for
themfelves, From his time it became the cuftom for the
Roman phyficians to vifit their patients attended by all

their pupils; in allufion to which, we have the epigram of
Martial :

« Languebam ; fed tu comitatus protinus ad me
Venifti, centum, Symmache, difcipulis.
Centum me tetigere manus aquilone gelate :
Non habui febrem, Symmache: nunc habeo !””

The methodic {chool acquired much greater repute from
the labours of Soranus and Czlius Aurelianus ; the former
a native of Ephefus, who had ftudied at Alexandria, and
came to Rome during the reign of Trajan; the latter an
African by birth. Free from the prejudices, which had
difgraced his predeceffors,.Soranus cultivated the ftudy of
anatomy, and wrote a book on the female organs of genera-
tion, which is ftill extant, and which difplays confiderable
acquaintance with the fubje&t. Many of his obfervations
on difeafe fhew, that he was poffeffed of great fagacity and
flrength of judgment. To Celius Aurelianus, on the others
hand, we are indebted for an account of his doétrines and
praétice, and for one of the beft works on medicine, which
have come to us from ancient times ; written, it is true, in
a barbarous ftyle, but highly deferving of perufal on ac-
count of the accurate defcription of difeafes, and the dif-
ferent methods of treatment, which it contains.

Anatomy and the other auxiliary fciences, though they
had been fo much negleéted by the methodifts, were now
receiving important additions from other quarters. Rufus
of Ephefus, who lived in the time of the emperor Trajan,
and whofe works have been edited by our countryman,
Clinch, applied himfelf zealoufly to the diffeGtion of ani-
mals, particularly of apes, and defcribed from analogy the
different organs of the human body. He traced the nerves
from their origin in the brain, and divided them into thofe
of fenfation and thofe of voluntary motion; he pointed
out the decuffation of the optic nerves at the infundibulum,
and he fpeaks of the capfule of the cryftalline lens, under
the appellation vn» Qaxoisdns. The heart he believed to be
the feat of life, of animal heat, and the caufe of pulfation,
and he fhewed the difference of ftruéture and capacity be-
tween the right and the left ventricle. The fpleen he held
to be an ufelefs organ. Marinus, whom Galen calls the re-

‘ftorer of anatomy, and to whofe labours he was himfelf

probably indebted for much of his knowledge on the fub-
je&, rendered till greater fervices to the fcience. He in-
veftigated the abforbent fyftem with great care, and dif-
covered the mefenteric glands ; he diftributed the nerves into
feven pairs: the N. palatinus (then called the fourth pair)
was firft defcribed by him; and he is faid to have been the
difcoverer alfo of the par vagum, which he termed the
fixth pair. His numerous writings have all perifhed.

The ftudy of the materia medica, and of the other
branches of natural hiftory, was profecuted with no lefs
vigour; and we owe to this epoch the invention of many
remedies, which are ftill retained in our pharmaceutical
fyftems. The elder Pliny, fecond only to Ariftotle in the
univerfality of his genius, but furpafling even that great
man in his infatiable thirft for knowledge, had collected in
his Hiftoria Mundi all that the ancients knew of natural
{cience. Diofcorides of Anazarba, devoting himfelf to bo-
tany and materia medica, produced a work, which ferved
for a guide in thefe fciences till a very late period. His
defcriptions of fome of the more valuable drugs, fuch as
myrrh, ladanum, aflafcetida, ammoniac, opium, iquills, and
their different preparations, are entitled to great praife.
The efficacy of feveral remedies, which he recommends, has
been admirably confirmed by later experience, fuch as -

4 the

MEDICINE.

the elm-bark in cutaneous difeafes, of potath as a caultic, of
the male fern omen worms, &c. &e, Some of the contem-
poraries of Diofcorides, as Scribonius Largus, Xenocrates,
and Andromachus, cultivated the materia medica, but with
lefa fuccefs, ‘To Menecrates, who lived in the reign of
Tiberius, and who, according to an infeription in Mont-
faucon, appears to have been the author of 155 books, we
are indebted for the invention of the diachy/on plailter ; and
Damocrates is well known as the author of feveral com-
plicated remedies, which bear his name. Herennius Philo,
of 'Tarfus, is mentioned by Galen as the inventor of an
anodvne compofition, called, after him, Philonium, and
which confilted of opium, ecuphorbium, and different aro-
matics ; and Afclepiades Pharmacion was the introducer of
numerous remedies from the animal kingdom, which, though
long honoured with a place in our pharmacopeias, have now
defervedly fallen into difrepute.

Before quitting this period of medical hiftory, it will be
neceflary to fay a few words refpeting two other fects,
which arofe foon after the eftablifhment of the methodic
{chool: we mean the Ecleétic and Pneumatic fe&ts. The
founder of the latter, Arifteeus of Cilicia, flourifhed as a
phyfician at Rome about the middle of the firft century,
and diftinguifhed himfelf by his oppofition to the tenets of
Afcle mateo, and his attachment to the Stoical fyftem: he
extended the theory of pre-exiflent germs ; treated the doc-
trine of the pulfe with dialeétic fubtlety, referring its varie-
ties to the exhalation of the mvu« from the heart and arte-
ries; and cultivated feveral branches of pathology ; but was
more fuccefsful in his dietetical refearches, particularly with
refpeét to the influence of the atmofphere. His pupil Aga-
thinus, endeavouring to reconcile his principles with thole
of the methodic and empiric fects, acquired the name of
the Epifynthetic or LEcle&tic, and thus eftablifhed the
Ecleétic fyitem, on which, however, he does not appear
to have conferred much repute by his own labours. That
merit was referved for Archigenes and Aretzus, who,
adopting the leading tenets of the Pneumatic theory, gave
it a more {cientific form, and enriched it by many valuable
obfervations. The former attempted to reform the lan-

uage of medicine, but without much effect; for even
Galen has occafion to complain of the obfcurity of his
phrafeology ; he was, befides, too fond of fubtleties: but
many of his praCtical obfervations, which Galen has re-
corded, are excellent. The merits of Aretzus, as a fkil-
ful and attentive obferver, and as an elegant defcriber of
difeafe, are familiar to every one. To Caflius, the Jatro-
fophift, another Ecle&ic, we are indebted for many valu-
able pathological remarks concerning the difeafes of affoci-
ation, and the fympathies of the nervous fyitem. ;

During this period, furgery received confiderable im-
provement ; particularly from the labours of Heliodorus
aod of Antyllus. Of the former, who was an eminent
furgeon at Rome, in the time of Trajan, Nicetas has pre-
ferved feveral praétical obfervations, on injuries of the head
and difeafes of the bones, which evince no mean proficiency
in his art. The latter is perhaps ftill more deferving of notice,
as being the firft who gives any account of the extraction of
the cataraét : he recommends this operation to be performed
while the catara&t is {mall, being of opinion, that, when
enlarged, it cannot be extracted without bringing the hu-
mours of the eye along with it. (Rhaz. Continent. lib. ii,
c. 3.) His direétions concerning the preparation of plaf-
ters and ointments, and concerning the choice of veins in
phlebotomy, are very minute. In dangerous cafes of cy-
nanche, he advifes bronchotomy; and in 4ernia bumoraks

he operated by incifion, Philagrius, who lived about the
time of Valens, appears to have been the firft who at-
tempted to extract a fone from the bladder by the
high operation, (Aét. Tetrab, iii. £. iii. c. 5.) ‘The laf
quoted author has alfo tranfmitted to us an account of the
furgical practice of one Leonides of Alexandria, whofe
obtervations on hernia, ferofula, and glandular fwellings, on
ulcers and warts of the genital organs, on hydrocele, and
on inflammation of the ferotum, thew confiderable difcern-
ment. In cancerous affe€tions of the breaft, he reforted to
amputation, and the actual cautery; in fflula, his method
of operation differed but little from that recommended by
Pott.

The art of medicine was advancing thus rapidly in all its
branches, when Galen appeared, a man of fignal talents,
who foon outftripped ali his competitors in the profeffion,
and divided with Hippocrates the admiration of the medical
world. «“ Endowed with a genius fufficiently compre-
henfive to embrace all the {ciences, and to cultivate them all
with equal fuccefs,” if we may borrow the language of
Cabanis, “ he, even in early infancy, gave proofs of un-
common capacity ; and while purfuing Fis youthful ftudies,
began to perceive the futility of the prevailing fyftems.
Diffatisfied with what his mafters taught him as incontro-
vertible truths, and as the immutable principles of the art,
he read Hippocrates’ works, and was ftruck, as it were,
with a new light. In comparing them with Nature, his
aftonifhment and admiration redoubled; and Hippocrates
and Nature thenceforth became the only preceptors to
whofe inftru€tions he would liften. He undertook the tafk
of commenting upon the writings of the father of me-
dicine; he ne ne his opinions in various lights, in which
they had not hitherto been regarded ; he repeated his obfer-
vations, he extended them, and fupported them with all the
aids which philofophy and phyfics were capable of afford-
ing them, either by the fimple comparifon of fats, or by
the collation of different theories, or, finally, by the com-
bination of different methods of reafoning. In fhort, Ga-
len revived the Hippocratic fyftem of medicine, and com-
municated to it a luitre, which it did not poffefs in its pri-
mitive fimplicity. But, at the fame time, what it gained in
his hands, mutt be allowed to have more the appearance of
drefs and ornament, than of real folid acquifition. The ob-
fervations which had been colle€&ted, and the rules which
had been laid down by Hippocrates, in afluming a more
{plendid and fyftematic form, loft much of their original
purity ; nature, whom the Coan phyfician had always fol-
lowed with fo much accuracy and caution, became obfcured,
and, as it were, ftifled, by the foreign pomp of various
{ciences and dogmas; and the art of medicine, overcharged,
as it already was, with fubtle and fuperfluous rules, became
entangled in a number of new and unneceflary difficulties.”
Q. c. p. 113.

Though poffeffed of more extenfive erudition than either
Hippocrates or Areteus, Galen was decidedly their inferior
asa pathological obferver ; not, however, fo much from any
defect of his mental powers, as from his attachment to falfe
theory. It was on the pfeudo-Hippocratic doftrines, par-
ticularly as developed in the book weg Quczws avIeure, that
he founded kis fyitem. Although, therefore, he profeffed
to follow Hippocrates, he did not always follow him in his
genuine fpirit. But all the departments of the art have
been enriched by his labours; to anatomy and phyfiology,
in particular, he made-many ufeful additions by the in-
formation which he colleGed in his travels, and by his affi-
duous difleGtions of the inferior animals. For the —

ag °

MEDICINE.

of his life and writings, and for an account of the fyftem
which took its name from him, fee Ganen and GALENICAL
Syfem.

Unfortunately the exertions of Galen, to preferve the
{cience in the path of improvement, were not feconded by
his immediate fucceffors. During a period of thirteen cen-
turies, medicine remained nearly ftationary, and, in fome
inftances, affumed even a retrograde courfe. The beft
writers who appeared among the Greeks, fuch as Oribafius,
Aétius, Alexander Trallianus, Paulus /gineta, Nicetas,
&c. contented themfelves, in a great meafure, with the merit
of compilation; while among the eaftern nations an unna-
tural union was attempted between medicine and the fa-
vourite ftudies of magic and aftrology. The Arabians,
from their vicinity to Alexandria, from their intereourfe with
the feé& of Neftorians and with the Greek philofophers, who
had been compelled by the perfecution of Juftinian to take
refuge in the Mahometan ftates, had acquired a tafte for
literature and the fciences. About the commencement of
the feventh century, the works of feveral of the Greek phi-
lofophers and phyficians were tranflated into Arabic, under
the patronage of the caliphs; feveral of whom were zealous
encouragers of learning. In the eighth century, the caliph
Almanfur eftablifhed an academy and hofpitals for the fick
at Bagdad, which foon became fo great a refort for men of
letters from all parts of the world, that, as Leo Africanus
affures us, it at one time contained fix thoufand. His fue-
ceffor, Harun-Arrafchid, patronifed the medical fchool of
Jondifabur, the teachers, in which were chiefly Neftorians ;
and both he and Almamun were unremitting in their ex-
ertions to procure tranflations from the Greek, and the fet-
tlement of men of feience in their dominions. But it was
in Spain that Arabian learning rofe to the higheft pitch,
and produced the moft brilliant fruits. The univerfity of
Cordova, which had been founded by Alhakem, became the
moft celebrated in the world, and maintained its repute for
a long, courfe of years. As early as the tenth century,
Cordova could boaft of the largeft library in the Weft; a
library of 250,000 books, and of which the catalogue is
faid to have filled forty-four volumes. In the twelfth cen-
tury, there’ were no lefs than feventy public hbraries in
Spain: Cordova had produced 150 authors, Almeria 52,
and Murcia 62. At Seville, at Toledo, and at Murcia,
academies were alfo eftablifhed, which continued to flourifh
during the whole period of the dominion of the Arabians.

Notwithftanding thefe numerous incitements to learning,
notwithftanding the multitude of authors which they pro-
duced, the labours of the Arabians in the field of fcience
were attended with’ but fmall fruits. Worfhipping the
authority of Ariftotle and of Galen, they confumed their
time in commenting upon thefe writers, and neglefted the
path of individual obfervation and experiment. T’o anatomy
they contributed nothing ; the tenets of their religion for-
bad all attempts at diffeGtion; and the only thing they
ventured upon was the infpeCtion of the fkeleton. Their
pathology, though disfigured by numberlefs extravagances,
wasenriched by the defcription of fome new difeafes, par-
ticularly of the {mail-pox, which, according to the Arabian
writers, broke out about the year 558, and of which the
firft account was given by Ahrun, the author of a work in
the Syriac tongue, intitled “* Pande&s.”’ Their pra@ice;
in as far as it deviated from the Grecian model, was mifera-
ble quackery. The only improvement deferving of notice
was the introdu@tion of lenitive medicines, in the place of
draltic purgatives, which had been too freely employed by'
the Greeks. A predileGtion for the wonderful led them te

cultivate with great affiduity the arts of aftrology and
urofeopy, and to deliver their judgments with all the airs of
prophefying. National prejudices, and a falfe delicacy, pre=
vented their making any progrefsin furgery ; and Albucafis
had much reafon to complain of the ignorance of his coun-
trymen in that department of the feience. In the auxiliary
arts of chemiftry and pharmacy they were more fuccefsful.
The former had been cultivated by the later Alexandrians,
principally with a view to the tranfmutation of metals; an
art which feemed to poffefs great attrations in the eyes of
the Arabians, and to which they accordingly applied them-
{elves with eagernefs. Geber, who lived in the commence-
ment of the eighth century, and who is faid to have been the
firft alchemiit of his nation, feems to have been acquainted with
various preparations of mercury, fuch as corrofive fublimate
and red precipitate, with the nitric acid, aqua regia, &c.
Pharmacy was an object of ftill greater attention among
them; and the Arabians have the credit of having fet the
fit example of publifhing regular difpenfatories, or col-
leGtions of authorized formule. The firlt pharmacopeia was
the produ€tion of one Sabon-ebn-Sahel, head mafter of the
academy of Jondifabur, and appeared towards the end of
the ninth century, under the title of “* Krabadin.” The
fhops of the Arabian apothecaries were placed under the
immediate fuperintendance of the magiftracy, who took care
that they fhould be provided with genuine drugs, and that
thefe fhould be fold at a reafonable price. Many of the phar-
maceutical terms {till employed are of Arabian origin, e. g.
alechol, naphtha, camphor, julep, fyrup, &c. &e. For a
more particular account of Arabian medicine, fee Sprengel,
G. d. A. Th. ii, f. 324-450 (2le Augs.) : the modes of
practice have been fufficiently defcribed by Freind.

If the Mahometans, generally fpeaking, contributed little
to the improvement of the fcience, they have yet more claims
on our gratitude than the Chriftian profeffors of the art
during the fame period. 'To the former we owe, in fome
meafure, the prefervation and diffufion of the writings of
the Greek phyficians: the latter did every thing in their
power to degrade the profeffion, and bring it back to its
condition in the moft barbarous times. ‘The clergy, a€tuated
by avaricious motives, feized upon the province of the phy-
fician, and the moit ignorant priefts and monks ventured
upon the practice of medicine, without any proper fiudy or
preparation. At length the evil became too crying to be
any longer endured; and the firft Lateran council, held
in 1123, forbad the regular clergy to vifit any longer the
fick. ‘he prohibition was repeated, in other terms, by the
council of Rheims, in 1131, and by the fecond general
Lateran council in 1139; and thofe monks and canons, who
applied themfelves to phyfic, ‘* ordinis fui propofitnm nul-
latenus attendentes, pro dete/fanda pecunia fanitatem pollicentes,””
were threatened with fevere penalties, and all bifhops, ab-
bots, and priors, who connived at their mifeondu€, were
ordered to be fufpended from their ecclefiaftieal fun&ions.
«But the French priefts and monks,”’ fays Cabanis, “ bade
defiance to thefe thunderiig anathemas ; and it was not till
three hundred years after, that common fenfe anda regard to
propriety and the peblic good, triumphed finally over their
artifices. A {pecial bull, procured by the cardinal d’Efton-
teville, which permitted phyfcians to marry, effeGted their
complete feparation from the clergy ; and, by this means
alone, put a {top to a variety of fhameful abufes.”” To the
honour of our own country, however, be it mentioned, that
thefe abufes do not appear to have prevailed to fuch an ex-
tent among us; but that, on the contrary, England could
reckon may fcientific men among its clergy, eyen as early

as

MEDICINE.

as the feventh and eighth centuries, whofe fame was fo
it as to procure them the chief literary appointments
road, ‘The learned fociety, which was formed at the court
of Charlemagne, confilted chiefly of Britons, with the cele-
brated Alcuin at their head ; and it would appear from the
verfes of the laft-mentiored perfonage, that the members
practifed medicine :
« Accurrunt medici tox Hippocratica teéta;
Hic venas fundit, herbas hic mifect in olla,
Tile coquit pultes, alter fed pocula prefert.’”
Carmin, 228.

The BenediGine monks of Salerno, in the Neapolitan
territory, after having exercifed the art for feveral cen-
turies, according to the talte of the age, and performed
many miraculous cures with the relics of St. Matthew and
other holy perfons, betook themfelves to the ftudy of the
Arabian and Grecian writers on phytic, but efpecially of
Galen, whom they efteemed the prince of phyficians ; and
by their fuccefsful labours procured for their retidence the
title of Civitas Medicine. In the wwelfth century, Salerno

arrived at its higheit fame ; and was much frequented by the
crufaders in their paflage to and from the Holy Land.
Among thefe, Robert, the fon of William the Conqueror,
had the honour of having the well-known * Regimen Sanitatis
Salerni’’ dedicated to him, In the year 1140, the emperor
Fréderic IL. conferred particular privileges on the fchool of
Salerno, and regulated the courfe of ftudies, and the pro-
bations which phyficians and furgeons fhould undergo be-
fore they were permitted to prattife.. Many of the ordi-
-mances fhew great judgment. The,Salernian fchool con-
tinued accordingly to flourifh till the middle of the four-
teenth century, when it appears to have begun to decline.
*¢ Fuiffe Salerni,’’ fays Petrarch, “* medicine fontem fama
eft ; fed nihil eft, qaod non femio exarefeat.”? Gariopontus,
Nicolaus, AEyidius, Enos, and John of Milan, the author
of the ‘* Regimen Sanitatis,”” are the chief :writers whom
this fchooh boatts.

Medicine was now generally taught in the univerfities. of
Europe, among which thofe of Montpellier, Paris, Bologna,
Padua, Ferrara, Pavia, Milan, and Piacenza, were the molt
diftinguifhed; but it was taught in a flavith fpirit of adhe-
rence to the dogmas of Galen and Hippocrates, and, what
was {till worfe, in combination with the fcholattic philofophy.
In 1271, the College of Surgeons at Paris was eftablifhed by

itard, a man who, according to Quefnay, was born for the
advancement of his art; and furgery was henceforth cultivated
with much fuccefs in France, as 2 diftinet branch of the
profeffion. Several writers on phyfic appeared in England;
among whom Gilbert has the merit of having furnifhed the
beft defeription of the leprofy of the middle ages; but he
trod in the footiteps of the Arabians, and gave into the
{chola‘tic ityle. “fhe {ame remark applies to Ins fucceffors,
John of St. Giles, Richard of Windermere, Nicolas Favr-
neham, John of Gaddefden, &c. It wasin Ivaly that medical
f{eience was revived ia the trueft fpirit. In the year 375,

Mondini de’ Luzzi, profeffor at Bologna, aftonifhed: the

whole world, tovwie Vicq d’Azyr’sexpreiiion,. by the public
diffeGtion of twovhuman bedies. His example was foilowed
in other univerfities; but the utility of the practice was ina
great degree fruttra'ed by the predilection for ancient opi-
nions, which made the anatomi(ls of the age lefs anxious to
difcover facts, than to reconcile the appearances which they
obferved with the dogmas of Galen and Avicenna. An
abfurd bullof pope Boniface V LIT. forbidding the maceration
and preparation of {keletons, alfo concurred to: impede the
progrefs of anatomy (Blumenbach, Hiit. Med. Litterar.

Pp. 99-) : but from this time forward, the Italian profeffors
maintained a high repute for anatomical feience, and have
ranked among the molt zealous contributors to oor know-
ledge of rt, aoe frame.

‘hough the crufades had conferred no direét benefits on
{cience, but, on the contrary, had tended to prolong the
of prejadice and folly, they had given a new impulfe to ma
human mind, by the fpirit of commerce which they excited.
They were alfo the oceafion of the rapid {preeding of leprofy
and fome other difeafes in the Wet, and of the confequent
increafe of inttitutions for the relief of the fick, after the ex-
ample of the Orientaknations. Several orders of knighthood,
as the Templars, the knights of St. John, of St. Lazarus,
the Hofpitalarii Sandi Spiritus, &c. were founded with thre
charitable view ; the members devoting themfelves to the
cure of fuch pilgrims as were affli€ied with difeafe.

In the fifteenth century feveral new, difeafes appear to have
invaded mankind, or, at leaft, to have attacked them with
a degree of violence that was before unknown ; fuch as the
hooping-cough, which was epidemic in France in the year
1414, and ied according to Mezeray, attacked all de-
{eriptions of perfons, even the olde{t men; the fweating fick”
nefs, that broke out firft in 1486; the feurvy, of which fome
traces had been obferved in earlier times, but which became
much more common, perhaps in confequence of the greater
frequency of fea voyages about this period; and, laftly, the
venereal difeafe, the origin of which we fhall inveftigate in a
feparate article. The rules of the ancients proving but
little applicable to the treatment of thefe complaints, phyfi-
cians began to deubt the infallibility of thefe guides, and to
pereeive the neceflity of obferving and judging for themfelves.
Nor was the mfluence of the revival of letters, and the great
events by which it was followed, lott upon medicine. But, un-
fortunately, the tafte for aftrological ftudies continued to
prevail, and to obftru& the progrefs of the art in. all its
branches. The auxiliary fciences received little improvement
during this epoch.

The very general attention which was now paid to claffical
literature in the univerfities of Europe contributed to the
reftoration of the Hippocratic fy{tem of medicine. Amon
the Italians, Leonicenus and Manardus laboured to expote
the errors of the Arabians, whom the latter juftly deiignated
as ex commentario medicos ; among the Germans, Fuche,
Koch, Winter, and Hagenbut, made known to their country-
memthe merits of the Greek phyficians, by their tranfla-
tions and commentaries ; and a {imilar fervice was performed
im this country by Linacre and Caius. The Parifian fchool
was ftill more zealous in the caufe; Houlier, Duret, and
Gorreus, elucidated the do¢trines of Hippocrates with much
fuccefs; and Foéfius produced an edition of his works,
which even at this day ranks as the moft accurate and the moit
complete. Medical iiterature was {till farther enriched by
the magnificent collections of pathological obfervations,
which thé induftry of Dodoneus, Schenckius, Foreftus,
and Platerus accomplifhed. A controverfy refpetting the
mode of performing venefeCtion in pleurify, was begun in
the early part of the fixteenth century by Briffor, a phyfi-
cian of Poitou, who obferving the good effe&s of abitracting
blood as near as poffible from the feat of inflammation, had
the courage to oppofe the Arabian method, and to revive
the Hippocratic practice. This important innovation, how-
ever, was oppofed by the phyficians of the time with great
warmth, and continued the fubjeé& of viclent difpute till
the anatomical difcoveries of Vefalius, Faloppia, and Amatusy,.
turned the fealein Briffot’s favour. The credulous and fuper-
itsuous charaéter of the age, however, was {till oppofed to
any great improvement in the art of obferving oe

es -

MEDICINE.

difeafe : phyficians were more anxious to colle& what was
wonderful than what was ufeful; their pra€tice was direGted
chiefly by the theory of the elementary qualities, and was dif-
figured by many remnants of the barbarous ages. The beft
obferver which the fixteenth century produced was Jodocus
Lommius, the author of a claffical work on the cure of con-
tinued fevers, and of ‘* Three Books of Medical Obferva-
tions.”?

Though the futility and abfurdity of aftrological fcience
had been fuccefsfully expofed by Picus of Mirandola,
Marlianus, and Paulus Florentinus, yet it continued to be
purfued with unabated ardour, and to obtain many vot
taries, among men of otherwife great judgment and learn-
ing. Even thofe who evinced the greateft contempt for
this nugatory art, could not diveft themfelves of a par-
tiality for ftudies of an equally frivolous nature. Of this
weaknefs we have a remarkable inftance in Picus of Miran-
dola himfelf ; who, after combating aftrology, applied him-
felf to the ftudy of the Cabbaliftic philofophy. The belief
in the influence of demons, the efficacy of magic, and the
powers of witchcraft, became very prevalent throughout
Europe, and perhaps in no part of it to a greater degree than
in England, which acquired the repute of being the country
of witches. Even the illuftrious Luther was A completely
biaffed by the prejudices of his age, that he afcribed the ma-
jority of difeafes to the arts of the devil, and found great fault
with phyficians, when they attempted to account for them
by- natural caufes. Alchemy had been hitherto culti-
vated only by the moft illiterate men ; but the introduétion
of theofophifm and the cabbaliftic art brought the ftudy
into great vogue, and it was thenceforth profecuted with much
eagernefs by the monks and wandering {cholattics (_/cholaflici
vagantes), under the patronage of kings and princes, who
fondly hoped to augment their revenues by the produéts of
this art. Though a law was pafled by Henry IV., con-
demning as impoftors the alchemifts, who were then very
numerous in England, yet they contrived to maintain their

round; and practifed fo adroitly on'the weaknefs of his
ucceffor, Henry VI., that this monarch, finding his treafures
exhaufted by the unfortunate wars in which he had engaged,
granted to certain tranfmuters of metals the privilege of
making gold, and preparing the elixir of life, eis
Hift. of G. B. b. v. ch. iv. § 7.) The labours of Batilius
Valentinus, the reputed author of the ‘* Currus Antimonii
Trinmphalis,’’ and of Ifaac le Hollandois, were rather more
ufefully dire&ted ; but it was referved for Paracelfus to ap-
propriate to himfelf all the knowledge which his predeceffors
had attained in this branch of learning, and to apply it with
fuccefs to medicine.

It has been too much the fafhion to ridicule this fingular
man, and to overlook his merits as one of the great reformers
of our art; though it muft be acknowledged, that the ex-
travagance of his pretenfions, his infolent behaviour, and his
diffolute manners, afford ftrong grounds for much of the
contempt with which he has been vifited. The early educa-
tion of Paracelfus, or, as he called himfelf, Philippus Aureo-
lus Theophrattus Paracelfus Bombaft von Hohenheim, would
appear to have been greatly neglected : and, notwithftanding
his affeveration, that he had been at German, French, and
Italian univerfities, it is fufficiently evident from his writings,
that he could never have enjoyed the benefit of proper claf-
fical inftruétion. From his father, who is faid to have been
a phyfician, he obtained a {mattering of medicine, aftrology,
ard alchemy: he afterwards ferved as furgeon in feveral
wars, and vifited moft of the countries of Europe, feeking
information not only from phyficians and other men of learn-
ing, but from old women, from the gipfies, and from con-

jurers. From thefe he boafts of having learned the prepa-
ration of feveral valuable remedies : from his intercourfe with
the miners, he became acquainted with various proceffes for
extracting metals. Returning to Germany, he foon acquired
great repute by his cures, and was believed to have difco-
vered the elixir of life. In the year 1526, his increafing
fame procured him the appointment of profeffor of medicine
and furgery in the univerlity of Bafle ; where he commenced
a courfe of lectures on the theory and praétice of phyfic,
in the German language, and fucceeded in attra€ting a con-
fiderable audience, but chiefly from among the dregs of the
people, who, feduced by his vauntings, were eager to obtain
the knowledge of his fecrets. He began by burning the
works of Galen and of Avicenna, in his auditory, affuring
his hearers ‘¢ that his fhoe-latchets poffeffed more knowled
than Galen and Avicenna; that all the academies of the
world had not fo much experience as his beard ; and that
the hair of the back of his neck was more learned than the
whole tribe of authors.” The leGtures, however, which he
delivered, confifted of little elfe than the recommendation of
a number of empirical remedies, of the infallibility of which
he {poke with much affurance. But his difciples foon be-
came difgufted with him, on account of the drunken irregu-
lar life which he led; and though he {till continued to per-
form many wonderful cures, this fame as a practitioner began
to decline, and a difpute with the magiftracy compelled him
fuddenly to quit Bafle, and to take refuge at Alface. He,
however, did not fettle there, but continued to lead a wan--
dering life through different parts of Germany and Switzer-
land, till the year 1541, when he died at Salzburgh, in the
hofpital of St. Stephen.
The obfcure and barbarous ftyle in which the writings of
Paracelfus are compofed, has rendered it a matter of great
difficulty to give a clear account of his fpeculative opinions.
Even the indefatigable Henfler (Gefchichte der Luitfeuche,
f. 120.) complains, that it was with him the bufinefs of feveral
months to unravel the confufion of his fyftem. Certain,
however, it is, that there never was a more glaring example
of the error to which chemifts have been ever prone—that
of carrying into other fciences what Bacon appropriately
calls ‘* the fmoke and tarnifh of the furnace.’’ The ele-
ments of the living fyftem he fancied to be the fame as thofe
of his laboratory; and fulphur, falt, and quickfilver, were,
according to Paracelfus, the conftituents of all organized
bodies. ‘They were combined by chemical operations, and
their relations were governed by the Archeus, er demon, who
performed the part of alchemiit in the ftomach, who fepa-
rated the poifonous from the nutritive part of the food, and
who communicated the tin€ture by which the food became
capable of affimilation. This governor in the ftomach, this
Spiritus vite, this a/fral body of man, was the immediate caufe
of all difeafes, and the chief agent in their cure; yet each
member of the body was fuppofed to have its peculiar fto-
mach, by which the work of fecretion was effeGted. Difeafes
were produced by certain influences, of which Paracelfus
reckoned five, viz. ens aftrale, ens veneni, ens naturale, ens
Jpirituale, and ens deale. When the archeus was fick, pu-
trefcence was occafioned, and that either /ocaliter or emun@o-
rialiter. Tartarus, or a certain morbific matter, was the
caufe of all diforders, exhibiting a vifcidity of the fluids,
rigidity of the folids, or a concretion of earthy matter, and
was believed to be fecreted when archeus operated in an irre-
gular or too potent a manner, and digeftion was too fully
performed. Such fpeculations, confidered abftraGtedly, are
no doubt very abfurd; but when divefted of the cabbaliftical
jargon in which they have been enveloped, they will be found
to contain a certain portion of truth. Of fo great value
have

MEDICINE,

have the views of Paracelfus refpecting the funétions and
difeafes of the digeftive organs latterly appeared, that they
have been revived with little alteration, though clothed in a
new drefs, by a writer at the commencement of the
nineteenth century, in a treatife “ On Diforders of the
Stomach."

The beft and molt original of Paracelfus’ works is his
treatife, in three books, on the venereal difeafe, entitled
** Von den Impofturen in den Franzofen ;"' in which he has
given a minute defcription of the various forms of fyphilis,
and fhewn in what manner other diforders were liable to be
modified by its prefence ; and in which he has fuccefsfully
expofed the errors, or, as he terms them, “ impoftures,” of
the then prevailing practice. Inftead of the inert fumiga-
tions, quinteffences, and dict drinks, which were in vogue,
he recommended mercury as the only remedy on be
dependence could be placed, and exhibited it both internally,

nd by the way of friction. Medicine, in general, was in-
debted to him for the free introduétion of this and other
mineral remedies, and of opium, and for pointing out the
necefflity of attending to chemical ations in pharmaceutical
operations. To complex prefcriptions he was no friend,
and he ridiculed with confiderable effe& the abfurdity of
imagining, that 40 or 50 fimples in a compound would all
retain and exert their feparate virtues. The treatment of
wounds and ulcers received great improvement at his hands,
and his obfervations on the dalfam (coagulable lymph), by
which he fuppofed nature to effect their cure, difplay no
fmall degree of difcernment. His confidence in his arcana
led him to condemn the ufe of cauterizing inftruments, and
even to reject the employment of futures.

The anatomy of Mundini was fervilely followed as a text-
book in all the univerfities of Europe till towards the middle
of the fixteenth century, when the difcoveries of Achillini,
Berengar of Carpi, Serveto, Sylvius, and Euftachius, but,
above all, of Faloppia and Vefalius, threw a new light on
the fcience, and eftablifhed it on an unalterable bafis. Galen
was no longer appealed to on doubtful points ; on the con-
trary, anatomifts feemed to vie with each other in expofing
his errors, and in multiplying the proofs of their obferva-
tions, by repeated diffeCtions. The ftru€ture of the organ
of hearing, and other parts of the offeous fyitem, which
had efcaped the notice of the ancients, was now fully in-
‘veltigated ; the arrangement and formation of the mufcles
were examined, and the miftake of fuppofing them to confift
of an union of tendinous and nervous fibres was fatisfa€torily
confuted ; the nerves were traced from their origins, and the
bafe of the brain was minutely defcribed. But it was in
refpe& to the vafcular fyftem, that the moit brilliant and
fruitful difcoveries took place. Berengar, who had paid

t attention to the ftructure of the heart, conjectured the
right ufe of the femilunar valves. So early as 1547, Can-
nani and Amatus had obferved the valve at the termination
of the vena azygos ; but they had not turned the difcovery
to account ; and it was referved for Fabricius of Aqua-
pendente to prove the prefence of valves throughout the
whole courfe of the veins. Five years afterwards, the cir-
culation of the blood through the lungs was imperfectly
defcribed by Servetus, who had availed himfelf of the re-
fearches of Berengar and Vefalius. In the year 1571, Cz-
falpini had the merit of ftating it more clearly, and even of
fuggefting the firit hint of the greater circulation (De
Plantis, lib. i. c. 2.); but the full honour of the latter dif-
covery, at leaft of its complete demonftration, muft be af-
cribed to our countryman, Harvey. See CirncuLaTion.

It is fufficiently apparent, even from the above imperfe&
account, that nothing but a fucceffion of fortunate events

could ever have brought about this t improvement in
phyfiological fcience. ‘The difcovery of the circulation of
the blood was one of thofe occurrences, which, to ufe the
language of Bacon, “are more the birth of time than of
genius ;*’ and, though the merit of it could only belong to
a man of tranfcendent talents, yet we rather detract from,
than add to the glory of Harvey, by Py him to have
hit upon it by A math unguided by the light which he had
received from the inftruGtions of his predeceffors and con-
temporaries. We may alfo obferve, that the beneficial con.
fequences of the difcovery in quettion have been greatly
overrated, at leaft as far as praétical medicine is concerned ;
and, in this point of view, we cannot help fubfcribing moft
fully to the opinions of a writer, whom we have had fre-
quent occafion to quote. “The new light,’’ Mr. Cabanis
remarks, “ which was thrown upon the animal economy by
this important difcovery, ferved only, in a manner, to re-
double the rage of fyftems. Nothing elfe was thought of,
but to caufe the blood to circulate more freely, to deftroy
its vifcofity, to draw off from the body that which was fup-
pofed to be corrupted, to purify it, correét it, and renew it,
and to preferve the blood-veffels in a relaxed and pervious
ftate. Hence thofe torrents of aqueous and diluent drinks,
with which Bontekoe and his adherents deluged their pa-
tients. Hence that fanguinary fury, which the partifans of
Botalli thought themfelves entitled to exercife in their treat-
ment of all forts of difeafes; a fury which, though fo often
damped, in fome meafure, by fyftematic murders, has ceafed
only for intervals, and {till from time to time re-appears in
the {chools. Hence, too, that wretched mania of the tranf-
fufion of blood, of which the praétice almoft always de-
prived thofe who had the temerity to fubject themfelves to
fo dangerous an operation, of their reafon, or their lives.

“Thus, one of the moft beautiful difcoveries of modern
medicine, far from elucidating the praétice of the art, as
there was every reafon to expe, only had the effe& of mif-
leading weak imaginations, dazzled by its fplendour; and
it may ftill be doubted, whether its application to the know-
ledge and cure of internal difeafes has been of any real ufe.
In furgical cafes, even where its affiftance is generally re-
garded as indifpenfable, might not obfervation almoft always
tupply its place? And mutt we not limit its importance to
the elucidation of a point in anatomy and phyfiology, very
curious, no doubt, in itfelf; but which, if it did not in-
dire&tly affe€&t many other interefting queftions relative to
the animal economy, would probably have contributed very
little to our knowledge of its true laws?’ Loc. cit.
p: 166—8.

A fyftem that is founded on myfticifm, and clothed in
obfeurity of language, is fure to find numerous votaries.
Accordingly, the doGrines of Paracelfus, notwithftanding
the oppofition of Eraftus, Deffenius, Libavius, and others,
continued to attract adherents in all the countries of Europe,
but particularly in Germany. They were eagerly embraced
by the fraternity of Roficrucians, among whom our coun-
tryman, Fludd, made himfelf confpicuous by his uncommon
proficiency in cabbaliftical and aftrological learning. But
of all the followers of Paracelfus, Van Helmont was the
only one whe could be faid to tread fuccefsfully in the
foottteps of his mafter; attacking vigoroufly, on the one
hand, the Galenical fyftem; and labouring, on the other
hand, with unremitting zeal in the profecution of chemical
refearch. Though mifled in his fpeculations by a ftrong
bias to theofophifm, he muit be allowed to have fhewn him-
felf, on many occafions, a fkilful obferver of nature: he
was the firft who pointed out diftin@ly the influence which -
the epigaftric organs exert upon the other parts ms the

yiten,

MEDICINE.

fyftem, in health as well as difeafe ; he determined the na-
ture and canfe of inflammation more accurately than any of
his predeceffors had done; he gave the firlt fatisfaCtory ex-
planation of the origin of calculi; he expofed the abfurdity
of the prevailing theory of putrefa¢tion of the bloed ; and
he placed in a dtrong point of view the pernicious confe-
quences and the dangers of exceffive blood-letting. Che-
miftry owes to him the difcovery of carbonic acid and hydro-
gen gas, andthe firft inveftigation of their properties. In
his practice he made great ufe of calomel, of antimony, wine,
and opium; and it is fomewhat remarkable, that with regard
to the virtues of the laft mentioned remedy, he in {ome mea-
fure anticipated the Brunonian doétrine; for he maintained
that opium was not to be confidered as a refrigerant medi-
cine, but as a tonic and anodyne. The utility of Van Hel-
mont’s labours, however, was leffened by his attachment to
the Paracelfian phrafeolozy ; and, as his works were not
publifhed till a confiderable time after his death, when other
fyftems had come into vogue, his doétrines had few ad-
herents, at leaft in their original itate.

We have already had occafion to obferve the influence
which the prevailing fyftems of philofophy have exerted on
medicine. In no period of medical hiftory was this influ-
ence greater than in that of which we are now about to
treat: in no period has it been produ&tive of more marked
effects. From the revival of letters to the commencement
of the feventeenth century, Ariftotle had continued to be
the great authority of the {chools ; dialetic ftudies were
confidered as the beft preparative for all the other branches
of learning ; and natural philofophy, in particular, was con-
fined within very narrow limits by its union with the {cholaf-
tic difcipline. Some philofophers, it is true, had ftumbled,
as it were, on the proper road of its inveftigation, and,
freeing themfelves from the flavifh admiration of received
opinions, had profecuted, with confiderable fuccefs, their

inquiries in feveral departments of phyfical refearch: but:

the flow and uncertain advances which they made, prove,
that their march was wavering and their footing infecure ;
that they had foon deviated from the path, and had never
difcovered its whole extent. It was referved for the genius
of Bacon to point out the various fources of error, by which
they had been mifled; to demonftrate the true end and ufe
of all {cientific inquiry ; to fhew the only method by which
it could be fuccefsfully purfued ; and to deliver the code by
which the ftudy of nature muft be thenceforth condudied.
Embracing in his comprehenfive mind the whole circle of
human knowledge, he faw that in medicine much remained
to be accomplifhed ; and recalling the attention of phy-
ficians to the proper objets of inveftigation, he inculcated
the neceflity of a ftri&t adherence to the path of obfervation
and experiment, as the only way by which their art could
be improved. By this recommendation, he juftly remarks,
that he was only enforcing the example of Hippocrates,
which had been too long negleéted; but his views were more
corre&t and enlarged than thofe of the father of phyfic, and
more fully adapted to the exifting condition of the fcience,
or rather, to {peak more accurately, to its future progrefs ;
for it has been only in very late times, that fome of the more
important defiderata, which Bacon indicated, have been com-
pletely realifed; as, for inftance, his dire€tions concerning
the profecution of morbid anatomy, and his fuggeftion of
«an imitation by art of natural bathes and medicinable foun-
taines &c.”” Medical fcience, however, has profited much
lefs than it ought to have done by the labours of this truly
great man; his writings were for a long time neglected ;
and, even at this day, though we talk of the reform in the
method of inveltigation which Bacon introduced, the undi-

gefted knowledge and crude {peculations of too many of
our phyficians demonftrate, that they neither obferve jhis
model, nor fully comprehend his precepts. ‘Till the prefent
age, Baglivi appears to have been the only writer who knew
how to appretiate the importance of the “‘ Novum Organum’’
as a guide in medical inquiries; but his unfortunate predi-
le&tion for the chemico-mechanical theory, led him too often
to forget the maxims to which he had given his cordial affent,
and to commit thofe very errors which in others he had fe-
verely reprehended.

The efforts of Bacon to overthrow the Ariftotelian phi-
lofophy were powerfully feconded by Defcartes. As the
opinions of the latter found a much readier reception among
the learned, efpecially on the continent, than thofe of our
illuftrious countryman, they accordingly had a more im-
mediate operation, and imprefs their charaéter more dif-
tinétly on the {peculations of the age; but their tendency
was in many refpe<is injurious to the interelts of medical
{cience. Adopting fome of the moit objeétionable parts
of Van Helmont’s fyftem, particularily the doétrine of
fermentation, and combining them with his own hypothe-
fis of vortical motion, Defcartes attempts te explain all
the chief funGtions of the living body on chemico-mechani-
cal principles. Thus, the circulation of the blood and
animal heat were produced by the ebullition or fermentation
that took place in the heart; digeftion was likewife per-
formed by a [pecies of fermentation; and the fenfation of
hunger proceeded from the acid which was evolved during
the procefs.
had recourfe to the corpufcular philofophy ; comparing the
fecreting organs to fieves, which allowed only the more mi-
nute and homogeneous particles to pafs through, while the
coarfer and heterogeneous bodies were reje€ted :—the round
particles were fuppofed by him to enter into cylindrical
tubes; pyramidal particles penetrated by triangular pores,
and cubical particles by fquare pores; and in this way each
fecretion remained diftinét, at leaft in the healthy ftate,
Thefe ideas were eagerly embraced by the Dutch phyficians
of the time, and may be confidered as forming the ground-
work of the chemical and mechanical fyitems, which divided
the medical world at the end of the feventeenth century, not-
withftanding the claims to originality which feveral of their
followers have put in.

If the importance of the chemical fyftem of medicine
were to be eltimated by the portion of good which it has ef-
fected, its hiftory might be brought within a very {mall com-
pafs ; but if it fhould be viewed as one of the chief impedi-
ments to the free progrefs of the art, which fo many cir-
cumftances had confpired to favour; if it fhould be confi-
dered in relation to the mifchievous bent which it gave to
medical {peculations, and, above all, in relation to the fatal
errors of praétice which it countenanced ; few fyftems would
appear entitled to more ferious notice. Its firlt and great
fupporter was Francis de le Boe Sylvius, a man of no mean
talents, a fkilful anatomift, and the firft inftitutor of’ cli-
nical leétures ir hofpitals. Though he perceived the full
value of experience in medicine, and ftrenuoufly inculcated
the neceflity of fubjeéting all theories to its telt ; yet he al-
lowed himfelf to be dazzled by the glare of opinions, which
not only were not confirmed by experience, hut which were,
for the moft part, in direct oppofition to its leflons. Fancy-
ing that all the operations of life might be explained by a
few chemical principles, he could difcern nothing but fer-
mentations, ebullitions, and combuttions, in the different or-
gans of the bady, except, indeed, that he fuppofed the
animal {pirits to be produced by a diftillation in the brain;
difeafes were referred by him to an excefs of either acid or

3 alkali

To explain the nature of fecretion, Defcartes -

——— eee

MEDICINE.

alkali in the fluids, to which he gave the name of acrimony,
and the confequent infpiffation or attenuation of the blood
and lymph; and they were to be cured only by neutralizing
_the morbific caufe. Thus, he fought to correét the acri-
mony of the bile by opium and other narcotic remedies; in
intermittent fevers, which he believed to proceed from the
acid acrimony of the pancreatic juice, he adminiftered the
fal Succini volatile and opium 5 and in malignant fevers, which

afcribed to an alkaline acrimony and attenuation of the
humours, he gave acids, ethers, opium, abforbent earths,
and cordials,—paying no regard to the different ftages of
the diforder, or the character of the prevailing epidemic ;
but folely intent on fulfilling the indications of Kis miftaken
theory. In this way, the praétice of medicine may be faid
to have commenced a retrograde march, from which it lon
fuffered, and from the injurious confequences of which it
has {carcely yet entirely recovered.

After a flight oppofition, the doétrines of Sylvius were
almoft univerfally adopted. In England, indeed, they ex-
perienced fome modification, without becoming more ra-
tional, as we have elfewhere fhewn (fee Humorat pathology) ;
and in Italy, where mathematical ftudies had acquired the
afcendency, though they were received by many, yet they
never obtained that exclufive fway which they enjoyed in
other countries. The profeffors of Paris and Montpellier,
refining upon the Helmontian and Cartefian hypothefis,
divided the fermentations of the fluids into feveral diftinét
{pecies; attempted to account for their produétion by the
admixture of the animal {pirits from the brain ; and formed
a claffification of fevers into fieures chyleufes, and frevres

ines. Attempts were even made, and with apparent
fuccefs, by Viridet, Vieuffens, and others, to demonttrate,
by experiment, the prefence of alkali in the bile, and of acid
in the blood, in the pancreatic and gaftric juices. But it
was in Holland and Germany that this fy{tem had its moft
bigotted votaries, and was pufhed to the moft abfurd and
pernicious extreme. Thus one phyfician conceived, that
acidity was the fole and univerfal caufe of difeafe ; another
affirmed, that gout originated from the effervefcence of the
fynovia of the joints with the vitriolated blood, and recom-
mended alcohol for its cure; while a third deduced all dif-
orders whatever from infpiffation of the fluids, and expati-
ated on the fovereign efficacy of diluent drinks, efpecially
of tea. ‘ Tea,’’ fays Bontekoe, who is loudett in his praifes
of this panacea, and who, as Blumenbach remarks, deferved
to have been penfioned by the Eaft India Company for his
fervices,—‘ tea is the beft, nay the only remedy for correé&-
ing vifcidity of the blood, the fource of all difeafes, and for
diffipatin the acid of the ftomach; as it contains a fine olea-
ginous vclatild falt, and certain fubtle fpirits, which are ana-
logous in their nature to the animal {pirits. Tea fortifies
the memory and all the intelletual faculties: it will therefore
furnifh the moft effectual means of improving phyfical edu-
cation. Againft fever there is no better remedy than 40 or
50 cups of tea, fwallowed immediately after one another :
the flime of the pancreas is in this way carried off.’
(Abhandlung vom Menfchlichen Leben, Budiffen, 1685.)
A. phyfician of Minden, named Van der Becke, attempted
an union between the chemical hypothefis and the peripatetic
philofophy,—taking water, or alkali, fot the matter, and
fire, or acid, for the form, of all organized bodies ; and was
followed by one Van Ruftingh, who derived all difeafes
from a deficiency or 2 redundancy of fire or water; main-
taining, for example, that, where the water predominated,
the fluids became vifcid, and intermittent fevers and arthri-
tic complaints arofe: thefe were to be cured by volatile falts,
which contain many fiery particles. Condemning the em-

Vout. XXIII.

ployment of venefeétion in foto, this author did not way 7
to adopt the fame fery treatment in various inflammatory dif-
tempers: fo completely had falfe theory obfeured his mind ;
and to fuch a deplorable ftate was medical praétice reduced,
in the hands of thefe chemical dreamers |
Some few, however, had the fagacity to perceive the in-
adequacy of fuch {peculations to illuftrate the phenomena of
life, and ventured to call in queftion the propriety of apply-
ing them to the treatment of difeafe. Boyle, in bis « ad
tical Chemift,"’ and other eflays, had refuted the hy pothefis
of acid and alkali; and Le Mort, purfuing his ideas, at-
tacked the doétrine of fermentation, and fubflituted a theory
of his own, which was more immediately grounded on the
corpufcular philofophy. Bohn, a profelior of medicine at
Leipfic, brought forward a number of arguments to prove
that digeftion was not effected by any fermentative procefs ;
that, in the healthy ftate at leaft, there was no acid fermenta-
tion in the ftomach ; and that the prefence of acidity, in-
ftead of affifting, rather impaired the funGions of that organ.
He thewed, by experiment, that the bile did not effervefce
on the addition of acids; and he controverted the doétrine
of a nervous fluid, as inconfiftent with the ftruéture and
properties of the nerves. Pechlin and Brunner proved, that
the hypothefis of the acid nature of the pancreatic juice
was utterly unfounded ; that this fluid did not effervefce with
the bile ; and that it was not even neceflary for digeftion.
In this manner feveral phy fiological faéts became afcertained ;
and this is the only way in which the chemical theory can
be faid to have done any thing for the progrefs of fcience.
The pra@tical errors of the chemifts were ably expofed by
Sydenham, who, having applied himfelf late in life to the
ftudy of his profeffion, was never fo flrongly imbued with
the prejudices of the {chools, but that he could eafily thake
them off when they would not bend to his experience ; and
who, living on terms of intimacy with Boyle and Locke,
brought into medicine many of thofe found and enlightened
views, which had guided their refearches in other departments
of learning. Adopting the fuggeftion of Bacon, Sydenham
returned to the Hippocratic method of colleéting hiflories
of difeafe, and fhewed the neceffity of coming to its obfer,
vation with an unbiafled mind ; of attending more carefully
to its diftinguifhing charaGters ; and of marking all the cir-
cumttances by which it was liable to be modified. He faw
that fufficient diligence and difcrimination had not been ufed
in thefe particulars ; that obfervers either had confined their
attention to uncommon cafes, or, mifguided by falle hypo-
thefis, had given imperfe&t and erroneous views of the dif-
orders which they attempted to defcribe. It was only, he
maintained, by difcarding all hypothetical reafonings, and
by inveftigating minutely the fucceffion of fymptems, that
we fhould ever be able to arrive at the knowledge of the
caufes, and the curative indications of difeafe. Accordingly,
though he forgot his own precept, and indulged much in
fanciful fpeculation, Sydenham Jaboured affiduoufly to im-
prove the praCtice of medicine, and has juitly acquired the
title of its reformer. The defcriptions which he furnifhed
of the various epidemics of his time have ferved as models
to fucceeding writers, and in point of fimplicity and accu-
racy have fcarcely ever been furpafled: his ‘* Treatife on
the Gout” is ftill confulted as one of the beit accounts of
that difeafe. Sydenham is alfo to be regarded as the reviver
of the antiphlogiftic method; for he was the firft who pointed
out all the dangers of the ftimulant plan which the chemifte
purfued in the early ftages of acute diforders, and which,
in many inftances, but efpecially in fmail-pox, had been
attended with the moft fatal confequences. _The pra&ticai
do&trines of Sydenham, indeed, were adopted by few iz
<2 5 es ig

MEDICINE.

his contemporaries ; and at the commencement of the follow-
ing century a large proportion of the Englifh phyficians
continued ‘to advocate the Sylvian hypothefis, or fome of its
modifications.

In proportion as true chemical fcience advanced, the par-
tiality for chemical explications of the funétions of the living
fyftem abated ; and phyficians feem to have difcovered, for
the firft time, that the theory of the humours, even with all
the improvements which it derived from the corpufcular
philofophy, threw no light whatever on the ations of the
folids. A new hypothefis, therefore, was projeéted; and
as men, in avoiding one error, are apt to run into the op-
pofite extreme, phyfiologifts now attempted to explain all
the phenomena’ of life according to the mere mechanical
powers of the organs, and to reduce the laws of the animal
economy to the rigid calculations of geometry. They
imagined, that they could illuftrate every operation of the
human body, by comparing it to a fyftem of ropes, levers,
and pullies, united with a number of rigid tubes of different
lengths and diameters, containing fluids, which, from varia-
tions in the impelling caufes, moved with different degrees of
velocity. When the fibres of this machine were not fuffi-
ciently flexible ; when the pullies and joints of the levers
were not kept in fufficient repair ; or when the apertures of
the pipes were not fufficiently free; the movements were
neceffarily fufpended, or lefs perfe€tly performed, and they
were only to be brought into proper regulation, according to
the praGtitioners who adopted this fanciful theory, by remov-
ing the above defcribed impediments. The compofition of the
fluids was fuppofed to be the refult of their motion in. the
tubes; and in thefe nothing was attended to but the forces
of ‘gravity and cohefion ; as in calculating the aétion of a
pump, or other hydraulic engine. ¢ If the chemical fchool,’’
to ufe the words of Sprengel, «* had degraded the phyfician
to the rank “of a brewer or diftiller, the difciples of the
jatro-mechanical fchool, on tlie other hand, were glad to be
efteemed as hydraulical engineers ; and feveral of them, in
fa&t, fervedin the double capacity of engineers and profeflors
of medicine.”? One of them, Dionis, a profeffor of furgery
at the Jardin du Roi, went fo far as to compare the circu-
latory fyftem to the water-works at Marly, by which the
water of the Seine is raifed to confiderable height, and from
thence made to fall again upon the great wheel.

Among the caufes which conduced to the eftablifhment
of this fect, the difcovery of the circulation of the blood is the
moft prominent. When it was found that the blood flowed
in a regular manner, through certain conduits, from the heart,
and returned to that organ, by other veffels, from the extre-
mities, phyficians fet about calculating the mechanical force
which they fuppofed neceflary for enabling the heart and
arteries to produce this effet; and, elated with their ap-
parent fuccefs, were led by degrees to transfer their calcula-
tions to the other functions of the body. Geometry had
become the prevailing ftudy of the learned; and focieties
for the promotion of experimental philofophy were efta-
blifhed in the different countries of Europe, among which
the Florentine academy del Cimento took, in fome meafure,
the lead. It was in ltaly that mathematics had been moft
affiduoufly cultivated; and it was there that the firft at-
tempt was made to introduce them into medicine. In the
year 1614, Sanétorius publifhed his “* Medicina Statica,”’ in
which he endeavoured to fhew the great influence which
the infenfible perfpiration ‘has upon health, and to calculate
with precifion all the variations in its quantity, in the dif-
ferent conditions of the body. According to his theory,
difeafes originated from the noxious particles of the food
being retained in the fyftem, in-eonfequence of the ftoppage

of the tranfpiration ; and till the latter funétion svas re-
ftored to the proper ftandard, no cure could well take place.
Sanétorius diftinguifhed the different alimentary matters ac-
cording to their fpecific gravities, and according as they
appeared more or lefs fitted'to pafs off in the way of infen-
fible perfpiration; he even ventured to apply his maxims
to the paffions of the mind; fhewing how joy and equa-
nimity favoured the excretions, while forrow and fear im-
peded them; how fevers and melancholy arofe from the
obftruéted perfpirable matter, where grief was long con-
tinued ; and how they were to be removed by reftoring the
fufpended exhalation. pe the «¢ Aphorifms”? of Sanc-
torius, there are many found obfervations; and medical
{cience is under confiderable obligations to him for, having
direGted the attention of phyfiologifts to the funétions of
the fkin, which, till then, had been in a great meafure over-
looked ; but his views, like thofe of moit theorifts, were far
too partial; and there can be little doubt that, im one
refpect, they had a moft injurious influence, viz. by encou-
raging phyficians in the univerfal employment of fudorifics,
to which they were already too prone; and no one will
now fubfcribe to the judgment of Boerhaave, who fays of
San@orius and his work, “ Nullus medicorum, qui ante
eum fcripferunt,’ cardinem rei ita adtigit—nec ullus liber
in re medica ad eam perfectionem {criptus eft.”

Such were the advances towards the formation of that
fyftem on which the talents of Borelli, Baglivi, and Ber-
nouilli, in Italy, and of Pitcairne, Keil, Wintringham, and
Mead in England, afterwards fhed fo much lInftre. Among
the French it found comparatively few fupporters, though
a certain Peter Chirac was captivated with Borelli’s ideas
to that degree, that he bequeathed 30,000 livres towards
the eftablifhment of two profefforfhips at Montpellier ; the
one for comparative anatomy, and the other for the iatro-
mechanical theory: but in Holland and Germany it foon
made its way, and was taught at all the principal univerfities.
That the labours of Borelli and his fucceflors were often
confirmed by obfervation, and have ferved te illuftrate thofe
movements of the living body which are clearly referrible
to mechanical laws, fuch as the cempound aétions of the
mufcles, the fun€tions of the eye, &c. will not be denied :
but when mathematical reafonings were applied to pheno-
mena. which furnifhed no fixed data for calculation, and
which were, in fact, to be inveftigated by very different
methods, no ufeful refult could be expected. Accordingly
it happened, that almoft every calculator came to a different
concluiion from thofe who had preceded him in the inquiry.
Borelli, comparing the mafs of the heart with that of the
temporal and maffeter mufcles, concluded that that organ
was capable of fupporting a weight of 3000 pounds, and
that its abfolute power was therefore equal to 3000; but,
as it had to overcome a refiftance in the {maller arteries at
leaft fixty times greater, its relative power mutt be eftimated
at 180,000 pounds. Keil, on the other hand; applying the
Newtonian do&rine of gravitation to the motion of the
blood, maintained that the power of the heart was only from
five to eight ounces: but his calculations were controverted
by Jurin, who made it fifteen pounds three ounces. Again,
with regard to digeftion, which thefe mechanifts conceived
to be only a fpecies of trituration, Borelli inftituted a com-
parifon between the human ftomach and the ftomachs of
different {pecies of birds, eftimating, for example, the power
of that organ in the turkey-cock at 1350; Hecquet cal-
culated the power of the coats of the human ftomach and
abdominal mufcles at 261,000; while Aftruc afferted that
it amounted to only four pounds three ounces. Secretion,
in like manner, was fuppofed to depend on the various

[2 diameter

MEDICINE.

diameter of the fecreting veffela, on their different convolo-
tions, and on the angles at which they branched off from
the arteries. But in order to enfure fuccefs in the molt
fimple of thefe inquiries, “it would be neceflary,”” as
D’Alembert has thewn, “ to know exaétly to what degree
the veflels are capable of dilatation; in what manner, and
according to what law, they are dilated; to be perfeétly
vainted with their figure, with their various clafticity,

their different anaftomofes, with the number, the
an a and the pofition of their valves; with the heat of
the blood, and the degree of tenacity which it poffefles ; and
with the moving powers which impel it. Even fuppofing
each of thefe particulars tobe accurately known, {till the great
number of elements, which would enter into {uch a theorem,
would probably render all our calculations fruitlefs.” Ele-
mens Philofophie, Amit. 1764» p- 268. It is almoft
needlefs to add, that not one of thele circumi{tances was ever
properly afcertained ; the laborious calculations of the me-
chanical phyficians were therefore, for the moft part, wholly

fome refpeéts, however, they mutt be allowed to have
had a beneficial tendency. By accuftoming the mind to the
{tri&tnefs of mathematical methods; by fixing the attention
of phyfiologifts on points of the animal economy that had
been previoufly but little inveftigated ; and by inducing
them to feek occafionally for experimental proofs of their
theories; they led to difcoveries which probably would
otherwife have long remained unmade. From the time of
Harvey to the middle of the laft century, in fat, anatomy
continued to make great progrefs ; the errors which had ob-
{cured its ftudy were gradually diflipated ; and the more
important functions of the organic frame were explained
with all the rigour of demon{tration, A fummary view of
the principal difcoveries of this epoch will fhew the im-
rtance, and alfo, in fome degree, the fhare which the fol-
owers of the mechanical fect had in them.

The heart had been regarded as a parenchymatous veffel
by the ancients, with the exception of the author of the
plindelippacestic treatife, xses xxedinc, who calls it a frong
muj/ele. In the year 1663, Stenonis afcertained the mufcu-
larity of its ftructure ; and three years afterwards the work
of Lower appeared, in which all the circumftances of its
pofition and organization were more fully demonttrated.
Wepfer, a aieacks of Suabia, initituted various experi-
ments with cicuta and other poifons, which proved that
the blood was only the exciting, and not the proximate
caufe, of the motion of the heart; and that this motion
depended folely on the organic powers of that organ.
Lange, a profeffor at Leipzig, gave, in the year 1680, an
account of fome experiments with injections, by which fe-
veral important facts conneted with the circulation were
brought to light. He fucceeded, for example, in injecting
the cells of the lungs from the pulmonary artery, and the
placerfta from the arteries of the uterus. In 1683,a Dublin
profeffor of the name of Molyneux demonitrated, by aid
of the microfcope, the circulation in the amphibia: but it
was chiefly through the indefatigable exertions of Leeuwen-
hoek, that this new inftrument of anatomical obfervation
was brought to perfection, and that full ocular proof was
afforded of the Harveian difcovery. By fucceflive im-
provements on his magnifiers, he was at lait enabled to
perceive diftin@lly the paflage of the blood from the fmalleft
arteries into the veins, and the continuity of thefe two fets
of veflels; and to obferve the figures of the globules of
the blood. The art of inje€tion, which was carried to a
great degree of nicety by Ruyfch, ferved alfo to throw new
light on the vafcular fyitem. Vieuffens gave a minute de-

feription of the ena cava, and pointed out the foffa evalis
and the ring by which it is encompafled: and, im the
year 1700, he difeovered the ferous veflels of the wveu.
Gattaldy, having divided the intereoftal and eighth pair of
nerves, above the heart, found that it fill continued to
contra&t ; whence he jultly inferred, that its ation did not
depend on the nervous desc ‘The experimental labours
of Hales and Wintringham ferved to determine feveral quef-
tions relating to the motion of the blood, the conneétion
of the veins and arteries, and their relative ftrength; but
their calculations concerning the force of the heart and the
velocity of the bleod were all founded on the arbitrary prin-
ciples of the mechanical fyftem. Weitbrecht and De Gorter
proved the independent a@tion of the arteries; aad, laftly,
Senac and Haller put an end to all controverfy on t
fubject by their mafterly defcriptions of the heart, and the
complete analyfis of its funétions.

Previoufly to the publication of Harvey’s work on the
circulation, Faber, a phyfician at Rome, had afcertained
by experiment, that no air paffed into the heart by the
lungs; but very erroneous ideas concerning the funétions of
the latter organs continued to prevail, till Malpighi afcer-
tained their real {truéture, and Mayow proved the neceflity
of oxygen gas for the due performance of refpiration.
Lower, adopting the doétrines of Mayow, was led to the
conclufion, that the red colour of the blood depended on
the prefence of the “ nitro-azrious particles’’ of the atmo~
{phere. Borelli, however, had the merit of giving the firft
— explanation of the mechanifm of refpiration ; thew-
ing how the ribs and fternum are elevated by the ation of
the intercoftal mufcles, and how the cavity of the thorax is
in that manner enlarged, while the lungs remained in a great
meafure paffive ; and how the air, which is infpired, is never
entirely expired, though it becomes more rarefied. He re-
jeéted the hypothefis of a vital heat in the heart, and re-
ferred the exhalation from the lungs to an excretion from
the bronchial glands. Thefe opinions were adopted and ex-
tended by Pitcairn, Stream, and Lifter. In the year 1715,
Mufchenbroek publifhed his differtation «« De Aere in Hu-
moribus,"’ in which he refuted feveral erroneous notions
that had been entertained on the fubje& of ref{piration, par-
ticularly the doétrine of the admixture of the air with the
blood, and of the prefence of air between the pleura and
the lungs. A controverfy that arofe between Hamberger,
a difciple of the mechanical fchool, and Haller, had the
effe& of determining fome difputed points relative to the
aétion of the intercoftal mufcles and the ftate of the lungs
in refpiration; and the experiments, which Hales inftituted
with the air-pump, fhewed the effeéts of the deprivation of
air on the fenfible properties of the blood.

On the 23d of July, 1622, Cafpar Afelli, while diffe@ting
a live dog, at the requeft of fome friends, in order to de-
monitrate the recurrent nerves, obferved a number of {mall
white threads croffing the mefentery. At firft he conceived,
they were nerves; but happening to cut into one of them,
he remarked a {mall portion of a milky fluid flowing from
the opening. Full of joy at this unexpeted difcovery, he
cried out to the byftanders Zupnx«, and refolved to lofe no
time in repeating the experiment. Finding, accordingly,
that thefe veffels were obfervable in living animals, only
after a full meal, he concluded that they were the true
vafa chylifera ; which was further proved by their origin in
the villous coat of the inteftines, and by the valves with
which they were furnifhed: but he erroneoufly fuppofed
them to unite in the pancreas, and from that to pafs into ~
the liver. The obfervation of Afelli was foon afterwards
confirmed in the human bedy by Peirefc, Vefling, and

f U2 others ;

MEDICINE.

others; but the fame falfe notions of their termination
continued to prevail, till Pecquet, in the year 1647, ftruck
with the appearance of a milky fluid in the vena cava of
a dog, was led to the difcovery of the thoracic du&. This
great difcovery, like that of the circulation of the blood,
was difputed with much warmth ; and it is a blot in the
charaéter of Harvey, that he fided with the opponents of
Afelli, and would not even be convinced by the demonftra-
tions of-Pecquet and Vefling. How different the condu&
of his own adverfary, Plempius, who, after having long
contended againft the circulation, made a voluntary acknow-
ledgment of his error, and freely embraced the new doc-
trine ; and who, upon the prefent occafion, difplayed the
fame amiable candour. In 1651, Olaus Rudbeck difco-
vered the abforbent veffels of the large inteftines, and re-
marked, that the fuppofed la¢teal veffels of the liver ferved
only to convey a lymphatic fluid to the hepatic glands ;
whence he conjeétured, that the received opinion concerning
the affimilating powers of that organ was altogether wrong.
Shortly afterwards, Gliffon and Wharton produced their
refpetive works on the Liver and on the Glands, in which
their ftruéture and funétions were more fully defcribed.
The latter gave the firft account of the dnéts of the pa-
rotids. Experiments were undertaken by Lower, Drelin-
court, Lifter, and Mufgrave, to determine the motion of
the chyle, and the changes to which it is fubjected in its
courfe ; and before the clofe of the century the anatomy of
the abforbent fyftem was brought to a great degree of per-
feGtion by the labours of Nuck, Pacchioni, and Duverney.
The difcoveries relating to the nervous fyftem, and the
organs of fenfe, were not lefs remarkable. Cafferius, Syl-
vius, and Willis, applying themfelves to the difle€tion of
the brain, gave accurate views of its different parts, and of
their relative pofition, and fhewed the difference between
the human brain and nerves, and thofe of other animals.
Willis gave to the hypothefis of a nervous fluid a degree of
confequence, which it had never before attained, fuppofing
it to be the vehicle of the animal fpirits, and the caufe of
various diforders, when it became vitiated; and he may
be regarded as the precurfor of Dr. Gall, in referring par-
ticular faculties of the mind to certain parts of the brain.
His ideas on the former of thefe fubje&s were controverted
by Malpighi, who inveftigating, with great induftry, the na-
ture of the cortical fubftance, fhewed, that it extended to
the innermoft parts of the brain, and in fome animals even
to the medulla oblongata; that its ftru€ture was fibrous ;
and that the fibres of which it confifted united in the great
commiflure and medulla oblongata, and again diverged into
the brain; whence he infers, that the brain is to be con-
fidered as the appendage of the fpinal marrow. The tunica
arachnoides was defcribed by Blaes and Swammerdam ; and
Leeuwenhoek and Ruyfch afcertained, by the microfcope,
and by injeGtions, the vafcularity of the fubftance of the
brain, The theory of vifion had received confiderable im-
provement from the labours, of Kepler, who had pointed
out the true ufe of the cryftalline lens, and fhewn how
the images.of external obje&ts were formed, in an inverted
pofition, on the retina. A public experiment with the eye
of an ox, which was made at Rome, in 1625, by the
Jefuit Scheiner, fully confirmed Kepler’s theory; but
afterwards Mariotte, having found that the images of
objects difappeared when they fell on the fpot where the
optic nerve enters the eye, called in queftion the fenfibility
of the retina, and maintained. that the choroid coat was
better calculated to receive and tran{fmit the perceptions of
fight ; and a controverfy arofe concerning the aétual feat of

be 1 ; : ey? es a>
vilion, which was carried on, with, great eagerness, by

Pecquet, Perrault, and St. Yves, and which had the effect
of eliciting many valuable obfervations. The Newtonian
difcoveries, refpeéting the properties of light, contributed
ftill more to the accurate analy fis of the funétions of the eye;
and the treatifes of Du Petit, Porterfield, and Zinn, which
followed foon after, have left little for their fucceffors to’
accomplifh. .

Pafling over the improved defcriptions which Cafferius,
Duverney, Riverius, Vieuflens, and others, gave of the
ftru€ture of the ear ; the interefting experiments of Harvey,
Malpighi, and Redi, on the generation of animals; the dif-
covery of the feminal animalcule by Leeuwenhoek ; and
the various difcuffions and theories to which they feverally
gave rife; we conceive that we have adduced fufficient
proofs of the great increafe which took place in anatomical
knowledge, and of the indire&t advantages which medical
{cience derived from the application of mathematics, and
from the improved methods of phyfical refearch, which came
into ufe after the time Of Bacon. Wherever the: laws of
mechanics were properly applied, as they were by Borelli to
mufcular motiony and by Kepler and his followers to the
theory of vifion, they explained and illuftrated the pheno-
mena of life ; and even when they were transferred to quef-
tions, which they were altogether incompetent to determine,
as in the calculations of Borelli, Keil, Hales, and Wintring-
ham, refpeéting the action of the heart and arteries; they
fuggefted and fed the way to many luminous experiments. -
In thefe refpects the mechanifts had greatly the advantage
over their chemical brethren, whofe fpeculations being
founded on vague and puerile hypothefis, and implying no
acquaintance with the laws of nature, led only to an accumu-
lation of errors.

Defcartes had taught his followers to confider matter as
purely paffive, and to refer all the changes to which it is fub-
jefted to a fpiritual caufe: the union of body and fpirit
was, in his eftimation, merely one of its modes, or acci-
dental conditions. Malebranche, extending the Cartefian
doétrine, endeavoured to explain more fully the nature of
this union, and to fhew that the foul had a more or lefs dif-
tin confcioufnefs of all the movements and affections of the
body. The part which the animal fpirits were made to per-
form has been already frequently noticed. From thefe
tenets, the tranfition to the fyftem which came to be after-
wards developed by Stahl was very eafy ; and an attentive
review of the progrefs of the opinions in queftion muft con-
vince every one that the Stahlian hypothefis, far from being
entitled to the merit of originality which its author claimed,
was nothing more than an offspring of the Cartefian philo-
fophy. Educated under Wedel, who was a devoted ad-
herent of Sylvius, and an affiduous teacher of his do&rines,
Stahl began very early to queftion the fufficiency of thofe
chemical explanations, which he heard applied to all the phe-
nomena of life. It appeared very wonderful to him, that
the humours of the body, which are, of themfelves, {b dif.
pofed to putrefaétion, fhould yet fo feldom fall into that
ftate; and that the daily prefence of fo many faline fub-
ftances, as we are in the habit of receiving in our food,
fhould produce fo few fymptoms of acrimony. He alfo re-
marked the great influence which the paffions of the mind had
in the produétion of difeafes, and their inflantaneous opera-
tion, in general, on the corporeal frame. The intervention
of animal fpirits he conceived to be a very unfatisfaétory fup-
pofition ; and all the attempts which had been made to ex-
plain the theory of life on pure chemical and mechanical
principles he held very cheap. Taking the paffivenefs of
matter for the bafis of his fyftem, he maintained, ‘that the
bedy, as bedy, had no power ta moveitfelf, but was put ws]

meilou

MEDICINE.

metion only by immaterial fub{tances 5 that all motion, there-
fore, was immaterial, and a fpiritual adt.’”
all the aétions of the living fyftem, by which it is enabled
to preferve itfelf, and to fulfil the ends for which it is created,
mutt, according to Stahl, be fought for in the /ou/, or im-
material principle which animates it,—the nature, or Luxe of
the ancients. A little cbfervation will teach us, that many
fenfations are experienced, and many corporeal aétions per-
formed, which are either altogether unnoticed at the time,
or of which we have only an obfeure confcioufaets ; but in
which it cannot be doubted, that the mind more or lefs par-
ticipates. Finding this to be the cafe with refpe& to our
ptions, and the anatomical movements, as they have
ntermed, of the body, Stahl thought himfelf juftified in
fuppofing the fame power to prefide over all the other func-
tions, and accordingly referred the performance of digettion,
abforption, and affimilation, to the immediate agency of the
foul. As the foul regulates thus inceflantly the ordinary
movements of the animal machine, and is thus conitantly in-
tent on its prefervation, the fame falutary vigilance may be
naturally expected during difeafe. In fa&, difeafe may be
generally faid to confift in a deranged idea (perturbata idea)
of the regulation of the animal economy ; and this pofition
Stahl conceives to be proved by the greater frequency of
difeafes in the human fpecies, than among the inferior ani-
mals, and from their attacking, moit readily, thofe perfons
who are endowed with a high degree of fenfibility. Several
fecondary caufes, however, appeared neceflary to the fur-
ther illuttration of this peculiar pathology among which
plethora had the molt extenfive agency affigned to it. To
this condition, Stahl believes that there is a conftant tendency
in the human body, and that it proceeds from the quantity of
aliment received being always greater than is neceffary for
the fupport of the organs: it {hews itfelf in different parts
of the frame, at different periods of life; in infancy, for ex-
ample, in the head ; afterwards in the lungs; and finally in
the digeitive organs. Hemorrhages were, for the moit part,
océafioned by an effort of nature to moderate this difpofition
to plethora, by what Stahl called the tonic vital adion ; as
exemplified in menttruation, and in the hemorrhoidal dif-
charges which occar in advanced age, and which Stahl af-
cribed to the tonic ation of the vena porte, the fource of the
Mey majority of chronic diftempers, “ porta malorum.”
eeGings as altogether unfounded, the doctrine of the
acidity and alcalefcence of the humours, Stahl! inculcated
the neceffity of ftudying, in difeafe, the organic movements
of the fyitem, and of obferving the proceffes by which na-
ture effets a cure. Fever, according to his view, was
merely an autocratic effort of nature, to conquer the morbific
caufe, and to expel it from the hody, and all the fymptoms,
not excepting rigor, were only fo many proofs of the tonic
a@tion which was chus excited. Congeitions were fuppofed,
in contradiftin@ion to obftruGions, to refult from an afflux
of the fluids occafioned by the fame tonic power ; when ob-
ftrution followed, or when the objeét of the congeition, i e.
evacnation, was not accomplifhed, inflammation took place ;
and the tendency of the violent a€tions, which accompanied
it, was to difperfe the obitructedhumour. If this end was
aot attained, the obftructed matter became vitiated, and pus
was formed. Hypochondriafis, gout, melancholy, and ai-
moft all cacheGtic diforders, were attributed to a diminution
of the tonic power of the vena porte, and the confequent
ftoppage of the blood in it; while fpafmodie difeafes were
thought to indicate an excefs of the general tomic power of
the ivitem.

In the treatment of difeafes Stabl proceeded in conformity

The origin of

to thefe views. ‘he chief duty of a phyfician, he maia-
tained, was to watch the healing efforts of nature ; to leave
the cure to them, when they feemed adequate to its accom-
plifhrnent 5 but to affift them when they were too feeble,
and to moderate their violence when they were too power-
ful. Thus, holding evacuation to be indicated in fevers, he
recommended the affiduous employment of luch means as
were likely to promote it, (Ae doo % diaphoretics. Pur-
gation, indeed, he conceived to be feldom neceflary or ufe-
ful; but venefection he had little hefitation in adminiftering,
as it ferved, in his opinion, to bring about the crifis, and to
favour the efforts of nature to relieve herfelf from the fuper-
fluity of blood; it might, however, prove injurious, if due
attention was not afterwards paid to the excitement of {weat-
ing. ‘The Peruvian bark was admitted by Stahl to operate
in the cure of intermittents by its aflringent qualities ; but
he believed. it rather fupprefled the difeale, than effected its
complete removal. Generally {peaking, his favourite re-
medies were evacuants, fuch as antimony, aloes, rhubarb,
and jalap; to the ufe of chalybeate medicines in chronic
complaints, he objected, that they caufed too powerful con-
trations of the parts; and opium tended, as he thought,
to counteraét too much the tonic vital aétion; yet he pre-
{cribed hyofcyamus, without any fcruple.

« The ideas of Stahl,’? obferves M. Cabanis, “have, in
general, been very Saipesicrsy underftood ; we may even
affert, that they have been almoft equally disfigured by his
cenfurers and by his admirers. The caufes of this mifunder-
ftanding deferve to be detailed in a particular work. It
would be ufeful to exhibit the Stahlian fyftem, in more de-
terminate points of view, than the author himfelf could
poflibly have done. Hitherto the points, by which it is dif-
Cingtuiled from the doétrines of the ancients, and thofe by
which it is related to them, have never been precifely afcer-
tained. Perhaps, too, it would be advifable to conclude a
work of this defcription by a {yftematic view of the progrefs
of medical fcience fince the time of Stahl, and of the ad-
vances which we have reafon to expe& at no very diftant
period. It would probably refult from this inveitigation,
that the reforms, which have been already effeéted, and thofe
which may be hereafter accomplifhed in the fame fpirit, muft
be afcribed, in a great meafure, to this extraordinary man ;
both on account of the found ideas which he dine@y efta-
blifhed, and of the impulfe which he communicated to public
opinion. It would too, I am perfuaded, appear, that not-
withftanding the haughty manner in which the adverfaries of
Stahl have attacked him ; notwithftanding the aukwardnefs
with which fome of his difciples have defended, explained,
and commented upon his works ; ftill his influence has not
been lefs powerful in medicine than in chemiltry, and that
to both fciences he has rendered everlafting fervices.”” Coup
@GEil, p. 1448—g.

Of Stahl’s merit as a chemift we fhall have occafion to
fpeak at large in a future volume ; in this place we fhall be
content with obferving, that, although he effeGied a com-
plete revo’ution in chemical {cience, and continued to lec-
ture upon it, with great applaufe, during the whole period
of his academical career; yet he had the good fenfe to re-
frain from all application of chemiftry to medicine, and re-
peatedly cautioned his difciples of the futility of any fuch
attempt ; contending, that the true theory of phyfic con-
fitts in the ttudy of the vital a€tions, and has little or nothing
to do withthe laws of mechanics, with the minute anatomy
of the folids, or with the mixture of the fluids; that its
chief obje& is to afcertain by experience the laws of organic
life ; that it is therefore little elfe than rational empiricifm ;.

and

4 MEDICINE.

and in the negle& of this empirical method is to be found the
origin of all the controverfies of phyficians. Notwithftand-
ing thefe falutary admonitions, it is evident that Stahl him-
felf forfook this empirical method, when he gave “to an
airy nothing a local habitation and a name,” by perfonifying
the principle of life, and afcribing to the dire€&t agency of
a rational intelligence all the corporeal funétions of the fyf-
tem. Some perfons, it is true, have imagined that they
could perceive, through the obfcurity of Stahl’s ftyle, the
glimpfes of a more enlightened phyfiology, and Cabanis even
contends that Stahl feleéted the term anima or foul, merely
in order to fave himfelf from perfecution ; not as thinking it
by any means the beft calculated to exprefs his views : but
this would have been a {pecies of deception, to which it is
not probable that the haughty fpirit of Stahl would have
ftooped ; and nothing appears in his writings to warrant the
belief, that he wifhed the phrafe in queftion to be underftood
in any but the literal and vulgar acceptation.

Stahl’s contemporary and colleague, Frederic Hoffmann,
though endowed with lefs genius, was his fuperior in learn-
ing, and in the faculty of difplaying it to advantage ; and he
accordingly obtained, asa teacher, a much higher degree of
repute. But while he profeffed himfelf the enemy of hy-
pothefis, and the follower of Hippocrates, he gave in to
many of the prevailing errors, and f{upported many doGtrines
which had no foundation in truth. Mathematical ftudies had
taught him to reafon clofely ; and, if the premifes be ad-
mitted on which he conftruéted his fyftem, the confequences
mutt be allowed to be, for the moft part, correétly deduced :
but in his illuftrations he is extremely diffufe and fatiguing ;
and his repetitions are endlefs. At firft a follower of the
mechanical feé&t, he feems to have gradually approached to
the opinions of Stahl, and that at the very time when he
was engaged in controverting them, and was exclaiming
againft their fuppofed atheiftical tendency. His theory, ac-
cordingly, is a heterogeneous mixture of {peculations, few of
which would be now deferving of notice, were it not for
the celebrity of their author, and the tone which*he gave to
fucceeding theorifts. indicating the ative qualities of
matter, Hoffmann confidered the human body as a machine,
which is governed by the laws of mechanics, and put in mo-
tion by a nervous fluid, or ether, contained in the brain and
nerves, andthe blood. The heart and all the organs of the
fyftem were fuppofed by him to receive their ftrength, their
tone, their contraétile and elaftic power, from this fubtle
fluid : he even afcribed to it a certain degree of intelligence,
“ vim fenfitivam et imaginativam,” by which each particle is
enabled to form a correét idea of the mechanifm of the
body, and to regulate its agency accordingly! Medicine, he
believed, was to be improved, not fo much by experience,
as by the fkilful application of mechanical principles, and
by the fedulous ftudy of proximate caufes. All difeafe he
held to confiit in irregularity of a€tion: when too violent,
f{pafms were produced; when too weak, atony was the
confequence. Yet he agreed with Stahl in referring much
to obitruétions of the humours, particularly in the vena
forte ; but maintained that they always implied relaxation,
or atony, of the veflels. He even admitted the doétrine of
corruption of the fluids; afcribing gout, rheumatifm, cal-
culi, and cutaneous difeafes, to acids generated in the body,
and converted into neutral falts, upon admixtion with the
blood. Plethora was alfo allowed by him to be one of the
chief caufes of difeafe. The /pafm, or conftriction of the
membranous and minute veffels, particularly of the fkin, by
which the blood is repelled to the interior parts, and the
heart and larger arteries are incited to greater action, till

they are enabled to overcome the refifting caufe, was, ac-
cording to Hoffmann, the origin of every defcription of
fever ; and inflammation was explained by him on fimilar
principles.

As a practitioner, Hoffmann appears to have been more
fuccefsful than his rival, and to have had, indeed, a juft title
to that fame which he enjoyed. Though he inculcated the
ftri& obfervation of critical days, yet he had the courage
to maintain, in oppofition to the univerfally received opinion,
that it was not always neceflary to wait for the concoétion
of the morbific matter in fever ; for he believed the diforder
might be fometimes ftopped, in the commencement, by the
adminiftration of powerful means. Venefection was employ-
ed by him in all violent affections of the vafcular fyftem ;
‘and he trufted much to the antiphlogiftic regimen in fthenic
diforders. Among fudorifics he chofe only the mildef ;
and draftic medicines were in little repute withhim. The
ufe of Peruvian bark in intermittents was refcued by Hoff-
mann from the contempt with which the Stahlians affeéted
to view it ; he demonftrated the great efficacy of chalybeates
in various chronic complaints, and fully refuted the notion
that they produced too great a conftri¢tion of the fibres.
He inveftigated the nature of feveral of the moft famous
mineral waters; fhewed their fafety and utility in diforders
for which they had been thought unfit ; and taught to imi-
tate them artificially. Warm and cold bathing were much
commended by him for their virtues in reftoring the proper
tone of the fyftem ; and wine, camphor, and the well-known
liquor anodynus, were favourite remedies with him in moft
chronic difeafes: the laft mentioned was generally ufed by
him in the place of opium.

While Hoffmann was thus ufefully employed in diffufing
more found praétical doftrines among his contemporaries,
Boerhaave was labouring, with equal zeal, andeven with
greater fuccefs, in the fame path. Like Hoffmann, he be-
gan by commending the Hippocratic method; and, like
him too, he foon deviated from it, by yielding to the influ-
ence of his early ftudies, and by acquiefcing too much in the
fpirit of his age. He had enjoyed but little opportunity of
acquiring a practical acquaintance with anatomy ; and this
want, as has been juftly remarked, is perceivable through-
out his writings. Fancying that the beft fyftem of phyfic
would be that which recanciled all opinions, he fought to
combine the doétrines of Hippocrates with thofe of Sylviua
and Bellini, and was therefore, in the ftriéteft fenfe of the
word, an Ecle@ic, and not the founder of anew theory, as
he has been fometimes confidered. He refuted, it is true,
many of the errors of the chemical fchool, and, in particu-
lar, the idea of a fermentation in the ftomach and blood;
but he embraced, in its fulleft extent, the notion of an acid
and an alkaline cacochymia : the tenets of the mechanifts were
adopted by him with lefs refervation. In general, however,
lefs extravagant than his predeceffors, he enlarged the bound-
aries of medical fcience by his obfervations ; while, by the
charms of his ftyle and delivery, he gave a luftre and attracs
tion to his doétrines, which procured him difciples from all
parts of the world. -

To this triumvirate, as they have been called, to Boer=
haave, Stahl, and Hoffmann, pathology and therapeutics owe
many of their greateft improvements. All fucceeding fyf
tematics have borrowed more or lefs from their fpeculations ;,
and, in certain univerfities, their theories, or at leaft modi-
fications of them, are ftill taught. However fanciful the
views of Stahl may at firft fight appear, it cannot be doubted
that they had the effe&t of fixing the attention of phyficians
on a molt important branch of the animal economy, ti in-

uence

MEDICINE.

fluence of the nervous fyitem upon the other organs of the
body, und its co-operation in the produétion and cure of dif-
cafes. However much we may be tempted to laugh at
Hoffmann’s etherial fluid, and the fagacity and prudence
whieh he aferibed to it, a careful examination of his writings
will probably teach us, that by this very hypothefis he was
led to the difcovery of the relations which he pointed out be-
tween the different functions of the living frame, aod of the
athies which are the confequence, Confidering how
little this part of pathology had been inveltiyated, and by
what erroneous notions the ftudy of it was obfcured, we
mutt allow, that Hoffmann and Stahl had no {mall merit in
opening the way to its illuftration, though they afterwards
may have ealt, upon the object of their refearches, the falfe
colouring of their re{pective theories. Hoflmann, in parti-
cular, has collected many valuable obfervations, in his
treatife De confenfu partium nervofarum,’’ proving the re-
ciprocal influence which the various organs exert upon one
another, efpecially thofe which are conneéted by means of
mpathetic nerve.
Tepliele the adherents of Stahl, Porterfield, Whytt, Bor-
den, and Sauvages, are the moft eminent. | The all.men-
tioned is well-known as the author of the firit methodical
Nofology, a work of great labour and refearch, which,
notwithitanding the imperfections of its arrangement, con-
tains much practical information, and which has ferved as the
model of ail fimilar fubfequent undertakings. Bordeu had
the merit of pointing out the importance of the cellular
membrane, and of determining many of its properties which
had been overlooked ; while Porterfield. and Whytt endea-
voured to trace the laws that govern the mufcular actions of
the body, and to fhew their dependence on the geryous
itatthe anjoriy of the phyficians of the age, having ftudied
under Boerhaave, or his immediate difciples, followed the
fyftem of the Dutch profeffor. But the new light which
was thrown on phyfiological fcience by the experiments
and the {plendid difcoveries of Haller, tended to wean them
from Opinions which were but little confonant to experience,
and the fallacy of which they were now in many inftances
compelled to acknowledge. Boerhaave, in his pofthumous
work ‘De Morbis Nervorum,” had efpoufed the ancient
dogma of an fous, or impetum faciens, which he figured to
himfelf as an intermediate fubitance between matter and
fpirit, and to which he attributed all the fenfations and mo-
tions of the animal frame. His nephew, Kaau-Boerhaave,
developed more fully his ideas on this fubject ; and De Gor-
ter and Gaubius, taking up the fame views, and giving
them’ fomewhat greater precifion, obtained for the hypothe-
fis of a vital principle that diftinction which, unfortunately
for the intereits of fcience, it has, till within thefe very few
years, been allowed to claim in phytiological difquifitions.
Such was the ftate of things, when Cullen aicended the
profefforial chair. Led, by the duties of his office, to re-
view and examine the various fyltems of phyfic which were
in vogue, he foon perceived the inconfiftencies of the Boer-
baavian theory, and accordingly refolved to abandon it.
Stahi’s doftrines, to which fome of his contemporaries ad-
hered, did not appear to him more fatisfaftory ; and, in
particular, he deemed them objectionable on account of the
inert praétice which they countenanced. Nor could he al-
together affent to the fyftem of Hoffmann, though he con-
ceived it to approach nearer to the truth, and was induced
to adopt fome of its fundamental principles. Among others,
he took up the dottrines of {pafm and debility, from which
he deduced all the phenomena of febrile diforders; and he

endeavoured to confirm his theory by pein fame from the
laws of the nervous fyftem, and from the conlideration of the
remote caufes of the difeales in queition. Kheumatilm was
referred by him to a {palm of the mufeular fibres, arifing
from an inereafed aflux of blood; but gout he conceived to
originate in atony, efpecially in atony of the digeltive or-
gans. Inchefe latter difeafes, he rejected the idea of a pe-
culiar morbific matter; yet in his explanations of certain
other complaints, as, for inftance, of ferofula, he had re-
courle to the fuppofition of an acrimony of the fluids, He
laid much flrefs on the efforts of the wir medicatrix nature,
advocated the hypothefis of a nervous fluid and vital prin-
ciple, and afcribed to the brain a peculiar faculty, by which
it was enabled to excite the mufcles to a¢tion, iodependes
sof the mind, and to which he gave the name of irritability of
the fenforium. As we have had frequent occafion to review
the opinions of Cullen, in various parts of this work, efpe-
cially under the article Fever, we may be exculed from
entering, more fully into detail in this place ; particularly as
there is fo little effential difference between them and thofe
of his predeceflor Hoffmann, and as the great majority of
them have been exploded by the more recent improvements
in phyfiology. Culles, indeed, feems to have been much in
the fame fituation with Boerhaave, as to anatomical and
phyfiological learning, of which many of his {peculations
betray a miferable deficiency. Yet his {yftem.continues to
be taught, and, in fome meafure, to form the prefent creed
of the Edinburgh fchool; a diftinétion which it would
fcareely have maintained, had it not been for the tranfcen-
dant merits of the author as a praétitioner, and for the ra-
tional and confiftent method of treating difeafes which he
inculcated.

In another point of view, however, the {peculative doc-
trines of Cullen feem to deferve notice, viz. as having
afforded the firft hint of the Brunonian theory of exvita-
bility. Ina paflage of his * Inftitutions of Phyfiology,”
Cullen {peaks of a ftate of excitement, or collapfe, of the brain
and nervous fyitem, on which he fuppofes the itrength or
debility of the other parts of the body to depend ; and in his
other writings, he is conftantly labouring to prove in what
manner thefe conditions may be occafioned by the agency of
various caufes. Brown, feizing upon this idea, fet about
the formation of a new theory, according to which all the
aétions of life were to be referred to the excitement of the
body by /limuli, and-all difeafes reduced to the two general
heads of dire& and indireG debility, or debility arifing from
a deficiency, or a previous excefs of excitement, That the
doétrine of morbid excitement is fo far founded on truth,
and that many of the leading fymptoms of difeafe may be
referred to it, we are not inclined to difpute; but when
Brown proceeds to account for all the deviations from health
upon this fimple principle, we conceive that he has gene-
ralifed too much, and evinced but {mall power of difcrimina-
tion. The excitability and the excitement of the living
body doubtlefs vary much at different times, and difeafe is
often the confequence; but it is not true, as Brown con-
tends, that when the excitement of any part has been un-
ufually increafed or diminifhed, a correfpondent increafe-or
diminution of excitement muft take place in all the reft of
the fyftem: on the contrary, it will be found, that when
one part or feries of organs has been incited to greater ac-
tion than common, the other parts generally exhibit a de-
creafe of ation ; and vice verf@. The Brunonian theory, in
truth, takes but a grofs view of the laws of organic life;
and, with refpe& to the claflification of difeafes, it cannot

be confidered as much more refined and fatisfattory _ the
theory

MEDICINE,

theory of the fridum and /axum, as taught by Themifon and
‘his followers. To the praGtical maxims which its author
laboured to eftablifh, the fame obfervation applies. Brown
miftook a fingle property of animal.matter for the primary
caufe of life and difeafe; negleGting the confideration of
thofe various powers which the different organs poffefs, ac-
cording to their peculiarities of ftru@ure, and overlooking
entirely thofe laws by which they influence each other, and
communicate or modify the affections to which they are
feverally liable. This has been the grand defect of almoft
all pathological fyftems; and it was not to be expeéted
that Brown, whofe praétical knowledge was confined,
and whofe acquirements in general were fuperficial, fhould
have outflripped his predeceffors. Many of thofe who
were moft zealous in their devotion to his fyftem, and
who defended it molt ftrenuoufly on its firft promulga-
tion, have found it fo incompetent a guide at the bed-fide of
the patient, that they have’ deemed it advifable to qualify
their belief in feveral effential articles; while others, as
Frank and Reid, have been reduced to the neceffity of com-

letely recanting their faith. But we are, neverthelefs, dif-
pofed- to think, that tke general fpread of Brunonianifm,
efpecially on the continent, has had the beneficial effe& of
loofening the attachment of phyficians to ancient prejudices,
and of fimplifying their complex, and too often incongruous,
modes of praétice. See ExciTABILity.

Previous to Darwin, no one feems to have conceived the
idea of applying the doétrine ef afociation to the theory and
the treatment of difeafe; although the tenets of Hartley
were embraced by a large proportion of his countrymen,
and his illuftrations of the affociative actions of the nervous
and mufcular fy{tems were univerfally received. It is true
that Hoffmann, and even fome writers before his time, had
remarked the fympathy, or con/enfus, which fubfifts between
particular organs of the body; but their obfervations were
blended with much erroneous hypothefis, and the rude ftate
of phyfiological fcience, at the time, prevented them from
difcovering the extenfive application of which they were
fufceptible. Darwin faw that the chief errors of preceding
theorifls had arifen from the partial views which they had
taken of the animal economy ; from their confidering the

living fyftem.as a fimple whole, and not paying due regard
to the reciprocal influence which the different organs, of
which it is compofed, have upon one another: he faw, too,
that it was only by the fame organic powers, by which the
body is preferved and developed, that difeafe was generated,
and formed, and finally removed from the fyftem. Taking
advantage of all the faéts which had been accumulated by
his predeceffors, placing them fometimes in new lights, and
at other times confirming and illuftrating them by his own
obfervations and experiments, he proceeded to the conftruc-
tion of a fyitem of pathology and therapeutics, founded on
the general laws of animated nature. Unfortunately, how-
ever, as he advanced in his defign, he fell into many incon-
gruities; and the difficulties increafing upon him, he was
led to aflume pofitions, which were not fupported by any
evidence, or countenanced by the flighteft analogy. Such
are his dodtrine of the configurations of the organs of fenfe,
many of his remarks on the exertions of the fenforial power,
and the hypothefis of a retrograde aGtion of the abforbents.
Add to this, that the language which he employed is vague
and inconfiftent, and has occafioned much confufion and
contradiGtion in his ftatements. Nor can we highly com-
mend his divifion of difeafes into thofe of irritation, fenfation,
volition, and aflociation; the diftinétions being frequently
arbitrary and inconclufive, and the whole arrangement {a-

vouring of metaphyfical fubtlety. The beft part of his
works, and that in which he has evinced the moft penetra-
tion, is unqueftionably his account of the ‘¢ Catenation of
Animal Motions,’’ and of the ‘* Difeafes of Affociation,’’
particularly his «« Theory of Fever.’ Rejeéting, as illufive,
all the explications which had been given of febrile diforders,
on chemical and mechanical principles, Darwin has traced
the fucceffion of the fymptoms of fever to the irregular ac-
tions of the nervous, vafcular, and abforbent fyftems; fhew-
ing how the derangement of one part produces a fimilar or
oppofite affection of other parts, in confequence of the inti-
mate conneétion of the organs in queftion, and the influence
which they mutually poffefs. (See Fever.) This was a
great improvement in pathology, and it is only to be re-
gretted that it fhould have been disfigured by the imperfec-
tions to which we have before adverted. Had Darwin
poffeffed the profound anatomical knowledge, and the acute
difcernment of Bichat, he would have probably ereéted a
fyftem as finifhed in its parts, and capable of as extenfive
application, as the theory of gravitation; and as fuperior
to the feeble creations of his predeceffors, as the philofophy
of Newton is to that of Defcartes. ut in his eagernefs to
explain every thing, he fometimes mifteok words for facts ;
and his ardent imagination too often got the better of his
judgment. It cannot, however, be doubted, that he had
ftruck into the right path, and purfued it to a certain ex-
tent; and that his views have ferved to elucidate the nature
of many diforders, which before had been greatly mifunder-
ttood. His writings contain a rich ftore of phyfiological
obfervations, and many ufeful praétical hints. If his theo-
retical doftrines have been regarded with diftruft by his
countrymen, they have experienced a more favourable re-
ception on the continent: they have been partially adopted
and improved upon by fome enlightened phyficians, parti-
cularly by Brandis and Hufeland; and when ftripped of the
hypothetical phrafeology in which they are enveloped, they
bid fair to become the foundation of a rational fyltem of
phyfic.

To complete the hiftory of medical fcience, of which we
have now pointed out the principal revolutions, it would be
neceffary to enumerate and inveftigate the merits of the dif-
ferent difcoveries andimprovements which have taken place,
in all its different branches, during the prefent age. But
not to {peak of the delicacy of fueh an undertaking, and
the abilities requifite for its corre and impartial performance,
it is obvious that this would be, ina great meafure, to de-
{cribe the exifting condition of the art, of which the plan of
our work already comprehends the details. We fhall, there-
fore, content ourfelves in this place with remarking, that
however much the continental nations may have extended
the boundaries of the auxiliary fciences, and however great
their claims in other refpe&ts may be, this country has taken
a decided lead in the reform of medical praétice. It may
boaft of fetting the example to Europe in the employment
of the cold affufion, and in the generally improved treatment
of fever, in the revival and extenfion of the purgative me-
thod of cure, in the free ufe of mercury in cachectic difor-
ders, and, above all, in the introduétion of the vaccine ino-
culation. But we mult acknowledge, that much itiil re-
mains for us to accomplifh; that the theory of medicine
is yet in an unfettled fate ; that its praétical application is
too often wavering and fallacious: and taking a furvey of
the various fortunes of the art, we may fay, with Bacon,
that ‘ medicine is a {cience, which hath been more profeffed
than laboured, and yet more laboured than advanced; the
labour having been rather in circle, than in Broglie

2 e

MED

We fubjoin a lift of the belt works on medical hifory,
with their refpective characters.

1. Hilkoire de la Médecine, of l'on voit 1’ Origine et les
Progrés de cet Art—avee fig. par Daniel le Clerc, tame,
Genev, 1696—4t0. gd Part, Amiterdam, 1723.

A work of confiderable merit for the time when it firlt
appeared, It gives a very full view of the doétrines of the

ancients to the time of Galen, and, generally fpeaking, is ,

written with great impartiality; though, on fome occalions,
the author fhews a want of difcernment. Nemo candidius
et plenius feriplit Clerico,’’ was the favourable judgment
of Haller.

2. The ey of Phyfic, from the Time of Galen to the
Beginning of the Sixteenth Century, By J. Freind. 2 Parts,
London 1725 —26.

This is a ufefil commentary on the hiftory of Le Clere,
and gives, befides, a minute account of the prattice of the
Arabian and middle ages; but the arrangement is de-
fective.

3. J. H. Schulzii Hiftoria Medicine, a rerum initio ad
A. U: C. 535 deduéta, gto. Lipf. 1728. Ej. Compendi-
um Hittoric Medice, a rerum initio ad Hadriani excefflum,
8vo. Hale, 1742.

As far as this hiftory extends, it deferves unqualified
commendation for the learning, the accuracy, and the diferi-
mination which it difplays. ‘The account of the tate of me-
dicine in ancient Egypt is the belt which we poflefs ; and the
whole is compiled with fuch care, that, as Ackermann ob-
ferves, it would be difficult to detect a fingle error in it.

4. Diétionnaire Hiltorique de la Médecine ancienne et mo-
derne. Par N.F.J. Eloy, 2de Ed. 4 tomes 4to. Mons.

1778. :
4s valuable book of reference, particularly for the lives
and writings of the French phyficians.

§- Biographical Memoirs of Medicine in Great Britain,
from the Revival of Letters to the Time of Harvey. By
John Aikin, 8vo. Lond. 1780.

It was the defign of the author to furnifh a complete me-
dical biography of Great Britain; but not meeting with
fufficient encouragement, although this part of his labours
is highly creditable, he has never accomplifhed his {cheme.

6. Inftitutiones Hiltorie Medicine. AuGore J.C. G.
Ackermann, 8vo. Noriberg. 1792.

All Ackermann’s writings bear the marks of great erudi-

tion and intelligence : his contributions to the new editionof 5

Fabricius’s ‘* Bibliotheca Greca,”’ have, in particular, thrown
much light on the lives and writings of the Greek phyfi-
cians. It is to be regretted, that his elegant compendium
of medical hiftory does not extend beyond the period of the
Arabians.

7. Verfuch einer pragmatifchen Gefchichte der Arzney-
kunde, von Kurt Sprengel. 2te Aufl. 5 Th. Halle,
1800 —1803. “i :

This is by far the compleceft hiftory of medicine which we
have; but, though the labour of fourteen years, the execution
of it is very unequal. Where Sprengel could avail himfelf of
the labours of others, he has given a very fatisfactory view
of the advances of the art ; and his refearches concerning its
condition among the Arabians claim the merit of fulnefs,
and alfo, in fome meafure, of originality: but there isa
great falling off in the latter parts of the work ; and the
concluding volume proves that the author has no preten-
fions to any thing like a philofophic mind. His “ View of
the State of Phyfic during the lait ten Years of the Eighteenth
Century,” publifhed in 1801, is a hafty and extremely feeble
performance, to call it by no feverer name. A French

Vox, XXIII.

MED

tranflation by Geiger, of the firtt volume of the hiltory, ap
iF ared in 18094 but according to thy account given of it by
fillin, it is very carelefaly executed

8. Coup d’C2il fur les Revolutions et fur la Réforme de
la Médecine, Par P. J. G. Cabanis, 8vo. Paris 18o4

A work well worthy of perufal, on account of the phi-
lofophical {pirit in which it is compofed, and the uefa
views which it fuggelts concerning the reform of the art.
The hiftorical part, however, is fuperficial, and badly ar-
ranged. A tranflation, with fome notes by Dr. Hender-
fon, was publifhed in 1806,

g: J. F. Blumenbachii [ntrodu@io in Hiftoriam Medicine
Litterariam, 8vo, Gaetting. 1786.

to, Verfuch einer Chronologifchen Ueberficht der Lite
irgefchichte der Arzneiwiflen{chaft, verfasft yon D. J. G.
Knebel, 8vo. Breflaw, 1799.

Thefe are two convement manuals of the literary hiftory
of medicine. The former efpecially is diftinguithed by its
neatnefy and accuracy.

The “ Bibliothece’’ of Haller are too well known to re-
quire commendation in this place.

Among the minor and lefs important works the following
may be mentioned.

J.C. Barchufen Hiltoria Medicine, in qua leraque Me-
dicorum Ratiocinia, ab Exordio Medicine ae ad noftra
Tempora pertractantur, 4to. Traj.ad Rhen. 1723. H. Con-
ringit Introdutio in univerfam Artem Medicam, 4to. Hal.
1726. J.C. Lettfom, Hiftory of the Origin of Medicine,
an Oration, 4to. Lond. 1778. Walker's Memoirs of Me-
dicine, Lond. 1799. R. Scuderi, Introduzione alla Storia
della Medicina antica e moderna, 8vo. Venezia, 1800.
Millar’s Difquifitions in the Hiftory of Medicine, 8vo.
Glafgow, 1811.

Menicine, Clinical, Medicina clinica. See Curxic

Menictne, CharaGers in. See CHARACTERS.

Mepicine, Pande&s in. See Panvecr.

Mepicine-Chef, is a portable chet, containing all forts of
medicines neceflary fora campaign or voyage, together with
fuch inftruments as are moft neceflary and ufeful for the pur-
pofes of furgery.

MEDIEDNIK, in Geography, a mountain of Bofnia ;
1o miles N. of Zwornik.

MEDIES, or Mepcrgs, a town of Tranfilvania; 20
miles N. of Hermanftadt. N. lat. 46° 20’. E. long. 23°
8'.—Alfo, ato Hungary ; 10 miles N. of Zatmar.
MEDIETAS Lineva, in Law, an inqueft impanelled,
whereof the one half confifts of natives or denizens, the
other of aliens.

It is ufed in pleas, wherein the one party is a ftranger,
and the other a denizen. Solomon de Stanford a Jew, in the
ae ey bimant ie na a caufe tried before the fheriff of

orwich, by ajury of /ex probos &F legales homines, &F
legales Judaos nf ti eats See bd se

This manner of trial was firft given by the ftat. 28 Ed. IIT.
¢. 133 before which it was obtained by the king’s grant.
He that will have the advantage of trial “ per medietatem
linguz,” muft pray it ; for it is faid he cannot have the be-
nefit of it by way of challenge. (Staundf. P. C. 158. 3 Inft.
117.) In petit treafon, murder, and felony, ‘medietas linguz”’
is allowed ; but for high treafon, an alien fhall be tried by
the common law, and not “ per medietatem lingue.” (H.
P. C. 261.) And a grand jury ought not to be “de medie-
tate lingue”’ in any cafe. (Wood's Init. 263.) A jury “de
medietate’’ isalfo allowed in fome other cafes, by analogy
to this rule « de medietate linguz.”” Asona “ Jus Patro-
natus,’’ the jury muft confift <5 Sx clergymen and fix laymen.

: Se

MED

So alfo under ftat. 8 Henry VI.c. 12. againft embezzling
records, the jury fhall confift of fix perfons, who are officers
of any of the faperior courts, and fix common jurors. So
on a criminal trial in the univerfity courts, the jury muift
be half freeholders of the county, and half matriculated
laymen of the univerfity. See Univerfity Court. Bl. Com.
book iv.

MEDIMNUM, M:-3is0, among the Greeks, a meafure
of capacity holding fix Roman modii or bufhels.

MEDIN, in Commerce, called alfo Para, Fadda, Kata,
and Mefria, acoin of Syria, of the fize of an Englifh filver
threepence, worth a little above a halfpenny.

MEDINA, Pzrer pz, in Biography, a Spanifh mathe-

matician, who flourifhed in the fixteenth century, but of

whofe perfonal hiftory we only know that he was a native
of Seville, and the friend of the learned John Vafeus during
his refidence in that city, who, in his «* Chronicon Hifpaniz,”’
{peaks in the higheft terms of his fkill in the ‘mathematical
{ciences, and particularly as they were applicable to the art
of navigation. His works are, 1. * Arte de Navigar,”
which met with a very favourable reception, and which was
tranflated into the German, French, and Italian languages.
2. “ Libro de las Grandezas y cofas memorables de Ef-
panna :” this work, which is deferiptive of the obje€ts that
are chiefly deferving of attention in Spain, Florian Docampo
has tranfcribed into his * Hiftory of Spain.”” 3. “ A Map
of Spain,” and many other pieces.

Meprna, in Geography, acity of Arabia Felix, in the
province of Hedsjas, about a day’s journey from Jambo, on
the Red fea. It is fituated in a fandy plain, of moderate
extent, and furrounded with indifferent walls. It belongs
to the fherriffe of Mecca, but of late has been governed by
a fovereign of itsown, of the family of Darii Berkad. At
prefent the fherriffe rules it by a vizir, who mutt be of the
royal family. Before the days of Mahomet, it was called
Jathreb ; but it was called Medined en Nebbi, the city of
the prophet, from the period at which Mahomet, upon his
expulfion from Mecca by the Koreifhites, took refuge here,
and continued to make it the place of his refidence for the
reft of his life. The tomb of Mahomet at Medina is held
in refpe€&t by the Muffulmans ; but they are not obliged to
vifit it in order to the performance of any devotional exercifes;
however, as the caravans from Syria neceffarily pafs near it
in their return from Mecca, they turn afide to view the pro-
phet’s tomb. This tomb is fituated in a corner of the great
fquare ; whereas the Caaba is in the middle of the fquare at
Mecca. In order to prevent the people from fuperftitioufly
offering worfhip to the afhes of the prophet, the tomb is in-
clofed within iron rails, and is only to be feen by looking
through thefe. It is of plain mafon-work in the form of a
cheft ; placed between the two tombs, in which are depofited
the afhes of the two firft caliphs. It is “an idle ftory, of
unknown origin, that vaft magnets fupport the coffin of
Mahomet in the air. Although it is not more magnificent
than the tombs of the founders of moft other mofques, the
building that covers it is hung with a piece of filk ftuff em-
broidered with gold, which is renewed every feven years by
the pacha of Damafcus. This building is guarded by 4o
eunuchs, chiefly for the fecurity of the treafure which is faid
tobe kept init. This treafure confifts chiefly of precious
ftones, the offerings of rich Muffulmans. But the account
given of this treafure is blended with much fable. Niebuhr
was informed by an eminent Arabian, that the guard was
polled for no other purpofe but to keep off the populace,
who had begun to throw dirt upon the tomb, which they
afterwards {craped off, and preferved as a fort of relic.

4

MED

Mepina, a townof the Arabian Irak, feated on the Eu-
phrates ; 60 miles N.W. of Baffora.

Mepina, a town of Africa, the capital of the kingdom
of Woolli; it isa town of confiderable fize, furrounded by
a high wall of clay, guarded by an outward fence of pointed
ftakes and prickly bufhes, and containing from 800 to 1000
houfes. N. lat. 13° 38’. W. long. 12° 50°.—Alfo, a town
of Africa, in Kaflan. N.lat. 14° 45!. W. long. 9 vs
Alfo, a {mall ifland in the Atlantic, near the cul of Africa.
N. lat 19° 45'.

Mepina del Campo, Methymna Campeftris, an ancient
town of Spain, in the province of Leon, fituated on the
Zapardiel, a {mall river communicating with the Duero,
between Toro and Tordefillas. This town was formerly
celebrated for the refidence of feveral monarchs, and was
then more confiderable than it is now, and both commercial
and opulent. It has ftill three confiderable fairs, and feveral
great privileges: it is free from all taxes, and the inhabitants
have a right to fill all offices, both in the church and civil
magiftracy, without the interference of the pope or the king.
It is {till large, though decaying; it has a handfome fquare,
in the middle of which isa fountain ornamented witha ftatue
of Neptune. Medina del Campo is faid to have contained
14,000 families, though the number is now reduced to 1000.
Although the population is much diminifhed, the ancient
churches and convents are ftill remaining. According to
Townfend it has g parifh churches, 70 prieits, 17 con-
vents, and two hofpitals. The collegiate church, built of
brick, is much admired for its roof. The old handfome
houfe of the Jefuits is ftill to be feen. This town was the
birth-place of the Jefuit P. J. Acofta, and of the philofopher
Gomefius Pereira. Cardinal Kimenes had made this place
one of his principal magazines for military ftores, colle&ted
with a view to curb the great nobility ; but when, A.D.
1520, the commons of Caftile fought redrefs of grievances,
they feized the magazine, and defended the city with fuch
obitinacy, that they forced Fontefca to retire and to leave
them in quiet poffeffion of the ruins. The furrounding
country is naturally fertile ; 20 miles S.S.W. of Valladolid.
N. lat. 41°23’. W. long. 5°.

Menina Celi, a town of Spain, in Old Caftile, on the
Xalon, anciently called ‘* Segoncia.” N. lat. 41° 21’.
W. long. 2° 27!.

Mepina del-Rio-Seco, an ancient town of Spain, in Leon,
fituated on a plain, watered by the river Sequillo. The
{treets are narrow and ill-paved. It has three parifh churches,
four convents, an afylum for monks, and two well-endowed
hofpitals. This place was formerly famous for its popula-
tion, manufactories, and fairs, on which account it was fur-
named Little India, in Spanifh India-Chica. In 1638, it
was honoured with the title of city by PhilipTV. It is fur-
rounded by mountains, and the air of it is very falubrious.
Its population, which is faid to have confilted of 30,000
perfons, is now reduced to a fourth of that number. The
furrounding country abounds in corn and wine; 15 miles
W. of Palencia.

Mevina Sidonia, a town of Spain, and capital of a duchy,
in the province of Seville, anciently the fee of a bifhop,
transferred to Cadiz; 20 miles S.E. of Cadiz. N. lat.
36° 25’. W. long. 6.

Meopiwna de los Torres, a town of Spain, in Eftramadura ;
24 miles N. of Llerena.

MEDINET Fars, a ruined town of Egypt, fuppofed
to have been the ancient Arfinoé, a little N. of Fayoum.—
Alfo, a town of Egypt, on the right bank of the Nile, op-
pofite to Fefhn.

Mepiner

MED

Mepinet Fabu, or, according to Mr. Bruce, Medinet.
Tabu, a village of Eyypt, near the W. bank of the Nile,
where are found the remains of four temples, fhewing the
place where once ftood the magnificent city of Thebes; 28
miles N. of Afna.

MEDINGEN, a town of Weltphalia, in the duchy of
Luneburg; 14 miles S.S.E. of Luneburg.

MEDINSK, a town of Ruffia, in the
Kaluga; 32 miles N.N.W, of Kaluga,
E. long. 53° 30’.

MEDIOLANUM, in Ancient Geography. See MiLay.

MEDIR, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in the province
of Kerman ; 60 miles E., of Sirjian.

MEDITATION, an aét by which we confider any thing
clofely, or wherein the foul is employed in the fearch or
confideration of any truth,

In our religion, it is ufed to fignify a confideration of the
objects and grand truths of the Chriflian faith,

Myttic divines make a great difference between meditation

_and contemplation; the eves confitts in difenrfive aéts of

the foul, confidering methodically, and with attention, the
mytteries of faith, and the precepts of morality ; and is per-
formed by refleétions and reafonings, which leave behind
them manife(t impreflions on the brain. The pure contem-
plative have no need of meditation, as feeing all things in
God at a glance, and without any reflection,

When a man, therefore, has once quitted meditation and
is arrived at contemplation, he returns no more; and accord-
ing to Alvarez, never refumes the oar of meditation, except
when the wind of contemplation is too weak to fill his fails.

MEDITERRANEAN, fomething inclofed within land ;
or that is remote from the ocean.

MepITERRANEAN is more particularly ufed to fignify that
large fea which flows between the continents of Europe and
Africa, entering by the ftraits of Gibraltar, and reaching
into Afia, as far as the Euxine fea, and the Palus Mzotis.

The Mediterranean was anciently called the Grecian fea,
and the Great fea. It is now cantoned out into feveral divi-
fions, which bear feveral names. T'o the weit of Italy it is
called the Liguftic or Tufcan fea; near Venice, the Adria-
tic; towards Greece, the Ionic and A®gean of the ancients,
now the gulf of Archipelago. From this lait a trait, called
the Hellefpont, condu@s to the fea of Marmora, the ancient
Propontis ; and another, now denominated the ftrait of
Conttantinople, the ancient Bofphorus, leads to the Euxine,
or Black fea; which to the north prefents the fhallow Palus
Meotis, or fea of Azof, the utmoft maritime limit of
Europe in that quarter. The breadth of this fea is very
various, from 80 to 500 miles; and its length is about
2000 miles to its fartheft extremity in Syria. This wide ex-
panfe of fea is beautifully {prinkled with iflands, and en-
vironed with opulent coaits. Tides are not perceivabie, ex-
cept in the narrowelt flraits; but, according to phyfiolo-
gilts, there is a current along the Italian fhore from W.
to E., and towards the African coaft in an oppofite direc-
tion. In the Adriatic the current runs N.W. along Dal-
matia, and returns by the oppofite fhore of Italy. (See
Cunrent.) The chief fifheries of this fea are thofe of the
tanny, of the fword-fith, of the fea-dog, and of the di-
“minutive anchovy. This fea is alfo the chief feminary of
the coral ; which fee.

According to the learned Buffon, the Mediterranean fea
was originally a lake of {mall extent, and had received, in
remote ages, a fudden or prodi ious increafe, at the time
when the Black fea opened a paflage for itfelf through the
Bofphorus, acd at that period when the finking of the land
which united Europe to Africa, in the part that is now the

overnment of
+ lat. 54° 58'.

MED

firaits of Gibraltar, permitted the water of the oceam to
ruth in, Tt was alfo Fis opinion, that moft of the iflands of
the Mediterranean made a part of the continents, before the
great convulfions that have taken place in this quarter of the
world. Sonnini, at hie requett, and with a view of aleer-
taining his opinion, founded the depth of the fea between
Sicily and Malta; and he found the depth from 25 to go
fathoms, and in the middle of the channe!, where the water
is deepett, never exceeding 100. On the other hand, be-
tween the ifland of Malta and cape Bon, in Africa, there is
{till lefs water, the lead indicating no more than from 25 to
30 fathoms throughout the whole breadth of the chaunel
which feparates the two lands,

The Britith trade carried on by means of the Mediterra-
nean fea is of great confequence to Great Britain; and the
permanent prefervation of it depends on the poffeflion of the
town and fortifications of Gibraltar.

The counterfeiting of Mediterranean pafles, for fhips to
the coaft of Barbary, &c. or the feal of the admiralty office
to fuch pafles, is felony, without benefit of clergy. Stat.
4 Geo. II. cap. 18.

MEDITRINALIA, among the Romans, feafts infti-
tuted in honour of the goddefs Meditrina, and celebrated on
the thirtieth of Septenber. They were fo called from me-
dendo, becaufe the Romans then began to drink new wine,
which they mixed with old, and that ferved them inflead of
phytic.

MEDIUM, a Latin term, fignifying middle, or mean.

Mepium, in Arithmetic, or an arithmetical medium or mean,
called in the fchools medium rei, is that which is equally
diftant from each extreme ; or which exceeds the lefler ex-
treme, as much as it 1s exceeded by the greater, in refpeét
of quantity, not of proportion.

Thus nine is a medium between fix and twelve.

Mepium, Geometrical, or mean, called in the {chools me-
dium perfona, is that where the fame ratio is preferved be-
tween the firft and fecond, as between the fecond and third
terms; or that which exceeds in the fame ratio, or quota of
icfelf, as it is exceeded.

Thus, fix is a geometrical medium between four and nine.
See Geometrical Proportion.

This is a medium which virtue is fuppofed to obferve s
whence fome call it medium quoad nos, as having a view to
circumitances, ti places, perfons, &c. iftributive
juttice obferves a etrical medium ; commutative jultice,
an arithmetical one.

Mepium, in Botany, a name which has been applied, at
different times, to different {pecies of Bell-flower; fee Cam-
PANULA. Linnezus retained it for the common biennial
Canterbury bell, Viola mariana of old authors; becaufe
that plant had mott generally received this appellation, and
was univerfally believed to be the pxdiev of Diofcorides. The
real yndicoy however, though fufficiently well figured under
that name, with the fynonym of Mindium Rhafis, in Rau-
wolf’s Travels, t. 284, was never known io Linneus, who
erroneoufly referred Rauwolf’s plant to his own Campanula
faciniata. This error was dete&ted a few years fince, when
the late Andrew Michaux fent feeds of the Mindium, or
pndio, from Aleppo to Paris, and the fine plant they pro-
duced was defcribed and figured by Il’ Heritier, in one of his
Monographs, under the name of Michauxia campanulotdes, in
honour of the meritorious botanift and traveller who re-
covered this long loft rarity. We cannot but think, as we
fuggefted at the time, with all poffible refpeét for M. Mi-
chaux, that the ancient name Medium ought to have been
retained for this newly recovered genus; nor could we wifh
to call it Mindium, with Adanfon, the defcription in Diof-

2 corides

MED

corides being, in this cafe, fufficient to leave no doubt ; and
Mindium is apparently a barbarous corruption of an Arabian
writer. See Micwauxia and Minpium.

Menium, in Logic, or medium of a /fyllogi/m, called alfo
the mean, or middle term, by the Italians mezzo termino, is an
argument, reafon, or confideration, for which we affirm, or
deny any thing: or, it is the caufe why the greater extreme
is attributed to, or denied of the lefs, in the conclufion.

Thus, in the fyllogifm, “* Every good thing is to be de-
fired; but all virtue is good; therefore all virtue is to be
defired :’’ the term good is the medium: virtue the lefs ex-
treme, and o be defired the greater.

It is called medium, as being a kind of mediator between
the fubjeét and predicate; or becaufe the extremes are fo
difpofed as to affirm or deny, by means hereof. Some call
it argumentum tertium, a third argument ; and others fimply
argumentum, as being the caufe why we affent to the con-
clufion.

Mediums, or middle terms, are the things principally
fought for, in difcourfing; fo that the invention of mediums
makes the moft effential part of logic. But the rules com-
monly given by logicians for that purpofe, are mere imper-
tinencies. In effeét, no fuch rules can be given ; nor have
we any way of coming at fuch mediums or reafons, but by
a clofe attention to clear ideas.

Meprum, in Mujic. Rouffeau has made an article of this
word in his di€tionary, calling it “that part of the voice
which is moft diftant from the extremities of its compafs,
and which is generally the moft full, f{weet, and powerful.”
The fame might be faid of the middle tones of molt inftru-
ments. The top of the voice is the mott brilliant, but al-
moft always in falfet ; the bottom is grave and majeftic, but
lefs clear and compaét. The middle tores of the voice are
not only produced with the greateft facility, but are the moft
melodious and grateful to the ear.

Mepium, in Mechanical Philofophy, is that {pace or region
through which a body paffes in its motion towards any point.

Thus ether is fuppofed to be the medium in which the
heavenly bodies move. Aiir is the medium in which bodies
move near our earth. And water is the medium in which fithes
live and move. And glafs is alfo a medium of light, as it
affords a free paflage.

That denfity or confiftence in the parts of the medium, by
which the motion of bodies in it is retarded, is called the
refiftance of the medium ; which, together with the force of
gravity, is the caufe of the ceffation of the motion of pro-
jectiles.

Mepium, Subtile, or Btherial. Sir faac Newton makes
it probable, that, befides the particular aerial medium in
which we live and breathe, there is another more aniverfal
one, which he calls an etherial medium; vaftly more rare,
fubtile, elaftic, and ative, than air; and by that mezns
freely permeating the pores and interftices of all other me-
diums, and diffufing itfelf through the whole creation ; and
by the intervention of this he thinks it is, that moft of the
great phenomena of nature are effected. See AitHER.

This medium he feems to have recourfe to as the firft and
molt remote phyfical fpring ; and the ultimate of all na-
tural caufes. By the vibrations of this medium, he takes
heat to be propagated from lucid bodies ; and the intenfe-
nefs of heat increafed and preferved in hot bodies, and from
them communicaied to cold ones.

By this medium he takes light to be reflefed, infleed,
refraéted, and put alternately in fits of eafy reflection and
tranfmiffion ; which effe&ts he alfo elfewhere afcribes to the
power of attraCtion ; fo that this medium appears the caufe
and fource even of attraction, ;

MED

Again, this medium being much rarer within the heavenly
bodies, than in the heavenly fpaces, and growing denfer, as
it recedes farther from them, he fuppofes the caufe of the
gravitation of thefe bodies towards each other, and of the
parts towards the bodies. :

Again, from the vibrations of this fame medium, excited
in the bottom of the eye by the rays of light, and thence
propagated through the capillaments of the optic nerves into
the fenfory, he takes vifion to be performed; and fo hearing,
from the vibrations cf this or fome other medium, excited
in the auditory nerves by the tremors of the air, and pro-
pagated through the capillaments of thofe nerves into the
fenfory ; and thus of the other fenfes.

And again, he conceives mufcular motion to be per-
formed by the vibrations of the fame medium, excited in the
brain ‘at the command of the will, and thence propagated
through the capillaments of the nerves into the mufcles; and
thus contracting and dilating them,

The elattic force of this medium, he fhews, muft be pro-
digious. Light moves, according to the eftimated diftance
of the earth from the fun in his time, at the rate of con-
fiderably more than 70,000,000 miles in about feven mi-
nutes; yet the vibrations and pulfes of this medium, to
caufe the fits of eafy refleGtion, and eafy tran{miffion, mutt

* be f{wifter than light, which is yet 700,000 times fwifter

than found. The elaltic force of this medium, therefore, in
proportion to its denfity, mult be above 490,000,0:0,000
times greater than the elaltic force of the air, in proportion
to its denfity ; the velocities and pulfes of the elaftic mediums
being in a fubduplicate ratio of the elafticities and the rari-
tics of the mediums, taken together. And thus may the
vibration of this medium be conceived as the caufe alfo of
the elafticity of bodies.

Farther, the particles of this medium being fuppofed in-
finitely {mall, even fmaller than thofe of light; if they be
likewife fuppofed, like our air, to have a repelling power,
whereby they recede from each other, the f{mallnefs of the
particles may exceedingly contribute to the increafe of the
repelling power, and confequently to that of the elafticity
and rarity of the medium, and fo fit it for the free tranf-
miffion of light, and the free motions of the heavenly bodies.
In this medium may the planets and comets roll without any
confiderable refiftance. If it be 709,000 times more elaftic,
and as many times rarer, than air, its refiftance will be above
600,000,000 times lefs than that of water; a refiltance that
would make no fenfible alteration in the motion of the
planets in ten thoufand years.

And is not {uch a medium better difpofed for the heavenly
motions than that of the Cartefians, which fills all {pace
adequately, and without leaving pores, and is valtly denfer
than gold, and therefore mutt refift mere ?

If any afk how a medium can be fo rare? let him tell
how the air, in the upper regions of the atmofphere, can be
above a hundred thoufand times rarer than gold; how an
eleGtrical body can, by friction, emit an exhalation fo rare
and fubtile, yet fo potent, as though its emiflion occafions
no fenfible alteration in the weight of the body, yet it fhall
be diffufed through a {phere of two feet in diameter, and
carry up leaf-copper, or leaf-gold, at the diltance of a foot
from the electrical body : or how the effluvia of a magnet
can be fo fubtile, as to pafs a plate’ of glafs without any
refiftance or diminution of force ; yet fo potent, as to turn
a magnetic needle beyond the glafs. That the heavens are
not filled with any other, but fuch a fubtile ztherial me-
dium, is evident from phenomena: whence elfe are thofe laft-
ing and regular motious of the planets and comets, in all
manner of courfes and diretions ; and how are fuch motions

confiftent

MED

bonfittent with that refillance which muft refult from that
denfe fluid medium, wherewith the Cartefians fill the
heavens?

The refiflance of fluid mediums arifes partly from the
cohefion of the parts of the medium, and partly from the
vis inertie of matter, The firll, in a fpherical body, is
nearly as the diameter, or, at moll, as the factum of the
diameter, and the velocity of the body. The latter is as
the fquare of that factum, Thus are the two kinds of re-
fiftance diftinguifhed in any medium 5 and, being diflin-
guifhed, it will be found that almoft all the refittance of
bodies, moving in ordinary fluids, arifes from the vis inertia.
The part which arifes from the tenacity of the medium, may
be diminifhed, by dividing the matter into {maller parts, and
making thofe more fmooth and flippery ; bet the other
will (till be proportional to the dentity of the matter, and
cannot be diminifhed any other way, but by a diminution of
the fame.

Thus the refiftance of fluid mediums is nearly propor-
tional to their denfities ; and thus the air we breathe, being
about nine hundred times lighter than water, muft refilt
about wine hundred times lefs than water: as, in effeét, the
fame author has found it does by experiments on pendulums.
Bodies moving in quick(ilver, water, or air, do not appear
to mee* with any other refiftance but what arifes from the
denfity and tenacity of thofe fluids; which they mutt, were
their pores filled with a denfe and fubtile fluid.

Heat, it is found, diminifhes the tenacity of bodies very
much; yet does it not decreafe the refiltance of water fen-
fibly. ‘The refiftance of water, therefore, arifes chiefly
from its vis inertix ; confequently, if the heavens were as
denfe as water, or as quickfilver, they would not refilt much
lefs: if abfolutely denfe, without any vacuum, be the par-
ticles never fo fubtile and fluid, they would refift much more
than qvickfilver. A folid globes in fuch a medium, would
lofe above half its motion, while it moves thrice the length
of its own diameter ; and a globe not perfectly folid, fuch
as the planets, would lofe more.

To make way, therefore, for the lafting motions of the
planets and comets, the heavens mult be empty of all matter,
except, perhaps, fome very fine effluvia, from the atmo-
{pheres of the earth, planets, and comets; and fome fuch
ztherial medium as we have defcribed. A denfe fluid can
ferve for no purpofe, in the heavens, but to dilturb the
celeftial motions, and make the frame of nature languith ;
and in the pores:of bodies, it can only ferve to check the

vibrating motion of their parts, wherein their heat and _

attivity confit. Such a medium, therefore, unlefs we had
fome evidence of its exiitence, muit be given up ; and, that
given up, the hypothelis of light confiiting in a preffion falls
alfo to the ground. ;

Menpium Participationis, in the Schools, is that faid to
be compounded of the two extremes. Thus, man, who
is partly body, partly mind, is a medium by participation
of the two extremes ; fo is warmth the medium of heat and

‘cold, &c. c F
Mepium Negationis, or Remotionis, is that from which

‘both extremes are derived; or it is a fubjeét capable of |

receiving both extremes, and yet not neceflarily poffefled of

either.
In which latter fenfe, the willis a mean with refpe& to
virtue and vice; and the underftanding, with refpeé& to
‘knowledge and ignorance. $ °

Mepium Quod, or Medium Suppofiti, is fomewhat between
the agent and patient, which receives the aGtion of the one
before it arrive at the other.

F]

MED

In this fenfe, air is a medium between the fire and the hand
heated thereby,

Meow Cun is the form, or faculty, whereby an agent
produces an effect: in which fenfe, heat is faid to be the
medium or mean whereby fire aéts on the hand.

Menpium /ub Quo, is that which renders the power to aét

complete in general, without determining it to any particular
object sin w hich fenfe, light is the medium under which the
eye perceives any colour.
_ Meprum in Quo, is that, by infpeétion whereof a power
is produced in any thing, of knowing or perceiving another :
fuch is a {fpeculum, as it thews an object ; an image, as it
heer reality, &c.

0 S, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in F ;
go miles $.W. of Yad" vee!
Mepivs Harmonieus, Lat., in Mufic, with the Germans
implies the middle found of a triad or common chord, as
E in the chord of C, (Walther.) See Mepianre.

MEDLAR, in Botany. See Mespitus

Meptar, Parfley-leaved. See Senvice-Tree.

MEDLE, in Geography, a town of the ifland of Cuba ;
62 miles N. of St. Yago.

MEDLERSLO, a fmall ifland in the N. part of the
gulf of Bothnia. N. lat. 61°13'. E. long. 21° 39’.

MEDLEY. See Cuance-Medley.

Meptey, in Mujfic, during the me part of the laft cen-
tury, a piece of pleafantry, or rather mufical buffoonery,
was frequently practifed by Englith compofers in compofing
fymphonies from fragments of vulgar tunes, and popular
compofitions, which were called medley overtures. Charke,
Jack James, and even Arne, in his early days, condefcended
to divert himfelf, more, perhaps, than the public, by thefe
mufical falmagundies ; of which, however, no one of thefe
muficians can be ftyled the inventor. Dr. Pepufch feems to
have given them the hint in his pleafant and appropriate
overture to the Beggar’s Opera; of which the firft move-
ment is a burlefque of the beginning of Handel’s overture
in Otho; and the fubje€&t of the fugue in the firft part of
‘© Tm like a {kiff in the ocean toft,”’ and the folo paflages.
for hautbois, the fecond part.

MEDMAN, in Geography, a town of the duchy of Berg,
containing three churches for perfons of different religious
profeffion ; fix miles E.N.E. of Duffeldorp. N. lat. 51° 17’.
E. long. 6° 43!.

_MEDNIKI, a town of Samogitia, the refidence of the
bifhop ; 28 miles N.E. of Konigfberg.

MEDNOE, a town of Ruflia, in the government of the
Tver, on the Tvartza; 32 miles W.N.W. of T'ver.

MEDOG, a county of France, fo called before the Re-
yolution, in form of a peninfula, between the Garonne and
the fea, the north part of which is overflowed by the fea.
On a rock at the mouth of the Garonne is a fine light-houfe,
called “ La Tour de Cordonan.”

MEDOCTU, a fettlement of America, in New Brunf-
wick, fituated on the W. fide of St. John’s river ; 35 miles
above St. Anne's, N. lat. 46°12'. W. long. 67°35’.

MEDOLA, a town of Italy, in the department of the
Panaro ; 18 miles S. of Modena.

MEDOLI, a town of Italy, in the department of the
Mincio ; 17 miles N.W. of Mantua.

MEDRA, a town of Africa, in Lower Guinea, capital
of a country near the river Camerones.—Alfo, a town of
ines in the province of Mekran; eight miles N. of

ich. ~ ‘
MEDRASHEM, a town of Algiers; 40 miles S. of
Conitantina. x
MEDSHE-

MED

MEDSHETISAR, a village, being one of the Perfian
havens on the Cafpian, is fituated, as is alfo Farabat, on the
fouthern coaft, in the province of Mazanderan. Of thefe
two villlages Medfhetifar is the moft convenient, from its
vicinity to Balfrufch, capital of the province, where the
Ruffians and Armenians convey their merchandize : the
traffic, however, is much diminifhed on account of the im-
pofitions of the khan of Mazanderan. The chief pro-
duGtions of this country are filk, far inferior to that of
Ghilan, rice and cotton, which are largely exported. Mer-
chants from Kafhan, Ifpahan, Schiras, and Khorafan, refort
to Balfrufch, and bring for fale the Perfian and Indian
commodities.

MEDUA, a town of Algiers, at the foot of mount
Atlas, in the midft of fprings; 180 miles §.W. of Al-

jers.

MEDVADITZA, a river of Ruffia, in the country of
the Coffacks, which rifes about ten miles N. from Saratov,
and runs into the Don, about eight miles N.W. from
Spafkaia.

MEDVEDIVA, a town of Ruffia, in the government
of Irkutfk, on the Ilim ; 64 miles S.W. of Orlenga.

MEDVEZETI, a cape on the N. coaft of Nova Zembla.
N. lat. 77° 20’. E. long. 68° 34!.

MEDVEZHI, five {mall iflands of Ruffia, in the Fre-
zen fea; 60 miles from the mouth of the Kolima. N. lat.
72°to 72° 20!. E. long. about 156°.

MEDVEZI, a {mall ifland of Ruffia, in the fea of
Ochotz, at the mouth of the river Uda. N. lat. 55° 10!
to 95° 16'. E.long. 137° to 138°.

MEDUKKA, a town of Arabia, in the province of
Yemen; 36 miles S. of Saade.

MEDULLA, in Anatomy, the fat fubftance which fills
the cavity in the middle of a long bone. See Meput-
LARY Sy/fem.

Meputta Oblongata, one of the divifions of the contents
of the cranium. See Brain.

Menutta Spinalis, the medullary cord contained in the
canal of the vertebre. See Brain.

MenuttA, in Vegetable Phyfiology, the Pith of plants, is
lodged in the centre or heart of the vegetable body, where
it is as affiduoufly proteGted as the brain and fpinal marrow
of animals. In parts moft endued with life, like the root,
or efpecially young growing {tems or branches, the medulla
is ufually of a pulpy fubftance ; but tolerably firm though
rather brittle. Its colour is pale green or yellowifh, with a
watery tranfparency, the fubftance being very juicy. Its
juices partake but little, or not at all, of the peculiar flavour
of the plant, they being more of the nature of fap. Still
there is no perceptible flowing from this part when wounded,
at any time of the year, as far as we have obferved. In
branches or ftems more advanced in growth, the medulla is
found of a drier, more white, and evidently cellular tex-
ture. In this ftate it is known to every body in the full-
grown branches of Elder, and the {tems of Rufhes, Juncus
conglomeratus, effufus, &c. In thefe it is dry, highly cellular,
f{now-white, extremely light and compreffible, though but
flightly elatic. Such are its different appearances, at dif-
ferent periods of growth, in many common fhrubs, as the
Currant-tree, Lilac, Mock-orange, Hydrangea, &c. In the
laft-mentioned fhrub, though nearly akin to the Elder, as
well as in the Aucuba japonica, the pith is very abundant,
and remains unufually long in its primary green juicy ftate.
The pith of many annual ftems, abundant and highly fuc-
culent while they are growing, becomes little more than a

web, lining the hollow of the adult item, as in fome Thiftles.

MED

Many Graffes and Umbelliferous plants, as the Hemlock and
Chervil, have always hollow ftems, lined only with a thin
{mooth coating of pith, exquifitely delicate and brilliant
in its appearance. ‘The inner part of fuch hollow {lems is,
in fome inftances, divided into feparate cavities, by tranf-
verfe partitions. Such is the cafe at every joint, knot, or
f{ubdivifion of the ftem. There are a few grafs-like plants,
with unbranched hollow items, internally divided by nu-
merous membranous partitions, perceptible to the touch in
the living plant, and to the fight in the dry one; witnefs
Juncus articulatus and its allies, in which the longitudinal
hollow of the ftem is fimple; and Cyperus articulatus, in
which it is a congeries of parallel tubes. We mean not to
fay that the tubes in this laft-mentioned inftance are cer-
tainly medullary. They may or may not; but obfervations
on the living plant could alone determine this. _ It is poffible
they may be fap-veflels, and that the tranfverfe ftri€ture is
not complete, fo as to prevent the paflage of fluids along
this highly vafcular fubftance. But as other f{pecies of this
tribe have the central part of their items filled with cells, or
tubes frequently interrupted, through which no fluid can
run, it is moft probable that Cyperus articulatus differs from
{uch merely in having all its tubes interrupted at the fame
point of elevation, and that the affemblage of numerous
partitions gives a frequently jointed appearance to the
whole ftem. Andromeda acuminata, Sm. Exot. Bot. t. 89,
is found to have its hollow item intercepted by very nume-
rous tranfverfe partitions; and the fame may be feen in
other inftances. The diftin&ion between a hollow ftem,
only lined with medulla, and a folid one, entirely filled up
with that fubftance, by no means indicates any material dif-
ference between the plants fo circumitanced. Some fpecies
of Hieracium have the one fort of ftem, others the otl:er, and
this difference is often of ufe, for fpecific diitin&tion, in that
difficult genus.

It is much eafier to defcribe the appearances of the me-
dulla, which are few and but little varied, than it is to under-
ftand the true nature, or phyfiology, of this part. ‘There
is {carcely any concerning which a greater variety of opi-
nions, or at leaft more oppofite ones, have been held.

Du Hamel, an excellent obferver, though not always a
corre&t theorift, confidered this part as not in any refpe@
different from the reft of the cellular fubftance, difperfed
through the vegetable body, and ferving to hold its different
parts together ; nor did he attribute any particular funétion,
in the vegetable economy, to any part of this fubftance.

Linnzus on the contrary thought the medulla the feat of
life, and prime fource of vegetation. He conceived that its
vigour was the main caufe of the propulfion of the branches.
His lively fancy formed to itfelf an idea of this organ alto-
gether his own, as « living body of peculiar vivacity and
energy, {triving to enlarge itfelf in every direGtion, and fuc-
ceeding beft where it found leaft refiftance. Thus he ex-
plains the growth of plants, and efpecially of trees, at their
extremities only ; the cortical fubftance, as he terms it, of
the vegetable being, (confilting of its wood end bark, in-
cluding the vafcular fyftem,) affording lefs refiflance where
it is younger and thinner, while it derives energy itfelf from
the powers of the fubftance it confines. His idea of the
animal phyfiology was fimilar. He conceived the brain and
nerves of animals to be analogous to the pith of plants, and
that it was confined by their cortical fubftance, for fo he
called their bones and mufcles, as the pith is by the more
folid parts of plants. He thought he traced the origin of the
ftamens, or male organs of vegetables, to their wood ; and
that of the piltils, or female ones, to their pith. Hence he

deduced

MEDULLA.

deduced a fine fanciful hypothefis, that the mule offeprin
of crofs impregnation fhould refemble ite father in pes |
habit and characters, and its mother in internal qualities,
which opinion he alfo extended to the animal creation ; nor
did he want facts to fupport it, Both kingdoms were ran-
facked to fupply them ; for fome facts may oe found to fup-
port any hypothefis, any at leaft conceived by a mind fo
able, ingenious, and intelligent as that of Linneus. Mule
animals, whether thofe properly fo called, produced between
different {pecies, or whether thofe engendered between varie-
ties of the fame {pecies, are often found to refemble the father
in their form or coat, while their conttitution and difpofition
are more like the mother. ‘The fame thing may be obferved in
mule plants. Linneusis unqueftionably right in attributing
the origin of the fubftance of the feed od pints to the female
part of the flower, the function of the pollen being only to
communicate life, or a power of vegetation, to the embryo,
and not to convey any heeance, or corpufcule, out of which
the rudiments of the future plant are to be formed. At
lealt this feems the moft reafonable opinion, even from a con-
templation of the experiments of thofe who have laboured to
overfet altogether his doétrine of the fexes of plants. It is
difficult to fay whether the embryo of a feed be formed at
all before impregnation, becaufe, if formed, it is very foon
obliterated in cafe impregnation fails, a mere cavify being
found in its place when the feed is at all advanced. But
we have feen much more reafon to believe its obliteration,
rather than the contrary ; and in molt cafes of non-impreg-
nation, the cotyledons are obliterated alfo. See Cory-
LEpoNES, EmBryo, and Fecunpation of Plants.
In another office which he attributed to the medulla or
ith, Linneus was unquettionably miltaken. He thought
it the origin of the wood ; believing that a layer was every
r added internally to the body of a tree from this fub-
ance. Du Hamel refuted this opinion, by experiments,
which clearly proved the wood to be depofited by the bark,
as we have explained in the articles Cortex, and CircuLa-
TION of the Sap. :
But while we thus reje& opinions of the great Swedifh
naturalift, which have been proved to want a folid founda-
tion, it may be worth while to examire how far his general
idea of the importance of the medulla may be defenfible.
No one can deny that there is a great analogy between this
part and the nervous fyftem of animals, with re{pe@ to fitua-
tion and proteétion, as well as in its general uniformity of
appearance and texture in widely different orders of plants ;
while the differences in thefe refpe&s which it exhibits in
other tribes, are not at all greater than thofe found in the
nervous fyftems and brains of different claffes of the animal
kingdom. If, moreover, it be faid, that the pith is of too
fimple a conftruétion to allow a belief of its being of fo
t importance to the vegetable conititution, as to be the
Sav ice life, or immediate organ of vegetation; furely we
sare as little able to difcover any thing in the form or texture
of the brain and nerves, to account for their wonderful but
undeniable properties. Scarcely any phenomenon in the
animal frame is lefs intelligible, than the change in the pith
of a plant from its fucculent ftate, to that dry congeries of
an infinite number of clofe cells or velicles, impervious to
fluids, and having no communication with each other. Yet
the moilture efeapes by no means readily from the pith in
its juicy ftate ; for a thin flice of ‘it in that {tate dries very
flowly. The ingenious Mr. Knight has fuppofed the me-
dulla to be a retervoir of moilture, to which the growing
vegetable may have recourfe, when its fap-veffels are occa-
fionally exhaufted by inordinate perfpiration. « Plants,”
fays this excellent writer, “ cannot; like animals, fly to the

thade and the brook.’ This is undoubtedly true; but, in-
ftead of fuch a refource, their leaves when exhaulted droop,
or fold over each other ; fo that their pores are contraéted,
and the very check which their energy receives prevents
further exhauftion, and gives time for freth fupplies from
the root. Mr. Knight has indeed thewn that the part in
queltion may, cocaiiieally at lealt, be difpenfed with, and
removed from a branch without injuring it; but, on the
other hand, he has more recently thewn the importance, if
not of the medulla, of its analogous organ, the cellular fub-
ftance ; having found that fubltance capable, as he thinks,
of affuming the vafcular flruéture, and aétual vegetation, of
what Linnwus terms the cortical fubftance of a plant.

The writer of the prefent article has always been partial
to the opinion of the medulla being, fome how or other, an
organ fubfervient to the vital energy of the vegetable frame ;
but we can {till lefs, if poffible, comprehend its mode of
action, than that of our own brain and nerves. It is
branched off and diffufed, like the nervous matter, to every
part of the vegetable body, and hence may eafily be fup-
pofed to give life and vigour to the whole, though, no more
than nerves, the organ or the dire¢t fource of nourifhment ;
for its ftructure is fuch that it can tranfmit no fluids for that
purpofe from the vafcular fy{tem ; at leaft not in any wa
that we can comprehend, till it has taken upon itfelf a ai.
ferent organization from what is natural to it. The pith
however 1s certainly moft vigorous and abundant in young
and growing branches, and muft be fuppofed fubfervient,
in fome way or other, to their increafe. Mr. Lindfay of
Jamaica (fee Linps®a), many years ago communicated
a paper to the Royal Society, which, for fome reafon un-
known to us, was never printed, the objeét of which was to
prove a medullary knot in the leaf-ftalk of the Mimo/a pu-
dica, or Senfitive Plant, to be the feat of that remarkable
irritability for which the plant in queftion is celebrated.
We are not however able to trace any thing of this nature
in the ftamens of the Barberry, which are no lefs remarkable
for their irritability. Nor can we trace, to any great ex-
tent, the nervous fyftem of the infe& tribe, even where we are
not prevented by the minutenefs of the obje& of onr exa-
mination ; though the animals of that tribe yield to none in
the fufceptibility and energy of their nervous fyftem. In
both cafes the tranfparency of the parts may account for
this difficulty.

We can therefore only reafon by analogy concerning the
fun@tions of parts, whofe ftru&ture cannot be afcertained,
much lefs their mode of action. We fhall conclude this
article with the mention of one phenomenon, eafily obfervable
by any perfon who will beftow attention upon it. There
are feveral {pecies of Grafs, amongit which are the Common
Cat’s-tail, Phleum pratenfe, and the Floating Fox-tail, lo-
pecurus geniculatus, whofe nature is to have an entirely fibrous
root. heir proper ftation is in moift, or even watery
fituations. But if they chance to elftablifh themfelves in
ground whofe degree of moifture varies occafionally, or
efpecially in very dry fpots, as on the top of a wall, they
acquire bulbous roots, of a very juicy nature. This is
evidently a provifion of Nature, to guard the plant againft
deitrution from drought; as the tribe of naturally bul-
bous plants are, for the moit part, intended to occupy dry,
fandy, or barren ground, under a burning fun. The natu-
rally bulbous grafs Poa bulbofa, if cultivated in the rich and
regularly watered foil of a garden, gradually lofes its bul-
bous habit, becomes exceflively luxuriant, and in time perifhes,
in confequence of exhau‘tion from that very luxuriance, to
which the annual formation of bulbs, in its proper fandy
fituation, is a feafonable check. All thefe initances furely

prove

MED

prove the accumulation of medulla in fuch bulbous roots, to
be equivalent to an accumulation of vital energy. They
cannot be mere refervoirs of moifture, for all that they can
poffibly contain is not adequate to the fupply of a few
minutes perfpiration from the herbage. They may indeed
hufband that moifture, fo as to render the fcanty fupplies
obtained by the fibres below, or by abforption through the
leaves, fufficient to keep the half-ftarved plant from abfolute
deftruGion; their own extraordinary luxuriance proving

the falvation of the parts which they feem to ftarve, but to.

which they are a neceffary and certain refource. The juft
confideration of flefhy roots in general will be found to
illuftrate this fubjeé&t; for though thofe of biennial plants
mutt be confidered as refervoirs of nutriment, hoarded up
by the growth of the firft feafon, for the inordinate fupply
of the next; the phyfiology of perennial bulbous roots
feems to indicate, that all are likewife refervoirs of vital
energy, of which the medulla is the immediate organ, and
probably the exclufive refidence. S.

MEDULLARY Anrrenrigs, in Anatomy, the arteries
diftributed on the fubftance which fills the interior of bones.
See Meputiary Syflem.

Meputiary Sub/lance,
and nerves. See BRAIN.

Mepvutzary Syflem, is the expreflion employed by Bichat
to denote the tiffue that occupies the interior of the bones.
Its organical arrangement, vital properties, funtions and
difeafes, are imperfectly underftood. Some remarks on it
will be found under the article Bone. It is found only
in the bones, and its ufes feem only relative to thofe organs :
yet its organization and properties are fo different as to juf-
tify us in confidermg it feparately.

There are two kinds of it very diftinguifhable from each
other : one occupies the cellular flru¢ture in the extremities
of the long bones, and in all the interior of the fhort and flat
bones : the other is found only in the middle of tha former.

The firft appears to confift of the ramifications of thofe
veffels, which enter by numerous {mall holes of the furface
inte the common cellular tiffue of the bone. They divide
very minutely on the internal furfaces of the cells, producing
the red appearance which chara¢terizes that part, and which
is more ftrongly marked in proportion as the fubject is
younger. To them, and the blood which they contain, is
owing the red colour of the powdery fubftance produced
in fawing through a bone. Fine inje€tions propel the blood
contained in this tiffue, and make it appear in the adult as
red as that of the foetus when uninjected.

Authors have generally admitted the exiftence of a fine
membrane in thefe bony cells, and have affigned to it the
office of exhaling the medullary fluid. Bichat reprefents it
as a merely vafcular texture, without any continuous fur-
face; and obferves, that the bone itfelf, in many points, is
in conta& with the medullary fluid. It poffeffes merely the
organic fenfibility and contraGtility neceflary for the fecre-
tion of its fluid, and is diftinguifhed in that refpe@ from
the medullary fyftem of the middle of long bones, which is
the feat of well-marked animal fenfibility. There is no fign
of pain when it is irritated in a living animal. If it be very
extenfively injured, necrofis may enfue: but fmaller in-
juries have not this confequence. Bichat perforated the ex-
tremity of a long bone in an animal, and then introduced a
hot wire: it healed without necrofis.

The vafcular network forming this fyflem is obfcured in
the cartilaginous ftate of the bone by the gelatine ; as that
is removed, the cells and veffels become manifeft. In the
foetus, and in the early years of life, it contains no oily fluid :
at this time the blood is more abundant, and the cells are

is the white matter of the brain

MED

filled with fome fluid, of which the nature is not well un-
derftood. Medullary oil is afterwards depofited, and its
proportion increafes until the growth is completed. The cel-
lular ftruéture of an adult bone expofed to a pretty confider-
able heat parts with a large quantity_of oily fluid: the fame
experiment tried on a foetal bone produces only deficcation
of the tiffue from evaporation of its fluids. When the ex-
tremity of a long bone of the adult is fet on fire, the con-
tained medullary fubftance keeps up the combuftion ; in
the foetus, the bone ceafes to burn as foon as it is removed
from the fire, as the fluids wiil not maintain the combuttion.
The bones, when dried, remain white and dry in the
foetus: they are yellow and greafy in the adult at their ex-
tremities. Ebullition extraéis much oil from the cellular
tiffue of adult bones, but none from thofe of the feetus.

The fecond medullary fyftem occupies the large cayity in
the centre of the long bones. Each of fuch cavities is lined
by a thin membrane, prolongations of which cover the thin
portions of cellular tiflue that projet into the cavity, or
pafs from one fide to the other, and form cells in which the
medullary fluid is contained. The fituation in which it
exilts, gives to it, when confidered altogether, a nearly cylin-
drical form.

It does not appear that the ends of this fyftem have any
communication with the former; the two are feparated by a
marked line of diftin@ion, and not gradually confounded :
yet it is difficult to prove the point clearly.

The great delicacy of the membrane conceals the nature
of its texture: it cannot be referred cither to the ferous,
mucous, or fibrous clafs, and has no analogy in its func-
tions, &c. with the periofteum, to which it has been often
compared. A principal artery enters at the chief hole of
each long bone, and ramifies on this membrane. Its
branches give it, in the foetus, a reddifh colour, which dif-
appears afterwards. Expofure of the containing cylinder
to fire renders the membrane more apparent by corrugating
and curling it up. ’

We have no means of bringing the properties that arifes
from ftru€ture (proprietés de tiflu) in this fyftem under our
obfervation.

It enjoys animal fenfibility in a very confiderable degree,
as we may prove by introducing a probe into the medullary
cavity of a bone, by injecting an irritating fluid, or ufing any
other mode of irritation.

The fecretion and abforption of the medullary fluid prove
the exiftence of organic fenfibility, and of infenfible organic
contradility.

It is obvious from the preceding account, that the vital
powers are more a¢tive in this than in the bony fyftem, con-
fequently that the vital phenomena muft be more rapid, and
the difeafes lefs prone to affume the chronic form, than thofe
which affe& the bones.

The medullary membrane appears to exift in the cartilagi-
nous ftate of the middle of long bones ; but gelatine is then,
depofited in it, fo that the whole bone is homogeneous in
appearance. When oflification begins, the gelatme is ab-
forbed, and the medullary cavity formed: the membrane
admits red blood. At firit, however, no oily matter is de-
pofited in the cells: inftead of it, there is a reddifh mucila-
ginous fluid, which exhibits nothing of a grealy appearance
when preffed between the fingers. No particles of oil fwim
in the water after it has been boiled. The middle of a
long bone expofed to heat burns with the formation of in-
flamed drops: nothing of this kind occurs in the foetus.

The funétion of the medullary membrane is to depofit,
by exhalation, the medullary fluid, and to convey it again
into the blood by abforption. It muft therefore poflefs

3 exhalants

MED

exhalants and abforbents as well as blood-veffels, although
we cannot demonttrate them anatomically. In thie point
of view the medullary fyftem refembles the fat. It is hardly
poflible for us to know whether the exhalation be aug-
mented or diminifhed by any caufes, It is however cer-
tain, that in phthifis, dropfy, or other affeétions in which
extreme general debility is produced by a gradual reduction
of the vital powers, the medullary fluid lofes its effential
charaéters, and affumes an appearance altogether different
from its natural one, without any alteration in the texture of
the membrane. It has a mucilaginous or gelatinous appear-
ance, almolt like that of the fatus,

That the medullary membrane has a clofe conneétion with
the nutrition of the bone is rendered evident by the experi-
ments of Troja, in which it is fhewn that its deftruction is
followed by the death of the bone, and the formation of a
new one, to which the periofteum ferves as a nutritive pa-
renchyma. The common way of proceeding has been to
faw off the extremity of a long bone, and to introduce a
red-hot wire into the medullary cavity, fo as to diforganize
the part completely. Soon after the periolteum {wells,
becomes inflamed, and extremely fenfible to the touch. "The
inflammation difappears, and the fenfibility is gradually ren-
dered lefs acute. The internal layers of the membrane re-
ceive a depofition of gelatine, and thus a cartilaginous fheath
is formed including the dead bone. After a certain time,
of which the length may vary from many caufes, phof-

hat of lime is depofited, and converts the cartilaginous
into a bony fheath. The inner bone is now a dead body
furrounded on all fides by a living one. Bichat, Anatomie
Generale, tom. ii.

Meputtary Sarcoma, in Surgery, a name given by Mr.
Abernethy to a kind of farcomatous {welling, the confilt-
ence of which refembles that of the medullary fubftance of
the brain, It is fuppofed by fome to be a fpecies of fungus
hzimatodes. See Funcus and Tumour.

MEDUMACK, in Geography, a river of America, in
the diftri& of Maine, which runs into the fea, N. lat. 44°.
W. long. 69° 15". at

MEDUNA, a town of Italy, in the country of Friuli ;
12 miles W. of Concordia.

MEDUNCOCK, a plantation of America, in Lincoln
county, Maine; 40 miles E.S.E. of Wifcaflet, containing
380 inhabitants, :

MEDUS, or Mepinus, a name given by the writers of
the middle ages to a ftone brought from Media, of which
they fay there were two kinds, the one black, and the other
green. They attribute many ftrange virtues to thefe
ftones ; the black they fay was a fatal poifon when taken
inwardly, but that if wetted with milk, and rubbed upon
the fkin of a woman with child, it caufed her to bring forth
a boy. © This feems to be only a falfe hiftory of the medea of

Pliny.
MEDUSA, in Botany, is a name beftowed on this ge-
nus by Loureiro, from the long curling hairs of its capfule
refembling the fnakes which are fabled to have covered the
head of Medufa. This name however is untenable, from its
having been previoufly applied to defignate a genus of
Vermes. Weare only acquainted with this plant as it oc-
curs in Loureiro, and being unable to refer it to any other
genus, we mutt be content to give that author’s account of ite
—Loureir. Cochinch. 406.—Clafs and order, Monadelphia
Polyandria. Nat. Ord......- j

Gen. Ch. Gal. Perianth inferior, permanent, of five,
ovate, hairy, incurved, {preading leaves. Cor. Petals five,
ovate-oblong, curved, inflexed, afterwards reflexed towards
the top, longer than the calyx. Stam, Filaments five,

Vou. XXIII.

MED

thread-fhaped, united at the bafe into atube, equal in length
to the corolla ; anthers incumbent. Pif. Germen fuperior,
nearly round; ftyle awl thaped, hairy, the fame length as
the flamens; ftigma fimple. eric. Captule ovate, three-
lobed, covered with numerous, long, twifted hairs, of one cell
and three valves. Seeds fix, roundith.

Eff. Ch. Monogynous. Calyx of five leaves. Petals
five, Capfule with one cell, three valves, and fix feeds.

1. M. anguifera. Snake-bearing Medufa. Cay chém
chdém dat, of the Cochin-Chinefe. Lourciro.—A ire of
middling fize, with afcending branches. Leaves alternate,
ponersre Pray ferrated, pointed, fmooth. Flowers red, not
many ona ftalk, Capfile hairy, opening in three lobes, which
expand horizontally.

epusa, in Natural Hiflory, a genus of the Vermes,
Mollufea clafs and order, of which the generic chara¢ter
is, Body gelatinous, orbicular, and generally flat underneath ;
the mouth central, beneath.

The animals of this genus have been commonly denomi-
nated * fea-nettles,” from the opinion that the larger {pe-
cies, when touched, excite a tin ling fenfation, and a flight
rednefs of the fkin: they are fuppofed to conftitete the
chief food of cetaceous hth ; and molt of them thine with
great {plendour in the water. The form of their body,
while at reft, is that of the fegment of a fphere, of which
the convex furface is {mooth, and the flat part provided
with feveral tentacula. The body is tranfparent, and fo
gelatinous, that it is reduced almoft to nothing by eva-
poration, when left on the fhore. Several coloured lines
may be feen within, but there is nothing that would lead
one to think there is a circulation oing on. The lines,
which are more numerous towards the borders, feem to be
appendages of the alimentary cavity. Thefe animals fwim
well, and appear to perform that motion by rendering their
body more or lefs convex, and thus ftniking the water.
When left on the fhore they are motionlefs, and look more
like flat cakes of jelly, than living animals. There are about
forty-four {pccies diftributed into two feétions, viz. A. Body
with ciliate ribs: and B. Thofe that have a fmooth body.
Many of the fpecies ‘are to be found in the feas about
our ap country, and will be marked as fuch with af-
terifks.

A. Body with ciliate Ribs.

Species.

InvunprsuLuM. The fpecific character of this is, body
ovate, with nine ciliate ribs. It inhabits the Indian, Medi-
terranean, and North feas; is about three inches and a half
long. The body is. obtufely eight-angled, hollow, tranfpa-
rent, open at the larger extremity, and of a firm gelatinous
fubitance, It contraéts and expands with great facility :
ribs purplifh, and furnifhed with a fingle row of fhort and
flender fibres.

Pireus. The body of this fpecies is globular with cili-
ate ribs, and two ciliate cirri. It is found in the Mediter-
ranean feas.

Cucumis. This is oblong with eight ciliate ribs, with
cirri. It is found in the Greenland feas, and moves very
flowly by means of the fibres on the ribs: when touched it
contra¢ts itfelf into the form of an apple. The body is
white mixed with blue, and covered with irregular red
{pots: it has two apertures, terminal meeting in the oblong
middle cavity. It probably derives its name from its fhape
and appearance.

Ovum. Ovate, with eight ciliate ribs and two pair of
cirri, one pair of which is ‘i long. Inhabits the Green-

; land

d MEDUSA.

Yand feas, and refembles a hat, fe'dom larger than a pigeon’s
egg. The body is lucid and exceedingly fragile ; the frag-
ments, while alive, are blue.

B. Body Jmooth.
Species.

Porrita. The body of this fpecies is flat above, be-
neath it is a little convex, grooved, and villous. It is found in
India.

*CruciaTa. This fpecies has a body marked with a
milk-white crofs. It inhabits the European feas. It has
the appearance of a tran{parent colourlefs jelly ; the body
is furrounded at the margin with very fine fibres: the crofs
is markéd with a brown fpot on each arm. It is luminous
when under fun-fhine.

Hysoceitita. The body is convex, having fixteen rays,
and four united tentacula beneath, Ii is found im the fea
round Portugal. The body above is whitifh, the rays com-
pofed of extremely minute reddifh-brown dots; beneath it
Is concave ; the tentacula are longer than the body, lanceo-
late, and marked with reddthh ftriz.

* ZEquores. Thisis a flattifh fpecies, with a villous in-
fieCted tentaculate margin. It is extremely fimple, foft, and
fringed at the margin with white.

* Aurita. Convex above, with an infleted fringed mar-
gin; beneath with four arched cavities near the centre. It
is frequently found floating on the furface of the fea; is
from two to four inches in diameter. When the fun fhines
upon the animals of this fpecies, they refle& a beautiful
{plendour.

* Capittata. The body is convex, with fixteen inden-
tations round the margin, and numerous flender filaments
beneath. It inhabits the ocean, and is about eight inches
in diameter. The body is de{cribed as whitifh, femi-pellu-
cid, fragile ; above convex, beneath flat with a rough circle;
within this there are eight pair of rays; and a number of
curled fibres and appendages from the centre: the margin
is divided into eight portions, each of which is emargi-
nated.

*Pirgaris. This has a capitate difk, with eight fmall
holes on the border: beneath it is arched and hairy. ‘The
body has an irregular reflected margin.

Marsvupratis. This is found in the Mediterranean; is
femi-oval with four tentacula on the margin, and refembles a
purfe.

Hemispumrica. This, as its name denotes, is hemi-
fpherical, with four tranfverfe ribs beneath, and marginal
tentacula and globules: the margin is entire; is not a
quarter of an inch indiameter, and is found in the European
feas.

PELAGICA.
curved margin and eight tentacula.
American and Atlantic feas.

Nocrituca. This fpecies is depreffed, with reddifh-brown
warts and dots: margin with eight red tentacula.

* Fusca. The body of this has fixteen brown rays and
a brown circle in the middle; the circumference is edged
with alternate crooked fangs and ovaltubercles. It inhabits
the coaft of Cornwall. The tentacula are four, lacerated,
and a little exceeding the body.

* Purpura. The body of this f{pecies is decorated with
pale purple rays, and a light purple crofs in the centre, be-
tween each bar of which is a deep purple horfe-fhoe-fhaped
mark.

* TupercuLATA. With fifteen brown rays meetirg at
the centre, and {mall oval tubercles round the margin ; it

Hemifpherical-concave, with a crenate in-
It is found in the

has four tentacula plain, and much longer than the body.
It inhabits the coaft of Cornwall.

* Unpurata. This derives its name from its undulate
margin; it has fangs on the projecting parts; beneath it has
four orifices, between which is a ftem divided into eight
ragged tentacula. It is found on the coait of Corn-
wall.

* Lunucata. The margin is tuberculate; beneath in
the centre are four conic appendages forming a crofs, with
feveral others, like ferrate leaves, toning it. The ten-
tacula are eight, not longer than the margin, and between
each is a femi-lunar aperture. It inhabits the coaft of
Cornwall.

NupA. Orbicular, blue, without creft; the tentacula of
the aifk are naked, with three rows of glands. It is found
in the Mediterranean, and is never an inch in diameter. ‘The
body bas a whitifh difk above, and radiate with concentric
flrix, the margin and border blue; the tentacula are fili-
form and blueifh-hyaline.

VeveLiA. This alfo is orbicular, blue, with an oblique
fimple creft or membrane, and numerous tentacula beneath.
It ihabits the Atlantic and Mediterranean feas. The
body is flat, thin oval, and marked with numerous tentacula
beneath. :

Sprrans. Oval, blue, with oblique divided creft or
veil, and numerous tentacula beneath. It is about two
inches long, and inhabits the Mediterranean. Body thin,
convex, and terminating in a whitifh central knob above,
blue with a brown border; creft two-parted and ftriate ;
the tentacula are filiform?

Putmo. Hemifpherical-concave, with a fringed border ;
beneath ftriate, the ftem with four openings and eight arms.
It inhabits the Tufcan fea. This has been very minutely
defcribed in the following terms: ;

“* Body gelatinous, pellucid, tough, cryftalline. The
head is large, hemifpherical, concave beneath, and marked
with numerous ftrie, croffed by fixteen diftant ligaments,
each emitting a fhort branch on both fides. Border fringed
with numerous roundifh fcallops. Stem large, thick, fquare,
with four femi-oval openings, each of which has a large
lobe above, and a {maller beneath. Eight branches or arms
proceeding from the lower part of the ftem, fub-cylindric,
pendent, and wrinkled behind ; befides thefe, there are fix-
teen fubtrigonal appendages rifing from the beginning of
each branch, bifid in front, and terminated on the upper
fide by a flat wrinkled furface ; the branches end in as man
fub-pyramidical branchiz, the two exterior fides of which
are prominent, and ending in a thickly wrinkled furface :
thefe are terminated by eight oblong fub-triangular thick
pendent bodies, ending in three flat acute membranacéous
pieces. Within the openings is a flexuous ftriate blueifh-
yellow band.”

Tyrruena. This, as its name imports, is found in the
Tufcan fea. It is convex; the margin crenate, and fur-
nifhed with very long fibres or threads; beneath are four
tentacula. ‘The body is {mooth, tender, hyaline, {potted
with red; beneath are four cavities, each marked with a red
band.

TupercuLaris. The difk of this is prominent; the
margin is eight times divided and {ftriate beneath; it has
eight tubercles. It is found ian the Tufcan fea. The body
is hyaline, and it is often two pounds weight; beneath
fulvous, with innumerable curved fibres ; tubercles blueifh-
white, ending in two ftems, terminated by a pellucid
whitifh membrane, which is flaccid and blue or white at
the tip. 4

Uraicutus. This fpecies.is bottle-fhaped, with a very

long

MED

tong granular central tentaculum beneath ; margin with nu.
merous blue tentacula tipt with white, Inhabite the ocean ;
iv hyaline, with about thirty morginal cirri.

Canaveta. Body ovate, with very long central ten-
tacula beneath, and a crenulate veil above, he is found in
the Atlantic, and inflames the hand by its touch, ‘I'he
body is thin, fmooth, fhining, blueith, hyaline, and tapering
on each fide; the ereft runs through the whole length of the
back ; it i femi-lunar, comprefled, furrowed Gith branched

‘over, and marked with rofy veins; tentacula jointed,
lue, fragile, and intermixed with fhorter tubercles.

Unmetra. Tentacula of the difk naked, of the margin

landular ; margin membranaceous, crenate, Inhabits tie

editerranean and Tudian feas, The body is rigid, de-
prefled, with radiate grooves above; beneath with a clavate
trunk in the middle, furrounded with thort clavate tubes ;
tentacula jointed with three rows of glands.

Dimonena. Back eminent ; beneath a minute crofs fur-
rounded with five apertures; the margin is ciliate. It is
found in the North feas. The body, when expanded, is or-
bicular, with a fquare inflected margin ; beneath it is con-
eave; the back is divided into four parts by radiate grooves,
with av elevated central crofs and white fibres.

Campranuta. The dik is gibbous; the border wide
and ciliate ; beneath is a hairy crofs. It inhabits the Green-
land feas. The body is conic-orbicular, beneath hollow and
fnowy ; the fringe of the margin and crofs yellow ; the latter
is often white.

Dierrara. Hyaline, with a pillil beneath in the centre ;
margin ciliate. An inhabitant of the Greenland feas. It
leaps with its margin bent in. Body very minute, conic,
ftriate ; fringe yellow or white, and hooked within; piltil
ending in a yellow or white pencil.

Fronposa. Margin of the difk varied with white opaque
fpots; "it has eight tentacula, is dichotomous, and is befet
with white pedunculate warts terminating in tufts. It is
fmall, and found in the Archipelago. The body is flattifh,
a little convex above; the border is membranaceous, and
fringed with white fafciculi; beneath is a villous nucleus,
which in the lefler ones is eight-angled, and in the larger
ones ten-angled.

Terrastyta. This is hemifpherical, without tentacula ;
furnifhed with four marginal tubes united into a prifm. It
is found in the Red fea, and is about a {pan and a half acrofs.
Body hyaline, rather rigid; the tubes of the margin are
linear, three inches long, {traight and flat.

Ocrostyta. Hemilpherical, without marginal tenta-
cula; beneath is a four-folded column, with eight many-cleft
Jobes at the tip, and fixteen lateral appendages. ‘This is
likewife found in the Red fea. The body is of a blueifh-
hyaline, and is a full foot in diameter; the column beneath
is about an inch and a haif long.

Axpromepa. Hemifpherical, without marginal arms ;
beneath there are eight round ramified feliaceous arms. An
inhabitant of the Red fea. The body is tranfparent, of a
pale yellowifh-brown or blueifh colour, with white rays and
an entire margin; in the middle is a fmall black crofs; the
arms are white, and a little thicker than a goofe-quill at the
infertion.

Corona. Hemifpherical, without marginal tentacula ;
beneath there are eight cultrate arms, toothed each fide be-
low. It inhabits the Red fea. Body reddifh-hyaline ; it is
about four inches acrofs, with a blue crofs in the middle ;
the arms beneath are broad, and two-lobed at the tip. ©

Persex. Hemifpherical, hyaline, with an opaque white
ring within, four times interrupted ; there are no marginal
tentacula. It is found in the Mediterranean. . ‘The body is

MED

about two inches wide, with a very prominent margin; it
has four arms, fub-lanceadate, about an inch long, and un-
dulate at the margin,

Crrura. Hemilpherical, tuberculate, reddith-brown ;
beneath are eight arms villous at their extremities, and nine
long filiform tentacula, It inhabits the Red fea. The bod
is pellucid, with eight paler rays; arms blueith, with black
extremities ; the teutacula are pointed.

Prososciparis. Hemifpherical, with a long probofcis
in the middle beneath, and fix marginal tentacula. This
fpecies inhabits the Mediterranean. The body is hyaline,
two inches and a half broad, with a prominent equal margin ;
probofcis fub-flexile, and truncate at the up, with a fringed
folded verfatile membrane. 6

Motticina. Deprefled, with twelve lateral apertures
and tentacula, An inhabitant of the Mediterranean. The
body is about an inch and a half in diameter, hyaline; the
margin is prominent, with twelve plates.

Pireata. Ovate-campanulate, with a hyaline globe
above ; within is an oblong red nucleus; the margin has
numerous tentacula that are yellow at the bafe. Inhabits
the Mediterranean. ‘The body is an inch and half high ; the
margin a little contracted.

Crucicera. Hemifpherical, with a reddith crofs as
wide as the body; the body is fmall, with four very minute,
white, approximate rings above; the margin is thin, pro-
minent, varioufly flexile, and often reddifh; the tentacula
are numerous, but not fo long as the body is wide.

UneuicutaTa. Orbiculate; above flat, with fixteen
rays; the margin is crenate, with fixteen flightly incurved
fangs. It is found about the shores of Jamaica, and is the
fize of a nutmeg. ‘The body is diaphanous, blucifh, and
{potted.

For a defeription of feveral of the above fpecies, as af-
fording an exhibition of light, and for an account of certain
changes, recommended by Mr. Macartney, in the arrange-
ment of the genera, and of the names of fome of the fpecies,
we refer our readers to the article Licut, Exhibition of, by
living Animals, at the clofe of the zoth volume of this work,
having, in the prefent, confined ourfelves to the Linnzan re-
prefentation of the genus.

Mr. (now fir Jofeph) Banks, in his paffage from Madeira to
Rio de Janeiro, difcovered a new {pecies of the medufa, which,
when brought aboard by the caiting net, had the appearance of
metal violently heated, and emitted a white light. With thefe
animals were taken {mall crabs of three different f{pecies, alto-
gether new, each of which gave as much light as the glow-
worm, though the creature was not fo large by nine-tenths.
Thefe luminous animals gave that appearance to the fea,
which has been mentioned by many navigators, and of which
various reafons have been affigned. It appeared to emit
flathes of light exactly refembling thdfe of lightning, only
not fo confiderable, but fo frequent, that fometimes eight
or ten were vifible at the fame moment.

Mepvusa’s Head, in Botany. See Evpuornia.

MEDUS£ Caprut, in Natural Hiflory, a name given
by authors to the /lella marina, called by fome, from its va-
rious branchings, /lella arborefcens. Rumphius, Gefner, and
many other authors, have defcribed this ftrange fith in its
recent itate; and in the AGia Eruditorum, we have an ac-
curate figure, and a very remarkable account of one which
was found foflil, and preferved in a fingularly perfect manner
in ftone.

The ftone in which it was found was of the fiffile or flaty
kind; and it was fo large as to extend over a piece of this
ftone of four feet’in length, and between three and four in
breadth. ‘lhe body of the fifh, from which all the reft feem

Y2 originally

MED

originally to have arifen, lay at one corner of this ftone, and
the arms extended themfelves iengthways in a very diftin&
and natural manner the whole length of the ftone; and from
thefe there parted, on every fide, other {maller ones; and
thefe were finally divided into others more minute, in fuch a
manner as to reprefent the niceft painting. A&. Erudit.
ann. 1725, p+ 377: '

The {tudy of foffils is more improved by this fingle f{peci-
men than by thoufands of others, and by the reafonings of
almoft as many authors. The foffils called entrochi have
always perplexed the writers on thefe fubjef&ts to account
for: fome having judged them a fort of ftony vegetables ;
fome a /ufus nature ; and others, as different things; but in
this table the whole fith is fo perfe&tly preferved, that there
can remain not the leaft doubt of its being really the fella
arborefcens ; and in this both the figure and author’s words
exprefs, in the plaineft manner poffible, that the long arms
or branches, reaching from one end to the other of the
ftone, are compofed of a number of. entrochi as it were,
tied together in the fame manner as the fingle joints of thofe
entrochi, which we meet with, are to one another: or, in
plain faét, that our entrochi, which have perplexed us fo
much to account for their origin, are in reality the frag-
ments of the arms or branches of this fifh. Thefe branches
in this famous fpecimen were compofed of what we call
trochite, and had many rudiments of fmaller branches, as
well as perfe& ones, growing from their fides, and would
have been fo many common entrochi, if broken off.

What was moft remarkable in this foffile was, how-
ever, the feparating of {maller branches which ran entire to
their ends, and there terminating in an infinite number of
{mall ramifications, all growing from one head, they formed
cluiters of four or five inches in diameter, and of an incon-
ceivable beauty, refembling the compound flower of fome
elegant plant. The matter of the large branches, when ex-
amined, appeared to be the fame with that of the common
entrochi, that is, fpar. The author calls it /élenites, but
that was a word indeterminately ufed by authors, till of late,
for all plated and bright foffils.

It is plain that this complete fifh could have no way come
into this {tone but at the time when it was yet moift and
foft : and the author calls it zowum diluvii monumenium, a new
remembrancer of the deluge. —

Mepusz i ae r Medufa’s Head,in Ancient Mythology,
occurs frequently both on the breaft-plates and fhield of Mi-
nerva; in fome of which it is the moft beautiful, and in
others the moft fhocking obje&t. In fome figures the face is
reprefentedas dead, but with the molt perfect features that
can be conceived ; in others, her face is full of paffion, and
her eyes convulfed ; and in many others, the look is altoge-
ther frightful, and formed on purpofe to infpire terror. The
beauties and horrors of Medufa's face are mentioned by the
Roman poets. Ov. Met. iv. ver. 793. Lucan, lib. ix.
ver. 680. Virg. /En. viii. ver. 438. Spence’s Polymetis,

- 61.

. MEDWA, in Geography, a town of Nubia, on the bor-
ders of Dar-fir; 80 miles N. of Cobbe.

MEDWAY, a river peculiarly conneéted with the county
of Kent, England, was called by the Britons Vaga, aname
defcriptive of its finuous courfe and mazy wanderings. The
Saxons changed this appellation to Medweg and Medwege,
from which the prefent name isacorruption. This river
has four principal fources, one in Kent, two in Suffex, and
a fourth in Surrey. The latter rifes at Blechingly, and en-
tering Kent, flows on to Eaton bridge and Penfhurft, below
which it is joined by one of the branches that rife in Suffex,
and being augmented by various fmaller ftreams, proceeds

MED

through a beautiful country to Tunbridge. A little above
this town the river feparates into feveral channels, the
northernmoit of which is navigable, and is again joined by
the other divifions about two miles below Tunbridge.
Thence proceeding to Twyford bridge and Yalding, it re-
ceives the united waters of the two remaining principal
branches; one of which flows from Waterdown foreft in
Suffex, and is fwelied by the Bewle and Theyfe rivulets 5
and the other of which rifes at Goldwell, near Great Chart,
in Kent; this alfo receives feveral leffer {treams in its pro-
grefs, and is increafed by the waters/of the former branch
above Hunton. From Yalding, the Medway flows ina
winding direétion to Maiditone, and thence ina wildly de-
vious channel, gradually augmenting in depth and breadth,
it purfues its piCturefque courfe to Rochefter. Proceeding
hence towards Sheernefs, it pafles Chatham, Upnor caftle,
and Gillingham fort; after which it greatly increafes in
width, and {till preferving its meandering charaéter, flows
onward to the Thames, which it enters between the ifles of
Graine and Shepey, having firft united its waters to thofe of
the Swale. The Medway and its numerous tributary ftreams
are calculated to overf{pread a furface of nearly thirty fquare
miles in the very midit of Kent. The tide flows nearly as
high as Madiftone ; but at Rochefter bridge it is ftrong and
rapid ; and below that, allthe way to Sheernefs, a diitance
of about twenty miles, the bed of the river is fo » and
the reaches fo convenient, that many of the largeft line of
battle fhips are moored here, when out of commiffion, as in a
wet dock, and ride as fafely as in any harbour of Great Britain.
In the great ftorm of 1703, the Royal Charlotte was driven
on fhore here, and lott.

The Medway was firft made navigable to Tunbridge about
the middle of the laft century, under the provifions of an
aGt of parliament, which paffed in the year 1740; thoughan
a& had been procured for the purpofe in the reign of
Charles II. By the laft a&, the undertakers were incorpo-
rated by the ftyle of ‘« The Proprietors of the Navigation of
the River Medway ;’’ and were empowered to raife 30,000/.
to complete the work, in fhares of 100/. each. ‘The trade on
this river is very great, and includes a vaft variety of articles,
many of them of the very firlt neceffity, and which, before
the navigation was completed, could only be obtained by a
circuitous land-carriage. The river 1s plentifully ftored with
fifh of various f{pecies ; and was in former times much cele-
brated for its falmon and fturgeon ; the latter, in particular,
were fo abundant, that a confiderable part of the revenues
of the bifhops of Rochetter were derived from a duty levied
ontheir fale. They have now ina great meafure left the
river, but are {till occafionally taken of confiderable bulk.
On the Medway, and in the feveral creeks and waters be-
longing to it, within the jurifdiction of the corporation of
Rochefter, is an oyfter-fifhery ; and the mayor and citizens
hold a court every year, called the Admiralty court, for re-
gulating this fifhery, and preventing abufes in it. The
powers of this court have been eftablifhed and enforced by
two acts of parliament. Hatted’s Hiftory and Antiquities
of Kent, 12 vols. 8vo. Beauties of England and Wales,
vol. vii. by E. W. Brayley. Ireland’s Piéturefque Views
on the River Medway, 8vo.

Mepway, a pott-town of America, in Norfolk county,
Maffachufetts, bounded E. and S. by Charles river, which
feparates it from Medfield ; it has two parifhes of Congre-
gationalifts, and contains 1050 inhabitants ; 25 miles S.W.
of Bofton.

Mepway, or Midway, a fettlement in Liberty county,
Georgia, formed by emigrants from Dorchefter, in South
Carolina, about the year 1780; 30 miles S. of Savannah.

MEDWI,

MEE

MEDWI, a town of Sweden, in Ealt Gothland, near
the Wetter lake, much frequented on account of a cele-
brated mineral {pring.

MEDZIBOZ, a town of Poland, in Volhynia ; 20 miles
8. of Conttantinow.

MEDZIRON, a town of Perfia, in the province of
Khorafan ; 60 miles E. of Mefehid,

MEEADAY, or Meronnouna-vay.
Town.

MEEKNESS, in Z£vAics, is a virtue which confitts in
bearing affronts, reproaches, and injuries, with a due com-
pofure of mind. Its oppolite vice is revenge.

MEELAH, in Geography, a town of Algiers, in the
province of Conftantina, fuppofed to be the Mievam of the
ancients, built in the midit OF intarfperfed vallies and moun-
tains, furrounded with gardens, and abundantly fupplied
with fountains ; one of which bubbles up in the centre of
the city, and is received into a large {quare bafin of Roman
workmanhhip. Its pomegranates are delicious, and it fu
plies Conttantina with herbs and fruit ; its apples are alfo a

d, that the name of the town has been derived from that
ruit; 13 miles N.W. of Conftantina.

MEEN, Sr., a town of France, in the department of
the Ile and Vilaine, and chief place of a canton, in the
diftri& of Montfort. The place contains 806, and the can-
ton 9905 inhabitants, on a territory of 2024 kiliometres, in
9 communes,

MEENAH ev Dsanas, a fea-port town of Arabia
Petra, fituated on the E. coa!t of the gulf of Accaba, in
the N. part of the Red fea, with a {fpacious harbour, an-
ciently “ Efion-geber ;"’ 50 miles S. of Ailah.

MEENDOR, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar of
Condapilly ; 18 miles W. of Mafulipatam.

MEENEES, a {mall ifland in the Sooloo Archipelago.

See Croconine

N. lat. 6 32'. E. long. 121 35
MEENKOOT, a town of Bengal; 14 miles N. of
Moorthedabad.

MEER, Jonn Vanner, in Biography. ‘There were
three painters who bore this name. One was devoted to the
ftudy of fea-pieces, but he {ometimes painted battles by land,
and executed them with very confiderable {kill. Another
was an hiftorical and portrait-painter ; but he who beit de-
ferves renown, was a difciple of Nicholas Berchem, and fuc-
ceeded admirably in imitating the ityle-of that matter. The
fubje&s he chofe were generally rather of a more confined na-
ture than Berchem’s, but they are touched with nearly equal
clearnefs and fpirit ; with more foftnefs and delicacy in their
effets. He is known by the name of De Jonghe, or the
Young, to diftinguifh him from the fhip-painter, who was
called the Old Vander-Meer. De Jonghe died in 1688.

Meer, in Mining, a {pace containing twenty-nine yards
in length in any vein.

Mexrr-flake, is a pin of wood drove into the fuperficies
of the earth, to fhew the extent or end of a meer of
ground.

Meer-/wiin, in Ichthyology, aname given by fome toa fea-
fifth, more ufually known by the name of caprifeus ; which
f

ee.
MEERBECK, or Metseck, in Geography, a town of
France, in the department of the Lys, on a fmall river
which runs into the Mandel ; eight miles-N. of Courtray.
MEERCASERAI, a town of Bengal, in the province
of Chittigong ; 31 miles N.W of Iflamabad. N. lat. 22°
47'. E. long. gt° 42!.
MEERGUNGE, atown of Bengal; five miles S.E. of
Mahmudpour.—Alfo, a town of Hindooftan, in Benares ;

MEE

ao miles 8.8.W. of Jionpour —Alfo, a town of Hindoo-
ftan, in Oude; 44 miles E. of Fyzabad.
MEERGUR, a town of Bengal ; four miles N. of Di-

nagepour.

MEERHO LZ, a town of Germany, feated on the Kin-
zigy giving name to a branch of the houfe of Ifenburg,
called [fenburg-Meerholz ; 17 miles E. of Frankfort on
the Maine

MEERJAPOUR, a town of Bengal; fix miles &. of
Nogong.
EERJASERRA, a town of Bengal; 25 miles N. of
Mauldah.

MEERJEE, or Mezrzaw, a town of Hindooltan, in
Canara, on the coaft; 10 miles N. of Onore. N. lat. 14°
28’. E,. long. 74° 107.

MEEROAT, atown of Candahar; 45 miles W. of
Ghizni.

MEERPOUR, a town of Bengal; 11 miles S. of Cal-
cutta.

MEERSCHAUM, Werner, Ecume de Mer, Broch.,
and Keffehil, Kirwan, in Mineralogy, a {ubitance of yellow-
ifh-white colour, which occurs in mafs, of fine-grained
{tru€iure, earthy, pafling into flat conchoidal, or {mall Maty,
with indeterminately “an ular, and moderately fharp-edged
fragments. This onibertl is opaque, foft, eafily frangible, ac-
gece polifh by frition, and is unétuousto the touch. Its
pecific gravity is1.6. In acids it may be partly diflolved
without effervefcence, and cannot be fufed without addition
by the por a The analyfes of Wiegleb and Klaproth
give the following refults, in which there is a difference,
owing to Klaproth’s having analyfed the frefh earth, and
Wiegleb's having examined that which was formed into a
tobacco pipe, and confequently baked, and deprived of its
water and carbonic acid.

Wiegleb. Klaproth.
Silex ~ - 54.16 50.5 41
Magnefia 51.66 17-25 18.25
Lime - 2 °. 0.5
Water - - 25. -
Carbonic acid - 5 39-
105.52 98.25 93-75

For the ufes to which this fubftance is applied among the
Turks, fee Kerrexiz. This latter name is derived from
Kaffa, a town of the Crimea, where it is fhipped for Con-
ftantinople. It is alfo found in Natolia, and in the iflands
of Samos and Negropont. When dug from its thin beds,
it is foft, and hardens by being expofed to the air.

A fimilar fubftance has been difcovered by Fabbroni at
Caftel del Piano, near Sienna. This confilts of 55 parts of
filex, 25 of magnefia, 12 of alumine, 3 of lime, and
0.1 of oxyd of iron: and has been formed into bricks which
float in the water. This manufaéture revives one of the loft
arts recorded by Strabo and Pliny.

MEERSSEN, in Geography, a town of France, in the de-
partment of the Lower Meufe, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftri& of Maeftricht. The place contains 1149, and the
canton 11,530 inhabitants, on aterritory of 115 kiliometres,
in 16 communes.

MEERTA, atownof Hindooftan, in the Subahof Agi-
mere ; 42 miles W.of Agimere. N. lat. 26° 23/. E. long.

4° 32’.
¥ ME'ES, Les, a town of France, inthe department of

the Lower Alps, and chief place of a canton, in the Pane
°.

MEG

of Digne ; 12 miles S.W. of Digne, The place contains
2021, and the canton 6305 inhabitants, on a territory of
74 kiliometres, in 8 commnnes.

MEESIA, in Botany, a genus of Moffes, eftablifhed
by Hedwig, Fund. v. 2. 97. t. g. f. 56, 57, and named by
him in memory of David Meefe, author of the Flora Frifi-
ca, an8vo. of 87 pages, with two plates, publifhed in 1760.
This botaniit has alfo publifhed an arrangement of plants, in
Latin and Dutch, founded on their cotyledons and mode of
germination; anda work on the Syngenetious clafs of Lin-
neus. Hedwig celebrates him as having firft feen the ftamens
of the Polytrichum, and as being the firft perfon who ever
raifed that mofs from feed. Meefia differs from the Bryum of
Hedwig, folely in the fhortnefs and bluntnefs of the teeth
of its external fringe, which are not half fo long as the
inner one. ‘The author indeed, in his original fpecies, found
an auxiliary character in the reticulated ftructure of this
inner fringe; but this differs only in degree, and that very
flightly, tae what is obfervable in every Bryum, nor is it
found in the other Meefiz, ‘Three fpecies are all that have
been referred to this fuppofed genus, in the latett work of
Hedwig, his Species Mujcorum ; and thefe have been reduced
by the author of the Flora Britanuica and othersto Bryum.
“They are

t. M. Jongifeta. Hedw. Crypt. v. 1. 56. t. 21, 22.
{Bryum triquetrum ; Turn. Mufc. Hib. 115. Engl. Bot.
. 2394. Mnium triquetrum; Linn. Sp. Pl..1578, ex-
cluding the fynonyms.)—Stem fubdivided. Branches
fimple, ere&. Leaves fpreading in three rows, ovato-lan-
ceolate, fharp-pointed, finely ferrated. Capfule flender
pear-fhaped, oblique and incurved. Lid conical —This fine
mofs, diftinguifhed from all others by the length of its fruit-
fialks, which extends to three or four inches, is found in bogs
in Sweden, Switzerland, and, fince the publication of Fl.
Brit., in Ireland. Hedwig erroneoufly defcribes the /eaves
as entire, notwithftanding the elaborate detail of the two
folio plates which he has devoted to this {pecies.

2. M. uliginofz. Hedw. Crypt. v. 1. 1. t. 1, 2. (Bryom
trichodes; Sm. Fl. Brit. 1350. Engl. Bot. t. 1517.)—Na-
tive of bogs in Germany and Scotland. Hedwig fays itis
common on alpiwe ealcareous rocks in Auftria.

3. M. dealbata. Hedw. Sp. Mute. 174. t. 41. f. 6—9.
(Bryum dealbatum; 5m. Fl. Brit. 1390. Engl. Bot. t. 1571.)
—Native of Sweden and Scotland; as wellas of St. Faith’s
bogs,near Norwich. ‘The /eaves are of afingularly whitifh
green, finely reticulated.

Thefe two lai {pecies are defcribed by the late Mr. Wood,
in our article Bryum, n. 4and 5. The firft was omitted
there, not being known at that time as a Britith plant.

MEETSA, in Geography, a country of Africa, W. of
Bergoo.

MEFLESS, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of Koni-
gingratz5 14 miles N.E. of Konigingratz.

“ MEGADOMESTICUS. See Domestic,

MEG.ERA, in Mythology, one of the three furies. She
is reprefented with ferpents on her head, and two dif-
tinguifhed ones over her fsrehead, as her filters have, and,
like them, with torches. She is not mentioned fo frequently
by the Roman poets as the others are. Virgil gives usa de-
{criptive pi¢ture of her, where he is {peaking of the punifh-
ment of the Lapithe; who were faid to be always placed
round a table very richly and plentifylly fet out, with a loofe
piece of rock hanging over their heads, as jutt ready to fall ;
and this fury attending clofe by, to watch and menace them,
the moment they endeavoured to tafte any one of the tempt-
ing things fet before them. En.wvi. wer. 607.

MEG

MEGAIZEL, in Geography, a town of Egypt; fix
miles N. of Rofetta.

MEGALA, a town of Tunis; 3 miles N.E. of
Spaitla.

“MEGALARTIA, Mélarueriey in Aatliguity, a feftival
in honour of Ceres, being the fame with Thefmophoria.

MEGALASCLEPIA, Meyzracnanwea, a feflival in
honour of /®{culapius. See AscLEPIA.

MAGALENSIA, or Mrcacesta, folemn feafte cele-
brated among the Romans on the twelfth of April, in ho-
nour of the great mother of the gods, that is, Cybele or
Rhea: wherein were {ports or combats held before the tem-
ple of that goddefs. i

They were called megalenfia, from the Greek peyarny great,
Cybele being accounted the great goddefs.

MEGALONISI, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the
Mediterranean, near the coait of the Morea; two miles E,
of Leucadia. ‘

MEGALOPOLIS, in Ancient Geography, now Leontari,
a large city, as its name imports, in the fouthern part of
Arcadia, upon the river Heliflon. Paufanias obferves, that
it was the moft modern of the cities of Arcadia, if we ex-
cept thofe which had been renewed by Roman colonies, af-
ter the victory of O@tavius over Antony, It owed irs
foundation to the counfels and aétivity of Epaminondas,
who in the year 365 B.C., being detirous of keeping the
Lacedemonians in that ftate of fubjection to which the
were reduced, induced the Arcadians to eftablifh this city,
and to fettle in it a numerous colony, colleéted from dif-
ferent cities, fo that it might ferve as a fortrefs and a bul-
wark againft Sparta. To favour them in this enterprize, and
to protect them in their labours, he fent them a guard of a
thoufand chofen men, under the command of Pammenes.
The city being thus fortified and defended, the Arcadidns
confided in its flrength and fecurity ; and on the other
hand their enemies were the more defirous of attacking it.
To this objeé they dire¢ted their whole force ; but the Mega-
lopolitans for along time vigoroufly refifted them. At
length, however, viz. in the year 224 or 225 B.C. it fell,
partly by furprize, and partly by a violation of treaties,
under the power of Cleomenes, king of Sparta. The
greater number of the inhabitants retired to Meflenia, and
emboldened by the counfels and example of Philopcemen, they
refufed the offer made them by Cleomenes, of remaining
in their own city, on condition of concurring in the Achezan
league. Philopamen, upon their return to Arcadia, en-
couraged them to rebuild their city, and to adorn it with
temples and magnificent edifices, which reftored its former
{plendour. It is nevdlefs to enumerate its temples and ilatues,
and other ornaments. The molt confiderable monument
which the fouthern part of Megalopolis prefented, was the
theatre, a building fo grand and magnilicent, that it even
exceeded in extent and beauty all thofe of Greece. We
learn from Polybius that, nextto Athens, Megalopolis was
the grandeft and moft {plendid city of Greece.

MEGAMETER. See Micromerer.

MEGARA, in Ancient Geography, the capital of the
territory of the Megarians, which has been commonly com-
prifed in Attica, bounded ealtward by mountains, and extends
weltward as far as a diftri€@ of the ifthmus of Corinth.
Megara, which had previoufly been called Nifa, derived its
name either from Megarius, the furname of Minos, a Baeo-
tian chief, who fucceeded the king of Nifa, or from Me.
gara, the name given to ancient temples ereéted in honour
of Ceres, or from Megara, a fuppofed wife of Hercules.
Under the reign of Codrus, the Peloponnefiays having de.

clared

MEG

elared war againft the Athenians, and mifearried in their en-
terprize, returned and took pollefion of Megara, which
they peopled with Corinthians, Befides two citadels, this
city had feveral magnificent ftru€tures and ornaments; one
was an aqueduct, dillinguithed by the grandeur and beauty
of its columns, conttrutted by Theagenes, tyrant of Me-
fara; another was a ftatue of Diana, the protectrefa ; to
which we may add, the (latucs of the twelve great gods, at-
tributed to Praxitcles ; a group confecrated to Jupiter
Olympius, in which was a flatue of this deity, with
the face of gold and ivory, and the relt of the body of
burnt earth ; and upon the path that led to one of the cita-
dels of Megara, called Caria, were a temple of Bacchus
Nytalius, another of Venus Spiftrophia, a chapel dedicated
to the Night, whence iffued her oracles; a temple of Jupi-
ter; two ftatues, one of /E{culapius, and one of Hygeia,
executed by Briexis, and a temple of Ceres, called the Me-
ees north of the citadel, near the temple of Jupiter the

lympian, was the tomb of Alcmenes, and that of Hyllus,
fon of Hercules; a temple of Apollo and Diana, the tomb
of Hippolyta, queen of the Amazons, and the tomb of
Therea. fides thefe edifices, there were in the fecond ci-
tadel, called the citadel of Alcathous, a tomb of Megareus,
and a temple of Minerva, with her ftatue, the body of which
was gilt, and the face, feet, and hands were of ivory, &c. &c.
See Paufanias in Attica, c. 39—44.

Mecara was alfo the name of a town on the eaftern coatt
ef Sicily, on the gulf of Megara, otherwife called Xipho-
nius, N. of Syracufe. This city, which is faid to have
been built here by the Greeks of Megara, the city of Achaia,
(fee the preceding article,) gave name to the mountain,
called «* Hybla Me 2? This colony, roo years after its
eitablifhment, founded. Salinus, which was deftroyed by
Marcellus when he befieged Syracufe. The ruins of Me-
gara are now fcarcely difcernible.

Mecara, a town of IIlyria.—Alfo, a town of Pontus.
—Alfo, a town of Alia, in Syria, dependent upon Apa-
mza.—And alfo, a town of Greece, in the Peloponnefus.

MeGara, in Geography, a town of European Turkey,
in the province of Livadia, on the coaft of the gulf of En-
gia, once the capital of a republic, now very much reduced ;
26 miles W. of Athens.

MEGARBE, a town of Nubia; 9 miles W.S.W. of
Mafuah. ,

MEGARIS, or the Mecaring, in Aacient Geography, a
country of Attica. See Mrcara /fupra.

Mecanis, a town of Italy, in Campania, placed by Pliny
between Naples and Paufilipo.

MEGATHERIUM, in Natural Hiflory, a genus of the
elafs Mammalia, order Bruta. This is generally known by
the name of mammoth. It has a near refemblance to the ele-
phant, but its having never been found alive, nor with its
organs ina perfeG ftate after death, its generic character
cannot be accurately afcertained. By fome accounts from
St. Peterfburg,. it is fuppofed that the animal ftill exifts in a
living ftate, though it has hitherto efcaped the refearches of
modern naturalifts. Its refidence appears to have been con-
fined to a line in the northera hemifphere, extending from
Siberia to the banks of the Ohio, and the common name of
mammoth was firft given to the fkeleton when dug from the
earth by a Siberian peafant. The following is the beft ac-
count we have of this animal: it was received from St. Pe-
terfburg, and relates to a {pecimen found, though not alive,
yet ina complete and almoft perfec ftate of prefervation.
A Tungoofe chief, in the fummer of 1799, when the an
inthe river Lena was over, repaired, according to annu

cuftom, to the fea-fide. Leaving his family in their huts, he

MEG

coafed along the thore in quett of the tufks of the mammotli,
when he accidentally perceived, in the midit of arock of ice,
a large thapelefs block, not at all refembling the logs of
drift wood commonly found there. He climbed the rock,
and examined it all round, but could not afcertain what it
was. The next year he returned, and found the carcafe of
a trichecus rofmarus, and obferved that the mals which be had
feen before was freer from ice, but that there were two fimi-
lar pieces by the fide of it. Thefe proved to be the feet of the
mammoth, In sor, the fide of the animal and one of its
tufles appearing very diftinlly, he acquainted his wife and
fome of his friends with what he had found. An alarm was
inftantly {pread: the aged people affirmed that a fimilar
monfter had been feen once before, and that the whole family
of the perfon who difcovered it foon became extin&. At
firft the chief, terrified at the report, abandoned bis prize,
fell fick, and was brought nearly to the grave ; but on his
recovery, he was mere refolute, and was determined not to
relinquilh the expeétation of the profit be might make of the
tufks. It was not, however, till the fifth year, that the ice
had melted fufficiently to difengage the mammoth, when it
fell over on its fide on a bank of fand. The Tungoofe was
quite fatisfied to take away the tufks, which he bartered for
goods to the value of 50 rubles, or rather more than 112,
Being fatisfied with the prize, the carcafe was left to be
devoured by the bears, wolves, and foxes. Previoufly to
this he had made a rude drawing of it, which reprefented it
as having pointed ears, {mall eyes, horfe’s hoofs, and a brifil
mane extending along the whole back. In 1806, Mr. Mi-
chael Adams, of Peterfburg, being at Yakoutfk, heard of
the circumitance, and proceeded to the pots in order to in-
veltigate every thing relating to it. Before his arrival, the
fkeleton was {tripped of its flefh, but was itfelf entire, with
the exception of one fore-foot. The vertebr2, one of the
fhoulder-blades, the pelvis, and the remaining three extremi-
ties, were held firmly together by the ligaments of the joints,
and by ftripsof fkinand flefh. It received fome damage in
the removal to Peterfburg, a diftance of almolt 7000 miles.
The ears, however, were preferved, and the pupil of the
left eye was perfectly diitinguifhable. From other parts it
proved to be a male, withalong mane, but had neither tail
nor trunk. From the flru&ture of the os coccygis, Mr.
Adams did not entertain a doubt that it hada fhort thick
tail, and he thinks it muft have hada probofcis. The fkin
was of a deepifh grey colour, and covered with reddith hair
and black briftles. The head weighed a6olb.; the
two horns wetgh 4oolb.: the entire animal was 104 feet high,
and full fixteen feet long. Mr. Adams has feen the tufks,
and fays they are fo curved as to form three-fourths of a cir-
cle. They are curved in the dire€tion oppofite to thofe of
the elephant, bending towards the body of the animal. In
1801, Mr. William Peale, proprietor of the mufzum at
Philadelphia, fucceeded in obtaining a fkeleton fo nearly
complete, that, by a few additions only, he rendered it, as it
were, perfect. This fkeleton was brought to London, and
exhibited eight or nine years ago.

The generic name of Megatherium was firft given to it by
M. Cuvier, who bas accurately examined the fkeleton; and
to the generic name he added the trivial one of Americanums
In Dr. Shaw’s Zoology it is defcribed as a fpecies of the
Manis genus, and is denominated Manis megatherium. Ac-
cording to Cuvier, the fkeleton which he faw at Madrid was
twelve feet long, and about fix in height. The {pine is com-
pofed of feven vertical, fixteen dorfal, and four lumbar ver-
tebre. It has fixteen ribs; the facrum is fhort, the offa
ilia very broad. ‘Fhe thigh-bones are exceffively thick, and
the Ieg-bones ftill more foinproportion. The entire fole “tad

MEH

the foot bore on the ground in the aé of walking. The
fhoulder-blade is much broader than long: the fore-limbs
are longer than the hind. The head is the greateft fingula-
rity of the fkeleton, The occiput is clongated and flattened,
but is convex above the eyes. ‘The two jaws forma confi-
derable projection, but without cutting teeth, all grinders,
with a flat crown, and grooved acrofs.

This quadruped, in its charaéter, differs trom all known
animals: and each of its bones, confidered apart, alfo differs
from the correfponding bones of a!l known animals. This
refults from a comparifon of the fkeleton with that of other
animals, for none of the animals which approach it in
bulk, have either pointed claws, or a fimilarly formed
head, fhoulder-blades, clavicle, pelvis, or limbs. “ As
to its place in the fyftem of quadrupeds,’” fays the
French naturalift, “ it is perfeétly marked by the fole in-
{pection of the ordinary indicatory characters, that is, the
claws and teeth. Thefe fhew that it muft be claffed in
the family of unguiculated’ quadrupeds, deftitute of cut-
ting teeth, and in fa&t it has ftriking relations with thofe
animals in all parts of its body. This family is compofed
of the dafypus, bradypus, manis, myrmecophagus, and Cape
ant-eater, or orycteropus. The thicknefs of the branches
of the lower jaw, furpaffing even that of the elephant,
feems to prove that this vaft animal was not content with
leaves, but, like the elephant and rhinoceros, broke on the
ground the branches themfelves ; its clofe and flat-crowned
teeth appearing very proper for that purpofe.’” Cuvier thinks
there are indications that this animal had a trunk, but that
it muft have been fhort, fince the length of the head and
neck together only equals that of the fore-iegs. He places
it between the bradypus and the dafypus genera, becaufe to
the fhape of the head of the former it joins the teeth of the
latter. It would be neceflary to know particulars, of which
afkeleton cannot inform us, in order to determine- to which
of thefe it approached the moft. ‘ This adds,” fays Cu-
vier, ‘¢ to the numerous faéts which apprize us that the ani-
mals of the ancient world were all different from thofe we
now fee on the earth, for it is fcarcely probable that if this
animal {till exifted, fo remarkable a fpecies would have hi-
therio efcaped the refearches of naturalifts. It is alfo anew
and very ftrong proof of the invincible laws of the fubordi-
nation of charaéters, and the juftnefs of the confequences de-
duced for the claffification of organized bodies: and under
both thefe views, it is one of the moft valuable difcoveries
which have for a long time been made in natural hiftory.”

MEGE, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in Farfiftan ;
10 miles S. of Ifpahan.

MEGE'VE, a town of France, in the department of the
Leman, and chief place of a canton, in the diftrict of
Bonneville. The place contains 3075, and the canton 9951
inhabitants, ona territory of 180 kiliometres, in feven com-
munes.

MEGGIO, a town of Africa, in Fez; nine miles from
the Mediterranean.

MEGHARISH Uzzur, or Acra, a town of Arabia,
in the province of Hedsjas ; 85 miles E.S.E. of Madian.

MEGHEM, or MeceEn, a town of Brabant, on the
Meufe ; 12 miles S. of Nimeguen. :

MEGNITZESC, a town of Sclavonia; 18 miles
W.S.W. of Verovitza.

MEGRA, a town of Ruffia, in the government of Arch-
angel, on the E. coaft of the White fea; 72 miles N. of
Archangel.

MEGUNTICK, a lake of Canada, on the borders of
Maine. N. lat. 45° 44’. W. long. 70° 2

MEHALLE!’ ex Kesiré, a town of euree capital of

MEH

Garbia, the fecond province of the Delta, and the refidence
of a bey. As there is no town more confiderable in the
Delta, it is called Kebira the Great. It has manufa¢tories
of linen and fome fal ammoniac works. A great deal of
bufinefs is done there. The rivers which furround it ferve
for the conveyance of its merchandize through Egypt. Its
envirous are covered with villages, flocks, and the various
produétions of a fertile foil; 47 miles N. of Cairo. N. lat.
0° 50’. E. long. 31° 24".
MEHALLEBEG, a town of Perfia, in the province of
Trak ; 25 miles S.E. of Rai.
MEHALLET w Emir, a town of Egypt, on the
Nile; fix miles S.E. of Rofetta. N. lat. 30° 50’. E.
long. 30° 24!.
Mena.tet i] Loben, a town of Egypt; 16 miles S, of
Faoué.
Mena yet Malek, atown of Egypt; five miles S. of
Faoué.
Menatter il Mefbak, a town of Egypt; five miles
N.N.E. of Tineh.
MEHAMA, one of the {maller Friendly iflands, in the
Pacific ocean ; four miles E. of Neeneeva.
ME‘HE'GAN, Wirtisam ALEXANDER, in Biography,
was born at la Salle, in the Cevennes, in the year 1721, of
a family originally from Ireland, which had followed the
fortunes of James II. He was prevented from adopting
the profeffion of arms, in which his family had been diftin-
guifhed, by ill health, and cultivated the belles lettres,
attaching himfelf particularly to the ftudy of eloquence.
When Frederic V. king of Denmark founded, in the year
1751, a profefforfhip of the French language, M. de Me-
hégan compofed a difcourfe which was pronounced at the
opening of the le€tures in Copenhagen. In the following
year he publifhed a work entitled « L’ Origine des Guebres ;
ou la Réligion naturelle mife en AGtion,” which was looked
upon as breathing the fpirit of modern philofophy. This
was followed at diftant intervals by ‘ Confiderations fur
les Révolutions des Arts ;” ‘Pieces fugitives ;’’ « Meé-
moires de la Marquife de Terville ;” ‘* Lettres d’Afpafie,””
and in 1759 “ L?Origine, le Progres, et la Decadence de
V'Idolatrie.” He died in 1766, and after that event, was
publifhed, as a pofthumous work of M. Mehegan, ‘'Ta-
bleau de l'Hiftoire moderne,”’ in three vols. t2mo. This is
highly efteemed on account of the warmth and eloquence of
the ftyle, and the generally impartial and philofophical {pirit
by which it is animated. ‘The hiltory commences with the
year 476, and concludes with the peace of Weltphalia in
1648. ‘It is,"’ fays his biographer, * full of picture and
portrait, upon which he fometimes throws too ftrong a glare
of colouring ; he has, however, fucceeded in making his
work much more interefting than abridgments ufually are,
and at the fame time has judicioufly feleéted the points of in-
ftru€tion.’" There is an Englifh tranflation of it. In 1767
was publifhed another pofthumous work of this author, en-
titled « L’Hiftoire confiderée vis-a-vis la Réligion, les
Beaux-Arts, et lEtat,” in three volumes t2mo. Gen.
Biog. :
MEHEM, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan, in the
fubah of Delhi; 27 miles W S.W. of Rodak.
MEHERRIN, a town of America, in North Carolina ;
25 miles E. of Halifax.—Alfo, a river of Virginia, which
runs into the Chouan, 20 miles N.W. of Hartford, in N.
Carolina. 4
MEHINDEY, a river of [Hindooftan, which runs into
the gulf of Caubay, about 40 miles S. of Amedabad.
EHITPOUR, a town of Hindooftan, in Lahore ;
45 miles S.E. of Sultanpour.
I MEHRI-

MET
MEHRIBAN, « town of Curdiftan ; 22 miles SE. of

ur.

MEHUN, a town of France, in the department of the
Cher, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of Bourges,
fituated on the Eure ; feven miles N.W. of Bourges. Bre
place contains 1267, and the canton 7064 inhabitants, on a
territory of 2874 kiliometres, in 12 communes. Charles VII.
had a palace in this town, where he refided, and ftarved him.
felf to death for fear of being poifoned by his fon Louis XI.
N. lat. 47° 9'. E. long. 2° 18’.

Menon, a {mall ifland in the ftraits of Babelmandeb.
N, lat. 12° 20',

MEHUNTPOUR, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar
of Chanderee ; 16 miles N.W. of Chanderee.

MEI, Giroramo, in Biography, a Florentine nobleman,
mathematician, philofopher, and theoretical mufician, who
flourifhed in the latter end of the fixteenth century. Battifta
Doni, in his * Trattato fecondo fopra gt Inttrumenti di
Tatti,” or keyed inftruments, fays, that in the beginning
of his mufical ttudies, his partiality for the mufic of the an-
cients was greatly increafed by the perufal of the dialogye of
Galilei, in which Mei had the greater part (dove i Mei
ebbe la meggior parte), and {till more by a treatife written
by this learned perfonage (Mei) ** De Modis Muficz,’’ a

S. prefented to the Vatican library by Monfig. Guarengo.
Op. Om. t. i. p. 324. Doni has fupported this affertion
by no proof; but in the Vatican library, among the queen of
Sweden’s MSS. there isa volume of inedited traéts and let-
ters, written by Girolamo Mei, upon the mufic of the an-
cients, in which are difooverable, not only opinions fimilar
tothofe of Galilei, but frequently the words in which they
are expreffed in his dialogue ; particularly in a letter from
Mei, Sate Rome, 1572, in anfwer to two that he had re-
ceived from Galilei, in which he feems to have been confulted
concerning the ufual difficulties which thofe haye to encounter
who undertake to difcufs the mufic of the ancients. We
procured a copy of this letter entire, and confiderable ex-
tracts from the other writings of Mei, which indeed contain
the whole fubitance of Galilei’s dialogue, except what con-
cerns the controverfy with Zarlino relative to the mufical
feales and proportions of the ancients.

Mer Mijere. See MiserERE.

MEIA Sarekn, in Geography, a town of Afiatic Tur-
key, in the government of Diarbekir ; 30 miles E.N.E. of
Diarbekir. N. lat. 38° 5'. E. long. 39° 55’.

MEIANE, a town of Perfia, in the province of Comis ;
18 miles S.S.E. of Biftan.

MEIANO, a town of Italy, in the department of the
Mela; 12 miles S.8.W. of Brefcia.

MEIAS-Farexiy, a town of Afiatic Turkey, in the
province of Diarbekir ; 25 miles NE. of Diarbekir.

MEIBOMIA, in Botany, a genus of Heifter’s, named
after Brandanus Meibom, profeflor of medicine at Helm-
itadt, who died in 1740, aged 62, but who is not recorded
as having written any botanical work, The plant on which
Heifter founded his genus is Hedy/arum canadenfe of Lin-
neus. We donot find that he has given any other character,
than enumerating it among papilionaceous genera with ter-
nate leaves ; fee Heiit. fyit. 9.

There was another profeffor Meibom at Helmftadt, who
wrote upon beer,* de cerevifiis potibufque et ebriaminibus extra
vinum aliis commentarius, and died in 1655, aged 65. Dry-
andr. Bibl. Banks.

MEIBOMIAN Granps, in Anatomy, very {mall round
bodies, arranged in parallel vertical lines on the inner furface
of the tarfi of the eyelids, and fecreting an un€tuous fub-
ftance, which is poured from theic du&s on the ciliary edges

Vor. XXIII.

METI

~~ the palpebra, and prevents their agglutination. See
YR.

MEIBOMIUS, Jouw Hewny, in Biography, a learned
dra, was born at Helmftadt, in Augult 1590. He
penta confiderable time on his travels in Italy, for the pur-
pofes of improvement in feience and literature ; and, having
given his attention to medicine, in which he made great pro-
grefes he went ultimately to Bafle, in 1619, where he was

onoured with the degree of doétor of phyfic. On his re-
turn to his native place, his charaéter obtained for him, in
1620, the appointment of profeffor of medicine from the
faculty of that univerfity ; and he continued in the office
about fix years, when he removed to Lubeck, where he had
been chofen phyfician to the city, and to its bifhop. Here
he paffed the reft of his life, which terminated in May 16555
in his fixty-fifth year. In the latter period of his life, be
employed himfelh chiefly in the inveftigation of medical hif-
tory, and left a manufcript to his fon, entitled “ De Vitis
Medicorum ufque ad feculum xv ;"" but this work was never
printed The following are the whole of his publifhed works,
the two laft of which appeared after his death. 1. “ Hip-
pocratis Orkos, five Gocmeentisina in Hippocratis jusju-
randum,”’ Lugd. Bat. 1643, 4to. 2. ‘De Flagrorum ufu
in re venerea,”” ibid. 1643, which was reprinted at London,
Copenhagen, and Francfort. 3. “ Epiftola de Cynophoria,
feu, Canis portatione ignominiofa,” WHelmftadt, 1645.
4. “ De Mithridatio et Theriaca Difcurfus,'’ Lubec. 1652,
1659. 5. “ Mecenas, five, de C. D. Mecenatis vita, mo-
ribus, et geftis, Liber fingularis,” Lug. Bat. 1653. 6. * De
Cerevifiis, Potibufque et Ebriaminibus extra Vinum aliis,
Commentarius,” Helmftadt, 1668, publifhed together with
the treatife of Adrian Turnebus, “* De Vino ;’’ and 7. “‘ Au-
relii Caffiodori Formula Comitis Archiatrorum,”’ ibid. 1668 ;
which is a commentary on the roth epiftle of the 6th book
of Caffiodorus. Eloy Di&. Hift.

Mersomius, Henry, fon of the preceding, was born at
Lubeck, in June 1638. After having gone ugh various
courfes of ftudy at Helmftadt, and in different Dutch uni-
verfities, he travelled into Italy and France, and took his
doétor’s degree at Angers, in 1663. He then continued
his travels into England, whence he returned to Germany.
His father’s name was {till held in eftimation at Helmftadt,
and his own talents and acquirements gained him confiderable
refpe&, fo that he was foon enrolled among the profeffors
of that univerfity ; in which he held faccefitcly the chairs
ef medicine, poetry, and hiftory ; the laft of which he re-
tained at the time of his death, in March 1700, when he had
reached his fixty-fecond year. Occupied as he ever was in
the pratice of his profeflion, and in his academical labours,
he neverthelefs found leifure to write feveral works, and alfo
to fuperintend the publication of the writings of others.
His firft differtation, «De Incubatione in Fanis Deorum,
Medicine caufa, olim fa&ta,”? was publifhed at Helmftadt,
in 1659. It contained a hiftory of the prieft-medicine of
ancient times, and of the various ceremonies, offerings, and
facrifices, inftituted in different Pagan temples, in conducting
this practice. He edited a treatife of Arnold de Boot,
which had been publifhed in London, in 1649, entitled « Ob-
fervationes Medice de Affetibus omiflis ;’’ with a preface,
and many valuable notes, ibid. 1664. He alfo publifhed
« De Vafis Palpebrarum novis, Epiftola ad Joélem Lange-
lottum,” ibid. 1666. «* De Offium contufione-Difputatio,”?
ibid. 1668; and feveral other fmall differtations, which
evinced his great knowledge of the animal economy, and its
diforders. He feems to have contemplated a hiftory of me-
dicine, and printed, « De Medicorum Hiftoria {cribenda,
Epiftola ad G. H. Velfchium,” ibid, 1669; but the —

Z culties

MEI

culties which he met with in inveftigating the medicine of
the Arabians arrefted his progrefs, and deterred him from
publifhing the work left him by his father. He publifhed,
however, the following : ‘* Parentatio I. Danielis Schmidt,”
Dantifci, 1687. «* Ad Saxonice Inferioris Hiftoriam In-
troduétio,” Helmftadt, 1687. ‘ Scriptores Rerum Ger-
manicarum,” ibid. 1688, in two vols. folio; and he edited
Valentin. Hen. Vogler’s « Introduétio uniyerfalis in notitiam
cujufcumque generis bonorum fcriptorum,”’ ibid. 1700, with
additions.

Some other individuals of the family of Mrrsomius were
profeffors at Helmftadt; efpecially Henry, the grandfather
of the preceding Henry, who publifhed feveral works ;
Mark, whofe ftudies were entirely confined to hiftory and
the belles‘lettres ; and Brandus, who taught medicine, and
publifhed feveral academical differtations, about 1730.
Eloy Di&. Hift. de Med.

Meizomivus, Marcus, a writer of great erudition, par-
ticularly in the mufic of the ancient Greeks, was defcended
from a very learned family at Helmftadt, who fucceffively
praétifed phyfic in that city, with great reputation.

Marcus Meibomius was born about 1611, and in 1652 he

ublifhed from the Elzevir prefs, in two volumes 4to. dedi-

cated to Chriftina, queen of Sweden, the following work :

«« Antique Mulice auétores feptem Grzce et Latine, Mar-

cus Meibomius reftituit ac Notis explicavit. Amftel. apud

Lud. Elzivirium, clo. lx. lii.’’ The firft volume contains :
I. Ariftoxeni Harmonicorum Elementorum, libri ii.

Il. Euclidis Introdué&tio Harmonica. -

III. Nichomachi Gerafeni, Pythagorici, Harmonius Ma-

nuele.

IV. Alypii Introduétio Mufica.

V. Gaudentii, Philofophi Introdu&io Harmonica.

VI. Bacchii Senioris Introduétio Artis Mufice.

The fecond volume.
Ariftidis Quintiliani de Mufica, libri ill.
Martiani Capellz de Mutfica, liber ix.

Meibomius, after this learned and elegant publication, was
invited to the court of the queen of Sweden, which invita-
tion he accepted.

Having, by his enthufiaftic account of the mufic of the
ancients, impreffed this princefs with fimilar ideas, the younger
Bourdelot, a phyfician, and his rival (as a claffical fcholar)
in the queen’s favour, inftigated her majefty to defire him to
fing an ancient Grecian air, while Naudet, an old French-
man, danced 2 /a Grec to the found of his voice. But the per-
formance, initead of exciting admiration, produced loud burfts
of laughter from all prefent ; which fo enraged Meibomius,
that feeing the buffoon Bourdelot in the gallery among the
{coffers, and having no doubt but that it was he who, with
a malicious defign, had perfuaded her majefty to defire this
performance, immediately flew thither, and exercifed the
pugilift’s art on his face fo violently, without being reftrained
by the prefence of the queen, that he thought it neceflary
to quit the Swedifh dominions before he could be called to
an account for his rafhnefs ; and immediately went to Copen-
hagen, where, being well received, he fixed his refidence
there, and became a profeffor at Sora, a Danifh college for
the inftruétion of the young nobility ; here too he was ho-
noured with the title of aulic counfellor, and foon after was
called to Elfineur, and advanced to the dignity of Archi-
teforié, or prefident of the board of maritime taxes or cul-
toms; but neglecting the duty of his office, he was difmiffed,
and upon that difgrace quitted Denmark.

Soon after he fettled at Amfterdam, and became profeffor
of hiftory in the college of that city; but refufing to give

Io

ME J

inftruétions to the fon of a burgomatter, alleging that he
was not accuftomed to inftru& boys in the elements of know-
ledge, but to finifh ftudents arrived at maturity in their
ftudies ; he was difmiffed from that ftation. -

After auitting Amfterdam, he vifited France and England;
then returning to Holland, he led a ftudious.and private life
at Amfterdam till 1710 or 1711, when he died at near go

ears of age.

Befides the feven Greek writers on ancient mufic, Mei-
bomius publifhed an edition of the Greek mythologifts ; a
treatife de Fabrica Triremium; a new edition of Vitruvius,
with a commentary on the Echeia, or harmonic vafes, de-
{cribed book 5 ; correéting, for a new edition, the Hebrew
bible. This daring work appeared at Amfterdam, 1698, in
folio, under the title “ Davidis Pfalmi, et totidem facre
{cripturz veteris Teltamenti capita—reftituta, &c.”’

The mott folid and celebrated of his critical works is his
edition of the feven Greek writers on ancient mufic, in which
all fubfequent writers on the fubjeét of ancient mufic place
implicit faith. It is from the indefatigable and learned la-
bours of Meibomius, in his commentaries on the Greek
writers in mufic, particularly Alypius, that we are able to
fancy we can decipher the mufical charaéters ufed by the
ancient Greeks in their notation ; which, before his time,
had been fo altered, corrupted, disfigured, and confounded,
by the ignorance or negligence of the tranfcribers of an-
cient MSS., that they were rendered wholly unintelligible.

MEICHE, in Geography, a town of France, in the de-
partment of the Doubs, and chief place of a canton, in the
diftriét of St. Hippolyte. The place contains 690, and the
canton 7864 inhabitants, ona territory of 2224 kiliometres,
in 31 communes.

MEIDAN, a town of Perlian Armenia; 100 miles N.E.
of Erivan.

MEIDANS, in the EZaffern Nations, are a fort of coun-
try-feats, where the greater people have often fummer-
houfes, to which they retire on the three days of the*week
in which they do not attend the pafha’s divan, and where
they divert themfelves with feeing their flaves ride, fhoot,
and throw the dart, while they are regaling with their pipe
and coffee.

MEIDOBRIGA, in Ancient Geography, a town of Hif-
pania, in Lufitania, S.W. of Nuba Cefarea. It was for-
merly a powerful city; and its inhabitants were called
Plumbarii, on account of the mines of lead which were
found in its vicinity. Some traces of it have been difcovered
in aplace called Armenha. South of this town was a chain
of mountains, denominated ‘* Mons Herminius.”?

MEIDON, or Meipun, in Geography, a town of Egypt,
at fome diftance from the left bank of the Nile, near which
is the moft foutherly of the pyramids ; it is thought to oc-
cupy the {cite of the ancient Nilopolis; 32 miles S. of

airo.

MEJEDDAH, a town of Algiers, on the Shellif; five
miles N.E. of Seedy-Abid. ;

MEJERDAH, or Mar-sgar-pa, a fea-port town of
Algiers, in the province of Tremecen, confifting of meanly-
conitruéted cottages. From this place a great quantity of
corn is exported to Europe; 42 miles W. of Tremecen.
N. lat. 35° 8’. W. long. 1° 35/. :

MerseRDAH, a river of Africa, formed by the union of
the Sujerafs and the Serrat, on the borders of Algiers; after
traverfing the country from W. to E. it runs into the Medi-
terranean at Porto Farina. It purfues a winding courfe
through a country, which it contributes to fertilize, and in
this refpe&t, as well as by its encroachments on the fea, it

refembles

MEI

refembles the Nile. ‘This river was anciently called “ Ba-
grada,” or “ Brada.”’ See Bacnana.

MEILAN, a town of European Turkey, in Natolia ;
18 miles W.N.W. of Kiangari.

MEILHAN, a town of France, in the department of
the Lot and Garonne, and chief place of a canton, in the
diftriét of Marmande; fix miles W.N.W. of Marmande.
The place contains 2414, and the canton 9552 inhabitants,
on a territory of 170 kiliometres, in fo communes.

MEILHUYS, a town of Norway, in the government of
Drontheim ; 14 miles S.W. of Drontheim.

MEIMARG, « town of Grand Bucharia; 36 miles
S.E. of Bokhara; which fee.

MEIMEND, a town of Perfia, in Segeftan; 40 miles
W. of Candahar. N. lat. 33°5'. E. long. 65° 45'.

MEINAM, fignifying the “ Mother of Waters,’’ a large
river of Siam. Rctordee to Loubere, this river, when it
enters the dominions of Siam, is fo {mall that it can only
convey {mall boats, fcarcely fufficient for carrying above four
or five perfons. It is afterwards very much augmented, at
the town of Lancocevan, by another confiderable river from
the north, of the fame name, or rather by the reunion of a
branch of the fame river. Loubere’s account of the {mall-
nefs of the {tream has been doubted, and it has been fug-
gefted, that it was only obftructed in its courfe by rapids or
cataracts. When we advert to the regular inundations, fimi-
lar to thofe of the Nile and Ganges, which are rivers of
long courfe, and other circumftances, we may infer that
the Meinam is of a more diftant and higher origin than the
mountains of Yunnan inthe weft of China; and that the
Thibetian Alps furni(h its fource in that of the Nou Kian
of the Lamas, fuppofed to be the Thaluen or river of Mar-
taban, which has no Delta, nor any marks of fo diftant an
origin, but is reprefented by Loubere and d’Anville as a
fhort and infignificant ftream. The Meinam is celebrated
among the oriental rivers. Kaempfer fays, that it is very deep
and rapid, always full, and larger than the Elbe. He adds,
that the inhabitants fuppofe its fource to be in the mountains,
which give rife to the Ganges, and that it branches through
Cambodia and Pegu ; an account fomewhat confirmed by the
difcovery of the river Anau, which conneéts the Meinam
with the rivers of Cambodia. The inundations are in Sep-
tember, after the fnows have melted in the aorthern moun-
tains, and the rainy feafon has commenced. In December
the waters decline, and by degrees fink to their former level.
The fame intelligent traveller informs us, that the water
in the earth {wells before the river rifes ; that the wells are
nitrous, but the water of the Meinam, though muddy, is
pleafant and falutary ; that the inundations are chiefly dif-
cernible towards the centre of the kingdom, not near the
fea; that the rice is reaped in boats, and the {traw left in the
water; that a feftival is celebrated in December, when the
wind begins to blow from the north, and the inundation
abates. The banks of the Meinam are generally low and
marfhy, but thickly peopled from Yuthia to Bankok, below
which are wild defarts like the Sunderbunde of the Ganges.
Monkies, fire-flies, and mofkitoes {warm on the fertile fhores.
Pinkerton.

MEINART. a town of Germany, in the county of
Hohenlohe; 7 miles S.E. of Ohringen.

MEINAU, an ifland in the N.W. part of the lake of
Conftance, with a commandery of the Teutonic order ;
about three miles in circumference.. In 1805 it was added
to Baden, once fo celebrated for its wine; 14 miles N. of
Conftance.

MEINOR. See Marnovur.

MEINUNGEN, in Geography, a town of Germany,

METI

in the county of Henneberg, belonging to the prince of
Saxe-Weimar, fituated amid{t mountains, on the river Werra;
21 miles N. of Schweinfurt. N. lat. 50° 37’. E. long.
10” 40’,

MEIONITE; Ayacinthe blanche de Somma, Romé de
VIfle ; Hyacinthine, Selemoth:

The jo pe of this mineral is a greyifh-white.

It occurs feldom maffive ; generally in prifmatic cryftals,
the primitive form of which is a reétangular prifm with
{quare bafes. ‘The principal modifications are

The reétangular four-fided prifm, acuminated by four
planes placed on the lateral edges.

The preceding with lateral edges truncated (dio@addre,
Haiiy, fig. 76.) ‘The truncating planes are often feen on two
oppolite edges only.

Che fame, but with lateral edges bevilled, and the bevil-
ment again truncated ; the edges _ ened vA the lateral and
acuminating planes likewife replaced by a plane, ( /ou/lracti/,
Haiiy, fig. 77.)

Often one of the acuminating planes increafes at the ex-
pence of the others which fometimes entirely difappear.

The cryftals are fmall, feldom middle-fized, clofely
a egppe together. They are fplendent, with a vitreous

uftre, efpecially when viewed in the direction of the longi-
tudinal frature.

Longitudinal fra¢ture foliated, the folia parallel with the
four fides of the prifm; crofs fracture conchoidal: the for-
mer is indicated by fiffures obfervable in the interior.

It is femi-tran{parent paffing into tranfparent.

It is hard, fcratching glafs.

Before the blowpipe it effervefces, and eafily melts into
a {pongy white glafs.

We are ftill without an analyfis of this fubftanee.

Meionite is found at Capo di Bove, near Rome, in bafalt
with melilite, augite, leucite ; and on Monte Somma, among
the volcanic ejections of Vefuvius, with calcareous {par or
granular limeftone.

This mineral fubftance was firft difcovered by Romé de
I'Ifle, who confidered it as a variety of Vefuvian; Haiiy
afterwards found it to be a diftin&t {pecies, to which he gave
the name it now bears, and which has been alfo adopted by
Werner, who at firft confidered it as a variety of feldf{par.

From mefotype-zeolite, with which it might be con-
founded at firft view, the meionite. differs in not forming a
jelly with nitric acid.

MEIOSIS, in Rhetoric, is a figura, which is a fpecies
of the hyperbole.

MEIRONNES, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Lower Alps, and chief place of a canton,
in the diftri& of Barcelonnette. The place contains 554, and
the canton 3252 inhabitants, on a territory of 335 kiliome-
tres, in thre: communes.

MEISENHEIM, a town of France, in the department
of the Sarre, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
Birkenfeld. The place contains 1730, and the canton 7512
inhabitants, in 21 communes. :

MEISNER, Batrtwasar, in Biography, an eminent
German Lutheran divine, was born in Saxony in the year
1587. At the age of fifteen he was fent to purfue his aca-
demical ftudies at the univerfity of Wittemberg, where he
took his degree of M.A., and acquired much reputation by
his diligence and talents. He ftudied alfo at the univerfities
of Strafburg, Tubingen, and Gieffen; but in 1611 he re-
turned to Wittemberg, and was appointed profeffor of mo-
ral philofophy, and in 1614 he was elected to the theological
chair, which he filled with great fuccefs during the i id

Z2 a

MEL
of his life. He died in 1626, leaving behind him works that

bear witnefs to his learning and zeal, of which we may notice
«© Commentarius in Hofeam:” ‘ Meditationes Sacre in
Evangelia :”” ‘* Anthropologia Sacra,” in two vols. quarto,
and « Philofophia Sobria, hoc eft, confideratio Queftionum
Philofophicarum,”’ in three vols, quarto.

MEISSANG, in Geography, a town of Africa, in Kaar-
ta; 52 miles E. of Kemmoo. .

MEISSAU, a town of Auftria; 34 miles N.W. of
Vienna.

MEISSEN, Margraviate of, a principality of Saxony,
founded in the roth century, and united.in 1422 to the elec-
torate of Saxony. Its boundaries have been various at dif-
ferent periods. i

MgIssEN, a city of Saxony, capital of the margraviate
above-mentioned, fituated on the Elbe, at its confluence with
the Meiffe, whence its name. Out of feveral jurifdictions that
formerly belonged to this town arofe the four prefeéturates of
Meiffen, to which pertain feveral villages. In the centre of
the old citadel, the other parts of which are in a ruined
fate, is the part called «* Albretfchfburg,”? in which is car-
ried on the celebrated manufacture of the excellent Mifnian
porcelain. At this place is alfo a manufacture of cloth.
The firft foundation of this.town was begun by king
Henry I. about the year 930; 14 miles N.W. of Drefden.
N. lat. 51° 19!.. E. long, 13°27’.

- MEKAM Aur, a town of the Arabian Irak, on the
Euphrates, oppofite to Baffora.

Mexkam ail Kidr, a:town-of the Arabian Irak, on the
Euphrates; 26 miles S.S.E. of Hellah.

MEKARA, a name of the Hindoo goddefs Parvati,
which fee.

MEKEHOAN, in Geography, a town of Arabia, in
the province of Oman, on the Perfian gulf; 45 miles
W.S.W. of Julfa.

MEKELBURG, :a town of Pruffia, in the province of
Bartenland ; 12 miles S.S.E. of Bartenftein,

MEKES, a town of Curdiftan; 30 miles S.S.E. of
Betlis.

MEKKIAS, fignifying meafure, a name, given to the
Nilometer, fituated on an ifland in the front of old Cairo,
about 500 yards in breadth. It is there, in front, that upon
the graduations of a pillar the rife of the river is meafured,
and from the obfervations made upon it, public cryers go
about the ftreets of Cairo, proclaiming the fucceflive heights
of the water, in which are centered all hopes of fertility and
abundance. This Nilometer is faid to have been built by
the Arabs. The ifland on which it ftands is called
“‘ Roudda,” or gardens, becaufe it is laid out in gardens,
and inhabited only by gardeners. See NILoMETER.

MEKLAF at Asrat, a town of Arabia, in Yemen;
75 miles N. of Hafec.

MEKZARA, acountry of Africa, on the S. fide of
the Niger, between Cafhna and Melli.

MEL, Gaupio, Framinco, in Biography, a Flemifh mu-
fician, by whom the Italians have been generally underftood
to mean Claude Goudimel, a native of Franche Compté, and
a Hugonot, who was one of the firft compofers of mufic to
the French tranflation of the’ pfalms by Clement Marot
and Theodore Beza; and who was murdered at Lyons in
1572, on the fatal day of the maffacre of Paris.

There are certain difficulties in this account, of which we
fhall {peak further elfewhere. See PALESTRINA.

MEL, in Geography, a town of Italy, in the Trevifan; 12
miles N.W. of Ceneda.—Alfo, a {mall ifland in the Atlan-
tic, near the coaft of Africa. N. lat. 19° 15',

Mert. See Honey.

MEL

Mex Cedrinum, in the Materia Medica of the Ancients, a
term ufed to exprefs a fort of liquid manna, ufed rather as
a pleafant fweet in foods than as a medicine, and which
feems to have been the fame with the me/ ro/cidum of Galen,
and with the liquid manna of mount Sinai; that mountain
having been the place where it was annually collected in large
quantities even in Galen’s time ; and the account Bellonius
gives of the manner of colle&ing it in his time, agreeing
very well with what Galen has left about it. It is, however,
an error in Bellonius, to f{uppofe this to be the ferenjabin of
the Arabians, that being evidently a folid, not a liquid fub-
ftance, and being from all accounts the fame with what is
now called manna Perficum, or Perfian manna.

The mel cedrinum is a term ufed only by Hippocrates for
this fubftance, and feems fo odd, that many are apt to be-
lieve there is an error of the text, and that the author never
meant any fuch thing. Foefius is of opinion, that thefe
ought to be read as two diftinét names, with a comma be-
tween them, and that the author only meant by them two
fubftances very well known in his time, which were common
honey, and the liquid fubttance called cedrinum, or cedria.

Met Rofcidum, a name given to a kind of liquid manna
colle&ed in their time, as it is at prefent, in confiderable
quantities, on mount Sinai, . The monks-who colleét it call
it terenjabin, after the name of a’ kind .of»mannaj;commou
among the Arabians. But this is an error, the ee of
thofe authors not being a liquid manna, but the {mall round
kind, colleGted from the.alhagi maurorum, and now called manna
Perficum. It-does not! appear thatthe mel rofcidum; or any
other fpecies:of manna, was ufed;in medicine by the, an-
cients; this was efteemed a-curiofity, rather than a thing of
any ufe, by Galen; and other authors fay, it was fweeter
than honey itfelf, with no farther account ; whence it feems
rather to have been ufed as a delicacy than as a medicine.
See Trrensapin, and Manna Perficum.

MELA, Pompontius, in Biography, an ancient geo
cal writer, was a native of Spain, and flourifhed A.D. 45.
His great work, entitled «« De Situ Orbis,’’ divided into
three books, is written with elegance, great perfpicuity, and
brevity, The beit editions are thofe of Gronovius 1722,
and Reinhold in 1761. Voffius gave an edition of it with
copious notes. In the laft edition by Gronovius are added
five books «* De Geographia,” written by fome later writer.

Meta, in Geography, a department of Italy, deriving its
name from a river which rifes on the confines of the Tren-
ton, and after croffing the Breffan, runs into the Oglio,
near Uttiano. . The department is compofed of part of the
Breffan, and has a population of about 190,689 inhabitants,
who elect 15 deputies.

Mera. See MEELAnH.

Metra, a river of the Morea, which runs into the fea;
8 miles S.W. of Patras.

Meta, a furgeon’s inftrument, called alfo fpeculum, and
by the vulgar a probe. .

Its ufe is to probe ulcers, or draw a ftone out of the
penis ; its form is various, according to the ufe it is intended
for.

MELADA, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the Adri-
atic, a little to the N. of Ifola Grofla. N. lat. 44° 35’.
E. long 15° 56. -

MELAENA, in Medicine, crave vesos in the language of
Hippocrates (fee his book regs veow, fect. 5. book u. edit.
Foes.) a difeafe charafterized by a difcharge of black mat-
ter by ttool?

This affection fometimes occurs together with hemateme/fis,
or vomiting of blood, and fometimes without that fymptom.
The ancients confidered that the black matter thrown off

by

phi- ~

a

MEL

by the bowels, was that modification of bilious matter
which they denominated d/ack bile: but recent obfervation
has afcertained that it confilts principally of blood, in a
her or femi-coagulated fate, which is poured out
lowly from the vefleis of the inner coat of the intellincs

It is obferved generally to be conneéted with obftruétion or
congeftion of fome of the abdominal vifcera, as of the liver,
{pleen, or mefentery, Great debility, and frequent fainting
accompany the difeafe ; the pulfe is often quickened, Siongh
but moderately ; and other fymptoms of fever are feldom
urgent. ‘There is commonly {evere pain in the ftomach and
a en, with lofs of appetite, naufea or vomiting, head-
» and other figns o derangement of the digeftive

organs.
iicals purgatives and clyfters have been recommended for
this complaint from the time of Hippocrates downwards :
and they are as beneficial in this affection, as in the haema-
temefis, to which it bears much affinity, (See Hamareme-
sis.) Dr. Home employed the diluted fulphuric acid, in ad-
dition to laxatives, and, as he believed, with confiderable
advantage, Emetics he juftly deems ufelefs, if not injurious,
and fhunned the ufe of opium, as tending to fhut up the
matter that nature was carrying off. Opiates, however,
ombined with gentle cathartics, tend rather to aid the ope-
ration (of ‘the latter, by removing the {pafmodic conftric-
tions which take place in the bowels, and thus alfo afford
material relief to the pains. See Home, Clinical Experi-
ment¥y, fect. 7-—-Alfo Hoffman, Med, Rat. Sy{t. tom, iv.
pargra. fect. 1. cap. 3. Morgagni de Sed. et Caufis Morbor.
ift. xxx. art. 17. Sauvages, clafs ix. gen. 11. Portal,
fur plufieurs Maladies, tom. it. p. 129.
_ MELAGGE, in Geography, a river which rifes in Al-
iers, formed by the union of feveral ftreams; which, in
fs courfe, takes the name of « Sarratt,” and runs into the
Mejerda, on the borders of Tunis.
.\.MELAIPOUR, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar
of Schaurunpour ; 20 miles E.N.E. of Schaurunpour.
MELALEUCA, in Botany, from perus, black, and
Awxes, auhife, a very fine exotic genus of trees and fhrubs,
fo named by Linneus, becaufe the principal, and indeed
original, {pecies was called Leucadendron, and Arbor alba ;
words fynonimous with its appeilation in the Malay tongue,
Caju-puti, or White Tree. We know not why the idea
of black was affociated with white in the above name.
Linn. Mant. 14. Sm. Tr. of Linn. Soc. v. 3.273. Schreb.
32, excluding the fynonyms. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1428.
Bert! Mill. Di&. v. 3. Juffl. 323. Lamarck Illuftr. t, 641.
Gaertn. t. 35.—Clafs and order, Polyadelphia Icofandria.
Nat. Ord. He/peridee, Linn. Myrti, Jufl.
Gen. Ch. Ca/. Perianth fuperior, of one leaf, turbinate,
in five deep, roundifh, often coloured, equal fegments.
Cor. Petals five, roundifh, inferted into the rim of the
calyx, between its fegments. Stam, Filaments very nu-
merous, in five fets, inferted into the calyx, either oppofite
to, or alternate with, the petals, various in length and
ftru@ure ; anthers roundifh, incumbent. Pi/?. Germen in-
ferior, nearly globular; ftyle thread-fhaped, , declining,
fhorter than the ftamens; ftigma obtufe. Peric. Capfule
globofe, coated, of three cells and three valves, the parti-
tions from the centre of each valve. Seeds numerous, mi-
nute, angular. F
. Eff. Ch. Calyx fuperior, in five deep fegments. Petals
five. Stamens numerous, very long, in five parcels. Style
one. Capfule of three cells.
A fine genus of aromatic trees and fhrubs, with lateral
- inflorefcence, and fimple entire leaves, all, except the firit

MEL

{pecies, the produce of New Holland. This genus was
confounded by the younger Linnwus, the two Forfters,
Schreber, and many other botanifls, whom Juffieu fecmed
difpofed to follow, with three other genera; fee Fapnicia,
Lerrosrunmum, snd Mernostpenos. From the two firtt
it is clearly diftinguithed, as their charaéters will thew ;
from the laft it differs merely in having the flamens affem-
bled in five fets, not fimply icofandrous; the habits of
thefe two genera, and every part of their fruétification, ex-
cept the Eosee, being aks, How very different the
form of the filaments is in different fpecies of Melaleuca,
will appear by their defcriptions; fome being united to a
great extent, others but flightly ; fome in a pinnate, others
in a palmate manner; all which being confidered, their
union at all feems to afford but an artificial chara@er.
This however is a fufficiently clear, and, both genera be-
tie mt a very commodious diftinétion.

Eleven {pecies of Melaleuca are deferibed, by the writer
of this article, in the third volume of the Linnzan So-
ciety’s T'ranfaGions, and one in the fixth. Thefe are all
adopted by Willdenow. We fhall here make fome addi-
tion to the number, and Mr. Brown, in the fecond volume
of his Prodromus, will probably increafe it much more.
The whole are diftributed into two f{eétions.

* Leaves alternate.

1. M. Leucadendron. Greater Cajeput Tree.
Mant, 105. Suppl. 342, a Sm. Tr. of Linn. Soc. v. 3.
274. (Myrtus Leucadendra; Lion. Sp. Pl. 676. Arbor
alba; Rumph. Amboin. v. 2. 72. t. 16.)—Leaves alter-
nate, lanceolate, pointed, obliquely falcate, five-ribbed.
Footftalks, young branches, and germen, {mooth.—Native
of fome parts of the Eaft Indies, efpecially the Molucca
iflands, Ceram and Amboyna, growing in hilly places,
flowering from January to March, and ripening fruit from
angel to November; but according to Rumphius, it is
rarely propagated by feed. This is defcribed by that ac-
curate writer, as a large free, as thick as a man’s body,
or much thicker, with many irregular widely fpreading
branches, but not of a lofty growth. Leaves {cattered, on
fhort {mooth footfalks, lanceolate, entire, {mooth, tapering
at each end, but moft at the extremity, curved laterally
into a fickle fhape, from five to eight inches long, fcarcely
an inch broad in the wideft part, furnifhed with five prin-
cipal ribs, conneéted by intermediate interbranching veins.
Stipulas none. Flowers white, in long, loofe, fomewhat
whorled {pikes, whofe {mooth common italk terminates in
a leaf-bud, and becomes a branch. The bundles of /lamens
are 3ths of an inch long, and each divided nearly to the
bafe. Germen {carcely B large as a hemp-feed, globofe,
fmooth, quite feffile, the cap/ules remaining long firmly
fixed to the branch, furmounted by leaves, after the feeds
have fallen out, as is common to the whole genus. Rum-
phius fpeaks much of the refinous and aromatic properties
of this tree, its whitifh or grey afpe@t, and its agreeable
fhade. The wood is hard and heavy, but eafily fplits and
foon decays, being neither beautiful nor ufeful. The outer
bark is of a fpongy nature, and much ufed for caulking
veffels, as it {wells in the water; but is neverthelefs liable
to fhrink again, and give way. | It is called.Jaru, a name
given to all fubftances ufed for that purpofe. An oil is ob- ~
tained by firing the tree, which foon becomes thick and is
ufed for candles. Rumphius fays nothing of any fine ef-
fential oil being procured by dilftillation from this tree;
fee the next ipecies.

2. M. minor. Leffler Cajeput Tree. Arbor alba minor ;

Rumph.

Linn.

MELALEUCA.

Rumph. Amboin. v. 2. 76. t. 17.)—Leaves f{cattered, el-
liptic-lanceolate, bluntifh, ftraight, five-ribbed. Young
branches and germens downy.—Native of Amboyna, but
lefs frequent than the foregoing, with which it has been
confounded by every body but Rumphius, We now ven-
ture, for the firft time, to diftinguifh them. This is
fmaller in all its parts, and rather a fhrub than a tree.
The young /eaves are extremely filky ; adult ones nearly
{mooth, about two (fcarcely three) inches long, and one
broad, exaétly elliptical, and not oblique or falcated. Fot-
fialks broad and very fhort, fomewhat hairy. Youn
branches, where the flowers are feated, denfely clothed with
white filky prominent down, as is likewife the germen.
The calyx is but flightly downy. Fruit fmooth, depreffed.
and truncated.

The late Mr. Chriftopher Smith, from whom we have
received {pecimens of both thefe plants, affured us of this
being what yields the oil of Cajeput, and Rumphius gives
the fame account. (See Cayeput.) The bark is woody
and brittle throughout, not externally corky like the
former. The ftructure of their parts of fructification is
the fame in both, efpecially the form of the famens. Rum-
phius’s plates are by no means calculated to give a juft idea
of the foliage of either, efpecially of the prefent, but his
defcriptions are excellent.

3. M. viridiflora. Green-flowered ribbed Melaleuca.
Gertn. v. 1. 173. t. 35. Sm. Tr. of L. Soc. v. 3. 275.
(M. Leucadendron; Forft. Prod. 38. Linn. Suppl. 342,
8. Metrofideros quinquenervia ; Cav. Ic. v. 4. 19. t. 333-)
—Leaves alternate, elliptic-lanceolate, ftraight, bluntith,
coriaceous, five-ribbed. Footftalks and young branches
downy. Germen nearly fmooth.—Native of New Cale-
donia and New South Wales. The younger Linnzus con-
founded it with both the preceding. From the firft it is
abundantly diftinét. With the fecond it more agrees in the
fhape of its /eaves, but differs in their thick rigid texture,
and much longer more downy footftalks The flowers
are twice as large, green, not white, with a fmooth or very
flightly hairy germen. The form of the ffamens is the fame.
‘The young /eaves of the prefent fpecies are finely downy,
but fearcely filky.

4. M. fuaveolens. Sweet-fcented Melaleuca. Gertn. v. 1.
173. t. 35.—Leaves alternate, elliptical, fingle-ribbed.
Flower-ftalks axillary, forked, downy, twice as long as
the footitalks. Filaments fhorter than the petals, fome-
what pinnate. Native of the warmer part of New Holland,
near Endeavour river. A plate of this, communicated by
fir Jofeph Banks to Linnzus, is in our poffeffion. It ap-
pears to be a handfome ¢ree, with elliptical fmooth entire
leaves, tapering at each end, fingle-ribbed, five or fix inches
long and two broad. Footfalks an inch long. Flower-
Jialks nearly twice that length, downy, axillary, fometimes
in pairs, forked, each bearing feven handfome white flowers,
whofe /famens are much fhorter than the petals, and pinnated
in their lower part. The germen and calyx are downy.

5. M. laurina. Laurel-leaved Melaleuca. Sm. Tr. of
Linn. Soc. v. 3. 275.—Leaves alternate, obovato-lanceo-
late, fingle-ribbed. Flower-ftalks axillary, forked, downy,
about as long as the footftalks. Filaments rather fhorter
than the petals, fomewhat pinnate.—Native of New South
Wales, communicated by fir Jofeph Banks. It is very
nearly related to the laft, but not at all aromatic, which
that fhould feem by its name to be, and the /eaves of the
prefent are broade{t towards the top, very narrow and taper
at their bafe. The fvot/alks are bordered, and fo conneéted
with the leaf, it is hard to fix the limits of each. F/ower-

flalks axillary, not an inch long, forked, filky, bearing five
or feven flowers, half the fize of the /uaveolens. Stamens
hairy, rather fhorter than the petals. Germen and calyx

downy.
6. M. flypheloides. Sharp Twifted-leaved Melaleuca.
Sm. Tr. of tia: Soc. v. 3. 275.—Leaves alternate, ovate,

twifted, many-ribbed, with a fpinous point. Calyx-teeth
fharp-pointed, ribbed.—Native of Port Jackfon, New
South Wales. This has the habit of a Styphelia, and is
fearcely at all aromatic. The numerous /eaves are feffile,
fcattered, not an inch long, ovate, twifted, rigid, pungent,
entire, fmooth, rather glaucous, ftriated with innumerable
nerves. Young branches very hairy, bearing in their lower
part fhort crowded circles of feffile white flowers. Germen
and calyx downy; the teeth of the latter ereét, rigid,
fpinous, ribbed. Stamens palmate, much longer than the
petals. M. Ventenat fays, there were many fine plants of
this {pecies, in his time, at Malmaifon, but none had then
bloffomed.

7. M. fquarrofa. Various-leaved Melaleuca. Sm. Tr.
of Linn. Soc. v. 6. 300. Donn. Cant. ed. 4. 186. (M.
myrtifolia; Went. Malmaif. t. 47.)—Leaves feattered or
oppofite, ovate, pointlefs, five or feven-ribbed. Calyx-
teeth pointlefs, {mooth.—Native-of the eaft and weft coafts
of New Holland. We firlt faw it in the Cambridge gar-
den in 1799. The éeaves fpread in three or four rows,
according as they are fcattered or oppofite, they have about
feven remote ribs, and are blunt without any f{pine. Fieqwers
white, encircling the hairy branches in long denfe maffes.
Germen and calyx {mooth, the-latter blunt, without thorns
or ribs. Stamens much longer than the petals, colle&ted
into five bundles, but’ not completely, many of the fila-
ments being diftin&, as in the genus Citrus ; fo that the
limits between Melaleuca and Metrofideros here become al-
moft evanefcent. The /figma too in this fpecies is quite
fimple, not fo tumid or capitate as in moft other JZela-
leuce —Perhaps M. decuffata of Mr. Donn’s Hort. Cant.
ed. 5. 186, is but a variety of this, -

8. M. diofmifolia. Green-flowered Reflexed Melaleuca.
Andr. Repof. t. 476.—Leaves fcattered, reflexed, elliptic-
oblong, obtufe, fingle-ribbed. Calyx-teeth rounded, fmooth.
—Native of King George’s Sound, on the welt coaft of
New Holland, where it was found by Mr. Menzies. We
gathered it in flower, in Junei807, in the confervatory
of Claude Scott, efq. at Sundridge park, Kent. A tall
fhrub, with many fpreading branches, clothed with name-
rous, fcattered, crowded, ftalked, reflexed aves, about
half an inch long, nearly elliptical, dark green; {mooth
and even above; dotted and fingle-ribbed beneath. The
flowers are green in every part, rather large, thickly
crowded for an inch or two along the middle part of each
branch, their long /famens, which are united by their bafe
into five bundles, prejeéting horizontally all round. The
anthers, or at leait their pollen, is yellow. Stigma obtufe.
ihe large, thickly coated, crowded into irregularly an-
gular figures.

9. M. microphylla. Small-leaved Melaleuca.—Leaves
{cattered, imbricated, cylindrical, obtufe, fomewhat fpread-
ing. Flowers crowded at the upper part of the branches.
This hitherto nondefcript fpecies was gathered near King
George’s Sound, on the weft coalt of New Holland, by
Mr. A. Menzies, who favoured us with a fpecimen. ‘The

Jffem is fhrubby, much branched in a determinate manner ;
the branches fmooth, whitih, leafy throughout. Leaves very
numerous, crowded, a little fpreading, about a quarter of
an inch long, cylindrical or obf{curely quadrangular, very

: blunt,

MELALEUCA.

blunt, unarmed, {mooth, pale green, with a {trong aro-
matic refinous flavour; each fupported by a fhort, fender,
spot Sorttielt, jointed at its oh Flowers white, crowded
into an oval {pike at the fummits of a few of the branches,
which are not extended beyond them, but {till the infloref-
cence is lateral. Stamens in five fets, thofe of each fet
united, a good way up, into a flat linear bafe or common
filament, which reaches beyond the petalr. Germen and
calyw {mooth. Cap/ule turbinate. This is molt akin to
the next.

10. M, ericifolia. Heath-leaved Melaleuca. Sm. Tr. of
Linn, Soc. v. 3. 276. Exot, Bot. v. 1. 65. t. 34 —Leaves
{eattered or oppolite, linear, acute, nervelefs, pointlefs, a
little recurved, Flowers crowded at the upper part of the
branches.—Native of Port Jackfon, New South Wales.
This and the laft are the fmalleft we have feen of the genus.
Both have the habit of Lrice. The prefent is very {mooth
in all its parts, and has the talte and {mell of Coriander
feeds. The branches are prettily flriped with green and
white. Leaves from half an inch to an inch in length, flat-
tith, linear, very narrow, acute, but without any fpinous
point, dettitute of rib or veins, a little convex beneath.
Flowers yellowith-white, crowded into oval or oblong {pikes
at the top of almoft every branch, which 1s commonly a
little prolonged, and leafy, above them. Germen and calyx
ote Stamens {trongly united in five fets, but their com-
mon claws do not extend beyond the petals. The flower-
buds are reddith.

11. M. nodofa. Needle-leaved Melaleuca. Sm. Tr. of
Linn, Soc. v. 3. 276. Exot. Bot. vy. 1. 67. t. 35, Vent.

if. t. 112? Metrofideros nodofa bP as > th
172. t. Cavan. Ic. v. 4. 19. t. 334.)—Leaves fcattered,
in. fiecight, tipped ~~ Ree points. Flowers
crowded near the tops of the little fide branches. Fila-
ments palmate.—From the fame country as the laft. It has
long been known in the gardens. The ftouter taller habit ;
ftraight pungent eaves above an inch long ; and the much
fhorter, almoft globular, mafles of yellow flowers, each of
which is borne on a fhort lateral branch, diftinguifh this {pe-
cies from the laft. The flowering branches have leafy
terminations. Tle bundles of ffamens are palmate, their
united part fhorter than the petals.

12. M. armillaris. Slender-leaved Melaleuca. Sm. Tr.
of Linn. Soc. v. 3.277. (M. €ricefolia; Andr. Repof.
t. 175. Vent. Malmaif. t. 76. Metrofideros armillaris ;
Gertn. v. 1. 171. t. 34.)—Leaves feattered, linear, fome-
what recurved. Flowers crowded at the lower part of the
branches. Filaments very long, linear ; many-cleft and
radiating at the fummit —Native of New South Wales.
It has long been in the gardens. We have feen it trained
againft a wall to the height of feveral feet, in the open air,
covered with flowers in May, and requiring only the fhelter
of a mat or glafs frame in winter. It differs from MZ. .no-
dofa in its lefs rigid, and fomewhat recurved, /eaves, fcarcely
{pinous at the tip ; much longer feries of flowers, which are
white; and particularly in the long linear bafe of each
cluiter of flamens, which is extended to twice the length of
the petals, and then branches off at once into numerous
radiating filaments of no confiderable length. We have
always found the flowers fituated about the lower part cf
each branch; Ventenat reprefents them near the end. So,
on the contrary, his plate of A. nodo/a has the flowers on
the lower parts of very long leafy branches, very different
from what we have obferved. It feems therefore that the
relative fituations of the fructification vary in thefe plants,
though the comparative number of flowers in each is

conftant.

13. M. genifiifolia, Broom-leaved Melaleuca, Sm. Tr.
of Linn, Soe. v. 4. 277. Exot. Bot. v. 1. 107. t. ¢5.—Leaves
fcattered, lanceolate, Create three-ribbed, clofely dot-
ted, Flowers loofely fcattered, Filaments pinnate in their
upper part. Style Sra Native of New South Wales,
where the firft fettlers ca'led it the White T’ea-tree. It is
faid to grow “ in a good foil, moftly near the water-fide,”’
being covered with white blk floms in November. We have
met with it in no garden, In its native foil the fem attains
the height of twenty or twenty-five feet. The Zranches and
leaves ave {mooth ; the latter lanceolate, fearcely three quar-
ters of an inch long, acute, flat, marked with three ribs,
and numerous refinous dots at the back. Their flavour is
pleafantly aromatic, not ftrong. Floqwers {cattered, in alter-
nate pairs, towards the tops of the {mall terminal branches,
which are flightly downy in that part. The claws of the
united flamens are about as long as the petals before they
divide ; they then become pinnate, and towards the top are
more clofely branched. Germen and calyx {mooth. Style hairy.

** Leaves oppofite.

14. M. linarifolia. ‘Toad-flax-leaved Melaleuca. Sm.
Tr. of Linn. Soc. v. 3. 278. Exot. Bot. v. 1. 109. t. 56.
(Metrofideros hyflopifolia Cavan. Ic. v. 4. 20, t. 336.

linear-lanceolate, three-ribbed,
Flowers loofely fcattered. Fila-
ments pinnate all the way up. Style {mooth.—Native of
the country about Port Jackfon, New South Wales. We
have feen it flowering at Mr. Scott’s of Sundridge park.
In its native foil this {pecies forms a large tree, whofe outer
bark is eafily {tripped off, in large light thick {pongy flaky
portions, which ferve the rude natives as a warm wrapper
for their new-born infants. The European fettlers found it
anfwer the purpofe of tinder. The branches are {mooth.
Leaves oppofite, nearly feffile, an inch and a half, or two
inches long, narrow, linear-lanceolate, acute but not pun-
gent, marked with three flight ribs above, much dotted on
both fides ; the mid-rib keeled beneath, Flowers numerous,
loofely difpofed, cream-coloured, with a tinge of red in the
petals. Stamens very long, each bundle regularly pinnate,
almoft from the very bafe to the end. Style fhort, {mooth,
as well as the germen and calyx. Every part is highly aro-
matic, with a flavour refembling pepper-mint.

15. M. abietina. Yir-leaved Melaleuca.—Leaves oppo-
fite, elliptic-oblong, concave, blunt, riblefs. Flowers few,
at the ends of the branches. Filaments long, linear, many-
cleft at the fummit. Communicated by Mr. Menzies, who
gathered it at King George’s Sound, on the weft coaft of
New Holland. This feems to be a ftout /brub, or tree, with
numerous, ftrong, leafy, {mooth branches. Leaves about
half an inch long, crowded, oppofite, in pairs crofling each
other, on fhort broad foot/alks ; they are concave above,
with a very blunt point ; convex beneath, deftitute of ribs,
veins, or dots. Flewers reddifh, few together, in fhort,
ovate, apparently terminal fpikes, befet with many imbri-
cated, reddifh, ribbed and keeled éraGeas. It feems doubt-
ful whether the branches be ever continued, in a leafy form,
beyond the infertion of the flowers, which if they be not,
would overfet a chara&ter in the habit of this genus on
which we have always depended. Our fpecimen however
is infufficient to decide this queftion. The bundles of
ments are linear and fimple to a confiderable extent (but
not to the extremities of the petals, which are longer than
ufual) ; then they fuddenly branch off into numerous divi-
fions, each bearing its anther, as in the other fpecies. Style
fmooth, longer than in the laft, but much fhorter than
the ftamens. Germen and calyx fmooth. oa

16. M.

f. 1.)—Leaves oppofite,
clofely dotted beneath.

MEL

16. M. thymifolia. 'Thyme-leaved Melaleuca. Sm. Tr.
of Linn. Soc. v. 3.278. Exot. Bot. v. 1. 69. t. 36. (M.
coronata; Andr. Repof. t. 278. M. gnidiefolia; Vent.
Malmaif. t. 4. Metrofideros calycina; Cavan. Ic. v. 4. 20.
t. 336. f. 2.)—Leaves oppofite, elliptic-lanceolate, acute,
riblefs. Flowers few together, on fhort lateral branches.
Filaments oppofite to the petals, branched more than half
way down.—Native of New South Wales. It was firtt
raifed in England, if we miftake not, by Mr. Fairbairn at
Chelfea garden, and is not very uncommon in green-houfes.
This fpecies is a little, flender, {mooth, bufhy /orub, about
two feet high, with numerous f{mall, {mooth, oppofite thyme-
like /eaves, full of refinous dots beneath, and highly aro-
matic. Flowers rofe-coloured, abundant, though but few
together, on fhort lateral branches, not always furmounted
by leaves. The germen and calyx are fmooth. Filaments
oppofite to the petals, which is remarkable, and as far as
we can examine our dried fpecimens of others, peculiar to
this and the next fpecies. They are twice the length of
the petals, and confift of one broad flat compound fila-
ment, fending off from its margin and inner furface abundance
of fimple filaments with py cy almoft to its very. bafe.
Style {mooth, rather fhorter than the ftamens.

17. M. hypericifolia. St. John’s-wort-leaved Melaleuca.
Sm. Tr. of Linn. Soc. v. 3. 279. Vent. Jard.de Cels, 10.
t. ro. Andr, Repof. t. 200.—Leaves oppofite, fpreading,
elliptic-oblong, fingle-ribbed. Flowers numerous, on fhort
lateral branches. Filaments oppofite to the petals, very
long, linear, radiating at the fummit.—Found in fwamps
at New South Wales. This is now not unfrequent in the
green-houfes and confervatories of England, where it makes
an elegant appearance, being, in our opinion, the moft beau-
tiful of the genus. The /fem is fhrubby, fix feet high, with
lax {preading branches. eaves numerous, horizontal, op-
pofite, crofling each other in pairs, elliptical, fmooth, about
an inch long, with much of the habit of an Hypericum.
Flowers on fhort, lateral, {cattered branches, many together,
in denfe cylindrical maffes. Calyx and germen {mooth, green,
very glandular and refinous. Petals green or reddifh, with
refinous dots at the back. Filaments oppofite to them, the
common bafe of each clufter three or four times the length
of the petal, and of the fame colour, linear and narrow,
terminating in a very large radiating tuft of iong, capillary,
crimfon, filk-like threads, each bearing a {mall red anther,
with yellow pollen. Thefe crimfon threads, combining all
round into a clofe mafs, almoft concealing the reft of the
flower, conftitute the chief beauty of the whole. It was
miftaken for a Bank/ia by one of the firft conviéts who went
to New South Wales, and who fent a very charaéteriftic
drawing to England of this plant, ameng fome of lefs
accuracy.

18. M. zeriifolia. Oleander-leaved Melaleuca. Sims in
Curt. Mag. v. 26. t. 1058. (M. falicifolia; Andr. Repof.
t. 485.)—Leaves oppofite, Janceolate, fingle-ribbed. Flower-
ftalks axillary, forked, nearly fmooth. Stamens fhorter than
the corolla, fearcely cohering.—Native of New Holland,
we know not precifely from what part of that extenfive
country. It is faid to have been firlt raifed from feed by
Mr. Barr of Iflington. This is very different from all the
reft of the prefent feGtion, having yellow flowers, on axillary
forked ftalks, being next akin in habit to MZ. /uaveolens and
laurina of the former divifion ; but its aves are oppofite.
Their figure is lanceolate, about two inches long, and the
under fide is pale. The /famens are defcribed by Dr. Sims
as collefted into five bundles, fhorter than the petals, but
hardly cohering ; Mr. Andrews delineates thefe bundles as
oppofite to the petals, with the filaments feparate almoft to

MEL

the very bafe. Whether Mr. Brown, from whom in his
Prodromus v. 2, and Ait. Hort. Kew, we may expeé addi-
tions to this genus, has made any generic divifion of it, we
are not informed ; but Dr. Sims hints at the propriety of
fuch a meafure.

Mention of more fpecies than we have defined will be
found in Mr. Donn's Hort. Cant. but fome of thofe are
certainly not different. His zeriifolia and /alicifolia are, we
prefume, our laft fpecies, under the names of Sims and
Andrews. His coronata, and probably fimbriata, are our
thymifolia, which he has likewife. His dio/mefolia and ar-
millaris we judge to be one and the fame, as perhaps is his
pie his This intelligent botanift and cultivator is necef-
farily liable to be mifled, by the communications of his
friends, who fend the fame thing under different names, nor
are the plants always in a condition for determination till
it is too late for his purpofe. S.

Mevareuca, in the Materia Medica. The Melaleuca
minor is that fpecies, which yields the Cajeput oil, and not
the JM. leucadendron, as mentioned under that article. See
the preceding article.

The Cajeput oil, called alfo « Oleum Wittnebianum,”
from Wittneben, who gave an account of the procefs for
obtaining it, though unknown in Britain, is now admitted
into the Materia Medica of all the principal foreign phar-
macopeias. It is imported into Europe from the Eait Indies,
and is diftilled chiefly in the ifland of Banda. From its ex-
orbitant price it is frequently adulterated ; and is therefore
feldom found perfeétly pure in Europe. Cajeput oil ap-
pears to be a powerful medicine, and is much efteemed in
Germany, as well as in India, asa general remedy in chronic
and painful complaints. It is ufed for the fame purpofes
for which we employ the officinal ethers, to which it feems
to have a confiderable affinity ; the Cajeput, however, is
more potent and pungent; taken into the ftomach, in the
dofe of five or fix drops, it heats and ftimulates the whole
fyftem, proving at the fame time a very certain diaphoretic,
by which, probably, the good effeéts it is faid to have in
dropfies and intermittent fevers are to be explained. For
its efficacy in various {pafmodic and convulfive affeGtions, it
is highly efteemed; and numerous inftances of its fuccefsful
employment are publifhed by different authors, cited by
Murray. It has been alfo.ufed both internally and externally
with much advantage in feveral other obitinate diforders, as
palfy, hypochondriacal and hytterical affeGtions, deafnefs,
defe&tive vifion, tooth-ache, gout, rheumatifm, menitrual
obftruétions, herpetic eruptions, &c. ; of which Thunberg
gives a particular relation. The dofe is from two to fix
and even twelve drops. Woodville Med. Bot. See Ca-
JEPUT oil.

MELALIEH, in Geography, a town of Egypt; 10
miles N. of Abugirgé.

MELAMPODIUM, in Botany, is a Linnean genus
whofe derivation may eafily be’ traced from j:Az:, black, and
mous, a foot. According to the defcription of it in his Hortus
Cliffortianus, it fhould feem that Linnzus had in view the fimi-
litude of the feed of the female florets to the foot of a goat.
—In the Critica Botanica however it is faid to be named in
honour of the Greek phyfician Melampus.—Linn. Gen.
445. Schreb. 583. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3.2338. Mart. Mill.
Did. v.3.- Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1. v. 3. 269. Juff. 188.
Lamarck Illuttr. t. 713. Gertn. t. 169.—Clafs and order,
Syngenefia Polygamia Neceffaria. Nat. Ord. Compofite Oppo-

Whe tae Copan Jaf. pafte Oppo

Gen. Ch. Common calyx flat, much fpreading, of five,
oblong-ovate leaves, the length of the florets. Cor. com-
pound, radiated; the apparently perfect florets contftituting

9 the

MEL

the difk ; female ones about five, making the radius: that
of the florets of the difk of one petal, funnel-thaped, five-
toothed, ereét ; of the radius ligulate, ovate, entire or three-
toothed, Stam. in the difk, Filaments five, very {mall; an-
thers cylindrical, tubular. Péf. in the fame ) trey Ger-
men very {mall, abortive; (lyle briftle-fhaped, the length
of the corolla; {tigma obfolete: in the female ones, Ger-
men nearly ovate, comprefled, rough at the fides, flat and
membranous at the top; ftyle very fhort. Peric. none, ex-
cept the unchanged calyx. Seeds in the difk none; in the
radius folitary to each floret, obovate, compreffed, quad-
rangular, prickly at the fides, crowned witha heart-fhaped,
partial calyx, involute and converging at the margin. Re-
= chaffy, conical; {cales lanceolate, coloured, the length
of the florets.

Eff, Ch. Receptacle chaffy, conical. Seed-down of one
leaf, converging. Common calyx of five leaves.

1. M. americanum. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1303. (Caltha ame-
ricana, &c., Banks. Reliq. Hoult. 9, t. 21.) —Stem ereé,
Leaves linear-lanceolate, pinnatifid—Tound by Houtton,
near Vera Cruz, in a craggy, fandy foil, where it flowered
and ripened fruit in March.—Stems herbaceous, numerous,
round, villofe, procumbent. Leaves oppofite, an inch and
half long, ufually with two lateral fegments, fometimes en-
tire ; hairy on both fides, but more particularly at the back.
Flowers {olitary, yellow, upon axillary ftalks. Seeds form-
ing a crown, and fupplying the place of the florets of the
radius.

The fpecific chara&ter of this plant given in the Species
Plantarum of Linneus differs fo much from Houtton’s
figure, as well as from the defcription in Hortus Cliffortianus,
which feems made from the fame {pecimen, that we have
pre{umed to alter it.—Poflibly when he wrote the fecond
edition of the Species Plantarum, not having any fpecimen
before him, he did not fufficiently attend to what he had
previoufly recorded.

2. M. humile. Swartz. Prod. 114. Ait. Hort. Kew.
ed. 1. v. 3. 269.—Stem erect. Leaves toothed, fomewhat
lyrate, feffile.—A native of Jamaica and St. Domingo,
flowering from June to O&ober.—Nothing is known of
this fpecies but from the authors above quoted, and not
being able to refer either to a {pecimen or a figure of it, we
muft of courfe be content with copying their {pecific cha-
racter.

- M. auflrale. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1303. Willd. n. 3. (M.
auftrale, feminibus quinque oblongis hifpidis, calyce penta-
phyllo, caule decumbente; Loefl. It. 268.)—Stem decum-
bent. Leaves oval, ferrated.—Found at Cumana in South
America by Leefling, who defcribes the Root as perennial.
Stems a {pan long, fomewhat downy, with oppofite decum-
bent dranches afcending towards their extremities. Leaves
oppofite, on footftalks, oval or obtufely ovate. Flowers
terminal, yellow, on fhort footftalks, Seeds furrowed, and
covered with hooked hairs.

Thefe three {pecies are all that are known of the genus
Melampodium. Of the two lait we are not acquainted with
any figure. Profeffor Martyn obferves, that they are all
tender plants requiring much fhade and warmth. The feeds
fhould be fown in the {pring in a hot-bed, and the plants re-
moved in due time into pots filled with light fandy earth.

Metampopium, in the Materia Medica. See HELLE-
nore and Hetirsorvs.

MELAMPUS, in Biography, was enumerated among
the early civilizers of Greece, who thought it neceflary to
travel into Egypt to qualify themfelves for the high employ-
ments at which they aipired in their own country. Orpheus

Vor. XXIII.

MEL

proceeded thence a legiflator and philofopher; and Melampuss
who had different views, commenced, at his return, phyfi-
cian and diviner, arts which in Egypt were profefled toge-
ther, Apollodorus fays, that he was the firlt who cured
difeafes by medicinal potions. Phyfic had its miraculous
thew daring the infancy of the art, as well as mufic; aud
ife and health being efteemed more precious and folid blefs-
ings than the tranfient pleafures of the ear, bore a much
higher price: for though bards were often diftinguithed by
royalty, and their talents recompenfed by gifts and honours,
yet we do not find in ancient records that any one of them
ever experienced fuch munificence as Melampus. It is re-
lated by Paufanias, that having cured the daughters of
Pretus, king of Argos, of an atrabilarious diforder, with
helleLore, he was rewarded with one of his royal patients
for wife, and a third part of her father’s kingdom in dowry.

MELAMPYRUM, in Botany, is the Mraprve of
Theophrattus, derived from prras, black, and wvgo;, wheat 5
its feeds greatly refembling the grain of wheat, but of a
darker colour. In fome however, indeed in all the Linnzan
{pecies, they are fo like wheat in form, fize and colour, as to
be {carcely difcernible from it.—Cow-wheat.— Linn. Gen.
305. Schreb. 4o1. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 197. Mart. Mill.
Did. v.3. Sm. Fl. Brit. 651. Ait. Hort Kew. ed. 1.
v.2. 328. Tournef.t. 78. Juff. 1o1, Lamarck Dié. v. 4.
1g. Illuftr. t. 518. Gaertn. t. 53.—Clafs and order, Didy-
namia Angiofpermia. Nat. Ord. Perfonate, Linn. Pedi-
culares, Jufl.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, tubular,
permanent, cloven half way down into four, flender fegments.
Cor. of one petal, ringent; tube oblong, recurved ; limb
compreffed: upper lip helmet-fhaped, compreffed, emargi-
nate, the lateral little margins reflexed ; lower lip flat, ere@,
the length of the upper, obtufe, cloven half way down into
three, equal fegments, marked with two prominences in the
middle. Stam. Filaments four, awl-fhaped, curved, con-
cealed under the upper lip, two of them fhorter; anthers
oblong. Piff. Germen fuperior, acuminate ; ftyle fimple,
in place and length like the ftamens ; ftigma obtufe. eric.
Capfule oblong, oblique, pointed, ‘compreffed, its upper
margin convex, the lower ftraight, of two cells and two
valves, opening at the upper future; partition contrary.
Seeds in pairs (folitary according to Gertner), ovate, gib-
bous, enlarged at the bafe.

Eff. Ch. Calyx tubular, four-cleft. Upper lip of the
corolla comprefled, ‘folded back at the margin. Capfule of
two cells, oblique, burfting at one edge. Seeds two, gib-
bous.

1. M. criflatum. Crefted Cow-wheat. Linn. Sp. Pl. 842.
Engl. Bot. t. 41.—Spikes quadrangular. Bratteas heart-
fhaped, imbricated, compa, toothed.—An Englifh plant,
though by no means acommon one. It has been found
both in Cambridgefhire and in Norfolk, on the borders of
woods, and in corn-fields, flowering in July. The fpecimen
figured in Englifh Botany was fent from Madingley wood,
near Cambridge.— Root annual. Stem rough, much branched.
Leaves oppolite, linear, entire. Spikes of flowers terminal,
imbricated, very ornamental, being of a yellow, purple and
tawny colour. - Linneus however obferves that there is a
variety which has white flowers.

2. M. arvenfz. Purple Cow-wheat. Linn. Sp. Pl. 842.
Engl. Bot. t. 53.—Spikes conical, loofe. Bratteas fringed
with narrow taper teeth.—This like the laft may be con-
fidered as a rare native plant, though occurring occafionally
in various parts of England, in gravelly fields, and flowering
in July and Auguft.—Root annual. Stem about two feet

Aa high,

MEL

high, ere&t, much branched, rough, Leaves lanceolate,
pointed, entire. Spikes of flowers terminal, gf a yellow and
purple colour, extremely ornamental, indeed fo much fo
that Dr. Smith obferves * we are f{carcely worthy to poflefs
it, for its charms, however ftriking, have never procured it
admiffion into a flower-garden, though it may eafily be
raifed from frefh feed on a dry gravelly foil.”

3. M. barbatum. Bearded Cow-wheat. Willd. n. 3.
Wadftein and Keitabel Pl. Rar. Hung —Spikes conical,
loofe. Braéteas toothed and briftle-fhaped, not coloured.
Calyx-teeth bearded. Corolla gaping.—A native of fields
in the fouth of Hungary. -- This new fpoecies is adopted on
the authority of Willdenow, who fays that it is very clofely
allied to the Jaft, but differs in the following particuiars.
Braé&eas green, not coloured. Calyx-tecth furnifhed with
long, tran{parent, membranous hairs at the margin. Upper
lip of the corolla more hairy. Flowers by no means varic-
gated, but altogether of a yellow colour.

4. M. nemorofum. Many-coloured Cow-wheat.
Sp. Pl. 843. Fi. Suec. 214. Fl. Dan. t. 305.—Flowers
leaning one way, lateral. Bracteas toothed, heart-fhaped,
lanceolate, the upper ones coloured, fterile. Calyx woolly.
—A native of woods in the north of Europe, and efpecially
of fome provinces of Sweden. Dr. Smith alfo found it in
Savoy.—-It flowers in July and Augult —zot annual, {mall.
Stem fomewhat more than a foot in height, upright, branched,
Leaves entire, ovate, pointed, occafionally rather arrow-
fhaped, toothed at the bafe. Braéteas violet-coloured, laci-
niated at the bafe, thofe at the top barren. Flowers of a
beautiful yellow and purple colour.—The fplendour of this
fpecies has attracted the notice of various botanifts. Lin-
nzus mentions it in his Flora Suecica with great delight,
which has drawn forth the following obfervation from
Dr. Smith in his Tour on the Continent, ed. 2. v. 3. 149.
Speaking of 7. nemorofum he fays, ‘¢ The red and yellow
flowers, amid {ky-blue and purple bra¢tez, form the richelt
combination poflible, which, but in the hands of nature,
would be tawdry. Well might Linnzus efteem this plant
worthy to decorate the palace of Flora herfelf.”’

5. M. pratenfe. Common yellow Cow-wheat. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 843. Engl. Bot. t.113.—Flowers lateral, leaning
one way. Leaves in diflant pairs. Corolla clofed.—Com-
mon in woods and thickets throughout England, flowering
through the fummer.—Roof annual, branched, fpreading,
{mooth. Stem flender, branched. Leaves lanceolate, fmooth,
occafionally toothed at the bafe. Braéeas pinnatifid, often
purplith. Flowers folitary, all leaning one way, yellow,
their upper lip fringed with denfe hairs, the lower one
ftraight ; anthers cohering together at their tips.—We find
the following obfervation in Enghfh Botany. ‘ Linneus
fays, the befl and yelloweft butter is made where this plant
abounds. All authors have copied him, and we do not
{eruple to do the fame, in hopes that fomebody will in time
be induced to make. experiments on the fubjeét in England,
where this plant is far from uncommon, flowering all fummer
long.”’—This property of M. praten/? 1s mentioned in the
Lapland Tour of Linneus v. 1. 110, as well as in the Flora
Lappanica n. 240, where he confounds it with the following
as one {pecies.

6. M. fylvaticum. Wood Cow-wheat. Linn. Sp. Pl.
843. Engl. Bot. t. 804—Flewers lateral, leaning one
way. Leaves in diftant pairs. Corolla open, with its lip
bent downwards.—Found occafionally in mountainous woods
or pine foretts, flowering in July.—The habit of this fpecies
3s extremely fimilar to. that of the laft, butit is. upon the
whole. confiderably. {maller.—Rootiannual. Stem roughith.

Leaves a little broader, lefs black from drying, all of, them

Linn.

MEL

generally entire. Flowers twice as fmall, of a yellowifh-
orange colour, efpecially at the mouth. Cap/ule marked
with a net-work of prominent veins.

7. M. lineare. Linear Cow-wheat. Willd. n 7. La-
marck Di&. v. 4. 23.—Leaves linear, entire. Flowers
axillary. A native of Carolina, where it was difcovered by
Mr. Frafer.—All that we know of this is from the authors
above quoted, who tell us that it-is more diminutive than
any other {pecies of this genus, in habit greatly refembling
Euphrafia linifolia.—Root annual. Stem about five inches
high, round, ereét, furnifhed with oppofite, fomewhat qua-
drangular, branches. Leaves oppolite, feffile, an inch long,
little more than a line broad, acute. lowers in the bofoms
of the upper leaves, about three lines in length. Calyx half
the length of the corolla, which is gaping, with equal lips,
the upper one obtufe, villofe at the margin.

The feveral fpecies of M/elampyrum, though extremely ele-
gant and ornamental when frefh, are at the fame time re-
markable for turning brown or black when dry, lofing all
traces of their living beauty, and making a fhabby appear-
ance in the Herbarium. ‘ The feeds of this genus have a
remarkable refemblance to grains of wheat; on which ac-
count (fays Dr. Smith) we prefer the old Englifh name to
that of Coaw-gra/s, given by Dr. Stokes.”

MELAN Puarmacon, a word ufed by Hippocrates, and
by fome fuppofed to mean common writing ink. He orders
this to be poured upon the cranium, in cafe of a fiffure, in
order to difcover how far it has penetrated. Galen feems
to refer to this, in fome places, and mentions his haying
treated of it in his book of ulcers; but as no fuch medicine
is found prefcribed here, it is probably one of the loft com-
pofitions of the ancients. In the fpurious edition of Hippo-
crates, his book treating on the difeafes of women, there is a
black medicine ordered to be made of the fquamz and flos
e@ris.

. MELANA, or Mztena, in Ancient Geography, a town
of Arcadia, in the weftern part, on the river Alpheus, $.W.
of Telplivfia.

MELANAETOS, in Ornithology. See Farco.

MELANAGOGUES, Metanacoca, from pera,

‘black, and zyx, I draw, fuch medicines as were believed to

poflefs the particular power of evacuating black ile, one of
the four humours of the ancient pathology.
MELANANTHERA, in Botany, was fo called by
Michaux, trom psra:, black, and abnex, an anther, becauie
of the colour of the anthers, which is ftrongly contrafted
with the white corolla. Michaux Boreali-Amer. vy. 2.
106.—Clafs and order, Syngenefia Polygamia-aqualiss, Nat.
Ord. Compofite oppofitifolie, Linn. Corymbifere, Sufi.
en. Ch. Common calya imbricated, of teveral, not very
numerous, oval, flattith, clofe-prefied, unarmed jeaves, in
two rows. Cor. compound, difcoid; florets uniform, nu-
merous, all: perfeét, though fome of the central ones are
ufually abortive; all fuonel-fhaped, with a fhort tube, and
a much longer and wider, tubular, fiye-cleft, regular limb,
whofe fegments are lanceolate and cchering. Stam. Fila-
ments five; anthers forming a cylinder, shorter than the
corolla. Pi. Germen obovate, angular, abrupt; ftyle:
thread-fhaped, proje€cing a little beyond the anthers; flig-
mas two, oblong, revolute, flightly tapering. Peric. none,
except the permanent calyx. Seeds turbinate, quadrangular,
fmooth, abrupt at the top, with a {mall annular border, and
a crown of very few, (about five,) ereét, rough, deciduous
briftles. Recep. rather convex; with a firm, keeled, con- ~
cave, ribbed fcale to each floret, at length overtopping the
feeds, and much refembling the calyx-feales,
Eff. Ch. . Receptacle convex, with obovate, keeled, rigid
{cales,

MEL

feales. Seeds fquare. Crown of a few rough brittles.
Calyx of two rows of uniform, ovate, imbricated leaves,

Obf, This genus differs fo much in habit from Bidens,
with which Linnwus confounded it, that we cannot but
think Michaux right in feparating them. The ovate uni-
form calyx-leaves, and the feales of the receptacle, fo clofely
refembling them, in the feedinjy flate, that the whole head
of feeds affames one uniform fealy afpect, added to the
number and nature of the briltles of the feed-crown, which
are not in one or two pairs, but of an indeterminate number,
all uniform, and rough with minute afcending points, not
barbed with harp reflexed {pines ; thefe characters are furely
fufficient marks of diltingtion.

1. M. haflata. Michaux. v. 2. 107. (Bidens nivea
and y; Linn. Sp. Pl. 1167. 3B. feabra, flore niveo, &c. ;
Dill. Elth. t. 46 and 47.)—Leaves three-lobed, fomewhat
haftate, Scales of the receptacle lanceolate, taper-pointed.—
Native of Carolina, It was cultivated in the Eltham gar-
den before the year 1732, and flowered late in autumn.
‘The root is perennial. Stems herbaceous, two or three feet
high, rough, fomewhat branched, leafy. Leaves oppofite,
falked, rough and harfh, ferrated; fometimes flightly,
fometimes very deeply, haftate. Dillenius figures both va-
rieties. Flowers terminal, an inch broad, on long ftalks.
Corollas white. Anthers black. This probably is the Bi-
dens niva of Mr. Donn’s Hort. Cant., which is there
marked asa hardy perennial, flowering in June and July.

2. M. deltoidea. Michaux. v. 2. 107. (Bidens nivea « ;
Linn. Sp. Pl. 1167. Swartz. Obf. 296. Ait. Hort.
Kew. ed. 1. v. 3. 154. Calea afpera; Jacq. Ic. Rar.
t. §83.)—Leaves ovate or heart-fhaped, all undivided.
Scales of the receptacle bluntifh.—Native of the Welt
Indies. Swartz fays it grows in grafly, cultivated, elevated
fituations, as wel! as near the fea, in the fouth part of Ja-
maica, The late Mr. Aiton gave us a {pecimen from Kew
garden, in 1783, as agreatrarity. This is, of courfe, more
tender than the former, from which it differs in the ovate,
fomewhat deltoid or cordate, form of the /eaves, one of
which is exhibited by Dillenius in his t. 47. f. 3. The

awers too ‘are rather {maller.

MELANCHOLY. See Menta Derangement.

MELANCRANIS, in Botany, from perana, blackne/s,

~ and xg2vev, @ head, alluding to the dark purplifh {pots with
which the fcaly roundith head of the flowers is befprinkled,
and which give ita black afpe&. Vahl. Eoum. v. 2. 239.—
Clafs and order, Triandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Cala-
maria, Linn. Cyperoidee, Jul.

Gen. Ch. ° Cal. Scales of a /pite, imbricated every way,
ovate, pointed, each fubtending an oblong, compreffed,
egatickeds nearly feven-flowered /pikelet, of the fame
length. Perianth inferior, of two valves, fhorter and nar-
rower than the corolla. Cor. of one lanceolate valve, clofely
dotted with purple. Stam. Filaments three, linear, the
length of the feales, whitifh dotted with purple ; anthers
linear. Pif?, Germen oblong; ftyle folitary, {mooth,
cloven; ftigmas fimple. Seed one, without any briftles at
its bafe.

. Eff. Ch. Scales chaffy, imbricated every way. Spikelets
folitary at every fale, many-flowered, two-ranked. Calyx
of two valves. Corolla of one valve. Style cloven. —

1. M. feariofa. Vahl. n. 1. (Schoenus feariofus ;
Thunb. Prod. 16. )—Head oblong, Bratteas about three. —
Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Root perennial. Stems
in tufts, about a foot high, or ‘rather lefs, thread-thaped,
rigid, without joints, finely ftriated, angular at the top.

Leaves fhorter, brittle-fhaped, channelled, dilated into a’
fheathing bafe. Head of flowers terminal, half an inch in-

MEL

length, oblong, compofed of imbricated, ovate, broad,
membranous, rather rigid, {mooth, thining Seales, cach as
little fpreading at the point, and tapering into a fort of
awn; the three lower ones barren, tipped with a briftle-like
leaf or bra&ea, which in the lowermott is three inches long.
Spikelets five-flowered,

2» M. radiata. Vahl n,2.—Head nearly globofe. Byac-
teas numerous,——From the fame country. Perennial. Ka.
ther taller than the firtt. Brateas, or barren {cales, at the
bafe of the head of flowers, from fix to eight, one of them
half an inch long, the reft gradually lef, widely {preading,
awl-fhaped, rigid and fomewhat pungent. Head the fize of
a cherry, compofed of innumerable, ovate, crowded Spik-
lets; theie accompanying /eales ftriated and dotted’ with
purple.

MELANCTHON, Pintip, in Biography, an illuftrious
reformer, and coadjutor of Luther, was born at Bretten, in
the Palatinate upon the Rhine, on the 16th of February
1495. Tis family name, in the German language, literally
meant “ Black Earth,’ which was exchanged for Melanc-
thon, a word in the Greek tongue having the fame fignifica-
tion. He received the early part of his education at his
native place, was afterwards placed under the care of a pri-
vate tutor, and then proceeded to the college of Pforthheim,
where he obtained the friendfhip of the learned Reuchlin,
from whom he received the Greek name already alluded to,
by which he is generally known. Ia 1509 he removed to
Heidelberg, where he made fo rapid a progrefs in the claf-
fics and other branches of literature, that before he had
completed his fourteenth year he was entrufted with the tui-
tion of the fons of count Leonftein. He is accordingly
celebrated by Baillet, in his “ Hiftorical Treatife of young
Men who became famous by their Study or Writings.”
At the age of thirteen he wrote a comedy, which he dedi-
cated to his friend and patron Reuchlin ; and at that period
he was employed to make the greateft part of the harangues
and orations which were delivered in public, in the univerfity
of Heidelberg. In 1511 he was admitted to the degree of
B.A.; but being refufed his fuperior degree in the arts in
the following year, he left the college, and entered himfelf
at Tubingen. Here he purfued his ftudies with great dili-
gence and fuccefs, and became himfelf a leGturer on the
Latin claffics: In 1513, before he had attained the age of
feventeen, Melanéthon was created doétor of philofophy.
It was about this period that Erafmus paid him the follow.
ing high compliment: * What hopes may we not entertain
of Phiuip Melanéthon, who, though as yet very young, and
almott a boy, is equally to be admired for his knowledge in
both languages? What quicknefs of invention !—what pu-
rity of diction !—what powers of memory !—what variety
of reading !—what modetty and gracefulnefs of behaviour !’?
While at Tubingen, Melan&thon diligently {tudied the facred
Scriptures, and always carried about with him a bible,
which he had received as a prefent from Reuchlin. This
treafure, it may be faid, he bound to his heart: he was
hardly ever feen without it; and, during divine fervice, he
frequently referred to its contents: and on this account,
thofe who were jealous of his rifing fame endeavoured to ex-
cite prejudices againft him, by infinuating that he ipent his
time at church in reading what did not belong to the folem-
nities of the fervice. In 1518 he was appointed by the
ete€tor of ‘Saxony profeffor of the Greek language in the
univerfity of Wittemberg, and by his inaugural fpeech ex-
cited the higheft"applaufe and admiration. He now began
to read lectures upon Homer, and the Greek text of the
Epittle of St. Paul to Titus, which attraGed vaft crowds of
auditors, and which contributed, in no {mall degree, to

Aa2 promote

MELANCTHON.

promote the ftudy of Greek literature. In the year 1519
he publifhed his “* Rhetoric ;’? and in the following year, a
treatife on * Logic;’’ and four years after this, his work
on * Grammar.’’ From the time of his fettling at Wit-
temberg, Melanéthon contracted a clofe intimacy with
Luther; and in the year 1519 he accompanied him to Leip-
fic, to be a witnefs of his ecclefiaftical combat with Eckius.
He feems not to have been contented to be a mere bye-
ftander, but joined fo much in the debate as to provoke the
rage and bitternefs of Eckius, who found himfelf com-
pletely overwhelmed with the arguments brought againit the
caufe, which he undertook to juftify and defend. Melanc-
thon, from this moment, became an advocate in the caufe of
reform, and, by the fervices which he afterwards rendered
it, made his name immortal. In the year 1520 he delivered
acourfe of lectures at Wittemberg on the Epiftle to the
Romans, with which Luther was fo highly pleafed, that he
caufed it to be printed, and prefixed a preface of his own,
recommending it to the ufe of the churches. In the fol-
lowing year he undertook a defence of the doétrines of Lu-
ther, in oppofition to the univerfity of Paris, which had
paffed a fentence of condemnation upon them. The next
bufinefs of importance in which he was engaged, was to
draw up, conjointly with Luther, a fyftem of laws relating
to church government, public worfhip, the ranks, offices,
and revenues of the priefthood, and other matters of a fimilar
nature, which John, eleCtor of Saxony, promulgated in his
dominions, and which was adopted by the other princes of
the empire, who had renounced the papal fupremacy and
jorifdiGion. After this, Melan&thon was commiffioned,
with others, to vifit all the churches in the ele€toral do-
minions, for the purpofe of feeing thefe laws carried into
execution.

In the year 1529, Melan&thon accompanied the ele&tor
John to the diet at Spire, in which the princes and members
ef the reformed communion acquired the denomination of
Proteftants, in confequence of their protefting againit a de-
cree, which declared unlawful every change that fhould be
introduced into the eitablifhed religion, before the deter-
mination of a general council was known. . In the year 1530
a diet of the empire was appointed to be held at Augfburg,
with a view to put an end to the diffentions occationed by re-
ligious difputes, under the eye of the emperor, in order that he
might be able to form a clear idea of the real opinions of the
reformers, and of the true caufes of their oppofition to the
Roman pontiff. The Proteftant princes employed Melanc-
thon to compofe a creed, which was prefented to the em-
peror, and which reflects honour on the addrefs, moderation,
and eloquence of Melanéthon. ‘This creed, commonly
known by the name of the “ Confeffion of Augfburg,’’ was
feverely animadverted upon by his opponents, which led him
to draw up an able reply, notwithftanding the imperial pro-
hibition, under the title of «* A Defence of the Confeffion
of Augfburg.” Recourfe was now had to conferences, in
which our reformer mightily diftinguifhed himfelf. It was
in thefe that the fpirit and character of Melancthon appeared
in their true colours; and it was here that the votaries of
Rome exhaufted their efforts to gain over to their party this
pillar of the reformation, whofe abilities and virtues added a
luftre to the caufe in which he had embarked. His gentle
fpirit was apt to fink into a kind of yielding foftnefs, under
the influence of mild and generous treatment. Accordingly,
while his adverfaries foothed him with fair words and flat-
tering promifes, he feemed ready to comply with their
wifhes ; but when they fo far forgot themfelves as to make
ufe of threats, then Melancthon appeared in a very different
point of light: then a fpirit of intrepidity, ardour, and in-

dependence animated all his words and aétions, and ke
looked down with contempt on the threats of power, the
frowns of fortune, and the fear of death.

As every attempt at reconciliation had proved in vain, a
fevere decree was iffued by order of the emperor, enjoining
the princes, ftates, and cities, that had thrown off the papal
yoke, to return to their duty, and their allegiance to Rome,
on pain of incurring the indignation of the emperor, the
patron and proteétor of the church. This at firft oppreffed
the gentle fpirit of Melanéthon, till he was encouraged and
animated by the exhortations of Luther; and he foon had
the fatisfaGtion to fee the Proteltant intereft itrengthened
and extended, owing to the treaty concluded at Nuremberg,
of the expediency of which the emperor was made fully
fenfible, by the league of Smalkalde, and other circum-
ftances. Melan&thon’s fame was now f{pread far and wide,
and he was invited by Henry VIII. to fettle in England,
and, about the fame time, by Francis I. to take up his
abode in France, with the view of employing him to pacify,
or at leaft to moderate the difputes which had arifen there
concerning religion, and to advife with the French divines’
about reftoring the ancient difcipline of the church. Me-
lancthon felt inclined to accept the latter invitation ; but the
ele&tor of Saxony would not by any means give his confent,
knowing that by fuch a ftep he would expofe himfelf to the
refentment of the emperor, between whom and Francis
affairs began to wear a hoftile afpeét. In 154 Melané&thon
was at the famous conferences at Ratifbon; and in 1543 he
went to Cologne, to affift the eleétor in introducing the re-
formed religion into his diocefe ; but the main defign of his
journey was fruftrated, through the oppofition of the ca-
nons and other divines of the fee: yeverthelefs the eleGor
of Cologne and the ele&tor palatine embraced the Proteftant
faith. In 1548 he affifted at feven conferences on the fub-
je&t of the interim of Charles V., and publifhed a cenfure on
that interim, and all the writings prefented at thefe con-
ferences. In 1551, pope Julius IIL. having confented to
the affembling a council at Trent, the Saxon Proteftants
employed the pen of Melanéthon, and the people of Wit-
temberg that of Bredlius, to draw up confeffions of their
faith, to be laid before the council. Soon after, the Saxon
divines, with our reformer at their head, received direétions
from Maurice, now eleétor of Saxony, to fet out towards
Trent, but were fecretly inftruéted to ftop at Nuremberg,
as Maurice had no intention to fubmit to the emperor’s
views, and the fchemes which he had been long preparing,
with the deepeft policy, for maintaining the rights and li-
berties of the German empire, and the fecurity of the Pro-
teftant faith, and which were on the eve of being carried
into execution. While he was at Nuremberg, in 15525
Melan&thon received intelligence of the complete fuccefs
which had crowned Maurice’s well-projected undertaking,
and compelled the emperor to conclude the famous paci-
fication at Paffau, commonly called ** The Peace of Re-
ligion.??

Upon this event he intended to have returned to Wittem-
berg, but as that city was then infeGted with a plague, the
univerfity had been removed for a time to Torgau, where
Melanéthon difcharged the duties of his profeflurfhip, till
the infeGtious diforder was completely banifhed. To thefe
duties he devoted the remainder of his life, as well as in
the compolition of various works, and the carrying on of
controverfies with his Proteftant and Catholic opponents.
His laft conference was with the doétors of the Romifh
communion at Worms. The firft point difcufled was con-
cerning the rule of judgment in the church, which the
Catholics maintained to be perpetual confent or cuftom;

a but

MEL

but the Proteftants, in conformity with their own principles,
held it to be the prophetic and apottolical writings. In the
next place the Catholics ts a decree of condemna-
tion again{t the followers of Zuingle, and others, when the
deputies of Jena perceiving the dilpofition of the majority
to agree to this demand, broke off the conference, by feced.
ing from the meeting ; and thus the objeét of the Papilts
to promote a divifion among the Proteltants was effeétually
gained. From Worms, Melan@thon went to Heidelberg,
at the requeft of Otho Henry, elector palatine, for the pur-
pofe of giving his advice in forming the conftitutions of an
academical inititution eftablifhed in that city. In 1559 he
made an attempt to bring over the Greek churches to em-
brace the doétrine and difcipline of the Lutheran church,
and to live in religious communion with the Proteftants ;
in which his laudable endeavours were ineffectual. He died
in the following year at Wittemberg, in the fixty-fourth year
of his age, a was interred near the remains of Luther.
* Nature,”’ fays one of this great man's biographers, “ had

iven Melanéthon a peaceable temper, which was but ill
uited to the time he lived in. His moderation ferved only
to be his crofs. He was like a lamb in the midt of wolves.
Nobody liked his mildnefs: it looked as if he were luke-
warm.”’ He was a perfon of the middle ftature, with
lively eyes and well-proportioned limbs, but his conftitution
was delicate and his health weak, yet by the exercife of the
mott rigid temperance, he was enabled to purfue his ftudies
with an intenfenefs of application that is almoft incredible.
The habits of {ach a man cannot fail of interefting thofe who
refle& on what he did for the world: it was his pra@tice to
go to bed immediately after an early fupper, and to rife at
midnight to his labours. On retiring to rett he endeavoured
to difmifs as much as poflible from his mind every thing that
could tend to difturb his repofe, and for this purpofe he
always poftponed reading fuch letters as were brought
to him in the evening till next day. He was civil and
obliging to all; entirely free from envy, detraétion, jea-
loufy, and diffimulation ; and poffeffed an unrivalled degree
of candour and franknefs. His principal relaxation from
fevere ftudies was the converfation of his friends during his
meals. He was humble and extremely difinterefted, con-
ftantly refufing the valuable prefents which were offered him
by many great princes, and contenting himfelf with the
fmall profits of his profefforfhip ; yet he managed his narrow
income with fuch admirable economy, that he was able to
indulge his benevolent and charitable difpofition to an afto-
nifhing degree. - According to the teftimony of Mofheim,
few worthies can be compared with him, if we confider the
extent of his knowledge, the fertility and elegance of his
ftudies, the facility and quickneis of his comprehenfion, or
the uninterrupted induftry that attended his learned and
theological labours. He rendered philofophy and the li-
beral arts the fame eminent fervice that Luther had doue to
religion, by purging them from the drofs with which they
had been corrupted, and by recommending them in a power-
fuland perfuafive manner to the ftudy of the Germans. He
had the rare talent of difcerning truth in all its conne¢tions
and combinations, of comprehending at once the moft ab-
ftraé& notions, and expreffing them with the utmoft eafe and
perfpicuity. His love of peace, which was partly owing
to the fweetnefs of his natural temper, made him defire with
ardour, that a reformation might be effected without pro-
ducing 2 {chifm in the church. The fpirit of charity led
him fometimes to make conceflions that were pesthes 0n-
fiftent with prudence, nor advantageous to the ¢aufe in
which he ek But when the hour of real danger
approached, when things wore a formidable afpect, and the

M E L

caufe of religion was in imminent peril, then this mild and
even timorous man, in an inilant, as it were, was converted
into a hero, looked danger in the face with unfhaken con-
flancy, and oppofed his adverfaries with invincible fortitude.
Had his fortitude been more uniform and fteady, his defire
of reconciling all interefts, and pleafing all partics lefs ex.
ceffive, he mult defervedly have been confidered as one of
the greatelt among men.

In philofophy s followed chiefly the principles of Arif-
totle, and had frequently recourfe to the doétrines of the
Platonifts and Stoics, but always in due fubordination to
revelation, and only fo far as they were likely to anfwer
fome valuable purpofes, «I pew have no one,"’ fays he,
* trifle in philofophifing, left he fhould lofe fight of common
fenfe ; rather let him be careful, both in the fludy of hyfics
and morals, to fele¢t the belt things from the beft fources,
He may not, therefore, improperly be confidered as an
eclelic.”’

Melanéthon was much affifted in the execution of his
plans by the labours of many learned Proteftant profeflors
of the Germanic {chools from Italy and Great Britain, who
brought with them an attachment to the Peripatetic fyftem,
and wherever they were appointed public preceptors, made
that fyftem the bafis of their philofophical inftru@ions.
From ittemberg, Tubingen, A, Leipke, condu@ted after
the plan which had been introduced by Melanéthon, many
learned men arofe, who, becoming he se preceptors,
adopted the fame plan of inftru€tion, which, from Me-
lanéthon's Chriftian name, was denominated “ The Philippic
Method,” and thus diffeminatéd the Peripatetic dotrine,
till at length it was almoft every where taught in the Ger-
man Protelftant {chools, under the fanétion of civil and eccle-
fiaftical authority. Che number of the works which Me-
lan&thon publifhed, confidering how much he was engaged
as a public man, is truly aftonifhing. The titles of a great
many of them are given in the General Biography. They
are theological, moral, and philofophical ; hee, however,
relate to what is ufually denominated the Belles Lettres,
and others are illuitrative of various claflical authors, The
moft complete edition was publifhed by the author’s fon-in-
law, Jafper Peucer, in the year 1601, in 4 vols. fol.

This celebrated and mild reformer, the friend. of Martin
Luther, and author of the confeflion of Augfburg, &c.
wrote upon mufic. He compofed his own epitaph, and died
in 1560.

“ Tfte brevis tumulus miferi tenit offa Philippi,
Quis, qualis fuerit nefcio, talis erat.”

MELANES, or Me as, in Ancient Geography, a gulf
that lay between the Cherfonefe of Thrace to the S.E.,
and a part of the continent to the N.W. It-is now called
the “ gulf of Megarifla.”.

MELANI Monres, a chain of mountains, placed by
Ptolemy in Arabia Petrza, fuppofed by Jerome to be thofe
that are called in fcripture Sinai and Oreb.

Mexani, ALEssanpRo, in Biography, the compofer of
an opera, which was extremely applauded at Bo.ogna, Fio-
rence, and in many other theatres of Italy, in 1697, called
“Tl Carcicrier di fe“Heffo.””

MELANIPPIDES, a Greek poet and mufician, who
flourifhed about the fixtieth olympiad, and whofe poetry and
mufic rendered him famous. He had a grandfon of the
fame name, who was hkewile a great mufician; though
Plutarch, in a croaking fit, accufes him of having been one
of the firft corrupters of the ancient mufic, by the inno-
vations which heiatroduced. See TimoTHEUS.

MELANITE. See Garner.
MELA.

MEL

MELANIUM, in Botany, from psruc, black or dark,
peAwnoy being a name for the purple violet. It is applied by
Browne, in his Hillory of Jamaica, p. 215, to a finall weak
Jamaica plant, with a peculiarly difagreeable and pungent
{mell, which Linnzus referred to Lyrurum., (fee that ar-
ticle,) by the name of L. Melanium. Sp. Pl. 641. Swartz.
Obf. 193. The author laft mentioned fays the flowers are
purple; and this accounts for the name, for the application
of which Browne, as ufual, gives no reafon.

MELANOGZTULI, or Nicrit#, or Black Gatulians,
in Ancient Geography, a people of Africa, placed by Ptolemy
between the mountains Sagapola and Ufargala, in a diltri@
S.E. of Getulia Propria, to which it is contiguous, and N.
of the river Niger. (See Ge@rutta.) The Melanogetuli
were a people without doubt different from the Getulians,
and fo confidered by Ptotemy, though Cellarius infinuates
that they were a tribe of that people. Their complexion
not only evinces this fact, but likewife fhews, that their pro-
genitors were different from thofe of the Getulians. The
modern diftri&t of Wad-reag, in the province of Con-
ftantina, containing a colleQion of twenty-five. villages
ranged ina N.E. and S.W. direction, correfpbiids with a
part of the country of the Melanogztuli, according to Dr.
Shaw. Our learned traveller likewife fuppofes, that the
country of the Beni-Mezzab, fituated 35 leagues to the S.
of the mountains of the Ammer, fuppofed to be part of
the Mons Phrarefus of Ptolemy, the large village of En-
goufah, 30 leagues to the S.W. by W. of Tuggart, the
capital of Wad-reag, and the ‘populous city of Wurglah,
with their dependencies, even to the banks of the Niger,
were included in Melanogetulia. As Ptolemy places the
Melanogetuli next to the Pharufi in a fouthern dire€tion,
fixing his Nigritian Ethiopians in a tra¢t lying to the north
of the Niger; and as Mela, Pliny, and Strabo give the
Nigritz exaétly the fame fituation with regard to the Pha-
rufii and the Niger, but are quite filent as to the Me-
lanogetuli; it is very probable, that the Melanogetuli
and Nigrite were the fame people. If this fuppofition be
admitted, it will appear very credible, that their territories
extended to the Niger, and that they had fome remarkable
places in thofe parts; fince, according to Ptolemy, many
towns {tood not far from that river, of which the principal
were Paffide, Saluce, Negira, Thige, Cuphe, Thammdi-
cana, and Vellegia. The mott celebrated rivers of this part
were the Gir and Niger. If any credit be given to Leo
and the African hiftorians, Sabtecha, the fon of Cuhh, firft
peopled the Sahara, between the mountains of Atlas and
Nigritia, and therefore probably Nigritia itfelf, or at leaft
part of it. From the fame author it appears, that the va-
rious Nigritian diale&ts bear an affinity to the Chaldee,
Arabic, and Egyptian tongues; and confequently to the
Ethiopic, which does not differ widely from them. The
Carthaginians had undoubtedly fome knowledge of the
Nigvite, fince it appears probable from Frontinus, that one
part of their army confifted of Nigritiantroops. This cir-
eumftance will enable us to account for feveral antique coins
with a Negro’s or Nigritian’s head upon them. The Ni-
grité ufed chariots in their wars, and were armed after the
manner of the weltern Ethiopians with bows and arrows,
as we'learn from Strabo. According to the fame author,
the Pharufii, and therefore, probably, the Nigritz, travelled
in caravans through the deferts to Cirta, and kept open a
communication with the Maurufii, On thefe oceations they
carried bottles filled with water, tied to their horfes’ bel-
lies, left they fhould perifh from thirft in the vaft deferts
through which they were obliged to traverfe. Hence it is
undeniably clear, that thefe Pharufian and Nigritian mer-

MEL

chants lived at a great diftance from Cirta, and thofe places
of Mauritania to which they reforted; and alfo that the.
Negroes or Blacks held an early correfpondence with the
ancient Mauritanians, Numidians, and Carthaginians. Anc.
Un. Hitt. vol. xvi. 8vo.

MELANOSCHOENUS, in Botany, from pstrasy prravoty
black, and cyow:, a rufh, Mich. Gen. 46. t. 31, is Schoenus
mucronatus of Linneus. See ScHoENus.

MELANO-SYRI, in Ancient Geography, a name given
to thofe who inhabited Syria, between the Euphrates and
the Mediterranean fea, by way of contradiftin¢tion to the
Leuco-Syri, who lived in Cappadocia, towards the Euxine
fea. The former are black Syrians, and the latter white,
as their re{pective appellations import.

MELANTHIUM, in Botany, fo called by Clayton,
from pax, black or dark, and aibo:, a flower ; but the firlt
word is here taken in a wider fenfe than 1s ufual, eve in its
application to flowers; for the plant of Clayton, M. virgi-
nicum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 483, has a dull yellowifh, lurid, but
not black, hue. This plant is probably a Veratrum ; but
feveral others, more remarkable for the darknefs of their
flowers, have been referred to the genus before us, which now
reits upon them. It muft not be fuppofed however that any
of thefe is the psrevbiov of the ancient Greeks, for the de-
fcription in Diofcorides, more particular and expreflive than
ufual, evidently indicates the Nigella fativa, the name being
applied by a metaftafis to the ower, which is white, the
feeds, for which the plant was known and cultivated, being
intenfely black. Sometimes indeed the plant was, for this
laft reafon, called percewsguov. Our prefent bufinefs is with
the Linnean Aelanthium, as far as we can define its limits.
Linn. Gen. 179. Schreb. 240. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 266.
Mart. Mill. Dict. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 2. 326.
Juff. 47. Lamarck [iluttr. t. 269. Thunb. Prod. 67.
(Wurmbea; Thunb. Nov. Gen. 18. t. 1. Schreb. 239. Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 2. 265. Mart. Mill. Dié. v. 4. Ait. Hort. Kew.
ed. 2. v. 2. 325. Lamarck Iiluftr. t. 270.) —Clals and order,
Hexandria Trigynia. Nat. Ord. Coronaria, rather Tripeta-
loidee, Linn. Junci, Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. none, unlefs the corolla be taken for
fuch. Cor. of fix petals, fometimes contraéted, fometimes
combined, at the bafe, inferior, ovato-lanceolate, acute,
fpreading, equal, permanent. Stam. Filaments fix, thread-
{haped, erect, the length of the corolla, more or lefs at-
tached to it, permanent; anthers globofe. Pi/?. Germen

.fuperior, nearly globular; ftyles three, fpreading, thread-

fhaped, the length of the ftamens, recurved at the extre-
mity, permanent; ftigmas fimple. Peric. Capfule ovate,
with three furrows, three cells, and three valves, crowned
with the ftyles. Seeds numerous, roundifh.

Ef. Ch. Calyx noue. Petals fix, equal, bearing the
ftamens. Styles permanent. Capfule of three cells, with
many feeds.

Obf.

The found Linnean rule, that ‘the genus fhould
give the character, not the chara€ter the genus,’’ induces
us to follow Linneus, and even Thunberg himfelf, the
original eftablifher of Wurmbea, in reducing that genus to
Melanthium, from which it differs merely in the combination
of its petals at their bafe into an angalar tube, a character
which, by a comparifon of all the fpecies together, will
appear of no effential confequence in this cafe. Mr. Salif-
bury’s hing 4 ars received into Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2.
v. 2. 327. (Melanthium viride of Linneus and Thunberg),
however alike to many of the {pecies' at firtt fight, docs fo
materially differ, in having the ftamens inferted into the
receptacle, and, like the {tyles, deciduous, to fay nothing of
other characters, that we cannot well retain it here. (See
OrnIrHo-

MELANTHIUM.

Oxwrrnoarossum.) Neither are we at all certain that
fome of the following may tot require to be placed elfe.
where, AT, letum, Willd. Sp. Pl on. 3, is now properly
referred to Helonias, by Mr. Ker in Curt. Mag. t. 803.

1. M. fibiricum. Siberian Grafly Melanthium. “Linn.
Sp. Pl. 483. (Melanthiam; Linn, Am, Acad. v. 2. 949.
t. 4. f. rt. Ornithogalum; Gmel. Sib. vw. 1. 4g. t. 8.) —
Flowers panicled, Petals combined at the bafe. Capfule

ointed. Leaves linear.—Native of mountainous woods in

iberia, where it was gathered by Gmelin, flowering in
July. We have never feen a living fpecimen. The root is
bulbous, perennial, oblong, white. Stem flender but firm,
ere, one or two feet high, nearly leaflef, glaucous when

ang, terminating in a longith, fomewhat compound,
deh panicle, of greenith-white {mall flowers, whofe
petals are reflexed, Capfile half an inch long, ere¢t, ovate,
pointed, purplith, fheathed at the bottom by the combined
dilated bafes of the petals, and crowned with the recurved
ftyles. It burits in the furrows, from the top nearly to the
bottom.

2. M. capenfe. — Spotted-flowered Melanthium. Linn.
<7 Pl. 483. Thunb. Prod. 67.—Flowers racemofe. Pe-
tals dotted, contraéted at their bafe. Leaves ovato-lan-
ceolate, with a broad fheathing bafe—Native of the Cape
of Good Hope. Root an ovate bulb. Stem two or three
inches high, with a few broad, fpreading, pointed /eaves, and
a thort terminal clufter of {potted fowers, whofe ftamens
cohere but flightly with the petals. We find no figure of
this f{pecies.

3. M. juncenm. Ruth-like Melanthium. Jacq. Ic. Rar.
t. 451. Curt. Mag. t..5958. Willd. Sp. Pl. nw 7. (M.
triquetrum ; Linn. Suppl. 213 )—Leaves linear-awlfhaped,
the upper ones dilated and concave at the bafe. Spike zig-
zag. Petals contraéted at the bottom.—Native of the
Cape. It flowers in the green-houfe early in the fpring,
like other bulbs from the fame country, and indeed refem-
bles an Jxia in its {pike of purplifh flowers, the bafes of
whofe peta's are marked with a double violet fpot. The
leaves are glaucous, rather fucculent, and the uppermoft are
remarkable for their tumid or inflated figure, juft above their
infertion.

4. M. ciliatum. Fringed Melanthium. Linn. Suppl. 213.
Thnab. Prod. 67.—Leaves ovate, fpreading, finely fringed
with cartilaginous teeth. Spike zigzag. Petals much con-
trated at the bottom.—Native of the Cape; we find no
traces of it in the Englifh gardens. ‘The habit is like an
Orchis, the lower part of the ftem bearing two or three
broad, ovate, fpreading aver, with a fheathing bafe, their
edges minutely fringed. Spike rather denfe, of many feffile
flowers, {preading e-ery way, whofe petals are elliptic-
oblong, with a confiderable claw, and appear to be white,
minutely ftreaked or dotted with purple or red.

5. M. fecundum. Single-ranked Melanthium. Lamarck
Diet. v. 4.28. Illuftr. t. 269. f 2. Willd. Sp. Pl. n. 3.—
Leaves linear. Spike inclined one way. Petals contraéted
at the bottom, with a tooth at each fide.—Native of the
Cape, where it was gathered by Sonnerat and by Bladh.
The younger Linnzus confounded it with the laft in his
- herbarium, and apparently in his Supplement. The prefent
however is abundantly diftinguithed by its narrow erect
leaves, and efpecially by a remarkable tooth at each fide of
the petals, juft above their claw or contra&tion, well obferved
by Defrouffeaux in Lamarck. It feems doubtful to us
whether the unilateral direction of the fawers be not an
effet of drying. They are white or blufh-coloured, dotted
like the foregoing. — '

6. M. indicum, Indian Melanthium, Linn. Mant, 226,

—Leaves linear. Flowers corymbofe. Petals linear-lan-
ceolate, tapering at the bafe.—-Sent by Koenig from Pon-
dicherry,

This has much the habit of Ornithogalum luteum. The
haves are very narrow, ereét, and rife above the flem, which
bears a fort of leafy or bracteated corymbus of a very few
upright flowers, "I'he narrow and tharp petals are of a dark
= 4 aswell as the /lamens and pif, We think, with

illdenow, that there 1 a conneétion between the filaments
and petals, efpecially as there is but a fimple row of fix
fears at the bafe of the ripening germen, after the flower
has fallen, which indicates that the ftamens have no feparate
infertion there. “Lhe flyles are permanent, even on the ripe
capfule. Neverthelefs the whole afpeét of the plant is fo
nearly allied to that of MM. viride, (Mr. Salifbury’s Orni-
thogloffum,) as almott to fhake our faith in that genus.

7+ M. flavum. Yellow Melanthium. (M. uniflorum ;
Jacq. Ic. Rar. t. 450. Coll. v. 4. 100, Curt. Mag.
t. 767. Ait. Hort. Kew ed. 2. v. 2.327. Willd. a. 12.
M. ethiopicum; Herb. Linn. Lamarck Did. v. 4. age
Tulipa Breyniana; Linn. Sp. Pl. 438. Willd. Sp. Pl.
v. 2. 98. Thunb. Prod. 65.)—Leaves linear-lanceolate,
fheathing. Flowers fomewhat f{piked. Petals elliptic-lan-
ceolate, tapering at the bafe. Stamens united to the petals
more than half way up. Germen and capfule columnar.—
Native of the Cape, where it was gathered by Thunberg.
It is impoffible to retain the name uniflorum for this {pecies,
which, as Mr. Ker obferves, is altogether fallacious. We
have therefore ventured to tranflate the Englith appellation,
iven by him, and adopted by the learned authors of the
Rasctas Kewenfis. We would have called it Breynianum
after Linneus ; but the fynonym of Breynius feems very
evidently to belong to fomething elfe; we pretend not to
fay what. In this difficulty, fenfe is furely preferable to
the mere records of confufion and miftake. The flem is
from a fpan to a foot high. Leaves {preading, keeled and
fheathing at the bafe. Flowers from two to fix, in a clofe
zigzag pike; very rarely folitary only. The petals are
yellow on the upper fide; brownifh crimfon beneath. In
the dried fpecimen this laft-mentioned colour runs into
minute oblong fpots, which induces a fufpicion that the
dotted appearance in fome of the former fpecies, known to
us ina dry condition only, may not exilt in the frefh flowers.
The bafe of each petal in that now under confideration
tapers down into a long dark-red claw, to which each fila-
ment, of the fame colour, is firmly united for three-fourths
of its own length. The germen is remarkably ‘columnar,
with three longitudinal furrows. Sty/es very thort, thick,
and recurved. Anthers oblong.

8. M. eucomoides. Dwarf Green Melanthium. Jacq. Ic.
Rar. t..450. Curt. Mag. t. 641.—Leaves ovate-oblong,
{preading, fheathing at the bafe. Stalk with few flowers,
fhorter than the leaves. Bafe of the petals concave, with
a tooth at each fide.—Native of the Cape; rarely feen in
England. This is very unlike any of the former, being
of a dwarf habit, with feveral broad, fheathing, long,
fpreading /eaves, recurved at ‘their points. Among thefe
ftands a fhort ffalz, bearing one, two, or three large green
flowers, of a fingular and not beautiful appearance. The
long bafes or claws of the petals are roiled in at their fides,
and crowned with a pair of broad blunt teeth, analogous to
thofe deferibed in our fifth fpecies. Filaments united to the
claws. Anthers oblong, yeliow, brown at the back. Ger-
men oval, with three deep furrows. Styles awl-thaped,
flightly recurved at the top.

9: M. pumilum, © ittle Rigid Melanthium.

Gott. v. g. got 6, Willd. no. 14.—Leaves lanceolate,
rigid,

Forft.Comm, .

MEL

rigid, channelled, fharp-pointed, bearded at the bafe. Stalk
with few flowers, fhorter than the leaves.— Native of Terra
del Fuego. By one of Forfter’s {pecimens in our poffeffion,
this appears to be a mountain plant, of a dwarf-tufted
habit ; having numerous, crowded, fpreading, radical /eaves,
an inch long, ovato-lanceolate, rigid, pungent and rough-
edged ; channelled above, keeled beneath ; their fheathing
bafes denfely invefted with long, white, fhining, pellucid
hairs. The flowers are faid to be white ; ina dry ftate they
have a purplifh tinge.
fupported on its own fhort /la/é. Petals not contracted at
the bafe. Styles, according to Willdenow, (from whom
we adopt the reference to Forfter,) none ; the /igmas three,
rarely fix.

Willdenow juftly obferves that MV. luteum, Thunb. Jap.
152, is probably diftin@ from Veratrum luteum of Linnzus.
Having feen no fpecimen, by which we might judge of its

enus, we decline admitting it here.

MELANURUS, in Jchthyology. See Sparus Mela-
nurus.

MELAONES, a word ufed by certain authors for a
black kind of worm found in meadows in the month of
May, which, when bruifed, emits an agreeable {mell. Some
alfo have called a {mall fpecies of beetle by the fame name.

MELAPARA, in Geography, a town of Bengal; 10
miles E.N.E. of Dacca.

MELAS, in Ancient Geography, the name of feveral rivers ;
e.g. a river of the Peloponnefus, in Achaia :—a river of
Beeotia, which had its fource feven ftadia from Orchomené,
and difcharged itfelf into the lake Cephifus:—a river of.
Theffaly, near Heraclea:—a river of Mygdonia :—a river
of Thrace :—a river of Afia, whofe fource was near the
town of Cafarea ad Argeum :—a river of Afia, in Pam-
phylia:—a river of Afia, in Armenia Minor.

Mexas, pres, in Medicine, fignifying literally black, is
a term applied by the ancients to a difeafe of the fkin, which
appears to be a variety of the fcaly lepra; differing princi-

ally in the colour of the eruption from the more common
Be: which is white, and which was called Alphas, or Leuce.
(See thefe articles.) The /euce, however, as we have there
fhewn, in ftrictnefs, ought not to be confounded with alphos,
or put under the fame genus with it and the me/as; fince
all the ancients, even Celfus, who has ranked all three under
the head of vitilizo, diltinétly pointed out the effential dif-
ference of the /euce. See Celfus, lib. v. cap. 27. fe&. 19.
See alfo Leprosy.

MELASICTERUS, from [AEAcey black, and bKTEQOLy
ierus, the jaundice, a term which has been applied by forme
writers to that fevere and inveterate degree of jaundice,
which has been alfo termed in Englifh the dlack jaundice.
(See Jaunpice.) Sauvages, Nofol. Method. clafs ix.

enus 12.

MELASMA, in Botany, fo named by Bergius, from
prac, black, apparently becaufe the herb aflumes that colour
in drying. Thunberg, who likewife eftablifhed it as a
genus, called it Nigrina, for the fame reafon. The younger
Linnaus referred it to Gerarpia (fee that article) ; to
which Thunberg, in his Prodromus 106, accedes, and the
plant ftands there, as well as in Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 222,
under the name of Gerardia Nigrina. (Melafma fcabrum ;
Berg. Cap. 162. t. 3. f. 4.)—Herb rough. Leaves lan-
ceolate; ferrated in their lower part. Stem f{quare.—
Native of the Cape of Good Hope. The flem is herbaceous,
above a foot high, leafy, fomewhat branched. Leaves op-
pofite, narrow, about two inches long, rough on both fides,
with prominent points. FYowers axillary and terminal, on

long ftalks, drooping, large. Nothing is recorded concerning

They are about three or four, each.

MEL

their colour. Every part of the dried plant is as black as
ink.
Metasma, (from ras, black), in Surgery, a black
and dark blue, or livid, difcolouration of the fkin, more
commonly termed by furgeons an ecchymofis ; which fee.
MELASPH/ERULA, in Botany, fo denominated by
Mr. Gawler, now Ker, who firft eftablifhed the genus, from
psrxsy black, and ocspx, a ball, in allution to the little black
and fhining globular bulbs, faid to be produced at the rami-
fications of the ftem, as in feveral lilies, the Dentaria bulbifera,
Saxifraga bulbifera, and others. Thefe however have not
been obferved on the cultivated Mela/pherula in England or
France, but Jacquin delineates them. Ker in Sims and Kon,
-. of Bot. v. 1.231. Curt. Mag. v.17. 615. Ait.
ort, Kew. ed. 2. v. 1. 103. (Diafia; Decand. in Bul-
Brumaire an. 12.)—Clafs and
Nat. Ord. £n/ate, Linn.

letin des Sciences, n. 80.
order, Triandria Monogynia.
rides, Julf.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Spatha inferior, fhorter than the corolla,
of two oblong, acute, permanent valves; the outermoft
broadeft. Cor. of one petal, fuperior; tube none; limb
irregular, two-lipped, fomewhat bell-fhaped, divided to the
bottom into fix ovate, briftle-pointed, fpreading fegments,
the three lower ones moft coloured, and rather the {malleft.
Stam. Filaments three, clofe together, fhorter than the
corolla, and afcending under the middle fegment of its upper
lip, recurved at the fummit; anthers oblong, incumbent.
Piff. Germen inferior, three-lobed, deprefled ; ftyle thread-
fhaped, of the length and fituation of the ftamens ; ftigmas
three, fpreading, fimple, bluntifh. Peric. Capfule i
lobed, depreffed, thin, of three cells and three valves, open-
ing at the upper fide. Seeds few, globofe, without wing or
border.

Eff.Ch. Spatha of two valves. Corolla two-lipped, in
fix deep, nearly equal, briftle-pointed fegments ; without
any tube. Stigmas three, recurved. Capfule three-lobed.
Seeds globofe.

M. graminea, Grafs-leaved Melafpherula. Curt. Mag.
t. 615.. (Diafia iridifolia; Redout. Liliac. t. 54. Gla-
diolus gramineus; Linn. Suppl. 95, excluding the fynonyms,
Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 221. Jacq. Ic. Rar. t. 236. Andr.
Repof. t. 62.)—Gathered by Sparrmann and Thunberg at
the Cape of Good Hope. Mr. Maffon fent it to Kew in
1787, where it bloffoms in the green-houfe during moft part
of the year. The root is a {mall, coated, roundifh bulb.
Stem near two feet high, flender and rigid like that of a
grafs. The leaves alfo are of a grafly habit, pale ny
long and narrow. /oqwers numerous, in a lax and flender
panicle, fcentlefs, {mall, compared with many of the fame
tribe. Spatha green, with a filmy edge. Corolla of a pale
greenifh-yellow, each fegment marked with a purplifh-brown,
central line, or rib, of which thofe in the three lower feg-
ments are broadeft and moft confpicuous, evincing the na-
tural irregularity of the flower. The feeds are brown.

No other fpecies is known. Redoute diltinguifhes this,
after Decandolle, into two, according to the various length
and uprightnefs of the foliage, but, as it feems to us, with-
out fufficient reafon.

MELASSES. See Motassrs.

MELASSO, a town of Afiatic Turkey, in Natolia,
anciently called “ Mylafa,”’ or «* Mylaffa.’”’ It is fituated
on a fertile plain near a mountain, which furnifhes a great
quantity of fine white marble. It had formerly a temple
dedicated to Auguftus Czfar, with twenty-two columns,
fix of which were in front; and it was adorned with fo
many temples and public buildings, that a certain mufician,
on entering the es or market-place, to make a proclama-

tion,

MEL

on, ufed the words ann voy hear ye temples, infend
Of exe Nery hear ye people. Under the Romans it was a
free city, It is now a large place, containing a great num-
ber of houfes, though they are mean, ‘The air is accounted

“bad, and fcorpions ubound; 80 miles S, of Smyrna, N.
lat, 37° 10'. E. long. 27” yo’,

MELASTOMA, in Botany, a very extenfive tropical
genus of plants, molt remarkable for the tranfeendent beauty
and peculiarity of its foliage, ‘The name was compofed by
John Burmann, of pers, black, and goue, the mouth; being
fynonimous with the Portuguefe appellation of one of the
Ceylon fpecies, Bocca preto, or Black Mouth, which arofe
from the effect of the fruit upon the lips of thofe who eat
it. Some of the Welt Indian fpecies are known by the
name of American Goofeberrics.—Burm. Zeyl. 156. Linn.
Gen. 217. Schreb. 293. Willd. Sp. Pl. v.2. 581. Mart.
Mill. Dict. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. ¥. 3. 45. Jul.
329 Lamarck Di&. v. 4. 31. Illultr. t. 361. Geertn.
t. 126, Aubl. Guian. 402—437. Swartz. Ind. Occ, 764—
$22. (Acinodendron; Linn. Gen. ed. 1, 129. ‘Tococa;
Aubl, Guian. 437. Fothergilla; ibid. 440. Mayeta;
ibid. 443.)—Clafs and order, Decandria Monogynia. “Nat.
Ord. Calycantheme, V.ion, Melaflome, Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, bell-fhaped,
four or five-cleft, {welling at the bafe, permanent. Cor.
Petals four or five, roundifh, inferted into the rim of the
calyx. Stam. Filaments eight or ten, fhort, inferted into
the calyx ; anthers very long, terminal, fomewhat curved, of
one or two cells, opening by an oblique terminal pore,’ and
often accompanied by a pair of {mall {preading feales at the
bafe. Pi/?, Germen roundifh, in the bottom of the calyx 5
ityle thread-fhaped, declining; {tigma blunt or capitate.
Peric. Berry of two to ‘five cells, roundifh, coated with the
body of the calyx, and crowned with its permanent annular
rim. Seeds very numerous, imbedded in pulp.

Eff. Ch. Calyx four or five-cleft, bell-thaped. Petals
as many as the feepinedts of the calyx, inferted, with the
ftamens, into its rim. Anthers beaked, opening at the tip.
Berry of five cells, invetted with the calyx. ;

Only fifteen fpecies of this genus are defined in the 14th
edition of the Sy/lema Vegetabilium of Linnzus, but the dif-
coveries of Swartz, and of various correfpondents of fir
Jofeph Banks, in the Weft Indies, and of Aublet in
Guiana and Cayenne, have very greatly increafed that num-
ber, fo that Willdenow defcribes eighty-five, notwith{tand-
ing his having referred fome Species of the above authors to
Rhexia. We are poffeffed of a few that do not appear in
Willdenow’s litt. The whole are diftributed into various
fe&tions, diftinguifhed by the number of ftamens, which
differ in different f{pecies from ten to eight or twelve ; and
the petals and fegments of the calyx alfo from five to four
or fix. Subordinate characters of each fection depend on
the number and conneétion of the longitudinal ribs of the
deaves, which, throughout the whole genus, are very re-
markable, and in fome form, together with the tranfverfe
veins, the molt elegant appearance imaginable. The leaves
in all are oppofite and fimple, their two fides generally dif-
ferent in colour and pubeicence, the under one being often
downy, rulty, or filky, Stem fhrubby, Flowers numerous,
axillary, or more generally terminal; their petals rarely
yellow, ufually red, purple, or whitih ; with, for the molt
part, yellow very handfome anthers. We fhall fele& exam-
ples of each fection, marking the fpecies by Willdenow’s
nuntbers. ate) Stay

SeQ. 1. Stamens twelve. Three fpecies in Willdenow.

1. M. calyptrata, Vahl. Eclog. v. 1. 40. Lamarck
Die. v. 4. 51 ?—Leaves elliptic-Janceolate, tapering, three-

Vor. XXIII.

MEL
ribbed, {mooth, Nightly and minutely toot! d. Towers
pank led. —Native of the land of Mor tlerrat.——"" Panels
terminal, ereét, four inches long; ite branches fpreading,
the lowermott four together, the reft oppofite, (moot,
their ultimate divifions divaricated, three-flowered. J’loevers
flulked, covered with an acute conical lid, feparati g all

round and deciduous. Calyx abrupt, the fize of a « oriander
feed. Petals yellow.” Vahl—The lace Dr. Dancer fenr
us from Jamaica a fpecimen which anfwers to the shove
characters, except that the flowers feem fewer and larger.
The teeth of the calyx are firmly united into a thick coria-
ceous conical lid, like that of an Eucalyptus, (fee that ar-
ticle), which fometimes fpli-s at the top, but more gene-
rally falls off entire, by an irregular circular feparation
from the body of the calyx. Within this are the petals.
The fruit is crowned with a very narrow annular rim,
diftinct from the calyx.

3. M. patens. Swartz. Ind. Oce. 791.—Leaves with five
or feven ribs, heart-fhaped, hairy, fomewhat toothed. Clutter
terminal, {preading, briftly. Stamens twelve.—Native of the
more lofty mountains of Jamaica, flowering in fummer. The
inhabitants call it the American Goofeberry. The fruit is
{fweet, but wants fpirit. The flowers have rarely only
ten flamens. It isa /hrub eight or ten feet high, clothed with
prominent, briftly, brownifh-red hairs, andthe branches are
dark purple. Leaves varying in length from three to fix
inches, broad; green and briltly above; pale and downy
beneath ; ribs five or feven, betides the flender marginal ones,
connected by a profufion of reticulated veins. Footftalks
two or three inches long, briftly. C/uflers three-forked, very
briftly, with a pair of {mall leaves at each fubdivifion.
Flowers large, with linear, brittly, elongated calyx-teeth, and
whitifh or fleth-coloured petals.

Section 2. Stamens ten; leaves with three Separate ribs.
Eighteen {pecies in Willdenow.

5 M. rigida. Swartz. Ind. Occ. 768.—Leaves three-
ribbed, minutely toothed, rigid, ovate, fomewhat heart-
fhaped ; roughifh beneath. Clufters terminal, panicled,
rough with denfe rufty down.—Native of the Blue mountains
of Jamaica ; communicated by Dr. Dancer. A Sorub to
or 12 feet high ; its branches obtufely quadrangular, com-
prefled, rough at the extremities with denfe, fhort, dark,
rufty, fomewhat ftarry, pubefcence. Leaves from three to
fix inches long, on long rufty ftalks, ovate, or flightly heart-
thaped, rigid but brittle, pointed ; {mooth above ; roughith,
but of the fame green colour, beneath ; with three diltant
ribs, befides the marginal ones, and many parallel tranfverfe
veins. Panicle long, many-flowered, repeatedly three-forked,
rufty. Flowers {mall, with white petals, each calyx {ub-
tended by a pair of long, awl-fhaped, ruity, deciduous
braeas.

7. M. montana. Swartz. Ind. Occ. 766.—Leaves three-
ribbed, very flightly toothed, neatly {mooth. Clutter ter-
minal ; its branches deeply three-cleft, fpreading. Petals
obtufe. Calyx abrupt, with a deciduous lid.—Communi- -
cated by Dr. Swartz from the lofty mountains in the
feuthern part of Jamaica. The /-aves, Seals, and calyx are,
in the dried plant at leaft, of a light yellowifh-green, and
every part is nearly, if not quite, {mooth. J oqwers fmall,
white, their calyx-teeth combiming to forma lid, as in the
firlt fpecies. The upper furface of the aves is minutely
granulated. Their lateral ribs are united, for a fhort fpace,
to the middle one, fo that they ftriGly come under the de-
nomination of triply-ribbed. ‘T'he marginal ones are diftin&
from the very bottom. °

10. M. a/p-ra. Linn. Sp. Pl. 560. (M. foliis lanceola-
tis teinerviis {cabris ; Linn. Zeyl. 76. 0.172. -M. feabra

Bb : trinervia ;

t
quite

MELASTOMA.

trinervia; Burm. Zeyl. 154. t. 72.)—Leaves ovato-lanceo-
late, three-ribbed, entire, rough with depreffed briftles.
Flowers in leafy clufters—Native of Ceylon. We havea
fpecimen from fir G. Staunton which anfwers well to Her-
mann’s figure and defcription. Thefe were mif-applied by
Linnzus to his odandra, as is well remarked by Retzius in his
fafe. 4.25. Inthe Linnzan herbarium a {pecimen occurs
marked a/pera, which is not an original one, nor, in fact,
different from malabathrica hereafter mentioned, except that
the lateral ribs of the leaves are very fmall. Katou Kadali,
Hort. Malab. v. 4. g1. t. 43, quoted for the prefent {pecies,
has ftrongly five-ribbed leaves, and numerous corymbofe
flowers, with an extremely hifpid calyx. We cannot think
it belongs here, and ftill lefs the Fragarius ruber of Rumph.
Amboin. v. 4. 135. t. 71, whofe flowers are defcribed as
{mall and white. Thofe of M. a/pera are acknowledged on
all hands to be large and purple. ‘The Eaft Indian AMela/-
tome have not yet been carefully ftudied on the fpot, by any
accurate botanift, and the fynonyms of this in particular
have been much confufed.—See J. cyanoides, hereafter de-
{cribed, a fpecies to be introduced between Willdenow’s
n. 56and 57.

12. M. frrigofa. Linn. Suppl. 236 ; excluding the fyno-
nym.—Leaves ovate, three-ribbed, very briftly, entire.
Flowers terminal, folitary. Calyx very briftly; its feg-
ments broad and triangular.—Sent by Mutis from New
Grenada. This is a much-branched /hrub, whofe numerous
aves are ovate, ftalked, about three-fourths of an inch long ;
paler, with three ribs very prominent, beneath, Every
part is clothed with depreffed yellow briftles. Flowers
large, terminal, folitary, purple, their petals fringed with
briftles; and the calyx is peculiarly hifpid, with broad,
fhort, triangular fegments. It is a very handfome and re-
markable fpecies. ‘

14. M. velutina. Willd. (M. holofericea ; Herb. Linn
Swartz. Obf. 176.) —Leaves three-ribbed, ovate, acute, en-
tire, feffile, clothed on both fides with filky briftles. Cluf-
ter terminal, four-ranked; its branches cloven. Stem
acutely quadrangular.—Native of Brafil, where it was ga-
thered by father Panegai, and fent by Arduino to Linneus;
as well as by fir G. Staunton and fir J. Banks. We know
no authority for.its being found in Jamaica.—The /eaves are
from one to two inches long, feffile, remarkable for their
denfe filky briftly clothing. They have three principal ribs,
with occafionally two flighter ones near the margin, towards
the bafe. F/owers large and handfome, purple, witha very
filky calyx, and ten long ftamens.—This fpecies is totally
diftin& from the original Linnzan holofericea, of which we
fhall fpeak hereafter. See n. 53

14—15. M. cuprea.— Leaves three-ribbed, elliptic-ovate,
pointed, entire, on fhort italks; nearly {mooth above ;
clothed with denfe ftarry down beneath. Panicle terminal,
thrice compound, with radiating branches.—Gathered in the
Caraccas, by J. Marter, M.D. The branches, flalks, ger-
men, and back of the /eaves, are all denfely clothed with
fine ftarry hairs, which, in a dried ftate at leaft, are of a rich
eopper-coloured brown. A portion of the fame is feen on
the upper furface of each kaf, efpecially on the ribs. The
fegments of the calyx are f{mooth. Flowers very {mall and
numerous, cluftered, and compofing a {preading, very com-
pound panicle, whofe branches fpread in a radiating manner,
many from one point, the lower ones at each ramification
being the fhorteft. Petals not expanded in our fpeci-

« men.—This fhould be placed between the 14th and rsth
fpecies of Willdenow. We can refer it to none that he
egumerates.

ry—15. M. /guamulofa.—Leaves three-ribbed, elliptical,

obtufe, entire; {mooth above; hoary beneath. Panicles
terminal, compact. Calyx angular, minutely fcaly.—Sent
from New Grenada by Mutis to Linneus. The flem
is woody. Leaves on fhort thick ftalks, rigid, elliptical,
fcarcely two inches long, obtufe, entire, with three difting&
ribs, and numerous fine tranfverfe veins. The upper fide is
green, quite fmooth and rather fhining ; the under hoary,
with very clofe, fomewhat fcaly, pubefcence. Panicles ter-
minal, compound, compaét, about three inches long, many-
flowered. Calyx turbinate, with ten ribs, and five broad’
fhort teeth, covered all over with clofe-prefled feurfy fcales.
Petals five, {mall, round, apparently yellow. Berry fmall,
furrowed, hoary. Sometimes the flowers appear to be fix-
cleft.—This may ftand next to our cuprea, though it has no
particular likenefs or affinity to that, or any other of this
fecond fection, being moft allied to /igu/frina, another new
fpecies hereafter defcribed, from the fame country.

20. M. trinervia. Swartz. Ind. Occ. 774.—Leaves
three-ribbed, {moothifh, elliptical, acute at both ends ; the
lateral ribs near the margin. Spikes long, axillary, in pairs.
Flowers oppofite or whorled. — Native of mountains in Ja-
maica. Introduced in 1793 into the ftoves at Kew, where
it blooms in July. The /eaves area fpan long, ftalked, thin
and pliant, of a broad, elliptical form, pointed at each end,
pale beneath, with flightly downy veins. Thefes/eaves are
peculiar for having the fide ribs almoft marginal, and very
remote from the midrib, with which however they are
connected by numerous tranf{verfe ribs, and reticulated veins.
The inflorefcence is fo incorre&tly defcribed, that had we
not authentic {pecimens, we could not have been certain of
our plant. The flowers are {mall, numerous, in long downy
fpikes, two of which ftand together in the forks of the
branches, and are perhaps originally terminal, as Dr. Swartz
defcribes, but the branch is foon extended on each fide be-
yond thein ; neither are they racemi, for the flowers are per-
feétly feffile, in diftant pairs, or fometimes whorls.

21. M. repens. Willd. n. 21. Lamarck Illuftr. t. 361.
f. 2.— Leaves obovate, fmooth, three-ribbed, nearly en-
tire. Flowers folitary, terminal. Stem creeping.””—This,
which is faid to come from China, does not appear to us
different from the oandra of Linnzus, which varies in the
number of parts in the flower, and will be hereafter defcribed.
We are at leaft certain that the fynonyms of Ofbeck and
Retzius, cited here by Willdenow, belong to the real
ofandra.

Section 3. Stamens ten ; leaves with three ribs combined at the
bafe.

23. M. parviflora. Aubl. Guian. 433. t. 171.—Leaves

ovato-lanceolate, acute at each end, obfcurely toothed, triple-
ribbed, fmooth. Panicle terminal, repeatedly three-forked.
—Found by Aublet growing in moilt fituations in Cayenne
and Guiana, where the inhabitants call it #infae, after the
Portuguefe, and ufe it in decoétion to dye black. The flems
are upright, fhrubby, feven or eight feet bigh. Leaves a
fpan long, pliant and quite fmooth, green on both fides, but
paler beneath, on {mooth fsat/alks, {carcely an inch in length.
‘They have three principal ribs, which in Aublet’s fpecimen
unite into one a little above the bafe, at not more than half
the diftance exprefled in his plate. There are befides, as
ufual, a pair of much {lighter marginal ribs, diftiné to the
bottom of the leaf. A large, very. compound, three-forked
panicle, of {mall white fowers, terminates each branch ; but
it fometimes becomes lateral by the elongation of the branch
beyond. The derries are fmooth, {carcely fo big as a pepper-
corn, and of a blueifh colour. The plant bears flowers and
fruit in April.

25. M. arborefcens, Aubl. Guian. 220. t. 163.—Leaves

roundifh-

MELASTOMA,

roundifh-ovate, acute, entire, triple-ribbed, fmooth. Co-
rymbe lateral, Petals divided at the bafe.—Native of woods
in Guiana, A tree 60 feet high, with very broad ovate
fmooth entire faves, rather opaque and paler beneath, four
or five inches long, ‘Their three central ribs are united for
half an inch above the bafe ; two lateral ones {pring from
the bottom; and there is alfo a pair of very fight marginal
ones, not exprefled in the plate. The pf are white,
pesew! in lateral binatheated cerpasbe from the fides of the

ranches, much below the foliage. The petals are de-
feribed by Aublet with divided or double claws. Berry as
big asa mall medlar, yellow, {weetith, and eatable, known
by the name of mé/e among the colonilts, It ripens in No-
vember, —Willdenow juftly points out the near refemblance
of this plant to the Linnzan AT. groffularioides, a {pecies we
have not feen, any more than himfelf, but its eaves are faid
to be toothed and pointed.

a7—28. M. liguftrina. Leaves triple-ribbed, ovate, ob-
tule, entire, quite fmooth. Panicles terminal, compaét.
Calyx hemifpherical, furrowed, {mooth.—Sent from New
Granada, by Mutis to Linneus. The fem and branches are
woody, and, like the whole plant, perfectly {mooth. Leaves
ftalked, an inch long, broadifh-ovate, obtufe, entire, with
throe ftrong ribs united for a fhort diftance from the bafe ;
the tranfverfe veins are very flender, and the marginal ribs
{earcely difcernible. ‘The upper furface is dark green, and
polifhed ; under paler and opaque, with a yellowith tinge.
Flowers in compound clutters or panicles like thofe of Privet.
Calyx fhort and hemifpherical, mott deeply furrowed in the
upper part, quite {mooth, with fhort, broad, blunt teeth.

{mall, roundifh, white or purplifh. Stamens thort,
with broad blunt anthers. Sty/e obtufe. Stigma concave.
Berry {mall, yellowifh. All the flowers feem five-cleft.
This is moft akin to our M7. Savamulefa, defcribed in the
fecond fection, though abundantly diftin@, Linneus had
determined the genus of both, but left them undefcribed.

SeGtion 4. Stamens ten; leaves with five combined ribs.

28. M. agreflis. Aubl. Guian. 425. t. 166.—Veryhairy.
Leaves ovate, long-pointed, crenate, fringed, quintuple-
ribbed. Corymbs axillary and terminal, {preading.—Native
of banks of rivers, and about old walls, in Cayenne. ublet.
The fpecific name therefore muft allude to its roughnefs of
habit, not to its place of growth. The denfe rufty-red
{preading hairs, which clothe the branches, flower-flalks,
footfalks, ribs and margins of the eaves, give the plant a
tawny hifpid afpe&t. The /eaves are truly ovate, pointed,
very neatly and clofely crenate, about three inches long;
their ribs difpofed exaétly as in the ardore/cens laft defcribed,
fo that both fpecies ought to ftand in the fame {feétion,
whichever that may be. Aublet’s figure is by no means
correét in this point, according to his own {pecimen, and has
mifled Willdenow.

29. M. fcandens. Aubl. t. 172. is more correétly quin-
tuple-ribbed, as that figure expreffes; but yet not in fo
ftriking a manner as fome following f{pecies.

; eae OA alata. Aubl. Guian. 410. t. 158.—Leaves el-
liptic-oblong, acute at each end, entire, quintuple-ribbed ;
rough above; downy beneath. Stem winged.—Native of
uncultivated ground in Guiana and Cayenne, flowering in
September, and fruiting a month or two afterward. The
lems are fix or feven Ret high, remarkable for their four
membranous wings. Leaves feffile, feven or eight inches
long and about half as wide, much elongated at each end ;
rough above ; paler and clothed with foft tufted down be-
neath. They Rae two pair of ribs, branching at wide in-
tervals from the central one, befides a flight, nearly marginal,
nerve. Panis/e terminal, large, with fquare, partly winged,

ftalks. Flowers in denfe heade, {mall, whitith. Berry red,
the fize of a goofeberry, not very fucculent. A decoétion
of the leaves is ufed to wath foul ulcers.

30—31. M. nervofa.—Leaves elliptic-oblong, acute at
each end, flightly crenate, quintuple-ribbed ; rather hairy
on both fides, Spikes hairy, whorled.—Native of Jamaica.
A {pecimen with the above name was given to the younger
Linnaeus from the Bankfian herbarium, It was gathered
by aman who deceived his employers, by pretending to
have colleéted many of his plants at the ifthmus of Darien ;
whereas it afterwards appeared he went no further than
the Weft India iflands. Hence fome of his difcoveries,
being marked with a wrong place of growth, were not ad-
mitted by Dr. Swartz, (unlefs he oe them himfelf, )
into his Weft Indian Flora, Such appears to be the cafe
with the prefent Melafloma, which we cannot refer to any
that is defcribed. Its /eaves agree much in fize, form and
ribs, with the a/ata laft defcribed; but they are crenate,
and clothed with fimple and longer hairs, efpecially the ribs.
The fem is round, briftly, not winged. Flowers in feffile
remote whorls, compofing a long, terminal, hairy {pike.

Seétion 5. Stamens ten; leaves with at leaft Jive Separate
ribs.

32. M. Airta. Linn. Sp. Pl. 559, excluding the fyno-
nyms of Plumier and Sloane. Swartz. Obf.175. (M.n. 4;
Browne Jam. 219. Arbufcula Jamaicenfis quinquenervis
minutiffimé dentatis foliis et caule pubefcentibus, flofculis ex
finu foliorum gemellis; Pluk. Almagett. 40. t. 264. f. 1.)—
Leaves ovate, pointed, crenate, five-ribbed, hairy. Flowers
axillary, fomewhat corymbofe, briftly as well as the branches.
—Native of Brafil, as alfo of Jamaica. We have a {pecimen
from Browne, nor can we account for the omiffion of this
fpecies in Swartz’s Flora, as that author likewife mentions
in his Ob/ervationes its growing on the woody hills of Ja-
maica, flowering in autumn and {pring. The ffem is thrubby,
fix feet high, the younger branches very hifpid, as are the
footftalks, flower-ftalks, calyx, and both fides of the /eaves,
efpecially the under. All the pubefcence is of a rufty hue.
The caves are broadly ovate, not at all lanceolate, with
five diftin& ribs, befides a pair fearcely difcernible near the
margin, towards the bafe. The flowers are white, few to-
= axillary and corymbofe ; fometimes faid to be fix-
cleft.

34. M. Acinodendron. Linn. Sp. Pl. 558. Swartz. Obf.
174. (€hriftophoriana americana, malabathri foliis acumi-
natis, nervofis, dentate; Pluk. Phyt. t. 159. f. 1.) —Leaves
ovate, pointed, five-ribbed, finely toothed, flightly hairy.
Panicle terminal, compound, thrée-forked,roughifh. Flowers
fomewhat capitate.—Native of Surinam. Baker. Herb. Banks.
Dr. Swartz remarks that this is an obf{cure fpecies, the fy-
nonyms of which are much confounded. The Linnzan
herbarium throws no light upon it, but we have received
from fir J. Banks, under the name of MV. aurea, which is
very well fuited to the colour of the dried leaves, a Su-
rinam f{pecimen, that indubitably accords with Plukenet’s
figure, which Linnzus commends ; and as our f{pecimen will
not agree with any other defcribed Mela/loma, we refer it to
the prefent, omitting all the fynonyms as doubtful, except
the above. The dranches are {mooth, flightly quadrangular
upwards. Leaves about three inches long, on rather fhort
hairy ftalks, (the only chara€ter not expreffed by Plukenet,)
ovate, neatly toothed, with a fhort taper point, and five
ribs conneéted by numerous tranfverfe parallel veins. There
is a very flight marginal rib near the bafe. A few golden
hairs are {prinkled over the upper furface, and on the ribs
of the lower. Panicle large and {preading, repeatedly three-
forked, roughifh with fcattered ftellated down. Flowers

Bb2z ufually

MELASTOMA.

ufually two or three together, fefifle, with a pair of braéieas,
at the end of each ftalk of the panicle. Ca/yx {mooth,
turbinate. Petals five, apparently white or yellowith, obo-
vate.

35. M. cymofa. Schrad. Sert. Hannov. 18. t. 8. Vent.
Malmaif. t. 14. (M.corymbofa; Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2.
v. 3. 462)—Leaves ovate; fomewhat heart-fhaped, pointed,
feven-ribved, fomewhat hairy, with minute briftly ferratures.
Cyme terminal. Segments of the calyx triangular.—Native
of South America according to Schrader ; and, if we are
right in the citation of Hort. Kew., of Sierra Leone alfo.
It is not probable that fo fine a plant, for many years paft
frequently feen flowering in the Englifh ftoves, fhould not
be included in'that rich catalogue, and it anfwers molt pre-
cifely to the charaéter there given under the name of co-
rymbofa, except that the flowers are really cymofe. We
received a fpecimen in 1803, from the botanic garden at
Liverpool, with the appeilation of MM. purpurea, under
which it ftands in the catalogue of that garden, p. 250.
The flems are-ereét, about two feet high, fucculent, herba-
ceous, fcarcely fhrubby. Leaves two or three inches long,
on longifh ftalks, tender, of a broad, ovate, pointed figure,
very flightly cordate at the bafe, fringed with minute
briitly teeth direted forwards. The ribs are feven, befides
a minute marginal pair at the bafe. Both fides are roughifh
with minute hairs; the under one paleft, and moft polifhed.
Flowers feveral, rofe-coloured, in a terminal, rather droop-
ing, flightly downy cyme. There are five yellow abortive
anthers; the five perfeét ones are purplith.

37- M. elegans, beautiful as it appearsin Aublet’s t. 167,
is in every refpe@ fo like Airta, fee n. 32, except the deeper
and double crenatures of the aves, that we are perfuaded
it is but a variety of that {pecies. There is no difference in
the inflorefcence or flowers.

4o. M. Maicta. Lamarck Did. v. 4. 34. (Maieta
guianenfis; Aubl. Guian. 443. t. 176.)—Leaves elliptical,
pointed, five-ribbed, minutely crenate, hairy, inflated at the
bafe. Flowers axillary, folitary, feflile.—Found by Aublet
in Guiana, on the banks of a rivulet fifty miles from the
fea-coaft, flowering and fruiting in November. It is a fhrub
two or three feet high, the branches and foliage rough with
briflly, prominent, rofty hairs. Leaves oppotite, but very
unequal in fize, elliptical with a taper point and five ribs,
without any at the margin befides. “The larger /eaf of each
pair is from three to five inches long, and diftinguifhed by a
bladder-like {welling, of two cells, at the bafe, moft pro-
minent at the upper fide ; the fmaller af is from one and a
half to two inches long, and is ufually deltitute of any fuch
bladder. The flowers are white, axillary, and folitary,
braéteated at their bafe. It is difficult to imagitfe what
ded Aublet to diitinguifh this, as a genus, from JJelaffoma,
to which it has not the flighteft pretenfions. The germen
in the flower is indeed apparently fuperior, and’ diftinc&
from the body of the calyx ; but fuch is the cafe in many
ifelaflome, though thofe parts unite into a pulpy mafs as
the {rat ripens. ;

41. M. Aeterophylia. Lamarck Dict. v.. 4. 345 and

42. M. phyfiphora. (Tococa guianenfis;. Aubl. 438.
t.174.)agree with the lattin having a bladdery appendage to
the bale of the larger /eaves, or, in the latter intlance, to
their foot/falks.

49. M. grofa. Linn. Suppl. 236.—Leaves fomewhat
heart-fhaped, five-ribbed, entire, very rough. Flowers ter-
minal, corymbofe. Petals briitly at the back—Sent by
Matis trom New Granada. This very magnificent {pecies
is diltinguifhed by its coriaceous and briltly appearance.
The aves are {earcely two inches long, about one broad,

with five ftrong ribs, and numerous clofe tranfverfe veins,
clothed very denfely on both fides, with innutherable, mi-
nute, rigid, curved briltles ; paler beneath. The branches’
and fialks are all equally hifpid, and of a rufty hue.
Flowers very large, purple, about five or fix in a terminat
corymbofe head.- Segments of the calyx long and lanceolate,
Petals obovate, above an inch long, clothed at the back,
like the calyx, with rigid ‘upright briftles.

50. M. malabathrica. Linn. Sp..Pl. 559. Curt. Mag.
t. 5292) ™M. foliis lanceolato-ovatis fcabris quinquener-
viis ; Linn, Zeyl. 76. n. 17%. M. quinquenervia hirta
major, capitulis fericeis villofis; Burm. Zeyl. 155. t..73-
Kadali; Rheede Malab. v. 4. $7. t. 42. Fragarius niger ;
Rumph. Amb. v. 4. 137. t. 72.)—Leaves iil pic-temieeae
late, five-ribbed, entire, rough with depreffed~ briftles.
Flowers terminal, corymbofes ‘Calyx clothed with fringed
imbricated fca'es.— Native of the Eaft Indies. It is faid to
have been given to Kew garden by fir G. Staunton in
1795. We quote the Botanical Magazine with doubt, be-
caule the figure is unfortunately fo contrived as not to fhew
the calyx, a molt important part in this cafe; neither does
the form of the aves, or the fituation of their lateral ribs,
precifely agree with our wild fpecimens. Of the other fy-
vonyms we have no doubt. Burmann, whofe remarks on
this plant are very good, obferves that the calyx is drawn
fmooth in Rheede’s figure, though defcribed rough. Rum-
phius moft happily compares it to the calyx of Centaurea
Cyanus. It is in faét clothed with fine fharp-pointed
fringed feales, fuch as we have remarked in no other fpe-
cies. The petals are large and purple, fmooth on both fides,
but fringed with briltles. The young branches, /flalks, and
ribs of the eaves, are fcaly in a degree like the calya.
Sometimes the lateral ribs are fo {mall and flender as to.
be fearcely difcernible. A fpecimen fo circumitanced is in
the Linnzan herbarium marked a/pera ; fee n. 10.

so—si. M. granulofa. Lamarck Dit. v. 4. 44 —Leaves
ovato-lanceolate, five-ribbed, entire ; rough above with clofe-
preffed briftles ; downy beneath. Clufter with corymbofe
branches. Calyx filky. Stem winged.—Gathered by Com-
merfon in Bralil, and given by Thouin to the younger:
Linneus.. A magnificent fpecies, with /eaves five or fix
inches long, whofe outermolt ribs are united at the bafe to
the next. Their upper furface is fo granulated, as it were,
with clofe-preffed brittles, as to look like the furfaee of a
ftrawberry. The /fem is briitly, nearly in like manner, and
has four membranous wings, Flowers purple, large, and
handfome, in a compound forked clutter. Calyx denfely
fc with filky hairs. This /brub is about ten feet
ig . s
_ 53+ M. albicans. Swartz. Ind. Occ. 786. (M. holofe-
ricea; Linn. Sp. Pl. 559. Willd. n. 13. Arbor racemofa
brafiliana, foliis malabathri; Breyn. Cent. 1. 3. t. 2. 4.)—
Leaves ovate, acute, five-ribbed, entire ; polifhed and naked
above ; ruity-white with cottony down beneath. Clufters
terminal, cottony, with cymofe branches. Flowers feffile.
—Native of Brafil and of Jamaica. A /brudk fix or eight
feet high, with hoary branches, which are flightly cece:
Leaves on fhort, thick, hoary. ftalks, elliptic-ovate, acute,
three or four inches Jong, very flightly heart-fhaped at. the
bafe ; perfectly {mooth and highly polifhed above, fo as. to
look, when dried, like black Spanith leather, as Breynius
very happily remarks; on the under fide they are entirely
clothed with denfe foft cottony down, white with a rufty
tinge, and have five ftrong ribs, all united at a very fmall
diltance above the bafe. The cfuffers are compofed of oppo-
fite forked or cymofe branches. ‘The flowers are feflile,
{mall, with a cottony ca/yx and white petals. 3

About

MELASTOMA.

About this fpecies there has been great confufion, Lt is
w nansansely the original Ao/ofericea of Linnweus, (admirably
deferibed. an Bgured by Breynius,) but not that which he
afterwards called fo in his herbarium, and which De, Swartz
deferibed in his O4/, Bot. ; feo velutina, n 14, The name
however of Aolo/ericea w not fo applicable to the plant be-
fore us, as that given by Swarts, by which it is molt ge-
nerally known, and which for that reafon we have retained,
as the bett means of avoiding miflake.

§0-—57. M. eyanoides. (Iragarius ruber; Rumph, Amb.
Ve 4-195. 0.71. Katou-Kadali; Rheede Malab, v. 4. gt.
t. 43.) —Leaves. ovate, acute, five-ribbed, entire ; roughith
ach fides with clofe-preffed briftles.. Clulters terminal,
forked. eye clothed with cluftered briftles, Bracteas
ovate, fringed,—Sent from Amboyna by the late Mr. Chrif-
topher Smith. We can refer it to none in Willdenow or
Lamarck, but we quote without hefitation the above fy-
nonyms, which have been, furely erroneoufly, referred to
the true AZ, ajpera; fee n. 10. The prefent is rather a
{mall and wea Jbrub, with flender, grey, flightly briftly
branches. Leaves bright green on both fides, paler beneath,
ovate, rather Sky three inches long, and above one
broad, with five diftiy& riba, of which the lateral ones are
nearly as confiderable as the reft. The upper furface is
befprinkled with yellow clofe-prefled drifiles ; the under is
chiefly briftly at the ribs and veins. Foot/la/ks_briflly, pur-
plifh, half an inch long, Panicles terminal, forked or co-
rymbofe, a little briftly, with a pair of ovate, concave,
{mooth though fringed dradeas, at each divifion, Calyx
denfely covered with cluftered, fometimes palmate, whitifli
briftles, which are, as far as we have feen, peculiar to this
Tpecies, and give the part in queftion a great refemblance
to Centaurea Cyanus. The petals are faid by. Rumphius to
be white ; in the Hortus Malabaricus they. feem implied to
be purple. The fruit is compared by the former author
to a ftrawberry, being redder on one fide than the other. It
is agreeably acid, with fome altringency, and is given to chil-
dren in Amboyna, to prevent what fome learned corruptor of
Englifh may hereafter call le&timiction.

Rebion 6. Stamens eight; leaves with three feparate ribs.

59. M. microphylla. Swartz. Ind. Occ. 813 ; is erro-
neoully placed here. It has ovate, obtufe, hairy /eaves,
about an inch long, moft evidently triple-ribbed. The

gomes are {mall, with a very hifpid ca/yx, and ftand in the
orks of the branches, one ufually nearly feffile, with two
or three others on capillary, hairy, fimple ftalks. The
fruit looks like that of a Croton, but has four furrows ; nor
are the leaves diffimilar to fome of that genus, yet we can-
not refer our plant to AZ. crotonifolia, n. 35. of Lamarck.
The prefent {pecies is but ill compared by Swartz to his Air-
Juta, which we have from himfelf, and which is more related
to hirta; fee n. 32. It mult always be remembered that
thefe fetions of the genus, which we have adopted from
Willdenow, are eaate artificial, as well as fomewhat in-
conftant.

61. M. capillaris. Swartz. Ind. Occ. 808.—Leaves lan-
ceolate, pomted,, three-ribbed, fimooth, nearly entire.
Stalks axillary,, capillary, three-flowered. Native of hills
in the fouth parts of Jamaica. A very fair example of this
feétion. Itis remarkable for its extremely minute, whitifh,
fhort-lived flowers, which ftand, three together, on rough-
ifh, capillary, axillary ftalks.. The calya has four minute
upright teeth. The derry alfo is- perhaps the {malleft in the
whole genus. The young aves are fomewhat downy be-
peath, but the full-grown ones are {mooth, three inches
long, narrow, taper-poiuted, pale at the back, with three

ribs, and flrong, fimple, tranfverfe veins. We have a {per
cimen from its difcoverer. ‘

64. M. glandulofa. Swartz. Und. Occ, 799.—Leaves
ovate, entire, with three ribs befides the marginal onee,
lifpid on both fides, with axillary tafts of briltles at the
veins beneath, Panicles terminal, three-forked, very rough.
Gathered by Maffon and Swartz on the loftieft hills of Jes
maica. ‘This is akin to fome of the roughett leaved {pecies
before defcribed, bat diftinguifhed by pale tufts of brifiles
at the feparation of each vein from the midrib beneath. The
leaves are about three inches long, and more than one broad;
the briflles of their upper fide moft rigid, yellow and

hooked. Panicle {preading, many-flowered, exceffively hif-
pid. Petals four, with longith claws. Stamens eight. An-
thers bordered at each fide with a yellow membrane, Style

long and prominent. We cannot but remark: that this is
properly a five-ribbed fpecies, and ought to fland in a fec-
tion hereafter Hientlbhed

67. M. ofandra. Lion, Sp. Pl. 560. (M. foliis lanceo-
latis trinerviis glabris, margine hifpidis; Linn. Zeyl. 76.
n. 173, excluding the fynonyms. ™M. repens ; feen. 21.)—
Leaves ovate, entire, three-ribbed, {mooth, with a fimple
marginal row of clofe-preffed briftles. Flowers terminal,
moftly folitary. Calyx briftly—Native of Ceylon and
China. The lem is rather woody, but proftrate, branched
and creeping. Leaves about an inch long, of a broad ovate
obtufe figure, three-ribbed, befides an‘occafional pair of ob-
folete marginal ribs ;. dark green above ;' very pate and yel-
lowifhsbeneath ; fmootland naked’on both fides, except ‘a
few hairs on the ribs beneatlt, and a very remarkable row of
marginal clofe-prefled oblique briltles,. on the upper fide, res
fembling ftitches of thread; thefe are fometimes’ partially
wanting. _JJowers terminal, molly folitary,’ large, - purple,
very handfome, .Calyx clothed with fimple incurved brifttes.
Petals fringed, barbed at the fummit witha briftly tuft.

Lamarck was led by the fynonym of Burmann, erro-
neoufly quoted by Linnaus,, to deferibe and figure this real
M. oéandra of the latter as a new {pecies, by the name of
repens. This name) however, we fhould with to retain,
as the flowers in our {pecimens are moft frequently five-cleft
and decandrous. We know not why the caves have ever
been defcribed as in any degree lanceolate, they beiag truly
ovate, Halt the /lamens appear to, be always abortive.

69. M. tetrandra. Swartz. Ind.. Occ, 795.—Leaves
three-ribbed, oblong, pointed, entire, fmooth, with a notch
at the bafe. Cluiter ereét, terminal. Stamens four.—
Native of the Blue mountains in the fouth of Jamaica, but
very rare. Fiowering in’ May. This isa middling-fized
tree, whofe young branches are {quare, and. nearly. {mooth.
Leaves three or four inches.in length, and, one in breadth, on
long ftalks, {mooth, entire, pointed, rounded at the bafe,
with a notch at the footftalk. . They have one ftrong central
rib, with a jlight marginal pair only. The, fowers we have
not feen. Dr. Swartz defcribes themas {mall and. white.
in a terminal compound clutter, which, is rough with ruity
mealinefs.. They are four-cleft, with but four /amens.
Berry minute, roundith.

71. M. anguflifolia. Swartz. Ind. Occ. 796.— Leaves
three-ribbed, linear-lanceolate,: entire; hoary. beneath:
Branches wand-like. Clufters terminal, repeatedly three-_
forked, mealy and rulty.—Native of Jamaica. and other
Welt Indian iflands. A flender /brub, diltinguithed by. its
elegant narrow aves; of, a bright yellowifli-green, and
fmooth, above; hoary and flightly rufty, with beautifully
regular tranfverfe veins beneath... C/u/fers terminal, _ pes

wit

MEL

with many forked, fpreading, cymofe branches.
mealy. Petals four, pale yellow. Stamens eight.

Seétion 7. Stamens eight; leaves with three combined ribs.

¥8. M. feabrofa. Linn. Sp. Pl. 558. Swartz. Obf. 174.
(M. n. 5; Browne Jam. 219. t. 24. f. 3.)—Leaves ovate,
crenate, triple-ribbed, rough and hairy. Branches denfely
fhaggy. Flowers axillary, aggregate, oftandrous.—Native
of the cooler mountains of Jamaica. A /brub about a man’s
height, whofe branches are denfely covered with fhort fhaggy
hairs, like the ftalks and ribs of the /eaves, which laft are
broad-ovate, three inches long, very harfh and hifpid on both
fides, furnifhed with three ribs combined at their bafe, and two
diftin& ones nearer the margin, which is irregularly crenate.
Swartz defcribes the fowers as very minute, pale red, feffile
and axillary. Of thefe Browne’s fpecimen in the Linnzan
herbarium retains two or three, which however ftand on
ftalks, about as long as the calyx. The fegments of the
latter are awl-fhaped.

Seétion 8. Stamens eight ; leaves with five ribs.

So. M. umbrofa. Swartz: Ind. Occ. 817.—Leaves
roundifh-ovate, pointed, finely toothed, hairy on both fides.
Clufters axillary, compound, briftly, {preading.—Found
in feveral of the Weft Indian iflands. This fpecies has very
hifpid branches and ffalks, and is remarkable for its large, al-
moit round, taper-pointed /eaves, broader than the hand,
which have five ribs, befides the marginal ones, all running
from the bafe to the extremity. The c/uflers are axillary, and
in pairs, fcarcely longer than the footftalks, twice compound,
{preading widely. Braéeas f{patulate, recurved, briftly.
Flowers white, very {mall.

S85. M. coccinea. Vahl. Eclog. v. 1. 48.—Leaves elliptic-
ovate, pointed, five-ribbed, entire, fmooth. Branches hif-
pid at intervals.—Native of the ifland of Montferrat. Stem
_ arboreous. Branches bluntly quadrangular, hollow, knotty,

clothed here and there with irregular interrupted tufts of ho-
rizontal pale hairs, like radicles. Leaves feveral inches in
length and breadth, fmooth, entire, with five ribs befides
the two marginal ones, the three in the centre flightly com-
bined at their bafe. The flowers are faid to be fcarlet, or
occafionally white, forming a terminal thyr/us, which we
have feen but in an imperfe& condition. S.

Metastoma, in Gardening, contains plants of the ever-
green tree and fhrubby exotic kinds, of which the fpecies
cultivated are, the American goofeberry of Surinam (M.
groffularioides) ; and the fattiny-leaved melaftoma (M. holo-
fericea).

But tee are other {pecies which may be cultivated.

Method of Culture—Thefe tender plants are belt ob-
tained by having the entire fruits put up in their native places
in dry fand as foon as ripened, and immediately forwarded,
which as foon as they arrive fhould be taken out, and the
feeds fown in pots of light earth, plunging them in a mode-
rate hot-bed of tanners’ bark : when the plants are up, and
fit to remove, they fhould be planted each in a {mall pot of
light earth, replunging them in the tan-bed of the ftove,

Afterwards they require the management of other woody
ftove-plants.

And they may alfo be increafed by laying the young
branches in the fpring, or by planting cuttings of the
young fhoots in the fummer feafon in pots, and plunging
them in a hot-bed. They fhould afterwards have the fame
culture as the other kinds.

MELASTOMA,, in Botany, a very beautiful but not ex-
tenfive natural order in Juffieu’s fyftem, of which the genus
from whence the name is derived makes the principal part.
(See Metastoma.) This order is the goth of Juffieu, the

Calyx

42

MEL

eighth of his 14th clafs. The charaGters of that clafs are
given under the article Ficorpem. It has two cotyledons,
many petals, and ftamens inferted into fome part of the calyx.

The Melafloma are thus diftinguifhed.

Calyx of one leaf, tubular, either fuperior or inferior,
fimple or furrounded with fcales. Petals feveral, of a de-
finite number, inferted into the top of the calyx, equal in
number to its fegments and alternate with them. Stamens
inferted into the fame place, of a definite number, which
is double that of the petals; the top of the filaments, be-
neath the anthers, moftly furnifhed with two briftles, or
two auricles; anthers long, beaked at the fummit, attached
by their bafe to the top of the filaments, and, at firft,
drooping, in confequence of the filaments. being bent in-
wards; but as the latter afterwards become ftraight, the
anthers rife upwards. Germen fometimes fuperior, enfolded
by the calyx, fometimes inferior; ftyle folitary; ftigma
fimple. Fruit either pulpy or capfular, invefted, when fu-
perior, with the calyx, which is contra&ted above; when
inferior, attached to the fame part, and {welling beneath
it, of many cells, with numerous feeds in each cell. Corcu-
lum fufpeéted by Juffieu to be unaccompanied with albumen.
Stem rather arboreous, or fhrubby, or rarely herbaceous.
Leaves oppofite, fimple, with three or more longitudinal
ribs. /owers oppofite, either axillary or terminal, their
ftalks either fingle or many-flowered.

The firft feétion is faid to have an inferior germen, and
confilts of Blakea of Browne and Linnzus, to which it is
doubtful whether the Blakea of Aublet be properly united
as one genus ; MM!ela/foma, fee that article ; and Tri/lemma, a
genus of Juffieu’s, brought by Commerfon from the Mauritius.

Seétion the fecond is charaéterized by a fuperior germen,
and confifts of Topobea of Aublet, with Tibouchina, Mayeta
or Maieta, and Tococa of the fame author, which two lait
are now referred to Melaffoma, there being really no generic
diftin@ion. To thefe are added Ofbeckia and Rhexia of
Linnzus, whofe fruits are capfular.

The plants of this order are, on the one hand, akin to
the Myrti, and on the other to the Salicarie, but diftin-
guifhed from both by their very confpicuous large and long-
beaked anthers, with appendages at their bafe. By the de-
finite number of their ftamens they are moreover diftin-
guifhed from the Myrti, to which we may add the pecu-
liarly ribbed leaves, and rigid depreffed pubefcence, of
many f{pecies, and the want of an aromatic quality. To
the Salicarie they are more fimilar in. habit.

Number of parts is one of the moft variable circumftances.
belonging to this order, the ftamens differing in different
fpecies, and even varying fometimes in the fame, from eight
to ten, or from ten to twelve; and confequently the petals
and calyx-teeth from four to five or fix ; of which the genus
Melaftoma affords inftances.

MELAVERD, in Congraety, a town of Perfia, in the
province of Irak; 45 miles N.E. of Ifpahan.

MELAUI, or MELLavové, a {mall and tolerably hand-
fome town of Egypt, fituated half a league from the W.
bank of the Nile, and the refidence of a ** kiafchef.”” The
plaiu furrounding it is very fertile, particularly in corn, a great
quantity of which is exported by way of Cairo, Suez, and
the Red fea to Mecca, and other parts of Arabia. The
Chriftians have no church, but repair to the convent on the
other fide; 120 miles S. of Cairo. N. lat. 28° 2!.

MELAZZO, or Mixazzo, anciently Myle, a fea-port
town of Sicily, in the valley of Demona, fituated in a
bay on the N. coaft of the ifland. It confifts of two parts,
one of which ftands on a promontory of the fame name,

and

MEL

and is fortified : the other, on a bay, with a good harbour,
the entrance of which is defended by acaltle ; 18 miles W.
of Meffina. N. lat. 38° 164 E. long. 15° 29.

MELBON, one of the clulter of the ** Seven Iflands,"’
in the Englifh channel, near the coaft of France. N., lat.
43° 54’. W. long. 3° 22',

LBY, «a town of Norway, in the province of Ag-
gerhuus, on the Glomme; ¢5 miles N.E. of Chriftiania.

MELCAPOUR, a town of Hindoottan, in the Can-
deith; 20 miles $. of Burhampour.

MELCHITES, or Mevecurres, in yp Hiflory,
were thofe Chriftians in Syria, Egypt, and the Levant, who
in the feventh century, though not Greéks, followed the
dogrines and ceremonies of the Greck church. They were
called melechites, i, e. royalifis, from the Hebrew melech, king,
by their adverfaries, by way of reproach, on account of their
implicit fubmiffion to the edict of the emperor Marcian, in
favour of the council of Chalcedon. For the fame reafon
the emperor Juftinian had the epithet Chalcedonenfis given

him.

MELCHIZEDECH, in Biography, king of Salem,
and prielt of the moft high God, 1s mentioned in the ferip-
tures, but without any dehetehiie to his genealogy, or to his
birth or death: and in this fenfe, it has been afferted, he
was a figure of Jefus Chrift, as is affirmed in the epiltle to
the Hebrews, “* Who is a prieft for ever, according to
the order of Melchizedech,” and not according to the
order of Aaron, whofe origin, life, and death are known.
When Abraham returned from purfuing the confederate
kings, who had defeated the kings of Sodom and Gomor-
rah, and had taken away Lot with them, Melchizedech
came to meet Abraham, and prefented to him bread and
wine with his benediétion. (Gen. xiv. 17, &c.) Abraham,
being defirous to acknowledge in him the quality of priett
of the Lord, offered him the tythes of all that he had taken
from the enemy. After this time there is no mention made
of Melchizedech, till the rroth pfalm, where, in allufion to
the Meffiah, it is faid, ** Thou art a prieft for ever after
the order of Melchizedech."”” It having been afferted, that
he was without father or mother, fome of the early Chrif-
tians affumed that he was a celeftial being, fuperior to an-

els. ‘Thefe obtained the name of Melehizedechians ; which

ee.

MELCHIZEDECHIANS, or MetcutsepekIANs, an-
cient feGtaries, fo called, becaufe they raifed Melchizedech
above all creatures, and even above Jefus Chritt.

The author of this fe&t was one Theodotus; whence

the Melchizedechians become more commonly known by the
name of Theodotians ; all the difference between thofe and
the ftri&t Theodotians confifting in that particular article
relating to Melchizedech; who, according to them, was
the great and fupreme virtue.
This fect was revived in Egypt towards the clofe of the
third century by Hierax. (See Hirracrres.) Thofe
alfo in later times, who have maintained that Melchizedech
was the fon of God in a human form, may be diitinguifhed
by this appellation. See Cunzus de Rep. Hxbreorum.

MELCK, or Mork, in Geography, a town of Auttria,
near the Danube. In its vicinity is a famous cloifter of
Benediétines, feated on 2 rock; its library is faid to confit
of fome curious and valuable MSS. ; 11 miles W. of St.
Polten.

MELCOMBE-REGIS, a borough and market-town
in the hundred of Uggefcombe, Dorchetter divifion of the
county of Dorfet, England, is fituated eight miles from
Dorchefter, 127 miles from London, at the mouth of the
tiver Wey, which feparates it from Weymouth. The

MEL

population of Melcombe in the year 1801, according te
the return made to parliament, was 2350, occupying 474
houfes. ‘This borou ‘ has fent two reprefentatives to par-
liament ever fince the reign of Edward Il. Melcombe
and Weymouth are fo frequently joined in ancient grants,
that there is fome difficulty in feparating them; though each
had dittinét privileges; of which Melcombe, being the fae
voured borough, and part of the demefne of the crown-a
confiderable time before Weymouth, had the greateh thare,
and is principally noticed in fucceeding charters to the exclu-
fion of itsneighbour. Hence arofe dilutes between the rival
boroughs re{peéting their privileges: and the contention had
arrived to fo greata height in the reign of Elizabeth, that the
expediency + union these apparent; and they were ac-
cordingly incorporated by an act pafled in the 13th year of
that queen (afterwards confirmed by James I.) and direéted
to be called “ ‘The united town and borough of Weymouth
and Melcombe-Regis.’’? The civil government, with other
local circumftances relative to Melcombe, will be found under
Weymouru. Sir James Thornhill, the celebrated painter
of the cupola of St. Paul’s cathedral and the halls of
Greenwich hofpital and Blenheim, was born at Melcombe
in the year 1675, and died at his feat at Thornhill, near
this town in 1734. (See T'ornmi1.) Beauties of Eng-
land and Wales, vol. iv. Hutchin’s Hiftory of Dorchefter,
2 vols, folio.

MELCONDA, a town of Hindooftan, in Dowlatabad ;
23 miles W. of Beder.

MELDAL, a town of Norway, in the province of
Drontheim ; 30 miles S.S.W. of Drontheim.

MELDFEE, in our O/d Writers, a recompence due and
given to him that made the difcoyery of any breach of
penal laws, committed by another perfon, called the pro-
moter’s or informer’s fee.

The word is Saxon, from meldfech.

MELDOLA, in Geography, a town of Italy, in the
department of the Rubicon; feven miles S. of Forli.

MELDORP, a fea-port of Holftein, at the mouth of the
river Myle ; 50 miles N.W. of Hamburgh. N, lat. 54° 10’.
E. long. 9° 4’.
MELDRUM, a town of Scotland, in the county of
Aberdeen, being a burgh of barony, and holding a weekly
market ; 16 miles N.N.W. of Aberdeen.

MELEAGER, in Biography, a Greek poet, fon of Eu-
crates, was a native of Gadara, in Syria, or of Atthis, a
village in its territory, and is fuppofed to, have flourifhed
about a century before the Chriftian era. He {pent his
youth chiefly at Gadara, where he formed himfelf upon
the ftyle and manner of Menippus, an elder poet. of that
place. He afterwards refided at Tyre, and finally paffed

over to Cos by way of refuge from the wars which ra-

vaged Syria, and died there at an advanced age. He was
the firft_ who made a colleétion of the fhort poems called
by the Greeks epigrams. Of thefe he formed two fets,
under the title of “ Anthologia,” the fir/f of which was a
lamentable proof of the licentioufnefs of the age and coun-
try; the /econd, confifting of mifcellaneous pieces, has form-
ed the bafis of the later anthologias of Agathias and Pla-
nudes: Many of the poems are the work of Meleager,
and poffefs much elegance: an edition of the poems was
iven by Brunck in 1709. Gen. Biog.

MELEAGRIS, in Natural Hiffory, a genus of birds
of the order Galline. Bill conic, incurvate ; head covered
with {pongy caruncles ; chin with a longitudinal membrana-
ceous caruncle; tail broad, expanfile; legs fpurred. Ac-
cerding to Buffon, there is but one known {pecies, which
he fays is a large unwieldy bird, the anterior part t te

ea

MEL

head is ftrangély covered and ornamented with a pendulous,
foft, and flefhy fubftance, as alfo are the fides of the head
and throat; the eyes are {mall, but bright and piercing ;
the bill convex, fhort and ftrong; a long tuft of coarle
black hairs on the breaft, the wings moderately long, but
not at all formed for fupporting fo large a bulk in long
flights; the legs moderately long, and very robuft. In
Gmelin’s edition of Linneus, two fpecies are mentioned,
namely, the Gallipavo and Satyra, of which the following
are the chara€teriftics.

Species.

‘Gattrpavo. Front and chin carunculate; breaft of the
male tufted. It inhabits America; is above three anda
half feet long, is domefticated every where, and varies much
in its colours; in a wild ftate, it lives in woods and feeds
on nuts, acorns, and infeéts ; roofts on the highelt trees, is
very irafcible and impatient of any thing red; the cock
ftruts with an inflated breaft, expanded tail, red face and
relaxed frontal caruncle, and makes a fingular inward noife,
which, when it is uttered, fhakes the whole body; eggs
numerous, white, with reddifh or yeHow fpots; it has
eighteen tail-feathers. The female has no fpur.

Satyra. Head with two horns; body red with eye-
like {pots This is called the horned turkey. It inhabits
India, and is lefs than the laft {pecies. ‘The bill brown 5
noftrils, front, and area of the eyes covered with black
hair-like feathers; crown red; horn callous, blue, bent
back; caruncle of the chin dilatable, blue, varied with
rufous; legs whitifh, fpurred; it has 20 tail-feathers. The
female has its head covered with feathers, without horns
or gular caruncle; feathers of the head and upper part
of the neck black-blue, long, decumbent; relt of the
body as in the male, red, with eye-like fpots; fpurs more
obtufe.

Me eacris, the Guinea-hen or Pintado, a fpecies of
Numida; which fee.

Meceaanris, in Zoology, a fpecies of Anguis.

MELEDA, in Geography, an ifland in the Adriatic, fe-
parated from the penintula of Sabioncello by a narrew chan-
nel, belonging to the republic of Ragufa. It is about 30
miles long, and of an unequal breadth, and is interfeéted by
many bays and inlets, which afford good harbours for fifher-
men. It produces vines, orange and lemon trees, but not
fufficient corn for the inhabitants, who amount to about
2000, occupying fix or feven villages. N. lat. 43° 5’. E.
long. 17° 44'.

MELELA, a town of Africa, in Barca; 76 miles S.W.
of Tolometa.

MELEMBA, a town of Cacongo. S. lat. 5° 30’.
E. long. 11° 55'.

MELENES, a [mall ifland in the Englifh channel, near
the coaft of France. N. lat. 48° 48’. W. long. 3° 32’.

MELENKI, a town of Ruffia, in the government of
Vladimir, on the Oka; 44 miles S.E. of Vladimir. N_ lat.
60° 24'. Evlong. 41° 24!

MELES, Bancer, in Zoology, a f{pecies of Urfus ;
which fee,

MELETIANS, in Lecclefiaftical Hiffory, the name of a
confiderable party, who adhered to the caufe of Meletius,
bifhop of Lycopolis, in Upper Egypt, after he was depofed
about the year 306, by Peter, bifhop of Alexandria, under
the charge of his having facrificed to the gods, and having
been guilty of other heinous crimes; though Epiphanius
makes his only failing to have been an ecxceflive feverity
againft the lapfed. ‘This difpute, which was at firft a per-
fonal difference between Meletius and Peter, became a re-

MEL

ligious controverfy ; and the Meletian party fubfifted in the
fifth century ; but was condemned by the firft council of
Nice.

MELETIN, in Geography, a river of European Turkey,
which runs into the Pruth, 12 miles N. of Jafli, in the pro-
vince of Moldavia.

MELETZKOI, atown of Ruffia, in the province of
Tobolfk ; 44 miles N. of Archinfl.

MELFI, a town of Naples, in Bafilicata, the fee of a
bifhop, containing feven churches and eight conyents ; five
miles N.W. of Venofa. N. lat. 41° 1’. E. long. 15°
MELFORD, Lone, an extenfive village, fituated near
the river Stour, in the hundred of Babergh, and county of
Suffolk, England. It is about one mile in length, whence
the characteriflic appellation /ong, and contains, according
to the parliamentary returns of 1801, 450 honfes, and 2204
inhabitants, viz. 1034 males and 1173 females. OF thefe
1837 were returned as-employed in different departments of
trade. Few villages in England can boaft of a more agreeable
fituation than this, the immediate vicinity being diftinguifhed
by much beautiful and picturefque fcenery. The church,
which ftands cn an elevated {pot at the north end of the yil-
lage, is a curious piece of architeéture in the pointed ftyle
of the fifteenth century. Its length is 180 feet, exclufive
of the fchool-houfe at the weftern extremity, The chancel,
or eait end, is diltinguhed for its mafonry, confifting of
flint work, and {quared ftones; and beneath the parapet is
an infcription in old letters. In the north aifle is an altar
tomb for William Clopten, efq., whofe ftatue, in armour,
refts on the top; he-died in 1446. His fon, John Clopton,
who was fheriff of the counties of Norfolk and Suffolk in
the time of Henry VI., was interred under an altar tomb
in the chancel. Near the communion table is a large and
ftately marble monument to the memory of fir William Cor-
dell, who was {peaker of the houfe of commons in the reign
of queen Mary. This gentleman founded an hofpital here,
which is {till ftanding, almoit clofe to the church. It is a
ref{pectable brick building, and is fufficiently endowed for
the fupport of a warden, twelve poor men, and two women,
who are required to be old and decayed houfekeepers of
Melford. Several Roman urns have been dug up in this
parifh within thefe few years. Ata fhort diftance ealt of
the church is Melford Hall, the feat of fir H. Parker, bart.
The houfe, a large brick building, appears to be of the age
of queen Elizabeth. At the diffolution of religious houfes,
this eftate was granted to fir William Cordell. About half
a mile north of the church is Kentwell Hall, formerly the
feat of the Cloptons, but now the feat of Richard Moore, efq.
The houfe is large, and was formerly furrounded by a moat,
three fides of which are {till remaining ; the fourth, or eaft
fide, has been filled up. Beauties of England and Wales,
vol. xiv. by F. Shoberl. Kirby’s Suffolk Traveller. '

MELGAR, atown of Spain, in Old Caftile; 23 miles
W.N.W. of Burgos.

MELGASSO, a town of Portugal, in the province of
Entre Duero e Minho, fituated on the Minho, and defended
by a caftle ; 30 miles N. of Braga. N. lat. 42°5', W.
long. 8°. P :

MELHANIA, in Botany, Forfk. fEgypt.-Arab. 64.
Juffl. 277 ; a genus of Forfkail’s, named by him from Mel-
han the Arabic appellation of the hill upon which he ga-
thered it, and which is rich in curious plants. He defcribes
this as a branclied fpreading /brub, two cubits high, with
foft, ovato-lanceolate, ferrated eaves, and yellow, axillary,
ftalked flowers. The calyx is double ; the outer of firee,
inner of five, leaves. Stamens five, inferted into a Aa i

5 erous

MEL
ferous crown, with five intermediate linear bodies, exceeding
them in length. Svy/e one, with five ftigmas, Cap/ule glo-
bofe, of five cella and five valves. Seeds four in cach cell,
angular, dotted.
“he only {pecies in AZ. welutina, deferibed above. Juffien

fufpedts it to be of the fame genus as Dombeya and Affonia of
Cavanilles, both united under the latter name by Schreber,
Our plant is Dombeya velutina, Willd, Sp. Pl. v. 3, 726.
(Pentapetes velutina ; Vahl. Symb, v. 1.49.) We have al-
ready objected to this Dombeya in deferibing the true one.
See Domurya.

'MELHUA, or Mervan, in Geography, a town of
Syria, in the defert ; 20 miles S.E. of Aleppo.

MELIA, in Botany, « name adopted by Linneus for this
tree, apparently becaufe its leaves relemble thofe of the 4A,
which is doubtlefs the true Moss of the ancient Greeks.
Linn, Gen. 211, Schreb. 286. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 558.
Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 3. 39.
Juff, 265. Lamarck Iluftr. t. 352. Cavan. Diff. 363.
(Azedarach ; Tournef. t. 387.)—Clafs and order; Decan-
dria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Trihilate, Linn. Melle, Juff.

Gen, Ch. Cal. Perianth of one leaf, very fmall, five-
toothed, ereét, obtufe, Cor. Petals five, linear-lanceolate,
{preading, long. Nedtary cylindrical, of one leaf, the length
of the corolla, with a ten-toothed mouth. Svam. Filaments
ten, very fmall, fituated within the apex of the nectary ;
anthers oblong, not protruding beyond it. Pi. Germen
conical ; ftyle cylindrical, the length of the neétary ; {tigma
capitate, with five, conniving valves. Peric. Drupa glo-
bofe, foft. Seed a roundith, five-furrowed, five-celled nut.

EM Ch. Calyx five-toothed. Petals five. Neary cy-
lindrical, toothed at its mouth, bearing the anthers. Drupa
a nut of five cells,

1. M. dAszedarach. Common Bead-tree, or Pride of
China —Linn. Sp. Pl. 550. Sims in Bot. Mag. t. 1066.
Sm. Ins. of Georgia, v. 2. t- go.—-Leaves bipinnate ; leaf-
lets f{mooth, about five. Native of Syria, and commen in
Spain. Cultivated, in 1656, by Mr. John Tradefcant jun,
Tt flowers from June to Auguft. This beautiful ¢rve grows
toa large fize in warm countries, and is much branched.
Leaflets ovate, notched, pointed, green above, paler beneath.
Flowers lateral, in long, loofe panicles. Petals white,
ftreaked with pink. J ruit oblong, the fize of a cherry, of
a pale yellow when ripe.-—The pulp which furrounds the
nut is poifonous, and “in the fouthern parts of Europe,
the nuts are threaded for beads to affift the devotion of good
Catholics, for which purpofe they are peculiarly fuited, having
a natural perforation through the centre ; hence the tree has
been called arbor fana, and by the Spaniards arbol paray/o.”’
Sims.

2. M. fempervirens. Evergreen Bead-tree. Swartz.
Prod. 67. Ind. Occ. v. 2.737. (M.Azedarach 8; Linn.
Sp. Pl. s50. Azadirachta indica, &c. ; Com. Hort. Amit.
¥. I. 147. t. 76.)—Leaves bipinnate ; leaflets fomewhat ru-
ofe, generally about feven.—A native of the Eaft and
Weil ndies, in which latter country it is called Indian
lilac. In feparating this from the laft {pecies, we have the
authority of Swartz, who fays that the whole plant is con-
fiderably fmaller, that the /eafets are of a brighter green,
feldom more than feven, fomewhat wrinkled, more deeply
and unequally ferrated and pointed. In addition to thefe
marks of diftinétion its foliage is not deciduous, ~The author
of the Botanical Magazine has not thought proper to dif-
unite them, but we do not think his reafons conclufive,

3- M. Aszadirachia. Ath-leaved Indian Bead-tree.
Linn. Sp. Pl. s50. Cavan. Diff. t. 208. (Aria Bepou ;
Rheed. Hort. Sa: v. 4. t. 52.)—Leaves pinnate.—A na-
“Vor. XXIII. -

M ‘EL

tive of the Eath Indies, flowering in Jone and July.—The
ftem of this tree is large and thick, The avood of a pale
yellow ; the dark of a dark purple, and very bitter. Leaves
compofed of five or fix pairs of oblong, pointed leaflets,
terminated by an odd one. Thefe are oppofite or alternate,
on long footltalks, {melling fegrenstiy, Flowers {mall,
white, lateral, in long, branching panicles, Fruit oval, the
fize of {mall olives, gree, turning yellow, and purple when
ripe; its pulp abounds with an acrid and bitter oil, fome of
which was fent by Dr. Roxburgh to the Prefident of the
Linnean fociety in 1792, with the charaéter of an excellent
vermifuge.

i M. dubia. Cavan. Diff. 364—Leaves bipinnate ;
leaflets broadly lanceolate, acute, Pare the terminal one
ree —Sent by M. Sonnerat to Lamarck from the Faft
Indies. —All that we know of this {pecies is from Cavanilles,
who fays that he faw a fingle {pecimen of it in Lamarck’s
herbarium without any name, but that he eafily difcovered
it haying either to Trichilia or Melia, and that he referred
it to the latter genus from its fruit. The flowers re
thofe of M, Azadirachta. f mi

5+ Mz compofita. Willd. n. 5.—Leaves pinnate ; low
leaflets agp ftalks. Calyx and fai downr an A
native alfo of the Eaft Indies.—At the end of Willdenow’s
defcription of this fpecies, he fays, that M7. dubia of Cava-
nilles feems very nearly allied to it.—It occurs nowhere but
in the above quoted author, upon whofe fole authority we
adopt it. The pubefcence of the calyx, and outer fide of
the petals, feems to be the great mark of diftin@ion. The
fruit is unknown.

Metia, in Gardening, comprifes plants of the deciduous
and evergreen exotic tree kinds, of which the fpecies culti-
vated are; the common bead-tree (M. azedarach) ; the
evergreen bead-tree [P fempervirens) ; and the Indian
evergreen bead-tree (M. azadirachta.)

Method of Culture.—Thefe different plants are all capable
of —s increafed by feeds, which in the firft fort are ob-
tained from abroad, and fhould be fown in pots of light
rich earth in the {pring, plunging them in a hot-bed of tan.
ners’ bark or dung, under frame and glaffes, giving frequent
waterings, and frefh air, when the plants are come up, being
fully expofed in a moderate fhade, during the fummer, and
placed under a frame in the autumn, &c. to have the free air
all winter in open weather, and be fheltered from froft.

But in the followiag March they fhould be planted in fe-
parate {mall pots, plunged in a bark-bed, &c. Though this
lait is not abfolutely neceflary, yet when pradtifed, it greatly
facilitates their rooting and early growth.

After they have been managed in this way for three or
four years, and fhifted occafionally into larger pots ; fome
of the ftrongeft and moft woody plants may be planted out
in the full ground under a warm wall, or ina dry fheltered
part of the fhrubbery. The proper feafon for this work is
the firft fortnight in April. And fome plants fhould like-
wife be placed in pots, to have the management of n-
houfe exotic plants, left thofe in the open ground fhould be
deftroyed by the froft during the winter feafon.

_ The feeds in the fecond and third forts, fhould be fown
in pots, and plunged in the bark-bed, and managed nearly
as the firit fort ; but, as being much more tender, muft be
always kept in pots, and plunged in the tan-bed in the ftore
during’ their early growth; afterwards, when they have »
acquired confiderable fize and itrength, they may be placed
in the open air for a month or two in the heat of fummer, but
the reft of the year be kept in the hot-houfe; managing
them as other woody exotic itove plants. :
Ce Ir

MEL

It may be noticed that the laft fort is not common in the
gardens. ;

In regard to the firft fort, it is proper for fhrubberies and
other parts in warm fituations, as well as for the green-houfe,
and the others for ftove colle€tions, in mixture with the more
tender plants.

Metta Terra, in Natural Hiffory, a name given by fome
authors to the melinum, or white earth of the ifland of
Melos, ufed among the ancients in painting ; but in the works
of Diofcorides and Galen fignifying a fubftance of a very
different kind ; the melinum of the painters having been a
marle, and the melia terra of the phyficians a tripela.

The terra melia of Diofcorides, and the ancient phyfi-
cians, is a dry loofe, and harfh earth, found in maffles of
different fize, and lodged among the loofer ftrata of other
matter, never making a ftratum of itfelf. Itis very firm
and hard, of a pale greyifh-white or light afh-colour, very
heavy, of a loofe, open, and {pungy texture, and of a rough
uneven, and dulty furface. It adheres flightly to the tongue,
and does not ftain the hand, and leaves a duit after the hand-
ling, which is fo harfh as to make a grating noife, when the
fingers are afterwards rubbed together. It makes no effer-
vefcence with acids. It is found in all the iflands of the
Archipelago, and was ufed by the ancients for the fame pur-

ofes with the pumices.

MELIA, in Botany, one of Juffieu’s Natural Orders of
plants, the 71ft in his fyftem, or eleventh of his thirteenth
clafs, derives its name from the moft familiar genus among
them; fee Metra. For the charaters of the thirteenth clafs
fee Gerania and Gurtirer&. The following are the
characters of Melia.

Calyx of one leaf, divided either down to the bafe, or
only atthe apex. Petals four or five, with broad claws, for
the moft part cohering at the bottom. Stamens of a definite
number, either as many as the petals, or more generally
double that number, their filaments united into a tube or
cup, toothed at its fummit, the teeth either bearing the an-
thers, or overtopping them when attached to their lower
part, atthe infide. Germen fingle ; witha fingle ftyle ; the
{tigma fimple, or, more rarely, divided. Fruit either pulpy,
or more generally capfular, of many cells, each containing
one or two feeds, the valves equal in number to the cells,
with partitions from the middle of each valve. The /lem is
fhrubby or arborefcent, with alternate branches. Leaves
alternate, without ftipulas, fimple or compound.

The firft feGtion, with fimple leaves, confifts of Canella of
Browne, Swartz and Schreber (Winterania of Linneus and
Juffieu), Symphonia, Tinys, Geruma of Forfkall (fee that
article), itonia, Quivifia of Commerfon, and Turrea.

The fecond, with compound leaves, comprifes Ozophyllum
of Schreber (Zicorea of Aublet), Sandoricum of Rum-
phius, Schreber and Juffieu, Portefia of Juflien, Trichilia,
Lleaja of Forfkall, Guarea, Ekebergia, Melia and Leca,
which laft is alfo Aguilicia of Linneus. See Lexa.

A third fetion is fubjoined by Juffieu, of genera akin to
Melie. Thefe are Swietenia and Cedrela. They differ
widely from the proper genera of the order in their fruit,
which is in both of them a woody capfule of five valves,
{plitting from the bafe, and containing numerous, imbri-
cated, compreffed, winged feeds.

The order in queftion is by no means one of the moft na-
tural in its learned author's fyftem ; at leaft with refpeét to

_ the affinities of fome of the genera which he has referred to
it.

MELIANTHUS, from per, honey, and avbos, a flowers
fo named from the abundance of honey which flows from
M. major in particular, for, as Linnzus remarks, if that

MEL

{pecies be fhaken whilft in flower, it diftils a fhower of neGtar.
Juffieu tells us that Melianthus is allied to Tropeolum in the
hood of the calyx, and fituation of the petals and ttamens 3
but that it is more like Di&amnus in habit, fruit, and albu-
men of the feed. He well remarks however that it is very
diftin& from either of thofe genera, on which fubjec there
cannot be the leaft queftion. We are told that the Linnzan
botanifts at Paris ufed farcaftically to remark that Melianthus
was not admitted into the public garden there, becaufe no
plaufible place could be found for it in the fyftem of the
Juffieus.—Linn. Gen. 328. Schreb. 430. Willd. Sp. PL
v. 3.402. Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1.
v. 2. 367. Tournef. t.245. Juff.297. Lamarck Iluftr.
t. 552.—Clafs and order, Didynamia Angiofpermia. Nat.
Ord. Corydales, Linn. Rutacee, Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, large, coloured, cloven ,
into five, unequal fegments, the two upper ones oblong,
erect, the loweft one very fhort, bag-fhaped, {welling down-
wards, the irtermediate two oppofite, interior, lanceolate.
Cor. Petals four, linear-lanceolate, reflexed at their tips,
{preading in a parallel manner, turned outwards, forming a
lower lip (as the calyx does an upper one) conneéted in
the centre by their fides. Neétary of one leaf, fituated
within the loweft fegment of the calyx, and adhering with
it to the receptacle, very fhort, compreffed at the fides, cut
at the margin, and turned downwards at the back. Stam.
Filaments four, awl-fhaped, ere&, the length of the calyx,
the two lower ones a little fhorter ; anthers oblong, heart-
fhaped, four-celled in front. Pi/?. Germen fuperior, quad-
rangular, gibbous, four-toothed; ftyle ere&, awl-fhaped,
in length and pofition like the ftamens, ftigma cloyen into
four fegments, of which the upper one is the largeft. “Peric.
Capfule quadrangular, four-lobed, with acute, diftant angles;
the cells inflated, their partitions open in the centre to admit
the receptacle of the feeds, the valves burfting between the
angles. Seeds four, fomewhat globofe, adhering to the
centre of the capfule.

Eff. Ch. Calyx of five leaves; the lower one gibbous.

Petals four. Neétary beneath the loweft petal. Capfule
four-celled.
1. M. major. Greater Honey-flower. Linn. Sp. Pl.

892. (M. africanus; Herm. Lugd. t. 415.)—Stipulas foli-
tary, adhering to the leaf-ftalk.—_Difcovered by Hermann
at the Cape in the year 1672. It flowers in greenhoufes
from May to Jvly.—Root perennial, woody, fpreading.
Stems numerous, four or five feet high, herbaceous towards
the top. eaves pinnate, embracing the ftem, greyifh,
compofed of about three or four pairs of ovate, deeply-
toothed leaflets, three or four inches long, with an odd one ;
a leafy, jagged border or wing running along the mid-rib
conneéts them at their bafe. Flowers in a longith fpike ;
f{pringing from between the leaves towards the top of the
ftalks, of a brown or chocolate colour.

2. M. minor. Leffler Honey-flower. Linn. Sp. Pl. 8927
Curt. Mag. t. 301.—Stipulas in pairs, but feparcte. Cluf-
ters axillary, elongated. Bracteas linear, tapering.— Native
of the Cape, and cultivated in 1708 by the duchefs of
Beaufort.—Stems four or five feet high, branched, foft,
round, woody. Leaves about half as large as in the pre-
ceding, green on the upper fide, whitifh beneath. Flowers
fix or eight in a clufter, very ornamental, variegated with
green, yellow and red or piuk.—Mr. Curtis obferves that
the foliage when bruifed has an unpleafant fmell; that the
fecreted honey or neétar does not flow fo copioufly from
this as from the laft which is more common, but that it ex-
hibits rather an unufual phenomenon, being retained in the
lower part of the bloflom, and of a dark brown colour.

3. M.

MEL

3. M. comofus. Tufted Honey-flower. Willd. n, 3.
M. africanus minor fertidus ; Comm. Rar. t. 4.) —Stipulas
diltin&t. Clufters below the leaves, Flowers alternate.
Bracteas heart-fhaped. Leaves hairy above. —A native alfo
of the Cape. Stem upright, branched, four feet high, round,
Leaves pinnate, confilting of about five pairs of linear,
deeply toothed, foft leaflets with an odd one, hoary under-
neath. Sowers in pendent clutters, ou fhort talks, of a
yellow colour.

Meuianrius, in Gardening, comprehends plants of the
perennial exotic kind, of which the {pecies cultivated are,
the great honey-flower (M. major); and the fmall honey.
flower, (M. minor.)

Method of Culture. —Thele two f{pecies of plants may be
increafed by fuckers from the roots and cuttings of the
young flalks or branches. The firlt fort is, however, bett
raifed by planting the fuckers, or fide-fhoots, any time in the
fpring or fummer feafons, choofing fuch as are furnifhed
with root fibres, in pots, or the places where they are to
remain, which, after they are planted and have taken root, re-

uire little further care, but to keep them clean from weeds.
he cuttings may be planted during any of the fummer
months, due water and fhade being given. When they have
taken root they fhould be planted out where they are to re-
rs or in feparate pots, to be managed as green-houfe
nts.

But the fecond fort is raifed with more difficulty, and
chiefly from cuttings, which fhould be planted upon an old
hot-bed, the heat of which is over, and covered clofe with
bell or hand-glaffes to exclude the air. When they have
taken root they may be planted out in pots, and fheltered
in the winter under a frame for a year or two, till they are
become ftrong, after which they may be fet out in a warm
border, and be managed in the fame manner as the firft fort.
And they fucceed belt in a dry foil and warm fituation; but
fome plants fhould always be kept in pots and treated as

nhoufe plants, left thofe in the open ground be de-
yed by fevere frotts.

All of them afford ornament and variety in the borders
and clumps, as well as among other plants in greenhoufe
colleétions

MELIBGA, in Ancient Geography, a town of Greece,
ia the part of Theffaly called Magnefia, about the precife
fituation of which authors differ. Strabo places it in a gulf,
on the eaftern coaft, between mount Offa to the N. and
mount Pelion, fomewhat farther from the coaft, lying from
N.W. to S.E.

MELIBCEUS Mons, a mountain of Germany, which,
according to Cefar (Bell. Gall. 1. vi. c. 1.) formed a fepa-
ration between the Cherufci and Suevi. It was part of thofe
mountains which covered the foreft Bacenis.—Alfo, a moun-
tain of Italy.

MELICA, in Botany, a name fuppofed by Ambrofinus
to be corrupted, either from Miliaca, which might exprefs
the likenefs of the grafs fo called, to Milium; or from Me-
dine, the name of fome fort of Panicum, which it alfo re-
fembles in the afpect and diftribution of the blofloms.—
. Linn. Gen. 34. Schreb. 48. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 381.
Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Sm. Fl. Brit. gr. Ait. Hort.
Kew. ed. 2. v. 1.152. Juff. 31. Lamarck Iiluftr. t. 44.
Gertn. t. 80.—Clafs and order, Triandria Digynia. Nat.
Ord. Gramina.

Gen. Ch. Gal. A glume of two ovate, concave, nearly
equal valves, containing two flowers. Cor. of two ovate
awnlefs valves, one of which is concave, the other flat and
{maller. A turbinate ftalked body, confifting of two abor-
tive florets, ftands between the two perfect ones. Nedtary

MEL

of one fiefthy horizontal leaf, furrounding the germen. Stam. |
Filaments three, capillary, thickened and united at their
bafe, as long as the iol, anthers oblong, forked at each
extremity. if, Germen fuperior, obovate, turbinate ;
ftyles two, briltle-thaped, {preading, naked at their bales
fligmas oblong, feathery. eric. none, except the corolla,
which is not united to the feed, Seed one, ovate, with a
longitudinal furrow at the upper fide.

Obf. The ftalked body between the florets is confidered
by Linnwus as affording an effential character. This confilts
of the abrupt rudiments of two other florets, placed in an
alternate order, their glumes convolute and pellucid, To
this Schrader adds that the flamens of the real florets are
dilated and combined at their bafe, and that the ne¢tary is
of a fingle leaf.

Ef. Ch. Calyx of two valves, containing ufually two
florets, with the rudiment of more between them. Corolla
of two valves, unconneéted with the feed.

An elegant genus of grafles, of which Willdenow has
thirteen {pecies, three of them Britifh, To thefe we add
two gathered by Dr. Sibthorp in Greece, a third from
America, anda fourth from the Eaft Indies. The habic of
the whole genus, well marked in fome fpecies, is not fo uni-
form throughout the whole as could be wifhed. Neither is
the number of perfect or of abortive florets conftant in all.

1. M. ciliata. Fringed Melic-grafs. Linn. Sp. Pl. 97.
Sm. Pl. Grac. Sibth. v. 1. 54.t. 70. (Gramen montanum,
avene femine; Cluf. Hift. v. 2. 219.)—The outer petal of
the lower floret fringed.—Native of dry ftony ground in the
fouth of Europe. With us it is fometimes kept in gardens
for the fake of its long white plumpy fpiked panicles. The
root is perennial, tufted and knotty. Stems two or three
feet high, ereét, round, fmooth, Rife bearing feveral narrow
rigid ade Panicle terminal, folitary, ereét, clofe and
cylindrical, from two to fix inches long. Calyx containing
only one perfect, and one abortive, floret. The glumes are
membranous and whitifh. Stamens long. Fringe of the co-
rolla long, denfe, and very remarkable.

2. M. gigantea. Gigantic Melic-grafs. Thunb. Prod.
21. (Aira villofa; Linn. Suppl. 109.)— Corolla hairy,
awned, Panicle whorled. Stem ere&.’’—Found by Thun-
berg at the Cape of Good Hope. The root is crowned
with ovate-oblong hairy fcales. Stem {mooth. Leaves flat,
tapering, with frequently fhaggy fheaths. Panicle terminal,
a foot long. Florets two, large, rufty ; one of them {maller,
and rather imperfeét. Corolla hairy, with a fhort, ftraight,

terminal awn.

3. M. geniculata. Bent-ftalked Melic-grafs. Thunb.
Prod.'21.—* Corolla hairy. Panicle compaé&. Stem de-
cumbent,’’—Native of the Cape. J

4. M. decumbens. Decumbent Melic-grafs. Thunb.
Prod. 21.—** Corolla hairy. Flowers racemofe, drooping.
Stem decumbent.’-—From the fame country. This muft
not be confounded with MM. decumbens of Weber, which is
Feftuca decumbens of Linneus, Poa of Fi. Brit. 107.

5- M. racemofa. Racemofe Melic-grafs. Thunb. Prod. 21.
—* Corolla hairy. Clufters drooping. Stem ere&.’”’— From
the Cape. We have feen no fpecimens of the laft four
{pecies.

6. M. minuta. Slender Melic-grafs. Linn. Mant. 32.
Willd. n. 10. (M. pyramidalis; Desfont. Atlant, v. 1. 73.
M. nutans; Cavan. Ic. v. 2. 58. t. 175. f. 2?)—Stem
branched. Leaves fetaceous. Petals beardlefs. Panicle ©
fimple, drooping.—Native of Italy, Spain, Greece and
Cyprus.—This is an extremely flender fmooth grafs,
{earcely a foot high. The /fems are in our {pecimens, as
Linnzus defcribes them, very much branched. Cavanilles

Ccz fays

MELICA.

fays they are always fimple. Leaves extremely narrow,
perfe€tly fetaceous when dry, from the inflexion of the
edges; the long fheath crowned by a membranous /fipula.
Panicle, or rather cluffer, fimple, of a very few drooping
flowers. The calyx contains two perfeé florets, and the
{talked rudiments of one or two others. All the g/umes are
obtufe and ribbed; the corolla minutely downy, but not
fringed or bearded.

7. M. faxatilis. Rock Melic-grafs. Sm. in Prod. Fl,
Grec. Sibth. v. 1.51. Fl. Grac. t.71. (M. afperas;
Desfont. Atlant. v. 1. 71? Gramen avenaceum faxatile,
panicula fparfa, locuftis latioribus candicantibus et nitidis ;
Tourn. Inft. 524?)—Stem fimple. Petals beardlefs. Pa-
nicle clofe, dire€ted one way. Flowers drooping. Stipula
elongated. —Frequent on rifing ground in the iflanés of the
Archipelago. It has the habit of the laft, but is much
larger in every part, and the /lems are fimple, panicle of a
much greater number of flowers, with fharper glumes. ‘The
panicle agrees with that of the Britifh JZ. nutans, hereafter
mentioned, but the foliage is narrower, and the /lipula more
elongated than in that {pecies. ‘There is fome reafon to
fufped the fynonym of Cavanilles, which we have cited for
the foregoing, may belong to this; but no ftrefs can be laid
on his delineations of the minuter parts.

8. M. nutans. Mountain Melic-grafs. Linn. Sp. Pl. 98.
Curt. Lond. fafc. 6. t. 4. Engl. Bor. t. 1059. Knapp.
(M. montana; Hudf. 37.)—

t.42. Mart. Ruft. t. 65.
Petals beardlefs. Panicle compaét, leaning one way, nearly
fimple. Flowers drooping. Calyx two-flowered. Leaves

flat. — Found in mountainous woods, chiefly in the north of
Europe. With us it is confined to Weltmoreland and the
north-weft part of Yorkfhire, where it flowers in the early
part of fummer. The root is fibrous and perennial. Stems
feveral, above a foot high, leafy, flender and naked above,
with rough angles. Leaves lanceolate, flat, rough-edged,
with along rough fheath, anda very fhort jagged /lipula.
Panicle long, ere& or flightly incurved, almoft always fimple,
of many elegant purplith pendulous flowers, leaning one
way. Florets two, with the unequal rudiments of two more.
Glumes biuntifh, witha white membranous ‘termination. The
neary in this {pecies anfwers to Schreber’s defcription, but
fearcely, we fear, in all.

g. M. uniflora. Wood Melic-grafs. Retz. Obf. fafe. 1.
ro. Curt. Lond. fafe. 5. t. 10. Engl. Bot. t. 1058. Knapp.
t. 41. Mart. Ruf. t.64. (M. Lobelii; Villars Dauph.
v. 1. 89.t.3. M. nutans; Hudf. 37.)—Petals beardlefs.
Panicle branched, leaning one way. Flowers ereét.. Calyx
fingle-flowered. Leaves flat.—Common in groves and bufhy
places in England and moft parts of Europe, flowering in
May and June, when its little red tumid flowers, trembling
upon the divaricated wiry ftalks of the panicle, make a very
pretty appearance. The root is fibrous and perennial. Stems
fimple, a foot and half high, flender. Leaves flat and broad-
ifh, thin, bright green, rough at the back and edges, with
a downy fheath and fhort varioufly-fhaped /fipula. Panicle
of not many flowers; its lower branches two together.
The fingle fertile floret is oval, tumid, with ribbed green
glumes ; the barren one likewife folitary, on a thick inflexed
ftalk.

ro. M. major. Greater Melic-grafs. Sm. Prod. Fl.
Grec. Sibth. v. 1. 51. (M.n. 31; Gmei. Sib. v. 1. 9.
t. 19. f..1.)—Petals beardlefs. Panicle fpreading ; with
branches in pairs. Flowers drooping. Stem fimple. Leaves
inyolute and pungent.—Native of Greece, France, and
Siberia, in mountainous places. There is fome reafon to
fufpe& this fpecies to be what Dr. Sibthorp took: for J.
nutans, and put down as-fuch in his lifts of Greek plants,

the latter not being found in his herbarium, nor this noticed
by any other appellation. The plants however are very dif-
tin&. The major has a branched panicle, more like the
uniflora, but the calyx contains from two to four florets, be-
fides an abortive one, their corolla moftly briftly at the back.
The eaves are flat when growing, but rolled in when dry,
with a fharp rigid point. We believe this has been called
MM. amethyftina by the abbe Pourret.

11. M. ramofa. Branched Cape Melic-grafs. Thunb.
Prod, 21.—* Petals {mooth, beardlefs. Panicle compaét.
Stem branched.’’—Gathered by Thunberg, at the Cape of
Good Hope.

12. M. capenfis. Spreading Cape Melic-grafs. Thunb.
Prod. 21.—‘¢ Petals fmooth, beardlefs. Panicle widely
fpreading. Leaves nearly thread-fhaped.’’— From the fame
country. We have feen neither of thefe laft, but their
charaéters mark them as very diftiné.

13. M. papilionacea. Ely Melic-grafs, Linn. Mant. 31.
Willd. n. 12. (M. brafiliana; Arduin. Spec. 2. 17. t. 6. f. 1,
2.)—-Panicle clofe. Outer valve of the calyx very large,
obovate, coloured. Outer petals with toothed ribs, fome-
what hairy.—The feeds of this curious grafs were fent from
Brafil to Arduino, who raifed them at Padua mm 1756,
and thinking it might form a new genus, as appears by his
{pecimen, fent it to Linnzus, who juftly referred it to Melica.
Commerfon gathered the fame at Monte Video. The /fems
are eighteen inches high, fimple, ereé&t. _ Leaves broadifh,
fomewhat involute in drying, their fheaths crowned by
a long cloven /lipula. Panicle branched, but compaé.
Flowers ereét, remarkable for the large purple outer glume
of their calyx, which embraces the whole of the fpiiselet,
the inner glume being elevated on the ftalk within, much
narrower and more rigid, like the corolla, whofe outer glumes
have very ftrong, tuberculated, and fomewhat hairy, ribs.
The florets are two with one or two abortive ones.

14. M. altifima. Tall Melic-grafs. Linn. Sp. Pl. 98.
Hoft. Gram. Auttr. v. 2. 8. t. 9. Ehrh. Calam. 71. (M.
n. 30. Gmel. Sib. v. 1. 98. t. 20.)— Panicle clofe, many-
flowered. Calyx-glumes obovate, nearly equal, rather fhorter
than the florets. Outer petals roughith, beardlefs. Leaves
lanceolate, broad.—Native of Siberia. A tall and very
handfome grafs, with flat /eaves half an inch in breadth,
and a very long, upright, clofe, branched panicle, compound
of innumerable crowded purple flowers, turned to one fide.
The above fpecific character dillinguifhes it from the laft,
which it much refembles at firft fight.

15. M. glabra. Smooth American Melic-grafs. Mi-
chaux Boreal-Amer. v. 1. 62. (M. altiflima et mutica ;
Walt. Carol. 78? Michaux. Gramen avenaceum, locuttis
rarioribus muticis, virginianum majus; Morif. v. 3. 216.
fe& 8.t. 7. f. 51.)—Panicle widely {preading, with branches
in pairs. Flowers erect. Calyx-glumes elliptical, nearly
equal, rather fhorter than the florets. Petals {mooth, beard-
lefs. Leaves linear.—Native of North America, from Vir-
ginia to Florida. Michaux. Linneus referred the fyno-
nym of Morifon to his altifima, having probably never feen
the prefent fpecies, which differs from that in its narrower
leaves, {preading panicle, and {mooth flowers. The /lemis two
or threefeet high. _Willdenow, who cites this as a variety of
the laft, {till exprefles his opinion of its being undoubtedly
a different {pecies. :

16. M. cerulea. Purple Melic-grafs. Linn. Mant. 2.
325+ Ebrh. Calam. g1. Curt. Lond. fafe. 5. t. 11. Engl.
Bot. t. 750. Knapp. t.40. (Aira cerulea; Linn. Sp. Pl.
95. Hudf. 33. Fl. Dan. t. 239.)—Panicle clofe, much
branched, Flowers ereét, cylindrical. Calyx-glumes much
fhorter than the florets. Petals acute, angular, {mooth and

beardlefs

MEL

beardlefs.—-Native of various parte of Europe, generally
on the molt barren fandy moors, or inundated heath», flow-
ering in Augult, This is a very coarfe rigid ufelefy grafts,
varying greatly in height and luxuriance according to the foil.
Tts habit is reed-like, Leaver taper-pointed and pungent, in-
volute in drying, of a glaucous afpeét, broad and theathing
at the bafe, with hairs in the place of a flipula, Panicle erect,
clofe, repeatedly branched, confifting of numerous, fmall,
upright Jlowers, of a blueifh-ptirele Hide pale when grow-
ing in the fhade, Calyx of two unequal ovate, acute valves.

frets four, elongated, much exceeding the calyx, acute,
angular rather than ribbed, fmooth and beardlefs the two
lower ones only complete and fertile, Authers violet, almott
black. The habit of this is very diffimilar to all the fore-
going, and its flowers in particular more refemble the
next.

17. M. diandra. Broad-leaved Diandrous Melic-grafs.
Roxb. MSS.—Panicle corymbofe, of numerous, flender,
many-flowered branches. Flowers erect, ovate. Glumes all
fharp-pointed, keeled, fmooth. Leaves ovato-lanceolate, reti-
adtated.<--Native of Calcutta. ‘This has the habit of Arundo
Phragmites. The flemis clothed with feveral alternate, broad,
lanceolate, acute /eaves, fomewhat ovate at their bafe, with
long, fringed, clofe /beaths. They have rough edges, and
many ribs, conne¢ted by bkahtvertt reticulations, The pa-
nicle is level-topped, compofed of numerous, flender, clofe,
racemofe branches. Flowers purplifh, fhining, fmooth,
rather {maller, as well as more compreffed, than in the laft,
all their glumes very fharp-pointed. By the name we pre-
fume there are but two flamens. The inner petal feems to
be coarfely fringed, at leait in the upper and imperfeé
floret.

M. Falx, Linn. Suppl. 109, is referred by Thunberg to
Cynofurus, fee C. Falcatus, {p. 4. He is followed by Will-
denow, and the habit as well as characters of this very cu-
rious grafs {trongly jultify the meafure.

Me ica is alfoa word ufed by the ancients as the name of
a food of a refrigerating and moiltening quality. It feems
to have been a kind of oxygala; for Galen, when he direéts
perfons of a hot habit to ufea refrigerating diet, among
other aliments of that kind, dire&ts the eating of melica,
which, he fays, is prepared of milk. Conitantine, in his
Look of agriculture, mentions melica, and fays it was made
by pouring milk into an earthen veffel, firlt well impregnated
with boiling hot vinegar, by means of which there was a fe-
paration oF the milk into whey and curd.

MELICE’RIA, or Meticérioxra, in Surgery, a {mall
encyfted tumour, the contents of which are of the confitt-
ence of honey. :

MELICE'RIS, (from ysis, honey, and xngoz, wax), an
encyfted tumour, filled with matter, that has the appearance
and confiftence of honey. See Tumour.

MELICHRUS, in Botany, from je:rsxpoc, honey-coloured,
alluding, we prefume, to the colour of the flowers ; efpeci-
ally as the mafculine gender is adopted in the {pecific names.
Otherwiie the latter would have been, as ufual, femi-
nine, xox, or herba, being underftood.—Brown. Prod. Nov.
Holl, v.-1. §39.—Clafs and order, Pentandria Monogynia.
Nat. Ord. Epacridee, Brown.

Gen. Ch. Gal. Perianth inferior, of many leaves, erect,
permanent ; the five innermoit longeft, equal, lanceolate,
concave. Cor. of one petal, wheel-fhaped, or pitcher-fhaped,
in five equal fegments, bearded half way, and with five cluiters
of glands near its bafe. Neétary aglandular, nearly entire,
cup, furrounding the bafe of the germen. Stam. Filaments
five, thread-fhaped, equal, inferted into the bafe of the
corolla; anthers incumbent, oblong, buriting lengthwife,

4

flightly proje&ting. Pi. Germen fuperior, roundith; fyle
columnar; ttigma capitate. Peric, Drupa nearly dry, with
a hard thell, Nut of five cells, Seeds folitary ?

Eff, Ch, Outer calyx of many leaves. Corolla five-cleft,
wheel or pitcher-fhaped, bearded half way, with five clufters
of glands near the bafe. Drupa dry, of five cells.

Pie genus confilts of two ates of {mall /brubs, which
are procumbent, or nearly fo, with lanceolate kaver. The
Powers ave axillary, folivary, erett,

1. M. rotatus. Br. (Vintenatia procumbens; Cavan. Ic.
Vv. 4. 28. t. 349. f. 1.)—Corolla wheel-fhaped. Calyx hairy.
Leaves nearly linear, hairy on both fides and at the edges. —
Native of New South Wales, as well as of the tropical part
of New Holland. The fem is much branched, procumbent.
Branches clothed with feveral rows of imbricated, linear-
lanceolate, acute, entire aves, about an inch long, fome-
what glaucous, clothed and fringed with foft hairs, and ftri-
ated with numerous ribs. //owers numerous, axillary, folitary,
feffile. Calyx loofely covered with long, foft, white hairs.
Segments of the corolla acute, broad at the bafe ; Cavanilles
reprefents them much too narrow ; each is bearded with long
hairs from beyond the middle to the point. There appears
to be more of a tube than properly belongs to a wheel-fhaped
corolla, but our {pecimens are not fufficient to determine that
point.

2. M. urceolatus. Br.—Corolla pitcher-fhaped. Calyx
fmooth. Leaves lanceolate, taper-pointed, minutely toothed.
—Gathered near Port Jackfon by Mr. Ferdinand Bauer.

The other fpecies of Vintenatia, humifufa, Cavan: Ic.
v. 4. 28. t. 348, is referred by Mr. Brown to a difting&
genus, Affroloma, Prod. Nov. Holl. v. 1. 538, in which the
tube of the corolla is inflated, and twice the lenpth of the
calyx ; its limb fhort, fpreading, bearded. Thefe differences
are by no means ftrikingly indicated in Cavanilles’ figures,
nor do they there appear to us fufficient to divide plants in
other refpeéts fo nearly alike. We can indeed judge but
imperfectly from dried fpecimens, or from fuch delineations.
Neither can we account for the fpelling of the name, which
was intended to commemorate the late M. Ventenat.

MELICOCCA, from psa, honey, and xoxxo;, a berry, fo
named by Dr. Patrick Browne from the fweetnefs or mel-
lownefs of its fruit— The Genip ‘l'ree.—Browne Jam. 210.
Jacq. Amer. 108. Linn. Gen. 188. Schreb. 254. Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 2. 330. Mart. Mill. Dié. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew.
ed. 2. v. 2. 350. Swartz Obf. 144. Juff. 248. Lamarck
Illuftr. t. 306. Gertn. t. 42.—Clafs and order, O@andria
Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Trihilate, Linn. Sapindi, Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of four, ovate, concave,
obtufe, fpreading leaves. Cor. Petals four, oblong, equal,
reflexed between the calyx-leaves. Stam. Filaments eight,
awl-fhaped, ere&t, fort; anthers oblong, ere&. Pi/f. Ger-
men fuperior, ovate, nearly the length of the corolla; ftyle
very fhort; ftigma large, rather peltate, extended at each
fide, oblique. Peric. Drupa covered with a tough {fkin,
roundifh, obtufely pointed. Seeda leathery, roundifh, {mooth

nut.

Obf. In Gertner’s defeription of Melicocca the Pericarp
is faid to be anovate, pointed, leathery, thickifh Berry, of’
one cell. The feeds folitary (rarely two or three), ovate;
furrowed on one fide, coated with a glutinous pulp.

Eff. Ch. Calyx deeply four-cleft. Petals four, reflexed

between the calyx-leaves. Stigma fhield-like. Drupa with
a tough coat.
1. M. biyjuga. Genip Tree, or Honey-berry. Linn. Sp.

Pl. 495. Jacq. Amer. t.72. (Nux americana, foliis ailatis
bifidis ; Comm. Hort. v. 1. 183. t. 94-)—A native of South
America and cultivated in the Eaft Indies. Introduced into

this

MEL

this country in 1778 by Dr. Thomas Clarke. We learn
from Browne’s Hiltory of Jamaica that this tree was brought
to that ifland from Surinam. He calls it Genip tree from
the Dutch Knippen. ‘he Spaniards term it Monos. Jacquin
mentions it as growing wild about Carthagena, and com-
monly cultivated at Curagao. The /fem of this tree rifes to
nearly twenty feet in height, and has numerous fpreading
branches. Leaves abruptly pinnate, on round, elongated, or
rather comprefled ftalks, confifting of two pair of nearly
feffile, ovate leaflets, acuminate at both’ends, entire, nerved,
{mooth, bright green. //oqwers in terminal, compound cluf-
ters of a yellow colour. Fruit about twice as large asa
nutmeg, containing a {weet, acid, gelatinous fubftance like
the yolk of an egg.

‘ Jacquin was informed at Curagao that this genus was
diecious, but Swartz afcertained it to be polygamous, one
tree bearing perfeét flowers, another only male ones; the
latter is moft common and bears the fineft flowers: they
expand in April and the fruit ripens about Midfummer.’’

MELICOPE, a name conftruéted by Forfter, from pst,
honey, and xorr, an incifion, the nectary being compofed of
a feries of notched glands. Forft. Gen. t. 28. Schreb. 257.
Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 346. Mart. Mill. Diét. v. 3. Juff. 429.
append. 453. Lamarck Dit. v. 4. 60. Illuftr. t. 294. (Ento-
ganum; Banks and Soland. MSS. Gertn. t. 63.)—Clafs
and order, O@andria Monogynia.—Nat. Ord. Rutacee ?

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, in four
deep, equal, roundifh fegments, permanent. Cor. Petals
four, equal, ovate-oblong, witha little blunt point, keeled,
broad at the bafe, flightly fpreading. Neétary of four large
cloven glands, encompafling the bafe of the germen. Stam.
Filaments eight, awl-fhaped, equal, fimple, fmooth, fhorter
than the petals, inferted into the receptacle on the outfide
of the nectary ; anthers terminal, ereét, oblong, fomewhat
heart-fhaped, fimple, of two cells. Pi/?, Germen fuperior,
ovate, four-lobed; ftyle quadrangular, fhort; ftigma dilated,
quadrangular, umbilicated. Peric. Capfules four, elliptical,
compreffed, {preading, of one cell, opening at the upper
margin. Seeds folitary, compreffed, f{mooth, ftalked.

Eff. Ch. Calyx in four deep fegments. Petals four.
NeGary of four cloven glands round the germen. Stamens
fimple. Stigma dilated. Capfules four, fingle-feeded.

1, M.ternata. Forlt. Prod. 28. (Entoganum levigatum;
Gertn. v. 1. 331.)—Gathered by Forlter in New Zeeland.
The only known fpecies. A /hrub, with fmooth, round,
leafy branches ; the young ones fomewhat quadrangular.
Leaves oppofite, ftalked, ternate ; /eaflets an inch or inch
and a half long, obovate, bluntly pointed, very obfcurely
and irregularly crenate, rather thickened or bordered at the
margin, tapering at the bafe, fingle-ribbed, with a few ob-
lique forked veins, quite {mooth, of a pale green when dry,
full of fmall, pellucid, refinous dots ; the terminal leaflet
larger than the reft. Common footftalk about an inch long,
linear, channelled, fmooth. The lower /eaves on each branch
are fimple, and fmaller. Stipulas none. Flewer-ftalks axil-
lary, folitary, fhorter than the leaves, forked, or perhaps
fomewhat corymbofe, fmooth, flightly angular, with a pair
of minute, concave braédeas at each fubdivifion. Whenever
any of the ftalks fall off, a broad pale peltate fcar is left
behind on the branch. Flowers about a quarter of an inch
in diameter, white or yellowifh, each on a quadrangular
partial ftalk, a quarter of an inch long, dilated upwards
under the calyx. Cap/ules {preading in four directions,
fomewhat leathery, {mooth, each a quarter of an inch
long.

Of this very little-known fhrub we'have feen but one mu-
tilated fpecimen, given by Forfter to Linneus. Nothing is

MEL

faid by the author of the genus, any more than by Solander
or Gertner, to indicate its affinity to any other, nor could
Juffien form even a conjecture on the fubjeét. The fhape,
and refinous dots, of the leaves, as well as the pallid hue
which they, like the other parts, affume in drying, and even
the afpect of the flowers, whofe petals are full of refinous
dots, all feem to indicate the natural order of 4urantia.
But thefe charaGters, except perhaps the pale colour, equally
belong to the Rutacee, at leaft to thofe genera which are
fubjoined by Juffieu to that natural order, and of which
Dio/ma is the type ; and the fruit ftrongly confirms the pro-
priety of referring Melicope tothem. With thefe Juffieu was
but flightly acquainted. There are numerous genera of this
tribe in New Holland (fee Corr#a, Crowra, Enr-
OsteMoN) ; as well as Boronia, Sm. Tracts 287. t. 4—7,
and Telratheca, Sm. Exot. Bot. t. 2o—22. The infloref-
cence of the genus before us, as far as can be difcovered
from our bad f{pecimen, feems very nearly that of Boronia
pinnata, Andr, Repof.t. 58. Its fimple filaments and anthers,
and, according to Gertner’s defcription, the want of an
arillus to the feeds, are circumftances in which it differs from
Boronia and moft of its allies. The flavour of the dried
leaves is a little bitter, fcarcely aromatic. S.

MELICUCCA, in Geography, a town of Naples, in
Calabria Ultra ; 10 miles W.S.W. of Oppido.

MELICYTUS, in Botany, fo named by Forfter, from
psAiy honey, and xvioc, a cavity or cell, alluding to the five
oblong bodies, hollowed out at their fummits, which he
conceived to be neétaries bearing the anthers. Torlt. Gen.
t. 62. Schreb. 685. Mart. Mill. Dié&. v.3. Juff. 428.
Lamarck Di@. v. 4. 59. Illultr. t. 812. Gaertn. t. 44.
Clafs and order, Dioecia Pentandria. Nat. Ord. Euphorbia?

Gen. Ch. Male, Cal. Perianth very fhort, with five
teeth. Cor. Petals five, equal, ovate, acute, widely fpread-
ing, longer than the calyx. Neétary of five club-fhaped
bodies, hollowed out at the top, ereét, bearing the ftamens ~
at their infide. Stam. Filaments none, except the neétarics
be fo confidered; anthers five, roundifh-ovate, with four
furrows in front, attached lengthwife to the inner fide of
the neétaries, and extending flightly beyond them.

Female, Cal. and Cor. as in the male. Neétary of five
triangular acute fcales, fhorter than the calyx, furrounding
the germen clofely at its bafe. Pi/?, Germen ovate; ftyle
none ; ftigma of four or five fmall, flat, rounded lobes.
Peric. Capfule pulpy, globofe, {mooth, coriaceous, of one
cell, with four or five valves. Seeds about five, convex on
one fide, angular on the other, lodged in pulp.

Eff. Ch. Male, Calyx with five teeth. Petals five,
NeGtary of five hollow-tipped bodies, bearing the ftamens.

Female, Cal. and Cor, as in the male. Neétary of five
{cales round the germen. Stigma feffile, four or five-lobed.
Capfule pulpy, of one cell and five valves. Seeds five.

1. M. ramiflorus. Forlt. Prod. 70,—Native of the °
neighbourhood of Queen Charlotte’s Sound, New Zeeland,
flowering there in November. A fbrub, or tree, with round,
{mooth, leafy branches. Leaves deciduous, fcattered, on fhort
{mooth footftalks, elliptic-lanceolate or oboyate, obtufe, °
bluntly ferrated, fmooth on both fides, with one rib and
numerous interbranching reticulated veins, each leaf an
inch and a half or two inches long, and nearly one broad.
Flower-flalks feveral together, from fcattered lateral or axil-
lary buds, each about a quarter of an inch long, {welling
upwards, limple, {mooth, bearing about the middle a minute
fringed concave braéea, lingle-flowered. Flowers very mi-
nute, whitifh. "

Juffieu knew not where to place this genus in his natural
orders, but was led by its artificial charafters, as it feems,

2 to

MEL

to fuppofe it akin to Afronivm of Jacquin and Linnaeus.
Gertner having the fruit, which Forfter knew nothing of,
more happily perceived its relationfhip to Kiaoxtanma.
(See that article, and Awrnonium.) This relationthip has
induced us to refer Melicytus to the Euphorbia of the great
French botanitt, notwithttanding the prefence of petals,
which that natural order, it feems, ought to be without,
We cannot however be fo far led by hypothelis as to deny
real petals to Kiggelaria.

MELIDES, in Geography, a town of Portugal, in the
province of Eftramadura; 21 miles 8. of Setuval.

MELILITE. This fearce mineral fubttance has hither-
to been found only in minute but very regular cubic or
parallelepipedic cryltals : they are of the fize ofa millet feed,
of a yellow colour, and externally covered by a brownith
or gold yellow cruft of iron ochre. Their hardvefs is fuffi-
cient to feratch feel,

The melilite melts before the blowpipe, without effer-
vefcence, into a tran{parent folid glafs of a greenith colour.
Its powder forms a tranfparent jelly with nitric acid. It
is not pyro-clectric,

By thefe charaéters this microfcopic mineral is fufliciently
diftinguifhable from mefotype, ftilbite, chabafie, and anal-
cime, to which it bears fome diftant refemblance.

The cubic cryftals of the melilite pafs into the cuneiform
ofahedron,

Thefe {mall cryftals were difcovered by M. Fleurieu de
Bellevue in the fiffures of a black, pretty compact lava,
known under the name of /e/ce romano, found at Capo di
Bove, near Rome. ‘They are accompanied by f{mall, white,
tranfparent, acicular cryftals, which appear to belong to
fommite or nepheline. Brongn.

MELILLA, or Metera, in Geography, a town of
Africa, in the kingdom of Fez, fituated on the coaft of the
Mediterranean, and belonging to the Spaniards. It was

robably founded by the Carthaginians, and feems to have

erived its name from the honey produced in its environs,
The town is ftrongly fortified and furrounded by the fea.
The only communication with the main land, inhabited by
the Moors, is by a draw-bridge. It was abandoned by the
Goths when the Arabs invaded the country, and being de-
ferted by the Moors, was feized on by the Spaniards about
the beginning of the 5th century. This town has large
magazines and cilterns for preferving the water. The num-
ber of inhabitants is eftimated at 2000; 140 miles E. of
Tetuan. ‘N. lat. 35° 24'. W. long. 2° 54’.

MELILLI, a town of Sicily, fituated on mount Hybla,
famous for its excellent honey, to which it owes its name ;
as well as alfo to the fertility of the adjacent territory, or
the fugar-canes once cultivated there, but now abandoned.

MELILOBUS, in Botany, (from pers, honey, and AvBo-y
@ pod, or legume, allvding to the {weet pulp in which the
feeds are aera, the orginal name given by Mitchell to
the Gleditfia of Clayton and Linneus, and undoubtedly a
very expreffive one. It is much to be wifhed that fuch
fhould always have a preference ; and that no genus fhould
ever be con{ecrated to any botanift, till an expreflive name,
of Greek or Latin derivation, had firft been fought in vain.
But alas! this.is like wifhing for honefty and difinterefted-
nefs in thofe who ele&, and thofe who are eleGed.

MELILOT, a {pecies of trefoil, or trifolium ; which fee.
(See Mexiorus.) This plant grows wild in moit parts of
Europe, in corn-fields, paftures, and by way-fides. Among
bread-corm it is a troublefome weed 5 and ripening about the
fame time with the corn, is often ground with it, being dif-
ficult to feparate from it: in fuch a cafe it {poils the bread,

MEL

or whatever the flour is ufed for, by giving it a frong tafte,
like the plafler made from it.

Melilot is fearcely ever given internally ; but ufed exter-
nally, it was formerly efleemed emollient and digeltive, and
was employed as an ingredient in cataplafms, fomentations,
and blifter-platters; but it is now laid afide as being rather
acrid and irritating than emollient. The flowers have been
recommended by fome in infufion, in the manner of thofe
of chamomile, as a remedy for the fluor albus. It formerly
gave the name to one of the officinal platters, which received

rom the melilot a green colour and an unpleafant {mell,
without any addition to its efficacy.

MELILOTUS, sary of Diofcorides, appears to be
the Trifolium Melilotus-officinalis of Linneus, which Dr. Sib-
thorp found growing wild, in low moift fituations, in Attica
and different parts of Greece. This ingenious and learned
traveller fulpegted the other kind, which is mentioned by
the above Greek writer as of a yellower colour and weaker
fcent, and growing about Nola in Campania, might be
7. Melilotus-italica, which is found on the dry ground of
Mount Hymettus, near Athens, Dr. Sibthorp obferved
the figure in the famous ancient manufcript at Vienna, to
be pac, baie intended for one of thefe {pecies.

MELIN, in Geography, a town of Croatia; 12 miles
S.S.W. of Varafdin.

MELIND4, a kingdom of Africa, fituated near the
coait of the Indian fea. This country is for the moft part
fertile, producing almoft all the neceffaries of life, except
wheat and rice, oe want of which, thofe who cannot pur-
chafe them are fupplied with potatees, which are here large
and plentiful. They abound with other roots and fruits,
and with melons | excellent quality. Citrons here are
abundant, and agreeably perfume the air during the greateft
part of the year. They have alfo plenty of venifon, game,
oxen, fheep, geefe, and other poultry ; anda breed of fheep,
whofe tails weigh in general between twenty and thirty
pounds. The men are black, fwarthy, tawny, and white,
and the women chiefly of an olive colour; their drefs is
elegant, confifting of fine filks, girt with rich gold or filver
girdles, collars, and bracelets, and their heads are covered
with veils. The men wear a kind of turban ; and in other
refpects their drefs confifts of a piece of cotton wrapped
round the middle, and reaching below the knees, the other
parts of the body being naked. Thofe of the meaner clafs,
and fuch as live in the interior of the country, wear little
elfe befides a piece of cloth about their middle, except their
fhield and military weapons, which are the bow arrows,
the feymetar, and the javelin. Their religion is chiefly -
Mahometan ; witha mixture of idolaters; and their govern-
ment is monarchical, the king being treated with great
refpe&t and veneration by his fubjeéts: and accompanied
with attendants, who prefent him with incenfe and per-
fumes, whenever he goes abroad, and ladies who pay their
homage to him with fongs and feveral kinds of mufical in-
ftruments, The prince of this country was formerly tri-
butary to the Portuguefe ; but they are now obliged to
purchafe, by annual prefents, permiffion to trade, and to
fearch for gold. Adjoining to Melinda are five other
kingdoms, to which the conneétion and influence of the
Portuguefe extend. The natives, befides their commerce
with the Porruguefe, carry on fome trade with their own
veffels, in which they frequent the Red fea, and Arabian
ports; and they fometimes traverfe the Indian feas,
as far as Cambaya, in the territories of the great Mogul.
On the other hand, the Arabians and Indians brin
to Melinda: but the whole,trade, which is little inferior to
that of Mozambique, is ultimately tranfacted with the Por-

tugugle.

ME &

tuguefe, The articles brought to Melinda are gold from
Sofala ; as well as ivory, copper, quickfilver, all forts of
filks and cottons from Europe and the Eaft Indies, together
with f{pices, rice, and other grain. :

MetinpA, the capital of the above-defcribed kingdom,
pleafantly fituated on a beautiful plain near the coaft of the
Indian fea, and furrounded by fine gardens and orchards,
producing all forts of fruit-trees, efpecially citrons and
oranges. The houfes are built of {quare ftone, many of
them being conftruéted in a magnificent ftyle, and all richly
furnifhed, for the {tated refidence of rich merchants, and the
occafional: refort of foreigners, who carry on an extenfive
commerce in gold, copper, quickfilver, ivory, wax, and
drugs, in exchange for filk, cottons, linen cloths, corn, and
other comnmiodities, The harbour is difficult of accefs, on
account of rocks and fhelves that intercept the approach to
it, and obligé veffels to come to anchorage at fome diftance
from it. The warehoufes at Melinda {upply the country
with European goods to a great diftance within land, where
they procure vaft.quantities of ivory. This city was wholly
built by the Portuguefe, and is faid to contain 30,000 Por-
tuguefe, befides natives ; and includes feventeen Chriftian
churches, together with other religious houfes. S. lat. 3°
5’. E. long. 42° gol. ‘ r

MELINDA, one of the Querimba iflands, in the Indian fea.
S. lat. 10° go!. :

MELINGEN, a town of Switzerland, on the Rufs;

43 miles N.E. of Berne. N. lat. 47° ro’. E. long. 8°
15'.
MELINUM, in Natural Hiflory, the name of an earth,
famous in the earlieft ages of painting, being the only white
of the great painters of antiquity ; and, according to Pliny’s
account, one of the colours with which alone they performed
all their works.

It isa fine white marly earth, of a very compa texture,
yet remarkably light; a fort of texture which muft render
‘any earth fit for'the painter’s ufe, that is of a proper colour.
It is frequently found forming a ftratum in the earth, lying
immediately under the vegetable mould. It is of a very
f{mooth, but not gloffy furface; is very foft to the touch,
adheres firmly to the tongue, is eafily broken between the
fingers, and {tains the fkin in handling. It melts readily
in the mouth, and is perfeétly fine, leaving not the leaft grit-
tinefs between the teeth. Thrown into water, it makes a
great bubbling and loud hifling noife, and moulders away
Into a fine powder. It does not ferment with acids, and
fuffers n@ change in the fire. ‘Thefe are the characters by
which the melinum of the ancients is diftinguifhed from all]
the other white earths, It is ftill found in the fame place
from whence the painters of old had it, which is that from
whence it has its name, the ifland of Milo, called Melos
by the Greeks, and is common in moft of ‘the adjacent
iflands. It has been of late tried here as a paint, and is
found not to make fo bright a white as the other fubftances
now in ufe among the painters, but feems not liable, like
them, to turn yellow ; and if fo, would be worth the con-
fideration of perfons in the colour-trade, efpecially as it may
be had in any quantities for « arriage.

MELINUS Cotor, Mnawoy XPwpeey in Antiquity, a
colour often mentioned in {peaking of the habits of players.
It was a reddifh-yellow, of the colour of ripe apples, in
Greek called PnActy and their. colour pendoedes MA pupee.

MELIPILLA, in Geography, a town of South America,
and capital of a jurifdiétion in the kingdom of Chili; 42
miles S.E. of Valparaifo. S. lat. 33° 28’. W. long. 70° 7!.

MELIPU, a river of Ceylon, which runs into the fea
aear Matara.

MEL

MELIS, a town of Germany, in the principality of
Gotha; 16 miles S. of Gotha.

MELISANA, a town of Italy, in the country of
Frivli; 6 miles S. of Palma Nuova.

MELISEY, a town of France, in the department of the
Upper Saone, and chief place of a canton, in the diltri& of
Lure. ‘The place contains 1499, and the canton 10,130 in-
habitants, on a territory of 187% kiliometres, in 12 com-
munes. y ;

MELISMATICO Srvto. See Sryxe. ‘

MELISSA, in Botany, from pricco, the Greek name of
a bee; or rather, as that name itfelf, like the ancient pro-
per names Meliffa and Meliffus, alfo originated from pear,
honey, becaufe of the abundant and excellent honey of the
flowers of this herb, for which bees are faid greatly to fre-
quent them.—Balm.— Linn. Gen. 298. Schreb. 394. Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 3. 146. Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Ait. Hort.
Kew. ed. 2. v. 3.416. Juff. 115. Tourn. t.92. La-
marck Did. v. 4.76. Tlluftr.t. 512. (Horminum; Linn.
Gen. 299. Jufl. 116. Lamarck Di&. v. 3. 136. Tiluftr.
t. 515.)—Clafs and order, Didynamia Gynnofpermia. Nat.
Ord. Verticillate, Linn. Labiate, Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, nearly -
bell-fhaped, rather dry and feariofe, fomewhat gaping, an-
gular, itriated, permanent, its mouth two-lipped ; upper lip
three-toothed, bent backwards, flat ; /ower fhorter, fharp-
ifh, deeply cloven. Cor. of one petal, ringent ; tube cylin-
drical; mouth gaping ; upper it fhorteft, ereé&, vaulted,
roundifh, cloven; ower three-cleft, the middle fegment
largeft and heart-fhaped. Stam. Filaments four, awl-fhaped,
two of them the length of the corolla, two but half fo long ;
anthers fmall, cohering in pairs. Pi/?. Germen four-cleft ;
ftyle thread-fhaped, the lenge of thecorolla, curved with
the ftamens under the upper lip of the corolla; ftigma flen-
der, cloven, reflexed. eric. none, except the enlarged,
but otherwife unaltered calyx. Seeds in the bottom of the
calyx, four, ovate.

Eff. Ch. Calyx feariofe, flattifh on the upper fide; its ~
upper lip with three nearly level-pointed teeth. Upper lip
of the corolla fomewhat vaulted, cloven; middle lobe of the
lower lip heart-fhaped. :

1. M. officinalis. Common Garden Balm. Linn. Sp. Pl.

827. Sm. Prod. Fl. Grec. Sibth. v. 1.423. Stokes Mat.
Med. v. 2. 365. Woody. Med. Bot. t. 147. (Meliffa ;
Ger. em. 689. Apiaftrum five Melifla; Matth. Valgr.

v. 2. 181.)—Whorls halved. Braéteas oblong, ftalked.
Leaves ovate, acute, ferrated.—Native of the mountains of
Geneva, Savoy, and Italy. Dr. Sibthorp found it -in
fhady woods upon Mount Parnaffus, where it is flill called
seAicooxoprey, Or Balm-plant, which confirms the general
opinion of its being the psriccofvarcy of Diofcorides, who
mentions the lemon-like {cent for which this herb is fo remark-
able, and on account of which it is fo generally ufed to
make a grateful cooling infufion for perfons in fevers. In
this {cent it much agrees with the more powerful Verbena tri-
phylla, brought from Peru by the unfortunate Domsey, fee
his life in its proper place. The root of this Meliffa is
fibrous and perennial. Stems feveral, two or three feet high,
leafy, fomewhat branched, acutely quadrangular, hairy and ©
harfh to the touch. Leaves oppolite, ftalked, ovate, or
very flightly heart-fhaped, ferrated, fomewhat hairy, ftrongly
veined, an inch and half long. FYowers axillary, in halved
whorls, leaning toward one fide; their flalks downy, ac-
companied by fmall, oval, generally feflile brafeas. Calyx
hairy. Corolla twice as long, white or pale-purplifh.
2. M.: altifima. Tall Greek Balm. -Sibth. in Prodr.
Fl. Grac. v. 1. 423.—Whorls halved, ftalked. ce
alked,

MEL

Ralked. Leaves heart-thaped, tharply crenate-—Commoa
in thady fituations in Greece, efpecially under hedges, as
well asin Crete. Sibshorp, This was fulpeéted by Dr. Sib-
thorp to be the third xorsyuidn of Diofeorides, but that
point is fearcely to be fettled with any probabiity. Nei-
ther are we fully fatisfied of our prefent plant: being {pecifi-
cally diftin& from the firft. By the fpecimens an io
which laft is deftined for ¢. 579 of the Flora Graca, i ap-

to be a taller and larger herb, with rather more heart-
fhaped leaves, and the whorls as well as bra&eas are elevated
on more evident flalks. The flower is reprefeated white,
with a pale pink upper lip ; the lower lip hairy on the upper
fide near nm bale, its middle lobe broadeft, but by no means
3. M. grandiflora. Great-flowered Balm. Linn. Sp.

Pl. 827. Curt. Mag. t. 208. (Calamentha flore magno ;
Riv, Monop. Irr. t. 46. f. 1. C. montana preftantior ; Ger.
em, 687.)—Flower-italks axillary, forked, longer than the
fooritalks. Braéteas lanceolate, feflile. Leaves ovate, fer-
rated. —Native of hilly ground in Greece, Italy, and Ger-
many. Gerard cultivated this {pecies here in 1596, and it
may {till be frequently feen in gardens, being, as Curtis ob-
ferves, fuitable for the decoration of rock-work. It thrives
beit. in dry gravelly ground, and is perennial, flowering
throughout the fummer. Root fibrous. Stems about a foot
high, weak and {preading. Leaves ovate, hairy. Flowers
from three to feven on each long axillary ttalk, with feveral
fmall feffile bra&eas. Corolla large, light crimfon, witha
white ftreak, and {pots on the lower lip. The whole plant
hasa much more powerful {cent than MM. officinalis, without
any of the lemon flavour. a ip yt

+ pyrenaica. Pyrenean Balm. Jacq. Hort. Vind.
ve =“ 86. t. 183. (M. pyrenaica, caule brevi, plantagi-
nis folio; Tourn. Init. 193. Magn. Hort. 133. t. 17.

Horminum pyrenaicum; Linn. Sp. Pl. Bs1-Jrsyem leaf-
lefs. Flowers whorled, turned to one fide. Leaves ob-
long, bluntly toothed.—Native of the higheft mountains
among the Pyrenees, in the Tyrol and Carniola. We have
feen itin no garden, but Jacquin cultivated this plant at
Vienna. He was led by Scopoli to refer it to Melifa, in-
ftead of making it a diftin& genus, as Linnaeus had done,
The root is long, woody, black, and perennial, flowering
about the third year from the ‘awring of the feed, in June.
Leaves feveral, all radical, oblong or fomewhat ovate, veiny,
fmooth, itrongly and bluntly toothed, decurrent at the bafe,
on long ftalks. Flower-falks folitary, about a foot high,
bearing feveral pairs of oppofite, ovate, entire bra@eas, and
in the upper part numerous bracteated whorls of fimply-

ed flowers leaning to one fide. The Corolla is dark
blue, about an inch long, handfome, more bell-fhaped than
in the foregoing, with fhorter lips in rounded fegments.

_ Such are all the genuine Melifz known to us. The
M. Calamintha, Nepeta, cretica and fruticofa of Linnzus ap-
pear to us by their habit, as well as by the hairs which clofe
_ the mouth of the calyx, to belong to Thymus, to which genus
the two firft are referred in the Flora Britannica. It hap-
pened however that Willdenow did not receive this lait-
mentioned work, till he had written his Sp. P/. as far as Te-
tradynamia, and as the Hort. Kew. generally follows him,
thefe {pecies continue there as they were. Indeed the fub-
je& is not without difficulty, as M. officinalis has fome
diftant hairs in the mouth of the calyx; but its reflexed
upper lip, with three teeth of equal height, is unlike that of

four {pecies above named, though, we confefs, too fimi-

lar in that refpe& to fome kinds of Thymus. The middle

fegment of the lower lip of the corolla, fuppofed ta be
Vor. XXIII.

MEL

heart-thaped in Mclifa and entire in Thymus, we find as little
to be depended on as any of the above marks,

Mewissa, in Gardening, comprehends plants of the hardy
herbaceous, fibrous-rooted rennial kind, of which the
{pecies cultivated are, the officinal, or common garden baum
or balm (M, officinalis) ; the great-flowered baum (M. gran-
diflora) ; the Cretan baum (M. cretica) ; and the fhrubby
baum (M. fruticofa) : as to thefe two lait fuppofed {pecies,
fee the laftrarticle.

The firft fort varies occafionally with variegated leaves,
and with the ftalks fleuder, the leaves much fhorter, the
whole. plant hairy, and of a ftrong difagreeable odour,
the flowers in whorls, fitting pretty clofe to the branches,
and fmaller than thofe of the common fort; and has the
name of Roman baum.

In the fecond {pecice there are varieties with white flowers,
with red flowers, and with variegated leaves; but they are
all inferior to the purple

Method of Culture.—The two firit forts may be readily
increafed by parting the roots, and planting them out in the
early autumn, as October, time enough for the offsets to be
eftablithed before the winter frofts come on. They thould be
divided inte fmall pieces, with three or four buds to each, and
the firit fort planted two feet a-part, in beds of common garden
earth, and the fecond fort in the borders or other parts fingly,
in larger offset flips. The only culture they afterwards re-
quire 13 to keep them clean from weeds, and to cut off the
decayed ftalks annually in autumn, digging or ftirring the
ground between the plants in the common kind very well.

The third fpecies may be raifed by fowing the feeds in
the autumn or awe » but where the feeds are permitted to
{fcatter, there will - a fufficient fupply of young plants
without any further trouble,

And the fourth fpecies may alfo be increafed by feeds
fown in the {pring on beds or in pots, or by cuttings planted
in the fame manner, in any of the fummer months, and
fhaded from the fun. They frequently live through the
winter in warm borders ; but it is always proper to keepa
plant or two in pots, fheltered under a frame during that
feafon, to prevent accidents. <

In refpe& to the firft fort, it is ufeful for various domef-
tic purpofes, and the others ornamental, in the borders,
clumps, and other parts, as well as affording variety among
potted plants in many cafes.

Me issa Offcinalis, Common Balm, inthe Materia Medica.
The herb, in its recent ftate, has a weak, roughifh, af®bmatic
tafte, and a pleafant {mell, fomewhat of the le kind :
and hence this {pecies has been denominated “ Meliffa odore
citri,”” On diftilling the frefh herb with water, it impregnates
the firft runnings pretty ftrongly with its grateful flavour: and
when large quantities are employed in this way, there fepa-
rates and rifes to the furface of the aqueous fluid a {mall por-
tion of effential oil, in colour yellowifh, and of avery fra-
grant {mell. Balm was formerly efteemed of great ufe, in
all complaints fuppofed to proceed from a difordered ftate of
the. nervous fyftem, and it was very generally recommended
in melancholic and hypochondriacal affe€tions, fo that, in the
opinion of Paracelfus, the‘ primum ens Meliff2"’ promifed
a complete renovation of man. Hoffmann and Boerhaave
inclined to the opinion of the Arab phyficians, and deemed
it an efficacious remedy. S. Paulli and others {peak of its
effects as an emmenagogue: but neither this nor any other
medicinal power is now attributed to balm. As tea, how-
ever, it makes a grateful diluent drink in fevers, and in this
way it is commonly ufed, either by itfelf or acidulated with
lemons. The effential oil ac ae poffeffes no qualities dif-

D ” ferent

MEL

ferent from many other aromatics and cordials. Lewis and
Woodville.

Me issa, in Geography, a town of Naples, in Calabria
Citra ; 4 miles N. of Strongoli.

MELISSOPHYLLUM, in Botany. See Merirris:

MELISSUS, in Biography, a philofopher of Samos, of
the Eleatic feét, who flourifhed about the eighty-fourth
Olympiad, or the year 440 B.C. He wasa difciple of
Parmenides, to whofe doGrines he clofely adhered. As a
public man, he was converfant with affairs of the ftate, and
acquired great influence among his countrymen, who had a
high veneration for his talents and virtues. Being appointed
by them to the command of a fleet, he obtained a great naval
victory over the Athenians. As a philofopher, he maintained
that the principle of all things is one and immutable, or that
whatever exiits is one being ; that this one being includes all
things, and is infinite, without beginning or end ; that there
is neither vacuum nor motion in the univerfe, nor any fuch
thing as produ@tion or decay, that the changes which it feems
to fuffer, are only illufions of our fenfes, and mere appear-
ances ; and that we ought not to lay down any thing pofi-
tively concerning the gods, fince our knowledge of them is
fo uncertain. Themittocles is faid to have been of the num-
ber of his pupils. Enfield’s Hift. Phil.

MELISTAURUM, in Botany, fo called by Forfter,
from pert, honey, and savpo:, a flake, or a row of Sharp pales,
the neGtary bearing a refemblance to a circular fence of that
kind. This author declares the genus to belong to Polyga-
mia Dioecia, and profefles to defcribe a male flower only,
having never feen the hermaphrodite ones. How he afcer-
tained the exiftence of fuch, without having feen them, in a
plant known to himfelf alone, does not appear. In his Pro-
dromus, p. 93, this is ranged among the obfcure plants, of
which he had feen imperfect {pecimens only, by the name of
Meliflanrum diftichum, and faid to be a-native of New Cale-
donia. The male flower is figured in his Genera, t. 72, and
thus defcribed. ;

« Cal. none, unlefs the corolla be taken for fuch. Cor.
minute, in five deep, roundifh, concave, {preading fegments.
Neétary bell-fhaped, abrupt, inferted into the corolla, bear-
ing the ftamens on its margin. Stam. Filaments twenty, in-
ferted into the edge of the neCtary, alternately awl-fhaped,
with roundifh anthers, and of a thicker fhape, hairy at the
top, without anthers. _ Pif.. Germen thickifh, in the centre
of the flower ; ftyle cylindrical, fhort; ftigma blunt. Peric.
and Seeds unknown, as well as the hermaphrodite flowers,”
Forfler.— i

Every reader muift perceive this to be the defcription of
an hermaphrodite flower ; fo that we apprehend fome mif-
application of terms. However this may be, the defcription
and figure are fufficient to juftify Juffieu, who in his Gene-
ra, p- 438, refers Forfter’s plant to his own Anavinga, La-
marck Illuftr. t. 355, which is Ca/earia, Schreb. Gen. 298,
nearly allied to the Samyda of Linnezus. See ANAVINGA
and CASEARIA.

MELITA, in Ancient Geography, an ifland in the Me-
diterranean, concerning which geographers have entertained
different opinions. Ptolemy places it very near to Africa.
Silius Italicus gives it the epithet of ‘* Lanigera” on ac-
count of its wool. Cicero fpeaks of a temple of Juno,
which was in this ifland, fituated near a town of * fame
name. As it was upon an ifland of this name that St. Paul
was fhipwrecked, in his voyage to Rome, after his appeal
to Cefar (fee As, chap. xxvii. and xxviii. ), the fituation
of. this. ifland has been the fubje€t of curious and diligent in-
velligation. But no perfon has employed more labour and

MEL

more learning in the refearch than Mr. Bryant. In the hif-
tory, we find, that having been toffed for fome time in the
Adria, they were at laft caft upon the ifland called Melite,
The only queftion is, which is the fea, called Adria or
Adriatic ; and what ifland can be found in that fea under this
name. The Adriatic fea is that large gulf which lies be-
tween Italy and the ancient Illyria, and retains its name to ~
this day. And as to the ifland we are feeking, there was
one in that fea called * Melite,’’ which is mentioned under
that name by the beit geographical writers. It ap
from ancient authorities, that Melita was an Illyrian ifland
in the Adriatic fea; and that it lay between Cofcyra Nigra
and the main land, very near the river Naro and the ifthmus
above it. 1t was called by the ancients Melite, Melitene,
and Melitaffa; at this day it is denominated Meleda, and by
the Sclavonians, Mle, and is in the jurifdi€tion of Ragufa.
Neverthelefs it has been the common opinion, that the Meli-
ta, now called Malta, was the true place of the apoftle’s
fhipwreck ; and the natives have a tradition of long ftanding
to fupport this notion. Mr. Bryant, however, undertakes
to prove, that this could not be the ifland mentioned by the
writer of the book of Ags. But in doing this he contends
with a hoft. of learning and criticifm ; Grotius, Cluver,
Beza, Bochart, and Bentley. In order to fupport this opi-
nion, it is necefflary for them to prove that Malta is an
Adriatic ifland. This Bochart has much laboured to do;
depending upon the authority of the poets, and a few of the
later hiftorians, who have extended the Adriatic to the coaft
of Africa. Polybius, Diodorus, Strabo, and Pliny, give
avery different account of this matter. Mr. Bryant, after
having fairly and fully ftated the arguments of Bochart in
favour of Malta, in his own words, undertakes to produce
inconteflible proof that Malta was not the place mentioned
by the facred hiftorian, and that Melita Illyrica was. It
muft be allowed that, by the aid of the moft approved geo-
graphers and hiftorians, he has produced very itrong, and to
us fatisfactory evidence, that the Adriatic fea was compre-
hended within the great Illyrian gulf, and never reached
farther. Strabo exprelsly determines its extent by’ two
fixed boundaries, that cannot be miftaken ; it was included
between Italy and the oppofite continent. ‘ Where then,”
fays our author, ** was St. Paul fhipwrecked ? Certainly be-
tween Italy and Illyria, thatis, the oppofite continent. Ts
Malta to be found in this fituation? It is far off, ina fea
that has no affinity, no conneétion with thofe coafts. But
the other Melita, taken notice of by Scylax, Agathemerus,
and Pliny, is fituated in the Adria, agreeable to the apoftle’s
account; therefore, Melita Illyrica is certainly the ifland there
mentioned.” Mr, Bryant ftrengthens his other arguments by
adverting to the charaéter of the natives, who are deferibed
as BueBaeo, barbarians. This character could not confift-
ently be applied to the inhabitants of Melita Africana
(Malta), which was firft colonized by Pheenicians, and
afterwards inhabited fucceflively by Carthaginians, Greeks,
and Romans. ‘ Who will be fo hardy as to denominate any
of thefe nations barbarous? They were each of them re-

~ nowned for arts, of great power and wealth, and of parti-

cular elegance and refinement. As the anceftry was good,
the pofterity did not fall off. The teftimony of Diodorus
Siculus (Hift. Bib]. 1. v.) will fufficiently vindicate them
from the charge of being barbarous. We have an account
of fome remains of antiquity in this ifland that will ferve to
guide our judgment concerning this people. ~The temples
of Juno and Hercules appear to have been very magnificent,
and of great extent : and the coins that were originally ftruck
there are faid to be of no ordinary caft. Nor can it be faid

that

M Eck ‘

that thofe even of the lower clafe were rudeand favage ; be
caule from them St, Paul experienced nothing but civility.
Burif we take a view of Melita Ilyriea, the feene will be
changed, and the appellation will be found to be snore appli
cable, The character of the Llyrians, near whom this iMand
was fituated, is reprefented as barbarous beyoud meafure.
Modern travellers report of Malta that it burboura no fer-

ntas ablefling, we are told, bequeathed to the ifland by

tt. Paul at his departure. Lf this be true of Malta, what
is allowed as a telt of the apoltle’s having been upon the
ifland, isa proof to me, fays our author, that he never was
there. As there are no aber now, my conclufion is,
that there never were any ; and confequently it could not be
the place where St. Paul exhibited the miracle, For other
particulars we mult refer to Mr. Bryant himfelf. Bryant's
Obfervations and Inquiries, &ce. 1767, gto.

MELITENE, Mecepni, a country of Afia, in Arme-
nia Minor, which extended to the right of the Euphrates,
and was traverfed by the river Meles,—Alfo, a town of Cap-

ia, to the S.E., upon a ftream which difcharged itfelf
into the river Meles,—Alfo, a country of Afia, in Cappado-
dia, pompring the S.E. part of it.

MELITENSIS Terra, Zarth of Malta, in the Ma-
teria Medica, an earth of which there are two very different
kinds, the one of the genus of the boles, the other of the
marles.. The latter is that known by medicinal authors un-
der this name; the former is the Malta earth now in ufe:
but both being brought from the fame place, are confufedly
called by the fame name.

The Maltefe bole, which is what we ufe now, is a fine
earth, of a clofe compact texture, very heavy ; when dug
it is of a very pure white, but it is apt to contraé a yellow-
nefs.in drying, and become of acream colour. It is of a
very f{mooth and fhining furface, fearcely at all {tains the fkin
in handling, adheres {trongly to the tongue, and melts into a
butter-like fubitance in the meuth, It makes no effer-
vefcence with aquafortis, or any other acid menftruum,
and fuffers no change of colour in the fire. Hill. For
the character of boles, fee Boxes. The Maltefe marle,
which is the terra Melitenfis of medicinal authors, is a loofe,
crumbly, and very light earth, of an unequal and irregular
texture, and when expofed to the weather, foon falls into
fine foft powder ; but when preferved and dried, it becomes
a loofe light mafs, of a dirty white colour, witha greyifh
calt : it is rough to the totich, adheres firmly to the tongue,
is very eafily crumbled to powder between the fingers, and
ftains the hands. Thrown into water it {wells, and after-
wards moulders away into a fine powder. It ferments very
violently with acid menftruums.

Both kinds are found in great abundance in the ifland of
Malta, and the latter has beenmuch efteemed as a remedy
againtt the bites of venomous animals, but with how much
juttice we cannot fay. The other has fupplied its place in
the German fhops, and is ufed there as a cordial, a fudorific,
and aftringent. For the character of .marles, fee Marte.

MELITIA, in Geography, a town of European Tur-
key, in Theflaly ; 24 miles S. of Lariffa.

MELITITES, Medien, in, Natural Hiflory, an indu-
rated clay, of a yellowifh colour, but in many refpeéts ap-
proaching to the nature of the moroéthus or French chalk :
which, when pulverized, yields with water a milky li-
quor, of ata{lte fomewhat like honey : whence it takes its
name.

It is a fmooth fubftance, of a compact texture and great
weight, of a fine, even, glofly furface, fmooth and foft to
the touch, does not adhere to the tongue, nor ftain the
fingers ; but drawnalong a rough furface, leaves a fine flen-

MEL

der white The, and fhaved into very thin pieces, has fomerde -
gree of tranfparence. It does not ferment with acids, asd
burns to a pure white,

It is‘found in mines of metals, and feems to partake pretty
much of the nature of lead; having a {weetnels fomewhat
like that of the fal faturni, but much fainter, It only dif-
fers from the galaétite, in that it is milder to the tafle. (See
Garactires.) The ancients ufeg it in inflammations of the
eyes, and todry ulcers.

They alfo applied it externally in ulcers, and gave it in-
wardly as a foporific to people ho were to fuffer pain, fup-
poling it would make them lefs fenfible of it. It is at pre-
fent very common in ltaly, and probably in many other
places, but is not knowa or regarded.

Me irires Lapis, aname given by fome authors to fome
of the rounder {pecies of echinitw, from their refembling an
apple in their fhape.

ELITO, in Biography, an ancient Chriftian father,
who flourifhed in the fecond century, was bifhop of Sardis.
Some moderns have fuppofed him the fame as the angel of
the church of Sardis, to whom the epiltle in the book of
Revelation was dire&ted, but the molt judicious critics have
abandoned this idea. He travelled into Paleltine for the pur-
pole of afcertaining the number of books of the Old Tef-
tament, and he is the firft Chriftian writer who has given us
a catalogue of thofe books, which agrees with that of the
Jews, excepting that it does not contain the book of Efther.
Melito was in the number of thofe fathers who wrote in de-
fence of the Chriftian faith, and addreffed an apology to the
emperor Marcus Antoninus in behalf of the perfecuted
Chriltians, of which a fragment is preferved by Eufebius.
In this piece he intreats the emperor to examine the accufa-
tions which were preferred againft the Chriftians, and to put
an end to their perfecutions and fufferings, by revoking the
edié&t that he had publifhed againft them. He pen toe
to him, “ that fo far was the Roman empire from having been
injured or weakened by Chriftianity, that it was the more
firmly eftablifhed fince the introduction of that religion into
it.” He boldly ftated that the Chriftian religion had been
perfecuted only by wicked emperors, fuch as Nero and
Domitian : and that, therefore, they naturally indulged the
hope, that from his known clemency and goodnefs they
fhould receive the fame protection which they had enjoyed
under the reign of Adrian. The date of this apology is
fixed by Eufebius to 170, but Lardner and fome others, from
internal evidence, give it the date of 175 0r 177. Melito
was author of various treatifes, the titles of which may be
feen in the works of Eufebius, but of thefe only a few frag-
ments remain. From the title of one of thofe pieces, * Con-
cerning the Revelation of John,” critics have inferred that he
efteemed the book of Revelation of canonical authority, and
to have been written by the apoftle John. We have no ac-
count of Melito’s death, except what is gathered from a let-
ter of Polycrates to Vitor, bifhop of Rome, which proves
it took es before the eleCtion of that pontiff, in the year
192. Lardner. Gen. Biog. ;

Metiro, in Geography, a {mall town and bifhop’s fee
of Naples, in Calabria Ultra, feveral miles S. of Monte

ne.
MELITOPOL, a town of Roffia, in the province of
Tauris, fituated on a lake about 12 miles from the fea of
Azof. N. lat. 46° 12'. E. long. 35° 10’. d
MELITTIS, in Botany, from y:duriz, which in the attic
diale& is the name of a bee; fo that this word is, in faG,
equivalent to Me/ifa, and was adopted by Linnzus therefore
for the Baitard Balm.—Linn. Gen. 299. Schreb. 395.
Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 157 giles Mill. Dig. v. 3. —
4 c

MEL

Fi. Brit. 643. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 3. 421. Juff. 116.
Lamarck Dié. v. 4. 80. Illuftr. t. 513. —Clafs and order,
Didynamia Gymnofpermia. Nat. Ord. Verticillate, Linn.
Labiate, Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, bell-fhaped,
round, ftraight, its mouth two-lipped; upper lip longelt,
acute ; ower fhorteft, cloven, acute, its fegments gaping.
Cor. of one petal, ringent ; ‘ve much narrower than the
calyx ; mouth not much wider ; Bat lip ere&t, roundith,
undivided ; /ower {preading, three-cleft, obtufe, its middle
fegment largeft, flat, undivided, crenate. Stam. Filaments
four, awl-fhaped, fheltered by the upper lip, the two inter-
mediate ones fhorter than the outer ones ; anthers cohering
in pairs, forming a crofs, cloven, obtufe. Pift. Germen ob-
tufe, four-cleft, hairy ; ftyle thread-fhaped, the length and
fituation of the ftamens ; ftigma cloven, acute. Peric. nene,
except the unchanged calyx. Seeds four, in the bottom of
the calyx.

Obf. The fegments of the calyx differ in number in the
different {pecies.

Eff. Ch. Calyx unequal, much wider than the tube of the
corolla. Upper lip of the corolla flat ; lower three-lobed,
crenate. Anthers forming a crofs.

1. M. Meliffophyllum. Reddifh Baftard-Balm. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 832. Engl. Bot. t. 577. Jacq. Auftr. t. 26.
(Meliffophyllum ; Rivin. Monop. Irr. t. 21. f. 2. Meliffa
Fuchfii ; Camer. Hort. t. 30.)—Calyx three-lobed, nearly
fmooth.—Native of rather mountainous woods and thickets
in Germany, Switzerland, France, Greece, and the fouth-
weit extremity of England, flowering in the beginning of
fummer. ‘The root is fibrous and perennial. Stems herba-
ceous, erect, fimple, fquare, leafy, hairy, about eighteen
inches high. Leaves oppofite, ttalkéed, ovate, ferrated.
hairy, full two inches long and one broad ; paler and rather
polifhed beneath. Flowers axillary, about three on each
fide, moftly turned one way, on fimple reddifh round ftalks.
Calyx purplith, with hairy ribs, ample, three-lobed ; the
upper lobe or lip longeft, acute, often notched or toothed at
each fide; lower lip in two vertical, equal, pointed or
notched, fide-lobes. Corolla large and handfome, thrice the
length of the calyx, externally flefh-coloured; internally
whitifh, the lip marked with a divided crimfon fpot, anda
few dots on its principal fegment, and more or lefs of a
ftain on its two lateral lobes. The whole Aerd has, when
frefh, rather an offenfive fmell; when dried it acquires the
{cent of new hay, like woodruff, which is alfo the cafe with
the next. Some of the old authors miftook this Melittis,
or the following, for they did not always diftinguifh the two,
for the psricroduaro of Diofcorides ; but that is evidently
rather our Meliffa officinalis, and as far as can be concluded
from the fynonym of Apiafrum, the Melifophyllum of Pliny.
Haller therefore is to blame in citing the Roman author, to
fupport his own preference of this laft-mentioned name, to
that adopted by Linnzus, for the genus before us.

z. M. grandifora. Purple and White Baftard-Balm.
Engl. Bot. t. 636. (M. Meliflophyllum; Curt. Lond.
fafc. 6. t. 39. Mill. Illuftr. t. 52. Meliffophyllum ; Ri-
vin. Monop. Irr. t. 21. f. 1. M.adulterinum ; Fuchs. Hitt.
497: fig. 498, verum.)—Calyx in four equal lobes, nearly
imooth.—Native of woods in Hungary and Switzerland, as
well as in Devonfhire and Cornwall, flowering early in the
fummer. Linnzus, Haller, and their pupils for the moft
part, have confounded this with the foregoing, from which
it differs effentially in the calyx, whofe lobes are four, all la-
teral, none vertical, for the moft part entire, though fome-
times notched. . The corol/a is larger than the other fpecies,
white, with a pale tinge of yellow or cream colour in its up-

MEL

per part, the middle fegment of its lower lip purple with a
white margin. ‘The general habit form and fcent of the two
plants agree, but this is rather the moft ornamental. Clu-
fius diftinguifhed them in his Hi/t. v. 2. 37, as did after him
Johnfon in Ger. em. 690. The figure in Fuchfius marked
Meliffophyllum verum, is evidently intended for our prefent
plant, the calyx being very clearly defined ; but his account
can only belong tothe Garden Balm, Meliffa officinalis, as
the lemon fcent is particularly noticed. It feems therefore
that the cuts of thefe two very diffimilar plants have been
tranfpofed by his printer, a miftake hitherto unnoticed.
Hence Fuchfius is very erroneoufly quoted by Vaillant,
Haller, and others, as making this Melittis the true Meliffa,

OF pericoolvAAoy.

3. M. japonica. Japan Baftard-Balm. Thunb. Tr. of
Linn. Soc. v. 2. 338. Willd. n. 2. (M. Meliffophyllum,
Thunb. Jap. 248.)—Calyx hairy. Leaves alternate, ovate,
obtufe, unequally ferrated.—Native, as it is prefumed, of
Japan, though Thunberg faw only one plant, cultivated in
a pot, in the ifland of Nipon, in his journey towards Jeddo,
flowering in May and June. The Japanefe called it Sjuwo.
Stem ereét, villous, fimple, a fpan high. Leaves alternate,
ftalked, ovate, obtufe, unequally and doubly ferrated, vil-
lous, fpreading, a finger’s length. oot/falks the length
of the nail. Flowers axillary, folitary, each on a hairy
ftalk, an inch long. Calyx rough with briltles, drooping.
Thunb.

The /eaves being alternate, is fo improbable in this genus,
that we cannot but fufpeét a miltake in that particular, or
in the generic charaéters of the plant. We know nothing
of this fpecies but what Thunberg has given above.

Me irris, in Gardening, comprehends a plant of the
flowery perennial kind, of which the fpecies cultivated is,
the baltard balm (M. meliflophyllum).

In this plant there is much honey fecreted, from a gland
that encircles the bafe of the germ; it is of courfea fa-
vourite plant with bees.

And there isa variety {maller in all refpeéts, with the
leaves ovate and heart-fhaped, the flowers not fo large, and
ufually of a pale red, but fometimes white, which is a native
of Switzerland, and other fimilar fituations.

Method of Culture.—Plants of this fort are capable of
being increafed by parting the roots and planting them out
early in the autumn, where they are to remain; but the
roots fhould not be parted oftener than every third year.
When feeds can be procured, they may alfo be raifed by
fowing them in the early fpring, where they are to remain.
The plants fucceed bett in a loamy foil and eaftern afpe&,
where they can be had.

They are capable of affording ornament in the borders and
other parts of pleafure-grounds and gardens.

MELIUS Ineuirenpum, in Law, a writ which lieth for
a fecond inquiry to be made of what lands and tenements a
man died feifed, where partiality is fufpe¢ted upon the writ
called diem claufit extremum.

A “ melius inquirendum’’ fhall be awarded out of B.R.
where acoroner is guilty of corrupt praétices, dire€ted to
fpecial commiffioners. 1 Vent. 181.

MELIZZANDO, in Geography, a town of Naples, in La-
vora; 19 miles E. of Capua.

MELKOVATE, a town of Bulgaria; 52 miles S. of
Viddin.

MELKSHAM, a confiderable market-town in the hun-
dred of Melkfham and county of Wilts, England ; is plea-
fantly fituated on the river Avon, at the diltance of 23
miles from Bath, and 96 from London. In ancient times
it is faid to have been a place of confiderable note by

the

MEL

the authors of the Magna Britannia, who affert that the
Conqueror eftablifhed a court of royal jurifdidtion here
Edward L., accerding to the fame authority, had likewile a
foreft in this neighbourhood, which was joined to that of
Chippenham, and committed to the eultody of Matthew
Fita-John, who was governor of the cattle of Devizes. But
uf thus important in carly times it feems to have greatly de-
cayed before the age of Leland, as neither he, nor his fuc-
celfor Camden, fo much as mention it, though the former
was undoubtedly in this part of the county, Of late years,
however, it has again rifen to fome degree of confequence
by the influence of trade. For a confiderable period Melk-
tham has been celebrated for its manufacture of fuperfine
cloths and caflimere. The buildings of this town are in
general conitructed of freeftone, poffefling, individually, an
oe of much neatnefs, but the ftreets are irregular
and narrow. The church, of which the living is a vicarage
in the gift of the dean and chapter of Salifbury, is a {pa-
cious edifice, with a handfome tower in the centre. Here
are likewife meeting-houfes for diffenters of different deno-
minations, particularly Independents and Baptits. Metho-
dilts are lefs numerous than in molt other towns of the fame
extent in England, though they have increafed confiderably
of late years. According to the parliamentary returns of
1801, number of inhabitants in the whole parifh was
eftimated at 4030 perfons, 1864 males, and 2166 females,
of whom 1299 were engaged in trade, and 370 in agricul-
ture. The proportion of poor is very great, owing to the
manufactories which have again begun to decline, and will
probably foon leave the town entirely, as has eae takea
place with to Corfham. | Since the introduétion of
the new procefs in the cloth manufacture, Melktham has
loft the advantages it was formerly fuppofed to poffefs in
refj of fituation on the banks of the Avon. The petty
feflions for Melkfham and Tinehead divifion are held here.
The market is on every alternate Monday. A branch of
the Wilts and Berkfhire canal comes clofe up to the town,
and communicates with Bath and Briftol. About two miles
weft of Melktham is Shaw-hill-houfe, the feat of R. Heath-
cote, efq. Magna Britannia, Wiltfhire. Britton’s Beauties
of Wiltthire.
MELL Istanns, a cluéer of {mall iflands, near the W.
coaft of Scotland. N. lat. 58° 15’. W. long. 4° 57'.
MELLABA, atown of Africa, in the country ot Barca.
“AN. Tat. 31° 5's E. long. 23” 43!.
MELLARIA, in Ancient Geography, Fuentes. Ovejuna,
a town of Hifpania, in Beetica, at the foot of the moun-
‘tains, and S.W. of Sifapa; which was a confiderable place,
and is mentioned in the Itinerary of Antonine.—Alfo, a
town of Hifpania, in Beetica (now ag fituated towards
the fouth on a ftrait, famous for its falt-works and for
its commerce in falted provifions. According to the Iti-
nerary of Antonine, it was 12 miles towards the W. from
Portus Albus. ax, ,
» MELLATS, in Chemifry, are combinations of an acid
called the mellitic with certain bafes. See Metuitic Acid.
MELLE, in G » a town of France, and princi-
pal place of a diftrict in the department of the Two Sevres ;
13 miles S.E.. of Niort. The place contains 1741, and
the canton 7782 inhabitants, on a territory of 165 kilio-
‘metres, in 13 communes. N. lat. 46’ 13'.. W. long. 0” 4’.
—Alfo, atown of Weltphalia, in the bifhopric of Ofna-
bruck ; 11 miles S.E. of Vorden.
MELLEGETTA, Metecerra, or Milleguetta, in Bo-
, the African name, if we miftake not, of the Grains
of Paradife, momum Grana Paradifiot Linnzus; fee Amo-
muM, fp. 15. See alfo Graix-Coaf, where this word is

”

MEL

{pelt Malaguetta, and fuppofed to be of Portuguefe origin.
It is likewife the Spanith name of the lame drug, and,
wherever it may have originated, is now in common ufe
among the black natives of Sierra Leone. From thence
we obtained, many years ago, by the kindnefs of Dr. Adam
Afzelius, {pecimens of thele grains in their native bulk or
capfale, a thing heretofore unknown among collectors of
Materia Medica in England. We received alfo, at the
fame time, {pecimens of the plant, which is a geauine Amo-
mum, soning to Mr. Rolcoe’s able elucidation of the
Linnwan order of Scitaminee, fee ‘I'r. of Linn. Soc. v. 8.
3st-t. 20. f 115 and is now growing, in many of the
Englih ftoves, from feeds beutae over by Dr. Afzelius ;
but we have never heard of its flowering. The new edi-
tion of Ait. Hort. Kew. does not contain this {pecies, but
it is admitted into the catalogue of the Cambridge garden
by Mr. Donn, we believe with perfeét propriety. As no
authentic characters or defcriptions of this plant have ap-
peared, and its fynonyms are altogether confufed, even in
the beft writers, we fhall attempt to clear up the whole of
its hiftory.

Amomum Grana Paradifi, Grains of Paradife. (True
Mellegétta Pepper. Afzelius.) Linn. Sp. Pl. 2. Berg.

Mat. Med. v. 1. 3. (An. 3; Linn. Mat, Med. 2, with
an erroneous charaéter. Grana Paradifi officin ; Dale
Pharmac. 277; Bauh. Pin. 413; both with many wrong
fynonyms. Melligetta; Cord. Hift. 195. Melegueta ;
Bauh. Prod. 158. Lobel. Adverf. 445.)—Stalk. fimple.
Braéteas numerous, clofely imbricated. Leaves crowded,
ovato-lanceolate, pointed. Capfule oblong, bluntly trian-
gular, minutely hifpid. Seeds roundifh.—Native of Guinea,
about Sierra Leone, from whence the feeds were brought
very foon after the difcovery of that country by European
navigators. The root is perennial, woody, creeping hori-
zontally. Stems ereét, fimple, flender, three feet high, leafy,
but deititute of flowers. : Baad numerous, crowded, two-
ranked, alternate, a {pan long and an inch broai, lanceolate,
or flightly ovate, with a long taper point, entire, fmooth,
fingle-ribbed, {triated with innumerable oblique veins. Their
flavour is flightly aromatic, after having been dried twenty
years. Footjlalks theathing, linear, very long, fmooth, ftri-
ated. Flower-/lalks radical, folizary, an inch or two in length,
afcending, clothed with numerous, clofe, fheathing braéeas,
all abrupt, ribbed, fomewhat hairy and fringed; the lower
ones very fhort ; the upper gradually much larger. Of the
parts of the flower nothing can be made out from our fpeci-
mens. Cap/ule an inch and half long, half an inch in dia-

. meter, oblong, bluntly triangular, fcarcely ovate, beaked, of

a dark reddifh-brown, ribbed, coriaceous, rough ‘with mi-
nute deciduous briftly hairs. When broken it is very power-
fully aromatic, even after being kept twenty years, with a
peculiar pepper-like flavour, rather too {trong to be agree-
able. Seeds numerous, enveloped in membranes formed of
the dried pulp, roundifh or fomewhat angular, of a fhining

golden brown, minutely rough or granulated, extremely aro-

matic, hot, and acrid.

Of this plant or its capfule we have in vain fought for a
figure in any book within our reach. The old authors con-
founded with it the Cardamomum majus, of which a figure
may be found in Camerarius’s Epitome 11, f. 1. Tabern.
Kreuterb. 1319. Matth. Valgr. v. 1. 25. Ger. em. 1542,
the largeft kind. Bauh. Hitt, v. 2. 204. This is 4momum
anguftifolium of Sonnerat’s Voyage aux Indes, v. 2. 242.
t. 137, found im marfhy ground in Madagafcar. The habit
of this fpecies is not unlike what we have defcribed; but
the capfule, (of which old authors miftake the bafe for the
fummit, and therefore compare it toa fig,) is very different,

12 being

MEL

“being ovate, flattened at one fide, Ariated, but fmooth,
nearly twice the fize of the above. Sceds larger than the

- former, but otherwife not very unlike in appearance, though
totally different in their flavour, which much refembles that
of the {mall: Eaft Indian Cardamom, and has none of that
vehemently hot acrid tafte, for which the Grains of Paradife
are remarkable.

Gertner has miftaken for the Mellegetta Pepper another
very different {pecies of Amomum, for which genus he per-
verfely retains the name Zingiber. This is figured in his
t. 12, by the name of Z. Melegueta, and is remarkable for
the large and copious bra€teas, each two inches long, en-
compafling the capfule. The latter is nearly as long, ovate,
with a corrugated beak. Seeds ovate or nearly globular,
partly angular, fmooth and polifhed, lead-coloured, livid,
or glaucous, with a ftrong umbilicated fcar at their bafe,
furrounded with a whitifh rather tumid margin. Profeffor
Afzelius has favoured us with fome feeds which anfwer
very well to this defcription, except in being twice as large
as Gertner reprefents them. But thisis not an unfrequent
error with him. Of the capfule, or plant producing thefe
feeds, we have no information.

Another fpecies, nearly akin to this of Gertner, (and
which we fhould almoft have taken for his plant, were it
not for the feeds juft mentioned, confidered as fuch by our
friend Afzelius,) is defcribed in Clufius, (Exot. 38. fig. 14.)
of which we have one capfule, with feeds. ‘The author
defcribes this as bearing four capfules together at the top
of the ftalk, encompafled with /bort bracteas at the bafe,
not long ones as in Gertner. The capfules are two inches
in length, ovate with a long beak, flightly triangular, car-
tilaginous rather than leathery, ftriated, fmooth, reddith-
brown. Seeds ovate inclining to cylindrical, dark brown,
exquifitely fmooth and fhining, with a light brown corru-
gated and notched margin furrounding the fear. They are
but flightly aromatic. Clufius feems to have received from
Madagafcar the true Cardamomum majus, Amomum angufti-
Jolium of Sonnerat mentioned above, which he rightly dif-
tinguifhes from the Mellegetta Pepper, and feems to imply
that it is alfo diftin@ from his fig. 14, of which there can be
no donbt.

By the above remarks it appears that the fpecies of this
genus are very imperfeGly known. We have, befides, {pe-
cimens of fome that are not at all defcribed. It is highly
defirable that botanical travellers fhould pay particular at-
tention to this tribe, the feeds of feveral of which are im-
portant articles of commerce, and not ufelefs in medicine.
The botanical hiftory of none ef the Cardamoms was pro-
perly known to Linnzus, and that of the Cardamomum me-
dium, Zingiber Enfal of Gertner, is ftill entirely in the dark,
By the inflorefcence we prefume it of Dr. Maton’s genus
Eletaria, Tr. of Linn. Soc. v. 10.254. S.

MELLI, or Lamtem, in Geography, a country of Africa,
bounded on the N. by Cafhna, on the E. by Wangara, on the
S. by Guinea, from which it is feparated by mountains, and
on the W. by Gago; 500 miles in length from E. to W.,
and from 150 to 200 in breadth. N. lat. 11° 30! to 15°,
E. long. 5° 30! to 14° 50’. f

MELLID, a town of Spain, in Gallicia; 20 miles E.
of Compottella. .

MELLIFAVIUM, (from mel and favus, a honey-comb,)
in Surgery. See MELIcERis,

MELLITE; Honig-fein, Wern.; Honey-/lone, Jamefon;
Mellite, Haiiy, Broch. Brongn. ; Mellilite, Kirw.

This mineral, which, by moft mineralogifts, is claffed with
the inflammable fubftances, was miltaken, by Born and other
writers, for a cryftallized variety of amber, till Werner and

MEL

Laumont, and principally Klaproth, determined its true na-
ture, which is totally different from ‘that of any other mi-
neral fubftance we are acquainted with.

Its colour is honey-yellow, of more or lcfs purity and
intenfity, pafling into wax and fometimes into ftraw and
greyifh-yellow. a

It is feldom found maffive and in detached grains; gene-
rally cryftallized.

The primitive form of the cryftals is an o¢tohedron with
common bafe perfeétly fquare ; the inclination of each face
of the four-fided pyramid, on its correfponding face in the
other pyramid, is, according to Haiiy, = 93° 22’. This
primitive cryftal (Mellite primitif, Haiiy, pl. 62. £. 12-):0c-
curs more frequently than the following modifications.

1. The primitive o¢tohedron having all the folid angles
of the bafe replaced by quadrilateral planes, which, when
they méet, form a rhomboidal dodecahedron, which is, how-
ever, different from the garnet dodecahedron in the meafure-
ment of its angles. (Mellite dodécaédre, Haiiy, ib. fig. 14.)

2. The primitive o&ohedron, with the folid angles of the
bafe as well as thofe of the fummit of the ids, each
replaced by a quadrilateral plane, the furface of which is
fometimes more or lefs convex or curvilinear. (Mellite
épointé, Hatiy, ib. fig. 13.)

The cryitals, which are {mall and very f{mall, are generally
fingly difperfed, fometimes grouped together; their furfaces
are {mooth and fhining, feldom rough, and, as it were, cor-
roded,

Internally it is {plendent ; luftre intermediate between
vitreous and refinous. ;

Fra€ture perfe&tly conchoidal ; the fragments are indeter-
minately angular, and pretty fharp-edged. :

It is feldom found perfe€tly tranfparent ; oftener tranflucent
and opaque, and pofleffes a very diftin& double refra@tion.

It is foft ; more fo than amber. Brittle. LEafily fran-
gible, and yields a yellowifh- owder. Specif. gravit
1.550, Klapr., 1.5858, Hays 1008 Abich The purer
cryitals become flightly eleétric by fri€tion,

Expofed to the flame of a candle, or on a burning coal, it
firft becomes opaque, and white {potted with black, which
foon gives way to a pure white. No {moke, flame, or odour
are perceived during this procefs. Proje€ted on melted nitre
no real detonation takes place, but only a flight feintilla-
tion; and the earthy part remains mixed with the nitre.

It is entirely foluble in nitric acid without heat, and the
fragments remain tranflucid ; in muriatic acid, on the other
hand, the fragments become more or lefs opaque.

Abich and Lampadius have given analyfes of mellite,
which are completely fuperfeded by thofe performed by
Klaproth, according to which this fabftance is compofed of

Alumine - u - 16
Mellitic acid - - - 46
Water of cryftallization - 38
roo Kl. Beitr. ii.p. 13.4.

This analyfis has been confirmed by Vauquelin iq Ann.
de Ch. vol. xxxvi. p. 203.

This fubftance has been hitherto found only at Artern,
in Thuringia, on a bed of bituminous wood and brown
coal, accompanied by fmall cryftals of native fulphur, which
by the inattentive obferver might be eafily miftaken for the
ftraw-yellow variety of mellite. Langenbogen in the Saal
circle has been mentioned as another locality of this mi-
neral, as likewife Switzerland, where it is faid to have been
found with flaggy afphaltuna,

MELLITIC Aci, in Chemiffry, is a produ@ ob-

tained

MEL

tained from the mineral called) mellite, or hdney-fone.
Tt was difcovered by Klaproth in the year 1799 (Bei-
trie, tom. iii, p. 114.) 4 and the eitltgncd of it wus
fhortly afterwards contirmed by the refearches of Vau-
quelin (Annales de Chimie, tom. xxxvl. p. 203.) To
rocure this acid, it is merely neceffary to boil the mel-
ite, reduced to powder, in about feventy times its weicht
of water, ‘The alumine with which it is combined in
ita native flate, is by this procefs precipitated, and after
filtering the folution, and evaporating it to a fufficient de-
gree, the acid appears in a ikate of tolerable parity. It
may be {till contaminated with the prefence of a litle earthy
matter ; but, by expoling it to the ation of alcohol, this
will be detached, and it may then be obtained cryttallized
under the form of needles, or (hort prifms. Ip Vauquelin’s
analyfis, the fubltance ander enquiry was procured by
adding the pulverized mellite to a folution of carbonat of
potath ; carbonic acid being evolved, and the mellitic acid
uniting to the alkali. Nitric acid was afterwards prefented
to take up the alkaline bafe, and the mellitic acid feparated,
in the courfe of a few hours, in fhort prifmatic cryttals.
Thus cryftallized, this acid has a brownith-yellow tinge;
its tafte is flightly four, accompanied with bitternefs ; and
it is but fparingly foluble in water, Expofed to heat, it is
ealily decompofed, and emits a denfe {moke which has no
odour. With the alkalies, earths, acd metallic oxyds, it
enters into combiuation, and forms a clafs of falts, which,
in conformity with the principles of the prefent chemical
nomenclature, are deviominated me/lats. The properties of
thefe, however, have been but very imperfectly examined.
Mellat of potath cryttallizes in prifms, which apparently
differ from thofe of the acid in bemg longer. The form of
mellat of foda is a cube. or three-fided table. The union
of mellitic acid with ammonia yields fine tranfparent {ix-
fided prifms, which become opaque on expofure to the air,
Fey tess ftrontian, and lime, form infolub!e compounds ; as
alfo does alumine. Solutions of filver, lead, and mercury
afford each a white precipitate; but from iron a yellow
compound is depofited. This acid, in many of its proper-
ties, bears a very near refemblance to the oxalic; but, in
others, it exhibits a fufficient difference to forbid our con-
fidering them identical. The produéts it affords when de-
compofed by heat, are pretty much like thofe yielded by
the vegetable acids. This fpecies of analyfis, however, has
been, hitherto, fo rude and unfatisfactory, that no very ac-
curate comparifon can be grounded upon the evidence which
it fupplies, The acute refearches of M. M. Gay Luffac
and Thenard have, ina very eminent degree, removed this
defect ; and we may fhortly hope, aided by the light which
their genius has diffufed over thefe fubjeéts, to find vegeta-
ble chemiftry equally demonftrative and certain in its ope-
rations with the moft accurate branches of experimental
fcience. See Recherches Phyfico-Chimiques par Gay
Luffac et Thenard, tom. ii.
MELLO-MESQUITELA, in Geography, a town of
Portugal, in the province of Beira; 12 miles W. of Gu-
arda.
MELLOON, or Metong, a town of the Birman em-
pire, on the W. fide of the Ava, rich in temples, but in no
other refpet diftinguifhed. N. lat. 20° 10% Ey. long.

oP TEL OOR, a town of Hindooftany in Madura; 12
iles N.E. of Madura.

oe MELLOUNOSH, a town of Africa, on the E. coaft
f Tunis; 20 miles S.E. of Jemme. ;

2 er EVEOUR: a town of Hindooftan, in Bahar; 38

miles W.S.W. of Boglipour.

MEL
MELMOTH, Wirisam, in Biography, an eminent and

learned pleader at the bar, and member of Lincoln’s-Jnn,
was born in 1666, He tecame a bencher of that honour.
able fociety, and, in conjunction with Mr, Peere Williams,
publithed Vernon's « Reports,” under an order of the court
of Chancery. It appears that he had an intention of print-
ing his own Reports, arid even advertifed them as actually
preparing for he refs. They have not, however, made
their appearance. Bat the tent by which he is beft known,
and for which he will be very long remembered, is entitled
“The Great Importance of a Religious Life.” ‘This little
traé& has gone through many editions; more than 40,009
copies were circulated in the courfe of twenty years, inde-
pendently of other large impreffions that have been taken
off, as well for fale as for charitable purpofes: and while
this article was writing, feveral copies of a new edition of
this valuable traét came into the hands of the writer, from a
friend who has undertaken the office of editor, with the
view of circulating it among perfons into whofe hands it
would, without his exertions, fcarcely have come: and
with the hope, that by omitting certain expreffions in con-
troverted theology, “ the work might recommend itfelf to
a numerous and gdditional body ie oe tee, difciples of onr
common matter.’’ It is a fingular circumftance, that the
author of this treatife, fo much read and highly applauded,
fhould not have been known till the fat was revealed by
his fon. It was commonly attributed to the firft earl of
Egmont, to whom it had been given by Mr. Walpole in his
Catalogue, Mr, Melmoth died on the 6th of April 17435
and was buried under the cloifter of Lincoln’s-Ina chapel.
His charaéter has been drawn by his fon, the fubject of the
next article, in the following words: ‘ The author's life
was one uniform exemplar of thofe precepts which, with fo
generous a zeal, and fuch an elegant and affeéting fimplicity
of ftyle, he endeayours to recommend to gehardk practice.
He poffefled by temper every moral virtue; by religion
every Chriftian grace. He had a humanity that Piva, at
every diftrefs ; a charity which not only thought no evil,
but fufpected none. He exercifed his profeffion with a
{kill and integrity which nothing could equal, but the dif-
interefted motive that animated his labours, or the amiable
modefty which accompanied all his virtues. He employed
his induftry, not to gratify his own defires ; no man in-
dulged himfelf lefs: not to accumulate ufelefs wealth, no
man more difdained fo unworthy a purfuit : it was for the
decent advancement of his family, for the generous affiftance
of his friends, for the ready relief of the indigent. How
often did he exert his diftinguithed abilities, yet refufed
the reward of them, in defence of the widow, the father-
lefs, and him that had none to help him! Ina word, few
people have ever paffed a more ufeful, not one a more
blamelefs life ; and his whole time was employed in doing
Foods or in meditating it.”” Sve preface to The Great
mportance of a Religious Life, &c.”” 1812.

Alfo «« Me-
moirs of a late eminent Advocate, &c.”’ By William Mel-

moth, efq. 1796.

Metmoru, Wittiam, fon of the above, was born in
i710, and firft appeared as a writer about the year 1742, in
a volume of «¢ Letters’? under the name of Fitzofborne,
which have been much admired for the elegance of their
language, and their joft and liberal remarks on various to-
pics, moral and literary. In 1747 he publithed «A Tranf-
lation of the Letters of Pliny,” in 2 vols. 8vo., which
was regarded as one of the beit verfions of a Latin author
that had appeared in our language. In 1753, he gave a
tranflation of the * Letters of Cicero to feveral of his
Friends, with Remarks,” in 3 vols. He had previoufly

3 to

MEL

to this, written an anfwer to Mr. Bryant’s attack, in his
Treatife onthe Truth of the Chriftian Religion, on his re-
marks on Trajan’s Perfecution of the Chriftians in Bi-
thynia, which made a note to his tranflation of Pliny’s
Letters. He was the tranflator likewife of Cicero’s trea-
tifes ** De Amicitia’? and ‘* De Sene&tute,”® which were
publifhed in 1773 and 1777. Thefe he enriched with re-
marks, lterary and philofophical, which added much to their
value. In the former he refuted lord Shaftfbury, who had
imputed it as a defeét to Chriftianity, that it gave no pre-
cepts in favour of friendfhip, and Soame Jenyns, who had
reprefented that very omiflion as a proof of its divine origin.
The concluding work of Mr. Melmoth was a tribute of
filial affeGtion, in the Memoirs of his father, of which we
have already made ufe. After a long and refpectable life
paffed in literary purfuits, and the praGtice of private vir-
tue, Mr. Melmoth died at Bath, March 15, 1799, at the age
of 89. He had been twice married ; firlt to the daughter of
the celebrated Dr. King, principal of St. Mary’s-hall, Ox-
ford, and fecondly to Mrs. Ogle. ‘The author of ‘The Pur-
fuits of Literature,’ fays Mr. Melmoth, ‘‘is a happy exam-
ple of the mild influence of learning on a cultivated mind ;
I mean that learning which is declared to be the aliment of
youth, and the delight and confolation cf declining years.
Who would not envy this fortunate old man, his mott finifhed
tranflation and comment on Tully’s Cato? Or rather, who
would not rejoice in the refined and mellowed pleafure of fo
accomplifhed a gentleman, and fo liberal a fcholar ?? Gent.
Mag. Preface to Fitzofborne’s Letters, 1805.

MELNERSENS, in Geography, a town of Weftphalia,
in the principality of Luneburg-Zelle; 16 miles S.E. of
Zelle.

MELNIK, a townof Bohemia, in the circle of Bolef-
law, at the conflux of the rivers Elbe and Moldau; 18
miles N. of Prague. N. lat. 50° 20’. E. long. 14° 40’.

MELO, in Botany, from jndo, an apple, the Melon. See
Cucumis.

MELOCACTUS, fo called from Melo, a Melon, and
Cu@us, the Torch-thittle, becaufe the whole plant refembles
a large green deeply-furrowed melon. See Cactus.

MELOCHIA, a name adopted by Dillenius from
Profper Alpinus. Sonnini fays it is the Arabic appel-
lation of Corehorus olitorius, a plant agreeing in many
particulars of habit and properties with the genus in quef-
tion, Linn. Gen. 348. Schreb. 454. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3.
600. Mart. Mill. Diét. v. 3. Jufl: 274. Cavan. Diff. 318.
Lamarck DiG. v. 4. 81. Illuftr. t. 571. Gaertn. t. 113.—
Clafs and order, Monadelphia Pentandria. Nat. Ord. Colum-
nifere, Linn. Malvaceae, Jufl.

Gen. Ch. Ca/. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, cut half-
way down into five, half-ovate, acute, permanent fegments,
and fometimes accompanied by an external unilateral calyx
of three leaves. Cor. Petals five, inverfely heart-fhaped,
large and {preading. Stam. Filaments five, awl-fhaped, united
at the bafe into a little cup embracing the germen; an-
thers fimple. Pf. Germen fuperior, roundifh; ftyles five,
awl-fhaped, ere&t, the length of the ftamens, permanent ;
ftigmas fimple. Peric. Capfule roundifh, or five-fided, of
five cells and five acute valves, with double partitions con-
trary to the valves. Seeds either folitary or in pairs, rcundifh
on one fide, angular from compreflion at the other.

Eff.,Ch. Calyx fingle or double. Petals five, {preading.
Filaments awl-fhaped. Styles five. Capfule of five cells.
Seeds one or two in each cell.

A tropical, and principally Weft Indian genus of plants,
for the moft part fhrubby, and agreeing with Sida, more
than with any other of the fame natural order, in habit

“ttraight, parallel, oblique veins.

MEL

and appearance. The 14th edition of Syft. Veg. enu-,
merates feven {pecies ; Willdenow has fourteen. The /eaves
in all are ftalked, fimple, fcarcely lobed, unequally crenate
or ferrated, and of courfe alternate. F/oqwers various in
fize, fituation, and colour. The following examples may
{uffice.

M. pyramidata. Linn. Sp. Pl. 943. Jacq. Hort. Vind.
SARE t. 30. Cavan. Diff. maa 172. f. 1.—Flowers
in lateral umbels. Capfule pyramidal, with five gla
pointed angles. Leaves naked.—Native of Brafil and the
Caribbee iflands. It has long been known in the ftoyes of
this country, but is kept rather as a curiofiry than an or- —
nament. The fem and branches are round, ftraight and
wand-like. Leaves ovate, pointed, ferrated, two or three
inches long and one broad, {mooth, with one rib, and many
Flowers {mall, purple, four
or five together, in lateral hairy umbels.

M. concatenata. Linn. Sp. Pl. 944. Cavan. Diff. 322.
t. 175. f. 2. (Althea indica, flofeulis parvis, &c.; Pluk.
Phyt. t. 9. f. 5.)—Spikes terminal, crowded. Capfules
globofe. Leaves ferrated, naked.— Native of both Indies.
We have not met with it in any garden. The - ceadoaina
and very {mall flowers, diftinguifh this from the foregoing ;
and the globular capfules, about the fize of peas, encom-
paffed with the long linear fegments of the calyx, and dif-
pofed in /pikes, like beads, are peculiar.

M. odorata. Linn. Suppl. 302. Forft. Prod. 47. Ca-
van. Diff. 320. t. 173. £. 2.— Leaves ovate, fomewhat
heart-fhaped, doubly ferrated, naked. Corymbs axillary,
many-flowered, downy, on long ftalks.—- Gathered by Forfter
in the iflands of Tanna and Amfterdam. A very fine fpe-
cies, with broad ovate /eaves, three or four inches long,
doubly and coarfely ferrated, naked but roughifh to the
touch. The very abundant large and handfome flowers,
which we prefume are fragrant, grow on long, corymbofe,
finely downy, axillary falks. Calyx downy, globofe, with
long fharp fegments. Petals much longer than the calyx, of
what colour we know not.

M. lupulina. Swartz. Ind. Occ. y. 2. 1141.—Clufters
compound, crowded, axillary, fomewhat umbellate, hairy.
Leaves ovate cr heart-fhaped, doubly ferrated, foft and hairy
beneath. — Native of Jamaica. Communicated to the younger
Linnzus by fir Jofeph Banks. The fhape of the aves is
not unlike the laft, but their under fide is clothed with
minute hairs, very foft to the touch. The permanent fca-
riofe calyx has a tawny hue and fomewhat of the afpe& of
hops. Corolla {mall, white.

M. corchorifolia. Linn. Sp. Pl. 944. Dill. Elth. t. 176.
f. 217.—Flowers in axillary feflile hairy heads. Leaves
ovate, obfcurely lobed, crenate, {mooth.— Native. of thre
Eaft Indies. The aves are about two inches long, very
fasion Flowers {mall, pale flefh-coloured, in {mall axillary
eads.

MELODIA, Lat. and Ital., Melodie, Fr., perwtix, Gr.,
hat peros and adn, continuata fonorum connexio; Melody,

ng.

To defcribe all the rules and prohibitions in framing me-
lodies, would require a code of laws equal to an art of
poetry.

Dr. Pepufch (Treatife on Harmony) gives a very fhort,
but intelligible definition of melody ; which, he fays, “is the
progreflion of found proceeding from- one note to another
fucceffively in a fingle part.” .

Rouffeau_is eloquent on the fubje&. _ Melody he defines,
“+ the fucceffion of founds according to the laws of rhythm
and modulation, fo as to form mulical phrafes agreeable to

MEL

the ear 5 vocal melody is called chant by the French, inftru-
mental ia called fymplonic.”

The Italians called melody eantilena ¢ by the Englith it is
termed air, tune, principal or treble part.

A. feries of founds only becomes melody by being in
fome {pecific time, or Le, that is, by cing arranged
in regular proportions of time, called dares; which, how-
ever divided and fubdivided into notes of different value,
mult be performed ifochronally, that is, in equal time, and
thefe bars have their laws likewife, and are governed by ae-
cents, See Accenvand Bar.

Though melody is fo neceflary in the treble part of a com-
ofition, it is not neceflary in the bafe, at leat of the fame
Kind, A polyphonic compofition is admired by matters
when all the parts fing, that is, when each part has a fe-
ries of notes that may be called melody ; unlefe in fugues
and imitations, it is not neceflary that the inferior part
fhould move in the fame kind of notes as the principal,
For as only thirds and fixths can move together in a regular
.afcent or defcent in the fame kind of notes diatonically,
they foon tire, and manifelt a want of refources in the com-

er. And though melody is admired and expected in the
p ana parts, it is bett when of a different character from the
principal part. J

It is in the following periods that the eloquence, feeling,
refined talte, and enlarged views of Rouffeau appear in this
article.
« Melody,’’ he fays, ‘ is founded on two different prin-
ciples : confidered in the relations which the founds of a key
bear to each other, it has its principle in harmony, as it is
an harmonical analyfis, which gives the degrees of the

mmut, the chords of the key, and the laws of modula-
tion, the only elements of melody. Upon this principle all
the force of melody is,confined to the flattering the ear with
ble founds, as the eye is flattered by an agreeable
ange of colours, without their reprefenting by their mix-
‘ture any particular obje& or defign, But confidered as an
art of imitation, by which we can awaken different images
in the mind, move the heart with different fentiments, ex-
cite and calm the paflions, operate, in fhort, moral effe&s
beyond the immediate empire of the fenfes, we mutt feek
another principle ; for no fuch effects as thefe can be derived
from harmony. nati + ie

« What then is the fecond principle? It is in nature
as well as the fir; but it can only be difcovered by more
fubtle and penetrating obfervation, to which nature only
gives birth, and which cannot be taught. It is inftinétive,
and often unknown to the poffeffor. This principle is the
fame as that which varies the tone of voice in fpeech, ac-
éording to what we fay, and what we feel in faying it. It
is the accent of languages which determines the melody of
every country; itis the accent which {peaks in finging ;
and we {peak with more or lefs energy, as the language
has more or lefs accent. The language in which the accent
is moft marked, produces a melody the molt lively and
impaffioned ; and that which has little or no accent, can
only fuggeft a languid and cold melody, without character
‘and witheut expreflion. Thefe are the true principles.
"When we quit them, and fpeak of the power of mufic over
the human heart, we know not what we talk about. : If
mufic only paints by the power of melody, and derives
from melody all its force, it follows that all mufic which
does not fing, however harmonious it may be, is ‘Rot an
imitative mulic; for as it can neither move the affeGions nor
“paint with its fine chords, it foon tires the ear and leaves the
-heart cold. It follows, then, that in {pite of the multiplicity
of parts which harmony can furnifh, and which is fo often

ot. XXIII.

MEL

abufed, as foon as two melodies are heard at once, they mu-

tually enfeeble and efface each other, however excellent they
may be in themfelves,”’

This is the language which the Chinefe, and. ever people
not accuftomed to harmony, talk. See Cruwese ufie.

Rouffeau is a champion for melody, and M. Laborde for
harmony ; but we think now, as we did forty years ago, that
melody and harmony are as imperfect when eng as an
ouleoal teodea by nature with two legs or two arms, is with
one, In mufic, melody and harmony have each diftiné
and peculiar beauties; but after being heard together,
nothing can compenfate for their feparation, Melody thould
be polifhed, and harmony purified; but it was one of the
puetnes of the ingenious Jean Jacques, in afferting « that

armony was an imperfection, a Gothic and barbarous inven-
tion ; only wanted by the grofs and obtufe organs of nor-
thern regions.”

Rhythm is as neceffary to melody, as that che founds
fhould follow each other in a manner agreeable to the ear,
Sounds of the fame length can form no interefting melody
they mult be broken into notes of different duration, oak
be phrafed, and have fome fenfe given them, as well as words
in literature and grammar,

MELODIEUK, Fr. Melodious. This epithet is fel-
dom applied with accuracy. A {weet-toned voice in {peech
or fong may be called melodious ; but to fay that an air
or tune, or a piece of mufic is melodious, is a pleonafm
that borders on vulgarity: as thefe words themfelves im.
ply melody ; therefore to fay that an air or tune is melo-
dious, is faying that melody is melodious,

MELODINUS, in Botany, is one of Forfter’s genera,
derived from xdov, an apple, and Sirw, to entwine, becaufe
the plant bears globular fruit refembling apples, and its
{tem is twifted or {candent.—Forft. Nov. Gen. ¥9. Linn,
Suppl. 23. Schreb. 165. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 1274.
Mart. Mill. Di. v. 3. ‘Ait. Hort. Kew. éd. 2. v. 2. 74.
Jufl. 148, Lamarck Illuftr. t. 179.—Clafs and order, Pen-
tandria Digynia. Nat. Ord. Contorte, Linn. Apocince,
Juff.

Gen, Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, permanent, of one leaf,
cloven into five, ovate fegments, folding over each other at
the margin. Cor. of one petal, falver-fhaped ; tube cylin-
drical, thrice as long as the calyx; limb fat, cloven into
five, fickle-fhaped, crenulated fegments, twifted to the right,
fhorter than the tube. Neary in the mouth of the tube,
ftellated, compofed of five, cloven, lacerated fegments. Stam,
Filaments five, awl-fhaped, very fhort, in the middle of the
tube ; anthers ovate. Pi/?. Germen fuperior, globofe ; ftyle
round, the length of the calyx, divifible into two parts ;
ftigma conical, acute. Peric. Berry flethy, globofe, with a
flethy partition.
compreffed, imbedded in pulp.

Eff. Ch. Corolla contorted, its mouth crowned with five
cloven jagged valves. Berry globofe, of two cells, with
many feeds.

1. M. /candens. Climbing Melodinus. Linn. Suppl. 167.
Forft. Prod. 20.—Gathered in New Caledonia by Fortter,
who fent it to Kew Garden int1775. It is kept in the
ftove, but does not appear to have flowered. The ftem is
fhrubby, climbing, with round, fmooth, leafy branches.
Leaves oppofite, ovate-oblong, with a blunt point, entire,
three or four inches long, thick-edged, fmooth and fhining,
with one rib, and numerous, fine, reticulated veins; paler
beneath. Footfalks very fhort and thick. Sipulas none.

Flowers terminal, numerous, in a denfe downy panicle, -

with oppofite ftalks, and {mall, ovate braGteas. The co-
rolla is externally downy, es half an inch long. sad
e

Seeds numerous, ovate, or roundifh, rather

-

MEL

the fize of a {mall orange. The habit of this plant, and
form of the flowers, are much like Ranwolfa, but the nu-
“merous feeds afford a fufficient mark of diftinion.

MELODORUM, fo named by Loureiro, from me/,
honey, and odorum, fragrant, on account of the remarkable
fweetnefs and fragrance of the fruit; as he himfelf informs
us. —Loureir. Cochinch. 351.—Clafs and order, Polyandria
Polygynia. Nat: Ord. Coadinate, Linn. Anone, Jui.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of three fhort, acute,
fpreading, permanent leaves. Cor. Petals fix, triangular,
nearly equilateral, flefhy, inflexed and clofed, in a double
row, concealing the organs of impregnation. Stam. Fila-
ments none ; anthers numerous, oblong, club-fhaped, affixed
to a flightly convex receptacle. Pi/?. Germens ten, oblong,
preffed together by the furrounding anthers; ftyles none ;
ftizmas forming a circle, very fhort. Peric. Berries ten,
ovate-oblong, rather cylindrical, rough, of one cell, with
many feeds. Seeds comprefled, imbedded in pulp.

Ef. Ch. Calyx of three leaves. Petals fix, triangular,
equilateral, clofed. Berries numerous, oblong, many-feeded.

1. M. fruticofum. Cay Bo gie of the Cochinchinefe.—
Leaves lanceolate, fmooth. Stem fhrubby. — Native of buthy
places in Cochinchina. Stem four feet high, ereét, with
fpreading branches. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, entire,
fmooth, fragrant. Flowers fcattered, folitary, yellowith-
brown. Berries of the fame colour, an inch and a half
Jong, with many feeds, and a very {mall quantity of highly
delicious pulp. A decoétion of the /eaves is ufed for re-
moving obitructions.

2. M. arboreum. Cay Nhaoc of the fame people.—
Leaves oblong, downy. Stem arboreous.—Native of woods
in Cochinchina. A large tree, with afcending branches.
Leaves alternate, ftalked, ovate-oblong, pointed, entire ;
downy beneath. Flowers fcattered, folitary, whitifh-green,
flefhy, downy, on very fhort ftalks. Berries numerous
from each flower, not eatable. The timber is ufed for
building.

Thefe plants appear, by the above defcriptions, to be
very nearly allied to the genus Uvaria, to which indeed
we fhould, without much hefitation, refer them. Willdenow
has omitted them.

MELO-DRAMA, Lat., a drama written for mufic. In
¥y72, when a few perfons in France began to perceive that
it was poffible for operas to be fet to better mufic than that
of Lulli and Rameau, an anonymous treatife was publifhed
at Paris, under the title of “ Traité du Melo-drame, ou
Reflexion fur la Mufique dramatique,”’ 8vo.

In 1765, a {mall tract was publifhed by the chevalier de
Chaftellux, “On the Union of Poetry and Mufic ;”’ and in
1772, the anonymous “ Treatife on Mufical Drama.”” The
former had a correfpondence with Metaflafio on the fub-
jet of his book. The poet’s anfwers to his letters are pre-
ferved in late editions of his works, and tranflations inferted
in the memoirs of his life and writings publifhed in 17096.
In the tract of M. de Chaftellux, he gives in his parallel be-
tween mufic and poetry, the pas to the former. In the
treatife on the melo-drama, the preference is decidedly given
to poetry ; and mufic degraded into his menial fervant, with
no better employment than that of rendering the voice of
declamation more audible than that of common fpeech.

Thefe two writers were the precurfors of the Gluckifts ~

and Piccinifts at Paris. And the difpute is reduced to this
fimple queftion ; Which, in an opera or mutfical drama, is to
be the tyrant, and which the flave? Metaftafio long fince
with reafon and good 'tafte determined in his dramas that no
tyranny or flavery fhould fubfitt; but that the two filters
fhould mutually affift each oe He gave all the bufinefs

‘could have done.

MEL

of the fable to recitative, or mufical declamation, and the
embellifhing fentiment to the airs in a recapitulation of the
dialogue at the end of each fcene.

‘Though the poetry of Metaftafio’s operas has always been
admired as the belt, and almoft the only poetry truly lyrical
in modern languages; yet it mutt be allowed that beautiful
air, impaffioned flrains, pi€turefque mufic, grateful harmony,
fine voices highly cultivated, and great vocal talents, have
rendered operas more attraétive and captivating than the
poetry alone, with all its high polifh and beautiful fentiments
Metaftafio in his latter days joined in the
complaints of French reformers of the Italian operas, again{t
fine mufic and fine finging. No fuch jealoufy appears in his
letters to Farinelli, or to any other correfpondent, till he had
ceafed writing, when mufical compofition and vocal talents
were much more admired and applauded than at prefent.

MELOE, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the Baltic; 14
miles E.N.E. of cape Lindefnefs.

Me or, the Bloflom-eater, in Natural Hiffory, a genus of
infeéts of the order Coleoptera; of which the charaéter is
antenne moniliform; thorax roundifh ; head imfleéted and
gibbous; fhells foft and flexile. This genus is feparated
into two divifions, wiz. into thofe that have wings and thofe
that have none, of which the latter is fubdivided. There
are, in the feveral divifions-or feGtions, about 36 fpecies: of
thefe only four are common to our own country, the others
are diftributed over the globe. ‘

SeGtion A. The infects of this divifion have no wings,
and their fhells are abbreviated.

Species.

* ProscaraBauus. This fpecies is entirely of a blue-
black, or dark violet colour. It inhabits Europe, and is
defcribed and figured in Mr. Donovan's Englifh Infects. Its
trivial name is the * oil-beetle:’? thorax narrower than the
head; fhells very fhort and oval ; abdomen long; the fe-
male is thrice as large as the male. It is found very fre-
quently in the fpring cf the year in our own fields and paf-
tures creeping flowly, the body appearing to be fo much
diitended with eggs as to caufe the infect to moye with great
difficulty. When touched it exudes a yellowifh moiiture
like oil from its pores, whence it derives its name, which
was formerly celebrated for its fuppofed efficacy in the rheu-
matifm, applied to the parts in the form of am embrocation.
It has been likewife recommended as a remedy in hydro-
phobia.

* Vaniecatus. This is of a dull green; thorax edged
with red; fhelis pun@ured; inhabits Europe; the antenne
are purple; head and thorax dull green, edged with purplifh
red; the fhells are fhort, very minutely pun@ured; body
large; above variegated with red, green, and copper, beneath
and legs purple.

Masauis. Dorfal fegments of the abdomen red. It
inhabits divers parts of Europe, and very much refembles the
prolcnrabant and has been thought to be only a variety
of it.

Mareinata. Black; thorax and fhells edged with fer-
ruginous; it inhabits Italy; the fhells are fhort, {mooth,
coriaceous ; the abdomen and legs are black.

* Puncrata. Black; thorax and fhells with minute
punctures: inhabits England.

*Trcta. Blue-black; fhells nearly as long as the ab-
domen ; antennz thicker in the middle: it inhabits Europe,
is {maller than the profcarabeus, and differs in the ftruéture
of the antenne, having the fhells nearly as long as the ab-

domen.
Se&tion.

MEL

Sedtion B. Winged; thells as long as the abdomen;
divided a , :

«, Jaw horny, bifid, containing 26 {pecies, and conlti-
tuting the tribe My/abris of Fabrivion A

¢, Jaw linear, entire ; containing four {pecies, which are
comprized in the Ceeroma of Fabricius.

Species in fubdivion «, Jaw horny, bifid.

Fasciara. Black; thells with a yellow band in the
middle, Is found in India; head black; eyes teftaceous ;
thorax black, with a ferruginous {pot on each fide ; wings
hyaline, with ferruginous ribs and veins,

Cicuorer. Black; the elytra yellow, marked with three
black bands, It isa native of Afia and the eaftern parts of
Europe, It is ufed in medicine among the Chinefe. The
antenna are fometimes yellow at the tips, Found on the
cichoreuny or fuccory, and varies much in the colour ef
the fhells and difpofition of the bands.

Prausra. Black; tip of the thells teftaceous, with a
black fpot: inhabits Barbary and is found among corn,

Maxeixauts. Black; fhells with a ferruginous margin ;
inhabits Barbary, and, like the other, is found among the
corn.

Axoirica. This alfo is black; thells teftacecous, imma-
culate: it is found in various parts of India.

Capensis. Black; thells with fix yellow fpots, the firft
is curved; it inhabits the Cape of Good Hope.

Heamanni#. Villous, black; fhells with a yellow fpot
at the bafe and two indented yellow bands. It inhabits
Guinea; refembles the cichorei, but is not half fo large.
The antennz are black, ferruginous at the tip; head and
thorax black with a few cinereous hairs.

Punctum. Villous, black; fhells with two bands, the
firft yellow with a black dot, the hinder one reddifh. It in-
habits Tranquebar.

Decem-punctaTa. Black; fhells teftaceous, with five
black dots: it is found in Italy.

UADRI-PUNCTATA. Black ; fhells teftaceous, with two
black dots: inhabits Ruffia and refembles the laft.

Tri-macutata. Black; hells yellow, with a brown
band and common dot. It inhabits the Eaft. The hells
have a common brown {pot in the middle, and a brown band
behind which hardly reaches the outer margin.

Axcentata. Covered with filvery Ste ; the hells
have yellowifh {pots, moft of them connected at the margin.
It inhabits Senegal ; the antennz are ferruginous ; the fhells
have a {mall yellowifh {pot at the bafe ; three marginal ones
and one near the tip all furrounded with a black ring; the
tip is yellowifh, having a fmall black dot in the middle; the
legs are ferruginous.

Americana. Black; thorax femi-circular; the fhells
have three yellow bands. It inhabits America. The tip of
the antennz is clavate.

Inpica. This {pecies is black; the fhells are yellowith,
fulvous behind, with a black dot and three-lobed fpot at
the bafe, indented band in the middle and femi-lunar margin
at the tip. It is found in India. °

Exoneata. Glofly-black; fhells yellow varied with
blue.

Aurea. Green-gold; fhells fulvous.

Arcuara. Black, hairy ; fhells with a curved yellow
fpot on the fore-part, and two waved yellow bands. An-
tenn black, clavate at the tip.

Br-rascrata. Black, hairy; fhells with a yellow round
fpot on the fore part and at the outer angle, and two yel-
low bands. It is found in India. Antenne yellow ; bafe
of the fhells piceous. The yellow fpot at the angle of the
fhells is fometimes wanting.

MEL
Tar-rasciava. Steel-blue, with a greenith Glky paint

fire! le with two greenifi-black bands, one of them
common. It inhabits near the Cafpian fea.
Arata. Deep glofly-black ; tells with a yellow waved

band towards the tip. It inhabits near the Ca pian fea; the
rie are clavate at the end; the legs fecrete a kind
of oil,

Necypatea. Black; thelle red, a little fhorter than the
abdomen, dilliné at the tip. It is found in Ruffia.

Pennsyivanica. This Species is entirely black and
opaque: it inhabits Pennfylvania in America,

Curororrena. Black, fubvillous; hells yellow: it in-
habits France. The firlt joint of the antennz: is three times
as large as the reft.

Menanuna, Shells yellow, with four black {pots, the
tip black; antenna clavate: it inhabits Calabria.

Ocunorrera. Black; thells faffron, black at the bafe,
on each fide before and behind the middle is a faflron dot,
with a black interrupted band and tip.

Bicotor. Black; hells yellow, with a black dot on each
fide at the bafe; the tip and band in the middle, which is
broader at the edges, are black.

Species, in fubdivifion €, Jaw linear and entire.

Scuarrert. Green; antenne and legs entire. Inhabits
Europe. Shanks and tarfi of the male dilated, appen-
daged

Vani. Green; antenne and legs black : an inhabitant
of Barbary. Abdomen reddifli at the bafe.

Scurzserr. Green; antenne, legs, and three fegments
of the abdomen, yellow.
_Govani. Black; hells with a fanguineous band and

tip.

The larve as well as the perfect infe&ts of this genus feed
on leaves.

The officinalis cantharis, or Spanith-fly, was till very lately
fuppofed to be a meloe, and indeed is generally fo arranged
in our pharmacopeias; but more minute and accurate obfer-
vations have fhewn that it is a fpecies of the Lyrra genus;
which fee.

MELOLONTHA, the name of a very peculiar fort of
beetle, which is found in all parts of England, and in many
other countries among trees and hedges. The French call
them anneton, and we cock-chafers, dorrs, and by many other
names. ‘lhe name melolontha is us old as Ariitotle, and is
given this creature from its feeding on the bloffoms of the
crab or wild apple. We have, of late years, had great da-
mages done by the grubs of thefe beetles working under

round; but in Ireland they have been ufed to come in
warms, in certain years, in the beetle ftate, and have been
. terrible to that country, that the people have called them
ocutts.

The fir time they are remembered by authors to have
appeared in this valt abundance, in that country, was in the
year 1688. ‘They then appeared in the fouth-weft part of
the county of Galway ; they appeared firft upon the coait,
and were brought by a fouth-weft wind, a wind fo common
there, that it may almott be called the trade wind of Ireland;
from the coaft they foon ipread over the inland parts of the
country, and were feen every where in fuch numbers, as were
fearcely to be conceived. They never ftirred in the day time,
but were feen covering the leaves and branches of trees and
hed and in many places hanging down in prodigious
clufters on one theories backs, ag ae manner of bees when
they fwarm. As foon as the fun fet, they ufed to leave the
hedges, &c. and take wing, gathering in bodies, and mak-
ing a humming confufed Pie like that of drums at a dif-
tance. They fometimes formed bodies together, that

Ee2 darkened

MEL.

darkened the air for three or four miles fquare. They flew
fo low fometimes, that it was fcareely poffible fora perfon
going along to make his way through them; and by itrik-
ing againft the faces and necks of women and children, they
did much mifchief, every one leaving a mark behind it; and
thofe of this fex or age, who had been among them, came
home all over bruifes.

This, however, was little to the mifchief they did the
fields; for though the middle of the fummer was the feafon
in which they came, they had in a few days eaten up all the
leaves of the trees fo completely, that they all looked as
bare as‘in the depth of winter. The noife they made, while
eating in valt numbers together, was like that of fawing
timber. The gardens fared no better than the hedges, for
they eat up leaves, young ftalks, and fruit, and every thing
that was green and foft there, and left only a parcel of
naked iticks behind them. Many of the trees, thus ftrip-
ped, wholly perifhed. Phil. Tranf. N° 234. See Scara-
pawus Melolontha.

MELOMELI, a word ufed by the ancients to exprefs
honey impregnated with quinces.

MELON, in Gardening, the common name of a well
known plant, which is much employed in forcing-frames,
&c. See Cucumis, and Forcine.

MEton-ground, the fpace or portion of ground in the
kitchen-garden, or other place, which is appropriated to the
culture of melons and other vegetables that require artificial
heat. See GARDEN, and Metonary.

Me on-thifile, the common name of a plant of ‘the thiftle
kind. See Cactus.

Meton, Water, or Citrul. See Cucurpira.

MeELoxs, ae a name given by the people who have
written books of travels, &c. to certain {tones found on
mount Carmel. The monks who inhabit that’ mountain at
this time, and who pretend to be the followers of Elias the
prophet, tell a legendary ftory about thefe ftones, which has
given occafion to the name. They fay that when Elias hived
on that mount, a certain gardener pafling by his cave with
melons, the prophet afked one of them; but the fellow re-

plying, that they were not melons, but {tones that he car--

ried, the prophet miraculoufly fulfilled the faying, and con-
verted them into flones.. Travellers who are fond of thefe
ftories were ufually glad;to pick up one of thefe facred
ftones as they went on; and the monks have been careful
enough to gather all they could find for the better oppor-
tunity of obliging their vifitors; fo that though they were
once very common, they are now only to be had by the
favour of thele people.

Breynius is the only author who has given a good account
of them; he fays, that they are {pheric or fpheroidal ftones,
of various fizes, from that of a hen’s egg to that of the
largett melon, or even more than that. ‘They are generally
found bedded in a very hard fand-ftone, of a greyifh or afh-
‘colour; but they come out whole on breaking the {ftone,
and are of a {mooth furface; a greyifh colour, or fometimes
a brownifh ferruginous hue. When they are broken, there
is always a cavity found in them, fometimes regular and even,
fometimes very irregular, and generally proportioned to the
bignefs of the ftone. This cavity is lined on both fides with
minute cryftals, which are very bright and pellucid, and have
their points ftanding toward the centre of the cavity. This
fubftance. of the {tone itfelf approaches to the nature of
marble, of a yellowifh colour, and capable of a good polith ;
-when wrought looking very like the Florentine marble.
This is a cruft of about half an inch or an inch in thicknefs,
according to the bignefs of the ftone, and fometimes this is
covered with a paler-coloured cruft, of the thicknefs of a

ME L’

firaw, which it fome degree refembles the ‘bark or rind of

the fruit. ‘Thefe ftones are truly a fort of concave naturak’
nodules, of the nature of our hollow flints. . They have had

no fruit for their matrix, nor have ever had any of the’ ribs?
and furrows which the melon has, nor any mark of the flalk;

and within they have neither the natural divifions of the me-»
lon, nor any thing refembling the feeds. It is not only the

want of many parts abfolutely effential to the fruit fuppofed

to be petrified, which fllews that opinion to be erroneous 5°
but the courfe of nature, in petrifactions in general, argues’
alfo greatly againft it.

The things we meet with, in this ftate, are all of them
fuch as are naturally hard, dry, and permanent, and none of
the tender and fucculent bodies, fuch as the melon, and the
like flefhy fruits, which muft neceffarily rot in the water that
conyeys the ftony matter, before it could at all enter their
pores. And the ftones are certainly analogous to thofe con-
cave nodules of a ferruginous colcur, in the cavities of
which amethy {ts are produced ; and to that genus of ftones
which Woodward calls concave cryftalline balls, common in
many parts of the world.

The fallacy of an extravagant opinion in regard to foffils
of any particular form, is not peculiar to thefe ftones, as
witnefs the {mall fhells petrifed and found in Egypt, which
from their flat and roundifh fhape, are faid to be the lentiles,
which the children of Ifrael eat when making the pyramids :
the cornua Ammonis, which is the remains of a fea-fhell, and
yet is fuppofed to bé a petrified ferpent ; the nummi minerales,
which are the operculums of fhell-fifh, but are generally
fuppofed by the vulgar, about the places where they are
found, to be medals and coins petrified with lying in the
earth, and many the like follies. Breyn. de Melon. Petr.
Mont. Carm.

MELONARY, in Gardening, the portion of ground in
the kitchen-garden principally allotted for the bufinefs of
early and general hot-bed work, in the culture of melons
and cucumbers as well as occafionally in other framing
culture.

Thefe compartments are moftly inclofed by fome fort of
fence, and are particularly conyenient and ufeful, as in the
practice of hot-bed culture there is unavoidably a confidera-
ble littering occafioned at times, by means of the neceflary
fupplies of hot-dung, {traw, litter, and other niaterials, both
in the making of the beds and after-culture; which -by this
means being confined to a particular part, the whole is per-
formed more conveniently, and. without incommoding the
economy of the other parts of the garden.

They are alfo very ufeful when properly chofen in the
drieft and warmeft fituations,, in the advantage of having the
hot-beds on dry ground, and fheltered from cutting winds,
with the full benefit of the whole day’s fun, as well as in
being more fecure. In confiderable gardens, the places al-
lotted for this ufe are fometimes of fuch extent, as to have
the hot-houfes, or forcing houfes, and other appurtenances
of that kind, where culture by artificial heat is required,
near together, by which time and trouble is faved, and
great advantage in other refpects gained. ,

In the choice of a place for this purpofe, fome part of
the warmett, beit-fheltered, dry quarter of the garden, which
is well.defended from the northerly and north-eafterly winds,
not liable to inundation or the ftagnation of water, and con-
veniently fituated for bringing in dung, tan, earth, &c.
fhould be fixed upon, And if, with thefe advantages, it
lies rather a little higher or very gently floping towards fome
lower part, it will be more proper, efpecially when towards
the full fun from rifing to fetting, fo as to admit of ranging

the

MEL

the hot-beds longitudinally cat and welt, or as nearly in that
direction as vate See Gana : .
* With refpect to the extent or dimenfions, they mult be ac-
cording to the quantity of hot-bed framing required, as
from two or three, to ten, twenty, or thirty frames, or
mores aud fometimes alfo for hot-bed ridges for hand-glaffes
in the fame proportions. ‘They may of courfe be from two
or three to five or ten rods {quare, or to that of a quarter,
or half an acre, or more; in which, befides the part imme-
diately allotted for the hot-beds, it is convenient to have
room for the previous preparation of the dung, &c. for
earthing the hot-beds. And in refpeét to form the mot
eligible fhape is that of a fquare, either an equal or an
oblong fquare.
+ When inclofed, the fences may be fix, feven, or eight
feet high in the northerly or cock part and five or fix in
front, the fides correfponding, though when extenfive they
may be nearly of equal height all around. And the internal
art, or immediate place fe the hot-beds, even when dry,
uld be a little elevated to throw off the falling wet of
heavy rain, &c. and when unavoidably low, or liable to be
Wet in winter or {pring, be raifed, with fome dry materials,
confiderably above the general level, that the hot-beds may
ftand dry, as well as to afford advantage in performing the
bufinefs of cultivation.
~ ‘The ground for the immediate place of the hot-beds may
generally rémain even or level ; fome, however, form hallow
trenches the width and length of the intended hot-beds, as
from fix to twelve inches deep, and make the lower part of
the bed in the trench; which, however, is more proper in
a dry or fomewhat elevated fituation than in low or wet
_ground, as water is apt to fectle in the bottom, and chill the
beds, occafioning the heat to decline fuddenly.

Befides, by having the hot-beds wholly above ground,
there is a better opportunity of applying the occafional lin-
ings quite from the bottom upwards. By proper attention
in the conftrution of the different parts of thefe grounds
and in the building of the fences, they may alfo be rendered
highly ufeful in raifing various kinds of fruit, which could
not otherwife be the cafe.

MELONGENA, in Botany, a word of Arabian origin,
according to Ambrofinus, from whence the Italian Melan-
sana feems to have come, rather than from Jala infana, as
is commonly fuppofed; the Egg Plant. This fruit is faid
to be much ufed for food among the Arabs. It is alfo, ac-
cording to Matthiolus, commonly eaten in Italy, being
dreffed ix the form of fritters, with flour and oil, or butter,
and feafoned with pepper and falt. That author gives

_Melongena as the vulgar Lombard name of the fruit, which
he fays is called by the Tufcans Petranciani. We cannot
but fufpe& the Latin name Mala in/ana, Mad Apples,
which this fruit does not appear in any manner to deferve, to
havé been a corruption of the Arabic or Italian appellation,
rather than the reverfe. See SOLANUM.

MELOPEPO, from Melo, a Melon, and Pepo, a Pom-
pion, the name ef various round kinds of Gourd. See Cu-

cUMIS.
MELOPGIA, Gr., Melopée, Fr., a term in the mufic
of the ancients, which implied the felection and arangeee
of fuch founds as were fit for fong. The word is derived
from pro, cantus, ow, facto, fingo, fabrico, compono, “ to
build the lofty rhyme.” ¢
Melopeeia had its particular rules, feveral of which are
come down to us, and are ftill clear and intelligible : fuch
as that an air, or piece of melody, fhould be compofed in
fome particular genus, and be chiefly confined to the founds
of fome certain mode. As to the fucceflion, or order of

MEL

thefe founds in the courfe of the air, that was in. gencral
confined to four kinds, which Euclid {pecifies in his Har-
monic Introdudtion. ‘Thefe we thall endeavour to deferibe
with exaétnels, as they may throw fome light upon ancient
melody.

Euclid tells us, firft, that founds may move either afeend-
ing or defcending regularly ; as thus:

_—

which was called cyeyn: fecondly, by leaps of greater in-
tervals than a fecond; thus,

—
— os 9 —
which was called sox», interwoven: thirdly, by repeating

the fame found feveral times, which was called weriuz,
iteration ; as in finging thefe notes,

and fourthly, that founds may be fuftained in the fame
tone, which we call a holding note, and which the Greeks
expreffed by the word zor.

There were many rules to be obferved in moving by leaps,
or disjunét degrees, the principal of which was to prefer, in
general, confonant to diffonant intervals. It was likewife
enjoined not to divide any two femitones into quarter tones,
together, or two fucceflive tones into femitones, nor were
two major thirds to follow each other.

But thefe, and a great number of other rules laid down
by Ariftoxenus, with refpect to the fucceffion of intervals,
were all derived from the genera, the rules for which were
rules for melody. The diatonic genus of the ancients re-
fembled our natural fcale in every particular; and it is al-
lowed by Ariftoxenus even that three tones may fucceed
each other, afcending or defcending, which is all that is al-
lowed in our diatonic, except in minor keys, where we
afcend to the o€tave of the key note by a harp feventh,
which the ancients feem never to have admitted.

A further detail or explanation of thefe rules would not
make the matter much clearer; however, there are fome
particulars colleG&ed together in the firft book of Ariftides
Quintilianus, that feem to merit attention.

He fets off by dividing Melopeeia into three fpecies, taken
from the great and general fyftem, which he names after the
founds called Aypate, mefé, and ete; that is, loweft,
middle, and higheft; and thefe denominations refembled,
with refpe& to melody, our diftin¢étions of bafe, tenor, and
treble. ’

With regard to modulation in melody, he has the fame
diftin@ions as Euclid for the feveral {pecies, though he dif-
fers a little from him in his manner of defining them: but
thefe differences are of {mall importance to us now; and
indeed the authority of Euclid is fo fuperior to that of
Aniftides Quintilianus, that nothing which can be cited from
him would have weight fufficient to invalidate the teftimony
of fo exa& and refpectable a writer. ,

However, the moral diftin@ions of Melopeeia to be found
in Ariftides Quintilianus are fo curious and fanciful, that we
fhall infert a few of them here.

He allows of three modes (zes70) or ftyles of Melopeeia :
the dithyrambie, or bacchanal; the nomic, confecrated to

2 Apollo ;

MEL

Apollo; and the fragic ; and acquaints us that the firlt of
thefe modes employed tlie ftrings, or founds, in the middle
of the great fy{tem; the fecond, thofe at top ; and the third,
thofe at the bottom.

Thefe modes had other fubaltern modes that were de-
pendent on them; fuch as the erotic, or amorous; the
comic; and the encomiaffic, uled in panegyrics. All thefe
being thought proper to excite or to calm certain paffions,
were, by our author, imagined to have had great influence
upon the manners (731) ; and, with refpeé to this influence,
Melopceia was divided into three kinds: firft, the /y/taltic,
or that which infpired the foft and tender paffions, as well as
the plaintive, or, as the term implies, fuch as affe&t and
penetrate the heart ; fecondly, the diaflatiic, or that which
was capable of exhilarating, by kindling joy, or infpiring
courage, magranimity, and fublime fentiments; thirdly,
the hefuchaftic, which held the mean between the other two,
that is, which could reflore the mind to a [tate of tranquillity
and moderation. ;

The firft kind of Melopceia fuited poetical fubjects of
love and gallantry, of complaint and lamentation ; the fecond
was referved for tragic and heroic fubjeéts ; the third for
hymns, panegyrics, and as a vehicle of exhortation and

recept.

All thefe rules concerning the ancient Melopeia afford
only general notions, which, to be rendered clear and intel-
ligible, would require particular difcuffions, as well as il-
luftrations by example; but the Greek writers on mufic
have abfolutely denied us that fatisfaction, referving, per-
haps, when they publifhed their works, all fuch minutie
for the leffons which they gave their {cholars in private ; for
in no one of the feven treatifes upon ancient mufic, collected
and publifhed by Meibomius, is a fingle air or paflage of
Greek melody come down to us; which is the more extra-
ordinary, as there are few treatifes upon modern mufic,
without innumerable examples in notes, to illuftrate the
precepts they contain.

But whatever were the rules for arranging different
founds in fuch order as would flatter the ear in the moft
agreeable manner, it is eafy to imagine that this regular dif-
pofition, and beautiful order of founds, conftituted nothing
more than the mere body of melody, which could only be
animated and wivified by the affiftance of rhythm or meafure.
See Music of the Greeks.

MELORA, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the Mediter-
ranean, near the coaft of Etruria; 4 miles W. of Leg-
horn.

MELOS, in Ancient Geography, one of the Grecian
iflands, fituated about 24 miles from cape Scylleum, in the
Peloponnefus, fouth-welt of the ifle of Siphnos, weft of
that of Sicinos, and eaft of the promontory of Malea, in
Laconia. It was eftimated at about 60 miles in compafs,
and, according to Pliny, it was almoft round. This ifland,
though {mall, made a very confiderable figure in the flourifh-
ing ages of Greece. It enjoyed its liberty, fays Thucy-
dides, 700 years before the Peloponnefian war. The in-
habitants were originally Lacedemonians, and therefore, in
the time of the war juft mentioned, refufed to join the
Athenians, declaring that they would maintain a {tri neu-
trality. ‘They fuffered feverely for their attachment to La-
cedemon. All who were able to bear arms were put to the
fword; the women and children were carried into Attica,
and fold for flaves. The ifland being thus defolated, a new
colony was fent thither from Athens. But not long after,
Lyfander, the Lacedemonian general, having obliged the
Athenians, in their turn, to furrender at difcretion, releafed
the captive Melians, and reltored them to their native coun-

MEL

try, after having expelled the Athenian colony. Melos
afterwards experienced the common fate of the other iflands
of the AEgean fea, being reduced, with them, to a Roman
province, This ifland abounded with iron mines, and was
formerly famous for its wine and honey. ‘The paltures and
mineral waters of this ifland were alfo commended; and the
alum of Melos was in great repute among the Romans, and
preferred by them to that of any other country, except the
Egyptian. See Miro.

Metos and Meéelodias, which Meibomius has- rendered
by the Latin words, modulatio and cantilena, had no other
fignification than the change of founds in finging, or, as we
fhould call it, melody; and this is clear from a paffage in
Bacchius fenior, where, in his Introduétion to the Art of
Mufic, by queftion and anfwer, it is afked, How many
kinds of modulation there are? He anfwers, four; and
thefe, he fays, are rifinz, falling, repeating the fame found
to different words, and remaining upon, or bolding out, a
mufical tone. See Menopamia.

MELOSIS, from pax, a probe, in Surgery, the exa--
mination of a difeafed part with a probe.

MELOT, Joun Baptist, in Biography, a learned
Frenchman, was born at Dijon in 1697, and died at Paris
in 1760. He was librarian to the king, and wrote fome
papers in the * Memoirs of the Academy of Inferiptions,”*
of which he was a member. He was alfo editor of Jour-
ville’s Life of St. Louis, with a gloflary.

MELOTHRIA, in Botany, a name borrowed by Lin-
nexus, in his Hortus Cliffortianus, from the pxrwSeov of Diof-
corides, one of the fynonyms of his cpmshos Axvxn, or White
Vine, which is fuppofed to be the Bryonia, a plant of the
fame habit and natural order as the prefent. Linn. Gen. 24.
Schreb. 32. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 189. Mart. Mill. Di&.
v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 1.78. Juff. 395. La-
maick Iluttr. t. 28.—Clafs and order, Triandria Monogynia.
Nat. Ord. Cucurbitacee, Linn. Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth fuperior, of one leaf, bell-
fhaped, {welling, five-toothed, deciduous. Cor. of one
petal, wheel-fhaped ; tube the length of the calyx, to which
it is on every fide united ; limb flat, in five deep very blunt
fegments, dilated outwards. Stam. Filaments three, coni-
cal, inferted into the tube of the coro!la, and equal to it in
length ; anthers of two roundifh lobes, comprefied. Pi/f.
Germen almoft entirely inferior, ovate-oblong, pointed ;
ftyle cylindrical, the length of the itamens; ftigmas three,
thickifh, oblong. eric. Berry ovate-oblong, internally
divided into three parts, without partitions. Seeds feveral,
oblong, compreffed.

Obf. Linneus remarks that he once faw two flowers
with ttamens only.

E(l. Ch. Calyx bell-thaped, five-cleft. Corolla wheel-
fhaped, of one petal. Berry of three cells, with many
feeds.

1. M. pendula. Pendulous Melothria, or American Bry-
ony. Linn. Sp. Pl. 49. (Bryonia olive fru€u rubro,
minor; Plum. Ic. 55. t. 66. f. 2. Cucumis parva repens
virginiana, fruétu minimo; Piuk. Phyt. t. 85. f. 5.)—-Na-
tive of North America and the Weft Indies, Root annual.
Stem flender, branched, climbing by means of fimple tendri's,
Leaves heart-fhaped, five-lobed, obfcurely toothed, rough,
on thick twifted ftalks. Flower-/lalks axillary, folitary,
fimple, capillary, about an inch long. Floqwers {mail, yel-
low. Jrutt red, the fize and fhape of a fmall olive. Juffieu
fays two of the filaments bear each two anthers, which is the
cafe in Bryonia, to which genus this plant is certainly very
nearly akin. Vahl having omitted the genus in its proper
place, had perhaps a defign of uniting it to Bryonia.

MELOTIS,

MEL

MELOTIS, a word ufed by the chirurgical writers to
exprefs a fmall probe, properly one intended to be ufed only
to ear.

MELOZZO, Frawxceseo, in Biography, an hiftorieal
ainter, who flourithed about 1471, He is celebrated as
ing one of the firlt who introduced the fore-fhortening of

figures upon ceilings, fo as to make them appear afcending
or defcending ; and 2 picture of his, over the great altar in
the church of the Apottlea at Rome, which reprefents the
afcention of our Saviour, is celebrated with the warmett
praifes. Vafari fays, that the figure of Chrift feems to
pierce the roof. ‘This work was painted for cardinal Riario,
nephew of Nicholas V. about 14725 and when that chapel
was repaired, it was cut out and placed in the Quirinal pa-
lace, where it is ftill feen with this epigraphe: * Opus
Melotii Forotivienfis, qui fummos fornices pingendi artem
vel primus invenit a illuftravit."" Some heads of the
apoftles were likewife preferved in the Vatican: they are
well turned, almoft always fore-fhortened, and wrought
with great finith, diligence, and grace. It is to be lamented
that & uncommon a genius has not met with an exaét hif-
torian, who would have informed us of his preparatory
ftudies. He is beft known by the name of Melozzo dx
Forli.

MELPIGNANO, in Geography, a town of Naples, in
Otranto ; 9 miles W.N.W. of Otranto.

MELPILLY, a town of Hindooftan, in the Carnatic ;
25 miles N. of Nellore.

MELPOMENE, the name of one of the nine Mufes ;
who is reprefented with a mafk, to denete her —
the ftage ; and diftinguifhed from Thalia, the comic Mufe,
by greater dignity in her look, ftature, and drefs. Melpo-
mene was fuppofed to prefide over all melancholy fubjects,
as well as tragedy. See Horace, lib. i. od. 24. v. 4. lib. iii,
od. 30. vy. ult.

ELRICKSTADT, in Geography, a town of the
duchy of Wurzburg, on the Streys; 19 miles N. of
Schweinfurt. N. lat. 50° 27’. E. long. 10° 24'.

MELROSE, a confiderable town, and a free borough
of barony, fituated on the banks of the river Tweed, in the
fhire of Roxburgh, Scotland. The river divides the town,
which extends about a mile in length, into two parts. It is
governed by a magiftracy, elected annually by the burgeffes ;
and, confidering its inland pofition, may be regarded as a
flourifhing place. ‘The whole parith, according to the par-
liamentary returns of 1801, contains 1355 houfes, occupied
by a population of 6947 inhabitants, wiz. 3300 males and
3647 females. Of this number, 663 were reported as being
employed in different branches of trade, but principally in
the manufaQure of linen and coarfe woollens.

The parifh of Melrofe and its immediate neighbourhood
are diftinguifhed by numerous and fplendid remains of anti-
quity. The abbey of Melrofe is one of the moft remarkable
monaftic ftruétures in Scotland. Its original foundation

robably took place towards the clofe of the fixth century.
Tn the works of the venerable Bede, we have an account of
the fituation of the more ancient edifice, on the bank of the
Tweed, as likewife of its abbots. This place was a cele-
brated {chool for learned and religions men, and feems to
have continued to flourifh till the reign of king David, by
whom the new abbey was founded, in the year 1136. The

former eftablifhment was at Old Melrofe, the name of which
ftill ferves to remind the inhabitants that they tread on

round rendered facred by the piety ef their anceftors.
Phe foundation of the wall, which inclofed the ancient mo-
naltery and its precinéts, can {till be difcovered, ftretching

MEL

acrofs a fort of promontory, formed by a curvature of the
‘Tweed 5 but all veltiges of the buildiogs are entirely lott.
It feems probable, therefore, that they were of lictle com-
parative magnitude, and might perhaps have been con-
ftruéted only of wood, or other perithable materials, as
moft of the churches of that age undoubtedly were. Of a
fimilar pel: a was the edifice ereéted by king David,
which was rebuilt firit in the thirteenth century, and again
after the acceflion of Robert Bruce, who granted a revenue
for its refloration, This latt appears, from its ruins, to
have been a truly magnificent and fpacious ftrugture. In-
deed the fize and workmanthip of its columns, its fymmetrical
proportions, and the quality of the {tone of which it is con-
itructed, entitle it to rank among the molt fuperb edifices
which devotion or fuperitition bas reared in Great Britain.
From the charters granted to this monaftery by different
Scottith monarchs, its inmates appear to have been monks
of the Cittercian order, and to have enjoyed a pre-eminence
or {pecies of jurifdiétion ever all their brethren in Scotland.
Among the more diftinguifhed of thefe monks was the cele-
brated St. Cuthbert, who entered as a monk under Boiiil,
about the year 6o1, and had the honour of founding the
bifhopric of Durham.

The church belonging to this abbey conftitutes the moft
entire part of its ruins. It was built in the form of St.
John’s crofs, and is dedicated to the Virgin Mary. The
prefent extent of this building is 258 feet in length, and
1374 in breadth; its circumference meafuring 943. That
thefe are not the original dimenfions, however, are evident
from the ftate of the weftern divifion, the greater part of
which has been deftroyed, and that fo completely,. that it is
impoffible to determine to what diftance it reached. Both
the exterior and the interior of this edifice were formerly
adorned with a variety of {culptured figures of men and ami-
mals. Many of the +arhae in particular, were dettroyed in
the reigns of Henry VIII, Edward VI., and Elizabeth,
whofe tatefmen and warriors were no lefs egregious fanatics
than the infuriated Scotch reformer John Knox, in whofe
time, likewife, this building fuftained much additional in-
jury. The niches in which they ftood difplay much curious
and beautiful workmanfhip. The tower, which refe from
the middle of the crofs or tranfept, was a noble piece of
architecture. Part of it ftill remains, but the {pire is en-
tirely gone. The eaft window is moft magnificent, and con-
fifts of four mullions with tracery, varioufly ornamented.
On each fide appear feveral elegant niches, and on the top:
is the figure of an old man, with a globe in his left hand,
refting on his knee; and another of a young man on his
right; both in fitting poftures, with an open crown over-
their heads. Underneath this window, im the iufide, ftood
the altar-piece. A great number of pifcinas, niches, &c.
excellently fculptured, are difperfed throughout the church,
Many of the pillars are perfect and beautiful, and the em-
bellifhments upon them ftiil feem as if newly executed; a.
decifive evidence of the excellence both of the {tone and of
the workmanfhip. Part of this church continues to be ufed
for divine fervice.

The ruins yet ftanding, befides the church, confift chiefly
of a part of the walls of the cloifters; the other buildings,
of which there were many, being almoft entirely ievelled
with the ground. All of thefe, together with the gardens,
and. other conveniences, were enclofed within a lofty wall,
which extended about a mile in circuit. A large and elegant
chapel formerly occupied the f{cite:of the prefent manfe;
and to the north of this houfe there has been lately difcoyered
the foundation of a curious oratory, or private chapel, fom.

Ww

MEL

which was dug up a large ciftern, formed from one ftone,
having a leaden pipe appended to it, for the conveyance of
water.

At fome diftance to the fouth of this town are the three
Eldon-hills, on the northernmoft of which is a large Ro-
man encampment, and below it are the remains of an exten-
five Britith fortrefs. Around this were feveral fimaller forts,
alfo of Britifh origin, fome of which the Romans appear to
have converted into more defenfible pofts. Three en-
trenchments on thefe hills were conneéted by a very fingular
kind of military road, defcribed by Mr. Kinghorn, who
furveyed it in 1803, as being in general about 40 feet broad,
but in fome places 50, where the unevennefs of the ground
required fuch a breadth. On each fide of this road is a
ditch, from 12 to 28 feet wide, whence the earth is thrown
up fo as to form a mound on the exterior fide. As this re-
main differs materially from all other Roman roads in this
country, it feems probable that it has been the work of the
Romanized Britons, during their contefts with the Piés
and Scots, after the departure of their enlightened con-
querors, whofe modes of warfare they would naturally en-
deavour to imitate. From the Britifh fort on Eldon-hills

to the fortrefs on Caldfheds-hill there likewife runs a foffe -

and rampart, which feems to have been carried through the
diftance between thefe fortreffes as a defenfible boundary.
The great Roman road croffes the Tweed at the village of
Galtonfide, a little above Melrofe. On the declivity of the
hi!l, on which this village ftands, are the remains of a {pa-
cious encampment. The ftone wall around it is ftill tole-
rably entire. Half a mile to the eaft is another entrench-

ment, called Chefter-Knows, which was probably the moft:

confiderable ftation they poffeffed in this part of the coun-
try, being nearly, three-quarters of a mile in circumference.
Chalmer’s Caledoria, vol. ii. 4to. 1810. Beauties of Scot-
land, vol. ii. Sinclair’s Statiltical Account of Scotland.

MELSACK, a town of Pruffia, in the province of
Ermeland; 36 miles S.W. of Konigfberg. N.lat. 54° 12’.
E. long. 20 7’.

MELSO, a town of Italy, in Friuli; 9 miles N.W.
of Udina.

MELT. See Mirr.

MELTING-Cong, in Afaying, is a fmall veffel made
of copper or brafs, of a conic figure, and of a nicely po-
lihed furface within. Its ufe is to receive melted metals,
and ferve for their precipitation, which is effected, when two
bodies melted together, and yet not mixing perfectly with
one another in the fufion, feparate in the cooling into two
ftrata, on account of their different fpecific gravity. This
precipitation mizht be made in the fame veffel in which the
fufion is performed; but then the melting-pot or crucible
mutt be broken every time to get it out, whereas the conic
fhape, and polifhed furface of this veflel, makes it eafily got
out without violence. ‘I'he fhape of this veffel is alfo of
another ufe in the operation; for by means of it, the heavy
matter fubfiding to a point, is formed into a perfe& and
feparate regulus, even where the whole quantity, as is very
frequently the cafe, has been but very {mall.

When the quantity of the melted matter is great, it is
common to ufe, inftead of this cone, a large brafs or iron
mor‘ar, or any other conveniently fhaped brafs or iron veffel.
It is neceflary, when the cone is of brafs, to be cautious
that it be not made too hot; for the brittlenefs of. that
metal, when hot, makes it ealily break, on the ftriking
with any force on that occafion, to make the melted mafs
fall out.

Thefe, and all other moulds for the receiving melted

MEL

metals, muft always be well heated before the mafs is poured
into them, left they fhould have contraéted a moifture from
the air, or have been wetted by accident ; in which cafe the
melted metal will be thrown out of them with great violence
and danger. They ought alfo to be fmeared over with tal-
low on their infide, that the regulus may be the more eafily
taken out of them, and the furface of the mould not cor-
roded by the melted mafs poured in.

If a very large quantity of a metal is, however, to be
received into them, and efpecially if any thing fulpbureous
have place among it, this caution of tallowing the moulds
does not prove fufficient ; for the large quantity of the mafs
makes it continue hot fo long, that this becomes but a flight
defence to the furface of the mould. In this cafe the affayer
has recourfe to a lute, reduced to a thin pap with water,
which being applied in form -of a very thin cruft, all over
the infide of the cone, or mould, foon dries up, indeed, but
always preferves the fides of the veflel from the corrofion
of the mafs. And this caution is found neceflary, even
when pure copper is melted alone, without any mixture of
fulphur.

Mettine Fire. See Fire.

Me tino, Surveyor of. See SURVEYOR.

MELTON-MOWERAY, in Geography, in ancient
writings called Medeltune and Meltone, a {mall market-
town, in the hundred of Framland, and county of Leicefter,
England, is fituated in a yale on the banks of the river Eye,
15 miles from Leicefter, and 104 from London. Connefted
with this town are three bridges over the rivers Eye and
Sealford. Thefe are repaired, and the ftreets preferved in
good condition, with lamps, &c. from the rents arifing out
of the town eftates. The church, which Leland calls «a
faire paroche church, fumtime an hofpital and cell to Lewis
in Suffex,”’ is a {pacious ftru@ture, confifting of a nave, aifles,
tranfepts, and chancel, with a tower in the centre, and a
porch at the weft end. The latter is a peculiar feature to
the building, and has an elegant door-way, with an ozee
arch. Above this porch is the large weitern window, com-
prifing five lights, with four lofty muilions. The whole
church is crowned with an embattled parapet, and at each
angle is a crocketed pinnacle. The tower confilts of two
well-proportioned ftories above the church. ‘The poor of
this town derive affiftance from feveral charitable benefac-
tions; among which are fome public fchools. So carly as
the reign of Henry III, we find thefe taken under the im-
mediate patronage of that monarch. A free {chool for girls
was eftablifhed here in 1795. In the population report of the
year 1801, Melton-Mowbray was ftated to contain 348
houfes and 1766 inhabitants. The market-day is Tuefday ;
and at every alternate market is generally a large fhow of
cattle. Here are alfo three annual fairs, and a ftatute for
hiring fervants.

Among the more eminent natives of Melton were John
de Kirkby, who was appointed keeper of the great feal in
1272, lord high treafurer in 1283, and bithop of Ely in
1286; William de Melton, fucceflively lord high treafurer,
lord chancellor, and archbifhop of York, in the reigns of
Edward II. and III.; John Henley, better known by the
popular appellation of Orator Henley, who diltinguifhed
himfelf, about the middle of the laft century, by his eccentric
le&tures. See HENLEY. s

At Burton-Lazars, a hamlet to Melton, about two miles
from the town, an hofpital, for leprous brethren of the
order of St. Auguitine, was founded in, the reign of king
Stephen, by a general collection throughout England, but
chiefly by the affiftance of Roger de Mowbray. In adopt-

ing

MEL

ing this fituation, the founders were probably influenced by
a bath or fpring, the waters of whieh were formerly in high
eltimation for the diforder called leprofy, and are (ill faid
‘to afford contliderable benefit to perfons in feorbutice com-
laints. Ao bathing-reom and Dinkiendesn were built
ere about the year 1760, for the accommodation of the
allied vilitore. Nichols'’s Hiftory of Leicellerthire, vol. i.
Beauties of Eagland and Wales, vol. ix. by J. Britton.
MELTZ, a town of Bavaria; 1o miles N. of Bam.

berg
ELVIL, Sir Jastes, in Biography, a ftatefman and
hifkorian, was born at Hall-hill, in Fitethire, in 1530, At
the age of fourteen he entered the fervice of the queen-
regent, and was appointed page to her daughter Mary, then
wife to the dauphin of France. After palling fome time in
her fervice, fhe permitted him to enter into that of the con-
fable Montmorenci, who fent him over to Scotland in 1559,
in order that he might obtain a faithful account of the itute
of parties in that kingdom. Having remained feveral years
in the employ of that nobleman, he vifited the court of the
elector palatine, who detained him three years in various ne-
ciations with the German princes, He then pafled through
taly and Switzerland, arid returned to the eleétor’s court,
where he found a fummons from Mary, who had now re-
turned to:take pofleflion of the crown of her native country.
He followed her to Scotland, in 1561, in the charater of
gentleman of the bed-chamber, and was employed by her
confidentially in various important affairs till her imprifonment
in Lochieven cattle, He had been appointed one of her
privy-counfellors, and was fent more than once to the court
of Elizabeth. He maintained a correfpondence in England
in favour of Mary’s fucceflion tothe crown of that kingdom,
but upon the manifeltation of her unhappy partiality for
Bothwell, after her hufband’s murder, he ventured upon the
ftrongeit remonftrances with her. She not only difregarded
thefe admonitions, but communicated them to Bothwell, in
confequence of which the faithful Melvil was obliged, for
fome time, to abfent himfelf from court. When Mary was
detained a prifoner in England, fhe recommended her faith-
ful fervant to her fon James VI., who confulted him and
made ufe of his fervices till he acceded to the throne of Eng-
land. He was ever the advifer of prudent and moderate
meafures, and retained the efteem of his royal mafter, who
would willingly have taken him to England as one of his
miniters. Melvil, however, thought himfelf too far ad-
vanced in years for fo important a change in his habits, and
he retired to his family feat, where he died in the year 1606.
He left behind him in MS. an hiftorical work, which came
into the poffeffion of his grand{on, and was publifhed in 1683,
by Mr. George Scott, under the title of ‘¢ Memoirs of iir
James Meivil of Hall-hiil, containing an impartial account
of the moft remarkable affairs of itate during the lait age,
not mentioned by other hittorians, more particularly relating
to the kingdoms of England and Scotland, under the reigns
of queen Elizabeth, Mary queen of Scots, and king James.
Jn all which tranfactions the author was publicly con-
cerned.” Tothis work the reader is referred for more in-
formation relating to the author: and alfo to Robertfon’s
Hiftory of Scotland. A brother of fir James was alfo in the
fervice of Mary, and is probably the fir Andrew Melvil
who was prefent at her death.

MELVIN-Loveu, in Geography. a confiderable lake of
Ireland, between the counties of Fermanagh and Leitrim,
from which a {mall river flows to the bay of Doneyal,

_ MELUING, a town of Norway, in the diocefe of
Drontheim ; 32 miles W.N.W. of Romfdal.
_ Vou. XXIII.

MEM
MELUN, acity of France, and principal place of the

department of the Seine and Marne, of which it is the ca-
pital, fituated on the Seine; before the revolution it con-
tained one collegiate and three parith churches, two convents
and two abbies, It carries on a trade with Paris is corn,
meal, wine, and cheefe, ‘The place contains 61245 and the
two cantons, into which it is divided, 18,922 inbabitants, on
& territory conlifting of 387) kilometres, in 91 communcr.
N. lat. 48’ 32! E. long. 2 44’.

MELYKUT, w town of rlungary; 16 miles E. of
Baja.

MELYRIS, in Natural Hifory, a genus of infeéts of the
order Coleoptera; the generic character is, autenne entirely
perfoliate ; Tesd infleéted under the thorax ; thorax mar-
gined ; lip clavate, emarginate ; jaw one-toothed, pcinted.
There ave three

Species.

Vinipts. Green; thells with three raifed lines; it inha-
bits the Cape; antenna black ; thorax reflected at the edge,
and grooved on the back, feutel {mall and round ; thells
rough.

Niger. Black; thells with three raifed lines. A fpecimen
of this {pecies of the melyris is in fir po Banks’ mufeum.
It is only about one-third the fize of the laft ; thorax a little
prominent before ; the fhells rough.

Lreearus; Green ; fhell with three raifed lines, and one
on each fide the thorax: it is about half the fize of the vi-
ridis ; thorax grooved, with a raifed line on each fide ; lines
on the fhells crenate.

MELZEN, or Metrzes, in Geography, a town of Sax-
ony, in Thuringia; fix miles S. of Weaffenfels.

MELZO, atown of Italy; 14 miles N,E. of Milan.

MEMAUN, a town of Perfia, in Khorafan; 18 miles
E.S.E. of Velazghard. :

MEMBERS, in Anatomy, the exterior parts, arifing
from the trunk or body of an animal like the boughs from
the trunk of a tree.

In which fenfe, members, membra, amount to much the
fame with limbs, artur: though fome make a difference
between the two: reftraining members more immediately to
the flefhy parts which cover the limbs, and artus to the bones
and nerves. Phyficians divide the body into three regions
or venters; the head, the breatt, and the lower ventricle ;
and the extremities, which are the members. See Extre-
MITIES. : ire

Memaer, in Archite@ure, denotes any part of a building ;
asa frieze, cornice, or the like.

Memeer is fometimes alfo ufed for moulding.

Memser, in Grammar, is applied to the parts of a period,
or fentence. .

Memerr is alfo ufed to denote fome particular order or
rank ina itate or government : thus we fay, member of a
corporation, member of parliament, member of the coun-
cil, &e.

MEMBERED, or Memsrep, in Heraldry, is when the
beak, or legs, or feet of an eagle, griffin, or other bird, are
of a different colour from the reft of the body,

MEMBIG, in Geography, a town of Syria, in the
pachalic of Aleppo; 30 miles N. of Aleppo.

MEMBRANA, in Anatomy. See MemBRANE.

Memsrana Arachnoidea, one of the coverings of the
brain and medulla {pinalis. See Brat.

MemeErana Conjundiva, the mucous membrane lining the
cre and covering the anterior furface of the eye. See

YE. ‘

FE MemBprana

MEM

Membrana Decidua, one of the coverings of the ovum.
See Emeryo. ;

Memsrana. Hyalsidea, the tranfparent covering of the
vitreous humour of the eye. See Eye.

Memprana Mucofa, the febaceous fubftance covering
the membrana tympani in the feetus.. See Ean.

Memerana Niditans, a peculiar fold of the conjunctiva,
which can, be drawn acrofs the front of the eye by means of
two peculiar mufcles conneéted with it. (See Birps, Anato-
my of.) In quadvcupeds a piece of cartilage is placed in a fold
or the fame kind, and the eye can be rolled behind it. See
Mammatta, Anatomy of.

Memprana Pituitaria, the mucous membrane lining the
cavities of the nofe. See Noss.

Memsrana Pupillaris, au exceedingly thin production
fiiling the aperture of the pupil in the foetus. See Eyer.

Memprana Ruy/chiana, the internal furface of the choroid
membrane of the eye. See Eye.

Memprana Tympani, a membrane terminating the meatus
auditorius externus, and forming the boundary between it and
the cavity of the tympanum. See Ear.

MEMBRANE isa term applied to feveral parts of the
body, which confift of thin fheets of animal fubftance, in
which the thicknefs bears a very {mall proportion to the
furface. This difpofition is found in feveral tiffues; the term,
therefore, denotes a peculiarity of arrangement and form,
and not of internal ftructure, and hence it includes parts differ-
ing from each other very widely in organifation, properties,
and functions.

Membranes never have an infulated exiftence: they are
diffeminated among the other organs of the body, and concur
in their formation; hence their hiftery has generally been
aflociated to that of the organs on which they are expanded.
This is a convenient arrangement for purpofes of defcription,
but it occafions us to lofe fight of the analogies between the
particular membranes, and to neglect thofe general confidera-
tions, which forma very interelting part of the ftudy of
anatomy, which exhibit to us nature every where uniform in
her proceedings, varying only in their refults, {paring of the
means which fhe employs, profufe in the effects obtained
from them, modifying in athoufand ways fome general
principles, which, differently applied, prefide over the ani-
mal economy, and are the fources of its innumerable pheno-
mena. Haller has fome general remarks on the membranes,
but he eftablifhes no demarcations between them. He
defcribes them all as analogous in their texture, and having
for their common bafis the cellular organ, to which he fays
that they may all be eafily reduced, principally by means of
maceration. That this view is incorreét in many points, will
appear from the fequel of the prefent article : how, indeed,
can we expect the compofition to be the fame, when the
conformation, the vital properties, and the fun¢tions are dif-
ferent ?

Bichat is the anatomift to whom we are the moft in-
debted for an elucidation of this fubje&t. His “ Traité
des Membranes en general, et des diverfes Membranes en
particulier,” Paris, an 8, contains a diftribution of thefe
organs into certain claffes, a general account of each of
thefe, and a particular defcription of the individual mem-
brane.
in a general view, it feems that their claffification mutt be
very complicated, both on account of their great number,
and their apparent variety. The extent of the different mem-
branes, compared to that of the fkin, cannot be lefs than
in the proportion of eight to one: yet, perhaps, no two
of them exa@tly agree in appearance. An examination of

“When,” fayshe, ‘ we obferve all the membranes’

MEM .

their ftru€ture and funétions quickly fhews us that feveral
come near to each other, and are diltinguifhed only by their
form.’”” Bichat eltablifhes two general divifions, viz. the
fimple and compound membranes : the latter are compofed
of two of the former united together, and exhibit a combi-
nation of thecharafers of each. He makes three clafles
of fimple membranes. 1. The mucous, fo named from the
fluid, which moiltens their furface. 2. The ferous, charaéter-
ifed alfo by the particular fluid which covers them, and
containing the membranes that line the feveral circumfcribed
cavities connected with the different vifcera, and the fmooth
coverings of the joints, burfe mucofe, &c. 3. The fibrous,
moiltened by no fluid, and diftinguifhed by the fibres that
enter into their compofition.

From the union of thefe proceed the fibro-ferous, fero-
mucous, aod fibro-mucous membranes.

There are moreover fome, which either exift infulated, or
are little known, and confequently cannot be brought under
any claflification.

The mucous membranes occupy the interior of the cavi-
ties, which communicate with the {kin at the various openings
of the latter on the furface ef the body. Their number
appears confiderable on the firft view of the fubject ; for the
organs which they line are very numerous. The mouth,
{tomach, inteftines, efophagus, bladder, urethra, uterus,
the ureters, all the excretory tubes, &c. &c. derive a part
of their texture from thefe membranes. However, when we
confider that chief ate every where continuous, that they
arife by prolongations, one from the other, as we fee them
originally derived from the fkin, their number mutt be very
much reduced. In fact, when we regard them thus in a gene-
ral view, as expanded over all the organs in which they are
continuous, and not as infulated in each particular organ,
they are reduced to two general furfaces, which may be
named, from the various parts over which they are extended,
the gaftro-pulmonary, and the genito-urinary. The former
is found in the head, neck, and abdomen: the Jatter in the
abdomen, and more particularly in the pelvis.

There is one {mall infulated mucous furface, viz. that which
enters the openings on the nipple, and lines the laétiferous
ducts. As the obfervations on the others are applicable to
this, we fhall not examine it in detail.

The galtro-pulmonary furface enters the body by the
mouth, the nofe, and the front of the eye. 1. It lines the
two firft mentioned cavities, is continued from one of them
into the excretory tubes of the parotid and fubmaxillary
glands, and from the other into all the finufes of the nofe;
it forms the conjunétiva, enters the punéta lacrymalia, lines
the lacrymal fac and nafal duét, from which it is continued
into the nofe. 2. It defcends into the pharynx, and pene-
trates through the Euftachian tube into the ear. 3. It gces.
into the larynx and trachea, and is expanded over all the air«
tubes and veficles of the lungs. 4. It lines the cefopha-
gusanditomach. 5. It enters the duodenum, and furnifhes
two prolongations, one to the du@tus choledochus, the hepatic
duét and its numerous ramifications, theeyftic duét and gall-
bladder, the other to the pancreatic duét and its branches.
6. It is then continued into the {mall and large inteftines,
an laftly ends at the anus, where it is identied with the

kin.

The fecond general mucous furface enters, in the male
fubjeé&t, at the urethra, and thence is expanded, on one fide,
over the bladder, ureters, pelvifes, and calyces of the kid-
nies, the papille of the fame organs and capillary tubes
which open on their points; on the other it enters the excre-
tory ducts of the proftate, the feminal orejaculatory tubes,

veficulee

MEMBRANE.

veficule feminales, vafa deferentia, and the numerous intricate
ducts which arife from them. In the female this membrane
enters at the colon, extends over the urinary organs as in
man, rates the vayina, and linea that canal as well as the
uterus and the Fallopian tubes, at the apertures of which it
is continuous with the peritoneum, ‘This isthe only example
in the animal economy of a communication between mucous
and ferous furfaces,

The phrafes of membranes entering cavities, being pro-
longed or extended from one part to another, &c. are not to
be underftood as indicating the progrefs of nature in the
formation of parts, but merely as deferiptive of the relations
exifting between the organs when fully rach The mem-
branes belonging to every part are formed independently in it,
and not derived from any other.

‘The diftin&ion of the two great divifions of the mucous
fyftem, and the connection of all the parts in each fyftem
are manifefted, not only by anatomical refearches, but alfo
by logical phenomena. In epidemic catarrhs one of
thefe furfaces is often affected throughout, while the other

fcapes entirely ; the gaftro-pulmonary membrane is the feat
of the difeafe in all its divifions, and the genito-urinary is
completely unconcerned in the affection.

Irritation of any point often caufes pain in fome other part
‘of the fame furface; thus ftone in the bladder produces un-
eafinefs at the front end of the urethra, worms in the intef-
tines caufe itching of the nofe, &c. But it is very un-
common for partial irritation of one membrane to affeét
the other: yet there are examples of fuch an occurrence,
as in the bleeding from the se 8, which frequently fup-
plies the place of menttruation, when it is interrupted acci-
dentally.

The two mucous furfaces are united by means of the fkin :
the latter organ with the former may be regarded as a_gene-
ral and continuous membrane, covering the exterior furface
of the body at all points, and prolonged in the interior over
moft of the important organs. Every mucous membrane
thas two furfaces ; the one adhering to the neighbouring
parts, the other free, in many cafes villous, and always
moiftened with a mucous fluid.

The adhering furface correfponds almoft univerfally to
mufcles, either of the animal or the organic life. The
mouth, the pharynx, the whole alimentary canal, the
bladder, a part of the urethra, &c. prefent a mufcular ftra-
tum embracing the mucous membrane on the outfide. This
difpofition agrees entirely with that of the fkin in animals
which have a panniculus carnofus: there are indeed many

ints of refemblance between thefe organs, which we have al-
ready obferved to be continuous. It fubjeéts the mucous
membranes to habitual motions, which probably favour the
fecretion of their fluid and its fubfequent excretion, as well as
the various other funGtions of thefe organs. The mufcular
ftratum is inferted into the clofe and denfe tiffue, named by
Bichat the tiflu foumuqueux, in which the ftrength of the

“organ refides, and which according to him decides and main-
tains the form of the part.

The free furface of the mucous membranes, habitually
-moittened by the fluid, from which their name is derived,
prefents three kinds of folds.

x. The firft are compofed by the mufcular as well as the
mucous coat; their fituation is defined by a depreffion on
the exterior furface of the organ, and they exiit con-
itantly whatever may be its ftate in ref{pec& to contraction
or dilatation. The pylorus and valve of the colon are of this
kind.

2. Others are formed in the mucous membrane only, are
esonitantly feen, whether the part be full or empty, but are

rather lefe fenfible in the latter late. They arife from the
membrane being much more extenfive than the furfaces to
which its apphed, and being folded, compenfate this differ-
ence. The valvula coumventes of the {mall intefline ex.
emplify thefe very well. The cut edges of the mufcular and
ferous covermge, a6 {een in a longitudinal fection of the intel-
tine, form fhraight lines, while that of the mucous furface is
a very waving line.

3. The tail kind may be regarded in a manner as acci-
dental, and is {cen only when the organ is contraéted ; fuch
are thofe of the flomach and large inteflines. ‘The cavity of
the former, in particular, prefents, in this fate, very nu-
merous and large folds, which may be compared, in fome
meafure, fo far as their appearance goes, to the cerebral con-
volutions. Diftend it fully, and the furface becomes com-
pletely {mooth. The exhauflion of the vital forces in indi-
viduals who die after lingering and debifitating difeafes, oc-
cafions their ftomachs to. be frequently deftitute of thefe
folds, although they may be empty. But if the full ftomach
be cut longitudinally in a living animal, or in one recently
killed, the contraétion of the mufcular coat will {peedily
produce the folds ina very marked degree. It follows from
this circumitance, that the furface of the mucous membranes
is nearly as extenfive in the contra¢ted as in the dilated ftate
of the organs which they line. But all parts are not alike
in this refpeét ; the obfervation is true of the ofophagus,
ftomach, and large inteftine ; but it is not equally appli-
cable to the urinary and gall-bladders.

The free furface of the mucous membrane is every where
in contaét with bodies heterogeneous to that of the animal ;
which are either introduced from without for various pur-
aa as in the alimentary canal and trachea, or derived
rom within, as in the excretory tubes of glands, all of which
open on cavities lined by mucous membranes. Hence thefe
membranes may be regarded as a kind of barriers, placed
between our organs and extraneous fubftances, and protect-
ing them from the noxious impreffions of the latter, and
ferving the fame purpofe in the interior of the body, which
the fin fulfils on the outfide with regard to the objeéts that
furround us, and are inceflantly ating upon us.

The organifation and vital properties of the mucous
fyftem are accommodated to this habitual contaét with fo-
reign fubftances. Solid matters, as metals, ftone, wood, &c.
introduced into the interior of other parts, inevitably excite
inflammation and fuppuration by their fimple contact ; but
they traverfe the mucous fyitem with impunity, provided
their angles or afperities do not tear it; various things for
example go through the alimentary canal, and are voided per
anum, without having excited an uneafy feeling. Irritating
fluids may be fwallowed, or injected per anum, although
they would produce abfcefles, if conveyed into the cellular
fyftem.
~ On the other hand, this fyftem may be expofed with im-
punity to external agents, where any part of it is protruded
either through the natural, or through artificial apertures.
This is exemplified in prolapfus of the uterus and re&um, of
the inteitine through an artificial anus, &c. In thefe ioftances
the mucous furfaces feem to ferve the office of integuments,
and furrounding bodies hardly affe& them more than they do
thefiin. The ferous fyftem, on the contrary, when expofed,
as'in the operation of hernia, &c. inevitably inflames. The
cellular, mufcular, nervous, and glandular tiffues exhibit the
fame phenomenon. >

Fiftulous openings are every where furrounded by a cal-
lous fubftance, which defends the cellular and mufcular tiffues
traverfed by the fiftula: an expofed mucous furface exhibits
nothing of this kind, becaufe its organifation fufficiently

Ff-a protects

MEMBRANE,

proteétsit. The urinary and other fluids never efcape through
artificial canals excavated in the furrounding organs, without
callofities being formed in the courfe of thefe canals ; on the
contrary, they traverfe mucous furfaces with impunity.
Cut an opening in a limb, and leave a tube in it; a callous
canal will be formed round that tube, Leave a catheter in
the urethra, and no alteration of ftructure is produced.
** Let us conclude,’’ fays Bichat, “ from all thefe confider-
ations, that the mucous and cutaneous fyitems only are fo
organifed as to fupport the contact of foreign bodies without
being affeGed by their prefence, or at leail without feeling
any further effect than an augmentation of fecretion, which is
not at all dangerous. Thefe two fyftems then form two
limits, an internal and an external one, between which are
placed the organs, whofe {truéture, or peculiar fenfibility, in-
capacitates them from bearing the contact of extrancous
bodies. The influence of the excitation produced by fuch
bodies reaches no farther than thefe boundaries ; the other
organs feel nothing of it. . We may conceive that the acute
fenfibility pofleffed by thefe fy items ats as a kind of centinel,
placed by nature at the confines of the organic domain of
the foul, to warn it of the approach of every thing hurt-
ful.”’ 4

There arejtwo points to be confidered in the organifation
of the proper tiflue of the mucous fyftem; viz. a more or
lefs thick {tratum making up its chief bulk, and which, from
its analogy to the corion of the flcin, may be called the mucous
corion ; and a number of {mall promineaces furmounting the
latter, and called villi or papille. ‘he epidermis is confi-
dered with that of the fkin, under the article INrEGUMENTs.
It does not agree in any refpedt with the colouring fubftance
of the fkin, which is placed between the papille and the
epidermis. In faét, we know that in the black, as well as
in the white races, this tiflue is of a bright red, derived
from the blood-veffels.

Mucous Corion.—This important part of the mucous
tiffue, which regulates the thicknefs, form, and very nature
of the organ, has a foft and fpongy appearance ; it appears
at the firlt view like a thick pulp, covering the denfe cellular
tiffue which lies under it. Its foftnefs diftinguifhes it from
the cutaneous corion, which indeed refembles it but little in
its intimate nature. Its thicknefs varies very confiderably ;
in the gums and palate it is thickeft, and decreafes fucceflively
in the following organs, viz. the nofe and ftomach, {mall
inteltine and gall-bladder, large inteftine, urinary bladder,
urethra, and the various excretory tubes. When cautioufly
removed in the latter, it appears tranfparent, like a ferous
membrane. It is thinnelt in the finufes of the head, and the
cavity of the ear. The lining of the latter has been gene-
rally called periofteum by anatomifts; but its continuity
with the pituitary membrane through the Euftachian tube,
the mucous fluid that habitually covers it, and every circum-
dtance that we can obferve of its appearance and texture, fhew
that it belongs to the mucous fy{tem ; and its difeafes agree
with thofe of that fyftem. Difeafes produce great changes
in its thicknefs ; and diltention or contraétion of the organs
to which it belongs have analogous efieé&ts. The degree of
foftnefs which it exhibits, is very different in different
fituations. In the nofe, ftomach, and inteftines, it is like
velvet, and the name of villous coat charaéterifes it very
well. At the origins of the fyftem, as the mouth, nofe,
glans penis, &c. it is much more denfe, fo as to approximate
in its nature to the cutaneous corion. In the latter fituations
it is the feat of variolous puftules, which are often feen on
the tougue, palate, and cheeks, but never on the internal
mucous furfaces. It becomes dry and very thin by expofure
to the air, but preferyes a certain degree of refiftance. The

mufcular and ferous coats of an inteftine are pliable wher
dried, while the mucous covering is rigid. It is tranfparent
after deficcation, in organs where it is naturally pale, as in
the reétum and bladder ; it exhibits a darker tint in parts
where it is redder, as in the ftomach, and has even a blackifh
caft when much blood is accumulated in it by preceding in-
flammation. It putrifies with great facility, and acquires a
very fetid odour: this is one reafon why the abdomen of a
dead body paffes fo foon, into the pu:rid ftate. In this
chanjre it acquires a greyifh colour, and as the fubjacent
cellular tifue decays much more flowly, it may be removed
by very flight preffure in the form of a diforganifed and
fetid pulp. Gangrene attacks it much lefs frequently than
the cutancous tiflue; yet it occurs fometimes, as in putrid
fore throat. It yields very fpeedily te maceration 5 quicker
indeed than any organ, except the brain. It is converted
into a reddifh pulp, very different from that produced by
putrefaction in the open air. Ebullition extraéts from it a
greenifh froth, very different from that produced by the
mufcular and celluiar tiflues. Before the water begins to
boil, it curls up, but ina lefs degree than cther ftructures.
In fact the tiffu foumuqueax then contraéts much more than
it, fo as to throw it into a recurved ftate. In the fame way,
the contraction of the ferous and mufcular ftrata of the
ftomach during life, being much greater than that.of the
mucous, produces the numerous folds of the latter. A
concentrated acid has the fame effeét. After having been
dried for along time, it fill is curled up when plunged into
boiling water. The valvulz conniventes of the inteftine,
which difappear on drying, are then reproduced. Long
ebullition brings it to a dark grey colour; it is not rendered
fofter, but may be more eafily torn. In this refpeci it is
contrafted with the fubjacent cellular Stratum, which pre-
ferves its power of refiftance much longer. It never has
the gelatinous appearance, which the cutaneous corion, the
fibrous ergans, cartilages, and other #ruétures which afford
much gelatirie, prefent on boiling. The ation of acids re-
duces it into. a pulp much more quickiy than any other tiflues.
Cauttics aét on it more rapidly than on the fkin, where the
epidermis protects the corion. Nitric acid, taken into the
alimentary canal, produces .a whitifh fear on the mucous
furface, which, when death does not follow fuddenly, is gra-
dually detached in the form of a membrane. All mucous
furfaces, and particularly thofe of the ftomach and intef-
tines, have the power of coagulating milk. That of the
former {till poffeifes this power after deficcation.

Mucous Papille.— The peculiar mode of fenfibility enjoyed
by the fin is ufually afcribed to its papillary ftructure,.
which is not very readily demonltrable. The fenfibility of
mucous membranes, analogous, in many refpects, to that of
the fkin, arifes probably from the fame kind of texture,
which is here more readily difcerned. The exiftence of
papille cannot be doubted at the origins of the fyitem, and
at the commencement of the cavities, as on the tongue, the
palate, the ale nafi, glans penis, &c. The villofities with
which the internal furfaces are every where covered, mutt be
regarded as an analogous organifation ; and the exiltence of
an analogous fenlibility on thefe furfaces dtrengthens the
opinion. A very different fun@tion has generally been
aligned to thefe villi; they have been regarded in the ali-
mentary canal, as deftined to the exhalation of various fluids,
the abforption of chyle, &c. Bichat confiders it incorrect
to afcribe to an organ fo fimilar in all parts fuch a.diverfity
of offices. He confiders that the microfcopical obferva-
tions, on which is grounded the opinion that the villi abforb
the chyle,; do not deferve much confidence, as different ob-
fervers give fuch different reports. And he cannot account

7 for

MEMBRANE.

for the villi of the pituitary membrane, urethra and bladder,
unlefs on the fuppofition of their being connedted with the
fenfibility of the parts. The delicacy of the objects renders
their ftruture fo obfeure, and their inveltigation fo difficult,
that the queftion can hardly be decided by fired obfervation.
Analogy and obfervation of the vital properties mult guide
us in forming an opinion,

The spill exhibit very numerous varieties ; they are re-
eaiak long on the tongue, {mall inteftine, tlomach, and
pall-bladder ; lef diftinét in the cefophagus, larye inteltine,
urinary bladder, and the excretory tubes; the latter, in faét,
are almoft completely {mooth on their mucous furfaces.

Befides blood-veffels, exhalants, and abforbents, which
enter into the itruture of this fyltem, as into that of all
others, it prefents another common organ of a glandular
nature, which is generally infulated, but here forms part of
the fyftem. The mucous glands probably exilt throughout
the fyftem. Situated under the corion, or in its fubltance,
they conitantly pour out a mucilaginous fluid, which lubri-
cates the free furface of the membrane, proteéting it from
the aGtion of the bodies that come in contaét with it, and
facilitating their paflage. They are very apparent in the
trachea and bronchi, the efophagus and inteltines ; they
‘cannot be thewn in the urinary and gall-bladders, the uterus,
the veficule feminales, &c.: their exiftence in thefe organs
ean therefore only be inferred from the circumftance of a
mucous fluid being produced analogous to what is found
where the glands are manifett.

If we admit the force of this reafoning, and allow that
identity of the fecreted fluid proves identity of the fecreting
organ, we fhall eltablifh as a:ftriking difference between the
mucous and ferous membranes, that the fluid of the former
is produced by fecretion, that of the latter by exhalation,
Their fize varies in different organs ; they are largett in the
lins, cheeks and palate. They generally have a rounded
form, are denfe in their texture, and ferrounded by cellular
fubitance, but contain very little of that fubltance in their
interior. Little or nothing is known of their difeafes.
For further particulars, fee GLANp. :

A difficulty occurs in afcertaining the compolition of mu-
cous fluids, becaufe they are formed in very {mall quantity
in health, and are probably changed in their compofition
when: increafed in. quantity in difeafe. They are generally
infipid, colourlefs, and tenacious; but their colour, vikcid-
ity, and odour, differ in different organs. For a further
chemical account of them, fee Mucus.

Their ufe in the animal economy is obvious: they proteé
the mucous furfaces: from the impreflions of thofe heteroge-
neous fubftances, with which they are all in contact, by
forming a ftratum,. which compenfates for the extreme thin-
nefs or even the entire abfence of epidermis. Hence they
are more abundant where foreign matters lodge for fome
time, as in the alimentary canal, than where they only pafs
occafionally, as in the excretory tubes. For the fame reafon,
they are poured out more abundantly where any foreign body
of an unufual kind is left permanently in conta& with a
mucous furface, as a catheter in the urethra, a tube in the
trachea, &c.. In all thefe cafes the effe& nuit be referred
to an irritation of the excretory orifices; for the body does
not come in contact with the glands themfelves.

By the fecretion continually going on in the mucous mem-
branes, they perform another important part in the animal

economy, They are one of the great emunGories, by which

the refidue of nutrition 1s carried off, and, confequently, one
of the principal agents in that habitual decompofition, which
the folids of the living body are conitantly undergaing. All

the mucous fluids are rejeGied from the body 5 that of the
ureters, bladder, and urethra, with the urine; that of the
alimentary canal with the feces, which are often very copious
when nothing is taken in by the mouth; &e. If we con-
fider that the two mucous furfaces, taken together, are of
equal, if not greater extent than the fkin, we thall deem
their funétions very important in this point of view. When
thefe fluids have remained for fome time in rather confider-
able quantity on their refpective furfaces, a difagreeable fen-
fation is produced, and leads to their expulfion in various
ways. The air-paflages are cleared by coughing; the flo-
mach by vomiting, &c. Mucous membranes poflefs a great
number of blood-veffels, and are hence dillinguithed by a
remarkable rednefs, which however is not an: uniform cha-
rater. In the finules of the head, and the internal ear,
they are whitifh, and appear the more fo, becaufe their ex-
treme thinnefs allows us to difcern the bone, on which they
are applied, In the bladder, the large intettine, and the ex-
cretory tubes, the colour is deeper, but {till pale. In the
ftomach, {mall inteftine, vagina, pituitary membrane, and
mouth, the rednefs is ftrongly marked. It arifes from 2
vafcular network, the branches of which, after being rami-
fied in the mucous corion, are expanded in a ftate of very
minute divifion on the mucous furface. Their unfupported
pofition makes them liable to rupture on the application of
any force, as in the bronchi from coughing, in the ear and
nofe from blows on the head, &c. The paflage of ftones
will produce bleeding from the ureters or bladder, and that
of catheters from the urethra.

The fuperficial fituation of thefe veflels enables us to
judge by them of the ftate of the circulation ;. hence the
lividity of the lips, nofe, &c. in afphyxia.

Whether the quantity of blood in the mucovs membranes
be conftantly the fame, and particularly whether it varies
in thofe organs, which are feen in very different flates of
contraction and dilatation, as the alimentary canal, are
points concerning which we poflefs hitherto no means of
judging.
> ‘fibe tation of blood-veffels belonging: to the mncous
fyftem, the faét that the blood is. changed in refpiration by
expofure to the air through its containing veflelsy and that
it will alfo become red when placed in a bladder immerfed in
oxygen, led to.an inquiry whether any change is produced
by the air.in the blood of mucous furfaces.. Bichat could
not difcern any alteration from enclofing oxygen gas in a-
portion of inteftine, or from making it pafs backwards and
forwards through a part of the canal.

This author conceives, that the red colour of the mucous
is analogous to that of the mufcular fyitem, and derived
from the colouring matter of the blood combined with the
tiflue of the part ; except at the origins of thefe furfaces, -
where.the canfe of colour is principally in the blood con-
tained in the wffels. Afphyxia does not affect the deeply-
feated parts, fo much as thofe which are fuperficial, and:
communicate with the fkin;. the latter become fuddenly-
white in fyncope, where.the heart fends no more blood into
the arteries. Repeated wafhings take away the red colour;-
and fuddea whitenefs is produced by immerfion in boiling
water orin acids. It isy oa the contrary, increafed to a re- -
markable degree of intenfity in inflammations, on-account
of the increafed quantity-of blood accumulated in the capil--
lary fyitem.

It is a queftion, whether: exhalation takes place on mu--
cous furfaces: the analogy of the fkin feems to indicate.that
it does. ‘Ihe pulmonary vapour, which is beft feen.awhen)_
condenfed by cobd.air, has been generally referred to the:-
exhalants =

MEMBRANE.

vexhalants of the air-paffages; the gaftric fluid, and fluid of
the intelftines, has been afcribed to the fame fource. It feems
difficult to arrive at any certainty on fuch a point.

There is a great tendency in the exhalant veffels of the
mucous organs to allow the paflage of blood ; hemorrhages
without rupture are very frequent in them.

That abforption is carried on from mucous furfaces is
proved by numerous familiar phenomena; wiz. by the chyle
and fluids taken up from the ftomach and inteftines; by the
vapour of turpentine from the lungs ; by the removal of the
aqueous portions of the bile and urine, &c. This abforp-
tion is by no means conftant and uninterrupted, as in the
ferous membranes; it exhibits numerous varieties according
to the ftate of the vital powers of the part.

The origins of the mucous fyftem, where the animal fen-
fibility is clearly marked, and ferves, as in the fkin, to efta-
blifh our relations with external bodies, poffefs cerebral
nerves. In the pituitary and palatine membranes, the con-
jun@tiva, the re&tum, glans, prepuce, &c. this fa& is evi-
dent ; hardly any nervous twigs from the ganglia are feen in
thefe fituations. The latter, on the contrary, predominate
in the inteftines, the excretory tubes, the refervoirs of fe-
¢reted fluids, &c. where the organic fenfibility is more
marked.

Properties of the Mucous Syftem.—The extenfibility and con-
traCtility of tiffue are much lefs extenfive in this fyitem than
they would appear to be on the firft view, on account of
the numerous folds which it prefents in the hollow organs,
when they are contraéted. Yet thefe properties are very
apparent under certain circumf{tances; the excretory tubes
are often diftended much beyond their natural fize ; the ure-
ters fometimes are almoft as large as an inteftine, and the
du&us choledochus and the pancreatic du& exhibit fimilar
enlargements. The urethra and falivary duéts, on the con-
trary, do not readily yield to diftention.

Thefe properties are called into ation very rapidly in the
mucous fyftem ; the ftomach, inteftines, bladder, &c. pafs
in a moment from a dilated to a contracted ftate.

When mucous canals are no longer traverfed by the fluids
which are habitual to them, they remain permanently con-
tracted, but are not obliterated on account of the prefence
of their mucous fecretions. This fa&t may be obferved in
the inteftinal canal in the cafe of artificial anus, in the urethra
when the urine has run for a long time through the wound
made in lithotomy, &c. Neither do they contra& adhefions
under inflammation, as is the cafe in ferous cavities, and in
the cellular tiffue. The importance of this circumftance to
the great funétions of life is very obvious: the mucous cavi-
ties would be rendered ufelefs if they were fubje& to the
frequent adhefions which we obferve in pleurify, perito-
nitis, &c.

Vital Properties. 1. Properties of the Animal Life.—Like
the integuments, mucous furfaces are conftantly in conta&
with external bodies, and therefore require a fenfibility,
which may enable the mind to perceive the relations between
us and thofe bodies, particularly at the origin of the fur-
faces. Hence the animal fenfibility exifts there ina very
marked degree. In many places it 1s even fuperior to that
of the fkin, which poffeffes no feeling fo lively as thofe pro-
duced by odours on the pituitary membrane, by favours on
that of the mouth, on the vagina, urethra, and glans, at
the moment of coition, &c. This fenfibility, like that of
the fkin, is fubje& to the powerful influence of habit, which
conftantly tends to render our fenfations lefs lively, and
brings to a ftate of indifference the pleafure and pain which
they produce. A catheter left in the urethra, produces at

5

firft great pain; it becomes lefs and lefs troublefome, and is
at laft hardly felt. Peffaries in the vagina, tents in the
re€tum and other fituations, &c. are further proofs of this
fa&. On this obfervation is grounded the poffibility of
keeping tubes in the trachea and efophague, for carrying on
the funétions of refpiration and deglutition. This remark-
able influence of habit is exerted only with refpe& to fenfa-
tions produced by fimple contaét, and not fuch as are caufed
by aétual injury, as cutting, tearing, &c.; hence it does
not make the bladder lefs fenfible to the excruciating pain
of the ftone, the nofe to a polypus, or the trachea to a
foreign body accidentally introduced. To this effe& of habit
we may probably refer in part the gradual diminution of
the funétions of the mucous fyftem in old age. The aétive
fenfibility of the alimentary, biliary, urinary furfaces, &c.
in the young fubjeét, is the chief caufe why the digeltive
and fecretory phenomena fucceed each other fo rapidly :
the fame phenomena take place more flowly in an old per-
fon, from the fenfibility being rendered more obtufe by the
habit of contaét.

The animal fenfibility, which is acute at the origins of
the mucous furfaces, as in the mouth, nofe, glans penis,
opening of the re€tum, &c. is lefs marked in the more
deeply-feated organs. Jn the former parts we always. per-
ceive the bodies that come in contaét, but there is no {uch
perception in the latter. Does this arife from the uniform-
ity of the impreffion in the latter cafe affording no term
of comparifon? Tor each of thefe organs is brought into
conta&t with one kind of fubftance only, while the others
are expofed to a variety of excitations. In fa&t we perceive
impreffions made on the deeply-feated organs, when they are
brought into contaét with extraneous bodies; as when a
catheter is introduced into the bladder, &c.

The fenfibility of the mucous fyftem is much incredfed in
difeafe ; acute catarrhs are very painful. We not only per-
ceive the contaét of bodies then, but find it very diftreffing.
Yet the fenfibility in thefe cafes never rifes to the point
which it reaches in inflammations of the cellular, ferous, -
fibrous, and other tiffues,

The mucous fyflem exhibits no animal contraétility.

Properties of the Organic Life:—The organic fenfibility
and the infenfible contractility are ftrongly marked in the
mucous fyftem. They are called into a@tion by four dif-
ferent caufes: 1, by the nutrition of the fyitem; 2, by the
abforption, which either takes place naturally, or acci-
dentally ; 3, by the exhalation ; 4, by the continual fecre-
tion of the glands. Thefe two properties are the primary
caufes of all thefe fun@ions, the augmentation or diminu-
tion of which indicate their degree of a€tivity. As nume-
rous caufes are conftantly ating on the mucous furfaces,
particularly at their origins, this degree is very frequently
changing, as well as the fun@tions which refult from it.

The mucous fyflem then differs from moft others, in
having its organic properties habitually more ative, on ac-
count of the more numerous funétions, over which they pre-
fide ; and in having them change fo frequently from varia-
tions in the excitation applied to.them. In the bony,
fibrous, cartilaginous, mufcular, nervous, and other fyitems,
thefe properties are only called inte exercife by nutrition ;
and, on the other hand, no excitation can be applied to
them ; fo that the properties remain permanently at the
fame degree.

From the preceding view, we cannot be furprifed that
the difeafes, which particularly put in aétion the organic
fenfibility, and the infenfible contractility, fhould be fo fre-
quent in the mucous organs. All the catarrhal affeGtions,

whether

MEMBRANE.

whether acute or chronic, the hemorrhages, the various
tumours, polypi, fungufes, &e. all kinds of excoriation,
uleers, &e., which are feen in thefe organs, arife from the
— alterations of which the organic prepertics are ful-

tible.

he mucous fytem does not feem to poffefs the fenfible
=— SeneenGiliey yet it fometimes exhibits phenomena,
which feem to indicate fomething more than the infenfible
ofcillations which compofe the infenfible organic contraéti-
lity. The parotid duct fometimes throws out its contents
to fome diftance from the mouth, although it feems entirely
of amucous ftrufture, and has no mufcular agent of im-
pulfion at its origin. Perhaps the excretory duéts of the
glands, which open on the deeply-feated mucous furfaces,
exhibit the fame phenomenon, which has been obferved in
fome degree in the laétiferous tubes. ‘Chefe motions, ana-
logous to thofe of the dartos, the cellular tiffue, &a& feem
= a middle place between thofe of tonicity and irri-
tability.

The fympathies of the mucous fy{tem are very numerous.

Adive Sympathies.—When any part of this fyltem is in-
flamed or irritated in any manner, all the vital powers may
be feparately called into action in other fyftems, Sometimes
the animal contractility is exerted ; thus the mufcles of re-
{piration produce fneezing or cough, when the pituitary
or bronchial membrane is irritated ; or even when the fur-
face of the ftomach is affected. A general fpafm is ob-
ferved, when a foreign body lodges about the glottis.
Stone in the bladder caufes contraction of the crematter.
In other cafes the animal fenfibility is excited by affections
of the mucous furfaces. Stone in the bladder produces
itching of the glans penis. And a fimilar effeét is produced
in the nofe by worms in the inteftines.

The fenfible organic contractility may be fympathe-
tically excited by affeétions of the mucous fyftem. The
organic mufcles generally contraét from the excitation of a
contiguous mucous furface. A {tone in the pelvis of the
kidney, or irritation of the uvula, produces vomiting. The
.aGtion of the heart is accelerated when the feminal fluid is
pafling over the urethra.

Sympathy of the organic fenfibility is exemplified in the
furred tongue, conneéted with the affeCtions of the ftomach,
in the hemorrhages which fupply the place of fupprefled
menitruation, in the diminution of the cutaneous tranfpira-
tion obferved by Sanétorius at the time of digeftion, &c.

Paffive Sympathies.—In various difeafes, a fenfation of
burning heat is felt in the mouth, ftomach, and inteftines,
although thefe parts do not feem to be aétually hotter than
is natural. ‘

Cold bodies applied to the neighbouring fkin {top bleeding
from the nofe and uterus. Mott catarrhs feem to be pro-
duced by the aétion of cold on the fkin. A cold atmo-
{phere confines the funGtions of the fkin, and occafions thofe
of the mucous fyitem to be proportionally extended. The

ulmonary exhalation is more ftrongly marked, the internal
ecretions more abundant, digeftion more rapid, and the
_ appetite confequently more eatily excited. In warm feafons
and weather, on the contrary, the fkin acts more powerfully,
the fecretions, particularly of the urine, are diminifhed, the
digeftive phenomena proceed flowly, and the appetite is
recovered more difficultly. In fcarlet fever the throat is
remarkably affected. In the lalt flages of organic difeafes
of the vifcera, as of the lungs, heart, liver, in cancers of the
uterus, &c. the mucous membranes are ufually affe€ted:
hence the colliquative diarrhceas fo common in thefe cafes.
Charager of the Vital Properties —In this fyftem, as in the

(kin, the vital properties are almolt permanently in ation,
as it is conftantly in contact with fubfances that affeé it
in fome way or other, But they are not the fame in all
parts: they undergo, in cach, particular modifications,
arifing probably from the differences of ftru¢ture already
pointed out, in the nature of the corion, the difpofition of
the papillm, the diftribution of the veffels and nerves, of the
glands, &e, We fee how widely the animal fenfibility of
the pituitary membrane differs from that of the mouth,
how the urethra and glans are affected by the paffage of
the feminal fluid, which would make no impreffion on any
other mucous furface. Each part bears a certain relation
to the fluid which habitually covers it, and could not bear
the contaét of others without pain. The urine would excite
the flomach, and the gaftric juice the bladder; the bile,
which remains quietly in the gall-bladder, would irritate the
pituitary membrane, or veficula feminales,

From thefe varieties in the vital powers of the different
divifions of the mucous fyftem, we naturally derive the dif-
ferences obferved in the difeafes affecting this fyftem. T'o
the fame caufe we mutt alfo refer-the differences of the
fympathies. Each part has a peculiar fympathetic aGtion
on other organs. Irritation of the pituitary membrane alone
caufes fneezing : that of the fauces, vomiting, &c.

Developement of the Mucous Syftem.—It is proportional, in
general, to that of the organs to which it belongs, and is,
therefore, earlier in the galtric apparatus, later in the pul-
monary organs, and ftill more fo in thofe of generation.
The tiffue is very delicate, and the papille hardly fenfible
in the foetus. Its rednefs is not fo clearly marked: lefs
blood penetrates it, becaufe the funétions, of which it will at
a future time be the feat, are cither exerted feebly, or have
not yet commenced. At this time the cutaneous fyftem
is in the oppofite ftate with refpeét to the quantity of its
blood. The mucous furfaces are often livid from the
nature of the blood contained in their arteries. Its adhe-
fions to the furrounding parts are weaker: hence it may be
drawn out of the inteftines in an entire piece.

At the time of birth refpiration and digeftion begin fud-
denly, and the fecretions are increafed : Sane the mucous
fyftem exhibits a remarkable degree of a@tivity. New fub-
ftances come in conta& with it, and flimulate it : red blood
enters its veflels, augments its energy and fenfibility, and
renders it more fit to receive impreffions. When the inter-
nal functions are once eftablifhed in a ftate of a@tivity, the
mucous furfaces exhibit no further fudden changes. “They
a&t with confiderable energy during the time of youth.
Ative hemorrhages are frequent, as thofe of the nofe, air-
paflages, and even of the ftomach: yet, in general, they
are not frequent in the organs below the diaphragm.
They are much more common in men in the gaftro-pulmo-
nary, than in the genito-urinary furface : in women, on the
contrary, who have a natural evacuation of blood from one
part of the latter furface, they are moft frequent in it: at
the epocha of puberty, the developement of the organs of
generation in both fexes gives an increafed aGtivity to one
part of the genito-urinary furface: but this is not accom-
panied with any debilitation of other parts, all of which, on
the contrary, feem to acquire at this time a more energetic
action. The mucous fyftem becomes thicker and firmer in
the years fubfequent to puberty. Its vital energy {till pre-
dominates for fome time in the fuperior furfaces ; but, as
age advances, this predominance, as well as that of other
a is transferred to the abdomen.

umerous caufes change the ftate of this fyftem during
life. It will hardly be found to exhibit the fame colour,.
denfity,.

MEMBRANE.

denfity, or external appearance in any two fubjedts. This
-may be feen in any particular furfaces, as that of the
{loach for example. /

The rednefs of the mucous fyftem is clearly marked till
the thirtieth year; beyond this time it changes. It re-
ceives lefs blood, grows more and more pale, and becomes
more denfe in the old fubje&. The remarkable foft and
villous touch is no longer perceived. The vital powers
grow languid; yet the mucous glands often feparate their
fluids abundantly, and’even in increafed quantity. Abforp-
tion takes place difficultly at this time from mucous fur-
faces, as from all others. The chyle is taken up more
{lowly ; fo that the digeltion is longer, and contagious dil
eates are lefs readily taken.

The ferous membranes confift of two kinds effentially
diftinct from each other. The firft includes the pleura,
pericardium, peritoneum, arachnoid, tunica vaginalis, and
m general all the membranes of the great cavities. Thefe
are the proper ferous membranes. The fecond comprehends
the membranes that line the joints, and thofe which form the
burf mucofe, which may go by the common name of
Jynovial membranes. ‘Thefe two kinds are joined in one
clafs on account of their both poffeffing the external
character-of forming a bag without openings, of their being
compofed of cellular tiflue, and being the feat of alternate
exhalation and abforption. A {trong line of demarcation
is eltablifhed by the different nature of the fluid that lubri-
cates them, by the fynovial membranes keing exempted from
the general dropfical affections of the ferous, and of the cel-
Jolar tiffue, and vice verfd.

The ferous membranes generally cover the outfide of thofe
organs which are lined by mucous membranes, as the
ftomach, inteltines, bladders, lungs, &c.; and it furrounds
all thofe which are eflential to life, as the brain, heart, gaf-
tric vilcera,.&¢.

It does not form, like the mucous fyftem, a furface every
where continuous over the numerous organs to which it be-
longs; but its different divifions are infulated, and thefe
are rather numerous. When taken altogether they furpafs
in extent the mucous furfaces. The particular membranes
vary confiderably in their extent, from the peritoneum,
which is the largeft, to the tunica vaginalis, which is the
{malleft. When taken altogether, they would form a fur-
face greater than that of the fkin.

Every ferous membrane reprefents a bag without an
opening, extended over the various organs which it in-
cludes, which may be either very numerous, as in the pert-
‘toneum, or fingle, as in the pericardium. It covers the
organs in fuch a manner that they are not contained in
its cavity, and that, if it were poffible to diffeét it com-
pletely off from them, it would form a perfect bag. In
this relpe&t it may be compared to the double night-cap, of
which the part immediately covering the head is analogous
to the ferous membrane invefting an organ, and the portion
in which this is included reprefents the lming of the cavity
in which the organ is contained. From this defcription, it
will be readily underftood, that the ferous membranes do not
open to allow a paflage to the veflels or nerves which arrive
at, or depart from, their re{peétive organs, but that they are
always refleGted over them, accompanying them to the organ,
wand forming a fheath round them. ‘This arrangement. pre-
vents the ferum, which lubricates the ferous cavities, from
gaining admiffion into the neighbouring cellular fubftance,
which it would do with great facility, particularly in
dropfies, if the ferous membranes, like the fibrous, were per-
forated for the paflage of veflels and nerves.

From the general idea which we have given of thefe mera:
branes, it will be eafily underftood that each of them is com.
pofed of two parts, dittinét although continuous 3 the one
lining the internal furface of the cavity in which it is found,
the other, covering the organs belonging to the ‘cavity.
Thus, there is a pleura coftalis and pulmonalis, a portion
of peritoneum lining the abdominal parietes, and another
covering the abdomial vilcera, &c.

‘Lhe fimbriated end of the Fallopian tube offers the only
example of a continuity between a ferous and a mucous fur-
face,

In every ferous membrane there is a free furface, ¢onti-
guous with itfelf at all points, and another adhering to the -
{urrounding parts. The former is remarkable for its perfect
{moothnefs and polifh, which diltinguifhes this fyftem and
the following from all other membranes. ‘Ail the organs,
which have this polifhed furface, owe it to a ferous covering =
many have fuch a covering only on fome part of their furface,
and are rough elfewhere, as the bladder and liver.

The free furfaces of the ferous membranes completely in-
fulate the parts, over which they are expanded, from the fur-
rounding organs, fo as to form a kind of boundaries or bar-
riers, if that term may be employed. Hence the great
vifcera, confined by their ferous coverings, and fufpended in
the bags which they form, communicate with the adjacent
parts only at the points where their veffels enter: im alt
other {tuations there is contiguity, but not continuity with
the furrounding organs. This infulation of pofiticn coin-
cides with the feparate vitality of the organs. Each has its
peculiar life, refulting from the particular modification of
its vital forces, which eftablifhes correfpending peculiarities
in its circulation, nutrition, &c. No part feels, moves, or is
nourifhed ke another, unlefs it belong to the fame fyitem :
every organ difplays, on a fmail fcale, the phenomena which
appear on a larger plan in the animal economy: each takes
from the circulating fluid the matter which fuits its nature,
prepares this matter, returns to the mafs ot the blood what is
heterogencous to it, and appropriates what can fernifh it with
the right nourifhment : this, in fadt, is digeftion. Hence it
is an important ufe of the ferous membranes to contribute
to this independence of the vital powers and funétions of the
organs. In the fame way the ferous coverings infulate the
morbid affections of a part. ;

The {moothnefs of the free furface of the ferous fyflem
facilitates the motions of the organs which it covers: the
cellular fub{tance is the principal means by which the move-
ments of external parts are provided for, while thefe mem-
branes are particularly defigned for the internal organs.

This furface differs eflentially from the corref{ponding one
of mucous membranes, in the circumftance of its very fre-
quently contracting adhefions. ‘The pleura is hardly free
from them in any fubjeét : the peritoneum comes next, then
the pericardium, the tunica vaginalis, and, laftly, the arach-
noid, in which they are the moft uncommon. ‘They are
feen under various forms. 1. The coftal and pulmonary
pleurz may be completely united fo as to form apparently
but one membrane. 2. They may be joined fo lootely that
very flight force is fufficient to detach them: the oppofed
furfaces, when detached, have loft their polifh and {mooth
furface. 3. The two pleurz may be united by longer or
fhorter bands, having the fame organifation, and the fame
highly polifhed furface, as the membranes which they join
together. 4. The adhelion may be of a flocculent nature,
and refembling cellular fubftance. 5. Depofitions of coa-
gulating lymph may join the two membranes: but thefe are
foreign to the furfaces. é

The

The external furfaces of ferous membranes adhere in
almott all cafes to the farrounding organs: in a few inftances
thefe membranes are infulated on both fides, Yet, although
they adhere to their refpective organs, their organifation is
not connected with that of thefe parte, They fometimes,
by turns, cover and leave uncovered the organ to which
they belong : the broad ligaments of the uterus ferve os a
ferous membrane to that vifcus during pregnancy. The
perkensum lining an enormous hernial fac, te previoufly
the abdomen. Since then the organs and the ferous
membranes can exilt independently of euch other, there is nu
rocal connection in their organifation. The medium
Of inion is cellular tilfue, and not a vafeular apparatus,
membrane may be, and generally is, affeéted inde-
pendently of the organ, and wice verfi: this is feen in the
inteftine in peritonitis and diarrhea. Hence we may infer,
that the organifation and the life of the ferous membranes
are entirely independent of the organs which they furround.
Yet, in fome cafes, they are infeparably attached to the fub-
jacent parts, as the tunica vaginalis to the albuginea, and
the atachnoid to the dura mater.
© The fmooth furface of every ferous membrane is moilt-
ened With a fluid very fimilar to the ferum of the blood.
~ It is conitantly poured out by the exhalants, and removed
by the abforbents. It is a fimple moifture in the natural
fate, and is diffolved in the air, and rifes in the form of
our from ferous furfaces expofed in living or recently
ed animals. [t is more piel sey in the dead fubje&, as
it is inereafed by the fluids tranfuding through the blood-
veffels after death ; and its augmentation during life caufes
dropfies of the various cavities. In the firft ftage of in-
flammation the ferous exhalants produce no fluid: as they
remain thus preternaturally dry, and are very fenfible, mo-
tion is highly painful. At this time adhefions are formed,
If the affection continue, fuppuration enfues, but the mem-
branes are never ulcerated. Their <iffue is thickened, and
pus is poured out by their exhalants. This fluid varies in
confiftence from a milky ferum to a complete and thick
ftratum of coagulating lymph, which adheres to the fur-
face from which it has been exhaled.

The fluids of the ferous fyitem are plainly of an albu-
minous nature. One of thefe membranes plunged into
boiling water is covesed with a whitifh ftratum of concreted
albumen. This fubftance predominates in the fluid of drop-
fies. The flocculent matters, which often float in fuch
fluids, the new membranes, and the white fubftance, which
fometimes gives them a milky appearance, are merely albu-
men in various {tates of confiftence. : sameboaale

Organifation of the Serous Syflem.—It is chara&terifed by
a white thine colour, nes remarkable tranfparency :
the thicknefs varies, but is never confiderable in the nataral
tate. It confifts of a fingle layer, from the furface of
which cellular ftrata may be removed, but which can never
be divided into two or more portions. No pellicle is raifed
from it by the ation of a blilter.

. The organic fy{tems are formed, 1ft, of common parts,
as cellular membranes, blood-veffels, exhalants, abforbents,
and nerves, which form the ground-work, or as it were
the fkeleton of the part; oily, of a peculiar fubftance
depofited in this, as, for example, gelatine and phofpat
of lime in the bones, fibrine in the mufcles, &c. The
organs, therefore, refemble each other in their common
rts, and are diftinguifhed by their peculiar tiflues. The
us fyftem feems to poffefs no peculiar tiffue ; it contains
only the common parts. Cellular in its nature it differs from
that fyftem only in its form: the cells, inltead of being fe-
parate and diftin&, are here approximated and condenfed.
* Vor, XXIII.

MEMBRANE,

The continual exhalation and abforption of lymph belong to
both thefe tiffues, and the phenomena of dropfly are com-
mon to them both: this identity of funéions and difeafes
leads us to infer an identity of nature. Maceration in water
refolves thefe membranes into cellular tifue; and forcible
inflation under them produces a fomewhat analogous effedt.
Cylty, hydatids, &c. are formed in both. Nothing of a
fibrous nature is obferved in ferous membranes, nor in the
cellular tiffue ; although fibres of fome kind chara€terife the
other organs.

Thefe proofs of analogy, or even of identity of firuc-
ture between the cellular tiffue and ferous membranes, are
corroborated by the effects of various reagents, which are
exaétly fimilar in both cafes. A ferous membrane dried be-
comes tranfparent, does not turn yellow like the fibrous
membranes, ftill remains flexible, and gradually returns to
its former ftate when immerfed in water. It putrifies much
more flowly than the parts which it covers, and refifts mace-
ration for a very long time, as may be feen in the delicate
membrane of the omentum, It is curled up b boiling
water like the fibrous fyftem, but furnithes much lefs gela-
tine, and does not turn yellow, The ordinary chemical
agents operate in the fame way on both parts.

When it putrifies in the open air, it does not turn green
like the fkin, but becomes dull and of a deep grey. When
it floughs during life, it is black ; inthe latter cafe it contains
mich blood, and hence the fource of its dark colour. The
peritoneum is almoft the only inftance in which this gangrene
occurs.

Yet there are circumftances of difference that diftinguith
the ferous and cellular fyftems. Their external appearance
is not the fame. In the cellular tiffue there is nothing ana-
logous to the flow inflammation, accompanied with the pro-
duction of {mall tubercles, which particularly charaGterifes
ferous membranes, as miliary eruptions Satiherite the fkin,
and aphthe the mucous furfaces. The pus formed by the
cellular organ is not the fame as the fluid produced by ferous
furfaces. .

The exhaling veffels which produce the fluid juft defcribed
are eafily demonftrated. Withdraw au intettine from the
abdomen of a living animal ; you fee no veffels in the ferous
furface, but it has a rofe-coloured tint from thofe which lie
underit. If you irritate it, return it into the abdomen, and
draw it out again after fome hours, it exhibits a number of
reddifh ftreaks, which are the exhalant veffels; thefe could
not be feen in the natural ftate from the tranfparency of their
contents. Minute injections have a fimilar effeét on the fe-
rous membranes, and the inje€ted fluid is often thrown out
on the furface, probably from the exhaling orifices.

A large portion of abforbents enters into the compofition
of ferous membranes, which may probably be regarded as an
intertexture of thefe veflels and exhalants, united by cellular
tiffue. ‘The mouths of thefe abforbents can no more be
dire&tly demonftrated than thofe of the exhaling veflels;
but phenomena very clearly prove their exiflence. They
are feen in the dead fubje€&t loaded with fluids taken up
from the cavities to which they belong, as in the different
dropfies, or in effufions of blood. Coloured fluids thrown
into the ferous cavities are faid to be abforbed ; but Bichat
fays that the colouring matter is not taken up. During
life they often carry off very large watery effufions in a fhort
time. ‘

Serous membranes contain very few blood-veffels in their
natural itate; fo few, indeed, that Bichat almoft doubts
their exiftence. Numerous trunks run in the cellular.tiffue
of their external furfaces, but thefe may be removed by dif-
feGion, without injuring Oe menibranes. In the ivi

the

MEMBRANE. .

the exiftence of blood-veffels cannot be queftioned; and in
all cafes they muft be connected to the membranes through
the medium of the exhalants.

Although the ferous fyftem is difinguifhed by certain
geueral characters, the particular membranes differ confi-
derably : each has its peculiar ftruéture, fuited to its fitua-
tion and offices. The tran{parent arachnoid, yielding to the
{mallet force, is ftrongly contrafted with the denfe and
ftrong peritoneum. Different parts of the fame membrane
are differently organifed. The omentum is not like the
reft of the peritoneum ; and the two portions of the tunica
vaginalis are very different. Hence we fhall not be fur-
prifed at finding great varieties in the difeafes of thefe mem-
branes. Nothing is more common than inflammation of the
pleura; that of the arachnoid is rare. The fymptoms are
different in inflammation of the pericardium, tunica vagi-
nalis, and peritoneum ; the dropfies are very different, &c.
Yet there is a common charaéter in the affeétions, arifing
from analogy of organifation. The large ferous colle€tions,
and the flow tubercular inflammation, belong efpecially to
thefe membranes : the mode of adhefion is peculiar to them,

Properties of the Serous Syftem.

1. Properties arifing from Organifation.—The extenfibility
and contraétility of tiffue are lefs extenfive in the ferous
membranes, than we might have fuppofed on the firft view
of the enormous dilatations which the organs covered by
them occafionally exhibit, and of the facility with which
they recover their original fize. The folds of the mem-
branes, which are particularly marked near organs fuf-
ceptible of confiderable variety in fize, as in the abdomen,
are feparated as the organs enlarge, and contribute to their
covering. Yet a confiderable extenfion takes place in many
cafes, in the peritoneum in afcites, in the tunica vaginalis in
hydrocele. The contraétility is proportional: thofe mem-
branes are reftored to their original ftate when the diftend-
ing fluids are removed. After very long extenfion they do
not recover completely : the tunica vaginalis is flaccid when
emptied, and the peritoneum in old dropfies.

2. Vital Properties Removed by their fituation from
the action of external bodies, the ferous membranes do not
enjoy, in their natural ftate, thofe properties which eftablith
relations between fuch bodies and the living organs; they
have no animal fenfibility nor contraétility. Hence they
would not ferve the office of integuments to the body, nor
the purpofe of lining the organs in the place of mucous
membranes: they would give us in fhort no other fenfation
than that of an obfcure and indiftin@ feeling. Living ani-
mals exhibit no figns of pain when thefe membranes are
jrritated. External bodies brought in contaé with ferous

membranes excite inflammation in them; and this method ~

is employed in furgery for producing artificial adhefions of
their fides. When inflamed, animal fenfibility is developed
in them to a very high degree; thele are among the moft
painful affeétions to which the body is fubject.

This fyftem does not poffefs the fenfible organic contrac-
tility ; but the infenfible organic contractility, and the cor-
refponding fenfibility, are kept in permanent exercife by
the exhalation and abforption habitual to this fyftem, and
by nutrition. The two latter properties predominate,
and the morbid affe€tions confift in alterations of them.
Hence are derived acute and chronic inflan.mation, adhe-
fions, effufions of various fluids, &c. It is thefe, alfo,
which are called into ation in fympathies ; fo that whether
they are difeafed idiopathically or fympathetically, ferous
membranes exhibit always a feries of phenomena arifing from
an increafed interior motion, or from a lofs of power in the

exhaling and abforbing veifels, and in the proper tiffues
while in the aniraal and organic mufcular fyltems, the pre-
vailing affeGtiuns, marked in the one by convulfions and
paralyfis, in the other by irregular motions of irritability,
do not indicate any fuch alteration of the tiffue of the organ.
Hence the Jatter fy!tems, although frequently affeGted dur-
ing life, prefent very few morbid changes after death, while
the ferous affords a valt field of obfervation to the morbid
anatomift.

sumballitie Te ferous furfaces are often influenced by
the affections of other organs. This is obvious in the or-
ganic difeafes of the heart, lungs, liver, &c. which, althongh
thefe parts are entirely unconnected in funétions with the
ferous organs, are almoft always accompanied, in their latter
ftages, with colleétions of fluid in the large cavities.

Developement of the Serous Sy/tem.—All the ferous mem-
branes are extremely thin in the foetus; and the fluid which
lubricates them is more unétuous, fo that it feems to ap-
proach in its qualities to the fynovia. Their growth cor-
refponds to that of the organs which they cover. We
cannot ebferve any marked change in their funétions at the
time of birth. For a confiderable time they are extremely
thin and tranfparent, but they afterwards grow thicker, and
affume a dull colour.

This fyftem remains unchanged for a long time in the
adult. The different membranes in their affeCtions follow
the fame laws as the organs which they furround: thus the
ferous furfaces of the cheft are moft frequently affe&ted in
young, and thofe of the abdomen in older fubjeéts.

The membranes become more denfe and firm, and adhere
more ftrongly in old perfons. Their powers become weak-
ened, abforption 1s performed more languidly, and dropfies
occur.

The /ynovial fyftem prefents two principal divifions; one
belonging to the articulations, the other to the tendinous
fheaths.

Synovial Syflem of the Articulations.—The formation of the
fynovia has been very commonly afcribed to the maffes of
fat found in the neighbourhood of the articulations, and
has been regarded as a f{pecies of fecretion. Thefe maffes,
which have been called fynovial glands, confift apparently
of a merely adipous texture, covered by the fynovial mem-
branes, and fo placed as not to be fubje& to any confider-
able preffure in the motions of the joiat. It was faid, that
the fynovia was poured out by fringed proceffes projecting
from their furfaces into the cavities of the joints. The fol-
lowing contideratious will convince us that the fynovia can-
not be formed from this fource. The bodies called fyno-
vial glands are not fond in all the joints, and they do not
exift in the fheaths of tendons. We can difcover nothing
in them but maffes of. fat: inflation or maceration demon-
ftrates the cellular tiffue belonging to them, and ebullition
rempves the fat, leaving nothing but collapfed cells like
common cellular fub{tance. They contain no trace of any
glandalar ttruéture, nothing of that peculiar parenchyma,
urknown in its nature, but remarkable in its ftruéture,
which diftinguifhes all glandular bodies. No excretory
duct can be fhewn in any of them, They do not exhibit in
any cafe fuch difeafed alterations as other glands difplay,
but participate only in the general affeGtions of the fur-
rounding cellular tiffue.

Another fource has been affigned to this fluid in the
tranfudation of the medullary fub{tance of the bones through
their extremities: this explanation is fo mechanical, fo un-
like any vital procefs, and fo inconfiftent with all our views
of the funétions of the animal economy, that it is unne-
ceflary to refute it formally.

We

MEMBRANE.

We mutt then confider the fynovia as produced by exha.
lation from'the veflels of the membranes, In this point of
view it may be compared to the ferum of ferous furfaces,
to which it i¥ analogous in its albuminous compofition, in
its function of lubricating the furface, on which it is de.
potted, in its increafed depofition under certain circum.

ances, and in ity being taken up from the cavities by ab-

forption.

Nhe fynovia is a tranfparent and vifeid fluid: it is tena-
cious, fo as to be drawn out into (rings when touched with
the finger, and hus a flippery un€tuous feel, which renders
it very fit for the purpofe of lubricating the articular fur-
faces, and making them glide eafily aint each other in
the motions of the joint. Its quantity is not uniform in all
joints; inthe ankle, hip, fhoulder, elbow, &c. it is abun-
dant; while its exiftence can hardly be obferved i the fterno-
clavicular, {terno-cottal and cotieuvereebeal articulations.
This difference docs not arife from the fmallnefs of the
furfaces ; for fome {mall joints contain much fynovia. ‘The
quantity is always the fame in the fame joint; it cannot be
increafed, like the ferous fluids, by tranfudation after death,
nor isit, like them, influenced fympathetically by affections
of other organs. It never exhibits thofe changes in ap-
pearance, which are fo frequent in the fluid of ferous cavi-
ties, as the milky turbid itate, the white flocculi, the
falfe membrane of coagulating lymph.

* The fynovial membranes, which conttantly depofit and
abforb fynovia, belong to the joints of the body in the
fame manner as the ferous membranes do to the great cavi-
ties. Each of thefe organs is therefore to be regarded as
an entire bag expanded over the parts which form the
joint; that is, over the furfaces of the articular car-
tilages of the ligaments, and the maffes of fat called fyno-
vial glands, and including the inter-articular ligaments, when
fuch exift, in complete fheaths. The various organs com-

fing joints owe to it their fmooch, polithed, and thining

urface. We can conceive the poffibility of removing it

from them by diffeion, in which cafe it would form a
bag without any opening. Al the organs, over which it
is expanded, are on its external furface, as the different vif-
cera are on the outfide of their refpective ferous mem-
branes. ’ ;

A fynovial membrane is found in all moveable articula-
tions ; indeed, its office is fo <flentially conne&ted with the
motion of the part, that it may be deemed a neceflary con-
flituent of thefe joints. A fibrous capfule belongs to very
few joints : the hip and fhoulder offer examples of it. Thefe
joints poffefs two very diltin& coverings. The external is
fibrous, and reprefents a bag open above and below : it em-
braces, by its two openings, the furfaces of the two bones,
and is continued into their periofteum, the fibres of the two

ns being interlaced. ‘Vhe other is the fynovial mem-
brane, lining the former, and feparating from it at its at-
tachment to the bones, to be reflected over the articular
cartilages. ‘To the former, if to any part, the term cap-
fular higament fhould be applied; it muit lead to very in-
correct notions to give this name to the fynovial membrane,
the ftru€ture and funétions of which are fo foreign to thofe
of ligaments.

Other joints have no fibrous capfule; the ligamentous
fibres, initead of affuming the membranous form, are col-
le&ted into fafciculi. The internal layer, or that compofed
of the fynovial membrane, exilts here, as in the former
joints, and has exaétly the fame difpofition with refpeét to
the capfule, which it forms round the joint, and its re-
flexion over the articular heads. In thete joints, too, ana-
tomifts often call it the capfular ligament. It has the

fame funtion in both kinds of articulation; that of f-
creting the fynovia and confining it to the furface of the
joint,

Simple infpe€tion is fufficient to prove the exiflence of
the fynovial membrane in joints, where it exifls alone, that
is, not covered by afibrous capfule. It can be very eafily
demonttrated in certsin parts of other joints, as on the liga-
mentum teres, the fynovial yland, and the neck of the
femur in the hip, as well as where it is refleéted from the
fibrous capfule to the cartilaginous furfaccs. On the fur-
face of the fibrous capfule, and on the articular cartilages
in all joints, its adhefion is fo ftrong, that doubts may be
entertained of its exiftence. It fometimes appears uncovered
at fome interval between the fibres of a capfule ; and care-
ful diffeétion, with maceration, enables us to detach it.
The fmooth furfaces of ligaments and cartilages can be
owing only to a covering of this membrane, for thofe parts
cannot derive that property from their own flruéture ; arti-
culations, which have io fynovial membrane, have not this
{mooth furface, as the fymphyfes of the pelvis.

When a part paffes through a joint, as the tendon of the
biceps at the fhoulder, the fynovial membrane is refleed
over it, fo that there is no opening for the fynovia to
elcape through,

As the form and office of the fynovial ftrongly refemble
thofe of the ferous membranes, the organifation 18 alfo analo-
gous. It is chiefly cellular, as we may prove by diflection,
inflation, and maceration. Its external furface is every
where covered by cellular tiffue, which we find gradually
more and more condenfed as we approach the membrane.
No kind of fibre ean be diftinguifhed in it. It has a
degree of tranfparency when difle&ted out of a joint. In
all points of its texture, in its exhalants and abforbents, it
refembles the ferous membranes.

Properties. —The extenfibility and contraétility of tiffue
are feen in the diftention of joints ia the hydrops articuli,
and their fubfequent return to their original fize. The
membranes admit, however, only of a gradual extenfion,
and are torn by the fudden force applied in luxations.

Organic fenfibility is the only vital property which they
poffefs in the ordinary ftate; no fign of pain is produced,
when they are expofed and irritated in living animals. In-
flammation increafes this fenfibility and converts it into the
animal kind ; moft excruciating pain is experienced from in-
flamed joints. The exhalation and abforption conftantly
carried on by thefe membranes, prove that they poffefs the
infenfible contractility.

Thefe membranes are not affe€ted by difeafes of other
organs. In acete difeafes of important vifcera, while the
fin, the mucous furfaces, the cellular tiffues, the nerves,
&c. exhibit a greater or lefs fympathetic difturbance, the
fynovial membranes are completely quiet. In this refpe&
they refemble the bony, cartilaginous, and fibrous fyftems.

Developement of the Synovial Syftem.—The membranes are
proportionally large in the feetus and child, becaufe the ar-
ticular furfaces are large ; they are alfo very thin. There
is nothing peculiar in the fynovia. The membranes grow
more dente, and lefs tranfparent, in the old fubje&, and pro-
duce lefs fynovia: they acquire a rigidity, which is un-
favourable to motion. But they do not become offified.

Synovial membranes are fometimes accidentally developed.
When the head of a bone is diflocated and not replaced, 2
fmooth moift cyft is formed round it, by condenfation of
the furrounding cellular membrane, having very much of
the appearance of a fynovial membrane, and performing ite
office in facilitating the motions of the part.

Synovial Syftem conneGed with the Tendons.—This entirely

Gg 2 refembles

MEMBRANE.

refembles the preceding fyftem7in its nature, and differs

from it only in fituation: often indeed they are confounded’

together: thus thofe, which belong to the heads of the
gaftrocnemius, to the extenfors of the knee and to the pop-
liteus, are continuous with the joint of the knee, the fame
membrane belonging both to the articulation and to the ten-
don. Very few of thefe tendinous fynovial membranes are
found in the trunk, almoft all of them occupy the limbs, in
which they favour the motions of the tendons. They are
found, 1, where a tendon turns over a bone at an angle, as
at the paflage of the peronei behind the outer ankle, and of
the obturator internus over the ifchium; 2, where a tendon
glides againit a bony furface without making any turn, as
the tendo Achillis at the os Calcis, the gluteus maximus at
the great trochanter, &c.; 3, where a tendon plays ina
fibrous fheath, as the flexors of the toes and fingers on the
phalanges.

The fynovial membranes of tendons, like thofe of the
joints, form bags without any opening, expanded on one
fide over the tendons, and on the other over the organs
with which the organs are in conta&t. From this difpofi-
tion, and from the nature of the fluid with which they are
lubricated, they have been called burfe mucofz, under
which name they are generally defcribed. It follows, that
every tendinous fynovial membrane muft poffefs two fur-
faces, a {mooth one, forming the interior of the bag,
which is every where free and contiguous to itfelf, and an
adherent one attached to the furrounding parts. The
fmooth furface is conftantly moiftened with a fluid of the
fame nature as the fynovia of the joints, formed like it by
exhalation, and not, as fome have reprefented, by reddifh
fatty bodies placed on the outfide of the membrane, which
do not exift in general, and have no glandular texture
when they do exift. This fluid in general is lefs abundant
than in the joints; but the quantity varies in the different
burfe. It is fometimes increafed in quantity, forming a
{pecies of dropfy, which is called a ganglion: this kind of
tumour never exifts in the fingers, becaufe the fibrous fheaths
which include the fynovial membranes of their flexor ten-
dons are unyielding. Often thefe ganglia are completely
new formations, cy{ts developed in the cellular tiffue.

The adherent furfaces of the membranes are fixed on one
fide to the tendons, to which they are clofely attached, but
not with equal firmnefs in all cafes; it may be detached
from the obturator internus, the pfoas, &c., but in yene-
ral it cannot be feparated. On the other fide it is fixed to
the periofteum, which generally affumes the ftru@ure of
fibro-cartilage. To this the membrane adheres as the arti-
cular fynovial membranes do to the cartilages of their re-
{pective joints; that is, we cannot detach it, and fhew it
feparately, but infer its exiftence from the polifhed furface
of the part. Sometimes it is expanded over a fibrous cap-
fule, inftead of a bone. After covering the tendon, it is
continued in fome cafes over a portion of the mufcular
fibres, asin the obturator internus. Where the membranes
are reflected from the tendons to the furrounding organs,
they are covered in general by a confiderable quantity of
eellular tiffue ; but in the cafe of tendons running in fibrous
fheaths, they line thofe fheaths.

Thefe membranes mult obvionfly participate in the mo-
tions executed by the tendons, to which they belong: they
will be drawn backwards and forwards as the tendon itfelf
is moved.

The very various forms, which the bags of the tendinous
fynovial membranes prefent, may be reduced to two general
modifications. The one kind are rounded bags, covering
only one fide of the refpeétive tendons, having no internal

folds, and never furrounded by fibrous fheaths. \ The others,
belonging particularly to the flexors of the toes and fingers,
and to other tendons about the wrift and ankle, conhit in
the firft place of a cylindrical fac lining the canal, in which,
the tendon runs: it is then refle&ted over the tendon, which
it covers on all fides, compofing for it a complete fheath.
This kind of membrane thus reprefents two cylindrical
canals, one lining the bone and fibrous fheath, and the
other covering the tendon, continuous with each other at
the two ends, where the reflexion produces two cul-de-facs.
Folds are often feen in thefe, pafling from one part of the
membrane to. the other: the fynovial membranes of the di-
gital flexors exhibit them.

Their organifation 1s exa€tly analogous to that of the arti-
cular membranes. The ftru€ture is principally cellular, and
diftinguifhed by its foftnefs: very few blood-veffels are feen,
but the exhalants and abforbents prevail. The former be-
come diftended with blood under inflammation, and give to
the membrane a more or lefs deep red tint. In this ftate
fynovia is not produced; and foimetimes adhefions take

lace.

The vital properties, and thofe refulting from organi-
fation, feem not to differ from thofe of the preceding fy{-
tem. Like it, this is never affeCted fympathetically : all its
difeafes are local.

The obvious effect of thefe membranes is to facilitate the
motions of the tendons over the bones and other parts in
contaét with them, by giving to the oppofed furfaces a
perfe&t polifh, and lubricating them with a flippery
fluid. '

They are thin and delicate in the feetus and child, more
denfe and firm in the adult, and become rigid in old age: at
the latter time they produce but little fluid, and are confe-
quently dry. This {tate probably concurs with other caufes
in impairing the power of motion in the old fubje¢t.

Several of the burfe mucofe vary in different bodies.
Sometimes this is only a mafs of celluler tiffue, in the place.
of that belonging to the gluteus maximus. Thefe burfa
are always very dry when they exift, fo that fynoyia can
hardly be feen in them. They refemble, in that refpeét,
the articular fynovial membranes of the ribs, clavieles, &c.

Fibrous Membranes —Thefe comprehend the fafcie of the
limbs, &c., the periofteum and perichondrium, the dura
mater, fclerotica, albuginea, the proper coverings of the
kidnies, {pleen, &c., the covering of the corpus caver-
nofum, &e.; all forming exterior inveftments of the organs
to which they belong. ‘Thefe parts are not, like the fto-:
mach, inteftines, lungs, bladder, &c., which are covered
by ferous membranes, fubje€t to alternate enlargement and
diminution: that would not fuit the properties of fibrous
organs. ‘The membranes are moulded exaétly to the form
of the parts, and, with the exception of the dura mater, do
not prefent the numerous folds feen in the ferous membranes»
Both their furfaces are adherent, in which they differ from
the ferous, mucous, and fynovial membranes,

One of thefe furfaces, intimately conneéted to the organ,
feems to fend numerous procefles into it. In the teftes, cor-
pus cavernofum penis, {pleen, &c. are feen numerous fibres
croffing in various dire€tions, and attached to the fibrous
membranes of thefe organs. On thefe, together with the
membrane, the form of the part feems greatly to depend.
Bony matter is thrown out in a rough and irregular form,
when the periofteum no longer covers it: the figure of the
teftis is altered, when the albuginea is injured, &c. Thefe
fibres in the interior of the organs are not, however, of the
fame nature with the fibrous membranes: they cannot be
deemed proceffes of thofe membranes, By boiling the cor-

pus

MEMBRANE.

pus cavernofum penis, or fubjecting it to any other procefs,
the interior fpongy tilue and the outer. fibrous covering al-
ways remain diltinét in their appearances there is no con-
tinuation of the one into the other,

The oppofite furfaces of fibrous membranes are joined to
the furrounding organs with various degrees of firmnefs,
from the loofe attachment of the corpus eavernofum to the
clofe adhefion of the dura mater. | In general, the fibrous
membranes and other fibrous organs have a great tendency
to adhere clofely to the ferous and mucous organs. ‘The
conneétion between the dura mater and arachnoid, the tunica
albuginea and vaginalis, the fibrous capfules and the fynovial
membranes, fhews this in the ferous membranes. So inti-
mate is the connection in thele cafes, that it is not poffible
to feparate the parts by diflection in the adult. When
fibrous and mucous furfaces meet together in an organ, they
become completely confounded : this is feen in the pituitary
membrane, in the membrane of the finufes of the nofe, in
the ear, &e. In all thefe parts, the periofteum is not fe.

arable from the mucous furface. The vas deferens, the
allopian tube, the ureter, feem to be fibro-mucous organs.

Thefe membranes have, in general, a very clofe texture,
and a remarkable thicknefs; they confitt of a fingle layer.
The dura mater {eems to form an exception to this rule, by
the folds which form the falx and the tentorium cerebelli ;
but we cannot point out two diltinét layers in the membrane,
except at the finufes. They poflefs more veffels than all the
other divilions of the fibrous fyftem, and are perforated by
numerous apertures for the paflage of thefe veflels, which in
general pafs through them, in order to arrive at the organs
which they cover. Thefe openings, each of which is larger
than the branch perforating it, diftinguifh the fibres from
the ferous membranes, which are always reflected, inftead
of being opened, for the purpofe of admitting the vafcular
fyftem into their refpective organs. The defcription of the
particular membranes will come under that of the organs to
which they belong. We fhall except the periofteum, which
ought to be confidered in a general way, both becaufe it is
a covering common to the whole bony fyftem, and becaufe
it is a kind of connecting centre to all the organs of the
fibrous fyftem.

The periofteum furrounds all the bones in every part, except
where they are covered by sane: It is hard, ftrong, of
a greyifh colour, remarkably thick in the early years of life,
and proportionally thinner in the adult. _ The qld anatomifts
conceived that it was prolonged from one bore to another,
over the articulation, fo as to conftitute a continued bag for
the whole fkeleton. This is an incorre& notion. The peri-
ofteum is interlaced at the joints with the ligaments, which
may thus be regarded as a medium of communication be-
tween the coverings of the different bones, It is in this way
only that we can regard it as continuous over the whole

leton. It does not exilt in the crowns of the teeth, nor

on the bony productions rifing from the head in certain ani-
It is feebly united to the bone in infancy, parti-
cularly at the middle of the long bones: the adhefion be-
comes ftrong in the 2dult ; and is extremely firm in the old
fubjeét, in which the membrane is very thin. Numerous
proceffes extend from this membrane into the bone: the
number of thefe is much greater at the extremities of the
_ lang bones, and on the fhort bones, than at the middle of
long, and over the furface of broad bones; all which we
fhould have inferred, from obferving the proportion of aper-
tures in thefe fituations. Thefe prolongations accompany
blood-veffels, and line the canals which penetrate the bones :
they do not reach the medullary cavity, but are confined to
the bony tiffue, eftablifhing relations between it and the

s

membrane from which they proceed. In confequence of
this conneétion, the dellruction of the periofleum is accom-
panied by the death of the correfponding of the bone.

The relations of the periolteum to the eaten organs
are very various: in molt cafes the mufcles lie on it, and are
connected, according as they are capable of executing more
or lefs confiderable motions, by ion or clofer pt oa tex
ture.

The direétion of the fibres in this membrane is nearly
analogous to that of the bones, particularly in the long and
fhort ones; but it has not a radiated arrangement in the
broad bones. ‘They vary in length, and the Peperkicial ones
are the molt extenfive. Is veflels are derived from thofe of
the neighbouring parts. Their ramifications form in the
membrane a net-work, which injections thew very clearly,
particularly in. children: they are either loft in the mem-
brane, or penetrate the tiffue of the bone, or return into the
neighbouring parts to form various anaftomofes.

The perioiteum receives the infertion of the tendons, liga-
ments, and aponeurofes. ‘This attachment appears foreign
to the bone in the child. If we detach the membrane, al}
thefe organs are brought away at the fame time; but, as
offitication extends to the internal plates of the periofteum,
the fibrous organs feem identified with the bone in the
adult.

In the foetus it is foft, fpongy, and containing much
gelatinous fluid: it diflolves in water readily. Its fibres at
this time are indiftiné&t: they become more vifible as age ad-
vances; the foftnefs of the tiffue is diminifhed, and its
ftrength increafed. The periofteum is extremely firm in the
old fubje&: it refifts ebullition almoft as much as the liga-
ments. When the bones are boiled, it cracks in various.
parts, becaufe its fibres are fhortened and detached from the
bone; but that which remains adherent is very difficultly
converted into gelatine.

The functions of this membrane do not feem to be very
fatisfactorily afcertained. An opinion has been entertained.
that it ferves to protect the bone from the preflure of the
furrounding moveable organs, as the mufcles and arteries.
It has been fuppofed to be very much concerned in the
formation of bone ; but we cannot accede to this view of the
matter. (See Bone.) It may form a kind of barrier, con-
fining the progrefs of offification within certain bounds.
Bichat regards it as connected effentially with the functions.
of the fibrous organs attached to it. He confiders that it
is placed on the bony fyftem, as a folid point of fupport,.
which enables it to bear the efforts of the various co
organs.

The ferichondrium is a membrane furrounding the carti-
lages, except thofe belonging to the articulations, analogous
in its ftruéture and offices to the periofteum. It is thin and:
fibrous; lefs clofely united to the organs, which it covers,
than the periofteum, becaufe they have fewer pores, and
therefore receive fewer procefles from the membrane: hence-
there is a lefs intimate conneétion between its life and that
of the cartilage, than between that of the bone and the
periofteum. Its blood-veflels are few. Bichat removed it
from the thyroid cartilage of a dog, and no exfoliation fol-

lowed.
For the vital properties of the fibrous membranes, the

.reader is referred to the article Frsrous Sy/em, where the

fubje& is confidered in a general point of view.

The Membranes.—The ferous and fibrous mem-
branes have a great tendency to adhere together, and exhibit:
this charaéter wherever they are brought into oppofition, as.
in the cafe of the arachnoid and dura mater, the tunica al—
buginea and. vaginalis, the fynowal membranes and fibrous

capfules,

MEMBRANE.

capfules of joints, &c. The two component parts of fuch
membranes are fo clofely united, that it is impoffible to fe-
parate them by diffeGtion: however, they are clearly diftin-
guifhed by their texture and properties.

The ferous and mucous membranes are generally feparated
by a mufcular ftratum, as in the inteftinal canal and bladder ;
and where they are not, as in the gall-bladder, the cellular
f{ubftance belonging to the mucous is too copious to admit
of the clofe adhefion neceffary to form a compound mem-
brane.

The fibrous and mucous membranes are in many cafes
confolidated together, as in the ureter, vas deferens, pitui-
tary membrane, lining of the tympanum, &c. They are
connected infeparably in thefe fituations. ~ In all, the mucous
is the moft important, as it is the feat of the funétions of the
part: the fibrous is acceffary, and furnifhes additional fup-
port and ftrength to the mucous.

There are feveral membranes, which do not come under
the preceding claffification: fuch are the fibrous coat of the
arterial fyftem (fee Hzarr); the lining both of the arteries
and veins (fee Heart); that which lines the medallary
canal of bones, and contains the marrow (fee MEDULLARY
Syfem); the iris and choroid coat, and retina (fee Eye);
and the pia mater, fee Brary.

Mempraxe is a term alfo frequently applied in the
Englifh language to the cellular fubftance ; cellular membrane
therefore is exatly equivalent to the latter expreflion. A
general account of this very important animal tiflue is given
under the head of CeLtLuLar Subfance: we propofe to con-
fider it in a more extenfive way in the prefent article, and
particularly to exhibit the ingenious views of Bichat, as
contained in the firft volume of his «* Anatomie Generale.”’

The cellular fubftance, furrounding the various organs of
the body, forms at the fame time a conneSting medium
which joins them together, and an intermediate ftru€ture
which infulates them. It extends into the interior of the
fame organs, and is effentially concerned in their ftru€ture.
We fhould regard it, firft, in relation to the particular or-
gans; and fecondly, in a general manner, independently of
other parts. In the firlt of thefe divifiens we have to con-
fider the cellular organ under two points of view: rit, as
compofing g,covering for each part ; and 2dly, as forming
one of the effential bafes of its ftru€ture.

I. Of the exterior Cellular Texture of each Organ.—Some
parts are covered on one furface only, as the fkin, mucous
and ferous membranes, arteries, veins, and abforbents; while
others are furrounded on all fides.

The corion of the fkin contains, as we have fhewn under
the article INTEGUMENTS, a large quantity of cellular tiflue,
and anatomifts have generally regarded it as formed by a
condenfation of this tiffue. Befides this, a {tratum of cei-
lular fubilance, varying in quantity and denfity, lies under it
in all parts of the body. At the median line the fubeu-
taneous tiffue is rather more denfe than in other fituations,
and adheres more clofely to the fkin; this may be feen in
the face, on the fternum of the linea alba, and over the
fpine. Bichat regards it as marking in an obfcure way
the fymmetrical divifion which charatterifes the organs of
the animal life ; but we cannot infift much on it, as there
are no traces in the neck. ‘This author ftates that the air
was confined to one fide in fome of his experiments on
emphyfema; but that it generally paffed the line.

1. The fubcutaneous tiflue is remarkably denfe under the
fealp ; it is loofe and abundant in the face. By its laxity in
the trunk it favours the motions of the large mufcles in
that fituation. It is diftributed almoft uniformly in the
limbs, except that it is denfe in the palme and foles, where

confequently the fkin is more clofely united to the apo-
neurofes, and anafarcous depofitions are formed with diffi-
culty. It is alfo more denfe and clofe over the annular
ligaments ; and hence the conftriétions which the limbs of
children prefent in thefe fituations, as the fat does not
penetrate eafily into cells fo clofely approximated.

The fubcutaneous cellular tiffue beftows on the fkin ite
power of motion with refpet to the organs that it covers; -
this is exemplified in the movements of the trunk and limbs,
in the effects of external bodies brought in conta& with the
furface, in the cutaneous coverings acquired by large tu-
mours, as herniz, farcocele, &c. at the expence of the fur-
rounding parts. From the fame caufe arifes the facility of
motion in organs fituated under the fkin, as the mufcles.

It contains a larger proportion of ferous fluid than other
parts of the cellular fubftance, and is more liable to preter-
natural accumulations of that fluid, probably on account of
its greater laxity. If the fin and fubjacent tiffue be ftrip-
ped from an anafarcous lower extremity, it will appear very
little larger than a healthy limb treated in the fame way.

2. The mucous membranes have the fame relations to
the cellular fubttance as the fkin, of which they are conti-
nuations, and to which their iftru€@ture bears confiderable
analogy: the ftru€ture occupying their furface is called by
Bichat tiffu foumuqueux. It is much more compaét and
denfe than the former, and the adhefion of the mucous fyttem
to the furrounding parts is confequent)y much more clofe.
Hence it is difficult to feparate the mucous membranes per-
feétly, and impeffible to produce emphyfema under them
artificially. Air is never feen in this tiffie in the moft ex-
tenfive natural emphyfema, nor is water ever depofited in it
in the moft general anafarca. indeed the hollow organs would
have their Paisttdons deftroyed by the obliteration of their
canals, if the f{ubmucous were liable to the fame diftention
as the fubcutaneous tiffue. This firmnefs in the former
tifflue erables it to ferve as a point of attachment to the
mufcular fibres, which belongs to the ftomach, inteftines,
bladder, &c.

. The adherent furfaces of ferous membranes are covered
by cellular uffue, cailed by Bichat tiffy fouféreux, which is
in general.loofe and abundant. In fome parts, however, the
union is fo clofe that no cellular fubftance can be difcerned ;
as in the tunica vaginalis and albuginea, the arachnoid and
dura mater, &c. : thefe conititute fero-fibrous membranes.

4. Arteries and veins are connected to the furrcunding
organs by a loofe and eafily lacerable cellular fubftance.
(See the account of their itruéure in the article Heart.)
The abforbing veffe!s are probably furnifhed with a corre-
{ponding covering ; but their minutenefs prevents us from
afcertaining this point by direét inveftigation.

5. [he various excretory tubes are furrounded by cel-
lular tilfue. All thefe have a mucous lining, which is co-
vered by a denfe and firm ftratum of matter, differing in
the different tubes, and the exact nature of which is pro-
bably not yet well underftood. It feems doubtful whether
we ought to affign this exterior covering to the cellular
tiffue. See GLAND.

The organs of the body, except thofe which have been
juft mentioned, are furrounded on all fides by a more or lefs
abundant ceilular ftratum, which infulates them, and inter-
rupts thofe communications which would conne& the vita-
lity of one part to that of another in too intimate a manner,
if their juxtapofition were immediate. The ferovs vapour
and fat of the cells probably contribute to this infulation of
vitality ; but the effential difference, between the proper life
of the cellular fubftance, and that of the organs which it
inclofes, renders that tiflue very capable of fulfilling thie

I office,

.

MEMBRANE.

office, independently of the fluids which it contains, ‘The
confinement of difeafes to particular organs is aferibed
by Bichat to this infulation of their vitality. We meet
every day with difeafed organs covered by healthy ferous
membranes, with catarrhal mucous membranes furrounded
by found parts: the numerous cutaneous eruptions do not
affect the fubjacent organs, &c. On the other hand, dif-
eafes are very often communicated from one part to another,
A phlegmonous inflammation involves all the furrounding
oom the rheumatic affection of a joint produces exterior
welling, and difeafe of the ligaments of the knee is ac-
companied by an analogous phenomenon. Nor are difeafes
alone communicated from one part to another: the effects
of remedies often act in the fame way, as for inftunce, blifters
and poultices. If the cellular fubltance has any influence
on thefe changes, how are we to account for refults appa-
rently fo contradi&ory under fimilar circumitances? Will
it not be more philofophical to confefs that we are ignorant
of the caufes, by which the communication of difeafes is
influenced and modified, than to adopt, in the abfence of
all direct proof, a mode of explanation which fo frequently
fails ? hen Bichat tells us, in cafes where difeafe is con-
fined to one organ, that the cellular atmofphere, by pof-
fefling a different kind of vitality, prevents its propagation ;
and, in oppofite inftances, that this atmofphere becomes
charged with emanations raifed from the morbid part, or
that its viral powers experience a change analogous to that
which has affe&ted the difeafed organ, does this apparatus of
words impart to us any further knowledge than shat of the
fimple fact, chat morbid changes fometimes are, and fome-
times are not, propagated from one organ to another ?

The quantity of cellular tiffue furrounding any organ bears
a relation to the motions which it is capable of executing ;
and is more abundant in proportion as thefe motions are more
extenfive. Hence it is feen in confiderable quantity about
the large arterial trunks, the eye, the uterus, bladder, the
large joints, as the hip and fhouider. By the extenfion and
contraction of its cells it is very capable of accommodating
the motions of the organs, particularly their dilatation and
contraétion. Parts, which enjoy extenfive power of mo-
tion, and yet have but little cellular tiffue on: their furface,
as the vifcera, and the articular ends of bones, are fur-
rounded by ferous or fynovial membranes. In many in-
ftances organs with very little motion are covered by an
abundance of cellular tifflue: the kidney, teftis, thyroid
gland, and pancreas are examples.

Il. The internal Cellular Syftem of the Organs.— After fur-
rounding all parts, this fyftem enters into their fubftance,
and forms one of its principal elements. In thofe appara-
tufes, which are an affemblage of feveral fyitems, each is
united to the furrounding ones by it; as the different coats
of the ftomach, inteftines, bladder, &c. Again, it enters
largely into the compofition of the organic fyttems: it fur-
rounds their vafcular and nervous ramifications, and unites
the various homogeneous parts that compofe them. Thus,
fays Bichat, each portion of an organ has a covering, per-
forming the fame office with refpect to it, that the a
covering does to the whole organ; it forms an atmoiphere,
limiting and proteSting the vitality of each fibre, or ferving,
(more readily on account of the greater juxtapofition) as a
means of communication from one to the other.

This interior cellular tiflue is only a means of union, and
preferves all its own properties ; it is infenfible in the nerve,
incapable of contraction in the mufcle, and unconnected with
fecretion in the glands. It is often affeCted alone in an or-
gan s hence the numerous tumours in the liver, which have

glandular tiffue perfectly healthy,

The texture of many organs is fo clofe that the cellular
tiffue is but little apparent, and its very exiftence has been
denied, In tendons and fibrous membranes maceration ren-
ders it difcernible: ebullition has a fimilar effeét, by dif-
folving the gelatine which a part may contain, In all in-
ftances, even in bones and cartilages, the produétion of
granulations, which are effentialy of a cellular nature, de-
monttrates the exiftence of this tiffue. ‘Vhe converfion of
bones into a foft and flethy flare, and the produAtion of
fungous tumours in other Cyflems, by rendering the tiffue
more loofe, demonftrate the cellular fubflances.

Of the Cellular Syflem confidered independently of the Organs.
—In the interior of the cranium this tiffue feems to be al-
molt deficient. Yet the pia mater is formed by it; and a
small quantity of a very fine and perfeétly neve Han kind
is feen where the nerves quit the furface of the brain. There
is no poflibility of demonftrating cellular tiffue in the fub-
ftance of the brain, unlefs perhaps by its fungous tumours.
Through the optic foramina and the fupenior orbital fif-
fures, the cellular fubfance of the cranium communicates
with that of the orbit ; through the holes of the cribriform
plate with that of the nofe ; through the various apertures
of the bafis cranii, and the numerous but minute pores
about the futures, with the correfponding external parts.
It is more abundant, but ftill in comparatively {mall quan-
tity, on the outfide of the cranium, and communicates evi-
dently with that of the face, particularly in front.

It is very abundant in all parts of the face: the orbits
are filled with it ; the hollows of the cheeks, bounded by
the buccinator, mafleter, and zygomatic mufcles, contain it
in large quantity, as well as all the parts about the tongue.
The nofe and its finufes have a very {mall proportion. On
its exiftence in greater or {maller quantity, the appearance of
the countenance, with refpe& to fulnefs or fharpnefs, de-
pends. The expreffion is regulated by the mufcles. It
communicates with that of the neck by its fubcutaneous
portion, by what accompanies the veffels, particularly in the
triangular {pace lodging the parotid, and by the intervals of
the mufcles about the root of the tongue.

Very little is found in the vertebral canal, between the
arachnoid and the medulla f{pinalis and its nerves: there is
none between the arachnoid and dura mater. It is more
copious on the outfide of the latter, particularly towards
the lower parts, where it is very loofe. On the outfide of
the {pine the mufcles are very numerous and clofely arranged,
and the cellular tifflue very {paring behind ; it is copious on
the front. It accompanies the carotids on the neck, the
aorta and its large branches, the azygos, and the vena cava
in the cheft and neck. This difpofiticn is very favourable to
the formation and extenfion of depofitions of pus.

The neck is a very mefcular part, and contains much
cellular tiffue, befides what belongs to the fpine, particu-
larly on its fides, where the lymphatic glands are found.
In this fituation it communicates with that of the chelt, by
the fuperior opening of the latter cavity. It alfo commu-
nicates with the upper limbs above and below the clavicles.

The largeft quantity of cellular tiffue occupies the middle
line of the cheft : there is much of it in the mediaftinum,
about the pericardium, and the large veflels. In the parts
occupied by the lungs, the quantity is confiderably lefs.
The communications between it and the abdominal cellular
tiffue take place, 1{t, at the various openings of the dia-
phragm, particularly thofe which tranfmit the aorta and
cefophagus, for the vena cava is too clofely united to its
a to allow of fuch communication : 2dly, through the
intervals of the diaphragmatic fibres, particularly at the
triangular fpace left between thofe attached to the xiphoid

cage:

MEMBRANE.

cartilage. There are communications from within outwards
at the intervals of the intercoftal mufcles; but thefe are
very trifling, and confequently the internal affections feldom
have any influence on the external parts.

On the outfide of the cheft, the cellular tiffue is abun-
dant above; it enclofes the mammary glands, and produces
the elegantly rounded forms which charm us in the females
it contributes to the bold prominence which is the attri-
bute and charaéter of male ftrength. ‘There is much of it
under the pe@oral mufcles, but the quantity decreafes very
fenfibly downwards.

The abdomen contains more cellular tiffue than the cheft.
It is accumulated in large quantity about the large arterial
and venous trunks, and accompanies them to their refpeCtive
organs. It is alfo very abundant along the back of the

peritoneum, particularly about the kidney, but much more

{paring on the front and fides of the abdominal parietes.
It communicates with that of the pelvis all round the peri-
toneum, and with that of the lower limbs at the inguinal
canal, and more particularly at the crural arch. In the
latter fituation, the pus generally defcends in lumbar ab-
{ceffes.

The outfide of the abdomen has the ufual fubcutaneous
ftratum, which is continuous with that of the pelvis and
lower limbs. Between the abdominal mufcles there is a mo-
derate quantity. The outer and inner portions of cellular
fubftance communicate through the mufcles, particularly at
the pofterior and lateral regions: the fluid of lumbar ab-
{cefles fometimes takes this dire¢tion and prefents in the loins.

Few parts have a more abundant diftribution of cellular
tiffue than the pelvis; it is placed very copioufly round the
bladder, reGtum, and uterus. The great dilatations of
which the organs are fufceptible, and the unyielding nature
of the parietes of the pelvis, explain this arrangement.
The nature of the abfceffes, which occur about the anus,
and the diffufion of urine from ruptures of the urethra, are
modified by this ftru€ture: It communicates with that of
the lower limbs by the ifchiatic notch, the foramen ovale, and
the arch of the pubes. The outfide of the pelvis has alfo
much cellular fubftance : it is moft copious in front, about
the generative organs, particularly in the labia and fcrotum,
and more abundant on the fides'than behind.

Both in the upper and lower limbs the quantity of cellu-
lar tillue conftantly decreafes from above downwards. It is
very confiderable round the upper articulation of each: the
hollow of the axilla is almoit entirely filled with it; the
bend of the thigh does not contain fo much. ‘There are
large cellular intervals between the mufcles of the arm and
thigh. The elbow has much lefs than the ham, the deep
hollow of which holds a large quantity. In the fore-arm
and leg the mufcles are more approximated, and the cellular
ftrata confequently thinner. Towards the lower part of
thefe two divifions of the limbs, it is ftill more diminifhed in
quantity. Yet the fole contains much more than the palm.
The difference in the extent of motion in the different parts
of the limbs correfponds to this arrangement.

Concerning the general forms of the cellular tiffue, the
figure and permeability of the cells, and the ferous fluid
which lubricates them, we refer to the article CELLULAR Sub-
lance. We-have only to remark here, that the capacity of
the cells is extremely various.. When diflended with fat or
ferum, they are two, three, or four times as large as in the
empty ftate. Thefe variations in capacity produce the dif-
ferences in the volume of the body inthe ittates of embon-
point or emaciation, in which all the other parts, as nervous,
tendinous, and mufcular fibres; &c. remain unchanged, and
the cellular tiffue alone is altered.

When the cellular fubftance of a living animal, or of one
recently killed, is expofed to cold air, a vapour arifes from
it, as it does from ferous furfaces. This moifture feems

jut fofficient, in the natural ftate, to maintain the cells foft

and pliant.

To the general obfervations on the fat, in the article
CeLvuLar Subflance, we have a few remarks to add. Its
proportion varies in the different organic fyitems. The ar-
terial and venous tunics, the lymphatic glands, the brain
and {pinal marrow, contain none. There is always fome
in the intervals of the nervous fibres, as may be proved by
drying them. Generally the mufcular fibres of the animal
life contain a tolerably large proportion; but thofe of the
organic very little. Its place is fupplied in the bones by
the medullary ftruéture. The cartilaginous, fibrous, and
fibro-cartilaginous fy ftems, are almott entirely deftitute of it.
Sometimes it is Obfervable in the glandular fyitem, as in
the parotids, and about the pelvis of the kidney; but in
other parts, as the liver, prottate, &c. no trace is difcern-
ible. The ferous and cutaneous fyitems are furrounded by
much fat, but contain none in their tiffue: the fame obfer-
vation is true of the mucous alfo. The epidermis and hair
have none. Thus we fee that the organic fyitems in ge-
neral contain very little fat: the organs themfelves have
but a {mall quantity between their different parts. In ge-
neral there is hardly any between the coats of the ftomach,
inteftines, bladder; &c.; between the periofteum and bone ;
the bone and cartilage, &c. It is accumulated principally
in the intervals of the organs. In this point of view the
cranium and face exhibit oppofite arrangements ; it is abun-
dant in the latter, and deficient in the former, particularly
on the infide. ‘L'here is a tolerable quantity in the neck.
Very little exifts about the lungs, but much round the
heart : and there is a large depofition on the outfide about
the breafts. In the abdomen, it lies principally behind, in
the neighbourhood of the kidney, in the mefentery and
epiploon; there is much in the pelvis about the bladder and
rectum. It follows the fame arrangement in the limbs as
the cellular tiflue, being more abundant at the upper parts,
and about the large articulations, than in other fituations.

All the fat in the child is concentrated under the {kin :
the omentum, and indeed the reft of the abdomen, contains
none, except perhaps a few flocculi about the kidney. ‘The
cheft contains hardly any more, and the intermufcular tif-
fue is almoft every where free from it. In the adult, the
abdominal fat exceeds the proportion of the fubcutaneous :
the rounded contours, by which all the mufcular forms are
concealed in the early years, are rare at tHe latter period:
"Vhefe obfervations, however, concerning the proportions
of fat, as connected with different ages, admit of frequent
exceptions.

The fat is fometimes accumulated in an unnatural quans
tity : it conftitutes in fuch cafes a real difeafe. (See Cor-
PULENCE.) The oppofite circumiftances to thefe, which
produce this unnatural load of fat, caufe emaciation.

The fat is almoft always firm in the dead body, but it ap-
proaches more nearly to the liquid ftate during life: its condi-
tion, however, is not uniform in all parts, the fubcutaneous
being the mott folid, and that of the omenta moft fluid. It is
not fo fluid in the living body as expofure to heat renders it
after death:. its confiltence indeed muft depend on other
caufes than temperature, as it varies fo much in different
parts of the body under the fame heat. It is whitifh and
very firm after death in young animals: hence there is a
ftriking contraft between the folid feel of the fkin in a young
fubjet, and the yielding fenfation which it offers in the
adult. It is collected into {mall and more or lefs rounded

8 granules ~

MEMBRANE.

granules in the foetus: a remarkable and almolt infulated
globular portion, which can eafily be drawn out entire, oc-
cupies the hollow between the mafleter and buccinator muf-
cles. It turns yellow as age advances, and acquires a dif-
ferent odour and tale; every one mult have noticed the
difference between that of veal and beef, and the diftin&tion
is not lefi ttrongly marked between that of a young and old
perfon,

A yellowith, tran{parent, and femifluid fubltance, with a

tinous afpect, is found about the hearts of thofe who
save died from droply, phthilis, or other tedious debi-
litating difeafes, and occupies the place of fat. It is alfo
feen in other fituations, but lefs frequently ; and feems
rather gelatinous than oily.

We have nothing to add to the remarks in the article
Centunar Subflance, conceruing the mode in which the fat
is formed ; and we refer the reader to Fav for the hiftory
of its chemical properties.

0 i/ation of the Cellular Subflance.—The proper tiffue,
Wie chopehs the balis of nH ftem, confilts af a tranf-
parent web, difpofed in plates of an uniform appearance,
and fo thin that they may be compared to foap bubbles ;
and of whitith filaments crofling thefe in various dire¢tions,
and forming with them cells. This ftruClure may be feen
by taking a portion of the cellular matter of the fcrotum,
extending it and obferving it again{t the light. The fila-
ments are approximated, and feem to touch each other when
the part is left to itfelf; when it is diltended, the intervals
left between them are larger, and the intermediate lamine
more diftin&t. Bichat conceives that the filaments are ab-
forbents or exhalants, or made up by the union of the la-
minw, where they form cells, The plates are tolerably
denfe when the cellular tiffue is contraéted ; when air is
forcibly impelled'among them, they are reduced into a kind
of thin froth, in which we could hardly fuppofe that vital
properties could refide.

In all parts where fat or ferum is depofited, we fee true
cells, communicating together ; aud the great accumulations
of fuch fluids are depofited in thefe cells. But the fubmu-
cous tiflue, and that which compofes the outer coverings of
arteries, veins, and excretory tubes, feems to be compofed
entirely of condenfed and approximated fibres, without any
plates, and confequently without any cells.

Compofition of the Cellular Tiffue.—Chemifts have placed it
in the clafs of white organs, or fuch as furnifh a large
quantity of gelatine. Solution of tan caufes a confiderable
precipitate from water, in which it has boiled. Yet the
effet of various agents on it is very different from what
they produce on the fibrous, cutaneous, cartilaginous tif-
fues, &c.

It is quickly dried in the air, but without affuming the
yellow tint of the fibrous tiffue ; when plates of it are dried,
it exa@tly refembles a ferous membrane treated in the fame
manner. In this {tate it is perfe€tly flexible; it recovers
its original appearance only in part, when immerfed in
water.

It yields to putrefaétion lefs readily than moit other tif-
fues, than the glandular and mufcular organs for exam-
ple. This property is particularly obfervable in the fubmu-
cous tiffue, and in that which forms the outer covering of
arteries and veins. The fame obfervation may be made
concerning maceration: the exterior tiffue of arteries is hardly
changed in three months ; the fubcutaneous, the intermui-
cular, and other parts of the fyftem, yield more quickly,
It refifts longer when expofed alone, than in _conjun¢tion
with parts which decay quickly ; and this refiftance is the
more remarkable, fince the nature of the tiffue renders it

Vou. XXITI.

acceffible to the ation of water at all points. ‘The latter
circumftance muft alfo render it more se to the in-
fluence of ebullition; yet it docs not yield quickly, and
the exterior tiflue of arteries, exerctory tubes, &c. refifts
for a long time. ‘The phenoniena produced by boiling are
analogous to thofe obferved in other organs treated in the
fame way. It is not changed until a froth rifes to the
furface; it is then reduced in fize, rendered firmer and
elaftic, and is curled up. After a certain time, as the boil-
ing is continued, it becomes foft again, and is broken by the
flighteft force. ‘The continued action of boiling water gra-
dually melts it.

The galtric juice aéts on it lefs quickly than on the muf-
cular fibres.

Thus the cellular tifflue feems to combine two oppofite
characters, foftnefs and pliancy ; by which it facilitates the
motions of organs; and confiderable refiltance to the opera-
tion of various agents.

This tiffue is diftended with air in the bodies of the
drowned, fo that they float: probably the air is difengaged
from organs containing a great deal of blood, as the mufcles,
glands, &c., and not from the cellular tiffue. A fimilar
phenomenon is obferved in bodies buried under the earth,
out of the contact of air; but it does not often take place
in thofe left in the open air.

The blood-veffels of the cellular tiffue are not numerous
in the natural ftate. It is whitifh, when obferyed in a living
animal: large trunks pafs through it to the neighbouring
parts, and fend off branches, which are loft in the tiffue.
After fome expofure the number of thefe veffels is increafed,
as the red blood gains admiffion into the exhalants. -

Succefsful minute injections have a fimilar effeét in the
dead body ; they make it appear like a vafcular network.

The exhalants are proved by the produétion of apparently
new veffels where the part is expofed during life, and by the
effe&t of injeétions ; by the natural and the. morbid depofi-
tions of ferum and fat into the cells, &c. Thefe veffels are
very numerous in the prefent fyftem: they ave fubfervient
to its nutrition, and to the habitual exhalation, of which it
is the feat.

Abforbents cannot be fhewn by actual infpeGtion, nor by
inje@tion ; but their exiftence is proved by phenomena: 1, by
the natural and conftant abforption of the ferum and fat ;
2, by the removal of unnatural accumulations of either of
thefe fluids ; 3, by the abforption of air in emphyfema, or
of fluids injected into the cells, &c. This fyftem, indeed,
feems to be a principal fource of the abforbing veffels, at
leaft of fuch as convey lymph. Some have contklerei it as
formed exclafively of exhalants and lymphatics. Each cell
is a refervoir, placed between the exhalants which terminate
in it, and the abforbents which arife from it; we fee the
mouths of neither of thefe veflels: the cells are on a {mall
{cale what the ferous cavities are on a larger.

Many nerves are feen going through the cellular tiffue;
but we do not know that any filaments terminate in it.

Properties of the Cellular Syflem.

1. Properties refulting from Organifation.—The extenfi-
bility of tiffue Sa ra ns a a of occafions: all
the motions of the body call it into exercife; the arm
cannot be elevated without the cellular fubftance of the
axilla being drawn out to twice or thrice its natural
length, and the motions of the neck, the thigh, and in-
deed all other parts, prefent analogous phenomena in dif-
ferent degrees. Whenever'any organ is drawn away from a
contiguous one, the conneCting tiflue muit be lengthened. ;
In tlie diftentions of the hollow vifcera there is a fimilar

Hh procefs.

” MEMBRANE. '

procefs. In the accumulations of ferum or fat, of which
this tiffue is fo frequently the feat, in the formation of tu-
mours of all kinds, in the diftentions of the abdomen or
other cavities, the exercifes@f this property is clearly ob-
ferved, and indeed is abfolutely neceffary to the produétion
of the phenomena. i

The different divifions of the fyftem poffefs this property
in very different degrees! The fubcutaneous, the inter-
mufeular, and that which covers ferous membranes, enjoy it
toa much greater extent than that which furrounds arteries,
veins, and excretory tubes: from its indifpofition to yield in
the latter cafe arifes the flow growth of aneurifms. “Where-
ever laminz, and confequently cells are found, the extenfi-
bility can be brought fuddenly into aétion : thus emphyfema
diftends the whole body to an enormous degree in a very
fhort time, and fra€tures and contufions are followed:by very
rapid and confiderable tumefaction.

When the diftending force is carried beyond a certain
point, the tiffue is firft rendered very thin, and then broken.
No natural motion can be carried to an extent fufficient to
produce this effect ; the tiflue of the axil'a may be diltended
three times as much asiit is in the elevation of the arm, with-
out any rupture. And this effeét is ftill further prevented
by the kind of locomotion which it admits; when forcibly
drawn in any direétion, it drags the neighbouring tiffue, and
thus can change its fituation in fome degree. Thus, in large
fwellings of the fcrotum, the cellular fubftauce of the abdo-
men, perineum, and thighs, is ‘brought over the part.

Inflammation entirely deftroys this property. In the in-
,duration accompanying cancerous affeétions the cellular
tiffue is aGtually rendered very brittle.

The contractility of tifflue is obferved, when the caufes
of extenfion ceafe to operate; as when a limb, after being
extended, is reftored to its former pofition, when fat, ferum,
or tumours are removed from the cellular fubftance, &c.
If a wound be carried through the fkin and cellular mem-
brane, the edges are feparated toa certain degree. This
power exifts in its greatett energy in youth, and is gradually
weakened as oldage advances. When a young man is ema-
ciated, the dkin is adapted clofcky to the organs, and pre-
ferves its tenfion: in an old perfon, cn the contrary, the in-
teguments are loofe and flabby, becaufe the fubjacent tiflue
does not contrat. |

2. Vital Properties.—This tiffue, in its ordinary flate,
does not poffefs animal fenfibility ; 1t may be cut, torn, or
diftended with gafes without caufing any pain, unlefs the
nervous filaments paffing through it fhould be accidentally
‘irritated, In difeafe, on the contrary, the fenfibility may
be exalted to ficha pitch, as to produce the moft acute
pain; for example, in phlegmonous inflammation.

The organic properties are very ftrongly marked in this
fyftem. The depofition and abforption of the fat and ferum
are performed under their influence. All fubftances are rot
in the fame relation to the abforbing power. Blood, lymph,
and milk, when introduced into the cellular fubftance, are
taken up like the ferum or fat. On the contrary, urine,
bile, faliva, and other fluids defigned to be expelled from
the body, produce inflammatién, and are not abforbed.
‘Water and air artificially introduced are removed by the ab-
Aorbents. “Wine and other irritating fluids excice inflamma-
tion, and are expelled with the pus formed in confequesce.

The cellular organ enjoys fenfible organic contraétility to
a certain degree:: this is evidenced in the corrugation of the
ferotumifrom cold. It feems to be the firft obfcure rudi-
ment of that power, which in a higher degree belongs to
the mufcular fibres. :

The fympathies .of the cellular with ‘other fyftems are

very numerous, but cannot eafily be appreciated, on aces
count of its being fo widely diffeminated, and concurring in
the ftruéture of all the organs. In acute affections of a part,
as the lungs, ftomach, &c. abfcefles often take place, and
the critical fuppurations feem to be a fympathetic phenome-
non. Gdema often comes on fuddenly in acute difeafes.
But the influence of the principal vifcera on the cellular
tiffue is particularly {hewn in the alterations of their ftruc-
ture confequent on chronic difeafe. The flow affections of
the heart and lungs, of the liver, ftomach, {pleen, uterus,
&c. are attended in their latter ftages by a more or lefs ge-
neral anafarca. It feems now to be pretty generally agreed
on, that the effufion in all thefe cafes is fymptomatic, and
refults from the influence of the affeGted organ on the cel-
lular tiffue. The very various conditions of the cellular
fiibflance in the dead fubje€t, may be probably referred to
the effeét of the particular difeafe which has proved fatal.

It alfo acts upon other parts, when it is originally affeéted.
Phlegmonous abfceffes, when large, produce various affec-
tions of the brain, heart, liver, ttomach, &c.

It is clear, from the preceding obfervations, that the vital
forces exift in a very marked degree in the cellular fyftem ;
in this refpe@ it is-very different from the white organs, fuch
as the aponeurofes, tendons, cartilages, ligaments, &c.
among which it has been ranked, and which are remarkable
for the ob{curity of their vital powers, and the flownefs of
their fun@ions. Inflammation paffes through its courfe with
great rapidity in this fyitem, and the fluid, which refults
from it, forms in its colour, confiftence, and other proper-
ties, the ftandard by which we judge all kinds of pus. Yet
that which comes from a bone, a mufcle, a mucous mem-
brane, &c. is equally good and Jaudable pus, as what is
formed in a phiegmon. ;

Does the cellular tiffte affume any peculiar vital medifi-
cations in the organs, of which it enters into the compofi-
ticn? This is not known.

However, thefe obfervations apply to it only in the inter-
vals of parts, abftraétedly from all combination of its firuc-
ture with them.

We mutt not pafs unnoticed the very marked differerce
between the generally diffufed tiflue made up of laminz and
filaments, and that modification, confilting only of the fila-
mentous part, which furrounds mucous furfaces, biood-
veffels, and excretory ‘tubes: the latter is very feldom the
feat of inflammation or tumours. It very often places a
boundary to the affe&tions of the former; and thus protects
the organ which it includes. The tiffue furrounding the
axillary or inguinal artery is often generally inflamed or ul-
cerated, and the veffel remains unaffefted, &c.

The ceilular tiffue is diXinguifhed from all others, by its
reproductive properties, by its power of becoming elon-
gated and growing, of forming what are called granulations, .
when it has been cut or divided in any way. Hence are ex-
plained the formation of cicatrices, tumours, cyfis, &c.
The reparation of injury, therefore, is chiefly confided to
this tiflue ; and it goes on nearly alike in ail parts, as all
contain cellular fubftance: parts which have none of this
never granulate.

Bichat tlates, that the granulations are {mall cellular vefi-
cles, tilled with a thick fatty {lardacée) fubttance, and not
admitting diltention by inflation of the furrounding tiffue.
They are developed feparately and irregularly over the
weund, unite at their bafes, and thus form a kind of pro-
vifional membrane, which completely proteéts the fubjacent
parts from the contaét of air, until the completion of cica-
trilation. The furface of this is tuberculated, and it differs
in that refpeét only from a ferous membrane. ‘This expla-

nation

MEM

nation of the procefs of cicatrifation is confirmed by various
confiderations, Granulations are formed mott readily, and
wounds are healed molt quickly, where this fyftem is the
molt abundant ; cicatrifation proceeds flowly where the cel-
lular tiffue has been extenfively removed, Maceration re-
duces aapreneting furfaces to this common bafis, The
hature of granulations is every where the fame, whatever
organ, whether mufcle, cartilage, fein, bone, ligament, &c.
may have produced them. ‘They mutt, therefore, be pro-
duced from a tiffue common to all organs, and this is the
cellular fubttance.

The red afpect of granulations has led to the opinion,
that they are a vafcular expanfion; but the appearance ad-
mits of an eafier folution. ‘The cellular membrane is crowded
with exhalent and abforbent veffels, into which the red blood

ffes under inflammation. As the granulations are cel-

ular, and in a {tate of inflammation, they exhibit the rednefs
of phlegmon oreryfipelas, which depends, not upon the
elongation of veilels, but fimiply on the tranfmiffion of red
blood through thofe which ordinarily carry white. ‘Thus,
when the infiammation is pafled, the membrane refumes its
natural colour; and granulations, after the cicatrix is
formed, are colourlefs, becaufe the coloured blood has ceafed
to permeate them. How can we fuppofe red veflels to be
generated in ftructures where they have no primitive exift-
ence? for tendons and cartilages granulate.

The procefs of nature is ante analogous in repair-
ing the injuries of internal organs, as bones, cartilages, muf-
cles, &c., where there is no exterior wound. The ends of
a broken bone become inflamed, and covered with a cellular
production. Thefe granulations form a {ecretory or rather
an exhalant organ, and firlt feparate gelatine, which gives to
the callus a cartilaginous nature, and afterwards calcareous
phofphat, by which the bone is completed. In other
organs the granulations feparate in a fimilar way the pecu-
liar nutritive matter of the organ; and the procefs does not
deem to be at all different from that ef ordinary nutrition.
The granulations of an external wound exhale pus, which is
excreted,

As fuppuration proceeds, the white fub{tance in the cells
of the granulations is removed, the cells are contracted, the
tubercular elevations difappear, and are replaced by a thin
and fmooth furface. It is thin, becaufe the thicknefs of the
granulations depended on the contents of the cells, which
are new empty; and it is much lefs extenlive than the ori-
ginal pellicle, becaufe the contraction of the cells draws to-

ether in every direCtion the edges of the divided part.
Thus the granular productions, which feemed to be fo abun-
dantly developed as amply to repair the lefs of fubitance in
the part, are reduced to a thin itratum conttituting the cica-
trix, of a reddifh colour fo long as the exhalants are full of
blood, and afterwards whitith.
_ Fungous excrefcences from wounds, and exuberant granu-
lations of all kinds, are overgrowths of the cellular fubftance,
exceeding the ordinary laws of cicatrifation, which cannot
be completed fo long as they continue. ‘The developement
* of the cellular fyftem is remarkably exhibited in tumours.
The fungufes of mucous membranes, as in the antrum, the
mouth and uterus, polypi, and cancers, are all the produce
of cellular tifflue: that fyitem forms their bafis, on which a
peculiar matter is depolited. It conftitutes in fhort the
general bafis, or nutritive parenchyma, of all tumours; the
formation of which exhibits phenomena exaCtly analogous
to thofe cf ordinary nutrition. All the organs of the body
have the fame parenchyma of nutrition, which is vafcular
and cellular ; they differ in the nutritive matters depofited in
it. In the fame way all tumours are cellular, and their

MEM

diftinétions are drawn from the matters feparated by that
tiffue, which differ according to the different modifications
of its vital powers, produced by the morbid alterations, of
which it is the feat.

Cyits have their origin in the cellular fubftance. Of this
we have a proof ia the flriking Similarity which they bear
to ferous membranes, which are effentially cellular. This
analogy prevails throughout their conformation, ftru@ure,
vital properties, funétions, and difeafes,

Developement of the Cellular Tiffue—\n the early periods of
conception the foctus isa foft mucous mafs, apparently ho-
mogeneous, in which the cellular tifue feems to prevail al-
molt exclulively. Almoft entirely fluid at fir, it afterwards
has the confiftence of jelly, and then cellular fubftance is
vifible, The abundance of fluid is the caufe of its peculiar
appearance in the early periods: this fluid is vifcous and
unctuous, and prevents us from producing artificial emphy-
fema. Nothing can exceed the delicacy of the plates and
filaments which compofe the cellular texture at this time.

Some time before birth, and during the years that follow
it, the cellular fluid is conttantly decreafing ; the cells be-
come more apparent, and the mafs of the fyftem diminifhed,
beeaufe as the organs grow, their intervals are rendered nar-
rower. Yetit predominates over the other fy{tems for a long
time ; hence the roundnefs of form, the multiplicity aud faci-
lity of movements in the child. ‘he tiffue is (till extremely fine.

The vital powers of the fyftem are ftrongly marked at this
age ; Pen ete are produced more readily, and pafs
— their periods more rapidly than at any other time ;
wounds are healed more quickly, and tumours are deve-
loped, and grow in a much fhorter time; ferous fluid is
quickly removed from the cells.

The cellular tiffue affumes a more denfe and ftrong form
in the adult, and is in fmaller quantity in proportion to the
organs ; hence the prominences of the latter under the inte-
eas the energy of mufcular forms, &c. Its quantity
eems to vary in the different temperaments; and to be
greater in the female than in the male.

It becomes ftill more compaét and hard in the old fub-

je&t ; and contains lefs fluid; hence the drynefs and rigidity

of parts in old age, and the general diminution of bulk in
the body. Its vital powers are diminifhed, and it no longer
maintains the {kin clofe upon the fubjacent parts, but allows
it to become folded. Bichat, Traité des Membranes ; and
his Anatomie Générale, tom. i.

MemMBrane, NiGitating. See NictiTaTinG, and the pre-
ceding article.

Memsranes, in Midwifery and Anatomy, the coverings
which furround the fcetus while it is contained in the uterus ;
they are three in number, the decidua, chorion, and amnios.
See Empryo.

MEME. Que eff Meme. See Que.

MEMECYLON, in Botany, a name adopted from Diof-
corides, whofe peuxxvde isa fynonym for the fruit of the
Arbutus or Strawberry-tree, his x2u«p3; and feems to be
derived from nex, to defire, or long for, in allufion to the
tempting appearance of thofe berries. The Latin name of
the fame fruit, unedo, carries the idea a ftep further, imply-
ing that nobody would be tempted to eat more than one,
becaufe the flavour is by no means anfwerable to the ap-
pearance. Linnzus in his Flora Zeylanica, 57, firlt apphed
this name to the genus which now retains it, and which is of
a fhrubby and berry-bearing nature, but does not appear to
have any other pretenfions to this denomination. _ Mitchell
chofe it, with rather more propriety, but too late, for a imall
American plant, allied to Arbutus, which, as Afemecylon
was already pre-occupied, frei called Erica ; fee

h 2

_MEMECYLON.

that article.—Linn. Gen. 191. Schreb. 258. Willd. Sp.
Pl. v.2.347- Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew.
ed, 2. v. 2. 395+ Jufl. 321. Lamarck Di&. v. 4. 88.
Mluftr. t. 284. Gertn. t. 127 and t. 179.—Clais and
order, Odandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Onagre, Juff. or
rather Myrii.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth fuperior, of one leaf, undivided,
bell-fhaped, turbinate, entire, or obfoletely four-toothed,
permanent ; cup-like and fometimes furrowed within. Cor.
Petals four, ovate, acute, equal, fpreading, inferted into
the rim of the calyx. Stam. Filaments eight, erect, awl-
fhaped, dilated and abrupt at the top; anthers fimple, of
two diftinét lobes, attached to the edges of the dilated top
of the filament. Pi/?. Germen inferior, turbinate, contain-
ing the rudiments of many feeds; {tyle awl-fhaped ; ftigma
fimple. eric. Berry globofe, crowned with the cylin-
drical calyx, of one cell. Seeds one, two or three, convex.

Eff. Ch. Calyx fuperior, turbinate, nearly entire. Petals
four. Anthers on the edge of the dilated fummit of the
filaments. Berry crowned with the cylindrical calyx.

Obf. The corolla is faid to be monopetalous in Willdenow
and Hort, Kew. which is an error of the prefs in Linn,
Syft. Veg. ed. 10, 12, 13 and 14, contradicting the character
of four petals, rightly given at the head of the clafs.

1. M. capitellatum. Ceylon Memecylon. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 497. Lamarck. fig. 1. (M. foliis ovatis; Linn.
Zeyl. 57. Cornus fylvettris, foliis croceum colorem tingen-
tibus, flofculis ad foliorum alas globofis; Burm. Zeyl. 76.
t.30. Walikaha; Herm. Muf. Zeyl.4. Kasjavo-maram ;
Rheede Hort. Mal. v. 5. 37. t. 19.)—Leaves elliptic-
ovate, obtufe, on fhort ftalks. Umbels axillary, fomewhat
compound, on flender ftalks, longer than thofe of the leaves.
—Native of Ceylon, Malabar and the ifland of Mauritius.
It is a moderate-fized free, with many oppofite dranches,
knotty or tumid under each fubdivilion. Every part is per-
feétly deftitute of pubefcence, which, as far as we can dif
cover, is the cafe with the whole genus. Leaves on fhort
thick foot/talks, oppolite, ovate, fomewhat elliptical, and
often roundifh, blunt and generally emarginate, entire, as in
the whole genus, about an inch long or more, and half as
broad, coriaceous, fingle-ribbed, without veins ; their upper
fide dark green and fhining; under paler, yellower and
opaque. Unmbels axillary, more or lefs compound, their
common ftalk flender, obfcurely quadrangular, its fub-
divifions partly racemofe, but always more or lefs umbellate.
Flowers green with a purple tinge in the petals. Tops of
the filaments very broad. Calyx very flightly four-cleft, ob-
tufe. S¥yle thick, but twice the length of the calyx.

This is faid by Hermann to fupply the place of Saffron, in
Ceylon, for dyeing. Linneus confounded fo many {pecies
under this one, at different times, that it is hard to fay
exa@tly which he really meant. Our’s is the plant of Bur-
mann, and of the generality of botanifts, though not of the
Linnean herbarium. But in the prefent cafe the latter is of
no authority, the fpecimen having been acquired after the
publication of the Species Plantarum, and not even marked
with any trivial name.

2. M. ramiflorum. Naked-flowering Memecylon. La-
marck, Di&. v. 4. 88. (M. tinétorium ; Willd. Sp. Pi.
v. 2.347. Koen. MSS. Cornus zeylanica fylveftris altera,
korakaha dita; Burm. Zeyl. 76. t. 31. Korakaha; Herm.
Muf. Zeyl. 40.)—Leaves elliptical, obtufe, on fhortifh
ftalks, deciduous. Umbels from the defoliated part of the
branches, aggregate, compound, ftalked. Style capillary,
four times as long as the petals.—Native of Ceylon, and
other parts of the Eaft Indies. Very like the laft, except
that the aves are rather more oblong, flowers much more

drawn with four very diftiné lobes.

copious, from the leaflefs part of the branches, and effen-
tially diftinguifhed by the great length, and flendernefs, of
their flyle. We cannot comply with Willdenow’s change of
Lamarck’s moft excellent name, for an unpublifhed one of
Koenig’s, which is at leaft as fuitable to the firlt fpecies, if
not to every other. We have no doubt of Burmann’s fy-
nonym, though he defcribes but four ftamens ; as he com-
mits the fame error refpeéting the foregoing.

3. M. ovatum. Ovate Memecylon.—Leaves ovate,
bluntly pointed, veiny, on longifh ftalks, deciduous. Um-
bels from the defoliated part of the branches, aggregate,
ftalked. Style thread-fhaped, four times as long as the petals.
—Native of the Eaft Indies? It lies in the Linnzan herba-
rium for Santalum album ; but the {pecimen is not an original
one, and the real Santa/um album is no other than Sirium myr-
tifolium of Linnzus ; fee Roxb, Coromand. v. 1. t. 2.° The
prefent {pecies differs widely from the laft in appearance,
though nearly agreeing with it in feveral effential characters.
The footftalks ave above half an inch long ; /eaves near three
inches, exactly ovate, with an elongated bluntifh point ;
their upper fide marked with many tranfverfe parallel veins.
Flowers {mall, numerous, with a very long ityle. The
bottom of their calyx, above the germen, has eight elevated
ribs, making as many furrows, which we find alfo in moft
of the fpecies, as defcribed by Linneus.

. M. acuminatum. Pointed Memecylon.—Leaves on
fhort ftalks, elliptical, pointed. Umbels axillary, ftalked,
in pairs, fimple. Style about the length of the petals.
We find a {pecimen of this, without name, or mention of its
native country, in the herbarium of the younger Linnzus.
Its eaves agree in fize with the laft, but are elliptical, taper-
ing at each end, with a longifh acute point, and no per-
ceptible veins ; their foot/alks very fhort and thick. Umbels
{mall and fimple, axillary, and not from the naked parts of
the branches, ufually in pairs, each umbel of four or five
flowers. Sty/e rather above half the length of the former,
ftraight. ‘

50 M. edule. atable Memecylon. Roxb. Coromand.
v. 1.59. t. 82.—Leaves on fhort ftalks, ovate, acute, veiny,
deciduous. Umbels from the defoliated part of the branches,
aggregate, ftalked. Style the length of the petals.— Very
common in every thickét on the coaft of Coromandel,
flowering in the beginning of the hot feafon. A {mall zree,
with numerous éranches. Leaves molt like thofe of the third
fpecies, but lefs pointed, and on fhorter ftalks. Flowers
purple, much like thofe of that f{pecies, except that Dr.
Roxburgh reprefents the /y/e as not longer than the petals.
Berries the fize of a black currant, purple, juicy, aftringent,
eaten by the natives, who call the plant dite. The calyx is
We have feen no fpe-
cimen, and much fufpect this plant may be the fame with
our evatum, n. 3; but as we find reafon to prefume the ex-
iftence of more {pecies than we have feen in fufficient per-
fe&tion to define them, we think it beft to keep thefe fe-
parate. ©

The {pecimen mentioned under the firft foecies, as pre-
ferved in the Linnean herbarium, very clofely refembles
Roxburgh’s figure, as to aves and footfalks, but the flowers
are much larger, fewer, on thicker fhorter ftalks, and ax-
illary. It is marked Tamba bifa, which we believe is a Malay
uame. Our materials are fcarcely fuffieient to diftinguifh
this plant fpecifically from the edule. It is however moft
indubitably different from our ovatum and acuminatum.

6. M. grande. Large-leaved Memecylon. Retz. Obf.
fafc. 4. 26. Willd. n. 3. (Nedum Schetti; Rheede Hort.
Malab. v. 2. 21. t. 15 ?)—Leaves feflile, ovate, long-
pointed. Flowers in denfe, axillary, forked clufters.—

Sent

MEM

Sent by Mr. Chriftopher Smith from Malacea. ‘The branches
are round, knotty, imooth ; purplith when young. Leaver
nearly or quite feflile, crowded, four inches or more in length,
one inch and a half wide, ovate at the bafe, tapering to a
bluntifh point, fearcely marked with any tranfverfe veins ;
their fubltance very thick and coriaceous. Flowers a
than in any of etdowensing, purplith, in thick, oven 2
bofe, axillary clutters, Calyx very obfeurely four-toothed.
OF the proportion of the /yle we cannot judge. The plant
of the Hortus Malabaricus feems, by the defeription, to be
this; but if fo, the fowers are very badly drawn. We have
no fpecimen from Koenig or Retzius, but we prefume
our plant to be the fame as their’s by the defeription.
7. M. cordatum. Tleart-leaved Memecylon. Lamarck
Did. v. 4. 89. fig. 2. Willd. n. 4.—Leaves feflile, heart-
fhaped, tlancih, Umbels axillary, ftalked, compound.—
Brought by Commerfon from the ifle of Bourbon, where it
is called Bois de Mays. There is a {pecimen in fir J, Banks's
herbarium, gathered in the Mauritius, by Aublet, who
deferibes it as a tall and handfome ¢ree, with a grey bark.
"The Zeaves of Commerfon’s fpecimen before us are from one
to two inches long, and one broad, obfcurely veiny, more or
lefs heart-fhaped at the bafe. Jnflore/cence very different from
the laft, confifting of no great number of flowers, in a va-
rioufly divided umbel, on a flender ftalk, full half an inch
long. Calyx much lefs diftinly four-cleft than in La-
marck’sfigure. =~ : ;
MEMEL, in Geography, a town of Pruffian Lithuania,
fituated on the bay called “ Curifch-Haff”’ On one fide
it has the Baltic ; and on the other the Curifeh-Haff; and
it is alfo watered by the river Dange. Its harbour is deep,
and has a good entrance, and has, not long ago, been improved
by two moles, which extend above 50 rods into the Haff or
bay. Memel lies under the guns of the fort, and is well in-
habit » the number of houles being above goo. It has a
‘German, Lithuanian, and Calvinitt church. The burghers,
who are divided into thofe of Alltadt, or the Old Town,
and Frederickftadt, are employed in commerce, brewing,
foap-boiling, agriculture, fifhing, &c. Great quantities of
flax, linfeed, thread, and hemp, are annually exported from
this town. It is well-fortified, and was formerly one of
the Hanfe towns; and it has now the eftablifhments of
a royal magazine, a falt-factory, anda polt-office of con-
fiderable revenue; 72 miles N.N.E. of Konigiberg. N.

Jat: 55° so’. E. long. 21° 25'.

MaNCENE, a in of the ifland of Ceylon, near the
E. coatt ; 86 miles E.S.E. of Candi.

MEMINISCA, a lake of Canada. N. lat. 52° 20!.
W. long. 88° so’. :

MEMMINGEN, a town of Bavaria, on the Iller ;
which was imperial till the year 1804, when it was transferred,
among other indemnities, to the eleétor of Bavaria. The
inhabitants are chiefly Lutherans, but the principal church
is poffeffed by them in common with the Roman Catholics.
This town carries on a good trade with Switzerland, Italy,
and other adjacent countries, in Bavarian falt, home-fpun
linen, hops, grain, and other goods. In 1805, it was taken
by the French; 22 miles S.S.E. of Ulm. N. lat. 48> 3/.
E. long. 10° 7’. d

MEMNON, in Biography, a native of Rhodes, was a
general in the fervice of the latt Perfian king, Darius, whom
he ferved, with great fidelity, againft Alexander the Great.
When that conqueror had landed in A fia, and was advancing
up the country, Memnon advifed him not to hazard a battle,
but to lay waite the country before the invader. His coun-
fel was rejefted, and the battle of the Granicus, in the year
334 B.C. followed, in which Memnon, at the head of the

MEM

Greek mercenaries, difplayed the greatelt valour, After
the defeat, he obtained, by his valour, the moft honourable
conditions, and was almoft immediately after created the high
admiral of Darius, and governor of the Lower Afia. e
had now the important command of the city of Halicar-
naffus, when it was befieged by Alexander, and employed
every effort in his power to fave it. The fiege was continued
a long time, and great numbers of the Macedonians loft their
lives Sed the place. Memnon was generous as well as
courageous, for when the fugitive Greek commanders,
through hatred of Alexander, oppofed the demand from the
Sestasieas of permiffion to bury their dead, he would not
lilten to their remonftrances, alleging that it was. unworthy
of a Greek to refufe the rites of burial even to an enemy.
And hearing one of his foldiers abufing Alexander in grofs
and vulgar terms, he ftruck him with his javelin, faying
“1 hired you to fight Alexander, not to revile him.”
When he found the place no longer tenable, he threw a ftrong
— into the citadel, and with his troops, and the inha-

itants with their effects, embarked for the ifland of Cos.
He then advifed Darius to make a powerful diverfion into
Macedonia, as the only means of faving himfelf from de-
ftruction. Darius gave him full power to levy troops, and
he exerted himfelf with fo much vigour, that he reduced
feveral of the Cyclades, and the iflands of Chios and Lefoos,
excepting Mitylene, the capital of the latter. While carry-
ing on a fiege againft that city he died, and thus freed Alex-
ander from the only foe of whom he ttood in awe, Mem-
non had married Barfine, a Perfian lady of high rank, who,
with her children, remained at the court of Darius fome
time, till at length fhe fell under the power of the con-
queror, who took her to his bed, and hada fon by her.
Univer. Hitt.

Memnon, a Greek hiftorian, is thought to have flou-
rifhed in the time of Augultus. He wrotea hiftory of the
affairs of Heraclea in Pontus, fixteen books of which were
abridged by Photius. They came down to the death of an
Heraclean ambaflador to Julius Czfar, then emperor. A
Latin tranflation of -his hiftory was publifhed at Oxford in
1597- ’ P

Sabiacino Statue of, a coloffal figure of gigantic fize,
formed of very hard granite, which was found in a muti-
lated ftate, and lying on the earth, among the ruins of
Thebes in Egypt. Diodorus Siculus (lib. i.) calls it
Ofimandué ; Strabo fays (lib. xvii.), that it was called by
the Egyptians Ifmandes ; but writers in general give it the
nameof Memnon. This coloflus, according to Philoftratus,
reprefented a young man in the flower of his age, whofe
face was turned towards the rifing fun ; and when the folar
rays fell upon it, it was faid to fpeak, or to utter harmo-
nious founds. Strabo fays, that he had been witnefs to this
pretended miracle, which can be attributed to nothing but
either the quality of the ftone of which it was made, or to
the impofture of the priefts, or rather to fome fecret {pring,
which the learned Kircher, after Paufanias, (in Attic. )
alleges to have been a kind of harpfichord inclofed within
the itatue, whofe ftrings being firft flackened by the moifture
of the night, and then diftended by the heat of the fun,
broke with a noife refembling that of the ftring of a violin
when it breaks. Cambyfes, who fpared not the Egyptian
ox Apis, having a mind to difclofe this myftery, in which
he fufpe&ed fome trick of magic, broke the ftatue from the
head to the middle of the body. Strabo, in his account of
this itatue, reports, that he and fome friends, whilft they were
furveying it, heard-a certain found, without being able to
determine whether it came from the ftatue, or the bafe, or
if it proceeded from any of the by-ftanders ; for, “3 adds,

would

MEMNON.

I would rather believe any thing elfe, than imagine that
ftones ranged in fuch and fuch a manner were capable of
yielding fuch a found. Paufanias informs us, that in his
travels through Egypt, he faw the remains of this ftatue,
which Cambyfes had broke. The lower part of the coloffus,
he fays, was {till upon its pedeftal, but the reft of the body
was thrown down to the ground, and every morning at the
fun rifing yielded the found already mentioned. Pliny and
Tacitus advance the fame fa&, but without having been
witneffes to it: and Lucian informs us, that Demetrius went
on purpofe to Egypt, to fee there the pyramids, and Mem-
non’s {tatue, from which a voice proceeded at the rifing of
the fun. Of the fa& that this ftatue uttered founds, when
the fun fhone upon it, there can be no doubt ; nor can it be
difficult to account for the phenomenon. The prietts of
Thebes might have carried the mechanic art to fuch a degree
of perfeétion as to be able to fabricate a {peaking head, the
{prings of which were fo arranged, that it fhould pronounce
founds at the riling of the fun. Cambyfes deftroyed this
wonderful mechanilm, by overturning the upper part of the
ftatue ; and all the teftimonies that are cited to the fa& refer
only to the trunk, which is now feen upon the pedefal. It
is natural, therefore, to attribute the found of the mutilated
coloflus to the artifices of the pricfts, who oppofed this pre-
tended miracle to the rife and progrefs of Chriltianity. Lu-
cian in particular would have been glad to have availed him-
felf of a phenomenon, which he {peaks of with raillery, in
this view of it. At all events, it is very certain, that fince
the commencement of the fourth century of the church,
when the inhabitants of Egypt became Chriftians, no more
has been faid of the vocal ftatue, firft called Memnon by
Herodotus, but in the chronicle of Alexandria, and by the
Egyptians themfelves, Amenophis. In reply to thofe who
inquire concerning the obje¢t which the priefts had in view
in framing this vocal {tatue, it has been faid that they were
in the habit of confecrating their fecondary deities to the pre-
fervation of the records of their mott important difcoveries.
Amenophis was formed with the fame intention. ‘To this
purpofe the ancients and Jablonfki (De Memnon.) who has
collected their teftimonies with extreme attention, affure us
that the feven vowels were confecrated to the feven planets,
and that the {tatue of Amenophis repeated them at a certain
epocha. Lucian introduces Eucrates on the ftage, and makes
him fay, ««In Eeypt I have heard Memnon utter, not ac-
cording to cultom, an infignificant found, but pronounce
from his mouth an oracle in feven founds.’’? This paflage;
probably, is a mere pleafantry of Lucian, but it is founded
on the general perfuafion, that before Cambyfes broke this
coleffus, it pronounced the feven vowels. The Egyptians,
as we learn from Macrcbius (Somn. Scip.) regarded the
{pring equinox as the era of the creation, and to this period
the attention of the learned and of the people was chiefly
direéted. Amoun, a fymbolical divinity, was confecrated
toit, and all the feftivals they celebrated in his honour, re-
lated merely to this interefting period. It was at this period
the aftronomical year commenced ; and from hence, according
to the priefts, the feven planets renewed their courfe, which
they allegorically ttyled the celeftial mufic. It was at this
moment alfo that Amenophis pronounced the feven vowels
which were the fymbols of the planets, and which compofed
the terreftrial mufic. This famous flatue may be called in
facred language the coufin of Ofiris (Diod. Sic.) and the
image of the jun, fince it imitated on earth the office which
this luminary performed in the heavens. The priefts by
making him repeat the feven founds, of which all languages
are formed, and which wonderfully paint our thoughts, were
defirous of immortalizing the moit beautiful of their dif

5

coveries; a difcovery which, according to Plato, could only
be invented by a god, or by a divine mortal. Perhaps, alfo,
the fhadow of this lofty coloffus ferved to mark the inftant
of the equinox. Its name at lealt compofed of “ Ame
Nouphi,”’ to tell good tidings, intimates fomewhat of the
kind, more efpecially when we confider that the fun, when
he arrived at the equator, in his annual courfe, promifed the
Egyptians a ceffation of the foutherly winds, and the ap-
proach of the inundation, which made it an objet of anxious:
attention.

There is no lefs variety of opinion among both ancients
and moderns, concerning Memnon himfelf, than in relation
to his ftatue. Upon the authority of Hefiod, who faid that
he was king of Thebes, the fucceeding Greek authors
adopted this opinion. Paufanias, Strabo, Diodorus mention
it, and alfo Pindar and Ovid. M. Le Clerc has a fingular,
opinion concerning this prince ; he takes him for Ham-
mon, or Ham, the fon of Noah; and Voffius afferts that he
was the fame with Baaltis, a divinity of the Syrians, male
and female, called by the Greeks Aphrodité, and repre-
fented under the form of a ftone. Diodorus Siculus ftates,
‘that this prince, the fon of ‘Pithonus, led to Troy the AL
fyrian troops, uncer the reign of Teutamus, who was the
2oth king from Ninus and Semiramis ; the Affyrians at that
time, 7. e. more than a thouland years ago, pofleffing the em-
pire of Afia; Priam, who was tributary to the kingdom of
Teutamus, having applied to him for affiftance in his prefling
exigency, and having fent to him, under the conduét of
Memnon, 10,000 Affyrians, and as many Perfians, with
200 chariots.’’ We fhall clofe this article with a paflage
from the learned Huetius’s Treatife concerning the Ter-
reftrial Paradife (ch. 13.) which throws more light upon the
hiltory of Memnon than any thing that had been before faid
of him. ‘ Memnon,” fays that learned prelate, ** was the
fon of Tithonusand Aurora. ‘Tithonus was the brother of
Priam king of Troy, and to him is fometimes afcribed the
founding of the city Sufa, the capital of Sufiana. From
the name of Memnon his fon, the citadel was denominated
Memnonium, the palace and the walls Memnonian, and Sufa
itfelf the city of Memnon, upon account of the veneration
that was paid to him there ; and in honour of him a temple
was built, whither the Aflyrians went and mourned for him,
which is to be under{tood of the people of Sufiana, ‘This
is that Memnon who came to the affiilance of the ‘Trojans,
from whom he derived his original, and who was flain by
Achilles. When the Greeks feigned that he was the fon of
Aurora, they would have us to underftand that he came from
the eaft.—I know the hiftory of Memnon is very perplexed,
and very differently related. Mott ancient authors tell us he
was an Ethiopian ; this error flows from their confounding
Chus, which fignities Sufiana, with Chus which fignifies the
countries fituated upon the borders of the Arabic gulf, I
mean Ethiopia and Arabia.— What we are in reafon to think
concerning Memnon’s expedition, may be gathered from
Diodorus, and fome others. The kingdom of Troas was
in the dependence of the empire of Affyria.. Tithonus,
Priam's brother; who was mafter of that kingdom, went to
the court of the king of Affyria, who gave him the govern-
ment of Sufiana. ‘Chere he married in his old age ; and be-
caufe his wife was from a country fituated to the eaft of
Greece and Troas, the Greeks, who turned all hiftory into
fiGtion, faid he had married the Morning. Memnon and
Emathion were the iffue of this marriage: the war having
after this arifen, Priam applied to Teutamus for affiitance,
or at leaft to fome king of Aflyria, who granted him twenty
thoufand men, and two hundred chariots of war. Diodorus
fays this fupply confifted of ten thoufand Ethiopians, and ten

thoufand

MEM?

thionfind Safians, returning to the vulgar error, and con-.

founding the Chuo of Echiopia with the Chus of Sufiana,
To make thio fupply of more ferviee, Teutamus gave the
command thereofto Memnon, a young prince of the Trojan
race, and who wan therefore concerned for the prefervation
of Troy. He kept ‘Tithor.us with himfelf upon account of
his age, which rendered him unfit for the expedition, and his
prudence which qualified him for being member of his coun.
cil. Memnon found refiltance in his march, The Solymi,
who have been fince called the Pifidians, would needs dif-
pute the paifage with him; but he defeated them and all
that oppoled him. He cleared the pafles, repaired the
ways, and by reafon of that long and dangerous march, bad
the honour to communicate his name to that high way which
was denominated Memnonian. He fultained the attacks of
the Greeks before Troy with great valour; but at latt was
flain by Achilles. Various accounts are given of the place
of his burial; for not to mention Philoltratus, who will
have it that he had no fepulchre, but that he was trans-
formed into that miraculous ftone, Troas, Phasnicia, and Su-
_ fiana contended tozether for him, and efpecially Ethiopia,
though it has no other right to his burial any more than to
his birth, but that which arifes from the equivocation of the
word Chus. But notwith{tanding the obfcurity that this
-equivocation has caft upon this hiftory, Philoltratus, George
Syncellus, that is, the coadjutor tothe church of Conitanti-
nople, and Suidas who had read and copied good authors,
though often not very judicioufly, have not\been wanting to
bear teftimony to the truth ; the firft telling us that Memnon
the Ethiopian, that is Amenophis, never came from Troy,
and that he was wrongfally confounded with Memnon the
‘Trojan, note épckesding how Memnon could have brought
fupply to the Trojans from fo great a diftance, nor even by
what adventure Tithonus had gone and fettled in Ethiopia,
and came to be king thereof; the fecond, by diltinguifhing
exaGtly Amenophis king of Thebes in Egypt, who is alfo
itiled Memnce, from the {peaking ftatue of Memnon the fon
of Tithonus, whom he ranks among the kings of Aflyria ;
and Suidas, by afferting that that Memnon was not an
Ethiopian, but a Sufian. Paufanias, though of a very pe-
netrating genius, has but half unravelled this confution ;
faying that Memnon the Ethiopian came not from Ethiopia
ito Troy, but from Sufa. Evuftathius, and the fcholiafl on
Pindar, who goes by the name of Triclinius, write that
Memnon and Emathion his brother were the only white men
among thofe Ethiopians, though Virgil and others make
Memnon black. This remark confirms my opision ; for
though the poets and writers of romance have taken the li-
berty to feign that Andromeda and Charicleus were born
white among the blacks, yet this is fo 2 ig in the ordi-
mary courfe of nature, that there is much more reafon to
believe that Memnon was white, becaufe in fa& he was not
van Ethiopian: z

MEMOIRS, or MeyorrAzs, aterm now much in ufe
for hiftories compofed by perfons who hgd fome fhare or
concern in the tranfaGtions they relate, or who were eye-
wwitneffes of them; anfwering to what the Latins called
commentarii. =e

The French are great.dealers in this way of writing, and
have an infinite number of books of memoirs, containing,
for the generality, the lives, actions,. intrigues, amours, &c.
of the writers. ‘

Mewmorrs alfo denote a journal of the aéts and proceedings
.of a fociety ; or a colletion of the matters debated, trani-
aged} &c. therein. Such are the Memoirs of the Royal
Academy of Sciences, &c.

MEM
MEMORY, praun, a power or faculty of the mind,

which feceives, retains, and exhibits ayrain, as occalion re.
quires, all forts of ideas prefented to the underflanding.

OF all the faculties, there is none harder to account for,
or that has perplexed philofophers more, than the memory
Some will have it a mere organ, as the eve, ear, &e. Dr.
Hooke, in an “ Effay towards a mechameal Account of Me-
mory,”’ makes it to confilt in a flock of idess or images,
formed oceafionally by the mind, out of the fine parts of the
brain, and difpofed or laid by in order.

Defcartes and his followers maintain, that the animal
{pirits, exciting a motion in the moft delicate fibres of the
brain, leave a kind of traces or footfleps; which occafion
our remembrance. Hence it happens, that by pafling feveral
times over the fame things, the {pirits becoming accultomed
to the fame paflages, leave them open, and fo mzke their
way without any effort or labour; and in this confilts the
eafe wherewith we recolleét fuch ideas. Thus wine is
found to fharpen the memory, becaufe wine puts the animal
Le in motion, and agitatesthe fibres of the brain more

rifkly.

Father Malebranche expreffes his notion of memory thus
“Tt being granted, that all our different perceptions are
owing to changes happening in the fibres of the principal
part of the brain, wherein the foul more immediately refides,
the nature of the memory is obvious: for as the leaves of a
tree, that have been folded for fome time in a certain man-
ner, preferve a facility of difpofition to be folded again in the
fame manner; fo the fibres of the brain, having once re-
ceived certain impreflions by the courfes of the animal
fpirits, and by the action of objecis, preferve, for fome time,
a facility to receive the fame difpofition. Now it is in
this facility that memory confifts; for we think the fame
things, when the brain receives the fame impreffions.

« Farther, as the animal {pirits a&t fometimes more brifkly,
and fometimes more languidly, on the fubftance of the brain ;
and as fenfible objects make much deeper, and more lafting
impreffions, than the imagination alone ; it is eafy, on this
fcheme, to conceive why we do not remember ail things
alike ; why a thing, for inftance, feen twice, is reprefented
more vividly to the mind than another feen but once: and
why things that have been feen, are ufually remembered
more diftinGly, than thofe that have been only imagined,
&e.

«© Old men are defeGtive in memory, and cannot learn any
thing without much difficulty, becaufe they want animal
{pirits to make new traces, and becaufe the fibres of the
brain are become too hard to receive, or too moilt to retain,
fuch impreffions, For the fame reafon, thofe who learn
with the greateft eafe forget the fooneft ; in regard when
the fibres are foft and flexible, objects make a flight impref-
fion, which the continual courfe of animal {pirits eafily wears
off. On the contrary, the fibres of thofe who learn flowly,
being lefs flexible, and lefs fubje& to be fhaken, the traces
are more deeply engraven, and laft the longer. From all
which obfervations it follows, that the memory is abfolutely
dependent on the body ; being impaired or ftrengthened,
according to the changes that befal the body; a fall, the
tranfports of a fever, &c. being frequently found to erafe or
blot out all the traces, to bear away all the ideas, and to
caufe an univerfal forgetfulnefs.””

The chief difficulty that embarraffes this doftrine of me-
mory is to conceive how fuch an infinite number of things,
as the head is itored with, fhould be rangedin fo much order
in the memory, as that the one fhould not efface the other ;
aud how, iniuch a prodigious aflemblage of traces imprefled

on

-

MEMORY.

on the brain, the animal {pirits fhould awake precifely thofe
which the mind has occafion for. A

Memory, according to Mr. Locke, is, as it were, the
ftorehoufe of our ideas. Tor the narrow mind of man not
being capable of having many ideas under view and confider-
ation at once, it was neceflary to have a repofitory, in
which to lay up thofe ideas which it may afterwards have
ufe for. But our ideas being nothing but aétual perceptions
in the mind, which ceafe to be any thing when there is no
perception of them ; this laying up of our ideas in the re-
pofitory of the memory, fignifies no more than this, that
the mind has a power, in many cafes, to revive perceptions
it has once had, avith this additional perception annexed to
them, that it has had them before. And it is by the affift-
ance of this faculty, that we are faid to have all thofe
ideas in our underftandings, which we can bring in fight,
and make the objeéts ofsour thoughts, without the help
of thofe fenfible qualities which firlt imprinted them
there.

Attention and repetition help much to the fixing of ideas
in our memories : but thofe which make the deepett and moft
lafting impreflions, are thofe which are accompanied with
pleafure and pain. Ideas but once taken in and never again
repeated, are foon loft ; and thofe of colours in fuch as loft
their fight when very young.

The memory of fome men is tenacious even to a miracle ;
but yet there feems to be a conftant decay of all our ideas,
even of thofe which are ftruck deepeft, and in minds the
moft retentive ; fo that if they be not fometimes renewed,
the print wears out, and at laft there remains nothing to be
feen.

Thofe ideas that are often refrefhed by a frequent return
of the objeéts or aétions that produce them, fix themfelves
belt in the memory, and remain longeft there: fuch are the
original qualities of bodies, viz. folidity, extenfion, figure,
motion, &c. and thofe that almoft conftantly affeét us, as
heat and cold.

Inmemory, the mind is oftentimes more than barely paf-
five; for it often fets itfelf to work to fearch fome hidden
ideas ; fometimes they ftart of their own accord ; and fome-
times tempeftuous paffions tumble them out of their cells.
This faculty other animals feem to have to a great degree,
as well as men, as appears by birds learning of tunes, and
their endeavours to hit the notes right. For it feems impof-
fible that they fhould endeavour to conform their voices (as it
is plain they do) to notes whereof they have no idea. Eflay
concerning Hum. Und. book ii. chap. ro.

Dr. Hartley, agreeably to his mechanical theory of the
human mind, defines memory to be that faculty by which
traces of fenfations and ideas recur, or are recalled, in the
fame order and proportion, accurately or nearly, as they were
once prefented: and he obferves, that memory depends en-
tirely or chiefly on the ftate of the brain, which is peculiarly
conformable to his notion of vibrations. The rudiments of
memory, he fays, are laid in the perpetual recurrency of the
fame impreffions, and clufters of impreffions: and thus he
endeavours: to account for the peculiar imperfections of the
memory in children and aged perfons, as well as for other
fa&ts pertaining to the exercife of this faculty. Obf. on
Man, vol. i. p. 374, &c,

Thofe who adopt Hartley’s theory enumerate among other
phenomena of memory fuch as the following : ideas of recol-
leGtion are diftinguifhed from fenfations, chiefly by a differ-
ence in the vividnefs of the impreffions, fo that when from
difeafe, or any caufe, ideas become as vivid as fenfations,

they are miftaken for fenfations, as in phrenfy ; and alfo by

the affociates which accompany them. Ideas of memory
are diftinguifled from reveries, chiefly by the readinefs and
ftrength of the affociations by which they are cemented to-
gether ; and recollected ideas are alfo diftinguifhed from re-
veries by their conneétion with known faéts, and by various
methods of reafoning. Memory, it is alfo faid, depends
entirely or chiefly on the ftate of the brain. , Hence difeafes,
concuffions of the brain, and fpirituous liquors impair it ;
and it generally returns again with the feturn of health.
Memory alfo differs in different ages, infomuch that children
foon learn and foon forget ; old people learn with difficulty,
and remember belt what they learned when young ; and this,
it is alleged, is agreeable to the theory of vibrations. Senfa-
tions, attended with great pleafure or pain, make a deep im-
preffion on the memory, which is probably owing to the vigor-
ous vibrations which they excite. Senfible ideas gradually
decay in the memory, if not refrefhed by new fenfations. Vo-
luntary recolleétion is performed by calling up aflociated
ideas, which by degrees introduce the idea in queltion,
Some perfons of weak judgment poflels retentive memories ;
but there are limits beyond which the two powers of receiy-
ing and of retaining ideas cannot confift with each other.
Memory isa faculty inceflantly exercifed while thought con-
tinues ; nor is the mind wholly deprived of it, though it is
often much impaired. The excellence of memory confilts
partly in its ftrength of retention, and partly in the quick-
nefs of recolle€tion. All the faculties of the mind are de-
pendent on the memory: and though fome perfons may
have ftrong memories with weak judgment, no perfon can
have a ftrong judgment whofe memory is remarkably de-
fective.

It is commonly fuppofed, fays profeffor Dugald Stewart,
(ubi infra) that genius is feldom united with a very tenacious
memory. ‘‘ So far, however,”’ fays this ingenious writer,
‘as my own obfervation has reached, I can {carcely recol-
le& one perfon who poffeffes the former of thefe qualities,
without a more than ordinary fhare of the latter. @nafu-
perficial view of the fubjeét, indeed, the common opinion
has fome appearance of truth; for we are naturally led, in
corfequence of the topics about which converfation is ufually
employed, to eftimate the extent of memory by the impref-
fion which trivial occurrences make upon it; and thefe in
general efcape the recolle€&tion of a man of ability, not be-
caufe he is unable to retain them, but becaufe he does not
attend to them. It is probable, likewife, that accidental
affociations, founded on contiguity in time and place, may
make but a flight impreffion on his mind. But it does not
therefore follow, that his ftock of faéts is {mall. They are
conneéted together in his memory by principles of aflocia-
tion, different from thofe which prevail in ordinary minds,
and they are on that very account the more ufeful; for as
the affociations are founded upon real conneétions among
the ideas, (although they may be lef{s conducive to the flu-
ency, and perhaps to the wit of converfation,) they are of
incomparably greater ufe in fuggefting faéts which are to
ferve as a foundation for reafoning or invention.”?——* Mon-
taigne frequently complains in his writings of his want
of memory: and he indeed gives many very extraordi-
nary inftances of his ignorance in fome of the moft ordinary
topics of information. But it is obvious to any one who
reads his works with attention, that this ignorance did not
proceed from an original defect of memory, but from the,
fingular or whimfical direétion which his curiofity had taken
at an early period of life.””—* I can do nothing,’’ fays he,
‘¢ without my memorandum book ; and fo great is my diffi-
culty in remembering proper names, that I am forced to

call

MEMORY.

o my domeftic fervantaby their offices, Tam ignorant of
the greater part of our coins in ule: of the difference of one
grain from another, both in the earth and in the granary :
what ule leaven io of in making bread, and why wine mutt
ftand fome time in the vat before it fermenta.”’—« Yet the
fame author appears evidently, from his writings, to have
had his memory flored with an infinite variety of apophthegms
and of hiftorical paflages, which had ftruck his imagination :
and to have been familiarly acquainted, not only with the
names, but with the abdfurd and exploded opinions of the
ancient philofophers.’’ The foregoing obfervations feeve to
account, m part, for the origin of the common opinion, that
pen and memory are feldom united in great degrees in the
ame perfon ; and ita fo appears, that fome of the facts, on
which that opinion is foanded, do not jattify fuch a conelu-
fions There are, however, other circumfances, that feem
rather to indicate an incontiftency between extenfive memory
and original genius.‘ The {pecies of memory which excites
the greatelt degree of admiration in the ordinary intercourfe of
fociety, is a memory for detached and infulated facts ; and it
is certain that thofe men who are poffefled of it, are very
feldom diflinguifhed by the higher gifts of the mind, and
fuch a {pecies of memory is unfavourable to philofophical
arrangement ; becaufe it in part fupplies the place of arrange-
ment.” Dr, Pemberton informs us, that fir Ifaac Newton
was often at a lofs when the converfation turned on his own
difcoveries ; they probably made but a flight impreffion on
his mind, and a confcioufnefs of his inventive powers pre-
vented him from taking much pains totreafure them up in
his memory. He neverthelefs, as Dr. Pemberton fays, per-
feétly underftood his own writings, though his memory
was much decayed in the lait years of his ee (See Pre-
face to Pemberton’s View of Newton’s Philofophy.) “ A
mah of original genius,” fays profeflor Stewart, “ who is
fond of ‘exercifing his reafoning powers anew on every point
as it occurs to him, and who cannot fubmit to rehearfe the
ideas of others, or to repeat by rote the conclufions which he
has deduced from previous reflexion, often appears to fu-
rficial obfervers to fall below the level of ordinary under-
andings; while another, deftitute both of quicknefs and in-
vention, is admired for that promptitude in his decifions, which
arifes from the inferiority of his intelle€tual abilities.” Here
we cannot forbear citing one of the aphorifms of lord Bacon:
«« Reading makes a full man, writing a corre& man, and
fpeaking aready man.” See alfo on this fubject Watts’s
Improvement of the Mind, chap. xvii. or Works, vol. v.
p. 275, &e.
| Memory is a fource of refined and permanent pleafure ;
painful recollections gradually fubfide within the limits of
_ pleafure: and if time fufficient be allowed, by the power of
wffociation, all pain will be ultimately abforbed, and the
pleafures of memory will be pure and unmixed with mifery.
See Rogers’s Pleafures of Memory. ak
Memory, according to Dr. Reid, is an original faculty given
us by the author of our being, of which we can give no ac-
count, but that we are fo made. I believe moit firmly, fays
this author, what I diftinAly remember ; but I can give no
reafon of this belief. It is the infpiration of the Almighty
that gives me this underftanding. Memory, he fays, 1s
always accompanied with the belief of that which we re-
member; and this belief we account real knowledge, no
lefs certain than if it was grounded on demonftration. The
teftimony of witneffes, in caufes of life and death, depends
upon it, and all the knowledge of mankind, with regard to
~ paft events, -is built on this foundation. Reid’s Effays oa
the Intellectual Powers of Man, Eff. iii. ch. 1, 2. 7.
Vor. XXIII.

The word memory, fays profeffor Dugald Stewart, is not
pra: uniformly in the fame fenfe; it is formetimes em.
ployed to exprefs the capacity of retaining knowledge, and
fometimes the power of recalling it to our thoughts, when
we have occafion to apply it to ule. When we {peak of a
retentive memory, we ule it in the former fenfe ; when of
a ready memory, in the latter. The various particulars
which compofe our flock of knowledge fometimes recur to
us fpontaneoufly, or at Jealt without any interference on our
part; in other cafes, they are recalled by an effort of our
will, The former operation of the mind is denoted by
Memory ; the latter, though fometimes called by the fame
name, is more properly diflinguifhed by the word Recollec-
tion. The operations of memory relate either to things and
thetr relations, or to events. In the former cafe, thoughts
which have been previoufly in the mind may recur to us,
without fuggetting the idea of the paft, or of any modifi-
cation of time whatever, as when I repeat over a poem
which I have got by heart, or when I think of the features
of an abfent friend. In thefe cafes, the operations of me-
mory do not neceflarily involve the idea of the pat. But
when I think of events, I not only recal to the mind the
former objects of its thoughts, but I refer the event to a
particular point of time; fo that of every fuch a& of me-
mory, the idea of the paft is a neceflary concomitant. If
it be inquired, to what it is owing that the memory retains
fome things in preference to others? our author replies,
that this may be afcribed to two principles of our nature,
upon which memory is dependent, and with which it is very
intimately connected ; thefe are attention and the affociation of
ideas. Without attention, even the objects of our percep-
tions make no impreflion on the memory. (See Bacon,
Nov. Org. lib. ii. aphor. 6.) This attention, though it be
a voluntary act, requires experience to have it always under
command. Inthe cafe of objects to which we have been
taught to attend at an early period of life, or which are cal-
culated to roufe the curiofity, or to affe& any of our paffions,
the attention fixes itfelf upon them, as it were, fpontaneoufly,
and without any effort on our part, of which we are con-
fcious. On the other hand, if an objeét does not intereft
fome principle of our nature, we may ¢xamine it again and
again, with a wifh to treafure up the knowledge of it in
the mind, without our being able to command that degree
of attention which may lead us to recognife it the next time
we fee it. By this kind of reafoning we can account for a
well-known faét, that objeéts are eafily remembered which
affect any of the paffions. The paffion affifts the memory,
not in confequence of any immediate conneétion between
them, but as it prefents, during the time it continues, 2
fteady and exclufive obje& to the attention.

Our ingenious author proceeds to ftate the conneétion
between memory and the aflociation of ideas. ‘This, he
fays, is fo itriking, as to hive induced fome to fuppofe,
that the who'e of its phenomena might be refolved into this
principle. This the profeffor does not allow. ‘ The affo-
ciation of ideas conneéts our thoughts with each other, fo as
to prefent them to the mind in a certain order; but it pre-
fuppofes the exiftence of thefe thoughts in the mind; or, in
other words, ic prefuppofes a faculty of retaining the know.
ledge which we acquire. It involves alfo a power of recog=
nizing, as former objets of attention, the thoughts that from
time to timé occur to us; a power which is not implied in
that law of our nature, which is called the affociation of
ideas.” Qn the other hand, it is evident that, without
the affociating principle, the power of retaining our thoughts,”
and of recognizing them when they occur to us, would —

li eR

. MEMORY.

been of little ufe; for the moft important articles of our know-
ledye might have remained latent in the mind, even when thofe
occafions prefented themfelves to which they are immediately
applicable. In confequence of this law of our nature,
not only are all our various ideas made to pafs from time to
time in review before us, and to offer themfelves to our
choice as fubjeSts of meditation; but when an occafion
occurs which cails for the aid of our paft experience, the
occafion itfelf recalls to us all the information upon the fub-
je& which that experience has accumulated.’’ Our author
obferves, ‘¢ that the various theories which have attempted
to account for memory by traces or impreffions in the fen-
forium, are obvioufly too unphilofophical to deferve a parti-
cular refutation.”? He adds, after fome other appropriate
remarks on this fubject, “ that the immediate dependence
of this facalty on the ftate of the body, which is more re-
markable than that of any other faculty whatever, (as ap-
pears from the effe&ts produced on it by old age, difeafe,
and intoxication,) is apt to {trike thofe who have not been
much converfant with thefe inquiries, as beltowing fome
plaufibility on the theory which attempts to explain its phe-
nomena on mechanical principles.’* Accordingly, it is re-
commended to medical writers to be at more pains than
they have been at hitherto, in order to afcertain the various
effets which are produced on the memory by difeafe’ and
old age; effects which are widely diverfified in different
cafes. ‘In fome it would feem that the memory is im-
paired, in confequence of a diminution of the power of atten-
tion; in others, that the power of recolleCtion is difturbed,
in confequence of a derangement of that part of the con-
ftitution on which the affociation of ideas depends. The
decay of memory, which is the common effect of age, feems
to arife from the former of thefe caufes.’?—* As far as the
decay of memory, which old age brings along with it, isa
neceflary confequence of a phyfical change in the conftitu-
tion, or a neceflary confequence of a diminution of fenfibility,
it is the part of a wife man to fubmit cheerfuily to the lot
of his nature. But it is not unreafonable to think, that
fomething may be done by our own efforts, to obviate the
inconveniences which commonly refult from it. If indi-
viduals, who, in the early part of life, have weak memories,
are fometimes able to remedy this defe&, by a greater
attention to arrangement in their tranfa@tions, and to claffifi-
eation among their ideas, than is neceffary to the bulk of
mankind, might it not be poffible, in the fame way, to ward
off, at leaftto a certain degree, the encroachments which
time makes on this faculty ? The few old men, who continue
in the adtive fcenes of life to the laft moment, it has been
often remarked, complain, in general, much lefs of a want
of recollection than their contemporaries. This is un-
doubtedly owing partly to the effect which the purfuits of
bufinefs muft neceffarily have in keeping alive the power of
attention. But it is probably owing alfo to new habits of
arrangement, which the mind gradually and infenfibly forms
from the experience of its growing infirmities.”’

The learned profeffor devotes a fe@ion of his excellent
work to the nluftration of the varieties of memory in dif-
ferent individuals. <‘* As the great purpofe,”? he fays, ‘ to
which this faculty is fubfervient, is to enable us to colieét,
and to retain, for the future regnlation of our condué, the
refults of our paft experience ; it is evident that the degree
of perfeétion which it attains in the cafe of different perfons,
mult vary; firft, with the facility of making the original
acquifition ; fecondly, with the permanence of the acquifi-
tion; and, thirdly, with the quicknefs or readinefs with
which the individual is able, on particular occafions, to apply

it to ufe. The qualities of a good memory are, thereforep,
in the firft place, to be fufceptible; fecondly, to be reten-
tive; and, thirdly, to be ready.” Thefe three qualitics
are rarely united in the fame perfon.

Our author has advanced fome very ingenious and judi-
cious obfervations on the difference between a ca/ual and a

philofophical memory. The bulk of mankind affociate their

ideas chiefly according to their molt obvious relations, thofe,
for example, of refemblance and analogy ; and, above all,
according to the cafual relations arifing from contiguity in
time and place; whereas, io the mind of a philofopher,
ideas are affociated according to thofe relations which are
brought to light in confequence of particular efforts of
attention, with the relations of caufe and effe@, or
of premifes and conclulion, The advantage is greatly in
favour of the philofopher; the arrangement he ufes
{trengthens his memory, affitts his invention, enables him to
reafon fynthetically, and to corre& his intelleétual defe&is 5
but this kind of memory is not favourable to converfation.
The man of cafual memory is open to every impreffion,. and
readily accommodates his ideas to any circumftance which
may occur. But the philofopher who thinks clofely and
reafons fy{tematically, is deficient in eafe and quicknefs, and
is in danger of becoming tedious by long difcourfes. And

-as nothing appears weaker or more abfurd than a theory

partially tated, it frequently happens that men of ingenuity,.
by attempting it, fink in the vulgar apprehenfion, below the
level of ordinary underftandings. Profeffor Stewart, after.
pointing out in various particulars the difference between
philofophical and cafual memory, obferves, that they con-
ftitute the moft remarkable of all the varieties which the
minds of different individuals, confidered in refpe& of this
faculty, prefent to our notice. He afterwards enumerates,
in detail, and with appropriate illuftration, feveral other
varieties of a lefs ftriking nature. Stewart’s Elements of
the Philofophy of the Human Mind, chap. vi. § 1, 2, 3.

For the difference between memory and imagination ;
fee IMAGINATION.

Arittotle diftinguifhes between memory and reminifcence.
Memory is a kind of habit which is not always in exercife
with regard to things we remember, but is ready to fuggett
them when there is occafion. The moft perfect degree of
this habit is, when the thing prefents itfelf to our remem-
brance fpontaneoufly, and without labour, as often as there
is occafion. A fecond degree is, when the thing is forgot
for a longer or fhorter time, even when there is occafion to
remember it, yet at laft fome incident brings it to mind with-
out any fearch. A third degree is, when we caft about and
fearch for what we would remember, and fo at laft find it out.
It is this laft which Ariftotle calls reminifcence, as diltin-
guifhed from memory Reminifcence, therefore, includes
a will to recolleé&t fomething paft, and a fearch after it.
Ariftotle fays, that brutes have not reminifcence, which
Dr. Reid thinks to be probable, but, fays he, they have
memory. ‘Thus, a dog knows his mafter after long abfence.
A horfe will trace back a road he has once gone as accu-
rately asaman. Reid, ubi fupra. See the preceding part
of this article.

Hiftory furnifhes us with feveral furprifing inftances of
the retentive powers of the faculty of memory. Seneca
fays of himfelf, that, by the mere effort of his natural me-
mory, he was able to repeat two thoufand words upon once
hearing them, each in its order; though they had no de-
pendence or conneéticn on each other. After which he men-
tions a friend of his, Portius Latro, who retained jn his
memory all the declamations he had ever fpoken, and never

found

MEMORY.

found his memory fail him, even in a fingle word, He alfo
mentions Cyneas, ambaffador to the Romane from kin
Pyrrhus, who, in one day, had fo well learnt the names of
his {peétators, that the next he faluted the whole fenate, and
all the populace affembled, each by his name. Pliny fays,
that Cyrus knew every foldier in his army by name; and
Gi Scipio, all the people of Rome. Charmipas, or rather
Carneades, when required, it is faid, woukl repeat any vo-
Jame found in the libraries as readily av if he were reading.
Dr, Wallis tells us, that without the affiftance of pen and
ink, or any thing equivalent, he was able in the dark, by
mere force of memory, to perform arithmetical operations,
as multiplication, divifion, extraction of roots, &e. to forty
places. Particularly, that, in February 1671-2, at the re-

uelt of a foreigner (by night in bed) he propofed to him.
elf a number of fifty-three places, and found its {quare root
to twenty-feven places ; and without ever writing down the
number, diated it from his memory, at his next vilit,
twenty days afterwards.

The perfection of memory confilts in two things; readily
to admit the impreffions or images of things; and to pre-
ferve them from oblivion, that the underftanding may have
recourfe to them, and employ them for fuch purpofes, as
reafon fhall direét. In order to affift and improve this faculty,
every kind of intemperance and excefs mutt be vaeefully
avoided ; and when we would commit any thing to memory,
our firft concern fhould be to underftand it thoroughly ; we
fhould commit things to memory in a methodical and regular
manner; writing down any thing is likewife a great advan-
tage towards remembering it; a frequent review and careful
repetition of the things that are learned will help to fix them
in the memory, and likewife an abridgment of them in a
narrow compafs; converfation upon them with intelligent
companions will alfo be found ufeful; care fhould likewife
be taken not to overburden the memory: fuch feafons
fhould be made choice of as are moft proper for the exercife
of this faculty, fuch are the evening and morning ; and the
molt effeQual way of gaining a good memory, is its con{tant
and moderate exercife. Ward’s Or. vol. ii. fe&. 51. Rol-
lin’s Belles Lettres p. 208—216, fixthed. Watts’s Improve-
ment of the Mind, ubi fupra. Stewart’s Elem. of the Phi-
lofophy of the Human Mind, ch. vi. fe&. 3, 4, 5.

emory, Local, or Artificial, is an art, or invention, by
means of which the memory is fuppofed to be aided,
* ftrengthened, and enlarged.

This art feems to confift in nothing elfe but a certain
method of coupling or affociating the ideas of things to be
remembered, with the ideas of other things, already difpofed
orderly in the mind, or that are before the eyes. It is of
an old ftanding, having been practifed by many of the an-
cient rhetoricians, under the denomination of “ topical me-
mory;” fome of whom are faid to have made ufe of paint-
ings, images, and emblems, on this cccafion ; though others
contented themfelves with the parts, members, ornaments, fur-
niture, and other circumitances of the place where they were
to fpeak. Miuretus tells us that a young man of Corfica
pretending to do wonders this way, Muretus put him to the
trial; and upon diating to him two or three thoufard
words, fome Greek, fome Latin, fome Barbarous ; all with.
out any relation to each other, and the greateft part without
any meaning at all; the artiit immediately, and without any
hefitation, or the leaft ftumbling or difplacing, repeated
them all, from firft to laft, in the fame order wherein they
had been diétated ; and this done, beginning where he ended,
he repeated them all backwards, from laft to firlt. Adding,
that this was but a light eflay of his memory; and that he

would undertake to repeat thirty-fix thoufand words in the
fame manner.

The truth is, this art feems better calculated for retain.
ing things without any coherence or dependence on one
another, as mere words of founds, &e. than for things where
reafon or judgment are any way required,

Raim, Lully took fo much pains with it, that it now goes
by his name, being called Lully's art.

Many have been the attempts, in all ages, to affift the
memory, Some have had recourle to medicine, fuch as
Horftius, Marfilius Ficinur, Johnflon and others. ‘That
good health, a good digeflion, and a mind free from care,
are helps in this refpe&, is an old obfervation. ‘That atten-
tion, application, anne recapitulation, are neceflary, is
known to every one. But whether, befides natural health
and parts, and the exercife of our faculties, art may not give
a farther affiftance to memory, has been a queftion. Simo-
nides is faid to have been the firft who found out the art of
memory. His method was by a choice of places and images,
as a repofitory of ideas; fuch, for inltance, as a large houfe
divided into feveral apartments, rooms, clofets, Kc. All
thefe, and their order, were to be rendered extremely fami-
liar to the imagination and memory. Then, whatever was
to be remembered, was by fome fymbolical reprefentation or
another, as an anchor for navigation, to be conneéted with
fome part of the houfe, or other artificial repofitory, in a
regular manner. Cicero and Quintilian give us fome ac-
count of this method, and {peak of it with refpe&. As
far as it was the objet of this fpecies of artificial memory
to affift an orator in recollecting the plan and arrangement of
his difcourfe, the accounts which are given of it by the an-
cient rhetoricians are abundantly fatisfaétory. It appears,
however, that its ufe was more extenfive; and that it was
fo contrived, as to facilitate the recolleftion of a premedi-
tated compofition. In what manner this was done, it is not
eafy to conjeture from the imperfeét explanations of the
art, which have been tranfmitted to modern times. The
reader may confult Cicero de Orat. lib. ii. cap. 87, 88.
Rhetor, ad Herennium, lib. iii. cap. 16, &c. Quintil. Inft.
Orat. lib. xi. cap. 2.

Several moderns have attempted improvements of ar-
tificial memory. There was a colleGion of various trea-
tifes of this kind publifhed at Leipzig ; this, and Bruxius’s
Simonides Redivivus, are commended by Morhof. Paf-
chius gives us fome account alfo of feveral authors who
have treated of this art. It is certainly of ufe in hiftory
and chronology. The chief artifice, in this refpe&t, is to
form an artificial werd, the letters of which hall fignify
numbers. Hence a date or era may more eafily be recapitu-
lated and remembered than without fuch a contrivance.
This invention is mentioned as a fecret known to few, by
Pafchius. It has been profecuted in England, by Dr. Grey,
in his well-known work, entitled «« Memoria Technica,” by
means of which a great mais of hiltorical, chronological,
and geographical knowledge is comprifed in a fet of verfes,
wwhich the ftudent is fuppofed to make familiar to himfelf as
fchool-boys do tke rules of grammar.

The method is this: to remember any thing in hiftory,
chronology, geography, &c. a word is formed, the begin-
ning of which being the firlt fyllable or fyllables of the thin
to be remembered,-does, by frequent repetition, of ae:
draw after it the latter parts, which is fo contrived as to
give the anfwer. Thus, in hiltory, the deluge happened in:
the year before Chrift 2348. This may be fignified by the
word Dél étok; Del ftanding for deluge, and efok for 2348.

: x 2 How

MEMORY.

How thefe words came to fignify thefe things, or contribute
to the remembering them, is'now to be fhewn.

The firft thing to be done is to learn exactly the following
feries of vowels and confonants, which are to reprefent the
numerical figures, fo as to be able at pleafure to form a
technical word, which fhall ftand for any number, or to re-
folve a word already formed into tlie number it ftands for:

a elt ot Peas ice ver ns otrpiay
Tali 203.) hq eniy teint ye Arid iOiad. 10
Bnd eet Sof trellis pve hieton © om

Here a and 4 ftand for 1, e and d for 2, i and ¢ for 3, and
fo on. Thefe letters are affigned arbitrarily to the refpec-
tive figures, and may very eafily be remembered. ‘The firlt
five vowels in order naturally reprefent 1, 2, 3, 4, 5- The
diphthong au, being compofed of a, 1, and u, 5, ftands for
6; ot for 7, being compofed of o, 4 and i, 3; ou for 9,
being compofed of 0, 4 and uw, 5; the diphthong ei will eafily
be remembered for 8 (eight), being the initials of the word.
In like manner for the confonants, where the initials could
conveniently be 1etained, they are made ule of to fignify the
number, as ¢ for 3, f for four, s for fix, and x forg. The
re{ft were affigned without any particular reafon, unlefs that
poflibly p may be more ealily remembered for 7, or /eptem,
& for 8, or oxrw, d for 2, or duo; b for 1, as being the firft
confonant, and / for 5, being the Roman letter for 50, than
any others that could have been put in their places. It is
farther to be obferved, that z and y being made ufe of to
reprefent the cypher, where many cyphers meet together, as
1000, 1000000, &c. inftead of a repetition of azyzyzy, &c.
let g ftand for 100, th for a thoufand, and m for a million.
Thus ag will be 100, ig 300; oug goo, &c. ath 1000, am
1000000, Jum 59000000, &c. Fractions may be fet down
in the following manner.: let r fignify the line feparating the
numerator and denominator, the firft coming éefore the other
after it; as iro 3, urp, 3, pourag 35, &c. When the nu-
merator is 1 or unit, it need not be exprefled, but begin the
fraétion with r; as re, ri}, r03, &c. So in decimals,
rag rhc rath pees:

This is the principal part of the method, which confilts
in exprefling numbers by artificial words. The application
to hiftory and chronology is alfo performed by artificial
words. This part of the art confifts in making fuch a
change in the ending of the name of a place, perfon, planet,
coin, &c. without altering the beginning of it, as fhall rea-
dily fuggeft the thing fought, at the fame time that the be-
ginning of the word, being preferved, fhall be a leading or
prompting fyllable to the ending of it fo changed. hus
in order to remember the years in which Cyrus, Alexander,
and Julius Czfar, founded their refpetive monarchies, the
following words may be formed; for Cyrus, Cyrats ; for
Alexander, Alexita; for Julius Czfar, Julios. Uts figni-
fies, according to the powers affigned to the letters before
mentioned, 5363 ifa is 331, and os is 46. Hence it will be
eafy to remember, that the empire of Cyrus was founded
530 years before Chrift, that of Alexander 331, and that
of Julius Czefar, 46.

For the farther application of this method, we refer to the
ingenious author’s own account. We fhall only add,. that
technical verfes contribute much to the affiftance of the,
memory, both as they generally contain a great deal in a
little compafs, and alfo becauwfe, being once learned, they.
are feldom or never forgot. The author before quoted. has
given us feveral fpecimens of fuch verfes in hiftory, chrono-
logy, geography, and altronomy, as alfo the Jewifh, Gre-
sian, and Roman coins, weights and meafures, &c.. He ad-

vifes his reader to form the words and verfes for his own ufe:
himfelf ; as he perhaps will better remember them than thofe
formed by the author ; ‘

Having given an account very much in detail of the moft
approved artifices that have been contrived for affifling the
memory, our limits will not allow our fpecifying any of
thofe modern methods for this purpofe that have engaged po-
pular attention ; probably without much claim to originality,
and which, as long as they are not explicitly divulged, may
be more lucrative to thofe who teach than improving to thofe
who are at the pains and expence of acquiring them. Every
attempt, however, to improve this important faculty merits
encouragement. See Mnemonic Tables. P

Concerning the utility of the fyflem above ftated, the inge-
nuity of which has been acknowledged, oppofite opinions have
been entertained. The prevailing opinion is,. as profeflor
Stewart conceives, againit it ; although it has been mentioned
in terms of high approbation by fome writers of eminence...
Dr. Prieftley, whofe judgment in matters of this nature
commands refpeét, has faid of it (Leétures on Hiltory,.
p-157), that “it isa method fo ealily learned, and which
may be of fo much ufe in recollecting dates when other
methods are not at hand, that he thinks all perfons of a
liberal education inexcufable,. who will not take the fmall
degree of pains that is.neceflary to make themfelves maf-.
ters of it; or who think any thing mean, or-unworthy of
their notice, which is fo ufeful and convenient.'" The learned
profeflor, of whofe obfervations we have fo often availed
ourfelves, very juftly remarks, that “ in judging of the-
utility of this, or of any other contrivance of the fame
kind, toa particular perfon, a great deal muft depend on the
fpecies of memory which he has received from nature, or
has acquired in the courfe of his early education. Some
men have an extraordinary facility in acquiring and retaining
the molt barbarous and the mott infignificant verfes ; which
another perfon would find as difficult to remember, as the
geographical and chronological details of which it is the
objeQ of this art to relieve the memory. Allowing, there--
fore, the general utility of the art, no one method, perhaps,
is entitled to an exclulive preference ; as one contrivance
may be beft fuited to the faculties of one perfon, and a very
different one to thofe of another.’’—‘¢ One important ob-~
jection applies to all of them, that they accuftom the mind
to affociate ideas by accidental and arbitrary conne€tions ;
and, therefore, how much foever they may contribute, in
the courfe of ccnverfation, to an oitentatious difplay of
acquired knowledge, they are, perhaps, of little real fer-
vice to us, when we are ferioufly engaged in the purfuit of
truth. I own too, (fays the profeflor,) [ am. very doubt-
ful with refpe& to the utility of a great part of that in-
formation which they are commonly employed to imprefs.
upon the memory, and on which the generality of learned.
men are difpofed to value themfelves. It certainly is of no
ufe, but in fo far as it is fubfervient to the gratification of
their vanity ;.and the acquifition of it confumes a great
deal of time and attention, which might have been employed.
in extending the boundaries of human knowledge. To thofe,
however, who are of a different opinion, fuch contrivances
as Grey’s may be extremely ufeful;.and to all men they
may be of fervice, in fixing in the memory thofe infulated.
and uninterefting particulars, which it-is either neceflary for
them to be acquainted with, from their-fituation ; or which
cuftom has rendered, in the common opinion, effential branches
of a liberal education.”’

As to Simonides’s method, Quintilian fays he will not deny
it to. be of fame ufe ; for inftance, in repeating a multitude.

MEM

“of words in the order they occur, and in things of this
natures but he thinks ic of lefy ufe in getting by heart a
continued oration, and in this refpeét rather an incumbrance.
‘He himfelf adviler, if the {peech to be remembered be long,
to get it by heart in parts, and thofe ot very fmall. ‘The
partition ought chiefly to be made according to the different
topics. He thinks it beit to yet things by heart tacitly,
‘and if, the better to fix the attention, the words be pro-
‘nounced, yet it fhould be in a low voice. Apt divifions
help the memory greatly. But after all, the great art of
memory is exercife ; to yet many things by heart, and daily,
if pofble. Nothing increafes move by ule, or fuffers more
by neglect, than the memory. At whatever age a man aims
atthe improvement of this faculty, he fhould patiently fub-
mit to the uneafy labour of repeating what he has read or
written.” Here, as in other cafes, where habits are to be
a exercife thould be increafed by degrees. Quint.
Init, Orat. lib. xi, cap. 2. p. 980.

Lord Bacon enumerates feveral helps to memory, as or-
der, artificial place, verfe, whatever brings an intellectual
thing to ttrike the fenfes, and thofe things which make an
imprefiion by means of a {trong paflion, as fear, furprize,
&e. Thole things alfo fink deepett, and dwell longelt in
the memory, which are impreffed upon a clear mind unpre-
jadiced either before or after the impreffion, as the things
we learn in childhood, or think of juit before going to fleep ;
as likewife the firft time things are taken notice of.

A multitude of cireumttances alfo, or, as it were, handles
or holds to be taken, help the memory; as the making
many breaks in writing, reading or repeating aloud ; but
as to this lait, fee Quintilian’s opinion before mentioned.
Thofe things which are expeted, and raife the attention,
flick better than fuch as pafs flightly over the mind ; whence
ifa man reads any writing twenty times over, he will not
remember it fo well, as if he read it but ten times with try-
ing between whiles to repeat it, and confulting the copy
where his memory failed. Bacon’s Works abr. vol. it.
p- 475. See alfo vel. i. p. 139, 136. vol. iii. p. 176, and

. the article-Mnemonic Tadés.

Memory, /Veaknefs or Lofs of, in Medicine, technically
called amuefia, is a difeafe which appears to depend upon
two oppolite conditions of the brain; namely, upon a
plethora or oppreffed ftate of that organ, and upon an
extreme debility of its veffels and languor of the circula-
tion.. Hence it arifes from two different fets of caufes, and
is to be cured by two oppofite modes of treatment. The
firit mentioned {pecies of the difeafe is conne&ted with the
lethargic itate preceding apople&ic attacks, or with the
—" condition that often fucceeds them = it arifes alfo

rom local injury to the brain, occafioned by wounds and
blows, which produce concuffion or preflure upon the brain.
The plan of treatment dire&ted for thefe morbid ftates, and
confifting chiefly of local evacuations, with low diet, will
be neceflary for the relief of thefe varieties of amnefia. But
the fecond {pecies, connected with a feeble circulation in the
head, fuch as is faid to arife from exceffive indulgence of
the venereal appetite, or to follow the continued ufe of fpi-
rituous liquors, where there is no plethora, requires the ufe
of tonics and of opium; the exciting caufes being alfo
avoided, (See Sauvages Nofol. Method. Spec. 1. Amnetia
_i: Venere. Spec. 7. A. 2 temulentia.) Where the difeafe
refults from old age, however, or from any organic changes,
which may have taken place in-the brain itfelf, a cure cannot
of courfe be expected from any expedient. ‘

Memory, Time of, in Law, has been long ago afcertained
by the law to commence from the ep of the reign of
Richard I. (a Int. 238, 239-)

’

his rule was adopted,

, MEM
when by the Matute of Weltm. 1, (; Edw. I. ©. 99.9 the

reign of Richard 1, was made the time ‘of limitation in x
writ of right, But fince by the flatute 32° Hen. VIII,
¢. 2. this period (in a writ of right) bath been very rati
onally reduced to fixty years, it feems unaccountable
that the date of legal prefeription or memory thould {till
contunue to be backdeed from an era fo very antiquated.
See Litt. § 170. 34 Hen. VI. 37. 2 Roll. Abr. 269. pl. 46.
See Mopus.

Memony Rocks, in Geography, a reef of rocks among the
Bahama iflands. N. lat. 27° 3’. ~W. long. 79° 30°

MEMPHIS, in Ancient Coagraphy, a large and populous
city of Egypt, on the left fide of the Nile. Concerning the
epocha of its foundation and alfo of its deftruétion, as
well as its precife fituation, writers are not agreed. Ac-
cording to Diodorus Siculus it was feven leagues in cir-
cumference, and it contained magnificent scbinles and pa-
laces. As to its pofition, Dr. Shaw fays, that oppofite to
Cairo, on the banks of the Nile, which looks towards Libya,
is the village of Gifa, where the ancient Memphis ftood,
the ruins of which are now covered and buried with earth.
The authors of the Uriverfal Hittory adopt the opinion of
Dr. Shaw, and reprefent Memphis as fituated on the {cite
now occupied by Gifa. According to Herodotus, Mem-
phis was fituated on the narrowelt {pot in Egypt, on the
wettern bank of the Nile; a lake formed by the waters of
the river furrounding it to the north and the weft. But Strabo
is more circumftantial in his details; and he fays, that at 40
ftadia, or 14 league from Memphis, rifes a {tony hill, where a
He number of pyramids are built. This fituation, it is
aid, does not correfpond with that of Gifa, which is three
leagues from the neareft pyramids, and fix from thofe of Sac-
cara. (See oe | Plmy (N.H. 1. vi.) fays, that the
three great pyramids, which are feen by navigators from all
parts, are fituated on a barren and ftony hill, between Memphis
and the Delta, one league from the Nile, two from Memphie,
and near the village of Bufiris. Diodorus alfo places the
pyramids 15 miles from Memphis. From thefe authorities
we may infer, that as the pyramids are between Memphis
‘and the Delta, and it is certain that Gifa or Gizé is between
the pyramids and the Delta, Memphis could not have been
fituated on the fpot where Gifa ftands ; or, in other words,
Memphis; by Pliny’s defcription, is two leagues to the
fouthward of the pyramids, and Gifa being three leagues:
from them to the northward, it could not have been built on
the ground occupied by Memphis. Moreover, the village of
Buliris ftill exifts under ‘the name of Bufir, at a {mall dif-.
tance from the pyramids; they are ftill a league from the
river, andthe {mall town of ‘* Menph,”’ formerly Memphis,
is about two leagues to the fouthward of thefe monu-
ments.

The foundation of this city is:afcribed by Herodotus to
Menes; and by Diodorus to: Uchoreus, the eighth-defcendant
of Ofymancias. Some have propofed toreconcile thefe two
aecounts by attributing the commencement of the city to:
Menes, and its completion.and aggrandizement to Uchoreus,
who made it a royal city. The occafion of its having been:
erected is thus ftated by Savary. Aftera king of Egypt had.
turned the courfe of the Nile, which loft itfelf in the fands
of Libya, and the Delta was formed out of the mud depo-
fited by its waters, canals: were cut to drain the Lower
Egypt. The monarchs who till that time had fixed their
refidence at Thebes, were defirous of coming nearer the
mouth of the river, to enjoy a more temperate air, and tobe
more ready to defend the entrance of their empire. Accord-
ingly they founded the city of Memphis, and ftrove to make
it a rival worthy of the ancient capital.. They adorned it,.

8. as

MEM

as Strabo (lib. xvii.) informs us, with feveral temples,
amongft which that of Vulcan attracted the attention of
travellers, by the grandeur of the edifice and the richnefs of
its ornaments. Another temple, no lefs an obje& of wonder,
was dedicated to Serapis, the principal approach to which
was adorned by prodigious {phinxes. Here wasalfo a temple
of Venus, which fome have fuppofed to be the moon. In
order to prevent the difafter which was likely to be occafioned
by drifts of fand, the inundations of the river, and the at-
tacks of an enemy, a long and lofty dyke was conftruéted
towards the fouth ; andon the weft, it was defended by the
king’s palaces and a fortrefs ereéted on the mountain. On
the eaft it was bounded by the Nile. Towards the north
were lakes terminated by the plain of Mummies, and by the
caufeway which leads from Bufiris to the great pyramids.
Thus fituated, Memphis commanded the valley of Egypt,
and communicated by canals with lake Maris, and lake
Mareotis. The citizen who inhabited it might travel from
his own houfe all over Egypt in a boat; fo that it be-
came the centre of wealth, of commerce, and of the arts.
The new capital, thus circumftanced, funk Thebes and her
100 gates into oblivion ; and the glory of Memphis lafted
for many ages, It maintained its {plendour till Cambyfes
laid wafte Egypt at the head of a formidablearmy., This
ferocious conqueror deftroyed, as far as he was able, her
temples and her famous buildings ; and, above all, he {trove
to extinguifh the torch of the fciences, which the Egyp-
tians, furrounded by waves and deferts, had lighted in
their fertile valley. Memphis, however, retained fo many
traces of her magnificence as to be ftill the firft city
in the world. For upwards of 200 years fhe laboured
to throw off the Perfian yoke. Alexander, to’ whom fhe
furrendered, amply revenged the outrages fhe had fuf-
tained. This conqueror, abandoning himfelf to a guilty
delirium, removed, as Quintus Curtius informs us, within
the walls of Perfepolis, the horrors Cambyfes had com-
mitted at Thebes and Memphis. In procefs of time a
city was founded which bore his name ; and it was embel-
lithed by the Ptolemies, his fucceffors. Alexandria be-
came another Rome: the arts and fciences acquired reputa-
tion in this place: commerce alfo attraéted hither wealth from
various regions. Hence it happened, that Memphis was
gradually depopulated by the migration of her inhabit-
ants to the new and more favoured city. Under Auguftus,
however, it was ftill a great city, populous and Fall of
ftrangers ; though it then held the rank of only the fecond
city of Egypt. Six hundred years after, it became the firft
conqueft of the Arabs, who laid fiege to its walls. The fiege
was long and bloody ; but it was carried at length by itorm,
as Abulfeda informsus, Ment (Memphis), fays this writer,
is the ancient Mafr of Egypt. It is fituated on the weftern
bank of the Nile. Amrou, fonof El Aas, having taken it
by ftorm, rafed it to the ground, and went to build the
town of Foftat by order of Omar, fon of Kettah, on
the oppofite fide. At Menf are remarkable ruins, the re-
mains of its ancient {plendour, &c. Menf, he adds, is dif-
tant a fhort day’s journey from Grand Cairo. The village
of Menf, the fad remains of an immenfe city, is fix leagues.
from Grand Cairo, on the weftern bank of the Nile. The
lakes mentioned by Herodotus and Strabo have not entirely
difappeared; oneof them is near Saccara, with a wood of
Acacia fituated weftward of Menf; the other is precifely
north of it, (Savary’s Letterson Egypt, vol. i.) Memphis
gave name to a nome or canton of Egypt, fituated on the

welt of the Nile, and called «¢ Memphitis Nomos.”’
MEMPHITES, or Lapis Memphiticus, a fort of {tone
smentioned by Diofcorides, Pliny, and other natural hif-

. MEN
torians, fuppofed to be found in Egypt, not far from the

city of Cairo, the ancient Memphis, whence its name.

The property it is famed for is, that being pulverized and
{meared on any part of the body to be cut off, it deadens
it fo, as that the patient fhall receive no pain, they fay, from
the operation.

MEMPHREMAGOG, in Geography, a lake which
lies chiefly in the province of Canada, 40 miles in length
from north to fonth, and two or three wide from eaft to
weft. ‘he north line of Vermont ftate paffes over the fouth
part of the lake, in N. lat. 45°. This lake, which com-
municates by the river St. Francis with the river St. Lau-
rence, is the refervoir of three confiderable ftreams, wiz.
Black, Bolton, and Clyde rivers, which rife in Vermont.
The foil on its banks is rich, and the country round it is level.

MEMRAMCOOK River, a river of America, which
has been recommended as the moft proper boundary between
the province of North Brunfwick and Nova Scotia. It lies
a little to the eaftward of Petitcodick, and purfues a north-
eafterly dire€tion.

MEMRUMUS, in Mythology, a Pheenician deity, {prung
from the race of giants, and the brother of Hypfaranius.
The latter dwelt at Tyre, and invented the art of building
cottages of reeds and rufhes, and the papyrus; and his bro-
ther, with whom he quarrelled, taught men to clothe them-
felves with the {kins of beafts. When an impetuous fire
kindled a foreft near Tyre, he took a tree, cut off its branches,
and having launched it in the fea, made ufe of it for a hip.
He alfo paid religious homage to two ftones, which-he had
confecrated to the wind and fire, and poured out libations to
them of the blood of certain animals. This, fays Banier,
is the fecond example of a worthip paid to created beings ;
the fun having been the firft obje&t of idolatry. After the
death of thefe two brothers, their children, fays Sanchonia-
thon, confecrated to them mis-fhapen pieces of wood and
ftone, which they adored, and inftituted anniverfary feltivals
to their honour. This is the firft time we find religious
worfhip performed to dead men.

MEN—WMidfbipmen, Moot, Port, Queft, Sides, Twelve,
Vefiry Men. See the adjectives.

Men, an abbreviation of the Italian adverb, meno, fre-
quently ufed, in mufic, to announce a diminution; as men

forte, lefs loud, &c.

MEN of May, in Geography, rocks near the north coat
of Scotland; 5 miles EK. from Dunnat Head. N. lat. 58°
3'. W. long. 3° 3.

MENA, Juan pg, in Biography, a Caftilian poet of
great celebrity, was born at Cordova about the year 1411.
It was not till the age of twenty-three that he difcovered
any propenfity towards literature ; but then he made up for
the time which he confidered as having been loft, and betook
himfelf moft paffionately to his ftudies, which he purfued
firft at Cordova, then at Salamanca, and afterwards at Rome,
By his poetical talents he foon attraéted a confiderable de-
gree of notice, and was patronized by feveral confiderable
perfons, and by Juan II. This king, though far from
relpeGtable as to character or talents, was a lover of learn-
ing, and an encourager of it, and appointed Juan de Mena
his chronicier, communicated to him materials for the hiltory
of his reign, and took delight in beholding the progrefs of
his works. The hillory was never finifhed by de Mena;
and he is chiefly known as a poet. . The longeft and moit
elaborate of his poems is entitled ‘* E] Labyrintho,” com-
monly known by the titie of « Las Trezientas,”” becaufe it
confilts of three hundred ftanzas. Mr. Southey, in the
General Bicgraphy, has given a pretty full account of the
plan and contents of this poem. It is faid that the king or-

dered

MEN

MEN

dered him tondd fixty-five anzas to his poem, for this wife but by the afual freedom of his remarks on different ch

reafon, that there might be jaft as many as there are days
in the year, Of thefe, twenty-four are printed at the end
of the poem. They contain fome execrable flattery of Juan,
and an orthodox addrefs to the deity: the rell is declamation
againit the factious nobles, Juan de Mena was probably
not the author of thefe. He has been greatly praifed in
this country, and has been faid to unite the merits of Dante
and Petrarca; but, according to Mr. Southey, the merits
of Juan are exclufively what he may poflefs for Mi language :
there is no glimpfe of imagination, and fearcely a trace of
‘feeling. De Mena was author of two other poems, en-
titled « Lua Coronacion,” and « ‘T'raétado de Vicios y
Virtudes.”” This latt he left unfinithed. There are many
editions of thefe poems; the molt complete are thofe of Se-
ville in 1528, and of Antwerp in 1552. In the royal
library at Madrid there is an uofinifhed abridgment of the
Iliad, made by this author at the kinyg’s command. He
died in 1456 at ‘Tordelaguna, and was buried in the pa-
rochial church of that town. Gen. Biog.

MENA, in Geography, a town of Mexico, in the province
of Nicaragua, on a river which réns into'the lake of Nica-
ragua; 30 miles N.W. of St. Carlos.

Breed, in Hindoo Mythology, is the fponfe of Himalaya,
and mother of Parvati, in ene of her terreftrial incarnations.
The legend conneéed with this poetical fiGion is very wild
and fanciful. Himalaya, or the manfion of fnew, is the
Hindoo claffical name of that vaft chain of mountains that
bounds India to the north, and embraces it with its eaftern
and weltern arms, both extending to the ocean: one named,
in San§:rit, Chandra-Sekra, or moon-crowned; and the
other, which {tretches weftward to the mouths of the Indus,
was called by the ancients Montes Parveti. The mountain
Himalaya, being perfonified, is reprefented as a powerful
monarch, bearing the moon as his crown, and being the
fource of all the good derivable from the many rivers that
iffue from him. ‘Thefe mountains were the refort of the

Siva; and his celeftial confort having no children by

im, became regenerated in the daughter of Himalaya
and Mena, and was named Parveti, or mountain-born. In
this incarnation, fhe, according to fome legends, bore him
two fons: Ganefa, the wifelt of deities, the god of pru-
dence and policy, always invoked at the beginning of every
literary work; and Kartikya, commander of the celeitial
armies.” (See Karrixya, Siva, and Parvati.) The
name Himalaya is ufually altered by European writers to
Himmaleh ; the range of mountains is otherwife called Hin-
dookho. See thefe articles. See alfo Mera.

MENACES, in Law. See Turears.

MENACHA, in Geography, a town of Afabia, in Ye-
men; 36 miles W.S.W. of Sanaa.

MENACHANITE, or Menaxanits. See Tita-

. NIUM.

MENADON Bay, or Panadon, in Geozraphy, a bay
which lies two leagues from Port Balena, or Port Nove, on
the coaft of Cape Breton ifland, at the fouth part of the

ulf of St. Laurence, having the ifland of Scatair, formerly
called Little Cape Breton, oppofite to it.

MENAGE, Grrtxts, in Biography, a dittinguifhed man of
letters, was born at Angers in the year 1613, of which city
his father was a king’s advocate. Having ccmpleted his
ftudies, he was admitted to the bar at Angers in 1632.
He remained here but a fhort time, but went to Paris in
the fame year, where he purfued the legal profeflion, till he
became difgulted with the chicanery conneéted with it, and
adopted the ecclefiaftical character, and thence gave himfelf
up entirely to literary purfuits. He was foon diftinguifhed
among his contemporaries as a man of wit and erudition ;

ters with whom he affociated, he was perpet involved in
quarrels, For fome years he was an inmate in the houfe
of cardinal de Retz; and when he quitted it, he took apart.
mente in the cloifter of Notre Dame, where he held weekly
aflemblies of the learned, to which he gave the tithe ‘ Mer-
curiales.’’ Menage was in eafy circumflances, He had
fold a {mall paternal eftate for a life-annuity, enjoyed a con-
fiderable rent-charge upon two abbies, salabaial a royal
penfion, which, however, was paid but a thort time, y
thefe means he was enabled to culsivate literature in the way
molt agreeable to him, and to print fome of his works at his
own expence, which the book fellers would probably not
have chofen to undertake. By a witty fatire, entitled “* Re-
quéte des Ditionnaires,”” he had precluded himfelf from an
admiffion into the French academy, though it was after-
wards a great objeé&t of his ambition. In the former part of
his life he was diftinguifhed by a prodigious memory ; but
in advanced age he experienced almott a total failure of that
important faculty. Fortunately this defect was not per-
manent: he recovered it again, and recorded the grateful
feelings of his heart in a Latin hymn to * Mnemofyne.’’
He died at Paris in 1692, at the age of feventy-nine. His
principal works are, 1. ‘ Dictionnaire Etymologique, ou
Origines de la Langue Frangoife,’’ firft printed in 1650,
and reprinted in 1750, with corre¢tions and additions b
M. Jault, in two volumes, folio: it is regarded as a po 5
of much real value, though in the firft editions there are
numerous errors aad abfurd etymologies, 2. ‘ Origines de
la Langue Italienne :’”? in this he was affifted by feveral
members of the academy of Della Crufca, of which he was
an affociate. 3. “ Mifcellanea,” in quarto, being a collec-
tion of pieces in profe and verfe, and in different languages.
He alfo publifhed an edition of Diogenes Laertivs, with
notes and illuftrations; ‘ Juris Civilis Ameenitates ;’”
** Notes on the Poems of Malherbe ;”? “ Hiftoire de Sable ;””
‘“« Hiftoria Mulierum Philofophorum,’”’ and feveral other
pieces. Menage was an entertaining companion, by the
variety of his knowledge, and the happy manner which he
had of communicating it; but he was apt to be overbearing
and opiniative. After his death, a ‘* Menagiana’’ was com-
piled from notes of his converfation, anecdotes, remarks, &c.
which has been feveral times reprinted. The laft edition
was publifhed in 1715 by M. de la Monnoye,.in four vo--
lumes, 12mo. Moreri.

In his admirable work, entitled “ Di€tionnaire Etymo-
logique de la Langue Frangoife,”’ and in his “ Origine della
Lingua Italiana,’ curious inquirers after the mutfical lan-
guage of the middle ages will find more information than in
any other Lexicons or philofophical: works with which we
are acquainted, except in the Gloffarium of Ducange.

Menace, Fr., denotes a collection of animals; whence
we have derived the word menagery.

Menace, in Geography, an ifland in the river Senegal.

MENAGIO, a town of Italy, in the department of the
Lario ; 15 miles N.N.E. of Como. ;

MENAT, a channel between the ifland of Anglefey and
the county of Caernarvon.

MENATS, in Botany, perhaps from ex, to ffand un-
daunted aguinf? the attacks of an enemy, becaufe this fhrub is,
as its fpecific name topiaria expreffes, able to bear clipping,
and platting into bowers. No explanation of the name —
having been given, we offer the beft that occurs te us., -
Linn. Gen. 95. Schreb. 130. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 997--
Loefl. It. 306. Jaff. 128. Lamarck Di&. v..4. 9o.—
Clafs and order, Pentandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. A/pers=,

folie, Liven. Borraginee, Jui. ;

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of three lax, concave,.

7 imall,

MEN

fmall, pointed, ftriated, permanent leaves. €or. of one’
petal, falver-fhaped; tube cylindrical, longer than the caw
lyx ; limb f{preading, in ‘five"deep rounded fegments. Stam.
Filaments five, very fhort; anthers awl-fhaped, in the mouth
of the corolla. ‘Pi/?. \Germen fuperior, roundifh, depretled ;
ftyle thread-fhaped, ereét, the length of the*tube ; ttigmas
two, oblong, acute. Perie. Berry globofe, of four cells,
Seeds folitary, nearly ovate, acute at one end.

E£ff.’Ch. Corolla falver-fhaped. -Calyx of three leaves.
Berry of four cells. Seeds folitary.

1. M. topiaria. Bower Menais. Linn. Sp. Pl. 251.—
Native of South America, A /hrub, with round, fome-
what ‘hairy ffems. Leaves alternate, ovate, undivided,
rough. ‘We have feen no figure nor fpecimen of this plant.
Linnaeus mentions Aymen as the author of the genus. Juf-
fieu fufpe€ts it not to be-different from Ehretia, to which we
have ¢hiefly to object the three-leaved calyx. See Enreria.

MENAKA, the name of a femi-divine female, in the
Puranic romances of the Hindoos, frequently alluded to in
their writings and converfation, proverbially, as highly
beautiful and fafcinating. When the evil counfellor [ndra,
(fee InpRA,) jealous of the growing faréuty of the afcetic
Vifwamitra (which fee), refolved to counteraét his meri-
torious penance, he thought female blandifhment the readieft
mode of debauching the faint ; and feleéted Menaka, as a
promifing inftrument through whom to effeét his unholy
purpofe. The moral legend is thus alluded to in the soth
feétion of the firft book of the Ramayana. (See that ar-
ticle.) ** When the fanétified afcetic Vifwamitra, who had
for thoufands of years been engaged in the moft rigid mor-
tifications, beheld Menaka the Apfara, fent by Indra to
-debauch him, bathing, of furprifing form, unparalleled in
beauty, in appearance refembling Sri (fee Srr), her clothes
wetted by the ftream, exhibiting her fafcinating fymmetry
of frame; he, fubdued by the arrows of Kandarpa (fee
‘Kanparpa), approached her; and five times five years,
{pent in dalliance with this feducing female, pafled away like
a moment. Whatt—exclaimed at length the refle&ing
fage,—my wifdom, my autterities, my firm refolution, all
dettroyed at once'by,a woman! Seduced by the crime in
which Indra delights, am I flripped of the advantages
arifing from all my aufterities!”’ In this manner we occa-
fonally find found morality inculcated by the wild fables of
the Hindoos. If we objeét to the warmth of language fome-
times obfervable in fuch writings, we fhould recolleét that
in fairnefs we ought not to eftimate them by any ttandard of
European criticifm; but fhould advert to the ufages of the
people, the times, and the countries, for whom and wherein
they were promulgated.

MENALD Derr, a fpecies of the common fallow-deer,
beautifully variegated.

MENAMAN, in Geography, a town of Afiatic Tarkey,
in Natolia, fituated on the north coaft of the gulf of
Smyrna; 6 miles N.W. of Smyrna.

MENANDER, in Biography, the moft celebrated of
the Greek comic poets, was born at Athens in the year
342 B.C. He -is confidered as the perfon who introduced
the new comedy, which refined upon the groffnefs and li-
‘cence of the .old, and banifhed living characters’ from the
ftage. He-is reprefented as poffefling every part of a per-
feét dramatic writer, viz. elegance af language, force and
delicacy of fentiment, and the true and humorous delineation
of ¢chara&ter. He was fo much the poet of nature, that the
grammarian Ariftophanes once exclaimed, ‘:@ Menander
cand Nature, which of you copied from the workmanthip of
the other !’? Quintilian praifes him for the ftrength and
-confiftency difplayed in the characters of his dramas. Ovid
predi&ts that the fame af Menander would be immortal.

MEW

His fame extended as’ far as the Greek language ; and we,
are informed by the elder Pliny, that the kings of Egypt
and Macedonia gave him prefling invitations to their courtsy ;
and even offered fleets for his {afe conveyarice., He pre-,
ferred, however, a life of freedom in his native city; yet he,
could not be accounted amoral philofopher. By Plutarch
he is called « the chief prieft of Love ;”” and Suidas gives.
him the character of one ‘mad after women.”’ Phadrus
paints ‘him as paying his compliments to Demetrius Pha'ereus
at Athens, perfumed all over, with a flowing’ garment, and
advancing with an affeéted and languid ftep. He compofed
108 comedies, eight of which obtained the theatrical prize.
It is extraordinary that, of an author fo much efteemed as
Menander was, nothing has come down to our time except’
fome fragments, chiefly of the fentimental kind, and gene-
rally of a gloomy and querulous tevour, which perhaps were
charaGeriftic only of the perfons into whofe mouth they
were put: and what remains of him does not mark fo
ftrongly his own peculiar genius, as the talte of thofe fe-
leS&ors who have chofen his words to illuftrate their own,
ideas, ‘Thus, to the melancholy feleCtor we owe the fur-
vival of the fad and peevifa complaints on the many forrows
to which flefh is the natural heir. On the other hand, the
{trikingly moral paffages with which his works abounded
alone caught the attention of the fathers of the primitive
church, who found in the Greek comedian a {train of piety
fo nearly approaching to their own faith and feelings, that
all ideas of a preponderance of fatire over moral precept mult
yield to evidence fo irrefiltible as the approbatwon of Cle-
mens Alexandrinus and Eufebius. It is from thefe two
fources alone, the writings of the melancholy and pious
man, that we are furnifhed with our {pecimens of Menander.
Happy had it been for us and the world, had the gay and.
the witty finifhed the portrait of the bard, by tranimuting
to after-ages examples that would have enabled us to mea-
fure him by the itandards of humour, fprightlinefs, and
fancy. The fuperiority of the Grecian dramatilt was felt
and acknowledged by Roman imitators; and Cicero fre-
quently reprobates the prevailing partiality of his countrymen
for fuch foreign authors. Menander was drowned in the har-
bour of Pirzus, in the year B.C. 293, at a period of his life
when he had done enough to obtain immortality, and while
the powers of his mind were unimpaired by age, and his gerius
fufficiently ardent to do {till more. He is faid to have
thrown himfelf into the fea in a fit of jealoufy, occafioned by
his unfortunate competition with Philemon, He was van-
quifhed, as Aulus Gellius.afferts, by the fuperior interett -
rather than talents of his fuccefsful rival; and the fame
writer relates, that, meeting him fhortly after the contelt
had been decided, he afked him, « If he did not blufh at
gaining the prize again{t him?’ The fragments of Menan-
der have been feveral times reprinted. The mcft complete
edition is that of Le Clere in 1709. To this, on account
of many miftakes in profody, Bentley, in 1713, gave his
«© Emendationes in Menandri et Philemonis Reliquias,’?
Monthly Mag.

MENANDRIANS, in £cclefaftical Hiftory, the molt
ancient branch of Gnoftics; thus called trom Menander
their chief, faid by fome, without fufficient foundaticn, to
have been a difciple of Simon Magus, and himfelf a reputed
magician. ‘

He taught, that no perfon could be faved, unlefs he were
baptifed in his name: and he conferred a particular fort of
baptifm, which would render thofe who received it immortal
in the next world; exhibiting himfelf to the world, with the
phrenfy of a lunatic more than the founder of a feét, asa
promifed faviour. For it appears by the teltimonies of Ire-
nexus, Juftin, and Tertullian, that he pretended to be one of

MEN

the Afons fent from the pleroma, or ecelefiatical regions,
to fuccour the fouls that lay groaning under bodily oppref-
fion and fervitude; and to maintain them aguinit the vio-
lence and ftratayems of the demons that hold the reins of
empire in thiv fublunary world, As this doétrine was buile
upon the fame foundation with that of Simon Magus, the
ancient writers looked upon him as the inftrugtor of Menan-
der, See Simontans.
MENAN-FAN, in Geography, a town of Siam; 6 miles
N. of Porfelon
MENANGEABOW, a kingdom of Sumatra, being
the principal fovereignty of the ifland, which formerly com-
owe the whole, and {till receives a fhadow of homoge
rom the moft powerful of the other kingdoms, that have
fprung up from its ruins, This kingdom is the principal
feat of empire of the Malays, and of the whole ifland. It
lies near the centre, extending partly to the northward, but
chiefly to the fouthward of the equinodial, about Go or 100
miles, ‘Phe country is, generally fpeaking, a large plain,
bounded by hills, clear of wocds, and, comparatively, well
cultivated. It has an eafy communication with both fides
of the ifland, lying nearer to the weltern coait, but having
the advantage, to the ealt, of the large rivers Racan, In-
dergeree, Siak, Jambee, and even Palembang, with which
it is faid to have connection by means of a large lake, that
gives fource to the two lait, as well as to the river of Cat-
town on the oppofite fide. Colonies of Malays from Me-
nangeabow are fettled cn feveral branches of Jambee river,
or rather thofe fmall rivers which run into it. Here they
collect large quantities of gold. The name of Menangea-
bow is faid to be derived from the words ‘ menang,’’ to
win, and “ carbow," a buffalo; from a ftory, which bears
2 very fabulous air, of a famous engagement on that fpot
between the buffalos and tigers, in which the former are
reported to have gained a complete victory. ‘The actual
wer and refources of the fultan are, at this day, f{carcely
uperior to thofe of a common raja; yet he {till afferts all
his ancient rights and prerogatives, which are not difputed,
as long as he refrains from attempting to carry them into
force. His character is held in a facred light, and the ob-
feurity and air of myftery which furround his court, to-
gether with the influence of the Mahometan priefts, who
rd him as the head of their religion, keep up this vene-
ration. This empire is allowed to be very ancient; though
when the Europeans firft made difcoveries in thefe parts, it
was in its decline. Like the other people of Sumatra, thofe
of Menangeabow are entirely without records or annals.
They are expert at writing in the Arabic character; but
their literature amounts to nothing more than tran{cripts of
the Koran, and “ cabar,”’ or hiftoric tales, refembling our
old romances, but having lefs ingenuity. They are famous
for compofing fongs, called ‘ pantoon,’? which fpread
throughout the ifland. The arts, in general, are carried
-among them to a greater degree of perfection than by the
' other natives of Sumatra. The Malays are the fole fabri-
cators of the gold and filver flagree; which fee. Me-
nangeabow has alfo been celebrated for its confiderable
traffic in gold, lying in the midit of the mines, where it is
chiefly produced. Much cloth is wrought in, and exported
from it. Here alfo have been manufaGured, from the
earlieft times, arms for their own ule, and for the fupply of
the northern inhabitants of the ifland, who are the molt war-
like. Their guns are thofe pieces called matchlocks, nor is
the improvement of f{prings and flints yet adopted by them ;
their barrels are well tempered, and of the jufteit bore.
Powder is made by them in great quantity, but it is defec-
tive in ftrength. Befides guns, they have other arms, which
Vor. XXIII.

Mik N

are, for the moft part, weapons of a make between that of
a fcimitar and a knife. Their crufes are a {pecies of dagger
of « particular conftruction, and are worn by all deferiptions
of people. "They have other implements of warfare, called
Ranjows,” which are tharp-pointed takes of bamboo, of
different lengths, fluck into the ground, in order to pene-
trate the ated feet or body of an enemy, ‘They are made
ufe of in cafes of fliglit, to annoy and retard the purfuers,
and planted in the path-ways, or among the long graf, by
the vanquifhed party as they run. They are alfo difpofed
in the approaches to fortilied doofoons. ‘Their wars are
generally carried on rather in the way of ambufeade, and
furprife of ftraggling partics, than open combat. ‘I'he
foldiers have no pay, but the plunder is thrown mto a com.
mon fund, and divided.

The people of Menangeabow are all Mahometans, and in
that re{peét diflinguithed from the other inland inhabitants of
the ifland. ‘This country is looked upon as the fupreme feat
of that religion; and next to a voyaje to Mecca, which
fome Sumatrans have undertaken, to have been at Me-
nangeabow {lamps a man learned and of fuperior fanétity.
With the change of their religion, the people of this country
altered their language, laws, cuftoms, and manners, This
was effected by ihe ettlement of the Malays among them.

By late accounts it appears, that the kingdom of Me-
nangeabow, even in its limited flate, is rent into various
fovereignties. Marfden’s Sumatra.

MENAPII, in Ancient Geography, a people who, in
the time of Cwfar, inhabited the banks of the Lower
Rhine. They were bounded on the N. and E. by the Mofa,
and on the W. by the Scaldis. Their country correfponded
to Brabant.

MENARD, Leon, in Biography, an hiftorical writer,
was born at Tarafcon in 1706. Itis imagined he was edu-
cated for the legal profeffion, though he certainly did not
purfue it to any great extent, but devoted moft of his time
and talents to the ftudy of hiftory and antiquities. He
obtained a place in the Academy of Infcriptions and Belles
Lettres, and from that time patfed his life chiefly at Paris,
where he died in indigent, cireum{tances in 1767. His prin-
cipal works are, “ A Hiftory of the Bifhops of Nifmes,”’
in two vols. 12mo.: * L'Hiltoire civile ecclefiaftique et
litteraire de la Ville de Nifmes,’’ which confitted of feven vo-
lumes 4to., and was the product of many laborious years. In
depth of refearch, and abundance of curious matter, this
is faid to be furpafled by few topographical works. Asa
relaxation from more ferious labours, he compofed a ro-
mance, entitled « Les Amours de Califthene et d’Arilto-
clie;"’ the fcene is laid in Ancient Greece, and it confifts in
the delineation of Grecian manners, which fubjeé is exprefsly
treated on in another work of our author, entitled “¢ Moeurs
et Ufages des Grecs,’” which was very much read, and
proved honourable to his induftry and learning. He next
carried his refearches into French hitlory, and publifhed, as
the refult of his labours, a colle&tion of *“ Pieces fugitives
pour fervir a l’Hiftoire de la France,” in three vols 4to.
Another, and probably his laft publication, was entitled
“ A Refutation of the Arguments of Voltaire againft the
Authenticity of the Political Teftament of Cardinal Riche-
lieu.”” Gen. Biog.

MENARUOLO, in Geography, a town of Italy ; 17
miles N.W. of Verona. .

MENAS, Sr., an ifland in the Grecian Archipelago,
about fix miles in circumference. N. lat. 37~ 33’. E. long.
26° 30%.

MENASSEH, Ben Iskact, in Biography, a celebrated
rabbi, who flourifhed in the feventeenth century, was a na-

Kk tive

MEN

tive of Spain, and born very early in that century. His fa-
ther, after having been cruelly tortured by the Spanifh In-
quifition, and ftripped of his property, efcaped into Hol-
land with his wife and fons, of whom Ben Ifrael, the fub-
je&t of this article, wasone. Here he was placed under a
learned preceptor, Ifaac Ufieli, and purfued his ftudies with
{uch diligence and fuccefs, that at the age of eighteen he
was fo deeply {killed in Hebrew and theology, that he was
judged fully qualified to fucceed his tutor as preacher and
expounder of the Talmud in the fynagogue of Amfterdam,
a poft which he occupied with high reputation for many

ears. He was not quite twenty-eight years of age, when
he publifhed in the Spanifh language the firft part of
his work entitled ** Conciliador :”” of whieh was publifhed a
Latin verfion, in the following year, by Dionyfius Voflius,
entitled “ Conciliator, five de Convenientia Locorum S.
Scripture, que pugnare inter fe videntur, Opus ex Vetuf-
tis et Recentioribus omnibus Rabbinis magna Indultria ac
Fide congeftum.”” This work fhews that its author had a
profound and intimate acquaintance with the Old Tetta-
ment writings, and it procured for him the efteem and admi-
ration of all the learned, as well Chriftians as Jews. It was
recommended to the notice of biblical {cholars by the learned
Grotius.

Notwithftanding the learning and diligence of our rabbi,
he found that the expences of a large and growing family
could not be defrayed by the falary attached to his appoint-
ment, and engaged in the mercantile line of bufinefs ; and
he alfo fet up a printing-prefs in his own houfe, at which he
printed three editions of the Hebrew bible, and a number
of other books. Under the proteGtorate of Cromwell, he
came over to England, in order to folicit leave for the fettle-
ment of the Jews in this country. Here, he met with a fa-
vourable reception from the protector and his parliament,
and fucceeded in obtaining greater and more important
privileges for his nation than they had ever enjoyed before in
this country, and in 1656 publifhed an “ Apology for the
Jews,”’ in the Englifh language. This piece was afterwards
publifhed in the fecond volume of the colle¢tion of fcarce and
curious tracts entitled «* The Phoenix,’’ &c. Menaffeh died
at Amfterdam about the year 1659, and left a fon, who
inherited his printing-prefs, bufily employed in printing fome
of his father’s works. The rabbi was refpected and efteemed
as wellfor his moral virtues as for his great learning, and
had been long in habits of correfpondence and intercourfe
with fome of the moft Fearned men of his time, among whom
were the Voffii, Epifcopius, and Grotius. The following
are his principal works independently of that already noticed :
x1. An Edition of the Hebrew Bible, two vols. 4to.:
2. The Talmud correéted, with Notes: 3. De Refurrec-
tione Mortuorum: and 4. Spes Lfraelis, dedicated to the
parliament of England in the year 1650 ; it was originally
publifhed in Spanifh, and afterwards tranflated into the He-
brew, German, and Englifh, one object of which is to prove
that the ten tribes are fettled in America. He was author
likewife of numerous other pieces. Moreri. Univerfal
Hiftory.

MENAT, in Geography, a town of France, in the de-
partment of Puy-de-Déme, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftrit of Riom ; 24 miles N.N.W. of Riom. The
place contains 1748, and the canton 10,014 inhabitants, on
aterritory of 180 kilometres, in 11 communes.

MENCKE, Lewis Orno, in Biography, was born in
1644, at Oldenburg, in Weltphalia, of which city his father
was a fenator, and alfo in trade. After ftudying at and vi-
fiting feveral of the univerfitiesin Germanyand Holland, he was
appointed profeffor of moral philofophy at Leipfic in 1668,

MEN

He was, inthe courfe of an ative and well {pent life, five
times reétor of the univerfity, and occupied his poft as
profeffor till his death, in 1707. He was editor of fe-
veral learned works, and was the planner of the periodical
work called the Leipzig Journal, but better known by the
name “ Ada Eruditorum,”’ of which, with the affiftance of
other learned men, he publifhed thirty volumes. Moreri.

Mencxer, Joun Burcuanrn, fon of the preceding, was
born at Leipfic in 1674, and in 1699 we find him appoint-
ed to the profefforfhip of hiftory, an office in which he ac-
quired a high reputation by his leétures. He was alfo hifto-
riographer and aulic counfellor to Frederic Auguftus of Sax-
ony, king of Poland; a member of the Academy of Berlin,and
of the Royal Society of London. He died at Leipfic in 1732,
leaving behind him feveral very learned and ufeful publica-
tions on hiftorical and philofophical fubje&ts. One of the mott
remarkable of thefe confifted of two Latin declamations, “De
Charlataneria Eruditorum,’’ which were tranflated into va-
rious languages. He had a large fhare in, and was the ori-
ginal projeGtor of a German “ Diétionary of Learned Men,”
but his chief undertaking’ was a colleétion of the German
hiftorians, under the title of ** Scriptores rerum Germani-
carum, {peciatim Saxonicarum,”’ in three volumes folio. He
publifhed an enlarged edition of Lenglet’s «* Methode pour
etudier l’Hiftoire avec un Catalogue des principaux Hifto-
riens,’? and after the death of his father, he continued the
Leipfic journal to thirty-three volumes more. Moreri.

MEND, in Geography, a town of Perfia, inthe province
of Mekran, at the union of the Mekfhid and the Nehenk,
which hence take the name of Mend, and run into the In-
dian fea. The townis diftant 40 miles S.W. from Kidge.
N. lat. 25° so!. E. long. 63° 30!.

MENDANS, in Ecclefiaftical Hiftory. See HEmERo-
BAPTISTS.

MENDAMA, in Geography, a town of the ifland of
Ceylon ; 18 miles N. of Candi.

MENDAVIA, a town of Spain, in Navarre ; 8 miles
E.S.E. of Viana.

MENDE, a town of France, and principal place of a
diftri&, in the department of the Lozére; fituated on an
eminence, near the Lot; before the revolution the fee of a
bifhop ; 49 miles W. of Privas. The place contains 5014,
and the canton 10,610 inhabitants, on a territory of 305
kiliometres, in ten communes. N. lat. 44° 31’. E. long.

!

MENDELI, a fortreffed town of the Arabian Irak, on
the frontiers of Perfia; 50 miles N.E. of Bagdad. N. lat.
33° 54!. E. long. 45°.

MENDELSORN, Mosss, in Biography, a Jewith phi-
lofopher, and elegant writer in the laft century, was born at
Deffau, in Anhalt, in the year 1729. His father was a
{choolmafter, and undertook the education of his fon. He
was brought up to bufinefs, but devoted every hour he
could claim as his own to literature, in which he greatly
excelled, and obtained as a fcholar a diftinguifhed reputa-
tion; but it was, unfortunately, at the expence of his health.
He was alfo deftined to a ftate of extreme penury: at the
age of fourteen, he travelled on foot to Berlin, where he
lived in indigence and obfcurity, and frequently in want of
the neceflaries of life. At length he got employment from
a rabbi as a tranfcriber of MSS., who, at the fame time that
he afforded him the mears of fubfiltence, liberally initiated
him into the-myfteries of the theology, the jurifpru-
dence, and fcholaftic philofophy of the Jews. The ftudy
of philofophy and general literature became from this time
his favourite purfuit, but the fervours of application to learn-
ing were by degrees alleviated and animated by the confola-

tions

MEN

tions of weet friendthip. He formed a ftrict intimacy
with Ifrael Motes, a Polith Jew, who, without any advantages
of education, had become an able, though felf-taught, mathe-
matician and naturalift. He very readily undertook the
office of inflruétor of Mendelfohn, in fubjects of which he
was before ignorant, and taught him the Elements of Euclid
from his own Hebrew verfion. The fingular {pectacle of
the two youthful rabies, circumftanced as they were, fitting
in the corner of retired ftreets, the one with a Hebrew Eu-
clid, inftruéting the other, who was hereafter to be claffed
among the mott eminent literati of his country, may inftruét
the young and the indigent, that the cold touch of poverty
can never palfy the fublime efforts of refolute genius.”” ‘The
intercourfe between thefe young men was not of long dura-
tion, owing to the calumnies propagated againtt Ifrael Mofes,
which occafioned his expulfion from the communion of the
orthodox ; in confequence of this, he became the viétim of a
gloomy melancholy and defpondence, which terminated ina
premature death. His lofs, which was a grievous affliction
to Mendelfohn, was in fome meafure fupplied by Dr. Kifch,
a Jewith phyfician, by whofe affittance he was enabled to at-
tain a competent knowledge of the Latin language. In
1748 he became acquainted with another literary Jew, vie.
Dr. Solomon Gumperts, by whofe encouragement and aflift-
ance he attained a general knowledge of the living and mo-
dern languages, and particularly the Englifh, by which he
was enabled to read the great work of our immortal Locke
in his own idiom, which he had before ftudied through the
medium of the Latin language. About the fame period he
enrolled the celebrated Lefling among his friends, to whom
he was likewife indebted for affitance in his literary purfuits.
The fcholar amply repaid the efforts of his inftructor, and
foon became his rival and his affociate, and after his death the
defender of his reputation, even at the expence of his own
life: for when Lefling was charged with Atheifm by M.
Jacobi, a German writer, he roufed all his powers in his juf-
tification, and entered fo vehemently into the controverfy, as
to exhauft an already feeble and delicate frame : his whole
nervous fy{tem became fo completely deranged, that fevere
ftudy, fora fhort time only, produced fainting fits. To
avoid thefe, when he found them approaching, Mendelfohn
would initantly abandon what he was about, and banifh all
thought from his mind. Being afked how he contrived to
exift without thinking, and exercifing the powers of reflec-
tion, he replied, “ I retire to the window and count the tiles
upon the roof of my neighbour's houfe.’’ He died at the age
of fifty-feven, highly refpe€ted and beloved by a numerous
acquaintance, and by perfons of very different opinions.
When his remains were configned to the grave, he received
thofe honours from his nation which are commonly paid to
their chief rabbies, Asan author, the firft piece was publith-
ed in 1755, entitled “ Jerufalem,”? in which he maintains
that the Jews have a revealed law, but not a revealed reli-
gion, but that the religion of the Jewifh nation is that of
nature. His work entitled * Phedon, a Dialogue on the
Immortality of the Soul,’’ in the manner of Plato, gained
him much honour : in this he prefents the reader with all the
arguments of modern philofophy, ftated with great force
and perfpicuity, and recommended by the charms of elegant
writing. From the reputation which he obtained by this
matterly performance, he was entitled by various periodical
writers the “ Jewifh Socrates.”? It was tranflated into
French in 1773, and into the Englifh in 1789. Among his
other works, which are all creditable to his talents, he wrote
“ Philofophical Pieces ;” ‘* A Commentary on Part of the
Old Teftament ;” “ Letters on the Senfation of the Beau-
tiful.” Gen. Biog.

MEN

MENDEN, in Geography, a town of Weltphalia; 42
miles NE. of Cologne.

MENDES, or iis, atownof Afiatic Turkey, in
Natolia, in a bay of the Archipelago; anciently called
“ Myndus 5’ 20 miles 8. of Milets, N. lat. 33° 5’. E.
long. 27° 107.

1ennes, in Ancient Geography, a town of Egypt, near
the mouth of one of the ealtern branches of the Nile, be-
tween Sebennytus to the welt, and Tanés to the eaft, ‘I'he
arm of the Nile on which it was feated was denominated
the Mendefian. This ancient city was famous for its temples,
and the indecency of the woul aid there to the ram.
When the facred animal dies, the Mendefian province fo-
lemnizes his death by a general mourning. Herodotus, lib.
ii. Euterpe.

Mennes, in Mythology, an Egyptian deity, who was wor-
pve as the emblem of the fun. The Egyptians having
difcovered that they owed the fertility of their country to
the influence of the fun, worfhipped Fim under the name
of Mendes, which fignifies «« very fruitful.”” Accordingl
they confecrated the goat to him, as the moft prolific of al
animals. This animal was fed in the temple of Mendes,
as the living image of the God whom he reprefented. The
Greeks gave to Mendes the name of Pan ; which fee.

MENDESCAO, in Geography, a town of Naples, in
Calabria Citra; 3 miles W. of Cctenea.

MENDEZ, Moses, in Biography, an Englith poet and
dramatic writer, who flourifhed in the laft century, and died
about the year 1758. He wasof Jewith extraétion, though
he had abandoned the religion of his fathers. He was au-
thor of feveral poems in Dodfley’s Colleétions.

MENDHAM, in Geography, a townfhip of America,
in Morris county, New Jerley ; fix miles W. of Morrif-
town.

MENDICANTI, the title of one of the mufic fchools
at Venice for girls, known by the name of confervatorios.
The maeftro di capella of the hofpital de Mendicanti, in
1770, was the worthy Bertoni, by whofe favour we were
admitted into the interior of this admirable feminary, to an
extra concert of two hours, by the beft vocal and inftru-
mental performers of this hofpital: it was really curious to
Jee, as well as to hear every part of this excellent concert,
performed by females, violins, tenors, bafes, harpfichord,
French horns, and even double bafes; and there was 2
priorefs, a perfon in years, who prefided: the firft violin
was very well played by Antonia Cubli, of Greek extrac-
tion ; the karpfichord fometimes by Francefca Roffi, maeftra
del coro, and fometimes by others: thefe young perfons
frequently change inftruments. The finging was truly ex-
cellent in different ftyles ; and the whole was very judicioufly
mixed; no two airs of a fort followed each other, and
there feemed to be great decorum and good difcipline ob-
ferved in every particular ; for thefe admirable performers,
who are of different ages, all behaved with great propriety,
and feemed to be well educated. It was here that the two
celebrated female performers, the Archiapate,
fignora Guglielmi, and fignora Maddalena Lombardini,
afterwards madame Sirman, who received fuch great and
jut applaufe in England, had their mufical inftruGtions,

MENDICANTS, Becears, a term applied to feveral
orders of religious, who live on alms and goa begging from
door to door.

The religious fociety diftinguifhed by this appellation
furpaffed sik we cefstin the panty of isn emer ex-
tent of its fame, the number of its privileges, and the mul.
titude of its members, Its order was firft eftablifhed in
the 13th centery, and the members of it, by the tenor of

; Kk2 their

MEN

their in{litution, were to remain entirely deftitute of all
fixed revenues and poffeffions; though in procefs of time
their number became a heavy tax upon the people. Inno-
cent IfI. was the firlt of the popes who perceived the ne-
ceffity of in{tituting fuch an order, and accordingly he gave
fuch monaltic focieties, as made a profeflion of poverty,
the mott dilinguifhing marks of his protection and favour.
They were alfo encouraged and patronized by the fucceed-
ing pontiffs, when experience had demonitrated their public
and extenfive ulefulnefs. But when it became generally
known, that they had fuch a peculiar place in the efteem
and protection of the rulers of the church, their number
grew to fuch an enormous and unwieldy multitude, and
{warmed fo prodigioufly in all the European provinces,
that they became a burthen, not only to the people, but to
the church itfelf, The great inconvenience that arofe from
the exceflive multiplication of the Mendicant orders was
remedied by Gregory X. in a general council, which he af-
fembled at Lyons, in 1272. For here all the religious
orders, that had forung up after the council held at Rome,
in 1215, under the pontificate of Innocent III. were fup-
prefled; and the extravagant multitude of Mendicants, as
Gregory called them, was reduced to a fmaller number,
and confined to the four following focieties or denomina-
tions, viz. the Dominicans, the Francifcans, the Carme-
lites, and the Auguttins, or the hermits of St. Auguttin.
As the pontiffs allowed tkefe four Mendicant orders the
liberty of travelling wherever they thought proper, of con-
verling with perfons of every rank, of inltrecting the youth
and multitude wherever they went; and as thefe monks
exhibited, in their outward appearance and manner of life,
more ftriking marks of gravity and holinefs than were ob-
fervable in the other menattic focieties, they arofe all at
once to the very fummit of fame, and were regarded with
the utmoft efteem and veneration through all the countries
of Europe. The enthufialtic attachment to thefe fancti-
monious beggars went fo far, that, as we learn from the
moftt authentic records, feveral cities were divided, cr can-
toned, into four parts, with a view to thefe four orders ;
the firit part being affigned to the Dominicans, the fecond
to the Francifeans, the third to the Carmelites, and the
fourth to the Auguitinians. The people were unwilling to
receive the facrament from any other hands than thofe of
the Mendicants, to whofe churches they crowded to per-
form their devotions, while living, and were extremely de-
firous to depofit there alfo their remains, after death; ner
did the influence and credit of the Mendicants end here ;
for we find in the hiltory of this, and of the fucceeding
ages, that they were employed, not only in fpiritual matters,
but aifo im temporal and political affairs of the greatelt con-
fequence, in compofing the differences of princes, conclud-
ing treaties of peace, concerting alliances, prefiding in
cabinet councils, governing courts, levying taxes, and other
occupations, not only remote from, but abfolutely incon-
fiftent with, the monaftic charafter and profeffion. How-
ever, the power of the Dominicans and Francifcans greatly
furpaffed that of the other two orders; infomuch that thefe
two orders were, before the Reformation, what the Jefuits
have been fince that happy and glorious period, the very
foul of the hierarchy, the engines of the itate, the fecret
‘prings of all the motions of the one and the other, and
the authors and dire&tors of every great and important
event, both in the religious and political world. By very
quick progreffion their pride and confidence arrived at fuch
a pitch, that they had the prefumption to declare publicly,
that they had a divine impulfe and commiffion to illuftrate
and maintain the religion of Jefus; they treated with the

MEN

utmoft infolence and contempt all the different orders of
the priefthood ; they affirmed, without a bluth, that the
true method of obtaining falvation was revealed to them
alone; proclaimed, with oftentation, the fuperior efficacy
and virtue of their indu'gences ; and vaunted, beyond mea-
fure, their intereft at the court of heaven, and their fami-
liar conneétions with the Supreme Being, the Virgin Mary,
and the faints in glory. By thefe impious wiles, they fo
deluded and captivated the miferable and blinded multitude,
that they would not entruft any other but the Mendicants
with the care of their fouls. They retained their credit
and influence to fuch a degree, towards the clofe of the
t4th century, that great numbers of both fexes, fome in
health, others in a ftate of infirmity, and others at the
point of death, earneltly defired to be admitted into the
Mendicant order, which they looked upen as a fure and in-
fallible method of rendering heaven propitious. Many made
it an effential part of their laft wills, that their bodies after
death fhould be wrapped in old ragged Dominican or
Francifean habits, and interred among the Mendicants.
For fach were the barbarous fuperltition and wretched ig-
norance of this age, that people univerfally believed, they
fhould readily obtain mercy frem Chrift, at the day of judg-
ment, if they appeared before his tribunal affociated with
the Mendicant friars.

About this time, however, they fell under an univerfal
odium ; but being refolutely protefted againft all oppofi-
tion, whether open or fecret, by the popes, who regarded
them as their beft friends, and molt efle€tual fupports,
they fuffered little or nothing from the efforts of their nu-
merous adverfaries. In the 15th century, befides their ar-
rogance, which was exceffive, a quarrelfome and litigious
fpirit prevailed among them, and drew upon them jultly the
difpleafure and indignation of many. By affording refuge,
at this time, to the Beguins in their order, they became
offenfive to the bifhops, and were hereby involved in diffi-
culties and perplexities of various kinds. They Jolt their
credit in the 16th century by their ruitic impudence, their
ridiculous faperftitions, their ignorance, cruelty, and brutith
manners. ‘They difcovered the moft barbarous averfion to
the arts and fciences, and expreffed a hke abhorrence of
certain eminent and learned men, who endeavoured to open
the paths of {cience to the purfuits of the {tudious youth,
recommended the culture of the mind, and attacked the
barbarifm of the age in their writings and difcourfe.
Their general charaGter, together with other circumitances,
concurred to render a reformation defirable, and to accom-
plith this happy event. Mofheim’s Eccl. Hilt. vol. sii.
paflim.

Among the number of Mendicants are alfo ranked the
Capuchins, Recclleéis, Minims, and others, who are branches
or derivations from the former. .

MENDING, in Agriculture, a term ufed to fignify the
improving of land by means of manure.

MENDIP Hits, in Geography, a range of hills, in
the county of Somerfet, near the city of Weils; celebrated
for mines of lead and coals.

MENDLING, a town’ of Auftria, on a river of the
fame name, which runs into the Salza, near Keifling, in
Stiria; the town is 15 miles diltant $.S.E. from Bavarian
Waidhoven.

MENDOCINO, Caps, a cape of North America, on
the coaft of New Albion; off the cape he fome rocky
iflets and funken rocks, about a league from the fhore.
This cape is rendered remarkable by being the higheft on
the fea-fhore of this part of New Albion. The mountains
behind it are elevated and break into feparate hills, rifing

I ‘ abruptly

MEN
abruptly and divided by many deep chafos. On both the
hills and chafma are fone fuw dwarf trees. The general

furface exhibite vegetables of a dull yreen colour, inter.
feerfed with perpendicular tleata of ved earth or clay,

N. lat. 40’ 1g. E. long. 235 53's

MENDOLCIA, a town of aples, in Calabria Citra;
three miles W. of Bova.

MENDON, a pott-rown of America, in Worce‘ter
coynty, Mailachuletts; 37 miles S.W. of Boltoo. he
townfhip, called “ Quanthipauga” by the Indiana, was in-
corporated in 1667, and contains two congregational pa-
rithes, a fociety of Friends, and 1628 inhabitants. On the
S. it is bounded by the ftate of Rhode ifland; and it is
watered by the Charles and Mills rivers, and other (treams,
which turn feveral mills,

MENDOW, a town of Hindooftan, in Guzerat ; 33
miles E. of \medabad,

MENDOZA, Dow Iyico Lorrz pr, Senor pe Hira
y Buwrnaco, firit marques de Santilana, and Conde del
Real de Manzanares, in Biography, was born in Augutt
13085 he married in 1418 Dona Catalina de Figueroa, and
died in 1458. During the reign of Juan IL. his courage
was con{picuous, and his prudence (till more fo, as he ag-

randized himfelf without injuring his reputation. He is men-
tioned not only as a contributor to the literature of his own
country, but as an early patron of it. His works are as
follow: 1. Maxims of morality in verfe, written by defire of
Juan IT. for the inftruion of his fon Henrique. This
book has pafled through ten editions at leaft, and is (till
reckoned one of the rarett in that language. 2. Proverbs
which old women repeat by the fire-fide : this is fuppofed to
be the oldeit colleétion of proverbs in any modern language.

» A letter addrefled to D. Pedro, fon of the Infante
b. Pedro of Portugal. This letter, which the marques
fent with a collection of his own poems, is regarded as one
of the mott valuable documents for the literary hiftory of
Spain, as containing an account of all the Spanith poets,
whofe works the writer had either feen or heard of. Be-
fides thefe, many of the marques’ poems are in the Can-
cionero General,"’ and others in MSS.: among them is
a poem upon the “ Creation,” confifting of 333 ftanzas,
in the fame metre as the “ Trezientas’? of Mena, which
fee. He firft introduced the fonnet into Spanifh poetry.

Mewpoza, D. Dieco Hurrapo pe, fon of Lopez de
Mendoza, firft marques de Mondejar, was born at Granada
about 1503, and there, during his childhood, he acquired a
practical knowledge of Arabic, which he continued to cul-
tivate through life. He ftudied the Greek language’ very
fuccefsfully at Salamanca, and was a feldier in the Italian
wars. While engaged in the military fervice, he fpent
every winter, while the troops were inactive and in quarters,
at Rome, or Padua, or fome other Italian univerlfity,
where he could enjoy and profit by the fociety of learned
men. He was employed as ambaifador by Charles V. in
the moft important tranfaGtion of his whole reign, at the
council of Trent, at Venice, and at the papal court. At
Venice he exerted himfelf to recover Greek MSS. He
obtained many of the writings of Sr. Bafil the Great, and
of Gregory Nazianzen, the works of Cyril of Alexandria,
and the more valuabie remains of Archimedes, of Hero
and of Appian: all thefe, with copies alfo of cardinal Befa-
rion’s and of other colleétions, he left to the Efcurial
‘library. Don Diego was fuperfeded at Rome in 1551 to
fatisfy the papal court. He continued fome years ove of
Philip’s couniellors, but_was at length banified from his
court. He retired to Granada, and there upon the fpot
compofed his hittory of the war againit the Morifcoes:

MEN

here he amufed himfelf with literature during the remainder
of his life, In 1574 he obtained leave to return to Madrid,
and died in afew days after his arrival, None of his works
were publifhed during his lifetime. In 1610 a volume of
his poems was colleéted by J. D. Hidalgo, the king's
ee, who fuppreffed the comic and fatiric pieces, which
were numerous, [is hiflory of the Morifcoes was pub-
Iithed the fame year by Luis Tribaldos; part of the third
book having been loft, was fupplied by the count de Por-
talegre, D. Joam de Silva, It has been reprinted feveral
times, and is reckoned the very belt {pecimen of hiftorical
compolition in the Spanith language. The ftory of Laza-
rillo de Tormes, which has been tranflated into atinott every
European tongue, is attributed to this author as a youthful
work, written at Salamanca, Others impute it to Juan de
Ortega. Gen, Biog.

Menpoza, Peren Gowzarez pe, a Spanith cardinal,
and archbifhop of Toledo, was born in 1428. He ac-
quired his high preferments in the church by his talents as
a ftatefman. Pope Sixtus LV. made him cardinal. He
died in 1495: as a literary man he is faid to have tranflated
the Iliad aed AEneid, alfo Salluil, into the Spanifh. Ano-
ther perfon of the fame name, an Augultine friar, was
fent by the king of Spain as ambafTador to the emperor of
China in 1584. After obtaining feveral inftances of pre-
ferment, he was appointed, in 168, bifhop of Popayan in
the Welt Indies. He is known as an author by a hiltory
of China, written in the Spanifh language. Moreri.

Menpoza, in Geography, a jurifdiGion of Chili, in South
America, fubjeé to the vice-royalty ef Buenos Ayres. It
has a town of the fame name, which lies on the E. fide of
the Cordilleras, about 50 leagues from Santiago. It is
fituated on a plain, adorned with gardens, and fupplied with
water by means of canals. The town contains about 100
families, half Spaniards and half Indians, together with a
college founded by the Jefuits, a parochial church, and three
convents. This jurifdition comprehends alfo. the towns of
St. Juan de la Frontera, on the E. of the Cordilleras, and
about 30 leagues N. of Mendoza, and St. Louis de Loyola,
about 50 miles E. of Mendoza; the latter is fmall, but
has a parifh church, a Dominican content, and a cellege
founded by the Jefuits. S. lat. 33° 25’. W. long. 69°
47’:

Mennoza, a river which rifes in the Cordilleras of the
Andes ; over which is a natural bridge of rocks, from the
vaults of which hang icicles, formed of the water as it drops
from the rocks. he bridge is broad enough to admit of
three or four carts abreatt. Near it is another bridge,
called the bridge of the Incas, betwixt two rocks, and ele-
vated a great height from the river.

MENDRA, a fmall ifland in the Indian fea, near the
coalt of Africa. S. lat. 2° 15'.

MENDRAH, a town of Fezzan, in a diitri& or pro-
vince of the fame name, nearly S. from Mourzouk, and
diftant from it about 60 miies. Although much of the
land is a continued level of hard and barren foil, the quan-
tity of “ Trona,” a {pecies of foffil alkali that floats on the
furtace, or fettles on the banks of its numerous fmoaking
lakes, has given it a higher importance than that of the
molt fertile diftri&s. Of this valuable produce, great quan-
tities are annually brought by the merchants of Fezzan to
Tripoli, from whence it is {hipped for Turkey and Tunis,
and the dominions of the emperor of Morocco. The people
of the latter employ it as an ingredient in the dye of the
leather, for which they are famous, and in that of the woollen
caps that are worn by the Arabs and the Moors as the ro

zs)

MEN

of their turbans. Proceedings of the African Affociation,
&c. 1790.

MENDRISIO, or Menpnris, a {mall well-built market-
town of Italy, in the department of the Verbano, late the
capital of a {mall bailiwick of the fame name, lying between
the lakes of Como and Lugano, which is extremely fertile,
and contains 19 parifhes, and about 16,000 inhabitants.
The town is about 26 miles N.N.W. of Milan, and 7 miles
from Como. N. lat. 45° 45’. E. long. 9° o!.

MENDURAGU, a town of Ruffia, in the government
of Viburg, on the borders of Finland; 48 miles W.N.W. of
Velmanftrand.

MENEDEMUS, in Biography, a Greek philofopher,
who flourifhed towards the clofe of the fourth century before
Chrift, was a native of Eretria, in the ifland of Eubeea.
He was of the Exr1ac School (which fee), which he after-
wards transferred to his native city, and gave it the name of
Eretrian. Menedemus, though nobly defcended, was obliged,
through poverty, to fubmit to a mechanical employment,
either as tent-maker or mafon. He formed an early inti-
macy with Afclepiades, who was a fellow-labourer with
him in kis humble occupation. Having minds more adapted
to ftudy than manual labour, they refolved to devote them-
{elves to the purfuit of philofophy. For this-purpofe, they
left their native country, and went to Athens, where Plato
prefided in the academy. (See AscierrApes.) In his
own {chool at Eretria he negleéted thofe forms which were
commonly obferved in places of this kind, and allowed his
hearers and difciples to attend him in whatever pofture
they pleafed, ftanding, walking, or fitting. At firft Mene-
demus was received by the Eretrians with great contempt ;
and, on account of the vehemence with which he difputed,
obtained the appellations of « Cur” and “ Madman.” But
he afterwards rofe into high efteem, and was entrufted with
a public office, to which was annexed an annual ftipend of
2co talents. He difcharged the truft with fidelity and repu-
tation, but accepted only of a fourth part of the falary at-
tached to the appointment. He was fent upon feveral
embaffies to Ptolemy, Lyfander, and Demetrius, and ren-
dered his countrymen effential fervices, by obtaining a diminu-
tion of their tribute, and refcuing them from other burdens,
_Antigonus entertained a malas ref{pe& for him, and pro-
feffed himfelf one of his difciples. His intimacy with
this prince created a fufpicion among his countrymen,
that he had a fecret intention to betray their city into
his hands, To fave himfelf he fled to Antigonus, and foon
after died, in the eighty-fourth year of his age. It is
thought he preeipitated his end by abftaining from food for
feveral days, being oppreffed with grief, as well on account
of the ingratitude of his countrymen, as on his difappoint-
ment in not being able to prevail on Antigonus to reftore
the loft liberties of his country. Menedemus pofleffed great
talents as a philofopher and difputant. He declared his
opinions with freedom, inveighed with feverity againit the
vices of others, and, by the purity of his own manners,
commanded univerfal refpe&. He obferved the ‘{triGeft
moderation in the manner of his living. His entertainments,
which were frequented by many philofophers and men of
diftin@tion, were fimple and frugal, confilting chiefly of
vegetables. Enitield’s Hitt. vol. i.

Menepemes, a Cynic philofopher, wasa native of Lamp-
facus, who lived during the reign of Antigonus, king of
Macedon. At this period, the peculiarities of the Cynic
fe& had been carried to an abfurd and ridiculous extreme.
In Menedemus, the fpirit of the fect was degenerated to
downright madnefs; at firft, its members being no more
than fevere public monitors, commanded: attention and

MEN

refpe&t, but their freedom in cenfuring had degenerated
into feurrility, and the conduét of Menedemus furpaffed,
in folly and extravagance, every thing that had gone before
him. He appeared in public dreffed in a black cloak, with
an Arcadian cap upon his head, on which were drawn the
figures of the twelve figns of the zodiac, with tragic bufltins
on his legs, with a long beard, and with an afhen ftaff in his
hand, exclaiming, that he was a fpirit returned from the
infernal regions to admonifh and reform the world. Enfield’s
Hitt. Phil.

MENEHOULD, Sr., in Geography, a town of France,
and principal place of a diftriét, in the department of the
Marne. ‘The place contains 3394, and the canton 12,820
inhabitants, on a territory of 437% kiliometres, in 30 com-
munes. The town is fituated in a morafs between two
rocks, on the higheft of which is a caftle; 22 miles E.N.E.
of Chalons. N. lat. 49° 5’. E. long. 4° 55’.

MENEJRE, a town of Arabia, in Yemen; 34 miles
S.E. of Loheia.

MENELAUS, in Biography, king of Sparta, famous
in ancient hiftory for the fhare which he took in the Trojan
war, was fon of Atreus, king of Argos, and brother of
Agamemnon, He married Helen, the daughter of Tyn-
darus, king of Sparta, and in her right: fucceeded to the
crown of that country. According to the beft account of
the origin of the Trojan war, Paris, fon of Priam, induced
by the fame of Helen’s beauty, paid a vifit to the court of
Menelaus, where he was moft hofpitably received. During
his ftay, Menelaus was obliged to take a voyage to Crete,
and Paris made ufe of this opportunity to carry off Helen,
together with all the treafure and rich moveables he could
lay his hands upon. This injury was made a-common
caufe by the petty kings of Greece, who, with a powerful
army under the command of Agamemnon, laid fiege to
Troy. Menelaus was prefent as a leader of the confederates.
In the tenth year of the Trojan war, Helen obtained the
forgivenefs and favour of Menelaus, by introducing him
with Ulyffes, the night that the city was reduced to afhes,
into the chamber of Deiphobus, whom fhe had married
after the death of Paris. This perfidious conduct totally
reconciled her to her firft hufband, and fhe returned with
him to Sparta, where Telemachus is reprefented in the
Odyffey as finding them living in peace and profperity.
Menelaus is faid to have been fucceeded in this kingdom by
two illegitimate fons, who were expelled by Oreftes, fon of
Agamemnon. The palace which Menelaus once inhabited
was entire in the days of Paufanias, as well as the temple
which had been raifed to his memory by the people of
Sparta. Homer. Univer. Hitt.

MENELAUSs, a celebrated mathematician, who flourifhed
under the reign of the emperor Trajan, was of Grecian ex-
tra€tion, but a native of Alexandria. He is called by
Ptolemy a geometrician, as having made aftronomical obfer-
vations at Rome in the year 98 of the Chriftian era. He
is fuppofed to have been the Menelaus referred to by Plu-
tarch in his dialogue “* De Facie que in orbe Lunz apparet.’’
He was author of three books ‘¢ On Spherics,”’ which have
come down to the prefent times through the medium of
the Arabic language. A Latin verfion of this work was
publifhed at Paris by father Merfenne, in 1664, with cor-
rections, reftorations, and additional illuftrative propofitions.
Gen. Biog.

Menevaus, called alfo Menelaites, in Ancient Geography,
a town of Egypt, and capital of a nome called Menlaing
by Pliny. According to Strabo, Menelaus is not far from
the nome of Nitria—Alfo, a town of Africa, in Marma-

rica,

MEN

riea, placed by Ptolemy in the interior of the country between
Leuce and Gaphara,

Menetaus, in Geography, «town of Africa, in Barca ;
tos miles E..S.E. of Cureu, N. lat. 32° 10. E. long.
23° 10',

MENENIUS, in Biography, See Aanivra.

MENERANDRE, in Cats Ay, a river on the S. coalt
of Madagafcar, which runs into the fea, S. lat. 25° 5. EB.

'

long. 42° 24'.

MENE RBES, a town of France, in the department of
the Mouths of the Rhone; 9 miles S\W. of Apt,
F MENEROLA, a town of Genoa; 5 miles S.W. of

pezza.
MENES, in Biography, the founder of the Egyptian
empire, was born at ‘This, a town of Thebais, in Upper
Egypt. He is fuppofed to have reigned 117 years her
the birth of Phaleg, fon of Heber, which was the year of
the difperfion of the people throughout the earth. He
built the town of Memphis, and in the profecution of his
work flopped the courfe of the Nile near it, by conttrutin
a caufeway feveral miles broad, and caufed it to run through
the mountains. By his ability and popularity he was
deified after his death. He had three fons, who ruled after
him, viz. Athotis, who ruled at This and Thebes ; Curudes,
who founded the kingdom of Heliopolis, afterwards the
kingdom of Diofpoli; and Necherophes, who reigned at
Memphis.

MENESTREL, a mufician, whofe name and employ-
ment have been recorded by Pithou in his « Hittory of the
f€cond Race of Kings of France,’’ who tells us, that it was
during the reign of Pepin that the chapel royal was etta-
blifhed at Paris, under a mufic-mafter named Menettrel ;
which, perhaps, may have been the origin of the name of
Menettrel, or Minftrel, being given, in after times, to mufi-
cians in general. Pepin died in 768.

Menestrets were the fingers, and Menetriers the in{tru-
mental performers in France, who, in the time of king
Robert, formed themfelves into a fociety of muficians, in
imitatios of the ancient bards ; they compofed and executed
the mufic to the poetry of the trouwers, troubadours, or
romancers, who compofed poems in rhyme. Others were
called jongleurs, and chantores or meneffrels.

In a tarif of St. Louis to regulate the toll at the entrance
into Paris, it is faid that the jongleurs fhould be excufed

aying the toll, upon condition that they fung a fong,
ta perhaps, the proverb of paying for any thing with
a fong), or made their monkies dance, (whence, probably,
the French have derived another proverb, “ payer en monnoie

de finge.’’)

MENESTRIER, Joun Baptist xe, in Biography, an
able antiquary, was born at Dijon in 1564. He obtained
fome confiderable offices at court, but is particularly known
by a work entitled ‘‘ Medailles, Monnoies, et Monumens
antiques d’Imperatrices Romaines.” This was publifhed
in 16a5: the author died in 1634, and in 1642 a poithumous
work was given to the world by his friends, under the title
of «‘ Medailles illuftres des anciens Empereurs et Impera-
trices de Rome.’’ Neither of thefe works is in much
elteem by modern medallitts. ; pt

Among the curious works of this ingenious Jefuit, his
treatifes on reprefentations in mufic, and on ballets, or ftage-
dances, ancient and modern, fhould be confulted by thofe
who read, as well as thofe who write hiftories of mufic and
dancing: as the information they contain is original, and fuch
as no other books can fupply. ie

John Baptift le Meneitrier, the learned antiquary of
Dijon, who died in 1634, was an anceftor of the ecclefiaitic,

10

MEN

and had the fame fingular paffion for fcience and curious in-
quiries, He wrote on medals, coins, ancient monuments,
on the Roman empreffes, &c. Being buried in the church
of St. Medard, in Dijon, the following extraordinary epi-
taph was formerly legible on his tomb-ftone :

“« Cy git Jean le Meneftrier,
L’an de fa vie foifante-dix
Il mit le pied dans l'eftrier,
Pour s'en aller en Paradis,’’

“ Here John le Meneftrier was put,
At threefcore years and ten, precife ;
Who then in i placed his foor,
To go full {peed to Paradife.’’

Menesrrien, Craupe xe, alfo of Dijon, and a contem-
porary of the preceding, was likewife attached to the ftudy
of antiquity, and became keeper of the Barberini Mufeum.
He is author of « Symbolica Diane Ephefie Statua expli-
cata,” 4to. publifhed in 1657. Moreri. -

Menestuign, Craupe Francis, a Jefuit known by his
works on heraldry, &c. was born at Lyons in 1631. He
entered, at an saify age, into the fociety of the Jefuits, where
he acquired a great knowledge of the ancient languages, and
of literature in general. As he advanced in life, he devoted
himfelf chiefly to the ftudy of hiltory, with all that relates
to family diftinétions, and the monuments of antiquity. He
travelled into moft of the countries of Europe, and by the
knowledge which he acquired, he was enabled to make a
figure in theological difputations, and in pulpit, oratory.

e was, however, particularly famous for his talents in
planning and arranging all kinds of feftive exhibitions,
facred and profane, from the entry of a prince to the
canonifation of a faint. In his defigns, devices, and in
{criptions, his invention was inexhaultible. He had a
great acutenefs in decyphering old and mutilated infcrip-
tions, blazoning coats-of-arms, explaining paintings and
fculptures, and in all operations of antiquarian fcience.
He died in 1705, at the age of feventy-four. «The principal
works of this author were, 1. ‘* Hiftoire Civile ou Con-
fulaire de la Ville de Lyon ;’ « Eloge Hiftorique de la
méme Ville ;'’ ** L’Hiftoire du Regne de Louis le Grand
par les Medailles, Emblemes, Devifes, &c. ;”” “ Methode du
Blafon ;”’ « La Philofophie des Images:’’ befides thefe,
however, he wrote a number of {maller pieces on fimilar
topics. Moreri.

MENETOU-Saton, in Geography, a town of France,
in the department of the Cher, ard chief place of a canton,
in the diftri&t of Bourges ; g miles N. of Bourges. The
place contains 3277, and the canton 10,873 inhabitants,
on a territory of 367% kiliometres, in 11 communes.

MENETOUS, a town of France, in the department of
the Loir and Cher, and chief place of a canton, in the
diftri& of Romorantin ; 8 miles S.E. of Romorantin. The
place contains 824, and the canton 4794 inhabitants, on a
territory of 240 kiliometres, in 10 communes.

MENEZES, in Biography. This is the name of the Condes
de Ja Ericeira, a noble houfe in Portugal, in which the love
of literature, united with confiderable talents, continued to
be hereditary for many generations. In the General Bio-
graphy, the moft celebrated perfons are mentioned, with
their principal works, in one article. To this we fhall be
indebted for the following account. The firft of the family
diftinguifhed for literary talents was Don Diego, who, in
1628, publifhed “ Vida de D. Henriquede Menezes Go-
vernandor de la India,’’ gto. Madrid. The fecond diftin-
guifthed perfon was Don Fernando, whofe chief publications

; were,

MEN

were, 1. * Hiftoriarum Lufitanarum libri decem ab anno
1640, ufque ad annum 1656.” 2. “ Hiltoriade Tangere,”’
folio, Lifboa, 1732. 3. ‘¢ Vidade el Rey D. Joam 1.”
His brother, fon-in-law, and heir, Don Luiz, publifhed a
{till more valuable work than any of the foregoing, under
the title of “ Hiftoria de Portugal Reftaurado.”” The wife
of Don Luiz kept up the credit and fame of the family as
an author, and it has been {aid of her, that “ fhe wrote not
with the quill of an eagle, for of fuch there are many ;—but
with the quill of a Pheenix, of which there is but one.”
This lady, as we have hinted, belonged to the family by
blood, as well as marriage, having married her father’s
brother. Don Francifco Xavier, the fon of this marriage,
left behind him forty-four works, of which the moft known
and celebrated is the ‘ Henriqueida, Poema Heroico, em
doze Cantos,’ 1741. The Conde, Don Henrique, founder
of the royal houfe of Portugal, is the hero of the piece. It
appears that the author of this work, at the age of eight,
was member of one academy, which feems by its title to
have been defigned for extemporary {peaking ; and, when a
little older, was admitted into another, of which, at twenty,
he was prefident. This, fays his biographer, was the age
of academies in Portugal: he was fecretary and protector
of the Portuguefe, and cenfor and dire€tor of the royal one ;
a member of the Arcadians of Rome, and of our own Royal
Society. He had as correfpondents the moft learned men
in the different nations of Europe. He fays in his pre-
face, that the knowledge which he has of Greek is not fuf-
ficient for him to underftand Homer well, a proof how little
that language was cultivated in his country, when the moft
learned man in it would make fuch a declaration :_in other
re{peéts, this preface difcovers a range of poetical reading
which few have equalled, and none, perhaps, exceeded.
The poem itfelf is not worfe than its French name-fake,
though its faults are of a different charaGer. He was
blind when he wrote it, and died before it was publifhed.
This truly eftimable man was the munificent. patron of
letters. He increafed the family library with 600 MSS.,
and 20,000 volumes.

‘This vein was not yet exhaufted ; Don Luiz, the fifth
Conde, wrote commentaries of his own adminiftration in
India, corre¢tions, and a fupplement to Bluteau’s Portuguefe
di&tionary, and alfo to Moreri. He completed the catalogue
of the library which his predeceffor had begun: it was one
of the nobleft which any private family ever collected toge-
ther, but it has been difperfed, and I (Mr. Southey), who
write, have purchafed fome volumes from its wreck at the
ftalls in London. Portuguefe literature is deeply indebted
to this noble houfe, Individuals have fucceeded better, but
no family has ever done fo much."’ Gen. Biog.

MENF, in Geography. See Mempnis.

MENFRICI, a town of Sicily, in the valley of Ma-
zara, containing about 2700 inhabitants; 9 miles N.W. of
Sacca. 4

MENFUS Keppus, a town of Abyffinia; 60 miles
S.S.E. of Siré.

MENGEN, a town of Wurtembefg, infulated in the
‘county of Scheer; 33 miles S.W. of Ulm. N. lat. 48° 3!.
E. long. 9° 23’.

MENGENGUT, a town of Pruffia, in the province of
Oberland; 12 miles E. of Ofterrod.

MENGERINGHAUSEN, a town of Germany, in the
county of Waldeck ; 24 miles W.N.W. of Caffel.

MENGERSDOREF, a town of Germany, in the prin-
cipality of Culmbach ; 13 miles S, of Culmbach.

MENGERS-KIRCHEN, a town of Germany, in the
county of Naffau-Dillenburg ; 7 miles S.W. of Dillenburg.

‘ I

MEN

MENGESTA SemaiatT, a town of Abyflinia; 165 miles
S. of Gondar. ;

MENGOLI, Perr, in Biography, was an able Italian
mathematican in the r7th century, concerning the place and
time of whofe birththere is no trace. Heiftudied mathematics
under Cavalieri, to whom the Italians afcribe the invention of
the firlt principles of the infinitefimal calculus. Mengoli
was appointed profeffor of ‘* Mechanics,” in the cellege of
nobles at Bologna, and acquired high reputation ‘by the
fuccefs with which he filled that poft. His principal works
are, ‘“ Geometrix Speciofe Elementa;” ‘ Nove Quadra-
ture Arithmetice, feu de additione Fraétionum ;’” “ Via
regia ad Mathematicas ornata;” ‘ Refrazzione € paralafle
Solare ;!’ “‘Speculaticni de Mufica ;” *¢ Arithmetic ratio-
nalis Elementa ;’’ ** Arithmetica realis.””? Moreri.

His “ Speculationi di Mufica,”’ a defultory and fanciful
work, was publifhed at Bologna, 1670. An account of this
treatife was given in the Phil. Trarf, vol. viii. N° ¢. p: G1g4.
feemingly by Birchenfha, who, at the clofe of the article,
has not forgotten himfelf, or his own intereft. The fpecu-
laticns contained in Mengoli’s work are fome of them
{pecious and ingenious; but the philofophy of found has
been fo much more f{cientifically and clearly treated fince its
publication, that the difficulty of finding the book is no great
impediment to the advancement of rnulic. He was ftill
living in 1675.

MENGRAVILLA, in Geography, a town of Spain, in
Old Cattile, famous for its mines of falt ; near Avila:

MENGS, Anruony Rapuart, in Biography, was born
on the 12th of March, 1728, at Aufig, in Bohemia. His
father, whofe name was I{mael, was a miniature and enamel
painter, and dedicated his fon to the art from his birth: hence
he had him chriftened after the names of Anthony Allegri da Cor-
reggio, and Raphael d’ Urbino. His firft ftudies were of courfe
under the eye of his father, who from his earlieft childhood
obliged him to labour with his pencil; and as foon as poffible
gave him information of geometry and chemiltry, in which
{ciences he became the moft intelligent artift in Europe.
Seeing that his fon purfued his ftudies with a refleGive mind,
I{mael jultly concluded, that it would be right at once to
introduce him to the fountain head of the art, and lay be-
fore him the pureft models for his ftudy ; and, therefore, at
the early age of 12, he took him to Rome, and there intro-
duced him to the works of M. Angelo, Raphael, &c. &c.
Young Mengs was fo far advanced in the art as to be capable
of relifhing the fuperior productions now laid open before
him ; prints and drawings from which he had long been ac-
cuftomed to copy : and was eagerly defirous of perfevering
in the laudable defire of imitating them. At firft, his father
confined him to drawing in crayons from the Laocoon, the
Torfo, and the works of M. Angelo ; and afterwards from
thofe of Raphael. This moft exceilent fyftem of education
he-himfelf thwarted, by enaéting too much and too minute
an imitation, and too long confinement to that alone ; at a
time when, if the vivid fancy of youth had been permitted
to indulge itfelf, Mengs might have imbibe¢ the f{pirit which
animates, which governs the compofitions of thofe great la-
bours which were before him, inttead of ‘dwelling on the
furface, and forgetting the obje& of the whole ; which is,
or fhould always be, the prime end in view in all ftudies made
upon the works of others. That he was capable of all this
fuily appears by what he did, particularly by his future rea-
fonings (which are publifhed) upon the works of the prin-
cipal painters ; and that he did not do it effetually, equally
appears by his paintings; which poffefs more of the cha-
raéter of the lines and compofition obfervable in the works
of Raphael, who was his favourite, ‘than his jult perception

of

MENGS.

of point and intereft ina flory, and the true pathos with
which he feleéted incidents, cal aa expreffion and grace to
hia figures,

Tt was only for three years that his father, who was ex-
tremely tyrannical and arbitrary, allowed him to flay at
Rome, at the end of which time, robably being anxious to
turn his fon's talents to account, he obliged him to return
with him to Drefden, where all this excellent preparation
was debafed, by our artitt being employed to paint portraits
in crayons; by which, however, he became known to, and
employed by, the king of Poland, who made him his cabinet
painter, gave hima houfe and a penfion, without any other
obligation, than to give him the preference of thofe works
he might perform, and for which he would pay the full

tee, —

With this good fortune he returned to Rome to profecute
his ftudies; at firlt copying, but at length beginning to
compofe his own pictures. About this time he married a
young lady of a refpectable family, Margarita Guazzi, and
was in hopes of being permitted finally and fully té eftablifh
himfelf in Rome; but his father, at the end of four years,
again, in 1749, forced him to return to Drefden, and in pur-
{uance of his arbitrary feeling quarrelled with him, feized
his whole property, and turned him out of doors.

His talents were now his only fafeguard and fupport, and,
to the honour of the king, proved truly fo. His majelly

atronized him, gave him a houfe and a carriage, appomted
im his firft painter, and doubled his penfion, without any
ebligation, and permitted him again to vilit Rome.

His firft work there was acopy of the fchool of Athens
by Raphael, for the earl of Northumberland, which is now
at Northumberland Houfe. The failure of affairs at the
court of Saxony and Poland, which happened foon after,
caufed a ftoppage of his penfion, threw Mengs upon ‘the
world, and induced him to accept many commiffio:s for
pictures ; the principal one of which, a frefvo ceiling ia
the church of the Auguftines, dedicated to St. Eufebius,
acquired him great reputation, and fome employment of the
like nature in the villa Albani; where he painted in frefco
Apollo, and the Mufes on Parnaffus. '

Some pictures which Mengs had executed acquired him
the favourable regard of the king of Naples, who, upen be-
coming king of Spain under the title of Charles III., fent
for him to Madrid, offering him a fhip of war to convey him,
afalary of 2000 doubloons, a houfe, a carriage, and to de-
fray all the expences attending his profeflional labours. This
munificent offer was readily accepted, and Mengs arrived in
Spain in OGtober 1761. The king received him with great
kindnefs, and continued the fame attention to him all the
while he remained in that country, which was feveral years.
He executed a great number of pictures both in frefco and in
oil, which were highly admired and applauded by the court,
but were criticifed by fome, as being too cold aud phlegmatic
in their ftyle anc expreffion.

Excefs of itudy, and difguft at the harfh conduct of fome
of his contemporaries, affected his health; and being deprived
of the benefit of dome'tic enjoyment, having {ent his family
to Rome, hefell into deipondency, anda decline approach-
ing, his life was de!paired of, whea he obtained permutiion to
return to Rome, fill enjoying his penfion as firit painter to the

king.

His health and fpirits were foon re-eftablifhed in his
favourite refidence, and he was employed by Clement
XIV. to paint in the Vatican; particularly in the cabinet
where the ancient papirii were preferved. He prolonged
his ftay in Italy as long as he could, though adviled

Vou. XXIII.

by his friend the chevalier d’Azara, the Spanith mtinifler
at Rome, that his return to Spain was looked for Ly the
king, by whofe command he was at latt obliged to go there
again. He took part of his family with him, and remained
there two years and a little more, painting many things, and
again becoming exhaulled and il, too ill to profecute his
labours, bis majefly left him at full liberty to retara,
with his penfidn of goo0 fcudi, and 1000 more to divide in
dowers among his daughters.

He had not been long in Rome when he loft his wife,
which fevere affli€tion entirely changed his mind and man-
ners, and rendered him sae wf and unhappy, a fcourge to
himfelf and thofe around him. His old difeafe returned
upon him, and in a thort time afterwards he paid the debt of
nature, having only attaiued the age of 51.

If the name 2 | qualifications of Mengs had not been fo
extravagantly exalted by his friend and commentator Azara,
and by Winkelmann, itis moft likely his memory would have
been in more efleem with the world than it now is. But
when they reforted, in {peaking of his talents, to fuch a
degree of abfurdity, as to place him above all competitors,
either ancient or modern; to fpeak of him as the man for
whom it was referved to unite all the excellencies of act,
criticifm is excited, and a more fcrunulous and lefs preju-
diced examination induced, which beftows upon our artift
a far lefs exalted rank among thofe great men with whom
he has been compared, and even to whom he has been pre-
ferred, than his partial and prejudiced friends allotted to him.
He certainly was the moit ingenious profeflor they were
acquainted with. His long and laboriousrefearchesinto the
more ob{cure matters relating to art, and his careful and
even enthufiaftic examination of the works of the ancients,
and confequent knowledge of them, rendered him in their
eyes, who do not appear to have had fo much tafte as enthufi-
alm, a kind of demi-god. But it is not refearches and
knowledge ef this nature which make the artift; they
will indeed affift him with principles and materials, they will
prefent compofitions, and fill vacant fpaces upon a canvas,
or on a wall, with fomething agreeable to, or impofing upon,
the eye; but if the foul be wanting, if the true perception
of that whichalone ftimulates the feeling heart and under-
ftanding mind, imprefs not its energy upon the oblerver, the
artift is but a mechanic, whofe itudies happen to have fallen
into a more fide-long track than thofe of the generality ; or
at moft he may be faluted with the title of the man of
feience, never in comparifon with the truly great artilts will
he merit their dilinguifhing appellation.

Thefe remarks are juftly applicable to Mengs, who, though
a very ingenious and extraordinary man, is but a tame and
rather uninterefting artift. Mr. Cumberland, in his memoirs
of painters in Spain, has given a very excellent and juft
critique upon his merits, which we will here tranferibe. He
was excited to it by a remark of Mengs upon the difcourfes
of fir J. Reynolds, in which that artift obferves, that « thofe
difcourfes would lead youth into error, becaufe they abandon
them to fuperficial principles, the only anes known to the
author.'’ After fome little petulancy exhibited in the
former part of his anfwer to this remark, Mr. Cumberland
fays, that Mengs was an artift that had feen much and
invented little; that he difpenfes neither life nor death to
his fizures, excites no terror, roufes no paffions, and rifks
no flights; that, by ftudying to avoid particular defedts, he
incurs general ones, and paints with tamenefs and fervility ;
that the contraéted fcale and idea of miniature painting to
which he was brought up, is te be traced in all_or moft of
his compolitions, in which a finifhed delicacy of pencil ex-

: Lil hibits

MEN

hibits the hand of the artift, but gives no emanation of the
foul of a matter; if it is beauty, it does not warm ; if it is
forrow, it excites no pity.”” The pi€ture of our Saviour’s
appearing to Mary Magdalen in the garden, known by the
name of The Noli me tangere, whichis in the chapel of All
Souls’ college, Oxford, will enable our readers to judge how
far thefe remarks are founded in truth.

Asa critic, Mengs has a more fair elaim to attention.
He certainly entertained fublime ideas of the capabilities of
art, and therefore infpires them in the minds of his readers.
There is, however, too great a mixture of metaphyfics
and fubtle difquifition in his writings, to be generally ufeful.
His explanations of beauty and tafte are extremely vague.
The former is built entirely upon the Platonic fyftem of the
beauty of goodnefs. On this, however, he propofes mate-
rial fele€tion from various objeéts of the fame kind, to pro-
duce the beautiful of each f{pecies, and this choice he com-
pletely confounds with tafte. Notwithftanding thefe de-
fe&ts, his writings convey much ufeful matter, and prefent
many important points, for the confideration of an artift; as
they embrace all the effential principles of the art of painting.
They were publifhed after the death of Mengs, by his
friend the chevalier d? Azara; who alfo mentions that all the
technical parts of Winkelmann’s hiftory of the arts are writ-
ten by Mengs.

MENHATA, in Geography, a town of Fez, in the pro-
vince of Chaus, inhabited by Arabs.

MENHUSS, atown of Africa, in the country of Barca ;
160 miles S.W. of Tolomata.

MENIAL Servants, See SERVANTS.

MENIANCorumn. See Coztumy.

MENIE!, in Geozraphy. See Minter.

MENIF, or Menur, a town of Egypt; and chief place
of a diftri& ; 28 miles N. of Cairo.

MENIGOUTTE, a town of France, in the department
of the Two Sevres, and chief place of a canton, in the
diftri& of Parthenay ; 11 miles S.S.E. of Parthenay. ‘The

place contains 880, and the canton 7101 inhabitants , ona,

territory of 240 kiliometres, in 10 communes.
MENIL, a town of the Arabian Irak, on the Tigris ;
11omiles S.E. of Bagdad.

MENILITE; Menilit, Wern.; Leber-Opal, Karkt.;
Quarz-réfinite menilite, Haiiy.

The colour of this foffil, on the planes of fraéture, is be-
tween chefnut and liver-brown, pafling into hair-brown, and
into greyifh-yellow ; externally the brown variety pofleffes
a bluéifh tarnifh, owing to clofely adhering particles of the
matrix in which it is found.

It occurs in knob-fhaped or tuberofe imbedded maffes,
and in amorphous tuberculated pieces, with rough dull fur-
face. ;

Internally it is gliftening, pafling inte fhining; luftre
fometimes refinous.

Longitudinal fra&ture coarfe {plintery, pafling into flat
conchoidal ; tranfverfal fraéture flat conchoidal, more or
lefs in a parallel direGtion; fragments indeterminately an-
gular and fharp-edged, tranflucent on the edges. It yields
a greyifh-white ftreak.

Not very hard; hardnefs that of the femiopal ; brittle,
eafily frangible. Spec. grav. 2.185, Klapr.; 2.162, Jordan.

It is infufible before the blowpipe, but becomes of a
lighter colour, opaque, and flawed. With borax it fufes
flowly, and with fome ebullition. According to Klaproth’s

MEN

analyfis of the menilite, a hundred parts are compofed of

Silica - - - 85.50
Argil - - - . 1.00
Lime - - - 0.50
Oxyd of iron - - 0.50
Water and carbonaceous matter 11.00

98.50

It is found near Paris, the darker variety at Menil-Mon-
tant, the lighter or greyifh at Argenteuil; at béth places
under a thick bed of clay, in a particular kind of flate, called
Klebfchiefer by Werner, or adhefive flate. According to Haii
it sito oe on the banks pent A vlakihieaes
foflil, agreeing in moft of its charaéters with menilite, and
likewife in being found imbedded in adhefive flate, is met
with at Zamuto, in the diftriét of Semplin, in Hungary.

This foffil was firft referred by Werner to the femiopal ;
and Karflen ftill enumerates it as a particular fub{pecies of
opal, under the name of liver-opal, derived from its colour.

MENIMAN, in Geography, a town of Afiatic Turkey,
in Natolia, from which Smyrna draws its chief fupply of
fruits and provifions.

MENIN, a town of France, in the department of the
Lys, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of Courtray.
This town confilts of little more than one ftreet, with one
parifh church, fituated on the Lys; and yet it has been the
fubje€t of many contefts and viciffitudes during various
wars. The place contains 4911, and the canton 17,769 in-
habitants, on a territory of 100 kiliometres, in feven com-
munes. N. lat. 50° 48/. E. long. 3° 5’.

MENING, in Botany, a name given by the people of
Guinea to a plant of the refinows or palma Chrifli kind,
which they ufe in medicine: they dry and powder the
leaves, and then give them to be {nuffed up the noftrils, to
cure all forts of ftuffings or ftoppages in the head. Its
leaves refemble thofe of the finch and ivy, and are hairy ;
whence Petiver has named it ricinus Guineenfis hedere quin-
gquefolia Virginiane facie foliis hirfutis. It is not known to
grow any where in America. Philof. Tranf. N° 232.

MENINGE, in Ancient Geegraphy, an ifland of A frica.
Plutarch, in Mario, fays that Marius landed on the ifland
of Meninge, and that from thence he paffed to Carthage.
This ifland is called by Ptolemy Lothophagites, in which
were two towns, viz. Gerrapolis and Meninge. ;

MENINGEA Arteria, in Anatomy, a branch of the
internal maxillary artery diftributed upon the dura mater.
See ARTERY.

MENINGES, from pnt, a membrane; a term fome-
times employed in fpeaking of the membranes of the brain.

MENINGOPHYLAX, from pw, a membrane, and
Guracow, to guard, an inftrument in ufe amongtt the ancient
furgeons for protecting the dura mater and brain from in-
jury, in their mode of trepanning. It was fomewhat like
the lenticular, only its blade was completely round, without
any edge, and it ended, like this other inftrument, in a len-
tiform cup.

MENINSKI, or Meni, Francis, in Biography, a con-
fiderable oriental fcholar, was born at Lorraine in 1623. Of
the early part of his life we have no account, but he ftudied
at Rome, and being particularly attached to the acquifition
of the Eaftern languages, when about the age of thirty he
accompanied the Polifh ambafiador to Conftantinople, and
there applied fo affiduoufly to the ftudy of the Turkifh
tongue, that in a very fhort time he was made firit inter.
preter to the Polifh embafly at the Porte ; and afterwards

‘ ‘Was

»

MEN

was raifed to the office of ambaffador plenipotentiary to
that court. Hence he was naturalized in Poland, and sade
the termination /fi to the family name of Menin, In 1661
he accepted’ the polt of interpreter of the Oriental lan
guages at the court of Vienna, and accompanied the imperial
ambaflador to the Porte. Ln 1669 he vifited the holy fe-
pulehre at Jerufalem, and was created a knight of that
order. cllis fervices were fo much approvedy that on his
return to Vienna he was appointed one of the emperor's
council of war, as well as firlt interpreter. He died in
1698. Asan author, the great work of Menintki was his
« Thefaurus Linguarum Orientalium,’’ publifhed at Vienna
in 1680, in four volumes folio, Of thefe the fourth was
entirely deitroyed by the falling of a bomb upon the author's
houfe during the dee of Vienna by the Turks, which
obliged him to recompofe it. The other volumes were
greatly injured atthe fame time, which rendered the work
extremely fearce and dear. A new edition of it with im-

rovements was begun at Vienna in the year 1780. The

urkifh, Perfian, and Arabian grammars contained in the
* 'Thefaurus,’? were republifhed in two volumes quarto,

ff
MENIPEAN, Satira Menrera, a kind of fatire confitt-
tes profe and verfe intermixed.

tis thus called from Menippus, a Cynic philofopher, who
delighted in compefing fatirical letters, &c. In imitation
of him, Varro alfo wrote fatires under the title of « Satire
Menippz ;"’ whence this fort of compofition is alfo deno-
minated Varronian /atire.

Among the moderns, there is a famous piece under this
title, firft publithed in 1594, again{t the chiefs of the league,
called alfo the “Catholicon’’ of Spain. It is elteemed a
matter-piece for the time.

MENISCIUM, in Betany, fo called by Schreber, the.

author of the genus, from pricxos, @ crefcent, in allufion to
_ the fhape of the fructification. Schreb. Gen. 757. Swartz.
Syn. Fil. 19. Sprengel Crypt.93. t. 3. f. 20. Cavan. Leccien.
548. Mart. Mill. Did. v. 3. Lamarck Did. v. 4. 93.
{sand order, Cryptogamia Filices. Nat. Ord. Filices, Linn.

Juff.

Gen: Ch. Capfules annulated, in {mall, fingle, curved
lines, nearly parallel to each other, and fituated tranfverfely, in
regular feries, betwixt the veins of the frond. Jnvolucrum
none.

Eff. Ch.
crefcent-fhaped lines, between the veins of the frond.
volucrum none.

1. M. triphyllum. Swartz. n.1.Sprengel as above —Frond
three-leaved. Native of China and the Eaft Indies. Spren-
gel reprefents the frond as about five inches long, fmooth,
confifting of one large, terminal, oblong, pointed, entire
leaflet, and a pair of much fmaller, oppolite, feflile ones, a
little below it. Each of the leaflets is furnithed with a
midrib, and numerous tranfverfe, oblique, parallel veins,
conneéted by fine, regular, decuffating lines of fruét-
fication.

2. M. reticulatum. Sw.n. 2. (Polypodium reticulatum ;
Linn. Sp. Pl. 1549. Afplenium forbifolium ; Jacq. Coll.
v.2. 106. t.3. f.2. Filix latifolia non ramofa,nigris tuberculis
pulverulenta ; Plum. Amer. 6. t. 9. Lingua cervina, nigris
tuberculis pulverulenta ; Plum. Fil. 92. t. 110.) — Frond
pinnate ; leaflets undivided.—Native of the Weit Indies.
We have it from St. Kitt’s. Plumier found it very abun-
dantly in afcending the mountain called ‘de-la Calebaffe, in
Martinico. . This is a very large and handfome fern, about
four feet high; the fa/ks {mooth and fhining, dark brown,
or black. eajfets numerous, about a {pan long, and above

FruGification in a feries of fmall, tranfverfe,
In-

MEN

an inch wide, almott feflile, alternate, broadeft near the bale,
tapering to a tharp narrow point; the margin fightly ere
nate, or wavy, The whole under-fide is covered with fru

tification, in curved fines, more anfwering to the form of a
crefeent than thofe of the former fpecies. Sprengel cer
fures Linnwus without reafon for making this fern a /oly-
podium ; for the latter, having never feen a fpecimen »
fructification, neceflarily trufted to Plumier, whofe figares,
lefs faithful than afual, as well as his definition, abundantl

jultify Linnwus, ;

3. M proliferum. Sw.n. 3. (Hemionitis prolifera; Retz.
Obf, fafc. 6, 38.)—I’rond pinnate; leaflets lanceolate, ecre-
nate, with axillary {maller ore Sent by Koenig from
the Eatt Indies. It is deferibed as a large decumbent fern,
with alternate, feflile, lanceolate, crenate /eaflets, about half
a foot long, abrupt at their bafe. From thefe are pro-
duced, at their origin, other axillary fronds or branches, a
foot and half long, often in pairs, whole /caflets are exaétly
like the former, but much fmaller, and the fa/é has a knot
at the part whence they originate. ’rudification in decuf-
fating irregular fines, fo as a to give the character
of a Polypodium, fometimes of an Acroflichum.

4. M. criflatum. Lamarck Dict. v. 4. 94.—“ Frond pin-
nate ; leaflets nearly oppofite, lanceolate, pointed; the
lower ones pinnatifid, with obtufe finely toothed fegments”’
—Native of Martinico. Fronds about a foot and a half
high, or more, with numerous falcate /eaflets, of a delicate
texture, about four inches long, and near an inch broad.
The margin is cut) throughout into rounded lobes or feg-
ments, finely toothed at their edge. Frudification copious,
in curved lines.

Swartz enumerates this among his doubtful fpecies ; we
do not diftinétly fee for what reafon.

5. M. ferratum. Cavan. Leccion. 548 —‘ Frond pinnate ;
leaflets alternate, lanceolate, ferrated.’’—-Native of the Ha-
vannah. Fronds above two feet high, fhining. Leaflets five
inches long, the lower ones an inch broad; all fharp-
pointed, fixely toothed. Frudification in curved. parallel
lines.

This alfo is reckoned by Swartz among the fpecies which
merit further inquiry ; as well as a Meni/crum from Cayenne,
of which nothing is given but the generic charaéter by Ri-
chard in the aes de la Societe d’Hift. Nat. de Paris, v. 1:

114.

Although Menifcium is, as yet, known to confift of but
few fpecies, it has all the chara¢ters of a very natural genus,
nearly refembling Hemionitis indeed in charaéter, but diff.
milar in habit.

MENISCUS, in Optics, a glafs or lens, concave on one _
fide, and convex on the other; fometimes aifo called /unula,
See Lens, and Optic Giafs.

In a menifcus, if the diameter of the convexity be equal
to that of the concavity, a ray, falling parallel to the axis,
will continue parallel thereto after refraétion. ;

Such a menifeus, therefore, will neither colle& nor difperfe
the rays ; and is therefore of no ufe in dioptrics. :

To find the focus of a menifcus, the rule is, as the dif.
ference of the {emidiameters of the convexity and concavity
is to the femidiameter of the convexity, fo isthe diameter of
the concavity to the diltance of the focus from the menifcus.
Hence, if the femidiameter of the concavity be triple the
femidiameter of the convexity, the diftance of the focus from
the menifeus will be equal to the femidiameter ; and there-
fore the menifcus will be equivalent to a lens equally convex
on either fide.

Again, if the femidiameter of the concavity be double
that of the convexity, the diftance of the focus will be equa]

‘Sy ee to

MEN

to the diameter ; and therefore the thenifcus will be equi-
valent to a plano-convex lens.

If the femidiameter of the concavity be quintuple that of
the convexity, the menifcus will be equivalent to a {phere.
The femidiameter, therefore, of the convexity being given,
that of the concavity required to remove the focus to any

iven diftance fromthe menifcus, is eafily found.

MENISPERMA, in Botany, the feventy-feventh natural
order in Juffieu’s fyitem, the feventeenth of his thirteenth
clafs, named from the principal genus belonging to it; fee
the next article. For the characters of the clafs, fee Gr-
RANIA. The order is defined as follows:

Calyx of a definite number of leaves. Petals of a defi-
nite number, oppolite to the calyx ; with an equal number
of fcales, in fome of the genera, at the inlide of the petals
and oppofite to them. Stamens of a definite number, equal
to that of the petals, and oppofite to them. Germens fe-
veral, with as many ftyles and ftigmas. /uifs as many,
either pulpy or capfular, kidney-fhaped, each containing one
feed, of their own fhape; many of them however are fre~
quently abortive, one only coming to perfection. Embryo
flat, {mall, with thin lobes, fituated at the top of the flefhy
albumen, which is much more incurved*than itfelf. Stem
fhrubby, moftly farmentofe. Leaves alternate, fimple, with-
out ftipulas. Flowers axillary or terminal, often in aggre-
gate {pikes or clulters, each collection attended by a lingle
braétea; they often become dioecious by imperfection of
the re{pective organs of impregnation.

‘The genera enumerated by Juffieu are Cifampelos ; Menif-
permam ; Leeba of Forfkall, perhaps not different from it ;
Epibaterium of Forfter; and Abuta of Aublet.

The oppofite fituation, with refpe& to each other, of the
calyx, petals, and ftamens, brings this order near that of the
Berberides ; but the germen of the latter is fimple, with
many feeds, their albumen ftraight, furrounding the whole
embryo, which is longer thah in the AMeni/perma, and their
anthers are differently formed, being very peculiar, and open-
ing by revolute valves, inthe Berberides. Their habits more-
over are very unlike.

MENISPERMUM received its name, compofed of
prin, the moon, and oxtgux, feed, from Tournefort, in the
Memoires de l’Acad. des Sciences for 1705; in allufion to
the crefcent-like form of the feed. Linn. Gen. 530.
Schreb. 700. Mart. Mill. Dict. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew.
ed. 1. v. 3. 411. Juff. 285. Michaux Boreal-Amer. v. 2.
241. Lamarck Di&. v. 4. 94. Illuttr. t. 824. Gertn. t. 46.
and t. 70. Clafsand order, Dioecia Dodecandria. Nat. Ord.
Sarmentacee, Linn. Meni/perma, Jaff.

Gen. Ch. Male, Cal. Perianth of two fhort linear leaves.
Cor. Outer petals four, ovate, fpreading, equal; inner
eight, {maller, inverfely heart-fhaped, concave, four of them
in an inner rowand broader. Stam. Filaments 16, cylin-
drical, rather longer than the corolla ; anthers terminal, very
fhort, bluntly four-lobed.

Female, Ca/. and Cor. asin the male. Stam. Filaments
eight, like the male, but with pellucid abortive anthers.
Piff. Germens two or three, fuperior, ftalked, ovate, in-
curved, approaching each other ; ftyles folitary, very fhort,
recurved ; ftigmas eloven, obtufe. Peric. Berries two or
three, roundifh-kidney-fhaped, of one cell. Seeds folitary,
large, kidney-fhaped.

Obf. By the accounts of authors, the number of the dif-
ferent parts of fructification either differs in different {pecies,
or varies in the fame: The above characters are taken from
M, canadenje.

Eff. Ch. Male, Outer petals four, inner cight, Stamens
fix-een,

\

MEN

Female, Petals as in the male.
Berries two or three, lingle-feeded.

A genus of twining, perennial, often shrubby, plants,
altogether {trangers to Europe, but foundin North America,
Arabia and Japan, as well as in the Eaft and Weit Indies.
The roots of fome are large and folid, worthy of inquiry as
to their medicinal powers. Leaves alternate, italked, fimple,
generally undivided, entire, and more or lefs downy, of a
heart-fhaped or ovate figure, without /fipulas. Flowers
{mall, racemofe, axillary, inconfpicuous, of a green, whitifh,
yellowifh, or lurid hue. Berries dark, the fize of fmall
peas, in fome cafes narcotic. The fpecies are not very cor-
recily underftood, and it is probable many more exilt than
botanifts have afcertained. The fourteenth edition of Syit.
Veg. enumerates eleven. T'he voluine of Willdenow which
comprehends this genus is not yet come to our hands. We
fhall therefore only mention fome of the moit remarkable
{pecies.

M. canadenfe. Canadian Moon-feed. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1468:
Miil. Illuttr. t. 93. (Hedera monophylla, convolvuli foliis,
virginiana; Pluk. Phyt.t. 36. f. 2 )—Leaves peltate, heart-
fhaped, rounded and angular. Clufters compound, droop-
ing.—Native of North America—* from Canada to Caro-
lina.’ Michaux. Stem fomewhat fhrubby, twining contra
to the fun’s courfe, (Miller,) round, {mooth, leafy, flightly
branched. Leaves on long ftalks, generally broader than
long, peltate a:little way from the bafe, either fimply cor-
date and undivided, or more or lefs deeply lobed, the lobes
either rounded or angular; the upper fide dark green, nearly
fmooth ; under glaucous, a little hairy at the ribs and nume-
rous veins. Panicles in pairs, fhorter than the leaves, droop-
ing. Flowers greenifh-white. Berries, according to Clay-
ton, black.—This plant is preferved in fome botanic gar-
dens, but has little beauty to recommend it to general
favour.

M. virginicum. Virginian Moon-feed, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1468.
(M. folio hederaceo ; Dill. Elth. v. 2 223.t. 178. f. 219.)
Upper leaves ovate, undivided ; lower three-lobed and wavy.
Clutters fimple, folitary, ere&t.— Native of Virginia. Lin-
nzus appears not to have known this {pecies. The fpecimen
in his herbarium, from whence the fpecific charaéter was
taken, is only the foregoing. Dillenius has well figured and
defcribed the real virginicum, as having /eaves much refem-
bling ivy, the upper ones being ovate and undivided; the
lower lebed and angular. The latter efpecially are fome-
what downy. None of them are peltate. The fowers are
whitifh, in upright, fimple, much {maller cluiters. Berries
black. Michaux does not mention this in his FYora. It is
om to be cultivated in the Cambridge garden, flowering in
July.

M. carolinum. Carolina Moon-feed. Linn. Sp. Pl..1463.
Michaux Boreal-Amer. v. 2. 242.—Leaves heart-fhaped,
downy beneath. Cluiters cymofe.—Native of Carolina,
Linn. alfo of Georgia and Florida. Michaux. This has the
leaves heart-fhaped, undivided, roughifh above, foft and
downy beneath. Cluflers nearly as long as the leaves, cy-
mofe, hairy, of numerous {mall flowers. Michaux fays the
berries are red ; otherwife we fhould have a fufpicion that his
plant was the virginicum.

M. C€occulus. Indian-berry Moon-feed. Linn. Sp. Pl.
1468: (Coccule officinarum ; Bauh. Pin. 511. Cocci;.
Ger. em. 1548. 'Tubabaccifera; Rumph. Amb. v. 5, 35.
t. 22.)—Leaves heart-fhaped, pointed, fomewhat downy
beneath. Clufters compound, from t*e naked woody ftem..
Berries nearly globular. Native of Ceylon and Malabar.
This has a very woody, branched and twifted flem, from
whence the flowers proceed, in compound c/uferse. The

branches

Eight imperfe& ftamens.

MEN

Branches are leafy. Leaves large, a fpan long, heart-thaped,
pointed; dark green above ; downy beneath; on long
twilled footflules. Berries purplith-black, as big as a black
currant ; but they come to us dried, and of a much fmaller
five. ‘They are ufed in India for eatching fifh, which they
intoxicate if thrown into the water, ‘heir ufe for this
purpofe is, we believe, prohibited in England; nor is it ealy
to account for the copious importation of thefe berries as an
article of trade, unlefs they ferve to adulterate fermented
liquors, as ia often reported. (See Coceutus and Cis-
SAMPELOS.) We apprehend that Poiret, quoted in the latt
article, has confounded two very diftiné » dev We have
from the Eait Indies, by the name of Meni/permum orbicu-
Jatum, as well as from the Mauritius, fpecimens which an-
fwer exaétly to his defcription of the female Cifampelors
Gocculus ; but their axillary fimple cluflers, and large heart-
fhaped dradeas, to fay nothing oF their rounder /eaver, mark
them as fufficiently diflin& from the above fhrub of Rum-
phius. Perhaps the berries of feveral Indian plante, of
this family, may have the fame intoxicating quality, and be
ufed tudiiariniontely.

Menisrenmum, in Gardening, contains plants of the hardy
climbing kind, of which the f{pecies cultivated are, the
Canadian moon-feed (M. canadenfe) ; the Virginian moon-
feed (M. virginicum) ; and the Carolina moon-feed (M.
carolinum. )

Method of Culture.—The two firlt forts art eafily propa-
gated by laying down the branches in the autumn feafon, and
when the layers have made good roots, in the following au-
tumn they may be feparated and planted out where they are
to remain. As their branches are weak and flender, they
require fupport; and when planted near trees thrive better
than in an open fituation.

And the third fort may be increafed by parting the roots,
and planting them out in the fpring, a little before the

fants begin to fhoot, in warm fituations where the foil is
ight, as in {trong retentive land the roots are apt to rot.
When planted clofe to a wall expofed to the fouth or wett,
their ttalks may be faftened again{t the wall to prevent their
trailing upon the ground ; in which fituations the plants fre-
quently flower. [hey fhould have a little fhelter in fevere
froft, in order to preferve their ftalks. ;

All thefe plants afford ornament and variety in the fhrub-
beries and other parts of pleafure grounds. :

MENITZ, in Geography, a town of Moravia, in the circle
of Brunn; nine miles S.S.E. of Brann. :

MENKIN, a town of Afiatic Turkey, in Natolia; 36
miles N.E. of Boll.

MENMEN, a town of Aiiatic Turkey, in Natolia; 18
miles N.W. of Smyrna. 2 .

MENNO, in Biography. Sce the following article.

MENNONITES, in Eeclefiaftical Hifory, a feé& in the
United Provinces, in moit re{peéts the fame with thofe in
other places called Anabaptiits. ; :

They bad their rife in 1536, when Menno Simon, a native
of Frizfland, who had been a Romifh prieit, and a notorious
profligate, refigned his rank and office in the Romifh
church, and publicly embraced the communion of the Ana-
baptiits. : ; ; 4

Menno was born at Witmarfum, a village in the neigh-
bourhood of Bolfwert, in Friefland, in the year 1505, and
died in 1561, in the duchy of Holitein, at the country feat
of a certain nobleman, not far from the city of Oldefloe,
who, moved with compaflion by a view of the perils to
which Menno was expofed, and the fnares that were
daily laid for his ruin, took him, with certain of his affo-
ciates, into his proteétion, and gave him an afylum, ‘The

confi

MEN

writings of Menno, which are almoft all compofed in the
Dutch language, were publifhed in folie, at Amiterdam, in
the year 1651. About the year 1547, Menno was earneftly
folicited b many of the feét with which he conneéted bin
{elf, to fr? thon among them, the rank and fun@ions of a
public teacher; and as he looked upon the perfons who made
this propofal, to be exempt from the fanatical phrenzy of
their brethren at Munfter (though, secording to other ac-
counts, they were originally of the fame flamp, only ren-
dered fomewhat wifer by their fufferings), he yielded to their
intreaties. From this period to the end of his life he tra-
vetled from one country to another, with his wife and chil-
dren, exercifing his miniftry, under preflures and calamities of
various kinds, that fucceeded each other without interruption,
and conttantly expofed to the danger of falling a viétim to
the feverity of the laws. Eaft and Welt Friefland, together
with the province of Groningen, were firft vifited by this
zealous apottle of the Anabaptilts ; from thence he direéted

“his courfe into Holland, Guelderland, Brabant, and Weft-

phalia, continued it through the German provinces that lie
on the coalts of the Bittic fea, and penetrated fo far as
Livonia. In all thefe places his mimflerial labours were
attended with tonabhabte fuccefs, and added to his feét a
ead ire number of followers. Hence he is defervedly
ered as the common chief of almoft all the Anabap-
tilts, and the parent of the feét that ftill fobfifts under that
denomination. Menno was a man of genius, and direéted
by a very found judgment ; he poffeffed a natural and per-
fuafive eloquence, and fuch a degree of learning as made
him pafs for an oracle in the eltimation of the multitude.
He appears, moreover, to have been a man of probity, of
a meek and traétable {pirit, gentle in his manners, pliable and
obfequious in his commerce with perfons of all ranks and
charaéters, and extremely zealous in promoting praétical:
religion and virtue, which he recommended by his example,
as well as by his precepts. The plan of doétrine and dif-
cipline drawn up by Menno was of a much more mild and
moderate nature than that of the furious and fanatical Anas
baptilts, whofe tumultuous proceedings have been recited
under that article, but fomewhat more fevere, though more
clear and confiltent than the doétrine of the wifer branches of
that fe&t, who aimed at nothing more than the reftoration of
the Chriftian church to its primitive purity. Accordingly,
he condemned the plan of ecclefiaftical difcipline, that was
founded on the profpeé& of a new kingdom, to be miras
culoufly ettablifhed by Jefus Chrift on the ruins of civil.
government and the deftruction of human rulers, and which
had been the fatal and peftilential fource of fluch dreadful’
commotions, fuch exeerable rebellions, and fuch enormous
crimes. He declared, publicly, his diflike of that: doétrine
which pointed out the approach of a marvellous reformation
in the church by the means of a new and extraordinary
effufion of the Holy Spirit. He expreffed his abhorrence
of the licentious tenets which feveral of the Anabaptifts
had maintained, with refpect to the lawfulnefs of polygamy
and divorce, and, finally, contidered as unworthy of tolera-
tion, thofe fanatics who were of opinion that the- Holy-
Ghoft continued to defcend into the minds of many chofen
believers, in as extraordinary a manner as he did at the firft
eftablifhment of the Chriflian church, and.that he teftified
this peculiar prefence to feveral of the faithful, by miracles,
prediGions, dreams, and vilions of various kinds. He re-
tained, indeed, the doétrines commonly received among the
Anabaptilts, in relation to the baptifm of infants, the mil-
lenium, or thoufand years reign of Chrift uponvearth, the
exclufion of magiftrates from the Chriftian church, the abo--
lition ef war, and the prohibition of oaths.enjoined by our -
Savicw -

MEN

Saviour, and the vanity as well as the pernicious effets of
human feience.. But while Menno retained thefe doétrines
in a general fenfe, he explained and modified them in fuch
a manner, as made them refemble the religious tenets that
were univerfally received in the Proteftant churches ; and
this rendered them agreeable to many, and made them appear
inoffenfive even to numbers who had no inclination to em-
bracethem. It however fo happened, that the nature of the
doctrines confidered in themfelyes, the eloquence of Menno,
which fet them off to fuch advantage, and the circumitances
of the times, gave a high degree of credit to the religious
fyftem of this famous teacher among the Anabaptilts, fo
that it made a rapid progrefs in that fe&. And thus it was
in confequence of the miniftry of Menno, that the different
forts of Anabaptilts agreed together in excluding from their
communion the fanatics that difhonoured it, and in renonncing
all tenets that were detrimental to the authority of civil
government ; and, by an unexpected coalition, formed them-
felves into one community.

Though the Mennonites ufually pafs for a fe€& of Ana-
baptifts, yet M. Herman Schyn,a Mennonite minifter, who
has publifhed their hiftory and apology, maintains, that they
are not Anabaptitts, either in principle or by origin. How-
ever, nothing can be more certain than this fact, viz. that
the firft Mennonite congregations were compofed of the dif-
ferent forts of Anabaptifts, of thofe who had been always
inoffenfive and upright, and of thofe who, before their con-
verfion by the miniltry of Menno, had been feditious fanatics :
befides, it is alleged that the Mennonites do actually retain,
at this day, fome of thofe opinions and dotrines, which led
the. feditious and turbulent Anabaptifts of old to the com-
miffion of fo many and fuch enormous crimes: fuch parti-
cularly is the doétrine concerning the nature of Chrift’s
kingdom, or of the church of the New Teftament, though
modified in fuch a manner as to have loft its noxious qua-
lities, and to be no longer pernicious in its influence.

The Mennonites are fubdivided into feveral feéts ;, whereof
the two principal are the Flandrians, or Flemingians, and the
Waterlandians. The opinions; fays Mofheim, that are held
in common by the Mennonites, feem to be all derived from
this fundamental principle, that the kingdom which Chrift
eltablifhed upon earth is a vifible church or community,
into which the holy and juft alone are to be admitted, and
which is confequently exempt from all thofe in{titutions
and rules of difcipline, that have been invented by human
wifdom, for the correétion and reformation of the wicked.
This principle, indeed, was avowed by the ancient Menno-
nites, but it is now almoft wholly renounced ; neverthelefs,
from this ancient doctrine, many of the religious opinions,
that diftinguifh the Mennonites ffom all other Chriftian com-
munities, feem to be derived: in confequence of this doc-
trine, they admit none to the facrament of baptifm, but
perfons that are come to the full ufe of their reafon; they
neither admit civil rulers into their communion, nor allow
any other members to perform the funétions of magiftracy ;
they deny the lawfulnefs of repelling force by force, and
confider war, in all its fhapes, as unchriftian and unjuit:
they entertain the utmoft averfion to the execution of juf-
tice, and more efpecially to capital punifhments; and they
alfo refufe to confirm their teftimony by an oath. The
particular fentiments that divided the more confiderable
focieties of the Mennonites are the following; the rigid
Mennonites, called the Flemingians, maintain with various
degrees of rigour,’ the opinions of their founder Menno, as to
the human nature of Chrift, alleging that it was produced
in the womb of the Virgin, by the creating power of the
Holy Ghoft ; the obligation that binds us to wafh the feet

4

MEN

of flrangers, in confequence of our Saviour’s command ;
the neceflity of excommunicating and avoiding, as one would
do the plague, not only avowed finners, but alfo all thofe
who depart, even in fome light inftances pertaining to drefs,
&c. from the fimplicity of their ancettors; the contempt
due to human learning, and other matters of lefs moment.
However, this auftere fyftem declines, and the rigid Men-
nonites are gradually approaching towards the opinions and
difcipline of the more moderate Waterlandians.

The firft fettlement of the Mennonites, in the United
Provinces, was granted them by William, prince or Orange,
towards the clofe of the fixteenth century ; but it was not
before the following century, that their liberty and tran-
quillity were fixed upon folid foundations, when. by a con-
feffion of faith, publifhed in the year 1626, they cleared
themfelves from the imputation of thofe pernicious and de-
teftable errors that had been laid to their charge — In order
to appeafe their inteltine difcords, a confiderable part of
the Anabaptifts of Flanders, Germany, and Friefland, con-
cluded their debates-in a conference held at Amfterdam,
in the year 1630, and entered into the bonds of fraternal
communion, each referving to themfelves a liberty of re-
taining certain opinions. ‘Uhis affociation was renewed and
confirmed by new refolutions, in the year 16493 in confe-
quence of which the rigorous laws of Menno and his fuc-
ceflors were, in various refpeéts, mitigated and correéted.
Motheim’s Eécl. Hitt.

MENOCHIO, Jacoro, in Biography, a learned Italian
jurift, was born at Pavia, where he was probably educated,
and was elected, in 1555, to the profeflorfhip of civil law
in its univerfity. Five years afterwards he accepted an in-
vitation from Emanuel Philibert, duke of Savoy, to the
newly erected univerfity of Mondovi. In 1566, he removed
to Padua, and became profeffor there, firft of common law,
and afterwards of civil law. In 1589, he was recalled by
the fenate of Milan to Pavia, and was, at length, eleéted a
fenator of Milan, and prefident of the extraordinary magif-
tracy. He died in the city in 1607.
writer on fubje&ts conneéted with his profeffion, fome of
which are ftill referred to by lawyers, particularly his trea-
tifes «De conje€turis ultimum Voluntatum,” and “ De
tacitis et ambiguis conventionibus.”? Thefe’are held in high
eftimation, and their author was unqueftionably reckoned
the firft do@or in civil and canon law of the age in which
he livid. : :

Mewnocuio, Jounx STEPHEN, a learned Jefuit, who flou-
rifhed in the former part of the feventeenth century, fon of
the preceding, was born at Paviain 1576. At theage of
feventeen he entered the fociety of Jefus, where he diftin-
guifhed himielf by his induitry and talents, and was, at the
clofe of his academical courfe, fele&ted to fill the chair of
profeffor: he was afterwards raifed to the moft honourable
pofts belonging to the fociety, in the colleges and provinces
of Italy. He died at Rome in 1656. His principal works
are, 1. “ Hieropoliticon, feu Inftitutiones Politice € Sacris
Scripturis depromptz;”? 2. “‘ De Republica Hebreorum;”
3. “ Inititationes Economice ex Sacris Literis depromptz ;””
4. “ Brevis Explicatio fenfus Literalis totius Scripture.’
The belt edition of the laft mentioned work was edited
by father Tournemine in 1719, in 2 vols. folio: it was
accompanied with a number of valuable treatifes and differta-
tions on biblical fubjets. This father wrote “ A Hittory
of Chrift,” and fix volumes of “ Differtations,”’ chiefly in-
tended to elucidate the holy feriptures. Moreri.

MENOLOGY, Mesxotoeium, from ux, month, and Acyeé,
difeourfe, in the Greek church, is much the fame with martyr-
ology, or calendar, in the Latin. , -

The

He was a voluminous ©

MEN

“The Greek menologium is divided into the feveral months
in the year; and contains an abridgment of the lives of the
faints, with a bare commemoration of the names of fuch whofe
lives were never written. The Greeks have various meno-
logies; and the Romans tax them with inferting divers
heretics, in their menologics, as faints. Baillet treats of

them at large.
; MENORRHAGIA, in Medicine, an exceflive difcharge
of the menfes in women.

The flow of the menfes is confidered aa exceffive,. when
it recurs more frequently, when it continues longer, or
when, during the ordinary continuance, it is more abundant,
than-is ufual with the fame perfon at other times, and more
efpecially when it gives rife to a train of fymptoms, indica-
tive of a general - ander of the conftitutional ftrength.
But as Sek somes are liable to fome inequality with refpedt
to the period, the duration, and the quantity of the ca-
tamenia; fo it is only when thefe deviations are exceffive,
or permanent, fo as to induce a manifelt deterioration of the
health, that they are to be deemed morbid. The affeCtions
of the other functions of the body, therefore, are confi-
deted by Dr. Cullen as the chief teft of the exceflive dif-
charge in individuals re{petively. When a larger flow than
ufual, he fays, of the menfes has been preceded by head-
ache, giddinefs, or dyfpnwa, and has been ufhered in by a
cold itage, and is attended with much pain of the back
and loins, with a frequent pulfe, heat and thirft, it may
then be confidered as preternaturally large. (Cullen, Firtt
Lines, par. 971.) The fymptoms which inordinate men-
ftrvation leaves behind, however, are the moft decided

of its morbid influence. For after a repetition of
the copious difcharges, the patient exhibits many fymptoms
of debility : the face becomes pale, and, if the lofs of blood
have been profufe, of a remarkably fallow or yellowifh-white
complexion, which has been aptly termed exfanguine, or
bloodlefs ; the pulfe is weak and imall, and rather more
frequent than natural ; an unufual laffitude is felt, and great
debility on attempting to ufe exercife; the breathing is
husriew’by flight exertions ; and the back becomes painful
from continuance in an ereét poiture, in confequence of the
feeblenefs of the mufcles which fupport it: towards even-
ing, likewife, the feet are fomewhat enlarged by cedematous
fwelling. Other marks of debility, too, often appear ;
penal lofs of appetite, with pain of the ftomach, flatu-
lence, and other fymptoms of indigeftion; frequent ten-
dency to fyncope or fainting; palpitation of the heart ;
and a weaknefs of mind, which becomes liable to ftrong
- emotions from flight caufes, particularly when fuddenly ap-
plied. From the local debility, produced in the parts from
which the exceflive difcharge proceeds, there is alfo fre-
quently a mucous difcharge, or leucorrhza, fucceeding the,
menorrhagia ; and, in many cafes, when the debility has
been much augmented by a recurrence of the diforder, there
is a regular alternation of the one and the other ; the leu-
corrhea always appearing on the ceffation of the menorrha-
gia, and continuing until the latter again returns; or, in a
word, becoming habitual. See Leucorrnza._
© We fhall not here enter into any theoretical difcuffion of
the nature of the menftrual hemorrhagy. It will be fuffi-
cient to ftate, that it is generally of what is called the active
kind, and that it is accompanied by fome degree of febrile
nifus throughout the circulating fyitem. ‘The menorrhagia
has hence been confidered as depending, either upon the
preternatural increafe of the hemorrhagic effort of the veffels
of the uterus, or upon a preternatural laxity of the extre-
mities of the uterine arteries, the hemorrhagic effort re-
maining as in the natural itate. Cullen, loc. cit.
|

MEN

‘The exciting caufes of menorrhagia may, therefore, be in-
cluded under the following heads. mf Thofe which in-
creafe the plethorie flate of the uterine veflels; fuch as a
full nutritious diet, much flrong liquor, and efpecially when
taken to the length of fre quent intoxieation, or combined
with a fedentary life. ‘There is much lefs of menorrhagi
among the teed of the lower clafs, in the country, w
ufe a moderate diet, and take regular exercife, than amon
the ladies of the higher clafo, who live high, and ufe little
active exercife, and particularly among thoke who take wine
freely, though not to excefs. And when young women
have been weakened by this hemorrhage, their matron-
friends have too often recourfe to more wine, and fuller
diet, to re(tore the ftrength, ‘This is even done in the
pregnant {tate, to prevent abortions, when the oppofite fyf-
tem fhould be adopted, with a view of diminifhing both local -
and general plethora. 2dly. All caufes which determine
the blood more copioufly and forcibly into the uterine vef-
fels, tend of courfe to bring on menorrhagia, Such are
violent {trainings of the whole body, from particular exer-
tions of the mufcular ftrength; violent fhocks from falls ;
fevere blows or contufions on the lower belly ;_ violent paf-
fions. of the mind ; and violent exercife, efpecially in dancing.
For in the laft mentioned inftance, the combination of the
mufcular exertion with the ereét pofture tends materially to
dire&t the current of blood to the uterus: and hence the
exercife of dancing has fometimes been found an effeétual
remedy for obftruéted menftruation. 3dly. Whatever ir-
ritates particularly the veffels of the uterus, may induce
menorrhagia; as excefs in venery, or the exercife of it
during the time of menftruation ; a coftive habit of body,
giving occafion to violent {training at ftool ; cold applied to
the feet. 4thly. Whatever may have forcibly overitrained
the extremitics of the uterine veflels, and left them confe-
quently in a weakened and relaxed ftate: fuch as frequent
abortions, and tedious difficult labours, which give rife to
exceflive difcharge ; likewife frequent pregnancy, with-
out nurfing, which often not only deranges the general
health, but occafions fuch a derangement of the uterine
fyftem, as leads to the production of frequent abortion,
terminating in the conftant occurrence of menorrhagia and
leucorrhza in alternate fucceffion. And, laitly, caufes
inducing a general laxity of the habit, fuch as living much
in hot chambers, drinking much of warm relaxing Iiquors,
as tea and coffee ; or, on the other hand, the inability of
rocuring more fubftantial diet, combined with watching,
Sean anxiety of mind, and other caufes of conftitutional
debility, which often give rife to the conftant alternations of
menorrhagia and leucorrhza in women of the lower clafles.

The treatment of menorrhagia muft neceflarily differ ac-
cording to the different caufes of the difeafe, and the dif-
ferent tates of conititution under which it occurs. In all
inftances, however, it is of the firit importance to avoid
the immediate caufes of the malady, where thefe are ob-
vious, and can be fhunned ; for in this way the returns of the
difeafe may be often entirely warded off, and the health be
fally reftored, without recourfe to medicine.

When this has not been done, and a copious menftrual
difcharge has come on, it will require the fame kind of
treatment as other active hemorrhagies ; efpecially if the pa-
tient be of a moderately ftrong habit ; vamely, fuch means as
tend to allay inordinate ation of the blood-veffels. One of
the moft important of thefe means is the application of
cold, or, more correétly {peaking, the abitraGion of the
itimulus of heat. With this view the apartment fhould be
kept cool, the bed clothes fhould be light, and the beds
not too foft; cold driek fhould be taken, as freely 2 the

‘ormer

MEN

former habits of the patient will allow; and even cold ap-
plications fhould be made, as near to the bleeding veffels as
may be, by applying wet cloths to the pudendum and round
tbe loins. At the fame time it is extremely important for
the patient to remain.entirely at reft, and that in the hori-
zontal pofture; to avoid the quickened circulation, which
exertion produces, and the influence of gravitation upon
the unfupported veffels in the ere pofition. The diet
fhould likewife be light and cooling, all ftimulants being
difcarded ; and the bowels fhould be kept open by gentle
laxatives, that ocealion little ftimulus ; fuch as the neutral
falts, caftor oil, manna, fulphur, &c, @r the lower bowels
may be emptied by clyiters, which, if ufed cold, will have
the double cffe€& of removing the irritation of feces, and
alfo of refrigerating the uterus, by the contiguity of thefe
arts.

‘ It now and then happens that menorrhagia occurs in ro-
buft women, and is accompanied with quicknefs and fome
duardnefs of the pulfe, with fevere pains in the back refem-
bling thofe of parturition, and other febrile fymptoms. In
thefe cafes it is fometimes advifable to diminifh the general
aétion of the vafcular fyflem by bleeding from the arm,
{uch a practice, however, is not often neceflary ; for there
are few cafes, in which the refrigerating plan above men-
tioned, if purfued with attention and diligence, will not tend
to moderate the difcharge.

On the other hand, when the menorrhagia arifes from an
apparent relaxation of the veffels of the uterus, although
the pratice of depletion muft not be adopted, yet all the
fources of irritation muft be fhunned with equal care: for,
under fuch circumftances, the general irritability, or fufcep-
tibility of excitement, is ufually much increafed, and lefs
active ftimuli produce a greater effet. The menorrhagia
may be prefumed to arife from fuch a relaxed flate of the
uterine veflels, from the general debility and laxity of the
patient’s habit, indicated by palenefs of complexion, thin and
flabby flate of the mufcular flefh, languor, and incapability
of exertion; as well as from a knowledge of her previous
flate of indifpofition, of her mode of life, and of the imme-
diate exciting caufes; and particularly from the circum-
flance, that, 1n the intervals of menftruation, fhe is fubje&
to leucorrhza. Quietnefs and the horizontal pofture are
ftill more requifite in this than in the former cafe. And
as there is often much general irritation combined with this
condition of the habit, {mall dofes of an opiate may be
employed, with confiderable benefit, in moderating the dif-
charge. In the cafe of a plethoric habit, however, opiates
would tend to produce an aggravation of the complaint
by their ftimulus, and therefore muft be employed with
caution. Aftringent medicines muft be reforted to, in the
cafe of menorrhagia from relaxation, fuch as alum, the ful-
phuric acid, and fome of the preparations of iron. The
aftiingent operation of thefe, however, when given inter-
nally, is not always very ative: the chalybeates, efpecially
the muriated tinéture ef iron, are, on the whole, the moft
efficacious. The aftringents may be employed externally,
that is, may be applied locally, as wafhes, with advan-
tage. Thefe aftringent and tonic medicines, however, are
adminiftered perhaps with more decided benefit, ia the in-
tervals of mentftruation, when they act rather as preventives,
than as direCtly curative, by ftrengthening the whole fyftem;
and tend alfo to remove the leucorrhea. which fo often
exifts at thofe times. Cold bathing, chalybeate medicines,
the metallic falis, cinchona and other bitters, together with
exercife, efpecially in a carriage, are al] ferviceable in this
view, during the intervals: and all the remedies recom-
mended in the cafe of Leucorrhea, (fee that article,) al-

6

-

MEN

though fome of them are too flimulant to be exhibited
daring the occurrence of menorrhagia from debility, may
be reforted to with benefit in the intervals. The patients
fhould alfo ufe a good nutritious diet at the fame time.

And it may be added, that thefe remedies fhould be eim-
ployed in menorrhagia, from whatever caufes it may have
been originally produced, if the difeafe have already induced
a confiderable degree of debility in the body. See Cullen,
Firft Lines, par. 966—974. Hamilton on Female Com-

laints.

MENOSTEY, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Jura; four miles E.S.E. of Auxerre.

MENOTTE, a river of Cambodia, which runs into
the gulf of Siam, N. lat. 11° 32’. E. long. r01° 30%.

MENOUGAT, a town of Afiatic Turkey, in Carama-
nia; 20 miles N. of Alanieh.

MENOUX, Sr.; a town of France, in the department
of the Allier; feven miles W. of Moulins.

MENS, a town of France, in the department of the
Ifere, and chief place of a canton, in the diltri& of Gre-
noble ; 22 miles S. of Grenoble. ‘The place contains 1883,
and the canton 6516 inhabitants, on a territory of 2424
kiliometres, in ten communes.

MENSA et Thoro, Divorce a. See Divorce.

MENS Domesticus. See Domesricus.

MENSALIA, Mewsats, fuch parfonages or livings as
were formerly united to the tables of religious houfes; and
therefore by canonilts called menfal benefices. See Parson~
AGE and BENEFICE.

MENSARII, among the Romans, officers appointed to
manage the public treafury, being fometimes three, and fome-
times five in number.

MENSES, -in Phyfiology, the monthly difcharge from
the uterus of the female fubje&. See Ganerartioy, under
the head of Phyjiology of the Female Organs.

Menses, Suppreffion of, in Medicine, or Amenorrhea in
the language of the nofologifts, an interruption to the
monthly difcharge of women.

The interruption of the men{trual flux has been con-
fidered by phyticjans of two kinds; namely, the one, when
the menfes do not begin to flow at that period of life at
which they ufually appear, which has been called the re-
tention (or emanfio menfium) ; and the other, when, at a fub-
fequent age, and after they have repeatedly taken place,
they ceafe to return (independently of pregnancy) at their
ufual periods, which has been called the /uppreffion of the
menfes ( fuppreffio menfium.) See Cullen, Nofol. Method.
Gen. cxxvi. ‘

The firft of thefe fpecies of amenorrhea, the retention
of the menfes, occurs of courfe in girls about the age of
puberty, and is accompanied by a number of fymptoms,
indicative of great general languor of the whole habit ; but
it is moft commonly marked efpecially by an extraordinary
palenefs of the complexion, often with fome degree of yel-
low, or even of a greenifh hue, from which the appellation
of greenicknefs, or technically chlorofis, has been given to
the difeafe. It is true, indced, that this appearance of the
complexion is not always prefent, where there is a retention
of the catamenia ; but the general train of fymptoms va-
ries little, and the fame plan of treatment is requifite under
moft of the varieties of the complaint ; we fhall, therefore,
not repeat here the detail of the fymptoms, or of the methods
of cure, which we have defcribed at great length under the
article CHLonosis ; which fee.

The fupprefion of the menftrual flux, then, after it has
been for fome time eftablifhed in its regular courfe, will be
the fubject of the few following obfervations, Every in-

terruption

MEN

terruption of the difcharge, after it has once taken place, is
not to be conlidered as a cafe of fuppreffion; for, at its
firlk appearance, it is not always immediately eftablithed
with perfect regularity ; and, therefore, an early interrup-
tion, efpecially when accompanied with the chlorotic {ymp-
toms, may be deemed a cale of retention, On the other
hand, the difeharye may, at any period of life, be fupprefled,
when great general debility is fodaced by any caufe; and it
commonly is thus interrupted, when any great chronic af-
fection occurs, to enfeeble the powers of life, In fuch cafes,
the fuppreflion is merely fymptomatic of thofe other affec-
tions, and does not itfelf become an object of medical
treatment,

Molt of the inflances of idiopathic fuppreffion of the
catamenia, in this country, are occafioned by, or at leaf
are alcribed to, the action of cold, which is, believed to
produce a conftriction of the extreme veflels of the uterus,
and thus to occafion a refiltance ro the flow of blood through
them. The influence of fear, and other depreffing paffions,
is fuppofed to produce a fimilar effect. The faatetiias
feldom continues long, before it is accompanied by varios
fymptoms or diforders in different parts of the body ; partly,
perhaps, originating from tress determination of blood
into other orgais, in confequence of the plethoric condition
occafioned by the fuppreftion of the cuftomary difcharge ;
and partly from the great general fympathy of the whole
nervous fyttem, and of feveral organs in particular, with
the condition of the uterus. From the firit of thefe caufes
arife hemorrhagies from various parts; as from the nofe,
lungs, ftomach, &c. when the menfes are fuppreffed; as well

.as violent head-ache, acute pains in the cheft, &c.; and, at
the fame time, from the nervous fympathy, various hyfteri-
cal and other nervous affections occur, often to a formidable
extent. The convulfions of hytteria, thus produced, are
fometimes indeed more violent even than thofe of epilepfy ;
the colic pains, with coftivenefs, the globus in the throat,
the violent flatulence, and other fymptoias of dyfpepfia, be-
come often exceedingly tormenting.

Where the Gonielion of ‘he catamenia is obvioufly idio-
pathic, and productive of thefe fymptoms fecondarily, the
principal indication of cure appears to be to remove the ob-

ruded {tate of the circulation in the veffels of the uterus.
In very ftrong and robuft habits, where, together with

acute local pains, there is a great tendency to hemor-
rhage, anda febrile or inflammatory difpofition alfo mani-
felts itfelf, even blood-letting may be reforted to with be-
nefit in the commencement, to leflen the conftriive action
‘of the blood-veffels in general ; and in fuch cafes, free pur-
gation, together with the antiphlogiftic regimen, will like-
wife be requifite. In the great majority of inftances, how-
ever, the detraCtion of blood is unneceffary. A beneficial
change is often produced upon the a@tion of the uterine
veffels, by local remedies ; fuch efpecially as warm bathing,
dire&ted to the region of the uterus, by means of the femi-
cupium, or of fomentation ; the pediluvium; or emollient
glyfters, which, from the contiguity of the large inteftine
to the uterus, operate as an internal fomeatation. “In cafes
where the fuppreffion is accompanied with great pain about
the uterine region, but without fever, an anodyne glytler,
combining the effects of fomentation with thofe of an opiate,
is fometimes extremely beneficial. Dr. Gregory ufed to
mention, in his leGtures at Edinburgh, that an anodyne
enema, adminiftered at night, had fometimes brought back
the catamenia before morning. Such applications, indeed,
appear to be particularly efficacious, when there is an ob-

-wious attempt, as it were, in the conftitution to effe&t the
difcharge. For, as Dr. Cullen has remarked, it commonly

Vor. XXL

MEN

happens, in the cafes of fuppreffed catamenia, that thou
the difchasge does not atually appear at the ufual perio
there are often, at thofe periods, fome marks of an effort,
having a tendency to saipes the difcharge; it is, there.
fore, at thofe times ¢ pecially, when the efforts of the fyf.
tem concur, that we ought to refort to the remedies for
curing a fuppreflion. ‘Thefe concurring efforts are indicated
by the exiftence of pains in the loins, with a fenfe of ful-
nefs in the region of the uterus, and other fymptomé which
ulually indicate the approach, or accompany the flow of the
cétamenia in the healthy condition.

Thofe cafes in which the menfes flow after longer intervals,
and in lefs quantity than ufual, approximate to the cafes of
actual fuppreffion ; and when they are attended with any of
the diforders of the fyftem before alluded to, they are to
be tr ated by the fame remedies as the cafes of entire fup-
preffion. See Cullen, Firlt Lines, par. 1007—1012.

The partial impediment to the flow of the menfes, which
is accompanied with confiderable pain, (the Amenorrhea
difficilis, (pec. 3. of Cullen,) has been treated of under the
more common appellation, Dy/menorrhea; which fee.

MENSGUT, in ee sy, a town of Pruffia, in the
province of Oberland ; eight miles N. of Ortelfburg.

MENSHIE’, or Mencuié, a town of Egypt; five
miles N. of Girgé. The markets of this town are always
well fupplied, becaufe the boats that are bound to the N.
of Egypt, are accuftomed to put in here for a ftock of
pee ions. A conferve of wheat is fold here, which is

ighly valued in the country. It is compofed of corn
fteeped in water for two days, then dried in the fun, and
boiled to the thicknefs of a jelly: the patte thas prepared is
called * elnede” dew: it is [weet and nutritive. Menthié
is decorated with a large mofque. ‘¢ Ptolemais Hermei,’’
or Hermes, fo called becaufe the fymbolical deity Mercury
was worfhipped there, a large and populous city, formerly
ftood fouth of this fpot and near it. A few f{cattered ruins,
and a ftone-dike to confine the waters of the river, are the
only remains which Menfhié preferves of its ancient fpleri-
dour. Sonnini.

MENSIS. See Monru.

Mewsis Chymicus. See Menstruum.

Mevsts Vetitus. See Fence-Month.

MENSOORIA, in Geography, a caftle of the empire of
Morocco, eight leagues from Rabat, in the province of Tem-
fena, or Tremecen, built in the 12th century, by Jacob
Almanfor, to afford an afylum to travellers dunng the
night ; the inhabitants of the furrounding country being a
mifchievous and thieving people.

MENSORES, among the Romans, harbingers or officers,
whofe bufinefs it was to go and fix upon lodgings for the
emperor, when he took a journey to any of the provinces.
Their office was alfo to mark out encampments, and affign
every regiment its poft.

Mensores alfo fignified land-furveyors, architeéts, or ap-
praifers of houfes and public buildings. Thofe likewife who
diftributed the provifions in the army, were called men/ores
frumentarii ; and fervants who waited at table had the appel-
lation of menfores.

Mewssones was likewife the title of officers among the
Romans appointed to receive the provifions brought to the
city by fea, and to fee them carefully laid up and preferved
in public granaries, of which there were great numbers,

MENSTRUAL, or MenstRuous, a term in Medicine,
applied to the blood which flows from women in their
ordinary monthly purgations. See MewsEs.

Menstrual Epa&s. See Epact.

Mensrruan ‘Longitude of the Moon. See ARGUMENT.

: m MEN.

MEN
MENSTRUATION, Exczssive. See MeNORRHAGIA.

Mensrruation, Painful. See DysMENORRHEA,

MENSTRUUM, Sotvent, or Dissorvent, in Che-
mifiry, any liquor that will diffolve, that is, feparate the parts
of hard bodies

The term takes its rife from this, that fome chemifts pre-
tend the complete diffolution of a mixed body cannot be
effected in lefs than forty days; which period they call a
philofophical month. See Sorvent, and alfo SoLurion.

Menstruum, Univerfal. See ALKAHEST.

Menstruum, in Pharmacy, chiefly denotes a body that
will extra&t the virtues of ingredients by infufion, decoction,
or the like. See Exrract, Inrusion, and Decocrion.

MENSURATION is that branch of mathematics
which is employed in afcertaining the extenfion, folidities,
and capacities of bodies; and in confequence of its very ex-
tenfive application to the various purpofes of life, it may be
confidered as one of the moft ufeful and important of all the
mathematical fciences: in fat, menfuration, or geometry,
which were anciently nearly fynonimous terms, feem to
have been the root whence all the other exaé& feiences, with
the exception of arithmetic, have derived their origin.

As foon as men began to form themfelves into fociety,
and dire& their attention towards the cultivation of the earth,
it became neceflary to have fome means of diltinguifhing one
perfon’s allotment from anothér, both as to pofition and
quantity ; as it did to enumerate the number of their flocks
and herds; and hence, in all probability, the former gave
rife to the feience of menfuration, as the latter did to that
of arithmetic ; and though we may eafily imagine that each of
them remained for ages in a rude uncultivated ftate, yet it is
from this period that we mult date their commencement; and
therefore, to {tate the precife time when they were difcovered,
or by whom they were firft introduced, would be to trace
out the origin of fociety itfelf: on this head, therefore, we
fhall barely obferve that in all probability they firft arofe
from the humblett efforts of unaflilted genius, called forth by
the great mother of invention, Neceffity ; and that they have
fince grown up by flow and imperceptible degrees, till they
have at length acquired the dignity of the moft perfect
feiences ; as the acorn which is firlt accidentally fown in a
field, is in due courfe of time converted into the majettic
oak.

But notwithftanding we cannot attribute the invention of
the {cience of menfuration to any particular perfon, or na-
tion, yet we may difcover it in an infant flate, rifing as it
were into a fcientific form amongft the ancient Egyptians ;
and hence the honour of the difcovery has frequently been
given to this people, and to the circumitance of the over-
flowing of the Nile.

It is, however, to the Greeks that we muft confider our-
felves indebted for having firft embodied the leading princi-
ples of this art into a regular fyftem. Euclid’: Elements of
Geometry were probably firft wholly directed to this fubje&,
and many of thofe beautiful and elegant geometrical proper-
ties, which are fo much and fo juftly admired, it is not un-
likely arofe out of fimple inveftigations direéted folely to the
theory and practical application of menfuration. Thefe col-
lateral properties, when once difcovered, foon gave rife to
others of a fimilar kind, and thus geometry, which was firft
inftituted for a particular and limited purpofe, became itfelf
an independent and important fcience, which has perhaps
done more towards harmonizing and expanding the human
faculties, than all the other fciences united.

But notwith{tanding the perfe&tion which Euclid attained
in geometry, the theory of menfuration was not in his time
advanced beyond what related to right-lined figures, and

MEN

this, fo far as regards furfaces, might all be reduced to that
of meafuring a triangle; for as all right-lined figures may be
reduced to a number of trilaterals, it was only neceflary to
know how to meafure thefe, in order to find the furface of
any other figure whatever bounded only by right Jines, The
menfuration of folid bodies, however, was of a more varied
and complex nature, and gave this celebrated geometrician a
greater fcope for the exercife of his fuperior talents, and {till
confining himfelf to bodies bounded by right-lined plane
fuperficies, he was able to perform all that can be done even
at this day. With regard to curvilineal figures, he attempted
only the circle and the fphere, and if he did not fueceed in
thofe, he failed only where there was no poffibility of fuc-
cefs; but the ratio that fuch furfaces and folids have to each
other he accurately determined.

After Euclid, Archimedes took up the theory of menfu-
ration, and carried it to a much greater extent. He firft
found the area of a curvilinear fpace, unlefs indeed we ex-
cept the lunules of Hippocrates, which required no othér
aid than that of the geometrical elements. Archimedes found
the area of the parabola to be two-thirds of its circumferib-
ing reétangle, which, with the exception above ftated, was
the firft inftance of the quadrature of a curvilinear fpace.
The conic feétions were at this time but lately introduced
into geometry, and they did not fail to attraét the particular
attention of this celebrated mathematician, who difcovered
many of their very curious properties and analogies. He
likewife determined the ratio of fpheres, fpheroids, and co-
noids, to their circumfcribing cylinders, and has left us his
attempt at the quadrature of the circle. He demonftrated
that the area of a circle is equal to the area of a right-angled
triangle, of which one of its fides about the right angle is
equal to the radius, and the other equal to the circum-
ference, and thus reduced the quadrature of the circle te
that of determining the ratio of the circumference to the
diameter, a. problem which has engaged the particular at-
tention of the molt celebrated mathematicians of all ages,
but which remains at prefent, and in all probability ever will
remain, the defideratum of geometricians, and at the fame
time a convincing and humiliating proof of the limited
powers of the human mind.

But notwithftanding Archimedes failed in eftablifhing the
real quadrature of the circle, it is to him we are indebted
for the firft approximation towards it. He found the ratio
between the diameter of a circle, and the periphery of a cir-
cumfcribed polygon of 96 fides, to be lefs than 7 to 22, or
lefs than 1 to 352; but the ratio between the diameter, and
periphery of an infcribed polygon of the fame number of
fides, he found to be greater than 1 to 35°; whence, a fortiori,
the diameter of a circle is to its circumference in a lefs
ratio than 1 to 34, or lefs than 7 to22. Having thus efta-
blifhed this approximate ratio between the circumference and
diameter, that of the area of the circle to its circumfcribed
{quare, is found to be nearly as 11 to14. Archimedes, how-
ever, makes the latter the leading propofition. Thefe, it is
true, are but rude approximations, compared with thofe that
have been fince difcovered, but confidering the ftate of fcience
at this period, particularly of arithmetic, we cannot but ad-
mire the genius and perfeverance of the man, who, notwith-
{tanding the difficulties that were oppofed to him, fucceeded
in deducing this refult, which may be confidered as having led
the way to the other more Accurate approximations which
followed, mot of which, ‘till the invention of Auxions, were
obtained upon fimilar principles to thofe employed by this
eminent geometrician.

Archimedes alfo determined the relation between the circle -
and ellipfe, as well as that of their fimilar parts; befides

i which

MENSURATION.

which figures he has left usa treatife on the fpiral, a deferip-
tion of which will be given under that article. See Srima.
Some advances were fucceflively made in geometry and
menfuration, though but little novelty was tated into
the mode of invefligation till the time of Cavalerius, ‘Till
his time the re Site Brures circumferibed about the circle,
as well as thofe inferibed, were alwaya confidered as bein
limited both as to the number of their fides, and the hoanth
of each. He firft introduced the idea of a circle being a
on of an infinite number of fides, each of which was
of courfe indefinitely {mall ; folids were fuppofed to be made
up of an infinite number of feétions indefinitely thin, &c.
This was called the doétrine of indivifibles, which was very
general in its application to a variety of difficult problems,
and by means of it many new and interefting properties were
difeovered ; but it unfortunately wanted that ey ee
characteriltic which places geometry fo pre-eminent among!
the other exa& {ciences, in pure elementary geometry we
proceed from ftep to ttep, with fuch order and logical pre-
cifion, that not the flighteft doubt can reft upon the mind
with regard to any refult deduced from thofe principles ;
but in the new method of confidering the fubjeét, the
ate(t poffible care was neceffary in order to avoid error,
and frequently this was not fufficient to guard againit erro-
neous conclufions. But the facility and generality which it
po » when compared with any other method then dif-
covered, led many eminent mathematicians to adopt its prin-
ciples, and of thefe Happens, Dr. Wallis, and James Gre-
ry, were the moft con{picuous, being all very fortunate in
Se application of the theory of indivilibles. Huygens, in
patient, mult always be admired for his folid, accurate,
and matterly performances in this branch of geometry. The
theory of indivifibles was however difapproved of by many
mathematicians, and particularly by Newton, who, amongit
his numerous and brilliant difcoveries, has given us that of
the method of fluxions, the excellency and generality of

”

which immediately fuperfeded that of indivifibles, and re-
vived fome hopes of {quaring the circle, and accordingly its
seedreeney was again attempted with the greateft cagernofs,
The quadrature of a {pace and the reétification of a curve,
was now reduced to that of finding the fluent of a given
fluxion ; but ftill the problem was found to be incapable of
a general folution in finite terms. The fluxion of ever

fluent was found to be always affignable, but the steels
La viz. of finding the Muent of a given fluxion,
could only be effeted in particular cafes, and amongit thefe
exceptions, to the great difappointment and regret of geo-
metricians, was included the cafe of the circle, with regard
to all the forms of fluxions under which it could be obtained.

At length all hopes of accurately {quaring the circle, and
fome other curves being abaudoned, mathemeticians began
to apply themfelves to finding the moft convenient feries for
approximating towards their true lengths and quadratures ;
and the theory of menfuration now began to make rapid pro-
grefs towards perfection. Many of the rules, however,
were given in the Tranfactions of learned focieties, or in fe-
parate and detached works, till at length Dr. Hutton formed
them into a complete treatife, entitled «« A Treatife on Men-
furation,”’ in which the feveral rules are all demonftrated,
and fome new ones introduced. Mr. Bonnycaltle alfo pub-
lifhed a very complete work on this fubject, entitled « An
Introduétion to Menfuration.”” Thefe may be confidered as
{tandard works, and the only ones of importance in our lan-
guage, though there are others on the fame fubject, as

Tawney’s and Robertfon’s, the latter of which only requires

the demonitrations of the feveral rules, which are omitted,
in order to render it alfo a very ufeful and valuable per-
formance. :

To the above flight fketch of the hiftory and progrefs of
this {cience, we fhall annex a fynopfis of the principal rules,
drawn from the works above mentioned, which will be found
very ufeful as a reference in a variety of cafes.

SYNOPSIS OF THE PRINCIPAL RULES OF MENSURATION.

TRIANGLES.

Let a, 4, ¢ reprefent the three fides of the triangle,
A, B, C the angles oppofite to thofe fides refpectively ;
p the perpendicular falling upon the bafe 5; then,

1. The area = 3 pb q
2 =iab. ifn. C= facin Bo=dbe

Sy. A,
Make a+- 4 +¢=s; then,

3. The area = v{aeGe-a) (4s— 4) gs-at
4. Log. area = § { log. $s + log. ($5 —@) +

log. (Es — 6) + log. (4« -«}.

TRAPEZIUMS..

d, reprefent the four fides, a and, 4 and d,
is a ans oppofite to each other, 2 and 3! the
two iagonals, M the angle formed by their interfection,
alfo p, p’, the perpendiculars falling from, two oppofite angles
on the diagonal 2; then,

- y, The area= 42 (p + P+)
= 193). fin. M

bein:

2.--_

3- The area = { (@+e)r (4d )t tan. M.
If the trapezium be infcribable in a circle,
v{e-@ (s — 8) (s —¢) (s —d)}

5 — (ab + cd) fin. N.
where N is the angle contained by a and 4, or by ¢ and d.

If a and «, or 4 and d, be parallel, and p their perpendi-
cular diftance, then,

6. The area = 3 p (¢ + a), or Lp (6 4+ d).

ReGuLAR Potycons.

Let s reprefent one of the equal fides, » the number of
fides, p the perpendicular falling from the centre of the
polygons upon one of the fides; then,

4. The area =

1. The area = 3 psn “
Reet gt 360°
2. = np* tan. ak
= =— = 2 360°
3. = 42s cotan. er

This laft general formula refolves itfelf into the following
particular ones, viz. a
Mm: 4. Trigon

MENSURATION.

Sides.
4. Trigon 3 Area Ss? X 0°4330127
5. Tetragon 4 s* xX [7000000
6. Pentagon 5 -—— sx -1'9204774
7. Hexagen 6 a SX , BeCsognsz
8. Heptagon 7 -—— s* x) 3°6330T24
9g. Octagon 8 —— six 48284271
ro. Nonagon 9g ae sx 6'1818242
it. Decagon 10 —_--- s x 7°6942085
42. Undecagon 11 _— s* X 913656399
13. Dodecagon 12 a s* X 1119601524
Ciaecre.

Let r reprefent the radius, d the diameter, c the circum-

ference, and a the area; then,
1. The area = ged
20 —+— = aa See tay Loy
3. = eX 07958

d xX 314159
If we make 3°14159 = p, we lave the following relation
of the above quantities 5 viz.

4. The circumference

¢ c 44 a
fi o—,.d = - = — =2 =
2 S ne
“ _ compd= =a vipa
4. 4p 4
Alay beep Al dy 2 yee
civie- eae ta IT Ba

CrrcuLtar Arcs.

The former notation remaining; let s reprefent the fine,
and wv the verfed fine of the half arc; alfo let mreprefent the
meafure of the arc in degrees, minutes, &c. then,

1. The‘are = rm x 0174533.

f , v 30°
| aye BX eas RaAWinie cd
3-5u'
a. The are = ¢ :
q iS eun Sg
2d¥g+t ——A+ >= B+
pee 203 4-5 6.7
7a
\ Cia ees
U 8.9
where g = “sand A, B, C, &e are the 1ft, 2d, 3d, &c.
terms.
f t ee rae
Lzslx {2+ + 5 2.4rit
6
| oe &ec or,
Piamdiane
3: Hhe arc — f i
g OEY. bie Oa
25+—~ AH se ee
13.3 4°5 ss “7
7.9
tL +8 D, &c

where g = Ss ; and A, B, C,D, &c. the preceding terms.
7?

To which may be added the following approximations :
v

4. The arc = 2d ype wd

3
~/ 3d— 4a

Vv
5 = 7X {sd Jeg, t4 vot

nearly.

nearly.

6o— =

where C! is the chord of the whole arc, and c! the chord
of half the arc.
CircuLtar Secrors.
Let / reprefent the length of the arc of the fe€tor, and m
its meafure in degrees, minutes, &c. ; thes,
1. Area of fecttor = 3 r/

° : 1%
2» Se, FORA dE ee

360
Cirncucar SeGMENTS.

If A' reprefent the area of the circular fefor, and C’ the
chord of the arc ; then,

1. Area of fegment = A! — 3 C!(r — 9).

2g/dvx

Bo nti tad 7.42

13 ei ee,
1 mehr oe TF ae

A, B, C, &c. being the preceding terms.

3. Area= jv /vV + wate A= B+ Sc

5V 7V
—y D, &c. where V = (dv).
== SU I 2 1.3 2 3-
4. Area = arc! —°— A= B Jib)
2.3 4a Daren 7

q C, &c. where c reprefents the cofine of half the arc,
"

and g = am, A, B, C, &c. being the preceding terme.

To which may be added the following approximations,
Vite

Genoiked — { (dv —v)y + 3 vdeo nearly.
6. Area = + v (dv —3v) nearly.
If C’ be made to reprefent the chord of the whole arc,

and ¢ the chord of half the arc, then

7. Area = +4, u (C’ + £c) nearly.
8. Area = $v v(5 C” + 7) nearly.
g- Area = d’ x b= tabular number anfwering to > in

the table of circular fegments. é
Note.—The area of circular zones will be found by find-
ing the difference of the two fegments: and the area of

cireular rings, by finding the difference of the areas of the
two circles,
Or

MENSURATION.

Or by waking D and d the diameters, then
to. Area of the ring = (D +d) (ID = d) x "7854.
Evcivse
Let ¢ reprefent the femi-tranfverfe axis, ¢ the femi-coniu-
grate, x any ableils, y the correfponding ordinute, and p the
parameter ; then will thefe quantities have the following
relauions, vie. i

1, Ovdinate (jy )
(")
3. Conjugate (¢)

= \/(2 tf — x")

¢
t

a. Adfcils t+ . V(e— x)
ty
‘ ( 246 — x )

x i: v (¢ -y) }
t

The fame formule obtain for any pair of conjugate dia-
meters. :

ex
*

4. Tranfverfe (+)
J
s

5. Parameter (p)

Make 1 — = = m; then,
1. Elliptic circum. = C x { 2 “4 Pa: ~4 a
2 244?
Ee 3) ly La Re
2-4-6 2.4068 &e. } where C is the cir-

cumference of the circumferibing circle.
2. Elliptic circum. (t+ ¢) x 3°1416 nearly.

% 3°1416 X 4/2 (#'+ c*) nearer.
sy ‘ ‘ 6t +p
ee Fes veer}

Xx 3°1476 [till nearer.

5. Elliptic circum, =

t{sv2@re)— Sete

coat
be =o 371416.

6.' Elliptic cireum. = } f; Me SN) ey} x
371416.

7. Elliptic area = 3'14159 x te.

8. = 3°14559 x te x fin. angle of inter-

feGtion, in which laft expreffion ¢ and ¢ are any pair of femi-
conjugate diameters. .
Exuietic Arcs.
Let ¢ reprefent fill the femi-tranfverfe, ¢ the femi-conju-
gate, and x the diltance of the ordinate from the centre ;
then the arc bounded by the ordinate, and the parallel axis,

will be
Jot Cee eee,
1. Elliptic are = 2 { Hee rex. %
(ie 2% §
Be AEE ake: i
112 ¢*
a 2
Make = = q; then,
oer pP—5qe
2, Elliptic are = & \/ Boyes nearly,
&— 3qz
ae: 2 z= —
3 — =3 {gs VP ee

nae

wpC +(19C —arpyy
ispC + (gC —atp)y
C being the whole axe, where the are begins; and pi” and
y the correfponding parameter, abfcife, and ordinate,

4. Elliptic are 4 mnearly,

Exurtic Sxaments.
Find the area of the circular feyment deferibed on that

axe to which the bafe of the fegment is pe rpendicular, and

callit A; thev,
t. Ag this axe : the other axes: A: 9 elliptic feg-
=
axe of the elliple = v, alfo put . = 7; then,
v

ment, make the height of the fegment aod vertical

2. Elliptic feg. = ¢e x tabular number anfwering to y
in a table of civcular fegrnents.
PARABOLA.
Make any abfeifs = x, ordinate = y,
area = a; then will thefe quantities
relations, viz.

arameter = p, and
sat the following

1. Parameter (py = I
=
2, Abfcifa Pee x
3- Ordinate (y) = Wps
4- Area contained
between x, y,¢ (2) = } #y-
and the curve

Parazotic Anrcs..

Make 7 =q, and v(1 + 9°) = 5; then).

1. Parabolic arc = } p fos + hyp. log. (g + s) {

—_-_-

[ ay(rt

2. Parabolic are =

where A, B, C, &c. reprefent the preceding terms. To
which may be added the following approximations ;
3. Parabolic arc = 2 \/(y? + + x’) nearly.
cane 2 + 2 x
+ lide aia EST
4aJ
nearly...

Paraxsotic Frustum, or Zone.

Let Ds and d reprefent the two ends, and a the perpen-
dicular diftance between them; then,

D3 — di
1. Area of zone = 3 a x ee
When d = o, the area. becomes-} aD...
HypErRsoLa.

Let ¢ = the femi-tranfverfe diameter, ¢c = the femi-con-
jugate, x any abfcifs, and y its correfponding ordinate ; then
will thefe quantities have the following relations, viz.

r Ordinate (yy) = , V(2t242)

2. Ablcifs

MENSUR
2. Ableifs - (x) = 6+ = (ety)
. t
3. Conjugate (c) = Ee)

4. Diameter - (¢) ao { V(P +9) te t
Hyrrrsotic Arcs.

Let #and c be any femi-diameter and its conjugate as be-
fore ; and y the ordinate which limits the arc to be meafured

ATION.
t 2 2 2
Making — = g,and hyp. log. pa ANS :
Sy
Alfo, {y V(t+y)—cA i wie
{y V(A.+yo ogee © t =C.

fr vesy-sec} =D

wie

+H

O*

from the vertex ; then, &e. &e. &c.
The length of the are contained between the vertex and ordinate will be,
a) Digeix eZ 39° ‘yee i
1. Are =e xfA+ZB AONE Tee nia E, &c.
fy igteekts cre ea 9 OT ae eee
6 ct 40 c* Tic
2 Arc =yx
| (58 4 24 tc? + 48thct + 64% c*) y*
eeu Acinthe. 1g 1152 ce Sheet
Coy fh a Rasen gst 5 he sy
A J 6 ct at 20 t+ 4c 14c!
. tc =
: ? sh page + 48h ct + 64 c8 79° D ke
[ wa B+ 4Po + 8c "gave ‘

To which may be added the following approximation :
120 ¢# + (19 # + 2107?) 4x

120084 + (gf + 2167) 4x

4. Arct=

Hyrersoric SEGMENTS.

Let ¢ and ¢ ftill reprefent the femi-diameter and its con-
jugate, xan abfcifs, 2y the double ordinate, which cuts off
the fecment, and x its diftance from the centre ; then,

+ y, nearly.

ZY — zy —tex hyp.
tY+ceZ
ty+cz.

1. The area of zone
contained between

2yand 2Y

a
fe lug

Prisms and CyLInDERS.

Let p reprefent the perimeter of the bafe, aits area, an,
A the height or perpendicular altitude ; then,

% Surface = ph + 2a

2, Solidity ah.

Pyramins and Conss.

Let /, a, and 4, reprefent, as above, the perimeter, area
and altitude ; then,

1. Surface

2. Solidity

Epht+a
zah.

’ The latter rule obtains alfo in oblique cones and pyramids.

1. Hyp. area = zy —#c x hyp. log. of Pe,
Making sae = g, we have

2. Hyp. area = 20 fi- 4-4-5
— &e. i

Ss Hyp. area = 22y | $—$Aq—4Bq—3Cq
— &e

where A, B,C, &c. reprefent the preceding terms. To
which may be added the following approximations, viz.

Shavers +n) +

4. Hyp. area

f/f zie i nearly.

. Hyp. area 48 at Jf (260% + 5 47) 4
5- typ 75t

4/2t & i nearly.

Hyrrrzotic Frustum, or Zone.

The fame notation remaining as above, let x be the dif.
tance of afecond double ordinate 2 Y ; then,

Frustums of Cones and Pyramips.

Let A and a reprefent the areas of the two ends, P and
their perimeters, and 4 the altitude of the body ; then,

1. Surface th(P +p) + (A+ a)

2. Solidity 34(A +a) + 4h(vyAa).

If the ends are circles, or regular polygons, by putting
D and d for the diameters, and C and ¢ for the circumferences
in the former cafe; alfo S$ and s for the fides of the poly-
gon in the Jatter, and T for the tabular number anfwering
to any particular polygon ; then,

4. Solidity of fruft.cone = £4 (D? + Dd 4 d) +7854.

Re fruft. cone = 34 (C? + Ce + c’) 07958. -

6. fruft. pyran = $4(S° + Ss 4s) Ty

PRIsMOID.

Let A and a reprefent the areas of the two ends, a the
area

—

MENSURATION.,

area of the middle feétion, and / the length of the folid;
“then,
1, Solidity = }/(A + 4a +4 a).
Wepar.
Make L the length of the bafe, /the length of the edge,
6 the breadth of the bafe, and 4 the height of the wedge ;
then, .
1, Solidity = $42 (2 L + /).
Cyninpnic Unauta,
When the plane paffes through the bafe of the cylinder,
Make the altitude = H, the bafe = 4, 4 are of bafe =
a, the fine, cofine, and verfed fine of 4 are = s, ¢, and»,
and diameter of cylindric bafe = d; then,
(ds ~—ac)H
=. es

(os) — be)

I

t. Curve furf. ungula

2, Solidity ungula =
When the cutting plane dozs not pafs through the bafe.
Put, in addition to the above notation, 4 for the leaft
height of the ungula, H_ till reprefenting the greater
height ; then,

1. Curve furface = 3 (H +4) x 3'1416d
2. Solidity =i 4, (Hb) Ke 85d
3. = $(H +4) x °07958¢"

where ¢ is the circumference of the cylinder.
Conic UnGULA.
When the cutting plane paffes through the oppofite ends of the

: ake the diameter of the greater end = D, of the lefs
end = d,and altitude = 4; then,

1. Solidity gt. hoof = ot x 2618 Dh
DyDd—-d
2. It. hoof = Base x 2618 Dd
jd
3. Differ. of hoofs = P= S) x 2618 2.

Spuere, or GLOBE.
Let d reprefent the diameter, c the circumference, s the
furface, and S the folidity of the {phere; then,

1. Surface (s) = ed
2. Cs SL" 9710416 2
cy (s) = 3183 Ce
4. Solidity (S) = isd
5s (S) = ‘01688 c*
6. (S) = +5236 d3

SpHericAL SEGMENTS and ZoneEs.
The fame notation remaining, let r reprefent the radius of
the bafe of the ferment, and / its height ; then,
1. Surface of feg. 3°1416dh
2. Solidity of feg. 92364 (37° + Bb
os =. reas6ih (aid —iah)-
Bor the zone, put R and r for the two radii of its ends,
and Sits altitude ; then,
4. Surface of zone = 3.1416 dh
5. Solidity - = 175708 5 (R® + r* + 34%).
CrrcuLcar SPINDLE.
Put / = Length of the fpindle, m = 4 its middle dia-
meter, a the length of the generating arc, and A the area
of generating fegment.

Ri .
Make a Fe c= rj then,
am

1. Surface of fpindle == 2 { /r—a(r—m) } *

a°14t6
2. Solidity

4 [i0—1A@—m } x

3°l4 16,

For the middle zone of a circular fpindle, make L = i
the length of the fpindle, / = 4 the length of the zone, A
the generating area, rand m being the fame as above; then

3- Solidity of zone = 2 {cu ~-$sH/1-AC- m) }
x 3.1416
Tue Reoutar Bonies.

Let S reprefent the fide or edge of one
faces; then,

of the equal

Surf. = 2° x 173205 = #* 4
1. Tetraedron Solid. = 4) x 0°11785 = frig
PE, SIRs Surf. = s* x 600000 = 6 #
: Solid. = s' x 1:00000 = #3
Surf. = s* x 3+46410 = 25" /
3. Oftaedron 4 Solid, =) x o'47140 = 4st if
Surf. = s° x 20°64578 = 15 s*
Met iy
4. Dodecaedron ¢ Solid. = P m noted 5s
47 + 21 4/5
40
Surf. = # x 866025 = 5
Solid. = s* x 2°18169 = gh Ye

5. Icofaedron
7+ 375

malas
SPHEROID.
Let f denote the fixed axe, and r the revolving axe; then
St ae
Fe

Ag_ 3Bq~3-5Cg
2.3 4:5 6.7

’ &e. the upper fign having place in the ob-

making 3°1416 = p, and = q¢; we have

1. Solidity = ifr p
a. Surface = frp { I>
5-7Dq

8.9
long {phere, and the lower fign in the oblate-{phere.
}

r ———___.
If, alfo, we make — = Zy 4/1 z? = 5, m = the mea-
.

*fure in degrees of the arc whofe fign is 5; likewife
P = 01745329 m in the oblong {phere,
P = 230285 log. (s + x) in the oblate fphere; then
é Pftrs
25

3- Surface = X 31416 r.

Frustums of SpHeEroins.

Let f reprefent the fixed axe, and r the revolving one ;
31416 = pF 2"
4gh

vig
perpendicular to the fixed axe, one of thofe planes paffing
through the centre of the f{pheroid, we thall have

A :
Se Be hae es

243 4. 5°" (G09

= q; 4 the height of the fruftum,

\
= x; then the fruftum being cut off by two planes

1. Surface = prh {;

MENSURATION.

ies &e. } where A, B, C, &c. are the preceding

terms, and the upper or under fign is to be ufed, according as
it is the oblate or oblong {pheroid.

For the folidity, make the diameter of the greater end =
D, of the lefs ead = d; then

2. Solidity = 3, (2 D* + d’)h x 3°1416.

If the fruftum be cut off by planes, one of which pzffes
through the fixed axe, and the other parallel to it; then
putting T the tranfverfe axe, and C the conjugate of the
greater end; and ¢ and ¢ for thofe of the lefs end ;

3. Solidity = 3, (2 TC 4 tc) b x 371416.

Note —For the whole middle fruftum the above refults
mutt be doubled.

SzcMEnTs of SPHEROIDS.

Let f denote the fixed axe; r the revolying axe; 4 the
height of the fegment ; then

1. When the bafe is parallel to the revolving axe.

= (3 f w 2h) b* x +5236.

2. When the bafe is perpendicular to the revolving axe.

Solidity =

Solidity x (3r w2h) bh x +5236
Exviptic SrinDLEs.

Put the perpendicular axe of the ellipfe = a; the paral-
Jel axe = 4; length of the fpindle = /; diftance of the
centre of the {pindle and ellipfe = C ; and area of the gene-
rating fegment = A; then

has ak
1. Solidity = 1°57078 x ee —4c at

A
a. Solidity = $4 x -7854 1a = 42 (3 6 Dy}
where D is the greateft diameter of the {pindle.

PARABOLOID.

Let y reprefent the ordinate or femi-diameter of the bale ;
wx the altitude of the folid; 3°1416 = p; then

aap DY. 2 aot pile
1. Surface = cee {ty ha a)3 yt
2. Solidity = 4 py’ x.

Frustums of PARABOLOIDS. ‘

Let D denote the greater diameter, d the lefs; P the
parameter ; end / the height of the fruftum ; then

(Piped ae Pt dyiy .

1. Surface = P i

p

where p = 371416.

2. Solidity = +3927 4(D* +d).

Thefe formule only obtain when the bafe of the fruftum
is perpendicular to the axis of the folid. For an oblique
fegment, multiply the bafe by half the altitude for the
content.

PARABOLIC SPINDLE.

Let m denote the middle diameter, and / the length of the
fpindle ; then \

1. Solidity = 418879 / m*

For the folidity of the middle fruflum.

Let d denote the diameter of the end, then the former
notation remaining,

1. Solidity = -05236/ (8m + 3d* + 4dm).
HypersoLoin,

Let a and ¢ reprefent the femi-axes of the generating
hyperbola; v the dillance of its bafe from the ce<tre.
ete — be the femi-tranfverfe of
a/ (a + ©’)
another hyperbola, whofe femi-conjugate is c, the fame with
that of the former.

Then find by the prover formula, the area of the fruf-
tum of this latter lyperbo’a, whofe ends are diftant from
the centre by v and a; multiply this area by 3°1416 for the
furface ; that is

Alfo let A =

1. Surface = p X fox —ay — AC. hyp. log. of

Ay+t+ocw
Ay +ac
the latter hyperbolay

i » where pe= 3°1416, Y and y the ordinates of

i+-a

he a
where a = altitude, ‘r = radius of the bafe, ¢ the tranf.
verfe axis, and p = 3.1416.

3: Solidity = eR x ap

where d is the diameter, in the middle between the bafe and
vertex. ,

2. Solidity = 4 par.” x

Frusrums of HyPrxsotorns.
Let D and d denote the femi-diameters of the two ends,

a the altitude, ¢ and ¢ the tranfverfe and conjugate axes,

p = 3°1416; then ,
1. Solidity = pa { D° ie i
ipa {D+ 4h + at

where 3 is the middle diameter.

ea
3H

2 Solidity

Hypersotic SPINDLE.

Let A = the generating area, D the greateft diameter,
L the length of the f{piudle, p = 3°1416; then

1. Solidity 3 p poe) rs svt

2. Solidity 3 p L {D ra (sp) ae

where C is the central dillances.

To the preceding formule it wil! be proper to annex the fol-
lowing table of the area of circular fegments, which will be
found very convenient in various problems relating to the cir-
cle and ellipfe ; and with this addition, the foregoing formula
will be found to contain all that is effentially neceffary for
meafuring any plane or folid, with the exception of fome of
the higher curves, which could not be conveniently reduced
into a fimilar form. In thofe cafes where logarithms, fives,
tangents, Kc. are ueceflary, fee LocanitHms, Sines, &c.

6 TABLE

“001195
‘001920

001533
“001746
“001968
“002199
002438
"002685
“002940
“003209
°003471
“008748
“004051
“004309
"004618
*004921
*005230

“005546
“005867
“006194
*006527
“0060865

"007209
*007558
"007913
“008273
“008638

“009008
“009383
“009765
010148
“010537

"010931
"011330
"O11734
"012142
“012554

°012971
*013392
"013818
"014247
“014681

*O15119
"015561
“016007
‘OL6457
016911

“017569
“OL; 891
‘018206
‘018766
“0192939

061 | 0197 6
ho62 | 020196
r063 | 020680
064 | 021168
065 | 091659
066 | 029154
067 | 022652
F068 | 093154
069 | 023659
070 | "024168
071 | 024680
O72 | 025195
to73 |°025714
to74 | 026236
075 | 026761
076 | 027289
ho77 [7027821
078 | 7029356
079] 028804
0So | 029435
hos)
Hosa
rosa
084
085

“029979
“030526
*031076
*031629
032186

}

1
rOS6 | "032745

rO87 | °033307
FOSS | °O33872
rO89 | 034441
rO90 | *035011
Fog?
092
-093
“094
"095

“035585
-036162
*03674

*037 323
*037909

096 | 038496

t097

098
Poag
.000

*039087
*039680
“040976
“0408575

Voi. XXIII.

rlo.
p10
108
104
105

041476
“049080
049687
049296
04908

106
107
P08
r109
110

"044529
0451909
‘O45789
‘046551
“047005

11)
rii2
118
rlid
wer

‘047632
*048262
"O4AS894
“O49528
"050165

116
La?
r11s
r119
h120

121
h122

123
r124

125

"050804
051046
*052090
*052736
"053380

"054036
“054689
"055245
“056003
"056665

126
r127
r128
r129
r1s0
Plo.
132
h133
wor s
P1135 /

*057326
*057991
“058658
*059327
"039999

061348
“062026
062707
“063389
r136 | 064074
137 | 064760

r138 }°065449
139 | 066149
"140 | 066832
r141 | 067528
p42} "065225
r143 | 068924
144 | 069625
plas | *O70328
"146 | 070033
pba? | 071741
"148 | °07 2450
r249)°073161

F150 | ‘O07 3874

“060672

MENSURATION.

Taste of Circular Segments to Radius 4.

“O7 4540
075906
076096
"076740
°077469

“154
r155
156] 078194
187 | 078991
158 | 079640
159 | 080980
"160 |-08)119
161 | 081846
169 | 089582
"163 | ‘083320
164 | "084059
"165 | 084801
166 | 085544
1167 | 086289
168 | 057036
169 |*OS7785
170 | 088535

089287
“090041
090797
“091554
099313
176} 093074
"177 |:093836
h178 |} °094601
“179 | 095366
180 |096134
181 | *096905
+182 | 096674
183 | 098447
184] -099291
"185 | 099997

"186

"187

“188

"189
"190
r191

p192
r193
r194
n195
196
197
r198
r199
r200

*100774
“101553
“1029384
"103116
“103900

“104685
"105472
"106261
*107051
107842

"105636
"109430
“110226
“3111024
*111823

9
9

3
9
2
2

1
2
3
4
5

19

w

226
227

r228

229

P2350

P2312

232
233
234
235

“112604
*11g4a6
"114290
“115095
"115842
|_—_———___
“116650
“117460
“118271
“119080
“119897

120713
121529
“129547
129167
123988

124810
“125634
“126459
*127285
"128113

198942
*12977%

130605
191438
132272

"1353108
"133945
“134784
“195624
*136465

“137507
138150
138995
"139841
140688

236
237
238
239
240

r241
r242

243
244
245

246
247
248
249
250

"141537
"142387
143238
"144091
"144944

"145799
"146655
"147512
148371
*149230

"150091
"150953
*151816
-152680
*153546

A | Segment
rO51}*15eaia
r252)°155260
P2589] 156149
ra54)°1570190
ra55) 157090
256 |°158762
257 | 159696
258) °160510
259) 161586
260 | 162963
1261 | 169140
262 [164019
263 | 1648909
264 |°165780
265 |°166663
+266 | *167546
267 |*165400
P268 } 169315
'269]*170902
'270]°171089
"271 1°171978
272 | °372867
273 |°173758
274 |°174649
275 |°175542
276 1°176435
277 |°177330
278 |°178225
’279 1}°179122
°280]-180019
281/-1S80918
282] °181S17
1283 | -182718
284) -183619
r285 |°18452)
"286 }*185425
'287 |-186329
288 |} -187234
"289 ]-188140
290 |-189047
291] -189955
"292 |} -190864
"293 | 191775
"294 }-199684
"295 |*193596
+296 | -194509
"297 | 195422
"298 | -196337
299 | -197252
300} -198168

¢ Segment
901 }°199085
902 |'200008
303 | ‘400090
904} 90184)
305 |°202761
806 | 203863
307 | 204605
08 | 205597
909] -206451
810] 207876
Pd11 | 208301
012 | 209227
313] °210154
314} -21 1082
$15) °212011
$16) °212940
$17 |°213871
318) 214802
319] °915783
320 | ‘216666
921) °217599
322 | 218533
(323 | 219468
324 | 220404
r325 |°221340
r326 | °222977
h327 |-223215
328 |°224154
329 | 225003
330 | -226033
331
332
333
334
P3335 |°230745
336] -°231689
337 | 232684
‘338 | °233580
339 | °234526
340 | °235473
r341 | -236421
342 | -237369°
343 | 238318
344 | 239268
345 |°240218
346 | -241169
847 | 242121
348 | -243074
349 | -244026
350] -244980

"O51 | 245904
"959 | 946889
59 | 247845
“954 | 248601
O55

*249767

356
"O57

“O58

359

“360
361
“362
“362
“364
“365

"250715
"251673
252691
253590
254550

"255510
“256471

257433
“258395
*259357

"260320
“261284
“262248
*263213
“264178

“265144
"266111
“267078
“268048
"269013

"269982
*270951
*271920
*272890
"273816

“sr assa
au
“
~
uw

“279694
“280668
“281642
282617
*283592

“284568
°285544
*286521
°287498

"395 | -298476

"396 | -280453
-290432
291411
*292390
*293396

No

—-

<
} Area of
2 | Segment

x
oe ear
401 | 294949
402 | 295990
400 | 20641)
404} 297202
405 | 298274
406 | °299255
407 1300236
408 | 301230
409 | 402208
410] °303187
P4311] °304171
r412 | YO5155
413 |*306140
414 | 307125
415 | 308110
416) 309095
417 | ‘910081
418 | 311068
419] -312054
420 | 312041
421 |°314029
422 | -315016
+423 | 316004
424 | 316992
r425 |°317981
426 | 318970
"427 1°3199059
428 | 320948
429 |°321938
F430 | °322928
431 |-323918
432 |-324909
433 25900
-454 |-326892
F435 |°327882

436 | 328874
437 |-329866
438 |*330858
+439 |°331850
440 |-832843

“333836
“334829
"335822
*336816
“337310

“338804
“339798
“340793
-341787
*342782

—
~
°

anne e

ot tt te i I

ve Owe

a ar ar ary
oa
ow ate

s
2
~

Area of

Segment.

44777
144772
15768
s40764
147759

353769
354736
"955732
‘356730
“357927

359725
959723
‘360721
"361719
862717

*B63715
"364713
“365712
“366710
"367709

“368708
“369707
*370706
“371705
“372764

*873703
“374702
*37 5702
“376702
377701

“378701

379700
"380700
“381699
“382699

“383699

*384699
“385699
*386699
“387699

“388699

“389699
“390699
“391699
-392699

MENSURATION.

Let us now, before we conclude this article, give afew
examples in order to illuftrate the ufe of the preceding for-
mulz ; in doing which we fhall only fele& a few of the moft
difficult cafes, the others being fo extremely obvious, that

©

i

e

is

where s is the fine of the half are = 3, andg =

= FS OUI, &e.

no hefitation or doubt can poffibly arife in their appli- Whence A = 25 = 600000
cation. ; g
Example 1.—The three fides of a triangle are 790, 1000, =72.3 A = OITA
and 8643 required the area. 2
By formula 4, for triangles, we have C= rae B =0'05555
ES log. £5 + log. & s — a) + log. (Es — 4) “
Log. area = { + log. (is 2 a) } D= 24 C = 0:00367
Now 790= a4 +
1000 = & a 7 I = o-00028
864 = 6 8.9
2)2654 = 5 at ns a Aa Beha
5337 a8 log. 1327 == 3°122871 The required arc = 6711063
Pea (oie a log. 537 = 2°729974 .
; shel ey eS sai le ihe Example 4.—Required th f
“3 us faters p 4.—Required the area of that circular fegment,
463 = (45 —<¢) | log. 463 = 2 665581 of which the diameter is 52, and the height ig
9)11°032974 fine 2.

By formula 2, for circular fegments. ,
Area = 2 ,/dvuxX hae Eh A.) ~~

The area = 328474 = 57516487

Example 2.—The two diagonals of a trapezium are 30

and 40, and their angle of interfection 48°: required the — xe.h where wv is the verfed fine = 2, and the
area. Q-

By formula 2, the area = 4 3 3! fin. M’. diameter = 52.
bea) [iba gS) 7745845 pAat®v 2? = 5 y104= 2771947707
133 = 3 (30 x 40) = 600 3
tsetse gS ol
The area = 445°887000 —-B= ey A = > A = 073137858
Example 3.—Required the length ofa circular arc, whofe —-C= baat feeeyee 3 B = o0021
shord is 6, and radius 9. ‘ 7-44 7+4-29 55%
By formula 2, for ei wi os —~D= : 3 co = a % C= 00000322
Thearea=2d./¢g+ —-A+—>—B+2-C, &e. aasges sg Se LEDER ime,
2.3 aes 6-7 Se D = > ya = ©*0000007
where g = ” ; » being the verfed fine, and d the dia- , SS SSE
d Negative terms = — 0.3159735
meter. Area of fegment = 26°8787969

By the property of the circle we readily find the verfed
fine, v = 9 — 6 of 2 = 51471862, and 51471862 18 But the readieft method of finding the area of circular feg-

= -02859548. ment is by formula 9 ; where the area = d* x by tabular
Whence A = 24 ./¢ = 6087672 number correfponding to “
— + ==) 260% 2

g 3 In the prefent examples >= 2 = SS Pogue tue

c— Ee 1 ie 373 correfponding tabular number by preceding table = ‘oogg4o»

; and "009940 X 52° = 26°878, the area required.
pie Sag x 6 This method, however, can only be practifed in cafes
7 where great accuracy is not required, unlefs the table of

fegments be very extenfive, fuch as that given by Hutton in
6:117064 = arc as required. his Menfuration.

— Note.—In thofe cafes where the quotient is not found ex-

aGly in the column of heights, or verfed fines, as in the ex-

P ample above, a proportional part muft be found for the frac-

JIE x T Ilys tional part of the number; viz. as 1 is to the difference be-

8.9 ” tween the two areas correfponding to the two verfed fines,

n

Or, by ufing formula 3, we have

MENSURATION,

between which the given number lies ; fo is the fra¢tional part
of that number to a fourth proportional, which mult be
added to the leaft area, or fubtra@ed from the greater,

eee pe reueed the periphery of an ellipfe, the
diameters of which are 24 and 18,

By formula 1, for the cllip/e.

Pe oe Zs
a”. 4g OB
tranfverfe and conjugate diameters, and C the circumference
of the circumferibing circle = ¢ x 3°1416.

*
tees where m =ai— o sand ¢ being the

<
Periphery = C x }: 2 Se see Here, then 1 — <= = °4875 = m.
2’ x 4 2’ 4. é

rit term I a1 ‘
dt A= hes ays oe et 4

ad term =, : 1003

gd term B = wie . is ia
2.4 4 897
h = 3° . m* a 3:5m as as
4th term C “PA, 5 B 00164
ee 3° 5°. 7m ds 5:7m peal dh
sth term D ies a’. + .6. 8? ae ro Cc — 00039
6th tem E = i v4 nt 7. gm = 2:9" gd 2 igo
2°. 4°. 6. BY. 10° 10°
os 3°. 5°. 7°. gt. 11m _ 9-1Im ¥ :

7th tem F = 2°. 4". 6°. 8'. 10". 12° = 12° E = 00003
8th tem G = 3 S07 +O. at 1g Ir. 3p ey ,
2°» 4. +6". 8, 10°. 12%. 14> Og? 0000
Negative terme =; “19053
Firft term =. 300008
87947"

whence .87947 X 24 X 3°1416 = 6631056, the length of
the curve required. '

Example 6.—Requived the length of the curve of a para-
bola, cut off by a double ordinate to the arc, whofe length
isas 12, the abfcifs being 2.

By formula 1, for parabolic arcs.
Parabolic arc = 4 p Sq: + hyp. log. (g + ot

, Bis te BEA fey
where p is the parameter = AZ 18, g = a

rz — 2

9 x {: x 1'2018504 + hyp. log. 18675170}
Now hyp. log. 1°867517 = °6251449
# X 1°2018504 = *8012336

14263785

Multiplier 9

Parabolic are

12°8374065
Example 7.—Required the length of an hyperbolic arc,

beginning at the vertex, the tranfverfe diameter being 80,

43> g,ands= /(1=¢) = «/(1 + §) = 12018504» conjugate 60, and ordinate 10.
Ls, a t

he required arc =

By formula 1, for hyperbolic ares.

Are = ¢ x ae Bc 4
A 2 2.4
where te)
oad

A’ = hyp. log. 7

B=4% {yvie+x)- ea}

Cc

D

= (eC ++
c

=F {y V(r + ¥#) — 3¢Bh

é ty Vie +9) — sect

3@ op 357 +
ee re tes 2 ag BF Beatie i
Sot + 60% —s,

60* 4 Sat
Y) "3274501
= 10.76133
= 641°796405
= 45698-7933

Nna

MENSURATION.

B=
Hence + A = °327450
+ g B = ‘016607

4 22 D = :000084

Sum + °344141

therefore difference *343365 x 30 = 10°30095, the arc re-
quired. ;

Example 8.—Required the folidity of a conic fruftum
of which the altitude is 16, and two diameters 20 and 3o.

By formula 4, for conic fruflums.
Solidity = 3p JD*+ Dd +d} x -7854
where D = 30, d = 20, and h = 16,
Now 30” + 30. 20 + 2e*= 1900
therefore 1° x 1900 x 7854 = 7625°38, the folidity re-
quired.

Example 9—Required the furface and folidity of the
five regular bodies, the linear fide of each being 2.

By the formula for the regular bodies.

Ternedron [Sota otires x b= Bente
Hraedron { Suiiey = Sonmne xg = *yoeeee
Ofwedron fcidny = S4yigo x B= Syprse
Dodecsedron f Satine = “oes x $= gr Seas
Teotaston figaity = asic xc = hqsass

Thefe examples will be fufficient for illuftrating the ufe
of the preceding formule, and for rendering their applica-
tion to any other problems perfe&tly fimple and obvious.
Neither the limits of this article, nor the nature of the work,
would allow of our entering upon their inveftigation; the
reader, therefore, who is defirous of information on this
head, is referred to the worksof Dr. Hutton and Mr. Bon-
nycaftle, above-mentioned.

Mensuration of Altitudes, Diftances, &c.
TUDE and DisTANCE.

MensuratTIon of Land. See Surveyine.

MensuraTion of Timber, or Timber Meafure, is the
method employed by artificers in meafuring trees, joifts,
beams, &c.: and as thefe always fall under one or other of
the regular folids which have been already treated of in the
preceding article, it would feem unneceflary to repeat here
any rules for the menfuration of timber: but the fa& is,
that an erroneous rule has been adopted by perfons con-
cerned in this line of bufinefs, which common praétice has
fo eftablifhed, that it is rather to be wifhed than expeéted it
fhould be replaced by fome other, either perfeétly true, or
approaching towards the truth; for, according to the prefent
rule, 2 tree frequently contains {th more or lefs timber than
it is eftimated at, which, at the modern price of that article,
isa matter of fome importance, and merits the attention of

See ALTI-

Sy Me +P) —F ep} = 3540529°3125

x q C = ‘000764 i
oe.
3-59° Aig

ae b TK rT aa
&c = ec:

Sum — ‘000776

the timber grower, as well as the merchant. Government
has, in fome inftances, come forward to fix a ftandard of
meaf{ure, as in corn, coals, land, &c. ; and as old prejudices
can never be fo fuccefsfully combated, as by the authority
of enlightened legiflators, it is to be hoped that we may
fome day find this, and other topics of a fimilar nature, be-
come the fubject of parliamentary inveftigation. We will,
in the following pages, fhew the great inaccuracy attending
the prefent method, but, in the firft place, it wil be proper
to ftate the rule as it is at prefent employed by all perfons
concerned in the buying or felling of timber.

GENERAL RULE.

Multiply the fquare of the mean quarter girt, or quarter cire
cumference, by the length of the tree, for the contents ; which,
when the dimenfions are taken in feet, will be alfo feet ; and
this divided by 50, the number of feet in a load, will give the
number of loads.

Note—1. If the piece of timber is of the fame girt through. -
out, the girt any where taken is the mean girt.

2. If the tree tapers regularly from one end to the
other, the girt taken in the middle is accounted the mean
girt; or ee half the fum of the girts at the two ends for
the fame.

3. But if the tree do not taper regularly, but is unequal,
being thick in fome places and f{mall_in others; it is cuf-
tomary to take feveral different dimenfions, the fum of
which, divided by the number of them, is accounted the
mean girt. But when the tree is very irregular, it is beft
to divide it into feveral lengths, and to find the content
of each feparately.

4. That part of a tree, or of the branches, whofe quar-
ter girt is lefs than half a foot, is not accounted timber.

5. Itis ufual to make a certain allowance in girting a
tree for the thicknefs of the bark, which is generally one
inch to every foot in the girt. This prattice, however,
is unreafonable, and ought to be difcouraged. Elm timber
is the only kind in which any allowance is neceflary, and
even in this, one inch out of the whole girt is quite fuf-
ficient.

As an example in the preceding rule: let it be required
to find the content of a tree, the length of which is g feet
6 inches ; and quarter girt 3 feet 6 inches.

By Decimals. By Duodecimals,
3-5 an8
3:5 a--§
175 10—6
105 I—9
Carry forward 12.25 12-3

Brought

MENSURATION.

By Decimals, By Duodecimals,
Brought forward 1a:a5 12—
95 _
61as 110-3
11025 O—1f

Feet 116°375 =Content = Feet 116—~4}

Such is the rule commonly ufed by perfons concerned
in buying and felling of timber, on which we intend to
make a few remarks, in order to point Out its inaccuracy,
which is not fo generally known as it ought to be. Sup-
pole, for inftance, we take a balk 24 feet long, and a foot

are throughout, and, confequently, its folidity 24 feet,

ow if this piece of timber be flit exactly in two, from end
to end, making each piece 6 inches, or $ a foot broad, and
12 inches, or a foot thick, it is evident that the true fo-
lidity of each piece will be 12 feet. But by the quarter
irt method they would amount to much more: for the

Ife quarter girt being equal to half the fum of the breadth
and thicknefs, in this cafe will be 9 inches, or 4 of a foot ;
the fquare of which is .°., add therefore 2, x 24 = 134
feet for the folidity of each part, making the two pieces
together 27 feet, inftead of 24, which is the true content.

Again, fuppofe this balk to be fo cut, that the breadth
of the one piece may be only 4 inches, or § of a foot ; and
that of the other 8 inches, or 4 of a foot. Here the true
content of the lefs piece will be 8 feet, and that of the

ter 16 feet. But prone) by the other method, we

ve the quarter girt of the le{s piece }# of a foot, and of
the other piece * of a foot. Whence the content of the
lefs piece will be found = 4 x 24 = 10} feet, inftead of
8 feet ; and the content of the greater piece will be 16}
feet, inftead of 16; making the fum of the two 27% feet,
inftead of 24 feet. Farther, if the lefs piece be cut only
two inches broad, and confequently the greater to inches,
the true content of the lefs piece weil be 4 feet, and
that of the greater 20 feet. Whereas by the other method,
the * gon girt of the lefs piece would be 7 inches, or
ys of a foot; and 4°. x 24 = 84 feet, initead of 4 feet,
for the content ; and by the fame method, the content of
the greater piece would be 204 feet, inftead of 20, and their
fum 28! feet, initead of 24.

Hence it is obvious, that the greater the proportion is
between the breadth and the depth, the greater will be the
error, by ufing the falfe method ; and the fum of the two
parts, by the fame method, is greater, as the difference of
the fame two parts is greater ; and, confequently, the fum
is leaft when the two parts are equal to each other; or
when the balk is cut equally in two; and finally, when the
fides of a piece of timber differ not above an inch or two
from each other, the quarter girt may be ufed without any
very fenfible error. To avoid, therefore, this inconfiftency
in the refult, the following method fhould be employed,
viz. Multiply the length, breadth, and depth continually together,
and the produ& qwill be the true content in all cafes of this

With regard to round timber the error is of a different
kind. We have feen in the preceding article, that the area
of a circle is fgund by fquaring the circumference, and
multiplying that {quare by ‘07958, and, therefore, if a

uarter of the circumference is ufed, we muft multiply its
eare by °07958 x 16 = 1°27328. ;

Hence, to find the true content of a piece of cylindrical
timber, we ought to multiply the fquare of the quarter
girt by the esti number 1°27328, and that product by
7 10

the length, inftead of which the conttant multiplier is omit-
ted, and confequently the folidity is returned about /7,
parts lefe than it is. But as the utmoft accuracy is not ne-
ceflary in thofe cafes, the following rule might be wfed,
which is as fimple as can be defired, via. Muluply the fy

of + of the mean girt by double the length piste en
which is net far from the truth,

Another error to which timber meafure is always fubjeé,
is the way in which the mean girt is affumed in tapering
trees, which, as we have before flated, is done either by
taking the girt in the middle, or half the fum of the ex.
treme girts, both of which are equally falfe, fo obvioully fo,
that a tree of certain dimentions will meafure more after a
part of it has been cut off, than it did before. This being
the cafe, it will not be amifs to thew the extreme inaccuracy
of the method, and the folly in perfifting in it, by the folu-
tion of the following problems, which have been taken from
Dr, Hutton’s Menfuration.

Prosvem I.

To find where a tapering timber mutt be,cut, fo that the
two parts, meafured er fhall meafure the moft pof-
fible, and be greater than if it were cut in any other two
parts, and greater than the whole.

Put G = the greatelt girt, g = the leaft girt, x = the
girt at the fection, x = the length of the part to be cut off,
and L the whole length of the timber. Then by fimilar
fi ' sah _ Ga—ge |.

gures Li xi: G—g:ix—g; henmew= —>~—+g:

but (g + x)? 3 + (G++)? (L—«) is to be a maxi-
mum; which being put into fluxions, and reduced, gives
s=4L.

Therefore, a tree being cut exaétly in the middle, the two
parts will meafure more than if it were cut in any other
two parts, and more than the whole tree. If a tree, of
which the greater girt 1s 12 feet, and lefs girt 2 feet, and
length 32 feet, be thus cut in two parts, the meafure of
the two parts will exceed the meafure of the whole tree
by 18 feet.

Prosiem II.
To find where a tree mutt be cut, fo that the part next
the greater end may meafure the greatelt poffible.
ere, by ufing the fame notation as in the laft problem,
Ge = 8 5g, and (G + 2) (Ls)
which, put into fluxions as before, gives
ee

a = 5 L.

Therefore, from the greater girt fubtra& the lefs girt,
and that difference divided by difference of the girts,
and multiplied by % of the whole length, will be the length
to be cut off.

we have alfo x =

a maximum ;

z=

Prose III.

To find where a tree muft be cut, fo that the part next
the greater end may meafure the fame as the whole tree be-
fore it was cut. ‘

Ufing till the fame notation, and writing befides s for
the fum of the two girts, and d for their difference; we
fhall have # L = (L. — z) (G +x)’, or fubftituting, in-

i ¢ d P
ftead of x, its value as Se +g, or — + g, we obtain

L

— a 4 —_
saat {v4 +d) ret at
which

MEN

which length being cut off, the remaining part will meafure
the fame as the whole tree. °

Thefe refults, which are the neceffary confequence of the
preceding rules, are fo obvioufly erroneous and incon-
fiftent, that they fpeak for themfelves, and therefore re-

uire no farther comment.

MENTAL, fomething that relates, or is reftrained, to
the operation of the underftanding.

Thus, a mental prayer is fuch a one as is made merely in
the mind, without pronouncing one word of it.

Mental refervations are the refuge of hypocrites,
RESERVATION.

Mentat Derangement. Under this head may be com-
prehended a variety of terms, which have been employed to
defignate certain affections of the mind, or, as they have
been called, diforders of the intelle&. Inthe preliminary part
of this inveftigation, it is highly important to underftand
fully the force and meaning of the words, which are intended
to eftablifh thefe different fignifications ; and alfo to difcover
the contrivances of language, which have ferved to charac-
terize the phenomena of difordered underftanding. That
the mind has no language peculiar to itfelf, feems to be an
admitted axiom ; becaufe all the terms which are applied to
it have their origin in the phyfical circumftances which fur-
round us. The mental operations, which are fuppofed to
be extenfive, have not furnifhed any terms, (as the refult of
fuch internal operations,) which we did not previoufly pof-
fefs, and which we have been compelled to borrow from
the objects and impreffions of the material world.

Although authors have generally divided mental derange-
ment into mania aand melancholia, according to the fyftem of
the Greeks; yet moft nations have adopted peculiar ex-
preffions, to fignify the form or degree of derangement of
intelle&. The term derangement, which we have taken im-
mediately from the French, and which means out of rang,
or order, is metaphorically applied to the mind, to denote
’ that its ideas are out of the rank, or order, generally pre-

ferved by intelligent beings. Delirium, se by the
Romans, had its origin from the procefs of ploughing: for
when the oxen deviated from the line to be purfued, they
were faid to be de lira, out of the track; and this figure
was transferred to the deviations of the human intelle&,
when it erred from the eftablifhed courfe. IJn/ane, infanus,
means merely unfound. The Greek asic was probably
from their verb perch vopncesy I Tages prhavxorscey from HEAaS,
black, and orn, bile; black bile being fuppofed the caufe
of this difeafe. In the opinion of Cicero, (Difputat. Tuf-
culan. lib. iii. c. 5.) the Roman terms, which marked the
diforders of the intelle&t, were more appropriate than thofe
employed by the Greeks. ‘ Multoque melius hzc notata
funt verbis Latinis, quam Grecis: quod aliis quoque multis
locis reperietur. Sed id alias: nunc, quod inftat. ‘Totum
igitur id quod querimus, quid et quale fit, verbi vis ipfa
declarat. Eos enim fanos quoniam intelligi neceffe eft,
quorum mens motu, quafi morbo, perturbata nullo fit ; qui
contra affeéti funt, hos infanos appellari neceffe eft. Itaque
nihil melius, quam quod eft in confuetudine fermonis Latini ;
cum exiffe ex potefate dicimus eos, qui effrenati feruntur aut
libidine aut iracundia: quamquam ipfa iracundia libidinis eft
pars: fic enim definitur, iracundia ulcifcendi libido. Qui
igitur exiffe ex poteffate dicuntur ; idcirco dicuntur, quia non
funt in poteftate mentis: cui regnum totius animi a natura
tributum eft. Graci autem paviey unde appellant, non facile
dixerim. Eam tamen ipfam diftinguimus nos melius, quam
illi; hanc enim infaniam, que juncta ftultitie patet latius,
a furore disjungimus: Greeci volunt illi quidem, fed parum
yalent verbo: quem nos furorem, ptdcxoAqy illi vocant.

See

MEN

Quafi vero atra bili folum mens, ac non frpe vel iracundia
graviore, vel timore, vel dolore moveatur! quo genere Atha-
mantem, Alcmzonem, Ajacem, Oreftem furere dicimus.
Qui ita fit affe€tus, eam dominum effe rerum {yarum vetant
duodecim tabulz.’’ The fuppofed regulation of the intel-
le&, in certain ftates, by the influence of the moon, has

roduced the term /Junatic ; which word {till prevails in all
Jesal proceedings relative to the infane. The vulgar opinion,
that in madnefs the mind was broken into fragments, has
given rife to the terms crazy (ecra/é, Fr.), cracked, and
Joatter-brained. The word mad has been derived by Mr.
Haflam (‘ Obfervations on Madnefs and Melancholy”)
from the Gothic mod, which fignifies rage. He obferves,
«It is true, we have now converted the 9 into a, and write
the word mad; but mod was anciently employed.” Of
the fimilarity between violent anger and madnefs, the ob-
fervation has been general. Cicero fays, ** An eft quic-
quam fimilius infanie quam ira? quam bene Ennius initium
dixit infaniz.”? (Difp. Tufc.) Dr. Beddoes (Hygeia,
N° 12.) obferves, that ‘ mad is one of thofe words which
means almoft every thing and nothing. At firft, it was, I
imagine, applied to the tranfports of rage; and when men
were civilized enough to be capable of infanity, their in-
fanity, I prefume, muft have been of the frantic fort; be-
caufe, in the untutored, intenfe feelings feem regularly to
carry a boifterous expreffion.’’

Authors, who have treated on the fubje& of mental de-
rangement, have commonly been defirous of affording a
definition: they have endeavoured to comprefs into a few
words, or a fhort fentence, the prominent and difcriminating
phenomena of infanity, and thus to eftablifh an effential cha-
raGter of the diforder. However meritorious their labours,
their fuccefs has been by no means proportionate to their ex-
ertions. They have all fundamentally differed ; and to enu-
merate their attempts is only to record their failures. Dr.
Mead conje€tures, ‘ that this difeafe confifts entirely in the
ftrength of imagination.”’ ‘¢ Infanity,”’ fays Dr. Cullen,
“ confifts in fuch falfe conceptions of the relations of things
as lead to irrational emotions or aétions. Melancholy is
partial infanity, without indigeftion ; mania is univerfal in-
fanity."’ Dr. Ferriar, adopting the generally accepted di-
vifion of infanity into mania and melancholia, conceives, in
mania, fal/e perception, and confequently confufion of ideas,.
to be a leading circumftance. Melancholia he fuppofes to
confilt in intenfity of ideas which is a contrary ftate to falfe
perception. Dr. Arnold obferves, that ‘‘infanity, as well as
delirium, may be confidered as divifible into two kinds;
one of which may be called ideal, and the other notional
infanity.

‘ Ideal infanity is that ftate of mind, in which a perfon
imagines he fees, hears, or otherwife perceives, or converfes
with, perfons or things, which either have no external ex-
iftence to his fenfes at the time; or have no fuch external
exiftence, as they are then conceived to have; or if he per-
ceives external objects as they really exilt, has yet erroneous
and abfurd ideas of his own form, and other fenfible qua-
lities:—fuch a {tate of mind continuing for a confiderable
time, and being unaccompanied with any violent or adequate
degree of fever.

“* Notional infanity is that ftate of mind, in which a perfon
fees, hears, or otherwife perceives external objects, as they
really exift, as objets of fenfe; yet conceives fuch notions
of the powers, properties, defigns, ftate, deftination, im-
portance, manner of exiftence, or the like, of things and
perfons, of himfelf and others, as appear obyioufly, and
often grofsly erroneous, or unreafonable to the common
fenfe of the fober and judicious part of mankind. It is of

confiderable

MENTAL DERANGEMENT.

confiderable duration ; is never accompanied with any great
degree of fever, and very often with no fever at all,"

r. Hallam, in the firlt edition of his work (Obferva-
tions on Inggnity), defined infanity to be an incorreét
affociation of familiar ideas, which is independent of the
prejudices of education, and is always accompanied with im-
plicit belief, and generally with either violent or deprefling
paffions.”” But the fame author, in his fecond edition, has
omitted this definition, and feems to be convinced that, in-
flead of endeavouring to difcover an infallible definition of
madnefa, which he believes will be found impoffible, (as it
is an attempt to comprife in a few words the wide range and
mutable character of this Proteus-diforder,) much greater
advantage would be obtained, if the circumftances could be
here defined, under which it is jultifiable to deprive a

uman being of his liberty.

Symptoms. —The approaches of infanity have been va-
rioufly related by aiferedt writers. The late Dr. John
Monro, in a pointed and elegant reply to Dr. Battie’s
Treatife on Madnefs, has vechiphed; that “ high fpirits, as
they are generally termed, are the firft fymptoms of this
kind of diforder: thefe excite a man to take a larger quan-
tity of wine than ufual; (for thofe who have fallen under
ny, obfervation, in this particular, have been naturally very
fober ;) and the perfon dius affected, from being abftemious,
referved, and modeft, fhall become quite the contrary ;
drink freely, talk boldly, obfcenely, fwear, fit up till mid-
night, fleep little, rife fuddenly from bed, go out a hunt-
ing, return again immediately, fet all his fervants to work,
and employ five times the number that is neceffary: in
fhort, every thing he fays or does betrays the moft violent
agitation of mind, which it is not in his power to correé ;
and yet, in the mid of all this hurry, he will not mifplace
one word, or give the leaft reafon for any one to think he
imagines things to exift that rea!ly do not, or that they ap-

ar to him different from what they do to other people.

hey who fee him but feldom, admire his vivacity, are
pleaied with his fallies of wit, and the ce aa of his re-
marks: nay, his own family are with difficulty perfuaded
to take proper care of him, until it becomes abfolutely ne-
ceffary, from the apparent ruin of his health and fortune.’

In many inftances, pain of the head and throbbing of its
arteries precede an attack of infanity: fometimes giddinefs
and confufed vifion are complained of, as precurfory fymp-
toms. Thofe who have been feveral times difordered are
now and then fenfible of the return of their malady. Some
have defcribed the attack as highly delightful ; and of this
pleafurable feeling, a curious inltance is recorded in the
Bibliotheque Britannique, by a recovered lunatic, who had
been a patient of the late Dr. Willis. ‘“ I always expe&ted
with impatience the acceffion of the paroxy{ms, fince I en-
joyed, during their prefence, a high degree of pleafure.
y ey lafted ten or twelve hours. Every thing appeared
eafy to me. No obftacles prefented themfelves either in
theory or practice. My memory acquired, all of a fudden,
a fingular degree of perfection: long pafflages of Latin
authors occurred to my mind. In general, I have great
difficulty in finding rhythmical terminations; but then I
could write in verfe with as much facility as in profe. I
was cunning, malicious, and fertile in all kinds of ex-
pedients.”’ Some have defcribed a fenfe of working in the
head, and alfo in the inteftines, as if they were in a fate of
fermentation. ©thers obferve that they do not feem to pof-
fefs their natural feelings ; and they all agree that they be-
come confufed, from the fudden and rapid intrufion of

unconnected thoughts. : ha
Mr. Haflem, whofe fituation in Bethlem Hofpital affords

abundant Opportunities of obferving this diforder, has thus
related the commencement of madnefe and melancholy.
On the approach of mania, they fir become unealy, are
incapable of confining their attention, and negle@ any em-
fee bees to which they have been accuftomed, ‘They get

ut little fleep; they are loquacious, and difpofed to ha-
rangue, and decide promptly and pofitively upon every fub-
ject that may be flarted. Soon after, they are divehed of
all reftraint, in the declaration of their-opinions of thofe
with whom they are acquainted. Their friendthips are ex-
refled with fervency and extravagance ; their enmities with
intolerance and difguft. They now become impatient of
contradiétion, and {corn reproof. For fuppof injuries,
they are inclined to quarrel and fight with thofe about them.
They have all the appearance of perfons inebriated ; and
thofe, who are unacquainted with the fymptoms of approach-
ing mania, generally fuppofe them to be in a ftate of in-
toxication, At length fufpicion creeps upon the mind,
they are aware of plots which had never been contrived,
and dete& motives that were never entertained. At laft,
the fucceffion of ideas is too rapid to be examined; the
mind becomes crowded with thoughts, and confufion enfues.
Thofe under the influence of the deprefling paffions will
exhibit a different train of fymptoms. The countenance
wears an anxious and gloomy afpeét ; and they are little dif-
pofed to {peak. They retire fom the company of thofe
with whem they formerly affociated; feclude themfelves in
obfcure places, or lie in bed the greater part of their time.
Frequently, they will keep their eyes fixed to fome obje&
for hours together, or continue them an equal time ¢ bent
on vacuity.” They next become fearful, and conceive a
thoufand fancies: often recur to fome immoral a&t which
they have committed, or imagine themfelves guilty of
crimes which they never perpetrated; believe that God
has abandoned them, and with trembling await his punifh-
ment. Frequently they become defperate, and endeavour
by their own hands to terminate an exiltence, which appears
to be an afflicting and hateful incumbrance.”’

The mental charaeriftics of this diforder involve all
thofe aberrations from intelle@tual foundnefs, and moral rec-
titude, which render man a worthlefs, and frequently a
dangerous affociate to the community. A degree of cun-
ning, inferutable by ordinary perfons, and not always to
be penetrated by thofe who have acquired extenfive ex.
perience of the infane, conftitutes a leading feature in men-
tal derangement. Whenever they have meditated their own
deftruétion, or intended mifchief to others, the accomplith-
ment of the deed has often been the only notice of the in-
tention ; and the pride, which ufually accompanies this ma-
lady, has frequently induced thefe unhappy fufferers to
haunt the perfons of thofe diftinguifhed by rank and ele-
vated in office.

The bodily marks which diftinguifh the infane, are, a
peculiar caft of countenance, familiar to, and recognizable
by thofe verfed in this difeafe ; a quick, oftentimes pro-
truded and gliftening eye; coldnefs of the hands and feet ;
and a capability of fuftaining cold with impunity. But
Dr. Pinel, phyfician to the’ Bicétre at Paris, conceives
this exception from the effeéts of fevere cold to be by no
means general, and inftances the frequent occurrence of
mortified extremities during winter; and others of much
experience are of the fame opinion. Obftinate conftipation
has been mentioned as an unvarying attendant on madnefs ;
but the beft informed writers it merely as an oc-
cafional fymptom, prevailing only when general infenfi-
bility is the confequence of preffure on the brain. In
deranged perfons, the ear is the organ of fenfe moft af-

3 :

3

MENTAL DERANGEMENT.

fected ; tinnitus aurium and deafnefs being found very gene-
rally to prevail : whereas blindnefs, or deprivations of the
{mell and tafte, have been feldom noticed. Mr. Haflam has
exclufively obferved, in fome cafes, a relaxation of the fealp ;
by which it may be wrinkled, or rather gathered up by the
hand to a confiderable degree; it more generally occurs on
the pofterior part ; is not noticed in the early ftages of the
difeafe, but after a raving paroxy{m of fome continuance.

Appearances on Diffe@ion.—F rom the teftimonies of Chia-
rugi in Italy, Greding in Germany, and from Mr. Haflam’s
work, difeafed appearances of the brain and its membranes
have been deteéted in thofe who have died infane. But
there may exift many alterations in the ftru€ture of thefe
parts, too minute for the eye to obferve, and which can
never be brought in view by the fcalpel. Although Dr.
Pinel denies the diforganifation of the brain in madnefs as
peculiar to that difeats yet he admits, that the fame ap-
pearances are found, as occur in thofe who have died from
epilepfy, apoplexy, fever, and convulfions. Thefe morbid
appearances confift in exceffive determination of blood to
the brain, with enlargement of its veffels, and effufion of
fluids into its cavities. In many inftances the fubftance of
the brain has poffeffed an increafed degree of firmnefs, and,
according to the late Mr. John Hunter, has been found fo
tough, as to have fome elafticity. Dr. Baillie has alfo re-
marked, that ‘* when thefevchanges take place in the brain,
the mind is at the fame time deranged ; there is either mania
or lethargy ; or the perfon is much fubje& to convulfive
paroxy{ms.”” In other cafes the brain was of a preter-
naturally foft confiftence. Gangrene of the brain has fome-
times occurred, but more frequently in the warmer climates,
as may be feen by confulting Chiarugi. The membranes of
the brain have been found varioufly, altered from their
healthy ftate: the tunica arachnoidea has become thickened,
and rendered more or lefs opaque. The pia mater is often
inflamed, and turgid with blood, and not unfrequently an
extravafated blotch appears on fome part of thistunic. Ef-
fufion of a watery fluid between the membranes of the
brain is a very common occurrence, and likewife into its
ventricles, which have been confequently enlarged to a fur-
prifing extent. Offifications have been dete¢ted, but prin-
cipally on the dura mater.

Caufes.—In the inveftigation of the caufes of mental de-
rangement, there is obvioufly much uncertainty ; our know-
ledge of the human mind is too limited to affirm that par-
ticular ftates of the intelle& will be the neceflary refult of
certain circumftances preceding. 'Thofe who have atten-
tively confidered this fubje€t have divided the caufes of in-
fanity into phyfical and moral. Under the head of phy/ical
caufes, hereditary difpofition has been ftated very generally
to prevail; whereby the offspring of an infane parent, or pa-
rents, will moft probably become fimilarly affe@ted; but,
whether this tran{miffion depend more efpecially on the
male, or female, has not yet been certainly determined.
Injuries to the head from external violence ; frequent intoxi-
cation, particularly when produced by fermented liquors
which have undergone the procefs of diftillation; fever,
during the courfe of which delirium has particularly pre-
vailed; mercurial medicines, largely exhibited, and con-
tinued for a confiderable time, without due precautions ;
paralytic affeGtions (but thefe are very frequently the con-
fequence as well as the caufe of mental derangement) ; the
fuppreffion of periodical or occafional difcharges and fecre-
tions; and, in fome initances, the retropulfion of cutane-
ous eruptions; are the ordinary phyfical caufes to which
infanity has been afcribed.

The moral caufes include thofe emotions which are con-

ceived to originate from the mind itfelf, and which, from
their excefs, tend to diftort the natural feelings, or, from
their repeated acceffions, and unreftrained indulgence, at
length overthrow the barriers ef reafon and eltablifhed opi-
nion. Such are the gufts of violent ange! d the pro-
tracted indulgence of grief; the terror impreffed by erro-
neous views of religion; the degradation of pride; difap-
pointment in love ; and fudden fright.

Although mental derangement has been obferved in per-
fons of all habits and complexions, yet there is doubtlefs a
temperament which particularly difpofes to infanity: and
there are alfo certain modes of education, and employment
of the faculties, which conduce to their derangement. Ac-
cording to Mr. Haflam’s ftatement, out of 265 patients in
Bethlem Hofpital, 205 were found to be of a fwarthy com-
plexion, with dark or black hair; the remainin were
of a fair fkin; with light, brown, or red hair. r. Pinel,
on examining the regifters of the Bicétre, fays, that he
found infcribed a great many monks and priefts, as alfo a
confiderable number of country people, who had been driven
befide themfelves by horrid pi€tures of futurity ; feveral
artifts, as {culptors, painters, and muficians; fome verfifiers,
in extacies with their own produGtions ; a pretty confider-
able number of advocates and attornies; but there does
not appear the name of a fingle perfon accuftomed to the
habitual exercife of his intelle€&tual faculties ; not one na-
turalift, or natural philofopher of ability ; no chemift nor
geometrician.

The Prosnaht or means of afcertaining the probable
event of mental derangement, is founded on the experience
of thofe praétitioners who have particularly attended to the
treatment of this diforder. It is, however, to be lamented,
that very few of thofe perfons, who have been belt qualified
to afford information, have tranfmitted to the world the re-
fult of their praétice. Much valuable knowledge may
therefore be prefumed to have perifhed. In the year 1758
Dr. Battie, the phyfician to St. Luke’s Hofpital, juftiy ob-
ferved in his ‘* Treatife on Madnefs,”’ that “ among the
many good reafons, offered to the public for eftablifhing
another hofpital for the reception of lunatics, one, and that
not the leaft confiderable, was the introducing more gentle-
men of the faculty to the ftudy and practice of one of the
moft important branches of phyfic.”? In England, females
are more fubje€t to infanity than men; but abroad, the cafe
is believed to be reverfed. From 1748 to 1794, a period
of 46 years, there were admitted into Bethlem Hoipital
4832 women, and 4042 men. Dr. Chiarugi of Plorence,
who, during four years, faw in the hofpitals of St. Doro-
thea and St. Bonifacio 1157 lunatics, ftates the proportion
of deranged males, as exceeding that of females by one-
fifth. Females recover from mental derangement in a
greater proportion than men: of the above mentioned 4832
women, 1402 were difcharged cured; of the 4o42 men,
1155 recovered.

As infanity frequently fupervenes on parturition, women,
becoming deranged from fuch caufe, recover in a very large
proportion. During ten years, So patients of this deicrip-
tion were admitted into Bethlem Hofpital, 50 of whom per-
fe&tly recovered. When females become worfe at the period
of menftruation, or have their catamenia in profufe or de-
ficient quantities, fuch occurrences may be confidered un-
favourable.

The chance of recovery is greater when the patient is
attacked with mania, than when affeG&ted with melancholia.
When the maniacal and melancholic ftates alternate, the
hope of recovery is diminifhed. A greater number of
patients are obferved to recover, when the mental derange-

ment

MENTAL DERANGEMENT.

ment has been produced from remote phyfen! caufes, than
when it has arifen from caufes of a moral nature.

It appears from the united tettimonies of Dr. Pinel and
Mr, Hallargethat a greater number of infane patients have
been admitted Into the Bicétre, and Bethlem Hofpital, from
the age of 30 to 40, than during any other equal period
of life; and from the (tatement of the latter, it may be
inferred, that the difeafe iv lefs frequently cured when it
attacks perfons of an advanced age. The following ftate-
ment comprifes the number of patients admitted into Beth-
lem Hofpital from 1784 to 1794. The firfl column marks
the age: the fecond the number admitted; the third notes
the number cured; the fourth thofe who were difcharged
not cured.

five Watrae Number BY nwa Yue!
ge between, edinitted. difehorge ditchargec
cured, uncured.
10 and 20 113 78 35
20 — 30 488 200 283
3° — 40 527 180 347
40 — fo 302 87 275
50 — 60 143 25 118
60 — 70 31 4 27

It is alfo calculated, that the chance of cure is diminifhed,

in proportion to the length of time which the diforder has
continued.
' Where mental derangement is complicated with palfy or
epilepfy, or where the natural powers of the mind become
enfeebled during its continuance, there is but little hope of
the patient’s recovery. The infanity, which is often excited
b the impreflion of religious terror,—by thofe gloomy views
of futurity, and that conftant dread of divine vengeance
which falfe notions on this fubje& ufually infpire,—has fel-
dom a favourable termination. When the derangement has
acquired a fyltematic character, it becomes very difficult to
remove; in this ftate, incidents the molt unconnected are
eafily reconciled, and become fondly involved with the pre-
vailing delufion.

The Cure of mental derangement may properly be divided
into management and medicine: for it appears to be the mints
of thofe who have molt fuccefsfully treated this diforder,
that the proper controul and fubjection of the patient to fa-
lutary and ettablifhed rules are of equal importance with the
prefcription of remedies.

By the common confent of foreigners, the Englifh are
fuppofed particularly to excel in the moral management of
this diforder. It is, however, to be regretted, that general
direGtions only can be given on this fubjeét: the precife
adaptation of thefe principles to individual cafes, muft depend
on the {kill, addrefs, and experience of the practitioner.

Infane perfons are moft advantageoufly treated when re-
moved from home, and from the interference of their imme-
diate relations and friends. While they remain in their own
houfes, it is nearly impoffible to diveft them of the authority
which they had been accuftomed to maintain ; and the falu-
tary regulations of the fuperintendant are frequently ren-
dered ufelefs, by the miftaken indulgence of their family con-
nections. A fyftem of regularity fhould be eftablifhed in
their aGtions; and reftraint fhould inftantly be impofed on dif-
obedience. As the deranged perfon fhould be taught to
yiew the fuperintendant of his conduét with refpeét, the latter
fhould be careful to deferve it by vigilant firmnefs, and
fteady decorum. The confidence of the maniac can never
be repofed in ignorance and mifmanagement, nor can his ef-
teem be imparted to unfeeling and tyrannical affumption.
~ Although it is proper to curb the extravagant fallies of the
Vor. XXIII.

patient; yet no advantage appears to be derived from an
endeavour to convince Siem by argument; the lefe fre-
quently the fubjeéts of his delufion are referred to, the more
eafily he becomes managed. When the infane are convalef-
cent, the occafional vilite of their friends are attended with
manifeft advantage: fuch intercourfe brightens the pro-
{pects of future life, and ofted afte as a flimulus to felf-
reftraint, But in certain flates of the diforder, where
pride, malevolence, and cunning, form the leading features
of derangement, the ill-timed admiffion of friends has been
fignally prejudicial: it has tended to unfix the authority of
the yr pare and introduced a train of aflociations
which has aggravated the malady. Of the beneficial effets
of mild and humane treatment in this diforder, Mr. Haflam
fays, “ Speaking of the effefts of management on an ex-
tenfive feale, I can truly declare, that by gentlenefs of
manner, and kindnefs of treatment, I have feldom failed to
obtain the confidence and conciliate the efteem of infane
perfons; and have fucceeded by thefe means in procuring
from them refpeé and obedience. There are certainly fome
oe who are not to be trufted, and in whom malevolence
orms the prominent feature of their charaéter: fuch perfons
fhould always be kept under a certain reftraint, but this is
not incompatible with kindnefs and humanity.”

Deception on the part of the medical fuperintendant fhould
never be reforted to. The late Dr. John Monro emphati-
cally obferves, ‘The phyfician fhould never deceive them
in any thing, but more particularly with regard to their dif-
temper ; yet as they are generally confcious of it themfelves,
they acquire a kind of reverence for thofe who know it, and
by letting them fee that he is thoroughly acquainted with
their complaint, he may very often gain fuch an afcendant
over them, that they will readily follow his directions.”
Formerly coercion was employed with a degree of feverity,
that amounted to vindiGtive punifhment: recourfe was had
to the whip, and ftripes were atually infli&ed by medical
direction. The more rational and humane treatment of
modern practitioners, has induced them to employ coercion
only as a protecting reftraint ; to guard the patient from
doing mifchief to himfelf, or offering violence to others;
Qo for this purpofe the ftraight-waiftcoat is ufually fuf-

cient.

Medicine—An enumeration of all the remedies which
have been propofed, and ftrongly recommended for the cure
of mental derangement, would extend this article to an un-
profitable length. The ancient phyficians principally con-
fided in a fpecies of hellebore, which was cultivated with
the greateft attention, prepared with the utmott care, and
exhibited under particular cautions; but concerning thefe
matters there was unfortunately much diverfity of opinion.
Confidering the various and oppofite ftates of mental de-
rangement, a rational mind would fearcely expe any par-
ticular drug to poflefs powers adequate to the reftoration
of reafon. If infanity be a difeafe of the mind it/lf, cor-
poreal remedies can be of little utility ; if an affection of
the brain, and nervous fyftem, no particular medicine can
be fuppofed capable of rettoring the various lefions, which
anatomical inveftigation has detected.

When the experience of eminent practitioners is at vari-
ance ; when remedies, which have been extolled for their
virtues and fuccefsful operation by one medical writer, have
been afferted by another to be impotent and unprofperous,
the fubje&t of cure becomes entangled with infuperable dif-
ficulties. Modern practitioners are nearly agreed, that at the
commencement of this diforder, d/eeding may be employed
with advantage ; and drawing blood by cupping-glaffes has
been ufually preferred. Little difference of opinion has pre-

Oo vailed

MEN :

vailed concerning the utiity of cathartics : fome practitioners
have, however, preferred particular articles of this tribe, as
elaterium, calomel, jalap, &c. 3 while others have fucceeded
with the milder purgatives, as fenna, and the folutions
of neutral falts, with the addition of a {mall quantity of the
antimonium tartarizatum. As recovery is often preceded
by a fpontaneous diarrhcea, purgative medicines may be ef-
teemed, under a judicious exhibition, of fignal utility in molt
cafes of menta! derangement.

Eemetics —Praétitioners are much divided in opinion re-
fpeéting the propriety of adminiftering vomits as a remedy
forinfanity. ‘lhe late Dr. John Monro thought * the eva-
cuation by vomiting infinitely preferable to any other.”? Dr.
Cox is equally partial to emetics as a cure for mental de-
rangement. Mr. Haflam, however, entertains an tnfavour-
able opinion of them: he {tates that, in fome inttances, pa-
ralytic affections have fupervened within a few hours after
the exhibition of an emetic ; more efpecially when the pa-
tient has been of a full habit, and has had the appearance of
an increafed determination to the head. Perhaps in melan-
cholia, emetics may be more generally advantageous ; and
in furious mania, the fame remedies may be employed merely
in naufeating dofes, to prevent the fevere convulfion of yo-
miting.

Optum has feldom procured fleep, when given in the furious
ftate of infanity. Notwithftanding the encomium of this
remedy by Bernard Heute, the refpectable teftimonies of
Dr. Ferriar and others have not induced any expeCtation of
benefit from its employment. Dr. Chiarugi depofes to the
fedative effect of a watery folution of opium, applied to the
internal membrane of the nofe with a camel’s-hair pencil.
OF the remaining tribe of narcotic remedies we have little
that is fatisfactory on record.

Digitalis, though ftrongly recommended by fome, has
produced no benefit in the hands of others. Dr. Ferriar
exprefsly ftates, ‘that he has given this remedy, even to
naufeating dofes; but with no advantage. It never fuf-
pended the appearances of infanity for a moment.”’

Camphor has been much extolled for its virtues in mental
derangement ; but Dr. Ferriar and Mr. Haflam, who gave
it in large dofes, did not experience any confiderable benefit
from the employment of this remedy. Dr. Laughter men-
tions nine cafes of infanity cured by camphor ; but in thefe
inftances it was combined with vinegar. Dr. Leopold Aven-
brugger, in a curious traci entitled «* Experimentum nofcens
de remedio fpecifico, fub figno {pecifico in mania virorum,”’
Vienna, 1772, has fpoken ftill more highly of the fpecific
virtues of camphor in this difeafe. B/i/fers have had their
advocates ; but it leems to be the opinion of thofe whofe
experience has been molt extenfive, that they fucceed better
when put to the lower extremities, than applied direGtly
to the head. Iffues and fetons may in many cafes be ufed
with advantage ; but they fhould be allowed to difcharge
for a confiderable time ; as their beneficial effects are not im-
mediately apparent.

In fome in{tances the warm bath has mitigated the fury of
the patient, and in melancholia the ufe of the cold bath has
been thought advantageous. :

It appears to bea radical defeét in almoft all the inftitu-
tions for the infane, that no plan for the employment of the pa-
tients has been hitherto adopted. Many difficulties certain-
Jy occur, as to the nature of the labour in which they ought
td| be engaged ; but a judicious contrivance might furmount
them, and appropriate a falutary exercife and amufement
to tbe different claffes of the infane,

MENTCHIKOF, Axexanper, in Biography, a ftatef-
man and general under the czar Peter 1., was the fon of

‘Ord. Verticillate, Linn.

MEN

peafants who were the vaflals of the monaftery of Cofmo-
poli. At the age of thirteen he went to Mofcow to ob-
tain the means of fubfiltence, and was taken into the fervice
of a paltrycook, who employed him to vend his goods by
crying them about the ftreets of that then celebrated city,
now, alas, [Od. 1812,] defolated by the madnefs of war.:
The czar happened one day to hear him, and being ftruck
with the pleafant fong which he annexed to his cry, en-
tered into converfation, and, in the end, ordered him to
come to court, where he was at firft placed in a very low
ftation, but his talents were difcoverable in the mid& of alk
difadvantages, and it was feen he had a wonderful facility.
in acquiring feveral languages. ‘The czar took him to ferve
about his perfon, and he was from that time gradually ad-
vanced to the higheft employments, till at length he be-
came one of the molt fuccefsful generals in the Ruffian
army. When Peter went on his travels for improvement, he
took Mentchikof for his companion, and, in 1706, he was
created a prince of the German empire, and was, after
this, frequently employed on occafions of ceremony to per
fonate the czar, who chofe rather to appear as a private
perfon inhis train. He was vi&orious over the Swedes, in
the war againft Charles XII., and had the command of the
left wing of the Ruffians at the decifive battle of Pultowa,
in the year 1709. His fituation enabled him to acquire
great wealth, but in 1715 he was called to an account for
certain abufes of the adminiftration, and fell under the cen-
fure of his fovereign. He was afterwards reftored to his
favour, and even placed at the head of the council of re-
gency, when Peter fet out on his expedition to Perfia. He
greatly contributed to the fucceffion of the emprefs Cathe-
rine at the death of Peter, and upon her demife he took
mealures to infure the crown to Peter Alexievitch, on con-
dition that he fhould efpoufe his eldeft daughter. The ac-
ceffion took place in 1727, and Peter was betrothed to his
intended bride. Mentchikof now affumed all the arrogance
of uncontrollable {way, which in a very fhort time occafioned
an order for his arreft: this was followed by a decree of
banifhment. It was intended to confine him to his own
eftate ; he imprudently left the capital with a {plendid train,
which his enemies conftrued into marks of contempt for
the emperor, who readily difpatched an order to carry him
prifoner to Siberia. The place of his confinement was
Berefof, on the rude and defolate banks of the Oby. His
wife, who had been delicately brought up, wept herfelf
blind, and expired in the courfe of her journey. His ‘own
mind foon accommodated itfelf to his fituation, He cul-
tivated a {mall farm, and, by induftry and frugality, faved
enough from his daily pittance, of ten rubles, to build a
wooden church, in the erection of which he affifted with
his own hands. He died in November 1729, little more
Bei two years from the time of his banifhment. Univer.
Hitt. .

MENTHA, in Botany, an ancient Latin word, moftly
written Menta, adopted from the Greeks, whofe pwn is
fynonimous with their yduocpo:, the latter being moft ge-
neraily ufed ; fee Diofcorides, book 3. chap. 41. The nymph
Mintha, a favourite of Pluto, is fabled to have been changed
by Proferpine into this herb, as incidentally mentioned by
Ovid; Metam. book 10. 729.—Mint.—Linn. Gen. 291.
Schreb. 387. Willd. Sp. Pl. v.3.74. Mart. Mill. Dié,
v, 3. Sm. Fl. Brit. 609. Tr. of Linn. Soc. v. 5. 171.
Prodr. Fl. Gree. Sibth. v. 1.402. Brown. Prod. Nov.
Holl..v. 1. 505. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2.v. 3. 387. Juff.
113. Tourn. t. 89. Lamarck Di&. v. 4. 102. Illuftr.
t. 503-—Clafs and order, Didynamia Gymnofpermia. Nat.

Labiate, Jufl.
Gen.

MENTHA.,

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, tubular,
ered, with five nearly equal teeth, permanent. Cor. of one
petal, erect, tubular, fomewhat longer than the calyx ; limb
in four deep, nearly equal, fegments, the uppermolt only
being rather the “Ada an cloven. Stam. Filaments
four, awl-fhaped, ereét, diftant, the two nearelt ones longett ;
anthers roundith, #//. Germen fuperior, four-cleft ; ityle
thread-thaped, erect, longer than the corolla; ttigma in
two divaricated divifions. Peric, none, except the permanent
Rraight calyx. Seeds four, {mall, generally abortive.

Ell Ch, Calyx five-cleft, nearly equal. Corolla nearly
equal, four-cleft; its broadeft fegment cloven. Stamens
erect, diltant.

This is one of the moft natural genera poflible ; well
marked in habit and characters. The herbage, and even
the flowers, abound with refinous dots, the feat of an eflen-
tial oil, on which the warm and aromatic qualities of thefe
pews depend, ‘Their flavour is different in the different
pecies, and variable in the fame, but on the whole almott
peculiar to the genus. The following characters apply to
the fpecics in general. Root creeping, perennial. Stems
fquare, branched, leafy. eaves oppofite, fimple, undi-
vided, generally ferrated. Flowers in {talked many-flowered
whorls, which are either axillary, capitate, or {piked. Calyx
{triated, or ribbed, rather dilated upward, almoft regular,
either naked, or clothed more or le{s completely with fimple
hairs, whofe direction differs in different {pecies, but is very
conftant in the fame. Very rarely this part is covered with
foft downy pubefcence. Corolla funnel-fhaped, purplith.
Stamens inferted into its tube; when perfeet generally
longer than the limb. Herbage generally more or leis
hairy.

Mentha is principally an European and Britifh genus.
‘There are however fome American and even Eaft Indian
{pecies. Thofe of our own country have always been found
extremely difficult to determine. Neither the fhape of the
leaves, general pubefcence, length of the ftamens, nor even
the inflorefcence, all which have been reforted to by bo-
tanifts, has been found conttant or certain. The writer of
this article firft propofed a mode of diftinétion, founded on
the pubefcence of the calyx and flower-{talks, and its various
direGtion, By this-clue all the Britith {pecies are fettled in
the TranfaGions of the Linn. Soc. and Fl. Brit. aboye
quoted, and we thall here apply it to the exotic ones. For
want of having received information of this mode of diferi-
mination, Willdenow has greatly failed in his view of the
f{pecies. The fame may, in fome meafure, be faid of Mr.
Sole of Bath, who publifhed, in 1798, a Botanical Arrange-
ment of the Britifh Mints, in folio, with 24 plates; a work
neverthelefs of much original obfervation, and more corre&
as to fpecies than moit that had preceded it ; though no at-
tention is paid by his draughtfman to the pubefcence of the
calyx, in which refpe€&t no dependence whatever can be

placed on his figures.

1. M. auricularia. Ear Mint. Linn. Mart. 81. Mat.
Med. ed. 4.169. Dale Pharmac. 160. Stokes Mat. Med.
ve 3-310. (M. feetida; Burm. Ind. 126. Majana feetida ;
Rumph. Amboin. v. 6, 41. t. 16. f. 2.)—Spikes tapering,
clofe, hairy. Leaves ovate, coarfely ferrated; hairy and

reen on both fides. Braéteas ovate.— Native of the Eatt
dies. We have it from China, as well as from Java. The
Siem 1s denfely clothed with long, fhaggy, tawny, horizontal
hairs. Leaves on very fhort hairy italks, ovate or fomewhat
oblong, bluntifh, coarfely and unequally ferrated, from one
to two inches in length, various in breadth; bright —
above, and clothed with numerous, fcattered, filky hairs; a

very little paler beneath, finely dotted, not at all hoary, the.

nbs and veins extremely hairy. Spihes folitary, terminal,
an inch or two long, tapering, clofe and uninterrupted ;
cach whorl accompanied by a pair of oppofite, ovate,
fringed bradeas, each pair crofling the next. Flowers
crowded, {mall, nearly feflile. Calyx bell-thaped, {preading,
with five broad blunt teeth, which are fringed with numerous
hairs, the reft of the calyx beg fmooth and even, befprin-
kled with thining glandular dots. Corolla twice as long ss
the calyx, fomewhat hairy. Stamens a little prominent.—
This herb is cclebrated as a powerful remedy for deafnefs.
We have already mentioned, fee Henyoris, that Linnxus
confounded it, at one time, with our fecond fpecies of that
genus, than which few plants can be more diftin@.

2. M. quadrifolia. Downy Four-leaved Mint. Rottl.
MSS.—Leaves linear-lanceolate, ferrated, downy on both
fides ; thofe of the ftem four ina whorl. Spikes cylindri-
cal, very long, clofe, hairy. Braéteas linear-lanceolate.—.
Sent by Dr. Rottler from Madras. The whole plant is
clothed with denfe velvet-like down. Stem nearly round,
with whorled branches. The /eaves on the latter are oppo-
fite only ; thofe of the ftem four in each whorl; all nar-
row, bluntifh, with thallow ferratures. Spikes terminal,
folitary, cylindrical, very clofe, the principal one about fix
inches long, thofe of the branches much {maller. Bra@-as
lanceolate, or linear, minutely hifpid. F/owers innumerable,
crowded. Calyx bell-fhaped, even, moft hairy in its upp-r
part, efpecially about the teeth. Corolla hairy. Stamens aud
Jyle prominent. —We are much inclined to fufpect this may
be the Stoechado-mentha, Lino. Zeyl. 194, Mentha zeylanica
camphorata hirfuta, Burm. Zeyl. 157; but the defcriptions
of the inflorefcence, in thefe works, do not accord with our
plant ; the {pikes or heads being there implied, if not po-
fitively faid, to be fhort, whereas in our {pecimen they are
remarkably long.

3. M.. verticillata. Smooth Whorl-leaved Mint. Rott.
MSS.—Leaves linear-lanceolate, ferrated, fmooth, all whor-
led. Spikes folitary, cylindrical, fomewhat interrupted.
Calyx longer than the bracteas, with blunt, {preading, very
hairy teeth.—Sent by Dr. Rottler from Madras. The herb-
age is nearly {mooth. Stem ftriated, almoft round, tumid
above and below each joint, with whorled branches and eaves.
The latter are linear, tapering at each end, furnifhed with
fhallow diftant ferratures. Spikes terminal, folitary, cylin-
drical, from one to two inches long; their whorls tumid
and flightly interrupted, with fhort concealed éra@cas.
Calyx funnel-fhaped, clothed in its upper half with copious
fhort denfe hairs; the teeth ebtufe and widely {preading >.
the infide {mooth. Corolla very {mall, whitith, hairy. Only
one fed feems te come to perfection, and this is large, glo-

bole and fmooth.

4. M. fellata. Stellated Clufter-fpixed Mint. Lounr.
Cochinch. 361. Rau ngu hoang of the Cochinchinefe.—
Leaves oblong. obtufe, ferrated, {mooth, four in a whorl.
Spikes cluftered, oblong, —Found by Loureiro in moiit un-
cultivated ground in Cochinchina, Stem a foot high, with
four furrows. eaves ftellated, four in a whorl. Flewers
minute, pale violet. Ca/yx erect, with fharp teeth. Stamens
furrounded about the middle with long hairs. Seeds four,
roundifh,—We know nothing of this ipecies but from the
auther quoted. The cluttered /pikes mark it as diftin@ from
the laft.

5- M. incana, Hoary Slender-fpiked Mint. Sole MSS.
Donn, Cant. ed. 5. 142. (M.chalepenfis; Mill. Dié.
ed. 8. n. 10. Menthaitrum chalepenfe anguflifolium, rard
florens ; Boerh, Lugd-Bat. ed. 2. v. 1. 185.) —Leaves ovate-
oblong, ferrated, nearly feffile, very foft and downy on both
fides. Spikes folitary, very flender,—Native of ge

Oo 2 Hardy

MENTHA.

Hardy in our gardens, but it rarely flowers, unlefs, as Mil-
ler fays, it be confined ina pot. The /fem is fquare, a yard
high, purplifh, minutely hairy, roughifh to the touch, leafy,
with numerous oppofite branches. Leaves from one to two
inches long, nearly or quite feffile, ovate-oblong, or fome-
what elliptical, acute, finely and fharply ferrated, entirely
clothed with fine, fhort, denfe, hoary pubefcence. The
flowers we have never feen. This fpecies feems neareft akin
to the /ylveffris.

6. M. flvefris. Horfe Mint. Linn. Sp. Pl. 804.
Engl. Bot. t. 686. Fl. Dan. t. 484. (M. villofa; Sole
Menth. t. 1 and 2. M. rotundifolia; Sele Menth. t. 4.
Menthaftrum; Ger. em. 684. Riv. Monop. Irr. t. 51. f. 1.
Camer. Epit. 479. Fuchf. Hitt. 292. M. hortenfis fe-
cunda ; ibid 298.)—Leaves acute, with tooth-like ferra-
tures, chiefly downy beneath. Spikes hairy, flightly inter-
rupted, Bracteas awl-fhaped.—Native of wafte ground, in

rather moit fituations, throughout Europe, flowering, like’

molt of the genus, towards autumn. ‘The /fem is from two
to four feet high, fquare, fhaggy with hairs pomting down-
wards. Leaves feffile, of a grey and hoary afpe&, whitifh
underneath, with a ftrong dilagreeable feent for the moft
part, though fome German and Swifs varieties are faid to
be agreeably fragrant. Their fhape varies greatly, from
oblong, or ovate, to a very broad, almoft orbicular, figure,
as may be feen by the different figures above cited. The
Spikes, folitary at the end of every branch, are thick, various
in length, confifting of crowded, many-flowered, hairy
avhorls, with long, linear, acute, hairy draéeas, the lower-
moft of which are broadelt. Flower-/falks covered with
clofely deflexed hairs. aly. all over hairy, with long fharp
teeth. Corolla pale lilac, hairy, twice as long as the calyx.
Stamens occationally longer or fhorter than the corolla, ge-
nerally the latter.

We have from Switzerland, under the name of 7. /uavis
of Hoffmann, a narrow fharp-leaved variety of this; and
from Pyrmont, one with broad ovate leaves, as MM. grati/-
fima of Ebrhart, fee Hofim. Germ. for 1791. 203; both
have very hoary fpikes. We prefume the latter is the
identical MZ. fuaveolens, Ebrh. Beitr. fafe. 7. 149, but the
fynonyms there given all belong to the real rotundifolia,
than which nothing can lefs deferve the name of /uaveolens.
Willdenow quotes Ebrhart, with doubt, but rightly, under
his own nemorofa, which is merely the ovate variety of /ylve/-
tris. The gratiffima of Willdenow is a repetition of the fame.

7. M. niliaca. Egyptian Mint. Jacq. Hort. Vind. v. 3.
46. t. 87.—Leaves ovate, acute, ferrated, hairy on both
fides; paler beneath. Spikes cluftered. Stamens much
longer than the corolla, fmooth.—Native of Egypt. As
Vahl and Willdenow adopt this fpecies, and we have feen no
fpecimen, we would not prefume to refer it abfolutely to the
lait, but we are much perfuaded that it is a mere variety.
Jacquin defcribes the /eaves as villous, though green on both
fides ; Vah] fays they are, in the wild plant, foft and hoary.
The length of the /famens, though ftriking, is by no means to
be relied on fora {pecific character.

8. M. glabrata. Smooth Spiked Mint. Willd. n. 6.
Vahl. Symb. v. 3. 75. (M. kahirina; Forfk. AEgypt-
Arab ; 213.)—** Leaves ftalked, ovato-lanceolate, ferrated,
fmooth. Flowers in whorled clufters.’’—Found by Forfkall
about Cairo in Egypt. The whole p/ant is {aid to be fmooth.
Leaves half an inch (we prefume) in breadth, dotted be-
neath. Cluffer, or /pike, terminal of courfe. Wbhorls with
rine umbellate flowers at each fide. Braéeas linear, the
length of the whorls. Stamens fhorter, and _//yle longer, than
the corolla.—Our account is taken from Willdenow, who
copies Vahl. The latter examined Forflsall’s {pecimen.

9. M. rotundifolia. Round-leaved Mint. Linn. Sp. Pl.
805. Engl. Bot. t. 446. (M.crifpa; Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. 1.
576. M. fylveftris ; Sole Menth. t. 3. Menthaftrum an-
glicum; Riv. Monop. Irr. t. 51. f. 2. M. niveum angli-
cum; Ger. em. 684.)—Leaves elliptical, obtufe, rugged,
crenate, villous beneath. Spikes interrupted, fomewhat
hairy. Braéteas lanceolate. —Native of Germany, Switzer-
land, and England, in wafte marfhy ground. With us it is
rather rare. Ina variegated ftate, as defcribed by Gerarde,
it often occurs in gardens, and is fometimes almott entirely
white, like blanched endive. ‘This, which Mr. Sole unac-
countably miftook for the /ylveffris, is totally diftinét from
every variety of that {pecies. The invariably fhort, roundifh,
convex, and obtufe aves, rugofe, of a dark grafs green,
(not grey or hoary, ) above ; firmagky reticulated with very
hairy veins, but not hoary, beneath ; and the very peculiar
{trong fmell, and vifcidity, of the whole plant, mark it
with fufficient precifion. The /pikes are often cluftered or
panicled, more or lefs interrupted. Sradeas ovate, fharp-
pointed, prominent. Floqwer-/lalks clothed with deflexed
hairs. Calyx fhort, bell-fhaped, hairy all over, with long,
fharp, coloured teeth. Corolla much like that of /j/vefris-
Stamens, as far as we have obferved, always longer than the

etal.

. Mr. Sole greatly commends this mint for its ftimulating
refrefhing virtues, to which we can readily give credit, on
account of its powerful fcent, well compared by that writer
toa mixture of volatile falt of amber, camphor, and mint.
He found it of great ufe in chlorofis, and not without
fome effe& in epilepfy. He miltakes however in thinking
it the “true Menthaflrum, or Wild Horfe Mint, of the
fhops.””, That plant of Dale’s Pharmacologia, 159, our
belt authority, is certainly the /j/veffris ; deicribed above.
The Mentha /ylvefris cf Dale, as well as of Sole, is our
rotundifolia here defcribed. This is the more important to
be obferved, as the plants are probably very different in
qualities.

10. M. gviridis. Spear Mint. Linn. Sp. Pl. 804. Engl.
Bot. t. 2424. Woodv. Med. Bot. t. 170. Sole Menth.
t. 5. (M. romana; Ger. em. 680.) — Leaves feffile, lan-
ceolate, acute, naked. Spikes interrupted. Braéteas briftle-
fhaped, more or lefs hairy, as well as the teeth of the calyx.
—Native of moift meadows, in various parts of Europe. In
gardens it is fufficiently well known, by the names of Spear
Mint, and Mackerell Mint, and is the Mentha, fimply fo
called, of the fhops, the firft fpecies in Dale’s Pharmaco-
logia ; being the only kind, except Peppermint next men-
tioned, retained in the moft recent London Pharmaco-
peia.—There are however feveral remarkable varieties of
this fpeciesy wild in England, whofe flavours and qualities
differ trom the beft or cultivated kind; though the latter
is alfo a native of the fouthern parts of our ifland. The
Jflems ave two or three feet high, ere&, fmooth, with fharp
angles, branched, often purplifh. Leaves feffile, lanceolate,
acute, fharply ferrated, or in fome cafes toothed, {mooth,
except an occafional hairinefs beneath. ‘They are flrongly
veined, and in the varieties juft alluded to, they are confider-
ably rugofe, as well as of a broader and fhorter figure. In an
exotic variety, whofe hiftory is given in Tranf. of the Linn.
Soc. v. 5. 187, 188, and from which the defeription of
Miller’s rubra, n. 9, of his 8th edition, was made, the eaves
are broadly ovate, with long wavy teeth, almolt like MM.
crifpa, hereafter mentioned. ‘The /pikes are always more or
leis interrupted, tapering. Braéeas awl-fhaped, very flender
at the point, keeled, roughifh, fometimes three-cleft, the
lower and: larger ones moftly affuming an ovate form.
Flower-ftalts always fmooth, round and fhining. Calyx

ribbed,

MENTHA.,

ribbed, tapering at the bafe, and equally fmooth and naked
in that part, but the teeth are fringed, more or lefs con-
fpicuonfly, even in the garden variety, and very copioully
in the more common wild ones, with hoary hairs. ‘The co-
rolla io {mooth. Stamens varioun in length,

This {pecies may be known, in all cafes, from the //-
weflris, with which ita of its varieties have often been con-
founded, by the invariable {moothnefs of ite fower-falks and
bafe of the calyx. The varieties with thorter rugofe leaves,
and molt hairy ca/yx-teeth, have the moft ftrong and dif-
agreeable flavours, and are not fic for the ufes of the table,
Another variety has been fent us by the Rev. Dr. Mublen-
berg, from Pennfylvania, of a diminutive Mature, with ovate
leaves, not an inch long at the utmott, but in every effential
character agreeing with the above.

11. M, piperita. Pepper Mint. Sm. FI. Brit. n. 4.
Engl. Bot. t. 687. Hudf. 251. Woodv. Med. Bot. t. 169.
Sole Menth. t. 7, 8, and 24. Ehrh. Pl. Off. 216. Willd.
n. 13. (M. fpicis brevioribus et habitioribus, foliis Menthe
fufer, fapore fervido piperis; Raii Syn. 234. t. 10. f. 2.)
—Leaves ftalked, ovate, {moothith. Spikes obtufe, inter-
rupted in their lower part. Calyx very {mooth at the bafe.
—Native of watery places in various parts of England,
but it feems not to laws been found wild any where elfe.
In gardens it is every where cultivated, for the fake of its
valuable medicinal properties, which are of a pag gt or
{tomachic kind, and exift in great perfeGtion in the effen-
tial oil and diftilled water. It appears by the Linnean her-
barium, and we think alfo by the Mat. Med. of Bergius,
516, though his defcription unfortunately omits what would
abfolutely decide the queftion, that the Pepper Mint culti-
vated in Sweden is not our’s, but a high-flavoured variety of
M. hirfuta, which, even in the old Linnzan fpecimen, {till
retains the tafte of real Pepper Mint. Its ca/yx is entirely
clothed with afcending hairs, the flower-falks with deflexed
ones, the effential characters of MM. hirfuta; whereas the
piperita has the calya-teeth only hairy, the lower part of the
calyx, and that of the /lalks, being always remarkably
fmooth and polifhed. Hence it appears why Linnzus
reckoned his piperita among the capitate fpecies. Olur’s is
truly fpiked, though the {pikes vary in length, and are
ufually blunter than in the /j/veffris and rotundifolia. Mr.
Sole’s plates well difplay the two extremes, but we can
eafily trace one variety into the other.

The jem of AM. piperita is generally two or three feet
high, purplifh, with fome feattered deflexed hairs, and nu-
merous oppolite branches. eaves on ftalks of a moderate
length, ovate, acute, more or lefs elongated, and varying
from one to three inches in length, fharply ferrated ; dar.
green and nearly fmooth above; paler beneath, with many,
parallel, whitifh or purplifh, hairy veins. The /pikes are
thick, with lanceolate, fringed, long-pointed braéeas ; one
or two of their lower whorls often very diftant. Flower-
falks fometimes a little hairy in their upper part. Calyx as
above defcribed, its teeth fharp, moftly purple. Corolla
purplifh, fmooth, longer than the amens.—The flavour of
the whole herb is pungent, highly aromatic, leaving a cool-
nefs inthe mouth, like camphor, and finally a difagreeable
bitternefs. We have gathered, truly wild, in the romantic
dale of Bonfall, near Matlock, the precife Pepper Mint of
the gardens, in its highelt perfection, with elongated {pikes ;
which is of rare occurrence ina wild ftate.

12. M. crijpa. Curled Mint. Linn. Sp. Pl. 805. Berg.
Mat. Med. 513. Ehrh. Pl. Off.206. Riv. Monop. Irr.
t. 50. (M. n. 2305 Hall. Hift. v. 3. 100. M. crifpa
danica ; Morif. fect. 11. t. 6. f. 5.) —Leaves feffile, heart-
fhaped, wavy, {trongly toothed. Spikes capitate, blunt.

Teeth of the calyx, and top of the flower-ftalks flightly
hairy. Native of Biberia, according to Linnwus. Faller
confidered it us merely the outealt of gardens in Switzer-
land, With we it is only feen in a cultivated fate, and that
but rarely. The flema are three or four feet high, rather
bluntly quadrangular, clothed with a few hairs curved
downward, but little branched, leafy. Leaves numerous,
nearly or quite feffile, heart-thaped, fomewhat pointed,
thort and very broad, wavy and platted, with very ftrony,
twifled, crowded, acute, marginal teeth ; nearly {mooth
above ; flightly hairy beneath ; the veins all radiating, as it
were, from the lower part of the mid-rib. Spikes ufually
fhort, capitate, and very blunt ; fometimes more elongated
and tapering, asin the plate of Rivinus. Bradeas broad,
recurved, Flower-flalls {mooth, except a roughnefs, or
flight hairinefs, at the very fummit. Calyx ribbed, tumid
at the bafe, contraéted a hittle higher up, {mooth, except
a few marginal hairs on the long and fharp teeth. Corolla
{mooth, purplifh, rather longer than the Rides the is
moft akin in foliage to the exotic variety of M. viridis
above-mentioned ; nor do their calyces or y ead lalks much
differ. We are by no means certain that it ought not like-
wife to be confidered as a form of viridis. The original
crifpa of Sp. Pl. ed. 1, is no other than rotundifolia, which
is alfo the crifpa of Jacquin. As the fpecimen’ came from
Siberia, it feems to have caufed Linnzus to attribute that
habitat to the {pecies, which thus proves erroneous. Roth
fays the true crifpa, which by his defcription he feems to
underftand, is found in watery places near Riibeland in
Hercynia.—M. dentata, Willd. n. 15, feems by his own
Tfuggeftion, as well as the defcription, to be a whorled va-

riety of this.

13. M. odorata. Bergamot Mint. Sm. Fl. Brit. n. ¢
Engl. Bot. t. 1025. Sole Menth. t. 9. (M. citrata;
Ebrh. Beitr. fafc..7. 150. Willd. n. 13. M. rubra; Mill.
Di&. ed. 8. n. 9, with a falfe defcription, as mentioned
under M. viridis.) —Leaves ftalked, heart-fhaped, naked
on both fides. Spikes capitate, very blunt. Calyx and
flower-ftalks perfectly fmooth.—Native of watery places
in Chefhire and North Wales. Sol. Willdenow thinks it
may poffibly be wild in the Palatinate. In gardens it is
often preferved, for the fake of its fine {cent, refembling
that of the Bergamot Orange, being more powerful than
Monarda didyma. The whole herb often aflumes a dark
ange hue, in which it agrees with piperita ; but it dif-
ers from all the Mints known to us, at leat all that other-
wife approach it, in being perfeGly deftitute of hairinefs
throughout. The /aves are broad, fhort, and heart-fhaped.
Inflorefcence more truly capitate than in any variety of the
Pepper Mint, and agreeing with the capitate ftate of MZ.
hirfuta, n. 14, from which the uniformly fmooth fower-falks
and calyx always keep it very diftin&.

14. M. hirfuta. Hairy Mint. Sm. Fl. Brit. 616.

#, with fhort round terminal heads. M. hirfuta; Linn.
Mant. 81. Sm. Tr. of L. Soc. v. 5. 193. Hudf. ed. 1.
223. Engl. Bot. t.447. (M.aquatica; Hudf. 252, zand 9.
Sole Menth. t. 10, 11. M. aquatica, five Sifymbrium ;
Raii Syn. 233. Ger. em. 684. M. paluftris {picata; Riv.
Monop. Irr. t. 49. M. Sifymbrium di&a hirfuta, glomerulis
ac foliis minoribus ac rotundioribus ; Dill. in Raii Syn. 233.
t. 10. f. 1. M. piperita; Linn. Sp. Pl. 805. Berg. Mat.
Med. 516. Origanum vulgare; FI. Dan. t. 638!) ,

8, with a more elongated terminal head, or blunt fpike..
M. hirfuta 2 and «, Fi. Brit. 617. (M. paluftris; Sole
Menth. t. 6. M. paludofa; ibid.t. 22. Menthaftri aqua-
tici genus hirfutum, {pica latiore; Bauh. Hift. v. 3. p. 2.
222, Rati Syn. 234. M. minus;. Ger. em. 685.)

: Ys with

5

MENTHA.

y, with whorled flowers. M. -hirfuta Z—3; Fil. Brit.
17. (M. fativa; Linn. Sp. Pl. 805, excluding the fy-
nonyms. Sm. Tr. of L. Soc. v. 5..199. Engl. Bot. t. 448.
M. rivalis @, y, and 3; Sole Menth. 45.)

Leaves ftalked, ovate. Flowers capitate or whorled.
Calyx entirely clothed with hairs curved upwards. T'lower-
ftalks rough with deflexed hairs.—Common in watery places
throughout Europe. This is the molt variable fpecies of
the whole. It is often purplifh ; always more or lefs hairy,
and in general remarkably fo; the hairs of the /lem, branches,
and flower/lalks all curved downward, thote of the fuot-
_fialks, leaves, and efpecially thofe which clothe the caly«,
all turned forward or upward. The direétion of the pu-
‘befcence never varies, though its quantity is extremely va-
xiable. We have a wild fpecimen, which to the naked eye
Jooks nearly as fmocth as the odorata Jatt defcribed, but
which is, indeed, minutely hairy, efpecially the calyx and /lalks.
The root that bore this, being tranfplanted into a neighbour-
ing garden, produced, the following year, a plant as hairy
as any variety we have feen. The fmell of the prefent
{pecies is likewife changeable. In general it is pungent
and aromatic, much like Spear Mint, but fometimes acquires
the flavour of Pepper Mint, or of Camphor, and occafionally
a very {weet odour, like Frankincenfe Thyme, very lafting
in fpecimens feventy years old, and which is now and then
Yound inthe, ufually fetid, M7. arvenfis. The ffems are up-
right, moftly branched, in the manner of JM. odorata.
Leaves ftalked, ovate, rather acute, but fometimes blunt,
ferrated, very variable in fize ; their veins ftrong and parallel.
Flowers purp\ith; in the firft variety, «, capitate, like thofe
of odorata, with one or two denfe, diftant, ftalked, axillary
whorls below; in @, fo many whorls terminate the ftem or
branches as to form a bluntih f{pike, ftill accompanied by a
4diftant whorl, or rather a pair of {talked axillary heads, under-
neath ; this has been made a fpecies by moft authors, but it
thas all the effential chara€ters of «, into which we have ob-
ferved it to change, even ina wild ftate, according to changes
in the moifture of the foil; thisis the paluffris of Sole, t. 6;
his paludofa, t. 22, has the whorls feffile, and more numerous,
fo as more nearly to refemble a properly whorled mint,
which plants ef this kind, from Mr. Sole, have com-
pletely become in our garden ; in y, which like « varies in
tize, hairinefs, colour, and flavour, the inflorefcence is entirely
whorled throughout. It is not without repeated obferva-
tions on thefe plants in their wild ftate, and long cultivation
of them in two different gardens, one wet, the other dry,
that we have been decided in confidering thefe different forms
of inflorefcence, in the M. hirfuta, as conttituting no fpecific
diftinétion. We have indeed fpecimens which fhew the
change froma to y, This is a point neverthelefs which
theoretical botanilts find difficult to allow, and which nothing
ut great experience can eftablifh. .See a fimilgr inftance
mentioned at the end of our rath {pecies.

15. M. acutifolia. Fragrant Sharp-leaved Mint. FI. Brit.
n 7. Engl. Bot. t. 2415. (M. verticillata; Mill. Dia.
ed. 8. n. 17.)—Flowers whorled. Leaves ovato-lanceolate,
tapering at each end, Calyx hairy all over. Hairs of the
fiower-ltalks fpreading.— The only fpecimen we have ever
feen, was gathered by Rand, at the fide of the river Med-
way, in Kent. Miller fays the plant grew between Ro-
chelter and Chatham, where Mr. Sowerby has fought it in
vain. We doubt its being diftiné from J. hirfuta, but the
amuch more fpreading hairs of the flower-/falks, tirft induced
us to think it more than a variety. The very {weet fcent,
dike frankincenfe thyme, agrees with a variety above-men-
tioned of hirfuta, nor perhaps can the tapering bafes of the
dcaves be thought of more importance, as the foliage of the

latter fpecies is acknowledged to vary much. The xvhorls
are all quite feflile. Calyx clothed with afcending hairs,
efpecially at the bafe, by which this plant is effentially
diftinguifhed from rubra, n. 17, while the hairy fower-flalks
diftinguifh it from the following.

16. M. canadenfis. Canadian Mint. Linn. Sp. Pl. 806.
Ait. Hort. Kew. n. 13 —Flowers whorled. Leaves ovato-
lanceolate, tapering at each end. Foot{talks twice as long
zs the'whorls. Calyx hairy all over. Flower-ftaiks quite
fmooth.—Gathered in Canada by Kalm. It was fent in
1801, by the late Mr. Maffon, to Kew garden, where it
lives in the open air, flowering in July. No figure of this
{pecies has yet appeared. It is more nearly allied to our
acutifolia, than to the arvenfis, with which Linnzus com-
pares it. The long flender foot/lalks, fharply ferrated and
more lanceolate /eaves, and the perfeétly {mooth and naked
flowerSlalks, are its difcriminating charatters. The calyx
is hairy all over, with more erect hairs than in arven/is.
The chorls are accompanied by long linear bradeas.

This fhould feem to be M. borealis of Michaux, Boreal-
Amer. v. 2.23 while his tenuis appears to be our {mall
American variety of viridis, mentioned under that {pecies ;
but having feen no fpecimens, we decline a politive reference
to his work.

17. M. rubra. Tall Red Mint. -Tr. of L. Soe. y. 5.
205. Engl. Bot. t. 1413. (M. fativa; Sole Menth.
t. 21. M. verticillata; Raii Syn. 232. Riv. Monop, Irr.
t. 48. f. 1. M. fativa rubra; Ger. em. 680. M. pra-
tenfis; Sole Menth.t.17. (See Tr. of L. Soc. v. 5. 275.)
—F lowers whorled. Leaves ovate. Stem upright, zigzag.
Flower-ftalks and lower part of the calyx very {mooth ;
teeth hairy. Found about ditches, wet hedges, and the
borders of rivers, not unfrequently, in England. Foreign
writers feem unacquainted with this, which is the talleit
and handfomeft of our Mints, rifing to the height of four,
five, or fix feet, with a red, wavy, ufually {mooth flem, bear-
ing few and fhort branches. Leaves ovate, ftalked, of a
dark fhining green, often very broad, with itrong ferratures ;
the upper ones {mall and fhort. hors numerous, ftalked,
of many large purplifh-red flowers, with linear fringed
Lraéeas. Calyx tubular, dotted with numerous refinous
points, quite {mooth, like the flower-/lalks, except the teeth,
which are always mere or lefs furnifhed with upright hairs.
The whole plant has a {trong aromatic fcent, efpecially in
a dry foil. We have feen it kept in country gardens, and
called Heart Mint, from its f{uppofed cordial qualities. The
Rev. Mr. Williams has obferved this {pecies in Shropthire,
acquiring the peculiar fcent of MMW. arvenfis, of which we
know no other inftance.

18. M. gentilis. Bufhy Red Mint. Linn. Sp. Pl. 805.
Engl, Bot. t. 2118. (M. rubra; Sole Menth. t. 18. M.
rivalis «; ibid. t.20. M. variegata; ibid. t. 19. M.
aryenfis verticillata verficolor ; Morif. fet. 11. t. 7. f. 5.)
—Flowers whorled. Leaves ovate. Stem very much
branched and fpreading. Flower-ftalks and bafe of the
calyx fmooth.—In watery wafte places, but not common,
We have it from North Wales, Shropfhire, and Somerfet-
fhire. Linus fays it grows in the fouth of Europe, and
Dr. Sibthorp found what he took for this fpecies, and
judged to be the “Hévocuos ayes of Diofcorides, frequent
among ftubble in Greece, at the end of autumn ; but there
being ro fpecimen in his herbarium, we cannot be certain
of what he intended, This differs widely from the laft in
having a low, bufhy, much-branched fem. The whole plant
is rather hairy, and on a dry foil pleafantly aromatic. Leaves
paler, lefs fhizing, and more elongated than in rubra, as
weil as more uuiform in fhape; their veins whitifh under-

neath.

MENTHA,

neath, Whorlsnot quite fellile, Bradteas lanceolate, various
in fixe. Flower-flalls round, purple, for the molt part
very fmooth, Upper part of the ea/yw more or lefs rough,
with afcending hairs; bale fmooth; the whole fprinkled
with refinons dots, Corolla pale purple, gronerally as long
aa the ftamens.—'T'he variety with blotches of yellow on
the leaves, (Sole’s t. 19, figured alfo in Morifon,) when
cultivated in‘a dry gravelly foil, is much improved in feent,
and undergoes other changes; the whorls often become
elevated on long leafy ftalks, and the fower/lalls rough
with deflexed hairs.

19. M. gracilis. Norrow-leaved Mint. Sole Menth.
16. Fil, Brit. n. 10. (M, gentilis; Engl. Bot. t. 449.

Sole Menth. t. 15. M. hortentis verticillata, ocymi odore ;
Morif. feét. 11. t. 7. f. 1.) —Flowers whorled. Leaves
Tanceolate, nearly feflile, Stem much branched, erect.
Flower-ttaiks and bale of the calyx very fmooth.x—On com-
mons and walte ground, chiefly in watery places. The
variety {mélling, ike Balil, gentilis of Sole, is faid by that
author to. be * frequent in ditches and wafle places, near
towns and villages, but {carcely wild.” We have feen it in
prcns only, where it is fometimes kept for its fcent, refem-
ling Bafil, or the perfume of the Mufcat Grape ; but this
favour is not fo conflant in the living plant, nor fo perma-
nent in the dry one, as many others met with in this genus.
The ordinary A. gracilis has the ftrong lalting feent of
viridis, not of the finelt kind, The whole derd is a little
hairy, Stem ere&, twelve or eighteen inches’ high, much
branched about the middle, leafy, rough, and reddifh. Leaves
uniform, lanceolate, acute, fharply erraneld: tapering much
at the bafe, but hardly ftalked, yeh green, flightly
clothed with fhort hairs. Whorls generally {cffile, with lan-
ceolate hairy dradeas. Flocwer-flalki round, purple, uni-
formly and perfectly fmooth. Calyx tubular, fois whale
bell-fhaped, purple,, with refinous dots; very fmooth and
naked at the bile 3: furrowed upwards, and clothed towards
the top, efpecially its taper-teeth, with white upright hairs.
Gorolla purplith, bearded at the extremity, longer than the
ftamens.—The Bafil-feented variety has deflexed eaves ; the
lower ones ovate; the floral ones often fo fmall, that it
affumes the afpeét of a fpiked mint. Had we not found it
by culture extremely variable in thefe characters, while the
i conitantly agree with the true gracilis, we might
ave been tempted to confider this variety a diitin& {pecies,

20. M. arvenjis. Corn Mint. Linn. Sp. Pl. 806. Hudf.
253. Fl. Brit. n. rm Engi. Bot. t. 211g Sole Menth.
t. 12. Ehrh. Pl. Off. 416. Fl. Dan. t. 512. (M. arventis
verticillata procumbens; Morif. fe&. 11. t. 7. f. 5. Cala-
mintha aquatica; Ger. em. 684. M. precox ; Sole Menth.
t. r3.)—Flowers whorled. — Leaves ovate. Stem much
branched, diffufe. Calyx bell-fhaped, clothed all over with
horizontal hairs.—Trequent in corn-fields where water ftag-
nates in winter, efpecially ona fandy or gravelly foil. It is
often a troublefome weed, becaufe of the widely-creeping

nature of the root, and its turgid flefhy thoots, well cal--

culated to retain life in a foil that fluctuates as to humidity.
The flems are mottly diffufe, and much branched. Leaves
ovate, inclining to elliptical, obtufe, pale, clothed with ra-
ther rigid’ prominent hairs... /lower-/lalts fhortiths round,
generally fmooth, fometimes furnifhed with a few {preading,
or flightly deflexed, hairs. Calyx fhorter, more beil-{haped,
and more broadly toothed than in any of the foregoing, and
effentially characterifed by being clothed all over with hori-
zontally f{preadtng hairs. Flowers reddith-lilac, externally
hairy.

This {pecies is readily known by its peculiar {cent, juftly
compared to that of blue mouldy cheefe, and which Haller

fays he could not endure, The dried {pecimens Mrongly
retain it. The neat, elliptical, {moother faves of Mr. Sole’s
pracow, aod its earlier time of flowering, indicate fome-
what of a fpecific difference, but culture and repeated
oblervations ios not confirmed it. AV. au/flriaca, Jacqe
Auttr, t. 530, Wild, 9. 18, is with great probability ful.
ected by the latter author co be a variety of arvenfis, Mr.

Vinch has fent us from Northumberland an alcending un.
branched fpecimen of arvenfiy, very lke Jacquin’s figure 5
but having feen no Aultrian fpecimen, we can decide nothing:

4

on the fubjec t. “Phe hairs of the tly and flower-flalks, which
nobody has properly defcribed or jigured, mutt fettle the mat-
ter in difpute. Jacquin’s plate beurs a great relemblance to
the precox. A variety of arvenfis, with the flavour of Bafil,
is the yentilis of Mill, Diét. ed. 8. nm. 15,

at. M. agrefliss Rugged Field Mint. Sole Menth. t. 14.
Engl. Bot.t. 2120. (M. arvenfisy; FL Brit. 624. Tr. of
Linn. Soc. v.. 5, 213. 216.)-—Flowers whorled. Leaves
fomewhat heart-fhaped, Itrongly ferrated, rugofe, Stem»
erect. Calyx bell-(haped, clothed all over with horizontal
hairs.—Obterved by Mr. Sole in corn-ficlds and negleéted-
gardens in Somerfetihire. Mr. Borrer finds it very common
in Sufflex. We have been induced, in the 30th vol. of
Engl. Bot. to agree with Mr, Soe in feparating this plant
from arvenfis, on account of iis upright fem, and roundifh-
heart-fhaped, rugged, dark, {trongly ferrated aves, whiclz
give it a peculiarly coarfe and harth afpeé ; all which marks
our cultivated and abundantly increaling fpecimens have
now retained for thirteen years without the featt variation.
The parts of the fower, and the fcent of the whole serd;
accord entirely with the arven/is.

22. M. Pulegium. Common Penny-royal. Linn. Sp Pl.
807. Woody. Med. Bot. t. 174. Sole Menth. t. 23. Engl.
Bot. t. 1026. (Pulegium ; Fuchf. Hilt. 198. Riv. Monop.
Irr. t. 23. f. 1. Brunf. Herb. v. 1. 227. 2. regium; Ger-
em. 671.)—Flowers whorled. Leaves ovate. Stem prof{--
trate. Flower-ftalks downy. Calyx hairy all over, with
fringed teeth—Native of watery places. in.various parts of
Europe. This is much fmaller than any of the preceding,
and is known by its proftrate fems ; {mall, downy, ftalked,
ovate, reflexed ‘aves, {paringly ferrated ; and numerous
denfe whorls of purplith, fometimes-white, fowers, without .
braé&eas. The flowerlalks are always denfely clothed with
fine fhort prominent hairs or;down.. Calyx les denfely
clothed, either,with hairs of the fame length, or, as is moit
commonly the cafe, with longer and more-briftly. hairs, a»
little afcending :-its.teeth fringed. with briftles ; its mouth»
clofed with hairs. Coral/a.twice the length of the calyxs
very hairy externally, fhorter than the famens... The broadett
feyment of the corella-is decidedly cloven, as it ought to be
in Mentha. Some botanifts thought they found it otherwiles
and on that ground were. difpofed to feparate Pulegium as a.

nus.
er he flavour of Penny-royal is peculiarly. ftrong, refem-
bling Thymus Nepeta, Fl. Brit., but not:confiued.to thefe
plants. Some Cunile and Satwreje¢ have the fame {cent.

Some old authors diltinguithed from this the Mentha aqu2-
tica,, pulegium mas difia; Tournef. Init..1go. Pulegium
latifolium.alterum ;- Bavlh. Pin. 222..P. mas ; Ger. em. 671--
—This is faid 10 differ.in having an-ere& item... We have
carefully examined .a {pecimen in Sherard’s:herbarium, and
have been inchned to make it a diftinG {pecies, the eaves being”
broad and nearly fmooth, and the hairs of the ca/yx rather
more long and brillly than in any Britith varieties of Pule--
gium. Still'as we perceive gradations among the latter, we -
prefer leaving the matter as we find it, till living fpecimens .
fall in our way. About the following we have lefs doubr.

7 23. Mi.

MENTHA.

23, M. tomentofa. Downy Penny-royal. (M. aquatica
tomentofa minima; Tourn. Inft. 190. Pulegium tomen-
tofum minimum; Bocce. Sic. go. t. 41. f. 2.)—Flowers
whorled. Leaves ovate, hairy. Stem afcending. Flower-
{talks denfely clothed with horizontal hairs. Calyx covered
with long loofely-{preading hairs.—Native of Sicily. We
have it from Algiers, fent by the late Monf. Brouffonet.
Its appearance is altogether much more hairy or fhaggy than
any variety of Pulegium; the mouth of the ca/yx is entirely
clofed with wool rather than hair, and the hairy covering of
the flower-flalks is remarkable for its great length and den-
fity. If thefe marks be accidental, we know no other in-
ftance of the kind among Menthe, yet we confefs them
rather differences in degree, than in direGtion, of the pubef-
cence.

24. M.cervina. Hyflop-leaved Mint. Linn. Sp. Pl. 807.
Willd. n. 21. (M.n. 222; Hall. Hilt. v. 1. 98. Pulegium
angultifolium ; Morif. fect. rz. t. 7. f£. 7. Riv. Monop. Irr.
t. 23. f. 2. Ger. em.,672.)—Flowers whorled. Bracteas
palmate. Leaves linear. Calyx and flower-ftalks {mooth.
—Native of the fouth of France. A mofl diftinét and
remarkable fpecies. The whole p/ant is {mooth, larger than
Pulegium, with which it nearly agrees in flavour and qua-
lities. Stem afcending, flightly quadrangular, not much
branched. Leaves feffile, linear, keeled, nearly or quite en-
tire ; their under fide copioufly dotted. /Whorls large, denfe,
many-flowered, each accompanied by a pair of broad, rigid,
ribbed, palmate bradeas. Calyw tubular, ribbed, with fhort
fpinous teeth. Corolla twice as long as the calyx. Stamens
prominent.

Two Linnzan {pecies remain to be noticed. Thefe are—
MM. exigua; Linn. Sp. Pl. 806. Sm. Plant. Ic. ex Herb.
Linn. t. 38. This is fhewn in Tr. of Linn. Soe. v. 3. 18,
to be the fame plant as Cunila pulegioides of Linnzus, and is
therefore ftruck out of the prefent genus.

M. perilloides. Linn. Sy{t. Veg. ed. 13. 445. (Ocymum
frutefcens ; Linn. Sp. Pl. 832.) —This is indeed diftin&t from
Perilla ocymoides, with which fome have been difpofed to
confound it; but fo little like a AZentha, that it does not
concern our prefent fubjeét ; neither is the original {pecimen
fufficient to determine its genus.

MENTHA canarienfis and plumofa. See BysTRopocon.

Mentwa, in Gardening, comprehends plants of the hardy
herbaceous perennial kind, of which the fpecies cultivated
are, the {fpear-mint (M. viridis) ; the round-leaved mint
(M. rotundifolia) ; the curled mint (M. crifpa); the pep-
per-mint (M. piperita) ; the red mint (M. gentilis) ; the
penny-royal (M. pulegium) ; and the hyflop-leaved mint, or
upright penny-royal (M. cervina.)

From the firft kind not being fo hot to the tafte as pep-
permint, and having a more agreeable flavour than moft of
the other forts, it is generally preferred for culinary and
other purpofes. The leaves and tops are ufed in {pring
faiads, and eaten as fauce with lamb, and, when dried, in
foups, &c.

There are feveral varieties of it, as, the broad-leafed ; the
narrow-leafed ; the curled-leafed; the variegated-leafed ; the
filver-{triped-leafed ; and the gold-{triped-leafed.

The fourth {pecies, in its external appearance, correfponds
with the firft fort, for which it may eafily be miftaken ;
but in that the ftem is taller, the leaves have fearcely any
petioles, and are narrower in proportion to their length, the
{pikes are longer and compofed of more whorls.

In the fifth fort there is a variety with the fcent of bafil ;
the orange-fcented mint ; the gold-itriped orange mint ; the

ellow-orauge mint ; and the reddifh-orange mint.

And the fixth fpecies varies with a white flower, and with

the ftems ere&t, nearly a foot high: the leaves longer and
narrower: the whorls‘of flowers much larger, the ftamens
longer than the corolla: this is Spanifh penny-royal, which
has almoft fuperfeded the other fort; the ftems being more
ere4t, it is eafier to tie in bunches, and it comes earlier to
flower, and has a brighter appearance,

In the feventh fort there is a variety with white flowers;
growing taller than the common one with purple flowers,
which is by fome preferred to the fixth fort for medicinal
ufe, and called Hart’s penny-royal.

Method of Culture in the Mint Kind.— AN thefe plants may
be increafed with facility by young offset plants or fhoots,
or by parting their roots, and planting them out in the
{pring, or by planting cuttings during any of the fummer
months in a moift foil. After the cuttings are planted,
when the feafon is dry, they fhould be often watered until
they have taken root ; when they require no further care,
but to be kept ciean from weeds. The beft method is to
plant them in beds about four feet wide, allowing a path
about two feet broad between them, to water, weed, and
cut the plants ; being fet four or five inches or more diftant
in the rows, as the plants fpread much at their roots; on
which account the beds fhould not ftand longer than three
years before planting them again, as by that time the roots
become fo clofely matted, as to rot and decay each other
when they are fuffered to ftand longer.

With regard to the general culture it is that of clearing
them from weeds in {pring and fummer, cutting down all
the remaining ftalks annually in autumn; removing all
weeds ; digging the alleys, and fpreading a little of the
earth over the beds. Plantations thus formed will afford
feveral cuttings every fummer, when only wanted young for
ufe, for culinary purpofes ; but when for drying to keep in
winter, or green for diltilling or medicinal ufe, the plants
fhould generally be fuffered to ftand until nearly full grown,
and they are jut coming into flower ; which being then cut
down clofe, the roots fend up another crop fit for cutting
again in the beginning of autumn, or towards Michaelmas ;
each general cutting being always made as clofe to the
ground as it poffibly can be done.

Method of forcing Mint on Hot-beds—Where it is much
wanted for falads in the winter and early {pring feafons, a
hot-bed fhould be made for this purpofe, any time after
November till the fpring, about two feet thick of dung,
covering it with garden frames and glafles, or with mats
on arched fticks, which fhould then be earthed over with
rich mould, fix inches thick ; when a quantity of roots
fhould be taken up from a bed and planted pretty clofe
together upon the furface of the bed, moulding them over
an inch deep with fine earth, putting on the lights, or other
coverings, keeping them clofe in the nights and in bad
weather, but admitting frefh air in mild weather. The
plants foon come up, when frefh air fhould be admitted in
fine weather, and moderate waterings fhould begiven, and they
will foon be ready to have their young green tops gathered
for ufe. When the plants are two or three inches high,
they are ready for being cropped, after which they prefently
break out again, and frefh fhoots rife from the bottom ; fo
that the fame bed furnifhes frefh fupplies a long time ;
two beds, made at different times, being generally fufficient
for the whole winter ufe. In this way mint may be obtained
young and green from the time that in the natural ground it
ea off in autumn until it comes in again in the {pring
eafon.

Young mint fhoots may alfo be procured by planting
fome roots thick in large pots, and placing them in a hot-

houfe,

MENTHA.,

houfe, as they quickly thoot and furnith plants of young
green mint in fuch fituations,
here this practice is much attended to, {mall freth
peentetions fhould be made annually in the open ground
the purpofe of furnifhing a fulficency of roots, proper
for taking up at forcing time without difturbing thofe of
the principal crops.

Method of Culture in the Pennyroyal Kinds.—Thefe may be
increaled in the fame manner aa above, and alfo by ae
ereeping flems, which fhould be cut off and planted ‘out in
freth beds, allowing at lealt a toot diftance every way. The
young thoots planted in the {pring in the fame way alfo
take root like the other forts. The proper time for this
work is inthe early autumn, that the plants may be well
rooted before winter.

Tt is found that in this way the plante are much ftronger,
and produce larger crops than when planted out in the
{pring. When she roots remain fo clofe as is generally the
cafe, they are apt to rot in the winter feafon. They fuc-
ceed belt in a moilt ttrong foil.

It may be noticed that fome of the fpecies and varieties
may be introduced in the borders and other parts of plea-
fure grounds, for ornament and variety with good effeét.

Menu, in the Materia Medica. Several fpecies of
this genus have fome claims on our notice under this head.
The Mentha piperita, or “ pepper-mint,’’ has a more pene-
trating fmell than any of the other mints, and a much
ftronger and warmer taite, pungent like pepper, finking as
it were into the tongue, and followed by a fenfation of cold-
nefs. By maceration, or infufion, it readily and ftrongl
impregnates both water and fpirit with its virtue. On dit
tillation with water, it yields a confiderable quantity of
effential oil of a pale greenifh-yellow colour, growing of a
darker colour by age, very light, fubtile, -poffeffing in a
high degree the {pecific {mell and penetrating pungency of
pepper-mint. _ According to Dr. Cullen, re&tification is par-
ticularly neceffary and proper for this effential oil. What
has been called effence of pepper-mint is, in his opinion, no
other than the reétified oil, diffolved in f{pirit of wine.
Reétified {pirit, drawn with a gentle heat from the tin&ture
made in that menftruum, brings over little of the virtue of
the herb, nearly all its pungency and warmth remaining con-
centrated in the extract. This plant, it is obferved, yields
camphor. Its ftomachic, antifpafmodic, and carminative

ualities render it ufeful in fefuleat colics, hyfterical affec-
tions, retchings, and other dyfpeptic fymptoms, acting as
a cordial, and often producing immediate relief. Its offi-
cinal preparations are an eflential oil, a fimple water, and a
fpirit. ‘The water is prepared by pouring on, e.g. a pound
and half of pepper-miut, fo much water, that, after the dif-
tillation, a fufficiency may remain to prevent empyreuma ;
and dittilling over a gallon. The fpirit of pepper-mint is ob-
tained by macerating, for 24 hours, a pound and half of

epper-mint dried in a gallon of proof fpirit, with water
Eiicient to prevent empyreuma, and diftilling a gallon by a
gentle fire. PS é

Mentha viridis, or fativa, “ {pear-mint,”’ is not fo warm
to the talte as pepper-mint, but having a more agreeable
flavour, it is preferred for culinary ufes, and more generally
cultivated in our gardens. Many virtues are afcribed by
the ancients to mint, but the particular {pecies is not afcer-
tained. ‘This, however, is of no great importance in a
medical view, as the virtues of all refide in the aromatic
flavour, which is common to the whole genus. On drying,
the leaves lofe about three-fourths of their weight, without
fuffering much lofs of their fmell or talte ; nor is the {mell
foon diffipated by moderate warmth, or impaired on keep-

Vox. XXIII. e

ing, Cold water, by maceration for fix or eight hours on
the dry herb, and warm water in a fhorter time, become
richly impregnated with its favour. By diftillation, a pound
and a half of the dry leaves communicate a flrong impregna.
tion to a gallon of water: the diftilled water proves rather
more clegant, if drawn from the freth plant in the propor.
tion of ten pints from three pounds. Along with the
aqueous fluid an effential oil diftils, of a pale yellowith co
lour, changing to a red, in quantity near one ounce from
ten pounds of the freth herb in flower, fmelling and tafting
ftrongly of the mint, but fomewhat lef agreeable than the
herb itfelf. Dry mint, digefted in reétified fpirit, either in
the cold or with a gentle warmth, gives out readily its pe-
culiar tafte and fmell, without imparting the groffer and
more ungrateful matter, though the digettion be long con-
tinued. ‘The tinéture appears by daylight of a fine dark
green, by candle-light of a dark red colour: a tinGture ex-
tracted from the remaining mint by freth {pirit, appears in
both lights green: the colour of both tinétures changes, in
keeping, to a brown, On gentle diftillation, with proof
fpirit, the {pirituous portion which rifes at firft difeovers
little flavour of the mint; but as foon as the watery part
begins to diltil, the virtues of the mint come over plentifully
with it. Hence the f{piritus menthz fativa, P. L., which
is prepared by drawing off a gallon of proof fpirit from a
pound and a half of the dried plant, proves ftrongly im-
pregnated with the mint.

‘o {pear-mint are to be afcribed the fame medicinal qua-
lities which we have noticed of pepper-mint; but the dif-
ferent preparations of the former, though more pleafant,
are perhaps lefs efficacious. It contains much effential oil,
but of an odour fomewhat lefs agreeable than that of Ia-
vender or marjoram. It is therefore lefs employed as a
cephalic ; but 1t a¢ts very powerfully on the parts to which
it is immediately applied, and therefore confiderably on the
ftomach, invigorating all its funétions. It atts efpecially
as an antifpafmodic, and therefore relieves pains and cholic
depending upon fpafm. It will alfo ftop vomiting, de-
pending upon fuch a caufe; but there are many cafes of
vomiting in which it is of no fervice: and in thefe cafes,
anywife depending upon inflammatory irritation in the fto-
mach itfelf, or in other parts of the body, it aggravates the
difeafe, and increafes the vomiting. PraGutioners have
thought, and we think juftly, that the infufion of mint in
warm water agrees better with the ftomach than the dif-
tilled water, which is often fomewhat empyreumatic.

Lewis obferves, that it is faid by fome to prevent the
coagulation of milk ; and hence it has been recommended to
be ufed along with milk diets, and even in cataplafms and
fomentations for refolving coagulated milk in the breaits.
Upon experiment, the curd of milk, digefted in a ftrong
infufion of mint, could not be perceived to be any otherwife
affe@ted than by common water; but milk, in which mint
leaves were fet to macerate, did not coagulate near fo foon
as an equal quantity of the fame milk kept by itfelf.

The officinal preparations of fpear-mint are an effential
oil, a conferve, a fimple water, and a {pirit. Lewis M. M.
Cullen M. M. Woodville Med. Bot.

The f{pear-mint water, aqua menthz viridis of the Lendon
Pharmacopeia, is prepared by pouring on a pound and half
of fpear-mint fo much water, that, after the diftillation,
enough may remain to prevent empyreuma ; and diftilling
over a gallon. The {pirit, fpiritus menthe viridis, is ob-
tained by macerating, for 24 hours, a pound and half of
dried fpear-mint in a gallon of proof fpirit, with water fuffi-
cient to prevent empyreuma, and diitilling a gallon by a

gentle fire,
“Pop Mentha

MEN

Mentha Pulegium, “ Penny-royal mint,'’ has a warm
pungent flavour, fomewhat fimilar to mint, but more acrid,
and lefs agreeable both in fmell and tafte. Its ative prin-
ciple is an effential oil, of a more volatile nature than that of
mint, coming over haftily with water at the beginning of
the diftillation, and rifing alfo in great part with highly-
rectified fpirit ; in tafte very pungent, and of a ftrong {mell ;
when newly drawn, of a yellowifh colour, with a caft of
green; by age turning brownith.

The pulegium certainly poffeffes the general properties of
the other mints: it is fuppofed, however, to be of lefs effi-
cacy as a ftomachic, but more ufeful as a carminative and
emmenagogue, and is more commonly employed in hytterical
affeStions. We are told by Boyle, and others, that it has
been fuccefsfully ufed in the hooping-cough; but the chief
purpofe to which it has long been adminiltered is promoting
the uterine evacuation, With this intention, Haller recom-
mends an infuffon of the herb with fteel, in white wine,
which he never knew to fail of fuccefs. However, in the
opinion of Dr. Cullen, mint is in every re{pe& a more ef-
fectual remedy than penny-royal; and nothing but the
neglect of all attempts to eftablifh principles could have
made phyficians think of this as a peculiar medicine different
from the other {pecies: and conformably to this remark, it
may be obferved, that this plant is lefs frequently ufed now
than formerly. ¥

Its officinal preparations are a fimple water, a {pirit, and
an effential oil. Lewis M.M. . Cullen M.M. Woodville
Med. Bot.

Aqua pulegit, ‘* Penny-royal water,”’ is prepared by
pouring on a pound and half of penny-royal fo much water,
that, after diitillation, enough may remain 10 prevent em-
pyreuma, and diftilling over a gallon. The “ {pirit of penny-
royal”? is obtained by macerating, for 24 hours, a pound
and half of dried penny-royal in a gallon of proof fpirit, with
water fufficient to prevent empyreuma, and diftilling a gallon
by a gentle fire. The water which diftils over with the
oils of pepper-mint, fpear-mint, and penny-royal, is to be
kept for ufe. Lond. Pharmac. 1809.

MENTI Levaror, in Anatomy, a fmall mufcle in the
chin. It is defcribed with the muicles of the lower lip, in
the article DeGLuTitTion.

MENTOLE, in Geography, a town of the ifland of
Ceylon, on the weft coatt; 80 miles W.N.W. of Trinco-
maly._ N. lat.g? 1! E. long. 80° 3!.

MENTON, a town of France, in the department of the
Maritime Alps, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri@
of Monaco; 6 miles N.E. of Monaco. The place con-
tains 3289, and the canton 4383 inhabitants, ona territory
of 60 kiliometres, in 4 communes.

MENTOS, a town of Louifiana, on the Akanfas; 150
miles .S.W. of New Madrid. N. lat. 35° 27'. W. long.
92° 40'.

MENTUM, in Azatomy, the lower part of the face, be-
neath the mouth; which we otherwile diftinguifh by the
name of chin

MENTZ, or Mayence, Archlifhopric of, in Geography,
formerly ‘an eleétoral principality of Germany, in which,
befides corn, are breeds of cattle, fine garden fruits, and
excellent wines, particularly thofe Rhenifh wines that are
furmfhed by the Rheingau: good falt is alfo manufa@tured
here, and it has here and there iron mines. In the Mentz
portion of the Berg-Strazza is found plenty of almonds,
chefouts, and filberds. ‘The lower part of the Eichsfeld
yields corn in fufficient abundance, together with large
quantities of flax and tobacco. The principal rivers are the

Rhine, the Maine, the Jaxt, and the Lahn. In the whole

MEN

of the eleGtoral countries of Mentz, comprehended within
this circle, were 41 cities and 21 an Eichsfeld is
now annexed to the kingdom of Weftphalia. In the upper
Eichsfeld are manufactures of ferge and linen; and in the
lower, tobacco and flax are cultivated. In the archbifhop-
ric are fome woollen and other manufaétures ; and a con-
fiderable trade is carried on in wines. From Berg-Strazza
are exported almonds, chefnuts, nuts, and nut-wood. The
countries lying on the Rhine and on the Maine have, ever
fince the Reformation, been fubjeé& to the elector of Mentz,
and maintained their ‘attachment to the Roman Catholic
faith. It was in the year 751 that the bifhopric of Mentz
was fully eftablifhed as an archbifhopric, which was firft
adminiftered by S. Boniface; and with the archbifhopric,
the firft in Germany, the dignity of eleétor was infeparably
conneGed. In 1802, at the fettlement of the indemnities,
in confequence of the afcendency gained by the French in
Germany, all that part of the diocefe which lay on the right
of the Maine, was given to the prince of Naffau-Ulingen,
except the bailiwick of Afchaffenburg. It was then deter-
mined that the eletoral title fhould from that time be eleétor
of Afchaffenburg, and count of Wetzlar; that he fhould
{till continue arch-chancellor of the empire, and hold his
office at Ratifbon, with fome abbies, and other indemnities,
fo as to yield an annual revenue of a million of florins. His
jurifdiGion, as metropolitan of the German church, was to
extend all over Germany, except the Pruffian fates.
Menrz, or Mayenze, formerly capital of the above-men-
tioned eleCtorate and archbifhopric of Germany, but by the
treaty of Campo Formio, 1797, a city of France, chief
place of a diftri€, and capital of the department of Mont-
Tonnerre, fituated at the conflux of the Rhine and Maine ;
bearing in Latin the appellation of “* Moguntium.” It
was confidered as a barrier fortrefs of the empire. The
city is large and populous, but confifts, for the moft part,
of narrow itreets and old-fafhioned houfes, intermixed with
fome fine buildings, a confiderable palace, and a magnificent
cathedral. Before the revolution, it contained feven parifh
churches, fix monafteries, and five nunneries, with a charter-
houfe and two other nunneries near the city, and alfo fix
hofpitals. The univerfity was founded by Charlemagne
in 800, and eltablifhed in 1482 by the archbifhop Diether.
It has undergone many revolutions, and frequently changed
its matters, until in 1792 it was taken by the French; but
in the following year it was retaken. By the peace between
the emperor and the. French it was furrendered to the latter,
who took poffeffion of it. The number of inhabitants is
reckoned at 21,400, and thofe of its canton 21,615, in two
communes. N. lat. 49° 58’. E. long. 8° 14’.
MENTZELIA, in Botany, named by Plumier in honour
of Dr. Chriftian Mentzel, Counfellor and Phyfician to the
EleGor of Brandenburg, who publifhed, in 1682, in folio,
an Index of the names of plants in various languages, ac-
coipanied by a {mall catalogue of rare plants, with plates.
He wrote alfo fome papers in the Ephemerides Acad. Nat.
Curiof. on geological fubjeéts, and died in 1701, aged 79.
Plum. Gen, 40. Linn. Gen. 270. Schreb. 360. Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 2.1175. Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Jacq. Amer.
164. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 3. 302. Juff. 327.
Lamarck Illuftr. t. 425.—Clafs and order, Polyandria Mo-
nogynia. Nat. Ord. Calycantheme, Linn. Onagre, Juff.
Gen. Ch. Ca/. Perianth fuperior, fpreading, deciduous,
of five, lanceolate, concave, pointed leaves. Cor. Petals
five, obovate, pointed, fpreading, a little longer than the
calyx. Stam. Filaments numerous (about thirty), the
length of the calyx, ereét, the outer ones membranous
in the upper part ; anthers roundifh. Pi/?. Germen inferior,
8 cylindrical,

MEN

cylindrical, long; flyle thread-(iaped, as long as the fla-
mens; ftigma fimple, obtufe, Perie. Capfule cylindrical,
long, of one cell, three-valved at top. Seeds about fix, ob-

loony, <.
. Petals five. Capfule in-

Ef, Calyx of five leaves,
ferior, cylindrical, many-feeded.

1. M. afpera. Linn. Sp. Pl. 735. (ML foliis et frudi-
bus alperis; Plum. Ic. 167. t. 174, f. 1.)—Stem branched,
Flowers axillary, Petals notched, obtufe.—A_ native of
South America, and the Wett Indies, very common among
the buthes in ull the dry favannahs about Kingfton, Jamaica,
It flowers in the tid during July and Augutt. Root
annual, Whole herb clothed with rigid, partly hooked
brifbes, Stem round, branched, leafy. Leewes on longith
tlalks, oblong, fomewhat hattate, acute, unequally and
coarfely ferrated Flowers axillary, folitary, nearly feflile,
yellow. ‘The germen and calyx very briftly.

2. M, Ai/pida. Willd. n. 2. (M. afpera; Cavan. Ic.
Vv. Is 51. t. 70.)——-Stem forked. lowers folitary, at the
forks of the ftem, Petals entire, acutely pointed —A na-
tive of Mexico. This differs from the lait in having the
leaves more ovate, flowers principally from the forks of the
{tem, with a much fhorter and ovate germen, and longer
leaves of the calyx. Willdeaow alfo points out the above
difference of the petals.

This genus is very nearly allied in habit as well as cha-
rater to Loosa (lee that article); indeed fo much are
they alike, that we greatly fufpect they muft be one ge-
nus, for which Mentzelia, being the oldeft name, ought to
remain, and the other ambiguous appellation would be hap-

pily fuperfeded.

MEN » in Biography, is the name of a very celebrated
law-giver among the Hindoos. Sir William Jones tranflated
his code the original Sanfcrit ; and it is in the hands of
the public, under the title of « Inftitutes of Hindoo Law,
or the Ordinances of Menu.’’? The work comprifes, in 12
chapters and 2685 verfes, the Indian fyfem of duties, re-
ligious and civil, and is held in the greateft reverence by all
claffes of Hindoos; fo much fo, that fhould a feries of
Brahmans omit, for three generations, the reading of Menu,
their facerdotal clafs would, as they affert, be forfeited.
They mutt, however, explain it only to their pupils of the
three highelt claffes: and to enfure a greater degree of re-
verence for its fanétity, it is underftood that a Brahman,
duly pious, would not, on any confideration, read it on a
forbidden day of the moon, or until after the performance of
certain ceremonies prefcribed in the code. The learned
tranflator, from internal evidence, afcribes the date of the
Inititutes, in their prefent form, to a period fo far back as
S80 years before Chrilt. Whether Menu, or Menus in the
nominative, and Menos in an oblique cafe, was the fame

rfonage with Minos, he leaves others to determine ; but
fe evidently inclines to that opinion, though, with his cha-
raGteriftic modeity, he forbears any pointed expreflion of it.
He recognifes a ftrong refemblance, though ob{fcured and
faded by time, between the Menu of the Hindoos, with his
divine bull, or the emblem of abitra& juttice, and the
Mneues of Egypt, with his companion or fymbol Apis:
and though he duly guards himfelf and his readers againtt
the delufions of etymological conjecture; he itates Minos
and-Maneues, or Mneuis, te be merely Greek terminations,
and that the crude noun is compofed of the fame radical
letters in Greek and Sanferit. ‘ And if,’? he continues in
his preface, ‘* Minos, the fon, of Jupiter, whom the Cretans,
from national vanity, might have made a native of their owa
ifland, was really the fame perfon with Menu, the fon of
Brahma, we have the good fortune to reitore, by means of

MEN

Indian literature, the molt celebrated fytlem of heathe,
jurifprudence."’ The fables of the Hlindoos, as to the ants
quity and origin of the laws of Menu, are in their ufual ftyle
of extravagance. They firmly believe them to have beea
promulyated in the beginning of time by Meuwu, fon or
grand(on of Brahma, or, in plain language, the firll of
created beings; and not the eldelt ouly, but the. holiek of
leytHators.

Menu highly honoured by name in the Véda itfelf,
where it is declared, that “ whatever Menu pronounced
was a medicine forthe foul itfelf;’’ and it w alerted by a
high authority among the Hindoos, “ that Menu beld the
firt rank among legiflators, becaufe he bad expreffed in his
code the whole fenfe of the Véda; that no code was ap-
proved, which contradiéted Menu; that other faftras, and
treatifes on grammar or logic, retained fplendour only fo
lung as Menu, who tanght the way to jufl wealth, to virtue,
and to final happinefa, was not feen in competition with
them.”” It has com alfo authoritatively aflerted, that “ the
Veda, with its Angas, or the fix compofitions deduced
from it, the revealed fyftem of medicine, the Puranas, or
facred hiflories, and the code of Menu, were four works of
{upreme authority, which ought never to be fhaken by ar-

uments merely humav.”” It is the general opinion of the

andits, that Brahma taught his laws to Menu in 100,000
verfes, which Menuexplained to the world in the very words
of the book tranflated by fir William Jones. It was after-
wards abridged to 12,000 verfes, aud fubfequently to 4000 ;
but at prefent they confift only of 2685 verfes. Of the
numerous gloffes or comments on Menu, that of Culluca
Bhatta is molt highly commended by fir William Jones, who
has implicitly followed his text and interpretation.

The work, as prefented to the European reader by fir
William Jones, contains abundance of curious matter, ex
tremely. interetting both to {peculative lawyers and to anti-
quaries; with many beauties, and with many blemithes,
which cannot be juitified or palliated. It is a fyftem of def-
potifm and prieltcraft, both indeed limited by law, but art-
fully confpiring to give mutual fupport, though with mutual
checks: it abounds with ftrange conceits in metaphyfics and
natural philofophy, with idle fuperftitions, and with a
{cheme of theology moit ob{curely figurative, and confe-
quently liable to dangerous mifconceptions; with minute
and childifh formalities; with ceremonies. generally abfurd,
and often ridiculous. The punifhments denounced are par-
tial and fanciful; for fome crimes dreadfully cruel, for
others reprehentibly flight: and the morals even, though
rigid enough on the whole, are, in one or two inftances, (as
in the cafe of light oaths and of pious perjury,) unaccount-
ably relaxed. Neverthelefs, a {pirit of fublime devotion, of
benevolence to mankind, and of amiable tendernefs to all
fentient creatures, pervades the whole work. Some doubt,
however, has been entertained with regard to the fublimity
of the devotion, and the amiable tendernefs of feeling,
afcribed by fir William Jones to this fpecimen of the Hindoo
writings ; and it has been alleged, that the general charaGter
of the devotion of the Hindoos is that of a debafing fuper-
ftition, and that their tendernefs for animals is chiefly fuper-
ftition and weaknefs, derived from their doctrine of tranf-
migration. The ityle of it has.a certain aultere majefty
that founds like the language of legiflation, and extorts a
refpe€ttul awe. ‘The fentiments of independence on all
beings but God, and the harfh admonitions, even to kings,
are truly noble. Whatever opinion, in fhort, may be formed
of Menu and-his laws, ia a country happily enlightened by
found philofophy and the only. true revelation, it aught to
be remembered that thofe laws are aétuaily. revered as the

Pps word

MEN

word of the Moft High, by nations of great importance to
the political and commercial interefts of Europe, and parti-
cularly by many millions of Hindoo fubjeéts, whofe well
dire&ted induftry adds largely to the wealth of Britain, and
who afk no more in return than proteGtion for their perfons
and places of abode, juftice in their temporal concerns, in-
dulgence to the prejudices of their old religion, and the
benefit of thofe laws which they have been taught to believe
facred, and which alone they can poffibly comprehend. See
Preface to fir William Jones’s tranflation of the “ Inftitutes
of Menu,”’ in his Works, vol. vii. p. 75, &c. 8vo. (See
Gentoos.) For an extended account of its incomparable
tranflator, fee our article Jones, Sir WILLIAM.

The Hindoos have, however, feven holy perfons diftin-
guifhed by the common denomination of Menu, whofe names

we fhall prefently give ; but the firft and laft only demand ”

any particular notice. The name is derived from the San-
{crit root men, or man, to underftand or think ; and it fig-
nifies, as all the Pandits agree, intelligent, particularly in the
doGrines of the Veda, or a thinking being: hence menes,
mens, and mind, alfo man, both in Gothic and Englifh. 1f
in the firft Menu we recognife Adam, our great progenitor ;
fo in the feventh we find Noah, the great reftorer of our
fpecics. Here follow their names: 1. Swayambhuva,
meaning the fon of the Self-exiftent; a name applied by
different fe&ts to the peculiar obje& of their adoration.
2. Swarochefha: 3. Uttama. 4. Tamafa. 5. Raivata.
6. Chakfufha. 7. Satyavrata. In the time of the laft, the
general deluge occurred. See MatsyAvaTaAra and Ira,
alfo SwAYAMBHUVA and SATYAVRATA.

Although /even Menus are ufuably referred to in Hindoo
books, that precife number is not always given. In the
tenth leéture of the Gita, (fee Mauazarat,) “ the four
Menus” are mentioned ; and fourteen are fpoken of in the
Siva-purana, It feems, indeed, a generic term for qwi/dom.
Mr. Wilford (Af. Ref. vol. v.) thinks it likely that the
feven Menus, the feven Brahmadicas, and the feven Rifhis,
(fee Risui,) are the fame, and make only fo many in-
dividuals, firft called Brahmadicas, or children of Brahma,
created for the purpofe of fupplying the world with inha-
bitants. Having fulfilled this miffion, they became fove-
reigns, or Menus, who, when far advanced in years, with-
drew from the world to folitary places to prepare for death ;
as, according to the Puranas, was the general prattice of
mankind in the early ages; and became Rifhis, or holy
penitents, who, by their falutary counfels and the example
of their aufterities, pointed out the paths of virtue and rec-
titude to mankind. There are ftill much confufion and con-
tradition in the accounts of the perfon and characters of
thefe holy perfons, of whom many particulars occur in
Moor’s Hindoo Panthecn.

MENUET, Fr., Mrinuer, Eng!., the name of a mu-
fical movement in triple time of three crotchets or three
quavers in a bar, which is the guide to a graceful dance in
the floweft time of any movement that is danced off the
ftage at public or private balls, fince the louvre has totally
loft its favour.

The minuet, according to Broffard, had its origin in Poi-
tou. The melody of the minvet is ufually divided into two

arts, or ftrains, confifting of eight bars each, of which the
firit ends on the fifth of the key, and the fecond on the key
note.

There is fo much dignity and grace in this dance, that it is
to be lamented it has ceafed to be a part of education,
and to be difcontinued at private balls and affemblies where
elegance and decorum afed to be obferved. In learning the
fteps and figure of the minuet, other things neceflary in

MEN

polifhed fociety ufed to be taught; fuch as the bow, the
curtfey, the entrance into a room and departure from it
with eafe and grace, the prefenting to or receiving from a
fuperior ; indeed the whole carriage of the perfon ufed to be
regulated in learning the minuet, In a manner not, as we can
difcover, included in the Scotch ftep or Irifh lilt, the co-
tillon, or the waltz. ‘Thofe who never had the courage or
intention to exhibit their perfons in a ball-room, public or
private, have been difcovered to have learned to dance by
ftanding ftill or walking in the treet, as a peafant difcovers
himfelf to have been drilled in the fame fituations.

MENUF, or Menous, in Geography, a town of Egypt,
and chief place of a diftri&t, feated near a canal, which was
formerly navigable, but has ceafed to be fo in confequence
of a dyke raifed for reftraining the inundations of the Nile
in that branch of it which runs to Damietta. The canal
furrounds the walls of the town from S. to W. The houfes
are mean and the ftreets narrow and crooked; nor has it
many remains of antiquity. In its vicinity are no gardens,
fo that it is fupplied with fruit and vegetables from a dif-
tance ; but the land is well cultivated and produces wheat,
barley, maize, lentils and lupines. The cultivation of maize
from feed-time to harveft occupies 70 or 8o days. The
animals employed in hufbandry are oxen, buffaloes, camels,
affes, and a few horfes. Menuf, during the inundation, is
furrounded with water, but it does not long continue. It is
fheltered from the S., and being open to the N. and N.W.,
it is kept moderately ceol. The number of inhabitants is
about 5000; 22 miles N.N.W. of Cairo.

MENUFIE, or Menourie, the diflri& of which Menvf
is the capital, on the S. part of the Delta, between the E.
and W. branches of the Nile.

MENUGAT, a town of Afiatic Turkey, in the pro-
vince of Caramania, on a river of the fame name, which
runs into the gulf of Satalia; 21 miles W. of Alanieh, ~

MENYANTHES, in Botany, according to Linnzus,
is derived from yxy, a month, and avSoc, a flower, becaufe
the plant continues in bloffom about that period of time.
M. trifoliata is undoubtedly the juwar5es of Theophraftus
and Minyanthes of Pliny, becaufe thofe authors deferibe it
as having ternate leaves and ornamental flowers. Buckbean.
Linn. Gen. 82. Schreb. 107. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 810.
Mart. Mill. Di@. v. 3. Sm. Fil. Brit. 225. Prod. Fl,
Grec. p. I. 128. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. ¥. 1. 312.
Tournef. t. 15. Juff. 98. Lamarck Illuftr. t. roo. Gertn.
t. 114. Clafs and order, Pentandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord.
Precie, Linn. Lyfmachie, Juff. Gentiane, Ventenat.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, five-cleft,
ere€t, permanent. Cor. of one petal, funnel-fhaped; tube
cylindrically funnel-fhaped, fhort; limb cloven below the
middle into five, fpreading, recurved, obtufe, more or lefs
hairy fegments. Stam. Filaments five, awl-fhaped, fhort ;
anthers acute, cloven at the bafe, ere&t. Pi. Germen fu-
perior, conical; ftyle cylindrical, exa@ly as long as the co-
rolla; ftigmacloven, compreffed. Peric. Capfule ovate, en-
bint Se by the calyx, of one cell. Seeds numerous, ovate,
mall.

Met Ch. Corollahairy. Stigma cloven. Capfule of one
cell.

1. M. nympheoides. Fringed Buckbean. Leffer Yellow
Water Lily. Linn. Sp. Pl. 207. Engl. Bot. t° 237. Fl.
Dan. t. 339.—Leaves heart fhaped, entire, waved. Co-
rolla ciliated. Found occafionally in rivers and lakes, though
by no means fo common a plant with us as in the ftill canals
of Holland. It flowers from June to Auguft. Root pe-
rennial, long and ftringy Stems very long, round, bearing
leaves and flowers towards their fammits, Leaves oppofite,

‘ fimple,

MEN

fimple, on ttalks, floating, heart-fhaped or roundifh, wavy,
fmooth, Flowers axillary, crowded together, on flalks, ex-
ee at noon, of a golden colour, fringed at the margin,

r, Smith obferves, that the leaves of this plant, like thofe
of the Nymphea, perfpire fo quickly as to become dry in a
few hours, though at firlt fo fuceulent. Some authors have
thought from the corolla being ciliated, not hairy, that
M. nympheoides fhould be referred to another genus. But as
Juffieu, whofe authority upon fuch a point is very great, hes
not feparated this from MM. trifoliata, and as M. indica and
ovata feem to conneét the two, we think with Dr, Smith
they may fafely remain as they are,

2. M, ovata, Oval-leaved Buckbean, Linn, Suppl. 133.
Willd, n. 2. (M. capenfis; Thunb. Prod. 34. Villars
ovata; Vent. Choix de Plantes, t. 9.)—Leaves ovate, on

Jong flalks, Stem panicled. An aquatic of the Cape,
flowering in May and June. Linnwus obferves that this
{pecies has the habit of an Alifma, but the flower of a

Menyanthes. Root fibrous. Stems few, about two feet high
and the thicknefs of a quill, ftraight, cylindrical, fometimes
naked and like {traws, more frequently furnifhed with three
or four leaves, fimple, fmooth, bright green. Leaves ob-
tufe, generally quite entire, nerved, {mooth, of a bright
green colour and bitter flavour. Fvowers on talks, brac-
teated, of a fine yellow or citron colour, without {mell.

3. M. indica. Indian Buckbean. Linn. Sp. Pl. 207.
Bot. Mag. t. 658.—Leaves heart-fhaped, fomewhat notched.
Flowers on fimple ftalks. Corolla internally hairy. Native
of the Cape, flowering nearly through the fummer. Root
fibrous. Svems floating, branched. Leaves peltate, bright
green on one fide, dark ruffet on the other. Flowers form-
phe lax umbel, placed on the ftem juit below the leaf, of
: — yellow colour, looking as if covered with filver
rolt.

4. M. crifata. Crefted Buckbean, or Antara-Jamara of
the Telingas. Roxb. Coromandel. v. 2. 3. t. 105.—Leaves
heart-fhaped, wavy. Flowers on fimple ftalks. Corolla
with an elevated crefted rib.—A_ native of banks, or
pools of frefh water, in the Eatt Indies, where it floats,
often not reaching the bottom with its roots. Flowering
time the wet and cold feafon.—Roots annual, fibrous. Stems
numerous, much fpreading. Leaves on fhort ftalks, fmooth;
green above with a purplifh tinge. F/owers in a loofe um-
bel, not hairy, of a pure white colour, about an inch in
diameter. Rheede defcribes the laft {pecies as having ten
ftamens. We fufpeé the prefent, which has alfo ten,
though five are imperfe&t, is what fir William Jones de-
{cribed in his fele& Indian plants, calling it Cumuda, or de-

light of the water, which feems to be a general name for
beautiful aquatic flowers.

. M. exaltata. Tall Bickbean. Soland. MSS. and
Herb. Banks. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 1. 312. Bot.
Mag. t. 1029.—Leaves roundifh-heart-fhaped, fomewhat
peltate, flightly crenate. Stem panicled. A native of New
South Wales, where it was difcovered by fir Jofeph Banks.
It flowers from November to February, being kept in a
ciftern near the glafs in a bark-itove. This is a larger plant
than any of the preceding, with a tall, panicled, many-
flowered /fem. The /eaves are heart-fhaped, veiny and wavy.
Flowers deep yellow, their petals toothed at the edge, and
bearded on the upper fide at the bafe. Dr. Sims remarks

_ that it is nearly allied to AZ. ovata, and fhould immediately
precede that {pecies.

6. M. ¢ri hata. Common Buckbean, or Marth Trefoil.
Linn. Sp. Pl. 208. Engl. Bot. t. 495. Curt. Lond. fafc. 4.

t. 17—Leaves ternate. Corolla extremely hairy on the up-
per fide. This elegant plant is common in boggy, marfhy

MEN

fituations, and féwers in Jone or July. oot perenwial,
formed of {preading feyons, black. Stem leafy, {preadin

horizontally, branched. caves ternate, on falks, toothe

and flightly folded at the edge. Flowers in pikes, brac-
teated, on ftalks, of a beautiful flefh-colour, hairy and ver

thickly fet on the upper fide with flefhy obtufe fibres. Sipe
prominent. ‘The whole herb is bitter, powerfully inducing
perfpiration. Dr. Smith remarks that ‘an infufion of it
was long ago recommended for the rheumatifm, and has
been a popular medicine in England. It has alfo been given
for the gout, feurvy, ague, catarrh and dropfy, a formid-
able lift of diforders : ifit has any right to fuch celebrity, it
mutt aét as a powerful tonic.”

7. M. bydropbyllum. Water-leaf Buckbean. Loureir.
Cochinch. 105. Mart. Mill. Dié&. v. 3—Lcaves bheart-
thaped, entire. Flowers axillary, crowded together. A
native of {wamps in Cochinchina, ‘T’his plant is confidered
by the authors above quoted as forming a conneting link
between Menyanthes and Hydrophyllum. The flem is thread-
fhaped and creeping. Leaws {mooth, on ftalks, fattered,
few in number. Flowers white, on long ftalks.

Menyantues Trifoliata, Water-trefoil, or Buck-bean, in
the Materia Medica. The whole plant is fo extremely bitter,
that in fome countries it is ufed for hops in the preparation
of malt-liquor ; and yet Linneus obferves, that the poorer
people in Lapland make a bread of the powdered roots
mixed with meal, acknowledging at the fame time that it is
avery unpalatable food. The blacknefs manifefted by add-
ing a folution of green vitriol to the juice, or to a ftrong in-
fufion of the leaves of buckbean, is a fufficient teft of its
altringency ; while a drachm of the powdered leaves feldom
fails to open tbe body, or produce vomiting ; fo that in com-
mon with the tonic properties of a bitter, it feems farther
to poflefs a confiderable fhare of medicinal ativity : we can
therefore more ealily credit the reports of its dais ina
great number of chronic difeafes mentioned by various au-
thors, as fcurvy, dropfy, jaundice, afthma, periodical head-
aches, intermittents, i reekcatcaia, cachexia, obftruc-
tio menfium, rheumatifm, ferophula, worms, gout. Dr.
Boerhaave was relieved in the laft mentioned complaint
by drinking the juice mixed with whey; and Dr. Alfton tells
us, that “this plant had remarkable effeéts in the gout, in
keeping off ‘the paroxyfms;’ but adds, ‘ oiek not to
the patient’s advantage.”

In confirmation of the good effe&ts of water trefoil in
dropfies, we are told that fheep, when forced to eat it, are
cured of the rot (oves tabide) ; yet as we have but few and
imperfeé proofs of its diuretic powers, this fa will be con-
fidered of little weight.

Bergius confines the ufes of this plant to fcorbutus, leu-
cophlegmatia, arthritis, rheumatifmus, cacoethes, and this
fpecification is {till farther contraGted by later writers on the
materia medica. In Lewis’s Mat. Med. (by Mr. Aikin) it
is faid, that the leaves of buckbean “have of late years
come into common ufe ag an alterative and aperient, in im-
purities of the humours, and fome hydropic and rheumatic
cafes ;? and as an aGtive and eccoprotic bitter, we fhould
fuppofe them not ill adapted to fupply the want of bile in the

ime vie, and thus infer their ufe in protracted jaundice,
and other biliary obftru¢tions. Dr. Cullen has * had feveral
inftances of their good effeéts in fome cutaneous difeafes of
the herpetic and feemingly cancerous kind.”

The leaves may be given in powder from 9i to Dij for a
dofe two or three times a day, but a ftrong infufion of them
is perhaps preferable, and with delicate ftomachs it may be
neceflary to conjoin a grateful aromatic: they impart their
properties both to watery and fpirituous menftrua, and ‘am

ex!

MEN

extract is ordered to be prepared from them ia the Ph. Dan.

p. 171. Efficax et frequentis commodique ulus.’’ Murray.

are Mat. Med. Cullen Mat. Med. Woodville Med.
ot. -

MENZABANO, in Geography, a town of Italy, on the
river Mincio, famous for a battle fought here between the
French and the Auftrians, on the 28th of December 1801,
in which, after a very obttinate and fanguinary conteft, the
former were victorious, and took 8000 prifoners.

MENZALE,, called by Strabo (lib. xvii.) and the Ara-
bian authors Zanis (which fee), a large lake, feparated from
the Mediterranean, to which it is parallel, by a flip of land,
about 60 miles in length and from 2 to r2 in breadth;
filled and occafionally overflowed by the waters of the Nile.
During the inundation the water is frefh, and becomes falt
as the river returns into its bed; a circumftance which was
obferved in the time of the caliphs. "Mhe Nile, fays the geo-
grapher of Nubia, overflowing its banks at the fummer
folftice, the canals which difcliarge themfelves into lake
Tranis, render its waters frefh ; and the fea, flowing into it,
in its turn, makes them falt. In this. lake are iflands with
buildings in them like barns; but they are only acceflible
in boats. About 1200 boats, each of which pays, annually
40 livres to the Pacha’s renter, are con{tantly employed in
fithing on the lake. The quality of the water gives to the
filh a white flefh and a fine delicate flavour. They fupply
Damietta at a cheap rate. As the lake has feveral com-
munications with the Nile and the Mediterranean, and being
full of iflands, reeds, herbs, and infeéts, it is abundantly
ftocked with fifh. ‘Two thoufand perfons are annually em-
ployed in the fifhery, and thoufands of birds conftantly feed
upon the fifh without occafioning any perceptible diminution.
The waters are covered with wild geefe, ducks, teals, plo-
vers, and ibifes ; and various other birds of large fize and
beautiful plumage. The iflands in this lake are for the moft
part uninhabited, except Matarieh ; and of courfe are un-
cultivated. Menzalé communicates with the fea by two
mouths, viz. Dibé and Eumené Fareggi, which are the
Mendefian and Tanitic mouths of the ancients; each mouth
is fhut towards the fea with a bar or bank, forming the part
of acircle. The tongue of land, feparating the lake from
the fea, extends, with only four interruptions in its whole
length, from Damietta to Tineh. The length of the lake
from N.W. to S.E. is 43,000 fathoms, and its breadth
from 12,000 to 26,000.—Alfo, a town of Egypt, fituated
near the lake to which it gives name; 20 miles S.S.E. of
Damietta. N. lat. 31°3'. E. long. 32°.

MENZALINSK, a town of Rufiia, in the government
of Upha; 132 miles W.N.W. of Upha. N. lat. 55° 16’.
E. long. 52° 14/. ’

MENZIESIA, in Botany, fo named many years ago,
by the writer of this, in the Plantarum Icones ex Herb. Linn.
fajfe- 3; in honour of his much-valued friend Mr. Archibald
Menzies, F.L.S. This gentleman, in his voyage round
the world with captain Vancouver, collected many rare and
nondefeript plants, particularly on the weftern coalts of
‘New Holland and of NorthAmerica. He alfo difcovered,
near Dufky bay in New Zeeland, the richeft collection of
Jungermanniaz that was ever, perhaps, made by any one
perfon.—Sm. Plant. Ic. 56. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 355.
Michaux Boreal-Amer. v. 1. 235. Juff. in Annal. du Maf,
v. 1.55. Ait. Hort. Kew. cd. 2. v. 2. 360. Swartz Tr,
of Linn. Soc. v. 10. 375. Engl. Bot. v. 35. 2469. La-
marck Di&. v. 4.115. Llluftr, t. 285. Clafs and order,
O@andria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Bicornes, Linn. Rhodo-
dendra, Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cu/. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, more or

MEN

lefs deeply four or five-cleft, permanent. Cor. of one
petal, inflated, nearly ovate, deciduous; its limb {preadiny, —
in four or five {mall, {preading, equal fegments. Stam.
Filaments eight or ten, thread-fhaped, equal, fhorter than the
corolla, inferted into the receptacle ; anthers ereét, oblonz,
fimple, two-lobed at the bafe, opening by two pores at the
top. iff, Germen fuperior, roundifh-oblong, furrowed ;
ftyle angular, ereét, rather longer than the ftamens; fligina
obtufe, with four or five {mall lobes. Peric. Capfules el-
liptic-oblong, with four or five furrows, and as many valves
and cells, opening from the top downward, the partitions
double, formed of the inflexed margins of the valves. Seeds
aumerous, fmall, oblong, more or lefs pointed, affixed to the
ribs of the large central-column.

Eff. Ch. Calyx of one leaf, four or five-cleft. Corolla
of one petal, inflated. Filaments inferted into the recep-
tacle. Capfule fuperior, of four or five cells, the partitions
from the inflexed margins of the valves.

1. M. ferruginea. Rufty-flowered Menziefia. Sm. Plant.
Ic. t. 56.— Calyx very flightly four-lobed. Leaves obovato-
lanceolate, finely ferrated; {mooth beneath.—Gathered by
Mr. Menzies, very copioufly, in 1787 and 1788, on tlie
welt coalt of North America. The /lem is fhrubby, two
or three feet high, determinately branched, {preading,
round, {mooth, the pale daré fcaling off in long ftrips;
branches leafy, hairy when young, {pringing from the fame
buds as the flowers, the fcales compofing which are ovate
and fringed. Leaves alternate, crowded towards the tops
of the branches, ftalked, fpreading, obovate, inclining to
lanceolate, one and a half or two inches long, three-fourths
of an inch broad, obtufe, tipped with a gland, finely ferrated,
fringed, membranous, flat, veiny; green and befprinkled
with white depreffed hairs above ; pale and {mooth beneath,
except a few hairs, or flat narrow icales, on the ribs; deci-
duous, Foot/falks fhort, winged. Stipulas none. Flowers
from the buds of the la{t feafon, five or more together, on
fimple ttalks, about an inch long, covered with vifcid hairs,
and drooping. Calyx {mall and flat, very flightly four-
lobed, or rather waved at the edge, fringed. Corolla ovate,
one-third of an inch long, the border four-cleft, flightly ex~
panded, altogether (as appears by Mr. Menzies’s drawing

and defcription) of a rulty hue. Stamens eight. Cap/ule
{mooth, dark brown externally, pale within.
2. M. globularis. Pale-flowered Menziefia. Salif. Parad.

t.44. Ait. Hort. Kew. n. 1. (M. Smithii; Michaux
Boreal-Amer. v. 1. 235.)—-Calyx in four rounded lobes.
Leaves obovate, nearly entire; glaucous and downy be-
neath.—Native of South Carolina, according to Salifbury
and Lyon. Of this we know nothing but from the works
quoted, by which it appears to differ from the foregoing,

befides the above fpecific characters, in having a more
globofe corolla, pale yellow with red ftreaks, 5 ond
are o€tandrous and four-cleft, as in AZ. ferruginea. ichaux

miftook this for the original {pecies ; and having no informa-
tion of the f{pecific name, gave one of his own, The above
writers copy his error of the prefs,

3. M. polifolia, Irith Menziefia. Juff. in Ann. du Mof.
Ve Te§ Ait. n.2, (Erica Daheoci; Sm, Fl. Brit. 420,
Engl. Bot, t. 35. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 383. Andromeda
Daboecia; Linn. Syft. Veg. ed. 13. 338.)—Calyx. in four
deep fegments. Flowers racemofe. Leaves ovate; very
denfely downy and {now-white beneath.— Native of hills ia
Spain and Ireland, on a boggy foil. Mr. Lambert found it
abundant on Croagh Patrick in the county of Mayo, and

Dr. Wade in the diftrict of Cunnemara, county of Galway.

In gardens it is often cultivated for ornament, amongit
American and other flowering fhrubs which thrive in bag
earth,

MEN

earth, flowering from June to September, The fens are
fhrubby, buthy, a foot and a half bigh, with many upright,
fimple, leafy branches, at length decumbent and {preading.
Leaves numerous, talked, generally alternate, now and then
oppofite, or three together, ovate, entire, fe revolute ;
dark green, fhining, and fomewhat hairy above ; fnow-white,
with denfe cottony down beneath, their fmooth red rib
vanifhing about the middle. There are axillary tufts of
numerous {mall leaves befides. FYowers four-cleft, oftan-
drous, large, urplifh-red, ovate, with four obtufe angles,
drooping ina bok loofe, inclining, braéteated clulter; the
ftalks and calyx red, hairy, and vifeid, Cap/ule {mall and
roundifh, with partitions from the inflexed margin of the
valves, which is never the cafe with a real Andromeda. Hence
this plant was retained in Lrica in Fl. Brit. according to
the original opinion of Linnwus, who was chiefly led by
number in the parts of frudtification. M. de Juffieu however,
who always much approved this genus of Mensiefia, has rein-
forced it with the prefent {pecics, as Dr. Swartz has done
with the two following.

4. M, caerulea. Scottifh Menziefia. Swartz Tr. of Linn.
Soc, v. 10. 377. t. 30. f. A. Engl. Bot. t. 2469. (Andro-
meda cerulea; Linn. Sp. Pl. 563. Fl. Lapp. ed. 2. 133.
t.1.f.5. Lapl. Tour. v. r. 272. Fl. Dan. t. 57. A. taxi-
folia; Pall. Roff. v. 1. p. 2. 54.t. 72. f.2. Erica eerulea;
Willd. Sp. Pi. v. 2. 393.)—Calyx in five deep acute feg-
ments. Corolla ovate. Flower-{talks terminal, aggregate,
fimple. Leaves fcattered, numerous, linear, obtufe, finely
' ferrated.—Native of turfy ftony mountainous heaths in Lap-
land, Norway, fome part of Siberia, and alfo in the moft
northern parts of America. It has lately been difcovered
at Aviemore in Strathfpey, as well as in the remote weltern
ifles of Shiant. This 1s a more humble /irud than the laft,
with the habit of an Empeirum, and diftinguifhed from all
the foregoing fpecies, by its narrow crowded /eaves, like
thofe of a heath, moderately fpreadinz in every direction.
‘They are almoft linear, about half an inch long, rather fhin-
ing above, finely toothed at the edge; their rib downy un-
derneath. — Flower-falks four or five at the top of fome of
the branches, at firit perfe€tly terminal, but the branch gra-
dually fhoots beyond them ; each is about an inch and a half
long, fimple, rough with red glandular hairs, drooping grace-
fully at the top, and bearing one large ovate fower of a pale
blueifh or livid red; the ca/px in five deep acute fegments,
On turning to Pallas’s Flora Rojfica, we find he did not alter
the fpecific name to taxifolia, trom want of underftanding
the true meaning of cerulca, but becaufe the corolla occa-
fionally varies to flefh-colour or to white ; but thefe changes
are frequent, and do not authorize fuch a meafure.

5. M. empetriformis. Bell-flowered Menziefia. Sm. Tr.
of Linn. Soc. v. 10. 380.—Calyx in five deep obtufe feg-
ments. Corolla bell-fhaped. Flower-ftalks terminal, aggre-
gate, fimple. Leaves fcattered, linear, obtufe, finely fer-
rated ; concave beneath.—Gathered by Mr. Menzies on the
weft coaft of North America, near Nootka Sound. A
much taller plant than the laft, with lefs crowded saves,
which are concave beneath, with a fmooth rib; their upper
furface fhining ; the margin fringed with briftly ferratures.
‘The flower-falks are crowded in like manner about the tops
of the branches, but in greater number. Calyx not above
half fo long, with five blunt, thin-edged, deep, convex feg-
ments. Corolla fmaller, bell-fhaped, with five fpreading,
ovate, marginal fegments, and not contracted at the mouth.
Capfule almott globular, dark brown, befprinkled with refi-
nous dots.

6. M. Bryantha. Moffy Menziefia. Swartz Tr. of Linn.
Soc. v. 10. 378. t. 30. f. B. (Andromeda Bryantha ; Linn.

‘

MEP

Mant. 238. A. Bryanthus; Pall. Roff. v. 1. p. 2. 57. t. 73-
f. 1. Bryanthus; Gmel. Sib. v. 4. 134. t. 57. £3. Enea
Bryantha; Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2, 386.)—Calyx in four deep
acute fegments. Corolla bell-thaped, in four deep fegments.
Flower-italks terminal, corymbofe. Leaves fcattered, ellip-
tic-oblong, toothed; convex beneath.—Gathered by Steller,
on mofly rocks in Kamtfchatka, flowering in Jaly. This
elegant little /brud is much fmaller than any of the reft, cloth-
ing the ground with its long trailing branching ems; and
the fmall, oblong, numerous /caver give it a mofs-like afpeét.
The flowers grow four or five together in a {mall, iinet,
braéteated clutter, on @ long terminal flalk. The calyx and
Jlamens ave red. Corolla white, divided below the ‘middle
into four fegments, Pallas fays it has fometimes five or fix
divifions, and that the flamens are equal to them in number ;
but he mutt mean that they are twice as numerous, which in-
deed his figure expreffes, and which is the cafe in the whole
tie The cap/ule is nearly globular, with four farrows.

e have feen no {pecimen.

Thefe are all the {pecies of Menzicfia hitherto eftablithed.
Willdenow faggelts, Sp. Pl. v. 2. 610, that the Andromeda
odandra, Swartz Ind. Occ. 840, may belong to this genus ;
but Swartz defcribes the corolla as permanent, and though
he does not deferibe the fruit, in a manner to affilt us in this
enquiry, we muft prefume he did not overlook this plant of
his own, while feeking for Menziefie amongh Andromede.

MENZIL, in Geography, a town of Africa, in the king-
dom of Tunis, anciently called “Zeta ;”’ 4 miles S.S.W.
of Sufa.

MENZINI, Bevepetto, in Biography, an eminent
Italian poet, was born at Florence of indigent parents in
1646. He was taken at an early period into the houfe of
Gianvincenzo Salviati, who cave him the means of cultivat-
ing his talents. He was foon diftinguithed for eloquence,
and opened a fchool of rhetoric. By the advice of the cele-
brated Redi he turned his efforts to Italian poetry, and in
1674 publifhed a volume of poems, dedicated to the grand
duke Cofmo III., and in 1679 he publifhed a treatife, en-
titled « Conftruzione irregolare della Lingua Tofcana,”” and
in the following year he appeared before the public with a
volume of lyric poems, by which he obtained great reputa-
tion. In 1685 he accepted an invitation from queen Chrif-
tina of Sweden, then refident at Rome, who gave hima
very favourable reception, and admitted him into her aca-
demy. He had now leifure to purfue his ftudies, but the
death of the queen in 1689 obliged him to feek a main-
tenance by writing for other perfons, particularly fermons
for the clergy who were unable to compofe their own dif-
courfes. He at length received from pope Innocent XII.
an office in the church of St. Angelo, in Pefchiera; and in
1701 he was nominated coadjutor in the chair of eloquence
at the college of the Sapienza at Rome. He died, accord-
ing to one account, in 1704, but according to another in
1708. He wrote almoit every kind of Italian poetry, but in
anacreontic fongs, in paitoral fonnets, elegies, and facred
hymns, he has few equals, and perhaps no fuperior ; and in
Italian fatires none can compare with him. All the works of
Menzini were colleG@ed and publifhed at Florence, in four
volumes, in the year 1731. Of thefe the firt contains his
lyric poems: the fecond his mifcellaneous pieces: the third
his Itahan profe; and the fourth his Latin compofitions. He
was a member of the academy Della Crufca, and his works
have been confidered as belonging to the golden age of the
language.

MEOLA, in Geography, a town of Italy, in the Tre-
vifan; 11 miles E. of "Lrevigio.

MEPHITIS, or Mepniticat Exhalation, denotes a

poifonous

MEQ.
poifonous and noxious fteam iffuing out of the earth. See
Damp, Mephitic Air, and Azorg. See alfo ErrLuviA,
and Grorro del Cani.

Mepuitis, in Mythology, is a name given to Juno, be-
eaufe fhe is fuppofed to prefide over {tinking exhalations, or
corrupted and noxious air ; and hence it was ufed to fignify
fuch noxious air itfelf. Servius, upon the paflage in Virgil
(Zn. vii) “* Sevamque exhalat opaca Mephitim,’’ fays, that
this goddefs may poflibly be Juno taken for the air, becaufe
it is by means of the air that bad {mells are communicated.
According to Scaliger, the word is Etrufcan, and derived
from the Syrians, with whom it fignified any ftinking {mell.
Juno had a temple among the Hirpines under this appella-
tion.

MEPPEL, in Geography, a town of Holland, in the de-
partment of Overiflel, feated on the Walt Aa; 24 miles W.
of Covorden.

MEPPEN, a town and fortrefs of Germany, in the
bifhopric of Munfter, at the conflux of the Hafe and Embs;
52 miles N. of Munfter. N. lat. 52° 43/. E. long. 7° 26’.

MEQUINENZA, a town of Spain, in the kingdom of
Aragon, at the conflux of the Segre, the Cinea, and the
Ebro + anciently called “ OGtogefa’? and ‘ I&ofa;” de-
fended by a caftle, and once the fee of a bifhop; 16 miles
S.S.W. of Lerida.

MEQUINEZ, an imperial city of Morocco, greatly
embellifhed and enlarged by Muley Ifhmael, and the metro-
polis of the north. It is fituated at the extremity of Beni-
Haffen, 80 leagues N. of Morocco, and 20 leagues E. of
Sallee and the fea. Maknaffa, the founder of this city, built
it at the bottom of a valley, but Muley Ifhmael made it
much larger, by building on the plain to the weft. The
city is furrounded by vallies and eminenees highly cultivated,
ornamented with gardens, and plantations of olive-trees, and
watered by a variety of ftreams, fo that the fruits and vege-
tables are of an excellent flavour. The winter ‘is difagree-
able on account of the quantity of mud which then accumu-
lates in the city and its environs, becaufe the ftreets are not
paved, and the foil is clay. Mequinez is encompaffed with
walls: and the palace is fortified with two baftions, in which
was formerly fome {mall artillery. The Brebes have often
confpired againit the tyranny of its rulers; and on the
weftern fide are ftill feen fome walls of circumvallation, fix
feet in height, which were probably only intrenchments for
the infantry, as the attacks of the Brebes were fudden and
momentary incurfions, which did not require any long de-
fence. In Mequinez, as well as in Morocco, there is a
quarter walled in and guarded for the Jews. The houfes are
han@fomer here than in that of Morocco; the Jews are more
numerous, and derive greater profit from their induitry, be-
caufe the Moors of Mequinez are richer, and as they are
nearer, they have greater intercourfe with Europe than thofe
of the Southern provinces. Contiguous to the quarter of
the Jews, is another, inclofed with walls, but now in ruins,
called the Negro town, built by Muley Ithmael for the
families of his black foldiers; but of this the walls only re-
main. At the extremity of the city, on the S.E. fide, is
the emperor’s palace, which is a very extenfive building, in-
cluding feveral gardens, well laid out and watered by abun-
dant ftreams, In the centre is a large garden, furrounded
by a {pacious gallery fupported by columns, which main-
tains a communication between the apartments. Thofe of
the women are large, and cerminate in a common chamber,
built on a caufeway that divides the great garden, where the
women may look out at the window through an iron lattice.
In paffing from one apartment to another, we meet at inter-
vals with regular courts, paved with fquares of black and

4

F

MER

white marble. In the middle of thefe courts is a marble
bafon, on which is raifed a round fhell; in the centre of
this is a fountain that plays into the bafon. There are
many other fountains that {npply water for the numerous
ablutions of the Mahometans. At Mequinez, as well as at
Fez, they make a kind of glazed tiles, fimilar to what we
call Dutch tiles, of various colours; which are ufed to pave
their rooms and face their walls, and give to their houfes
an air of neatnefs and coolnefs, not eccurring in other towns
of the empire. The Mours of Mequinez are much more
affable and engaging than thofe of the fouthern provinces ;
and the women are extremely handfome, being very fair,
with fine black eyes, and beautiful teeth, They are fome-
times feen walking on the terrace; but when a Moor ap-
pears, they immediately retire. At Mequinez, as well as
at Morocco, there is a hofpitium, or convent, of Spanifh
Recolleé&s, founded more than 100 years ago by the muni-
ficence of the kings of Spain, for the benefit and {piritual
comfort of the Chriftian captives. Thefe convents are much
refpeéted in the country, both for the exemplary lives of the
fathers, and the fervice they render to the poor, whom they
fupply with medicines gratis; 35 miles S.W. of Fez. N.
lat. 33° 56'. W. long. 5° so’.

MER, a town of France, in the department of the Loir
and Cher, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
Blois ; 9 miles N.E. of Blois. The place contains 4300,
and the canton 10,623 inhabitants, on a territory of 172%
kiliometres, in. 12 communes. N. lat. 47° 42'. E, long.
te O5is
Mer.—Oufler le Mer. See Ouster.

MERA, in Geography, a town of Spain, in Galicia, near
the fea-coait; 3 miles E. of Corunna.

Mera, in Hindoo Mythology, is the fabled wife of “Hai-
mavat and mother of Uma, a name and form of Parvati,
thus incarnated to become the wife of Siva, and parent, or
reputed parent, of Kartikya. (See Karrixya.) The itories
conne¢ted with this fable are very numerous, filling many
books in great elteem among the Hindoos. In the thirtieth
and following feétions of the firit kanda, or book, of the
Ramayana, it is detailed in a very poetical ftyle how the
“ great Haimavat, fovereign of mountains, the grand maga-
zine of metallic fubftances, had two daughters of incom-
parable beaucy, by his wife Mera.”” Their names were Ganga
and Uma. The firft (the river Ganges) was yielded in
marriage to all the celeftials, at their earreft folicitation.
Her younger fifter, remaining a virgin, became a devotee of
extraordinary rigidity, and was at length efpoufed by Siva,
whofe frigidity was, however, fuch as to require much ad-
drefs, on the part of the celeftials, to animate him to the due
pitch of paffion ; his nuptials and the confequent produétion
of Kartikya being’ of great moment. On this oecafion it
was that Kama, the god of love, artfully placing the beau-
teous Uma before Siva, while in the graceful act of gather-
ing flowers wherewith to decorate his emblem, the Linga
had the audacity to launch an arrow at the dreaded deity.
Siva, enraged, reduced Kama to afhes (or, accarding to fome
legends, to a mental effence) by a beam of fire, darted from
his central eye. This fable is noticed in the article Kama,
and is as often alluded to in Hindoo books as any perhaps
in the whole range of their mythological extravagance. In
the Siva-purana, the parents of Parvati in this incarnation
are named Himachala and Mahina, in other works Hima-
laya and Mena. (See Mena.) The name of the father, in
all cafes, being derived from a Sanfcrit word meaning fnew.
Mera is faid to be daughter of the mountain Meru; a moft
fruitful fource of mythological tales of wonder and extrava-

gance. See Megv.
MERAB,

MER

MERAB, in Geography, a town of Arabia, in the pro-
vince of Nedijed ; 100 miles N, of Jamama.

—Alfo, « town of Perfia, in Khorafan; 45 miles N.E. of Mef-
chid,

MERA.-COBIN, a town of Africa, in the kingdom of
Adel, on the coalt of the Indian fea, N. lat. 8? 10" E.
long. 49° 14'. ;

MERAN, a town of the Tyrol, of which it was for-
merly the capital, at the conflux of the Adige and Paffer,
containing fix churches and convents; two miles S.S.E. of
Tyrol WN. lat. 46°38. FE. long. 10° a4/.

MERAT, a town of Hlindooltan, in the country of
Delhi; 40 miles °N. of Delhi, N. lat. 29° 20’, E. long.
78° 6.

MERATE, a town of Italy, in the department of the
Serio; 9 miles W. of Bergamo.

MERATTE, a town of Algicrs; 15 miles N. of Ta-

demt.

MERAUDABAD, or Moorapasan, a town of Hin-
dooltan, in Oude, once large with a mint, but now decayed ;
20 miles N.E. of Sumbul. :

MERBAT, a town of Arabia, in the province of Ha-
dramaut, which, as well as Hafch, is only known for the
traffic which the inhabitants carry on in incenfe produced
in that neighbourhood ; 32 miles N. of Dafar.

MERBES ve-Cuareau, a town of France, in the de-
partment of Jemappe, and chief place of a canton, in the
Mite of Charleroy. The place contains 661, and the canton
6382 inhabitants, on a territory of 1224 kiliometres, in 17
communes.

MERCADAL, the chief town of the Terminos Mer-
cadal in the ifland of Minorca, fituated nearly in the middle
of the ifland on the great road between Mahon and Ciuda-
della. Its flreets are narrow, winding, ill paved and worfe
repaired. ‘The public edifices confift of the old parifh
church, which is decaying, and a new one. Its fituation is
the leaft falubrious in the whole ifland. During the extreme
heats, the inhabitants are affli&ted with obttinate fevers ;
water is fcarce, as the great public ciftern is often dry during
the fummer. The territory of this place is about 54 leagues
in length, and 44 in breadth. In the fame diftrict, about
four leagues from Mercadal, is Ferarias, where the Englith
‘have couttructed barracks for 200 foldiers. The territory of
Ferarias is five leagues in length and two in breadth. Few
‘of the occupiers are hufbandmen, the greater number being
employed in hunting, as game is very abundant.

MERCARA, a city of Hindooftan, and refidence of
the rajah of Coorga; 55 miles W. of Seringapatam.

MERCATI, Micuactt, in Biography, a phyfician and
naturalilt, the fon of Peter Mercati, a phyfician of St.
Miniato, in Tufcany, was born in April, 1541. After
having finifhed his fcholaftic education at his native place, he
was fent to Pifa, and placed under the tuition of Cefalpini,
from whom he derived his talte for the ftudy ef nature.
‘Having received his degree of doétor in philofophy and me-
dicine in that univerfity, he went to Rome, where he foon
became known to the pope, Pius V., who appointed him
fuperintendant of the botanical garden of the Vatican, at
the age of twenty-fix. In the following year he obtained
the elteem of Ferdinand I., the grand duke of Tufcany,
who raifed him to the rank of nobility ; and foon afterwards
‘the fame dignity was conferred upon him by the fenate of
‘Rome. He was in great favour with pope Gregory XIITI.,
who honoured him with an appointment about his perfon, and
with his full confidence, as did alfo his fucceffor Sixtus V.;
who conferred upon him the honourable office of apoftolical
-prothonotary, and fent him into Poland with cardinal Aldo-

=8Vou. XXIII.

’

MER

brandini, that he might enjoy the opportunity of inerea ling,
his collections in natural hitory, During this journey he
greatly enriched his mineralogical cabmet, which he had al-
ready commenced at Rome. The fame cardinal, when
cleted pope in 1592, under the tithe of Clement VII -
nominated Mercati his firit phyfician, and had in contempla-
tion higher honours to beftow upon him, when this able phy-
fician died, in 1593, in the fifty-third year of his age, His
charaéter in private life was univerfally elleemed, and the re-
pret of the moft diflinguifhed perfons of Rome followed
iim to his grave.

Mercati wrote in Italian, at the requelt of his patron pope
Gregory, a work ‘* On the Plague, on the Corruption of
the Air, onthe Gout, and on Palfy,”” which was printed at
Rome, in 1576, in 4to: and likewife a Differtation on the
Obelifks of Rome, privted in 1580, 4to. *But he is prin-
cipally remembered for his defcription of the fubjeéts of na-
tural hiflory, particularly of mineralogy, contained in the mu-
feum of the Vatican, which was formed under the aufpices of
Gregory XII. and Sixtus V. and was afterwards totally dif-
perfed. He was about to prepare engravings of the princi-
pal fubjefis, when his difeafe, which terminated his life, in-
terrnpted his progrefs. His manufcript came into the hands
of Carlo Dati of Florence, where it remained till the time
of Clement XI., who purchafed it, and caufed it to be
{plendidly edited by Lancifi, his firft phyfician, in 17175
under the title of « Metallotheca, opus polthumum Autho-
ritate et Munificentia Clementis XI. Pont. Max. & tenebris in
lucem eduétum; opera & ftud. J. M. Lancifi Archiat. Prat.
illuftratum,” folio. An << Appendix ad Metallothecam’’
was publifhed in 1719. Eloy Did. Hift. de la Méd. Gen.

Biog.

MERCATOR, Gerarp, an eminent Flemith geogra-
pher and mathematician, was born at Ruremond, in the
year1512. After he had attained a good degree of claffical
learning, he ftudied philofophy at Bois-le-Duc, and removed
from thence to Louvain, where he was admitted to the de-
gree of M.A. His {tudies now laid fo fafi hold of him, that
he frequently forgot the ufual ‘periods for refrefhment and
fleep. At the age of twenty-four he married, and then be-
gan torlearn the art of engraving. His firft produdtion in
this way was a defcription and map of the Holy Land,
which he publifhed in 1537, when he was only twenty-five
years of age. In the year 1541 he made a terreftrial globe,
which proved the means of introducing him to the patron-
age of the emperor Charles V., for whom he executed maps,
globes, and a colleétion of other mathematical in{truments.
This bufinefs was the means of obtaining for him an appoint-
ment in the emperor’s houfhold. About the fame time the
duke of Juliers and Cleves made him his cofmographer. In
1551, Mercator produced his celeftial globe, which was ac-
companied with a fhort treatife on the ule of that inftrument.
He now left Louvain, and fettled at Duyfburg, where he
publifhed, at different periods, defcriptions and maps of the
World, Europe, Germany, France, and the Britifh ilands ;
thefe he afterwards collected together into an Atlas, to
which he prefixed a treatife «« On the Creation and Contiruc-
tion of the World.”? His method of, laying down maps, &c,
is a projection of the furface of the earth on a plane. (See
Map.) In 1568, Mercator publifhed his « Chronologia”
from the beginning of the world to that year, and immedi-
ately he gave the public a corretted edition of “ The Geo-
graphical Tables of Ptolemy.” He died of a paralytic
itroke in 1594 at a very advanced age, and in the midit of his
ufeful labours, at the fame time projecting new works for
the improvement of the fcience of geography. He was
author of feveral other works befides thole already pened.

Q4q

MER

Of thefe the principal are as follow, 1. “ Ratio fcribendarum
Literarum Latinarum, quas Italicas curforiafque vocant :”
2. © De ufu Annuli Aftronomici:”? 3. “ Harmonia Evan-
gelitarum.”’ He hada fon named Bartholomew, who wrote
notes on John Sacrobofco’s treatife «‘ De Sphera Mundi,”’
when he was very young, as he died at the age of eighteen.

Mercator, NicHOLAs, an eminent altronomer and ma-
thematician, was born in Danifh Holftein about the year
1640. He received an excellent education, and his turn for
mathematical ftudies introduced him to public regard and
efteem in his country, and facilitated his correfpondence with
thofe perfons who were eminent in the fame fciences, in Den-
mark, Italy, and England. Receiving an invitation to vifit
this country, he came, and was fo well pleafed with the re-
ception he met with, that he fpent the remainder of his life
in England. He was, foon after his arrival, eleGted a fellow
of the Royal Society, and applied himfelf very diligently to
the improvement of the fciences, but he has been charged
with having borrowed the inventions of others, and adopting
them as his own; and it appeared upon fome occafions that
he was not endowed with a very liberal mind in f{c:entilic
communications. Thus, it had been‘obferved before him,
that there was an analogy between a fcale of logarithmic
tangents and Wright’s protraction of the nautical meridian
line, which confifted of the fums of the fecants, though it
did not appear by whom this analogy was firlt difcovered.
It feemed, however, that it was firft publifhed and intro-
duced into the praétice of navigation by Mr. Henry Bond,
who mentions this property in an edition of Norwood’s
«« Epitome of Navigation”’ printed about the year 1645, and
he treated of it more fully in.an edition of Gunter’s works,
printed in 16535 where he teaches, from this property, to re-
folve all cafes of Mercator’s failing by the logarithmic tan-
gents, independently of the table of meridional parts. This
analogy had been only found to be nearly true by trials, but
not demonftrated to be a mathematical property. Such de-
monftration was probably firft difcovered by Mercator, who,
defirous of making the moft advantage of this and another
invention in navigation, invited, by a paper in the Philofophi-
cal Tranfaétions for June 1666, the public to enter into a
wager with him on his ability to prove the truth or falfehood
of the fuppofed analogy. This propofal, not very reputable
to aman of {cience and literature, was not taken up by any
one, and Mercator referved his demonftration: he, however,
diftinguifhed himfelf by many valuable pieces on philofophi-
cal and mathematical fubje&ts. Of thefe we may mention “Cof-
mographia, five Defcriptio Celi et Terrz in Circulos, &c. :”’
« Rationes Mathematice fubduéte Anno 1653: * Hy-
pothefis Aftronomica nova et confenfus ejus cum Obferva-
tionibus:” “ Logarithmotechnia, five methodus conitruendi
Logarithmos, é&c :’’ “ Inftitutionum Aftronomicarum Libri
duo.” He publifhed alfo fome papers in the Philofophical
‘Tranfactions.

Mrurcator’s Chart, or Projeétion, is a fea-chart, or
projeGtion of the furface of the earth in plano.

Tor the conftruétion, ufe, advantages, &c. of which, fee
Mercator's CHART. :

Mercator’s Sailing, is that performed loxodromically,
by means of Mercator’s charts. See Mercator’s SAILING.

MERCATORUM Fesrum, among the Romans, a
feftival kept by the mercantile people on the ides, or 15th
of May, in honour of Mercury, to whom they facrificed a
fow ; then {prinkling themfelves with the water of a foun-
tain, called aqua Mercurii, they prayed the god to profper
their trade.

MERCATUS, or Mercano, Louts, in Biography, an
eminent phylician of the 16th century, was born at Valla-

S.

MER

dolid, in Spain, where he became a medical teacher, and ob-
tained fuch reputation, as led to wealth and honourable
appointments. He was firft phyfician to Philip IT. during
a period of twenty years 5 and on the death of that prince,
in 1598, was nominated to the fame office by his fon and
fucceflor, Philip III. Mercado lived to the age of 86; but
the latter years of his life were rendered painful by the
affidtion of a ftone in the bladder. He was author of a
confiderable number of works relative to medicine and fur-
gery, written in a better Latin ftyle than moft of thofe
compofed by the writers of Spain; neverthelefs, they are
chiefly borrowed from the ancients, and contain nothing that is
original. The whole were colleéted, and printed in three
volumes, folio, in 1605, and have been feveral times re-
printed. Eloy Di&. Hilt.

MERCED, La, in Geography, a town of New Navarre;
go miles S.W. of Cafa Grande,—Alfo, a town of Chili;
50 miles S.S.W. of St. Yago.

MERCER, a county of Pennfylvania, bounded N. by
Crawford, E. by Venango, S.£. by Butler, S. by Beaver,
and W. by Ohio {tate ; about 40 miles long, and 27 broad ;
containing about 642,000 acres, and 3220 inhabitants.—
Alfo, a county of Kentucky, adjoining Woodford, Shelby,
and Madifon counties: it contains 9242 inhabitants, of whom
2169 are flaves. The chief town is Harrodfburg.

MERCHAB, or Meruagz, a fortrefs of Syria, in the
pachalic of Tripoli, on the coaft of the Mediterranean, built
by the Franks, and long poflefled by the knights of St.
John; § miles N. of Tortofa.

MERCHANT, Mexrcaror, is one who buys and trades
in any thing: and. as merthandife includes all goods and
wares expofed to fale in fairs or markets, fo the word
merchant formerly extended to all forts of traders, buyers,
and fellers. But every one that buys and fells is not at this
day under the denomination of a merchant; only thofe
who traffic in the way of commerce, by importation or ex-
portation, or carry on bufinefs by way of barter or exchange,
and who make it their living to buy and fell, by a continued
affiduity, or frequent negociation in the myftery of mer-
chandifing, are efteemed merchants. ‘Thofe who buy goods,
to reduce them by their own art or induftry into other
forms than they are of, and then to fell them, are artificers,
and not merchants. Bankers, and fuch as deal by exchange,
rai properly called merchants. Lex. Mercat. on Merch.

om. 23.

The mercantile profeffion is efteemed noble, and inde-
pendent. In France, by two arrets of Louis XIV., the
one of 1669, the other of 1701, the nobility are allowed to
trade, both by land and fea, without derogating from their
nobility : and we have frequent inftances of merchants en-
nobled in that country, in regard to the utility of their com-
merce, and the manufactures they have fet up. In Bretagne,

‘even a retail trader does not derogate from nobility.

When the nobles of that province are difpofed for com-
merce, they let their nobility fleep; that is, they do not
lofe it, but only ceafe to enjoy the privileges of their nobleffe
while their commerce continues ; and re-aflume it on their
giving over trade, without any letters or inftruments of re-
habilitation. :

In republics, trading is ftill more valued ; but no where
more than in England, where the younger fons and brothers
of the beft families are frequently bred up to merchandife. °
Add to this, that many of the Italian princes are the prin-
cipal merchants of their ftates ; and think it no difcredit to
make their palaces ferve as warehoufes ; and that many of
the kings of Afia, and moft of thofe of the coaft of Africa

and

MER

and Guinea, traffic with the Europeans/fometimes by their
minitters, and fometimes in perfon,

There are companies of merchants in London for carrying
on confiderable joint-trade to foreign parts. Sce Com-
PANY.

Belides thefg companies, there are other merchants who are
diltinguithed by the country to which they trade; as Dutch
merchants; Welt Tudia merchants; Canary and Portugal
merchants; [talian merchants, who trade to Leghorn, Ve-
nice, &e. ; French and Spanifh merchants.

The law of England, as a commercial country, pays a
very particular regard to foreign merchants, in innumerable
inftances. Thus it is provided by Magna Charta, c. 30,
that all merchants, unlefs beforehand publicly prohibited,
fhall have fafe conduct to depart from, to come into, or tarry
in, and to go through England, for the exercife of mer-
chandife, without any unreafonable impotts, except in time
of war: and if a war breaks out between us and their coun.
try, they thall be attached, if in England, without harm of
body or goods, till the king, or his chief jufticiary, be in-
formed how our merchants are treated in the land with
which we are at war; and if our's are fecure in that land,
they fhall be fecure in our's. Upon which Montefquieu
remarks, with admiration, that the Englith have made the
protection of foreign merchants one of the articles of their
national liberty; and alfo, that the Englith know better
than any other people upon earth, how to value at the fame
time thefe three great advantages, religion, liberty, and
commerce, In this refpect their difpofition is very different
from the genius of the Roman people; who, in their man-
ners, their con{titution, and even in their laws, treated com-
merce as a difhonourable employment, and prohibited the
exercife of it to perfons of birth, rank, or fortune; and
equally different from the bigotry of the canoniits, who
looked on trade as inconfiltent with Chriltianty, and deter-
mined at the council of Melfi, under pope Urban II,
A.D. 1090, that it was impoilible, witha fafe con{cience, to
exercife any traffic, or follow the profeflion of the law.
See Commence.

If a difference arife between the king and any foreign
ftate, alien merchants are to have forty days notice, or longer
time, to fell their effects andleave the kingdom, 27 Ed. III.
flat. 2. cap. 17.

The principal qualifications requifite for the profeffion of
a merchant, are, 1. T'o know how to keep books fingle or
double, wiz. journals, ledgers, and sthers. 2. To draw
invoices, contracts, charter-parties, policies of affurance, bills
of exchange, letters miflive, &c. 3. To know the relations
between the money, weights, and meafures, of feveral coun-
tries. 4. To know the places where the feveral kinds of
merchandife are manufactured, in what manner made, what
the materials compofed of, and whence; the preparation
the materials require before they are wrought; and the
merchandifes afterwards. 5. The lengths and breadths of
ftuffs, as filks, wools, hairs, linens, &c.; the regulations of
the places where they are manufactured ; and their different
prices at different feafons. 6. The dyeing and the ingre-
dients for the formation of the different colours. 7. The
merchandiles that abound or are more rare, in one country
than another ; their kinds and qualities ; and the manner of
trafficking in them to the beft advantage, whether by land,
by fea, or river. 8. The commodities permitted or pro-
hibited, both for the import and export of a ftate.. 9. The
price of exchange, according to the courfe of feveral places,
and what it is that raifes or lowersit» 10. The duties to be
paid, both at the import and export of wares, according to
the ufage of the place, the tariffs, regulations, &c. 11. The

MER

manner of packing, bailing, and tunning merchandifes, to
keep them either in magazines, or in voyages, &c. 12, On
what terms a merchant veflel may be freighted and infured.
13. The goodnefs and value of every thing requifite for the
conftruétion or refitting of veflels, the prices of woods,
cordage, mats, anchors, fails, and other neceflaries. 14. The
wages ordinarily given captains, officers, and failors;
and the manner of contracting with them. 15. The fo-
reign languages, which may be reduced to four principal
ones; viz. the Spafifh, ufed almoft through all the Eatt,
particularly on the coalt of Africa, from the Canaries to the
Cape of Crood Hope; the Italian, ufed throughout the
coatts of the Mediterranean, and many places of the Levant;
the Teutonic, or German, ufed throughout moft countries
of the North; and the French, which is now become almoit
univerfally current. 16. The confular jurifprudence, the laws,
cuftoms, companies, colonies, chambers of infurance, con-
fulates in the feveral countries; and, in general, all the
ordinances, regulations, and policies, relating to commerce.

Mercuant Court, or Court-Merchant, a kind of judica-
tory power, invefted in merchants, chofen for that purpofe,
in feveral parts of Europe : in order to decide and determine,
in a fummary way, all differences and litigations among
themfelves and their dependents.

The affairs of merchants are accompanied with fuch a va-
riety of circumftances, fuch new and upufual contingencies,
which change and differ in every age, with a multitude of
niceties ot punétilios; and thofe again altering, as the
cufloms and ufages of countries and ies do alter, that it
has been found impracticable to make aay laws that could
extend to all cafes: and our law itfelf does tacitly ac-
knowledge its own imperfeétion in this cafe, by allowing
the cuftom of merchants to pafs as a kind of law in cafes of
difficulty. See Custom of Merchants.

Mercuant, Law. See Law.

Menrcuant-Ship. See Suir.

Mercuant-Statute. See STATUTE.

Mercuant, Tenant per Statute. See TENANT.

MERCHEMNLAGE, Merciorum Lea, was the law of
the people here called the Mercians. Camden, in his Bri-
tannia, fays, that in the year 1016 this kingdom was divided
into three parts ; whereof the Weft Saxons had one, govern-
ing it by the laws called We% Saxonlage, which contained
thefe nine fhires, viz. Kent, Suffex, Surrey, Berks, Hamp-
hire, Wilts, Somerfet, Dorfet, and Devon ; the Danes had
the fecond, containing fifteen fhires, i.e. York, Derby, Not-
tingham, Leicefter, Lincoln, Northampton, Bedford, Bucks,
Hertford, Effex, Middlefex, Norfolk, Suffolk, Cambridge,
and Huntingdon, which was governed by the laws called
Danelage: and the third part was in poffeffion of the Mer-
cians, whofe laws were called Merchenlage, and contained .
eight fhires, Gloucefter, Worceiter, Hereford, Warwick,
Oxiord, Chefter, Salop, Stafford; from which three, king
William I. chofe the belt, and with the other laws ordained
them to be the laws of the kingdom. Camd. Brit. p. 94.
See Common Law. —

MERCIER, BartTHOLomew, in Biography, known under
the name of the abbé St. Leger, was born at Lyons in 1784.
He entered into the religious fociety of St.Genevieve, of
which he became librarian. Louis XV. gave him the abbey
of St. Leger of Soiffons, of which he was deprived and re-
duced to indigence in the revolution. He died in 1799.
Mercier was a man of erudition, and one of the firft bibliogra-
phers in Europe. His works are, 1. ‘ Letters on the Biblio.
graphy of Debure,”’ Svo.; 2. ‘ Letters on the true Author
of the Political Teftament of Cardinal Richelieu ;”? 3. *Sup-
plement to Marchand’s Hiftory of Printing,” gto.; 4. ‘Let-

Qqa ter

MER

ter concerning the Maid of Orleans ;"’ 5. Differtation
on the Author of the Book on the Imitation of Jefus
Chrift (Kempis) ;?? 6. ‘ Notice of a rare Book, entitled
* Pedis Admirandz,’ by J. d’Artis ;” 7. ‘ On the Letters
attributed to Pope Ganganelli ;?? 8. «* Letters on different
rare Editions of the 15th Century ;? 8vo. 9. ‘ Library of
Romances,”’ tranflated’ from the Greek, 2 vols. &c. He
was concerned in the Journal de Trevoux, and the Magazine
Encyclopédique.

MERCHET. See Marcuet and Boroucu-Englifh.

MERCKLEIN, Grorce AspRAnAM, in Biography, a
learned phyfician, and fon of a phyfician of the fame name,
was born at Weiffemburg, in Franconia, in November 1644.
His early education was conducted by his father ; but he
was afterwards fent to the univerfities of Nuremberg and
Wittemberg, and thence to that of Padua, which was then
in the highelt reputation ; he returned, however, to Altorf,
where he took his doétor’s degree in 1670. He fueceeded
his father, in 1683, in the office of phyfician to the Teu-
tonic order of the houfe of Nuremberg, and was fubfe-
quently appointed firft phyfician to two princes palatine, who
were grand maflers of this order. He pafled a life of great
aGtivity, and is faid to have brought on a confumption by
the extreme ardour with which he purfued his occupations,
which terminated his life in April 1702, at the age of fifty-
eight. Mercklein was admitted a member of the Academy
Nature Curioforum, under the title of Chiron I., and com-
municated many memoirs on medical fubjeés, which were
publifhed in their Ephemerides. He was alfo author and
editor of the following works. ‘ Tra@tatio Medica curiofa
de ortu et occafu Transfufionis fanguinis,’’? Nuremberg,
1679, 1715, ia which he gives a hiftory of this invention,
and expreffes forcibly his difapprobation of the practice,
which he calls cruel and dangerous. ‘ Jofephi Pandolphini
a Monte Martiano Traétatus de Ventofitatis Spine, feviflimo
Morbo,” ibid. 1674. ‘ Lindenius renovatus,” an aug-
mented edition of the work of J. Ant. Vander Linden, “‘ De
Scriptis Medicis,” in two volumes 4to., 1686, and “ Syl-
Joge Cafuum Medicorum Incantationi vulgo adfcribi foli-
_ torum, maximéque pre czxteris memorabilium,” ibid. 1698,
1715, 4to.: a curious fubjeét, but treated with too little
difcrimination between real and fuppofititious fats. Eloy
Di&. Hift. Gen. Biog.

MERCGUR, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Correze, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftrié&t of Tulles; 18 miles S. of Tulles. The place
contains 825, and the canton 6971 inhabitants, on a terri-
tory of 225 kiliometres, in 15 communes.

MERCURIAL, fomething that confifts of, or bears a
relation to mercury, or quick(filver. :

We fay alfo, a mercurial perfon, to denote a perfon of a
brifk, volatile complexion ; fuch perfons being fuppofed by
aftrologers to be under the more immediate influence of the
planet Mercury. We fay, mercurial fumes, mercurial
{pirits, kc. with reference to the mineral mercury.

Mercuriat Level. See Lever.

MercuriaL Medicines. See MERCURIALS.

Mercuriat Phofphorus, Pump, Salivation, Thermometer.
See the fubftantives.

MencuriaL Unguents, Fridiions; &c.

MercuriaL Waters. See WATER.

MercuriAs, medicines compofed or prepared of mer-
eury, or quickfilver. See Mercury in the Materia Me-
dica.

MERCURIALI, Girotamo, in Biography, a learned
and eminent phyfician, was born at Forli, in Romagna, in
September 1530, The places at which he received his edu-

7

See SALIVATION.

MER

cation are not acourately known, but probably were Bologna
and Padua, at the latter of which he is faid to have received
his doftor’s degree ; but fome affert, that he» graduated at
Venice in 1555. He fettled in the praétice of his profeflion
at his native town, and at the age of 32 was delegated on”
fome public bufinefs to pope Pius IV., a. Rome. He
evinced fo much talent, and acquired fo much efteem at the
pontifical court, efpecially with cardinal Alexander Far-
nefe, that he was honoured with the citizenfhip of Rome,
and was ftrongly invited to refide there. The opportunities
which the public libraries and colle€tions of antiquities in
that metropolis prefered for the purfuit of his favourite
fludies, led him to accept the invitation; and during his
abode there, he not only employed himfelf in his profefiional
concerns, but ftudied the claffical literature, and the monu-
ments of antiquity with great ardour. The refult of thefe
refearches wasa learned and elegant work, which acquired
him much celebrity in the literary world, and which was
firft publithed at Venice in 1569, under the title of * De
Arte Gymnattica Libri fex,”” 4to. It was many times re-
printed. It is rather to be regarded as a philological than a
medical performance ; fince, while it throws much light om
the private life and cuftoms of the ancients, its reafonings and:
precepts are almoft wholly derived from their fchools. The
reputation of this work brought him an invitation, in the
fame year, to the firft medical chair in the univerfity of
Padua, which he accepted, and was fucceflor to Anthony
Francanzano, 4 man of fuch high reputation, that he had
been called the Efculapius of hisage. The charaéter of
Mercuriali, however, was not diminifhed by the {plendour of
that of his predeceffor, and his fame foon extended through-
out Europe. In 1573 he was called to Vienna by the em-
peror Maximilian II., to confult refpeéting a fevere illnefs
under which that perfonage laboured ; and his treatment was
fo fuccefsful, that he returned loaded with valuable prefents,
and honoured with the dignities of a knight and count pa-
latine. He had fulfilled the duties of his profefforial office
during the period of eighteen years, and his ftipend had been
gradually augmented to a greater {um than had ever been
allotted to a medical chair, when, in 1587, he removed to
Bologna, where he was attended by a numerous audience,
This removal has been partly attributed to a degree of dif-
fatisfation or felf-accufation, in confequence of an error of
judgment, which had been committed by him and Capivaccio,
feveral years before, when they were called to Venice, in
order to give their advice re{pe&ting a peftilential diforder,
which prevailed in that city. On this occafion both he and
his colleague feem to have fallen into the miltake of. feveral
medical theorifts, of denying the reality of contagion; and
their counfels were faid to have been produ€tive of extenfive
mifchief. Neverthelefs his reputation appears to have fuf-
fered little from this error ; for he was invited by Ferdinand,
the grand duke of Tufcany, to fettle at Pifa in 1599, where
he was ordered a ftipend of eighteen hundred golden crowns,
which was ultimately raifed to two thoufand. He had not
refided long at Pifa, however, before the fevere calculous
affe€tions, under which he laboured, rendered him incapable
of attending to his profeflional and profeflorial duties, and
he retired to his native town. He funk under his diforder in
1606, and was interred, with great honours, in a chapel,
which he had himfelf ere€ted at Forli. He left a large pro-
perty in money and effeéts, among which was a valuable col-
leGtion of pictures; and he made a great number of cha-
ritable bequetts.

Mercuriali was a voluminous writer, as the following ca-
talogue of his works will evince. He was a learned com-
mentator on Hippocrates, and edited a claflified collection of

his

MER

his works, Like the learned of his age, however, he was
higotied to the doctrines of the ancients, and fond of hypo-
thetical reafoning, to the difparagement of found obferva-
tion; and he ftrongly imbued his pupils with the lame erro-
neous principles, His firft publication was a tract entitled
* Nomothefaurus, feu Ratio laétandi Infantes."’ His fe.
cond, the work “ De Arte Gymnattica’? before mentioned.
«© Variarum Leétionum in Medicing Seriptoribus et aliis,
ibriiv.,"’ Venice rs71. 4. * De Morbis Cutaneis, et om-
nibus corporis humani Excrementis,” ib. 1972. 5. “* ‘T'rac-
tatus de Maculis pettiferis et Hydrophobia,” Balle, 1577.
6. © De Pettilentia in univerfum, prefertim verd de Veneta
et Patavina,”’ Venice 1577. 7. * Fifpocratis Opera Greece
et Latinég,” ibid. 1978. 8, « De Morbis Mauliebribus Prie-
letiones,”? Bafle, 1582. 9. * De Morbis puerorum T'rac-
tatus locupletiffimi,"’ Venice, 1583. 10. ** De Venenis et
Morbis venenofis,"’ ibid. 1584. 11. * De Decoratione
liber,"’ ibid. 1585. 12. * Confultationes et Refponfa Me-
dicinalia,’’ Four volumes were fucceflively publithed in 1587,
1590, andy 597 3 and were republifhed together after his
death. 13. * Traétatus de Compofitione Medicamentorum,
De Morbis oculorum et aurium,” ibid. 1590. 14. “ De
Horinis Generatione,” 1597. 15. Commentarii in Hip-
oc, Coi Prognottica, Prorrhetica, &c.” ibid. 1597.
16. © Medicina Practica, feu, de cognofcendis, difcernendis,
et curandis omnibus humani corporis affectibus,” Francfort,
1602, folio. All thefe works have been feveral times re-
printed, and fome of them were felected after his death, and
rinted together, under the title of ‘ Opufcula aurea et fe-
Ieatiora,” enice, 1644, folio. Eloy Di&. Hilt. de la
Med. Gen. Biog.
MERCURIALIS, in Botany, is faid to have been fo
named, in ancient times, after Mercury, its reputed dif-
coverer. This etymology is at leaft as probable, if not fo
ingenious, as that preferred by Ambrofinus, who fays Jfer-
curialis is properly Muliercularis, becaufe it is ufed by young
wenches (imulerculis) as a laxative, in fallads. If the Lin-
nean Mercurialis be intended, certainly a very {mall dofe
would be fufficient, if not dangerous, and we cannot but
fufpe&t a confufion of different piants under the name in
ueftion. <A fimilar error refpe€ting the Englifh name,
ercury, has crept into our article Linozosris, without
any communication with the writer of the prefent. The
plant called Englith Mercury is Chenopodium Bonus-Hen-
ricus, aa excellent pet-herb, very nearly akin to Spinach;
whereas the Mercurialis, or Mercury, properly fo denomi-
nated, is a virulent poifon, from the ufe of which, by mif-
take for the former, the moft dangerous confequences have
followed, as Kay and others relate. Such an error is the
more carefully to be guarded againit, as this poifonous plant
is by far the mott common of the two. See Lrnozostis
and CuenoropiuM.— Linn. Gen. 527. Schreb. 695. Mart.
Mill. Dia. v. 3. Sm. Fl. Brit, 1083. Ait. Hort. Kew.
ed. 1. v. 3. 408. Juff. 385. Lamarck Di&. v. 4. 116.
Tiluftr, t. 820. Gertn. t. 107.—Clafs and order, Dicecia
Enneandria. Nat. Ord. Tricocce, Linn. Euphorbia, Juli.

Gen. Ch. Male, Cal. Perianth in three deep, ovato-lan-
ceolate, concave, {preading fegments. Cor. none, except
the calyx be fo confidered. Stam. Filaments frum nine to
twelve, capillary, ftraight, the length of the calyx ; anthers
formed of a pair of globofe cells.

Female, Ca/. Perianth asin the male. Cor. none... Nec-
tarxof two fharp awl-{haped bodies, one at each fide of the
ermen, and lodged in its furrow, but not always prefent.
Dip. Germen {uperior, roundifh, comprefled; with a furrow
at each fide, hifpid; flyles two, reflexed, horn-like, hifpid 5.

MER

figmas acute, reflexed. Peric. Capfule roundihh, potiche
like, two-lobed, of two cells, Seer folitar » roundith,
Obl, M. ambigua is monoecious, and AM. annua ox cafion-

ally fo. MM. afra, mentioned by Schreber, is Hydrocotyle
villofa, a plant of a totally different nature. ;

EW. ct. Male, Calyx in three de p legments. Corolla
none, Stamens from nine to twelve, Anthers of two
globes,

Female, Calyx in three deep fegments. Corolla none.
cares two, Caplule two-lobed, of two cells. Seeds fo-
itary, e
1. M. perennis, Perennial Mercury, or Dog's Mercury,
—Linn, Sp. Pl. 1465. Curt. Lond, fafe. 2. t. 65. Mill.
Illuftr, t. gt. Fl. Dan. t. goo. Engl. Bot. t. 1872,
(Cynocrambe ; Matth. Valgr. v. 2.635. Camer Epit. 998,
999 Fuchf. Hilt. 444. Ger. em, 333.) —Stem quite
limple, Leaves rough. Root creeping. Common and»
plentiful in bufhy places throughout Europe, in the {pring,
flowering in April or May. The roots are perennial, creep-
ing and matted together toa great extent. Herb fetid, dark
green, roughifh, 12 or 18 inches high, with a round un-
branched fiom moft leafy about the fummit. Leaves op-
pofite, ftalked, ovate, acute, crenate, hairy, with mem-
branous, reflexed, intrafoliaceous Aiipulas. Flowers green,
always dioecious, in axillary, ftalked, upright clufters,
Capfule rough with hairs. When dried, the leaves often
aflume a blue tint, indicating the affinity of the genus to
Croton tin@orium, This has been obferved before, but we
know of no experiments that have proved this plant ufeful
in dyeing. That it is the asogusiz of Diofcorides, his
defcription leaves no doubt, and he recommends it as a pot-
herb, of a purgative quality. Poffibly boiling, or the ad-
mixture of oily f{ub{tances, may render it mild,. and lefs dan-
gerous.

2. M. annua. Annual, or French Mercury... Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1465. Curt. Lond. fafe. 5. t.68.. Engl. Bot..t. 559-
(M. mas et foemina; Matth. Valpr. v. 2.633, 634, Ca-
mer. Epit. 996, 997. Fuchf. Hift. 475, 476. Ger.
em. 332. Dod. Pempt. 658.)—Stem crofs-branched,
Leaves ovate, fmooth, Flowers racemofe. Root fibrous.
—Native of cultivated and watte ground, chiefly in the more
temperate parts of Europe. It is common about London,
Norwich, and fome other towns, but not in the north of
England ;. flowering in autumn. From the former it is-
readily diftinguifhed by its fibrous annual root, and bufhy-
Jfiem. The whole herb moreover is fmooth, of a deep «
fhining green, fmelling difagreeably, fomething like Elder.
Leaves talked, ovate, acute, ferrated. Spikes much. as in
MM. perennis, but there are no linear fcales at each fide of the
germen, and the cap/ule is prickly or warty. A few male
flowers are often found difperfed upon the female plant ;. and
on the other hand, a few female ones. upon the male now and
then occur. The prefent {pecies, like the tormer, is {aid to -
have been ufedasa pot-herb, and to be of an emollient qua--
lity. It is, we believe,, the leaft virulent and dangerous of
the two, but its naufeous flavour is. not _promifing of any
— property. The /eds are {aid by Lamarck to be very

attening to {mall birds, efpecially to the delicious. Becafico, .
Motacilla Ficedula; which is not unlikely, confidering the -
oily nature of feveral feeds in this natural order.

3: M. ambigua. Intermediate Mercury. Linn. Sp. Pl.
1465. Linn. fil. Dec. 1. 15, t. 8.—Stem crofs-branched.
Leaves ovate, nearly {mooth. Flowers monoecious, in axil-
lary tufts.—Native of Spain. Linnzus cultivated it in the
Upfal garden, and found it conftant from feed, yet its whole -
appearance is fo like the lait, that he-was latterly difpofed -

to»

MER

to think it a variety. The flowers however are not fpiked,
but grow, male and female together, in little axillary tufts,
each flower on 2 fimple ftalk, the males moft numerous.

4. M. elliptica. Shrubby Mercury. Lamarck n. 4.
(M. lufitanica fruticofa, amygdali folio; Tourn. Inft. 534.
M. tenuifolic fruticofa perennis; Grifl. Lufit. 63.)—Stem
crofs-branched, fhrubby. Leaves elliptical, crenate, fmooth.
—Native of Portugal. Gathered near Faro by the abbeé
Durand. We have feen it alfo in Tournefort’s herbarium.
This is undoubtedly a very diftin& f{pecies, unknown to
Linneus. The fhrulby perennial ffem, and the much
fmaller, elliptical, obtufe, crenate, not ferrated, /eaves, at
once diltinguifh it. The flowers are dioecious, axillary ; the
males in fhort, denfe, folitary, ftalked fpikes; the females
on fingle-flowered, fimple, fhorter ftalks, two or three toge-
ther. Germen {mooth and even, accompanied at each fice
by a fmall, linear, whitifh fcale. The eaves and young
twigs have often, in the dry plant, a reddifh or purphifh
hue.

5. M. longifolia. Long-leaved Mercury. Lamarck n. 5.
= Stem crols-branched. Leaves oblong, downy, green,
with blunt ferrateres. Fruit woolly.—Defcribed by La-
marck from the herbarium of Thouin. Its native country is
unknown. The /lem is about a foot high, branched, flender
and weak, flightly downy. Leaves ftalked, fpreading, ob-
long or fomewhat elliptical, about an inch and half long,
and not above five or fix lines broad, being of a much nar-
rower fhape than thofe of any other fpecies. They are
dark green, clothed on both fides with depreffed hairs,
which render them rather filky; the margin ferrated, with
fhort, blunt, glandular, curved teeth. Foot/alks about
three lines long, with a pair of lateral glands at the top,
and a pair of fhort downy /lipulas at their bafe. Flowers
axillary, greenifh, dioecious; the males in folitary, flender,
ftalked {pikes; females folitary, on fimple fhort ftalks. Ger-
men and cap/ule hoary and woolly, accompanied by a flender
feale at each fide.

6, M. tomentofa. Downy Mercury. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1465.
(Phyllon arrhenogonon, five marificum ; Gers em. 333. f.. 25
and Ph, theligonon, five feeminificum ; f. 3.) — Whole plant
finely downy and hoary, Stem fomewhat fhrubby. Leaves
oblong, more or lefs ferrated.—Native of Spain and the
fouth of France. Known from all the reft by its white
hoary afpeét, caufed by the foft downy denfe hairs which
clothe every part. The /fem is moft branched in the male
plant, the flowers of which grow in little round heads, either
folitary, or feveral one above another, on fimple, folitary,
axillary ftalks. The female flowers are axillary, folitary,
on fimple ftalks, on a feparate plant. Some female flowers
neverthelefs are occafionally interfperfed on the former, as
Gerarde’s cut, borrowed from Clufius, well exprefies. The
leaves of both are nearly feffile, oblong, acute, veiny, gene-
rally more or lefs ferrated, though fometimes nearly entire.
The ideas of the ancient botaniils, from whence the above
names originated, are truly abfurd. They not cnly mitlook
the female plant for the male, on account of the fhape of
the capfule, in which they were pleafed to find.a certain ana-
tomical refemblance; but they gratuitoufly fuppofed that
the herb, on account of fuch refemblance, would be effca-
cious in procering male children, while the real male plant
was prefumed to favour the generation of girls.

7 M. indica. Indian Mercury. Loureir. Cochinch.
628.—Stem fhrubby, branched. Leaves alternate, lanceo-
late, fmooth asd naked. Styles three.—Native of Cochin-
china, according to Loureiro, who fays the frefh leaves,
boiled in broth, have a mildly purging quality, without any

3

MER

bad effe&ts ; and that the plant is called Raw mai, or Lue
mai. The flem is fhrubby, ftraight, fix feet high, with
round afcending branches. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, fer-
rated, {mooth and fhining. Flowers dioecious, lateral, of
the proper ftru€ture of a Mercurialis, except that the ger-
men is faid to be three-lobed, with three /fyles, which, as
well as the alternate /eaves, induces fome fufpicion refpedt-
ing the genus. We have feen no fpecimen.

In the firft edition of Sp. Pl. 1036, occurs a Mercurialts
procumbens, not quoted by that name in any fubfequent work
of Linneus. This however appears by the fynonyms and
his herbarium to be Croton Ricsnocarpus, Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1427-
See CroTON, n. go.

Mercvniasis, in the Materia Medica, the {pecies ca'led
French mercury, Mercurialis annua, with branched flalks,
and {mooth glofly leaves, grows wild in gardens and dung-
hilis. This plant is mucilaginous, and was formerly much em-
ployed as an emollient. It was eaten like fpinach, and when
aufed in cenfiderable quantity it opens the bowels. Accord-
ingly Tournefort informs us, that the French made a fyrup
of it, two ounces of which was given asa purge; and that
they ufed it in clyfteis and peflaries, mixing one part of
honey with one and a half of juice. In England it is now
difregarded. A cataplafm of the leaves has been recom-
mended in pains of the limbs, in tumours, and even in ulcers,
which it cleanfes and difpofes to heal. Poor people in coun-
try places ufe it as a cataplafm for the rheumatifm, and even
forthe gout, There is another fpecies, called cynocrambe,
and dog’s mercury, Mercurialis perennis, which grows wild
in woods and hedges: this, though more acceptable to the
palate, as an oleraceous herb, than the foregoing, has lately
been found to poffefs noxious qualities, and to aét as a violent
narcotic. (See Phil. Tranf. N° 203.) In drying it turns
blue, and fteeped in water, it affords a fine deep blue colour ;
but which, Dr. Stokes fays, is unhappily deltruétible both
by acids and alkalies, and recoverable by no means that he
hath been able to difcover. Miller by Martyn.

MERCURIFICATION, in Metallurgic Chemiffry, the
obtaining the mercury from metallic minerals in its Huid form.
See Mercuny in Mixeralogy and Chemifiry. ~

MERCURIO, in Geography, a town of Corfica or
Golo, and chief place cf a canton, in the department of
Corté. Thecanton contains 2378 inhabitants.

MERCURY, §¥, in Afronomy, the {malleft of the in-
ferior planets, and the nearelt to the fun.

The mean diftance of Mercury from the fun is to that of
our earth from the fun as 38710 to rccoo00 ; and his real difl-
tance from the {un 36,841,468 miles. The eccentricity 7955.4.
The inclination of its orbit, that is, the angle formed by the
plane of its orbit with the plane of the ecliptic, is 7 degrees,
and the fecular change of the inclination by the aétion of the
other planets + 20.43. The diameter of Mercury, mea-
fured by Dr. Bradley in 1723, in its tranfit over the fun’s
difc, with amicrometer to Huygens’s telefcope of 120 feet
long, was found to be 10/75; hence its diameter at the
mean diftance of the earth will he 7.27. M. de la Lande,
from the tranfit in 1753, found it to be 6.5 ; and therefore
it may be flated at 7". Yon Zach fays, that the mean appa-
rent diameter of Mercury is not fo much as 7", probably
little more than 5". Its real diameter to that of the earth is
nearly as 0.4. to 1, or 3180 miles. ‘The mean apparent dia-
meter of the fun at Mercury is = 8o'; the denlity of Mer-
cury tothat-of the earth isas 2.5833 to 1; its quantity of
matter to that of the earth as 0.16536 to 1, the quantities of
matter in {pherical bodies being as the cubes of their dia-
meters and denfitics conjointly ; the weights of equal bedies,

or

.

MERCURY.

or gravitier, on the furfaces of Mercury and the Earth, are
Ws 1.0333 to 1, fuch weights varying as the diameters and
denfities conjointly : the place of the alcending node of Mer-
cury in 1750 18 15° a0! 43"; fecular motion of the node
1° 12’ 10"; the annual motion of the node by the action of
the other planets — 8.98 5 the preceffion 50.25, and the
motion in longitude 41.27. The place of the aphelion
8* 14 22’; the mean place of the planet 5* 11° 54/5 the mo-
tion of the aphelion in longitude in 100 years 1° 34’, ‘The
tropical revolution of Mercury 87" 23" 14’ 33"; the fidereal
revolution 874 23" 45’ 44". For further particulars fee
Density, Diameren, Distance, Excenrnicrry, and Pua.
nevs. As the intenficies of light and heat, which the pla-
nets receive from the fun, vary inverfely as the {quares of
their diftances from the fun; and as the proportional dif-
tances of Mercury and the Earth are as 4 to 10, we fhall have

‘ 10° Sy
the inverfe fqaares —— to 1, or 6.25 to 1 for the relative in-

tenfities of light and heat at Mercury and the Earth,

According to fir [faac Newton, the heat and light of the
fun on the furface of Mercury, are almolt feven times as in-
tenfe as on the furface of the earth in the middle of fummer :
which, as he found by experiments made for that purpofe by
athermometer, is fullicient.to make water boil. Such ade-
gree of heat, therefore, mult render Mercury uninhabitable
to creatures of our conftitution. And if bodies on its fur-
face be not inflamed, and fet on fire, it mutt be becaufe their
degree of denlity is proportionably greater than that of fuch
bodies is with us. ‘The revolution of Mercury round the
fun, or his year, has been already {tated ; but his diurnal
revolution, or the length of his day, is not yet determined ;
nor is it certain whether he has fuch a motion round his own
axis or not.

What variety of weather or feafons it may be liable to, we
are fill at a lofs to determine ; as not knowing the inclina-
tion of his axis to the plane of his orbit.

Mercury changes its phafes, like the moon, according to
its feveral pofitions with regard to the fun and earth ; except
only that he never appears quite full, becaufe his enlightened
fide is never turned directly towards us, but when he is fo

near the fun as to be lot to our fight in his beams. And as

his enlightened fide is always towards the fun, it is plain that
he fhines not by any light of his own; for if he did, he
would conftantly appear round. This planet, when viewed
with Dr. Herfchel’s ten feet reflector, and with other te-
lefcopes, appeared much darker than any of the folar {pots,
and perfectiy well defined; no irregularity of form having

been perceptible at the moment of contaét; but the oh.
fervation appears to have been intermitted at the infant of
the approach of the planet tothe fun'slimb. Dr, Herfchel
could not perceive the flightelt degree of ellipticity in the
form of the planet’s dife.

The fituation of this planet proves evidently, that the
pf oe a of Ptolemy is falfe: for Mercury is fometimes
obferved betwixt the earth and fun ; and fometimes beyond
the fun. But the earth is never found between Mercury and
the fun; which however mult happen, if the (pheres of all
the planets encompafled the earth, as a centre, according to
the Ptolemaic fcheme.

The diameter of the fun, viewed from Mercury, would
appear between two and three times as big as it appears on
our earth; that planet being fo much nearer to him than we
are, and therefore the fun’s dif would appear feven times as
large as to us. Mercury’s greateft didance from the fun,
with regard to us, never exceeds twenty-eight degrecs twenty
minutes (fee ELoxGarion); whence it is feldom vilible,
being commonly either loit in the fun’s light, or, when the
moft remote from the fun, in the crepufculum. The beft
obfervations of this planet are thofe made when it is feen on
the fun’s difk ; for, in its lower conjunétion, it pafles before
the fun like a little fpot, eclipfing a {mall part of his body,
only obfervable with a telefcope.

The node from which Mercury afcends northward above
the ecliptic, is in the 15th degree of Taurus; the oppofite
in the 15th degree of Scorpio. The earth is inthefe points
about the 6th of November, and 4th of May, new ftyle ;
and when Mercury comes to either of his nodes at his in-
ferior conjunétion about thefe times, he will appear in this
manner to pafs over the dife of the fun. But in all other
parts of his orbit, his conjunétions are invifible, becaufe he
either goes above or below the fun. ‘he firfl obfervation of
this kind was that of Gaflendi, in November, 1631. Se-
veral fubfequent obfervations of the like tranfits are col-
le&ed in Du Hamel’s Hilt. of the Royal Acad. of Sciences,
p. 470. ed. 2. See Dr. Halley’s Accounts of the Tranfits
of Mercury and Venus, in Phil. Tranf. N° 193. See
Transit. '

To an inhabitant of Mercury, the folar fpots will appear
to traverfe his difc fometimes in a right line from ealt to
welt, and fometimes elliptically. As the other planets are
above Mercury, their phenomena will be nearly the fame
there as with us. Venus and the Earth, when in oppcfition
to the fun, will fhine with full orbs, and afford a noble light

to that planet.

TABLE

MERCURY.

Tune I. Epochs of the Mean Longitude of Mercury. Tarte II. Mean Motion of Mercury for Ycare.

Mot. Node.

Mean Long. | Aphelion. Node. Mot. in Long.| Mot, Aphel.

Years ——_— Megrs. 9) —— —
si pil Ss a! \us hepa Mia Se nS. <Do/ MAES.
Nat.J.C. o| 8 24 0 44|7 16 13 21 | 0 24.17 48
yoo |rr 8 5 4 | 7 17 47. 6|.0 25 29 58
VAOS Wi7 werh one ame Bh 78.55) 5 Lu) Dale, 82 6
1500 | 9 25 5 44|8 9 39 36] 1 12 20 18
B. wn. 's.'1600"|10 28°14, 38 |.8 11 13 21.) 1 13,32 28
€. 17oo | rt 8 13 26) 8 12 47 6 | 1 14 44 38
B. 1740] 2 7 5110 | 8 13 24 36] 1 15 13 30
B. 1760 | 4 22 40 2) 8 I 15 24 56
7B. 1780 | 3 7 28 52, L.15 42/22
1786'|'2 352 47 I 15 46 42
1787 |.3 27.35 5° 115 47 2
B 1788 | 5 25 24 26 115 48 8
1789 |7 19 7 3° r 15 48 51
L7G ED 11 250135 2544003 5 _———$—$—+—
D — Il 20 36 23 | 0 O72 TI} oF 923
17Qt |t1 6-33 37 I 15 50 18 I 14 19 26)0 013 8]. o 10 6
B 1792 |iI ) 4 22/13 Ey TG Gt NT 3) 8.2 294 0° lo 14) fl) sogmDad
1793 | 2 28 5 16 Laan i ey =
1794 | 4 21 48 20 115 52 28 5 5 51 6) 0 O15 0} 0 19 33
1795 | 6 15 31 23 115 53 11 6 29 34 9} 0 15.56) O12 16
———_——. ——— 8 23.17 12.1] 0. 0 16 52+) noRmaE5O
B. 1796 | 8 13.19 59|8 14 17 6) I 15 53 55 ear
L797! KOM Hels Fig Girovl4 429.) 2) Te hoes 4 28 He] 10 17 0 16] 0 O17 49'|° 0'13'43
1798 |.0 0 46,6] 8 14 18 58) 1 15 55 21 o 14 48 52 |0 018 45 | 0 14 26
¥799 | 1 24 29 10] 8 14 19 55] £ 15 56 4 © 29 37 44 | © © 37 30} 0 28 52
Cc 1800 | 3 18 12 13 | 8 r4 20 51 | 1 15 56 48 — = SS
— —|— 1 14 26 36|0 0 5615) © 43 18
aB8or i} TE 55 -16.)814. 21.47 | 1.15.57 31 129 1°28! || Oo Oto mE 7 ad:
1802)| 7 5 38 20,18 14 22 43 | 1 15 58 314 214 4 20/0 I 33 45 I 12 10
1803:| 8 29 21 23 | 8 14 23 40] 1 15 58 57 ——_—— 8
B 1804 |10 27. 9 59 | 8 14 24 36] 1 15 59 41 200 | 4 28 8 40/0 3 7 30] 2 24 20
18a5iI01'20.°53)/ 3,),.8 14 25 32 ).2. 16, 0.2 300} 7 12 13, o | 0 4 41 15 | 3°36 30
- 400 | 9 2617 20/0 6 15 oO} 4 48 40
1806 | 2 14 36 6| 8 14 26 29} 116 1 8] ,J|—— SS ss
1807 | 4 8 19:10 | 8 14 27 25 | 116 Y 514 2 500 | 0 10 21 4o|0 7 48 45 | 6 0 50
B 1808 |6 6 7 46| 8 14 28 21} 1 16 +2 34] & 600%} 2.24 26 0 | Oo 2augosng ena
1809 | 7 29 50 49 | 8 14 29 17} 116 317], 2 700 | 5 8 30 20]010 56 15] 8 25 10
1810 | 9 23 33 53 | 8 14 30 13 {116 4 1 | Q/-— —_— | ——__—_—_..
ie ——— 800 | 7 22 34 40 | 0 12 30 O| Gg 37 20
181r [yr 17 16 56} 8 14 31 10} 1 16 4 44 gco |to 6 39 0} 0 14 3 45 | 10 49 30°
B EQI2 CATs F 32) Sika ge ONE onG oon oy 1000 | 0 20 43 20 | o 15 37 30 | 12 1 go
1813} 3. 8 48 36) 8 14 33 2] 1 16 610 /-—— | —
1814] 5 2 31 39 |'8 14 33 58] 1 16 6 54 FICO | 3 4 47 40] © 17 11 15 | 13 13 50
181g |6 26 14 43 | 8 14.34.55 )a 16 7 37 1200 | 5 18 52 0} 0 18 45 ©] 14 26 o
ed - —--- 1300 | 8 2 56 20] 0 20 18 45 | 15 38 10
4 2B. 1816 | 8 24 3 19 | 8 14 35 51] 1 16 8 20 ee pe ee mah)
1817 |10 17 46 22 | 8 14 36 47 | 116 9 4 1400 |10 17 © 40 | O 21 52 30 | 16 50 20
1818 | o 11 29 26 | 8 14 37 43 | 1 16 9 47 1500°| rr 5° 1 |%O 249aGeig | rani zego
1819 | 2 ‘5 12 29 | 8 14 38 40] 1 16 10 30 2000 | I 11 26 40 | I 1 15 Of} 24 3 20
B. 1820 4 ce 5 8 14 39 36 L161 14 eS me

MERCURY.

Tawve ILT,—Mean Motion of Mercury for Days.

od
¥ January. | Py 5 February. » ¥ March - ®
°
: fal ipcoeem hae aL
8 Mot. Long. eo) 4 Mot. Long | s Mot. Long ae
[=] 3S a
& | sp. M.S tie sec.| & | s.p. M. 8: | SEC.| SEE. & SEC.
Bi t gue. | O T's «| a fo ey 32 te leg? I
ors aso ) On ST 2 ae ee oe 1 A SD
3} © 12 16 38 1/073] 419 6 a7 mere ar
4] © 16 22 I0 I 1 4| 4 23 13 59 614 4
§| 9202743 | 1 | 1] §] 427 1932 | 6/4] 5
6 | “O a4 33 ‘15 i ibe: ON te keen ot |e 20
? 2848 48 | ti} ri 7] 5 53038 | 6/5
8] 1 2 44 20 I I 8] 5 93610 | 6] 5
9} t 64953 | 2/1] 9] 5 1341 42 | 6) 5
1Oo| 1 10 55 26 2% 0 205) CO ay apes 156 jy
SB get CRBC SS Pat S Okeee a? 1 6 te
ma} rig 6 31 2 | 2412] § 25 58 20 ie ee
13 | 12312 3 | 2 eX ee ee
14] 1 27 17 36 | 2 4/6 4925 1715
eo}. Sa |x ‘ag 2 ie 1) 0 1 Sli4 SBC ee | G
16} 2 5§ 28 41 3 | 2 | 16] 6 12 20 go 7
mapa °Q 2415 gp 2 pi?) 6 16.26. 2 7
18 | 2 13 39 46 | 3 | 2 [18] 6 20 31 35 8
mint 17 456 19 | 2 Fo 8 16 | 6 94 34 "8 8 | 6
20 | 2 21 50 51 3 | 2 | 20] 6 28 42 4o | 8 |} 6
ar} oa a9 56 m4 | 3 | 3 Fatt 7 2-48 33 8 | 6
aps 1O 1G") 2 | 2 842 | 7 16.62 46 '| 8 I 6
23)‘3 4 729 | 4 | 3 $23) 7105918 | 8 | 6
4} 3 813 2 14/3 4524) 715 451 |) 8] 7
25] 312 18 34 | 4 | 3 | 25] 7 19 1023 | 9] 7
26] 31624 7 | 4 | 3 | 26] 7 231556 | 9] 7
27} 3 202939 | 4 | 3 $27/ 7 27 21 28 | 9 | 7
48 | \3 24 SF ‘T2 a 43 8 26 | 6 ir 27 x 9/7
29 | 3 28 4044 | 4 | 3
30| 4 24617 | 5 | 4
3t| 4 65150 | 5 | 4

In the Months January and February of a Biflextile Year, fubtra€ 1 from the given Day of the Month.

Vou, XXIII. Rr

MERCURY.

\

Tasie III. Mean Motion of Mercury for Days.

April.

‘worsyd y “OJ,

apoN “IJ
‘uorayd y “IOP
‘uorpayd y *1OJAy

Mot. Long.

*yauopy 243 Jo skeq
“yuo ay3 Jo she

Ss.

°

°

Ong [wor | “yjuoy ay1 jo sheqy

5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
zh
7
7
8
8
8
8
8

MERCURY.

Taste II, Mean Motion of Mercury for Days.

a ad 2
P ae ed || £ e
r July. Pie ae Auguf -71ris September. *
£ al a | Are ta
on “| &. v g. a. ol
a 2 | F ae ns 2.
= Mot. Long. 2 5 Mot. Long g < Mot. Long. £
= a Ss
7 | 8. DM. s. |S8EC./sec.] 7 | &. p. M. 8. |SEC.|sec.] 7 | 5. vp. wu. 8. |sEc.|szc.
1] 0 2448 45 | 28) 22] 1] 5 1 4035 | 33/| 25] 1] 9 8 32 24 | 38
2} 0 28 54:18 | 28) 22] 2) § 5 46 7 | 33] 259 2] 9 12 37 57 | 38
3} 1 25951 | 23/22] 3| 5 9 51 40 | 33 | 26] 3) 9 16 43 29 | 38
4) 1 7 5 23 129] 22] 4] 5 13 57 12 | 33| 26] 4]. 9 2049 2 | 38
5} 1111056 | 29) 22] 5| 5 18 245 | 33] 267 5] 9 24 54 34 | 38
6} 115 1628 | 29) 22] 6| 5 22 817 | 34] 267 6] g29 © 7 | 38
7{ 11922 1 | 29] 227 7] 5 26 13 50 | 34 | 26] 7 39 | 30
8} 1 23.27 33. | 29] 22] 8] 6 019.23. | 34] 26] 8 39 | 30
9| 127 33 6 | 29/231 9} 6 42455 | 34 | 26] 9 39 | 3°
to| 2 1 38 38 | 29] 23] 10] 6 8 30 28. | 34] 26 39 | 30
In| 2 5 44 1% | 30| 23 J 11 |. 6 12 36. 0 | 34] 26 39 | 30
12} 2 94944 | 30] 23912 | 6 16 41 33 | 35 | 27 | 39 | 30
13 |. 2 33.55.16 .| 30 | 23 J 13 | 6 20 47- 5 | 35 | 27 39 | 30
14} 218 0 49 | 30/23] 14 6 24 52 38 | 35 | 27 40 | 31
ES | 2 29¢¢ Q 2re:| 80.) 23 Bg | 6 28) 58:21. .| 35 | 27 40 | 31
16 2 26.11.54 | 30} 23916] 7 3 -3.43 35) 27 40 | 31
17} 3 01726 | 3t | 24717) 7 7 9 16 | 35 | 27 40 | 31
18} 3 42259 | 31] 24] 18} 7 11 14 48 | 35 | 27 | 40 | 31
19} 3 .8 28 31 ZI | 24} 19 |. 7 15 20 21 36 | 27 40 | 31
20 | 31234 4 | 31 | 24] 20] 7 19 25 53 | 36 | 28 4. | 31
ax} 3 16 39 37 | 31 | 24] 21 | 7 23.31 26 | 36 | 28 | 44 | 32
22 |.3 20 45 9 | 31 | 24] 22]. 7 27.36.58 -| 36 28 4r | 32
23 |. 3 24,50 42. | 31 } a4 | 23 I 42 31 | 36) 28 41 | 32
24} 3 28.56 14 2 | a4} 24] 8 5 48 4 | 36} 28 41 | 32
25) 4 3 1 47. | 32 | 25 | 25 8 9 53-36 | 37 | 28 41 | 32
26) 4 7 719 132/25 ]}26| 8 13 59 9 | 37 | 28 41 | 32
27 | 4 11 12 52 2 ay 427 |}.8 18 4 41 | 37 | 28 42 | 32
28 | 4 15 18.24. | 32 | 25 | 28 | 8 22 10 14 | 37 | 29 | 28 | o 2Q.. 2. 3, | .42\1 32
29! 4 19 23 57 | 32 | 25} 29 | 8 26 15 46 | 37 | 29] 29] 1 3 736 | 421 32
3° | 4 23 29 30 | 33} 25 13°] 9 © 21319 | 37] 29) 30) 1 713 8 | 42 | 32
31 | 427 35 2 | 33/25 ]31| 9 4 2651 | 37) 2

=]
i

MERCURY.

Tasie ITI. Mean Motion of Mercury for Days.

Sl eS ee =< a es
ee eI 2 oo ee
OGober. 2 A 5 November. b> December.
= ae es ae 2 rs
>| ay > = >| o
o | 2 ® 2 a. &
= et —_——— =
5 = M»:. Long. = Mot. Long. =
Es — paki Beak
Re S. D. M. S. | SEC.| SEC.

9 20 §6 47 | 52 | 40
9 25 219 | 52 | 40
9 29 7 $2 52 | 40

10 3 13 24 | 52 | 40
Io 7 18 57 | 52 | go
10 Il 24 30 | 52 | 4o

Crs wp 4 | *y Uo ay} Jo skeqq

10 15 30 2 53 41
10 19 35 35° | 53 | 41
TO 23 41° 7 53 41
218 8 34 | 44] 34] 10} 6
22214 6 | 44] 34] 11 | 6 29 5 56 | 49 | 37
2 26 19 39 | 44| 34] 12 | 7

cont an + | ae) | “yoy ay Jo sheqy

10 27 46 40 | 53 | 41
iq 1 §2+32 53 | 41

———| _ $s —_——_ —F_———_ | ———— — ——— — __ —____ | ____

O25 11 | 44134713] 7 717 1 | 49 | 38
4 30 44 | 44134114 | 7 11 22 33 | 49 | 38
8 3617 | 44 | 349735 | -7 15 28 6 | 49 | 38

41 49 | 45 | 34] 16
16 47 22 | 45 | 35 $17
20 52 54 | 45 | 35 | 18

_
is)

29°°3 59 | 45 | 35 9 20

7
7
7

24 58 27 | 451/35 4$19| 8 1 5016 | 50 | 38
8

3 9 32 | 45/35 421] 8

715 4 |45 | 354$22| 8 14 6 54 | 50 | 39
20 37 | 46 | 35 | 23 | 8 18 12 26 | 50 | 39
15 26 10 | 46 | 35 | 24| 8 22:17 59 | 51 | 39

ee ee SS

ppp | RRR | Pwr
=
i

19 31 42 | 46 | 35 | 25 | 8 26 23 31 | 51 | 39 © 29 «9 48 | 55 | 43
23 37 15 | 46/35 126] 9 029 4 | 51 | 39 I 315 21 | 55 | 48
27 42 47. | 46 | 36-127 | 9 4 34 36 | 51 |-39 I 7 20 53 | 56 | 43
5 1 48 20 46 | 36 | 28 g9 840 9 51 | 40 I 11 26 26: | 56 | 43
5 .5 53 52 | 47| 36] 29} 9 12 45 42 | 51 | 40 I 15 31 5g | 56] 43
5 959 25 | 47 | 36} 30} 9 16 51 14 | 51 | 4o I 19 37 38 | 56 | 43
514 457 | 47 | 36 I 23 43 3 | 56} 43

MERCURY.

Tante IV. Mean Motion of Mercury for Hours, Minutes, and Seconds.

Mot. Lon, mF olbs Mot. Lon Mot. Lon

13 | .
14
BL
16] 3

Taste V. The Equation of the Orbit of Mercury for every Degree of Anomaly, fuppofing the Mean Diftance
to be 39710, and Excentricity 79855.4.

Argument. Mean Anomaly of Mercury.

Sig. IV. = |

Differ. ) Sig

lichiisoa :

ow ~~ a

MERCURY.

Taste Vl, Logarithms of the Diftance of Mercury from the Sun.

Argument. Mean Anomaly of Mercury.

| Sig. O. Sig. II.

D. | Logarithms. Logarithms. | Differ. | Logarithms. | Differ. |p.

re) 9-668993 .661990 .640787 °
I 9-668985 pee 14 476 9.630638 955 =
2 9.668962 9.661022 ee 9-638862 nd bs 28
3 9-668924 9:660515 5°7 9-637875 9°7 27
54 524 1003
9668870 9-6 I 9.636872 26
9.668800 is giGeeen 539. gi6y5853 | O. | es
9-668715 a 9-658897 535 9-634819 ee 24
9.668614 9-658326 57% 9-633768 Lice 23

9.668497

632702
9668365 ha ;

9-657739
9-657136 603

-63161 ( 21

9-665218 147 65651 oo oleae ee SP. 20
163 90590917 6 9-035 Ili

9-668055 9.655882 35 9.629407 4 19
_—<—=—$——————| 178 650 1130

9-667877
9.667683 iM

9-667473

9-655 232 66
9.654565 | @ah
9.653883

9.628277 18
9:627131 _ 17
9-625970 aba:

9.667247 = 9.653185 i 9.624793 | "777 |. a5
GAS ase, 14. See oe
9-667006 9-652471 731 9.623600 aks 14
9.666760 9-651740 3 g-622392 13
666478 6 746 62116 123%
O20 9-050994 763 Soke) 1239 az
9.666191 9-650231 ‘ 9.619930 II
(LION tae pa 3254.
9-665887 9-649453 9618676 10
9-665 568 9.648658 | 795 | g.6r7407 | 1289 | 9
9-665 233 9-64.7848 827 9-616123 a 8
9-664883 9.647021 9:61 4823 7
2 + 1314 |———
66451 64617 6
9.664134 a etgecel| eete th garetre: Re3Sae Woke
6624926 6 875 2 1344 5
9-66373 9-644446 91 9-610835 | 1358 4
9-663324 9-643555 9-609477 3
ee g08 1373
9-662895 9.642647 923 9-608104 1387 2
9.662450 9-641724 37 9.606717 age I
9.661990 9.640787 9 9.605316 4 °

| Sig. X.

| Sig. IX.

MERCURY,

Tante VI. Logari
, garithms of the Diftan
ce of Mercury fro
m the Sum

Argument. Mean Anomaly of Mercury

Sig. IL. i
ee Sig. VI. | Si }
p. | Logarithms. | Differ. Logarithm i _ | |
samen 8. Differ. | L i
— ogarithms. | Differ. D
> | 9605316 | sang | o-557I72 5 ar
: Ease 1429 9-556280 1692 9.510077 |
, eet 1443 9:554586 1694 9508747 1330 3°
fe 1696 9:507447 1300 4
4 9-599573 1456 1695 mseg9: | oy :
: 9.599573 5 466 9551195 1236 7
5 9508104 1469 9.549500 1695 9-504943 26
b gc 1495 9-547807 1693 9-503742 1201 |
22 eo ee 9546116 1691 9-502575 ee 24
- sone he. 1688 9-501445 1130 | *
yee 1519 9544428 | 1092 3
oats 1532 9:542743 1685 9+500353 22
9.590569 ot 9-541064 1679 9:499299 | 1°54 21
1 9:53939° 1674 pantry Onn ~
9-587472 554 1667 et ost E
Se Bewed 9-537723 i
rie 9-5 36063 O06 ete . 7
9.582743 9-5344t2 | 105% hg |
: o-S344t2 rt 9-494654 842 6
9-581146 9-5 Bi ee io ;
- ~531139 i
2379539 ieee 1618 9-493107 75 I
9.576298 asayors | 26° | odorrag 3 | 3
9.527915 isg2 9-491749 655 a
— Sk 9.491144 OS Ir
ge 9524746 pe
37808 D aent6G 1560 9.490589 10
9571373 9-521644 1542 9-490085
: assis | 458 | oasosss
4 9-5680 saa!
25 9.366386 enna 184 : 3
S| ogo osners | 1484 9.488880 6
6 9564713 9.515670 1461 9:488584
power 1497 9-488341 5
“ — : 9.488152 ;
412 j
9 | 9559662 ees
food 1386 9-488017 2
poe 9-487935
9-487907

3° | 9.557972
Sig. VII.

Sig. VI.

i

MERCURY.

TAste VII. Reduétion to the Ecliptic both in Longitude and Diftance.

Argumett. The Longitude of Mercury — the Longitude of the Node.

Sig. Oo. Sub.
Sig. VI. —| from
M S Log.
°° ro)
°o 26 I
i 4
I 20 9
I 47 16
BE 24
2 39 35
4:1 48 9
3 31 62. 8
3 57 79 8
4 8
4 7
5 7
yy 7
6 6
6 6
6 6
7 5
7 5
7 4
8 4
8 3
8 53 | 454 3
9 12 493 3
9 31 534 2
9152 $77
GK 9 622
IO 23 667
Io. 39 733
10. 54 760
YIN 808

Sig. KI. +| Sub. | Sig. X. + |
from

Sig. V. + | Log. | Sig. IV. +

MERCURY.

Taste VILL. Hleliocentric Latitude of Mercury.

Argument. The Longitude of Mercury — the Longitude of the Node.

Sig. LN.

Differ.

O 29 13
© 36 31
© 43 48

oO gt: 4
o 58 I9
Beh 33

I 12 45
I 19 56
137°. 6

'

wv vw sz 8 “IT

6 54 47
6 =) 3
55 52
65049 | 03
6 57 39
6 58 mee
59 23 6
STE hg° [3
6 59 26 i
° 19
6 59 45 a
Pare Tas
7 0 O

Sig. X. 8.

Sig. IV. N.

Sig. III. NV.

Vou. XXITq; sf

MERCURY.

Asafpecimen of the ufe of the preceding tables, we fhall
give the following example from the A ftronomy of Profeffor
Vince, whofe polite compliance with our wifh to extraét the
preceding tables from his valuable work, demands our
ref{pectful acknowledgment.

To compute the Heliocentric Latitude and Longitude of Mer-
cury, and Logarithm of his Diftance from the Sun.—From
Table I. of the epochs, take out the epochs of the
mean longitude of the aphelion and node, for the given
year, and place them in an horizontal line. But if the
given year be not found in that table, take the neareft

year preceding the given year, as an epoch, and take out ~

as before ; under which (Table IJ.) place the mean mo-
tion, in longitude, of the aphelion and node, an{wering
to the number of years elapfed fince the epcch to the given
year.

Under thefe, write down (Table ITI.) the mean motions
of the fame, forthe given day of the month.

Under thefe, write down (Table 1V.) the mean motions
of the fame, for the given hours, minutes, and feconds.

Add together the numbers in the feveral columns, rejeCting
12S, or any multiple thereof, if they occur ; and you get
the mean longitude, places of the aphelion, and node for the
given time.

Subtraé the longitude of the aphelion from the mean lon-
gitude, and the remainder is the mean anomaly.

With the mean anomaly enter Table V., and take out
the equation of the orbit, making proportion for the minutes

and feconds, if there be any, correéting the refult of the
proportion for fecond differences.

Apply the equation, with its proper fign, to the mean
longitude, and you get the longitude on the orbit, from the
mean equinox.

From the longitude of Mercury in his orbit, fubtraét the
longitude of the node, and you get the argument, called the
argument of latitude.

Tothe longitude on the orbit thus found, apply the reduc-
tion (Table VII.) with its proper fign, and you have the longi+
tude upon the ecliptic, reckoned from the mean equinox.

To the longitude thus found, apply the nutation, or equa-
tion of the equinoxes in longitude with its proper fign, and
you get the true longitude of Mercury on the ecliptic, from
the true equinox.

With the argument of latitude enter Table VIII., and
take out the heliocentric latitude, making proportion for the
minutes and feconds, if neceffary, correcting the refult of
the proportion for fecond differences, and this is the true
heliocentric latitude of Mercury,

With the mean anomaly of Mercury enter Table VI.,
and take out the logarithm of the diftance, making propor-
tion for the minutes and feconds, if neceflary.

With the argument of latitude enter Table VII., and in
the column Sud. Log. take out the number, making propor-
tion for minutes and feconds, if neceflary ; and fubtraéting
it from the logarithm of the diftance laft found, you have the
logarithm of the curtate diftance.

Lxample.—What is the heliocentric Latitude and Longitude of Mercury on June3, 1793, at 5" 17! 19",
mean ‘Time at Greenwich, and the Logarithm of his Diftance from the Sun ?

Longitude. Aphelion. Node.
s oot A a a A ae 5 @ bei
Epoch for 1793 = - 2.28 45 16 8 14 14 17 I 15 51 45
Mean Motion to June 3 9 0 13 34 24 18
—for 5’ - BL. 1g
—forr7! - 2 54
—forig" - 3
Mean Long. - - [I 29 12 56 8 14 14 41 L552 3
Equation Table V. —- — 23 39 59 IJ) 2b -F2 50. Ty Base e
Long. on Orbit - - I i 4257 3 14 58 15 9 19 40 54
Redu&. Table VID. - + 8 10 Mean Aaoih. Arg. of Lat.
Long. from mean Equin. 1K 4m 7 Hence, Tab. VI. Hence, Tab. VIII.
Nutation = - - . — 6 Log. dift. 9.582789 | Hel. Jat. 6° 35! 21'S.
True Long. on Ecl. - Rr 5 40 ft ReduG. - 2878
9-57991%
Log. of curtate
diftance from the
Sun.

See MenrccvriaLis.
Mercury, Engilifb. See CHENOPODIUM.
Mercury is a metal of a filvery-white colour, and fluid

Mercury, in Botany, &c.

at the ufual temperature of the atmofphere. It is known
under a variety of denominations : the common name amon

the ancients was hydrargyrum, gd. water of filver. The
moderns commonly call it mercury, from fome fuppofed re-
lation it bears to the planet of that name.- In Englifh it is

popularly called quick/ilver, from its appearance. Many of:
the chemifts call it Proteus. from the variety of forms, co-
lours, &e. it pafles through in their preparations.

§ 1. Ores of Mercury.

1. Native Mercury ; Gediegen queck-filler, Wern.;_ Mer=-
cure natif, Hay.
Its colour is that of filver.

It

MERCURY.

Ttis found as globules in the cells of other ores of mer-

pre? and as large mafles in drufed cavities, &c.

hen pure it is perfectly fluid; it feels very cold, and as
if wet, but does not adhere to the finger. It has neither
finell nor tatte,

Tes luttre is metallic fplendent. Sp. gr. 13.568, Cavendith,
Briffon; 13.581, Hlaiiy; 13.600, Klapr.

Native mercury is generally pure, but fometimes it is
oe ery with fome filver, though not fufficiently fatu-
rated to be referrible to the following {pecies, into which
a tranfition is thus formed.

There are only a few places where native mercury has
been found in Semdathas: fuch as Idria, the Palatinate,
and Spain ; but in {mall quantities it occurs almott always
together with cinnabar and other mercurial ores, in fletz-
rocks, which appear to be fubordinate to fome coal. forma-
tion, See the fequel of this article, and Mintum.

For the ufe, and chemical and phyfical properties of mer-
cury, fee the fequel of this article.

2. Native Amalgam 3 Natiirliches amalgam, Wern. ; | Mer-
eure argental, Haiiy.

Its colour varies between that of tin and filver.

Tt is feldom found maflive; oftener diffeminated, in fuper-
ficial lamin, and fometimes cryttallized. The cryitals hi-
therto obferved are: 1. The regular o¢tahedron with all its
edges truncated, mentioned by Romé de l’Ifle (Mercure ar-
gental émargine, Haiiy, pl. 65, fig. 24.) 2. The rhomboidal
or garnet dodecahedron (Mercure argental dodécaddre,
Haity, ib. fig. 25.) ‘This occurs more frequently than the
others, and is by Cordier confidered as the primitive cryttal.

3. Che preceding truncated on the edges (Mercure arg.
triforme, Haiiy, ib. fig. 26.) | Alforthe leucite cry ftal, or the

double eight-fided pyramid, flatly acuminated on each extre-
mity by four planes fet on the alternate lateral edges, is
mentioned among the. modifications of this fubftance.

“The cryftals are never large, generally of the fize of a
{mall pea: they are ufually imbedded, feldom feveral of

them grouped together.
Externally it is fhining and fplendent, but lefs fo than
native mercury: luitre metallic. When fcraped it becomes

dull.

Fra&ture conchoidal. It is more or lefs foft, fometimes
approaching to fluid; not particularly brittle. Spec. grav.
14.1792, asa mean of feveral jad ai ae by Cordier.

Befides this palty femifluid amalgam, there is a more folid
variety, the fracture of which is more imperfe@ly flat con-
choidal, fometimes pafling into fine-grained uneven, and
which, when preffed between the fingers, or cut with a knife,
gives out a more creaking found than the other variety.

_ Expofed to the fire the mercury is volatilized, ‘and a
button of filver remains.

“The variety analyfed by Heyer contained 74 parts of mer-
cury and 25 of filver; that examined by Klaproth 64 parts
of mercury and 36 of filver; laftly, Cordier found 72.5
of mercury and 27.5 of filver in the cryftallized amalgam.

The native amalgam is of rare occurence} it has been
found at Salberg in Sweden, at Rofenau and Niederflana in
Hungary, at Morsfeld in the Palatinate, and principally at
Mofchellandfberg and Stahlberg in Deuxponts, in a yellowith
and reddifh ferruginous clay, mixed with other mercurial
ores, and accompanied with fpathofe iron, lithomarge, lime-
ftone, barytes, hornftone, iron pyrites, &c.

Nothing exa& is known refpeGting’ the mode of its oc-
eurrence ; but probably it is confined to beds in fletz moun-

tains.
The more folid variety refembles filver, but may eafily

be known by the property it poflefles of whitening gold
and copper when rubbed on them,

3: Mercurial Horn-Ore ; Queck-filber horn-erta, Wern. ;
Mercure muriaté, Upiiy.

Its ufual colour is afh-grey, more or lefs deep; it often
paffes into yellowilh-grey and greyith-white, and alfo in-
clines to greenifh-grey.

It i6 feldom found maflive or diffeminated; but generally
in thin crufts formed by tubercular or fmall globular mafles,
which are often compofed of minute cryttals. The form
of thefe cryltais is generally a dodecahedron like that of
zircon, or rectangular four-fided prifm, acuminated by four
planes fet on the’ lateral edges. (Mercure muriaté dodé-
caédre, Haiiy.) Befides this the following modifications
are mentioned by authors: a rectangular four-fided prifm,
acuminated like the preceding by four planes, but which
are fet-on the lateral planes; a fix-fided prifm bevelled at
both extremities, the bevelling planes fet on the two largeft
oppofite lateral planes; and the o€tahedron with fummits
and edges truncated.

Thele cryitals are always minute and irregular, often
gibbous, whence the difficulty of determining their figure
with exaétnefs, Externally they are fplendent, internally
{plendent. with a complete diamond luftre, fometimes ap-
proaching metallic luttre,

It appears to be compofed of fine-grained diflin& con-
cretions. It is generally faintly tranflucent, fometimes only
on the edges ; foft; may be cut with a knife, and is eafily
frangible.

Its {pecifie gravity and other charaéters remain yet unde.
termined, on account of the {mallnefs and {carcity of the
fragments that have hitherto been found.

Before the blowpipe it is volatilized, without decompo.
fition. It is foluble in water. Woulfe found it compofed
of 64 parts of fulphat of mercury, and 36 muriat of mer.
cury; Kirwan of 70 parts of mercury, and 30 of muriatic
and fulphuric acids.

The Horn mercury, the fcarceft of all mercurial ores,
was firlt difcovered by Mr. Woulfe in the quickfilver mines
of Mofchellandfberg and Morsfeld, in ferruginous clayey
fand-{tone, accompanied with other ores of mercury, ochrey-
brown iron-{ftone, malachite and blue copper ore, calcareous
fpar, lithomarge, &c.. It has alfo been found at Idria, ge-
nerally in the cavities of an indurated clay, and of flate-clay
accompanied with cryftallized cinnabar;.at Horzowitz in
Bohemia, with dark red cinnabar in a vein of brown iron-
itone, and at Almaden in Spain.

4. Mercurial Liver-Ore ; Queck-filber-Lebererz, Wern.; Li-
steamed mercurial ore, Aik. Mercure fulfuré bituminifere,

aliy.

It 1s divided by Werner into compaé& and flaty liver-ore.

a. Compa@.—lts colour is intermediate between dark lead.
grey and cochineal red.

Occurs maffive and rarely diffeminated.- Internally, it is
gliftening and glimmering, with femi-metallic luftre. __

Fraéture even, pafling fometimes into fine-grained un-
even, and imperfect large and flat conchoidal: fragments
indeterminately angular, more or lefs blunt-edged ; opaque,
Streak fhining, and of a deep cochineal'red colour. It is
foft, may be cut with a knife, and is eafily frangible. Spe-
cif. grav. 7.186—7.352, Kirwan; 7.937, Gellert. _,
~ bs Slaty—lIts colour nearly the fame as the preceding,
only now and then more of the red obfervable on the prin-
cipal fra&ture. It is found only maffive. Its fra@ure in
the direction of the laminz is curved and thick flaty; it is
fhining, and its luitre prproneties the metallic ; crofs fraGiure

ts even

MERCURY.

even and compact, and but little fhining or only glimmer-
ing. Fragments more orlefs flaty. It is opaque, and un-
commonly eafily frangible.

The mercurial liver-ore affords upwards of 80 per cent.
of pure mercury. Klaproth, who analyfed the compa& va-
riety from Idria, obtained the following refults :

Mercury “ = z: -. 318
Sulphur - £ es - 137-50

Charcoal - = z, - 23
Silex 3 = = a, s 5.50
Alumine - = a ® 5-50

Oxyds of copper 2 2 5 5
Copper % x = - 0.20

Water which ferved to form the fulphu- i
rated hydrogen gas, and other lofs i ‘ 7:39
1000

This analyfis, Klaproth adds, may ferve to rectify the
erroneous notions which have been adopted concerning the
compofition of this mixed mineral. By fhewing that the
fulphur is combined with the metal in the fame proportion
as in cinnabar, namely, as 1 to 6in round numbers, we are
taught how little foundation there is for the opinion of
thofe who, like Sage and Kirwan, think that a part
enly of the mercury is in the ftate of fulphurated
mercury, and that the other is in the ftate of a fimple oxyd.
If that were the cafe, the non-fulphurated part would cer-
tainly be foluble in the nitric acid; but experiment fhews
that this is not the cafe, becaufe the acid cannot diffolve
any part even when boiling, the mineral powder remaining
unchanged at the bottom of the veflel. See Nichol’s Journ.
vol. 15. p. 231.

Both varieties of mercurial liver-ore occur together at
Idria in Friaul, to which they appear exclufively to belong,
though Spain, Siberia, and other places have been men-
tioned by authors among their localities. They are found in
large maffes, in and with flate-clay, anda kind of bitumin-
ous fhale, and accompanied with cinnabar, and fometimes
{mall quantities of native mercury and iron pyrites. ‘Two
ores of mercury, fuppofed to belong to the liver-ore, are at
Idria diftinguifhed by particular names. One is the Brand-
ertz, which appears to be a kind of coarfe coal impregnated
with cinnabar; the blackifh-grey variety contains only from
¥ to 18 per cent., the red from 30 to 40 fer cent. of mer-
cury. ‘The other is called Corallen-ertz, (bead or coral-
ore) ; it confitts of reddifh-black oblong beads of the fize
of a large coffee bean, of a foliated ftru€ture, imbedded in
a blackifh bituminous fhale, and alfo in fand-itone. The
richeft affords about 40 per cent. of mercury.

5. Cinnabar ; Zinnober, Wern; Mercure Sulfuré, Haiiy.

This {pecies may conveniently be fubdivided into two va-
rieties, viz dark red cinnabar and bright red cinnabar.

Dark red cinnabar ; Dunkel-rother zinnober, Wern.

Its colour is cochineal red, which in fome varieties in-
clines on one fide to carmine red, on the other to lead

ey.

Tt is found maffive, diffeminated, in fuperficial coatings
and membranes, amorphous, cellular, dendritic, and cry{-
tallized.

Its primitive form is the regular hexahedral prifm; inte-
grant molecule, the triangular equilateral prifm. The follow-
ing, according to Werner, Emmerling, and Eftner, are the
principal fecondary forms: 1. The rhomboid rather flattened,
truncated in the two diagonally oppofite obtufe angles.

2. The fix-fided table, formed by the increafe’of the trun-
cating planes of the preceding figure. 3. The regular fix-
fided prifm, either perfeét or acuminated by three planes
fet on the alternate lateral planes. 4. The three-fided py-
ramid, either double or fingle, in which the angles are
fometimes more or lefs deeply truncated. 5. The regular
oétohedron, fometimes terminating in an edge at the fummit.

Haiiy, on the other hand, has obferved ouly two dif-
tin& modifications in the cryftals of cinnabar; the one is
the primitive form, or the regular fix-fided prifm (Mercure
fulfuré primitif, pl. 65. fig. 27.), in which the divifions
parallel with the lateral pee are very diftimét ; the other
(Merc. fulf. bibi/alterne, fig. 28.) a fimilar fhort prifm, with
fix marginal planes at each extremity placed alternately
with regard to the lateral planes and to the planes of the
other extremity.

Thefe cryftals, whofe real form is often difficultly deter-
minable, are generally fmall and very imall; they are
grouped together without order, generally lining the cavi-
ties of maflive cinnabar. Externally they are fplendent ;
internally both the cryftallized and amorphous varieties are
fhining, which fometimes pafles into gliftening, and likewife
into glimmering ; with diamond luftre approaching to femi-
metallic. The foliated varieties have the ftrongeft luitre.

FraGture either more or lefs perfe&tly lamellar, the
cryftalline varieties with lamine fometimes rather curved ;
or fine-grained uneven, with a tendency to conchoidal.
Fragments indeterminately angular, rather blunt-edged.
The lamellar varieties prefent granular diftin& concretions ;
fometimes there is a tendency to thick and ftraight lamellar
diitin& concretions.

Maffive cinnabar is opaque, feldom tranflucent on the
edges ; but the cryftals are fometimes tranflucent and even
approach tranfparent.

It becomes fhining in the ftreak, affording a fearlet red
powder. It is foft and ealily cut with the knife, and very
heavy. Sgec. gr. varies from 4.500 to 10.218, which latter
was determined by Briffon on a pure cryftal from Almaden:
7.710, Klapr. (the Japanefe in grains): 8.116, Ki. (the
maflive from Neumarktel).

The conftituent parts of dark red cinnabar, were found
by Klaproth to be

The Japanefe. From Neumirktel.
Mercury - 84.50 85.0
Sulphur - 14-75 14.25
99-25

4 ISAS

-_-—_—

Bright red cinnabar ; Hochrother xinnober, Wern.

Colour bright fcarlet red. It is found maffive, difleminated,
and coating. Internally it is glimmering, of rather a pearly
luftre; fometimes, efpecially on the crofs fracture, it is
dull; principal fra€ture between earthy and fibrous; crofs
fraéture earthy, fine-grained; fragments indeterminately
angular, blunt-edged. It is opaque. Streak fearlet red,
fhining. It is very foft, paffing into friable; and foils. It
is very heavy. ;

This fub-{pecies, which is much fearcer than the pre-
ceding, is found in the quickfilver zines of the Palatinate,
particularly at Wolfftein and at Deuxponts, where it is
accompanied with brown iron-ftone, iron-ochre, quartz,
calcareous fpar, and dark red cinnabar. The other locali-
ties affigned to light red cinnabar are not well authen-
ticated.

Some authors, as Eftner, are faid to have miftaken the red

iron-

MERCURY.

iron-ochre, which is found with bright red cinnabar, for
this latter variety ; whence the other fhades of red they
mention are not applicable to the fubltance in queltion.

Werner adopts two dittinct formations of cinnabar, con-
temporaneous with the mountains in which they occur in
heds, ‘Thefe latter, in the older formations, confift of a
kind of chlorite flate, quartz, &c.; in the newer, of fate
clay, &e. It is alfo found in veins, the relative age of
which is not afcertained. ‘To the newer formation, which
is far more abundant than the old, belong the repofitories
in the Palatinate, in Deuxponts, Spain, Idria, &e. 5 to the
older, thofe of Hartenttein in Saxony, of Carinthia, &c.
Tn veins it occurs at Horzowitz in Bohemia, in Lower
Hungary, &c., where it is accompanied with fome other
mercurial ores, with iron-ltone, galena, and other geognotti-
cally related {pecies, which, inthis cafe, are always indications
of venigenous origin. When occurring in beds, it is gene-
rally accompanied (befides with other ores of mercury) with
compact lime-{tone, calcareous {par, barytes, quartz, and
fometimes traces of copper ores; the beds themfelves are
principally formed by flate clay, akind of fand-ftone, and
rocks of a fimilar nature. Some of the older beds are
found in clay flate mountains, and contain the cinnabar in
contemporaneous fmall veins or trums, The newer beds
are fuppofed partly to belong to the coal-formation.
Mohs.

The geognoftic relations of the Japanefe dark red cin-
nabar are not known. It is brought to us in {mall grains,
being mottly fragments of flattened fix-fided prifms, which

ram contain finely diffeminated iron pyrites, and are alfo
sa adhering to particles of a quartzy fub{tance.

The principal quickfilver mines in the Palatinate are at
the following places, viz. Morsfeld, where the cinnabar
traverfes quartz, which is often completely coloured by it ;
the native quickfilver, formerly found at this place, was fo
abundant, that, according to Ferber, it was obferved in the
very ftreets of the town: Spitzenberg near Morsfeld,
where cinnabar occurs mixed with brown iron-{tone; alfo
{mall veins of afphaltum are fometimes found here in
the mafles of cinnabar: Carlfgliick, which furnifhes a mer-
curial fand ore, being cinnabar in a grey fine-grained
and partly flaty fand-flone, mixed with more or lefs clay ;
alfo native mercury has fometimes been found here included
in geodes of brown iron-{tone: Wolfftein, where there is
the mine Theodors Erzluf, in a mountain called the Konigf-
berg ; it was formerly uncommonly rich in mercurial ores,
{uch as the light red cinnabar both earthy and fibrous,
which is almoft exclufively found here, accompanied with
brown iron-ftone, &c.: at Potzberg, in the principality of
Veldentz, cinnabar occurs in a kind of pudding-itone.

In the territory of Deuxponts, the moft remarkable mine
is that in the Schlofsberg of Obermofchel or Mofchelland{-
berg, where both cinnabar and native mercury are found in

reat abundance.

The quickfilver mines of Idria were difcovered in 1497:
The richeft ores, according to Ferber’s account, occur in
a confiderable bed of clay flate. ‘The roof and hanging fide
of the veins confift of limeftone ; they are very much rent,
and travefed by dykes or ridges of other calcareous rocks
and of a hard clay flate, which produce flips and faults in
the mercurial vein. The clay flate of Idria is generally foft
at fome depth under ground, but harder and more dif-
tin@ly flaty towards the furface: its principal colour is
black. This flate is traverfed and penetrated in all direc-
tions by veins of cinnabar and diileminated native mercury,
which are alfo found in nefts, It is in the fofter part

of the flate that the richer ores are generally found; they
are firm, compaét, and commonly marle-like, and when un-
mixed with other foft earthy fubftances, are fufceptible of
polith, Thefe richer ores contain from 40 to 70 and even
Bo pounds of quickfilver in the hundred weight.

The different rock-ftones at Idria containing mercury
are, 1. Grey and black lime-ftone, improperly called horn-
{tone by the miners; it conttitutes only the roof and fides
of the flaty vein and the bars, which latter fometimes con-
tain much diffeminated cinnabar. 2. Varieties of clay of
various colours, white, grey, yellow, red, and blackifh,
fome pure others marly, and of various degrees of hardnefs :
the blackith-grey variety yields from five to ten per cent. of
quickfilver. 3, Grey clay flate, either pure or mixed with
lime: it contains from two to three per cent. of quickfilver ;
the more its colour increafes in depth the richer it becomes,
fo that the darkeit, or blackifh-grey variety, yields fome-
times eight pounds in the hundred weight. 4. Black foft
clay flate, called Mildzeug, of a more or lefs marly nature,
ps ovr h o from ten to fifteen, and fometimes even from
thirty to forty pownds in the hundred. 5. A black hard
clay flate, called Spiegel, or looking-glafs flate, on account
of its fhining furface: it fometimes produces from forty to
fifty seem in the hurdred weight; but very little when
purely argillaceous, and very hard. 6. Drufes, or aggre-
gations of calcareous, gypfeous, and barytic cryftals, which
are fometimes found coated with cinnabar.

The following are the principal mercurial ores known at
Idria: 1. Pure cinnabar, maffive and cryftallized. 2. Red
Ore, or impure cinnabar, of a tile-red colour, mixed with
marle and pyrites; producing about thirty pounds in the
hundred. 3. Schniirl-erz, or bead-ore, becanfe the cin-
nabar traverfes the matrix in {mall veins fimilar to ftrings of
beads. 4. Mercurial liver-ore, a very rich ore, yielding
from fifty to eighty pounds in the hundred weight. 5. Mer-
curial brand ore. 6. Coral ore, which contains from one
to forty pounds. Vide fupra Mercurial liver-ore.

The Spanifh quickfilver mines are the moft ancient we are
acquainted with. Pliny informs us that no other cinnabar
was made ufe of at Rome than that from Spain, particularly
that of the Regio Sifuponenfis in Boetica, which appears to
have been the territory of the prefent Almaden.. This latter
name is of Saracenian origin, fignifying the fhaft or gallery.
ofa mine. According to Theophraltus® and Pliny’s account,
the cinnabar brought to Rome was a kind of fand; a term
which is applicable to thofe {mall fragments of cinnabar
mixed with quartz, which are ftill found in confiderable
quantity in the old mine de las Cuebas, near Almaden,
from the fize of a hazel-nut to that of a hemp-feed.

The prevailing mountain-rock at and near Almaden is
a grey clay flate, traverfed in many places by confiderable
beds of a breccia, which is compoted of pieces of a fimilar
clay flate, with white calcareous fpots, and fragments of.
the fame black bituminous fhale, which is the ufual conco-
mitant of the quickfilver mines of Almaden. This breccia
is here known under the name of Frailefque, on account of
its prevailing colour, which refembles that of the habit of
the Francifean monks.

The moft important mines are at the fouth fide of Al-
maden, in the immediate neighbourhood of the town ; there-
are fix of them, running, within the fpace of about fifty fa-
thoms, nearly from eaft to welt: fome of them,efpecially that.
of San Diego, deviate from this courfe, defcribing part of a
large circle. Their dip is from fixty to. upwards of eighty
degrees ; they frequently interfe& each other, and are alfo
traverfed by the above-mentioned breccia. and a black bitu-
minous

MERCURY.

minous fhale ; but at a certain depth (fuch as in the mine
Francifco, which is roo fathoms deep), they generally con-
tinue their courfe without interruption. ‘They are all very
rich in ore: where the veins meet, particularly thofe of
San Julian and San Diego, the repofitories of ore are from
four to five fathoms in thicknefs : thefe confift of a quartz,
richly intermixed with cinnabar, yielding from twenty to
thirty pounds in the hundred. ; '

The other quickfilver mines belonging to the territory of
Almaden are, 1. That of Almadenejos, where veins of
quartz, from one to half a fathom in thicknefs, richly pene-
trated by cinnabar, traverfe the grey clay flate above-men-
tioned. 2. That of Guadalperal, half a Spanifh league
N.W. from Almadenejos: this mine, which is very fuper-
ficial, was wrought by the Romans. The rock it traverfes
is the fame clay flate with that of Almaden, only that the
breccia contains no fragments of the black bituminous
fhale, which ‘is one of the component parts of that feen at
Almaden. The ores of this mine confilt of cryttalline cin-
nabar, moftly in very narrow veins or trums. 3, The mine
de las Cuebas, about three Englifh miles from Almaden,
in the fame dire€tion with that of Guadalperal. The
quickfilver ores are here found in fhort interrupted veins of
quartz traverfing bituminous thale. 4

For a complete account of the quickfilver mines of Al-
maden, fee Hoppenfack tiber den Bergbau in Spanien.
Weimar, 1796. :

Mercury, Affay and Analyfis of the Ores of-—-Mercury is
frequently combined with filver and bifmuth in the form of
an amalgam, The mercury may be feparated by diftillation
in a retort of iron, or of glafs coated with fand and clay.
The refiduum, which is generally filver and bifmuth, may be
diffolved in nitric acid. When the folution is complete, a
large quantity of water muft be added, by which the greateft
part of the bifmuth will be feparated in the ftate of fubnitrat.
Tf oxymuriatic gas be paffed through the folution of filver
and the remaining bifmuth, the former will be precipitated
jn the ftate of muriat of filver, while the bifmuth will be
held in folution in the ftate of oxymuriat of bifmuth. When
the muriat of filver is feparated, the bifmuth may be pre-
cipitated by potafh, and the oxyd collected and dried. “he
fubnitrat of this metal firft feparated muft be boiled with
potath, to feparate the nitric acid. This oxyd, being wafhed
and dried, may be added to the other. For every 100 of
this oxyd, allow 90 of the metal. The muriat of filver
contains, in the 100, 74.77 of the metal.

A {pecimen of the native amalgam of filver and mercury,
analyfed by Klaproth, gave 64 mercury and 36 filver in the

Oo.

e Should any gold be prefent, it will be left undiffolved
when the refidual metals are taken up by the nitric acid.

Native cinnabar may be analyfed by diffolving it in
nitro-muriatic acid. The mercury will be diffolved in the
{tate of oxymuriat of mercury, while the fulphur will be
feparated. If much heat be employed, fome of the fulphur
will be converted into fulphuric acid, and fome of the mer-
cury, in confequenee, will be thrown down in the {tate of
fulphat « the folution, therefore, muft be made in the cold.

The fulphur being feparated, wafhed, and dried, may be
weighed. , ‘

‘The mercury may ‘be feparated in the metallic form by a
clean piece of iron, This is almott the only inftance in
which a metal is precipitated by another in a ftate of purity,
fince iron doeg not in any degree combine with mercury.
The mercury may alfo be thrown down by the green ful-
phat of iron. This ore, according to Klaproth, confifts of

84.5 mercury, and 14.75 fulphur. The hepatic ore may
betnilyfed ne a proces fimilar to the laft. This, marie.
is apt to abound with other fubftances befides fulphur and
mercury. A {pecimen from ldria was analyfed by Klaproth,
and the refult is given under the article Ores of Mercury,
fupra.

The native muriat of mercury confifts of a mixture of
fulphuric and muriatic combined with the oxyd of mercury.
This ore mutt be reduced to a fine powder, and mixed with
twenty-four parts of water; oxymuriatic gas mult then be
pafled through it for a length of time, till the whole of
the powder be diffolved. The fulphuric acid may be
precipitated by muriat of barytes. The mercury may
be precipitated from the muriatic acid by a bright piece of
iron. ’
The fulphat by this procefs becomes oxyfulphat of mer-
cury. In the ore it may be confidered as the fulphat: for
every 100, therefore, of fulphat of barytes precipitated,
allow 211.76 of fulphat of mercury in the ore. The reft
may be confidered muriat of mercury. For 100 of mer-
cury allow 4 of oxygen, and 11.2 muriatic acid.

For the aflay of mercurial ores in the dry way, let the
{pecimen be pulverized, andaccurately mixed with one-fourth
its weight of quicklime, and an equal portion of-iron filings,
and then let it be pretty ftrongly ignited in an iron or
earthen retort, as long as any mercury comes over into the
receiver.

The modes of extra€ting the metal from the ores of mer-
cury are very fimple. Meflrs. Aikin, in their valuable Dic-
tionary of Chemiltry and Mineralogy, have given an account
of the procefs for this purpofe at the mines of Deuxponts
and of Idria, and alfo at Almaden in Spain. The former
is the beft and moft fcientific, and it is as follows: when the
ore is brought out of the mine it is accurately forted, thofe
pieces being rejected which appear to. be deftitute of metal.
The forted ore, being pulverized, is mingled with one-fifth,
more or lefs, according to the proportion of cinnabar con-
tained*in the ore, of quicklime powdered by expofure to
the air. This mixture is then put into iron retorts, about
forty or fifty in number, capable of holding about 6olbs.
weight, which, thus charged, are fixed in a long furnace;
a glafs receiver is then attached to each retort, but not luted,
and a gentle fire is applied in order to expel all the moifture:
when this is effected, the junéture of the veffels is clofely
ftopped with tempered clay, and a full red heat is applied
for {even or eight hours, at the expiration of which time all
the mercury will have been volatilized and condenfed in the
receiver. ‘The common produce varies between fix and ten
ounces of metal from r1oolbs. of the ore.

The procefs at Almaden is more rude and inartificial : it
is defcribed by Meffrs. Aikin (ubi fupra) ; and to their ac-
count of it the reader, defirous of further information, is
referred, -

The conveyance of mercury from place to place requires,
on account of its fluidity, extraordinary precautions. It is
packed in the following manner. A frefh found fheep-fkin,
the hair of which has been taken off, is laid over a wooden
bowl, and a quantity, from solbs. to 75lbs. of mercury is
poured into it: the ends of the fin are then gathered up,
and tied together with great care, thus forming a fort of
bag in which the metal is inclofed: this bag is inclofed in a
fecond fkin, and the fecond in a third; and, laftly, thefe
bags are put into very tight barrels, capable of holding from
two to four of them, and in this ftate are brought into the
market.

Chemical and Phyfical Properties of Mercury.—It is a

white

MERCURY.

white metal refembling tin, Its fpecifie gravity in 13.568,
Tt is liquid at the greatelt cold of this climate, but becomes
folid at — 39°, or 71° below the freezing pointof water, It
has fragt been reduced to the folid form in this country
by the aid of freezing mixtures, and lately, by Mr. Lefley,
in the vacuum of the air-pump. In this flate it poffefles
fome of the charaéters of tin, as far ay regards ity appearance
and malleability. Tt is faid to undergo a rapid decreafe of
volume immediately before congelation, a property the re
verfe of what is obferved in the freezin of water and in
the congelation of all bodies, the liquids of which are of
ands {pecific gravity than their folids, will it not be
ound that folid mercury is of greater {pecific gravity than
the liquid? ‘The boiling point of mercury, or the tempera-
ture at which it affumes the elaftic form, is 650°, or, as fome
fay, 660°; fo that the number of degrees between its freezing
and boiling points is 689°, or 699°. This property admits
of its being diftilled, which furnithes a fimple method of fe-
parating it from fub{tances which are not volatile. Hence
we may conclude, that if our natural temperature were more
than 660°, mercury would be prefented to us in the form of
a permanently elaltic fluid: while, in a temperature lefs
than — 39°, it would be a folid malleable metal.

Mercury does not decompofe water at any*temperature,
and hence it may be kept under that fluid without under-
going any change.

; en expofed t6 the air it foon tarnifhes, and becomes
covered with a dark grey powder. If it be agitated with
the fingers for a fhort time, they become foiled with the
fame powder. This fubftance is produced by the mercury
combining with the oxygen of the atmofphere. It may be
formed in greater quantity by a {tronger ayitation in con-
ta& withoxygen. ‘This has been effeGted by putting a {mall
Fae of mercury into a large bottle, and tying it to the
poke of a coach-wheel. The change of furface, from the
motion of the wheel, induces the rapid oxydation of the
mercary. The oxyd fo obtained is the firlt or protoxyd of
mercury, and was called by the old chemilts Evhiops per fe.
If, according to Dalton, the atom of mercury be 167, hydro-

gen being 1, and oxygen 7, the protoxyd will be yer But
- . -
= Ress: or four per cent. This is exa&ly what Fourcroy

makes it by experiment. In taking a general view of the
combinations of mercury with other bodies, it would ap-
pear that Mr. Dalton has rated the atom of mercury too
high. The analyfis of the fulphuret appears to be the moft
perfect. It may with much confidence be admitted, that
85 of mercury combines with 15 of fulphur for the fecond
fulphuret. Hence we fhall have — 2 z
85 1473

fhall find, therefore, in treating of the other compounds, that
it will be nearer the truth, to call the atom of mercury 147.
This number will give the protoxyd 4.5 per cent. When
mercury is diffolved in nitric acid with a boiling heat, and
the oxyd precipitated by lime water, the precipitate will be
formed of a yellow colour. This is in all probability the fecond

We

exyd, which fhould be conftituted as follows : Sass

= or or 8.7 oxygen, and 81.3 mercury. Chenevix
makes it 10.7. __ It is likely, however, that as he expelled the
acid by heat, the oxyd might abforb more oxygen, or the

aeid might not be-all driven a

The third oxyd of mercury may be formed by expofing
the metal or the protoxyd in (mall qesatity in a large glafe
matrafe, the neck being drawn out to a fmall peint. When
the mercury is heated in this vellel to a boiling heat, 6505
the fmallnets of the aperture does not admit of its efcape in
vapour, while it is completely expofed to the oxygen of
the atmofpheric air. By this means the mercury becomes
converted intoa red powder, which is the third oxyd. The
fame may alfo be procured by adding lime-water to a folution
of the oxymuriat of mercury (corrofive fublimate), when a
beautiful red powder is precipitated, which is the oxyd in

queltion, ‘I'he proportions will be 4 nt ga “:
2.5
or 87.5 mercury, and 12.5 oxygen.

This oxyd is of a beautifal red colour: it poffefles fome
of the qualities of an acid, inafmuch as it has a decided
taite, is corrofive to the fkin, and when heated with the
filings of tin or zinc, it caufes them to inflame by yielding
with facility its oxygen to them. Chenevix makes the pro-
portions to be 85 mercury and 15 of oxygen, but for the
reafons given in the fecond oxyd it is, doubtlefs, rated too
high.

Mercury does not combine with carbon, hydrogen, oz
nitrogen, but it combines with fulphur and phofphorus.

When two parts of fulphur and one of mercury are
rubbed together in a mortar, the mercury combines with a
portion of fulphur. ‘The whole mafs appears of a black
colour, and confitts of the fulphuret of mercury mixed with
an excefs of fulphur. This fubftance was formerly called
Ethiops mineral. Uf this mafs be expofed to a heat fuffi-
cient to fublime the fulphur, the excefs of the latter fub-
{tance efcapes, leaving behind a fubftance of a deep violet
colour. If this heat be continued the fulphuret is fub-
limed, which, if colleéted by a proper veflel, will form a red
cake, which, when reduced to powder and wafhed, conftitutes
the faCtitious cinnabar, known in the arts by the name of
Vermilion. There appears to be two fulphurets of mer-
cury, viz. cinnabar, and one containing lefs fulphur. The
firit will confit of 8 of fulphur and g2 of mercury,

pire ee

MF all ys fag eA
of 15 fulphur and 85 mercury, from what has-been before
ftated. ‘The fecond fulphuret of mercury has a beautiful:
fearlet colour, for which it is efteemed in the arts as a pig-
ment : it does not diffolve in water and is perfeGily taftelets.
It does not change on expofure to the air. When expofed
to a {trong heat the fulphur combines with oxygen, and burns
with a blue flame. Iron has a ftronger attra€tion for ful-
phur than mercury. Hence, if the red fulphuret be mixed
with iron filings and introduced into a retort, the ironcombines
with the fulphur, and if the heat be fufficiently raifed, the
mercury comes over in a {tate of tolerable purity. This.
method is employed: in the large way to feparate mercury
from native cinnabar.

A method of preparing artificial cinnabar has been dif-
covered by Mr. Kirchoff.. To 300 grains of mercury add 68>
grains of fulphur, which being moiitened with a folution of
potafh, muft be rubbed together in a mortar which is not of.
metal. By this means the ethiops mineral is produced. To.
this fubftance 160 grains of potafh, diffolved in its.own -
weight of water, muft be added. Let the mafs now be
transferred into a porcelain difh and heated over a che--
mical lamp, adding water from time to time to fupply the

lofs by evaporation, in order to keep the folid ingredients -
: covered,

The fecond fulphuret confifts

MERCURY.

covered. During this procefs it fhould be conftantly tri-
turated with a glafs piftil, At the end of two hours the
colour will begin to change from black to brown, and foon
pafles through different fhades to a red. As the mafs affumes
the form of jelly, the red colour increafes in brightnefs, and
foon acquires its maximum of tint, at which time it will be
proper to withdraw the heat, otherwile the colour declines
to a dirty brown. It is recommended, that after it has ac-
quired a tolerable good colour, it fhould be expofed fora few
days to a low and uniform temperature, by which means the
colour gradually improves and ultimately becomes exquifite.
If the cinnabar thus obtained be expofed to a ftrong heat, it
becomes brown and ultimately of a violet colour. It is highly
probable, that this violet-coloured fulphuret is the firft ful-
phuret produced from the fecond, from fome of the fulphur
being volatilized.

* Phofphorus does not eafily combine with mercury. Pel-
letier, however, fucceeded in uniting thefe bodies by diftilling
a mixture of red oxyd of mercury and phofphorus. He ob-
ferved that the red oxyd affumed a black colour before it
combined with the phofphorus. Dr. Thomfon, partly from
this fa@ and from his own experience, is of opinion, that it
is not the metal which unites with the phofphorus, but the
black oxyd. In reafoning from analogy we might be apt to
doubt this fat. We know that when fulphur is heated with
an oxyd of mercury, the oxygen of the latter combines
with a portion of fulphur, and is carried off in the ftate of
fulphurous acid gas. ‘Then fince phofphorus has a ftronger
attraction for oxygen than fulphur, it would feem likely
that the mercury would be reduced to its metallic form
before it combined with the phofphorus. This, however,
is not a fair conclufion, fince none of the compounds
of phofphorus are volatile. The circumftance of fulphur-
ous acid being elaftic, is doubtlefs a ftrong reafon why the
metals in the metallic fulphurets are generally free from
oxygen.

The phofphuret above alluded to is a folid of a black
colour; its confiftency is fuch as to be cut witha knife.
When expofed to the air it exhales a vapour {melling like
phofphorus.

Mercury combines with moft of the metals forming alloys,
which have been called amalgams. Many of thefe com-
pounds are of great ufe in the arts.

Gold unites with mercury with fuch facility, that if a
piece of pure gold be fingly dipped into it, it comes out
completely covered with mercury. When the gold is di-
vided into {mall grains and heated red-hot, the mercury being
heated near to its boiling point, the gold almoft inflantly
diffolves. A confiderable proportion of gold may be added
in this way without materially altering its liquidity. If,
however, this liquid amalgam be fqueezed through fheep’s
leather, an alloy will be obtained of almoft any degree of
confiftence. The amalgam of gold ufed for gilding is
about the confiftency of pafte. The fubftance to be gilt,
which is copper, brafs, or filver, is firft covered with mer-
cury, in order to form a medium for covering the furface with
the amalgam. When the furface of filver 1s clean, the mer-
cury combines with it with great facility. Copper or brafs
do not take the mercury by the fame mode of \application.
A dilute nitric acid is added to the mercury, by which a
portion of the metal is diffolved. If a fmall quantity of
this folution be applied to the brafs or copper furface,
the mercury becomes precipitated upon it, and 1s inftantly
made fit to receive the amalgam. A {mall quantity of the
amalgam, more or lefs, according to the thicknefs of the
gilding required, is laid upon the quickfilvered {urface, and

uniformly {pread about withabrufh. ‘The fubftance is then
held over a clean coke or charcoal fire, and thus alternately
heated and brufhed till all the mercury is evaporated, leaving
the gold firmly and uniformly adhering to the furface.

Mercury does not combine eafily with platina in mafies.
If, however, the precipitate from nitromuriatic acid by
muriat of ammonia be expofed to a ftrong heat, the acid
and oxygen are expelled, leaving pure platina in a flate of
minute divifion. If the mercury be mixed with this pow-
der and heat applied, an alloy will be formed, from which an
amalgam of any degree of confiftence may be obtained by
{queezing through leather. This amalgam may be em-
ployed for coating metals, fuch as filver, brafs, and copper.
The metallic precipitate of platina above-mentioned, might
be obtained at little expence, probably not more than the
price of filver. Veffels of copper might, therefore, be
covered with platina without much increafing their intrinfic
value.

We hope, therefore, that artifts in this line will take
the hint. Even if no other end fhould be gained than pre-
venting the deleterious effets of copper, the objet is worth _
attention.

Silver eafily amalgamates with mercury. When the pro-
portion is eight of mercury to one of filver, the mafs is
capable of afluming a cryftalline form. The fpecific gravity
of this compound is greater than an arithmetical mean,
a proof of confiderable affinity between the two metals.
This amalgam, like the two laft, may be employed to coat
copper and brafs with filver,

Copper is capable of combining with mercury. The
alloy, however, is not of any ufe, and has been little ex-
amined. -

Mercury does not combine withiron. This circumftance
prefents many advantages. Iron veflels are well calculated
for conveying mercury from place to place, and iron retorts
are well fitted for diftilling that fubftance. here are fome
difadvantages in mercury not uniting with iron. If the
furface of iron could be covered with mercury like copper,
&c. it might be gilt with as much facility as thofe metals.
Although it is generally confidered as incapable of uniting
with mercury, it is {tated in Crell’s Journal, that Mr. Vogel
has fucceeded by the following procefs. Take half an ounce
of iron-filings and one ounce of alum, and rub them toge-
ther to a very fine powder ; add to this from an ounce to
an ounce and a half of mercury, and triturate till the amal-
gam begins to be formed; then pour in a little water, and
continue the agitation for an hour: the alum is now to
be ahleres out and the amalgam of iron will remain be-

nd,

Tin combines eafily with mercury. It is this alloy which
conftitutes the filvering of glafs refle&tors. A piece of tin-
foil is firit cut to the fize of the glafs plate to be fil-
vered. This fheet is fpread upon af{mooth and perfeély flat
ftone, at firft truly horizontal, but capable of being placed
in an inclined pofition. The theet of tinfoil is then covered
with mercury, till the whole of the furface appears per-
fetly bright and liquid. The plate of glafs, perfectly
clean, is then laid upon the tinfoil. A number of weights are
alfo laid upon the glafs-plate, and the ftone put into an
inclined polition by a lever, and held in that fituation by
temporary props. By this means the excefs of mercury is
{queezed out, and runs off by a groove in the edge of the
ftone. As much mercury is left with the tinfoil as will form
a tolerably hard alloy.

Mercury unites with zinc in any proportion. This alloy

is employed in a friable ftate for the purpofe of laying on
the

MERCURY.

the cufhions of cleric machines, which much increafes their
exciting power,

It is alfo employed in the procefa called fimiloring. An
anialgam of the confillency of that ufed for gilding is
applied, in a manner fimilar to the gilding amalgam, to the
furface of copper. The mercury evaporates by heat, leav-
ing the zinc behind. ‘The latter, however, does not appear
in its pure ftate, but combines a portion of copper, and by
that means produces a fine yellow furface, little inferior to
gold, but in fact it is nothing more than brafs formed by the
union of the copper with the zine, This procefs is ex-
sbi by the button-makers. Some forts of buttons are

rit covered all over with this yellow coating. The upper
furface of the button is afterwards really gilt.

Mercury is readily alloyed with lead, bifmuth, and anti-
mony: the fecond of thele is frequently ufed to adulterate
mercury. It may contain a contiderable portion of bif-
muth without fenlibly lofing its liquidity.

Salts of Mercury.—The {alts of mercury are generally dif-
tinguifhed by their naufeous tafte. Thofe that conititute the
greatefl part are infoluble in water, ‘They form feveral va-
rieties from the oxyd of mercury, afluming different ftates
of oxydation, and alfo from their aptnefs to exitt in the
ftate of fub and fuper-falts.

Sulphat of Mercury —Sulphuric acid does not aé& upon
mercury without the affiltance of heat. The acid is then
partly decompofed. An atom of oxygen is feparated, which
combines with the mercury. The acid flies off in the flate
of fulphurous acid. Indeed this is the beft way of getting
this gafeous acid in a ftate of purity. The oxyd of mer-
cury unites with another portion of the acid, forming the
fulphat of mercury which feparates in the form of white

owder. In this experiment the fulphuric acid fhould not
be in excefs, fince in that cafe the fuper-fulphat of mer-
cury would be obtained. This falt diffolves in 500 parts
of water at 60°, and in 287 at 212°. On evaporation it
affords {mall prifmatic cryftals. It is not changed by expo-
fure to the air, but is decompofable by heat. According
to the analyfis of Fourcroy, it is compofed of 12 acid,
83 of the fecond oxyd of mercury, and 5 water. If
we confider the atom of mercury 147, oxygen 7, and
fulphuric acid 34, the atom of the fecond oxyd will be 147

161 + 34
34

oo raat or 17.4 acid, and $2.6 of the fecond oxyd of

4+ 2x 7 = 161: then for the fulphat we have

mercury.

Super fulphat of Mercury.— When an excefs of fulphuric
acid 1s boiled upon mercury, the oxyd combines with two
atoms of acid, conttituting the fuper-fulphat of mercury.
It has a difagreeable acrid tafte. It is not changed by ex-
pofure to the air. It changes vegetable blues to red.
Fourcroy fays that when the acid amounts to ,',th of its
weight, it is foluble in 157 of cold, and 33 of boiling water,
and obferves that it is differently foluble with different pro-

ortions of acid. This is the firft inftance in which we
‘Fite heard of the acid of a falt being fo unlimited, and we
‘cannot help doubting the accuracy of the above fa&t. In
all the in!tances in which fuper-falts have been analyfed, they
have been found to contain a double dofe of acid. Confi-

161 + 2 .X 34

dering it therefore as fuch, we have
ist, 34:

2 » or 29.7 acid, and 70.3 bafe.

~~ Vou. XXIII.

Super-oryfulphat of Mercury —This {alt is deferibed by
Yr, Thomton as the oxyfulphat, but the proportion of acid
given by the analyfis of Meffrs, Braumcamp and Sigueia-
Oliva, thews it to be a fuper-falt. When mercury is boiled
with an excefs of acid, and the heat continued longer than
in the formation of the lat falts, fome of the excels is
decompofed, giving another atom of oxygen to the mer-
cury, while fulphurous acid pas is difengaged. The oxyd,
therefore, combines with an excels of oxygen, and then this
oxyd combines with an excefs of acid, which conflitutes
the fuper-oxyfulphat. ‘This falt is {paringly foluble in wa-
ter, and affords {mall cryttals of the tape of prifms.
According to the chemilts above-named, it is compofed
of 31.8 acid, and 63.8 peroxyd, and 4.4 water. According
168 + 68

to hypothelis it will confit as follows: =

a5 » which gives 28.9 acid, and 71.1 peroxyd.
Oxyfulphat of Mercury.—The falt which has been called
Turbith mineral, has been fuppofed to be a fub-oxyfulphat
of mercury. If, however, we can depend upon the sinlyfia
of Braumcamp and Sigueira-Oliva, we can only confider it
an oxyfulphat. It is in the ftate of a yellow powder, and
was formerly much ufed in medicine. It has, however,
been laid afide on account of its extreme feverity of ope-
ration. According to the above chemilts it is compofed of
15 acid, 84.7 peroxyd, and 0.3 water. If we confider it
168 + 34 2

100 .
68° which

gives 16.8 acid, and 83.2 of the peroxyd. If fuch a falt
exifts as the fub-oxyfulphat, it will be tound to confift
168 xX 2 + 34 __

34 xs
It does not appear likely that fuch a miftake could

as a fulphat, we fhall have

of 9.2 acid, and 90.8 peroxyd; for
100

9.2

be made in ananalyfis. The difference between the fub and
the neutral falt is nearly fix - cent of acid. It may, there-
fore, with fome confidence be concluded, that Turhith mi-
neral is the oxyfulphat of mercury, and not a fub-falt, as has
been fuppofed.

Nitrat of Mercury.—When nitric acid of a mean ftrength
is poured upon mercury, a brifk effervefcence enfues, induced
by the difengagement of nitrous gas. When the acid is
much diluted, and the mixture kept cool by placing the veffel
in a large mafs of cold water, the folution goes on very
flowly. By this means every atom of mercury decom-
pofes an atom of nitric acid, taking an atom of oxygen, by
which an atom of nitrous gas is evolved, The atom of
oxyd fo found unites with two atoms more of nitric acid,
forming the falt in queftion. It will be proper to obferve
here, that there is a feeming anomaly as well in this as im
moft of the foluble nitrats, and in a great number ef car-
bonats. Although we call them indifcriminately nitrats and
carbonats, they are, {triGly fpeaking, fuper-nitrats and fuper-
carbonats, We may almoft generally conclude, that thofe
falts which have been called nitrats are fuper-nitrats; while
thofe which have been denominated fub-nitrats will prove,
on analyfis, to be nitrats fimply. We cannot, however, at
prefent make this diflin&tion without fome further experi-
ments.

When the above folution is carried to a certain extent,
or the dilute folution evaporated, the falt very eafily affords

duis crytftals,

MERCURY.

»

éryftals, which are in the form’ of four-fided pyramids,
bale to bafe.

When fulphuretted hydrogen is paffed through a folution
of nitrat of mercury, the hydrogen combines with the
oxygen of the mercury, forming water, while the fulphur
combines with the mercury, and falls down in the form of
fulphuret.

A folution of muriat of tin added to this falt precipitates
the mercury by combining with its oxygen. The cryftals
of nitrat of mercury detonate upon burning coals, and ex-
plode with phofphorus by the blow of a hammer. No
analyfis of this falt has been given by chemifts, but from
the weight of its conftituent atoms it will be as follows:
147 +74+2X1I19 _ 100 |. ‘

me a aaa which gives 19.3 of acid,
and 80.7 of the protoxyd.

Oxynitrat ef Mercury.— When mercury is diffolved in ni-
tric acid with the affiltance of heat, an atom of mercury
decompofes two atoms of the acid, while two other atoms
of acid unite with the oxyd fo formed, coniftituting what
is called the oxynitrat, but which is in faét a fuper-oxynitrat.
If this ation goes on with a little water the falt foon forms
into a yellow cryftalline mafs, which fhews a marked dif-
ference in the charafter of the two falts, arifing from the
bafe of this falt having a larger proportion of oxygen. If
water be added in confiderable quantity to the folution of
this falt, a portion of it lofes one atom of acid, and is
converted into a yellowifh powder, which falls to the bot-
tom of the veffel. This has been improperly called a fub-
oxynitrat. From the analyfis it appears to be a nitrat.

On paffing fulphuretted hydrogen gas through a folution
of the oxynitrat, it becomes reduced to the nitrat, and is
faid, by Zaboada, to combine with fulphur. It is more
likely, however, that the fulphur would be converted into
fulphuric acid, and that the precipitate is a fulphat of mer-
cury. When muriat of tin is added to a folution of this
falt, inftead of reducing it to the metallic form, which is the
cafe with the nitrat, it reduces it merely to the ftate of the
protoxyd, which combines with the muriatic acid to form
muriat of mercury. Its components will be known from

the following analogy : ——— = so” Which gives

19.1 of acid, and 80.9 of the fecond oxyd.

The falt which has been called fub-oxynitrat, but which
from its analyfis muft be the oxynitrat, was formerly called
nitrous turbith, from its refemblance to the fulphat. It has
been analyfed by Meffrs. Braumcamp and Sigueira-Oliva,
who make it to confift of 12 acid, and 88 fecond oxyd.

By treating this falt,as the oxynitrat fimply, we fhall fee
that the proportions by hypothefis agree nearly with the
161 + 19 _ 100

I rar Tote

above analyfis: for » oF 10.5 acid,

and 89.5 of the fecond oxyd.

Befides the oxynitrat already defcribed, which contains
the fecond oxyd, a falt may be formed with the third oxyd,
fo that we have three falts formed with the three oxyds;
namely, the nitrat, the oxynitrat, and, for the fake of dif-
tinGtion, the laft might be called the hyper-oxynitrat. This
Taft falt cannot be formed by boiling the nitric acid with
mercury, but by direétly diflolving the third oxyd in nitric
acid. Muriat of foda caufes no precipitation from a folution
of this falt, fince the oxyd is at a maximum of oxydation,
and is all employed in forming the eo

Muriat of Mercury —Muriatic acid has no a@ion upon
mercury, but readily combines with its oxyds, forming with
the firft a muriat of mercury, and with the third or peroxyd
an oxymuriat, or rather, as we fhall fhew, a fuper-oxymuriat.
The old method of making the muriat was by triturating
four parts of the oxymuriat with three parts of metallic
mercury; till the latter totally difappeared. By this procefs
the peroxyd in the oxymuriat gives up as much oxygen to
the metal as makes the whole into the protoxyd, which,
with the excefs of acid in the oxymuriat, forms the whole
into a fimple muriat. The mafs fo produced is put into a
matrafs capable of holding about four times the quantity of
matter which is put into it. This being fet in a fand bath,
and the heat raifed, the muriat of mercury fublimes into
the upper part of the matrafs. The veffel is now broken,
and the fublimed matter carefully feleQed. This, however, ~
is frequently mixed with a little of the oxymuriat, which is
to be feparated by repeated fublimations, or by wafhing in
water, the oxymuriat being foluble while the muriat is not
fo. It would appear that this method was invented long
before the component parts of the falts were known. The
metallic mercury added to the oxymuriat is much too little.
If we confider the oxyd in the muriat as being the protoxyd,
the metal ought to be to the oxymuriat as 294 to 212.
If the running mercury were lefs there would be an excefs of
oxymuriat. This experiment is very important in fhewing
that the oxyd of mercury in the muriat is the protoxyd.
If it were the fecond oxyd, 212 parts of the oxymuriat
ought only to take up 73.5 of running mercury. The above
procefs, however, fhews that 212 of the oxymuriat takes
up 159 of mercury, and {till fome of the oxyfalt is found
in exeefs after fublimation. Although in this procefs 212
parts of the oxymuriat, by trituration with 294 of mer-
cury, would form 462 of the protoxyd; the acid in the
oxymuriat will not be fufficient to form the whole into a
muriat. The acid in 212 parts of the oxymuriat is 44,
which will combine with 308 of the protoxyd, to form 352
of the muriat. This quantity ought to be fublimed, leav-
ing behind 154 of the protoxyd. Jf, inftead of employing
212 of the oxymuriat to 294 of mercury, we make their
proportions as 212 to 192, we fhould get 352 parts of the
muriat, as before ; but the refiduum will coniilt ef 52 parts
of the peroxyd. The Edinburgh form for calomel, or
muriat of mercury, is four parts of corrofive fublimate
(oxymuriat of mercury) to 3.5 of running mercury.

In the above proportions of 212 to 192, in which the
refiduum is 52-0f peroxyd, the proportions reduced to their

one ee
192

loweft terms, are 4 to 3.6; for ae
ever, this procefs were carried on with the greateft economy,
212 parts of the oxymuriat fhould be triturated with 294
of mercury, and 22 of real muriatic acid. The whole of
the matter will, in this cafe, be fublimed in the ftate of |
muriat, which will be 528 parts, while in the common way
only 352 of this falt is obtained.

Muriat of mercury may be formed in the humid way with
much more convenience, and probably cheaper. This pro-
cefs was firft propofed by Scheele. He diffolved the mer-
cury in nitric acid, with heat, and then added to the fo-
lution a folution of muriat of foda. A precipitate was
formed, which, when well wafhed with hot water, was the
muriat of mercury, which has been called by the names of
calomel and mercurius dulcis.

This procefs has been much improved by diffolving the
mercury in a dilute nitric acid, without heat. In Scheele’s

proceis

MERCURY,

procefs the mercury was cofverted into the fecond exyd,
which, when the muriat of foda was added, about three-fourths
of the muriat were formed, and one-fourth of oxymuriat of
mercury, By diffolving the mercury flowly, nothing but
the protoxyd is formed, and not the leat roportion of
oxymuriat will be left in the folution, after the muriat is
precipitated.
The oxyd of mercury in the muriat, as we have before
fhewn, is the protoxyd, that of oxymuriat being the
eroxyd ; but the oxyd of the oxynitrat is, in all proba-
Piiny, the fecond oxyd. It will appear, therefore, from
theory, and experience confirms it, that one part of the
fecond oxyd in the nitrat gives up an atom of oxygen to
the other part, and thus dividing the refulting falte into
muriat and oxymuriat, the former being precipitated,
while the latter remains diffolved in the liquid, This idea is
ftrongly confirmed by experiment. Lf lime-water be added
to the oxynitrat a yellow oxyd is precipitated, which is the
fecond oxyd. If lime-water be added to the muriat preci-
pitated from the oxynitrat, the black or firft oxyd 1s ob-
tained; butif the fame be added to the liquor from whence the
muriat has been precipitated, the red or third oxyd will
fall down, Ifthe mercury be ciflolved in dilute nitric acid
inthe cold, the fimple nitrat will always be formed, in which
the oxyd is a protoxyd. The whole of this oxyd will com-
bine with the muriat, when the muriat of foda is added to
form the muriat of mercury. ‘This is by far the moft fimple
and fafe procefs for making calomel. If the mercury be
diffolyed with heat, the oxyd of the nitrat will be the fecond
oxyd, which conttitutes the oxynitrat. When muriat of
foda is added to this, one-half of the mercury combines
with an extra atom of oxygen, at the fame time the other lofes
an atom, reducing one-half to the protoxyd, and the ether
to the peroxyd; the former combines with the muriatic acid
to form muriat of mercury, the other combines with another
portion of acid to form the oxymuriat. his latter falt is
then divided into a fuper and a falt, the former remaining
in folution, the latter falling down with the muriat. Hence
it will appear, that when the oxynitrat is ufed, we do not
obtain a pure muriat. An improved method of fubliming
calomel has been invented, which may be confidered a va-
luable difcovery. _Inftead of {ubliming it into a cake, as in
the old way, it is fublimed into water. By this means the
falt is completely freed from any foluble matter. The
muriat of mercury, when pure, is in the {tate of white powder.
It is nearly infoluble in water, requiring 1152 parts of boil-
ing water to diffolve 1 of this falt. By expofure to the air it
becomes of adeeper colour. It fublimes at a heat lefs than
that required to {ublime the oxymuriat. Hence it happens,
that the latter falt is always attached to the under fide of the
fublimed cake of the former, when the two falts are fub-
limed together. This affords the means of their feparation,
by detaching the oxymuriat and fubliming again. When
the muriat is mixed with water, and oxymuriatic gas paffes
through it, it is converted into oxymuriat of mercury.
Nitric acid diffolves it with the difengagement of nitrous gas.
The refult becomes a mixture of oxymuriat and exynitrat,
The laft fa& furnifhes an eafy method of analyfing the falt,
and has been taken advantage of by Chenevix and Zaboada.
When it is diffolved in nitric acid, nitrat of filver precipitates
the muriatic acid. The former chemilt by this means found
x00 parts of the falt or calomel to confilt of 11.5 parts of
muriatic acid, and 88.5 protoxyd, or 79 of mercury, and
9.5 of oxygen. The latter chemitt, from too grains of the
falt, obtained 10.6 of acid ; he then precipitated the mercury
with muriat of tin, which amounted to 85 grains: the rett
was oxygen, which was 5 fer cent, very nearly agreeing with

that above given, which was 4.5 per cent. By the latter,
therefore, we have 10.5 muriatic acid, and 89.5 of protoxyd

of mercury, By hypothefis Tb a This

12.5
gives 12.5 muriatic acid, and 87.5 of protoxyd.

Calomel nine times fublimed forms what fome have called
the “ Mercurial Panacea,’”’

Oxymuriat of Mercury —This falt is generally known by
the name of corrofive fublimate. It has long been known
for its dreadful effeéts on the animal fyem when taken on
the ftomach in too large a quantity, and as a medicine in
moderate dofes. It was underllood by the alchemifts, and
has been tolerably well deferibed by Albertus Magnus.

A great variety of proceffes has been ‘aveiad for pre-

aring it, moft of which are complicated and uncertain.
We hall, therefore, give the dire&t method only, which is
fimple and pehomint :

We have feen in the formation of the muriat of mercury,
by triturating it with running mercury, that if the oxymuriat
had not an extra dofe of acid, as well as an extra dofe of
oxygen, the proportion of acid in the oxymuriat ought to be
lefs than that in the muriat, becaufe no addition of acid is em-
ployed with: the running mercury. -We mutt confider the
falt in queftion, therefore, not as the oxymuriat of mercury,
but the fuper-oxymuriat. It was fome time ago aflumed b
Gay Luflac, asa principle, that in all falts in which the bafes
combined with an extra dofe of oxygen, the acid was in-
creafed in a proportionate degree. The prefent falt and
fome others feem to countenance fuch an. opinion, but the
principle is far from being general. We have many inftances
of fuper-falts without an increafe of oxygen in the bafe.
There are alfo oxy-falts without an increafe of acid. In the
oxyfulphats of mercury above treated, one of them has
merely an excels of oxygen in the bafe of the falt. The
other has both an excefs of oxygen and an excefs of acid,
the firft being a fulphat, and the fecond a fuper-oxyfulphat.
The oxyfulphat of iron has no extra dofe of acid; fince
the nitric acid alone, when too great a heat is not applied,
is fufficient to convert the green {ulphat into the red or oxy-
fulphat. This falt, however, is frequently refolved into two
diftin& falts, viz. the fuper-oxyfulphat and a fub-falt, a proof
that an excefs of bafe is as common to the oxy-falts as an
excefs of acid. The oxymuriat of mercury may be pre-
pared by direGtly adding muriatic acid to the red or peroxyd
of mercury. The folution affords cryftals by evaporation.
It may alfo be formed by pafling oxymuriatic gas through
a folution of the nitrat of mercury, or througha mixture of
water with any of the oxyds of mercury, and then evapo-
rating the folution to obtain the falt in cryftals. In making
the muriat by adding muriat of foda to the folution of oxy-
nitrat of mercury, it has been fhewn that the fecond oxyd is
divided into the protoxyd and the peroxyd, the former com-
bining with one atom of acid, forming the muriat, which
falls down ; the other portion combining with two atoms of
acid, forming the falt in queftion, and remaining diffolved in
the liquid. It would appear that this latter falt could not
be formed if an excefs of muriatic acid were not prefent, in
order to give to the oxymuriat its double dofe of acid. The
folution of mercury in the nitric acid has generally an excefs
of acid, which difengages muriatic acid from the muriat of
foda, to make up for this demand. It would be worth while
to make the experiment with a faturated folution of nitrat of
mercury, and with a neutral folution of muriat of foda.
Would an oxymuriat of thercury, ftri@ly fpeaking, be
formed? Or would this falt be refolved into a fub-oxymuriat
ef mercury, and a fuper-oxymuriat ?) Experiment muft de-

ti cide

‘MERCURY.

cide this point. The oxymuriat of mercury has generally
been employed in medicine and the arts in the ftate after
fublimation. It is then a white femitranfparent mafs in
needle-formed prifmatic cryftals. Its aggregation is very
great, on which account it is fearcely foluble in cold water,
If, however, it be rubbed ina mortar with boiling water, it
diffolves nearly 4d of its weight. When cold, however, it
does not retain more than 1th. The oxymuriat, therefore,
made by fublimation, fhould not be attempted to be diffolved
in cold water, becaufe of its great aggregation.

When this falt is formed by evaporation, or when its
cryftals are formed in the humid way, it is more to be de-
pended upon, Thefe cryftals will immediately diffolve in
three or four parts of boiling water, and in about 20 of cold
‘water. ‘The form of the humid cryftals is that of quadran-
gular prifms, rather rhomboidal. An analyfis of this falt has
been made by Chenevix, by Zaboada, and by Meflrs, Braum-
camp and Sigueira Oliva. The firft makes it

18 Muriatic acid
82 Peroxyd, 2. e. 69.7 mercury, and

= 12.3 oxygen,
100
The fecond 19.5 Acid
80.5 Peroxyd
100
The latter 18.8 Acid

81.2 Peroxyd

100

We fhall fee from the following calculation, that this falt is
fuper-oxymuriat of mercury; the acid 2 x 22, the oxygen

3 x 7, and the mercury 147 5 emetic any
which gives 20.7 acid, and 79.3 of peroxyd.
147 + 214+ 22 _

The neutral oxyfulphat would be

22

er or 11.6 acid, and 88.4 of peroxyd; fo that the near
IL,

agreement in the above analyfis, and their great difference
from this laft ftate, leave no doubt of the falt in queftion
being a fuper-falt.

It is frequently a matter of much importance to be able
to detect the prefence of this falt, particularly when it has
been adminiftered as a poifon. The life of an individual
fometimes depends upon the refult of a chemical teft, many
of which are very ambiguous. How very neceflary, there-
fore, it is to be able to deteét the prefence of very {mall
portions of this fub{tance by fome method which will be fo
dimple and certain as to be ufed by any individual. We fhall
here give the common methods which have been recommended
by different chemiits.

If the fluid containing the corrofive fublimate be colourlefs
and clear, fuch as water, fulphuretted hydrogen gas pafled
through the fluid will change it to firft a yellow colour,
which gets deeper, and if the quantity of fublimate be con-
fiderable, it will become black. This gas may be obtained
as follows. Heat a bar of iron toa bright red, and rub the

.

‘

heated part with a roll of fulphur. A fulphuret of iron will
be formed, which will fall off in drops. Let this fubftance
be put into a common phial, to which a cork muft be fitted,
through which is pafled a bended glafs tube. Then to one
part of the fulphuret of iron add one of fulphuric acid, and
five of water. Infert the cork with its ‘tube as quick as
poffible, and let the gas which efcapes pafs through the fluid
fuppofed to contain the fublimate, which, if that fubftance
be prefent, wiil change colour ina few minutes. It muft be
obferved, that the fame gas would give a yellow colour if
the fluid contained arfenic. The latter, however, is more
of agolden yellow, and remains permanent, while the former
changes to a dark brown. Pure potafh or lime water is an
excellent teft for the oxymuriat of mercury. When folu-
tions of the above fubflances are dropped into a fluid contain-
ing the fmalleft portion of corrofive fublimate, the potafh
produces a bright orange coloured precipitate, which is the
peroxyd of mercury. The lime water produces a fimilar
precipitate, but rather more inclining to a brick-red colour.

A very fenfible teft for corrofive fublimate was fome time
ago propofed by Dr. Boftock of Liverpool, which was the
muriat of tin. When a few drops of a folution of tin in
muriatic acid are added to any fluid containing the fmalleft
portion of oxymuriat of mercury, a very confpicuous milky
whitenefs inftantly appears. ‘This is occafioned by the oxyd
of tin feizing the excefs of oxygen in the oxymuriat of mer-
cury, by which a quantity of the oxyd of tin, or rather, per-
haps, the fubmuriat, is inftantly fet free, and at the fame
time the oxymuriat of mercury is converted into muriat,
which is alfo precipitated. Hence this very confpicuous phe-
nomenon arifes from the joint precipitation of the above fub-
flances. Senfible as this may be, it is not to be relied upon,
except in the hands of very accurate obfervers. When
muriat of tin is dropped in water, it becomes milky by the
precipitation of the fubmuriat of tin, even where no corrofive
fublimate is prefent. Hence, if more water be prefent with
the fufpeéted matter, than will be calculated to keep the
tin fufpended, the refult will be ambiguous and uncertain-

From what has been faid of the properties of this falt, it
will appear that any fubftance will form a teft of falt which
wi'l either precipitate the oxyd, or deprive it of fome of its
oxygen. Inthe firft cafe the high coloured red oxyd be-
comes very confpicuous: in the fecond, the oxymuriat of
mercury is reduced to the ftate of muriat, which renders the
fluid turbid and milky, from the infolubility of the latter
fubftance. »

The moft fatisfaGtory appearance of the prefence of cor-
rofive fublimate would be the mercury itfelf, fince this falt
is the only foluble muriat to be purchafed in the fhops, If
the mercury be made to appear in its metallic flate, it may
almoft be deemed impoffible for it to have originated from
any other fubftance than the oxymuriat of mercury. For-
tunately we have it in our power to recommend a method to
the public which will anfwer this purpofe completely. It is
fo fimple as to be praétifed by any perfon unacquainted with
chemiitry, and it is fo fenfible, at the fame time, that it is
impoffible to fay how minute a quantity of mercury can be
detached.

It is founded upon the principle by which the precipitation
of one metal by another, under the influence of elettricity,
takes place. In order to make the apparatus as fimple as
poflible, we fhall ufe, in lieu of a piece of gold wire, a com-
mon wedding ring, and when a piece of zinc wire cannot be
had, a piece of iron wire will do very well. Let the zinc or
iron wire be bent into the fhape of a parallelogram about
two inches long, and bout the width of the gold ring. Let
this confift of three fides, two long fides and one fhort

fide,

MERCURY,

fide, that it may have the appearance of a fork or a flaple.
Tye the ends of the wire to the ring witha bit of thread, fo
that the fame may be oppofite to each other, feparated by
the diameter of the ring, When this is done, the ring and
the wire, when laid upon a flat furface, will touch the furfuce
in two places; the ring in one place, and the fhort fide of
the parallelogram in another, the touching points being
about two inches diflant: then take a flat piece of window
glafs, ora fmall looking glafs, and lay it in a horizontal
pofition, fo that any liquid dropped upon it may not run to
any fide. ‘This being done, prepare a fmall quantity of di-
lute fulphuric or muriatic acid, about four of water to one
of acid, and alfo get fome of the liquid fuppofed to contain
the corrofive fublimate, Let the dilute acid be dropped
. upon the plate, till it {preads to the breadth of about one
inch and a half. Thens at about halfan inch diftance from it,
lot the fufpeéted liquid be dropped, till the peripheries of the
two circles join. After this, let the apparatus above de-
feribed be fo laid, that the iron wire may touch the dilute
acid, and the gold ring the other liquid. If the latter con-
tain corrofive fublimate, the ring will become covered with
mercury on the part which touches the liquid. This appear-
ance will be fooner in taking place, as the quantity of corrofive
fublimate is greater. When the liquid contains two parts of
this fubflance, the mercury will be very perceptible upon the
ring in five minutes from the time of the conneétion being made.

Mr. Chenevix, in afcertaining that corrofive fublimate
was not oxymuriat of ound 4 but merely muriat of mer-
eury highly oxydated, has dilcovered a falt which is truly
the oxymuriat of this metal. By pafling a current of
oxymuriatic gas through water, in which there was fome red
oxyd of mercury, after a time the red oxyd became of a very
dark brown colour, and part of it was diffolved. The
liquor was then evaporated nearly to drynefs, and a mixed
falt was obtained, confifting partly of corrofive muriat, and
partly of another falt which cryttallized later than the for-
mer, and on being rediffolved and cryttallized appeared nearly
ha This falt, which has not been much examined, pof-
efles the effential quality of an oxymuriat, in giving out va-
pours of oxymuriatic acid by the effufion of the fulphuric or
any {tronger acid.

Phofphat of Mercury.—Phofphoric acid, does not a&
upon mercury, becaufe of the great affinity of phofphorus
for oxygen. This acid, however, combines with the oxyds
of mercury, forming phefphat of mercury. The belt me-
thod of forming this falt is by adding phofphat of foda in
folution to nitrat of mercury: the phofphoric acid leaves
tke foda to combine with the oxyd of mercury ; the com-
pound falling down in the ftate of white powder. It fhould
be obferved, that if the phofphat of foda is not made from
the acid which is obtained by burning phofphorus, the re-
fult will not be correct; fince the acid obtained from bones
is a fuper-phofphat of lime : and Mr. Dalton has lately
found, that the fubftance at prefent ufed in medicine as phof-
phat of foda, isa triple falt, being a phofphat of foda and
lime.

Phofphat of mercury becomes phofphorefcent when
rubbed in the dark. Like the phofphat of lead, it affords
phofphorus by diftillation with charcoal. It is faid to an-
fweras a {ubftitute for fome other mercurials in medicine.
‘It appears from its analyfis to be a fuper-oxyphofphat :
this, however, does not appear plaufible, from the manner
‘of preparing it. Ifthe nitrat of mercury be fully faturated
with acid, the mercury cannot unite with more acid than will
‘form a fimple phofphat, except the phofphat of foda bea
fuper-falt, or that the phofphat of mercury on its forma-

tion, be refolved into: fub-and fuper-falts both of which.

fall down together. If the folution of mercury employed
in the ooaee of the falt does not contain the fecond
oxyd, the falt cannot be an oxy-falt, nor can any portion
ot it become fo, but at the expence of two falts being
formed ; the one confilling of the acid united to the prot-
oxyd, asin the cate of forming the muriat; and the other
confitting of the acid united with the peroxyd, forming an
oxy-falt. ‘There is at prefent fo much ambiguity in the faéts
given of this falt, that we cannot be warranted at prefent in
propofing re thing conclufive. ‘The neutral phofphat with
the protoxyd, if fuch a falt exift, will be as follows:

147 +7+ 2 100 -
eather = TY or 13 acid, and 87 bafe. The
oxyphofphat will be —* s me = —, or 12 acid

147 + 21 + 46
46

, or 21.5 acid, and 785 bafe. According to the

and 88 bafe. The fuper-oxyphofphat is

100
21.5
analyfis of Braumcamp and Sigueira, it confifls of 285
acid, and 71.5 of the peroxyd. The fub-oxyphofphat of
mercury, which in all probability may exilt, will confift as
(147 + 21). 2 + 23 _ 100
“Tage OT Mer Ey

follows : » or 6.1 of acid, and

3.9 of peroxyd.

Fluat of Mercury.—Fluoric acid has no aétion upon
mercury. When an alkaline fluat is added to a folution of
nitrat of mercury, an infoluble powder falls down, which
is the fluat of mercury. Nothing more is known of this
falt.

Borat of Mercury.—This falt may, like the laft, be formed
by adding borat of foda to nitrat of mercury, the boracic
acid having no a@ion upon the metal. It falls down in the
form of infolub!e powder, like the latt falt.

Carbonat of Mercury.—Carbonic acid does not a upon
mercury. This falt is formed by adding carbonat of potath
to nitrat of mercury. ‘The falt is precipitated in the ftate
of powder of a white colour, and 1s known in medicine by
the name white precipitate of mercury. According to the
analyfis of Bergman, it confilts of go.g mercury, and g.1 of
oxygen and carbonic acid. By hypothelis it is aie

— , or 11 of acid, and 8g of the fecondoxyd.. When
I

this falt is expofed to heat, the carbonic acid flies off, and
leavesthe yellow oxyd.

The precipitate formed by-adding the carbonat of potafh
to oxynitrat of mercury is feldom a true carbonat.. At
the moment it is precipitated, it appears of a beautiful
white ; but upon fhaking the mixture fome carbonic acid
efcapes, and the precipitate affumes-a yellowifh hue. It is
therefore certain, that the precipitate becomes ultimately .a
fub-carbonat. If it were to remain a carbonat, no carbonic
acid ought to efcape. The proportions under thefe circum-
eo\047 3 MI ee a0h 5-5 of ¢ar-

= 5:5.
bonic acid, and 94.5. of the yellow oxyd. The oxygen in
this falt is 4.1 per cent. This, added to the acid, gives 9.6
of oxygen and acid together, which very nearly agrees with
the analyfis of Bergman above given. Hence it will appear

that this was the falt which he analyfed, and net the carbo-
nat.

ftances are

MERCURY,

nat. The fub-earbonat obtained from the nitrat, which
gives the protoxyd, is perfectly white.

Acetat of Mercury.—The acetic acid docs not a& upon
mercury ; but it diffolves its oxyds, forming feveral pe-
cies of falts. When a folution of the acetat of potath is
added toa folution of the nitrat of mercury, the acetic acid
combines with the protoxyd, and is precipitated in the form
of flat {caly cryftals, refembling boracic acid, which is the
true acetat of mercury. If the oxynitrat be employed
which contains the fecond oxyd, in all probability a change
takes place fimilar to that in the formation of the muriat,
by adding muriat of foda. The oxyd is equally divided
into the prot and peroxyd, by which an acetat, with
fome fub-oxyacetat, is formed, while a fuper-oxyacetat will
remain diffolved. ‘This falt is infoluble in alcohol, and nearly
fo in water.

Oxyacetat.—This falt may be formed by diflolving the
peroxyd in the acetic acid. When evaporated it does not
cryftallize, but forms a yellow coloured mafs, which is deli-
quefcent. When water is added to it, the falt is changed
into a fub-oxyacetat, which precipitates in the ftate of a
yellow powder, and a fuper-oxyacetat, which remains dif-
folved.' When the oxyacetat is heated, the acetic acid de-
prives the mercury of {ome oxygen, and cryftals of the acetat
are formed.

Owxalat of Mercury.—Oxalic acid, as well as the other
vegetable acids, has no action upon mercury. It combines
with the oxyd of mercury, forming an oxalat which is
nearly infoluble in water. ‘This falt turns black by the a¢tion
of light; and, according to the authority of Klaproth, it
detonates when heated. Dr. Thomfon thinks this falt a
conftituent of the fulminating mercury of Howard.

Tartrat of Mercury.—If tartrat of potafh be added to a
folution of aitrat of mercury, the tartrat of mercury will
be precipitated in the ftate of white powder. It is changed
to a yellow colour by expofure to light.

Citrat of Mercury.—This falt is fearcely foluble in water.
It is decompofed by diftillation ; the oxyd being reduced by
the carbon and hydrogen of the acid.

The Succinat of Mercury is flightly foluble.

The Benzoat of Mercury is infoluble in water : it fublimes
by heat, and is decompofed by the fulphuric, nitric, and
muriatic acids.

The Malat of this metal is an infoluble powder.

Pruffiat of Mercury.—This falt may be formed by boiling
the red oxyd of mercury with Pruffian blue in water. It is
foluble in water to a certain extent, and the folution affords
cryftals of a prifmatic form, It is generally employed to
get pure pruflic acid, by diftillation with fulphuric acid.

Arfeniat of Mercury-—When arfenic acid and mercury
are heated together ina retort, the mercury is oxydized, and
oxyd of arfenic is volatilized, leaving the arfeniat of mer-
eury. This falt may alfo be formed by adding the arfeniat
of potafh to nitrat of mercury in folution. The arfeniat of
mercury is precipitated in the form of yellow powder.

+ Molybdat of Mercury, with the protoxyd, is infoluble,
but foluble with the peroxyd, which forms an oxymolybdat.

Chromat of Mercury is formed by an alkaline chromat with
nitrat of mercury. It falls down in the flate of powder of
a purple colour. Several triple falts of mercury have been
noticed by chemitts.

Nitro-oxymuriat of Mercury has been pointed out by Berthol-
let. It is formed by adding a folution of muriat of foda to
oxynitrat of mercury, A falt is obtained by evaporation in
rhomboidal cryftals. May not this falt be merely a mix-
ture of muriat of foda and fuper-oxymuriat of mercury

cryftallized together on account of the fimilarity of their
form?

Oxymuriat of Soda and Mercury.—This is no doubt the
fuper-oxymuriat of mercury cryftallized with muriat of
foda, fince it is formed by adding four parts of fuper-oxy-
muriat of mercury to one of muriat of foda.

Sub-oxymuriat of Mercury and Ammonia.—When ammo-
nia is poured upon the fuper-oxymuriat of mercury, the
ammonia takes up as much of the acid as leaves the remain-~
der in a ftate of fub-falt. The two falts fall down toge-
ther in the ftate of white powder. The analyfis of Four-
croy fhews it to confift of certain proportions of the two
falts; which is 16 acid, 81 oxyd, and 3 of ammonia.
This gives 14 of muriat of ammonia, and 86 of the fub-
oxymuriat of mercury. :

This compound falt is foluble in muriatic acid. In this
ftate it has been called /al alembroth. In modern nomencla-
ture, it has been denominated the ammoniaco-mercurial muriat.

Tartrat of Potafh and Mercury.—This falt is formed by
boiling tho oxyd of mercury with fuper-tartrat of potafh.
The oxyd of mercury takes the excefs of acid from the fu-
per-tartrat to form atartrat. By evaporation the two cryf-
tallize together.

Mercury combines with the fulphuret and fuper-fulphu-
ret of hydrogen, forming black infoluble precipitates, The
firft is called hydro-fulphuret, and the fecond a hydrogu-
retted fulphuret,

Mercury is very valuable in the arts on account of fome
of its phyfical properties, principally for conftru€ting bare-
meters and thermometers.

For the firft of thefe ufes the mercury fhould be per-
feGtly free : »m air, which it mechanically contains in com-
mon with other liquids, and which leaves it when the pref-
fure of the atmofphere is removed. If, therefore, a baro-
meter be made with mercury not freed from air, the column
conftituting the barometer will be depreffed by the fpring of
the air which rifes into the upper part of the tube.

In order to purify mercury for the ufe of barometers and
thermometers, it fhould firft be diftilled in a retort of iron or
Wedgewood ware. After this, however, it does not acquire
its greateft degree of fluidity, nor does it appear perfeétly
bright. This is principally owing to its being mechanically
mixed with fome oxyd of mercury. This is completely re-
moved by digelting it a little time with very dilute nitric
acid. It becomes very brilliant and fluid. It muft now be
well wafhed with water, and the water driedup clean. Af-
ter this it muft be boiled in the tube it is intended to fill.
If, while the tube is hot, it be placed, with the open end up-
wards, under the receiver of aa air-pump, and is fhaken fre-
quently, a {till greater quantity of air is fet free, and the
mercurial column will itand higher in confequence. We
can have little dependence upon the abfolute height of the
barometer, where this precaution is nottaken. See BAro-
METER and THERMOMETER.

Mercury is extenfively ufed in gilding, but has been pro-
duétive of great mifchief to the workmen, from their in-
haling the vapour which muft of neceflity be formed,

We have alzeady given fome account of this procefs, fuf-
ficient to fhew, that if the mercury, when it evaporates,
could be forced into fome channel, without coming near to
the workman, and without mixing with the fmoke of the
chimney, its deleterious effe€ts would not only be avoided,
but the greateft part of the mercury would be faved, which
would be of very great importance to the proprietors of fuch
manufactures as employ gilding ona large {eale.

We have long been in poffeffion of the means of remedy-

* ing

MERCURY.

ing this evil, at an etpence which would {peedily be reim-
burfed by the faving of the mercury alone,

The furnace to produce the heat fhould be a common air-
furnace, but fo conitructed as to containa veflel of the na-
ture, though not of the thape, of a muffle, Its form would
be determfied by the fize and figure of the articles to be

ilt. It thould have fuch an opening in front, and be fo
pacious within, as jull to allow the workman to turn the
articles freely about during their expofure to evaporate the
mercury. ‘The epper part of the muffle fhould have a chim.
ney conne&ed with it of earthenware, of the fame kind as
that of the muffle. This chimney muft pafs for fome dif-
tance up the main chimney, in codlay to be heated for the
purpofe of rarefying the enclofed air, to caufe a rapid cur-
rent. The earthen chimney, being carried about a yard
high, fhonld now branch out of the main chimney, and be
continued with an iron pipe to the height of about twenty
feet. This iron pipe fhould communicate with the earthen
tube, by a perpendicular branch from it, within about fix
feet of the bottom of the former, fo that one part of the
iron pipe afcends to the height of twenty feet, and the other
defcends about fix feet into a ciltern of water. By this
means a current of air will con{tantly be entering the mouth
of the muffle, which mutt of nécetiy carry with it the va-
pour of mercury, unmixed with any other extraneous mat-
ter, The mercurial vapour will be condenfed long before it
reaches the top of theiron tube, and will fall into the ciftern
of water below. The water will prevent the oxydation of
the mercury between the times of removing it.

Another advantage attending this apparatus, will be the
uniform heat to which the evaporable furface will be ex-

fed. The greateft heat of the fire will be much lefs
In this contrivance, and confequently lefs annoying to
the face and eyes of the workman. This evil, however,
may be {till made lefs, by interpofing a fereen of glafs be-
tween the face and the fire.

Mercury, or Hydrargyrur, in the Materia Medica. ‘This
fluid, fuppofed by the Greeks to be poifonous and corrofive,
was introduced into medicine, by the Arabians, as an ingre-
dient in external applications, again{t different cutaneous ma-
ladies. ‘The practice was followed by fome phyficians in
Europe towards the end of the thirteenth century ; but was
not eftablifhed or looked upon in general to be fafe, till
about the beginning of the fixteenth, when the venereal
diftemper, then lately received from America, was found to
yield to mercurial applications alone: and now alfo the in-
ternal ufe of mercury began to be ventured on, in this and
in other difeafes. Crude and fluid mercury taken internally
produces no effect on the body ; becaufe the adhefion of its
integrant parts to each other hinders their divifion and dif-
tribution, or folution, without which it cannot have any
effe&. In its crude ftate, therefore, it does nothing but
load the ftomach and intettines. It falls downwards by its
weight, and goes out of the body with tie feces, in the
fame ftate in which it entered. Hence fome have been in-
“duced to give a pound or more in violent conftipations, in
order to open obftru€tions that had refifted the common me-
thods of cure by purgatives, relaxants, and emollients. But
the practice has been attended with no remarkable fuccefs.

Dr. Dover, in his ‘* Phyfician’s Legacy to his Country,”
having recommended crude mercury or quickfilver as a moit
beneficial medicine for feveral difeafes, it had for fome time
a great run in London, which occafioned the writing a great
many pamphlets for and againft it. Dr. Cheyne alfo greatly
recommends this medicine in his treatife, entitled ** The Ra-
tional Method of curing Difeafes.”’ e

The authors of the Medical Effays of Edinburgh affure

us, that though fome they knew had taken an ounce or two
of crude mercury each morning for feveral weeks, yet they
were not apprized of any inflance of its increafing any of
the fenfible evacuations; but they have been told, that
fome who ufed it thus, had paffed fome of it with their
urine, and that the hands of others, taking this medicine,
had tinged their fnuff-boxes, &c.

But we have an account of the effeéts of crude mercury
on a perfon who had the advice of his phyfician for the
taking it, in a remarkabie cafe, recorded in the Philofophi-
cal Tranfaétions, about the time when Dr. Dover had
brought it into fuch general ufe ; and as the effeéts of it, in
this cafe, may ferve to caution people as to the ufe of it, tt
may be proper to give the fubflance of it, which is this: a
win had long been fubje& to great difficulty in going to
flool, for which he at length took feveral ounces of crude
mercury at different times, but without relief. Upon the
opening of the abdomen there iffucd out a great quantity of
wind, before the ftomach or guts were wounded. The fto-
mach was empty, and its inner coat violently inflamed. The
fmall guts were, in many places, fouled with a black powder,
refembling xthiops mineral, and in feveral parts of them
were found {mall globules of quickfilver. The black powder
was doubtlefs the quickfilver altered into a fort of zthiops
in the body. The colon was inflamed and diftended, and
contained fix quarts of liquid excrement, among which was
a great deal of crude mercury, and of the fame black
see This gut alfo was inflamed on the outfide, and had

ormed an abfcefs where it adhered to the omentum; the
other guts in contaét with this part alfo fhared this diforder.
On the lower part of the colon the coats became fchirrous,
and the paflage was very {mall. Some of the valves were
alfo become {chirrous, and obftruéted the paflage, and a
{mall plum-ftone was found buried in the villofe coat of this
inteftine: This had alfo formed a {mall abfcefs, which dif-
charged itfelf into the pelvis. What part of thefe fymp-
toms was owing to the taking the quickfilver is eafily feen,
and fuch effeéts may be guarded againft for the future, by
obferving the ftate of the patient before it is given. Phil,
Tranf. N° 442. p. 295.

But when mercury is much divided, fo that its molecules
cannot again unite and form fluid mercury by the interpofi-
tion of proper fubftances, it operates with great power,
and extends its action through the whole habit. In thefe
forms, whether taken internally, or introduced into the
blood from external applications, it feems to liquefy all the
juices of the body, and may be fo managed as to promote
excretion through all the emun@tories. The falutary effets
of mercurials have, in many cafes, very little dependence on
the quantity of fenfible evacuation. Venereal maladies and
chronical diftempers, proceeding from a vifcidity of the
humours and obftruGtions of the {mall veffels, are often fuc-
cefsfully cured by mercurials taken in fuch dofes as not to
produce any remarkable difcharge: efpecially if affifted by
diaphoretics, and a warm diluting regimen. In this view,
camphor, and the refin or extraét of guaiacum, are fre-
quently joined to the mercury ; and to the more ative pre-
parations, a little opium ; which not only promotes the dia-
phorefis, but prevents the mercury from irritating the firft
paflages, and running off by the groffer emunétories. Mer-
curials are always pernicious in the true fcurvy, and in con-
ftitutions inclined to this difeafe, whofe humours are dif-
pofed to a putrefcent ftate; and a long continued ufe of
mercury colliquates the whole mafs of blood, and tends to
weaken the nerves, fo as to bring on tremors and paralyfes.
Mercurials are deftruétive to infeGts, perhaps of every kind:
they are fometimes given internally againft worms ; cathe Van

ont

MERCURY.

Helmont fays, that water in which mercury has lain fome
time, though infipid, will deftroy worms; and Mr. Boyle
feems to recommend it as.an innocent and ufeful cofmetic.
Works Abr. vol. iii. p. 345+

Although mercury in its native metallic ftate is a per-
feétly inert fubftance with refpeét to any operation on the
animal fyitem, it may be rendered ative by fome changes
in its chemical ftate, or fome addition to its fubttance.
When rendered thus attive, it feems to be a {timulus to every
fenfible and moving fibre of the body to which it is applied;
and it is particularly a itimulus to every excretory of the
fyftem, to which it is externally or internally applied. Be-
fides its noted effects upon the excretories of the faliva, it
feems to operate upon the whole of thofe of the alimentary
canal. It proves often diuretic; and Dr. Cullen fays, that
he has met with particular proofs of its reaching and a¢ting
upon the organs of perfpiration. Whilft it is known to
operate more upon certain excretions than upon others, it
may be prefumed, that when any tolerable quantity is
thrown into the body, it is in part diftributed over the whole;
and therefore its medicinal effect is, that it is the mo(t uni-
verfa] aperient and deobftruent known. Dr. Cullen, how-
ever, contends, in oppofition to the common opinion, that
the effets of its producing evacuations depend entirely upon
the ftimulus given to the excretories, and not at all to any
change produced in the ftate of the fluids. Upon many oc-
cafions of mercury thrown into the body very largely, this
author has found no difference in the appearance of the ftate
of the blood drawn out of the veins. From the ftimulus
given by mercury to the whole fyftem, he has always found
the blood- putting on the fame appearance that it does in
inflammatory difeafes, nor has he obferved any circumftance
that implies any diminution of its ordinary confiftence. Al-
though it has been the common opinion, that mercury dimi-
nifhes the confiftence of the blood, and very much increafes
its fluidity, no evidence or proof of this as a fa¢t, known
to Dr. Cullen, has been produced; and he thinks, that it
has been taken up upon milftaken faéts, and fupported by a
theory which is without foundation. Upon the whole, our
author concludes, that the chief effefts of mercurial medi-
cines are to be afcribed to their general itimulus of the
fyftem, and efpecially to their ftimulating the various excre-
tories of it. Concerning its medical effeéts in the difeafe to
which it has been moft generally and mott efficacioufly ap-
plied, we refer to the article Luzs Venerea. But the
yarious operations of mercury are modified, in a very remark-
able degree, by the different preparations of it which have
been propofed and employed. In confequence of the
changes which it undergoes by its numerous preparations,
fe that it is become one of the moft confiderable articles in
the.chemical pharmacy, and a remedy of the mot extenfive
application, it is not only a powerful ftimulant, but it enters
into the circulation, quickens the vafcular action, and ex-
cites powerfully the whole of the glandular fy ftem, increafing
all the fecretions and excretions, Hence it happens, that
its various preparations produce different effects, operating
fometimes as f{timulants, aftringents; cathartics, or emmena-
gogues, and locally as errhines ; and hence it becomes ufe-
ful in a great variety of difeafes; fuch as febriie affections,
fpafms, cachettic difeafes, glandular obftructions, and cuta-
neous eruptions, Since Paraceifus, counteraéting ancient
authority and practice, evinced tbat it might be exhibited in-
ternally, not only with fafety, but with advantage, during a
period of almoft 300 years, experience has fully fan&tioned
its ule; and as Mr. Pearfon juftly obferves, ‘* not one medi-
cine befides, derived from the animal, vegetable, or mineral
}kingdom, has maintained its credit, with men aGtually em-

ployed in extenfive practice, during a tenth part of that
period.”? Although it is a medicine capable of being abufed,
to the difappointment of the patient, and to the injury of
the conftitution, yet under the dire€tion of cautious and
judicious practitioners, it may rank as one of the mofl ufe-
ful of the articles of the Materia Medica.

The chemical changes which have been propofed, in order
to render mercury a¢tive and ufeful, have been many and
various; but Dr. Cullen, in his ‘* Materia Medica,”’ refers
them to four heads; 1{t, by being converted into vapour ;
adly, by calcination ; 3dly, by triture with vifcid fluids ;
and, 4thly, by being combined with acids of different kinds.
The firit mode of employing mercury, may perhaps (he
fays) be the belt adapted to fome local complaints; but its
application to the whole body is attended with fo much
hazard and uncertainty in the adminiftration, as hardly ever
to be an eligible practice. The preparation by calcination
is not, as had been formerly fuppofed, of any peculiar
power or advantage ; and is therefore as he believes, little
employed in the prefent practice; this operation ferving
merely to put the mercury in a condition to be aéted upon
by the acids of the ftomach, and the preparation not dif-
fering from others made by a combination with acids. The
preparations by triture feem to be milder than thofe formed
by a combination with acids ; but imperfeét triture renders
the practitioner often uncertain in their ufe. The triture
with unguinous fubftances gives the advantage of its being
introduced by unétion upon the fkin; and when it has been
properly prepared, and is properly adminiftered, it affords a
mode of introducing mercury, which is often lefs liable to
purging, and therefore more convenient than the employ-
ment of the faline preparations. Thefe latter are different ~
according to the acid employed.

Thofe made by the vegetable acid are milder and more
manageable than thofe formed with any of the foflil acids.
Of thefe, the combination with the muriatie acid, when
the acid is in its full proportion'to the mercury, as it is in
the corrofive fublimate, is certainly more aétive and power-
ful than any other faline preparation. ‘The ufe of it has
been often convenient and effectual; but its operation is fo
different in men of different conftitutions, that the employ-
ment of it requires much management and difcretion, It is
rendered much, milder in the preparation of the Mercurius
dulcis, which has given occafion to. the frequent employment
of this, which, according to Dr. Cullen, does not feem to
be a very eligible preparation. It does not feem to be fo
readily diffuhble in the fy{tem as many others, becaule it is
more ready than many others to operate upon the inteftines,
and run off by ftool. This may give it fome advantages for
its being combined with purgatives; but fer that reafon it is
lefs fit for being employed to a& upon the falivary glands,
or upon the other excretions of the fyftem. Dr. Duncan,
in the ‘* Edinburgh New Difpenfatory,” has given a table
of officinal preparations of mercury, of which Mr. A. T.
Todd has availed himfelf in the valuable * London Difpen-
fatory,”’ lately publithed. We fhall take the liberty of in-
ferting his table for the {atisfaétion of our medical readers,
recommending the work itfelf to their perufal.

Officinal Preparations of Mercury.

I. By diftillation to purify the metal.
1. Hydrargyrus purificatus. L. D.
II. By trituration; (fuboxidized).
a. With animal fat. ;
rd ppgcntum Hydrargyri fortius. L. Ung. Hydrar-
yri. D.
3. cuca Hydrargyri. E,
4- Ungu-

MERCURY.

4 oo Hydrargyri mitius. LD.

- Linimentum Hydrargyri. L,

& Emplattrum Ammoniaci cum Mydrargyro, L. D.
4, With faccharine fubltances.

Hydrargyri, L. E.
7. Pilule Je gl Ym L. E. D.
¢. With carbonate of lime.
8. Hydrargyrus cum Creté. L.D.
-d, With carbonate of magnetia,
. Hydrargyrum cum Magnefid. D.
ut By the action of heat and air: (oxidized),
to, Hydrargyri Oxydum rubrum. L. Oxydum Hy-
drargyri. D.
IV. By the action of acids,
a. With fulphuric acid; (fuboxidized),
11. Subfulphas Hydrargyri flavus. E. Oxydum Hy-
drargyri filbburcam. D.
8. With nitric acid; (fuboxidized).
12. Unguentum eres nitran. L.E. Unguen-
tum Supernitratis Hydrargyri. D.
13. Unguentum Nitratis Hydrargyri mitius. E.
(oxidized),
14. Hydrargyri Nitrico-oxydum. L. Oxidum Hy-
drargyri rubrum per Acidum nitricum, E, Oxy-
dum Hodrenzyh nitricum, D.

15. Unguentum Hydrargyri nitrico-oxydi. L. Ungu-
entum Oxidi Hydrargyri rubri. E. Unguentum
Subnitratis Hydrargyri. D

¢. With muriatic acid.

+ fublimated ; (oxidized).

16. Hydrargyri Submurias. L. E. Submurias Hydrar-
gyri fublimatum. D.

17. Pilule Hydrargyri Submuriatis. L.

a (oxidized and cig cas
_ 18. Oxymurias Hydrargyri. L. Murias Hydrargyri.
=. Besciae Fipestg yi éorrofivum. D
19. Liquor Hydrargyri Oxymuriatis. L.
++ precipitated ; (oxidized).
20. Submurias Hydrargyri precipitatus. E. D.
__d. With acetous acid; ({uboxidized). '

21. Acetis Hydrargyri. E. Acetas Hydrargyri. D.

V. By precipitation with earths and alkalies from acid

etiocs. ak
_ a. By lime-water from the nitric folution ; ({fuboxidized).

22. Hydrargyri Oxydum cinereum. L. oe

6. By ammonia from the nitric folution; (fuboxidized).

23- Oxydum Hydrargyri cinereum. E. Pulvis Hy-

drargyri cinereus. D. : ud

c. By ammonia from the muriatic folution; (oxidized).

24. Submurias Hydrargyri ammoniatum. D. Hydrar-
gyrus Precipitatus albus. L. Ae

25. Unguentum Submuriatis Hydrargyri ammoniati.

. Ung. Hydrargyri Precipitati albi. L.

VI. Combined with fulphur.

a, By trituration. ae

26. Sulphuretum Hydrargyri nigrum. E. D.°

8. Sublimated.

27. Hydrargyri Sulphuretum rubrum. L. D.

We shall here fubjoin a more particular account of thefe
different preparations, as they occur in the London, Edin-
burgh, and Dublin difpenfatories, annexing to the modern
names the appellations by which they have been diitin-
guifhed in former, now fuperfeded, nomenclatures,

Ajdrargyrus purificatus. Argentum vivum purificatum,

Rb T9455 ,
Rub fobetties élbs. of mercury, by weight, with ilb, of

iron filings, and diftil the mercury from an iron retort, by
Vor. XXIII.

the application of heat to it. ‘Phe E. D. direfts four parts
of mercury, uid one part of filings of iron, to be rubbed
together and diltilled from an iron retort. "The Dub, D. pro-
cures it by diftilling off lowly 4lbs. from 6lbs. of mercury.

Hydrargyri Acetisy acetite of mercury, is prepared, ac-
cording to the E. D., by mixing 3 oz. of purified mercury
with 4} oz, or a little more than may be neceflary for dif-
folving the mercury, of diluted nitrous acid; and having
diffolved 302. of acetite of potafs in boiling water, by
adding to this folution, while a the former, and mixing
them by agitation. When the mixture has been fet afide to
cryltallize, the cryltals are wafhed in a funnel with cold dif-
tilled water, and then dried with a gentle heat.

Hydrargyri Acetas, acetate of mercury, is obtained, ac
cording to the directions of the Dub. D., by adding three
fluid-ounces of diluted nitrous acid to 3 oz. of purified
mercury, and digelting, when the effervefcence ceafes, upon
hot fand, for the complete diflolution of the metal: then
mixing this folution with eight pints of boiling diftilled water
in which 3 oz. of acetate of kali have been previoufly diflolved,
and pafling the mixture immediately through a double linen
cloth: afterwards cooling it that cryftals may be formed,
wafhing thefe with cold diililled water, and drying them upon
paper with a very gentle heat.

All the veflels in thefe two proceffes muit be of glafs,

The acetate of mercury is antifyphilitic, and alterative ;
but it is fcarcely ever ufed, except as an aétive ingredient in
Keyfer’s pills. In fome cutaneous affeétions a folution of
it, in the proportion of two grains in f.3ii of rofe water, is
externally applied. ‘he internal dofe is 1 gr. night and
morning.

Hydrargyri oxymurias, oxymuriate of mercury, Hydrargy-
rus muriatus, P. L. 1787, Mercurius corrofivus fublimatus,
P. L. 1745, P. L. 1720, is prepared, according to the
L. D. 1809, by boiling 2lbs. by weight of purified mercury
with 30 oz. by weight of fulphuric acid in a glafs veffel until
the fulphate of mercury is left dry: then, rubbing this,
when cold, with 4lbs. of dried muriate of foda, in an earthen-
ware mortar, and afterwards fubliming it in a glafs cucurbit,
gradually increafing the heat. The corrofive fublimate is
denominated Murias hydrargyri, or muriate of mercury, in
the E. D. and prepared much in the fame manner. In the
Dub. D. it is denominated Murias hydrargyri corrofivum.
It is prepared by diffolving 2lbs. of purified mercury in 3]bs.
of fulphuric acid, gradually increafing the heat until the
matter becomes almoft dry; when cold, rub it with 2lbs.
of dried muriate of foda in an earthenware mortar, and then
fublime it, in a proper veffel, with a gradually increafed heat.
Mr. Chenevix found, that if a bit of copper be put into a fo-
lution of corrofive fublimate, a white powder ufually falls
to the bottom, and that powder is ‘ calomel.” When
wathed, it does not contain an atom of copper, nor of cor-
rofive fublimate.

This falt is a powerful ftimulant and alterative; and in
large dofes it is one of the moft violent of the metallic poi-
fons. It was formerly much extolled as an antifyphilitic ;
but Mr. Pearfon obferves, that even in checking the progrefs
of the fecondary fymptoms, relieving venereal pains, and
healing ulcers of the throat, it never confers permanent
benefit.

It is faid to be ufed with greater advantage in old ulcers,
chronic rheumatifm, and cutaneous difeafes, particularly
lepra. (See Leprosy.) The fenfible operation of this falt is
by urine, but fometimes it occafions the moft violent naufea,
griping, and purging; in which cafesit fhould be combined with
opium; and during the ule of it, it is neceflary to take fome

mucilaginous fluid, in order to allay its irritation. It is alfa
: Uu ufed

MERCURY.

ufed as an external application. The dofe is from 4th to 1th
of a grain, twice a day, formed into a pill with a crumb of
bread or extract of poppies. Van Swieten brought this falt
into more general ufe for the cure of venereal maladies; he
diffolves a grain of the fublimate in 2 oz. of proof fpirit,
but rectified f{pirit diffolves it more perfectly, and gives of
this folution from one to two fpoonfuls twice a day, con-
tinuing the medicine fo long as any of the fymptoms remain,
with low diet, and plentiful dilution. There are many in-
ftances in the London Med. Obf. and Enq. of the fuccefs of
this method.

Hydrargyri oxymuriatis Liquor, {olution of oxymuriate of
mercury, 1s prepared by diffolving eight grains of oxymuri-
ate of mercury in fifteen fluid-ounces of diftilled water, and
adding to it a fluid-ounce of reétified f{pirit. This folution
is directed (P. L. 180g) in order to facilitate the adminiftra-
tion of divifions of the grain of this active medicine. Each
fluid-drachm contains 4th of a grain of the falt. This may
be given as an antilyphilitic in dofes of from f.3{s to f.3 jij,
in f, 3ij of linfeed infufion, or water and fyrup, and in more
minute dofes, when its effects as an alterative only are re-
quired. As a local application, this folution diluted with
two parts of water forms an ufeful gargle in venereal fore-
throat, and without dilution it ferves as a gargle for break-
ing the abfcefs in cynanche tonfillaris, when fuppuration
takes place. Diluted with an equal quantity of water, it is
employed, as a wafh againift tetters and pfora; and very
largely diluted, it may be ufed as an inje€tion in gonorrhcea,
or given in the form of enema, when the ftomach will not
bearit. This fublimate is a violent efcharotic, and eats away
proud flefh: half a drachm of it diffolved in a pint of lime-
water turns it yellow; it is then called ** phagedznic water,”
and is ufed to wafh ulcerous and tetterouseruptions. A {tron
folution, made by boiling the fame quantity of powdered fub-
limate with equal its weight of alum in a pint of common
water, until half the liquor is watfted,, is the *¢ alluminous
water’’ applied to the fame purpofe.

Hydrargyri fubmurias, fubmuriate of mercury, Calomelas,
Hydrargyrus muriatus mitis, P. L. 1787, Mercurius dulcis
fublimatus, P. L. 1745, Aquila alba, Manna metallorum,
Sublimatum dulce, is prepared, according to P. L. 1809, by
rubbing together 1lb. of oxymuriate of mercury with g oz.
by weight of purified mercury, until the metallic globules
difappear, then fubliming, taking out the fublimed mafs,
pulverizing it, and fubliming it in the fame manner twice
more fucceffively ; and, laftly, bringing it into the ftate of
very fine powder, by the fame procefs which is direéted for
the preparation of chalk. A very elegant and ufeful modi-
fication of this procefs has lately been adopted by Mr.
Howard, chemift, who fublimes the fubmuriate into water,
with the vapour of which it mixes as it arifes in its gafeous
form, and fubfides at once asa fine impalpable precipitate
to the bottom of the water. Formerly preparations of mer-
cury analogous to this were diftinguifhed according to the
number of fubhmations they had undergone. After three
fublimations it was mercurius dulcis, after fix, calomelas, and
after eight, panacea mercurialis ; but, according to Beaume,;
a {mall portion of oxymuriate is formed by each of thefe
repeated fublimations, probably from the abforption of oxy-
gen by the heated preparation from the air of the veffels, and
hence no advantage, but rather the contrary, mutt arife from
an increafed number of the operations. The Pharmaco-
peia of 1745 had fix fublimations; that of 1787, as the
dire€tions feem to exprefs it, five; and now they are reduced
to three, which are, in fact, fully fufficient, efpecially with
that fubfequent application of water which the mode adopted
for reducing it to a fine powder requires. ’

9

Hydrargyri fubmurias, five Calomelas, Edinb. D. Submuriate
of mercury, or calomel; is obtained by rubbing together
40z. of muriate of mercury pulverized in a glafs mortar with
3 0z. of purified mercury, in a glafs mortar with a little
water, to prevent the acrid powder from rifing, until the
mercury be extinguifhed; putting the dried powder in an
oblong phial, one-third full, and fubliming it in a fand-bath.
When the fublimation is completed the phial is broken, and
the red powder round its bottom, and the white at its neck,
are rejected; the reft of the mafs is fublimed, and reduced
toa fine powder, which is, laftly, to be well wafhed with boil-
ing diftilled water.

Hydrargyri, Submurias /ublimatum, five Calomelas, Dub. D.
is prepared much in the fame manner with that of the Lond.
Pharmac. The final trituration and levigation are intended
to feparate any corrofive muriate that may have been formed ;
and in order to afcertain this, the Dublin college prefcribes
the following teft; the fublimed matter is pulverized and
repeatedly wafhed with diftilled water, until the folution
poured off, no longer lets any fediment fall on the addition of
a few drops of carbonate of kali.

Calomel is the moft ufeful and the moft frequently em-
ployed of all the preparations of mercury. It is antifyphi-
litic, antifpaf{modic, alterative, deobftruent, purgative, and
errhine. Asa remedy in fypbilis, it can be fully confided
in, when its difpofition to run off by the bowels is counter-

_ ated by opium ; and in the fame ftate of combination it is

alfo found efficacious in feveral convulfive affections, as epi-
lepfy, trifmus, and tetanus; and in that fpecies of fpa{mo-
dic ftriGture which occurs in virulent gonorrhea. As an al-
terative and deobftruent, it is employed with advantage in
cutaneous eruptions, as lepra, fceabies, and pfora, in which
cafes it 1s combined with antimonials and guaiacum ; and in
hepatitis, and glandular obitru€tions; in dropfies it affifts
the ation of {quill and foxglove; and as a purgative it may
be employed with fafety in almoft every form of difeafe not

_attended with vifceral inflammation, or where there are not

great irritability and delicacy of habit. Calomel, however,
does not aét with certainty as a purgative even in large dofes,
and hence it is generally combined with feammony, jalap,
or fome other aétive cathartic. The ufual dofe to affect the
habit and produce ptyalifm is from gr.j to grs.ij, in a pill
with opium, given night and morning ; and from grs. iij to
grs. viij aét in general as a purgative: but in fome com.
plaints, as yellow fever and croup for example, in which it
is fuppofed to exert a {pecific effect, this dofe has been,re-
peated every two or three hours, until upwards of/100
grains have been taken in a very fhort fpace of time.

On account of its infolubility and great fpecific gravity,
it can be given only in the form of pills.

Hydrargyri Submurias precipitatus, precipitated fubmuriate
of mercury, Edinb. is prepared by mixing 8 oz. of purified
mercury with the fame quantity of diluted nitreus acid, and
towards the end of the effervefcence digelting with a gentle
heat, the veffel being frequently fhaken; at the fame time let
4%0z. of the muriate of foda be diffolved in 8ibs. of boiling
water; and to this let the other folution be added while it
is warm, and let them be mixed very quickly together. Af-
ter the precipitate has fubfided, pour off the faline fluid,
and wath the fubmuriate of mercury by frequent afffions of
warm water, which are to be poured off each time after the
precipitate fubfides, until the water comes off taftelefs.

Hydrargyri Submurias precipitatum is obtained by pouring
five fluid-ounces of diluted nitrous acid on 7 oz. of purified
mercury in a glafs veffel, and at the termination of the effer-
vefcence digelting with a gentle heat for fix hours, with
frequent agitation. The heat fhould then be fomewhat

raifed *

MERCURY,

raifed that the folution may boil a little, which being poured
off from the refidual mercury, fhould be guickly mixed
with tolbs. of boiling water, in which 4 oz. of mu-
riate of foda have been previoufly diffolved ; the fubfiding
wder is wafhed with warm diftilled water, as long as the
uid poured off from it yields a precipitate on the addition
of a Pe drops of the folution of fubearbonate of kali; and
lafily, it is to be dried. In reference to thefe proceffes of
the two colleges, we may here note, that Mr, Murray has af-
certained, that the quantity of mild muriate obtained from
a folution of 3j of mercury in the diluted nitric acid in the
cold is a little more than 3j; while from the fame quan-
tity diffolved with the application of heat, the precipitate
did not exceed 3fs, whil® the liquor held diffolved much
more corrofive muriate than the other, Hence it may be
inferred, that the greateft proportion of pure mild muriate
of mercury by precipitation may be obtained, by preparing
the nitrat flowly, and without the aid of a which
ovight not to be employed in any part of the procefs.
he properties of this fubftance are effentially the fame
with thofe of common calomel, and therefore it may be re-
garded as fuperfluous.
lydrargyrus precipitatus albus, white precipitated mer-
cury, Calx hydrargyri alba, P. L. 1787, Mercurius preci-
pitatus albus, P. L. 1745, is prepared, according to the di-
re€tions of the London college, P. L. 1809, by firlt dif-
folving lb. of muriate of ammonia, and then the fame
quantity of oxymuriate of mercury, in four pints of diftilled
water, and adding to it half a pint of the Ftution of fub-
carbonate of potafs ; then wathing the precipitated powder
until it becomes taftelefs, and afterwards drying it.

Hydrargyri Submurias ammoniatum, ammoniated fubmu-
riate of mercury, Dub. is obtained by adding to the fluid
which has been poured off from the precipitated fubmuriate
of mercury a quantity of water of cauftic ammonia fuffi-
cient to precipitate the whole of the metallic falt; then
wafhing the precipitate with cold diftilled water, and drying
it upon bibulous paper. This preparation is only ufed, in
combination with lard, as an ointment for the cure of the
itch, and fome other cutaneous eruptions. See UNGueNTUM
i; rt precipitati albi.

a oe Creta, mercury with chalk, Mercurius
alkalizatus, P. L. 1745, is prepared by rubbing together
3 oz. by weight of purified mercury with 5 oz. of prepared
chalk, until the metallic globules difappear. As this pre-
paration is milder than any other mercurial one, and does
not fo eafily a& upon the bowels, it is very much ufed by
many practitioners. It appears to be flightly oxydized by
thetrituration, as it contains, according to Fourcroy, only
rg of oxygen.

Hydrargyrum cum Creta, mercury with chalk, of the Dublin
college, is prepared in the fame manner as the mercury with
magnefia, employing precipitated chalk inftead of magnefia.
This fubitance is alterative, and occafionally prefcribed in
tinea capitis, and other cutaneous affeétions ; but it merits
very little attention. The dofe may be from 5 gr. to 3fs,
given twice a day, mixed in any vifcid fubftances.

Hydragyrum cum magnefia, mercury with magnefia, of the
Dublin college, is prepared by triturating an ounce of mer-
cury with the fame quantity of manna in an earthen mortar,
adding as many drops of water as will give to the mixture
the thicknefs of fyrup, and continuing the rubbing until
the metallic globules difappear; then adding, whilft the
trituration is continued, a drachm of magnefia, and after the
whole is well mixed, a pint of hot water, agitating the mix-
ture. When it has remained fome time at reft, that the fedi-
ment may fubfide, decant from it the fluid, repeat the wafh-

ing a fecond and a third time, that the whole of the
manna may be removed; and add the remainder of the
magnefia to the fediment, while it is {till moift: and laftly,
dry the powder upon bibulous paper, ‘The addition of the
manna in this and the former procefs is intended only to
facilitate the oxydizement of the mercury ; and it is after-
wards removed by the fubfequent wahhings, fo that the pro-
du@& remains a grey or black oxyd of mercury mixed with
magnefia, ‘This preparation is of no great importance.
lydrargyri nitrico-oxydum, nitricoxyd of mercury, Hydrar-
gee nitratus ruber, P. L. 1787, Mercurius corrolivus ruber,
?. L. 1745, Mercurius precipitatus corrofivus, P. L. 1720,
is pupaed tee the directions of the Lond, Pharm. by mixing
in a glafs veffel 3lbs. by weight of purified mercury, 14 lb.
by weight of nitric acid, in two pints of diftilled water, and
boiling the mixture in a fand-bath until the mercury being
diffolved and the water evaporated, a white mafs remains,
Rub this into powder, and put it into another fhallow vef-
fel, then apply a moderate heat, and raife the fire gradu-
ally until the red vapour ceafes to arife. The component
parts of this oxyd are, according to Fourcroy, mercury
92, and oxygen 8; according to Chenevix, mercury 85,

—— 15.
ydrargyri Oxydum rubrum per acidum nitricum, olim,
Mercurius precipitatus ruber, Edinb. red oxyd of mercur
by nitric acid, formerly red precipitate of mercury. Dit
folve a pound of purified mercury in 160z. of diluted ni-
trous acid; and evaporate the folution over a gentle fire to
a dry white mafs, which being rubbed to a powder, is to be
put into a glafs cucurbit, and covered with a thick plate of
glafs: then adapt a capital to the veffel, and having placed
it in a fand-bath, let the contained matter be roalted with
a fire gradually raifed until it pafs into very red {mall
{cales.

Hydrargyri Oxydum nitricum, Dub. nitric oxyd of mer-
cury. Mix ro oz. of purified mercury, and ten fluid-ounces
of diluted nitrous acid in a glafs, and diffolve the mercury
with a gradually raifed heat: then increafe the fire un-
til the refiduary matter in the bottom of the veffel be con-
verted into red {cales.

Nitric oxyd of mercury is ftimulant and efcharotic. It is
merely ufed externally, when rubbed into a fine powder, asa
ftimulant to old fores, and for deftroying fungus. Asapow-
der, in the proportion of gr. {s. to grs. iv of fugar, it is blown
into the eye to remove {pecks in the cornea; and formed into
an ointment with lard, it is an ufeful application to ulcerations
of the eye-lids, and to chancres. See UNcuentum Hydrar-
gyri nitrico-oxidi.

Hydrargyri oxydum rubrum, red oxyd of mercury, Hy-
drargyrus calcinatus, P. L. 1787, Mercurius calcinatus,
P. L. i745, is prepared by pouring e. g. ilb. by weight
of purified mercury into a glafs matrafs with a very nar-
row mouth and broad bottom: apply a heat of 600° to
this veffel, without ftopping it, until the mercury has
changed into red fcales; then reduce thefe to a very fine
powder. The whole procefs may probably require an ex-
pofure of fix weeks.

Hydrargyri oxydum, Dubl. oxyd of mercury, is ob-
tained by taking any quantity of purified mercury, and
proceeding as in the laft article.

According to Lavoifier 100 parts of this oxyd contain
7 of oxygen; Fourcroy makes the proportion of oxygen 8,
and Chenevix, 15 parts. H

This is a very a¢tive preparation of mercury, and has been
employed by fome eminent practitioners, e.g. John Hunter,
as an internal remedy in fyphilis. See Luzs VENEREA.
Its effeGts, however, are violent, fo that it is now fcarcely

Uuz2 ever

MERCURY.

ever employed internally, or as an antifyplnhtic. © The
dofe may be gr.j combined with gr.fs of opium, in the
form of pill, night and morning, It is chiefly ufed as an
external flimulant and efcharotic in the fame cafes as the
nitric oxyd; being previoufly rubbed to a fine powder, and
either fprinkled over the ulcers, or united with lard, and
applied as an ointment.

Hydrargyri oxydum cinereum, grey oxyd of mercury, is
formed, according to the initruétions of the Lond, Pharm.,
by boiling an ounce’ of fubmuriate of mercury in a gallon
of lime-water, conftantly ftirring until a grey oxyd of mer-
cury is feparated ; wath this with diftilled water, and then
dry it. The fame preparation of the Edinb. Difp. is formed
of four parts of purified mercury, five parts of diluted
nitrous acid, 15 parts of diftilled water, and a fufficient
quantity of water of carbonate of ammonia. Diflolve the
mercury in the acid; add gradually the diltilled water, then
pour in as much water of carbonate of ammonia as may
be fufficient for precipitating the whole of the oxyd of
mercury, whick is to be afterwards wafhed with pure water,
and dried.

Hydrargyri Pulvis cinereus, Dubl. grey powder of mer-
cury, is formed by diflolving 2 oz. of mercury in two fluid-
ounces of diluted nitrous acid, in a flow heat, and diluting
the folution with eight fluid-ounces of cold water; then
dropping into it 102. of the water of carbonate of am-
monia, or as much as may be fufficient for precipitating the
whole of the metal, which is to be wafhed with boiling dif-
tilled water, until the fluid, poured off, yields no fediment,
when water of fulphuret of ammonia is dropped into it :
laftly, let the precipitate be dried. The conttituents of the
grey oxyd of mercury are fuppofed to be 96 parts of mer-
cury, and 4 of oxygen, in I0o parts.

The grey oxyd of mercury, when well prepared, may
be ufed as a fubftitute for the oxyd prepared by trituration ;
and as it is more likely to be always of an uniform ftrength,
it may of courfe be more depended on than thofe prepara-
tions. It has been obje€ted to for forming ointment, in
order to ferve the purpofes of mercurial fri€tions (fee Un-
GUENTUM O.xydi hydrargyri cineret) ; but the objection may
liave been owing to the ule of that form of preparation which
contains the triple falt. It has been ufed with advan-
tage for fumigation, both locally applied towards the
healing of venereal ulcers, and, generally, to bring the
habit under the influence of mercury, when it could not be
introduced by the ordinary mode. The dofe of this oxyd
is from ‘gr. 1. to grs. iii. given in the form of pill twice a
day.

Pydpiarsgre Sulphuretum nigrum, olim, LEthiops mineralis,
Edinb. Dubl. black. fulphuret of mercury, formerly
ethiops mineral. “This is prepared by rubbing together
equal weights of purified mercury and fublimed fulphur in
a glafs mortar with a glafs peftle, until the globules of
mercury altogether difappear. It may alfo be made with
double the quantity of mercury.

This mercurial preparation is alterative and anthelmintic ;
it is chiefly employed againft fcrophulous fwellings, and in
cutaneous affections ; and has been found ufeful as an anti-
dote to afcarides. It muft be long ufed to produce any
fenfible effects. The dofe is from grs. v. to f.3fs., giver.
twice or three times a day. See Erurops Mineral.

Hydrargyri fulphuretum rubrum, red fulphuret of mercury,
Hydrargyrus fulphuratus ruber, P. L. 1787, Cinnabaris
fGitia, P. L. 1745, is prepared by melting 8 oz. of fub-
limed fulphur over the fire, and mixing in 400z. by
weight, of purified mercury ; and as foon as the mafs begins
to iwell, removing the veflel from the fire, and covering it

with confiderable force, to prevent inflammation ; then rub~
bing the mafs into powder and fubliming.

Hydrargyri, Sulphuretum rubrum, Dubl. red fulphuret of
mercury, 1s prepared as in the laft procefs. Red fulphuret
of mercury is alterative and deob{truent. It was formerly
much ufed in cutaneous difeafes, gouty and rheumatic affec-
tions, and in cafes of worms, but it is now {carcely ever
employed. It has been recommended for fumigations in fy-
philis; but on account of the fulphurous vapours it is
lefs fit for this purpofe than the grey oxyd. The dofe for
internal ufe is from grs. x. to 3{3, made into an cleétuary or
bolus.

Hydrargyri Subfulphas flavus, olim, Turpethum minerale,
Edinb. yellow fublulphate of "thercury, formerly, Tur-
bith mineral, Hydrargyrus vitriolatus, P. L. 1787; alfo
Mercurius emeticus flavus. For preparing it, take of pu-
rified mercury 402. ; fulphuric acid 6 oz. ; put them into
a glafs cucurbit, placed ina fand-bath, and boil them to
drynefs ; pulverize the white mafs which is left at the bottom
of the veffel, and throw it into boiling water; it will be
immediately converted into a yellow powder, which is to
be wafhed with frequent affufions of warm water.

Hydrargyri Oxydum fulphuricum, Dubl. fulphuric oxyd
of mercury, is prepared by diffolving ina glafs veffel ilb.
of purified mercury, in 14lb. of fulphuric acid, with a fuf-
ficient degree of heat, and gradually raifing the fire until the
mafs be completely dried. This, by the affufion of a large
quantity of hot water, will immediately become yellow and
fall into powder, which is to be well triturated with the
water in an earthenware mortar. After pouring off the
fupernatant fluid, wah the powder with repeated affufions
of hot diftilled water, as long as any precipitate is pro-
duced in the decanted liquor on the addition of a few drops
of water of fubcarbonate of kali; and, lattly, dry it.

This preparation is emetic, difcutient, alterative, and
errhine; but'as its operation is violent, it is feldom ad-
miniftered as an internal remedy. As an errhine, it has
been ufeful in chronic ophthalmia, and difeafes of the head ;
but in this cafe its acrimony fhould be fheathed by fome
bland powder, as ftarch, or liquorice-root powder, in the
proportion of grs.v. to gr. i, of the fubfulphat. In dofes
of gr. v. it operates as a very powerful emetic.

Mercury, Coralline. See Arcanum Corallinum.

Mercury, Fulminating. This curious compound was
difcovered by Mr. Howard, who has given us the following
procefs for preparing it. Diffolve 120 grains of mercury in
14 ounce, by meafure, of nitric acid, of the fpecific gra-
vity of 1.3, with the affiftance of heat. When this folution
is cold, pour it upon two ounces, by meafure, of alcohol :
let this mixture be expofed to heat till an effervefcence takes
place, when the heat muft be withdrawn. The effervefcence
continues with violence for fome time, accompanied by the
evolution of a denfe white vapour, which Mr. Howard con-
ceived to be the etherized nitrous gas combined with oxyd
of mercury. During this procefs a white powder gradually
fubfides, which muft be weil wafhed, filtered, aud dried ona
fand-bath heated by fteam, as a temperature a little higher
would caufe its explofion. . The powder thus obtained is ra-
ther cryflalline in its appearance. When it is heated to
368°, it explodes with great violence, producing a vivid
flath of light, with but little heat. The fame explofion
takes place by the blow of a hammer, by an eleétric fpark,
and by flintand fteel. The furface of the body on which it is
exploded becomes always covered witha white film, which is
the reduced mercury, This indicates that the oxygen of
the oxyd has had fome fhare in producing the effect, The
explofion by means of a blow is fo violent, as frequently to

indent

MER

indent the face of the hammer and the anvil. When con-
centrated fulphuric acid is added to fulminating mercury, it
inftantly explodes. The dilute acid decompofes it without
explofion, A gafeous fubltance is given out, which con-
filke of carbonic acid mixed with an inflammable gas, which
burns with a greeniih flame, A white powder is at the
fame time precipitated, which is the oxalat oF tsroury mixed
with a little running mercury, Thecompofition of fulminating
mercury is, therefore, found to be oxalat of mercury, combined
with the etherized nitrous gas. This fabltance has been fince
examined by other chemilts, Foureroy is of opinion that it
may be varied in its properties by varying the procefs.
When heat is continued during the whole time of the effer:
vefcence, a fubltance is produced of a greenifh colour,
which detonates with lefs force, and emits a blue flame when
laid on hot coals. In this cafe, Fourcroy fuppofes it to
contain ammonia, and more of the vegetable matter of the
alcohol. We have before noticed that the oxalat of mercury
has the property of exploding with the blow of a ham-
mer. Hence it would appear, that any fub(tance holdin
oxygen with flicht affinity, and at the fame time cambiend
with infammuebl> matter, particularly fuch as contains hydro-
nN, may conltitute an explofive compound. It is faid by
rugnatelli, that a nitrat of filver with excefs of acid being
‘heated with alcohol, affords a fulminating fubftance more
violent in its effeéts than the fubltance in queftion. This no
doubt arifes from the oxygen of the filver giving up lefs of
its fpecific caloric when it combines with that fubftance,
and of courfe has more to give up when it combines with the
inflammable matter derived from the alcohol. Notwith-
ftanding the myltery fo much talked of in the firing of gun-
powder, it might no doubt be proved that the light and heat
given out when the explofion takes place, is the difference be-
tween what would be afforded by the combuttion of nitro-

n, and the carbon and fulphur of the gunpowder. See

irric Acid.

M. Bayen was the firft chemift who obferved the fulmi-
nating property of the oxyds of mercury when heated with
fulphur ; and hence mixtures of this kind have been deno-
minated ‘ Bayen’s fulminating mercury.’’ The mott pow-
erful of thefe mixtures is thus prepared ; to a folution of ni-
trat of mercury add lime-water, as long as any precipitate
falls down; decant the clear liquor, and wath the pulveru-
lent oxyd with repeated portions of water, after which dry
it on a water bath, and then grind it carefully in a mortar,
with ith of its weight of flower of fulphur. This powder,
when laid on a hot iron, explodes with confiderable force,
undoubtedly in confequence of the fudden oxydation of the
mercury, and the rapid combuttion of part of the fulphur ;
for if itis performed in a clofe veffel, to prevent the diffipa-
tion of the powder, the refult of its decompolition will bea
reddifh violet-coloured fulphuret, fimilar to that procured
in the ufual manner. Aikin’s Dict.

Mercury, Jacalefcent. See INCALESCENT.

Mercury, Ointment of. See UNGuENT.

Mercury, Pills of. See Pivts.

Mercury, Plafler of. See Empiastrum and Pras-
TER.

Mercury, or Mercury of Bodies, has been ufed by alche-
mifts to denote the third of the principles or elements of
natural bodies, called alfo fpirit.

In this fenfe, mercury is defined the mott fubtile, light,
volatile, penetrating, and ative part of all bodies. See
Spirit. .

Mercury of Life, Mercurius vite, may, according to Mr.
Boyle, be moderated in its evacuating quality, by con-
tinually ftirring it in a flat glazed earthen veifel, over a fire,

MER

till it emits no fumes, and turns of a grey colour; and he
thinks this is the mercurius vite purgans fo often mentioned
by Riverias. Boyle, Works abr. vol. i. p. 74.

Mr. Godfre m (rd that what is called mercurius vite,
prepared of fublimate mercury and antimony, has no mer-
cury in it, but is the reguline part of the antimony, with
the acid of the fublimate ; and what remains is the mercury
formed into cinnabar by the fulphur of the antimony, See
ALGanot.

Mencury of Metals, or of the philofophers, is a pure fluid
fub{tance in form of common running mercury, faid to be
found in all mercury, and capable of being extraéted from
the fame,

The notion of mercury of metals is founded on the cem-
mon fy{tem of the alchemifts, that mercury or quickfilver is
the bafis or matter of all metals; and that metals are only
mercury fixed by a certain fulphur.

Mr. Boyle affures us, he had a way of drawing a true
running mercury, or quickfilver, from antimony.

Mencury alfo ferves as a title for books, and papers
of news; fo called from the heathen deity Mercury, fup-
pofed the meflenger of the gods. :

In the like fenfe, Mercury is always figuratively applied
to perfons who make it their bufinefs to colle& news, or to
run about and diftmbute it.

’ Mercury, in Heraldry, denotes the purple colour in the
coats of fovereign princes. See CoLour. ’

Mercury, in Mythology, the fon of Jupiter and Maia.
He was the god of merchandize, and therefore was fome-
times painted with a wand in his left hand, and a bag of mo-
ney in his right. He wasalfo the god of eloquence, and
the meffenger of the gods; and, as fuch, concerned in all
treaties of peace and alliance. He is pictured, therefore,
with a herald’s ftaff in his hand, entwined with two fnakes ;
wings on his feet, to fhew his fpeed; and a broad-brimmed
beaver with wings. He had a general power delegated to
him by Jupiter, of conduGting the fouls of men to their
proper place, after their parting from the body ; and re-con-
duéting them to our world again, when there was any parti-
cular occaiion for it. He was, moreover, the god of all
gainful arts; whence the proverb xowis tums, 1. €. commune
lucrum ; efpecially of things found by chance, the inventor
of the lyre, and of the exercife of wrefling. He was the
patron of thieves, having himfelf been expertthat way; and
the guide of travellers, for which reafon he had ftatues
four-fquare fet up to him in crofs-roads. (See TEr-
minus.) There are feveral marks whereby Mercury may

‘be known ; amonz which we may reckon the lightnefs and
agility of his perfon as the chief; but the moit remarkable

ef his diftinguifhing attributes are his petafus, or winged
cap ; the talaria, or wings to his feet ; and his wand, with
two ferpents about it, which they call his caduceus. Some-
times he is alfo reprefented with the chlamys, faftened over
his fhoulders on his breaft, and floating behind him in the
air. He is likewife diftinguifhed by his {word, with which
he killed Argus, called Harpé. As the form of Mercury
feems to be all intended for lightnefs and difpatch, the an-
cients might borrow this idea of him from his planetary cha-
raGer : thus Lucan, Pharfal. i. v. 663, in {peaking of Mer-
cury as the guiding intelligence of a planet, marks the {wift-
nefs of its motion.

It has been faid, and not without reafon, that the Mer-
cury of the Latins was the fame deity with the Hermes of
the Greeks, the Theutat of the Gauls, and the Thot or
Thaut of the Egyptians, from whom fome have thought
they were derived. His name Hermes fignified Interpreter,

or,

MER

or, according to Proclus, Meffenger, or, if we trace it toa
Celtic original, it was the fame with arines, which fignifies
divination, a character which belonged by way of eminence
to Mercury, who was diftinguifhed by his knowledge and
practice of this art. The Latin appellation was derived, ac-
cording to Feftus, from aterm denoting merchants, or ra-
ther merchandize, i.e. Mercurius a Mercibus ; and among the
Celts he obtained the name of Merk-ur, on account of his
introduction of traffic among them. Lactantius, the gram-
marian, reckons four of this name, and according to Cicero
there were five. Banier allows of none but the ancient
Mercury, the Thot, Thaut, or Taautus of the Egyptians,
and the Mercury, who, according to Hefiod, was the fon
of Jupiter and Maia. To this deity temples were built, and
altars erected. There is no perfonage in profane antiquity
more famous than the Egyptian Mercury. Being the foul
of Ofiris’s counfel, he was employed as his agent in the moit
important offices ; and during his abfence in India, he affift-
ed Ifis, the queen, with his advice, and exerted himfelf with
great affiduity and zeal in caufing arts and commerce to
flourifh through the whole country of Egypt. Ashe wasa
proficient in various f{ciences, he communicated his knowledge
to the Egyptians, and eftablifhed among them a variety of
inftitutions, which contributed to their reputation and pro-
fperity. Such is the account which is given of him by He-
rodotus and Diodorus Siculus. The fecond Mercury, or the
fon of Jupiter and Maia, became famous among the Titan
princes, and took poffeffion of Italv, Gaul, Spain, and
Mauritania in Africa. This prince is faid to have travelled
more than once into Egypt, in order to acquaint himfelf
with the arts aad fciences, the manners and cuftoms, and par-
ticularly the theology and magic of that country. He
was thus enabled, upon his return, to inftrué his own fub-
jeGts, and to acquire that high reputation for which he was
diftinguifhed, by exhibiting thofe qualities and performing
thofe fervices, which we have above recited. After various
contefts with the other fons of Jupiter, by whom he was re-
peatedly vanquifhed, he is faid to have retired into Egypt,
where he died; though others fay he ended his days in
Spain, where his tomb was to be feen. Such, fays Banier,
is the hiftory of Mercury, the Titan prince, which has been
much difguifed by the Greeks, and blended with feveral fa-
bles. Mercury was worfhipped by the Gauls, as Czfar in-
forms us, but, as we learn from Kircher, (Cid. Egypt.)
in Egypt, where the priefts confecrated to him the ttork,
the animal moft renowned among them next to the ox. It
was chiefly in the month of May that his feftival was cele-
brated, and the moft folemn parts of his worfhip were per-
formed.

The learned Bochart (Phaleg.1. i. c. 2.) traces the hif-
tory of Mercury to thatof Canaan. Both, he fays, were
the fons of Jupiter, or Ammon, who was the fame with
Ham ; one taking his name from Mercatura, merchandize,
and Canaan, he fays, had in Hebrew the fame fignification.
As Canaan was the fervant of his brethren, Mercury was
the meffenger of the gods. This deity had the charge of the
highways, becaufe the Phcenicians or Canaanites of the race
of Canaan were great travellers, and fettled colonies where-
ever they migrated. The wings of this god are the fails of
the Phoenician veffels. He was the god of eloquence, and
the inventor of letters, becaufe the Phoenicians brought the
ufe of them into the Weft. Others reprefent Mercury as
the fame with Mofes, and compare the miraculous rod of
that legiflator to the caduceus of this god. Such is the opi-
nion of Huetius.

This pagan divinity had two very diftin& names and cha-

#saGters; the Egyptian, known by the title of Hermes,

MER

a grave and venerable perfonage, who received divine
honours on account of his ufeful and extenfive talents for
every thing that was conducive to the good of fociety ; the
Mercury of the Greeks, on the contrary, was a profli-
gate character ; the god of thieves, the intriguing meffen-

er of Jupiter, and ufeful to him in all his amours. But to
both thefe divinities is afcribed the invention of mufic and
the lyre.

Among the various opinions of the feveral ancient writers
who have mentioned this circumftance, and confined the in-
vention to the Egyptian Mercury, that of Apollodorus is
the moft intelligible and probable. « The Nile,’”’ fays this
writer, ‘¢after having overflowed the wholecountry of Egypt,
when it returned within its natural bounds, left on the fhore
a great-number of dead animals of various kinds, and among
the refit, atortoife, the flefh of which being dried and wafted
by the fun, nothing was left within the fhell, but nerves and
cartilages, and thefe being braced and contraéted by deficca-
tion, were rendered fonorous; Mercury, in ipa pa
the banks of the Nile, happening to ftrike his foot again
the fhell of this tortoife, was fo pleafed with the found it pro-
duced, that it fuggefted to him the firlt idea of a lyre,
which he afterwards conftru&ted in the form of a tortoife,
and ftrung it with the dried finews of dead animals.”’

Of the Grecian Mercury, Horace, Ode x. lib, 1. gives us
the beft part of his character :

“ Thou god of wit, from Atlas fprung,
Who by perfuafive power of tongue, -
And graceful exercife, refin’d
The favage race of human kind,

Hail! winged meflenger of Jove,

And all th’ immortal powers above,

Sweet parent of the bending lyre,

Thy praife fhall all its founds infpire.
Artful and cunning to conceal

Whate’er in {portive theft you fteal,

When from the god who gilds the pole,

E’en yet a boy, his herds you {tole :

With angry voice the threat’ning pow’r

Bad thee thy fraudful prey reftore,

But of his quiver too beguil’d,

Pleas’d with the theft, Apollo fmil’d.
You were the wealthy Priam’s guide,

When fafe from A gamemnon’s pride,

Through hoftile camps, which round him fpread

Their watchful fires, his way he fped.

Unfpotted {pirits you confign

To blifsful feats and joys divine,

And, powerful with thy golden wand,

The light unbodied crowd command ;

Thus grateful does thy office prove

To gods below, and gods above.”’ Francis.

This ode contains the fubftance of a very long hymn to
Mercury, attributed to Homer. See HERMEs.

Mercury Bay, in Geography, a bay on the-N.E. coaft
of the northernmott of New Zealand, fo called by lieutenant
Cook, who anchored here in 1769, examined the adjoining
country, and in November of the fame year obferved the
tranfit of Mercury over the fun, from which planet it derived
its name. Southward and northward of this bay, there are
feveral iflands, and a fmall ifland or rock in the middle of
the entrance; within which ifland the depth of water no
where exceeds nine fathoms. The belt anchoring is ina
fandy bay, which lies juft*within the fouth head, in five and
four fathoms. This place is very convenient both for wooding
and watering, and in the river there is an immenfe quantity of

oytters

\

MER

oyfters and other fhell-fith, whence it was called by Cook the
« Oylter river.’ But for a hip that wants to flay here any
time, the belt and fafelt place is in the river at the head of
the bay, which, from the number of mangrove trees about
it, was called “ Mangrove river.” To fail into this river,
the fouth fhore mult be kept all the way on board.
,The country on the eaft fide of the river ne | bay iv very
barren : its only produce being fern, and a few other plants
that will grow ina poor foil. ‘The land on the N.W. fide is
covered with wood, and the foil being much more fertile,
would, with proper cultivation, produce all the neceffaries of
life; it iv not, however, fo fertile as the land obferved by
our navigators to the fouthward; nor do the inhabitants,
though numerous, make fo good an appearance ; they have
no plantations ; their canoes are mean, and without orna-
ment; they fleep in the open air; and fay, that 'Teratu,
whofe fovereigaty they do not acknowledge, if he were to
come among them, would killthem. ‘This favoured an opi-
nion of their being outlaws ; though they had ‘* Heppahs,’”’
or ftrong holds, to which they retired in time of immi-
nent danger. On the fhore, in feveral parts of the bay,
were found great quantities of iron fand, which is brought
down by every little rivulet of frefh water, that finds its
way from the country; a circumftance which demonftrates
that there is ore of that metal not far inland ; neverchelefs
none of the inhabitants of this place, or any other part of
the coatt, obferved by Cook and his companions, knew the
ufe of iron, or fet the leait value upon it: all of them pre-
ferring the moft worthlefs trifle, not only toa nail, but to
any tool of that metal. Our navigators, before they left
the bay, cut upon one of the trees, near the watering place,
the fhip’s name and that of the commander, withthe date of
the year, and month when they were there; and after dif-
playing the Englith colours, took a formal poffeflion of it
in the name of his Britannic majefty king George III.
— 36°47'. W. long. 184° 4'. Hawkefworth’s Voyages,
vol. ii.

Mercury Point, a cape on the E. coaft of New Zealand,
forming the N.E. point of Mercury bay.

Mercury J/les, a clufter of {mali iflands in the South
Pacific ocean, near the E. coalt of New Zealand, fituated
ina line, a little N.E. of Mercury Point.

MERCY, in Ethics, has the fame general nature and fources
as , which fee ; and feems to differ from it only in
this, that the object of it has forfeited his title to happinefs,
or the removal of mifery, by fome demerit, particularly
againft ourfelves. Here, therefore, refentment on account
of an injury done to ourfelves, or what is called a juft indig-
nation againft vice in general, interferes, and checks the other-
wife natural courfe of our compaffion, fo as, in the unmer-
ciful, entirely to put a ftop to it. But in the merciful, the
fources of compaffion prevail over thofe of refentment and’
indignation ; whence it appears, that the compaflion required
in atts of mercy is greater than“in common aéts of mere
compaffion ; agreeably to which it is obfervable, that mercy
is held in higher efteem than mere compaffion. The mercy
of God is that attribute of the divine nature, or that modi-
fication of benevolence, which refpeéts the mifery of man-
kind in conneGtion with their offences and demerit; and
the exercife of it makes provifion for their relief by afford-
ing them the means of recovery, by repentance and refor-
mation, fe that they may become fit obje&ts of pardon and
favour.

Mercy, in Law. See Misericorpia.

Mercy, Order of our Lady of, was inftituted, for the re-
demption of captives, as feveral writers affirm, by James I.
king of Arragon, in 1218; but others, on better authority,

MER

attribute the inftitution of the order to Peter Nolafque, a
native of Mar des Saintes Puclles, a town in the diocefe of
St. Papoule, one league diftant from Caftelnaudary. The
badge worn by the knights at their breaft was a {mall thield
ar fefs — and or ; in chief, a crofs pattée argent 5 in bale
our pallets gules, for Arragon: the thield crowned with a
ducal coronet.

Meney, Religious Order of, is {aid to have been inftituted
and liberally endowed, for ladies, in 1261, by Mary du
Secours, a woman of quality born at Barcelona: the ladies
of this order wore at their breaft a {mail thield of the arms
of the order, éxaétly fimilar to that worn by the knights.

Meney-Seat, in Scripture Hiflory. See Ank of the Co-
venant.

MERDDIN, in Biography, the fon of Mervyn, a cele-
brated Welth poet, who flourifhed about A.D. 560. He
ranked with Merddin Emyls, and Talieffin, as the three
principal Chriftian bards of Britain. Merddin is faid to have
flain his nephew in battle, on which account he fecluded
himfelf from fociety ina wood, whence he is called Merddin
the Wild, Owen’s Camb. Biog.

MERDESENGI. See Marpac.

MERDIN, or Marpin, in Geography, a fortified town
of Afiatic Turkey, in the province of Diarbekir. It is
fituated at the top of a very lofty and rugged mountain,
furrounded by a ftrong and lofty wall of hewn ftone, and
guarded by a {trong fort on the fummit of the mountain,
furnifhed with afew cannon. This town is of aconfiderable

_fize, and very populous. It is the fee of a bifhop, and the
greater part of its inhabitants confifts of Armenians, who
are very induftrious, and carry on feveral manufaétures.
They are hofpitable and well difpofed, enjoy a pure air, and
in general appear ruddy and healthy. Many of the women
are beautiful. Provifions, and particularly vegetables, are
plentiful, good, and cheap ; and they have alfo moft kinds
of fruits, of excellent quality, the climate being very hot in
the vallies, and temperate on the mountains. It is the re-
fidence of a pacha, in whofe train are 200 fpahis and 500
janizaries. This town, which feems to have been called
s*Zibin”? by Rauwolf, was taken and facked by Timur
Bec, but the fortrefs was invincible ; 50 miles S. of Diarbe-
kir.. N. lat. 37° 19’. E. long. 40°.

MERDIVORE, from merda, dung, and voro, I devour,
the dung-eaters, in Natural Hiflory, the name given by authors
to feveral flies, which feed on excrements of different ani-
mals. Of thefe there are three kinds very common among
us ; 1. The coprophagos, which is of a dun colour, with
a reddifh head, and a white ftreak along the middle of it:
2. The red dung-fly, which has filvery wings, a red body,
and black fhoulders : and, 3. The green one, which is of. a
very glittering hue, and has filvery wings.

MERDOO, in Geography, a town on the N. coaft of
the ifland of Sumatra. N. lat. 5°. E. long. 96° 20’.

MERDRIGNACG, atown of France, in the department
of the Northern Coafts, and chief place of acanton, in the
diftriG& of Londéac; 13 miles E. of Loudéac. The place
contains 2134, and the canton 10,044 inhabitants, ona ter-
ritory of 302% kiliometres, in nine communes.

MERE, a town of Norway, inthe government of Dron-
theim ; 68 miles N. of Drontheim.

Meng, a {mall market-town and parifh, ‘fituated in the
hundred of Mere, and county of Wilts, England. The
parifh is of an angular fhape, and is bounded on two fides
by the counties of Somerfet and Dorfet. Hence it is fup-
pofed to have derived its name. Mere, in the Saxon language,
is often ufed to denotea boundary or land mark. The ap-
pearance of the town is that of a ftraggling mn abe

oules

MER.

houfes being ill arranged and very indifferently built. In
the middle of it ftands a {mall crofs or market-houfe, where
a weekly market is held on Thurfdays, and two fairs annu-
ally. According to the parliamentary returns of 1801, it
contained 181 houfes, and 384 inhabitants. » A manufactory
of bed-ticking and dowlas is carried on here chiefly by the
women. ‘The church isan extenfive edifice, ornamented at
one end by a handfome tower. The living is vicarial, and in
the gift of the dean of Salifbury. In the parfonage houfe
was born Francis Potter, one of the moft fingular mechanical
geniufes of his age.

On an eminence ftil] called Caftle-hill, immediately adjoin-
ing the town, formerly itood a caftle, but few traces of its
walls can now be difcovered. Some encampments appear in
this neighbourhood, one of which, called by Leland * White-
fhole-hill,”” is furrounded by a double trench, and was proba-
bly occupied by the Danifh army, previous to fome engage-
ment with the celebrated Alfred.

About two miles N.W. of Mere is the parifh of Stourten,
in which is a noble feat, named Stourhead, the feat of fir
R.C. Hoare, bart. This gentleman has diftinguifhed him-
felf in the literary annals of the prefent age, by the publi-
cation of fome interefting and handfome works on the topo-
graphy and antiquities of Great Britain. One of thefe,
entitled “ The Hiltory of Ancient Wilthhire,”’ contains much
new and curious information refpeéting the charatteriftics of
encampments, barrows, flonehenge, &c. and a particular
account of fome fingular excavations, calied Penn-pitts, in
this neighbourhood. Stourhead is juitly noted among the
handfome feats of this county; and though the houfe has
no prominent architeétural beauties, yet it is ftored with
choice pi€tures, with drawings, and an extenfive and well
feleéted library. The pleafure grounds, woods, and water,
difplay many picturefque and fylvan beauties, and the whole
demefne is highly impreffive and interefting. See Britton’s
Beauties of Wilthhire.

MERECZ, a town of Lithuania, in the palatinate of
Troki, at the conflux of the Merecz and the Niemen; 28
miles N. of Grodno. ;

MEREDITH, Care, acape among the Falkland iflands,
in the South Atlantic ocean, between port Stephen’s and
cape Orford.

Merepitu, a townfhip of America, in Strafford county,
New Hampfhire, on the S.W. fide of lake Winipifcogee ;
15 miles N. of Gelmantown, and nine S.E. of Plymouth ;
incorporated in 1768, and firft called New Salem.—Alfo, a
poft-town in Delaware county, New York; 25 miles S. of
Cooperftown,

MEREEGA, HaAmmam, i. e. the baths of Mereega,
formerly the «* Aque Calide Coloniz,’’ a town of Algiers,
in the province of Tlemfan or Tremecen, fituated half wa
betwixt the fhelliff and the fea, eight miles E.N.E. of Ma-
liana, and celebrated for its hot baths. The large{t and the
moft frequented of them is a bafon 12 feet fquare, and four
deep: and the water, which bubbles up in a degree of heat
{carcely fupportable, after it has filled this ciftern, pafles
on toa much {maller one ufed by the Jews, who are not per-
mitted to bathe incompany, or in the fame place with the
Mahometans. Thefe baths were formerly covered, and had
corridores furrounding the bafons; but they now lie ex-
poled to the weather, and are half filled with ftones and
rubbifh. Neverthelefs they are reforted to by a great
concourfe of people in the {pring, which is the feafon of
thefe waters; accounted very efficacious for curing the
jaundice, rheumatic pains, and fome of the moft inveterate
diftempers. Higher up the hill is another bath, which
being of too intenfe a heat for bathing, has its water con-

MER

; du&ed through a long pipe into another chamber, where it
is ufed in © Duccian,’’? an operation fimilar in its nature and .
effe&t with pumping. Betwixt this and the lower bath are
the ruins of an old Roman town equal to that of ‘* Herba;
andat a little diftance from it are tombs and coffins of ftone,
of an unufual fize; 24 miles S.E. of Sherfhell: Shaw’s
Travels.

MERENDERA, in Botany, a name given by the Spa-
niards to this plant and fome that refemble it, and which may
perhaps be tolerated, like a few others of barbarous origin,
as being fufficiently harmonious. Ramond Bullet. Philemat.
n. 47.178. t. 12. f. 2. Redout. Liliac. v. 1. 25.—Clafs and
order, Hexandria Trigynia. Nat. Ord. Coronaria, Linn.
Junci, Juff.

Cal, Sheath of one leaf. Cor. of fix petals, funnel-
fhaped, equal; claws erect, long and linear ; borders ellip-
tic-lanceolate, {preading. Stam. Filaments fix, thread-fhaped,
equal, inferted into the claws of the petals, fhorter than the
limb, permanent ; anthers terminal, erect, awl-fhaped. Pi/f.
Germen three-lobed, fuperior, fomewhat ftalked, obleng,
acute ; ftyles thread-fhaped, the length of the ftamens ;
ftigmasfimple. Peric. Capfule ftalked, oblong, three-lobed,
acute, of three valves and three cells, opening at their inner
edge. Seeds feveral in each cell, obovate, ftalked, ranged
along the margins of each valve.

Eff. Ch. Sheath of one valve. Petals fix, with long claws.
Anthers vertical. Capfule of three cells, opening at their
inner edge. Steds feveral.

1. M. Bulbocodium. Pyrenean Merendera. Redout. Li-
liac. t. 25. (Bulbocodium vernum; Desfort. Atlant. v. 1-
284, excluding the fynonyms, according to Redouté, but
the defcription does not entircly agree. Colchicum monta-
num minus, verficolore flore; Cluf. Hift. v. 1. 201. Ger.
em. 160.)—Found in the grafly paltures of the higheit of
the Pyrenean mountains, flowering at the commencement of
autumn, and ripening feed in the following fpring. Root
an ovate bulb. Stemnone. Leaves three or four, produced
after the flower is paft, radical, fpreading, linear, acute,
channelled, fmooth, afpan long. lower folitary, radical,
the fize of a fmall Crocus, with purplifh rofe-coloured
petals, white at their bafe, and yellow anthers. Cap/ule
{mall, brown, elevated on a ftalk two inches high.—We
have copied from Redouté the quotation of Ramond. This
plant might perhaps, without violence to nature, be re-
ferred to Colchicum.

MERETRIX, among the Romans. The meretrices
were the better fort of courtezans, and differed much from
the proflibule, or common prottitutes, who had bills or in-
{eriptions, fituli, over their doors, and were ready at all
times to entertain their cultomers, whereas the meretrices
entertained none but at night.

‘Lhe meretrices were diftinguifhed from the matrons by their
drefs, being obliged to wear the ¢oga and fhort tunics, like
thofe of the men ; whereas the matrons wore the /fola, which
was a garment that reached down to their feet, as did like-
wife their pal/a, or outer robe.

ME/RE'VILLE, in Geography, a town of France, in
the department of the Seine and Oife, and chief place of a
canton, in the diftri&t of Corbeil; 10 miles from Eftampes.
The place contains 1307, and tke canton 8012 inhabitants,
on a territory of 240 kiliometres, in 20 communes.

MERG, a town of Africa; 30 miles N. of Fez..

MERGANSER, in Ornithology, the name of a large water-
fowl, called in Englifh the goo/ander, and by fome authors the
harle.

This is the Mergus merganfer in the Linnzan fyftem :
the bill of the male of this fpecies is about three inches

I long,

MER

long, narrow, and finely ferrated : the colour of the bill as
well as of the irides is red; the head is large, and the feathers
on the hind part long and loofes the colour black, finely
— with green ; the upper part of the neck the fame ;
the lower part and under fide of the body of a fine pale yel-
low; the upper part of the back and inner feapulars are
black ; the lower part of the back and tail are afh-coloured ;
the tail confills of eighteen feathers; the greater quill-
feathers are black, the lefler white, fome of which are
edged with black; the coverts at the fetting on of the
wings are black ; the reft white; and the legs of a deep
orange colour. Pennant. See Menaus.

RGEN, a word ufed by fome of the chemical writers
to exprefs coral.

MERGENTHEIM, in Geography, a town of Germany,
on the S. fide of the Tauber; the refidence of the grand
matter of the Teutonic order, and feat of the regency ;
25 miles S.S.W, of Wurzburg. N. lat. 49° a1’. E. long.

9” 27.

MERGER, in Law, is where a leffer eftate in lands, &c.
is drowned in the greater; as, if the fee comes to tenant
for years or life, the particular eftates are merged in the fee :
but an eftate tail cannot be merged in an eftate fee ; for no
eftate in tail can be extin&, by the acceflion of a greater
eftate to it. If a leffor, who had the fee, marries with the
leffee for years, this is no merger, becaufe he hath the inhe-
ritance in his own, and the leafe in right of his wife. And
where a man hath aterm in his own right, and the inheritance
defcends to his wife, fo that he hath a freehold in her right,
the term is not merged or drowned.

MERGIAN, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in the
province of Segeitan ; 32 miles S.S.W. of Kin.

MERGUEN Horun, a town of Chinefe Tartary ;
670 miles N.N.E. of Peking. N. lat. 49° 12/. E. long.
142° 20'.

MERGUJ, a fea-port town of the kingdom of Siam,
~ fituated S. of Tavoy, on an ifland near the E. coaft, with a
harbour that is accounted one of the belt in India. The fea
near the coaft being full of iflands, is denominated by captain
Forreit the Mergui Archipelago. - N. lat. 12°6'. E. long.

98° 23'.

MERGUS, in Ornithology, a genus of birds of the
order Anferes. The trivial name of this genus is Merganj/er :
the bill is toothed, flender, cylindrical, hooked at the point ;
noftrils fmal!, oval, in the middle of the bill ; feet four-toed,
the outer toe longeit. There are ten {pecies, of which five
are common to our country; the others are natives of Eu-
rope and America. The birds of this genus live on fifh,
and are very deftruétive in ponds.

, Species.

Cucurratus, Crefted Merganfer. Creft globular, white
on each fide; body above brown, beneath white. It in-
habits North America; and is 17 inches long; it builds
near lakes, forming its neft of grafs, and down plucked
from its own breaft; lays from four to fix eggs. The bill
and legs are black ; irids golden ; creft larger than the head,
edged with black. ‘The female is brown ; creft lefs, ferru-

us.

* Mercanser, Goofander. Subcreited ; white head;
neck, upper part of the breaft, and wings gloffy-black ; tail
cinereous. It weighs about four pounds when full grown ;
its length is two feet four inches, It is found in Europe,
Afia, and America. Sometimes the goofander vifits our
rivers and lakes in fevere winters, but retires to the more
northern latitudes to breed. It has been known to build on

Vou. XXIII.

MER

trees, like the cormorant, but more frequently among rocks
or flones, aud lays r4eggs, which, with the bird itfelf, are
eagerly devoured by the weazcl. It {wime with its head
above the water; dives deep; remains a long time below,
and rifes ata confiderable diflance. Its fleth is rancid, though
fometimes eaten. In queft of fith, it dives with great ce-
lerity, and holds its fippery prey with great fecurity by
means of its toothed bill, fo adenivably adapted to the pur-
rfe. Bill, legs, and irids red ; greater quill-feathers black,
fler white.

* Caston, Dun-diver. Crefted, cinereous; head and
upper part of the neck bay ; chin, middle quill-feathers, and
belly white. It weighs about two pounds and a half, mea-
fures twenty-five ri in length. Inhabits the fame coun-
tries with the preceding. It Sas been regarded by fome na-
turalilts as the female of another {pecies, but the labyrinth),
or enlargement at the bottom of the wind-pipe, feems to
others to prove it to be a male, and confequently a diftiné
{pecies, Bill and irids red ; belly fometimes flefh-colour.

* Serrator, Red-breafted Merganfer. Creft pendent ;
breaft variegated with reddith ; ilies white ; tail-feathers
brown, varied with cinereous. It inhabits the northern parts
of Europe, Afia, and America; and is 21 incheslong. The
bill beneath and legs are red; feathers of the fides of the
breaft large, white, edged with black, covering the fore-part of
the folded wings. Inthe malethe hind-head 1s crefted ; head
and upper part of the neck green. The female is {carcely
crefted at all; the head and eginning of the neck rufous,
There are two other varieties diftinguifhed by differences of
colouring marks; the /econd above is black, beneath
white ; greater quill-feathers black ; tail brown; variety of
the male: the third is above black, beneath white ; neck
bay ; wings with a tranfverfe white flripe; greater quill-
feathers and tail black ; variety of the female.

ImpeRraLis, Imperial Goofander. Varied with black,
brown, and grey ; head {mooth; firft quill-feathers black ; it
has no wing-fpot ; bill and legs reddifh-white. It inhabits
Sardinia ; 1s the fize of a goofe; and the tongue fringed.

* ALsBELLus, Smew or White Nun. Creft pendent ;
hind-head black ; body white; back and temples black ;
wings variegated. Inhabits Europe and America; breeds
in the Arétic regions, and is driven to the fouth only by
fevere weather, Biil and legsblack ; wing-fpot white ; oval
{pot from the bill furrounding the eyes, back, and two arched
lines on each fide near the beginning of the wings, black.
Female, head fmooth, grey ; band acrofs the eyes black,
and under the eyes a white f{pot; body above blackifh-
brown, beneath white; upper part of the head bay ; chin
white.

* Misxutus, Minute Merganfer. Brown-afh, beneath
and chin white ; head and upper part of the neck ferrugi-
nous; wing-fpot white before and behind. There is a va-
riety having a fmooth head ; black back ; belly white; bill
and legs blood-red ; firft quill-feathers black ; tail cine-
reous. .

Furcirer, Fork-tailed Merganfer. Black ; head finooth ;
hind-head, neck, vent, belly, and lateral tail-feathers white ;
front and cheeks pale brown; the tail is forked. Bill
black ; dirty-red at the fides ; from the ears on each fide,
through the fides of the neck to the breaft, there is a black
band.

Fuscus, Brown Merganfer. Crefted ;_brown, beneath
white ; chin and breaft {potted with black ; wings black
with a white band. It is found in Hudfon’s bay, and is 17
inches long. Hind-head crefted ; behind the eyes a white

Xx band

MER

band extending to the nape ; lower part of the creft black ;
breaft blueifh waved with whitifh ; legs yellowifh.

C#ruteus, Blue Merganfer. Crefted; blue ; crown
and tail black ; chin, belly, and {pot on the wings white. It
inhabits Hudfon’s bay, and is 14 inches long. ‘The bill of
this fpecies is long and black; legs are blue. We hall
now conclude this article with fome general obfervations on
the whole genus.

Thefe birds, with few exceptions, are of a middle fize,
between that of a goofeand of a duck. The edges of both
mandibles are ferrated, the tongue is thick, fet with {mall
briftles pointing backward ; an happy contrivance for hold-
ing the flippery fifhes which form their prey, and conducting
it into the bird’s throat. They {wallow with an undittin-
guifhable voracity, fifhes, that are by far too large to enter
entire into the ftomach ; and hence, while the one end is di-
gefting in the cefophagus, the other often remains in the
throat.

The head and back of the merganfer are black, beautified
with a glofs of green. The lower parts of the body are
white, the breaft tending toa pale yellow. The tail is grey,
the eyes, feet, and part of the bill, are red. As this
bird is obliged to fearch for its food by diving, it is capable
of remaining a long time under water; and for this purpofe,
is furnifhed with a quantity of air, lodged ina cavity of its
body, to ferve the purpofe of refpiration while it remains
below.

The merganfers, from their voracity, and their expertnefs
in fwimming, are perhaps the moft deltructive of all birds
that plunder the waters ; while their flefh, which is dry, and
of abad flavour, makes but a fmall compenfation for the de-
vaftations which they commit.

Some of them build in trees; but the greater part in rocks,
jutting over precipitous forelands. One or two {pecies are
faid to have been found as high up the North feas as Iceland,
_ but thisis uncommon. Inall the fpecies, the female is of a
f{maller fize than the male, and differs confiderably in the dif-
tribution of her colours. Her head is red; and the mantle
or back and neck-feathers grey. The white nun is the moft
beautiful of the whole tribe ; the white plumage of the fore
parts, and the black mantle that covers its back, are each
perfe& in their kind; the tuft of {mall detached feathers
white upon the crown, but of a dark green fhaded with pur-
ple upon the hind part, produces a very elegant effect ; while
to complete this modeft and religious drefs of the white nun,
the lower part of the neck is half furrounded with a collar
of long filky feathers like velvet.

Mercus cirratus miner, in Ornithology, a name by which
Gefner calls the capo negro, a fpecies of duck, called in
Englifh the tufted duck.

MERIANA, and MeRtaneELLA, in’ Botany.
THOLYZA and WaTSONIA.

MERIANTA, named by Swartz in memory of Maria
Sybilla Merian, daughter of a German engraver, who was
born at Frankfort on the Maine, April 12th 1647, and was
the wife of John Andrew Graff? This lady is celebrated
for her zeal in the purfuit of natural hiflory, efpecially in
what relates to the metamorphofes of infeéts, and for her
great {kill in the ufe of the pencil. She publifhed a work,

See An-

of which chere have been feveral editions, in folio or quarto,

with plates, on European infe&ts, and the plants they feed

upon ; but her moft famous book, detailing the metamor-

phofes of Surinam infeéts, is a fplendid folio, of which ori-

ginal coloured copies are very rare and valuable. Botany

was with her a fecondary obje€t, nor are her delineations,

however magnificent, always remarkable for accuracy. She
2

MER

performed feveral voyages in purfuit of her favourite objeét.
Sir Hans Sloane purchafed what were fuppofed to be her
original drawings on vellum, but the copy exhibited in the
Britifh Mufeum, has certainly marks of the graver, though
it may have been coloured by her hand. She died at Am-
fterdam in 1717.—Swartz Ind. Occ. 823. Willd. Sp. PL.
v. 2. 600.—Clafs and order, Decandria Monogynia. Nat.
Ord: Calycantheme, Linn. Melaftomae, Jull.

Gen. Ch. Cai. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, campanu-

_ late, permanent, its margin in five, fhort, obtufe, mem-

branous fegments, each accompanied by a long, external
tooth. Cor. Petals five, inferted below the throat of the
calyx, ovate, fomewhat leathery, fpreading, deciduous.
Siam. Filaments ten, fixed internally to the five-fided margin
of the calyx, within the petals, broad at the bafe, bent in
the upper part; anthers long, broadifh, bent backward,
pointed at the fummit, opening there by two pores, Pif?.
Germen fuperior, roundifh, five-fided, in the bottom of the
calyx ; ftyle thick, club-fhaped, bent downward ;_ ftigma
obtufe. Peric. Capfule in the bottom of the bell-fhaped
calyx, covered by the calyx; but unconnected with it,
naked above, roundifh, five-fided, five-celled, five-valved ;
the partitions contrary to the valves. Seeds numerous, mi-
nute. Recept. crefcent-fhaped.

Eff. Ch. Calyx bell-fhaped, five-cleft. Petals five, in-
ferted into the calyx. Stamens declining. Capfule diftin@,
of five cells; the partitions contrary to the valves. Seeds
numerous.

1. M. leucantha. White-flowered Meriania. Swartz Ind.
Occ. 826. t. 15. f. a. (Rhexia leucantha; Swartz
Prod. 61.)—Leaves oblong, fhining. Flowers with two
bra&teas—Native of the higheft mountains of Jamaica,
flowering in the fummer and autumn.—This is a fhining, ele-
gant tree, whofe ftraight rung, covered with a {mooth dark,
is from 15 to 30 feet in height. Branches ere&t, roundifh,
fmooth ; fmaller ones quadrangular, compreffed, furrowed,
brittle. Leaves oppofite, crofling each other in pairs, ovate-
oblong, pointed, three-nerved, toothed and cartilaginous at
the margin, paler, and beautifully veined like net-work be-
neath ; {mooth on both fides; very fhining, four or five
inches long ; on angulated {mooth /fvot/talks which are chan-
nelledabove. Flower-/talks at the axils of the terminal leaves,
oppofite, folitary, remote, an inch and a half long, round,
comprefied, erect, fingie-flowered, fmooth. Bradeas two,
oppolite, nearly feffile, ovato-lanceolate, pointed, entire,
three-nerved, pale. F/owers large and handfome, white, or
flightly flefh-coloured, inodorous, fomewhat drooping.

+2. M. purpurea. Purple Meriania. Swartz Ind.
Occ. 829. t. 15. f. b. ~“(Rhexia purpurea ; Swartz
Prod. 61.)—Leaves ovato-lanceolate. Flowers with four
braéteas. —Grows in fimilar fituations to the haft, and flowers
in autumn. ‘The prefent f{pecies differs chiefly from MV. leu-
cantha in being confiderably {maller, in having its eaves of a
brownifh-green, its {maller branches round, not quadran-
gular, and its flowers of a deep blood or purple colour, ac-
companied by four draéeas inftead of two. The corolla in
each fpecies is as large as that of a fingle wild rofe. We
find the fecond fpecies, in the herbarium of the younger
Linnzus, marked Wrightia fuperba, and we recolle& to have
feen the fame name at Sir Jofeph Banks’s, which, when the
genus waseftablifhed, ought to have been retained in juftice
toa very indefatigable colle€tor and botanift who firft fent

. the fpecimens to Europe, Dr. Wm, Wright, now of Edin-

burgh.
MERJAPOUR, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan,
in Bahar; 28 miles S.S.W, of Bahar.
MERI-

MER
MERIBASA, a river of Afiatic Turkey, which rans

into the Mediterranean, near Adana,
MERICHSWAND, a fertile tra&t of Switzerland, in
the canton of Luccon, four miles long, and two broad, fe-
arated from the re(t of the canton. In itis a parochial vil-
age near the Rufz.

ERIDA, an ancient town of Spain, in Eftramadura,
feated on an eminence, near the Guadiana. Lt was anciently
large, populous, and flourifhing, and much embellifhed by
the Romans, fo that it now only prefents an image of its
former grandeur and magnificence, ‘This town became a co-
lony under the emperor Augu(tus, and being peopled, after
the war with the Cantabrians, with foldiers of the sth and
roth legions, took the name of that prince, and was called
« Emerita Augulta.” (See Avousra.) Writers differ
about its extent ; fome afligning to it cight miles, and others
fix leagues of circumference. It wuiaebichield the largett
in Spain, under the Romans. Under the dominion of the
Goths, it preferved its monuments ; but when it was taken
by the Moors, A.D. 713, it was very much ranfacked and
deftroyed. From them it was retaken by Alphonfo IX.,
king of Cattile and Leon, in 1230; and ee that period it
rey iter always attached to the kingdom of Cattile. It lies
ia that part of Spain which the Romans called Vetonia ;
but notwith{tanding its former extent and populoufnefs, the
number of its prefent inhabitants {carcely amounts to 5000.
Under the Gothic kings it was the fee oh an archbifhop, and
the feat of fome provincial councils. The archiepifcopal fee
was removed to Compottella by pope Calixtus II., under king
Alphonfo VII., whilft this town was inthe poffeffion of the
Moors. When it was retaken by Alphonfo I1X., he gave
it to the military order of St. James, and it {till belongs to
this order. Merida took as arms the reverfe of a medal
ftruck under Auguitus for commemorating its ereétion into
a Roman colony ; this is a gate of a town formed by two
arches with two towers, and a femicircular enclofure, which
extended from one to the other. It {till affords confiderable
wrecks of its ancient magnificence under the Romans. Here
they built fuperb bridges and magnificent temples ; triumphal
arches and beautiful aquedu&s ; here they raifed edifices for
public feafts and games; a circus, a theatre, anda nau-
machia. The veltiges of thefe grand public monuments are ftill
vifible ; of which fome are in and others out of the town.
The baths are in a better ftate of prefervation than moft of
the other monuments. _ In its vicinity are two large refervoirs
of water, refembling lakes, called Albafera and Albuera.
One is go feet long, and 51 deep, furrounded by thick walls,
and ornamented with two beautiful towers ; about a league
from the town. The other is at the diftance of two leagues ;
it is {mall, but the walls which contain the waters, and the

t tower which ferves as an aperture for air, are much finer.
Phe environs of Merida are pleafant and fertile; abounding
in wine, good fruits, and grain, with excellent pafture ; nine
leagues from Badajoz. N. lat. 38° 48’. W. long. 6° 3’.

Merina, the capital of Yucatan, in the audience of
Mexico ; lying near the N. fide of the province between the
of Mexico and Honduras ; the refidence of a governor,

and fee of a bifhop; 130 miles N.E.. of Campeachy. N.
lat. 21° 38’. W. long. go° 36'.—Alfo, a town of South
America, in the government of Caraccas, founded in 1558
by John Rodriguez Suarez, under the name of Santiago de

los Caballeros, and fituated in a valley three leagues long,

and about three quarters of a league wide in its broadeit
part. It is furrounded by three rivers, Mucujun, Albar-

s, and Chama, neither of which is navigable. At fome
Giese from the city are plantations of fugar, cacao, and

MER

coffee. All the environs of Merida abound with fruitss
maize, beans, peas, potatoes, caflada, wheat of the finell quae
lity, barley, &c. Excellent meat is purchafed here at a very
moderate price. The climate is variable, fo that every day
it experiences the four feafons of the year. The weft wind
is particularly infalubrious; the raine are heavy, and fall
through the year, but with peculiar violence from the month
of March to November. This city is the fee of a bifhop
and a chapter. It pofleffes a college and feminary for the
education of minifters who condu@& the Catholic worthip 5
and for other clafles of inhabitants. ‘The orders of St. Do-
minic and of St. Augultin, and alfo of St. Clair, have each a
convent ; and befides the cathedral, they have feveral places
of worfhip. ‘The number of inhabitants at Merida amounts
to 11,500, of all colours and of all clafles. No clafs here
difdains labour ; the white are employed in agriculture, the
rearing of cattle, and the offices of the ecclefiaflical flate,
The people of colour fabricate different articles of cotton and
wool. Merida is diftant from Maracaibo 80 leagues to the
5. 3 from Caraccas 140 leagues to the S.E., and from Va-
rinas 25 leagues S.E. N. lat. 8° 10'.. W. long. 73° 45’.

MERIDIAN, in Aflronomy, a great circle of the {phere,
pafling through the zenith, nadir, and poles of the world,
crofling the equinoétial at right angles, and dividing the
{phere into two hemifpheres, the one eaftern, and the other
wettern,

It is called meridian, from the Latin meridies, noon, or
mid-day, becaufe when the fun is in this circle, it is noon
in thole places fituated under it.

Menrip1an, in Geography, is a great circle, as PA QD,
( Plate 1. Geography, fig.9.) pafling through the poles of
the earth P and Q: and any given place at Z. So that the
plane of the terreftrial meridian is in the plane of the celeftial
one.

Hence, 1, as the meridian invefts the whole earth, there
are feveral places fituated under the fame meridian. And,
2, as it is noon-tide whenever the centre of the fun is in the
meridian of the heavens; and as the meridian of the earth is
in the plane of the former ; it follows, that it is noon at the
fame time, in all places fituate under the fame meridian.
3. There are as many meridians on the earth as there are
points conceived in the equator. In effect. the meridians
always change, as you change the longitude of the place ;
and may be faid to be infinite; each refpe@tive place from
eaft to weft having its refpeGtive meridian.

Menrin1An, Firf, is that from which the reft are accounted,
reckoning from weit to eaft. The firft meridian is the be-
ginning of longitude.

‘The fixing of the firft meridian is a matier merely arbi-

; ard hence different perfons, nations, and ages, have
fixed it differently ; whence fome confufion has ar:fen in
geography. The rule among the ancients was, to make it
pafs through the place fartheit te the weft that was known.
But the moderns knowing that there is no fuch place in the
earth as can be efteemed the moft wefterly, the way of com.
puting the longitudes of places from one fixed point is much
laid afide.

Ptolemy affumed the meridian that paffes through the
fartheft of the Canary iflands as his firft meridian; that
being the moft weftern place of the world then known.
After him, as more countries were difcovered in that quarter,
the firft meridian was removed farther off. The Arabian
geographers chofe to fix the firft meridian upon the-utmoft
fhore of the weftern ocean. Some fixed it to the ifland of
St. Nicholas, near Cape Verd; Hondius to the ifle of St.
James; others to the ifland of Del Corvo, one of the

Xx2 Azores ;

MER

Azores; becaufe on that ifland the magnetic needle, at that
time, pointed dire@ily north, without any variation ; and it
was not then known that the variation of the needle is itfelf
fubje& to variation, The lateft geographers, particularly the
Dutch, have pitched on the Pike of Teneriffe ; others on
the ifle of Palm, another of the Canaries ; and, laftly, the
French, by command of their king, on the ifland of Ferro,
another of the Canaries.

But, without much regard to any of thefe rules, our
geographers and map-makers frequently affume the meridian
of the place where they live, or the capital of their country,
for a firft meridian; and thence reckon the longitudes of
their places.

The aftronomers in their calculations ufually choofe the
meridian of the place where their obfervations are made, for
their firft meridian; as Ptolemy, at Alexandria; Tycho
Brahe, at Uranibourg; Riccioli, at Bologna; Mr. Flam-
fteed, at the Royat Obfervatory at Greenwich; and the
French, at the Obfervatory at Paris.

Menipian of a Globe, or Sphere, is the brazen circle in
which the globe hangs and turns. See Gloss.

It is divided into four nineties, or three hundred and fixty
degrees, beginning at the equinoGial : on it, each way, from
the equinoétial, on the celeitial globe, is counted the fouth
and north declination of the fun or ftars ; and on the terref-
trial globe, the latitude of places north and fouth. There
are two points on this circle, called the poles ; anda diameter,
continued from thence through the centre of either globe,
is called the axis of the earth, or heavens, on which they are
fuppofed to turn round.

On the terreftrial globes there are ufually thirty-fix meri-
dians drawn, one through every tenth degree of the equator,
or through every tenth degree of longitude.

The ufes of this circle are, to fet the globes to any par-
ticular latitude, to fhew the fun’s or a ftar’s declination,
right afcenfion, greateft altitude, &c. :

Meripian Line, an arc, or part of the meridian of the
place, terminated each way by the horizon.

Or, a meridian line is the interfeCtion of the plane of the
meridian of the place with the plane of the horizon, vulgarly
called a north and fouth line, becaufe its direction is from one
pole towards the other. ‘

The ufe of a meridian line in aftronomy, geography,
dialling, &c. is very great, and on its exaGtnefs all depends ;
whence infinite pains have been taken by divers aftronomers
to fix it to the utmoft precifion. M. Caffini has diftinguifhec
himfelf by a meridian line drawn on the pavement of the
church of S. Petronio, at Bologna, the largeft and moft
accurate in the world; being 120 feet in length. In the
roof of this church, a thoufand inches above the pavement,
1s a little hole, through which the fun’s image, when in the
meridian, falling upon the line, marks his proyrefs all the
year. When finifhed, M. Caffini, by a public writing,
informed the mathematicians of Europe, of a new oracle
of Apollo, or the fun, eftablifhed in a temple, which might
be confulted, with entire confidence, as to all difficulties in
aftronomy. See Gnomon.

To draw a Meridian Line.—Knowing the fouth quarter
pretty nearly, obferve the altitude FE (Plate XVII.
Afironomy, fig. 3.) of fome ftar on the eaftern fide thereof,
not far from the meridian HZRN: then, keeping the
quadrant firm on its axis, fo as the plummet. may ftill cut
therfame degree, only direGting it to the weftern fide of the
metidian, wait till you find the ftar has the fame alti-
tude as ‘before, fre. Laltly, bife& the angle E C e, formed
by the interfection of the two.planes wherein the quadrant

MER

is placed at the time of the two obfervations, by the right
line HR. This H R is a meridian line.

Or thus: on the horizontal plane, from the fame centre
C (fig. 4.) defcribe feveral arcs of circles BA, ba, &e.
and on the fame centre, C, ereé& a ftyle, or gnomon, per-
pendicular to the plane A C B, a foot or half a foot long.
About the twenty-firlt of June, between the hours of nine
and eleven in the morning, and between one and three in the
afternoon, cbferve the points B,4, &c. A, a, wherein the
fhadow of the ftyle terminates. Bifec&t the arcs A B, ad,
&c. in D, d, &c. If then the fame right line DE bife&
all the arcs A B, ad, &c. it will be the meridian line fought.

As it is difficult to determine the extremity of the fhadow
exactly, it is beft to have the ftyle flat at top, and to drill a
little hole, noting the lucid fpot projected by it on the
arcs AB and a4, initead of the extremity of the fhadow.
Otherwife the circles may be made with yellow, inftead of
black, &c.

A good meridian line for regulating clocks and watches
may be had by the following method: make a round hole,
almost a quarter of an inch in diameter, in a thin plate of
metal; and fix the plate in the top of a fouth window in
fuch a manner, that it may recline from the zenith at an
angle equal to the co-latitude of your place, as nearly
as you can guefs; for then the plate will face the fun
direGtly at noon on the equinoétial days. Let the fun
fhine freely through the hole into the room, previanfly
darkened ;- and hang a plumb-line to the ceiling of the
room, at leaft five or fix feet from the window, in fuch a
place as that the fun’s rays, tranfmitted through the hole,
may fall upon the line when it is noon by the clock; and
having marked the faid place on the ceiling, take away the
line. Having adjufted a fliding-bar to a dove-tail groove,
in a piece of wood about eighteen inches long, and fixed a
hook into the middle of the bar, nail the wood to the above-
mentioned place in the ceiling, parallel to the fide of the
room in which the window is; the groove and bar being
towards the floor. Then hang the plumb-line upon the
hook in the bar, the weight or plummet reaching almolt to
the floor: when this is done, find the true folar time, and
thereby regulate your clock or watch. Then, at the mo-
ment of next noon by the clock, when the fun fhines, move
the fliding-bar in the groove until the fhadow of the plumb-
line bifects the image of the fun on the floor, wall, or on a
white fcreen placed on the north fide of the line; the
plummet, or weight at the end of the line, hanging freely ~
in a pail of water, placed below it on the floor. By repeated
corrections, on the following days, with the fun and clock,
this method may be brought to a very great exaéinefs.
This meridian line will not only be fufficient for the regula-
tion of clocks and watches, to the true mean time, by equa-
tion tables, but alfo for moft altronomical purpofes. Fer-
gufon’s Le&. on fele&t Subjeéts, &c. le&. x.

Several authors have invented particular initruments and
methods for the defcribing of meridian lines, or rather for
determining equal altitudes of the fun in the eaftern and
weftern parts of the heavens; as Mr. Grey, Dr. Derham,
&c. in the Philofophical TranfaGtions. But as the former
of the methods above delivered fuffices for aftronomical ob-
fervations, and the latter for more ordinary occafions, we
fhall forbear to give any defcriptions of them.

From what has been fhewn, it is evident, that whenever
the fhadow of the ftyle covers the meridian line, the centre
of the fun is in the meridian ; and, therefore, it is then noon.’
And hence the ufe of a meridian line in adjufting the motion
of clocks, &c. to the fun.

“Hence .

MER

Hence alfo, if the meridivn line be bifeéted by a right
line OV, drawn perpendicularly through the point C, OV
will be the interleétlon of the meridian, and firlt vertical ;
a confequently, O will thew the eatt point, and V the
welt,

Laftly, if a ftyle be erected perpendicularly in any other
horizontal plane, and a fignal be given when the fhadow of
the ftyle, covers the meridian line drawn in another plane,
noting’ the apex, or extremity, of the thadow projected
by the flyle, a line drawn from that point through that
wherein the ftyle is raifed, will be a meridian line.

One meridian line being given, another may be drawn
upon another horizontal plane by the following method;
bang a thread with a plummet exaétly over the fouth end
of the meridian line given, and another thread with a plum-
met over the fouth end of the plane upon which the meri-
dian line is to be drawn ; let one perfon obferve at noon the
moment when the fhadow of the firlt thread falls exactly
upon the meridian given, and let another obferver, at the
fame time, mark two diftant points in the fhadow of the
fecond thread: a line drawn through thofe points is the
meridian line required. By the fame method may a meri-
dian line be found upon a fouth wall, by making two points
in the fhadow of a thread hung at a little diftance from it :
if the meridians are near, he, that obferves the fhadow of the
firft thread, may let the other know the moment it falls
upon the meridian line, by faying now: if they are far dif-
tant, it fhould be done by the motion of the hand, becaufe
found takes fome time to pafs from one place to another.
The meridian line is the batfis of aftronomical obfervations :
a meridian line being found, there may be placed over it
a quadrant or fextant in fuch’a manner, that though it be
moved up or down to give it different elevations, in order
to view through the fights of it the celeitial bodies at their
different altitudes ; yet the plane of that fide of the inftru-
ment upon which the degrees are marked fhall continue all
the while in the plane of the meridian. Of this kind is the
mural arc inthe royal obfervatory at Greenwich. See Me-
RIDIAN Altitude.

Menip1an Line, on a dial, is a right line arifing from the
interfeétion of the meridian of the place with the plane of
the dial. This is the line of twelve o’clock, and from
hence the divifion of the hour-line begins.

Merinian, Magnetical, is a great circle, pafling through
or by the magnetical poles; to which the magnetic needle,
or needle of the mariner’s compals, if not otherwile hindered,
conforms itfelf.

MenipiAn Altitude of the fun or ftars is, their altitude
when in the meridian of the place where they are obferved.
See AnriTuDE.

To take the Meridian Altitude of the Stars.—A ttronomers
make two principal kinds of obiervations of the itars, the
one when they are in the meridian, and the other when in
vertical circles.

For meridian obfervations there are two inftruments prin-
cipally ufed, the quadrant and gnomon.

To take the Meridian Altitude with a Quadrant.—lf the
pofition of the meridian be known, and the plane of an af-
tronomical quadrant be placed in the meridian line, by
means of the plumb-line fufpended at the centre, the meri
dian altitudes of the ftars, which are the principal obfery-
ations whereon the whole art of altronomy is founded, may
eafily be determined.

The meridian altitude of a ftar may likewife be had by
means of a pendulum-clock, if the exact time of the ftar’s
paflage by the meridian be known. Now it muft be ob-
ferved, that the ftars have the fame altitude for a minute

MER

before and after their paflage by the meridian, if they be
not in or near the zenith; but if they be, their altitudes
mult be token every minute, when they are near the meri-
dian 5 and then their greatett altitudes will be the meridian
altitudes fought.

As to the manner of obferving, it is found very dif-
ficult to place the vane of the quadrant in the meridian
exact enough to take the meridian altitude of a far ;
for, unlefs there be a convenient place, and a wall, where
the quadrant may be firmly faflened in the plane of the
meridian, which is not cally had, we fhall not have the
true pofition of the meridian proper to obferve the ftars.
It will be much eafier, ad obey on feveral accounts, to
ufe the come quadrant, by which the altitude of the
ftar may be obferved a little hefore its paflage over the me-
ridian, every minute, till its greateft altitude be found.
Here, though we have not the true pofition of the meri-
dian by this means, yet we have the apparent meridian al-
titude of the ftar.

Though this method, in the general, be very good, and
free from any fenfible error ; yet, in cafe a ftar paifes by the
meridian near the zenith, it proves fomewhat defeétive :
for in thefe kinds of obfervations, the inconvenient fituation
of the obferver, the variation of the ftar’s azimuth feveral
0. in a little time, the alteration of the inftrument,
and the difficulty of replacing it vertically, will prevent the
obfervations being made oftener than in every four minutes;
but in each minute the altitude varies about rs minutes of
a degree, fo that there will be the difference of a degree in
the ftar’s altitude between each obfervation. In fuch cafes,
therefore, it will be better to have the true pofition of the
meridian, or the exa¢t time wherein the ftar pafles the me-
ridian, in order either to place the inftrument in the meri-
dian, or to obferve the altitude of the ftar the moment it
pafles the meridian.

To find the Meridian Altitude of the Sun, Fc. by a Gnomon,
fee Gnomon. By other means, fee Anrirupe,

Meripian Telefcope. See TELescope.

To meafure the Degrees of the Meridian, fee Decree.

To obferve the Tranfits or Paffages of the heavenly Bodies
acrofs the Plane of the Meridian.—A meridian line being
found, hang two threads with plummets exa@tly over it, at
a little diftance from one another, and they will be in the
plane of the meridian: if you place your eye clofe to one
of the threads in fuch a manner that you make it cover
the other, and both appear as one thread; when a ftar
is behind the threads, it is in the meridian. By the fame
method the fun may be viewed through a fmoaked glafs;
when the threads pafs through his centre, he is in the me-
ridian: but the beit way ef obferving the fun, moon, ftars,
or planets, is through a telefcope placed in the meridian,
with two crofs hairs, one of which is in a vertical, the
other in a horizontal pofition; when the vertical hair paffes
through the centre of the fun, he is in the meridian.

Meripian, from Meridies, the hour for fleeping, which
was allowed to the ancient monks, in this and other coun-
tries, about noon, during the fummer months.

MERIDIANI, in Antiquity, is a name which the Ro-
mans gave to a kind of gladiators, who entered the arena
about noon, after the beftiarii (who fought in the morning
againft beafts} had finifhed. See GLapiaTor.

They were thus called from meridies, i.e. noon, the time
when they exhibited their fhows.

The meridiani were a fort of artlefs combatants, who
fought man with man, fword in hand: hence Seneca takes
occafion to obferve, that the combats of the morning were
full of humanity, compared with thofe which followed.

4° MERI-

MER
MERIDIONAL Disrancsg, in Navigation, the fame

with departure, or eafting and welting ; being the difference
of longitude between the meridian, under which the fhip
now is, and any other meridian, which fhe was under
before.

MesripionaL Parts, Miles, or Minutes, are the parts
by which the meridians in a Mercator’s chart increafe, as
the parallels of latitude decreafe.

The cofine of the latitude of any place being equal to
the radius, or femidiameter, of that parallel; therefore, in
the true fea-chart, or nautical planifphere, this radius be-
ing the radius of the equinoétial, or whole fine, of go de-
grees, the meridional parts at each degree of latitude mutt
increafe, as the fecants of the are contained between that
latitude, and the equinoétial decreafe.

In order to underftand this, it is neceflary to confider,
1. That the diftance between any two meridians at the
equator is to their diflance in any parallel of latitude as ra-
dius is to the cofine of that ‘latitude. Let PDFE
(Plate 1. Navigation, fig. 8.) reprefent the fourth part of
a {phere ; E being the centre, P the pole, E D the radius
of the equator, A B the radius of a parallel of latitude:
then each of the arcs PB D, PCd, will reprefent a quad-
rant of a meridian; Dd anarc of the equator; and BC
an arc of a parallel of latitude: D B exprefles the latitude,
and P B the complement of the latitude, whofe right fine is
BA. But the circumference of a circle, whofe radius 1s
ED, is to the circumference of a circle, whofe radius is
AB, and confequently like arcs Dd, BC, intercepted be-
tween the fame two meridians, as ED isto AB, i. e. as
radius to the cofine of the latitude. Whence it is eafy to
conftrué a table fhewing in what proportion the degrees of
longitude diminifh in every latitude. See fuch a table under
article DEGREE of Latitude.

2. Any part of a parallel of latitude is to a lke part
of ameridian, as radius is to the fecant of the latitude of
that parallel. Let P DE (Plate I. Navigation, fig. 9.) re-
prefent a quadrant of a meridian, where P is the pole, and
DE the radius of the equator; AB is the radius of a
parallel of latitude, or the cofine of the latitude, whofe
fine is B F, and fecant EC. Then EF: EB:: ED:
EC; or cofine latitude: rad. :; rad. : fecant of the lati-
tude, in that parallel. Therefore, part of a parallel of
latitude is to a like part of the equator as the radius is to
the fecant. of the latitude to that parallel: confequently,
fince like parts of the meridian and equator are equal, as
great circles, any part of a parallel of latitude is to a like

every minute.

MER

part of a meridian, as radius to the fecant of the latitude
to that parallel.

3. The diftance of any parallel of latitude, A, from the
equator, is expreffed by the fum of the fecants of all the
arcs between the equator and that parallel. Tor, as radius
to the fecant of the latitude A, fo is a diminifhed degree of
longitude in the latitude A, or a degree of that parallel, to
a degree ‘of the meridian: but the degrees of latitude, or
of the meridian, are to be lengthened in proportion as the
degrees of longitude decreafe: therefore, as radius to the
fecant of the latitude A, fo is a natural degree of the me-
ridian to a lengthened degree in the latitude A, radius being
here as unity, and one natural degree as unity alfo: there-
fore, the length of a degree in any latitude is as the fecant
of that latitude, or may be expreffed by that fecant : but
the diftance of any parallel from the equator is the fum of
all the fucceffive ares between the equator and that parallel :
confequently, the diftance of that parallel is exprefled by the
fum of the fecants of all thefe arcs between the equator and
that parallel of latitude: and, therefore, by the addition of
the fecants of fmall arcs, the diftances of the parallels of
latitude from the equator are obtained.

The tables, therefore, of meridional parts, in books of
navigation, are to be made by a continual addition of fe-
cants, calculated in fome books, as in fir Jonas Moor’s
Tables, Robertfon’s Navigation, &c. for every degree
and minute of latitude ; and thefe will ferve either to make
or graduate a Mercator’s chart, or to work the Mer- -
cator’s failing.

Mr. Wright, to whom we are indebted for this exccl-
lent difcovery, made his table for the divifion of the nau-
tical meridian, or the table of meridional parts, as follows :
the meridional parts for 1 minute he made equal to the
fecant of 1 minute; thofe of 2! equal to the fum of the
fecants of 1! and 2!; thofe of 3 equal to the fum of the
fecants of 1', 2', and 3/; thofe of 4! equal to the fum of
the meridional parts of 3/ and the fecant of 4'; and fo on
by a conftant addition of the fecants: Mr. Oughtred, fir
Jonas Moor, Dr. Wallis, Dr. Halley, and others, have en-
deavoured to find methods of conftru€ting thefe tables with
greater accuracy than by the addition of the fecants to
As the reader may not have immediate ac-
cefs to fuch a table, we have here annexed one, extracted
from Robertfon’s « Elements of Navigation.”

The following is a Table of meridional parts to every
degree and minute of the quadrant, eftablifhed on a fuppo«
fition that the earth is a perfec fphere.

MERIDIONAL PARTS.

> ° 1 2

PM Po WP:

iui M Pe) MP

MP:

7)

MP.

360-7
301.7
362.7
303-7
304-7
365-7
366.7
367-7
308.7
369-7

379.7 |/

371-7
372-7
373-7
374+7
375+7
376.8
377°8
378-8

379-8
380.8

381.8
382.8

ey
we Fy

4itet
422.1
423-1
424.
425.
420.

10

io i
604.1
605.1
606.1
607.1
608.2
609.2
610.2
611.2
612.2

439.6 | §50.3
4997 | 553-4

1 | 490-7 | 5524 | 613. 2

492-7 | 553-4 |O1g-2
493-7 | 554-4 | 615-3

|
'
P. |

668.1

| 671.2
| 672.2

it 12
MM. P| M. P.
664.1 | 725-3
665.1 | 726.4
666.1 | 727.4
667.1 | 728-4
729-4
7395
734-5
732+5
7335
7345

669.2
670.2

673.2
674-3

676.3 | 737-6

1735-6 |
675-3 | 736-6 |

494-7 | 555-4
4957 | 5564
496-7 | 557-4
497-7 | 558-4
498.7 559-4
499.8 | 560.5
500.8 | 561.5
501.8 562. 5.

502.8 | 563.5
503-8 | 504.5
504.8 | 565.5
505-8 | 566.6
506.8 | 567.6
507.8 | 568.6
508.9 | 569.6
509-9 | 570-6
510.9 | 571-6
511-9 | 572-6

512-9 | 573-7
SISO STAT
514-9 1575-7
515-9 | 576-7
516.9 | 577-7
518.0 | 578.7
519-0 | 579-7
520.0 | 580.8
521.0 | 581.8
522.0 | 582.8

738.6
739-6
740-7
741-7
| 74267
743-7
744-8
745-8

677-3
678. “4
| 679: :
680.

681. iz
682.4
683.4
623-4 | 684.5

624.4 | 685.5
625.4 | 686.5
626.4 | 687.5
627.4 | 688.5
628.5 | 689.6 | 750.9
629.5 | 690.6 1751-9
630.5 jane 753-0
631.5 | 692.6 | 754.0
632.5 | 693.6 | 755:0
633-5 | 694-7 | 750.0

634-6 | 695-7 | 757-1
635.6 | 696.7 | 758.1
636.6 | 697.7 | 759-1
637.6 | 698.7 | 760.1
638.6 | 6998 | 761.1
639.6 | 700.8 | 762.2
640.7 | 701.8 | 763.2
641.7 | 702.8 | 764.2
642.7 | 703.8 | 765.2
643-7 | 704-9 | 766.3 _

7460.8
747-8
748.9

299-4

4

6

.|M.P.| M. P.| M. P.| M. P.|

Z

523-0 | 583.8
524.0 | 584.8
525.0 | 585.8
526.0 | 586.8
527.1 | 587.9
528.1 | 588.9
529.1 | 589.9
530-1 | 590-9
532-1 | 591-9
2 eB ba

644-7 | 705.9 787-3,
645.8 | 706.9 | 768.3
646.8 | 707.9 | 769.3
647-8 | 709.0 | 779.4
648.8 | 710.0 | 771.4
649.8 | 711.0 | 772.4
650.8 | 712.0 | 773.4
O51-9 713-0 | 774-5
652.9 | 714-1
653-9 | 715-1

749°9 |

|
|
|

ibe 2

83
44

533-1 | 593-9
534-0 | 595-0
535-1 | 596.0
536.2 | 597-0
537-2 | 598.0
538-2 | 599-0
539-2 |600.0
540.2 | 601.0
541.2 | 602.1

'M~.P.
8 9

654.9 | 716.1
655-9 | 717-1

661.0 | 722.3 | 783.7
662.1 | 723-3 | 784.7
- 1 | 724-3 | ae 8

10 Il 12

Ee EE: SB ok se]

16

MERIDIONAL PARTS.

17 18 19 20

786.8 | 848.5 | g10.5
787.8 | 849.5 | 911.5
788.8 | 850.5 | 912.6
789.9 | 851.6 | 913-6
790-9 | 852.6 | 914.6
791.9 |853-6 | 915.7
792-9 | 854-7 | 916-7
794-0 |855-7 | 917-7
795-0 | 856.7 | 918.8
796.0 | 857.8 | 919.8

797.0 | 858.8 | 920.8
798.1 | 859.8 | 921.9
799-1 | 860.9 | 922.9
800.2 | 861.9 | 923-9
801.2 | 862.9 | 925.0
802.2 | 864.0 | 926.0
803.2 | 865.0 | 927.0
804.2 | 866.0 | 928.1
805.3 | 867.1 | 929.1
806.3 | 868.1 | 930-1

807.3 | 869.1 | 931.2
808.4 | 870.1 | 932.2
809.4. | 871.2 | 933-2
810.4 | 872.2 | 934.3
811.4 | 873.2 1935.3
812.5 | 874.3 | 936.3
813.5 | 875.3 | 937-4
814.5 | 876.3 | 938.4
815.5 | 877-4 | 939-4
816.6 | 878.4 | 940.5
817-6 | 879.4 | 941.5

Ke)

min.| M. P. |M. P.|M. P.|M. P.|M. P.|M.P.-

997-7
998.8

999.8
1000.8

1001.9
1002.9
1004.0

6 |1056.2

VE BoM. P| M. P.

1161.5 |1225.1
1162.5 |1226.2
1163.6 |1227.3
1164.7 |1228.3
1165.7 |1229.4
1166.8 |1230.4
1167.8 |1231.5
1168.9 |1232.6
1170.0 |1233.6
I171.0|1234.7

1172.1 |1235.8

LOB 5a
1036.3
10374
1038.4
1030
1040.5
1041.6
1042.6
1043+7
1044-7
1045.8

1289.2
1290.3
1291.3
1292-4
1293-5
1294-5
1295-6
1296.7
1297.8
1298.8

1299-9

M. P.| M. P.

1353-7 |1418.6 |1484.1 1550.0
1354-8 |1419.7 [1485.2 |1551.1
1355-8 |1420.8 |1486.3 |1552.2
1356.9 |1421.9 |1487.3 |1553-3
1358.0 |1423-0 |1488.4 |1554.4
1359-0 |1424.1 |1489.5 |1555-5
1360.2 1425.1 |1490.6 |1556.6
1361.2 |1426+2 |1491.7 |1557-7
1362.3 |1427.3 |1492.8 |1558.8
1363-4 |1428.4 |1493.9 |1559.9
1364-5 }1429.5 |1495-0

1173.1 |1236.8
1174.2 |1237.9
1175-2 |1239.0
1176.3 |1240,0
1177.4 |1241.1
1178.4 |1242.2
1179-5 [1243-2
1180.5 |1244.3
1181.6 |1245.4
1182.7 |124€.4
1183.7 |124705
1184.8 |1248.6
1185.8 |1249.6
1186.9 |1250.7
1188.0 |1251.8
1189.0 |1252.8
1190.1 |1253.9
TIQI.1 |1255.0
1192.2 |1256.0

1046.8
1047.9
1048.9
1049-9
1051.0
1052.0
1053.1
1054.1
1055.2

1301.0
|1 302.0
1303.1
1304.2
1305.3
1306.3
1307.4
1308.5
1309.6
1310.6
1311.7
1312.8
1313.8
1314.9
1316.0
1317.1
1318.1
1319-2
1320.3
1321.4

Heyes:
1058.3
1059-4
1060.4
1061.4
1062.5
1063.5
1064.6
1065.6
1066.7

1120.3
1121.3
1122.4
1123.4
1124.5
1125-5
1126.6
1127.6
1128.7
1129.7

818.6 | 880.5 | 942.5
819.6 | 881.5 | 943.6
820.7 | 882.5 | 944.6
821.7 | 883.6 | 945-6
822.7 | 884.6 | 946.7
823.8 | 885.6 | 947.7
824.8 | 886.7 | 948.7
-825.8 | 887.7 | 949.8
826.8 | 888.7 | 950.8
827.9 | 889.8 | 951-9

1005.0
1006.1
1007.1
1008.1
1009.2
1010.2
IOI 1.3
1012.3
1013.4
1014.4

1322.5
1323.5
1324.6
1325.7
1326.7
1327.8
1328.9
1330.0
1331.0
1332.1

1067.7
1068.8
1069.8
1070.9
1072.0
1073-0
1074.1
107§.1
1076.2
1077.2

1130.8
1131.8
1132.9
1134.0
1135.1
1136.1
1137.2
1138.2
E1303
1140.3

1195.4 |1259.2
1196.4 |1260.3
1197-5 |1261.4
1198.5 |1262.4
1199.6 |1263.5
1200.7 |1264.6
1201.7 |1265.6
1202.8 |1266.7
1203.9 |1267.8

828.9 | 890.8 | 952.9
829.9 | 891-8 | 953-9

831.0 | 892.9 | 955.0
832.0 | 893.9 | 956.0
833.0 | 894-9 | 957-1
834.1 | 896.0 | 958.1
835.1 | 897-0 | 959.2
836.1 | 898.0 | 960.2
837.2 | 899.1 | 961.3
838.2 | go0.1 | 962.3

1015.4
1016.5
1017.5
1018.6
1019.6
1020.6
1021.7
1022.7
1023.8
1024.8

839.2 | go. | 963.4
840.2 | 902.2 | 964-4
841-3 | 903-2 | 965.5
842.3 | 904.3 | 966.5
843-4 967.6
968.6
969.6
SYP
971:7

1025.9
1026.9

1028.0
1029.0
1030.1
1031.1
1032.2
1033-2
1034-3

1078.3
EOTO=S
1080.4.
1081.4
1082.5
1083.5
1084.6
1085.6
1086.7
1087.7

1204.9 |1268.8
1206.0 |1269.9
1207-1 |1271.0
1208.1 |1272.1
1209.2 |1273.1
1210.2 |1274.2
1211.3 [1275.3
1212.4 |1276.3
1213-4 |1277-4
1214.5 |12'78.5

IIgI.4
1142.4
1143-5
1144.6
1145.6
1146.7
1147+]
1148.8
1149.8
1150.9

1333.2
1334-3
1335-3
1336.4
1337-5
1338.6
1339-7
1340.7
1341.8
1342.9

1365.6 |1430.6 |1496.1 |1562-1
1366.6 |1431.7 |1497-2 |1563.2
1367.7 |1432.8 |1498.3 |1564.3
1368.8 |1433-9 |1499-4 |1 565-4
1369-9 |1434-9 |1500.5 |1566.5
1370-9 |1430.0 |1501.6 |1567.6
1372.0 |1437-1 |1502.7 |1568.7
1373-1 |1438.2 |1503.8 |1569.8
1374-2 |1439-3 |1504-9 157210
1375-3 |1440-4 |1506.0 |1572-1
1376.4 |1441.5 |1507.1 1573-2
1377-4.|1442.6 |1508.2 1157463
1378.5 |1443-7 |1509+3 |1575-4
1379-6 |1444.8 |15 10.4 |1576.5
1380.7 |1445.8 |I5 11.5 |1577-6
1381.8 |1446.9 [1512.6 |1578.7
1382 8 |1448.0 |1513.7 |1579.8
1383.9 |1449.1 |1514.8 |1580.9
1385.0 |1450.2 1515.9 |1582.0
1386.1 |1451.3 |1517-0 |1583.2
1387.2 |1452.4 |1518.1 |1584.3
1388.3 |1453-5 [1519-2 |1585-4
1389.4 |1454.6 |1520.3 |1586.5
1390-4 |1455.6 |1521-4 |1587.6
1391.5 |1456.7 |1522.5 [1 588.7
1392.6 |1457-8 |1523.6 |1589.8
1393-7 |1458.9 |1524-7 |1590.9
1394.8 |1460.0 |1525.8 |1592.0
1395-8 |1461.1 |1526.g |1593.2
1396.9 |1462.2 |1528.0 |1594.3
1398.0 |1463.3 |1529-1 1595-4
1399-1 |1464.4 |1530.2 |1596.5
1409.2 [1465.5 |1531-3 |1597-6
1401.3 |1466.6 |1532.4 |1598.7
1402.4 |1467.7 |1533.5 |1599.8
1403.4 |1468.8 |1534.6 |1600.9
1404.5 |1469.8 |1535-7 |1602.0
1405.6 |1470.9 |1536.8 |1603.1
1406.7 |1472.0 |1537.9 |1604.3
1407.8

1088.8
1089.8
1090.9
IOQI.9
1093-0
1094.0
1095-1
1096.1

1097.2

1152.0
1153.0
1154.1
T15S.1
1156.2
1157.2.|
1158.3
T1594.
1160.4

1215.5 |1279.5
1216.6 |1280.6
1219.7 \1281.7
1218.7 |1282.8
1283.8
1284.9
1286.0
1287.0
1288.1

1344-0

.|M. P.|M. P. | M P. | M. P.

1408.8 }1474.2 |1540.1 |1606.5
1409.9 |1475-3 {1541.2 |1607.6
1411.0 1476.4 |1542.3 |1608.7
1412.1 |1477.5 1543-4 1609.8
1413.2 |1.478.6 |1544.5 |1610.9
1414.3 |1479.7 |1545-6 |1612.0
1415.4 |1480.8 |1546.7 |1613.1
1416.5 |1481.9 |1547-8 |1614.2
1417.6 |1483.0 |1548.9 |1615.4
ME) Pe

MERIDIONAL PARTS.

aki 20 | 47 | a8 | a9 | go | gt | 33 | ss | 34 3s | 36 | 37 T 38D.
min.| M. P.| M. P.| M. P.| M. P.|M. P.|M. P.|M. P,| M. P.M. P.TM. BP.) M. PL) MO PMP nin.
1616.5 1683.5 |17 51,2 [1819.5 [1888.4 1958.0 j2oa8.4 2099.6 |2171.5 2244-3 |2918.0 2392.7 [2468.3 |
1617.6 |1684.6 1752.3 |1820.6 [1889.5 |1959.2 |2029.6 }2100.7 [2172.7 |2245.5 |2319.3 |2393.9 2469.6
1618.7 /1685.8 |1753.4 [1821.7 |t890.7 1960.4. |2030.7 2101.9 2173.9 |2240.8 |2320.5 [2396.2 2470.8
1619.8 1686.9 |1754.6 1822.9 1891.9 1961.6 [2031.9 [2103.0 [2175.1 2248.0 (2321.7 2396-4 [2472.1
1620.9 |1688,0 |1755.7 | (824.0 | 1893.0 ]1962.7 |2033.1 [2104.3 [2176.3 [2249.2 12323.0 2397-7 |2473-4
1622.0 |1689,1 1756.8 | 1825.2 /t894.1 119639 }2034.3 [2105.5 |2177.5 2398.9 [2474.6 |
1623.2 |1690,3 1758.0 |1826.3 1895.3 [1965.0 |2035.5 |2106.7 |2178.7 2400.2 (2475.9
1624.3 [1691.4 /1759.1 | 1827.5 |1896.5 |1966.2 |2036.7 [2107.9 |2180.0 2401.4 [2477.1
1625.4 |1692,5 |1760.2 | 1828.6 |1897.6 |1967.4 |2037.8 |2109.1 [2181.2 2402.7 |2478.5
1626.5 1693.6 [1761.4 |1829.7 | 1898.8 |1968.5 |2039.0 |2110.3 [2182.4 2403-9 |2479.7| 9g
10 [1627.6 |1694.8 }1762.5 (830.9 |1899.9 |1969-7 2040.2 |21 11.5 |2193.6 2405.2 |2481.0
IL [1628.7 |1695.9 |1763.6 [1832.0 |1901.1 |1970.9 |2041.4 |2112.7 |2184.8 2406.4 |2482.3
12 |1629.8 |1697.0 |1764.8 [1833.2 |1902.3 |1972.0 |2042.6 2113.9 [2186.0
TZ [1631.0 |16098.1 |1765.9 |1834.3 |1903.4 |1973.2 |2043.8 |21 19.1 |2187.2
14 |1632.1 |1699.3 |1767.0 1835.5 |1904.6 1974-4 |2044.9 2116.3 [2188.4
Tg [1633.2 |1700.4 |1768.2 |1836.6 |1905.7 |1975.6 |2046.1 |2 617-5 |2189.6
16 |1634.3 |1701.5 |1 769.3 |1837.8 |1906.9 |1976.8 |2047.3 |2118.7 |2190.8
17 |1635.4 |1702.6 |1770.5 |1838.9 |1908.1 |1977-9 |2048.5 |2119.8 [2192.0
18 |1636.5 /1703.8 |1771.6 | 1840.1 |1909.2 |1979.1 |2049.7 [2121.0 [2193.3
19 [1637-7 1704.9 |1772.7 |1841.2 j1yto.4 |TQRO.3 |2050.8 |2122.2 |2194.5
20 {1638.8 1706.0 1773.9 1842.4 [IQL1.5 [1981.4 |2052.0 |2123.4 |2195.7
1639.9 [1707.1 |

Ce 7OMewen- og
BNI AMSw be OC

2416.5 |2492.5
2342.8 /2417.8 |2493.7
2419.0 |2495.0
2420.3 |2496.3
2421.5 |2497.6
2422.8 |2498.8
2424.0 |2500.1
2425.3 2501.4
2426.5 |2502.7
2427.8 |2503.9
2429.1 |2505.2
2430:3 |2500.5 |

2431.6 |2507.8| 31.
2432.9 |2509.0
2434.1 [2510.3
2435-4. [2511.6
2436.7 |2512.9
2437-9 |2514.2

1775.0 |1843.5 |1912.7 |1982.6 |2053.2 |2124.6 [2196.9
22 |1641.0 |1708.3 |1776.1 |1844.6 {1913.8 |1983.7 |2054.4
23 [1642.1 |1709.4 [1777.2 |1845.8 |1915.0/1984.9 |2055.6
24 |1643.2 1710.5 |1778.4.|1846.9 |1916.2 [1986.1 2056.8
25 |1644.3 |1711.6 1779.5 1848.1 [1917.3 | 1987.3 |2058.0
26 |1645.5 [1712.8 |1780.6 |1849.2 {1918.5 | 1988.4 [2059.1
27 |1646.6 |1713.9 |1781.8 |1850.4 [1919.6 | 1989.6 |2060.3
28 |1647.7 |1715.0 1783.0 1851.5 1920.8 | 1990.8 |2061.5
29 |1648.8 1716.1 1784.1 |1852.7 |1921.9 | 1992.0 |2062.7
39 /1649.9 |17 17.3 |1785-2 1853-8 |1923.1 |1993-1 |2063.9
ZE |1651.0 [1718.4 |1786.4 1855.0 1924.3 |1994.3 |2065.1
32 |1652.2 1719.5 1787.5 1856.1 1925.4 |1995-5 |2066.2
33 |1653.3 [1720.7 1788.6 1857.2 }1926.6|1996.6 2067.4
34 [1654.4 [1721.8 1789.8 1858.4 1927.8 1997-8 2068.6
35 |1655.5 1722.9 1790.9 |1859.6 1928.9 |1999.0 2069.8
36 |1656.6 |1724.0 |1792.1 |1860.7 {1930.1 |2000.2 |2071.0
37 |1657.8 1725.2 1793.2 |1561.9 |1931.3 2001.3 |2072.2
38 |1658.9 |1726.3 rho 1863.0 |1932.4 |2002.5 |2073.4
39 |1660.0 |1727.4 |1795-5 |1864.2 {1933-6 |2003.7 |2074.6

1661.1 |1 428.6 1796.6 |1865.3 1934.7 |2004.9 |2075.7

2277-4 |2351-5
2278.6 |2352.7
2279.8 |2354.0
2281.0 |2355.2
2282.3 |2356.5
2283.5 |2357.7
2211.4 |2284.7 |2358.9
2212.7 |2286.0 |2360.2

2441.7 |2518.0
2443.0 2519.3]

40
“4 (1662.2 |1729.7 "797-8 '1866.5 |1935-9 |2006.0 |2076.9

42 |1663.4 |1730.8 |1798.9 [1867.6 |19397-1 |2007.2 [2078.1

43 1654.5 1731-9 [1800.0 |1868.8 |1938.2 2008.4 |2079.3 |215 1.0 |2223.6 |2297.0 2371.4 2446.8
44 [1665.6 |1733.1 {1801.2 {1869.9 {1939.4 |2009.6 [2080.5 |2152.2 |2224.8 |2208.3 |2372.7 |2448.0
45 [1666.7 |1734.2 [1802.3 |1871.1 [1940.5 |2010.7 |2081.7 |2153.4 |2226.0 |2299.5 |2373-9 |2449-3
46
47
48
49
50

1667.8 |1735.3 [1803.5 {1872.2 |1941.7 |2011.9 |2082.9 |2154.6 [2227.2 |2300.7 |2375.2 |2450.6
1669.0 |1736.5 |1804.6 [1873.4 |1942.9 |2013.1 |2084.1 |2155.8 |2228.5 2302.0 |2376.4 2451.8
1670.1 |1737-6 |1805.7 |1874.5 |1944.0 |2014.3 |2085.3 |2157.0 |2229.7 2303.2 2377-7 |2453.1 |2529.5
1671.2 |1738.7 |1806.9 |1875.7 |1945.2 |2015.4 |2086.5 ]2158.2 |2230.9 2304.4 |2378.9 |2454.3 |2530.8
1672.3 |1739.9 |1808.0 |1876.8 [1946.4 |2016.6 |2087.7 |2159.4 |2232.1 |2305.7 |2380.1 |2455.6 |2532.1

1741.0 |1809.2 |1878.0 |1947.5 |2017.8 |2088.9 |2160.7 2233.3 2306.9 |2381,4 2456.9 |2533-4| 51 |
1742.1 |1810.3 1879.2 |1948.7 |2019.0 |2090.1 |2161.9 [2234.6 |2308.1 |2382.6 2458.4 |2534.7
1949.9 |2020.2 |2091.3 |2163.1 |2235.8 2309-4 2383.9 |2450.4 2536.0
1951.0 2021.3 |2092.5 |2164.3 |2237.0 |2310.6 2385.1 |2460.7 |2537.2
2165.5 2238.2 |2311.8 \2386.4 |2461.9 2538.5

54 [1673-4
52 1674.5 |
§3 [1675-7 [1743-2 |1811.4 |1880.3
54 [1676.8 1744.4 [1812.6 | 1881.5
1678.0 |1745-5 |1813-7 |1882.6 1952.2 |2022.5 2003-7
56 |1679.t |1746.6 1814.9 1883.8 1953.4 2023.7 |2094.9 |2166.7 |2239.4 |2313-1 |2387.6 |2463.2 |2539.8
57 |f680.2 1747-8 |1816.0 1884.9 1954.5 \2024.9 2096.1 {2167-9 |2240.7 |2314.3 |2388.9 |2464.5 |2541.1
58 {1681.3 |1748.9 |1817.2 [1886.1 1955.7 [2026.0 |2097-3 2169.1 |2241.9 2315-5 |2390.2 |2465.8 |2542.4
59 {1682.4 |1750.0 |1818.3 |1887.2 |1956.9 |2027.2 |2098.5 |2170.:

| M. P.

AD. TI 26 a7 |. 28

Vox. ¥XIIT.

MERIDIONAL PARTS.

p.1 _43_| 44 | 45 =| 46 48 Di
min. M. P. M. P. |min
° 2863.1 |2945-7 |3030.0 |3115.6 3291-6 |3 382.1 |3474-5 °

I 2864.5 |2947-2 |3031-4 |3117-0 3293.1 |3383.6 |3476.1 if

2 2865.8 |2948.6 |3032.8 |3118.5 3294.6 |3385.2 |3477-6 2

3 2867.2 2950.0 |3034.2 |31 19.9 3290.1 |3386.7 |3479.2 3
4 2868.5 |2951.4 |3035.6 [3121.4 3297-5 |3388.2 |3480.7 4
5 2870.0 |2952.8 |3037.0 |3122.8 3299-0 |3389-7 |3482.3 5
6 2871-3 |2954.2 |3038.4 |3124.2 3300-5 |3391-3 |3483-9 6

7 2872.7 |2955-6 |3039.8 [3125.7 |3213-0 |3302-0 |3 392-9 |3485.4 7
8 2874.1 |2957.0 |3041.3 |3127.1 +5 |3303-5 |3394+3 13487.0 8
9 2875-4 |2958.4 |3042-7 |3128.6 +0 |3305-0 |3395-9 |3488.5 |3583.2| 9
Jo | 2876.8 |2959-8 |3044-1 |3130,0 -4 |3306.5 |3397-4 |3490-1 3584.8 | 10
2878.2 |2961.1 3045.5 |3131-5 [3218.9 |3 308.0 |3398.9 |3491-7 |3586.4| II

2879.5 |2962-5 |3047-0 |3132.9 |3220.4 |3309.5 |3400.4 |3493-2 |3588.0| 12

2880.9 |2963.9 3048.4 |3134.3 |3221-9 |3311.0 |3402.0 |3494.8 |3589.5 | 13

2720.2 -6 |2882.3 |2965-3 |3049-8 |3135-5 [3223-3 |3312-5 |3403-5 |3496-3 |3591-1 | 14
3/27 2765 -0 12883.7 |2966.7 3051-2 |3137.2 (3224.8 |3314.0 |3405.0 |3497.9 |3592-7| 15
2722.9 .3 |2885.0 |2968. 1 |3052.6 |3138.7 |3226.3 |3315-5 |3400.6 |3499.5 |3594.3 | 16
2724.2 |2804.7 |2886.4 |2969.5 130541 |3140.1 |3227-7 |3317.0 |3408.1 |3 501-0 |3595-9| 17
2725.5 0 |2887.8 |2970.9 |3055-5 |3141.6 |3229.2 |3318.5 |3409.6 |3502.6 3597.5 | 18
2726.9 +4 |2889-2 |2972-3 |3056.9 |3 143.0 |3230.7 |33 20.0 |341 1.2 |3504.2 |3599-1 | 19
2728.2 -8 |2890.5 |2973-7 |3058-3 |3144-5 3232-2 3321-5 |3412-7 [3505-7 3600.7 20
2650.2 |2729.5 «I [2891-9 ]2975.1 |3054-7 |3145-9 [3233-6 |3323-1 |3414.2 13507 3 |3602.3 | 21
2651.5 |2730-8 811.4 |2893.3 2970.5 |3061.2 |3147-4 |3235-1 3324-6 [3415.8 |3508.9 [3603.9 | 22
2652.8 |2732.2 .8 2894.7 |2977-9 |3062.6 |3 148.8 |3 236.6 [3326.1 |3417-3 |3510.5 |3605.5 | 23
2654.1 |273 3-5 .1 2896.0 |2979-3 |3064.0 |3150.3 |3238.1 |3327.6 |3418.8 |3512.0 |3607.1 | 24
2655-5 |2734.5 -5§ |2897-4 |2980.7 |3065-4 13151-7 |3239-5 |3329-1 |3420.4 |3513-6 |3608.7 | 25
2656.8 |2736.2 |2816.8 |2898.8 |2982. 1 |3066.9 [3153-2 [3241.0 |33 30.6 |3421.9 3515.1 |3610.3 | 26
2658.1 2737.5 «2 |2900.2 |2983.5 |3068.3 |3154.6 |3242.5 3332.1 13423.5 [3510.7 |3611-9| 27
2659.4 |2738.8 “5 |2901-5 |2984.9 13069.7 |3156.1 |3244.0 |3 333-6 [3425.0 |3518.3 |3613.6| 28
2660.7 |2740.2 |2820.9 2902.9 |2986.3 |3071-1 1315 7-5 |3245-5 |3335:1 |3420-5 [3519-8 |3615.2 | 20
2662.0 |2741.5 +3 |2904.3 |2987.7 |3072.6 |3159.0 |3246.9 |3336.6 (3428.1 |3521.4 [3616.8
2663.3 (2742.9 +6 |2905.7 |2989.1 |3074.0 |3160.4 |3248.4 13338.1 |3429.6 |3523.0 [3618.4 | 31
2664.6 |2744.2 +0 |2907.1 12990.5 13075.4 13161-9 |3249-9 [3339-6 |3431-2 (3524.6 |3620.0| 32
2666.0 |2745.5 -3 [2908.4 |2991-g |3076.9 |3163.3 |3251-4 1334161 [3432-7 |3526.1 |3621.6| 33
2667.3 |2746.9 -7 |2909-7 |2993-3 |3078.3 |3164.8 |3252.9 |3342.7 [3434-2 |3527-7 [3623.2 | 34
2668.6 |2748.2 -0 |291 1.2 |2994.7 |3079.7 |3166.2 |3254.4 |3344.2 3435.8 |3529-3 |3624.5| 35
-4 |2912.6 |2996.1 [3081.1 13167.7 |3255-8 |3345-7 13437-3 |3530-9 |3020.4 | 36

2750.9 +8 |2914.0 |2997-5 |3082.6 |3 169.1 |3257-3 13347-2 134389 |3532-4 |3028.0| 37

2752.2 +I |2915.3 [2998-9 |3084.0 [3170.5 |3258.8 3348.7 |3440.4 |3534.0 |3629.6 | 38

2753-5 |2834.5 |2916.7 |3000.3 |3085.4 |3172-1 13260.3 |3350.1 |3442.0 |3535-6 [3631-1 | 39

2754-9 | -8 [2918.1 |3001.8 |3086.9 |3 173-5 |3261-8 |3351-7 |3443-5 |3537-2 |3032-9 | 4°

2598.0 |2676.§ |2756.2 |2837.2 |2919.5 |3023.2 |3085.3 |3175.0 |3263.3 |3353-2 [3445-0 [3538-8 [3034-5 | 41
2599-3 |2677-8 |2757.6 |2838.6 |2920.9 |3004.6 |3089.7 |3176.4 |3264.7 |3354-8 [3446.6 3540.3 |3636.1 | 42
2600.6 |2679.1 |2758.9 |2839.9 |2922.3 [3006.0 |3091.2 |3177-9 |3 266.2 |3356.3 13448.1 |3541.9 |3637-7 |. 43
2601.9 |2680.5 |2760.2 |2841.3 |2923.6 |3007-4 |3092.6 |3179.3 |3267-7 |3357+8 (3449-7 |3543-5 [3039-3 | 44

+ |2603.2 |2681.8 |2761.5 |2842.6 |2925.0 |3008.8 |3094.0 |3 180.8 |3 269.2 [3359.3 |3.451-2 13545-1 13040-9 | 45
2604.5 |2683.1 |2762.9 |2844.0 |2926.4 |3010.2 |3095-5 |3182.3 |3270.7 |3360.8 [3452.8 3540.7 |3642-5 | 46
2605.8 |2684.4 |2764.3 |2845.4 |2927.8 |3011.6 |3096.9 |3183.7 |3272.2 |3 362-3 |3454.3 47
2607.1 |2685.7 |2765.6 |2846.7 |2929.2 |301 3.0 |3098.3 |3185.2 |3273-7 |3 363.9 |3455-9 48
2608.4 |2687.1 |2766.9 |2848.1 |2930.6 |3014.4 |3099.8 |3 186.6 |3275.2 |3365-4 |3457-4 49
2609.7 |2688.4 |2768.3 |2849.5 |2932.0 |3015.8 |3101.2 |3188.1 |3276.6 |3 366.9 |3459.0

2611.0 |2689.7 |2769.6 |2850.8 |2933.3 |3017.2 (3102.6 [3189.6 |3278.1 |3368.4 |3460.5 |3554 6 [3650.6] 51
2612.3 |2691.0 |2771.0 |285 2.2 |2934.7 |3018.7 |3 104.1 |3 191-0 [3279.6 |3369.9 |3462.1 |3556.1 |3652-3 | 52
2613.6 |2692.3 |2772.3 |2853.6 |2936.1 |3020.1 |3 105-6 |3192-5 |3 281-1 (3371.5 |3463-6 13557-7 |3653-9 | 53
2614.9 {2693-7 |2773-7 2854-9 |2937-5 |3021-5 3107-0 |3194.0 |3282.6 |3373.0 |3465.2 135 59-3 |3055-5 | 54
2616.2 |2695.0 |2775.0|2856.3 |2938.9 |3022-9 |3108.4 [3195-4 +1 13374+5 |3466.7 |13560.9 |3657-1 | 55
2617.5 |2696.3 [2776.4 |2857.7 |2940.3 |3024.3 |3109.8 |3 196.9 -6 |3376.0 |3468.3 |3562.5 |3658.7 | 56
2618.8 |2697.6 |2777-7 |2859.1 |2941.7 |3025-7 [3111.2 |3198.4 -T 13377-6 |3469.8 |3564.1 |3660.4 | 57
2620.1 |2699.0 |2779-0|2860.5 |2943.1 |3027.1 |3112.7 |3199-8 -6 |3379-1 |3471+4.|3565-7 |3662.0| 58
2621.4 |2700.3 |2780.4 |2861.8 |2944.4 |3028:5 |3114.1 |3201-3 13 290.1 |3380.6 |3473.0 |3567.3 [3663-6 | 59

-|M. P.|M.P.| M. P.|M.P.| M. P.|M. P.| M. P. ‘M.P.|M.P.|M.P.| M. P.| M: PL ‘min.

41 42 | 43. | 44 45.1. 46 47 48 40 50 sr JDL

MERIDIONAL PARTS.

4 | 75. || 06
M. P.|M. P.| M. P. M |

3665.2 1373.8 |3864.7 3968.0 4073.9 4182.6 14294-3 4409-2 1527-4 |4949:2 |4475.0 |4995-0 5039-4
3666.9 3765.5 |3866.4 (3969.7 4075.7 [4184.5 14296.2 [4411.1 145294 1405163 14777. 1 14907-2 $041.7
3668.5 13767.1 |3868.1 [3971.5 4077-5 14 196.3 [4298.1 144.131 1453 1-4 1495364 4779-3 4909-4 | 5044.0
8 13973-2 |4070-3 |4198,2 14300.0 144150 145334 14O55+5 14781.4 |4911.6| 5046.3
3975-0 |4OB LT 14190.0 14301.9 |4417.0 14535 +4 14057+5 14783.5 4913-8 | 5048.6
3976.7 |4082.9 [4191-8 14303.5 144.18.9 14537-4 |4659-614785.7 |4916.0| 5050.8
3978-4 4084.7 |4193-7 [4395-7 [4420-8 14539+4 |4061-7 |4787.8 4918.25 5053.2
3980.2 |4086. 5 4195.5 |4307-6 [4422.8 |4541.4 [4063.7 14790.0 |4920.4|5055.5
3 3982.0 |4oB8, 3 |4197.4 14309-5 14494-7 |4543-4 |4065.8 14792. 1 4922.6 / 5057.7
3983-7 14090. 1 }4199.2 143114 14426.7 14545-4 (4007-9 1474.2 4924.8 | 5060.0
31.7 |3985-5 |4oot.9 |4201.1 [4313-2 |4428-6 |4547-5 4669-9 14796-4 |4927-1 | 5062.3
3987.2 140937 |4202.9 |4315-1 4430.6 14549-5 1467 2.014708. 5 [4929.3 |5004.6
3989-0 |4095+5 |4204.7 |4317-0 |4432-5 4551.5 |4674.1 [4800.7 |493 1.5 |5060.9
3999.7 |4097-3 |4206.6 |43 18.9 |4434.5 14553-5 [4976.2 |4802.8 |4933-7 |5069.2
3992-5 |4099-1 |4208.4 |4320.8 |4.436.4 4555-5 4078.2 [4804.9 4935-9 [5071.5
3994-2 |4 100.9 |4210.3 |4322-7 |4438.4 14557-5 |4680.3 4807.1 |4938.1 |5073.8
369 1.3 |3790-5 |3892.0 |3996.0 |4102.7 |4212.1 14324.6 |4440.4 14559+5 [4682.4 |4809.2 |4940.4 [5076.1
3092-9 |3792-1 *7|3997+7 4104-5 4214.0 [4326.5 |4442.3 |4 501-5 |4684.5 |4811.4 4942.6 |5078.4
3694.6 |3793-8 |3895.4 3999-5 4106.3 |4215.8 4328-4 4444.3 |4503.6|4686.6|4513.5 |4944.8 |5o80.7
3696.2 |3795-5 |3897.1 |4001.3 |4108.1 142 17.7 14330.3 |44.40.2 |4565-6|4688.6 |4815.7 |4947.0|5083.0
4003.0 4109.9 4219.5 |4332.2 4448.2 |4567.6 |4690.7 4817.8 4949-3 |5055.3
4004.8 |4 111.7 [4221.4 14334-2 [4450.2 |4569-6 |4692.8 |4820.0|4951.5 |5087-7
4000.5 |4113.5 |4223.2 4336-1 [445261 4571-6 |4094.9 |4822.2 |4953.7 |5090.0
4008.3 |4115.3 |4225.1 |4338.0 |4454.1 14573-7 |4697-0 [4824.3 |4956.0|5092.3
3704-4 |3803.9 3905.7 |4010.0 [4117.1 |4227.0 143 39-9 |4456.014575-7 |4699.1 |4826.5 |4958.2 |5094.6
3706.0 |3805.5 [3907.4 |4011.8 |4118.9 |4228.8 |4341.8 |4458.0/4577.7 |4701.2 |4828.6 |4960.4 |5096.9

3707-7 |3807-2 |3909.1

|_ 59 |

[OS BI AMsawWe HO

— ee
SN AMP Ww

Riv
=| 90

wv NP HH HW
aI Aw vb

3738-9
3740-6

4
|

49)
50.

4407.2 4525-4 4
.}min.| M. P. WE? Pir

MERIDIONAL PART

66 67 68 69

-|M. P.|M. P. ase Ma P.|M. P.
5178.8 15323.6 '5474-0 5630.9 5794.6
5181.2 5326.0 |5476.6 5638.5 |5797-4 5968.9 (6148.8 |6338.1
5183.6 5328.5 |5479.2 5636.2 |5800.2 5971-8 |6151.9 16341.4 ,
5186.0|5330.9 |\5481.7- (5638. 9 |5803-0 5974-7 |6155-0 6344.6
5188.3 |5333-4 5484.3 5641.5 |5805.8 5977-7 |6158.0|6347.8
5335-9 |5486.9 |5644.2 |5808.6 |5980.6 |6161.1 |6351.1
5338-3 5489.4 5646.9 |§811.4 /5983.5 |6164.2 6354.3 |
5340-8 |5492.0 |5649.6 [5814.2 |5986.5 |6167.3 |6357-6 |
5343-3 5494-6 |§652.3 |5817-0 |5989.4|61 70.4 (6360.9
5345-7 |5497-1 |§655.0 |5819.8 |5092. ba ODS -5 0304+ t
5348.2 |5409.7 |5657-6 5822.6 5995.3 EB |ORTO-G 1636744
5350-7 |5502+3 5660.3 5825.4 5998.3 179. +7 6379.6
5353-2 |5 504-9 |5663.0 |5828.2 |6001.2 |6182.8 |6373.9 |
5355-6 |5 507-4 5665-7 |5831.0 6004.2 |6185.9 6377.2 |6
5358.1 |5510.0 |5668.4 |5833.9 |6007.1 |6189.0 |6380.5
5360.6 |5512.6 5671.1 5836.7 goro.r 6192.4 -¥ (6383.7 |
15 363-1 5515-2 |5673-8 |5830.5 |6013.0/6195.2 |6387.0|
5365-6 |5517-8 |5676.5 |5842.3 6016.0 /6198.3 |6390. 3 6593. °
5308.1 |5520.4 5679.2 |5845.2 bens-p 6201.4 |6393.6 6596.5
5370-5 |5523-0 |5681.9 |5848.0 |6021.9 |6204.6 6396.9, 6600.0
5373-0 5525-6 5684.6 |5850.8 (6024.9 |6207-7 |6400, 2 |6603.4
5375-5 |§ 528-2 |5687.3 |5853.7 |6027.9 6210.8. 6403.5 |6606.9
5378.0 |5 530.8 |5690.0 5856.5 |6030.8 |6213.9 |6406.8 6650.4
5380.5 15533+4|5692.8 [5859.3 (6033.8 6217.1 |6410.1 (6613. 9
|5 383-0 5530.0 [5095.5 5862.2 |6036.8 |6220.2 |6413.4 \6617. “4
§ 385-5 |5538.6 |5698.2 |5865.0|6039.8 |6223.3 |6416.7 (6620.9
5388.0 |5541.2 5700.9 5867.9 |6042.7 |6226.5 |6420.0 6624.4
+3 |5390+5 |5543-8 15 793-6 |5870.7 |6045.7 |6229.6 6423.3 6627. 9
5393-0 5545-4 |5706.3 |5873-5 |6048.7 |6232.7 |6426.6 |6631.4
5395-5 5549 0'5709-1 5876.4 |6051.7 |6235.9 |6429.9 |6635-0
30 |5250.5 5398.0 5551 6/5711. 8 5879-3 }605 4.7 |6239.0 |6433.2 |6638.5,
5252-9 |5400.5 |5554.2 5714.5 |5982.1 |6057.7 [6242.2 6436.6 |6642.0
5255-3 5403-0 |5556.8 5717.3 |5885-0 6060.7 |6245.3 [6439.9 |6645.5
5257-7 5405.6 |5559-5 5720.0 |5887.8 (6063.7 6248.5 (6443.2 6649.1
5260.1 }§ 408.1 |5562.1 |5722.7 |5890.7 |6066.7 (6251.7 |6446.6 (6652.6
5 |5262.6 5410.6 |5 564.7 5725-5 |5893-6 6069.7 |6254.8 |6449.9 |6656.1
§265.0/5413.1 |5567.3 |5 728.2 [5896.4 |6072.7 |6258.0 [6453.3 (6659.7
5267.4 |5415-6 |5569.9 5731-0 |5899-3 |6075.7 |6261.2 |6456.6 6663.2
5269.8 |15.4.18.1 15572.6 |5733-7 [5902-2 |(6078.8 6264.4 |6460.0 |6666.S
5272-3 |5420:9 [5575+ 2 |5736-4 5905.1 |6081.8 |6267.5 6463. .B 6670.3
5274-7 |5423-2 |5577-8 5739-2 |5907-0 (6084.8 |6270.7 (6460.7 (6673. 9
5277-1 5425-7 |5 580.5 |5741.9 5910.8 |6087.8 6273-9 |6470.0 6677.4
5279-5 |5428.2 |5.983.1 5744.7 |5913-7 (6090.8 (6277-1 (6473-4 6681.0
5916.6 6093.9 |6280.3 |64.76.8 \6684.6

5282.0 |5430.8 [5585.7 5747-5
Jens 4 5750-2 |§ 919.5 |6096.9 |6283.5 6480.1 6688.1

) FO 71
M. P.|M. P.|M. P.

5966.0 |6145-7 6334-9

eee
“NPM P

6745-7 ex ut I
6749-4 |6974-2 |7 214-2 \7471-7
6753-0 |6978.1 218. +3 7470-1

6760.3 |6985.8 |7226.6 |7
6763.9 6989-7 |7230.8
6767.6 |\6993-6 |7 234-9
6771.2 |6997+5 |7239-1
6774+9 |700%+4 17243-3
6778-5 |7005+3 |7247+5
6782.2 /7009.2 7255-8)

6785.8 |7013.3 |7255.8
6789.5 |7017-0 |7260.0
6793-2 |7020.9 |7264-2
6790.9 |7024.8 |7 268.4
6800.5 |7028.7 17 272-6 175345
6804.2 |7032.7 |7276.8 |7539.0
6807.9 |7036.6 |7281.0 |7543.6
6811.6 7040.5 |7285.2 |7548.1
6815.3 7044-5 |7289-4 |7552-7
6819.0 |7045.4 |7293+7 |7557-2
6822.7 |705 2.4 |7297-9 |7501-8
6826.4 |7056.3 |7 302-1 |7566.3
6830.1 |7060.3 |7306-4 |7570-9
6833-8 |7064.2 |7310.6 |7575-5
6837.6 |7068.2 |7314-9 |7580.1
6841.3 |7072.2 |7319-1 |7584-7
6845.0 |7076.2 |7323-4 |7589-3
6848.7 |7080.1 |7327-7 7593-9
6852.5 |7084.1 |7332-0 |7598-5
6856.2 7088.1 7336-2 |7603-1
6860.0 7092.1 |7340.4 |7607-7
6863.7 |7096.1 |7344.8 7612.3
6867.5 |7 100.1 |7349+1 \7617-0
6871.2 \7 504.1 17353-4 7621-6
6875.0 |7108.2 |7357-7 |7626.3
6878.7 |7112.2 |7362.0 |7630.9
6882.5 |7116.2 |7366-4 |7635-6
(6886.3 7120.2 17370.7 |7640.2
6890.1 |7 124-3 |7375-0 |7644.9
6893.8 |7128.3 |7379-4.17649-6 | 40.
6897.6 |7132-3 |7383-7 |7654-3
6901.4|7136. ve 17988 -0 |7559.0
6905-2 |7140-4 17 392-4 |7663.7 |.
(6909.0 7144.5 |7396.8 |7668.4

5753-0
5755-7
2 15758.5
© 5701.3

5308.8
5Stt-S

5313-7 5463.8 |5620.2 |5783.5 |5954.3

5316.2

[5318-6 |5468.9 5625.5 (5789.0 |5 960.1
) 5324.1 15471-5 [5628.2 |§ 791.8 His °

5458.7 15614.9 1577-9
5461.3 |5617-5 |5 780.7

5406.4 }5622.9 [5786.2

5922.4 |6099-9 |6286.6
5925.2 /6103.0 [6289.8
5928.1 |6106.0 |6293.0
$931.0 |6109.1 |6296.2

5933-9 [6112.1 |6299.4
ch oa 6115.1 |6302.7

5939-7 |6118.2 6305.9
5942.6 |6121.2 |6309.1
5945-5 |6124.3 |6312.3
5948.5 161274 6315-5
5Q51-4 ats 6318.7
6133-5 |6322.0

6136.5

6139.6

6325.2
6142.7 |6331-7

5957-2

6691.7 6912.8)
6695-3 | 6916. 6!
6490.3 |6698.9 | \6920. 4
6493. 6 |6702.4 6924.2
6497-0 (6706.0 \6928. I
6500.4
6503.8
6507.2
6510.6
6514.0 poe O|
6517.4 |6727.6 |
6520.8 (0731-2

6524.2 (6734.9
6527.6 6738.5 |
6531-0 |6742.1

6483.5
6486.9

i

iee-6 6 pass. os °

“5 7205-9

7148.6 |7401-1 |7673.1
7452-6 7405-5 |7677-8
7150.7 \74.09-9 |7682.6
7160.8 17414.2 7687.3
7164.9 7418.6 17692. °

7423-0 = 8

7185. +3 17440- 6 7715+ 8
7189.5 |\7445+0 |7720-6
7193+ -6 \7449-5 7725-4

7201.8

7458.3 7735-0

6328.4
‘| M.P. MoP) |SMeaP:

M.P.| MP.

7462.8 17739-8) 59

MERIDIONAL PARTS.

hy 78 719 | 80 | OY | 52 | 83 | By oa 87 Bg D.1.
min, MOP. 1M. P,|M. Pp. M. P. M. P, M. P, | M. P.| M. P.| M. P. M. P,| M. P.| M. P. | min
© 17744-6 |8o45.7 8375.3 8739.1 [9145-5 | 9605.9,10137.0]10764.7/115932.6)12522.9 13910.6 16299.8 o

1 17749 4 8o51.0/83N1.0 8745-5 |9152.7 GO 14-1/10146.6 10776.2)11547.0)12541.4 13945 -4116357-5) I
2 177542 8056.2 [8386.8 |8751.9/91509.9| 9622.4)101 56.2) 10787.7|11561.4|12560.7|1 3974 4/16416.3) 2
3 17759-0 |8061.5 |8392.6 |87 58.3 [9167.4 9939-6/10165.8 10799.3)11575-9)1 2580.0) 1 40 03-7/16476 1] 3
4 17763-9 8066.8 /8398.3 [8764.8 O17 4.4 9638.9|10175.4|10810.8 115905 12599.5|14034.2|16537 o 4
5 |7763.7 8072.0 |84oget [8771.2 19181.6) 9647-2)10185, 1]10822.6]1 1605.0/12619.1114063.0116598.9| 5
6 7773-5 |8077.; 8409.9 [8777-7 |9188.9| 9655.5/10194.8)10834.2/11619.7 12638.8]14093.0|16662.0) 6
9 17775+4 8082.6 [8415.8 [8754.1 9196.2) 9663.8)10204.6)10845.9/1 1634-5/12658.6)14123 3/16726.2) 7
8 17783.2 8087.9 |8421.6/8790.6 9203.5 | 9672.2)10214.4/10857.7 11649.3|12678.6)1415 369 16791.7| 8

Q |7788.1 [8093.2 [8427.4 [8797-1 9210.8] 9680.6)10224.2|10869.6)11664.1)12698.6 14184.7 16858.5| 9
10 |7793-0 SO8.5 |843 3.3 |8803.6|9218.1) 9689.0]10234.0) 1088 1.4/1 1679.1/12718.8)14215.8)16926.5) 10

11 [7797-8 8103.8 |8439.1 [S810.1 |9225.4) 9697.4/10243.8]10893.3)11694.0112739.1|14247.2|16995.6) 11
12 |7802.7 8109.2 |8445.0 |8816.6 |9232.7| 9705.8)10253,7)10905.2)11709.1/12759.5|14278.9|17066.g) 12
13 [7807.6 |8114.5 8450.9 8823.2 9240.2| 9714.2/10263.6)10917.2|11724.2|12780.0]14310.9)17140 3} 13
14 {7812.5 /8119.8 [8456.8 |8820.7 |9247.6| 9722.7/10273.5/10929.1]11739.4|12800.7/14343.2/17213.2| 14
15 17817.4 8125.2 |8462.6 |8836. 3 |9255.0| 973 1-2/10283.5|10941.2)11754.7/12821.5/14375.8)17288.7 15
16 |7822.3 [8130.6 8468.6 |8842.8 |9262.4| 9739.7/10293.5|1095 3.3]11770.0/12842.5|14408.7|17366.0| 16
17 7827.2 8135.9 8474.5 |8849.4 9269.9] 9748.3/10303.5|/10965.5|11785.4 12863.5/14441-9 17444.0| 17
18 /7832.2 |8141.3 8480.4 |8856.0|9277.3| 9756.8) 10313.6)10977.7|1 1800.9) 12884.7/1447§.4117525.9
19 |7837.1 |8146.7 |8486.3 |8862.6 |9284 9765.4|10323.7 10989.9}11816.4/12906.0)14509.3|17608.7
20 |7842.0 /8152.1 |8492.3 8869.3 [9292.3 | 9774-01033 3.8/11002.2|1 1832.0 12927.4114543.5 17694.6
21 |7847.0|8157.5 8498.2 |5875.9 |9299.8 | 9782.7/10344.0)11014.5]11847.6/12948.9]14578.1/17780.5
22 (7851.9 8162.9 |8504.2 |8882.6 |9307.3 | 9791-3)10354.1]11026.9)11863.4)12970.6)1461 3.011 7869.9
23 |7856.9 8168.3 |85 10.2 |8889.2 |9314.8| 9800.0)10364.3)11039.3|11879. 2/1 2992.5]14648.3/17961.6
24 (7861.9 8173.7 |8516.2 8895.9 |9322.4| 9808.6)10374.5|11051.7|11895.1/13014.4|14683.9)18055.8
25 (7866.8 |8179.2|8522.2 |8902.6/9330.0} 9817.3/10384.8)1 1064. 2/1191 1.0,13036.614719.9|18152.6
26 /7871.8 |8184.6|85 28.2 |8909.3 |9337-6| 9826.1) 10395.0)11076.8)11927.1/13058.8)14756.3|18252.3
27 (7876.8 |8190.1 |8534.2 |8916,.0|9345:2| 9834.8) 10405.3/1 1089.3111943.1|13081.2}14793.0)18354.9
28 |7881.8 |8195.5 |8540.2 |8922.7 |9352.8| 9843-6)10415.7/11102.0]11959.3/13 103.8|14830.2/18460.7
29
go

7896.8 |8212.0 |8558.4 8943.0 9375-8} 9870.110447.1/11140.1/12008.4/13172-3/14944.2/18799.1
8949.8 19383:5 | 9879.0) 10457.5}11152.9)12024.9|13195.5\14983.0/1891 9.7

33 (7906.9 |8223.0/8570.5 8956.6 |9391.2| 9887.8)10468.0)11165.8 12041.5/13218.8)15022.3 19044.7
84 |79T1-g 8228.5 |8576.6 8963.4 |9398-9| 9896.7 10478.5)111 78.7 12058.2/13242.3)15062.1/191 74.4
17917-0/8234.1 8582.7 |8970.2 |9406.6) 9905-7/10489. 1/1 1191.7|12074.9]13265.9)15102 3/19309.2
7922.118239.6/8588.9 (8977.1 |9414.4) 9914.6)10499.7|11204.7|12091.7|13289.7/15 143-0119449.5
37 (7987-1 |8245.1 |8595.0 8983.9 |9422.1 | 9923.6)10510.4)11217.7|12108.6)13313.7 15184.2|19595.8
7932.2 |8250.7 |8601.1 |8gg90.8 |9429.9 19748.6
19908. 5

40 7940, 4626118 8613-5 9004.6 |9445-6 | 9950.8|10542.6,11257.2/12159.9)13386.6/15310.7|20076.

41 '7947-5 8267.4 |8619.6 9OLT-5 9453-4) 9959-8 10553.3)11270.5)/12177.1)13411.2 15353-8|20252.5 41
42 7952-6 8273.0 8625.8 9018.4 /9461.3) 9968.9 10564. 1/11283.8)12194.4!13436.1|15397.8|20483.3| 42
43 \7957-7 8278.6 8632.0 (9025.4 |9469.1| 9978.0/10574.9)11297-1/12211.8/13461.1/15442.1|20635-1| 43
44 7962.8 '8284.2 |8638.2 9032.3 9477.0! 9987.2 10585.8/11310.5}12229.3/13486.3/15486.9 20843.5| 44

‘7968.0 8289.9 |8644.5 '9039.3 9384-9 | 9996. 3/10596.7,11324.0}12246.9)1351 1,615532.6/2 1065.4] 45
46 17973.1 [8295.5 $650.7 (9046.3 19492.9| 10005. §|10607.6) 11 33 7.6)12264.6)13537-0/15578.7/21302.
47 \7978.2 \S301.1 [8656.9 9053.3 |9500.8 1001 4.8]/10618.6)11351.1/12282.4 13562.8 15625.5 2155723
48 |7983-4 |8306.8 8663.2 9060.3 19 508.8 |10024.0]10629.7|11364.8)12300.2/13588.9|15672.7/21832.5
49 (7988.5 |8312.4 \8669.5 19067.3 9516.8 1003 3.3/10040.8)11378.4/12318.1|13615.1|15721.0|22131.6
5° 7993-7 8318-1 [8675-7 9074-4 9524-8 |10042.6 1065 1.9)11392.2/12336.3/13641.4 15769.8 22459.3
51 (7998.9 8323-8 8682.0 go8t.4 [9532-9 1005 1.9}10663.0)11406.0}1 23 54.4/13667.8'15819.3/22821.5
§2 8004.0 /8329.4 8688.3 9088.5 |9540.9 | 1006 1. 3)10674.1|1 1419.8 1237 2.7/13694.5/15869.4)23226.4
53 |8009.2 8335-1 \8694.6 9095.6 9548.9 10070,6|10685.3}11433-7]12391-0/13721.5/15920.4/23685.4
54 8014.4 8340.8 8701.0 9102.7 \9557.0]10080.0}10696.5|11447-7|12409.5/13748.9115972.124215.3
55 8019.6 '8346.6|8707.3 g109.8 |9565.1|10089.4]10707.7|/11461.7)12428.0/1 3776. 1|16024.6)/24842.1
56 8024.8 8352.3 8713-6 9116.9 9573-2 |10098. 9/107 10. 1)11475.8)12446.5)13803.7/16077.9)25 609.2
57 |S030.078358.0|8720.0 9124.0/9581.4 |10108.4/10730.4/11489.9]12465.3/1383T.5|16132.0/26598.2
58. 8035.3 8363-7 |8726-4 \9131.2 9589.5 |10117.9110741.8]11504.1]1 2484. 2|13859.6|16187.0127992.1
5

9 8040-5 8369-5 3732-7 9138.4 9597 7 |10127-4|10753-3|11515.3/12503.1/13887.8)16242.9 30375.0
min. | M. P. / M. P.| M.-P.
| a | So

wo

'M. P.| M. P. M. P.| M. P.| M.

MER

N.B. In this table D.1. ftands for degree of lat. and
M. P. for meridional parts. In ufing it, feek the degrees
of latitude at the top or bottom, and the minutes in the
right or left hand columns; and the correfponding meri-
dional parts will ftand right againft the minutes, and in the
column figned with the degree propofed.

Having the latitude of two places, to find the meridional
miles or minutes between them ; confider whether the
places be one under the equinoétial, and the other wide of
it; or the one on the one fide of the equinotial, and the
other on the other; or whether they both lie on the fame
fide.

If one place lie under the equator, the meridional mi-
nute next under the degree of latitude of the other place,
is the meridional difference of latitude, or latitude en-
larged. If one be in north, and the other in fouth latitude,
the meridional minutes, correfponding to the two lati-
tudes, added together, give the meridional minutes between
them.

Both places lying towards the fame pole, fubtra& the me-
ridional parts anfwering to the lefs latitude from thofe of
the greater, the remajnder gives the meridional minutes, See
SAILING,

In the Philofophical Tranfaétions, No. 219, Dr. Halley
has given a very curious paper relating to the divifion of the
nautical meridian, by a quite different method from Mr.
Wright’s ; and containing a method of performing the pro-
blems of failing according to the true chart, by the help of
Briggs’s, or the common table of logarithmic tangents,
without a table of meridional parts. Dr. Halley avails
himfelf of a principle, firft accidentally difcovered by Mr.
Henry Bond, and publifhed about the year 1645, that the
meridian line was analogous to a fcale of logarithmic tan-
gents of half the complements of the latitude, This ana-
logy was firft demonftrated by Mr. James Gregory, in his
« Exercitationes Geometrice,’’ publifhed in 1688, and more
elegantly and concifely by Dr. Halley himfelf ; who has alfo
fhewn ph {upra) how to apply this analogy, by means of
any fyftem of logarithms, for computing the interval of the
meridional parts anf{wering to any two given latitudes. The
reader may find this fulbje& well illuftrated by Mr. Robertfon
in his Elements of Navigation, book viii. p. 142, &c. See
alfo Phil. Tranf. vol. xlvi. p. 559, &c.

To find the meridional parts to any fpheroid, with the
fame exaétnefs as in a {phere.

Let the femi-diameter of the equator be to the diftance
of the focus of the generating ellipfe from the centre, as
mtoz. Let A reprefent the latitude for which the meri-
dional parts are required, s the fine of the latitude, the

. 3 : exe
radius being unit ; find the arc B, whofe fine is — ; take
m

the logarithmic tangent of half the complement of B, from
the common tables; fubtra& this logarithmic tangent from
10.0000000, or the logarithmic tangent of 45°: multiply
the remainder by Hie » &c. and the produ&
fubtraé&ted from the meridional parts in the fphere, computed
in the ufual manner for the latitude A, will give the meri-
dional parts expreffed in minutes for the fame latitude in the
fpheroid, provided it be oblate.

raked :—If mm :1 :: 1000 : 22, then the greateft dif-
ference of the meridional parts in the fphere and {pheroid is
76.0929 minutes ; in other cafes it is found by multiplying
the remainder above mentioned by 1174.078.

When the fpheroid is oblong, the difference of the me-
ridional parts in the {phere and fpheroid, for the fame

are yet to be difcovered in different parts of it,

MER

latitude, is then determined by a circular arc. Phil. T'ranf.
No. 461. fe&.14. See alfo Maclaurin’s Fluxions, art.
195—899. k ee

Mr. Murdoch has folved this problem by infinite feries,
and has computed a table of meridional parts for an oblate
fpheroid, fuch as is mentioned in the foregoing example.
See his treatife, intitled ** Mercator’s Sailing applied to the
true Figure of the Earth,” Lond, 1743, 4to. See the
article DEGREE.

MERJEIAH, in Geography, a town of Algiers ; 80 miles
E. of Oran.

MERIGHI, La Sienona, in Biography, was announced
in Handel’s advertifements, on his return from Italy in 1729,
where he had been to engage fingers, as ‘* a woman of a
very fine prefence, an excellent a¢trefs, and a very good
finger, with a counter-tenor voice.” We find afterwards,
however, that fhe was only engaged as fecond woman under
the Strada.

MERJIAN, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in the pro-
vince of Kerman; 55 miles N. of Kabis.

MERIM, a large lake of S. America, in Paraguay, near
the coaft of the S. Atlantic ocean. At the S. end ftands
fort St. Miguel, and at its northern extremity fort Man-
gaveira. Parallel to it, and between it and the ocean, is
another lake nearly as long. The forts command the extre-
mities of the peninfula.

MERIMEG, or Marana, large river of Louifiana,
which runs into the Miffiippi, below the mouth of the
Miffouri.

MERINDAPILLY, atown of Hindooftan, in Bara-
maul ; 25 miles N.W. of Darempoury.

MERINO-Sueep, in Agriculture, a breed of fine-woolled
fheep lately introdeced from Spain, hence fometimes termed
the Spanifh breed. They are charaéterifed by the males hav-
ing horns, but the females being fometimes without them,
by- having white faces and legs, the latter rather long, the
body not very perfe& in fhape, fine in the bone, fome de-
gree of thrivtinefs, the pelt fine and clear. The weight,
when fattened in fome degree, in the rams about r7lbs.,
in the ewes r1lbs. the quarter. The wool is very fine.
They are faid te be hardy, and to have the property of
fattening in a pretty expeditious manner. See Mersra, and
SHEEP.

MERION, Upper and Lower, in Geography, two town-
fhips of America, in Montgomery county, Pennfylvania ;
the firft has 993, and the latter 1422 inhabitants.

MERIONETHSHIRE, one of the counties of North
Wales, is bounded on the W.by the extenfive bay of Cardigan,
which forms part of the Irifh fea; on the N. by Denbigh-
fhire and Caernarvonfhire ; on the E. by Montgomeryhhire ;
and on the S. by the river Dovey, which divides it from
Cardiganfhire. ‘This county extends in length, from Bedd-
gelert, near Snowdon, to Bwlch y Vedwen, on the confines
of Montgomeryfhire, 43 miles; in breadth, from Harlech
to the extreme boundary of Llangollen parifh, 38. It is
called by the natives Meironydd, and is the only county in
Wales which, with the addition of the word fhire, {till retains
its ancient appellation. This name is faid te be derived from
Meirion, the fon of Tibrawn, and grandfon of Cunedda, a
diftinguifhed Britifh chieftain of the fifth century, who,
having affifted the Welfh in refcuing their country from the
depredations of a band of Irifh marauders, received from
thema large extent of territory as the reward of his fervices.

The early hiftory of this county is equally as obfcure as
that of any other in Wales. That it was known to the Ro-
mans is evident from the many veftiges of their cuftoms which
Of thefe

the

MERIONETHSHIRE.

the principal are, the fortifications of Tommen-y-Bala, near
Bala town; Caer-Gai, in the vicinity of Llanuwehllyn ;
Cefn-Caer, in the parith of Penul, and Tommen-y-Mur, near
Feltiniog. The * paler road, denominated Sarn-Helen, can
eafily be traced from the fine ftation lalt mentioned, flretch-
ing itfelf towards Dinas Emry{m, Caernarvonhhire, From
this road two branches appear to have ftruck off in this
neighbourhood, one of which led to Conovium, and the
other to Segontiam, During the Saxon and Norman dy-
nafties, hiftory is nearly filent concerning Merioneththire,
but the numerous fortifications which cover its hills plainly
evince that it did not in thefe ages efcape the ravages
of war. At a later period it was the feene of many of
the daring exploits of the celebrated Owen Glyndyr, who
fo vigoroufly efpoufed the caufe of the unfortunate Ri-
chard II.

The general afpect of Merionethfhire differs in fome re-
{pects from that of the other counties in North Wales. For
the moft part it is extremely mountainous, but its moun-
tains are lefs elevated, with the exception of a few points,
than thofe of the adjacent county of Caernarvon. The
highelt hill, however, called Cader-Idris, is inferior in height
daly te Snowdon. This mountain, according to tradition,
was fo called from being the favourite feat of Idris, who
was a great prince, poet, aftronomer, and philofopher in
ancient times. Its higheft peak is faid to be two thoufand
eight hundred and fifty feet above the level of the town of
Dolgellau, which is fituated near its bafe. The ether prin-
cipal erathces are Aren-Vowdhwy, Aren-Benllyn, Aren-
nig, Moelwyn, Manod, &c.: thefe rear their lofty heads
over a profufion of lower hills, which are interfected by fome
beautiful vallies, and are interfperfed with woods, lakes,
rivers, rivulets, and cataracts.

The principal river in this county is the Dee, which takes
its rife from feveral fprings on the declivity of the lofty
Aren. Thefe quickly uniting their flreams enter the lake,
called by the Welfh Llyn-tegid; and by the Englifh Pimble-
meer, and from thence flow through the beautiful vale of
Edernion, towards ‘Corwen, a little below which town it
énters Denbighfhire. The Dee, in its courfe through this.
county, forms feveral fine cataracts. That called Rhaiadr-
du, or the Black-Cataract, from the colour of its waters,
is fituated in the vicinity of Dolgellau, and is a double fall
about fixty feet in height, where the river dafhes rapidly
over a feries of black rugged rocks, whieh are covered in
many places with white lichens, and thus give a peculiar
appearance to the fcene. The other rivers of importance
befides the Dee are the Maw or Mawddach, the Dovey or
Duff, and the Glaflyn and Dwy'rid, the two laft of which
form a junction, and pafling Traeth-Mawr and Traeth-
Bychan, empty their waters into the Irifh fea. There is
in this county a variety of lakes: the principal ones are
Llyn-tegid near Bala, and Llyn Talyllyn at the fouthern foot
of Cader Idris.

From the mountainous nature of Merionethfhire it may
naturally be fuppofed that it is not deftined to reach any
high degree of agricultural improvement. Mr. Davies, in
his enlightened Survey of North Wales, eftimates the num-
ber of acres in the whole county at 430,000, and ftates that
out of thefe not above 146,000 acres areinclofed. The foil is
various, but in general extremely poor. The hilly diftriéts,
where covered with foil, are in general too fteep and rugged
to admit of culture. By far the greater proportion of the
low grounds confifts of peat earth, forming bogs and tur-
baries. In fome few places attempts have been made by
different individuals to bring a part of thefe waite lands into
cultivation, but their progrefs has by no means anfwered

10

their expeétations, though fome advantages have certain!

been gained. The attention of the inhabitants therefore is
chiefly direéted to the rearing and feeding of cattle, theep,
and goats, of which a great number are exchanged for the
commodities of more fertile, or more commercial diftri@s.
The cultivated fpots lie chiefly on the fea-coatt, and on the
firta of the county. In the vallies, and on the fides of the
hills, in many parts there appear contiderable plantations of
wooed, both natural and raifed by art.

Notwithftanding the apparently favourable charaéter of
this county for the productions of the mineral kingdom, it
is remarkable that few mines of any importance have been
difcovered in it. The diftrict abounds indeed with numerous
veins, ‘both of lead and copper ore, but they are generally
either fo peculiarly placed, or fo limited in extent, as to de-

rive the adventurer of any fair profpeét of remuneration
or the expence and trouble of opening them. Sulphat of
copper, in particular, is found at Aberdyfo, andut Buddu-
gre and Clogiau mines near Dolgellau. The two latter are
the biiacipal in Merionethfhire, and perhaps the only ones
which are wrought with any degree of fpirit or profit. At
Moel-Ifbri, in the parifh of Llaneliyd, Pont-yr-avon-
ddu, Bulch-y-plwm, and Craig-wen, near Dinas-mowdd.
wy, are the chief veins of lead. The fame metal alfo abounds
at Melin, Illyw-y-pair, in the parifh of Tywyn, and at
Bryndinas, near Dyffryn-gwyn.

This county pofleffes no iron ores, and can only boatt of
one infulated white lime rock at Gwerclas, near Corwen,
in which about 50,000 bushels are annually burnt. Merio-
nethfhire affords no coal, fo that peat forms the chief article
for fuel.

But if the pra@tical miner does not difcover here fuch ex-
hauftlefs ftores of ufeful metals as he might be led to expeé
upon a general view of the county, the {cientific mineralo-
gift will find ample materials for the illuftration of his geolo-
oe inquiries. The lofty mountain. of Cader-Idris pof-
effes numerous peculiarities, both of ftructure and compo-
fition; and affords feveral facts tending to fupport the
Huttonian hypothefis. This eminence is the commence-
ment of achain of primitive mountains, which extend in a
north-north-eafterly dire€tion towards the Arens and Ar-
renig. It is extremely fteep, and more craggy than the hills
of fecondary formation which furround it, and confifts of fili-
ceous porphyry, quartz, and feldfpar, inclofed in a green
patte, with filiceous fchiftofe porphyry, interfeGted with veins
of quartz and argillaceous porphyry in a mafs, and a dark
grey pafte. Befides thefe {pecies, fome of the rocks like-
wife contain the component parts of granite and porphyry,
together with the granitell in mafs of Mr. Kirwan, com-
pofed of quartz and fchorl. On the fides of the mountain
lea confiderable quantity of ftones, refembling lava ; and
hence fome writers fuppofe it to have been at one time vol-
canic. But this fuppofition is unqueftionably erroneous.
The porous appearance of thefe ftones has arifen from the
circumftance of the feldfpar which interfe@ted the quartz
having been decompofed. On the fouth fide of the moun-
tain, and uear its apex, is a large lake, from which the rocks
rife almoft perpendicularly. On the north fide is another
lake: and at the fummit is a mafs of large ftones, called
Idris’s chair. See Aikin’s Tour in Wales.

In a level part of the county, called Towyn Meironydd,
rifes a very fingular rock of immenfe fize, and terminating
in aconical form. Quartz conititutes the chief matrix of
the lead and copper ores here. In fome places feveral veins
confift entirely of this mineral upon the furface. A line of
dark coloured argillaceous limeftone can be traced in 2 fouth-

weftern direétion, ftretching through the whole extent of
‘ the

MER

the county to Cadair-Ddinmael, near Cerrig-Druidion. This
lime is of little value, either as a cement or a manure.
Befides the Roman roads already mentioned, Merioneth-
fhire contains many interefting monuments of remote ages.
Above Nannua, in the neighbourhood of Dolgellau, on a
rocky eminence, isa vaft colleGion of loofe ftones, which
have evidently formed the rampart of a Britifh poft. The
hill on which thefe ftones are placed is emphatically deno-
minated Moel-orthrwm, or the hill of oppreffion. ‘The re-
mains of acaftle, formerly of great itrength and extent, oc-
cupy the top of the infulated rock near Towyn-Meironydd,
already noticed. It appears to have {tretched longitudinally
over the whole furface of the fummit. One of the apart-
ments, thirty feet in diameter, is excavatedin the rock. In
fome parts, the lines of circumvallation confift of ftones
loofely piled on the edges of the precipices, but on other
parts appear well built walls of {quared ftones, cemented
with mortar compofed of calcined fhells and gravel. Ac-
cording to Mr. Pennant, this caftle was anciently called
Caltle-bere, and was granted by Edward I. to the cuftody
of Robert Fitzwalter. The fame author likewife fuppoles,
from its prefent name Teberri, that it may have been the for-
trefs belonging to the laft Llewellin, which was taken
only a fhort time previous to the final conqueft of Wales by
William de Valence, earl of Pembroke. This conjecture,
however, is extremely queftionable. St. Cadwan’s ftone, in
the church-yard of Towyn, is traditionally reported to have
been ereéted, in honour of that faint, in the fixth century.
In the parifh of Llanelltyd are the ruins of Cynmer-abbey,
founded by two Welfh princes in 1198. On the mountain
called Mikneint, near Rhyd-ar-Helen, ftand fome remark-
able ftone monuments, at leaft thirty in number. Each fe-
parate grave has four ftones, one at each corner, refembling
fmall {quare pillars, two or three feet high, and about nine
inches broad. ‘Tradition fays they ferve to commemorate
fome perfons of note, who fellin the battle fought here be-
tween the men of Dyffryn-Ardwdwy, and fome of Den-
bighfhire. A confiderable number of fimilar monuments are
found likewife in the parifh of Trawsfynudd. Several ftone
circles appear in the vicinity of thefe graves, the largeit about
fifty-two feet in diameter, and a vaft carnedd, with two up-
right ftones ; alfo feveral fmaller circles, the whole apparent-
ly furrounded by one of much greater circumference. Near
Rhuw-goch is a {mall fort, ina fingular pofition, ona circu-
lar ifolated rock, refembling an artificial mount, between
the hills, evidently intended for the defence of the pafs.
Some perfons have fuppofed that this was of Britifh con-
ftruétion, but the regularity of its facings, and the numer-
ous coins which have been found in its neighbourhood, feem
to imply that it was of Roman formation. Befides, in the
inclofed country immediately adjacent, is a large encamp-
ment, undoubtedly the work of that illuftrious peeple. This
commands a variety of pafles, which are defended by minor
pofts. At one extremity of the vale of Maentwrog is a
large upright ftone, called Maen-twrog, which is fuppofed
to be the monument of a faint fo named, who was contem-
porary with St. Beuno. The large artificial mount called
Tomen-y-Bala, near the lake of Bala, is fuppofed to have
been originally Roman, but afterwards to have been occu-
pied by the Welfh during their conflifs with the Englith,
Situated on an eminence fronting the town of Corwen, 1s the
Britith poft called Caer-Drewin, which confifts of a circular
wall, about a mile and a half in circumference, and is fuppofed
by Mr. Pennant to have been one of thofe ftrong holds in
which the Welfh fecured their families and their property,
in the event of an invafion. Lyttelton conjeCtures that Owen
Gwynnedd occupied this poft, while Henry I1. encamped on

MER

the oppofite fide of the vale, from whence however he was
forced to return to England in chagrin, without being able
to ftrike a fingle blow. It was afterwards the retreat of the
brave and heroic Owen Glyndwr, whofe memory continues
to be highly revered by the inhabitants of the furroundiug
diftri&. Harlech caftle has been already deferibed under
the word Hartecu. This county is not diftinguifhed for
its manufactures; but at Bala and Dolgellau, ious {trong
cloths, druggets, kerfimeres, flannels, &c. are made. Bala
is particularly noted for its ftockings and wigs.

The political divifions of this county have varied at differ-
ent periods. At prefent it comprehends five comots, cr hun-
dreds, viz. Ardwdwy, Penllyn, Eftumaner, Edernion, and
Talybont; 37 parifhes, and feven market-towns; viz. Har-
lech, Bala, Dolgellau, Dinas-y~Mowddu, Corwen, Tywen or
Towyn, and Barmouth. Harlech, the county-town, is but
a poor place, though governed bya mayor. Barmouth is the
only port in the county. Dolgellau is diftinguifhed as the
place where the fummer affizes are held, and is perhaps the
moft thriving town in Merionethfhire. Bala is likewife a
thriving town. Dinas-Mowddu, although now a mean town,
was anciently a fortified city, and the relidence of a Welfh
prince or chieftain. It is ftil a corporate town, with a mayor,
alderman, recorder, and feveral burgefles. The mayor has
the right of trying criminals, but of late years that privi-
lege has not been put in praétice. He ftill, however, retains
all the infignia of his magifterial office. Befides thefe towns
there is a variety of villages difperfed through different
parts of the county. Of thefe, Fefinieg and Mallwyd are
remarkable for the beauty of their fituations, and noble
profpeéts which they command. Freftiniog has been cele-
brated by feveral authors, but more efpecially by lord Lyttel-
ton. The vale in which this ftands has been compared to
the celebrated vale of Tempe, and it muft be confeffed
that few {pots in this ifland can boaft of fuch varied and ro-
mantic fcenery.

According to the parliamentary return of 1801, this
county cortained 5980 houfes, and 29,506 inhabitants, of
whom 13,896 were males, and 15,6 0 females. The num-
ber engaged in agriculture was 10,308, and in commerce
and manufaCtures 2711. Pennant’s Tour in Wales. Car-
lifle’s Topographical DiGtionary of Wales. Aikin’s Tour
in Wales.

MERIS, pecs, a part, in Mu/ic, an appellation given b
Mr. Sauveur to the Bead vate of oh ae See Mem.
Acad. Scienc. 1701.

MERISMA, in Botany, from jrpicuos, a divifion, allud-
ing to the divided or branched nature of this fungus.—Perf.
Spe 58z.—Clals and order, Cryptogamia Fungi. Nat. Ord,

ungi.

Eff, Ch. Branching, leathery, compreffed, even; for
the moft part hairy at the top.

This genus confifts of feven f{pecies in Perfoon, differing
from Clavaria chiefly in their compreffed dilated form, for
the hairinefs is avowedly not conftant, Examples may be
feen in } 7

M. criffatum. Perf. n. 3. (Clavaria laciniata ; Bull. t. 415,
f. 1. Sowerb. t. 158.)—Somewhat decumbent, incruft-
ing other plants, pale ; its branches laciniated, tumid, ru-
gofe. Found in woods, running over every thing that comes
in its way, like a ftalaGtitical coneretion, and t wing out
varioufly dilated, fharply jagged, fan-like branches. The
whole is of a pale whitifh hue, and faint {mell and tafte.

M. fetidum. Perf.n. 7. (Clavaria anthocephala; Bull.
t.452.f. 1. Sowerb.t. 156) —Purplifh-brown. Branches
palmate, crowded, whitifh and polifhed at their tips.—Not
unfrequent on the ground in fir woods.. It is of a tough

3 woody

MER

woody texture, and about two inches high, of a naufeous
feent when frefh, ‘The whole is of a palmate figure, flalked,
with many crowded, fan-like dranches, various in diameter,
whitith at their fummits, which are abrupt and notched.

MERIT, in Theology, is ufed to fignify the moral good-
nef of the aétions of men, and the reward due to them,

The Romith fchoolmen diftinguith two kinds of merit to-
wards God: the one of congruity, the other of condignity.

Meir of Congruity is when there is no jult proportion
between the action and the reward; but he who beltows the
reward fupplies, by his goodnefs or liberality, what was
wanting in the action, Such is the merit of a fon towards
his father ; but this is only meritin an improper fenfe.

Men of Condignity is when there is an abfolute equality
and a juft eitimation between the aétion and the reward: as
in the wages of a workman.

Thofe of the reformed religion difclaim all merit of con-
dignity towards God; even their beit works, they own, do
not merit at his hands. Hence the doétrine of condign me-
rits makes one of the great articles of controverfy between
the Romifhand reformed churches.

Merit, Order of, was inflituted by Frederick, king of
Praffia, The enfign of the order is a ftar of eight points
enamelled blue, and edged with gold; on the centre the let-
ters F.R. in a cypher; in each angle an eagle difplayed fa-
ble ; on the upper two points, the regal crown of Pruffia;
on the reverfe, in enamel, this motto, POUR LE MERITE. It
is worn round the neck, pendent to a black ribbon, edged
with filver.

Menir, Military Order wih in Heffe Caffel, was inftituted
by the Jate landgrave.. The badge is a gold ftar of eight
points enamelled white; on the centre this motto, viR-
TUTE ET FIDELITATE. [tis worn at the button-hole, pen-
dent toa blue ribbon, edged with filver.

Merit, Military, the Order of, was inftituted in France,
in the year 1759, by Louis XV. in favour of thofe officers
of his army a were Proteftants. The marks of honour
are the fame with thofe of the order of St.Louis. The en-
fign of the order is alfo of the fame form as that of St.
Louis, with this difference, that on one fide is * a {word in
pale,”? within this motto, PRO VIRTUTE BELLICA: and on
the reverfe is.a chaplet of laurel: within this infcription,
LUD. XV. INSTITUIT, 1759. ¢

MERKA, in Geography, atown of Pruffia, in the pala-
tinate of Culm; romiles N.N.E. of Thorn.

MERKENDORF, a town of Germany, in the mar-
gravate of Anfpach; 7 miles S.E. of Anfpach.

MERKET Isranps, a cluiter of {mall iflands in the Red
fea, near the coaft of Arabia. N. lat. 18° ro’.

MERKLIN, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of Pilfen ;
15 miles S.S.W. of Pilfen.

MERLANGUS, in Ichthyology, aname given by Bel-
lonius and fome other authors, to a {mall fpecies of whit-
ing, or/afellus mollis, called by the Venetians mollo, and by
fome other nations the capelon. See Gapus minutus.—Al{o,
the name of the common whiting, a {pecies of Gadus ; which

fee.

MERLENGO, in Geography, a town of Italy, in the
department of the Mincio; 10 miles N. of Mantua.
» MERLERA, afmall ifland in the Mediterranean, four
miles from cape Sidero, on the N. coaft of Corfu.

MERLERAULT, a town of France, in the depart-
ment of the Orne, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri&
of Argentan; 18 miles N.N.E. of Alencon. The place con-
tains 1222, and the canton.8098 inhabitants, ‘on a territory
of 1774 kiliometres, in 19 communes.

_MERLIN, Amsross, in Biography, a Britifh. writer,

. Vou XXIII.

MER

who flourithed in the fifth century, was regarded as a pro-
phet and magician. Strange ftories are told of him by an-
cient writers, fome of whom have affumed that he ange hm
by enchantment the ftupendous ftones on Salifbury plain
from Ireland. There are likewife certain extravagant pre-
didtions that pafs under his name, printed at Paris in 1530.
Near Caermarthen is a mount called Merlin’s Hill, beneath
which it is faid the prophet was buried.

Menxin, in Ornithology, the name of the yellow-legged
falcon, See Fatco Bfaln.

MERLINGEN, in Geography, a town of Switzerland,
in the canton of Bern; 7 miles S.E. of Thun.

MERLOM, a town of Hindooltan, in Dowlatabad; 12
miles §.E. of Bader.

MERLON, in Fortification, that part of the parapet,
from fifteen to eighteen feet in length, which lies betwixt
two embrafures.

The word comes from merula, or merla, which, in the cor-
rupt Latin, was ufed for a battlement.

To flake out the merlons, meafure from each end of the
wall, twelve feet, there flick a ftake, and plant other ftakes
at every intermediate cighteen feet : when this is done on the
infide of the wall, let other ftakes be planted on the outfide,
either dire&ly oppofite to the former, or in the line towards
the place where the gun is more particularly intended to de-
liver its fhot. Plant other ftakes on the infide, one a foot
diftant on each fide of the former, and this will leave {paces
‘of two feet each for the inner opening of embrafures : then,
on the outfide, plant other ftakes at five or fix feet diftance
from the former ones, one on each fide, and the {paces of ten
or twelve feet will be marked out for the outfide openings of
the embrafures. In the diretion of the pickets, which limit
the inner and outer openings of the embrafures, let fingle
rows of fafcines be ftaked down acrofs the wall, and thefe
will be the fides of the embrafures: fill the intermediate
{paces, or merlons, with rows or fafcines laid lengthwife to
the wall, and this will be the firft floor of the merlon, which
is to be picketted down, and the hollows filled with earth.
Let other floors be raifed in like manner, until the merlons
are carried up to about five or fix feet, or more if neceflary ;
and on the top of each let a bed or floor of earth be laid of
about eight or twelve inches thick. ‘

Merton, or Mellon, in Geography, atown of France, in
the department of the Oife ; feven miles S. of Clermont.

MERLUCIUS, Gadus merluccius of Linneus, in Jchthy-
ology, the name of a fifh commonly called the Aake, and by
fome authors the a/él/us alter. :

It isa moderately large fifth, growing to two feet or more
in length, and refembling the common pike in figure, from
whence it/has its name, merlucius, quafi maris lucius, the’ Jea-
pike. See Gapus Merluccius. :

MERMAID, or Merman, a fea-creature, frequently
talked of, and fuppofed half human and half a fith. '

However naturalifts may doubt of the reality of mermen,
or mermaids, if we might believe particular writers, there
feems ceftimony enough to eftablifhit. In the year 1187, as
Larrey informs us, fuch a monfter was fifhed up in the county
of Suffolk, and kept by the ‘governor for fix months. It
bore {co near a conformity with man, that nothing feemed
wanting to it befides fpeech. One day it took the oppor-
tunity of making its efcape, and plunging into the fea,
and was never more heard of, Hift. d Angleterre, p. i,
P- 403- vis ,

In the year 1430, we are told, that, after an huge tem-
peft, which broke down the dykes in Holland, and made
way for the fea into the meadows, &c. fome girls, of the town
of Edam, in Weft-Friefland, going in a boat to milk their

; Zz ; cows;

MER

cows, perceived a mermaid embarraffed in the mud with a
very little water. They took it into their boat, and brought
it with them to Edam, dreffed it in women’s apparel, and
taught it td fpin. It fed like one of them, buit could never
be brought to offer at fpeech. Some time after it was brought
to Haerlem, where it lived for fome years, though {till fhew-
ing an inclination to the water. Parival relates that they had
given it fome notions of a deity, and that it made its reve-
rences very devoutly whenever it paffed by a crucifix. (De-
lices d’Hollande.) In the year 1560; near the ifland of
Manar, on the weftern coalt of the ifland of Ceylon, fome
fifhermen are faid to have brought up, at one draught of a
net, feven mermen and maids; of which feveral Jefuits, and
among the ret F. Hen. Henriques, and Dimas Bofquez,
phyfician to the viceroy of Goa, are faid to have been wit-
neffes. And it is added, that the phyfician, who examined
them witha great deal of care, and made diffeStions thereof,
afferted that all the parts, both internal and external, were
found perfectly conformable tothofe of men. See the Hitt.
de la Compagne de Jefus, p. ii, tom. iv. N° 276, where the
relation is given at length.

We have another account, as well attefted, of a merman,
near the great rock called Diamond, on the coaft of Mar-
tinico. The perfons who faw it gave in a precife defcription
of it before a notary: they affirmed, that they faw it wipe
its hands over its face, and even heard it blow its nofe.

Another creature, of the fame {pecies, was caught in the
Baltic, in the year 1531, and fent as a prefent to Sigifmund
king of Poland, with whom it lived three days, and was
een by all the court. And another very young one was
taken near Rocca de Sintra, as related by Damian Goes.

The king of Portugal, and the grand-matter of the order
of St. James, are faid to have had a fuit at law, to deter-
mine which party thefe moniters belonged to. See Sra-
cow, and Siren. See Pontoppidan's Nat. Hilt. of Norway,
vol. ii, p. 186, &c.

MERMEREDGIK, in Geography, a town of Afiatic
Turkey, in Natolia; 44 miles E. of Smyrna,

MERO, a diftri& of Teneffee, in America, on the banks
of Cumberland river, comprehending feven counties and
32,178 inhabitants, of whom 8074 are flaves. ;

Meno Point, a point on the coaft of Peru, in the South
Pacific ocean, between cape Blanco to the S.W., and Tum-
ber river to the N.E., on the S.E. fide of Guayaquil bay.
5. lat. 3° go!,

Mero Motu. Sec Ex Mero.

MEROCELE, from jepos, the thigh, and x:\n, @ tumour,
in Surgery, the crural or femoral rupture. See Hernia.

MEROLA, in Geography, a river of Naples, which runs
into the Adriatic, N. Jat. 42° 6’. E. long. 54° 55).

MEROPE, a town of Peru, in the diocefe of Truxillo;
12 miles N.W. of Lambayeque.

MEROPS, the Bee-eater, in Natural Hiffory, a genus
of birds of the order Pice : bill curved, quadrangular, com-
prefled, carinate, pointed 3 noftrils {mall, at the bafe of the
bill; tongue lender, the tin, generally, jagged ; feet gref-
forial. ‘Chere are twenty-fix fpecies. The birds of this

enus, with a few exceptions, inhabit the old continent.

heir general food is infeéts, and they are particularly fond
of bees and wafps. They have no note beyond a whiftle;. and
that far from an agreeable one. Like the king-fifher, they
breed in holes in the banks of rivers.

Species.

* Aprastrrr. Back ferruginous ; belly and tail blueifh-
Breen; two of the tail-feathers Icnger; chin pale yellow.

MER

A variety occurs with the bill convex and uncarinated, and
the toes unconneéted at the laft joint. Bill black ; irids red 5
front blue-green ; crown, hind-head, and neck bay 3 a black
ftreak from the bill to the hind-head ; tail wedged, the fea-
thers edged within with cinereous; legs chefnut; claws
reddifh-black. This is one of the moft elegant of the Eu-
ropean birds, and, next to the roller and king-tifher, may
be regarded as the molt brilliant in point of colour. ‘This
bird is a native of the warmer parts of Europe, and of niany
parts both of Afia and Africa. It is rarely. feen in the
northern regions of Europe. In Greece, and among the
iflands of the Archipelago, it feems to be extremely com-
mon, and we are told by Belon, that in the ifland of Crete
the inhabitants praétife a curious mode of my it by
means of a cicada, faftened on a bent pin, or a fifh hook,
and tied toa long line ; the infeét is then thrown into the air, .
and flies with great rapidity, and tlie bee-eater, ever on the
watch for infeéts, feeing the cicada, {prings at it, and fwal-
lowing the bait, is thus taken by the Cretan boys. It has-
been feen in Sweden’; and in the third volume of the Tranf-
actions of the Linnzan fociety, it is aflerted that a flight of-
thefe birds, not lefs than twenty in number, was feen near
Mattifhallin Norfolk, in the month of June 1793, and again:
in the following October. They feed, on the wing, upon
bees, gnats, flies, and other infects. Their neft is compofed
of mofs, and the eggs, from five to feven, are perfeétly
white, and about the fize of thofe of a ftare. When the
fun fhines upon them, in their flight, they are a pleafing
object, as they appear gilded. It is recorded by Kolben,
the hiftorian of the Cape of Good Hope, that bee-eaters
guide the Hottentots to the honey, which the bees lay up in
clefts of the rocks.

Viripis, Indian Bee-eater. Green; band on the breaft
black ; chin and tail blue ; two of the tail-feathers longer.
It inhabits Bengal, and is eight or nine inches in length.
Bill and band acrofs the eyes are black; legs are brown.
There are four other varieties of this {pecies : in the fecond, the
body is longer, front blue: in the ¢hird, the chin is yellow ;
line on the fides of the head black ; quill-feathers tipt with
brown. Itis foundin Egypt. The billis black, flraight 3
tongue not jagged; legs flefh-colour; tail even; in the
fourth variety, the chin and ftripe beneath the eyes are blue ;
tail even; itis found in the Philippine iflands ; two middle
tail-feathers are black; inthe fifth and laft variety, the front
is of a pale yellow colour ; chin blue, it inhabits India.

Concener, Yellow-headed Bee-eater. Yellowifh ; rump
greenifh ; quill-feathers tipt with red; tail-feathers yellow
at the bafe. Found in the fouthern parts of Europe. The
band acrofs the eyes is black ; back and fhoulders bay ; leffer
wing-coverts blueifh, the greater are yellow ; quili-feathers
black ; legs yellow. According to Gefner it is often feen
in the neighbourhood of Strafburg.

SuperciLiosus, Supercilious Bee-eater. Green, frontal
line above and beneath the eyes white ; chin yellowifh; two
of the tail-feathers longer. There is a variety of this fpecies
deferibed as having a flenderer bill ; an even tail, with a rump
and tail of blue-green. It inhabits Madagafecar, and is nearly
a foot long. Biil and area of the eyes black ; erown green-
ifh-bay ; the legs are brown, and claws black.

Puiippensis, Philippine Bee-eater. Green, beneath
yellowith ; rump blue; tail even. ‘This, as its name im-
ports, inhabits the Philippine iflands, and is about eight or
nine inches long. ‘he bili and line through the eyes are
black ; legs and claws brown.

Cinexeus, Cinereous Bee-eater, Wariegated red and
yeliow, beneath reddifh-yeilow ; the two longeft tail-fea-
thers are red. Inhabits New Spain, and is between nine -

and

MEROPS.,

and ten inches long. The bill is green ; head, quill and la-
teral tail-feathers cinereous,

Fravicans, Yellow Bee-cater. Whitith; head varied
with white and tawny ; breaft reddift; back yellow ; rump,
wings, and tail rufous; two middle cailsfeeshoca very long.
In Willughby's Ornithology this {pecies is deferibed as the
fecond bird of Paradife of Aldrovandus. ‘This naturalitt
fays he obferved it, in the year 1677, in the poffeflion of a
Roman knight of the name of Cavallieri, The bead was
nearly white, f{prinkled with yellow, and qressclenend
{pots ; the eyes were luteous, with red eye-lathes ; the bill
between green and yellow, two fingers breadth long, and
rather curved ; the tongue red, longifh, and fharp, not un-
like that of a wood-pecker, and calculated for piercing ; the
brealt reddith ; the back, wings, and belly whitih, but the
upper parts of the tips of the wings ferruginous; the upper
part of the back yellowith, but becoming reddifh or ferru-

inous at the rump; the tail-feathers were white at the bafe,

ut ferruginous for the remainder of their length, and the
uwo middle feathers exceeded the others two palins in length.
The wings in the figure of Aldrovandus appear very long
in proportion to the bird, and the author fays they meafured
five palms in length ; the tail likewile, exclufively of the
two middle feathers, appears of confiderable length.

CoroManpus, Coromandel Bee-eater. Yellowifh; fides
of the neck, wings, and tail yellow; wing-coverts, back,
and rump waved blueith, ocular itripes black. _ Inhabits dif-
ferent parts of India and Coromandel, whence it derives its
name, Bill and legs black ; irids pale rufous; chin greenifh.

Brasitreysis, Brafilian Bee-eater. Varied brown and
black; head, chin, lefler wing-coverts, and body beneath
red ; wings and tail blue. Lt 1s found, as its name imports,
in Brafil; is about nine inches long; the bill, wings beneath,

legs and claws yellow.
' Surersus, Superb Bee-eater. Front and rump blue ;
two middle tail-feathers longer. Bill blackith ; quill-fea-
thers edged with brown; lower half of the middle tail-fea-
thers dark brown. The fize of this {plendid bird is nearly
that of the common or European bee-eater.

Bapivs, Chefnut Bee-eater. Blue-yreen ; head, neck,
and fhoulders chefaut coloured ; tail-feathers above b!ue, be-
neath grey-brown ; two middle tail-feathers longer pointed.
There is a variety that has the wings and tail chefnut. It
inhabits the ifle of France. Bill black, band beneath the

s brown; upper wing-coverts green, beneath tawny ;
quill-feathers beneath grey, four inner ones totally green;
13 middle ones tipt with black; tail-feathers grey at the
inner edges legs reddifh ; claws blackifh,

CurysoceruaLus, Yellow-throated Bee-eater. _Green-
gold, beneath blue-green; head and neck tawny; chin

ow ; two middle tail-featherslonger. It is found in dif-
mm parts of Afia, and is about ten inches long. The
front and eye-brows blue-green ; upper tail-coverts green.

AnNGOLeENsis, Angola Bee-eater. Gloffy green-gold ;
band through the eyes cinereous, {potted with black ; wings
and wedged tail beneath cinereous; chin qclews throat
‘chefnut. It inhabits, as its name exprefles, Angola, and is
about five inches long. The biil and claws are black ; legs
cinereous ; body beneath blueith.

EryturocerHatus, Red-headed. Bee-eater. Green,
beneath yeliowifh ; head and neck red; chin yellow; wings
and even tail beneath cinereous. It is found in India, and
is about fix inches long. According to Briffon, -the crown
of the head and upper part of the neck are of a bright red ;
there is acrofs the eyes a black ftreak; all the upper parts
of the bird are of ‘a fine green; the throat and under parts
yellow, but flightly dathed, from the throat downwards,

with red; tail even at the end, and rather fhort; irides red;
bill black ; legs brown,

Nunicus, Blue headed Bee-eater. Blue-green, beneath
red; back, wings, and forked tail dirty red. It inhabits
Nubia, and is ten inches long. The bill is black ; great
quill-feathers tipt with blucith-ath, the fecondary are black-
ith; legs pale-ath,

Enyrunorrenus, Red-winged Bee-cater. Olive, be-
neath whitith, chin yellow; wings and tail red, tipt with
black. It wos defcribed by Buffon, from a fpecimen
brought from Senegal by Adanfon, Its total length was
about fix inches.

Cayanensis, Cayenne Bee-cater.
tail rufous, the latter tipt with black. It is a native of
Cayenne, from whence it derives its name. The bill is
black ; quill-feathers white at the bafe; the tail-feathers
edged with black ; legs yellowith.
* Surixamensis, Surinam Bee-eater. Variegated ; hind-
head reddith ; {crag greenifh-yellow ; quill-feathers greenith,
varied with black and blue. An idhabitant of Surinam.
The irids are chefnut and claws black.

Nova; Sreranpix, New Zealand Bee-eater. Glofy

reenifh-black ; greater wing-coverts and tuft of curled
eathers on each fide the neck white ; tail even, coverts blue.
Is found in New Zealand; is about 11 inches long ; fings
well ; is held facred by the inhabitants; and the flefh is good.
Legs and claws black; infide the mouth and tongue yel-
low, the latter tipt with black and befet with briftles; fea-
thers of the neck lax, long, a little curled, with a longitu.
dinal white flreak through the fhaft.

PuryGius, Embroidered Bee-eater. Black variegated
with yellow. This beautiful {pecies is the fize of a thrufh,
and its black moft elegantly variegated with bright and
pale yellow; the fides of the head, round the eyes, are
coyered by a naked, yellow, granulated fkin; the back and
breaft undulated by numerous pale or whitifh-yellow cref-
cents, the tips of the black feathers being of that colour ;
the fmaller wing-coverts are marked in a fimilar manner ;
the larger tipt with bright yellow, and the quill-feathers
edged with the fame colour, as are alfo the exterior tail-
feathers; the bill is black, cf a moderate length, and fharp-
pointed ; the legs are brown, It is a native of New Hol-
land.

Nicer, Yellow-tufted Bee-eater. Black; a large tuft
of feathers behind the wings and vent yellow ; tail wedged,
edged and tipt with white. Native of the Sandwich iflands,
where it is much efteemed on account of the tufts of yellow
feathers beneath the wings, which are ufed in various orna-
mental articles of drefs among the natives, and on that ac-
count Dr. Shaw fays it might juttify us in placing this fpe-
cies among a particular divifion of the genus Certhia. There
are two other varieties, of which the Jecond ts known by
having two middle tail-feathers uniform ; and the shird by
its rufous flanks, and by its having all the tail-feathers uni-
form.

Caruncutatus, New Holland Bee-eater. Brown,
belly yellow ; wattles carunculate ; tail wedged, tipt with
white. It inhabits New Holland, and is deferibed and
figured in White’s Voyage to New South Wales. It is
fomewhat of the fize of a Miffel thrufh, but much longer
in proportion, meafuring about fourteen inches. The fec-
thers on the upper part of the head are longer than the ref,
giving the appearance of a flight creit; the plumage of the
bird 1s brown, the feathers long and pointed, and each fea-
ther has a white longitudinal itreak ; beneath the eye, on
each fide the head, beyond the bale of the lower mandible,
is a lengthened pendent wattle of an orange colour; the

ss Z2z2° middle

Green; wings and

MER

middle of the belly is yellow, the tail wedge-fhaped, like
that of the magpie, and the feathers are tipt with white.
The bill and legs are brown. In fome individuals of this
fpecies a filvery ftreak appears beyond each fide of the bill,
and in the young birds the white ftreaks on the plumage
terminate in a kind of dilated {pot at the tip of each feather.

Cornicutatus, Horned Bee-eater. Brown, head naked-
ifh ; body beneath and tips of the tail-feathers whitifh; horn
on the front obtufe. This is alfo an inhabitant of New
Holland, and is defcribed and figured by Mr. White. It is
rather larger than a black-bird, the plumage above is brown,
and beneath it is white; the head and upper part of the neck
is {paringly covered with narrow white feathers, almott like
hairs; but the fore-part of the neck and breaft are fur-
nifhed with long ones of a white colour with a dark middle
ftreak, and pointed at the ends; its moft remarkable feature
is, that on the forehead, juft at the bafe of the bill, there is
a fhort blunt knob, about a quarter of an inch in height,
and of a brownifh colour ; the tongue is nearly the length
of the bill, and briftly at the end; the legs are dark brown.

Gutaris, Red-throated Bee-eater, and fometimes, from
its colour, called the Black Bee-eater. Black ; forehead and
rump blue; belly {potted with blue; throat red. It in-
habits Sierra Leona. In fize it is rather fmaller than the
common bee-eater, and its prevailing colour is the fineft vel-
yet black; the forehead is of the richeft blue, fo alfo is the
rump, furpaffing that of the king-fifher ; the throat is of a
bright blood-red, the larger wing-coverts and middle quill-
feathers bordered with bright ferruginous ; the tail is even
at the end; the bill and legs black.

Rurus, Rufous. Bee-eater. Quill-feathers brown, the
outer edge rufous. Body beneath inclining to yellow ; toes
feparated to the bafe; hind-claw longer. It is obferved by
Buffon, that as the toes in this fpecies are not united, as in
the reft of the genus, it feems to form as it were a connedt-
ing link, or fhade, between the bee-eaters and the hoopoes.

Mo uccensis, Molucca Bee-eater. Grey; orbits naked;
cheeks black; tail fubequal. It is a native of the Molucca
iflands, and is about 14 inches long. The bill is blackifh,
pervious, half covered with a membrane; tongue as long as
the bill, fringed at the tip; fome of the feathers of the
cheeks are tipt with a filvery colour; legs dufky ; outer toe

connected with the middle one ; hind-claw longer.

Monacuus, Brown or Cowled Bee-eater. Defcribed

‘by Latham, white beneath, with black and fomewhat downy
head with raifed crown. It is a large {pecies, and a native
of New Holland.

Matimsicus, Malimba Bee-eater. Sanguine rofe co-
loured beneath, with black eye-ftripe, white throat, and two
lengthened tail-feathers. ‘This is a native of Malimba, in
Congo, Africa, where it continues only three months m
the year; migrating in troops, flying with the f{wiftnefs of
a f{wallow, feeding on infects, rarely perching on trees; nor
on the ground any length of time.

MEROS, in /chthyology, the name of a very large Ame-

rican fifth, growing to five or fix feet long, and called by the
Brafilians cugupu-guacu. Its head is very large, and its
mouth wide and toothlefs ; its eyes have a black pupil and a
yellow iris; it hath five fins, one running the whole length
of the back and reaching nearly to the tail; the anterior
part of this is narrow, and armed with fmall but fharp
{pines ; the other part is broader, and fuftained by fofter
rays; behind the anus is one like the hinder part of that on
the back, and two others behind the gills, which are large
and broad; the tail fin is very large and broad, and much
‘more fo at its extremity than at its origin; the fcales are
fmall; the head, back, and fides are of a brownifh-grey ;

MER

and its belly white. It is accounted a well tafted fith, Ray.
See Perca Guttata. i

MEROSAGLIA, in Geography, a town of the ifland
of Corfica; 14 miles N.E. of Corte.

MEROVEUS, in Biography, king of France, or of the
Franks, whofe monarchy, at that time, was confined to both
banks of the Lower Rhine, began his reign about the year
448. Little is known of his origin and defcent, but the
mott probable opinion feems to be, that he was the younger
of the two fons of Clodion, his predeceffor, and that he ob-
tained the crown of the Franks through the protection of
Valentinian IIf., and his minifter Aétius. Attila fupported
the caufe of his elder brother, and Meroveus was prefent as
an ally of the Romans in the famous battle of Chalons,
fought againft that conqueror in 451. He afterwards pro-
bably extended his dominion in the provinces of Mentz and
Rheims, to the banks of the Seine, and_it has been faid,
that in confequence of his celebrity and renown, all the _
French kings of the firft race bore the name of Merovingian,
though others maintain that the appellation is older than this
fovereign. He died about the year 456. Gibbon. Univer.
Hitt. ;

MEROVINGIAN Cuaracter, derives its name from
Meroiiée, the firft king of Franceof that race, which reigned
333 years, from Pharamond to Charles Martel. This race
is. faid by fome to have terminated in Childeric III. A.D.
751. There are many MSS. in the French libraries {till
extant in this character. See Speét. de la Nat. vol. vii.

190.

MERRET, Curistoruer, in Biography, a phyfician
and naturalift, was born at Winchcombe, in Gloucefterfhire,
in February 1614. He was educated at Oxford, being firft
entered at Gloucefter hall, and fubfequently removing to
Oriel, and took the degree of M.D. in 1642, when he fettled
in London. He appears to have enjoyed a confiderable
fhare of practice in his profeffion, was a fellow of the College
of Phylicians, and one of the original members of the Phi-
lofophical Society, which after the refloration became the
Royal Society. He died in 1695. Merret was a ftrenuous
fupporter of the exclufive rights of the college, and his firft
publication was “ A Colle&tion of AG&s of Parliament,
Charters, Trials at Law, and Judges’ Opinions, concerning
thofe Grants to the College of Phyficians,”” 4to. 1660. This
book became the bafis of Dr. Goodall’s Hiftory of the
College, and it was followed, in 1669, by * A fhort View
of the Frands and Abufes committed by Apothecaries, in
relation to Patients and Phyficians.’? This’ publication in-
volved him in an angry controverfy with Henry Stubbe.
He was known to the public, however, more reputably as
a naturalift, by the publication of his work, entitled ** Pinax
Rerum Naturalium Britannicarum, continens Vegetabilia,
Animalia, et Foffilia in hac Infula reperta,’’ Lond. 1667,
8vo. This, though a dry and incomplete catalogue, and
abounding with errors, has the merit of being. the firlt of the
kind relating to this country, and was without doubt inftru-
mental in promoting the ftudy of natural hiftory here. The
botanical part is the fulleft, confifting chiefly, however, of
an alphabetical lift, according to the Latin names. A great
portion of his knowledge of plants was obtained through
the medium of Thomas Willifel, a noted herbalift, whom he
employed to travel through the kingdom for him during five
fummers. ‘The zoological and mineral parts of his pinax
are very meagre. Merret communicated feveral papers to
the Royal Society, which are printed in the earlier volumes
of the Philofophical TranfaGtions; particularly an account
of fome experiments on vegetation; of the tin mines in

Cornwall; of the art of refining; and fome curious obfer-

vations

MER

vations relative to the fens of Lincolnfhire, In 1662, he
tranflated into Englifh, Neri’s work “ De Arte Vitraria.”’
Tn 1686, an edition of the fame work was publithed in Latin,
with Merret’s obfervations and notes; and fubfequently a
work was printed in German and French, comprehending all
that had been written by Neri, Merret, and Kunckel, upon
this art. Eloy Dict. Hin. Gen. Biog,
MERRIMACK, in Geography, a river of America,
which is formed by the confluence of Pemigewaffet and
Winnipifeogee rivers in about N. lat. 43° 26', and which
eye a foutherly courfe through the ftate of New Hamp-
ire, till it enters Maflachufetts, and then turning eafterly,
pafles into the ocean at'Newbury-Port. It is navigable for
veffels of burden about 20 miles from its mouth.
Mernimack, a townfhip in Hillfborough county, New
Hampthire, on the W. bank of Martiteack river ; eight or
ten miles S. of Amherfl; containing 926 inhabitants,
MERRIMICHI, a river of America, which falls into
the head of a bay of that name on the N.E. coaft of the
province of New Brunfwick. From this river there is a
communication with St, John’s, partly by land, but princi-
pally by water carriage in canoes. The falmon fithery is
carried on with feel, and the cod-fifhery is improving
near the entrance of the bay.
MERRITCH, or Merrick, a town of Hindoottan, in
the country of Vifiapour, fituated on the N. fide of the
Kiftnah; 50 miles S.W. of Vifiapour. N. lat. 16° 58’.

E. long. 74° 47'.

MERRY, Ropert, in Biography, was born in London,
April 1755, and was defcended in a right line from fir
Henry Merry, who was knighted by James I. at White-
hall. Mr. Merry’s father was governor of the Hudfon’s
Bay Company. His ina was a captain in the royal
navy, and one of the elder brethren of the Trinity Honte ;
he eftabliflied the commerce of the Hudfon’s Bay Company
upon the plan which it now purfues. He made a voyage
himfelf to Hudfon’s Bay, and difcovered the ifland in the
North feas, which {till bears the name of Merry’s ifland.
He alfo made a voyage to the Eaft Indies, and was, perhaps,
the firft Englifhman who returned home over land; in
which expedition he encountered inconceivable hardfhips.
‘Mr. Merry’s mother was the eldeft daughter of the late
lord chief juitice Willes, who prefided for many years with

at ability in the court of Common Pleas, and was for
ome time firft lord commiffioner of the great feal. Mr.
Merry was educated at Harrow, under Dr. Sumner. The
celebrated Dr. Parr was his private tutor. From Harrow
he went to Cambridge, and was entered of Chrift’s college.
He left Cambridge without taking any degree, and was
afterwards entered of Lincoln’s Inn, but was never called to
the bar. Upon the death of his father he bought a com-
‘miffion in the horfe-guards, and was for feveral years adju-
tant and lieutenant to the firft troop, commanded by lord
Lothian. Mr. Merry quitted the fervice and went abroad,
where he remained nearly eight years ; curing which time he
vifited moft of the principal towns of France, Switzerland,
Italy, Germany, and Holland. At Florence he flayed a
confiderable time, enamoured (as it is faid) of a lady of
diftinguifhed rank and beauty. Here he ftudied the Italian
Tanguage, encouraged his favourite purfuit, poetry, and was
elected a member of the academy Della Crufca; the name
of which academy he afterwards ufed as a fignature to many
‘poems which were favourably received by the public, and
which excited a great number of imitators. When Mr.
Merry obferved this, he dropped his fiGtitious charatter,
and ever afterwards publifhed in his own name.

Upon his marriage with Mifs Branton, who performed in

MER

his tragedy of Lorenzo, a profpe¢t opened to him of living
at his eafe, by the joint produttion of that lady’s talents,
and his own ; but unfortunately the pride of thofe rela-
tions upon whom he had moft dependence was wounded by
the ‘alliance; and he was conftrained, much again{t Mrs.
Merry’s inclination, to take her from the ftage. This he
did as foon as her engagement at the theatre expired, which
was in the {pring of 1792. They then vifited the continent,
and returned in the fummer of 1793. They retired to
America in 1796, and our author died fuddenly at Balti-
more, in Maryland, Dec. 24, 1798, of an apopleétic dif-
order, which proceeded, as is fuppofed, from a plethora, and
the want of proper exercife. the was author of the follow-
ing dramatic pieces, viz. “ Ambitious Vengeance ;’’ ** Lo-
renzo;"’ “ The Magician no Conjurer ;”” and “ Fenelon,”
a ferious drama. Monthily Magazine, Jan. 1799.

Merny's J/land, in Geography, an ifland in Hudfon's Bay.
N. lat. 61° 52’. W. long. 93° 5’.

MER RYMEETIN Bay, a bay of America, in Straf-
ford county, New Hampbhhire, being the fouthernmoft arm of
lake Winnipifcogee. On its W. fide ftands mount Major.
—Alfo, a bay in Maine, formed by the junétion of Andro-
feoggin and Kennebeck rivers, oppofite to the town of Wool-
wich, 20 miles from the fea.

MERS Acotera, a town of Algiers, near the fea-coatt ;
fix miles S.W. of Tneifs.

Mers il Keeber. See MAZALQuivir.

MERSA, Et, a town of Africa; +2 miles N.E. of
Tunis.

MERSBURG, or Morspurg, a town of the duchy of
Baden, feated on the lake of Conftance, containing a femi-
nary for fecular clergy, and a nunnery of the Dominicans ;
fix miles N.E. of Conftance. N. lat. 47° 41°. E. long. 9°
14'.
MERSCH, a town of France, in the department of the
Forefts, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri€ of Lux-
embourg. The place contains 1446, and the canton 8185 in-
habitants, on a territory of 2174 kiliometres, in 15 com-
munes,

MERSCHOWITZ, a town of Bohemia, in the circle
of Leitmeritz ; 14 miles W.S.W. of Leitmeritz.

MERSEA, a townfhip of Upper Canada, in the county
of Effex, feated on lake Erie, W. of Romney.

MERSEBURG, a principality of Saxony, encompaffed
by the circles of Leipfic and Thuringia, the principality
of Querfurt, and duchy of Magdeburg. The foil is fertile,
and well cultivated, producing wheat, millet, and flax, but
wanting wood.—Alfo, the capital of the above-named prin-
cipality, feated on the Saale. It contains within the liber-
ties of the Chapter, the epifcopal palace and cathedral; a
gymnafium or foundation fchool, the chancery-houfe, the
chapter-houfe, the curie or refidences of the canons, and
other buildings. It has alfo a parifh church ; and derives its
chief fubfiltence from the ftrong beer that is brewed here
and exported to different places; 16 miles W. of Leipfic.
N. lat. 51° 22'. E. long. 14° 6.

MERSENETI, a town of Afiatic Turkey, in Natolia;
to miles S.E. of Milets.

MERSENNE, Manin, in Biography, a learned French
mathematician and philofopher, was born at Oyfe, in the
province of Maine, in the year 1588. He purfued his col-
lege ftudies at La Fleche, where he had as a fellow ftudent
the celebrated Des Cartes, with whom he contraéted an in-
timacy and friendfhip that laited during their lives. Here
Merfenne rendered himfelf con{picuous for the diligence and
rapid progrefs which he made in his various ftudies. From
La Fleche he went to the univerfity of Paris, where he =

MERSENNE.

“the utmoft attention to the mathematical fciences; after
which, he went through a theological courfe at the Sor-
bonne. When ‘he had completed his ftudies, he entered
himfelf at the convent of Minims near Paris, and took the
vows in 1612, when he was only 24 years of age. In the
following year he was ordained prieft, and began to ftudy
the Hebrew language, of which he made himfelf a complete
matter, In 1615 he was fent to the convent of his order
near Neyers, to fill the philofophical chair in that houfe ;
and he continued there, teaching philofophy, and afterwards
theology, till the year 1619, when he was chofen {uperior of
the convent. Upon the expiration of the term of his office,
which was annual, he withdrew to Paris, where he {pent the
‘remainder of his life in ftudy and literary converfe, excepting
fuch time as he devoted to fhort excurions into Italy, Ger-
many, and the Netherlands. While at this great city, he
was the chief friend and literary agent of Des Cartes, giving
him advice and affiitance upon all occafions, and informing
him of eyery thing of a literary and philofophical kind that
was going on in that city, and elfewhere. So highly did
Des Cartes eltimate the opinion of our philofopher, that he
{carcely did any thing, without firft confulting his friend.
It has been reported, that when Des Cartes was about to
found his fyftem of philofophy upsn the principle of a va-
-cuum, he was informed by Merfenne, who had founded the
Parifian philofophers upon it, that it would not be admitted,
and immediately changed his fy{tem, and adopted the oppo-
fite do€trine of a plenum. Merfenne was much celebrated
for poflefling the peculiar talent of forming curious quettions
and problems; fome of which, it afterwards appeared, he
was mnable to folve. To him has been afcribed the invention
of the curve, well known by the name of the ‘ cycloid,’?
which inftantly engaged the attention of mathematicians,
Schooten, indeed, afcribes the invention to Des Cartes; but
Torricelli, in the appendix, ‘ De Dimenfione Cycloidis,”’
fays, the curve was difcovered and named by Galileo and
others, about the year 1599, before Merfenne and Des
Cartes could have made much progrefs in mathematical
learning. Dr. Wallis, in the firft volume of the London
© Philofophical Tanfactions abridged,’’ attempts to fhew
that it is a much older invention, and was known to Bovilli
in the year 1500, and by cardinal Cufa a full haif centary
before this. Merfenne died in the year 1648. The lofs of him
was deeply regretted by perfons of all ranks who were ac-
quainted with him, by whom he was as much beloved for the
cheerful qualities of his heart, and his mild and amiable tem-
per, as he was refpected for his profound fcientilic know-
ledge. He was, while a refident at Paris, the very centre
of communication between literary men of all countries;
being there, what Mr. Collins was in England. He omitted
no opportunity of engaging them to publifh thei works;
and to Merfenne the world is indebted for feveral important
difcoveries, which would probably have been loft, but for
his encouragement and patronage. His own works were
numerous, and many of them highly important. The firlt
which he publifhed, of any magnitude, was entitled ‘* Quef-
tiones celeberrime in Genefim, &c. cum accurata Textus
Explicatione. In hoc Volumine Athei et Deilte impug-
nantur et expugnantur.”? ‘L'he other works of this philo-
fopher are enumerated in the General Biography, to which
our readers are referred.

In the mufical writings of this diligent and ingenious ec-
clefialtic may be found the moft minute and fatisfactory
account of the flate of mufic in France, during the reign of
Lonis XIIL., particularly in his ‘* Harmonie Univerfeile,’?
publifhed at Paris in 1636, in folio;, a work in which,
through all the partiality to his country, want of tale, and

'

method, there are fo many curious refearches and ingenious
and philofophical experiments, which have been of the

eateft ufe to fubfequent writers, particularly Kircher, as
render the book extremely valuable. This work, cogreéted
and enlarged, was tranflated into Latin, and publifhed b
the author in 1648, the year of his death, under the fol-
lowing title, «« De Sonorum Natura, Caufis et Effe&tibus.’”
In his twenty-third propofition, liv. i., this author explains
and defcribes twelve different kinds of mufic and movement,
ufed in France during his time; thefe were motets, fongs or
airs, paffacailles, pavans, allemandes, gaillards, voltes, cou-
rantes, farabandes, canaries, branles, and balets; of all
which he gives examples in notes, But though moft of
thefe movements were the {pecific names of the dances then
in vogue, the minuet, which, during the Prsieas century,
has been in fuch general favour all over Europe, is never
mentioned.

In the ‘* Pref. generale,’? Merfenne fpeaks of Galileo’s
difcoveries in harmonics; and in his liv, ti, ** Des Con-
fonances,’’ of fympathic vibrations. In other parts of his
werk he explains clearly the twelve keys major of practical
mufic; and fhews, for the firlt time perhaps, that there
may be feventy-two keys, or fix for each note, flat, natural,
and fharp, major and minor, There is nothing in this good
father’s book which reflects more honour on his talte and
penetration than his partiality for the violin, to which, in
liv. iv, ** Des Inflrumens,” prop. i, he gives the preference
over all other inftruments then in ufe, at a time when it was
thought unworthy of being admitted into the concerts of
other countries. 5

lt is amuling, however, to fee how contented mankind
have ever been, in the moft rude and uncultivated ages of the
world, with their own talents and accomplifhments. A fin-
gular inftance of this mental comfort appears in Merfenne,
chap. ** De l’Embelliflemens des Chants,’? which he ad-
drefles ** to pofterity, that they may form fome idea,"’ fays
he, “* of our manner of gracing and embellifhing airs; as fuch
advances have at no time been made in polifhing and refining
melody, as at prefent.”? In his treatife «* De la Voix,”
where he explains the manner of running divifions and mak-
ing fhakes, he fays, that * of all nations who ftudy finging,
and who run divifions in the throat, the French execute pal-
fages in the neate{t manner: this even the Italians confefs,
who make a particular profeflion of finging. It is impof-
fible,'’ adds he, ‘* to defcribe the beauty and fweetnefs of
our vocal embellifhments to fuch as have not heard them ;
for the purling of a flream, the meandering of a brook, er the
warbling of a nightingale, is not half fo mellifluous. And
I find nothing in nature,’’ continues this pious father, “ that
can give the leait idea of thefe paflages, which are far more
ravilhing than fhakes or trills, for they are the very quint-
effence of mufic.” (Liy.i. De la Voix, p. 40.) He
afterwards obferves, that no traces are to be found in the
writers of mutic among the ancient Greeks, that this in-
genious and voluptuous people ever had ‘“ des fredons & des
paflages comme nous autres:” triils and divifions in their
mulic, like us. :

One propolition in this book (xxxiv.) is to inquire
whether the French method of finging is the beft of all pof-
fible methods? and determines in the affirmative, not onl!
with refpect to this propofition, but affirms that of all thole
he had heard fing in neighbouring countries, as in Spain,
Germany, Flanders, and Italy, he had met with none who
fung fo agreeably as the French. ‘ There may,” fays he,
‘‘ be now and then a miraculous performer in other countries,
but I {peak here in general.”’ ts

He mentions recitative as a thing little praGifed in France,

* for

MER

for want of courage. ‘The Italians, he obferves, had fuc-
ceeded in this {pecies of finging, which Giacomo Peri had
invented at Florence the beginning of the century, Here
he {peaks of feveral mufical dramas in Italy, but does not
eall them operas. (Liv, vi, L'Art de bien Chanter.) A
book with the fame title was publithed at Paris, by Ba-
cilly, 1668,

he fi, to exprefs the feventh of the key, does not feem
to have been in ufe at this time in France ; as Merfennus in
his folmifation has never introduced it, repeating the mi, in
the key of C, for E and B.

MERSEY, in Geography, a navigable river of England,
flows from the eat to the welt, and forms, in the greater
part of its courfe, a natural boundary between the counties
of Lanecalter and Chefler. Its whole extent is dbaur fifty
miles ; thirty-five of which are navigable, from Liverpool
to the mouth of the river Irwell, for veflels of confiderable
burthen. The Merfey derives its origin from the junétion
of the rivers Etherow and Goyt, where it affumes the prefent
name, and in its courfe receives the flreams of the ‘Tame,
the Bollen, the Irwell, and the Weever. Oppofite War-
rington in Lancafhire, where it meets the tide-water, the
Merley is only forty yards wide; but at Runcorn-gap,
where it communicates with the Grand-trunk, and duke of

“Bridgewater's canals, its width is three hundred yards: be-
low the gap, it extends itfelf into a grand eltuary of three
miles tn width, and receives the navigable river Weever from
Northwich and Frodfham, In its courfe northward from
Runcorn, it gradually diminifhes for fix miles, and oppofite
Liverpool is only three-quarters of a mile wide ; but it forms
a fine channel, at Jeaft ten fathoms deep at low water, and is
very commodious for fhipping. About five miles farther,
meafuring by the Chefhire coaft, it falls into the Irith fea,
by two or three different channels, which are much incom-
moded by fands ; but the paflage is rendered fecure by means
of various land-marks, buoys, and light-houfes, and the
excellent fyftem of pilotage eftablifhed by the Liverpool
merchants. Lyfons’s Magna Britannia, vol. 11.

MERSIG, a town of France, in the department of the
Sarre, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri@ of Sarre-
bruck. The place contains 1832, and the canton 6421 in-
habitants, in 20 communes.

MERTAQUE, a town of New Spain, in the province
ef Honduras, which produces cochineal.

MERTENSIA, in Botany, a genus of the Submerfed
Alge, commonly termed Sea-weeds, named by the cele-
brated Thunbery, in honour of Profeffor F. C. Mertens, of
Bremen, a man of the moft amiable character, highly diftin-
guifhed by his knowledge of this tribe of vegetables in par-
ticular. A treatife illuitrating this genus was publifhed by
Dr. Roth, in Schrader’s New Journal for 1807. A Mer-
ay had indeed _previoufly appeared, from the pen of Pro-
feifor Willdenow, in the Stockholm Tranfations for 1804,
belonging to the order of Ferns; but that being reduced to
another genus, (fee GLEICHENIA,) the prefent is eftablifhed ;
and.as far as any opinion can be formed of fo unfettled a
tribe, it feems to be tolérably diftin@ from all that have
already been adopted. Roth. in Schrad. New Journ. v. 2.
fafe. r. rt. t. 1. £. B.—Ciafs and order, Cryptogamia Alga.
Nat. Ord. /ee, Linn. Joff.

Eff. Ch.. Frond internally jointed. Seeds difperfed in
the coats of cluttered inflated velicles.

i. M. dumbricalis. Roth as above. (Ulva lumbricalis ;
Linn. Mant. 311. Syit. Veg. ed. 14: 972. Thunb. Prod.
180.) — Gathered by Koenig, as well as by Thunberg, upon
fubmarine rocks at the Cape of Good Hope. The root con-

fitts of many flender entangled fibres, attaching themfelves-

MER

to thells and flones. Fronds feveral, three or four inches
high, cylindrical, bluntith, tapering at the bafe, deter-
minately branched, the thicknels of a crow’s quill, or more,
greenith-yellow, or purplifh, compofed of a thickifh cori-
aceous coat; internally {pongy, and interrupted by very
frequent tranfverfe reticulated partitions, which are fcarcely
difeoverable at the outhde. Frudification generally axillary,
rarcly lateral, confifting of numerous crowded, obovate, or
oblong, veficles, proceeding from a flightly elevated Aehhy
baie, or receptacle. Tach of thefe is jointed internally like
the frond, but their coat is rather thinner and more pellucid,
lodging very numerous, feattered, roundifh-oval, cryftalline
Suede The fpecimens in the herbarium of Linnaeus juftify
his defcription of the fruétification being terminal, but Roth
afferts that it becomes fo only by accidental injuries to the
frond, ‘The internal partitions are confidered by this great
cryptogamift of a f{purious nature, as originating from cel.
lular fubftance only, which dilates into a tranfverfe web or
net. The /eeds are difperfed under the external cuticle, ex-
aétly as in real U/ve, though confined to the above-men-
tioned veficular excrefcences, which however feem materially
different from branches, nor do they appear ever to be ex-
tended into fuch.

MERTHYR Typvit, or Tudfy/, in Geography, a large
and populous market-town, fituated in the cwmwd of Senghe-
nydd, cantref of Brenhinol, now the hundred of Caerphilly,
and county of Glamorgan, South Wales. It is a obes of
great astiquity, and is faid to derive its name from Tydyvil, .
the daughter of Brechan, prince of Brecknockthire, who was
murdered here, along with her father and brother, Rhun
Dremrudd, by a party of Saxon marauders, about the clofe
of the fifth century, Tydvil was the wife of Cyngin, fon
of Cadell, prince of the vale royal and part of Powys, and:
is reckoned among the number of the ancient Britifh faints.
After her death, the Saxons having been expelled by the
prowefs of her nephew, Nevydd, a churchavas ereéted and
dedicated to her at this place, and called the church of
Merthyr Tydvil, which in Welfh fignifies * the Martyt
"Tydvil.”’

From this period, nothing occurs deferving of notice re-
lative to Merthyr Tydvil, uf about the year 1620, when it
was diltinguifhed for its zeal in the caufe of non-conformity.
Though then trivial in extent and political importance, it
was neverthelefs a fort of hut-bed, which contributed in no
{mall degree to engender aod keep alive, for more than a
century, thofe religious diffentions, the effeéts of:which {till.
continue vifible in the feparation of the greater proportion of
the inhabitants of Wales from the eftablifhed church. In-
1755 a new era commenced in the hiltory of this place.
The extenfive ‘and valuable mines in its immediate vicinity
had hitherto attraéted but little notice. At this time, how--
ever, M:. Bacon particularly directed his atrention towards -
them ; and having obtained a leafe of a diflri&, extending
about eight miles in length, and four in breadth, at the mo-
derate rent of 200/. per annum, immediately began ojera-
tions, and ere&ted extenfive works for the fmelting and
forging of iron. This gentleman continued increafing his-
eflablifhment till the year 1783, when he deemed it proper
to let out the greater part of his property to Mr. Crawfhay,
and the remainder to Mr. Hill: at the fame: time, he re-
ferved to himfelf a certain tonnage on all the iron:manufac-
tured above a {pecified quantity. The new proprietors foon
augmented the works; and the part belonging. to-. Mr.
Crawfhay, at Cyfartha, are now by far the largeft in this
kingdom, and probably in Europe. He employs no fewer
than 1500 men, at an average of 30 hhillings a week fer man.

The weekly wages paid for labour amount to 1500 ae
e.

MER

‘The average of iron produced from thefe works is from 180
to 200 tons a week. Six furnaces and two rolling-mills are
employed. For procuring blaft for the furnaces and work-
ing the mills, there are four fteam-engines ; one of fifty, one
ot forty, one of twelve, and one of feven horfe power, The
firft engine is conneéted with the four upper blaft-furnaces,
to which is a water-engine annexed of nearly the fame power.
The machinery of this eftablifhment is truly gigantic; and
that part of it worked by water is curious, and certainly
highly powerful. The great water-wheel is a moft extra-
ordinary piece of mechanifm: it was conftruéted under the
fuperintendance of Watkin George, and’ meafures 50 feet
in diameter. W. George was then a carpenter employed

about the works: he was afterwards taken into partnerfhip, *

and received 20,000/. to give up his fhare. Befides thefe
works, and thofe of Mr. Hill, there are two others at Pen-
darren and Dowlais; the former producing about 140 tons
of iron weekly, and the jatter about three fourth-parts of
that quantity. The total number of fmelting-furnaces near
this town is feventeen, viz. Dowlais four, Pendarren three,
Plymouth (Mr. Hill) four, and Cyfartha fix.

No fa& can better illuttrate the magic influence of trade
on the condition of a country, than the rapid change which
has been effeéted at Merthyr Tydvil and its neighbourhood.
Forty years ago, this town was an inconfiderable village,
and contained only a few hundred inhabitants; whereas, by
the fole operation of its iron-works, it has rifen to be by far
the largeft and moft populous town in Wales. The in-
habitants of this parifh were eftimated at 7705, in 1801 ;
but the population is conjetured to amount to 10,000
perfons. In 1803 the money raifed for the poor rates, at
6s. 6d. in the pound, was 1453/. 17s. 103d. The {ftreets
in general are clofe and confined, and have no proper out-
lets behind the houfes. Confiderable improvements, how-
ever, have already been made within thefe laft five or fix

ears. Such ftreets as have been built fince that period are
much better arranged, and wider than thofe which were
ereGted earlier, At Pendarren is a large and elegant houfe,
furrounded by beautiful gardens and pleafure-grounds, be-
longing to Mr. Homfray. ‘he parifh church, rebuilt in 1806,
isa large and handfome building ; and befides it, there is a
fpacious chapel built by Mr. Crawfhay. The meeting-houfes
for diffenters of different feéts are about eleven in number:
three Baptifts, two Prefbyterian, two Independents, two in
the Wefley connetion, and two in that of Whitfield. A
theatre has been lately ereGted here. There is likewife a
philofophical fociety here, as well as a printing-houfe, and
a book-feller. The inhabitants of this town are chiefly
Welth, and the language f{poken in it almoft entirely fo.
Lefs immorality prevails than might be expeéted in a place
where the population confifts chiefly of the lower orders.
This is partly owing to the circumftance of the iron-matters
and clergymen being ufually magiftrates for the county, and
partly to the effe&t of religious inftruétion. Thefe magif-
trates have the power of nominating the requifite number of
conftables, and muft fubmit all their pknteetine to the quar-
ter and great feffions. A court of confcience, for the recovery
of {mall debts, has been inftituted here by aét of parliament,
within thefe three years. This town has three market-places,
which are well fupplied twice every week, on Wednefdays
and Saturdays. It has likewife feveral fairs during the year.

The weighty and valuable produ€tions of Merthyr T ydvil
find an eafy conveyance to the fea, by means of a canal
which extends hence to Penarth harbour, in the Briftol
channel, being navigable as far as Cardiff for veffels of 300
tons, and above that town for barges of rootons. This
anal, begun about 22 years ago, was ‘completed in 1798.

MER

At the Cyfartha works, where it terminates, it is 568 feet
above the level of the fea; which elevation is effeéted by
means of about 40 locks. A new tram road runs nearly
by its fide, through its whole courfe, extending altogether
26 miles in length. “e

Befides its iron ores, tle neighbourhood of this town is’
abundantly produétive of other minerals ufeful in the arts,
and confequently fubfervient to the convenience and hap-
pinefs of man. Coal, fo indifpenfibly neceffary in the ma-.
nufaéture of the iron, is fupplied in immenfe quantities, and
of excellent quality. Good mill-ftones and ftones for paving
are likewife abundant ; aud in the lime-ftone rocks are found
beds of black and variegated marble, not inferior to any in
the kingdom. .

About two miles from the town, on the fiummit of a lofty
mountain, is fituated a very ancient market-place, where
weekly markets haye now been held for upwards of 800
years, during the fummer feafon, from the 14th of May till
the 14th Ottober. This fingular market is {till much fre-
quented. Several fairs are likewife held here for cattle,
though the houfes in the place do not exceed fix in num-
ber. :

Morlais caftle ftands about three miles to the north-wett.
It is fituated on the fummit of a hill, about half a mile from
the ancient road over the mountains from Cardiff to Breck-
nock, overlooking a ravine of great depth, in the bottom of
which runs a branch of Taff Vechan river. The area of
this caftle forms an irregular pentagon, defended on the
fouth and eaft fides by a very large and deep trench cut in
the folid rock. On the north aud weft fides it is rendered
fufficiently ftrong, by the bold and rugged precipices which
overhang the dingle. The whole of this caftle is now in
ruins. Lt was built by Ivor Petit, or Ivor Bach, the fon
of Cedevor, who was no lefs diftinguifhed for his valour
than for the uncommon {mallnefs of his ftature. Malkin’s ©
Scenery, Antiquities, and Biography of South Wales,
2 vols. 8vo, 1807. Carlifle’s Topographical Di€tionary
of Wales, 1 vol. 4to. 1811. -

MERTOLA, a town of Portugal, in Alentejo, feated —
on the Guadiana, contaming about 2400 inhabitants; 24
miles S.S.E. of Beja. N. lat. 37° 36’. W. long. 7° 37!.

MERTON, a village in the weit half-hundred of Brix-
ton, in the county of Surrey, England; is fituated on the
Epfom road, nine miles diftant from London. It contained
in the year 1801, according to the return then made to
parliament, 151 houfes, occupied by 813 perfons. The
manor, which before the Conqueft was the property of earl
Harold, and was afterwards held by the crown, was granted
by Henry I. to Gilbert Norman, theriff of Surrey, who, in
the year 1115, bui!t a convent for canons regular of the
order of St. Auftin. The eftablifhment was patronifed by
the king and his queen Matilda. In 1130, Merton abbey,
as it was then called, was built with ftone; and in 1136 the
canons entered on the poffeffion of it. The benefaétions to
it were numerous and ample. In the year 1236 a parlia-
ment was held at the abbey, wherein were enatted the fta-
tutes which take their name from that place. In this houfe
alfo was concluded the peace between Henry III. and the
dauphin of France. The abbey was furrendered in’ 1538;
and the fcite was afterwards granted to the newly-eftablifhed
monaftery at Shene. After the diffolution, it was leafed
out to private perfons ; and during the civil war of Charles I.
it appears to haye been ufed as a garrifon. At prefent there
is no other veftige of the abbey than the ealt window of a
chapel of crumbling ftone, which feems, from its ftyle, to
have been built in the fifteenth century. The walls which
furround the premifes, including a {pace of about 60 acres,

9 are

MER

are nearly entire. ‘I'he feite hae long been occupied by two
extenlive manufactories for printing calicoes ; and a copper
mill is alfo eflablifhed here.

The parity church of Merton was built, early in the
twelfth century, by Gilbert Norman, the founder of the
abbey. It is conftruéted of flints, and confifts of a nave
and chancel; and at the weft end is a low {pire. From the
ftyle of architecture, it is prefumed to be the original ftruc-
ture, which has undergone but little alteration, In the
chancel window are fome remains of painted glafs; and
againit the north wall of the church is a large piéture of
Chrilt bearing the crofs.

Merton-Place, the feat of the late admiral Nelfon, is in
this parifh ; as is Cannon-hill, the villa of William Mollefon,
efq. Sir Richard Hotham had a feat here, which was pur-
chafed by —— Graves, efq. Lyfons’s Environs of Lon-
don, vol. i.

MERTVOI Ku truek, a bay at the north extremity of
the Cafpian fea. N. lat. 46°.

MERTZA, a fmall ifland in the north part of the gulf
of Bothnia. N- lat. 65° 27’. E. long. 22° ol.

MERTZBACH, a town of the duchy of Wurzburg ;
6 miles N.N.E. of Ebern.

MERU, a town of France, in the department of the
Oife, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri@ of Beau-
vais; 12 miles S.S.E. of Beauvais. The place contains
1800, and the canton 7131 inhabitants, on a territory of
165 kiliometres, in 206 communes.

BRU, a very celebrated mountain, in the mythological
fables of the Hindoos. The word in Sanferit fignifies an
axis, or centre; and hence, perhaps, it has been applied to
the north pole, which, being deemed the moft elevated re-
- gion, led he poets to defcribe Meru as the higheft mountain
in the world. It is alfo, by way of pre-eminence, called
St-mert, denoting its fairnefs or beauty. In the 15th
chapter of the firit book of the Mahabarat, it is thus de-
feribed: ‘There is a fair and ately mountain, and its
name is Méroo; a moft exalted mafs of glory, refleGing the
funny rays from the {plendid furface of its gilded horns. It
is clothed in gold, and is the refpected haunt of dews and
gandharvas (deities and celeftial chorifters). It is incon-
ceivable, and not to be encompaffed by finful man; and it
is guarded by dreadful ferperts. Many cele(tial medicinal
plants adorn its fides; and it ftands, piercing the heavens
with its afpiring fummit, a mighty hiil, inacceflible even by
the human mind. It is adorned with trees and pleafant
ftreams, and refoundeth with the delightful fongs of various
birds.” (Gita, p. 146.) The above is the introduétion
to the ftory of the Kurmavatara, given by the learned tranf-
lator in a note on the Gita. (See Kurmavarara and
Bracumans.) This may be deemed fufficiently extrava-

ant; but it is tame, compared with fome of the ravings of

indoo myftics, who find, in the contemplation of this
mytfterious mountain, types and fymbols of every thing in and
out of nature. Here follows a {pecimen of the Brahmanda
Purana, taken from Mr. Wilford’s differtation on the Sacred
Ifles in the Weft, in vol. viii. of the Afiatic Refearches.
«¢ Meru is the facred and primeval Linga, and the earth be-
neath is the myfterious Yoni, open like the Padma or Lotos.
The convexity in the centre is the Os tincz, or navel of
Vifhnu:; and the Hindoos often reprefent the phyfiological
myfteries of their religion by the emblem of the Lotos,
where the whole flower fignifies both the earth and the two
principles of fecundation; the germ is both Meru and the
Linga; the petal and filaments are the mountains which en-
circle Meru, and are alfo the type of the Yoni; the four
leaves of the calyx are the four vaft regions towards the

Vor, XXIIT. ,

4

MER
cardinal points ; and the leaves of the plant are the different
iflands in the ocean round Jambu."’ At the end of this in

genious effay are curious plates, reprefenting Meru under
the fanciful femblance of a lotos, and other geographical
extravaganzas of the Hindoo Puranicas, or poetical fabulifte
“ Brahma, Indra, and all the gods, declare that this largett
of mountains is a form confifting of jewels of numberlefs
colours; the abode of various tribes; like gold; like the
dawning morn, refplendent, with a thoufand petals; like a
thoufand water-pots, with a thoufand leaves. Within it is
adorned with the felf-moving cars of the gods, all beautiful ;
in its petals are the abodes of the gods, fike heaven ; in it

thoufand petals they dwell with their conforts. There re-
fides above Brahma, god of gods, with four faces. There
in the eaft is Indra, for ever to be praifed; the lord of
wealth, with a thoufand eyes, the deftroyer of towns.’’ (See
Inpra.) On this Olympia of the Hindoos are all the gods
aflembled in their magnificent palaces, under different de-
fignations. Kailafa is the paradife of Siva, (See Kar-
LASA.) Meru is the grand-father of the river Ganges, 22
noticed under Mera, the name of his daughter. Under
the articles Liyca, Loros, and Yon1, fome mention is
made of this wonderful mountain; and the reader, defirous
of farther accounts of it, and of mytticifms connected with
it, is referred to vol. viii. of the Afiatic Refearches, and to
Moor’s Hindoo Pantheon.

MERVILLE, Micuaet Guyor bz, in Biography, a
French writer, was born at Verfailles in 1696. After tra-
velling through various countries, he fettled as a bookfeller
at the Hague, where he publihed a literary journal. His
affairs becoming embarrafled, he went te Switzerland, and
drowned himfelf in the lake of Geneva in 1765. He wrote,
1. Voyage Hiflorique, 2 vols. r2mo. 2. Several Comedies,
&c. publifhed at Paris, in 3 vols. 12mo.

MeERVILLE, in Goaptiedy, a town of France, in the
department of the North, and chief place of a canton, in the
ditrig of Hazebrouch; 15 miles W. of Lille. The place
contains 5302, and the canton 16,608 inhabitants, on a ter-
ritory of 60 kiliometres, in 5 communes.

MERUIT Quantum, in Law. See Quantum.

MERULA, Georg, in Biography, a critic and hiftorian,
one of the revivers of ancient literature, was a native of Aleffan-
dria in Italy. He acquired the rudiments of Latin and Greek
under able preceptors, was foon diftinguifhed for his claffical
attainments, and pafled the greateft part of his life in teach-
ing the languages and rhetoric at Venice, Milan, and Pavia.
He died at Milan, at an advanced age, in1494. He was
celebrated as an original writer, and as an editor and com-
mentator. Under the patronage of Lewis Sforza he wrote
“ Antiquitates Vicecomitum, five de Geftis ducum Medio-
lanenfium,’”? of which the firft decade was publifhed in his
life time, and four books of the fecond decade were given.in
the 25th vol. of the «Scriptores Rerum Ital." He alfo
compofed a defcription of Montferrat, and of the eruption
of mount Vefuvius, and a {mall hiftorical tra& entitled
“* Bellum Scodrenfe,"’ defcriptive of the fiege of Scutari
by the Turks in 1474. He was the firft who gave an edi-
tion of the four Latin writers on agriculture, viz. Cato,
Varro, Columella, and Palladius, with notes, 1472. Inthe
fame year he gave the firft edition of the “Comedies of
Plautus.”” He likewife either firft publifhed or iluftrated
«* Juvenal ;*" « Martial ;’ “ Aufonius,’? and the “ Decla-
mations” of Quintilian. He tranflated from the Greek,
the lives of Trajan, Nerva, and Adrian. To him the world
is indebted for the difcovery of many ancient MSS. im the
monattery of Bobbio in 1494. Gen. Biog.

Mervva, Pau, was born at Dordrecht, in Holland, in

3A the

MER

the year 1558. He acquired in his own country a profound
knowledge of law, hiftory, and polite literature, and then
travelled for improvement into France, Italy, Germany, and
England. On his return he was appointed to fucceed the
famous Lipfius as profeffor of hiftory at Leyden, an office
which he held for fifteen years. He died in 1607 ; leaving
behind him feveral learned works, as ‘¢ The Fragments of
Ennius, with a Commentary :”’ ‘* Eutropius :” “* The Lives
of Erafmus and Junius:’’ ** Cofmographia,’? a work on
ancient geography: “A 'Treatife on Law;” “A Treatife on
Hunting, with the Laws refpeéting it :’”? the two laft are in
the Dutch language. After his death his works were col-
leGted and publifhed under the title of «« P. Merule Opera
varia pofthuma,” 1684.

Meruta, CLaupio, pA Correccio, (a {mall town in the
ftate of Modena,) organift of the church of St. Marc at
Venice in the time of Zarlino, and one of the interlocutors
inthe ‘ Raggionamento primo”? of his ‘* Dimoit. Harm.”
where he is called ¢ il gentiliffimo M. Claudio Merula, fua-
vifimo organifta del fuo tempo”’—the fweetelt organift of
his time. He had been maeftro di cappella to the duke of
Parma, and publifhed ‘ Toccate,’’ or preludes for the
organ, engraved on copper plates. The firft book of his
** Cantionum facrarum’’ appeared at Venice in 1578, in 4to. ;
after this he publifhed mafles, pfalms, motets, magnificats,
madrigals in three, four, and five parts.

Claudio Merula was one of the firft who attempted dra-
matic mufic. In 1574, he compofed a theatrical piece at
Venice, which was performed in the grand council chamber,
for the entertainment of Henry IIT. of France, when he re-
turned from Poland on the death of his brother, Charles IX.
This piece was called a tragedy, and was probably declaimed,
with madrigals and choruffes intermixed.

Meruta, Tarquinio, i] Cavalier, a whimfical compofer
of Bergamo; in the tenth vol. of whofe works, printed at
Venice in 1655, moft of his inftrumental movements are com-
pofed on a ground-bafe, which foon after became a common
practice with Stradella, Purcell, and others. This mafter was
achurch compofer, and a madrigalift; but his favourite ftyle
feems to have been the burlefque: in his cantata, of Curtius
for a bafe voice, publifhed in 1638, the poet, after adviling
Curtius againft fo rafh a ftep, tells him, that though he may
eafily find his way to the bottom of the gulph into which he
was about to plunge, yet, he adds, quanto al riternare, fara
un difficile Passo ; to which laft word a divifion of fix bars,
of fixteen femiquayers in each, is given, in the courfe of
which, the finger is carried from D on the fixth {pace in the
bafe, down to the abyfs of double C. There is another di-
vifion of feven bars at the laft clofe, in which the paflages are
echoed, piano, and the trill of the times in iterations of the
fame note, in femiquavers, is written twice at full length.

The cavalier Merula’s compofitions are almoft all fo
tin&tured with caprice and buffoonery, as to render them
more fingular and new at leaft than thofe of his contempo-
rartes. In his ** Libro fecondo della Mufiche concertate,”
publifhed in 1635, he has publifhed a three-part fong, with
ritornels for two violins and a bafe, fopra la ciacona, with his
cantata of ‘ Curzio precipitato.”?, Among other caprici-

ous things in this publication, there is a Canzonetta fpirituale
foprala Nanna, or Lullaby, confifting of only thefe two notes
in the bafe :

He has compofed a learned fugue in four parts, on the de-
clenfion of Hic, hec, hoc; and another upon Quis vel qui:

MER

nominativo gui, que, quod, (Fc. This laft confifts of feveral
movements which are fupported with vivacity, and imitations
of the cant and ftammering of fchool-boys in repeating their
grammatical leflon. The fingle vocal airs of this period
by Merulaand others, which we have examined, in order to
trace the progrefs of Italian melody, ab ovo, are dull, mo-
notonous, and inelegant. Imagination, as yet, was too much
fettered by canto fermo, canon, fugue, and ecclefiaftical
modes, to attempt the ufe of her wings.

Meruta, in Ichthyology, a {pecies of Labrus ; which fee.

Mervta Fluviatilis, a name given by Schoneveldt, and
fome other writers, to the common tench. See Cyprinus
Tinca.

Meruta, in Ornithology, the Black-bird, a f{pecies of
Turdus, of which there are feveral varieties. See Turpus
Merula, &c. For other {pecies of Merula, fee ALAUDA,
Corvus, GracuLa, Lanius, Muscicapa, OrioLus, Pa-
RADISEA, STURNUS, and TANAGRA.

MERULA Aquatica, the name of a bird called the waser-
ouzel in Englifh. Sea Srurnus Cinclus.

Meruta Saxatilis. See Turpus Saxatilis,
Infauftus, and Corvus Caryocataées.

MERULIUS, in Botany, a name of far-fetched etymo-
logy and meaning ; adopted by Haller, for the genus which
now retains it, from John Bauhin, who inhis Hifloria v 3.
807, mentions fome fungi as called by the name of Merulius
or Metulius, from Meta, a pillar or boundary-poft with a
round top, which their fhape refembles. Such fungi, no
doubt, are numerous, belonging to various genera; but the
idea is lefs {uitable to our prefent Merulii, than to moft others.
—Hall. Hift. v.3. 150. Perf. Syn. 488. (Cantherellus ;
Juff. 4. Lamarck illuftr. t. 883 )—Clafs and order, Cryp-
togamia Fungi. Nat. Ord. Fungi.

Eff. Ch. Cap flefhy or membranous.
with fuperficial {welling plaits.

Perfoon defines 25 {pecies of this very well-marked genus,
whofe fru&tifying membrane refembles the gilts of an Aga-
ricus in appearance only, being totally diftine& in nature.
Its furface is perfeétly continuous, but pinched up, as it
were, into fimple or branched tumid plaits.—The genus is
divided into three feGtions ; 1ft, the true Cantherelli, which
have an entire, rather cup-fhaped cap, with or without ftalk,
and confilt of 20 fpecies; 2d, Serpule, four {pecies, which
{pread indeterminately, fruétifyisg on the upper fide, and
have no ftalk ; 3d, Gomphus, one {pecies, of a club-like but
truncated fhape, which we think might be referred to the
firit feétion.

Examples of the firft feGtion are,

M. Cantharellus. Common Chanterelle. - Perf.n.1. (M.
n. 2326; Hall. Hilt. v. 3. 150. Agaricus Cantharellus ;
Linn. Sp. Pl. 1639. Hudf. 609, Fl. Dan. t. 264. Bull.
t. 505. f..1.° Sowerb. t. 46. Bolt. t. 62. A.n. 735
Scheff. t. 82, and n. 95. t. 206. Fungus angulofus, et
velut in lacinias difleGtus ; Vaill. Paris. 60, t. 11. f. 14, 15-)
—Cluftered, deep yellow all over. Cap flefhy, fmooth,
depreffed.—Very frequent in fir woods. It varies in the
breadth of its top, from one to rear three inches, and is en-
tirely of the colour of yolk of egg, with an agreeable {cent
like a plum or apricot, efpecially when drying. This fun-
gus is eaten in many countries, and feems to be no other-
wife unwholefome, than as its toughnefs renders it indi-
geftible. Haller reports the flavour to be excellent, though
fomewhat acrid, and fays he had often eaten this Merulius
dreffed in meat broth, without any bad effeéts.

M. nigripes. Black-ftalked Chanterelle. Perf. n. 3.
(Agaricus cantharelloides; Bull. t. 505. f. 2.) —Cap fun-
nel-fhaped, yellowifh. Stalk elongated, black, and footy.

Bye Native

Lanivus

Receptacle veiny,

MER

—Native of France. Perfoon feems to have adopted it
from Bulliard. The taller, move flender, black fa/é, and
more excavated top of the eap, feem the principal marks of
diftinétion between this and the firl {pecies, of which Mr.
Sowerby efteems it a variety only.

M, Jutefcens. Yellowith-ltalked Chanterelle. Perf. n. 4.
(Agaricus cantharelloides ; Sowerb. t. 47. Helvella can-
tharelloides ; Bull. t. 473. f. 3.) —Cap umbilicated, fmooth ;
yellowith-brown above ; reddifh afh-coloured beneath.’ Stalk
yellow, hollow—Not uncommon in woods in autumn,
according to Perfoon, but it feems to have been firft obferved
in England by Mr. Sowerby, Nov. 1794, in Peckham wood.
This 1s clearly diftinguithed by its hollow pale-yellow fla/é,
and the reddifh buff of its fruétifying membrane, contrafted
with the light brown of the upper furface.

M. cornucopioides. Cornucopie Chanterelle. Perf. n. 8.
(Peziza cornucopioides; Linn, Sp. Pl. 1650. Sowerb.
t.74. Bull.t. 150, Bolt.t. 103. Elvelan.17. Scheff.
t. 165, andn, 18, t. 166.) —Cluttered, blackifh, trumpet-
fhaped, with a wavy reflexed margin; the upper furface
{caly ; fructifying membrane blueifh, with obfolete plaits.—
Common in woods in autumn. Diftinguifhed by its invert-
edly conical trumpet-like fhape, with {carcely any fla/k, the
central hollow of the cap running down the middle, almott
to the root, fo as to form a funnel, the outfide of which is
really the under fide of the cap, and bears a blueifh powder,
prefumed to be the feed. The plaits of this part are in gene-
ral fufficiently obvious to mark the genus, though often eva-
nefcent. An eflential difference exifts between this fo
and Peziza, the latter producing its feeds from the ftrongly-
coloured upper fide of the cap, or cup.

M. retirugus. Reticulated Seffile Chanterelle. Perf. n. 16.
(Helvella retiruga ; Bull. t. 498. f. 1.)—Seffile, vertical,
roundifh, thin and membranous; fmooth and pale grey
above; afh-coloured, with radiating reticulated plaits be-
neath.—This pretty {pecies was found in France by Richard,

wing paralitically upon moffes and other plants, affixed by
its fmooth upper fide. The margin is entite when young,
but fubfequently torn or lobed. The /fa/é is wanting in this,
and two or three others of the firft fection, and Perfoon
feems doubtful whether they ought not to range in the next.
Their membranous nature, and determinate form, with the
prefence of a proper upper furface, furely jultify their re-
maining where he has placed them. ; .

The fecond feGion (which is Perfoon's third, as he di-
vides the former into two, becaufe fome have a central ftalk,
and othersa lateral one, or none at all) comprifes four {pecies,
whofe fhape is quite indeterminate, the whole fungus be-
ing reverfed, or laid on its back, without any ftalk, and al-
molt without any upper furface. The fru€ification is rare,
ortardily produced. ‘The moft remarkable is

M. ad Dry-rot Merulius, Perf.n. 21. (Boletus
lachrymans ; Wulf. in Jacq. Mifc. Auitr. v. 2. 111. t. 8,
f. 2. Dickf. Crypt. fafc. 1. 18. Sowerb. t. 113.)—Widely
{preading, indeterminate, yellowifh-red, with a white downy
edge. Plaits widely reticulated. The nature of this for-
midable fungus has not been known till within a few years,
though its effe€ts have been but too notorious in countries
where much fir wood is ufed for building. The plant infinu-
ates itfelf in the form of a fine web, like a fort of mouldinefs,
amongft the timbers or wooden walls of a houfe, which it
fpeedily and effeGtually deftroys, fo that in Sweden, where
houfes of fir are common, their unexpected downfall is b
no means unfrequent. Mr. Sowerby informs us of this pe
having lately attacked fome fhips in the Britifh navy, con-
cerning which he has been confulted by the navy commif-

MER

fioners. "The cure for this evil is the admiffion of air into all
fuch ftruétures, which is fatal to the growth of the plant.
Where this vegetable thrives, but meets with a check to its
increafe by walls or otherwife, it thickens greatly, and pro-
duces a fort of orange-coloured honey-comb ftru€ture, con-
taining the feeds, oh difcharging large drops of fluid here
and there, as exprefled in Mr. Sowerby’s plate, juflly com-
mended by Perfoon.

ras vaflator, Perf. n. 22, feems very nearly akin to the
aft.

The third feétion confifts of only one {petics,

M. elavatus. Club-fhaped Chanterelle. Perf. n. 25.
(Clavaria truncata; Schmid. Ic. t. 60 )—Club-thaped,
abrupt, folid, with lateral plaits,—Found in grafly places in
Germany, generally growing in tufts. ‘The colour is violet,
dull purple, or brownifh. The thape is that of a Clavaria,
either fimple or branched ; the top abrupt and flat, evidently,
though narrow, analogous to the ufual upper furface of the
cap of a Merulius ; the fides of the club-thaped body below
being plaited or veiny, like the fru@tifying part of the other
pecies.

MERY, Jorn, in Biography, a diftinguifhed anatomift
and furgeon, was born at Vatau, in Berry, where his father
aia furgery, in January 1645. From his earlieft years

e difplayed an exclufive attachment to the profeffion of his
father, and at the age of eighteen went to the great hofpi-
tal at Paris, the Hétel Dieu, where he purfued the ftudy
with extraordinary ardour. So earneft, indeed, was he in
this purfuit, that whenever he could procure a body, he
conveyed it to his bed-room, and paffed the night in diffec-
tion. In1681 he was promoted to the office of queen’s
furgeon ; and in 1683 he was appointed furgeon-major to the
invalids, at the inftance of M. de Louyois, who juitly efti-
mated his zeal and talents. Inthe following year, when the
king of Portugal applied to Louis XIV. to fend a furgeon
to Lifbon to attend upon the queen, he was fent poft to that
capital ; but the queen died before his arrival. Both the
courts of Spain and Portugal attempted, by very advantage-
ous offers, to induce him to remain in the peninfula, but he
declined them, and returned to Paris. He was now, 16845
received into the Academy of Sciences; and he was foon
afterwards fent on a journey to England, by order of the
court ; but the objeé& of this miflion was never made public.
He was alfo chofen by the monarch to attend upon the duke
of Burgundy, then a child. Attendance on a court, how-
ever, as Fontenelle remarks, was not lefs irkfome to him at
home, than in Spain or Portugal, and he returned as foon as
it was in his power to the hofpital of invalids, and tothe dif-
feting room.

He lived in retirement from all fociety, as faras it was
poffible, fhutting himfelf in his clofet as foon as he had per-
formed the ordinary duties of his office, which he tranfaéted
very methodically : he was not feen even by his family, except
at his hours of repaft; and declined all folicitations to en-
gage in private practice, except for the fervice of a few
friends. In 1700 he was appointed firft furgeon to the Hétel
Dieu, which gratified his utmoft ambition, and afforded
him abundant opportunities of gratifying his zeal in the pur-_
fuit of knowledge, for which he voluntarily facrificed all .
confiderations of rank and emolument. His high reputation
for anatomical knowledge brought many requefts from fo-
reigners to give le@ures upon that fubje&t ; which, however,
he declined. But he procured for the ftudents of the Hotel
Dieu the eretion of a theatre, in which they might obtain
are courfe of anatomy, inftead of the cafual inftru@tions _
which they had hitherto received ; and he expected no addi-

ZA 2 tional

MER

tional recompence for his increafed trouble. It was a great

art of the labour of his life to form an anatomical mufeum,
which at length he rendered extremely curious and complete.
For this purpofe, he fecluded himfelf in the moft minute
and patient diffections ; and no man furpaffed him in the
accuracy with which he inveltigated faéts relative to the
conftruétion of the human body. Neverthelefs, he juftly
entertained a very humble opinion of the extent of informa-
tion, which the knife of the anatomift can bring before the
mind, in regard to the minute operations of the animal
economy ; and was accuftomed to fay ingenuoufly, ‘« we ana-
tomifts are like the porters of Paris, who are well acquainted
with all its ftreets, as well as its lanes and alleys, but know
nothing of what paffes within the houfes.’’_ From the fteady
occupation of the inveftigation of facts, he was not in the

habit of inventing theories, and did not readily admit the

reafonings of others; at the fame time, he did not eafily re-
nounce his own, when he thought them well founded on ob-
fervation. Being little ufed, likewife, to the forms of po-
lite converfation, he ftated his views with great plainnefs,
and ufed no ceremony in contradiéting opinions and affertions,
which he thought abfurd or unfounded in fa& ; whence he
fometimes gave offence at the meetings of the A cademy with-
out intending it. In his moral habits he was extremely re-
gular, and always had a high fenfe of religion. He was
married, and had feveral children. About the age of feventy-
five, he fuddenly loft the ufe of his legs, without any other
indifpofition ; but from that time his health and ftrength
began to be impaired, and he died in 1722, in his feventy-
feventh year.

In addition to a great number of valuable communications,
which were printed in the Memoirs of the Academy of
Sciences, Mery publifhed the following works feparately.
1. © Defeription de Oreille de ? Homme,” Paris, 1681,
which was annexed to Laney’s work ‘* Del’ Ame fenfitive,”
by which he anticipated Duverney, who was known to have
been long employed on the fame fubje&t. 2. “ Obfervations
fur la Maniére de Tiller dans les deux Sexes, pour l’Extrac-
tion de la, Pierre, pratiqueé par Frére Jacques,” ibid. 1700,
t2mo. This isa very fcientific and candid difcuffion of that
celebrated empiric’s method of cutting for the ftone, the
general principle of which he approves, while he points out
many mifchiefs in his operations, oecafioned by his ignorance
of anatomy, and the rudenefs of his inftruments. 3. « Nou-
veau Syfteme de la Circulation du Sang, par le trou ovale, dans
le Foetus humain, avec les Reponfes aux Objections de M. M.
Duverney, Tauvry, Verheyen, Sylveftre, et Buifficre,”’
ibid. 1700, 12mo. The controverfy upon this queftion was
carried on with ardour. Mery controverted the received
opinion, that part of the blood pafles from the right to the
left ventricle, through the foramen ovale, and maintained
that its paflage was in the oppolite dire€tion ; and, therefore,
that the greater part of the blood in the foetus circulated
through the lungs, and the {maller portion through the reft
of the body. It is fingular, as Senac remarks, in his trea-
tife on the heart, that Mery, who was in error, had the

reater number of partizans ; but Duverney and the reft de-
ended the quettion ill. 4. His laft work, ‘* Problemes de
Phyfique,” ibid. 1711, gto., relates to the connection of the
foetus with the mother, and its nutrition, which he maintains,
in oppofition to Falconet, to be effeéted by means of the
maternal blood alone, and not by any lacteous fluid, produced
in the uterus forthat purpefe. Eloy Dit. Hilt. dela Med.
Fontenelle, Eloges des Acad. Gen. Biog.

Mery-/ur-Seine, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Aube, and chief place of a canton, in

MER

the diftri& of Arcis-fur-Aube; 15 miles N.W. of Troyes.
The place contains 1164, and the canton 9849 inhabitants,
on aterritory of 330 kiliometres, in 26 communes, N. lat.
48° 30'. E. long. 3 58!. .

MERYTA, in Botany, from juxpuo, to colle in clufters,
alluding to the fituation of the flowers. Forft. Gen. t. 60.
Juff. 442. Lamarck Illuftr. t. 803. Clafs and order,
Dinecia Triandria. Nat. Ord. uncertain.

Gen. Ch. Male flowers aggregate in clofe heads. Cal.
Perianth in three deep, ovate, acute fegments. Cor. nones
Stam. Filaments three, capillary, the length of the calyx’;
anthers oblong, with four furrows.

Female flowers nct difcovered. ;

1. M. lanceolata. Forft. Prod. 92.—Native of the So-
ciety ifles——The male flowers are reprefented in an hemi-
fpherical, lateral, feffile head. This 1s all the information
extant refpe€ting the genus in queftion; except that we
find, by a note of the younger Linnzus, that fir J. Banks
and Dr. Solander had likewife defcribed it as new, by the
name of Nea/a.

MERZAPOUR, in Geography, a town of Bengal ; 15
miles N.N.W. of Moorfhedabad.—Alfo, a town of Hindoo-
ftan, in the country of Benares, feated on the Ganges ;
24 miles W.S.W. of Benares. N. lat. 25° 10’. E. long.
82° 5o!.

MERZBERG, a town of Silefia, in the county of
Glatz, which has a filver mine ; to miles S. of Glatz.

MERZIFOUR, atown of Afiatic Turkey, in Natolia;
30 miles S. of Samfun.

MES, a river of Perfia, which runs into the Tab, near
Ragian.

MESA, Curisrovat vz, in Biography, a Spanifh poet,
who lived five years in habits of intimacy with Taffo. He
is the author of three heroic poems. 1. ‘* Las Navas de
Tolofa,’”’ 1598, upon the great victory won at Madrid by
Alonzo VIII. over the Moors. 2. ‘* La Reftauracion de
Efpana,’’ 1607, of which Pelayoisthehero. 3. ‘¢ El Patron
de Efpana,’? 1612, in honour of Santiago. Befides thefe
works he publifhed fome fmaller pieces, as a tragedy upon
Pompey, and a tranflation of the whole of Virgil; and he
left in MS. a verfion of the Iliad. Gen. Biog.

Mesa, in Geography, a river of Ruffia, which dif-
charges itfelf in the Tazovfkaia gulf, N. lat. 68° 12’. E.
long. 79° 14.

Mesa, La, the fouthernmoft of four ifles in the Pacific,
ocean, near each other, and E. of the Sandwichifles. N:
lat. 19°. W. long. 137° 10!.

MES-AIR, or Mezair, in the Manege, is a manege
half terra a terra, and half corvet: fo that the mezair is
higher than the action of the former, and lower than that of
the latter. In this action ufe the fame aids as in working
uponcurvets. Give the aids of the leg with delicacy, andno
ftronger than is juft neceffary to carry your horfe forward.
Remember when you clofe your legs to make him go for-
ward, to pufh with the outward in {uch a degree as to keep
your horfe confined, and to affift the other in» driving ‘him
forward ; .as it is not neceflary to lay fo much ftrefs on the
inner leg, becaufe that ferves only to guide the horfe, and
make him cover and embrace the ground that lies before
him. Berenger’s Horfemanfhip, vol. ii. p. 116.

MESANA, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan, in
Guzerat ; 35 miles N. of Amedabad.

MESANGE of Buffon, in Ornithology. See Moracitra
and Parus.

MESANGIA, the name of a bird common in France
and Italy; it is of the fize and fhape of the ficedula,

4 and

—

MES

and differs from it very little, except the having a black
{pot upon the head, ‘This feems to be the melancoryphos
of the ancients, who fuppofed, as many do at this time,
that the ficedula changed into this bird. ‘The ficedula,
or fig-eater, comesinto the gardens in France only at the
time when the figs, which are its proper food, are ripe; thefe
it devours in an infatiable manner, and, as foon as it has done
with them, goes away again, Soon after this the mefangia
or black-cap appears, and is fuppofed to be the fame bird,
with the addition of this beautiful ornament. ‘The ancients
were very fond of this imaginary change of one bird into
another; and Ariltotle tells us, that the pupa ia the fame
bird with the cuckoo, only changed in the esbiur and dif-
pofition of its feathers. AE {chylus tells us in the fame man-
ner, according to the opinion of his times, that the cuckoo
fings all the fummer, and after that difappears ; and that
foon afterwards it comes again ina new form, with a plume
upon its head, and is called the upupa.

ESARAITC, in Anatomy, aterm applied to the blood-
veffels, glands, &c. of the mefentery.

MESAYEH, in Geography, a town of the Arabian
Trak, onthe Euphrates ; 50 miles S.S.W. of Bagdad.

MESAZONTES, jusoxZorrs:, officers under the emperors
of Conftantinople. See Mepraror.

MESCHEDIZAR, in Geography. Sce MepsHETISAR.

MESCHETWIND, a town of Bavaria, in the princi-
pality of Bamberg ; feven miles S.W. of Forcheim.

MESCHID, a town of the Arabian Irak, near a large
lake called “« Rahemat,’’ which communicates by a canal
with the Euphrates. ‘This is the place in which Ali, Ma-
homet’s coulin and friend, and one of his fucceffors, is faid
to have been interred ; and his tomb is annually vifited by a
multitude of Perfian pilgrims, who deem it a part of de-
votion equal to the pilgrimage to Mecca; go miles S. of
Bagdad. N. lat. 32°5’. E. long. 43° 34’.

Mescuip-Huffain, a town of the Arabian Irak, fituated
onacanal which paffes from the Euphrates to the lake Ra-
hemat; 53 miles S.S.W. of Bagdad. N. lat. 32° 36’. E.
long. 43° 29!

Mescurp, or Ma/ehid, a city of Perfia, in the province
of Khorafan. Abas I. raifed this place, which was fmall
and called ‘* Tus,”? to eminence, by ere&ting a magnificent
mofque in honour of an Imam who was buried there, and
which drew together a great number of pilgrims. This
town has a manufaCture of beautiful pottery, and alfo a
manufadture of fkins. Intime of peace caravans pafs conti-
nually through this town from Bucharia, Balk, Candahar,
Hindeoftan, and all parts of Perfia. N. lat. 37°35’. E.

long. 57!.

MESCHIDABAD, a town of Afiatic Turkey, in Na-
tolia; 25 miles S.S.W. of Amafreh. ;

MESCHIQUIEJOS, a town of-South America, in
the province of Carthagena ; ten miles S. of Mompox.

MESCINZUNGH, a town of Thibet ; 30 miles W.
of Tankia.

MESCOLANZA, Ital. mixture: as mefcolanza dell’
antica e moderna, a mixture of ancient and modern mufic.

MESE, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the Eaft Indian
fea. N.lat.6°55. E. long. 131° 50’.

Mesé, in the Ancient Greek Mufic, the name of the moft
acute found of the fecond tetrachord. It implies mean: as
it was in the middle of the great fyftem, and an oftave above
the proflambanomenos.

Euclid calls mefe the found by which all other founds are
regulated. And Ariftotle, in his 36th problem, feét. 19,
fays, that all the tones of a fcale are accommodated or tuned

‘tothe mefé. See Music of the Ancients.

MESEMBRIA, or Messouni, % Geography, a town
of European Turkey, in Romania, at the mouth of a river
which runs into the Black fea; formerly a bifhop’s fee ; 16
miles E.N.E. of Burgas. N. lat. 42° 38’. E. long.
27° 47".

MSEMBRYANTH EMUM, in Botany, a valt genus
of fucculent plants, formerly known by the name of Ficoides,
frown its affinity to the Indian Fig, or Caf@us. Breynius firit
named it Mefembrianthemum, meaning to exprefs its flowers
expanding at mid-day, which is true of many of the {pecies,
but not of all, Dillenius therefore, by altering one letter in
the orthography, had recourfe to another etymology, from
psoos, the middle, pBevar,, an embryo, and aves, a flower ;
becaufe the embryo (meaning the germen) is in the middle
of the flower; which indeed, as that author moft truly
remarks, is the cafe with innumerable plants befides, but
not exaétly as in the prefent genus. He obferves that the
flower does not altogether ftand on the top of the fruit,
but is perforated, as it were, by the latter, whilft it fo
@ofely adheres to the middle, as not to be feparable from
it without laceration. We confefs our predilection for the
original idea of Breynius, which if not ftriétly applicable
to all the fpecies, one or more of which are night-fcented
flowers, is ftrikingly appofite to the oS whofe re-
fulgent and radiating petals feem to welcome, as well as to
emulate, the noon-tide fun, folding themfelves up as it
withdraws. Fig-Marigold.—Dill. Elth. 225. Linn. Gen.
252. Schreb. 340. Willd. Sp. Pl. v.2. 1025. Mart. Mill.
Dia. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 3.212. Juff. 317.
Lamarck Di&.v. 2.474. Illuftr. t. 438. Gertn. t. 126.
—Clafs and order, Fy begat Pentagynia. Nat. Ord. Suc-
culente, Linn. Ficoidea, Juff. '

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth fuperior, of one leaf, in five
acute, fpreading, permanent fegments. Cor. Petal nu-
merous, linear-lanceolate, in many rows, rather longer than
the calyx, lightly united into a tube by their claws. Stam.
Filaments numerous, capillary, the length of the calyx, in-
ferted into its flefhy part within the petals; anthers incum-
bent. iff. Germen inferior, with five obtufe angles;
ftyles generally five, fometimes four or ten, awl-fhaped,
fpreading ; ftigmasfimple. Peric. Capfule flefhy, roundifh,
marked with rays at the fummit, the cells and valves each
anfwering to the ftyles in number. Seeds numerous, roundifh,
affixed to the central column.

Eff. Ch. Calyx five-cleft. Petals numerous, linear,
cohering at the bafe. Capfule flefhy, inferior, with many
feeds.

Fifty {pecies of Me/embryanthemum are defined in the 14th
ed. of Sy/t. Veg. difpofed in three feGtions, diftinguifhed
by the flowers being white, red, or yellow. Thunberg in
his Prodromus has but 72; Willdenow mentions 86 ; but the
new edition of the Hortus Keqwenfis enumerates 175. The la-
bours of Mr. Haworth, who has publifhed, in an o€tavo
volume, an ample Monograph of the prefent genus, and
who has, for many years, inveftigated and cultivated all
the fpecies he could procure, has thrown great light upon
the fubje&, though we are not able to follow him in all
that he defcribes, for want of having feen them fo com-
pletely. They are almoft exclufively the productions of the
arid fands of the Cape of Good Hope; a very few only
being found in New Holland, and New Zealand, or in the
fouth of Europe. We hall therefore mention the native
countries of fuch only of thofe we are about to particu-
larize, as are found in other places, though even thefe are
often likewife natives of the Cape; as the er and
nodiflorum. "There they are all at home. Their peculiarly
fucculent nature, like that of Aloes, is calculated to —

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM. r

the burning fun and long-continued drought of that climate,
their cuticle allowing of very flow perfpiration, though of
ready abforption ; fo that however exhaulted they may be,
they revive from the flighteft fhower. This wonderful pro-
vifion of nature exifts only in the living plant. When killed
by momentary immerfion in hot water, thefe fucculent
plants dry nearly as quick as any others. The horticultu-
rifts of Europe are beft acquainted with the numerous pe-
rennial fpecies of the genus before us. There have in-
deed been fome annual ones raifed here, but we have reafon
to think there are many almoft entirely unknown. Some
of thefe bear very curioufly-conftruéted capfules, which ex-
pand by moifture, contrary to the nature of capfules in
general, that their feeds may be difperfed in the wet feafon,
when alone they would, in fuch a country, have any chance
of germinating. (See Sm. Introd. to Botany, 277. f. 178.)
—We fhall mention a few fpecies of each of the 13 fec-
tions into which this genus is diftributed in Hort. Kew.

1. Stemle/s ; inverfely conical, or obcordate, or more rarely
Spherical, the leaves being extremely abrupt, and united even to
5 fummits, the flowers folitary. Seven {pecies in Hort.

ew.

M. minutum. Tiny Fig-Marigold. Ait. n. 1. Sims in
Curt. Mag. t. 1376.—Smooth, glaucous, fpotlefs, nearly
globofe, umbilicated. Bafes of the petals forming a tube
nearly as long as the borders—This fingular plant appears
a congeries of glaucous balls, each about the fize of a {mall
goofeberry, hollowed out at the top, from whence fprings
a rofe-coloured, feffile, folitary flower, larger than a daify,
with yellow ffigmas, and a pale tubular bafe, compofed of
the united claws of the pefals, by which it iselevated much
above the calyx. This {pecies bloffoms from the middle of
November to near Chriftmas, after which it. muft be kept
without water through the winter, being preferved from
froft.—Six more of this curious feétion are defcribed by
Mr. Haworth, and in Hort. Kew., all fent from the Cape
at different times by the late Mr. Francis Maffon. See
Masson.

2. Nearly flemlefs, with a perennial root. Thirty-eight

{pecies.
M. calamiforme. Quill-leaved Fig-Marigold. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 690. Willd. n. 20. Ait. n. 16. Dill. Elth. 239.

t. 186.f. 228. (Ficoides capenfis humilis, cepz folio, fiore
ftramineo; Bradley Succ. Pl. t. 19.)—lLeaves nearly cylin-
drical, acute, glaucous, finely dotted; flattened juft above
their bafe. Styles eight.—The numerous upright or af-
fcending /eaves, aboyt a finger’s length, compofe denfe
glaucous tufts. Flowers large, of a brilliant white with
pale lemog-coloured ftamens, each on a very fhort, folitary,
flightly leafy, ftalk, not fo tall as the leaves’ This is
one of the oldeft inhabitantsof our gardens. Bradley pub-
lifhed it in 1717.

M. felinum. Cat-chap Fig-Marigold. Haworth n. 35.
Willd. n. 11. Ait. n. 29. (M.ringens @; Linn. Sp. Pl.
698. M. riétum felinum reprefentans; Dill, Elth. 240.
t. 187. f. 230. Ficoides afra, folio triangulari enfiformi
craffo brevi, &c.; Mart. Dec. t. 30.)—Stem none. Leaves
glaucous, fringed with vertical taper-pointed teeth; car-
tilaginous at the extremity.—This has been long known in
England, and thrives well in the dry ftove, flowering for
fome time during autumn. It is diftinguifhed by the idea
which its oppefite aves, fringed with long vertical hooked
teeth, conyey of the widely-gaping mouth of a cat. The
flowers are feffile, large, lemon-coloured, opening in the af-
ternoon, and clofing at night.

M. tigrinum, and caninum are nearly akin to this ; and the
latter was confounded. with it by Linnzus.

Soft Tongue Fig-Marigold. Ait. n. 38.
(M. heterophyilum; Andr. Repof. t. 540.)—Leaves
tongue-fhaped, very tender; the younger ones finely
fringed, incurved at the point.—This flowered at Mr.
Lambert’s, at Boyton. ‘The herbage is peculiarly fuccu-
lent and tender, of a grafs green, and fhining. “Flowers
large, yellow, on fhortifh ftalks. Cap/ule clofed when dry,
expanding with moifture, as in fome annual fpecies above-
mentioned, and, as it appears by the account in Andrews,
(which, if we miftake not, came from the pen of the late
excellent Mr. George Jackfon, fee JacKson1A), in many
perennial ones ; perhaps in all the genus.

M. dolabriforme. Hatchet-leaved Fig-Marigold. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 699. Ait. n. 45. Curt. Mag. t. 32. (M. folio
dolabriformi; Dill. Elth. 248. t. 191. t. 237. Ficoides
capenfis humilis, foliis cornua cervina referentibus, petalis
luteis, no&iflora; Bradl. Succ. Pl. t. 10.) —Stem fhort.
Leaves comprefled, witha very prominent dilated keel, and
a cylindrical bafe.—Although the growth of this fpecies be
very flow, it has always more or lefs of a decided thick
woody much-branched /lem, fo that few ftudents would feek
it in this fe@ion. The 4aves are very peculiarly formed, as
above defcribed, and are the only inftance of the hatchet
fhape ; fee Sm. Intr. to Bot. 171. f. 98. The flowers are
plentifully produced, yellow, on longifh, folitary, terminal
Jflalks, and expand in the evening and night only.

3. Stems proftrate. Leaves cluftered, elongated. Petals
yellow, either on both fides, or on the upper one only. Five
fpecies.

M. loreum. Leathery-ftalked Fig-Marigold. Linn. Sp+
Pl. 694. Willd. n. 48. Ait. n. 46. Dill. Elth. 264-
t. 200. f. 255.—Leaves femicylindrical, fomewhat trian-
gular, elongated, recurved, rather glaucous, in round tufts.
Stems lax, roundifh, flender, whitifh. Flowers axillary —
Though this has been generally cultivated in England for
above 80 years, nothing is recorded of its blooming. Will-
denow however defcribes the fowers as very rarely produced
in the colleGion of Engelbert Gother, each on a fhort ax-
illary ftalk, from the lower /eaves of the branch, with a pur-
ple corolla, and whitith famens. ‘The plant is known by its
long trailing twine-like /hoots, bearing feveral little tufts or
knots of aves, and generally dependent over the edges of
the garden-pot.

4. Leaves very long, alternate, clofely crowded into tufts.
Stem decumbent when old. Petals very narrow, fringed from
the bafe to the middle. ‘Three {pecies.

M. capitatum. Short Dagger-leaved Fig-Marigold.
Haworth, Ait. n. 52. (M. pugioniforme; Linn. Sp.
Pl. 699. Willd. n. 80. M. pugioniforme, flore amplo
ftramineo; Dill. Elth. 280. t. 210. f. 269. Ficoides ca-
penfis, caryophylli folio, lore aureo {fpeciofo ; Bradl. Succ.
Pl. t. 14.) —* Leaves awl-fhaped, triangular with equal
fides, glaucous. Membranes of the calyx pale. Petals
yellow, as long as the calyx ; the outer ones purplifh. Styles
briftle-fhaped, ftraight.”—A fine large branching {fpecies,
diftinguifhed by the great fize of its fowers, which are
nearly as broad as the palm of the hand, of a brilliant ftraw-
colour, purplifh underneath, opening in fun-fhine only,
The /eaves are numerous, curved, three or four inches long.
This is the original JZ. pugioniforme, and we do not well
underftand why that name thou d be transferred to another
fpecies, which it feems is fo called in a French work on Suc-
culent Plants, t. 72, and which has more comprefled /eaves,
the membranes of the calyx brown, petals entirely ftraw-co-
loured, fhorter than the ¢a/y., and linear-lanceolate expanded

Sayles.

M. prepingue.

5 Leaves

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM,

5. Leaves flat, often fomewhat keeled beneath. Stems often
elecumbent or Rrefrete, widely /preading, Seventeen {pecies.
M. eryflallinum, Ice-plant, Linn. Sp. Pl. 688. Willd.
n. ag. Ait. n, it (M. ecryftallinum, plantaginis folio un.
dulato; Dill. Elth. 231. t. 180. f. 2a1. Fieoides afri-
cana, folio plantaginis undulato, micis argenteis afperfo ;
Bradl, Suce. Pl. t, 48.)—Leaves alternate, ovate, waved,
papillary: Flowers feflile. Segments of the calyx ovate,
road.——Linnus, not without reafon, doubted whether
this {pecies came from Africa, 'Thunberg, however, found
it at the Cape of Good Hope. The late Dr. J. Sibthorp
thered it about Athens. tn gardens the plant has long

n known, as a tender annual, much sficaived for appearing
as if frotted over ; or encrufted with fugar. This appear-
ance is caufed by innumerable little bladders in the cuticle,
filled with limpid juice. ‘To the touch the whole herb is
cold, and remarkably flaccid. Its /lem fpreads widely on
the ground, ina tat mode of growth, bearing numerous
broad undulated /eaves, and copious, nearly feflile, foewers,
of a pale rofe or flefh-colour. ‘The fruit is dark purple.

M. pinnatifidum. Jagged-leaved Fig-Marigold. Linn,
Suppl. 260. Willd. n.23. Ait. n.55. Curt. Mag. t. 67.
—Leaves oblong, pinnatifid, papillary. Flowers axillary,
on longifh ftalks.—'This alfo is an annual, whofe feeds, fent
by Thunberg from the Cape, vegetated in the Upfal garden.

he pinnatifid aves, and {mall yellow long-ftalked flowers,

are its charaéteriftics.

M. cordifolium. Heart-leaved Fig-Marigold. — Linn.*
Suppl. 260. Willd. n. 24. Ait. n.65. Sm. Spicil. t. 6.
Jacq. Ic. Rar. t. 487.—Leaves ftalked, papillary, heart-
fhaped or ovate. Stem round. Calyx often four-cleft—
Soon after the firft introduction of this fpecies, it was com-
mon in every green-houfe, but is now rather neglected.
The ems are fhrubby, though long and trailing. Leaves
darkith green. Flowers {mall, deep crimfon. It is readily
propagated by cuttings.

6. Leaves linear ; the younger ones channelled above, convex
Seneath. Branches often fomewhat Jhrubby. Raot mofily pe-
rennial ; rarely annual. Seventeen {pecies.

M. nodiflorum. Neapolitan Fig-Marigold. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 687. Willd. n. 56. Ait. n. 71. (Kali floriduni re-
pens Neapulitanum ; Column. Ecphr. t. 73.)—Leaves al-
ternate, nearly cylindrieal, obtufe; fringed at the bafe.—
Native of the fea-coafts of the fouth of Europe, and north
of Africa. Root annual. Stem branched from the bottom,
fpreading, covered, like the /eaves, with pellucid watery
velicles, as in JM. cry/lallinum, but rather lefs glaucous.
Flowers lateral or axillary, feflile, folitary, {mall and un-
ornamental, with narrow white petals and yellow /famens.
The fegments of the calyx are oblong, obtufe, leaty, very
brates fize. }

M. viridiflorum. Green-flowered Fig-Marigold. Willd.
no 51. Ait. n. 74. Curt. Mag. t. 326.—Leaves femi-
cylindrical, hairy, fomewhat papillary. Calyx hairy.
Petals capillary. Stem tumid. Branches diffufe.—A
fhrubby fpecies, fingular in having green petals, which are
very copious, and as narrow asa fine thread. The herbage
is downy all over, flightly glaucous and papillary. It blooms
from July to September, and is readily increafed by cuttings.
Mr. Maffon fent this from the Cape in 1774.

7. Evening-flowering ; with flender, forubby, hard, greatly
d-foliated flems ; nearly cylindrical undotted leaves 3 a four-cleft
calyx ; fragrant flowers, white on their upper fide ; roots much
fuelled with age, having very few fibres. Two fpecies.

M. nodiflorum. _Night-flowering Fig-Marigold. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 689. Willd. n. 41. Ait. n. 88. M. noétiflorum.
fore intus candido, extus phceniceo, odoratiffimo; Diil.

Elth. 273. t. 206. f. 262.)—Leaves remote, obfcurely
femicylindrical, diflinét, glaucous. Bark white.—Highly
defirable for the fake of ite fowers, whofe {cent in an even-
ing is like the Scarlet Graff or the finefl Bergamot Pear.
The fem is thrubby, pale, upright, round, crofs-branched
atthe top. Flowers on longith ftalks, from the ends or
forks of the branches, with a thick pear-thaped germen, and
thort four-cleft calyx, much exceeded by the numerous pale
petals, whole under fide is either red or yellow.

M. framineum. Straw-coloured Sweet Fig-Marigold.
Haworth. Ait. n. 89. (M. noétiflorum 6; Linn, Sp.
PL. 689. Willd. n. 41. . noétiflorum, flore intis can-
dido, extus itramineo, odoratiflimo ; Dill. Elth. 274. t. 206.
f. 263.) —Leaves remote, nearly cylindrical, diltinét, rather
glaucous. Bark grey.—Mr. H{aworth agrees with Dille-
nius, who ftrenuoufly infifted on this being {pecifically dif-
tinét from the laft, of which mott writers make it a variety.
The flowers are larger, very white above, pale yellow be-
neath. They expand only in an evening, like the lat, and
{mell like the Dame's Violet, or Rocket (He/peris).

8. Flowers generally reddifh. Branches fhrubby, /mooth.
Leaves triangular and comprefed (except M. leve, Ait. n. 9%),
naked, with ftraight points. Thirty-nine {pecies.

M. /pedtabile. Showy Fig-Marigold. Haworth Me-
fembr. 385. Willd. n. 73. Ait. n. 98. Curt. Mag.
t. 396.—Leaves crowded, triangular, elongated, glaucous,
fomewhat curved. Stem woody, afcending —Introduced
by Mr. Maffon in 1787. Its fine large crimfon flowers,
produced all fummer long, render this one of the moft de-
firable, nor is it difficult of culture. Mr. Curtis obferves
that the daves, which are very glaucous, and often tinged
with red, fometimes acquire a prominent tooth or appendage
on their upper fide near the point.

M. acinaciforme. Scimitar-leaved Fig-Marigold. Linn,
Sp. Pl. 695. Willd. n. 83. Ait. n. 116. andr. Repof.
t. 580, not 508. (M. acinaciforme, flore ampliflimo pur-
pureo; Dill. Elth. 282. t.211. f.270, and t. 212. f£. 271.)
—Leaves fcimitar-fhaped, dotlefs, combined at their bafe ;
their margins minutely undulated and rough. Petals lan-
ceolate.—One of the firft {pecies brought to Europe, and
one of the largeft and molt ornamental when it flowers,
which unfortunately is but of rare occurrence. Andrews
fays this was accomplifhed by Ms. Trimmer of Brentford,
by training the branches up again{t the glafs, and watering
the plant very fparingly. The /eaves are numerous, three
inches long, very glaucous. Flowers terminal, folitary, as
broad as the hand, formed of innumerable recurved bluntifh
petals, of a fine crimfon, with white filaments and yellow an-
thers.

M. edule. Eatable Fig-Marigold. Hottentot’s Fig.
Linn. Sp. Pl. 695. Willd. n.S5. Ait. n. 119g. (M. fal-
catum majus, flore amplo luteo; Dill. Elth. 283. t. 212.
f. 272.)—Leaves with three equal fides, dotlefs, fomewhat
channelled ; tapering at each end; keel finely ferrateds
Angles of the branches fmooth and entire. — This is faid to
have been one of the Cape plants, brought from Holland
by the firft Earl of Portland. It rarely ficwers here, and
not till the plant is old and woody. It nearly vies with the
laft in fize, but the fowers are yellow. The fruit is reported
to be eaten at the Cape, both by the Hottentots and the
Dutch fett!ers.—The colour of this fower is an exception
to the character of the fection, but its clofe affinity to fome
of the other fpecies has fuperfeded that one particular
mark.

9. Flowers yellow, orange, or fearlet. Stems rather forubby,
often ere@. Leaves triangular, for the moft part very fhor?,

‘I welve {pecies.
M. aureum.

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM.

M. aureum. Golden-flowered Fig-Marigold. Linn.
Syft. Nat. ed, 10. v.2. 1060. Willd. n.75. Ait. n. 136.
Curt. Mag. t. 262.—-Leaves triangular, fomewhat cylin-
drical, dotted, diftin&. Petals orange. Styles deep pur-
ple-—A buthy fpecies, long cultivated here, and eafily in-
creafed, known by its rather large orange-coloured corolla,
pale yellow /lamens, and five purple /fyles, {preading like a
ftar. The caves are glaucous, tumid between their angles,
about one inchand ahalflong. So great a fimilarity between
the fpecies of this fection exiftsin the form of their /eaves,
that botanifts are obliged to recur to the colours of the parts
of fruétification, which experience proves, in this cafe, to
be conftant. The aureum blofloms from February to May,
being one of the earlieft of its genus.

M. tenuifolium. Slender-leaved Fig-Marigold. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 693. Willd. n. 45. Ait. n. 140. (M. tenui-
folium procumbens, flore coccineo; Dill. Elth. 264. t. 201.
f. 256.)—Leaves femicylindrical, awl-fhaped, flightly com-
prefled, green, {mooth, longer than the joints of the branches.
Petals fcarlet. Stems decumbent.—Cultivated at Chelfea
in 1700. Its procumbent habit, and flender fcarcely glau-
cous foliage, mark this {pecies. The flowers are plentiful
about Midfummer, rather large, of a light brilliant fcarlet,
each lafting feveral days.

10. Leaves more or le[s hooked at their points, diflin® (qwith-
out thickened fheaths) at the bafe. Petals reddifh. Stems fome-
avhat fhrubby, very rarely creeping. Ten {pecies.

M. tuberofum. Tuberous-rooted Fig-Marigold. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 693. Willd. n. qq. Ait. n. 146. (M. fruticefcens,
radice ingenti tuberofa , Dill. Elth. 275. t. 207. f. 264.)—
Leaves bluntly triangular, comprefled, minutely papillary ;
recurved at the ends. Root tuberous, very large.—Brought
from the Cape at the beginning of the laft century. ‘The
root conlifts of feveral large ovate knobs, almoft like thofe
of a Dahlia. Stems woody, varioufly branched and curved.
Leaves about an inch long, convex above. Flowers {mall,
dull red, in terminal dichotomous panicles, whofe permanent
ftalks often become {pinous.

The flowers in this fection are among the leaft beautiful
of the genus.

11. Leaves triangular, flrongly united, fo as to be perfoliate ;
their fheaths flefhy; their tips hooked. Stems hard, woody.
Flowers moftly white, rarely reddifh. "Twelve {pecies.

M. perfoliatum. Great Perfoliate Fig-Marigold, Ait.
m. 152. (M. uncinatum @; Linn. Sp. Pl. 692. Willd.
n. 79. M. perfoliatum, foliis majoribus triacanthis; Dill.
Elth. 251. t. 193. f. 240.)—Leaves ftrongly united at the
bafe, pointed, dotted ; their keel three-toothed at the fum-
mit.—A bufhy plant, of rather flow growth, remarkable
for two fharp teeth, befides the .erminal one, at the back
of its ftrongly perfoliate aves. ‘The flowers are purple,
not frequent, produced after Midfummer,

M. uncinatum « of Linneus and Willdenow, Dill. f. 230,
differs in its fmaller fize, and having but one tooth below
the point of the /eaves.

M. umbellatum. Umbel-flowered Fig-Marigold. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 689. Willd. n. 42. Ait. n. 162. (M. fruticefcens,
floribus albis umbellatis ; Dill. Eith. 276. t. 208. f. 266.
Ficoides africana ere¢ta teretifolia, floribus albis umbellatis ;
Herm, Parad. 166. t.166, Bradl. Succ. Pl. dec. 4. 12.
t. 44, not 34.)—Leaves rather glaucous, rough with mi-
nute dots, remote, elongated, flender ; their points recurved ;
their fheaths greatly thickened upwards.—This, according
to Hermann, was early plentiful in the gardens of Holland.
The /fem is often two teet high. Leaves two inches long,
f{preading, channelled abave, bearing axillary tufts of fmaller

ones. Flowers white, about as big as adaify, many toge-
ther in a forked umbel-like panicle, not a real umbel.

12. Stems fhrubby, their branches more or le/s rough. Five

{pecies.
? M. micans. Glittering Fig-Marigold. Linn. Sp. PI.
696. Willd. n. 54. Ait. n. 163. Curt. Mag. t. 448. (M.
micans, flore pheeniceo, filamentis atris; Dill. Elth. 292.
t. 215. f. 282. }—Leaves femicylindrical, bluntifh,-papillary,
flightly recurved. Segments of the calyx rather pointed.
Petals acutee—An old inhabitant of our greenhoufes, dif-
tinguifhed by its glittering, glaucous, often purplith, aves
and dranches, and the very rich orange fcarlet of its flowers,
which however are not fo lafting as beautiful. The dark
purple flamens form a ftriking contraft with the corolla.

Mr. Haworth’s M. /peciofum, Ait. n. 164, feems to us
but a variety of this, with blunter peta/s whofe claws are

reen.
. 13. Branches, or leaves, or the tips of the leaves, more or
lefs hifpid. Eight fpecies.

M. hifpidum. Purple Briftly Fig-Marigold. Linn. Sp.
Pl.691. Willd. n.61. Ait. n,168. Mill. Ic. t. 176. f. 3.
(M. pilofum micans, flore faturantér purpureo; Dill. Elth.
289. t. 214. f. 277, 278.)—Leaves cylindrical, blunt, pa-
pillary, without hairs, as well as the calyx. Stamens longer
than the piftils. Branches very hairy.—Common in green-
houfes, flowering moft part of the year. ‘The very brittly

Jflem and branches; thick, deflexed, blunt /eaves, and large
flowers, of a fhining violet purple, diitinguifh the prefent
from all we have hitherto noticed.

Linnzus made feveral varieties of this, which are the flori-
bundum, firiatum, and perhaps hirtellum, Ait. n. 169, 171, and
170, all nearly akin, but we mean not to fay they are one
{pecies. The citation of Willdenow under the floribundum
in Hort. Kew. fhould be AZ. hi/pidum 8.

M. barbatum. ‘Trailing Bearded Fig-Marigold. Linn,
Sp. Pl. 691. Willd. n. 63. Ait. n.173. Curt. Mag. t. 70.
(M. radiatum, ramulis prolixis recumbentibus; Dill. Elth.
245. t. 190. £..234.)—Leaves remote, fomewhat ovate, tu-
mid, papillary ; flattifh above; tipped with five radiating
briftles. Branches flender, fm oth, ftraggling. Calyx five-
cleft.<-Very common in greenhoufes, and even in the garret
windows of many a humble colletor. ‘The radiating brif-
tles at the end of the tumid /eaves are remarkable, and are
but about five in this {pecies. The flowers appear in July,
and are of a rich violet purple. Linneus by miltake quotes
Miller’s t. 176. f. 3, for the prefent plant, inftead of the 1/7.
hifpidum. Willdenow has it under both.

M. denfum. Dwarf Bearded Fig-Marigold. Haworth.
Ait.n. 175. Curt. Mag. t.1220. (M, barbatum y; Linn.
Sp. Pl. 691. Willd. n. 63. M. radiatum humile, foliis
majoribus; Dill. Elth. 248. t. 190. f. 236.)—Stem very
fhort. Leaves denfely crowded, femicylindrical, papillary,
tipped with many radiating briftles; their bafe fomewhat
fringed. Calyx fix-cleft, very hairy, as well as the flower-
{talks.—Dillenius fays this was plentiful with him, but he
never remembered its blooming. Mr. Haworth kept it 21
years without feeing a flower. We perfeétly agree with
Dr. Sims that this gentleman has fhewn his judgment in
feparating this, as well as his Airfutum, Dill. f. 235, from
the barbatum, under which Linnzus had confounded them
all. The flower of the den/um is twice as large as that of
either of the others, with confpicuous yellow anthers; and
the white membranous itarry briilles, at the end of cach
leaf, are very ftriking.

MerseMBRYANTHEMUM, in Gardening, comprehends plants
of the fucculent flowery exotic kinds, of which the {pecies
cultivated are, the diamond fig marigold, or ice plant (M,

cryttal.

s

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM.

eryfallinum) ; the pionated fig marigold (M. pinnatifidum) ;
the plane-leaved fig mari old (M. tripolium) ; the fmall-
flowered fig Paprigold (M coduennl?'s the angular-flalked
fig ery | (M. pupulofum) ; the jointed fig marigold (M.

niculiflorum); the night-flowering fig marigold (M. notti-
bes the fhining fig marigold (My {plendens) ; the um-
belled fig marigold (M, umbellatum) ; the houfeleek-leaved
fig marigold (M. expanfum) ; the quill-leaved fig marigold
(M. calamiforme) ; the daify-flowered fig marigold (M.
bellidiflorum) ; the Baits -Ieaved fig marigold (M. caer: ;
the bearded fig marigold (M. barbatum) ; the briltly fig
marigold (M. ‘hifpidum) ; the hairy-flalked fig marigold
(M. villofum) ; the rugged fig marigold (M. tb eine ; the
creeping fig hnarigold {M. reptans) ; the hook-leaved fig
marigold (M. uncinatum) ; the thorny fig marigold (M. f{pi-
nofum) ; the tuberous-rooted fig marigold (M, tuberofum) ;
the flender-leaved fig marigold (M. tenuifolium); the up-
right-fhrubby fig dorigold A ftipulaceum) ; the thick
leaved fig marigold (M. craflifolium) ; the fickle-leaved fig
marigold (M. Rlestuioy 3 the cluitered fig marigold (M.

lomeratum) ; the two-coloured fi marigold’ (M. bicolorum);

e ferrate-leaved fig marigold (M. ferratum ) ; the glitterin
fig marigold (M. micans) ; the fpit-leaved fig marigold (M.
veruculatum) ; the glaucous-leaved fig marigold (M. glau-
cum) ; the horned fig marigold (M. corniculatum) ; the
ringent fig marigold (M. ringens) ; the hatchet-leaved fig
marigold (M. dolabriforme) ; the various-leaved fig marigold
(M. difforme) ; the white ig marigold (M. albidum) ; the
tongue-leaved fig marigold (M. linguiforme) ; the dagger-
leaved fig marigold (M. pugioniforme) ; the twifted-leaved
fig marigold (M. tortuofum) ; the notch-flowered fig mari-

Id (M. emarginatum); and the bracteated fig marigold
iM. braéteatum ).

In the feventh {pecies fate is a variety in which the flowers
a fomewhat larger, and of a very an yellow on the out-
fide.

The thirteenth fort has different varieties ; as the great
delta-leaved, and the {mall delta-leaved marigold.

The fourteenth fpecies has alfo feveral varieties ; as the
fhrubby, bearded, the {mall dwarf-bearded, and the great
dwarf-bearded.

And in the fifteenth kind there are different varieties ; as
the purple-flowered, the pale-flowered, and the ftripe-
flowered.

The nineteenth fpecies likewife affords different varieties.

It may be noticed, that the twenty-fixth fpecies is very
variable, afluming different appearances, according to its
treatment, and the different itages of its growth: its very
numerous beautiful purple flowers, covering the whole plant,
and produced every feafon, make it a valuable fpecies in all
cafes.

The twenty-ninth fpecies varies with paler and fmaller

wers.

And the thirtieth varies with fhorter and more manifeitly
three-fided leaves and fewer flowers.

The thirty-fecond fpecies has a variety which throws out
many procumbent branches, tough at the lower part, but
not properly woody, herbaceous at the upper part, about
three inches in length, round or flightly angular, jointed at
{hort intervals, with bluntly triangular leaves, from which
other leaves {pring in bundles, of the fame form but fhorter ;
the root-leaves and thofe at the bafe of the branches remark-
ably long: the leaves bend like the horns of kine, whence
the trivial name.

* In the thirty-third fpecies there is a variety which is en-
tirely feffile, of a whitith glaucous colour, with the leaves

Vou. XXIII.

pale at the bafe, with frequent round whitifh dots, efpecially
towards the end ; they are fhorter than thofe of the original,
more refupine, lets triquetrous, but with « rounder back, and
more frequent, longer incurved prickles, terminated by
flender harmlefe fpinules, which are fometimes white, fome-
times reddifh : the leaves have a white line at the end, which
is continued towards the back: there is firtt a flower in the
middle, and afterwards feveral come out fucceffively at the
fides, all feffile. Thisis called Cat-chap marigold.

Mr. Haworth has two other varieties ; the Tiger-chap fig
marigold, which is ftemlefé 1n all the ftages of its growth;
being more facculent and grofs than the following: the
leaves are rather fhorter, befet with much longer hairs
on the fides, and having numerous whitifh {pots : the flowers
are feffile, yellow, and large; and the Mou/e-chap fig marigold,
in which the branches in very old plants are {ome inches long,
and numerous, forming a fine tufted plant; the flowers
{mall and of a yellow colour.

The thirty-feventh {pecies has feveral varieties.

In the firft the leaves are wide and comprefled about the
edge; the flowers fomewhat large, with blunt petals, fcat-
tered and not numerous, with ret any peduncle ; one
plant has feveral heads, from each of which are produced
clufters of leaves in pairs, difpofed like thofe of the Tongue
aloes, but with the edges not horizontal but oblique ; there
are generally three or four pairs of thefe leaves; they are
broad and thick, flat above, pillowed below, bright green,
fmooth and fhining, fometimes blunt, fometimes a little
pointed, generally in the fhape of a fhoemaker’s knife ; the
younger leaves in this and the other varieties, are folded toge-
ther and obliquely inferted into each other ; the flowers come
out faceetiively in Auguft and September from the axils,
beginning with the loweit ; they are fubfeffile, large, yellow,
fomewhat paler than in the following variety, fhining in the
fun; petals fomewhat blunter, entire, or fometimes cut
here and there.

The Broad tongue-leaved variety has thick leaves, flat above,
convex beneath, with the margins thicker and lefs upright
than in the preceding, {mooth and fhining, pale green, ae
cially towards the bafe, when held up to the light appearing
to be compofed of innumerable veficles; three or four pairs
of thefe leaves lie in the fame inclined plane ; thefe are
fometimes flatter and blunt at the end, fometimes very much
cut at the edge; from the lower pair firft, and then from
the next, a fhort peduncle arifes, obtufely triquetrous,
bearing a large flower of a fhining golden colour, with many
itamens, having oblong golden anthers.

The Narrow tongued-leaved variety is very like the pre-
ceding, but the petals havea flight tinge of red on the out-
fide ; the older leaves are more reflex ; the younger ones,
which are clofer and more luxuriant, are fomewhat twifted
in and excavated, and are of a fuller green colour, the fruit
is {maller and fofter, not elevated, but rather depreffed,
roundifh, and commonly ftreaked with eleven angles ; it. is
generally eleven-celled ; the cells being the fame in number
as there are horns of the ftyle, which are depreffed at the
bottom of the flower under the ftamens, and are curled and
wrinkled ; the petals in two or three rows, almoft of the
fame length, of a fhining yellow colour.

There is another variety, which is diftinguifhed from the
others by the leaves being longer and more ere ; the pe-
duncles of the flowers longer ; the capfules lefs globular,
commonly divided into nine cells; the calycine iegments
four, three longer and narrower, one fhorter and broader,
with a membranaceons margin ; the flowers havea double or
triple row of petals, fhining = the fun with the ss

3 o

MES

of gold; the ftamens numerous, with oblong faffron-coloured
anthers.

Method of Culture.—Thofe of the annual and biennial
kinds may be increafed by fowing the feeds in the
early {pring months ona frefh hot-bed, covered with fandy
earth, or in pots of fine fandy mould. .And when the
plants have attained a few inches in growth they may be
planted on frefh hot-beds, or in pots plunged in them, to
bring them forward; and as foon as they have ‘taken root,
they fhould have very little water ; when of fafficiently large
fize, each fhould be planted in a {mall pot, filled with light
frefh earth, but not rich, plunging them into a hot-bed of tan,
fhading them in the heat of the day until they have taken
new root, when they fhould have plenty of frefhair. About
the beginning of fummer fome of the plants may be inured
to the open air, and afterwards be turned out ef the pots,
and planted with balls of earth about them ina warm border,
where they often thrive and fpread, but are not very pro-
duGtive of flowers in this way. Some muft alfo be con-
tinued in pots, and removed to the fhelves of the ftove, where
they flower more plentifully.

The only culture which they afterwards require is, for
thofe in the pots to have frequent flight waterings in dry
weather, and the others to be kept clean, and their branches
permitted to fpread upon the furface of the ground.

All the perennial forts may be readily increafed by cuttings
planted during the fummer months. Thofe having fhrubby
stalks and branches, readily take root when planted out in
beds or in pots of light fandy foil, covered with mats or
glaffes ; in the latter cafe, being fhaded when the fun is
warm. The cuttings of thefe forts need not be cut from
the plant more than five or fix days before they are planted,
during which time they fhould be laid ina dry room, not too
much expofed to the fun, that the parts which are feparated
from the old plants may heal over and dry, otherwife they
are apt to rot. They may then be planted at about three
inches diftance from each other, the earth being preffed very
clofe to them, and none of their leaves buried in the ground,
as from their abounding in moifture, when they are covered
with the earth, it is apt to caufe them to rot, which often
deftroys the cuttings. When they are taken from the old
plants, they fhould therefore be divetted of their lower leaves,
fo as to allow a naked ftalk of fufficient length for being
planted in the earth.

Thofein pots may be plunged in a hot-bed, orin a warm
border, due fhade and fhelter being given, and flight water-
ings in dry weather. When they have ftricken good roots,
they fhould be removed with balls of earth into other feparate
{mall pots of light fandy mould, being placed ina fhady
fituation, a very flight watering being given to fettle the
earth about them. After they become well rooted, they
may be removed, fo as to have more fun; when they may
be kept till autumn, being watered very flightly twice a
week in fummer and once afterwards, care being taken to
prevent their roots fhooting through the pots, by fhifting
them two or three times in the fummer feafon in order to pare
them off.

In the autumn and winter they fhould be protected in the
greenhoufe.

The cuttings of the more fucculent forts fhould be left to
heal over a much longer time, being a little freed from leaves,
and covered with glaffes to prevent the wet. They fhould
have lefs water, and be removed lefs frequently, » They fuc-
ceed well in an airy glafs cafe during the winter, when
fcreened from frofts and fevere weather,

And fuch forts as do not afford cuttings, may be increafed
by planting and managing the bottom fide-heads or off-fets

MES

in the above manner. They may likewife be increafed by -
feeds or cuttings readily in the ftove department.

The only culture neceffary afterwards is, merely to give
water frequently in fmall quantities in fummer, and very
{paringly in winter, fhifting the plants occafionally into larger

ots,
a Thefe are moftly plants which afford a fine variety in green-
houfe colleétions, and among other potted plants of fimilar
rowths.

MESEMMA, or Bousemmo, in Geography, a town of
Africa, in the kingdom of Fez, inhabited by Arabs.

MESENTERIC, in Anatomy, from mefentery, an epi-
thet ufed in defcribing parts conneéted with the mefentery.
There are a fuperior and inferior mefenteric artery, branches
of the abdominal aorta (fee ArrEry): a fuperior and
inferior mefenteric vein joining the vena portarum. (See
Liver.) The glands conneéted with the laéteals and with
the abforbents of the large inteltine, are called mefenteric,
and the fame term is applied to the nerves of the inteftines.

MESENTERICA, in Botany, a genus of the fungus
tribe, fo called. by Tode, from its refemblance to the human
mefentery —Perf. Syn, 706. Tode Fung. Mecklenb. fa‘c.
1. 7.—Clafs and order, Cryptogamia Fungi. Nat. Ord.
Fungi.

Et Ch. . Creeping, gelatinous, veiny; the ramifications
of the veins joined by a thin membrane.

1. M. /utea. Perf. n. 1. (M. tremelloides a, lutea; Tode
fafc. 1. 7. t. 2. f. 12.1—Lemon-coloured, or of a golden
yellow.—Found after rain in the fpring, fometimes in au-
tumn, upon rotten wood, fpreading to the breadth of two
or three inches, like a fine veiny web, of a yellow colour,
more or lefs deep; fometimes greenifh. The margin at
length {wells, and affumes a bright yellow hue; whence
Tode concluded that part to be the feat of the fru@tification.
The whole is fo delicate, that if expofed for twelve hours
to a warm air, it decays entirely, leaving nothing but a few
very minute f{cales.

2. M. carulea. Perf. n.2. (M. tremelloides 6, cerulea ;
Tode fafe. 1. $.)—Entirely of a glaucous blue.—Found once
only, in September, on a half-rotten board. Tode.

3. M. argentea. Perf. n. 3. (Corallo-fungus argenteus,
omenti forma; Vaill. Parif. 41. t. 8. f. 1.) —White, very
broad ; the margin tumid dnd downy. On old boards or
polts in celiars, fpreading frem a little fott and tender tuft,
as white as {now, into a membrane from four to twenty-four
inches in extent, full of beautifully branching veins, and
fringed at the margin. After fome time, the whole turns
reddith and decays.

MESENTERIUM, Megsenrery, in Anatomy, the pro-
cefs of peritoneum, by which the {mall inteitine is retained
in its pofitionin the abdomen. See INresTINE.

MESERCAN, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in Chu-
fitan; 36 miles S.S.E. of Sutter.

EO BEEN, a town of Algiers; 5 miles S.W. of
ran.

MESERITSCH, or Messrzicz, a town of Moravia, in
the circle of Prerau; 30 miles E. of Olmutz. N, lat, 49°
26'. IE. long. 18° 2!.

MESERITSCH, Grear, a town of Moravia, in the
circle of Iglau; 18 miles W. of Olmutz. N, lat. 49° 23’.
E. long. 15° 55!.

MESERITZ, a town of the duchy of Warlaw; 40
miles W. of Pofen. ;

MESEWITZ, a town of Pruffia, in the palatinate of
Culm; 21 miles E.S.E. of Culm.

MESHES of Nets, the openings or interftices between

the threads.
MESHTA,

MES

MESHTA, in Geography, « town of Egypt, on the
left bank of the Nile; 7 milewN. of Trahta.

MESTANO, the name of two towns of Naples, in Ca-
labria Ultra; one fix miles N.E. of Bova, and the other three
tniles N. of it. :

MESINAN, a town of Perfia, in the province of Ma-
zanderan; 50 miles S. of A ftarabad,

MESIRE, a name given by Avicenna to a diftempera-
ture of the liver, attended with a feufe of heavinefs, tumour,
inflammation, and pungent pain, and always with thirft, a
dry mouth, and a parched black tongue.

ESITICUM, among the Romans, a toll paid for a
place to fell goods in the forum,

MESKOUTEEN, Hammam, i.e. the filent or enchanted
baths, celebrated baths of Algiers, in the province of Con-
flantina, fituated on a low ground, furrounded with moun-
tains, ‘The water furnifhed by feveral fountains is intenfely
hot, and falls afterwards into the river Ze-nati. Other baths
at_a {mall diltance are, comparatively, intenfely cold; and
ftill farther, nearer the banks of the Ze-nati, are the ruins
of a few houfes, built probably for the convenience of per-
fons who came thither for the benefit of the waters ; 36
miles E. of Conftantina. Shaw’s Travels.

MESLAY, a town of France, in the department of
Mayenne, and chief place of a canton, in the diltri@ of
Laval. The place contains 1173, and the canton 10,154 in-
habitants, on a territory of 245 kiliometres, in 14 com-
munes.

MESLE-sur-Sanrnr, a town of France, in the de-
aa of the Orne, and chief place of a canton, in the

ittriGt of Alengon. The place contains 648, and the canton
9364 inhabitants, on a territory of 157} kiliometres, in 20
communes.

MESLIN-Cory, in Agriculture, a term applied to wheat
and rye produced in a {tate of mixture.

MESMARCHURES, in the Manege. See PAstern.

MESMES, Craupe pe, Count d’Avaux, in Biography,
an eminent French negociator, defcended from an illuitrious
family, was trained from an early period of life to public
bufinefs, and was appointed counfellor of {tate in the year
1623. In 1627 he was fent as ambaffador to Venice, in
which quality he vifited Rome, Mantua, Florence, and Tu-
rin. é next pafled into Germany, where he held con-
ferénces with moft of the princes of theempire. Soon after
this he was difpatched upon public bufinefs to the more
northern kingdoms of Poland, Denmark, and Sweden. In
every undertaking he obtained a high character for probity
as well as talents, and thus acquired an almoit ualimited con-
fidence with the foreign minifters, with whom he treated.
‘This enabled him to a& with confiderable effet as plenipo-
tentiary, from his court, at the general peace, concluded, in
1648, at Muntter and Ofnaburg. He did not confine him-
felf wholly to the affairs of the ftate, but alfo maintained a
regular correfpondence with men of letters, of whom he was
the friend and protector. He died at Paris in 1650. Moreri.

Mesmes, Jous Antony D8, Count d’Avaux, and a ne-
phew of the preceding, paffed through a fimilar courle of
public employments with his uncle. He was appointed am-
baffador extraordinary to Venice from 1671 to 1674, and
in the following year was one of the plenipotentiaries at the

ace of Nimeguen. Some time after this he was ambafla-
dor in Holland, where he effeéted the truce with Spain by
which Luxemburgh was ceded to France. In 1689 he was
the French ambaffador to James IL. while in Ireland. In
1692 he went out in the fame quality to Sweden, and was
- very ufeful in fettling the preliminaries of the peace of Ryf-
wick. He died in 1709, at Paris, at the age of fxty-nine,

MES

having paffed an aftive and very ufeful life in the fervice of

his country. A colleétion of hia “ Letters and or’
tions’’ was publifhed in 1752, in fix volumes tamo. Moreri.
him who

MESN, or Mesne, a term in Law, fignifyin
is lord of a manor, and fo hath tenants holding of him; yet
he himfelf holds of a fuperior lord,

All the land in the kingdom is fuppofed to be holden,
mediately or immediately of the king; who is fyled the
lord “ paramount,’’ or above all. Such tenants as held
under the king immediately, when they granted out por-
tions of their lands to inferior perfous, became alfo lords
with refpect to thofe inferior perfons, as they were {till
tenants with refpect to the king; and, thus partaking of
a middle nature, were called me/ne, or middle lords. So
that if the king granted a manor to A, and he granted
a portion of the land to B, now B was faid to hold of
A, and A of the king; or, in other words, B held his
lands immediately of A, but mediately of the king. The
king was shatiehiep ftyled lord paramount; A was both
tenant and lerd, or was a mefne lord; and B was called
tenant ‘* paravail,”” or the loweft tenant; being he, who
was f{nppofed to make “ avail," or profit of the land. It
is in this manner all the lands of the kingdom are holden,
which are in the hands of fubjeéts. Bl. Com. b. ii.

The word is properly derived from mai/ne, Quafi minor
natu; becaufe his tenure is derived from another, from whom
he holds: or perhaps me/n 13 the fame as mean or middle be-
tween two extremes, either in time or dignity.

Mesn alfo denotes a writ, which lieth where there is lord
mein and tenant ; and lies, when upon a fubinfeudation the
mefo or middle lord fuffers his under-tenant, or tenant para-
vail, to be diftrained upon by the lord paramount, for the
rent due to him from the mefne lord. F.N. B. 135.

This is in the nature of a writ of right; and in this cafe
the tenant fhall have judgment to be acquitted or indemni-
fied by the mefne lord; and if he makes default therein, or
does not appear originally to the tenant’s writ, he fhall be
forejudged of his meinalty, and the tenant fhall hold imme-
diately of the lord paramount himfelf.

Mesn, or Mefne proce/s. See Process.

MESNA, in Geography, a city of Africa, capital of
Begarmee; 170 miles 8. ot Bornou. N. lat.177. E. long.
zarine's

MESNAGER, Nicuotras, in Biography, an zble nego-
ciator, was born at Rouen, in 1658, of a rich commercial
family. He was fent by Louis XIV. to Spain on fome im-
portant miffions relative to the commerce of the Indies, and
afterwards to Holland ; on which occafions he gave fo much
fatisfaction as to be created a chevalier of the order of St.
Michael, with patents of nobility. In 1711 he figned the
preliminary treaty of peace between France and England at
Londen, and he was next employed with the abbé Polignac
as plenipotemiary at Utrecht. He died at Paris in 1714.
His memoirs have been printed. Moreri.

MESNARDIERE, Hiprorytus Juiws Piret pews,
a French poet, was born at Loudun in 1610, and died in
1663. He was a member of the French Academy, and pa-
tronized by cardinal Richelieu. His works are, 1. A Treze
tife on Melancholy,"’ 8vo.; 2. “ Poetique,” 4to.; 3. The
Tragedies of Alinde and La Pucelle de Orleans 5"" 4. * A
ColieGtion of Poems,’’ &c.; 5. ‘ Relations of War,” &c.
Moreri.

MESNEVY, or Maswavi, in Orientul Literature, is a
very celebrated work in the Periiaa language. The author
is Jelal ud Din; Rumi is often added to his name, denoting
that he was of Lower Alia. He died in 1262, and was

buried in a monattery founded by him in the city of Konyeh
3 Bias (iconium)

MES

(Iconium) for an order of Dervithes. His work is the
moft efteemed of that numerous clafs of writings containing
the doGtrines of Sufifm, (fee Sur1,) or emblematical theology,
and for feveral centuries his tomb was vifited by his devout
countrymen, who confider his works as the effect of infpira-
tion, and inferior only to the Koran. As well as religion
and morality, the Mefnevy comprifes alfo hiftory and poli-
tics. The following character of it is taken from the lait
volume of fir William Jones’s works. ‘* So extraordinary a
book as the Mefnavi was never, perhaps, compofed by man.
It abounds with beauties and blemifhes equally great ; with
grofs obfcenity and pure ethics; with exquifite ftrains of
poetry and flat puerilities; with wit and pleafantry mixed
with dull jefts; with ridicule on all eftablifhed religions, and
a vein of fublime piety. It is like a wild country in a fine
climate, overfpread with rich flowers and with the odour of
beafts. I know of no writer to whom the Maulavi can
juftly be compared, except Chaucer or Shakfpeare.” ‘The
term Maulavi, here ufed, is ufually applied to this great
writer, denoting his literary reputation. Commentaries on
his works, and abridgments, tranflations, and imitations of
them, are very numerous in the different dialects of the Eat.
See Mysticau Poetry.

MESNOJ, in Geography, an ifland of Ruffia, in the {traits
of Vaigatfkoi, N. lat. 70° 4'. E. long. 60° 14’.

MESOCHOROS, pscoxopS-, among the ancients. The
mefochori were muficians who prefided in concerts, and
by beating a defk in a regular manner with their feet, di-
reéted the meafure of the mufic. For this purpofe in the
theatre they wore wooden clogs on their feet, that they
might be better heard, which were called by the Greeks
crupezta.

MESOCHORUS, among the Romans, was alfo ufed for
a perfon in public affemblies, appointed to give the fignal for
acclamation at the proper time, that all might join in it at
once.

MESOCOLON, in Anatomy, the peritoneum connect-
ing the colon in its fituation. See INTESTINE.

MESOCUROS, METOXOUOS, in Antiquity, an aétrefs in
tragedies, who had the middle part of her head fhaven: but
others think that mefocuros fignifies a girl or very young
woman.

MESODMES, or Mesomenes, in Biography, a Greek
lyric poet and mufician, to whom the hymn to Nemelis, the
laft of the three hymns publifhed in Dr. Fell’s Oxford edit.
of Aratus, with the original mufic, has been afcribed. It
is not fatisfactorily fettled who this Mefomedes was, or at
what time he lived. See Mustc of the Ancient Greeks, for
eonjectures on the fubject.

MESOGASTER, Mesocastnton, in Anatomy, a name
fometimes given to the lefler omentum. See EpipLoon.

MESOGLOSSI, a name given by fome writers,to the
mufcles of the tongue, more ufually called by anatomilts
the genioglofii.

MESOIDE, in the Greek Mufic, a kind of melopezia,
the notes of which were confined to the two middle ftrings
of the mefon tetrachord.

MESOIDES, mean founds, or founds taken in the
middle of the fyftem. See MrLorara.

MESOLA, or Mezota, in Geography, a town of Italy,
in the department of the Lower Po, near the coaft of the
Adriatic, on an ifland formed by a branch of the Po; 30
miles E.N.E. of Ferrara.

MESOLABE, Mesorasivm, a mathematical inftru-
ment, invented by the ancients for finding two mean propor-
tionals mechanically, which they could not come at geome-
trically. See PROPORTIONAL. ¢

MES.

It confifts of three parallelograms, moving in groove to
certain interfeGtions. Its figure is deferibed by Eutocius,
in his commentary on Archimedes.

MESO-LOGARITHM, a term ufed by Kepler to fig-
nify the logarithms of the co-fines and co-tangents; the
former of which lord Napier calls antilogarithms, and the
latter differentiales.

Thele are alfo called artificial fines and tangents.

MESON, in the Ancient Greek Mufic, is the name given
to the fecond tetrachord from the bottom, and it was like-
wife the name by which the four ftrings of that tetrachord
were diftinguifhed: as the firft tring was called hypate-
mefon, the fecond parhypate-mefon, the third lichanos-me-
fon, or mefon-diatonos, and the fourth mefe. Mefon is the
genitive cafe plural of mefe, mean or middle; becaufe the
mefon tetrachord is the middle between the firft and third
tetrachord, or rather becaufe the ftring or found mefe gives
the name to the whole tetrachord, of which it is the higheft
note. See Plate of the Greek Diagram.

MESONYCTICUM, Lat, pzcowxsix0, Gr., a midnight
hymn in the Greek church.

MESO-PLEURII, derived from pesos, middle, and mazv-
pov, rib, in Anatomy, the intercoftal mufcles.

Meso-PLEuRtii is fometimes alfo ufed for the intermediate
{paces between the coftz, or ribs.

MESOPOTAMIA, in Ancient Geography, an extenfive
province of Afia, the Greek name of which denotes * be-
tween the rivers,”? and on this account Strabo fays, “ ch
neflas Mevxkv 7% EuQpald nos te Trygo:,”’ that it was fituated
between the Euphrates and the Tigris. In Scripture this
country is called « Aram,” and “ Aramza.’’ Butas Aram
alfo fignifies Syria, it is denominated * Aram Naharaim,”’
or the Syria of the rivers. This province, which inclines
from the S.E. to the N.W., commenced at N, lat. 33° 20’,
and terminated near N. lat. 37° 30'. ‘Towards the fouth it
extended as far as the bend formed by the Jordan at Cunaxa,
and to the wall of Semiramis which feparated it from Mef-
fene. ‘Towards the north, it comprehended part of Taurus
and the Mefius, which lay between the Euphrates and the
Tigris. The modern name, given by the Arabs to this
part, is of the fame import with the ancient appellation ;
they call it ‘‘ifle,’’ or in their language, “ Al-Dgézera.”’
In this northen part is found Ofrhoéne, which feems to have
been the fame place with Anthemufia. The northern part
of Mefopotamia is occupied by chains of mountains pafling
from N.W. to S.E,, in the fituation of the rivers. The
central parts of thefe mountains were called “ Singare
montes.””? The principal rivers were Chaboras (Al Kabour),
which commenced at Charre (Harran), E. of the moun-
tains, and difcharged itfelf into the Euphrates at Circe-
fium (Kirkifieh) (fee Cuazor) ; the Mygdonius (Hanali),
the fource of which was near Nifibis, and its termination
in the Chaboras. (See Myeponius.) The principal
towns, in the eaftern part along the Tigris and near it,
are Nifibis (Nifbin), Bezabde (Zabda), Singora (Sindja),
Labbana on the Tigris (Moful), Hatru (Harder), and Apa-
mea-Mefenes.. At fome diftance to the fouth, upon the
Tigris and on the borders of Mefopotamia, was the town of
Antiochia, near which commenced the wall that paffed from
the Tigris to the Euphrates, under the name of ‘ Murus
Mediz,” or ‘ Semiramidis.”? In the weftern part were
Edefla, called alfo Callin-Rhe (Orfa), Charre (Harran),
Nicephorium (Racca), Circefium at the mouth of the Cha-
boras, Anatho (Anah), Neharda (Hadith Unnour) upon
the right of the Euphrates. There are feveral other towns
of lefs importance, which our limits will not allow us to
mention. <Accerding to Strabo, this country was fertile in

vines,

‘

MES

vines, and afforded abundance of good wine. According to
Ptolemy, Mefopotamia had on the north a part of Armenia,
on the welt the Euphrates, on the fide of Syria, on the ealt
the Tigris, on the borders of Affyria, and on the fouth the
Euphrates which joined the ‘Tigris, Mefopotamis was a
nr under the kings of Syria, See Synta.

MESOPYCNI, picorvxrs, in the Ancient Mufic, wan an
oo given to fuch chords as formed the middle notes
of the fpiff™. There were five mefopyent in the feale, See
Pyent and Sptssom.

MESORECTUM, in Anatomy, the procefs of peri-
toneum attached to the ligmoid flexure off the colon, and
upper part of the retum, See Lyrestine.

ESORO, in Jchthyolgy, a name given by Salvian to
that fith which we 4 the butterfly-fifh, the blennus or
blennius of other authors.

Mesono is alfo ufed by the Italians for the fith commonly
called the a or flar-gazer.

MESOTHENAR, in Anatomy, a name given by Win-
flow to a mulcle of the thumb. Tt includes the adductor
pollicis, and a part of the flexor brevis.

“and Frexor.

MESOTYPE, in Mineralogy. See Zrorire.

MESPILEUS Lapis, in Natural Hiflory, a name given
to fome f{pecies of the echinite, from their refemblance to
the ripe fruit of a medlar. This was a name given them

* before they were much known, and they were fome time
afterwards called, from their five lines on the furface,
texoche.

MESPILUS, in Botany, peoridn of the Greeks, the
Medlar-Tree. Linn. Geo. 251. Schreb. 339. Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. 2. ro10o. Mart. Mill. Dict. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew.
ed. 2. v. 3. 205. Sm. Fi. Brit. 529. Juff. 335. Lamarck
Did. v. 4. 437. Illutr. t. 436. Michaux Boredl-Amer.
v. 1.291. Gerto. t. 87. (Crategus; Lino. Gen. 250.
Schreb, 338. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 1ooo. Mart. Mill.
Did. v. 2. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 v. 3. 200. Juff. 335.
Lamarck Illuftr. t. 433. Michaux Boreal-Amer. v. 1. 287.
—Clafs and order, Jcofandria Pentagynia. Sm. Intr. 427.
Nat. Ord. Pomacee, Linn. Rofacee, Juti.

Gen. Ch. Ca/. Perianth fuperior, of one leaf, concave,
in five deep, fpreading, permanent fegments. Cor. Petals
five, roundifh, concave, with fhort claws, inferted into the
calyx. Stam. Filaments about twenty, awl-fhaped, inferted
into the calyx, not longer than the corolla; anthers fimple,
roundifh. Pi/t. Germen inferior ; ityles from two to five,
(oceafionally folitary,) fimple, erect; {tigmas capitate.
Peric. Berry roundifh, umbilicated, crowned with the clofed
calyx, but almoft perforated in the centre. Seeds equal in
number to the ftyles, bony, gibbous at the outer fide, each
with two kerrels.

Eff. Ch. Calyx five-cleft. Petals five.
Seeds two to five, with two kernels.

Botanitts have differed concerning the limits of this genus.
The Crategus of Linneus is diftinguifhed from his Me/pilus
folely by the former having but two ftyles, and occation-
ally, on the fame tree, fome flowers with but one; while
the latter has five. Sorbus is fuppofed to differ from both
in having three ftyles and as many feeds. Linnzus was
well dware of the clofe relationfhip between all the three
genera, and hints that there is fcarcely any fufficient cif-
tinction between them. He adds however that “ the leaves
in Sorbus are ufually pinnate, in Crategus angular, in Me/-

tlus undivided.” This would indeed be a chara€ter in the

abit too important to be overlooked, but unfortunately it

is not founded in fat. IM. tanacetifolia has not merely an-

gular, but pinnatifid leaves, with the fru€tification of a per-
3 3

See AnpucTror

Berry inferior.

MES

feet Me/pilus, and is fo naturally allied to the Hawthorn,
Crataegus Ovyacantha of Linnwus, that nothing onght to
disjoin them. As to Sorbus, the domeflica is (hewn in Lngl,
Bot. ¥. §. $50, to be a complete Pyrus, both by number
and flruéture of all.the parts; nor can the aucuparia or the
hybrida (more properly pinnatifida) be feparated irom it, as
the number of their ftyles and celle is variable, though the
couts_of the latter are rather more coriaceous than in the
domeflica, Other acknowledged fpecies of Pyrus indeed
have pinnate or pinnatifid leaves. (See Pynus.) The
writer of the prefent article therefore fees no reafon to
abrogate what is fettled in the Flora Britannica, though
Willdenow, not having feen that work till he got as Re
as Tetradynamia, has not adopted this correction; and the
authors of the new edition of the Hortus Keqwenjfis in ge-
neral follow him, where they themfelves have not particu-
larly ftudied any fubjet. Hence five of the fourteen fpe-
cies of Crataegus in the laft-mentioned work are defined
with five flyles or five feeds, one with three and another
with four; a fufficient evidence of their being Me/pili, in
{pite of their more or lefs angular foliage. It is tcarcely
neceffary to obferve that the fruit of thefe two fuppofed
enera is exaétly of the fame nature. We now follow
| re and Gertner in calling it a bacca, or berry, becaufe
it is found moft convenient to reftriét the term drupa to
pulpy fruits with a folitary nut.

The number of ftyles 1s fo ill calculated for a generic
diftinGtion in this cafe, that we cannot take advantage of it
even to divide Afefpilus into any tolerably natural fe¢tions.
The form of the leaves, whether undivided, lobed, or pin-
natifid, might ferve better. None of this genus is known to
have really pinnated leaves.

The fpecies of Crategus are nineteen in Willdenow, of
Meffiles fix ; in all twenty-five. They are all either trees
or fbrubs, with very hard wood, often thorny ; and they
have ftalked, alternate, almoft always deciduous, Leaves.
Their flowers are corymbofe, fometimes folitary ; white
with an occafional tint of red. Fruit mealy, red or yel-
low, feldom eatable. The whole genus is very patient
of cold, partly American, partly European and Alpine,
well calculated and much ufed for the adorning of fhrub-
beries in this climate. It is remarkable that none of them
have been publifhed in that ufeful and defervedly popular
work, the Botanical Magazine.

We fhali indicate a few of the moft valuable.

M. coccinea. Great American Hawthorn. (Mefpilus apii
folio virginiana, fpinis horrida, fru€tu amplo coccineo ;
Pluk. Phyt. t. 46. f.4. Crategus coccinea; Linn. Sp.
Pl. 682. Willd. n. 1. Ait. n. 1.)—Thorny. Leaves ovate,
with angular incifions, ferrated, fmooth ; heart-fhaped at the
bafe. Footitalks and calyx glandular. Styles five.—Native
of Virginia and Canada. Cultivated by bifhop Compton at
Fulham iu 1683. This isa {preading tree, with broad light
green aves, itrong thorns, large white copious flowers,
which appear in May, and fearlet fruit, as big asa {mall
damfon. Linnzus and Willdenow cite under this, fynonyms
of Miller (Jc. t. 179.) and the Hort. Angi. t. 13, which be-
long to Me/pilus cordata, their Crataegus, 0. 2.

M. parvifoiia. Small-leaved Hawthorn. (M. Xantho-
carpus; Linn. Suppl. 254. Crategus parvifolia; Willd.
n. 8. Ait. n. 7.)—Thorny. Leaves fomewhat wedge-
fhaped, crenate, cut. Flowers nearly folitary. Segments
of the calyx leafy, cut and ferrated, as long as the fruit.
Styles five.—Native of bie ae Cultivated here in the
time of bifhop Compton. e are indebted to Mefirs. Lee
and Kennedy for a knowledge of this fpecies, for Willde-
now quotes a heap of erroneous fynonyms, amongft others

the

MES PILUS.

the Crategus tomentofa, Linn. Sp. Pl. 682. The prefent
fhrub is remarkable for its ftout, rigid habit ; ftraight dark
thorns, often two inches in length ; fmall Jeaves, about an inch
long, more or lefs downy; rather large flowers, moftly foli-
tary, at the end of each fhort Jateral fhoot, with a long,
leafy, green calyx. The fruit is faid to be pale yellow,
dotted with little black warts, and containing five feeds.

M. Oxyacantha. Common Hawthorn, White-thorn, or
May. Gaertn. v. 2. 43. t. 87. Sm. FI. Brit. 529. (Cia-
tegus Oxyacantha ; Linn. Sp. Pl. 683. Fl. Dan. t. 634.
Bulliard. t. 333, with the flowersof Prunus /pinofa! C. mo-
nogyna; Jacq. Auftr. t. 292. Oxyacanthus 5 Ger. em.
1327-)—Thorny. Leaves obtufe, deeply three-cleft, ferra-
ted, {mooth. Styles one or two.—Native of dry, open,
ftony countries in all parts of Europe, flowering in May or
June. Inthe rich deep foil of Marfhland it is particularly
luxuriant, and the bloffoms, ufually white, affume there a
pink hue. Double and rofe-coloured varieties are often
cultivated, as well as one with yellow, not {carlet, fruit.
This tree is one of the greateft ornaments of our parks and
‘hedges.

M. odoratiffima. Downy Oriental Hawthorn. Andr.
Repof. t. 590. (M. tanacetifolia @ ; Sm. Prod. Fl. Gree.
Sibth. v. 1. 342.)—Thorny. Leaves deeply five-cleft,
jagged ; very downy on both fides. Styles five—Native of
the Levant. In Greece, and the fouth-weftern part of the
Crimea. Cultivated by Meflrs. Lee and Kennedy for fome
years paft. Rather ftouter than the Common Hawthorn,
and diftinguifhed by its very foft deep-cut /eaves, larger
highly fragrant flowers, and globular {carlet fruit, as big as
a {mall goofeberry., Mr. Lambert difcovered, by Pallas’s
herbarium, that this is the Crategus orientalis mentioned by
that intelligent traveller; fee the Englifh edition of his Tra-
vels, v. 2.174. and 181.

M. fanacelifolia. Tanfy-leaved Hawthorn. Sm. Exot.
Bot. v.2. 51. t. 85. Ast. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 3. 206.
Andr. Repof.t. sgt. (M. orientalis, tanaceti folio villofo,
magno fructu pentagono e viridi flavefcente ; Tourn. Cor. 44.
Voy. v. 2, 171. t.172.)—Thorny. Leaves obtufe, pinna-
tifid, cut; downy on both fides. Styles five. Bracteas
permanent.—Native of all the High mountains of Greece.
A very defirable fhrub for plantations, en account of its
large highly-fcented corymbofe flowers, and yellow fruit,
which refembles a {mall apple, and has the feent of one. By
culture and grafting, it promifes to become an acquifition to
our tables. From the defeription in Diofcorides of his
tortor, a fpinous tree with leaves like hawthorn, fruit
like a little apple, {weet, with three hard feeds,” this fhould
feem, as the number of feeds varies, to be the very plant ;
while his pcoxsov éxzpor, from Italy, «+a tree like an apple tree,
but with {maller leaves, and a round eatable fruit, with a
broad depreffion, flightly aftringent, and long in ripening,”
can only be our common garden Me/pilus germanica. ‘Tourne-
fort did not obferve the thorns of the A. tanacetifolia, but he
deferibes the eagernefs with which his Armenian companions
colle&ted and ate the fruit, and he mentions the treesas of the
fize of oaks. Henoticesalfo our preceding MM. odoratiffima,
as diftinguifhed“by its red fruit, varying in fize, rather acid,
and more agreeable than that of the ¢anacetifolia.

M. Azarolus. Neapolitan Medlar or Azarole. (M.
Aronia veterum; Bauh. Hift. v.41. 67. M. prima;
Matth, Valgr. v. 1. 229. M. n. 135. Duham. Arb. v. 2.
16.t.5. (Crategus Azarolus; Linn. Sp. Pl. 683. Willd.
n.1g. Ait. n. 14. Andr. Repel. t. 579 )—Somewhat
thorny. Leaves obtufe, nearly {mooth, in three or five
entire-edged fegments. Styles two.—Native of Italy, the
fouth of France, and Carniola; rare in our gardens. It 1s

akin to the two laft, but the aves are fmoother, entire at
the edges, and the flys but two; though Scopoli fays the
fruit has five cells, which caufed him to refer this {pecies to
Pyrus. We have no doubt that the number of the /lyles
and cells is the fame, anc therefore this perhaps affords an-
other example of tae variablenefs of that number. The
fruit is faid to be auttere in flavour, and hence Matthiolus
found a difference between his plant and the porto of
Diofcorides, which, as they had never feen the true one, he,
and other botanifts of his time, took this to be; nor were
they very wide of the mark. When cultivated, the Aza-
role is fpoken of as an agreeable fruit. We have never
heard of its ripening in England, nor does the tree often
bloffom.—The old wooden cut of Matthiolus, ufed again
by Duhamel, is by far the belt reprefentation of this {pecies ;
that in Ger em. 1454 is more like the Oxyacantha.

M. germanica. Common, or Dutch Medélar. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 684. Wilid. no 1. Ait. n. 1, Engl, Bot. t. 1923.
Pallas Roff. y. 1. p. 1. 29. t. 13. f.1. (M. altera; Matth.
Valgr. v. 1. 230. M. fativa; Ger. em. 1453.)-—Thorns
none. Leaves lanceolate, fomewhat downy. Flowers foli-
tary, feflile, terminal. Styles five —Native of the warmer
parts of Europe. Common in gardens, for the fake of its
fruit, which is not eatable till it becomes quite mellow, and
is almoft as variable in fize and flavour as any other. The
leaves area {pan long, moft downy beneath, dark green
above, alittle ferrated at the top. Flowers the largett of
the genus, white, as broad as a crown piece. Fruit broad,
depreffed, brown when ripe.

M. grandiflora. Large-flowered Barren Medlar. Sm.
Exot. Bot. v. 1. 33. t- 18. Ait. n. 5.—Thorns none.
Leaves elliptic-oblong, flightly downy, unequally ferrated.
Flowers nearly folitary, terminal. Styles three. — Cul-
tivated in Chelfea yarden by Mr. J. Fairbairn, who is
unacquainted with its native country. ‘The ¢ree much re-
fembles the JM. germanica, but the /eaves are ftrongly fer-
rated, and more elliptical. //owers white, fcentlefs, almoft
as big as thofe of the germanica, and much exceeding thofe
of all the other fpecies, tanacetifolia approaching them moft
nearly in this reipe&t. They grow moftly folitary, rarely
two together, at the ends of {mall lateral branches. Styles
never more than three; often buttwo. Fruit {mall, reddith,
with little pulp, rarely perfeéted in England.

M. japonica. Japan Medlar, or Loquat.
206. Willd. n.2. Ait. n. 2.
Vent. Malmaif. t. 19. (Bywa; Kempf. Amoen. 800.)—
Leaves’ obovate, acute, ferrated; downy beneath. Clufters
aggregate, terminal. Styles five.—Native of Japan ; hardy
with us, flowering in {pring and autumn, and often ripening
its fruit, which is globular, an inch in diameter, yellow, not
bac eating. Thunberg fays this isa very large tree in its
native country. The /eaves are rigid, a foot long, ever-
green, fmooth, and fhining on the upper fide, white or rufty
beneath. _ H/owers very numerous, white, on ruity ftalks,—
This plant remained for fome time in our foves without
flowering, and was taken for a Volkameria.

Mespitus, in Gardening, comprehends plants of the
deciduous tree flowering thrubby and evergreen kinds, of
which the fpecies cultivated are; the Dutch or common
medlar (M. germanica) ; the arbutus-leaved mefpilus (M.
arbutifolia) ; the alpine mefpilus (M. amelanchier); the
baltard quince, or mefpilus (M. chama-mefpilus); the
fnowy mefpilus (M. canadeniis); the dwarf mefpilus (M.
cotoneafter) ; the quince-leaved mefpilus (M. tomentolfa) ;
and the evergreen thorn or mefpiius (M. pyracantha).

In the firlt fort it is ebferved, that the wild tree differs
from the cultivated one in having more flender, {trigofe,

thorny

Thunb. Jap.
Banks. Ic. Kempf. t. 18.

MES

oe! branches, and much fmaller leaves, flowers, and
ruits,

And there are two varieties, the narrow-leaved and the
broad-leaved ; the firlt growing to a large tree, rifing with
a flraighter flem, and the branches growing more upright
than thofe of the Durch medlar: the leaves are narrower
and not ferrate, the flowers fmaller, and the fruit fhaped
like a pear. This is a native of Sicily.

The latter never rifes with an upright trunk, but fends
out crooked deformed branches at a {mall height from the
ground, the leaves are very large, entire, and downy on their
under fide: the flowers very large, as alfo the fruit, which
is rounder, and approaches nearer to the fhape of an apple :
this, bearing the largett fruit, is now generally cultivated ;
but there is one with fmaller fruit, called the Nottingham
medlar, of a much quicker and more poignant tatte. There
are alfo other varieties in the fruit, which are now little at-
tended to by the cultivators of this fruit.

The fecond {pecies varies with red, with black, and with
white fruit.

Method of Culture.-—They are all eatily raifed by feeds,
layers, grafting and budding ; but it is the belt praétice to
raife the medlar kinds rincipally by grafting or budding, in
order to continue the bane

When they are raifed in the firft method, the feeds fhould
be fown in autumn, in a bed of common earth, as they
ufually lie a year, or more, ‘before they germinate, as in the
haw and holly-berries, &c.

As foon as the plants appear they fhould be watered fre-
quently in dry weather; and in the autumn or {pring follow-
ing, the largeft be thinned out and planted in nurfery rows,
two feet by one afunder; and in another year all the reft
may be fet out in the fame manner; and in three or four
years they will be proper for being planted out in the garden
or shrubbery grounds.

But in the fecond mode the young branches fhould be laid
down in the autumn in the common method ; and they will
be properly rooted by the autumn following, when they
fhould be planted out in nurfery-rows in the fame way as the
feeclings.

And the two laft methods fhould be performed on the
flems or {talks of the larger medlar kinds, or fometimes
upon thofe of the white thorn, raifed from feed as above ;
but the pear-itock is to be preferred for the common medilars,
when intended as fruit trees. The operations are performed
in the ufual way, low in the ftocks to form dwarfs; and for
half or full fandards, training the firft fhoot for a ftem, or
the itock may be let form a {tem, and then be wroaght at
from about three or four to five or fix feet in height. See
BunppinG and Grartinc.

Thofe plants intended for fruit-trees, whether dwarfs, half
or full ftandards, in training, fhould, for dwarfs, have the
firft fhoots from the graft or bud headed down fhort in
fpring, if neceffary, in order to force out a proper fupply
of bottom branches, which mutt be trained as other dwarf
fruit-trees, either for ftandard-dwarfs or efpaliers. When
for half or full ftandards, and wrought low in the ftocks, the
firft fhoot of each fhould be trained for a item, topping it
afterwarils at the proper height to force out lateral fhoots to
form the head ; but when wrought high in the tock, the firlt
fhoots may either be fhortened or fuffered to grow, as may
feem moit proper, according to the natural difpofition of
the leading fhoot, in refpe& to its furnifhing lateral branches.
After this-training for the firft year or two, to give the trees
their firit proper formation, there fhould not be any further
general fhortening of the branches, practifing it only occa-
fionally to particular fhoots, tv procure more wood, when

MES

necelTary, to fill vacancies, to reduce any irregular growth,
orto cutoff dead parts. But in other refpeéis the branches
fhould be cere left at full length, and the fhandards
left to affume neatly their own natural way of branching.
See Prunine and Taainia.

Thefe plants are all hardy, fueceeding in any common
foil and fituation.

It may be noticed that the firft fort and varieties are cul-
tivated as fruit trees, principally as ftandards, but fometimes
as efpaliers for variety; and are often introduced into the
thrubbery plantations. All the other {pecies are proper for
ornament in fhrubbery or other plantations, where they ef-
feet a fine variety by their different foliage and flowers, as
well as their fruit in autumn and winter, which remains long
on the branches. ‘They fhould be difpofed—the deciduous
kinds principally in aflemblage with others of that fort, and
the ever-green kind alfo chiefly with thofe of their own kind,
arranging each fort according to its height of growth; but
the latt fort, being agreeably ornamental, both as an ever-
green and in its numerous clufters of fine red berries in
winter, fhould have a confpicuous fituation, From its being
of a rather flender prowth, it is however commonly trained
againft walls or the fronts of houfes, for the fupport of its
flexible branches, as well as to exhibit its berries more orna-
mentally. It may however be trained as a ttandard fhrub,
like the other forts, in the open fhrubbery ; in which cafe
it fhould be generally trained with fhort fingle flems, and be
rag we to branch out upwards into Spreading heads, which

ave a good effect.

MESS, in Sea Language, denotes a particular company
of the officers or crew ot a thip, who cat, drink, and affo-
ciate together, whence me/s-mate, denoting one of thefe with
refpect to another.

Mess, in Military Language. The principal military mefs
in Great Britain is kept, and provided for in the extraordi-
naries of the army, at the Horle-guards.. This mefs confilts
of the field officers in waiting, of the life and foot guards,
officers in the king’s life and foot guards ; officer of the
queen’s guard and tilt picket, and adjutant of the battalion
of foot guards that mounts. The colonel of the foot
guards is allowed to invite three vilitors. Two breakfaits
are likewife provided every morning, one for the guard
coming on, and one for the guard going off, together with
a fupper every night.

MESSA, in Geography, a town of Morocco, fituated on
the river Sus, not far from the foot of the Atlas. It is
large, divided into three parts, and furrounded with wails.
In its vicinity is a mofque, containing the bones of a whale,
which the fuperititious inhabitants confider as thofe of the
whale which fwallowed Jonah; 165 miles S.W. of Morocco.
N. lat. 29° 56'.

Messa, Mefe, plural. Ital.; Mefe, Mefes, plu. Fr., the
title given in tne Romifh liturgy to the high mafs in mufic,
conliiting of the Kyrie, Chrifle, Credo, Sandus, and Agnus Dé.
Thefe portions of the church fervice have been fet in the
ftyle of our cathedral fervices by every great compofer ia
Catholic countries, exer fince the laws of counterpoint
were fettled, that is, from the latter end of the 15th cen-
tury to the prefent time. For common occafions the mafs
is fet for the choral eftablifhment, accompanied only by the
organ: in thefe, folo verfes are feldom introduced ; but for
feitivals, in Italy, the compofition is more elaborate and
fecular, when an additional band and fingers of the firit clafs
are employed. Aleffandro Scarlatti, Leo, Pergolef, Du-
rante, Perez, Jomelli, Sacchini, &c. have compofed maffes, .
which will be regarded by true judges of compofition as.
maiter-pieces of the art.-

Messa>

,

MES

Mzssa Bafa, filent mafs whifpered by the prieft during a
mufical performance.

Messe de Capella, in the Italian Mufic, is ufed for maffes
fung by their grand chorus. In thefe, various fugues, double
eounterpoints, and other ornaments are ufed.

Messe Concertati, mafles wherein the parts reciting are
intermixed with choruffes.

MESSALA, M. Vatertus Corvinus, in Biography,
an illuftrious Roman, of an ancient and noble family, who
diftinguifhed himifelf in youth by his eloquence and patriot-
ifm, and joined the republican army under Brutus and
Caffius againft the triumvirs. He is defcribed in very high
terms by Cicero, ina letter to Brutus, as being almolt, or
altogether unequalled for integrity, conftancy, and the affec-
tion which he difplayed for the commonwealth. Of his
eloquence, Quintilian fays, ‘it is {plendid, fair, and bearing
the ftamp of his nobility. At the battle of Philippi he
had a diftinguifhed command, and with his legion was the
firft that turned the left wing commanded by Odiavianus
Cefar. After the death of the two republican chiefs, he
made his peace with the vitor, and, according to one of the
hiftorians of Rome, there was no circumftance of the vic-
tory more pleafing to Cefar than the prefervation of Mef-
fala, nor did any man ever give proof of greater attachment
and gratitude than Meffala towards Cefar. Yet, to his
honour, it is afferted, that he never, and on no occafion,
was backward in fhewing his regard to the memory of his
earlier friends, and his decided preference of their caufe.
When he recommended Strato to Czfar, he faid, with tears
flowing from his eyes, * this, fir, is the man who performed
the lait kind office for my beloved friend Brutus ;”’ and at
another time, when Czefar reminded him that he had been no
lefs zealous for him at AGtium, than again/? him at Philippi,
he anfwered, “I always efpoufed the moft juft fide of every
queftion.”? In the year 31 B.C. he was the emperor’s col-
league in the confulate, and was fent as his legate into Afia
a year or two afterwards. In 37 he obtained a triumph
over the Aquitanians; after this, he for a fhort time held
the office of prefe&t, which he refigned, finding it ill adapted
to his habits. He was addicted to literary purfuits, and
was a patron of literary perfons, particularly of Tibullus,
who commemorates him in his elegies, and has left an ex-
prefs panegyric upon him. In old age he compofed a work
“De Familiis Romanis,” cited by Pliny. At the age of
feventy, about two years prior to his deceafe, the faculties
of his mind underwent a total decay, and his memory fo
completely failed him, that he forgot his own name. Plu-
tarch.

MESSALIANS. See Eucuites.

MESSALINA, Vateria, in Biography, a daughter of
Meffala Barbatus, married the emperor Claudius, and dif-
graced herfelf by her cruelties and feandalous incontinence.
Her hufband’s palace was not the only feat of her lafciviouf-
nefs, but fhe even proftituted herfelf in the moft public man-
ner. Her extravagancies at laft irritated Claudius fo much,
that he was obliged to fummon her to anfwer to all the ac-
cufations which were brought againft her, upon which the
attempted to deftroy herfelf, and when her courage failed,
one of the tribunes difpatched her with his fword in the
year 48. The fatirift, in fpeaking of her, fays,

s¢ Et laffata viris, necdum fatiata, receffit.”’

There was another perfon of this name called alfo Statilia,
who was defcended of a confular family, and married the
conful Atticus Viftinus, whom Nero murdered. She received
with tokens of tendernefs her hufband’s murderer, and mar-
vied him, She had married four hufbands before fhe came

MES

to the imperial throne ; and after the death of Nero retired
to literary purfuits and peaceful occupations. Otho, after
this, paid his addreffes to her, but before the confummation
of marriage he deftroyed himfelf. In his dying moments
he wrote her a pathetic and very confolatory letter.

MESSANA, in Ancient Geography. See Messina.

MESSAPIA, a country of Italy, which, though fean-
tily watered, was covered with trees and paftures. Its prin-
cipal towns were Brundufium, Rudiz, Lupie,; Hydruntum,
Callipolis, and Tarentum. It was alfo called Iapygia.

MESSAR, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the Red fea,
N. lat. 17° 26.

MESSARA, a province of the ifland of Crete, which
lies fouth to that of Candia, and which is the moft fertile,
and the moft agreeable of the ifland; it has, among others,
a very beautiful plain, fix leagues in extent, in which are
found an abundance of wheat, barley, flax, cotton, and a
variety of fruits. It is croffed by a {mall river called at
this day ‘* Malognithi,"’ and formerly known by the name
of « Lethe.” It pafles by the fide of the ruins of Gor-
tyna, and empties itfelf into the fea facing the Paximadi
iflands. The wheat of Meflara yields a great quantity of
flour, which makes excellent bread; it is conveyed on the
backs of affes to Candia, Retimo, and Canea; while the
inhabitants themfelves live all the year on a very coarfe
barley bread. Meffara is reckoned the granary of Crete : its
wheat is one of the beft in Turkey.’ The Turks are here
more numerous than the Greeks.

MESSASAGUES, or Missasacas, a tribe of Indians
in America, ona river of this name, which difcharges itfelf
into the N.W. part of lake Huron. This tribe, a few years
ago, numbered 500 warriors, but now 8o.

MES-SEELAH, a town of Africa, in the kingdom ot
Algiers ; 80 miles §.S.E. of Dellys.

MESSEGNA, a town of Naples, in Otranto; 21 miles
N.W. of Lecce.

MESSENE, Mavra-Marui, a town of European
Turkey, in the Morea, ona river which runs into the gulf
of Coron; 30 miles N.W. of Mifitra. This was the an-
cient Meffene or Mycene, the capital of Meffenia, N. of
Echalia and S. of Ithome. It was founded by Epaminon-
das, and peopled about the year 369 B.C. It was a large
and magnificent town, embellifhed by the temples of Nep-
tune, Venus, Ceres, Lucina, &c. by a variety of ftatues, &c.
Strabo reprefents it as one of the ftrongeft places among the
ancients, and compares it with Corinth, being defended by
a fortrefs built on mount Ithome, as the latter city was by
a double citadel. On the path which led to this citadel -
was a fountain called Clepfydra, fignifying concealed water,
It was pretended, that the nymphs which reared Jupiter
came to bathe fecretly in this fountain, whence it derived its
name. N. lat.37° 15’. E. long. 21°.

Mgsseng, a kind of ifland, formed by the Euphrates
on the W. and the Tigris on the E. It had, to the north,
the wail of Semiramis, and to the fouth a canal, which fepa-
rated it from Babylonia, and the Seleucide territory.

MESSENGERS, in the Engli/b Polity, are carriers of
letters and meflages; or, more particularly, certain officers,
chiefly employed under the direétion of the fecretaries of
ftate, and always in readinefs to be fent with all manner of
diipatches, foreign and domettic.

They are always employed with the fecretaries warrants
to take up perfons for high treafon, or other offences againft
the ftate, which do not fo properly fall under the cognizance
of the common law; and, perhaps, are not properly to be
divulged in the ordinary courfe of juftice. The prifoners
they apprehend are ufually kept at their own houfes, st

eac

MES

each of whom they are allowed by the government a com.
penfation, Although it is the conftant practice to make
commitments to meflengers, it is faid that it thall be intended
only in order to the carrying, of offenders to gaol. (1 Salk.
347 4 Hawk. P. C. ¢. 16. § 9.) Anoffender may be
committed to a meflenger, in order to be examined before
he is committed to prifon; and though fuch commitment
to a meflenger is irregular, it is not void. (Skin. 599.)
When they are difpatched abroad, they have an allowance
for their journey.

Messencens of the Exchequer, are officers attending the
exchequer, in the nature of purfuivants; their bufinefs is
to attend the chancellor and auditor, &e. and to carry their
letters, precepts, &c.

Messuncen of the Prefs, a perfon, who, by order of the
court, fearches printing-houfes, bookfellers’ fhops, &c. in
order to difcover feditious books, &c.

There are alfo other officers diltinguifhed by this appel-
lation ; as the meffenger of the lord chancellor, of the privy
council, of the great wardrobe, the two -meflengers of the
yeomen of the guards, meflenger to the gentlemen pen-
fioners, four mellengers to the board of commiffioners for
India, meflenger of the board of longitude, nine meffengers
of the navy pay-office, four meflengers of the victualling
office, meflenger of the war-oflice, three meflengers of the
army pay-oflice, meffengers of the ordnance-office, meffen-
gers of the office for auditing the public accompts, meflen-
gers of the cultom-honfe, of the {tamp-office, of the general
pott-office, feven meflengers to the commiflioners of bank-
ruptcy, &c. c

ESSENGER, in Mechanics, the endlefs rope employed in
the capfan; which fee.

MESSENIA, in Ancient Geography, a country of Greece,
which occupied the S.E. part of the Peloponnefus ; it was 13
or 14 leagues in its largeft dimenfion, and 10 from S. to N. It
was bounded, on the north, by the Ehde and Arcadia; on the
E. by Laconia, on the S. in great meafure by the Meflenian
gulf, and on the W. by a part of the Ionian fea. This country
was mountainous and unfertile sits principal river was the
Pamiflus, and Meffene was its capital. It is faid by Pau-
fanias to have derived its name from a princefs, called Mef-
féne, a native of Argos, daughter of Triopas, and grand-
daughter of Phorbes. She married Polycaon, the youngelt
fon of Lelex, and perfuaded her hufband to take poffeffion
of a country fituated to the W. of Laconia, and inhabited
by a favage race. Having done this, he gave to the country
the name of his wife, aud built in it many towns. When
the family of Polycaon became extin&; it pafled under the
dominion of feveral fucceffive fovereigns ; till at length, after
the battle of Leu€tra, Epaminondas recalled the defcendants
of the Meffenians, and built Meffene.

MESSERAG, in Geography, a town of the duchy of
Courland ; 38 miles E. of Goldingen.

MESSEROF, a town of Poland, in the palatinate of
Braclaw; 40 miles N.W. of Braclaw.

MESSERSBURG, a poft-town in Franklin county,
Pennfylvania; 168 miles W. by S. from Philadelphia.

MESSERSCHMIDIA, in Botany, received its name
from Linneus, in honour of Daniel Theophilus Meffer-
{chmid, a German botanift who was fent out by the Ruffian
government to explore the natural hiftory of Siberia, prior
to the expedition under Pallas. He was born in the year
1685, and died about the age of 30. His refearches were
never publithed, and he is only known as an author, by a
paper which he left, giving an account of the “ Camelus
BaGrianus, binis in dorfo tuberibus.’ ‘This was edited by
John Amman, and publifhed in the 14th vol, of the Trani-

Vor. XXIII. .

ME 8’

actions of the Peterfourg Academy. Linn. Mant. ¢.
Schreb, 103. Willd, Sp. PL v. 1. 789. Mart. Mill. pid.
v. 3. Ait Hort. Kew. ed. 2.¥. 1. 303. Jul. Gen. 129.
Lamarck Iluttr. t.95. Gartn. t. 109.—Clafs and order,
Pentandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Aj/perifolia, Linn, Bor-
raginee, Jul. ‘

Gen. Ch, Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, ereét, per-
manent, deeply cloven into five, fomewhat lincar fegments.
Cor, of one petal, funnel-fhaped, tube cylindrical, of a rude
texture, longer than the calyx, globofe at the bafe; limb
five-cleft, folded, membranous at the fides; throat naked.
Stam. Filaments five, minute, in the lower part of the tube;
anthers awl-fhaped, ereét, within the middle of the tube.
Pift. Germen fuperior, nearly ovate; ftyle cylindrical, very
fhort, permanent, ftigma capitate, ovate. Peric. Berry
dry, corky, of a roundifh cylindrical form, abrupt at the
fummit, which is furrounded with four, obtufe teeth ; when
— it feparates into two parts. Seeds two in each divifion
of the berry, oblong, bony, incufyed, rounded on the out-
fide, angular within.

Eff. Ch. Corolla funnel-fhaped, with a naked throat.
ry corky, divifible into two parts, with two feeds in
each.

1. M. fruticofa. Linn. Suppl. 132. Syft. Veg. ed. 14.
190.—Stem fhrubby. Leaves on ftalks. Corolla falver-
fhaped—A_ native of the Canary iflands, efpecially in the
northern parts of ‘Teneriffe, where it was found by Mr.
Francis Maffon, who introduced it into Kew gardens in
1779, where it flowers from June to O&ober.—The fem
of this fhrub is lofty, rugged, rough with hairs, branclied;
branches panicled at the top. Leaves alternate, on long
ftalks, lanceolate, entire, veined, hairy. Spies.of flowers
compound, direéted one way, forked, at the ead¢ of the
twigs on the upper part of the fiem. Linnzus obferves
that this {pecies has the corolla of Tourncfortia, to which the
genus is nearly allied, but its froit is that of a Mefer-
JSehmidia. It is very fimilar to the following {pecies M. Ar-
guzia, differing only in its fhrubby ftem, ftalked leaves,
i calyx, and {maller, fulver-fhaped corolla, with a flat
imb.

Profeffor Martyn has quoted a figure of this {pecies as
being in the fecond volume of L’ Heritier’s Stirpes Nove, on
the authority of the editor of the firit edition of Hortus
Kewenfis ; and we know that this quotation, in the latter
work, arofe from a communication of L’Heritier to Mr.
Dryander. The fecond volume however of Stirpes Nove
never appeared, and therefore Mr. Dryander repented of
having quoted it, determining never to refer to an unpub-
lifhed figure again; accordingly the reference is fuppreffed
in the fecond edition of Hortus Keavenfis.

2. M. Arguzia: Linn. Mant. 42. Suppl.132. (Mef-
ferfchmidia; Hort. Upf. 36. Gmel. Sib. v.4.77. Argu-
zia; Amman. Ruth.29. Tournefortia fibirica; Linn. Sp.
Pl. 202.)—Stem herbaceous. Leaves feffile. Corolla fun-
nel-fhaped. A native of dry, gravelly, funny places in Si-
beria. Root creeping. Stem ere, three or four inches
high. Branches alternate, iterile. Leaves alternate, feffile,
ovate-oblong, veined, downy, whitith. Corymbg or tufis
of flowers frequently two. Calyx fhorter than the tube of
the corolla, which is white, larger than in the preceding,
with the throat naked and pervious; the limb plaited and
its fides membranous, ’

3. M. cancellata. Willd. n.3. D’Affo. Synop. n. 162.
t. 1. f. 2, (Cerinthe foliis lanceolatis, caulibus ramofis, fio-
ribus vix calycem fuperantibus, fructibus cancellatis; Quer.
Hifp. v. 4. 145. t. 25. )—Leaves feflile, linear, obtufe, hif-
pid. Capiules reticulated.—A — of Spain.—We er

3 this

MES

this on the authority of Willdenow, without being able to
confult his references. ‘* Planta foot high. Root fibrous,
reddifh. Stems hairy, branched. -Radical-leaves lanceolate,
rather obtufe, hifpid, thofe of the ftem fimilar, but nar-
rower, Flowers on ftatks, in clufters, of a blue colour.’’—
D’Affo obferves that one /eed in each divilion of the berry is
abortive.

MESSI, in Geography, a town of Afiatic Turkey, in
Natolia, built on the feite of Halicarnafus, which fee; 50
miles S.W. of Mogla. N, lat. 37° 46’. E. long. 27° 22!.

MESSIAH, aterm fignifying anointed, or facred; and,
in that fenfe, applied to kings and prieits; but, particularly,
by way of eminence, to Jefus Chrift, the faviour promifed
by the prophets of the old Jewifh law. 4

The word comes from the Hebrew pgp, ma/cuach,

anointed, of the verb pyym, mafchach, to anoint ; whence
— <i

Jefus Chrift claims the title on a manifold account; 1, as
having been anointed king of kings from all ages; 2, as
chief of the prophets; 3, as high prieft of the law of grace,
or prieft for ever after the order of Melchizcdech.

The prophecies in the Old Teftament, which relate to the
coming of the Meffiah, are very numerous; fome of which
may be found in Gen. iii. 15. xlix. 10. Laiah, vii. 14. c. xi.
c. lii. liii. which the Targum of Jonathan interprets of the
Meffiah. Dan. ix. 25. Micah, iv. 1—5. c. v. 2—4. Haggai,
ii. 6,9. Zech. iii. 8—10. vi. 12, 13. ix. g—12. Mal. iu.
I—4. iv. 2—6, &c.

It has been alfo urged, that there are fome remarkable
paflages in Jofephus, Philo, Tacitus, Suetonius, and Cel-
fus, which fhew that the expectation of the Meffiah, agree-
able to the fcripture prophecies, prevailed in fome degree
among the heathen nations; and many have fuppofed that
there is fome reference of this kind in the fourth eclogue of
Virgil. We fhall only add farther, that the beft Chriltian
writers lay little ftrefs on the prophecy of Chrift cited by
Abulpharagius, out of the books of Zerdufh or Zoroafter,
nor on the pretended prophecy of Confucius, among the
Chinefe ; nor on thofe of the Sibylline oracles, among the
Romans.

The Jews ftill wait for the coming of the Meffiah, being
infatuated with the notion of a temporal Meffiah, that is to
be a mighty conqueror, and to fubdue all the world. Moft
of the modern rabbins, according to Buxtorf, believe that
the Meffiah is already come, but that he keeps himfelf con-
eealed, and will not manifeft himfelf becaufe of the fins of
the Jews. Some of the Jews, however, in order to recon-
eile thofe prophecies that feem to contradict each other, as
to the character and condition of the Mefliah, have had re-
courfe to the hypothefis of two Meffiahs, who are yet to
fucceed each other; one in a ftate of humiliation and {uffer-
ing; the other of glory, fplendor, and power. The firtt,
they fay, is to proceed from the tribe of Ephraim, who is
to fight againft Gog, and to be flain by Annillus, Zech. xii.
zo. The fecond is to be of the tribe of Judah, and lineage
of David, who is to conquer and kill Annillus, and reftore
the kingdom of Irael, reigning over it in the higheft glory
and felicity.

Jefus Chrift afferts himfelf to be the Mefliah. In St.John
iv. 25. the Samaritan woman fays to Jefus, «I know that
when the Meffiah comes, who is called the Chrift, he will tell
us all things. Jefus anfwered her, I that fpake to thee am
he.?? There are feveral impofters, who have endeavoured
to pafs for Meffiahs, as Chrift himfelf prediéted. J. Lent, a
Dutchman, has written a ‘hiftory of fal Meffiahs, « De
Pfeudomefiis.”? The firft he mentions was one Barcochab,
who appeared under the empire of Adrian. The laft was

7)

MES

rabbi Mordecai, who began to be talked of in 1682. A
little before him; viz. in 1666, appeared Sabbethai Sebi,
who was taken by the Turks, and turned Mahometan.
MESSIEURS, a French title of honour, or civility,
lately introduced into our language; being the plural of
monfieur, and equivalent to the Englifh firs, or gentlemen.
The French lawyers always begin their pleadings and ha-
rangues with meffiewrs; which word is alfo frequently re-
peated in the courfe of their {peeches; on which ovcafion it
an{wers to our Englifh word gentlemen.
The French fay, Meffieurs du parlement ; du confeil; des
comptes, &c. :
MESSILLONES, or Muscre-Bay, in Geography, 2
bay on the coaft of Chili or Peru, in South America;
8 leagues N. by E. of Morrenas bay, and 5 S. by W. of
Atacama. It forms part ef Atacama bay, and at its
entrance, or the anchoring place, fhips may ride in 15
fathoms, clean ground, and fecured from moit winds.
MESSINA, a city and fea-port of Sicily, in the valley
of Demona, the fee of an archbifhop, fituated on the E.
coaft towards the narrow fea, called “ The Straits of
Meffina,”’ formerly called ‘ Zancle,’? which name it re-
ceived, according to Thucydides, from the form of its har-
bour, that refembles a hook. This author fuppofes that
the city was founded by the pirates of Cuma. Other writers
trace its erigin to a higher antiquity, and date it 530 years
before the fiege of Troy, and 964 years before Romulus
laid the foundation of Rome. They add, that when the
inhabitants were molefted by the pirates of Cuma, they
fought the affiftance of the Meffenians, a people of Greece,
who haftening to their fuccour, cleared their coalts, entered
into an alliance with them, and hence te city was called by
the Greeks ‘ Meflene,”? and by the Latins ‘ Meffana.’?
Paufanias fays, that Anaxilas, tyrant of Rhegium, having
formed an alliance with the Meffenians of Greece againit
the Zancleans, with their affiftance took poffeffien of the
city, which, in compliment to them, he called ** Meffene.’’
This event is faid to have taken place in the year of Rome
94. This city was afterwards feized by the Mamertini, and
being made their eapital, it became one of the moft wealthy
and powerful cities of Sicily. The Mamertini transferred
it to the Romans, and from them it was taken, in the firft
Punic war, by the Carthaginians. Under the Romans it
enjoyed a long interval of peace, and was fpared by the
rapacious Verres. In the civil wars it took part with
Sextus Pompeius. After the fall of the Roman empire
it was for fome time in the pofleffion of the Saracens: and,
in 1060, was taken by Roger, count of Calabria, who alfo
affumed the name of the count of Sicily. In 1139, Richard I.
king of England, made himfelf mafter of it in his way to
the Holy Land. It was afterwards betrayed to Louis XI.,
king of France, who was compelled to furrender it. The
harbour of this city has been much admired, and the quay
is decorated with a range of buildings, nearly uniform in its
whole length, and interrupted only by a number of arches,
which ferve as entrances into the correfponding ftreets that
terminate upon it. At the bottom of the port is the king’s
palace, the refidence of the governor of the city, before
whofe door the veffels of the royal navy lie at anchor.
Near this 1s a covered walk, which leads to the eitadel,
which is almoft impregnable, and cannot be attacked by
fea, on account of the currents and the difficulty of an-
chorage, nor is it overlooked on the land fide, whilft it com-
mands the city and harbour. This was built by Charles XI.
after a revolt of the inhabitants. There is a communi-
cation by a covered way, and a wide fubterranean’ paf-
fage formed under the jettee, between the citadel and two-
forts ;.

MES

forts; one that of the Lantern, whieh points out the chan-
nel in the Calabrian coalt, and that of St. Salvador, whieh
defends the entrance of the port. It feems as if nature had
defigned even the whirlpools of Seylla and Charybdis to
ferve as guards to this fuperb port; which is capable of
containing all the thips of urend, and where veffels arrive
at the very door of the merchant, finding any required
depth of water, and needing not to move an anchor, if
it were not for the violence of the Sirocco, the ooly wind to
which it is expofed, and by whieh the fhips are in danger
of being driven out to fea. In the middle of the haven
are a light-houfe and lazaretto, Within the city are hand-
fome itreets, elegant marble fountains, equeftrian and pe-
deftrian ftatues of bronze, large and handfome churches,
vatt convents, tolerably well built hotels, a magnificent pe-
neral hofpital, called « La Loggia,” another large and nth
hofpital, and near it a well-regulated as well as fpacious
Lombard houfe. The population formerly correfponded with
thefe appearances ; but the plague of 1743 and 1744 re-
duced it from 100,000 to 30,000. In 1780 and 1782 it fuf-
fered much from an earthquake, The calamities which this
city has fuffered have not only diminthhed its population, but
occafioned the decay of many houfes and the defertion of
their occupiers, as well as the decline of their trade, which,
however, is {till confiderable. In Auguft an annual fair is
held, at which at quantities of foreign goods are ex-
pofed to fale. The air at Meffina is temperate, being con-
tinually frefhened by the fea, purified by the mountains,
agitated by the currents, and moderated by the fhade and
fhelter. So that, as De Non fays, it is rendered one of the
‘ healthie(t and molt agreeable habitations of the whole world.
Meflina claims the prerogative of being ftyled the capital of
the kingdom, though Palermo difputes the precedency with
it; 104 miles E. of Palermo. N. lat. 38’ 10’. E. long.
15° 40.
MESSINES, a town of France, in the department of the
Lys, and chief place of a canton, in the diltri& of Ypres.
The place contains 3" 55, and the canton 17,956 inhabit-
ants, ona territory of 167% kiliometres, in 8 communes.
MESSING, a town of Bavaria, in the bifhopric of Aich-
flatt ; 14 miles N.N.E. of Aichttatt.
MESSIS,a town of Afiatic Turkey, in Caramania; 15
miles E.S.E. of Adana.
MESSUAGE, Messuaerum, in Law, a dwelliag-houfe,
with fome land adjoining, affigned for its ufe.
By the name of meffuage may a garden, fhop, mill, cottage,
chamber, cellar, or the like, pafs.
In Scotland, mefluage denotes what we call the manor-
boufe, viz. the principal dwelling-houfe within the barony.
MESSUBY, in Geography, a town of Sweden, in Tavatt-
land ; 34 miles N.W. of Tavatthus,
MESTA, in Geography, a town and cape on the W.
coat of the ifland of Scio. *N. lat. 38° 25’. E. long.

3° pe: eatin ;
ESTA, a Spanith term, which, in its general acceptation,
fignifies a mixture of two or more forts of grain,and is equiva-
lent to the Englifh word “ Meflin,’? denotes, in a more
reitriéted fenfe, the union of the flocks belonging to feveral
different proprietors into ene collective body, which does
not ftrictly attach to any country, but travels backward
and forward twice in the year, pafling part of it at one
. place, and part in another. ‘This golleGtion is formed by an
_ affociation of proprietors, confifting of the nobles, perions
’. in power, members of rich monajteries and eccletiaftical
“chapters, who feed their flocks on the wate lands, as is done
on the commons in England. Thefe flocks they eall ASerimos,

or tran/bumantes. :

MES

This cuftom, fir introduced by cireumfantial neceffity,
in procefs of time was converted into a claim, which long
polfeffion has now changed into a preferiptive right. Le
re(la at prefent upon the fupport of thofe laws and ordi-
nances which have favoured, protected, and perpetuated the
ulurpation,

The origin of this cuftom mutt be referred to the era in
which the great plague ravaged Spain, and deftroyed two-
thirds of the population. ‘The few perfons who furvived
that deltruétive heties took pofleflion of the lands which
had been vacated by the death of their former occupiers.
Thefe they united with their own for the purpofe of forming
large properties ; but not poffeffing fufficient means for the
cultivation of fuch extenfivg domains, they were obliged to
convert nearly the whole into pafturage, and confine their
attention principally to the care and increafe of their flocks.
Hence has arifen the vaft quantity of pafture lands which
occupy the greater part of Eftramadura, the kingdom of
Leon, and other provinces. ‘To this caufe, among others,
may be attributed the prodigious quantity of uncultivated
lands difcoverable through the whole kingdom ; and hence
fo many proprictors, who poffefs extenfive tracts of terri-
tory, yet have no titles to their eftates, and are therefore de-
nominated Duén o/voceros.

The flocks which, when united, form the Metta, ufually
confift of about ten thoufand fheep in each. Every flock
is conducted by an officer, called a mayoral, who fuperin-
tends the fhepherds, and direéts the route. It is effential
that he thould be an aétive man, well acquainted with the
kinds of pafturage, the nature of fheep, and methods of
treatment. The mayoral is allowed a horfe and one hundred
doublons, or fifteen hundred livres tournois (thirty pounds
re fhillings fterling) per annum. Placed under him are
fifty fhepherds, who are divided into four clafles.. The
wages amount to one hundred and fifty reals, or thirty-
feven livres ten fols (ove pound eleven fhillings and three-
pence) per month, for the firit clafs; one husdred reals, or
twenty-five livres (one pound and eleven-pence) for the
fecond ; fixty reals, or fifteen livres (twelve fhillings and
ten-pence) for the third ; and forty reals, or ten livres (eight
fhillings and four-perce) for the fourth: exclufive of thefe
wages, each is allowed a daily ration of bread, weighing
two pounds. They receive individually twelve reals, or
three livres (two fhillings and-fixpence) for travelling ex-
pences, when they commence their journey in the month of
April or May ; and the like fum on their return in O&ober.
To each fhepherd is granted the privilege alfe of keeping a
few fheep and goats, but the wool and hair belong to the
proprietor of the flock ; he takes himfelf the increafe, the
flefh, and the milk; but he cannot take any part of thefe
away. The number of perfons thus employed in the care
of the whole of the flocks which compofe the Mefta, are
about forty-five or fifty thoufand. The dogs are alfo nu-
merous, fifty being the allowance to each flock.

The number of fheep which are thus made te migrate
has varied at different periods. It very much decreafed
during the feventeenth century. It was again increafed
in the eighteenth. In the fixteenth the enumeration com-
prifed feven millions. At the commencement ci the feven-_
teenth, in the reign of Philip III., they were reduced to two
millions five hundred thoufand. WUvtaria ftates the number
in his time, about the end of the fame century, at four mil-
lions; they amount at prefent to near five.

The flocks are putin motion the latter end of April, or
beginning of May, leaving the plains of Eftramadura, An-
dalufia, the kingdom of Leon, and Old and New Cattile,
where they ufually winter; they repair to the mountains of

3C 2 the

MESTA.

the two latter provinces, and thofe of Bifcay, Navarre, and
Aragon. The mountainous diftriéts moft frequented by
thefe flocks in New Cattile are thofe of Cuenga; and in Old
Cattile, thofe of Segovia, Soria, and Buytrago. The fheep,
while feeding on the mountains, have occafionally adminif-
tered to them {mall quantities of falt. It is laid upon flat
ftones, to which the flocks ate driven, and permitted to eat
what quantity they pleafe. During the days the falt is
adminiltered, the fheep are not allowed to depafture on a
calcareous foil, but are moved to argillaceous lands, where
they feed voracioufly.

At the end of July the ewes are put to the rams, after
feparation has been made of thofe already with lamb. Six
or feven rams are conlidered fufficient for one hundred
ewes.

In September the fheep are ochred, their backs and loins
being rubbed with red ochre, or ruddle, diffolved in water.
This praétice is founded upon an ancient cuttom, the reafon
of which is not clearly afcertained. Some fuppofe, that the
ochre uniting with the oleaginous matter of the fleece, forms
x kind of varnifh, which defends the animal from the in-
clemency of the weather. -Others think the ponderolity of
this earth prevents the wool growing too thick and long in
the ftaple. But the more eligible opinion is, that the earth
abforbs the fuperabundant perfpiration, which would other-
wife render the wool both harfh and coarfe.

Toward the end of the fame month the flocks recom-
mence their march. Defcending from the mountains, they
travel towards the warmer parts of the country, and again
repair to the plains of Leon, Eftramadura, and Andalufia.
The fheep are generally conduéted to the fame paftures they
had grazed the preceding year, and where moft of them had
been yeaned: there they are kept during the wiater.

Sheep-fhearing commences the beginning of May, and it
is performed while the fheep are on their fummer journey,
in large buildings called Efquileos. Thefe, which are placed
upon the road, are capable of containing forty, fifty, and
fome fixty thoufand fheep. They are ereéted in various
places; but the principal are in the environs of Segovia,
and the molt celebrated is that of Jturviaca. The thearing
is preceded by a pompous preparation, conducted in due
form, and the interval is confidered a time of feafting and
recreation. One hundred and twenty-five men are ufually
employed for fhearing a thoufand ewes, and two hundred
for a thoufand wethers. Each fheep affords four kinds of
wool, more or lefs fine according to the parts of the animal
whence it istaken. The ewes produce the finelt fleeces, and
the wethers the heavielt: three wether fleeces ordinarily
weigh-on the average twenty-five pounds; but it will take
five ewe fleeces to amount to the fame weight.

The journey which the flocks make in their peregrina-
tions is regulated by particular laws, and immemorial cuf-
roms. The fheep pafs unmolefted over the paftures, be-
longing to the villages; and the commons which lie in their
road, and have a right to feed onthem. ‘They are not,
however, allowed to pafs over cultivated lands; but the
proprietors of fuch lands are obliged to leave for them a
path ninety varas, or about forty toifes (eighty-four yards)
in breadth. When they traverfe the commonable pattures,
they feldom travel more than two leagues, or five and a half
miles a day; but when they walk in clofe order over the
cultivated fields, often more than fix, or near feventeen
miles, The whole of their journey is ufually an extent of
one hundred and twenty, thirty, or forty leagues, which
they perform in thirty or thirty-five days.

The price paid for depafturing the lands, where they win-
ter, is equally regulated by ufage, and is very low; but it

7

is not in the power of the landed proprietors to make the
fmalleft advance. The Mefta has its peculiar laws, which
were originally made by the parties interefted, the proprietors
of flocks, and received the fan&tion of feveral fovereigns of
Spain, among whom was Charles I., who approved and con-
firmed them in the year 1544. A particular tribunal alfo
exifts, under the title of honrado confejo de la Metta,’”
or the honourable council of the Mefta. ‘This court, in which
one of the council at Cattile prefides, is compofed of four
judges, denominated ‘ Alcaldes mayores entregadores,”
each having a fifcal or exchequer, and an efcheator or 4/-
guafil mayor. The cognizance of this court fuperintends
the prefervation of the privileges belonging to the Mefta-
The judges levy upon the fhepherds and their flocks pont-
age, parcage, and other tolls; they fettle the difputes and
quarrels among the fhepherds; direét the route the flocks
ought to take in their journies to and from the mountains ;
regulate what occurs on their paflage; fettle what refpects
their pafturage; in a word, they adjuft every concern in
which the Metta can be fuppofed interelted in the flightelt
degree. The proprietors of flocks, and even the fhepherds,
poffefs, to a certain extent, a power of committimus, or com~-
mitment, which they very frequently abufe. They have the
improper privilege of citing all kinds of perfons, of what-
ever age or condition, before the Mefta, under a fuppofi-
tion, or pretence, that their altercations, of Lufinefs, have
fome conneGtion, however diftant, with the jurifdiGtion of
its court.

The public opinion throughout Spain is decidedly cp-
pofed to the Metta, againft the vexatious circumftances to
which it continually gives rife, and the conftant obftacles it
throws in the way of agricultural improvements. In fact,
the grievances arifing from its effets are numerous and
fevere.

1. The number of perfons it employs is very great, fort
or fifty thoufand ; which are fo ie fabjede tof to tie
flate, as to the purpofes of agriculture and population ;.
and this takes place principally in thofe provinces where
the ftrength requifite for the cultivation of the foilis moft
deficient.

2. An immenfe extent of highly valuable land is converted
into pafturage ; and produces comparatively nothing. The
confequence is, that the inhabitants of fuch places. find no
employ, nor means of providing for their wants: they are
refufed the neceflary articles for the fupport of life, becaufe
i lands on which they might be grown do not produce
them.

3. The cultivated lands, which lie near the route the
flocks take in their journies to and from the mountains,
are fubje@ to continual trefpafs, which is committed with
impunity ; for in vain do the owners of thofe lands appeal
againft fuch abufes and folicit indemnity. The damages
fuftained on thefe occafions is fo much greater, owing to
the feafons of the year in which the journeyings of the flocks
are made. The firft is when the corn is generally far ad-
vanced in its growth; and the fecond when the vines are
loaded with grapes.

4. The commonable paftures alfo, which are in the line of
the route, are equally devaftated; fo that the flocks be-
longing to places in the vicinity can fearcely find a bare fub-
fiftence.

5. The flocks which compofe the Mefta are unprofitable
for agricultural purpofes; for rever being folded upon the
arable lands, they confequently contribute nothing towards
their fertilization.

6. The diretors and fhepherds are dreaded in every place
through which they pafs ; for they exercife a moft infuffer-

able

MES

able defpotifm, the confequence of the improper privilege
they poflefs of bringing whomfoever they may chufe to infult
before the tribunal of the Melta ; whofe decifions are almolt
invariably in favour of its fervants.

Thefe grievances have for time immemorial excited the
molt forcible proteftations again{t them ;* the general ftates
of the realm have inceflantly requelted the fuppreffion of the
Metta, and the complaints and addrefles of the people have
been repeatedly prefeuted at the foot of the throne. For a
long feries of years all appeals upon the fubjeét were in
vain. They at length, however, became fo loud and preffing,
towards the middle of the eighteenth century, that the go-
verament found itfelf obliged to pay fome attention to the
fubject. A committee was formed to make the requifite
inquiry, Whether it were more eligible for public utility to
continue, or fupprefs the Mefta? and, provided the com-
mittee fhould determine on the former meafure, what mo-
difications might be proper to adopt for its better regu-
lation. ‘The perfons interelted were very powerful, and
they made fure of evading this wife difpofition for remedy-
ing the evils of the Metta. The committee, though per-
manently eltablifhed, have done nothing thefe thirty or forty

ears, Affairs remain in jult the fame ftate, and, as it too
‘frequently happens, the intereft ofa few individuals {till ob-
tains the advantage over the public good. Laborde's View
of Spain, vol. iv.

MESTERO, in Geography, a cape on the N. coaft of
Egypt; 10 miles N.E. of Rofetta. N. lat. 31° a5’. E.

long. 30° 54'.

MEST a’town of Auftrian Poland, in Galicia ; 6 miles
E.S.E. of Belez.

MESTRA, a town in the Trevifan; S miles N.W. of
Veniee.

MESTRE Bay, Little, abay on the N.E. part of New-
foundland ifland, S. of St. Julian, and N. by W. of the
iflands Gros and Belle.

MESTREZAT, Jonn, in Biography, a celebrated French
Proteflant minilter, was born at Geneva in the year 1592.
When he was yet very young he was fent to the academy at
Saumur, where he afforded fuch evidence of his abilities
and proficiency, that he was offered a profefforfhip of phi-
lefophy when he was only eighteen years of age. He be-
came an eloquent and highly diftinguifhed preacher, and there
are faid to be no. fermons that contain more fublime theology
than thofe which he preached upon the epiltle to the Hebrews.
He condued the controverfy concerning the authority of
the church with forcible reafoning, and completely refuted
ali the fubtilties of father Regourd and cardinal Perron on
this fubje&. Hedied in 1657, leaving behind him a num-
ber of theological works that do honour to his memory: of
thefe the chiefare, “A Treatife on the Holy Scriptures,
in which is fhewn the Certainty and Fulnefs of Faith, and its
Independence onthe Authority of the Church ;” and « An
Expofition on the Epiitle tothe Hebrews, in a Courfe of
Sermons,” making five volumes 8vo. Bayle.

MESTURA, in Geography, a town of Arica, in the
kingdom of Tunis. *

MESUA, in Botany. a Linnean genus, in honour of
Mefie; the father and fon, two celebrated Arabian phy-
ficians. and botanifts, who refided at Damafcus, and who
flourifhed in the eighth and ninth centuries. The works of
the younger JZefue, medical and botanical, were publifhed in
folio, with annotations, at Venice, in 1581.—Linn. Gen.
268. Schreb. 471. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 843. Mart.
Mill. Di&. v. 3. Joff. Gen. 258. Lamarck Did. v. 4..
416.—Clafs and order, Menadelphia Polyandria. Nat. Ord. .

Guttifere, Juff..

MES

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of four, ovate, con-
cave, obtule, permanent leaves, the two outward, oppolite
ones fmaller. Cor, Petal four, abrupt, undulated. Stam.
Filaments numerous, capillary, the length of the corolla,
united at the bafe into a fort of cups anthers ovate. Pifl.
Germen fuperior, roundith; {tyle cylindrical; fligma thickifh,
concave. Peric, Nut roundith, pointed, marked with four,
longitudinal, elevated futures. Seed folitary, roundith.

EM. Ch, Calyx fimple, of four leaves. Corolla of four
petals. Nut oer four-fided, fingle-feeded.
1. M. ferrea. Linn. Sp. Pi. 734. Fl. Zeylan, or.

(Naghas; Herm. Zeylan. 7. Nagaflarium; Rumph. Am-
boin. v. 7. 3. t. 2. Bellutta Thampakam, five Caftanea
rofea indica; Rheed, Malab. v. 3. 63. t. 53.) —A native of
the Eaft Indies, and much wah era according to Rheede,
in Malabar, for the beauty of its flowers, which expand
there in July and Augult. It bears fruit in fix years from
the nut, and continues to bear during three centuries. The
fame author fubjoins a long account of its medical virtues,
and Rumphius fays, it is planted in Amboyna, about houfes,
for the fhade it affords, and for the odour of its flowers,
which alfo, when dry, are mixed with other aromatics, fuch
as the white fandal-wood, and ufed for perfuming oint-
ments.

This tree grows to a large fize, having a variegated, thick,
hard, fmooth, much-branched trunk, like that of a lime-
tree. Bark {mooth, brawn, aromatic, of a fharp and bitter
tafte. Root fibrous, red, covered with a fmooth, yellow
bark, bitter, but {weet-{melling. Leaves oppofite, on fhort
ftalks, fmooth, thickifh; of a fhining green on the upper
fide’; glaucous-blue underneath, like the bloom of grapes.
Flowers in fize and fhape like thofe of the Sweet-briar or
Eglantine, but with only four white petals. Their fmell!
partakes both of the rofe and violet. Fruit {mooth and
Aes but reddifh and wrinkled when ripe, with a rind
ike that of the chefnut, and three or four kernels within,
the fhape, fize, fubftance, and talte of chefouts.—The
{pecific name is taken from the clofe texture and hardnefs
of the wood.

Mesua, in Gardening, comprifes a plant of the exotic
fhrubby kind, for the hot-houfe of which the fpecies culti-g
vated is the ferreous Indian mefua (M. ferrea.)

Method of Culture.—T is plant may be increafed by feeds,
layers, and cuttings: The feeds fhould be fown: in the
{pring, in pots of light earth, plunging them in a bark
hot-bed in the ftove. When the plants have attained fome
growth, they fhould be planted in feparate pots and be re-
plunged in the bark-bed, where they mutt be kept.

The layers fhould be made from the young branches, and
fhould be laid down in the autumn or early {pring, being
taken off when well rooted, and planted in feparate pots,
having the fame management as the others.

The cutiings fhould be taken from the young branches,
and be planted in the fummer in pots-of ight mould, and
plunged in the bark-bed. When they have ftricken root, .
they fhovld be removed into feparate-pots, and- be managed
as the others.

Plants of this kind afford variety among other ftove
plants.

» _Mesua, in Geography, atown of “Arabia, in the. province
of Yemen; 40 miles N. of Chamir.

MESUE, in Biography, one-of the early phyficians among
the Arabians, was born at Nifabour, in the provinee of
Khorafan, and flourifhed in the ninth:century. He is faid
to have died in $46, or, according -to -other accounts, in -
865. His father was an apothecary at Nifabour. Mefue
was educated in the. profeflion-of phyfic by Gabriel, abe

On.

MES

®

fon’ of George Backtifhua, and through his favour was ap-~
‘pointed phyfician to the hofpital of his native city. Al-
though a Chriftian of the Neftorian fet, he was in great
favour with feveral fucceflive ealiphs, being reputed the
ableft fcholar and phyfician of his age. When the caliph
Haroun al Rafchid appointed his fon, Almammon, to the
viceroyalty of the province of Khorafan, Mefue was no-
minated his body phyfician, and was placed by him at the
head of a college-of learned men, which he in{tituted there.
On his acceffion to the throne of the caliphs, in the year
$13, Almammon brought Mefue to Bagdad, and made him a
profeflor of medicine there, as well as fuperintendant of the
great hofpital, which fituations he occupied a great number
‘of years. He was alfo employed, under the aufpices of the
fame caliph, in transferring the {cience of the Greeks to his
own country, by tranflating their works. Freind is of opi-
nion that Mefue wrote in the Syriac tongue, which pre-
vailed in his native province, long before and after his time 3
for not only he, but the Backtifhuas, are reckoned Syrians
by Abalpharagius and Abi Ofbaia, though born at Nifa-
bour. He was the author of fome works, which are cited
by Rhazes and other writers, which appear to have perifhed :
for the works, which are now extant in his name, do not
correfpond with thefe citations, nor with the character of
them given by Haly Abbas; not to mention, that in thefe
works the writings of Rhazes are quoted, who lived long
after his time. Abi Ofbaia enumerates thirty-feven books
written by Mefue, among which is one upon purging, and
another refpeéting deco¢tions. Freind’s Hilt. of Phyfic,
vol. i.

Mesug, the Younger. A writer of this name, or Me/uach,
who was later than Rhazes, anda Chriftian of the feét of
Jacobites, is mentioned by Leo Africanus. He ftudied me-
dicine and philofophy at Bagdad, and praétifed at Cairo,
where he died in the year 1015, at the age of go. . He
wrote fome treatifes on potable liquors, and on the compo-
fition of, medicines: and perhaps to him may be attributed
the work entitled, ««Joannis Mefue Damafceni de Re Medica,
lib. iii’? edited by Jac. Sylvius, Paris, 1549, folio, and
often reprinted. “Eloy Dict. Hitt. de la Med. Gen.
Biog.
MESURACA, in Geography, atown of Naples, in Ca-
labria Citra; 8 miles S.W. of St. Severina.

MESURADA, afea-port town of Africa, in the country
of Tripoli, and refidence of a governor: a confiderable
commerce is carried on at this place by means of the cara-
vans that pafs into the interior parts of Africa. This is
the chief place of a diftri& anciently called ‘* Cyrenaica’’
and ‘ Pentapolis,” from its five cities; 100 miles B.S. Es.
of Tripoli. N. lat. 32° 10’. E. long. 15° rol.

MESURADO, a river of Africa, which runs from the
mountains that feparate Negroland from Guinea, into the
Atlantic, N. lat. 6° 25’. W. long. 10° 35!.

MESURE, Fr.; Mifura, Ital. ; meafure, in Mufic. In
poetry meafure is expreffed by metre ; in mufic, by time. See
Measure, Metre, and Time.

MESVRES, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Saone and Loire, and chief place of a
canton, in the diftrict of Autun; 5 miles S. of Autun. The
place contains 608, and the canton 6277 inhabitants, on a
territory of 302} kiliometres, in 12 communes.

MESYMNIUM, a name which the ancients gave to a
part of their tragedy, or to certain verfes in their tra-

edies.

‘The mefymnium was a kind of burden, as Jo Pean; O
Dithyrambe ; Hymen, O Hymengc ; or the like; which, when
placed at the end of a ttrophe, was called «phymaium; and

M ET

when inferted in the middle of a flrophe, me/ymnium.
StrRopue, and Cuorus.

MET, in Rural Economy, aterm applied to a meafure
which contains a ftrike, or four pecks.

META, in Geography, a river of South America, which,
after receiving feveral tributary ftreams, runs into the Oro-
noko; 30 leagues below the cataracts of Aturas, and 125
leagues from St. Thomas of Guiana. This river, fays De-
pons, feems dettined by nature to form vaft commercial rela-
tions between the whole ealtern part of the kingdom of
Santa Fé and Spanifh Guiana.

MET AC, atown of Upper Siam; 130 miles N.W. of
Porfelouc.

METACAL, an Egyptian weight, ufed in the weigh-
ing of pearls, and confilting either of a carat and a half, or
of two carats. Sixteen of thefe carats make a drachm,
each of the carats weighing four grains, and twelve drachms
an ounce. y

METACARPIUS, in Anatomy, the name given by
Winflow to the adduétor offis metacarpi digiti minimi ;
which fee.

METACARPUS, one of the divifions of the bones of
the hand, placed between the wrift and the fingers. See
EXTREMITIES.

Meracarrus, Fra&ure of, in Surgery. See FRACTURE.

METACHORESIS, a word ufed by Galen, to exprefs
a recefs of a morbid humour from one part of the body to
another, a thing very common in many diltempers.

METACHRONISM, formed of poeron and XLS, time,
in Chronology, an error in computation of time, either on the
fide of defeét or excefs.

METACINEMA, from pela, and xivew, to remove, in
Surgery, a removal of the pupil of the eye from its natural
fituation.

METACISM, Meracismus, in Grammar, a defe& in
the pronunciation of the letter M.

Ifidore reprefents the metacifm as a final m, followed by
a vowel, as donum aurum, Bethlehem erat, &c-

METACOE, in Botany, a name given by the people of
Guinea to a plant, of which they are very fond, becaufe
of its virtues as a balfamic and vulnerary. Its leaves,
being bruifed and applied to a frefh wound, cure it. They
have alfo another ufe for it, twifting the dried leaves
into a fort of match for their mufkets. Phil. Tranf.
N? 232.

METACONDYLI is ufed by fome authors for the out-
moft bones, or joints of the fingers, next the nails.

METADELO, plur. Metadeli, in Commerce, a corn and
liquid meafure at Florencee For corn, the mogpio contains
24 ftoja; and the ftoja 16 metadeli ; and the mogg?o contains
about 16 Englifh bufhels. Oil is fold by the barile of 32
boccali or metadeli, the whole weighing 88lbs. of Florence,
or about 66lbs. avoirdupois.

METAGITNION, peroclevrviwrs in Chronolog 9 the fecbnd
month of the Athenian year. It contained twenty-nine days,
and anfwered to the latter part of our July and beginning of
Auguf. The Beotians called it Panemus, and the people of
Syracufe, Carnius.

It is fo called from MMetagitnia, one ef Apollo’s feftivals
kept in it.

METAGONITA, in Ancient Geography, a people of
Africa, who inhabited the environs of the promontory ef
Metagonium, on the well of Mauritania Tingitana.

METAKOONA, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan,
in the province of Cattack ; 60 miles S. of Cattack.

METALS, in Chemiftry, a clafs of fimple bodies pof-
fefling peculiar properties. ‘The ancients, who valued thefe

bodies

See

METALS.

bodies molt for their phyfical properties, did not below the
exclufive name of sana on any body which was not mal-
leable, Other bodies, whieh poflefled fimilar characters,
without being malleable, were called femi-metals. ‘The pe-
culiar brilliancy belonging to the metals is perhaps their molt
generally dittinguifhing character, ‘T'he luftre exhibited by
mica has fome refemblance to the luftre of metals, but it is
very inferior in degree, and is merely confined to the furface.
The great {pecific gravity of molt metals has been thought
a fufficiently dittinguifhing character, This property, to a cers
tain extent, was very flriking. Till the late difcoveries of Mr.
(fir H.) Davy, the lighteit of the known metals was of greater
fpecific gravity than the denfelt body which was net a metal.
The bales of potath and foda, however, have all the cha-
raters of metals, with the exception of being defective in
the property juft alluded to, fince potaflium and fodium are
of lefs {pecific gravity than water, From thefe facts, there-
fore, we are no longer allowed to fay that all metals are of
greater {pecific gravity than other bodies.

In the prefent itate of our knowledge there appear to be
two claffes of elementary matter, namely, oxygen, which
conftitutes one clafs, and oxydable bodies, or fuch bodies as
combine with oxygen. Q@f the latter clafs, out of 45 va-
rieties, there appear to be only five which are not metallic.
The metals, therefore, comprife by far the greateft part of
the elementary bodies.

Dr. Thomfon has divided the metals into four clafles ;
1. Malleable. 2. Brittle and eafily fufed. 3. Brittle, and
difficultly fuled. 4. RefraGtory.

I. Malleable.
1. Gold. 8. Mercury.
2. Platinum. g. Copper.
3. Silver. 10. Iron.
4. Palladium r1. Lead.
5. Rhodium. 12. Tin.
6. Iridium, 13. Nickel.
7- Ofmium, 14. Zinc.

II. Brittle, and eafily fufible.

t. Bifmuth,
2. Antimony.

3. Tellurium.
4. Arfenic.

III. Brittle, and difficultly fufible.

1. Cobalt. 4. Molybdenum.
2. Manganefe. 5- Uranium.
3. Chronium. 6. Tungiten.

IV. Refra&ory.

1. Titanium. 3- Cerium.

2. Columbium.

Refides the metals arranged in this table, there are a number

of others lately difcovered by Mr. Davy, which are the

- bafes of fome of the earths, and the two fixed alkalies. If
the whole of the earths, as well as the two fixed alkalies, have
metallic bafes, the number of metals to be added to the

above will be 13. Thofe from potafh, foda, barytes, ftron-

tian, zinc, and magnefia, have already been obtained, and
hve been named alien Davy, potaffium, fodium, barium,
ftrontium, calcium, and magnefium. The four firit of thefe
appear to be malleable metals ; the others are not fafficiently
k E

"Thote metals which are not liable to be oxydated by ex-
pofure to the air, fuch as gold, platina, filver, &c, have

been called noble; while thofe which become tarnifhed and
corroded, were termed bale metals. ‘Thefe diftinétious have
now become obfolete.

The metals have always, and mult continue to be of the
utmolt importance in chemiltry, in the arte and manufactures,
and in domeftic economy. Their malleability and hardnefs
render them highly fitted for making various veflels and uten-
fils, and their luftre and colour are agreeable to the eye. The
properties of hardnefs and tenacity united, fuch as belong
to iron and feel, are of great utility in various kinds of edge-
tools, and the elalticity which is conitituted by certain degrees
of thefe two properties, could fearcely be furnithed by any
other fubftance than fteel ; hence its great ufefulnels for
making {prings.

The ductility of fome metals is fo great, as to admit of
its being drawn into wires much finer than ahair. Gold, al-
though the moft laminable of all the metals, or which may be
made into the thinneft leaves, does not admit of being drawn
into the {mallett wire, owing to its want of hardnefs. Iron,
in confequence of poffefling greater hardaefs, with a confi-
derable portion of that property by which the particles of
bodies attraéteach other in all fituations equally, is capable
of being drawn into finer wire than gold. Indeed pure gold
is lefs dadile than when it contains a certain portion of cop.
per. In treating of fome of the phyfical properties of me-
tals, fuch as malleability, duétility, hardnefs, and tenacity,
much uncertainty has prevailed, from the want of fome of
thefe terms having definite meanings.

That property of a metallic bar or wire,.by which it refifts’
the action of a weight in the dire€tion of its length, has
been called tenacity, and this. is always the meafure of its
ftrength.. This power in metals, however, is evidently de-
pendent upon two properties, one of which is its hardnefs,
and the other a property for which philofophers have no pre-
cife word ; perhaps the word flexibility may come the near-
eit. We mean, however, that property by which its par-
ticles can be changed into.any fituation, without feparation.
Jn the drawing of a piece of wire, fome of thofe particles
which conttitute its thicknefs, before it paffes through the
hole of the wire-plate, are, by the procefs of drawings,
brought into the dire¢tion of its length. This property in
the greateit degree enables a piece of wire, ora thin flip of
metal, to be bent backwards and forwards without break-
ing. A fingle experiment will fatisfy. any one of the pro-
preety of theferemarks. Take apiece of copper or iron wire,
previoufly well annealed, and it will be found exceedingly
flexible, and may be twilted or bent confiderably, without
breaking. If a weight be hung to it, witha view to break.
it, it will {tretch conliderably before it breaks. If a-piece
of the fame wire be drawn through one or two holes,. it will.
be found much ftiffer and harder, and of courfe {maller : it will:
alfo be lefs capable of being bent or twifted without break-
ing. If, kowever, a trial be made of its ftrength, it will:
require a much greater weight to break it.than-in the anneal-
ed itate; although its diameter is diminiffied.. If the hard--
nefs be till increafed by thefe means,. a. maximum of ftrength

would be found under fome joint proportion of the hardnefs,
and the property of bending or twifting, which we may for
prefent call flexibility. It is on this latter property, with
rtain degree of hardnefs, that the malleability and duéti-

y of metals depend. It requires rather lefs. hardnefs to

make a metal to the beit advantage into fheets, than.to draw
it into wire. This evil, however, of the wire breaking
from being foft, may be remedied by making lefs difference
in the fize of the boles in the wire-plate. By this means the
greateit du@ility and malleability may exift under the fame
degrees of bardnefs and flexibility.

e Metals,.

METALS.

Metals, with regard to their hardnefs and flexibility, are
very different under different cireumftances. Some metals,
however, are more fufceptible of this change than others.
Steel may be fo foft and flexible as to bear much twifting,
and be eafily penctrable by the file, which happens when it
is newly annealed ; while, if it is heated red-hot, and cooled
rapidly, it becomes extremely brittle, and is fufficiently hard
to cut glafs. Lead, on the contrary, under all circum-
ftances, has the fame degree of ftiffnefs and hardnefs. The
fame is pretty nearly the cafe with tin.

Some hints were given under the article Lrquipiry,
which may throw fome light on this myfterious property of
metals. It isthere conjectured, that the particles of bodies
may be capable of afluming two ftates, one in which the
particles attra&t each other equally in all directions. Hence
whatever motion may take place among them, the fame at-
traction ftill exifts. Itis in this ftate that bodies can bechanged
in their figure, without deftroying their aggregation.

On the other hand, it is fuppofed that the particles
of bodies, under certain circumftances, may poflefs polarity ;
and that the ftrongelt attraction, and, confequently, their
greateft hardnefs, may exift, when the particles are fo arranged
that oppolite poles are prefented to each other. Any thing,
therefore, which facilitates this change to polarity, will in-
creafe the hardnefs of abody. The crytftalline form, which
is common to fome metals, ftrongly favours this idea ; fince
metals are always harder in this ftate, than when their fibrous

form, as it is called, is brought about. Metals feem to ac-
“quire the greateft hardnefs by cooling rapidly, through a
great range of temperature. It is in this change, there-
fore, that the particles acquire the greateft polarity, and by
which the body becomes the moft brittle and elaftic. Indeed
it is on the principle of polarity only, that we are enabled
to explain the elalticity of bodies. Heat appears to be the
mott efficacious in deftroying the polar property. The body
would, howeve:, regain it by rapid cooling ; but by flow
cooling, it is rendered foft to the greatelt degree of whichit
is capable, and in the fame proportion malleable and inelattic.

The hardnefs of metals, when they have been annealed,
may be confiderably increafed by hammering, rolling, or wire-
drawing. This change appears to be brought about merely
by condenfation. The {mall degree of polarity left in the
particles will exhibit itfelf in the elafticity, when the parti-
cles are brought nearer together. It will be equally evident
that the particles will be attracted with more force, and that
the hardnefs will be increafed. ‘The hammering does pot
appear to increafe the hardnefs of a body which has aflumed
the cryltalline form, under which the greateft polar power is
fuppofed to exiit, but rather to diminifh it. If apiece of
fteel plate, which has been hardened and tempered, be ham-
mered carefully, the elafticity and hardnefs become lefs.
Upon heating it, however, till it becomes blue, the elatti-
city returns. The hammering, in this inftance, deranges the
poles of the particles, which the flight heat reftores to their
proper pofitions.

From what has been obferved it will be eafy to infer,
that no metal can be malleable under its cryftalline or polar
form. Several of the metals are fearcely fufceptible of this
form: among thefe we may enumerate gold, filver, and lead,
and, in all probability, mercury. Others are deprived of
and become malleable by hammering or rolling at a certai
temperature. Of thefe are copper, bra{s, iron, {fteel, tin,
and zinc. There are other metals, indeed the greateft part
of them, which are not capable of any other than the cryf-
talline form, and hence are not malleable. Ofthefe we may
yhention antimony, bifmuth, arfenic, cobalt, and manganefe.

‘What ftrengthens the idea that the cryftalline form is the

Strahan and Prefton,
New-Sueet Square, Londons

caufe of the want of foftnefs and malleability, is the cir-
cumttance of copper and tin being feparately very foft and
malleable ; though an alloy of thefe two metals is as hard as
fteel, and does not poffefs the lealt malleability. Caft fteel
and bliftered fleel are in the cryitalline form, till they have
been hammered at a certain temperature. In the firit ftate
they are hard and brittle ; in the latter, they are flexible, and
are increated in tenacity.

Brafs wire appears to undergo fome change in its arrange-
ment, by hanging up in a damp room, or in fituations
where the fumes of acids prevail. It becomes fo brittle as
not to admit of bending to a right angle. This appears to
arife from an increafe in its polar form, for heating it red-
hot partly reftores its matleability.

The fulibility of metals is a very valuable property, fince
it not only admits of their being caft into almoft any form,
but the refufe can be made into its original form, which al-
lows of great economy.

Some metals are better fitted for cafting than others. It
is obferved, that all thofe metals of which we have fpoken
as being fufceptible of the cryftalline form, are the beit
calculated to take fine impreffions. At that point in which
the metal paffes from the liquid to the folid form, a fudden
expanfion takes place, by which the volume is increafed, and,
in confequence, preffes more ftrongly againft the fides of the
mould. This is particularly the cafe with brafs, caft iron,
and copper withtin. In forming alloys the moft fitted for
cafting, a fimple method offers itfelf. Let the {pecific gra-
vity of the folid be as much as poffible lefs than the liquid.
In fuch bodies it will be found that the folid metals will float
upon the liquid.

The property which metals poffefs of refleting light, is
highly important in the arts, fciences, and in common life.
The furfaces of many of the metals, when they are {mooth
and polifhed, reflec almoft all the light which falls upon
them. White metals refle& more light than thofe which
are coloured. The hardett metals are beft fitted for re-
fle@tors, becaufe they aflume the fineft polifh. It has been
thought that this property depended upon the denfity of
thefe fubffances. This idea, however, feems incorre@,
fince fodium and potaffium, which are lefs denfe than
water, appear to poffets the power of refleGting light equal
to many other metals. It is the great quantity of light
which they refleé&t to which they owe their luftre. The
great facility with which metallic bodies condué& heat is of
incalculable utility in the arts, and in the economy of human
life. The boiling of moft fluids would be almoft imprac-
ticable in any other veffels than thofe of metal.

This property has been applied to great advantage in the
procefs of drying various articles. Large tubes of metal,
being filled with tteam, are kept conftantly at nearly 242°.
The goods to be dried are wrapped round the outfide of the
tube.

The metal gives its heat with fuch facility, as to dry the
fub‘tances upon it in a very little time.

Metals are the beft conductors of eleGtricity, and hence
are highly ufeful in ele&trical {cience, as well asin preferving
the leffer conducting fubltances from the effets of lightning.

The greater number of the metals are aéted upon by the
air, efpecially when aided by heat. Metals were thought
by the ancients to be compounds of an earth combined with
phlogifton. When thefe bodies were aéted upon by the
air, they {uppofed that the phlogifton was feparated, leaving
behind a calx, or earth. The ancients did not weigh their
produéts, or elfe they would have found, that although this
imaginary fubftance phlogifton had efcaped, yet the refiduum
was heavier than the original metal, By the greater accu-

racy

MET

racy of modern experimenters, it has been found that the
metal is the fimple body, and that, by combining with the
oxygen of the atmofphere, the metal is converted into a fub-
flance of an earthy appearance, which, in modern chemiltry,
is called an oxyd of the metal,

The bodies formed by the combination of metals with
oxygen, exhibit, as well as the metal, an ample field of utility
to man, Thefe bodies, in various forma, are valuable aux-
iliaries in the healing art, Some of them contlitute rich pig-
menta of the utmolt importance to the arts, Others are
not lefs valuable to the dyer and the bleacher. Several
metallic oxyds are ufed to great advantage for polifhing mar-
ble, glafs, and metals,

LORE Sor Specula. See Sprcutum.

Merats, Colours from. As metals have a flrong texture
in their metalline form, fo they preferve their natural colours
durable, unlefs corroded or diffolved by particular men-
ftruums, after which their folutions {trike particular durable
colours, or afford the tlrongelt ttains.

Tron diffolvedin ftale fmall beer gives the beautiful yellow
and different fhades of buff colour, ufed in printing linens and
cottons, &c. When fublimed with fal ammoniac it alfo
affords a yellow ; and the common iron-moulds made by ink
are owing to the iron diflolved in the copperas of which ink

is made.

Copper melted with zinc appears of a gold colour; dif-
folved in aquafortis, it affords a beputifal green; and in
any alkali a beautiful blue. And thefe folutions may be
2d Be to dry colours by cryttallization or evaporation ;
and the fame metal, precipitated out of aquafortis with
common falts, gives the turquoife colour to white glafs.
Tin, a white or colourlefs metal, affords a light blue colour,
when fluxed with antimony and nitre. The fame metal is
neceffary in ftriking the fearlet dye with aquafortis and
cochineal ; and its calx, by {trong infufion, turns to a glafs
ef an opal colour,

Lead, corroded by the fumes of vinegar, gives the fine
white cerufs; burnt ina {trong naked fire, it becomes the
{trong red-lead, or minium ; and melted into a glafs with
fand, is of the hyacinth colour. Shaw's Le@tures, p. 171.

Silver being diffolved in aquafortis, if chalk be put to the
folution, turns of a beautiful purple or amethyft colour ;
and its own folutioa, though pale as water, durably {tains
the nails, fkin, or hair, brown or black,

uickfilver, mixed with brimftone, makes a black mafs,
and this, by fublimation, affords the beautiful red pigment
called cinnabar, or vermilion; and the folution of quick-
filver being precipitated with common falt, yields a {now-
white powder, which alfo turns black by being mixed with
fulphur. ;

Gold, diffolved in aqua regia, affords a fine yellow liquor,
which ftains animal fubftances beautifully purple; and if
the folution be fufficiently weakened with water, and mixed’
with a folution of tin, a fine red or purple powder may
be procured, very ufeful for ftaining. of glafs and pattes
to a beautiful red.

It appears, from the experiments of fir Ifaac Newton, re-
Jating to the changes of colour that take place in pellucid
colourlefs fubftances, that the lefs refrangible colours are
exhibited by the greater thicknels of air, water, and glafs ;
and that as the thicknefs of thofe fubftances is diminifhed,
they reflec the more refrangible colours. Hence he infers,
that nothing more is requifite for producing all the colours
of natural bodies, than the feveral fizes and denfities of
their particles. Accordingly he attributes the colours of

rmanently coloured bodies to the fame caufe by which
they were produced in colourlefs fubftances, wiz. to the
~ Vox. XXIII.

Strahan and Prefion,

MET

various thickneffes of their component particles, But no
experiments were made on permanently coloured bodies, in
order to eftablifh the truth of fir Lfaac Newton's opinion,
till the ingenious Mr. Delaval direéted his attention to this
fubjeét. From obferving the circumflances above recited,
and more largely illuftrated under the article Corouns, it ap-
peared to him, that, if permanently coloured bodies are
fubjeét to the fame laws as tranfparent colourlefs fubltances
are, all fuch permanently coloured bodies, whenever the
fize of their particles is diminifhed, thould undergo a change
of colour, by afcending from the lefs refrangible to the more
refrangible colours ; and that fuch bodies, when the fize of
their particles is augmented, fhould undergo a contrary
change, their colour in this cafe defcending — the more
refrangible to the lefs refrangible colours. In order to
confirm this conclufion, he made a great variety of experi-
ments with yegetable, animal, and mineral fubjects, whereby
the fize of their particles, upon which their colours depend,
might be diminifhed or increafed. The methods which he
ufed, in order to diminith the fize of the particles of thofe
bodies which were the fubjeét of inquiry, were by diffolving,
attenuating, &c. by means of chemical folvents, heat, putre-
faction, dilution, &c. The contrary effects were brought
about by fuch means as are known to condenfe, incraflate,
or unite the particles of bodies into larger maffes, as by
coagulation, precipitation, evaporation, by diminifhing the
force of the aa &c. The metals afforded him nume-
rous inftances in confirmation of the doérine above ex-
plained ; for almoft every operation, to which they are fub-
ject, exhibits a change of colour correfponding to this doc-
trine. This is particularly the cafe with regard to the
imperfect metals; for every change of their texture is ac-
companied by a correfpondent change of colour. We can
only enumerate fome of the principal refults which Mr. De-
laval obtained from a great number of well-conduéted ex-
periments. Thus, the green vitriol of iron is changed, in
proportion as it is deprived of its folvent part, by expofing
it to a ftrong heat, &c. to yellow, orange, red, and purple ;
and by a contrary Frcs viz. by a farther attenuation, by
means of the phlogifticated lixivium, in the procefs of
Pruffian blue, &c. the colour of the iron afcends from
reen to blue ; fo that all the primary colours are produced
yield the fame metal, in proportion as its particles are atte-
nuated or incraffated. It appears, likewife, that when iron
is divided into very {mall parts by means of a large quantity
of glafs, and by a violent heat, its colour is blue ; butin pro-
portion as it is lefs divided, by the mixture of a fmaller
quantity of glafs, or the application of lefs heat, its colours
are green, yellow, and red. From iron diffolved in its fe-
yeral menftrua, colours are produced in proportion as the
folvent power of thofe menitrua is greater or lefs. Thus,
iron diffolved in its ftrongeft acid folvent, the vitriolic acid,
gives green; in its ae acid folvents, the marine and
nitrous acids, yellow and orange; and in its weakeft acid
folyents, the vegetable acids, red. The colours of the
calces of iron precipitated from its folution in the vitriolic
and nitrous acid, defcend from green to yellow, and from
yellow to red; whereas the changes of pas arifing from
olution of thefe calces, proceed in a contrary order,
afcend. Mineral fubftances are alfo frequently im-
pregnated with iron, and their coleurs correfpond with the
itate of the iron coatained in them,

In the fame manner the colours of the folution of mer-
cury in the nitrous acid vary, in proportion as the folvent
is extricated from it, from yellow to orange, and then to
red. Thus alfo, thofe fubftances which have the greateft
affinity with the acai of the cergre fublimate produced

j 3 by

MET

by the folution of mercury in the marine acid, difengage
from its folution a red ‘precipitate ; and thofe, whofe af-
finity with it is lefs, produce a yellow one. But thefe
colours are liable to fome variation, according to the greater
or lefs quantity of acid in the folution. Mercury diffolved
in the vitriolic and in the vegetable acids, exhibits, in pro-
portion as its folvent is taken from it, the fame colours
which, under fimilar circumftances, are afforded by that metal
diffolved in the other acids, All thefe mercurial prepara-
tions become red, when they are deprived of the principal part
of their menftruum ; and mercury calcined by heat, without
the addition of any acid, acquires the fame colour. Its
colour, however, is fubje&t to variation, from the action of
its folvents; and thus the phofphoric acid changes the red
to yellow and white. The fame law obtains in the changes
of colour to which the mineral manganefe is fubje& ; for
Mr. Delaval found, that by means of the different degrees
of power in the feveral folvents, thefe colours were produced
in their regular prifmatic order, viz. yellow, green, blue,

urple, and red. The various phenomena of the fympathetic
ink of M. Hellot conform to the fame law, and are urged
by Mr. Delaval as arguments to eftablifh it. Heat and
cold, he obferves, are not neceflary agents in the production
or fppreffion of the colour. But it appears, that the altera-
tions are effected by the moifture of the air, attracted by the
faline matter when cold, and expelled from it when heated.
When this ink is expofed to a moderate heat, in a white
China cup, and when the greater part of the water is
evaporated, the faline matter becomes green. This co-
lour arifes from a fuperfluous quantity of the marine acid,
which foon flies off, and leaves the remaining part blue,
flightly inclining to green. It alfo forms a hard dry mafs,
which, in a few minutes after its removal from the fire,
grows moift, and affumes a light red colour. Thefe altera-
tions may be often renewed, by alternately heating and
cooling the coloured matter ; which does not again become
green, after the fuperfluous marine acid is once evaporated.
But a drop of fpirit of falt, added to the red or blue mafs,
immediately renders it green. When preparations of cobalt
are ated upon merely by heat, the order of the changes of
colour effected in them, is fuch as, in other inftances, con-
ftantly arifes from that means of attenuation. Thus, when
the yellow folution of this mineral, in the marine acid, is
heated, it affumes a green colour, paffing froma lefs to a
more refrangible colour. When this folution is cooled, the
yellow is reftored.

Mr. Delaval obferves, that as the inflammable matter, in
the entire metals, aéts ftrongly on the rays of light, it is
neceflary to calcine or to divide them into extremely minute
particles, in order to examine feparately the aétion of the
calx, or fixed matter, on the rays of light. In order,
therefore, to examine all the metals in the like circum‘tances,
by reducing them into the fmalleft particles, and depriving
them of their phlogifton as much as poflible, he expofed
each of them, united with a proper quantity of the purett
glafs, without any additional ingredient, to the greateft de-
gree of fire which they are capable of bearing, without
having all colour whatever deftroyed. In this fate it ap-
pears, from a variety of experiments and faéts, that the:
a€tually do, without any exception, exhibit colour in red
order of their denfities as follow: gold, red; lead, orange ;
filver, yellow ; copper, green; and irén, blue. He has
alfo fhewn that the other preparations of the metals, viz.
their folutions, precipitates, cryftals, &c. do for the mott
part exhibit the fame colour, in the order of their denfities,
though not fo invariably as their glaffes ; fome {mall vari-
ation of colour happening in the more imperfe& metals, pro-

MET

bably from a change of denfity in their different preparations.

Thus, gold acquires a red colour, by a minute divifion of its

particles, without any addition. In the procefs of calcining

lead in the furnace, the firft of the primary colours which

it acquires is yellow ; the calx pafling from that colour
through orangeinto red. This variety of colours proceeds

from the imperfeétion of the metal; which, probably, dur-

ing its calcination (as our author fuppofed), receives a

{mall portion of phlogifton, as well as air; for the effec
of fuch an union mult probably be a change of colour from
orange to red: as fir Ifaac Newton has fhewn, that bodies
reflec more ftrongly in proportion as they poffefs more
phlogifton ; and that the lefs refrangible colours require a
greater power to refleét them. The preparations of filver
are yellow ; the two moft imperfe& metals, copper and iron,
being very eafily ated upon byalmoft all menftrua, the colours
of their folutions, &c. viz. green and blue, are apt to change
into each other’s order ; the copper in fome folvents becom-
ing blue, and the iron green, and in other folvents vice ver/a 3
which probably depends on the increafe or diminution of
their denfities. ‘The preparations, &c. of mercury have
been already examined. The fpecific gravity of platina be-
ing nearly equal to that of gold, it is found, agreeably to
the Newt ian doétrine, confirmed by Mr. Delaval, that
the precipitates and cryftals obtained from folutions of this
metal are red; and that a folution of it in aqua regia to
perfe& faturation 1s of a dark red, though, when diluted,
yellow. Delaval’s Experimental Inquiry into the Caufe of
the Changes of Colours in opaque and coloured Bodies, &e.
1777, paflim. Phil. Tranf. vol. lv. art. 3, p. 10, &c.

Metats, Fluxes of. See Frux.

Merats, Granulation of. See GRANULATION.

Merats. in the Materia Medica, furnifh medicines of cor-
fiderable importance and utility. Although the operation
of the pure metals on the animal fyftem is merely mecha-
nical, yet when they undergo oxydation, or are changed by
acids into the ftate of falts, they acquire a high degree of
activity, and become effectual remedies in many diforders,
when they are judicioufly adminiftered. Mercury and tin
have, indeed, been employed in their metallic itate. For what
purpofes and with what effe&t they have been fo ufed, we
ftate under the articles Mercury and Tin. But metals are
more generally and with greater efficacy previoufly combined
with oxygen, acids, fulphur, &c. This is the cafe with
refpe& to antimony, arfenic, bifmuth, copper, iron, lead,
mercury, filver, and zinc. This combination, for me-
dicinal purpofes, is effected either by the aétion of atmo-
{pheric air, with an increafed degree of temperature ; or by
deflagration with ni‘rate of potafs; or by the action of water ;
or by folution in an acid, the acid being fubfequently
abftraéted by an alkali, or by fome fubftance for which it has

_a greater affinity than it has for the oxyd of the metal.
When oxygen is united with a metallic bafe, or the com-
bination denominated oxydation takes place, in whatever
mode it is effeCted, and oxyds of metals are thus obtained,
they are found to lofe their luftre, tenacity, inflammability,
and other metailic properties, and they are changed into
earth-like fubftances, the weight of which is greater than
that of the portion of metal that has been employed. The
activity of the oxyds of metals on the animal fyftem de-
pends, with a few exceptions, on the quantity of oxygen
with which they are combined. Metals, in confequence of
oxydation, become capable of uniting with acids, and form-
ing fo'uble falts. The ‘¢ metailic falts,”’ therefore, are oxyds
combined with acids, whether the oxyd. previoufly prepared
be diffolved in an acid. or the falt be the product of the di-
ret folution of a metal in an acid. In the latter cafe, the
metal

MET

metal firlt gains oxygen, either from a part of the acid itfelf,
or from the water, or the air, which it decompofes; and
the oxyd, thus formed, is then diflolved by the remainder of
the acid, “ The properties of the metallic falts are much
varied by the previous degree of oxydizement of the me-
tala; and this is a point, the fixing of which in pharma-
ceutical operations is of the firlt praétical importance ; for
if in all the indefinite degrees of oxydizement the metallic
oxyds combine with acids ; the refultiag falts mutt vary
in ad many fhades as exift between the maximum and mi-
nimum of oxydizement, In the preparation of the metallic
falts, therefore, the fame {triét attention is requilite in fol-
lowing one eltablifhed and approved procefs.’'—* Many of
the metallic falts are altered by expofure to the atmofphere ;
fome eMorefce and attract oxygen ; fome are altered in their
properties by moifture; and others are reduced by the
aGtion of light; hence, all of them ought to be kept in
well-ttopped glafs bottles ; and perhaps thefe always fhould
be either made of green glafs, or otheswife rendered opaque.
In compofitions wbichs require thefe falts to be diffolved in
water, diflilled or filtered rain-water {hould always be em-
ployed; and much attention is requifite to avoid combining
them with incompatible fubftances, which may either che-
mically decompofe them, or alter their medicinal properties.”
(Todd's London Difpenfatory, 8vo, 1811.) For the prin-
cipal metallic preparations uted in medicine, fee the feveral
metals, viz. ANTIMONY, Arsenic, &c. and alfo the names
of thefe preparations as they occur in the order of the
alphabet. Bat for a fuller account of them, with the in-
ftruGtions for combining them given in the London, Edin-
burgh, and Dublin difpenfatories, we refer to the compre-
hentive and ufeful publication already cited. Part iii.

Merat, Prince's. See Copper, Goip-coloured Metal,
and 'TomBac.

This metal derives its name from prince Rupert, whom
fome fuppofed to have been the inventor of it, in 1680.
But the greateft perfection this metal was ever brought to,
was by two Frenchmen, M. La Croix, and M. Le Blanc.
Their methods of making the compofition, though both
beautiful, were very different. .M. Le Blanc’s was the
brighteft, and of the moft elegant and lively colour; but
M. La Croix’s was greatly fuperior to that in dudility and
foftnefs, fo that it was very ealily malleable.

M. La Croix invented a fort of varnifh or lacquer for his
metal, which added a fomewhat deeper tinge to it, as it
was naturally rather too pale; and had this farther ad-
vantage, that while it remained on the metal, it preferved
it from ruft or decay, This is a very material point in
re to a metal of which copper is the bafis, fince that
is, of all metals, moft fubje& to be injured by the air,
or by the contaét of liquids of almoft any kind. M.
Le Blanc’s metal is of a deeper, yet equally lively colour,
and remarkably bright; and is of fuch a temper as to be
admirably fitted for working. The whole hiftory of thefe
metals is, certainly, that they are compofed of zinc and
copper in different proportions the one to the other; but
ft is not eafy, without the help of numerous experi-
ments, to determine what is to be the true proportion for
either.

The microfcope, however, fhews a manifeft difference,
which may lead fomewhat towards it ; for the metal of La
Croix is feen to be compofed merely of a number of irre-
gular ftriz, while the other is difcovered to confift of always
two regular beds of them, which meet in the centre of the
piece ; hence it is that this is always brittle, and will not
well polifh. The fabric of thefe metals was long kept a
fecret ; but it was always to be difcovered by melting it in

MET

a crucible in a flrong fire, when it always fent wp plain
flowers of zinc, and the remaining metal appeared no other
than copper altered by calamine; that is, common brafs.
Mem. Acad. Par. 1732.

Merar, Bed, is a compofition of copper and tin melted
er, See Corren.

eva.s, Blucing of. See Bruerwa of Jron.

Merats, Painting on. See Paustixg.

Merats, Ruf of. See Rust.

Merars, Line of. On Gunter's feétor are fometimes
two lines thus called, and noted with the charaéters of the
feven metals, ©, D, ¥» hb» @» dy and 4 ; their ufe is,
to give the proportions between the feveral metals as to their
magnitudes and weights. See Sector.

“Merars, Tinfure of. See Tixcrure.

Merat, Over, in Gunnery. When the mouth of a piece
of ordnance, in difparting it, lies higher than the breech, it
is then faid to be * laid over metal.”

Mera, Under, is when the mouth of a piece of ord-
nance lies lower than the breech.

Mezat, Right with. When a piece of ordnance lies truly
level, point-blank, or right with the breech, it is faid to lie
« right with its metal,’

METALS, Superficies of, denotes the furface or outfide of a

un.
e Merat, in Heraldry. There are two metals ufed in he-
raldry, by way of cre viz. gold and filver; in blazon
called or and argent. See CoLour.

In the common painting of arms, thefe metals are repre-
fented by white and yellow, which are the natural colours of
thofe metals.

In engraving, gold is exprefled by dotting the coat, &c.
all over ; and filver by leaving it quite blank.

It isa general rule in heraldry, never to place metal upon
metal, nor colour on colour; fo that if the field be of one
of the metals, the bearing muft be of fome colour, and vice
verfa ; otherwife the arms are falfe ; though this rule admits
of fome exceptions.

METALEPSIS, in Rhetoric, is a figure in which two
or more tropes, and thofe of a different kind, are contained
under one word; fo that feveral gradations, or intervening
fenfes, come between the word that is exprefled, and the
thing defigned by it. Thus, when Sylla fays of Julius
Cefar, Jn one Cafar there are many Mariufes. Suet. in Vit.
c. 1. This is a metalepfis. So when Virgil defcribing that
part of the African coaft, where AEneas arrived with his
fhips, fays, 4 dark wood hung ever it, ZEn. lib. i. ver. 665 ;
and in the words of Dido, A&n. lib. iv. ver, 664, the fame
figure is ufed. Thus, the Roman phrafe of “ Fuit,” or
« Vixit,”’ expreffes that a perfon was dead. Fuit Ilium
et ingens gloria Dardanidum’”’ fignifies, by metalepfis, that
the glory of Troy is now no more.

METALLIC, or Merauiyg, an adjeétive applied to
any thing that bears a relation to metals.

Metatuic Germination, Mines, Vegetation, and Vitriols.
See the refpeétive fubftantives. y

Merattic Solutions, in Agriculture, fuch fluids as con-
tain fome fort of metal fufpended in them in the ftate of
folution or diffufion. Thefe forts of liquids were formerly
fappofed to have a highly noxious or poifonous effeé&t when
applied: to plants as manures and taken up as food; but
fome late experiments made by Dr. George Pearfon feem to
lead to a different conclufion.

This is further cohfirmed by the remarks of profeffor Bar-
ton of America, who, ina letter to the rie ae ry hav-
ing been feveral years engaged in an extenfive feries of expe-

* 3D 2 rimente

MET

riments relative to the effects of various ftimulant fubftances,
fuch as camphor, &c. upon vegetables, as well as on the
abforption of certain powerful mineral fubitances into the
organical fyftem of vegetables. ‘In numerous inftances,
he has fubjeéted the ftems and leaves of plants, young and
old, large and fmall, to the influence of the fuiphats of
iron and copper, and has found that both of thefe metallic
falts are very greedily abforbed by vegetables, infomuch
that he has detected the prefence of iron in the veflels of
a branch of a mulberry, at the height of five or fix feet
above the place of immerfion in a folution of the fulphat
of this metal.”

’ He intends to communicate a full account of his experi-
ments to the public in two memoirs. But fuggetts, in the
mean while, that the fulphat of iron applied to vegetables in
the manner he has mentioned, “is only a poifon like almoft
every thing elfe, from the over dofe,”? as mentioned by the
do&or. ‘In feveral of his experiments, the branches of
vegetables that were placed in veflels containing folutions of
the fulphat of iron and copper, lived longer and exhibited
more figns of vigour than fimilar branches that were
placed in equal quantities of fimple water. It is true,
that in many other experiments thefe metallic falts proved
fatal to his plants, but this was when he employed too
large a dofe. In like manner he has found feveral years
ago that camphor, by greatly ftimulating, often kills ve-
getables ; and yet when properly dofed this isa very whole-
fome .f{timulant to plants; he had alfo found that large
dofes of nitre (which is unqueltionably a powerful ftimu-
lant both with refpect to animals and vegetables) produce
an appearance like genuine gangrene in the leaves of vege-
tables; and yet it is certain that nitre, when it is judi-
cioufly dofed, may be made to greatly affift the healthy
vegetation of plants.

METALLOID, in Chemifiry,a name given to thofe metals
which have been obtained from the fixed alkalies, and fome of
the earths. Thefe bodies are fo completely metallic, that they
may, with the utmoft propriety, be claffed with the ether
metals, and fucha diftinction will therefore be unneceflary.

The metalloid faid to be obtained from ammonia appears
to have been given up by chemiits. It was faid to be pro-
duced by applying a globule of mercury at the negative end
of a Galvanic battery, in conta& with an ammoniacal falt.
The mercury became of four or five times its original yo-
lume, and in the form ofa foft folid. When this fubftance is
expofed to the air, or thrown into water, the mercury affumes
its original volume, and ammonia and hydrogen are exhaled.
Thefe appearances led Mr. (fir H.) Davy to conceive that
the ammonia, likethe other alkalies, contained a metallic bafe ;
and that during the Galvanic energy, this metallic bafe had
been feparated, and had alloyed itfelf with the mercury. From
the great increafe of volume, without a perceptible increafe
of weight, the fpecific gravity of this fuppofed bafe was
deemed inconceivably fmall. Mr. Davy was more warranted
in drawing this conclufion from fome experiments, in which
it appeared that ammonia contained oxygen. This, fact,
however, has been difproved by the experiments of Dr.
Henry, and by thofe of Berthollet, jun. namely, that ammo-
nia contains oxygen. The light amalzam produced in elec-
trifying an ammoniacal falt with mercury, has been exa-
mined by Gay Luffac and Thenard, in their work entitled
“« Recherches Phyfico-Chimiques,” tom, i. p. 52. The
chemifts confider the amalgam merely a compound of mer-
cury, with hydrogen andammonia. ‘The phenomena which
attend this procefs are in favour of fuch an opinion. Oxygen
is given out in abundance at the pofitive wire, while a very
little gaeis obferved at the negative wire, except when the mer-

MET

cury is removed. The writer of this article, feven years ago,
difcovered that when a wire coated with mercury is on the ne-
gative fide in pure water,a much lefs quantity of hydrogen
is evolved than: what might be expected from the quantity of
oxygen at the other wire ; and if the battery be not of to-
lerable {trength, no hydrogen at all appears.

In the decompofition of the amalgam, they found that
the ammonia was to the hydrogen as 28 to 23.

On the ground that mercury has the property of combining
with hydrogen, and from the great levity of the bafes of
potafh and foda, Mr. Murray is of opinion that thefe fub-
itances are compounds of hydrogen with fome metallic bafe,
with which we are not as yet acquainted. In addition to
this, he obferves, that in the decompofition of potafh and
foda, no hydrogen is given out at the negative wire, al-
though water is prefent ; he therefore concludes that the hy-
drogen muft combine with the metal. It muft be remem-
bered, however, that during the decompofition of any me-
tallic oxyd by Galvanifm, no hydrogen is given out, although
water is prefent.

The metalloid obtained from barytes has not been noticed
under that article, becaufe thefe difcoveries have all been
made fince that part of this work was publifhed.

Soon after the difcovery of potaffium and fodium, Mr.
Davy fubjeéted barytes to the fame decompofing power. He
firlt expofed the moiftened earth in contaét with mercury to
the Galvanic battery. He found that the mercury loft much
of its fluidity by being alloyed with a metal. This amal-
gam, on being expofed to the air, became covered with a
crult of barytes. When the fame was thrown into water,
hydrogen gas was evolved, and barytes formed. This
proved the prefence of a metallic fubftance, capable of de-
compofing water, which was the bafe of barytes. Mr.
Davy next mixed the moiftened earth with one-third its
weight of red oxyd of mercury, and placed them upona
plate of platina in a fmall cavity, where was lodged a glo-
bule of mercury. Thefe materials being covered with a thin
film of naphtha, the plate was connecied with the pofitive
fide of the battery, the mercury with the negative, the
two metals being feparated by the earth and the red oxyd of
mercury. By the influence ofa powerful battery an amalgam
was foon formed. This amalgam was then introduced into a
bent glafs tube, and the mercury diftilled off. Although
the heat was raifed to rednefs, it was {till rather uncertain
whether the bafe was perfe€tly pure.

Mr. Davy has given the name of barium to this metallic fub-
ftance. It is a white metal of the colour of filver, different
from potaffium. It is folid at the common temperature,
but becomes liquid at a heat a little fhort of rednefs. It is
not volatile at ared heat. When expofed to the air it foon
abforbs oxygen, becomes tarnifhed, and ultimately falls
down in the itate of white powder, having returned to its
original ftate by the abiorptionof oxygen. When this me-
tal is thrown into water, the latter is decompofed with great
rapidity, hydrogen is evolved, and barytes formed. The
fpecific gravity of this metal is greater than that of potaffium
or fodium, fince it finks in water, and even in fulphuric acid,

Mr. Davy thinks its fpecific gravity four or five times that
of water. Barium appears to be a malleable metal, fince it
is capable of being flattened at the common temperature.

The proportion of oxygen with which it combines has
not been afcertained. If barytes be the firft oxyd of barium,
and the weight of atom of barytes be 68, the proportion

100

will be i
7 10.

» Or 10 per cent, of oxygen, nearly,

For

MET

For the reft of the metalloids, fee the refpetive earths and
alkalies,

METALLORUM Crocus, Mater, and Sulphur.
the refpective articles,

METALLURGY, in a general fenfe, fignifies the art
of working metals under all cireumftances, In its more li-
mited meaning, it is confined to the art of feparating metals
from their ores. Since, however, thefe procefles are given
at full length under the heads of the metals refpective-
ly, it will be unneceflary to fay more under this article. See

SSAYING and SMELTING.

METAMORPHISTS, in Eeclefiaflical Hiflory, a {eet
of heretics in the fixteenth century, whofe dittinguifhing
tenet was, that the body of Jefus Chrift was, upon his afcen-
fion into heaven, changed and metamorpholed into God.

METAMORPHOSIS, MilasopQwors, formed of pila,
change, or removal from one place or {tate to another, and
uogpr, form, or figure, transformation, the change of a per-
fon or thing into another form.

The ancients held two kinds of metamorphofes ; the one
real, the other apparent. The metamorphofis of Jupiter
into a bull, and of Minerva into an old woman, "were only
apparent. That of Lycaon into a wolf, and of Arachne
into a {pider, and the like, they fay, were of the real
kind.

Mott of the ancient metamerphofes include fome allegori-
cal meaning, relating either to phyfics or morality. Ovid’s
ee, isa colleétion of hiltories of fuch trans-
formations, poetically related. Some authors are of opinion
that a great part of the ancient philofophy is couched under
them; and Dr. Hooke has made an attempt to unriddle and
lay open the hidden meanings of feveral of them.

METAPARA, in Geography, a town of the ifland of
Borneo ; 70 miles S.E. of Nagara.

METAPEDIUM, in Natural Hiflory, aname given by
fome authors to a kind of ftone, called by others metatar/um,
and fuppofed to imitatea human foot. Itis only a lufus na-
ture in the formation of a common pebble.

METAPHOR, Merapuora, partegogx, tranjlation, or
difplacing, of wera, trans, and Gy, J bear, or carry, in Rhe-
toric, a tigure of fpeech, or a fpecies of trope, whereby a
word is transferred from its proper fignification to another,
different from it, by reafon of fome fimilitude between them ;
or whereby the proper denomination of one thing is applied
to another; which other thing is more elegantly explained
by this tralatitious or foreign name, than by that which na-
turally belongs to it. As, when we fay, the light of the
underitanding ; to burn with zeal; to float between hope
and defpair, &c.

The metaphor is the moft common of all the figures of
fpeech ; and is that ufually meant, when we fay a thing is
f{poken figuratively.

The metaphor is a fhort fimile ; or, as Cicero calls it, a
fimilitude reduced to a fingle word ; an image being there-
by called from its proper {ubjeé&t to give the refemblance of
another. An allegory is no more than a continued meta-

hor.

Quintilian fays, that a metaphor is a fhort fimilitude, and
differs from it only in this, that the former is compared to the
thing we defign to exprefs, and the latter is put for it. It
isa fimilitude, when I fay of a man, he has ated like a lion ;
and a metaphor, when I fay, he is a lion, But though
metaphors are ufually taken from a fimilitude between two
‘things ; yet fometimes they are founded in the fimilitude
which two things bear to each other, in fome particular re-

. {pe&, by means of which what properly ape to one of
them is transferred to the other: the former of which are

See

MET

called fimple metaphors, and the latter analogour. Hence
the rudder of a thip may be called its reins; for what the
reins are to a horfe, that the rudder is to athip, in guiding
and direéting it. Again, fome metaphors are reciprocal in
which the fimilitude Molds either way. Thus to heer and
govern are ufed reciprocally, both of a thip and a fate;
the proper expreffions being to. fleer a thip, and govern a
flate, and the contrary metaphorical, From this account,
therefore, of the nature of a metaphor, it may be defined, the
application of a word, by way of fimulitude, to fome other
thing than what it properly fignifies,

Quintilian diftinguifhes metaphors into four kinds: the
firft, when a word is transferred from one animal to another ;
as when Livy fays, that Cato ufed to bark at Scipio; or
when our evlons calls Herod fox. To this clafs belong
thofe forms of expreffion that occur in the facred writings,
by which the properties and affections of men are afcribed to
the deity ; as when God is faid to hear, fee, be angry, and
repent, &c. The fecond, when the word is transferred from
one inanimate to another ; as bridle for laws ; floods of fire,
and clouds of {moke, denoting large quantities. The third,
when inanimates are applied to animates ; as the flower of
youth, Thus, alfo, Homer calls Ajax the du/wark of the
Greeks, and Cicero brands ill men with the charaéter of be-
ing the peff of the ftate. And the laft, when animates are
applied to inanimates ; as the river di/dained its bounds. Thus
Cicero {peaking of Clodius fays, the very altars, when they
Jaw that moniter fall, feemed to move themfelves, and
afert their right againft him. Virgil, {peaking of the im-
petuous force and rapidity of the river Araxes, fays, it di/dained
abridge. And it is a very ufual epithet, which Homer gives
to words, to call them sikgcetz, or winged, to intimate the
{wiftnefs of fpeech. And metaphors of this kind, which
give life and a€tion to inanimate things, are efleemed the
fineft and ftrongett.

As the metaphor is intended to fet things before the eyes,
it becomes fo much the more perfeét, as it fhews them the
more vividly, by reprefenting them in motion and aétion.
Cicero, {peaking of a metaphor, calls it the moft florid man-
ner of expreffion, and brighteft ornament of language, that
confifts in fingle words. A metaphor fhould have nothing
in it either coarfe or fhocking, or that may raife it above
the fimplicity of nature, fo as to be forced and harfh; nor
fhould it appear ametaphor to any, but thofe who view it
very clofely. A metaphor fhould never be carried too far ;
for, in that cafe, it degenerates into puerility. Metaphors
fhould always be followed in the fame kind; they become
unnatural, when different images are introduced. In all
metaphorical di€tions, there fhould be a kind of fuitable-
nefs to each other ; different ideas are always abfurd; as in
this inftance, the church was befieged with a deluge of trou-
Bets where the two images, fiege and deluge, have no re-

tion.

The beauty of a metaphor is very ftrikingly exhibited in
the following paflages, extracted hea lord Bolingbroke’s
Remarks on the Hiitory of England. Speaking of the be-
haviour of Charles I. to his laft parliament, he fays, ‘* About
a month after their meeting, he diffolved them; and as foon
as he had diffolved them, te repented ; but he repented too
late of his rafhnefs. Well might he repent ; for the veffel
was now full, and this laft drop made the waters of bitternefs
flow.’’—* Here,”’ he adds, ‘¢ we draw the curtain, and put
anend to our remarks.’”? Nothing, as Dr. Blair obferves,
could be more happily thrown off. The metaphor, we fee,
is continued through feveral expreffions. The ve/é/ is put
for the ftate or temper of the nation, already fud/, that is,

provoked to the higheft by former oppreffions aod oe 3
this

MET

this /aft drop tands for the provocation recently received by the

: MET

perfon who renders an author in another form, or another

abrupt diffolution of the parliament ; and the overflowing of language, word for word.

the waters of bitterne/s, beautifully expreffes all the effects of
refentment let loofe by an exafperated people.

There is nothing young writers are more faulty in, than
the indifcreet ufe of metaphors: thofe who affect the mar-
vellous, are eternally on the metaphorical ftrain; nor know
any bounds or reftraint. They, who underftand them bett,
ufe them with the greateft relerve. Mr. Addifon propofes
it as a rule for writers, to imayine their metaphors actually
painted before them, and to view and examine the jult-
nefs of their application and affemblage under thofe cir-
cumftances; throwing every thing out of the writing,
but what might be retained in the picture. Card. Perron
prefcribes this general rule for metaphors, that they mutt
always defcend from the genus to the fpecies ; and never go
backwards from the fpecies to the genus: thus, we fay
figuratively, the bonds of fociety, and not the human cords,
which tie us together; bond being a genus, and cord a
{pecies.

We fhall clofe this article with a brief recital of the rules
laid down by Dr. Blair as proper to be obferved in the
condu& of metaphors, which will alfo apply to tropes of
every kind. Metaphors fhould be fuited to the nature of
the fubje& of which we treat. They fhould be neither
too many, nor too gay, nor too elevated for it. The excef-
five or unfeafonable employment of metaphors is mere fop-
pery in writing; it gives a boyifh air to compofition, and,
inftead of raifing a fubje&, in faét, diminifhes its dignity,
which fhould arife from fentiment and thought, not from
ornament. This obfervation, as we have already fuggetted,
demands the particular notice of young writers. A fecond
rule refpeGts the choice of objeéts, from which metaphors,
and alfo other figures, are to be drawn. Accordingly, we
fhould ftudioufly beware of even ufing fuch allufions as raife
in the mind difagreeable, mean, vulgar, or dirty ideas.
Some approved authors have been incautioufly betrayed into
thiserror. Again, care fhould be taken that the refemblance,
which is the foundation of the metaphor, be clear and perfpi-
cuous, not far-fetched, nor difficult of difecovery. The
tran{greffion of this rule produces harfh or forced metaphors,
which are always difpleafing, becaufe they puzzle the reader,
and, inftead of illuitrating the thought, render it perplexed
and intricate. Cowley is often chargeable with this fault.
Farther, it mult be carefully attended to, in the condu& of
metaphors, never to jumble metaphorical and plain language
together ; never to conftruét a period fo that part of it mutt
be underftood metaphorically, part literally, which always
produces a moft difagreeable confufion. Moreover, two
different metaphors fhould never be made to meet on one
object. This is what is called mixed metaphor, and is one
of the groffeft abufes of this figure ; fuch is Shak{peare’s
expreffion, “to take arms againtt a fea of troubles.” This
makes a moft unnatural medley, and confounds the imagina-
tion entirely. 1f we have occafion to doubt whether meta-
phors be or be not of the mixed kind, we fhould try to form
a picture upon them, and confider how the parts would
agree, and what fort of figure the whole would prefent, when
delineated with a pencil. As metaphors ought never to be
mixed, we fhould alfo avoid crowding them together on the
fame obje&t. Finally, metaphors fhould not be too far pur-
fued. This is called {training a metaphor, and drawing it
out into an allegory ; by viich we fhall tire the reader,
and render our own difcourfe obfeure. Cowley, lord Shaftf-
bury, and Dr. Young, tranfgrefs in this way. Blair’s Lec-
tures, vol. i.

METAPHRAST, MetarHrastEs, a tranflator, or

A metaphrafe, :ivPexcrs, ufually fignifies fomething more
than either a paraphrafe, or a tranflation: according to
Baillet, a metaphraft implies a tranflator, gloffator, and inter-
polator, all at once.

METAPHYSICS, Merapuysica, Tranfnaturalis, a
branch of fcience, about the nature and idea of which there
is fome difference among authors.

The word is formed from the prepofition pera, trans,
beyond or above ; and Qvoic, nature, or Qucsxn, natural.

Some define metaphyfics, that part of fcience which con-
fiders {pirits and immaterial beings; which others choofe to
diftinguifh by the name of pneumatics, or pneumatology.

Others, keeping clofe to the etymology of the word, ex-
plain metaphytics by ¢rans-natural, ov preter-natural, or even
poft-natural philofiphy : becaufe it is fubfequent in contem-
plation to the phyfical, though prior to it in the.real order of
beings.

Others, with more propriety, conceive metaphyfics to be
what fome others call ontology, or ontofophy, i. e. the do&trine
de ente, or of being, quatenus being.

In the fame view, fome philofophers call this fcience by the
name philofophia, or /cientia generalis, as being the foundation,
or, as it were, the ftamen or root from whence all the other
parts of philofophy arife, and wherein they all meet; its
objet being deing in the abltraét, or general, not reitrained
to this or that {pecies of beings ; not to {pirit any more than
body ; fo that the doctrines of metaphylics are applicable to
all beings whatever.

Philofophers, again, are divided as to the notion of a
fcience de ente in general. Some hold it real, precife, and
folid enough to be demonftrated; but others judge it too
obfcure, faint, and confufed, to be admitted into philofophy.

Being, abftracted from every fort of fpecies of being, is
certainly a very vague term, and does not feem to give {cope
enough for a fcience: we do not fee how it can affect the
mind as an objet. Add, that the common metaphyfics
cannot demonftrate any part of its fubje@t, but aflume the
whole : there are no principles or axioms, whereon to demon-
ftrate metaphyfics which contain the principles of all other
{ciences.

The firft who wrote profeffedly on the fubje& of meta-
phyfics is Ariftotle. Indeed, he is the firft who ufes the
word: Mera¢ucime is the title of one of his books; but
this fome of his commentators will have to fignify no more
than after the book of phyfics. M. du Hamel, taking ‘the
prepofition «era in the fenfe of fof, is even of opinion, that
the word was coined by Ariftotle’s followers : and that it
was unknown to Arittotle himfeif.

Ariftotle’s metaphyfics feem to have been intended for a
kind of natural theology. The metaphyfics of Ariftotle have
been lately illuftrated by the ingenious Mr. Harris, in his
treatife, intitled ¢* Philofophical Arrangements,” 8vo. 1775.

Metaphyfics, fays this ingenious author, are properly con-
verfant about primary and internal caufes; and the ftudy of
them is metaphyfical, becaufe, though prior in itfelf, it is fub-
fequent in man’s contemplation, whofe road of {cience is
naturally upward, that is, from effe& to caufe, from fenfible
to intelligible.

Accordingly metaphyfics have been, not improperly, de-
fined “¢ the {cience of the principles and caufes of all things ex-
ifting.”’ Ariftotle calls this fcience “ the firft philofophy,”? as
itis not only fuperior, but prior in the order of nature, to the
whole circle of the other arts and fciences. What is firlt
in nature, however, is not firft to man. Nature begins with
caufes which produce effets; whereas man afcends from

2 efeds

MET

effects to caufes, Hence, as Phyfics’? was the name given
by Ariftotle to the philofophy of body, fome of his inter-
preters called that of mind «* Metaphyfes,”? thus intimating
not only that its fubject is more fublime and difficult, but
that the ftudy of it would be more roperl and fuccefefully
undertaken “ after that of brie The followers of
Ariltotle were led to adopt this appellation by their matter
himfelf, who to the books in which he pretends to clevate
the mind above things corporeal to the contemplation of
God and things {piritual, prefixed the Greek words yilx
ta Queue. However fignificant the name, in reference to
the fubje&ts which this fcience recommends, it has, from
mifapplication and abufe, as well as from the decline and ex-
tin€tion of the Peripatetic philofophy, funk into difrepute :
and although Malebranche and Mr. Locke have written
much more clearly and confiltently of metaphyfics than any
of the ancients; yet more modern writers 3 compre-
hended thefe fubjeéts, which were formerly referred to
metaphyfics, under the appellation of Purtiosoriy of the
Human Mind. Under this article we propofe to give a

ral account of it, and to mention the particular fubjeéts
which it includes.

METAPHYSICAL, fomething belonging to meta-
eae

he word is alfo ufed to denote fomething fubtile, ab-
ftra&t, and retined. In which fenfe we fay, fuch a reafoning,
fuch a proof is too metaphytical, &c.

A metaphyfical cafe is an imaginary or chimerical cafe,
which can fcarcely ever happen, or not without much diffi-
culty ; and which ought not to be laid down as a rule for
common occafions.

Merapuysicat Certitude, Diflin@ion, Evidence, Form,
Perfection, Univerfality. See the refpeGive fubttantives.

Meraruysicar Se@, in the Hiftory of Learning, is one
of the two great fects into which the philofophical world
was divided about the beginning of the 17th century.
This fee followed the fyftem of Des Cartes, and confidered
truth as attainable by abftraét reafoning ; and from a {mall
number of abitraé& truths, deduced a long feries of propo-
fitions, in order to arrive at a precife and accurate know-
ledge of God and nature, of body and fpirit. The meta-
phyfical philofophers, {uppofing that many things are known
by man with the utmott certainty, difcovered an undue

ropenfity to form their opinions and do@trines into a regu-
i fyftem. The other fe& was the Mathematical. (See
Carrestans.) A branch of the Eleatic fe& was denomi-
nated Metaphy/ical, by way of contradiftin@tion to the Phy-
freal. See Erratic Seé.

METAPLASM, Merarrasmus, compounded of era,
and wazcca, jingo, in Grammar, a tran{mutation, or change,
made in the word, by adding, retrenching, or altering a
letter or fyllable of it.

METAPLEXIS, in Botany, fo called by Mr. R. Brown,
from «ile, together, or between, and zrcmwv,.to plait, or conned,
alluding to the alternation of {mall leaves with the membra-
nous-tipped anthers, compofing a fort of wreath in the centre
of the flower. Brown in Wern. Tranf, y. 1. 48.—Clafs and
order, Pentandria Digynia. Nat. Ord. Contorte, Linn. Apo-
ince, Jul. Afclepiadee, Brown.

Ef. Ch. Corolla fomewhat wheel-fhaped. Crown of the
ftamens of five dwarf-hooded leaves, alternate with the mem-
branous-tipped anthers. Maffes of pollen tumid, pendu-
lous, attached laterally. Stigma with an elongated undi-
Vided beak. Follicles...

A twining {mooth /orub, found by fir George Staunton,
bart., in the province of Peckeley, in China. The /eaves
are heart-fhaped. Clufers on ftalks, inferted between the

MET
footitalka. Limb of the corolla bearded,

name is mentioned

METAPTOSIS, a word ufed by many phyfical writers
to exprefs a change of one diflemper into ee whether
it be by diadoche, or diadexis, av itis called; when the change
is for the better, and the morbid matter removes from a
more noble to an ignoble part: or by metaflefir, when the
change is for the worfe, and the morbid matter removes
from an ignoble to a more noble part,

METASTASIO. L'Anate Pirrno, in Biography, the
belt lyric poet aud writer of operas, or dramas, for mufic
in Ital , during the laft century, or perhaps during any age,
or in any country. This exquifite poet, fecond fon of
Felice Trapafli of Affi, and Francefea Galafti of Bologna,
was born at Rome, January 6th, 1698, in the parith of
Santi Lorenzo and Damafo, where he was baptized the 19th
of the fame month, by cardinal Otrobom. Hs fa her,
though defcended from a famiy in Affi, which had long
enjoyed the privileges of free citizens, but which, by a gra-
dual decline, was reduced to poyerty, not being able to
fubfift in the place of his birth, hited for a foldier in the
regiment of Corfi, and foon after married Franvefca Galati,
by whom he had many children befides the poet.

While he was in garrifon, to the {mall pay of a foldier he
added fomething towards the maintenance of his family, by
becoming an amanuenfis, And at length, having ferved the
ufual time, and by extreme induftry and economy faved a
little money, he entered into partnerfhip with a fhop-keeper
at Rome, for the fale of goods which belong to what the
Romans call /’arte bianca, confilting of oil, flour, paftry, and
other culinary materials.

And having been fomewhat profperous in this kind of
merchandife, he placed his two eldeft fons, Leopoldo and
Pietro, at a grammar-fchoo]. The latter difcovered an ex-
traordinary quicknefs and difpofition for literature, and a
violent paffion for poetry, with a power of making verfes,
> lana on any given fubject, before he was ten years
°

No {pecific

This faculty he was habituated to exercife, after {chool
hours, at his father’s fhop, where great crowds ufed to af-
femble in the ftreet of an evening to hear the young Tra-
pafli fing al? improvifla; who, betides the harmony of his
numbers, was gifted with the melody of a fine voice.
During one of thefe tuneful fits, the learned civilian Gravina,
having accidentally paffed that way, was ftruck with the
{weetnefs of the child’s voice, and itill more with his verfes,
which he foon found were extempore, and either upon
perfons who ftood near him, or on playful fubjeéts of their
fuggefting.

Gravina was fo aftonifhed and pleafed at the precocity of
the little bard’s talents, that he ftopt to carefs and converfe
with him, offering him money for his performance, which,
however, the child modeftly declined to accept. This fo
much increafed the civilian’s admiration, that he inftantly
conceived a wifh to adopt him, for the pleafure of culti-
vating a foil which nature had rendered fo fertile, that even
the {pontaneous flowers and fruits it produced were of a fu-
perior kind. Without hefitation he therefore applied to his

arents, foliciting them to transfer to him the care of their
on’s education, promifing to become not only his preceptor,

but father.
. As the child was ftill to remain at Rome, and no cruel
preliminary was mentioned, by which his natural parents
were prohibited from feeing him, and cherifhing reciprocal
affeGtion, Felix was too wife, and zealous for the welfare of
his fon, to refufe the proffered patronage’; and the next
morning, Pietro was conducted by his father and mother to
the

METASTASIO.

the houfe of Gravina, and wholly configned to his care and
protection. :

Our young bard was now, from the legitimate child of a
fhop-keeper, become the adopted fon of a man of letters.
And as his learned patron was partial to Greek literature,
and wifhed to implant in the mind of the young Roman a
refpe&t and reverence for ancient lore, he tranflated his name
into Greek; calling him Metaftafio, inftead of Trapaffi;
as Merasacis, Mutatio, feemed at once to exprefs his former
name of Trapafli, and his new fituation as an adopted
child.

And having changed his name, he undertook the more
difficult taf of changing, or at leaft enlarging, his mental
faculties; and at the fame time that he was ftudying the
learned languages, and imbuing his mind with the {ciences,
he wifhed to make him an orator rather than a poet, and
determined that he fhould ftudy the law asa profeffion ; that
and divinity being the only two roads by which a man of
learning could arrive at honours and dignity in Rome.
Poets, indeed, were rewarded with barren praife and ac-
clamation, but wealth and affluence were ftrangers to their
doors.

Yet while he was obliged to read the dry books of the
‘ law, and was feemingly occupied by other ftudies, he found
time, by ftealth, to read the great models of the art of
poetry, for which his inftin&tive paffion increafed from the
difficulty of gratifying it. At the name of Homer and
Ariofto, his favourite poets, he was unable to contain him-
felf ; and Gravina difcovering, in fpite of his pupil’s deter-
mination to conform implicitly to his will, that this exclufive
paffion for poetry was infuperable, at length permitted him
to read thofe poets which he himfelf thought not only the
beft, but the only models of perfetion. At the age of
fourteen, during the early period of this indulgence, Me-
taftafio produced his tragedy of ‘* Giuftino,” conformable
to the rigour of all the rules of the ancient Greek dra-
matic writers, with which his learned preceptor had fupplied
him.

We have his own opinion of this produétion, in a letter
written to fignor Calfabigi, in which he fays: ‘I fhould
have wifhed that none of my early produétions, which favour
too much of adolefcence, might have appeared in the Paris
edition, particularly the tragedy of Guuftino, written at
fourteen years of age: when the authority of my illuftrious
matter did not fuffer me to move a ftep from the moft re-
ligious imitation of the Greeks ; and when my inexperience
and want of difcernment were unable to diftinguifh gold from
lead, even in thofe mines themfelves, of which he then be-
gan to difplay to me the treafures.””

After producing this tragedy on the favourite model of
his patron and preceptor, the learned civilian feems not only
to have tolerated, but encouraged his pupil’s adoration of
the mufes; and at eighteen carried him to Naples, ex-
prefsly to afford him an opportunity of finging extempore
with the moft celebrated improvifatori of Italy at that time.
Metattafio, in a letter to Algarotti, written in 1757, gives
the following account of this poetical contention: “ It is
your with to have fpecimens of the verfes which I made ex-
tempore, during my childhood; but how can I poffibly

ratify this wifh? I do not deny but that a natural talent
a harmony and the,mufes was difcovered in me, that was
thought fomewhat uncommon, and more early than ufual,
that is, at ten or elever years old; that this phenomenon fo
dazzled my great mafter Gravina, that he was partial to it,
and cherifhed me as a foil worthy of his cultivation: and
that, fo late as the year 1716, he exhibited me to {peak
verfes, God knows how, for the benefit of Georgio Loren-

3

tino, upon all kinds of fubjeéts; at which time I had for
competitors the illuftrious Rolli, Vagnini, and the cavalier
Perfetti, men who were then arrived at full maturity, and
veterans in Pindaric battles.”

At twenty years of age he had the misfortune to lofe his
learned preceptor and patron, Gravina, who died in 1718,
aged fifty-four. It has been doubted whether this event,
which his heart inclined him to regard as the greateft cala-
mity, was not a fortunate circumftance for his fame. Me-
taftafio, whofe writings evince him to have been all tender-
nefs, gratitude, and difinterefted fenfibility, bewailed this
misfortune with the deepeft affliGion; and in the elegy,
called « La Strada della Gloria,?? written on this occafion,
and read at a full affembly of the members of the arcadian
academy founded by Gravina, he gave a public teltimony
of his forrow and gratitude, expreflive of thofe noble fenti-
ments, which he cherifhed and praétifed to the end of his
life. Nor did the beneficent will of his mafter diminifh his
grief or dry his tears, though, when opened, it was found
to have been made in 1717, and that he had appointed him
his heir.

By this liberal act, he verified his promife to the parents
of Metaftafio, of treating him as his own child. The ad-
vantage to his talents and to the lovers of poetry, which is
fuppofed to have been derived from this early lofs of his
learned tutor, was the opportunity it afforded his genius to
free itfelf from the trammels of Grecian rules and fervile
imitation. But though in his dramas he has more pathos,
poetry, nature, and facility, than we are now able to find
in the ancient Greek tragedians, yet his early ftudy of them
certainly elevated his ideas and ftyle, and taught him how to
fhun the vulgarity and abfurdities with which the early po-
pular dramatilts of moft countries abound, He may be faid
to write with claffic elegance, though he had liberated him-
felf from claffic chains.

Gravina’s bequeft to Metaftafio confifted of 15,000
Roman crowns, between 3 and 4000 pounds fterling in
money, an excellent library, and a great quantity of rich
furniture, with three {mall places of which he had put him
in poffeffion before his deceafe, and a little eftate in the king~
dom of Naples.

But our young poet, now become a free agent, and a
defpotic prince over no contemptible fortune, among all his
acquirements had not the leaft idea of prudence and eco-
nomy. His converfation and verfes had too much excellence
to want admirers; and his table was too well ferved to want
guefts. He now wholly quitted the dry ftudy of the law,
and entirely devoted himfelf and his fortune to the mufes
and his friends. There was no poetical affembly in which
he did not read fome new produ@tion: as our Garrick, in
the early part of his life, was found wherever lovers of
theatrical amufements were affembled. Stimulated by the
applaufe which every piece univerfally received, Metaftafio
thought of nothing but how to have it renewed by another
compofition. The love of praife is an infirmity to which
the beft minds are perhaps the moft fubjeét. During this
intoxication, not a thought feems to have been beftowed on
his prefent finances or future fortune. If he reflected at all
during thefe times of diffipation, it was on the number of his
friends and admirers, and the certainty of patronage when-
ever he fhould want it. What his predeceffor Petrarca has
faid of the temple of love, was ftill_ more applicable to that
of fortune by Metatftafio. ‘

% ‘* Errori, fogni, ed immagini {morte
- Eran d’intorno all’ arco trionfale,

E falfe

ME'TASTASIO.

E felfe opinioni in fu le porte,
E lubrico fperar fu per le feale.”’

« Errors and dreams and thoughts half form’d abound,
And crowd the bafelefs fabric all around ;
While at the threfhold falfe opinions ftand,

"And on the fteps, vain hope, with magic wand."

His patron’s legacy was foon diffipated, not in the fap-
port of vice, but munificence and good cheer; fo that at
the end of two years, finding himelf wholly reduced to his
two {mall Roman places, his Neapolitan poffeffions, and his
library, he went to Naples with the firm refolution of
ferioufly refuming the ftudy of the law. Being arrived in
that city, 1720, he placed himfelf under the guidance of an
advocate of the name of Paglietti, carneltly entreating his
affiftance in the ftudy of jurifprudence, and promifing, on
his own part, to feeond the inftru€tions which he fhould re-
ceive with all poffible diligence and docility. Paglietti was
one of the mott eminent lawyers, at that time, in the city of
Naples; but fo rigorous a difciplinarian, and fo totally de-
voted to his profeffion, that he not only defpifed but abfo-
lutely hated every {pecies of ornamental knowledge or litera-
ture. Poetry was therefore ranked by him among the
moft deadly fins of which an advocate could poffibly be

uilty,
Its natural, therefore, to fuppofe that Paglietti, devoid
of all tafte for the arts of elegance, which help to humanize
and polifh our favage nature, was rough, four, and forbid-
ding in his addrefs and manners : he was all law, and of that
fevere and mercilefs fort, which knows not how to pardon
the {malle(t imprudence or deviation from worldly wifdom.

Metaftafio was not ignorant of his feverity and invincible
hatred for poetry ; but inftead of looking upon it as an evil,
he was the more eager to place himfelf under his moft rigid
difcipline, in order to prevent a relapfe into postry, which
had hitherto been to him fo unprofitable a ftudy. The re-
ception of Metaltafio by this Lycurgus, and his firft lecture,
were perhaps rendered more aultere and acrid by the fame of
his poetical talents, with which not only Naples but all Italy
was already filled; but Metattafio, hearing it with heroic
patience, renewed his promife of unwearied application, and
kept it fo well during his firft refidence under the advocate’s
roof, that he began to entertain great hopes of his pesmi
an excellent lawyer, and treated him with as much fweetnefs
as his bitter nature would allow. He knew that the ftudies
of his young difciple were frequently impeded by the vifits
of perfons of learning and diftin@ion, to whom his poetical
abilities were well known, and who remembered him when
he was brought to Naples, as an improvifatore, by Gravina.
But now their expectations were transferred to his legal
abilities, upon which, from his learning and application,
they had.formed the higheft hopes. It is ‘certain that Me-
taftafio, at this time, exercifing the greateft tyranny over
his natural inclination, refrained entirely, not only from
writing verfes, but from {peaking them extempore, in fpite
of all folicitation. The firft breach of contra& with the
rugged advocate, and firft fedu€tion of the mufe during his
refidence at Naples, was in the beginning of 1721, at the
inftigation of the countefs of Althan, who prevailed on him
to write an Epithalamium for the nuptials of her relation,
the marquis Pignatelli, with a lady of the Pinelli family : it
confifts of near one hundred otave ftanzas, is full of ele-
gance, and in the highelt clafs of poetry. The drama of
“« Endymion,’’ the firft that he produced exprefsly for
mufic, is faid to have been written on the fame occafion.

Metattafio’s next infringement of the laws laid down by
the advocate Paglictti againft the wicked practice of poetry,

Vor. XXIII.

$
was occafioned by an application from the viceroy of Naples
himfelf, that he would write a drama for mufic, to be per-
formed on the birth-day of the emprefe Elizabeth, confort
of the emperor Charles VI., who was then in pofleffion of
that kingdom. It is faid that he was with difficulty pre-
vailed upon to enter on this talk, and only complied upon
a promife that it fhould be kept a profound fecret. Sur
bard, in perpetual fear of the inexorable lawyer, was obliged
to facrifice his hours of fleep to this contraband commerce
with the mufes. The piece was entitled “ The Gardens
of the Hefperides,"’ and is one of the molt beautiful of his
early productions.

The next drama that was written at the expence of his
legal ftudies, or his moments of reft and recreation, was
“ Angelica.” This was printed at Naples in 1722, and fer
to mufic by Porpora for the emprefs’s birth-day. It has
been faid in fome accounts of Metaftafio’s eaily produc-
tions, that Farinelli’s firft public performance was in this
ferenata.

The poems which he produced at Naples were the ad-
miration of all perfons potleffed of a love and tafte for poetry,
paecalnty «‘ The Gardens of the Hefperides ;”” but none
elt its beauties fo forcibly as the Bulgarella detta Roma-
nina, the greateft female finger and afirele of her time;
who, having performed the part of Venus in that occafional
drama, was fo enchanted with the uncommon beauty of the
poetry, that fhe could not reft till the had been introduced
to the acquaintance of the author. Indeed, tradition fays,
that this drama had an effet upon the audience in general,
which Naples had never before experienced. The recitative
was hardly begun, when the {pectators formed a more cu-
rious fpetacle than the a¢tors themfelves: fo great was the
change in their behaviour and mode of liftening that was in-
{tantly produced, Violent noife and unbridled clamour
ufed to reign in every part of that theatre, and could never
be fubdued but with great difficulty, even when fome capital
finger had a favourite air to perform; and it was no fooner
over than the din was renewed with fuch vehemence, that
even the orcheftra could not be heard. But now, every one
delighted by the new and decorous arrangement of the
{cenes, original beauty and fweetnefs of the verfe, the force
of the fentiments, the texture of the parts, and all the won-
ders of Metaftafio’s dramatic poetry, was foreed, almolt in-
fenfibly, into profound filence and attention.

Univerfal curiofity was excited, and inquiries made, after
the author, who, though a poet and fond of praife, is faid
to have wifhed to lie concealed. But the Bulgarini, who
was not only pleafed in common with the lovers of poetry,
but impreffed with the moft lively gratitude to the author of
the ‘ Hefperides,” for the flattering reception and un-
bounded applaufe which this piece had procured her, both
as an a¢trefs and finger, was impatient to be perfonally ac-
quainted with him. And having difcovered that fhe knew
one of his intimate friends, fhe prevailed upon him to try to
bring the poet to her houfe. He at firft refifted the folici-
tation; but at length, ceafing to be inexorable, he was in-
duced to make her a vifit. The Romanina (as fhe was
geocraly called from being a native of that city) had no
ooner feen him, than fhe felt an uncommon regard for
him. His poetical abilities, elegance of manners, and fine
countenance, together with the circumftance of his being
her countryman, or rather townfman, all joined to increafe
her regard; while Metaftafio on his part felt equally un-
able, with all the floicifm he could mufter, to refift the de-
fire of improving the acquaintance ; and frequently returned
to enjoy the pleafure of her converfation.

He had foon reafon to believe, from the countenance and

7 3E behaviour
~

METASTASIO.

behaviour of Paglietti, that neither his theatrical produ€tion,
nor the new ftage acquaintance which he had made, was un-
knowntohim. The praifes he received from the Romanina,
and all thofe to whom the fecret had been divulged, and
their preffing inftances that he would continue to write,
awakened his paflion for poetry, which he had flattered him-
felf was wholly fubdued. He now began to feel, that by
the narrow and contra@ed ftudy of the law, his genius could
never expand in his own original ideas, but would be con-
{tantly tied down to thofe of others. His refle¢tions upon
the fordidnefs of facrificing his whole life to a diftafteful
bufinefs, for the mere hope of acquiring wealth, (as he after-
wards confeffed to his confidential friends,) joined to the
harth treatment of the old advocate, which became mere in-
tolerable in proportion as the afliduity of Metaltafio di-
minifhed, entirely determined him to quit both him and his
profeffion. r : ;

His female friend perceived the confli& and internal war ;
and in order to ftimulate his courage and refolution, fhe and
her hufband invited him in the moft prefling manner to refide
under the fame roof, and affured him that they would con-
tribute every thing in their power to render his life as eafy
and comfortable as poflible. He remained feveral months in
a ftate of uncertainty ; but at length determined to accept
their offer, to return to poetry, and to enjoy the pleafures
of fociety in full liberty. Yet he did not feem infenfible of
the apparent indecorum and want of fortitude which he mani-
fefted in quitting, with fuch feeming levity, the purfuit of
ftudies which had been recommended to him by his deceafed
patron. Nor was he quite at his eafe on the fide of delicacy,
as to appearances; the obligations to the Bulgarini, under
which he was loading himfelf, frequently oppreffed his mind.
And yet fo limited is cur power of penetrating into future
events, that the meafures which he now purfued, far from
impeding either his fame or fortune, were the foundations
of all his fubfequent celebrity. An Italian poet has well
defcribed the fhortnefs of mental vifion.

«« Sebben fembra talor che torvo e iniquo
Il volto verfo noi volga la forte ;
Ella feguendo fuo coltume antiquo
A inafpettata gioja apre le porte:
E afconde fpeffo fotto calle obbliquo
Della felicita le vie pi corte: ti 9
Onde non fappia in mezzo ai torti, € al gual
L’uom che temer, né che {perar giammai.””

¢ Blind to the future, while he fojourns here,
Man knows not what to hope or what to fear;
Amidft misfortune, forrow, and difmay,
Fate oft, in frowns, points out the fhortelt way
To fortune, fame, and unexpeéted joy,
By means which prudence trembles to employ.”

The Bulgarini was engaged to fing in the theatre of
Naples, during the carnival of 1724; and being very am-
ditions of appearing to as much advantage in the next’ opera
as fhe had done in that for the birth-day of the emprefs, the
prefled the poet to write a drama, in which, as firft woman,’
fuch a character might fall to her fhare, as would give her'an
opportunity of difplaying all her powers, both as an actrefs
and finger. It is ealy to imagine with what zeal the Abate
went to work, in order to gratify her wifh. After many
heroines had paffed in review, Dido was at length chofen,
and the drama, entitled «« Didone Abbandonata,” produced ;
in which he chofe the period of the hero, A&neas, quitting
the Carthaginian queen: as it furnifhed fcenes of the greateft
force and paffion, as well as more expreflion for his pen, and

fe)

more abundant opportunities for the difplay of the Ro-
manina’s abilities, than any other. This was the firlt per-
fe& mufical drama, perhaps, that ever graced the Italian
ftage. The applaufe it obtained was equal to that of the
« Orti Efperidi ;”? and though the ftory was fo well known,
that no effeéts could be produced by furprife, yet the plea-
fure of the audience was exceffive. It was fet by Sarro,
and the part of /Eneas was performed by Nicolini. i

From the great and fudden celebrity of ‘* Didone,”’ which,
immediately after its firft appearance at Naples; was fet by
the beft compofers of the time for the other principal theatres
of Italy ; the Venetian minifter at Rome, where it had been
performed to Sarro’s mufic, was inftigated to apply to Me-
taftafio to write the opera of * Siroe,’’ which he fent to Ve-
nice, where it met with a fuccefs equal to that of Dido, to
the great emolument of the author, who was magnificently
rewarded for the fuperior excellence of his poetry. This
drama was fet by Vinci at Venice, and performed and
printed in 1726. |”

t appears from the original /ibretti, or printed books of
the words, that the Romanina not only performed the prin-
cipal female part in Metaftafio’s four firlt dramas at Naples,
but in “ Didone’? and ¢* Siroe,’’ witli Nicolini, at Venice,
in which city they were firft reprefented’in 1725 and 1726;
and, according to Quadrio, (Storia d’ogni Poefia,) Me-
taftafio himfelf was at Venice during thefe performances.
It was during this period that he altered the old opera of
“ Siface,’” for the fame performers, at the requeft of Por-

ora. j
A In the carnival of 1726, while the dramas of Metaftafio
received fuch unbounded applaufe at Venice, ‘¢ Didone,” as
fet by Vinci, was received at Rome with acclamation. The
famous ex-jefuit Cordara, who was there at that time, in his
eloge of Metattafio, recited at Alexandria in 1782, de-
fcribes its reception in the’following manner :

« Every fcene produced one continued applaufe. But
who can defcribe the rapture. of the pit, when the queen of
Carthage, difdainfully rifing from the throne, repreffes the
infolent pretenfions of the king of Mauritania, with the dig-
nity of an independent princefs, by the {pirited air, “ Son
Regina,’ &c.?) The noife feemed to fhake the theatre to
its foundation. I was not there myfelf, as my habit did not
allow me to be prefent at fuch {peGtacles ; but I almoft heard
the rumour in my cell, fo full was all Rome with the fame
of this produ@tion.”’

In 1727, the Romanina having fulfilled all her theatrical
engagements at Naples and elfewhere, prepared to return to
Rome, yet declared at the fame time, that fhe would never -
fee her native city again, unlefs in the company of her dear
friend. He remained fér a while irrefolute; but, at length,
the warm affection he retained for the place of his nativity,
in fpite of the neglect and difappointment which had driven
him thence, heightened perhaps by his regard for the Bul-
garini, and fortified by the defire of feeing his father, and
the reft of his family, determined him to quit Naples, in
company with his benefaétrefs; but not before he had ob-
tained a ptomife from her, that, in return for the hofpitality
which he had received under her roof at Naples, fhe and her
family fhould become his guefts at Rome. To this propofi-
tion all parties having acceded, he wrote to his agents, to
provide a houfe fufficient for the two families of Trapaffi and
Bulgarini. And from the time of his arrival in that city, till
his departure for Germany, they all lived under the fame
roof, and conftituted one family. The Romanina, as more
rich and esa to the management of a family, was in-
velted with-the fuperintendance of all houfhold concerns:
the reft had nothing to do, but to attend their own purfuits 5

while

METASTASIO.

while Metaftafio received vifits, wrote verfea, improved hin
circumflances, and increafed his celebrity.

The firft drama which he produced, exprefely for Rome,
was “ Catone in Utica,’ which waa fet by Vinci, and per-
formed in that city, 1728; andin 17ag, at Venice, to the
mufic of Leo. He chole the fubject purpofely to pleafe the
Romans, fuppoting that he fhould gain both sppaure and

ratitude, by difplaying the virtue of one of their own

erocs, But as it feldom happens that a prophet or a poet
(which in ancient times were united in the fame perfon) re-
_ eeives due honour in his own country, particularly at Rome,
which is proverbially called the refidence of ttrangers; in
{pite of the excellence of this drama, which abounds with
fublime, as well as tender fentiments and delineations, of the
paflions of glory, ambition, anger, and love ; and in which
the conduét was natural, and cataltrophe hiftorical ; it was
inftantly attacked by the fatirical genius of the Romans, and
the rmance fufpended. The frivolous fcenes, and
feeble poetry to which they had been long accuflomed, had
corrupted ; i tafte of the Roman public in general; and,
except a few learned men, lefs invidious than the rett, who,
if they knew of no modern Cato, had read, at leafl, fome-
thing about the ancient, this piece was at firft very coldly
received; though afterwards, when their minds and tattes
-were enlightened and refined by other original and beautiful
works of our author, this drama was treated with more
juttice. >
The next opera which our author produced was ‘ Ezio,”’
fet by Porpora, in 1728, and ‘ Semiramide Riconofciuta,”
fet by the fame compofer, 1729; but though both thefe
dramas were received in the moft favourable manner, and the
praifes beftowed upon the poet were unbounded, his fortune
was not greatly improved by their fuccefs. Poetry has more
frequently enriched the bookfeller than the author, in every
country; but at Rome, it isa drug of lefs value, even to
the bookfeller, than elfewhere ; and Metaitafio’s mufe, how-
ever chafte, was but little better treated for not being mere-
tricious. If Metaltafio had been a mere pfslmodit, or
hymnologift, his monkifh rhymes might have obtained him
fome ecclefiaftical preferment; but the poetry which he
produced on pagan and fecular fubjeéts precluded him from
every avenue to the church: He was, however, far from
neceffitous ; and with the affiftance of the Romanina, whofe
purfe was always at his fervice, his fortune and fituation were
tolerably eafy. But the being fometimes obliged to avail
him(felf of the liberality of his generous friend, was a circum-
ftance which humbled and mortified him beyond any other.
He could not bear to reflect on being a burthen to her, for
whom chiefly he wifhed to be rich, not only to exempt her
from the expences which fhe incurred on his account, but to
manifeit his gratitude for the benefits fhe had already con-
ferred on him.

His amiable friend tried every means in her power to fet
his mind at eafe, concerning his obligations to her: affuring
him that he had. contributed much more to her profeffional
fame than it had been in her power to do to his fortune ;
that fhe was in fuch circumftances as rendered the {mall
friendly offices, which fhe had been able to perform, more a
pleafure than an inconvenience; and preffed him, in the
mot urgent manner, to tranquillize his mind on that account,
and to believe (which fhe affured him was the truth) that
he was doing her the greateft favour, when he afforded her
an opportunity of dividing with him her poffeffions.

The affliGed poet drew fome comfort from thefe declara-
tions, but it was of fhort duration. He perpetually
convinced of the ingratitude of his pretended Roman friends,

and the duplicity of his proteétors; and having nourifhed in
his foul an ardent paflion for vencral elteem, 1a, Mery and ad.
miration, his narrow circumitances threw him into. fo pro-
found a fit of melancholy, that he became incapable of re-
ceiving confolation.

Such was his {late of defpondency in 1729, when, to his
great altonifhment, he received a letter from prince Pio of
Savoy, infpector of the imperial theatre at Vienna, inviting
him to engage in the fervice of the emperor Charles VI., as
the faccelion of Apoftolo Zeno, who, from the year 1718,
had filled the place of imperial laureate, whofe chief em-

loyment had been to furnifh dramas for mufic; and thefe
had been juftly thought the belt which the Italian language
could boatt. .

Metaftafio was infinitely more furprifed and flattered by
this unfolicited and f{plendid offer, from finding that he had
been recommended to the emperor's notice by the learned
Zeno himfelf, who, growing in years, wifhed to retire to
Venice, the place of his nativity, and had been applied to
by, his imperial majelty to recommend a fucceffor.

And yet the fee of this employment to Metaftafio, how-
ever dazzling, was not long produétive of joy without de-
duction. é quitting Rome, for which he had always a
filial fondnefs, as weil as leaving his family, friends, and,
perhaps more than all, the Romanina, impreffed his mind
with a forrowful allay to his happinefs.

Upon confulting with his family, they inftantly conceived
fuch magnificent hopes of his future aggrandizement, as
contributed much to their confolation at lofing him; and
the Romanina was fo generous and difinterefted, in {pite of
fecret affliction, as to ufe her utmoft eloquence in removing
his doubts, and diminifhing the caufes of his repugnance, at
quitting Rome and his friends.

After many confultations and difcuffions of the feveral
arguments for and again{t the acceptance of the propofition
from Vienna, the anfwer which he fent, and which has been
printed among his letters, contains fo many charaéteriftic
traits of modetty, propriety, and delicacy, that it deferves
to be preferved as a model of condu& under fimilar circum-
{tances.

The refult of meditation, and the advice of his family and
friends, was to accept the appointment, and to throw him-
felf at the feet of his imperial mafter as foon as he could ar-
range his affairs, and fulfil his engagements to furnifh the
zee theatre with two new operas for the enfuing car-
nival. ;

His appointment at Vienna was fettled at three thoufand
florins per annum, and fifty pounds fterling for the expences
of his journey. After completing his two new dramas for
Rome, which were ‘ Artaferfe’? and ‘ Aleffandro nell?
Indie,”’ and which were both fet by Leonardo Vinci, and
performed before the poet's departure, he left his native city
with a heavy heart, and a moft fovereign contempt for the
friendfhip and flattering promifes of the great, by whofe de-
lufions he had fo long entertained hopes of preferment in his
native city ; whence, at lait, he was driven into a kind of
{plendid banifhment, for the reft of his life. Thefe early
difappointments, from being extremely credulous, rendered
him incurably fceptical, as to all future prefages of good
fortune; and the effe&ts of hoping too much in early life,
and too little after, produced, perhaps, the principal defeéts
in his charaGter.

Upon quitting Rome, Metaftafio configned into the hands
of his zealous and affectionate friend, the Romanina, all his
effets, interefts, and concerns ; together with the manage-
ment of his family affairs: fhe moft willingly fubmitting to

3B 2 thefe

METASTASIO.

thefe feveral tafks, as well as to the care of the produce of
the little places, and fums of money, which he left behind
him.

Of his reception at Vienna, where he arrived in July,
1730, by prince Pio and his imperial patron, there is among
his letters an account written by himfelf to a friend at Rome,
the day after he had been prefented. It was to the higheft
degree flattering. And the emperor, who was of a grave,
religious, and moral character, feems to have honoured him
not only with his favour but affeGtion, on finding in him
principles congenial with his own.

In his correfpondence wijh the Romanina, we have an
account of his occupations at Vienna, during the firft three
years of his refidence there; and the reception of his operas
of “ Adriano.in Siria,” ‘ Demetrio,”’ ‘ Iffipile,” and his
oratorio of *¢ Sant’ Elena al Calvario.”’

In 1734 he loft the friend of his head and heart, the Ro-
manina, who died at Rome, and manifefted the fincerity of
her attachment to the poet, by bequeathing to him all her
poffeffions, after the deceafe of her hufband, to the amount
of twenty-five thoufand crowns. But Metaftafio, always
confiftent with his ufual rectitude and propriety, totally
declined accepting of her intended kindnefs, and transferred
the whole bequeft to her hufband, whofe real property, ac-
cording to our Englith ideas of jurifprudence, it feems legally
to have been. The teftamentary laws of Italy may be dif-
ferent from thofe of our country. Some Italian writers fay,
that the Romanina left Metaftafio erede di tutto il fuo patri-

“monio: ** heir to all her patrimony.” 1f by patrimony was
meant an eftate pofleffed by inheritance, and independently
fettled upon her at the time of her marriage, her teftamentary
difpofitions are reconcileable to Englifh ideas of law in fuch
cafes; though preferring the friend to the hufband deviates
fomewhat from the general cuitom of our country. That
the bequeft was legal has never been doubted by Metaftafio’s
biographers, who all {peak of his renunciation in the higheft
terms of panegyric, as uncommonly difinterefted, generous,
and heroic. And the poet himfelf, as well as all Italy, re-

arded it as a noble facrifice.

Whether Metaftafio’s conne@tion with the Romanina was
purely platonic, or of a lefs feraphic nature, we fhall not
attempt to determine. But the hufband refiding with them
both at Naples and Rome, and the friendly manner in which
the poet always mentioned him in his lettérs to the wife, and
the opennefs with which he expreffed his affliGtion in writing
to him after her death, would, in England,’ be thought
indications favourable to conjugal felicity. But a chafte
aGrefs or opera finger is ftill a more rare phenomenon in
Italy than in Great Britain. ;

Yet though it is not thought abfolutely neceflary for the
female fingers of Italy to be vettals while fingle, or Lu-
cretias when married, they find it convenient to have a no-
minal hufband, who will fight their battles, contend with
the firft man, and imprefario of an opera ; and, ocecafionally,
ftand in the gap, as circumftances may require.

But whether the poet’s friendfhip for Bulgarini, the huf
band, was pure and undiffembled or not, his affliction for
the death of his wife feems to have been unfeignedly deep
and fincere. The following pathetic letter, written im-
mediately after he had received the news of her deceafe, and
of her teftament in his favour, feems a faithful delineation of
the ftate of his mind at this time, and to correfpond with
that goodnefs of heart, as well as thofe tender feelings and
lofty ideas of reGtitude, which appear in all his other
writings, and which have ennobled the general tenor of
his life,

“ To fignor Domenico Bulgarini.

Oppreffed by the affliGting news of the death of our
poor Marianna, I know not how to begin this letter. The
tidings are intolerable to me on fo many accounts, that I can
devife no means to diminifh the acutenefs of my fufferings 5
and, therefore, I truft you will not accufe me of want of
feeling, if Iam unable to fuggeft to you any confolation for
your lofs, as I have hitherto been utterly unequal to finding
any for myfelf.

“ The laft difpofition of the poor deceafed in my favour
aggravates the caufe of my forrow, and obliges me to give
a public and inconteftable proof of the difintereftednefs of
that friendfhip, which I profeffed to her while living, and
which I fhall preferve for her honoured memory to the laft
moment of my exiftence. Knowing, therefore, how much
affe€tion, kindnefs, and zeal, for the welfare of the poor
Marianna, you have always manifefted, | fhall beft fhew m
gratitude to her, by entirely renouncing, in your favour, all
claim to her effe€&ts; not through pride, God preferve me
from fuch ingratitude! but becaufe it appears to be my
duty, as an honeft man and a Chriftian. The advantage
which I fhall {till derive from this inheritance, even after re-
nouncing it, will not be inconfiderable: as the knowin
what was intended for me by the generous teftatrix will be
a lafting proof of her friendfhip ; and the relinquifhing it in
your favour will be a proof of my difintereftednefs with
re{pe& to her, and of my equity towards yourfelf. Iam
at prefent, thank God, in no need of fuch affiftance, as I
am rewarded beyond my merit ; fo that I fhall not fuffer by
the facrifice I make to you. Though I entangle you with
ne conditions inthe renunciation which I enclofe, yet I have
fome requeits to make, and counfels to fuggeft to you.

« My firft requeft is, that the relinquifhing this claim
may in no wife diffolve our friendfhip ; but that, according
to the wifh of the poor Marianna, our correfpondence may
continue as entire as if fhe were ftill living ; fubftituting you
at all times, and in all places, fot her reprefentative.

«© My fecond requeft is, that you will undertake the
trouble of receiving the falaries of my three offices in Rome,
and the tranfaGting of my Neapolitan concerns, exaétly in
the fame manner as was done by our incomparable Marianna ;
for which purpofe, I fend you proper powers. I write
likewife to fignor Tenerelli, at Naples, who will treat you
in the fame manner as fignora Marianna herfelf; remitting
to you, from time to time, whatever fums may be due to
me from that, quarter, continuing to my poor family the
ufual affignments and provifion, if you fhall chufe it, jointly
with my brother.

‘«s The advice which feems neceflary for me to give you
is, that you would affift the poor family of fignor Francefco
Lombardi, by every means in your power ; and try by acts
of charity to do every thing for them, which, ina fimilar
fituation, you would expe& from them to you. I have
{pecified in my renunciation fome particulars in which you
fhould affift them; but befides my unwillingnefs to involve
you in trouble and difficulty, I am fo certain of the good-
nefs of your heart, that I have left all the merit of your
benevolence towards them to the liberality of your own de-
termination.

“ In all things elfe, you are at fuil liberty to a& as oc-
cafion, and your own prudence, fhall fuggeft.

«© At prefent, my mind is in too great perturbation for
me to attempt giving you a plan for the regulation of your
conduét. I hall only fay, that it appears to me, as if you
fhould difpofe of all the effeéts you can fpare, in order to
raife a capital, and that you fhould live in a fmaller houfe.

* Icap

METASTASIO.

* T can think of no other teftimony to offer you, at pre-
fent, of my friendthip and confidence. Be equally open in
your correfpondence, and confider my interelts a» your
own, and me as your brother, I am unable now to write a
longer letter; when my mind is more tranquil, T thall com-
municate to you fuch thoughts as may occur.

* Tn the mean time, love me, and adeavour to be com-
forted yourfelf. Be affured, if it were in my power, that
I would try to contribute that to your confolation, which
I am unable to receive myfelf.”’

In a letter to his brtitlite Leopold, apologizing to him
for the renunciation of the Romanina’s intended kindnefs,
he fays, “ I ought not to abufe the partiality of my poor
deceafed friend, at her hufband’s expence; and God, I
truft, will permit me to profper by fome other means, for
my integrity.”

To a friend at Rome, on the fubjeét of his affli&tion, he
fays, “ I am now placed in the world as in a populous de-
fert, and in that kind of defolation in which a man, if he
were tranfported in his fleep to China or Tartary, would
find himfelf in waking, among people of whofe language,
inclinations, and manners, he was quite ignorant.’’

If platonic affetion can fubfift in human nature, we may
fuppofe it poffible, perhaps, to have been realized between
the poet and fuch a female friend as the Romanina; who,
by what we can gather from Metaftafio’s letters, feems to
have poffeffed a ftrong mind and great rectitude of heart.

The folemn manner in which & pious and moral a man as
Metaftafio fays in his letter to a’ Roman friend, “‘ In the
midit of my gloomy imaginations, reafon enough is left to
tell me who, and what 1 am; but that is not fufficient to
free me from affli€tion. May God, in-whofe hands are all
events, turn this affi€tion to my benefit, and teach me by
fuch a manifeftation, what a vain hope it is to form fyftems
of happinefs, without his affiftance.”” The late Mr. Mafon,
on reading this paflage, regarded it as a proof that there had
been nothing criminal between them.—* Such a man as Me-
taftafio, writing to a friend, would have expreffed in this
place fome compunétion, at leaft he would not have invoked
the Deity in fuch a folemn manner.”

~We have dwelt the longer on this incident in the poet’s
life, which places him, like Alcides, between virtue and
vice, in hopes that a charaéter, fo exemplary during every
other period of his exiftence, may, for the honour of hu-
manity, defcend fpotlefs to pofterity. In all other refpe&s,
his private virtues merit equal praife with his poetry, which
has fo long delighted the moft polifhed and refined in-
habitants of Europe.

Among the anecdotes, indeed, that were publifhed after
his deceafe, concerning the ptivate life of our admirable
bard, fome peculiarities have been related, which feem too
ferious for ridicule, and from which we fhould be forry,
for his honour, and for the honour of human nature, not to
be able to defend him. What a difgrace to pra¢tical virtue
and benevolence would it be, to find a writer, whofe works
breathe the pureft principles of virtue and morality, and
whofe life, during his long refidence at Vienna, was unim-
peachably innocent, and conftant in the exercife of religious
duties, to want, not only filial and fraternal affeGion, but
even thofe common and laudable partialities for his kindred
and countrymen, to which the moft vulgar minds are na-
turally prone! It has been faid with a degree of levity,
perhaps more to enliven a period than from conviétion, ora
with to degrade the poet’s moral character, that * he re-
fufed to hear, and took pains not to know, whether he had,
in his latter days, any relation left in the world.” But in
his correfpondence, publifhed by his executor fignor Giu-

feppe Martinetz, aulic counfellor, and firlt keeper of the
imperial library, there are letters to his father and brother,
fo full of filial and fraternal affeétion, as completely confute
fuch hafty and unjuft charges.

The year 1733 feems to have been extremely fertile in
the Parnaffian domains of our bard. Not only the operas
of « !'Olympiade”’ and “ Demofoonte,” with the oratorio
of « Giuleppe Ricenofeito,"’ but bis charming canzonet,
La Liberta,”’ were all produétions of this year. This
celebrated canzonet, “ Grazie agl’ inganni tuoi,’ was firlt
fet by the poet himfelf, but foon after by all the great com-
pofers of fealy, as a Venetian ballad, a canzonet, a duo,
and a cantata, to much more elaborate and fanciful mufic
than that of the poet: yet his own melody, which has been
compofed more than feventy years, has {till its merit; and,
compared with airs of the fame period and kind, is fuperior
to molt of them in elegant fimphcity.

In 1734, befides his ufual occupations, we find, by his
letters, that he was obliged, in the greateft hafte, to write
an entertainment for mufic, to be performed by the arch-
ducheffes, and to inftru&, direé&t, and affit them. “ Bat
in truth,” he fays, ‘it is a pleafure which no other can
equal, to have fuch an opportunity of feeing and admirin
the excellent qualities of thefe auguft princeffes. I fhoul
not elfe have believed it peffible to meet with fuch attention,
docility, patience, and gratitude. Oh, how many people,
of the fixteenth rank, have I known, who were not poffeffed
of the thoufandth part of the courtefy of thefe incomparable
perfonages! They have a¢ted and fung like angels, and it
was truly facrilege, that the whole world was not permitted
to admire them ; for the feftival was extremely private, as
none but the Vienna ladies of the higheft rank were able to
obtain admiffion, and even thefe were in mafks. As a re-
turn for inftruéting their ferene highneffes, I was prefented
with a gold fnuff-box, of about fourfcore hungheri (near
~) in weight; but the workmanfhip is of much more
value.”’

This little dramatic poem was'called “ Le Grazie Vendi-
cate,’’ fet by Caldara, and performed by the two arch-
ducheffes, Maria Terefa, afterwards emprefs-queen, and her
fifler Marianne, with another lady of the court.

In the year 5734 he produced, for the emperor's birth-
day, “ La Clemenza di Tito.”

Tt feems as if the charaéter and court of Charles VI. had
direéted the mufe of Metaftafio to chufe a virtuous prince
for the principal hero of moft of the mufical dramas that
were reprefented in the imperial theatre. The emperor was
a religious prince, and a rigid obferver of decorum himfelf,
which confequently kept licentioufnefs at a diftance from his
court. And the poet, naturally a friend to virtue and mo-
rality, feems to have gratified his own feelings, by con-
forming to the ferious fentiments of his imperial patron.

In 1735 he produced, by command of the emprefs Eliza-
beth, a little opera, with three charaéters only, entitled
“ Le Cimefi,” for the fame two archducheffes and a lady
of the court to perform, as an introduétion to a Chinefe

et.

The fame year he furnifhed «*11 Palladio confervato,” and
* Il Sogno di Scipione,’”’ pieces written for the celebration
of the emperor and emprefs’s name-day. Thefe were a
kind of birth-day odes, but in a dramatic form, in which
the praife was delicately difguifed in a fable or allegory.

In 1736, his “ Themiftocles,” fet by Caldara, firft ap-
peared; but while this was performing, Metaitafio had
another tafk affigned him, the difficulties of which he fre-
quently related to his friends, many years after.

To Betinelli, the printer, he writes: * I fend you a copy

of

METASTASIO.

of the opera of ¢ Achille in Sciro,? which I have been
obliged to write in eighteen days and a half, for the nup-
tials of the archduchefs Terefa with the duke of Lorrain.
Three months, which I ufed to allow myfelf for writing an
opera, were never fufficient to finifh it to my mind: imagine
whether it was poffible to fatisfy myfelf with this.’

The admirable drama of ‘ Ciro Riconofciuto” was a
produétion of this period.

It feems as if 1737 had been a fabbatical year for our
author and his mufe; for none of his poetical works bear
that date, nor do any of his letters of that period appear in
the colleétion. EN)

In 1738 and 1739 he produced feveral {mall occafional
pieces, chiefly for the archducheffes to perform; which,
though elegantly written, have not been of that general ufe
to the reft of Europe, which fell to the lot of*moft of his
operas on a larger {cale, for want of length and more cha-
racters.

In 1740, however, his dramatic mufe was better em-
ployed, and more propitious: for, befides the opera of
« Zenobia,’”’ and the oratorio of “ Ifacco,’’ he wrote “ Il
Natale di Giove,’’ and the opera of ‘ Attilio Regolo,’’ for
the birth-day of the emperor Charles VI.; but that prince
dying before it had been reprefented, it was laid afide, and
not performed till 1750, when it was fet by Hafle, for the
court of Drefden.

The poet laments the death of his patron with great fenfi-
bility, in a letter to a friend. Indeed it was a calamity to
all Europe, by the general war which immediately en-
fued.

This prince found in Metaftafio a man who encouraged
and confirmed his love of virtue, decorum, and propriety ;
and Metaftafio found in his patron a prince fufceptible of
receiving his recommendations of the moral and focial, as
well as the heroic virtues. Indeed the poet and the patron
feem to have been formed for each other.

Between the death of this emperor, in 1740, and 1745,
when prince Charles of Lorrain, confort to the emprefs-
queen, was eleéted emperor, by the title of Francis I., the
court of Vienna had little leifure fer being amufed by the
peaceful arts of poetry and mufic. We find, among the
poet’s works, but two complete dramas written during all
that time: ‘ Antigono,’? and ‘ Ipermettra.” One of
thefe, “ Antigono,’? was written exprefsly for the court of
Drefden. Both were fet by Hafle, who ranked high in the
favour of Metaftafio, as a great compofer and intelligent
man.

Our author’s poetical produGtions in 1746 confift only of
his two beautiful canzonette, ‘ La Partenza,’’ and “ La
Palinodia a Nice,’’ thirteen years after he had fo pioufly and
elegantly thanked the gods for difcovering to him her inf-
delities, in his «* Grazie agl’ inganni tuoi.” ,

His correfpondence with the celebrated Farineili began
in 1747, to whom 38 of his letters are addrefled, in the
fixth volume of his correfpondence, which feem the moft
affeGtionate and confidential in the colle&tion. ‘The poet
and mufician were nearly of the fame age. And having
begun their career of fame and fortune together at Naples,
in 1723, they, from that circumiftance, ever after called
each other Gemello, or Twin, in their corre{pondence,
which lafted to the end of their lives. Many of the poet’s
letters were addreffed to the great finger at Madrid, where,
during two fucceffive reigns, he enjoyed the higheft favour.
See FARINELLI.

The bleflings of peace, after the feven years’ war, re-
vived at Vienna the innocent pleafures of the lyric theatre ;
and in 1751 produced Metattafio’s beautiful opera of « I

Re Paftore,”? which was followed, in 1752, by ‘“ ’Eroe Ci-
nefe.”? Thefe were performed in the imperial theatre by
perfons of the higheft. diftin@ion, fome of whom are faid
greatly to have furpaffed, in many particulars, profeffed —
opera fingers of the firft rank.

In 1756, at the requeft of his friend Farinelli, and with
the permiffion of his imperial patrons, he furnifhed the
court of Spain with a new opera, entitled ‘ Nitteti,”
which was brought on the ftage there, with the utmoft
fplendour and magnificence, under Farinelli’s dire€tion.

The laft three operas written by Metattafio, were * Il
Trionto di Clelia,?’ in 1762; “* Remolo ed Erfilia,”” 1765 5
and “ Il Ruggiero,” in 1771; which were performed at
three feveral places: the firft at Vienna, on the delivery of
Ifabella of Bourbon, firft confort of the emperor Jofeph IT. ;
the next at Innebruck, on the marriage of the grand duke
of Tufcany with Maria, Infanta of Spain; and the laft at
Milan, on the nuptials of the archduke Ferdinand with
Beatrice, princefs of Modena, which terminated the dra-
matic labours of our admirable lyric bard.

His other poetical compofitions, which are very nu-
merous, confift of oratorios, occafional fhort lyric pieces,
hymns, and facred fongs, cantatas, epithalamia, fonnets,
canzoni, complimentary verfes, &c., all replete with ele-
gance, refined ideas, and every beauty of numbers which
the Italian language fo copioufly can furnifh, and melody
requires.

Among his profe writings, the extracts from Ariftotle’s
Poetics, aud the Ars Poetica of Horace, are the principal ;
and thefe will long remain indifputable proofs of his learn-
ing, good tafte, and perfect comprehenfion of the laws pre-
{cribed by thefe great mafters, which he explains with the
utmott clearnefs and practical utility; giving fenfe to many
paflages that were thought ob{cure and unintelligible.

In all his produétions, religion, government, found policy,
morals, manners, and even innocent prejudices, are fo highly
re{peGted, that the moft extreme delicacy never finds the
leaft fentiment that can offend or alarm. His doétrines and
practice in thefe particulars fo perfeétly agreed, that he
conttantly difcountenanced in converfation all tendency to
licence, difrefpeét, and difputation on moral and facred
fubjeéts, though naturally cheerful, and pleafantly metapho-
rical, in his converfation. This being his invariable prac-
tice during his long refidence at Vienna, excited as much
eagernefs in travellers of all ranks to fee and converfe with
him, as the renown which he had juftly acquired by his
writings.

He was honoured with teftimonies of refpeét and admi-
ration from almoft all the fovereigns in Europe, where the
Italian language and mufic were known, which he received
with the utmoft humility and gratitude.

Such were the delicacy and conftancy of his friendly at-
tachments and intercourfe, that death could only diffolve
them. The princefs di Belmonte Pignatelli, the countefs
d’Althan of the fame illuftrious family, who knew and
patronifed him in his early youth; count Canale, baron
Hagen, and count Perlas, who fpent all their evenings with
him at Vienna during their’ feveral lives; Farinelli, his cor-
re{pondent of 50 years duration, count Algaroiti, and his
brother, the advocate, Leopoldo, to whom 48 of his letters
are extant ;. all thefe affections were habitual and deeply
rooted in his heart. :

His whole life appears to have been of that even tenour,
which nothing but great accidents or public calamities could
difturb. His veneration and gratitude for his patronefs, the
emprefs queen, feem, during the laft years of his life, to
have been the ftrongeft paffions to which he gave admiffion

" In

METASTASIO,

in hie brealt. When unfortunate in war, or on account of
the ficknefs or death of any of her family, he way as much
agitated as any of her molt faithful and belt fubjetts. But

en her own life was endangered by difeafe, his equani-
mity and philofophy totally left him, Then yielding to the
natural fenfibility and ceriderdelG of a heart, neither chilled
by apathy, nor petrified by ftoicifm, he became a common
man; not too ftubborn for afliAion, or too proud and ob-
. durate for the impreffions of calamity. The ficknefs of his
brother, and death of the countefs d’Althan, are likewife
iluftrations of this occafional fenfibility.

His converfation was ufually feientifie, turning on new

coveries, new books, pleafing events, but rarely on cala-

“mity or unpleafant topics. By this means he kept his
paffeone and affegtions in equilibrio, obtained profperity in
youth, and veneration in old age.

Though his longevity had extended to 84, yet his facul-
ties were fo entire, his perfon fo free from any appearance
of decrepitude, ftill poffeffing a florid countenance, and his
accultomed eloquence, and ofp fl languaye in converfation,
that he was expected to have many years in ftore ; but on the
ft of April, 1782, returning from his conttant evening
vifit to count Perlas, he eskeplaides of a chillinefs, eat very
little at fupper, and went to bed at bis ufual hour ot
12 o'clock. =“ The next morning, (fays mademoifelle Mar-
tinetz in her letter to Farinelli, giving him an account of
his friend’s deceafe,). he called for my elder brother, Giu-
feppe, and confulted him whether he had belt rife and go
to church, as he had intended, it being Ealter Sunday ;
but was advifed ‘by him to remain in bedy as his pulfe was
very quick: an hour after the fever increafed to fuch a de-
gree, that it deprived him cf {fpeech, and he remained op-
preffed by a heavy lethargic fleep, which continued during
two days, with fhort intervals, in which he was only able
to take the medicines prefcribed by Dr. Molinari, -his phy-
fician. The fever diminifhed fo much on the morning of
the fifth day, that “he became-tranquil, {poke freely, con-
verfed with fome of his friends, who vifited him, and was
able, after dinner, to have the facrament adminiftered to
him. You may imagine, fir, what great confolation this
afforded us; but our hopes were of {hort duration, for at
night the fever returned with fuch violence, that every day

‘he became more lethargic, and baffled all the {kill of the
moft able phyficians, who met in cenfultation; fo that on
the rath of April, between 11 and 12 o’clock at night, he
finally, without much agony, expired.”
~\Metaflafio, lamented by all who~knew or had heard of
him»at Vienna, was interred at the parifh church of St.
Michael, the 14th of April. The funeral rites were performed
with fplendour, by his grateful heir, fignor Jofeph Martinetz,
in defpite of the poet’s injunctions, who had forbidden all
Kind of pomp. The inheritance of fignor Martinetz con-
fifted in a well-furnithed habitation, a*coach, horfes, a
great quantity of princely prefents, a very ample and fele&
colle&tion of books, with a capital of 130,000 florins ;
from which, however, were to be deduéted, 20,000 for
each of the executor’s filters, and 3000 for each of his
younger brothers. ? ; 5d

‘The poct’s attachment to the’ Martinetz family was of
long‘ftanding. In the year 1730, on his arrival at Vienna,
the firft houfe in which he took up his refidence, was that
of fignor Nicold Martinetz, mater of the ceremonies to
the apoltolic nuncio in that city. The eldeft fom of this
ee he appointed his heir,’ jointly with his -eldeft

ifter, fignora-Mariauna Martinetz, educated under his eye,
atid univerfally admired for her talents and accomplifhments,
particularly in mufic, not only as an excellent -perfornier. on

the harpfichord, and an exquilite finger, but for her genius
and abilities in compofition, the was an eléve of the great
Dr. Haydn, who refided three years under the fame roof
with Metattafio during her mufical fudies ; and had leffons
in finging from the celebrated Porpora, who had many years
before been the-poet’s own mufic mafter, The paidedicns
of mademoifelle Martinetz were communicated to, and ap-
fron by the greate(t matters of Italy, and her name is in-
cribed asa member of the Philharmonic academy in Bologna
and Mantua. :

Signor Saverio Mattei, the moft ufeful of Metaltafio’s
biographers, though he rather gives advice to otbers, with
loofe’ and indigefled materials, than a regular life of the

et, fays, that “ whoever wilhes to acquire an exa&

nowledge of his. cuftoms, manners, way of life, opiniens
of himfelf and others ; of his precilion in fulfilling hie duties,
of the changes id his fortune, his application, and the dif-
ferent degrees of favour with which his feveral produAtions
were at firft received, their chronology, the influence they
had on the talte of Italy, and on that of all Europe, with
refpeét to the melodrama, or lyric ftage, can only acquire
fuch information by the perufal of his Then?

“ His Letters ({ays the abate Criftini, the moft accurate
and ample of all,his. biographers, and editor of the Nice edi-
tion of his works) will do honour to all Italy, while they dif.
cover his moft intimate attachments, his mot fecret thoughts,
his fayourite opinions, and the hiftory of a man who was all
heart and all virtue... |

“ His, genius ({ays figaor Arteaga, Revol. del Theatro
Muf. Ital.) may be compared to the goddefs Chloris of
the Greeks, who,’ in flying through the air, f{cattered rofes
wherever fhe went.’” The fame grace, facility, and elegance
of {tyle appear in his profe, as have rendered his poetry fo
juftly celebrated. Till we faw thefe Letters, we ufed to
think that there was no Italian profe fo eafy to comprehend
and conftrue, by young ftudents in the language, as the
dramas of Metaftafio; but we are now convinced, that, in
point of facility, the profe of our author is to his own
poetry, what the profe of others is to their verfe.

What renders thefe Letters infinitely more natural and
fatisfactory is, that, like the Epiftole Familiares of Cicero,
they were not written with the leaft view to publication ; as
is manifeft by the lively complaints which he makes to his
correfpondents, who, for the gratification of their own
vanity, had betrayed his confidence.

Few writers have been fortunate enough to enjoy the fa-
vour of the public fo completely during their lives, as) Me-
taftafio. But this felicity is not to be more afcribed, per-
haps, to the excellence of his writings, than to his modetty,
candour, and determination neither to give nor take offence
by cenfuring the productions of others, er refenting the
cenfures of his own. He feems to have feen, with due hor-
ror, the effects of literary war on the, combatants.

That celebrity which he enjoyed fo indifputably durin
life, was not diminifhed by his; deceafe ; his works are itil
in every hand: the philofopher,. the courtier, the: bigot,
the man of the world, aultere and gallant females, all equally
read them, and all, find them equally beautiful. His moral
maxims are daily cited, and his produGtions are become the
code of jovers. The fetting and finging his verfes, have
rendered Pergolefi, Vinci, Jomelli, Sacchini, and Farinelli,
Caffarelli, Pacchierotti, and Marchefi, as celebrated in all
parts of Europe, as Corneille, Racine and Voltaire. Had
his dramas been regular tragedies, written for declamation,
without mafic, perhaps we fhould never have heard of them,
ia England : but mufic being an univerfal language through.
out Europe, they are certainly obliged to the compofer-and

. finger

MET

finger for a great part of their fame, at leaft out of Italy,
notwithftanding the complaints of Metaftafio himfelf, and
the admirers of tragedy, who are inimical to mufic, that
they have been injured by compofers and performers. Par-
ticular operas, and perhaps, at fome time or other, all
his dramas, may have fallen into the hands of compofers
without genius, and fingers without talents; but upon the
whole, excellently written as are Metaftafio’s dramas, and
exquifite as is the Italian language, it muft be owned, that
mufic has been the vehicle in which the operas of Metaftafio
have travelled into foreign countries. Cato, Regulus, The-
miftocles, Artaxerxes, Olimpiade, and Demofoonte, are
allowed to breathe a true tragic fpirit, even through
the effeminate languor of lengthened tones and long divi-
fions; but it is in the perufal, perhaps, not the vocal per-
formance, that the force and beauty of Metaftafio’s dra-
matic fcenes have been difcovered out of Italy. When an
air has been encored, it has not been for the beauty of the
poetry, but the compofition or performance of that air.
It muft be allowed, however, without the leaft dedudtion,
that Metaftafio’s genius, good talte, and found judgment,
firft achieved the difficult tafk of rendering fo wild and
incongruous a compound of feemingly heterogeneous in-
gredients and abfurdities, as an opera, a rational enter-
tainment.

Even the church has defended the morality of Metaf-
tafio’s dramas. The ci-devant Jefuit, father Cordaro, in
his eulogy of our poet, fays, “I well know that he has
been accufed by fome of having brought the paffion of love
too forward in his dramas, at the rifk of feducing and enervat-
ing the heart and virtue of the hearers. How fhall we defend
him from this charge? He would certainly have done better,
if he could have confined himfelf to the love of glory, and
of our country, in difplaying the virtues of valour, fidelity,
and conftancy, without meddling with the follies of lovers.
But there are certain noble affeGions, concerning which,
the vulgar have but little knowledge, and lefs tafte. On
the contrary, every one underftands love ; and without that
feafoning every reprefentation, at prefent, feems infipid.
It is the predominant paffion of the times. He was per-
haps neceffitated to comply with it ; but with what precau-
tion and referve! Has an unchafte word ever efcaped him?
Or an idea that is not ftriétly within the limits of the moft
perfect delicacy? This may be faid of his fecular dramas
taken from profane ftory; but his facred dramas are not
only exempt from blame with ref{pe& to the paffion of love,
but fufficiently pure in morals and doétrine, to ferve as cor-
reétives to whatever the moft morofe critics may objeét to
his produ¢tions for the ftage.”’

The chronology and moral obje# of each drama is in-
dicated in the Englifh Memoirs of his Life and Writings,
vol. ili. p. 316. &c.

We dare extend this article no farther. Our biogra-
phical articles fhould doubtlefs, in general, be confined to
the battles of heroes, and books of the learned; but Me-
taftafio’s private charaéter, meriting as much difplay as his
public produétions, we could not in our fketch of his life
help ftopping on the road to look about us, and admire the
Beautiful views which a life well {pent affords,

METASTASIS, in Medicine, peraorecic, fignifies a
tranflation or tranfition of difeafe from one part of the body
to another, the part firft affected recovering its natural func-
tions at the time when the other begins to be difeafed.

Thefe tranfitions of difeafe have been noticed from the
earlieft hiftory of the praétice of medicine ; and the writings
of Hippocrates abound with inftances of the fa&, and with
practical precepts, deduced from a careful obfervation of the

MET

confequences that enfue under the various circumftances
of their occurrence. The older writers, who afcribed all
difeafes to the exiftence of a morbid matter, which, in what-
ever part it prevailed, gave rife to peculiar local fymptoms,
readily explained thefe inftances of metaftafis, upon the fup-
pofition that the morbid matter was fubftantially tranflated
from the part firlt difeafed to the feat of the new affeGtion :
indeed, this tranflation of the difeafe was deemed by them
one of the proofs of the exiftence of a materies morbi.. But
we have already fhewn, at fome length, that the exiftence of
fuch a morbid matter, as the efficient caufe of difeafes, is
purely a gratuitous fuppofition, which more accurate inyef-
tigation has exploded ; and that the fact of the tranfition of
difeafe by what has been called metaffa/is, although not eafily:-
explained upon any hypothelis, is as fatisfactorily accounted
for on the principle of fympathy, through the medium of the
nervous fy{tem, which experiment has demonftrated, as upon
the notion of an actual transference of morbid matter, which
is hypothetically aflumed. See Humorax Pathology.

It is {carcely neceflary here to point out examples of the
metaftalis of difeafes, which are uniyerfally recognifed: fuch
are the fevere attacks of diforders in the ftomach, when the
inflammatory gout fuddenly difappears from the extremities ;
the occurrence of diarrhcea or dyfentery, upon the fudden
retroceffion of the meafles, or other extenfive eruption on the
fkin ; the appearance of epileptic convulfions upon the cef-
fation of the hemorrhoidal, or other habitual difcharge ;
the inflammation of the teftes in men, or of the mammz in
women, which enfues, when that of the parotid glands in the
difeafe called mumps, fuddenly difappears ; and other cafes
of a fimilar nature.

The tranfition by metaftafis, however, is only one of fe-
veral modes in which difeafes are converted into each other.
Of thefe we have already defcribed the varieties in a former
article, to which we refer the reader. See CONVERSION of
Difeafes.

METASTASIS, Merasacis, Remotio, in Rhetoric, is ufed for
the removing the blame from the perfon accufed to another
perfon, or Voce it upon fomething as a caufe. Thus,
Adam’s excufing himfelf by blaming Eve, is an example of .
the former ; and the laying the crime of drunkennefs upon
the wine, is an inftance of the latter.

METASTELMA,, in Botany, from plz, fignifying a
change, and stax, a crown, becaufe the ufual crown of
the ftamens being wanting, its place is fupplied by a five-
toothed appendage to the mouth of the corolla. Brown in
Wern. Tranf. v. 1. 52.—Clafs and order, Pentandria Digy-
nia. Nat. Ord, Contorte, Linn. Apocinea, Jufl.. Afclepiadea,
Brown.

Eff. Ch. Corolla bell-fhaped ; its mouth crowned with
five prominent teeth, oppofite to the finufes, running down
the tube. Crown of the ftamens none. Anthers tipped
with a membrane. Mafles of pollen compreffed, attached
Baebes taper points, pendulous, Stigma pointlefs. Fol-
icles... .

M. parviflorum. (Cynanchum parviflorum; Swartz Ind.
Occ. 537- Willd. Sp. Pl. v.1. 1258. Periploca fcandens,
nummulariz foliis, flore albo; Plum. Ic. 209. t. 215. f. 1.)
—Native of wild mountainous thickets in the Weft Indies,
in various iflands of which it was gathered by Plumier,
Swartz, Maffon, and Von Rohr. The /fem is fomewhat
fhrubby, twining to a great extent, fubdivided, flender,
bluntly quadrangular, fmooth like every other part of the
herbage ; its branches thread-fhaped, oppofite, {preading,
and twining. Leaves about an inch long, oppofite, diftant,
ftalked, ovate, entire, thin, fmooth on both fides, with one
rib, and feyeral tranfverfe veins, tipped with a minute,

ngid,

MET

rigid, awl-fhaped point. Umbels nearly feflile between the
footftalks, of about fix or eight (mall, ftalked, greenith.
white flowers, whofe fegments are acute, finely downy,
thickened at the edges, and reflexed. Mr. Brown com-
plains of the inaccuracy of Dr. Swartz's defeription of the
crown of the flower, and we have alfo to remark that the
umbels are, as the former truly fays, between the footttalks,
not axillary; and the leaves have a very confpicuous rib,
as well as numerous veins. ‘The name was given by Dr.
Solander, from whom, as well as Dr. Swartz, we have
{pecimens. :

METATARSIUS, in Anatomy, the abductor minimi
digit dis. See Anpucror.

ETATARSUM, in Natural Hiflory, a name given
by authors to a fort of {tone fuppofed to reprefent a human
foot. See Merarspium.

METATARSUS, in Anatomy, one of the divifions of
the foot. See Exrnemiries. trae)

METATEPEG, in Geography, a town of Mexico, in
the province of Guafteca; 50 miles S. of Panuco.

METATHESIS, Meraesis, formed of errs ur i
Sioisy pofition, tranfpofition, a grammatical figure, whereby
letters or trilablee ot a word a tranfpofed, or fhifted out
of their natural fituation ; as Evandre for Evander ; I pre

for pri

a a word ufed by medical writers for a change
of place in fuch humours, or other difeafed parts, as cannot
be abfolutely removed or fent off. Thus a metathefis of a
cataract is a depreffion thereof, fo that it no longer fhuts out
the light.

METATOR, among the Romans, a quarter-matter.
Out of every legion a tribune, and fome centurions, were
appointed to go before the army, in order to choofe a place
for a camp, and affign and mark out quarters to each
legion.

ETAWAUMKEAG, in Geography, a large northerly
branch of the river Penobfcot, in America.

METCHICOT, a lake of Canada.
W. long. 88° 30’.

ME CHIGAMIAS, a long narrow lake, or rather
dilatation of the northern branch of the river St. Francis,
in Louifiana, which falls into the Miffifippi from the N.W.
about four miles above Kappas Old Fort.

METE, a {mall ifland in the Arabian fea, near the coaft
of Adel. N. lat. 11° ro’. See BABELMANDEB.

METEARA, a town of Hindooftan, in Bahar; 23
miles 5.E. of Saferam.

METECAL, or Meticax, in Commerce, a weight for
gold, filver, and diamonds, in the Levant. At Aleppo it is
ufed for weighing pearls and ambergris, and is 14 drachm, or
93 Englith grains. At Damafcus, filver is fold by the
ounce of to pefi, or 6} metecalli, weighing 19 dwt. 4 gr.
Englifh troy. At Smyrna, gold and filver lace is fold by
the metical of 14 drachm avoirdupois, or 72 grains troy
weight, very nearly. See WeIGHs.

METEGAVEL, in our Old Writers, a tribute or rent
paid in victuals, which was a thing ufed in this kingdom, as
well with the king’s tenants as others, till the reign of king

~ Henry T.

The word is Saxon, mctagavel ; i. e. cibi gablum, feu veGigal.

METELAR, in Geography, one of the Laccadive iflands,
N. lat. 12° 18'. E. long. 72° 25'.

METELE, a town of Lithuania, in the palatinate of
Troki; 36 miles N. of Grodno.

METELEN, a town of Germany, in the bifhopric of
Munfter; 19 miles N.W. of Muniter. N. lat. 52° 14/.
E. long. 7° 10’.

Vou. XXIII.

N. lat. 50° 22!.

MET

METELIN. See Mirycene.

METELINOS, a town of the ifland of Samos; 2 miles
N.E. of Cora.

METELLUS, spcete Carciuius, in Biography, the
fon of L. Cercilius Metellus Calvus, was raifed to the con-
fulate, during the Jugurthine war, with M. Junius Silanus,
in the year B.C. 109. On cafting lots for the confular
provinces, that of Numidia fell to Ktetclius, who made im-
mediate preparations for retrieving the honour of the Roman
arms, which had lately fallen into difgrace through the { tc-
ceffes of Jugurtha. He was extremely careful in the feletion
of the officers to ferve under him, and chofe, among others,
of known military talents, the famous Marius, who, for
want of intereft, had for fome time remained unemployed at
Rome. Having reftored order and difcipline in his army, he
marched into the centre of Numidia, where he defeated and
difperfed the whole force commanded by Jugurtha in perfon.
When the confular year was ended, the command was con-
tinued to Metellus as pro-conful, and he purfued the plan of
ruining the country of Jugurtha, and cutting off his re-
fources. At length the circumftances of the Numidian
mes him to enter into a treaty with Metellus, by which
he delivered up all his elephants, a number of horfes and arms,
and all the dihacers from the Romanarmy. ‘The latter, to
the difgrace of the conqueror, were put to death, with great
cruelty. Jugurtha took the firft opportunity of appearing
again in arms, and the people rofe upon a Roman garrifon,
and maffacred the whole, excepting the commander "Forpilius
Metelius foon recovered the place, brought Turpilius to a
court martial, and caufed him to be put to death, on account
of which he underwent the keenelt remorfe : having been
influenced in his decifion rather by popular clamour than by
the flrict rules of juftice. Marius had been a leading ator
in the condemnation of Turpilius, and triumphed in the con-
fequences which it had upon the mind of Metellus, whofe
character with the people he endeavoured to injure. The
third year of his command was going on, and nothing decifive
had been effeGed. Of this his rival, Marius, made a handle,
and by his reprefentations to the people was able, not only
to procure his own eleétion to the confulate, but to obtain
a decree for his fuperfeding Metellus in the condu& of the
Numidian war. Metellus deplored his hard fate with tears.
He refufed to. fee his rival; delivered up his army by a lien-
tenant, and immediately embarked for Rome. He was re-
ceived with great honour by his friends and partizans, who
obtained for him the honour of atriumph. Being charged
with peculation by a tribune, he would have produced his
books in his own juftification ; but the Roman knights who
fat as his judges refufed to examine his accounts, declaring
that they confidered the whole tenor of his life as a fufficient
teftimonial of his innocence. Having paffed with honour
through his military career, there remained a trial of his
civic virtue and firmnefs, in which he obtained equal credit.
In the year B.C. 100, the moft violent meafures were car-
ried on by the popular leaders ; and the tribune Apuleius
Saturninus having prepared an Agrarian law, procured a
claufe to be previoufly paffed, that the fenate would fwear
to confirm whatever the people fhould ena&. Metellus op-
pofed the propofition ; the fenate, to a man, joined in a fimilar
oppofition. Marius, who had led them to this determination,
by pretending to entertain the fame fentiments, foon retracted,
and took the oath ; all the fenators, excepting Metellus, fol-
lowed his example. Metellus perfifting in his refolution was
condemned to banifhment. His friends offered to oppofe this
aé& of injuftice, but he declared that not a drop of blood fhould
be fpilt on his account. He faid, « either the ftate of public
affairs will change, and I fhall be recalled; or, if they remain

3F a8

MET

as they are, I fhall be better off any where than at Rome.”
He then paffed over to Rhodes, or Smyrna, where he pafled
his time in the ftudy of philofophy. In the following year,
a decree was pafled by a great majority for his return: the
news was brought to him while he was affifting at fome pub-
lic games, and though he was informed that the packet con-
tained pleafing intelligence, he would not open it till the
{petacle, perhaps a religious ceremony, was over. On his
return to Rome he was met at the gates by all the perfons
of diftinGtion in the city, and was accompanied to his houfe by
great crowds of people, and at the next confular eleétion the
public efteem for him was {hewn by accepting his recom-
mendation of one of his own name and family. After this,
we hear no more of this worthy man.

METEMPSYCHI, in Church Hiffory, heretics, who, in
imitation of the Pythagoreans, maintained the tranfmigration
of fouls. See MerempsycuHosis.

METEMPSYCHOSIS, Merculuxwors, formed of purta,
Beyond, and euluxw, I animate, or enliven, in the Ancient Phi-
lofophy, the paflage or tranfmigration of the foul of a man,
after death, into the body of fome other animal.

Pythagoras and his followers held, that, after death, men’s
fouls paffed into other bodies, of this or that kind, accord-
ing to the manner of life they had led. If they had been vi-
cious, they were imprifoned in the bodies of miferable beafts,
there to do penance for feveral ages; at the expiration
whereof, they returned afrefh to animate man. But if they
had lived virtuoufly, fome happier brute, or even a human
creature, was to be their lot.

What led Pythagoras to this opinion was, the perfuafion
he had, that the foul was not of a perifhable nature : whence
he concluded, that it muft remove into fome other body upon
its abandoning this. According to Empedocles, human fouls,
in the courfe of the tranfmigration to which they are liable,
may inhabit not only different human bodies, but the body
of any animalor plant. Lucan treats this doétrine as a
kind of officious lie, contrived to mitigate the apprehenfion
of death, by perfuading men, that they only changed their
lodging ; and only ceafed to live to begin anew life.

Reuchlin denies this do@rine ; and maintains, that the
metempfychofis of Pythagoras implied nothing more than a
fimilitude of manners, defires, and ftudies, formerly exifling
in fome perfon deceafed, and now revived in another alive.
Thus, when it was faid, that Euphorbus was revived in Py-
thagoras, no more was meant than that the martial virtue,
which had fhone in Euphorbus at the time of the Trojan
war, was now, in fome meafure, revived in Pythagoras, by
reafon of the great refpect he bore for the athletz. For thofe
people wondering how a philofopher fhould be fo much taken
with men of the {word, he palliated the matter, by faying,
that the foul of Euphorbus, i. e. his genius, difpofition, and
inclinations, were revived in him. And this gave occafion to
the report, that Euphorbus’s foul, who perifhedin the Trojan
war, had tranf{migrated into Pythagoras.

Ficinus afferts, that what Plato fpeaks of the migration
of a human foul into a brute, is intended allegorically, and
is to be underftocd only of the manners, affections, and
habits, degenerated into a beaftly nature by vice. Ser-
ranus, though he allows fome force to this interpretation,
yet inclines rather to underftand the metempfychofis of a
refurretion.

Pythagoras is faid to have borrowed the notion of a me-
tempfychofis from the Egyptians (fee Ecyrr) ; others fay,
from the ancient Brachmans. It is ftill retained among the
Banians, and other idolaters, of Indiaand China ; and makes
the principal foundation of their religion. (See Bracn-
wans, Banians, and Gentoos). So extremely are they

MET

bigotted to it, that they not only forbear eating any
thing that has life, but many of them even refufe to de-
fend themfelves from wild beafts. They burn no wood,
left fome little animalcule fhould be in it; and are fo very
charitable, that they will redeem from the hands of ftrangers
any animals that they find ready to be killed. See Pyrya-
GOREANS.

METEMPTOSIS, from pera, pof, and ximra, cado, I
fall, aterm in Chronology, exprefling the folar equation, ne-
Edom a to prevent the new moon from happening a day too

ate.

By which it ftands contradiftinguithed from proemptofis,
which fignifies the lunar equation, neceflary to prevent the
new moon from happening a day too foon.

The new moons running a little backwards, that is, com-
ing a day too foon at the end of three hundred and twelve
years and a half ; by the proemptofis, a day is added every
three hundred years, and another every two thoufand four
hundred years ; on the other hand, by the metemptofis, a bif-
fextile is fuppreffed each one hundred and thirty-four years ;
that is, three times in four hundred years. Thefe alterations
are never made but at the end of each century; that period
being very remarkable, and rendering the praétice of the
calendar eafy.

There are three rules for making this addition, or fuppre!-
fion, of the biffextile day, and, by confequence, for chang-
ing the index of the epacts. 1. When there is a metemp-
tofis without a proemptofis, the next following, or lower
index, muft be taken. 2. When there is a preemptofis
without a metemptofis, the next preceding or fuperior index
is to betaken. 3. When there are both a metemptofis and
a proemptofis, or when there is neither the one nor the other,
the fame index is preferved. Thus, in 1600, we had D ;
in 1700, by reafon of the metemptofis, C was taken; in
1800, there were both a proemptofis and a metemptofis ;
fo the fame index was retained. In tgoo, there will be
a metemptofis again, when B will be taken, which will be
preferved in 2000, becaufe there will then be neither the one
nor the other. This isas far as we need compute for it: but
Clavius has calculated a cycle of 301,800 years ; at the end of
which period, the fame indices return in the fame order.
See Epact.

METEOR, from perewpos, high, fublime, is a general
term ufed to fignify the tranfient, fiery appearances in the
heavens ; fuchas are denoted by the more particular names of

Shooting flars, globes of fire, ignes fatui, aurora borealis, &c.
The word is ufed by fome writers to fignify all the various
phenomena of the atmofphere, as clouds, rain, hail, &c, in which
cafe meteors are divided into fery and watery ; but this laft
diftin@tion is adopted by few. We fhall under this head
make a few obfervations upon the fiery meteors, or thofe more
generally defignated by the name meteor, and leave the other
to be confidered under the article METEOROLOGY.

The phenomena called /hooting or falling ftars bave been feen
by every one, as thefe meteors are vifible in greater or lefs
numbers every clear night ; they need not therefore be par-
ticularly defcribed. Thefe meteors are fo very tranfient, not
often exceeding one or two feconds in duration, that they
afford no opportunity for obfervations by which their altitude
can be determined w:th accuracy, and confequently we are in
a great meafure ignorant of theirheight. If a few intelligent
perfons were to agree to make the beft obfervations they
could on the altitudes of thefe meteors fome fuitable evening,
fuppofing the obfervers to be ftationed at the diftance of ten,
twenty, or more miles from each other, and to have their
watches, &c, duly adjufted, it is very probable that data

4 might

METEOR.

might be obtained to afcertain the height of thefe meteors,
within certain limits at leatt.

Though the general appearance of thefe meteors is that of
fara hooting or falling, yet they occafionally are obferved
of great magnitude and comparatively of long duration,
fometimes almoft as large aa the moon, and move through
a celeftial are of 100°, more or lefe. Aw an inttance of this
kind we may take the great meteor of Augult 18th, 1783,
an account of which was given in the Philof. T'ranfact. 1784,
by the late Mr. Cavallo, from his own obfervations, and
thofe of fome intelligent friends who a to be with
him,at Windfor. “ Onthe evening of the 18th of Augult
1783, we were {landing upon the N.E. corner of the above-
mentioned (Windfor) terrace. ‘The weather was calm, and
a bly warm ; the fky was ferene, excepting very near
the horizon, where a hazinefs jult prevented the appearance
of the ftars. A narrow, rugged, and oblong cloud ftood
on the N.W. fide of the heavens, reaching from the extre-
mity of the hazinefs, which rofe as high as 18 or 20 degrees,
and ftretching itfelf for feveral degrees towards the ealt, in a
direStion nearly parallel to the horizon. It was a little below
this cloud, ant confequently in the hazy part of the atmo-
fphere, about the N. by W. half W. point of the compafs,
that this luminous meteor was firlt perceived. Some flathes
of lambent light, much like the aurora borealis, were firft
obferved on the northern part of the heavens, which were
foon perceived to proceed from a roundifh luminous body,
nearly as big in diameter as the femidiameter of the moon,
and almoft ftationary in the above-mentioned point of the
heavens. It was then about 25 minutes after nine o’clock
in the evening. The ball at firlt appeared of a faint
blueifh light, perhaps from being jult kindled, or from
its appearing through the hazineis; but it gradually in-
creafed its light, and foon began to move, at firlt afcending
above the horizon in an oblique direGtion towards the eatt.
Its courfe in this direction was very fhort, perhaps of five or
fix degrees; after which it directed its courfe towards the
eat, and, moving ina direction nearly parallel to the horizon,
reached as far as the S.E. by E. point, where it finally dif-
appeared. The whole duration of the meteor was half a
minute, or rather lefs ; and the altitude of its track feemed
to be about 25 degrees above the horizon. A fhort time
after the beginning of its motion, the luminous body paffed
behind the above-mentioned fmall cloud, fo that during this
paflage we obferved only the light which was calt in the
heavens from behind the cloud, without a€tually feeing the
body from which it proceeded for about the fixth or at moit
the aft part of itstrack ; but as foon as the meteor emerged
from behind the cloud, its light was prodigious. Every
obje& appeared very diftiné ;“the whole face of the country,
in that beautiful profpec before the terrace, being inflantly
illuminated. At this moment the body of the meteor ap-
peared of an oblong form; but it prefently acquired a tail,
and foon after it parted into feveral fmall bodies, each having
a tail, or elongation ; and all moving in the fame direction,
at a {mall diftance from each other, and very little behind the
principal body, the fize of which was gradually reduced
after this divifion. In this form the meteor moved as far
as the S.E. by E. point, where the light decreafing rather
abruptly, the whole difappeared.

« During the phenomenon no noife was heard by any of
ourcompany, excepting one perfon, who imagined to have
heard a crackling noife, fomething like that which is pro-
duced by {mall wood when burning. But about ten minutes
after the difappearance of the meteor, and when we were jut
geing to retire from the terrace, we heard a rumbling noife,
as if it were of thunder at a great diftance, which in all pro-

bability was the report of the meteor's explofion ; and it may
be naturally imagined that this explofion haan when the
meteor parted into {mall bodies, vie. at about the middle of
ite track.

‘* Now if that noife was really the report of the explofion
which happened at the above-mentioned place ; the diftance,
altitude, courfe, and other particulars relating to this me-
teor, mull be very nearly fuch as are exprefied in the fol-
lowing lift; they being calculated with mathematical aceu-
racy upon the preceding particulars, and upon the {uppofition
that found travels at the rate of 1190 feet per fecond. But
if the noife we heard was not that of the meteor’s explo.
fion, then the following refults mult be confidered as quite
ufelefs and erroneous,

.

Diftance of the meteor from Windfor 4
caltle - - = } at adheres
Length of the path it defcribed in the ;
enna . « : t $50 miles.
Diameter of the luminous body, when a 4
it came out of the clouds = - ey eee
Its height above the furface of the ‘
poss. , : ; i 565 miles,

The explofion muft have happened perpendicularly ovet
Lincolnfhire.”’

The above account was written the day after the appear-
ance of the meteor ; and in his Natural Philofophy this au-
thor farther obferves, “ Thofe accounts which were fent
from various parts of this ifland, as alfo from the continent,
confirmed, as nearly as can be expeéted, the above-mention-
ed refults refpecting its fize, velocity, elevation, and explo-
fion over Lincolnfhire; but this meteor muft have certainly
had its origin much farther north than we imagined ; and in-
deed, on account of the intervening cloud, it was impoffible
for us to perceive it at an earlier part of its courfe. It is
alfo probable that it muft have gone or terminated at a much
greater diftance than it appeared to us; for as its light di-
minifhed until it vanifhed, we mutt naturally have lott fight
of it fooner than thofe who fteod farther fouth on the conti-
nent. The various accounts feem to eftablifh, that its courfe
commenced beyond the northern extremity of this ifland,
probably fomewhere over the northern ocean. It pafled a
little weftward of Perth, and perhaps a little eaftward of
Edinburgh; it proceeded over the fouth of Scotland,
Northumberland, the bifhopric of Durham, Yorkfhire,
Lincolnfhire, over which it feemed to have deviated gradually
to the weitward, and in the courfe of that deviation to have
fuffered the burfting or partition. It then paffed over Cam-
bridgefhire, Effex, and the ftraits of Dover, entering the
continent probably not far from Dunkirk, where, as well as
at Calais and Oltend, it was thought to be vertical. It was
feen at Bruffels, Paris, Nuits in Burgundy, and, it is faid,
even at Rome. Upon the whole, it muft have defcribed a
track upwards of 1000 miles in about half a minute ; an
altonifhing rate of going, vaftly {wifter than the motion of
found.” Vol. iv. p. 363.

In corroboration of the general accuracy of the above
account, the author of this article may add his teftimoay,
having been a witnefs of the meteor nearly during the whole
of its apparition from Kendal in Weftmoreland, a place, as
it fhould feem from the above account, fituated near to the
middle of the meteor’s track. The meteor, as feen from
thence, rofe near the N.W., moved nearly in the direétion
of the magnetic meridian, and difappeared in the S.E. The
apparent velocity was leaft at firft and at laft, and greateit dur-
ing the middle or highe? part of the track ; but the variation
was not more than what would arife ie really uniform

3F 2 velocity,

METEOR.

velocity, owing to the opticalillufion in fuch cafe. The greateft
altitude of the meteor feemed to be very nearly 50°, and its
duration was about half a minute, more or lefs ; its altitude,
when firft feen, might be about 15° or 20°, andnearly the
fame at its difappearance. The fky was quite clear, except
a hazinefs in the S.E. horizon ; the twilight was confider-
able ; yet the firft attention to the meteor arofe from obferving
the moving fhadow of a window frame. No fubfequent re-
port was heard ; but this might be from the attention being
at that time otherwife engaged. From a comparifon of ob-
fervations at different places, its height was eltimated to be
about 60 miles.

Upon the whole it may be pretty fafely concluded, that the
height of this meteor was not lefs than 50, nor more than
60 miles above the earth’s furface ; and that its motion yas
nearly in a horizontal dire€tion during the whole of its
courfe.

From the general refemblance of the {mall meteors or
fhooting ftars to the large globes of fire, except in fize and
duration, it can fcarcely be doubted that they are of the fame
nature. Whatever hypothefis may be laid down to explain
the one, mutt be expeéted to apply tothe other ; and if the
refults of the recent obfervations and inveftigations refpecting
the ftones fallen from the atmofphere are to be credited, thefe
laft phenomena are intimately conneéted with the former.

Dr. Halley conjeftured, that a flratum or train of inflam-
mable vapour, gradually raifed from the earth, and accumu-
lated in an elevated region, fuddenly ,took fire at one end,
and burning like a train of gunpowder, exhibited the me-
teoric phenomena. ( Philof. T'ranf. vol. 30. N 360.) But
this notion appears to have been entirely laid afide, as alto-
gether untenable.

In later times, fince the difcoveries in eleGtricity, meteors
have been very generally afcribed to that agent. There
feem, however, infuperable difficulties in explaining their
phenomena upon eleétrical principles. The air, at the height
of fifty miles, is probably 30,000 times more rarified than at
the earth’s furface ; in fuch circumftances, we are almolt
certain that the ele@ric fluid would either not pafs at all, or
pafs in a very thin, attenuated ftate, fo as to be far from ex-
hibiting that denfely luminous appearance which accompa-
nies all the meteors in the form of balls. But admitting that
iarge denfe balls of cleGtric fluid could be formed and con-
veyed through thefe high regions of the atmofphere, we
fhould {till be at alofs for materials to form thofe ponderable
metallic maffes which feem occafionally to be precipitated
upon the furface of the earth, after the appearance of the
meteor. ]

Profeffor Clap, late prefident of Yale college, in New
England, in his theory of meteors, fuppofes them to be
“‘terre(trial comets, revolving about the earth in the fame
manner as the folar comets revolve about the fun. That
moving in very excentric orbits, when in perigee, they pafs
through the atmofphere, are highly electrified, and confe-
quently become luminous. As they approach their lower ap-
fide, their eleGtricity is difcharged, the body difappears, and
a report is heard. This being admitted, it is not Arange
that, by the violence of the fhock, portions of the meteor
fhould be thrown to the earth, while the main body, not
fenfibly affeGted by fo {mall a lofs, continues to move on in
its orbit, and of courfe ceafes to be luminous.” Silliman on
Meteoric Stones, American Philof. Tranf. vol. 6. p 335.

In the Philof. Tranfa&t. 1784, Dr. Blagden has given
« An account of fome late fiery meteors; with obierva-
tions.” He confiders the meteors under the following heads,
in all of which he makes various appropriate obfervations.
1. Their general appearance. 2. Their path. 3. Their thape

or figure. 4. Their light and colours. ¢. Their height.
6. Their noife. 7. Their fize. 8. Their duration: and,
9. Their velocity. In difcuffing the opinions of philofephers
on the fubjeét, he refers to profeffor Clap’s, as follows :
« A ftrong objetion to this hypothefis of permanent revoly-
ing bodies, is derived from the great number of them there
muft be to anfwer all the appearances. Such a regular gra-
dation is obferved from thefe large meteors, which ftrike all
beholders with aftonifhment, and occur but rarely, down to
the minute fires, called fhooting ftars, which are feen without
being regarded in great numbers every clear night, that it
feems impoffible to draw any line of diftin€tion between
them, or deny that they are allof the fame nature. But
fuch a crowd of revolving bodies could fcarcely fail to an-
nounce their exiftence by fome other means than merely a
luminous train in the night, as for inftance, by meeting or
joftling fometimes near the earth, or by falling to the earth
in confequence of various accidents ; at lealt one might
expect they would be feen in the day-time, either with the
naked eye, or telefcopes, by fome of the numerous obfervers
who are conftantly examining the heavens. Another argu-
ment of great weight againft the hypothefis that fire-balls are
terreftrial comets, is taken from the great velocity. A body
falling from infinite {pace towards the earth, would have ac-
quired a velocity of no more than feven miles a fecond, when
it came within 50 miles of the earth's furface ; whereas thefe
meteors feem to move at lealt three times fafter. And this
objection, if there be no miftake in regard to the velocity of
the meteors, as I think there is not, abfolutely overfets the
whole hypothefis.”” Page 223.

Dr. Blagden proceeds to explain thefe meteors on the hy-
pothefis that they are eleGrical phenomena. His arguments
are; 1{t. From the great rapidity of their motion, which
feems to exceed any other we are acquainted with befides
that of ele¢tricity. 2dly. From certain ele&rical phenomena,
which fometimes accompany thefe meteors ; and 3dly. From
the conneétion which they have with the aurora borealis, or
northern lights. Thefe laft are well known to regard the
magnetic meridian ; and molt of the great meteors have been
obferved to move in a dire€tion nearly coincident with the
fame meridian. Upon this head he obferves ; “* the tenden-
cy towards the magnetic meridian, however, feems to hold
good only with regard to the largeit fort of fire-balls; the

maller ones move more irregularly, perhaps becaufe they
come further within the verge of our atmofphere, and are
thereby more expofed to the a¢tion of extraneous caufes.
That the fmaller fort of meteors, fuch as fhooting ftars, are
really lower down in the atmofphere, is rendered very pro-
bable by their fwifter apparent motion ; perhaps it is this
very circum{tance which occafions them to be imaller, the
eleGric fluid being more divided in more refifting air. But
as thefe maffes of eletricity, which move where there is
{carcely any refiftance, fo generally affe@ the direction of the
magnetic meridian, the ideas which have been entertained of
fome analogy between thefe two obfcure powers of nature,
feem not altogether without foundation.”’ P. 230.

Dr. Blagden concludes, that there are three regions of the
atmofphere, diftinguifhed by eleGtrical phenomena peculiar to
each. 1ft. The loweft region, in which the phenomena of
thunder and lightning occur. adly. The middle region,
where the fire-balls and fhooting itarsare obferved ; and,
gdly. The higheft region, where the aurora borealis difplays
a peculiar kind of eleGtric agency.

Though many of the arguments which Dr. Blagden has
advanced in favour of the hypothefis of eleGtricity being the
origin of meteors, are of confiderable weight, yet the cir-
cumftances which have fince occurred refpeGting the falling

of

METEOR.

of flones from the fey, effeétually remove one of his ob-
jections to the reception of profeflor Clap’s hypothetis ;
namely, that of the meteors not falling to the earth in
confequence of various accidents,’ and at the fame time they
rife up againit the eleétrical hypothefia; unlefs indeed an-
other be attached to it, that electricity condenfes and fufes
the earthy and metallic exhalations in the atmofphere, which
are thus precipitated to the earth's furface in greater or lefs
portions. ‘The other great objection to Clap’s hypothefis,
that of the velocity of fire-balls being greater than is
confiftent with a body revolving round the earth, however,
remains in full force, except it can be fhewn that the velocity
of meteors has been much overrated, From the law of gra-
vitation it is demonttrable, that the velocity of a body re-
volving round the earth cannot, even when in perigee, and
near the furface of the earth, be lefs than five, nor more
than feven miles per fecond. Hence, then, if the velocity
of a meteor exceeds feven miles per fecond, it cannot be a
body revolving in an orbit round the earth, It does not ap-

ear, however, to be fatisfaclorily afcertained that the ve-
ocity of fire-balls exceeds feven miles per fecond. It is not
perhaps going beyond probability to fay, that no obferver faw
the great meteor of Aug. 18th, 1783, for more than an ex-
tent of 200 miles ; as a proof, it may be remarked that the
burfting of the meteor, faid to have taken place over Lin-
colnfhire, was not obferved at Kendal, though the diftance
from the neareft point, or that of greateft apparent altitude,
was not more than roo miles. Now if the meteor took jo
feconds to move 200 miles, it gives 6} miles per fecond ;
which is within the required limits. And, farther, let thofe
who faw the meteor pafs nearly through the zenith,
endeavour to eftimate the time it feemed to take in pafling
through an are of 10°, or let the like obferyation be made
upon a fhooting ftar. Perhaps few, if any, will be found
to infift upon the time being fo little as one fecond ; at leatt
the writer of this article is not inclined to adopt the affirma-
tive from his own obfervation, But ro’ in one fecond would
correfpond only to eight miles of velocity, at the height of

o miles above the earth’s furface. It may therefore per-

aps be ftill deemed problematical, whether the velocity of
either the larger or fmaller meteors ever exceeds feven miles
per fecond; as alfo whether it ever falls fhort of five miles
per fecond. ;

Upon the whole, the hypothefis of fire-balls being fome-
thing of the nature of comets, that is, bodies revolving around
the earth in excentric orbits, appears in the prefent ftate of
the fcience to be as probable as any other. ‘The light and
heat acquired in paffing through the perigee might be va-
rioufly accounted for; but it would be premature to enter
into a difquifition on this head, as long as fuch doubts re-
main refpeéting the real velocity of this fort of meteors.
See Batts of Fire and FALLING Stones. ‘

Ignis fatuus is the name of a luminous meteor, faid to be
{een occafionally in the night, hovering over moift ground,
and about church-yards, ‘Though it is ftated by writers to
be acommon meteor, we find few authentic accounts of its
nature and .appearance ; and fome accounts are evidently
mixed with fuperftitious notions refpeéting the origin of the
meteor, and particularly with regard to its effects in miflead-
ing travellers. See Ignis fatuus for more on this head.

One of the mott f{plendid and mott furprifing of the lumi-
nous meteors is the aurora borealis, or northern lights. An
account of this meteor may be feen under the article AURORA
Borealis ; but as fome of the lateft, and perhaps the molt ac-
curate obfervations on thefe ftriking phenomena, have been
omitted in that account, it will be proper to introduce them
here. The obfervations are thofe of Mr. Dalton, publifhed

in his Meteorological Effays, 1793. ‘This diligent obferver
refided in the north of England (at Kendal), during a pe-
riod when thefe phenomena were very frequent ; namely
from 1786 to 1793. ‘The aurora borealis has feldom ap-
peared fince that period; and it thould feem, from the hif-
tory of this meteor, that it is one in fome way fubject to pe-
riodical apparition,

Mr. Dalton has given the times and appearances of the
aurora borealis, fome of them deferibed minutely, with ac-
companying obfervations on the variation of the magnetic

needle, It feems the number of the phenomena teen at
Kendal and Kefwick, was as under;
Number of
Aurore Horeales.

1786 16
1787 27
1783 53
1789 pen 45
1790 —_— 36
1791 37
1792 23

From fuch anumber of obfervations, and from thofe pre-
vioufly made by others, to be found in various philofophical
works, the author was enabled to generalize the phenomena
of the aurora borealis. He obferves, “ the appearances of
the aurora come under four different defcriptions. Firft, a
horizontal light, like the morning aurora, or break of day.
Secondly, fine, flender luminous beams, well defined, and
of denfe light; thefe continue 4, 4, or 1 whole minute,
fometimes at re{t apparently, but oftener with a quick lateral
motion. Thirdly, fla/bes pointing upward, or in the fame di-
rection asthe beams, which they always fucceed ; thefe are
only momentary, and have no lateral motion, but they are
generally repeated many times in a minute; they appear
much broader, more diffufe, and of a weaker light than
the beams; they grow gradually fainter, till they difap-
pear. Thefe fometimes continue for hours, flafhing at
intervals. Fourthly, arches, nearly in the form of rain-
bows ; thefe, when complete, go quite acrofs the heavens,
from, one point of the horizon to the oppofite point.

When an aurora takes place, thofe appearances feem to
fucceed each other in the following order: Firft, the faint
rainbow-like arches ; fecondly, the beams; and, thirdly, the
flathes ; as for the northern horizontal light, it will appear
in the fequel to confilt of an abundance of fla/bes or beams
blended together, owing to the fituation of the obferver re-
lative to them. Thefe diftin@ions, and the terms appro-
priated for them, mutt be kept in view, in attending to the
following phenomena.

Phenom. 1.—The beams of the aurora borealis appear, at all
places alike, to be arches of great circles of the {phere, with
the eye in the centre, and thefe arches, if prolonged up-
wards, would all meet in one point.

Phenom. 2 —The rainbow-like arches all crofs the magnetic
meridian at right angles: when two or more appear at once,
they are concentric, and tend to the magnetic eaft and weft :
alfo, the broad arch of the horizontal light tends to the mag-
netic eaft and weit, and is bife@ted by the magnetic meridian ;
and when the aurora extends over any part of the hemifphere,
whether great or fmall, the line feparating the illuminated
part of the hemifphere from the clear part, is half the cir-
cumference ofa great circle, crofling the magnetic meridiar
at right angles, and terminating in the magnetic eaft and
weit ; moreover, the beams apparently perpendicular to the
horizon, are only thofe on the magnetic meridian.

Phenom. 3.—That point in the heavens to which the beams
of the aurora appear to converge at any place, is the fame as

I that

MET

that to which the fouth pole of the dipping-ncedle points at
that place.

Phenom. 4.—The beams appear to rife above each other in
fucceffion, fo that of any two beams, that which has the
higher bafe has the higher fummit alfo, or its {ummit nearer
the point of concoutfe ; the angle fubtended by the length
of each beam is not the fame, it being greateft about half
way from the horizon to the zenith, and lefs above and
below ; alfo the beams to the fouth fubtend lefs angles than
thofe to the north, having the fame altitude. The greatett
angle to the north feems to be about 25° or 30°; and that to
the fouth 15° or 20°.

Phenom. 5.—Every beam appears broadeft at, or near, the
bafe or bottom, and to grow narrower as it afcends, in fuch
fort that the continuation of its bounding lines would meet
in the common centre to which the beams tend; yet the
fummit of the beam is not flat, but pointed; the higheft
beams feem about 3° broad, and the loweft 1°.

In order to derive the true fituation and pofition of the
feveral obje&ts prefented in thefe phenomena, it was necef-
fary to have recourfe to the principles of geometry or per-
fpective. Mr. Dalton premifes five propolitions. The firft
is to fhew that any line ina plane pafling through the eye,
appears in the heavens to be an arch of a great circle. The
other four propofitions relate to the per{pe¢tive appearance
ofone or more cylinders, fuppofed to be arranged upon a ho-
rizontal plane at any given elevation above the earth’s fur-
face, the cylinders being parallel to each other, and making
a given angle with the horizontal plane. The propofitions

. are illuftrated by fuitable diagrams, and demonftrated in the
ufual way. By a comparifon of the data of thefe propofi-
tions with the above phenomena, the author makes certain
inferences ref{peGting the aurora borealis, and draws fuch
conclufions as feem to be warranted by the eftablifhed me-
thods of reafoning in natural philofophy. Thefe are,

1. The luminous beams of the aurora borealis are cylin-
drical, and parallel to each other, at leaft over a moderate
extent of country.

2. The cylindrical beams of the aurora borealis are all
magnetic, and parallel to the dipping-needle at the places
over which they appear.

3. The height of the rainbow-like arches of the aurora,
above the earth’s furface, is about 150 Englifh miles.

4. The beams of the aurora are fimilar, and equal in
their real dimenfions to one another. ,

5. The diftance of the beams of the aurora from the
earth’s furface is equal to the length of the beams nearly.
This diftance is fubfequently eftimated at 75 miles.

6. That appearance which we have called the horizontal
light, and which is always fituate near the horizon, is nothing
but the blended lights of a group of beams, or flafhes, which
makes the appearanée of a large luminous zone.

The author next proceeds to develope, at fome length, an
hypothefis, by which he propofes to explain thefe wonderful
phenomena. It is ingenious, but cannot be confidered as
fatisfactory. Future inveftigation may derive from it fome ufe-
ful hints. ‘The following is a brief {ketch of it.

Mr. Dalton conceives an extremely fubtile elaftic fluid of
a ferruginows nature, or at leaft fuch as is capable of bein
aéted upon magnetically, to exift in the higher regions ot
the atmofphere ; perhaps without the verge of the common
atmofphere. That this elaftic fluid is collected into parallel
cylindrical beams, and horizontal rings, over the regions of
the earth near the magnetic pole, by virtue of the earth’s
magnetifm; and that the beams, &c. are preferved in their
due form and pofition, and diftin& from each other by their
mutual magnetic aétion. This fluid is fuppofed to be an

MET

imperfe& conduéor of eleétricity. When the ele€tricity of
the upper regions of the atmofphere is difturbed, it is fup-
pofed the eleétric fluid runs along thefe beams and rings
from one part of the atn.ofphere to another, to reftore the
equilibrium. The reafon why the diffufe flafhes fucceed the
more intenfe light of the beams, is becaufe the ele&ricity
difperfes the elementary particles of the beams in fome de-
pres which colle& again after the eleétric circulation ceafes.

ence too, he conceives, is the reafon of the flu€tuations of
the magnetical needle below, while the magnetifm of the
upper regions of the atmofphere is thus affected. The ge-
neral obfervations on the difturbance of the needle are ftated
as under.

1. When the aurora appears to rife only about 5°, 10°, or
15° above the horizon, the difturbance of the needle is very
little, and often infenfible.

2. When it rifes up tothe zenith, and paffes it there,
it never fails to be a confiderable difturbance.

3. This difturbance confifts in an irregular ofcillation of
the horizontal needle, fometimes to the ealtward, and then
to the weftward of the mean daily pofition, in fuch fort that
the greateft excurfions on each fide are nearly equal, and
amount to about half a degree each in this place.

4. When the aurora ceafes, or foon after, the needle re-
turns to its former ftation.

One fe€tion on the aurora borealis is deftined to the en-
quiry, How far the moon has an effe& in producing this me-
teor, or whether the phenomenon is influenced by the aerial
tides? It appeared that the average number of aurore ob-
ferved during the period of {pring tides, was to the number
obferved during the period of neap tides, as 4 to 3. Alfo,
it appeared that fpring and autumn (feafons in which the
tides-are ufually higheft) are moft favourable for the pro-
oie of this meteor, as may be feen by the following
table.

Number of Number of
Aurore. Aurore,
January 18 July 2)
February 18 Auguft 21
March 26 September 23
April 32 O€tober 36
May 21 November 38
June 5 December 9

Some of the moft fplendid appearances of the aurora bo-
realis were obferved in a troubled and rather tempeftuous ftate
of the atmofphere ; but it did not appear in general that this
meteor affords any decifive prognoftic of the weather. See
AurorA Boreatis, Fauiine Stones, &c. _Alfo, for other
luminous meteors, fee Rarnpow, Hato, Parueiia, Zo-
pracaL Licur, &c. ‘

METEORIC Sronss. See FALuine Stones.

METEORISMUS, in Medicine, from peréweoc, fublimis,
has been applied by medical writers to that tumid ftate of the
belly, arifing from flatulence, which diftends only the upper
parts, as the pit of the ftomach and the hypochondriac re-
gions, See Sauvages Nofol. Method, clafs x. gen. 16, who
has made four fpecies of Meteorifmus: alfo Caitelli Lexic.
Med. Art. Meteoros.

METEOROLOGICAL Journat, is a table recording
the daily ftate of the air, exhibited by the barometer, ther-
mometer, hygrometer, anemometer, and other meteoro-
logical inftruments. We have many journals of this kind
kept at the houfe of the Royal Society, and by different
obfervers in other places, in the Philofophical Tranfa€tions,
the Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences, and fimilar pub-
lications,

METEOR.

METEOROLOGY.

METEOROLOGY is a feience which treats of the
weather, or of the various affections and phenomena of the
atmofphere, a8 winds, clouds, rain, hail, /now, dew, thunder
and dighining, and the fiery meteors, The univerfal import-
ance of this {cience is acknowledged ; and it may be faid
that for 150 years paft, or fince the invention of the baro-
meter and the air-pump, almott every diflinguifhed natural
philofopher has contributed to its advancement, either by the
difeuffion of hypothefes or by the obfervation of faétu. The
difficulty, however, of forming a correét theory of the phe-
nomena of the atmofphere may eafily be conceived, when we
confider that it is requifite fora perfon to have a large col-
le&tion of faés, and an extenfive acquaintance with feveral
collateral {ciences ; for initance, with mechanics, pneumatics,
eledtricity, and chemiltry.

The principal inruments of ufe in meteorology are, the
barometer, by which the weight or preffure of the atmo-
{phere over any place is known; the thermometer, which
afcertains the temperature of the air; the hydrometer, to
denote the moilture or drynefs of the air; the pluviameter,
or rain-gauge, to meafure the depth of rain that falls ; the
evaporation-gauge, to fhew the depth of water evaporated ;
the Pvind-diak to point out the direétion of the wind; the
anemometer, to meafure its force ; and the electrometer, to
afcertain the kind and intenfity of electricity inthe air. See
thefe different inftruments defcribed under their appropriate
heads.

In order to form a proper notion of the phenomena of the
atmofphere,. as exhibited at any one place, it will be necef-
fary to obtain a correét notion of the atmofphere itfelf at
large. It appears to be a collection or mixture of various
elaitic fluids in very different proportions, retained on the
furface of the earth by their gravitation. The principal part
ofthe weight of the atmofphere arifes from the permanently
elaltic fluids, azotic gas, and oxygenous gas, the quantities
of which are as 4 to 1 nearly: about one part in a thoufand
of the atmofphere is conftituted of another permanently
elaftic fluid, carbonic acid. The refit of the atmofphere
confifts of aqueous vapour or fteam, an elaftic fluid fubje&
to partial condenfation by a diminution of temperature.
‘The quantity of this elaftic fluid is variable at different places
and in different feafons; it may perhaps conftitute =,th of
the weight of the whole atmofphere, confidered asa general
average for the earth; but in fome places within the torrid
zone it may amount to ,1,th of the weight of the incumbent
atmofphere ; and in the polar regions may fometimes be lefs
than y535,dth part of the atmofphere. It is this portion of
the atmofphere which more immediately occafions fome of
the principal phenomena in meteorology, particularly clouds,
rain, hail, fnow, dew, and thunder and lightning : it has con-
fiderable influence on the temperature of the atmofphere ;
but it has little effeét in the produdtion of winds, or on the
variation of the barometer.

The atmofphere decreafes in denfity as we afcend ina
geometrical progreffion to equal afcents. As far as expe-
rience warrants the conclufion, the feveral kinds of gas de-
ereafe in denfity in the fame ratio: thus, if at three miles in
height, the weight of the atmofphere is one-half what it is
at the earth’s furface; then will the proportions of the
feveral elaftic fluids found in a given volume of air, at that
place, be the fame as what they are ‘in a like volume of air
taken at the furface of the earth; all the kinds being di-
minifhed one-half nearly in weight and denfity. This con-
clufion is not, perhaps, ftriGly true for every height, nor
Yor any two heights ; but experiments have not been made
with fufficient accuracy to afcertain the deviation from this
law. At fix miles elevation the barometer would ftand at

} the height at the furface, or at 74 inches; at g miles of
elevation, 34 inches; at 12 miles, 1finch; and at 15 miles,
nearly tinch. Hence it feems that the greateft part of the
atmofphere is at all times within 15 or 20 miles of the furface
of the earth 5 and it is probable that the ordinary phenomena
of winds, clouds, rain, &c. are chiefly confined within much
narrower limits.

Origin of Winds.—If the atmofphere fhould be perfeétly
calm at any one time all over the furface of the earth, it is
evident that there muft be an equilibrium of preffure, or the
weight of air incumbent over every place mutt be the fame,
and the real velocity of the air over any place arifing from
the earth’s rotation around its axis, would be the very fame
as that of the place itfelf; namely, at the equator the velo-
city would be about 1000 miles per hour, from W. to E.;
and in the lat. of London the bn mi would be 620 miles
from W. to E, ; and at.the poles of ihe earth, the air would
have no velocity. If an equilibrium of this kind were once
obteined, there appears to be no mechanical reafon why it
fhould be difturbed, arifing out of the circumftance of the
earth’s rotation. But if any caufe fhould arife which dif-
pofes the air to move.from any part of the earth in a north-
erly or foutherly direGtion, it is alfo evident that the rota-
tion of the earth would confpire with this caufe to modify
the direétion, and tp accelerate the velocity of the current of
air fo produced, For inftance, fuppofe a body of air in the
lat. of London was to receive an impulfe or feries of impulfes,
fuch as to compel it to move 10° fouthward in a day, with
an uniform velocity ; this current of air gradually pafling
through other air of greater velocity eaftward, will in part
be carried along with the current, and when it arrives at the
roth parallel it will find air difpofed"to move from W. to E.
with a velocity of 750 miles fer hour, being the velocity of
the place ; whereas its own velocity in tnat direGtion was
only 620 miles. Now if the moving current of air have not
acquired the additional velocity of 130 miles per hour from
W. to E., it muft appear at the place to have a motion from
E. to W. with a velocity equal to the difference or defi-
ciency ; fuppofe it has only acquired 105 miles additional
velocity ealtward, then it will appear to move at the rate of
25 miles per hour weitward ; aud as it moves alfo 25 miles
fouthward each hour, it is manifeft its direGion will be truly
that.of a N.E. wind, and its velocity 35 miles perhour. If
the air is impelled northward, inftead of fouthward, then
vice verf2,a S.W, wind is produced. It appears, then, that
as foon a$ any caufe operates to impel a portion of the at-
mofphere either north or fouth, that inftant theotation of
the earth on its axis begins to manifeft an effeG&, which is
to accelerate the apparent velocity of the current, and to
divert its dire&tion. We are then direéted to look for fome
natural caufe or ftimulus which may, either occafionally’ or
conitantly, operate in impelling the atmofphere ia a meri-
dional direGtion. This caufe is found in the unequal tem-
perature of the atmofphere in the different zones of the earth,
The torrid zone is always the warmeft region of the earth,
The temperate zones are colder ; but alternately approxi-
mate to the temperature of the torrid zone. The frigid
zones are colder {tiJl, but they alfo alternately make fome
approximation to the temperature of the torrid zone. Now
it is well known that air is expanded by heat, and hence be-
comes {pecifically lighter ; the air over the torrid zone being
then {pecifically lighter than the air in the temperate zones,
it will have a tendency to afcend, whilft the air in the two
temperate zones will prefs forward to fupply the vacancy,
and the air in the frigid zones will follow after upon the fame
principle. Hence it appears that there muft always bea
draught of air from the polar towards the equatorial regions,

greater

METEOROLOGY.

greater or lefs according to the exifting difference of tem-
perature. As, however, an accumulation of air in the torrid
zone would thus enfue, and a deficiency in the other zones,
means muft be found to return the excefs of air over the
torrid zone into the northern and fouthern regions. This is
effeéted, without doubt, by the upper regions of the at-
mofphere in the torrid zone meeting with a lefs lateral pref-
fure than is adequate to fupport them. The air rifes up,
and overflows in fome degree, fo that currents northward
and fouthward are eftablifhed, in oppofite dire€tions to the
two former currents, and fuperior to them. ‘The two under
currents, as has been fhewn, will be N.E. and S.E. winds ;
the two upper currents, by a like method of reafoning, will
be S.W. and N.W. winds. ‘The two under currents, or
the N.E. and S.E., meeting each other in the torrid zone,
their velocities N. and S. are deftroyed by their oppofition,
but their velocity from E. to W. continues, and occafions
the regular or trade-winds. But it is not our defign in this

lace to do more than point out the great aétive principles,
which are con{tantly at work to produce a motion and cir-
culation of the atmofphere; a more particular defcription
and detail will be given under the article Winns. The prin-
ciple, however, cannot but be allowed by thofe who duly
confider the effe& of the earth’s rotation, and the currents
of air we ordinarily obferve in any room containing a
fire.

Origin and Nature of Clouds.—Clouds are conttituted of
an infinite number of very minute drops of water; they are
formed by the condenfation of fteam or vapour by cold.
In order to underftand their origin, we muft take a view of
the atmofphere of fteam already mentioned, and confider its
rife and properties. Steam, as every one knows, is an
elaftic fluid arifing from the union of water and heat ; and
it is again condenfible into water by cold, fo as to lofe its
elafticity. Steam is formed almoit inftantaneoutly from
water inclofed in a vacuum; the maximum effeé is at once
produced, and there is an end of the evaporation, unlefs the
temperature is increafed. The fame effeét is produced when
the water is inclofed in the fame volume of perfe€tly dried
common air, or any other kind of air perfectly dried, not
a&ting chemically on water. The fame quantity of water,
in this cafe as in the former, is converted into vapour, and
the fame elaftic force of fteam is produced for the maximum
effect ; but there is this difference in the two cafes, the lat-
ter requires a fenfible time, in order that the maximum effect
may be produced. ‘This demonftrates that the prefence of
air retards evaporation, and that in all probability is, by
reafon of its preffuré on the furface of the water. Fromall
thefe obfervations it might be expected that evaporation
would go on, and the quantity of iteam in the air increafe
till the maximum effeét was produced over all the earth, and
then there would be a total ceffation. But we find that
evaporation is unceafingly going on in almoft every place,
and even at the very place where rain is defcending. This
curious faét would appear at firft view to be of difficult
explanation ; but the difficulty is riot infurmountable, as will
prefently be fhewn.

It appears that the quantity of fteam that can be con-
tained in a veffel, either with or without air, increafes
nearly in geometrical progreffion to equal intervals of .tem-
perature. Mr. Dalton contends that the increafe is accu-
rately in geometrical progreflion, and that the intervals
of temperature are not duly meafured by the common
thermometer ; however this may be, there can be ro doubt
that the former increafes more rapidly than the latter. It
has been found, that if the maximum of fteam in air of
32° be denoted by 2, that of air of 52° will be denoted

by 4, and that of air of 72° by 8. (See Dalton’s Che-
miftry, p. 14.) Hence it is obvious, that if equal portions
of air of 32° and 72°, both faturated with vapour, were
mixed together, the mean temperature would be 52°, and the
quantity of vapour prefent in the mixture would be 10;
whereas, the greateft quantity of vapour that the air of
that temperature could contain, is only 8, according to the
above ftatement ; whence two parts muft be condenfed, and
would firft appear in the thape of acloud, and be ultimately
depofited. Here, then, we perceive the origin of clouds and
rain. It has been fhewn that an unceafing circulation of
air between the equatorial and polar regions takes place ;
and as both currents of air muft be fuppofed to be near the
point of faturation with vapour, there mutt frequently be a
cloud formed by their mixture. The current from the
equator is warm and full of vapour, compared with the air
of like altitude in the northern and fouthern regions; and ~
vice verf@ with regard to the air from the north and fouth
towards the equator. This latt air is cold, but nearly fa-
turated with vapour for its temperature; and fhence will
precipitate vapour from warm air. Were the currents of
air to and from the equator quite faturated with vapour
at their departure, there muft be perpetual cloudinefs to
accompany their progrefs; but the circulation of air is
fo quick, and the faturation with vapour is flowly effeGed

.by. reafon of the preflure of the atmofphere, that it

rarely happens for the currents to be faturated at their
commencement. It is eafy to fee, then, that this circum-
ftance, with others equally obvious, may modify the
effets fo far, as that the atmofphere may be either clear
or cloudy over any place whilft the general currents are
making their ordinary progrefs. It is owing to the fame
circumftance (the flownefs with which fteam circulates itfelf
through the air) that two currents of air may meet in the
higher regions of the atmofphere, and a precipitation of va-
pour may enfue, when the inferior {trata of air are not fatu-
rated with vapour. ‘T'his, indeed, is generally the cafe in
fhowery weather, but never in long continued rain. The
more particular details of this theory of rain will be better
deferred till the article Rain is compofed. See Rainy, alfo
Couns, EvaroraTion, &c.

If any doubt fhould remain as to the corre€tnefs of the
above views in regard to the formation of clouds and rain,
it may be completely removed, if we will take the trouble
to examine the phenomena of a drying ftove. We may
there fee the procefs above defcribed completely copied in
miniature. The moment we-open the door to enter the
ftove, the cold air rufhes in, and a prodigious cloud is inftantly
formed, fo as to render furrounding objeéts invifible: foon
after the door is fhut, the cloud difappears, and the internal
air refumes its ufual tranfparency. Here, then, is an inftance
of acurrent of cold air rufhing into warm, both of them
being below the point of faturation with vapour, and yet a
great precipitation takes place. Again, if we notice the
air which has afcended the air-flues of the ftove and is mix-
ing with the atmofphere, we find a copious itream or cloud
of condenfed vapour fpreading itfelf all around. This is
formed by the current of warm air rufhing into the cold
atmofphere, though both of them are ufually below the
point of faturation with vapour.

Height of the Clouds.—We hall fubjoin the refults of a
feries of obfervations on the height of the clouds: thefe are
the more valuable, as very few meteorologilts have an oppor-
tunity of making fimilar obfervations. ‘They were made by
Mr. Crofthwaite, of Kefwick, in Cumberland. In moun-
tainous countries the clouds frequently furround the hills,
like a girdle, and exhibit a fmooth horizontal furface ; if
: the

METEOROLOGY.

the height of the hill at the point of interfection be known
by previous obfervation, then the mountain may be made
into a feale to meafure the altitude of the cloudy, The
mountain Skiddaw was fixed upon for that purpofe, and
Mr. Crofthwaite determined its Freight above Derwent lake
to be toso yards. This altitude is probably too great,
but the error will have no material effect in the prefent
confideration,

The refule of five years’ obfervations is contained in the

following table. In order to determine what effet the
feafons of the year have upon the clouds in this refpeet, we
have kept the obfervations in the feveral months diflinét

It is to be noted, that the column containing the number of
obfervations when the clouds were above Skiddaw, includes
thofe obfervations when there were no clouds vifible ; but
Mr. Crofthwaite has noted this laft circumftance alfo in the
journal, and it appears that about one obfervation in thirty,
of thofe in that coluamn, fhould be deduéted on that account,

Plomhomtomt og] ophomtetebe rt) gpd!
ee i ee en oe ci bf ii Pole ob os
“aR 2 Mee gO ee ie a
Fel Foi fel te | te | Fe peey rel te] Sel re] Fe | Fe
x4 e | =) © S e ° ¢ ; S ~ ,
Beebe ie Beh pe Sab eead sodncns feng {Cartes Belo
Py A Es E & | re a ry ' ‘
| § | Ey) EE ee EF) ele
eR CE On| Ce ee Ce a eo Ps
January - | o | 9 | 12 | 28 | 53 | 39 | 37 | 32 | 30 | 39
February - 5 10 5 15 4I 45 45 27 43 | 38
March - 2 I 6 If 22 40 32 36 2 32
April - ° 4 5 18 24 34 37 26 23 | 38
May - ° I 4 8 13 31 22 25 30 | 34
June - ° 2 2 6 24 24 29 21 34 | 41
July - ° 2 2 18 35 36 35 25 35 48
Augut - | o 4 § Sb tgar a7 ego poss | 26 | 3 45
September ° I 7 13 38 | 38 2 30 27
Oober - 2 ° 5 13 26 49 31 31 46
November ° ° 3 13 30 58 42 38 46
December i 8 6 23 4! 53 39 50 47
374 | 486

«© It may be proper to obferve, that the fuppofition of the
clouds rifing or falling with the barometer, or as the denfity
of the air increafes or diminifhes, is not at all countenanced
by thefe obfervations. Alfo, that in very heavy and con-
tinued rains the clouds are moftly below the fummit of the
mountain ; but it frequently rains when they are entirely
above it.’’ Dalton’s Meteorology, p. 40.

By comparing the parts of the above table, it is manifelt
that clouds are at an average higher in fummer than in win-
ter; and by analogy, we may conclude that clouds are higher
in the torrid zone than in the temperate zones, and higher
in thefe laft than in the frigid zones. From the above ob-
fervations it would feem, that the large, denfe, opaque clouds
feldom are found more than one mile elevated in this coun-
try ; but the thicknefs of the cloudy itratum is unknown,
and may perhaps be feveral hundred yards, Different ftrata of
clouds are fometimes obferved one above another, in fummer
efpecially. Small white ftreaks of cloud are fometimes feen
at the elevation of three, four, five miles,or more. In thefe
high regions, any condenfation that can take placé is pro-
bably infufficient to produce a cloud of great denfity or
be Clouds.—1 I

§ fon of Clouds.—It appears to many people won-
Plc ae oe and denfe clouds, confifting of drops of
water, fhould be fo long fufpended in the air, as fome of them
feem to be, without materially defcending ; efpecially as
water is 806 times the weight of air. This is to be ex-
plained on two principles: the one is, that bodies in a ftate
of extreme divifion are much more refifted in their motion
through the air, or any other fluid, than when in large por-
tions. Gravity, or the force of defcent, remains tke fame

Vor. XXIII,

whether the body is divided or not ; but the furface increafes
with the divifion ef the'body, and the refiftance increafes
with the furface. Hence it is that the extremely {mall drops,
conttituting clouds, fall very lowly, till they begin to coa-
lefce or increafe in fize. The other principle is, that {mall
drops falling into a ttratum of air not faturated with va-
pour, are frequently refolved again into fteam; thus, that
part of the cloud which actually defcends difappears; and
it not unfrequently happens that the whole cloud vanifhes
in this way, being again converted into vapour, and blended
with the general Sah of the atmoiphere.

Rain, Snow, Hail, and Dew.—Whenever two currents
of air of different temperatures meet and intermix, each of
which is previoufly near the point of faturation with vapour,
or whenever a body of atmofpheric air is fuddenly cooled
(as by the rarefaGtion occafioned by the ftroke off an air-
pump» or by opening the cock of a condenfing engine), a
cloud is formed, and a precipitation often enfues. ‘The pre-
cipitation is in the form of rain if the temperature be above
32° Fahr., but in the form of fnow if the temperature be
below the faid degree. Rain or fnow is ordinarily ob-
ferved in all latitudes; but in the torrid zone the latter is
confined to the fummits of the highelt mountains. Hail is
an extraordinary form in which the vapour is precipitated ;
it feems to arife from an inverfion of the ftrata of the atmo-
{phere, by which a cold ftratum is placed beneath a warmer
one, contrary to the general difpofition of the atmofphere.
Rain is formed in the upper ftratum, and this falling through
the under ftratum is cooled and frozen, receiving at the fame
time a confiderable acceffion from the condentation on the
furfaces of the frozen drops. THiail-fhowers occur in all

3G feafona

METEOROLOGY. |

feafons of the year, but more rarely in the f{ummer months ;
they, however, fometimes accompany thunder in thofe months,
and are peculiarly deftruGtive and formidable. Hail feems
to be confined: principally to the temperate zones: it is
probable that in this quarter of the globe hail is feldom
obferved, except between the parallels of 40° and 607 of
latitude. It is more frequent in mountainous places than on
plains ; in the former hail-fhowers ufually occur on five or
fix days of the year at an average.

Dew is formed when, inftead of cold air mixing with
warm, a cold folid or liquid body is prefented to (compara-
tively) warm air. There exifts a determinable temperature
at all times, which is juft capable of fupporting the vapour
of the atmofphere in an elaftic ftate. (See HyGrometry,
on the Dew-point.) If the temperature of the cold body be
below this, then the vapour of the atmofphere is gradually
condenfed into water on its furface : this isa well-known phe-
nomenon, and prefented on various occafions. The dew on
the grafs and the hoar on walls after the breaking of a froft,
are two of the more ftriking appearances of this kind.

Temperature of the Atmofphere—This important fubjeé has
already been treated upon at large under the heads, Armo-
SPHERE, Temperature of the; and Heat, in Geography, to which
we mutt therefore refer. There is, however, one remarkable
charaGter of the atmofphere, namely, that of the uniform
decreafe of temperature in afcending, which has never been
fatisfaGtorily explained. An ingenious effay on this fubje&
has lately been publifhed, from which we fhall here give an
extract.

«¢ It is a remarkable fa&, and has never, I believe, been
fatisfactorily accounted for, that the atmofphere in all places
and feafons is found to decreafe in temperature in proportion
as we afcend, and nearly in an arithmetical progreffion.
Sometimes the fact may have been otherwife, namely, that
the air was colder at the furface of the earth than above,
particularly at the breaking of a fro‘ I have obferved it
fo; but this is evidently the effeét of great and extraor-
dinary commotion in the atmofphere, and is at moft of a
very fhort duration. What then is the occafion of this di-
minution of temperature in afcending ? Before this queftion
can be folved, it may be proper to confider the defects of
the common folution. Air, it is faid, is not heated by the
_ direét rays of the fun, which pafs through it as a tranfpa-
rent medium, without producing any calorific effect, tll
they arrive at the furface of the earth. The earth being
heated, communicates a portion to the contiguous atmo-
fphere, whilft the fuperior ftrata, in proportion as they are
more remote, receive lefs heat, forming a gradation of
temperature, fimilar to what takes place along a bar of iron
when one, of its ends is heated.

“¢ The firlt part of the above folution is probably corre& :
air, it fhould feem, is fingular in regard to heat; it neither
receives nor difcharges it in a radiant ftate; if fo, the pro-
pagation of heat through air mutt be effected by its con-
ducting power, the fame as in water. Now we know that
heat applied to the under furface of a column of water is
propagated upwards with great celerity, by the actual afcent
of the heated particles : it is equally certain, too, that heated
air afcends. From thefe obfervations it fhould follow, that
the caufes affigned above for the gradual change of tempera-
ture in a perpendicular column of the atmofphere, would
apply dire@ly to a ftate of temperature the very reverfe of
the fa&t ; namely, to one in which the higher the afcent, or
the more remote frem the earth, the higher fhould be the
temperature.

“ Whether this reafoning be corre& or not, it muft, I
think, be univerfally allowed, that the fact has not hitherto

received a fatisfaCtory explanation. I conceive it to be one
involving anew principle of heat ; by which I mean a prin-
ciple that no other phenomenon of nature prefents us with,
and which is not at prefent recognifed as fuch. I fhall
endeavour in what follows to make out this pofition.

“ The principle is this :—The natural equilibrium of heat in
an atmofphere, is when each atom of air in the fame perpendi-
cular column is poffeffed of the fame quantity of heat ; and, con-
fequently, the natural equilibrium of heat in an atmofphere is
when the temperature gradually diminifbes in afcending.

“* That this is a juft confequence cannot be denied, when
we confider that air increafes in its capacity for heat b
rarefaction ; when the quantity of heat is given or limited,
therefore, the temperature muft be regulated by the denfity.

‘Tt is an eftablifhed principle, that any body on the fur-
face of the earth unequally heated is obferved to tend con-
{tantly towards an equality of temperature: the new prin-
ciple announced above, feems to fuggeft an exception to this
law. But if it be examined, it can fearcely appear in that
light. Equality of heat and equality of temperature, when ap-
plied to the fame body in the fame ftate, are found fo uni-
formly to be affociated together, that we fcarcely think of
making any diftinétion between the two expreflions. No
one would objeé&t to the commonly obferved law being ex-
preffed in thefe terms: When any body is unequally heated,
the equilibrium is found to be reftored when each particle of the
body becomes in poffion of the fame quantity of heat. Now the
law thus exprefled is what I appreheud to be the true ge-
neral law, which applies to the atmofphere as well as to
other bodies. It is an equality of heat, and not an equality
of temperature, that nature tends to reftore.

« The atmofphere, indeed, prefents a ftriking peculiarity
to us in regard to heat: we fee in a perpendicular column
of ‘air, a body without any change of form, flowly and
gradually changing its capacity for heat froma lefs to a
greater ; but all other bodies retain a uniform capacity
throughout their fubftance.

« Tf it be afked why an equilibrium of heat fhould turn
upon the equality in quantity rather than in temperature ? 1
anfwer, that I do not know; but I reft the proof of it
upon the fact of the inequality of temperature obferved in
afcending into the atmofphere. If the natural tendency of
the atmofphere was to an equality of temperature, there
does not appear to me any reafon why the fuperior regions
of the air fhould not be at leatt as warm as the inferior.

‘«* The arguments already advanced on behalf of the prin-
ciple we are endeavouring to eftablifh, are powerfully cor-
roborated by the following faéts :—By the obfervations of
Bouguer, Sauffure, and Gay Luffac, we find that the tem-
perature of the air at an elevation where its weight is 2,
that at the furface is about 50° Fahrenheit lefs than that at
the furface ; and from my experiments (Manch. Memoirs,
vol. v. p. 525.) it appears that air being fuddenly rarified
from 2 to 1, produces 50° of cold. Whence we may infer,
that a meafure of air at the earth’s furface being taken up
to the height above-mentioned, preferving its original tem-
perature, and fuffered to expand, would become two mea-
fures, and be reduced to the fame temperature as the fur-
rounding air; or vice verfd. if two meafures of air at the
propofed height were condenfed into one meafure, their
temperature would be raifed 50°, and they would become
the fame in denfity and temperature, as the like volume of
air at the earth’s furface. In like manner we may infer, that
if a column of air from the earth’s furface to the fummit
of the atmofphere were condenfed, and brought into a
horizontal pofition on the earth’s furface, it would become

of

METEOROLOGY.

of the fame denfity and temperature as the air around it,
without receiving or parting with any heat whatever.
Another important argument in favour of the theory
here propofed, may be derived from the contemplation of an
coclahere of vapour. Suppofe the prefent aerial atmo-
{phere were to be anoibileted and one of {team or aqueous
’ vapour were fub(tituted in the place; and fuppofe, further,
that the temperature of this atmofphere at the earth’s fur-
face were every where 212°, and its weight equal to thirty
inches of mercury. Now at the elevation of about fix miles
the weight would be fifteen inches or one-half of that below,
at twelves miles it would be 7.5 inches, or one quarter that at
the furface, &c. and the temperature would probably di-
minifh 25° degrees at each of thefe intervals. It could not
diminifh more ; for we have feen (p. 14.) that a diminution
of temperature of 25° reduces the * of vapour one-half ;
if, therefore, a greater reduction of temperature were to
take place, the weight of the incumbent atmofphere would
condenfe a portion of the vapour into water, nt the general
equilibrium would thus be difturbed perpetually from con-
denfations in the upper regions. But if we fuppofe, on the
other hand, that the diminution of temperature in each of
thefe intervals is lefs than 25°, then the upper regions
would admit of more vapour without condenfation ; but it
mutt take place at the furface, becaufe vapour at 212° can-
not fultain more than the weight of thirty inches of mer-
eury.” Dalton’s New Syftem of Chemical Philofophy,

jo T23.
. Thender and Lightning —Of all the atmofpherical pheno-
mena there are none more awfully fublime than thofe of
thunder and lightning. Refpecting the nature and caufe of
thefe it would be ufelefs to cite the opinions of ancient phi-
lofophers, as all our real knowledge on thefe fubjects is
derived from modern difcoveries, and particularly thofe in
ele&ricity. Dr. Franklin afcertained the identity of hight-
ning and eleGtricity ; fince then the attention of philofophers
has been dire&ted to the inquiries, how the ele&tric fluid
or energy circulates from the earth to the air and back again
to the earth; by what means it is raifed into the atmo-
fphere, how it becomes redundant, and how it is returned to
an earth again. The aqueous vapour, or fteam of the at-
mofphere, appears to be the vehicle. The dry and per-
manent elaltic fluids have probably no more to do than as
non-conductors of electricity to obitrué its paflage through
the atmofphere. When water is evaporated it takes along
with it a greater quantity of eleCtricity, as well as heat,

Feb.
Mean temperature each month 3 39°
Number of days when thunder washeard 1 cS)

Jan. March.

Pa

In fa&t, thunder is very rare in winter, perhaps never
known in froft, more frequent in {pring and autumn ; but
it is in the months of May, June, July, Auguft, and Sep-
tember, which are the warmeft months in the year, that we
ufually expect, and have to record thunder-itorms of any
confequesce or duration. Of thefe months, July, which is
the middle of the feries, is generally the warmeft, and from
the above ftatement appears pre-eminent for thunder-{torms.
It is further remarkable, that when thunder is obferved in
winter, it is always during a low barometer, and an unufually
warm vapoury Jlate of the atmofpheres alfo in fummer,
whenever the dew-point temperature arrives at a maximum
forthe feafon (that is, from 55° to 62°, or upwards), it is
reduced for the moft part by a thunder-ftorm and confider-
able rain. With regard to other climates, it is known that
thunder is frequent and violent in low latitudes, and in all
places where the extremes of heat and moifture ace found ;

thao it had before; that is, the oapacity of vapour for
electricity ip greater than that of water. ‘This faQ has been
obferved by mott of thofe who have, of late years, carefully
attended to electrical phenomena. (See Elericity of the Ax-
mosrHene.) Of courfe when the fleam is condenfed inte
water, there mult be a redundance of eleétricity as well as
of heat; and if the air be a non-condudtor (as it undoubt-
edly is when dry), the drops of water, or the cloud formed,
mult be electrified politively, This is afcertained to be the
fact ; indeed it may be feen in the article above referred to,
that the eleétricity of the atmofphere is almofl univerfally
politive, If, during a thunder-ftorm, and on fome few other
ocealions, the atmo{phere exhibit figns of negative cleétri-
city, it can fcarcely be doubted that this is occafioned by
the aétion of fome fuperior cloud, which being pofitively
electrified, makes the other, or the circumambient air, nega-
tive by induction, agreeably to the well-known law of eletiri.
city. The reafon why the atmofphere cannot be negatively
electrified is, that in the ordinary courfe of nature no eva-
poration of water infulated by the atmofphere can ever take
place ; the evaporation being always originally from the earth's
furface. We have obferved, indeed, that clouds are fome-
times re-diffolved in the air; but then thefe clouds being
infulated mutt have their excefs of ele€tricity about them,
and confequently will not rob the atmofphere at large of any
eleCtricity that naturally belongs to it.

Conformably to thefe obfervations then, we may lay it
down as an eltablifhed maxim, that the eledricity of every
cloud at its formation is pofitive. Ut will remain then to be
explained how the phenomena of thunder and lightning are
to be accounted for on this pofition. One moft obvious
queftion occurs ; if the electricity of one cloud find it ex-
pedient to force its way to the earth by a violent difchar,
why is it not univerfally the cafe, and why are not thun
and lightning as frequent as clouds and rain ?

Befere this queftion can be fatisfactorily anfwered, we
muft make ourfelves acquainted with the circumftances that
ufually accompany thunder and lightning. It will be ge-
nerally allowed, that the frequency of thunder and light-
ning, in this part of the world at leaft, is in proportion to
the quantity of aqueous vapour in the atmofphere, or, which
nearly amounts to the fame thing, tothe temperature of the
air. The following extra& from Dalton’s Meteorology, be-
ing the refult of five years’ obfervations, will fupport this

aflertion. See pages 29 and 46.
April. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. O&. Nov. Dec.
BS ae hee od oe dl, Bovisaed 4) tone Fea. oh.
° 3 7 iS ke a 4 2 ° %

but we do not often hear of its effe&ts in high latitudes
where neither heat nor moifture can be long prevalent.
Whenever vapour is precipitated from the atmofphere by
the caufes we have already affigned, the quantity will be
greater in proportion as the abfolute quantity of aqueous
yapour in the atmofphere is greater: this arifes from the
increafe of vapour being in a geometrical progreffion to that
of temperature in arithmetical progreflion. Rain, with the
dew-point at 60°, will be twice as heavy, all other circum-
ftances the fame, as rain with the dew-point at 40°; be-
caufe there is twice as much fteam in the air in the former
cafe. It has already been obferved, that the clouds are
higher or more elevated above the furface of the earth in
fummer than in winter. From combining thefe obferva-
tions we may, perhaps, obtain a fatisfattory reafon for thun-
der not accompanying every cloud and fhower of rain. In
winter the clouds are low, we denfe, and confequently lefs

3 2 Cs

METEOROLOGY.

eleGtric, than in fummer ; their eleGtricity filently and flowly
fteals away to the earth’s furface. In {ummer the intenfity
of the eleGtricity is double, in confequence of its quantity
being as the vapour condenfed, and it is more removed from
the earth, cr infulated by its fuperior altitude ; hence its
energy may be fo far increafed as to overcome the refiftance
of the air. Thus, if an imperfe€tly rounded ball be pre-
fented at a proper diftance from the conduétor of an eleétrical
machine, it will flowly ard filently draw off the ele€tricity ;
bat if the intenfity of the eleétricity be increafed fufficiently,
nearly the whole will come away in an inftant in the fhape of
a denfe fpark, with a {napping noife.

There is another circumftance which probably has confi-
derable influence in giving a highly vapourized air its cha-
rater for favouring thunder. It admits of feveral {trata of
clouds arranged one beneath another, which will operate like
the feries of plates in the Voltaic pile in increafing the inten-
fity of their eleGtric charge. This difpofition cannot well
occur in winter, as the higher air is too deficient in vapour
to fpare an adequate quantity for the purpofe.

One very remarkable charaéter of thunder has not been
duly noticed by philofophers ; that is, the long. continuance
of each fingle peal. It may, perhaps, be fafely afferted,
that the duration of a peal of thunder is at an average
about twenty feconds; it is certainly longer in many in-
ftances. Now, as the flafh of lightning is inflantaneous, we
have no rational method of explaining the continuance of
the found, but by fuppofing the difcharge to extend for a
great many miles; if the found continue half a minute, the
difcharge cannot be lefs than through the fpace of feven
miles, but may be twice as much, or more. How, then, is
this great length of the difcharge to be explained? In order
to meet this queftion, we may remark, that clear air isa bad
conduGor of electricity, but that clouded air poffeffes a kind
of middle quality, of being neither a good conductor, nor a
good non-conduétor. We may fuppofe that the fame ele€tric
energy which forces a way through too yards of clear air,
may be capable of forcing a way through 10,000 yards of
denfely-clouded air. Hence we may account for the long
continuance of thunder, by fuppofing that the ele¢tricity
of a fuperior cloudy ftratum ftrikes an inferior ftratum at
the neareft point, and runs along it for a number of miles.
The found arrives at the ear from the neareft point of the
courfe firft, and afterwards fucceffively from the more re-
mote points, and thus occafions the continuance of the found.
This view of the fubje& is corroborated by the obfervation,
that whenever a clap of thunder is noticed to be remarkably
near, or to fucceed the flafh immediately, by one inhabitant
of any large town, it is noticed in hke manner by moft of
the other inhabitants, though fituate fome miles diftant from
each other.

Thunder may be heard to the diftance of ten or fifteen
males, but feldom further; this is afcertained from a calcu-
lation of the velocity of found during the interval between
the flafh andthe report in a dark night. It is uncertain to
what diftance lightning may be feen; we fometimes fee it
in the night when no clouds are vifible; in this cafe it mutt
be at a great diftance, perhaps one or two hundred miles, or
more. In fuch cafes the flafhes are obferved to be much
more frequent than when the thunder is near; this feems to
indicate that in the latter inflance we do not perceive all the
lightning of the ftorm.

Caufes of the Variation of the Barometer.—One of the moft
difficult problems in meteorology is to affign the caufes for
the daily changes in the weight of the atmo/phere, Various
opinions have been held with regard to thefe caufes, many
of which are too futile to merit animadverfion. This fub-

je& has already received an ample difcuffion under the head
Barometer, Cau/e of the Phenomena of, fo that we fhall be
brief on the prefent occafion. It may be proper, in the
firft place, to ftate the leading faéts: namely, that the
variation of the barometer is leaft in the torrid zone, and
is greater, as we proceed thence northward cr fouthward ;
that in the temperate and frigid zones, the variation is always
greater in winter than in fummer. We hall take for granted ,
that the whole atmofphere of the earth continues the fame
in quantity, and that the variations of the barometer arife
from unequal diftribution of the atmofphere, and not from
any generation or deftruction of elaftic fluids. We fhall alfo
take for granted that any changes in the aqueous vapour
of the atmofphere are infufficient to explain the phenomena,
becaufe if the whole quantity of aqueous vapour in the
atmofphere were withdrawn from any place on any occa-
fion, it would not deprefs the barometer one quarter of
what is frequently ob{ferved in high northern latitudes in
winter.

Mr. Kirwan’s idea that-the atmofphere is higher over
the equator than over the poles, owing to the difference of
temperature in thofe two regions, and that the currents
occafioned thereby are inftrumental in producing the changes
of the barometer, is certainly entitled to our confideration-
On this principle Mr. Dalton has coniiruéted a table to
fhew the relative heights of the barometer at given eleva-
tions over the equator, the north of England, and the north
pole. (Meteorology, page 83.) ‘* The mean heat at the
earth’s furface under the equator is fuppofed 84° 3 the
mean heat in thefe parts for the hotteft month of fummer
at 60°, and for the coldeft month of winter at 35. The

mean annual temperature at the north pole being fuppefed
31°, the méan temperature for the coldeit month of winter
at that place may perhaps be {tated at 2.”

|

ZSs Height of the mercurial Column of the Barometer in
as 2 S Inches.
"ead
ne, =.
Bes Above the Above the North of Above the
rao Equator. England. North Pole.
esl a a “=
Zu
Zee [In Summer.} In Winter. | In Winter.
Pet
° 30.00 30.00 | 30.00 30.00
2 20.55 20.10 19.58 18.81
4 13.61 12.96 12.24 11-19
6 8.66 7.98 7.26 6.24
8 5-25 4.65 4.03 3.19
Te) 3-00 2.52 2.05 1.45
12 1.58 1.24 -93 -56

From this table it fhould feem, that the weight of air in

a vertical column of fix miles over the equator is nearly
equal to that of a column of five miles over the pole in
winter: that is, the heights of the atmofphere at the
equator and pole are as 6 to 5 nearly. But the relation
between the equator and the north of England in this
refpe&, in fummer is as 16 to 15, and in winter as 8 to 7
nearly. Now when the variations in the altitudes are greatelt
(in winter), the energy or velocity of the great northern
and fouthern currents of air is greateft, as has been fhewn
above on winds, and therefore the irregularities occafioned
by the interference, &c. of thefe currents muft then be
alfo at their greateft. Thefe irregularities are fhewn by
the barometer. If we were to fuppole that, from fome ex-
traordinary incidents, the atmofphere over the north of Eng-
land

ME T

Jand in winter were raifed to the fame elevation as that over
the equator, all other circumftances Iv ing the fame, the ba-
rometer mult rife nearly four inches; and it would fink four
inches if the atmofphere were deprefied as much below the
mean. But this fuppotition in much too extravagant to be
admitted, and indeed the facts do not call for any thing near
it. The barometer rarely rifes or falls more than one and a
half inch from the mean in this country; and confe-
uently a flight variation of the mean altitude of the atmo-
phere is all that is required, and fuch may well be ad-
mitted, 1

Befides this variation of the mean altitude of the atmo-
fphere, Mr, Dalton thinks there is another caufe that acts in
combination with it to produce the extraordinary fails of the
barometer in winter, (which are obferved to go below the
mean more than the rifes go above it.) He fuppofes, that
during a violent S.W. wind on the occafion of a thaw (at
which time the minimum ufually takes place), a temporary
change in the law of*temperature in shoraditeg exitts. That
the temperature in afcending is then more nearly uniform
than at other times ; by which means the clatticity in the
lateral directions will be equal to any force that may be op-
pofed, whillt the weight of a vertical column will be lefs
than otherwife. See Meteorology, page 109.

For further information on meteorology, fee AnEmo-
meter, AtMospnene, BAromeTER, CLoup, Dew, Eva-
poration, Foc, Hai, Hycromerry, Licurninc, Me-
reor, Rais, Snow, Tuermomerer, Tuunper, Winp,

&e.

METEOROMANCY, a fpecies of divination by me-
teors, principally by lightning and thunder: this method of
divination paffed from the ‘T'ufcans to the Romans, with
whom, as Seneca informs us, it was held in high efteem,

METEOROS, werexpo;, fromm pera, and apa, to elevate,
in Medicine, elevated, fufpended, fublime, erect, tumid.
Thus pciewpx xAryrucix, are expounded by Galen, Com. ad.
Aph. 7. hb. vi. fublime pains: thofe which are above the
peritoneum, or affect the fuperficial and external parts of
the body. Thefe pains are oppofed to fuch as are deeply
feated, and called +a yn jdisvpx, not fublime, but deep, and
feated within the peritoneum.

METEOROSCOPE, from prrtweos, high, and cxoro:, of
exerigua, [ view, ob/érve, a name which the ancient mathe-
maticians gave to fuch inftruments as they ufed for obferv-
ing and determining the diftances, magnitudes, and places
of the heavenly bodies; many of which they regarded as
meteors.

The name, however, may much more properly be applied
to meteorological inftruments.

METEPEC, in Geography, a town in the province of
Mexico.

METERISCH, a town of Moravia, in the circle of
Tglaw ; 17 miles E. of iglau.

METESSIB, an officer of the eaftern nation, who has
the care and overfight of all the public weights and mea-
fures, and fees that things are made juitly according to

em.
METEYARD, in Rural Economy, a term applied to
a tlaff or beam of a certain length for taking meafures.
METEZAU, Crement, in Biography, acelebrated French
archite&t, who flourifhed in the former part of the 17th cen-
tury, was a native of Dreux, but fettled at Paris, became ar-
chite& to Lewis XILJ., and acquired much fame by. car-
ing into execution, with Tiriot, a Parifian mafon, the
ed fuggefted by cardinal Richelieu for reducing Rochelle,
by means of an immenfe dyke, in imitation of what Czfar
had done at Durazzo, and Alexander the Great at Tyre.

MET

This fcheme was to run a folid wall acrofs a gulf up.
wards of 740 fathoms, or more than three quarters of a
mile broad, into which the fea rolled with great force, and
when the wind was high, with an impetyofity which feemed
to fet at defiance the art of man. ‘Thofe who had under-
taken the bufinefs were not to be turned afide by any ob-
ftacles : they began, by throwing in huge rocks, to lay a
kind of foundation ; upon thefe were placed vait ftones, ce-
mented by the mud thrown up by the fea, hele were
{upported by immenfe beams, driven into the bottom with
incredible labour. It was raifed fo high, that the foldiers
were not incommoded by the water, even at {pring tides.
The platform was nearly 30 feet wide, and go feet at the
foundation. At each extremity there was a itrong fort, in
the middle there was an open paflage of 150 paces, feveral
veflels being funk immediately before it, et with high
{takes ina double row, and before thefe 35 veflels linked
together, fo as to form a kind of floating pallifade. This
amazing dyke was completed in fomewhat lefs than fix
months, and proved the principal means of occafioning the
furrender of the city. So honourable were the exertions of
M. Metezau in this bufinefs, that his portrait was circulated
widely through France, to which were attached the follow-
ing lines,
“ Dicitur Archimedes Terram potuifle movere :
Equora qui potuit fiftere, non minor eit.”

METH, Mert, or Mott, in Geography, a {mall ifland
near the coa‘t of Africa, at the entrance of Babelmandeb,
with a town upon it. N, lat. 11° 15'. E. long. 48” 45".

METHANA, a town of the Morea, near the coaft’ of
the gulf of Engia; 56 miles E.S E. of Napoli di Ro-
mania.

METHEGLIN, a drink prepared of honey ;. one of
the moft pleafant and general drinks the northern parts
of Europe afford; and much ufed among the ancient in-
habitants.

The word is Welfh, meddyglin, in which it fignifies the
fame. There are divers ways of making it; one of the bet
of which follows: put as much new honey, naturally run-
ning from the comb, into fpring water, as that, when the
honey is thoroughly diffolved, anegg will not fink to the
bottom, but be jutt fufpended in it ; boil this liquor for an
hour, or more, till fuch time as the egg {wim above the li-
quor about the breadth of a groat ; when very cool, next
morning, it may be barrelled up; adding to each fifteen
gallons an ounce of ginger, as much of mace and cloves,
and half as much cinnamon, all grofsly pounded : a fpoonful
of yealt may be alfo added at the bung-hole, to promote
the fermentation. When it has done working, it may be
clofely ftopped up; and, after it has ftood a month, it fhould
be drawn off into bottles. See MeAp.

METHO, in Geography, a fmall independent country of
Africa, S.E. of F hha ara a town a the Moca, 34
miles E.S.E. of Napoli di Romania.

METHOD, Meruopus, from y:Sodo:, in Logic and
Rhetoric, the art or rule of difpofing things in fuch a
manner, as that they may be’ eafily comprehended; either
in order to difcover the truth, of which we ourfelves are
ignorant; or to fhew or demonitrate it to others when
known, or to fix it in the memory. See Disposition.

Gaffendus diftributes method, with regard to its obje@,
into three kinds, or branches, viz. inventionis, the methad of
invention, or difcovering a truth unknown.

Methodus judicit, the method of judging or determining of
a truth, or polition, propofed. be

n

MET

And methodus demonftrationis, or method of demonftra-
tion; that is, of exhibiting it to another.

Method is diftributed by others into two general kinds,
viz. natural and arbitrary. Natural method is that which
obferves the order of nature, and proceeds in fuch a man-
ner, as that the knowledge of things which follow depends
in a great meafure on the things which go before. Arbi-
trary method leaves the order of nature, and accommodates
itfelf to many purpofes: as to treafure up things, and re-
tain them in the memory; to harangue and perfuade man-
kind to any practice in the religious or civil life; or to
delight, amufe, or entertain the mind. This kind of method
is chiefly purfued in poetry and oratory.

Natural method is again fubdivided into two kinds ; the
one of refolution, which is that we generally ufe in our en-
quiry after truth. ‘The other of compofition, by which the
truth, once found, is taught or imparted to others.

In the method of re/olution, called alfo by geometers the
analytic method, we proceed from fome general known
truths to others, which belong to fome particular or fin-
gular thing.

In the method of compofition, called alfo the /ynthetic me-
thod, we propofe fome certain general truths, from which we
produce particular truths. ;

If, in the method ‘of refolution, we lay down any axi-
oms, it is not immediately in the beginning, and all to-
gether, but as they are found neceffary in the difquifition :
on the contrary, in the method of compofition, they are pro-
pofed all together in the beginning, before there is any abfo-
lute need of them.

The two methods differ from each other, as the methods of
fearching out a genealogy, either by defcending from the an-
ceftors to their pofterity, or by afcending from the pofterity
to the anceftors : both of them have this in common, that
their progreffion is from a thing known to another unknown.
Thofe things that are known in each are fet in the front, or
firft place, that by them we may be able to arrive at thofe
which are not known.

Dr. Watts, in his excellent Treatife on Logic, has com-
prifed the general requifites of true method in the purfuit
or communication of knowledge, under the following heads.
It mutt be, 1. Safe or fecure from error: in order to which
great care fhould be ufed in laying the foundations of a dif-
courfe, or the fcheme of our thoughts, on any fubje& ;
the primary and fundamental propofitions fhould not only
be evident and true, but made familiar to the mind by
dwelling on them before we proceed farther; our ground
fhould be made firm in every ftep; and we fhould draw
up all our propofitions and arguments with fo much cau-
tion, and exprefs our ideas with fuch a juft limitation, as
may preclude or anticipate any objections. 2. Plain and
eafy : for which purpofe, we fhould begin always with thofe
things that are beft known and molt obvious, and proceed
by regular and eafy fteps to things that are more difficult ;
nor fhould we affe& exceffive hafte in learning or teach-
ing any fcience, nor hurry at once into the midit of it;
nor again crowd too many thoughts and reafonings into
one fentence or paragraph, beyond the apprehenfion or ca-
pacity of our readers or hearers ; we fhould alfo avoid too
many fubdivifions ; and acquire in early life a clear and
eafy way of exprefling our conceptions. 3. Diftin&: in
order to which no needlefs heterogeneous matter fhould be
introduced ; every complicated theme or idea fhould be di-
vided into its diftin& fingle parts, as far as the nature of the
fubje&, and our prefent defign, require; we fhould call
every idea, propofition, and argument, to its proper clafs,
and keep each part of the fubje& in its own place ; and in

MET

the partition of our difcourfe into diftin& heads, take heed
that particulars do not interfere with the general, nor with
each other. 4. Full, or without defe&: and this is ne-
ceflary in explaining ‘a fubje&t; in enumerating its parts
or properties ;_ in aflerting or proving any truth; in illuf-
trating or arguing a point of difficulty ; in drawing up a
narrative ; and in folving any difficulty. 5. Short, or with-
out fuperfluity : for this purpofe, all needlefs repetitions,
tedious prolixity, long parenthefes, ufelefs explications,
proofs, and refutations, and all-{cholaftic forms, fhould be
carefully avoided. 6. Prop-r tothe fubje&t, the defign, and
the age and place in which we dwell. 7. Connetted: in
order to this, we fhould keep our main defign always in
view, and preferve an apparent tendency in all the parts of
our difcourfe towards it; the mutual relation and depend-
ence of the feveral branches of our difcourfe fhould be fo
juft and evident, that every part may lead onward to the
next ; and we fhould~acquaint ourfelves with all the proper
and decent forms of tranfition from one part of the difcourfe
to another, and practife them as occafion offers.

The /ynthetic method is only praéticable in things whofe
principles we perfeétly know ; as in geometry, which is
wholly employed in the confideration of abftraét modes, of
which our mind has clear and adequate ideas. When the
inquiry is into fub{tances, as in phyfics, we cannot make
ufe of the method of compofition, becaufe their kinds and in-
timate effences are unknown to us.

This method has not been by any fo juftly and accurately
obferved as by the mathematicians, whofe principles are per-
feGtly known: its laws, therefore, will be beft drawn from
their praGtice ; for which, fee Composition.

The fupreme law of the philofophical method is, to pre-
mife that which is neceflary towards the underftanding or
eftablifhing what follows.

The mathematical and philofophical methods are the
fame, as may be feen by the practice of the geometers of
antiquity, who conftantly obferve the law here mentioned. .

Several authors, as Ramus, Meffrs. de Port-Royal, &c.
have accufed Euclid of want of method. Had thefe gen-
tlemen attended to the fupreme law of all true method, they
would have been more cautious in their cenfures.

Metuop, Methodus, is more particularly ufed, in Mathe-
matics, for divers particular proceffes for folving problems.
In this fenfe we fay,

Mertuop of Exhaujflions. See EXHAUSTIONS.

Meruop of Fluxions. See FLuxions. ,

Meruop de Maximis (5 Minimis, &c. See Maxima, X&c.

Mernop of Tangents. See TANGENTS.

Meruop Differential, &c. See DirFERENTIAL.

Mertuop Exponential. See ExpoNENTIAL.

Metuop Poriftic. See Porisric.

METHODIC Sect. See Meruopists, and Mepr-
cinE, Hiftory of.

METHODISTS, in Ecclfiaftical Hifory, is a denomina-
tion applied to different feéts, both Papifts and Proteftants. .

The Popifh Methodifts were thofe polemical doétors, of
whom the moft eminent arofe in France towards the middle
of the feventeenth century, in oppofition to the Huguenots
or Proteftants. The Methodifts, from their different man-
ner of treating the controverfy with their opponents, may
be divided into two claffes. ‘The one may comprehend thofe
doétors, whofe method of difputing with the Proteftants
was difingenuous and unreafonable, and who followed the
examples of thofe military chiefs, who fhut up their troops
in intrenchments and ftrong holds, in order to cover them
from the attacks of the enemy. Of this number were the
Jefuit Veron, who required the Proteitants to prove the

tenets

METHODISTS.

tenets of their church by plain paflages of feripture, with-
out being allowed the liberty of illuttrating thofe paflages,
reafoning upon them, or drawing any conclufions from them;
Nibufius, an apottate from the Srotehant religion ; the two
Walenburgs, and others, who confined themfelves to the
bufinefs of an{wering objections and repelling attacks; and
cardinal Richelieu, who rettriéted the whole controverly to
the fingle article of the divine inflitution and authority of
the church, ‘Che Methodifts of the fecond clafs were of
Opinion, that the molt expedient manner of reducing the
Proteftants to filence, was not to attack them partially, but
to overwhelm them at once, by the weight of fome general
principle or prefumption, fome univerfal argument, which
Soeatiatannle, or mighe be applied to all the points con-
tefted between the two churches: thus imitating the conduét
of thofe military leaders, who, inftead of {pending their time
and {trength in fieges and fkirmifhes, endeavour to put an
end to the war by a general and decifive ation. Thefe po-
lemics refted the deferice of popery upon prefcription ; the
wicked lives of Proteftant princes who had left the church
of Rome; the crime of religious fchifm; the variety of
opinions among Proteftants, with regard to doétrine and
difcipline ; and the uniformity of the tenets and worthip of
the church of Rome. To this clafs belong Nicole, the
Janfenift do&or, the famous Boffuet, &c. Moth. Eccl.
Hitt. vol. v. 8vo. AU

The Proteflant Methodifts form a very confiderable clafs,
tincipally of the lower people in this country. They
prung up about the year 1729, at Oxford, and were foon
divided into two parties, the one under the direction of the
two brothers, John and Charles Wefley, and the other under
that of Mr. George Whitefield, who joined them in the year
1735. ‘Thefe leaders, and, if we except Mr. William Law,
the celebrated myftic, founders of Methodifm, were edu-
cated at Oxford, and received epifcopal ordination ; and
always profeffed themfelves advocates for the articles and
liturgy of the eltablifhed church: though they com-
monly prattifed the diffenting mode of worthip. ‘The ap-
pellation of Methodifts is faid to have been derived from the
regular diftribution of theit time, their orderly and com-
pofed demeanour, and the fuppofed purity of their religious
principles. Conceiving a defign of forming feparate com-
munities, fuperior in fan&ity and perfection to all other
Chriftian churches, and impelled to a very confiderable de-
gree by a zeal of an enthufiaftic and extravagant kind, ep
became itinerant preachers, and, being excluded from mot
of our churches, exercifed their miniltry in private houfes,
fields, &c. not only in Great Britain and Ireland, but alfo
in America: thus collecting a very confiderable number of
hearers and profelytes, both amongft the members of the
eftablifhed church and the diffenters. The theological fyftem
of Mr. Whitefield and his followers is Calviniltic: that of
Mr. Wefley and his difciples, Arminian; and the latter main-
tain the poffibility of attaining finlefs perfetion in the pre-
fent ftate.. The fubordinate teachers of both thefe claffes
of Methodiits are generally men of no liberal education,
and they pretend to derive their minilterial abilities from
fpecial communications of the fpirit. The Methodilts of
both parties, like other enthufialts, make true religion to
confit principally in certain aifections and inward feelings,
which it is impoflible to explain, but which, when analyfed,
feem to be mechanical in their {pring and operation, and
they generally maintain, that Chriftians will be mott likely
to fucceed in the purfuit of truth, not by the diGaies
of reafon, or by the aids of learning, but by laying their
minds open to the dire&tion and influence of divine ilumina-
tion: and their conduct has been directed by impulfes.

Sach is the account given of the followers of Whitefield
in Motheim’s Ecel, Hill. tranflated by Dr. Maclaine (vol. vi.
p- 36. ed. 1811, 8vo.); but though it may be true in gene-
ral, as comprehending Methodilts of both deferiptions, at
their firlt rife and in their early progrefs, it admits, in the
"pe ftate of this feét, of many exceptions; and it would
ve unjult and uncandid to charge upon a whole body of
Chriftians, refpectable both as to umber and charaéter, the
errors in fentiment and irregularities in praétice, into which
the excefles of enthufiafm may have betrayed {ome of their
number. Much as we may difapprove thefe errors and irre-
aeegy truth requires, us to ph from our own know.
edge, that thofe who have pafled under the denomination of
Methodifts have been eminently ufeful in awakening into cons
fideration the unthinking, and in reltraining the profligate,
among the lower clafles of mankind. We perceive with fa-
tisfaction a change of conduct: the idle and diffolute have
become diligent and virtuous ; religion finds votaries among
thofe who were accuftomed to treat it with negleét and con-
tempt; the {tate of families has been amended, and the
community in general, compofed of individuals and of do-
mettic affociations, has derived benefit from the affiduity and
zeal of the Methodifts. We look forward with pleafure to
a period, when, by the diffufion of knowledge among per-
fons in the inferior ftations of life, many of thofe who are
now deemed erroneous enthufialts will become enlightened,
rational, and exemplary Chriftians. Having rendered this
tribute of juftice to the Methodifts in general, we thall now
proceed to give a more particular and detailed account of
the two leading clafles into which they have been divided.

The opinions of Mr. Whitefield, which we have already
{tated to have been Calviniftic, aswell as his piety, recommend-
ed him to the notice of a devout peerefs, the countefs dowager
of Huntingdon, who became his patron, and liberally pro-
moted the ereétion of meeting-houfes for the Calviniftic Me-
thodifts ; and when her preachers could not obtain epifcopal
ordination, eftablifhed a college at Trevecca, in Breconfhire,
not far from Brecknock, for the education of minitters
in the Whitefieldian connection. This feminary, not being
endowed, expired with the countefs; but a new one was
foon after eftablifhed at Chefhunt, which has furnifhed the
Methodifts of this defcription with uleful preachers.

We may here obferve, that the profelytes of Whitefield
were lefs numerous than thofe of Wefley; and that their
affociation was lefs compact. Their minilters and places of
worthip were refpectively fupported by the different congre-
gations, aided for a time by the liberality of the countefs
above-mentioned and her friends in the higher ranks of life ;
not, like thofe of the Wefleyan fe@, by a genera! fund. The
former had no annual aflembly for the government of the
whole body ; but the latter had a regular feffion, under the
name of a ‘* Conference,”? in which the affairs. and the cir-
cumftances of the confederacy were inveftigated, funds pro-
vided, abufes corre&ted, and grievances redrefled. This
meeting was compofed of preachers chofen by the affemblies
of different ‘* diftri@s” as reprefentatives of the Methodift
conneétion, and of the fuperintendants of the * circuits,’
or inferior divifions.. It was at firlt limited to 100 of the
fenior itinerant preachers; but, in procefs of time, all the
preachers were permitted to aflift, if they were fo inclined,
or had an opportunity of attending. Ar firft, laymen were
allowed to preach; but minifters were afterwards ordained
for that purpofe by the clerical heads of the fociety. Our
readers hardly need to be informed, that Wefley and fome
of his affociates had taken orders in the church of Engiand ;
and this circumftance increafed their minifterial refpeCtability
in the general eftimation; but it gave them no additional

importance

METHODISTS.

innportarce in the opinion of the peculiar votaries of this
conneGtion, who were difpofed to'liften with profound atten-
fion to the effufions of the loweft and moft illiterate me-
chanics. Mr. Wefley, fpeaking of thefe unlettered men,
affirmed, that they had ‘help from God for that great work,
the faving of fouls from death, fince he had enabled, and
did enable them ftill, to turn many to righteoufnefs.—Thus
hath he deflroyed the wifdom of the wife, and brought to
nought the underftanding of the prudent.” Mr, Wefley in-
troduced among his followers ‘agape,’ or love-meetings.
Once in every quarter of a year, after the religious fervice
of the day, a confiderable number of perfons, of both fexes,
broke bread’? with each other. Alms were then colieCted
*for the poor members of the fociety. At thefe meetings
the preachers and others related their refpective “ ex-
perience,” and the fervice was enlivened by hymns, which
were fung at certain intervals. Thefe love-feaits were de-
rived from the Moravians, with whom Mr. Wefley at firft
affociated, but whofe communion he foon renounced. In
order to counteraé& the mifconceptions which fome perfons
might form of the charaéter of the Methodilts, Mr. Wefley
ftated the * diftinguifhing marks’’ of his followers. ‘Thele
marks, he faid, were to be found, not in “their opinions
of any fort,”’ in their words and phrafes, or in any defire of
being “ diftinguifhed by aétions, cuftoms, or ufages, of an
indifferent nature, undetermined by the word of God; nor
did they lay the whole ftrefs of religion upon any fingle part
of it. But they were diftinguifhed by having the love of
God fhed abroad in their hearts, by being always happy in
God, ever refting on him, giving thanks for every thing,
praying conftantly with earnettnefs and fervour; by purify-
ing their hearts from the luft of the flefh and of the eye,
from envy and malice, from pride and petulance; by doing
:kind offices to neighbours and ftrangers, to friends and ene-
mies; and by other fruits of a ‘living faith.” Nothing, he
added, was required by St. Paul but the faith here men-
tioned. By that alone could any one be juftified, or ac-
counted righteous before God; and the remiffion of fins
could only be obtained through the merits of Chrift, not by
the good works or fuppofed deferts of individuals. Holt-
nefs of heart and life would flow from fuch faith; but good
deeds without it would be inoperative and nugatory. No
man could produce it in himfelf, as it was the work of om-
mipotence. It was the free gift of God to thofe who were
before “ ungodly and unholy, and fit only for everlatting de-
ftruction.’’ He who received it was born again, ytt was not
fo perfetly regenerate, as to be fully fanctifieds for there
would ftill be fome ftruggles between the old arid the new
man, which would not ceafe before the Holy Spirit had
given to the zealous Chriftian “a new and clean heart.”
Fle would then attain the “ acmé” of fanGification, and be
qualified for the fociety of « juft men made perfect.”
Among thefe Methodifts diffentions exifted at the time of
the deceafe of their founder; but an interval of fix years
elapfed before their difference of fentiment produced an ac~
tual feparation. The liberties of their church, and the
rights of the people, formed the grounds of difpute. On
pretence of giving due fupport to the plan of itinerancy,
fome leading minifters had endeavoured to obtain an exorbi-
tant degree of power over the community and junior
preachers; and they managed the conference in a way
which tended to fecure this power. Difguited at thefe’ar-
bitrary proceedings, Mr. Kilham, and other members of
the fect, applied to the general affembly for a redrefs of
grievances, and for an adiniffion of the laity to a proper
fhare in the general government of the fociety. Repeated
applications and remonttrances being wholly fruitlefs, and

Mr. Kilham being expelled from the fraternity by the rul-
ing party, about 5000 difcontented members feceded from
the conneétion in the year 1797, and formed independent
arrangements on a popular bafis. Another body of feceders, -
affuming the uncouth appellation of « Chriftian Revi-
valifts,” * claimed,”’ fays an hiftorian of the Wefleyan fect,
«a right to indulge their propenfities to prayer and praife,
at all times, and on all occafions.” See Nightingale's
“¢ Portraiture of Methodifm,’’ cited in the laft edition of
Mofleim’s Eccl. Hitt. by Dr. Coote, vol. vi. p. 308—315.
8vo. ;
Before we clofe this article, we fhall obferve that Me-
thodilts of both defcriptions are, in general, members of
the eltablifhed church; though they have been erroneoufly
confounded with Proteftant diffenters. Mr. Wefley would
never allow of a feparate communion, and required his fol-
lowers to frequent the eftablifhed church, when they had
no opportunity of hearing their own preachers, and there
to communicate. Of late, indeed, fome alteration has
taken place in this refpeét; and parties of the Wefleyans
approach more nearly in principles and praétice to Protef-
tant diffenters, It is a'fo well. known, that the Methodifts
in Mr. Whitefield’s conneétion, though intermixed with
many who call themfelves Diffenters, belonged for the molt
part to the church; and their more general departure from
it was occafioned, when, at. the requeft of the pious countefs
above-mentioned, epifcopal ordination: was refufed to her mi-
nifters. Few of them yet underftand or adopt the difcriminat.
ing principles of Diffenters. The minifters, who have been
qualified for the exercife of their functions by ordination ac-
cording to the rites of the church, and who ftill continue in it,
are in popular language called Methoditts, or now, more gene-
rally, evangelical clergy ; an appellation appropriating to them-
felves a dittingu:fhing and peculiar chara¢ter, which others of
their own body are not difpofed to allow them, and which, as
fome cf them fay, is, with refpeét to their fentiments and
preaching, invidious and degrading. It is our province, in a
work of this nature, to ftate faéts and opinions juftly and
candidly as far as we are able ; and we leave contending parties,
both in and out of the church, to fettle their differences
among themfelves:

Mertuonpists, in Medical Hiftory, a title aflumed by a
feét of phylicians at Rome, in order to diftinguifh them-
felves from the two oppofite fects, the Empirics and Dog-
matilts, (fee Empiric,) with either of which they refufed
to arrange themfelves. The Methodift phylficians, as Celfus
informs us, generally confidered Themifon as their founder,
who was followed as a leader by Theffalus, and afterwards
by Soranus of Alexandria, the laft of whom praétifed at
Rome, during the reigns of Trajan and Hadrian. <A bold
charlatan, A{clepiades, who fettled at Rome about the
time of the Mithridatic war, was the firft, however, whe
maintained the principles adopted by this fe&. Borrowing
the doétrine of atoms laid down by Epicurns, he attempted
to account for all difeafes upon the obftruétion to the cir-
culation of the atoms, occafioned by two oppofite ftates of
the fyitem, which he denominated Jfiridum and laxum, or
ftates of conitriGion and relaxation, Every difeafe, which
exhibited obvious marks of retention, or appearances of
hardnefs, tumefaction, or external inflammation, was af-
cribed to the {tate of conftri€tion ; and the oppofite phenomena
of augmented difcharges, foftnefs and diminution of bulk,
to the condition of laxity, This doétrine became popular,
partly in ene of the felf-confidence of its profeffors,
and the loudnefs of their declamation againft former fyitems,
and partly from the precifion and formality of the regimen
which they prefcribed: and its progrefs was, perhaps, not

a little

MET

@ little aided by the fimplicity with which it feemed to ex-
plain all the phenomena of difeafe, and by the indolence
which it fanétioned in the practitioner; inafmuch as it ren-
dered all nice diferimination of fymptoms, and particular
invettigation of local difeale, unneceflary. It was enough
to afcertain the clafs in which any difeafe was to be ar-
ranged, and the general treatment would ferve for all; the
obfervation both of exciting and of proximate caufes was
deemed entirely fuperfluous. « As foon as it was known,”
faya Celfus, * to which of thefe claffes a dillemper be-
longed, if the body were bound, it mutt be opened; if it
laboured under a flux, it mult be rellrained s and if it were
of a mixed nature, the molt urgent malady mutt be firlt
onpofed.” For they were obliged to admit, in fome cafes,
the inconfiftency of both fridum and daxum occurring at the
fame time, in different organs of the body.

The abfardity of founding the practice of medicine upon
thefe very general principles has been pointed out, with his
ufual foree, by Celfue. He confidered the Methodifts as
even below the Empirics, in the accuracy of their practical
views: fince the Empirics attended to many circumi{tances of
adifeafe, while the Methodiits only oliferved the moft obvious,
and even the molt common appearances. Like the farriers,
who fuperintend the difeafes of fheep and cattle, but cannot
learn from thefe dumb animals the peculiar fymptoms of
their complaints, they regard only a few, which are com-
mon to all. ‘ Neque adjectam qnicquam Empiricorum pro-
feffioni, fed demtum eft ; quoniam illi multa circum/piciunt,
hi tantum facillima, et non plus quam vulgaria. Nam et
hi, qui pecoribus ac pimentis medentur, cum propria cujuf-
que ex mutis animalibus noffe non poffint, communibus tan-
tummodo infiftunt." (Celf. de Medicina. Pref) This
intelligent writer then goes on to fhew the infutliciency of
fuch general indications in praétice. In the ftate of laxity,
for inftance, he remarks, “ it is one thing to vomit bile,
another to vomit blood, and another to reject the food;
and there is much difference between a fimple purging, and
one attended with tormina; i e. between a mere diarrhea
and a dyfentery ; and likewife between a walting from pro-
fufe fweats, and a mere marafmus. And not one of thefe
complaints is to be cured exaétly in the fame manner as
another.’

We have already pointed out the fimilarity between this
doftrine and that of the Brunonian fyftem, which has
been the caufe of much controverfy in our own times; the
diftinguifhing features of which were, the reference of all
difeates to two oppofite conditions of the conftitution,
henia and affkenia, or {lrength and debility, (which might
with almoft equal propriety have been called /friéum and
dazum,) and the confequent exclufion of all particular in-
vefligation of the minute diilinétions in the phenomena of
difeafes, which it encouraged. See Mepicine, Hiflory of.

The practice of the Methodiits was particularly diftin-
guithed by their rejection of purgative medicines ; by their
rigid and formal regimen, efpecially in the methodical ab-
ftinence which they enforced for a certain number of days ;
and by their copious ufe of warm ablutions, fomentations,
cataplafms, and frictions with oil, together with free bleed-
ing, in difeafes afcribed to ftri&ture; and a fimilar routine
with cold drinks, and cold and corrugating applications, in
diforders attributed to laxity. An epitome of methodific
medicine has been handed down by Czhus Aurelianus, who
tranflated the original work of Soranus, which is loft. See
his treatife « De Morbis Acutis et Chronicis :”—alfo
Le Clerc Hilt. de la Medecine; Walker's Memoirs of
Medicine. Sled.

METHODIUS, in Biography, a Chriftian bifhop and

Vor, XXIII.

MET

martyr, who flourifhed towards the clofe of the third cen.
tury; and unlefs there were wo of the fame name, who
lived about this period, he was bifhep of feveral placer,
vis. of Olympus, tn Lycian, of Tyre, and of Patara, &c. He
is not mentioned by Eufebius in his Ecclefiattical Hiltory,
which has been afcribed, not without probability, to his re-
fentment againft him for having written with feverity agaiu&
Origen, of whom, it is known, that Eufebius was a great
admirer. ‘There were two opinions concerning the death of
this prelate ; fome fay he fuffered under Decius, or Vale-
rian, and others contend, that he was one of thofe who
fufferedl in Dioclefian's perfecution. He is highly ap-
plauded by Epiphanius, Jerome, and others, by whom he
18 characterifed as a learned and eloquent maf, and a zea-
lous defender of the truth. Lardner has given a pretty full
account of his works, for which we refer to the third
volume of the 8vo edition, 1788. This learned and can-
did critic fays, that in the Remains of Methodius there are
many interpretations of texts of {eripture, which, in his
opinion, do little honour to the author’s judgment, and he
gives inftances in proof of this decifion. Dr. Lardner hke-
wife obferves, that the Remains of Methodius clearly prove,
that he admitted into the canon of the holy f{criptures the
four gofpels, the aéts of the Apoftles, the epiftles of St.
Paul, and the epiftle to the Hebrews as one of them. He
alfo owned as authentic the firft epiftle of St. Peter, and
the firft of St. John. His opinion about the reft is not
known. He quotes the Revelations as a book of facred
{cripture, written by John, whom he probably regarded as
the apoftle and evangelift. Lardner.

Meruopivs, furnamed the Confefor, who flourifhed
about the middle of the ninth century, was born at Syra-
cufe. Having received a good education, he went to Con-
ftantinople, where he embraced a religious life, and took
up his refidence in a monaftery at the ifle of Chios. He
was afterwards ordained prieft by the patriarch Nicephorus,
and upon the expulfion of that prelate from the fee of Con-
ftantinople, was fent by him to Rome to implore affiftance
from pope Pafchal in his behalf. Upon his return to Greece,
after the death of that patriarch, he fignalized himfelf by his
zeal for image-worfhip, on which account he was committed
to prifon, and endured many indignities for feveral years.
He recovered his liberty completely in the year 842, and
was in a fhort time preferred to the patriarchate of the church
of Conitantinople. As foon as he was quietly fettled in
his fee, he introduced the fuperftition of image-worfhip into
the Greek church. Methodius died in the year 847. He
was author of feveral works, among which was a “ Con-
flitution, or Manual for Perfons who, after having apofta-
tized, returned again to the Profeffion of the Chriftian
Faith."’ Moreri. Mofheim’s Eccl. Hitt.

METHONICA, in Botany, Juff. 48. Herm. Lugd.
Bat. 688. t. 689, the Malabar name of the Superb Lily.
See Groriosa.

METHUEN, in Geography, 2 town of America, in Effex
county, Maffachufetts, on the N. bank of Merrimack river,
between Dracut and Haverhill. It contains two parifhes
and 1253 inhabitants.

METHULLY, a town of Hindooftan, in Guzerat;
15 miles S.W. of Gogo.

METHWOLD, a {mall market-town in the hundred of
Grimefhoe and county of Norfolk, England, is fituated four
miles from Stoke Ferry, and 86 from London. It derived
its name from its fcite, and was anciently written Methel-
walde, or Midlewolde, being the wold between Northwolde
and Hockwolde. The church, which appears to have been
built in the reign of Edward II., is a regular edifice with

‘ 3H a nave,

MET

@ nave, aifles, and chancel. At the weft end of the nave is
a {quare tower, embattled ; on this is raifed another tower
of an oGtangular fhape; and from the latter rifes a fpire.
The population of Methwold in the year 1801, according
to the return then made to parliament, was 865, occupying
134 houfes. The market, which is kept on Tuefdays,
was formerly confiderable, but is now almoft difufed: an
annual fair is held on St. George's day. The town has
_ been, from time immemorial, proverbially famous for its
extenfive rabbit warrens.

In this parifh ftood Stevefholm or Shifham priory, which
was given by William earl of Warren, in the reign of king
Stephen, as acell to the priory of Caftle Acre. At the
diffolution it was granted to the family of Mundeford, and
was afterwards conveyed to that of Seabright. Blome-
field’s Hiftory of Norfolk, vol. ii. Beauties of England,
vol. xi. by J. Britton.

METI, atown of Abyffinia, near the coaft of the Red
fea. N. lat. 13° 30’. E. long. 42° 30’.

METIMCUS, two iflands of America, near the coaft
of Main. N. lat. 43° 50’. W. long. 68° 15).

. METIMIN, a town of Ruffia, near the Pacific ocean.
N. lat. 64° 55’. E. long. 180° 34'.

METITCHE, or Merrisiau, a plain in the territory
of the city of Algiers, which commences about half a mile
N.E. of the city and ftretches 50 Englifh miles in length,
and 20 in breadth, as far as the branch of mount Atlas,
at the foot of which lies the town of * Belida.”’? This
plain is well cultivated and well watered, and is in this
_ refpeét fuperior to the other diftri€ts of the kingdom. It
is juftly reckoned, as Shaw fays, the garden of the whole
kingdom.

METIUS, Anprian, in Biography, a celebrated Dutch
mathematician, who flourifhed in the 16th and 17th cen-
turies, was a native of Alkmaer. He purfued his ftudies
at a German univerfity, where he afterwards taught the
mathematics with great reputation for feveral years, and
afterwards became profeffor of thofe fciences at the univer-
fity of Franeker. He was author of feveral books on
{pherics, aftronomy, and arithmetic. He had a brother
James, for whom he claimed the honour of having been the
firft inventor of the telefcope/-but according to Borelli’s
account of the difcovery ofthat inftrument, it is highly
improbable, as it is generally believed, that Zacharias Janfen,
a {peétacle maker at Middleburg, was the original inventor,
(fee TeLEscope,) and that James Metius purchafed tele-
{copes of Janfen’s children, by which he became acquainted
with their conftru€tion and principles.

METKERKE, Apotruus vaAN, was born at Bruges
in 1528, and {pent the greateft part of his life in the fervice
of the revolted ftates of the Low Countries, in the quality
of counfellor of ftate, and envoy to the foreign potentates.
In the latter ftation he was at the court of queen Elizabeth,
when he died, in 1591, of grief, it was faid, on account of
the lofs of his fon Nicholas, an ative commander before
Deventer. He was a man of great learning, and was author
of the following works; “ A Tranflation, with Notes, of
fome Pieces of Theocritus, Bion, and Mofchus ;’’ “ Latin
Poems ;”? “ A Treatife in Latin on the true Pronunciation
of the Greek Language ;’” “ A Collection of the Proceed-
ings at the Peace concluded at Cologne in 1579.” He took
a part in other works, particularly in ‘« The Lives of the
Czfars;” «© The Medals of Magna Grecia,” and “ The
Fafti Confulares,’”’ publifhed by Goltzius.

METO, or Meron, a celebrated mathematician of
Athens, who flourifhed 432 B.C., was the fon of Peaufa-
nias. He obferved, in the firft year of the 87th Olympiad,

MEE

the folftice at Athens, and publifhed his cycle of 19 years
by which he endeavoured to adjuft the courfe of the fun
and moon, and to make the folar and lunar years begin at
the fame point of time. This is called the Metonic period,
or cycle. It is alfo called the golden number, from its
great ufe in the calendar. (See Cycrz.) It is known that
Meton was living about the year 412 B.C., for when the
Athenian fleet was fent to Sicily, he efcaped from being
embarked on that difaftrous expedition by counterfeiting an
appearance of idiotifm, Moreri.

METOCHE, Meroxs, in the Ancient Archite@ure, aterm
ufed by Vitruvius, to fignify the {pace or interval between
the dentils. See DenTIcLEs.

Baldus obferves, that, in an ancient MS. copy of that
author, the word metatome is found for metoche. Hence
Daviler takes occafion to fufpeé&, that the common text
of Vitruvius is corrupted, and concludes, that it fhould not
be metoche, but metatome, q. d. fection.

METOCHITA, Tueropore, in Biography, a modern
Greek hiftorian, who flourifhed in the 13th and 14th cen-
turies. He attained to high honours in the Conitantino-
politan empire, but in the reign of Andronicus the younger,
he was banifhed and his goods confifcated. He was after-
wards recalled, and ended his life in a monaftery of his own
foundation, in 1332. He was a man of extenfive and very
deep learning, and was entitled by his contemporaries a
living library. He wrote «¢ A Compendium of Roman Hif-
tory, from Julius Czfar to Conftantine,”? firft publifhed
with notes and a Latin verfion by Meurfius, in 1618; “A
Conftantinopolitan Hiitory,’’ in one book ; ** A‘facred Hif-
tory ;”’ and “* A Paraphrafe on Ariftotle’s Phyfics.”’

METONIC Cycre, in Chronology. See Cycig, and
Golden NumpBer.

METONYMY, Merwvupstery from pert, trans, and OV0[ACy
nomen, name ; a rhetorical trope confifting in a tranfmu-
tation or change of names; or a putting of the effeét for
the caufe, or the fubje& for the adjun&; and vice ver/é.

The metonomy is the moft confiderable of all the tropes
next to a metaphor, whether we confider its force and ele-
gancy, or the frequent ufe of it both in {peaking and writ-
ing. It is fometimes alfo called ¢ranfnominatio, and differs
not much from the hypallage.

There are four kinds of metonymies in principal ufe: the

Jirft, called a metonymy of the caufé, when the external
caufe is put for the effet; this caufe is either efficient or
final. Of the former kind are fuch metonymies, where we
put the inventor for the thing invented ; as Bacchus for wine,
Ceres for bread. Metonymies of the final caufe are fuch, by
which the end in doing a thing is put for the thing done.
Such is that of Virgil (Eclog. x. v. 41.), ‘¢ Phillis fhould gar-
landscrop,”’ by which are meant flowers for making garlands.
The /econd metonymy puts the effe& for the caufe, whether
the agent or only the means and inftrument: thus Virgil, En.
vi. v. 844, calls the two Scipios the deftru€ion of Libya, be-
caufe they were the agents who effeéted it; and Horace,
Carm.i. 1, 2. compliments Mecenas with the titles of being
his guard and honour, that is, his guardian and the author of
his honour: and the author is put for his works, The
third is, when the fubje@ is put for the adjun@. By fub-
je&t here, in a large fenfe of the word, may be underftood
that, wherein fome other thing is contained, or about which
it is converfant ; as likewife the poffeffor with refpe& to the
thing he pofleffes, and the thing fignified when put for the
fign of it: thus, in the firft of thefe ways, the feat of any
faculty or affeétion is put for the faculty or affection itfelf ;
as in the phrafes, a man of a clear head or of a warm heart :
the place, where any aétions are performed, is put for the

actions

MET

aétions done in it; the country or place of refidence for
the inhabitants; the time for the perfons living in it: in
the fecond way, the object is ufed Ee the perfon, or thing
employed about it: as when Cicero, pro Mil, cap. 4. fays,
in time of battle, the laws, #. ¢ the judges, are filent, by
the third way, we fay to deftroy or ruin a man, meaning
not his perfon but his eftate. In the latt way, ftatues and
pictures are called by the names of the perfons whom they
reprefent,

The fourth kind of metonymy is that in which the ad-
junét is put for the fubje&, which is done in the fame va-
riety of ways as the former. Thus Virgil fays, (A&n. i.
v. 704.) “they lie down upon purple,” that is, couches
dyed with purple. Alfo, “ Hope deferred maketh the
heart fick,’”? where hope is put for the thing hoped for.
Titus ie thus called by Suctonius * the love and delight of
mankind.” Thus alfo, we fay of a perfon, He has ferved
fo many campaigns,’’ meaning fo many fummers. More-
over, thus a “ feaptan'! is put for the regal dignity, and
the * {word’? for the authority of the magiltrate.

Voflius adds two other fpecies of metonymy, viz. of
the antecedent and the confequent, which bear fome analogy
to the caufe and effect, as the one does at lealt give occafion
tothe other. By the former, ‘to hear,'’ when {poken of a
fuperior, fometimes fignifies to grant or comply with, and
of an inferior to obey: by the latter it is not unufual to
fay, ** I fubfcribe,” or fet my hand to fuch a thing, mean-
ing that we affent or agree to it, &c.

ETOPE, or Meropa, in Archite&ure, the {quare
{pace or interval between the triglyphs, in the Doric
frieze, -

The word, in the original Greek, fignifies the diltance
between one aperture or hole and another, or between one
triglyph and another; the triglyphs being fuppofed to be
folives or joifts that fill the apertures. It is derived from
ela, inter, beteveen, and orn, foramen.

The ancients ufed to adorn thefe parts with carved works,
or paintings reprefenting the heads of oxen, veflels, bafons,
and other utenfils of the heathen facrifices.

As there is found fome difficulty in difpofing the triglyphs
and metopes in that juit fymmetry which the Doric order
requires; fome archite&ts make it a rule, never to ufe this
order but in temples.

Merorpe, Semi, is a {pace fomewhat lefs than half a me-
tope, in the corner of a Doric frieze.

Le Clerc obferves, that the beauty of metopes confifts in
_ their regularity, on appearing to be perfe& fquares; and
yet, when they are equally {quare, they appear to be lefs in
height thanin breadth, on account of the projeCture of the
little bandelet ; for which reafon they fhould be made ami-
nute or two more in height than in breadth, in order to make
their appearance uniform.

He alfo obferves, that when the triglyphs and metapes
follow each other regularly, the columns muft only ftand
one by one; excepting thofe of the inner angles, which
ought always to be accompanied by two others, one on each
fide; and here it is worth remarking, that thefe two co-
lumns, which accompany that of the angle, are not lefs ne-
ceflary on account of the folidity of the building, than of
the regularity of the intercolumniations.

METOPIUM, in Botany, aname given by Pliny to the
plant which produces the gum ammoniacum. _ He fays that
the ancient Greeks called it alfo by this name, but in that
heerrs. See AmMONIAC. \

METOPOSCOPY, Mélwrosxeme, from perwror, frons,
forehead, and zxorix, in{pedtion, af cxerlouss, J view, the art
of difcovering the temperament, inclinations, and manners

MET

of perfons, by infpecting their features, and the lines in
their faces, and efpecially of their foreheads.

Metopofeopy is no more than a branch of phyfiognomy ;
the latter taking ite conjectures from all parte of the body ;
but both the body and the branch are extremely precarious,
not to fay vain.

Ciro Spontoni, who has written on the fubjeét of meto-
polcopy, obfervey, that there are feven principal lines to be
confidered in the forehead; each of which has its peculiar
planet. ‘The firft is the line of Saturn, the fecond of Jupi-
ter, &c.

METOSIS, in Surgery, an amaurofis, or rather a blind-
nef, from exceffive fhort-fightednets, fince amaurofis implies
that the defeé of fight is owing to torpor, or infenfibility
of the retina and optic nerve. See Gurra Serena.

METRAHENNY, or Mintet Raniné, in Geography, a
town of Egypt; 6 miles S. of Gizeh.

METRAMA, ariver of Naples, which rifes in Cala-
bria Ultra, and runs into the Mediterranean ; 4 miles S. of
Nicotera. N. lat. 38° 30’. E. long. 16° 15'.

METRE, or Merer, Mrzpo», in Poetry, denotes a fyitem
of feet of ajuft length. Ariftides defines metre, a fyftem
of feet compofed of diflimilar fyllables, of ajuft extent. In
which fenfe metre amounts to much the fame with genus
carminis, or the fort of verfe, and differs from rhythm.
See Prosopy.

It was during the reign of Edward VI. that metrical
pfalmody, in the fame manner as is ftill praétifed in our paro-
chial churches, had its beginning, or at leaft became general
in England, by the verlion of Thomas Sternhold, John
Hopkins, and others ; which, though it now appears bald,
coarfe, and defpicable, was then equally refined with the
poetical tafte of the moft polite courtiers and polifhed fcho-
lars of the nation. But time, which has added ftrength
and energy to the profe tranflation of the pfalms, as well as
other parts of f{eripture, and made them {till more venerable,
has rendered the ver/ of thefe tranflators a difgrace to our
literature and religion. See Psatmopy, Metrical, Cux-
MENT Marot, GoupimeL, and CLaupe LE Jeune.

Mere, in the French Mea/ures, is the ten millionth part
of a quadrant of the meridian, which is adopted as the unit
of length; and from which, by multiplication and divifion,
all other meafures are derived. The length of the quadrant
was computed by meafuring an arc of the meridian between
the parallels of Dunkirk and Barcelona, and found to be
5,130,740 French toifes. This number, divided by ten mil-
lions, gives 443,296 French lines, the length of the metre,
which is equal to 36.9413 French inches, or 39.3702 Englifh
inches. See Measure and STANDARD.

Merre, or Meter, a meafure for oil and other liquids in
Turkey. The meter weighs eight okes, or22 ib. avoirdupois,

METRETES, the name of a meafure ufed among the
ancients, containing fomewhat more than nine gallons.

METRICAL Venrsss, are thofe confifting of a deter-
minate number of long and fhort fyllables; as thofe of the
Greek and Latin poets.

Capellus obferves, that the genius of the Hebrew lan-

ge is incompatible with metrical poetry.

METRICE, or Merrica, among the Ancients, was
that part of poetry employed about the quantities of fylla-
bles, feet, forts of metre, or verfe, &c.

METRO, jin Geography, a river which traverfes the duchy
of Urbino, and runs into the Adriatic, N. lat. 43° 50'.

METROCELIDES, from pre, a mother, and xnArscy
a mole, in Surgery. See Nazvus Maternus.

METROCOMIA, from penrnp, mother, and xwpn, towns
or village, a term in the Ancient Church Hiflory, fignifying a

. ZH 2 borough,

MET

borough, or village, that had other villages under ifs jurii-
diction. :

What a metropolis was among cities, a metrocomia was
among country towns. The ancient metrocomiz had each
its chorepifcopus or rural dean, and here was his fee or re-
fidence. See Merrovorts and Cuorepiscorvus.

METROMETER, Fr., a machine to determine the
time of a piece of mufic. It requiresa pendulum, which,
while a movement is performing, may be lengthened or
fhortened at the pleafure of the compofer, till the ofci!lations
exactly agree with the bar, or any of its accented parts.
The length of the pendulum mutt be fpecified at the begin-
ning of apiece. Many attempts at fuch an expedient have
been made ; but we believe it has never been brought to
perfection: if it hadin Handel’s time, many of his compo-
~ fitions would not be frequently injured by being performed
too faft or too flow, to fatisfy thofe who remember his
works performed under his own direction.

METRONOMII, Méhovou0, among the Athenians,
officers that infpected all forts of meafures, except thofe of
corn; there were five of them in the city, and double that
number inthe Pyreus, in which the greate{t mart in Attica
was kept. ;

METROPI, in Geography, a town of European Tur-
key, in the province of Livadia; 28 miles S..of Athens.
—Alfo, a fmall ifland in the gulf of Engia; 3 miles W. of
Engia.

METROPOLI, a town of the ifland of Crete or Can-

dia, faid to be fituated on the fcite of the ancient Gortyna ;
which fee ; 22 miles S. of Candia. N. lat. 35° 1. E. jong.
25-4l.
METROPOLIS, Mé]porroatc, from KnTnps mother, and wortsy
city, the mother-city, &c. the capital of a country, or pro-
vince : or the principal city, and, as it were, mother of all
the relt.

Merroprotis is alfo applied to archiepifcopal churches,
and fometimes to the principal, or mother-church of a city.
The Roman empire having been divided into thirteen diocefes,
and one hundred and twenty provinces, each diocefe and
each province had its metropolis, or capital city, where
the proconful, or the vicar of the empire, had his refidence.

To this civil divifion the ecclefiattical was afterwards
adapted, and the bifhop of the capital city had the direction
of affairs, and the pre-eminence over all the bifhops of the
province. His refidence in the metropolis gave him the title
of metropolitan. See Diocese.

The erection of metropolitans is referred to the end of the
third century, and was confirmed by the council of Nice.
Indeed archbifhop Uther, and De Marca, maintain it to be
aneitablifhment of the apoltles ; but in vain: for itis next
to certain, that the ecclefiaftical government was regulated
on the plan of the civil; and that it was hence the name
and authority of metropolitans were given to the bifhops of
the capital cities of the empire, or the provinces that com-
pofedit, This is fo true, that, in:the conteft between the
bifhop of Arles and the bifhop cf Vienne, each of whom
jJaid claim to the metropolitanfhip of the province of Vienne,
the council of Turin appointed, that whichever of them
could prove his city to be the civi! metropolis, fhould enjoy
the title and rights of ecclefiaftical metropolitan.

Nothing is more evident than the perfe&t equality that
reigned among the primitive churches ; nor does there even
appear, in the firft century, the {malleft trace of that affocia-
tion cf provincial churches, from which, fays Mofheim,
councils and metropolitans derive their origin. (See D1o-
cese.) The order and decency of thofe affemblies which were
called councils, and introduced towards the clofe of the fecond

MET

century, required, fays this author, that fome one of the
provincial bifhops met in council, -fhould be invefted with a
fuperior degree of power and authority; and hence, he
adds, the rights of metropolitans were derived. See Pa-
TRIARCHS.

Though the ecclefiaftical government, however, was mo-
delled on the political, yet, in Gaul, and fome other coun-
tries, the diftin@tions of metropolitan and primate were not
obferved till very late. As the prefectus Gallie refided by
turns at Trevoux, Vienne, Arles, and Lyons, he commu-
nicated the rank and dignity of metropolitan and primate to
each of them in their turn; and yet none of the Gallican
bifhops affumed to themfelves the rights, nor even the prece-
dence, of metropolitans, The epifcopate levelled them all,
and they had no regard but to the privileges of feniority.
This equality lafted ull the fifth century, when the contelt
between the bifhops of Vienne and Arles was fet on foot.

M. Du Pin obferves, that in the provinces of Africa, ex-
cepting thofe of which Carthage was the metropolis, the
place where the moft aged bifhop refided became the metro-
polis: the reafon of which, without doubt, was this, that
neither the proconful, nor prefeétus, ever fixed their refi-
dence any where.

The fame author obferves, alfo, that in Afia there were
metropolifes merely nominal ; that is, which had no fuffra-
gan, nor any rights of metropolitans. ‘The bifhops of Nice,
Chalcedon, and Berytus, had the precedence of the other
bifhops, and the title of metropolitans, but this, without
any other prerogative befides the honour of the appellation ;
they themfelves being fubject to their metropolitans.

A metropolitan has the privilege of ordaining his fuffra-
gans; and appeals from fentences pafled by the fuffragans
are preferred to the metropolitan. See ARCHBISHOP.

The name metropolis was originally given to thofe Greek
cities, which had eftablifhed colonies in other places; and to
thefe certain rights or privileges belonged, partly honorary,
and partly profitable. "Thofe of the firit kind prircipaliy
related to religion. Z£.g. The colonies were obliged to fend
annually to their metropolis deputies for offering facrifices
on their behalf to the gods of the country, and to prefent
to them their firft fruits. If the facred fire fhould by any
accident be extinguifhed, the colonies could not rekin-
dle it any where but in the prytaneum of their founders.
‘The colonies were under an obligaticn to provide themfelves
with priefls, particularly thofe of their tutelar deity from
their metropoles. The firft places in the public folemnities,
their games, &c. belonged to citizens of their refpetive me-
tropolis. It was alfo the cuftom for the colonies to adorn
the temples of their ancient country with confiderable pre-
fents, {uch asthe fpoils of enemies, trophies, ftatues, and
other embellifhments ; andit was alfo ufual for the greater
number of the Greek cities to pay a yearly tribute of cer-
tain meafures of grain to that of Athens. Among the
profitable rights we may reckon the following: ‘the citi-
zens of the metropolis had power of forming alliances, con-
tracting marriages, &c., without having their children con-
fidered as ftrangers; they had likewife the power of pur-
chafing land, and other commodities, in the territory of the
colonies; the rights of hofpitaliiy took place between the
metropolis and its colonies ; and, moreover, the metropolis
had a right of appointing legiflators for their colonies, efta-
blifhing their form of government, and reviving certain
practices that had been abolifhed: they might alfo fend new
citizens into their colonies, who might fhare in common the
benefits of the ancient colonifts: generals were fometimes ob«
tained from the raetropolis, and new eftablifhments required
its fanction; but the moft important right was that of de-

manding

MET

marding fuccour from its colonies in time of war, both of
foldices and of thips, and affording an afylum to the citizens
of the belieged metropolis. Lelides thele general privileyes,
fome metropoles had peculiar claims on their colonies. The
metropolis, on the other hand, had certain fervices which
they were required to perform on behalf of their colonies ;
andif they failed, the colonies were jultified in withdrawing
from them their refpect and obedience, The title of metropolis
was lefs regarded among the Romans ; for though they mul-
tiplied their colonies, they had but one metropolis, which
was Rome ; and as this wag the firtt city of an immenfe empire,
they confidered the inhabitants of colonies merely as iub-
jects. In general, however, they regarded as metropoles
the cities which we call ‘ capitals,” and thefe were places, in
which were held the general aflemblies of the province, or
where exilted tribunals of the latt refort.

METROPROPTOSIS, from pre, the qomb, and
wporiele, to fall down, in Surgery. See Prozapsus Ureri.

METROSIDEROS, in Botany, fo named by Dr. So-
lander, from puiipxy the pith or heart of a tree, and oidnpos, iron,
alluding to the hardnels and colour of the wood.—Sm. Tr.
of Linn. Soc. v. 3. 266. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2.952. Mart.
Mill, Diet. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 3. 183. Gaertn.
t. 34. f 2. and f. 9. Lamarck [lluitr. t. gat. f. 3. (Ango-
phora; Cavan. Ic. v. 4. 21.
t. 36. f. a—e and m—t.)—Clafs and order, [co/andria Mono-
gynia. Nat. Ord. He/peridee, Linn. Myrti, Sutff.

Gen, Ch. Cad. Perianth half fuperior, with five fpreading
teeth or fegments. Cor. Petals five, roundifh, concave,
inferted into the rim of the calyx, alternate with its fegments ;
rade, and often rough, at the keel externally. Stam. Fila-
ments numerous, inferted into the calyx in feveral rows,
thread-(haped, much longer than the corolla; anthers {mall,
roundifh, two-lobed. Ps. Germen in the bottom of the
ealyx, roundith ; ftyle fimple, angular, ere&, much fhorter
than the itamens; ftigma quite fimple. Peric. Capfule
roundifh or ovate, coated in the lower part, of three cells,
and as many abrupt valves, pene at the upper part, the
partitions from the centre of the valves. Seeds feveral, im-
bricated, roundish or oblong, inferted into the central
column. ;

Eff. Ch. Calyx five-cleft, half fuperior. Petals five.
Stamens much longer than the corolla. Stigma fimple. Cap-
fule of three cells.

Sir Jofeph Banks and Dr. Solander frit diftinguifhed this
genus from Leprospermum and Merareuca ; fee thofe ar-
uicles, To the latter it is moft allied in habit, but differs in
having diftinét and fimple ftamens.. The length of thofe or-
gans, but more efpecially the fimple, not capitate, on ay dif-
tinguithes it from Lepto/permum, and the habit is totally differ-
ent... Molt of the {pecies are large handfome fhrubs or trees,
with long or broad, moitly {mooth and entire, leaves, and
fine large, white or crimfon, flowers, confpicuous for their
long and copious ftamens. Thefe plants are difpofed in two
feétions, according to the fituation of their leaves.

SeGion 1. Leaves oppofite.

1, M. hifpida. Rough Metrofderos. Sm. Tr. of L.
Soc. v. 3. 267. n. 1. Exot. Bot. v. 1. 81. t. 42. Ait. n. 1.
(M. anomala; Vent. Malm. t. 5. M. hirfuta; Andr. Repof,
t. 281. Axgophora cordifolia; Cavan. Ic, v. 4. 21. t. 338.)
—Leaves oppolite ; heart-fhaped and clafping the ftem at
their bafe. Young branches, flower-italks and calyx briftly.
—Gathered near Port Jackfon, New South Wales, by Dr.
J. White. It was raifed from feeds in England by Mefirs.
Lee and Kennedy about the year 1789, and is now not very
unfrequeat in the more curious greenhoufes, flowering in July

Leptofpermum; Forit. Gen, ,

MET

and Augult, ‘The /lem is ufually four or five feet high, pro.
bably much more in New Holland, rigid, branched, round,
and leafy. Leaves evergreen, very rigid and coriaceous,
harfh and fomewhat hifpid, nearl feflile, oblong, obtufe,
waved, a little revolute and flightly crenate, with one rib
and many crofs parallel veins; glaucous beneath: clafp-
ing the hem with their dilated heart-thaped bafe. The
younger branches are downy and briflly, terminating in co-
pious, umbellate or cymofe, large, white flowers, whole
ttalks and calyx are clothed with reddifh-brown, prominent,
briftly hairs, like thofe of the beautiful Rofe Acacia, Ro-
binia hifpida, "Vhis is one of the molt ftately plants, when
in perfection, that have been procured from New Holland.
Ventenat has figured fo miferable a fpecimen, that it could
feurcely be recognized.

2. M. floribunda. Many-flowered Metrofideros, Sm.
n. 2. Ait. n. 2—Leaves oppofite, ftalked, ovato-lanceolate.
Panicle crofs-branched, Flower-ftalks umbellate.—Native
of New South Wales. ~ Sent by fir J Banks, about 1784,
to Kew, where it blooms in the greenhoufe about July and
Auguft. A more fpreading, flender and {month forub than
the preceding, with long, lanceolate, or flightly ovate,
pointed, entire Leaves, eects thofe of an Eucalyptus.
The flowers are copious, white, much fmaller than the
former, in numerous {mall umbels, colle&ed into large, lax,
crofs-branched, occafionally hifpid, panicles. Calyx imooth,
with fharp prominent teeth.

3- M. coffata. » Angular-fruited Metrofideros: Gaertn.
Vv. I. 171. t. 34. f. 2. Sm. n. 3. (Angophora lanceolata ;
Cavan. Ic. v. 4.22. t. 339.)—Leaves oppofite, ttalked,
linear-lanceolate, pointed, oblique. Panicle repeatedly crofs-
branched. Tlower-ftalks imperfeétly umbellate —Native of
New South Wales. Leaves narrower, longer, more rigid:
and fhining, than the laft, as well as more oblique, or fal-
cate. Panicle more irregulariy and repeatedly branched, more
ftout, angular, and invariably fmooth, but lefs decidedly
umbellate in its ultimate divifions. Flowers twice as large,
yellowith-white, the tlrong angles of the calya permanent in
the obovate woody fruit.

4. M. diffufa. Spreading Metrofideros. Sm.n. 4. Willd..
n. 4. (Melaleuca diffufa; Forft. Prod. 37. M. lucida;
Linn. Suppl. 342.)—Leaves oppofite, ovate, veiny ; fmooth:
on both fides. Panicles axillary and terminal, with oppofite
flower-ftalks.—Gathered by Foriter in New Zealand, and
by Nelfon in Otaheite. Weare indebted to fir J. Banks for’
a fine fpecimen from the laft-named ifland. ‘The /femis much
brasched, and by the name we prefume it {preads horizontally. .
Leaves fmooth, numerous, on fhortifh thick italks, ovate or
obovate, one and a half inch long, with a flrong mid-rib, and
a pair of very flight evanefcent marginal ones ; the crofs veins -
numerous, fine and reticulated. Flowers in denfe, level-topped
panicles. Calyx {mooth, fhort, hemifpherical, without an-
gles; the teeth broad and blunt. The petals, and long /la-
mens and flyle, appear to us crimfon; the younger Linnzus
judged them, by his ill-dried fpecimen, to be yellow. The
valves of the ripe cap/ule, befprinkled externally with large
refinous dots, rife half their length above the ca/yx, and have
not the obtufe or abrupt termination obfervablein AZ. coffata.
Indeed the f{pecies before us, with the four or five following, -
fhew many indications of a generical difference from the firit
three, which perhaps, if they were compared alive, might
be more evident.

5. M. villofa. Hoary Metrofideros. Sm. n. é Willd. -
n. 5. (Melaleuca villofa; Linn. Suppl. 342, excluding the -
fynonym. M. zxfluofa; Forit. Prod. 38. Leptofpermum col-
linum; Forft. Gen. 36. n. 2.)—Leaves oppofite, ovate,
veiny ; downy beneath. Panicles denfe, axillary and “ee

minal, .

METROSIDEROS.

minal, oppofite, downy. Flowers feffile, crowded.—Ga-
thered in Otaheite by the Forfters, as well as by Mr. Archi-
bald Menzies. The fize and habit are like the laft, but the
fine downy hoarinefs of the flower-/lalks, calyx, tender
branches, and backs of the younger /eaves, charaGterife the
prefent beautiful {pecies. The back of each little calyx-
tooth is {mooth, though the petals are externally hoary. The
latter, like the very long /lamens and /tyle, are crimfon. The
leaves ave broadifh-ovate, or obovate, with a fhort, blunt,
channelled point. Mr. Menzies informs us this was called
Metrofideros fpeGabilis by the late Dr. Solander; therefore
it muit be Gertner’s t. 34. f. g.

6. M. florida. Flowery Metrofideros. Sm. n.6. Willd.
n. 6. (Melaleuca florida; Forft. Prod. 37. Leptofpermum
f{candens; Forft. Gen. 36. n. 1. t. 36. fa — d.)—Leaves
oppolite, elliptic-oblong or obovate, veiny, fmooth. Pa-
nicle denfe, terminal. Calyx turbinate, {mooth.—Native of
New Zealand. A fine fpecies, {mooth in every part, with
long, leafy, round branches. Leaves blunt, near two inches
in length. Flowers large and handfome, crimfon, in denfe
obtufe terminal panicles, whofe ftalks are ufually three-
flowered. The calyx is remarkably elongated, {welling gra-
dually upward, with a wide mouth and fhort blunt teeth.
The ffyle is remarkable for its great fize, being, like the
{tamens, above an inch long, with a very flightly dilated
Stigma, permanent. We know nothing of the fruit but from
Forfter, who reprefents the feeds as {mall and flender, yet
he appears not to have feen them ripe.

7. M. umfbellata. Umbellate Metrofideros. Cavan. Ic.
Vv. 4. 20. t. 337.—Leaves oppofite, lanceolate, pointed,
fmooth. Flowers in terminal fimple umbels. Calyx tur-
binate, filky, with naked teeth. Petals oblong.—Ga-
thered in New Zealand by Mr. Menzies, who gave us a
fpecimen by the name of MM. lucida, of which finding no
traces in authors, we adopt that of Cavanilles, who fays his
fpecimens were gathered by Lewis Née, near the town at
Port Jackfon, New South Wales. We have however
never heard of it from thence by any other means. The
fiem is faid to be eight orten feet high. The branches
are ereét, repeatedly forked, fmooth, leafy, round, or flightly
angular. Leaves one and a half or two inches long, ellip-
tic-lanceolate, tapering at each end, flightly revolute, on
fhort thick ftalks; the under fide paleft, moft Opaque, dot-
ted. Flowers large, red, in fimple very clofe umbels, the
ftalks being extremely fhort and thick. Calyx turbinate,
much dilated upwards, very filky, except the teeth, which
are broad, obtufe, and naked, glandular at the back. Petals
elliptic-oblong, twice the length of the calyx-teeth. Sva-
mens and /tyle thrice as long as the petals.

8. M. glomulifera. Clutter-flowered Metrofideros. Sm.
n.7. Ait. n, 3,—Leaves oppofite, ovate, reticulated with
veins ; downy beneath. Heads of flowers lateral, ftalked,
downy as well as the bratteas.—Gathered near Port Jack-
fon by the late Mr. David Burton. Mr. Brown fent it in
1805 to Kew garden, where it bloffoms in May and June.
This fpecies feems arborefcent. The /eaves are ovate or ob-
long, greyifh, with innumerable fmall reticulated veins ; ra-
ther downy beneath. J/owers whitifh, in globofe heads.
Footftalks, common flower-/alk, calyx, and petals, clothed with
fine hoary down. Stamens and /tyle reddith.

9. M. anguffifolia. Narrow-leaved Metrofideros. Sm. n. 8.
Ait. n. 4. (Myrtus anguftifolia ; Linn. Mant. 74, excluding
the fynonym of Burmann.)—Leaves oppofite, linear-lanceo-
late, naked. Flower-ftalks axillary, umbellate. Bracteas
lanceolate, {mooth, deciduous.—Native of the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence it was fent by Mr. Maflon to Kew in
1787, but has not yet flowered there. A buthy /brud, with

fe)

{mooth, narrow, lanceolate /eaves, two inches long, one-third
of an inch broad, finely dotted-on both fides. Foot/lalks
fhort and thick. Flowers numerous, {mall, white, in oppo-
fite, axillary, ftalked, compound, downy, corymbofe cluf-
ters. Calyx hemifpherical, quite fmooth, at rb decay-
ing, its ribs only remaining round the nearly globular capfule.
It is fingular that Thunberg, who fent perfeét fpecimens,
with ripe fruit, to Linnzus, fhould ftill retain this plant as
a Myrtus in his Prodromus, p. 87.

SeGtion 2. Leaves alternate.

10. M. ciliata. Fringed Metrofideros. Sm.n.g. (Me-
laleuca ciliata; Forft, Prod. 38. Leptofpermum ciliatum ;
Forft. Gen. 36. n. 3. t. 36. f. r — t.)—Leaves fcattered,
imperfe&tly oppofite, elliptical, obtufe, coriaceous, fome-
what fringed at the bafe. _Corymbs terminal, hairy.—
Gathered by Forfter in the ifland of New Caledonia, not in
New South Wales. A low bufhy /Arub, with numerous,
pale, thick and rigid, oval, concave /eaves, like thofe of a
Buxus or Celaftrus, an inch long, more or lefs; the young
ones fringed at the bafe. The fhort thick foot/alks are alfo
hairy while young. Flowers deep red, large and handfome,
moft like thofe of our fourth, fifth, and feventh fpecies, a
few together at the ends of the branches, on corymbofe,

‘flightly hairy ftalks. Calyx fhort, broad and depreffed, a
little hairy, its teeth oblong, fringed. Petals obovate,
fringed, rather longer than the calyx-teeth. Stamens and
Siyle very long. Capfule broad, tumid, dotted with numerous
prominent refinous glands, and rifing, in three rounded lobes,
much above the rim of the calyx. It is greatly to be
wifhed that this {pecies, and fuch as moft refemble it, could
be obtained for the gardens of Europe.

11. M. /inearis. Linear-leaved Metrofideros. Sm. n. 10.
Ait. .5. (Melaleuca linearis ; Schrad: Sert. Hannov. 1g.
t. r1.)—Leaves f{cattered, linear, channelled, acute, roughifh,
rigid, Flowers lateral, crowded, feffile.—Native of New
South Wales. Communicated to the Kew garden by fir
J. Banks, about the year 1788. A ftout and rigid /hrub,
or {mall #ree, with round fmooth branches. Leaves not un-
like thofe of fome kinds of Fir, in their general appearance,
being very numerous, fcattered, crowded, feffile, three or
four inches long, fcarcely more than a line broad, fingle-
ribbed, thick-edged, entire, roughifh to the touch, dark
green, bluntifh with a {mall pungent point. Foqwers feffile,
in confiderable numbers round the young branches, for the
{pace of three inches or more, fpreading every way, the
branch being continued and leafy beyond them. Ca/ya bell-
fhaped, {mooth and even, with broad, triangular, convex,
deciduous teeth. Petals orbicular, convex, green, often
flightly downy. Stamens and flyle an inch long; prominent,
of a beautiful fhining crimfon. Cap/fules globofe, fomewhat
depreffed, with a very thick fmooth coat from the body of
the calyx, often crowding each other into an angular fhape.
Their little convex valves fearcely rife above the even rim of
the calyx.

12. M. /anceolata. Lanceolate Metrofideros. Sm. n. 51.
Ait. n. 6. (M. citrina; Curt. Mag. t. 260. M. lophantha ;
Venten. Jard. de Cels, t. 69. M. marginata; Cavan. Ic.
v. 4. 18. t. 332.)—Leaves alternate, lanceolate, pointed,
{mocth. Flowers lateral, crowded, feffile.—Native of New
South Wales. Frequent in greenhoufes. This firft fowered
in the late Marchionefs of Rockingham’s colle&tion about
the year 1790. It differs from the lalt only in foliage, the
leaves of the prefent being truly lanceolate, about two inches
in length, and half an inch broad, with a flender marginal
rib. They are {mooth on both fides, plentifully dotted.
Flowers exactly like the lait. The calyx is fometimes

downy,

\

MET

downy, but net fo conflantly as we originally thought.
Every part when bruifed is highly aromatic. —In the T’ranf-
aétions of the Linn, Soc. v. 9. 117, a fufpicion is mentioned
that this and the foregoing, and even the following, may be
merely varieties of one {pecies. We have feen from the
feeds of one fingle capfule of the /anceolata, plants produced
greatly differing in the breadth of their faves, infomuch
that we are almoft perfuaded of the former part of the poli-
tion; but the following appears too different in other refpects,
to be confounded with either of thofe plants. We have de-
termined to keep them all feparate, for the prefent at leatt,
till Mr. Brown, who has feen them wild, fhall give his
opinion.

13. M. faligna. Willow-leaved Metrofideros. Sm. n. 12.
Ait. n. 7, Venten. Jard. de Cels, t. 70.—Leaves alternate,
lanceolate, tapering at each end, pointed. Flowers lateral,
crowded, {feflile, feiooth in every part.—Native of New
South Wales. Sent to Kew by fir J. Banks about the
year 1788. It flowers in May and June, and differs from
M. lanceolata in its \efs rigid leaves, tapering remarkably at
each extremity ; flowers not above half fo large, with yel-
lowith famens, their petals not even fringed, but quite fmooth
in every part, as well as the calyx. T’o thefe marks the in-
genious Ventenat added, that the fcales of the duds are ex-
ternally ftriated, which is not the cafe in the Janceolata.
Finally, the /aligna has no aromatic flavour.

14. M. viminalis. Wand-like Metrofideros. Gertn. v. 1.
171. t. 34. f.4. Willd. n. 13. —Leaves alternate, linear-
lanceolate. Flowers lateral, crowded, feflile, downy.—
Native of New Holland. Very different from the laft, its
eaves being more linear, and not tapering towards the ex-
tremities. The flowers are downy, and rather {maller. We
have feen it in fir J. Banks’s herbarium only.

15. M. capitata. Round-headed Purple Metrofideros.
Sm, a. 13. illd. n. 14.—Leaves fcattered, rough-edged,
obovate, with a minute point. Heads of flowers terminal.
Calyx and young branches hairy.—Found near Port Jack-
fon, New South Wales, by Dr. J. White. We have not
heard of itin any garden. It feems rather a humble, much-
branched /brub; the branches often cluftered, hairy when
ci round and rather flender; clothed with numerous,
cattered, obovate, feffile aves, rough, or finely ferrated,
at the edges, from a quarter to half an inch long, with a little
recurved point; their ribs three or five, not very apparent ;
both fides finely dotted, the edges fometimes fringed.
Flowers numerous, purple, in little, round, compaé, ter-
minal heads; the ca/yx clothed with long, foft, hoary hairs.
Braéeas lanceolate, fringed, deciduous. The /eaves are
fcarcely aromatic, but rather aftringent, with a flight flavour
like tea.

16. M. ericifolia. Heath-leaved Metrofideros.—Leaves
imbricated, linear, pointed, hairy ; channelled above; con-
vex beneath. Heads of flowers terminal. Braéteas feathery.
Calyx fmecth.—This hitherto nondefeript fpecies was ga-
thered by Mr. A. Menzies, near King George’s found, on
the weft coaft of New Holland. It has the habit of an
Erica, Diofna, or Phylica. The lem is leafy, ere&t, with
copious, fhort, leafy, lateral branches. Leaves very nume-
rous, crowded, about a quarter of an inch long, | nearly
linear, blunt, with a {mall point, dotted, hairy, dark green,
entire; convex beneath; flightly concave, or cha.nelled,
above. Heads of flowers terminal, about the fize of the
laft. Bra&eas lanceolate, covered at the back with long
foft hairs, deciduous. Calyx turbinate, dotted, naked. The
petals appear to be purplifh. The /eaves have a flight aftrin-
gency, with fome flavour of turpentine, but by no means
powerful. We have not feen the cap/ule.

MET

We are well aware that the habit of the twe lat {pecies, *
is fo different from the three which immediately precede
them, efpecially their inflorefcence ; and all thefe together
are fo unlike thofe deferibed in the former feétion, that it is
highly probable fome good generic difference is to be found
in their fruétification. On this fubjeét, as on many fGimilar
ones, we mult wait for the information of Mr. Brown, who
alone has compared them all in their native country.

METROVITZ, in Geography, atown of Dalmatia ; 6
miles N. of Narenta.

METSAMAA, a town of Sweden, in the goverament
of Abo; 38 miles N.N.E. of Biorneborg.

METSCHOVSK, a town of Ruflia, in the government
of Kaluga; 40 miles W.S.W of Kaluga. N, lat. 54° 12’.
E. long. 34° 50’.

METTESHEP, or Merrenscuep, in our Old Writers,
an acknowledgment paid in a certain meafure of corn; ora
fine or penalty iniloked on tenants, for defaults in not doing
their cuftomary fervice in cutting the lord's corn.

METTIJIAH, in Geography. See Metircne.

METTINGEN, a town of Germany, in the county of
Tecklenburg ; 6 miles N. of Tecklenburgh. [

METTINICK Isranp, an ifland in the Atlantic, nean
the coaft of Main. N. lat. 43° 51’. W. long..68° 59’.

METTSECOUBE,, a fmall ifland, or perforated rock,
in the Mediterranean, on the coaft of Algiers; where, it is
faid, Raymond Lully, in his miflion to Africa, frequently
retired to meditate ; fix miles N. of Boujeiah.

METTYCONDA, a town of Hindooftan, in Myfore ;
25 miles N. of Bangalore.

METUALES, or Mutvates, a people of Afia, dif-
perfed in great numbers all over Syria ; fo called from Mu-
tual, a celebrated captain, who deftroyed the current religion
of the Perfians, in order to fub{titute Mahometanifm inftead
of it. The Mutuales are, therefore, fchifmatic Mahomet-
ans. They admit the Koran as a facred book, and Maho-
met as the firlt of prophets; and they alfo venerate Jefus
Chrift, after the manner of the Turks. The Mutuales re-
nounce the fucceffion of Mahomet, except Ali, whom they
acknowledge as diftinguifhed among all the difciples of the
prophet by his fkill in war, and his: knowledge in letters.
All forms of religion are held by them in the fame contempt.
Extreme hunger alone can conftrain them to eat with
Chriftians.

METULA2, atownof Sardinia; 18 miles W.N.W. of
Villa d’Iglefias.

METUPETTA, a town of Hindooftan, in the Carna-
tic; 30 miles S.E. of Tanjore.

METWAY Hakrsovr, a bay on the S. coatt of Nova
Scotia. N. lat. 44° 10'. W. long. 64° 30!.

METYS, a word ufed by many of the ancient writers
to exprefs a fubftance colle€ted by bees, in order to the
{topping up cracks and crevices in their hives.

The old authors mention three kinds of fubitances ufed by
the bees on this occafion, the metys, piffoceros, and propolis.
The moderns ufe only the latter term to exprefs every thing
of this kind: the- metys and piffoceros feeming to have
been only the fame propolis, more or lefs mixed with wax.
The fubftance is a refin, of a middle confiftence between
the hard and the fluid ones. It is ufually of areddifh-
brown on the furface, and yellow within, and is collected
from feveral trees, of which the poplar feems to be the prin-
cipal, and the willow the next. ¢

METZ, plur. Metzen, in Commerce, a corn meafure in
Germany. At Augfburg, 8 metzen = a {chaf, and the metz
= 4 vierlings, 16 viertels, or 64 maeflals: 100 metzen =
about 81 Wincheiter bufhels. At Vienna, 30 metzen = a

muth ;

MET

auth ; the metz is divided into 4 viertels = $ achtels = 16
muhlmaffels = 32 fudarmaffels = 128 bechers, and it con-
tains 3100 French cubic inches = 3753 Englifh ditto;
hence 4 metzen = 7 Winchetter bufhels ; and a muth = 64
Englifh quarters nearly. SeeTab. XXI. of Measures.

Merz, in Geography, a city of France, chief place of a
diftri@, and capital of the department of Mofelle, fituated at
the conflux of the Seille and Mofelle, and containing three
cantons, correfponding to the three divilions of the city :
the firft includes 6455, and its canton 147,81 inhabitants, in
24 communes ; the fecond contains 12,355, and its canton
14,958 inhabitants, in 11 communes ; and the third part has
13,289, and its canton 15,000 inhabitants, in 4 communes.
The whole extent of its territory comprehends 245 kilio-
metres. Metz is divided isto the Old and New Town:
the former is large, with narrow ftreets ; but the houfes,
although built in the old ftyle, are handfome. The New
Town is alfo large, but more beautiful than the other.
Befides its fortifications, it has three citadels. Its bifhop,
before the revolution, aflumed the title of prince of the
Roman empire; he was fuffragan to the archbifhop of
‘Treves, and his diocefe comprehended 613 parithes, and his
revenue was 120,000 livres. Exclufively of the cathedral,
at contained three chapters, fixteen parifh churches, fix
abbies, and a college. The Jews, who are numerous in
this city, have a fynagogue. The country round Metz,
called the Mefzin, is tolerably fertile, and produces a little
wheat. This was anciently a part of the kingdom of Auf-
tralia ; and Metz was its capital and the royal refidence.
When the children of Charles the Great and Louis the
Pious divided the dominions of that crown, the kingdom of
Lorrain arofe out of the ruins of that of Auttrafia; and
about the termination of the fecond royal line of France,
Metz, Toul, and Verdun, fhook off the yoke, and put
themfelves, as free cities, under the protection of the em-
peror. In 1552, thefe cities placed themfelves under the
protection of the French, till the peace of Weltphalia in
+648, when the three bifhoprics were abfolutely transferred
to ‘France; 30 miles S. of Luxemburg. N. lat. 4977’.
E. long. 6° 15'.

* METZERWISE, a town of France, in the department
of the Mofelle, and chief place of a canton, in the diltriG of
Thionville. The place contains 607, andthe canton 13,439
inhabitants, on a territory of 295 kiliometres, in 45 com-
munes.

METZONA, a town of European Turkey, in Epire ;
25 miles E. of Arta. 4

METZU, Ganniet, in Biography, one of the moft in-
genious painters of the Flemifh fchool. He was born at
Leyden in 1615. It is not exaGly known with whom he
learned the rudiments of the art, nor does it much concern
us to be informed of it, as his ftyle is entirely his own,
having great completion in the finifhing, with breadth and
freedom quite unlike the tedious minute exactnefs of Gerard
Dow, or {till more that of Mieris.

Metzu generally painted {mall pictures of fubjects taken
from ordinary occurrences happening among the more po-
lithed clafs of his countrymen. A morning vifit at a lady’s
toilette; a converfation or concert among people drefled
in the beft ftyle of the time in Flanders ;-a gentleman ftop-
ping to drink at an inn, &c.; fuch are the obje&s which
generally compofe his pictures, in the execution of which
one is at a lofs to know whether moft to admire the beauty
of arrangement in the forms, the clearnefs and harmony of
the tones, or the extreme delicacy, breadth, and truth in the
execution. His works are by no means fcarce in this coun-

try, and are eagerly bought at high prices.
6

MEU

He was feverely afflicted with the ftone, the effec of, and
which was probably increafed by, his unremitting affiduity.
Having, at the age of 43, confented to undergo the opera-
tion of cutting for extraGtion, his conftitution was found
too weak to fupport the trial, and he did not furvive it.

MEVA, or Gnirv, in Geography, a town of Pruffia, in
Pomerelia, on the Viftula; 22 miles S. of Dantzic.

MEVANGFANG, a town of Upper Siam; 115 miles
N. of Porfeloue.

MEVELEVITES, in Modern Hiftory, a fort of dervifes,
or religious, among the Turks, fo called from Meveleva,
their founder. They affe& to be very patient, humble,
modeft, and charitable; but in reality are very debauched
and difhonett.

MEVIUM, a name mentioned by Fallopius and others,
as given by fome medical writers to the venereal difeafe.

MEVIUS, Davin, in Biography, a learned juritt, and
privy-counfellor to the king of Sweden, was employed in
various negcciations by Charles XI., and drew up the regu-
lations by which the German provinces, occupied by Sweden,
were to be governed. He wrote ‘* Commentaries on the
Law of Lubeck;'’ “ Counfels or Deliberations ;’? and
¢ Univerfal Jurifprudence.”’

MEULAN, in Geography, a town of France, in the de-
partment of the Seine and Oife, and chief place of a canton,
in the diftri& of Verfailles. The place contains 2100, and the
canton 12,584 inhabitants, on a territory of 130 kiliometres,
in 20 communes.

MEULEBECHE, a town of France, in the department
of the Lys, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
Courtray. The place contains 6660, and the canton 12,506
inhabitants, on a territory of go kiliometres, in four com-
munes.

MEULEN, Anruony Francis VANDER, in Biography.
This painter was born at Bruffelsin 1634. He wasa difciple
of Peter Snayers, a battle painter of confiderable note, and
his early progrefs gave itrong promife of his future emi-
nence.

His ingenious pi@tures attrated the attention of M.
Colbert, the minifter of Louis XIV., who induced V. Men-
len.to leave Bruffels, and fettle in Paris; and foon after-
wards introduced him to the king, who appointed him to
attend and paint the fcenes of his military campaigns, gave
him a penfion of 2000 livres, and paid him befides for his
performances. He made fketches of almoft all the moit
remarkable events that occurred in thefe expeditions of
Louis; defigning upon the {pot the ercampments, marches,
fieges, &c. of the armies; the huntings of the king; the
aflembling of the officers, &c.: from thefe he compofed
his pigtures, which are fkilfully arranged, with great buftle,
animation, and fpirit, and executed with a very agreeable,
though not always a natural tone of colour, and witha
{weet and delicate pencil. Some of his piétures exhib:t
uncommon flall and taite in compofition. Frequently the
fcene he had to paint was flat and infipid, fuch as a marfhy
country before long extended walls; even thefe he con-
trived to render agreeable by his judicious management of
the chiaro-feuro, and the pleafing groups which he dif.
played with his figures, which, though dreffed in the fiff
uncouth frippery of the French court of that period, are
handled with fo much delicacy and correfponding tafte,
that they never fail to pleafe. He was particularly fkilful
in pcurtraying the actions of the horfe, of which he has
left behind him a number of excellent ftudies, drawn with
great care from nature. His pi€tures frequently include a
great extent of country, and an immenfe number of objects, —
His perfeé&t knowledge of perfpe€tive ‘enabled him to

* manage

MEU

manage the objets and diftances with the greatelt cafe and
effeét, fo that the eye accompanies the figures without con-
fufion, and afligns to cach its due aétion and dillance, He
lived not beyond the age of 56, but left a great number of
pictures, molt of which are in France, but they are not very
unfrequent in this country.

MEUM, in Botany, fuppofed to be the prov of Diof-
corides, which is fo far correét only as they are both of the
umbelliferous order; for the plant defcribed by that ancient
author, is faid to be fometimes two cubits high; our's is
feareely about a foot. See Liausticum, {pecics twelve;
for Octhufa read. Acthu/a.

MEUN, or Meune, Joun nr, in Biography, an old
Freneh poet, was born at Meun, on the river Loire, in the
year ‘abe: He was well acquainted with the ftudies of the
age, but poetry was his favourite purfuit, and having a
turn for fatire and lampoon, he vccafionally offended thofe
who were difpofed to be friendly towards him. Some court
ladies, {marting under his lath, once feized him, with the
refolution of taking their revenge, but he efcaped the
threatened punifhment, by detiring the molt unchatle to in-
Ai& the firlt blow. He died about the year 1364. By his
lat will, he dire&ted that his body hhould be interred in the
church of the Dooninicans at Paris, bequeathing to them, in
the way of recompence, a heavy chelt, which was not to be
opened till after the funeral. The contents proved to be of
no value whatever, which fo enraged the holy faihers, that
they ordered the dead body to be difinterred: this coming
to the knowledge of the parliament, an order was iffued to
infift upon their giving it an honourable burial in their
cloitter. The princival work of this author was the con-
tinuation of the “ Roman de la Rofe,’’ begun by William
de Lorris. De Meun’s addition conftitutes more than three-
fourths of the whole; it is lefs poetical than the firft part,
but has more of fatire and real manners. An edition of this
poem was publifhed by Du Frefnoy, in three vols. 12mo.
to which other pieces are added. Moreri.

Mewn, in Geography, a town of France, in the department
of the Loiret, and chief place of a canton, in the diftrict of
Orleans; 10 miles S.W. of Orleans. The place contains
4418, and the canton 9525 inhabitants, on a territory of
2074 kiliometres, in 8 communes.

EURJE’, a town of Egypt, on the right bank of the
Nile; 23 miles S. of Achmim. ;

MEURS, or Mors, late a principality of Germany, fur-
rounded by the duchies of Juliers, Cleves, and Berg, the
archbifhopric of Cologne, and the duchy of Gueldres ; about
eight miles long, and as many broad. It abounds with corn,
cattle, and deer. To the E. its limits are formed by the
Rhine, and it is watered by feveral fmaller rivers and brooks.
This principality is now annexed to France, and included in
the department of the Roer.

Meurs, a town of - France, in the department of the
Roer, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of Creueldt ;
formerly capital of the above-mentioned principality. The
town is {mall but fortified.. It has a Calviniftic church
and a Latin f{chool. The place contains 2111, and the
canton 9144 inhabitants, in 15 communes; 13 miles S.E.
of Gueldres. N. lat. 51° 13'. E. long. 6° 30'.

MEURSIUS, Jouy, in Biography, was born at Lofdun,
near the Hague, in the year 1579, He was an early profi-
cient in claffical literature, and compofed Latin orations and
Greek verfes with facility before he was thirteen years
of age. He received his academical learning at Ley-
den, and engaged in the education of Barneveldt’s fons ;
whom he afterwards accompanied on their travels. He

Vor, XXII.

MEU

{pent fome time in the fludy of the law at Orleans, and in
1608 was made doétor of that faculty. He vifited feveral
courts of Europe, formed an acquaintance with many learned
foreigners, and examined the molt celebrated libraries. On
his return to Holland he was appointed to the profefforfhip
of hiltory at Leyden in 1610, and next of the Greek lan-
guage; and in the following year the ftates of Holland
nominated him their hiltoriographer. The wretched fate
of Barneveldt involved the happinefs of his friend and ad-
herent Meurfius, and though 4A attention to the duties of
his office had given his enemies no pretext for depriving him
of his fituation ; yet they found means to render his fitua-
tion fo uneafy, that he ie = waited for an occafion to quit it
with hapour. This at length arrived, when, in 1625, he
received an invitation from Chriftiern [V., king of Deomark,
to occupy the profeflorfhip of hiftory and politics in his new
univerfity of Sora, together with the polt of royal hiltorio-
grapher. Thefe offices he readily accepted, and removed to

enmark, where he continued to fupport his high reputa-
tion, and obtained the efteem of his fovercign and the court.
He died at Sora in the year 1639, leaving behind him a
high charaéter for profound learning, to which his various
works bear ample teftimony. His chief publications related
to tho language and antiquities of Greece, viz. ‘* De Populis
Atticis ;”? “ Atticarum Leétionum, lib. iv. ;’’ “ Archontes
Athenienfes ;"? ‘‘ Fortuna Attica; Athenz Atticz ;”
“ De Feftis Grecorum ;’”’ all which have been admitted
into the colle@tions of Gravius and Gronovius. The writ-
ings of Meurfius were publifhed colle&tively in twelve
volumes folio, 1741. Moreri.

This learned laborious critic and antiquary, was the firft
who publifhed the Greek text of the three books of Arif-
toxenus upon mufic, followed by the Greek treatifes of
Nichomachus and Alypius, with notes by the ediror ; which
Meibomius has cenfured, as he has thofe of Gogavinus,
Kircher, and all thofe who preceded him in commenting,
tranflating, or even mentioning any of the feven Greek
writers upon mulic that are come down to us, and which he
has tranflated into Latin, and been feemingly more fuccefsful
in tranflating and explaining than any other critic or com-
mentator who has had the courage to undertake fo difficul:
a tafk.

Meurfius’s edition of Ariftoxenus, Nichomachus, and
Alypius, was publifhed at Leyden, 1616, gto. See Fabri-
cius Bibl. Greca.

MEURTE, in Geography, a river of France, which rifes
near St. Diey, in the department of the Vofges, and joins
the Mofelle, 5 miles below Nancy.

Meurre, or Meurthe, one of the ten departments of the
N.E. region of France, formerly Toutois, and the S. part of
Lorraine, bounded on, the N. by the department of the
Mofelle, on the E. by that of the Lower Rhine, on the S;
by that of the Vofges, and on the W. by that of the Meufe,
in 48° go! N. lat. Its length is 26 French leagues, and
breadth 16, and its extent m kiliometres is 6430, or 310
f{quare leagues ; and the number of its inhabitants 13 342,107,
or, according to Haflenfratz, 351,161; it is divided into
5 circles, and 29 cantons, and 718 communes, or, accordin
to Haffenfratz, g circles, and 74 cantons: the five circles are
as follow, viz. Toul, including 59,689 inhabitants ; Nancy,
88,384; Chateau-Salins, 50,5543; Sarrebourg, 56,091 ;
and Luneville, 87,389: its capital is Nancy. The contri-
butions of this department, in the 11th year of the French
era, were 2,681,581 fr. ; andits expences charged for ad-
miniftration, juitice, and public inftruGtion, 348,829 fr. 33
cents, The foil of the plains is fertile in grain, wine, fruits,

me Ken;

MEW

&c.; and that of the hillsis covered with wood and paftures.
Here are iron mines, quarries of marble and ftone, mineral
fprings, &c.

MEVSAK, a town of Arabia, in the province of Hedsjas ;
60 miles N.E. of Vadilkova.

MEUSE, a river of France, which rifes at a village
called Meufe, in the department of the Upper Marne, and
after being joined by various other rivers in its courfe, it
divides into two flreams, the upper one towards the N,
taking the name of Merwe, which it preferves, as well as
that of Meufe, till it joins the German ocean, after pafling
the iflands of Holland and Zealand.

Meusg, one of the ten departments of the N.E. region
of France, compofed of Verdunois and Barrois ; bounded
on the N. by the duchy of Luxemburg, on the E. by the
departments of the Mofelle and the Meurte, on the S. by
thofe of the Marne and Vofges, and on the W. by thofe of
the Marne and the Ardennes, in N. lat. 49°; 33 Fr. leagues
long, and 16 broad, in territorial extent 6275 kiliometres,
or 318 fquare leagues ; the number of its inhabitants is
275,898, or, according to Haffenfratz, 268,108; it is di-
vided into 4 circles, 28 cantons, and sgt communes; or, ac-
cording to Haffenfratz, into 8 circles and 79 cantons ; its
four circles are Bar-fur-Ornain, containing 74,168 inha-
bitants; Commercy, 73,103 ; Montmedy, 59,572 ; and
Verdun, 69,055. Its capital is Bar-fur-Ornain. Its con-
tributions in the eleventh year of the French era were
2,424,922 fr., and its expences amounted to 231,113 fr.
66 cents. This department is diverfified with hills and
plains, yielding fruits, grain, and paftures. It has mines
of iron and other metals.

Meuse, Lower, one of the thirteen departments of the
region of France, called the Reunited country, formed of
a part of Gueldres, and of the territories of Liege, Maef-
tricht, and Venloo; bounded on the N. by Brabant, on the
E. by the department of che Roer, on the S. by that of
’ the Ourthe, and on the W. by that of the Dyle, and that
of the Two Nethes, in N. lat. 50° so: its territory com-
prehends 36224 kiliometres, or 190 fquare leagues, and it
contains 232,662 inhabitants ; or, according to Haffenfratz,
216,566. It is divided into three circles, 23 cantons, and
310 communes ; or, according to Haffenfratz, three circles
and 30 cantons: the circles are Maeftricht, including
107,410 inhabitants ; Haffelt, 60,399 ; and Ruremond,
64,853. Its capital is Maeftricht. Its contributions in the
year eleven were 1,600,995 fr., and its expences 205,543 fr.
33 cents.” This department is partially fertile, and yields

rain, fruits, and good paftures.

MEUTANG, in Botany, the name of a flower much
efteemed by the Chinefe, which, on that account, they
call the king of flowers. It is larger than our rofe, and
imitates its figure, only its leaves are more expanded. As
its {mell comes fhort of that of the rofe, fo in beauty the
rofe is outdone by it. It has no prickles, and its colour is a
mixture of while with purple, but fo as to incline moft to
white ; yet fometimes there are found reddifh and yellow
ones. The tree it grows on is not unlike our alder-tree,
and is cultivated throughout that large empire with great
care, being covered in the fummer time with a fhade to de-
fend it from the f{corching heat of the fun.

MEW Is.anp, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the Eaft
India fea, near the W. coalt of Java; three miles N.E. of
Java Head. \

Mew Jflands, a clufter of fmall iflands on the coaft of
Honduras, $. of Cape Camaron.

Mew Stone, a fall ifland, or round elevated rock, in

MEX

‘the Southern India ocean, near the coait of Van Diemen’s

land. S. lat. 43°46'. E. long. 146° 24'.—Alfo, a large
rock in the Englifh channel, on the S. coaft of Devonhhire,
E. of the entrance into Plymouth found ; four miles S. of
Plymouth. N. lat. 50° 18’. W. long. a

MEWAT, ahilly and woody tra& of Hindooftan, lying
on the S.W. of Delhi, and on the W. of Agra; confining
the low country along the wefterp fide of the Jummah river,
toa (comparatively) narrow flip, and extending weftwards
about 130 Britifh miles. Its length from N. to S. is about
gomiles. This traét, although fituated in the heart of the
empire of Hindooftan, that is, within twenty-five miles of
its former capital, Delhi, is inhabited by people, who have
ever been charaéterifed as the moft favage and brutal, and
whofe chief employment is robbery and plundering. In
1265, 100,000 of thefe wretches were put to the {word ;
and a line of forts was conftruéted along the foot of their
hills. At the prefent time, fays major Rennell, Mewat
is fo notorious a nurfery for thieves and robbers, that parties
of « Mewatti’? are taken into pay by the chiefs of Upper
Hindooftan, for the purpofe of diftrefling the countries
which are made the feat of warfare. In Acbar’s divifion,
this tra&t made a part of the foubahs of Delhi and Agra;
but moft of it was included in the latter. Mewat contains
fome ftrong fortreffes, on fteep or inacceffible hills; among
which is Alwar, or Alvar, the citadel of Macherry Rajah.
It has very often changed matters, during the contefts be-
tween its native rajahs (or kauzadeh), and the Jats, the
rajah of Joinagur, Nudjuff Cawn, and Madajee Sindia ; and
between thefe powers fucceflively. Sindia has made a con-
fiderable progrefs in the reduétion of it.

MEWING, a diforder incident to all kinds of birds ;
being the caiting of their feathers,

MEXIA, Pepro, in Biography, chronicler to Charles V-
is one of the few Spanifh writers whofe works have found
their way into our language. He wrote a hiftory of the
Cefars, which includes the German emperors, and is one-of
the tranflators of Edward Grimefton : he was author alfo
of « Silva de varia Leccion,’’ with the additions of its
Italian and French tranflators in that *¢ Treafury of ancient
and modern Times,’ which is referred to by Grofe, and of
which the two parts having been publifhed feparately, are not
ealily to be met with together. Mexia was alfo the author
of certain colloquies to the praife of the afs, in imitation
of Lucian and Apuleius, and a hiftory of Charles V. which
he left unfinifhed, and which has never been edited. He was
born at Seville, and died in or about the year 1552. Gen.
Biog. J
MEXICANO, or Apayes, ariver of Louifiana, which,
after purfuing a S.E. courfe, difcharges itfelf into the gulf
of Mexico, at Cabo du Nord, W. by S. of Afcenfion bay,
and E. by N. of ‘Trinity river. On its banks are rich
filver mines.

MEXICO, one of the feven territories, or domains, into
which the Spanifh dominions in North America have been
divided, fometimes improperly called Nee Spain ; which is
bounded on the N.W. by New Mexico, on the E. by the
gulf of Mexico, on the S.E. by the itthmus of Darien, and
on the S. and W. by the Pacific ocean. And though
Mexico, called Old Mexico by way of diftinétion from
New Mexico, is only a province or kingdom of New Spain,
applied in its utmoit extent, it is not reftricied to the an-
cient kingdom, which extended from near the lake of Cha-
pala in the north, to Chiapa on the river Tabafco, in the
fouth, but includes many extenfive provinces to the north.
The provinces which the domain of Mexico comprehends,

3 are

MEXICO.

are Tabafco, Oaxaca or Guaxaca, Tlafeala, Mexico Pro-
r, Zacatula, Mechoacan, Panuco, New Gallicia or Xa-
ifeo, and Nayarit ; fee each refpectively. Accordingly, the
vice-royalty of New Spain comprehended feveral epee:
which were not fubject to the dominion of the Mexicans.
The countries of Cinaloa and Sonora, that ttreteh along the
fide of the Vermilion fea, or yulf of California, a» well as
the immenfe kingdoms of New Navarre and New Mexico,
which bends towards the W.and N., did not acknowledge
the fovereignty of Montezuma, or his predeceffors. Thefe
regions, not inferior in extent to the whole Mexican empire,
have been reduced, fome of them to a greater, others to a lefs
degree of fubjection, to the Spanith yoke. They extended
through the molt delightful parts of the temperate zone ;
their foil is, in general, remarkably fertile; and all their
roductions, whether animal or vegetable, are moft perfect
in their kind. They have all a communication, either with
the Pacific ocean or with the gulf of Mexico, and are wa-
tered by rivers which not cialy enrich them, but may be-
come fubfervient to commerce. The peninfula of California,
on the other fide of the Vermilion fea, difcovered by Cortes
in the year 1536, feems to have been lefs known to the an-
cient Mexicans than the provinces which we have jult men-
tioned. On the E. of Mexico, Yucatan and Honduras are
comprehended in the government of New Spain, Mg
anciently they can hardly be {aid to have formed a part of the
Mexicanempire. Still further E. than Honduras lie the two
provinces of Cofta Rica and Veragua, which likewife belon
to the vice-royalty of New Spain, but both have been fe muc
neglected by the Spaniards, and are of fo little value, that
they merit no particular attention. Without attempting to
afcertain pedtticly the limits of the ancient Mexican empire,
which have been much controverted, we fhall give a brief
geographical, hiftorical, and ftatiftical account of this em-
pire, aided by the information which we derive from Cla-
vigero, the abbé Raynal, Dr. Robertfon, Eftalla, &c.
The name of “ Anahuac,”’ fignifying near the water, ori-
inally given to the vale of Mexico only, from the circum-
flinoe of its principal cities being fituated on {mall iflands,
and on the borders of two lakes, was afterwards ufed to
denominate the whole territory, now known under the appel-
lation of New Spain. This extenfive country was then di-
vided into the kingdoms of Mexico, Acolhuacan, Tlacopan,
and Michuacan ; into the republics Tlaxcallan or Tlafcala.
Cholollan, and Huexotzinco, and feveral other diftinG fates.
Thofe who with to know the exatt fituation of thefe feveral
countries may confult the tedious detail of Clavigero. The
kingdom of Mexico, although the moft modern, was much
more extenfive than all the other kingdoms and republics
above-mentioned taken collectively. It extended towards
‘the S.W. and S., as far as the Pacific ocean; towards
the S.E. as far as the vicinity of Quauhtemallan ; to-
wards the E., exclufive of the diltri€s of the republics,
and a fmall part of the kingdom of Acolhuacan, as far as
the gulf of Mexico ; towards the N., to the country of the
Huaxtecas ; towards the N.W. it bordered on the barbarous
Chichémicas, and the dominions of Tlacopan, on the weftern
border of the lake of Tezeuco,and Michuacan, the moft weft-
erly ne. ae of all, were its boundaries towards the weft.
The whole of the Mexican kingdom, fays Clavigero, was com-
prehended between the fourteenth and twenty-firft degrees
of N. lat., and between 271 and 283 degrees of longitude
taken from the meridian of the ifland of Ferro. The fineft
diftri& of this country, with regard to fituation, as well as
population, was the vale of Mexico, crowned by beautiful
and verdant meuntains, whofe circumference, meafured at
their bafe, exceeded 120 miles. A great part of the vale is

occupied by two lakes, the upper one of {weet water, the
lower one brackith, communicating by a canal, and in cir-
cumference not lefs than go miles. Befides Mexico, Acolhu-
acan, and Tlacopan, there were, fays Clavigero, 40 eminent
cities in this delightful vale, and innumerable villages and
hamlets. The principal inland provinces to the N. were the
Otomies; to the S.W., the Matlatzincas and the Cutlatecas ;
to the S, the Tlahuicas, and the Colhuicas ; to the 5.E. were
the provinces of the Mixtecas, the Zapotecas, and the Chiapo-
necas. ‘Towards the E. were the provinces of Tepeyacac,
the Papolocas, and the Totonacas. The maritime provinces
of the Nee gulf were thofe of Coatzacualco, and Cuat-
lachtlan, called by the Spaniards Cotafta. The provinces
on the Pacific ocean were thofe of Coliman, Zacatollan,
Tototepec, Tecuantepec, and Xoconochco. The whole
country of Anahuac was, generally f{peaking, well peo-
pled. The land is, in great part, mountainous, covered with
thick woods, and watered by large rivers, fome of which run
into the gulf of Mexico, and others into the Pacific ocean.
Here are feveral lakes which not only embellifh the
country, but afford convenience to commerce. The climate
of the countries of Anahuac varies according to their fitua-
tion. The maritime countries are hot, and for the moft part
moilt and unhealthy. The high lands, and efpecially thofe
that are near to elevated mountains covered with fnow,
are cold. In the other inland countries, the temperature is
fuch, that the inhabitants feel neither the rigour of winter
nor the heats of fummer, However, the agreeablenefs of the
climate is counterbalanced by thunder-{torms, which are fre-
quent in fummer, and alfo by earthquakes. Some of the
mountains are volcanic, and occafionally emit fire. The
mountains of Anahuac abound in ores of every kind of
metal, and a variety of other foffils. Different parts of
the country alfo furnifh precious ftones; and alfo fe-
veral kinds of ftone, valuable in architeéture, fculpture,
and the arts. The vegetable kingdom is no lefs produétive
than the mineral. Hernandez, in his «¢ Natural Hiftory,’?
defcribes about 1200 plants, natives of this country ;
fome efteemed for their flowers, {ome for their fruit, fome
for their leaves, fome for their roots, fome fer their trunk
or wood, and others for their gum, refin, oil, or juice,
The country yields, by culture, the cocoa-tree, the plan-
tain, the citron, orange, and lemon: the fruits are nume-
rous and various, but it is needlefs to recount them all: we
fhall content ourfelves with {pecifying the cocoa-nuts, va-
nilla, Chili or great pepper, cotton, and achiote or rocou,
The country alfo produces wheat, barley, rice, peas, beans,
lentils, and other leguminous vegetables. Mexico is parti-
cularly diftinguifhed by the excellence, variety, and plenty
of its timber. Hernandez defcribes about one hundred
fpecies of trees. It alfo affords various forts of plants,
that yield profitable refins, gums, ‘oils, and juices. The
quadrupeds are horfes, affes, bulls, fheep, goats, hogs, dogs,
and cats, which have all fuccefsfuily multiplied, though, as
fome approved writers fay, not without degenerating. The
ancient quadrupeds common to Mexico and the old conti-
tent, are lions, tigers, wild cats, bears, wolves, foxes, ftags
both common and white, bucks, wild goats, badgers, pole-
cats, weazels, martins, {quirrels, rabbits, hares, otters, and
rats. There are other quadrupeds common to Mexico and,
other regions of the new world, which we hall not enu-
merate. The quadrupeds peculiarly belonging to Anahuac
are the cojotl, refembling, in various refpeéts, the adive or
chacal ; the tlacojotl, about the fize of a dog, and the largett
quadruped of thofe who live under the earth ; three {pecies
of quadrupeds fimilar to dogs ; an animal belonging to the
genus of wild cats, called rs ae the cajopollin, of ts

3le ize

MEXICO.

fize of a common moufe; thetozan, about the bulk of an
European mole, but otherwife very different ; the ahuitzotl,
an amphibious animal; and the hedge-hog, or porcupine of
Mexico. As for birds, their number, variety, and many
valuable qualities have occafioned fome authors to obferve,
that as Africa is the country for bealts, fo Mexico is the
country of birds. We cannot be detained in fpecifying
particulars. The reptiles of Mexico may be referred to the
four clafles of four-footed, and of apodes, or thofe without
feet. In the lake of Chalco there are three very numerous
{pecies of frogs, of three very different fizes and colours,
and very common at the tables in the capital. The fer-
pents are very various both in fize and colour, fome poifon-
ous and others harmlefs, The rivers, lakes, and feas of
Anahuac abound with an innumerable variety of fifhes. The
Mexican infeétss* flying, terreftrial, and aquatic, are very
numerous. Scolopendras, {corpions, f{piders, and ants are
very common, he cochineal futnifhes a very confiderable
article of culture and of commerce.

As to the perfons and manners of the natives we may
obferve, that they are generally fomewhat above the
middle fize, and well-proportioned in ail their limbs : they
have good complexions, narrow forcheads, black eyes,
firm, regular, white teeth, thick, black, coarfe, glofly
hair, thin beards, and generally no hair upon their legs,
thighs, and arms: their fkin is of an olive colour. Few
deformed perfons are feen; and thovgh they cannot be
called beautiful, they do not verge to the other ex-
treme. he young women are many of them fair and
beautiful, and modelt and engaging in their manners. The
conj{titutions of thefe people are robuft and their health
found. Some of them attain to the age of one hundred
years. Although in eating they are moderate, their paffion
for ftrong liquors is indulged to excefs. ‘The ftate of civi-
lization among the Mexicaus, when they were firlt known
to the Spariards, which was much fuperior to that of the
Spaniards themfeives when they were firft known to the
Pheenicians, that of the Gauls when firfl known to the
Greeks, or that of the Germans and Britons when firit
known. to the Romans, are fpoken of in terms of high
commendation by Clavigero. He fays, we have known
among the Mexicans fome good mathematicians, excellent
architeéts, and learned divines. Of their difpofition and
general conduét he feems difpofed to judge very favour-
ably. He concludes with obferving, that the character of
the Mexicans, like that of every other nation, is a mixture
of good and bad: but the bad may be eafily correfted by
a proper education. The ancient Mexicans, he adds, mani-
felted more fire, and were more fenfible to the impreffions of
honour: they were more intrepid, more nimble, more a¢tive,
more induftrious than thofe of modern times ; but they were,
at the fame time, more fuperititious and cruel. Authors,
however, have differed much in their opinion with refpe&
to the talents, cultivation, and charaGter of the ancient Mexi-
cans. Whilft they have been extravagantly extolled by
fome, they have been unduly depretiated by others. Dr.
Robertfon has endeavoured to fteer a mean courfe in his
defcription of thefe people; neither extravagantly com-
mending them with Clavigero, nor finking them below their
proper level with De Paw and others. After their fubjection
to the Spanifh crown, thofe who firft became acquainted
with them were not competent judges of their talents and
chara&ters. ‘The rapacious adventurers who formed the
train of Cortes, their conqueror, were incapable of judging
er pronouncing jultly coneerning either their mental or moral
endowments. But before we form any eftimate of the de-
gree in which they had cultivated their minds, or made any

attainments in the {ciences and arts, we muit advert to thew
origin and the early hiftory of their eftablifiment in Mexico.
The perfons who firft peopled this country, as Clavizero
fuppofes, came from the more northern parts of America,
where their anceftors had been fettled for many ages. The
Toltecas, according to the account given us by Clavigero, are
the oldeft natives of whom we have any knowledge, and
that is very imperfe&t. It has been an opinion adopted by
feveral writers, among whom we particularize Siguenza,
bifhop Huet, &c. that the Mexicans, and; other nations of
Anahuac, were the defcendants of Naphtahim, fon of Miz-
raim, and nephew of Ham. Thefe, it is faid, having
left Egypt not long after the confufion of tongues, tra-
velled towards America. The reafons on which this opi-
nion is grounded, are the: conformity of thefe American
nations with the Egyptians in the con{truétion of pyramidal
edifices, of the ufe of hieroglyphics in the mode of computing
time, in their drefs, and in fome of their cuftoms, and alfo
the refemblance of the word ‘“ Teul’ of the Mexicans
to the “ Theuth” of the Egyptians, Clavigero has exa-
mined the validity of thele arguments, and fuggeited fe-
veral objeGtions to which they are liable. He feems to be
of opinion, that the anceftors of the nations which peopled
the country of Anahuac might pafs from the northern coun-
tries of Europe into the northern parts of America, or
rather from the moft eaftern parts of Alia to the moft
wetterly part of America. ‘Thisopinion is fupported by
the general tradition of thofe nations, which afferts that:
their anceftors came into Anahuac from the countries of
the N. and N.W.; by the remains of many ancient edifices
built by thefe people in their migrations, as well as the com-
mon belief of the people in the north; and alfo, by fome
ancient paintings of the Toltecas, which reprefented the
migration of their anceitors through Afia and the northern
countries of America. This opinion, with regard to the firft
peopling of America, has derived confirmation from fome mo~
dern difcoveries, which have afcertained the near approach of
the moft eafterly coaft of America to the moit eaiterly part
of Afia; fo that if they were not, in fome remote age, conti-
guous, a paflage from the one coait to the other might be
ealily effected. The quadrupeds and reptiles of the new
worid, it is faid, paffed thither by land; and this opinion is
founded on the prefumption that the two continents were
formerly united, which is adopted by Acofta, Grotius,
Buffon, and other perfons ef eltablifhed reputation. Cla-
vigero conje€tures, that there was formerly a great traét of
land which united the now moft eaftern part of Brazil to
the moft weltern part of Africa; and that this whole {pace
of land may have been funk by fome violent earthquakes,
leaving only fome traces of it in the ifles of Cape de Verd,
Fernando de Norona, Afcenfion, St. Matthew, and others,
as well as many fand banks difcovered by different naviga~
tors. However this be, the Toltecas being banifhed, as they
tell us, from their own country Huehuetapallan, fuppofed
to be in the kingdom of Tellan, from which they derived
their name, and fituated to the N.W. of Mexico, they be-
gan their journey in the year 1 ‘* Tecpatl,”” that is 596 of
our era. In every place to which they came, they remained
no longer than they liked it, or could be accommodated
with provifions ; if they determined to make a longer flay,
they erected houfes, and fowed the land with ‘corn, cotton,
and other plants, the feeds of which they carried with
them for the fupply of their wants. In thismigrating man-
ner they travelled fouthward for 104 years, till they arrived
at a place which they called « Tollantzinco,” abort 50 miles
E. of the fpot, where, fome centuries after, was founded the,
famous city of Mexico. In this country, however, they did

4 not

MEXICO.

not choofe to fettle, although the climate was mild and the
foil fruitful; but in about twenty years after, they removed
about 4o milesto the W. where, along the banks of a river,
they founded the city of Tollun, or Tula, after the name
of their native country, ‘Chat city, fuppofed to be the oldeft
in Avahuac, and one of the molt celebrated in the hiltory of
Mexico, was the capital of the ‘loltecan kingdom, and the
court of their kings. ‘This monarchy began, ag it is faid,
in the year 8, “ Acatl,”’ that is, 607 of the Chriftian era,
and latted 384 years. The Toltecas were the mott cele-
brated people of Anahune for their fuperior civilization, and
fkcillin the arts; whence it has been common in after ages
to diltinguifh the moft remarkable artifts in an honourable
manner, by the appellation of Toltecas, They always
lived in fociety, colleSted irto cities, under the government
of kings and regular laws. They were not very warlike,
and lefs turned to the exercife of arms than to the cultiva-
tion of the arts. The nations that have fueceeded them
have acknowledged themfelves indebted to the Toltecas for
their knowledge of the culture of grain, cotton, pepper,
and other molt ufeful fruits, Befides the arts which are
digtated by neceflity, they practifed thofe which adminilter
to luxury. They had the art of cating gold and filver, and
melting them to whatever form they pleafed, and acquired
great reputation for the cutting of all kinds of gems; but
nothing raifed their character fo high as their having
been the inventors, or at leaft the reformers of that fyitem
for the arrangement of time, which was adopted by all the
civilized nations of Anahuac. It is faid, that obferving in
their own country, how the folar year exceeded the civil
one by which they reckoned, about fix hours, they regu-
lated it by interpofing the intercalary day once in four
years, which they did more than 100 years before the Chrif-
tian era. Their religion, indeed, was idolatrous, and they
appear, by their hiftory, to have been the inventors of the

reate(t part of the mythology of the Mexicans, During
a four centuries of the monarchy of the Toltecas, they
multiplied exceedingly, extending their. population every
way in numerous and large cities, but their circumftances
changed, when in the firlt year of the reign of Topiltzin,
they fuffered for want of rain and the produétions of the
foil, and a great part of the nation died by famine and fick
nefgs. Topiltzin died in the fecond year “ 'Tecpatl,”’ i.e
1052 of the vulgar era, and with him the Toltecan mo-
narchy terminated. The wretched remains of the nation
fought new abodes; fome removed to Yucatan, fome to
Guatemala, and fome remained in the kingdom of Tula,
and difperfed themfelvas in the vale where Mexico was
afterwards founded. After the deftru€tion of the Toltecas,
for the {pace of one century, the land of Anahuac remained
folitary and almoft entirely depopulated, until the arrival
of the Chachemecas. Thefe came originally from the northern
countries. Their native country was called, according to
their account, ‘‘ Amaquemecan,’’ where, as they fay, dif-
ferent monarchs ruled their nation for many years. In the
charaéter of thefe people a certain degree of civilization was
blended with many traits of barbarity. They had_ diftinc-
tions between the nobility and commonalty, and the ple-
beians were accultomed to reverence thofe whofe birth,
merit, or favour with the prince raifed them above the other
ranks. They dwelt together in communities in places com-
pofed, as it is probable, of poor huts ; but they neither
practifed agriculture,.nor thofe arts which accompany civil
life. They lived on game, and fruits, and roots, which the
earth {pontaneoufly produced. Their clothing was the {kins
of Heaths, and. their arms, the bow ‘and arrow. Their
religion confifted of the fimple worfhip of the fun, to

which pretended divinity they offered herbs and flowers
which they found fpringing in the fields, One of their
princes was fent by Xolotl, his father, to furvey the
country : and at length Xolotl determined to eftablith him-
felf in Tenaynea, a place fix miles diftant from the {cite of
Mexico towards the N., and diltributed his cople among
the neighbouring lands. In procefs of time gC became ac-
quainted with anal Toltecan families, encouraged inter-
marriages and alliances with them, and from them acquired
the arts of agriculture, the manner of digging metals, the art
of cafting them, and alfo of cutting oo. {pinning and
weaving cotton, and of other things, which contributed to
improve their means of fubfiftence, their clothing, their
habitations, and their manners, Xolotl obtained from time
to time an acceffion of new fettlers; among whom were
fome of ‘diftinguifhed rank and charaéter wand particularly
three princes, to two of whom he gave his two daughters in
marriage. When this ceremony had taken place, he divided
his kingdom into feveral diftinét ftates, and affigned the pof-
{effion of them to his fons-in-law, and the other nobles of each
nation. The population daily increafed, and with it the
civilization of the people ; but ambition began to produce
injurious effects, and Xolotl, who had hitherto governed with
mildnefs, was obliged to recur to the punifhment of fome rebels
with death. Upon the deceafe of Xolotl, he was fucceeded
by his fon Nopaltzin II.; and upon his death his fon,
Tlotzin ILI. afcended the throne; and the fucceflion con-
tinued in his family; according to the following lift of
Chachemecan kings.
Xolotl began to reign in the 12th century,

Nopaltzin - per TELE
Tlotzin - - - 14th
Quinatzin - - 14th
Techotlalla - 14th
Ixtlilochitl in the year 1406
Nezahualcoyotl - - 1426
Nezahualpolli - - 1470
Cacamatzin - - 1516
Cuicuitzcatzin - — - 1520

Coanacotzin - - 1520

Such is the fucceffion of Chachemecan kings, till their
monarchy terminated. 'The Otomies are faid to have been
one of the moft numerous nations which fettled in the country
of Anahuac: they were a rude and barbarous people, and in
the time of the Mexicankings they were treated as flaves. An-
ciently they were renowned for their dexterity in the chace ;
at prefent they traffic in coarfe cloths for the drefs of the
other Indians. The ‘I'arafcas, who occupied the extenfive,
tich, and pleafant country of Michuacan, fettled many
cities and villages; and their kings were rivals of the
Mexicans, and had frequent wars with them. Thefe were
idolatrous, but lefs cruel in their worfhip than the Mexicans.
Their language is copious, fweet, and fonorous. Befides
other nations, which fettled in and near the vale of Mexico,
the mott renowned and the moft fignalized in the hiftory of
Mexico, were thofe vulgarly called the Nahuatlacas. They
confifted of feven tribes, who fettled in Anahuac after the
Chachemecas. The Aztecas, or Mexicans, were the laft
people who fettled in Anahuac. Till about the year 1:60
of the vulgar era, they lived in Aztlan, a country fituated
to the N. of the gulf of California. They left their country,
as it has been faid, at the inftigation of a perfon of great
authority among them, to whofe opinion they all paid great
deference. He was led to this refolution by the fanciful
interpretation of the chirping of a bird ; but whatever was
the motive of the migration of the Aztecas, they left their
country at the time 4 RR After various delays

' in

MEXICO.

in the courfe of their peregrination, they at length arrived
to the borders of the lake of Tezeuco, and near the {cite
of Mexico. Here they fuffered various perfecutions and
diftrefles ; they engaged in a confli€t with fome enemies,
whom they vanquifhed, and, returning to the place of their
refidence, they ere¢ted an altar to their tutelary god.
When they fixed upon the fpot, on which they determined
to ereét their city, they built a temple to their god, and
confecrated it by the effuffion of human blood. Around
the fan@tuary of their god they conftruéted wretched huts
of reeds and rufhes, being at that time deltitute of other
materials ; and they called it Mexico, which denomination,
being taken from the name of its tutelar god, fignifies place
of Mexitli, or Huitzilopochtli, as he had both thefe names.
There are other etymologies of this name. (See Mexico.)
The foundation-of this city was laid in the year 2, Calli,
correfponding with the year 1325 of the vulgar era. Until
the year 1352, the Mexican government was ariftocratical ;
the whole nation paying obedience to a certain body, com-
pofed of perfons the moft refpeCtable for their nobility and
wiidom ; but at this time they imitated the example of their
neighbours, and for greater fecurity from their enemies,
formed their little ftate into a monarchy ; and the eleétion
fell, by common confent, on Acamapitzin, who was one of
the moft famous and prudent perfons then living amongft
them. This monarch governed the city, which compre-
hended at that time the whole of his kingdom, in peace for
thirty-feven years. In his time the population increafed,
buildings of itone were conftructed, and thofe canals, which
ferved as well for the ornament of the city as for the con-
venience of its inhabitants, were begun. At his death the
monarchy, which was eleétive, was transferred to his fon,
Huitzilihuitl. After a reign of twenty years, he was fuc-
ceeded by his brother Chimalpopoca, whofe premature death
made way for the ele€tion of Itzcoatl, brother to the two
preceding kings, and natural fon of Acamapitzin by a flave.
His government was conducted with prudence ; he fubdued
many neighbouring provinces; and he erected two temples,
one to the goddefs Cihuacoatl, and fome time afterwards
another to Huitzilopochtli, the chief Mexican divinity.
After a profperous reign of thirteen years, he was fuc-
ceeded by one of his grandfons, Montezuma, who was
eleGted with general applaufe, not lefs on account of his
perfonal virtues, than the important fervices which he had
performed for his country. As foon as he was fixed on the
throne, he ereéted a famous temple in that part of the city
which was called Huitznabuac ; and in rearing this mag-
nificent ftru€ture, he was aflifted with materials and workmen
by the neighbouring kings, with whom he was in alliance.
He then profecuted the conquefts which he had commenced
in the time of his predeceffor, and added to the Mexican
empire feveral diftri€s and villages. In the tenth year of
his reign, correfponding to the year 1446 of the vulgar era,
the city of Mexico was much damaged by an inundation
from the adjacent lake; and, in order to prevent a fimilar
calamity, he caufed to be conftruéted a large dyke, nine
miles in length, and eleven cubits in breadth, compofed of
two parallel palifades, the {pace between which was entirely
filled up with ftone and mud. The inundation was foon fol-
lowed by a famine, which was owing to a failure of the har-
veft of maize. When the city had recovered itfelf from the
effets of this calamity, Montezuma renewed his conquefts,
and, after a diftinguifhed reign of twenty-nine years, the
throne was vacated by his death in 1464, and Axayacatl
was chofen to fucceed him. This king, having obtained a
Agnal viGtory over the inhabitants of a neighbouring province,
in 1468, undertook the building of atemple, which he called

Coatlan. The progrefs of his conquefts was interrupted by
his death, in the 13th year of his reign, A.D. 1477. ‘Yizoc,
his elder brother and general of the army, was ele€ted for his
fucceffor ; but his reign was fhort and undiltinguifhed by
any confiderable military exploits. In the 5th year of his
fovereignty he was poifoned by fome of his feudatory fubjeéts,
A.D. 1482. During his time, the power and wealth of the
crown had arrived to fuch a height, that he undertook to
conftru& a temple to the tutelary god of the nation, which
was to have furpaffed in magnificence all the temples of that
country ; he had prepared a vaft quantity of materials for
this purpofe,-and had a€tually begun the ftruéture, when
death interrupted his projets. Ahuitzotl, the brother of
the two preceding kings, a general of the army, was chofen
tofucceed him. The firft obje& to which his attention was
direéted was the completion of the temple, which had been
defigned and begun by his predeceflur. This work was
diligently profecuted for four years ; and on occafion of his
confecration he is faid to have facrificed, as fome fay,
72,344, and, according to others, 64,060 prifoners. This
event happened in 1486. In the year 1498, this king pro-
jected to fupply the lake with water from a fountain at
fome diftance ; and in fpite of remonftrances from thofe
who dreaded an inundation, he perfifted in the execution of
his plan. The apprehended event occurred, and the city
was deluged with the overflowing water. This deluge was
facbeded by a famine. The laft years of Ahuitzotl were
paffed in conftant wars; till at length, in the year 1502,
after a reign of about twenty years, he died. At the time
of his death, the Mexicans were in poffeffion of all which
they had at the arrival of the Spaniards. He was ce-
lebrated among his countrymen for magnificence and
liberality. Having difcovered in the vale of Mexico
a quarry of ftones, called tetzoutli, he embellifhed the
city with fo many new and magnificent buildings, that
it was already become the firlt city of the new world.
Upon the death of Ahuitzotl, Montezuma was eleGted as
the gth fovereign of Mexico. Befides the valour which he
had difplayed in feveral battles, as general, he was like-
wife a prieft, and much venerated for his gravity, circum-
fpection, and religion. In order to obtain victims to be
facrificed at his coronation, he entered into a war with
fome neighbouring revolters ; and the ceremonies exhibited
on this occafion were fingularly fplendid and magnificent.
Notwithftanding a folemn agreement concerted between the
nobility and plebeians in a former reign for chufing the
offices of ftate, Montezuma difplaced the latter, and required
that all the fervants of his palace fhould be perfons of rank,
Thefe were very numerous, and very fervile and obfequious.
The women who attended him were alfo perfons of rank,
and they lived immured in a kind of feragho, where their
condu& was vigilantly regarded; but of thefe the king
retained thofe who pleafed him, and difpofed of the others as
a recompence for the fervice of his vaffals. ‘U'he forms and
ceremonials introduced at court were additional indications
of the defpotifm of Montezuma. The grandeur and mag-
nificence of his palaces, houfes of pleafure, woods, and
gardens, correfponded to every other circumftance that
ferved to difplay the fplendour of his royal dignity. In
Mexico, befides the feraglio for his wives, there was lodg-
ing for all his minifters and counfellors, and all the officers
of his houfhold and court, and accommodation for all
pia lords and kings who arrived hither for bufinefs
or pleafure. He had two houfes in the city appro-
priated to animals, one for birds that did not live by prey,
and another for thofe of prey, quadrupeds, and reptiles,
The care of the birds was committed to 300 men, befides

their

MEXICO.

their phyficians, who adminiflered remedies to their diftem-
ra. For the fupport of the birds of prey soo turkies were
illed daily ; and the wild bealts were fed upon deer, rabbits,
hares, &c. and the inteflines of human facrifices. Monte-
zuma alfo colleéted for his amufement all irregularly formed
_men. All his palaces were furrounded with pleafant gar-
dens, in which was every kind of beautiful ower, odorifer-
ous herb, and medicinal plant. It had likewife woods en-
clofed with walls, and furnifhed with variety of game, in
which he frequently fported. In one of the royal Buildings
was an armoury, filled with all kinds of offenfive and defen-
five arms: and he employed a number of artificers in manu-
facturing thefe, and alfo artifts, fuch as gold{miths, mofaic-
workmen, fculptors, painters, and others. One whole dif-
tri conlilted folely of dancing-matters, who were trained
up to entertain him. His zeal for religion was no lefs con-
{picuons than his munificence. He built feverel temples to
his gods, and made frequent facrifices to them, obferving
with punctuality the eftablifhed rites and ceremonies. How-
ever, his mind was totally debafed, by the vain fear of the
auguries and pretended oracles of the falfe divinities to whom
he dedicated temples. He was inexorable in punifhing thofe
who refifted his orders, or tranfgrefled the laws of the king-
dom ; and he often put the integrity of his magiftrates to the
teft by fecret prefents, and if he found them guilty, he in-
flif&ted fevere penalties. He was an implacable enemy to
idlenefs, every fpecies of which he reltrained or correéted.
With many good qualities which he poffeffed, he blended a
difpofition to opprets his people by the impofition of heavy
burdens, in order to fupport his own folly and extravagance,
which difgufted them ; notwith{tanding the liberal donations
which he beftowed on individuals, and particularly on his
generals and minifters.

With the exception of the war againft the republic of
Tlafcala, in which he was unfuccefsful, he fubdued feveral
provinces, and extended the kingdom, as it is faid, to the
boundaries of Nicaragua. Montezuma, whofe fate was de-
cided after Cortes took pofleflion of Mexico, reigned almoft
eighteen years, and died in June, 1520. He was fucceeded
by his brother, Cuitlahuatzin, or Guatimozin, as he is ufually
called, who afcended the throne in the beginning of July,
1520, and reigned about three months, when he was taken
prifoner and ftrangled by order of Cortes, becaufe he had
planned a revolt after having fworn homage to the emperor
Charles-V., then king of Spain. His fucceffor was Quauh-
temotzin, who finifhed his reign onthe 13th of Auguft, 1521,
having been made prifoner by the Spaniards juft as Mexico
was taken. His reign could not have lafted:more than nine
or ten months.

Althongh Juan de Grijalva, who was appointed by Ve-
lafquez to the command of a {mall expedition for difcovery,
contifting of four fhips, and 240 volunteers, firft landed in
the terri‘ory of New Spain, on the ifland of Cozumel, E. of
Yucatan, on the 3d of May, 1518, and gave the country
this appellation, he returned to Cuba without making any
confiderable progrefs towards the reduction of it. Velaf-
quez, however, haftened his preparations for anew expedi-
tion, and he appointed Fernando Cortes for the commander
of it. OF this expedition, and the fuccefsful iffue of it, in
the capture of Mexico, and the fubjugation of the Mexican
empire, we have given an ample account under the article
Cortes. We fhall now avail ourfelves of the information
eolle@ed by Dr. Robertfon, relating to the Mexicans and

~ their empire, and at the fame time introduce the oecafional
refleGions of Clavigero, Eftalla, and other writers. Lit-
tle dependance can be placed on the accounts given of the
policy and order eftablifhed in the Mexican monarchy by

Cortes and his adherents. The genius and manners of the
people mult be inferred from incidents, which they occa-
fionally mention, rather than from their own dedu@tions and
remarks, The obfcurity in which the ignorance of its con-
oo involved the annals of Mexico, was augmented by
the fuperftition of thofe who fuececded them. As the me-
mory of paft events was preferved among the Mexicans by
figures painted on fkins, or cotton cloth, or on the bark of
trees, the early miffionaries conceiving them to be monuments
of idolatry, which ought to be deftroyed, in order to faci-
litate the converfion of the Indians, committed them to the
flames by order of Juan de Zummarage, the firlt bifhop of
Mexico, Thus the knowledge of remote events, which
fuch rade monuments might furnith, was almolt entirely loft,
and no information remained concerning the ancient revolu-
tions and policy of the empire, but fuch awowas derived from
tradition, or from fome fragments of their hiftorical paintings,
that efcaped the barbarous refearches of Zummaraga. ‘T'ra-
dition, it is well known, is a very unfatisfaétory fource of
information with regard to events long fince paft; and the
Mexican paintings, which are fuppofed to have ferved as an-
nals of their empire, are few in number, and of ambiguous
meaning ; and are not worthy of that confidence, which
fome hiftorians of Mexico, and particularly Clavigero, have
repofed in them.

According to the report of the Mexicans themfelves, their
empire was not of long duration. Their country, as,they
relate, and as is evident from the details which we have al-
ready given, was originally poffefled, rather than peopled,
by fall independent tribes, whofe mode of life and man-
ners refembled thofe of rude favages. However, at a pe-
riod correfponding to the tenth century in the Chriftian
era, feveral tribes moved in fucceflive migrations from un-
known regions towards the N. and N. W., and fettled in dif-
ferent provinces of Anahuac, the ancient name of New
Spain. Some of thefe, more civilized than the original
inhabitants, began to form them to the arts of focial
life. At length, towards the commencement. of ‘the
13th century, the Mexicans, a people more polifhed than
any of the former, advanced, as we have already ftated,
from the border of the Californian gulf, and took pofleffion
of the plains adjacent to a great lake near the centre of the
country. After refiding there about 50 years, they founded
atown, fince knowa by the name of Mexico, which after-
wards became very confiderable. The Mexicans, long after
they were eltablifhedin their new pofleflions, continued, like
other martial tribes in America, unacquainted with
dominion, and were governed in peace, and condutted in
war, by fuch as were entitled to pre-eminence on account of
their wifdom or valour. Among them, as in other ftates
whole power and territories become extenfive, the fupreme
authority at !aft centered in a fingle perfon ; and when the
Spaniards, under Cortes, invaded the country, Montezuma
was the ninth monarch who had {wayed the Mexican fceptre,
not by hereditary right, but by’eleétion. Such is the tra-
ditional account given by the Mexicans themfelves, of the
origin and progrefs of their empire; and its duration ap-
pears to have been fhort. From the firft migration of their
parent tribe, they can reckon little more than 300 years :
and from the eftablifhment of monarchical government not
above 130 years, as fome fay, or, according to others, 197
years, hadelapfed. Allowing it a duration correfponding to
the Spanifh accounts of its civilization, it is difficult to con-
ceive how, among a people who poffeffed the art of recording
events by pictures ; and who confidered it as an effential part
of their national education, to teach their children to repeat
the hiftorical fongs which celebrated the exploits of their an-

: ceftors,

MEXICO,

ceftors, the knowledge of paft tranfaGtions fhould be fo
limited. But adopting their own fyftem with regard to the
antiquity of their nation, it is no lefs difficult to account ei-
ther for that improved {tate of fociety, or for the extenfive
dominion to which their empire had attained when it was
firft vifited by the Spaniards. The recent origin of the
Mexicans feems to be,a {trong prefumption of fome exaggera-
tion in the f{plendid defcriptions which have been given of
their government and manners. In the hiftory of the Mexi-
cans fome faéts occur, fays Dr. Robertfon, that fuggeit an
idea of confiderable progrefs in civilization in the Mexican
empire, and others which feem to indicate that it had advanced
but little beyend the favage tribes around it. Our hif-
torian of America has ftated thefe fats. The right of pri-
vate property was perfeétly underltood, and eftablifhee in its
full extent. Real and moveable poffeflions, property in land
and in goods, were accurately diftinguifhed ; and both might
be transferred from one perfon to another by fale or barter ;
or both might defcend by inheritance. Every perfon, who
could be denominated a freeman, had property in land ; which
was held by various tenures. Some pofleffed it in full right,
and it defcended to their heirs; the title of others was at-
tached to the office or dignity which they retained. Thefe
two modes of occupying land were deemed noble, and be-
longed to citizens of the higheft clafs. But the tenure
by which the great body of the people held was of a very
different kind. In every diftri€ a certain quantity of land
was meafured out, in proportion to the number of families.
This was cultivated by the joint labours of the whole ; its
produce was depotited in a common warehoufe, and divided
among them according to their refpeétive exigencies. ‘The
members of the « Calpullee,’’ or affociations, could not
alienate their fhare of the common eftate ; it was an indivifi-
ble permanent property, deftined for the fupport of their fa-
milies. Whilft the territory of the ftate was thus diftri-
buted, every man had an intereft in its welfare, and the hap-
pinefs of the individual was conneéted with the public
fecurity.

Another circumftance that deferves to be mentioned was
the magnitude and number of their cities. In a rude flate
of fociety, men have no very operative inducements to crowd
together. From choice, and alfo from neceflity, they live
difperfed. But when the Spaniards entered New Spain, they
were aftonifhed to find the natives affembled in towns which
refembled in their extent thofe of Europe. Zempoalla,
though a town of the fecond or third fize, excited their ad-
miration, and they compared it to cities of the greateft note
in their own country. But when they afterwards became ac-
quainted with Tlafeala, Cholula, Tacuba, Tezeuco, and
Mexico itfelf, their aftonifhment increafed, and they were
led to entertain ideas of their magnitude and populoufnefs
bordering on what is incredible. Cortes and his compa-
nions, little accuftomed to eftimate and compute the number
of people in fuch cities, and ftrongly tempted to magnify,
in order to exalt the merit of their own difcoveries and con-
quefts, might have been betrayed into error, and might have
raifed their defcriptions confiderably above the truth, Dr.
Robertfon therefore conceives, that abatements ought to be

made in their calculations ot the number of inhabitants in-

the Mexican cities, fo that the ftandard of their population
fhould be fixed much lower than they have done ; neverthe-
lefs our author acknowledges that they are cities of fuch
eonfequence as are not to be found but among people who
have made fome confiderable progrefs in the arts of focial life.

Another circumftance that ought to be regarded is
the feparation of proieffions, which is a fymptom of im-
provement. ‘The iavage can form his bow, point his arrow,

rear his hut, and hollow his canoe, without the affiftance of
any perfon more fkilful than himfelf: but in proportion as
refinement fpreads, the diftinétion of profeffions increafes,
and they branch out into more numerous and minute fubdi-
vifions. Among the Mexicans, this feparation of the arts
had taken place to a very confiderable degree, The func-
tions of the mafon, the weaver, the goldimith, the painter,
and of feveral other crafts, were carried on by different
erfons.

The diftinGtion of ranks eftablifhed in the Mexican empire
is another circumftance that merits attention. The great
body of the people was in a moft humiliating ftate. Some,
denominated “ Mayeques,” were attached, as it were, to
the foil, and conveyed with the lands on which they were
fettled ; others felt the utmoft rigour of domettic fervitude ; '
and they were held in fuch low uneicn, that a perfon who
killed one of thefe flaves was not fubjeGted to any punifhment.
Even thofe confidered as freemen were treated by their
haughty lords as beings of an inferior {pecies. The nobles,
pofleffed of ample territories, were divided into various
claffes, to which peculiar titles of honour belonged. Some
of thefe titles defcended with the lands from father to fon
in perpetual fucceffion. Others were annexed to particular
offices, or conferred, during life, as marks of perfonal dif-
tinétion, The monarch, exalted above all, enjoyed extenfive
power, and fupreme dignity. The refpedt attached to thefe
different ranks correfponded to their gradation of dignity ;
and this refpet, due from inferiors to fuperiors, was fo
eftablifhed, that it incorporated with the language, and in-
fluenced its genius and idiom. The Mexican tongue
abounded in terms of reverence and courtefy. It is only in
focieties, which time and the inftitution of regular govern-
ment have moulded into form, that we find fuch an orderly
arrangement of men into different ranks, and fuch nice atten-
tion paid to their various rights.

The political conftitution of the Mexicans is an objeé de-
ferving of confideration ; more efpecially as it has been mif-
underltood and mifreprefented by the Spaniards. The af-
piring ambition of Montezuma introduced innovations upon
the Mexican policy ; and introduced a pure defpotifm. He ©
difregarded the ancient laws, violated the privileges held moft
facred, and reduced his fubjeéts of every order to the con-
dition of flaves. The chiefs or nobles of the firft rank wifhed
to fhake off the yoke which he had impofed, and in hopes
of recovering their rights, many of them courted the pro-
tection of Cortes, and joined a foreign power againit their’
domeftic oppreflor. We muft therefore look back beyond
the reign of Montezuma in order to difcover the form and
genius of Mexican policy. The body of citizens, called
nobility, formed the moit refpe€table order in the ftate.
They were of various ranks, and confiderable with regard
to number.. Of this order there were 30 in the Mexican
empire, each of whom had in his territories about 100,000
people ; and fubordinate to thefe, there were about 3000
nobles of a lower clafs. The territories belonging to the
chiefs of Tezeuco and Tacuba were hardly inferior in ex-
tent to thofe of the Mexican monarch. ach of thefe pof-
fefled complete territorial jurifdiétion, and levied taxes from
their own vaffals. But ali followed the ftandard of Mexico
in war, ferving with a number of men in proportion to their
domain, and molt of them paid tribute to its monarch as
their fuperior lord.

Traces of feudal policy, in its moft rigid form, are dif-
cernible in the Mexican conititution, exhibiting its diftin-
guifhing characteriftics, a nobility poffefling almoft inde-
pendent authority, a people depreffed into the loweft flate
of fubjeétion, and a king entrutted with the executive power

of ws.

MEXICO.

of the late. But the jurifdifion of its crown was very
limited, and all real and effective authority was retained by
the Mexican nobles in their own hands, Without their con.
font the king could undertake no meafure of importance.
At firft they eleéted the king, and afterwards the choice was
committed to fix electors, of whom the chiefs of Tezcuco
and Tacuba were two, Their choice was guided by a view
to the activity and valour of their prince more than to the
order of Birth fo that collaterals of mature age or diftin-
guifhed merit were often preferred to thofe who were nearer
the throne in direét defcent. Thus the Mexicans fecured a
fucceffion of able and warlike princes, who raifed their em-
ire in a fhort period to that extraordinary height of power,
which it had attained when Cortes landed in New Spain.
The monarchs, reftrained at firft, gradually advanced in
ower and in the fplendour of their government, a ftriking
inftance of which was prefented to the view of the Spaniards
in Montezuma’s court ; but it was not merely in a parade of
royalty that the Mexican monarchs exhibited their power ;
they manifelted it more beneficially in the order and regu-
larity with which they conduéted the internal adminiftration
and police of their dominions. ‘Their attention in providing
for the fupport of government was no lefs fagacious than the
atual adminiftration of it. Taxes were laid upon land, upon
the aoquifition of induftry, and upon commodities of every
kind expofed to fale in the public markets ; thefe taxes were
ually laid, and, as the ufe of money was unknown, they
were paid in kind. The internal police of the Mexican em-
ire extended to the appointment of couriers for conveying
intelligence, to the ftru€ture and government of the capital,
to its accommodation with water by means of aqueduéts,
and to a variety of other circumitances refpeGting the con-
venience and comfort of its inhabitants. The attention that
awas manifefted in regulations of this kind was fuch as po-
lifhed nations have been late in acquiring and exercifing.

The progrefs of the Mexicans in various arts is alleged
as i Father decifive proof of their fuperior refinement ; but
on this fubjeét fome Spanifh authors have been charged with
exaggeration. ‘The Mexican paintings which fome have ex-
travagantly extolled are reprefented by others as uncouth
delineations of common objeéts, or very coarfe images of the
human and other forms, devoid of grace and propriety. In
the armoury of the royal palace of Madrid, are fhewn fuits
of armour, which are called Montezuma’s ; they are com-
pofed of thin lacquered oe et pe Dr. Robertfon fays,
that, in the opinion of intelligent judges, thefe are evidently
eaftern. Clavigero, with great ardour, and not without
fome rudenefs of attack on the learned hiftorian, maintains
that thefe are really Mexican ; becaufe we are certain, from
the teftimony of all the writers of Mexico, that thofe nations
ufed fuch places of copper in war, and that they covered their
breafts, their arms and thighs with them, to defend them-
felves from arrows ; whereas we do not know ‘that fuch were
ever in ufe among the inhabitants of the Philippine ifles, to
which Dr. R. refers them, or among any other people who
had commerce with them. The Mexicans; fays Clavigero,
could boaft of many inventions worthy of immortalizing
their name, fuchas, befides thofe of cafting metals and mo-
faic works of feathers and fhells, the art of making paper,
thofe of dyeing with indelible colours, fpinning and
‘weaving the finett hair of the rabbits and hares, making razors
‘ofa ftone called “itztli,”” which they manufa€tured with
fuch expedition, that in an hour an artift could finifh more
than 100, making beautiful looking-glaffes of this ftone fet
with gold, the cutting and polifhing of gems, breeding of the
¢ochineal, and making ufe of its colour, preparing of cement
for the pavements of their houfes, &c. &c. Their potters

we Vou. XXIII.

were famous ; and their carpenters wrought feveral kinds of
wood with inftrumeuta made of copper. They had alfo
various mianufaéiures. of cloth, uling cotton for wool, fea-
thers for filk, with the hair of the rabbit and hare, for lint
and hemp, icxotl, or mountain-palm, &c.

Ithe wooden prints or copper-plates of their paintings,
that have been publithed by various authors, every figure of
men, quadrupeds, or birds, as wellas every reprefentation of
inanimate nature, is extremely rude and awkward, But
though the Mexican paintings may be ranked low, as works
of art, they may be regarded in a higher point of view,
when confidered as the records of their country, as hiftorical
monuments of its policy and tranfaétions; and they become
interelting objeéts of attention. Of their picture writing
fome fingular {pecimens have been preferved. ‘The moft va-
luable of thefe have been publifhed by Purchas in 66 plates,
and divided into three parts. The firlt contains the hiftory
of the Mexican empire under its ten monarchs. The fecond
is a tribute-roll, reprefenting what each conquered town paid
into the royal treafury. ‘lhe third is a code of their infli-
tutions, domettic, political, and military. Another {pecimen
of Mexican painting has been publifhed in 32 plates by the
archbifiop of Toledo. The ftyle of painting is the fame
inall; they reprefent things not word: ; exhibiting images
to the eye, not ideas to the underitanding ; and they may,
therefore, be confidered as the earlieft and molt imperfect
effay of men in their progrefs towards difcovering the art of
writing. The plates already mentioned indicate fome ap-
proach to the plain and fimple hieroglyphic, where fome
principal part or circumftance in the fubjeét is made to ftand
for the whole; andthe Mexicans.feem fo to have advanced
farther towards the ufe of the more figurative and fanciful
hieroglyphics. In order to defcribe a monarch, who had
enlarged his dominions by force of arms, they painted a
target ornamented with darts, and placed it between him and
thofe towns which he fubdued. For the notation of num-
bers the Mexican painters had invented artificial marks, or
‘*figns of convention ;"' by means of which they computed
the years of the reigns of their kings, as well as the amount
of tribute to be paid intothe royal treafury. The figure of
a circle reprefented unit, and in {mall numbers the compu-
tation was made by repeating it. Larger numbers were ex-
preffed by a peculiar mark, and they had fuch as denoted
all integral numbers, from 20 to 80,000. Though they had
proceeded far, they had a long courfe farther to purfue
from the delineation of real objeéts to the fimplicity and eafe
of alphabetical writing.

Their mode of computing time may be confidered asa
more decifive evidence of their progrefs in improvement.
They divided their year into 18 months, each confiiting of
zo days, amounting in all to 360. But as they obferved
that the courfe of the fun was not completed in that time,
they added five days to the year. Thefe were termed * {u-
pernumerary”’ or **wafte’’? days; and as they did not be-
long to any month, no work was done, nor facred rite per-
formed on them, but they were devoted wholly to feltivity
and paitime. It appears, fays Clavigero, from the chro-
nology of the Mexicans, that they not only counted 365 days
to the year, but that they alfo knew the excefs of about fix
hours in the folar above the civil year, aud remedied the cif-
ference between them by means of 13 intercalary days, which
they added to their century of 52 years. The names of their
18 months were taken both from the employments and fef-
tivals which occurred in them, and alfo from the accidents .
of the feafon which attended them. The Mexicans, in order
to reprefent a month, painted a circle or wheel, divided into
20 figures, fignifying.2o days: To reprefent a year they

3K painted

MEXICO.

painted another, which they divided into 1§ figures of the
‘Y8 months, and frequently painted within the wheel the
image of the moon. The century was reprefented by a wheel
divided into 52 figures, or rather by four figures which were
13 times defigned. ‘They ufed to paint a ferpent twifted
about the wheel, which pointed out, by four twilts of its
body, the four principal winds, and the beginnings of the
four periods of 13 years. See figures of thefe wheels in
Clavigero’s Hift. of Mexico.

Such are the principal faéts that indicate the progrefs of
the Mexicans towards civilization. On the other hand,
there are feveral circumftances which ferve to fhew that their
chara&er, and many of their inftitutions did not differ greatly
from thofe of the other inhabitants of America. Their
wars, like thofe of the rude tribes around them, were con-
tinual and ferocious ; and even in their civil inftitutions we
difcover traces of that barbarous difpofition which their
fyftem of war infpired. Their funeral rites were not leis
fanguinary than thofe of the mott favage tribes ; fo that upon
the death of any diftinguithed perfonage, efpecially the em-
peror, a number of his attendants were chofen to accompany
him into the other world; and thefe unfortunate victims
were put to death without mercy, and buried in the fame
tomb. Their agriculture was in a very imperfe& ‘tate, fo
that they were often conftrained to live on the fpontaneous
produétions of the earth. The difficulty.of rearing a numerous
family, induced the Mexican women to keep the children at
the breatt for feveral years, during which time they did not
cohabit with their hufbands. Clavigero, however, afferts,
that the Mexicans not only cultivated moft diligently all the
Jands of their empire, but by wonderful exertions of induftry,
created to themfelves new territory-for cultivation, by form-
ing thofe floating fields and gardens on the water, which
have been highly celebrated by Spaniards, and other fo-
reigners, and are {till the admiration of all who fail upon
their lakes. They had not only, fays this writer, all the
plants which were neceffary for food, for clothing, and me-
dicine, but likewife the flowers and other vegetables which
contributed folely to luxury and pleafure, were plenteoufly
cultivated by them. Cortes, in a letter to Charles V., dated
O&. 1520, fays, “ the multitude of inhabitants in thefe
countries is fo great, that there is not a foot of land left
uncultivated.”’ f

Although the Mexican empire was extenfive, the Spanifh
hiftorians have enlarged it far beyond its true boundaries, and
they have reprefented the dominion of Montezuma as ftretch-
ing over all the provinces of New Spain, from the N. to the
fouthern ocean. But we have already ftated that many of
the countries faid to have been included in the empire of the
Mexicans did not belong to it. ‘The Otomies were an unci-
vilized people, occupying a mountainous country. The
Chechemecas, who occupied the provinces N. and W. of
Mexico, were a mere nation of hunters. None of thefe re-
cognized the Mexican monarch as their fuperior. Tlafcala,
at the diftance of 21 leagues from the capital of the empire,
was an independent and holtile republic. Cholula, though
ftill nearer, had been fubjeS&ted but a fhort time before the
arrival of the Spaniards. ‘Tepeaca, diflant 30 leagues from
Mexico, was a feparate ftate, governed by its own laws.
Mechoacan, the frontier of which extended within 40 leagues
of Mexico, ‘was a powerful kingdom, remarkable for its
implacable enmity to the Mexican name. Thus limited
in its extent, its various provinces had no confiderable mutual
intercourfe. ‘They had no roads for facilitating the communi-
cations of one diltri& with another ; infomuch that when the
Spaniards fir{t attempted to penetrate the country, they were
under a neceflity of opening their way through foreits and

8

marfhes, As a farther proof of the imperfection of their
commercial intercourfe, it has been alleged that they had
no money, or univerfal {tandard by which they might efti-
mate the value of commodities. Their trade was carried on
by barter, and this affords an evidence of the infant ftate of
their police. Ifby money be underftood a fign reprefenting
the value of all merchandize, as Montefquieu defines it, it is
certain, fays Clavigero, that the Mexicans, and all other
nations of Anahuac, except the barbarous Chechemecas
and Otomies, employed money in their commerce. The
cacao had its fixed value, and was reckoned by numbers ;
but to fave the trouble of counting it, when the merchandize
was of great value, and worth many thoufands of the nuts,
they knew that every bag of a certain fize contained three
xiquipilli, or 24,000 nuts. There were feveral fpecies cf
cacao, fome of which were ufed in their diet and beverages,
but others were in conitant circulation as money, and ufed in
no other way than in commerce. In the capital itfelf of
Mexico, where from 18 to 20,000 crowns (pefos fuertes)
are annually coined in gold and filver, the poor people itill
make ufe of the cacao to purchafe {mall articles m the
market.

It has been further argued, that their cities, though ex-
tenfive and populous, feemed to have been better adapted for
the habitations of men juft emerging from barbarity, than
the refidence of a polifhed people. The ftru€ture of the
houfes, even in Mexico, was for the moft part mean; nor
does the fabric of their temples and other public edifices

. appear to have been fuch as entitled them to the high praifes

beitowed upon them by many Spanifh authors, Their edifices
in general appear to have been meanly built with turf and
ftone, and thatched with reeds ; nor have we any fatisfac-
tory evidence, notwithftanding the affertion and pretended
evidence of Clavigero, that they ufed lime. The great
temple of Mexico was a fquare mound of earth, go feet
wide, partly faced with ftone, with a quadrangle of 30 feet
at the bafe, on which was a fhrine of the deity, probably of
wood. The itairs were made of large ftones, and confifted
of 114 fteps, each a foot high ; and at the eaftern extremity
were raifed two towers to the height of 56 feet. Cortes
affirms, that within the enclofure of the wall which encom-
paffed the temple, a town of 500 houfes might have ftood.
Although their architecture, fays Clavigero, is not to be
compared with that of the Europeans, it was certainly
greatly fuperior to that of moft of the people of Afia or
Africa. Who would form a comparifon between the houfes,
palaces, temples, baftions, aqueduéts, and roads of the an-
cient Mexicans, and the miferable huts of the Tartars, Siberi-
ans, Arabs, and other wretched nations which live between
the Cape de Verd, and the Cape of Good Hope; or the
buildings of Ethiopia, of a great part of India, and the Afi-
atic and African ifles, except thefe of Japan? The houfes
of the emperor and thofe of the principal nobilty, it has
been faid, exhibited fome elegance of defign, and a com-
modious arrangement of the apartments into which they
were diftributed. But on the other hand it is obferved

that no remains of them are vifible, nor are there any
ruins, which can juftly be confidered as monuments of
their ancient magnificence. Eitalla, cited by Pinkerton, ob-
ferves, that thofe great palaces, gardens, and temples

thofe immenfe and populous cities fubjegt to Mexico, and
whofe kings were tributary to Montezuma ; that high and
valt wall which divided the Mexican empire from the republic
of Tlafcala, and the other wonders related by hiftorians

fhould at leaft have left fome few ruins in teftimony of their
exiltence, even granting that the Spaniards entertained the
extravagant with of deftroying all, in order that they might

MEXICO.

be obliged to conftrud&, with great labour and expence, other
edifices far inferior.

The chief remaining antiquities of the Mexicans appear to
be earthen ware,in which the Indians of Gaadalaxara and Me-
choacan excel to this day; as the Tarafeas of the Peribunes,
in that of japanning, the black colour lalting as long as the
wood itfelf, while the figures equal thofe of the Chinefe artil's,
and the gilding in gold and filver is of great lultre and perma.
nenicy, br. Robertfon concludes upon the whole, that though
the ttate of fociety in Mexico was confiderably advanced be-
yond that of favage tribes, yet with refpect to many parti-
eplars, the Spanifh accounts of their progrefs in clvitieation
and refinement appear to be highly embellithed. At the fame
time it is allowed, that the accounts given by the Spanith
writers of the Mexican power, policy, and law ought not
to be rejeGted, or cenfured, as the fitions of men who withed
to deceive, or who delighted in the marvellous.

With regard to religion, the Mexicans have probably
been reprefented as more barbarous than they really were.
Their religious tenets, and the rites of their worfhip, have
been defcribed as wild and cruel in an extreme depree.
Religion, among the Mexicans, was formed into a regular
fyttem, with its complete train of prielts, temples, vic-
tims, and feltivals. From the genius of the Mexican
religion we may form a juft conclufion with refpe& to its in-
fluence upon the character of the people. The afpeét of fu-
perttition in Mexico was gloomy and atrocious. The divi-
nities were clothed with terror, and delighted in vengeance,
The figures of ferpents, tygers, and other deftruGtive ani-
mals, decorated their temples. Fear was the only principle
that infpired their votaries. Fa{ts, mortifications, and pe-
nance, all rigid, and many of them excruciating to an ex-
treme degree, were the means employed to appeafe the wrath
of their gods, and the Mexicans never approached their
altars wtikonit fprinkling them with blood drawn from their
own bodies. But of all offerings, human facrifices were
deemed the moft acceptable. Ass their religions belief was
blended with the implacable fpirit of vengeance, and added
new force to it, every captive taken in war was brought to
the temple, devoted as a viGtim to the deity, and facrificed
with rites no lefs folemn than cruel. The heart and head
were the portion of the gods ; while the body was refigned
to the captor, who, with his friends, feafted upon it. Un-
der the impreffion, thus produced, the fpirit of the Mexi-
cans was unfeeling, and the genius of their religion counter-
balancing the influence of policy and arts, their manners,
inflead of being foftened, became more fierce. Although
the Mexicans had fome confufed idea of a fupreme, indepen-
dent being, to whom fear and adoration were due, they repre-
fented him under no external form, becaufe they believed him
to be invifible, and they named him by the common appellation
of God, in their language denominated « Teotl ;”” and they
applied to him certain epithets expreffive of grandeur and
power. They called him * Tpalnemoani,” i. e. he by whom
we live, and ‘ Tloque Nahugque,” 7. e. he who has all in
himfelf. But their principal worfhip feems to have been di-
reéted to an evil fpirit, the enemy of all mankind, called “Tla-
catecolototl,”” or, rational Owl, and they faid that he often
appears to men for the purpofe of terrifying them or
doing them an injury. They confidered the human foul
as immortal, allowing immortality alfo to the fouls of
brutes. They believed in a kind of tranfmigration, and
thought that the fouls of foldiers who died in battle or
in captivity among their enemies, and thofe of women who
died in labour, went to the houfe of the fun, to lead a life
‘of delight ; but they fuppofed that after four years of this
glorious life, they animated birds of beautiful feathers and
.

of (weet fong, with liberty to rife again tu heaven, or to de-
feend upon the earth, The fouls of inferior perfons were
fuppofed to pale into weazels, beetles, and fuch other meaner
animals, The fouls of thofe that were drowned, or firuck
by lightning, of thofe who died by dropfy or other difeales,
went, along with the fouls of children, to a cool and delight-
ful place, the refidenee of “ Tlalocan,’’ where they enjoyed
the moft delicious repatts. The abode of thofe who fulfered
any other kind of death was the “ Miéilan,” or hell, which
they conceived to be a place of utter darknefs. The Mex-
icans are faid to have bad a clear tradition, fomewhat cor-
rupted by fable, of the creation of the world, of the uni-
verfal deluge, of the confufion of tongues, and of the dif-
perlion of the people; and thefe events were actually re-
prefented in their pictures.

Among all the deities worfhipped by the Mexicans, which
were very numerous, there were 13 principal or greater
ods, in honour of whom they confecrated that number.
The greateft god, after the invifible god or fupreme being,
was ** Tezcatlipoca,”’ the god of providence, the god of the
world, the creator of heaven and earth, and the maker of
all things. He was always young, fo that no length of
years diminifhed his power, and to him it belonged to confer
benefits on the juft, and to punifh the wicked with difeafes
and other affli€tions. Among their greater gods were alfo
the fun and moon, the god of the air, aloe,” the god
of water, to whom they afcribed the fertility of the earth

and the proteétion of their temporal goods; to him the
confecrated a temple, and in honour of him celebrated fefti-
vals every year ; the god of fire, who was greatly revered in
the Mexican empire; Centeotl,’”” or goddefs of the earth
and of corn, who had five temples in Mexico and three an-
nual feftivals ; the god of hell, and his female companion,
much honoured by the Mexicans; the god of night, to
whom they recommended their children, that they might
fleep; and “ Mexitli,” the god of war, moft honoured by the
Mexicans and regarded as their chief protector. There
were other gods of commerce, fifhing, hunting, &c. They
had alfo 260 gods, to whom they confecrated as many days.
The number of images by which the gods were reprefented
and worfhipped in the temples, the houfes, the ftreets, and
the woods, were almoft infinite. Thefe images were generally
made of clay, and certain kinds of wood and ftone; but
fometimes of gold and other metals, aud fome of gems.
The mott extraordinary idol of the Mexicans was that of
¢ Huitzilopochtli,”? which was formed of certain feeds
pafted together by human blood. The divinity of thefe
falfe gods was acknowledged by prayers, kneeling, and prof-
trations, with vows, faits, facrifices, and various rites.
In their prayers they turned their faces towards the eaft, and
their fan@tuaries were conftruGed with their doors to the
weft. Annexed to the great temple, which we have already
mentioned, were various other buildings ; and the temples
in the whole city of Mexico have been reckoned to amount
to 2000, and that of the towns to 360. Each temple had -
its own lands and poffeflions, appropriated to its fupport.
The number of the priefts correfponded with that of the
gods and temples; among thefe there were feveral orders
and degrees, the chief of whom were two high priefts, who
were confulted in all affairs of moment, to whom it belonged
to anoint the king after his election, and to open the
breafts and take out the hearts of the human viétims, at the
moft folemn facrifices. The high priefts of Mexico were
diftinguifhed by a tuft of cotton, hanging from their breafts,
and at the principal feafts they were drefied in {plendid ha-
bits, on which were reprefented the infignia of the god
whofe feaft they celebrated. All the offices of religion were
a Kee divided

MEXICO.

divided among the priefls ; four times a day they offered in-
cenfe to the idols. The drefs of the Mexican priefts con-
fitted of a black cotton mantle, which they wore in form of a
veil over their heads. They never fhaved themfelves, fo that
the hair of many of them reached to their legs, and it was
twifted with thick cotton cords, and bedaubed with ink.
‘The aufterities and voluntary wounds of the priefts, their
filthy and poifonous ointments, and their other abominable
rites, as they are related by Clavigero, form a fyflem of
réligion, if we may thus profane the name of religion, the
molt execrable that ever appeared, no lefs difhonourable to
God than pernicious to man ; and it unqueftionably docs not
warrant our entertaining any very exalted notions of their
refinement and civilization. The human victims facrificed at
the confecration of two temples were 12,210!

This fyftem is, as Pinkerton very juftly obferves, fo
totally unlike any that was ever pra¢tifed in any part of
Afia, that it affords a kind of prefumption, either that the
people were indigenal, or proceeded from Africa, in which
alone (as among the Giagas) fuch cruelties may be traced.
‘The Afiatic religions feem to be univerfally mild, and even

ay, as natural in the worfhip of a being who is benevolence
itfelf; whilein A frica the preponderance of the evil {pirit feems
to have been acknowledged by many nations. It fhould be
recolleGted, however, that the Manichean fyftem was not
reftri@ed to Africa; and that the devil, or wicked demon,
has had his votaries and worfhippers in Afia, as well as
Africa; and that the emigrants from thence might have
brought the worlt part of their fyftem of worfhip along
with them. We merely fuggeft, that this circumftance
affords no convincing evidence with regard to the original
peopling of this part of the world, .or the remote origin of
their anceftors. We mutt allow, that the Spaniards never
facrificed more vi€tims than the Mexicans themfelves devoted;
and “the clamours of pretended philofophy will often be
found in oppofition to the real caufe of humanity, which it
afpires to defend. Could a change of manners have been
effeed without the ufe of the fword, it would have been
highly defirable ; but the defign might have been as fruitlefs
as a fermon to a tiger or a rattlefnake. The cruelties of the
Spaniards muft, by candour, be partly imputed to the pro-
fnfion of torture and human blood, which every where met
their eyes in this unhappy country; as fuch fcenes change
the very nature of man, and inflame him like the carnage of
a battle.’? Pinkerton. It fhould be recollected, however,
that the Spaniards had known a religion, and ought to have
imbibed its fpirit, which was moft juftly chara¢terifed by
its divine founder, as peace on earth and good will towards
men.”

The Mexicans performed various fuperftitious rites upon
tthe birth of children, at their marriages, and at their fune-
rats. The child was bathed, and then the diviners were con-
fulted as to its future fortune. He was then named ; the name
of boys being taken from the fign of the day on which they
were born, or from-fome circumftances attending the birth.
Men had often the names of animals, and women thofe of
flowers. The furname was acquired from their future
actions. The religious ceremony of bathing was followed
by a feaft, when drinking was often indulged to excefs.
Superftition had a great fhare in the Mexican marriages; but
nothing occurred that was inconfiftent with decency or
honour. Marriage between perfons in the firlt degree of
confanguinity was forbidden, unlefs it was between coufins.
The parents were the perfons who fettled all marriages, and
none were ever executed without their confent. The male was
thought fit to form the marriage contract at the age of 20 to
22, and the female from 16 to 18 years; and before the union

was concluded, the diviners were confulted, who decided on
the happinefs or infelicity of the propofed match. If their
fentence was unpropitious, the young female was abandoned,
and another fought. If the fentence was favourable, the
young woman was demanded of her parents by certain
women, who were held in refpect and efteem. Thefe women
went at midnight to the houfe of the parents witha prefent,
and demanded the damfel in a humble and refpe&ful ftyle.
After a few days, thefe women repeated their vifit, ftating
the rank and fortune of the youth, and gaining information
what was her fortune. The parents then founded the inclina-~
tions of their daughter; and in due time a decifive anfwer was
returned. On the day appointed for the nuptials, the parents,
after exhorting their daughter to a fuitable condut, led her,
with a numerous company and mufic, to the honfe of her °
father-in-law ; if noble, fhe was carried on a litter. The bride-
groom, and her parents, received her at the gates of the
houfe, with four torches borne by four women. At meet-
ing, the bride and bridegroom offered incenfe to each other;
and the bride was led by him to the hall or chamber pre-
pared for the nuptials. They were then feated on a mat,
and a prieft tied a point of the gown of the bride to the
mantle of the bridegroom, and in this ceremony the matri-
monial contra&t chiefly confifted. They then offered copal
to their gods, and exchanged prefents with each other, This
ceremony was followed with a repaft, at which the bride and
bridegroom gave fome food to each other, and to their
guefts ; and after the exhilaration occafioned by drinking, a
dance took place; and the married pair remained in the
chamber, and continued there four days ; which were paffed
in prayer and fafting, being drefled in new habits, and
adorned with certain enfigns of the gods of their nation.
The marriage bed was adjutted by the prieft, and the con-
fummation of the marriage did not take place till the fourth
night. On the enfuing morning they bathed and put on new
dreffes, and thofe who had been invited adorned their heads
with white, and their hands and feet with red feathers. The
ceremony. was concluded with making prefents of dreffes to
the guefts; and onthat day the mats, canes, &c. were car-
ried to the temple. In the Mexican empire, polygamy was
allowed.

The funeral rites were more fuperftitious than any others,
and certain perfons of advanced years were appointed for the
conduéting of them. Having clothed the body of the deceafed
in a habit appropriate to his former profeffion or bufinefs,
they gave him a jug of water, and pieces of paper with in-
ftruétions, adapted to his journey into the other world,
They alfo killed a domeftic quadruped, which was to be his
companion. -This they buried or burned together with the
body of his mafter. The afhes were colleéted and depofited
ina pot, together with a valuable gem: the earthen pot was
depolited in a ditch, and at the interval of fourfcore days,
they made oblations of bread and wine over it. At the death
of kings, lords, or perfons of high rank, other ceremonies
were practifed, for the detail of which we muit refer to
Clavigero; merely obferying, that the bodies of the deceafed
were generally burned, and that the afhes of kings and lords
were ufually depofited in the towers of the temples,

To the education of their youth, the Mexicans paid par-
ticular attention ; they are habituated from their earlieft age
to induitry, virtue, and the forms of religion ; truth was
inculcated by exprefs precepts, and the yiolation of it
feverely pinifhed, and reverence for their parents and aged
perfons was feduloufly inculcated. Befides their domeitic
education, children were fent to public {chools, fituated near
the temples, and there they were inttruéted for three years
in religion and good cuftoms, Adultery among the Mexi_

cang

MEXICO,

Cana was always punifhed with death, nor wasany divorce al.
lowed without the permiffion of the judges. Thole who
were guilty of incell or unnatural crimes were hanged ; and
incontinence was feverely punifhed; but for Gnyple fornica-
tion no punifhment was preferibed. The penalty annexed to
theft in flighter cafes was mere veflijution, but in concerns
of ter value, flayery. A perfon who robbed in the
menae plice was there ballinadoed to death, Hanging was
the punifhment of tutors and guardians who did not give a
gnll ebooont of the eftates of their pupils, and alfo of thofe
who fquandered away their patrimony in vices. Drunken-
nefs in youth was a capital crime, and in advanced years it
was punifhed with feverity; and in cafe of a nobleman, it
incurred forfeiture of office and rank, and entailed infamy,
The prifoners of war were geverally faevificed to their gods;
and flaves were allowed to poflefs fome property, nor was
flavery entailed upon their defcendants. Neceflitous parents
might procure relief by the file of their children, and any
freeman might fell himfelf for the fame prrpofe.

‘The highel military diguity among the Mexicans, was
that of a general of the army ; and in order to encourage a
military {pirit, they rewarded the fervices of warriors with
one of the three orders, called by names which denoted

rinces, eagles, and tigers. When they went to war, dif-
erent perfons from the king to thofe Miners rank were
diltinguifhed by peculiar badges. The defenfive arms were
fhields of different forms; breatt-plates of cotton, arrow-
proof, and other armour for the defence of other parts of
their bodies; the officers and nobles had a beautiful plume
of feathers on their heads; but the common foldiers were
entirely naked, except a girdle round the middle. The of-
fenfive arms of the Mexicans, were arrows, flings, clubs,
f{pears, pikes, fwords and darts. ‘They had alfo ftandards
and mufical inftruments proper for war. Previoufly to a
declaration of war, the alleged caufe of it was fubmitted
to the judgment of the fupreme council, and before it com-
menced, ve enemy was apprized of it. The king, or the
general, gave the fignal for action by the beat of a drum;
and the firft onfet was furious ; but their great aim was not
to kill, but to make prifoners for facrifices when the battle
was terminated. The victors celebrated their conqueft with

reat rejoicings, and rewarded the officers and foldiers who
ad taken prifoners. Before any fiege was begun, the citi-
zens removed their children, women, and fick perfons to a
place of fecurity in the mountains. For the defence of their
cities, they ufed various kinds of fortification, fuch as walls
and ramparts, breait-works, palifadoes, ditches, and en-
trenchments; but the molt fingular fortifications of Mexico
in particular were its temples, and efpecially the greater
temple, which refembled a citadel... ‘The Mexicans, though
fond of war, are faid to have addiéted themfelves to the arts
of peace, and particularly to the cultivation of the earth.
Although they had no ploughs nor.oxen, nor any other
animals proper to be employed in agriculture, they fupplied
the want of them by labour and induftry. In the opera-
tions of the field, the men were affifted by the women ; the
former being employed in occupations that required the
greateft exertion, and the latter in the lighter and more ealy
employments. Jn their farm-yards they had threfhing floors
and granaries ; and of the latter fome were fo large as to
contain 5 or 6000, or fometimes more, fanegas of maize.
The Mexicans were alfo well {killed in the cultivation of
gardens, both for ufe and for pleafure... They were like-
wife attentive to the prefervation oftheir woods, which
ferved for fuel, for building, and for the diverfion of their
king, in the purfuit of game. They alfo paid particular
’ attention to the breeding of animals. Fifhing, hunting,

agriculture, and the arts, furnifhed the Mexicans with feveral
branches of commerce, Merchandizes were fold in their
fairs and markets by number and meafure; but they are faid
not to have ufed weights. ‘Their markets were fubje€& to
various regulations for the prevention of frauds, and for
fecuring to the king his revenue, For the convenience of
merchants, Clavigero fays, that they had public roads,
bridges for crofling their rivers, and houfes FY pe taoe
tion in the mountains and uninhabited places. ‘Their failing
veilels were guided merely by oars, and were of various
fizes; acd many of them were made of a fingle trunk of a
tree. Some ancient hiltorians, probably inclined to exag-
gerate, fay, that the number of thofe which continually
traverfed the Mexican lake exceeded 50,do0o. They had
alfo for the convenience of navigating their lakes and rivers,
pasos or floats of folid canes, which were tied firmly on
rge, hard, and empty gourds. ‘The maritime commerce
of the Mexicana was very inconfiderable. The commerce
of the Mexicans, it is faid, was little embarraffed or im-
peded by the variety of languages which were {poken in
thofe countries ; for the Mexican tongue was the moft pre-
valent, and was every where underftood. ‘This language,
fays Clavigero, is entirely deftitute of the confonants Bt 9
F, G, R, and S, and abounds with L, X, T, Z, TZ, and
T =; but although the letter L is fo familiar to this lan-
guage, there is not a fingle word that begins with this con-
fonant; nor is there a word of an acute termination, except
fome vocatives. Almoft all the words have the penult fyl-
lable long. Its afpirates are moderate and foft, and no oc-
cafion occurs for making the leaft nafal found in pronuncia-
tion. This language, notwithftanding its want of the above-
mentioned aaa is faid to Le very copious, tolerably
pouittes’ and remarkably expreflive. The Mexican language,
ike the Hebrew and French, wants the fuperlative term, and
like the Hebrew, and fome other living languages of Europe,
the comparative term, which are fupplied by certaiy par-
ticles equivalent to thofe which are ufed in other fuch lan-
guages. It abounds in diminutives and augmentatives ; and
alfo in verbal and abftraé&t terms; for there is hardly a verb
from which there are not many verbals formed, and {carcely
a fubftantive or adjeétive from which there are not fome ab-
ftra&s formed. It is not Jefs copious in verbs than in nouns;
as from every fingle verb others are derived of different figni-
fications. ‘The Mexicans, like the Greeks, have the ad-
vantage of making compounds of two, three, or four fimple
words. The arts of poetry and oratory were much
exercifed by the Mexicans. Dramatic, as well as Lyric,
poetry was held in high eftimation among thefe peo-
ple, and they had theatres in which thele kinds of com-
pofitions were rehearfed. Their mufic was more imperfe&
than their poetry ; and it is faid, that they had no ftringed
inftruments. But imperfect as was their mufic, their
dances, to which they were much additted from their youth,
were eminently graceful. Their dances, which were of va-
rious kinds, were almoft always accompanied with finging,
which, like their dances, was always adjufted by puliati
initruments. The amufements of the Mexicans were not
confined to the theatre and dancing ; they had various
games, not only for public-occafions, but for the relaxation
and diverfion of private individuals. The Mexican paint-
ings have been already mentioned; and they were very
numerous, and applied to various purpofes. Their colours:
were brilliant, though their defigns were coarfe and un-
couth. . We fhall here add to what has been already
faid, that the Mexicans were {killed in fculpture ; and the
ufual materials of their ftatues were ftone and wood. They
alfo valued, themfelves.on the works which Pr Ported.
7

MEXICO.

the calting of metals, and on thofe Mofaic works which were
made of the molt delicate and beautiful feathers of birds.
The ftate of medicine among the Mexicans, Clavigero has
defcribed much in detail; as he has alfo their furgery and
their baths. Their food and drink confilted of preparations
of maize, cacao, chia, and the French bean. Of animal
food they partook more fparingly. They had different forts
of wine made of the magnai or Mexican aloe, the palm, and
maize. Their drefs was fimple, confifting of a girdle about
the loins, a {quare mantle, and a piece of f{quare cloth with
which the women wrapped themfelves from their waits
down to the middle of the leg. Befides this they hada
little under velt, or waiftcoat, without fleeves. Perfans of
fuperior flation added to their drefs a variety of ornaments.
Befides feathers and jewels, with which they adorned their
clothes, they wore ear-rings, pendants at the under lip, and
many at their nofes, necklaces, bracelets, and rings like
collars round their legs. The ear-rings and pendants of the
poor were fhells, pieces of cryflal, amber, or fome othe: fhin-
ing little ftone ; but the rich wore pearls, emeralds, amethytts,
and other gems fet in gold. Their houfhold furniture was
mean and coarfe. Their beds confilted of two coarfe mats
of rufhes, to which the rich added fine palm mats and fhirts
of cotton ; andthe lords, linen woven with feathers. The
pillow of the poor was a ftone or piece of wood; that of
the rich was probably of cotton. Their drinking veffels were
made of a fruit fimilar to gourds. ‘They made no ufe
of candlefticks, or wax, or tallow candles, or of oil to
give light. They kindled fire by the friétion of two pieces
of wood; and generally made ufe of the achiote, or rocou
of the French. It is added, that they alfo ftruck fire from
flint. After dinner, the lords ufed to compofe themfelves to
fleep with the {moke of tobacco; the leaves of which they put
with the gum of liquid amber, or fome other warm odorous
herbs, into a little pipe of wood, or reed, or other more valua-
ble fubftance ; they then received the fmoke by fucking the
pipe and {topping the noftrils with the fingers, fo that it might
pals more eafily to the lungs. ‘The deficiency of foap they
{upplied by a fruit and a root. As to the population of the
whole Mexican empire, Eltalla fays that it could not have
furpaffed three or four millions, even including the people of
Thafcala, and other towns, not fubje& to Montezzma.
Having given an extended account of ancient Mexico,
we fhall now clofe the article with a brief defcription of
- Mexico in its more modern ftate. The viceroyalty of
Mexico may be regarded as the chief in Spanifh America,
and is extended over a territory equal to an European
empire. But there are feveral inferior governors, named
by the Spanifh fovereign. A confiderable part of his power
confits in the patronage of all the churches. His falary
was formerly 40,000 ducats, afterwards 60,000, and laitly
84,000, exclufively of the difpofal of lucrative offices,
monopolies, connivances, prefents, &c. which fometimes rife
to an enormous amount. His court is formed on the regal
model, with horfe and foot guards, a grand houfhold, and
numerous attendants. In their vice-royalty there are three
grand tribunals, called Royal c\udiences, viz. that at Gua-
temala, that of Mexico, and that of Guadalaxara. ‘There
are afo feveral inferior tribunals. The population of all
the Spanifh provinces in North America has been eftimated
at little more than feven millions; of whom the natives,
called Indians, are fuppofed to amount to four millions ;
and the Spaniards and inhabitants of mixed races, are com-
puted at three millions, of which the Spaniards may con-
ititute one-third. It is probable, however, that the whole
population of Spanifh North America: does not excceed fix
miliions, They have fuffered much from the fmall-pox, and

a difeafe called the black vomit, which occafionally rava

likea peftilence. And befides, the number of priefts, monks,
and nuns is injurious to population. Eftalla obferves, that
though he has not been able to acquire exa& information
concerning tie population of New Spain, yet by the moft
intelligent computations, there are in the Intendancy of
Mexico 1,200,000 fouls, including 140,000 for the city : and
by the proportion between this province and the others,
as well as by the beft founded calculations, it may be fup-
pofed there are in all the kingdom, three millions and a half
of inhabitants. The troops in New Spain are eftimated at

-435191, including 5982 regulars, 31,523 militia, &c. and 5686

for garrifons, &c. ; fo that it may well be doubted whether
the whole grand vice-royalty of New Spain could fend into
the field 15,000 effeGtive men. The revenue which Mexico
yields to the Spanifh crown has been fhewn by Dr. Robert-
fon to amount to above a million fterling, but it is fubjeé& to
great expences. Dr. Robertfon fhews, from Campomanet,
that the whole produce of the American mines is 7,425,000/.
of which the king’s fifth, if regularly paid, would be
1,485,000/.; and it is probable that the mines of New Spain
or Mexico, prior to the opulent difcoveries in the N.W.
provinces, did not yield above one-half of the whole amount.
From Eftalla we learn, that a very great augmentation has
taken place in all the branches of the royal treafury in this
vice-royalty ; fo that the fums paid into the roya! treafury
have been tripled, and amount annually to 19 millions of
dollars, and even more. Allowing the expences of admi-
niftration, falaries, &c. to amount to 4,800,000 dollars,
there will be an overplus of 14,200,coo dollars; that is,
more than 1,800,000/. fterling. Thefe revenues increafe
according to the pregrefs of agriculture, the mines, com-
merce, induftry, and population. There are fome branches
of the revenue which are confiderable in their amount;
fuch are the tributes, the produéts of the coinage, of quick.
filver, gunpowder, cards, duties on goods fold, the drink
called “ pulque,”” bulls of indulgence, tobacco, lotteries,
letters, all which are under the management of the minifter
of ftate. Other branches are adminiitered in the royal cof-
fers by their refpective fuperintendants; fuch as the duties
on gold, filver-plate, the aflays, tythes, ninths, various eccle-
fiaftic conceffions, titles of Caftille, vendible offices, compo-
fitions and confirmations of land, cock-fighting, {now and
ice, ftamps, fines, &c. the produét of the mines, copper,
lead, tin, alum, and others. From this ftatement there will
appear to refult a clear fum of 7,800,000 pefos, or about
1,170,000/. fterling ; and if the pefo fuerte be ufed, one-
third muft be added.

The ecclefiaftical revenue is alfo very confiderable. The
archbifhopric of Mexico is extremely opulent ; and yet
deemed inferior to the bifhopric of Puebla de los Angelos.
The ecclefiaftical courts are numerous ; and the holy tri-
bunal of the faith, or the Inquifition, is very vigilant and
fevere. The chapter of the cathedral comprehends 26 eccle-
fiaftics. While the revenue of the archbifhop is computed
at 100,000 dollars, the dean has more than 10,000; the
canons from 7 to gooo, the leffer canons from 2 to 4000;
fome curacies are worth many thouland ducats; and one in
the archbifhopric of Mexico is valued at 14,000 ducats
a year; while many of the curates, in their career of am-
bition, become prebendaries and bifhops. There are two
archbifhoprics, thofe of Mexico and Guatemala, with eight
bifhops, Puebla de los Angelos, Oaxaca, Durango, Me-
choacan, Antequera, Guadalaxara, Yucatan, and Chiapa.
The curacies are computed at 235.

The chief city of New Spain is Mfexico, which fee; and
there are many other flourifhing cities in this wide —

he

MEXICO.

The moft interelting in a commercial view are the two chief
ports, Acapulco on the Pacific ocean, and Vera Cruz on
the Atlantic; to thefe we may add, Puebla de los Angelos,
Cordova, Xalapa, Queretaro, Guadalaxara, and Guate-
mala, &c. &c. which fee refpectively,

The manufactures of New Spain are not of any great im-
portance, Coarfe cottons form the univerfal drefs of the In-
diana. There are many tanneries, but the leather is far from
being equal to the Spanifh ; and the fame obfervation is appli.
cable to the qlafs and earthen ware, though the materials be
excellent. The commerce of New Spain 1s extenfive and im-
portant, and has recently undergone material improvements; fo
that fince the year 1778, when greater freedom began to be
introduced, the commerce has greatly increafed. "Two advan-
tages have arifen from the liberty of commerce ; induftrious in-
dividuals and the general mafs of the people have been en-
riched ; while the great capitals of the former monopolitts re-
turned to fupport agriculture and the mines. ‘The number of
fhops has been greatly augmented. ‘The imports alfo have
been increafed, fo that at Vera Cruz alone they amounted, in
1792) to 14,23,000,889 dollars. See Vera Cruz,

he climate of this country is fingularly diverfified,
between the tropical feafons and rains, and the tempera-
ture of the fouthern and even middle coyntries of Eu-
rope.. The maritime diftricts of Mexico are hot and
ihetihe, fo as to occafion much perfpiration even in
January ; the inland mountains, on the other hand, prefent
{now and ice in the dog-days. In other inland provinces,
however, the climate is mild and benign, with fome fnow
of fhort duration in winter; but no artificial warmth is ne-
ceffary, and animals fleep all the year under the open fky.
From April to September there are plentiful rains, gene-
rally after noon ; hail-ftorms are not unknown: thunder is
frequent ; and earthquakes and volcanoes occafionally occur.
The climate of the capital, in lat. 19° 25', differs much from
that of the parts of Afia and Africa under the fame pa-
rallel ; which difference feems to arife chiefly from the
fuperior height of the ground. Humboldt found, that the
4 of Mexico is about 6960 feet above the level of the fea,
and that even the inland plains are generally as high as mount
Vefuvius, or about 3600 feet. This fuperior elevation
tempers the climate with a greater degree of cold. Upon the
whole, the climate cannot be regarded as unhealthy, as the
aborigines fometimes attain a great age; and the appear-
ances of decay are not perceived till a late period of life.
But though they are exempted from paying tribute after
the age of fixty, yet they can rarely count the years of
their exiftence, and they cannot always be traced in the
parith regitters, It appears from fuch facts, that the pre-
judices a fome philofophers againft the climate and pro-
dutions of America are unfounded. If there be any where
a marked difference in every re{peé, of climate, men, animals,
and vegetables, it is in Africa, a moft ancient part of the an-
cient world, that it muft be fought. (See on this fubje&
Clavigero, ubi fupra.) The face of this interelting country is
diverfified by grand ridges of mountains, numerous volcanoes,
fome of which are covered with perpetual {now, cataracts
worthy of the pencil of Rofa, delicious vales, fertile plains,
pidturefque lakes and rivers, romantic cities and villages, an
union of the trees and vegetables of Europe ahd America.
The foil is often a deep clay, furprifingly fertile and requir-
ing no manure except irrigation, The progrefs of agricul-
ture in this country may be partly inferred from the ftate
of the tythes, which, in the archbifhopric of Mexico, for

ten years, from 1769 to 1779, amounted to 4,132,630 pe- p

fos; while, for the ten years from 1779 to 1789, they
advanced to 7,820,879 pelos. -A Similar difference appears

in the biftoprica of Puebla, Oaxaca, Guadalaxara, and
Durango, which, with Valladolid, comprehend the whole
vice-royalty of Mexico; Guatemala being confidered as a
diflin&t kingdom. The produét of cotton might be in-
creafed : of indigo there are annually exported 1500 arobas,
and Booo quintals of pimento: the cultivation of fugar
is increafed; tobacco - become an important branch :
vineyards afford a favourable pro{peét ; and the annual ex-
ports of cochineal are computed by Eftalla at 23,600
arobas ; but by another computation, the quantity of co-
chineal exported to Spain is 460,000 pounds, cotting in
New Spain about 12s. per pound, and yielding at Cadiz
about 13 or 147. The pespls employed in this culture are
eltimated at between 25 and 30,000. It has been obferved,
by the author often cited in this article, that the produce
of many articles has been tripled within thefe few years,
fuch as indigo, cotton, pimento of Talafco, and, above all, the
precious cochineal; while tillage, and the rearing of herds
and flocks, have been far more univerfally diffufed.

The principal rivers of this country are Rio Bravo, the
Medina, Magdalena, or river of Guadalupe, that of Flores,
the Arighitas, Chicowanfh, Mexicano, Colorado, Gila, Hia-
qui, Nafus, Barneja or Efquitlan, Panuco, Zacatula, Yo-
pez, Alvarado, Grijalva, Balleze, Yare, St. Juan, and Chagre.
The chief chain of mountains in Spanifh North America is
Topia or Sierra Madre, to which we may add the grand
ridge of Tamalipa, the great chain of Apanaca, Canatagna,
and Urraca. The compofition of the mountains of New
Spain is not accurately afcertained, but it is fuppofed b

umboldt and Pinkerton to be moftly of argillaceous f{chif-
tus, which is a fubftance generally prolific of metals. The
volcanoes in New Spain pox been reckoned 21 from that
of Soconufco in the north to that of Varu in the fouth.
Thefe are all on the fouth-weftern coafl, and after a con-
fiderable interval they again emerge towards the eattern coaft,
in the vicinity of Mexico. The volcano of Orizava is con-
fidered as the moft majeftic in the viceroyalty. The richeft
filver mines of New Spain were formerly fipbotea to be
thofe of Zacatecas, about 200 miles N.W. of Mexico; but
at prefent the grand mines are at Guanajuato, between 21°
30' and 22° 30! N. lat. and 103° and 105” W. long., extend-
ing from N. to S. 75 miles, from E. to W. 85 miles. Hum-
belde eftimates the population of theadminiftration at 517,300,
and of the capital, in N. lat. 21°. W. long. 103°, about 41,000,
See GuaNasuATo.

During 11 years from 1766 to 1778, Mr. Pinkerton ftates,,
that there were coined at Mexico 203,882,948 pefos, feven.
reals; but, during another rr years, from 1779 to 1791,
there were coined 252,042,419 pefos, and half a real; the
difference being more than 48,000,000: Before the freedom
of commerce, the coinage never exceeded 20,000,000 of
pefes; and in 1792, 1793, it annually furpaffed 24.000,000.
Tn the vicereyalty are found many other metals befides gold
and filver. Not far from the capital are mines of tin; this
metal is alfo found in New Mexico. Clavigero fays, that
the Mexicans ufed thin pieces of tin and bits of copper for
money. Copper is obtained from the rich mines of Guana-
juato and alfo in mines W. of Pafquaro, the capital of Me-
choacan. Lead is among the produ&ts of New Leon. New
Spain alfo furnifhes amber and afphalt, and a few diamonds ;
the mountains alfo produce jafper, marble, alabafter, magnet,
fteatite, jade and talc. The ‘ Tetzontli,”? red and porous,
was ufed in building, being perhaps, as Pinkerton fuggetts,
a kind of tufa; and the « Itzli,’? mentioned in a preceding
art of this article, as ufed for mirrors and razors, is called
“ pietra del Galinazzo”’ in South America, and is the ob-
fidian or volcanic glafs of modern mineralogy. <n this coun-

ay

MEXICO.

try have been‘fourd, among the foffils, the bones of ele-
phants ; bones of this kind’ were found in digging the found-
ations of the convent of Guadalupe near Mexico; and they
have been found in other places. ‘They are the fame with
thofe of the mammoth of Siberia and North America, and
belonged to an animal now extin&. Pinkerton’s Geogra-
phy, vol. iii, ; , :
Mexico Proper, a diftri& or territory of the domain or
wiceroyalty of Mexico, forming part of the ancient Mexi-
can empire, already amply defcribed in the preceding article.
Mexico, fignifying according to Clavigero the place of
Mexitli, or Huitzilopochtli, i. e. the Mars of the Mexicans,
on account of the fan€tuary there ere&ted to him, the chief
city not only of Mexico or New Spain, but of old Spanifh
America. It is fituated, in a beautiful vale, on fenny ground
near the banks of the lake of Tezcuco, and crofied by
numerous canals, the houfes being all founded on piles.
Hence it would feem that the waters of the lake have dimi-
nifhed, fo as to leave a fenny morafs on the weft; and it is
not improbable that this might happen after the inundation
of 1629, when'a wide canal was led through a mountain to
drain the lake. The fcite of the modern Mexico is the fame
with that of the ancient city; the viceroy refiding on the
{pot of Montezuma’s palace, in a large manfion built by
Cortes, and {till rented at 4000 ducats from the marquifes
de Valle, his defcendants.. The ancient city is faid to have
been fituated upon a fmall ifland in the forementioned lake ;
and N. of its junction with that of Chalco, and on the W.
fide of the lake of Tezcuco, acceflible on the W. fide by
three large caufeways of earth and ftone, but on the E. fide
there was no communication otherwife than with canoes or
boats. The circumference of the city, exclufive of the
fuburbs, meafured more than ro miles, and the number, of
houfes was at leaft 60,000. ‘The city was divided into four
quarters, and each quarter into feveral diftriéts, bearing In-
dian canoes. ‘The four quarters were divided by four broad
roads, which led from the four gates of the area of the
greater temple. To the four parts into which the city was
divided from the firft foundation A.D. 1325, the city of
Tlatalolco was added as a fifth, fituated towards the N.W.
having been united after the conquelt of king Axajacatl to
‘Tenochtitlan, and both together formed Mexico. Around
the city there were many dykes and refervoirs for colleGting
awater, and within it many canals, fo that there was hardly a
diftri& that could not be approached by boats. Among the
warious buildings of the city, befides temples and magmfi-
cent. royal palaces, there were other palaces in which the
feidatory lords refided when they attended the bufinefs of
the court. All the houfes, it is faid, thofe of the poor ex-
eepted, had balconies and parapets, and fome of them bat-
tlements and towers, much {maller than thofe of the temples;
and ferving for the defence of the inhabitants in their ftreets
and houfes as well as their temples. Befides the large and
famous {quare of Tlateloco, where the principal market was
held, there were other fmaller markets diftributed through
the city, where ordinary provifions were fold; and in dif-
ferent places there were fountains and fifh-ponds, particu-
larly near the temples, and many gardens, fome of which
were laid out on the natural level of the earth, and cthers
raifed on high terraces. Of the modern city, Chappe d’ Au-
teroche, cited by Pinkerton, gives the following account.
The {lreets are wide and ftraight, but very dirty: and the
houfes, refembling thofe of Spain, are tolerably built. The
chief edifice is the viceroy’s palace, which ftands near the
cathedral in a central {quare, and it is rather folid than ele-
gant. Behind the palace is the mint, in which more than
Zoo workmen are employed, as the owners of the mines here

exchange their bullion for coin. ‘The other chief buildings

‘are the churches, chapels, and convents, which are very

numerous and richly ornamented. ‘he outfide of the cathe-
dral is unfinifhed, as they doubt the foundations; but the
rail round the high altar is of folid filver, and there is a filver
lamp fo capacious that three men may go into it to clean it;
and it is alfo enriched with lions’ heads, and other ornaments,
in pure gold. The images of the Virgin, and other faints,
are either folid filver, or covered with gold and precious
ftones. Befides the great central {quare, there are two others,
each of which has a fountain in the middle. To the N. of
the town, near the fuburbs, is the public walk, or ** Ala-
‘meda.”? A rivulet runs round it, and forms a pretty large
fquare, with a bafon and jet d’eau in the middle. Eight
walks, each of which has two rows of trees, terminate at
this bafon like a ftar. ‘There are alfo fome other promenades ;
although the country about Mexico is fwampy ground,
and full of canals. Facing the “ Alameda” is the « Quema-
dero,”’ where they burn the Jews, and the unhappy victims
of the Inquifition. It is an inclofure between four walls,
and filled with ovens, into which are thrown, over the walls,
the wretches that are condemned to be burnt alive; con-
demned, as the author fays, by judges profefling a religion
whofe firft precept is charity. The Spanifh inhabitants are
commonly clothed in filk, their hats being adorned with belts
of gold and rofes of diamonds; for even the flaves have brace-
lets and necklaces of gold, filver, pearls, and gems. The
ladies are of diftinguifhed gallantry. hat

Mexico, though inland, is.a place of immenfe commerce
between Vera Cruz on the E., and Acapulco cn the S.;
and the fhops difplay a profufion of gold, filver, and jewels.
In magnificent regularity it yields to few cities on the an-
cient continent. Gage fays, that, in his tine, A.D. 1640,
there were fuppofed to be 15,000 coaches, fome of them
adorned with gold and gems; the people being fo rich, that
it was imagined one-half of the families kept carriages.
From the work of Eftalla, publifhed in 1799, and quoted
by Pinkerton, we derive fome further information concerning
this famous city.

The lake, it is faid, has retired a Spanifl league from the
city, which circumftance is fuppofed to render the air lefs
falubrious. The winter froft is gentle, and is thought fet
vere when the ice exceeds the thicknefs of paper. ‘The
fummer heats are tempered by the regular fhowers which
fall in the evenings. Water-f{pouts fied occur, but they
always fall in the lake; however, they have fometimes ruined
mining ftations. The yearly cold at Mexico, though jult
within the tropic of Cancer, appears by obfervations on the
thermometer to exceed the heat. The rainy feafon extends
from the middle of May to the middle of September:

The plain of Mexico is, as we have already faid, fur-
rounded with mountains, covered with cedars, rare fhrubs,
and medicinal plants, and containing, minerals and precious
ftones. On thefe mountains are romantic cottages and farms,
watered by clear rivulets. In the middle of this delicious
plain are the lakes Tezcuco and Chalco. Thi city has re
ceived no augmentation fince the year 1712. The ftreets
are well opened, running in right lines from E. to W. and
from N. to S. Great improvements have lately taken placé
by the cleanlinefs and good police of the place: the city is
lighted, and the ftreets paved, and fewers and water-courfes
have been opened, fo that Mexico has become the largeft,
moft beautiful, and moft fymptuous of the whole Spanifh
monarchy. The cathedral is a magnificent edifice, the work
of 94 years; it has two images of the Virgin, one of gold,
which weighs 6984 caftellanos, the caftellano being the
oot a of a mark, and a mark being 3ds of a pound or

° eight

MEXICO,

eight ounces. For 14 parithes, there are more than 100
Other churches, moft of which are neat and richly decorated.
The religious houfes are very numerous, and the nunnerics
Amount to 20, Among the numerous courts and offices of
jultice, eftablifted in this city, are the royal audience and
chancery of New Spain; the court for flrangers, and thofe
who dle inteflate ; the royal tribunal of regifters; the
royal coffers; the royal mint; the tribunal of the inquifi-
tion; the houle of the miffions of California; the mount of
piety, erected by the charity of the count de Regla, who
gave no lefs than 315,000 pefos; the royal tribunal of
mines ; that of the defcendants of Cortes; the illuftrious
chapter, juflice and government of the noble and imperial
city tell, to which the ancient arms were confirmed by
Charles V., being a caftle with three towers, an eagle on a
tree with a fnake in its beak, at the foot of the treé is the
lake; the whole furmounted with an imperial crown, and
fupported by two lions, Philip V. granted to Mexico, in
1728, all the privileges and diftinétions of a grandee of
Spain; and Charles III., in 1773, indulged the chapter,
or magiftrates, with the ufe of uniforms laced with gold,
declaring their precedence over all tribunals and bodies, ex-
cept the royal audience and tribunal of accompts. The pa-
tronefs of the city is St. Mary of Guadalupe, folemnly
chofen in 1737, and whofe worfhis has extended over all
Spanith America. The general charaGter of the natives,
who have a confiderable difpofition for the arts and boaft of
their eminent painters, is that of a liberal, courteous, affa-
ble, and charitable people. The city has thirteen hofpitals,
and other charitable eitablifhments. The viceroy is com-
‘mander in chief, and prefident of the economical and ek
tical government. He refides in the royal palace. He is
alfo prefident of the tribunal of accompts, which infpeéts all
thofe of the royal revenue. The city council confifts of a
corregidor or mayor, twelve regidores, or aldermen, and other
officers. The common alcalds judge criminal and civil
cafes in the firft inftance fubje&t to an appeal to the royal
audience. : . ,
The city of Mexico is amply fupplied with grain, fruit,
and vegetables, from the environs, which are very fertile ;
thofe on the eaft fide of the lake of Tezcuco excepted, where
vegetation is impeded by the faline exhalations of the lake.
The more populous parts of the city extend from north to
fouth four Englifh miles, and from eaft to welt three Eng-
Ji miles. The city is furrounded merely by a trench or
ditch, without walls or other defence. There are fix prin-
cipal gates; and by the gate of Guadalupe ‘all the pulque
enters, which, being the general drink of the inhabitants,
ields a revenue of about a million of dollars to the king.
The ftreets are well paved. The manufa@ory of cigars,
employing more than 5000 perfons, is a modern and mag-
nificent edifice. ‘The confumption of cigars is very great ;
for all the Mexican ladies fmoke tobacco; and they take
their paper cigars from a cafe of gold or filver, hanging by
achain or ribbon, while on the other fide they wear little
pincers of the fame metal. Ass foon as one cigar is ex-
haufted, another is lighted: they fmoke even at the theatre,
and only ceafe to fmoke when they eat or fleep. The tri-
bunal of * La Acordada’”’ was one of the moft terrible in
the viceroyalty; the judge, who is called captain of the
holy brotherhood, being alfo infpeétor of prohibited liquors :
but Charles III. ordered that the viceroy, with two or three
“judges, fhould revife the fentences. The judge of the
“« Acordada” has from eight to ten thoufand men, difperfed
through the pesaraty under the names of lieutenants,
‘corporals, &c. This holy brotherhood maintains, by its
Vou. XXIII. ~ i

77,

oy
vigilant police, the public tranquillity of the city and vice.
royalty, performing their rounds day and night, and {peedily
punifhing every excefs. Capital criminals are hanged in a
field, called « Exido de Concha,”’ from the name of a cap-
tain of this brotherhood ; and the tribunal has become more
ufeful, fince the viceroy has obtained the privilege of re~
viewing fentences of death. The market for trifling and
fecond-hand commodities is a fquare of thops, and the
theatre is {mall but handfome.

Mexi¢o is fupplied with water by two aqueduéts. The
molt fplendid fettivals of the Mexicans are the proceffion of
Corpus Chrifti, and the entrance of a new viceroy. There
are other feltivals, fuch as the anniverfary of the conquetft,
and the publication of the bulls of indulgence.

Although the climate of Mexico is in general falubrious,
et there are fome prevalent, and even epidemic difeafes.
“he ravages of the fmall-pox, however, are likely to be

re(trained by the Jennerian antidote, which is not unknown
even ‘in Mexico; and the black vomit, or yellow fever, is
fearcely known in this city. Aggues are frequent; pulmo-
nary confumptions, apoplexies and epileptic difeafes, {potted
fevers and pleurifies, are not uncommon: but the mott uni-
verfal difeafe of men and women is that called “ flado,’’ or
the wind, which prefents fingular and almolt incredible
fymptoms ; the patients appearing as if they were demoniac
or frantic, fometimes exceflively hot and cold by very fud-
den changes, laughing and weeping, and agitated by con-
vulfions, as if they were poffefled. This difeafe feems to
proceed from the hot and unhealthy regimen, and. from the
abufe of tobacco, deftru@ive alike of the nerves and fto-
mach.

Some individual artizans are very rich, but of late pro-
perty is more generally diffufed: there are, however, many
entailed eftates, founded by the conquerors, from ten to
fixty thoufand dollars a-year; but the chief that remain are
the produéts of commerce and of the mines. Within the
laft twenty or thirty years, the number of houfes that’ fell
“ pulque’’ is greatly increafed: they are open, by regula-
tion of the police, only from ten in the morning till four in
the afternoon, and during this interval they occafion quar-
rels, and fometimes murders. Eftalla computes the popula-
tion of Mexico at 140,000 fouls ; but it is probably more
confiderable. As there is no money of bullion at Mexico,
the fhop-keepers iffue tokens of copper, iron, or wood,
which pafs in the neighbourhood ; and even grains of cacao
pafs as fmall coin. The city has feveral ufeful regulations
for guarding againft fires, and any confequent tumults.
The water-pipes have been enlarged, and ten public foun-
tains have been conftru€ted, with cocks inftead of cifterns,
which are found more convenient. The price of bread is
regulated every four months, according to the price of grain.
The foot-paths are guarded with little pillars ; the pavement
is kept in good repair, and there is a covered fewer in the
middle of the ftreets, and the city is well lighted by large
lamps of the refleGting kind. Watchmen clean and fupply
the lamps, and guard the houfes and paffengers; and the
municipal troops perform their nightly rounds. In this
celebrated capital great quantities of rum are diftilled from
the refufe of the numerous fugar-mills. ;

The univerfity of Mexico, founded in 1551, is ftyled
royal and pontifical; and the cloifter is compofed of two
hundred and fifty-one doétors, of all faculties. It is go-
verned by a reétor, annually eleGted by the leffer cloifter,
compofed of the former retor and eight counfellors, chofen
by lot from the doftors and bachelors. The office of chan-
cellor is annexed to the dignity of fchoolmafter of the me-

. 3L . tropolis ; |

MEX

tropolis; his office being to prefide at conferring fome
degrees; while on other océafions he holds the fecond rank.
The profeffors of this univerfity are named by a junta, con-

fitting of the archbifhop, the regent of the royal audience,
fhe dean of the cathedral, the oldeft inquifitor, the rector of
the univerfity, the matter of the metropolitan fchools, the
profeffor of the firft clafs of theology, and the dean of the
faculty. The public library of the univerfity was fouaded
about forty years ago, and %s well furnifhed with old books
of divinity, but is miferably deficient in new editions of the
claffics, or new works of feience and. philofophy. This
library is open to the public at certain hours, except on
Sundays and holidays. The college of St. Mary-of-all-
Saints is the only one of the firft rank in the Spanifh Ame-
rican poffeffions: it has a public library. ‘The feminary
was founded by an archbifhop of Mexico in 1682; and at
prefent it has thirteen profeffors. The ftudents amount to
four hundred, and a new building was erected in 1750.
The Jefuits had formerly five colleges, two of which only
remain: they are direéted by the viceroy, or a junta, of
which he is prefident. The buildings are magnificent ; the
chapel and grand hall being the moit beautiful in the vice-
royalty. The college of St. John of Lateran is the molt
ancient of any in New Spain, having been founded in the
reign of Charles V., for the inftruGtion of thofe defcended
from S\panifh and Indian parents. It has been improved in
1764, and againin 1789. The college of St. Jago is with-
wut the walls of Mexico, in a houfe of the Francifcans; but
it is now merely a boarding-fchool for children. Other re-
ligious orders have alfo public fchools. A college of mines
has lately been ereéted, in which young perfons are net only
inttrn&ed in that fcience, but in other important parts of
‘education. The royal academy of the three noble arts is a
valuable inftitution: it is provided with good profeflors in
architeétare, painting, fculpture, and engraving ; and there

. $s alfo a profeffor of mathematics. There are alfo particular
houfes in Mexico where Latin grammar is taught by pre-
veptots approved by the Sovernment'and univerfity.

The environs of Mexico are richly cultivated with flax,
hemp, cotton, tobacco, indigo, fugar, and magneys; and
furmifh the city with ample fupplies of meat, poultry, vege-
tables, and fruits. The mott celebrated fanctuary in the
¥icinity of the city is that of our lady of Guadalupe, which
has a college, a church, &c. Another fanétuary, or houfe
of pilgrimage, is that of our lady de los Remedios, erected
on the fpot whither Cortes retired when he was repulfed
from Mexico. Without the barrier of Santiago is the fanc-
tuary of our lady of the Angels, formerly the refidence of a
hermit. ‘At the diftance of five leagues from Mexico is the
defert of the Carmelites, in an enclofure about a league in
‘circuit ; the retreat of the moft auftere monks there being
in‘folitary cells. The aquedué of Chapultepec adorns the
immediate environs; and on the hill fo called was a palace of
Montezuma. Trafpana is another place of refort, where are
feveral good houfes; and many fettle there, as the air is
efteemed very healthy. On the fide of San Lazaro, about
half a league from Mexico, is the rock of the baths, which
are warm, but the quality is not afcertained. N. lat. 19°
s4!. W. long. 99°51!. Pinkerton’s Geog. vol. iii,

Mexico, New, a large territory of the Spanifh dominions
in North- America, fometimes called a kingdom, but pro-
pérly a fingle province, lying eaftward of California, and
divided by the gulf from that peninfula. Northwards it is
bolinded by high mountains and an unknown country, on
the eaft by Lourfiana, on the weit by the Californian lake
atid Rio Colorado, and on the fouth by fome. of- the pro-

ME Y¥

vinces of New Spain, or Mexico proper. This province
was difcovered by a miffionary in 1581, but fcarcely fub-
dued till 1644 ; nor were many miffions eftablifhed till after
the year 1660; and the capital, Santa Fé, was founded in
1682. It is a fertile and delightful province, producing
maize, wheat, and excellent fruits. The mines are faid to
be all of tin; and the animals and plants are of fingular va-
riety. In the map of Alzate, the northern limit is marked
at 38°, and the fouthern at 30° 30’; the medial breadth, on
both fides of the Rio Bravo, being only 2°, or 120 gee-
graphical miles. Pinkerton. ;

Mexico, a town of America, in Oneida county, New
York, at midway between Oneida lake and Ofwego, 20_
miles from each. The townfhip is extenfive, comprehending
a number of houfes.

Mexico, Gulf of, a large bay or gulf of the Atlantic,
extending north to fouth, from the coaft of Florida to the
coalt of Tabafco and Yucatan, about 600 miles, and ealt to
weit, from Cuba to the coaft of Mexico, about 700. This
gulf lies in a favourable climate, and prefents at its entrance
the grand archipelago of North American iflands, called the
Welt Indies. See Gui Stream.

MEXIMIEUX, a town of France, in the department of

“the Ain, and chief place of a canton, in the diftriét of Tre-
voux ; 17 miles N.E. of Lyons. The place contains 1697,
and the canton 8372 inhabitants, on a territory of 230 kilio-
metres, in 14 communes. ‘

P MEYAPONTE, a river of Brafil, which runs into the

‘arana.

MEYENBERG, a town of Switzerland, in the Free
Bailiwicks, once an independent lordfhip; 10 miles N. of
Lucerne. -

MEYENBURG, a town of Brandenburgh, in the mark
of Pregn:tz; 60 miles N.N.W. of Berlin. N, lat. 53° 18'.
E. long. 12° 15'.

MEYENFELD, a town of the Grifons, and principal
place of a jurifdiétion. It is faid to have been the firft place
in which the reformation was encouraged. This town was
a kind of ftaple for goods that paffed to and from Germany
and Italy ; 52 miles E. of Lucerne. N. lat. 46° 57’. E.
long. 9° 38’.

MEYER, James, in Biography, an hiftorian, was born
in Flanders in the year 1491. He ftudied in the univerfity
of Paris, and entered into holy orders. For feveral years
he taught {chool at Ypres and Bruges, and in the latter city
had a benefice, in the church of St. Donatian. He died at
Blankenberg, in the year 1552. He was on terms of inti-
macy with Erafmus, and other learned men; and wrote
feveral works, of which the principal are, 1. ‘ Flandricarum
Rerum Decus,’’ being an account of the origin, antiquity,
nobility, and genealogy, of the counts of Flanders; and,
2. “ Annales Rerum Flandricarum,” which begin with
the year 445, and come down to 1474. They are written
in a pure and eafy ftyle, and have been reprinted in the col-
leGtion of Belgic hiftorians. Moreri.

MEYERA, in Botany, a genus of Schreber’s, named,
we prefume, in honour of Dr. Frederic Albert Anthony
Meyer, a phyfician at Gottingen who died in 1795, and
who was the author of various traéts on Natural Hiftory.
Willdenow has not adopted the genus, nor do we find any
notice of it under Sc/erocarpus, although its author fays they
are nearly allied, but belonging to different orders of the,
clafs Syngenefia. It, muft however be recolleéted that thefe
orders are not always permanently diftin& in nature. Me-
yera relts folely on the authority of Schreber, not having
been-taken up by any other author, fo that we can only

tranflate-

MEZ

tranflate his own generic character, If its habitat had been
publithed, poflibly a more clear and fatisfaclory reference
might have been made of the plant in quetlion. Schreb,

70.—Clals and order, Syngenefia Polyyamia Superflua, Nat.
rd. Diftoidee, Amy Corynbiferes Jufl,

Gen, Ch, Common Calyx of four, large, broad, heart-
fhaped, concave, veined leaves, fpreading at the top, rather
acute, fhorter than the difk, the two immer ones oppofite,
Gor. compound, tubular, convex ; floretsin the difk nu.
merous, perfect, funnel-fhaped, five-cleft, fomewhat ereét ;
thole of the radius feveral, ligulate, lanceolate, entire.
Stam. (in the perfect florets) Filaments five, capillary ;
anthers cylindrical, tubular, five-toothed. Pif, (in the
cag Germen oblong; flyle thread-thaped, longer than
the ttamens; ttigmas two, revolute. In the female ones
the ityle is longer than the florets, Perie. none, except the
thang san calyx. Seed in both kinds of florets folitary, ob-
ong, tranfverfely comprefled, crefcent-fhaped, ttriated,
fealy; down none. Recept. convex, {mall; feales cartila-
ginous, imbricated, triangular, incurved, furrowed at the

back, downy towards the top externally, oblique at the ex-

tremity, each enveloping a lingle feed, the outer ones a little
broader.

MEYNIAG, in Geography, a town of France, in the
€epartment of the Correze, and chief place of a canton,
in the diftri& of Uffel. The place contains 2978, and the
canton 7726 inhabitants, ona territory of 322) kiliometres,
in LE communes.

MEYNTHAL, or Var pt Macota. See Maaaia.

MEYO, in Commerce, a meafure for corn, falt, and
other dry commodities, in Portugal ; it contains 15 fanegas ;
each fanega being = 4 alquieres = § meyos = 16 quartos
= 32 outavas = 64 mequias. The alquiere is = 675
French = 8t7 Englith cubic inches; fo that 21 alquieres
== 1 Enghth quarter, nearly, or, more exaétly, 50 alquieres
= 19 Englih bufhels. Io the common courfe of bufinefs
4 alquieres of Oporto are reckoned equal to 5 alquieres
of Lifbon, and 2 alquieres of Oporto, or 24 of Lifbon,
are computed to be equal to an Englith buthel.

MEYRINGEN, in Geograpdy, a large and neat village
of Switzerland, the capital burgh of Hafliland, a difrict
in the canton of Berne, which enjoys peculiar privileges.
The people are governed by their own magiftrates, and only
take oaths of fidelity to the fovereign council. ‘The au-
thority, which the bailiffs in the other cantons enjoy, is pof-
feffed in a great meafure by the landamman, who refides at
Meyringen. The place is fituated near the Aar, in a
romantic vale, furrounded by meadows of a luxuciant ver-
dure, and {prinkled with cottages, which are occafionally
feparated by huge {tones and deep channels, the vetliges of
ftorms and floods; 28 miles S.E. of Thun.

MEYRUEIS, a town of France, in the department of
the Lozere, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri@ of
Florac; 22 miles S. of Mende. The place contains 2890, and
the canton $235 inhabitants, on a territory of 345 kilo-
metres, in deven communes. N. lat. 44° 11/. E. long.

ve

: MEYSSAC, a town of France, in the department of
the Correze, and chief place of a canton, in the diftiG of
Brives. ‘he place contains 2072, and the canton 10,466
inhabitants, on a territory of 160 kiliometres, in 14 com-
tounes. 2

MEYWAR. See Ouprrour.

MEYZIEU, a town of France, in the department of
the Ifere, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri@ of
Vienne. The place contains 1045, and the canton 9547 in-

Normandy.

MEZ

habitants, on a territory of 212} kiliometres, in 16 com»
Muneds

MEZA, a river of Ruffia, in the government of Po.
loth, which runs into the Dwinas 16 miles N.E. of Veliz

MEZAIR. See Mus-ain,

MEZALANA, in Geography, a town of Italy, in the
department of the Mincio; four miles §. of Mantua,

MEZANA, a town of Liamone, in the ifland of Cor-
fica, and chief place of a canton, in the diltrift of Ajaccio:
the canton contains 1751 tnhabitante.—Alfo, a town of
Italy ; five miles S. of Padua.

Mezana, La, a town of Naples, in Bafilicata; 17 miles
5.5.W. of Turti.

MEZANINE, or Muzzantnz, a term ufed by fome
arehitects, to fignify an attic, or litle ftory, contrived oc-
cafionally over the firit flory, for the conveniency of a
wardrobe, or the like.

The word is borrowed from the Italians, who call mez-
zanini thofe little windows, lefs in height than breadth,
which ferve to illuminate an attic, or entrefole.

MEZDA, in Geography, a town of Africa; 60 miles S.
of ‘Tripoli.

MEZDAGA, a town of Fez, in the province of Chaus,
at the foot of mount Atlas.

MEZE, a town of France, in the department of the
Herault, and chief place of a canton, jn the dittriét of
Montpellier ; 15 miles S.W. of Montpellier. The place
contains 2800, and the canton 872g inhabitants, on a ter-
ritory of 135 kiliometres, in feven communes. N. lat.

3° 25'. E. long. 3° 42!. ;
MEZELIEMEINA, a town of Africa, in Tunis, on
the lake Bizerta; 28 miles N. of Tunis.

MEZEMNA, a fea-port of Alyiers, in the kingdom of
Fez, on the coalt of the Mediterranean ; 80 miles E. of
Tetuan. N. lat. 35° 22’. W. long. 4° 5’.

MEZEN, a fea-port town of Ruffia, in the government
of Archangel, near the White fea, at the mouth of 2
river of the fame name; 125 miles N.N.E. of Archangel.
N. lat. 66’ 30’. E. long. 43” 34’. The river rifes in the
government of Archangel, N. lat.64°? 15’. E. long. 49?
14’, and runs in a §.W. direétion to the town of Poflanfkoi,
when, changing its courfe, it runs N. wefterly to N. Jat.
66° 30'. E, long. 48” 34', where it flows into the Frozen
ocean.

Mezen, a mountain of France, which gives name to a
diftriet, in the department of the Ardéche; 27 miles W.
of Valence.

MEZERAI, Francis Evunes pe, in Biography, a cele
brated French hiftorian, was born in 1610, at Ry, in Lower
After ftudying at Caen he came to Paris,
and obtained the poft of an officer of the artillery, in which
capacity, he ferved two campaigns. He then quitted the
army, and retired to the college of St. Barbe, where he
applied with great ardour to ftudy, having projeGed a
hiltory of France, of which, under the patronage of car-
dinal Richelieu, he publifhed the firft volume, folio, in the
year 1643. The two others appeared in 1646 and 1651.
On account of this, the court recompenfed his labours by
a penfion of 4000 livres, with the title of hiftoriographer.

.This fuecefs engaged him to compofe an abridgment of it

under the title of * Abrege Chronologique de I’ Hiftoire

de France,” in three vols. 4to. 5 it was reprinted in Holland,

in 6 vols. rzme. In this work he publifhed an account of
the origin of all the public impofts, with fome very free
refleG&tions, which gave fo much offence to the munifter
Colbert, that he remonftrated with the author, who pro-

3Le mifed

ME Z

mifed to make the requifite correétions in the fecond edition.
This he performed, but, at the fame time, informed the
readers that he was compelled to do fo ; and his corre€tions,
moreover, were only palliations, he was therefore punifhed
by withdrawing half his penfion. On his making a com-
plaint, the other half was alfo fuppreffed, upon which he
declared, that he would not continue his hiftory. On the
death of Conrart, in 1675, he was eleéted to the vacant
place of perpetual fecretary to the French academy ; in
this fituation he prepared a fketch of the projected di€tionary
of the academy. Mezeraidied in 1683. Befides the works
already mentioned, he wrote “ Traité de P Origine des Fran-
cois ;? * L’Hiftoire des Turcs, depuis 1612 jufqu’en
1649.”’ Atranflation of John of Salifbury, “ De Nugis
Curialium,” and of Grotius, ‘¢ De veritate Relig. Chrift.”’
Mezerai was a man of great fingularities in his temper and
habits. He was fond of low company, and fo fqualid in
his drefs, that he was once taken up by the police for a
beggar. He never wrote but by candle-light, even in the
day-time, and in the midft of the fummer, and he had
‘always a bottle on the table. He affeted to be a {ceptic
in his religion, but in his laft illnefs his early impreffions re-
curred, and he entreated his friends to forget his impieties,
and to recolle& that Mezerai dying was more to be be-
lieved than Mezerai in health.’’ Moreri. -

MEZEREON, in Botany, feems by Bauhin’s Pinax

462, and Lobel’s Adverfaria 157, to be a word of Arabian
origin. In the book Jaft mentioned it is faid to belong
properly to the Cneorum tricoccum of Lignzus, which how-
ever is not known to grow in Arabia, but in Spain and
the fouth of France. The name is now transferred to
the Daphne Mexereon, or Laureola Mezereon Germanica of
the older writers, and is become the familiar Englifh ap-
pellation of that charming fhrub. See CNEonuM and
DAPHNE.
"MEZIDON, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Calvados, and chief place of a canton,
in the diftri@ of Lifieux; 11 miles W.S.W. of Lifieux.
The place contains 528, and the canton 9089 inhabitants, on
a territory of 160 kiliometres, in 34 communes.

MEZIERES, a town of France, and principal place of
a diftria, in the department of the Ardennes, fituated on
an ifland formed by the Meufe,. over which it has two
bridges, with a citadel; two miles S. of Charleville. The
place contains 7400, and the canton 11,567 inhabitants, on
a territory of 1374 kiliometres, in 12 communes. N. lat.
49° 46’. E. long. 4° 47!-—Alfo, a town of France, in the
department of the Indre, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftri@ of Le Blanc. The place contains 13 38, and the
canton 7084 inhabitants, on a territory of 390 kiliometres,
in nine communes.—Alfo, a town of France, in the depart-
ment of the Upper Vienne, and chief place of a canton,
in the diftri@ of Bellac. The place contains 1 3¥¥J* and the
canton 9107 inhabitants, on a territory of 3073 kiliometres,
in eight communes.

MEZIN, a town of France, in the department of the
Lot and Garonne, and chief place of a canton, in the dif-
tri@ of Nerac; fix miles S.S.W. of Nerac. The place
contains 2860, and the canton 10,136 inhabitants, on a ter-
ritory of 280 kiliometres, in 16 communes. N. lat. 44 3'.
E. long. o° 20!.

MEZIRIAC, Craupe-Gasparp BAcuet, in Biography,
was born in 1581, of a noble family at Bourg-en-Brefle.
He entered among the Jefuits, and at the age of twenty was
profeffor of rhetoric at their houfe in Milan. A bad ftate
of health induced him to quit the fociety, and he paffed much

2

MEZ

of his time at Paris and Rome in literary purfuits. His re-
putation was fo great, that he was mentioned asa fit perfon
to be preceptor to Lewis XIII., but the dread of fuch an
office induced him to quit Paris and retire to his native place.
He died in 1638, leaving behind him many works that bore
witnefs to his great erudition. He wrote verfes in French,

Latin, and Italian, and was a profound Greek {cholar,
an excellent grammarian and critic, a philofopher, theolo-
gian, and mathematician. His principal works are as follow:
« Problemes plaifans et deleétables que fe font par les Nom-
bres :” ‘ Diophanti Alexandrini Arithmeticorum Lib; vi. et
de Numeris multangulis Lib. i.’’ tranflated from th¢ Greek
with commentaries: “ La Vie d’Efope;’? “ Epiltole et
Poemata varia.”

MEZOUR, in Geography, a town of Afia, in Candahar ;
63 miles N.E. of Candahar.

MEZTITLAN, a town of Mexico; 25 miles N. of
Mexico.

MEZUZOTH, in the Jewi/h Cuffoms, certain pieces of
parchment, which the Jews fix to the door-pofts of their
houfes, taking that literally which Mofes commands them,
faying, ‘* Thou fhalt never forget the laws of thy God, but
thou fhalt write them upon the pofts of thy houfe, and on thy
*gates.’’ This expreffion means nothing elfe, but that thou
fhalt always remember them, whether thou comeft into thy
houfe, or goeft out. But the Hebrew dottors imagined,
that the law-giver meant fomething more than this. ‘They
pretended that, to avoid making themfelves ridiculous, by
writing the commandments of God without their doors,
or rather to avoid expofing themfelves to the profanation
of the wicked, they ought, at leaft, te write them on a
parchment, and to enclofe it in fomething. Therefore they
wrote thefe words upon a fquare piece of parchment, pre-
pared on purpefe with a particular ink, and a fquare kind
of charaéter, (Deut. vi. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9.) ‘¢ Hear O Hrael
the Lord our God is one Lord, &c.’’ Then they left a
little fpace, and afterwards went on, (Deut. xi. 13.) “ And
it fhall come to pafs, if thou fhalt hearken diligently te my
commandments, &c.,’? as far as, ** Thou thalt write them
upon the door-polts of thy houfe, &c.” After this they
rolled up the parchment, and put it into a cafe of reeds, or
other matter; they wrote on the end of the cafe the word
«* Shadai,’’ which is one of the names of God ; and they
put it at the doors of their houfes, chambers, and all
places moft frequented ; they fixed it-to the knockers of
the door, on the right fide ; and as often as they entered in,
or went out, they touched it in this place with the end of
their finger, which they afterwards kiffed out of devotion.
The Hebrew word mezuza properly fignifies the door-pofts
of ahoufe; but it is alfo given to this roll of parchment
now mentioned. Leo of Modena may be here confulted.

; MEZZA Pausa, inthe Jtalian Mufic, half a paufe, in-
timates that the part wherein it is found mutt be ftill the
time of a fémibreve in common time. See Pause.

» Mezza Tirata. See TrraTa.

MEZZAROLA, in Commerce, a liquid meafure of Ge-
noa, containing for wine two barrili, or 100 pinte, and
reckoned at 18 rubbi, or 45olbs. pefo fottile ; the mezzarola
is = about 39 Englifh gallons. ;
ee ae in Geography, an ifland in the Red fea.

. lat..27° 43'. . 3

MEZZO, an Italian adje&tive, which means half; as
mezzo forte, mezzo piano, mexza voce,’ which imply nearly
the fame thing, i. e. a middle degree of piano, or foft.
Mezzo /oprano, a pitch of voice between the fopranoor treble,
and counter-tenor. See Ciers, and Compass of Voices.

MEZZO-

MEZZO-TINTO., 3

MEZZO-TINTO, in Sculpture, a particular manner of
ving figures on copper.

ezzo-tinto is faid to have been firft invented by prince
ah about the year 1649; and Mr, Evelyn, in his
Hiltory of Chalcography, gives us a head, performed by
that prince, in his way: though Mr. Le Blon is faid
to haye introduced it into praétice with the greateft
fuccefs,

The prince laid his grounds on the plate with a chan-
nelled roller ; ie one Sherwin, about the fame time, laid
his ground with a half-round file, which was preffed down
with a heavy piece of lead. Both thefe grounding tools
have been laid afide for many years; and a hand-tool, re-
fembling a fhoemaker’s cutting-board-knife, with a fine cre-
nelling on the edge, was introduced by one Edial, a {mith
by trade, who afterwards became a mezzo-tinto painter.

It is very different from the common way of engraving.
To perform it, they rake, hatch, or punch the furface of
the plate all over with a knife, or totirdiiett made for the

urpofe, firft one way, then the other, acrofs, &c., till the
‘face of the plate be thus entirely furrowed with lines or fur-
rows, clofe and as it were contiguous to each other; fo
that if an impreffion was thus caked from it, it would be
one uniform blot, or fmut.

This done, the defign is drawn, or marked on the fame
face ; after which, ete proceed with burnifhers, fcrapers,
&c. to expunge or take out the dents or furrows, in all
the parts where the lights of the piece are to be; and that
more or lefs, as the lights are to be ftronger or fainter :
leaving thofe parts black, which are to reprefent the
fhadows, or deepenings of the draught.

As it is much eafier to fcrape or burnifh away parts of
a dark ground, correfponding with the outline of any de-
fign fketched upon it, than to form fhades upon a light
ground, by an infinite number of hatches, ftrokes, and

oints, which muft all terminate with exaétnefs on the out-
fine, as well as differ in their force and manner, the method
of fcraping, as it is called in mezzo-tinto, confequently be-
comes much more eafy and expeditious, than any other
method of engraving. The inftruments ufed in this kind
of engravings are cradles, fcrapers, and burnifhers.

In this engraving, the co muft be prepared and polifhed
‘in the fame manner as for other ia Grbla (fee Corper-
plates); and afterwards divided equally by lines, parallel to
each other, and traced out with very foft chalk. The dif-
tance of thefe lines fhould be about one-third of the length of
the face of the cradle which is to be ufed, and thefe lines
fhould be marked with capital letters, or ftrokes of the
chalk. The cradle is then to be placed exaétly betwixt the
two firft lines, and paffed forwards in the fame direétion ;
being kept as fteady as poffible, and preffed upon with a
moderate force. The fame operation mult be repeated with
refpe& to all the other lines ; till the inftrument has thus
paifed over the whole furface of the plate. Other lines mutt
be drawn then from the extremities of the other two fides, in
the fame manner; which interfeGting the firlt at right angles,
will with them form fquares; and the fame operation mut
be repeated with the cradle, as in the cafe of the firlt.
New lines muft then be drawn diagonally, and the cradle
pafled betwixt them as before ; and when the firit diagonal
operation is performed, the lines muft be crofled at right
angles as the former, and the cradles paffed betwixt them in
the fame manner. The plate having undergone the ation of
the cradle, according to the difpofition of the firft order of
lines, a fecond fet mult be formed, having the fame diftances
from each other as the firft. But they mutt be fo placed as
to divide thofe already made into {paces one-third lefé than

en

the whole extent ; é. ¢. every one after the firft on each fide
will take in one-third of that before it, ¢.y. beginning at A,
of which the firft third mutt be left out ; xe third of B will
confequently be taken in ; and fo of the reft. Thefe lines of
the fecond order mult be marked with {mall letters, or leffer
ftrokes, to diflinguith them from the firfl; and the fame
treatment of the plate mult be purfued, with refpeét to them,
as was practifed from the others. When this fecond ope-
ration 18 finifhed, a third order of lines mult be made, the
firlt of which, ¢. g. in A, mult omit two-thirds of it, and
confequently take in two-thirds of B, &c. By thefe means
the original {paces will be exa¢tly divided into equal thirds ;
and the cradle muft be again employed betwixt thefe lines as
before. When the whole of this operation is finifhed, it is
called one turn; but in order to produce a very dark and
uniform ground, the plate mult nietine the repetition of all
thefe feveral operations, for above twenty times; beginnin
to pafs the cradle again betwixt the firft Tines, and pane 4
ing in the fame manner through all the reft. When the plate
is prepared with a proper ground, the fketch mutt be calked
on it, by rubbing the paper on the backfide with chalk. It
is alfo proper to overtrace it afterwards with black-lead or
Indian ink, The {craping is then performed, by parting or
cutting away the grain of the ground in various degrees ; fo
that none of it is left in the original ftate, except in the
touches of the ftrongelt fhade. ‘The general manner of pro-
ceeding is the fame as drawing with white upon black paper.
The maffes of light are firlt begun with ; and thofe parts,
which-go off into light in their upper part, but are brown
below : the refle€tions are then entered upon; after which
the plate is blackened with a printer’s blacking-ball made of
felt, in order to difcover the effe&t; and then the work is pro-
ceeded with ; obferving always to begin every part in the
places where the ftrongeft lights are to be.

But the prefent mode of this engraving is rendered ftild
more expeditious and eafy to the artift, not only in laying
the ground, but in feraping the plate. Inftead of ufing the
cradle or grounding tool three times, it is now found to pro-
duce a better grain by only repeating it twice, or double
ways, as it is called by artitts. In laying the ground, the
copper is ruled as formerly, and inftead of takiag upa third
of the way already executed, it now only takes up one-half,
by which means the grain of the ground, or texture,’ is more
dotty, and has a more folid look, and confequently is lefs
liable to the appearance of cuts or lines, which was too much
the charaéter of the former. procefs. Fifteen ways in this
manner worked clofe, will be fufficient to fill the grond, and
give it a velvet-like tint. The former mode of making an
outline from the painting, is now found to be wholly unne-
ceflary, and the moft ready and matterly method is to
fquare the painting in any number of given {quares, and the
fame number on the plate, agreeable to the fize of it, and
with a black-lead pencil draw backwards the picture
(which with alittle praétice becomes familiar) on the ground,
and the fcraping is then performed by the original method.
~The art of mezzo-tinto engraving was confidered formerly as
only adapted to broad fubjeéts, and where high minute
finifhing was required, it was thought vain to attempt it ; but
the great advances made in that art fince the time of prince
Rupert, have convinced every amateur to the contrary, and
the fuccefsful works of Eadom, efpecially his mafterly
flower-pieces, are admirable fpecimens of its power, as
alfo the ever grateful produ€tions of Hodges, Dixon, and
many rifing artitts of the prefent ime. In engraving portraits,
it is decidedly moft appropriate for refembling both the
touch and effet. This is the moft ufual way of performing
this operation.

The

ME Z

The art of {craping mezzo-tintos has been applied to the
printing with a variety of colours, in order to produce the
refemblance of paintings. The inventor of the method of
doing this was J.C. Le Blon, a native of Francfort, and
pupil of Carlo Marata, between the years 17.20 and 1730.
It was eftablifhed by the inventor on this principle, that there
are three primitive colours, of which all the reft may be com-

ofed, by mixing them in various proportions: that any two
of thefe colours being mixed together, preferve their original
power, and only produce:a third colour, fuch as their com-
pound mutt neceffarily give; but if tranfparent colours be
mixed, and three primitive kinds compounded together, they
deftroy each other, and produce black, or a tendency to it,
in proportion to the. equality or inequality of the mixture ;
and that, if, therefore, thefe three colours be laid, either fe-
parately, or upon eachother, by three plates, engraved cor-
refpondently, on thefe principles, to the colouring of the de-
fign, the whole variety of teints neceffary may be produced.
“The requifites, therefore, to the execution of any defign in
this method of printing, are as follow. 1. To fettle a plan
of the colouring to' be imitated ; fhewing where the prefence
of each of the three fimple colours is neceffary, either in its
pure ftate, or-combined with fome other, to produce the
effe& required:; .and to reduce this plan to a painted fketch
of each, ;in which not only the proper outlines, but the de-
gree ofiftrengih ‘thould be expreffed. 2.T'o engrave three
-plates according to this plan, which may print each of the
.colours exaGly,in:the places where, and proportion in which,
they are wanted. -3. To find three tranfparent fubltances,
proper for printing with thefe three primitive colours. The
‘manner in which Mr. Le Blon prepared the plates was as
-follows,: the three plates of copper were fir‘t well fitted with
-refpect to fize and figure to each other, and grounded in the
fame manner as thofe defigned for mezzo-tinto prints; and
the exact place and boundary of each of the three primitive
colours, conformably to the defign, were fketched out on
‘three papers, anfwering in dimentions to the plate. Thefe
fketches were then calked on the plates; and all the parts
.of each plate, that were not to convey the colour, to which
it was appropriated, to the print, were entirely {craped away,
as in forming the light of mezzo-tinto prints. The parts
rthat were to convey the colour were then worked upon; and
where the mot light or diluted teints of the cclour were to be,
the grain in the ground was proportionably taken off; but
where the full co’our was required, it was left entire. In
this regard was had, not only to the effects of the colour in
its fimple ftate, but to its combined operation, either in pro-
ducing orange-colour, green, or purple, by its admixture
with onealone ; and likewife to its forming brown grey, and
fhade of different degree ; by its co-operation with both the
others. But though the greateft part of the engraving was
performed in the mezzo-tinto manner, yet the graver was em-
ployed occafionally for ftrengthening the fhades ; and for
correcting the outline, where it required great accuracy and
fteadinefs. It was found neceflary fometimes to have two
feparate plates for printing the fame colour, in order to pro-
duce a ftronger effet: but the fecond plate, which was
ufed to print upon the firft, was intended only to glaze and
foften the colours in particular parts that might require it.
With refpect to the black and brown teints, which could not
be fo conveniently produced in a due degree, by the mixture
of the colours, umber’ and black were hkewife ufed.

With refpe& to the order in which the plates are to be
applied, it may be proper to obferve, that the colour which
is leaft apparent in the pi¢ture fhould be laid on firft ; that
which is betwixt the moft and leaft apparent, next ; and that
which predominates, laft; except where there may be ocea-

MIA

fion for two plates, for the fame colour, as was before men-—

tioned ; or where there is any required for adding browns and
fhades. :

Mr. Le Blon applied this art to portraits, and fhewed, by
the {pecimens he produced, the poffibility of its being
brought, by farther improvements, to afford imitations of
painting, which might have fome value. It is neverthelefs
much better adapted to the fimpler fubjeéts, where there are
fewer intermixtnres of colours ; and where the accuracy of
the refleGions, and demi-teints are not fo effentially neceflary
to the truth of the defign, from the greater latitude of form,
and difpofition of the colour, as in plants, anatomical figures,
and fome {ubjeéts of architeéture. But perhaps plates en-
graved, or rather finifhed, with the tool, particularly with
re{fpe&t to the outline, would be better accommodated in
fome of thefe cafes, than thofe prepared only by fcraping.

Mr. Cochin remarks, at the end of an account he has given
of Mr. Le Blon’s manner, that though this ingenious artiit
confined this method principally to the ufe of three colours ;
yet fhould this invention be again taken up and cultivated,
there would be more probability of fuccefs in ufing a greater
variety ; and that feveral different kinds might be printed by
one plate ; provided they were laid on in their refpettively
proper places, by printing balls, which fhould be ufed for
that colour only. His hint might, however, be yery greatly
improved, by the further affiftance of pencils, accommodated
to the plates, for laying on the colours in the proper parts. —
Handmaid to the Arts, vol. ii. p.182, &c. Encyclopedie,
Art. Graveun en Couleurs, &c.

For the method of taking off mezzo-tinto prints in glafs,
fee BAcK-puinting.

MEZZOVO, in Geography, aridge of mountains in Eu-
ropean Turkey, which divides Theffaly from Albania,

MGLIN, atown of Ruflia, in the government of Nov-
gorod Sieverfkoi, onthe Iput. N. lat, 53° 12/. E. long.
32° 34".

MHARAS, a mountain of Arabia, in the province of
Yemen; 16 miles W. of Kataba.

MI, ariver of China, which rifes inthe province of Chan-
tong, and runs into the Chinefe fea, N. lat. 37°12’. E.
long. 129° 14’.

M1, in Mujfic, the thied found in the afcending fcale of
Guido’s hexachords. See SormisaTion, and Hexacuorp.

MIA, in Geography, a town of Japan, in the ifland of Ni-

hon; 85 miles E. of Meaco.

MIACO. See Meaco.

MIADWZNA, a town of Poland, in the palatinate of
Kiev; 36 miles S.S.E. of Bialacerkiev.

MIALNANAEN, a mountain of Scotland, in the county
of Perth; 10 miles E.N.E. of George's Town.

MIAM, in Commerce, a weight for gold at Malacca, 320
miams being = 20 buncalls = acatty = 290z. 17dwt. 16gr.
Englith troy ; and a money of account at Siam, 16 miams
being = 4 ticals = a tale, and 20 tales = a catty; and as
10 miams are accounted = 1 Chinefe tale, 5 tales of Siam =
8 Chinefe tales.

MIAMAJA, in Geography, a town of Japan, on the N.
coaft of Niphon. N. lat. 41° 10%. E. long. 141°.

MIAMI, or Mawes, Great, a river of America, in the
ftate of Ohio, forming the weltern boundary of the ftate, and
dividing it from Indiana territory. It enters the Ohio, 333
miles below Marietta, according to the winding of the river.
At its mouth it is 300 yards wide; but at the Pickawee towns,
above 70 miles higher, it isnot above 3o yards wide, though
it is paflable for loaded boats 59 miles higher. Its {tream is
rapid, without cataracts. This river has feveral boatable
branches, one of which extends towards the Sandufky, with

an

MIA

an intermediate portage of fix or cight miles, and another
opens a communication with Au Glaze by a thort portage
The channel of the river is tony ; hence it is fometimes called
Afferenict, or Rocky river. Its waters are very clear and
tranfparent. One of the principal branches of the Miami
river is called “ Mad river,"’ or “ Pickawee fork." ‘This
is a pleafant ftream, and paffes through an agreeable level
country of the greutelt fertility,

Miami, Littl, difcharges itfelf, after a fouth-weftern
courte, into the Ohio, about 309 miles below Marietta, It
is 7o miles in Heng’, and at its mouth 7o miles wide. Its
depth of water does not allow the paflage of loaded boats.
On its borders the land is good, and its banks are fo high that
it is feldom overflowed,

Miami of the Lake, fometimes called “ Omee” and
Manmick,”’ is a coufiderable ftream, navigable with canoes
to the portages which lead to the head of the Wabath, and
through Au Glaze, one of its branches towards the head
of Loromie’s creek, ahead water of the Great Miami. Its

rtage is three miles. “his river falls into Take Erie, at the

-W, corner of the lake. On this river there isa village
called Miami, near Miami fort.

MIAMIS, an Indian nation, which inhabit the vicinity
of the Miami river, and the fouthern fide of lake Michigan.
Thefe people can raife about 300 warriors. In confequence
of lands ceded to the United States by the treaty of Green-
ville, Aug. 3d, 1795, government paid them a fe in hand,
and engaged to pay them annually, for ever, to the value of
rooo dollars in goods.

MIANA, a town of Perfia, in the province of Adir-
beitzan, where M. Thevenot the traveller died on his return
from Ifpahan; 45 miles S. of Ardebil. N. lat. 37° 12’.
E. long. 47 22'.—Alfo, a town of Italy, in the Beilunefe ;
24 miles W.N.W. of Belluno.

MIAO-TSE' Mounvatnerrs, a general name under
which are comprehended feveral tribes, who differ from one
another only by fome particular cuftoms. This half-bar-
barous people are difperfed throughout the Chinefe pro-
vinces of Se-tchuen, Koei-tcheou, Hou-quang, Quang-fi,
and on the frontiers of the province of Quang-tong. They
often come down from their mountains, and make incurfions
into the flat, open country, althouzh the Chinefe, in order to
reftrain them, have built caftles and fortreffes in feveral

ot in which numerous garrifons are maintained. The /

Miao-tf{é are under the government of princes, who have nu
lefs authority over their fubjeCts than thofe of the “ Lo-los"’
have over theirs ; they maintain houfhold officers and a regular
militia ; they have under them feveral petty feudatory lords,
who, although fovereigns, are obliged to levy troops for
them whenever they receive orders. The ufual arms of the
Miao-tfé are bows and half-pikes. ‘Their horfes are much
eiteemed by the Chinefe, on account of the agility with
which they climb the mountains, ‘The Miao-tfé, who in-
habit the province of Koei-tcheou towards Liping-fou, have
‘houfes built of brick, containing only one ftory; in the
lower part of which they keep their horfes, oxen, cows,
fheep, and hogs, which render their habitations very filthy
and difruiting’; and therefore the Tartar princes prefer
lodging in the wretched barracks of the foldiers than in thefe
‘houfes. Thefe Miao-t{é are colleéted in villages, and live
in great harmony with one another. They cultivate the
earth, make cloth, and manufa@ure a kind of carpets, which
ferve to cover them during the night.- Their cloth is only a
“eoarfe fort of muflin of fietle value ;- but their carpets are

cod, and well woven. ‘The timber of their forefts is pur-
chafed by the Chinefe, and floated down the river that tra-
verfes their country ;,and-the price confifts of a.certain num-

MIA

her of cows, oxen, and buffaloes. The fine of thefe ani-
mals are ufed by the Mino-tfé for breaft plates, which they
cover with thin lamina of fteel or copper. The ordinary
drefs of thefe Miao-1f@ confilts of 4 puir of drawers, and a
kind of jacket which laps over their breaft. ‘Thofe of the
Miao-tfé tribe, who are difperfed in that part of Hou-quang
which is nearelt to the provinces of Quang tong and Quang-fi,
are equally independent, though they feem to acknowledge
the jurifdiction of the Chinefe mandarms. ‘They climb their
rocks and run among tlcir mountains barefooted, with great
fpeed. The head-drefs of their women is fingular, as they
place tranfverfely upon tlieir heads a board about a foot long,
and five or fix inches broad, over which they fpread their hair,
fixing it to the wood by means of wax. ‘The greater part
of the Miao-tfé is compofed of independent people; but
fome of them are fubje& to the Chinefe government. Such
are thofe who live towards the middle, and fouthern part of
the province of Koci-tcheou, and who are under two dif-
tinét governments. Some of thefe are fubje@ to the man-
darins of the province, and form a part of the Chinefe peo-
ple, whofe Shere they have adopted. The reft are fubjeét
to hereditary mandarins, who are confidered as naturalized,
although Chinefe by extra€tion. Thefe petty princes judye,
in the firft intlance, the caufes of their vaffals, and have a
right of punifhing them, but not capitally. ‘The Chinefe
entertain 4 fovereign contempt for the whole Miao-tfé nation.
Their account of them is very unfavourable ; but the mif-
fionaries affure us, that they found them an aétive, laborious,
and obliging people, and remarkably honeft and punétual in
reftoring the baggage, and other effeéts which they had en-
truited to their care. Thefe mountaineers, on their part, no
lefs deteft the Chinefe, whom they confider as harfh and fe-
vere mafters, who, unable to fubdue them, and reduce them
toa ftate of flavery, keep them blocked up in their country,
and cut off frem all communication with their neighbours.
In the year 1776 thefe mountaineers were driven into their
inmoft retreats, and totally fubdued by Akoui, a Chinefe
eneral. Grofier’s China, vol. i.

MIASMA (from juaisx, the molt dire& interpretation of
which is to daub) may be apphed to any kind of impurity.
Among medical writers, however, to whom the word is now
chiefly confined, it relates principally to impurities in the air, -
and is fometimes ufed indifcriminately with Contagion or Jn-
tion ; which fee. Under the former article we felt dif-
pofed to adopt Dr. Wilfon’s diftin@tion between contagion
and infection, viz. that the firft fhould exprefs a morbid
poifon, the application of which may excite difeafe, and the
Jatter the condition of the fubjeét after'the morbid poifon
das induced fuch an effeé.

This detimtion has the advantage of being confiftent with
the etymology of the two words, particularly of the latter, .
the allefion of whichis to dyeirg or ftaining : for as-a
colouring fubftance may come into conta& with another,
under fuch circumftances as-to leave no ftain, fo afubje&:
may be fometimes expofed to a contagion without being
infeéted.

The variety of effets induced by different impurities of:
the air, renders it abfolutely neceflary to diferiminate them |
with as much accuracy as poflible.. We fhall, therefore,
confine the term miafma to its original meaning, as-ufed by
Hippocrates, and, as all the reft have appropriate terms,
we fhall defer them to the articles in their order, namely,
Morzip Poifons, Pracur, QuaRANTINE, and TYPHUs.

The father of phyfic remarks, that there.arethree: great
canfes of difeafe, food, drink, and air.. The latter, he con-
tinues, is by far the moft important, becaufe we eatand driuk -
only at certain times, and can even fubiit for afew rin

without .

MIASMA.

without either, but are perpetually breathing, and cannot»

exift without air but fora few feconds. His diflertation on
this fubjeét relates principally to the temperature of the at-
mofphere, the afpect of places, according to the neighbour-
ing mountains and feas, the various feafons of the year,
climates, and manners of the inhabitants. Confequently but
little information can be derived from him, concerning thofe
moft deleterious properties in fome particular diftriéts, which
never could be vifited but through the enterprifing {pirit of
modern navigators. As this fubjeét is now become particu-
larly interefting, not only on account of our commercial con-
neGtions, but from the importance of preferving the lives
of our army and fleet, we fhall not fcruple to dwell upon it
with fome minutenefs. .

Though miafmata may be of different kinds, yet as they
are only known by their effe€ts on the human body, and
the fources from which they are derived, we cannot venture
to offer any other diftin@tion. This diftin¢tion will be prin-
cipally in degree, for, as Dr. Cullen remarks, the fource feems
to be univerfally from marfhes, or moift ground aéted on by
heat. The properties of marfhy foils in England is pretty
generally underftood, and their effects on the human body.
We hall, therefore, only in general remark, that the ague
induced by them.is forthe molt part milder in {pring than in
autumn, and that for fome time before and after the folttices,
thefe places may be vifited even by ftrangers with impunity.
That all new comers are more certainly, and for the motft
part with more violence, affected than the conftant refidents ;
and that, from caufes hitherto unknown, the difeafe is more
general, more fevere, and more fatal in fome years than in
others.

All thefe, however, like other pathological faéts, muft
be admitted with certain limitations. The vernal agues,
though fo generally mild as to be formerly confidered whole-
fome vifitations to the conftitution at that feafon, are fome-
times fevere; and the autumnal have in fome feafons been
found mild. There are conftitutions which can never be
jnured to this kind of air, but are conftantly and feverely af-
feted on each returning autumn ; and there are new comers
who remain with impunity till a fevere feafon affe&ts them,
and probably many of the natives. At thefe times the fea-
fon has been known to be protracted from the vernal
almoft to the autumnal period, and not to ceafe till winter
has fet in.

In England the intermittent fever is no longer an object
of terror, fince the introdu€tion of the bark, and the fafe
ufe of fome moft powerful remedies ; but moft of all in pro-
portion as the fources of the miafma have been diminifhed
by the draining and improved cultivation of the foil. In
Sydenham’s time-ague was among the epidemics of the me-
tropolis, and the gills of mortality of thofe days thew how
frequently it proved fatal. When London is now vilited by
ague, it is for the molt part only {poradic, and inmany in-
ftances, where it is leaft fufpected, will be found to have been
contra&ted by a refidence in the country ; for we fhall pre-
fently have occafion to fhew that miafma, received into the
conftitution, fhews its effets at very uncertain, and fome-
times very diftant periods. There are, however, feafons
when ague attacks thofe who have never left the town,
probably by the air wafted from the marfhes, in which cafes
the miafma is fo diluted as to affe& thofe only who are par-
ticularly fufceptible. The years 1765, 1766, as well as 1782,
are particularly marked as ague years in London, and
even in 1808, the difeafe very often fhewed itfelf. During
each of thefe feafons along prevalence of eafterly winds was
remarked, This, however, is too common an event dur-
ing the fummer and autamn to be confidered a fufficient caufe

of itfelf. The truth is, the feafon was particularly ficklyto_
the inhabitants of the low lands on the eaftern fide of the
metropolis: and fo powerful was the effe&t of the miafma
at its fource, that inftead of the ufual mild and regular inter-
mittent, remittent and even continued fevers were very fre-
quent and very fatal.

In the Netherlands the dreadful effets of this miafma haye
been too recently experienced to require, at this time, any
confiderable commentary: One might fuppofe fuch events
would never be entirely forgotten, were it not that fo many
records are preferved, which appear to have been overlooked
before the laft unfortunate expedition to Walcheren. Not to
mention the account given by fir John Pringle, whofe medi-
cal charaéter and long practice in the army have rendered
hia an oracle in thefe enquiries, we fhall tranferibe part of
Dr. Wind’s obfervations, who with his father had praétifed
at Middleburgh for nearly 30 years. "

«« Towards the end of Auguft, or beginning of Septem-
ber,” fays he, “ is a continual burning fever, attended with
avomiting of bile, which is called the gall-ficknefs.—Fo-
reigners in indigent circumftances, who are garrifoned in the
-adjacent places, are apt, after thefe fevers, to become dropfical,
and many die.”’? Dr. Lind, to whom we are indebted for the
above extra¢ts, further remarks, ** the Scotch regiment in the
Dutch fervice at Sluys has been known to bury their whole
number in three years.’? Lind on Climates.

The infalubrity of the lower parts of Hungary, and ftill
more of the Campania of Rome, are too well known to re-
quire our particular notice. We cannot, however, omit
the hiftory preferved by Lancifius, phyfician to pope Cle-
ment XI.“ Thirty Romans of diltin&tion of both fexes,
having made an excurfion upon a party of pleafure towards
the mouth of the Tyber, the wind fuddenly fhifted and blew
from the fouth over the putrid marfhes, when twenty-nine
were feized with tertian fever, only one efcaping.”” :

Though Africa has fomething terrific in its pat yetit
feems probable, that the northern coaft, and for a confider-
able way inward, if weexcept the Lower Egypt, is as healthy
as any part of the world. But the fouthern coafts, and par-
ticularly as we advance inward along the rivers, are fo de-
ftruGiive to European conftitutions, that probably neither
our love of novelty, nor enterprifing. temper, will eyer be
fufficient to overcome thefe difficulties, fo as to form a per-
manent fettlement. In all thefe places the firft rains are
found fo certainly deleterious, even to the natives, that they
endeavour at thefe times to confine themfelyes to their houfes,
and to fhut out as much as poffible the externalair. After
atime, though the rain continues, the miafma is lefs pefti-
lential, but foon after its ceffation, as the furface of the

round becomes drier from its expofure to an almoft vertical
un, the exhalations are pregnant with the exciting caufes of
all the tropical difeafes.

Inthe countries leading from Africa to Afia, particu-
larly Baffora, and other parts about Arabia, the Englifh
find the climate healthy, excepting at certain well-marked
feafons. '

Of the four prefidentfhips in the Eaft Indies, that of
Bencoolen, in the ifland of Sumatra, is found the moft un-

‘healthy. Bengal, however, at certain feafons, is fearcely lefs

fatal to the Britifh, and often even to the A fiatic inhabit-
ants. In the year 1762, it was well afcertained that 30,000
blacks and 800 Europeans died of the fevers of that covatry
during the fickly feafon. Bombay has been rendered more
healthy fince an embankment, by which the overflowing of
the fea has been prevented; and Madras has generally been
confidered a ftation not unfavourable to Britifh confti-
tutions. ~

Of

MIASMA.

OF all the unhealthy {pots in Afia, Batavia is pretty ge-
nerally allowed to be the worlt, The fatal mnitake, too
common among Europeans, of attempting to affimilate the
cultoms of a new country to their own, 18 faid very much
to have increafed the infalubrity of that fettlement. It
feems hardly confiftent with common underitanding, that the
Dutch, after the experience of fo many years, ould {till
perfevere in preferving their dykes, to leflen the expence
of carriage at the charge of human life. Yet fuch we are
affured is the cafe, Among the many inftances of mortality,
for which that colony is e well known, we fhall mention
only two, In the year 1763, the Falmouth, a thip of so

uns, was at Batavia for about fix months, during which
time fhe buried 75 of her crew, and 100 foldiers of the 79th,
who had embarked on board her ; every foul on board having
been feized with fever, excepting only the captain. In the
rer 1764, the Panther, during a very fhort ftay, buried 25 of

er inen, among whom was the commander, captain Mat-
thewfon, Nor was the ficknefs confined to the thip’s com-
pany. The whole city exhibited no other fcene but difeafe
and death. Streets crowded with funerals, bells tolling
from morning till night, and herfes jaded with dragging
hearfes to the burial places.

Though we have remarked above the great probability
that the nature of this miafma is every where the fame, as its
fources are evidently fimilar, yet it is right to obferve that its
effe€ts on the human body are fomewhat diverfified in differ-
ent quarters of the globe. Throughout the whole of Hin-
dooltin, and northward, as far as the Britith have formed
any fettlements, the liver feems to be principally affected,
and the principal danger to arife from the too high aétion of
its veflels, and even the entire diforganization of that im-
portant vifcus.

On the fouthern coaft of Africa, and along the margins of
its extenfive rivers, the liver is the organ principally affeGed,
and rarely, if ever, recovers its due fun@tions, where the
injury has been confiderable. The liver fuffers in the tropi-
cal regions of the Weft, though not with the fame uniformity.
In the fouthern parts of the N. weftern hemifphere, and in
all the Welt India iflands, the liver is often affeéted, but in
many in{tances of the moft violent fevers in this part of the
world, it may be doubted whether the ftomach is not pri-
marily affeted, and the liver only {ympathetically, the black
vomit being now pretty generally admitted to be derived
from the itomach, and the yellow colour of the fkin not
making an effential chara€ter of the fever known by that
name. It is net improbable that the Zealand difeafe, though
diftinguifhed by the name of the gall-ficknefs, may only
affe& the liver in common with the other vifcera. It is
certain that the brain fuffers much in this difeafe, and not
uncommonly thofe who efcape with life remain for months,
and fometimes years, with impaired memory and even de-
- ranged intelle&.

In England, the enlargement of the fpleen is the moft
common effeét ; the confequences of which are very rarely
confiderable, if the difeafe is not fuffered to remain long
without relief.

The moft important confideration, and the moft to our
prefent purpofe, is the means of preventing the exiftence of
miafma, or, where that cannot be done, of avoiding its effeGs.
The firft, it is evident, can only be accomplifhed by draining
the low grounds. "This may always be attained where the
furface is above the level of the fea, or {till eafier, if above
the level of a neighbouring river. What has been done
in this way in our ifland is hardly credible. The attempts
to drain the Pontine marfhes are~not leis honourable to

Vor. XXIII.

human induftry ; and if we can believe the prefent accounts,
it would appear that fuch attempts are now perfevered
in with more fleadinefs than ever. The val embankments
made by cardinal Richelieu on the coat of Rochelle, in the
bay of Bifcay, are well known, and muft for ever live in
the writings of Voltaire. When, as is often the cafe, a
town has ce conftruéted on a hill by the banks of a river,
if the population, after {preading along the fide of the river,
fhould gradually extend itfelf over the back of the hill, at right
angles with the river of the fea-coatt, there will always be dan-
er of water ftagnating in the valley behind. The force of
the miafma from this caufe will be greatly increafed by the
illuvies from the cottages which ufuslly are the firft erections
at thefe extremities. ‘To this London at one time owed,
if not ite agues, at leaft its vernal and autumnal fevers, as
deferibed by Sydenham. ‘The great fire proved the means
of forming a proper level as far as that formidable, though
fortunate event extended; but it was not till within thefe
lait thirty years, that the northern part of the city, or
rather its fuburbs, has been drained by a fewer, which, if
ever London fhould fhare the fate of Carthage, will immor-
talize the well-direéted induftry and enterprize of its inha-
bitants. This fewer, which is cylindrical, not lefs than fix
feet in diameter, and in fome parts more than twenty feet
below the furface, was carried through fome of the nar-
rowelt ftreets, confiderably below the foundations of the
houfes ; to protect which, fuch a quantity of timber and

lanks was buried as would form almoft an impaflable grove
if it were all to appear above ground. The fudden growth
of the cities in North America has produced the moft fatal
effects in proportion as the heat of the folftitial and autumnal
fun is greater, and as the increafe of their towns has out-
run moft others in every part of the world. This is now fo
well underftood, that the more prudent inhabitants of the
large towns are attending much more to fecuring themfelves
from yellow fever by draining, than by the enforcement of
quarantines.

In our own country it is incredible to what extent the
{pirit of draining has extended ; befides thofe large under-
takings which can only be brought about by the union of
whole counties. Sometimes affitted, or at leaft empowered,
by parliamentary authority, every enterprifing farmer,
whofe lands are of any extent, has his underground drain
wherever it is neceflary, and can be accomplifhed.

We are not, however, to conlider all the danger as re-
moved when an old morafsis drained: for even fe fuch land
is fecured from being overflowed under the moft unfavour-
able feafons, which is rarely the cafe, yet whenever it is firft
converted from pafture to arable, fevers are in fome places
excited much more formidable than the common intermit-
tent. This leads us to the fecond confideration, that of
avoiding the effefts of miafma where the caufe cannot be
entirely removed.

The firft part of the inquiry here muft be, whether the
difeafe is infeGtious? If we reafon frem caufe to effe&t, we
fhould conceive that a difeafe derived from exhalations from
the earth could only be excited by a fimilar caufe, and, con-
fequently, that a fick perfon removed from the fource could
convey.no contagion to others. But we fhould recolle& that
he may arrive with his clothes fo impregnated with the
effluvia of fuch miafma,,as to be dangerous to thofe whe
firft receive him, as we find perfons often carry with them
the {mell of their particular occupation or habits. To de-
termine, therefore, that a difeafe is contagious, it will be
neceflary to prove that others have been infeGted who have
been expofed to the fick only, and neither to the feat of the

3M taiafma

MIA

miafma itfelf, nor to fuch fubflances as may contain what is
called the fomes.

At the fource of the difeafe we fhall find the greateft
difficulty in determining the queftion ; for where one ge-
neral caufe affects feveral, it will often be difficult to fay
whether an attendant on the fick has taken the difeafe from
them, or from the fame common caufe that has affeéted the
whole néighbourhood. ‘This difficulty we fhall fee is much
increafed when we come to the article TypHus. At pre-
fent, we fhall only make two general remarks :

Firft, that wherever ‘a number of perfons are colleéted, if
ficknefs of any kind prevails among them, a kind of in-
fetious air is generated, which is the fource of typhus
fever.

Secondly ; that during the prevalence of any epidemic,
thofe who are affe&ted with any other difeafe are generally
the earlieft feized with the epidemic, their reduced ftate of
health rendering them lefs able to refift the force of the
miafma; and as two difeafes cannot occupy the fame con-
flitution at the fame time, the confequence muft often be,
that their former complaint gives way to the reigning
difeafe.

It may feem remarkable that this chain of events fhould
be more accurately attended to by the ancient hiftorians
than by modern phyficians ; but the terms in which they
explain themfelves may fhew the caufe of this difference.
Thucydides makes no mention of contagion till the ad-
vanced period of the plague in Athens ; and Livy exprefsly
fays, that at firft the men became fick from the badnefs of
the feafon, and the unhealthinefs of the place, and that after-
wards the attendance on the fick rendered difeafe more
common. By this evidently marking, that the accumulation
of the fick had induced the hofpital, in addition to the ende-
mic, fever. See ConTraGion.

We have been obliged to anticipate this part of a fuc-
ceeding article, becaufe it involves a queftion of the highelt
importance, in avoiding the ef@s of miafmata where the
caufe cannot be entirely removed. If the difeafe induced by
fuch a caufe had a contagious property fimilar to fmall-pox
and meafles (fee Dr. Cleghorn on the Difeafes of Minorca),
the probability is, that it would not ceafe ti!l it has invaded
all who are expofed to it; and that fhould any leave the
country with the difeafe, or its fomes, the confequences
would be equally general ‘in every place to which the fick
fhould be carried. In this cafe the only remedy would be
to confine the fick and healthy to the fpot, and not fuffer
them to efcape till the difeafe has entirely, ceafed ; after
which there fhould be an univerfal ablution and purification
before any general intercourfe fhould take place. But if
the difeafe is known to arife only from the feafon and the
nature of the country; if from experience it fhould be
afcertained that with a change of feafon the difeafe will
ceafe ; if it is further found by experience that no infection
can be traced till the number and accumulation of the fick
has produced a hofpital or camp fever; if all this can be
afcertained, furely the firft ftep fhould be to encourage all
the inhabitants inftantly to quit fo fatal a fpot, and not to
return to it till a change of feafon has produced a change
in the properties of the atmofphere. It 1s much to be re-
gretted that this difcrimination has ‘been fo little attended
to in the late controverfies concerning the yellow fever in
the Weft Indies, as well as the epidemics, which have vifited
Gibraltar and the various cities in the fouth of Spain. In
America the queftion feems to be unfolding itfelf; and, as
we before remarked, the terror of contagion is gradually
giving way to a more rational precaution.

MIC

Where acountry has been drained, after the ploughing of
which the exhalations are found deleterious, no remedy remains
but to confine this branch of hufbandry to the folftices, after-
wards leaving the broken ground te the effets of air and
rain. This caution fhould be extended to the opening of
new land wherever the furface is formed of an accumulation
of autumnal leaves impeding the current of rain, and annually
putrifying for a confiderable number of years.

When veffels are cruiling, or moored in the neighbour-
hood of {wamps or thick woods, particularly in tropical re-
gions and at dangerous feafons, the failors fhould never be
allowed to fleep on deck, and as few as poffible fhould re-
main there after fun-fet. If # is neceflary to wood or
water, every endeavour fhould be ufed to employ for this
purpofe the aborigines of the place, or negroes, whofe con-
ftitutions are feldom affeéted by fuch miafmata, and when
they are, the effect rarely exceeds that of the common ter-
tian, which readily gives way to the ufual remedies. If it is
abfolutely neceffary to fend the crew ou fhore, they fhould
always retutn before fun-fet and fleep on board.

When, as is often the cafe, it is found neceflary to con-
du& a fiege on one of thefe unwholefome fpots, the firlt
confideration fhould be to commence the operations at the
leatt dangerous feafon. At this time the greateft attention
fhould be paid to raifing batteries as high as poffible, con-
fiftently with the fafety of the befieged, the miafma being
always found to be moft powerful the nearer to the foil,
At the fame time the level of the ground fhould be ex-
amined, to fee how far it will admit of draining without turn-
ing up too much of the furface. When the fickly feafon
arrives, as few men as the fervice will permit fhould be left
on the ground during night, who, on the fucceeding morn-
ing, and for feveral days after, fhould be carefully examined
by the medical officer, that the firlt approaches of difeafe
may be inftantly met. Such menas are found bet to with-
ftand the effets of the miafma fhould be ofteneft on duty.
Above all, the hofpitals fhould be prepared before they are
wanted, and in a fituation as remote as poffible from the
fource of difeafe. Where the fituation of the place will
admit, it would be beft to ufe floating hofpitals, or hofpital-
fhips, which in fair weather might make frequent cruifes
with their port-holes and fcutcheons open, and with as many
of the men on deck as can be moved thither. The at-
tendants fhould be fele¢ted among the convalefcents.

By attention to thefe rules, many expeditions might be
much more fuccefsful, and much lefs walteful of human
life:, many lands might be cultivated by thofe who would
enjoy the benefit of their bold and enterprifing undertaking,
and many lives rendered comfortable which at this time are
dragged on with mifery and refigned without regret. See
EpipEMic; FEever, Cau/es of ; HeaLtu, &c.

MIATA, in Geography, one of the Society iflands in the
S. Pacific ocean. S.lat. 7° 52’. W-.long. 148° 6’.

MIA-TAU, a cluiter of {mall iflands in the Chinefe fea,
near the coaft of Chang-tong; extending from fix to 36
miles N. of Tong-tcheou.

MIATHIR, a town of Morocco, in the province of
Duquella, near a moentain of the fame name.

. MIAU-SHEHR, a town of Perfia, in the province of
Ghilan ; 50 miles N.W. of Rethd.

MICA, Glimmer, Wern.; Jica, Haiiy.

The ufual colour of this mineral is grey, which occurs
yellowifh, greeni(h, fmoke, and ath-grey ; the yellowith-grey
paffes into yellowifh and greenifh-white, and into filvery,
and alfo into wax-yellow, brafs and gold-yellow, reddifh,

é 4 pinchbeck,

¢

MIC

pinchbeck, and blackith-brown ; the greenifhegrey paffes into
mountain and afparague-green, alfo into leek-green and
blackifh-green ; the ath-grey is found of various thades, and
pailes into perfect black. Sometimes féveral colours occur
together in the fame piece. Upon the whole the colour is
found confiderably to vary, according to the different de-
grees of tranfparency of the {pecimen. The black variety

pears brown, when placed between the eye and the light.
The colour of the powder is always greyifh-white.

Mica is found principally diffeminated and in thin layers
alternating with other foflils, fuch as quartz and feldfpar, in
gueifs, &e.; but it alfo frequently occurs in mats and
cry ftallized. ‘

[ts primitive form is the fhort, {traight, rhomboidal prifm
of 120° and 60°. Integranc molecule the fame.

The principal cryttallizations are; 1. The thort ftraight
four-fided prifm with rhomboidal planes; being the primi-
tive form (Mica primitif, Haiiy, pl.6o, fig. 205.) Thefe

rifms are generally fo low, that they may be conlidered as
our-fided tables. They are eafily and diftinétly divided in
a direction parallel to the bafes; the cleavage in the other
direétion is generally indifting.

2. The regular fix-fided prifm, generally very low, fo as
to ond tabular. (Mica pri/inatigue, Haiiy, ib. fig. 207.)

3. The lengthened rectangular table (Mica dinaire, Haiiy,
ib. fig. 208.)

Pate low regular fix-fided — with truncated ter-
minal edges. (Mica annulaire, Haiy, ib. 206.)

Thecryitals are fometimes large, but generally middle-fized
and fmall; they are fometimes found feparate, but ofteaer
grown together; they are now and then feen fafcicularly
aggregated and in rofes. The lateral planes of the cryttals
are {mooth and f{plendent ; the terminal planes fhining. In-
ternally {pecular {plendent ; luftre fometimes refinous, fome-
times pearly, often femi-metallic and metallic; in the uno-
eryitallized mica, the lultre of the planes of fracture is ge-
nerally lefs intenfe.

Fracture partly ftraight, oftener curved, or undulatingly
foliated. The foliated fracture fometimes pafles into the
broad and narrow radiated, which is partly parallel, partly
fafcicularly or ftellularly diverging. The fra¢tural furface,
particularly that of the broad radiated variety, is fometimes
marked with feather-like ftreaks. Fragments tabular. The
maflive fhews coarfe, large and {mall-grained diftin& con-
cretions ; the radiated is compofed of cuneiform columnar
concretions.

The common maffive varieties of mica are opaque, or onl
tranflucent on the edges; the detached folia are moftly te |
lucent and even tranfparent. Some cryftallized varieties
are perfeGtly tranfparent in all directions, The feparation
of the folia from each other, though not obfervable to the
eye, is generally the caufe of the lofs of tranfparency.

It is femi-hard, approaching to foft ; eafily divifible in
the dire¢tion of the folia, and may be eafily cut with a knife;
it feels {mooth, not unGtuous, and is elattic flexible. Spe-
cifie gravity 2.654—2.634, Haiiy; 2.726, Karft; 2.767,
Kirw. ; 2.866, Reufs ; 2.934, Blumenb.

Before the blowpipe, the dark coloured varieties (ac-
cording to Wiedenmann) take a pinchbeck or brafs-yellow
hue, but they are nearly as difficultly fufible into enamel as
the colourlefs varieties. The enamel of black coloured
mica affeéts the magnetic needle.

The analyfes which we poffefs of this fubftance vary con-
fiderably, at leait with refpe& to the relative quantity of the
conftituent parts of the feveral varieties.

MIC

M fee y M fe Mark
Gla Commen. Zianeahd, Glee Siber
Silica 40 50. 47> 44. 42.50
Argil 46 635. 20 34-25 11-50
Magnelia 5 1-35 9.
Oxyd of iron 9 7.0 $5.50... 4.50. 32.
Manganele 1675 O-SQ Be
Lime 1.33
Potath 13-50 895 10.
Lofs Figd 1385. 3
100 100 10° 100 100
Bergm. Vauq. Vaug. Klapr. Klapr.
This very common but remarkable foffil, forms a prin-

cipal ingredient of fome of thofe rocks which belong to the
primitive flate formation of Werner, particularly granite,
gneifs, and mica flate : it is alfo found in primitive limettone,
and in-grau-wacke. Nor is it wanting in the trapp-formation,
as in fienite, porphyry, aie bafalt, wacke; though in
the laft mentioned rocks it is probably derived from pri-
mitive rocks by difintegration. In fome cafes it is known
to form entire beds, like thofe at Zinnwald. It rarely occurs
in veins, fuch as thofe belonging to the tin-ftone furmation
in Bohemia and Saxony.

The localities of mica being thofe of the widely extended
primitive rocks above-mentioned, need not to be particu-
larifed. The mica in large plates, called Mufeovy glafs,
from the ufe to which it is applied, occurs in granite in
feveral parts of Siberia, and on the fhores of the Cafpian, at
Uda, on the borders of the Upper Tungutka, the lake Je-
nefey, Baikal, in Georgia, &c.

By far the greateft part of the large foliated mica is em-
ployed in the Ruffian empire, efpecially in Siberia, where it
1s generally ufed inftead of glafs for windows. The powrer
claifes employ the fmall plates, which they fow together. It
is faid to have been a fubititute for glafs in the windows of
Ruffian men of war, as being lefs liable to be broken by the
concuffion of the air during the difcharge of heavy artillery;
but to this ufe mica is no longer applied. We find that in
the year 1781, upwards of 200 pud of this variety of mica
were exported from Peterfburg to Lubeck, and 2721 pud to
Great Britain. Beckmann, who makes mention of this ex-
portation, is at a lofs to guefs the ufe in which thefe 116,800
pounds of Mufcovy glafs may have been employed.

According to Ellis’s account, the fame kind of mica oc-
curs in large plates in Hudfon’s bay ; and Kalm found it in
Pennfylvania, in leaves of half a yard in diameter, and of
equal tranfparency with the Siberian variety. Indeed the
Swedes, who from 1630 to 1655 had colonies in New

» Jerfey and Pernfylvania, employed it, as the Ruffians do,

inftead of glafs in the windows.

The tenuity of the laminz of the large foliated varieties
is fuch, that, according to Haiiy’s calculation, a piece #ths
of a line in thicknefs, may be divided into 23,255 feparate
lamine. This property, and the facility with which it is
cut, render the Mufcovy glafs peculiarly proper for inclofing
minute objeéts to be viewed by the microfcope.

Mica~flate, Glimmer-febiefer, Werner ; Micaceous fhiflus,
Kirwan ; Schifle micacé, Broch. ‘

This primitive rock is effentially compofed of mica and
quartz, difpofed in layers, which are more diltin@ than thofe
of gneifs, into which it is frequently feen to form a tranfi-
tion. The colour of the mica, which generally forms the

3M2 predominant

MIC

predominant part, is ufually of a grey colour, mixed with
gceenifh; the quartz is almoft always white.

This rock, which is of great importance to the miner, as
being particularly rich in ores, contains alfo frequently other
minerals, particularly common and noble garnets, which
may even be confidered as forming an effential component
part of mica flate; fhorl, both the common and tourmaline
(fuch as that of Dunkeld and Blair-in-Athol in Scotland),
kyanite (which lias been found in the varieties from Main-
land, one of the Shetland iflands, and near Banchory in
Aberdeenfhire), rutile (that of Salzburg, Hungary, &c.),
feldfpar, but only in fingle grains.

Befides the common mica flate, which is ftraight, and
rather thick flaty, the Wernerian geognofians diltinguifh
three other varieties, viz. the undulated mica flate, which
has not been found to include other fubttances ; the talcky
mica flate, which is ftraight flaty, compofed of green mica,
and traverfed by thick layers of quartz; and laftly, the fine
flaty variety, which forms a tranfition into clay flate, which
re(ts on it; it is generally of a greyifh-yellow colour, and
almott entirely unmixed with quartz.

As mica flate paffes on one fide into clay flate, (the next
rock in fucceffion,) in the fame manner it forms a very dif-
tingt tranfition into gneifs, on which it refts 3 the outgoings
of its {trata being lower than thofe,of the latter, and higher
than thofe of the clay flate, which ufually cover them. It
furrounds the older rocks in mantle-fhaped {tratification.

The mica flate mountains, which are generally much lefs
craggy and bold than thofe of gneifs, contain far more
foreign beds than both granite and gneifs mountains ; the
moft remarkable beds obferved in them are thofe of granular
_ limeftone, of hornblende flate, hornblende rock, and acti-
note ; as likewife galena, copper and iron pyrites, magnetic
iron-ftone, and other ores. The greateit part of the metal-
liferous mines of Sweden and Norway, and feveral of thofe of
Huagary and Saxony, are ficuated in this rock.

Mica flate conftitutes confiderable mountains in moft parts
of Europe, and alfo, according to Humboldt, in South
America. In Scotland, it occurs abundantly in the valley
between Dunkeld and Blair-in-Athol, on the mountain of
Schehallion, in the ifland of Arran, the ifland of Jura and
Ifla, &c. Jamefon.

It is often employed for conftruécting or lining furnaces,
whence it has been called Gefteliflein, or Saxum fornacum ;
names which are, however, given to feveral other fofhi rocks
applied to the fame purpofe. °

MICABA, in Geography, a town of Japan, in the ifland
of Niphon; 100 miles N.N.E. of Meaco.

MICAH, in Scripture Hiflory, the feventh in order of the
twelve minor prophets. . He is called the ‘“ Morafthite,”’
or of « Morefa,” a village near the city of Eleutheropolis,
in the fouth of Judah. He was nearly contemporary with
Taiah, and has fome expreffions in common with him: com-
pare Ifaiah, ii. 12. with Micah, iv. 1; and Ifaiah, xii. 15.
with Micah, iv. 13. St. Jerom fays, that Micah was buried at
Moratthi, and Sozomen fays, that his tomb was difcovered
to Zebennus, bifhop of Eleutheropolis, in the reign of Theo-
dofius the Great. Some have confounded Micah with Mi-
caiah, fon of Imlah, who was of Ephraim, and who pro-
phefied in the time of king Ahab. Micah prophefied under
Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah for about 56 years,” from
the beginning of the reign of Jotham, or 754 B.C., to the
laft year of Hezekiah 698 B.C. His prophecy contains
feven chapters; in which the firft foretells the calamities of
Samaria; afterwards he prophefies again{t Judah, and having
exclaimed againft the iniquities of Samaria, he foretells the

MIC

captivity of the 1o tribes, and their return. After a
thetic inveétive againft the princes of the houfe of Jacob,
and the judges of the houfe of Ifrael, he {peaks of the birth
and reign of the Meffiah. The two laft chapters contain
an inveétive againft the iniquities of Samaria; after which
he prediéts the fall of Babylon, the re-eftablifhment of
Ifrael, their happinefs, &c. in fuch lofty terms, as chiefly
agree with the ftate of the Chriftian church. The ftyle of
Micah is for the moft part clofe, forcible, pointed, and con-
cife; fometimes approaching the obfcurity of Hofea; in
sain parts animated and fublime, and in general truly poe-
tical.

MICARELLE, in Mineralogy. See Pryire.

MICE, in Gardening, a fort ef vermin which are highly
deftrutive to feveral forts of garden crops, fuch as peas,
beans, &c. in the early {pring, and lettuces, melons, and
cucumbers in frames in the winter feafon. When difcovered
they fhould of courfe be immediately deflroyed, either by
traps or fome other means. See VERMIN.

The author of « Phytologia’” has fuggefted, that ‘ the
deftruction of grain after it is fown by field-mice, which
mine their way very quickly under newlv ploughed lands
near the furface, is fuppofed by Mr. Wagitaff, in the papers
of the Bath Society, to be effected in fome feafons to a ver
great extent. And that the tuffocks of wheat, feen to arife
in. many fields, are owing to the granaries of thefe diminu-
tive animals, which he has found to contain nearly a hatful
of corn, which grows into a tuft, if the owner becomes ac-
cidentally deftroyed. It is alfo further afferted, that they
feed much on the young plants, as they arife from the feed,
and multiply at that time very fait. He deteéts their habi-
tations by {mall mounds of earth being thrown up, on or near
the apertures of their dweilings, or of the paflages which
lead to their nefts or granaries; and by following the courfe
of thefe paflages, he found and deltroyed the parents and
the progeny.” He likewife «* recommends, the taking up
and dividing the tuffocks of wheat, thus fown in the autumn
by the field-mice, and tranfplanting them in the fpring; and
alfo to thin other parts of a young crop, as they appear too
thickly fown, which he efteems an advantageous practice.”

And it is found, that. * acorns when fown, as well as
garden beans, and peas, are liable to be dug up or devoured
by thefe voracious little animals, which may be dettroyed by
traps baited with cheefe; or beft of all, by the encourage-
ment of the breed of owls, fo aétive in the purfuit of noc-
turnal vermin, and thence fo ufeful to the gardener and
farmer, who {till permit their fervants and children to deftroy
both their eggs and callow young.”

Thefe little plunderers may be readily deftroyed by the
ufe of the poifonous fubftance, ufually known by the title
of nua vomica, which fhould be finely rafped down, and
mixed with fome fort of meal cr other fimilar material, of
which they are fond.
fe ea el tite in Geography, one of the fmaller Molucca
iflands.

MICHAEL L., in Biography, furnamed Rhangabe, em-
peror of the Eaft, was fon of Theophyla&t, governor of the
ifles, and married Procopia, daughter of the emperer Nice-
phorus I., by whom he was raifed to the office of great
mafter of the palace. He was prefent at the battle againft
the Bulgarians, in which Nicephorus was flain A.D. 811.
Stauracius, the fon of the emperor, had received a fevere
wound in the battle, and was, befides, univerfally hated.
The empire was therefore offered to Michael, who at firft
hefitated to accept it, but finding that Stauracius defigned
to put out his eyes, he obliged him to retire to a convent,

where

MIC

where he foon after died, Michael was poffefled of private
virtues, but wanted viour to controul the {pirit of his wife,
who excited the indignation of the foldiers, by appearin
at the head of the army, and it was geverally attnowies mi
that he was deficient in the military talents requifite at fuch
acrifig, He marched againtt the Sileitass, ventured upon
an engagement, in which he was defeated, and returned
with difgrace to Conltantinople, leaving « difcontented army
under 12 command of difalfeeted generals, By their in-
Srigoes the foldiery proceeded to the depofition of Michael,
and offered the imperial crown to Leo the Armenian. The
fenate, the clergy, and the people of the capital {till adhered
to Michael, but he declared that not a drop of blood fhould
be thed on his account, and refigning the pene of fove-
reignty retired with his family to a monaftery, having filled
the throne lefs than two years. He was permitted to live in
peace, and in a religious retreat, during thirty-two years,
which he furvived his abdication. Gibbon. Univer. Hit.
Micuae If,, furnamed the Stammerer, a native of Phry-
was educated among the Jews and heretical Chriftians,
and during the early period of his life, he adopted GY Sapre
that probably rendered him obnoxious among thofe who
ftyled themfelves of the orthodox faith. When he attained
to years of difcretion he was appointed an officer under
» Nicephorus, and was a principal in{trument in raifing to the
throne Leo the Armenian, During ‘he reign of this em-
ror he was employed in high offices, but having incurred
the fufpicion of confpiring againit his fovereign, he was
arrefted and brought to trial. At that period, conviéion
and accufation followed each other of courfe, and Michael
was condemned to the cruel death of being burnt in the
furnace of the private baths. The execution of this fen-
tence, which had been fixed for Chriftmas-day, was fuf-
pended through devout fcruples of the emprefs, and in the
mean time Michael informed his friends of his danger, and
threatened them with deteétion, unlefs they effeGted his de-
liverance. The hope of felf-prefervation excited them to
exertion, and in confequence of it, Leo was dethroned and
murdered, but Michael with fetters on his legs was feated
on the imperial throne in December 820. One of his firft
aéts was to reverfe the late fovereign’s decrees, by recalling
a number of bifhops and other ecclefialtics who had been
banifhed, for refufing to comply with the late emperor’s edi&
againit the worfhip of images. Notwithftanding this con-
dué&, Michael himfelf was by no means friendly to this kind
of worthip, and tolerated it only without the precinés of
the capital. He is therefore reckoned among the enemies
of the Catholic church, and the calamities of his reign
have been imputed to his herefy. A revolt in the A fiatic
provinces was the commencement of a civil war, which
nearly fubverted-the throne. One Thomas, at the head of
avait army of barbarians, over-ran Leffer Afia and Syria,
defeated the troops fent againft him, and laid fiege to Con-
ftantinople. At length, however, he was unfuccefsful in
his efforts againft the eftablifhed power, and faliing into the
emperor’s hand, he was put toa cruel death. During thefe
internal commotions, the Saracens landed in Crete, and
formed a fettlement in that ifland, from which Michael in vain
attempted to expel them. During the fixth year of his
reign he married, from a convent, Euphrofyne, the daughter
of Canteasne VI., which has been imputed to him as a
mott irreligious a& ; it fufficed likewife as an example to
ene of his officers, Euphemius, to gratify a licentious
paffion, by forcibly taking a nun from her convent in Sicily,
which was the caufe of the lofs of that ifland. Euphemius,
in order to avoid punifhment, fled tothe Saracens in Africa,

MIC

and returning with a large body of troops of that nation,
endeavoured to gain pofleflion of Syracufe. He loft his life
in the attempt; but the Saracens, thus introduced into
Sicily, by degrees made themfelves malters of it, as well as
of the neighbouring provinces of Italy. Michael, after an
unfortunate reign of nearly nine years, died in 829, and was
fucceeded by his fon Theophilus.

MicuaAgt IT1., grandfon of the preceding, was born in
836, and fucceeded his father ‘Theophilus in 842, when he
was only fix years of age. He had been educated in habits
of piety and virtue by his mother Theodora, but as he
grew up, he abandoned all the early impreffions of his
childith years, became famous for the diffolute courfe of his
life, and defervedly obtained a place among the moft un-
worthy emperors. He did not affume the reins of govern-
ment till he was in his twentieth year, when Theodora and
her daughters were obliged to quit the court and enter a
monaltery, where the foon died of a broken heart. Michael
feemed to rejoice in the event: while his virtuous mother was
alive, her condué& was probably fome reftraint to his paffions,
but as foon as death had levelled her with the duft, her
worthlefs fon was anxious to furpafs even a Nero in his pro-
fligacy and buffoonery. In imitation of that prince, whofe
name and memory are devoted to infamy, he purfued the
fports of the circus, and took into his favour and confidence
thofe who were deemed the moft fkilful charioteers. He
was perpetually guilty of excefs in wine, and, in the hours
of his brutal intoxication, iffued the moft fanguinary com-
mands, which his fervants, more humane than their matter,
frequently ventured to difobey. It was one of his amufe-
ments to profane with mock folemnities the moft facred
ordinances of religion. Amid{t thefe follies he underteok
an expedition to the Euphrates againft the Saracens, who
put him and his army to flight. He was long under the in-
fluence of Bardas, whom he raifed to the dignity of Czfar,
and by whofe advice the patriarch Ignatius was depofed ‘and
imprifoned, and the learned Photius placed in his chair. In
806, Michael was induced by Bardas to undertake an expe-
dition into Crete, to oppofe the ravages of the Saracens,
who from that ifland had made a defcent into Thrace. This
advice proved fatal to the favourite and minifter, for having
excited the jealoufy of the emperor, he ordered him to be
ftabbed in the tent of audience. This cruel and treacherous
deed excited the indignation of the foldiers, and Michael re-
turned privately to Conftantinople, where he foon after rzifed
Bafil the Macedonian, who had been the inftrument in the
affaffination of Bardas, to a partnerfhip with him in the
throne, and devolved upon him all the bufinefs of the ftate.
Bafil, who it is faid, had juft ideas of the imperial cha-
racter and duties, endeavoured by remonftrances to reclaim
Michael from his abandoned courfe of condu€&. But his
habits were too deeply rooted to admit of a change, and
it was determined to ruin the monitor. Bafil was for-
tunately apprized of his danger, and refolved to ftrike the
firft blow, and with the aid of accomplices murdered him
while afleep, and in a ftate of intoxication, in the year 867,
in the thirty-firft year of hisage. Univer. Hift. Gibbon.

Micwaet IV., a native of Paphlagonia, of obfcure birth,
was brsught up to the trade of a money-changer, but being
introduced at the court of Romanus I[I., his perfonal beau-
ty caught the eye of the licentious emprefs Zoe, who made
him her chamberiain, and exaGed from him attentions incon-
fiftent with the homage which he owed to his foyereign.
At length the emprefs, advancing from one degree of guilt
to another, poifoned her hufband, celebrated her nuptials
with Michael, and raifed him to a partnerfhip in the tn

3

MIC

‘This event was accomplithed in the year 1034. The emprefs
was difappointed in the expe¢tations which her paffions had
excited, as well on account of the ill ftate of health which
her hufband fell into, as on account of the torture which
he experienced from a confcioufnefs of the crimes in which
he had participated. All authority foon devolved into the
hands of his brother John, an eunuch, who had originally in-
troduced him to court, and who quickly reduced Zoe to
a ftate of infignificance, furrounded with fpies, and made a
prifoner in her own palace. Michael began now to endea-
vour to atone for his guilt by liberality to the poor, and by
the endowment of churches and hofpitals. A revolt of the
Bulgarians roufed him to exertion ; he headed his army, and
though in his firft expedition he was obliged to retreat with
difgrace, ina fecond encounter he was-more fuccefsful, and
returned in triumph to Conftantinople. Warned with the
approach of death, he retired to a monaftery, which he had
himfelf founded, and in which he died, in the year 1041:
having firft nominated as a fucceffor his fifter’s fon,
Micuaet V., furnamed Calaphates, from his father’s oc-
cupation of a caulker of fhips. He was proclaimed empe-
ror immediately on the death of his uncle, but his reign was
of very fhort duration. His firft fovereign decrees were the

banifhment of his uncle John, the eunuch, and the confine-,

ment of Zoe toa monaltery. The people, who generally
take part with the oppreffed, revolted at thefe aéts of ty-
ranny, recalled Zoe and her fifter Theodora, and proclaimed
them joint fovereigns. Michael was now glad to take refuge
in a monaftery, and affumed the religious habit, hoping to
efcape farther injury, but at the inftance of Theodora he
was deprived of his fight, an ufual though horrible punifh-
ment at that period, and, with all his relations and adherents,
was fent into banifhment, having occupied the throne only
four months. Gibbon. Univer. Hitt.

Micnarr VI., furnamed Stratioticus, was appointed by
the emprefs Theodora as her fucceffor on the throne, which
he afcended in the year 1056. He was already advanced in
years, and enjoyed a reputation for military talents, but was
wholly unacquainted with the art of government, its nature
and principles. He gave himfelf up to the dominion of his
eunuchs, who made an ill ufe of their influence, fo that a con-
{piracy was excited, and Ifaac Comnenus was elevated to the
imperial dignity. ‘The new emperor aflembled an army in the
ealtern provinces, with which he proceeded towards the capi-
tal. Inthe neighbourhood of Nice he was met by the forces
of Michael, and an engagement enfued, in which the latter
were completely overthrown. Michael now faw that he had in
vain exaéted an oath from the citizens of Conftantinople never
to acknowledge Comnenus for emperor. At the approach of
the conqueror, a decree was unanimoufly pafled, invetting
him with the imperial title and authority, and a depxtation
of bifhops. was fent to Michael, commanding him formally
to renounce the fovereignty. ‘* What,’ faid the fallen
prince, ‘ will you give me in exchange for the empire?”
“The kingdom of heaven,” they replied. He fubmitted
and retired to a monaftery, after a reign of about a year.
Gibbon. Univer. Hitt.

Micuart VII., furnamed Parapinaces, the fon of Con-
ftantine XI., was proclaimed emperor in the year 1071, on
the defeat and capture, by the Turks, of Romanus Dio-
genes. He had been well educated, and had itudied philofo-
phy and rhetoric, but was unfit for the cares of the empire,
which devolved upon his uncle. He was charged with dimi-
nifhing the meafure of corn for his own emolument, during a
{carcity, which fixed upon him his reproachful furname. An
invafion of the Turks, anda revolt among his own people,

MIC

forced him to refign his crown, and retire to a monaftery,
after a reign of fix years anda half. He died at Ephefus,
having been ‘confecrated bifhop of that fee. . Univer. Hitt.
Micuaxn VIII., of the noble family of Paleclogi, was
brought up to the military fervice, and obtained popularity
and diltinGtion by the graces of his perfon and manners. In
his youth he was commander of the French mercenaries in
the employ of the empire. During the reign of John Va-
taces he was accufed of ambitious defigns, but cleared
himfelf fo well of the charge, that he was not only honour-
ably acquitted, but made governor of Nice. In the year
1255,new charges were brought againtt him, and he privately
withdrew to the Turkifh fultan of Iconium, by whom he
was honourably received, and placed at the head of a bod
of Greeks in Turkifh pay, with whom he diftinguifhed him-
felf againft the Tartars. After this he was recalled by the
emperor Theodore, and at his death, in 1259, he recom-.
mended him as the guardian and proteétor of his fon John,
who was then a minor. He now affumed the title of grand-
duke, and the office of regent of the empire was delegated
to him. His ambition began to difplay itfelf, and he em-
ployed every art to give fplendour to his adminiftration, and
imprefs the people with the idea of his fitnefs for the throne.
The news of a victory over the defpot of Epirus was the
fignal for the peop!e in Michael’s intereft to falute him with
the title of emperor, and it was agreed that he and the
young prince John fhould wear the purple conjointly. The
patriarch, with great relu€tance, was induced to place the
imperial crown upon the head of Michael alone, while
John walked in his train, diftinguifhed only by a diadem of
very inferior worth, This was in 1260, and in the follow-
ing year Michael received the welcome intelligence of the
recovery of Conttantinople, to which city he and his court
removed from Nice. He fhewed that he was capable of aét-
ing on the moft liberal principles : he reftored the city to its
ancient fplendour, and encouraged the continued refidence of
the Genoefe, Venetian, and Pifan merchants ; bat having
attained to a good fhare of popularity, he felt himfelf fuffi-
ciently flrong to commence a new era by reigning fole em-
peror. To remove his competitor from the chance of op-
poling his projects, he caufed his fight to be deftroyed. For
this infamous aC of barbarity, the patriarch Arfenius pro-
nounced a fentence of excommunication againit him, which
he refufed to recal, unlefs he would exhibit figns of repentance
by abdicating his throne. The emperor, trufting to his own
ftrength, depofed and banifhed the patriarch, but he had at-
tached to his caufe fo large a party among the clergy, that a
{chifm in the Greek church was the confequence, which con-
tinued a number of years. Michael, as a warrior and poli-
tician, was fuccefsful in many of his projeéts ; he recovered
feyeral of the fineft iflands in the Archipelago, as well as
part of the Morea, from the Franks; but on the other
hand, the defpot of Epirus, and the king of Bulgaria, made
incurfions into Thrace, and laid wafte the country with fire
and fword. Thefe and many other troubles induced him to
feek the favour of the Roman fee, by propofing an union be-
tween the Greek and Latin churches, with an acknowledg-
ment of the fupremacy of Rome. This was effected at the
general council of Lyons, under pope Gregory X., in
1274, an act which extremely difguited his own fubjects,
and he was obliged to inftitute a violent perfecution againft
the {chifmatic Greeks, in order to preferve the femblance of
an union. This fo irritated his own family, and the inha-
bitants of Conftantinople, that he was eventually excommu-
nicated by pope Martin IV., for the fhare which it was
known he had in the maflacre of the French in Sicily, known
by

MIC

by the name of the Sicilian vefpers. He died in 1283, at
the age of 58, and in the ath year of his reign. EHis fon
Andronicus, whom he had aflociaced with himfelf in the em-
ire, inftantly diffolved the union of the churches, and refuted
Kis father Chriftian burial. Gibbon, Univer. Hitt.

Micnaet, Froponoviren, czar of Ruffia, was fon
of Theodore Nikiliz Romanof, an archbithop of Rottock.
After the dethronement of the czar Zulli, in 1610, a party
of Raflian nobles offered the crown to Ladiflaus, prince of
Poland, and a Polith garrifon had been admitted into Mof-
cow, which was the occafion of much bloodthed. It was
* after fome time expeiled by a more numerous party of Ruf-
fians, who elected Michael, the fubje&t of this article, then
a youth ot feventeen, as new czar, He was diltinguithed
by his defcent from a daughter of Ivan Vafilevitch, and ren-
dered dear to the nation by the virtues of his father. At the
time of the election he was in a monattery with his mother,
while his father was a prifoner in Poland ; and when the pro-
pofal was made to raife him to the throne, the unhappy fate
of fome of the late czars filled his mother with fuch appre-
henfions, that fhe did every thing in her power to get him
excufed the intended honour. ‘The fenate, however, per-
filted in their choice, and Michael was folemnly elected in 1613.
He was immediately involved in a war with the generals of
Guttavus Adolphus, king of Sweden, which was concluded
in 1617, and in the following year a truce was made with
the Poles, who had fupported, by force of arms, the prior
eleétion of their prince Ladiflaus, and had aétually ravaged
the country as far as Mofcow. In 1625, the young czar
married Eudocia, the daughter of a poor gentleman of no for-
tune, but of great beauty and accomplifhments. The in-
terval of peace he employed in promoting the internal pro-
{perity of Ruflia, and formed acommercial connection with
the ftates of the United Provinces. War was renewed
with Poland in 1632, but was terminated in about two
years, and from this period the czar preferved his country
ina ttate of tranquillity, refpe&ted by neighbouring fovereigns
for his equity and good faith, and greatly beloved by his
fubjeéts, on account of the mildnefs and beneficence of his
government. He died in 1645, in the thirty-third year of
his reign, leaving his crown to his fon Alexis. Coxe’s
Travels.

Micuast Cervurarivs, patriarch of Conftantinople, was
raifed to that dignity in the year 1043. He wasa perfon of
vatt ambition, and a determined enemy to the church of
Rome and the papal claims, and in 1053 he revived the fa-
mous conte{t between the Greek and Latin churches, which
had been fufpended for a confiderable time. He pleaded in
his juftification a facred regard to truth and the interefts of
religion, but the true and genuine caufes were the arrogance
and ambition of the Grecian patriarch and Roman pontiff.
Among the meafures to which they mutually had recourfe,
in order to fap the foundations of each other's authority
and influence with the people, were accufations of hold-
ing corrupt doétrines. Cerularius ftruck the firft blow,
bya letter written in his own name, and in the name of Leo,
bifhop of Acrida, in which he publicly accufed the Latins of
various errors. To this letter pope Leo IX. wrote a very
imperious reply ; afflembled a council at Rome, and excom-
municated the Greek churches. Bitter and very violent
meafures fucceeded on both fides till the year 1057, when
a ttruggle took place between Stratioticus and Ifaac Com-
nenus for the imperial crown: the patriarch embraced the
interefts of the latter, and was a chief inftrument in raif-
ing him to that dignity. In the following year, the emperor
being compelled by the exhaufted {tate of the public trea-
fury to impofe heavy taxes upon the people, drew fiom

MIC

the monafleries a part of their great wealth, with which
they had been enriched by his predeceffors. This the pa-
triarch refented, and threatened to pull him from the throne
to which he had raifed him, unlefs he reftored what be had
taken from the religious houfes. The emperor, without hefi-
tation, arrefted, depofed, and banifhed the patriarch, and
in a ftate of exile he foon died. Some of this patriarch’s
letters remain, and are referred to by Cave, Dupin, and
Motheim.

Micnaet, St., in Geography, a town of Italy, in the
duchy of Mantua, on the Tartaro; 20 miles E. of Mantua.
—Alfo, a town of Italy; 12 miles S.W. of Mantua. —Alfo,
a fall ifland in the Englith channel, off Ealt Looe, in
Cornwall. N. lat. 50° 18. W. long 4° 32/—Alfo, a
town of tke duchy of Holftein ; 6 miles S. of Meldorp.—
Alfo, a town of England, in the county of Cornwall,
which, though a {mall place without a market, fends two
members to parliament ; 8 miles N.E. of Truro, and 249
W.S.W. of London, N, lat. 52° 22’, W. long. 4° 52°
—Alfo, a town of Canada, in the river St. Lawrence; 1
miles N.E. of Quebec.—Alfo, a river of Maryland, whic
runs into the Chefapeak, N. lat. 38° 50’. Ww long. 76°
22'.—Alfo, a town ot Bupa: in the province of Savolax ;
to miles N.N.E. of Chrittiana.—Alfo, a town of America,
in the ftate of Maryland, and county of Talbot ; 21 miles
S.E. of Annapolis.—Alfo, a town on the S. peninfula of
St. Domingo ifland, called “ Fond des Nagra ;’’ 10 leagues
N.E. of St. Louis—Alfo, an ifland in the Atlantic, called
“San Miguel,” the largeft of the Azores, difcovered by
Gonfalvo Velho Cabral in the year 1444. It is about fixty
miles in circumference, and has feveral towns and villages,
which carry on a great trade in corn, wine, and cattle,
though none of its harbours ate good or f{afe.’ Its chief
towns are Punta del’ Gada, and Villa Franca. The former
is rendered important by its commerce, by its ftrong cattle,
in which the Pottigrusle keep a garrifon, and by its being
the refidence of the primate of the Azores.’ The number of
inhabitants in this ifland is varioufly eftimated, from 2%,060
to 50,000, The town of Punta del Gada is fituated in N. lat.
37° 47’. W. long'25° 42’.

Micnagt, St., in Lungaz, a town of the archbifhopric
of Salzburg; 14 miles S.S.E. of Radftadt.

Micuaet’s Bay, St., a bay on the W, coaft of the ifland
of Curagoa—Al{o, a bay of Nova Scotia, on the W. coat
of the bay of Fundy.—Alfo, a bay on the E. coaft of La-
brador. N. lat. 52° 55’. W. long. 55° 40’.

Micwaet’s Point, St.,a cape onthe N.W. coait of Prince's
ifland, in the Atlantic. N. lat.. 1° 55’. -Evlong. 7° 1.

Micnaet, St., Gulf of, abay on'the coaft of South Ame-
rica, inthe S.E. part of the gulf of Panama, formed by
the mouths of the rivers Congo, Santa Maria, and fome
others. Init are feveral iflands, which fhelter good ridings
for hips, and the gulf is fufficiently capacious for a large
fleet. The fides are furrounded with mangroves, growing
in wet and fwampy land.

Micuaet, Order of St., in Heraldry, was inftituted by
Lewis XI., king of France, in the year 1469, but declined
under the reigns of Charles IX. and Henry 1IT. In the
year 1661, Lewis XIV. regulated this order, and leffened
the number of knights ; thus reftoring its reputation, fo
that it rofe into highefteem in France. The mantle of the
order was of white damafk, bordered all round with em-
broidery in gold and colours, reprefenting the collar of the
order, and lined with ermine ; the chaperon was of crimfon
velvet, embroidered like the mantle, under which the knights
wear a fhort coat of crimfon velvet. The badge of the or-

der

MIC

der is a medallion of gold, reprefenting St. Michael
trampling on a dragon, enamelled in proper colours, and
worn pendent to a collar, cormpofed of efcallop-fhells, and
chains of gold interwoven like knots. The knights ufually
wear this badge pendent to a broad black watered ribbon.
Micwaet, Order of the Wing of St., an order in Portu-
gal, inftituted in 1172 by Alphonfo, king of Portugal, in
commemoration of a fignal victory which he gained over
Albarac, king of Seville, in confequence, as he imagined,
of his having ardently invoked the aid of St. Michael the
archangel. The habit of the order was of white filk, on
the left breaft of which was embroidered a wing purple,
within a circle of rays gold. The badge was a crofs fleury,
fitchy gules, cantoned in bafe with two fleurs-de-lis; over
the erofs, on an efcroll, this motto, ** QUIS UT DEUS.”’
MICHAELIS, Joun Davin, in Biography, a celebrated
biblical critic, and profeflor of divinity and the Oriental
languages, was born at Halle, in Lower Saxony, in the year
1717. He received a private education, but the Greek
language made no part of it till within half a year of its
completion, a circumftance which he never ceafed to regret.
In 1729 he was fent to the public {chool of the orphan-houfe,
and at the fame time he occafionally attended his father’s lec-
tures on the Hebrew language. Here he received leffons in
divinity from Baumgzrtner, but the chief benefit which he
received from that profeffor was in the philofophical courie.
During the latter part of his time at {chool, he acquired
a great facility in {peaking Latin, and in thinking fyftemati-
cally, from the practice of difputation, in which one of the
matters frequently exercifed him. By his Latin mafter he
was taught to write Latin verfes, but as he advanced in life
he renounced that ftudy, confidering it to be a pedantic mif-
employment of time. In the year 1733, Michaelis entered
into the univerfity of his native place, in order to qualify
himfelf either for the clerical profeffion, or for the chair of
oriental literature, in which his father hoped to fee him one
day his fucceffor. Here he applied himfelf with all diligence
to the ftudy of mathematics, metaphyfics, theology, and the
oriental languages. He alfo prepared himfelf for pulpit fer-
vices, and preached with great approbation at rlalle and
other places, In the year 1739 he took a degree in philofo-
phy, and about the fame time he was the fubject of a tempo-
rary melancholy, which threatened to prove a ferious injury
to his health, and which was owing to religious impreflions,
originating in certain mifconceptions of fome of the feriptu-
ral precepts, to which he affixed literal interpretations. Upon
his recovery, he was appointed affiftant leGturer under his
father, having fhewn how well qualified he was for that fitua-
tion, by publifhing a {mall treatife, «« De Antiquitate Punc-
torum Vocaliam.”’ In 1741 he lefthis own country with
a view of vifiting England, and paffing through Holland,
became acquainted with the celebrated Schultens, from whom
he received many marks of the moft friendly attention.
Upon his arrival in England, he engaged to officiate for the
German chaplain to the court, who was at that time in an
infirm ftate of health, and continued to preach at the palace-
chapel nearly a year and a half. During this period he
vifited the univerfity of Oxford, greatly increafed his know-
ledge of the oriental languages, and formed an intimacy with
fome of the firft literary chara¢ters of that age, particularly
with Dr. Lowth, afterwards bifhop of London, on fome of
whofe le&tures * De Sacra Poefi Hebrrorum” he attended.
Upon the return of Michaelis to Halle, he refumed his labours
in the prefeffional chair, as affiftant to his father, and deli-
vered le€tures on the hiftorical books of the Old Teftament,
the Syriac and Chaldee languages, and alfo upon natural
hiftory, and the Roman claflics ; by the exercife of his ta-

Mic

lents on thefe fubjeéts he maintained and increafed the fame
which he had already acquired, but without having the
profpect of any immediate good eflablifhment. He there-
fore refolved to quit Halle,-and in 1745 he went to Got-.
tingen, in the capacity of private tutor. In the followin
year he was made profeffor extraordinary of philofophy in
the univerfity of Gottingen, and, in 1750, proieflor in ordi-
nary in the fame faculty. In 1751 he was appointed fecre-
tary to the newly inftituted Royal Society of Gottingen, of
which he afterwards became director, and about the fame time
was made aulic counfellor by the court of Hanover, During
the year 1750, he gained the prize in the Royal Academy of
Berlin, by a memoir “ On the Influence of Opinions on
Language, and Language on Opinions.” While the feve+
years’ war lafted, in which the univerfity of Gottingen was
particularly diftinguifhed, Michaelis met with but fate in-
terruption in his ftudies, being exempted, in common with the
other profeffors, from military employment ; and when the
new regulations introduced by the French in the year 1760,
deprived them of that privilege, by the command of mar-
fhal Broglio, it was particularly extended to M. Michaelis.
For this mark of his favour he was indebted to the good
offices of his friend Thierry, who wasin great efteem with
the minifter. Soon after this, he obtained from Paris, by
means of the marquis de Loftange, the manufcript of Abul-
feda’s Geography, from which he afterwards edited his ac-
count of the Egyptians. From this time that nobleman was
Michaelis’s firm friend, and had no little fhare in procuring
him the honour of being chofen correfpondent of the ** Aca-
demy of [nfcriptions at Paris,’ in 1764, and of being
elected one of the eight foreign members of that inflitution.
In the year 1760, the profeflor gave great offence to thofe
of the clergy who ftyled themfelves orthodox, by publifhing
his «* Compendium of dogmatic Theology,’? confifting of
doétrinal le&tures which he had delivered by fpecial licence
from the government. Shortly after this, Michaelis fhewed
his zeal for the interefts of {cience and literature, by the part
which he took in the projeét of fending a miffion of learned
men into Egypt and Arabia, for the purpofe of obtaining
fuch information concerning the aétual ftate of thofe coun-
tries, as might ferve to throw light on geography, natural -
hiftory, philology, and biblical learning. He firft conceived
the idea of {uch a miffion, which he communicated by letter
to the privy counfellor Bernftorf, who laid it before his fo-
vereign Frederic V. king of Denmark. That fovereign was
fo well fatisfied of the benefits which might refult from
the undertaking, that he determined to feng the ex-
pence of it, and he even committed to Michaelis the ma-
nagement of the defign, together with the nomination of
proper travellers, and the care of drawing up their inftruc-
tions. Upon the death of Gefner in 1761, Michaelis fuc-
ceeded in the office of librarian to the Royal Society, which
he held about a year, and was then nominated to the place of
director, with the falary for life of the pott, which he then
refigned. T'wo years afterwards he was invited by the king
of Pruffia to remove to Berlin, but his attachment to Got-
tingen led him to decline the advantages which were held out
to himas refulting from the change. In 1766 he was vifited
at Gottingen by fir John Pringle, whom he had known in
England, and Dr. Franklin. With the firlt he afterwards
correfponded on the fubject of the leprofy, fpoken of in the
books of Mofes, and on that of Daniel’s prophecy of the
feventy weeks. The latter fubje&t was difcuffed im the let-
ters which paffed between them during the year 1771, and
was particularly examined by the profeffor. This corre-
f{pondence was printed by fir John Pringle in 1773, under the
title of ‘* Joan. Dav. Michaelis de Epiftole, &c. LK X. Heb-
domalibus

MIC

domalibus Danielis, ad D. Joan Pring » Baronettum ; pri

mo privatim mittee, nune vero utriuf{que Confenfu publicé
edite.”” In the year 1770, fome differences having arifen
between Michaelis and his colleagues in the Royal Society,
he refigned his directorfhip. In 1775 his well-eltablithed
reputation had fo far removed the prejudices which had for-
merly been conceived againit him in Sweden, that the count
Hépkin, who fome years before had prohibited the ufe of
his writings at Upfal, now prevailed upon the king to con-
fer upon him the order of the Polar ftar. He was accordingly
decorated with the enfignia of that order, on which ocealion
he chofe as a motto to his arms “ libera veritas.” In 1782
his health began to decline, which he never completely re-
covered; in 1786 he was raifed to the rank of privy counfel-
lor of juttice by the court of Hanover ; in the following year
the Academy of: Infcriptions at Paris elected him a foreign
member of that body ; and in 1788 he received his lalt lite-
rary honour by being elected a member of the Royal Society
of London. He continued his exertions almott to the very
clofe of life, and a few weeks before his death, he thewed a
friend feveral fheets, in MS., of annotations which he had
lately written on the New Teftament. He died on the 22d
of Augutt, 1791, in the feventy-fifth yeaf of his age. He
was a man of very extenfive and prea erudition, as well

as of extraordinary talents, which were not lefs brilliant than
folid, as is evident from the honours which were paid to his
merits, and the teftimony of his acquaintance and contempo-
raries. ‘His application and induftry were unwearied, and
his perfeverance in fuch purfuits as he conceived would prove
ufeful to the world, terminated only with the declenfion of
his powers. His writings are diftinguifhed not only by va-
rious and folid learning, but by a profufion of ideas, extent
of knowledge, brilliancy of expreffion, and a frequent vein
of pleafantry. In the latter part of his life he was regarded
not only asa literary charater, but as a man of bufineis, and
was employed in affairs of confiderable importance by the
courts of England, Denmark, and Pruflia. His works, as
an author, were exceedingly numerous, of which a very long
lift is given in the General Biography. Ofthofe with which
the Englifh fcholar has been brought acquainted, the moft
important is the “ Introduction to the New Teftament,’’
tranflated into Engli(h from the firit edition, and publifhed in
31761, in a quarto volume. In 1788, the fourth edition was
publifhed ia two volumes quarto. The obje& of this work,
which is purely critical and hiftorical, is to explain the
Greek teftament, with the fame impartiality, and the fame
unbiaffed love of truth, with which a critic in profane litera-
ture would examine the writings of Homer, Virgil, &c.
The firft volume contains an examination of the authenticity,
infpiration, and language of the New Teftament. The {fe-
cond volume contains a particular introduAion to each indi-
vidual book of the New Teftament. An Englith tranflation
of it has been publifhed by the Rev. Herbert Marfh, in fix
volumes, royal oétavo. Gent. Magazine, March 1792.
See alfo the prefaces by Mr. Marth.

Micwaetis, Jonxn-Hennry, a learned German divine and
arientalift, the fon of a citizen of Elrich, was born at Ket-
tenburg, in the county of Hohenttein, in the year 1668. He
was intended for trade, but difcovering a itronger inclination
for ftudy than bufinefs, he was allowed to follow the bias of
his sid, and obtained admiflion into the {chool of St. Mar-
tin in the city of Brusfwick. Here he was appointed to in-
ftru& fome of the younger fcholars, in which employment
he acquitted himfelt greatly to the fatisfa&tion of the rector
of thefchool. After this he was entered of the univerlity of
Leiplic, where he went through courfes of philofophy and
divinity, and alfo ftudied the oriental languages and rabbini-

Vor. XXIII.

MIC

cal Hebrew, In 1694 he quitted Leipfic for the univerfity
of Halle, where he taught the Greek, Hebrew, and Chal»
dee with great reputation. Here he publithed, with the af-
fillance o ll Francke, a work entitled “ Conamina
brevioris Manuduétionis ad Do@rinam de Accentibus He-
breorum Profaicis.”” In 1696 he publithed another. piece,
entitled « Epicrifis philologica de reverendi Michaelis Beckii,
Ulmentis, Difquifitionibus philologicis, cum refponfionibus ad
Examen XIV. Diétor. Gen.” He was now thoroughly con-
verfant, not only with the Greek, Hebrew, and Chaldee,
but likewife with the Syriac, Samaritan, Arabic, and rab-
binical Hebrew, and having formed an acquaintance with
Job Ludolf, he heoomepended him to Frankfort, for the pur.
pole of learning the Ethiopic language under his inftru@tions.
In 1699, he fucceeded Fraucke in the Greek rofefforfhip
at Halle, and in 1707 was made keeper of the univerfity
library. He was afterwards Salem cobtolies of divinity
in ordinary, and admitted to the degree of D.D. In 1732
he was made fenior of the faculty of divinity, and infpector
of the theological feminary. He died in 1738, at about the
age of feventy. He was author of many works befides
thofe already mentioned, the titles of which are enumerated
in Moreri.

MICHAELMAS, the feaft of St. Michael the arch-
angel, held on the 29th of September.

ICHAELMAS J/land, in Geography, a {mall ifland at the
entrance of king George III.d’s Sound, on the S.W. coalt
of New Holland; 4 miles N.N.E. of Buld Head.

MICHAILA, Sr., a town of Ruffia, in the government
of Revel; 36 miles S. of Revel.

MICHAILOYV, a town of Roffia, in the government of
Riazan; 24 miles S.S.W. of Riazan. N. lat. 54° 20’.
E. long. 38” 38’.

MICHALOW KA, a town of Poland, in Volhynia; 52
miles N. of Zytomiers.

MICHAUT, Pierre, in Biography, fecretary to the
count de Charolois, fon of the duke of Burgundy, in 1466,
was author of the poem, entitled «+ Doétrinal de la Cour,
ou Danfe des Aveugle;’’ Inftruétions for the Court, or
Blind-man’s-buff. From a beautiful copy of this fatirical
poem, finely illuminated, M. Laborde bas given reprefenta-
tions of all the mufical inftruments uf¢d in France during
the r5th century in the hands of the perfermers. Effai fur
la Mof.

MICHAUXIA, in Botany, named by’ M. L’Heritier,
in one of his monographs, in honour of his friend Andrew
Michaux, botanilt to the late king of France, Louis XVI.,
and well known by his botanical expeditions to Syria (where
he gathered this plant), Perfia, North America, and New
Holland. ‘Fhe Flora Boreali- Americana, often quoted by us,
the fruit of his fix years’ labours in America, was publifhed
by his fon. We have already offered fome remarks on the
name of the prefent genus. (See Mepium.) As to its
botanical ftability, none who confider the variety of fhapes
in the corollas of reputed Campanulz, can feel quite fure on
the fubjeé& ; but the author of this genus had contemplated
the queftion with fingular attention, and with all his wonted
fagacity. He declares Michauxia to differ from Campanula,
as Chlora from Gentiana, the number of the parts being as
eight to five, and the corplla that of a Phyteuma, but in eight
divifions. It is at leaft a good artificial genus, and now
generally adopted, except that Juffieu adheres to one of its
ancient names. (See Minpium.) L’Herit. Monogr. 3.
Schreb. 840. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 342. Mart. Mill. Did.
v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 2. 353. Lamarck Dié&.
v. 4- 134. Tluftr. t. 295. (Mindium ; Juff. 164.) —Clafs

. 3N and

MIC
and order, Odandria Monogynia.
Linn, Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth fuperior, of one leaf, in fixteen
lanceolate unequal ferments, every other one reverfed. Cor.
of one petal, wheel-fhaped, much larger than the calyx, in
eight very deep, widely fpreading, linear-lanceolate, equal
feements, revolute at their points. Neary of eight valves,
bearing the ftlamens. Stam. Filaments eight, awl-fhaped,
permanent ; anthers vertical, linear, very long, prefled clofe
to the ftyle. if. Germen inferior, turbinate ; ftyle co-
lumnar, permanent ; ftigma in eight awl-fhaped, revolute
fegments. Peric. Capfule turbinate, abrupt, of eight an-
gular cells, without valves, opening by pores at the bafe.
Seeds very numerous, oblong, fma'l, affixed to the proper re-
ceptacle of each cell, which unites with the central column.

Eff. Ch. Calyx in fixteen deep fegments, alternately re-
flexed. Corolla in eight deep fegments. Nectary of eight
valves, bearing the ftamens. Capfule of eight cells, open-
ing by pores at the bafe. Seeds numerous.

Obf. It muf be allowed that the number of cells in the
fruit being equal to that of the parts of the flower, is very
different from Campanula and Phyteuma, and alfo that there
is no botanical analogy between eight and five or three ;
fo that as far as number can be allowed to guide us, no
genus can be better defined.

1. M. campanuloides. Rough-leaved Michauxia. L’ Herit.
Monogr. t.1, 2. Curt. Mag. t.219. (Mntiov; Diofe.
book 4. chap. 18. Medium Diofcoridis, or Mindium Rha-
zis; Rauwolf. It. 284. f. 284. Dalech. Hift. apperd. 33.
Bauh. Hift. v.2. 805. Campanula peregrina maxima, laci-
niatis foliis; Morif. fect. 5. t. 3. £. 31.)—Gathered by
Rauwolf in Syria, -near Tripoli; and by Michaux, above
200 years afterwards, in the fame country. Liabillardiere is
alfo faid to have found it on mount Lebanon. It was raifed
from feed at Paris; and was communicated to Kew garden
by L’Heritier in 1787, but being a greenhoufe biennial
plant, and rarely ripening feeds in England, is now not
to be met with. The root is {pindle-fhaped, whitifh, milky,
like the reft of the plant. Stem from two to fix feet high,
ere&t, round, leafy, rough, more or lefs branched, many-
flowered. Leaves {cattered, lanceolate, acute, jagged, very
rough, wrinkled, dark green, feffile, clafping the item; the
lower ones {talked ; the radical ones heart-fhaped, foon dif-
appearing. Flowers ranged along the fides, and folitary at
the ends of the branches, feffile, drooping, two inches in
diameter, very handfome and fingular, not unaptly compared
by Curtis to fome diltant refemblance of a Paffion-flower.
Corolla white, with a tinge of purple at the outfide. Stamens
and /fyle green, the upper half of the latter loaded with pollen,
lodged by the anthers among the hairs which inveft it, before
they retire and curl themfelves together.

L’Heritier’s two plates, of this plant and its fruGtification,
are the fineft poffible, fearcely wanting the affiftance of colour
to give a complete idea of the objeéts, and even vieing, in
that refpect, with the prints of the Houghton Van Huy{ume.
The rude cuts of Rauwolf, Daclechamp, and Bauhin are
expreflive enough. Morifon’s engraving, copied and per-
verted as ufua!, from them, is very bad. Curtis’s plate is
neceflarily a fragment, but faithful. Tournefort and Lin-
nzus were unaccountably deceived concerning this fine plant.
The former confounded it with his own Campanula foliis pro-
funde incifis, fru@u duro; Tourn. Cor. 3, which is C. lyrata ;
Lamarck Diét. v. r. 588. Hence Lamarck was led into
the fame error, which he corre¢ted in his v. 4. 134, as above
quoted ; and hence Mr. Salifbury, in his Prodromus 127,
calls our Michauxia, Campanula |yrafolia, citing Lamarck
by miftake, and afferting that its fruit is ‘ exa¢tly that of

Nat. Ord. Campanacee,

MIC

a Campanula.” Linneus confounded our plant with C. Ta-
ciniata, Sp. Pl. 237, figured in ‘Tournefort’s Voyage, v. r-
t. 99, than which few things, at all akin, can be more dif-
tiné, He alfo, by the fpecific name of Medium, applied to
another kind of Campanula, very common in gardens, feemed
to confider that as the p3icv of Diofcorides, which we ap- ~
prehend to be no lefs a miftake. Dr. Sibthorp fufpeéted C.
laciniata might be thetrue jzx3icv, being probably unacquainted
with the Michauxia. The latter furely anfwers belt to the
original defcription, fuch as it is, of which we here fubjoin
atranflation. ‘ Medium grows in fhady ftony fituations. —
Its leaves are like fuccory (c:;). Stem three cubits high.
Flowers purple, large, and circular. Fruit (or‘feed) {mall,
like that of Cnicus. Root a fpan long, as thick as a walk-"
ing-{tick.”” The colour of the flowers probably varies, from
different fhades of purple, to white.

Micnavuxia, in Gardening, comprehends a plant of
the herbaceous flowering, exotic kind, of which the fpecies
cultivated is the rough-leaved michauxia (M. campanu-
loides. )

Method of Culture.—It may be raifed from feed procured
from its native fityation, and fown in the early fpring feafon
in pots, and plunged in a hot-bed, or fimply on a moderate
hot-bed. When the plants have attained a little growth,
they fhould be removed into feparate pots, and be replunged
inthe hot-bed. ‘This muft afterwards be managed as tender
green-houfe plants. ‘ m4

Plants of this fort afford variety in colleétions of this
nature, 2

MICHAW, in Geography, a town of Pruffia, in Pome-
relia ; 22 miles W.N.W. of Dantzie: ~

MICHEL, Sr., a {mall ifland in the gulf of Venice,
near Venice, where the Proteftants, who trade thither,
have purchafed ground on, which to build a church.—
Alfo, a town of Italy, in the Veronefe; 14 miles N.W.
of Verona.—Alfo, a town of France, in the department of
Mont Blanc, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
St. Jean de Maurienne; 7 miles S.S.E. of St. Jean. ‘The
place contains 1450, and the canton 6244 inhabitants, on a
territory of 3424 kiliometres, in 8 communes.

Micnet di Capa, St., a town of Peru, in the jurifdiGtion
of Arica, on the borders of a large foreft of pimento, which
is faid to produce annually 300,00olbs. weight of that fpice.

Micue.-Gemote, in Hiffory. See PARLIAMENT.

Micnex-Synoth. See PARLIAMENT.

MICHELAU, in Geography, a town of Pruffia, in the
territory of Culm; 36 miles E. of Culm—Alfo, a town
of Silefia, in the principality of Brieg ; 8 miles $.S.E. of
Brieg. _N. lat. 50° 46". E. long. 17° 35'.

MICHELBACH, a town of Germany, in the county
of Schwarzenburg ; 20 miles W. of Anfpach.

MICHELI Romano, in Biography, 2 difciple of Soriano,
and a famous canonift, who flourifhed at the latter end of
the 16th century, and beginning of the next ; author of a
very curious and {carce work, publifhed at Venice, 1615,
entitled ‘* Mufica vaga et artificiofa continente motetti con
oblighi, e canoni diverfi, tanto per quelli che vorrano pro-
feflare d’intendere diverfi ftudii della Mufica,” folio; or,
Artful and curious Mufic, as well for thofe who receive de-
light from the performance of it, as for others who make
mufic their peculiar ftudy. Hitt. vol. iii, p. 519.

Micneti, JAMEs-BARTHOLOMEW, an able mathematician,
was born of an ancient family at Geneva, in 1692. He
entered into the French military fervice, and became a
captain. In 1738, he retired to his native country, where.
he applied chiefly to mathematical and philofophical itudies.
He conftru&ted a number of charts, invented a new ther-’

mometer,

MIC

mometer, and compoled feveral memoirs, printed at Bafle.
Thefe are on meteorology and the temperature of the globe ;
‘lights the comet of 1680; the univerfal deluge; &c.

e furveyed the Glaciers of Switzerland, of which he took
feveral views, which have been engraved. In the troubles
which agitated his country he was a fharer, and was im-

rifoned a long time by order of the government of Berne.

e died in 1766. 1

Micnent, Peren Anruony, an Italian botanift of great
celebrity, particularly in what is now ealled the crypto-
gamic department, was born at Florence, December Il,
1679. is parents were indigent, and took but little care
of his education, He is faid, neverthelefs, to have been
deftined to the occupation of a bookfeller, but an infatiable
thirlt after natural knowledge over-roled all other objects.
Content in the humbleft poverty, he refigned himfelf to his
favourite purfuit, brung
livelihood. Nor was he difappointed. His good character,
and diftinguifhed ardour, foon procured him the notice and
favour of the marquis Cofmo da Cattiglione, in whofe family
a talte for Botany has been almott hereditary, and for whom
Micheli in his arly youth matle a collection of Umbelliferous
plants, which even then proved his accuracy and difcern-
ment. This gentleman introduced him to the celebrated
count Lawrence Macarorri, (fee that article,) by whom
he was prefented to his fovereign, the grand duke Cofmo III.
The Jnjftitutiones Ret Herbarie of Tournefort had jult ap-

ared at Paris; and the firft pledge of the grand duke’s

your, was a prefent of that book, which to Micheli, who
had hitherto found the want of fome fyitematic guide, was
a moft important and welcome acquifition. He {peedily
adopted the tone of his leader, with refpeét to generic dif-
tinétions and definitions, and improved upon him in a more
frequent adaptation of original {pecific ones.

In the autumn of 1706, the care of the public garden at
Floren¢e, founded by Cofmo I., was confided to Micheli,
he being appointed botanift to the grand duke. He was
commiffioned to travel, not orly in Italy, but in various
diftant countries, to colle& plants, and to eftablifh a cor-
refpondence, for the benefit of his truft. By the co-opera-
tion of his friends Franchi and Gualtieri, the ain was
enriched from the then more flourifhing one at Pifa; and a
Botanical Society was initituted at Florence in 1717, which
greatly promoted the interetts of the fcience. In the fum-
mer of that year, the great William Sherard, returning
from Smyrna to England, vilited Florence in his way, and
formed a friendfhip with Micheli, that continued till his own
deceafe in 1728. A frequent correfpondence, and inter-
ehange of {pecimens, took place between them, as amply
appears by the colleétions preferved at Oxford, and by the
writings of Micheli. ‘ ; Pa Sty ;

The fubje& of our memoir continued his {cientific ftudies,
as well as his bodily exertions in frequent journiés. The
fruit of the former was the publication of his great work,
entitled Nova Plantarum Genera, a folio of 234 pages and
108 plates, in 1729. The refult of his journies proved but
too foon difaftrous. He {pent near three months, from the
4th of September to the 30th of November 1736, in an
excurfion to the north of Italy, viliting the famous mount
Baldus, and the Venetian ifles; but he caught a pleurify,
from the confequences of which he never recovered, dying
at Florence, January 2, 1737, new ftyle, in the 58th year
ef his age. He was buried in the church of Santa Croce,
amongit the afhes of fome of the greateft men of his coun-
try, and of the civilized world, where a neat marble tablet
was erected to his memory by his affociates. The fimple
and elegant in{fcription was probably compofed by his

to that, even for his means of

MIC

learned friend Antony Cocchi, to whom he always con-
fided the revilion of his Latin works, before publication,
and who delivered an Italian oration in his praife, in the
council chamber of the Old Palace, Augult 7, 1737, which
was foon after publifhed. The epitaph is as follows.

Peraus Antonius Micnerrus

vixit annos LVIT dies XXIT in tenui re

beatus omnis hiftorie naturdlis
peritiflimus magnorum etruria

ducum herbarius tuventis et fcriptis

pany notus ac propter fapientiam

uavitatem pudorem optimis
quibufque etatis fur egregie carus
obiit [TV nonas Januarias Mb CXXXVII

amici @re conlato titulum pofuere.

It does not appear that Micheli was ever married. ~ He is
deferibed by his contemporaries as a man of the mott
pleating, modeft, and liberal manners, no lefs ready to com-
municate, than eager to acquire, knowledge. His bodily
conititution was good ; his health uninterrupted; till his laft
illnefs, which was of fo decided a nature, that he placidly
yielded to his fate, not only with the Catholic ceremonies,
but with the feelings of a Chriftian. His friend Cocchi
informs us, that « he was endued with a clear and concife
natural eloquence ; and although the poverty of his parents
deprived him of the advantages of a learned education, he
had, by his own application, acquired, with wonderful feli-
city, a knowledge of Latin.”—“ The writings of the molt
eminent botanifts were fo familiar to him, that. he had
learned to exprefs his ideas in Latin, by no means amifs, he
having a very quick perception as to any barbarous ex-
preffions.””

We are anxious to collect every particular of the life and
character of the author of fuch a book as the Nova Plan-
tarum Genera; a work much more extenfive in its compafs
than the Hifloria Mufcorum of Dillenius, fuperior in phyfio-
logical merit, as well as in technical ftyle of definition,
though deficient in hiftorical and critical difquifition, as well
as in defcription. It is to be lamented that Micheli fell fo
much into the dry catalogue ftyle of Tournefort, though he
has greatly improved upon his model; becaufe they have
neither of them attained any thing like the technical fynop-
tical terfenefs and precifion of fubfequent times. The great
merit of Micheli confifts in his accurate {cientific illuftration
of fome of the moft difficult tribes of plants, which Tourne-
fort had left unattempted. The order of the Calamarie,
and particularly the difficult genus Caréx, firft aflumed an
intelligible form under his hands. The feeds of the latter,
and their coverings, were firft reforted to, with the happieft
effe&t, for {pecific difcrimination. (See Carex.) A vatt
number of {pecies of the hitherto neglected genus Lichen
were afcertained and well delineated. It is with great in-
juftice that Dillenius, whofe figures of the cruftaceous and
imbricated Lichens are the meaneft part of his work, charges
Micheli with erring on the fide of luxuriance in his repre-
fentations. He had indeed more favourable fubjeéts of in-
veltigation, owing to the climate in which he lived ; for in
Italy the plants in queftion are found vaftly more luxuriant
and prolifie than in the north of Europe ; and we can aver
that the figures and defcriptions of Micheli are as faithful
as thofe of Dillenius himfelf ; they cannot be more fo. (See
Dittentus.) The parts of the flowers of Moffes, properly
fo called, were firit difplayed in the work of Micheli, though
he did not underftand their real ufes. (See Musci.) He was
equally fuccefsful in the collateral families, now termed He-
patice, founding the genera oF iste, Marfilea, Jungerman-

3N2

nid,

MIC

nia, Spherocarpus, Anthoceros, Targionia, &c. In the natural
order of Fungi, till then almoft totally neglected, he dif-
played great accuracy and originality, and gave the firft
fynoptical diftribution of thofe difficult vegetables, by which
his followers have profited. Many genera of the more per-
fe& or phenogamic plants are alfo illuftrated or founded in
this work of Micheli; but neither their diftinGtions nor their
nomenclature is, in general, fo good as the former. In fpe-
cific diftin@ion, he was too prone to raife varieties to the
importance of fpecies, of which his numerous kinds of Tri-
side are inftances. ;

ur author had extended his ftudies to the Submarine
plants, or Sea-weeds, and had numerous plates engraved,
for publication in a fecond volume, had his life been pro-
longed. Of thefe plates a fet of impreffions, procured by
the late lord Bute, was bought at his lordfhip's fale, by the
Rt. Hon. fir Jofeph Banks, and is, through his liberality,
acceffible to all. Another fet, now in the Linnzan library,
was given to its prefent pofleflor by Dr. Targioni Tozzetti
of Florence, whofe father purchafed all Micheli’s remains,
among which are valuable manufcripts of various kinds;
efpecially the defcriptions of thefe plates. There are like-
wife fome rude drawings of Orchidee, the work we believe
of Micheli himfelf. His pencil however was not fufficiently
excellent to enable him to be in general his own draught{man ;
Hill lefs could he, like Dillenius, engrave the plates he pub-
lifhed. In ftudying the above-mentioned marine produc-
tions, it is not wonderful, nor reprehenfible, that he then
confounded corals and corallines with plants, and made a
genus out of the prefent Sertularia, which he called Dil-
enia.

Micheli had prepared an alphabetical catalogue of the
plants in the garden, of which he had the fuperintendance.
‘This was publifhed in 1748, in folio, with feven botanical
plates, befides a plan of the garden, under the title of Ca-
talogus Plantarum Horti Cafarei Florentini ; for the race of
the Medici, and the golden age of Florence, had now paffed
away. Their imperial fucceffors, however, patronized
{cience, and the volume in queftion is dedicated to the em-
peror Francis I., by its editor John Targioni Tozzetti,
who has prefixed an excellent hiitorical preface of his own ;
as well as a more oratorical Italian difeourfe, upon natural
hiftory, by the before-mentioned Antony Cocchi.

The ftudies of Micheli were extended to foffils, and pe-
trifa&tions, of both which numerous {pecimens remain in his
mufeum; but he publifhed nothing refpeGting them. An
account of three of his botanical tours in Italy ts faid, by
Haller, to be extant, in the fixth volume of Travels pub-
lifhed by Targioni Tozzetti; but of this publication we
have feen only the firft volume. We ought alfo to mention
his firft publication in 1723, an o€tavo pamphlet on Oro-
banche, in Italian, chiefly with a view to its extirpation, as

a noxious weed. This is faid to be beft accomplifhed by
eradicating the beans or other plants, on which the Oro-
hanche may be perceived to have fixed itfelf, in the month
of April; by which proceedure, being an annual herb, its
propagation is cut off, Works of Micheli., Smith’s Tour
on the Continent. Cocchi Elogio di P. A. Micheli. Hal-
ler Bibl. Bot. S. q

MICHELIA, in Botany, fo denominated byiluinneus,
in memory of the great Florentine botanift Micheli. (See
the laf article:) Linn. Gen. 278. Schreb. 374... Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 2. 1260. Mart. Mill. Di. v. 3. Ait. Hort.
Kew. ed. 2. v..3- 332. Jufl. 280. Lamarck Did. v. 1.
690. Iiluttr. t. 493. Gartn. t. 137 ?—Clafs and order,
Polyandria Polygynia. Nat. Ord, Coadunate, Linn, Mag-
-adlia, Jui.

MIC

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, coriaceous,
fplitting longitudinally, falling off as the flower expands.
Cor. Petals numerous, lanceolate, in feveral rows ; the outer
ones largeft. Stam. Filaments numerous, fhort, linear, in-
ferted into the common receptacle of the piltils below the
ale anthers terminal, linear, of two cells, burfting
longitudinally at the inner fide, furmounted by a bluntith
point. Pi/. Germens numerous, imbricated in an oblong
fpike; ftyles none; ftigmas reflexed, obtufe. Peric. Ber-
ries equal in number to the germens, coriaceous, globofe, of
one cell, difpofed in a large clufter. Seeds from four to
eight, angular on one fide, convex on the other.

Eff. Ch. Calyx of one leaf, coriaceous, immediately
deciduous. Petals numerous, in feveral rows. Berries nu-
merous, with feveral feeds.

1. M. Champaca. Sweet Yellow Michelia, or Champawk.
Linn. Sp. Pl. 756. (Champacam; Rheede Hort. Mal.
Vv. I. 31. t. 19. Sampacca; Rumph. Amboyn. y. 2. 199.
t. 67. Champe; Bauh. Pin. 470.)—Leaves lanceolate,
fomewhat ovate. Calyx externally lilky.—Native of Ma-
labar, in fandy places, flowering twice in the year, but not
bearing fruit till it is very old. Rheede. Commonly cul-
tivated throughout India, efpecially in the Malay countries,
but never found wild. Rumphius. Cultivated at Orford,
Lancafhire, by John Blackburne, efq. in 1779. Hort.
Kew. This tree is celebrated for the exquifite perfume of
its flowers, of which moit Europeans, who have been in India,
{peak with rapture, though fome find it too powerful. The
natives adorn their heads with thefe flowers, both for the
fake of the perfume, and for the elegant contraft of their
rich orange colour, with their own black hair. The
tree is of a moderate fize; the bark of its root red, bitter,
and very acrid, according to Rheede. Branches round,
alternate, {mooth, leafy, chiefly at their extremities. Leaves
alternate, ftalked, a {pan long, ovato-lanceolate, entire, taper-
pointed ; alittle tapering at the bafe ; fomewhat filky when
young, but finally fmooth, or nearly fo; rather glaucous
beneath ; furnifhed with a midrib, and many tranfverfe, ob-
lique, parallel veins, conneéted by innumerable fine reticu-
lations. Foot/fa/ks an inch long, minutely hairy, channelled
above. Stipulas none. Flowers not unlike a double nar-
ciffus, axillary, folitary, on fimple, fhort, very thick ftalks.
Petals elliptic-lanceolate, the colour of the yolk of an egg,
the outermo% about an inch anda half long. Calya ovate,
fcarcely an inch long, finely filky, fplitting down one fide;
and feparating from the baie, before the flower can expand.
Fruit refembling a large bunch of grapes, of a pale yellowifh-
white when ripe, very acrid to the tafte, and unpleafant to
the {mell, peice? to Rheede. The /eeds. are from four
to eight, angular from mutual preffure, the fize of fmall
peas.

Such is the real 17. Champaca, of which we have obtained
fine fpecimens from Madras, and have confequently been
enabled to correc the defcription of the calyx, which authors
have greatly mifunderftood. ~Rheede and Rumphius mifled
Linnzus to fuppofe there was none; for he originally de-
{cribed this plant from books only. Afterwards procuring,
by the name of T/iampacca Jalac, a {pecimen of our Magnolia
pumila, (fee Macnorta, n. 7, where it will appear
how much fuch exotic names are liable to corruption,)
he miftook this for Michelia Champaca, and thence altered
the charaé&er of the genus, in his. Mantiffa +40, attri-
buting to it a calyx of three oblong petal-like leaves.
How Lamarck difcovered and figured a fhort permanent
three-leaved calyx we know not. Linnzus had in his her-=
barium the real Champaca, infcribed Tfiampacca coenang, 28
fan as we can decypher the {crawl, which he marked JZ

Tfampacea.

MIC

Thampacea. Our Yndian botanical friends afure ws this is

only the fame name fpelt differently, and therefore fome

contend for the exiftence of only one {pecies of Michelia
_ We thall endeavour to eftablith a feeond.

2. M. filvefiris, Wild Whitith Michelia, (M. Tfiam-
pacea; Linn, Mant. 78. M. euonymoides; Burm. Ind.
124, Sampacea fylveltris; Rumph. Amb. v. 2. 202.
t. 68.)—Leaves elliptical, Calyx nearly fmooth,—Lin-
neus received this from India by the name of 7/ampacea
poeti, or White Champawk, which agrees with the name
and fynonym in Rumphius. It differs from the former in
the broad elliptical fhape, and perfect {moothnefs, of its
leaves. The calyx alfo is {mooth, having merely a very
fight filkinefs at the tip; the reft being finely granulated.
Our fpecimens fhew nothing further, but they agree with
all the above fynonyms perfectly, except that Burmann has
a very erroneous quotation of Sloane, and moreover fays the
Javanefe call this fpedies Tfiampacca conneng, which Linneus,
we know not on what authority, applied to the former.
We could not retain Burrmann’s f{pecific name, becaufe it
feems fuggeited by Sloane’s fynonym, and is totally irrela-
tive to our plant. Z/iampacca and Champaca are, as we have
faid, fynonimous and ambiguous. We therefore adopt a
name from the manufcripts of Linnwus, which it is pity he
altered. Rumphius defcribes the M. fylvefris as a more
tall and upright free than the Champaca, with larger and
broader eaves, the breadth of four fingers (exactly as we
have them); and he very accurately remarks that they have
fewer ribs, or vive and veins, Flowers exaétly like the
former, except that their peta/s are broader, whitifh, or
ftraw-coloured, with but a flight degree of odour. When
cultivated however they acquire a ftronger and more delight-
ful fmell, though not equal to the Champaca. The fruit is
much the fame, though the fm which vary from two to
feven in number, are fcarcely fo red. It is very poffible
that this may, after all, be only the wild ftate of the Cham-
paca, but we have now furnifhed fufficient materials to pre-
vent any future miftake of either, and we truft the generic
charaéter is fufficiently eftablifhed. Gertner obtained from
Thunberg, as the fruit of JZ. Tfiampacca, what looks moft
like a Magnolia, and we cannot but think, the more it is
compared with Rumphius, whofe figures, we muft always
reeolle&, are diminifhed, the more it will prove different
from his.

If Andrews’s tab. 229, Magnolia fufcata, (fee Mac-
NOLIA n. 8,) be compared with our defcription of the calyx
of Michelia, they will be found to agree. The petals how-
ever are thofe of a Magnolia, and we muft ftill remain in
doubt for want of the fruit of this elegant fhrub. It is
curious that Linneus had a fpecimen of this Magnolia,

which he very incautioufly marked Michelia Tfiampacca. .

On diffe&ting a flower, he found the calyx of three leaves.
Whether this be corre& or not, though we have three co-
loured figures of this plant in our periodical publications,
none of them enables us to form even a conjecture, except
Andrews, and this but incidentally. We have fome fuf-
picion that Loureiro's Liriodendron Figo may poflibly be
the fame with Magnolia fufcata, but unfortunately his flight
mention of the fruit affords no certain information as to its

nus. The calyx however, being of one leaf, agrees. He

ys his plant is called at Macao Fula Figo. Has this any
connection with the Fulle, Bauh. Pin. 470?

This fine tribe of plants is fo little underftood by bo-~

tanilts, and fo many errors have attended the hiftory of the
Michelia, which the Linnzan herbarium alone could explain
or remove, that we have been more particular than ufual, and

till the fubje& is far from being exbaufted.

MIC

Micuxtta, in Gardening, comprehends a plant of the tree
or thrub kind, of which the {pecies commonly grown is the
champaca, or Indian michelia, (M. champaca. )

Method of Culture-—TVhis is a plant which may be in-
creafed by feeds, layers, and cuttings, being managed in the
fame manner as the more tender green-houfe plants after-
wards,

They afford variety in colleétions of ftove plants,

MICHELPACH, in Geography, a town of Autltria; 12°
miles S.E. of St. Polten.

MICHELSDOREP, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of
Chrudim ; 9 miles N.E. of Leutmifchl.

MICHICOUT, a river of America, in the ftate of Ver-
mont, which runs inte lake Champlain, N. lat. 44° 55’. W.
long. 72° 56’.

MICHIGAN, the largeft lake in theterritary of the United
States, lies between 41 8’, and 45° 40! N. lat. and between 84°
and 87° W. long. Its length is eftimated at 260 miles from
N. to S., and its circumference at 945 miles ; and, according
to Mr. Hutchins, it contains 10,368,000 acres. It is navi-
— for fhips of any burden. i communicates with lake

uron at the N.E. part through the ftraight of Michilll-
makkinak, which is Re miles broad, with a fort of its name
on an ifland at its mouth. In this lake are feveral kinds of
fifh, and particularly excellent trout, weighing from twenty
to fixty pounds. On the N.W. parts of this Eke the waters
pafs through a narrow ftrait, and branch out into two bays;
that to the northward is called Noquet’s bay, and the other
to the fouthward Puans, or Green bay, which forms with
the lake an extended peninfula, called cape Townfend, or
Vermilion point. About thirty miles S. of Bay de Puans,
is lake Winnebago, which communicates with it, and a very
fhort portage interrupts the communication fouth-weftward
from Winnebago lake through Fox river, then through
Ooifconfm, into the river Miffifippis Chicago river, at the
S.W. extremity of lake Michigan, furnifhes a communica-
tion, interrupted by a ftill fhorter portage, with Lllinois
river. Lake Michigan receives many {mall rivers from the
W. and E., fome of which are 150 and even 250 yards-
broad at their mouths.

MICHILLIMAKKINAK, called by the Canadians
« La Grofs Ifle,” the name of an ifland, fort, and village,
on the S.W. fide of the ftraits of the fame name. The
ifland on which the village and fort {tand is very barren, but,
as the grand rendezvous of the Indian traders, a confiderable
traffic is carried on ; and its fituation will probably. render
it a place of commercial importance. It is within the line of.
the United States, and contains 251 inhabitants: diftant.
about 200 miles N.N. W. from Detroit. N. lat. 45° 48! 34".
W. long. 84° 30’.

MICHILLIMAKKINAK, Littl, a river on the N.W. terri-
tory of America, which enters the S.E. fide of Illinois river,
by a mouth fifty yards wide, at which there are between
thirty and forty {mall iflands. It runs a N.W. courfe, and
is navigable about ninety miles. On its banks is plenty of
good timber, viz. red and white cedar, pine, maple, walnut,
&c. ; and here are alfo coal-mines.

MICHIPICOTEN, a river which runs into lake Supe-
rior, on the N.E. fide of the lake.. At its mouth it forms a
bay of its own name;, and on the W. part of the bay isa
large ifland, fo called, clofe to the land. On the E. fide of.
the mouth of the above river, in N. lat. 47° 56!, is Michipi-
coten Houfe, belonging to the Hudfon’s Bay company.

MICHISCOUL, the Indian ard prefent name of the moft
northerly river in Vermont. It is navigable feven miles from.
its mouth.

Micuiscour Tengue, a long point of land which extends;

foutherby

MIC

foutherly into lake Champlain from the N.E. corner of Ver-
mont, on the W. fide of the bay of this name, and forms the
townthip of Allburg.

MICHO, the name of a cove or bay of Canada, on the S.
coaft of the river St. Lawrence; 218 miles below Quebec.
N. lat. 49° 5’. W. long. 66° 301.

MICHOWITZ, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of
Kaurzim; 12 miles W.S.W. of Kaurzim.

MICKELSO, a {mall ifland in the Baltic, E. of Aland.
N. lat. 60° 12’. E. long. 20° 5’—Alfo; a {mall ifland on
the E. fide of the gulf of Bothnia. N. lat. 63° 27! E.
long. 21° 19).

MICKERY, a2 {mall ifland in the Frith of Forth; 8
miles N.W. of Leith. N. lat. 56° 2’. W. long. 3° 17!.

MICKLE, Wittram Junius, in Biography, was born,
in 1734, at Lancholm, in Dumfriesfhire, Scotland, of which
place his father was minifter. After a preparatory education
under his father, he was fent to the High-fchoolat Edinburgh,
where he was continued till he was fixteen years of age,
when he went into the counting-houfe of a relation to be
initiated in the art-of brewing. He remained in this
bufinefs a few years; but a tafte for reading and poetry
rendered him unfit for the neceffary routine of trade. In
1763, he quitted Edinburgh for London, with a view of
foliciting employment in the fea fervice, to which he felt a
ftrong inclination. He took in his pocket a poem, entitled
“¢ Providence,’ which he contrived to get introduced to
lord Lyttleton, at that period a patron of the mufes, but
with refpeé&t to our author it produced nothing but a com-
plimentary correfpondence. Several projects for a fettle-
ment at home and abroad, in a commercial or official fitua-
tion, having failed, he at length accepted the humble fitua-
tion of correétor to the Clarendon prefs at Oxford. In
1767, he publifhed his poem, entitled ‘* The Concubine,”
the title of which, after it had gone through three editions,
was changed to ‘“ Sir Martyn,” as the firft title had occa-
fioned fome mifconception of its nature. It was written
in the ftyle and manner of Spenfer, and difplays much
poetical imagery, with a confiderable facility of verfification.
Its objet is to expofe the evils and difgraces refulting from
illicit love, terminating in concubinage. His name now
became. known to the public, and a way was prepared for
the reception of his moft confiderable performance, which
was the tranflation of the ** Lufiad’? of Camoens. He had,
at firft, doubts of the probable fuccefs of fuch a work, and
publifhed, as a {pecimen, the firlt book; and being encou-
raged by his friends and the public, he refigned his office at
the Clarendon prefs, and took lodgings at a farm-houfe,
in order that he might devote his whole attention to the
tafk. His tranflation was finifhed in 1775, and publifhed
under the title of «© The Lufiad, or the Difcovery of India,”
with an introduction, containing an account of the Portu-
pong conquefts in that country, the life of Camoens, a dif-
ertation on the Lufiad, &c. &c. This work obtained for
him a high rank among the Englifh poets, and it is faid by
an able critic, that, “as far as f{plendour of digtion and
* melody of verfification can go to eftablifh a poetical cha-
raéter, the name of Mickle has not many fuperiors.’? No
metrical tranflator ever took greater liberties with his ori-
ginal than Mickle; and it is certain that his poem, and that
of Camoens, have little more in common than the plan and
outline. Their difference confifts not only in the language,
but in-many circumftances and incidents of the piece. Thus
Mickle has painted a ftorm and a naval aétion in three
hundred lines, of which there is not the fmalleft veftige in
the original. His fuppreffions are as frequent as his inter-
polations, of which the reader fhould be apprized, if he go

MIC

to compare the Portuguefe poem with its Englifh tranfla-
tion, His purpofe was to give a poem that might live in
the Englith language, which he has attained. Previoufly
to the publication of the Lufiad, he had written a tragedy,
entitled the « Siege of Marfeilles,” which being offered to
Garrick, was refufed as unfit for the ftage. The fame
fentence was pafled upon it by Mr. Harris and Sheridan,
and he fubmitted, after a time, to their decifion with decent
fortitude. In 1779, he went out as fecretary to governor
John{tone, who had been appointed to the command of the
Romney man of war. He was left at Lifbon as joint-agent
for prizes. Here, on account of the honour that he had
done to the chief poet of the country, he received many
very many flattering marks of attention, and was admitted
into the Royal Academy of Lifbon at its firlt opening.
While at the Portuguefe capital, he wrote his poem of
“¢ Almada-hill, an Epiftle from Lifbon,’’ which by no
means fupported the reputation which he had acquired by
the Lufiad. In his foreign miffion he had acquired fome
property, and on his return he fettled at Wheatley, near
Oxford, where he died in 1789, leaving behind him a
charaéter for ftri€t integrity and honour, intermixed, per-
haps, with fome foibles and imperfeétions.

Micke Rove; in Geography, one of the fmaller Shetland
iflands. N.lat. 60° 30'. W. long. 1° 49. .

MICKLEHAM, a village and parifh fituated in the
hundred of Copthorn, and county of Surrey, England. The
houfes are placed in a vale between Leatherhead and Dork-
ing, and the valley is watered by the river Mole, and claims
the attention of the topographer on account of the peculiar
and picturefque nature of its fcenery, and the many handfome
feats included within its jurifdiétion. On the weft of the
village rifes a gentle hill, adorned by the handfome manfion
of Norbury-park, the property of William Locke, efq. and
on the eaft is Mickleham Down, a very fine fheep-paiture,
belonging to fir Lucas Pepys, bart. Part of this Down is
covered with plantations, which were begun by the late fir
Cecil Bifhop, about the year 1763, which ferve both to
fhelter and ornament the feat of the proprietor, fituated imme-
diately beneath them. A part of the Roman road, called
Stanes-{treet, can be diftin&tly traced not far from the
houfe. At fome diftance further, to the fouth-eaft, is an
eminence called Boxhill, from the vaft quantity of box trees
growing on its fummit and fide. This hill afcends abruptly
from the Mole, and commands, from its fummit, a very
grand and extenfive profpeét. What is remarkable, there
1s a well on the top of it, the water of which ftands at only
fifteen feet from the furface, whereas, on another hill oppofite,
it is neceflary to raife the water 430 feet. "The Mole, which
inits paffage through this parifh forms a very ferpentine cur-
rent, finks entirely into the ground at different places, which
commonly are denominated the Swallows.

The church of Mickleham is a very ancient building, and
is rather remarkable in its architeGture. It is built of ftone,
and confifts of a nave, with a chancel at the eait end of it, a
fmall chapel on the north fide, and a fouth aifle, feparated
from the nave by round pillars fupporting femi-circular
arches. ‘he eaft window is adorned with handfome tracery
works, and on each fide of the chancel are two windows,
with Jlancet-fhaped tops within a round-headed arch,
which reits upon round pillars, and is ornamented with a
fingle row of fquare billet-work. At the weft end rifes a
low {quare tower, ftrengthened by double angular buttreffes,
and furmounted by a pyramidal {pire. The font is of folid
ftone, the bafon having been hollowed out from it. Here
are feveral monuments, but none of them peculiarly intereft-
ing. The living is a reGory, ;
According

MIC

According to the parliamentary returns of 101, the
number of inhabitants in the whole parith amounted to 389
perfons, of whom 186 were males, and 203 females. The

ands of Norbury-park are finely wooded, and diverfified
with lofty eminences. ‘The houfe has long been noted for
its pictures and works of art; one room is covered with
paintings, by Barrett, and i tmuch admired for its ftyle and
execution. It reprefents the mountain and lake feenery of
Weltmoreland, See Gilpin’s Weltern Counties, and Man-
ning’s Hiltory of Surrey, edited by William Bray, efq.
FS. A. fol. vol. ii. 1809.

“MICKMACKS, American Indians, who inhabit the
country between the Shapody mountains and the gulf of
St. Laurence, in Nova Scotia, oppofice to St. John’s ifland.
Thefe people are faid to convey their fentiments by hiero-
glyphics, marked on the rind of the birch, and on paper,
which the Romifh miffionaries perfeétly underttand. Many
of them refide at the heads of the rivers in King’s and Hants
counties.

MI CONTRA FA, in Counterpoint, was long regarded
as a folecifm in harmony. The natural diatonic feale con-
filting of tone, tone, and femitone, as C Def, or ut, re, mi,
fa; & Ab «or fol, la, mi, fa; if the 4th fa, in the key of
C, or C in the a of G, was made fharp, it would be called
tritonus, or a diflonant feries of four whole tones; which,
before the ear was accuftomed to crude intervals, in the in-
fancy of counterpoint, was fo offenfive, that it ufed to be

faid, Mi contre fa off diabolus. Alluding to this in king ‘

Lear, a&i. fc. 7. there is a paffage which has muce
embarrafled the commentators: 6, thefe eclipfes por-
tend thefe divifions! Fa, fl, /a, mi.’? Shak{peare, however,
fhews by the context, that he was well acquainted with the
nature of the mutical intervals contained in the ¢rifonus, or
fharp 4th, which, confilting of three tones without the inter-
vention of a femitone, is extremely difficult to fing, and dif-
agreeable to uncultivated ears when fung, if mi or fa ter-
minate the paffage.

The falfe 5th is only an ivverfion of the fharp 4th, as B F
or F B, which were held in equal horror by our fore-fathers ;
though at prefent the chief beauties of melody and harmony
are derived from thefe intervals.

MICOTSI, Moses, in Biography, a learned Spanith Jew,
who flourifhed im the 14th century, is. chiefly known
as author of a work, entitled « Sepher Miferoth Gadol,”’
or “ The Great Book of Precepts,” which is explanatory
of the commandments of the Jewifh law, and which was
printed at Venice in 1545. Itis much applauded by father
Simon, who fays it 1s highly deferving of ‘diligent perufal,
on account of the great learning and judgment with which
the author has treated the fubje@. _Moreri.

MICOYA Bay, in Geography, a bay fituated on the
S.W. coaft of Mexico, on the Pacific ocean. —N. lat.’ 10°

18’.
MICRANTHEMUM, in Botany, from ‘ysxeo:, /mall,
and avdos, a flower. Michaux Boreal-Amér v. 1. ro.
(Globifera ; Gmel. Syft. Nat. Linn. v. 2. 32.)—Clafs and
erder, Diandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Rotacee, Linn.
Lyjfimachie, Jul.
Gen. Ch. Cai. Perianth inferior, in four deep, fomewhat
fpatulate fegments ; the two uppermoit rather the fmallett.
Cor. fearcely longer than the calyx, of one petal, nearly
bell-fhaped ; tube very fhort, fmooth within ; limb in four
deep unequal fegments, obfoletely two-lipped, its upper Rg.
ment fimalleft. Stam. Filaments two, incurved towards eac
other, with an appendage at the bafe; anthers of two
roundifh lobes. Pi/?. Germen fuperior, almoft globular ;
ftyle fhort, rather declined; ftigma capitate, depreffed,
4 1

MIC

oblique. Perie. Capfule nearly globular, clothéd with the
permanent calyx, of one cell and two walves. Seeds nume-
rous, ovate, finely firiated, feflile upon the central deprefied
receptacle,

Eff, Ch. Corolla unequally four-cleft.
an appendage at their bafe. Capfule of one cell and two
valves, Seeds numerous. Calyx inferior, in four deep
{patulate permanent fegments.

1. M. orbiculatum. Michaux, t. 2. (Anonymos um-
brofa; Walt. Carolin. 63. Globifera umbrofa; Gmel. n. 1)
—Native of damp thady places, in the woods of Carolina
and Georgia, flowering in Augutt. Michaux. Roots fibrous,
annual? Stems proftrate, branched, a {pan long, thread.
thaped, leafy, {mooth like every other part of the herb.
Leaves oppolite, feflile, nearly orbicular, entire, one-fourth
of an inch long, with one rib, and feveral nearly longitudinal
veins. Flowers axillary, alvernate, folitary, on fhort capil-
lary fimple ftalks, not half the length of the leaves, white,
the fize of a {mall pin's head.

MICRANTHUS, (from the fame derivation as Micran-
themum,) Wendl. Obf. 39. (fee Puaycopsis) ; Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. 3. 342.

MICRELIUS, Jou, in Biography, a very learned
German Lutheran divine, was born at Cajlin, in Pomerania,
in the year 1597. He purfued his theological courfe at
Stettin, and became diltinguifhed for his iedeliey and talents.
He took bis degrees, in fucteflion, with much applaufe.
In 1653, he made a voyage to Sweden, and received many
tokens of refpect, and teltimonies of liberality, from queen
Chrittina. He died in 1658, leaving behind him feveral
works of great learning and refearch. Among thefe may
be mentioned ‘* Lexicon Philologicum ;’? “ Lexicon Phi-
lofophicum ;” “ Syntagma Hiftorie Mundi ;’? « Syntagma
Hitt. Ecclefias ;”? fome {chool books, as “ Arithmetice,
ufus Globorum, &c.;’? and a vaft number of « Thefes,”’
“« Orations,’’ &c.

MICROCARPEA, in Botany, fo named by Mr. Brown,
from jsxpor, fmall, and xapros, Jruit, the capfules of his original
{pecies being no larger than a pin’s head, and the numerous
feeds confequently extremely minute.. Brown Prod. Noy.
Holl. v. 1. 435.—Ciafs and order, Diandria Monogynia.
Nat. Ord. Perfonate, Linn. Scrophularie, Juff.

Eff. Ch. Calyx inferior, tubular, five-fided, five-cleft.
Corolla two-lipped. Barren {tamens none. Capfule of two
valves and two cells, with a contrary, and at length loofe,
partition.

1. M. mufcofa. Br. (Limofella diandra ; Linn, Mant,
252. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 342. Pzderota minima ; Koenig
in Retz. Obf. fafe. 5. 10, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 77)—
Leaves linear-fpatulate, about as long as the flower-italks.
—Gathered by the late Dr, I. G. Koenig, in fandy, occa!
fionally inundated, places, at the Cape of Good Hope, as
well as at Madras; and by Mr. Brown in the tropical part
of New Holland. This diminutive’plant grows ‘in denfe
patches. When examined feparately, it will be found very
like the European Limofélla aquatica, though But one-fourth
its fize ; nor can we wonder at Linneas it having referred
it, though diandrous, to the fame genus; efpecially fince
Krocker has found the aguatica to be fometimes diandrous ;
fee Willdenow. Mr. Brown however, finding the corolla
irregular and two-lipped, andthe capfule of two cells, thought
himfelf juftified in eftablifhing the prefent asa diftin® ge-
nus ; to which we cannot but affent ; though it muft be ob-
ferved that the real /imo/ella betrays fome irregularity of co-
rolla in the incurvation of its two upper fegments.— mu/-
cofa has a confiderable likenefs to Montia Fontana. The whole
herb is {mooth. Roots fibrous, pale, probably annual. Stem

creeping,

Stamens with

MIC

creeping, branched. Leaves oppofite, ereét, ftalked, {pa-
tulate, narrow, entire; not an inch long, including their
footftalks. Flower-flalks axillary, folitary, quadrangular
at leaft when dry, fcarcely overtopping the leaves. Bradeas
mone. Flowers folitary, ereét; their limb pale purplith.
Segments of the calyx broad, fhort, and blunt. f

2. M. cochlearifolia. (Pzderota cochlearifolia; Koenig
MSS. Hedyotis maritima; Linn. Suppl. 119. Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. 1. 566.)— Leaves obovate, concave. Flowers nearly
feffile—Gathered by Koenig, and by his pupil Rottler, in
the Eaft Indies; we believe on the coaft of Coromandel.
This has the habit of the firft fpecies, but is of a much
larger proportion. Root of long fimple fibres, appa-
rently annual. Stems numerous, proftrate, varioufly
branched and divaricated, four or five inches long, flender,
{mooth, leafy. Leaves oppofite, on fhort ftalks, obovate,
obtufe, entire, {mooth, fomewhat flefhy, rather concave,
about half an inch in length, with fome {ma'ler axillary
ones. Flowers axillary, oppofite, folitary, on very {hort
thick ftalks. Cap/ule nearly globofe, the fize of coriander
feed, pale brown, thin and brittle.

Mr. Brown points out the very near affinity of this plant
to the former, from which he fays it differs, in having a cap-
fule without valves. This is indeed fo far corre¢t, that
the capfule ufually breaks cafually at the fides ; but traces
of two diftin@ valves, each with a narrow partition from its
centre, may readily be perceived, and thefe fomezimes fepa-
rate regularly at the top, in the ufual way, even to the bafe,
as we find by examining various fpecimens. ‘This difficulty
therefore being removed, we are glad to finda proper place
for the plant in queftion, whofe difagreement with Herpyo-
rs we have already pointed out ; fee the conclufion of that
article. Dr. Koenig having made it, like the former, a
Pederota, proves its having but two {tamens, he being fo
rigid a Linnzan, that he ufually confidered the charaGters of
the artificial claffes as abfolute, the orders having been, in
his day, little obferved.

MICROCHLOA, from AIK 20%5 Small, and KOs a gra/s.
Brown Prod. -Nov. Holl. v. 1. 208.—Clafs and order,
Triandria Digynia._ Nat. Ord. Gramina.

Eff. Ch. Spike unilateral, without joints. Calyx fingle-
flowered, of two nearly equal, acute, membranous valves.
Corolla -included, inverfed, of two beardlefs hairy valves.
Stigmas feathery.

1. M. fetacea. Br. (Rottboellia fetacea; Roxb. Coro-
mand. v.2. 17. t. 132. Nardusindica; Linn. Suppl. ros.
Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 315.)—Native of old walls, on the
coaft of Coromandel, and of the tropical region of New
Holland. A diminutive annual grafs, with a fibrous root,
and feveral ere&t_/fems, from two to fix inches high, fmooth,
round, and leafy. Leaves fhort, keeled, channelled, with a
fheathing bafe. Spikes terminal, long, fimple, very flender,
a little incurved, compofed of a fingle rank of imbricated
purplith flowers, all dire&ted one way. Stamens yellow, two
orthree. Styles le.

MICROCORYS, from pimgos, /mall, and xoguc, a helmet,
alluding to the fhortnefs of the upper lip of the flower.
Brown Prod. Nov. Holl. v. 1. 502.—Clafs and order,
Didynamia Gymnofpermia. Nat. Ord. Verticillate, Linn.
Labiate, Sufi.

Eff. Ch. Calyx femi-five-cleft. Corolla ringent; its
concave upper lip very fhort; middle fegment of the lower
lip broadeit. Two upper ftamens included, the fertile lobe
of their anthers f{mooth, the empty one bearded ; two lower
with deeply cloven abortive anthers.

Agenus of fbrubs, found by Mr. R, Brown in the fouth part
8

MIC

of New Holland. Ali the fpecies have entire /eaves, three m
awhorl. Flowers axillary, folitary, either white or purple,
each with two braéeas.

t. M. virgata—Leaves linear, obtufe, {mooth like the
calyx. Bra¢teas deciduous. Stem ereét, with thread-
fhaped branches.

2. M. barbata.—Leaves linear, obtufe, fmooth. Calyx
and corolla externally hairy. Braéteas deciduous. Stem
diffufe.

3- M. purpurea.—Leaves oval-oblong, recurved at the
margin; minutely downy on both fides; dotted beneath.
Young branches filky. Calyx hoary. Bra€teas briltle-
fhaped, permanent,

MICROCOS, fo called by John Burmann, Thefaur.
Zeyl. 159, who appears to have had in his contemplation
the fmallnefs of the berry, or drupa, and therefore the word
is to be derived from jsxpos, fmall, and xoxxo:, a berry, ab-
breviated for the fake of harmony. Linn. Gen. 267.
Schreb. 356. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 1168. Gaertn. t. 57-—-
Clafs and order, Polyandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Colum-
nifere, Linn. Tiliacee, Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of five oblong, bluntifh,
{preading, deciduous leaves. Cor. Petals five, linear, equal,
emarginate, rather fpreading, various in fize. Nettary
none. Stam. Filaments numerous, capillary, the length of
the calyx, inferted into the bafe of the germen; authers
roundifh. iff. Germen roundifh, fupported by a fhort
five-fided column, at whofe top the ftameng are inferted ;
ftyle cylindrical, fhorter than the flamens ; fhisma bluntifh.
Peric. Drupa roundifh. Seed. Nut turbinate, clothed with
long capillary fibres connected with the pulp, of three clofe
cells, filled with folitary kernels.

Eff. Ch. Calyx of five leaves.
feparate neCtaries.
cells,

Linnzus, after having adopted this genus from Burmann,
reduced it in his Sy/fema Vegetabilium to Grewia, from which
Gertner, who is followed by Schreber and Willdenow,
again feparated it. He feems to have fallen into an error in
faying, v. 1. 274, that the feeds of Grewia have no albu-
men; but there are fufficient diftinGtions befides. (See
Grewia.) Befides the characters in the fruétification, we
may add, on the fcore of habit, that the inflorefcence of
Microcos is panicled and terminal, that of Grea axillary,
and either fimple or fomewhat umbellate. We are enabled
to ftrengthen the genus with two new fpecies, in addition to
the original one.

1. M. paniculata. Smooth Microcos. Linn. Sp. Pl. 738.
(M. foliis alternis oblongis acuminatis; Burm. Zeyl. 159.
t. 74. Grewia Microcos; Linn. Syft. Nat. ed. 12. y. 2.
602. Juff. Ann. du Muf. v. 4, 89. Ait. Hort. Kew.
ed. 2. v. 3. 301. Schageri-Cottam; Rheede Hort. Malab.
v. I. 105. t. 56.)—-Leaves ovate, nearly ‘mooth.— Native

Petals five, without any
Drupa ftalked, with a hairy nut of three’

‘of various parts of the Eaft Indies, ina fandy foil. A /Erub

about a man’s height, with alternate, round, leafy branches,
which are a little downy when young only. Leaves alter-
nate, on fhort roughifh ftalks, ovate, pointed, more or lefs
oblique, from three to five inches long, and two bread,
flightly and unequally ferrated, green on both fides, fur-
nifhed from the bafe with three ribs, but the lateral ones
vanifh about the middle, and are replaced by many large
veins from the mid-rib, conneéted by an infinity of minute
reticulations ; both fides are a little rough to the touch, but
naked, except a briftly roughnefs onthe ribs. Panicle ter-
minal, doubly or triply compound, the branches clothed
with a fcurfy, fomewhat ftellated, pubefcence. Flowers
reddifh, two or three together, in a common involucrum of

about

MIC

about feven oblong downy deciduous leaves, perins
thoft of the periauth, which is lefs downy within, Peta
not longer than the germen, obtufe, recurved, downy at the
outfide.

2. M. tomentofa. Downy-leaved Microcos,.—Leaves el-
liptical, very downy beneath.—A f{pecimen of this is pre-
ferved in the herbarium of the younger Linneus, marked
Grewia, but without any indication of its native country.
The branch is yound, clothed with denfe rufty down, as are
the foot/lalks, flower-flalks, and backs of the leaves, the lat-
ter part being very foft. The /eaver are the fize of the
former, but elliptical and blunt, with a fhort point, and
obfoletely ferrated chiefly towards the a gy Their
upper furface feels foft, from ar vifible downinefs,

¢ panicle is much like the foregoing, but the leaves of the
involucrum are linear, narrow, and more diftant ; others re-
fembling them, but three-cleft, being {cattered about the
lower part of the panicle, fo that they ought rather to be
called draéeas. ‘

3. M. feabra. Rough-leaved Microcos.—Leaves oblong,
heart-fhaped at the bafe, rough at the back.—Sent from
Amboyna, by the late Mr. Chriftopher Smith. A larger
fpecies than either of the former; its branches, flalks, and
backs of the /eaves rough and harfh to the touch. The
leaves are a foot long or more, four or five inches broad,

inted, obliquely heart-fhaped at the bafe, with five oe

ifpid ribs, and innumerable tran{fverfe, parallel, reticulate

- veins; the’ margin is flightly uneven ; the upper furface
rather fhining and fmooth, except the ribs; the under
opaque, and minutely hifpid, with ftarry, finally deciduous,
hairs. Panicle ample, f{preading, repeatedly branched, ter-
minal, but attended by axillary branches, likewife doubly
compound, from fome of the upper leaves. Jnvolucral leaves,
embracing two or three flowers, dilated, membranous,
downy, often palmate ; the dra@eas which refemble them,
under each branch of the panicle, more decidedly palmate.
Flowers the fize of the two former, but much more abun-
dant. Petals lanceolate, tapering at the bafe, as leng as
the calyx, hairy at their backs.

We have feen nothing of the fruit of thefe two laft
fpecies, but their iAitoreleerss with the peculiar involu-
cral leaves or bracteas, being fo unlike in all, and the {truc-
ture of the flowers, as far as we can invettigate it, agree-
ing equally well, it is prefumed there can be little uncer-
tainty about their genus, if Microcos be allowed that rank
atall. S,

MICROCOSM, Mixpoxorno:; formed from jsxpos, little,
and xecyo:, world, a Greek term, literally fignifying Jittle
world ; chiefly underftood of max, who is fo called by way
of eminence, as being an epitome of all that is wonderful in
the great world, or macrocofm. |

ICROCOSMETER, a name given by Dolzus to an
imaginary being, which he fuppofes to refide in the brain,
and direét all the actions. :

MICROCOUSTICS, the fame with microphones.

MICROGRAPHIA, Microcrapny, compounded of
pixgos, fmall, and yexOn, defcription, a defcription of the parts
ae portions of objects that are too {mall to be viewed with-
out the affiftance of a microfcope.

MICROLENA, in Botany, feems to be formed of
puxpos, fall, and Ayes, wool, alluding to the little bearded
ftalk of the flower. within the calyx. Brown Prod. Nov.
Holl. v. 1. 210.—Clafs and order, Tetrandria Digynia. Nat.
Ord. Gramina. : ;

Eff. Ch. Calyx fingle-flowered, of two minute valves.
Corolla fupported by a bearded italk, longer than the calyx,
double, each of two valves, fmooth; thofe of the outer-

Vat, XXIII.

MIC

moft nearly equal, each with a terminal awn. Nedtary of
two oppofite feales, alternate with the valves of the corolla,

Stigman feffile, feathery,
(Ehbrharta ftipoides ; Labill, Nov

1. M, flipoides. Br.

Holl. v. 4. gt. t. 118.)—Gathered by M. Labillardiere in
Van Diemen's land, andby Mr. Brown at Port Jackfon.—
A {mooth grafs, about a foot and a half high. Stem round,
flender, fimple, leafy. Leaves {preading, thort, flat, taper-
pointed, with very long fheaths, anda jagged flipula. Pa-
nicle a {pan long, capillary, drooping, fimply branched. The
bearded. ttalk on which the flower ftands within. the calyx,
and the long awned glumes, give this grafs the afpe of an
Andropogon, or Stipa. The French author defcribes and figures
fix flamens, and therefore referred the plant to Lhrharta,
with which it has no other chara¢ter in common, nor fearce-
ly any agreement in afpe&t. Mr. Brown, after repeated ex-
aminations, declares it to be certainly tetrandrous. The
Sigmas are two, feffile and feathery. Seed elliptic-oblong,
Slightly comprefled, enclofed in the permanent hufks of the
corolla. The ne@ary is extremely minute.

MICROLEUCONY MPH EA, one of Boerhaave’s fef-

uipedalian names, fuch as he diftributed plentifully among
the Proteaceous family, and which is equivalent to Small-
white-water-lily. He applied it to the plant now more hap-
pily termed Hyprocuanis; fee that article.

MICROLOGUS, Mixpornyor, from infos, parvus, and
Aovosy ratio, Jermo, that which gives reafons for obfcure and
minute things, a minute enquiry into latent things: the
title given by Guido d’Arezzo to his treatife on mufic, in
which his fyftem is unfolded.

The’ moft curious part of the micrologus is the chapter
“De Diaphonia, et Organi jura;’’ as it thews the ftate of
mufic at the time ic was written, and gives fuch fpecimens
of the firft rude attempts at harmony as may be fafely pro-
nounced authentic. See Gurpo, Hexacnorp, and Coun:
TERPOINT.

MICROLOMA, in Botany, from usxpo:, Jmall, and rvpx,
a fringe, the five tufts of hairs, alternate with the ftales, in
the middle of the flower, having altogether that appearance.
Brown Tr. of the Wernerian Society, v. 1. 53- (Cerope-
gia; Lamarck Illuftr. t. 179.\—Clafs and order, Pentandria
Digynia: Nat. Ord. Contorte, Linn. Apocinee, Juff. Afcle-
piadee, Brown.

Eff. Ch. Corolla pitcher-fhaped, with an inflated angular
tube, much longer than the limb, naked at the mouth.
Scales five, inferted into the tube under each finus, alternate
with as many tufts of hair. Stamens without a crown.
Anthers arrow-fhaped, tipped with a membrane; mafles of
pellen compreffed, attached by the apex, pendulous. Stig-
ma with a{mall point. Follicles . 2...

A genus of twining flender /brubs, with oppofite Laves,
and umbels inferted between the footfalks. It is formed of
the two Linnzan Cape fpecies of Ceropegia, which Mr.
Brown obferves are widely different from the original {pecies
of cx genus. See Crroprcia, (by miftake Crrope-
GIUM ).

1. M. fagittatum. (Ceropegia fagittata; Linn. Mant. 215.
Pit 1. Cynanchum vaaiee glandulofa, foliis angel.
tis finuatis, floribus urceolatis miniatis; Burm. Afr. 36.
t. 15.)—Leaves arrow-fhaped, downy. Limb of the co-
rolla rather acute—Native of the Cape of Good Hope.
Root of feveral oblong ftefhy knobs. Stems two or three,
flender, twining, fomewhat branched. Leaves on fhortifh
flalks, linear-oblong, revolute, dilated and arrow-tha at
the bafe. Flowers in {mall hairy lateral umbels, {carlet,
witha fharp hairy calyx, - The angles of the corolla alfo are

downy.
30 2. M.

MIC

2. M. fineare. (Ceropegia tenuifolia; Linn. Mant. 215.
Syit. Veg. ed. 14. 255. Lamarck fig. 2. Periploca tenui-
folia; Linn. Sp. Pl. 310, 8. Cynanchum linearibus foliis
acutis, floribus urceolatis rubris; Burm. Afr. 37. t. 16.
f. 1,)—Leaves linear, fmooth. Limb of the corolla. very
blunt.—Native of the Cape of Good Hope. The root is,
tuberous. | Habit very like the foregoing, but the eaves are
more narrow, ftriétly linear throughout, and f{mooth.
Flowers red, differing fromthe former in the very oblique
and obtufe form of the fegments of their limb.

Mr. Brown appears to have, by miftake, copied the Lin-
nzan f{pecific name senuiforainitead of tenuifolia, which laf
need not have been changed, though the appellation he has
chofen we confefs to be more particularly expreflive.

MICROMETER, an altronomical machine, which, by
means of a very fine ferew, feryes to meafure extremely {mall
diftances-in the heavens; as the apparent. diameters of the
planets, to a great degree of accuracy.

The word comes from the Greek juxpoc, parvus, and pere0y,
menfura: becaufe a fmall length, e.g. an inch, is hereby
divided into valt numbers of parts, e. g. in fome 2800, and
in others more.

This inftrument is: fo contrived as to move a fine wire
parallel to itfelf, in the plane of the piCture of an objeG,
formed in'the foeus of a telefcope, and with great exa¢tnefs
to meafure its perpendicular diftance from a fixed wire in
the fame plane; and thus are meafured {mall angles, fub-
tended by remote objeéts at the nakedeye. £.G. Leta
planet be viewed through a telefcope : and when the parallel
wires are opened to fuch a diftance as to appear exaétly to
touch two oppofite points in the circumference of the planet,
it is evident, that the perpendicular diftance between the
wires is then equal to the diameter of the pidture of the
planet, formed in the focus of the object-glafs. Let this
diltance, whofe meafure is given by the. mechanifm of the
micrometer, hereafter’defcribed, be reprefented by the line
pq Plate X. Optics, fig. 5; then, fince the meafure of the
focal diltance g 4. may be alfo known, the ratio of g L to gf,
that is, of the radius to the tangent of the angle gL, will
give the angle itfelf by a table of fines and tangents ; and
this angle is equal to the oppofite angle P LQ, which the
real diameter of the planet fubtends at L, or at the naked
eye. There is fome controverfy about the invention of the
micrometer. Meflrs. Auzout and Picard have the credit
of it in common fame, as being the firit who publifhed it,
in the year 1666; but Mr. Townley, in the Philofophical
Tranfactions, reclaims it for one of our own countrymen,
Mr, Gafcoigne. He relates, that from fome feattered
papers and letters of this gentleman, he had learnt, that,
before our civil wars, he had invented a micrometer, of as
much effe& as that fince made by M. Auzout, and had
made ufe of it for fome years, not only in taking the dia-
meters of the planets, and diftances upon land, but in deter-
mining other matters of nice importance in the heavens ; as
the moon’s diftance, &c. i R

Mr. Gafcoigne’s initrument fell into the hands of Mr.
Townley, who fays, that by the help of it he could make
above forty thoufand divifions in a foot. This initrument
being fhewn to Dr. Hooke, he gave a drawing and defcrip-
ion.of it, and propofed feyeral improvements in it, which
may be feen 1a the Philofophical TranfaGtions, -Abr. vol. i.
p. 217. Mr. Gafcoigne divided the image of an obje@,. in
the focus of the object-glafs, ,by-the approach of two pieces
of metal, ground to.a very) fine edge, in the place of which
Dr. Hooke would fubftitute two fine hairs ftretched parallel
to. one another. Two other methods of Dr. Hooke, dif-
ferent from this, are defcribed in his Pofthumous Works,

MIC

p-497, &c. An account of feveral curious obfervations
which Mr. Gafcoigne made by the help of his micrometer,

‘particularly in the menfuration-of. the diameter of the moon
‘and other planets, may be feen in the Phil. Tranf. vol. xviii.

p- 190, where Dr. Bevis refers. to: an original letter of
Mr. Gafcoigne, to Mr..Oughtred, written in 1640—1, for
an account given by the author of his own invention, &c.

Monf. de la Hire, in,a difcourfe on the era of the inven-
tions of the micrometer, pendulum clock, and telefcope, read
before the Royal Academy of Sciences in 1717, makes
M. Huygens the inventor of the micrometer. That author,
he obferves, in his Obfervations on Saturn’s Ring, &c. pub-
lithed in 1659, gives a method of finding the diameters ot the
planets by means of a telefcope; viz. by putting an object,
which he calls virgu/a, of a proper bigecs to take in the
diftance to be meafured, in the focus of the convex. object-
glafs: in this cafe, fays he, the {malleit objet will be feen
very diftin@ly in that place of the glafs. By fuch means,
he adds, he meafured the diameters of the planets, as he there
delivers them. f

This micrometer, M. De la Hire obferves, is fo very little
different from that publifhed by the marquis de Malvafia, in
his Ephemerides, three years after, that they ought to be
efteemed the fame: and the micrometer of the marquis: dif-
fered yet lefs from that publifhed four years after his by
Auzout and Picard. Hence, M. De la Hire concludes,
that itis to M. Huygens the world -is indebted for the in-
vention of the micrometer; without taking any Aotice of the-
claim of our countryman Mr. Gafcoigne, which, however,
is prior by many years to any of them,

M. De la Hire fays, that there is no method more fimple
or commodious for obferving the digits of an eclipfe, than
anet in the focus of the telefcope. Thefe, he fays, were
generally made of filken threads, and for this particular pur-
pofe fix concentric circles had alfo been made ufe of, drawn
upon oiled paper; but he advifes to draw the circles on very
thin pieces of glafs, with the point of a diamond, He alfo
gives feveral particular direCtions to affitt perfons in ufing
them. In another memoir he fhews a method of making
ufe of the fame net for all eclipfes, by ufing a telefcope with
two objeét-glaffes, and placing them at different diltances
from one another. Ac. Par. 1701, and 1717.-

Micrometer, Con/ruéion and Uje of the. Wolfius de-
{cribes a micrometer of a very eafy and imple ftruéture, firlt
contrived by Kirchius, thus:

In the focus of a telefcope ft a brafs or iron ring A B
(Plate X. Optics, fig. 6.) with female ferews diametrically
oppofite to each other; into thefe infert male {crews C IE
and F B, of fuch length as that they may be turned in the
tube, fo as to touch each other: and with this initrument
very {mall {paces in the heavens may be accurately meafured.

For when any objets, viewed through a tube, appear
contiguous to the fcrews, if thefe be turned till they juit
touch two oppofite points, whofe diftance is to be meafured,
it will be evident how many threads of the ferew they are
apart. To determine how many feconds an{wer to each
thread, applying the tube towards the heavens, turn the
{crews till they touch two points, whofe diftance is already
accurately known; and obferve the number of threads cor-
refponding to that interval; thus, by the rule of three, a
table may be made of the feconds correfponding to the
feveral threads ; by means of which, without greater labour,
the diftances of any points may be determined. ieee

The ftru€ture of another micrometer, with the manner
of fitting it to the telefcope, and applying it; is as follows :
A BCg (fig..7.) is a reGtangular brafs frame, the fide A. B
being about three inches long, and the fide B C, as likewile

the

~ MICROMETER,

‘the oppofite fide A y, about fix inches; and each of the
three fides about eight-tenths of an inch deep: the two op-
polite fides of this frame are (crewed to the circular plate,
to be mentioned hereafter,

The ferew P, which hay exaétly forty threads in an inch,
being turned round, moves the plaee GD E F, along two
=~ made near the tops of the oppofite fides of the

rame ; and the ferew Q, having the fame number of threads
infan inch as P, moves the plate RN M Y along two
grooves, made near the bottom of the faid frame, in the
dame direction as the former plate moves, but with only half
the velocity of that other; thefe ferews are turned both at
onee, and fo the plates are moved along the fame way,’ by
means of a handle turning the endlefs ferew S, whole
threads fall in between the teeth of the pinions on the ferews
Pad Q. And note, that two half revolutions of the end-
lefs ferew S earry the ferew P exactly once round.
The ferew P turns the hand a, faltened to it, over a
hundred equal divilions, made round the limb of a circular
late, to which the above named two oppofite fides of the
rame are {crewed at right angles; the teeth of the pinion
on the {crew P, whole number is 5, take into the teeth of
a wheel on the backtide of the circular plate, whofe number
is 25. Again, on the axis of this wheel is a pinion of two,
which takes into the teeth of another wheel, moving about
the centre of the circular plate, on the outtide of it, and
having fifty teeth; this laft wheel moves the leffer hand 4
once tlh the above mentioned circular plate in the ,.4,dth
part of the time the hand ais moving round : for becaufe the
mumber of teeth in the pinion of the ferew P is 5, and the
number of teeth of the wheel this pinion moves, is 20;
therefore the fcrew P moves four times round in the time
that wheel is moving once round. Further, fince there is a
pinion of two which takes into the teeth of a wheel, whofe
number is 50; therefore this wheel with 50 teeth will move
once round in the time that the wheel of 20 teeth moves 25
times round; and, confequently, the fcrew P, or hand. a,
mnuft move a hundred times round in the fame time as the
wheel of 50 teeth, or the hand-4, has move? once round.
Hence it follows, that if the circu'ar plate W, which is
faftened at right angles to the other circular plate, be di-
vided into two hundred equal parts, the index x, to which
the handle is faftened, will move five of thofe parts in the
fame time in which the hand a moves ane of the hundred di-
vilions round the limb of the other circular plate. Thus by
means of an index x, and plate W, every fifth part of each
of the divifions round the other plate may be known.
Further, fince each of the ferews P and Q have exa@ly
forty threads in an inch; therefore the upper plate G D E F
will move one inch while the hand a moves forty times round;
the four-thoufandth part of an inch while the hand moves
over one of the divifions round the limb; and the twenty-
thoufandth part of an inch while the index x moves one part
of the two hundred round the limb of the circular plate W:
and the under plate R N MY will move half an inch, the
two-thoufandth part of an inch, and the ten-thoufandth part
of an inch, the fame way, in the faid refpeGive times.
Hence, if the under plate, having a large round hole
in it, be fixed to a telefcope, fo that the frame is move-
able, together. with the whole inftrument, except the faid
lower plate ; and the ftraight fmooth edge H [, of the fixed
plate A BIH; as likewrfe the ftraight {mooth edge D E,
of the moveable plate G D E F, be "gett through the
‘round hole in the under plate, in the focus of the object-
giafs; then when the handle of the micrometer is turned, the
edge H I, of the narrow plate A BIH, fixed to the frame,
and DE, of the moveable plate, will appear through

the telefcope equally to aproach to, or recede from, each
other,

By thele edges we fhall be able to meafure the apparent
diameters of the fun, moon, &c. the manner of doing which
take as follows:

Suppole, in looking at the moon through the telefeope,
you have turned the handle ull the two edges D £ and fA
are opened, fo as jatt to touch or clafp the moon's edges ;
and that there were twenty-one revolutions of the hand a to
complete that opening : firit fay, as the focal length of the
objett-glafs, which fuppofe ten feet, is to radius, fo is ow
inch to the tangent of an angle fubtended by one inch in the
focus of the object-glafs ; which will be found twenty-cight
minutes thirty feconds: again, becaule there are exactly
forty threads of the {crews in one inch; fay, if forty revo-
lutions of the hand a give an angle of 28! go", what angle
will twenty-one revolutions give? ‘The anfwer will be, fif-
teen minntes eight feconds; and fuch was the moon's appa-
rent diameter. And fo may the apparent diameters of any
other objects be taken. It mult be here obferved, that the
divifions on the top of the plate G D E F are diagonal divi-
fions of the revolutions of the ferews, with diagonal divi-
fions of inches againft them; thus, as the faid plate flides
along, thefe diagonals are cut by divifions made on the edge
of the narrow plate K L, fixed to the oppofite fide of the
frame by means of two fcrews. ‘hele diagonal divifions
ferve for a regilter to count the revolutions of the ferews,
and to fhew how many there are in an inch, or the parts of
an inch.

Dr. Derham tells us, that his micrometer is not, as ufually,
to be put into a tube, but to meafure the fpectres of the fun
on paper (of any radius), or to meafure any part of them.
By this means, he can eafily, and very exactly, with the help
of a fine thread, take the declination of a folar {pot at any
time of the day ; and, by his half-feconds watch, meafure the
diftance of the {pot from the fun’s eaitern and wettern limb.

A micrometer of a better fort is made in this manner: in
the middle of an oblong plate of brafs, (A B, Plate X. Op-
tics, fig. 8.) there is cut an oblong hole, abcdef, (to be
placed in the focus of a telefcope,) having a fine wire, be,
extended lengthways over the middle of it, at right angles,
to two flender brafs bars or fights ¢4, i#, lying crofs the
hole; of which g4 is fixed:to the plate A B by {crews at ¢
and 4, but ié is moved parallel to g 4 by twilting a round
knob C fixed upon one end of a long iron ferew D E, which
turns upon a tapering point at itsend D, while its other end
turns round in a hole at E in the centre of an index plate
E F, fixed at right angles to the main plate A B. The
long {crew D E works through two hollow ferews in two
cubical blocks of brafs, fixed behind the plate /m, bent
{quare to the plate n 0, that flides upon the main plate A B,
either backward or forward, and carries a perpendicular arm
op extended over the hole 4e; while p, the extremity of the
arm 0, flides under a brais ledge gr, ferewed to the main
plate A B, along the fide of the hole. One fide, 5 ¢, of the
moveable fight-plate i# 57, lies over the arm of, being fixed
to it by the flat-headed ferews at's and #, the holes in: the
plate s¢ being oblong ar larger than the fhanks of the ferews,
to give hberty for placing the edge #£ coincident with g4,
when carried up to it by turning the ferew DE by the knob
C; the part #4, which projects over the arma p, being ham-
mered down to lie flat upon the main plate ALi. The edge
i 2, after this adjuftment, will always move parallel to the
edge gh; its inclination to the ferew D E being every where
the fame,» providedwthe {crew be ftraight, and the interval
of the concave ferews behind / m be tufficiently greatand
their motion iteady.). For this purpofe about a quarta~

gO2 round

MICROMETER.

round of a third concave {crew prefles upon the long fcrew
DE at v, the block of it being fixed to the middle of a
{pringing plate ww; whofe extremities lying behind the
blocks at /, m, not fo near as to touch them, are prefled to-
wards them with fcrews at wand .w; which occafions the
block at » to {pring upon the ferew D E, and to hold it
tight to the oppofite fide of the concave {crews at /, m. To
prevent any motion lengthways in the ferew D E, its taper-
ing point D turns in a hollow point at the end of an oppo-
fite {crew y, which working through a fixed block at 2,
holds up the fhoulder of the long {crew D E, againft the
back of the index-plate, where its neck is inferted.

The two indexes upon the plate E F fhew the number of
revolutions and parts of a revolution of the ferew D E, an-
{wering to the interval of the fights ¢4, i#. In the out-
ward plate there is a circular flit « 8 y, which difcovers part
of the divifions upon the circumference of an inner plate,
turned about a centre by two wheels and pinions within: fo
that for every revolution of the ferew, an index E F, which
fhews the parts of it, one divifion upon the plate « 8 y, paffes
by a fixed point at &; which fhews the number of revolu-
tions anfwering to the intervals of the fights gh, i &.

This micrometer received a very great improvement by an
ingenious contrivance of the reverend Dr. James Bradley,
profeffor of aftronomy at Oxford, for turning it in its own
plane about the interfeétion 3 of the fixed fight g 4, and of the
tranfverfe wire 62e, without ftirring the telefcope: which
is thus executed. Upon the backfide of the main-plate
turned upwards, and here reprefented by the parallelogram
GHIK, (fg. 9.) there is laid fuch another plate LM NO,
of the fame breadth and thicknefs but fomewhat fhorter ; in
the middle of which there is an oblong hole, anfwering to the
other in the lower plate, but fomewhat larger; being ter-
minated at its fides by the ftraight lines < 2, » 9, and at its ends
by the concave arches @4:, @x 7, whofe common centre is the
point 0 above-mentioned. ‘The concave arch c+ 9 flides round
this centre again{t a concentric convex arch of an annular
plate 22»; fomewhat longer than the concave arch, of the
fame thicknefs as the upper parallelogram, and ftrongly
{crewed to the under one, round that end of the hole which
is neareft to the centre 3; and at the fame time the other con-
cave arch ¢x» flides alfo again{t another concentric convex
arch oa, of another annular plate juft as thick as the upper
parallelogram, and ftrongly {crewed to the under one.
This convex arch oa is fhorter than the contiguous concave
one ¢xx, to give room for the circular motion of the plates ;
which are held together by two annular plates fimilar to Ap.»
and ow, but fomewhat broader, to cover the coincident
arches when laid over them, and fcrewed down to the re-
f{peGtive annular plates underneath. The circular motion
upon thefe arches about their centre 3, is gradually given to
the upper parallelogram by an endlefs {crew at e, having an
axis ot laid crofs the end of the under parallelogram, and
turning upona point at one end, andin a collar at the other,
both fixed to the under plate ; while the fpiral thread e moves
the teeth of a brafs arch fixed at v, to the end of the upper
parallelogram.

To hold the mierometer in the tube of a telefcope, along
each fide of the upper parallelogram there is fixed a long bras
plate about an inch broad ; having its oppofite fides bent con-
trary ways, fo as to form two oppofite ledges, about one-
eighth of an inch broad, at right angles to the intermediate
part of the plate, as reprefented in the figure. One of the
ledges of each plate is placed inwards along the fides of the
upper parallelogram, and is firmly fixed to it by feveral fcrews.
The figure 9%} reprefents one of the equal and oppofite
holes cut in_the fides of a fquare tube, through which the

9

micrometer is put; the notches $x being made to receive
the ledges of the fide-plates, to keep the plate of the micro-
meter perpendicular to the tube at a juft diftance from the
obje&t-glafs. Which diflance being once determined b
trials, as above explained, muft be kept invariable. in
obfervations, by ftops or pins, if the tube confifts of two
or more joints that draw in and out.

The Meafures of the Micrometer.

Inches.
The length of the plate A B 8.0
Its breadth M N 3-6
Its thicknefs og,
Length of the hole de 3-5
Its breadth gh = de 262
Breadth of the hole in the other plate at (x 2.6
Length of the fcrew D E 5-5
Its thicknefs 0.3
The line AZ 1.6
The interval /m = wa 3-0
Length of the fide cheeks 4-5
Their breadth 0.8
Their ledges 0.2
Diameter of the index-plate 3.1
Its thicknefs (being double with two wheels 5
within) 3
The greateft opening of the fights gh,ik = de 2.2

Threads of the ferew in an inch, 40 .

The inch is divided by the index-plates into 40 times 40,
or 1600 equal parts. Inftead of the brafs fights g 4, if,
two others, with parallel wires a, may be ferewed on
at pleafure. :

When the fight-plates are made to coincide, the two in-
dexes of the revolutions and their parts mutt be fet to the be-
ginning of the numerations upon the index-plates. Then as
the fights are opened, it is evident from the make of a fcrew,
that the numbers of revolutions will be as the intervals of the
fights, and confequently as the angles fubtended by them at
the centre of the objeGt-glafs; the intervals being infenfibly
different from the arches that meafure thefe {mall angles.
Therefore when any one angle correfponding to a given num-
ber of revolutions, is determined by experiment, an angle
correfponding to any other number of revolutions may be
found by the rule of three. And thus may tables be made
to fhew by infpe€tion the number of minutes and feconds in
an angle anfwering to any given number of revolutions and

arts.

: To determine fome one angle, the larger the better, be~
caufe the fame error in the determination will be proportion-
ably {maller in a given angle deduced from it; fix the tele-
{cope upon any known ftar in the equator, or very near it, and
open the fights to their utmoft limit and note the number of
revolutions of the {crew. Then by a pendulum-clock ob-
ferve the interval of time in the ftar’s tranfit over the given
interval of the fights, and having turned it into minutes and
feconds of an arch, they are the meafure of the angle re-
quired. But if the ftar be remote from the equator, the
number of minutes and feconds thus found, mult be dimi-
nifhed in the ratio of the radius of the fine of the ftar’s dif-
tance from the pole. To this micrometer Dr. Bradley ap-
plied an ingenious contrivance, by which it is adapted for
taking the difference of right afcenfion and declination of
fuch objects as are at a greater diftance than the telefcope will
take in at once, but which pafs through the aperture of jit at
different times. Let ABC (jig. 10.) reprefenta flat ring
of brafs, fixed in the focus of the telefcope; andabca

{maller

MICROMETER,

{maller concentric ring lodged in a circular groove turned
within the larger, and ent in the groove by three {mall plates
of brats fixed to the outward ring, and extended over the
edge of the inner one, Upon the inner ring is fixed a con-
centric arch ofa wheel de, having teeth cut in its convexity,
which are driven round by the shesads of an endlefs ferew,
whofe axis D E F turns in a collar at E, and upon a point
at F, both fixed to the outward ring. The hairs g 4, i 4, crofs
at right angles in /, the centre of the rings ; and when the te-
lefcope is fo fixed that the image of the far falls upon /, let it
move along any line {% and by turning the ferew DE F,
and by confequence the hair (, é, about the fixed point / till it
touches the ftar at g, it will then coincide with the traét of
the {tar’s motion ; and then all other flars will move parallel
to it as was required. To find the difference of declination
of two ftars, he obferves the times of their appulfes to the
edges of two flender brafs bars gio, gé/, fixed to the inner
ring, and equally inclined to its diameter g¢4 in fuch angles
that the perpendiculars fi, /£, on each fide of fg, fhall be
feverally equal to half fg; and confequently that the whole
bafe if, of the equicrural triangle ig i fhall be equal to its

rpendicular height fg; and Ne confequence that the dif-
Fertnice of any two bales ¢fé, /mn, fhall be equal to fm, the
difference of their heights ; fo that the difference of the times
of the tranfits of two ftars over thefe bafes, may give the
difference of their declinations. Smith's Optics, art. 876,

&e.

M. Caffini firft made ufe of four crofs hairs or threads, in-
terfecting one another at half right angles, for determining
the difference of right afcenfions and declinations of objects
near the fame parallel ; but the micrometer, according to its
latter improvements, will anfwer this purpofe with greater
exa@inels. Dr. Mafkelyne has publifhed direétions for the
ufe of it, extracted from Dr. Bradley’s papers, in the Phi-
lof. Tranf. vol. Ixii. art. 6. p. 46, &c.

A confiderable improvement with regard to the micro-
meter, was communicated to the Royal Society, in 1743, by
Mr, Servington Savery, an account of which, extraGed
from the minutes by Mr. Short, was publifhed in the Phil.
Tranf. for 1753, vol. xlviii. art. 26. The firft hint of fuch
a micrometer was fuggefted by M. Roemer, in 1675; and
M. Bouguer propofed a fimilar conftruction to that of Mr.
Savery, in 1748, for which fee Hertiometer. The late
Mr. Dollond made a farther improvement in this kind of
micrometer, an account of which was given to the Royai
Society by Mr. Short, and publifhed in the Phil. Tranf.
vol. xlviii. art. 27. Inftead of two object glaffes, he ufed
only one, which (after having been truly ground and well
centered) he neatly cut into two femi-circles, and fitted each
femi-circle in a metal frame, fo that their diameters fliding.in
one another, by means of afcrew, may have their centres fo
brought together as to appear like one glafs, and fo form one
image ; ante their centres receding, may form two images
of the fame objet: it being a property of fuch glaffes, for
any fegment:to exhibit a perfect image of an object, although
not fo bright as the whole glafs would give it. If proper
{eales are fitted to this inftrument, fhewing how far the cen-
tres recede, relative to the focal length of the glafs, they
will alfo fhew how far the two parts of the fame obje& axe
afunder, relative to its diftance from the obje& glais; and
confequently give the angle under which the diftance of the
parts of that obje& are feen. This divided obje&t-glafs mi-
crometer, which was applied by the late Mr. Dollond to the
object end of a aes telefcope, has been with equal ad-
vantage adapted by his fon to the end of an achromatic te-
lefcope, is fo eafy of ufe, and affords fo large a feale, that it
is generally looked upon by altronomers as the moft conve-

nient and exaét inftrument for meafuring {mall diftances in the
heavens. However, the common micrometer is peculiarly
adapted for meafuring differences of right afcenfion, and de-
clination of celeflial objeéts, but lefs convenient and exact
for meafuring their abfolute difkances; whereas the objeét-
glafs micrometer is peculiarly fitted for meafuring diftances,
but has been generally lapel’ improper for meafuring dif-
ferences of right afcenfion and declination. But Dr, Mafke-
lyne has found that the latter may be applied with very
little trouble, and {mall additional expence to this other pur-
pofe as well as the former ;_ and he has furnifhed the dire€tions
neceflary to be followed when it is ufed in this manner. The
addition requifite for this purpofe is a cell, containing two
wires, interfecting each other at right angles, placed in the
focus of the eye-glafs of the telefcope, and moveable round
about, by the turning of a button. For the defcription ot
this apparatus, together with the method of applying and
uling it, we hall refer to Dr. Mafkelyne’s paper on the fub-
jet, inthe Phil. Tranf. vol. Ixi. part ii. art. 49. p. 536.
After all, the ufe of the object-glafs micrometer is at-
tended with difficulties, arifing from the alterations in the
focus of the eye, which are apt to caufe it to give different
meafures of the fame angle at different times. In order to
obviate thefe difficulties, Dr. Mafkelyne, in 1776, contrived
a prifmatic micrometer, or a micrometer confifting of two
achromatic prifms, er wedges, applied between the object-
glafs and eye-glafs of an achromatic telefcope, by moving
of which wedges nearer to, or farther from, the objeét-glafs,
the two images of an obje& produced by them appeared to
approach to or recede oa each other, fo that the focal
length of the objeét-glafs becomes a fcale for meafuring the
angular diftance of the two images. The rationale and ule
of this micrometer are explained in the Phil. Tranf. vol. lxvii.
part ii. art. 36. p. 799, &c. A fimilar invention by the
abbé Rochon, and improved by ‘the abbé Bofcovich, was
alfo communicated to the Royal Society, and publifhed in
the fame volume of the Tranfa¢tions, art. 35. p. 789, &c.
Mr. Ramfden, an ingenious optician, has defcribed two
new micrometers, which he has contrived with a view of re-
medying the defects of the objeét-glafs micrometer. One
of thefe is a catoptric micrometer, which, befide the advan-
tage it derives from the principle of refleGtion, of not being
diflurbed by the heterogeneity of light, avoids every defect
of other micrometers, and can have no aberration, nor any
defe&t arifing from the imperfetion of materials, or of exe-
cution ; as the extreme fimplicity of its conftru€tion requires
no additional mirrors or glaffes to thofe required for the
telefcope ; and the feparation of the image being effected by
the inclination of the two {pecula, and not depending on the
focus of any lens or mirror, any alteration in the eye of an
obferver cannot affe@t the angle meafured. It has peculiar
to itfelf the advantages of an adjuftment, to make the images
coincide in a direction perpendicular to that of their motion ;
and alfo of meafuring the diameter of a planet on both fides
of the zero, which will appear no inconfiderable advantage to
obfervers, who know how much eafier it is to afcertain the
conta‘t of the external edges of two images than their per-
fe@ coincidence. A (fig. 11.) reprefents the {mall fpecu-
lum of a refleGting telefcope of Caflegrain’s conftruction, to
which this micrometer is adapted, divided into two equal
parts; one of which is fixed on the end of the arm B; the
other end of the arm is fixed on a fteel axis X, which
croffes the end of the telefcope C. The other half of the
mirror A is fixed on the arm D, which arm at the other
end terminates in a focket y, that turns on the axis X ; both
arms are prevented from bending by the braces, a,a. G
reprefents a double fcrew, having one part, e¢, 43 ne
, ou

MICROMETER.

Souble the number of threads in an inch to that of the part 7;
the part e having a hundred threads in one iach, and the
ypart g fifty only. The fcrew, e, works in a nut F, in the
dide of the telefcope, while the part g turns in a nut H,
which is attached to the arm B; the ends of the arms B and
D, to which the mirrors are fixed, are feparated from each
other by the point of the double {crew prefling againlt the
flud 4, fixed to the arm D, and turning in the’nut H on
the arm B. “The two arms, B and D, are preffed againft
the dire€tion of the double {crew, ¢¢, by a fpiral {pring
within the part n; by which means all fhake or play in
‘the nut\H, on which the meafure depends, is entirely pre-
wented.

‘From the difference of the threads on the ferew at e and ¢,
it is evident that the progreflive motion of the {crew through
the nut will be half the diftance of the feparation of the two
‘halves of the mirror, and confequently the half mirrors will
‘be moved equally in contrary directions from the axis of the
telefcope C.

The wheel V, fixed on the end of the double {crew, hes
its circumference divided into roo equal parts, and num-
‘bered at every fifth divifion with 5, 10, &c. to 100; and
the index, I, fhews the motion of the fcrew with the wheel
round its axis, while the number of revoluticns of the ferew
is fhewn by the divifions on the fame index. The fteel
fcrew, R, may be turned by the key S, and ferves to in-
cline the {mall mirror at right angles to the direétion of its
motion.

The other micrometer, invented and defcribed by Mr.
Ramifden, is fuited to the principle of refraction. This mi-
crometer is applied to the erect eye-tube of a refraGing
telefcope, and is placed in the conjugate focus of the firit
eye-glafs; in which pofition, as the image is confiderably
magnified before it comes to the micrometer, any imperfec-
tion in its glafs will be magnified only by the remaining eye-
glaffes, which in any telefcope feldom exceeds five or fix
times ; and befides, the fize of the micrometer glafs will not
be the ,i.dth part of the area which would be required, if
it were placed at the object-glafs ; and yet the fame extent of
fcale is preferved, and the images are uniformly bright in
every part of the field of the telefcope. This micrometer is
reprefented in Plate XI. Optics, fig.1. A is aconvex or cor-
cave lens divided into two equal parts by a plane acrofs its cen-
tre ; one of thefe femi-lenfes is fixed in a frame B, and the other
in the frame E, which two frames flide ona plate H, and are
prefled againft it ‘by thin plates, a,a@: the frames, B and E,
are moved in contrary directions by turning the button D ;
L is a f{eale of equal parts on the frame B; it is numbered
from each end towards the middle with 10, 20, &c. There
are two verniers on the trame E, one at M, and the ether
at N, for the conveniency of meafuring the diameter of a
planet, &c. on both fides of the zero. The firtt divifion on
both thefe ‘verniers coincides at the fame time with the two
zeros on the feale Ls and, if-the frame is moved towards
the right, the relative motion of the two frames is fhewn on
the feale L by the vernier M; ‘but if the frame B be
moved towards the left, the relative motion is fhewn by the
vernier N.

This micrometer has a motion round the axis of vifion,
for the conveniency of meafuring the diameter of a planet,
&c. in any dire€tion, by turning an endlefs {crew F, and
the inclination of the diameter meafured with the horizon is
fhewn on the circle, g, by a vernier on the plate V. The
telefcope may be adjufted to diftin@ vifion by means of an
adjufting ferew, which moves the whole eye-tube with the
micrometer nearer or farther from the objeét-glafs, as tele-
Seopes are generally made; or the fame effet may be pro-

a
\

duced in a better manner, without moving the micrometer,
by fliding the part of the eye-tube m on the part 2, by help
of a {crew or pinion. The micrometer is made to take off
occafionally from the eye-tube, that thé telefeope may be
ufed without it. Phil. Tranf. vol. lxix. part ii. art. 27.
Dr. Herfchel has applied a lamp micrometer to fir [aac
Newton’s refle@ing telefcope. (See Pail. Tranf, vol, lxxii.
p- 165, &c. and vol. Ixxiii. p. 5, &c.) Two moveable
lamps, the light of which comes through two {mall holes,
are placed at a convenient diftance from the telefcope, in the
direétion at which you look at the image. Thefe points of
light are looked at by the left eye, and brought, e. g. to the
oppofite fides of a planet looked at by the right eye; and
by meafuring their diftance from each other, and from the
eye, the angle under which the magnified diameter appears
will be known, which, divided by the magnifying power of
the telefcope, gives the apparent diameter required. ‘The
conftruétion of this micrometer is as follows: ABGCCFE
( Plate XI. Optics, fig. 5.) isa ftand nine feet high, upon

-which a femi-circular board, g4og/, is moveable upwards

or downwards, in the manner of fome fire-fcreens, as occa-
fion may require, and is held in its fituation by a peg, , put
into any one of the holes of the upright piece AB. This
board is a fegment of a circle of fourteen inches radius, and
is about three inches broader than a femi-circle, to give room
for the handles, r D, e P, to work. The ufe of this board
is to carry an arm L, thirty inches long, which is made to
move upon a piyot at the centre of the circle, by means of a
ftring, which paffes in a groove upon the edge of the femi-
circle pgohq; the ftring is faftened to a hook at 0, (not
exprefled in the figure, being at the back of the erm L,)
and pafling along the groove from 9 # to q, is turned over 4
pulley at g, and goes down to a {mall barrel e, within the
plane of the circular board, where a double-jointed handle,
eP, commands its motion. By this contrivance we fee the
arm, L, may be lifted up to any altitude from the horizontal
pofition to the perpendicular, or be fuffered to defcend by
its own weight below the horizontal to the reverfe perpendi-
cular fituation. The weight of the handle, P, is fufficient to
keep the arm in any given pofition ; but if the motion fhould
be too eafy, a friction {pring applied to the barrel will mo-
derate it at pleafure.

In front of the arm, L, a {mall flider, about three inches
long, is moveable in a rabbet from the end L towards the
centre backwards and forwards. A ftring is fattened to the
left fide of the little flider, and goes towards L, where it
paffes round a pulley at m, and returns under the arm from
m, n, towards the centre, where it is led in a groove on the
edge of the arm, which is of a circular form, upwards to a
barrel (raifed above the plane of the circular board) at r,
to which the handle, r D, is faftened. A fecand ftring is
faftened to the flider, at the right fide, and goes towards
the centre, where it paffes over a pulley 2, and the weight,
w, which is fufpended by the end of this itring, returns the
flider towards the centre, when a contrary turn of the handle
permits it to aé. 2

a and 4 are two {mall lamps, two inches high, one inch
and a half in breadth, by one inch and a quarter in depth.
The fides, back, and top, are made fo as to permit no light
to be feen, and the front confifts of a thin brafs fliding door.
The flame in the lamp, a, is placed three-tenths of an inch
from the left fide, three-tenths from the front, and half an
inch from the bottom. In the lamp 4, it is placed at the
fame height and diftance, meafuring from the right fide!
The wick of the flame confifts only of a fingle very thin
lamp-cotton thread ; for the {malleit flame being fufficient;
it is eafier to keep it burning in fo'confined a place. Ip the

top

MICROMETER,

top of cach lamp'mult be a little flit, lengthways, and alfo
a {mall opening in one fide near the upper part, to permit air
enougl to cirewlate to feed the flame. ‘To prevent every
reflection of light, the fide opening of the lamp a fhould be
to the right, and that of the lamp 4 to the left. In the
fliding: door of eacly lamp is made a {mall hole, with the
point of a very fine needle, jult oppolite the place where the
wicks are burning, fo that when the Midersyare fhut down,
and every thing dark, nothing thall be feen but, two fine

lucid points of the fize of two fare of the third or fourth’

magnitudé. ‘L’he lamp, @, is placed fo that irs lucid point
May be ii the centre of the circular board, where it remains
fixed. ‘The lamp, 4, i» hung to the little flider, which
moves in the rabbet of the arm, fo that its lucid point, ina
horizontal pofition of the arm, may be on a level with the
Ncid point inthe centre. ‘The moveable lamp is fufpended
upon a piece of brafs, falened to the lider by a pin exactly
behind the flame upon which it moves as a pivot. The
lamp is balanced at the bottom by a leaden weight, fo as
always to remain upright, when the arm is either lifted
above, or depreffed below, the horizontal polition, The
double-jointed handles, rD, ¢P, confilt of light deal rods,
ten feet long, and the loweft of them may have divilions,
marked upon it near the end P, exprefling exuctly the dil-
tance from the central lucid point in feet, inches, and
tenths.

From this conitruction we fee, that a perfon at a dillance
of ten feet may govern the two lucid points, fo as to bring
them into any required pofition fouth or north preceding or
following, from o to 90°, by ufing the handle P, and alfo
to any diltance from fix-tenths of an inch to five or fix and
twenty inches, by means of the handle D. If any reflec-
tion or appearance of light fhould be left from the top or
fides of the lamps, a temporary fereen, coniifting of a lon

iece of pafte-board, or a wire-frame covered with black
cloth, of the length of the whole arm, and of any required
breadth, witha flit of haifan inch broadin the middle, may
be affixed to the arm by four bent wires, projecting an inch
or two before the lamps, fituated fo that the moveable lucid
point may pals along the opening left for that purpofe.

Fig. 6. reprefents part of the arm L, half the real fize ;
S, the flider ; m, the pulley, over which the cord, 2x/y 2, ‘is
returned towards the centre ; v, the other cord going to the
pulley, n, of fig. 53 R, the brafs piece moveable upon the
pine, to keep the lamp upright. At R is a wire rivetted
to the brafs piece, upon which is held the lamp by a nut and
ferew. Figs. 7, and 8, reprefent the lamps, a, 4, with the
fliding doors open, to thew the fituation of the wicks. W
is the leaden weight, with a hole, d, in it, through which
the wire R, of fig. 6, is to be pafled, when the lamp 1s to
be fattened to the flider S. Fig. g. reprefents the lamp a,
with the fliding door fhut ; J, the lucid point; and 24, the
openings at the top, and sat the fides, tor the admiflion of
alr.
Every ingenious artift will foon perceive that the motions
of this micrometer ate capable of great improvement, by the
application of wheels and pinions, and other well known
mechanical refources; but, as the principal obje& is only to
be able to adjuit the two lucid points to the required pofizion
and diftance, and to keep them there for a few minutes,
while the obferver goes to meafure their diftance,. it wall
t be neceflary to fay more upon the fubject., , cies
Mr. Smeaton 's equatorial micrometer, together with its
afe in an obfervation of a tranfit of Mercury, is defcribed
and exhibited in the Phil. Tranf. vol. Ixxvii. art. 33: We
have the defcription of a miceo:neter for taking the angle of
pofition, with drawings for illuitrating its conftruaion, as

pe

; j

no

it was executed by Meffrs, Nairne and Blunt, in a paper by
Dr. Herfchel, Phil. Tranf. vol. Ixxi, p. s00, and a fariber
account of its ufe and the mode of improving it by Dr.
Herfchel, Phil, Traof. vol. lxxv. p. 46. Mr. T'roughiton's
micrometer is applied to the eye-piece of a telefcope for
mealuring exceedingly {mall angles, as the diameters of the
heavenly bodies, &c, Fig. 2. is an orthography of this in-
ftrument proje¢ting endways; fig. 3. is a fection of the
box containing the wires; and fig. 4. a fettion length.
ways; the fame letters, av far as they can, are ufed in all
the figures, Jigs, 2 and 4, A is an eye-tube containing
a convex lens at each end; this flides in another tube, dd,
fo as to adjult the glafs to diflin& vifion of the wires;
the tube, dd, is ferewed into another, 64, whichis much
larger, through this a thin long box, DDD, containing
the wire flides. The micrometer is {crewed to the telefcope
by a male ferew, ¢ ¢, (fig. 4.) in the fame piece with
which is a circular plate, ff, cut all round with fine tegth ;
this plate fits aguinit the flat bottom of the box, 4, and
turns round concentrically with it by means of a ring, 4,
fitting into a conical hole in the centre of the late, f f,-and
ferewed to the box ; a fmall endlefs {crew, /, Pie 2.) turn-
lug in two brafs collars {crewed to the box, 4, works in the
teeth cut round the plate, f, and by that means when the
milled head on the arbor of the endlefs ferew is turned,
it turns the eye-tube and box, DD, round, to bring it
to any convenient pofition for meafuring the angles re-
quired; the box containing the wires is fhewn open in
Jig: 3) it containing two frames, 445 and 71/1, one fliding
within another, which moves in the box, witliout lateral
fhake, yet fitted fo as to flide eafily backwards and for-
wards in the box, by the ferews m and n, in the fame
manner as the microfcope in the upper part of the fame
plate; o and p are {prings to counteract the ferews and make
the motion pleafant. A wire is {tretched acrofs the frame,
‘4, at right angles to its fides, and another of the fame
fize is fixed acrofs the flider, ////, exaGly parallel to the
former ; a fmall quantity of the under fide of the latter is
cut away, and its Wire is fixed in another plane to the wire
of bh, fo that the wires can pais each other without
touching, but as near as poffible ; when they are placed
by, their {crews over each other, and viewed through the eye-
tube, they appear but as one wire: the divided circle, x,
on the‘nuts of fcrews are then flipped round, without the
fcrew, to bring the firft divifion on them to the index /;
the inftrument is now adjufted for obferving any angle, it
is ferewed to the telefcope, and by the endlefs ferew, 2,
(fg- 2.) the micrometer is turned round fo as to bring a fixed
wire ew, which is perpendicular to the others, to cover the
two objects; the two wires are then feparated by turning |
either of the nuts, F, until the wires include the angle to be
meafured: the whole box (fg. 3.) of the micrometer
flides through the tube, in the direGion of its length, to»
follow any moving object. When the obfervation is com-
pleted it is read off by a fcale of notches in thé box,
(fig. 3:), determining the number of revolutions the ferew has
made, and the divifions poiated out on the cireles, 2°; by the
indexes, /, /, the number of aliquot parts is dénoted ; the cir-
cular plate, {/f, is divided into degrees, as fhewn in fee aes
and it is by this that the angle line meafured. makes with the
horizon is regiftered. ; wy
The circles are divided in one hundred parts, and have
no determinate value in angular meafurement, but their va-
lue is determined experimentally by obferving through the
telefcope, it is applied to.the diameter of the fun, or any
other body whofe angular meafure. has been previoully and -
accurately determined by fome other diuded ioftrument,..
‘ and

MICROMETER.

and from this the angle given by each obfervation is cal-
culated.

Mr. Cavallo has contrived a micrometer of very fimple
and eafy conftru&tion. It confifts of a {mall femi-tranfparent
fcale or flip of mother-of-pearl, about the zoth part of an
inch broad, and of the thicknefs of common writing paper.
It is divided into-a number of equal parts by means of pa-
rallel lines, every fifth and tenth of which divifions is a little
longer than the reft.

This micrometer, or divided fcale, is fituated within the
tube at the focus of the eye-lens of the telefcope, where
the image of the obje&t is formed, and with its divided
edge pafling through the centre of the field of view ; though
this is not abfolutely neceflary. It is immaterial whether
the telefcope be a refraétor or a refletor, provided the
eye-lens be convex, and not concave, as in the Galilean te-
lefcope. .

The fimpleft way of fixing it, is to ftick it upon the dia-
phragm, which generally ftands within the tube, at the focal
diftance of the eye-lens.

By looking through the telefcope, the image of the ob-
je& and the micrometer will appear to coincide : hence the
obferver may eafily fee how many divifions of the latter
meafure the length or breadth of the former; and know-
ing the value of the divifions of the’ micrometer, he may
eafily determine the angle which is fubtended by the object.

There are feveral methods of afcertaining the value of the
divifions of a micrometer in a given telefcope. The follow-
ing is one of the eafielt.

Dire& the telefcope to the fun, and obferve how many
divifions of the micrometer meafure its diameter exattly ;
then take out of the Nautical Almanack the diameter of the
fun for the day in which the obfervation is made ; divide it
by the above-mentioned number of divifions, and the quo-
tient is the value of one divifion of the micrometer. Thus,
fuppofe that 264 divifions of the micrometer meafure the
diameter of the fun, and the Nautical Almanack gives for
the meafure of the angle, which is fubtended by the fame
diameter, 31! 22", or (by reducing it all into feconds)
1882". Divide 1882" by 26.5, and the quotient, neglecting
a {mall remainder, is 71", or 1! 11''; which is the value of
one divifion of the micrometer; the double of which is the
value of two divifions; the treble is the value of three divi-
fions ; and fo forth.

This mother-of-pearl micrometer may be applied to a
microfcope ; and it will thus ferve to meafure the lineal
dimenfions of the object ; and the value of its divifions are
afcertained by placing an obje& of a known dimenfion
before the microfcope, and by obferving how many divifions
of the micrometer meafure its magnified image ; for inftance,
place a piece of paper, which is exa@tly one-tenth of an inch
long, before the microfcope, and if you find that 50 divi-
fions of the micrometer meafure its magnified image, you
way conclude that each divifion is equal to, or rather de-

notes an extenfion of the soodth part of an inch in the ob- -

je&; for if s0 divifions meafure one-tenth, 500 divifions
muft meafure the whole inch; &c. Cavallo’s Philofophy,
vol. iti. Phil. Tranf. vol. Ixxxi. art. 19.

The micrometer has not only been applied to telefcopes,
and employed for aftronomical purpofes; but there have
been various contrivances for adapting it to microfcopical
obfervations. M. Leeuwenhoek’s method of eftimating the
fize of {mall obje&s was by comparing them with grains of
fand, of which a hundred in a line took up aninch. Thefe
grains he laid upon the fame plate with his objets, and
viewed them at the fame time. Dr. Jurin’s method was
fimilar to this ; for he found the diameter of a piece of fine

filver wire, by wrapping it as clofe as he could about a
pin, and obferving how many rings made an inch; and he
ufed this wire in the fame manner as Leeuwenhoek ufed his
fand. Dr. Hooke ufed to look upon the magnified obje&
with one eye, while, at the fame time, he viewed other ob-
jects, placed at the fame diftance, with the other eye. In
this manner he was able, by the help of a ruler, divided
into inches and fmall parts, and laid on the pedeftal of the
microfcope, to caft, as it were, the magnified appearance
of the obje& upon the ruler, and thus exa@tly to meafure
the diameter which it appeared to have through the glafs ;
which being compared with the diameter as it appeared to
the naked eye, eafily fhewed the degree in which it was
magnified. A little practice, fays Mr. Baker, will render
this method exceedingly eafy and pleafant.

Mr. Martin, in his Optics, recommends fuch a micro-
meter for a microfcope as had been applied .to telefcopes ;
for he advifes to draw a number of parallel lines on a
piece of glafs with the fine point of a diamond, at the dif-
tance of —4th of an inch from one another, -and to place it
in the focus of the eye-glafs. By this method, Dr. Smith
contrived to take the exact draught of objeéts viewed by a
double microfcope ; for he adviies to get a lattice, made
with fmall filver wires or fquares, drawn upon a plain glafs
by the ftrokes of a diamond, and to put it into the place of
the image formed by the objeét-glafs. Then by transfer-
ring the parts of the object, feen in the fquares of the glafs
or lattice, upon fimilar correfponding {quares drawn on
paper, the pi€ture may be exactly taken. Mr. Martin alfo
introduced into compound microfcopes another micrometer
confifting of a fcrew. See both thefe methods defcribed in
his Optics, p. 277.

The moft minute and accurate divifion of any fcale which
the editor has ever feen, was performed by Mr. Coventry of
Southwark. The micrometers of his conftru€tion are pa-
rallel lines drawn on glafs, ivory, or metal, from the 1oth
to the 10,ooodth of an inch. Thefe may be applied to
microfcopes, for meafuring the fize of minute obje&s, and
the magnifying power of the glaffes ; and to telefcopes, for
meafuring the fize and diftance of obje&ts, and the magnify-
ing power of the inftrument. For meafuring the fize of an
obje& in a fingle microfcope, lay it on a micrometer, whofe
lines are feen magnified in the fame proportion with it,
and give at one view the real fize of the objet. For mea-
furing the magnifying power of the compound microfcope,
the beft and moft ready method is the following. On the
ftage in the focus of the objeé&t-glafs, lay a micrometer, con-
fiting of an inch divided into one hundred equal parts ;
count how many divifions of the micrometer are taken into
the field of view ; then lay a two-foot rule parallel to the
micrometer: fix one eye on the edge of the field of light,
and the other eye on the end of the rule, which move, till
the edge of the field of light and the end of the rule cor-
refpond ; then the diftance from the end of the rule to the
middle of the {tage will be the half of the diameter of the
field: e. gr.if the diftance be ten inches, the whole of the
diameter will be twenty, and the number of the divifions of
the micrometer contained in the diameter of the field, is
the magnifying power of the microfcope. Thus, fuppofe
the number of divifions feen in the micrometer to be 3<dths,
and that the diameter of the field meafures with the rule
twenty inches; the ,S°.dth of 20 inches is 40, which is the
diameter of the field ;.40 x 40 = 1600 the fuperficies, and
1600 X 40 = 64000, the magnified cube of the obje& : in
like manner each objeét-glafs or magnifier muft be proved,
and a table kept of their feveral magnifying powers. For
meafuring the height and diftance of objects by a micrometer

in

MIC

in the telefeope, fee Triescore. Me. Adama hav applied
a micrometer, which inftantly thews the magnifying power
of any telefcope. .
MICROPHONES, inftraments contrived to magnify
{mall founds, a8 microfeopes do {mall obje&s.
MICROPUS, in Botany, derived from pixgosy fmall, and
wrous, a foots poflibly from an affociation of ideas with Leon-
ium, Lion’s-foot, as this genus is nearly aflimilated in
habit to the Filago Leontopodium of Linnwus. It was even
fuppofed by Dr. Sibthorp to be the real Arowdo of
Diofeorides; (fee Lerontoronium.)—Linn. Gen. 451.
Schreb. 588. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3.2388. Mart. Mill. Dict.
ve ge Ait. Hort. Kew, ed. 1. v. 3. 280. Jui. 185. La-
marek Illuitr. t. 694. Gertn. t. 164. (Gnaphalodes ;
Tournef. t. 261.)—Clafs and order, Syngenefia Polygamia
Ni ia. © Nat. Ord. Compofite Nucamentacee, Linn. » Co-

» Jul.

Re Ch. Common calyx double ; the outer of five, flen-
der, fmall, obfolete leaves, at the bafe of the inner, which
is large, and compofed of five, loofe, diftiné&, helmet-
fhaped, comprefled ees conniving eer jak at the
margin. Cor. compound, with ten perfect florets in the
difk, and five female ones in the radius: the former of one

1, with five teeth, erect; the latter without any petal.
Shee. (in the perfec florets) Filaments five, bri(tle-fhaped,
very fhort ; anthers cylindrical, tubular, as long “as the flo-
rets. Pi/f, (in the fame florets) Germen obfolete; ftyle
thread-fhaped, longer than the {tamens ; ftigma obfolete : (in
the female ones) Germen obovate, compreffed, concealed
within each feale of the common inner calyx; ftyle from
the inner fide of the germen, briltle-fhaped, turned towards
the perfe& florets, the length of the calyx ; ftigma cloven,
flenter, pointed. Peric. none, except the common inner
calyx enlarged and hardened. — Seeds (in the perfect ey
none: (in the female dnes) folitary, obovate, inclofed eac
in its appropriate leaflet of the inner calyx. Recept. fur-
nifhed with acute, {mall {cales, which feparate the feeds of
the females, but not the florets of the difk.

-Ef®Ch. Receptacle fcaly. Down none. Calyx double.
Radius without a corolla. Female floreis inclofed by the
feales:of the common inner calyx.
bore Me fupinus. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1313. Cavan. Ic. v. 22.
t. 35.—Stems proitrate. Leaves oppofite, obovate-wedge-
thaped.—A native of Portugal, Spain, Italy, and the Le-
vant, flowering from May to September. Introduced into
Chelfea garden in 1759, by Mr. Philip Miller—Root an-
nual, fomewhat tapering, fmall, fibrous. Stems trailing, nu-
merous, three or en inches long, covered with a fort of
filvery nap, as indeed is the whole plant. Leaves in pairs,
generally oppofite, or nearly fo, connate, plaited, three-
nerved. Flewers axillary, feffile, from the bafe to the top of
the ftem, minute, in {mall tufts, white and very downy.
Seeds ovate, brown.

z. M. ered@us. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1313. Leefl. It. Hifp. 166.
t. 1. f. 5.—Stems upright. Leaves alternate, lanceolate —

A native of the Eatt, as well as of France, Italy, and Swit-,

zerland.— Root annual, fibrous. | Stems ere&t, branched, ex-
tremely downy. Leaves alternate, narrower and more woolly
than in the lait, as is the whole plant, even the fowers which
are feffile, in axillary tufts.
MICROSCOPE, Mixgosxowsiov, formed of pixposs fall,
and exesloues, J confider ; an optical inftrument, by means
of which very minute objects are reprefented exceedingly
“large, and viewed very diltinétly, according to the laws of
refraftion or refleGtion. — : 2 ;
Microfcopes are properly diftinguifhed into fimple, or
~jingle; and compound, or double. a) .
» Vou. XXIII.

MIC

Micnoscorns, Single, are thole which confill of a fingle
lens, or a fingle fpherole,

Micnoscorns, Compound, confit of two or more lenfes
duly combined. As optics have been improved, other va-
rieties have been contrived, in the forts of microfcopes :
hence we have refledling microleopes, water microfcepes, &c.
Each of thefe two kinds has ite peculiar advantage: for a
fingle glafs thews the object nearer at hand, and rather
more diltinét; and a combination of glaffes prefeats a larger
field, or, in other words, exhihits more of an objeét soniiy
maguified, at the view. As each of thefe has its advan-
tages, each of them has had its advocates, at leaft in prac-
tice. M. Leeuwenhoek never ufed any but fingle micro-
feopes; and, on the contrary, Dr. Hooke made all his ob-
fervations with double ones,

When, and by whom, microfcopes were firlt invented, is
not certainly known. Huygens tells us, that one Drebell,
a Dutchman, had the firft microfcope, in the year 1621,
and that he was reputed the firlt inventor of it: though F.
Fontana, a Neapolitan, in 1646, claims the invention to him-
felf, but dates it from the year 1618. As a telefcope in-
verted is a microfcope, the difcovery might eafily enough
have arifen from thence.

Nothing more is certain concerning microfcopes, than that
they were firft ufed in Germany about the year 1621. Ac-
cording to Borellus, they were invented by Zacharias Janfen,
in conjuntion with his fon, who prefented the firft micro-
{cope they had conftruéted to prince Maurice, and Al-
bert, archduke of Auitria. William Borell, who gives
this account in a letter to his brother Peter, fays, that
when he was ambaflador in England, in 1619, Cornelius
Drebell fhewed him a microfcope, which he faid was the
fame that the archduke had given him, and had been made
by Janfen himfelf. Borellus de vero Telefcopii inventore,
p- 35. See Lens.

tcroscopes, Foundation and Theory of Single. If anob-
jeVA B (Plate XII. Optics, fig. 1.) be placed in the focus
of a {mall convex lens, or a fimple microfcope D E, and the
eye be applied clofe to the other fide of the microfcope,
the obje& will be feen diftin, in an ered fituation, and magnified
in the ratio of the diftance of the focus to the diftance at which
objeds are to be placed to be feen diftindly by the naked eye.

For the object A B being placed in the focus of the con-
vex lens DE, the rays iffuing from the feveral points of it,
after refraction, will be parallel to each other: confequently,
the eye will fee it diffingly, by virtue of what is proved under
the word TELESCOPE.

Further, fince one of the rays A F, proceeding from the
point A, after refraétion, becomes parallel to the incident
ray; and therefore, fetting afide the thicknefs of the lens,
is found direétly againft it; and the fame holds true of all
the other rays carried to the eye; the rays AF and BF,
to which the reft coming from A and B are parallel, will
enter the eye in the fame manner as if they entered without
pafling through the lens; and will therefore appear ere&, as
if the lens were away.

Lattly, it is manifeft, that the obje& AB will be feen
under the fame angle as if viewed by the naked eye: but
fince it appears very diftin@, whereas to the naked eye, at
the fame diftance, it would appear extremely confufed ; it is

the fame thing as if the objeét fhould feem removed to the

diftance F H, at which it is viewed with equal diftinéinefs,

_and under the fame = : the diameter of the obje& A.B,

therefore, will be to the apparent diameter I K, as FC to
F H, i.e. as the diftance of the focus’ of the lens to the dif-
tance at which an obje¢t is to be placed, in order to view it

| diitin@ly. Since, therefore, the interpofition of the glafs

Zr has

MICROSCOPE.

has no other effe&t than to render the appearance diftin@, by
helping the eye to increafe the refraftion of the rays in
each pencil, it is plain that the greater apparent magni-
tude is entirely owing to a nearer view than could be taken
by the naked eye.

Huygens, in Dioptrics, prop. lix. p. 222, takes it for
granted, that an object, feen with the naked eye, is then in its
utmoft diftinétnefs when feen at the diftance of eight digits,
or tenths of a foot ; which agrees pretty nearly with the ob-
fervations of others; who make the neareft limit of diftinét
vifion to be eight inches. So that if the glafs be a fmall
round globule, whofe focal diftance is th of an inch, this
globule will magnify as 8 to ,',th, or as 160 to 1.

The diftance of diftin@ vifion varies in different individuals.
Some have ftated it at fix inches ; others at feven; but it has
been generally fuppofed to be eight inches. The medium of
feven inches has been adopted by feveral optical writers. But
whatever it be, if this leaft diftance be divided by the focal
diftance of the glafs, the quotient will fhew how much the
glafs magnifies the diameter of the obje@.

Microscopes, Laws of Single. 1. Simple microfcopes
magnify the diameter of the objeét A B in the ratio of
the diftance of the focus F C to an interval of eight di-
gits: v.gr. if the femi-diameter of alens, equally convex
on both fides, be half a digit, and confequently its focal
diftance the fame; AB: IK :: £: 8 :: 1 : 163 that
is, the diameter of the objeét will be increafed in a fede-
cuple proportion, or as fixteen to ane. 2. Since the dif-
tance F H is conftant, viz. eight digits; by how much the
diftance of the focus F C is {maller, fo much the {maller
ratio will it have to F H; confequently the diameter of the
obje& will be fo much the more magnified. 3. Since, in
plano-convex lenfes, the diftance of the focus is equal to the
diameter ; and, in lenfes equally convex on both fides, to
the femi-diameter: fimple microfcopes will enlarge the di-
ameter fo-much the more, as they are fegments of f{maller
fpheres. 4. If the diameter of the convexities of a plano-
convex lens, and a lens convex on both fides, be the fame,
viz. = 1: the diftance of the focus of the firft will be 1,
of the fecond 3: confequently, the femi-diameter of the
object AB will be to the apparent one, in the firft cafe, as
1 to 8; inthe latter, asi to$; ic. as1to16. A lens,
therefore, convex on both fides, magnifies twice as much as
a plano-convex lens.

As the whole depends on the juft and fteady fituation of
objeéts with regard to the lens, various methods have been
contrived to that end; whence we have feveral different
kinds of fingle microfcopes. The moft fimple is as fol-
lows:

1. AB (fg. 2.) isa little tube, to one of whofe bafes,
BC, is fitted a plain glafs, to which an obje&, viz. a gnat,
wing of an infe&t, down, or the like, is applied; to the
other bafe, AD, at a proper diftance from the object, is
applied a lens convex on both fides, whofe femi-diameter is
about half an inch; the plain glafs is turned to the fun, or

the light of a candle, and the object is feen magnified ; and, _

if the tube be made to draw out, lenfes of different {pheres
may be ufed.

Again, a lens, convex on both fides, is inclofed in a cell
AC ( fg. 3-), and by afcrew H is there faftened: through
the pedeftal C D paffes a long fcrew, by means of which,
and the female {crew I, a ftyle or needle, fixed perpendicu-
lar to its extreme, is kept firm at any diltance from the lens :
in E is a little tube, on which, and on the point G, the va-
rious objeéts are to be difpofed: thus there may be lenfes of
various {pheres applied.

2. But the microfcope which is found to anfwer the end

beft, is Mr. Wilfon’s pocket microfcope, which has nine
different magnifying glaffes, eight of which may be ufed
with two different inftruments, for better applying them to
various obje&ts. One of thefe inftruments is reprefented at
AABB (fg. 4.) and is made ofivory, brafs, or filver ;
it has three thin brafs plates at E, and a fpiral fpring of
fteel wire H within it ; to one of the thin plates of brafs is
fixed a piece of leather, wood, or ivory F, witha {mall
furrow, G, both in the leather and brafs to which it is
fixed: in one end of this inftrument there is a long ferew
D, with a convex glafs placed in the end of it at C: in the
other end, A A, of the inftrument there is a hollow fcrew,
in which any of the magnifying glaffes, M, are fcrewed
when they are to be made ufe ot. The nine different
magnifying glaffes are all fet in ivory, eight of which are,
fet in the manner expreffed at M. The greateft magnifier
is marked upon the ivory, in which it is fet, with N° 1,
the next N° 2, and fo on to N°8; the ninth glafs is not
marked, but is fet in the manner of a little barrel box of
ivory, as at 4, fig. 5. R isa flat piece of ivory, of which
there are eight belonging to this fet of microfcopes (though
any one who has a mind to keep a regilter of objeéts may
have as many of them as he pleafes); in each of them
there are four holes f, f, f, in which four or more objects are
placed between two thin glaffes, or tales, when they are to be:
ufed with the greater magnifiers.

The ufe of this inftrument A ABB is this. Having
taken the handle W from the inftrument in fig. 5, and
ferewed it upon the button S, take one of your flat pieces
of ivory, R, or fliders (if you pleafe to call them fo), and
flide it betwixt the two thin plates of brafs at E, through
the body of the microfcope, fo that the obje& you intend
to look upon be ju't in the middle; remarking that you
put that fide of the plate R, where the brafs rings are,
farthelt from the end A A; then you are to fcrew into
the hollow {crew inthe end A A of the body of your micro-
fcope M, the 3d, 4th, 5th, 6th, or 7th magnifying glafs ;
which being done, put the end A A clofe to your eye, and
while you are looking through your magnifying glafs upon
the object, you are to fcrew in or out the long fcrew D,
which moving round upon the leather F, held tight to it
by the fpiral wire H, will bring your objet to the true dif-
tance ; which you will know by feeing it clearly and dif-
tin@ly : but fince in the greater magnifiers you can fee
but a {mall part of the object, viz. the legs or claws of a
flea; while you are looking upon any part of the obje@, if
you take hold of the end of the plate or flider R, on which
the objeét lies, and move it gently, you may fee the whole
object fucceflively, or any part of the obje& you pleafe ;
and if that part of the objeét you defign to look upon be
out of the true diftance, remember your end ferew, D, can
always bring it in, by ferewing it one way or the other. A
fimpler and more convenient method of mounting fingle mi-
crofcopes is to fix the feveral magnifying lenfes in a flat
circular piece of brafs, which can be moved round a point
as acentre, by the aétion of an endlefs ferew upon the
toothed circumference of the circular plate.

After this manner may be feen all tranfparent objects,
dults, liquids, cryftals of falts, fmall infeéts, fuch as fleas,
mites, &c. If they be infeGts that will creep away, or fuch
objects as one intends to keep, they may be placed between
the two regifter glafles f, f. For by taking out (with the
point of a pen-knife or {mall plyers) the ring that keeps
in the glafles f, f, where the objet lies, they will fall out of
themfelves; {fo that you may lay the objeét between the two
hollow fides of them, and put the ring in as it was before : but
if the ebjects be dutts or liquids, a {mall drop of the liquid, or

2 a little

MICROSCOPE.

a little of the duft laid on the outfide of the glafs //, and
applied as before, will be feen very eafily.
As to the firlt, fecond, and third magnifying glaffes,
being marked with a 4 upon the ivory in which they are fet,
they are only to be ufed with thofe plates or fliders that are
alfo marked witha +, in which the objeéts are placed be-
tween two thin tales; becaufe the thicknefs of the glaffes in
the other plates or fliders, hinders the object from approach.
ing to the true diltance from thefe greater magnifiers. But
the manner of ufing them is the fame with the former: only
remember to be careful when you put in or pull out the
plate or flider R, on which the object lies, or move it from
one objec to another, not to let it rub your magnifying
8; which is done by unfcrewing a little the end ferew
os you put in or pull out your plate, or move it from
one object to another. iv

For feeing the circulation of the blood at the extremities
of the arteries and veins, in the tranfparent parts of fifhes’
tails, &c. there are two fhort glafs tubes, the one bigger
and the other lefler, in which the fith is to be put;
when thefe tubes are to be ufed, you are to unfcrew the
end ferew D in the body of the microfcope, until the
glafs tube can be received eafily into that little cavity G of
the brafs plate faftened to the leather F, under the other
two thin plates of brafs at E. When the tail of your fifh
lies flat to the glafs tube, fet it oppofite to your mages.
ing-glafs, and by {crewing in or out your end ferew D, as
ie fad before, you may eafily bring it tothe true diftance,
and fee the blood circulate with great pele

If you would fee the blood circulate in a frog’s foot,
choofe fuch a frog as will jut go into 7 tube; then with
a little ftick expand the hinder foot of the frog, and apply
it clofe to the fide of the tube, obferving that no part of
the frog hinders the light from coming on its foot; and
when you have it at the juit diftance, by means of the fcrew
D, as above faid, you will fee the rapid motion of the blood
in its veffels, which are very numerous, in the tranfparent
thin membrane that is between the frog’s toes. For this
obje& the fourth and fifth magnifiers will do very well ; but
you may fee the circulation in the tails of water-newts with
the fixth’and feventh glaffes, becaufe the globules of the
blood of thofe newts are as big again as the globules of the
blood of frogs or {mall fifh, as has been taken notice of in
N° 280 of the Philofophical TranfaCtions, p. 1184.

The circulation cannot fo well be feen by the firft, fecond,
and third magnifiers, becaufe the thicknefs of the glafs tube
in which the fith lies, hinders the approach of the obje& to
the focus of the magnifying glafs.

The other inftrument ‘hs - 5.) is made of brafs or
prince’s metal, with joints P, P, P, to turn eafily any way,
and with a {mall pair of tongs G G, which open at the points
K, by prefling together the two heads of the pins I, I, for
taking up of objects. At the other end of thefe tongs GG,
is {crewed on a round piece of black wood H, with a piece
of ivory let into it, for placing opaque objets on, according
to their difference of colour. Upon the end L there is a
fcrew, upon which the glafs 4 fet in the barrel-box may be
ferewed, When the other glaffes are to be ufed, there is a
ring R of brafs to be {crewed on the end L, into which ring
all the other glaffes, M, (fig. 4.) may be fcrewed. So when
any objeé is taken up in the points of the tongs K, or laid
upon the other end H, it may very eafily (as one who fees
the inftrument will perceive) be applied to the true focal
diftance of any of the glafles M, by the help of the joints
P, P, P, and by means of the fcrew C, with the nut D,
which being regulated by a {pring N, will bring the object
to the exact Sihence for diftiné vifion.

The glafs placed in the manner of a barrel-box at J, is
only to fe ufed with the brafs inflrument (or in your hand)
being the lealt magnifier for greater objefs, fuch as fleas
and common infeéts, &e. remembering to put the hole at 4
next to your eye.

In the viewing of objeéts, one ought to be careful not to
hinder the light from falling on them, by the hat, peruke,
or any other thing, efpecially in looking at opaque obje4s ;
for nothing can be feen with the belt of glaffes, unlefs the
object be at a due diflance, with a fufficient light. The
belt lights for the plates or fliders, where the objeét lies be-
tween the two lathes, is aclear {ky-light, or where the fun
fhines on any white thing, or the reflexion of the light from
a lookin “alate. The light of a candle is likewife good for
the viewing of very fimall objeGte, though it be a little un-
eafy to thofe who are not praétifed in microfcopes to find it
out. The only ufe of the convex lens at C (fig. 4.) is to
colleé the light into a narrower compafs where it falls upon
the object, after it has paffed through a moderate hole in the
leather F.

For the convenience of thofe who would draw, or make
any fetches or defigns of microfcopical objects, they may
alt have a pedeftal to fix the two inftruments above defcribed,
and make them ftationary to any convenient light. This
pedeflal may be placed on a table, and after the objet and
fight are fixed, as many perfons as pleafe may view the ob-
ject without any trouble or difficulty in finding the light.
(Phil. Tranf. abr. vol. iv. p. 199, &c.) Mr, Baker in his
treatife “ Of Microfcopes,” (vol. i.) has defcribed an in-
vention for fixing the pocket microfcope of Wilfon, and
giving light to it by afpeculum. For this purpofe a {croll
of brafs 1s fixed upright and fteady on a round pedeftal of
wood. A brafs {crew is made to pafs through a hole in the
upper limb of the {croll into the fide of the microfcope, fo
as to {crew it faft to the fcroll. On the pedeftal is fixed an
arch, in which a concave fpeculum, fet in a box of brafs, is
fufpended by means of two {mall fcrews, that faften to its
oppolite fides. As the arch turns on the pin by which it is
fixed to the pedeftal, and the fpeculum turns within the
arch, it may, by this twofold motion, be eafily adjufted in
fuch a manner as to refle& the light of the fky, the fun, or
a candle, dire&tly upwards, through the microfcope that is
fixed perpendicularly over it ; and by fo doing, may anfwer
almoft all the purpofes of the large double wietieg microe
fcope. The body of the microfcepe may alfo be fixed hori-
zontally, and objeéts may be viewed from that pofition, by
any light you choofe; which is an advantage that does not
belong to the refleGting microfcope. It may be alfo ren-
dered further ufeful, by means of a flip of glafs, one end
of which being thruft between the plates where the fliders
go, and the other extending to fome diitance, fuch objets
may be placed upon it as cannot be applied on the fliders;
and then, having a limb of brafs that may faften to the body
of the microfcope, and extend over the projeGing glafs a
hollow ring on which to fcrew the magnifiers, all forts of
fubje&ts may be examined with great convenience, if a hole
be made in the pedeftal to place the {peculum exaétly under-
neath, and thereby throw up the rays of light. What has
been faid hitherto, is to be underftood of denticular micro-
{copes ; as for /pherical ones, their doétrine will be underftood
from what follows.

If an objet AB (jg. 6.) be placed in the focus of a
glafs {pherule F, and the eye be behind it, v. gr. in the
focus G; the objeé& will be feen diftin@, in an ere@ fituae
tion, and magnified, as to its diameter, in a ratio of 3ths of
the diameter E I, to the diftance at which objeéts are to be
placed to be feen diftinétly with the naked eye.

ye The

MICROSCOPE.

The firft part of the propofition is proved in the fame
manner. of fpherés, as of lenfes. As, then, a good eye

fees an obje& diftin@tly at the diftance of eight digits, a -

glafs fpherule will enlarge the diameter of an object in a
ratio of ths of the diameter to eight digits. Suppofe, then,
the diameter of the fpherule E .th of a digit, C E will be
= 54, ad FE = 4; and therefore FC = 5+ B=
#s- Confequently, the true diameter of an obje& to its
apparent one isin the ratio of 3, to 8; i... as 3 to 320, or
as 1 to 106 nearly.

Now a lens, convex on both fides, increafes the diameter
in a ratio of the femidiameter to the fpace of eight digits;
wherefore 4 having a lefs ratio to eight than 3ths, if a lens
and a fphere have the fame diameter, the former will mag-
nify more than the latter ; and, pretty much after the fame
manner, it may be fhewn, that a {phere, of a lefs diameter,
magnifies more than another of a large one.

As for the methods of cafting little glafs fpherules for micro-
feopes, they are various. The firit perfon who improved
fingle microfcopes by ufing fmall globules of glafs, made
by melting them in the flame of a candle, was Hartfocker,
who thus difcovered the animalcula in femine mafculino, and
laid the foundation of a new fyftem of generation. Wolfius
deferibes the following method of making globules of this
kind; a {mall piece of very fine glafs, {ticking to the wet
point of a {teel needle, is to be applied to the extreme blueifh
part of the flame of a lamp, or, which is better, to the flame
of fpirit of wine, to prevent its being blackened : being
there melted and run into a little round drop, it is to be re-
moved from the flame, upon which it inftantly ceafes to be
fluid ; folding, then, a thin plate of brafs, and making very
{mall fmooth perforations, fo as not to leave any roughnefs
on the furfaces; and, farther, fmooth them over, to pre-
vent any glaring, fit the {pherule between the plates againft
the apertures, and put the whole in a frame, with objects
convenient for obfervation.

Mr. Adams gives another method, thus: take a piece of
fine window-glafs, and raife it, with a diamond, into as
many lengths as you think needful, not exceeding an eighth
of an inch in breadth; then holding one of thofe lengths
between the fore-finger and the thumb of each hand, over
a very fine flame, till the glafs begins to foften, draw it out
till it be as fine as a hair, and break; then, applying each
of the ends into the pureft part of the flame, you have two
f{pheres prefently, which you may make larger, or lefs, at
pleafure: if they ftay long in the flame, they will have fpots;
fo they muft be drawn out immediately after they are turned
round. As to the ftem, break it off as near the ball as
poflible ; and, lodging the remainder of the ftem between

. the plates, by drilling the hole exa&ly round, all the pro-
tuberances are buried between the plates; and the micro-
{cope performs to admiration.

Mr. Butterfield, in the Phil. Tranf. N° 141, recommends,
for making glafs globules clear and without fpecks, the
flame of a lamp, made with reétified fpirit of wine, and in-
ftead of a cotton wick, fine filver-wire, doubled like a fkain
of thread ; then having beaten fome fine’ glafs to powder,
and wafhed it clean, he direéts to take a little of it upon
the fharp point of a filver needle, wetted with fpittle, and
to hold it in the flame, turning it about till it melts, and be-
comes quite round. When many globules are thus formed,
he rubs them with foft leather; and having feveral fmall
pieces of thin brafs plates, twice as long as they are broad,
he doubles them up into the form of a fquare, and pufhes a
fine hole through the middle of them, and having rubbed
off the bur about the holes with a whetftone, and blackened
the infide of the plates with the fmoke of a candle, he places

a globule between the two holes, and tacks the plates toge-
ther with two or three rivets. ’

Dr, Hooke ufed to take a very clear piece of glafs, and
to draw it out into long threads in a lamp; then he held
thefe threads in the flame, till they ran into round globules
hanging to the end of the threads. Then having fixed the
globules with fealing-wax to the end of a ftick, fo that the
threads flood upwards, he ground off the ends of the threads
upon a whetftone, and polifhed them upon a fmooth metal
plate with a little putty. Mr. Stephen Gray tells us, (Phil.
Tranf. N° 2z1. 223.) that for want of a fpirit lamp, he
laid a {mall particle of glafs, about the fize of the intended
globule, upon the end of a piece of charcoal; and by means
of a blaft-pipe, with the flame of a candle, he foon melted
it into a globule. He thus made them indifferently clear,
and the fmalleft very round; but the larger by refting upon
the coal were a little flattened, and became rough on that
fide. He therefore ground and polifhed them upon a brafs
plate, till he reduced them to hemifpheres. - But he found
that the {mall round globules not only magnified more, but
fhewed objeéts more diltinét than the hemifpheres.

By thefe methcds may {pheres be made much {maller than
any lens ; fo that the bett fingle microfcopes, or thofe which
magnify the moft, are made of them. For fuppofe the dia-
meter of a fpherule to be 3. of a digit, the diftance of its
focus will be ,4-; and therefore its real diameter to its ap-
parent one, as 3, + -43 that is, as A, to 8, or as.3 to
5123 or, laftly, as 1 to 170. The furface of an obje&,
therefore, will be increafed by it in the proportion of 1 to
28900, and its bulk in a ratio of 1 to 4913000.

Mr. Leeuwenhoek and M. Mulchenbroek have fuc-
ceeded very well in {pherical microfcopes ; and the appara-
tus of the latter is much commended ; but we forbear any
defcriptions of them; it being eafy for any one who con-
fiders the ftruéture of thofe confifting of lentes, to conceive
how thofe of {pheres may be contrived.

Mr. Leeuwenhoek’s microfcopes were all fingle ones;
each of them confifting of a {mall double convex glafs fet in
a focket, between two filver plates, riveted together, and
pierced with a {mall hole ; and the object was placed on the
point of a needle, fo contrived, as to be placed at any dif-
tance from the lens. _ If the objeéts were folid, he failened
them with glue; and if they were fluid, or, on other ac-
counts, required to be fpread on glafs, he placed them on

a {mall piece of Mufcovy tale, or glafs blown very thin, '

which he afterwards glued to his needle. He had however
a different apparatus for viewing the circulation of the blood,
which he could fix to the fame microfcopes. Thofe which
he bequeathed to the Royal Society were contained in a
fmall Indian cabinet, in the drawers of which were thirteen
little boxes or cafes, in each of which were two microfcopes,
neatly fitted up in filver; and both the glafs and the appa-
ratus were made with his own hands. The greateft mag-
nifier among thefe enlarged the diameter of an objeét about
160 times, Phil. Tranf.. Abr. vol. vi. p. 129, &c.. Id.
vol. yi. p. 121, &c.

Several writers, fays Mr. Baker (ubiinfra) have repre-
fented the glaffes ufed by Mr. Leeuwenhoek in his micro-
fcopes, to. be little globules or {pheres of glafs;, but he
affures.us, from an in{peétion of his cabinet, that every one
of the 26 microfcopes contained in it, was a double convex
lens, and not a {phere or globule.

‘The f{malleft globules, and confequently the greateft mag-
nifiers for microfcopes that have yet been executed, wete
made by F. Di Torre of Naples, who, in 1765, fent four
of them to the Royal Society. The largeft of them was

only

eis

MICROSCOPE.

only two Paris points in diameter, and is faid to magnify
the diameter of an object 640 timed; the fecond wan the
fize of one Paris point; maginfying the diameter 1280 times,
andthe third no more than ne hal of a Paris pomt, or the
rggth part of an inch in diameter, and was faid to magnify
the diameter otf an object 2560 times, and confequenily the
{quare of fuch a diameter 6,553,600 times. But fince the
focus of a glafs globule is at the diftance of one-fourth of
its diameter, and, therefore, that of the third globule of
Di Torre, above mentioned, only the.§76th part of an inch
diftane from the object, it mult be with the utmott difficulty
that globules fo minute as thefe can be employed to any pur-
fe; and Mr. Baker, to whofe examination they were re-
confiders them as matters of curiofity rather than of
real ule. (Phil, Tranf. vol, lv. p. 246. vol. lvi. p. 67, &c.)
For an account of obfervations made with thefe globules on
the blood, fee Boop.

Experience, fays Mr: Baker, in his treatife « Of Micro-
f{eopes,’’ has taught us, that thofe globules which were at firtt
highly extolled and much fought after, admit fo little light,
can fhew only fuch an exceedmg minute part of any objeét,
are fo difficult to be ufed, and ltrain the eyes fo much, that
their power of magnifying; for want of due diftintnefs, is
rather apt to produce error than to difcovér truth, and there-
fore now they are very rarely employed,

In order to: {tate clearly and diftin&ly the method of de-
termining the magnifying powers of glaffes employed in
fingle microfcopes, we fhail obferve, that if the focus ofa
convex lens (e. g.) be at one inch, and the natural fight at
eight inches, which is the common ftandard, an object may
be feen through that lens at one inch diftant from the eye ;
and wall appear, in its diameter, eight times larger than to
the naked eye. But as the object 1s magnified every way
equally, in length as well as breadth, we mutt {quare this
diameter, to know really how much it appears enlarged ,
and we fhall then find, that its fuperficies 1s indeed magni-
fied fixty-four times. .

A Tasue of the Magnifying Powers of Convex Glafles, employed in Single Microfcopes, according ‘to the
Diftance of their Focus: Calculated by the Scale of an Inch divided into an Hundred Parts: Shewing how
many Times the Diameter, the Superficies, and the Cube of an Objet is magnified, when viewed through fuch
Glaffes, to an Eye whofe natural Sight is at Eight Inches, or Eight Hundred of the Hundredth Parts of an

ch. i

Magnifies the |Magnifies the|Magmifies the Cube|

Diameter.

} The focus of
a glafs at

=
VY
Cc
=
c
Ss
dl
°
a
-
ra
s
—
mo)
vs
=
ie]
c
z

Again: re a convex lens whofe focus is at one-tenth
of an inch diftant from its centre: in eight inches there are
eighty (ach tenths of an inch; and therefore an obje& =
be feen through this lens eighty times nearer than it can dif-
tinetly by the naked eye. It will confequently, appear
eighty times longer, and eirhty times broader, than it does
to common fight ; and as eighty multiplied by eighty makes
fix thoufand and four hundred, fo many times 1 really ap-
pears magnified,

To go one ttep farther: if a convex glafs be fo fmall,
that its focus is no more than one-twentieth of an inch dif-
tant; we hall find that eight inches, the common diftance
of fight, contains an hundred and fixty of thefe twentieth
parts; and, in confequence, the length and breadth of an
object, when feen through fuch lens, will each be magnified
an hundred and fixty times ; which multiplied by an hundred
and fixty, to give the {quare, will amount to twenty-five
thoufand ‘fix hundred ; and fo many times, it is plain, the
fuperficies of the objeé& mutt appear larger than it does to
the naked eye at the diltance of eight inches.

Therefore, in a fingle microfcope, to learn the magnify-
ing power of any glats, no more is neceflary than to bring
it to its true focus; the exact place of which will be known,
by an object's appearing perfeétly diftiné and fharp when
Fa there. Then, with a pair of {mall compafles, mep-
{ure, as nearly as you can, the diltance from the centre of
the glafs to the objeét you were viewing, and afterwards ap-
plying the compaffes to any ruler with a diagonal {cale of
the parts of an inch marked on it, you will ealily find how
many parts of an inch the faid diftance is. When that is
known, compute how many times thofe parts of an inch are
contained in eight inches, the common ftandard of fight,
and that will give you the number of times the diameter jis
magnified; fquaring the diameter will give you the fuper-
ficies ; and if it be an object whofe Both or whole contents
you would learn, multiplying the fuperficies by the diameter
will thew the cube or bulk.

o

Superficies..| of an Obje&.

OS ge = ee: ee eS

256

400

4,096 |
8,000
173576 5 aan’
64,000 : 4
148,877 M
1855193 >
226,981 parses
287,496
3731248
512,000
681,472
“ 1,000,000 4
1,481,544
25352037
4,096,000
8,000,000
18,821,096
64,000,000 | |
512,000,000. J

N.B. The

MICROSCOPE.

N.B. The greateft magnifier in Mr. Leeuwenhoek’s Ca-
binet of Microfcopes, prefented to the Royal Society, has
its focus, as nearly as can well be meafured, at 4th of an
inch diftance from its centre, and confequently magnifies the
diameter of an obje&t 160 times, and the fuperficies 25,600.
But the greateft magnifier in Mr. Wilfon’s fingle micro-
fcopes, as they are now made, has ufually its Rent at no
farther diftance than about the fiftieth part of an inch;
whereby it has the power of enlarging the diameter. of an
obje€&t 400, and its fuperficies 160,000 times.

The following Table is calculated on the fuppofition that
the neareft diftance at which we can fee diftin@tly is feven
inches; and fhews the magnifying power of fmall convex
lenfes or fingle microfcopes, not exceeding an inch in focal
length. x

. Number of Number of
Focal Diftance | Times that the | Times that the
of the Lens or | Diameter ofan | Surface of an
Microfcope. | Objectis mag- | Objeét is mag-
nified. nified.

Number of Times
that the Cube of
an Objeé is mag-
nified.

100dths of an Times. Dec. of

Inch. a Time. Times.

‘Times.
7.00
9-33

14.00
17-50
23-33
35-00
30.84
38.89
41.18
43-75
40.66
50.00
53:85
58-33
63-67
70.00
77-78
87.50
100.05
116.66
140.00

|
195.00 |
:

343
810
2744
5360
12698
42875
49836
58864
69935
83453
101848
125000
T55725
198156
257259
Saane’
47jogrr
669922
1000009
1601613,
2744000
5359375
12649337
42875000
343000000

de deri tote ate lag

233-33
350.00
700.00

122500
490200

Fergufon’s Mechanics by Brewfter, vol. ii. p 449.
Microscorr, Water. Mr. S. Gray, and, after him, Wol-
fius, and others, have contrived water microfcopes, confift-
ing of f{pherules, or lenfes of water, inftead of glafs, fitted
up fomewhat after the manner of thofe above mentioned (as
{pheres. of water may be likewife ufed inftead of glafs in
any of the common microfcopes.) But fince the diftance
of the focus of a lens or fphere of water is greater than that
of one of glafs (the {pheres whereof they are fegments being
the fame), water microfcopes magnify lefs, and are there-
fore lefs efteemed than thofe of glafs. The fame Mr. Gray
firft obferved, that a {mall drop or hemifpherule of water,
held to the eye by candlelight or moonlight, without any
other apparatus, magnified the animalcula contained in it
vaftly more than any other microfcope.- The reafon is, that
the rays, coming from the interior furface of the firft hemi-

fphere, are reflected fo as to fall under the fame angle on
the furface of the hind hemifphere, to which the eye is ap-

plied, as if they came from the focus of the fpherule ;

whence they are propagated to the eye in the fame manner
as if the objects were placed without the {pherule in its focus.
Phil. Tranf. N° 221. 223. Smith's Optics, vol, ii. p. 334,
&c.

Hollow glafs fpheres, of the diameter of about half a
digit, filled with fpirit of wine, are frequently ufed for
microfcopes: but they do not magnify rear fo much.

Dr. Brewfter, in the Appendix to his edition of Fergufon’s
Mechanics, &c., defcribes a microfcope totally different from
that of Mr. Gray, though founded upon the fame general
principle. Inftead of water, he makes ufe of very pure and
vifcid turpentine, which he takes up by the point of a piece
of wood, and drops fucceffively upon a thin and well polifhed
glafs: different quantities being thus taken up and dropped
in a fimilar manner form four or more plano-convex lenfes of
turpentine yarpifn, which may be made of any focal length,
by taking up a greater or lefs quantity of the fluid, The
lower furface of the glafs having been firft fmoaked with a
candle, the black pigment below the lenfes is then to be re-
moved, fo that no light may pafs by their circumference.
The piece of glaf is then to be perforated, and furrounded
with a toothed wheel, which can be moved round’ the hole
as a centre by an endlefs fcrew. The apparatus is then
placed in a circular cafe, and this cafe fixed to an horizontal
arm by means of a bra{s pin, which pafles through its upper
and under furfaces, and through the hole already mentioned,
which does not embrace the pin very tightly, in order that
the toothed wheel may revolve with facility. On the upper
furface of the circular cafe is an aperture dire&tly above the
line defcribed by the centres of the fluid lenfes, when mov-
ing round the central hole; and in this aperture is inferted a
{mall cap, with a little hole at its top, to which the eye is
applied. A moveable flage carries the flider, on which mi-
crofcopic objeés are laid, and is brought nearer or removed
from the lenfes by a vertical fcrew. The obje&s on the
flider are illuminated by a plain mirror, which has beth a
vertical and horizontal motion for this purpofe. When the
microfcope is thus conftruéted, the object to be viewed is
placed upon the flider, and the endlefs {crew is turned till
one of the lenfes be direétly under the aperture; and the
flider is thus raifed or deprefled by the vertical ferew, till
the object be brought into the focus of the lens. In this
manner, by turning the endlefs fcrew, and bringing all the
lenfes, one after another, direGtly below the aperture, the
obje&t_ may be fucceflively examined with a variety of
magnifying powers. ‘Thefe fluid lenfes have been employed
as the object-glafles of compound microfcopes.

The fingle leah microfcope of Mr. Ellis has the advantage
of being fimple in its con{truétion, portable, and very com-
modious for the purpofes of pra€tical botanifts, the obfervers
of animalcula, &c. K (fg. 7.) reprefents the box con-
taining the whole apparatus: it is generally made of fith-
fkin ; and on the top there is a female ferew, for receiving
the ferew that is at the bottom of the pillar A: this is a
pillar of brafs, and is fcrewed on the top of the box. D
1s a brafs pin which fits into the pillar; on the top of this
pin is a hollow focket to receive the arm which carries the
magnifiers ; the pin is to be moved up and down, in order to
adjuft the lenfes to their focal or proper diftance from the
object. [N.B. In the reprefentations of this microfcope,
the pin D is delineated as paffing through a foeket at one
fide of the pillar A ; whereas it is ufual at prefent to make
it pafs down a hole boredthrough the middle of the pillar.)
E, the bar which carries the magnifying lens; it fits into the

focket

MICROSCOPE.

focket X, which Is at the top of the pin or pillar D, ‘This
arm may be moved backwards and forwards in the focket X,
and fideways by the pin D; fo that the magnifier, which is
ferewed into the ring at the end E of this bar, may be eafily
made to traverfe over any part of the object that lies on the
{tage or plate B. FF is a polithed filver {peculum, with a
magnifying lens placed at the centre thereof, which is per-
forated for this purpofe. The filver fpeculum {crews into
the arm E, as at I. G, another fpeculum, with its lens,
which is of a different magnifying power from the former.
H, the femicircle which fupports the mirror I; the pin R,
affixed to the femicircle H, pafles through the hole which
is towards the bottom of the pillar A.B, the flage, or the
plane, on which the objects are to be placed; it fits into
the fmall dove-tailed arm which is at the upper end of the
mer DA. A plane round glafs, with a fimall piece of black
ilk fuck on it, is ufed to lie in a circular groove made in the
flage B.A hollow watch glafs is to be laid oceafionally on
the ftage inftead of the plane glafs. L, a pair of nippers,
Thefe are fixed to the {tage by the pin at bottom ; the fteel
wire of thefe nippers flides backwards and forwards in the
focket, and this focket is moveable upwards and downwards
by means of the joint, fo that the pofition of the object may
be varied at saeafare: The object may Be fixed in the nip-
pers, ftuck on the point, or atkxed, by a little gum-water,
&c, to the ivery cylinder N, which occafionally f{erews to
the point of the nippers.

"to ufe this microfcope: take all the parts of the appa-
ratus out of the box; then begin by {crewing the pillar A
to the cover of it; pafs the pin R of the femicircle which
carries the mirror through the hole that is near the bottom
of the pillar A ; puth the ftage into the dove-tail at B, flide
the pin into the pillar (fee the N.B. above); then pals the
bar E through the focket which is at the top of the pin D,
and ferew one of the magnifying lenfes into the ring at F.
The microftope is now ready for ufe: and though the enu-
meration of the articles may lead the reader to imagine the
inftrament to be of a complex nature, we can fafely affirm that
he will find it otherwife. The inftrument has this peculiar ad-
vantage, that it is difficult to put any of the pieces in a place
which isappropriated to another. Let the object be now placed
either on the glaffes of the ttage, or in the nippers L, and
in fuch manner that it may be as nearly as poflible over the
centre of the ftage: bring the fpeculum F over the part you
mean to obferve ; then throw as much light on the fpeculum
as you can, by means of the mirror I, and the double mo-
tion of which it is capable; the light received on the fpecu-
lum is reflected by it on the obje&t. The diftance of the lens
F from the obje& is regulated by moving the pin D up and
down, until a diftin® view of it is obtained. he belt rule
is, to place the lens beyond its focal diftance from the object,
and then gradually to flide it down till the obje& appears
fharp and well defined. The adjuftment of the lenfes to
their focus, and the diftribution of the light on the obje&, are
what require the greateft attention: on the firit the diitiné-
nefs of the vifion depends; the pleafure arifing from a clear
view of the parts under obfervation is due to the modifica-
tion of the light. No precife rule can be given for attain-
ing accurately thefe points ; it is from practice alone that
ready habits of obtaining thefe neceflary properties can be
acquired, and with the affiftance of this no difficulty will be
found.

~ Mr. B. Martin has alfo contrived a microfcope for fimilar
purpofes with thofe to which that of Mr. Ellis is adapted.
AB (fg. 8.) reprefents a {mall arm fupporting two or’
more magnifiers, one fixed to the upper part as at B, the
other to the lower part of the arm at C ; thefe may be ufed

feparately or combined together, The arm AB is fup-
ported by the fquare pillar [ K, the lower end of which fits
into the focket E. of the foot F G; the flage D L is made
to flide up and down the {quare pillar; H, a concave mirror
for reflecting light on the objeét.—To ufe this microfcope
place the objeét on the flage, refleé the light on it from the
concave mirror, and regulate it to the focus, by moviog the
nige nearer to or farther from the lens at B. The ivory
flic ers pals through the flage ; other objeéts may be fixed in
the nippers M, N, and then brought under the eye-glafles ;
or they may be laid on one of the glaffes which fit the flage.
The apparatus to this inftrument confils of three ivor
Siders; a pair of nippers: a pair of forceps ; a flat glafs
and a concave ditto, both fitted to the flage.

The two lait microfcopes are frequenily fitted up with a
toothed rack and pinion, for the more ready adjuftment of
the glafles to their proper focus.

Dr. Withering, in his « Botanical A rrangements,”’ deferibes
a portable botanic microfcope. It confifts of three brafs
plates, A, B,C, ( fig.9.) whichers parallel to each other ; the
wires D and E are rivetted into the upper and lower plates,
which are by this means united to each other ; the middle
em or {tage is moveable on the aforefaid wires hy two
ittle fockets which are fixed to it. The two upper plates
each contain a magnifying lens, but of different powers ; one
of thefe confines and keeps in their places the fine point F,
the forceps G, and the {mall knife Ho ufe this inftru.
ment, unfcrew the upper lens, and take out the point, the
knife, and the forceps ; then fcrew the lens on again, place
the object on the ftage, and then move it up or down till
you have gained a diftin& view of the obje&, as one lens is
made of a fhorter focus than the other ; and {pare lenfes of
a {till deeper focus may be had if required. This little mi-
crofcope 1s the moft portable of any. Its principal merit is
its fimplicity.

Mr. B. Martin has contrived to mount feveral lenfes in
one frame, which are convenient for various purpofes, and
are carried in the pocket. He calls this apparatus a ¢ Hand
Megalafcope,”” from its ufe in viewing the larger fort of
{mall i ig expeditioufly. The cafe with its three frames
and. lenfes, is reprefented in fig. 10. The lenfes are com-
monly of 1,14 and 2 inches focus ; they are contrived fo as
to turn over each other, and that into the cafe. The three
lenfes fingly afford three magnifying powers; and by com-
bining two and two, we obtain three more; d with ¢ making
one, d with +f another, and c with Jf athird ; and all three
combined together make another ; fo that by this fimple ap-
paratus we have feven different magnifying powers. When
the three lenfes are combined, it is better to turn them in,
and look through them by the {mall apertures in the fides of
the cafe. The eye in this cafe is not incommoded by ex-
ternal light ; the aberration of the fuperfluous rays through
the glaffes is precluded ; and the eye coincides more exa@ily
with the common axes of the lenfes.

M. Lyonet'has invented a curious and ufeful microfeope,
for the purpofe of minute diffeétions and microfeopic prepa
rations. A B (fg.11.) is the anatomical table, which is-
f{upported by a pillar N O; this is ferewed on the foot CD.
The table A B is prevented from turning round by means
of two fteady pins. In this table or board there -is a hole
G, which is exa@ly over the centre of the mirror’E F, that
is to refle& the light on the obje& ; the hole G is defigned
to receive a flat or concave glafs, on which the objeéts for
examination are to be placed.

R X Z is an arm formed of feveral balls and fockets, by
which means it may be moved in every poffible fituation ; it
is fixed to the board by means of the ferew H. The lat

arm:

MICROSCOPE.

arm IZ has a female fcrew, into which a magnifier may be
ferewed as at’Z. By means of the fcrew H, a {mall motion
may be occafionally given to the arm I Z, for adjufting the
Jens with accuracy to its focal diftance from the object.

Another chain of balls is fometimes ufed, carrying a lens
to throw light upon the obje&t; the mirror is likewife fo
mounted, as to be taken from its place at K, and fitted ona
clamp, by which it may be fixed to any part of the table

To ufe the Diffeaing Table.—Let the operator fit with his
left fide near a light window ; the inftrument being placed
on a firm table, the fide D H towards the ftomach, the ob-
fervations fhould be made with the left eye. In diflecting,
the two elbows are to be fupported by the table on which the
inftrument refts, the hands refting againft the board A B;
and in order to give it greater ftability (as a {mall fhake,
though imperceptible to the naked eye, is very vilible in the
microfcope), the diffeGting inftruments are to be held one in
each hand, between the thumb and two fore-fingers.

Microscorss, Theory of Compound, or Double. Suppofe
an obje@i-glafs E D, (Plate XII. Optics, fig. 1.) the feg-
ment of a very {mall fphere, and the objet A B placed
without the focus F.

‘Suppofe an eye-glafs GH, convex on both fides, and
the fegment of a {phere greater (though not too great)
than that of D E; and let it be fo difpofed behind the ob-
je@, as that if CF: CL::CL;CK; the focus of the
eye-glafs may be in K.

Laftly, fuppofe LK: LM:: LM: LI. i

If, then, O be the place in which an objec is feen diftin&
with the naked eye; the eye, in this cafe, being placed in
I, will fee the obje& A B diftinétly, in an inverted fituation,
and magnified in a compound ratio of M K to L K, and
LC to CO; as is proved from the laws of dioptrics; 7. e.
the image itfelf is larger than the objet, and we are able to
view it diftin@ly at a lefs diftance. £.G. If the image be
twenty times larger than the object, and by the help of the
eye-glafs we are able to view it five times nearer than we
could have done with the naked eye, it will, on both thefe
accounts, be magnified 5 times 20, or 10 times.

Microscorss, Laws of Double. 1. The more an obje&
is magnified by the microfcope, the lefs is its field, i.e. the
lefs of it is taken in at one view.

2. To the fame eye-glafs may be fucceflively applied obje&-
glafles of various {pheres, fo as that both che entire objects,
but lefs magnified, and their feveral parts, much more mag-
nified, may be viewed through the fame microfcope. In
which cafe, on account of the different diftances of the
image, the tube L K, in which the lenfes are fitted, fhould
be made to draw out, For the proportion of the object-
glafs to the eye-glafs, fome commend the fubduple ratio,
and fome the fubfefquifextile. De Chales will have the
femidiameter of the convexity of the objeét-glafs to be 3 of
a digit, or, at moft, 45 in the eye-glafs an entire digit, or
even 14.. Cherubin makes the femidiameter of the objeé-
glafs 4, 4, or Lof a digit; the femidiameter of the eye-
glafs 14, or 1% of a digit.

3. Since it is proved that the diftance of the image L K
from the obje¢t-glafs D E will be greater, if another lens,
concave on both fides, be placed before its focus; it fol-
lows, that the objeé&t will be magnified the more, if fucha
lens be here placed between the objeét-glafs D E, and the
eye-glafs GH. Such a microfeope is much commended by
Conradi, who ufed' an objeét-lens,;convex on both fides, +
whofe femidiameter was two digits, its aperture equal to.a
muftard-feed ; a lens, concave on both fides, 12, or at moft

s

16 digits; and an eye-glafs, conyex on both fides, of fix
digits. '

4. Since the image is projeéted to the greater difance,
the nearer another lens, of a fegment of a id fphére, is
brought to the object-glafs ; a microfcope may be compofed
of three lenfes which will magnify prodigioufly.

. From thefe confiderations it follows, that the objeé
will be magnitied the more, as the eye-glafs is the fegment
of a {maller {phere; but the field of vifion will be the
greater, as the {ame is a fegment of a larger fphere. If,
then, two eye-glaffes, the one a fegment of a larger, the
other of a fmaller fphere, be fo combined, as that the ob-
je&t appearing very near through them, z. ¢. not farther dif-
tant than the focus of the firlt, be yet diftin€&t; the obje&,
at the fame time, will be exceedingly magnified, and the
field of vifion much greater than if only one lens was ufed ;
and the objeét will be {till more magnified, and the field en-
larged, if both the objeét and eye-glafs be double. But in
regard an objeét appears dim, when viewed through fo many
glafles, part of the rays being reflected in paffing through
each, the multiplying of lenfes is wot adyifable; and the
beft, among compound microfcopes, are thofe which confilt
of one objeét-glafs and two eye-glafles. Thefe eye-glaffes
are placed fometimes clofe together, and fometimes an inch
afunder ; by which means, although the object appears lefs
magnified, yet the vifible area is much enlarged by the inter-
polition of a fecond eye-glafs, and thus a much pleafanter
view is obtained. This additional lens is called the amplify-
ing glafs, and is generally about 14 inch in diameter, and
2 inches in focal length.

Dr. Hooke tells us, in the preface to bis Micrography,
that in moft of his obfervations he ufed a microfcope of
this kind, with a middle eye-glafs of a confiderable diame-
ter, when he wanted to fee much of the objeét at one view,
and took it out when he would examine the fmall parts of
an object more accurately ; for the fewer refractions there
are, the more light and clear the objet appears.

For a microfcope of three lenfes, De Chales commends
an obje&t glafs of 4 or 4 of a digit; and the firft eye-
glafs he makes 2 or 2% digits; the diftance between the ob-
je€t-glafs and eye-glafs about twenty lines. Conradi had an
excellent microfcope, the objeét-glafs of which was half a
digit, and the two eye-glafles (which were placed yery near)
four digits ; but it anfwered beft, wher, in lieu of the ob-.
jeQt-glafs, he ufed two glaffes, convex on both fides, their
{phere about a digit and a half, or at moft two, and their
convexities touching each other within the {pace of half
a line. Euftachius de Divinjs, inftead of an objeét-glafs
convex on both fides, uféd two plano-conyex lenfes, whofe
convexities touched; Grindelius did the fame, only that the
convexities did not quite touch, Zahnius made a binocular
microfcope, in which both eyes were ufed. .

It is obferved that compound microfcopes fometimes ex-
hibit a fallacious appearance, by reprefenting convex objects
concave, and vice verfd. See Phil. Tranf. N° 476. p. 387.

The magnifying power of a microfcope with more than
two lenfes, mult be computed from the effect of all the
lenfes (fee Lens); or it may be afcertained experimentally
inthe following manner. Place part of a divided ruler be-
fore the microfcope, fo that, looking through the inftrument,
you may fee one of its divifions magnified; then open the
other eye alfo, and looking with it at the ruler out of the mi-
crofcope, you will perceive the image of the magnified diyi-
fion as it were projeGted upon the ruler ; and you may eafily
fee how many divifions of the unmagnified ruler meafure, or
are equal to, the fingle magnified divifion, and that numbe
is the magnifying power of that microfcope, . Thus, if the™

. 3 ruler

MICROSCOPE,

viler be divided after the common way into inches and tentha,
and if you find that one magnified tenth is equal to threo
inches, you may conclude that the microfeope magnifies 30
times.

Mrenoscore, Strudure or Mechanifm of a Double. Uhe in-
duftey and addrefs of our countryman, Mr, Marthal, here de-
ferve to beremembered: the contteuction of the original double
microfeope being of his contrivance. In thiethe eye-glafs is at
W ( Plate X11. fig. 1.) the object-plafaat C, the middle glafs
at Ar: B is the cover or lid, to keep out the duft from the
eye-glafs W ; X is the place of the eye, W a fcrew where the
eye-glafs lies ; A 1 a {crew where the middle glafs lies; A 2
the drawer, where the outermoft tube At A 2 is disjoined
from the inner one, of the fame length; Z the frame or batis
on which the microfcope ttands firm; T afmall drawer in the
frame or balis, withea ledge or till init, having fix partitions
to hold fo many feveral objedt-glailes, one magnifying more
than another, and fixed in brafs cells ready to {crew on at C,
and marked 1, 2, 3, 4) §: 63 thefe partitions are alfo marked
By 25 By 4 5 5 the other part of the drawer fervea to hold
the object-plate ; a pair of {mall nippers, to take up, or
handle any object oa he another object-plate, having
one fide white and the other black, to fix your objects upon,
as black upon white, and white objects on black. L M is
a brafs ball and focket, on which the whole body of the mi-
crofcope is moveable, fo asto lie in any peso or the light.
L K, @ {quare brafs pillar, on which the microfcope is
moveable up and down, by means of the collar E, into which
the arm D (holding the microfcope) is continued. G, an-
other brafs collar fliding up and down on the pillar L K,
having a {mall ferew H, by which it is, as occafion ferves,
fixed fatk to the faid pillar, at any height. I, a large brafs
nut, in whofe centre is a female fcrew, fitted to the male
ferew F, which is fixed in the collar E; by the turning of
which nut I (the collar G being firft fixed to the pillar by
the ferew H) the microfcope is raifed up or down on tle
pillar, and made to come nearer or go farther from the ob-
je& Pc; and, whichis alfoavery great advantage, the axis
of the microfcope is always kept perpendicular to that point
of the objeéty over which it was firft placed ; fo that here is
not the inconvenience which occurs in other glaffes of often

lofing the fight of the object, by fcrewing the glafs C higher
or rn is a glats objest-plate fixed in a brafs frame,
whofe arm NN is fixed to the pillar by means of the nut O.

Thearm NN hath in ita flit, by which it is eafily put on, or
taken off the pillar, and by which it may be fixed upon it at
any diitance.. P, a fmall filh lying on the glafs-plate, that the
circulation of the blood may be {een in the end of the tail-fin.
R, a convex glais, by whofe help a bright {pot of light
is brought from a candle at S, ttanding on the ground, while
the microfcope ftands on the edge of a table or itool, which
fpot of light, c, ferves to render the circulation more confpi-
enous. WV, a leaden coffin to be put on the filh, to hinder it
from fpringing away, and moving his tail out of the light.
15 25 39 49/590, are marked on the pillar LK, to thew the
refpective diltances of the objeét-glafles from the obje@ you
look upon according as the objett-glafles you make ufe of
magnity more or leis. Thus, for inftance, if you ufe the
objeét-glafs 5 or 6 (either of which will fhew the circulation
of the blood) you mutt fix the upper edge of the collar E,
at the mark 5 or 6 on the pillar. And then the microfeope
wiil-be very near its exa& diftance from the objeét; fo that
by,a {mall turn or two of the nut I ove way or the other, to
be found by trial, you may foon fit it exa&tly to your ewa

eye. . ing fonb vd ey
By this microfcope liquors alfo may be very commodioully

cummed ; for if you place a {mall drop of any liquor.onjthe
Vou. XXII. 8

glals-plate, juft in the middle of the {pet of light ¢, the parte
of it will become very vilible, and its animalcula, if it have
any, will be difeovered. And thus may the eels in vinegar,
the {mall creatures in black-pepper water, or in water where
wheat, barley, &c. hasbeen infated, the cele and other {mall
living creatures in puddle-water, be as plainly feen as by al-
moft any other microfeope.

In the microfcope, in which the objets are illuminated by
reflection, made by Mr, Culpeper and Mr. Scarlet, as an im.
provement of Mrz Marbhal’s, the inner tube, ad, fs: 2.)
which flides in the outer, ¢ d, holds all the glaffes. e ey ce
glalsisat aa, the broad middle glafs at 44, and the obje@-
glafs, being fet ina button at ¢, is {crewed upon the end of
a narrower tube fg; which being fixed in the bafe of the
inner tube, pafles freely through a hole in the bale of the
outer, The buttons that contain feveral objeét-glaffes are
marked 1, 2, 3, &c. and the convexity of the inner tube is
alfo marked with dotted circles, numbered 1, 2, 3, &c. in
order to bring that circle to coincide with the mouth ¢ ¢ of
the outer tube, whofe number is the fame as that of the ob-
jeét-glafs then made ufe of. But if the objeét does not
yet appear quite diftin&, the pinion R muft be turned,
which, by a rack on the tube of the microfcope, brings it
nearer to the object placed below it. Of thefe Eiies
the greater maguilicrs are known by their having {maller
apertures.

The bate dd of the outer tube is fupported by three brafs
pillars, fixed into a wooden pedeftal 4; and a little below
the objeét-glafs i a circular plate sé is fixed likea ftage
between the pillars, having a circular hole in the centre
to receive glafles, &c. to place objets upon.. Three {mall
brafs circles mm, with holes through the middle of them, are
to be placed over the hole in the middle of the {tage ; and then
the ivory fliders with objets may be put between the two up-

ermott of thefe circles, which are prefled together by a {piral
an a wire lodged between the two undermof; the two
outermott being held together by two {mall pillars paffing
through two holes in the circumference of the middle circle.
For viewing the circulation of the blood, the button , on
the under fide of the frame of a broad plane glafs gr, being
put through a flit made in the ftage, a {mall brafs bolt s,
under the fa e, muft be fhoved inwards, till a {maller flit in
it embraces the neck of the faid button; and then the fh
being laid upon this glafs, and covered with the leaden cofinV,
(fg: 1.) its tail may be brought exaétly under the obje@-
glafs by turning the glafs pq about the button, or by
thoving it inwards or outwards along the flit in the ftage,
The circular objeét-plate v x has a like button in its centre,
to be put into the fame flit as.before; and then the differ-
ent objects, placed between two talcs in the holes made
round the circumference of the plate, may be viewed fuc-
ceflively. by turning the plate about its centre.

_ All thefe tranfparent objects are illuminated extremely
well in this microfcope, either by candle-light or skylight
reflected upwards from a concave looking-glafs y x, placed in
a frame from the centre 4 of the pedeftal. While you are
viewing the obje@ through the microfcope, tura this concave
upon its horizontal poles y, z, and you will foon find out that
pofition of it in which it refle&ts the moft light throughthe hole
in the ftage upon the obje& ; and this happens when it refleéts
the rays yery obliquely. Opaque objects, when laid upon a
black ebory or a white ivory plate, put into the hole upon
the ftage, may be illuminated by candle-light tranfmitted
through.a double convex lens #8; the item of the frame
« 8, in which it turns, beisg put into the hole in the ftage.
‘The candle-muft be placed in a line drawn from. the obje&
through the middle of this a -atf{uch a diitance from t *

3

MICROSCOPE.

fhall caufe the fpot of lizht upon the obje€t-plate to be the
narroweft. By day-light this lens gives little or no advantage
to the dire& fky-light.

Mr. Adams, in his ‘“ Effays,’” has defcribed an improve-

ment of this kiud of microfcope, which is as follows: A B
{ Plate XIV. fig. 1.) veprefents the body of the microfcope,
containing a double eye-glafs and a body-glafs: it is here
fhewn as {crewed to the arm C D, from whence it may be oc-
¢afionally removed, either forthe convenience of packing, or
when the inftrument is to be ufed as a fingle microfcope.
” The eye-glaffes and the body-giaffes are contained in a tube
which fits into the exterior tube A B ; by pulling out a litrle
this tube when the microfcope is in ufe, the magnifying
power of each lens is increafed.

The body A B of the microfcope is fupported by the arm
CD;; this arm is fixed to the main pillar C F, which is
ferewed firmly to the mahogany pedeftal GH; there is fome-
times a drawer to this pedeftal, which holds the apparatus.

NIS, the plate or en which carries the flider-holder
K L: this ftage is moved up or down the pillar CF, by
turning the milled nut M ; this nut is fixed to a pinion, that
works in a toothed rack cut on one fide of the pillar. By means
of this pinion, the ftage may be gradually raifed or depreffed,
and the objet adjutted to the focus of the different lenfes.

K L is a flider-holder, which fits into a hele that is in the
middle ftage NIS ; it is ufed to confine and guide either the
motion of the fliders which contain the objects, or the glafs
tubes that are defigned to confine {mall fifhes for viewing the
circulation of the blood. The fliders are to be palfed between
the two upper plates, the tubes through the bent plates.

Lisa brafs tube, to the lower part of which is fixed the
condenfing lens for concentrating the light refleted up from
the mirror O; it fits into the under part of the flider-holder
KL, and may be fet at different diltances from the objec,
according to its diflance from the mirror or the candle.

O is the frame which holds the two refleGting mirrors, one
of which is plane, the other concave. Thefe mirrors may be
moved in various direétions, in order to refle@ the light pro-
perly, by means of the pivots on which they move, in the
femicircle QS R, and the motion of the femicircle itfelf on
the pin S: the concave mirror generally anfwers beft in the
day-time ; the plane mirror combines better with the con-
denfing lens, and 2 lamp orcandle. At D there is a focket
for receiving the pin of the arm Q (ig. 2.) to which the
concave fpeculum R, for refleéting light on opaque objeéts,
is fcrewed. At Sis a hole and flit for receiving either the nip-
pers abc (fig. 7.); or the fith-pan (fiz. 8.) ; when thefe are
ufed, the flider-holder muft be removed. A hole is made in
the oppofite fide of the ttage to receive the pin g of the con-
vex lens S, fig. 3.

To ufe this microfeope : Take it out of the bex. Screw
the body into the round end of the upper part of the arm C D.
Place the brafs fliders, which contain the magnifiers, into the
dove-tailed flit which is on the under fide of the aforefaid
arm, as feen at E, and flide it forwards until the magnifier
you mean to ufe is under the centre of the body : oppofite
to each magnifier‘in this flit there is a notch, and in the dove-
tailed part of the arm C D there isa fpring, which falls into
the above-mentioned: notch, and thus makes each magnifier
coincide with the centre of the body. Pafs the ivory flider
you intend to ufe between the upper plates of the flider-
holder K L, and then refle& as ftrong alight as you can
on the objet by meansof one ofthe mirrors ;. after this, ad-
juft the obje& to the focus of the magnifier and youreye, by
turning the milled {crew M, the motion of which raifes and
deprefies the flage NIS. The degree of light neceflary
for each objet, and the accuracy required:in. the adjuftment

of the lenfes to their proper focal diftance from the objet,
will be eafily attained by a little praétice,

When opaque objets are to be examined, remove the flider-
holder, and place the obje& ona flat glafs, or fix it in the
nippers (fig. 7-); the pin ¢ of thefe fits into the hole on the
ftage; {crew the concave fpeculum R into the arm Q ( fig 2.}
and then pafs the pin of this arm through the focket D,
(fig. 1.) the light is now to be reflected from the concave
mirror to the filver fpeculum, and from this down on the
obje&. No exaét rule can be given for reflecting the light
on the obje&t ; we mult therefore refer the reader to the mo-
ther of all aptnefs, practice. The fpeculum mutt be moved.
lower or higher, to {uit the focus of the different magnifiers
and the nature of the objeé. _

The foregoing direétions apply equally to the ufing of this
inftrument as a fingle microfcope ; with this difference only,
that the body A B is then removed, and the eye is applied:
to the upper furface of the arm C D, exaétly over the mag-
nifiers.

This microfcope is fometimes made with the following al-
terations, which are fuppofed to render it ftill more convenient
and ufeful. The arm CD that carries the body and mag-
nifiers is made both to turn on a pin, and to flide backwards.
and forwards in a focket at C; fo that, inftead of moving:
the objeéts below on the ftage, and difturbing them, the mag-
nifiers are more conveniently brought over any part of the ob-
jets as defired. The condenfing glafs is made larger,.and
flides upon the fquare bar C F quite diftin& from the ttage,.
like the mirrors below ; and itis thereby made ufeful for any
other objets that may be applied on: glaffes fitted to the
ftage, as well as thofe put into the flider-holder K. It is
thereby not confined to this {tage alone, as in the preceding.
When the body A B is taken away, the arm C D may be
flipt away from its bar, with the magnifiers, and the forceps,
wire, and joint, applied to it as at fiz. 7. ; and it thereby
ferves the purpofe of a {mall hand tingle or opaque micro-
fcope, for any obje& occafionally applied to this wire. The
magnifiers in the flider E are mounted in a wheel cafe,.whick
perhaps prevents its being in the way fo much as the long:
flider E before defcribed. ‘This contrivance is reprefented in:

Jig. 5; and feparated in fiz. 4.

Mr. Martin’s new univerfal compound microfcope, which
combines the ufes and advantages of. eae compound,
opaque, and aquatic microfcopes, as now conitruéted by the
opticians of London, is reprefented in fg. 5. A, B, D, is
the body of the microfcope; which confiits of four parts,
viz. A B the eye-piece, or that containing. the cyeghiicn,
and is fcrewed. into the top of a moveable or fliding tube
which contains the bedy-glafs {crewed into its lower part.
D is the exterior tube or cafe, in which the other flides
up and down in an eafy and fteady manner. This motion
of the interior tube is ufeful to imcreafe or decreafe the
magnifying power of the body-glafs when thought ne-~
ceffary, as before-mentioned. E isa pipe or fnout {crewed
on to the body of the microfcope D, and at its lower parts
over the feveral magnifying lenfes hereafter defcribed;
F GH1 is the fquare {tem of the microfcope, upon which the
ftage R moves in an horizontal pofition, upward or down-
ward, by means of the fine rack-work of teeth and pinion.
K. L isa ftrong felid joint and pillar, by which the pofition
of the inftrument is readily altered from a vertical one to an
oblique orto a-perfe€tly horizontal one, as may be required :
it'is thus well adapted to the eafe of the obferver either fitting
or ftanding; and as it is very often ‘convenient to view ob-
jets by dire& unrefle&ed light, when the fquare ftem F I is
placed in an horizontal pofition for this purpofe, the mirror T
ia then to be taken off in order to prevent the obftruction of

8 the

MICROSCOPE,

the rays, NOP, the tripod or foot by which the whole
body of the microfeope is fleadily fupported; thefe chree
arms fold up under each other at N, when packed into the
cafe. W isa brafs frame, that contains the condenfing lens,
and acts in conjunction with the large concave and plane mir-
rors below at ‘I’; the refleéted rays from which, either of the
common light or of that of a candle or lamp, it agreeably
modifier, and makes fleady in the field of view.

The particulars of the apparatus to this microfcope are
aa follow: Q (fee alfo fg. 4.) is a circular brafs box,
containing fix maynifiers or objeét lenfes, numbered 1, 2,
3+ te 516% the digits of which appear feverally through
a {mall round hole y, (fg. 4.) in the upper plate of it,
To the upper fide i fixed a {mall circle of brafs x, by
which it is conneAed with, and ferewed into, the round
end of the arm abed; which is a long piece of brafs,
and moves through either by teeth or pinion, or nor, ag
may be defired, in ef which is a focket on the upper part
of the pillar, and admits, with a motion both ealy and fleady,
the brafs arm, Risa fixed (tage, upon which the objects
to be viewed are to be placed: it is firmly fattened to the
{quare pillar, which is moved by the rack-work. In the
middle is a large circular hole, for receiving concave glaffes,
with fluids, &c. it has alfo a fliding {pring-frame to fatten
down flips of glafs or other things: at g ¢ x are three {mall
fockets or holes, intended to receive feveral parts of the ap-
paratus. S is the refractor, or illuminating lens, for con-
verging the fun’s rays upon opaque objects laid upon the
{tage R. Oz it may be fixed, as in fg. 3, to move ina femi-
circle, fixing its long fhank g, in a {pring focket 4, in the
arm #; this arm moving every way by a ftout pin é in the
focket # of the ftage. In this manner it is eafily adjufted to
any pofition of the fun, candle, &c.—T, the reflecting-glafs
frame, containing a concave and plane fpeculum, which is
moved upon the fquare pillar by the hand. The ufe of it
is to illuminate all tran{parent obj»&s that are applied to
the {tage above.

Befides the apparatus reprefented, there is an auxiliary
moveable {tage ; which by means of a pin is placed in the
hole ¢ of the ftage R, and can be moved in an horizontal di-
rection over the whole field of the ftage. In this ftage, there
are three circular holes with fhouldered bottoms ; a large one
in the middle, and on each fide a {mall one, for the reception of
the three gneve neceflary articles: a watch-glafs to be
placed in the large hole, to hold fluids containing animalcules,
&c.; a circular piece of ivory, one fide of which is black, the
other white, to fupport opaque objects of different con-
tralted colours; and circular plane and concave glafles, for
extemporaneous tranfparent objeéts.—The fame ufe is made
of the two fmall holes as of the large one, only in a leffer
degree, toreceive {mall concave glafles, plates, &c.

s (fig. 6.) is the filvered{peculum, called a Lieberkbun,which
makes the tingle opaque microfcope, by being {crewed to
the flider co be (fg. 5.) in room of the box of lenfes Q,
and the body A E aboveit. The chief ufe of this isto view
very {mall objeéts ftrongly illuminated near the compounded
focus of the mirror T (fg. 5-) In fg. 7. are the forceps or
pliers, for holding fuch kind of objects, and by which they
can be applied very readily to the focus of the lens in the Lie-
berkhun. They have a motion zll ways by means of the
{pring focket a, the joint 6, andthe fhank ¢: they are placed
with the pin ¢ in the focket ¢ of the fixed itage R (jg. 5.)
and 7 is a {mall piece of ivory, to be placed upon the
pointed end of the pliers: it is black upon one fide, and
white upon the other, to receive opaque objets.

R (fg. 2.) is a Lieberkhun ofa larger fize than that firft
mentioned, with a-hole ia its centre: this is ferewed into

the hole Q of a brafe ring, fallened to a long wire d; which
moves up and down in the {pring focket # of the flage R,
(figs ‘ in which it alfo moves fideways; and thus, with
the body A E above, forms an aquatic compound microfcope
for thewing all forts of objeéts in water and other fluids
placed under it in a watch-glafs on the flage.

Sometimes a cone is ufed, with a proper aperture to ex-
clude {vperfluous light, that would difturb a critical obferva-
tion of a curious object; it is {crewed to the under fide of
the fixed ftage R.

There is what is ufually called a bug-box, confifting of
aconcave glafs with a plane one {crewed over it; by means
of which a bug, loufe, flea, &c. may be fecured and viewed
alive, Itisto be placed on the lage. R ;

Fig. 8. is the fifh-pan. In the long concave body a 4, a
fih may be fo confined by the ribband ¢, that the tranfparent
tail may be in part over the flit or hole at d. In this flate, it
is placed on the ttage R, with the pin d in the hole ¢ of the
flage, and moves freely aud horizontally for viewing the cir-
culation of the blood, &c.

A flider-holder may be placed on the ftlage R: it receives
the fliders and tubes when filled with tranfparent obje&s, to be
viewed cither by the compound or fingle microfcope.

Fig. 9. reprefents the wory. flider, to hold the obje&s
between the tales as ufual.

Fig. 10. is a ufeful auxiliary flider framed in brafs.. Iv
this flider {mall concave glafles are cemented ; and a flip of
plane glafs flides over them ; by which any {mall living ob-
ject, as mites, &c. may be confined without injury, and de-
liberately viewed.

The inftrument has a fet of glafs tubes, three in number,
one within another ; they are ufeful for fmall tadpoles, water-
newts, eels, &e. when the circulation of the blood is to be
viewed. There is a {mall hole at one end of each tube, thar
ferves to admit the air; for when they are filled with water,
the other end is {topped with a cork.

A fmall ivory box, containing {pare talcs and wires, to
fupply the fliders with occafionally.

X, (fg-6.) is a brafs cell or nar ve avery {mal}
lens, properly fet between two {mall plates of brafs, that it may
be brought very near.to the objeé& when viewed with it as a
fingle microfcope. This magnifier is {crewed into the fame
hole as the wheel of fix magnifiers Q are in fg. 5. :

There is a lens, adapted to view and examine objeé&s, by
magnifying them fufliciently, fo. as to be able to apply them
to the microfcope for infpection : on this account it is called
the explorator.

The preceding are the chief articles of the apparatus ;
which, on account of their being fomewhat different from
what is applied to other microfcopes, we have been thus par-
ticular in defcribing. In ufing the microfcope, and while
viewing obje€:s by either the fingle or compound inftrument,
the focal diftances of the magnifiers are made perfe@lly exact
by turning of the pinion at the nut w, in ore way or the
other, very gently in the teeth of the rack-work at the
front ef the bar F I.

It is neceffary that the centres of the obje& lenfes or mag-
nifiers, the flage, and the mirrors at bottom, fhould all be
in a right line in the axis of the microfcope, when opaque ob-
jets are to be viewed, that are placed upon the ivory plate 7,
or the forceps, and all other fuch forts of obje&s which
are placed in the centre cf the ftage R, or the ‘flider-
holder: but when aquatic or living cbje¢ts, which require a
great {pace to move in, are to be viewed, then the horizontal
motion at ef (jig. 5.) is made ufe of, and the view may
be extended laterally over the whole of the. diameter of the
object or field of view; and by ied the arm a $¢ forward

3Q2 or

MICROSCOPE.

or backward in its focket ef, the view is extended in the con-
trary direétion equally well ; and in this manner the whole of
the objets may be viewed without the leaft difturbance.

As the brafs arm abc may be brought tothe height of
three or four inches above the {tage R; fo, by means of the
rack-work motion of the flage, a lens of a greater focal dif
tance than the greateft in the wheel Q may be occafionally
applied in place of the wheel, and thereby the larger kind of
objects be viewed ; the inftrument becoming, ‘in this cafe,
what is called a megala/cope. ‘Two fixes of thefe lenfes, fur-
nifhed with Lieberkhuns, are fhewn at LM, fg. 6.

In viewing moving living objects, or even fixed ones, when
nice motions are requifite, a rack-work and pinion is often
applied-to the arm aéc: the arm is cut out with teeth
and the pinion, as fhewn at Y, is applied to work it. ‘This
aéts but in one dire€tion ; and, in order to produce an equally
neceffary motion perpendicular to this, rack-work and pinion
is applied tangent-wife to the ftage, which is then jointed.

T'o fit microfcopes, as well as telefcopes, to fhort-fighted
eyes, the objeét-glafs and the eye-glafs mut be placed a little
nearer together, fo that the rays of each pencil may not
emerge parallel, but may fall diverging upon the eye.

Microscope, Reflediag, is properly that which magnifies
by refleétion, as the above-mentioned ones do by refraétion.

The ftruéture of fuch a microfcope may be conceived thus:
wear the focus of a concave fpeculum, AB ( Plate XIII.
SB: 3°) place a minute object C, that its image may be formed
larger than itfelf in D ; to the fpeculum join a lens, convex
on both fides, E F, fo as the image D may be in its focus.

The eye will here fee the image inverted, but diftinét, and
enlarged ; confequently, the obje& will be larger than if
viewed through the lens alone.

The inventor of this microfcope is the great fir I. New-
ton ; but the objeéts appear dim in it.

Any telefcope is converted into a microfcope, by removing

the objeét-glafs to a greater diftance from the eye-glafs.
‘And fince the diftance of the image is various, according to
the diftance of the objeét from the focus ; and it is magnified
the more, as its diftance from the objeét-glafs is greater ; the
fame telefcope may be fucceffively converted into microfcopes,
which magnify the objeét in different degrees.
The conftruétion of this microfcope is more particularly
explained in fig. 4. in which, inftead of the lens def, there
is placed a fmall ipeculum def; fo that the obje& ac 4 being
placed above it, ata little greater diftance from the focus g,
has its image AC B, formed by refleCtion, as in the other
cafe it was by refraction, through the lens df. Now if we
fappofe the focal diffance of the obje&t {peculum de f, and
lens def the fame, the effet of the microfcope in other
xefpeAts will be the fame alfo.

For the dittance of the obje&t a b above the fpeculum, will
be equal to the diftance of the objeét ab below the lens, in
order that the image may be formed at the fame diftance Ce.
The pofition of the obje& will be inverted; for all the rays
flowing from the point a, will be refleéted by the fpeculum
to the:point Ay, in the fame manner as if they came by refrac-
tion through the lens from the point a. Thus the part # in
the obje& wilh be reflected to the focus B in the image, which,
therefore, is inverted. The power of magnifying will alfo
be the fame in this and in the refle@ting telefcope of a fimilar
conftru@tion. ‘For fince the image A B and the obje& ad
are feea under equal angles from the vertex eof the fpeculum,
the triangles @e 6, and Ae B will be fimilar, and therefore
AB:a@b::Cezce; butintheotheritis AB:ab::Cé:ce.
But the latter ratio of thefe analogies is the fame in both, and
confequently the firft is fo too, This microfeope is not fo
eafy to manage as the common fort. For vifion by reflection,

7

as it is much more perfeét, fo it is far more difficult than
that by refraGtion. Nor is this microfcope fo ufeful for any
but very {mall or tranfparent objeéts. For the objeét, being
between the fpcculum and image, would, if it were large
and opaque, prevent a due refleétion.

In Dr. Smith's refteCting microfcope there are two te-
fleGting mirrors, one concave and the other convex, and the
image is viewed by a lens. To explain it, let AD (fig. 5.)
be a large concave f{pcculum, and ad fmall convex one,
each perforated in the middle with the holes BC, dc.
Both thefe are fegments of the fame {phere, 6r ground on
tools of an equal radius, viz. of two inches, that fo the
focal diftance of each fpeculum may be juft one inch.

Thefe two fpeculums are placed at the diftance of about
14 inch from each other, that fo an object OPQ, being
placed a little below the fmaller fpeculum, might be between
the focus F and centre E of the larger fpeculum. ‘Things:
thus circumftanced, the rays PA, P D, which flow from the
point P in the obje&, on the fpeculum AD, will be re-
fle&ed towards a focus p, where an image opg would be-
formed, if the rays were not intercepted by the convex
f{peculum ad; and the point p being nearer than its focus

jf; the rays Aa, Dd, which tend. or converge towards it,

will be refleGted to a focus P, where the lait image, 0 PQ,
will be formed, to be viewed through the eye-glafs G, by
the eye at I.

This microfcope, though far from being executed in the’
beft manner, performed, Dr. Smith fays, nearly as well as the
very beft refraCting microfcopes ; fo that he did not doubt, .
but that it would have excelled them, if it had been exe-
cuted properly. Dr. Smith’s own account of this inftru+
ment may be feen in his Optics, Remarks, p. 94.

Microscops, Solar, called alfo the camera ob/tura micro-
feope, was invented by Mr. Lieberkuhn in 1738 or 17395
and is compofed of a tube, a looking-glafs, a convex lens,
and a Wilfon’s microfeope. ‘The tube ¢ (fg. 6.) is brafs
near two inches in diameter, fixed in a circular collar of’
mahogany, with a groove on its periphery on the outfide,
denoted by z, 3, and conneGed by a eat-gut to the pulley
4 on the upper part ; which turning round at pleafure, by
the pin 5 within, in a fquare frame, may be adjutted eafily
to a hole in the fhutter of a window, by the ferews 1, ¥,
in fach a’ manner that no light can pafs into the room, but
through the aforefaid tube c. Faftened to the frame by
hinges, on the fide that goes without the window, is a
locking-glafs G, which, by means of a jointed brafs-wire,.
6, 7, and the fcrew H 8, coming through the frame, may
be moved either vertically or horizontally, to throw the
fun’s rays through the brafs tube into the darkened room,
The end of the brafs tube without the fhutter has a convex
lens, 5, to collet the rays, thrown on it by the glafs G,.
and bring them to a focus in the other part, where D is a
tube fliding in and out, to adjuft the object to a due diftance:
from the focus; and to the end G of another tube F, is
fcrewed one of Wiifon’s fimple pocket microfeopes, con-
taining the obje&t to be magnified ina flider ;, and by the
tube F, fliding on the {mall end E of the other tube D, it
is brought to a true focal diftance..

The folar microfcope has been introduced into the fmalk
and portable, as well as the large camera obfeura; and if
the image be received upon a piece of half-ground glafs,
fhaded from the light of the fun, it will be fufficiently
vifible. -M: Lieberkuhn made confiderable improvements
in his folar’ microfcope, particularly in adapting it to the
view of opaque objeéts ; and M. Apinus, Nov. Com: Petrop.
vol.'ix. p. 326; has contrived, by throwing the light upon
the forefide of any objeét; before it is tranfmitted ii

the

MICROSCOPE.

the: objeé fens, to reprefent with equal advantage all kinds
of objects by it. In this improvement, the body of the
common folar microfeope is retained, and only an addition
made of two brafs plates, CA and BA (fg. 7.) joined
by a hinge, avd kept at a proper difkance by a ferew. A
feétion of thefe plates, and of all the neceffary parte of the
inflrument, may be feen in fy. 8, where ¢, a, reprefent
rays of the fun converging from the illuminating lens, und
falling upon the mirror dé, which is fixed to the nearer of
the brafs plates. From this they are thrown upon the ob-
ject ate f, and thence are tran{mitted through the object lens
at K, and a perforation in the farther plate, upon a {creen,
asufual, The ufe of the ferew x is to vary the diltance of
the two plates, and thereby to adjuft the mirror to the ob-
jet with the greatelt exactnefs. A very confiderable ims
provement may be made in the folar microfeope, by fublti-
tuting Ram{den’s achromatic eye-piece inftead of the con-
vex objeét-lens. For M. Euler’s method of introducing
vifion by reflected light into this microfcope, fee Magic
Jantern

An improved /lar microfeope, as ufed with the improved
fingle microfcope, with teeth and pinions, is exhibited in
Plate XV. figs. 1, 2, and 3. The former figure reprefents the
whole form of the fingle microfeope; the parts of which are a
follows: A BCD the external tube ; G HF K the internal
moveable one; QM part of another tube within the lait,
at one end of which is fixed a plate of brafs: hollowed in
the middle, for receiving the glafs tubes = there is alfo a
moveable flat plate, between which, and the fixed end of
the fecond tube, the ivory fliders are to be placed. L, a

rt of the microfcope, containing a wire {piral fpring,
aoiin the tube Q M with’ its plates firm againtt the fixed
part TK of the fecond tube.

EF is the fmall rack-work of-teeth and pinion, by which
the tube 1 Gis moved gradually to or from the end A B,
for adjufting the objects exactly to the focus of different
Jengths, N-Ovis a brafs- flider, with fix magnifiers ; any
one of which may-eafily be placed before the obje&. It is
known when either of the glaffes is in the centre of the

ye-hole, by a‘fmall {pring falling into 2 notch in the fide
of the flider; made againit each of the giafles- ‘Thofe
parts of the apparatus before defcribed, vrx. iron-fliders,
with holder, glafs tubes, forceps, Lieberkhuns, buttons, &c-
&&e. are made ufe of to this microfcope. GH isa brafs
cell, which holds an illuminating glafs for converging the fun’s
beams, or the light of a candle ftrongly upen the objects.
The aperture of the glafs is made greater or lefs, by two
circular pieces of brais, with holes of different fizes, that
are {crewed feparately over the faid lens. But at times, ob-
jects appear beft, when the microfcope is held up to the
common light. only, without this glafs. It is alfio taken
away whenthe microfcope is apphed to the apparatus now
to be defcribed. f ;

Fig. 2. reprefents the apparatus, with the fingle micro-
feope fcrewed to it, which conttitutes the folar microfcope.
AB is the inner moveable tube, to which the fingle micro-
fcope is ferewed. CD is the external tube, coutaining a
eondenfing convex gla!s at the end D, and is {crewed into
the plate E F, which is cut with teeth at its circumference,
and moved by the pinion J, that is. fixed with the plate
GH. © This plate is {crewed faft,againtt the window-fhutter,
or board fitted to a convenient window ofa darkened room,
when the inftrument is ufed.. KL is a long frame, :fixed
to the circular plate E F; containing a look -glafs' or
mirror for reflecting the fol&r rays through the lens in the
body of ‘the tube D. Oris a brafs milled head, fattened to
a worm or endlefs {crew which on the: ovtfide turns a

{mall wheel, by which the refe¢ting mirror M is
wards or downwards.

In uling this mierofeope, the fquare frame G H is firlt
to be ferewed to the window-fhutter, and the room well
darkened; which is beft done by cutting a round hole of
the fize of the moveable plate E F, that carries the refleAtor,
in the window-fhutter or board; and by means of two
brafs nuts a, a, let into the fhutter to receive the {crews
P, P, when placed through the holes in the {quare frame G H,
at the two holes Q,Q;3 which will firmly falten the micro-
feope to the hutter, and is eafily taken away by only un-
{crewing the ferews P, P,

A ato paper fcreen, or white cloth to receive the
images, is to be placed feveral feet diftant from the window :
which will make the reprefentations the larger in pro-
portion to the diftance. The ufual diftances are from fix
to 16 feet.

The frame K L, with its mirror Mj is to be moved by
turning the pinion I, one way or the other, till the beams
of the fun's light come through the hole into the room :
then, by turning of the worm at O, the mirror muft be
raifed or depreffed, till the rays become perfectly horizontal,
and go flraight acrofs the room to the fereen, The tube
CD, with its lens at D, is now to be ferewed into the hole
of the circular plate EF: by this glafs the rays will be
converged to a focus; and from thence proceed diverging
to the fcreen, andthere make a large circle of light. The
fmgle microfcope, ( fig. 1.) is to be ferewed on to the
post B ( fg.2.) of the inner tube; and the flider NO,
with either of the lenfes marked 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, in the
centre of the hole at the end AB. This will occafion a
circle of light upon the fereen much larger than before.
The flider or glafs tube, with the objeGts to be viewed, is
to be placed between the plates at I K againft the {malf *
magnifier, and moved at pleafure. By fhifting the tube
A: Bin or out, you may place the objeét in fuch a part of -
the condenfed rays as fhall be fufficient to illuminate it, ‘and
not feorch or burn it ; which will generally require the glafs
to be about one inch diftant from the focus. It now remains’
only to adjuft the obje&, or to bring it fo near to the mag-
nifier that its image formed upon the fcreen hall be the moit
diftm& or perfect: and it is effeéted by gently turning the
pinion F, (fg. 1.) a {mall matter one way or the other. -
If the object be rather large in fize, the leaft magnifiers are
generally ufed, and vice vera. :

N° 1, is the greateft magnifier, and N° 6. the leaft, in the -
brafs flider NO. But, if defired, fingle lenfes of greater -

magnifying powers are made: and they are applied, by bes
ing {crewed to the end A.B, (-/iy. 2.) and the brafs flider ~
N O is then taken away.

The fame object may be varionfly magnified, by the lenfes -
feverally applied to it ; and the degree of magnifying power ~
is eafily known by this rule: 4s the diflance of the-objed? is to -
that of its image from the magnifier ; fo is the length or breadth -
of the obje&-to that of the image. —

Inftead of the brafs fliders with the lenfes N, Oj there~
is fometimes fcrewed a lens of a large fize, and longer focak
diftance: .the inftrument is then converted into a megala-

Scope ;, and is adapted for viewing the larger kind of objects
contained ir larger fliders, {ach as is reprefented at R ( (fig. 3.)
Asnd, in the fame manner, {mall objets of entertainment,
painted upon glafs like the fliders of a magic lanthorn; are
much magnified, and reprefented upon the fame fereen.

The Jucernalmicrofecpe of Mr. Adams, a3 mounted to
view opaque objedts, is reprefented in fg. 4.. ABCD is
a large gary pyramidal box, which forms the body of
the migrofeope:; it is fupported firmly on the brafs oa

G;

moved up-

MICROSCOPE.

FG, by means of the focket H and the curved piece
IK

L MN isa guide for the eye, in order to direé it in the
axis of the lenfes ; it confifts of two brafs tubes, one fliding
within the other, and a vertical flat piece, at the top of
which is the hole for the eye. The outer tube is ‘feen at
MN, the vertical piece is reprefented at LM. The inner
tube may be pulled out or pufhed in, to adjuft it to the
focus of the glaffes. The vertical piece may be raifed or
depreffed, that the hole, through which the objec ‘is to be
viewed, ‘may coincide with the:centre of the field of view;
it is fixed by a milled fcrew at M, which could not be
fhewn in this: figure.

At N is a dove-tailed piece of brafs, made to receive the
dove-tail at the end of the tubes M, N, by which it is af-
fixed to the wooden box ABCDE. The tubes M,N,
may be removed from this box occafionally, for the conve-
nience of packing it up ina lefs compafs.

O P, a {mall tube which carries the magnifiers.

O, one of the magnifiers; it is {crewed into the end of a
tube, which flides within the tube P; the tube P may be
vunfcrewed occafionally from the wooden body.

QRSTVX,a long {quare bar, which paffes through the
fockets Y,Z, and carries the ftage or frame that holds the
objeéts ; this bar may be moved backward or forward, in
order to adjuft itto the focus by means of the pinion which
is at a.

4, a handle furnifhed with an uniyerfal joint, for more
conveniently turning the pinion. When the handle is re-
moved, the nut (jg. 5.) may be ufed in its ftead.

de, a brafs bar, to fupport the curved piece KI, and
keep the body A B firm and fteedy.

fghi, the ftage for opaque Pra. it fits upon the
bar QRST by means of the focket 47, and is brought
nearer to or removed farther from the magnifying lens by
turning the pinion a: the objeéts are placed in the front fide
of the ftage (which cannot be feen in this figure) between
four {mall brafs plates: the edzes of two of thefe are feen
at £/. The two upper pieces of brafs are moveable ; they
are fixed to a plate, which is a¢ted on by a fpiral {pring,
that preffes them down, and confines the flider with the ob-
jeGis: this plate, and the two upper pieces of brafs, are
lifted up by the {mall nut m.

At the lower part of the flage, there is a femicircular
lump of glafs n, which is defigned to receive the light from
the lamp (fig. 29.), and to colleét and throw it on the con-
cave mirror 0, whence it is to be ne a3 on the oe

The upper part rs (fig. 4.) of the opaque ftage
takes Sunt Ba hi de a ate objets may be ag
ferted in its place.

Fig. 6. reprefents the ftage for tranfparent objects ; the
two legs 5 and 6 fit into the top of the under part rshi
of the flage for ovaque objects; 7 is the part which con-
fines or hoids the fliders, and through which they are to be
moved; g and 10 a brafs tube, which contains the lenfes
for condenling the light, and throwing it upon the obje& :
there is a fecond tube within that, marked 9 and ro, which
may be placed at different diftances from the objeét by the

in in.

When this ftage is ufed as a fingle microfcope, without
any reference to the lucernal, the magnifiers, or objeé lenfes,
are to be {crewed into the hole 12, and to be adjufted to a
proper focus by the nut 13.

N.B. At the end AB (fg. 4.) of the wooden body
there is a flider, which is reprefented as partly drawn out
at A; when quite taken out, three grooves will be per-
ceived; ope .af which contains a board that forms the end

of the box ;. the next contains a frame with a greyed glafs;
and the third; or that fartheft fromithe end A B, two large
convex lenfes. t

In the ufe of this microfcope for examining opaque ob-
je&ts, take out the wooden flider A ( fig..4.), then lift out
the cover and the grey glafs from their re{pective grooves
under the flider “A.

Put the end N of the guide for the eye L MN into its
place, fo that it may ftand in the pofition which is repre-
fented in this figure.

Place the focket, which is at the bottom of the opaque
ftage, on the bar Q X T, fo that the concave mirror 9 may
be next the end D E of the wooden body.

Screw the tubes P,O, into the end DE. The mag-
nifier you intend ta ufe is to be {crewed on the end O of
thefe tubes.

The handle G4, or the milled nut (fig. 5.), muft be
placed on the fquare end of the pinion a.

Place the lamp lighted before the glafs lump n, and the
objeé&t you intend to examine between the f{pring-plates of
the ftage; and the inftrument is ready for ufe.

In all microfcopes there are two circumitances, which
muft be particularly attended to: firft, the modification of
the light, or the proper quantity to illuminate the cbje& ;
fecondly, the adjuftment of the inftrument to the focus of
the glaffes and eye of the obferver. In the ufe of the lucer-
nal microfcope there is a'third circumftance, which’is, the
regulation of the guide for the eye. .

1. To throw the light upon the obje&t. The flame of
the lamp is to be placed rather below the centre of the
glafs lump x, and as near it as poflible ; the concave mirror
o muft be fo inclined and turned as to receive the light from
the glafs lump, and refleé& it thence upon the obje&: the
beft fituation of the concave mirror and the flame of the
lamp depends on a combination of circumitances, which a
little praGice will difcover.

2. To regulate the guide for the eye, or to place the
centre of the eye-piece L fo that it may coincide with the
focal point of the lenfes and the axis of vifion: Lengthen
and fhorten the tubes M,N, by drawing out or pufhing in
the inner tube, and raifing or depreffing the eye-picce M L,
till you find the large lens (which is placed at the end A B
of the wooden body) filled by an uniform field of light,
without any prifmatic colours round the edge; for till this
piece is properly fixed, the circle of light will be very {mail, .
and only occupy a part of the lens: the eye mutt be kept at
the centre of the eye-piece L, during the whole of the ope-
ration ; which may be rendered fomewhat eafier to the ob-
ferver, on the firft ufe of the inftrument, if he hold a piece
of white paper parallel to the large lens, removing it from
or bringing it nearer to them till he find the place, where
a lucid circle, which he will perceive on the paper, is
brighteft and moft diftin&; then he is to fix the centre of
the eye-piece to coincide with that fpot ; after which a very
{mall adjuftment will fet it perfe@ly right.

3. To adjuit the lenfes to their focal diftance. This is
effected by turning the pinion a, the eye being at the fame
time at the eye-piece L. The grey glafsis often placed bes
fore the large lenfes, while regulating the guide for the eye,
and adjufting for the focal diftance.

If the obferver in the procefs of his examination of an
obje&t, advance rapidly from a fhallow to a deep magnifier,
he will fave himfelf fome labour by pulling out the internal
tube at O.

The upper part fgrs of the ftage is to be raifed or
lowered occafionaily, in order to make the centre of the
object coincide with the centre of the lens at O.

To

MICROSCOPE.

To delinente objects, the grey glafi mult be placed be-
fore the large leales + the pidture of the ohjed will be
formed on this glafs, and the outline may be accurately
taken by going over the picture with a pencil,

The opaque part may be ufed in the Sey -time without a
lamp, provided the large lenfes at A B are fereened from
the light.

To ufe the Lucernal Microfeope in the Examination of tran-
Harent ObjeAs.—The inttrument is to remain as before : the
upper part / gs of the opaque flage mult be removed, and
the flage for tran{parent objects, reprelented at fy. 6, put in
ite place; the end g 10 to ‘« next the lamp.

Place the greyed sglafs in its groove at the end A B, and
the objects in the flider-holder at the front of the ttage ;
then tranfmit as ftrong a light as you are able on the
object, which you will ealily do by raifing or lowering the
lamp.
The object will be beautifully depi&ed on the grey glafs :
it mult be regulated to the focus of the magnifier, by turn-
ing the pinion a.

he object may be viewed either with or without the
guide for the eye. A fingle obferver will fee an object to
the greateft advantage by ufing this guide, which is to be
adjulted, as we have adanbed above. If two or three
wih to examine the object at the fame time, the guide for
the eye mutt be laid alide,

Take the large lens out of the groove, and receive the
image on the grey glafs ; in this cafe, the guide for the eye is
of no ufe: if the grey glafs be taken away, the image of
the object may be received ona paper {creen.

Take out the grey glafs, replace the large lenfes, and ufe
the guide for the eye; attend to the foregoing directions,
and adjult the object to its proper focus. You will then fee
the object ina blaze of light almoft too great for the eye, a
circumltance that will be found very_ufeful in the examination
of particular objects. The edges of the obje& in this mode
will be fomewhat coloured: but as it is only ufed in this
full light for occafional purpofes, it has been thought better
to leave this {mall imperfection, than, by remedying it, to
facrifice greater advantages ; the more fo, as this fault is ea-
fily corrected, and a new and intereiting view of the objeét
is obtained, by turning the inftrument out of the direé& rays
of light, and permitting them to pafs through only in an
oblique direction, by which the upper furface is in fome de-
gree illuminated, and the obje& is feen partly as opaques
partly as tranfparent. It has been already obferved, that
the tranfparent objects might be placed between the flider-
holders of the flage for opaque objects, and then be examin-
ed as if opaque.

Some tran{parent obje&ts appear to the greateft advantage
when the lens at g ro is taken away; as, by giving too
greata quantity of light, itrenders the edges lefs fharp.
© The variety of views which may be taken of every obje&,
by means of the improved lucernal microfcope, will be found
to be of great ufé to an accurate obferver = it willigive him
‘an opportunity |of correcting or confirming his difcoveries,
aad inveftigating thofe parts in one mode which are invifible
in another. i

To throw the Image of tranfparent Obje&s on.a Sereen, as in the
Solar Microfcope —It has been long a microfcopical defidera-
tum, to have an inftrument by which the image of tran{pa-
rent objects might be thrown on afcreen, asin the common
folar microfcope: and this not only becaufe the fun is fo un-
‘eertain in this climate, and the ufe of the folar microfcope
fequires confinement in the fineft part of the day, when time
feldom hangs heavy on the mind; but as it alfo affords an
increafe of pleafure, by difplaying its,wonders to, feveral

perfons at the fame inflant, without the leat fatigue to the
eye. This purpofe is now effectually anfwered, by affixing
the tranfparent flage of the lucernal to a lanthorn, with one
of Argand’s lamps, —The lamp is placed within the lan-
thorn, and the end 9 10 of the srenlanehe flage is {crewed
into afemale ferew, which is rivetted in the Aiding part of
the front of the lanthorn; the magnifying lenfes are to be
fcrewed into the hole oon Eiteds at 12, and they are ad-
jutted by turning the milled nur. The quantity of lights
to be regulated by railing and lowering the fliding plate or the
lamp.

Apparatus which ufually accompanies the improved Jucernal
Microfeope—The ttage tor opaque objects, with its femiciv-
cular lamp of glafs, and concave mirror. The ftage for
tran{parent objects, which fits on the upper part of the fore-
going ttage. The fliding tube, to which the magnifiers are
to be affixed: one end of thefe is to be ferewed on the end
D of the wooden body ; the magnifier io ufe is to be ferewed
to the other end of the inner tube. There are eight mag-
nifying lenfes, fo conltructed, that they may be combined
together, and thus produce a very great variety of magnify-
ing powers. A fith-pan, fuch as is reprefented at Plate XIV,

Jig. 8. A feel wire, with a pair of nippers at one end, and
a {mall cylinder of ivory at the other. (P/ate XIV. fg. 7.
A flider of brafs, containing a flat glafs flider, and a brafs
flider, into which are fitted fome {mall concave glafles. A
pair of forceps. Six large, and 1ix {mall ivory fliders, with
tran{parent objedts. Fourteen wooden fliders, with four
opaque objets in each flider; and two {pare fliders. Some
capillary tubes for viewing {mall animalcula. One of the
improved Argand lamps, which are the moft fuitable for
microfcopic purpofes, either with this or any other inftrn-
ment, on account of the clearnefs, intenfity, and fteadinefs
of the light. A defcription of its ftru€ture will be found
under the article Lamp.

The Microfcope for opaque objeés was alfo invented by M.
Lieberkuhn about the fame time with the former, and re-
medies the inconvenience of having the dark fide of an ob-
ject next the eye ; for by means of a concave {peculum of
lilver, highly polifhed, in whofe centre a magnifying lens is
placed, the object is fo ftrongly illuminated,, that it may be
examined with eafe. A convenient apparatus of this kind,
with four different fpeculums and magnifiers of different
powers, was brought to perfection by Mr. Cuff. Phil..
Tranf. N°.458. § 9.

The feveral parts of this inftrument, made either of brafs
or filver, are as follows :

Through the firit fide A (Plate XV. fig. 7.): pafles a fine
{crew B, the other end of which is fattened to the moveable fide
C.—D is a nut adapted to the faid ferew, by the turning of
which the two fides A, C, are gradually brought, together.—-
E is afpring of fteel, that feparates the faid two fides when
the nut is unicrewed.—F, a piece of brafs turning round ina
focket, whence proceeds a {mall {pring tube moving upora
rivet, through which tube there runs a fteel wire, one end of
which terminates in a fharp point G,.and the other hath a
pair of plyers, H, faftened to it.—The point and plyers are
to thruft into or take up.and-hold any. infect or obje@ : and
either of them may be turned upsards, as fuits your pur-
pofe beft.—L,.a ring of brafs with a female {crew within it,
mounted on an upright piece of the fame metal, which turns
round onarivet, that it may.be fet ata due diltance when
the leaft magnifiers are employed.—This ring receiyes the
farews of all. the magnifiers—K, a concave fpeculum of
filver, polifhed as.bright as poffible, in the centre of which
a, double convex lens is placed, with a proper aperture.to
lock through it. Qn the back. of. this fpeculum * male

Crews

MIC

fcrew, L, is made fit to the brafs ring I to ferew into
the faid ring at pleafure.

There are four of thefe concave fpecula, of different
depths, adapted to four glaffes of different magnifying
powers, to be ufed as objets to be examined may re-
quire. The greate& magnifiers are known by having the
leaft apertures. M, a round objeét-plate, one fide white and
the other black, intended to render objeéts the more vifible,
by placing them, if black upon the white, and if white on
the black fide. A fteel {pring N turns down on each fide to
make any object faft ; and ifluing from the objeét-plate is a
hollow pipe, to {crew it on the needle’s point G.—O, a
{mall box of brafs, with a glafs on each fide, contrived to
confine any living objet, in order to examine it this alfo
has a pipe to f{erew upon the end of the needle G.—P, a
turned handle of wood, to {crew into the inftrument when
it is made ule of.—A pair of brafs plyers accompanies this
inftrument to take up any obje&t, or manage it with conve-
niency: anda foft hair brufh, to clean the glaffes or fpecula,
or apply a drop of any liquid to the ifinglafs of the box O, in
order to view the animalcules.—Alfo, a {mall ivory box for
ifinglaffes, to be placed, when wanted, in the {mall brafs box O.

When you would view any objeé, fcrew the fpeculum,
with the magnifier you think belt to ufe, into the brafs
ving I. Place your obje& either on the needle G, in the
piyers H, on the objeét-plate M, or in the brafs hollow box O,
as may be molt convenient, according to the nature and con-
dition of it: then holding up your inftrument by the handle
P, look again!t the light, through the magnifying lens, and
-by means of the nut_D, together with the motion of the
needle, by managing its lower end the obje& may be turned
about, raifed, or depreffed, brought nearer the glafs, or
put farther from it, till you hit the true focal diftance, and
the light be feen refle&ted from the fpeculum ftrongly upon
the objeé&t: by which means it will be fhewn in a manner
furprilingly diftin@ and clear. And for this purpofe the
light of the fly, or of a candle, will anfwer to vour fatif-
faction.

This microfcope is principally intended for opaque objects,
but tranfparent ones may alfo be viewed by it: obferving
only, that when fuch come under examination, it will not
always be proper to throw on them the light refleéted from
the fpeculum: for the light tranfmitted through them,
meeting the reflected light, may, together, preduce too

rreat a glare. A little practice will teach how to regulate
both thefe lights to good advantage. For an account of
microfcopes attached to aftronomical inftruments, and de-
figned for affifting the obferver to read off minute divifions ;
fee CrrcLe.

MICROSCOPIC Osysects. All things too minute to
be viewed diltin@ly by the naked eye, are proper objeéts
for the microfcope, Dr. Hooke has diftinguifhed them to
be exceeding fmall bodies, exceeding fmall pores, or exceed-
ing {mall motions.

Exceeding fmall bodies muft either be the parts ef larger
bodies, or things, the whole of which is exceedingly mi-
nute, fuch as {mall feeds, infeéts, falts, fands, &c.

Exceeding {mall pores are the inter{tices between the
folid parts of bodies, as in ftones, minerals, fhells, &c. or
the mouths of minute -veffels in vegetables, or the pores in
the fkin, bones, and other parts of animals. t

Exceeding {mall motions are the movements of the feveral
parts or members of minute animals, or the motion of the
fluids, contained in either animal or vegetable bodies. Un-
der one or other of thefe three heads, almoft every thing
about us affords us matter of obfervation, and may conduce
‘both to our amufement and inftruGion.

MIC

‘An examination of thefe obje&ts, however, fo as to dif.
cover truth, requires a great deal of attention, care, and
patience, with fome fkill and dexterity, to be acquired
chiefly by pra¢tice, in the preparing, managing, and applying
them to the microfcope.

Whatever objeét offers itfelf as the fubjeét of our exa-
mination, the fize, contexture, and nature of it, are firlt
tobe confidered, in order to apply it'to fuch glafles, and
in fuch a manner as may fhew it belt. The firft ftep fhould
always be to view the whole together, with fuch a mag-
nifier as can take it in all at once, and after this the feveral
parts of it may the more fitly be examined, whether re-
Maining on the object, or feparated from it. The fmaller
the parts are which are to be examined, the more powerful
fhould be the magnifiers employed; the tranfparericy or
opacity of the obje@ mutt alfo be confidered, and the glafles
employed accordingly {uited to it; for a tranfparent ob-
je&t will bear a much greater magnifier than one which is
opaque, fince the nearnefs that a glafs mutt be placed at, un-
avoidably darkens an object if in its own nature opaque, and
renders it very difficult to be feen, unlefs by the help of
the apparatus contrived for that purpofe, which has a filver
fpeculum. Moft obje&s, however, become tranfparent by
being divided into extremely thin parts.

The nature of the object alfo, whether it be alive or dead,
afolid or a fluid, an animal, a vegetable, or a mineral fub-
ftance, muft likewife be confidered, and all the circum-
ftances of it attended to, that we may apply it in the moft
advantageous manner. If it be a living object, care muft
be taken not to. fqueeze or injure it, that we may fee it in
its natural ftate and full perfeCtion. fit bea fluid, and that
too thick, it muft be diluted with water ; and if too thin,
we fhould let fome of its watery parts evaporate. Some fub-
ftances are fitteft for obfervation whem dry, others when
moiitened ; fome when frefh, and others after they have been
kept fome time.

Light is the next thing to be taken care of; for on this
the truth of all our obfervations depends ; anda very little
obfervation will fhew how very different objects appear in one~
degree of it to what they doin another; fo that every new
obje& fhould be viewed in all degrees of light, from the
greatelt glare of brightnefs to perfeét. obfcurity, and that in
all pofitions to each degree, till we hit upon the certain form
and figure of it. In many objets it is very difficult to dif-
tinguifh between a-prominency and a depreffion, a black fha-
dow, and a black ftain, and in colour between a bright re-
flection and whitenefs. The eye of a fly, in one kind of
light, appears like a lattice drilled full of Lied 3 in the fun-
fhine like a folid fubftance, covered with golden nails ; in
one pofition like a furface covered with pyramids, in an-
other with cones, and in others with ftill different fhapes.

The degree of light muft always be fuited to the objet;
if that be dark, it mutt be feen ina full and ftrong: light,
but if tranfparent, the light fhould be proportionably weak :
for which reafon'there is a contrivance both in the jingle and
double microfcope to cut off abundance of the rays, when
fuch tranfparent obje&ts are to be examined by the largeft
magnifiers. The light of a candle for many objeéts ; and
efpecially for fuch as are very bright and tranfparent, and
very minute, is preferable to day-light; for others a ferene
day-light is beft ; but fun-fhine is the worlt light of all, for
it is reflected from objeéts with fo much glare, and exhibits
fuch gaudy colours, that nothing can be determined from it
with any certainty. This, however, is not to be extended
to the folar, or camera obfcura microfcope; for in that n6-
thing but fun-fhine can do, and the brighter that is, the
better ; but in that way. we do not fee the obje& itfelf on

which

MIC

which the fun-thine is calt, bur only the image or fhadow of
itexhibited on a fercen; and therefore no confulion can arife
from the glaring refledion of the fun’s rays from the object
to the eye, which isthe cafe in other microfeopes. Hut
then in that folar way we mutt reft contented with viewing
the true form and fhape of an objet, without expecting to
find its natural colour ; fince no fhadow can poffibly wear the
colour of the body it reprefents

Mott objecta require alfo fome management, in order to
bring them properly before the glaffes, If they are flat
and tran{parent, and fuch as will not be injured by preflure,
the beft way is toenclofe them in fliders between two Muf-
covy tales or ifinglafs. In this way the feathers of butter-
flies, the feales of fifhes, and the faring of flowers, may be
very conveniently preferved, as alf@ the parts of infects, the
whole bodies of minute ones, and a great number of other
things. Thefe are to be kept in fliders, each containing
three, four, or more holes, and thefe mutt not be filled pro-
mifeuoufly ; but all the things preferved in one flider fhould
be fuch as require one and the fame magnifying power to view
them, that there may not be a neceflity of changing the
giafles for every object; and the fliders fhould be marked
with the number of the magnifier it is proper to be viewed
with. In placing the objeéts in the fliders, it is always pro-
per to have a {mall magnifier, of about an inch fucus, in
your hand, to examine and adjuft them by, before they are
fixed down with the rings.

Small living objects, fuch as lice, fleas, bugs, mites, mi«
nute fpiders, &c. may be placed between thefe tales without
injuring them, if care be taken to lay on the brafs rings
without prefling them down, and they will remain alive many
weeks in this manner; but if they are too large to be treated

thus, they fhould be either preferved between two concave
giaffes, or elfe viewed immediately, by holding them in the
tiers, or fticking them on the point at the other end of that
inftrument.

If fluids come under examination, to difcover the animal-
cules in them, a {mall drop 1s to be taken with a hair-pencil;
or on the nib of a clean pen, and placed ona plate of glals ;
and if they are too numerous to be thus feen diftinétly, fome
water warmed, by holding it in the mouth, muft be added
to the drop, and they will then feparate, and be feen dif-
tin@ly. This is particularly neceflary in viewing the animal-
cules in the femen ma/culinum of all creatures ; which, though
extremely minute, are always fo numerous, that without
this caution their true form can feldem be feen. But if
we are to fee the falts in a fluid, the contrary method mutt
be obferved, and the plate of glafy muft be held gently over
the fire, till part of the liquor is evaporated.

The diffe&ion of minute animals, as lice, fleas, &c. re-
quires patience and care ; but it may be done very accurately
by means of a needle and a fine lancet, placing the creature
in adrop of water, for then the parts will readily untold
themfelves, and the ftomach, guts, &c. be very diltin@ly
feen.

Thefe feem the belt ways of preferving tranfparent ob-
jets; but the opaque ones, fuch as feeds, woods, &c. require
avery different treatment, and are beft preferved and viewed
in the following manner.

Cut cards into {mall flips about half an inch long, and a
tenth of an inch broad ; wet thefe half way of their length
in gum-water, and with that faften on feveral pieces of the ob-
jeét, and as the fpots of cards are of different colours, fuch
fhould be chofen for every obje& as are the moft different
from its own colours. Thefe are very convenient for view-
ing by the microfcope made for opaque objets with the fil-

Vou. XXIII.

MIC

vered fpeculum; but they are proper for any microfcope
that can view, opaque bodies.

A {mall box fhould be contrived for thefe flips, with
little fhallow holes for the reception of each ; fait this is
conveniently done, by cutting pieces of patte-board, fuch as
the covers of books are made of, to the fize of the box, fo
that they will juft go into it, and then cutting holes through
them with a {mall chiffel, of the thape of the flips of card,
thefe patte-boards having then a paper patted over their bot
tom, are cells very proper for the reception of thefe flips,
which may be taken out by means of a pair of plyers, and
will always be ready for ule.

Great caution is to be ufed in forming a judgment on
what is feen by the microfcope, if the objeéts are extended
or contracted by force or drynefr.

Nothing can be determined about them, without making
the proper allowances ; and different lights and pofitions wiil
often thew the fame object as very different from itfelf
There is no advantage in any greater magnifier than fuch as
is capable of fhewing the object in view diltinétly ; and the
lefs the glafs magnities, the more pleafantly the objeét is al-
ways feen,

The colours of objeéts are very little to be depended on,
as feen by the microfcope; for their feveral component
partic'es being by this means removed to great diftances from
one another, may give refleétions very different from what
they would, if feen by the naked eye.

The motions of living creatures alfo, or of the fluids con-
tained in their bodies, are by no means to be hattily judged
of, from what we fee by the microfcope, without due confi-
deration ; for as the moving body, and the fpace in which
it moves, are magnified, the motion mutt be fo too; and
therefore that rapidity with which the blood feems to pals
through the veflels of fmall animals muft be judged of ac-
cordingly. Suppofe, for inftance, that a horfe anda moufe
move their limbs exaétly at the fame time, if the horfe runs
a mile while the moufe runs fifty yards ; though the num-
ber of fteps are the fame in both, the motion of the horfe
mutt notwithftanding be allowed the {wifteft ; and the motion
of a mite, as viewed by the naked eye, or through the mi-
crofcope, is perhaps not lefs different. Baker’s Microfcope,
p- 52. 62. Adams on the Microfcope. See ANIMALCULES
and Plates of Microscopic Objeés.

MICROSTEMMA, in Botany, from ysx;0:, Jmall, and
siamo, a crown, alluding to the fort of coronet which ac-
companies the anthers.—Brown Tr. of the Wern. Soc.
v. 1.25. Prodr. Nov. Holl. v. 1. 459.—Clafs and order,
Pentandria Digynia. Nat. Ord. Contorte, Linn. Apocinee,
Jufl.. Afelepiadee, Brown.

Eff. Ch. Corolla wheel-fhaped, five-cleft. Crown of the
itamens of one leaf, flefhy, with five lobes, alternate with
the anthers, which are without any membranous point.
Maffes of pollen attached laterally by the middle, lying over
the ftigma, which is pointlefs. Follicles flender, {mooth.
Seeds comofe.

1. M. tuberofum. Br.—Native of New Holland, within
the tropic. A {mooth upright perennial herbaceous plant,
with a tuberous roct. Stem limple in the lower part, and
furnifhed with minute leaves; branched above. Leaves op-
pofite, linear, Umbels lateral and terminal, nearly {effiie.
Corolla blackifh-purple, bearded at the infide.

MICROTEA, named by Profeffor Swartz, from wsxgorns,
fmalluefs, on account of the parts of fructification being ex-
tremely minute, compared with others of its natural order.
—SwartzeProd. 53. Ind. Occ. 542. Schreb. 797. Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 1. 1309. Mart. Mill, Di@. v. 3. Lamarck

3R Tilufr,

MIC

Illuftr, t. 182. Clafs and order, Pentandria Digynia. Nat.
Ord. Holeracee, Linn. Aitriplices, Jul.

Gen. Ch. Cail. Perianth inferior, of five, oblong, perma-
nent leaves. Cor. none. Stam. Filaments five, thread-
fhaped, the length of the calyx, inferted into the receptacle ;
anthers rather globofe. if. Germen fuperior, roundifh,
echinated ; ftyles two, very fhort, divaricated ; ftigmas fim-
ple. Peric. a dry, leathery, flender drupa, befet with
prickles, Szed, a roundifh, {mooth nut, with a fingle ker-
nel.

Eff. Ch. Calyx of five leaves, fpreading. Corolla none.
Drupa dry and prickly. Seed roundifh, covered with a
leathery, echinated bark.

1. M. debilis: Willd. n. 1. Swartz Ind. Occ. t. 12.—
(Schollera; Rohr AG. Soc. Hafn. v. 2. p. 1. 210.)—A
native of feveral of the Weft India iflands.—The whole plant
is {mooth, and about a foot in height. Stem herbaceous,
branched, diffufe, nearly ere&t, ftriated. Branches irregular,
diverging, weak, fpreading. Leaves alternate, on ftalks,
ovato-lanceolate, pointed, entire, nerved, veinlefs, rather fuc-
culent, and of adark green colour. /Yower-falks terminal
or lateral, oppofite to the leaves, each bearing two, flender,
rather clofe. Cluflers of numerous, nearly upright flowers,
mottly dire€ted one way, on feparate, fhort ftalks, very mi-
nute, greenifh-white. Bracteas lanceolate, pellucid. Drupa
the fize of muftard-feed, with very minute, prickly-edged
cells all over the furface. Nut black and fhining ; or it may
be confidered as a feed covered with a leathery, prickly, or
muricated bark.

Mr. Van Rohr, in the Copenhagen Tranfa€tions, named
this plant which was communicated to him py Jacquin,
Schollera, in honour of the author of Flora Barbienfis.

MICROTIS, fo named by Mr. Brown, from jusxgoc,
Small, and w:, «ios, an ear, alluding to a pair of minute ear-
like appendages to the anther. Brown Prodr. Nov. Holl.
¥. I. 320.—Clafs and order, Gynandria Monandria. Nat.
Ord. Orchidea.

Gen. Ch. Cai. Perianth three-leaved, ringent; its two
fide-leaves feffile, nearly oppofite to the lip. Cor. Petals
two, much like the calyx, afcending. Neétary a lip pro-
ceeding from the lower part of the ftyle, oblong, obtufe,
fpreading, callous at the bafe. Stam. Anther an hemi-
fpherical, moveable, terminal lid, of two cells, attached to
the pofterior edge of the top of the ftyle, permanent, ac-
companied by a membranous auricle at each fide; maifles of
pollen two in each cell, powdery, affixed by their bafe to
the ftigma. Pi/f. Germen inferior, obovate, ere&, fur-
rowed; ftyle ereé&t, funnel-fhaped; fligma in front. Peric.
Capfule of one cell. Seeds numerous, minute.

Eff. Ch. Calyx ringent, its fide-leaves nearly oppofite to
the lip. Petals afcending. »Lip without a {pur, obtufe,
callous at the bafe. Anther a lid, terminating the ftyle be-
hind. Pollen powdery.

Five f{pecies of this new genus were found by Mr. Brown
in New Holland, chiefly in the colder parts, and a fifth is
our LEpipadis unifolia. (See Eprpactis.) The dulbs are
undivided and naked. | Herbagefmooth. Leaf folitary, cy-
lindrical, fiftulous, embracing the ftem with its long fheath-
ing bafe. Spike ot many fmall, greenifh or white, flowers,
the /ip of fome of which is undivided, in others two-lobed.
The leaves of the calyx, as well as the petals, are more or
lefs linear, the former frequently revolute. The “ip differs
greatly in form in the different {pectes, and its margin is in
jome- even and*naked,. in others. wavy, warty, .or tuber-

culated. ‘The appearance of the whole is obferved by Mr.

MID

Brown to be very different from Zpipadis, ard moft like
another genus of his own, named Pra/ophyllum.

MICTUS Cruentus. See Bloody Unive.

MID, or Mippte, in Philofophy and Mathematics.
Mean and Mepium.

MIDA, in Natural Hiftory, the name of a worm or mag-
got, of which is produced the purple fly, found on bean-
flowers, and thence called the bean-fly.

MIDAD A tuenp1, in the Materia Medica of the Ara-
bians, a name given to the common indigo blue. ‘

The exprefs meaning of the words is India ink ; but this
is an erroneous name,, founded on Pliny’s mifunderftanding
the words of Diofcorides,, :

MIDAS, in Fabulous Hiflory and Mythology, was, ac-
cording to Paufanias, the fon of Gordius and Cybele, and
reigned in the Greater Phrygia, as we learn from Strabo.
According to the former of the two authors, he built the
city of Ancyra, and that of Peffinus, upon mount Agdif-
tis, famed for the- tomb of Atys; but the latter merely
fays, that he and Gordius his father fixed their refidence
near the river Sangar, in cities, which in his time were
mean villages: as he was rich, and a great economitt, it
was fabled that he turned into gold whatever he touched.
It is fuggefted that this fable took its rife from his havin
been the firft who difcovered gold inthe Pa@olus. From his
infancy it was forefeen, that he would be very rich and very
frugal, becaufe the ants, approaching his cradle, had put
grains of corn into his mouth. However, his talent for ac-
cumulation did not extend to the acquirement of tafte and
knowledge in the fine arts; and, perhaps, his dulnefs and
inattention to thefe, provoked fome mufical poet to invent
the fable of his decifion in favour of Pan againft Apollo.

Pan, who thought he excelled in playing the flute, offered
to prove that it was an inftrument {uperior to the lyre of
Apollo. The challenge was accepted, and Midas, who was.
appointed the umpire in this conteft, deciding in favour of
Pan, was rewarded by Apoilo, according to the poets, with
the ears of an afs, for his ftupidity.

The fcholiaft upon Ariftophanes, for explaining the fiction
of the affes’ ears, which A pollo had prefented to Midas, fays
that it was defigned to intimate that he had a yery fine ear,
like that animal, or becaufe he kept fpies through all his
dominions, or becaufe he commonly dwelt in a place named
wie ov, the affes’ ears. The fable reports, that hispower of
converting whatever he touched into gold was given him by
Bacchus ; but the prefent foon became injurious to him ; for
it is faid, that whillt he was waiting for his dinner, the water
in which he wafhed his hands, and alfo the bread, wine, and
meat that were ferved up to him, were converted into gold,
when he was ready to ftarve amidft all his riches ; but apply-
ing to Bacchus, with a requeit that he would revoke the
gramt, Bacchus ordered him to wafh his hands in the PaGo-
lus, by which aé& he transferred the virtue which he poffeffed to
the river, which, from that time, rolled a golden fand. This
fable is thus explained. Midas, frugal to avarice, reigned
over avery rich country, and made confiderable fums by the
fale of his corn, wine, and cattle. His avarice afterwards
changed its obje@, and having learned that the PaGtolus fur-
nifhed gold duit, he abandoned the care of the country, and
employed his fubje€ts in gathering the gold of that river,
which brought him a new and ample fupply. On account
of his attention to religion among the Lydians, he was rec-
koned, according to Juftin, a fecond Numa. ‘

Mipas’s Eareell, in Conchology. See TRumPEt-Fifh.

MIDDATOOR, in Geography, a town ef Hindooftan,
in Golconda; 15 miles S.E. of Canoul, ik

MIDDEL-

See

MID

“MIDDELBURG, a fea-port town of Holland, in the
flate of Zealand, fituated in the centre of Walcheren, of
which it is the capital. ‘The town-houfe is a magnificent
building ; and the fortifications are trong and regular, with
eight gates, and twelve baltions for defending the walls and
ramparts, befides large and deep ditches filled with water ;
and fuch alfo is its Teoation, that the inhabitants may lay
the country under water whenever they pleafe. The num-
ber of inhabitants has been eftimated at about 26,000, N,
lat. 51° 34’. E. long. 3° 29°.

Mipbinc; in Agriculture, a provincial term applied to
a dunghill. :

MIDDLE Bank, in Geo: raps one of the fihhing banks
of Newfoundland; S.E. of ape Breton. N. lat. 45°.
See Fisiery.

Minpie Cape, lies to the fouth-welt of cape Anthony,
in Staten Land, on the ftrait Le Maire, and the mott
welterly point of that ifland; at the extremity of South
America.

Mipote /fland, a {mall ifland in the {traits of Salayer,
near the fouth coat of Celebes. S. lat. 5° go. E. long.
120” 52'.—Alfo, a {mall ifland in the Eaft Indian fea, near
the fouth-welt coait of Boulton. S. lat. 5° 38. E. long.
123° 50’.—Alfo, an ifland in the ftraits of Sunda, in the
Todian fea. Ny, lat. 5° 57’. E. long. 10g? 53'.—Alfo, a
{mall ifland in Upper Canada, ealt of the Bais iflands, and
north of Ship ifland and Cunningham’s ifand, in lake Erie.

Minpve //lands, a clutter of {mall iflands in lake Huron.
N. lat. 45° 1’. W. long. 83° 33'.—Alfo, ‘a clutter of {mall
iflands in the Pacific ocean, near the coaft of Mexico. N.

lat. 9° 30, , :
Masia Tfland Creek, a river of Virginia, which runs
into the Ohio, N. lat. 39° 16’. W. long. 81° 22’.
Mippte Late, a lake of Canada; 300 miles N. of Que-
bec. N. lat. 51° 44'.. W. long. 69° 35’.
' Minpte Latitude, in Navigation, is half the fum of two
given latitudes.

Minpce Latitude failing, is ufed for a method of working
the feveral cafes in failing, nearly agreeing with Mer-
cator’s way, but without the help of meridional parts. See
SAILING.

_ Minpte Point, in Geography, a cape on the eaft coaft of
Labrador. N. lat. 59°. W. long. 63°.

Mivpte Region. See Reaion.

Minnie Sifer, in Geography, a {mall ifland at the weft
end of lake Erie, in Upper Canada, fituated between the
Eat and Welt Silter.

- Minpte Svates, one of the grand divifions of the United
States of America, comprehending New York, New Jerfey,
Pennfylvania, Delaware, Ohio, and Indiana.
Mippte Teint, in Painting. See Harr-Terr.
‘ Minpre Voice, in the Greek Language, holds an inter-
mediate rank between the Active and the Paffive, being
fuppofed to have a middle fignification between them. Its
tenfes are formed partly on the model of the A@tive, and
partly on that of the Paffive tenfes. The tenfes peculiar to
the middle yoice are the two futures, the two aorilts, the
perfeét, and the pluperfe&t. The two futures and the two
aoriits borrow the terminations of the Paflive, while the two
perfe& tenfes borrow thofe of the AGive voice. For the
manner in which thefe tenfes are formed, we refer to the
valuable Grammar of the Greek Tongue, on a rew and im-
proved plan, by Mr. John Jones. This excellent gram-
marian alfo obferves, that as the middle voice derives its
origin and explanation from the Paffive, it is frequently ufed,
like a Paffive verb, in a fenfe purely active, and has after it
an accufative noun; and this ufage abounds in all writers of

MID

profe as well as poetry. It is further obferved, than whee
an accufative noun is not annexed, the perfonal pronoun,
combined with the verb in the oblique pot ia the ohjedt of
the verb, Hence it is that the middle verb exprefles a re-
ciprocal or reflex fenfe, Our author infers from this flate-
ment, that the middle verb is in the fridtelt fenfe an AGive
verb; but whether or not it conveys a reflex fignification,
depends on the circumftance whether an accufative noun be
annexed or not, The prefence of a noun in the accufative,
caufes, as it were, the combined pronoun to difappear, and
the verb becomes purely active; while its ablence gives
room for the objective pronoun to difplay itfelf, which con-
fequently afligns to the verb the charaéter of “ reflex.’
Although the middle verb contains an objetive pronoun in
itfelf, yet it is fometimes diftinétly annexed, in order to
render the meaning more emphatic or prominent. Some-
times a noun equivalent to the reflex pronaun is annexed to
a middle verb. For the illuftration of thefe remarks by
appofite examples, we refer to the author himfelf, wd:
Supra.

Mivote Wakes, in a Ship, two or three thick flrakes
wrought fore and aft, between the lower and middle deck-
ports, in three-deck {hips

MIDDLEBOROUGH, in Geography, the Namafkett
of the ancient Indians, a poit-town in Plymouth county,
Maffachufetts,, incorporated in 1669, and containing 4458
inhabitants ; 40 miles S. by E. of Bolton. This town is
remarkable for a large range of ponds, which produce f{e-
veral forts of fifh, and large quantities of iron ore.

MIDDLEBOURG Key, a {mall iflet, feparated from
St. Martin’s in the Weft Indies, on the north-eaft.

MIDDLEBROOK, a polt-town of America, in Au-
gufta county, Virginia; 186 miles from Wahhington.

MIDD LEBURG, a pott-town of America, in Lowdea
county, Virginia; 47 miles from Wathington.—Alfo, a
pot-town of Nelfon county, Kentucky; 603 miles from
Wathington,

MippLesure, a town of Flanders, which derived its
name from an abbey called « Middleburz,”? to which it
belonged. In this town the free exercife of the Roman
Catholic religion is allowed ; 7 miles N.E. of Bruges. N.
lat. 51°16’. E.long. 3°15’. +

IDDLEBURG. See Ea-00-wer.

Mipptesure, New, a town of Dutch Guiana, at the
extremity of the colony.

MippezurG, a {mall ifland near the welt coaft of New
Guinea. S. lat. 0° 18’. E. long. 132° 32'.—Alfo, a {mall
ifland in the gulf of Manar, near the welt coatt of Ceylon ;
18 miles N. of Manar.

MIDDLEBURY, a polt-town of America, in Vermont,
capital of Addifon county. Here are a brewery on a large
{cale, three grift mills, four faw mills, a forge, a gun and
card manufactory, gaol, court-houfe, college, and about
400 dwelling-houfes. The townfhip lies on the eaft fide of
Otter creek, and contains 1263 inhabitants ; 511 miles N.E.
of Wafhington.

MIDDLEFAHRT, a town of Denmark, on the weft

_coait of the ifland of Funen, in the Little Belt, which is

here fearcely one mile wide, and called « Middlefahrt
found.” Here is a ferry to Snogboy in Jutland; 34 miles
W. of Odenfee. N. lat. 55° 32’. E. long. 9° 39/.
MIDDLEFIELD, a townthip of America, in Hamp-
fhire county, Maflachufetts ; 30 miles N.W. of Springfield ;
incorporated in 1783, and containing 817 inhabitants.—
Alfo, a thriving town in Trumbul county, flate of Ohio;
15 miles N. of Warren.
MIDDLEHAM, a {mall market-town acd parifh in the
3R2 wapentake

MID

wapentake of Hang-Welt, in the North Riding of the county .

of York, England, is fituated on the fouthern bank of the
river Ure, 10 miles from Richmond, 44 from York, and
229 from London. Leland fays, «The toun is fet on a
hille fide. The greate hil above hit more then a mile of hit
is cawllid Penhil, and is countid the hieft hille of Riche-
montfhire. Middleham caftle joynith harde to the toun fide,
and is the faireft caftel of Richemontfhire next Bolton, and
the caftel hathe a parke by hit caullid Sonfkne, and another
cawllid Weitpark, and the third caullid Gauneleffe, half a
mile of. Weftparke and Gaunleffe be well woddid.. There
is at the eft ende of Midleham a little hofpital, with a chapel
of Jefus.”” The parifh church is a handfome ftructure. In
the year 1476, Richard duke of Gloucetter (afterwards
King Richard III.) obtained a licence from his brother,
Edward’ IV., to make it collegiate, with provifion for a
dean, fix chaplains, four clerks, and fix chorilters ; but the
eftablifhment was never completed. The minifter of the
parith hath yet the title of dean of Middleham, and enjoys
feveral privileges; but there probably never were any chap-
lains, clerks, or chorifters. The ca{tle, now in ruins, was
the birth-place of king Richard III. ; and init Edward IV.
was confined, after having been taken prifoner in his camp
by Nevill, earl of Warwick. Middleham contained, ac-
cording to the return in the year 1801, under the population
a@, 154 houfes, and 728 inhabitants, of whom a confider-
able number are employed in the woollen manufa@ure. A
weekly market is held on Monday, and here are three annual
fairs.

MIDDLE-HORNED,, in Agriculture, a term applied
to an ufeful breed of neat cattle. This breed,.which are
often employed in team labour, is diftinguifhed by different
charaéteriftic marks in the different varieties ; which, in the
Devonfhire fort, is by a high red colour without white
fpots, by a light dun ring round the eye, by the muzzle
having the fame colour, by being fine in the bone and clean
in the neck, by the medium length of the horns, and their
heing turned upwards, by being thin-faced, fine in the
chops, wide in the hips, with a tolerable barrel, rather flat
on the fides, by the tail being {mall and fet on high, by
being thin-fkinned and filky in handling, and by the pro-
perty of fattening at an early age, or arriving quickly at
maturity. They are admirably fitted for the purpoie of
draught in hardinefs, quick movement, and the form of the
fhoulder.

The principal varieties of this breed are the Devonhhire,
the Suffex, and the Herefordfhire ; all of which are highly
ufeful forts, and differ in fome flight particulars from each
other, as is feen under the head Cartie, where a full defcrip-
tion of each kind is given. See CATTLRE.

MIDDLESEX, Earl of, in Biography. This noble-
man is often mentioned in opera annals, from the year 1741,
when Handel retired from the Haymarket theatre as ma-
nager, or imprefario ; his lordthip having taken upon himfelf
that perilows and troublefome office, perfevered in his love

of dramatic mufic, and of rule, to his great lofs, till 1745."

See Opera Hiffory in England.

Mippvesex, in Geography, an inland county of England,
is bounded on the north by Hertfordfhire, on the fouth by
the river Thames, which divides it from Surrey, on the weit
by the river Colne, which feparates it from Buckingham-
fhire, and on the eaft by the river Lea, which divides it
from Effex. Its fhape is extremely irregular, but, on the
whole, approaches to that of the quadrangle. The greateft
extent of the fhire, from ealt to welt, meafures about 20
miles; and its greateft breadth, from north to fouth,
about 17 miles. “Che fuperficial area of the whole county is

MID

eflimated by Mr. Middleton, in his Agricultural Survey, at
280 fquare miles, or 179,200 acres. Some other writers»
however, ftate its contents at 218,000 acres. According.
to the parliamentary returns of 1801, it contained 118,083
houfes, inhabited by 818,129 perfons, wiz. 373,655 males,
and 444,474 females, of whom 162,260 were itated to be
employed in different branches of trade and manufactures,
and in agriculture.

This county, before the Roman invafion, formed part of
the territories of the Trinobantes, or Trinovantes, a tribe
of Britons, who are fuppofed to have derived their name
from the peculiar nature of the country they occupied ;
being a broad valley on the banks of a wide fpreading river.
This tribe poflefled two confiderable cities, or fortified
places; of which the eminence between the Thames and
Moorfields, nearly the centre of modern London, was the
{cite of one; the other, and moft important at that early
period, was Camalodunum, now ‘Colchefter in Effex.
Being torn by internal diffentions, the Trinobantes were the
firft who found themfelyes compelled to fubmit to the Ro-
man arms. After the complete fubjugation of the ifland,.
their territories, and confequently Middlefex, were included
in the divifion called Flavia Czfarienfis; and Londinum or.
Augulta, now London, became a principal Roman ftation,.
though, from fome caufe unknown, it never was dignified
with the name of a colony. See an interefting account of.
the Roman itation and antiquities of London, by J. Mofer,.
efq., in European Magazine for September 1812.

After the retreat of thofe illuftrious conquerors, and the
eftablifhment of the Saxon heptarchy, this county appears
for fome time to have conftituted a kingdom of itfelf; for
which, however, its kings were obliged to do homage to
thofe of Kent or Mercia. It was ultimately incorporated
with the kingdom of the Eaft Saxons, and remained in that
condition till the diffolution of their monarchy, by the fub-
jugation of the feveral kingdoms cf the heptarchy to one
monarch. Subfequent to this event, the hiftory of Londcn
is intimately connected with the hiftory of Middlefex. See
Turner’s Hifiory of the Anglo-Saxons, 2 vols. 4to.

The furface of this county, though moilly flat, prefents
a variety of hills, near its union with Hertfordfhire,. many:
of which rife almoft imperceptibly to their fummits, and are,
on that account, admirably adapted for the purpofes of
agriculture ; being fufficiently floping to fecure a proper
drainage, and, at the fame time, free from abrupt eléva-
tions. This inequality of furface, moreover, contributes in
no {mall degree to health, ornament, and beauty; thovgh
only a few {pots can be confidered as eminently piiurefque.
The ground, for the moft part, afeends from the banks of
the Thames towards the north; and, within four miles of
London, appears a range of gentle eminences, which thel-
ters the metropolis from the northern blalts, and agreeably
breaks the uniformity of the horizon. Of thefe heights the
chief are Hampftead, Highgate, and Mufwell Hill; all of
which afford many pleating and extenfive profpeGs. So
likewife does Harrow Hill, which, from rifing in a fort of
ifolated manner, forms a prominent object for many miles
around. This eminence approaches a higher and more ex-
tenfive ridge, ftretching north-eaftward in interrupted {wells
from Pinner, Stanmore, Elitree, Tetteridge, and Barnet,
to the foreit feenery of Enfield Chace. ‘The average eleva-
tion of thefe hills is about 400 feet above the ftream of the
Thames. Such land as lies contiguous to that river, and to
the Colne and Lea, is in general perfe&ily level, and ex-
hibits a ftate of the higheft cultivation.

The mineralogy of this county affords fewer cbjeéts of in-
tereft than perhaps any other in England. Ancoumie, fa ;

rT

MIDDLESEX.

Mr. Middleton, the difpofition of the Arata is, “ firk, cul-
tivated furface ; fecondly, filiceows geavel, from five to ten
feet in thicknefs ; thirdly, a ftrong leaden coloured earth,
frenerally culled clay, varying from one to three hundred
feet in thicknefs; fourthly, marine fediment, fometimes
cockle fhells, but principally oytters, agglutinated together,
and hardened into a fort of phe {tratum, three, four, or
five feet deep; fifthly, loofe fand and gravel, from which
the water is found to rife in fuch quantity, as to preclude
the omgts of digging further. No metallic {trata have
yet been difcovered in any part of the county; and ap-
pearances indicate, that if there really are any fuch, they lie
at too great a depth to be made fubject to the operations of
the miner.”” A thin ftratum of fullers’ earth, however, was
found, in 1802, about a mile from Paddington, on the Edge-
ware road; and in 1798, a quantity of loofe coal, suatna
inches in thicknefs, was difcovered at Chelfea, nearly fifty
feet from the furface. Foffil thells, principally bivalves, to-
gether with other marine exuviw, have occurred in different
arts.
. The foils in Middlefex are various, but loam and clay, or
fand and gravel, more or lefs intermixed with loamy clay,
are the molt prevalent. The latter fort of furface predo-
minates on the fummits of moit of the hills. Hampttead
Hill confitts chiefly of yellow iron-ltained fand, with fome
loam and rounded flints placed on a pure white fand, many
feet in depth. A loamy fand is the prevailing foil in that
dittri& of the county which forms its fouth-welternmott
angle, and lies beeween the river Thames, and the road
ftretching from Hounflow to Colnbrook. Trom Totten-
ham to Enfield Wath the fuper-!tratum is of a fimilar de-
feription, and reits upon the fame under ilrata. Weltward
from Hanwell and Hounflow, the loam exilting in much
reater quantity than the fand, agriculturiits dittinguifh the
foil here by the appellation of a fandy loam. ‘The fame
foil is found in the parifhes of Twickenham, Ifleworth,

Ealing, Chifwick, Keniington, Fulham, Brompton, and ,

Chelfea, as likewife in the fouth divilion of the parith of
Harefield. All the land from Ruiflip and Ickenham on the
weit, to Gneeford, Apperton, and Harrow on the eait, and
between Piiner on the north, and Northcote on the fouth,
is compofed of {trong loam; the land about Mums is of
the fame kind, and the level between Iflington, Hamp-
ftead, and Hornfey, is a ftrong but very unproductive
loam. The loamy clay predominates on the north fide of a
hill between Uxbridge Common and Harefield, to the nerth-
welt of Ruiflip, and between the river Brent and Hamp-
ftead on the Hendon road. Trom Nightingale Hall by
Colney Hatch to Whet{tone, the foil is a loamy clay mixed
with pebbles of flint, and alfo from Potters’-Bar for about
two miles towards South Mims. The north fide of High-
wood Hill has a thin layer of loamy clay on a fubfoil of
yellow clay, every where abounding with rounded flats.
In the Ifle of Dogs, and in all the lands on the flat borders
of the rivers Lea and Calne, together with fome {pots im-
mediately adjacent to the Brent and the Thames, the foil is
of that peculiarly rich kind which is formed by the collec-
tion of the various fubltances that may be wafhed down
by the rivers from the high grounds, villages, towns, and
cities. The moors extending trom Rickiaan{worth to Staines
confit chiefly of peat on a fubfoil of filiceous gravel,
which in various parts fhews itfelf at the furface. Some

thas likewife been found in the Ifle of Dogs.

Middlefex, from its fituation with régard to London, pre-
fente more variety in its agriculture than any county in
Great Britain. To give the reader, therefore, a proper idea
of this fubject, it will be neceflary to enter at greater length

into detail than might otherwife be requifite. In general,
however, it may be premifed that the ealtern divilion of the
county, with the exceptign of the gardens in the vicinity of
the metropolis, are appropriated to meadow, palture, and
palate quae and that the weltern divifion, excepting

lounflow Heath, Sunbury, and Ruiflip commons, and fome
other fpots, confilts chiefly of arable lands.

The greater part of 4 upland, meadow, and pafture.
grounds in this county has, no doubt, been at one time under
cultivation, as they {till exhibit unequivocal marks of the
plough. ‘Thefe grounds are kept in the highelt ftate of or-
der, and are plentifully furnithed with manure, fo that they
afford the moft luxuriant crops. ‘Che manner and period
of applying the manure are {tudied by the farmers with great
attention, ‘They obferve, fays Mr. Middleton, the ftate of
the atmofphere, and fhould it indicate rain after the hay is
removed from the ground, they put the dung of neat cattle
upon it, Should the barometer, however, not promife rain in
eonfiderable quantities, the decompofed manure is allowed to
remain on the dunghills till the end of September, at which
time it is put on while the ground is dry enough to bear the
loaded carts without injury. Meadow land in the occupa-
tion of cow-keepers is ufually mown two or three times
during fummer, the great number of cows kept by them
enabling them to drefs it every year. As their chief ob-
ject is to obtain their hay of a foft grafly nature, they cut it.
young, conceiving it to be better provender for milk cows in
that ttate than after the feedling ftems have rifen.

The patturage or grafs-lands tie principally, if not entirely,.
on the banks of the feveral rivers with which this county
is fupplied. Thofe adjoining to the river Lea contain about
2000 acres, of which upwards of 1200 are inclofed, and
the remainder divided by land-marks among a great num-
ber of proprietors. The feveral tracts of grafs-lands on
the banks of the Colne include about 2500 acres, and
fuch of them as are inclofed are extremely fertile. By far
the greater proportion of them, however, are Lammas
Meads; and one of the neceflary confequences of this
condition is, that the ditches are fo much negleéted as to
be grown up. The richeft grafs-land in the whole county
is that of the Ifle of Dogs, which, fince the formation of
the Eaft India Docks, has been reduced from 1000 to lefs
than 500 acres.

Before concluding the fubje€&t of meadow and grafs-lands,
it may not be improper to notice fhortly the method of hay-
making practifed in this county, the decided fuperiority of
the farmers in that art being acknowledged by all who have
any pretenfions to agricultural fill. Here it is reduced to
a regular fyitem, unknown in other p.rts of the king-
dom. When the grafs is about to be mown, the farmer en-
gages a certain number of perfons for that work, according:
to the extent of his lands. At the fame time he provides
five haymakers to each mower, who are paid by the day.
On the firit day all the grafs mown before nine o’clock is
tedded, in which operation great care is taken to fhake it
out well, and ttrew it evenly over the ground. After this, it
is turned once or twice with fimilar care; and in the
courfe of the afternoon is raked into what are called fingle
wind rows, and towards the evening is put into grafs cocks.
On the fecond day the bufinefs commences by tedding all
the grafs mown on the firft day after nine o’clock, and all
that has been mown this day before nine o’clock. Next the
grafs cocks are well fhaken out into feparate plats, called
fiaddles, of five or fix yards diameter. The ftaddles are
next turned, and after that is done, the grafs tedded im
the morning is turned once or twice in the fame manner
as deferibed for the firft day. After dinner. the itaddles.

are

MIDDLESEX.

are formed into double wind rows ; the grafs is next raked
into fingle wind rows ; then the double wind rows are put
into baftard cocks ; and laftly, the fingle wind rows are put
into grafs cocks. On the third day the grafs mown and
not fpread on the fecond day, and alfo that mown in the
early part of this day, is firft tedded in the morning, and
the grafs cocks are {pread into ftaddles, as before, and the
baftard cocks into ftaddles of lefs extent. Thefe leffer
ftaddles, though laft {pread, are firft turned, then thofe
that were in the grafs cocks, and laitly, the grafs, once
or twice; after which, the people go to dinner. Should
the weather prove fine, the hay which was in baltard cocks
the preceding night, will, this afternoon, be in a proper
ftate to be carried, but mot fo if the weather has been
cloudy and cool. In the latter cafe, the firft operation after
dinner is to rake the grafs cocks of the laft night into
double wind rows, and the grafs which was this morning
fpread from the {waths into fingle wind rows. Afterwards,
the baftard cocks of the laft night are made up into full
fized cocks, and care taken to rake the hay up clean, and
alfo to put the rakings upon the top of each cock. Next,
the double wind rows are put into baftard cocks, and the
fingle wind rows into grafs cocks, as on the preceding days.
On the fourth day the great cocks are ufually carried before
dinner. The other operations of the day are conduéted in
the fame routine as on thofe already defcribed, and fo on
daily till the harvett is finifhed.

The fruit gardens of Middlefex, folely intended for the
fupply of the public market, are fuppofed to occupy about
3000 acres. They extend, principally, on each fide of the
high road, from Kenfington through the parifhes of Ham-
merf{mith, Brentworth, Ifleworth, and Twickenham. Thefe
gardens, on an average, furnifh conftant employment to about
ten perfons per acre, men, women, and children ; but during
the fruit feafon, this number is increafed from thirty-five
to forty. The annual produce of the labour of thefe in-
dividuals collectively is eltimated at 300,000/., about three-
fourths of the whole fupply of London. In thefe gardens
it is ufual to have two crops, one called an upper, and
the other an under crop. The former confilts of the
larger fpecies of fruits, and the latter of the fmaller, fuch
as rafpberries, goofeberries, currants, and others which are
known to fuffer little injury by exclufion from the influ-
ence of the fun. Some gardens are inclofed by very high
walls, againft which grow a vaft variety of wall fruits ;
and artificial banks are alfo frequently formed, by means of
which the gardeners are enabled to raife certain crops many
weeks earlier than they could otherwife effect.

The nurfery gardens lie moftly in the neighbourhoods
of Chelfea, Brompton, Kenfington, Hackney, Dalfton,
Bow, and Mile-End, and are computed to comprife up-
wards of 1500 acres. In thefe gardens are to be found
almoft every variety of fruit trees, ornamental fhrubs, and
rare plants, known in any quarter of the world. Indeed,
fo celebrated are the nurfery-men of Middlefex for the
cultivation of exotics, that, in times of peace, a great ex-

ortation of thefe articles takes place to France, Spain,
Popo, Italy, Ruffia, and other countries.

The extent of ground fituated in Middlefex appropriated
to kitehen gardens for the fupply of the London markets,
is e{timated at nearly 3000 acres, or about one-fourth of
the whole lands fo employed in the neighbourhood of the

metropolis. About a tenth part of thefe gardens is entirely”

prepared by the fpade, and the remainder partly by the
{pade, and partly by the plough. ‘The average produce of
thefe gardens, which are kept in a {tate of high fertility by
an abundant fupply of manure, is fuppofed to amount to

200/. per acre annually, the profit upon which may be about
120/. Willows for the ufe of the bafket-makers are much
cultivated in,the iflands and on the banks of the Thames,
particularly in the vicinity of Brentford, T'wickenham, and
Sunbury. The profits arifing from this fpecies of cultiva-
tion are faid to be immenfe, but they are carefully concealed
from public ferutiny.

Farms in this county, from the manifold divifion of its
landed property, are ufually of {mall extent. The rents
vary extremely, according to local and other circumflances,
being in fome places averaged fo low as ten fhillings, and in
others at above twelve pounds. They are, without excep-
tion, paid in money, with the addition, in fome few inftances,
of fupplying the landlord’s family in town with frefh butter
at 8d. or od. per pound, of 16 ounces to the pound, and
with cream at 6d. per pint. Tithes, from which only a very
few farms are free, are chiefly taken in kind, though in fome
cafes an annual compofition is preferred. The wages of
labourers in hufbandry here in winter vary from ten to twelve
fhillings per week, and in fummer fromtwelveto fifteen. Thofe
employed only in hay-time and harveft haye from fifteen to
eighteen fhillings, with beer occafionally, and fometimes a
dinner. A great part of the agricultural bufinefs, how-
ever, is done by the piece, the prices varying according to
the feafon. Farm-houfes, built within the lalt hundred
years, are moftly conftruéted of brick, and well adapted for
the accommodation of a refpeétable family. The offices
erected within the fame period are hikewife laid out upon a
good plan. If of older date, however, than the 18th cen-
tury, both houfes and offices are of wood, lathed and plaif-
tered, with the roofs thatched ; and from the many repairs,
additions, and alterations they have undergone, have the
appearance of being built by piece-meal, to fuit the im-
mediate wants of the farmers, who may properly be divided
into various claffes or defcriptions of perfons. Thofe who
rent land in the immediate neighbourhood of the metropolis
are chiefly cow-keepers, gardeners, aud nurfery-men. ‘T/he
lands lying immediately behind their’s are occupied by the
villas of wealthy citizens and others; and thefe are fucceeded
by farmers, who may be again divided, firft, into perfons
with whom farming is but a fecondary occupation ; and, fe-
condly, fuch as, having acquired an eafy fortune by other
purfuits, retire to farming, with the idea of uniting profit
and amufement in their agricultural labours. The third
clafs is lefs numerous than either of the former, and confiits
likewife of perfons who have abandoned fome former pur-
{uit entirely, and direGted their attention exclufively to farm-
ing as a profeflion; this clafs forms the moft intelligent and
moft accurate of hufbandmen. The fourth and laft clafs is
equal in number nearly to all the other clafles conjoined, and
is compofed of perfons who have been originally bred to
farming, and have continued to employ themfelves in the
fame occupation.

The arable lands in Middlefex are chiefly fpread out in
common fields, not above one-fourth of the whole being in-
clofed. This department of hufbandry is much lefs under-
ftood than thofe divifions of it already noticed. Ploughing
is, for the moft part, conduéted upon an injurious and ex-
penfive plan. The ploughs, as well as the carts, are much
too clumfy, requiring an unneceffary number of cattle to
drag them. Fallowing is feldom praétifed, becaufe the
farmers regard the introduCtion of green crops, at certain
intervals in the rotation of crops, as rendering this mode of.
recruiting the ground altogether unneceflary ; and it muit
be confeffed, the idea derives fome confirmation from expe-
rience, for in the parifh of Helton, where the beft wheat in
the county is grown, that pra¢tice is wholly excluded, The

8 corn

MIDDLESEX.

corn chiefly raifed here is wheat and barley, rye and oats
being cultivated only in very fmall quantities, ‘The whole
extent of land cropped with wheat in Middlefex is about
10,000 acres, and new grain recently threfhed is moftly pre-
ferred for feed, About 4000 acres are laid down in barley ;
gooo acres are appropriated to beans 5 and nearly the fame
amount to peas. ‘The remainder of the arable lands is
occupied by a variety of other green crops, as turnips, cab-
#, white and red clover, ray-grafs, (ufually cut green, )
ta for the food of cattle; together with 2 ah
potatoes, carrots, parfnips, &c. for the ufe of man.
uorice and hops are likewife among the faleable commo-
ditice cultivated in a few fields in the vicinity of London,

The number of live flock kept in this county is {maller,
even in proportion to its extent, than in any other in Eng-
land, with the exception of the cows appropriated for the
fupply of London with milk. Thefe cows, which are of a
large fize, are commonly diltinguifhed by the appellation of
the Holdernefs breed, from a diftri& of that name in York-
thire ; but they have long fince ceafed to be confined to that

articular kind, The total number kept in Middlefex,
or the purpofe above-mentioned, is ftated by Mr. Foot, in
his Agricultural Report, at 7200. The mode of treating
thefe cattle is as follows. During the night they are con-
fined to their ftalls, and about three o'clock in the morning
each is provided with half a bufhel of grains. From four to
half palt fix they are milked by the retail dealers, and as
foon as that operation is finifhed, each cow receives a bufhel
of turnips, and not long afterwards a {mall portion of foft
meadow hay. Thefe feveral feedings are commonly finifhed
by eight o’clock in the morning, when the cattle are turned
into the cow-yard. At twelve, they are again confined to
their ftalls, and are ferved with the fame quantity of grains
which they had in the morning. The milking recom-
mences about half paft one, after which follows again the
turnips and hay. This mode of feeding continues from the
month of September to May. During the other months
they are fed with grains, cabbages, tares, and fecond cut
aa 2 except when the weather 1s peculiarly fine, and then
they are turned out to graze ; but even in this cafe they
{till receive a portion of grains.. One bull is the ufual pro-
portion to a ftock of thirty cows. The net profit of the
cow-keeper, upon every cow, is eftimated at 6/. annually.
Calves are generally difpofed of at one, two, or three days
eld. Many, however, are likewife fuckled for eight or ten
weeks, when they become fat, and are thought to furnifh
the belt veal. :

The Middlefex fheep are not of any particular breed, the
farmers either dire@ly or indire@ly purchafing their ftock
from almolt every county in England. Such ewes, how-
ever, as are kept for the fupply of the London markets with
‘houfe-lambs, are all of the Dorfetfhire breed. This laft
branch of farming is, perhaps, the moit profitable of any in
the county. Early-lambing ewes, of which thofe of a large
fize with white nofes are preferred, are fought for with
great diligence, the prices varying from forty to fifty fhil-
lings. Early grafs-lambs are likewife an obje& of im-
portance with the farmers of Middlefex ; and for fupplying
thefe, the Dorfet ewes are chiefly feleGted, but the South-
down bred is ovcafionally preferred. The feed both of
the ewes and lambs is principally turnips and fecond crop
hay. The lambs are ufually fold fat in the months of
April, May, and June, at from thirty fhillings to two guineas
Te number of horfes kept in this county amounts to
between thirty and forty thoufand, but very few of them
are bred in it. Such as are employed in agricultural opera-

ale

tions, as well as thofe uled by the brewers, diftillers, and
carmen of London, aré moltly bred in Leicefterthire and
the adjoimng counties. ‘The coach and faddle-horfes are
principally brought from Yorkthire. No horfes can furpafs
the draught horfes of the brewers, coal-matters, &c. in
ftrength and figure. Hogs are képt in confiderable num-
bers, but chiefly by the malt.di(tillers, for whom they are
purchafed lean at a large market held on Finchley Common,
to which there are valt numbers brought from Shr ypthire
and other diftant counties, ‘I'he fattened hogs are bought
for the hog-butcheries about London; and the bacon cured
here is seokehed very little inferior to that of Wiltthire and
Yorkthire. A great fupply of poultry is reared in Mid-
dlefex, chiefly, however, for home confumption. Many
pigeons and rabbits are alfo bred, particularly in the
neighbourhodd of London, by the poor people and journey-

-men tradefmen. The only —_ warren in the county is

that on Uxbridge Common ; fo that a great proportion of
the rabbits fold by the poulterers in London are of the
houfe-breed.

Middlefex, confidering the proximity of every part of it
to the Britifh metropolis, cannot boaft of fuch good roads
as might be expected. For, notwithitanding the immenfe
fums'raifed to keep them in repair and proper condition, it
is a fa&t, that. even the great roads which branch off imme-
diately from the city, as from a centre, are frequently fuf-
fered to remain in the molt negle&ted ftate, efpecially during
the winter months. This arifes, in a great meafure, from
the inappropriate means employed in cleanfing them, and
from the inadequacy of the materials employed in their con-
itruétion and repair, to fuftain the continued preflure of the
immenfe loads which are conftantly drawn along them. It
mutt be confeffed, however, that many improvements in this.
refpe& have been made within thefe few years, and that even
as they are, they would be accounted excellent in every other
part of Europe, except in the neighbourhood of London.
The parith highways, as they are denominated, are ufually
kept in excellent order; but the fame remark cannot be ap-
plied without confiderable limitation to the ftreets of Lon-
don, which, in the carriage-ways, are ufually paved with
Scotch granite. The canals which interfe& Middlefex are
the Grand Jun@ion canal, and the Paddington canal. The
former, ftriking off from the Thames at Old Brentford,
paffes the grounds at Sion Hill and Ofterley, and ruoning
through a rich corn diftri@ near Hanwell, Norweod, Har-~
lington, Weft-Drayton, Cowley, Uxbridge, and Harefield,
leaves this county near Rickmanfworth. ‘This canal, which
is navigable for veffels of fixty or feventy tons burthen, has
fourteen locks to Harefield Moor, where the level is 114,
feet two inches above that of the river Thames. From Its:
numerous cuts, fide branches, and collateral ftreams, it is,
beyond doubt, the moft important inland navigation in the
kingdom, as it affords a dire water communication.to alb
the various maoufa@turing towns of Warwickthire, Stafford-
fhire, Lancafhire, Derbythire, and feveral other counties.
The general breadth of this canal is thirty feet, but at the
bridges it is contra@ed to fifteen. The Paddington canal
branches off from it near Cranford, and is continued on a
level from thence to the dock at Paddington, the fides of which
are occupied with yards and warehoufes, for the reception and
fecurity of merchandife. The advantages derived to the me-
tropolis and the country at large from this canal, are likewife
various and important. A third canal, called the Regent’s
Canal, ftretching from the Thames, weft of London, to join.
that river near Limehoufe, has been lately proje&ted, and is now
carrying into execution. Though there are no ftreams of any
confequence which take their rife in this county, {everal ret

MIDDLESEX.

derable ones water it in different direftions. ‘Of thefe, the
moft important, not only in Middlefex, but in England, is
‘the Thames, which ferves as the boundary between this
‘county and Surrey, as already mentioned. See Tianes.-
The other principal rivers of Middlefex are the Colne,
the Brent, and the Lea; all of which difcharge their waters
into the Thames. The Lea, which joins it at Bow Creek,
is navigable as high as Ware and Hertford. All of thefe
waters are covered at different points with mills, and other
machinery, employed in the various departments of manv-
fa€tures and the arts. Befides thefe ftreams there are fe-
veral others, which, though of trivial fize, have fome claims
to attention. Fleet Brook, which is now enclofed from the
view in its paffage through London, was formerly navigable
for barges. It takes its rife among the high grounds at
Hampftead Heath and Caen Wood, from whence it proceeds
by Kentith Town, Pancras, Bagnigge Wells, Mount Plea-
fant, and Saffron-hill, croffing Chick-lane, and running un-
‘der Fleet-market and Bridge-ftreet, where it enters the
Thames, The New River is an artificial ftream, formed by
the colleé&ted waters of feveral {mall {prings ifluing from the
vicinity of Chad-well, in Hertfordthire. (See New River.)
Several mineral fprings rife in the immediate vicinity of
London ; and fome of them were formerly of much repute,
thongh they are now but feldom ufed. The Spa fields,
north of London, derive their name from the number of
chalybeate fprings that rife within them, of which that at
Tflington Spa, called alfo New Tunbridge Wells, is the
principal. At Bagnigge Wells are {prings both chalybeate
and cathartic. The other f{prings of note are St. Chad’s
Wells, near the bottom of Gray’s-inn-lane road, Kilburn
Wells, A&ton Wells, and feveral more fituated at Hamp-
dtead, and in the parifhes of St. Pancras and Shadwell.
Middlefex, as containing London, is the principal feat of
‘commerce and manufadtures in Great Britain. While its
traders vifit the moft diftant parts of the known world, its
artificers at home produce almoft every variety of articles
which any diftrié in the country can furnifh. The chief
portion of thefe, as may be prefumed, is manufaftured in
London and its fuburbs: but many important manufaétories
are likewife {pread over the county; moft of them, how-
ever, the property of individuals eftablifhed in the town.
The maintenance of the poor in this county is too im-
portant a branch of its civil economy to be paffed over un-
noticed, even in a general account like the prefent. Ac-
cording to the returns made to parliament on this fubjeé, in
the year 1804, the number of perfons maintained in work-
houfes, frem the 20th of April 1802 to the 12th of April
1803, was 15,186; andthe number of thofe relieved out of
work-houfes, 47,987. The total annual expence, incurred
in fupporting the former, was 224,049/. 2s. 13¢.; and the
expence of relieving the latter, 121,g01/. 12s. 3d.; making
in all, the fum of 364,034/. cs. 104d., or 5/. 15s. 3d. for
each parifhioner. Befides thefe, however, there were 32,506
perfons, not parifhioners, who had received occafional relief,
to the amount of 3250/. 125.: fo that the whole fum ex-
pended for the benefit of the poor, during that year, was
367,284/. 12s. 04d. The amount of the rates, for the fame
period, was 490,144/. 1s. 74d.; an average of 10s. 103d.
ger head on the whole refident population, then ccm-
puted, as has been feen, at 818,129 perfons. Eight
perfons in the hundred, according to this calculation, were
relieved by the poor’s rate. Independent of thefe parochial
burthens, there were then 1132 friendly focieties, of which
54 were ftated to be female focieties, and 750 to have been
enrolled at the quarter-feffions, purfuant to the aéts paffed

a the 33d and 35th years of his prefent majefty. The
6

total number of perfons belonging to thefe focieties is ftated
at 72,741, (of whom 3754 were females,) being nine in a
hundyed of the refident population.

The Romans feem to have had only two ftations in this
county: Londinum or “uguita, now London; and Sul-
lonice or Brockley hills, near Elftree, on the borders of
Hertfordfhire. Roman remains, however, have been dif-
covered at many other places. The Roman roads appear
to have concentrated in London, and to have branched off
from that city in different direétions, as from a common
centre. The Watling-ftreet, running from Dover, is pre-
{med to have entered Southwark at the point now called
Dowgate, and, keeping along the vrefent Watling-ftreer,
to have quitted the city at Alderfgate. After this, its
precife dire€tion cannot be eafily determined; but it pro-
bably turned weftward at the end of Old-ftreet, and con-
tinuing along Wildernefs-row and Clerkenwell, croffed the
Fleet Brook, and afcended the hill at Portpool-lane ; thence
purfuing a north-wefterly direGion, it fell into the tra&
which now forms the high road to St. Alban’s, and ap-
proaching the itation of Sullonice, pafled on through
Elftree to Verulamium. The Ikenild-ftreet, taking an
eafterly direGtion up Old-ftreet, and over Bethnal Green,
went on by Old Ford to Camalodunum or Colchetter.
The Ermin-ftreet led northwards through Iflington, Stoke
Newington, and Hornfey, to Enfield; then turning off
near that town, it paffed Clay-hill, and entered Hertford-
fhire. A fourth Roman road led into Surrey and Berkhhire,
by the towns of Brentford, Hounflow, -and Staines, along
the courfe of the prefent turnpike ; and there feems every
reafon to believe that a fifth took the direétion of Effex,
through Whitechapel and Stratford-le-Bow. Several camps
of Britifh and Roman conftruétion are difperfed throughout
the county, but none of them are peculiarly interefting :
and in general it may be remarked, that, except in London
and Weftminiter, there are few remains of antiquity in
Middlefex, which have any claims to the particular notice
of the antiquary.

Middlefex is divided into fix hundreds, exclufive of the
cities and liberties of London and Weltminfter, and the
Tower Hamlets. The total number of parifhes, places,
precinéts, and extra-parochial places, in the whole county,
as returned under the population aét, was 234 All of
thefe, with the exception of the city and liberties of Weit-
minfter, which are governed by the dean and chapter of
Weltminfter, are included in the diocefe of London. It
contains nine market-towns, diftin& from the metropolis,
namely, Barnet, Southall, Finchley, Uxbridge, Brentford,
Hounflow, Edgeware, Staines, and Enfield. Uxbridge

market is principally for corn; and at Hounflow there is

always a very confiderable fhow of fat cattle, for the fupply
of the London butchers. Beauties of England and Wales,
vol. x. by E. W. Brayley. Camden’s Britannia, by Gough,
fol. vol. ti. Stukeley’s Itinerary, fol. Agricultural Survey
of Middlefex, by Middleton, 8vo.

Mippvesex, a county of America, in Maffachufetts,
bounded north by the ftate of New Hamphhire, eaft by
Effex county, fouth by Suffolk, and weft by Worcefter
county. It is nearly of a fquare form; its greateft length
being 52, and its greateft breadth 42 miles. It has 42
townthips, containing 46,928 inhabitants, and was made a
county in the year 1643. It is watered by we tage
rivers, viz. Merrimack, Charles, Concord, Nafhua, and
Myttick, befides fome fmaller ftreams. The chief towns
are Charleftown, Cambridge, and Concord. The fouthern
and northern fides of the county are hilly, but none of the
hills exceed roo feet in height; and they are either Wily

wi

MID
with wood, or cultivated to the fummit. The air is pene.
rally ferene, and the temperature mild, The foil in fome

arts is rich black loam, but in others it is light and fandy.

t produces the timber, grain, and fruit, which are common
throughout the flate, either by natural growth or cultiva-
tion.-Alfo, a maritime county of Connedticut, bounded
north by Hartford county, fouth by Long Ifland found,
ealt by New London county, and me by New Haven. It
is divided into fix townthips, containing 13,874 inhabitants,
of whom 72 are flaves. The chief town 1s Middleton,—
Alfo, a county of New Jerfey, bounded yorth by Effex,
north-weit and weit by Somerfet, fouth-weft by Burlington,
fouth-ealt by Monmouth, ealt by Rariton bay, and part of
Staten ifland. It contains 17,890 inhabitants. From the
mouth of Rariton river to Brunfwick, the land on both fides
is generally good, both for patture and tillage, and pro-
duces confiderable quantities of every kind of grain, and of
hay. The chief town is New Bronfwick.—Alfo, a county
ar Wieuh, on the fouth fide of Rappahannock river, on
Chefapeak bay, about 35 miles long, and 7 broad, con-
taining 1687 free inhabitants, and 2516 flaves. ‘The chief
town is Urbanna.

Mrppcesex, one of the three counties into which the
ifland of Jamaica is divided ; the two others being Cornwall
and Surry. This county is compofed of eight parihes, one
town, wi. St. Jago-de-la-Vega, or Spanifh Town, the
capital of the ifland, and thirteen villages.

ippLEsex, Bill of, in Law. See Brit.

MIDDLETON, Sir Hucu, in Biography, a public-
fpirited man, was the fixth fon of Richard Middleton, efq.

vernor of Denbigh caitle, in the reigns of Edward VI.,

ary, and Elizabeth. The fubject of this memoir fettled
in London, asa gold{mith ; bat in early life he had engaged
in mining fpeculations in his own country, and sein a
copper-mine in Cardiganthice, which brought him in a con-
fiderable income. wink the reigns of Elizabeth and
James I., the citizens of London obtained a power to bring
a new fupply of water to the city, from certain ftreams or
{fprings in Middlefex or Hertfordfhire. Various attempts
were made; but they were all abandoned, on account of
the difficulty and expences attached to fo vaft a-concern.
At length the city made over to Mr. Middleton, and his
heirs, all the powers and rights conferred by an act of par-
hiament; and he began the bufinefs in the year 1608. ‘T'wo
f{prings, one rifing near Ware, and the other at Amwell, in
Hertfordfhire, were united for the fupply of an artificial
river, which was conduéted to the metropolis. The ex-
pences of the undertaking were fo great, that they exhaufted
the fortune of the projeGtor, who, having in vain applied to
the corporation of London for affiftance, procured it from
the king, to whom a half-fhare of the concern was made
over, in confideration of his taking an equal fhare in the
expences. This great work was completed in 1613; and
on Michaelmas day, the water was let into the refervoir of
iflington with great folemnity. Mr. Middleton was re-
warded with the honour of knighthood ; but his profits were
fo fmall, that he was under the neceffity of engaging in the
bufinefs of a furveyor, or what is now denominated a civil
engineer, and in that capacity rendered effential fervices to
his country, by various {chemes of mining, draining, &c.
‘In 1622 he was created a baronet, and he died in the year
1631; fince which, the value of the fhares in this New
River, as it is ftill called, have advanced fo much as to create
Targe fortunes to the heirs of the original holders. A
hundred pounds fhare, fome years fince, fold as high as
fifteen thoufand pounds. Of late, however, there have
been feveral a&s of parliament pailed in favour of other

Vou. XXIII.

o

MID

projets, which will be noticed under the article Waren-
Works, and which have reduced the value of the New River
fhares full one half. It is the fathion now to decry the
company 4s extravagant in their charges for {upplies of wa-
ter; Lut it fhould be remembered, that the thares of this
corporation, like thofe of other commercial companies, are
perpetually changing their matters; and it is probable that
the majority of fhare-helders, when their value was even at
the higheft, had paid their full price, fo as to gain only a
moderate intereft upon their purchafe money. Biog. Brit.

Mipp.eton, Wittiam, a Welth t, was born at
Gwernfnog in Denbighthire, and ad. shove 1600. He
ferved in the armies of queen Elizabeth, and afterwards
commanded a fhip of war; and when at fea, turned the book
of Pfalms into Welfh verfe. This work was finifhed in the
Welt Indies, in 1595. He was alfo the author of a Gram-
mar, and Art of Poetry, publithed in 1598.

Mipp.eton, Conyers, acelebrated divine of the church
of England, was born in the year 1683 at Richmond, in
Yorkibire, where his father was minifter. At the grammar-
{chool of that town he was educated, and from a very early
period he gave fair promife of future excellence. At the
age of feventeen he was fent to Trinity-college, Cambridge ;
and in 1702 was chofen a fcholar upon the foundation, and
took his degree of B.A. Ina fhort time afterwards he en-
tered into deacon’s orders, and officiated as curate to one of
the fenior fellows of his college, at Trumpington, a village
near Cambridge. In 1706 he was eleéted fellow of his col-
lege, and in the following year he proceeded M.A. Soon
after his election to the fellowfhip, he took an aétive part
in the meafures which were concerting in oppofition to Dr.
Bentley’s imperious condué, as matter of the college ; and
he united in a petition to the bifhop of Ely, which charged
the doétor with many mifdemeanors. For his zeal in this
butinefs he was confidered by the doctor as his moft deter-
mined and dangerous enemy. While this difcuffion was
carrying on, Mr. Middleton married a lady of large fortune,
and was obliged to vacate his fellowfhip; but he itill refided
at Cambridge, till he was induéted to a living in the Ifle of
Ely. To this he removed, but finding the fituation un-
healthy, he left it in about a year, and returned to Cam-
bridge, where he was when George I. paid a vifit to the
univerfity. On this occafion he got his name inferted, with
thofe of feveral others, in the royal mandate for the de
of doétor of divinity, which he accordingly received from
the hands of Dr. Bentley, the regius profeffor. Dr.
Middleton on this occafion refifted the fees, for the cere-
mony called creation, which led to a controverfy, that run
out to a confiderable extent, and which was carried on with
great bitternefs. ‘The addition made to the public library
at Cambridge, by a prefent from the king of bifhop More’s
books, which had been purchafed at the expence of fix
thoufand pounds, induced the univerfity to pafs a decree for
erecting a new fenate-houfe, that a {yitable place might be
provided for the reception of his majefty’s donation This
decree was accompanied with a vote for a new office in the
univerfity, viz. that of principal librarian, which was con-
ferred upon Dr. Middleton. Such a promotion was no
more than what was juftly due to his literary merit. To
fhew how well qualified he was for that appointment, he
publifhed, in 1723, a little piece, entitled ‘ Bibliothece
Cantabrigienfis ordinande Methodus quedam; quam Do-
mino Procancellario Senatuique confiderandam et perficien-
dam, Officii et Pietatis ergo proponit.”? Soon after the
do&or had completed the arrangement in the new library,
his health requiring a change of climate, he applied for
leave-of abfence from the univerfity ; and having obtained a

38 fpecial _

MIDDLETON.

Special grace for that purpofe, though not without diffi-
culty, he fet out for the continent, in company with lord
Coleraine, a nobleman of confiderable learning, who, upon
their arrival at Paris, introduced him to the celebrated
Montfaucon. Here Dr: Middleton feparated from his lord-
fhip, and travelled by the dire& route for Rome, where he
arrived early in the year 1724. After refiding in this city
about twelve months, Dr. Middleton returned through
France to England, and arrived at Cambridge in the latter
end of the year. 1725. Almoft immediately after his return
he publifhed a tract, entitled « De Medicorum apud Ro-
manos veteres degentium Conditione Differtatio ; qua contra
Viros celeberrimos Jac. Spontum, et Ric. Meadium M.D.D.
fervilem atque ignobilem eam fuifle oftenditur.” Dr. Mead
had juft before this publifhed an oration, in which he had
defended the dignity of he medical prefeffion, and endea-
voured to vindicate it from the reproach of its having been
held in fuch low eflimation by the ancient Romans, as to be
left in the hands of flaves and the meanelt of the people. In
defence of the opinion of the learned phyfician, a work was
publifhed under the title of “ Ad Viri Reverendi Con.
Middletoni, $.T.P. de Medicorum apud Veteres Romanos
degentium Conditione, &c. Differtationem Refponfio,”
This was publifhed without any author’s name, but it was
foon found to be the produétion of profeffor Ward, who
had been engaged by Dr. Mead to write it; and at his ex-
pence it was printed and publifhed. Dr. Middleton re-
plied in a very fpirited defence both of his character and
argument, entitled < Differtationis de Medicorum Rome,
&c. Defenfio.”” With this the do&or finifhed his part of
the debate; and through the whole progrefs of it, he did
not fail on every occafion to exprefs a proper regard for
Dr. Mead’s real merit: and this literary altercation did not
prevent them from living afterwards upon very good terms
with each other. While our author was at Reme, he had
the advantage of beholding popery in the full pomp and
difplay of its pageantry, which he compared rather to the
folemn aéts of idolatry of eld Rome, than to any thing re-
commended by the plain and fimple precepts of Chriltianity.
He examined it very accurately; and with the view of
tracing the fimilarity, he made notes and obfervations while
he was in Italy; and, after his return home, kept up an
epiftolary correfpondence with his friends and acquaintance
there. From thefe materials he drew up, and publifhed in
1729; «“ A Letter from Rome, fhewing an exact Con-
formity between Popery and Paganifm; or, the Religion
of the prefent Romans derived from that of their heathen
Anceftors.” This performance was exceedingly well re-
ceived by the public, and went through feveral editions in a
very fhort {pace of time. While, however, the author was
entitling himfelf to the thanks of the Proteftant world, by
expofing the corruptions and impoftures of the Romifh
church, there were fome, even of the church of England,
who took grievous offence at the book, pretending that he
had attacked the Popifh miracles with a gaiety that feemed
to contemn all miracles, and particularly thofe of our Sa-
viour, by invalidating the force of certain rules which had
been eftablifhed by fome divines as the criterion of true
miracles. Our author next made an attack upon Dr, Wa-
terland’s, ‘* Vindication of the Scriptures, &c.’’ which had
been written in reply to Tindal’s famous book, entitled
** Chriftianity as old as the Creation.’? ‘This drew upon
Dr. Middleton the charge of infidelity, and he narrowly and
with much difficulty efcaped academical cenfure. During
the conteft in which he had involved himfelf on this fubje@,
he was appoiuted to the new profefforfhip of phyfiology at
Cambridge, which had been founded in purluance of the

will of Dr. Woodward. He delivered, in the year 1731, #
Latin inaugural oration, at his entrance upon the office,
that did credit to the appointment of Dr. Woodward’s exe-
cutors. The duties of this poft Dr. Middleton difcharged
with fidelity and reputation, till the year 1734, when he re-
fizned it. In the following year he pubiifhed « A Dif-
fertation concerning the Origin of Printing in England,
fhewing that it was introduced and praétifed by Willian»
Caxton, at Weftminiter, &c’’? About this time the dofior
was introduced to the ‘celebrated lord Harvey, by whofe
advice and encouragement he undertook to write ‘ The
Hiftory of the Life of M. Tullius Cicero.” ‘This great
work, which was well adapted to his tafte, and for which
he was perfeétly qualified, employed fo much of his time
and attention, that it was not ready for publication till the
year 1741, when it appeared in two volumes, 4to. It wag
publifhed by fubfcription, and the profits enabled him to
purchafe a {mall eftate in the neighbourhood of Cambridge, .
at which he ufually fpent the fummer feafon..

While Dr. Middleton was empleyed on the life of Cicero,
a vacancy occurred in the mafterfhip of the Charter-houfe;
and he was mentioned for it by fir Robert Walpole, and.
came to London with the hope of obtaining it; but was
difappointed in his expeCiations, and returned to the com-
pofition of his favourite work. In the progrefs of this
work, he engaged with Mr. Tunttall ina centroverfy
re{peéting the authenticity of Cicero’s letters to Brutus, and
of thofe of Brutus to Cicero. He alfo, about the fame
period, publifhed ‘ Germana quedam Antiquitatis erudite
Monumenta, quibus Romanorum veterum Ritus varii tanr
facri, tam profani, tum Grecorum atque /Egyptiorum non-
nulli illuftrantur, Romz olim maxima ex Parte collecia, ac
Differtationibus jam fingulis inftru&ta”’ This work, which
confifted of the figures of thofe curious remains of antiquity
that he had purchafed at Rome, and other places, with a
diflertation on each, was followed, in 1747, by “ A Treatife
on the Roman Senate, in two Parts,’ which terminated
Dr. Middleton’s labours in profane literature; and he now
proceeded to the publication of a treatife, which laid the
foundation of another fierce controverfy with his clerical
brethren. It was publifhed in 1747, and was “ An intro-
duétory Difcourfe on the miraculous Powers fuppofed to
have fubfifted in. the Chriftian Church from the earlieft
Ages, &c.”? To this numerous anfwers- were written,
which, however, did not prevent him from proceeding with
his plan; and in 1749:he produced the larger work, to
which the former was, as it affumed to be, only an intro-
duGtion. This was entitled “* A free Inquiry into the
miraculbus Powers, &c.’”’? The main object of the Jnguiry
is to fhew, that there is no fufficient reafon to believe that
any miraculous powers did ever actually {ubfift in any age
of the church, after the times of the apoftles. The pub-
lication of this piece raifed up againft him a hoft of adver-
faries, who charged him with the moft pernicious defigns-
He had, however, the fatisfaétion of knowing that the
truth of his argument was generally admitted by a!mott all
enlightened and difinterefted readers. The author fet about
preparing an ‘ Anfwer to all the Objeétions made againit
the free Inquiry ;”? which, however,-he did not live to
publifh. A few months after his death, the greater part of
what he had written was given to the world, under the title
of * A Vindication of the free Inquiry, &c.”’ In the
{pring of 1750 he publifhed ** An Examination of the
Lord Bithop of London’s Difcourfes concerning the Ufe
and Intent of Prophecy.”? The defign of the bifhop’s dii-
courfes was to fhew, that there is a manifeft conneétion be-
tween the prophecies of every age, from the beginning ‘4

} t

MID

the world to the commencement of the gofpel of Jefus
Chrilt; which chain of prophecies, delivered at different
times, and reaching through feveral thoufand years, is yet
manifeftly fabfervient to one and the fame adminiltration of
Providence. Dr. Middleton denied the principle, and la.
boured to refute the theory of the prelate ; maintaining that
the authority of the jofpel, as far as it is grounded on pro-
phecy, refs on thofe fingle and independent predictions,
which are delivered occafionally in the law and the prophets,
and not on any fanciful {cheme of prophecy deduced from
Adam ond the antediluvian world. ~ Within a few months
of the publication of the latt-mentioned work, our author's
conttitution began to give way; and on the 28th of July
1750, he departed this life. “his charaéter has been drawn
with great‘ accuracy, by the writer of his article in the
General Biography, from which we fhall extraét a few fen-
tences, “ That Dr. Middleton was a very learned and in-
genious divine, will not be difputed by any one. That he
was an ardent lover of truth, as well as fteady and difin-
terelted in the purfuit of it, may be fairly uaidcded from
the circumftances of his life above related, the facrifices
which he mutt have made by adopting and avowing fenti-
ments that at once cut off all his hope of preferment, and
the firmne{s with which he encountered the utmolt rage and
malice of fierce bigots and hypocritical zealots. That he
was a fmecere believer in the Chriftian religion, his own ex-
rie: and repeated declarations fufficiently prove, as well as

is concife and admirable expofure of one of its moft artful
and malignant enemies, in his «* Letter to Dr. Waterland,”
«and his devoting many of his learned inquiries to its fervice.
His faith he acknowledges was not of that kind which can
ealily digeit incredibilities, but only a principle grounded
on the perception of truth, and claiming no other merit
than that of being a flave to his reafon, to whofe dictates it
paid an abfelute and unreferved fubmiffion. Confined with-
in thefe juft limits, however, it produced the uobleft fruits,
ina life Foent in habits of temperance, ftudy, and the fearch
after truth; and which, in other refpééts, likewife, was as
exemplary and agreeable to the rules of the gofpel, as that
of the mot zealous of all his orthodox opponents.’ There
were found among his papers, after his death, materials for
a life of Demoflhenes, correfpondent to that of Cicero. In
1752, his ‘ Mifcellaneous Works’’ were publifhed in four
volumes, 4to. of which a fecond edition was publifhed in
five volumes, Svo. }

Mipptetox, in Geagraphy, an interior townfhip, in
Effex county, Maffachufetts, mcorporated in 1728, and con-
taining 598 inhabitants ; 20 miles N. of Bofton.—Alfo, a
city, polt-town, and port of entry of Middlefex county,

leafantly fituated on the weftern bank of Connecticut river.
Tts public buildings are a Congregational church, an Epif-
cepalian church, a court-houfe, and naval office. It con-
tains about 500 houfes, and carries on a confiderable trade.

MippLeTon, a polt-town of the county ‘of Cork, Ire-
Jand, which was a borough before the union, and which,
from its proximity to Cork harbour, has fome bufinefs,
chiefly carried on at the village of Ballinacurra, about a mile
diftant. Here are an endowed {chool, a barrack, two bolt-
ing mills, and a brewery. ‘The parifh, from a union made
feveral years ago, is one of the molt valuable in Ireland,
being above 3000/. per annum. Middleton is 121 miles
S$.W. from Dublin, and 12 miles E. of Cork, on the road
_to Youghel.

_ Mippteron, a market-town and parifh in the hundred
ef Salford, and county palatine of Lancafter, England,
was firft conftituted a town in the year 1791, fince which
time it has been gradually increafing in extent and popula-

MID

tion. The market is held on Friday every week, in a very
commodious market-place, laid out by lord Suffield, who ww
lord of the manor, ‘The government of the police here is
confided to two conflables, who are chofen annually at the
court-leet. In the church, a venerable pile of building, are
feveral monuments of the Atheton family, who for many
centuries were refident in this parifh. ‘The fide aifles of this
edifice are embattled; und in the windows appear fome
ftained glafevof thields, and other devices. A carved {creen
of [even compartments divides the chancel from the choir.
It is ornamented with a great profufion of armorial bearings
of the Athetons, Radcliffes, Grofvenors, and Stanleys.
The living is a rectory. Here is a free grammar {chool,
which was founded by Dr. Alexander Nowel, dean of St,
Paul’s, and principal of Brafen-nofe college, in 1572. ‘This
is now a mott refpectable eltablithment, and frequently con-
tains between 150 and 200 {cholars. Dean Nowel was
educated at this place. Sce Charton’s interefting Life of
Nowel, 8vo. 1809.

The chief fupport of this town is derived from its cotton
manufaéture ; but there are likewife a condiderable twilt ma-
nufaétory, and fome bleaching works. The population here,
in 1801, according to the parliamentary returns of that year,
amounted to 3265 perfons. Beauties of England and Wales,
vol. ix. by J. Britton.

MIDDLETOWN, atownfhip of America, in Strafford
county, New Hampihire; about 40 miles N. by W. of
Portimouth,—Alfo, a townfhip of Rutland county, Ver-
mont; 39 miles N. of Bennington.—Alfo, a township in
Delaware county, New York; 40 miles W. of Catfluill.—
Alfo, a townfhip in Newport county, Rhode ifland, con-
taining 931 inhabitants. In the town, fituated on the ifland.
which gives name to the ftate, about two miles from New-
port, is a large cavity in the rocks, called “ Purgatory.”’—
Alfo, a town of about 60 or 70 houfes in Berkley county,
Virginia, near the North mountain: it has two churches,
one for Prefbyterians, and one for Baptifts:—Alfo, a fmail
pott-town in Newcaitle county, Delaware, on Apaquinimy
creek ; 21 miles S.S.W. of Wilmington.—Alfo, a town-
fhip in Monmouth county, New Jerfey, which contains two
places of worfhip, one for Baptifts, and one for the Dutch
Reformed church, and 3226 inhabitants, The falt-works
are in North river, which divides this town from Shrewfbury,.
Here is an academy of go or so ftudents. The light-houfe
on the point of Sandy-beach is in thistownfhip. The high
lands of Navefink, which are on the fea-coalt near Sandy-
beach, are 600 feet above the level of the water, and are the
lands firft difcovered by mariners in this part of the coaft.—
Alfo, a flourifhmg poit-town in Dauphin county, Pennfyl-
vania, on the north-welt fide of Swatara creek, which dif-
charges itfelf into the Sufquehannah, two miles below; it
contains a German church, and more than 100 houfes, and
carries on a brifk trade with the farmers in the vicinity. It
is eltimated that 200,000 bufhels of wheat are brought
down the river annually to the landing-place, two miles fram
the town; 92 miles W. by N. from Philadelphia, N. lat.

0° 12'. W. long. 76 44'. There are alio two other town-
{hips of the fame name in this ftate ; one in Delaware county,
and the other in that of Cumberland.—Alfo, a poft-town in
Frederick county, Maryland; nearly 8 miles W.N.W. of
Frederick ftoun,—Afo, a town in Dorchefter county, Mary-
land; 84 miles N.W. of Cambridge.

MIDDLEWICH, a confiderable market-town in the
hundred of Northwich, and county of Chefter, England, is
fituated at the conflux of the rivers Croco and Dane, about
6 miles from Northwich, 22 from Chefter, and 167 from
Londen, Its name was derived from its centrical fituation

382 between

MID

between the Wiches, or Salt Towns, of which there are
three in the county ; and its origin has been fuppofed to be
as remote as the time of the Romans; the road to it from
Northwich being mentioned by Camden, as raifed with
gravel to fuch a height as to be readily known for a work
of that people. The church is a fpacious ftruéture, and
includes two chapels. On the fouth fide is a college,
founded by Thomas Savage, archbifhop of York. The
government of the town is vefted in a bailiff and burgefles,
annually chofen. Under the population aét of 1800, the
number of houfes was returned as 268, occupied by 1190
perfons. Confiderable employment is derived to the in-
habitants from the manufaéture of falt, wkich has been car-
ried on in this town from a very early period ; very valuable
brine {prings being found in the town and its vicinity, A
cotton manufaGtory has been recently eftablifhed here.
A grammar fchool was founded at Middlewich about the
end of the 17th century: the fchool-houfe was given by
Ralph Lowndes. Markets are held on Tuefdays and Fri-
days, and two fairs annually. The parith of Middlewich is
very extenfive, and comprifes 15 townfhips. One of thefe,
Kinderton, has been decided by Mr. Whitaker to be the
Condate of the Romans. Lyfons’s Magna Britannia, vol. ii.
Beauties of England and Wales, vol. i1.

MIDDLING-T ern, in the Manege, are the four teeth
of a horfe that come out at three year’s and a half, in the room
of other four foal-teeth, feated between the nippers and the
corner-teeth; from which fituation they derive the title of
middling. ‘There is one of them above, and one below, on each
fide of the jaws. See TEETH.

- MIDERFELS, in Geography, a town and caftle of Ba-
varia ; 12 miles N.E. of Straubin.

MID-FEATHER, in the Englifh Salt-works, the name
given to a fort of partition placed in the middle of the fur-
nace, over which the pan is fet for boilmg the fea-water or
brine into falt.

This partition divides the body of the furnace into two
chambers. See Sarr. ;

MID-HEAVEN, Medium cali, in Aftronomy, is that point
of the ecliptic which culminates, or is in the meridian. See
CULMINATION. ;

MIDHURST, in Geography, a market-town in the hun-
dred of Eaftbourne and county of Suffex, England, is plea-
fantly fituated on an eminence, furrounded by feveral {mall
hills, and watered by the river Arun. ~The petty feffions
for the hundred, and a weekly market on Thurfdays, are held
here. In the town is a free grammar fchool. ‘The church
is in the patronage of lord Montague. According to the
parliamentary returns of 1801, this town contained a popu-

lation of 1073 perfons, of whom thirty-one only were en- .

gaged in agriculture, and 194 in different departments of
trade.

Adjoining to the town is 2 plot of ground, called the
borough of Midhurft, which has the privilege of fending two
members to parliament ; though, like the borough of Old
Sarum, not a fingle houfe ftands within its limits. The
fituation of the burgage tenures, however, is diftinétl
marked by large ftones fet up for that parpofe. This place
poffeffes its privileges as a borough by prefcription, hav-
ing been the {cite of a town of confiderable importance pre-
vious to the Norman conqueft. The governing officers
here are a fteward and bailiff, who are chofen annually at
the court leet of the manor, and exercife jurifdi€tion over
the town. ' : '

Gale and Stukeley regard Midhurft as the Miba of Ra-
yvenna, from a tortuousetymology of its name; but Camden
confiders the opinion of thefe antiquaries on this fubje& as

MID
wholly devoid of probability, all the MSS. being againft

them.

Ina park, at a fhort diftance from the town, itand the
ruins of Cowdray houfe, which was formerly the feat of
the ancient family of Montague. This noble edifice was
deftroyed by fire in 1793, when moft of the furniture and
valuable paintings which it contained were confumed. It
was an immenfe building, of a quadrangular form, with a
court in the centre, which was ornamented with a fine re-
fervoir of water. Anaccount of this houfe, with views of
it, were publifhed in the Vetufta Monumenta, by the Society
of Antiquaries; but it is to be regretted that the hiflory
of the town has never been laid before the public. Gur
chief authority for this article is Hay’s Hiltory of Chi-
chefter, 8vo. 1804, which is very unfatisfaétory.

MIDIAH, atown of European Turkey, in Romania,
on the Black fea; 69 miles E. of Adrianople.

MIDIAN, Land of, or Midianitis, in Ancient Geography, ©
a country inhabited by the Midianites, who were the de-
f{cendants of Abraham by Keturah,and who were featedon the
N. of the Amalekites ; having the Dead fea on the W., the
Ifhmaelites on the E., and the Moabites and Reubenites on
the S.; the river Arnon parting them frem this laft tribe.
Their country was hot, fandy, and in many parts of it
quite defert ; yet it abounded with cattle, particularly with
camels, which were ufeful beafts of burden for their cara-
vans, with which they traded into Egypt inthe time of the
patriarch Jacob. The land of Midian was divided into a kind
of pentarchy, or five kingdoms, in the time of the Exodus ;
fo that the Ifraelites, in the war which they waged ‘with
the Midianites, are faid to have flain its five kings, whole
capitals are fuppofed to have been fituated near the Dead
fea. They had alfo a famous metropolis, called after the
name of their progenitor, often mentioned in the prophetic
books of {cripture, as well as by other authors ; particu-
larly by Jofephus, who places a town of that appellation
near the Red fea, not far from the fpot where Ptolem
places that of Madiana. (See Mapran.) Befides thefe
towns, there were in this country Dibon-Gad, a large town
on the river Arnon, and Almon-Diblathaim, not far from
it, Beeroth, fo called from its many wells, and fome others,
placed by geographers within the Midianitifh territories.
As to the city of Midian, it is probable that they rebuilt it,
after the havock committed upon them by the Iiraelites,
becaufe Eufebius and St. Jerom, who place it on the river
Arnon, eaftward of the Dead fea, and fouth of Ar, or
Areopolis, inform us, that in their time fome remains of it
were vilible.

MIDIANITES, in Ancient Hiffory, derived their origin
and name from Midian, the fourth fon of Abraham by
Keturah. He, as wellias the reft of his brethren, having
received a portion from their father, were fent into the Eait
country, that they might be at a proper diftance from
Ifaac. The Midianites, in early times, were confounded
with the Ifhmaelites (fee that article) ; and many ages after-
wards they are mentioned in conjunétion with the Naba-

y tans and Kadarenes, the pofterity of Nabioth and Kadar,

the fons of Ifhmael.. We alfo find them fo incorporated
with the Moabites, that Mofes feems to have regarded them
as almoft one nation. Their religion was the fame, and
they acted in the itriéteft concert together againft him and
the Ifraelites. They were likewife united by ties of blood
with thefe nations, as on the one fide they were defcended
from Abraham, and on the other from Lot ; and, moreover,
as they happened to live in the northern and fouthern parts
of their country, they joined either the Moabites or the
Ifhmaelites. The Midianites were a very numerous race,

and

,

M1D

aod may be dutinguithed into two clafles, vis. thepherds
and merchants. The thepherds moved here and there in
tenta, and drove their cattle before them; even when they
went to war. The merchants alfo travelled from place to
place in companies or caravane, as the merchants of thofe
parts do at this day, and left the care of their cattle to the
women, The former had probably no fixed habitations,
air fome {trong holds near their borders ; the merchants
alfo had few or none but marts or {tations, in places con-
venient for their trade. ‘Thefe, by exchanging their gold
and jewels with their brethren for their cattle, enriched
the thepherds with precious ornaments. Wheir manners
refpectively differed according to their mode of life; but
they are in general reprefented as being very fumptuous in
their apparel. (See Judg. viii. 26.) From the book of
Job (ch. xix. 23, 24.) we learn, that the ufe of writing was
known at an early period in thofe parts among the defcend-
ants of Abraham; ,and the Midianites being of the num-
ber, we may reafonably fuppofe, could not have been
unacquainted with it. ‘They mutt alfo have had fome know-
ledge of arithmetic, ‘and alfo of fhip-building ; fo that we
may extend the circle of their fciences beyond writing and
arithmetic, and’allow them a competent flall in geography,
geometry, and aftronomy. ‘The Midianites varied in reli-
ion ag much as in their manner of life. In the north of
idian they appear in the days of Mofes to have been ad-
di&ed to-all the abominations of the Moabites ; but in the
fouth we find that they were attached to a rational and fub-
lime fyitem, long after their brethren had: funk into the
ffeit corruption. The government of the Midianites is
reprefented rather as ariftocratical than monarchical. Their
chiefs, however, are {tyled kings. The moft ancient account
of this nation that occurs, after what we have already ftated,
is that of their war with Hadad the Horite, when Midian
was {mitten by him in the fieldof Moab. The next is that
of their purchafing Jofeph from his brethern for twenty
pieces of filver, and carrying him away with them into Egypt.
See the article JosEPH.

Many years after this event there lived in Midian, near
the Red fea, a prieft or prince of the fouthern Midianites,
called Jethro ; whofe daughters were moletted by fome fhep-
herds, and prevented from procuring water for their father’s
flocks. On this occafion Mofes, who in his flight from
Pharaoh had arrivéd in Midian, interpofed on behalf of thefe
females, and caufed the fhepherds to retire. In confe-
quence of this feafonable act of kindnefs, Mofes was invited
to the houfe of Jethro, who gave him one of his daughters
in marriage, and kept his fon-in-law with him forty years.
(See the article Moss.) When Mofes overcame Sihon the
a\morite, the Midianites were at enmity with Ifrael; at
Jeaft thofe who bordered upon the Moabites ; and they feem
about this time to have been very active in feducing the
Ifraelites from the worfhip of God toidolatry. The Jewith
lawgiver, however, made preparation for invading their
country, and they fortified their caftles and combined all
their ftrength in order to refift the enemy. Their efforts
were unavailing ; as they were defeated with great flaughter,
and all their cities and caftles were laid in afhes, and their
country plundered and defolated. About 150 years after
‘this flaughter of the Midianites, two kings, named Zebah
and Zalmunna, appeared as their conduétors in a war againft
the Ifraelites ; and they were joined by the Amalekites and
Arabians. The deftrution occafioned by thefe combined
forces continued for feven years; and the Ifraelites were
compelled by the ravages of the plains and by want of
. faftenance, to retire to the mountains, and fhelter themfelves
in caves and fortrefles. Gideon, however, exerted himfelf

MID

for the refcue of his country; and his efforte were fo fuc-
cefeful, that the Midianites never afterwards prefumed to
contend with Ifrael, They were, however, a powerful na-
tion many ages after this event, as well as famous for their
indultry, riches, and the magnificence of their tents; but in
the firlt century of the Chriltian era their name funk into
difufe, and was {wallowed up by that of the more owerful
people of Arabia, Between 3 and 400 years ago there was
a ruined city, which bore the ancient name, in the neigh-
bourhood of which they pretend to fhew the place where
Mofes watered his father-in-law’s cattle. Abulfeda calls it
Medyan, and Mofes’s father-in-law, Shoaib ; and the place
is {till one of the ftations in the pilgrimage from Egypt to
Mecca, under the name of Shoaib’s cave. Anc. Un, Hitt.
vol, it.

MIDNAPOUR, in Geography, a river of Hindoottan,
fituated partly in Bengal, and partly in Orifla; bounded
N. by Burdwan and Pachete, E. by Bifflunpour and Hoogly,
S. by Mohurbunge, and W. Sf Allahabad, about 110 miles
long, and from 30 to 40 broad. The capital of the fame
name is a town of Bengal; 60 miles W. of Calcutta. N.
lat, 22° 28’. E. long. 87° 27’.

MIDNIGUNGE, a town of Hindooftan, in Oude; 25
miles N. of Allahabad.

MIDNOI. See Copper J/land.

MIDNYPOUR, a town of Hindooftan ; 35 miles N.E.
of Benares.

MIDONNO, a town of Japan, in the ifland of Niphon ;
85 miles N.N.W. of Jedo.

MIDRIFF, in Anatomy. See Diaruraco.

MIDSAMA,, in Geography, a town of Japan, in Niphon ;
12 miles N.E. of Tomu.

MIDSHIP, is a term of diftin&tion, applied by fhip-
wrights to feveral pieces of timber which lie in the broadeft
part of the veffel, called the mid/bips, although it is not in
the middle of her length with regard to the breadth; it is
a fuppofed line from the ftem to the ftern-pott.

Minsuir-Beam, is the beam upon which the extreme
breadth of the fhip is formed, and which is fituated in the
midfhip frame, nearly in the middle of her length, ferving
as a ftandard from whence the dimenfions and proportion of
the maft and yards are to be taken. See Beam.

Mipsuir-Frame, is a name given to that timber, or com-
bination of pieces, formed into one timber, which determines
the extreme breadth of the fhip, as well as the figure and
dimenfion of all the inferior timbers.

Minsuie-Men, are officers on board a fhip of war, whofe
ftation, when they are on duty, is, fome on the quarter-deck,
others on the poop, &c.

Their bufinefs is, to mind the braces, to look out, and to
give about the word of command from the captain, and
other fuperior officers. They all affift, on occafion, both in
failing the fhip, and in ftowing and rummaging the hold ;
and in performing the neceflary buiinefs of the veffel, either
aboard or afhore; The number of midfhip-men, like that
of all other officers, is always in proportion to the fize of
the fhip to which they belong. ‘Thus a firft-rate man of
war has twenty-four, and the inferior rates a fuitable number
in proportion. No perfon can be appointed a lieutenant,
without having previoufly ferved two years in the royal
navy in this capacity, or in that of mate, befides having
been at leaft four years in actual fervice at fea, either in_
merchant fhips, or in the royal navy .

MIDSUMMER-Day, is the feftival of St. John the
Baptift, held on the 24th of June. See QuarTER-Day.

MIDWAY, in Geography, a town, or rather a village, of
America, in Liberty county, Georgia, 10 miles N.W. of

4 Sunbury.

MiD

Sunbury. Its inhabitants are defcendants of emigrants
“from Dorchefter, near Bofton, who migrated in 1700.—
Alfo, a townfhip of Rutland county, Vermont; E. of and
adjoining Retland.

MIDWIFE, a woman employed in affifting women in
child-birth. Johnfon-fuppofes it to be derived from a Saxon
word, meaning mead, or reward. As the praCtice of mid-
wifery was entirely confined to women, until very lately, we
‘have no-term by which to denominate a male practitioner,
‘but the barbarous compounded one, man-midwife. Had a
more fignificant term been found-for the women, we might
have ufed it as we have the word author, from which we
‘have made authorefs, a :female writer; though we think
Johnfon neither admits that word, nor the word man-mid-
wife into his dictionary. The Romans, entertaining, per-
haps, a more favourable opinion of the capacities of women,
have the word autrix, a female writer, from auctor, which
feems to juftify us in the ufe of the word authorefs. The
‘French, more fortunate, call a midwife an accoucheufe, from
the verb accoucher, to put to bed, and the male practitioners,
accoucheurs ; a term which wé have now pretty generally
adopted.

MIDWIFERY is the art of delivering women of their
young. It mutt be nearly coeval, as a prattice, with the crea-
tion. Att firft it was very fimple, and confifted folely in the
‘knowledge of the method of dividing the navel-ftring.. Ani-
mals ufually bite it afunder with their teeth. Women, pro-
“bably, firft made ufe of the fharp edge of a ftone, or of a fhell,
for the purpofe, which is the mode ftill praétifed in bar-
barous countries. As difficulties would occafionally occur,
either in the exclufion of the foetus, or of the placenta, or
after birth, {ome female friend, or relative, would becalled upon
to give afliftance. If the placenta happened to be detained
‘beyond the ufual time, which is one of the moft ordinary
accidents in labours, the affiltant would naturally attempt
to draw it away by the funis, which fhe would find hanging
from the pudenda. Ifa Jeg or arm of the foetus pre-
fented, inftead of the head, fhe would, doubtlefs, take hold
of the prefenting part, and endeavour by that means to
draw the child from its confinement. In thefe attempts, if
it fhould be one of the lower limbs that prefented, her ex-
ertions would generally be crowned with fuccefs; but as
the obftacle making affiftance neceffary, f{uppofes a relative
difproportion between the birth and the paflage through
avhich it is to pafs, the child would ufuaily be dead born.
On the other hand, if an arm prefented, the fame fuccefs
would attend the exertions of the midwife in a few cafes
only ; as in premature birth, or where the child happened

_ to be remarkably fmall. It would more commonly happen,
that all attempts to brirg the child in that pofture would
fail; but the uterus perlifting to exert itfelf, or, in other
words, the labour-pains continuing, they would fometimes
-‘thruft down the feet, or the breech of the child, the head
and fhoulders gradually receding, and rifing upwards, and it
would at length be forced inte the world in that pofition.
In thefe cafes, though the child would be deac, the woman
would frequently recover. .It would mere often happen,
that this evolution would not take place, and that the wo-
man, exhauited by long continued and fruitlefs exertions,
‘pruifed and injured by the preffure of the fcetus, and tor-
mented by the diftention of her bladder, no egreis being al-
Jowed to the urine, would fall a facrifice to the preflure of
fo many accumulated evils,

Some of the earlieft means made ufe of in tedious and
_difficuit labours, appear to have been, anointing the pudenda
ewith oils, and putting the woman into warm baths, as we
find it recommended by Hippocrates, Avicenna, and other

MID

ancient writers; by thefe means they hoped to relax the
parts, and render them more eafy of diftention, and thence
to procure a freer paffage for the foetus. This continued to
be the pra¢tice for many ages.

From examining the little that has been written by the
ancients on the fubje&t, it is evident they had no knowledge
of that f{pecies of obftacle to the birth of the child, which
is occafioned by the mal-conformation of the benes of the
pelvis of the woman. ‘hey attributed the whole of the
difficulty to a rigidity of the mufcles, or of the ligaments
connecting the bones of the pelvis together, which they
hoped by thefe means to loofen. nto Be

Hieronymus Mercurialis, who flourifhed about the middle
of the fixteenth century, tells us, it was not unufual to put.
women on a courfe of bathing and anointing feveral weeks
before they attained to the period of parturition. Speaking
of what is to be done, prior to the labour, he fays, ** Utatur
balneis aque dulcis, in quibus herbe laxantes et emollientes
coquantur. Inyngatur etiam eodem tempore, dorfum, ct
pecten, fimiliter loca muliebria iis linimentis, que pofiunt
emollire, et lenire.’? (De Morb. Mul. lib. ii.) Another
cuftom which was probably only praétifed among the com-
mon people, was placing the parturient women in an erect
pofture, that they might profit by the weight of the foetus,
and fhaking them ftrongly; thinking, probably, that the
child would drop down, as fruit falls from the tree.

« Alii,” Mofchiou fays, (Harm. Gynec. p. 11.) “ ad
{calas ligabant, et fic pendere jubebant.; alii infinitum deam-
bulare et falire cogebant; alii falas afcendere ; alii autem,
manibus fub axillis miffis, a terra f{ublevabant, et diutius exa-
gitabant.?? Hippocrates had long before, and probably with
the fame view, recommended in cafes where the head of the
child prefented, but on account of the ftraightnefs of the
paflage was detained above the brim of the pelvis, to anoint
the parts, and to put the woman into a bath of warm water.
Thefe methods failing, the head of the child was to be opened
with a fcalpel, and then to be extraéted with a ftrong iron
pincers, orhooks. ‘ Caput gladiolo difle@um. Inftrumento
quod conftringat comminuto, et officula per offium volfella
extrahito, aut unco attractorio ad claviculam uti firmiter ad-
hzreat immiffo, non confeftim, fed paulatius remittendo, et
rurfus adurgendo, extrahito.”? (Hip. Oper. Om. Felio.
p- 618.) Celfus recommends a fimilar practice, (lib. vii.
cap. 29. De Medicina.) Avicenna mentions a kind of fillet
that was uted in thefe cafes.. (See the article FILLEt.)
This contrivance, although it had a few favourers, was never
in general ufe; the more common method in tedious and
difficult births was to diminifh the bulk of the child, or of
the part neareit to the external furface, with fcalpels, or other
cutting initruments, and then to draw it away with iron
hooks, pincers, or forceps, armed with teeth. Thofe who
with to fee the forms of thefe inftruments, or a more par-
ticular account of the methods of applying or ufing them,
may confult Albucalis’s Methodus Medendi, lib. ii. and
Ruett, De Conceptione et Gen, Hominis, in which many of
them are particularly delineated and deferibed.

As cafes of fuch difficulty as to render the ufe of inftru-
ments neceflary are rare, not occurring oftener than once ig
five or fix hundred labours, and as the praGtice of mid-
wifery was for many ages, indeed fo late as to the end of
the fixteenth century, almoft exclufively in the hands of
women, it is not to be wondered at, that little improvement
was made in the method of aflilling women in the only cafes
that would come under the care of the furgeon, until a very
late period. Hippocrates having learned that in ordinary
births the child prefented with its head to the orifice of the
womb, thought that inall cafes, when it offered in a different

potture,

MIDWIFERY.

pPollure, it ought to be pufhed back, in order to bring down
the head. ‘Thin he attempted to do even when the breech or
the feet came firlt. Tf an olive, he fays, comes into the neck
of a bottle acrofs, and you attempt to bring it through ia
that pofture, you will either cruth the olive, or break the
glafs; but as it is of little confequence which of the ends
of the olive comes firft, he thould have feen, that it is nearly
equally immaterial which end of the child comes firlt.
This, owever, does not feem to have occurred to him, and
as his name was of great authority in every thing relating to
medicine, his rules continued to be followed until the middle
of the fixteenth century, Ambrofe Parey, who flourithed
about that time, firft recommended turning the child and
bringimg it by the feet in all crofs prefentations. This may
be confidered as the firft material improvement that had been
made in the practice of midwifery. The rule was further
explained aed: extended by his pupil Guillemeau, and after-
wards by Mauriceau, Le Motte, Peu, Puzos, and other
French writers, and it has long fince been adopted by the

ractitioners in the art in every part of Europe, not only
in crofs-births, but in all cafes of flooding, in whatever pof-
ture the child may prefent, alfo when the funis umbilicaris
comes down before the head of the child, and by fome fur-
geons, as we fhail fee by and by, in cafes where the forceps
or lever are now ordinarily ufed.

A few years before Ambrofe Parey’s book appeared,
Eucharius Rhodion, a phylician of Frankfort, publifhed
the firft popular work that we are acquainted with on the
fubject. As it was intended for the inftraction of themidwites,
it was printed at firlt in the German language. In 1532, it
was tranflated into Latin, under the title of * De partu homi-
nis,’ and ina few years after, into French, En with, and other
modern languages. ‘The practical rules recommended by
him, are fuch as he had learned from Hippocrates, Avi-
cenna, and other ancient ‘writers. In crofs prefentations,
the midwife was to endeavour to bring down the head ; when
this could not be effected, if the breech’, or fect, were next
the uterine orifice, the child was to be allowed to come into
the world in that polture, taking, however, efpecial care,
he fays, that the hands fhould be brought down, and placed
one on each fide of the body of the child, a rule which could
not poffibly be followed, and which fhews that the writer
had never practifed the art. ‘The fame cenfure may be pafled
upon almoff every regulation, that had been hitherto pro-
mulgated onthe fubject. Nearly all of them tending rather
to milead, than to inform the pratitioner, and to increafe
rather than diminifh the pain, difficulty, and danger of the
labour. ’

» We have two tranflations of Rhodion’s book into our
Janguage. The firft by Richard Jones, who dedicated it to
Katherine, queen to king Henry VIII. It was printed in the
year 1540, and is decorated or illuftrated witn fome indif-
ferent engravings on copper, which, however, are efteemed,
as being the firit fpecimens of the kind executed in this
eeuntry. In 1545, Thomas Raynold, phyfician, publithed
afecond tranflation. This has paffed through feveral editions,
under the title of «« The Birth of Mankind,"’ and was nearly
the only manual ufed by the midwives until the year 1672,
when Dr. Hugh Chamberlen gave a tranflation of Mau-
riceau’s “* Treatife on the Artof Midwifery,” in which the
firft dawning of a rational:practice of the art appears. In
the preface to the tranflation, Dr. Chamberlen announces
aninvention, “ known only,’’ he fays, ‘ to his father, bro-
thers, and himfelf, with which they were enabled to termi-
nate the moit difficult labours, without injuring either the
“mothers or the children.” Though he gives no intimation
by which it could be difcovered .what were the means ufed.

7

for the purpofe, yet it was in time found out to be the
forceps. ‘The merit of the invention confifled in making the
blades of the inftrument feparable, and capable of being
locked, or united together, after being introduced into the
vagina, and placed one on each fide of the head of the child.
(See the article Forcurs, in Midwifery.) A molt invaluable
difcovery, and which has delervedly immortalized the in-
ventor. (See CuAmpenten, Huon.) But he at firlt very
much overrated their power, imagining that they were ap.
plicable in all cafes, where the ee of the child was
‘*enclavée,'' or fixed in the pelvis, not having met with a
cafe, we may fuppofe, where the bones forming that cavity
were confiderably diftorted. Accordingly he undertook to
deliver a woman whofe pelvis was {fo contra¢ted and narrow,
as to render it impoffible that the head of a full grown foctue
fhould pafs through it undiminifhed. The operation, or
trial, which was performed at Paris, where he went with
the view of felling his fecret, failed. Mortified at the check
he received, he Soft the country, and went to Amiterdam,
where he is faid to have fold the fecret to Roonhuyfen, a
furgeon in great practice in that city, who has the credit of
having invented the lever which bears his name. See that
article.

About the fame time Deventer, an eminent furgeon of a
town in Holland of that name, acquired conliderable fame
by his practice in the obftetric art. As the form, as well
as the manner of ufing the forcepsand lever were kept fecret

/

by the proprietors of thofe inventions, or only difclofed’

to perfons who would pay a large fum of money for them,
Deventer declaimed violently again{t the ufe of inftruments,
affirming he could terminate the moft difficult labours with
his hand alone. He contended that the greateft obttacle to the
birth of the child arofe from the olkane polition of the
uterus, its fundus falling too much forward, or to one fide
of the abdomen of the mother. ‘The head of the child was
therefore forced by the pains, ether again{t the facrum, or
againft one of the fides of the pelvis, inftead’ of being
dire&ted into the centre of that cavity.. In all-cafes of dif-
ficulty, if the head of the child was not forced down fo low
as to render it impracticable, he paffed his hand into the

uterus, turned the child, and delivered it by its feet. When :

that could not be done, he introduced: his left hand into the
back part of the vagina,.and gradually pufhed back-the
bones of the coccyx, fo as to-give {pace fufficient-for the
head of the child to pafs.. In cafes where the pelvis was
diitorted, he mutt neceffarily have failed in his attempt, for
the fame reafon that Chamberlen failed with his forceps, but
as fuch cafes would only occur once in five or fix hundred

labours, that {mall numberof exceptions would give little”

check to his fame, which was continued to-his name for
many years after his death.. This do@rine and practice,
which have long fince been exploded, were patronized in

this country by Mowbray, fir Richard Manningham, and °

Eaton, who were all averfe tothe ufe of initruments.

The conitruGiion and ufe of the forceps being at length

made public by Mr. Butter in the third volume of the Medi-

cal Effays in 1732, and more fully by Chapman in 1734,
and that of the lever by.M. Preville, in his tranflation of
Smellie’s. Midwifery into French, publifhed at Paris, in;
1754, the teachers of the art were careful in inftruéting.

their pupils in the method of employing thofe inftruments,

which have entirely fuperfeded.the rude praétice of Deven. -

ter.. The perforater and: crotchet (fee thofe articles) came
into ufe about this time, and continue to be employed in the

few cafes that require fuch affittance, in the place of the.

{calpel, and the forceps with teeth.

PraGitioners in.the art being now pofleffed of fuch pow. -

erful

M1D
erful afliftants, it was to be feared they might be induced to
have recourfe to them for the purpofe of accelerating the
labour, in cafes where there were only fuch obftacles as in a
moderate fpace of time would be overcome by the pains.
Cautions againft this fafcinating praétice are found in all the
late treatifes onthe art. Smellie, who hada larger fhare of
practice, and who inftruéted a greater number of pupils than
any other profeffor in his time, is frequent in his admonitions

again{t ufing art, other than in aid of nature, where fhe is.

abfolutely and decidedly incompetent to the completion of
thelabour. How feldom alfo this happens, he is careful to
inform them. He very much fimplified the form of the for-
ceps, and that they might not be ufed before the head of the
child had defcended fufficiently low in the pelvis, -he confi-
derably reduced them. in length; he alfo contrived a method
of locking them, much more convenient than had been before
ufed. Before he retired from the practice, in which he in-
troduced feveral valuable improvements, he publifhed, in
1752, * A Treatife on the Theory and Pra€tice of Mid-
wifery,’’ which contained the fubftance of every thing that
was ufeful, that had been printed on the fubjeét, as well as
the refult of his own extenfive pra&tice. This was followed
by a fet of plates, in large folio, correétly drawn and well
engraved, illuftrating his praétice. Soon after he publifhed
two volumes of cafes, arranged in clafles, referring to his
treatife, and fhewing the efficacy of the rules he had there in-
culcated. t

While Smellie was making large ftrides toward improving
every part of the practice of midwifery, and bringing it to
perfection, Levret, and various other writers on the conti-
nent, were exerting themfelves in a fimilar manner, and with
perhaps equal felicity. In the mean while, hofpitals and
other inftitutions were formed, for ‘the reception of partu-
rient women. As the management and care of thefe were
under the immediate direétion of the phyticians and furgeons,
and the opportunity which for fo many ages had been want-
ing, of acquiring an exaét knowledge of the procefs of a
natural labour, and of the obftacles that occafionally rob-
ftruéted its progrefs and completion, was now obtained.
To this alfo, the change that had been taking place, within
fomething more thana century, in the opinions and man-
ners of the public had contributed. Several phyficians and
furgeons had, in the courfe of that time, applied themfelves to
the practice of midwifery. Hence we find, Mauriceau, De-
venter, Ruyfch, Roonhuyfen, our countryman Dr. Cham-
berlen, and others, enjoying a confiderable portion of prac-
tice in the art.

The cuftom of employing men in the place of women,
originated among the ladies of the higheft rank in France,
and gradually defcended to the middling and lower clafles of
the people. The advantages derived from the change, both
in the manner of condu@ting the labour, and in the manage-
ment of the woman and child after the labour, became fo
obvious, that the practice has by degrees fpread over all
Europe. That the poor who could not, and a few who from
prejudice ftill refufed to employ men, might reap the benefit
of the improvements that have been made in the practice of
the art, no women are now allowed to engage in the bufinefs,
who have not been previoufly inftruéted by fome public
teacher, and who do not obtain from him certificates of their
qualifications. The confequence of thefe arrangements has
been, that every part of the art/has been inveftigated with the
greateft care, and fuch has been the zeal of the profeflors,
or perfons engaged in the practice, that the works on the
fubje& of midwifery, which have been publifhed within lefs
than a century, are fufficiently numerous to form of them-
felyes no inconfiderable library. ‘Thus this art, which was

MIE

fo late in being cultivated, has already attained a degree of
perfeétion, that puts it on an equality, at leaft, with any
other branch of medicine. Of this great mafs of publica-
tions, many of them excellent, it may be fufficient to mention,
among foreign productions, Puzo’s * Traité des Accouch-
mens,’’ Baudelocque’s ‘* Art des Accouches,”’ Crant’s ** De
Re Inftrumentaria,’’ and the «* Opufcula’’ of Roederer, and of
Plenk, which embrace the whole circle of the art. Among our
own writers, White‘ Onthe Management of Pregnant and Ly-
ing-in Women,’’ and Rigby ‘¢ On Uterine Hemorrhage,”’ have
each in their way given direétions that are calculated to abide
the teft of time. <‘¢ Obfervations on human and comparative
Parturition,” publifhed in 1794, may be added, as containing
a number of curious and ufeful fats not generally known
or attended to. The late Dr. William Hunter’s fpiendid
plates of the human gravid uterus, and not more fplendid
than correét, places before our eyes the foetus at different
periods of its exiftence, fhews the pofture in which it lies in
the uterus, and the manner in which it is conneéted with that
vifcus ; and laftly, Dr. Denman’s ** Introduétion to the Prac-
tice of Midwifery,’’ which has already pafied through feveral
editions. For comprehenfivenefs and exaétnefs, it holds the
fame rank now that Smellie’s Treatife did.at the time when
it was publifhed, embracing and explaining, in a luminous
and judicious manner, every thing, we believe, that is
known on the fubject.

MIEDNIKI, in Geography. See Mepyixt.

MIEDZIAL, atownof Lithuania, in the palatinate of
Wilna; 52 miles S. of Breflaw.

MIEDZINECZE, a town of Poland, in the palatinate
of Brzefk ; 25 miles W. of Brzefk.

MIEDZIRZECZKA, a town of Poland, in the pala-
tinate of Volhynia; 52 miles N.N.W. of Zytomiers.

MIEDZYRZECZ, a town of Lithuania, in the palati-
nate of Novogrodek ; 44 miles W.S.W. of Novogrodek.

MIEDZYRZYCZ, a town of Ruffian Poland, in the
palatinate of Kiev; 32 miles W.S.W. of Czyrkafy.

MIEGIA, in Botany, appears to have been named by
Schreber in honour of two Swifs anatomiits and botanifts,
who flourifhed in the beginning and middle of the laft cen-
tury. Mott probably they were father and fon, but we are
not fufficiently acquainted with their hiftory pofitively to
affert this. John .Rodolph Mieg publifhed his inaugural
Differtation on Chamamelum leucanthemum at Bafil, in 1721,
which was reprinted two years afterwards. Achilles Mieg
publifhed a work in 1751, at the fame place, which he calls
Specimen obfervationum anatomicarum atque botanicarum, and in
this are defcribed fome rare grafles, as well as the genus
Montia. Schreb. 786. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1.311. Mart.
Mill. Dia. v. 3. (Remirea; Aubl. Guian. 44. Juff. 34.
Lamarck Iluftr. t. 37-)—Clafs and order, Triandria Mono-
gynia. Nat. Ord. Gramina.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Glume fingle-flowered, of two, ovate,
concave, ribbed valves; the upper fhorter and obtufe; the
lower fomewhat longer and rather acute. Cor. of two,
{welling, ribbed valves ; the outer ovate, obtufé, within the
lower calyx-valve, and longer than it; the inner oblong,
comprefled at the top, rather acute, with folded margins,
longer than the outer, within the upper calyx-valve. Nec-
tary of one leaf, ovate, gibbous at the back, flightly com-
preffed, acute, fmooth, thick, corky, thinner at the tip and
margins, fhorter than the corolla, oppofite to its inner valve,
enclofing the germen, Stam. Filaments three, capillary,
longer than the corolla; anthers oblong, acute. (Aubl.)
Pif?. Germen oblong, nearly triangular, within the ne&tary ;
ftyle fimple, capillary, longer than the corolla ; ftigmas two,
capillary. Peric. none. Seed folitary, oblong, triangular,

approaching

\

MIE

approaching to globole, wrapped up in the neétary, and in-
elated b the permanent ape aa ps

EM Ch. Calyx of two oppolite valves, fingle-flowered,
‘Corolla of two valves. Nedtary of one leaf, enveloping the

rmen. ;

Obf. The above generic character was made by Schreber,
from the parts of fruétification as they were found by him
ina dried {pecimen, The nectary he obferves is remarkable
Aublet's charaéter of Remirca is very different from that of
Schreber’s Mieyia.

1. M. maritima. Willd. n. 1. (Remirea maritima ; Aubl.
Guiwn. t. 16.)—A native of the fea thores of Cayenne and
‘Guiana, flowering and bearing feed at various times of the
o> em perennial, creeping, long, branched, knobbed,

lid. Stems about fix inches bigh, branched at their fam
mits, leafy and {caly below. Leaves oblong, narrow, rigid,
ftriated, acute, rough at the margin, theathing at the bafe.
Flowers crowded together into a nearly feffile, terminal, fhort
and thick panicle. ‘The roots, when bruifed or matticated, af-
ford a grateful, aromatic fmell, fhewing an affinity to the
genus Cyperus, from which indeed this plant feems to differ
chiefly in its folitary florets, and corky nectary.
MJEIBOW, in Geography, a town of Lithuania, in the
palatinate of Novogrodek ; 58 miles W.S.W. of Novo-

ek,
: MIEKOW, a town of Autftrian Poland, in the palatinate
of Cracow ; faid to have been built after the model of Je-
rufalem by Gripfius Jaxa, after his return froma pilgrimage
to that city; 12 miles N. of Cracow.

MIEL, Jan, in Biography, a painter, known in Italy by
the name of Giovanni della Vite, probably becaufe he chofe
to difregard the grand ftyle of art in which at firft he prac-
tifed with Andrea Sacchi, and paint common nature and
living objects.

He was born in Flanders in 1599, and firft learnt to
paint under Gerard Segers ; but he foon left him, and went
to Italy, where he ftudied the antique and the works of the
beft matters with great fuccefs, and was employed to paint

i€tures as large as the life for feveral of the churches in

ome. He had the honour to ftudy in the academy of An-
drea Sacchi, then in great repute, and was invited by him to
affift ina large pi€ture he was then engaged upon; but they
foon difagreed, and Miel left his maiter in difgutt, piqued
with a fatiric expreffion of Sacchi concerning his talent for
painting Jambocciate, or fcenes of merriment, drolls, &c.
his imagination principally leading to fuch fubjects.

In confequence, he fet himfelf afrefh and with increafed
diligence to ttudy the grand ftyle, and rival Sacchi; but af-
ter atime gave it up almoft altogether, and painted thofe
fubjeéts for which nature appears to have defigned him, with
a portion of talent nearly equal to Bamboccio himfelf. His
fuccefs was fully equal to his fkil!, and he filled the cabinets
of the nobility of Rome, Florence, and other places, with
his ingenious performances.

The luftre of his fame induced Charles Emanuel, duke
of Savoy, to invite him to Turin, where he arrived in 1659,
and was received by his highnefs with great refpect, and en-
gaged to paint for him feveral pictures relative to the chafe,
in which he introduced an immenfe number of fmall figures
of perfons of all ranks, horfes, dogs, different fpecies of
game, &c. all which he finifhed fo much to the fatisfa&tion
of the duke, that he honoured Miel with knighthood, and
befides paying him handfomely for his pictures, prefented
him with a crofs ornamented with diamonds of great value.

He remained at Turin fix years, during which time he
painted a great number of pictures, and at the end of it died
of aflow fever, or rather confumption, brought on, Baldi-

Vor. XXIII.

MIE

nucei aflerts, by his uneafinefs at not obtaining his patron's
permiffion t6 revifit Rome,

MIELAN, in Geography, a town of France, in the depart
ment of the Gers, and chief place of a canton, in the diltrict
of Mirande ; 6 miles 5.8.W. of Mirande. The place con-
tains 1409, and the canton 10,221 inhabitants, on a terrt-
tory of 2724 kiliometres, in 2g communes. N. lat. 43° 25'
E. long. 0° 23’.

MIELEC, a town of Poland, in the palatinate of San
domirz ; 56 miles S.W. of Sandomirz.

MIELNICK, a town of Poland, in the palatinate of
Bielfk ; 44 miles S.W. of Bielfk.

MIEN, a town of China, of the fecond rank, in Se.
tchuen ; 56 miles W. of Pao-king. N. lat. 51° 28’. E.
long. 104” 29’.

MIEN-TAM-KEOU-TOUKA, a town of Chinefe
Tartary. N. lat. 41° 1/. E. long. 119° 42’.

MIEN-YANG, a town of China, of the fecond rank,
in Hou-quang. N. lat. 30° 12’. E. long. 112” 49/.

MIER-CHAS-KUN, a town of Perfia, in the province
of Farfiftan, containing about 400 houfes and A ea ae ati
the ruins of Perfepolis; 4o miles N. of Schiras.

MIERIS, Francs, in Biography, a mott admirable
painter of the Flemifh fchool, who was born at Leyden in
1635. He acquired the principles of the art under Gerard
Dow, who honoured him with the title of prince of his difci-
ples, and this praife he juftly merited, for he more nearly ap-
proached the purity and delicacy of Dow than any other
man has ever done: indeed, in fome refpeéts he became
viceroy over that king of high and minute finifhing, being
more agreeable in his defigns, and having more correétnefs in
drawing.

He painted portraits with great delicacy, but his general
fubje&s were converfations, perfons performing on mufical
inftruments, doétors with their patients, and {uch like ; thefe
he treated with great ingenuity in compofition and execution ;
painting his draperies with fo much minutenefs, that all the
peculiarities of their different textures are vifible. Silk, vel-
vet, ftuff, carpets, &c. all were not only marked with their
general charaéteriftic appearances, but the threads of their
texture were made as vifible as in nature, and rendered com-
pletely deceptive. It is this attention to minutia, united to
breadth and truth, which give fo much value to his works;
which are very rare, and very coltly of courfe. His own va-
luation of his time was aducat an hour: and for one pic-
ture of a lady fainting, with a phyfician attending her,
and applying remedies, he was paid at that ratio, fo large a
fum as fifteen handred florins. The grand duke of Tufcany
is faid to have offered 3000 for it, but was refufed. One of the
mott beautiful of the works of Francis Mieris, in this country,
where they are not very common, is in the poffeffion of Mr.
P.H. Hope, and is known by the appellation of the “Shrimp
Man.”” He died in 1681, and is called by connoiffeurs the
Old Mieris, to diftingufh him from his fon,

Mieris, WitLraM, who of courfe is called the Young.
He was born at the fame place as his father, and learned
from him the art of painting, till he arrived at the age of 19;
when, his father dying, he was left to follow the dictates of
his own mind, which happily led him to ftudy nature, and in
that ftudy he made a confiderable progrefs towards obtaining
an equal reputation with his father. /

At firft he painted the fame fubjeéts as his father, but af-
terwards, ambitious of a nobler fame, he attempted higher
fubjects, but not being prepared with proper ftudies, he
did not fucceed fo happily as his adventurous {pirit deferved.
He fometimes painted landfcapes and animals, and alfo mo-
delled his figures with very confiderable fkill: Probably

ae A this

MIG

this divifion of his time and ftudies operated to prevent his
arriving at the fame degree of excellence in minute finifhing
as his father: certain it is, that his works will not bear the
comparifon, being poor and thin, and wrought by a lefs full,
and more timid pencil. He died in 1747, aged 85, and
left a fon, Francis Mieris, born at Leyden in 1689, who
not having the talent of originality, employed himfelf in
copying the works of his father and grandfather ; and it is
moft likely, that nine out of ten of the works diftributed at
fales under the name of Mieris, are the fecond-hand produc-
tions of this, the younger Francis.

MIES, or Miza, in Geography, a town of Bohemia, in
the circle of Pilfen; 14 miles W. of Pilfen. N. lat. 49°
43/.. Eulong.913° 6':

MIETOU, a town of Sweden, in the government of
Abo ; 14 miles N.W. of Abo,

MIEZA, a town of Spain, in the province of Leon; 42
miles W. of Salamanca. ,

MIFFLIN, a county of Pennfylvania, in America, fur-
rounded by Lycoming, Franklin, Cumberland, Northum-
berland, Dauphin, and Huntingdon counties ; containing
1851 fquare miles, 1,184,960 acres, and divided into eight
townfhips. The mountains of this county abound with iron
ore, and feveral forges have been ereéted for working it.
{t is well watered by the Juniatta and other ftreams ; it has
feveral mineral fprings, and abundance of lime-ftone. This
county and Center contain 13,609 people. The chief town
is Lewiftown.—Alfo,a {mall town in the above county, on the
E. fide of the Juniatta ; 12 miles E. of Lewiftown.—Alfo, a
fort on a fmall ifland, at the mouth of Schuylkill river ;
about fix miles S. of Philadelphia.

MIFFLINBURG, a pott-town of Northumberland
county, Pennfylvania; 218 miles from Wafhington.

MIGLERE, La, atown of Italy, in the department
of the Po, on the Stura; 24 miles N.N.W. of Turin.

MIGLIAJO, in Commerce, a weight and meafure by
which oil is fold at Venice: the weight = 40 miri, each
being 2slb.: the meafure = 1210lb., or 40 miri, each =
fe fo that fuch a miri correfponds to about 4} Englifh

allons.

MIGLIANICA, in Geography, a town of Naples, in
Abruzzo Citra; 7 miles E. of Civita di Chieti.

MIGLIANO, a town of Naples, in Principato Ultra ;
“15 miles N.N.E. of Conza.—Al{o, a town of Italy, in the
department of the Lower Po ; 15 miles E. of Ferrara.

MIGLIAVACCA, Giovanni AmBrosio, in Biogra-
phy, counfellor of lezation, and opera poet to the eleétor of
Saxony, king of Poland, author of an opera intitled ‘* So-
limano,”’ and of many cantatas performed at Vienna and
Drefden. This poet endeavoured to imitate the elegant and
natural ftyle of the amiable Metaftalio.

MIGLIONICO, in Geography, a town of Naples, in
Bafilicata ; g miles S.W. of Matera.

MIGNANDO, a town of Naples, in Lavora; 11 miles
N. of Sezza.

MIGNARD, Perer, in Biography, an hbittorical and
portrait painter, born at Troyes, in Champagne, in 1610.
He was the difciple of Vouet, but quitted his fchool at an
early period of his life, and went to Rome, anxious to fee
and ftudy the works of Raphael, Michael Angelo, and the
Caracci. He there lived with Du Frefnoy, and they ftu-
died together the noble works of art which that city prefented
to them ; they alfo travelled together to Florence and Venice,
that they might leave no fource of improvement unfought
which the extraordinary talents of their great predeceflors
had prepared and left for their ftudy and imitation.

The refidence of Mignard at Rome, which he prolonged

2

MIG

for 22 years, and the flyle he acquired of compofition and
drawing by the imitation of the Roman matters, together,
obtained for him the appellation of the Roman ; but to judge
candidly, one would imagine that the former was the aot
pal caufe of that denomination ; for his ftyle of defign favours
too much of the flutter of the French {chool, inftead of the
chafte fimplicity of Raphael and the beft of the Romans.

Mignard enjoyed a full fhare of favour and fortune during
his life. He painted portraits of the popes Urban VIII.
and Alexander VII., together with thofe of many of the
nobility of Rome.

Louis XIV., hearing of his fame and abilities, fent for him
to Paris, and is faid to have fat to him for his portrait ten
times. Almoft all the illuftrious nobles of the French court
followed the example of their fovereign, and were painted by
Mignard. His ftyle of execution in thefe portraits is
wrought up with all the falfe tafte and pompous parade
which diftinguifhed that vicious period of the French nation ;
when parade paffed current for true fplendour; what was
only fpecious or fubtle, was received as ufeful and learned ;
and bombatt affumed the ftation due only to true dignified
fimplicity. His pi€tures are all flutter ; every thing feems in
motion ; even when the fcene is laid in a clofe room, the dra-
peries are flying about as in a high wind. The aétions of his
figures are in affumed airs, like pompous, and not unfrequentl
bad aGtors, and the colouring of his pictures, though frefh
and vigorous, is not true, but teinted, and reminds the ob-
ferver of the pallette. With thefe defeétive points in his cha-
racter as an artift, Mignard is not unworthy of regard. His
drawing is corre : his arrangement of parts is ingenious : and
his invention fertile. He contrived to make his pi€tures orna-
mental, and is the beft portrait painter of the French {chool.

His patron, Louis, ennobled him ; and, after Le Brun’s
death, appointed him his principal painter, and the diretor
of the manufattories of Seve and the Gobelins. He lived
to the age of 85, dying in 1695. He had an elder brother,
whofe name was Nicholas, a fkilful painter, but who never
rofe to equality with him.

MIGNATRICE, La, J¢a/., a miniature paintrefs in
1770, the late Mrs. Corri, whofe family name was Bicchelli,
then a young and beautiful woman, a profeffed miniature
paintrefs, and a brilliant and very pleafing finger at the Aca-
demie, or private concert of the nobility and gentry at Rome,
where no females are allowed to appear on the ftage, was
beft known by the title of a Mignatrice. After her mar-
riage with her finging-mafter, Corri, fhe came with him to
Edinburgh in 1772, to fing at the concerts in that city,
where he was engaged to direét the concerts, and give in-
ftru&tions in mufic. They remained at Edinburgh till about
the year 1787, when they removed to London, where Mrs,
Corri, mother of the accomplifhed Mad. Duffec, died in
180z, much lamented by her family, friends, and all who
had heard her fing in the early part of her life.

MIGNONETTE, in Botany. See Resepa.

MIGNOT, Sreruen, in Biography, a learned French
ecclefiaftic, a native of Paris, was born in the year 1698.
He was brought upto the church, and was admitted to the
degree of doétor by the faculty of the Sorbonne, and ren-
dered himfelf eminent for his acquaintance with the facred
fcriptures, the fathers, ecclefiaftical hiftory, and canon law.
When upwards of fixty years of age, he was elected a mem-
ber of the Royal Academy of latentpiichin and Belles Let-
tres. Hedied in the year 1771, leaving behind him numer-
ous works, of which the following feem moft worthy of
notice: viz. “ A Treatife on Commercial Loans,” in four
volumes ; “* The Rights of the State and of the Prince,
with Referenee to the Eftates of the Clergy,” in fix yolumes;

s°'The

MIG

« The Hiftory of the Contelt between Henry II., and St.
Thomas of Canterbury; The Reception of the Coun-
cil of Trent, in Catholic Countries; A Paraphrafe on
the New Teftament,”’ in four volumes; A Memoir re-
lating to the Liberties of the Gallican Church.”

MIGRATION, or ‘Transmionation, the paffage or
removal of any thing out of one {tate or place into another ;
particularly of colonies of people, birds, &e. into other
countries, .

The migration of the fouls of men into other animals after
death, is the great doctrine of the Pythagoreans, called the
met Se

The migration of birds, as the fwallow, quail, ftork,
crane, fietd fare, woodcock, nightingale, and other birds of
paflage, is a very curious article in natural hiltory, and fur-
nifhes a notable inftance of the powerful infting& imprefled by
the Creator. Dr. Derham obferves two things remarkable in
this fubject ; the firft, that thefe untaught, unthinking crea-
tures, fhould know the proper times for, their paflage, when to
come, and when to go; as alfo, that fome fhould come when
others go? No doubt, the temperature of the air, as to
cold and heat, and their natural propenfity to breed their
young, are the great incentives to thofe creatures to change
their habitation. But why fhould they at all change their
habitations? and why is not fome certain place to be
found, in all the terraqueous globe, affording them conve-
nieat food and habitation all the year round?

The fecond, that they fhould know what way to fteer
their courfe, and whither to go. What inftinét is it that
moves a poor foolifh bird to venture over vaft traéts of
land and fea? If it be faid, that, by their high afcents up
into the air, they can fee acrofs the feas; yet what fhould
teach or perfuade them, that another land is more proper for
the purpofe than this? that Britain, for inftance, fhould af-
ford them better accommodation than Egypt ? than the Ca-
naries? than Spain? or any other of the intermediate coun-
tries? Phyfico-Theol. p. 349.

Lud. de Beaufort remarks, that birds, in their migration,
obferve a wonderful order and polity: they fly in troops,
and fteer their courfe through vait unknown regions, with-
out the compafs. (Cofmoel. Divin.) It is to be added,
that the birds of paflage are all peculiarly accommodated,
by the ftruéture of their parts, for long flights.

Naturalifts are divided as to the places whither birds of
paflage retire when they leave us. Mr. Willughby thinks
the {wallows fly into Egypt and Ethiopia.

Olaus Magnus fays, they lurk in holes, or under water ;
which is confirmed by Etmuller, who affures us, that he faw
a buftel of them taken out of a frozen fifh-pond, all hang-
ing together, head to head, feet to feet, &c. in one clutter.
(Differt. if c. 10.) Olaus adds, that this is a common
thing in the northern countries; and that fuch a clutter
being carried accidentally by fome boys into a ftove, the
fwallows, after thawing, began to fy about, but weakly,
and only for a little time.

A farther confirmation of this account. was given by
Dr. Colas, a perfon very curious in fuch things, to the
Royal Society. Speaking of the way of fifhing in the north-
ern parts, by breaking holes, and drawing their nets under
the ice, he related, that he faw fixteen fwallows fo drawn
out of the lake of Samrodt, and about thirty out of the
king’s great pond at Rofineilen ; and that at Schlebitten,
near a houfe of the earl of Dohna, he faw two {wallows
juft come out of the waters that could fcarcely ftand,

eing very wet and weak, with their wings hanging on

the ground. He added, that he had often obferved the

MIG

{wallows to be weak, for fome days after their firlt appear.
ance.

Some of our own countrymen have given credit to the
fubmerfion of fwallows; and Klein patronifes this doétrine
in his Hift. Av. 205, 206. But they aflign no reafon, why
thefe birds are capable of enduring fo long a fubmerfion
without being ve sated or without decaying in an ele-
ment fo unnatural to them ; when we know that the otter,
the cormorant, and the grebes foon perifh if caught under
ice, or entangled in nets; and it is well known, that thefe
animals will continue much longer under water than any
others to whom nature hath denied that particular flru€ture
of heart, neceflary for a long refidence beneath that ecle-
ment? Mr. John Fiosie, having diffeéted many {wallows,
found nothing in them different from other birds as to the
organs of akin whereas all thofe animals which he
had diffeéted, of the clafs that fleep during winter, fuch as
lizards, frogs, &c. had a very different conformation in thofe
organs. He farther adds his opinion, that thefe animals
breathe in their torpid ftate ; and, as far as his experience
reaches, he knows they do; and he, therefore, efteems it
a very wild opinion, that terreftrial animals can remain any
long time under water without drowning.

There is another more probable opinion, with refpe& to
the difappearance of {wallows, which has high antiquity to
fupport it. Ariftotle and Pliny affert, that thefe birds do
not remove very far from their fummer habitation, but win-
ter in the hollows of rocks, and during that time lofe their
feathers. We have had many inftances of fome f{pecies of
{wallows having been difcovered in a torpid ftate, on the
cliffs of the Rhine, in old dry walls and fand-hills in Scot-
land, in the chalky cliffs of Suffex, in hollow trees, and
lead mines, &c. hefe feveral places are firppofed to be
the lurking habitations of later hatches, or of thofe young
birds that are incapable of diftant migrations; where t
generally continue infenfible and rigid, though, like flies,
they may fometimes be re-animated by an unfeafonable hot
day in the midft of winter. From thefe faéts, it is reafon-
able to conclude, that, though one part of the fwallow
tribe migrates, others may have their winteriquarters nearer
home. If it fhould be afked, why f{wallows alone are found
in a torpid ftate, and‘not the many other fpecies of foft-
billed birds, which likewife difappear about the fame time?
the following reafon, fays Mr. Pennant, may be affigned.
No birds are fo much on the wing as {wallows; none fly
with fo much rapidity and {wiftnefs; none are obliged to
{uch fudden and various evolutions in their flight ; none are
at fuch pains to take their prey: and none exert their
voice more inceffantly ; whence they fuffer a great expence
of ftrength and fpirits, and acquire {uch a texture of blood,
as other animals do not experience; and become thus dif-
pofed to a morz lafting repofe than other birds. But not-
withftanding this conceffion, it is moft probable that fwal-
lows in general, as well as other birds, migrate from colder
into warmer climates, in fearch of proper food, a fure afy-
lum from man during the time of courtfhip, incubation,
and nutrition, and a temperature of air fuiting their con-
ftitutions.

~The generality of birds that remain the winter with us
have ftrong bills, or are enabled to feed on what they can
find at that feafon ; thofe which leave us have ufually very
flender bills, and their food is the infe&ts of the fly kind;
which difappearing towards the approach of winter, compel
them to feek them in regions where they may be found;
and the length of the wings of the generality of thefe
birds, enables them te prey flying, if there be food for

guns them.

MIGRATION. —

them in their way, and to continue a long time on the wing
without rett.

The various conjeCtures about the places to which they
retire, are owing to want of ocular teltimony ; but if we
confider the valt traé&s of land yet unknown to us, we
cannot doubt but there may be many places for them, in
which we can have had no opportunities of finding them.
But the moft probable conjeCture feems, that the places to
which they retire lie probably in the fame latitude in the
fouthern hemifphere, as the places from whience they de-
part; where, the feafons reverting, they may enjoy the
like agreeable temperature of the air. And, if thefe places
are fuppofed to be divided from them by too large feas, why
may not fome other parts of the fouthern hemifphere, which
are lefs diftant, ferve their turn ?

This, certainly, feems much more reafonable than that
they fhould remain on our fide of the northern tropic,
within a few degrees of which, at the winter folftice, it is
fo cold as frequently to produce fnow ; which, by difper-
fing fuch infects as birds that feed upon the wing fubfift on,
mu{t make them perifh, were they not to remove to thofe
warmer climates where they may ftill find food: The fwal-
lows, as they cannot fubfift fo long in cold feafons as fome
other birds of paflage,.which feed, after the difappearance
of flies in the air, on what infeéts they find in their receffes,
vifit us later, and depart from us fooner, than the reft. The
nightingales, and fome other birds, which leave us for the
winter, are feen, fometimes, a month after the {wallows ;
and from the whole it feems natural to infer, that the fwal-
lows pafs the tropic of Cancer, though it is mot yet known
to what place they at length retire.

The manner of the birds of paflage journeying to their
fouthern abode may vary, according to the different ftruc-
ture of their bodies, and their power of fupoorting them-
felves in the air. Thofe birds with fhort wings, fuch as the
redftart, blackcap, &c. though they are incapable of fych
long flights as the fwallow, or of flying with fo much ce-
lerity, yet may pafs to lefs diftant places, and by flower
movements. Swallows and cuckoos may perform their
paflage in a very fhort time; but there is for them no ne-
ceffity for fpeed, fince every day’s paflage affords them an
increafe of warmth, and a continuance of food.

Providence, which has guided the defencelefs animals in
many other inftances to the fafeft methods of performing
their neceflary works, may have inftru€ted many of thefe
birds which have fhorter paflages to make, or places to ftop
at by the way, to fly only in the night, that they may be
fecure from the birds of prey; and Mr. Catefby “gives a
proof that fome fpecies do fo, from his own obfervation ;
for, lying on the deck of a floop on the north fide of
Cuba, himfelf and the whole company heard fucceflively,
for three nights, flights of rice birds, which are eafily dif-
tinguilhed from all other birds by their notes, and which
were paffing over their heads northerly ; which is their di-
re&t way from Cuba, and the fouthern continent of Ame-
rica, from whence they get to Carolina, annually, about
the time that rice begins to ripen, and from whence they
return fouthward again, when it is gathered, and they are
become fat.

That this is the cafe alfo with fome fpecies of fwallows,
has been proved beyond contradi&tion by M. Adanfon, Hitt.
de Senegal, p.67. We often obferve them colle&ed in in-
numerable flocks on churches, on rocks, and on trees, pre-
vious to their departure hence; and Mr. Collinfon proves
their return here, perhaps, in equal numbers, by two curious
relations of undoubted credit ; the one communicated to him

by Mr. Wright, malter of a fhip, and the other by the late
fir Charles Wager ; who both defcribed to the fame pur-’
pofe what happened to each of them in their voyages.
‘¢ Returning home,’’ fays fir Charles, * in the {pring of the
year, as I came into foundings in our channel, a great flock
of fwallows came and fettled upon my rigging: every rope
was covered ; they hung on one another like a fwarm of.
bees; the decks and carving were filled with them.
They feemed almoft famifhed and fpent, and were only
feathers and bones; but being recruited with a night's
reft, took their flight in the morning.’’ This apparent
fatigue proves that they muft have had a long journey,
confidering the amazing fwiftnefs of thefe birds; fo that
in all probability they had croffed the Atlantic ocean, and
were returning from the fhores of Seregal, or other parts
of Africa.

The fhort-winged birds are fuppofed little qualified for
long flights, particularly the quail, which is a bird never
feen long together on the wing, or making any long
flights ; its not doing this frequently is, however, no proof
that it is not able to do it; nor does the ftruéture of its
body at all befpeak its inability ; and Bellonius affirms,
that he faw them in great flights pafling over, and repafling,
the Mediterranean fea, at the very feafons when they leave
us, and they return again. ‘Che fame inftin& that direéts
thefe birds to depart to diftant countries, doubtlefs alfo
direéts them to the fhorteft way, and fends them to the nar-
rowelt cuts, not the wider feas, to crofs.

Among the birds of paflage, we have fome alfo which
come to us in the autumn, at the time when the fummer
birds are leaving us; and go from us again in the {pring at
the times when thefe return: thefe, however, are only oe
kinds ; the field-farey the redwing, the woodcock, and the
{nipe ; and of thefe the two laft often continue with us
through the fummer, and breed; fo that the two firft feem
the only kinds that certainly leave us at the approach of {pring,
retiring to more northern parts of the continent, where they
live the fummer, and breed ; and, at the return of winter,
are driven foutherly from thofe frigid climes, in fearch of
food, which there the ice and {now muft deprive them of,
There are many others alfo, particularly of the duck, or
wading kind, that breed and make their fummer abode in
the defolate fenny parts of our ifland; and when the feverity
of our winters deprives them of their food, neceflity forces
them to retire towards the fea in numerous flights ; where
they find water unfrozen, and where they remain till the
return of fummer; but thofe cannot properly be called
birds of paffage. ~

It feems pretty evident from the whole, that the fummer
birds of paffage leave us only in fearch of a more warm
climate, and a greater plenty of food; both which advan-
tages they procure to themfelves by their alternate change
of climate ; but the migration of the winter birds of paflage
is not fo eafily accounted for, fince there-is no fuch apparent
neceflity for their leaving us, either on the feore of food or
climate. The place of the fummer retirement of thefe
birds is Sweden, and fome other countries in that latitude ;
but as they would find thofe places too cold and deftitute of
provifion, were they to haften immediately to them on their
departure from us, they journey along gradually, and pro-
long their paffage through the more moderate countries of
Germany and Poland; by which means they do not arrive

‘at their northern habitations, where they are to pafs their

fummer, and where they breed, till the feverity of the cold
is fo far abated as to render it pleafing to them, and there
is’ proper’ food for them; and when they revifit us the

4 following

MIG

following winter, theie journey is performed in the fame
leifurely manner.

Sweden and the other countries whence they come to us,
feem the proper home of thefe birds; fince there they were
bred; and the journey they take to us being only for a
warmer climate, and plenty of food, it is no wonder that,
when thefe benefits are to be expected again in their native
place, they return to it.

The principal food of thefe birds, while with us, ia the
fruit of the white-thorn, or haws, which hang on our hedges
in winter ia prodigious plenty ; but where they breed, and
feem to live molt at eafe, as in Sweden, &c. there are no haws,
nor, indeed, in many of the cowntries through which they
journey in their way; fo that it is evident they change their
food in their paflage. And upon the whole it appears, that
Providence has created birds, &c. with conftitutions and in-
clinations adapted to their different degrees of heat and cold ;
which, to them, are moft agreeable, and to which they will
travel from places which to other animals might feem more
agreeable : by this means no part of the globe is without its
inhabitants. Phil. Tranf. vol. xliv. p. 435, &c. vol. li.
P: 459) &e. Pennant’s Britifh Zoology, vol. i. p. 406, &c.
yol. ii. p. 709, Ke.

MIGREEVO, in Geography, a town of Ruflia, in the
government ef Novgorod ; 36 miles S. of Tcherepovetz.

MIGU, a town of Arabia, in the province of (Oman ;
140 miles S.W. of Julfar.

MIGUEL-Estevan, a town of Spain, in New Cattile ;
40 miles S. of Huete.

Miovet-7urria, a town of Spain, in New Cattile ; 4 miles
S.E. of Civdad Real.

Micuet, S?., a town of Mexico, in the province of Gua-
timala; 50 miles E. of Cuzcatlan.—Alfo, a town of S.
America, in the kingdom of Grenada; 85 miles E. of
Santa Fé de Bogota—Alfo, a town of Spain, in the pro-
vince of Seville, between the rivers Guadiana and Odier, near
the coatt of the Atlantic.—Alfo, a town of S. America, in
Popayan; 90 miles E.S.E. of Paito.—Alfo, a town of Pa-
raguay; 360 miles E. of Affumption.—Alfo, a town of
Mexico, in the province of Nicaragua, on the N.W. coaft
of Amapalla bay ; too miles S.E. of Leon. N, lat. 13°
35’. W. long. 88° 56'W—Alfo, a town of Mexico, in the
province of Mechoacan ; 80 miles N. of Mechoacan. N.
lat. 21° 20’. W. long. 102° 26'.—Alfo, a town of S. Ame-
rica, in the province of Chiquitos.—Alfo, a town of S.
America, in the province of Quito; 50 miles S.W. of
Quito.—Alfo, a town of S. America, in the audience of
Quito; 15 miles N.W. of St. Jofef de Huales.—Alfo, a
miffion of Spanifh monks. in New Albion, near the coalt of
the Pacific ocean. N. lat. 31° 58’. E. long. 243° 42'.—
Alfo, a fmall ifland in the N. Pacific ocean, called alfo
«< St. Bernardo,’ the moft wefterly of the range which
forms the weftern bouridary of the canal of St. Barbara.
N. lat. 34°. E. long. 240° 3'.—Alfo, a river of Brafil,
which runs into the Atlantic, S. lat. 10° 8!—Alfo, a town
of Brafil, in the government of St. Paul; 15 miles E. of
St. Paul.—Alfo, a town of Congo, and capital. of the pro-
vince of Ovando; 150 miles S.S.E. of St. Salvador. S.
lat. 7° 45'—Alfo, a town of Mexico, ‘in the province of
Culiacan, on the Ciguatlan ; 30 miles S.E. of Culiacan.
N. lat. 24° 6". W. long. 107° 52!—Alfo, a town of New
Mexico, in the province of Cinaloa; 70 miles W.N.W. of
Cinaloa.—Alfo, a town of New Mexico; 60 miles S. of
Santa Fé.

Micuet, St. See Maperra.

Micuet Archangel, St., an ifland in the Pacific ocean,
difeovered by Quiros in the year 1606.

MIJ

Miauet d’'/barva, 8t., a town of South America, and
capital of a jurifdiction of the fame name, in the audience
of Quito, containing about 10,000 inhabitants, ‘The boufes
are built of ftone, and tiled. The fuburbs are inhabited by
Indians, in mean cottages. ‘The parith church is a large,
elegant, and well-ornamented building. Here are convents
of Francifcans, Dominicans, and Fathers of Mercy, a col-
lege, and a nunnery of the order of the Conception ; 45 miles

.N.E. of Quito. N. lat. 0° 25’. W. long. 77° 40°—
Alfo, a jurifdiction of S. America, in the government of
New Grenada, and audience of Quito. The temperature
of the air is different in all the villages of this jurifdi¢tion,
but generally warm, on account of their low fituations. Moft
of the farms have plantations of fugar-canes, and mills for ex-
tracting the juice, of which they make large quantities of
white fugar, Some farms are planted with fruits, common
in a hot climate, and in others they only cultivate cotton,
which is obtained in the greateft perfection. In thofe farms
that are fituated in a iets hot part of this jurifdiétion are
fown maize, wheat, and barley. Here are alfo large
multitudes of goats, but not many fheep. The Indians
weave a confiderable quantity of cloth and cotton. This
jurifdiétion has feveral mines of falt, which fupply the coun-
tries that lie to the north of it. Near a village, called
Mira, there is a great number of wild affes.

Micuet de Piura, St. See Prura. —

Micuet de Ribera, St., a town of Peru, in the diocefe of
Arequipa; 62 miles W.S.W. of Arequipa.

Micusv de Tucuman, St., a town of S. America, in the
province of Tucuman ; the fee of a bifhop, containing fe-
veral monafteries. Its fituation is elevated and agreeable,
and in its vicinity are fertile fields, and feveral filver mines :
fome mules are bred ; but the chief traffic is in a kind of
cars, or covered waggons, which pafs to Buenos Ayres and
Jujuy, and which the inhabitants are enabled to build by
their abundance of wood; 200 miles E. of Copiapo. S,
lat. 27° 25’. W. long. 66° 30’.

Micuet Bay, St., a bay on the E. coaft of the ifland of
Lugon. N. lat. 14° 12/. E. long. 123° go’.

MIHALY, atown of Hungary ; 10 miles N. of Zutmar.

MIHALU, a {mall ifland in the Englifh Channel, near the
coaft of France ; 15 miles W. from the ifland of Bas. N.
lat. 48°47’. W.long. 3° 30’.

MIHEL, a diltri& of the archduchy of Auftria, be-
tween the Danube and Bohemia.

MIHIEL, Sr., a town of France, in the department
of the Meufe, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
Commercy, fituated on the Meufe, in a valley furrounded
with mountains. It has fix gates and three fauxbourgs.
The place contains 5022, and the canton 14,010 inhabit-
ants, on a territory of 255 kiliometres, in 28 communes.
N. lat. 48° 54. E. long. 5° 37!.

MIHIRA, a name, in the Sanfcrit, for the fun.
Surya.

MIHLACK, in Geography, a town of Auttria; 18
miles S.W. of Freyftadt.

MIJARISIMA, one of the {mall Japanefe iflands. N.
lat. 34° 10. E. long. 139° 45’.

MIJAS, a town of Spain, in the province of Grenada;
ro miles N.E. of Marbella.

MIJASKA, a river of Ruffia, which runs into the Ifer,
in the government of Tobolfk.

MIJAVARA, a town of Japan, in the ifland of Ni-
phon; 12 miles S. of AwafiimAlfo, a town of Japan, in
the ifland of Ximo; 28 miles S.E. of Ikua.

MIJO, a town of Peru, in the diocefe of La Plata; 70
miles E.S.E. of Lipes.

; MIIT

See

MIK APR

MILT Densis, a town of Egypt, on the eaft branch of
the Nile; 35 miles N. of Cairo.

Mur Gera, a town of Egypt, on the eaft branch of the
Nile; 12 miles S. of Manfora.

Mur Harun, a town of Egypt, on the eaft branch of the
Nile; 2 miles N.W. of Miit Demfis.

Mur e/ Koli, a town of Egypt, on the eaft branch of
the Nile; 10 miles N.N.E. of Menfora.

Mur Laff, a town of Egypt, on the eaft branch of the
Nile, oppotite to Miit Demis. :

Mur Naf, a town of Egypt, on the eaft branch of the
Nile; 3 miles S. of Semennud.

Mur Kamer, or Mict Ghamer, called by Savary Mit
Khamr, a town of Egypt, on the eaft branch of the Nile;
24 miles N. of Cairo. This town, though {mall, is po-

ulous and commercial. The market places are narrow,
and badly lighted; the ftreets are crooked and dirty. Here
is a mofque, with a fquare tower, which feems to have ferved
as a church for the Chriftians, before the Arabian conquett.
Through all Egypt there is not a fimilar minaret ; all being
round, narrow, and lofty.

MIKALIDI, or Maartricu, a town of Afiatic Tur-
key, in the province of Natolia, fituated on a river, the
ancient Rhyndus, which runs into the fea of Marmora. It
has a port about two miles from the town, whence they fend
filk, wool, grain, and fruit to Smyrna, Conftantinople, &c. ;
35 miles W. of Burfa. N. lat. go° 10! E. long. 28° 22!

MIKANIA, in Botany, a genus feparated by Willdenow
from the Cacania and Evpatorium of Linnezus; fee
thofe articles ; and named by him in honour of profeffor
Jofeph Mikan of Prague, of whofe botanical performances
we find nothing mentioned, except a mere catalogue of
plants, an epitome of the 13th edition of the Linnzan
Syftema Vegetabilium, with fome new {pecies of Jacquin
fuperadded, publifhed at Prague in 17763; an octavo of

403 pages.—Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 1742.—Clafs and order,»

Syngenefia Polygamia-equalis. Nat. Ord. Compofite difcoidee,
Linn. Corymbifera, Jul.

Gen. Ch. Common Calyx oblong, fimple, of from four
to fix ereét, equal, oblong, channelled, unarmed, permanent
feales. Cor. compound, uniform, difcoid ; florets moitly
equal in number to the fcales of the calyx, all uniform,
perfect, fertile, monopetalous, funnel-fhaped, with a re-
gular, four or five-cleft, {preading border. Stam. Filaments
five, capillary, fhort ; anthers united into a cylindrical tube.
Pif, Germen minute ; ftyle thread-fhaped, moftly rather
longer than the corolla, deeply divided; ftigmas flender,
fpreading. Peric. none, except the permanent, fomewhat
expanded calyx. Seeds folitary to each floret, oblong, an-
gular ; down feffile, fimple, longer than the calyx. Re-
ceptacle {mall, naked.

Eff. Ch. Receptacle naked. Calyx of from four to fix
equal leaves, containing as many florets. Seed-down fimple,
feffile.

Seétion 1. Stem climbing.

1. M. Houffonis. Willd. n. 1. (Eupatorium Houftonis ;
Linn, Sp. Pl. 1172. Swartz. Obf. 300.)—Stem twining.
Leaves ovate, entire. Flowers fpiked.—Native of bufhy
places at Vera Cruz. Houfton. In Jamaica, but rare.
Swartz. The /lem is twining, fhrubby, round, fmooth, with
widely {preading branches. Leaves oppofite, ftalked, ovate,
pointed, entire, ribbed, fhining. Spikes oppofite, {preading
almoft horizontally, many-flowered. _F/ower's minute, white,

inodorous. Calyx of four feales. Forets four.
2. M. hAaffata. Willd. n. 2. (Eupatorium haftatum ;
Linn, Sp. Pl. 1172. Swartz. Obf. 299. Kleinia? {ean-

dens; Browne Jam. 316. t. 34. f. 3.)—Stem twining.

MIK

Leaves haftate, fomewhat heart-fhaped, acute, flightly
toothed, {mooth. Flowers fpiked.—Native of thickets on
the hills of Jamaica. Stem fhrubby, climbing, round,
ftriated, purplifh, flightly downy. Leaves oppofite, haltate,
acutely pointed at each lobe, from one to near three inches
long, three-ribbed, {mooth, except a flight downinefs on
the ribs or veins; heart-fhaped at the bafe; obfcurely toothed
or ferrated at the margin. ectfalks about as long as the
leaves, fometimes much fhorter, flender. Spikes axillary
and terminal, about the ends of the branches, downy, brac-
teated, near two inches long, obfcurely whorled. lowers
ufually four in a whorl, white, fmelling like Cacalia /ua-
veolens. "The whole plant has a bitter taite. Sw.

3. M. feandens. Willd. n.3. (Eupatorium feandens ;
Linn. Sp. Pl. 1171. Jacq. Ic. Rar. v. 1. t. 169. Conyza
fcandens, folani folio angulofo; Pium. Ic. 86. t.g9?)—
Stem twining. Leaves heart-fhaped, taper-pointed, wavy
and toothed ; lobes {preading. Flowers corymbofe.—Na-
tive of Virginia, in a watery foil. This was introduced into
the Englifh gardens about 100 years ago, and is a hardy
perennial, flowering in Auguft and September, but of no
remarkable beauty. The /fem is rather herbaceous than
fhrubby, climbing, fmooth, or downy. Leaves on long
ftalks, one and a half inch long, roughifh, veiny, three-ribbed
at the bafe. Flowers white, in axillary, flalked, leafy, more
or lefs compound corymbs. Seed-down tawny ; not white,
as mentioned by Willdenow. /orets four.

4. M. volubilis. Willd. ni 4. (Eupatorium volubile ;
Valh. Symb. v. 3.93. E. cordatum; Burm, Ind. 176.

_t. 58. f. 2.)—Stem twining. Leaves heart-fhaped, crenate,

acute, lobes rounded, approximated. Corymbs panicled.—
Native of the Eatt Indies. The /fem in our’s is very nearly
{mooth, much lefs downy than in the laft. Willdenow
mentions the reverfe. eaves much larger, exaétly heart-
fhaped, acute, nearly fmooth, bluntly crenate ; occafionally
entire, as figured by Burmann. Corymbs compound, on
long ftalks. Seed-down bluth-coloured, or purplifh. .

5. M. denticulata. Willd. n. 5. (Eupatorium denticu-
latum; Vahl. Symb. v. 3. 93.)—* Stem climbing, angular.
Leaves heart-fhaped, bluntifh, finely toothed, rough. Flowers
corymbofe,’’—Native of Surinam. ‘* Branches with five
prominent angles. Leaves two inches long, ttalked; paler
and flightly downy beneath ; fometimes entire. Florets and
calyx-fcales four. Seed-down purplifh.’ Of this we have
feen neither {pecimen nor figure.

6. M. tomentofa. Willd. n. 6. (Eupatorium tomento-
fum ; Lamarck Dié. v. 4. 410.)—Stem twining. Leaves
alternate, heart-fhaped, finely toothed, fomewhat angulated,

cottony beneath; the upper ones ovate. Spikes panicled.
—WNative of the [fle de Bourbon. One of Commerton’s fpe-
cimens was given by Thouin to Linneus. It is faid to have

the {cent of lilac. The fem is very long, flender, twining,
round, cottony when young, Leaves alternate, ftalked ;
fmooth, or flightly cottony, above; clothed with fnow-
white denfe pubefcence, like a white poplar, beneath. Spikes
of flowers numerous, alternate, compofing axillary leafy
panicles. Calyx{mooth. Seed-down white,

7. M.amara. Willd. n. 7. (Eupatorium amarum ;
Vahl. Symb. v. 5. 93. E. parviflorum ; Aubl. Guian.
Vv. 2. 797. t. 315.)—Stem twining, roughifh. Leaves
ovate, entire; rough beneath. Flowers corymbofe. Brac-
teas {patulate, at the bafe of the {mooth calyx.—Native of
the banks of rivers in Guiana, flowering in Auguft. Com-
municated by E. Rudge, Efg. The /fems are ten feet long,
branched, twining, round, rough with fhort, denfe, rigid
pubelcence. Leaves oppofite, ttalked, three inches long ;
nearly fmooth above ; rough and harfh beneath. Flowers

1D

MIKANIA.,

in corymbofe, leafy, axillary panicles, three together feflile
at the end of each partial lalk, with two or three fhort, {pa-
tulate, flalked, leaty brateas. Flores and calyx-feales four.
When wounded, the fem and branches difcharge a yellowith,
vifcid, aromatic fluid,

8. M. latifolia. —Stem twining, {mooth. Leaves ovate,
taper-pointed, nearly entire, {mooth. Flowers corymbofe.
Braéteas lanceolate, at the bale of the roughith calyx.—Na-
tive of the ifland of St. Lucia. Very near the lait, but dif-
fering in the above characters. ‘The eaves are dark green
above, and very {mooth ; pale, fcarcely roughith to the touch,
beneath. Inflorefcence asin MM. amara, but the bra&eas are
much fimaller, feflile, lanceolate or elliptical, minutely
roughifh. Calyx alfo roughith. Forets, and rufous down
of t feed, half as long again as the calyx ; whereas
in the laft {pecies they are much fhorter, aud concealed
within it.

9. M. chenopodifolia. Willd. n. 8.— Stem twining.
Leaves ovate, fomewhat triangular, pointed, wavy, five-
ribbed, {mooth. Flowers corymbofe.""—Native of Sierra
Leone. Stem with {mooth ftriated branches, apparently
climbing. Leaves oppofite, flalked, triangular-ovate, flightly
hattate, fmooth on both fides. Corymbs denfe, {talked, ter-
minal! Calyx {mooth, of four feales, with as many florets.
Down reddith. Willd.

10. M. auriculata. Willd. n.9. (Eupatorium auricu-
fatum; Lamarck Dig. v.2. 411. E. fcandens; Thunb.
Prodr. 142?)—Stem twining, angular, fmooth. Leaves
alternate, triangular, fomewhat haitate, toothed, fmooth.
Stipulas rounded. Flowers corymbofe.—Gathered by Son-
nerat at the Cape of Good Hope; and Willdenow well con-
jeGtures that it is probably the L. /candens of Thunberg,
with whofe fhort definition it feems to agree. The /lem has
many angles, and is much branched, twining and zigzag.
Leaves {mall, with a pair of clafping /lipulas at the bale of
their ftalk, and fometimes a pair of fimilar auricles. Calyx
of five or fix feales, with as many florets. Lamarck.

11. M. aa ae Willd. n. ro. (Eupatorium ftipula-
ceum; Vahl. Symb. v. 3. 94.)—Stem twining, round,
fmooth. Leaves oppofite, haftate, acute, fomewhat toothed,
{mooth. Stipulas oblong. Flowers corymbofe.—Gathered
by Commerfon in Brafil. Stem twining, flender, finely
. Striated. Leaves ftalked, much like thofe of fome hattate
Chenopodium ; rather glaucous, and obfcurely downy, be-
neath. Stipulas recurved, {mall, oblong, acute. Flowers
in many axillary, oppofite, ttalked, often compound co-
rymbs. Calyx roughifh at the bafe, membranous upward,
of four fcales, with as many florets. Down purplith, rough,
projeGing, with the florets, much beyond the calyx.

12. M. rubiginofa. (Cacalie cordifolie varietas, foliis
integris; Linn. Suppl. 352.)—Stem twining, downy.
Leaves oppofite, heart-fhaped, pointed, wavy, finely downy.
Panicles axillary, cymofe. Braéteas {patulate. Native of
South America? Of this we have feen but an imperfect
f{pecimen in the Linnean herbarium, on which there is no
mark to indicate its native country. By its refemblance to
many of the foregoing fpecies only, can we judge of its
being a climber; for we have but an inch and a half of the
ftem, with a pair of oppofite ftalked /eaves, each two inches
long, with an axillary italked corymbofe panicle, accom-
panied by a pair of imall leaves, to each. Every part is
clothed with extremely fhort, denfe, foft, rufty, velvet-like
pubefcence. The furface ef the /eaves, on both fides,
fparkles with exceffively minute golden refinous dots.
Flowers not very numerous. Braéeas as long as the calyx,
§patulate or obovate, obtufe, with or without a {mall point,

and tapering at their bafe. Scales of the calyx very much
like them in fhape and fize, and both are equally downy ex-
ternally, Seed-down reddifh, fearcely extending beyond the
calyx. This is certainly very diftinét from the following,
with which the younger Linnawus, who found the fpecimen
here deferibed in his father's herbarium, marked Eupatorium,
confounded it,

13. M. cordifolia. Willd. n. 11. (Cacalia cordifolia;
Linn, Suppl. 351.)—-Stem twining? angular, roughith.
Leaves oppofite, heart-fhaped, pointed, toothed, rough.
Panicles axillary? cymofe, leafy. Braéteas ovate, pointed,
fhorter than the calyx.—Gathered by Mutis in New Spain,
South America. By its near agreement with the laft {pecies,
we judge this alfo to be a climbing plant. The Linnean
fpecimen confilts of only a large compound corymbofe
branch of flowers, accompanied by {mall oppofite leaves, as
ufual in this fection of the genus, but whether it may have
been axillary or terminal, we cannot determine. With it
are two feparate kaves, not unlike thofe of a Helianthus,
each three inches long, of a very broad heart-fhaped figure,
oblique or unequal, minutely but diltantly toothed, witha
fhort taper point. ‘They are rough on both fides, with mi-
nute harfh pale briftles, their ribs, which are three in the
middle, and two at each fide, clothed with rufty down.
Footflalks two inches long, or more, rufty. Panicle many-
flowered, with roughith angular ftalks. Bradeas {cattered,
ftalked, gradually fmaller upwards, ovate, pointed, entire,
briltly at the edges; thofe which are clofe to the flowers
feffile, fhorter than the calyx. Scaks of the calyx four,
elliptic-lanceolate, acute, ribbed, concave ; the two outers
molt roughith, efpecially upward ; the innermoft only being
fmooth as defcribed in the Supplementum. Seed-down reddith,
rough, longer than the calyx, as are alfo the florets.

14. M. daurifolia. Willd. n. 12. (Cacalia laurifolia ;
Linn. Suppl. 351.)—Stem twining? Leaves oppofite, el-
liptic-ovate, triple-ribbed, very fmooth and fhining. Pani-
cles denfe, terminal, downy.—Native of Mexico. Mutis.
This has all the appearance of a climbing /orub, though
Willdenow could have no reafon, from the Torus defcrip-
tion, to fufpe& it. The dranches are much twifted, forked,
round, fmooth, leafy at their extremities. Leaves oneandahalf
or two inches long, near an inch wide, almoft elliptical, obtufe,
entire, flightly revolute, rigid, fmooth ; varnifhed as it were
on the upper fide; thickly dotted beneath; their lateral
ribs f{pringing from the middle one at a good diftance from
the bafe, befides a pair at the very bottom. Panicle three
inches long, denfe obtufe, with hairy corymbofe ftalks.
Braéeas {mall, oblong. Scales of the calyx four, linear,
hairy, (by no means fmooth as in the Suppl.), rather dilated
and feathery at the tips. Seeds furrowed, angular, rough,
nearly as long as the calyx. Florets and down much
jonger. Sty/es greatly protruding, with long, narrow, pur-
plith ftigmas.

Section 2. Stem ere@.

15- M. melifffolia. Willd. n. 13. (Eupatorium me-
liffefolium; Lamarck. Di@. v. 2. 411.)—Stem ere.
Leaves oppofite, ovate, crenate, feffile,. downy beneath.
Flowers corymbofe, terminal.—Gathered by Dombey in
Pern. Stem about two feet high, round, flightly downy,
panicled above. eaves feffile, and even fomewhat em-
bracing the ftem, oval, coarfely crenate, green, about two
inches or more in length, and one inch and a half wide.
Flowers purplith. Calyx of five itraight {cales. Florets
five. Down rough.

16. M. /aturetfolia. Willd. n. 14. (Eupatorium fatu-
reizfolium; Lamarck Di@. v. 2. 411.)—Stem ere@,
branched, Leaves oppofite or fcattered, linear, obtufe,

entire,

MIL

entire, downy. Flowers corymbofe.—Gathered by Com-
merfon at Monte Video. ‘The /lem feems fearcely fhrubby,
round, alternately branched, downy, leafy, Leaves moftly
fcattered, the lower ones only being often oppofite, feffile,
linear, or linear-lanceolate, obtufe, nearly or quite entire,
tapering at the bafe, thickly dotted, minutely hairy ; paler
beneath. Flowers large, purple, a few together in tufts on
terminal, corymbofe, downy ftalks. Calyx downy, but
half the length of the florets and rough brownifh /eed-down.
Corolla five-cleft, flightly hairy.

Commerfon gathered at the fame place a flender variety,
with much f{maller aves, and only one or two flowers at the
top of a few of the branches. We agree with him that,
though very different in appearance, the fpecimen difplays
no diftinGtive f{pecific charaéter. Indeed we have an inter-
mediate variety, which leaves the matter without any un-
certainty. We make no apology for correcting the bar-
barous conftruction of the fpecific names of this and the
foregoing. S.

MIKELSBURG, in Geography, a fortrefled town of
Tranfylvania, with a depdt of arms for the principality ;
6 milesS.E. of Hermanftadt.

MIKLOS, Sr., a town of Tranfylvania; 12 miles
N.N.W. of Medies.

MIKLOSVAR, a town of Tranfylvania, on the river
Alaut; 16 miles N. of Cronftadt.

MIKOLAIOW, a town of Auftrian Poland, in Ga-
licia; 28 miles S.S.W. of Lemberg.—Alfo, a town of
Poland, in Volhynia; 24 miles W. of Lucko.

MIKULINOZE, a town of Poland, in Podolia; 56
miles N.N.W. of Kaminiec.

MILA, a town of Thibet ; 222 miles S.W. of Latac.—
Alfo, a town of Tunis; 30 miles S. of Conftantina.

MILAGRO, a town of Spain, in the province of Ara-
gon, at the confluencetof the Argaand Aragon; 5 miles E.
of Calahorra.

MILAN, Duchy of, a country of Italy, bounded on the
north by the Grifons, gn the eaft by the Venetian ftates, on
the fouth by the ftates of Piedmont and Parma, and on the
weft by Piedmont and Savoy. Its greateft breadth from
north to fouth is upwards of too miles, and its greateit
length from eaft to weft 108 miles. This fertile duchy is
faid to contain, on 2432 fquare miles, a pooulation of
1,116,850 perfons; and it has formerly produced to the
king of Spain a revenue of above two millions of dollars.
According to Mr. Young’s ftatement, the foil is chiefly
ftrong loam, or loamy fand; and the climate has a fingular
circumftance belonging to it, that the northern mountainous
tra¢ts are mild and warm, but the plains are cold. Orange
and lemon trees flourifh in the open air, on the weftern fides
of the lake of Como, though bounded by the high Alps,
which to the north are covered with perpetual {now ; while,
in the plain of Lombardy, even to the Apennines, thefe
trees require fhelter. The Boromean ifles alfo, in the Lago
Maggiore, are covered with thefe delicate trees. The lands
in this duchy are moftly enclofed; but its agriculture can
never profper, while the prefent fyitem continues, which is
that of the landlord’s paying taxes and repairs, and the
tenant’s providing cattle, implements, and feed, and then
their dividing the produce between them. For the irriga-
tion of the country, they have canals, fubfifting as early as
the 11th century, fome of which are more than 30 miles
long, and nearly 52 feet wide. The arable lands produce
the ufual kinds of grain and fruits, and the paftures are ex-
cellent, affording means for breeding cattle in abundance,
and for making cheefe that has been every where held in
eftimation. The wine is good, and the mulberry trees, for

MIL

the culture of filk, are numerous. Its fheep are but few
and bad. Its mines have not been much explored: how-
ever, there are are fome of copper and lead above the lake
of Como, and the mountains; and the Boromean ifles:pre-
fent flefh-coloured granite, and lapis ollaris is plentiful near
Como. In this duchy are manufa¢tures of wool and filk,
though its filk is not equal to that of Piedmont; and it has
numerous workmen in gold, filver, embroidery, and fteel, as
well as in cry{tal, agate, aventurine, and other ftones. The
trade of the Milanefe is confiderable; but its imports gene-
rally exceed its exports. Its ituffs are moftly confumed at
home; its filks, ftockings, gloves, and handkerchiefs, are
exported.

After the fall of the kingdom of Lombardy, Milan be-
came fubjeét to the emperors of the Welt. After the con-
tefts between the emperors and the popes, it loft its form cf
a republic, and became fubjeét to the archbifhop: in 1277,
Otto Vifconti, the archbifhop, was declared lord of Milan.
His family long poffeffed this rich principality. After two
or three changes it was feized, in 1535, by Charles V., as
a fief of the empire, and he gave it to his fon Philip; whofe
fucceffors, as kings of Spain, retained the Milanefe till the
year 1706, when it became an appanage of Auftria, though
a confiderable part of it had been transferred to the houfe of
Sardinia. Its revenues have been lately eftimated at about
300,000/. When the Cifalpine republic was formed, the
Milanefe was divided into four departments, viz. Olona,
Verbano, Lario, and Delle Montagna. Milan was ap-
pointed the capital of the whole republic; and the fame
eltablifhment ftill refpe&ts the kingdom of Italy.

Miway, a city, and capital of the lately eftablithed king-
dom of Italy, and, before the revolution in France, the
capital of the duchy above defcribed. Including its gar-
dens, it is faid to be ten miles in circumference, and it is
chiefly defended by a wall and rampart, together with a
citadel having fix baftions at fome diftance, fo that it has
been reputed a {trong place. It has fome ftraight and broad
ftreets, among many that are narrow and crooked ; but its
paper windows, or thofe of glafs and paper intermixed, give
it a mean appearance. It has 12 gates, 230 churches, go
convents, 100 religious fraternities, 120 fchools, and about
120,000 inhabitants. It is the fee of an archbifhop, and its
nobles are numerous. Its cathedral is a large but irregular
building, conflruGed of marble, and ornamented with marble
ftatues : its treafury, among other valuable articles, contains
an invaluable coffin of rock-cry{tal, in which are depofited
the remains of St. Charles Boromeo, cardinal and archbifhop
of Milan. The chief church for antiquities is that of St.
Ambrofe ; and the Ambrofian college, in the centre of the
town, was founded by Frederic Boromeo, and has fixteen
profeffors, who communicate their inftru@tiens gratis, The
fine library which he began was finifhed by cardinal Gelbert
Boromeo, and is faid to contain more than 40,000 printed
volumes, and fome thoufands of MSS. In this college are
alfo an academy of painting, and amufeum. The feminary
for fciences, where {tudents are both taught and maintained,
and the college of the nobles, are ftately buildings, but in-
ferior to the Helvetian college, founded for a number of
Swifs. Here is alfo a mathematical academy. The great
hofpital is a fine building, and liberally endowed by duke
Francis Sforza IV.; and its income is faid to be between
go and 100,000 rix-dollars, This hofpital, which has fe-
veral others dependent upon it, admits not only fick perfons,
but alfo foundlings and lunatics. The large lazaretto is only
ufed in time of contagion. Among the civil buildings is the
old and f{pacious regency-houfe, and the new and ftately

town-houfe, where is an equeftrian itatue of Philip Il.
This

_————_ ee

‘pillars 16 miles S.W. of Mogla.
Staats
~ MILATIA, a town of Poland, in Volhynia; 44 miles

prior to the

MIL

‘This city was founded by the Gauls about 584 years B.C, ;
but has undergone many fieges, and particularly that by the
emperor Frederic I. in 1162, who, after a fiewe of teven
months, deftroyed the gates, ramparts, and edifices, leaving
only a few churches, and fowed falt on the ruins, How-
ever, it recovered from thefe difatters; and it (till maintains
many manufacturers and artifans; and by means of, feveral
rivers and canals, carries on a confiderable trade. In 1800
it was taken by Bonaparte ; and when the Cifalpine republic

“was eftablifhed, it beoame the capital of the department of

Olona and of the whole republic, and it maintains the fame
rank in the kingdom of Italy; 132 miles W. of Venice,
65 N. of Genoa, N. lat. 45° 26. E. long, 9° 11’,

MILAPOUR, a town of Hindooftan, in Myfore; 22
miles E.. of Colar,

MILASA, or Marmara, a town of Afiatic Turkey,
in Natolia; anciently called Mylafla. In this place are the
remains of three temples, and of a column, called Meander’s
N. lat. 37°. E. long.

S.W. of Lucko.

MILAVERAM, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar
of Condapilly ; 14 miles N. of Condapilly.

MILAY, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of Leit-
meritz ; 16 miles S. of Leitmeritz.

MILAZZO, Cape, a cape of Spain, on the W. coat of
Galicia. N. lat. 38° 20’. E. long. 15° 23'.

MILBANK’s Sounp, an inlet in the North Pacific
ocean, between Point Day and Cape Swaine.

MILBORNE-Pont, a borough-town and parifh in the
hundred of Honethorne, and county of Somerfet, England.
The former &ands on one of the branches of the river Parret,
at the diftance of ten miles from I\chefter, and two from
Sherborne, in Dorfetfhire. This place is of great anti-
quity, having been a borough of confiderable importance
heal after which event it loft much of its
eonfequence, though it retained all its former privileges till

‘the reign of Edward III., by whom it was deprived of the

right of fending members to parliament. In the reign of
Charles I., however, that franchife was reftored; and it
now returns two reprefentatives, who are chofen by the in-
habitants paying {cot and lot. The government of this
town is vefted in the owners of nine bailiwicks, who are
lords thereof, affifted by two deputy bailiffs, two conftables,
and feveral other inferior officers. Befides thefe there is
likewife an affociation within the borough, confifting.of nine
perfons, two ftewards, and feven affiftants, who are privi-
leged to hold property in their corporate capacity, for the

‘benefit of the poor,

The buildings of Milborne-Port are chiefly difpofed in
four {treets, the principal one of which, called High Street,
is of confiderable width, but extremely irregular, In this
treet ftands the guild-hall, an ancient edifice, having a door-
cafe partly of Saxon and partly of Norman architecture,
The old market-houfe is now converted into warehoufes, and
there is no regular market now held. The church, an an-
cient ftruéture, built in the form of a crofs, is furmounted
by a very maffive quadrangular tower, fupported by two

cinted and two femi-circular arches. In the north aifle are
Rida handfome monuments, in honour of the Medlycot
family. On opening a plot of ground near the church-
‘yard, for the purpole of building, fixty bodies of men and
‘women were difcovered, arranged in regular rows, which,
from the want of coffins, are fuppofed to haye been buried
at’ the time of the great plague. :
‘ Befides the borough, the parith of Milborne-Port con-
tains two confiderable villages, called Kingfburg-Regis and
“Vor. XXII,

MIL

Milborne-Wyke. The former has land-tax and parochial
affeffments peculiar to itfelf ; nd there is held here an annual
court-baron, wherein the lorty’ rents are paid, prefentments
made, and a conttable, tything-man, aod hayward ap-
pointed. ‘The lands in this vicinity are moftly arable, and
10 a high flate of cultivation and fertility,

According to the parliamentary returns of 1801, the total
population of this parith amounted to 953 perfons, 440 males
and 513 females; of which number 577 were engaged in
different branches of trade, and 200 in agriculture, Col-
linfon’s Hiltory and Antiquities of Somerfethhire, vol, ii.
3 vols. gto. Maton’s Wellern Counties, vol. ii. 8vo,

MILBOURN, Lukg, in Biography, an Englith divine,
was the fon of Mr. Luke Milbourn, a nonconformift mi-
nifter, who was eje&ted from the living of Wroxhall, is
Warwickfhire, in 1662, and died at Newington in 1667.
His fon received a good education, became. matter of arts,
and obtained the rectory of St. Ethelburg in London. He
publifhed fermons and theological traéts, 2 vols, 8vo.; a
poetical verfion of the Pfalms; and feveral poems, for
which Pope gives him a place in the Dunciad. He died in
1720.

MILCE, in Geography, a town of Poland, in Volhynia;
34 miles N.N.W. of Lucko.

MILDEN. See Moupon.

MILDENUHALL, a market-town and parifh in the
hundred of Lackford, and county of Suffolk, England, is
fituated on the river Lark, at the diftance of 12 miles from
Bury, and 70 from London. The parifh is of great ex-
tent, from the difperfed arrangement of its ftreets, which
in fa&t form a feries of little villages. That part of the
town called the Borough, or High-town Mildenhall, is ite
principal divifion, and contains both the church and the
manor-houfe. The former is a very large and handfome
ftru€ture, and has a rich roof of carved work, and a lofty
tower, and contains a variety of monuments in honour
of the family of the Norths. This church is fuppofed
to be of very ancient foundation, and is much admired
for its archite@ure. The manor-houfe, likewife an old
edifice, but greatly altered and repaired of late years, con-
ititutes the family refidence of fir Thomas Charles Bunbury,
bart., who was one of the reprefentatives for the county in
the laft parliament, The ancient manfion of the Norths
here has a gallery in front, extending the whole length of
the houfe. This town was much injured bya fire, which
broke out on the 17th of May 1507, and in a few hours
confumed 37 dwelling houfes, befides barns, ftables, and
other appurtenances.

Mildenhall is the chief town of the hundred, and, ac-
cording to the parliamentary returns of 1801, contained a
population of 2283 perfons, 1095 males and 1188 females;
of which number 390 were returned as engaged in agricul-
ture, and 147 in different branches of trade and manufac-
tures, The petty feffions are held here, as well as a weekly
market on Friday. This town ‘has furnifhed London with
two lord mayors, Henry Barton and William Gregory ; the
former of whom held that honourable office in 1428, and the
latter in 1451. cag hecigg>

The yicinity of Mildenhall prefents to the view a flat,
open country, wholly devoid of any intereftmg features,
except a few famjly-feats, the chief of which are Ickworth,
Rufhbrook, and Culford, Ickworth is diftinguifhed for its
noble park, which js no lefs than ten miles in circumference.
Kirby’s Suffolk Traveller, 8vo. 1764. Carlifle’s Topo.

raphical Diiionary, ; :

MILDEW, in Agriculture, a difeafe frequently deftruc-
tive to gorn, pulfe, and other crops.

Peres M. Doe

MILDEW.

M. Duhamel ftates, that “it attacks the blades and ftems
of corn, which it covers with a powder of the colour of
ruft of iron, when at the height of their vegetation. This
fubftance does not adhere ftréngly to the blades; for he
has feen the hair of white f{paniels fal of this powder, after
they have run through a field attacked with this difeafe.
It is likewife known, that if the infected wheat is wafhed
by a plentiful rain, the ruft difappears almoft entirely, and
the grain fuffers little from it. The French give it the
name of ruft, from the colour of the powder, and it feems
to be the fame diftemper, which the Roman writers term
rubigo. He adds, that the caufe of this diftemper is ufually
faid to be dry gloomy weather, ‘happening while the corn
is at the height of its vegetation; and in effeét, he has
many times obferved, that when a hot fun has fucceeded
fuch dry hazy weather, corn was rufted within a few days
afterwards. It is not common in clear, dry, hot years:
but when the fpring is wet, the fineft fields of wheat run
great hazard of being deftroyed by it, which generally ap-
pears upon the breaking out of the fun in the morning,
after clofe and fultry weather, during which there has not
been any dew. The rufty powder then gathers upon the
blades in fuch quantities as to cover the earth around. M.
de Chateauvieux cut off the mildewed blades, and found
the trial anfwer: the fame plants produced new blades, and
throve much better than thofe on which this operation had
-not been performed, but this cannot be done, except when
the corn is very young. It is very fatal; as the fineft
wheat is fuddenly brought almoft to nothing, when it is en-
tirely attacked with it.

«If it attacks the plants while they are young, and be-
fore their {tems begin to rife, the mifchief is fometimes not
very great, provided there comes ona feafon favourable to
their farther growth. In this cafe they are only weakened,
as if they had been fed or mowed. ‘They fhoot out anew,
and produce ears; though their ftraw is fhorter, and thofe
ears are {maller than they would otherwife have been. But
if both blades and ftalks are mildewed at the fame time, the
‘further growth of the plant is ftopt and the grain gets
fearcely any more nourifhment ; fo that the.crop is exceed-
ingly diminifhed.’?

It was obferved that, ‘in the autumns of 1753 and 1754,
when the corn was rufted, the fecond crop of hay was fo
likewife. The grafs turned from a fine green to ‘the ugly
rufty colour of the corn: it was covered with the fame kind
of powder, and its quantity diminifhed fenfibly every day ;
and as the whole ‘of a field of corn is not ufually affected
at the fame time, fo this diftemper extended only to fome
parts of the meadow.”

«The caufe of this diftemper is undoubtedly the fame
in corn and in grafs ; but its effeét is not exaétly fimilar. It
may deftroy annual plants, fuch as corn, entirely ; but in
perennials, like grafs, it deftroys only the leaves or blades.
May not the preferyation of thefe laft be owing to the
‘taking off thofe leaves or blades, when they are cut for hay?
But this is only conjeGture; for it is confeffed, that he has
mot yet made any obfervation on this head.

It may be noticed that thefe caufes are far from being fa-
tisfactory ; but it is.a difficult enquiry, and one which has
lately, efpecially by botanical writers, been confidered in a

very different point of view. The facts that have been lately ©

prefented to the public, on this fubje&, fhew that it is not
much influenced by foil, fituation, or the nature of the climate.
The anfwers that have been given to different enquiries on
this matter, may probably lead to fome ufeful conclufions.
On this fubje&t Mr. Chatterton ftates, in the 44th volume
of the Annals of Agriculture, that’ «1, From what he
has {een, and heard from others, it appears that all foils in

15

his neighbourhood, Yorkfhire, have had mildewed, crops
upon them; but as far as he can judge, the heavy clays,
which had a good fallow, have efcaped the beft."’ Butit
is afterwards obferved, that though “this was the cafe in
fome parifhes about him, yet, for the moft part, in. the
Eaft Riding they fuffered more feverely than any others,
upon whatever foil: the reafon feems to be, that in general
they were more luxuriant, and laid fome time before they
were ripe. And he alfo underftands that crops on all foils
(where thrown down) were the moft affeéted with the dif-
eafe, if it may be fo called; from which it fhould feem not
to arife from any previous caufe, fuch as the feafon of fow-
ing, the difference of feed or manure, &c., but from fome
uncommon bad ftate of the atmofphere not long before
harveft, which moft. affeéted the ftraw that refted in an
horizontal pofition: He has further learned from a perfon,
who fays he cut a field of wheat, which was affeéted with
the mildew, while in a green ftate (but not before the grain
had arrived at a good degree of folidity), and that it is
much better corn than others which were fuffered to ftand
till ripe. On the fea fide, there appeared juft before reap-
ing time, but little (in comparifon) damaged in the vicinity
of the beach; yet two or three miles from the fea, it
feemed as bad as in other places at a greater diftance; and
he has known; when all the gardens have been ruined by
frofts in the {pring, at a diftance from the fea, while thofe
upon the edge of the cliff have not fuffered at all.’”

And it is afterwards obferved, 2. That “ both early and
late fown crops have fuffered; but which have fuffered
moft is hard to afcertain. -

3. “ Thatit is not eafy to fay, what fituations have been
moft affe&ted with mildew; it may be faid all are nearly the
fame: he has obferved upon the wolds in Yorkfhire a great
deal that would not pay for thrafhing; fo bad was it, that
hens would prefer fhelling oats for their broods, rather than
pick up the wheat that lay about them ; and in the low lands
at the foot of the wolds, both’ on ftrong and light foils,
much of the ftraw appeared black in many fields.

4. “It is fuppofed, that both thick and thin fown crops
have been equally affected.

5. ‘ He imagines, from what he has heard, that old or
new feed had no effed.

6. “ That this fubjeét feems to be enveloped in myflery,
as feveral perfons in this neighbourhood have had two fields
of wheat adjoining each cther—fituations and foils alike—
management fimilar in every refpeét, only not all fown at
the fame time—yet both may be faid to have been fown in
good feafon: the one field entirely efcaped the mildew, the
other fo much damaged, that it was not worth thrafhing.
Something might here be advanced on earlier or later fow-
ing; but, ghia not any thing that could in the leaft
guide the farmer in his future management, as feafons are
fo various.

7. * That the crops of both kinds of land have fuffered
feverely, and in fome places both have efcaped; without a
general furvey, it is hard to decide. r

8. «¢ But he has not heard of any difference in crops arifing
from difference of manure; he has not, however, inquired
much into this matter. ;

9. ** He has not heard of the different kinds of feed be-

-ing different in regard to mildew.”

And the refults of the inquiries of another writer in the
fame work are, that in Lincolnfhire the foils moft liable to it,
are 1. “In general light, loamy, and richones. 2, Late
fown crops. 3. That there is very little difference in fitua-
tions, ‘but if any, high ones have the advantage. 4. That
the quantity of feed has little or no advantage; but drilling

‘the

MILDEW.

the feed has, ow account of the preater and uniform depth,
5. That he never knew any difference between old and
new feed, with regard to the mildew in wheat. 6. That
he artributes the fole caufe of the mildew in wheat to
mild winters, and to the inflammation of oxygen gas at the
eve of harvelt. That fallew crops on Sone clay foils
have been lealt affected. 8, That all kinds of manures dif-
pole wheat to mildew in fuch feafons; lime in fome degree
oe ren it. 9. That he has no knowledge of the barberry

ving any effect av all upon wheat. 10. ‘That no kind of
wheat that he knows of, is exempted wholly from the mil-
dew. rt. That early cutting from early fowing, has the
greateft advantage, but not before the milk in the grain is
completely coagulated.”

Tt is alfo ftated, 1. “ That in Staffordhire Dr. Lewis
made fome obfervations on the difeafe, and means of pre-
venting it.

a. © That he does not think it of confequence to the quef-
tion, at what time of the feafon wheat is town, becaufe the
period of the approach of the mildew cannot be even con-
ectured, as it ee ever been variable. In this neighbour-
hood it fo happened, that the wheat which was fown in Sep-
tember and November 1803, faffered in general more from
the mildew, than that of October,

3. * That high and confequently ventilated fituations are
doubtlefs more likely to receive a remedy to the difeafe,
than low and fheltered ones; but he believes they were all
equally affected.

+ « That it has not appeared, that any particular mode

_ of fowing has been a prefervative to the crop. That drilled
corn, rather than broad-caft, is more eafily cured, mult be
granted, if the drill be wide enough to admit of a perfon
to fet his foot between the rows, becaufe with a long pole,
which, by means of ftraps, might be fufpended from his
fhoulders acrofs his breait toa proper height, he might
brufh off the greater part of the dew, as he walked up
and down, to the extent of three yards on each hand: and
indeed, in a field of broad-cait, the fame means might eco-
nomically be purfued, as it would furely anfwer to deftroy
a part of the difeafed grain, which if left to itfelf would be
good for but little, to fave the remainder. Thofe crops
which were ftrong and thick, fuffered, in general, confider-
ably more than thofe which were thinner. 5. That it does
not appear to him, that either new or old feed is of con-
fequence to the queftion. 6. That the caufe exifts in the

' atmofphere, as he has already faid. He has no doubt, and

he thinks, we may fairly conclude its being of that kind,
which is termed phlogifticated ; that particularly in the
fummer it is fo loaded with the putrid efluvia of animal
and vegetable fubftances, as to be incapable of attaining the
height neceflary to undergo the chemical procefs of purifi-
cation by the action of the vitriolic, nitric, and muriatic
particles with which the air of the higher regions is charged ;
and that, therefore, it defcends in that undepurated and un-
wholefome fluid which we term mildew. It has frequently
been obferved, that in thofe feafons, which have been pre-
ceded by a fevere winter, the air is more: pure than when
the winter has been mild; but whether the mildew has
been more prevalent after a hard or temperate winter, has
not yet made a part of his obfervation. Late frofts and
fogs are generally reckoned inimical to vegetation, though
he never heard it fuggetted, that they are in any degree con-
neGted with the fucceeding mildew. That crops on fallows
and thofe on layers have re an equal fate. 8. Nor has

‘there been any difference in confequence of different kinds

af manure, g. That the barberry tree is of. fuch rare

growth in this parith, that if it had any effe&d upon wheat,
at could not but have been afcertaine long fince, beyond
controverfy; but, when once an idea has gone abroad,
every inflance in favour is deemed a proof, while the many
in contradiction are never advanced. He hefitates not to
pycecunen that it has no of7a on wheat. Mr. Barker of
Jongreve had Jatt year, within 50 yards of his barberry
tree, one of the belt crops of wheat in this neighbourhood ;
while Mr. Keeling, his next neighbour, at 200 yards dif-
tance from the fame tree, andnear no other, had a crop as
bad as Mr, Barker’s was the contrary. He knows not of
five barberry trees in this parith, but there were more than
50 times as many bad crops; which proportion he dare
venture to fay, will be found to bear throughout England,
How thea can it be concluded, that the tree is fo pecu-
liarly pernicious in this inftance 2? Since writing the A Hy
he has received an acconnt of Mr, Makerell, who lives in
the parith of Brewood, having had a fine piece of wheat,
not in the leatt affected by the mildew, though immediately
in the vicinity of a hedge almoft entirely compofed of bar-
berry bufhes. 10. He has never either_feen or heard of
any eeupnge in favour of wheat of the bearded kind, nor
indeed of any other; nor yet that any one fort fuffered par-
ticularly. 11. That as the mildew totally prevents thofe
ears, which it affects, from coming to any perfeétion, it
does not itrike him, that the period of its being reaped can
be of any confequence, and if not it muft be beft to let it
ftand till the ftrew has received its full benefit.”
And the ftatements of Mr. Lumbert on this fubje& are,
1. That no foil is peculiar to the mildew. 2. That late
fown crops have generally fuffered moft; but there have been
inftances of the reverfe. 3. That)low and fheltered fitua-
tions have fuffered moft ; but this has been, perhaps, attri-
butable to the wheat growing more. luxuriantly, from its
fituation, than the ftamina of the land.could fupport when it
was arriving at maturity: to this may be added a want of
ventilation. 4. That a huge crop. may be confidered a
caufe of mildew ; for an unkind feafon, or. want of ftamina
in the land, may check the vegetable mueilage before the
corn is completely filled, and thereby produce a predifpo-
fition to mildew. 5. That no difference is obferved in_ new
and old feed, where the fituations have been fimilar. 6, That
the firft caufe of mildew is a predifpofition in the wheat,
This predifpofition is created by a decreafe of mucilage in
the ftraw, which allows the watery particles to infinuate
themfelves, and ftill further check the circulation of the
juices in the ftem that are neceflary to the perfeétion of
the grain, and had before become languid from the unkind-
nefs of the feafon, or the feeblenefs af the foil. When the
watery particles have infinuated themfelves, the flraw be-
comes difcoloured, and he has no doubt but a complete
putrefaction would immediately fucceed it, if it were not
prevented by a circulation of air, At all times during its
growth, barley and oat ftraw appears to have fufficient mu-
cilage in itielf to refift the effe&s of the watery particles;
but when it is cut it becomes like the ftubble in the fields,
and casnot much longer refift it. 7. That fallows and Iay-
ers have been equally liable. 8. He has. obferved, that
an over luxuriant growth in the {pring is favourable to the
mildew, and has noticed that that luxuriance may be pro-
duced by particular manare, fuchas green vetches ploughed
in, &c. which feem to caufe a confiderable fermentation in
the foil, and produce a rapid vegetation for a fhort time.
g. That early cutting and laying down is moit clearly bene-
ficial; and if the wheat is feverely affeCted, it is elmoft im-
poffible to cut it too foon.’’
And farther, the fats colle&ed by profeffor Balfamo in
cf ie : "Sicily,

MILDEW.

Sicily, and detailed in the fame work, lead to the fame
conclufions. For he ftates it as ‘ evident that the mildew
was common to the grain of all Sicily, without exception of
kind, of foil, expofition, or other circumftances. It at-
tacked, in different degrees, the barley, oats, and the plants

. of meadows; almoft all plants, whether fpontaneous or
cultivated: and this confideration ‘proves to him that the
opinion which attributes the diftemper to fogs and dews, is
erroneous ; nor isit at all probable, that any meteor fhould,
at one time, be the caufe, in places which, from the vicinity
of mountains, rivers, and a multitude of other circumftances,
had a very different climate from each other; and from
the obfervations regiftered at the Royal Obfervatory, it ap-
pears, that, as every one knows, the fogs were rather
heavier and more frequent in April and May 1803, when
no mildew enfued, than in the fame months in 1804, when
the great mifchief followed. And many cafes have occurred
to him of fpots peculiarly given to fogs, and from which
the countrymen argued a ruinous mildew, yet bright and
clear crops were produced, while fpots more free from fogs
have been attacked.’ The fame reafoning may *‘ be ap-
plied to dews ; thefe are more frequent and copious in the
vicinity of rivers and ftagnant waters, than in other places ;
and it is true, that in many of thefe laft, and in more than
one of the firft, the grain better refifted the mildew. Bru-
cato is a humid diftri&, wafhed by rivers, and chequered
by marfhes, which render the air infalubrious ; yet it pro-
duced this year of mildew a reafonable crop of grain. And
he obferved at Margana, that the wheat upon a farm fitu-
ated on the banks of a river, and very humid, with a bad
air, was generally Letter than in the neighbouring country
of Vicari, notably more dry from its fituation. Grain that
is thin upon the ground, is more fubject to mildew than that
which from thicknefs retains much more of the dew.” Itis
ftated that the ** Abbé Rozier, in his voluminous Di€tionary,
fays, that the mildew is caufed by the drops of water formed
by fogs and dews when diffipated by a hot fun; but in
Sicily, the fun in April, and much more in May and June,
is always aétive; and our fogs in May are proverbial.”
And “in travelling in the beginning of fummer, through
the country, it is vifible, that the mildew, in its various
degrees, is connected with the foil, and the divers methods
of cultivation ; but the variety of effects is myfterious and
inexplicable, on the fuppofition that the caufe is external
to the plant.”

After fome remarks on the nature of the difeafe, Mr.
Marfhall fays, that a certain prevention of it would be a
difcovery worth millions to the country. “ Until this be
made, let the grower of wheat, not only endeavour to fow
early ; but let him look narrowly to his crop, during the
gritical time of the filling of the grain; and whenever he
may perceive it to be fmitten with the difeafe, let him
lofe no time in eutting it: fuffering it to lie on the ftub-
ble, until the Araw be firm and crifp enough to be fet in
fheaves, without adhering in the binding places: allowing
it to remain in the field, until the grain fhall have received
the nutriment which the flraw may be able to impart.
Where wheat has been grown on ‘ lammas land,’ and the
ground obliged to be cleared by the firft of Augult, crops
have been known to be cut, ‘ as green as grafs,’ and to be
earried off and fpread upon grafs land to dry. Yet the

rain has been found to mature; and always to afford a fine
inned beautiful fample. Rye-grafs that 1s cut, even while
in bloffom, is well known to mature its feeds, with the fap
that is lodged in the ftems. Hence there is nothing to fear,
from cutting wheat or-corn, before the ftraw be ripe.” The
opinion of Mr, Young is likewife the fames he therefore

advifes the farmer to be very attentive to his wheat crops i
July, as “they are every where liable to this fatal diftem-
per, which admits but of one cure or check, and that is,
reaping it'as foon as it is ftruck. The capital managers in
Suffolk, know well, that every hour the wheat ftands after
the mildew appears, is mifchievous to the crop. It fhould
be cut, though quite green, as it is found that the grain
fills after it is cut, and ripens in a manner that thofe would
not conceive who had not tried the experiment, which he has
done many times; reaping fo early, that the labourers pro-
nounced he fhould have nothing but hens’-meat. They were
always miftaken, for the fample proved good, while others,
who left it longer, fuffered feverely. The factis now pretty
generally admitted.”

It is further ftated by the firft of thefe writers, * that
the operation of this difeafe is carried on by the fungus
tribe, evidently appears, from the ingenious and perfevering
labours of botanifts,’’ as lately fhewn by fir Jofeph Banks.
(See Bricur.) ‘¢ But fungi, it is equally evident, are an
effect, not the caufe of the difeafe. They are the vermin of
the more perfect vegetables ; and faften on them, whether in
a dead, or in a difeafed ftate ; but feldom while they are in
full health and vigour. Their minute and volatile foeds
may be faid to be every where prefent, ready to produce
their kind wherever they may find a genial matrix. Such,
at leaft, appears to be the nature of the fungus, or fungi,
of wheat ; for it may be liable to the attack of more than
one fpecies. In adry warm fummer, which is well known
to be favourable to the health, vigour, and produtivenefs of
the wheat crop, the feeds of fungi are harmlefs, fo long
as the fine weather continues. On the contrary, in a cold
wet feafon, which gives languor and weaknefs to the wheat
plants, few crops efcape, entirely, their dettruGtive effects.
A ttanding crop not unfrequently efcapes, while plots that
are lodged in the fame field, efpecialiy in pits and hollow
places, become liable ta their attack, And, by the faéts
above ftated, we plainly fee, that even ftrong healthy crops
may, in afew days, or perhaps in a few hours, be rendered
liable to be affailed ; not progrefflively, as by an infectious
difeafe ; but at once, as by a d/aft or blight. In the ftate
of the atmofphere we are to look for the caufe of the
difeafe, in a ffanding crop :- and nothing is fo likely to bring
on the fatal predifpofition of the plants as a fuccefflion of
cold rains, while the grain is forming. The coolnefs ne-
ceflarily gives a check to the rich faccharine juices which
are then rifing towards the ear; and the moifture may, at
the fame time, affift the feeds of the fungi to. germinate
and take root. Thus reafon and fa¢ts concur, in point-
ing out the caufe, and the operation of the difeafe. There
appear to be two reafons why corn which happens to be
ftruck with this difeafe, in a dry warm fummer, is expofed
to exceflive injury ; as faéts pretty evidently thew that it is,
The habits of the plants render them mere fufceptible of
injury, their rich juices more liable to be checked ; andthe
feeds of fungi, it is probable, are more widely, if not more
plentifully, diftributed, by fuch a ftate of the air; than
they are by a cool moift atmofphere. The natural event is
too well known ; and it is the bufinefs of art to endeavour to
prevent it.”?

Confequently «‘if by cutting down the crop, as foon as
it is found to be difeafed, the operation can be ftopped, as
experience, in different inftances, has fhewn it may, the re-
medy is eafy. It may be afked, in what manner the re-
medy is thus effected. _ But to the practical farmer, the
fat is all that is required. To him, it is equally indifferent,
to know the operation of the remedy, as the operation of
the difeafe. 'Thofe who have profited by the remedy here

recom-

MIL

recommended, believe, that it «kills the mildew.’ And if
it halt appear that the tungus of wheat requires a free fup-
ply of air to keep it alive, or in a fate of health and vi-
pel the effect of cutting dowa the crop will be explained,
t will perhaps be reer. he experienee, that the clofer it is
allowed to lie upon the ground, and the fooner it is bound
up in fheaves (provided the natural afeent of the fap to the
var be nor interrupted), the more effeétual and complete
will be the remedy, Further, on the evidence of atten-
tive obfervation, if wheat, which has been attacked by this
difeafe, be fuffered to remain in the field, with the ears ex-
poled, until it may have received the ameliorating influence
of dews, or moderate rain (to foften, relax, “| affitt the
natural rife of the fap), the more productive it will pro-
bably become. And it may be fil further added, that
rain which is cut while under-ripe, is lefs liable to be in-
jured in the field by moilt weather, than that which has
ftood until it be fully or over-ripe."”’ And a “ probable
mean of prevention is that of inducing early mpenefs (for
reafons above offered ): either by fowing early ; or by forcing
manures ; or by {electing and eltablifhing-early varieties, of
wheat moft efpecially ; as early varieties of peafe, and other
efeulent plants, are raifed by gardeners: a work which
only requires ordinary attention ; and which, it is hoped,
will, without delay, be fet about and encouraged by every
attentive grower of wheat, and every promoter of rural
“improvements, in the united kingdom.’? The method of
railing and improving varieties of which will be-afterwards
noticed. See WHEAT.

Mixpew, in Gardening. is a vegetable difeafe, very hurt-
ful to different kinds of trees and plants. Icis fuppofed to
proceed from different caufes : fome confider it as a kind-of
thick clammy moilture, which falls on, -or rather tranfpires
from, the leaves and bloffoms of plants, which, by {topping
up the pores, prevents perfpiration, and hinders their growth.
But the author of « The Philofoph,of Gardening” Fafpe@ts
it to be a plant of the fungus kind, which grows without
light or change of air, and with tts roots penetrates the vef-
fels of the vegetables to which it adheres, which are proba-
bly previoufly difeafed, and thus deprives them of their due
nourifhment. But what is commonly denominated mildew, 13
an infe& which is frequently found in valt numbers feeding
upon the effufed moifture. In a treatife upon this difeafe by
M. Segar, it is conceived to be of a very fharp corrofive na-
ture, and by its acrimony to hinder the circulation of the
nutritious fap, in confequence of which the leaves begin to
fade, and the bloffoms and fruit to be greatly injured.

It is conceived by the firlt mentioned author, that the beft
method of removing it is by admitting more light and air,
by proper thinning or pruning, fo as to reftore the natural
vigour of the plants. \

It is noticed by Mr. Forfyth, that, “ contrary to the com-

mon opinion, trees are more liable to mildew on fouth and,

weit walls, than on an ealt wall ;”* and that he has frequently
removed fuch trees from a fouth or weft wall, to a north or
eaft wall, where they have frequently recovered.

Tt is advifed, that “ whenever danger is apprehended, to
wafh or fprinkle the trees well with urine and lime-water
mixed ; and when the young and tender fhoots are much in-
fe&ted, to wath them well with a woollen cloth dipped in the
following mixture, fo as to clear them of all the glutinous
matter, that their refpiration and perfpiration may not be
obitruted. ;

«“ Take of tobacco one pound, fulphur two pounds, un-
flaked lime one peck, and about a pound of elder-buds ;
pour on them ten gallons of boiling water; cover it clofe,

‘

MIL:

and let it ftand till cold ¢ then add as much cold water as will
fill a heythead, It thould land two or thiree days to fettle,
when the foum may be taken off, and itis fit for ofe.

And « there is a (weet faccharine fubitance found on the
leaves of certain trees, which iv generally but erroneoufly
fuppofed to fall from heaven like dew, It is known by the
title of boney-dew. There are fuppefed to be two kinds of
it, one of which,”” My. Forfyth thinks, tranfpires from
the leaves of the trees where it is found; and the other is
the excrement of a {mall infeé& called a vine-fretter, a {pectes
of the aphis. Bees and ants are very fond of both thefe
kinds of honey-dew.”” As this exudation, “ by its vifcous
quality, clofes up the pores, and ftops the perfpiration of
trees, it mult of courfe be very hurtful to them.”

This is a vegetable difeafe, which fhould, in his opinion,
be treated in the fame manner as the mildew, by wafhing at
the fame times.

The nature of mildew is more fully explained in {peaking
of it as relating to agriculture. See the preceding article.

MILDMAY, Sir Watrer, in Biography, the founde™
of Emanuel college, Cambridge, was furveyor of the court o
augmentations in the reign o Henry VIL., and privy coun-
fellor, chancellor, and under treafurer of the exchequer in
that of Elizabeth. He is celebrated for his uncommon
merits in his private and public charaéter. Sir Walter died
in 1589.

MILDORFF, in Geography, a town of Autftria; ten
miles W. of Crems.

MILE’, Francesco, in Biography, born at Antwerp in
1644, was avery ingenious land{cape painter, who made the
heroic ftyle of Nicolo Pouffin his model, and fucceeded to a
very conliderable degree in competition with him. In tones
of colour he, frequently furpaffes him, and more nearly ap-
proaches Titian. He fails in the conception of fcenery,
and the compofition of his forms,

He was poifoned, by fome envious perfon, at the early age
of 36. Had he been fpared for a longer period, we may
reafonably expeé he would have completely rivalled his great
predeceffor.

Mite, in Geography, a long meafure, whereby the
Englifh, Italians, and fome other nations, ufe to exprefs
the diftance between places. See MeAsuRE.

In which fenfe mile is ufed to the fame purpofe with
league, ufed by the French and other nations.

The mile is of different extent in different countries. The
geographical or Italian mile contains a thoufand geometrical
paces, mille paffus, whence the term mile is derived.

The Englith mile confifts of eight furlongs, each furlong
of forty poles, and each pole of fixtcen feet and a half: fo
that it is equal to one thoufand feven hundred and fixty yards,
or five thoufand two hundred and eighty feet.

The mile employed. by the Romans in Great Britain, and
reftered by Henry VII., was our prefent.Englifh mile. A
degree of the meridian in England, N. lat. 52, according
to the late meafurement of colonel Mudge, is 121,640 yards,
or 69.114 miles. A geographical or fea-mile is the 60th
part of fuch a degree, i. e. 20274 yards; and three fea-
miles make a league. A degree of the meridian in N. lat.
45 » as meafured in France in 1796, is 57008 toifes = 121512
yards = 69.092 Englith miles. ;

‘Cafimir has made a curious reduétion of the miles, or
leagues, of the feveral countries in Europe into Roman feet,
which are <a to the Rhinland feet generally ufed through-
-out the north, . é

_ The

Feet.

The mile of Italy _ 50,000
of England tes 59454

of Scotland —— 6,000

of Sweden —— 30,000

of Mufcovy ee 3,750

of Lithuania 18,500

of Poland 19,850

of Germany, the {mall 20,000

the middle 22,500

MIL
Feet.
The mile of Germany, the largeft 25,000
of France —_—— 15,750
of Spain ——. 21,270
of Burgundy —_——— 18,000
of Flanders 20,000
of Holland 24,000
of Perfia, called alfo parafanga 18,750
of Egypt 25,000

The following Taxte fhews the Length of Miles, Leagues, &c. Ancient and Modern, in Englifh Yards. ,

Ancient Roman mile = . - - - - - 1610.348
Olympic ftadium = {th of an ancient Roman mile - - - 201.2935
Stadium = 4th of an ancient Roman mile - - - - 161.0348
Stadium = 11oodth part of a degree = ls a s = IIl.2
Jewifh rifin, of which 74 = an ancient Roman mile - - - 214.713
Gallic leuaca = 12 ancient Romanmile - - - - - 2415-522
German raft, or common league in France = 2 Gallic leuca. - - 4831.044
Perfian parafang = 2 Gallic leagues - - - - - 4831.044
Egyptian fchoene = 4 ancient Roman miles - - - - 6441.392
German league, or that of Scandinavia = 2 rafts - - - 9662.088
The mile or league of Germany = 200 Rhenifh yards - - - 8239.846
Great Arabian mile, ufed in Paleftine in the time of the crufades, rated at 14

ancient Romanmile - - - - - - - 2415-713
Modern Roman mile - - - - - - - 1628.466
Modern Greek mile of 7 Olympic ftadia - - . - 1409.0545
Modern French league = 2500 toifes : : Bs ; a _ ra 5328.75

i ey, and the common werkt o a, fu ng it feven mpic
Madinah tied cont lctch end bade & bee i 1409.0545
League of Spain = 4 ancient Roman miles - - - - 6441.392
Large league of Spain = 5 ditto - - - - - 8051.74

For other meafures of a mile, fee Tables under Mza-
SURE.

Mitr-/lone. This article is introduced folely for the
purpofe of fuggefting an improvement under the title of
Mile-hut. ‘The comfort and convenience which travellers de-
rive from mile-ftones is well known, and. the dilapidations
which they are fubje&t to, are very generally felt as a griev-
ance. Inftead, however, of pointing out remedies for the
evil (which might eafily be done), we wiih to fee them en-
tirely fuperfeded by fubitituting mile-huts in the place of them.
In every new act of parliament for a turnpike-road, or in
any amended a@t, let it be a ftanding order that a claufe
fhall be introduced, obliging the truftees to ere&t mile-huts
on the whole line of road.

They fhould be uniform and cheap ; the whok coft not
to exift forty pounds: they fhould be lime-whitened in the
manner of the buildings in South Wales. The door to be

the place of meafurement, over which a painted board, ,

with letters and figures very legible,’ denoting the place,
London5’9 do nnbermeaticer f th
Bate - ot and underneath the name of the
cottager, ‘ Jones," in a different charater. Each hut
fhould be furnifhed with hammers, a faw, a fcrew-wrench,
nails, cords, twine, and fundry parts of harnefs to be paid
for at low fixed rates by thofe requiring them, and the
keepers to be under fimilar regulations for good behaviour
as toll colle&tors. In winter each hut to have a lamp burn-
ing all night. ;

The advantages attending fucha plan are more than can
readily be conceived. It would infure a large fupply of
cheap cottages all over the kingdom, and would be particu-

tous,

larly convenient for the labourers who repair the roads, who
would never be more than half a mile, when at work, from
their home. ‘The truftees would be fufficiently remunerated
by an abatement in the wages, or aneafy rent to the occu-
pier. Coaches, horfes, and every fort of travellers meeting
with accidents, or needing afliftance, would always be with-
in half a mile of help, and a certain knowledge of where it
was to be had. But it is needlefs to enlarge, and all we
wifh is, that fome member of parliament would endeavour
to get the experiment tried upon fome one ftage, and we
have no doubt it would foon come into general ake

MILECZA, in Geography, a town of Lithuania, in the
palatinate of Wilna; 76 miles E. of Wilna. :

MI-LEI, a town of China, of the fecond rank, in the
province of Yuf-nan. N. lat. 24° 34', E. long. 103° 14!.

MILENT, a town of Pruffia, in the province of Pome
relia; 5 miles S.W. of Marienburg.

MILES, a Latin term, which, in its general import, fig-
nifies /oldier.

In our Englifh laws and guftoms, miles is peculiarly ap<
propriated toa knight, called alfo egues.

MILESARA, in Geography, atown of Afiatic Turkey,
in the province of Diarbekir ; 24 miles W. of Ourfa.

MILESBURY, a poft-town of America, in Miffin
county, Pennfylvania ; 262 miles from Wafhington.

MILESIMO, a town of France, in the department of
the Stura; 10 miles N.E. of Ceva,

MILETIN, a town of Bohemia, inthe circle of Koni-
gingratzs 12 miles N.N.W. of Konigingratz.

MILETO, a town of Naples, in Calabria Ultra, the fee of
a bifbop ; faid to have been built by the Milefians, after Da-

nus

MIL

rius had deftroyed their city. It was demolithed by an
earthquake in the year 1785 3 aa miles $.8.W. of Squil-
lace, N. lat. 8° as5'. EE. long, 16° ag’.

MILETS, anciently Miletus, a town of Afiatic Tur-
key, onthe W. coalt of Natolia, once a celebrated city of
Ate Minor, in Tonia, It was fituated on the fouthern
bank of the gulf into which the Meander difeharged itfelf ;
but this river gradually accumulated its depofit in this

If, that the town of Miletus was removed, in procely of
time, more than a league within the land, ‘The town of
Miletus was N. of the Pofidean promontory, S.E. of the

romontory ‘Trogilium, and W.S.W. of the town of Myus.

his town was one of thofe which the Greeks conquered on
their arrival in Afia. ‘The mouth of the Meander, which
Was very diftant from this town, wasin the time of Paufanias
under the walls of Miletus. This capital of Ionia was
adorned with fuperb edifices, and was celebrated for its com-
metce, fciences, and arts. It had a grand temple of Ceres.
The tomb of Nelleus, the fon of Codrus, we of Athens,
by whom the town was founded, might be feen near the
walls, upon the way that led to the temple of Apollo Didy-
meus. This temple was burnt by Xerxes, but rebuilt by
the Milefians on fo large a {cale, that, as Strabo reports, it
was equal to a village in extent, whence it remained uncover-
ed, but was fiieraumded by athick grove, which was inhabited
by the priefts who ferved the temple. The eitadel con-
ftructed by Tiflaphernes, was fituated on the ifthmus which
feparated the ancient town from the new. The theatre,
though built of fkones, was cafed with marble, and enriched
with feulptures. Of all thefe fuperb edifices, there now
remain merely mutilated marbles, half buried in the ground.
Miletus was the native place of Thales, one of the feven
wife men of Greece, and of Afpafia, the wife of Pericles.
Venus hada temple at Miletus, and another in its vicinity.
This city was anciently called Lelegeis, from the Leleges
who inhabited it ; afterwards Pitynda, from the quantity of
pines which its territory produced ; at a later period Anacto-
ria ; and laft of all, Milefos, and in Latin Miletus. This
town became illuftrious by the number of colonies which pro-
ceeded from it. The Milefians, when free from a foreign
yoke, were often reduced toa ttate of miferable vaffalage
by domettic tyrants. In the time of Antiochus IL., king
| Syria, we find that a perfon named Timarchus reigned
in Miletus, and exercifed great cruelties on the citizens, till
he was driven thence by that prince, who, on that account,
was honoured by the Milefians with the furname of @:o03, or
God. This towa lies at the diftance of 64 miles S. of Smyre
na.’ N, lat. 37°22’. E.long. 27°13,
MILFOIL, in Botany, and the Materia Medica.
AcHILEEA.

MILFORD, or Mirrorp Haven, in Geography, a fea-port
town fituated in the parifh of Stanton, hundred of Rhés,
and county of Pembroke, South Wales, is of very modern
origin, having been founded fince the year 1799, and raifed
to its prefent importance by the patriotic exertions of the
honourable Mr. Greville, nephew to the late fir William
Hamilton, on whofe property it ftands. Happening to be
here with his uncle in 1784, the penetrating and. {cientific
eye of Mr. Greville quickly perceived the many natural
advaptages which this fituation offered for a naval and com-
mercial eftablifhment. He accordingly prevailed upon fir
William to apply to parliament for an aét to enable him to
fet out legal quays, eftablifh markets, conftruét docks, and
in general to do every thing neceflary for infuring the pro-
{perity of the intended town. This objec being effected,
the condu& of the undertaking was entirely committed. to
Mr. Greville, who immediately laid out the ground in allot-

See

MIL

ments, according to a regular plan, and began his labours
by the erection of d large inn or hotel, Numerous por-
chafers uickly appeared, fo that in lefe than ten years the
town had made confiderable progrefs, and began to affume an
air of neatnefs and confequence. Since that period Milford
has continued gradually increafing in extent and importance,
Many improvements have been made in the haven for the
greater fafety and accommodation of the thipping ; anda
dock. yard has been formed at the fuggeltion of lord Spencer,
where feveral large veflels of war have been built Wy piven
repaired,

The fituation of this town is moft fingularl beautiful,
being feated on a {mall promontory, the fides of which de-
feend gently to the water. The principal haven ftretches
itfelf to the fouth, and prefents the appearance of a {pa-
cious lake. This harbour is one of the fafelt and moft
commodious in the world, and contains fixteen creeks, five
bays, and thirteen roads, where upwards of a thoufand fail
may ride in perfect fecurity. The town at prefent confilts
chiefly of three Areets, sin croflings, running in a direétion
from eak to welt, and parallel with the fhore of the haven.
At the extremity of the lower row of houfes flands the
church, an handfome edifice, confifting of a nave, chancel,
and two fide aifles. Several of the windows in this church
exhibit efcutcheons of painted glafs, difplaying the arms of
Barlow, Hamilton, and Greville. In ie chancel ftands an
ancient vafe of red porphyry, brought from Egypt by the
learned Dr. i a bap Gi ab the bap mal 1Ae.
but that idea not coinciding with the religious feelings of
a confiderable part of the congregation, another of Derby-
fhire marble was. fixed oppofite to it for that pu ot,
Near the vafe is placed a trunk of the mainmatt of the
L'Orient, the French admiral’s flag fhip, which was hlown
up at the battle of the Nile. At a fhort diftance eaftward
from the church ftands the old chapel of St. Catharine,
formerly dependent upon Stanton, the mother church. It
is a. very ancient building, having the nave vaulted into a
pointed roof; and fince the ereétion of the new chapel has
been converted into a powder magazine. The market-houfe
is a very neat ftruéture, as is likewife the cultom-houfe ;
the colletion for which takes in both fides of the haven from
Milford town to the harbour’s mouth, and round the’ coaft
of Brijde’s bay to St. David’s. Two batteries for the de-
fence of the town and haven have been lately ere@ed, each
of them mounting feven guns.

Milford is now the regular port for the mails from Eng-
land to Waterford, for the conveyance of which five packets
are ftationed here, fo that a daily communication is thereby
kept up with Ireland. The chief trade of the town is its South
fea whale fithery, which is carried on with great fuccefs bya
colony of Quakers from the ifland of Nantucket, who were
invited to fettle here by Mr. Greville. They are, like moft
of their brethren, an induftrious and well-difpofed people, and
have greatly contributed by their exertions to the progrefs
of the new eftablifhment. There is, likewife, fome trade

‘in wood and other ftores requifite for the equipment or fup-

ply of his majefty’s thips, or other veflels which may find
it neceflary to put in here for repair or fafety. There are
two quays for the landing of goods, and extenfive ftore-
houfes for their reception, under the management of efta-
blifhed officers. Two markets are held in this town during
the week, on Tuefday and Saturday, but there are no fairs.
The family of Philips derive from hence ihe title of baron.
For the encouragement of the fcience of fhip-building a
boat-race was fome years ago eftablifhed here under the
aufpices of lord Cawdor and Mr. Greville. The prizé for
the winning boat of the firft clafs of twenty feet keel, isa

cup

MIL |
eup given by hislordthip of the value of twenty-five or thirty

ounds; and there is befides an inferior prize for boats of a
Peont clafs from fixteen to eighteen feet keel.

‘he neighbourhood of Milford exhibits a well inclofed
and highly cultivated country. Several elegant villas be-
longing to the merchants of Milford contribute much to its
beauty. The old town of Haking ftands onthe W. fide
of the influx, call Priory Pill. Near it is an elegant ob-
feryatory built by Mr. Greville, and, with the mathematical
{chool contiguous to it, were placed under the direétion of
Mr. Firminger, who was for eight years fole affiftant to
Dr. Mafkelyne. Here are likewife the ruins of the priory
from whence the inlet derives its name. This religious efta-
blifhment owed its foundation to Adam de Rupe, or de la
Roche, who appears to have been a man of power and con-
fequence in this diftri&. It was dedicated to St. Mary and
St. Buddoch for monks of the order of Tyrone, who in
time forfook that ftri&t rule and became Benediétines. A
{mall portion of this edifice only now remains; moft of the
materials of which it was compofed having been carried off
within the memory of man, to affift in the eretion of other
buildings in the neighbourhood. The earl of Richmond,
afterwards Henry VII., is faid to have landed at this place,
in his enterprife againft Richard III., on the feventh of
Auguft, 1485. On the eaftern fide of the Pill, or influx,

ftands Caftle Pill, which was formerly a fortification for its.

proteGtion. In the reign of queen Elizabeth it was rec-
koned among the caftles in Pembrokefhire ; and is mention-
ed, in 1644, as one of the ftrongelt pofts which the royalifts
maintained in this part of the country. From the mifcon-
du& of the garrifon, however, it was fubfequently taken,
after a fhort refiftance, by a force apparently inadequate to
the undertaking. The village of Stanton, which. gives
name to the parifh in which Milford is fituated, lies on the
road between that town and Haverford-wefl. The church
here was garrifoned during the civil wars by the troops of
“the parliament, with the view of interrupting the commu-
nication between Haverford-weft and the tort already men-
tioned. According to the parliamentary returns of 1801,
the whole population of this parifh amounted to 1291 per-
fons, a great proportion of whom refided in Milford. Fen-
ton’s Hiftorical Tour through Pembrokefhire, 1 vol. 4to.
Carlifle’s Topographical Di€tionary of Wales, 1 vol..4to.
Mixrorp, a townfhip of America, in Mifflin county,
Pennfylvania.—Alfo, a fmall town in Worcefter county,
Maflachufetts, 18 miles from Worcefter, containing 907 in-
habitants.—Alfo, a poft-town of the ftate of Delaware,
pleafantly fituated on the N. fide of Majfpilion creek, about
12 miles W. of its mouth in Delaware bay ; coutaining
more than 100 houfes, inhabited by Epifcopalians, Quakers,
and Methodifts—Alfo, a town of Northampton county,
Pennfylvania, laid out on the N.W. fide of the Delaware,
in an elevated fituation, at Well’: Ferry, 120 miles above
Philadelphia. A paper-mill has been ereéted here by a
Mr. Biddis, who has difcoyvered the method of making pa-
“per and pafteboard by fubftituting a large proportion of
faw-duft in the compofition.—Alfo, a polt-town of Con-
ne¢ticut, in Long-ifland found, and in New Haven county,
13 miles S.W. of New Haven. The Indians call this
town /Eopowage ;” and it was fettled in 1638. It con-
tains an epifcopal church, and two congregational churches.
Mixrorp Haven, a deep bay on the coait of Nova Scotia,
‘to the S.W., round the point of the {trait of Canfo.—Alfo,
a bay on the N, coaft of Virginia. N. lat. 37°26". W.
long. 76° 20!.
MILHAU, a town of France, and principal place of a
diftridt, in the department of Aveyron, feated on the Tarni
14

5 MIL

In 1371, this town was taken by Edward IITI., king of
England ; 27 miles S.E. of Rodés: The place contains
6077, and the canton 10,443 inhabitants, on a territory of
297% kiliometres, in nine communes. N. lat. 44° 6. E.
ong. 3° aol.

MILHAUSEN, a town of the duchy of Stirias; 10
miles E. of Gratz.

MILI, a river of Sicily, which runs into the fea, feven
miles S. of Meflina—Alfo, @ town of Thibet; 45 miles
N.E. of Tchiatam.

MILIANI, a town of Africa, in the kingdom of Al-
giers; 22 miles S.E. Sherfhell.—Alfo, a river of Africa,
in the kingdom of Tunis, which runs into the Mediter-
ranean, about 10 miles S.E. of Tunis.

MILIARENSIS, in Antiquity, a filver coin of the em-
pire, fubftituted by Conftantine in the room of, the dena-
rius ; and fo called becaufe he fixed the price of the pound
of gold at 1000 pieces of this new filver. But as he di~
vided the pound of gold alfo into 72 folidi, each folidus
really contained 13% miliarenfes, though it pafled for 143
which difference between the real and current value of the
folidus, in relation to the miliarenfes, muft have occafioned
difputes in the payment of {mall fums. To remedy this
inconvenience, it was thought proper to alter the weight of
the filver money, and having fixed the price of the pound of
filver at five folidi, to coin fixty pieces out of it, which
retained the name miliarenfes, though the pound of gold
was worth but 864. It does not appear how many milia-
renfes Conftantine coined out of the pound of filver: but
if the piece of gold was nearly the fame in his reign, as
when five folidi were worth a pound of filver, the pound
muft have been worth 14? pounds of filver; and 1000 di-
vided by 14% gives 69* for the number of miliarenfes coined
out of the pound. ‘Therefore it is probable, that Conjtan-
tine’s number was either 69 or 70... If the former, each
piece fhould weigh 73; troy grains; if the latter, 73,3,.
According to the former eftimate, the proportion of gold to
filver was always 14% to 1; according to thelatter, 143 to 1.
Phil. Tranf. vol. Ixi. part ii. p. 513. See Fouwis.

MILIARES GranpuLz, in Anatomy, glandular bodies
diftinguifhed by their fmall fize ; fuch as the fuppofed glands
of the fkin, &c. 4

MILIARIUM, the name of a tall and narrow veflel, ufed
in the bathing of the ancients, for heating water to any de-
gree, to give warmth tothe reft. See Mem, Acad, Infcript.
vol. ip. 127. ;

MILIARY Eruption, in Medicine, an eruption of mi-
nute veficles, appearing in perfons confined to bed, in hot
and clofe apartments, efpecially after profufe fweating. -
The term has been adopted from ancient times, from the
ears, of the veficles in fize and appearance to millet
feeds.

Mixiary Fever, a denomination given to fevers of every
defcription, when accompanied by: an eruption of miliary
veficles.

This is the light in which the mofe correé obfervation of
our times has taught us to confider the miliary fever. ‘The
phyficians of the feventeenth, and the greater part of the
eighteenth century defcribe the miliary fever, as a diftin&
eruptive fever, arifing, like the {mall-pox, meafles, Xc., from
a peculiar poifon or acrimony, of the proper concoétion and
expulfion of which from the fyftem the eruption was deemed
evidence, according to the doétrines of the humoral patho-
logy. | Under this notion, the difeafe was defcribed, by dif-
ferent obfervers, with a variety of titles, and na {mall de-
gree of confufion arofe from the mifapplication of thefe
titles to other difeafes, which bore fome refemblance ‘9 it.

US,

MILIARY FEVER.

Thus, it was called, the miliary difeafe (Morbus miliaris),
the miliary fever, the veficuler Wve or fimply miliaria, and
miliaris, and others, confounding the veficular appearances
with the purple fpots, or sete of malignant fevers, or
fuppofing: them to be of a fimilar nature, applied the term
Purpura to it; calling it Purpura alba, Purpura miliaris,
Febris purpurata, &c. Again, another miltake, equally
grofs, was committed in places where the fearlet-fever was
epidemic, in confounding tHe rath of this difeafe with the
Veficular eruption of miliaria. This occurred particularly
at Leipfic, where /earlatina was extremely prevalent and
fatal, in the year 1652, and a hiftory of which was pub.
lied: by Chrift. Joan. Langius, (See his Prax. Med.
part ii. cap. xiv. § 9.) ‘This fever was extremely conta-
gious, and fpread over the greater part of the continent,
and was called a miliary fever ; it has been even confidered
by many writers as the prototype of all miliary fevers, and
the firft example of its apptarance in Europe. See Mac-
bride, Method. Introd. to the Theory and Pra&, of Phyfic,

rt ii. chap. xvii. Hamilton de Febri Miliari. Allioni

ract. de Milivrium Orig. Progreff. &c. J. Fordyce Hitt.
Febris Miliaris, &c.

Thefe errors were correéted by De Haen (De Divif. Fe-
brium, § 4.) ; and the true nature of the miliary eruption,
as always fecondary or fymptomatic, and as the refult of

rfpiration and of a continued heating regimen, in various
Rrile difeafes (of which, indeed, Sydenham had long be-
fore exprefled his belief), was fatisfactorily fhewn by Mr.
White (in his Effay on the Management of Lying-in Wo-
men), and by Dr. Cullen (Nofol. Method. Gen. xxxii. note.)
In truth, the occurrence of this eruption, and of the fevere
and often fatal fymptoms of fever, with which it was
accompanied, affords a lamentable proof ‘of the mifchief
refulting from miftaken hypothefis on medical fubjeéts,
when carried to the bedfide of the fick. For this mi-
liary fever has been, at different times and places, not
only produced, but aétually rendered epidemic, by the
mal-practice of individuals. Mr. White afferts, that a mid-
wife at Manchefter, who had very extenfive practice among
all ranks of women, and was tolerably fuccefsful in other
refpects, had a remarkable number of her patients feized
with the miliary fever, during their accouchement, which
proved fatal to many, particularly to the wives of feveral of
the principal tradefmen. This difeafe ‘* became fo alarming
and notorious, both in this neighbourhood and in diftant

arts of the country, as to acquire the name of the Man-
chetter fever.” While at the fame time, other practitioners
of the place, who purfued a different plan of treatment, met
with no fuch fever. So that the farcafm of Dr. Shebbeare
was but too correét, wiien he recommended gentle means
of fupporting the vital heat, ‘ otherwife the miliary erup-
tion may be rather a fymptom of the phyfician than of the
diforder, as it is to be feared that fome, through miftaken
practice, have difcovered a way of making miliary fevers,
and may be called a kind of manufaéturers of that difeafe.”’
(Pra&tice of Phyfic.) Quid vero demam generi humano
calamitofius,” fays De Haen, “ quam quod et plebe et
medicis confpirantibus, tot milleni quotannis egri, ab ipfo
principio acutorum, in fudores fymptomaticos agitentur, ac
veluti fundantur, ut coaéta omnino crifis, in plerifque aut
Jetalis, aut periculofa faltem, producatur; intercea dum {-
lutaria nature molimina turbantur, confunduntur, ac penitus
fuflaminantur. Faxit Deus, ut demum fapiant Phryges!””
Fe Febrium Divif. § 4. p. 84. ae

Hippocrates and the ancients have faid little refpecting
this miliary fever, becaufe they followed too fteadily the
diGates of nature in their pra€tice to produceit. They do,

Vou. XXIII.

however, mention a cafual appearance of miliary veficles, ia
febrile difeafes. (See Hippocrates Epidem, lib. i. § 3.
wgrot. 2. lib. ii. § 1. & § 3.) In like manner, thofe prac-
titioners who have been converfant with the treatment of
difeafes during the Jatt thirty years, have witneffed but ca-
fual and flight occurrences of thefe eruptions, and are to-
tally unacquainted with the formidable miliary fever, de-
fcribed by the phyficians of Leipfic, and fubfequently very
well known in this country.

It has been univerfally obferved that women, during their
puerperal confinement, although not exclufively, were the
molt frequently attacked by the miliary fever. This, no
doubt, arofe from the peculiar affiduity with which the hot
and fweating regimen was enforced with puerperal women,
of which Mr. White has given an imprefflive defcription.
(Loc. cit. p. 6, et feq. 3d edit.) Under the fuffocating heat
and clofenefs of the room, in which was a large fire and a
crowd of people, and every crevice, even the bee hot clofed;
under an additional load of bed-clothes, from which the
good woman was not allowed to put out her arm, or even
her nofé ; and conftantly fupplied with heating liquors from
the {pout of a tea-pot to keep of the fweating ; in fuch a
fituation, “a few days after delivery the patient is, per-
haps, feized with a fhivering fit, and the nurfe is furprized,
as fhe protefts fhe has not had the leaft waft of cold; more
clothes are heaped upon her; fpirituous liquors and hot
{pices are given her, to throw of the cold fit, which moft
certainly increafe the fucceeding hot one. A warm room,
plenty o clothes, and warm drinks are continued, to throw
her into a fweat, but have frequently a contrary effe&t, by
increafing and prolonging the burning fit; which at lait
terminates in a moft profufe fweat, continuing many a
and days without giving relief.” (Ibid. p. 13.) ¢
tongue becomes dry and warm; the pulfe quick, fmall, and
creeping ; and the patient complains of great anxiety and
oppreffion about the precordia, attended with fighings, low-
nefs of fpirits, laffitude, and extreme languor and debility.
«If the hot regimen be continued,’’ Mr, White proceeds
to ftate, “ with vinous f{picy caudles, hot alexipharmic me-
dicines, volatile alcalious falts and fpirits, opiates, and a
clofe room, fo as to keep the patient in a perpetual fweat,
vibices or petechiz appear, or (miliary) eruptions, either
of the white or red kind, or both, fir upon the neck and
breatts, afterwards extending themfelves all ever the body,
one crop fucceeding another till the patient is worn out; .
but they give no relief, are not in any way critical, nor is
there indeed any crifis in this diforder, except the loofenefs.””
(P. 16.) Inthe miliary fever, which was epidemic among
puerperal women at Leipfic, about the year 1650, many of
the moft violent fymptoms, conneéted with malignant fever,
concurred ; fuch as extreme proftration of ftrength, reftleff-
nefs, and delirium, tremors and convulfive motions of the
limbs, dimnefs of fight, hamorrhagies, &c. (See Gotofr.
Welfch, Hilt. Med. Nov. Morb. Puerp. qui der Friefel
dicitur :—in Haller, Difput. Med. tom. v. § clxxiv.) The
difeafe is faid to have been called der Frie/el, from the re-
femblance of the rough ftate of the fkin, to a fort of cloth
called frie/s.

The utmoft irregularity feems to have prevailed, in re-
fpeét to the period at which the miliary veficles made their
appearance. According to Welfch, it appeared as early as
the fecond day after parturition, or within the firft week:
but other writers have not feen it before the fifth day, and
others again on the feventh, eighth, tenth, or eleventh, on the
fourteenth, fixteenth, and even twenty-eighth day. This
difference would, of courfe, be expefted to happen, in con-
fequence of the different degrees of the hot regimen adopted

3% im

MIL

in different infances, and of the variety of feafon and of
individual conftitution. It feems to be agreed, however,
notwithftanding the hypothetical notions of the falubrity
of fuch expulfions of fuppofed morbific matter from the
body, that a favourable termination of the difeafe is not
more certain from a copious eruption, or from its early ap-
pearance; but that, on the contrary, the fuller and earlier
the eruption is, the greater is the danger.

The diftinétion that has been made by writers in general,
ref{peGting the two kinds of miliary veficles, the red and the
white, is futile; as thefe differences of colour are by no
means {pecific, but depend entirely upon the fize of the
velicles, their tranfparency, and the degree of inflammation
accompanying them: infomuch that the eruption which is
red in the beginning, when the veficles are perfe@tly dia-
phanous, becomes white in a day or two, when the inflam-
mation of the furface is lefs, and the lymph contained in the
veficles becomes of a milky opacity.

Mr. White obferves, that «the difeafes, or rather the
fymptoms, which are faid to fucceed the miliary fever, are
he@ic heats, lofs of appetite and of fpirits, and {wellings
of the legs, feet, and thighs; but thefe are nothing more
than what follow other putrid fevers. Thofe who have had
this fever are particularly liable to returns of it during their
whole lives ; owing moft probably to the ikin being over
relaxed, and its tone deftroyed, by a too hot and forcing
treatment.”

Miliary eruptions have been produced in confequence of
feverifh complaints, which confined patients to bed, and
occafioned a fweating condition of the fkin, as well as in the
puerperal flate. Thus it has fometimes occurred in perfons
who became feverifh after fome important furgical operation,
or remained in bed in confequence of feme accident; it has
eccurred alfo in catarrhal and rheumatic fevers, where the
natural tendency to {weating is confiderabie, and in various
other febrile complaints. Hence we may explain the cbfer-
vations of fome writers qn the fubjeé&t, who fpeak of the
miliary fever as imitating or being difguifed under the cha-
rater of other febrile difeafes; when, in fa&t, the eruption
was fecondary, and had fupervened upon the hot and {weat-
ing ftate of the patient in thofe other fevers refpedtively ;
fuch as tertians, quartans, remittents, &c. (See Memoires
de la Soc. Royale de Medecine, par M. Barailon, tom. 1.
P- 193-) Indeed there is fcarcely any acute difeafe, with
which the miliary eruption has not been defcribed as com-
bined, and with which it might be expeéted to be combined,
while the mode of praétice, which gave rife to it, continued
to be purfued: thus it has been conjoined with typhus,
gout, pneumonia, meafles, {mall-pox, {carlet-fever, hooping-
cough, the fever of dentition, allhma, &c. See Allionius
Tra&. de Miliarium Orig. Progreff. Nat. et Curat. The
Cure of the Miliary Fever, by a fubje& to Mithridates.

That excellent writer, Dr. Macbride, was mifled, like
his lefs intelligent brethren, by the prevalent hypothefis of
the concoction and critical expulfion of morbid acrimony,
and confidered miliary fever as fomething fpecific, hke the
contagious eruptive fevers. He has accordingly defcribed
it, as occurring alone and uncombined, under the term mili-
aris fimplex, feu benigna. ‘Tne febvile fymptoms previous
to the eruptior,”” he fays, ‘¢are not very high nor diitreffing ;
no great pain, thirlt, or ficknefs; the pulfe rather deprefled
than hard; they increafe, however, gradually till the third
or fourth day, when the eruption ftrikes out, chiefly on the
neck, back, and brealt, being preceded by a profule {weat,
of a fourifh fmell, and a particular tingling fenfation in the
fkin, e{pecially in the fingers, and an itching in thofe places
where the miliary pultules (velicles) are moft plentiful. In

MIL

about thirty hours the eruption is full out, and. replete with
ferum, with a flight inflammation round the bafis of the
little veficles, occafioning a fulnefs and tenfion of the fkin.
The febrile {ymptoms now fubfide, the patient continues
to fweat plentifully, and makes higher-coloured urine, the
pulfe gradually becomes full, foft, and equable, and by
the end of the week the eruption dries up, and the cuticle
falls off in feales."" (Methodical Introd. to Theory and
Pra&t. of Phyfic, part ii. chap. 17.) Sir Richard Black-
more gives a fimilar account of the progrefs of the miliary
eruptions, the drying of which, ‘in the more kindly fort,
is generally accomplifhed in feven days.’ (Treatife on the
Plague.) But in the worfe forts, he fays, the time is much
protracted; and he avers, that he has feen the fever continue,
anda fecond, and even a third crop of the eruptions appear,
and go through the fame courfe. Ard Dr. Brocklefby men-
tions a cafe, in which the low pulfe, great proftration of
ftrength, and other fevere fymptoms, continued forty-/ix
days, in which time four fucceffive crops of miliary veticles
occurred. See his Paper on Seltzer Water, Med. Obf.
and Inquir. vol. iv. art. ii. p. 31.

Having ftated thefe facts upon the authority of the beft
writers on the fubje&, it is {carcely neceflary to enter into
any detail of the difcuffion, relative to the origin of the
miliary fever. ‘lhe fagacity of Sydenham detected their
efficient caufe in the hot regimen generally praétifed in his
time, and long afterwards. ‘ Licet fua {poate nonnunquam
ingruant, fapius tamen /edi calore et cardiacis extorquentur.””
(Sched. Mon. de Nov. Febris Ingrefflu.) And his opinion
has been fubftantiated, and the arguments and hypothetis of
thofe, who denied its truth, practically refuted by the almoft
total difappearance of the difeafe, even in puerperal women,
fince the rational method of ventilation and regimen, now
pra@tifed, became generally prevalent among medical men.

It is fearcely neceffary, therefore, to fay any thing refpe@-
ing the method of treatment. In all circumtlances, under
which a perfon is confined to bed, the room in which he lies
fhould be as free from any difegreeable fmell or clofenefs as
any other apartment in the houfe; which can be readily ef-
feted by the conftant admiifion of frefh air and by cleanli-
nefs: and his bed-clothes, whether he labour under fever or
not, fhould be as light as may be, provided the fkin is not
cooled below the natural ftandard ot temperature, and the
patient experiences no actual fenfation of chillinefs. Thefe
rules fhou'd be itriétly obferved, even under a ftate of per-
fpiration or profufe fweating ; for, fo long as no direét.
current falls upon the patient, coolnefs of the furrounding
air will moderate, without fuppreffing, the cutaneous dif-
charge. Even when the miliary eruption has appeared, in
confequence of previous improper management, coolnefs of
the apartment and bed of the patient, with a free accefs of
frefh air, wil! be found the moit effectual cordial, and will
fupport the ftrength, and fubdue the languor of body and
mind more powerfully than “gallons of wine.’ Confult
Mr. White’s able treatife above quoted, in which references
to all the writers on the fubje&t are given, and from which,
as well as the Effay of De Haen, de Divifione Febrium, the
moft fatisfa¢tory information will be obtained. ,

MILICIA, in Geography, a river of Sicily, which runs
into the fea; 10 miles E.S.E. of Palermo.

MILIEU HarnoniquE, in French Mujfic, is the rame
fometimes given to the 3d of a common chord or triad, as
being the mean or middie between the key note or funda-
mental bafe and its 5th.

MILILLO, in Geography, a town of Sicily, in the
valley of Noto; 8 miles 5.8.E. of Lentini.

MILIN,

MIL

MILIN, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of Beraun;
4 miles from Preazibram.

MILIOLUM, in Surgery, a fmall tumour of the eyelids,
6 eolled, from its being of ‘the fize of a millet feed,

MILIQUEAN Curex, in Geography, a river of Upper
Canada, which, runnin northerly, Siicharges itfelf into lake
Simcoe, now called « Protlend’s river.””

MILIS, a town of Sardinia; 12 miles from Oriftagni.

MILITANT, a term ufed of the body of Chrittians,
while here on earth.

The Romanitts divide the church into militant, patient,
and triumphant: the militant is on earth; the patient, or
pests they place in Pyrgatory 5 and the triumphant in

eaven,

MILITARE Ainanivum. See Anantum.

MILITARIS Toca. See Toca.

Miniranis Via. See Via.

MILITARY, fomething belonging to the militia, or
foldiery. Thus,

Mitrvary Archite@ure denotes the art of fortification.
See Ancncrecrurr, and Forrimecarion.

Mitirary drt, is the art or fcience of making or fuf-
taining war to advaytage. See Wan.

Mitirary Column. See Corum.

_ Mitirary Court. See Courr of Chivalry.

Minivary Difiplines See Discirnine.

Miniranry E/fate includes the whole of the foldiery ; or
fuch perfons as are peculiarly appointed among the reft of
the people for the fafeguard and defence of the realm.
Although the laws and conttitution of this kingdom know
no fuch ftate as that of a perpetual ftanding foldier
bred up to no other profeffion but that of war, it has for
many years pait been judged neceflary by our legiflature, for
the Liety of the kingdom, the defence of the pofleffions of
the crown, and the prefervation of the balance of power,
to maintain, even in time of peace, a ftanding body of troops,
under the command of the crown, who are however ip/o
Jado difbanded at the expiration of every year, unlefs con-
tinued by parliament; and if from experience paft we may
judge of future events, the army is now laftingly engrafted
into the Britifh confitution ; with this fingularly fortunate
ci-cumitance, that any branch of the legiflature may annually
put an end to its legal exiitence by refufing to concur in its
continuance. (BI. Com. b. i.) The military force of the
kingdom comprehends regulars, including the royal marines,
the militia, and volunteers. See Marines, Miritra, Sot-
pIeR, and VOLUNTEERS,

Minirary Execution, the delivery of a city or country
up to be ravaged and deftroyed by the foldiers, upon its re-
fuling to pay the contribution money impofed upon it. It
denotes alfo the punifhment infliGed by the fentence of a
court martial. See ExrecuTien.

Miuirary £xercifes are the evolutions or various manners
of ranging and ‘tages foldiers. See Barration, Evo-
xuTien, Exercise, and Manuar, Exerci/e.

Minirary Feuds. See Fee and Fevup.

Minirany Fever, a kind of malignant fever frequent in
armies, by reafon of the ill food, &c. of the foldiers. Sze
Faver, and Typuvs.

Mirirary Government, is the fuapreme command and dif-

ofal of all the military power of a nation, by Jand and fea.

Munirany Law.. See Law of Arms, and Martian,

Minirany Machine. See MacuHine.

Murrtany Merit, Order of, in Heraldry, was inkituted
in France, in the year 1759, by Louis XV. in honour of
thofe officers of his army who were Proteftants. The

MIL

marks of honour are the fame as thofe of the order of St.
Louis. The enfign of the order is alfo of the fame form
as that of St. Louis, with this difference, that on one fide
is a {word in pale; within thiv motto—rno vinruTY BEL-
LIcA; and on the reverfe is a chaplet of laurel; within this
infeription, Rup XV. INSTITUIT 1759

Mitirany Afufic, before the introduétion of fire-arme,
ferved to animate the foldiers in battles and affaules of places,
as well as for purpofes of fignals for the different manauvres
and duties in camp and garrifon; and, therefore there is no
reafon to doubt its having been ufed in our ancient armies.
The common military inftruments of mufic were the trumpet,
drum, fife, and horns of different kinds. See an account of
each under its proper title. In modern times, kettle-drums
and trumpets ata been chiefly appropriated to the horfe.
The dragoons long had the hauthois and fide-drum, but
about the year 1759 changed thefe for the trumpet: the in-
fantry had only the drum, till the introduétion of fifes.
Since the introduétion of light infautry, many of thede
companies have ufed the bugle-horn.

OF late years, in addition to the drums and fifes, each
regiment of infantry has had its band of mufic. T'he ine
ftruments are chiefly hautbois, clarinets, French horns, baf.
foons, trumpets, cymbals, and in fome the tabor and pipe.
The band is ufually compofed of men borne upon the elta-
blifhment of the regiment as privates, and allowed fome ad-
ditional pay from the non-effe¢live fund of the field-officers
and captains of companies. ‘Thefe officers alfo defray the
charge for inftruments, extra-clothing, mufic, &c. though
in many corps the money paid for difcharges has been applied
peti fupport of the regimental band. Grofe’s Mil. Ant.
vol. ii.

Mivirary Order. See Onver, and Kyicuruoop.

Minitary Pyretechny. See Pyrorecnyy.

Miitary Rewards. See Rewanps.

Miuitary Yenures. See TENuRE.

Minitary Teflament. among the Romans, was what we
call a nuncupative will; or a teftament made only by word
of mouth, in the prefence of two witnefles.

This was a privilege peculiar to the foldiery, and to them
only when in the field ; for at other times they were fubjeét
to the common laws in this refpe&t. See Sotprer.

Mitirary Town/bips, in Geography, townthips of Ame-
rica, in the ftate of New York; deriving their appellation
from the following circumttance. The legiflature of the
{tate granted 14 million of acres of land as a gratuity to
the officers and foldiers of the line of this fiate. ‘This tra&t,
forming the country of Onondago, is bounded W. by the E.
faore of the Seneca lake and the county of Ontario, N. by
the part of lake Ontario near Fort Ofwego, S. by Tioga
county, and E. by Chenango county. This pleafant country
is divided into 25 townfhips of 60,000 acres each, which
are again fubdivided into too convenient farms, of 600
acres, amounting in the whole to’2500 farms, well watered
by a multitude of {mali lakes and rivers.

Muvirary Ways, vie militares, are the large Roman roads,
which Agrippa procured to be made through the empire,
in the time of Auguftus, for the more convenient marching
of troops, and conveyance of carriages.

N. Bergier has wrote the hiftory of the origin, progrefs,
and amazing extent, of thefe military roads; which were -
paved from the gates of Rome to the extreme parts of the
empire. See Way.

MILITELLO, in Ceagraphy, a town of Sicily, in the
= of Demona, on the N. coaft; 16 miles S.W. of

ath

3X2 MILITES

MIL

MILITES Canpipati. See CANDIDATS.

MILITIA, a colleGtive term, underftdod of the body
of foldiers, or perfons who make profeffion of arms.
- The word comes from the Latin miles, a foldier ; and miles
from mille, which was anciently wrote mile. For in levying
foldiers at Rome, as each tribe furnifhed a thoufand, mille,
or mile, men; whoever was of that number, was called
miles.

Muxit1A, in its proper. and more reftrained fenfe with us,

_ is ufed to fignify the inhabitants, or, as they have been fome-

times called, the ¢rained-bands, of a town or county ; who
are armed on a fhort warning for their own defence. In
which fenfe militia is oppofed to regular ftated forces. Soon
after the reftoration of king Charles II., when the feudal
tenures were abolifhed, it was thought proper to afcertain
the power of the militia, to recognize the fole right of the
crown to govern and command them, and to put the whole
into a more regular method of military fubordination ; and
the order in which thé militia now ftands by law, is princi-
pally built upon the ftatutes which were then enacted, viz.
13 Car. II. cap. 6. 14 Car. II. cap. 3. 15 Car. Il. cap. 4.

It is'true the two laft of them are apparently repealed ;
but many of their provifions are re-enacted, with the addi-
tion of fome new regulations, by the prefent militia laws ;
the general fcheme of which is to difcipline a certain number
of the inhabitants of every county, chofen by lot, for three
years, and officered by the lord-lieutenant, the deputy lieu-
tenants, and other principal land-ho!ders, under a commiffion
from the crown. They are not compellable to march out of
their counties, unlefs in cafe of invafion or actual rebellion,
nor in any cafe compellable to march out of the kingdom.
They are to be exercifed at {tated times ; and their difcipline
in general is liberal and eafy ; but when drawn out in aétual
fervice, they are fubje& to the rigour of martial law, as
neceflary, to keep them in order. This is the conftitutional
fecurity, which our laws have provided for the public peace,
and for protecting the realm againft foreign and domettic
violence, and which the ftatutes 2 Geo. III. cap. 20. &e.

9 Geo. III. cap. 42. declare is effentially neceflary to the.

fafety and profperity of the kingdom, Blackit. Com. book i.

By the 2 Geo. III. cap. 20. all former aéts relating to
the raifing of the militia are repealed, except in {uch cafes
as are therein {pecially directed to be fubje& to the provifions
of the former aéts, or any of them ; particularly with regard
to the city of London, the Tower Hamlets, and the Cinque
Ports. Several ftatutes were fubfequently enaéted, which
it is needlefs to recite ; becaufe by the 42 Geo. IIT. c. go.
the chief former ats relative to the militia are from June 26,
1802, repealed ; excepting {uch as relate tothe city of Lon-
don, Tower Hamlets, the Stannaries, and the Cinque Ports.
The militia raifed under fuch ats fhall be fubje& to this a& ;
and all deficiencies under the former militia laws are to be
fupplied, and the men fo raifed are to ferve according to this
at... It is firft provided by this a&t that the king fhall ap-
point lieutenants for the feveral counties, &c. with full power
to call-together, arm, array, and caufe to be trained and ex-
ercifed fuch perfons, once in every year; and fuch lieu-
tenants {hall appoint 20 or more perfons, duly qualified, to

be deputy-lieutenants, and fhall alfo appoint a proper num-,

ber of colonels, lieutenant-colonels, majors, and other offi-
cers, qualified to train, difcipline, and command the perfons
to be armed and arrayed. The names and ranks of all fuch
officers to be certified to his majefty, and fubje& to his ap-
probation. Every perfon, appointed to be a deputy-lieu-
tenant, fhall be either in-law or equity, for his own ufe and

benefit, in poffeffion of a freehold, copyhold, er cultomary |

Min

eftate for life, or for the life of his wife, fhe having a freehold,
copyhold, or cuftomary eftate for her life, or for fome
greater e(tate, or of an eltate for fome long term of years de-
terminable on one or more life or lives, in manors, mefluages,
lands, tenements, or hereditaments, in England, Wales, or the
town of Berwick-upon-T'weed, of the yearly value of 200/.
or fhall be heir apparent of fome perfon in like manner pof-
fefled to the yearly value of 400/. ; a colonel, to the yearly
value of tooo/. or heir apparent to the yearly value of 2000/. ;
a lieutenant-colonel, to the yearly value of 600/. or heir ap-
parent to the yearly value of 1200/. ; a major, to the yearly
value of 4oo/. or heir apparent to the i value of 80o/. ;
a captain, to the yearly value of 200/. or heir apparent to the
yearly value of 4oo/. or he fhall be a younger fon of fome
perfon who fhall be, or at the time of his death was, poffefled
of a like eftate of the yearly value of 600/. ; a lieutenant, to
the yearly value of 5o/. or perfonal eftate alone to the amount
of 1ooo/. or real and perfonal eftate together of the value of
2000/. or he fhall be fon of {ome perfon who fhall be, or at
the time of his death was, pofleffed of a like eftate of the
yearly value of roo/. or of a perfonal eftate alone to the
amount of 200/. or real and perfonal eftate together to the
value of 3000/. ; an enfign, to the yearly value of 20/. or a
perfonal eltate alone to the amount of 5oo/. or real and per-
fonal eftate together of the value of 1000/. or he fhall be fon
of fome perfon who fhall be, or at the time of his death was,
pofleffed of a like eftate of the yearly value of 50/. or who
thall be, or at the time of his death was, pofleffed of a per-
fonal eftate alone to the amount of 1ooo/. or of real and per-:
fonal eitate together of the value of 1500/.; one moiety of
which faid eltates, excepting of lieutenants and enfigns, fhall
be fituate within the refpetive counties, ridings, or places,
in which they fhall be appointed to ferve. ;

Provided, that the immediate reverfion or remainder of and
in manors, meffuages, lands, tenements, or hereditaments,;
which are leafed for one, two, or three lives, or for any term
of years determinable on the death of one, two,’ or three
lives, on referved rents, and which are to the leflees of the
clear yearly value of 300/. fhall be deemed equal to an eftate
herein before defcribed, of the yearly value of 1oo/. and fo
in proportion. {f, Io.

Alfo, a perfon, either at law or equity, for his own ufe
and benefit, in poffeffion of an eftate for a term originally
granted for 20 years or more, of an annual value (over and
above all rents and charges payable in refpet of the fame)
equal to the annual value of fuch an eftate as is required for
‘the qualification of a depuity-lieutenant and commiffioned
officer refpetively, and fituate as aforefaid, fhall be deemed
fufficiently qualified.

In the counties of Cumberland, Huntingdon, Monmouth,
Weltmorland, and Rutland, and in every county and place
in Wales, the qualifications fhall be as follow, and of the
like eftates as before mentioned : -

A deputy-lieutenant’s fhall be of the yearly value of 1504 ,
or he fhall be heir apparent to an eltate of the yearly value
of 300/.; acolonel’s of the yearly value of 6co/. or he fhall
be heir apparent to the yearly value of 1200/. ; a lieutenant-
colonel’s or major commandant’s fhall be of the yearly value
of 4oo/. orhe fhall be heir apparent to the yearly value of
8c0/. ; a major’s fhall be of the yearly value of 200/. or he
fhall be heir apparent to the yearly yalue of 400/.; a cap-
tain’s fhall be of the yearly value of r5o/. or he fhall be fon ~
of a perfon who fhall be, or at the time of his death was, pof-
feffed of a like eltate of the yearly value of 300/. ; a lien-
tenant’s fhall be of the yearly value of 30/. or a perfonal
eftate alone to the amount of 600/. or real and perfonal to-

3 gether

MILIUIPTLA,

gether of the value of 1 2007. or he thall be the fon of s perfon expiration of every fucceffive ten years after (uch period, be
who fhall be, or at the time of his death was, poffeffed of a fo appointed by the privy council, thall frofm the appoint.
like eflate of the yearly value of Gof of a perfonal eftate ment thereof continue wntil other quotas thall be appointed
alone to the amount of 1200/ or areal and perfonal eftate under this aé.
together of the value of 24oo/.; an enfign’s, of the yearly By this a¢t provifion is made for a “ Sup lementary Mi-
value of 20/, or a perfonal eltate alone to the amount of 300), litia ;"’ for imeafe of invafion, or imminent linge: of it, and
or real and perfonal together of the value of 600/. or he alfo in cafe of rebellion, the king may (the occafion being
fhall be the fon of a perfon who fhall be, or at the time of firft communicated to parliament if fitting, or declared in
his death was, poffefled of a like eftute of the yearly value of council, and notified by proclamation, if there be no parlia-
go! or of seit eltate alone to the amount of Goo/. or ment fitting’) by his proclamation order and direét, in addi-
real and perfonal together of the value of t200/.; of all tion to the number of militia-men afore fuid required to be
which refpeétive eftates (except thofe for the qualifications raifed under this a&, any number of men not exceeding one-
of lieutenants and enfigns), one moiety fhall be within the half of the aggregate number of the militia to be raifed and
esiprants counties or Bleeds in which fach officers thall be enrolled. efe men fhall, in purfyance of fuch proclama-
re{pectively appointed to ferve. d tion, be raifed by the lieutenants and deputy-lieutenants.
nthe ile at Ely, a deputy-lieutenant’s fhall be of the His majefty may alfo, by proclamation, difembody the fup-
yearly value of t50/. or he fhall be heir apparent to the plementary militia; and the privates fo difembodied, or thofe
yearly value of 300/.; a captain’s thall be of the yearly enrolled and not embodied, fhall remain liable to ferve and
value of 1o0/. or he fhall be heir apparent to the yearly to fupply all vacancies. The liewtenants and deputy-lieu-
value of 200/. or he fhall be a younger fon of fome perfon tenants fhall hold meetings, and iflue precepts for returning
who fhall be, or at the time of his death was, poffefled of a lifts, and fettling of lifts, for proportioning the numbers in
like eftate of the yearly value of 300/.; a lieutenant’s fhall the feveral hundreds, &c., and the deputy-lieutenants fhall
be of the yearly value of 3o0/. or perfonal eftate to the caufe the number appointed to ferve to be chofen by ballot
amount of 6oo/. or he fhall be fon of fome perfon who fhall out of the litt returned for every parith, &c. Parifhes are
be, or at the time of his death was, poffeffed of a like eftate allowed to offer volunteers without ballotting.
of the yearly value of 6o/. or perfonal eftate to the amount The perfons exempted from ferving in the militia, or pro=
of 1200/. ; an enfign’s fhall be of the yearly value of 20/. or viding fubftitutes, are peers of this realm; commiffioned
perfonal eftate to the amount of 300/. or he fhall be the fon officers in his majefty’s other forces, or in any of his caitles
of fome perfon who thall be, or at the tithe of his death was, or forts ; non-commiffioned officers and private men ferving
offeffed of a like eftate of the yearly value of 30/, or per- in any of his majelty’s other forces; commiffioned officers
onal eftate to the amount of 600/.; one-half of all which ferving, or who have ferved four years in the militia ; mem-
eltates (except thofe for the qualifications of lieutenants and bers of either of the’univerlities ; clergymen ; licenfed teachers
enfigns), fhall be fituate or arifing within the faidifle of Ely, of any feparate congregations ; conftables; or other fuch
or Cond other part of the county of Cambridge. peace officers; articled clerks, apprentices, feamen or fea-
. _Inall cities or towns which are counties within themfelves, faring men; perfons muttering and doing duty in any of his
and have heretofore ufed to raife and train a feparate militia majeity’s dock-yards ; perfons free of the company of water-
within their refpedtive liberties, and which are united with men of the river Thames; perfons employed and muttered
and made part of any county for the purpofes of railing the at the Tower of London, Woolwich Warren, the feveral
militia only, the lieutenant thereof, or, where no lieutenant, gun-wharfs at Portfmouth, Chatham, Sheernefs, and Ply-
the chief magiltrate, fhall appoint the deputy-lieutenants, and mouth, or at the powder mills, magazines, or the houfes”
alfo the officers of the militia, whofe number and rank fhall under the direGtion of the board of ordnance; and poor men
be proportionable to the number of men which fuch city or who have more than one child born in wedlock. And by
town fhall raife as their quota towards the militia of the 43 Geo. IIT. c. 123. a perfon ferving or having found a fab-
county to which they are united for fuch purpofes ; and all ititute in the army of referve ; and by 44 Geo. III. c. 54.
owers arm provifions made with refpe&t to countiesat large any effe&tive volunteer. Perfons bailotted, that refufe to
all take place in the faid cities or towns. And the quali- ,ferve or provide a fubftitute, thall forfeit 10/. which, by
fication for a deputy-lieutenant fhail be 150/. a-year as afore-’ 43 Geo. ITI. c. 50. is increafed to 15/. and at the expiration
faid, or a perfonal eftate alone, or real and perfonal eftate of five years, be liable to ferve again, in perfon or by fub-
together, to the amount or value of 3000/. Field officer ftitute. Thofe who have ferved are to be returned home in
300/. or perfonal eftate alone, erreal and perfonal together, due time, fo that they may reach the county to which they
to .the Yale of so0co/. Captain 150/. a-year, or perfonal belong, if abfent from it, by the expiration of their term ;
eltate alone, or realand perfonal together, to the value of unlefs they fhall confenc to ferve again. The enlifling of
2500/. Lieutenant 30/. a-year, or perfonal eftate of 750/. perfons enrolled to ferve in the militia, for fervice in his ma-
Enfign 20/. a-year, or perfonal eftate of 400/. One-half of jefty’s other forces, fhall be deemed nuliand void. The mi-
~ all which real eltates (except thofe for the qualification of litia are required to be trained and exercifed by regiment or
lieutenants and enfigns) fhall be within fuch city or town, battalion, once in a year" for twenty-eight days together
or within the county to which fuch city or town is united for (43 Geo. III. c. 19.) : and the penalty of not appearing,
the purpofes aforefaid. {. g. or deferting, is the immediate payment of 20/. or imprifon-
The whole number of privateymen to be raifed, exclufive ment for fix months, or till the moneyis paid. In cafe of
of certain places that are excepted, is 39,5723 in various actual invafion, or immediate danger of it, or rebellion in this
proportions for the feveral counties. Such numbers fhall kingdom, his majetty, communicating the occafion to par-
continue to be the refpeétive quotas, until the 25th day of liament, if fitting, or declared in council, and notified by
June, 1805, and from thence until other quotas fhall be ap- proclamation, if parliament be not fitting, may order the
_ pointed by his majeity’s privy council ; and the refpettive militia to be embodied, put under the command of general
quotas that fhall at or after the expiration of the faid firft officers, and led to any part of the kingdom, but'not to go

mentioned period, and alfo from time to time at or after the out of it; and they fhall be fubjeét to the atts againit mutiny
“a and

MILITIA.

and defertion. And any perfon not appearing, fhall be liable
to be apprehended and punifhed as a deferter; and if any
perfon fhall harbour or conceal any fuch militia man, he fhall
for every fuch offence forfeit 1oo/. From the date of his
maje(ty’s command for drawing out the militia into aétual
fervice, the officers and privates fhall be entitled to the fame
pay as thofe of other infantry. Officers of the militia, during
the time of fervice, are exempted from the office of fheriff,
nor does the acceptance of a commiffion in the militia vacate
the feat of any member returned to ferve in parliament
42 Geo. IT]. c. go.) and private men from highway duty,

rom parifh offices, and ferving in his majefty’s other torces
by fea or land. Militia men, when fick, are entitled to re-
lief.; and their deftitute families to a weekly allowance out
ef the poor rates of the parifh, &c. to which they belong.
If they are maimed or wounded in aétual fervice, they are
entitled to the benefit of Chelfea-hofpital ; they may fet up
trades in any part of the kingdom.

As the militia of the city of London are now raifed and
regulated under and by virtue of the 36 G. 3. c. g2. and
39 G.3. c. 82: And as the militia ot the Tower Hamlets
are.now raifed and regulated by the 37 G. 3. c. 75. and c. 25.
and the fame are thereby refpeCtively made fubject to certain
provifions in the 26 G. 3. c. 107. by this aét repealed ; it
1s enacted, that, from and after the pafling of this act, all
and every the claufes, provifions, powers, authorities, punifh-
ments, bounties, penalties, forfeitures, matters, and things
in this a& contained, in relation toany perfons, a€ts, matters,
and things as to which the 26 G. 3. c. 107. or any of the
claufes or provifions thzrecf, were in force or applicable as
to the faid re{pective militias, fhall, from and after the pafling
of this a¢t, be applied, practifed, and put in full force as to
all fuch perfons, matters, and things, as far as the fame can
be applied, and are not contrary to any of the provifions of
the {aid refpective aéts, or any or either of them: But nothing
in this act contained fhall be conitrued to extend to repeal
any of the provilions of the faid acts, or either of them, other
than fuch as are in and by the faid a€ts made fubjeé& to the
rules and regulations of the 26 G. 3. c. 107.

Nothing in this a& fhall extend to the tinners in Devon
and Cornwall; but the lord warden of the ftanraries for the
time being in purfuance of his majefty’s commiffion in that
behalf, and fuchas he fhall commiflionate and authorize under
him, fhall ule the iike powers, and array, aflefs,arm, mutter,
and exercife the faid tinners as has been heretofore ufed, and
according to the ancient privileges and cultoms of the ftan-
naries.

The lord warden of the cinque ports, two ancient towns
and their members, and in his abfence his lieutenant or lieu-
tenants, fhall put in execution withip the fame all the powers
and authorities granted by this aét, in like manner as his ma-
jefty’s lieutenants of counties and their deputy-lientenants
may do; and may keep up and continue the ufual number
of foldiers in the faid ports, towns, and members, unlefs he
or they find caufe to leffen the fame ; and the militia of the
faid ports, towns, and members, {hull remain feparate from
the militia of the feveral counties within which the faid ports,
towns, and members are fituate; and the faid warden, or
his lieutenant or lieutenants, fhall, in purfuance of orders
from his majetty, in the manner prefcribed by the 13 and
14 Car. 2. notwithftanding one or more months pay advanced
be not reimburfed, raife and draw out the foldiers into aétual
fervice, and caufe the perfons charged as by the faid aé& to
provide their foldiers with pay in hand, not exceeding one
month’s pay, in {uch manner as if all the pay advanced and
provided had been reimburfed ; and fhall ufe the like powers,

and array, affefs, and arm, mufter and exercife the faid fol-
diers, and make affeffments, and iffue warrants for the affeff-
ments made or to be made for raifing any trophy money, and
for defraying the neceflary charges of trophies, and other
incident expences of the militia of the faid ports, towns, and
members, as hath been heretofore ufed, and according to
their ancient privileges and cultoms ; any thing in the faid
a&t or this aét to the contrary notwithftanding.

By 48 Geo. III. c. 111, and fubfequent ats, a particular
{pecies of force is ordered to be raifed under the name of the
“ Local Militia ;”” the-provifions of which aét regulate the
mode of raifing the fame kind of force in the Cinque Ports,
Stannaries, aud fome other privileged places. The number
of men ballotted and enrolled under this denomination in any
county, divifion, or part of any county, fhall not exceed fuch
number as will, including the effective yeomanry and yolun-
teers then ferving in fuch county, &c. exclufive of fupernu-
meraries above tive eftablifhment of fuch corps, ferving with-
out pay, who fhall have been enrolled therein after the rft of
April 1808, amount to fix times the refpeétive original quota
or proportion of militia of fuch county, &c. under the
42 Geo. III. c.go. The dehciencies in effective yeomanry
and volunteers in any county, &c. fhall be fupplied from time
to time by local militia men ; fo that the number in the whole
of the local militia under this a&, and effe@tive yeomanry and
volunteers, fhall be equal to fix times the amount of fuch
quota or proportion. Volunteers are allowed toenter, whe-
ther any order be given for fupplying deficiencies or not, un-
tilthe local militia be completed ; and fuch volunteers fhail
receive two guineas each, payable on their ref{peétive enrol-
ment. By 49 Geo. III. c. 40, this is repealed, except as
to members of volunteer corps. Volunteers transferring
themfelves into the local militia, are not liable to ferve in the
regular militia, in confequence of any former ballet. The
men to be raifed under-the aé&t 48 Geo. III. c. rrr. fhall be
ballotted out of the pezfons between the ages of 18 and 30
returned in the liits now exifting, or hereafter returned,
amended or corrected for the raifing of the militia; and his
majefty may direét the making out of new lifts; and no per-
fon bailotted to ferve in the local militia fhall be allowed to
find any fubititute, or be eutitled to any bounty or half
bounty. Perfons ballotted are to take a prefcribed. oath,
and then to be enrolled to ferve in the local militia of fuch
county as a private local militia man for the fpace of four
years. Perfons unable to ferve from illnefs or bodily infirmity
fhall be excufed ; and perfons exempted are licenfed teachers
of any congregation in holy orders, er pretended holy orders,
and not carrying on any other trade, or exercifing any other
occupation for his livehhood, except that of a fchool-matter ;
fuch medical men aClually pratifing as phyficians, furgeons,
or apothecaries ; no perfon muttered, trained, or doing duty,
or employed in his majefty’s fervice in the Tower of London,
the royal arfenal at Woolwich, or at any gun wharfs, or at
any powder mills, powder magazines, or other ftorehoufes be.
longing to his majefty, under the direGtion of the board of
ordnance, fhall be liable to be ballotted for the local militia,
fo long as they refpectively continue within any of the afore-
faid defcriptions ; and every perfon who fhall have ferved,
er is now ferving in perfon in the additional military force,
raifed under an aét paffed in ¢he forty-third year of the reign
of his prefent majelty, or who fhall have been ballotted, and
have provided any fubttitute, or fhall have paid any fine for
not ferving or finding a fubftitute in fuch additional force,
fhall be exempt from ballot and fervice in the local militia,
in like manner, and for the fame period, as fuch perfon was

or is exempt irom ballot aid fervice in the regular militia

during

MIL

during the continuance of the faid aét of the forty-third year
aforefaid ; any thing in any adt or aéts of parliament to the
contrary notwithflanding.

No perfon having ferved in the regular militia or fuch
additional force, or provided any fubltieute, or paid any
fine for not ferving, or finding any fubftitute in the re-

ular militia or fuch additionul force as aforefaid, fhall be en-
titled to exemption from being ballotted under this act, for
any longer period than four years after the expiration of his
ne: of fervice, if he (hall have ferved in perfon, or fix years

rom the period of any fuch fubllitute being enrolled, or four
years after having paid any fuch fine.

And no articled clerk or apprentice, nor any poor man
who has lefe than three children born in wetllock, nor
any perfon under the height of five feet four inches, who
fhall be of the height of five feet two inches, or upwards, fhall
by reafon sbinceoke re[pectively be exempt under this act, nor-
withitanding they may, by reafon thereof, refpectively be
exempt from the militia.

Provided that nothing in this act contained fhall extend to
authorize any apprentice ballotted under this aét, to en-
litt in the army, navy, marines, or regular militia, or to
enter as a volunteer in the local militia, without the con-
fent of his mafter ; provided alfo, that no ballot, enrol-
ment, and fervice under this aét, fhall make void or in an
manner affect any indenture of apprenticefhip or contra
of fervice between any matter or fervant, notwithitanding
ay covenant or agreement in any fuch indenture or contract,
and no fervice under this aét of any apprentice or fervant
fhall be deemed to be an abfence from fervice, or a breach cf
any covenant or agreement as to any fervice or abfence from
fervice in any indenture of appreuticefhip or contract of fer-
vice.

And every perfon claiming to be exempted from fervice
under this act, upon payment of the fine of twenty pounds,
or ten pounds, inftead of thirty pounds, fhall fign a de-
claration that the amount of his income does not exceed
two hundred pounds or one hundred pounds as aforefaid,
as the cafe may be, and {hall deliver the fame to the deputy-
lieutenants before whom he fhall appear to claim fuch ex-
emption, or produce a certificate to the like effe&, allowed
by any commiffioners under any aé relating to the rates and
duties arifing on property, &c. or to any allowances made
on any fuch rates and duties, within twelve months previous
to the production of fuch certificate. Quakers, or umited
brethren, on produ@ion of certain certificates, fhal] not be
enrolled, and may be adjudged to pay a proportion of the
fines on perfons ballotted, and not appearing. Perfons
ferving in the local militia are entitled to the fame exemptions
as volunteers, and having ferved four years, are not liable to
be ballotted for the regular militia for twe years. Local
militia officers fhall not be exempt from ferving the office of
fheriff.

His majefty may order the local militia to be called out
yearly to be trained ; but they are not to be trained for more
than 28 daysin a year, nor to be ordered to march for that
purpofe further than fome adjoining county. In cafe of in-
vation, or appearance of an enemy in force upon the coalt of
any part of the united kingdom, his majelty may order the
local militia to be embodied and marched to any part of Great
Britain, and continue there, fo embodied, for any period
not exceeding fix weeks after the enemy fhall have been pre-
vented or repelied, or driven from the coait, or after any re-
bellion or infurreétion {hall have beea fuppreffed. Lord liev-

tenants, &c. may call eut the locai m:itia for the fupprefiion
of riots, and thofe who do not appear are fubjeé to certain
penalties ; but when fo called out, they are not to be kept

MIL

affembled for more than 14 days in one year. Local militia
aflembled in time of war are fubjeéted to the mutiny a.
Every perfon enrolled to ferve in the local militia fhall, upon
being aflembled for training and exercife, he entitled to re-
ceive one guinea for the firlt year of his fervice, and tos. 6d.
for each fucceeding years and a further fum of one guinea
in cafe fuch perfon thall be embodied under any order of
council or proclamation. ‘The local militia, when not drawn
out and embodied, fhall be entitled to the fame pay, clothing
and allowances, as the regular militia are when not embodied ;
and when drawn out and embodied, fhall be entitled to the
fame pay, clothing, and allowances, for themfelves and fa-
milies, as his majetty’s other militia forces when drawn out
and embodied. Local militia men may enlift in the army,
navy, or marines, or regular militia of the fame county ; and
their vacancies fhall be fupplied as other vacancies. No per-
fon fhall enlilt a local militia man during the period of train-
ing, on penalty of 20/. Every county, hundred, or parith,
is fubjeét to a fine of 15/. for each man deficient at a certain
period, but it fhall be entitled to a return of part, for every
man enrolled within a certain time.

MILITUM Cunta. See Cura.

Munirum E£xpenfis levandis. See Expensis.

MILIUM, in Botany, an ancient name for a fort of cors
or grafs, remarkable for the abundance of its feeds ; hence
Fellus, azainft whom we certainly can have no appeal, de-
rives it from mille, a thoufaud. - The plant of the Romans
however was either a Holcus, or the Panicum miliaceum, or
both ; and our Linnzan genus has obtained this appellation
from its refemblance in feed to thofe.—Linn. Gen. 33.
Schreb. 47. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 358. Mart. Mill. Dict.
v. 3. Sm. Fl. Brit. 75. Prodr. Fl. Gree. Sibth. v. 1. 44.
Ait. Hort. Kew. ed 2. v. 1.147. Juff. 29. Leerf. 18. ¢. 8.
f. 7.—Clafs and order, Triandria Digynia. Nat. Ord.
Gramina.

Gen. Ch. Cai. Glume of two, nearly equal, ovate, tu-
mid, pointed valves, inclofing a fingle flower. Cor. of two
ovate valves, lefs than the calyx, permanent, finally cartila-
ginous, enfolding the feed; one of them fmaller than the:
other. Nectary of two ovate, obtnfe leaflets, tumid at the
bale. Stam. Filaments three, eapillary, fhort ; anthers ob-
long, verfatile. Pi. Germen roundifh ; ftyles two, capil-
lary ; ftigmas tufted. Peric. none, except the hardened.
and polifhed corolla, which clofely inveits the folitary round-
ifh feed.

EM. Ch. Calyx of two valves, fingle-flowered, tumid..
Seed invefted with the permanent hardened two-valved
corolla.

1. M. capenfe. Cape Millet-grafs. Linn. Mant. 185.
Willd. n. 1.—* Panicle capillary. Calyx pointed.. Corolia-
with a terminal curved awn.”’—Native of the Cape of Good
Hope. Stems four inches high, fmooth and flender. Leaves
narrow, clothed underneath with fcattered hairs, and bearded
at the top of their fheath. Panicle {preading every way ;
the dower-{talks finer than a hair. Calyx of two ovate,
flightly fwelling, pointed valves, of nearly equal length.
Seed the length of the calyx. dwn terminal, curved,
longer than the flower.’’ Such is the defcription Linnzus
gives of this grafs, which no botaniit has ever been able to
afcertain. Nothing in his herbarium bears this name, and
yet there can be no doubt of his having defcribed a fpe-
cimen of his own. In writing the fecond Mantijfa, he was
often negligent about marking the plants he defcribed.
There is found in his genus ./vena, confounded with the
Spanith 4 Loeflingiana; from which it is very diitin@, a
Cape fpecimen, which anfwers precifely to his defcription of
the Milium in queftion, except. that the calyx generally con.

tains

MILIUM.

tains two florets, each with the twifted awn of an Avena.
This however is as good a Milium as M. paradoxum, and
we have no fcruple in confidering it as what Linnzus in-
tended. The hairy fheaths and backs of the /eaves, as well
as the bearded flipula, are remarkable. The corolla is ex-
ternally hairy. We cannot refer this grafs to any in Thun-
berg’s Prodromus.

2. M. punatum. Dotted Millet-grafs. Linn. Sp. Pl. 91.
Amoen. Acad. v. 5. 392. Swartz. Obf. 37. Brown. Prod.
Nov. Holl. v. 1. 188.—Panicle of alternate, linear, fimple
clufters. Lower flowers in pairs ; upper folitary. Fiower-
ftalks jointed. Outer valve of the corolla with a fhort awn.
Native of Jamaica, in moift meadows. Swartz. Gathered
by Mr. R. Brown near Port Jackfon, as weil as in the
tropical part of New Holland ; by Dr. Rottler at. Madras.
A pale upright grafs, with the habic of a Leerfia, or a
Pa/palum. Stem from one to two feet high, fimple, round,
jointed, fmooth, leafy. Leaves broadith, ftriated, flightly
roughifh, with long {mooth fheaths. Panicle a {pan long,
ere&t, clofe, with hairy ftalks. lowers crowded, turned
one way, ovate, acute, hairy. Coro//a included, elliptical ;
its outer valve tipped, as Dr. Swartz and Mr. Brown ob-
ferve, with a fhort rough awn. A purple ilain, like a dark
dot, under each flower, feems to have given rife to the fpe-
cific name.

3. M. lendigerum. Panick Millet-grafs. Linn. Sp. Pl. 91.
Schreb. Gram. v. 2. 14. t. 23. f. 3. Engl. Bot. t. 1107.
Fl. Grec. Sibth. v. 1. 49. t. 65. (Azrottis auftralis ; Linn.
Mant. 30. A.ventricofa; Gouan. Hort. 39.t. 1. f. 2. Knapp.
t..25. Gramen paniceum ferotinum, {pica laxa pyramidal ;
Morif. v. 3. 189. n. 12. Herb. Bobart.)—Panicle clofe,
fomewhat {piked. Corolla awned; fringed.—Native of fields
in the fouth of Europe, where water has ftagnated ; rather
rare in England. Dr. Sibthorp found it on the fandy fea-
fhore of Afia Minor. It is annual, and flowers in the lat-
ter part of fummer. The tufted fibrous roots produce many

ms, from ten to twenty inches high. Leaves rough, with
flightly {welling fheaths, and long, white, torn ftipulas.
Panicle pale, ere&t, acute, from ore to four inches long, of
innumerable crowded flowers ; the bafe of their calyx tumid,
fmooth and polifhed. The permanent hardened corolla,
which invefts the feed, makes this {pecies more certainly a
Milium, than an Agroflis.

4. M. compreffum. Comprefied Millet-grafs.
Occ. 183. Willd. n. 4.—Spikes two or three together, li-
near, on avery long ftalk. Flowers alternate, clofe-prefled,
awnlefs. Stem compreffed, jointed in the middle. —Com-
mon in barren, rather alpine paftures in Jamaica; commu-
nicated by Dr. Swartz. Roots white, thread-fhaped, peren-
nial. Stems a foot high, or more, fmooth, compreffed quite
flat, with a downy joint about the middle. Leaves long,
linear, fmooth, finely ftriated, radical; except one from the
joint in the middle of the ftem, which is broader, with a
very long compreffed fheath, bearded at its orifice. FYower-
Jfralks from four to eight, from the fheath of the ftem-leaf,
about a foot long, thread-fhaped, {mooth, each bearing a
pair of terminal, ereé&, linear, flender /pikes, about two
inches long, fometimes accompanied by a third at fome dif-
tance, all together refembling fome of the genus Panicum.
The common ftalk of each is zigzag and acutely angular.
Flowers {mail, elliptic-oblong. Calyx ribbed, brownifh,
minutely fringed.

5. M. digitatum. Fingered Millet-grafs. Swartz. Ind.
Occ. 181. Willd. n. 5-—Spikes finger-like, about four
together, nearly feffile. Florets acute, awnlefs, clofe-
preffed, in pairs, directed one way. Leaves with carti-
Jaginous ferratures.—Gathered by Dr. Swartz in barren

Swartz. Ind.”

paftures, in the fouth of Jamaica. This appears to be ftill
more akin to Panicum than the laft, having fometimes a -
minute third valve to its calyx. The /fem is a foot high,
fimple, flender, upright, fmooth. Leaves lanceolate, fhort,
firiated, with compreffed bearded fheaths. Spikes terminal,.
flender, fomewhat {preading, two inches long, purplifhs
Flowers in pairs, rather unequal, on ferrated ftalks.

6. M. paniceum. Panick-like Millet-grafs. . Swartz. Ind.
Occ. 179. Wiild. n. 6.—Spikes rather finger-like, alter-
nate, {preading, thread fhaped. Flowers triangular, awn-
lefs, ftalked, in pairs, turned one way.—In dry fandy
ground, in the fouthern part of Jamaica. Sqartz. Stema
foot high, fimple, flendér, ereét, roundifh, fmooth. Leaves
linear, {mooth; their fheaths hairy at the orifice. Spikes
three or four, flender, alternate, but near together, at the
top of a long flender ftalk, {preading. cavers minute.
Glumes of the. calyx fomewhat fringed ; the outer one con~
vex; theinner flat. Corolla the fhape and fize of the calyx,
{mooth, brown and fhining, finally blackifh, containing the
very {mall feed. ¥

7. M. efufum. Spreading Millet-grafs. Linn. Sp. PI.
go. Curt. Lond, fafe. 4. t. 12. Engl. Bot. t. 1106, Knapp.
t. 19. Willd. n..7. (Gramen miliaceum; Ger. em. 6.)—
Flowers loofely panicled, awnlefs. Glumes elliptical, point- ~
lefs, fheaths of the leaves {mooth.—Native of fhady groves,
where the ground is rather moift, throughout Europe,
flowering in June or July. Root creeping, perennial. Stems
ere, two or three feet high, leafy, fmooth. Leaves light
green, broad, flat, roughifh at the edges ; their fheaths
{mooth and naked, crowned by an oblong membranous
Stipula. Panicle ere&, lax and widely fpreading, compofed
of feveral alternate fafcicles of varioufly branched-capillary
flower-ttalks. Flowers folitary, pale whitifh-green, ellip-
tical, rather acute, but not pointed ; their calya-g/umes even,
finely ribbed, generally quite fmooth, fometimes minutely
roughifh, never hairy nor fringed. Corol/a at length horny,
quite {mooth and finely polifhed.

8. M. confertum. Clofe Millet-grafs. Linn. Sp. Pl.
ed. 1. 61. ed. 2. go. Willd. n. 8. (Gramen paniculatum
alpinum latifolium, panicula miliacea fparfa; Scheuchz.
Agroft. 134.) — Flowers clofely panicled, awnlefs. Glumes
elliptical, pointlefs. Sheaths of the leaves {mooth.— Native
of Switzerland. Haller afferts under his n, 1525. Hitt.
vy. 2. 243, that this proved, on an infpeCtion of Scheuchzer’s
{pecimen, a mere variety of the laft. We know it not.

9. M. arundinaceum. Reed-like Millet-grafs. Sm. Prodr..
Fl. Gree. Sibth. v. 1. 45. Fl. Gree. t. 66. (Agreftis
miliacea; Linn. Sp. Pl. gx. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 363.)—
Flowers loofely panicled. Corolla awned, fmooth. Calyx
taper-pointed. Sheaths of the leaves {mooth. Stipula very
fhort, abrupt.— Native of Siberia, Spain, Portugal, Zante,
and the neighbourhood of Athens. The modern inhabitants
of Zante call it yenr«en. The root is perenzial, tufted, with
tortuous, downy; ftrong fibres., Stems numerous,: two, feet
high, round, fmooth, moft knotty in their lower part.
Leaves {preading, acute, roughith, with clofe f{mooth fheaths.
Panicle rather turned to one fide, flender, conftru&ed much
like that of JZ. effu/um, but the flowers are only half as large,
with ovate, tumid, long-pointed calya-glumes, often reddifh.
Corolla ovate, the outer valve tipped with a rough awn,
twice its own length. Seed coated with the hardened
corolla, which makes the plant a true JZilium, its relem-
blance to Agroftis Spica-venti, hinted by Linnzus, chiefly
regarding its firft afpe&t, and difappearing on a clofe exa-
mination.

to. M. angulofum. Little Angular-hufked Millet-grafs.—
Flowers clofely panicled, awnlefs, Glumes ovate, acute,

ftrongly *

-MIL

firongly ribbed and furrowed. Sheaths of the leaves hairy,
—Gathered in the Sandwich iflands, by Archibald Menzies,
efq. This hav the habit of the three preceding, but is diflin.
tthed by the huirinefs of the bucks of the dawes, and of
their theaths, ‘The joints of the fem are denfely bearded,
Panicle rather clofe, at leatt in the dried {pecimen, drooping.
Flowers {maller than even thofe of AZ. arundinaceum, their
glumes flrongly ribbed, bluntly pointed, deltitute of awns,
and of all haivinefs.
1m. M. fefam. Briflly-huded Millet-grafs.— Flowers
clofely panicled, pointed, awnlefs. Calyx fringed with long
hairs. Sheaths of the leaves hairy, —Gathered in the Sand-
wich iflands, likewife by Mr. Menzies. Root of ftrong
fmooth fibres, probably annual, Stem branched, a foot or
more in height, with numerous joints, under each of which
it is rough and hairy. Leaves and their fheaths very hairy,
light green. Panicle much like the lait, but fhorter.
of the calyx ftrongly furrowed, with a fhort but
ftout point, fearcely amounting to an awn; they are re-
markably fringed, with a few fine long fpreading hairs, at
each fide. Corolla elliptical, awnlefs, very {mooth, fmaller
than the calyx.

12. M. tenellum. Small Tumid Millet-grafs. Cavan. Ic.
Vv. 3. 37. t. 274. f. 1.—Panicle ovate, denfe, awnlels.
Cahyatghinne mflated, almoft hemifpherical, very fimooth,
Sheaths of the leaves {welling, ribbed, {mooth.—Ga-
thered in fandy ground in Spain by the late Abbé Ca-
vanilles, to whom we are obiiged for a {pecimen. This is
a little annual vernal grafs, in habit, fize and colonr like
Aira caryophyllea, along with which it yrows. The fems
heasehtfrain the bottom, and are clothed with a few fhort,
narrow, involute aves, with long, inflated, mbbed, purplifh,
fmooth fheaths. ‘The upper part of each branch is naked,
round, fmooth, rigid, purple, bearing an ovate, denfe, glit-
tering panicle, an inch long. G/umes of the calyx rugofe at
the keel, ovate, almoft hemifpherical, concave, enclofing the
much fimaller corolla, which latter we have not feen in an
advanced ftate, fo as to judge of the generic character.
The afpe& of the glumes a the calyx is that of a Briza.

13. M. globo/um. Globofe Millet-grafs. Thunb. Jap. 49.
Wilid. n. 9.—Panicle fpreading, awnlefs ; its partial ftalks
annulated. Caiyx-glumes ovate, obtufe. Sheaths of the
leaves fringed.—Gathered by Thunberg in Japan. Stem
fimple, ere&t, a foot high or more. Leaves lanceolate,
‘ftriated, rough, bordered, {preading, hardly a finger’s length ;
their fheaths fringed at the edges and orifice. Panicle fome-
what ovate, {preading ; its {talks capillary, zigzag, marked
with a yellow ring near the top. Ca/yx ovate, obtufe, awn-
lefs, fmooth, brownifh-green. Thunb.

14. M. paradoxum. Black-feeded Millet-grafs.
Sp. Pl. go. Scop. Carn. t.1. Schreb. Gram. v. 2. 50.
t.28. f. 2. Holt. Gram. Auftr. v. 3. 16. t. 23. Willd.
n. 10.—Panicle fpreading. Calyx ovate, taper-pointed,
ribbed. Corolla long-awned, {mooth. Sheaths of the leaves
“fmooth, Stipula elongated, acute.-—Native of the fouth of
France, and of Carniola. A tall, flender, reed-like grafs,
with narrow, f{mooth, rather glaucous, taper-pointed Laves,
whofe fheaths are clofe and imooth, and their fipula long,
white, thin, membranous, acute, torn at the point.
with folitary, {preading, flender, compound branches. FYoqers
very large in proportion to all the foregoing, one-third of
‘an inch in length. Ca/px-glumes purplith, ovate, concave,
‘keeled and ribbed, with along membranous point. Corolla
half the Jength of the calyx, finally becoming black. hard
and polifhed, its outer valve tipped with a long rough awn.

15. M. racemofum. Racemole Millet-grafs.— Flowers in
a fimple upright clufter. Calyx elliptical, acute, ribbed.

Vou. XXIII. : ;

Linn.

Panicle.

»
MIL

Corolla long-awned, hairy, Leaves lanceolate, with fmoot

heating toa by the Rev. Dr, Muhlenberg frogi pat
in Pennfylvania, The /lem is flender, leafy, fmooth, Ticaues
lanceolate, flat, taper-pointed, half an inch broad. Flowers
the fize of the lait, four or five, in a flender, ere per-
fectly fimple elufler, with finely downy flalks, Calyx many!
ribbed, green. Corolla at length brown, clothed with a
few fine bairs, and not much polifhed, bearing a long rough

awn.
16. M. carulefeens. Blucith Millet-grafs. Desfont. At-
12, Sm, Prodr. Fl. Gric. Sibth.

lant, Ws, JoOOe.i te

Vv. 1. 45.+—Panicle fpreading. Calyx ovate, tapér-pointe
Corolla {mooth, with a flight adv that’ thiols.
Sheaths of the leaves {mooth, Stipula elongated, jagged, —
Gathered by Desfontaines in the fiffures of rocks on mount
Auas, and by Dr, Sibthorp abundantly in the Greek ifles.
—This has nearly the appearance of M. paradoxum, efpeciall
the panicle, but the caves are more narrow and glaucous td
corolla {maller, with only a fhort deciduous awn. 4

17+ M. willofum. Shaggy-flowéred Millet-grafs. Swartz.
Prodr, 24, Obf, 383. Willd. n. 11. (Radedboees i
fulare ; Linn, Sp. Pl. 1480. (Gramen avenaceum, pani-
cula minus fparfa, glumis alba fericed lanegine obduis ;
Sloane Jam. v. 1. 43. t.14. f. 2.)—Panicle flightly {pread.
ing, awnlefs. Calyx clothed with long hairs, Sheaths of
the leaves {mooth.—Native of Jamaica and the Brazils. The
leaves are lanceclate, roughith. Panicle of very numerous
angular branches. Flowers about half the fize of the laft
remarkable for the long filky hairs that clothe the calyse.
Awzs none. This f{pecies feems rather to belong to the
genus Saccharum. We know nothing of its corolla.

18. M. ramofum. Branching Millet-grafs. Retz. Obf.
fafc. 6. 22. Willd. n. 12.—Stem branched, compreffed.
decumbent. Flowers clofely panicled, hairy, ufually ia
pairs. Sheaths of the leaves {mooth—Native of the Eaft
Indies. Stems leafy, downy at the joints. “Leaves linear
Narrow, quite fmooth as well as their fheaths. Pat;
feveral, on long ftalks, from the fheaths of the upper leaves,
each a {pan long, clofe, Amply branched. Flower-flalks
thickened and fringed at the top, with a black ring under
each flower. Ca/yx lanceolate, hairy. Corolla {mooth, po-
lithed, hard, the outer valve with a rigid point fhorter than
the calyx. Stigmas long, feathery, brown. The nature of
the corolla being confidered, the doubts of the accurate Ret.
zius, whether this grafs fhould be reckoned a Milium or
Agroftis, vanifh.

Minium Arundinaceum, a name by which fome authors call
the lachrymz Jobi, or Job’s tears.

Mixium Jndicum, a name by which fome authors call the’
maize, or Incian wheat.

MILK, in Rural Economy, and Animal Chemifiry, is a
white opaque fluid, fecreted by a certain organ exitling in
all la&t:ferous animals, This fecreting apparatus is differ-
ently fituated in different animals. In women it is placed
in the anterior part of the breaft: in the cow, the mare,
the ewe, and fome others, it is fituated ia the lower part
of the abdomen. While in the fow, the bitch, and feveral
other quadrupeds, it is arranged through the whole courfe of
the abdomen. The glandular fubftance which conttitutes
this organ is called the mamma: that projecting portion
of the mamma, from whence the milk iffues, being called
the papilla, or nipple, The mamme are more or lels in
number in different animals, accorcing to their number of
young, fome having as many as ten, others but one. In?
the human fubje@t the mamma are two, each having one’
nipple, In the cow but one mamma, with four nipples,”
This organ iu ail auunals appears deltined to furnifh their

ey young’

MILK.

young with nourifhment, till their own digeflive organs
are capable of performing their fun¢tions. Hence we find
the period of lactation in animals to commence when they
bring forth their young. This fhews a {trong conne€tion
between the fecretion of milk, and the uterine a€tion. All
this may eafily take place from the great connection be-
tween thofe branches of nerves which are beftowed upon
the mamme and the uterus.

At the age of puberty, the fame nervous conneétion
which may induce the uterine a&tion, may, at the fame
time, be alfo beftowed upon the mamme, caufing them to be
enlarged. During pregnancy, the nervous influence which
is expended in forming the fecretions for the growth of the
foetus, is, after delivery, transferred to the mammez to pro-
duce laGation. Since fecretion is dependent upon nervous
influence, all fubftances moderately ftimulating muft faci-
litate the formation of milk. Some have fuppofed that
the mammary artery is tco {mall to furnith the quantity of
milk which is furnifhed during laétation, and have thought
that the chyle has been the principal fource of this fluid.
Fourcroy is of opinion, that the more fubftantial part of milk
only is fecreted from the bloed, and that the aqueous part
is furnifhed from the lymphatic veffels. What renders this
idea plaufible is, the very different ftates in which we find
cows’ milk from different kinds of food. _

Milk, as an article of food, and its produéts, are of fuch
importance in domeftic economy, as to render all the im-
provements in its produétion and management particularly
valuable, Since the milk of the cow is the moft abundant
and in general ufe, we fhall confine the analyfis of this fub-
ftatice to cows’ milk. j

Milk, when drawn from the cow, is of a yellowifh-white
colour, and is the moft yellow in the beginning of the pe-
riod of laGtation. The vifcidity of milk is fomething greater
than that of water. In this ftate it has a peculiar but
pleafant odour, which becomes lefs by expofure to the air,
but returns when expofed to heat. Its tafte is peculiar,
rather agreeable, and fomewhat faccharine. This, however,
varies in different animals, and in the fame animal, from par-
ticular kinds of food. Cabbage and turnips, when eaten by
cows, give each their peculiar flavour to milk ; and if they
eat the {malleft quantity of wild garlic, the milk and but-
ter become perceptibly flavoured with its peculiar odour.

The {pecific gravity of milk, on the average, is about
1.035, water being 1. According to Briflon, whofe au-
thority on this phyfical property of bodies ftands high, the
following are the f{pecific gravities of the milk of different
animals..

Women’s milk = - - 1.0203
Gens - - - - 1.0324
Goats’ - - - - 13.0341
Mares’ . - - - 1.0346)
Affes’ . = - 1.0355
Ewes’ - - - - 1.0409

The f{pecific gravity of cows’ milk varies from feveral
éaules. It is greateft at the beginning of lactation. It
is the Jeaft when the milk appears the thinneft, or when it
ia the moft aqueous. Cows feeding on grains, which is the
cafe frequently in large towns, give poor milk, of little
{pecific gravity. J

When milk is expofed, in a cold fituation more efpe-
cially, it foon becomes covered with a fubftance, of greater
vifcidity than the milk, of a yellow colour, and having an
un@tuous feel.. This is called cream. ‘The quantity of this
ftratum bears different proportions to the milk under differ-
ent circumftances, The milk now lofes fome ofits vifcidity,

and becomes of a bluer colour. In this ftate it is known
by the name of fkimmed milk. See Dainyine.

When milk is expofed to heat, it firft {wells, and boils, it
is faid, at the temperature 199° of Fahrenheit. The furface
foon becomes covered with a pellicle, which, if removed,
is foon fucceeded by another. This effe& would take -
place till the refiduum would become of an aqueous ap-
pearance, and incapable of furnifhing any pellicle. This
fubftance formed on the furface, is found no longer to pof-
fefs the properties of milk, but is a peculiar fubflance
called cafeous matter, and is the fame which conftitutes the
folid matter called cheefe.

When milk is very flowly evaporated it forms a kind of
thick extraGt of milk, which is called franchipane. This
being mixed with fugar, almonds, and orange flowers, coniti-
tutes a fort of {weetmeat or cuflard.

When milk is diflilled, a liquor comes over which has the
odour of milk, but does not poffefs any cther of its pro-
perties. It foon becomes putrid, depofiting white flakes.
If the heat be raifed and continued, the thick part of the
milk undergoes the deftructive diltillation. | Empyreumatic
oil, zoonic acid, and ammonia, are formed, with the dif-
engagement of carburetted hydrogen gas. After the pro-
ce{s, a voluminous coal is found in the itil.

When milk has been expofed for feveral days in a tem-'
perature from 60° to 70°, it becomes a thick coagulum, fo -
folid as not to be capable of pouring. During this change
it is found that an acid has been formed which has fepa-
rated the milk into two portions, the one the coagulable
part, called curd, or cafeous matter; the other the ferous
part, called whey. This change is alfo effeGed by other
acids and by alcohol. The mincral acids are not proper
for this purpofe, becaufe they re-diffolve the curd. Hence
the vegetabie acids are faid to produce more curd than the
mineral acids. The fubftance generally employed by cheefe-
makers to feparate the curd, is a {mall portion of the inner
coat of the ftomach of the calf, which is falted, dried, and
kept for that purpofe.

By a particular management milk may be made to un-
dergo the vinous fermentation, by which a quantity of
alcohol is formed. It will be eafy to infer, however, that
this change is occafioned by the faccharine, matter which
it contains.

The Tartars have long been in the pra€tice of making a
vinous liquor, from which they diftilled a fpecies of brandy. »
This they procure from mares’ milk, which is known to
contain more fugar than that of the cow. By expofing
it in large open veflels, the fermentation takes place. The
mafs being large, no doubt contributes to this change. A
quantity both of the lattic and acetie acids are formed at
the fame time, which are feparated from the vinous fpirit
by repeated diftillations. The curdy or cafeous part of milk
above alluded to, is preffed into molds for cheefe. (See
Darryine and Curgsr.) Although acids feparate the
curd when added in {mall quantity, yet when in confiderable
quantity, the curd becomes re-diffolved. It is remarkable,
that dilute vegetable acids feparate the curd without re-
diffolving it, while thefe acids, concentrate:!, diflolve the
fame, The curd is, on the contrary, eafily diflolved by the
dilute mineral acids, but not by thefe acids in their concen-
trated fiate.

Many other fubftances. coagulate milk, fuch as alcohol,,
moiaffes, gelatine, and all aftringent vegetables. The
effeét is fuppofed to arife from the affinity of the coagu-
lating fubitance to water, the curd, which is principally
albumen, having very little affinity for the fame. The
alkalies diffolve curd with great facility, owing totheir great

+ a

MILK.

affinity for that fubftance, If ammonia be added to milk
which has curdled, it will reftore it to the appearance of
milk, by diffolving the curd, Lime has alfo the power of
diflolving curd. If quick-lime be boiled with curd into
the form of pulp, it torms a molt powerful cement. A
fimilar property may perhaps belong to barytes and ftron-
tian,

When curd is freed from cream, kneaded, and preffed to
expel the liquid matter, it becomes very hard with time,
affumes a degree of tranfparency, and poffeffes many of the

roperties of dried coagulated albumen, Expofed to heat,
it foftens and becomes glutinous. ‘Che heat being conti-
aued, it becomes brown, exhales fumes, which contain am-
monia; and laftly, inflames, leaving a denfe coal behind.

"The dried eats does not change by expofure to the air,
but if it contains moifture, it foon putrifies, giving a dif-
agreeable fetid odour. This change would take p'ace in
cheefe, if it were not for muriat of foda, which alfo a&ts as
a feafoving. [t is likely that certain proportions of nitre,
muriat of foda, and fugar, would make an agreeable fea-
foning for cheefe, and would be a better prefervative than
falt alone.

UF curd remains in cold water for a length of time, its

roperties become changed ; it becomes fat, unctuous, and
Pott. having, at the fame time, a fetid fmell. It is, doubt-
lefs, to a certain degree of this change that we may attri-
bute what is called the ripening of cheefes, by laying them
in a damp place, and turning them from time to time. The
cheefes abforb a quantity of water, and gain much weight.
Their bulk is increafed, and the interior is mucl: altered,
and is faid to be ripe or mellow, Inftead of allowing the
cheefe to abforb water, it is not uncommon for epicures
to faturate it with port wine, or {trong ale.

The white colour of milk, after the cream has been fepa-
rated, is owing to the curd. This fubftance, in numerous
minute particles in a {tate of coagulation, conttitutes its white
opaque appearance, fince the whey, after the laft portions of
curd and cream have been feparated, becomes tranf{parent
and limpid. ;

The clear liquor laf mentioned is what we fhall now
examine under the name of whey, or the ferum of milk. It
differs from the whey of dairies, fince the latter always con-
tains a portion of oily matter, as well as fome unfeparated
curd. ‘To get the ferum or whey fufficiently pure for chemi-
eal examination, a {mall quantity of frefh membrane of the
calf’s ttomach mutt be employed to coagulate the milk. This
will be more effectually done by boiling them together till
the change takes place. Previous, however, to this, the
milk anual be perfectly freed from its cream, by placing
it in a cool fituation, and fkimming it frequently. When
the curdis feparated, firft {train it through a coarfe cloth;
afterwards filter it through unfized writing paper. —

In this ftate the whey is limpid, and of a greenifh-yel-
low colour. It has a peculiar {weetith fmell when hot, which
it lofes on cooling. Its tafte is rather fweet, and not dif-
agreeable. When expoled to a boiling heat, a whitifh feum
rifes to the furface, the liquid becoming rather turbid. If
jt be boiled a little while, and then fet to cool, that which
rendered it turbid falls, leaving the liquor clear, and almot
as colourlefs as water. This refiduum laft named, is a {mail
portion of curd which remained in the whey. The clear li-
quor thus obtained is of lefs {pecitic gravity than milk, be-
ing 1.0193- By flow evaporation, it affords cryftals of a
fubftance much refembling fugar, but much lefs foluble.

This has been called fugar of milk. Near the end of the
. evaporation, eryftals of the murtats of potath and foda are

depofited, and fome phofphat of lime.

The circumftance of muriat of potath being afforded im
this analyliv, is flrongly in favour of the idea that milk is
not wholly fecreted from the blood, fince potath is never
foond in that fluid. The fugar of milk is in the form
of cryftals of a brown-yellow colour. Thefe, when purified
by feveral fuceeflive Doutions and evaporations, become
white, of a prifmatic thape, or rather parallelopipedons.

This fubltance is foluble in about four parts of boiling
water, and twelve of cold. It 49 manufa@tured and fold in
Switzerland, under the name of falt or fugar of milk.

When treated with nitric acid, with a view to obtain oxalic
acid, a {maller portion of this acid is obtained than from the
fame weight al deme. Scheele, however, who firft made
this experiment, found that a quantity of white powder was
feparated, which he found to be a peculiar acid, and which
he denominated the acid of fugar of milk. This has been
altered into Sacladic acid, which fee. Fourcroy found that
the fame acid was afforded by treating gum arabic with ni-
tric acid. On this account he called it the mucous acid, It
was from this latter faét that this fagacious chemitt inferred
that fugar of milk was a fubftance of a middle nature be-
tween gum and fugar. It isthe opinion of Deyeux and
Parmentier, that {ugar of milk confifts of fugar combined
with the faclaétic acid.

The mother water, from which the fugar of milk is ob-
tained, is of a brown colour, and of a thick gluey confiftences
which, on cooling, affumes the appearance of animal jelly.
If this be diluted and flowly evaporated a fecond time, an
additional quantity of the muriat of potafh is feparated in
cryttals, sit alfo of phofphats of fodaand lime. The pre-
fence of phofphat of lime inthe ferum of milk, may be de-
tected both by precipitating its acid and its bafe. If oxa-
lat of ammonia be poured into the clear whey, a preci-
pitate of oxalat of lime is formed. On the other hand,
whea nitrat of lead or nitrat of mercury is employed asa
tet, the phofphats of lead and mercury are precipitated.
The great quantity of phofphat of lime in milk, in order to
{upply oxifying matter, fo effential to young animals, isa
remarkable provifion of nature. ;

The remaining part of the whey chiefly confifts of gela-
tine. If when whey has been evaporated to the confiftency
of fyrup, a quantity of alcohol be poured upon it, a flaky
precipitate is formed, confifting of gelatine and fugar of
milk, The gelatine may be feparated by taunin. Thus we
fee that whey confilts of fugar of milk, gelatine, muriats of
potafh and tas, and atahotists of lime and foda, with a
certain quantity of water. It is alfo faid that whey
contains fulphat of potafh, and the phofphats of iron and
magnefia.

Whey is exceedingly liable to turn four. The acid which
is formed, was thought by Scheele to be what he termed the
lactic acid; the fame which is formed when milk coagulates
f{pontaneoufly. It is, however, now found to be the acetic
acid, arifing from the acetous fermentation which has fuc-
ceeded the vinous; the latter being induced by the fac-
charine matter which the milk contains.

Having given the analyfis of milk deprived of cream, or
the oily part, we fhall now give fome account of the latter,
which is alfo denominated the butyraceous part of milk.

Cream, the mode of feparating which we have already
given, gradually thickens by expofure to the air, and ulti-
mately becomes a foft unéiuous folid, called cream cheefe,
When cream is expofed to its boiling heat, and oil foon ap-
pears upon its furface, the reft of the cream confiits of
cafeous matter and whey. This oil, by the operation of
‘churning, is converted into a folid fatty fubitance, fo well

ee ae krows

MILK.

known under the name of butter. See Burrer and Dairy-
ING.

1f milk, when newly taken from the cow, be agitated for
fome time, the oily matter becomes concrete, and is dif-
perfed through the fluid in {mall grains. Whefe being colleé-
ed, conftitute butter. It was formerly thought, that the
agitation of the milk merely colleéted and preffed the
{mall particles of butter together. It is now believed that
the butter does not exift ready formed in the milk, but in a
ftate of oil, which requires to combine with oxygen before
jt can become hard. ‘This idea is rendered plaufible by fe-
veral circumftances.s The more acid the-cream has become
before churning, the fooner butter is formed. It has alfo
been afcertained, that the prefence of frefh atmofpheric air
facilitates the formation of butter. The frequent inftances
which occur in praétice, of not getting butter at any rate,
may doubtlefs be traced to the want of a fupply of oxygen.
This may be a hint of fome importance in the management of
large dairies. +

When butter has been obtained from cream, the liquid
remaining confifts of milk, centaining minute particles of
butter. If cream has been kept till it fhall have become four,
the curd becomes precipitated. In this cafe it becomes of
a thicker confiftence. This is known by the name of but-
ter-milk. “

Butter, prepared as above, is of a yellow colour, and
more yellow as the cream has been kept longer. Its tafte is
very unlike any other fatty fubftance, and extremely
agreeable. This, however, is not always the cafe, fince
its flavour is fometimes altered by the food of the cow.
Wheu it has been expofed to the air for a certain time, it ac-
quires a rancid tafte. Its flavour fometimes becomes changed,
-and rendered difagrecable, by a portion of the butter-milk
which has not been wafhed out of it.

Butter, when newly made, fufes in about 99° of Fahren-
heit. Its fpecific gravity is about .96, water being 1.. When
it is expofed to the heat of boiling water in a glafs tube, a
portion of curd and whey is feparated from it. By this
procefs the butter becomes almoft tranfparent; but it will
be found to have loft much of its agreeable tafte. Hence
it would feem, that its favour either depends upon the {mall
portion of ferum and curd, which is always aconttituent of
butter, or that its aroma is expelled by the heat. Butteris

not changed by a heat which merely fufes it.

* When butter is diftilled from a {mall glafs retort, fome
drops of water firt appear, and the greater part of the but-
ter comes over. This is accompanied by a difagreeable
fmel!, and an inflammable gas. A {mall quantity of coaly
matter is left at the bottom of the retort, which contains
phofphat of lime. By repeated diftillation, the oily fub-
ftance which comes over becomes lighter and more volatile.
This is probably owing to the feparation of carbon. If the
retort be large, the oxygen, being more abundant, caufes
the formation of more water with the hydrogen from the
butter. Another portion of the hydrogen and a portion of
carbon combine with the oxygen, forming febacic acid.

Butter combines with moft of the fubftances which com-
bine with fat, fuch as fulphur, phofphorus, the alkalies, and
feveral metallic oxyds.

By colleéting the different parts which have been given,
‘we fhall find the conftituents of cows’ milk as follows: curd ;
‘ferum or whey, which confifts of water; gelatine ; fugar
‘of milk, or mucaceous faccharine matter; muriats of foda
and potafh ; fulphat of potafh, and the phofphats of lime ;
magnefia and iron; butter, confilting of an oxygenated oil,
combined with a little ferum and cafeous matter.

In cafes where the milk of animals is taken away periodi-

7

cally” by milking, as in the cow, the fupply is continued,
and hence the great value of that animal, in particular, to
man, who is indebted to her for three of the moit ufeful ar-
ticles of food, milk, butter, and cheefe. But in refpeé& to
the quality of milk, it differs confiderably in different cir-
cumftances and fituations, and from the manner in which
the cows are fed and managed. In order to have an abun
dant fupply, itris neceflary to have recourfe to conftant

lentiful feeding of the animals with rich luxuriant green
food of different forts, given in a proper varied manner, a3
well as other kinds of food. In comparing the qualities of
the milk of different cows, the time in which they have
been in milk fhould be fully confidered, as the milk, foon af-
ter calving, is always. much thinner than it is afterwards.
The properties of milk, fo far as they regard the dairy, and ~
the management of it in refpe@ to the making of butter and
cheefe, will be taken notice of in another place. In cafes
where the mother is loft, or the young animal is too feeble to
have recourfe to her teats, milk with {ugar, gruel, and a
{mall quantity of {pice, is fometimes given as a means of
fupport. See Dairyinc, Lactromerer, Burrer, and.
CHEESE.

The milk of. different animals differs confiderably.

Women’s milk is much thinner than cows’ milk ; is of
a bluer colour, and contains more faccharine matter. It
does not afford butter till fome time after delivery, although
it contains fome oily matter. It contains lefs curd than the
milk of the cow. The milk of women is liable to greater
changes from difeafe than any other. Spafms, whichare not
uncommon to thofe who fuckle, fo change the milk, as to.
be unpleafant and unwholefome to the infant. It is obferved
by Deyeux and Parmentier, that when the miik is drawn
from the breaft at fhort intervals, it is conitantly watery and
poor, and is of but little fervice to the infant. They therefore
recommend, that the intervals of fuckling fhould be as great
as poffible, without inconvenience to the infant or the
nurfe.

The milk of the afsis alfo different from cows’ milk: it con-

tains more {zccharine matter, and, like women’s milk, is thinner
than that of the cow. There is nothing in this milk more than:
in others, to warrant the medical qualities which fome afcribe
to it. ;
A ffes’ milk is faid to be a great beautifier and preferver of
the fkin. Poppza, wife of the emperor Nero, ufed it for that
purpofe ; having four or five hundred afles conftantly in her
retinue, to furnifh her every morning with a freth bath. The
receipt for making what is called artificial afles? milk is as
follows : f

Fv lisac. terreft. contus. xviii. Rafur. C. Cervi, Hordei
perlati, Rad. eryngii, fing. unc. 1. aque pure lib. vi. coque
leni igne in vafe figulino vitriato ad lib. iii; dein cola et adde
{fyrupi balfamici fefcunciam. Capiat 2ger mane et vefperi
quotidie unc. iv. hujus liquoris miftas cum la@tis vaccin. re-
centis p.. Med. Tranf. vol. ii. p. 347.

Goats’ milk is fomething thicker, and appears richer than
even the cows’ milk. It hasa peculiar aroma, which,. from
the black goat, is fo ftrong as to be difagreeable. [t affords
butter and cheefe: the former is of a whiter colour than
that from the cow, and is faid to keep longer.

Ewes’ milk has the appearance of cows’ milk. It affords
a much larger quantity of cream, forming a foft and very
fufible butter. Its cafeous matter is very fof and unétuous,
and is fometimes mixed with that from the cow, to give it
a rich appearance.

Mares’ milk is the next to women’s milk in quantity of
faccharine matter : it affords little cream ; and does not eafily

coagulate.

: MIL

.
coagulate, tas from the quantity of fugar contained in
this milk, that it affords aleohol by fermentation.

Mitx, in the Wine Trade. The coopers know very well
the ufe of fkimmed milk, which makes an innocent and effi-
cacious forcing for the fining down of all white wines, arracks,
and frmall fpirita; but is by no means to be ufed for red wines,
becaufe it difcharges their colour, Thus, if a few quarts
of well-fkimmed milk be pat to a hogfhead of red wine,
it will foon precipitate the greater part of the colour, and
leave the whole nearly white ; and this is of known ufe in

the turning red wines, when pricked, into white; in which
a {mall degree of acidity is not fo much perceived,

Milk is, trom this quality of difcharging colour from
wines, of ufe alfo to the wine-coopers, for the whitening of
wines that have acquired a brown colour from the cafk, or
from having been hattily boiled before fermenting ; for the
addition of a little fkimmed milk in thefe cafes precipitates
‘the brown colour, and leaves the wines almott limpid, or of
what they call a water whitenefs, which is much coveted
abroad in wines as well as in brandies.

Mivk-Abjee/s. See Anscess of the Brea/t.

Mivx-Fever, a fever frequently attacking women the
fecond or third day after being delivered, occafioned pro-
bably by fome circumftance attending the fecretion of the
milk into the brea(ts. It is of fhort duration, and nor at-
tended with danger. For the treatment and cure, fee La-
sour, Natural.

Mix of the Moon, lac lune, a name given by naturalilts
to foffil agaric, a white light marle. See Lac dune.

Some fay, it is chiefly foundin filver mines, and that it is
a flower fublimed from the ore of that metal ; whience its de-
nomination, focer of filver.

Mick of Sulphur, lac /ulphuris, a preparation of flowers
of fulphur and falt of tartar ; prefcribed by phyficians as
afudorific. See Sutpuur Pracipitatum.

Miik-Vetch, in Botany. See AstRAGALUS.

| Mirx-Vertch, Baflard. See Vertcu.

Mink-Vetch, or Goat's-ihorn, in the Materia Medica. See
TRAGACANTH.

Mik, Virgin's, lac virginale, compofed of roch alum,
fpring-water, iiheras: and vinegar ; ufed as acofmetic, to
drive in pimples, and check any cutaneous eruptions, by its
cooling, reftringent quality. See Virern’s A7ild.

Mirx-Water. See Water.

Mitx-Wood, in Botany. See Trumper-flower.

Mirx-Wort. See PotyGara.

Mitx-Wort, ovr Wart-wort. See Spurce.

Mirx-Wort, Sea. See Giaux.

Mixx, in Geography, a river of Jamaica, which runs into
the fea, four miles N.W. of Maccaree bay.

Mixx Cove, a creek of Ireland, on the S.E. fide of the
entrance into Rofs bay, near Gully Head.

Mitkx Haven, a {mall harbour of Ireland, in the county
of Sligo, S. of Donegal bay.

Mick River, a river of Canada, which runs into lake
Erie, N. lat. 42° 28'. W. long. 82° 22'.

MILKING, the means or operation of drawing the milk
from the cow or other animal. The proper milking of
cows is amatter of much confequence to the cow and dairy
farmer. And it has been obferved, that more care is: ne-
ceflary in this bufinefs than is generally fuppofedy in order
to obtain the largeft poffible quantity of milk. ‘© Ou the phy-
fiological principle of the fecretions of animals being increafed
in proportion as the fecreted fluid is more frequently with-
dvawn, it has been, it is faid, recommended to have recourfe
to more frequent milkings in order-to augment the quantity

MIL

of that fluid ia cows. And there can be littl doubt bur
that by aceufloming the fecretory organs to a more frequent
fecretion, fuch a habit may be eftablithed in them as will
afford a large proportion of milk in a given time. But in
order to offeel this in the molt perfe&t manner, it wiil be
neceflary to have the cows highly fed, and to obferve the
greatelt regularity and exactnefs in the periods of milking,
and to be careful that every drop of milk is drawn away
each time, a without due regard in thele refpeéts the de-
fred effect will not be produced. ‘This is fully thewn to be
the cafe by the few experiments that have been inftituted
with the view of deciding the matter; as while the cows
were confuming the more juicy {pring food, there appears
to have been an increafe in the quantity of milk both by three
and four milkings in the day; but in the autumnal feafon
there feems to have been rather a decreafe under the fame
circumftances."’ But * in order to afcertain the advantageg
to be obtained in this way with accuracy, the following ex-
eriments were made by Mr. Marco, and the refults ftated
2 my twelfth volume of the Annals of Agriculture to be
thele :

Pints

1789—May 21, Firft meal - - 4
Second ditto - o) 13

eo

a

22, Firft meal - - I
Second do, - - 8
Thirddo - - eal
26
, 23, Firft meal - - 12
~ Second do. - » Ff
< Third do, - - 6
Fourth do, - Som
26
O&ober 22, Firft meal” - - Il
Second do.. - tet «
17
23, Firft meal = - II

Second do. = = 3
Third do. - = - 3

Firft meal - x
Second de. “- s ik
Third do. - : - i
Fourth do. - - 3

16

Bat it is evident, that ‘ fuch trials, to afford any fatif-
fa@tory conclufions, fhould have been continued for a. much
greater length of time, being varied confiderably in the
times of, i nicely compared with the nature. and
quaatity of the food employed ; as it is only by afcertaining
how much depends upen the fimple operation of taking
away the milk, and how- much upon the quality and propor-
tion. of food that is taken in, that the queition can be fairly

decided. .

MIL

decided. The deterioration of the animal fhould alfo be
confidered. It is not to be fuppofed that merely increafing
the number of milkings for a few days can have much in-
fluence in altering the ftate of the fecretion in the animals.
Some, with the intention of increafing the quantity of milk,
have recommended milking, when the cows are fully fed in
the fummer feafon, three times in the courfe of the day at
equal diftances, as the convenience of the bufinefs will ad-
mit as the moft proper. Early in the morning, about the
middle of the day, and in the evening before it is too late.
The exa& proportion of increafe in the milk that may be
produced in this way over that of milking in the morning
and evening only, which is the ufual mede, has not, that we
know of, been afcertained with any degree of accuracy ;
but fome fuppofe that it may approach to nearly one-half
of the whole, while others contend that it cannot be any

“thing near fomuch. If a third were gained, by fuch means,
it would amply repay the cow-keeper for his additional
trouble and expence.” ee

With refpeét to “ the method of milking adopted by
cow-farmers in moft cafes, it is only to have their milking
performed twice in the courfe of twenty-four hours. In
fuch cafes the moft proper times would feem to be about
feven o’clock in the morning, and five in the afternoon ;
but in the neighbourhood of London, according to the
Report of Middlefex, and in other large towns, it is the
praétice to have this work performed from four to half-paft
fix in the morning, and from half-paft one to three in the
afternoon. It is, therefore, probable, that more frequent
milking in the bufinefs of cow-farming, efpecially when con-
duGed upon an extenfive fcale; would not only be incon-
venient but impraéticable. In fuch cafes it is fuppofed,
that all that can be done is, perhaps, that of having the
operation executed with as much care as poffible, in refpe&
to the whole of the milk being taken away each time, and
by perfons who are careful and perfeétly accuftomed to the
work. Where this is negleted, much lofs may be fultained
not only in the immediate produce of the milk, but in the
cows becoming much more quickly dry, as well as their
being more fubjeét to affections of the udder. The bett
advice is, to have the bufinefs performed in an expeditious
manner, in regard to the whole of the animals, and with the
utmott attention in refpeét tocleannefs. A {ufficient number
of perfons fhould of courfe be employed in proportion to that
of the cows. An expert milker is capable of performing
the operation on from fix to feven or eight cows in the courle
of an hour.’ It is proper that the number of milkers em-
ployed fhould conftantly be fuch as to have the bufizefs
performed in about the courfe of an hour at the fartheit.
See Datry, and DairyING.

Mivxine Pail, in Rural Economy, the veflel made ufe of
for containing the milk as it is drawn from the cow. Thefe
‘pails are made of wood, and fometimes hooped with iron at
the bottom. They are made of different fizes, and fhould
be kept well feafoned by frequent {calding.

MILKNESS, a provincial term applied to a dairy. See
Darry.

MILKOVAIA Dervina, in Geography, a town of
Kamtfchatka, fettled by a colony of Ruffians ; 15 miles N.
of Verchnei Kamtfchatka.

MILKY Grorro. See Grorro.

Mitxy Way, via laéea, or galaxy. See GALAxy.

MILL, Jonny, in Biography, a learned Englith divine and
biblical critic, was born at Shapz, in Weitmorland, about
the year 1645. He was entered of Queen's college, Ox-
ford, where he took his degrees in arts, and of which

MIL

college he afterwards became a fellow and eminent tutor,
As foon as he entered into holy orders he diftinguifhed him-
feif by his pulpit talents, and was much followed as an
eloquent preacher. He publifhed one of his fermons preached
at St. Martin’s-in-the-Fields about the year 1676, intended to
fhew that there was no fort of foundation for the worfhip of
the Virgin Mary, and ac this period the bifhop of Exeter
appoiated Mr. Mill one of his chaplains, and gave him a
prebend in his cathedral church. In 1680 he took his de-
gree of B.D., and in the following year was prefented by
his college to the rectory of Blechingdon, in Oxfordhhire,
at the fame time proceeded doétor in divinity, and was nomi-
nated chaplain in ordinary to king Charles II. Dr. Mill
had been fome years employed: in preparing for the prefs
his valuable edition of the «« New Teltament,” which is now
as rare as it is excellent. ~ This great work he undertook by
the advice and with the encouragement of Dr. Fell, bifhop
of Oxford, at whofe expence it was to be printed. At an
early ftage of the bufinefs the liberal-minded prelate died,
and his executors being unwilling to proceed with the work,
Dr. Mill, with a noble fpirit, refunded to them che fums of
money which his departed friend had advanced, and deter-
mined to complete it at his own rifk. To this work, which
cannot fail to tranfmit his name with diftinguifhed honour to
potterity, he devoted the thirty lait years of his life, with the
moft patient affiduity, as well as {crupulous care, and he had
the fatisfaction of feeing his ufeful labours brought to a clofe,
and the fruits of them prefented to the world. In 1685,
Dr. Mill was eleGted principal of St. Edmund’s hall, Ox-
ford, which preferment was the more acceptable, as it gave
him an honourable fettlement in the univerfity, and enabled
him to profecute his defign to the utmoft advantage. In
1704 he was, by the intereft of Dr. Sharp, archbifhop of
York, prefented with a prebendary of Canterbury. His
work was publifhed in 1707, an event which he did not fur-
vive more than a fortnight, being carried off by an apo-
pleGtic ftroke in the fixty-third year of his age. OF his
great learning his work gives ample proofs: it is founded
upon, and is an improvement of, Robert Stephens? elegant
folio edition, publifhed at Paris in the year 1550, which has
in the inner margin the collation of fixteen manufecripts, and
of bifhop Fell’s neat and accurate edition, publifhed at Ox-
ford in 1675. To the various readings of the former, Dr.
Mill added thofe of fixteen MSS. out of the Englith Poly-
glot bible. He alfo collated himfelf all the valeable MSS.
in England, and procured collations of the moft efteemed
ones at Rome, Paris, Vienna, and other places, as well as
of the ancient tranflations of the New Teftament. This
edition of the New Teltament was reprinted at Rotterdam
in 1710, in folio, by the learned Kulter, who augmented it
with the collation of twelve new MSS. It was alfo re-
printed at Leipfic in 1723. Dr. Mill’s labours gave very
eneral fatisfaGtion to the learned of this country, and
to biblical {cholars every where; but there were fome few
who doubted if it might not tend to unhinge the minds of
people, by countenancing the notion that the text was pre-
carious, as the author had colleéted thirty thoufand various
readings. On this account Dr. Whitby made it the fub-
jet of an attack, which was ably anfwered by Mr. Whitton,
and {till more fully by Dr. Bentley, in the thirty-fecond
feétion of his ** Remarks” upon it, under the affumed title
of ‘ Phileleutherus Lipfienfis.”” Biog. Brit.

Mitt Bay, in Geography, a bay on the E. coaft of the

ifland of Stronfa. N. lat. 58°59’. W. long. 2°20.
Mitt Creek, ariver’of Virgin:a, which runs into the Ohio,
N. lat, 40° 36’. W. long. 80° 36’.
3 Miz

MIL

Mire Gaut, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar of Hin.
dia, on the left bank of the Nerbudda; 10 miles E. of
Hindia.

Mitt. (ands, four (mall iflands in Hudfon's bay. N.
lat. 64° go’. W. long. 78° go'to 79°40"

Mit, iv propriety, denotes a machine for grinding corn,
Ke. but, in amore general fignification, is applied to all ina-
chines whofe action depends on a circular motion.

Of thefe there are feveral kinds, according to the various
methods of applying the moving power; as water-mills,
wind-mills, mills worked by horfer, &e.

Few people are ignorant, that corn is ground by two
mill-{tones, placed one above the other, without touching.

The lower mill-ftone is immoveable, but the upper one
‘turns upon a fpindle. The oppofite furfaces of the two
ftones, which a& to grind the corn, are not plane or flat ;
but the upper one is lalen, and the under one {wells up ;
each of them being of a conic figure, whofe axis indeed is
very fhort, in proportion to the diameter of its bafe; for
the upper one being fix feet in diameter, is hollowed but
about one inch at its centre; and the lower one rifes but
about three-fourths of an inch. Thefe two mill-ttones come
nearer and nearer towards their circumference, whereby the
corn that falls from- the hopper has room to infinuate be-
tween them as far as two-thirds of the radius, which is the
place where it begins to be ground, and where it makes
the greateft refiftance that it is capable of; the fpace be-
tween the two {tones being in that place about but two-thirds
or three-fourths of the thicknefs of a grain of corn. But
as the millers have the liberty of railing or finking the up-

er {tone a little, they can proportion its diltance from the

jower one, according as they would have the flour finer or
coarfer.

In order to cut and grind the corn, both the upper and
under mill-{tones have channels or furrows cut in them, pro-
ceeding obliquely from the centre towards the circumference.
And thefe furrows are each cut perpendicularly on one fide,
and obliquely on the other, into the ltone ; which gives each
furrow a fharp edge, and in the two ftones, they come, as it
were, againft one another, like the edges of a pair of fcif-
fars; and fo cut the corn to make it grind the eafier, when
it falls upon the places between the furrows. Thefe are cut
the fame way in both ftones when they lie upon their backs,
which makes them run crofs-ways to each other, when the
upper {toneis inverted by turning its furrowed furface towards
that of the lower. For if the furrows of both {tones lay the
fame-way, a great deal of the corn would be drove onward
in the lower furrows, and fo come out from between the
ftones without ever being cut. When the furrows become
. blunt and fhallew by wearing, the running ftone mutt be
taken.up, and both {tones new dreit with a chiffel and ham-
mer. But, by this repeated operation, their thickneffes,
and confequently their weight, diminifh ; and it is obferved,
that when they come to have but three-quarters, or half of
the thicknefs which they had when new, they produce but
three-quarters or half the flour which they yielded at the

inning.

Oe sles motion of the upper mill-ftone brings the

corn out of the hopper by jerks, and caufes it to recede

from the centre towards the circumference, where, being

quite reduced to flour, it is thrown out of the mill, by the

centrifugal force of the ftone, through a hole provided on-
ofe..

"The diameter of common mill-ftones, according to Dr.
Defaguliers, is from five to feven feet, and their thicknefs,
twelve, fifteen, or eighteen inches: they lait thirty-five or
forty years, and when they have been long ufed, fo. that.

MIL

their thieknefs is confiderably diminifhed, they are cut anew,
to give their furface a contrary figure to what they had be-
fore; fo that the upper mill-ftone is made the lower,

In water-mills, the momentum of the water is the moving
power, and the attrition of the two flones in grinding 1s
the force to be overcome. Of thefe there are two kinds,
viz. thofe where the force of the water is applied above
the wheel, and thofe where it is applied below the wheel ;
the former being called over-fhot, and the latter under-fhot
milla: and to thefe we may add a breaft-mill, where the
water trikes againit the middle of the wheel,

Tn a common brealt-mill, where the fall of water may be
about ten feet, AA, (Plate XXIII. Mechanics, fig. 1.) ia
the great wheel, which is generally about feventeen or
eighteen feet diameter, from a the outermoft edge of any
float board, to 4, that of its oppofite float. To this wheel
the water is conveyed through a channel, and falling upon
the wheel, turns it round. On the axis B B, of this wheel,
and within the mill-houfe, is a wheel D, about eight or nine
feet diameter, having fixty-one cogs, which turn a trundle
E, containing ten upright ftaves or rounds; and when this
is the number of cogs and rounds, the trundle will make
6,', revolutions for one revolution of the wheel. The rea-
fon of adding an odd cog, called the hunting cog, to the
wheel, is this; that, as every cog comes to the trundle, it
may take the next ftaff or ds, behind the one which it
took in the former revolution, and thus it will wear all the
parts of the cogs and rounds which work upon one another
equally, and to equal diftances from one another in a little
time; and make a true uniform motion throughout the
whole work. The trundle is fixed upon an iron axis called
the {pindle, the lower end of which turns in a brafs foot,
fixed at-F, in the horizontal beam S T, called the bridge-
tree ; and the upper part of the f{pindle turns in a wooden
bufh fixed into the lower mill-ftone, which lies upon beams
in the floor YY. The top part of the fpindle above the
bufh is fqare, and goes into a fquare hole in a itrong iron:
crofs, abcd, (fig. 2.) called the rynd; under which,. and:
clofe to the bufh, is a round piece of thick leather upon the
{pindle, which it turns round at the fame time as it does the
rynd. The rynd is let into grooves in the under furface of
the running mill-!tone G, \ fig. 1.) and fo turns it round in
the fame time that the trundle E is turned round by the:
cog-wheel D. ‘This mill-ftone has a large hole quite
through its middle, called the eye of the ftone, through
which the middle part of the rynd and upper end of the
{pindle may be feen; whilft the four ends of the rynd lie
hid below the ftone in their grooves.

The end T of the bridge-tree T S (which fupports the-
upper mill-ftone G upon the fpindle) is fixed into a hole in
the wall; and the end S is let into a beam Q R called the
brayer, whofe end R remains fixed in a mortife :. and its.
other end Q hangs by a {trong iron rod P, which goes-
through the floor Y Y, and has a fcrew-nut on its top at
Q by the turning of which nut,- the end Q of the brayer
is railed or deprefled at pleafure ; and, confequently, the
bridge-tree T'S and upper mill-itone. By this means the-
upper mull-itone may be fet as cloferto the under one, or
raifed as high from it, as the miller pleafes. The nearer
the mill-ftones are to one another, the finer they grind the-
corn; and the mors remote from one another, the coarfer.

The upper mill-flone G is inclofed in a round box H,
which does not touch it any where; and is about an inch
diftant from its edge all around. On the top of this box
ftands a frame for holding the hopper £4, to which is hung
the fhoe I, by two lines faftened to the hind-part of it,
fixed. upon. hooks in the hopper, and by one end of the

crooke-

MILL.

crook-ftring K faftened to the fore-part of it ati; the other
end being twifted round the pin L. As the pin is turned
one way, the ftring draws up the fhoe clofer to the hopper,
and fo leffens the aperture between them ; and as the pin is
turned the other way, it lets down the fhoe, and enlarges
the aperture. :

If the fhoe be drawn up quite to the hopper, no corn can
fall from the hopper into the mill; if it be let a little down,
fome will fall: and the quantity will be more or lefs, ac-
cording as the fhoe is more or lefs let down. For the hop-
per is open at bottom, and there is a hole in the bottom of
the fhoe, not dire&tly under the bottom of the hopper, but
forwarder towards the end i, over the middle of the eye of
the mill-ftone.

‘There is a fquare hole in the top of the fpindle, in which
is put the feeder e (fig. 2.) ; this feeder (as the {pindle turns
ound) jogs the fhoe three times in each revolution, and fo
caufes the corn to run con{tantly down from the hopper,
through the fhoe, into the eye of the mill-ftone, where it
falls upon the top of the rynd, and is, by the motion of the
rynd and the leather under it, thrown below the upper ftone,
and ground between it and the lower one. The violent mo-
tion of the {tone creates a centrifugal force in the corn
going round with it, by which means it gets farther and
farther from the centre, as in a fpiral, in every revolution,
until it be thrown quite out; and, being then ground, it
falls through a {pout M, called the mill-eye, into the trough
N. When the mill is fed too falt, the corn bears up the
ftone, and is ground too coarfe; and befides, it clogs the
‘mili fo as to make it go too flow. When the mill is too
flowly fed, it goes too fait, and the ftones, by their attri-
tion, are apt to itrike fire againft one another. Both which
inconveniencies are avoided by turning the pin L backwards
or forwards, which draws up or lets down the fhoe; and fo
regulates the feeding as the miller fees convenient.

Sometimes, where there is a fufficient quantity of water,
the cog-wheel in fig. 1. turns a large trundle, on whofe axis
is fixed a horizontal wheel, with cogs all acound its edge,
turning two trundles at the fame time; whofe axis or {pindles
turn two mill-ftones. When there is not work for them both,
either may be made to lie quiet, by taking out one of the
ftaves of its trundle, and turning the vacant place towards
the horizontal cog-wheel. And there may bea wheel fixed
on the upper end of the great upright axle of this wheel for
turning a couple of boulting-mills; and other work for
drawing up the facks, fanning and cleaning the corn, fharpen-
ing of tools, &c. As the water aéts upon an over-fhot mill
both by impulfe and weight, fo dges it likewife upon a
breaft-mill, or that where the water comes upon the breaft
or middle part of the wheels and here, though the weight
of the water is not fo great as in the over-fhot mill, being
contained in the buckets of the lower quarter only ; yet the
impulfe of the water is much greater, the height of the
water being increafed nearly the femi-diameter of the great
wheel, all other things being equal. If the height of the
water remain the fame, the aperture of the penftock mutt
be enlarged to nearly twice the area, that the force may be
the fame; fo that to produce the fame efie&t, twice as much
water is neceflary for the breaft-mill as for an over-{hot one,
every thing elfe being the fame.

Mr. Fergufon obferves, that where there is but a {mall
quaitity of water, and a fall great enough for the wheel to
fie under it, the bucket or over-fhot wheel is always ufed.
But where there isa large body of water, with a ht! le fall,
the breaft or float-board wheel mutt take place. Ass to the
under-fhot mill, it is evident there can be only the impulfe
from the water ; and therefore, the height of the water re-

maining the fame, there muft be a larger aperture of the
penftock for the difcharge of a greater quantity of water in
the fame time, in order to produce the fame effe&t as the
over-fhot or breaft-mill ; whence a greater expence of water
will be made here than in any other mill, and can only be
fupplied for a conftancy by a river; and where this can be
had, the under-fhot is the eafieft, cheapeft, and moft fimple
ftru€ture, of which a millis capable. Dr. Defaguliers, having
had occafion to examin¢ many under-fhot and over-fhot mills,
generally found that a well made over-fhot mill ground as
much corn, in the fame time as an under-fhot mill with ten
times lefs water ; fuppofing the fall of water at the over-
fhot to be twenty feet, and at the under-fhot to be about fix
or feven feet: and he generally obferved, that the wheel of
the over-fhot mill was of fifteen or fixteen feet diameter,
with a head of water of four or five feet, to drive the water
into the buckets with fome momentum.

My. Fergufon has given the following dire€tions how to
conftrué& water-mi'ls, fo as to be in the greateft degree of
perfeGtion ; and alfo a table calculated from his rules, for
the fake of thofe mill-wrights who either cannot calculate
or do not like to take the trouble. 1

When the float-boards of the water-wheel move with a
third part of the velocity of the water that a¢ts upon therm,
the water has the greatelt power to turn the mill: and when
the mill-ftone makes about fixty revolutions mm a minute, it
is found to do its work the belt. For, when it makes but
about forty or fifty, it grinds too flowly, and when it makes
more than feventy, it heats the meal too much, and cuts
the bran fo fimall, that a great part thereof mixes with the
meal, and cannot be feparated from it by fifting or boult-
ing. Confequently, the utmoft perfection of mill-work lies
in making the train fo, as that the mill-ftone fhall make
about fixty turns in a minute when the water-wheel moves
with a third part of the velocity of the water. To have it
fo, obferve the following rules:

1. Meafure the perpendicular height of the fall of water
in feet, above the middle of the aperture, where it is let ane
to aét by impulfe againft the float-boards on the lowelt fide
of the nie he wheel. ;

2. Multiply this conftant number 64.2882, by the hei
of the fall in feet, and extraét the fed root tae sais.
du@, which fhall be the velocity of the water at the bottom
of the fall; or the number of feet the water moves per
fecond.

3. Divide the velocity of the water by 3; and the quo-
tient fhall be the velocity of the floats of the wheel in feet
per fecond.

4. Divide the circumference of the wheel, in feet, by the
velocity of its floats; and the quotient fhall be the number
of feconds in one turn or revolution of the great water-
Ei on whofe axis the cog-wheel that turns the trundle is

xe

5. Divide 60 by the number of feconds in a turn of the
water-wheel cr cog-wheel; and the quotient fhall be the
number of turns of either of thefe wheels in a minute.

6. By this number of turns divide 60 (the number of
turns the mill-{tone ought to have ina minute) and the quo-
tient fhall be the number of turns the mill-ftone ought to
have for one turn of the water or cog-wheel. Then,

7. As the required number of turns of the mill-ftone in a
minute is:to the number of turns of the cog-wheel in a mi-
nute, fo muft the number of cogs in the wheel be to the
number of {taves in the trundle on the axis of the mili-flone,
in the neareft whole number that can be found. By thefe.
rules the following table is calculated ; in which the diameter
of the water-wheel is fuppofed to be 18 feet, (and confe-

quently
/

MILL.

quently its circumference 56 feet,) and the diameter of the
mill-ftone to be five feet.

‘A

Py Pp jo Gam we ay

PUOY-[[II ay JO suum: jo saqumu punbey
-yodond
*saary pur sBoo yan fo ayn

Tu rt uw 200}}-}yraa > Pp Sun) Ppa uNY

“"pacsss 40d 3205 ur page ap 70 Loe,
auo Jog WUOY-| par ayy 70 SUT jo saquinay

“puosy sad say ui 232m aq yo Sax
“sany pure sSoo ayorn fq aay acp jo

“onus & ur Po ys ap jo samy p aqany

um

|
:
5
i
f

» | 282 205 Sean pur sZoo yo

COenove one

Example.—Suppofe an under-fhot mill is to be built where
the ae beihe weit of the fall of water is nine feet :
it is required to find how many cogs muit be in the wheel,
and how many ftaves in the trundle, to make the mill-
ftone go about 60 times round in a minute, while the water-
wheel-floats move with a third part of the velocity with
which the water {pouts againft them from the aperture at the

tom of the fall.
trad g (the height of the fall) in the firft column of
the table ; then again{t that number, in the fixth column, is
40, for the number of cogs in the wheel, and 10 for the
number of ftaves in the trundle: and by thefe numbers, we
find in the eighth column that the mill-itone will make 5957,
turns in a minute, which is within half a turn of 60, and
near enough for the purpofe ; as it is not abfolutely requi-
fite that there fhould be juft 60 without any fra@ion : and
throughout the whole table the number of turns is not quite
more or lefs than 60.
oThe diameter of the wheel being eighteen feet, and the
fall of water nine feet, the fecond column fhews the ve-
locity of the water at the bottom of the fall, to be 24,5.
feet per fecond; the third column the velocity of the float-
boards of the wheel to be 8,2, feet per fecond ; the fourth
» column fhews that the wheel will make 8,57; turns in a mi-
“ute ; and the fixth column fhews that for the mill-ftone to
make exactly 60 turns in a minute, it ought to make 7,5,
(or feven turns and five hundred parts of a turn) for one

turn of the wheel,
Vou. XXII.

Dr, Barker has invented a water-mill, that has nelther
wheel nor trundle: thie is reprefented in Age ti itt which
A is a pipe or channel that Evictes water to the upright
tube B. Whe water runs down the tube, and thence into
the horizontal trunk C, and rune out through holew ac
d aod ¢ near the ends of the trunk on the contrary fides
thereof.

The upright fpindle D is fixed in the bottom of the trunk,
and ferewed to it below by the nuty ; and is fixed into the
trunk by two crofs-bars at f: fo that sf the tube B and
trunk C be turned round, the {pindle D will be turned
alfo.

The top of the {pindle goes {quare into the rynd of the
upper mill-ftone H, as in common mills ; and as the trunk,
tube, and fpindle turn round, the mill-(tone is turned round
thereby. The lower, or quiefcent mill-ftone, is reprefented
by I; and K is the floor on which it refts, and wherein is
the hole L for letting the meal run through, and fall down
into a trough which may be about M. ‘The hoop or cafe
that goes round the mill-ftone -refts on the floor K, and fup-
ports the hopper, in the common way. The lower end of
the fpindle turns in a hole in the bridge-tree G F, which
fupports the mill-ftone, tube, {pindle, and trunk. This tree
is moveable on a pin at 4, and its other end is fupported by
an iron rod N fixed into it, the top of the rod going through
the fixed bracket O, and having a ferew-nut 0 upon it, above
the bracket. By turning this nut forward or backward, the
mill-ftone is raifed or lowered at pleafure.

Whilit the tube B is kept full of water from the pipe A,
and the water continues to run out from the ends of the
trank; the upper mill-ftone H, together with the trunk,
tube, and fpindle, turns round. But if the holes in the
trunk were ftopt, no motion would enfue; even though the
tube and trunk were full of water. For, :

If there were no hole in the trunk, the preffure of the
water would be equal again{t all parts of its fides within,
But, when the water has free egre{s through the holes, its
preflure there is entirely removed ; and the preflure againit
the parts of the fides which are op pofite to the holes, turns
the machine. See Defaguliers’s Exp. Phil. vol. ii Pp? 4175
&e. p. 431; &e. p. 459, ke. Ferguion's Mechanics, p. 45>
&c. 4to. ed. and Supp. p. 10. Seealfo on this fubje@, an
elaborate paper of Mr. Smeaton, containing an account of a
number of experiments, in order to eftimate the natural
powers of water and wind to turn mills, in the Phil. Tranf.
vol. li. art. 18 p. 100, &c.

The defcription of a mill, which we have given above in
the words of the late ingenious Mr. Fergufon, is very cor
ret. The improvements of late years, which have been
made in mills for grinding corn, relate to the manner of their

’ con{truGtion, and the proportions of the wheel-work, for

giving motion to the mill-itones, by which the grinding is
performed in the manner defcribed. The late Mr. John
Smeaton, F.R.S., was celebrated for his accuracy and
judgment in the proportions of his mills, particularly thofe
turned by water. We fhall, under the article WaTER«
Wheels, give fome account of his princivles; and under this
head we fhall defcribe a fteam flour-mill, which was ereQed
from his defigns, at the viGualling houfe for the Navy at
Deptford, in 1781. This was before the fteam-engine of
Mr, Watt was brought to the perfeGion it has fince ate
tained ; and as the old atmofpheric engine was thought to
be unfit for producing a rotatory motion, Mr. Smeaton
ereGted a common fteam-engine to pump ud water for the’
fupply of a large overflict water-wheel, which a@uated the
mill. Fig.-1. of Plate XXXIV. Mechanics, reprefents the»
whole mill, by a longitudinal feGion of the houfe ; and fg.

R32 another

>
->

MILL,

another feGtion, taken perpendicular to the former. The mill
is double, that is, the water-wheel, A A, is fituated between
two buildings, only one of which is reprefented in fig. 2 ; and
the wall, B B, of the other is one fide of a houfe, containing
exa@ly the fame machinery as that which is delineated.
Over the water-wheel two large cifterns, or troughs, C, D,
are placed, communicating with each other by a large iron
pipe E, fiz. 15 and one of thefe troughs, C, has a pipe or
trough, leading water into it, from the pump of the fteam-
engine fupplying the water for the mill: in the other trough,
D, isa fhuttle 2, which being raifed up, permits the water
to iffue from a hole in the end of the trough, and fly forwards
horizontally through a proper fhute, or pentrough, into the
buckets of the wheel A. The form of theie buckets 1s
fhewn by fig. 1, a portion of the wheel being reprefented in
feétion for that purpofe. The buckets, which are thus filled
at the top of the wheel, defcend by their weight, turning
the wheel round, till they come to the loweft part of the
wheel; and here, by the buckets becoming inverted, the
_ water is difcharged from them, and they go up empty to
the top of the wheel, where they are filled again from the
trough. In this manner, one fide of the wheel being always
loaded by the buckets full of water, and the other fide being
empty, it has a conftant tendency.to turn round. The axis
of the wheel has a large fpur-wheel, E, fixed upon its ex-
- treme end, which being furnifhed with a double row of cogs,
as fhewn in fig. 2, communicates motion to the lanterns or
trundles, F, G, one above, and the other below it: the
latter, G, is fixed upon the end of an horizontal fhaft H H,
extending beneath the mill-ftones, fituated at Iland L;: it
a@mates the upper ftone of each pair, by means of crown
or face-wheels K, which turn the pinions fixed at the lower
ends of the refpeétive fpindle dd. The upper trundle, F,
is fixed upon a shaft, which carries two face-wheels, ¢, f:
the teeth of thefe wheels are oppofite to each other, and
either of them can be made to work a pinion, g, fig. 1, fixed
upon the end of an axis 4, which at the other end has a cog-
wheel turning a pinion at 4, on the end of the fpindle of a
machine, M, for dreffing fiour. This machine confilts ofa
hollow cylinder or frame, covered with wire-cloth of different
degrees of finenefs; the finefl being at the end A, which is the
mott elevated, for the axis of the cylinder is inclined in the
direGtion of the dotted line: every one of the lengths, as it
goes towards the other end, is covered with a coarfer kind
of wire-cloth, for fifting the flour. Within this cylinder,
which is {tationary, a reel is fituated ; its axis being exactly
in the centre of the cylinder, and turned round by the
pinion £: the rails of this reel are provided with hair brufhes,
which, as they revolve, bruth againit the interior wire furface
of the cylinder. The machine is provided with a thoe or jigger,
very fimilar to that of the mill-ftones, to bring down the
flour or meal through a trough, from the floor above, where
it is kept after being ground: the meal, being by this means
gradually fed into the cylinder, is, by the motion of the
bruthes on the reel, fifted or rubbed through the wire: the
fineft of the flour will of courfe go through at the upper
end, but no other kind; the fecond through the next divi-
fion, and fo on till the bran falls out at the end of the cy-
linder, being too coarfe to go through any of the wires.
The cylinder is enclofed in a tight and clofe box M, to
prevent wafle by the flour flying about; and the box has
partitions, which divide it into as many lengths as the cy-
Jinder has different kinds of wire. Thus each divifion of
the box receives a different quality of flour; and {pouts
being fixed, which go down into the floor beneath, facks
ean be filled at them without walte or inconvenience.
The pinion g, for turning the drefling machine, can be

made to turn either way about, by engaging it with the
teeth of either of the cog-wheels ¢, f, which ating on the
oppofite fides of the pinion g, give the means of turning it
in either direftion gt pleafure. The pinion is of fuch a f-
meter, that it cannot be engaged with both wheels at once ;
and the upright lever r, which fupports the pivot of its axis
h, can be thrown to either fide, as is fhewn in fg. 2: for
its lower end moves on a centre at the floor, and at top it is
guided by a groove in a piece of wood, fixed to the ceiling,
and can be faftened at either fide by a pin, fo as to throw
the pinion in gear with either ¢ or f. The object of this
contrivance is, that when the machine, M, has for a long
time been running in one direction, and its brufhes become
worfe, or bent on one fide, its motion may be reverfed, to
give them an equal wear on the oppofite fide. The wheel, e,
has another fixed to it at the back (fee fig. 2.), which
a€tuates a cog-wheel N, upon the end of a roller R, having
a rope wound round it, for drawing up facks of corn or
flour from one floor of the mill to another. This rope pafles
upwards from the roller to the roof of the building, where
it paffes over a pulley, and thence defcends through fquare
holes in the feveral floors to the ground, 'Thefe holes are
coyered by double doors, opening upwards, fo that a fack,
being drawn up, opens the door, which falls down as foon
as it has paffed. The wheel, N, of the fack-roller can be
difeng:ged at pleafure from the cog-wheel, e, which turns
it; and then the rope can be unwound and run down again,
to fetch up another fack. This difengagement of the wheel
is effeGed by the fame means as defcribed of the upright
lever r; and a line being conduéted from the top of the
lever, over proper pullies, into various parts of the mill, the
miller can, by pulling this line, difengage the roller at plea-
fure, to draw up or let down a fack. . A pinion and thaft,
fimilar to g and 4, fig..1, may be placed on the oppofite fide
of the wheels, e and f, to work another dreffing machine at
the oppolite fide of the mill, or what is called a bolting ma-
chine. This is rather of a different conftru€tion, being the
original flour-dreffing machine: it confifts of a reel like the
former, but without any brufhes; and upon this, inftead of
a wire-cylinder, a cloth like a fack, cut open at the bottom,
is faftened, and revolves with it; the flour, being introduced
by a feeding-fhoe into this, is fifted round in the revolving
cloth, and the fine flour paffes through. To prevent the
flour accumulating at any one fide of the cloth into a bag,
and {winging round with it, without fifting, four rails are
fixed in the machine, parallel to the axis; and if the cloth
{wings out by the weight of the flour within it, the cloth
ftrikes againft thefe rails, and the flour is thus fhaken
through it into the cheft or cafe of the machine.

The lower figures of the plate contain the developement
of the parts of the mill, tending to explain their conftruc-
tion. Figs. 3, 4, and 5, fhew the calt-iron axis for the
water-wheel; N is the cylindric fhaft, and 4,4, its two
necks, which lay on bearings in the wall of the mill, and
bear the weight: beyond thefe necks the axis has a Square
box, OO, at each end, for framing the great cog-wheels
upon. The manner of attaching the arms of the great wa-
ter-wheel to the fhaft is this: two circular plates or flaunches,
P,P, fg. 3, are caft upon the axis; and again{t each ef
thefe 12 arms, Q, Q, are bolted: they are placed againft
the flaunch, tendins to the centre, and the {paces between
them are filled up by wooden pieces, as fhewn by r, r, r,

Jig. 4: two iron rings, R and S, are placed over the arms, ,

and a bolt put through each arm, to attach it to the flaunch,
and to the axis; the wooden pieces, r,r, are kept in their,
places by a wedge driven through each, within the great
hoop R, and by means of thefe wedges the pieces, r, r, can
: at

MILL.

atany time be drawn up towards the centre, to hold all the
arms falt in their places,

This method oF Framing water-wheels was ufed with great
fuccefs by Mr, Smeaton in many inflances, and was found
to anfwer the purpofe extremely well, being a great im-
provement upon the old method of mortifing the arms into a
wooden shaft,

Figs. 6, 7, and 8, thew one of the fpindlea for the mill.
ftones H and L, fy. 2: it isa tlraight iron axis, d, formed
to a pivot, s, at the lower end, which relts and turns in a
piece of brafs: near the upper end of the f{pindle another
neck or pivot, ¢, is Rotel: and runs in a collar, in the
centre of the nether or lower mill-{lone, whilft the upper
one is hung upon the arms of an iron crofs T: fee alfo fy. 7,
fitted with a {quare upon the top of the {pindle, On the
lower part of the fpindle the pinion Z, which gives it mo-
tion, is fixed: it has a {quare Fate through it, diting on the
fquare fpindle, and iron croffes are fixed both at top and
bottom of the block of wood forming the body of the

inion: in this iron are two {crews are Jig. 8.), which,
cing ferewed faft, fix the pinion firmly to the fpindie, its
weight being fupported by a wedge, v, put through a hole
in it; but when this wedge is withdrawn, and the ferews
flackened, the pinion falls down fo low upon the fpindle,
that its teeth are clear of the teeth of the cog-wheels £,
Jig. 2, andin this flate the fpindle and mill-flone upon it
will ftand ftill, though the mill is going. The fpindle foot,
s, relts ina brafs focket, fixed in a lever w, Avs. 1 and 2,
called the bridge-tree : its fulcrum is in the folid wall, W,
Jig. Y, at one end, and the other rets on the middle of a fe-
cond lever X, perpendicular to the former, called the brayer,
one end of which has a fulcrum in the framing, fig. 2, and
the other is {upported by a {crew, which the miller turns
round, to elevate or deprefs the upper ftone, and adjuit the
diftance between them at pleafure, according as he wifhes to
as finer or coarfer flour, The upper part of the mill be-
ore us is ufed as a ftore-houfe for corn, which is drawn up
in facks by the tackle into the roof, and there emptied into
binns, or different compartments, of the upper floor: from
thefe it is let down to the mill-ttones, and ground into meal.
The fpouts from the ftones lead the meal into facks, which,
when fall, are drawn up to the top of the houfe again, and
emptied out into a flour binn, fituated over the drefling ma-
chine M, which feparstes it into various qualities for ufe.

The mills which grind for the London market ufe three
dreffing machines: the fineft flour is that which has been
paffed through a wire-cloth of 64 fer inch, when the meal is
dreffed the firft time; the other part of the cylinder is coarfe
wire, which fuffers a coarfe meal, called middlings, to pafs
through it; but the bran and coarfe pollard fall out at the end
of thecylinder. The middlings are grotind over again in a
pair of mill-itones, which are rather dull, and become unfit
for grinding corn, without dreffing them again: then, after
this fecond grindinz, the meal is dreffed in the cloth ma-
chine, called the bolting cloth, which takes out the fecond
flour, and the pollard comes out at the end of the cloth: the
bran and the pollard together are now put into the clearing-off
machine, which is a coarfe wire-cylinder of the kind we have
defcribed, and by it is feparated into hog pollard, which is
the fisett fort; 2d, horfe pollard; and, 3d, bran. A pair
of mill-ftones will grind five buthels of wheat per hour, when
in good condition; but require to be taken up and dreffed
once a week, if ufed conftantly. This drefling is done by
picking the furface of the ftone over with the mill-pick, to
cut the grooves and furrows fharp, that they may grind and
cut the corn between them.

Perfons riotoufly aflembling and deflroyicg, or, malici-
oufly burning, any wind-faw oll, wind-mill, or water-
mill, &e. hall be guilty of felony, without benefit of
clergy, by g Geo. IIT, ¢. 29. Profecution to be com-
menced within eighteen months after the offence commit.
ted. By 41 Geo, ITI. ¢. 24. the damages occafioned by
demolifhing any fuch mill by perfons riotoufly affembled,
may be fued for and recovered in the manner provided
for by 1 Geo. flat. 2. c. 5. refpcAing the demolifhing ‘of
churches and other buildings. (See Riot.) By 43 Geo. LI.
c. 58. any péerfon who fhall malicioufly fet fire to any
mill in the poffeffion of any other perfon, or of any
body corporate, fhall be guilty of felony, without benefit of
clergy.

Water-mills have long been great nuifances to agriculture,
by preventing the ufe of the ftreams on which they ftand,
in many cafes, in irrigating and flooding the adjoining lands,
by which much improvement is kept back, that would
otherwife take place. They are alfo injurious by obftruéting
and damming up the water in numerous inftances, fo as to
render it ftagnant on the ground above. Wind and fteam
may, however, be applied as the moving powers of mills
without producing any fuch effects, and are, of courfe, the
molt proper powers to be employed.

The ancient feudal cuftom of obliging tenants to grind
at the lord's mills, is now almoft wholly done away. Drain-
ing or lifting-mills are often extremely ufeful in difcharging
water from low flat lands in many fituations. The moving
power in thefe is commonly wind. See Mitt, in Me-
chanics.

By an ancient ordinance the toll for grinding fhall be
taken either to the 2oth or 24th corn; and yet, in fome
places, millers claim and take the 16th part: but Mr. Dal-
ton fays, that the miller fhould take but one quart for
grinding one bufhel of hard corn, and if he carry back the
grift to the owner he may take two quarts of fuch corn,
i.e. wheat rye, and meflin, (wheat and rye mixed.) For
malt he fhall take half as much as for hard corn. By Holt
ch, juft. the toll #€ a mill muft be regulated by euftom, and
if the miller tak¢+more than the cuftom warrants, it is ex-
tortion: butif it be a new mill, the miller is not reftrained
to any certain toll. (1 L. Raym.149.) In fome places the te-
nants are bound to have their corn ground at the lord’s
mill, When a miller, upon information given on oath to
any magiltrate, is fufpected of adulterating meal or flour,
the houte, mill, &c. of fuch miller may be entered under
the authority of a warrant of a magiftrate, at all feafonable
times of the day, to fearch for difcovery, and if fuch adul-
terated meal or flour be found, it may be feized by the
officer executing the warrant, feized by the magiftrate to
whom it is carried, and difpofed of at his difcretion.
(31 Gee. IIT. c. 29.) A miller who hath corn given him te
grind, and who charges for that which is bad, is indi€table ;
and he may be guilty of felony by taking away any part
with an intent to fteal it. (Hawk. c. 33.) Millers are not
to be common buyers of any corn, with a view to fell the
fame again, either in corn or meal. (Dalt.c. 122.) By
36 Geo. IIT. c. 85, every miller fhall keep balances and
weights according to the ftandard of the exchequer, which
may be examined by a perfon appointed for this purpofe by
35 Geo. III. c. 102; and in default thereof the miller
thall forfeit not exceeding 2cs. &c &c. Millers may be
required to weigh corn, and, on refufal, {hall forfeit not
exceeding 40s. Millers are to deliver the whole produce
of corn when ground, if required, allowing for wafte in
grinding and dreffing, and for toll when taken; and iffuch

3 Bat corn

MIL

corn fhall weigh lefs than the full weight, fuch miller fhall,
for every bufhel of corn deficient in weight, forfeit not ex-
ceeding 1s. and alfo treble the value of fuch deficiency.
When toll is taken, it fhall be deducted before the corn
fhall be put into the mill. No miller fhall demand corn for
toll, but in lieu thereof fhall be entitled to payment in
money, under penalty of forfeiting not exceeding 5/.: ex-
cepting when perfons fhall not have money to pay for grind-
ing, and alfo, that this fhall not extend to mills called
« Soke-mills,’? or fuch ancient mills as are eltablifhed
by cuftom and the law of the land, which mills fhall con-
tinue to take toll as they have been accuftomed to do.
Every miller is required to put up in his mill a table of the
prices in money, or of the amount of toll or multure, on
pain of forfeiting 20s. for every fuch offence. ,

Mitts, Wind, are, with refpeét to their working parts, lit-
tle different from thofe of water-mills ; but they are turned
by the force of wind gathered in their fails.

Of thefe, fome are called vertical, others horizontal, ac-
cording to the pofition of the fails; or, rather, accord-
ing to the direction of their motion, with regard to the
horizon.

For the beft form of horizontal fails, and alfo for deter-
mining the pofition of the axis of wind-mills, fee Winp-mill
and MecHanics.

Mitts, Portative or Hand, are thofe kept in motion by the
hand; or elfe whofe mill-ftones are turned, or piftons driven
by the force of horfes or other beafts. Thus, if the cog-
wheel D, ( Plate XX XIII. Mechanics, fig. 1.) be made about
eighteen inches diameter, with thirty cogs, the trundle as {mall
in proportion, with ten ftaves, and the mill-ftones be each
about two feet in diameter, and the whole work be putinto a
ftrong frame of wood, as reprefented in the figure, the
engine will be a hand-mill for grinding corn or malt in

civate families. And then it may be turned by a winch

ftead of the wheel A A; the mill-ftone making three
evolutions for every one of the winch. If a heavy fly be
put upon the axle B, near the winch, it wall affift greatly
in regulating the motion, ped

If the cog-wheel that turns the trundle or trundles of a
mill be placed horizontally, horizontal levers may be fixed
into its vertical axis, and horfes applied to thefe tor turning
the mill; which is often done where water cannot be had
for that purpofe.

The ufe of mills and mill-ftones, according to Paufanias,
was firft invented by Myla, fon of Meleges, firft king of
Sparta; though Pliny attributes the invention of every
thing belonging to bread and baking, to Ceres: Poly-
dore Virgil was not able to difcover the author of fo ufeful
a machine. It is doubted whether or not water-mills
were known to the Romans, there being no mention
made, in the Digeft, but of mills turned by flaves and
afles. Salmafius, however, and Gothofred, will not allow
water-mills to have been unknown to the ancient Romans,
though they were not in ordinary ufe, Wind-mills are of
much more modern invention; the firft model of thefe was
brought from Afia into Europe in the time of the holy
wars.

Mit is alfo ufed for any machine, which being moved
by, fome external force, ferves to give a violent impreffion
on things applied to it.

Mills, in this fenfe, are machines of vaft ufe in the manu-
‘a€tures, arts, and trades; for the making and preparing
livers kinds of merchandizes. The principal are thofe

hich follow.

Mixx, Colour. Colours for the ufe of painters, paper-

MIL

flainers, &c. are prepared, in the large way, by grinding
them, either with oil or water, in mills worked formerly by
horfes, but now frequently fteam-engines are ufed for fuch
purpofe in London. Thefe colour-mills confift of a large
toothed-wheel, or cog-wheel, worked by the horfes, or fteam-
engine, &c. which gives motion to feveral trundles and
upright fpindles of {mall mill-ftones placed round its cir-
cumference. The conftruétion and ufe of thefe will be readi-
ly comprehended from the following defcription of a fingle
pair of ftones to be worked by hand, Plate XX XV. fig. 1.
The winch-handle A gives motion, by the labour of a man,
to the fpindle. B and fly-wheel C, fixed thereon; and which
alfo carries a {mall fpur-wheel D, having eighteen bevelled
teeth, which work into thofe of the crown-wheel E E, of
twenty-fix teeth, fixed upon the upright {pindle F, working
in a brafs collar at top, fixed to the piece of wood G, which
is adjuftable by means of the wedge H, fo as to keep the
teeth of the whecls properly in geer: the bottom of the
fpindle works in the end of a brafs fcrew R, working in the
bottom framing of the machine, and pafling up through the
centre of the lower ftone, the turning of which fcrew, occa-
fionally, adjufts the diftance of the itones, which are of the
common conftruCtion, exaétly like thofe for grinding flour,
but {maller, each being fixteen inches diameter and three
inches thick. The upper ftone I is f{upported on the upright
fpindle F by a fhoulder and crow, the fame as mill-ftones in
general; it has a hopper K affixed to it, and which revolves
with it, into which the femi-fluid colours intended to be
ground are put, aud when ground they are protruded
through a {pout from the tub M, nineteen inches diameter,
which contains the ftones.

After the above procefs, colours for the ufe of painters, &c.
were ground by hand with oil or water, on a polifhed marble
flab with a pebble muller; but this procefs being tedious
and expenfive, as well as highly prejudicial to the health of
the workman, Mr. James fesieie of Derby, fome years
ago contrived a mill for this purpofe, which is reprefented in

Jig. 2, a model of which he prefented to the Society of
Arts inthe Adelphi, London, in 1804. A is a roller or
cylinder of black marble, truly formed and well polifhed, 164
inches diameter and 44 inches broad ; B is a concave muller,
covering one-third of the roller, of the fame kind of marble,
well polifhed, and fixed in the wooden cafe or frame 4, which
is hung on hinges at 7, for ufe when the muller requires to
be lifted off the cylinder. C is a crooked bar of iron, about
an inch broad, moveable on a pin at /, in order to turn down
out of the way when the muller is to be lifted off: near the
end of this bar is a thumb-ferew c, whofe end aéts in a hole
in the wooden cafe 4, and ferves to keep that and the muller
fteady, and to increafe the preffure of the muller as occafion
may require. Disa fcraper or taker-off, made of a piece
of clock-f{pring fixed in an iron frame K, in the manner of a
frame-faw, and turning on centres dd, fo that when in ufe
the taker-off lies in an inclined pofition again{t the cylinder,
and at other times is turned back out of the way. Hisa
plate fet under the taker-off to catch the colour when fuf-
ficiently ground, which ftands upon a fliding board that can
occafionally be drawn out, to remoye any colour which
may accidentally drop from the cylinder. F isa drawer
under the mill for holding curriers’ fhavings, for cleaning
the cylinder and muller, when a frefh colour is wanted to be
ground. The colour, roughly ground ina large colour-
mill above defcribed, is applied in proper quantities, by
means of a knife, to the front of the cylinder above the
taker-off, and by means of the winch-handle G the mill is,
worked, until the colour, by paffing between the revolving

flone

MIL

flone and muller, is fufficiently grounds when the taker-off
D, which during the operation lay back, is turned againt
the flone, the winch-handle is turned the reverfe: way for a
few revolutions, in order to fcrape off the colour which falls

into the dith H. ;
la the Philofophical Tranfaétions, No, 87, a mill is de-
feribed as having been ufed by Dr. Langelot, for grinding
leaf gold to powder, for the fanciful purpofe of preparing
Aurum potabile: the principles of this mill were, fome years
ago, found applicable to the grinding of dry indigo in Mr,
‘Taylor's manufactory at Manchefler, and were alfo found
by Mr. Rawlinfon, above mentioned, to be the belt adapted
for finely pulverizing the dry colours intended to be ground
with oil or water in his colour-mill. This fimple mill is
reprefented in fig. 3, where L is a marble mortar, nicely
formed and polithed ; M isa muller nearly in the form of a
» having an iron axis fixed into its upper end, which is
ont into the form of a crank at P to ferve as a handle for
turning the muller: the axis is fixed, when in ufe, into two
O, O, in beams of wood NN, fo as to revolve eafily

and truly in the axis of the mortar. This muller is fhewn
feparately at fig. 4, which fhews a flit that is made through

it, almoft dividing it into two parts; this flit is of ufe in col-
le&ting the colour which is grinding, and bringing it continu-
ally under the muller. A circular board in two halves, with
a centre-hole to fit the axis, is ufed to lay over the mortar,
to prevent the duft of the colours from flying out, to watte
the fame and injure the health of the workmen. By means
of the flat perforated weights R, on the top of the axis, any
uired preffure can be applied a the muller.
ae preferving the health of fuch colour-men and painters
as {till prefer the common ftone and muller for grinding their
colours, M. Boulard, in the Journal de Phyfique, recom-
’ mends an apparatus reprefented in fig. 5, wherein the
ftone, and its table A B, is furrounded by a clofe-fided
cafing of boards C, C, fitted to the floor of the room, and
leaving a fpace of about ,',th of an inch wide all round
the table fupporting the {tone ; this is for emitting acurrent
of frefh air, which is to be fupplied by a pipe D D extend-
ing from a hole in the floor under the cafe, to the outward
air in fome moft convenient place. Over the flone a glazed
yramid E E and metal tube F is fupported by the irons G
and braces H, H, H, or by other more convenient means, fo
that the pyramid E E projeéts, on all fides, about three
inches beyond the ftone ; and at a height above the fame no
greater than is fufficient for the free admiffion of the work-
man’s.arms to work the muller, and with his pallet knife to
fcrape together the colour when requifite, and which he will
be able perfectly to fee to do, through the glafs in the frame,
without inhaling the vapour from the colours, but which are
to be made to afcend through the tube F, and pafs off into
the open air through the tube M M, by means ofa {mall
ftove II clofely jomted to the tubes F and G, which is to
ye kept burning during the hours of work, in order to pro-
duce a current between the pipes D and M, that may effec-
tually carry off the contaminated air which has been in con-
ta& with the colours on the ftone, along with their effluvia.
K reprefents the door of the fire-place, and L that of the
«th-hole of the ftove, both contrived to fhut very clofe. In
he pipe F a regifter N fhould be made for regulating the
vurning of the itove, by the admiffion of more or lefs air
hereto through the pipe F. If defirable, the clofe pipe
7 may be mitnBied into the fire-place of any ftove or fire in
he apartments above, or it may even defcend by a proper
curvature, fo.as to admit of the ftove I I being placed on the
zround, and applied to any ufeful purpofe, as the boiling of
vil, or heating an adjoining room, Xc.

MIL

Mitt, Cotton, See Manvuvacrune of Cotton.

Mitt, Food, that fort of mill which is contrived for the
purpofe of raifingg water in order to difcharge it from fens,
marthes, and other fimilar kinds of land.

Mi.is, Forge, turned by water, ferve to raife and let fall
one or more huge hammers, to beat and form the iron into
bars, anchors, and other maflive works. ‘They are alfo called
tilt-mills, See Fonax, Inon, and Sreen.

Mitt, Fulling, isa water-nill which raifes and beats down
large wooden piftons in proper velfels called pools, or troughs 3
in order to full, feour, and Sand wooilen (luff. See Puns«
1wa- Mill,

Mit, Gunpowder, is that ufed to pound and beat toge-
ther the ingredients whereof gunpowder is compofed.

This is Nice in a kind of iron or brafe mortar, by means
of iron peftles wrought by a wheel, without-fide the mill,
turned by the water falling on it. See Gusyrowpen.

Mitxs, Leather, are ufed to feour and prepare with cil,
the tkins of ftags, buffaloes, elks, bullocks, &c. to make
what they call buf-/eather, for the ufe of the foldiery.

This is effected by means of feveral large piltons, rifing
and falling on the fkins, in large wooden troughs, by
means of a wheel without-fide, turned by the Seen of
water.

Mixts, Linen, do not differ much from fulling-mills.
Their ufe is, to fcour linens, after their having been firft
cleanfed when taken out of the lixivium, or ley. Some of
thefe go by water, and the generality: by horfes.

Mitts, Oil, when turned by men, water, hand, or horfe,
ferve to bruife or break the nuts, olives, and other fruits
and grains, whofe juice is to be drawn, by expreffion, to
make oil. See Or.

Mixt, Paper, a water-mill, furnifhed with engines con-
taining cylinders furnifhed with teeth which cutand grind the
rags or cloth in a kind of wooden trough; and thus, by
reducing them to little pieces, turn them into a kind of
pulp, by means of water conveyed into the troughs by a pipe
for that purpofe. See Paprr.

MiLt, Sawing, isa water-mill, ferving to faw feveral
planks or boards at the fame time.

Thefe are frequent in France, efpecially in Dauphiné.

They were lately prohibited in England, where they were
begun to be introduced, from a view. to the ruin of the
fawyers, which muft have enfued. See Sawinc, alfo Ma-
CHINERY, Block.

There are alfo //é mills, for {pinning, throwing, and.
twifting filks ; which are large round machines in form of
turrets, five or fix feet high, and fix yards in diameter;
which, being turned, either by the force of water or that of
men, work at the faine time an infinity of bobbins faftened
thereto, whereon the filk had been wound to be here {pun
and twifted.

There are abundance of mills of this kind in France,
efpecially about Lyons and Tours, fome of which are fo
difpofed, as that three of them will go at the fame time,
and by the fame wheel wrought by water or by ftrength of
hand. That in the Hépital de la Charité at Lyoas, is won-
derful, a fingle: man working no lefs than 48 of thefe mills.
See SrLk, and Winpixnc of Silk.

MILL, Stamping. See StaMPinc.

Mitt, Sugar, is a machine that ferves to bruife the fugar-
canes, and exprefs the liquor or juice contained therein.
The fugar-mills are very curious contrivances. Of thefe
there are four kinds, being turned either by water, wind,
men, or horfes.

Thofe turned by the hand: were firt in ufe; but they are
now laid afide, as being an intolerable hardfhip ou the poor

necrocs

MIL

negroes who were doomed thereto, befides’ the flownefs of
their progrefs.

Wind-mills are the moft modern: but they are yet fome-
what rare, excepting in St. Chriftopher’s and Barbadoes,
and among the Portuguefe. Thefe make good difpatch, but
have this inconvenience, that they are not ealily ftopped ;
which proves frequently fatal to the negroes who feed them.
See SuGar.

Mitts, Tan or Bark, wrought by water or horfes, ferve
to cut certain barks into @ coarfer fort of powder, proper
for the tanning of hides, &c.

Mixts for Sword-blades are likewife moved by water.
They are frequent at Vienne, in Dauphiné. By working
heavy hammers they forge thofe excellent {word-blades,
called blades of Vienne.

The ufes and operations of thefe feveral mills, more at
large, fee under Paper, Furiinc, SuGars, &e. °

Mitt, Thre/bing, fuch a machine as is contrived for the
purpofe of threfhing grain or other forts of feed crops.
See TuresHinc Machine.

Mzr1t, in Coinage, isa machine ufed to prepare the laminz,
or plates of metal, and to give them proper thicknefs, hard-
nefs, and confiftence, before they be ftruck, or ftamped.

This machine has not been long known among us ; but is
of fome ftanding in Germany. It confifts of feveral wheels
dented like thofe of clocks, &c. which move two cylinders
of fteel, between which the metal is paffed to be brought to
its proper thicknefs. It was firft turned with water, fince
with horfes. See ComnaceE.

Mix, in Commerce, a money of account in the United
States of America; 1000 mills being = 100 cents = 10
deniers = a dollar.

Mix, among Gold Wire Drawers, is a little machine
confifting of two cylinders of fteel, ferving to flatten the
gold or filver -wire, and reduce it into lamin, or plates.
See Gotp Wire. :

They have alfo mills to wind the gold wire or thread on
the filk: thefe are compofed of feveral rows of bobbins all
turned at the fame time.

Mitt-Reek, in Medicine, an appellation given by the
miners, employed at the Leadhills in Scotland, to thofe
affetions of the bowels, and of the nervous fyftem, which
are occafioned by the poifon of the lead. ‘The melting-
houfes, in which’ the operations are carried on, are: called
mills, becaufe the bellows there are worked by water- wheels;
and:the reek, or {moke, arifing from the melted lead, is be-
lieved to be the chief caufe of the difeafe: whence the term
mill-reek has been appropriated to the malady. See Eflays
and Obf. Phyf. and Liter. vol. i.art. xxii. Edinburgh.

Mit-Dams, in Rural Economy, the bafons which contain
the water for fupplying mills. A very firm way of making
thefe in a quick or running fand; which is ufually found a
very troublefome circumftance in the making of them, 1s by
laying the foundation with unflaked lime; which, by flak-
ing among the fand, runs together into a hard ftone, which
gives a very firm and fure foundation. Plott’s Stafford hire,

- 336.

; Mivu-Holms, aterm applied to the low meadows, and
other fields in the vicinity of mills, or watery places about
mill-dams, The foils in thefe cafes are generally of a good
quality. :

Miwt-Pool, a ftock or pond of water, by the force of
which the motion of a water-mill is effeCted.

The dam of a mill-pool is raifed much in the fame man-
ner as directed for -jifb-ponds ; which fee.

Mitx-Stones, in Rural Economy, the prepared ftones made
ufe of in grinding grain and other fubftances, which are of

MIL

different kinds, according to the purpofes for which they
are employed, but thofe chiefly ufed in grinding wheat into
flour, were formerly imported from France, and termed
burrs. Lately, however, ftones proper for this ufe have been
difcovered in different parts of this kingdom, as in Wales
and Scotland. In the firft of thefe places they were found
by Mr. Bowes, in a quarry which is “ fituated within the
corporation liberties of Conway : the ftone appears within a
quarter’ of a mile of that town, and extends from eaft to
weft for the diftance of two miles, appearing in moft places
upon the furface within that diftance. Such an immenfe
body of the ftone has been left bare and expofed to view,
that the induftry of ages would fcarcely leffen it. A deep
chafm intervenes at the end of two miles; and, on examin=
ing the fame line acrofs this valley, he found the ftone mixed
up with various other foffil fubftances, ‘to which it feems to
bear no relation. In the next rife of mountains it refumes
its quality, and takes a foutherly dire€tion, paffing through
a range of hills to the diftance of two miles more, where
the vein difappears. It is every where the higheft ftratum ;
and when difengaged from the quarry where now worked, it
tumbles down the fide of the mountain to the plain within
five hundred yards of the fhipping-place, where {mall veffels
may lie fafely in all weathers at a natural quay, completely
calculated for this bufinefs.”? The quarry lies on the decline
of a hill: the vein now is about eight yards wide; but he
has reafon to fuppofe’ it wider below. At the depth he has
funk, which is at leaft twenty-five feet, the ftone mends in
quality. When firft taken from the quarry it is much fofter
and eafier wrought into fhape, than when expofed to the air:
even a day makes a difference. The vein appears to him
quite inexhauftible, and contains every variety of the ftone,
cellular, clofe, hard, or foft. The right in this traét of
country has been prefented to him, by Mr, Sneyd of Staf-
fordfhire, under the hope ‘that he might be able to make
this difcovery, and carry it vigoroufly into effe&t, in which
he has not been difappointed.

It would appear from the evidence fent to the Society for
the Encouragement of Arts, &c. that the ftones raifed from
this quarry are capable of being employed in-moft cafes
where thofe imported from France have been in ule, and
that the {tone, from its external appearance, feems to be con-
ftituted of quartz and cherts.

And in the latter of the above fituations ftones fit for this
ufe were diicovered by James Brownhill, miller, “ who, when
the late unfortunate war had rendered the getting of the
French burr extremely difficult, as ‘he was pafling by the
great bafaltic rock of the Abbey Craig, near Stirling,
examined the texture of feveral maffes of the ftones; and
found one fpecies, which appeared to him fit for the grind-
ing of wheat, and brought home a fample of them, which
he fhewed to Mr. Alexander Ball, agent of the Alloa Mills,
who agreed to make trial of a pair, They were built under
his dire€tion in the fame manner asthe’ French burr; and,
on their being put to work, gave fuch fatisfafiion to the
cuftomers of the mills, as induced the Alloa Mill company
to have another pair built, and totally lay afide the French
burr mill-flones.’”? It is fuggeted, that «* the French burr
ftones are fo porotis, as to make it neceflary to fill up the
cavities with a preparation of alum: this confiderable ex-
pence is faved by the uniform texture of the bafaltes ; and
their fuperior excellence is fo apparent, that upwards of 60
pairare now at work in feveral parts of the kingdom, and
the demand for them is daily increafing.’’ In addition it is
ftated, that «the bafaltes mill-itones are not only excellent
for manufa@turing of flour, but for all kind of grift. The
diftillers give them a decided preference, aud they grind eata

2+ in

MIL

in a very complete flyle, as the meal is returned quite free
of fund, which is a great defideratum for thole places where
oat bread is in ule. The difeoverer of this fe of the ba-
fultes, builds mill-(tones of all fizes on moderate terms, and
is careful, from his experience as a miller, to build them of
fuch « grain av is molt fuitable for the particular purpofes
for which they are intended,

The following remarks are offered by Mr. Fergufon on
the fize and velocity of mill-loness The diameter of the
upper {tone is generally about fix feet, the lower flone about
an inch more; and dis upper ftone, when new, contains
about 2e4 cubic feet, which weighs fomewhat more than
19,000 pounds. A flone of this diameter ought never to

o more than 60 times round in a minute; for if it turns
fter, it will heat the menl, But according to Mr. Imifon,
the mill-(tone fhould turn twice round in a fecond of time,
and fhould only be four feet anda half in diameter. It may
robably be imagined, that the meal will be much heated b
uch a rapid motion as he has recommended, but the effoet
is counteracted by diminilhing the fize of the mill-flone from
fix feet to four and a half. The velocity of the cireumference
of the {mall mill-{tone moving twice round in a fecond, is
only one-third greater than the velocity of the large mill-
flone moving once round ina fecond,

Tt may be noticed, that in the former of the above quarries
mill-ftones are raifed which are of much larger fizes than the
— burrs, which may probably be an advantage in fome
cafes,

The modes of preparing mill-ftones for the purpofe of
wee have been deferibed already, and fg. 6. of Plate

XXV. reprefents the furface of the under grinding mill-
ftone, the way of laying out the wads or channels: the
wooden buhh is fixed into the hole in the middle, in which the
upper end of the iron fpindle turns round; and the cafe or
hoops that furround the upper one, which ought to be two
inches clear of the flone all round its circumference. B
fhews the upper grinding mill-ftone, and iron crofs or rynd
in its middle, in the centre of which is a {quare hole that
takesin a fquare on the top of the iron fpindle, to carry the
mill-ftone round: when the working fides or faces of the
_ mill-{tones are laid uppermoft, the wads mutt lie in the fame
direGtion in both, that when the upper {tone is turned over,
and its furface laid on the under one, then the channels crofs
each other, which <affifts. in grinding and throwing out the
flour ; the wads are a'fo laid out according to the way that
the upper ftone revolves. In thefe the running mill-ftone: is
fuppofed to turn funways, or what is called a right-handed
mill; but if the itone revolves the other way, the channels
mutt be cut the reverfe of this, and then it is termed a left~
handed mill) See Mixx.

The mill-ttones which we find preferved from ancient
times, are all fmall, and very different from thofe in ufe at
prefent. Thorefby mentions two or three fuch found in
England, among other Roman antiquities, which were but
twenty inches broad; and there is great reafon to believe
that the Romans, as well as the Egyptians of old, and the
ancient Jews, did not employ horfes, or wind, or water, as
we do, to turn their mills, but made their flaves and captives
of war do this laborious work; they were in this fervice
placed behind thefe mill-ftones, and puthed them on with all
their force.—Sampfon, when a prifoner to the, Philiftines,
was treatéd no better, but was condemned to the mill-itone,
in his’ prifon. The runner, or loofe mill-ftone, in this fort
of grinding, was ufually very heavy for its fize, being as
thick as broad. This is the mill-ftone which it is exprefsly
prohibited in Scripture to take in pledge, as lying loofe it
was more eafily removed. The Talmudiits have a fory,

MIL

that the Chaldeans made the oe men of the captivity
carry mill-flones with them to Babylon, where there feems
to have been a fearcity at that time; and hence, probably,
their paraphrafe renders the text “ have borne the mills, or
mill-ftones 3’? which might thus be true in a literal fenfe/
They have alfo a proverbial expreflion of a man with a mill,
flone about his neck; which they ule to exprefs a man under
the fevereft weight of affliGion. This alfo plainly refers to
this {mall fort of flones.

Mitu- Work. Under this head we intend to treat of the
parts and mechanical contuivances ufed in mills. Under the
article Macninuny, the reader will find obfervations of a
fimilar nature to thofe of the prefent article, but applied
to fmaller and more delicate machines than thofe which are
ufually denominated mills.

The objet of this article will therefore be, to give a ge.
neral account of the molt important pieces of mill-work,
as cog-wheels, fhafts, bearings, &c. ; which parts being com-
mon to mills of all kinds, would, if minutely defcribed under
every head where they are employed, introduce a great many
needlefs repetitions.

The different firft movers of mills will be treated of, and
deferibed under their feveral heads of Steam-Lngine, WaATER-
Wheels, and Wixv- Mill; and the aéting tuachines of feveral
kinds of mills, as clay-mill, grinding-mill, under CurLeny ;
fulling-mill, flour-mi!l, iron-mill, under MANuractuKe of
Fron; oil-mill, cotton-mill, under Manuracture of Cotton;
rolling-mill, {pinning-mill, filk-mill, thrafhing-mill, water-
mill, fawing-mill, under Macuinery for manufa@uring
Ships’ Blocks at Port/mouth; Tit Mill, &c. &c.

Cog-swheels ave the mott important and numerous parts of
mill-work, few mills being without them, to modify the
direStion, and adapt the power of the firk mover, which
aGuates the mill, to the working point, or the machine which
performs the operations the mill is intended for. Mott mills
contain feveral different kinds of machines, or operative
parts, all deriving their motions from the fame fource, or
firft mover. Thus, a fleur-mill contains ftones for grinding ;
dreffing machines for fifting the flour; fack tackle, for
drawing up the facks, &c.; all which are moved by the
fame firlt mover as a water-wheel, wind-mill, fleam-engine,
or horfe-wheel. But each of thefe machines requires to be
moved with a different velocity to perform its work in the
beit manner ; and it is the objeé of the mill-work te cb-
tain thefe different velocities from the fame firft mover,
chiefly by the means of wheels; which, therefore, from their
importance, deferve the firft notice. There are a variety of
cog-wheels, as fpur-wheels, (or gear in the technical phrafe, )
bevil-wheels, face-wheels or crown-wheels, pinions or nuts,
trundles or lanterns; with a variety of other names which
are local, but have the fame fignification with fome of the
above.

Spur-cvheels are thofe in which the teeth proje& from the
periphery of the wheel, in the dire€tion of radials (fee Piaie1.
Jig. 1. of Mill-work): they are fo called, from the refem-
blance to the rowel of a {pur. A fpur-wheel is ufed to com-
municate motion by its teeth to another, fituated in the
fame plane; confequently, the axes of the two are parallel
to each other. The fpur-wheel, at other times, works with
a pinion, or nut (fee fz. 2.), which is in faét a {pur-wheel of
{mali fize ; at other times with a érundle or lantern. Thisisa
pinion cf peculiar conftruétion, confifting of two circular
boards A, A, (fig. 3.) fixed, at fome ditance apart, upon its
axis of motion or fhaft B B, and united by a number of
cylindrical pins a, a, called ftaves, or rounds,. which are ar-
ranged in a circle, and fixed parallel to the axis of the
trundle between the two boards of it. The teeth of the =

2

7

MILL-WORK.

a& upon thefe rounds to give motion to the trundle; the
rounds, therefore, muft be the fame pitch or diftance afunder
as the cogs of the wheel. The number of the rounds of the
trundle of courfe determine its diameter. Trundles have of
late years fallen into difufe among mill-wrights, caft iron
pinions being found much more dsedereli : they were fome-
times ufed to work with fpur-wheels, but morg commonly
with

Face-wheels, fee fig. 4. In thefe, the teeth or cogs are
fixed perpendicularly to the plane of the wheel, parallel,
therefore, to its axis: they were ufed to work with another
fimilar wheel, or with a trundle with a fpur-wheel, or with
a pinion, when the two axes were required to be perpendi-
cular to each other, as fhewn in figs. ; and 4.

The crown-or face-wheel has of late years been almoft
wholly fuperfeded by bevil-wheels, which, in all fituations
where a wheel is required to turn another in a direétion per-
pendicular or inclined to itfelf, are found vaftly fuperior.

Bevilled or Mitre-wheels, fee fig. 5. of the plate, have their
teeth formed upon a conical furface, the angle of the cone
being the fame as the angle the axes C, D, of the two wheels
A, B, make with each other. The introduétion of this
clafs of wheels into machinery isa very effential improve-
ment, which has been wholly made within thefe thirty years.
Bevil-wheels are of courfe always ufed to work with others
of the fame kind.

The manner of fetting out the teeth of cog-wheels, in
fuch a form that they fhall a@ in the moft equable manner
upon each other, and with the leait fri€tion, has been a fub-
ject of much inveftigation among mathematicians and theo-
retic mechanics; but the practice and obfervation of the
mill-wrights have produced a method of forming cog-wheels,
which anfwers nearly, if not fully as well in praétice, as the
geometrical curves which theory has pointed out to be the
moft proper. This they have effected by making the teeth of
the modern wheels extremely {malland numerous. In this cafe,
the time of aétion in each pair of teeth is fo fmall, that the
form of them becomes comparatively of flight importance ;
and the praétical method of the mill-wrights (ufing arcs
of circles for the curves) approximates fo nearly to the
truth, that the difference is of no confequence: and this me-
thod is the beft, becaufe it fo eafily gives the means of form-
ing all the cogs exaétly alike, and precifely the fame diftance
afunder, which, by the application of any other curve than
the circle, is not fo eafy. ‘The method, which is extremely
fimple, is explained by jg. 1. The wheel being made, and the
cogs fixed in much larger than they are intended to be, a
circle, aa, is defcribed round the face of the rough cogs
upon its pitch diameter, that is, the geometrical diameter, or
ating line of the cogs; fo that when the two wheels are at
work together, the pitch circles, a, a, of the two are in contact.
Another circle, 44, is defcribed within the pitch circle for the
bottom of the teeth, and a third, dd, without it, for the
extremities. After thefe preparations, the pitch circle is ac-
curately divided into the number which the wheel is in-
tended to have: a pair of compafles are then opened out to
the extent of one and a quarter of thefe divifions, and with
this radius arcs are ftruck on each fide of every divifion,
from the pitch line a to the outward circle dd. Thus, the
point of the compaffes being fet in the divifien ¢, the curve
fg on one fide of the cog, and # o on one fide of the other,
are defcribed; then the point of the compaffes being fet on the
adjacent divifion 4, the curve / m is defcribed. This completes
the curved portion of the cogs e, and this being done all
round completes every tooth: the remaining portion of the
cog within the pitch circle, a, is bounded by two ftraight
lines drawn from the points g and m towards the centre;

this being done to the cogs all round, the wheel is fet out.
and the cogs, being dreffed or cut down to the lines, will ke
formed ready for work, every cog being of the fame breadth;
and the {pace between every one and its neighbour is exaGly
equal to the breadth, provided the compafles are opened to
the extent of one divifion and a quarter, as firft defcribed.

Many different methods of forming teeth have been pro-
pofed, among them the following : Let the tooth a (fg: 6.)
prefs on the tooth 4 in the point C; and draw'the line
FCDE perpendicular to the touching furfaces in the
point C: draw A F, BE, perpendicular to F E, and let
F E cut the line A Bin D. It is plain from the common
principles of mechanics, that if the line F E, drawn in the
manner now defcribed, always pafs through the fame point
D, whatever may be the fituation of the aéting teeth, the
mutual action of the wheels will always be the fame. It
will be the fame as if the arm A D aéted on the arm BD.
In the treatifes on the conftructions of mills, and other works
of this kind, are many inftru€tions for the formation of the
teeth of wheels ; and almoft every noted mill-wright has his
own noftrums. Moft of them are egregioufly faulty in
re{pe& to mechanical principle. Indeed, they are little elfe
than inftru€tions how to make teeth clear each other without
fticking. Dr. Hooke was, we think, the firft who invefti-
gated the form of teeth which procured this conftant a€tion
between the wheels; and in a very ingenious diflertation,
publifhed among the Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences
at Paris, 1668, this gentleman fhews that this will be en-
fured by forming the teeth into epicycloids. Mr. Camus, of
the fame academy, has publifhed an elaborate differtation on
the fame fubje@, in which he profecutes the principles of
M. De la Hire, and applies it to all the varieties of cafes
which can occur in praétice. There is no doubt as to the
goodnefs of the principle, and it has another excellent pro-
perty, ‘‘ that the mutual action of the teeth is abfolutely
without any friction.” The one tooth only applies itfelf to
the other, and rolls on it, but does not flide or rub in the
flighteft degree. This makes them laft long, or rather does
not allow them to wear in the leaft. But the conftruétion
is fubje& to a limitation which muft not be negleGted. The
teeth muft be fo made, that the curved part of the tooth 4,
is acted on by a flat part of the tooth a, till it comes to the
line A B in the courfe of its a@ion ; after which the curved
part of aaéts on a flat part of 5, or the whole ation of a
on & is either completed, or only begins at the line A B,
joining the centres of the wheels.

Another form of the teeth fecures the perfe& uniformity
of aétion without this limitation, which requires very nice
execution. Let the teeth of each wheel be formed by evoly-
ing its circumference ; that is, let the ating face GC H of
the tooth a have the form of a curve traced by the extremity
of the thread F C, unlapped from the circumference. In like
manner, let the aGting face of the tooth 4 be formed by un-
lapping a thread from its circumference. It is evident that
the line F C E, which is drawn perpendicularly to the touch-
ing furfaces in the point C, is juft the dire¢tion or pofition
ot the evolving threads by which the two ating faces are
formed. This line mutt, therefore, be the common tangent
to the two circles or circumferences of the wheels, and will,
therefore, always cut the line A B in the fame point D.
This form allows the teeth to ad on each other through
the whole extent ef the line F C E, and, therefore, will
admit of feveral teeth to be acting at the fame time; (twice
the number that can be admitted in Mr. De la Hire’s me-
thod.) This, by dividing the preffure among feveral teeth,
dimimfhes its quantity on any one of them, and, therefore.
diminifhes the dents or impreflions which they unavoidably

ot mak

MILL-WORK.

make on each other. It is not altogether free from fliding
or fri€tion, but the whole of it can hardly be faid to be
fenfible, The whole fide of a tooth three inches long, be-
longing to a wheel of ten feet diameter, aéting on the tooth
of a wheel of two feet diameter, does not amount to 4th
of an inch, a quantity altogether infignificant, Conical
wheels, or hevilled year, may be confidered as confifting of two
cones rolling on the furfaces of each others let Band C,
( fig. 7+) be the bales of two cones turning on their centres,
having teeth cut on them diverging from the apex A to
the bafes Band C. Thefe teeth will work freely into one
another from the apex A to the bafes B and C, when turned
round; but the teeth near the point of the cone being {mall
and of little ufe, may be cut off at G and H. Thefe teeth
may be made of any breadth, according to the ftrefs they
are intended to bear; and this is of valt importance, be-
eaufe by this method they may be made to overcome a
much greater refiftance, and work fmoother than a face-
wheel and trundle of the common form. Befides, thefe
kind of wheels are of fingular ufe to communicate motion
in any direétion, or to any part of a building, with lefs
trouble and friction than wheels of any other conitruétion.

We fhall now venture fome remarks upon the manner of
conftructing wheel-work. Cog-wheels were formerly made
of wood, and fome are {till contructed of that material ;
but of late years caft-iron wheels have been fubttituted, and
fond much fuperior in ttrength, accuracy, and durability.
Wooden elicits are framed together in fegments afually
of three thicknefles, to break the joints upon each other.
(See fg. 1.) ‘The middle thicknefs is made in fix or eight
pieces, and left on the infide with {traight fides, x,.v, into
which the arms are’*fitted, and bolted againft it. On each
fide this middle thicknefs, another is (X X, jig. 1-) placed
with break joints, and all the three are bolted together to
make a folid rim, in which the cogs are to be fixed by mor-
tifes, the tenons or tails of the cog being held in their
places by a pin driven through each. The arms of wooden
wheels are made in different ways ; fometimes they are mor-
tifed through the fhaft, and the ends are notched in the
middle of the fides of the oftagonal pieces 2, x, and laying
againft the face of them behind, are bolted to them to make
ail fait. This manner of uniting the arms with the rim is
fhewn at / (jig. 4.); but this method is not the bet, be-
caufe the mortifes weaken the fhaft very materially, and it
is difficult to get fuch a wheel off if ever it is required, on a
failure of the fhaft, &c. On this account, the method
ealled clafp arms is much preferable; it is fhewn in jig. 1.
Four arms EE, F F, are ufed, which are halved into each
other, and form a frame as in the figure, leaving a f{quare
opening in the centre, and holding the rim of the wheel by
their ends, which are bolted to the middle thicknefs of the
rim, as fhewn in fg. 4. To fit on fuch a wheel as this, the
fhaft is made up to a {quare, by fixing pieces of wood upon
its fides ; and the wheel being hung upon this, is made fatt
by wooden wedges driven in all round, the fquare formed be-
¢ween the arms being rather larger than the fhaft, by which
means the wheel can be adjufted to come quite true by the
wedging. Face-wheels, like fig. 4, have fometimes ftays
or braces proceeding from the back of the rim to fome
diftance along the fhaft, where they are received in mortifes,
as fhewn by the dotted lines: thefe make the wheel exceed-
ingly ftrong, and keep it very ftiff in the {quare upon its
oie which is very neceflary, as the ation of the teeth of
a face-wheel meeting a trundle, is to throw the wheel back
upon its fhaft, which ‘tendency thefe ftays effectually coun-
tera&. At other times, two fets of clafp arms are ufed for
the fame end, one bolted on each fide of the middle thick-
Vor. XXIII.

nefo of the wheel, by the fame bolts which pafs through
both, as Well as the wheel, and unite the two fets like one,
but of confiderable depth, fo that the wedging will have a
greater effeét to keep the wheel in the tquare. Small wheels
are phi cong made of plank, folid, without any arms, In
this cafe the middle thicknefo is made of four pieces, leav-
ing a {quare hole between them, and they are kept together
by a circular ring of fegments, bolted on at each fide all
round, and the joints overlapped. ‘I'he conftruétion of trun-
dles (fig. 4.) has been fulliciently explained, except that
they ufually have an iron hoop fitted round the circular
boards to prevent them from {plitting: indeed many large
face-wheels have the fame. Small pinions are made out of
one block of wood, and the cogs are fitted into it much
in the fame manner as the fpokes are let into the nave of
a coach-wheel, Iron-wheels either have the cogs caft in
the fame folid piece with the rim, or mortifes are Tet in the
callings for the reception of wooden cogs, as thefe are
found to work much better. The wheel and its arms are
fometimes calt in one piece, but for large wheels the rim
and its arms are leenadae two feparate pieces and ferewed
together. The reafon of this is, that in cating a large and
extended piece of iron, it frequently happens that fome parts
will cool in the mould, and become folid before the others :
confequently, from their contraétion, thefe parts will be
fhorter than. others which have retained their heat and
fluidity longer. ‘This circumftance happening to the arms
of a wheel, will either warp the rim out of a true circle,
or fet the metal of one part upon a ftrain againft another,
fo that the flighteft blow or jar will caufe them to {nap in
fuch parts. All this danger is avoided by making them in
feparate pieces, as in fig:8: the end of each arm, as A B,
has a flat expanded part, which lays againft a proper focket
withinfide of the rim C D, and is bolted to it. One-half
of this wheel is delineated, with wooden cogs fitted in, at
CD; and the other half, F F, thews the Frm of arim,
where the cogs and the arms ef are calt all in one piece.
Tn the latter cafe the rim has a rib g withinfide it for ftrength,
in the fame manner as all the arms have, and which is evi-
dently fhewn by the figure. In fome fituations it is necef-
fary to fix wheels upon long fhafts while they are in their
places, and cannot conveniently be taken down: in this cafe
{uch wheels may be made in two halves bolted together.
Fig. 9. is drawn as if it were two halves of different kinds
put together in this manner; the joint being up the middle
of the arms L, L, and the conneéting bolts are plainly fhewn.
By this method one wooden pattern, if very accurately
made, will ferve for cafting both halves of the wheel. Cog-
wheels are found to work with leaft fri€tion, wear, or noike.
When one has wooden, and the other iron cogs, drefled
exceedingly {mooth and true, the {mall wheel is ufually made
with the iron teeth, and the large one with the wooden ones.
When fuch wheels are firft fet to work, the cogs are fmeared
with black lead mixed with tallow: this gives thema glofly
furface, which greatly diminifhes the fri¢tion. Hornbeam
is found to be the beft wood for the cogs, as it is not liable
to fplit or {plinter away by long wear. The cogs are held
in by a pin driven through the tenen or tail, withinfide the
rim of the wheel. The wooden cogs are dreffed by chiffels
to the marks fet out, in the fame manner as wooden wheels ;
but the iron cogs are firft chipped with a cold chiffel and
hammer, and then filed true. The great labour of doing
this induced Meffrs. Boulton and Watts, fome years ago,
to erect machinery for drefling cogs. The wheel was pro-
vided with apparatus to hold it fait at the feveral divifions,
and a ftrong flider, with a chiffel fixed in it, was forced be-
tween the rough cogs by the revolution of a camm or heart,

with

MILL-WORK.

witha fufficient power to cut away a fhaving, and form the
cog perfeétly at twice repeating the operation. Some me-
chanics difpute the propriety of dreffing iron cogs at all;
they fay, that the exterior furface of the caftings have a
kind of cafe-hardening, which is removed by the dreff-
ing, and a fofter fub{tance of metal expofed for the a@-
ing furfaces. This is true, and the objeétion would have
its full force, if it were poffible to make caftings of
wheels perfe@tly-true in the circle, and all the cogs pre-
cifely the fame fize : “but as the prefent ftate of the
founder’s art cannot infure this, it is beft to chip and
file the cogs; accuracy in the form of the teeth being
a fuperior confideration to any quality of their fubftance.
The wheel being made in either of thefe methods, mu‘ next
be fixed, or hung, upon its fhaft. Wheels are generally fixed
faft upon their fhafts or axles before their teeth are fet out ;
or, if this is not convenient, they are fixed on a temporary
fpindle to fet them out. When the wheel is made of
wood, it is fixed upon the fhaft, or a temporary axis, and
turned round upon its pivots, while a chiflel is laid on fome
fixed fupport to cut or turn its circumference to a true cir-
cle, or elfe to make a mark to which its rim may be re-
duced all round. The circumference is then divided, and mor-
tifes cut out for every cog; and when thefe are fixed in
they are much larger than they are intended to be, that they
may be fet out, as above direéted, and reduced to their
true figure, without abfolutely depending upon the accuracy
of the mortifes which receive them. Iron wheels are, as
before-mentioned, treated in a diff2rent manner, being catt
in the impreffion of a truly circular pattern made of wood ;
the cogs caft folid, with the rim or elfe mortifes left all
round for the reception of the wooden cogs: in either cafe
the rim is a true circle, and muft be fixed upon the fhaft
exa€tly by its centre, inftead of forming the circumference
to the centre, asin the wooden wheel. To do this, the centre
hole through the iron wheel is made much larger than the
fhaft which is to go through it, and the fpace all round is
filled up by iron wedges driven in; fo that by means of thefe
the wheel“tan be fixed exaétly true in the centre (or in
the round), and alfo in the flat that is truly perpendicular
to the axis. The manner of arranging the wedges is fhewn
in fig. 8, where eight wedges are fhewn by a,a, a, a, &c. round
the fhatt R. It is needlefs to explain how the wheel can, by
means of thefe, be fet exatly true, when it is found by
turning round upon the pivots of its fhaft that any one fide
of the circumference is farther from the centre than another.
For the purpofe of fetting it fquare upon the fhaft, each
wedge-hole is provided with two wedges, one driven in from
each fide of the wheel, the two laying over each other in the
notch or hole in the manner fhewn at G. Thus, by gently
driving one in, and the other a little outwards, the wheel
may be very correétly rectified, if it has any deviation from
the perpendicular. This is the ufual manner of hanging
wheels, and for large wheels it is the only applicable method.
Plate \1. figs. and 10, is a far fuperior plan for {uch iron wheels
as are not too large or heavy to be turned in a lathe upon a
chuck, fo that the centre is expofed, and may be bored
through with a truly circular hole; and rather conical: of
courfe the wheel is fixed upon the chuck, fo that its cir-
cumference runs truly ; and at the fame time the centre is
bored, the pitch circle is defcribed upon the cogs, and fome-
times the ends of the cogs are turned to reduce them to a
true circle, and alfo the fides, that they may be exa€tly flat:
for, as we have before obferved, iron wheels, however true
their teeth may be calt, fhould always have their cogs rather
too large, and then be fet out and drefled, by chiffeling
and filing, to make them perfe@tly corre& to the lines thus

defcribed. But to return to fig..g; the wheel being pre-
pared, and its centre bored out, the fhaft is turried, as ufual,
to form its pivots, and, at the fame time, the part which is
to receive the wheel is turned conical, to fit the hole through
the wheel, which being jambed thereon will certainly be
true at once: and to prevent it from flipping round upon
its axis various means are in ufe; fometimes a mortife is
formed through the fhaft A, at the fmall part of the cone,
and a wedge r driven through, which is received in notches
at the fides of the hole through the central part of the wheel,
fo that it holds the wheel from turning round on the fhaft,
at the fame time that it drives it hard, and fixes it upon
the conical fitting. Another method is to cut a channel
along the conical part of the fhaft parallel to the axis of it,
and another fimilar one withinfide of the hole through
the wheel ; then a fillet or feather of iron s, (ig. 10.) being
inferted into the two grooves, effe€tually prevents the wheel
from turning, unlefs the ftrain is fo great as to cut the fea-
ther in two through its whole length, which is eafily pre-
vented by making it of a proper thicknefs. Another method
of fixing a wheel is to have a flaunch, or flat fhoulder, formed
upon the fhaft, and the wheel is drawn up againft this by
two, three, or four f{crew-bolts going through it, and alfo
through the central part of the wheel, parallel to its axis.
This plan is neither fo neat, fimple, nor itrong as the former.
When a wheel is required to be fometimes difengaged from
its axis, the conical or cylindrical fitting is very conve-
nient. In this cafe, the wheel fhould fit up againft a flat
fhoulder, asa, in fig. 11, and at the oppofite fide fhould
have a collet, or ring 4, to confine it, and kept up bya
key going through to the fhaft R. In this way the wheel will
flip round freely upon its axis, and corimunicate no motion
thereto, though it is in conftant motion itfelf: but when
they are required to be conneéted, a locking bayonet, or
clutch-box, is ufed. Thefe pieces of mechanifm are conftruG-
ed in different forms ; one of them is fhewn in the figure.
Strong arms A, A, are fixed faft on the fhaft R, juft be-
fore the wheel either by a circular fitting with a fillet, by a
{quare, or they may be caft withit. Through the extremi-
ties of thefe arms holes are drilled to receive the thanks f f,
of the locking bayonet, which are fixed by nuts faft to an
arm D, very nearly fimilar to A A, but it flides on the
fhaft, and has a central_part g, with a circular groove
round it, in the manner of a pulley, and a fork embracing
the central piece in this groove gives the means of fliding
the bayonets ff, and D, upon the fhaft, fo that the points
of its fhanks intercept the arms of the wheel, fo as to carry
it round with them and the fhaft ; but when the points of ff
are drawn back clear of the arms of the wheel, it flips round
freely upon the fhaft. The clutch-box is rather different
from this ; it is a piece fitted upon the fhaft with a fillet, fo
that it cannot flip round, but will flide endways upon it.
The end of the piece is formed with feveral notches, or in-
dentations acrofs its face, which meet fimilar indentations
in the face of the central part of the wheel, and thusatnites
the wheel and the fhaft when the clutch is flid up to it; but
the wheel is difengaged when the clutch is drawn from it.
The conftruttion of bearings for the fupport of pivots at
the ends of fhafts or {pindles, is a matter of great import-
ance in mill-work, The old kind of bearing called braffes is
fhewn in fig. 12. A lump of brafs a, with a femicircular
notch in it, was let into the piece of timber A, which was to
fupport it; and two fcrew-bolts 5,4, were fixed throuzh the
timber, being half received in notches formed in the fides
or ends of the brafsa: the upper brafs, 6, was exa¢tly fimilar
to the lower, and over it a plate of iron, d, was placed, with
two holes through it to receive the two bolts 4, 6, and keep

10 them

MILL-WORK.

them together: the nuts ¢,¢, upon the tops of the bolts con-
fined the upper brafe down, and made all fall and tight.
This kind okbeste is not {ufficiently trong or fteady forall puc-

ofes, and, therefore, the bearing aes in fig. 13. hao taken
ta place: in this, aa is a calt-iron plate, which is held by two
or more bolts r,r, down upon the timber or framing of the
mill: this piece of calt-iron has two pieces 4, 4. rifling up
from it, between which a piece of brafs, /, is bedded, and has
a femicircular notch in it. Another fimilar piece of brafo is
fixed into the call-iron cap-piece B, which is fitted into the
{pace between the two pieces 4,4, and is drawn down by
nuts upon the two bolts ¢,¢. The brafles are prevented from
getting out fideways by {mall fillets projecting from the
middle of them, which are received into proper notches in
the calt-iron work. Inthe fame manner the cap B is fitted
between the pieces 4, 4, with a tongue or fillet, and groove,
fo that it cannot deviate fideways, and then the bolts have
only to draw the braffes down together. Sometimes a bear-
ing of this kind is fitted up, fo that it is adjuitable in its
pofition a little to adjuft two wheels to work accurately
with each other, or for other purpofes where nicety is re-

uired. In this cafe, an iron plate, D, is bolted down to the
raming, and the bearing, aa, lays upon it, the fame bolts
r,r, going through both, and alfo through the framing be-
neath ; but the holes through which they pafs in the piece aa
are oblong, to admit the whole bearing being adjulted fide-
ways. This is done by two wedges a, 0, inferted at the ends
of the piece aa, between the two ends of D, which rife
up for the purpofe, as at an. The bearing refts upon two

wedges at g,g, and is drawn down upon them by the bolts
non B ok e two wedges it can be raifed up at area
ed end-

and by the other two, 0,0, at the ends, it can be adju
ways to fet the bearing in the exa&t pofition required ; and
the bolts r, r, when {crewed faft, hold all tight. The bett
way to make the interior furface of the brafles for a bear-
ing exaétly true, is to have them calt folid, that is, the
two halves of the brafs in one, with a notch which very
nearly, but not quite feparates them. In this {tate it can be
chucked in a chuck-lathe, and the infide bored or turned
out true: then it may be fawn in two halves, and put into
its place, to which it fhould have been previoufly fitted.
Sometimes the bearing is all fitted Roget and {crewed
down in its place, and a borer is ufed to bore or broach out
the hole for the braffes, the fame as is employed to bore

ump barrels. Brafs is found, by experience, to be the

it fubftance to form bearings for a cait-iron gudgeon,
having the lealt friction, and, confequently, leait wear, of
any other fubitance which can be ufed. To diminifh this
friction ftill farther, friction-wheels are fometimes ufed.
The manner of conttructing thefe, when merely required to
fupport a gudgeon, leaving its own weight to keep it down
in its place upon them, is thewn in fig. 14. Here A A is
an iron plate, which is to be bolted down upon the at
it has holes through it to receive the friction-wheels B, B,
and fupports bearings ‘a, a, for their pivots raifed up toa
proper height, and provided with fockets for braffes, in
which the pivots of the fri€tion-wheels are to lie. The two
friGion-wheels B, B, as is evident, lie by the fide of each
other, and the gudgeon, D, of the fhaft they are to bear lies
upén and between them, fo that when it turas round it rolls
upon them, or rather, their circumferences move with it,
and, confequently, the pivots of the friction-wheels move fo
flowly, as to diminifh the friction very materially, the pro-
portion depending on the relation between the diameters of
the wheels B and the gudgeon D. This is not the beft
kind of friGion-wheels, though the fimpleft. Plate II.
Jig. 15. of Mill-work, contains a view of another kind, called

fri€tion-rollern: here A A is an iron plate bolted down to
the framing, and an iron ring, B, rifes up from it, all cat in

one piece, The interior furface of this ring is turned in th
lathe with the greatelt accuracy, and the pivot or gudgeon
C, which is alfo turned true, reflo in the centre thereof,
being fupported by fix rollers a, a, &c. arranged at equal
diltances round it, and of fuch a diameter as to exaétly fll
up the {pace all round between the gudgeon and the ring.
The rollers, it is evident, mutt be made all of one exaAt dia-

meter, and extremely trac, aod they mutt fill up the {pace :
then the gudgeon being turned round aéts upon thefe roUers,
and turns them round alfo at the fame time by this motion,
As they have no fixed centre, they alfo roll round within the
ring B, in the fame dire&tion as the motion of the gudgeon,
but with a very flow motion, which will be in proportion to
the relative diameters of the gudgeon C and the ring B.
By this means nearly al! the fri¢tion is avoided, nothing like
the fliding of a gudjeon round upon its bearing takin
place here; it is all rolling of one furface upon another: |
as the contact of two cylinders, fuppofing them hard, is
but a line, the fri€iion, or more properly adhefion, is ex-
ceedingly {mall ; and at the fame time that the gudgeon is as
ftrongly fupported as poflible; but this depends upon the
hardnefs of the matter of the gudgeon, the rollers, and the
ring B. If the ring and gudgeon are made of hard caf
iron, and the rollers of fteel at a {pring temper, it will a&
extremely well, though the ftrain or weight upon the rollers
be.very great. For light {trains fofter fubftances might be
ufed, but not to fo good an effe&t.

The manner of keeping all the rollers at their relative dif-
tances from each other, in the ring B, that they may not run
againft each other, is yet to be explained. Each roller, as
fhewn at z, has a groove turned in it in the middle of its
length, fo as to reduce it to a {mall neck in the centre: then
an Iron ring, L, is provided, Which has fix holes drilled in it,
in the proper pofitions for the centres of the rollers, that
is at equal diftances round a circle, which is as much
lefs than the ring E as the diameter of the rollers, or the
fame quantity larger than the diameter of the gudgeon C,
Thefe holes are made to fit the fmall neck in the centre of the
rollers, and to get them in, the holes are cut open from the
outfide of the ring, fo as to become notches ; then the rollers
being put into them, are all in one clufter, and in this ftate
are introduced into the ring E. They will now be kept at
their proper diftances afunder, and when the gudgeon C is
introduced between them, they will all take their proper
places, and lie truly parallel. It is to be obferved that the
holes or notches in the ring L, do not exaétly fit the necks
ef the rollers, which have therefore confiderable play, and
but very little fri€tion, for it is not effential to keeping the
rollers at their relative diftances that this ring fhould be
ufed, but it will prevent the danger of their getting wrong
by accident. To prevent any duit or dirt getting in, which
would completely deftroy the aétion of this ingenious me-
chanifm, a circular iron plate is fitted into the ring B, on each
fide, and both are fixed by {mall ferews going through the
ring. One of the plates N muft of courfe have a hole
through the middle, to admit the gudgeon. The joints of
thefe plates fhould be water tight, and then a quantity of oil
being poured in, will remain in the bottom of the ring B,
and every roller, as it paffes, will be kept oiled ; though this
is no ways neceflary to their action. The end plate, which
is not perforated, will make a ftop to prevent the gudgeon
moving endways, and the two plates will keep the rollers
from fhifting their pofition on end; but to prevent fri@tion,
if ever they come in contaét, the ends of the roller fhould. be
rather convex, as fhewn at z, that they may touch in the

4A 2 centre

MILL-WORK.

centre rather than the outfides; but they will never bear
hard againtt the plate, having no drift that way.

A patent was taken out for thefe fri€tion rollers many
years ago, and a large manufactory was eftablifhed for making
them for various purpofes, as carriage and waggon-wheele,
the gudgeons of heavy water-wheels, &c.: they were found
to pofiefs great advantages, having fcarcely any fenfible fric-
tion when in motion, but were lable to get out of order
chiefly from the entrance of duft, which occafioned the rollers
to wear out of the round more on one fide than the others 5
and if once by this accident the rollers ftood ftill for an in-
ftant, the gudgeon wore a flat place in the two rollers be-
neath it, and they would never run round again : a very little
time would wear this flat fide fo deep as to {top the rollers,
becaufe of the very fmall furfaces in conta& with the gud-
geons. For delicate purpofes, where hardened fteel can be em-
ployed for all the rollers and the ring, they are a moft ad-
mirable contrivance, and the above objections will then apply
very flightly ; but, as before mentioned, their perfection and
durability will ultimately depend upon the hardnefs of the
fubftances employed.

Fig. 16. reprefents a fuit of fri€tion rollers for fupporting
the weight of a heavy vertical fhaft, as a horfe-wheel, a hori-
zontal wind-mill, a capitan fugar-mill, &e. A A isa plate
fupporting the weight of the fhaft ; it has a conical eminence
upon it, anda hole in the centre of this, which exaétly fits
the pivot or gudgeon ¢, at the bottom of the fhaft R : upon
this gudgeon a conical plate B is formed, exactly of the fame
fhape and {ize as the conical part of the plate A, and between
thefe two plates three or four rollers a, a, are fituated, and bear
the weight of the fhaft R, or whatever prefles upon the
plate B. The rollers are kept at proper ditances afunder by
a ring, fhewn feparate at L, with three arms, 2, projecting
fromit, which being formed into f{pindles, pafs through the
centres of the rollers a, and have collets and crofs keys to
keep them on. In this manner, as the gudgeon and plate B
turn round, the plate rolls upon the rollers a, a, keeping
always in the true centre, by the end of the gudgeon c fitting
the hole in the centre of the plate A A; but the weight is
fupported by the rollers a, a, which, at the fame time that the
upper plate rolls upon them, they roll upon the lower, and
thus very confiderably diminifh the friGtion which any other
kind of gudgeon would have in fuch a fituation.

Shafis.—In almoft all modern mills, the fhatts or fpindles
for the conveyance of motion, and fupport of wheels, are
made of iron, either wrought or caft. Square fhafts are the
moft common, but fometimes oftagon and round ones are
ufed ; and if they are very large, they are caft hollow, like
pipes, and the gudgeons fixed in at the ends by wedges ; but
the pivots fhould always, if poflible, be formed of the fame
piece of metal, as the flightelt poflible deviation from the
ftraight line caufes them to {train, and work very irregularly
in their bearings. In wooden. fhafts this is impracticable,
and it is one of the greateft objeCtions to the ufe of them. The
beft method of fixing gudgeons into wooden fhafts is {hewn
in fg. 17. Here A is the gudgeon, made in caft iron, turned
true ; it has four leaves, a, d, c, d, forming a crofs, which is
let into the end of the wooden fhaft R ; the front edge of each
leaf is confiderably thinner than the back, fo that’a pair of
{trong iron hoops r r being driven tight on the end of the
fhaft, clofes the wood round the crofs, and holds it falt, and
the back of the leayes being wider than the front, it will not
come out. As an additional fecurity, {crews are fometimes

ut in; thefe are put through holes in the arms of the crofs,
which are then made flat the other way, and do not go fo
fur into the wood. The fcrews go into the timber a confider-
able diftance, where a mortife is cut into the wood, to meet

the end of the bolt, andan iron nut is dropped in, to ferew
the bolt into, when it is turned round by a {crew driver. By
this contrivance a gndgeon may be fitted into a wooden
fhaft very falt, but {till it will never come into competition
with iron fhafts, when the gudgeon is made all in one folid.
piece with the whole of the fhaft. A judicious mechanic
will never make more than two bearings upon any one fhaft,
if it can be avoided, becaufe if the three, by any means, as
the warping of the frame work, or other caufe, get the
{malleft poltble quantity out of the ftraight line, they can
never work well afterwards, but will always {train and wear
the bearings with great fri€tion. In very extenfive mills, fuch
as woollen and cotton mills, breweries, &c. when the build-
ings are of great length, it becomes neceflary to join feveral
fhafts together in length, to reach from one end to the other
of a mill. The manner of making the joinings is of fome con-
fequence: itis neceflary that every fhaft fhould have a bear-
ing at each end, and confequently that the conneétion of the
ends of every one fhould be made by uniting the ends of the
fhafts which projeét beyond their bearings. This can be done
in various ways: one is by having the ends of each of, the
fhafts provided with circular heads (fee A B fig. 18.), which
have teeth in one, and correfponding indentations in the
other, to receive them, and thus one is made to turn the other
about, at the fame time that if any flight fettlement of the
building or other caufe deprefles one of the bearings, or
raifes another, fo as to put the two fhafts out of the perfect
ftraight line they ought always to preferve; thefe joints will
admit the flight flexure, and {till communicate the motion of
one fhaft to the other.

As this accidental fettlement in large buildings is almoft
unavoidable in fome degree, care fhould be taken to make
fuch joints as will admit of a trifling bending. Sometimes the
ends of the fhaft are made circular, and turned quite true in
the lathe ; then a metal tube or collar is fitted truly upon both
to cover the joint, and conneé them, a bolt being put through
each end, which unites both fhafts with the collar, and thus
by means of it caufes one to turn the otherround. This me-
thod is fometimes ufed to fave the great expence of having a
bearing at each end of every length of fhaft, one bearing te
each length being then fufficient, the other end of the fhaft
being fupported by this collar, conneéting it with the end of
the adjacent length juft where it projects beyond its bearing.
But this is not a good method, as the fhafts are apt to bend
and work with fo much friétion in the bearings, if they get
the leaft out of the ftraight line, becaufe thefe kind of joints
will not admit any flexure of the fhaft, or if they do, they
will only bend on one fide, whereas it is neceflary for the joint
to bend fucceflively on all fides, when the bearings are not pre-
cifelyin aftraight line. P/ate1I1. fg. 1g. reprefents a coupling-
box, ufed by Mr. Murray of Leeds, for conneGing the
lengths of a long line of fhaft which are to carry a heavy
{train : it is fo made that it will communicate the motion in
the manner of an univerfal joint, if they fhould be out of the
line. Let A, B, be the two fhafts to be united; C, D, their
necks or collars which lay in the bearings : the ends projecting
beyond thefe have boxes E, F, fixed on them, either by a
f{quare with wedges, or by a round part with a fillet : one of
thefe boxes, E, has a piece projecting from the infide of it on
each fide, and extending into the other box, as is fhewn at
aa, (No, 2.), which is an infide view : the other box, I, has
two fimilar pieces projeéting from it at 4 into the other
box E: within the boxes an iron crofs cc dd is fituated ; it
has ferews fixed into the ends of the crofs, and by thefe
the motion is communicated: thus, the pieces a, 4, when the
fhaft A and box E are turned round in the dire€tion of the

arrow (No. 2.) a€t againft the ferews c,c, of the crofs, and turn

it

MILL-WORK.

it about; at the fame time the other two ferews d, d, at the
other arms of the crofe prefs aguintt the pieces 4, 4, which
belong to the box F and thaft B, thus turning them round ;
the crofs is placed quite detached in the boxes, and thus acts
as an univerfal joint, to communicate the motion of one to the
other: the ferews ¢¢, dd, at the ends of the crofs are only put
in that the acting points may be made of fleel, and made
fmooth to have But little friction in thefe parts. Another
method of uniting fhafts by Mr. Murray is thewn at fg. 20:
it has the advantage of requiring only one bearing for every
length of fhaft, whereas the above method requires one for
each end of every length. A, B, reprefent the two thafts ;
each has a pivot formed at the end; thefe pivots are fitted into
a coupling piece C DE, whichis bored out truly to fit them
infide, = | he outfide turned true, with aneck D D, which
is received and fitted into a bearing : the two thafts A, B, are
conneéted with the coupling piece D, at C and E, by means
of a crofs key /m, put through each fhaft, and the ends of
them received in notches made withinfide of the coupling

iece at C and E, where it receives the ends of the thafts. It
is to be obferved that the fhafts do not fit tight in thefe
parts E and C, but only in the pivots a, 6, within, by which
means they have liberty of a little motion, and this without
{training the bearing in which D runs, becaufe it is only the
fhort coupling piece which is received therein ; and confe-

uently, any trifling deviation from the ftraight line will not
ilesia it, becaufe oF the play allowed in the fittings.

The univerfal joint, called alfo Hooke’s joint, from its
inventor Dr. Hooke, is a method of uniting fhafts, which

ermits them to be rather inclined to each other. This is

ewn in fig. 21, where A, B, are the two fhafts, with necks
to be received in bearings: each fhaft beyond this is formed
into a fork, as C and D; and thefe are united by a crofs of
iron E, or fometimes a ring, in which four pins are inferted,
and pafs through holes in the ends of the forks. On one or
other of thefe pins the joint will bend in any direétion, on
the fame principle as a compafs hangs in its gombals, and
will communicate a rotative motion from one fhaft to the
other, when they are rather inclined; but this inclination
thould be fmall, or elfe the joint will not act well, or with-
out great friction, and irregularity of motion. If an angle
of more than 15 degrees from the ftraight line is required, a
pair of flightly bevilled wheels are bett.

The regulation of the velocity of a mil! is a matter of con-
fiderable importance, to preferve an uniformity of motion,
either when the force of the firft mover is flu@uating, or
when the refiftance or work of the mill varies in its degree :
either or both of thefe caufes will occafion the mill to acce-
jerate or diminifh its velocity ; aad in many inftances it will
have a very injurious effe& upon the operations of the mill.
Thus, in a mill for {pinning cotton, wool, flax, &c. driven
by a water-wheel, are a multiplicity of movements, many of
which are occafionally difengaged, in different parts of the
mill, for various purpofes. ‘This tends to diminifh the re-
fiftance to the firft mover, and the whole mill accelerates.
Or, on the other hand, *the head of water, which drives the
wheel, may be liable to rife and fall fuddenly, from many
caufes, which great and rapid rivers are fubje& to, and
eaufe fimilar irregularities in the {peed of the-wheel. For
fuch cafes, judicious mechanics have adopted contrivances,
or regulators, which countera& all thefe caufes of irregu-
larity ; and a large mill, fo regulated, will move like a clock,
- with regard to its regularity of velocity. Thefe regulators
are ufually termed governors, and are made on different prin-
ciples. Thofe moit generally ufed are called flying-balls,
operating by the centrifugal force of two heavy balls, which
are connefed and revolve with a vertical axis. Fig. 22. re-

prefents the fimpleft form of this ingenious apparatus: A A
is the vertical axis, which is conftantly revolving by the ma-
chinery 5 at aa two arms or pendulums, ab, ab, are jointed,
and carry at their extremities a heavy metal ball each, as 44;
from the pendulums two chains or iron rods, d, d, proceed,
and fufpend a collar ¢, which flides freely up and down the
axis, and has a groove formed all round it, in which the
end of a forked lever, D, is received; and thus the rifing
and falling of the collar, ¢, produces a corre{ponding mo-
tion of the end of the lever D; but the collar is always at
liberty to turn round with the axis freely within the fork, at
the extremity of the lever. The operation of the governor
is this: when the vertical axis is put in motion, the ceotri-
fugal force of the balls, d, 4, Aas a, them to recede from the
centre; and as this is done both together, they caufe the
collar, ¢, and the end of the lever to rife up: the balls fly
out to a certain height, and there they continue as long as
the axis preferves the fame velocity ; as it is the property of
a pendulous ball, like 4, to make a greater effort to return
to the perpendicular, in proportion as it is removed farther
from it, in confequence of the fufpending rod being more in-
clined, and bearing lefs of its weight. The weight of the
balls to return to the axis may be confidered as a conftantly
increafing quantity ; while the quantity of the Tepbet
force, caufing them to recede from the axis, depends exaétly
upon tke velocity given them. But this velocity increafes
as they open out, (independently of any increafed velocity
of the axis,) in confequence of their defcribing a larger
circle. ‘lhe combination of thefe oppofitely aniog forces
caufes the governor to be a molt fenfible and delicate re-
gulator. Thus: fuppofe the balls hanging perpendicular,
put the axis in motion with a certain velocity, the centri-
fugal force will caufe the balls to fly out ; and this increafing
their velocity, (by putting them farther from the centre, and
caufing them to ‘evolve in a larger circle,) gives them a
greater centrifugal force, which would carry them ftill
farther from the centre, but for the counteracting force,
viz. the weight of the balls tending to return. This is, as
before ftated, an increafing quantity, and confequently thefe
oppofite forces come to a point where they balance each
other ; that isp the balls fy out till their weight to return
balances the centrifugal force. But if the flighteft altera-
tion takes place in the velocity of the axis, the equilibrium
is deftroyed by the increafe or diminution of the centrifugal
force, and the balls alter their diftance from the centre ac-
cordingly, and by elevating or depreffing the end of the
lever, operates upon fome part of the mill to rectify the caufe
of the irregularity. In a fteam-engine, the lever acts upon a
vane or door fituated in the paflage of the fteam from the
boiler to the cylinder ; and if the mill lofes in velocity, from
an increafe of refiftance, the balls fall together a little ; and
the confequent fall of the lever opens the door or throttle
valve a little wider, and gives a ftronger fupply of fteam to
reftore the mill to its original velocity. On the other hand,
if the mill accelerates, the balls open out and then clofe the
vane, fo as to moderate the fupply of fteam. See a more
full defcription of this under StEaM-Engine.

A water-wheel is not fo eafily regulated by the governor,
becaufe the fhuttle of a large wheel requires a much greater
force to raife or lower it, when the water is prefling againit
it, than the lever, D, can at any time poflefs; it therefore
becomes requifite to introduce fome additional machinery,
which has fufficient power to move the fhuttle, and this is
thrown, in or out of a@tion, by the flying balls. The
fimpleft contrivance, and that which we believe was the re-
gulator firft ufed for a water-wheel, was erected at a cotton
mill at Belper, in Derbyfhire, belonging to Mr. Strutt.

: 4 A fquare

MILL-WORK.

A f{quare well, or large ciftern, was fituated clofe by the
water-wheel: it had a pipe leading from the mill-dam into
it, to admit water; and another pipe from it to the mill-tail,
to take the water away: both were clofed at pleafure by
cocks or fluices. Within the well was a large floating chett,
very nearly filling up the fpace: it of courfe rofe and fell
with the water in the ciftern, and had a communication by
rack and wheel-work with the machinery for drawing the
fhuttle, fo that the rife and fall of the floating cheft elevated
and depreffed the fhuttle of the wheel. The lever of the
governor was conneéted with the cocks in the two pipes, in
fuch a manner that when the mill was going at its intended
velocity, both of the cocks were fhut; but if the water-
wheel went too flowly, the falling of the balls and defcent
of their lever, D, opened the cock in the pipe of fupply,
and, by letting water into the well, raifed the float, and, with
it, the fhuttle, to let more water upon the wheel, till it ac-
quired fuch a velocity that the balls began to open out again,
and thus fhut the cock: on the other hand, if the mill went
too fait, the balls opened the pipe of exit from the well, and
then the finking of the float clofed the fhuttle till the true
velocity was reftored.

Since this firft application of the regulator to the water-
wheel, the manner of its operation has been greatly varied ;
and as the fame mechanifm is applicable to any kind of mill-
work, we fhall give a flight fketch of it. Suppofe A,
Jig. 23, an axis, receiving its motion from the mill by wheel-
work ; it is provided with a pair of governors, a6, ab, con-
ftructed like thofe before deferibed ; and at the lower part
of the fpindle is a bevilled wheel, R, turning two others,
B and C, fituated upon one fpindle, D, which goes away,
and communicates motion to the racks of the fhuttle; the
wheels, B and C, are neither of them fixed to the {pindle
D, but both flip round freely upon it, turning in contrary
direftions, as they receive motion from the oppofite fides of
the wheel R. A locking clutch, d, is fitted upon the
f{pindle between thefe two wheels, B, C, and can, by moving
it one way or the other, be made to lock either one of the
wheels to the fpindle D, at the fame time that it leaves the
other difengaged. The locking-box is moved by means of
a lever, fhewn in fig. 24; the arm m, having a fork to em-
brace a groove in the box; the lever is fixed on a vertical
axis x, which has at the upper end two other levers, o, p:
thefe lay one on each fide of the vertical axis A, but at dif-
ferent heights, as is evident from the figure. The collar e,
which is raifed up when the balls fly out, is fitted upon a
{quare part of the fpindle A, and is formed like a {nail or
camm, which will aé& upon either of the levers, o or p, ac-
cording to the height at which it hangs upon its fpindle.
Now when the mill is going with its true velocity, this
camm, e, is at fuch a height that it is beneath one lever, o,
and above the other, p, fo as to interfere with neither; con-
fequently the locking-box, d, remains detached: but on any
alteration in the velocity of the mill and the axis A, the
balls open or fhut, as before explained, and the camm, e,
either rifes or falls, and then it preffes againit one of the
levers, 0 or f, and by pufhing it away trom the axis, it
moves the lever m, and the locking-box d, up to one of the
wheels, B or C, which it locks to the axis D, and turns it
round in the direétion of that wheel’s motion, by which it
either raifes or depreffes the water-wheel’s fhuttle, as is re-
quired, This apparatus may, it is plain, be applied to any
other kind of mill-work.

Governors or flying-balls are very frequently ufed in the
wind-mills employed for grinding flour: the variable force
of this firft mover renders fome fuch regulator neceflary, to
increafe the refiftance, by allowing a greater feed of corn,

when the mill moves too quickly, and thus in fome degree
counteracting the irregularity. If the mill moves too flowly,

the balls tend to diminifh the feed, and at the fame time

they raife the upper ftone, to fet them at a greater diftance
afunder, that they may require lefs power to drive them,
and confequently fuffer the mill, as nearly as it can, to re-
tain its full velocity, though the motive force is greatly
diminifhed. This application of the governor was, we be-
lieve, firft made by the ingenious captain’ Hooper of Mar-
gate, who invented the horizontal wind-mill. (See Winp-
Mill.) It is a very great advantage, and no wind-mill
fhould be without them. Many wind-mills are provided
with flying-balls, which, by very ingenious mechanifm,
clothe and unclothe the fails juft in proportion to the
ftrength of the wind.

In many mills it is of confequence to be able to dete&
{mall variations in the velocity, and to afcertain the quantity
of them; for the governor only correéts the irregularities,
without fhewing any fcale of them. In cafes where this is
required, it may be done by a very ingenious in{trument,
invented by Mr. Bryan Donkin of Fort-Place, Bermondfey.
He received a gold medal from the Society of Arts, Manu-
faGures, and Commerce, in 1810, for this inftrument, which
he calls a tachometer.

A front view of this inftrument is reprefented in fig. 25,
and a fide view in fig. 26, of Plate Il. XYZ, fig. 25,
is the vertical feGQion of a wooden cup, made of box, which
is drawn in elevation at X, fg. 26. The whiter parts of
the fetion, in fg. 25, reprefent what is folid, and the dark
parts what is hollow. This cup is filled with mercury up
to the level LL, fg. 25. Into the mercury is immerfed
the lower part of the upright glafs tube A B, which is filled
with coloured fpirits of wine, and open at both ends, fo
that fome of the mercury in the cup enters at the lower
orifice, and, when every thing is at reft, fupports a long
column of {pirits, as reprefented in the figure. The bot-
tom of the cup is faftened by a ferew to a fhort vertical
fpindle D, fo that when the f{pindle is whirled round, the
cup (whofe figure is a folid of revolution) revolves at the
fame time round its axis, which coincides with that of the
fpindle.

In confequence of this retation, the mercury in the cup
acquires a centrifugal force, by which its particles are
thrown outwards, and that with greater intenfity, according
as they are more diftant from the axis, and according as the
angular velocity is greater. Hence, on account of its
fluidity, the mercury rifes higher and higher as it recedes
from the axis, and confequently finks in the middle of the
cup; this elevation of the fides and depreffion in the middle
increafing always with the velocity of rotation. Now the
mercury in the tube, though it does not revolve with the
cup, cannot continue higher than the mercury immediately
furrounding it, nor indeed fe high, on account of the fuper-
incumbent column of fpirits. Thus the mercury in the tube
will fink, and confequently the fpirits alfo; but as that part
of the tube which is within the cup is much wider than the
part above it, the depreffion of the fpirits will be much
greater than that of the mercury, being in the fame pro-
portion in which the fquare of the larger diameter exceeds
the fquare of the fmaller.

Let us now fuppofe, by means of a cord paffing round a
{mall pulley F, and the wheel G or H, or in any other con-
venient way, the fpindle, D, is conneted with the machine
whofe velocity is to be afcertained. In forming this con-
nection, we muit be careful to arrange matters, fo that when
the machine is moving at its quickett rate, the angular velocity
of the cup fhall not be fo great as to deprefs the {pirits below,

C, inta

MILL-WORK.

C, into the pies pect of the tube. We are alfo, as in the
figure, to have a feale of inches and tenths applied to AC,
the upper and narrower part of *he tube, the numeration
being carried downwards from zero, which is to be placed
at the point to which the column of {pirit rifes when the
cup isatrelt, >

Tish the inftrument will be adjufted, if we mark on the
feale the point to which the column of f{pirits is depreffed
when the machine is moving with the velocity required.
But, as in many cafes, and particularly in fteam-engines,
there is a continued ofcillation of velocity; in thole cafes
we have to note the two points between which the column
ofcillates during the nak advantageous movement of the
machine.

Here it is proper to obferve, that the height of the
column of f{pirits will vary with the temperature, when other
circumitances are the hae On this account the feale
ought to be moveable, fo that, by flipping it upwards or
downwards, the zero may be placed at the point which the
column reaches when the cup is at reft, and thus the inftru-
ment may beadjuited to the particular temperature with che
utmoft facility, and with fufficient precifion. The effential
parts of the tachometer have now been mentioned, as well
as the method of adjultment ; but certain circumftances re-
main to be ilated.

The form of the cup is adapted to render a fmaller quan-
tity of mercury fufficient than what mull have been employed
aiken with a cylindrical or hemifpherical veffel, In every
cafe two precautions are neceflary to be obferved. Firft,
that when the cup is revolving with its greatelt velocity,
the mercury'in the middle fhall not fink {o low as to allow
any of the {pirits in the tube to efcape from the lower orifice ;
and that the mercury, when mott diftant from the axis,
fhould not be thrown out of the cup. Secondly, that when
the cup is at re(t, the mercury fhall rife fo high above the
lower end of the tube that it may fupport a column of fpirits
of the proper length.

Now, in order that the quantity of mercury, confiftent
with thefe conditions, may be reduced to its minimum, it is
neceffary, firit, that if M M (jig. 1.) is the level of the mer-
cury at the axis when the cup is revolving with the greatelt velo-
city, the upper part M M X Y of the cup fhould be of fuch a
form as to have the fides covered only with a thin film of the
fluid; and fecondly, that, for the purpofe of raifing the
{mall quantity of mercury to the level L L, which may fup-
port a proper height of {pirits when the cup is at reft, the
cavity of the cup fhould be, in a great meafure, occupied by
the block K K, having a cylindrical perforation in the mid-
dle of it for the immerifion of the tube, and leaving fufficient
room within and around it for the mercury to move freely,
both along the fides of the tube and of the veffel.

The bleck, K K, is preferved im its proper pofition in the
cup or veflel X YZ, by means of three narrow projecting
flips or ribs, placed at equal diltances around it, and 1s kept
from rifing or floating on the mercury by two or three {mall
iron or iteel pins inerted into the underfide of the cover,
near the aperture through which the tube paffes. It would
be extremely difficult, nor is it by any means important, to
give to the cup the exact form which would reduce the quan-
tity of mercury to its minimum; but we fhall have a fufh-
cient approximation, which may be executed with great
precifion, if the part of the cup above, M M, is made a para-
Dolic conoid, the vertex of the generating parabola being at
that point of the axis to which the mercury finks at its loweit
depreffion, and the dimenfions of the parabola will be deter-
mined in the following manner. Let VG (jg. 27.) repre-
fent the axis of the cup, and V the point to which the mer-

cury finks at its lowelt depreffion: at any point, G, above
V, draw G H perpendicular to V G ; let m be the number
of revolutions which the cup is to perform in 1”, at its
quickell motion; let v be ‘t number of inches which a
body would deferibe uniformly in 1”, with the velocity ac-
quired in falling from ref through a height = to GY,

and make G H = Hy Then the parabola to be deter-
mined is that which has v for its vertex, VG for its axis,
and GH for its ordinate: at G the cup has a lid to pre-
vent the mereury from being thrown out of it, an event which
would take place with a very moderate velocity of rotation,
unlefs the fides were raifed to an inconvenient height ; but
the lid, by obftruéting the elevation of the fides of the cup,
will diminith the depreffion in the middle, and, confequently,
the depreflion of {pirits in the tube: on this account, a
cavity is formed in the block immediately above the level
LL, where the mercury ftands when the cup is at reft,
and thus a receptacle is given to the fluid which would
otherwife difturb the centrifugal force, and impair the fen-
fibility of the inftruiment,

It will be obferved, that the lower orifice of the tube is
twined upwards. By thefe means, after the tube has been
filled with fpirits, by fuétion, and its upper orifice {topped
with the finger, it may eafily be conveyed to the cup, and
immeried in the quickfilver, without any danger of the fpirits
efcaping, a circumftance which otherwife it would be ex-
tremely difficult to prevent, fince no part of the tube can
be made capillary, confiftently with that free paflage to the
fluids which is effentially neceflary to the operation of the
inftrument.

We have next to attend to the method of putting the
tachometer in motion, whenever we with to examine the velo-
city of the machine. The pulley F, which is conftantly
whirling during the motion of the machine, has no connec-
tion whatever with the cup, fo long as the lever, QR, is
left to itfelf. But when this lever is raifed, the hollow
cone T, which is attached to the pulley, and whirls along
with it, is alfo raifed, and, embracing a folid cone on the
fpindle of the cup, communicates the rotation by fri@tion.
When our obfervation is made, we have only to allow the
lever to drop by its own wéight, and the two cones will be
difenzaged, and the cup remain at reft.

The lever, Q R, is conne&ed, by a vertical rod, to another
lever S, having at the extremity, S, a valve, which, when
the lever, Q R, is raifed, and the tachometer is in motion, is
lifted up from the top of the tube, fo as to admit the ex-
ternal air upon the depreffion of the fpirits. On the other
hand, when the lever, Q R, falls, and the cup is at reft, the
valve at S clofes the tube, and prevents the f{pirits from
being waited by evaporation.

It is, laftly, to be remarked, that both the fenfibility and
the range of the inftrument may be infinitely increafed 3 for,
on the one hand, by enlarging the proportion between the
diameters of the wide and narrow parts of the tube, we en-
large, in a much higher proportion, the extent of {cale cor-
re{ponding to any given variation of velocity ; and, on the
other hand, by deepening the cup, fo as to admit, when it
is at reft, a greater height of mercury above the lower end
of the tube, we lengthen the column of fpirits which the
mercury can fupport, and, confequently, enlarge the velo-
city which, with any given fenfibility of the inftrument, is
requilite to deprefs the {pirits to the bottom of the feale.
Hence the tachometer is capable of being employed in
very delicate philofophical experiments, more efpecially as
a {cale might be applied to it indicating equal increments of

4 velocity.

MIL

velocity. But, in the prefent account, it is merely intended
to ftate how it may be adapted to dete&, in machinery,
every deviation from the moft advantageous movement.

MILLAH, in Geography, a mountain of Algiers; 15
miles S.W. of Tiffefh.

MILLAINS, according to Mr. Wingate, are the third
fubdivifion of the primes in Gunter’s line; and exprefs the
thoufandth part of fuch primes.

MILLAR, Joun, in Biography, profeffor of law in the
univerfity of Glafgow, was born, in 1735, in the parifh of
Shotts, in Lanerkfhire. He received his grammar education
at the fchool of Hamilton, whence he was removed at the
age of eleven to Glafgow. He was defigned for the church,
but the freedom of his enquiries having infpired him with a
difinclination to fetter himfelf by fub{cription to articles of
faith, he turned his thoughts to the bar, and his father ac-
quiefced in the change. After he had finifhed his ftudies at
Glafgow, he pafled about two years in the family of Jord
Kames as tutor to his fon, and derived much information
and improvement from his conneétion with that eminent
lawyer. At this period he contraéted an acquaintance with
David Hume, to whofe metaphyfical opinions he became a
convert, though he materially differed from him upon poli-
tical topics. In 1760 Mr. Millar began to praétife at the
bar. He was regarded as a rifing young lawyer, when he
thought proper to terminate his profeffional career by be-
coming a candidate for the vacant profeflorfhip of law at
Glafgow. To this poft he was appointed in 1761, and im-
mediately began to execute its duties. Previoufly to his ap-
pointment the {tudents of the law-courfe feldom exceeded
four or five in number, but his reputation produced fuch an
acceffion in a few years, that they frequently amounted to
forty, and the pupils upon his le¢tures on government were
much more numerous. He le¢tured in Englifh, and {poke
fluently with the affiflance of mere notes only. By this
method his le€tures were rendered full of variety and anima-
tion, and at the conclufion of each he was accuftomed to ex-
plain the difficulties and objeGtions that had prefented them-
felves to his pupils, in a free and familiar converfation. His
bnfinefs as profeffor was that of commenting upon the intti-
tutions and pandeéis of Juftinian, but to this he fubjoined a
courfe of lectures on jurifprudence, or the general principles
of law, as exilting in the codes of all civilized nations: he
likewife employed an hour thrice a week in lectures on go-
vernment, and twice a week on the law of Scotland. A
fpirit of inveftigation had given birth to a literary fociety
among the clergy and profeffors of Glafgow, of which Mr.
Millar became an active member. Few men were more
ready at difcuffions of the philofophical kind, and all the
branches of itcience conneéted with the ftudy:of the human
mind were extremely familiar to him. In 1771 he publifhed
a treatife on “The Origin of the Diftin&tion of Ranks,”
which contained a view of the changes produced in the
feveral relations of fociety by the gradual progrefs of civiliza-
tion and improvement. It was well received by the public,
and has gone through feveral editions. The copy now be-
fore us is one of the third edition, aud was publifhed in 1781.
The treatife is divided into diftinét chapters, which are fub-
divided into feveral feGtions, and in thefe fubje&ts of much
intereft and great importance are difcuffed. ‘The firft chap-
ter treats ‘* Of the Rank and Condition of Women in dif-
ferent Ages ;”” the fecond “ Of the JurifdiGtion of a Father
over his Children :’’? the third and fourth «* Of the Autho-
rity of Chiefs and Sovereigns :” the fifth “ Of the Changes
produced in the Government of a People, by their Progrefs
in Arts and in polifhed Manners :” the fixth «Of the Au-
thority of a Mafter over his Servants.” -

MIL

Mr. profeflor Millar’s enquiries into the Englifh govern-
ment, which made an important part of his lectures, toge-
ther with a zealous attachment to the principles of liberty,
led him to publifh in the year 1787 the firft volume of an
* Hiftorical View of the Englifh Government,’ in which he
traces the progreffive changes in the property, the itate of
the people, and the government of England, from the fet-
tlement of the Saxons to the acceflion of the houfe of
Stuart. This volume, which is replete with ingenious and
profound fpeculations, would have been followed by a
{econd, bringing down the hiftory to the prefent time, had
not the events which, foon after the publication of this work,
paffed on the theatre of Europe, fo completely arrefted the
attention of the public, as almoft to fink the importance of
paft forms of government, in the fuperior intereft of thofe
which were expedled to arife !

Mr. Millar was an early, active, and perfevering advocate
for the abolition of the flave-trade, which, in his opinion,
could never be palliated, farlefs jultified, by any regulations,
either re{peCting the tranfport of flaves from Africa to the
Welt Indies, or their treatment, however mild, after their
arrival. While he confidered domettic flavery as the greateit
curfe that can befal a nation; as equally fubverfive of the
morals of all ranks in feciety, he was by no means indif-
ferent to the evils of political flavery. He viewed the at-
tempt to tax America, as an attack on the juft rights of the
Colonies, and he dreaded the fubjugation of that country,
as a decilive ftep towards the overthrow of Britifh freedom.
When the French revoiution, to which we have already
alluded, aftonifhed the world, he was one of thofe who, with-
out entering into the wild fpeculations it occafioned, faw in
profpect the benefits it apparently promifed to Europe ; and
on that account hailed it as the happieft event that could -
have happened to the human race. To the deep regret, ex-
cited by fucceeding horrors, there was, we are told, always
joined in his mind, a fentiment of the moft profound indig-
nation againft that coalition of continental kings, to which
he thought they might be juftly aferibed.

Among the parties that have divided the prefent reign,
Mr. Millar attached himfelf to that of the Whigs, and par-
ticularly to that branch of them which had firft the marquis
of Rockingham, and afterwards Mr. Fox at their head.
He always warmly fupported their principles through all the
viciffitudes of adminiftration and public opinion.’ He was
ever fufpicious of power, and was a zealous friend to all
attempts for reftraining the increafe of the power of the
crown. It was probably in confequence of his jealoufy of
authority, that, in the limited degree in which he ftill fol-
lowed the profeffion of an advocate, he made it a conftant
practice to appear on the circuits as counfellor for criminais ;
and few pleaders furpaffed him in the acutenefs with which
he examined evidence, and the force with which he addrefled
the feelings of juries. Mr. Millar’s refearches were by no
means confined to politics and law. He was an able and
profound metaphyfician: his acquaintance with the works
of imagination, both ancient and modern was alfo very ex-
tenfive, and his criticifms were at once ingenious and folid,
evincing an admirable union of acutenefs of underftanding
with an elegant and correét tafte. He died on the 30th of
May 1801, at the age of 69, leaving behind him feveral
manufcripts, from which, in 1803, were printed, in two vo-
lumes, his pofthumous works, confifting of an hiftorical view
of the Englifh government from the acceffion of the houfe
of Stuart, and fome feparate differtations conneéted with
the fubje&. Of the ftyle of Mr. Millar’s works, it is fuf-
ficient praife to fay in the words of his biographer, that,
“ perhaps it would be impoffible to find a fentence which can

require

MIL

require a fecond perufal to be diftinfly underfood.”
Mouthly Magazine, vol. ii, See alfo * An Account of the
Life and Writings of John Millar,’ efq, prefixed to the
fourth edition “ OF the Origin of the Diftinétion of Ranks.’

MILLARES, or Mixtas, in Geography, a town of
Spain, in the province of Valencia, on the Xucar; 18 miles

-W. of St, Felipe.

MILLAS, a town of France, in the department of the
Eatlern Pyreneés, and chief place of a canton, in the dillrict
of Perpignan; 9 miles W. of Ronen The place con-
tains 1361, and the canton 7029 inhabitants, on a territory

1 kiliometres, in g communes,
MILLEA, in Bosday, a genus named by Cavanilles in
honour of Mr. Julian Milla, head gardener of the Royal
Botanical Garden at Madrid. —Cavan. Ic. v. 2. 76. Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 2. 62.—Clafs and order, Hewandria Monogynia.
Net. Ord. Coronarie, Linn. Lilia, Jufl.

Gen. Ch. Ca/. Perianth none. Cor. of one petal, funnel-
fhaped ; tube elongated, ftraight ; limb f{preading, deeply
cloven into fix, ovate fegments, the alternate ones narrower,
and tipped with a fhort, hooked appendage. Stam. Fila-
ments Meresly difcernible ; anthers fix, oblong, ereé& and
approaching each other, almott feflile, oppofite to the feg-
ments of the corolla, and inferted into the upper part or
throat of the tube. Pi/?. Germen fuperior, on a very long
ftalk, triangular, inclofed in the tube; ftyle thread-fhaped,
prominent; itigmas three, globular, covered with thick hairs.
Peric. Capfule oblong, triangular, of three valves and three
cells. Seeds many in each cell, ovate, pointed, comprefled
into the fhape of a little bag. ; :

Obf. Cavanilles fays that the germen being + eek the
tube elongated and flraight, the anthers nearly feflile and ap-
proaching each other, added to the deficiency of a calyx
and ne@tary, are fufficient marks to render our prefent plant
diftin& from Pancratium, Amaryllis, Crinum and Agapanthus,
to all which genera in other refpects it feems to have fome
affinity. “ j

Eff. Ch. Corolla funnel-fhaped ; with a flat limb, deeply
fix-cleft. Anthers inferted into the throat of the tube.
Germen ftalked. Capfule of three cells, with many feeds.

1. M. difora. Willd. n. 1. Cavan. Ic. v. 2. t. 196.—
A native of Mexico. It flowers and bears feed in the garden
at Madrid in October. Root an ovate bulb, with very flefhy
oblong fibres, covered with a thin, reddifh fkin. Radical-
leaves a foot high or more, awl-fhaped, fometimes furrowed
on the inner fide, fmooth and generally longer than the
fcapus. Stalks {carcely a foot high, round, fliff, generally
forked and two-flowered. Bradéeas at the divifion of the
ftalk, three, fhort, acute, withering. Corolla white, each
fegment of the limb ftreaked at the lower part with green.
Seeds numerous, black. The analogy of the Tigridia Pa-
wonia helps us to underftand this root, which Cavanilles ap-
pears to have incorre@ly defcribed. ’

“ MILLEFOLIUM, Millefoil or Yarrow, fo denomi-
nated from mille, a thoufand, in allufion to the multitude of
divifions which compofe its leaves. (See AcniLLEA.) The
name is likewife, for the rey ees applied to an aquatic
nus, called Water Millefoil. See MyriopHyLLum.
e’MILLENARII, MILLENARIANS, in Ecclefiaftical Hif-
tory, a fe& among Chriltians, chiefly in the primitive church,
who hold that Jefus Cnrift is to come again, and reign on
earth for the fpace of a thoufand years; during which time,
the faithful are to enjoy all manner of temporal bleflings ;
and at the expiration of this term, the day of judgment is
o take place. ‘
; The Mallar are alfo called Chiliafs, Chiliafle, from
the Greek xirszs, mille, a thoufand.- ‘ i
VoL. XXIII.

MIL

This opinion of the Millenarii is very ancient, and may
be traced back almolt as far a» the time of the apoflles. It
had its origin from a paflage in the Apocalypfe too literally
underftood, in which mention is made of Chrift’s reign om
earth, &e.

The opinion of §. Papias, in the fecond century, to
whom Eufebius afcribes the origin of this notion of a mil-
lennium, fays M. Launoy, touching the new kingdom of
Jefus Chrift on earth, sher the refurreétion, was Feld for
near three centuries, before it was charged as erroneous ; as
appears from ecclefiaftical biftory. 1t was allowed of, and
followed, under various interpretations, by feveral of the

reateft men among the primitive fathers, as Ireneus, Ju(tin
Uocerr, La@antius, Tertullian, &c. Papias, to whom this
opinion is afcribed, is reprefented by Eufebius himfelf a very
crédulous perfon, and it is certain his authority deferves no
implicit confidence. From the fecond dialogue of Juftin
Martyr with Trypho, we have evidence that the do@rine of
the millennium had not in his time the univerfal reception
which Mr. Gibbon the hiftorian, with a view of ferving his
own purpofe, has fuppofed. Many Chriftians of pure and
pious principles rejected it. This appears from the tefti-
mony of Juftin, in a paffage which has been mifunder-
ftood by Mede and Tillotfon in confequence of the fubftitu-
tion of s for av See Thirlby’s ed. of Juftin, A.D. 1722,
and Jebb’s ed. A.D. 1719.

‘Towards the clofe of the fecond century, the credit of
this opinion began to decline, principally through the in-
fluence and authority of Origen, who oppofed it with the

reateft warmth, becaufe it was incompatible with fome of
cS favourite fentiments.

Nepos, an Egyptian bifhop, endeavoured to reftore this
opinion to its former credit, in a book written «« againft the
Allegorifts,’’ for fo he called, by way of contempt, the ad-
verfaries of the millenarian fyftem. But Dionyfius of Alex-
andra, a difciple of Origen, {topped the growing progrefs
of this do&rine by his private difcourfe, and alfo by two
learned and judicious differtations concerning the « divine
promifes.”” Jerom is alfo faid to have oppofed this mil-
lenary reign of Chrift, The ancient Millenarians generally
held, accerding to the account of the learned Dr. Whitby,
that the temple, or the city of Jerufalem, fhould be rebuilt,
and that the land of Judea fhould be the habitation of thofe
rifen faints, who were to reign on earth a thoufand years ;
that this refurreétion was not to be confined to the martyrs
only, but that all the juft were then to rife and reign with
Chriit ; and that this reign fhould alfo extend to the juit who
were found alive at this firft refurre@tion; that Jefus Chrift
fhall then come down from heaven, and be feen on earth,
and there reign with his fervants; and that they fhall then
fare delicioufly, and enjoy the richeft wines and moft deli-
cious fruits, build houfes, plant vineyards, and eat the fruits
of them, and propagate their fpecies.

Dr. Whitby has clearly proved, that this opinion of the
millennium was never generally received in the Chriftian
church, and that there is no juft ground to think it was de-
rived from the apoitles. Indeed, if we examine their writ-
ings critically and. candidly, we fhall find that they never
predi&ed this event to others, nor cherifhed the expectation
of it in themfelves. The paflages which feem to couste-
nance this opinion are contradi¢ted by others, which are
altogether inconfittent with it; fo that the apoftles never
entertained the delightful hope of feeing their mafter com-
ing again into the world. It is evident that St. John, who
furvived all the other apofiles, could not have had any fuch
expectation ; fince in the book of the Revelation the future
events of the Chriitian church, which were not to take place,

, 45 many

MIL

many of them, till a long period of years after his death,
and fome of which have not yet been accomplifhed, are
there minutely deferibed. St. Peter likewife ftrongly in-
timates, that the day of the Lord might be faid to be at
hand, though it was at the diftance of a thoufand years, or
more. St. Paul, in his fecond epiltle to the Theflalonians,
labours te remove the erroneous opinion that had been
adopted by fome, who expeéted the fpeedy coming of
Chrift; he defcribes a great corruption of the Chriftian
chureh, which was to happen before the day of the Lord,
and this appears by the exprefs languag+ of his prophecy
to comprehend circumftances, which did not occur till many
ages after they were prediéted. But allowing, fays bifhop
Watfon, that the apoftles did expe that Chriit would
come in their own time, their miftake in this refpeét ought
not in anywife to diminifh their authority as preachers of
the gofpel. They might be proper witnefles of the life
and refurrection of Chrift, though they were not acquainted
with every thing which might have been known, though,
in particular, they were ignorant of the precife time when
our Lord would come to judge the world. It can be no
impeachment, either of their integrity as men, or their
ability as hiltorians, or their honelty as preachers of the
gofpel, that they were unacquainted with what had never
been revealed to them; that they followed their own under-
ftandings, where they had no better light to guide them;
{peaking from conjeéture, when they could not {peak from
certainty ; of themfelves, when they had no commandment of
the Lord. There is therefore no ground for the reflections
of Mr. Gibbon, tending to invalidate the truth of Chrilti-
anity and the doérine of a future ftate, and founded on
what he conceives to have been the opinion of the apoftles
and of ancient Chriftian writers, concerning the millennium.
Watfon’s Apology for Chriltianity.

The millennium, according to the learned commentator
Dr. Whitby, is a glorious flate of the church, commencing
after the fall of antichrift ; and the fubfequent converfion
of the Jews to the Chriftian faith, in which it fhall flourifh
in peace and plenty, in nghteoufnefs ard holinefs, and ina
pious offspring, for a thoufand years, under the undif-
turbed, though not perfonal government of Chrift, over
both Jews and Gentiles, which fhall then be united into one
church.

MILLENBACH, or Mizzacu, in Geography, a town
of Tranfylvania; zo miles W. of Hermanitadt. N. lat.
46° 6'. E. long. 23° 14’.

MILLENNIUM, compounded of mille, a thoujand, and
annus, a year, a term literally fignifying a thoufand years ;
chiefly ufed for the time of our Saviour’s expecied fecond
appearance, and reign on earth.

Mr. Whifton, in ieveral of his writings, has endeavoured
to fupport the notion cf a millennium. According to his
computation it was to have commenced about the year
$720. See MILLenaRu.

mMILI-LEPEDa«, in Conchology, the name given by au-
thors to a fpecies of Strombus ; which fee.

MILLEPEDES, or Starters, in Zoology, well known
in‘c&ts, formerly ufed on many occafions in medicine. This
infeét is otherwife called a/él/us, being a {pecies of onifcus,
in Englifh the wond-loufe. (See Asrtius and Oniscus.)
Mr. Ray defcribes feven different {pecies of this infe@t, fome
of which we fee every day, others are more rare. The blve
kind, which rolls itfelf up into a ball, is the proper medi-
cinal kind; though there is another fort of a pale brownith-
grey, fmaller, flatter, and thinner than the former, and
having the laft divifion of the body not annular but pointed,
anda forked tail, which is of the fame quality. They are

MIL

found in cellars, on roofs of houfes, old walls, and under
{tones and logs of woodin cold moift places. They are
rather more than half an inch in length, whitifh on the bey,
with feven pairs of legs, each terminated by a fharp horny
claw. The head is fomewhat pyramidal, and furnifhed with
two articulated feelers; and the upper part is guarded bya
callous, brownifh, livid-coloured, jointed armour, confiftin
of 14 femicircular flates, within which the infeét rolls itfelf
like a ball when touched ; like fome other ‘infeéts it cafts
the fkin, and carries the young in yalvular follicles under
the abdomen.

Millepedes are fo generally-known among the vulgar, that
mott perfous feem to be matters of their medicinal ufes, and
take them in many cafes without any other dire@ion. They
were formerly regarded as expetorant, diuretic, and ablter-
five, and occurred frequently in prefcriptions for diforders
in the kidnies, and alfo in obftruétions of the vifcera, and
particularly in the jaundice; and in many other difeafes.
Although they are retained in the lift of Materia Medica,
the good fenfe of modern pra¢titioners has nearly exploded
the ufe of them.

The millepedes preparate of the fhops, when they were
contidered as a medicine of importance and beneficial efficacy,
were reduced to powder, either by inclofing them in 2
thin canvas cloih, and fufpending them over hot fpirit of
wine in a clofe veffel, till they were killed by the fteam
and rendered friable; or by including them in a proper
veffel and drying them with a very gentle heat. The pre-
pared millepedes, or flaters as they are called, have a
fetid odour, anda {weetifh naufeous tafe.

There were alfo feveral chemical preparations of mille-
pedes, as fpirit, volatile falt, oil, and wine of millepedes.

The college of Edinburgh formerly dire€ted two ounces
of live millepedes to be flightly bruifed, and digefled for a
night in a pint of Rhenifh wine, after which the liquor is
to be prefled through a ftrainer.

MILLEPORA, in Natural Hifory, a genus of the
clafs Vermes, and order Zoophyta. The arimal is an
hydra or polype; coral moitly branched, and covered with
cylindrical turbinate pores. There are 34 fpecies, chiefly
inhabitants of the Mediterranean: but fome are found on
our own coalts, efpecially in Cornwall, and a few are {cat-
tered through the feas of America, India, and Polynefia.

Species.

Atcicoryis. This fpecies is branched, compreffed,
flraight, with fcattered and fearcely vifible pores. It ine
habits the Indian and American feas, and is frequently
found incrulting pieces of rock, gorgonia, and cocoa-nuts 3
dull white with fometimes a yellowifh tinge, fmooth, folid,
ftony, fometimes brittle, with very minute pores.

Czrucea. This is flat, rough, divided into thick plates
bending diferent ways, the tops of which are fometimes

' lobed, and both fides furnifhed with cylindrical fubftellate

pores. It is found in valt mafles in the Indian ocean; the
lamin or pilates are generally half an inch thick, and full
of minute pores between the flar-like cells. It appears to
be an intermediate {pecies between the madrepores and the
millepores.

Aspera. Somewhat compreffed, with eminent pores,
which are fometimes cleft. It inhabits the Mediterranean
feas. It is ere&t, pointing two ways, roundifh, with
crowded pores at the branches, cleft on the lower fide.

Soxipa. Turbinate, with crowded angular pores. Found
on the fhores of Gothland. ‘Tubes of pores with tranfverie
divifions within.

TruncaTa. Dichotomous, ere, with truncate branches.

Ie

MILLEPORA.

It inhabits the Mediterranean and North feas. Is of a
yellowifh-grey colour, and appearing as if covered with a
coat of varnith, very brittle, within greyifh, the branches
are divaricate, the pores are placed in a quincunx order,

Miniacea. Very minute, branching into {mall lobes,
and covered with (mall pores, ‘This {pecies is found in the
‘Mediterranean and Indian feas. It is a beautiful little coral,
and the fmalleit of its genus, being feldom above a quarter of
aninch high; the whole furface, when magnified, appears
full of minute, white, blind {piracles, and on the tops of
the lobes are feveral feattered holes furmounted with a
margin; the bafe is broad,.and with this it adheres to
thells rocks, and other corals.

* Cerviconnis. Thisis a littlecompreffed, dichotomous.
with cells on both fides, tubular, and promiaent florets,
At inhabits the Mediterranean and Cornifh coatts; is from
five to fix inches high; is of reddith or yellowifh-brown,
within whitith, branched) like the horns of a (lag, and
appearing as if covered with a varnilh; a few of the pores
are divided at the bafe, which are narrow, and of a brittle
texture.

* Sxener. Compreffed, and flightly branched, with cells
on both fides, difpofed in alternate rows; cells turbinate,
with a gaping mouth and covered with a helmet, the under
lip furnifhed with a {mall tooth, It is found near Aber-
deen, adhering to the rocks; of a bright fhining white
colour, and appearing as if covered with filver varnith.

Pumiva. This is depreffed, with {cattered irregular retufe
branches every where porous and roughifh. It inhabits the
Mediterranean, on fhells and rocks; is about three inches
high, folid, and very much branched, pale grey, and within
whiuth,

Comprussa. This {pecies is furnithed with a tem flightly
branched, and a little comprefled, branches diftant, pores
every where a little prominent and rough. It inhabits the
Mediterranean.

* Licuenorprs. Caulefcent, decumbent, with waved
nearly oppofite denticulate branches ; pores a little promi-
nent on the upper fide, and {triate beneath, It inhabits
the Mediterranean and European coalts, on itones and other
marine fubftances ; milk-white, very brittle, and about two
inches long. ;

Viotacea. Fiat, branching, with erect flexuous round
branches, a little comprefled, with a porous future encom-
paffiog the margin. It inhabits the South-fea iflands; is
about three inches Ingh; fine violet blue, with two rows of
{mall pores each fide the margin, befides the line of larger
ones furrounding it; the furface is rough with a few clufters
of little ftuds.

Tunsutirera. This fpecies is folid, branched, with tu-
bular feattered pores; the branches are confluent, with
tapering rough extremities. It inhabits the Sicilian feas;
is about four inches high, white, folid; the trunk and
branches {mooth.

* Fascraris. Membranaceous, flat, narrow, branched,
flexuous, with pores on both fides. It is found on the
coatt of the Ifle of Wight, as well as in the Mediterranean,
and grows in irregular mafles ; the branches are flat, narrow,
and irregularly fubdivided, which coalefce, twiit, and branch
out again, leaving hollow {paces between them. It is about
fix inches in diameter.

* Forracea. This is, as its name imports, foliaceous,
flexuous, uniting fometimes at the extremities, and is
covered with pores on both furfaces, fo {mall as to be
fearcely vifible. Found growing to an oytter-fhell at the
Ife of Wight; is from three to twelve inches long, white

and ftony.

ZuvLanica, This is compofed of thin conerefcent irre
grularly divided membranes, with rows of oblong cells on
cach fide. It is of a white colour, and is found in the
Indian ocean,

Founieunosa. Cruftaceous, with rows of vaulted cells
furnifhed with a fmall ringent lip, and clofed by a mem-
brane. Is found in South America, adhering to other
corallines; refembles the Fluftra foliacea, and is thought by
fome to be a cellepore,

Crusrucenta. Craftaceous, fomewhat branching, and
irregularly fhaped, with rows of oblong cells clofed by a
membrane, and very entire divifions. It inhabits the {alt
dykes of Holland, and the Atlantic; is of a greyith-white
colour, and forming {ub-glebular maffes.

Enosa. This alfo is cruftaceous, with open cells peStinate
at the lateral margin. It is found in the American ocean
affixed to rocks; the cells have ereét fubulate teeth, about
four on each fide.

Reticutata. Membranaceous, with depreffed linear
branches rough on the upper furface, with prominent pores.
It inhabits the Mediterranean and Welt Indies; is white,
brittle, horizontal, convolute, and much branched; the re-
ticulate branches growing in an undulate manner, and co-
alefcing occafionally; the upper furface is rough, with
a pores, the under furface is {triate.

* CeLLtutosa. Membranaceous, reticulate, funnel-formed,
irregularly waved, and plaited at the margin, with nume-
rous pores on one fide. It is found in the Mediterranean and
European feas, fixed to marine fubftances, and refembles
a piece of lace, confilting of a flat ereét undulated mem-
brane covered with large regular perforations, {fometimes
difpofed in a cup-fhaped form, at other times running into
loofe folds with a waved margin like a ruffle; is about three
inches high, folid, brittle, white or yellowifh-grey, with
very vivacious polypes.

CLATHRATA. Unmbilicate, reticulate, with flat branches
that are porous on one furface. It inhabits the Indian
ocean, and is thought to be an intermediate fpecies be-
tween the Cellulofa and Lichenoides; it 1s white and feated
on a folid centre. -

Reticutum. Compofed of branched cancellate threads.
It is found in the Mediterranean, covering the furface of
fhells and the roots of fuci; refembles a {pider’s web, and is
compofed of fine capillary threads.

Sroneires. Caulefcent, erect, with angular imbricate
branches ; it refembles a {ponge; is about a foot long: the
pores are not vifible.

Corracrea. Sub-membranaceous, femi-orbicular, and
nearly horizontal, with afew pores onthe lower furface. It
inhabits the Atlantic and Numidian feas, covering the ftems
of the Fucus cartilagineus, and forming covers for the
chambers of other corals.

Catcarea. Branched, milk-white, folid, with tapering
fub-divifions. It inhabits the Mediterranean ; is four inches
high. The branches grow fmaller towards the esd, and
are ufually regularly fub-divided.

* PotymorpHa. Crultaceous, folid, irregularly fhaped,
but generally branched and tuberculate, and without vilible
pores. This is found in moft of the European feas, and is
the common coral of the fhops: in many places it grows in
fuch abundance, that it is burnt for manure; its colour is
either red, yeliowifh, or greenifh, and is but feldom white!
It was tormerly much ufed in medicine as an abforbent. It
is tametimes fhaped like the kernel of a walnut, often in_
large comprefled mafles, fometimes like a {mall bunch of
grapes, but moit frequently in fhort aad rather irregular

4B2 ramifications

MIL

ramifications of a chalky tuberculate appearance, and ftony
fubftance.

Decussata. Compofed of cretaceous ereét laminz, or
plates, crofling one another, and uniting differently in dif-
ferent places. It is found on the coaft of Portugal, in
maffes about five or fix inches wide.

*ArGa. This confifts of thin femicircular plates, difpofed
horizontally : it inhabits the Cornifh coaft, adhering to
and frequently entirely covering the Polymorpha, and is
either red, purplifh, yellow, or whitifh ; extremely thin and
brittle, with femicircular plates of various fizes, conftantly
growing horizontally, with their margins bending over, ren-
dering them convex on the upper fide, and concave beneath.

*Pumicosa. Irregularly fhaped, brittle, rough, and
compofed of fharp-pointed roundifh cells. It inhabits the
Britith coafts, and is frequently found incrufting many of
the Sertularia in {mall irregular maffes, appearing very like
white fand ftrongly united together; the branches are gene-
* rally cylindrical, each about half an inch long 3. the cells are
placed round about in alternate order, fhaped like an helmet
juft opening, with a hole in the middle.

*TusuLosa. Thisis a parafitic plant, cruftaceous, pale
purple, with fmall tubular cells difpofed in tranfverfe rows
or whorls. It inhabits the Mediterranean and Britifh coatts,
and is found frequently encompafling the ftem of the Ser-
tularia falcata.

Pixnata. Dichotomous, ere&, with tubular pores dif-
pofed in a pinnate order. Inhabits the Mediterranean:
when frefh caught it is greyith, though fometimes green,
is about an inch high, and very brittle. , us

* Lizracea. Creeping proitrate, in obtufe linear divifions,
with tubular pores on the upper furface difpofed in tranf-
verfe rows. It inhabits the Mediterranean and Cornifh
coafts, and refembles, in fome refpects, the Tubulofa, but
is white.

Carpuncutus. This is irregularly fhaped, membrana-
ceous, with concentric wrinkles, and central triangular pyra-
midal tubes. It is found in the Mediterranean, adhering to
the Sertularia; it is minute, white, fub-pellucid, and re-
fembling the flower of a thiille.

MILLER, Puuir, in Biography, a celebrated gardener
and botanift, was born in 1691. His father had the fuper-
intendance of the Phyfic Garden at Chelfea, belonging to
the Apothecaries’ Company, and founded by fir Hans
Sloane ; to which appointment he himfelf fucceeded in the
year 1722. In this fituation he became diftinguifhed by his
praétical knowledge of plants, and efpecially by his flall in
their cultivation. The latter was evinced ina paper, com-
municated by himfelf to the Royal Society in 1728, and
printed in the 35th volume of the Philofophical Tranfactions,
on “a method of raifing fome exotic feeds,” which had
been judged almoft impoflible to be raifed in England. This
confifted in allowing them to germinate in a bark bed, pre-
vioufly to their being planted in earth. By this means alone,
feveral hard-fhelled nuts can be madé to vegetate in our
ftoves; and indeed the practice is founded on a judicious
obfervation of nature’s operations. T'wo years afterwards,
Mr. Miller made known, forthe firfttime, the prefent po-
pular mode of caufing bulbous plants to flower in water.

In 1730 he publifhed anonymoufly a thin folio, accom-
panied with twenty-one coloured plates, after the draw-
ings of Van Huyfum, entitled “A Catalogue of trees,
fhrubs, plants, -and flowers, both exotic and domettic, which
are prepared for fale in the gardens near London.”” The
preface is figned by a fociety of gardeners, amongit whom
the name of Miller appears. The work is much more than
a mere catalogue, the generic. characters being given in

MIL

Englifh, and many horticultural and economical remarks fub-
joined. Moft of the plates contain figures of feveral dif-
ferent plants. This publication is mentioned by Haller;
who was uninformed refpeéting its real author, in his Bid/.
Bot. v. 2. 229.

In 1731 appeared the firft edition of the “‘ Gardener’s
DiGtionary,’’ in folio, the moft-celebrated work of its kind,
which has been tranflated, copied and abridged, at various
times, and may be faid to have laid the foundation of all the
horticultural tafte and knowledge in Europe. It went
through eight editions in England, during the life of the
author, the laft being dated 1768. This forms a very
thick folio volume, and follows the nomenclature and ftyle
of Linnzus; the earlier ones having been written on Tour-
nefortian principles. A. much more ample edition has been
publifhed within a few years, making four large velumes,
under the care of the Rev. Prof. Martyn. In this all the
modern botanical difcoveries are incorporated with the fub-
ftance of the 8th edition. Linnzus has juftly remarked,
that Miller’s was a botanical as well as a horticultural dic-
tionary. We cannot but think that it has proved a power-
ful means of introducing a tafte for fcientific botany, amongft
thofe who at firft had recourfe to it merely as cultivators.

This work had been preceded, in 1724, by an o€tavo of
two volumes, called ‘* The Gardener’s and Florift?s Dic-
tionary,’’ and was foon followed by “* The Gardener's Ka-
lender,”? a fingle o€tavo volume, which has gone through
numerous editions. One of thefe, in 1761, was firft accom-
panied by “ a fhort introdu€tion to a knowledge of the
Science of Botany,” with five plates, illuftrative of the
Linnean fyftem. Miller had been trained in the fchools of
Tournefort and of Ray, and had been perfonally acquainted
with the great Englifh naturalitt, of which he was always
very proud. No wonder therefore if he proved flow in
fubmitting to the Linnzan reformation and revolution, eipe-
cially as fir Hans Sloane, the Mecenas of Chelfea, had not
given them the fanétion of his approbation. At length more
intelligent advifers, Dr. Watfon and Mr. Hudfon, over-
came his reluctance, and, his eyes being once opened, he
was no longer behind-hand in deriving advantage from {fo
richafource. He became a correfpondent of Linnzus, and
one of his warmeft admirers. Although it does not appear
that he had any dire&t communication with Micheli, he was
chofen a member of the Botanical Society of Florence,’
which feems to indicate that they were known to each other,
and probably communicated through Sloane and Sherard, as
neither was acquainted with the other’s language. Miller
maintained an extenfive communication of feeds with all
parts of the world. His friend Houtton fent him many ra-
rities from the Welt Indies, and Miller but too foon inhe-
rited the papers of this ingenious man, amongft which were "
fome botanical engravings on copper. Of thefe he fent an
impreffion to Linneus; and fuch of them as efcaped acci-
dents, afterwards compofed the Reliquie Houffoniane. See
Houstonia.

In 1755 our author began to publifh, in folio numbers,
his «* Figures of Plants,” adapted to his diétionary. Thefe
extended to three hundred coloured plates, making, with

. defcriptions and remarks, two folio volumes, and were com-

pleted in 1760. They comprehend many rare and beautiful
{pecies, there exhibited for the firft time. The commendable .
defign of the writer was to give one or more of the fpecies of
each known genus, all from living plants; which as far as
poffible he accomplifhed. His plates have more botanical
difleGtions than any that had previoufly appeared in this
country.
Miller was a fellow of the Royal Society, and enriched its
TranfaGtions

MIL

Tranfadtions with feveral papers, The molt numerous of
thefe were catalogues of the annual colleétions of fifty plants,
which were required to be fent to that learned body, from
Chelfea garden, by the rules of its foundation. ‘Thete col-
le€tions are preferved in the Britith Mufeum, and are occa-
fionally reforted to for critical enquiries in botany, He
wrote alfo on the Poifon Ath, or Toxteodendrum, of America,
which he believed to be the Japanefe Varnith tree of Kaemp-
fer; a pofition controverted by Mr. Ellis, (See Exris.)
The latter appears to have been molt in the right, which
may account for acertain degree of ill humour betrayed by
Mr. Miller in the courfe of the difpute. It is fearcely con-
fiflent with the ufual candour of the amiable Dr. Pulte-
ney, that in his “ Sketches of the Progrefs of Botany in
England,” he rather difcovers a ‘ee byes to Miller on this
fubje&t. We cannot account for his omitting all account of
fo great a man as Ellis, in that valuable work.
Miller continued to attend to his duties and his favourite
urfuits to an advanced age, but was obliged at length, by
iis infirmities, to refign the charge of the garden. He died
foon after, at Chelfea, December 18, 1771, in-his Sri year,
and was interred in the burying-ground in the King’s road,
with his wife, by whom he had, if we miltake not, feveral
children. One of them, Mr. Charles Miller, fpent fome
time in the Eaft Indies, where he acquired a handfome for-
tune, and is, we believe, now living in England. This
gentleman made fome experiments on the cultivation of
wheat, an account of which was given by Dr. Watton to
the Royal Society. They were intended to thew the won-
derful produce to be obtained by divifion and tranf{plantation,
and have often been repeated. An account of the ifland of
Sumatra, by Mr. C. Miller, is printed in vol. 68th of the
Philofophical Tranfactions. The fitter of Philip Miller mar-
ried Ehret, and left one fon. See Enretia.

~ In the courfe of his refidence at Chelfea, Miller collected,
principally from the garden, an ample herbarium, which was
purchafed by fir Jofeph Banks. He fent many dried fpeci-
mens to Linneus. Pulteney’s Sketches. Haller Bibl. Bot.
Works of Miller. Dryandr. Bibl. Banks. —

“Mutter, James, an Englifh dramatic writer, was
born in the year 1703. He was defigned for bufinefs,
and received an education fuitable to it, but feeling a re-
pugnance to that fort of employment he went to Wad-
ham college, Oxford, and having completed the ufual courfe
he took orders. While at the univerfity he wrote a famous
comedy, entitled « The Humours of Oxford,”’ which was
performed in 1729. He was author of feveral other pieces,
of which the lait was a tragedy, entitled « Mahomet.” This
hada confiderable run, and before its popularity was at all
abated, the author died in 1743. He publifhed a volume of
fermons, and poems. Biog. Dram.

Miter, Lady, an accomplifhed woman, of fome lite-

rary talents, who publifhed letters from Italy, fix vols. 8vo.
She refided at Bath-Eafton, near Bath, where fhe enter-
tained feveral ingenious perfons, who compofed'a collection
of poems, which was afterwards publifhed. She died in
Ace) an admirable performer on the bafloon, who
Mourifhed in the middle of the laft century. The concertos
which he performed during many years, at Vauxhall, Hick-
ford’s Room, the Swan, Caitle, and King’s Arms concerts,
and the folo parts allotted him by Handel in his oratorios
and concertos, always excited attention, were heard with
delight, and juitly applauded for the fweetnefs of his tone,
and neatnefs of his execution. ‘

Mixxer’s, in Geography, a fettlement in Kentucky, on a

branch of Licking river; 32 miles N.E. of Lexington,
2

MIL

Mi.ten’s Bay, a bay on the 8. coalt of Jamaica, N. of
Portland Point.

Mitcen’s Town, a town of Northampton county, in
Pennfylvania, pleafantly fituated on a branch of Little
Lehigh river ; 47 miles N.W. by N. of Philadelphia; con-
tuning about 40 houfes.—Alfo, a town in Shenandoah
county, in Virginia; 32 miles S. of Winchefter,

Miccren’s Thumb, in Lehthyology, an Englith name for the
fifth called alfo the bull-head, and by authors the cottus;
being the Corrus gobio of Linnaeus; which fee,

MILLERIA, in Botany, received its name from Dr.
Houtton, and was firft publithed by Prof. Martyn, fen., in
honour of their common friend, the celebrated curator of
Chelfea garden. (See Mitten.) Linnus, in adopting the
ame, obferves, Crit. Bot. 80, that “this American Cats
whofe clofe-fhut calyx entirely furrounds and proteéts its one
or two feeds, is well beftowed on aman who {pared no pains
in procuring rare American feeds, and in contrivances for
preferving and communicating them.”’—Linn. Gen. 443.
Schreb. 579. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 2328. Mart. Mill. Diét.
v. 3. Aut. Hort. Kew. ed. 1. ¥. 3. 266. Juff. 187.
Lamarck Illuitr. t. 710. Gaertn. t. 168. Houtt. Ic. ined.
f.13. (Randia; ibid. f. 14.)—Clafs and order, Syngenefia
Polygamia-neceffaria. Nat. Ord. Compofite oppofitifolie,’ Lion.
Corymbifere, Jul.

Gen. Ch. Common Calyx of one leaf, very large, in three
deep fegments, clofed together in a flattifh-triangular form,
permanent ; the two innermof? equal, nearly ovate, acute,
flat; the outer one twice as large, roundifh, pointed, flat,
heart-fhaped at the bafe, moft deeply feparated. Cor. com-
pound, half radiant: united Parts two, within the fmaller
{egments of the calyx : female folitary, within the larger one :
the former of one tubular, ereét, five-toothed petal: the
latter ligulate, ere&t, obtufe, concave, with one or two
notches. Stam. (in the united florets) Filaments five, ca-
pillary ; anthers as many, ere¢t, linear, conneéted laterally
by the middle, acute, as long as the corolla. Pift. (in the
fame) Germen oblong, very thin; ftyle thread-thaped, the
length of the petal; ftigmas two, linear, weak, obtufe,
{fpreading : (in the female floret) Germen large, triangular ;
ftyle thread-fhaped, the length of the petal; ftigmas two,
briftle-fhaped, long, reflexed. Peric. none, except the clofed
common calyx, become coriaceous and coloured. Seed to
the united florets none: in the female ones folitary, oblong,
obtufe, triangular, tapering downward. Doannone. Re-
ceptacle very minute, naked.

Obf. M. quinqueflora has the female floret three-cleft ; the-
united ones four in number ; calyx accompanied by five mem-
branous internal leaves ; ityle fimple in the united florets,
cloven in the female.

Eff.Ch. Receptacle naked. Down none. Common Ca-
lyx of three permanent valves. Corolla femi-radiant.

t. M. quingueflora. Five-flowered Milleria. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1301. Mant. 478. (M. dichotoma ; Cavan. Ic. v. 1. 58.
t. 82. M. annua ereéta, foliis conjugatis, floribus f{picatis
luteis; Mart. Decad. 41. t. 41.)

B. M. maculata. Mull. Di@s ed. 8. n. 2. (M. annua
erecta ramofior, foliis maculatis, profundiis ferratis ; Mart.
Decad. 47. t. 47. f. 2.) :

Leaves heart-{haped. Flower-ftalks forked. Calyx dou-
ble.—Native of Vera Cruz, Panama and Mexico. Sent
to Chelfea garden in 1731 by Houtfton, but now loft, having
no beauty to fecure the attention of cultivaters in general.
Linnzus had it at Upfal, and Cavanilles at Madrid. This
isan annual ftove plant, flowering in autumn. Stem five or
fix feet high, {quare, branched, leafy. Leaves oppofite,
ftalked, heart-fhaped, broad, ribbed, roughifh, ightly

: toot

MIL

toothed or ferrated, tapering at the bafe. Flowers {mall,
yellow, in terminal, leafy, flender, forked panicles, ‘The
.feaves of the variety 6 are more ftrongly ferrated, of a darker
green, and blotched with black. ‘The number of florets

varies.
2. M. -biflora. Two-flowered Milleria. Linn. Sp.
‘Pl. 1301. Hort. Chiff. t. 25. (M. annua erecta minor,

foliis parietarix, floribus ex foliorum alis; Mart. Decad. 47.
t. 47. f. 1.)—Leaves ovate. Flower-ttalks fimple, terminal,
aggregate. Cabyx fingle.—Native of the country near Cam-
peachy, from whence it was fent by Houften in 1730.—Ra-
ther {maller, and Jefs fhowy than even the former. The
leaves are ovate and triple-ribbed. 2/owers pale ycllow, very
{mall, in terminal tufts.

Willdenow’s JZ. Contrayerba, n. 3. Cavan. Ic. v. 1, 2.
t.4, is our Flaveria capitata (fee FLaventa) ; and his an-
guflifolia, n. 4. Cavan. Ic. v. 3. 12. t. 223, 1s of the fame
genus. Perhaps #/averia ought to be funk in Milleria, Ca-
vanilles having found a radiant floret. Their habits how-
ever arenot fimilar. S.

MILLE-ROCHES, Istxz au, in Geography, a {mall
iflaad of Upper Canada, in the river St. Laurence, contain-
ing from 6 to 700 acres of gocd foil. N. lat.45°5'. W.
long. 75° 40!. ;

MILLEROLLE, in Commerce, an oil meafure “at Mer-
feilles = 4 efcandaux = 64 Paris pintes, or 153 Englifh
gallons nearly, and weighing about 136 poids de table, or
t22lb. avoirdupois. The wine meafure of the fame deno-
mination is = 4 ef{candaux = 60 pots; and 4 millerolles of
wine = 63 Englifh gallons nearly ; and 34 millerolles are
reckoned = a Bourdeaux hogfhead.

MILLERS, or Payquaeg, in Geography, a river of the
Maffachufetts, which runs W. by S. and falls into Conne&i-
cut river, between Northfield and Montague,

MILLERY, a town of France, in the department of
the Rhéne and Loire; feven miles S. of Lyons.

MILLES, Jeremiau, in Biography, a learned divine
and antiquary, was born at High Cleer, in Hampfhire, in
1713, of which place his father was minifter. He fuc-
ceeced Dr. Lyttleton as dean of Exeter, and alfo as pre-
fident of the Society of Antiquaries, to whofe Archzologia
he was.a great contributor. Dr. Milles was.a zealous cham-
‘pion for the genuinenefs of the Rowley poems, of which he
printed an edition m 4to., with yloffarial annotations. ‘This
work laid him open to the attacks of the critics, who were
f{ceptical on thefe fuppofed relics of amtiquity. The dean
died in 1784.

MILLESSOW, in Geography, 2 mountain of Bohemia,
in the circle of Leitmeritz.

MILLET, in Botany. See Mrurum.

Mixtet, the common name of a plant which grows
naturally in India, whence it was fir imported into Europe.
It is greatly cultivated in Italy, Spain, and the fouthern
parts of France, for the food of men as well as that of
poultry. It may alfe be raifed in this climate. This isa
plant that delights in a light fandy foil, prepared in the fame
manner as for maize; and irefach lands it branches out into
many italks, fometimes thirty or forty, not unlike reeds
either in their fhape or leaves, of which there is one at each
jeint. The top of each ftalk is terminated by a large, loofe
panicle, which hangs on one fide, with a chafly flower,
which is fiteceeded by a {mall round feed, about the bignefs
of turnip or cabbage feed, of a yellowifh-white colour in
one variety, and of a dark red inclining to black in another,
which are the {mall miiet, and the large, a diftinétion which
dome make, as only varieties of the fame fpecies. It is hke-
wile faid to thrive extremely well in ftrong land. but will

MIL

not do in ftony ground, or where the bottom is of either a
chalky or clayey nature.

Miller advifes, that it fhould be fown in the beginning of
April, that it may ripen in Auguft; but in warmer cli»
mates, the general rule is to fow it either between the mid-
dle and the end of May, or about Midfummer. ‘The former
crop is reaped at the end of September, and the latter about
the end of OGober. The feed is ufually fown in furrows,
very thin, and covered with the plough or rake. The
large fort fhould be fown thinneft, becaufe it branches
molt. When the plants are about a month old, the ground
fhould be {tirred round them with a hand-hoe, as well to lay
frefh earth to their roots, as they require much nourifhment,
as to clear them from weeds, which they afterwards prevent
by over-topping them. Atthe fame time, the millet plants
fhould be thinned out wherever they grow too clofe, fo as
to leave, in general, about fix inches between each plant.
Nothing more is neceflary to be done till harvett, except
that, when it begins to ripen, great care mutt be taken to
prote&t it from birds, which would otherwife foon devour
it. The returns of this crop are very great; it is not eafily
hurt by drought or rain, nor is it fubjeét to blight. Fre-
quent fhowers of rain are of great fervice to it whulft in its
young growth, :

As {oon as the crops are ripe, the panicles of the plants.
are cut off near the uppermott joints of the ftalks with a
knife, and put into bafkets or facks, in which they are
carried home, when they are then laid up in heaps covered
with oid cloths, and after remaining in that fituation five or
fix days, {pread upon the barn floor, threfhed out with a
flail, and cleanfed like other forts of grain. Great care
mult be taken to dry it well in the fun, before it is laid up
in the granary ; as it foon fpoils if the leaft moiflure be left
in it; being of all grains the moft difficult to keep, unlefs
it be thoroughly dry; but on the other hand, none keeps
longer, or better, after it has been well dried. It is rot
liable to the weevil ; but it fhould be turned from time to
time ia the granary. It has been conftantly found that the
late fown crops are the moft defetive, and that their pani-
cles are {maller than thofe of the fame grain fown at an
earlier period.

But the fmall white millet is the mofl delicate, and the
belt for puddings, &c. The red is larger and coarfer, and
ufed for pigeons, poultry, and fwine, after being ground to
meal; it is very good fodder for cattle, either green or after
its grain is threfhed out. From its numerous roots, large
fize, and quick growth, it is a fort of crop that exhautts
the foil greatly, and of courfe muit be well guarded againit
in that refpect.

The common millet was originally brought from the eaft-
ern countries, where it is ftill greatly cultivated: from
whence we are furnifhed annually with this grain, which is
by many perfons greatly efteemed for puddings, &c. This
is feldom cultivated in England, but as a curiofity in {mall
gardens, or for poultry, as its feeds generally ripen well.

Millet is reckoned by Pliny the moft fertile of all grain ;
one grain of it producing three Roman fextaries.

Millet is cooling, drying, and bindig, fomewhat windy,
and net eatily digelted; a ftrong decotion of it with figs
and raifins, mixed with wine, and drank warm in bed, is a
very good fudorific, though it is feldom ufed.

Millet, by confent of authors beth ancient and modern,
is refrigerating and drying; "it is of bad juice, difficult of
cigeftion, binds the belly, and generates flatulencies ; it is
however weil known to be a very grateful food to many
nations at prefent. In former times it ferved to make bread,
under a dearth of better’corn, as we are aflured by Diof-

. corides,

MIL

corides, Pliny, Galen, and others of the ancients. Among
the [talians, fays C. Bavhine, loaves are made of millet,
which are yellow, and eaten hot by many, not out of neceffity,
but for their fweetnefs; but when this bread is eh hard,
it is quite black, Of the flour of millet and milk, the Tra.
fians make fine cakes, which mult be eaten as foon as drefled,
or elfe they become glutinous, and ungrateful to the talte.
' _A pudding prepared of millet, botled in milk, with an
addition of butter, and fugar {prinkled over it, is much in
requeit among the Germans at prefent; and thefe puddings
have been long ago introduced into England, and are {till in
fathion,

The flour of millet was formerly ufed in fomentations, for
the gripes, and for pains of the head and nerves; it was ap-
plied externally in bags, beca fe the ufe of it in cataplafms
was difficult, on account of its friability, If the membrane
of the brain happens to be wounded, it is excellently con-
glotinated, fays Archigenes, by i-fuling thereon the juice
of calaminth, and fprinkling it with dry flour of millet. A
decoction of millet, with figs and railing, is called, by Heur-
nius, a noble fudorific and diuretic. Or, take of a decoc-
tion of millet, boiled till it burits, four ounces ; white wine,
two ounces: let the patient take it hot. Chefneau.

Millet is diuretic and aftringent ; the feeds are of extra-
erdinary fervice in difeafes of the lungs, and exulcerations
of the kidnies: made into a cataplafm, they are anodyne
and refolvent. Hilt. Plant. adfcript. Boerhaave.

Miucer, J/ndian. See Horcus.

MILLEVANT, in Geography, a town of Pruffia, in the

rovince of Pomerelia; 16 miles S.S.E. of Dantzic.

MILLEVILLE, Atessanpro, in Biography, an excel-
lent organilt, born at Ferrara, much celebrated in Italy at
the beginning of the feventeenth century. He was fuc-
ceflively patronized by the king of Poland, the emperor of
Germany, and the duke of Ferrara. He was alfo a vo.umi-
nous compofer, as appears by all the catalogues of the time ;
in which we find the following lft of his works: Meffe e
Salmi a 3 voci. Concerti a 2, 3, & 4 voci, libro r. Mo-
tetti a 3, 4, 5, & 6 voci, libro 7mo. Novelli fiori a 2 & 3
voci, libro 6. Litanie di B. V. a 3 voci: and, laltly, he
publifhed at Venice, 1622, a work intitled “« Gemme Sacre,”
and in the fame city, 1629, another book of motets.
Walther.

Miccevitte, in Geography, a town of Sweden, in the pro-
vince of Warmeland; 25 miles S. of Carlitadt.

MILLIARE, or Miztiarium, among the Romans, de-
noted a mile, confilting of a thoufand paces, mille pajfus ;
whence the name.

In the Roman empire, the milliaria, in all the great roads,
were marked with ftones, or columns erected for that pur-
pole ; commencing from a column in the heart of the city,
called milliare aureum.

Thofe columns were alfo hence denominated milliary co-
lumas.

MILLIARIA Couors. See Conors Eguitata.

MILLICO, Grusspre, of Naples, in Biography, arrived
in England 1772, from Vienna, where he had acquired great
applaufe asa finger and actor, in Gluck’s operas of « Orfeo,”
« Alcefte,’”? and « Paride ed Elena,’’ and as a finging matter,
by making Gluck’s niece one of the moft expreifive fingers
then alive.

This judicious performer and worthy man,, who was not
an Adonis in perfor, and whofe voice had received its great-
elt beauties from art, found the mufical par: of our nation
in no favourable difpofition towards him. The admirers of
Tenducci ahd Guadagni, as well as the Cocchi, Guglielmi,
Giardini, Vento, and Bach parties, however hoftile in other

MIL

articulars, all agreed in decrying every part of that opera
in which their tavourite had no concern. Sacchini, who
arrived here foon after, was involved in thefe cabals. None
of the friends of their predeceffors would allow that Millico
could fing or the new matter compofe,, Violent and virulent
means were ufed to poifon, or at leaft to fhut the ears of the
unprejudiced public; but not with much fuccefs. Indeed,
at firlt both the mufie and performance were frequently
hiffed; but, at length, Sacchini’s compofitions were gene-
rally allowed to be admirable, and Millico’s importance waw
manifelted by a crouded houfe at his benefit, compofed of
the firlt perfons for tafte and rank in the kingdom; and at
the end of the next feafon, feveral who had boldly pro-
nounced that neither Sacchini could compofe nor Millico
fing, would have given a hundred pounds if they could
have recalled their words, or made their acquaintance for-

et they had been guilty of fuch manifeft injuitice and ab-
urdity,

The canzonets of his compofition, in finging which he
ufed to accompany himfelf on a {mall harp flung over his
fhoulder, are {til as muficadi camera, elegant and pleafing.
Not many years after he left this country, where he remained
two feafons, he was afflicted with blindnefs ; but being
received in the chapel royal at Naples, he performed
in that melancholy {tate a confiderable rime, till other in-
firmities came on, when he threw himfelf into a convent to
end his days. He was living when the French invaded
Naples ; but whether the He. hance of the times fuffered
him to live or die in peace, we are unable to affirm.

MILLIGRAMME, in Commerce, a French meafure of:
weight = .o154 Englifh grains. See Wercut.

MILLILITRE, a French meafure of capacity
-06103 Englifh cubic inches. See Measure.

MILLIMETRE, a French meafure of length-= .03937,
Englifh inches. See Measure.
tt in the Manufa@orics, an operation called.
alfo fulling.

Mituine, or throwing of filk, is the laft preparation of:
filk before dyeing ; ferving to twift it, more or lefs, accord-
ing to the work tor which it is intended. :

To prepare the filk for milling, they firft put it-in boiling
water, inclofed between two linen cloths... The mill is: a-
{quare machine, compofed of feveral pieces of wood, mor-
tiled in each other, fo as to form a kind of. large cage,.
in the centre of which are two wheels placed parallel
over each other, whofe axis bears on-two pofts. When
the machine is fimple, a fingle man turns thefe wheels:
by means of a little cog, in which they catch, and a large
handle.

The wheels, put in motion by the handle,. communicate
their motion to eight windles, or reels, or even more, ac-
cording to the largenefs of the machine; on the flights or
arms of which the filk is wound from off two rews of bob-
bins placed on each fide of the machine ;. each row at the
height of one of the two wheels inthe centre.. Thefe bob--
bins have their motion by means of. leathern thongs, which
bear on little cylinders of wood that fupport them, and
turn at length on the two wheels at the centre ;-fo that the
oe on each: bobbin twits as it winds, and forms its feparate~

ain.

The {malleft wheel moves two hundred of thefe bobbins,
over which a fingle perfon is- fufficient to-infpe@t, to put
new bobbins or {poils in lieu of thofe difcharged of their
filk, oe to Knot the ends when they break. See WinpInc-
of Silk.

? MILLINGTONIA, in Botany, a fuppofed new genus, -
confecrated by the younger Lianzus, to the memory of fir
‘Thomas

MIL

‘Thomas Millington, Savilian profeilor at Oxford, who is
recorded by Grew to have firft fuggelted to him that the
anthers of plants were their male organs.—Linn. Suppl. 45.
Schreb. 425. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 382. (where the name is
thrice written Mallingtonia, by mere inattention.) Juff. 138.
Clafs and order, Didynamia Angio/permia. Nat. Ord. Per-
fonate, Linn. Bignonia, Juff. ; ¢

The fruit being unknown, the generic character in the
Supplementum has always been incomplete, and 1s nuw found
infufficient to diftinguifh the plant in queftion from Bignonia,
to which genus it is referred by Dr. Roxburgh.

Bignonia fuberofa. Roxb. Coromand. v. 3. (1. t. 214.
‘(Millingtonia hortenfis; Linn. Suppl. 291.)— Koenig firit
obferved this fine tree in the gardens of the Rajah at Tan-
fchuhr, or Tanjore, but did not meet with the fruit. His
manu{cript however does not imply that none is ever pro-
duced there. From hence feme plants were brought to
Madras, and one to Calcutta, where Dr. Roxburgh informs
us it is now an elegant tree, about thirty feet in height, blof-
foming at the clofe of the rainy feafon, and ripening feeds
in March. The truné is ftraight, with a light afh-coloured,
deeply cracked, fpongy bark. Leaves oppofite, repeatedly
pinnate, about two feet long; leaflets ovate, pointed, {mooth,
ferrated in Roxburgh’s figure, but in his defcription, like the
Linnean f{pecimens, entire, and conugying fome idea of the
foliage of Catalonian Jafmine. Panicles terminal, large,
crofs-branched, many-flowered, fmooth. F/owers two inches
long, tubular, flender, white, delightfully fragrant ; their
upper lip ereét, cloven half-way down ; lower in three equal,
ovate, three-ribbed, reflexed fegments. Poda foot long, not
an inch broad, comprefled, nearly {mooth, pointed at each
end. Seeds winged.—The native country of this plant has
not yet been afcertained.

Mixxineronta is now applied as the name of a new Eatft
India genus in Diadelphia Decandria, by Mr. Donn in Hort.
Cant. ed. 5. 180.
author, and that it will be defined in the new edition
of Mr. Aiton’s Hortus Keqwenfis. Three f{pecies are enu-
merated by Mr. Donn, MM. érinervia, Jftrida, and femialata ;
all ftove fhrubs, which feem not yet to have flowered at
Cambridge. This genus is placed between Hedy/arum and
Indigofera.

MILLION, in Arithmetic, the number of ten hundred
thoufand ; or athoufand times a thoufand.

A million of gold, or million of money, is fometimes un-
derftood of a million of pounds; and fometimes of a mil-
lion of crowns.

Mixtion Bank. See Bank.

MILLMOTH,, in Natural Hiflory, the name of dn in-
f{e& approaching to the nature of the beetle, but having no
fheath wings. It is common in the abode of millers and
bakers, and other perfons who deal in meal.

MILLOT, CraupeE-Frangois-XAviER, in Biography,
a well-known French writer, was born at Befancon in 1726.
He was brought up among the Jefuits, and devoted himfelf
to the duties of the pulpit; but when the period for public
exertion arrived, either the weaknefs of his voice, or a na-
tural timidity, convinced him that he could not make pro-
grefs as a public orator. He, therefore, undertook a pro-
fefforfhip of hiftory at Parma, by the recommendation of
the prince. He filled this office with high reputation, and
upon his return to France was appointed preceptor to the
duke d’Enghien. He died in the year 1785, at the age of

D’Alembert faid of the abbé Millot, that he was the
perfon of all others whom he had known, that had « the
fewelt prepofleflions and the feweit pretenfions.”” In fociety
he was modeft and rather referved in his manners, but every

Of this we prefume Mr. Brown to be the

MIL :

thing which he faid was fenfible and judicious. His works
alfo exhibit the fame candour and cool judgment which
were vifible in his converfation. ‘They are chiefly hiftorical
abridgments, written with care and corre¢tnefs, in a natural
and rather elegant ftyle. The principal are: “* Elemens de
VHiftoire de France, depuis Clovis jufqu’a Louis XV.,”’
3 vols. 12mo. ; *¢ Elemens de I’ Hiftoire Univerfelle, ’’9 vols.
12mo. ; “ Memoires Politiques et Militaires pour fervir a
VHittoire de Louis XIV. et de Louis XV.,” &c. He
publifhed alfo * L’Hiltoire des Troubadours,” in 3 vols.
which work was chiefly drawn from the papers of M. de
Sainte. Palaye; fome “ Difcourfes’? read before the aca-
demy of which he was a member, and a tranflation of feleé
harangues from the Latin hiftorians.

MILLOWITZ, in Geography, a town of Bohemia, in
the circle of Saatz; 10 miles W. of Saatz.

MILLSTREET, a poft-town of Ircland, inthe county
of Cork, chiefly remarkable for a good inn, at which tra-
vellers to Killarney ufually pafs a night. It is 134 miles
S.W. from Dublin.

MILLTOWN, a town of America, in the ftate of
Delaware; two miles from Wilmington.—Alfo, a town in
Northumberland county, Pennfylvania, on the E. fide of
the W. branch of Sufquehannah river, containing about fixty
houfes; 14 miles N. by W. of Sunbury.

MiLLTown, a polt-town of Ireland, in the county of
Kerry, which promifes to become a good market town by
the exertions of fir William Godfrey, and the convenience
of water carriage, the tide bringing floops up the Mang
very near to thistown. Itis 169 miles S.W. by. W. from
Dublin, and nine miles N.W. from Killarney. Carlifle.-

MILLVILLE, a poft-town of Cumberland county,
New Jerfey ; 196 miles N.E. from Washington.

MILLWOOD, a poft-town of Frederick county, Vir-

inia; 68 miles from Wafhington.

MILNTHORP, or Mittuorp, a fea-port and market-
town in the parifh of Heverfham, Kendal ward, Weltmore-
land, is fituated near the mouth of the Can, at the diftance
of five miles from Kendal, and 251 from London. It con-
fifts chiefly of one ftreet, which is pretty well built; and at
the E. end there are fome good honfes, in pleafant and open
fituations. This town is the only fea~port in the county,
and has feveral veffels belonging to it, which trade prin-
cipally to Liverpool, Port Glafgow, and Annan in Scot-
land. Here are three rope-yards, two paper-mills, one flax-
mill, and one cotton-mill, The market day is Friday, and
there is an annual fair on Old May.day. A very handfome
bridge is thrown acrofs the river Betha, which flows through
the town. The refident population here, according to the
parliamentary returns of 1801, amounted to 968 perfons ;
459 males, and 509 females, of which number 113 were
returned as employed in agriculture, and 170 in trade and
manufactures. z :

The country around this town is pleafingly diverfified
with hill and dale, and embellifhed by a variety of elegant
manfions. Of thefe that of Dallam Tower, the feat of Da-
niel Wilfon, efq. is the moit confpicuous. It is fituated at
the foot of a nil, which rifes rapidly from its bafe, and is
covered to the fummit by a profufion of trees. In front
extends a fine park, adorned with wood, the ground of which
rifes as it recedes from the houfe. At Beerham-hill, near
this manfion, is a waterfall on the river Beele, well deferving
the attention of the curious traveller, _Houfman’s Topo-
graphical Defcription of Cumberland, Weitmoreland, &c.
8vo. Carlifle’s Topographical Ditionary, 4to.

MILO, in Biography, a name that frequently occurs in
the Roman claflics: we fhall notice three perfons of note.

One

MIL

One was celebrated at Crotona, in Italy.
he carried on his thoulders a young bullock four years old,
and ‘afterwards killed it with w fingle blow of his fill. He
was feven times crowned at the P ian mes, and fix times
at Olympia,—The fecond wos Titus fort a native of
Lunuvium, who attempted to obtain the confulfhip at Rome
Clodius the tribune oppofed his views, yet Milo would have
fuceeeded, had not an unfortunate circumitance taken place
between his fuite and that of Clodius as he was going to
the country. Clodius and eleven of his fervants were killed,
and the body of the murdered tribune was carried to Rome
and expofed to public view. Cicero, an is well known to
every claffical Rudent, undertodk the defence of Milo, but
with no effect ; he was condemned and banifhed to Maffalia.
—A third of thia name was a general of the forces at ‘Taren-
tum, and that he might not torget the duty and allegiance
which he owed to his fovereign, Pyrrhus fent him, as a
prefent, a chain, which was covered with the {kin of Nicias
the phyfician, who had pertidioufly offered the Romans to
poifon his fovereign for a fum of money.

Mixo, anciently Afclos, in Ancient Geography, one of the
latgett and moft elevated iflands in the fouthern part of the
Grecian Archipelago. According to Thucydides, it was inde-

ndent, and enjoyed perfect freedom long before the Pe-

oponnetian war, ‘he habitants, {trongly folicited by the
Athenians on the one hand, and on the — attached to the
Lacedemonians, from whom they had defcended, withed, in
the midit of this terrible war, to remain quiet and to ob-
ferve a wile neutrality. At this conduc the Athenians
were fo irritated, that they difpatched Nicias with a fleet
of fixty fhips, and acco land forces to punifh them for re-
fuling to furnifh their quota of troops. Nicias ravaged
this illand, but failed with his feeble army to take the town,
which was defended by all the inhabitants, affembled for
this purpofe. Some time after the Athenians fent two other
nerals, with a more numerous army, who were not more
fuccefsful than Nicias; but at length, when Philocrates
brought frefh troops, the Miliots were reduced to the greatelt
extremity, and obliged to furrender. The Athenians, im-
placable in their refentment and ferocious in their vengeance,
maffacred, without difcrimination, all the men who were ca-
pable of bearing arms, and made flaves of the women and
children, whom they carried away to Attica. They then
fent 500 perfons to repeople the ifland, and to take pof-
feffion of the property of thofe whom they had murdered.
In the mean time, the Athenians, conquered in their tura by
Lyfander, commander of the Lacedemonian trocps, aad
compelled to furrender at difcretion, found themfelves con-
{trained to recal their colony ; and thofe who remained of
the unfortunate Miliots were then enabled to return, and to
reinveit themfelves with the property which had been taken
from them. This ifland, like all thofe of the Archipelago,
paffed under tne dominion of the Romans; it afterwards
made part of the empire of the Eaft. Marce Santo united
it, with all the Cyclades, to the duchy of Naxos; and it
was in procels of time detached from this duchy in favour of
Francefco Crifpo ; and at length fubje&ted to the Ottoman
empire, under which it has loft, together with its liberty, its
importance. ;

Milo ts about fixty miles in circumference; it is divided
in its middle, and almolt through its whole breadth, by a
deep bay : this is one of the fineit harbours in the Mediter-
ranean, fufficiently {pacious to-contain a flect, and to keep
the fhips belonging to it fheltered from all winds. The
anchorage is excellent, particularly at the head of the gulf
and near the E. coaft ; the bottom has a fine fand, and veifels
come to anchor there in from 12 to 15 fathom water. Small

Vou. XXIII.

It is faid that

MIL

craft can approach nearer the coaft, and carry out moorings
to the ai of one of the grottoes. Another anchorage,
more convenient, and alfo lel expofed to the a@tion of t
winds and the violence of the fea, lies on the W. coal, in
a cove called “ Patricha.’’

The entrance of the harbour firk mentioned faces the
N.W..; it is very wide, and fhips approach very near to the
coalls that form it, without rifk. To the ftarboard, or right,
they have Cape Veni, and to the left Cape Lerida; the gulf
then contraéts between Cape San Dimitri and Cape Bom-
barda. As the latter, a Ligh mountain, in the form of a
fugar-loaf, bears on its fummit a village, called « Sifour,”’
furrounded by walls, whence it has the name of Caftro;:
here the pilots for the Archipelago refide. As the air here
is pure and wholefome, it is more populous than the capital
of Milo, and the inhabitants exhibit figns of vigour and
health, not common in other parts of the ifland. It is not
improbable that the principal place of the ifle of Milo waa
near the {cite of Sifour, which commands an extenfive
profpect; more efpecially as the ancient habitations of the
Archipelago are built on eminences the moft lofty, and the
mot rugged of accefs. Near this place are confiderable
ruins, fragments of columns of Parian marble, and fubter-
raneous galleries, antique catacombs, which furnifh funeral
infcriptions, vafes, idols, and medals, and other remains of
a confiderable city. The women of Sifour, or Sefours,
employ themfelves the whole year in knitting cotton ftock-
ings, and making coarfe calicoes. The men cultivate the
earth, or are mariners. Near this place, on the fummit of a
hill, is at prefent a church of Caloques, built, as Olivier
conceives, on the ruins of atemple. However, the capital
of the ifland is a town of the fame name, fituated on a plain
formerly not inferior to any other of the Archipelago, but
now prefenting fcarcely any thing but ruins, Scarcely do
forty families drag on their unfortunate exiftence, with con-
fumptive afpects, ina town which reckoned 5000 inhabitants
within its walls. At the beginning of the laft century,
Tournefort difcovered, in 1700, that the air of Milo was
infalubrious, and that the inhabitants were fubje& to dan-
gerous diforders ; but the unwholefomenefs of the air muft
have increafed very much fince that epoch. In traverfing
the ifland to the monaftery of St. Marino, Mount St. Elias,
the moit lofty point in the ifland, and the volcanic moune
tain of Calamo, the country prefents various traces of
its voleanic origin. At the diltance of a quarter of a
league from Milo alum is formed, which has been men-
tioned both by ancient and modern writers. In the fame
grotto that furnifhes this alum, are alfo found cryftals of
gypfum, but the heat is fuch as not to admit its bein
examined for any long time. The baths called «* Loutra’”’
were alfo fituated in this quarter, The water is ftrongly
charged with alum and marine falt.. Thefe baths were an-
ciently much frequented by Greeks, who repaired hither
from all the Cyclades in order to obtain relict in diforders
of the fkin, as well as in rheumatifm and palfy. Spacious
grotioes occur frequently, and in thefe are i{ubterraneous
caverns, full of turnings and twinings, and into which the
cefcent is iteep and laborious. The chambers which they
contain appear to have been formerly ufed as labitations and.
places of conceaiment. ‘

Near the {cite of an ancient town, called « Clima’? by
the modern Greeks, are fepulchres or catacombs, in which.
at an unknown period, the inhabitants of Milo depofited
theirdead. Each of thefe catacombs generally contains feven
farcophagi five anda half or fix feet long, and a foot or,
fifteen inches deep, furmounted by an arch and dug in the
rock, The whole ifland indicates a fubterraneous confla-

4C gration 5

MIL

gration ; and in feveral places the ground which refounds
under your feet apprizes you that it covers vaft cavities.
Every appearance teltifies, that the ftones and pebbles which
are found here have been thrown up by the explofion of a
volcano ; boiling waters iflue on all fides; pumice ftones are
{cattered abroad ; fulphur is formed in abundance, and fhews
itfelf on the furface of the ground. Neverthelefs, the ve-
getable earth, which moftly covers the ifland, gently warmed
by fubterraneous heat, is very productive. Corn and cotton
are here of an excellent quality ; the vines yield good wine,
and the trees afford delicious fruits; but the quantity of
Jands that lie fallow announces an exceffive diminution in the
population, as well as the criminal indifference of the go-
vernment. Ships ftill come to Milo to fetch away a great
quantity of the folid lava, of which mill-ftones are made,
which are tranfported to feveral countries of the Levant,
particularly to Egypt and Conftantinople. The ifland like-
wife contains many mines of iron and ferruginous pyrites,
from which no advantage is derived. Under a liberal ad-
miniftration other valuable articles might be found, and the
ifland might even ceafe to be an unhealthy abode. The
whole population at prefent does not amount to 500 perfons,
and this fmall number would daily decreafe, if it was not
kept up by emigrants from the Morea, where diftrefs con-
ftrains them to feek new habitations, and who are attracted
to Milo with a view of cultivating the lands. The captain-
pacha has fome difficulty in levying 2500 piaftres by way
of impoft. N.lat 36°40’. E. long. 24° 30'. Sonnini
and Olivier.

MILOPOTAMO, in Geography, a town and fortrefs of
the ifland of Candia; 28 miles W.N.W. of Candia.

MILORRA, a {mall ifland in the Eaft Indian fea, between
Ternate and Tidor.

MILOSLAW, a town of the duchy of Warlaw; 20
miles $.S.W. of Gnefna.

MILPHOSIS, pirgusic, a Greek word ufed by the an-
eient medical writers, as a name of the difeafe of the eye-lids,
by which the hairs fall off from them, and the edges become
red and tumid.

MILREA, or Mirres, in Commerce, a money of ac-
count in Portugal, fo called, becaufe 1000 reas, or rees,
are = 1milree. Inthe notation of accounts, the milrees
are feparated from the rees by a crofled cyphgr, called
«« Cifraon,’’ and the milrees from the millions by a colon ;
thus, Rs. 2: 700 © 500, means two thoufand feven hundred
mil. and five hundred rees. As the crufado of exchange, or
old crufado, is 400 rees, the new crufado, 480 rees, the
teftoon, 100, and the vinten or vintem, 20 rees; the milree
is = 24 old crufados = 27, new ditto = to teftoons = 50
vintens. The milree valued in gold is worth 67d. fterling,
and the fame in filver is worth 683d. fterling. The milree
is alfo a gold coin,, ftruck for the Portuguefe pofleffions
in Africa in 1755; it weighs 193 grains, and contains, in
pure gold, 18.1 grains, and is valued at 3s. 23d. fterling.
See Corn.

MILSTATT, or Muutstapr, in Geography, a town
of the duchy of Carinthia, fituated on the Militatter fee :
40 miles N. of Goritz. Milftatter fee is alake of Carinthia,
9 miles E. of Saxenburg.

MILT, in Anatomy, a popular name for the fpleen.

Mixt, or Melt, in Natural Hiffory, the foft roe in fithes ;
thus called becaufe it yields, by expreffion, a whitith juice re-
fembling milk. See Rog.

The mult is properly the feed, or fpermatic part of the
male fih.

The milt of a carp confifts of two long whitifh irre-
gular bodies, each included in a very thin fine membrane.

7

MIL

M. Petit confiders thefe as the tefticles of the fifh wherein
the feed is preferved: the lower part, next the anus, he
takes for the veficulz feminales. Vide Mem. Acad. R. Scien
anno 1733, p- 291.

In the milt of a living cod-fifh there are fuch incredible
numbers of thofe fmall animalcules found in the male-feed
of all animals, that ina drop of the juice of it,,no more .
in quantity than a {mall grain of fand, there are contained
more than ten thoufand of them ; and, confidering how man
fuch quantities there are in the whole milt of one fuch fith,
it is not exceeding the bounds of truth to affirm, that there
are more animals in one milt cf it, than there are living mea
at one time upon the whole face of the earth. However
ftrange and romantic fuch a conjeGture may appear at firft
fight, a ferious confideration, and calculation, will make it
appear very plain. A hundred fuch grains of fand as here
mentioned, will make about an inch in length ; therefore in
a cubic inch there will be a million of fuch fands.

The milt of one of thefe fifhes is frequently about the
quantity of fifteen cubic inches, it muft therefore contain
fifteen millions of quantities as big as one of thefe fands ;
and if there be ten thoufand animals in each of thofe
quantities, there muft be, in the whole, a hundred and fifty
thoufand millions : which is a number vaftly exceeding the
number of mankind, éven though we were to fhenale the
whole earth as populous as Holland. See Philofophicat
Colle&tions, p.4. See Fecundity of Fisu.

Mitt Wafle, or Ceterach afplenium, in Botany. (See
AsPLENIuM.) The leaves are recommended as a peéto-
ral fimilar to maidenhair, or Afplenium trichomanes ;.
to which they have been frequently joined in infufions and
apozems ; and likewife as an aperient in ob{tru€tions of the
vifcera. They poffefs likewife a diuretic virtue, and appear
to gently carry off fand, cleanfe the kidnies, and allay
pains in the urinary paflages. The way of ufing them is
to drink infufions of them in the morning, as tea, with the
addition of fuch other medicines as particular cafes may re-

uire. See CeETERACH, ASPLENIUM, and TRICHOMANES.

MILTENBERG, in Geography, a town of Germany,
on the Maine ; 26 miles NE. of Heidelberg.

MILTHORP. See Mitnruorp.

MILTIADES, in Biography, a celebrated Athenian
general, the fon of Cimon, and grandfon of Miltiades, who
founded an Athenian colony on the Thracian Cherfonefus.
After the affaffination of Stefagoras, in the colony, Miltiades
was fent from Athens to take the command, and having got
into his power the principal men of the Cherfonefians, he
made himfelf ma{ter of the whole diftri&, and married the
daughter of the king of Thrace. When Darius I., king of
Perfia, undertook an expedition againft the Scythians, and
throwing a bridge acrofs the Danube marched into their
country, he entrufted the guard of the bridge to the Ionian
Greeks, the commanders of whom he had attached to him-
felf, by raifing ther to the fupreme authority in their fe-
veral cities. Miltiades, who was one of them, excited by
that fpirit of Grecian patriotifm, to which every other duty
was made fubfervient, urged the other leaders to break
down the bridge, in order that a prince fo entirely inimical
to Grecian liberty might never return in fafety. His coun-
fel was approved by all the reft except Hytlieus the Mi-
lefian, who had influence enough to prevent its taking effec.
Miltiades, judging it imprudent to await the monarch’s re-
turn, embarked for Athens, and in his way took poffeffion
of the ifle of Lemnos for his countrymen. Dartus, after
his return from his Scythian expedition, having refolved
upon the conqueft of Greece, fent Mardonius at the head
of a powerful army to invade it. When’ he had arrived a

e

MIL

the plains of Marathon, within ten miles of the capital,
Athens, the alarm of the citizens became extreme, and in
their defpair they took the refolution to march out to meet
the foe, with fuch troops as they could aflemble, foliciting,
at the fame time, fuccours from the other Grecian ftates.
But of the battle of AZarathon, we have already given an
account under that article. Miltiades, who was unquettion-
ably the grand inftrument in obtaining this victory, was
nextentrufled with a ftrong armament fitted out for the
reduction of fome of the iflands which had taken part with
the Perfians. He failed to Paros, and laid fiege to its ca-
ital, but either a falfe alarm of the approach of the Perfian
ect, or an unfuccefsful attempt to gain the place, in
which he was wounded, caufed him to return without ef-
feting his purpofe. The difappointment of the Athe-
nians was fo great, that Miltiades was accufed of treafon
before the aflembly of the people, who, forgetting his
palt fervices, by which they had been delivered from a fo-
reign yoke, condemned him to death, Upon, however,
the payment of a heavy fine, he was exempted from capital
uniihment, but was thrown into prifon, where, to the ever-
alting difgrace of his countrymen, he died of a broken
heart, in the year after the battle of Marathon, Corn,
Nepos. Univer. Hitt.

MILTON, Jonny, in Bicgraphy, the father of our great
oet, though a ferivener (or banker) by profeffion, was a vo-
uminous compofer, and equal in feience, if not genius, to the

beit maticians of his aze ;_in conjunétion, and ona level with
whom, his name and works appeared in numerous mufical
publications of the time, particularly in thofe of old Wilbye ;
in the ‘* Triumphs of Oriana,’ publifhed by Morley ; in
Ravencroft’s ‘* Pfalms ;’’ in the “ Lamentatioas,"’ publifhed
by fir William Leighton ; and in MS. colleétions, {till in the
pofleffion of the curious. The late Mr. 'T. Warton, in his
notes on the Minora of Milton, tells us, from the MS. Life
of the Poet, by Aubrey, the antiquary, in the Muf, Athm.
Oxon. that “ Milton's father, though a {crivener, was not
apprenticed to that trade: having been bred a {cholar, and
of Chrift-church, Oxford ; and that he took to trade in con-
fequence of being dilinherited.”” Mr, Warton therefore
obferves, that Milton, in his Latin epiftle to his father,
addreffes him in a language which he underftood. Aubrey
adds, “that the elder Milton died very old in 1647, and
was interred from his houfe in Barbican, in St. Giles's
church, Cripplegate; where the great poet was afterwards
buried, near his father, in 1674.”

His fon celebrates his mutical abilities in an admirable
Latin poem, ‘* Ad patrem,’’ where, alluding to his father’s
mufica! fcience, he fays, that Apollo had divided his favours
in the filter arts between them ; giving mufic to the father,
and poetry to the fon.

s¢ Nec tu perge, precor, facras contemnere mufas,
Nec vanas inopefque puta, quarum ipfe peritus
Munere, mille fonos numeros componis ad aptos,
Millibus et vocem modulis variare canoram
Doétus, Arionii merito fis nominis heres.
Nunc tibi quid mirum, fi me genuifle poetam
Contigerit, charo fitam prope fanguine junéti
Cogzatas artes, ftudiumque affine fequamur?
Ipfe volens Phebus fe difpertire duobus,
Altera dona mihi, dedit altera dona parenti, .
Dividuamque Deum genitorque puerque tenemus.””

Ver. 56. ufque 66.

His effufions of gratitude for the education he had re-
ceived from his parent’s bounty, and his apology for cul-
tivating poetry, of which he gives a charming eulogium,

MIL

feem to contain ideas as beautiful and fublime, as any in his
Paradife Loft.

Mitton, Jou, the moft illuttrious of Englith poets, was
defcended from an ancient family fettled at Milton, in Oxford-
fhire, His father, who bad been brought up in the Roman
Catholic religion, and by embracing the Piccabens faith
had been difpherited, came to London and followed the
profeflion of a ferivener, and marrying a woman, exempla-
ry for her numerous virtues and extentive charities, had two
fons and a daughter; wiz. John, the fubjeét of this article,
Chriftopher, and Anne. Of the two latter, Chriflopher,
applying himfelf to the ftudy of the law, became a bencher
of the ieee Temple, and at an advanced period of his life
was knighted, and raifed by James IL., firft to be a barow
of the exchequer, and afterwards one of the judges of the
court of Common Pleas. During the civil war he followed
the royal ftandard, and effected his compofition with the
vittors by the prevailing intereft of his brother. In his old
age he retired from the fatigues of bufinefs, and clofed, in
the country, a life of fludy and devotion. His fifter,
Anne, married Mr. Edward Philips, a native of Shrewfbury,
who, coming to London, obtained the lucrative place of fe-
condary in the crown office in chancery : by him the had fe-
veral children, of whom Edward and John only furvived to
maturity ; the former became the biographer, after having,
with his brother, been the pupil of his uncle, our author.
By a fecond hufband, Mr. Agar, fhe had two daughters, of
whom Mary died young, and of the other, Anne, nothing
more is known, than that fhe was living in the year 1694.

John Milton, the fubje& of the prefent article, was born
at his father’s houfe, in Bread-ftreet, London, on the gth
of December, 1608. His promife of future excellence
was made at a very early period: every incitement to ex-
ertion, and every mode of inftruétion adapted to the
difpofition and powers of the child, were employed, and
no means, probably, were omitted to expand the intel-
le&tual Hercules of the nurfery into the full dimenfions of
that mental amplitude for which he was intended. The
portrait of him was painted, when he was only ten
years old, by the celebrated Cornelius Janfen; hence
we may infer that the fon, who was made the objec
of fo flattering a diftin€tion by a father, in competent, but -
by no m@ns in affluent circumitances, could not have been
acommon child. Of himfelf, at this peried, he gives the
following account. “* My father deftined me, when I was
yet a little boy, to the ftudy of elegant literature, and fo
eagerly did I {eize on it, that from my twelfth year, I fel-
dom quitted my ftudies for my bed till the middle of the
night. This proved the firft caufe of the ruin of my eyes;
in addition to the natural weaknefs of which organs, I was
affi@ed with frequent pains inmy head. When thefe mala-
dies could not rettrain my rage for learning, my father pro-
vided that I fhould be daily inftru@ted in fome fchool
abroad, or by domeftic tutors at home.” ‘ How great,”
fays Dr. Symmons, “ are the obligations of Britain and
the world to {uch a father, engaged in the affiduous and well
dire&ted cultivation of the mind of fuch a fon.’? Some part
of hisearly education was committed to the care of Mr,
Thomas Young, a puritan minifter, and native of the coun.
try of Effex, afterwards chaplain to the Englifh merchants
at Hamburgh, a man whofe merits are gratefully commemo-
rated by his pupil ina Latinelegy. About the age of fif.
teen he was fent to St, Paul’s fchool, of which Mr. Alex-
ander Gill was then mafter, and there he began to diftin-
guith himfelf by his intenfe applicatian to ftudy, and his
poetical talents, Ardent in his love of knowledge, he was
regardlefs of pleafure, and even of health, when they came

4Ca2 into

MILTON. .

into competition with the prevailing paffion of his foul,
and we are confequently not furprized by the extraordinary
and brilliant refult which foon flafhed upon the world. It is
conjeGtured that it was at this early period he imbibed the
fpirit of devotion which a&tuated his bofom to his lateft mo-
ments. For this he was probably indebted to his father,
who would naturally be folicitous to ftamp upon the tender
bofom of his fon, that conviction and feeling of duty which
were imprefled fo deeply on his own, and which he had exhi-
bited in his abjuration of thofe errors in which he had been
educated. He intended his fon forthe church, and on that
account would be more anxious to incline him to devotional
principles and praGiice. The fentiments and the warmth thus
communicated to the mind of the youth, would unquettion-
ably be ‘rengthened by the leffons and example of his precep-
tor, Mr. Young, in whom religion was carried to enthufiafm.
To Milton’s devotional turn of mind we are probably in-
dehted, not merely for the fubje&, but for a great part of
the fublimity of the Paradife Loft. On the r2th of Fe-
bruary, 1624-5, he was entered a penfioner at Chrift’s col-
lege, Cambridge, under the tuition of Mr..W. Chappel.
Of his courfe of ftudies in the univerfity little is known, but
he gave proof of the extraordinary {kill he had acquired in
writing Latin verfe, by feveral exercifes preferved among
his works, and which are of a purer claffical tafte than any
preceding compofitions of the kind by Englifh fcholars.
It appears that fome part of his condu& brought upon him
academical punifhment ; but whatever were the caufe, he
felt no fhame on account of it, but refers fpontaneoufly to
the circumftance inthe following lines :

© Nec duri libet ufque minas perferre magiltri
Czteraque ingenio non fubeunda meo.
Si fit-hoc exilium patrios adiiffe penates
Et vacuum curis otia grata fequi.”’

Which have been tranflated by his biographer.

© And ill my foul a mafter’s threats can bear,
Withall the fretting of the pedant's war.
If this be banifhment—all cares aloof—
Too live my own beneath a father’s roof—
Still let an idle world condemn or not,
Mine be atruant’s name,—an exile’s lot.’?

From thefe lines, the enemies of Milton have inferred
that he was fubjected to corporal punifhment, and that he
was difmiffed from his college for irregularity of condu&.
Dr. Symmons has, with a proper degree of indignation,
vindicated completely the character of Milton from thefe
vile afperfions. Our limits will not permit us to follow him
through the fteps of the arguments, but they appear per-
fectly fatisfa€tory. ~The doGtor, fpeaking of the calumnies
fpread on this fubje€t, ‘ays, “ In oppolition to this pretended
evidence, ftand the records of our author’suniverfity, and
’ the force of his own pofitive declarations. By the former of

thefe, which prove that he took his bachelor’s degree as foon

as it could be taken, it is made highly probable, if not ab-
folutely certain, that he loft no term; and by the latter we
are affured that he was not only exempted from punifhment
during his continuance at Cambridge, but in that feat of
learning was an object of affection and refpeét.’—And
again, ** With refpeé&t to Milton, we may be confident that
no immorality could be the caufe of his punifhment. Re-
ligion, as we know, took early poffeflion of his bofom, and
he who, with weak eyes and an aching head, could confe-
crate one-half of the night to ftudy, cannot be fufpe&ed of
ftealing the other half from repofe, for the purpofe of con-
_ founding it with excefs, or of polluting it with debauch.

A mind, indeed, like his, exulting in the exereife of its
higher powers, and intent on the purfuit of knowledge,
could not, without a violation of its nature, fubmit to licen-
tious indulgencies. The cultivation of intelle&t not only di-
velts the attention from fenfual pleafure, but infpires a pride
which fubdues its fafcination : and while the f{peétacle of the
world exhibits innumerable inftances of men of genius hur-.
rying into exceflive gratification, it fcarcely prefents us with
one, under the influence of the fame unfortunate error,
among the affiduous votaries of knowledge.”

Milton probably became obnoxious to the governors of
his college by the bold avowal of his puritan opinions, which
he had imbibed from his tutor Young, or by his diflike to
the difcipline of the eftablifhed religion, or to the plan of -
education purfued in the univerfity ; hence he might lofe the
favour of his fuperiors in the college, and be expoled to their
cenfures without incurring the flighteft lofs of character, or
fuftaining the moft trifling diminution of general efteem.

He took the degrees of bachelor and matter of arts, the
latter in 1632, when he left the univerfity. In the feven
yeats of his academical life, his vigorous and ardent genius
broke out in frequent flafhes, and evidently difclofed the fu-
ture author of ** Comus’’ and ‘ Paradife Loft’ He was
a poet when he was only ten years old, and his tranflation
of the 136th pfalm evinces his progrefs in poetic expreffion
at the early age of fifteen. He renounced his original pur-
pofe of entering the church, for which he affigns as a reafon,
“that coming to fome maturity of years, he had perceived
what tyranny had pervaded it, and that he who would take
orders, muft fubfcribe flave, and take an oath withal, which,
unlefs he took with a confcience that could retch, he muft
either ftrain, perforce, or f{plit his faith; I thought it better
to prefer a blamelefs filence before the office of fpeaking,
bought and begun with fervitude and forfwearing.’? 'This
denotes a mind refolved to think and a& for itfelf, and it
cannot be doubted that Milton was already marked with that
firm unyielding temper, which, in fome degree, is a neceflary
concomitant of a fuperior mind. He now returned to his
father, who had retired from bufinefs, to a refidence at
Horton, in Buckinghamihire, and there paffed five years in
acourfe of claffical ttudy, and in the compofition of fome
of his fineft mifcellaneous poems. This was the period of
his Allegro and Penferofo, his Comus and Lycidas.
« L'Allegro and II Penferofo,” fays Dr. Symmons, ** were
certainly written at Horton, and probably at no long period
before the Lycidas, which was the la{t of our author's
works while he refided with his father. They were compofed
in the happieft humour of the poet’s mind, when his fancy
was all fun-fhine, and

no cloud, or, to obftru& her view,
Star interpofed.

We may contemplate them not as the effets or qualities,
but as the very fubftance of poetry, as its ** hidden foul un-
tied, and brought forward to our fight.’” In comparing
the merits of thefe pieces, Dr. S. gives the preference to
Il Penferofo. ‘The portrait of contemplation,’’ fays he,
* the addrefs to Philomel; the image of the moon wander-
ing through heaven’s pathlefs way ; the flow {winging of the
curfew over fome wide-watered fhore; the flaming of the
night lamp in fome lonely tower; the unfphering of the
{pirit of Plato to difclofe the refidence of the unbodied
foul; the arched walks of twilight groves; the myftte-
rious dream by the murmuring waters ; the {weet mufic of
the friendly fpirit of the wood; the pale ftudious cloifter ;
the religious light thrown through the ftoried windows 5
the pealing organ, and finally the peaceful eg 25

orm

MIL

form together fuch a mals of poetic ineapy as was never
before crowded into an equal {paces the impreflion made
by it on the imagination in to be felt and not explained.’
"The pale and ftudious cloilter having been objected to, in
one of Mr. Wharton's criticifms, Dr. Besse remarks, that
the word pale, ax an epithet to cloilter, is molt happily
poetic, and as holding a large and animated picture to the
imagination. It fhews the rhollh light of the place, the

fickly cheek of timorous fuperttition, and the wan and
faded countenance of ftudious and contemplative melan-
choly,

In 1638, having obtained his father’s confent to improve
himfelf by foreign travel, Milton fet out for the continent.
At Paris he was received with diftinétion by lord Scuda-
more, the ambaflador from England, by whom he was in-
troduced to the notice of the illuftrious Grotius, who then
refided in the French capital, as the minilter of Chriftina,
the queen of Sweden. After the delay of a few days at
Paris, he renewed his progrefs, and purfued the direét road
to Nice, where a veffel received and landed him at Genoa,
From this city he pafled immediately through Leghorn
and Pifa to Florence, and on the banks of the Arno he
made what may be regarded as his firlt paufe. Here he
refided two months, and by the brilliancy of his converfa-
tion, and mildnefs of his manners, made himfelf the obje&
of very general admiration. Here he obtained admiflion
into thofe private academies, which had been inftituted by
the Medici for the advancement of literature, and for the
cementing of friendfhips among its votaries. The Englifh
bard could in this place enumerate in the lilt of his friends
all the great, the refpe€table, and deeply learned men of
Italy, who appear to have been lott in furprife at the f{pec-
tacle, prefented to them, of a native of Britain, a country
jult emerging, as they imagined, from barbarifm, who to
an acquaintance, not fuperficial, with all the fciences, united
a profound knowledge of claffical and Italian letters ;
whofe mind was at once fublime and deep, accurate and
comprehenfive, powerful and acute ; patient to follow judg-
ment in the gradual inveftigation of philofophical truth, yet
delighted to fly with the more aerial offspring of the brain
on the high and expatiating wing of imagination. During
this vifit to Florence he faw and converfed with the great
Galileo, that memorable vitim. of prieftley ignorance and
fuperftition. * « There it was,’’ fays Milton, * that I found
and vifited the famous Galileo, grown old, a prifoner to the
Inquifition, for thinking in aftronomy otherwife than the
Francifean and Dominican licenfers thought.’’ On his
Jeaving Florence, our traveller proceeded through Sienna to
Rome, and then vifited Naples, where he was kindly re-
ceived by Manfo, marquis of Villa. At Rome he was in-
troduced, by Holftenius, the learned keeper of the Vatican
library, to the attentions of cardinal Barberini, who at that
time poffeffed the whole delegated fovereignty of Rome
uader his uncle, Urban VIII. Ata great mufical enter-
tainment which the cardinal gave, he looked for our tra-
veller among the crowd at the door, and brought him,
almoft by the hand, into the aflembly. It is fuppofed, that
it was at this concert Milton was firft ftruck with the
charms and the inimitable voice of Leonora Baroni, which
had been made the general-theme of their praife by the con-
temporary poets of Italy: and fhe is probably the perfon
who has been celebrated by Milton in her own language,
and who was the objeét of his love iu his Italian fonnets.
At Naples the attentions paid to Milton were of the
moft flattering nature ;. the marquis of Villa not only con-
duéted him through the viceroy’s palace, and to a fight of
all that was worthy to be fhewr in the city, but honoured

TON.
him alfo with fome familiar and very friendly vifits. ‘
imprudent freedom, with which Milton had att re
fentiments on the fubject of religion, was the only circum-
{lance which Sapited him of a {till more unreferved inter-
courfe with this elegant and accomplifhed nobleman.
Having completed his iutended refidence at Naples, he be-
gan to make preparations for the execution of the remainin
part of his plan of travel, which extended to Sicily mn
Greece 5 but while he was engaged in this bufinefs he re
ceived letters from England, acquainting him with the dif.
tracted flate of his country, and with the near profpeét of a
civil war ; he determined to return. “ As I was defirous,"’
he fays, “to pafs into Sicily and Greece, the melancholy
intelligence from England of the civil war recalled me; for
I efteemed it difhonourable for me to be lingering abroad,
even for the improvement of my mind, when my fellow-
citizens were contending for their liberty at home.’’ He
however, refolved to revifit Rome, where he remained we
months ; and whenever his religion was attacked, he feru-
pled not to vindicate its principles with {pirit and ardour,
even within the preciné&s of the LaneGr palace. From
Rome he went to Florence, and his fecond vifit to this
city, which the kindnefs of his friends made a fpecies of
home to him, was of equal duration with his firft. When
he departed from Florence, he croffed the Apennines, and
travelled through Bologna and Ferrara to Venice. He
{pent a month in viewing the curiofities of this celebrated
city, and then purfued his returning courfe through Verona
and Milan, over the Alps, and by lake Lemanus to Ge-
neva. Here he contracted an acquaintance with two learned
divines, John Diodati and Frederic Spanheim, He now re-
turned through France to England, having been abfent
about fifteen months. On his arrival he found the civil
commotions of his country haftening to a crifis, and as he
had expreffed impatience to be prefent on the theatre of
thefe difputes, it has been thought extraordinary that he
did not inftantly take upon himtelf fome a@ive part. But
his taltes and habits were altogether literary, and he had
been long pondering upon fome fubjeé&t of Englifh poetry
worthy of his genius, and capable of being made a paffport.
to the immortality to which he afpired. For the prefent
therefore, he fixed himfelf in the metropolis, undertook the
education of his filter's fons, of the name of Philips.
Shortly after he was applied to by feveral parents to admit
their children to the benefit of his tuition, to which he
affented, and by this means he has expofed himfelf to the
title of {chool-mafter, which his enemies, and the enemies of
human happinefs and intelle&tual improvement, who em-
ployed it as a term of reproach, conceived to be of a na-
ture to degrade him. He took a hevfe in a garden in
Alderfgate-itreet, and opened an academy for board and
education, Here, in his little circle of {cholars, he was ufe-
fully, if not {plendidly, engaged ; and he could not perhaps
conceive, while he was effentially promoting the higheft in-
teretts of fome of his fpecies, that he was degrading himfelf
in the eltimation of the reft. In his condué to his pupils,
he was familiar and free where he could be fo, and was never
rigid but by compulfion. His form of inftru€tion refpeGed
things more than words, and attempted to communicate
ksowledge when the underftanding was, perhaps, incapable
of receiving more than the key which opened the import-
ant gate. Initead of the common claffics, he put into the
hands of his fcholars {uch Latin and Greek authors as treated,
on the arts and fciences, and philofophy. Thefe were ill
calculated to render learning pleafant to beginners, and
from the imperfeé& {tate of ancient fcience, fuch a courfe
was as likely to inculcate error astruth. He performed the
duties

MILTON.

Wuties -of inftru&tion with great affiduity, and fet the ex-
ample of hard ftudy and fpare diet to his pupils, whom he
feems, in fome refpeéts, to have difciplined with the fe-
verity of old times.

Milton did not very long continue ina¢tive in the public

caufe, and his principles made it no matter of doubt which
fide he fhould efpoufe in the contentions of his country.
Confcious of his own proper ftrength, and fenfible that ge-
cnius armed with knowledge was a power of far greater and
more extenfive efficiency than the bodily force of any indi-
vidual, he accordingly decided in favour of the pen againit
the {word and ftationed himfelf in the clofet, where he
was himfelf a hoft, rather than in the field, where every
mufeular private man would have been his fuperior. In
the year 1641 he publifhed four treatifes relative to church
government, in which he attacked epifcopacy, and fupported
the caufe of the Puritans. Thefe were followed by another
in the next year, relative to the fame controverfy, and he
reckoned among his antagonifts fuch men as bifhop Hall
and archbifhop Ufher. His father, who had been moletted
in his refidence by the king’s troops, came to live with him,
and fpent his latter years, in tranquillity, under his fon’s
roof. In 1643, Milton married Mary, daughter of Richard
Powell, efq., a magiltrate in Oxfordthire. This was a very
unfuitable conne&tion, for the father-in-law was a zealous
oyalift, and the daughter had been accuftomed to the jo-
vial hofpitality of the country gentlemen of that party.
After a month’s experience of her new life, the lady fighed
for the gaieties which fhe had left, and obtaining per-
miffion, by the earneft requeft of her relations, for a fhort
abfence, fhe revifited her native place. Here fhe continued
during the remainder of the fummer, nor could the letters,
meflages, and remonftrances of her hufband bring her back.
Incenfed at her negleé and ill treatment of him, he began
to confider her condué& as a defertion of the nuptial con-
tra, and refolved to punifh it by repudiation. He foon
found arguments to juttify it to the world, and publifhed,
in 1644, The Do@rine and Difcipline of Divorce,”? which
was followed by ‘The Judgment of Martin Bucer con-
cerning Divorce.’ By thefe writings the fury of the Pref-
byterian clergy was inftantly kindled, and they procured the
author to be fummoned before the houfe of lords, but
that body did not choofe to enter into the queftion, and
foon difmiffed him. The Prefbyterians were now left with-
out any confolation for the lofs of an able friend, and-the
excitement of a formidahle enemy. Milton now was irre-
vocably alienated from their caufe, and he foon fully dif-
covered that many of thefe pretended zealots of liberty
fought only their own aggrandizement, and the power of
impofing upon others a yoke which they had themfelves
been unable to bear. On the fubje& of divorce he makes
out a ftrong cafe, and appealed to the whole tenour of the
{fcripture ; the laws of the firft Chriftian emperors; the
opinions of the moft eminent among the early reformers ;
and endeavours to fhew that by the laws of God, and by
the inferences of the moft virtuous and enlightened men,
‘the power of divorce ought not to be rigidly reftrifted to
thofe caufes which render the nuptial {tate unfruitful, or
which taint it with fpurious offspring. Regarding mutual
fupport and comfort as the principal objeéts of this union,
he contends, that whatever defrauds it of thefe ends effen-
tially vitiates the contraét, and muft neceffarily juftify its
diffolution.

Milton, in conformity to this theory, refolved pra@tically to
att upon it, and began to pay his addrefles to a young lady
of great accomplifhments, the daughter of a Dr. Davies.
‘Phe rumour of the intended alliance effefted what his re-

monftrances had been unable to do; as he was paying a vifit
to a neighbour, he was furprifed with the fudden appearance
of his wife from another room, who threw herfelf at his
feet and implored forgivenefs. After a fhort ftruggle of
refentment, he relented, and took her again to his bofom.
The reconciliation was lafting and fincere, and Milton nobly
fealed it by opening his houfe to hér father and brothers,
when they had been driven from home by the triumph of
the republican arms. He was now obliged to take a larger
manfion, and removed to Barbican. In this afylum ‘his
wife’s relations continued, till the queftion refpe&ting their
property was adjufted with the government, and till a period
fubfequent to the death of Milton’s father. Under the pref-
fure of thefe domeftic embarraffments, and of the public
intereft, the intelle&& of our author, obedient to a heart
a€tuated by the pureft benevolence, was bufy in promoting
the welfare of the human race. In the year 1644, he im-
parted to the world his ideas on the fubje& of education,
and defended, with a power which has never been exceeded,
that guardian of liberty and truth, the freedom pf the prefs.
His “ Traétate on Education,’”’ addreffed to Mr. Hartlib,
the friend of fir William Petty, contains his thoughts on
that important fabje&t. From this it appears, he cenceived
it poflible to initiate the young ftudent into fcience and lan-
guage by the fame procefs, and to make an acquaintance
with things the immediate refult of an acquaintance with
words. Between the years of twelve and twenty-one, the
pupil is to be led through various languages from grammar
to ethics, logic, rhetoric, politics, law, theology, criticifm,
and the practice of compofition. Geography was to exhibit
to him the furface of the globe, and the principles of aftro-
nomy were to unfold to him the heavens; natural philofophy,
comprehending anatomy and phyfiology, was to make him
converfant with the phenomena of nature, and with the
wonders of his own frame; the mathematics were to intro-
duce him to the fciences of architeCture, engineering or
gunnery, fortification, and navigation. With this kind of
education, Milton’s pupil was to be accomplifhed, and fit
for any duty to which his country might fummon him, in
the pulpit or at the bar, in the fenate or the field. During
the courfe of thefe ftudies, the body of the ftudent was to
receive its due fhare of cultivation, to be maiatained in healtly
by temperance, and to be invigorated by exertion. This
little piece is written in an eafier and purer ftyle than the
preceding works of its author; but in every fpecies of
merit it mutt yield to another compofition, produced nearly
at the fame time, by the fame pen, and addreffed to the par-
liament, with the title of ‘¢ Areopagitica, or a {peech for
the liberty of unlicenfed printinz."’ The Prefbyterians, on
their rifing into power, forgot the principles which they had
profefied in their adverfity ; and, declaring againft unlimited
toleration, difcovered by their readinefs to violate the rights
of others, that their tendernefs was only for their own.
Againit thefe apoftates to the caufe of liberty, Milton ad-
vanced as the champion of free difcuffion ; and the efle& of
his zeal in this inftance, for the interefts of genuine liberty,
has received the unanimous acclamation of the world.
Though his controverfial, and other engagements, had for
fome time fufpended the exertion of his poetical talents,
yet he did not fuffer his character as a poet to fink into obli-
vion, and in 1645, he publifhed his juvenile poems in Latin
and Englith. In 1646, Milton’s’ wife produced her frtt-
child, and in the following year, in which his father died,
the Powells returned to their own manfion, and his houfe
was refigned once more to literature. In this houfe, in
which his fecond daughter Mary was born, he did not cone
tinue long, but exchanged it for one of {maller dimenfions.
ia

MILTON.

in High Molborm THis next removal was oceafioned by his
acceptance of the office of Latia fecretary, which rendered
a fituation nearer to Whitehall an object of convenience
Milton's principles of the origin and end of government,
earried him to a full approbation of the trial and execution
of the king, which was the final cataltrophe of the civil
wara; and in order to conciliate the minds of the people,
which were agitated by the outeries, as well of the Brett .
terians as the loyalilts againft that ad, he publifhed wo
in 1649, a work, entitled The ‘Tenure of Kings and Ma-
iftrates,’’ roving that it is lawful, and that it hath been fo
1d Seong all ages, for any who have the power, to call
to account a tyrant or wicked king, and, after due convic-
tion, to depofe and put him to death, if the ordinary ma-
giltrate have neglected or devied vo do it. He foon after
attempted to fupport the new order of things, by a pamphlet
animadverting upon the revolt of the Scotch Prefbyterians,
fettled at Belfait, from the parliament. With the view of
referving the republican {pirit of the nation, he alfo em-
ployed himfelf in compofing ‘A Hiftory of England’’ from
the earlielt periods, of which he wrote fix books, but left
the work unfinifhed. His progrefs was {topped by an ap-
intment to the Latin fecretarythip'to the council of ftate.
Scarcely was Milton feated in his new office, when he was
fummoned by the government to the difcharge of a duty,
well adapted to the extent of his powers, and one of con-
fiderable importance; it was to write an anfwer to the
famous royal work, as it was then fuppofed to be, entitled
« Tcon Bafiliké,” or the portraiture of his facred majeity
in his folitudes and fufferings. Milton chofe for the title of
his work “ Tconoclattes,"” or Image-breaker : this piece,
fays his biographer, Dr. Symmons, “ may be regarded as
one of the mott perfect and powertul of Milton’s controver-
fial compofitions. Prefling clofely on its antagonilt, and
tracing him ftep by ttep, it either expofes the fallacy of his
reafoning, or the falfehood of his affertions, or the hollow-
nefs of his profeffions, or the convenient {peciovfnefs of his
devotion. In argument, and in ftyle comprefled and ener-
getic, perfpicuous and neat, it difeovers a quicknefs which
never miffes an advantage, and a keennefs of remark which
carries an irreaftible edge.’ This work was firit printed in
1649, and a fecond edition of it appeared in the following
ar; it was publifhed again in London in 1652, in a
rench tranflation, and was anfwered in 1651, in a work,
entitled “ Icon-aclailos,” or the Image unbroken, and alfo
forty years afterwards in another piece, called * Vindiciz Ca-
roline.”? We have in the article Gaupen fhewn that the
“ Teon-Bafilike” was written by that prelate, and not by
king Charles, to whom it was generally imputed. This has
been fatisfattorily proved by the affertions of the two fons
of the king, wiz. Charles II. and James If. ; bv letters of
the lord chancellor Hyde, and Dr. Gauden himfelf; and by
the fpecific depotitions of the dofor’s friend Dr. Walker,
and of his widow. Doubts of the real author of the “ Icon
Balilikd”” were entertained almott immediately upon its pub-
_ lication by Milton,,and by other perfons. Milton probably
had no. doubt whatever of its fpurioufnefs, but was without
any {pecific evidence to bring home the charge, he therefore
an{wered the book, and its arguments, without regard to the
writer, for he exprefsiy fays, ‘* But the matter, here con-
fiderable, is not whether the king, or his hou/hold rhetorician,
have made a pithy declamation again{t tumuits, but firit,
whether there were tumults or not, &c.’’ It was alfo, in
the year 1649, attacked as the work of a clergyman who
was looking to preferment as a reward, in ar able piece,
entit ed “ Icon-alethiné,” or the true image. To this work
is preiixeda frontifpiece, in which, ona curtain being drawn

of the church of England’
cneath are inferibed the fol-

afide, is difcovered a digcitary
in his full canonical drefe, and
lowing lines:

« The curtain’s drawn; all may perecive the plot,
And him, who truly the bl ck babe begot.
Whofe fable mantle makes me bold to Se;
A Phaeton Sol’s chariot ruled that day.
Prefumptuous prieft! to fkip into the throne 5
And make the king, his batard iffue own!
The author cherefore hath conceived it meet,
The dodior fhould do penance in this thees.”’

On the appointment of Milton to the office of Latin
fecretary, he removed to a lodging at Charing Crofs, and
afterwards to apartments in Scotland Yard. Here his wife
es him with a third child, a fon, who died in his in-
ancy. In 1652 he changed his refidence to Petty France,
which he occupied for eight years, till the crifis of the refto-
ration, a handfome houfe opening into St. James’s park.

Scarcely had Milton finifhed his reply to the ‘* Icon Bafi-
liké,’’ than he was called upon to juftify the principles of the
commonwealth in En land, in oppofition to Salmafius, an
honorary profeffor in the univerfity of Leyden, who had been
hired by Charles II. to write a work in favour of the royal
caufe, which he entitled “ Defenfio Regia.” Salmatus
was, by much, a more powerful antagonift than Dr. Gauden,
and the conte(t was to be decided in a more ample field, than
that in which Milton had engaged with the “ Icon Bafilike.””
The powers of his mind were now to be exhibited to Europe,
and the whole circle of the civilized and Chriftian commu-
nity was to witnefs his triumph or defeat. In 1651, he
performed the tafk allotted him in a work under the title of
« Defenfio pro Populo Anglicano ;’’ in this he exerciled alk
the powers of Latin rhetoric, as well to juftify the repub-
lican party, as to confound and vilify the celebrated fcholar
againit whom he took up his pen. By this, notwithitanding
the party virulence, with which, by the cultom of the times,
it was debafed, he acquired a high reputation both at home
and abroad. He was vifited on the occafion by all the
foreign ambafladors then in London, was complimented by
feveral eminent fcholars on the continent, and received, as a
remuneration for his labours, a thovfand pounds from the
Englith government. His book was generally read by lite-
rary enquirers of all parties, while, on the other hand, the
work of Salmafius was condemned. and fuppreffed by the
{tates of Holland. One fource of triumph arofe to Milton’s
enemies ; in confequence of. this.controverfy, his intenfe ap-
plication toftudy deprived him of that fight, which had been
for fome years declining. His phyficians had warned him,
that the exertion.neceflary to accomplifh fuch a work would
probably ieduce ‘total blindnefs, but his attachment to the
public caufe of his country and the world, made him readily
fubmit to any privations which were merely perfonal, fo
that he might render that fervice which the exigencies of the
times required. :

That fuch were his motives, we have his own declarations,,
in a fine fonnet.addreffed to his friend Cyriac Skinner, which
our readers will thank. us for tranferibing.

“« Cyriac, this three years day, thefeeyes, though clear
To outward view, of blemifh or of-fpot,.
Bereft of. light, their feeing have forgot;

Nor to theiridle orbs doth fight appear

Of fun, or moon, or ftar throughout the year,
Or man or woman ;—yet I argue not

' Againit Heaven’s hand or will, nor bate a jot

Of heart or hope; but itill bear up and iteer

MILTON:

Right onward What fupports me, doft thou afk ?
The confcience, friend, to have loft them overplied

In liberty’s defence, my noble tafk,
Of which all Europe rings from fide to fide :

This thought might lead me through the world’s vain mak,
Content, though blind, had I no better guide.”

And in plain profe he fays, in his ‘Second Defence,”
«© When the tafkc of replying to the defence of the king was
committed to me, at a time when I had to contend with ill-
health, and when one of my eyes being nearly loft, my
phyficians clearly predicted, that if I undertook the labo-
rious work, I fhould {con be deprived of both ; undeterred
by the warning, I feemed to hear a voice, not of a phytician,
but of fome internal and more divine monitor ; and conceiv-
ing that by fome tatal decree, the alternative of two lots
was propofed to me, that T mutt either lofe my fight, or
muft defert a high duty, the two deilinies occurred to me,
which the fon of Thetis reports to have been fubmitted to
him by his mother, fronr the oracle of Delphi. Refleéting,
therefore, with myfelf, that many had purchafed lefs good
with greater evil, and had even paid life as the price of glory,
while to me the greater good was offered at the expence of
the lefs evil, as merely by incurring blindnefs, L might
fatisfy the moft honourable demand of duty ; which, intrin-
ficaliy of more worth even than glory itfelf, ought to be
the firft and deareit object of every man’s regard ; I deter-
mined to dedicate the fhort enjoyment of my eye fight, with
as much effe&t as I could to the public advantage.”

Among the attentions paid to Milton at this time, he was
particularly pleafed with thofe of Leonard Philarus, a learned
Athenian, who had attained to high rank in Italy, and was
now employed by the duke of Parma on an embafly to the
court of Paris. Struck with the ability and f{pirit of Milton’s
compofition, this illuftrious Greek fent him his portrait, with
a letter of panegyric to the defender of the Englifh common-
wealth. On a vifit which Philarus foon afterwards made to
England, he waited upon Milton, then reduced to a ftate of
total blindnefs, and mutual friendfhip was the confequence
of their perfonal intimacy, When Philarus returned to Paris,
he was led, by the celebrity of Thevenot, the phyfician, par-
ticularly renowned at that time for his acquaintance with the
difeafes of the eye, to communicate a hope to Milton of the
recovery of his fight. The letters in which our author ac-
knowledges the kindnefs of his friend on this and other oc-
cafions are preferved in Dr. Symmons’ life of him.

His intelletual powers, however, fuffered no diminution
from this abridgment of the fenfitive faculties, and he pur-
{ued, without intermiffion, both his official and controverfial
employments. In 1652 a book was publifhed at the Hague,
entitled “ Regii fanguinis clamor ad ccelum adverfus parri-
cidas Anglicanos;” the author was Peter Moulin the younger.
Milton replied to it in his ‘* Second Defence,”” to which we
have already referred, and which was entitled “ Defenfio
fecunda pro Populo Anglicano,”” In this wasa high pane-
gyric upon Cromwell, who had now affumed the fupreme
power with the title of Proteétor. ‘ Milton’s fubfervience
and attachment to this ufurper,’’ fays one of his biographers,
“is the part of his conduét which it is the molt difficult to
jultify. When the wifeit and moft confcientious of the re-
publicans had become fenfible of his arts, and had openly op-
pofed his ambitious projects, it might have been expected
that the mind of Milton would neither have been blinded by
his hypocrify, nor overawed by his power. If the general
tenour of his charaGter will exonerate him from the fufpicion
of interefted motives on this occafion, it mult be fuppofed
that he was dazzled with the greatnefs of Cromwell’s actions,

and was convinced that his fuperiority alone could allay that
contention of parties which threatened ruin to the caufe that
had proved vi€torious in the field. Milton, befides, was 2
zealous friend to religious liberty, for which he faw no re-
fuge from the intolerance of the Prefbyterians, except in the
moderation of the proteétor. It may be added, that the very
paflage in which he addrefles Cromwell with the loftiett en-
comium, contains a free and noble exhortation, that he fhould
refpeé& that public liberty, of which he confiders him as the
guardian.”

Milton’s office as Latin fecretary, chiefly regarded tranf-
actions with foreign nations, in which it is admitted that
Cromwell was meritorioufly attentive to the honour and in-
tereit of hisown. In 1652 he loft his wife, and his blind-
nefs, in a fhort time, induced him to marry again. His fe-
cend wife was Catharine, the daughter of captain Wood-
cock of Hackney, who, unfortunately for him, died within
a year in child-bed, greatly regretted by her hufband, who
has confecrated her memory by a beautiful fonnet, fuppofed
to be the refult of a dream, immediately after her deceale, in
which are the following lines:

Methought I faw my late efpoufed faint,
* * * * * ae, aa

* * * * * *
Came, veited all in white, pure as her mind ;
Her face was veiled, yet tu'my fancied fight
Love, fweetnefs, goodnefs in her perfon fhined
So clear, as in no face with more delight.
But Oh! as to embrace me fhe inclined,
' I waked ;—fhe fled, and day brought back my night.

Employment was his refource againft the gloom of his
condition ; and after he had concluded his controverfial war-
fare, he took up his fufpended ‘* Hiftory of England,”
which he carried on to the conqueft : he alfo colleéted ma-
terials for a Latin Thefaurus, intended as an improvement:
upon that of R. Stephanus.

In the bufinefs of his office he had coadjutors ; but the
moft important matters were ftill committed to him, and
from his pen proceeded a Latin memorial of great itrength
and elegance, {tating the reafons for the war which the pro-
teCtor declared againft Spain. A remonftrance which he
drew up concerning the perfecution of the Proteftants in
Savoy, itrongly exprefled his deteflation of religious ty-
ranny.

After the death of Cromwell, when the flu€tuations of
government threatened general anarchy, he was induced to
give his advice on civil and ecclefiaftical topics in fome {mall
publications, one of which was entitled “ A Ready and Eafy
Way to eftablifh a Free Commonwealth, and the Excellence
thereof, compared with the Inconveniences and Dangers of
re-admitting Kingfhip.”? This, .as its title imports, was in-
tended rather to expofe the evils neceffarily confequent to the
nation's relapfe into its old vaffalage under kings, and to de-
monttrate the preference ofa republican to a monarchical gro-
vernment, than to propofe any jult model of a popular con-
ftitution. In this work, as well as in another, entitled
“Brief Delineations, &c.’’ he fhews that he was fearful of
an unqualitied appeal to the people, and deems them inca-
pable of determining with wifdom for their own interefts.
It was, however, in vain to contend by pamphlets againit
the national inclination. ‘The king returned in triumph, and
Milton was difcharged from his office, and for a time lay
concealed in the houfe of a friend in St. Bartholomew’s
Clofe, near Smithfield. Heré his privacy from the world
was perfed, till after the paffing cf the act of oblivion, in
the exceptions of which he was not comprehended, afcer-

tained

MILTON,

tained his fafety, and re-inflated him in fociety. ‘To whom
he was indebted, in this emergeney, for his prefervation, is
not known with certainty ; bur it feems probable that his
life was faved principally by the earnelt and grateful inter.

fition of fir William D’Avenant, who had himfelf been

rmerly preferved by the mediation of Milton, when or-
dered by parliament, in 1651, to trial, before the high court
of juttice. (See Davenant, Wittiam.) Milton’s name
firlt occurs in the proceedings of the new government, in an
addrefs from the houfe of commons to his majelty, that he
would iffue his proclamation to call in Milton’s “ Defences of
the People,’’ and * Iconoclattes,” together with a book of
Goodwyn’s, and caufe them to be burnt by the common
hangman, and alfo that the authors fhould be profecuted by
the attorney-gencral. ‘he books were accordingly burnt,
but the authors were returned as having abfeonded.

Now, reduced in his circumftances, and under the dif-
countenance of power, Milton removed to a private habita-
tion, near his former refidence in the city. But fearcely had
he left his concealment when he was taken into cultody, b
an order of the houfe of commons, from which he was dil-
miffed by paying his fees. In 1662, he was refiding in Jewin-
{treet, and from this he removed to a {mall houfe in the Ar-
tillery-Walk, adjoming Bunhill Fields, where he continued
during the remaining part of his life.

While living in lena S dees, he married his third wife,
Elizabeth Minthull, the daughter of a gentleman of Chefhire.
He was now to refume that poetical charaéter which, for
many years, had been funk in that of the controverfialift and
ing wee Undilturbed by contentions and temporary topics,

is powerful mind was Jeft in repofe, to meditate upon the
t ideas which had indiltinétly rifen to its view, and the
refult of its energies was the ‘“ Paradife Loft.”” Much dif-
cuffion has taken place concerning the original conception of
. this grand performance, but hitherto it has not been traced.
It is certain that at the time when he firft formed the refo-
lation of writing an epic poem, which was at an early pe-
riod, he thought of fome fubject in the heroic times of Eng-
lih hiftory ; but the religious turn of his mind, and his afli-
duous ftudy of the Hebrew {criptures, produced a final
preference of a ftory derived from the Old Teftament. He
compofed in blank verfe, on account of the facility with
which he could pour forth the {trains that rufhed into his
mind with the force and rapidity of infpiratien. His ne-
ew Philips had the perufal of it, from the very beginning,

in parcels of ten, twenty, or thirty verfes at a time, which,
being written by any perfon that was nearat hand, probably
wanted correction as to the orthography and pointing. This
gentleman fays, upon the authority of Milton, that his vein
never happily flowed but from the autumnal equinox to the
vernal, and that whatever he attempted at other times was
never to his fatisfaion. ‘The exa& time occupied in the
compolition of the Paradife Loft is not known; it was

finifhed in 1665, when Milton, to avoid the contagion of the -

plague, through the kindnefs of his friend Elwood, a quaker,
made a retreat to Chalfont, in Buckinghamfhire. It was
firft printed in 1667,~in ten books, and he received from the
bookfeller five pounds for the copyright, with a contingency
of ten more, depending on the fale of two other editions, and
which he lived to receive. Thefe fifteen pounds, however,
purchafed only the bookfeller’s right to the feveral editions
for which they were paid, as Milton’s widow fold the irre-
vertible copyright of the work which had been bequeated
to her, for eight pounds, to the fame bookfeller, Samuel
Simmons, who, almoft immediately, difpofed of what was
thus wholly transferred to him, for twenty-five pounds to
Aylmer, another bookfeller, from whom it paffed, at a con-

Vou. XXIII.

fiderable advance, to Jacob Tonfon, Much has been faid of
the deplorably low price advanced for this immortal work,
“but,” faye br. Symmons, * if we would regard ourfelves
placed in the middle of the feventeenth century, and immerfed
in all the party violence of that miferable period, we thould
rather be inclined to wonder at the venturous liberality of the
bookfeller, who would give even this {mall confideration for
the poem of a man living under the heavielt frown of the
times, in whom the poet had long been forgotton in the po-
lemic, and who now tendered an experiment in verfe, of which
it was impoffible that the purchafer fhould be able to appre-
ciate the value, or fhould not be fufpicious of the danger.
It is certain that the world was, at that period, incapable of
doing it juftice, and it was long before it took a fecure place
among thofe productions which continually rife in eftima-
tion, and are unlimited by time or place. Milton, confcious
of its merits, anticipated his final fuccefs, and was, in that
expeétation, fupported amidft temporary difcouragements,”’
The thirteenth edition was printed, with a life by the au-
thor, in 1727, by Elifha Fenton, who was a {cholar, a poet,
and a man of worth, though not without his failings, See
Fenton.

In 1671 Milton publifhed his « Paradife Regained,’’ writ-
ten upon the fuggeftion of his friend Elwood, who, on hav-
ing read the Paradife Loft in manufcript, and being afked
by the author how he liked it, anfwered, in his quaint way,
‘* Thou haft faid much here on Paradife Loft; but what
haft thou to fay of Paradife Found?’ When the latter

m was finifhed, he put it into the hands of Elwood,
aying, in a pleafant tone, “ this is owing to you, for you
put it into my head by the queftion you put to me at
Chalfont.”” This was probably regarded by the author as
the theological completion of the plan commenced in Para-
dife Loft, and he viewed it with the partial fondnefs of an
aged parent for his lateft offspring. But in point of gran-
deur and invention its inferiority 1s extremely apparent, yet
modern criticifm has pronounced it by no means unworthy
of the genius of Milton, allowance being made for the nar-
row compafs of the fubject, and his particular purpofe in
writing it.

At the fame time that this was publifhed, appeared his
tragedy of « Sampfon Agoniftes,”” compofed upon the an-
cient model, and never intended for the ftage. . It cannot
be faid to entitle the author to a place among thofe dra-
matic writers who have diftinguifhed themfelves by the talent
of moving the paflions, or of delineating the charaGier ; but
its moral and defcriptive beauties are not inconfiderable.
The impreffion made on the author's mind by the fufferings
of his party, and by his own deprefled ftate, may be dif-
tinétly traced in fome of its pathetic and animated ftrains,
fuch as in thofe that follow :

** God of our fathers! what is man !

That thou towards him with hand fo various

Or, might I fay, contrarious,

Temper’ft thy providence through his fhort courfe

Not evenly, as thou ruleft

The angelic orders, and inferior creatures mute,

Irrational and brute.

Nor do I name of men the common rout,

That wand’ring loofe about

Grow up and perifh, as a fummer fly.

Heads without name, no more remembered ;

But fuch as thou hait folemnly eleGed,

With gifts and graces eminently adorned,

To fome great work, thy glory,

And a fafety, which in part they effet :
4D Yet

MILTON.

Yet towards thefe, thus dignified, thou oft

Amidft their height of noon, f

Chang’ ft thy countenance and thy hand, with no regard
Of higheft favours paft

From thee on them, or them to thee of fervice.

Not only doft thou degrade them, or remit

To life obfcured, which were a fair difmiffion,
Butthrow’ ft them lower than thou didf exalt them high.”

With the Sampfon Agoniltes Milton’s poetical account
clofes ; but writing was become fo much a habit with him,
that he was continually making additions to his works in

rofe. In 1672 he publifhed «A Syitem of Logic, after the
Peapnes of Ramus ;”? and in the following year he ventured
again in the field of polemics, with “ A Treatife of true
Religion, &c- and the belt Means to prevent the Growth of
Popery.”” The latter was become the dread of the nation,
and Milton was among the mott zealous of its opponents.
The principle of toleration which he lays down is agree-
ment in the fufficiency of the fcriptures ; and he denies it
to the Papifts, becaufe they appeal to another authority.
imperfe& was Milton’s notion of religious liberty : it
is, however, to his credit, that even in this he was contending
with popery; avowedly patronized by the duke of York,
and fecretly countenanced by the king. «The danger,”
fays his biographer, << which at this inftant awakened the
fears of Milton, became not long afterward fo palpable and
ftriking as to excite the nation, united in one great effort for
its fafety, to depofe the Catholic bigot who occupied and
abufed the throne.”

In the fame year Milton publithed a fecond edition of his
youthful poems, with his «* Traétate on Education,” in one
volume, in which he included fome pieces not comprehended
in the edition of 1645. In 1674 he gave the world his
familiar letters and fome college exercifes, the former with
the title of « Epiftolarum Familiaram Liber unus,” and
the latter with that of ‘* Prolufiones quedam oratoriz in
Collegio Chrilli habite.”” The next exercife of his pen,
was, it is faid, to tranflate into Englifh the declaration of
the Poles, on their elevating John Sobiefki to their elective
throne, but Dr. Symmons is doubtful of the fact # thinking
it much more certain that in fome part of the fame year he
wrote “A brief Hiftory of Mufcovy,”’ which was publifhed
ata period of about eight years after his death. With this
werk terminated his literary labours; for the gout, which
had for many years affli€ted him, was now appotnted to ter-
minate his valuable life: He funk tranquilly under an
exhauftion of the vital powers on the eighth of November,
1674, when hé had nearly completed his fixty-fixth year.
Hiis remains were carried from his houfe in Bunhill Fields to
the church of St. Giles, Cripplegate, with a numerous and
fplendid attendance, and depofited in the chancel near thofe
of his father. No monument marked the tomb of this
great man, but one was erected to his memory in Weftmin-
iter Abbey, in 1737, at the expence of Mr. Benfon, one of
the auditors of the impreft. His bult has fince been placed
in the church where he was interred, by the late Samuel
Whitbread, efq.

In the July preceding his death, Milton had requefted the
attendance of his brother Chriltopher, and in his prefence
made a difpofition of his property by a formal declaration
of his will. This mode of teftament, which is called uuz-
cupative, was fet afide, on a fuit inftituted by his daughters.
By this nuncupative will he had given all his property to
his widow, affigning nothing to his daughters, but their
mother’s portion, which had not yet been paid. On this
account, and from exacting from his children fome irkfome

fervices, fuch as reading to him in languages which they did’

not underftand, which were neceflities. refulting from his
blindnefs and his indigence, he has been branded as an unkind
father. But the nuncupative will, difcovered fome years
fince, fhews him to have been amiable, and injured in that
private {cene, in which alone he has generally been confi-
dered as lidble to cenfure, or rather, perhaps, as not entitled
to affection. In this will, publifhed by Mr. Warton, and
in the papers connected with it, we find the venerable pa-
rent complaining of ** unkind children,’’ as he calls them,
for leaving and negleéting him becaufe he was blind, and we
fee him compelled, by their injurious conduct, to appeal
againit them even to his fervants. By the depofition of one
of thofe fervants, it is certain, that his complaints were not
extorted by flight wrongs, or uttered by capricious paffion
on trivial provocations: that his children, with the exception
of the youngelt, would occafionally fell his books to the
dunghill women, as the witnefs calls them. That thefe
daughters were capable of combining with the maid-fervant,
and of advifing her to cheat her malter, and their father,
in her neti and that one of them, Mary, on being
told that her father was married, replied, ‘‘ that was_no
news; but if fhe could hear of his death that would be
fomething.”’

We cannot better conclude our account of Milton thaw
in the words of his liberal and eloquent biographer, Dr.
Symmons, te whofe work we have already acknowledyed
our obligations, and to which we earneflly refer the readers
of the New Cyclopedia, in order that they may fee how
much more is recorded: of our illuftrious countryman, than
ean poffibly be compreffed in this article. Milton, fays Dr-
Symmons, was ‘¢a man in whom were illultrioufly combined
all the quahties that could adorn, or elevate the nature to
which he belonged; a man, who at onee poffefled beauty
of countenance, fymmetry of form, elegance of manners,
benevolence of temper, magnanimity and loftinefs of foul,
the brightelt illumination of intellect, knowledge the moit
various and extended, virtue that never loitered in her career
nor deviated from her courfe ;—a man who, if he had been
delegated as a reprefentative of his {pecies to one of the
fuperior worlds, would have fuggelted a grand idea of the
human race, as of beings affluent with moral and intelle@tual
treafure, who were raifed and diftinguifhed in the univerfe
as the favourites and heirs of heaven,”’

Of the three daughters of Milton, Anne, the eldeft, mar-
ried a mafter-builder, and died with her firft child in her
lying-in. Mary, the fecond, died in a fingle ftate: and
Deborah, the youngeft, married Abraham Clarke, a weaver
in Spitalfields. She had feven fons and three daughters,
but of thele the lef:, at her deceafe, only Caleb, who mar-
rying inthe Eaft Indies, had two fons whofe hiftory cannot
be traced ; and Elizabeth, who married Thomas Fofter, of
the fame bulinefs with her father, and had by him three fons
and four daughters, who all died young and without iffue.
Mrs. Fofter died in poverty and diftrefs, on the ninth of
May, 1754, ‘and with her, it is highly probable, expired
the laft defcendant of the immortal Milton.”? Symmons’s
Life of Milton. Biog. Brit. Gen. Biog. Bayle’s Dia.
Newton’s Life of Milton, and Milton’s Works.

Miron, in Geography, a parifh in the lower half hun-
dred of Toltingtrough, lathe of Aylesford, and county of
Kent, England, is fituated 22 miles from London, and
forms the eaft fide of the town of Gravefend, with which
it was incorporated in the reign of queen Elizabeth. Milton
was returned, under the population aét of 1801, as contain-
ing 322 houles, eccupied by 2056 inhabitants. The church,
which ftands near the fea-fhore, about a mile from Gravel.

end,

MIL

end, is built of finte and rag-ftones: round it formerly
ftood the village of Milton, of which only one houfe is
now left. See Graveseyrn.

Mitton, or Middleton, aa anciently called, a market
tewn and parith in the upper half hundred of Milton, in
the lathe of Scray, and courity of Kent, England, is of
very remote antiquity, and formed part of the sane He of
the Saxon kings. It is fituated 12 miles from Maiditone,
aud 39 from London, on the acelivity of a hill, about half
a mile from the high road, floping down to a {mall creck
which falls into the river Swale, about two miles to the
north-welt. ‘The vicinity of this town to the Swale, which
feparates the ifle of Sheppey from the main land, was the
eaufe of ita being frequently plundered by the Danes during
their piratical incurfions in the ninth century. Here their
veteran chief, Hattings, endeavoured to eftablih himfelf in
the time of Alfred; and the remains of his encampment
or fortrefs are ftill to be feen in the marfhes of Kemfley
Downs, between Milton church and se mouth of the creek.
It confilts of ahigh rampart and broad ditch, inclofing a
Yquare area, the fides of which are nearly parallel with the
cardinal points of the compafs, Lt meafures about an hun-
dred feet cach way, and has obtained the name of Catltle-
Rough, from its having been long overgrown with trees and
underwood,

Milton is fuppofed to have originally ftood in the vicinity
of its church, which is confiderably to the north of the
prefent town; and near it the Saxon kings had a palace,
whjch was burnt, together with the town, by earl God-
wyn, during his quarrel with Edward the Confeffor, about
the year 1052. Notwith{tanding this, Milton appears to
have been a place of confiderab!e importance for the time,
in the days of William the Conqueror, who, in the Domef-
day furvey, is recorded to have then held the manor. It
remained vetted in the crown till the time of Charles I.,
» though frequently granted for life, or a term of years, to
different perfons ; particularly to feveral queens in dower,
and others of the royal blood, who procured various privi-
Jeges for the inhabitants. ‘Che grant of the market, which
is kept on Saturdays, was obtained by queen Ifabelia, in
the 13th of Edward [I., together with the liberty of hold-
ing an annual fair for four days. The town is governed by
a portreeve, who is chofen on St. James’s day, by fuch in-
habitants of the parifh as pay the church and poor's rates.
The market-houfe and fhambles ftand near the middle ef
the town; and at a {mall diltance northward is the court-
houfe, an old timber building, where manor courts and other
public meetings are held ; beneath it is the town gaol. The
church is a fpacious fabric, and confilts of two aifles and
two chancels, with a maffive embattled tower at the weft
end, which, together with the fouth chancel, is compofed
of fquared flints, laid in even rows. The eait windows are
large, and pointed: that of the north chancel is divided
into five lights, with numerous crockets above ; the other
has four trefoil-headed lights below, with three ranges of
quatrefoil lights above. The fouth chancel, which belonged
to the ancient family of Northwood, contains a-pifcina, and
feveral tombs and fepulchral memorials.

The number of houfes in this parifh, as returned in the
year 1801, under the population act, was 322 ; that of in-
habitants 2056. The Oyfter Fifhery furnifhes the prin-
cipal fource of employment to the latter, and has done
fo for many centuries. In the reign of king John, the right
of this fifhery in the manor and hundred of Milton was
granted to the abbey at Faverfham, to’ which it apper-
tained at the diffolution. It then was held by the crown
till the reign of Charles I.: fince that period it has been

MIL

granted, with the manor, to various perfons fueceffively ; and
is now held on leafe = a company called Free Dredyers,
who are governed by their own particular rules or bye-laws,
made, according to ancient cuftom, at the court-baron of
the manor, ‘The oyfters produced within the limite of this
fifhery are in high eltimation, under the name of * Native
Miltons.”" There are four wharfs belonging to this town ;
and confiderable quantities of corn, and other produce of the
adjacent country are {hipped here for the London markets,
commetiities of every kind bemg freighted in return.

In the weftern part of this pamth and its vicinity is a large
traét ot woodland, called Chefnut Woods, from the great
plenty of thofe trees which grow therein : and in a prefent-
ment made of the cuftoms of Milton, in 1575, it 18 men-
tioned, that the occupiers of three mills holden of the
manor, fhould’ gather yearly for the lord of it nine bufhels
of *cheftenottes”’ in Chefnot Wood, er pay cighteen-pence
by the year to the queen,

In the marthes in the north-weft quarter of the parith is a
decoy for wild fowl, of which great numbers arc taken, and

rincipally fold in the markets of the metropolis. Hafted’s
Tiftory of Kent, vol. vi. Beauties of England and Wales,
vol. vii. by E. W. Brayley.

Mixron, a townfhip of America, in Chittenden county,
New York, on the E. fide of lake Champlain, oppofite to
South Hero ifland ; divided into nearly equal parts by La
Moille river, which difcharges itfelf into the lake in Col-
chefter. The townfhip contains 786 inhabitants.—Alfo,
the Uncataquiflet’” or ‘ Unquaty” of the ancient In-
dians, a poft-town in Norfolk county, Maffachuletts, ad-
joining to Dorchefter ; 7 miles S. of Bofton: containin
1143 inhabitants, three paper-mills, and a chocolate-mill.
It was incorporated in 1662 ; and affords one of the fineft
profpeéts in America.—Alfo, a town in the county of Sa-
ratoga, in New York, containing 2123 inhabitants.—Alfo,
a poft-town in Cayuga county, New York, on the N.E.
fide of Cayuga lake, 40 miles N. of Tioga river ; incorpo-
rated in 1794, and containing 3553 inhabitants.—Alfo, a
{mall poft-town in Albemarle county, Virginia, on the S.W.
fide of the Rivanna, about 80 miles N.W. by W. of
Richmond.—Alfo, a poft-town of Northumberland county,
Pennfylvania ; 219 miles from Wafhington.

MILTOWN-MALBAY, a poit-town of Ireland, in
the county of Clare. Itis built on a bank running down to
the fea, facing the fouth-welt. There are here hot and cold
baths, and it is much frequented as a bathing-place. It is
128 miles W.S.W. from Dublin. Cartifle. Wakefield.

MILTSCHIN, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of
Bechin ; 10 miles N. of Tabor. ;

MILTUS, in Botany, fo called by Loureiro, from pix:
red lead, ox vermilion, the whole plant being as that author
fays of a beautifully vivid red colour.—Loureir. Cochinch.
303.—Clafs and order, Dodecundria Pentagynia. Nat. Ord.
Caryophyllei, Linn. ? Ficoidee, Juff.?

Gen. Ck. Cn/. Perianth inferior, of five, ovate, concave,
rugofe, coloured, f{preading, permanent fegments. Cor.
none. . Ne€tary none. Stam. Filaments twelve, affixed to
the bottom of the calyx, and fhorter than it ; anthers ovate,
twin, erect. iff. Germen fuperior, roundifh, furrowed ;
ftyle none; ftigmas five, linear, bent backwards. Peric.
Capfules five, approaching each other, ovate, rough, fingle-
feeded. Seed ovate, fhinwg. :

Eff. Ch. Calyx of five leaves, inferior. Corolla none.
Capfules five, fingle-feeded. ms

Obf. Loureiro remarks that the difference between this
genus and G/inus is not very great.

1. M, africana. Loureir.—A native of dry places at

4Dz Mozam-

MIM

Mozambique, an African ifland.—All that we know of this
plant is from the defcription of the above quoted author,
which is as follows. Stem fhrubby, much divided, about
four feet long, flender, proftrate, fmooth. Leaves oblong,
entire, obtufe, thick or flefhy, fmooth, the leffer ones nearly
feffile, oppofite, and crowded. Flower-falks fimple, many
together, lateral.—T he {tems, flowers, and leaves are all of a
remarkably ftriking red or vermilion colour.

MILVAGO, in Ichthyology, a name given by Gefner
and fome others, to a fifh called by authors in general mil-
wus, and by fome /ucerna, and the Alying-//b. It is a {pe-
cies of the trigla, and is called, by Artedi, the trigla with
a fnout bifid at the extremity, and the fide-lines forked
near the tail. .

MILVERTON, in Geography, a market-town in the
hundred of the fame name, and county of Somerfet, Eng-
land. It is fituated in a woody fertile country, plealingly
diverfified with hill and valley, at the diftance of eight miles
from Taunton, and five from Wellington. The buildings
are chiefly arranged in three irregular ftreets ; and the church
ftands on an eminence in the centre. This town was an-
ciently a borough, the manor whereof is now vefted in the
crown, and long poflefled a good trade in ferges and drug-
gets. The manufa@ture of thefe articles, however, is now
almoft entirely dropped, but an extenfive manufactory of
flannels has been ettablifhed of late years. Though en-
tirely deprived of its privileges as a borough, it continues
to be governed by a portreeve ; and fearchers and fealers are
ftill annually appointed. ‘The petty feflions are held here.
Friday is the market day, and there are two fairs during
the year, one on the 25th of July, and another on the roth
of O&ober. The population of the town and parifh, ac-
cording to the returns of 1801, was 1667 perfons.

Milverton is remarkable in hiftory as having given name to
Joho de Milverton, the Carmelite friar of Briito!, who was
celebrated for his zealous oppofition to the doétrines of
Wickliff, the firft Englifh reformer. Collinfon’s Hiitory
and Antiquities of Somerfetfhire, vol. iii. 4to.

MILUS, uaro:, aname given by the Greek writers to a
plant ufed in garlands, and fometimes to a tree. Thco-
phraftus evidently ufes it as the name of a tree, and,Crato as
that of the garland-herb,

MILVUS, in ehthyology. See Fryinc-Fi/b, CAutyo-
nimus Lyra, and Draconet. ;

Mixvus, in Ornithology, the name of the kite and buz-
zard. See Fatco.

MILWALDE, or Mipwatpe, in Geography, a town
of Holland, in the department of Groningen; 8 miles
S.S.E. of Dam.

MIMA, a town of Japan, in the ifland of Xicoco ;
23 miles N.W. of Awa.

MIMANSA, in Philofophy, is the name of a theory up-
held by a numerous fe& of Hindoos, among whom, how-
ever, even of this fchool, there is confiderable diverfity of opi-
nion. The word Mimanfa denotes, in Sanicrit, the operations
and conclufions of reafon. The doétrines are divided into
the firft and fecond. The firft, called Purva Mimanfa, or
Karma Mimanfa, is faid to have been promulgated by Jai-
mini in twelve chapters ; it difcuffes queftions of law, and
moral and religious duties. (See Jaimini.) The fecond
divifion is called Vedanta, and is attributed to Vyafa, who
is fometimes faid to have been the malter or preceptor of
Jaimini.' (See Vepanta and Vyasa; and the articles
Morty and Mysticat Poeiry for fome of the tenets of
the Vedanti fehool.) Both the Mimanfas profefs to fhew what
aéts are pure or impure, what objeéts are to be defired or
avoided, and by what means the foul may-afcend to the Firft

MIM

Principle. Compared with the Grecian fchools, the Mi-
manfa approaches neareft the Platonic, having, indeed, many
confonant ideas and doétrines.

MIME. Minus, a term in the ancient comedy, figni-
fying a buffoon, or mimic, who atied by poltures fuitable
to the perfon or. fubje& he reprefented.

The word comes from the Greek piuS-, imitator ; formed
ot piusouss, J imitate. The fame comedians were alfo fome-
times called pantomimes, becaufe of their counterfeiting all
manner of poitures and geftures.

According to Lucian (de Saltatione), a fingle dancer, or
mime, was able to exprefs all the incidents and fentiments
of a whole tragedy or epic poem by dumb figns, but {till
to mufic, as in the ancient recitation, and in modern panto-~
mime entertainments ; though Ailtotle exprefsly fays, that
dancers want neither poetry nor mulic; as by the affiftance
of meafure and cadence only, they can imitate human man-
ners, actions, and paffions. See BarnyLius and Pylades.

Plutarch (Sympof. 1. vii. probl. 8.) diltinguifhes two
kinds of pantomime : one was called urcSscuv, the fubje& of
which was decent and decorous, as well as the manner of
exprefling it, and this nearly approached to comedy. Buf-
foonery and indecency conftituied the other.

Sophron of Syracufe, who flourifhed in the time of
Xerxes, was reputed the inventor of ferious and decorous
pantomime, replete with leffons of morality. Plato had
great pleafure in the perufal of the pantomimes of this.
author. But the Greek drama was fcarcely formed, ere
theatric writers.and ators endeavoured more to divert the
people by farces and reprefentations of vicious f{cenes and
characters, than to improve their morals. Such were the
means by which interludes on the {tage were rendered agree-
able to the people of Greece.

The Romans were equally pleafed with pantomime, and
formed of it a fourth fpecies of drama. The actors diftin-
guifhed themfelves by a liceutious imitation of the manners
of the times, as appears by the following verfe of Ovid.

“ Scribere fi fas eft imitantes turpia Mimos.”

The mimes ufually a&ed without focks or ftockings,
whereas the three others wore focks or bufkins. Their
heads were clofe fhaved, like the fools on mountebank
{tages ; their drefs, like that of our harlequins, was com-
pofed of bits of cloth or linen of different colours. This
drefs was called Panniculus centumculus. They fometimes
alfo appeared in magnificent fenatorial robes of purple, to
divert the people by the ridicule and contrait of a fenator’s
robe, and.a fhaved head and focks. Thus harlequin fome-
times on our ftage is bedight in the garb of a gentleman..
To this drefs they joined licentious language, and all kinds of
ridiculous poftures, negle¢ting nothing that could amufe the
populace. -

This kind of diverfion was given even at funerals, and the
actors were called Archimimes. They went before the coffin,
and defcribed by their geftures the a¢tions and manners of
the deceafed: his virtues and vices, all were exhibited.
The propenfity which the mimes had to raillery, iuclined
them rather to reveal their frailties, than paint their virtues,
or any thing that could redound to their honour.

The applaufe given to the pieces of Plautus and Terence,
did not prevent even the better fort from admiring thefe
pantomimic farces, when enlivened by wit, and not debafed.
by indecency. The Mimographic poets of the Romans,
who chiefly diftinguifhed themfelyes in thefe dramatic ex-.
hibitions, were Sneius Mattius,; Decimus Liberius, Pub-
lius Syrus, under Julius Czfar; Philiftion, under Auguiftus ;
Silo, under Tiberius; Virgilius Romanus, under Trajan ;,

Es . and

MIM

and Marcus Marcellus, under Antoninus But the moft
celebrated of ull thefe were Decimus Liberius, and Publius
Syrus, The fir diverted Julius Cefar fo much that he
made him a Roman knight, and conferred on him the pri-
vilege of wearing gold rings, He had fuch a wonderful ta-
lent at feizing ridicule, av to make every one dread his abili-
ties, ‘To thiv Cicero alludes, in writing to Trebutius, when
he was in Britain with Julius Crfar, telling bim, that « if
he is abfent much longer inaétive, he muit expect to be
attacked by the mime Liberius.”” Publius Syrus, however,

ined fo much more applaufe, that he retived to Puzzoli,
where he confoled himfelf for his difgrace and the incon-
ftancy of the ree and the tranfient ftate of human af-
fairs, by the following admirable verfe ;

« Cecidi ego: vadet qui fequitur; laus eft publica.”’

We with difficulty can imagine fome of the grave and
judicious reflections of Syrus to be extraéted from the
pantomimes which he exhibited on the ftage: we fhould
rather take them for maxinis moulded on the fock or
buikin. TEncycl. rfl edit.

« Sweet Polhymnia, fee advance,
Mother of the graceful dance :
She who taught th’ ingenious art
Silent language to impart :
Signs for fentiment fhe found,
Eloquence without a found :
Hands loquacious fave her lungs,
All her limbs are {peaking tongues."’

MIMESIS, piunsi:, in Rhetoric, a figure, whereby the
words, geltures, {peech, aétions, &c. of another perfon are
imitated. See Imitation. *

MIMETES, in Botany, fo called by Mr. Salifbury (ac-
cording to Mr. Brown) ; apparently from yiprinc, a mimic,
but we know not its particular application. Brown Tr. of
Linn. Soc. v. 10. 105. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 1. 197-
(Hypophyllocarpodendron ; Boerh. Lugd-Bat. ed. 2. v. 2.
205. t. 205, 206.)—Clafs and order, Tetrandria Monogynia.
Nat. Ord Protee, Jui.

Eff. Ch. Corolla regular, in four deep fegments.
Stamens in the concave tips of the fegments. Nedtary
four feales beneath the germen. Nut fuperior, feffile,
fmooth. Common receptacle flat, many-flowered. Scales
deciduous.

Eleven {pecies of this genus, all from the Cape of Good
Hope, are defcribed by Mr. Brown, four of which, intro-
duced by Mr. Maffon between the years 1774 and 1795,
are cultivated at Kew. They are ail /bruds, of a itout tor-
tuous habit; their aves either entire, or furnifhed with
callous teeth. Flowers aggregate, geuerally axillary, fome-
times embraced by a fort of Booded leaf, fometimes termi-
fal. Znvolucrum of many imbricated, membranous, rarely
coriaceous, leaves, fometimes turned all to one fide. Piftils
longer than the corolla, which becomes flaccid after its expan-
fion. Stigma cylindrical, flender, for the moit part acute.
In M. capitulata however, Mr. Brown's fecond fpecies, it
is thickened and conical at the fummit. In M. purpurea,
his lait, the receptac’e is deftitute of feales.

The following examples are fufficient. :

M. hirta. Hairy Mimetes. Br. n. 1. (Protea hirta ;
Linn. Mant. 188. Lepidocarpodendron foliis fericeis
brevibus, confertiffimé natis ; fru€tu gracili longo; Boerh.
Lugd-Bat. v. 2. 194. t. 194. Leucadendron hirtum ;
Linn. Sp. Pl. 136.)—Involucrum equilateral, coloured,
pointed, eight or ten-flowered. Stigma awl-fhaped. Co-
rolla feathery. Leaves acute, entire—Grows in moift

MIM

fituations, Flowers in the greenhoufe from June to Aoguft.
A buthy /brub, with numerous, imbricated, filky Laves.
Flowers reddith.

M., cucullata. Three-toothed Mimetes.
tea cucullata; Lina. Mant. 189. Leucadendros africana,
five Scolymocephalos anguilliori | lio, apicibuy tridentatis ;
Pluk. Almagelt. 212. t. 304. f. 6. Hypophyllocarpoden-
dron; Boerh. Lugd-Bat, 206. ¢, 206. Leucadendron cu-
cullatun; Linn, Sp. Pl. 136.)—Involucrum unequally
direéted, pointed, nearly {mooth. Leaves linear-oblong,
three-toothed, fmooth: the floral ones dilated below, with
recurved margins. Stigma awl-fhaped, very acute. —Native
of low marfhy places, a mile and a half from the Cape. The
leaves are crowded, tipped with three blunt red teeth.
Flowers feathery, their long prominent {lyles reaching far
beyond the corolla.

M. thymelaoides. Daphne-leaved Mimetes. Br. n. 8.
(Leucadendron thymelwoides; Berg. Cap. 19,)—Stem
ere&t. Leaves oval, obtufe, downy, fmall. Flowers ter-
minal, rather cluftered. Style downy below the middle.—
Stem fhrubby, with round, purplifh, downy, upright, com-
icon branches. Leaves about half an inch long, crowded,
preading, downy, fincly fringed ; the lower ones becoming

Br.n 4. (Pro-

{mooth. Flowers feflile, the fize of a {mall cherry, moitly
in pairs. Leaves of the invelucrum elliptical, inclining to
lanceolate. Scales of the receptacle all over denfely woolly.

Corolla filky. Stigma rather acute. Of this we find no
figure, nor is any thing faid of the colour of the flowers.

MIMIZAN, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Landes, and chief place of a canton, in
the diltri&t of Mont-de-Marfan. The place contains 413,
and the canton 2821 inhabitants, on a territory of 415 kilio-
metres, in 6 communes.

MIMNERMUS, in Biography, a Greek elegiac poet, a
native of Colophon, who flourifhed in the fixth century before
Chrilt, was contemporary with Solon. He was the inventor
of the pentameter verfe : Ins compofitions were of the elegiac
kind, according to the ancient acceptation of the word, which
by no means confined it to mournful topics. His talents led
him to treat of very different fubjeéts : he was a votary of
love and pleafure, and is fo diftinguifhed by a line in Pro-
pertius :

« Plus in amore valet Mimnermi verfus Homero :**

Horace likewife refers to him in a fimilar conne€tion, though
in much itronger terms :

« Si, Mimnermus uti cenfet, fine amore jocifque
Nil eft jocundum, vivas in amore jocifque.”’

« If, as wife Mimnermus faid,
Life unbleit with love and joy,
Ranks us with the fenfelefs dead,
Let thefe gifts each hour employ.”

His manners are thought to have correfponded with his
philofophy. Of his poems only a few remain, which have
been publifhed with the «‘ Novem Feminarum Grecarum

Carmina,” by Urfinus in 1568, and by Wolfius in 1734.
Mimnermus, according to Plutarch, has rendered himfelf
remarkable, by playing upon the flute a nome called Cradias,
which, Hefychius tells us, was an air for that inftrument
ufually performed at Athens, during the march, or procef-
fion, of the victims of expiation. His elegies, of which only
a few fragments are preferved, were fo much admired in
antiquity, that Horace preferred them to thofe of Callima-
chus. (Epift. lib. ii. ep. ii. v. 101.) He compofed a
poem of this kind, as we learn from Paufanias, upon Ee
battle

MIM

‘battle fought between the people of Smyrna, and the Ly-
-dians, under Gyges. He likewife was author of a poem in
elegiac verfe, quoted by Strabo (lib. xiv. p. 633, 634- ed.
‘Par.), which he entitled “Nanno,"’ and in which we may
fuppofe he chiefly celebrated a young and beautiful girl of
that name, who, according to, Athenzus, was a player on
the flute, with whom he was enamoured in his old age.
Horace bears teltimony to his abilities in deferibing that
feducing paffion ; alluding to fome much admired lines of
this Greek poet, which have been preferved by Stobzus :

© Tis Je Piory ts De vepwrov cerep xpuons "Adpodirns, Ec.
What is life and all its pride,
If love and pleafure be denied?
Snatch, {natch me hence, ye Fates, whene’er
The am’rous blifs I ceafe to ‘hare.
Oh let us crop each fragrant flow’r,
While youth and vigour give us pow’r ;
For frozen age will foon deflroy
The force to give or take a joy ;
And then a prey to pain and care,
Detelted by the young and fair,
The fun’s bleft beams will hateful grow,
And only fline on {eenes of woe !”

MIMOSA, in Botany, fo called from mimus, an ator or
imitator. Herba, or arbor, mimofa, meaning a fort of iniita-
tive plant, whofe motions mimic the fenfibility of animal
life. The Senfitive Plant.—Linn. Gen. 548. Schreb. 734.
Mart. Mill. Dict. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1. v. 3. 438.
Jufl. 346. Tourn. t. 375. Lamarck Liuftr. t.845. Gaertn.
t.155. (Acacia; Tourn. t. 375. Inga; Plum. Gen. 13.
t. 19.)—Clafs and order, Polygamia Monvecia. Nat. Ord.
Lementacee, Linn. Leguminofe, Jaff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, very {mall,
with five teeth. Cor. of one petal, funnel-fhaped, regular,
more or lefs deeply five-cleft, fometimes wanting. Stam.
Filaments capillary, very long, ufually very numerous, fome-
times united below; anthers incumbent, fometimes par-
tially abortive. Pi/. Germen fuperior, oblong; ityle
thread-fhaped, fhorter than the ftamens; ftigma abrupt.
Peric. Legume long, with numerous tran{verfe partitions.
Seeds numerous, of various roundifh fhapes.

Obf. Many of the flowers are male, foon falling of ;
others are female; others furnifhed with both flamens and
piftil, each occafionally more or lefs imperfeét ; all which
circumftances vary in different {pecies.

Mimofa of Tournefort has a jointed legume, and apparently
fenfitive, or irritable, leaves.

Acacia of the fame author has a cylindrical legume ; the
leaves not moving when touched,

Inga of Plumier has a flefhy legume.

No part of the fructification in the genus before us is
conftant.

The calyx, ufually five-toothed, in fome {pecies is three-
cleft.

Corolla ufually of one petal, in fome is of five, in others
altogether wanting.

Stamens in fome very numerous, in others ten, five, or
four ; in fome monadelphous ; in fome abortive.

Pericarp a legume, but in fome fpecies flefhy, in others
membranous; in fome winged, in others jointed ; in fome
compofed of four valves,

Seeds of a different fhape in different fpecies.

Eff. Ch. Calyx five-toothed. Corolla regular, five-cleft.
Stamens five or more. Pittil one. Legume fuperior, with
many cells. Some male flowers.

This valt genus labours under great uncertainty of cha-

MIM

rater, as appears by the above remarks of Linneus. For
fome of its near allies, fee GLeprrsra and GymMNocLapus.
Juffieu has hinted at the propriety of dividing it, according
to the number of ftamens, and the ftrudture of the legume.
This Willdenow has attempted; but to accomplifh it fully,
an examination of numerous fpecies in a living itate would
be neceflary ; and as moft of them are tropical fhrubs or
trees, rarely feen, and itill more rarely flowering or fruiting,
in the gardens of Entope, this defirable end is not at prefent
attainable. The foliage is of the pinnate kind, more or lefs
compound ; in fome irritable, and folding up when touched
or fhaken ; in all, we believe, drooping and folding together
in the dark. A number of paradoxical {pecies as to habit,
uniform enough in fructification, have been found in the
fouthern hemifphere. Thefe have only a few pinnated
leaves when young, bearing fubfequently nothing but fimple,
vertical, oblong or linear, dilated and defoliated footitalks,
which have all the appearance of leaves, and doubtlefs per-
form the funGtions of fuch. A few {pecies bear, in their
adult {tate, nothing but angular thorns, {till leis like foliage.
Yet we know not of any difference in the fru@ification, be-
tween thefe and various uniformly pinnate kinds of Mino/a,
found likewife in New Holland, which have the habit as
well as characters of numerous {pecies heretofore defcribed,
natives of Africa, or of the Eaft or Welt Indies.

It is difficult to form a calculation of the fpecies of Mimo/a.
The 14th edition of Sy/. Veg. contains hfty-three only,
f{carcely any of the New Holland ones being there included.
Of thefe lait five are figured by Labillardiere, and feveral in
Curtis and Andrews; two in Smith’s Specimen of the Bo-
tany of New Holland. Much more information may be ex-
pected frem Mr. Brown on this fubje@. .

The ge'wis is for the prefent fubdivided, by the compofi-
tion of its leaves, into feveral feGtions, of which we fhall offer
a few examples.—Some fpecies are furnifhed with thorns,
others not.—The roots in general have a flrong alliaceous
{cent.

SeGion 1. Leaves fimpty pinnate.

M. Jnga. Sweet-bean Mimofa. Linn. Sp. Pl. r4o8.
(Inga flore albo fimbriato, fruétu dulci; Plum. Ic. 14. t.25.
Avbor fylvettris, Belgis Zoete-boontjes ; Merian. Surin, 51.
t. 51.)—-Thorns none, Leaves pinnate, of five pair ef
ovate leaflets, with a jointed bordered {talk —Native of
South America. A i¢ree, with broad, fmooth, ferrated,
ribbed leaflets. Flowers corymbofe, large, green, with many
united flamens. Legumes often a foot long, tortuous and
furrowed; the feeds lodged in {weet eatable pulp. The
laft circumftance {hews an affinity to Ceratonia.

Section 2. Footttalk divided, bearing two or three diftin&
pair of leaves.

M..bigemina. Pointed Twin-leaved Mimofa. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1499. (Katou-Conna; Rheede Hort. Malab. v. 6. 21.
t.12.)—Thorus none. Leaves pointed, in a double pair.
—Native of Malabar. A tall ¢ree, with a fetid though in-
fipid root. Leaflets ovate, entire, three inches long, {mooth.
flowers Small, white, monadelphous. Legumes {piral, com-
prefied, their polifhed globofe feeds fufpended by a thread.

Sedion 3. Leaves conjugate, confilting of two pinnate
leaves, on a common footitalk.

M. fexfitiva. Broad-leaved Senfitive plant- Linn. Sp.
Pl. rso1. (M. fpinofa prima, &c.; Breyn. Cent. t. 16,)—
Prickly. Leaves conjugate; each with two pair of half-
ovate leaflets; the innermoft lower one very fmall. Petals
none.—Native of the Brafils; and of hedges at Lima.
This very interelting plant, whofe fenfibilizy, on account of
the large fize of its leaflets, is fo ftriking, was formerly in-
troduced by Houiton into the gardens of England, but is

6 no

MIMOSA.

no longer to be met with, We have feen it at Turin. The
Sooiflalks Wave a large fucculent knot at their bafe, which
appears the chief feat of irritability, and on which the
leaflets turn, ax ov w hinge, at the flighteit touch, ‘The
largett Jeaflets are near an inch and half long; all femi-ovate,
briitly beneath. Yoewers in globular denfe heads, on fimple
axillary flalks, Legumes flat, radiating from a ceatre, brillly
and downy,

M. nag Common Senfitive plant, or Humble plant.
Linn. Sp. Pl. i501. (M. f{pinofa tertia, &c.; Breyn. Cent.
t ei Leaves fomewhat fingered, pinnate.
Stem hifpid. Lezumes jointed, fringed. —Native of South
America, asd of the ifle of Bourbon.—This is naturally
fhrubby, though raifed as an annual in our ftoves, where it
is kept for the fake of its wonderful fenfibility, ‘I'he /eaflets
are very numerous, oblong, obliquely elliptical, rather
briftly. If one ot them be cut, the fhock is communicated,
with gradually accelerated rapidity, along the footttalks,
to the reft, who all fold foftly toyether, after which the
common and partial ftalks droop and become pendulous.
Thefe have the fame tumid pulpy texture at their bafe as the
former, (See Leaves.) The flowers are pale purple, in
round, axillary, ftalked tufts, Legumes near an inch long,
compofed of three or four orbicular fringed joints.

SeSion 4. Leaves at leaft doubly pinnate.

M. glauca. Glaucous Mimofa. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1504.
(Acacia non fpinofa, fore albo, foliorum pinois latiufculis
las filiquis longis planis; Trew. Ehret. 9. t. 36.)—

horns none. Leaves doubly pinnate, in fix principal di-
vifions, and very numerous partial ones, Legumes long,
lanceolate, flat—Native of South America. Cultivated in
our ftoves, from the time of king William. The delicate
gppcous Jolt-ge is very handfome. Flowers white, decan-

us, in globular italked axillary heads, either folitary or
in pairs, Legumes a {pan long, acute at each end.

M. farnefiana. Sweet-fcented Yellow Mimofa. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 1506. Acacia indica farnefiana; Ald. Hort. Farnef.

- t. 2, 4.)—Spines in the place of {tipulas, awl-fhaped,
iftine. eaves doubly pinnate, in eight principal divifions,
and numerous partial ones. Legumes tumid, curved.—
Native of Hifpaniola. Firft raifed at Rome in r6rz. It
is fearcely now feen in our ftoves. The aflets are {mall
and fmooth. Flowers deep yellow, in ftalked heads, (not
feffile as Linnzus fays,) valuable for their exquifite fra-
grance, which excels almoft every thing of the kind.

M. nilotica. Egyptian Mimofa. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1506.
Woodv. Med. Bot. t.67.—Spines in the place of ftipulas,
needle-fhaped, divaricated. Leaves doubly pinnate, with

ds on their common ftalk. Heads of flowers on downy
alks, feveral together.—Native of the Levant. Linneus
mittook this for the true Gum Arabic plant, whofe legumes
were palted along with his fpecimens, and which is another
{pecies of maar not well known to us. At leaft this was
the opinion of the late learned Mr. Dryander. Several
fpecies, akin to thefe, produce different forts of Gum
Arabic, or Gum Senegal.

M. efeens. Hairy-ttemmed Mimofa. Vent. Hort.
Malm. t. 21. Curt. Mag. t. 1263.—Thorns none. Branches
hairy. Leaves doubly pinnate, without glands. Leaflets
numerous, crowded. Heads of flowers numerous, in long
_ axillary clufters.—Native of New South Wales. A beau-
tifal and fragrant acquifition to the confervatory, remark-
able for its rich downy foliage, and copious golden flowers.

Of the New Holland f{pecies with denudated footitalks,
affuming the afpect of fimple leaves, and which make a fifth
molt dittinét /edion, examples are :

M. myrtifolia. Curt. Mag. t. 302 .

M. frida. hid, t.1121. Andre, Repof. «. 53.

Of fre which bear {pines only. pol 55

M. verticillata, Curt, Mag. t, 110.

Mimosa, in Gardening, comprehends plants of the fhrebby
and under fhrubby kinds, of which the {pecies cultivated are,
the double-flowered annual fenfitive mimofa (ML. plena) 5
the lively mimofa (M. viva); the quadrivalve-podded hamble
mimofa (M. quadrivalris) ; the fenfitive plant (M. fenfitiva) 5
the humble plant (M, pudica); the long-twigged mimofa
(M. virgata) ; the {potted-italked mimofa (M, punctara) 5
the flothful mimofa (M. pernambucana) ; the hairy-podded
mimofa (M. afperata); the flow American fenfitive plant
(M. pigra); the glaucous mimofa (M. mare ; the horned
mimofa, or cuckold tree (M. cornigera) ; the horrid mimofe#
(M. horrida) ; the Farnefian mimofa, or {ponge tree (M.
farnefiana) ; the Egyptian mimofa (M. nilotica); the
whorled-leaved mimofa (M. verticillata); the rough tree
mimofa (M. arborea) ; the Lebbeck, or Egyptian mimofa (M.
lebbeck) ; the broad-podded mimofa (M., latifiliqua) ; the
tamarind-leaved American mimofa (M. tamarindifolia) ; the
fpiral mimofa (M., circinalis) ; the {mall-leaved mimofa (M.
pennata); the broad-leaved mimofa (M. latifolia); the
purple mimofa, or foldier wood (M. purpurea) ; the netted
mimofa (M, reticulata); the climbing mimofa (M.feandens) ;
the myrtle-leaved mimofa (M. myrtifolia) ; and the fweet-
f{cented mimofa (M. fuaveolens, )

Method of Culture.—Thefe plants are all capable of being
increafed by feed, and fome of the fenfitive kinds by layers
and cuttings, but the firlt is by much the beft method.
The feed procured from the nurferies or feed-fhops: fhould
be fown in pots of light rich mould early in the fpring,
covering it with fine earth, a quarter of an inch deep, and
plunging the pots in the hot-bed ; if in a common hot-bed
under frames and glaffes, managing them nearly in the man-
uer of tender annuals, and when in a bark-bed in the ftove
little trouble is required. But moderate fprinklings of
water fhould be given; and when the plants are two or
three inches high, they fhould be planted out fingly into
{mall pots, preferving the earth to their roots, replunging
them in the hot-bed, &c. giving water and occafional fhade
till they are well rooted, repeating the waterings frequently.
The plants fhould afterwards be continued either in the hot-
bed under glaffes, or plunged in the bark-bed of the ftove,.
to facilitate their growth, preferve them in vigour, and in-
creafe the fenfibility of the fenfitive kinds ; admitting frefh
air pretty freely.

It is proper that the perennial forts, both firubby and
herbaceous, fhould be kept in the ftove all winter, and
principally the year round, And they mult be frequently
removed into larger pots to prevent the roots from getting
through the pots,. which they are apt todo, and by, that
means are often deftroyed.

The Acacia kinds are the moft tender, requiring the
ftove almoft conflantly, except a little jn the heat of fummer,.-
when they muft be placed in a warm fituation. They.
fhould always have a bark hot-bed, and be put in very {mall
pots filled with fandy mould, the heat of the ftove being
kept up to above temperate: as the leaves of fome of them
are fhed, they have the appearance of being dried when that
is not the cafe.

Where there is not the convenience of a ftove,. thofe who«
are curious to have the plants, may have them in fummer,
by the aid of a common dung, or tan-bark hot-bed, under”
frames and glafies, though not in winter ; by raifing fome of
the annual,.or any cf the other kinds, by feed in {pring, in:
a hot-bed under a/frame, &c. keeping up the heat ef- the
bed until the middle of June, and continuing the plants

always

MIM

always under the frame, raifing one end of the lights a
little, occafionally, in warm days, to admit frefh air ; and as
they rife in height, raife the frame at bottom, to allow
them full room to grow. About Midfummer, or foon after,
fome of the low fpreading kinds may likewife be turned out
with balls, or plunged in their pots into a warm funny
border, and covered with large hand-glaffes, which may be
lifted off occafionally juft to view the plants. By thefe
methods, the plants may be preferved through the fummer in
their fenfitive quality, though not in equal perfeétion to
thofe in ftoves; nor can they be preferved alive in winter
out of the ftove.

The fhrubby kinds that afford fpreading branches may
be laid any time in fummer, in pots plunged in the bark-
bed, where they ther take root, and are ready to pot off
fingly in the autumnal feafon.

The fenfitive and humble forts often branch out profufely,
fo as to furnifh plenty of young fhoots for cuttings, which
fhould be planted in pots in the fummer feafon, plunging
them in the bark-bed, whereby they often readily take root,
and form good plants.

’ Thefe modes fhould, however, only be praétifed when
feed cannot be procured.

The general culture of all the fpecies-is afterwards to
keep them always in pots placed in the ftove, being plunged
occafionally in the bark-bed, efpecially the fpreading fen-
fitive kinds, frequent waterings being given in fummer and
winter, but contiderably the moft in the fummer feafon ;
fhifting them into larger pots as they increafe in growth.
And although moft of the forts will live in the open air in
the heat of fummer, it is the beft praétice to expofe them
but fparingly.

The fourth and fifth forts are held in high eftimation on
account of the fingular fenfibility lodged in their leaves ;
which, in confequence of being touched or fhaken, either by
the hand, a ftick, or the leaft wind blowing upon them, the
wings of the leaves fuddenly clofe, and the footftalks fall
down. The period of time which the leaves, &c. require to
recover themfelves, after falling from any irritation, are ac-
cording to the vigour of the plant, the hour of the day, the
ferenenefs of the atmofphere, and the temperature of the
heat of the ftove, &c. being often from ten or fifteen minutes
to an hour or more.

The plants alfo, every evening, naturally contra& them-
felves, and expamd again in the morning. They are all
ornamental and curious in their nature.

MIMULUS, in Botany, a name borrowed from Pliny,
whofe plant however could not be the fame with Linnzus’s
American genus. The word is derived from Mimus, a
mafked a€tor among the Romans, and alludes to the form
of the corolla.—Linn. Gen. 323. Schreb. 423. Willd.
Sp. Pl. v. 3. 360. Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Ait. Hort.
Kew. ed. 1. v. 2. 361. Juff. 122. Brown Prodr. Nov.
Holl. v. 1. 439. Lamarck Illuftr. t. 523. Gaertn. t. 53.
(Cynorrhynchium ; Mitch. 3.)—Clafs and order, Didyna-
mia Angiofpermia. Nat. Ord. Perfonate, Linn. Scrophu-
aria, Jui. and Brown.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, oblong,
prifmatic, five-fided, five-folded, five-toothed, nearly equal,
permanent. Cor. of one petal, ringent ; tube the length of
the calyx; limb two-lipped; the upper ere&, cloven, rounded,
reflexed at the fides; the lower broader, with three rounded
fegments, the middle one {malleit ; palate convex, cloven,
protruded from the bafe of the lower lip. Stam. Filaments
four, thread-fhaped, within the throat, two of them fhorter ;
anthers cloven, kidney-fhaped. Pi/?. Germen fuperior, co-
nical; ftyle thread-fhaped, the length of the ftamens; ftigma

MIM

ovate, cloven, compreffed. Peric. Capfule oval, of two’
cells, opening tranfverfely at the top ; partition membranous,
contrary to the valves. Seeds numerous, {mall. Recept. ob-
long, affixed to the partition en each fide. ,

Eff. Ch. Calyx five-toothed, prifmatic. Corolla ringent ;
the upper lip folded back at its fides. Capfule with two
cells and many feeds.

1. M. ringens. Oblong-leaved Monkey-floner. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 884. Curt. Mag. t. 283.—Stem ereét. Leaves
oblong, linear, feffile—A native of Virginia and Canada,
growing in wet places, and flowering in the fummer.— Root
perennial. Stem annual, about two-feet high, {quare, jointed,
occafionally branched at the bafe. Leaves two at each joint
of the ftem, oppolite, ferrated, acutely pointed. Flowers
folitary, on long, oppofite ftalks which {pring from the
joints of the upper part of the ftem ; they are of a delicate
violet colour and without fmell. Seeds pale ftraw-coloured,
and tipped 'at each end, according to Gzrtner, with a fmall,
prominent, reddifh point—This plant was referred to fe-
veral different genera by old authors. Linnzus firft called
it Mimulus, affigning the following explanation of the term
in his Philofophia Botanica, ‘* MimuLus, mimus perfonatus.’”

2. M. glutinofus. Orange Monkey-flower. Willd. n. 2.
(M. aurantiacus; Curt. Mag. t. 354.)—Stem ereét, fhrubby,
round. Leaves feffile, ovato-lanceolate, rather obtufe.—Ga-
thered by Mr. Archibald Menzies in Califprnia. It flowers
in our greenhoufes, to which it is extremely ornamental, dur-
ing the greateft part of the fummer.—Stem nearly three
feet high, much branched, jointed, vifcid. Leaves oppo-
fite, feffile, ferrated, much blunter than in the laft fpecies,
revolute, {mooth above, veiny. Flowers very fhowy, twice
as large as thofe of M. ringens, of a beautiful orange co-
lour, on folitary ftalks, two at each joint of the ftem. The
whole plant is glutinous. )

3. M. alatus. Oval-leaved Monkey-flower. Willd. n. 3.
Vahl. Symb. p. 2.72.—Stem ere&, {quare, winged. Leaves
oval, on ftalks. A native of North America. It flowers
at Kew in July and Auguft.—We know of no figure of
this plant, which very much refembles the firft {pecies in
appearance. — Stem fimple, {mooth, flightly branched at the
tep, winged with a membrane at eachangle. Leaves oval,
veined, unequally ferrated. owers on axillary, folitary,
oppolite, {quare ftalks, {welling upwards. Corolla but little
exceeding the calyx in length.

4. M. luteus. Yellow Monkey-flower. Linn. Sp. Pl.
884. Curt. Mag. t. 1501. (Gratiola foliis fubrotundi
nervofis, fioribus luteis; Feuill. Peruv.v. 2. 745. t. 54.)
—Stem creeping. Leaves roundifh or ovate, on fhort ftalks
embracing the ftem.—Found originally at Chili by Feuilleé ;
and lately in California, and at Nootka, by Mr. Archibald
Menzies. Dr. Langfdorff alfo, one of the Ruffian embafly
to China, found it at one of the Fox Iflands.—Stems creep-
ing in the lower part, angular, thick at the bafe, the flow-
ering branches afcending. Leaves oppofite, at the joints of
the tem. FYowers on folitary {talks, two at each joint, of
a bright yellow colour, their throat {potted with red. The
whole plant is maffy and magnificent, being thickly fet
with foliage and flowers. ‘

5. M. gracilis. Slender Monkey-flower. Brown Prodr.
Nov. Holl. v. 1.439.—Very fmooth, ereét. Leaves ob-
long, fomewhat linear, obtufe, nearly entire, Flower-ftalks
elongated.—Found by Mr. R. Brown near Port Jackfon, as
well as in the tropical part of New Holland.

6. M. repens. Creeping Monkey-flower. Brown Prodr.
Nov. Hoil. v. 1. 439.—Smooth, creeping. Branches af-
cending. Leaves oval, obtufe. Flower-ftalks fhorter than

the

MIM

the calyx,—Nutive of New South Wales and VanDiemen's
Land. Brown.

Mimutus, in Gardening, comprehenda plants of the her-
baceous flowery ornamental kind, of which the fpecies cul-
tivated are, the oblong-leaved monkey-flower (M. ringens) ;
the wing italked mimulus (M, alatus); and the orange
monkey-flower (M_ aurantiacus),

Mathod of Cultare.—Vhis is a plant which is very hardy
_ in refpeét to cold, but fhould have a loamy foft foil, rather

moilt than dry, and not too much expofed to the fun.

In the firlt fort the plants may be increafed by parting
the roots, not too fmall, and planting them i» autumn, or the
early fpring, but the former is the better feafon. It may
alfo be vaifed by feeds, which thould be fown in autumn,
foon after they biiveae perfectly ripe, on a border expofed
to the morning fun. And the fecond fort may likewife be
increafed in the fame manner.

With refpe to the third kind, it is belt propagated by
Planting cuttings of the young fhoots or branches in the
early {pring in pots of freth mould, plunging them in a
mild hot-bed, being afterwards managed as the other forts.

The firlt and the fecond fort may be introduced in the
borders and clumps, and the third amorg other potted plants
of the lefs tender kinds.

MIMUSOPS, in Botany, fo called by Linneus, who feems
to have taken the idea of the name from Hermann’s Mu/fenm
Zeylanicum, p. 23. This tree is there called Munamal, Muna

ng faid to fiynify the human face in the Cingalefe Jan-
guage, becaufe the flowers have fomewhat of the refem-
blance ofa human face, of which however we feek in_ vain
for any trace in the plates of authors, As this author fays
the highly fragrant flowers are worn by young women to
adorn the neck and head, may not the above appellation
allude to their being ufed as an ornament for the face ? —
Linn. Gen. 190. Schreb. 252. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2. 325.
Mart. Mill. Di&. v. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2: v. 2.
349. Brown Prodr. Nov. Holl. v. 1. 530. Juff. 152, La-
marck [lluftr. t. 300. Gertn. t. 42. (Imbricaria; Jul.
152. Binettaria; Forfk.)—Clafs and order, Odtandria

‘onagynia. Nat. Ord. Holoracee, Linn. Sapote, Juff. and
Brown.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of eight deep fegments
in two rows, ovate, acute, coriaceous, permanent; Cor. of
one petal, wheel-fhaped, its fegments in two rows, nume-
rous, oblong, entire or divided, the length of the calyx.
Stam. Filaments eight, awl-fhaped, hairy, very fhort; an-
thers‘ oblong, erect, as long as the calyx. Pi. Germen
fuperior, roundifh, rough; {tyle cylindrical, fmooth, the
length of the corolla; ftigma fimple, very blunt. Peric.
Berry of one cell, oval, pointed. Sveds one or two, oval,

Obf Mr. Brown defcribes an equal number of abortive
filaments, alternate with the %amens, and the calyx as in
fome inftances fix-cleft. The germien has originally fix or

-eight cells, _ Dr. Roxburgh alio found the abortive fila-
ments.

Ef. Ch. ‘Calyx of eight ferments in two rows. Corolla

"of one petal, in numerous fegments, in a double row. Berry
with one or two feeds,

t. M. Zlengi. Linn. Sp. Pl. 497. Fi« Zeyl. 57. Roxb.
Coromandel. v. r. t. r4. (Elengi; Rheed. Hort. Mal.
v. (. 33. t. 20.) — Leaves alternate, remote, ovate, pointed.
—A uwative of fandy places in the Eaft Indies, and much
cultivated for its highly fragrant bloffoms, which expand
chiefly in the hot featon. fe flowers are facred to the
Hindoo gods. The root of this tree is’ thick aid fixed
deeply in the earth: Zruaé branched, many feet in cirs

‘Wov. XXII ;

MIN

cumference, covered with a brown and fmoothith fark.
Leaves wlternate, on fhort flalks, fomewhat drooping, waved,
very firm, of a deep fhining green, three er foor inches
long and about half #6 brood. Flowers flalked, two or three
at the bafe of the leaf-ftalks, flightly drooping, white or
yellowith, very fragrant. Seed compreffed, thining, chefout
coloured, The wood of this plant is faid by Rheede to be
remarkaby durable in water, but on the contrary very
fubject to become rotten if expofed to the air,

2. M, parvifolia, Brown Prodr. Nov. Holl. v. 1. ¢21.
—A native of the tropical part of New Holland.—Leaves
oval, pointed, fmooth on both fides. Flower-{talks one te
three, downy, longer than the downy leaf-flalks.—All that
we know of this {pecies is from its difcoverer Mr. Brown,
who fays that it is very nearly allied to AT. Elenei, but that
the flower-ftalks of the latter are more numerous, ‘and
fhorter than the leaf-(talks, which are {meothith.

3: M. Kauki. Linn. Sp. Pl. 497. Fl. Zeyl. 7. Brown
Prodr. Nov. Holl. v. 1.531. Willd. u. 3. “(Metrofideros
macaffarenfis; Rumph. Ambein. v. 3. t.. $.)—Leaves on
fhortith ftalks, crowded together at the ends of the branches,
ovate, obtufe, filvery beneath—A native of the Ealt In-
dies and Arabia, as well as of the tropical parts of New
Holland.—The branches of this tree are thicker than thofe of
M. Elengi, having {mall {cars fcattered all over them. Leaver
crowded together at the ends of the branches. Foqwert
very fimilar m ftru€ture, but larger than thofe of the firft
{pecies.—The derries are eaten in their crude flate by the
natives of Macaflar, and are faid to have a pleafant fla-
vor, ‘The foliage is extremely ornamental, and the wood
ufeful for the handles of tools and fuch purpofes —Mr,
Brown hazards a doubt whether the Mfanil-Aara, Rheed.
Hort. Mal. v. 4. t. 25, can poffibly be cited as a fynonym
of AY. Kauki on account of its fix-cleft flowers, though
they agree precifely as to foliage.

4. M.hexandra. Whilld.n. 2._ Roxb. Coromandél. v. 1.
t. 15.—Leaves alternate, obovate, emarginate. Flowers
hexandrous.— Native of the Eaft Indies, in the mountain-
ous, uncultivated parts of the Cirecars. It flowers towards
the beginning of the wet feafon —The srunk of this large
tree is ere&, and much branched, with an afh-coloured
bark, Leaves alternate, on ftalks, wedge-fhaped, deeply
emarginate, very hard, of a deep fhining green, three td
five inches long, ard about a third as broad. Flowers fe«
veral together, axillary, ftalked, variegated with white,
lilac and yellow. Berry the fize and fhape of an olive.

. M. Imbricaria. Willd. no 5. (Imbricaria; Jaf. et
Lamarck’ Uluttr. t. 300.)—Leaves crowded tocether at the
ends of the branches, ovate, obtufe, retufe. “Berry with
many feeds.—A native of the Ifie of Bourbon.—We are
inclined to believe that this is very near MM. Kaui, or per-
haps a variety of that fpecies, although we have adopted it
on the authority of Willdenow.

MINA, pox. The Attic mina was either nummary or
ponderal ; in the firit acceptation it was the fixtieth part of
a talent, and contained a hundred drachme, or devarii,
amounting in our coin (if we allow niné-pence for the value
of the drachma); to three pounds fifteen fhillings. The
mina of Athens contained, at firit, feventy-three dracht x ¢
but Solon gave it ahundred. Mina, confidered asa weight,
was alfo divided into a hundred drachmm. It was recarded
as a pound weight of rhe country to which it belonged: and
the Attic pound is confidered as the fate with the Roman,
and very nearly one pottnd troy. Ste Dracam.

Mina was alfo a medicinal weight, confitting of twelve
Roman ounces; but asin coinage eight drachms werd allowed
to the’ ounce, the ming, or pound, contained ninety-fix, i. 4

: i4ak& ‘ the

Sw

‘

MIN

the pound in weight confifted in faét of ninety-fix drachmez,
while the pound in tale had a hundred. Dr. Arbuthnot
aflerts that the common Attic pound contained fixteen
ounces, and was equal to our pound avoirdupoife ; but this
affertion feems to be contradiéted by ancient teftimony. See
Corn and WEIGHT.

Mixa, or Mine, in Commerce, a corn meafure of Ge-
noa, equal to 8 quarte, or 96 gombette : 100 Englifh quar-
ters = 233 mina, anda mondino of falt = 8 mine. See
Measure. ;

Mina, in Geography, a town of Algiers; 50 miles S.E.
of Oran.—Alfo, a river of Algiers, which runs into the
Sheliff, 12 miles E. of Muftygannim. ~

Mina, or Minau, a fea-port town of Perfia, in the
province of Kerman, at the entrance of the gulf of Perfia,
at the mouth of the river Ibrahim, the air of which isinfa-
lubrious. It is furrounded with walls, and defended by
towers, and has medicinal {prings and baths; 42 miles W.
of Ormus, N. lat. 27° 8!. E. long. 56° 40!

MINADA, a town of Japan, in the ifland of Niphon ;
20 miles N. of Xenday.

MINADAH, a river’ of Bengal, which runs into the
Ganges at its mouth, N. lat. 22° 45’. IE. long. 91° 3/. ‘

MINAES Genraes, a jurifdiGtion of South America, in
Brazil, fituated between the 15th and 22d degrees of S.
lat., and the 25th and 33d degrees of W. long. The num-
ber of inhabitants is computed to be about 35,180 whites,
26,075 Indians, and 108,400 flaves. The fifth part of the
gold found in this jurifdiction, and formerly paid to the king
of Portugal, is eitimated yearly to be about five millions of
livres. ‘ ake

MINAGGNHINIM, a pulfatile inftrument of mufic
among the Hebrews, which was a fquare table of wood,
fitted with a handle ; over this table was ftretched an iron

chain, or hempen cord, pafling through balls of wood or

brafs, which itruck againft the table when the inftrument
was fhook, and cccafioned‘a clear found, which might be
heard at a great diftance.

MINARES, in Geography, a river of Spain, which
waters che province of Aragon,

MINAS, Bafin of, or Les Mines bay, fometimes called
« Le Grand Praye,’’ a gulf on the S.E, fide of the bay of
Fundy, into which its waters pafs by a narrow ilrait ; about
30 leagues from the entrance of Annapolis, and ten from
the bottom of Bedford bay ; 12 leagues in length and three in
breadth.

Minas, or De las Minas bill, the middlemoft of the three
hills, ferving as inland marks for Bonaventura bay and river,
on the coait of Peru, in South America; S. of Panama
bay. N. lat. 3° 20’: W. long. 75° 18’.

Minas des Rixas, a town of Brazil, in the government
of Goya; 85 miles N. of Villaboa.

MINASCOU Bay, a bay in the river St. Mary, be-
tween lake Superior and lake Huron; containing feveral
iflands. N. lat. 46’. W. long. 84.

MINATO, Count Nicota, of Bergamo, in Biogra-
phy, a dramatic poet of great fertility. ‘The reputatioa
which he had acquired in writing for the theatres of Venice,
occafioned his being engaged at Vienna as imperial poet lau-
reate. He furnifhed the emperor’s lyric theatre with a great
number of ferious operas, and {till more fmall occafional
dramas and poems for mufic. On every birth-day and occa-
fion of joy and fettivity, an analogous piece or two, befides
the fixed operas for winter and autumn. Thefe operas
paffed into Italy, where they were new fet and performed
with fuccefs. This poet poffeffed a perfe&t knowledge of
hiftory, his fable was generally well planned, and his cha-

MIN

racters well fuftained) He had genius and invention, and
gave good opportunities for decoration and machinery. He
flourifhed from about 1650 to 1683.

MINATTA, Jfle a, in Geography, lies on the N. coaft
of lake Superior, in Upper Canada, near to, and E. of, the

rand Portage, extending to Thunder bay. :

MINAYA, a {mall town of Spain, in the province of
La Mancha: it was formerly confiderable, but is now almoft
reduced to the fize cf a village, The entrance to the parifh
church, which is of a moderate fize, and has three chancels,
is through a portico fupported by two pillars of the Corin-
thian order, of white marble ; 24 leagues from La Roda.

MINAZZO, Cape, a cape of Spain, on the W, coat
of Galicia. N. lat.42’ 51', W. long. g1° 2o!.

MINCA, a name given by the ancients to a very coarfe
and bad kind of myrrh.

MINCH, in Geography, a channel of the North fea, be-
tween the Hebrides and the main land of Scotland.

MINCHA, in the Jewi/b Cuffoms, offerings of meal,
cakes, or bifcuits, made in the temple of the Lord. The
Seventy have fometimes preferved this word in their tranfla-
tion ; but inftead of sincha they read manaa, which doubt-
lefs was the received pronunciation in their time. We find
manaa in the fame fenfe in Baruch, i. 10. Levit. ii. 3, &c.
See the Greek of Jerem. xvii. 26. Dan. ii. 46. 2 Kings,
viii. 5. Q. xvil. 7. xx- 12. 2 Chron. vii. 7. Nehem. xiii. 5, 9,
&e. Calmet. Diét. Bibl. .

MINCHIN-HAMPTON, in Geography, a market-town:
inthe hundred of Longtree, and county of Gloucefter,
England, is fituated on the declivity of a gentle eminence,
and confilts of four irregular ftreets, interfeCting each other
at right angles. The chief trade of this town is a manu-
faure of cloths, which is carried on to a confiderable ex-
tent, the many brooks and rivulets in the vicinity being ex-
tremely favourable for the purpole. The church, which is
built in the form of a crofs, was founded by the nuns of
Caen, in the reign of Henry III. Numerous monuments
and fepulchral infcriptions diverfify the interior of this
fabric; and in the church-yard appears a brafs plate, in
honour of Mr. James Bradley, the celebrated aftronomer,
who wasa native of Gioucetterfhire, and died in 1762. Here
are three market-houfes, two of which were ereéted by P.
Sheppard, el. in the year 1700, with the view of eftablifh-
ing a wool-market, but the delign failed of fuecefs. Here
is likewife a refpectable free-fchool. Leland fays ‘¢ there
were nunnes’’ in this town ; and Camden and Speed hence _
affirm it contained anunnery. Bifhop Tanner, however,
confidered this ftatement as erroneous, and fays, ‘this place
was called Minchin-Hampton, only becaufe. the manor was
given tothe nuns, or minchins of the Holy Trinity, at
Caen, in Normandy, by William the Conqueror.’? The
abbefs of that monaftery purchafed for it the privilege of a
weekly market, which continues to be held on Tuefday.
According tothe parliamentary returns of 1801, this town
contained a population of 3419 perfons, of which number
1549 were males, and 1870 females. ‘To the weft of this
town lies an extenlive common, called Amberley, remark-
able for being the {cite of a very fingular encampment. The
great vallum of this work is irregular, and has {maller
trenches branching from it. Jt extends nearly three miles in
length, to a fpot called Woeful-Dane-Bottom, probably in
memory of fome fignal defeat fuftained here by that people,
whom Mr. Fofbrooke conjeétures to have occupied this
camp as a {ummer refidence, during their abode at Cirencef-
ter in the year 879. At Rodmarton, a {mall village near
the fofs-way, which pafles through this diftri&, a teflellated
pavement and other Roman remains were difcovered about.

the

MIN

the middle of the feventeenth century. Hlorfley, a difufed
market-towa, two miles from Minchin-Hampton, contains
fome fragments of a priory, formerly dependent on the mo-
naltery of St. Martia’s, at Tours, in Normandy. In a
field adjoining to Gatcombe park, the feat of Philip Shep-
pard, ela. is a large oval tumulua, now planted with firs,
which had ereét ftones at cach end of it, On ity fummit is
placed a huge fragment of rock, evidently a fepulchral
monument, which has been long diltinguifhed by the appel-
lation of ‘Tingle-ftone. At fome difance from this tumu-
Jus appear two large flones, fet upright in the ground ;
one has its top broken off, but the other is perfect, and rifes
tew feet above the furface. ‘Tradition afligns one or both of
thefe memorials to Long, a Danith chieftain, whence comes
the name Long’s ftone, or pillar. Bigland’s Hittory of
Gloucetterthire, vol. ii. folio. Beauties of Eng!and and
Wales, vol. v.

MINCHIVAVIDA, a fmall ifland in the South Pacific
ocean, near the coalt of Chili. S. lat. 44° 40’.

MINCIO, a river of Italy, which rifes in lake Garda,
forms the lake which fasvensile the city of Mantua, and af-
terwards rans into the Po near Sachetta.—Alfo, a depart-
meat or divifion of the new kingdom of Italy, conlilting of
what was before the revolution the duchy of Mantua, con-
taining 123,649 inhabitants, who elect nine deputies. ~The
capital is Mantua. pee
IND, Mens, denotes a thinking or underftanding be-

~ See Sprair.

hilofophers generally allow three kinds of minds, viz.
God, Sie, and the human foa/. For a thinking being
mutt either be finite or infinite: if infinite, it is God; and
if finite, it is either joined witha human body, or not; if
the latter, it is an angel ; if the former, a /oul.

The duman mind is properly defined a thinking rational
fubltance ; by shinking it is diftinguifhed from body ; and
by reafoning from God and angels, who are fuppofed to fee
and know things intuitively, without the help of deduétion
and difcourfe.

Minn, Affedion of the. See Arrection.

MINDANAO, or Macinpanao, in Geography, one of
the Philippine iflands, and interior only to Lugon in extent : it
is of a triangular form, and in circumference about goo miles,
but fo interfe@ed with promontories aod bays, that a per-
fon might crofs it ina day anda half. It was difcovered by
the Spaniards who accompanied Magellan. It lies S.E. of
Manila, at the diftance of 600 miles. Although mountain-
ous, the vales confiit of a rich black mould, watered with
the fineft rivulets; it furnifhes ample fupplies of rice, and
alfo palm-trees, the pith of which affords fago, and this, when
reduced to meal, is ufed for making bread and bifcuit
throughout all the ifland. It has a variety of fruits in com-
mon with the other iflands of this archipelago ; but the cinna-
mon is peculiar to itfelf, and the trees that furnifh it grow
on the mountains without culture, and without being regard-
edas the property of any individual. By digging deep in
the ground, and fearching the rivers, the inhabitants find
goad gold. They alfo collect plenty of fulphur from the
burning mountains. The {cenery of Mindanao is beautiful,
and it is fertile in a variety of produtions. The chief
Spanifh fettlement is at Sambuang, in the S.W. The
« Lano” is a large inland lake, about 60 miles in circum-
ference: horfes and: buffaloes have multiplied here to a fur-

rifing degree. In the fouth, there is a volcano of con-

t eruption, which ferves as a fea-mark. In the {trait
between this ifland and that of Xolo, very large pearls
are found. N. lat. 5°40! to 9° 55’. E. long. 132° to
526°-27'. i ~

cod

MIN

MINDAY, #town of Pegu; 8 miles 8. of Prome.

MINDELHEIM, « town of Bavaria, and capital of a
lordthip, about 8 miles fquare; z2 miles 5.W, of Augf-
burg. N, lat, 48° 2’. FE, long. 10 27%.

MINDEN, a principality of Germany, in the kingdom
of Wellphalia, about 96 miles in circumference, confitting
of good corn land, fo that agriculture is carried on with
great diligence and with fuch fuccefy, that from hence neigh-
bouring countrics are fupplied with flax and corn, and par-
ticularly with wheat and barley. his principality has alfo
wood, turf, coal, and a produétive falt-work, and plenty of
fih. The Roman Catholics only enjoy in the town of Min-
den, and the Calvinifts every quarter of a year, at the citadel
of Peterthagen, their public worthip ; all other churches in
the country belong to the Lutherans. This principality is
now annexed to the kingdom ef Weftphalia.

Minpen, acity of Weltphkalia, and capital of the fore-
mentioned principality, and’ formerly one of the Hanfe
towns, is fituated on the Wefer. Itis about two miles in
compafs, and furrounded with walls ‘and ramparts. Its fitua-
tion for commerce is advantageous, and fome of the inha-
bitants carry on a contiderable brewery ; others are employ-
ed in agriculture and breeding of cattle. The cathedral is
aconfiderable building, and the chapter confitts of 18 perfons,
partly Roman Catholic and partly Lutheran. This town
was an important place, even in the reign of Charlemagne;
and it has fince been contended for, and occafionally pofleffed
by the Imperialilts, Swedes, and French; 30 miles E. of
Ofnabruck. N. lat. 52° 18". E. long. 8° 56/.

Minpen, a pott-town of America, in Montgomery county,
New York ; 472 miles from Wathington.

MINDEPILLY, a town of Hindooftan, in Myfore ;
8 miles W. of Veniatighery.

MINDERER, Raymonp, in Biography, a phyfician of
Augfburg, who was diftinguifhed in the early part of the fe-
venteenth century as a partizan of the chemical fe&. He
was alfo emirent as a military phyfician, in which capacity
he ferved feveral campaigns, with univerfal efteem through-
out all ranks in the army ; whence he alfo rofe to high repu-
tation and practice in the courts of Vienna and Munich, and
was confulted by the principal nobility. He publifhed the
refult of his experience relative to the difeafes of armies, in
the German language ; and this work was tranflated into
Latin, with the title of « Medicina Militaris, feu, Liber
Caitrenfis, euporiita et facile parabilia Medicamenta conti-
nens,’’? Vienna, 1620, 8vo. This work was feveral times
reprinted, and was alfo tranflated into Englifh in 1674. He
was likewife author of the following works. ‘ De Pettilen-
tia Liber unus,” ibid. 1608. “ Aloedarium Marocotti-
num,” ibid. 1616, and afterwards republifhed. ‘ De Cal-
cantho, feu Vitriolo, ejufque qualitate, virtute, et viribus,”’
1617. ‘ Threnodia Medica, feu, Planctus Medicine lu-
gentis,"’ 1619 His chemical reputation is evinced by the
conneétion of his name in the fhops, even at this day, with
the neutral falt, the acetate of ammonia, which is called
Mindererus’ fpirit. Eloy. Di&. Hitt.

MINDERERI Spiritus. “See Vinecar.

MINDIGAUT, in Geography, a town of Hindooflan,
in Dooab ; 5 miles S.E. of Canoge.

MINDIUM, in Botany, Juff. 164. Medium Diofco-
ridis, Mindium Rhazis; Rauw. It. 284. See Mxpium *
and Micuauxta. ; :

MINDO, in Geography, a town of South America, in :
the audience of Quito; 20 miles N.W. of Quito.

MINDORO, one of the Philippine iflands, about 27
miles S. from the ifland- of Lucon, triangular in figure,
and about 150 miles in circumference. It is high and»

j +4 E2 _Mountainous,

MIN

mountainous, abounding in cocoa and ether fruit-trees, with
Tome rice. A part of the fea adjoining this ifland is called
the “ fea of Mindoro.” N. lat. 12° 21’ to 13° 30!. E. long.
120° 24! to 121° 24'.

MINDOWLY, a town of Hindooftan, inthe cirear of
Singrowls; 10 miles N. of Soipour.

MINDYGUR, a town of Hindooftan, in Oude; 5
miles S. Canage.

MINE, a town of Abyfiiaia ; 170 miles S.W. of Gon-
dar. N. lat. 10° 4! E.long. 35° 30!.

Mixe. This word is applied generally to all works car-
ried on under ground, but feems principally to belong to
fuch as have for their object the difcoyery and production of
the metallic ores.

The coultraction of the works in various mines differs ac-
cording to circumftances, fuch as the form of the hills in
which they are fituated, or the pofition of the ores, whether
found in veins or beds. Some mines are formed by a level or
drift entering the foot of a mountain, and extending to the

‘ depofits of metal within it, which may be taken away and
carried out through this opening ; and in this cafe /hajis are
only required for the purpofes of ventilation. ‘

This feems to be the fimpleft {tate of mining, and is, as well
as fuch mines as have been formed by following ore from the
furface to fuch depths as water would permit, to be ranked
among the earlier efforts of this kind.

The more extended operations of mining are to be found
where regular metallic veins, fituated in primitive rocks, are
worked to great depths below the level of the fea, where per-
pendicular /hafis, drained of the conftantly accumulating wa-
ter by engines, form the means of communication from the fur-
face to /evels driven upon the /ode or vein, at various and fuc-
ceflive depths, fo as to open all parts of it for the difcovery
of its contents.

A. mine thus conftimfed, of any confiderable extent, is
one of the moit extraordinary inftances of human enterprize,
patience, and ingenuity ; efpecially if it be confidered that
its formation depends,upon the application of two. of the
mot wonderful difeoveries on record, the expanfive forces of
gunpowder and fteam.

Mines in Cornwali.and Devon are generally worked by a
company, of proprietors, called adventurers, wha agree
with, the owner of the land, or lord of the foil, as he is
ufually denominated, to, work the mine fora certain term
of, years, paying him, by way of rent, a proportion of the
ores railed, or an.equivalent in money. ‘The grant thus
made to, the adventurers:is called/a /et; and the lord’s rent, if
paid in ore, is called the di/h (probably from. the ancient
practice of meafuring it by a veffel of that fort), and when
fettled for in money, has the term dues applied to it.

The adventurers divide their undertaking into fhares of
different magnitude, but ufually forming in the whole fome
even and ealily divifible number. The {malleft fhare ufually
held by one adventurer is one fixty-fourth part, though in

fome large mines this fhare is divided, and a perfon may then _

have only a one hundred.and twenty-eighth part. of the whole,
while others may heldeighths, others fixteenths or thirty-fe-
conds, and fome larger proportions, but the whole: added
together make up fixty-four fhares. Any part of the con-
cern held by one perfon is. generally called a dale, and dif-
tinguifhed as to its:relation to the whole by adjoining to this
word the denomination of its value, as aneighth dole, a fix-.
teenth dole, &c.

Mines in Cornwall and Devonsare ufually named, as foon
as they are undertaken, and this praétice feems to have been
of confidenalyle antiquity, asithe word wheal, or huel, ufually:

ezennow prefixed to-thefe appellations, is derived from the an»

MIN

cient Cornifli language, and fignifies a work or mine. Theother

parts of the names of mines often relate to che fituation, or have

been given in co:npliment to fome perfon conneéted with»
them, or adopted according to the fancy of the adven-

turers. Thus Wheal Rofe is. probably derived from the

Cornifh word ros, a valiey, and means therefore the mine in

the valley; Wheal Godolphin has the name of a family ; and

among the arbitrary appellations which are the moft mnumer-

ous, may be inflanced Wheal Unity, Wheal. Virgin, Wheal

Jewel, &c.

The dounds, or limits of the fet of a mine, are ufually
marked out upon the furface. and include the {pace of ground
in which any company of adventurers have contracted for
the right working. Bounds for working tin are recognized
by the ftannary laws of Devon and Cornwall, asa property
in themfelves diftiaét from the poffeffion of the toil, and
were probably originally granted to encourage the fearch for
this metal by the laws of the duchy, that the revenue of the
chief Jord might not fuffer by the unwillingnefs of the pof-
feflor of the foil to have its furface dilturbed. Tin bounds
that have been legally renewed,, or poffeflion retained, are
even now in their original {tate in this refpe& ; but copper
mines, and alfo many tin mines, are now generally held of the
pofleffor of the fee.

Mines are generally conducted in Cornwall and Devon by
a manager appointed by the adventurers, who held meetings
at the counting-houle to revife and pafs the accounts, aud to
debate and determine on all fubjects relative to the profecu-
tion of the works {fubmitted to. them.

Under the principal agent others are appointed, who are
practical. miners, and who fupermtend. the various operations.
and fettle the terms of the contracts with the workmen, which
are made by a kind of public au€lion. Thefe agents are
called captains, and the number employed in a mine is in
proportion to its extent and importance. Some attend princi-
paliy to the works below, and are therefore ealled wader-
ground captains; others take charge of the operations om
the furface, and are therefore diftinguifhed by the appella-
tion of gra/s captains. It would be injuftice to this ufeful
and refpectable body of men to pafs them over without no-
ticing the intelligence, aGtivity, and {kill by which the agents:
of the mines in the diftriéts alluded to ave diltinguifhed.

The eftablifhment of a mine further includes oecafionally’
an, engineer, a lead carpeuter and {mich, who have each
their workmen under their care; a pitman, who direcis the
fixing and. repair of the pump-work; a dimbermam or Linder,
who fuperintends the conftruction of the weodwork under
ground, for fecuring the fhafts, ladders, levels, and fo on:
and befides thefe operative men, there are ufually clerks to
Keep the accounts, and perfons to receive and deliver tothe
workmen the materials ufed in their operations,

The miners working under ground are divided into, two
claffes, aceording to the modeby which they are paid, Thofe:
of the firlt clafs are called ¢riduters, who work on the produttive
parts of the mine, and receive a proportion of the ore which
they procure and make merchantable, fortheir.labour. This)
modeof payment, by its cecafionally leading to unufual profit,,
itimulates to great exertion inthe difeovery of frefh depofits,
of ore, and is therefore: conducive to the intereits of the
employer as well as tie workman, To: the reward thus:
held out to fill and intelligence, may probably be attri-
buted the prevalence of thefe qualities, which may be ob-
ferved more particularly in this clafs of Cornifh miners.
The other workmen employed under ground are denominated:
tutqvark-meny who agree for finking fhafts, driving levels.
and {o on, at-acertain price per fathom. Thefe prices are ex-.
ceedingly various, as the rock to be penetrated differsin de-

grees

MIN

grees of hardnefi, or the nature of the work expofes the
mento more or lefs danger or inconvenience from water or
bad air.
The people employed onthe farface in drefMing the ores,
pornlly perform their labour by tafk-work, the amounte
ing charyed to the account of the tributers, whole ore is
undergoing this provefs.
The copper ores, when ready for fale, are fampled by
te of the finclting companies, who vifit the mines for
that purpe', and are fold on a fixed day by a public fale,
called 4 ticketing, aod afterwards weighed and carried to a
6 cates hipped to Wales, where the copper fmelting houfes
ralare. ‘Tin ores are {melted in Cormwall, and are
by the miner to the owners of the fmelting houfes by
ivate contract, valuing them by an affay made by the
. Inthis refpect the value of tin ores is determined by
a mode much more uncertain and irregular than that em-
ployed for copper, the affay of which is conduéted with ex-
treme oare, wonderful accuracy.
_ The extent of the returns and cofts of the mines it Corn-
wall and Devon, both collectively and feparately, may be
feen by referring to the hiftory of minmg in this diftrié,
where the tables of the {tate of thefe concerns exhibit a
interefting picture of the great increafe of thefe ex-
wie ondertakings. See Munine, Hiflory of.

The king by his prerogative hath all mines of gold and
filver to make money ; and therefore thofe mines, which are
properly royal, andto which the king 1s entitled when found,
are only thofe of filver and gold. (2 Int. 577) By the old
common law, if gold or filver be found in mines of bafe
metal, according to the opinion of fome, the whole was a
royal mine, and belonged to the king ; though others fay
that this was only the cafe, when the *quantity of gold or
filver was of greater value than the quantity of bafe metal.
(Plowd. 336.) But by itatute ro mines of copper, tiny irony
or leady fhall. be adjudged royal mines, though gold or filver be
extracted, (1 W.and M. ¢. 30.) And perfons having mines
of copper, tin, lead, &c. thall enjoy the fame, although
claimed to be royal mines ; but the king, or perfons claiming
royal mines.under his authority, may have the ore (except
tin-ore in. Devon and Corpwall) paying to the ownersiof the
raines, within thirty days after iv fhail be raifed, and before
removed, 16/. per ton for copper-ore wafhed, and made mer-
chantable ; for lead-ore g/. per ton; tin or iron, 40s. &c.
(Stat. 5 W. & M. c. 6.) Lf any perfon malicioufly fet on
fice any mine, or pit of coal, he fhall be guiley of felony,
without benefit of cleryy, by ftat. 10 Geo. IL. ec. 32. If
any perfon fhall wilfaily or malicioudly fet fire to, burn, de=
molifh, pull down, or otherwife deftroy or damage any fire-
engine, or other engine erected for draming water from coal
mines, or for drawing coals out ef the fame; or for draining:
wate from any mine of lead, tin, copper, or other mineral,
or any bridge, waggon-way, or trunk eredted for conveying
coals from any coal mine, or itaith for depofiting the fame j

_ or any bridge, or waggon-way erected for conveying lead,
tin, copper, or any other mineral, from fuch mme, er caufe
the fame to be done, he fhall be guilty of felony, and tran-
{ported for feven years. (9,Geo.T LI. c. 29.) Provided that

» no perfon: be profecuted) under this act beyond: 18: months:
after the efferce committed. By 39 & 40 Geo. IIT. c. 775
deftroying or damaging mines or roads leading to\or from.
thefame, &e- incurs the guilt of mifdemeanor, and any one
perfon fo offending may,.on conviction, be imprifoned for
any time net exceeding fix months. Coiliers and. miners
working in a manner contrary to their agreenient, or not ful-
filling Steir ccntraéts, fhall, on convictions, forfeit not ex-

~ eeeding’ gos, and’ on non-payment be imprifoned for a time
7

MIN
hot exceeding fix months, or votil the penalty and cofls half

ve paid. Stealing ore out of mines is no larceny, except
only thofe of black-lead, the flealing ore out of which is
felony, punifhable with imprifonment and whipping, or
tranfportation not exceeding feven yeare, and efcaping from
fuch imprifonment, or retarning from tranfportation is felony,
without benefit of clergy, by 25 Geo. TI. c. ro.

Ming-adventurers, Company of, had its firlt rife about the
year 1690, when certain mines of lead and copper were
found in South Wales, which were divided by the proprictors
into twenty-four fhares ; and in 1693 fub-divided into four
thoufand and eight fhares, for the term of twenty-two years
and a half; to which term five years more were added in
1698, and the affairs of the company regulated by a new
conititution. In 1704, queen Anne granted a charter of in-
corporation to this company ; in confeqaence of which feveral
new fhares were added, fo that the whole number amounted
to fix thoufand and twelve. However, the interefls of this
corporation were fo ill managed, that the proprictors and cre-
citors petitioned parliament m 1710, and a committee of the
houfe of commons was appointed to enquire into its ftate.
The refult of the enquiry was a cenfure on the principal ma-
nagers ; and though, in 17411, a law was paffed for the better
regulation of the company, and the relief of the creditors and
proprietors, nothing could preferve it from finking.

Mrxé, in the Art of War, denotes a fubterraneous canal
or paflage dug under the wall or rampart of a fortification
intended to be blown up by gunpowder.

The paffage of a mine leading to the powder is called the
gallery. hefe paffages or galleries made within the fortifi-
cation, before the place is attacked, and from whieh feveral
branches are carried to different places, are generally four
feet wide, and five feet high, and the earth is fupported from
falling in by arches and walls, as they are to ferve for a con-
fiderable time ; but when’ mines are to be ufed in a fhort time
the galleries are only about three feet wide and five high, atid
the earth is {upported with wooden frames or props. When
the gallery is carried on to the place where the powder is to
be lodged, called the chamber, the miners make thi: generally
of a cubical form, large enough to hold the wooden box,
which contains the powder neceffary for the charge ; this
box is lined with itraw and fand-bags, to prevent the powder
from contratting any dampnefs. The chamberis funk fome-
what Tower than the gallery, unlefs the befieged can raife
the water in the ditch, and'incommode the gallery ;. in which
cafe the chamber is made higher than the gallery, that the
water may not be let in and {poil the mine. The line, drawn
from the centre of the fpace containing the powder, perpen-
dicular to the neareft furtace, is called the line of Laf refiff-
ance; the pit or hole, made bya mine when fprung, is called
the excavation. The fire is conveyed to the mines by a pipe
or hofe, made of coarfe cloth, whofe diameter is about an
inch and a half, called faucifon, extending from the chamber
to the entrance of the gallery, to the end of which is fixed a
match, that the miner who fers fire to it may have time to re- _
tire before'it reaches the chamber. In order to-prevent the
powder from becoming damp,. the fauciffon is laidin a fmall:
trough, called auget, with ftraw in it, and round the fau-
ciffon, with a wooden cover nailed upon it. There aré
various kinds of mines, which acquire diferent. names; as-
royal mines, /erpentine mines, forked mines, as their paflages-
are ftraight, oblique, winding, &c. The mines made by the-
befiegers in the attack of a place are fimply called mines,.
and thofe made by the befieged cpunter-mines: They are’
both made in the fame manner, and for the like purpofes,.
viz. to blow up their enemies and their works;, oak the
principal galleries and mines of the befieged are ufually a

ore.

MINE.

before the townis befieged. The befieged generally makea
great many {mall mines under the glacis, of about fix, feven,
or eight feet deep under ground, which are called fougaffes or
fougades. They make likewife another fort, called coffers or
caiffons, which are a kind of wooden boxes three or four feet
long, and a foot or eighteen inches wide, which they bury
four, five, or fix feet under the glacis, and about four yards
diftant from each other.

Mines, Hiffory of. It is obferved by writers on this fub-
jet, that mines were in ufe long before the invention of gun-
powder ; for the ancients made galleries or fubterraneous
paflages under the walls of places, and fupported them with
ftrong props ; filling the interval with all kinds of combuf-
tibles, which being fet on fire burnt their props, and, the
walls being no longer fupported, fell, whereby a breach was
made. The befieged alfo made ufe of fimilar paflages from
the town under the befiegers’ machines, with which they bat-
tered the walls, in order to deftroy them. But the art of
mining has received great improvements fince the invention
of gunpowder. The firft mines which we read of, fince the
difcovery of gunpowder, were ufed, in 1487, by the Ge-
noefe, in the attack of Serezanella, a town belonging to
Florence : however, as thefe failed, they were neglected for
aconfiderable time. The firft fuccefsful application of the
blowing of mines in fieges was in the kingdom ef Naples, in
the year 1503 ; when Pietro de Navarre by this means pof-
feffed himfelf of a fort garrifoned by the French. But the
firft celebrated ufe of thefe mines in oppofing the progrefs of
the befiegers was in the years 1666, 1667, 1668, at the fiege
of Candia; though they had been eften praétifed in the de-
fence of places before, in a lefs memorable manner ; for by
the affiftance of this invention principally, the city ad wei
kept the whole power of the Ottoman empire at bay for
three years fucceffively. Since that time the advantage of

counter-mines hath been better underftood. The lait eminent’

inftance of their great utility was in the defence of Turin, in
1706: for fo effectually were the befiegers traverfed thereby,
that, aftér near four months of open trenches, they were
not in poffeffion of more than the counter-{carp, arid even
then, eleven pieces of their cannon were blown up by the
defendants but three or four days before the place was re-
lieved.

The firft profeffed writer on mines was the celebrated M.
Vauban; he was fucceeded by, M. de Valliere, one of the
greatelt matters in the art of mining ; who, uniting theory
with experiment, difcovered, by meafuring feveral excava-
tions, that the pit or hole made in the earth, when the mine
was fprung, was not an inverted cone (Plate VI. Fortifi-
cation, fig. 10.) nor a fruftum of a cone ( fig. 11.) as Vau-
ban and others had fuppofed, but nearly a paraboloid ( fig.12.);
and his tables were computed according to that figure. It
has been generally admitted by miners, that the diameter of
the pit or hole made by the mine was always twice the line
of the leaft refitance, and that this diameter fhould never ex-
ceed this proportion, But M. Belidor undertook to remove
this prejudice ; and however generally it may ftill prevail, he
feems to have proved by many experiments, which have fince
been repeated by others, that the diameter of the hole made
by a mine may be increafed to any length in regard to the
depth of the mine.

Mines, Theory of. The eftimation of the proper quantity
of powder with which a mine is to be loaded in any kind of
foil, or at any depth under ground, in order to produce any
propofed effe€, is the moft difficult part of the whole art of
mining. This depends not only on the quantity of carth to
be blown up, but likewile on the tenacity of the different
foils in which the mines are made. ‘The quantity of earth

"to be raifed depends on the figure of the excavation 3 for if

this is known, the folid content may be determined by geo-
metry ; and by weighing exaétly a cubic foot of that foil,
we can eafily difcover what weight is to be raifed; and by
knowing what quantity of powder is required to raife a cer-
tain weight, the tenacity of the parts may alfo be had; by
making a mine fo as to produce a good effet ; and fubtraét-
ing the quantity of powder, neceflary to raife the weight
of the folid from the charge of the mine, the remainder would
be the quantity neceflary to overcome the tenacity. It is,
however, difputed, as we have already cbferved, what the
figure of the excavation is: it was at firft imagined to be an
inverted cone, as ACB (fig. 10.) whofe vertex is in the
centre of the chamber, and the radius of its bafe A D equal
to its axis CD; but this being found to allow too {mall a
charge, it was next fuppofed to bea frultum of a cone, as
A EFB (fg. 11.) whofe leffer bafe E F is equal to the
line CD of leaft refiftance, and the greater A B equal to
twice that line. On this laft fuppofition, faid to be con-
firmed by the experiments of M. Maigrigny, under M. Vau-
ban, near Tournay, miners have computed their tables of the.
qearties of powder neceffary for charging mines at different
epths. .

However, Mr. Belidor difputed the conclufio»s of Mai-
grigny ; whofe experiments were examined by dire€tion of
the chief commander of the artillery of La Fere, in the
con{truétion of more than a hundred and fifty mines becween
the years 1725 and 1730. In the courfe of this enquiry,
feven mines were made, whofe line of leaft refiftance was
ten feet, and loaded with the following quantities of pow-
der, viz. the firft with 120lb.; the fecond with 160lb.; the’
third with 200lb.; the fourth with 24olb. ; the fifth with
28olb.; the fixth with 32olb.; and the feventh with 36olb.
Thefe mines being {prung one after another, and theit exca-
vations examined, the diameters of their bafes were found to
be as follow: that of the frit 22% feet; the fecond, 26 feet ;
the third, 29 feet ; the fourth, 31+ feet; the fifth, 33% feet ;
the fixth, 36 feet ; and the feventh, 38 feet. Thefe experi-’
ments invalidated the principles of Maigrigny ; neverthe-
lefs miners have {till doubted, whether the diameter of the’
excavation can he made greater than double the line of leaft’
refiftance, or whether the excavation itfelf will not become
like a well or pit when overcharged. As to the true figure’
of the excavation, this was difcovered by M. de Valliere,
and afcertained by others after him to be very nearly a
paraboloid, as A E B (fg. 12.) having the centre of the
powder or charge in the focus C, C D the line of leaft
refiftance, A B the diameter, and C A the radius. Mr.
Muller, however, obferves, that though the figure of the
excavation is a paraboloid, the quantity of the earth to be
blown up fhould beetlimated by the part A L M B, cut off
by a plane L M, pafling through the focus or centre C of
the chamber, parallel to the horizon A B; the other part
LE M being occafioned by the force of the powder preffing ’
downwards; becaufe, he fays, the explofion of gunpowder,
ating on all fides alike, muft condenfe the folid under the
chamber from L to M, by its preffure downwards, fo long
as it prefles the earth above LM upwards ; and it cannot be
faid, that any particle of earth under the horizontal line
LM can be drove upwards. In order to find the content
of this folid, let EK = EC = + of P, or the parameter 3?
and it appears from the well known properties of the para- -
bola, that AD?=ED xP; LM=P;andCA=
KD. And in tht right-angled triangle C D A, C D* +

D A?= C A*=KD’; and, therefore, ./C D? + D A?
= KD; whence, if C D and D A are given, the line K D,
~ and

MINF.

and confequently CK, or its equal € L, will be known ;
_ond, ahevelare, if the line of leatt refiflanee CD, and the
radiwe DA of the bafe are given, the parameter may be
found, Moreover, the folid content of the paraboloid ins
equal to half the cylinder of the fame bafe and altitude ;
if r expreffes half the circumference, whofe radivs is unity ;
i é if rece 1.5973 then, becaufe 1:24, orthe radius to the
circumference as the fquares of the radii CL, DA, are to
the areas of their circles; we have r ED x AD’ for the
folid content of A EB, and r EC x C L? for the folid
LEM; therefore, their differencer ED x A D*—~ rE C
* CL, will exprefo the folid required. But if P ex-
prefles the parameter LM, then will P x ED=AD’,
and P xX CE = CL’, and thefe values fubttituted in the
expreffion of the folid, give rP x ED'—rP x EC’:
or, becauofé ED = EC + CD, and KD= CD 4+
2 EC, we thall have this expreflion reduced tor P x CD x
KD. But as r is a conftant number, it may be neglected
in comparing the folids; and then P x CD « KD will
be the expreflion of the folid. And when two excavations
are compared together, which have the fame line of leaft
refittance C D, the folid will be expreffed by the rectangle
Px KD. Hence if this folid, or the quantity of earth
to be raifed, and the line C D \of the lealt refiltance be
given, the parameter P may be found; and having the
parameter and the line C D, the equation P x ED=
A DY, will give the radius A D of the bafe. Tor if CD
=, and the given folid A LM B= a, then. becaufe
CE = 4P, the expreflion P x CD x KD will give

Pex $P+c=a,orPPc+2Pec=2a, and PP +

2Pic= “4, to which adding cc, we fhall have P P +

gcPitce= — tees ard dF <* 460.

In comparing mines together, which have the fame line
of leaft reliftance, the rectangle P x KD gives PP +
2c P=2A, to which adding cc, we fhall have P P +
2cP+cce=2a+ ce, whole fquare root is P 4+ ¢ =

/2a+ cc. By means of thefe equations, all the different
problems relating to mines are ealily folved, on the fuppo-
fition, that the forces of powder are proportional to their
uantities, and, therefore, the charges alfo proportional to
quantities of earth to be railed in the fame fort of foil,
i. c. in foil of the fame denfity and tenacity. Some writers,
however, affert, that the elaitic force of powder is greater
in proportion in larger quantities than in {mall ones, which
Mr. Muller denies; and Mr. Belidor gives another reafon
for diminifhing the charges of mines, as the earth to be raifed
increafes ; which is, that not only the weight of the earth
to be raifed is to be confidered, but likewife the preffure of
the atmofphere over the furface of the excavation, which
reffure is as the bafes of the excavation, and thefe as the
quares of the diameters ; whereas the weights of fimilar
folids are as the cubes of thefe diameters ; and, therefore,
this preffure being lefs, in proportion, in larger bodies than
in fmaller, the charges ought rather to be leffened in large
mines than in the {mall. But this reafoning feems to be
contradi&ted by experiments.

In order to know the quantity of powder neceflary for
blowing up a mine in a particular foil, feveral mines are to
be made in it, having their lines of leaft refittance equal, but
loaded with different quantities of powder, till one is found
to have the defired effe&. When this is found, the diameter
of its bafe mult be meafured with the greateft accuracy, and

likewife the line of leaft refiflances and when thefe Noes

are determined, the parameter P of the parabola is found
by the equation K De vA D' 4+ CD; and, having the
parameter given, the quantity of earth or folid is found by

the folid P x CD x KD, or by the reftangle P x KD,
aa the lines of lealt refiltance are different or the fame. This
folid, and the charge of the mine, will ferve to find the
effeét of any other mine made in the fame foil when the
charge is given; or to determine the charge, fo that the
diameter of the bafe thall be of any given length, by means
of the equation Px ED=AD"'. The fame being per-
formed im all the different foils, which generally occur in
making mines, will ferve to make mines of any depth, or
placed in any foil.

The miners divide the different foils into five {pecies.

z. loofe earth or fand.

2. | common middling light foil.

loam or {trong foil.

x
4 p sate potters’ clay, or {tiff foil.
cf | clay mixed with ftones.
6. ) all kind of mafonry.

It has been found, that a cubic foot of the firlt weighs g5lb ;
of the fecond. 124lb. ; of the third, 126lb. ; of the fourth,
135]b.; and 16olb. of the fifth. But as to mafonry, it cannot
be determined to any degree of exaétnefs, as depending on
the different kinds of ftones or bricks of which they are
made,

It is pretended, that there are nine pounds of powder
required to raife a cubic toife of the firft kind; 11 of the
fecond; 13 of thethird; 15 of the fourth; 18 of the fifth ;
and 20 or 25 to raife a cubic toife of mafonry above
ground ; and 35 or 40 for raifing the fame quantity under

round.
é Thefe are the French weights and meafures, which bein
reduced into Englifh, give 8lb. of powder for the fart
kind of foil; 9.8 for the fecond ; 11.6 for the third ; 13.4
for the fourth ; .16 for the fifth; 18 or 22.3 for the mafonry
above ground ; and 31 or 35 for raifing the fame quantity
under ground.

In the fecond volume of M. Vauban’s Attack and De-
fence of Places, he fays, that the following rules never’ fail.

A cubic toife of common earth requires 14 pounds of
powder to be raifed.’

Stiff fand or loam, which may be dug without being fup-
ported, requires 17 pounds per toife.

Mixed earth requires 18 pounds ger toife.

Potters’ clay or ftiff foil, 19 pounds per toife.

Fat or {tiff earth mixed with pebble Itone, 22lb.

Wet fand, which cannot be dug without being fupported,
15lb.

a Tiel rules of M. Wauban make, therefore, the charges
greater than’ thote of later miners.

But this is a matter which muft be decided by experi-
ments ; and when thefe are made with fufficient exa¢inefs,
it will be eafy to find the proper charge of a mine, fo as the
diameter of its bafe be of any given length; or when that
length is given, to determine the charge required. £.gr.
Let it be required to find the diameter of a mine made in
the fecond fort of foil; which being loaded with 1oolb. of
powder, fay, if 11 pounds raife a cubic toife, or 216 cubic
feet of earth, how much will raife roolb.; the fourth term,
which is 1964, will be = a; and 2a= 3928; and fup-
pofing the line of leaft refiftance C D to be to feet, then

2a

will ¢c = 103 hence the equation « + P= as + 6,
: i, pas rk ill

MINE.

seill give c + P = ,/402.8 = 20; or P= 10, and EC
=P =2.5: ED = 12.5; whencethe equation P x ED
=AD’, gives 10 x 12.5 = 12.5 =AD, or AD=
31.2 nearly.

But to thew how far this theory agrees with the experi-
ments mentioned before, we may fuppofe the-firlt to be
true, and from thence proceed to find what the diameters
of the bafes of the others will be. All the lines of lealt
refi‘lances of thefe mines were ten feet each, the diameter
of the bafe of the firft mine was found to be 222 feet ; fo
that AD is = 11.33, or 11.4 CD = 103 thefe values
being fubfituted in the equation KD = /”CD°+ AD,
will give KD = Vv 229.96. = 15.16; and2 KC = P=
10.32; hence thefe values being fubftituted in the reCtangle
P x KD, becaufe the line of leaft refittance is here always
the fame, gives 10.32 x 15.16 = 156.5, for the folid,
which mult be remembered, becaufe it is the ftandard num-
ber whereby the other folids are determined.

Now if 120lb. gives 156.5, how much gives the charge
16olb. of the fecond for its folid, the fourth term gives
208; = a, and 2a = 4174; this value, as well as that of
¢ = fo, being fubftituted in P+ ¢= /2a+4 ce, gives
Petia a nA, noes hence yee or oa eb Cr
P = 3.2, and ED = 13.2. Now thefe values being fub-
ftituted in P xX ED = AD‘, give AD‘ = 167.64, and
AD = 13 nearly ; andas AB has been found by meafare-
ment to be about 26, it fhews that this computation aniwers
very nearly the experiment.

If as the charge 120 of the firlt is to the charge 200 of
the third, fo is the folid 156.5 of the firft to the folid of
the third; we fhall have 2 = 260.84, or 2a = 521.68;
and as¢ = 10, the equation P+¢c= 2a + ce gives
P+ c= / 621.68 = 24.93 nearly; hence P = 14.93,
P= EC = 3.73, and ED = 13.73; thefe values
being fubitituted in Px ED = AD’, give AD = 14.32,
and A B = 28.643; which anfwers nearly the experiment ;
it was found that AB = 29 nearly.

T£ we proceed thus with regard to the 4th, 5th, 6th, and
7th experiments, we fhall find the diameters of the bafe to be
as follows; that of the 4th, 31,2.; that of the sth, 33.25
the 6th, 35.3; and that of the 7th, 37.4; which anfwers
pretty near the experiments.

In this method of conftruéting mines, any opening may
be made, whatever be the line of refiftance ; and by making
this line fmall, and loading the mine with more. powder, the
inconvenience. of a large exeavation, which affords lodgment
to the befiegers, is avoided: befides, the shafts and, galleries
are fooner made, and feveral mines may be placed under one
another, by which the fame {pet of ground may be blown up
feveral times.

If it were required to make a mine in the fame fort of foil
as that in which the fevenvexperiments mentioned before were
made, fo that the line of the leait refiftance fhall be equal to
the radius of the bafe, and each of ten feet, and to find the
quantity of powder neceflary for its charge. Becaufe 4D
= CD = to, the equation KD = Vv AD? + CD35 will
give KD = V/ 200 = 14.143 hence P= 8.28; thefe values
being fubftituted in P x KD, will give 117, nearly, for the
folid; then if we fay, as the folid 156.5, of the firft ex-
periment, is to the folid 117, fo is the charge 120 to the
charge required, it will be golb. nearly. But if it was re-
quired to find the quantity ‘of powder neceffary to raife a
cubic fathom, or 216 cubic feet of this foil’; then becaufe
€D = to has been neglected in the folid 156.5, of the

firk experiment, as likewife the ratio x, therefore the quan+
tity muft be multiplied by r x 10; or becaufe r = 1.57
by 15-7, which will give 24575 then if we fay, as 2457
requires 120lb. of powder, how much will 216 require 5
and the fourth term, which is 10.5lb., will be the number
fought. From whence it appears, that the foil, in which
thefe experiments were made, was a light fort of foil, fome-
what lighter than that which is taken by the miners for the
feccnd fort.

M. De Valliere fuppofes, in his table, inferted below, that
amine, whofe line of leait refiftance and radius of the bale .
are each ten feet, requires 932lb. for its charge. Now, if
it be required to find what kind of foil thefe mines are made
in, by fubitituting the number for CD, A D, in the equa-
tin KD = v Av > CD», we thall have KD = 4/ Zoo
= 14.4, and P = 8.28; now thefe values being fubflituted
inrP x CD x KD, we fhall have 15.7 x 8.28 x 34.14
= 1838; then if we fay, as 1838 is to. 933, fo is 216 to 11.
This fourth term will exprefs the nember of pounds of
powder required to raife a cubic fathom of the fame fort of
foil, which therefore is the fecond fort.

The preceding computations have been made of French
weights and meafures, to fhew how nearly the foregoing
theory agrees with the experiments made at La Fere. It
remairs now to apply it to our own weights and meafures ;
becaufe eight pounds of powder will raife a cubic fathom of
earth of the firit fort; if we fay a cubic fathom, or 21Gcubic
feet, is to cight pounds, as 1838 cubic feet is te 68.074
pounds, this fourth term will be the charge of a mine, whofe
line of refiftance is 10 feet as well as the radius of the bafe :
in the fame manner are found the charges of the fame mine
in the reft of the foils. But the fhorteit way of computing
tables is to fubtraét the logarithm of 216 from that of 1838,
which gives 9298917; now if to this logarithm we add_
thofe of 8, 9.8, 11.6, 13.4, 163 the weight of the powder
required to raife a cubic fathom of the diferent foils, found
before ; we fhall have 1° 83298, 2° 92112, 3° 99435, 4°
05699, 5° 14301 for the logarithms of the charges ot a mine
whofe line of leaft refiftance is 10 feet, and the diameter of
the bafe 20.

Valliere’s Tanix for the Charges of Mines.

BET) 6 Bae o BSS Qa EBay 5
>) =o wae8 7 ie)
Boul SE U2 0q| SE fEck! Se fagul Se
SS 2) se Fe 2S) Sr 4s St Ses de Seto ae
° = Sos fs Ze fs i fs
Bc} 3op 23] 8. f as} Fo | Esl 8.
3 Sh a 4 sy z - ey
ee cat GF az
lb. oz, |, Feet. | Ib. oz. } Eeet, | tb. oz.
12412 [| 21 |, 868 3% 31 J9792 4
162 of 22 | 998 4f 8a }3072 0
- — —— ——
6205 15.) 29 }1140 10f, 33, }33969 1
a Ss .
257 4f 94°[1996 of 34 [86so 12
‘316 af os [iss9 of 35 |4aoig 8
eRe Es
384 Of 26 |.16a7 194 36 |4a74 Oo
| ee isnt
460 9] 27 [1815 4f 37 [4748 11
516 19 F 98 |2098 of 3a falda 4,
ee fsedeagenl ——-——
643° Qf. 29 |.2296. 7 ag $5562 2
750 0,f 80 [2530 4f' 40 [6000 o
By

MINE,

By this conftrudtion the radii of the bafes being always
ound to the lines of lealt refiftances, the folide are fimilur,
and therefore are to one another as the cubes of their axco
that is, ae the cubes of the lines of lealt refiftances, So that
taking any one of the charges to be true, the others will be
found by fayins, as the cube of the axis whofe charge is
sriven is to its charge, fo is the cube of the axis of any other
inine to ite charge,

For example, let the charge 934 of the mine, whofe line
of lealt refillance is 10 feet, be given 5 and it be required to
find the charge of any other mine whofe line of leatt refiltance
is given, fuppofe 15: then fay, asthe eube 1000 of 10 is to
the cube 3375 of 15, fo is the charge 93} to the snk re-
quired, w hich is 310.4, or 316 pounds 6 ounces, which 1s a
@unces more than in the table. In the fame manner is found
the charge of a mine whofe line of leaft refiflance is 20; or
becaufe 20 is double of 10, the cube of 20 will be odtuple
the cube of 10; and therefore 8 x 93}, or 750 pounds,
will be the charge of that mine.

A Tastes of the Charges of Mines according to Muller’s
Theory.

Charge.

Pounds.

1518

Pounds.

639

Pounds.

150

Peet.
22

1621

24

26

1741

1842

1980

2098

IIIs

1205

In this table the line of leatt refiftance is fuppofed to be
always 10 feet, and the charges producing the openings at
the fides of them from 22 feet to 80. It is fuppofed that
the charge 93% of a mine, whofe line of leaft refittance and
radius af the bafe are each ro feet, is given, and from thence
all the reft are computed by means of thefe equations, K D
= /AD* + CD’, and P x KD = @; and by com-
paring the diameters of the bafes found, by means of thefe
equations, to be rather lefs than thofe found by experiments,
it is prefumed that the diameters marked in this table will not
be found lefs, but rather greater in practice.

In order to find the fize of the boxes, generally made
cubical, in which the powder is lodged: as a cubic foot of
common powder weighs about 55 pounds, if we fay as 55
is to unity, fo is any other quantity to its cube; i.e. if
the given quantity of powder be divided by 55, the quo-
tient will be the cube required, and its cube root will be the
length of the fide of the box. The box muft always be
iss fourth bigger than it fhould be, on account of the
itraw and fand-bags put in it, for keeping the powder free

Vor. XXIII.

from wet; fo that if the quantity of powder be 360 pounds,
the fourth part of it, or g0, mult be added, and the fum
450 divided by 5, whofe quotient is 8.1818, and the
fquare root of this, or 2.86 feet, or 44 inches, will be the
fize required, If the chamber happens to be placed on a
rock, or any other hard fub{tance, the force or aétion of
the powder downwards, meeting with great refiflance, will
be employed in raifing the earth sect and confequently
the effect of the mine will be much greater than that pro-
duced by the fame quantity of powder, placed on a fofter
fubttance. On which account, if a platform of ftrong planks
were made under the chambers, there would be a lefs van
tity of powder i for the charge of the mine. When
the mine is properly loaded, the gallery is {topped up with
ftones, earth, and dung, well rammed, five or fix feet far.
ther from the chamber than the length of the line of lea{t
refillance. And for preventing the mine from burfting
through the gallery, and to make it have its effe@ upwards,
the gallery is made with one or two turnings, at right angles
to each other, and flrongly fecurcd with buttrefles and
planks, and the intervals rammed with ftones and earth.

Many writers have eftimated the operation of mines on
the falfe fuppofition, that their entonnoir, or excavation, is
the fruftum of a cone; and therefore, in order to eflimate
the weight of the matter to be blown up, they have only to
compute the folidity of fuch a fruftum in cubic fathoms,
and to multiply the number of fathoms by the number of
pounds of powder neceflary for raifing the matter it con-
tains ; and if this cone contains matters of different weights,
to take a mean betweeen them all; always having a regard
to their degree of cohefion. As to the difpofition of mines,
there is one general rule, which is, that the fide towards
which one would determine the effeét, be the weakeft ; but
this varies according to occafions and circumftances.

Mines, Different Sorts of. A mine which has only one
chamber is called a fingle mine, as A, fig. 13- If it hastwo
chambers, it is called double, as fg. 14, and if it has three,
triple, as fig. 15, &c. the names being taken from the num.
bér of chambers. If a fingle mine is made under the ram-
part, to make breach, the entrance O, fig. 13, mutt not be
oppofite to the place where the chamber is defigned to be,
but on one fide or other; and the gallery with two turnings,
that it may be flopped with greater fecurity, and that the
diftance of the entrance O to the chamber A may be greater
than the length of the line of leaft refiftance: otherwife the
mine would have its effe& that way. It muft alfo be ob-
ferved, that the chamber is placed in the middle of a coun-
terfearp, by which means it will make a greater breach than
if it were placed in the earth behind the wall. When a
double mine is made under the rampart for making breach,
the entrance O, fig. 14, is made, as nearly as can be gueffed,
in the middle, between two counter-forts; the gallery being
carried quite through the wall in a dire& line, turns after.
wards to the right and left, in the form of a T; from
whence it is alfo called a ‘I’ mine ; and the chambers are alfo
placed in the next counter-forts, but exactly at equal dif-
tances from the direét gallery: this double mine will make a
much larger breach than the fingle one, and it is for that
reafon preferred to any other. :

But when a triple mine is to be made under the rampart,
the opening O, jig. 15, is to be made dire@tly oppofite to
the counter-fort, if poilible, and carried directly through the
wall, and turned to the right and left in the fame manner as
the former; and the chambers A, B, at both ends, are
placed in the two adjaeent counter-forts. As to the gallery
of the third, C, it is carried round the middle counter-fort,
and the ehamber placed under its extremity; this lait is

4F generally

MIN

generally ‘charged with fifty pounds of powder more than
either of the others ; but great care muft be taken to carry
the auger of this laft chamber in zig-zags, fo as to be equal
in length to’ that of the chamber B, otherwife the fire would
not reach themall three at the fame time, and thereby the
chamber C not take fire, which fometimes happens, and then
the effect does not an{wer the expetation.

~ There are feldom or ever more made than a triple under
the ramparts in fieges; but when a work is to be demoltthed,
they make then as many as will demolifh a whole face at
ence; which is done by giving the fire to all at the fame
time; that is, all the fauciffons are brought into one, ‘ard
fo contrived, as that their parts from the chambers to the
common junétion may be exaétly equal. Muller’s Syftem
of Artillery, &c. vol. vi. part ii. p. 206, &c.

Mine, Chamber of a. See Caamper and Ming.

Mixe, Counter. See Counvrer-mine and Mine.

Mine, Gallery of a. See Garisry and Mrive.

Mins, Knight of the, isan ilitary honour, anciently con-
ferred on perions who had diltinguifhed themfelves in en-
gagements in mines.

Mixe-Ships, are thips filled with gunpowder, inclofed in
ftrong vaults of brick or (tone, to be fired in the midift of an
enemy’s fleet. See Fire-/hip.

Mintz is alfo'a French meafure. See Measure.

Mine-Dial is a box and needle, with a brafs ring divided
into. 360 degrees, with feveral dials graduated. thereon ;

enerally thus made for the ufe of miners.

MINEHEAD, in Geography, a townhhip of America,
in Effex county, Vermont, on Conneticut river; it 1s wa-
tered by Nulhegan river, and has.only 27 inhabitants.

Miweuesp, a cape of Ireland) in the county of Waterford,
between Ardmore-head and Helwick-head, from the latter
of which it is about four miles diftant. j

Muyeneap, a fea-port town and borough, fitvated on
the fouthern fhore of the Briitol channel, in the hundred. of,
Carthampton and county of Somerfet, England. | The town
was firft incorporated by queen Elizabeth, who endowed it
with many, valuable privileges. In the reigns of Charles Ii.
and queen Anne, fo great was the trade from-this port to
Treland, that upwards of forty .veflels were conitantly en-
gaged init. Several were likewife employed in the Welt
India, Virginia, and Straits trade; and not lefs than 4000
barrels of herrings were annually fhipped here for the Medi-
terranean. The chief articles of import, befides colonial
produce, were wool, linen, and cattle, and the exports con-
fifted moftly of coals and grain. All this. trade is now en-
tirely loft; the herrings have'deferted the coalt, and there
are at prefent only five or fix veflels belonging to the ports
In the time of its profperity the government of this borough
was velted in a portreeve, but fince its decline it has been

committed to-two conftables, who are chofen annually at the

court leet of the lord of the manor. The arms of the town
are a fhip under fail and a wool-pack, emblematical of, its
priftine trade.

Minehead is divided into three. parts; the Upper Town,
confifting of feveral irregular ftreets, meanly built, and ftand-
ing on the eaftern flope of a vait hill, called Greenalaigh or
Minehead point ; the Lower Town, fituated half a mile from
the beach to the fouth-eaft; and the Quay Town, placed under
the brow of a lofty eminence clofe to the fhore. ‘The church,
which is a large handfome ftru€ture, [lands in the Upper
Town, and 1s diftinguifhed by a very elegant alabaiter {tatue
of queen Anne, on a ‘pedeftal four feet high. It was the
gift of fir Jacob Banks, as appears from an infeription upon
it, bearing the date 1719. At the entrance of the quay,
in Quay Town, ftands the Cultom-houfe, which {till con-

MIN

tinues furnifhed with a regular eftablifhment of officers. A —

market continues to be held here every Wednefday; and.
there is a {mall manufa@ture of woollen cloths, which con-.
{titutes the chief fupport of the inhabitants. Fronting the,
market place is an alms-houfe, built and endowed by. Ro-,
bert Quirk, in 1630. Two members are fent from this;
borough to parliament, who are eleéted by the parifhioners
of Duntter and Minehead, being houlekeepers and not receiv-
ing alms. The conttables are the returning officers.

The country around Minehead is pleafing and beautiful,
prefenting to the view a feries of lofty hills interfperfed with
rich and luxuriant vallies. | The climate is fo mild thatvege-
tation is a month earlier here than in molt parts of England..
This circumftance has of late years induced many perfons to,
refort hither during the bathing feafon, to the great benefit.
of the town. A peculiar {pecies of limpet, found onthe
rocks here at low water, afford a very curious liquor ufed in
marking linen, which, when firft applied, exhibits a variety of;
changes in its colour, and ultimately, after wafhing, aflumes,
a bright crimfon hue, which no fubfequent efforts will alter
or eradicate. About fix miles to the fonth of the town is
the lofty mountain of Dunkerry, which rifes 1770 feet above
the level of the fea, and is 12 miles in circumference at the bafe.
From ‘the colle&tions of ftones’ bearing the marks~of fire,
which appear on different parts of it, it is conjeGtured to have
been ufed as a beacon to alarm the country in the event of
invafion.,. Collinfon’s Hiftory and Antiquities of Somerfet-
fhire, vol. ii. 4to. 1791. -

MINELLI, Anprza, in Biography, a Venetian pera
poet, and author of many dramas that were ‘tack ap-
plauded; fuch as “ Orfeo,” “1702; * Finezze d’Amore, et
la forza vinta dall’ Onore,” 1703; La Rodoguna,”’ at
Milan the fame year; and “Il trofeo dell’ innocenza,” at
Venice, 1704. a

MINELLIUS, Jonny, was born at Rotterdam about
the year 1625, ard pafled his life as a teacher of the learned
languages. He died in 1683. He publifhed notes upon
Terence, Sallaft, Virgil, Horace, Florus, Valerius Maxi-
mus, and Ovid’s Triitia, which have not only been very
ufeful to ftudents, but have been freely tranfcribed by more
modern editors and commentators.

MINEO, in Geography, a town of Sicily, in the valley
of Noto, near a lake ot the fame name; 24 miles §. of
Catania. .

MINERA, in Medicine, the feat, or rather matter of a
difeafe. a

The term is applied by fome authors to thofe parts of the
body wherein there are colle€tions and coacervations of hu-
mours made; which, hardening, form obftrudtions, and pro
duce difeafes. ;

In this fenfe we fay, the minera morbi, &c. '

MINERALS, or Fossixs, are thofe inorganical natural
bodies of which the folid mafs of the earth is compofed.
Their more remarkable properties and charaers will be
enumerated under the article OnycToGNosy. we

MineraL, Airhiops. See Airuiors, and Mercury

Minexat, Turbith.. See Tursits, and Mercury,

Minera Oi. See Oin. otha?

MINeRALE Bezoardicum. See Bezoanpicum.

Minerat, Cryffal. See CrystaL Mineral.

Muneran Aermes. See Kermes Mineral.

Mixerat Waters, are thofe which, at their fpringing
for‘h trom under-ground, are found impregnated with
fome mineral mater; as falt, fulphur, vitriol, &e. See
WatTeER '

Such are hot haths, fpaws, purging, &c. f{prings.

Minera Waters, Earth of. fe PU. .

MINER ax

MIN

Minera Juicer, See Jurors,
Minwnan Courts, Curie minerales, in. Law, courts for
regulating the concerns of lead mines 5 axflannary courts are

ne
NERALOGY, the {cience which makes us acquaint.
ed with all the various relations under which minerals prefent
themfelves to us, ‘This comprehentive branch of knowledge
is» by the illuitrious Werner divided into five diftin& doc.
trines, vit. 14 Orydoyno/y, or that part of mineralogy which,
with the affillance of well afcertained charaéters and fixed
denominations, teaches us to determine foffil fubitances, and
to arrange them according to their natural affinities.
2. Geognofy, which has for its object the {tructure, relative
pofition, and formation of thofe fubttances of which the
crutt of the earth is compofed. 3. Mineralogical Geography,
which exhibits, in geographical order, the {pecies of rocks
that occur in different countries, together with the various
{pecies of minerals contained in them, and the circumi{tances
under which they occur. 4. Mineralogical Chemi/lry, which
makes us acquainted with the various chemical properties of
Minerals, and with the quality and quantity of their com-
jonent parts. 5. Economical Misia in which mineral
ubitances are confidered merely with a view to the ufe
to which they are applicable, which alfo determines their ar-

rangement.
_ [tis only within the laft quarter of the elapfed century
that the knowledge of minerals has made rapid {trides to-
wards perfection ; not long before that period it could
fearcely be faid to have affumed the appearance of a
fcience ; and the ancients appear to have been totally
bine reccay with any thing in the {hape of {cientific mine-

ory. -

The oguere and peraaneurx of Ariftotle can feareely be con-
fidered as bearing te(timony to this philofopher’s knowledge
of minerals, and are indeed only mentioned by him becaufe
he fancied the origin of the former might be derived from
earth, and that of the latter from water. The few mineral
fubftances treated on by Theophraftus, Pliny, Diofcerides,
and Galen, intermixed with produdtions of art, are merely
fuch as were employed for the common purpofes of eco-
nomy, and the {tudy of thefe authors is far more important
to the philologift and antiquary than to the mineralogilt.
On reading the fixth book of Diofcorides, we become in-
deed acquainted with part of the medical knowledge of the
ancients, but it teaches us very little that might be deemed
any way interefting in a mineralogical point of view. Pliny,
. where he treats on gems and metals, expatiates on the luxury
prevalent among the Romans, and when {peaking of marble,
bafalt, &c. enters upon the hiitory of their productiogs of
art, without at all adverting to the degree of knowledge
they poflefled of unorganized nature. Indeed, /cientific
knowledge of this kind was not among the acquirements
of the ancients; and whatever may have the appearance of
it in the writings of the authors above-mentioned, is fo def-
titute of order and precifion, that it is furprifing how Wal-
lerius, who well knew what is requifite for a mineralogical
fyitem, could mention Theophrattus, Pliny, Diofcorides, and
Galen, as the firit fy{tematical writers in mineralogy. The
knowledge of fome mineral {ub{tances muft, of courfe, be
coeval with the earlieft ages of the world; but to trace
mineralogy, as a {cience, to Egypt, or to ancient Greece and
Rome, is almoft as abfurd as to dignify Tubal Cain with
the title of the firft of chemiits.

When the general lethargy of the fciences commenced,
little regard was paid even. to the feanty knowledge handed
down in the works of the ancients ; and it was not till the
introdu@tiion of the chemiitry, or rather alchemy, of the

MIN

Arabians into Europe, that a {mall thare of attention was,
again beltowed on the fludy of unorganized bodies Avi-
cenna laid the foundation of the diflribution of minerals,
into tones, metals, fulphureous follils, and falte; a divifion
which was generally adopted by the chemiflts of thof¢ timer,
but not by the other naturalille; the former, to judge from a
paage in Agricola (De Nat. Foflilium, Li. p. xvit.), not being
veld in great, elteem by the f{choliafty, * Avicegna,’ fays
Agricola, non /cienter, fed mare chimiflarum, fulphureo duas
fpecies fubjecit : fulphur et arfenicum.”’ Hence it is that
Albertus Magnus, this fuperititious tranferiber of the an-
cients, followed quite a different diftribution ; for among
other changes which he adopted, was that of throwing the
falia and fulphurea into one clafs, under the name of
Media.

Such were the firlt attempts at introducing fome order
among the unorganized bodies. The chemitts on one fide
propofed the component parts, which, however, far from being
demonitrated, were only hypothetically aflumed by them:
the fcholiafts, on the aie hand, were equally intent upon
invelligating and recommending the characters derived from
the external form of minerals, their {uppofed medicinal pro-
perties and miraculous virtues. ‘This twofold view of the
f{ubject characterizes the writings of almolt all fucceeding
mineralogical authors, down toa period not far remote from
the prefent ; we find them either implicitly adopting the ideas
of the chemilts, or announcing themfelves as mere empirical
colle&tors of curiofities. Agricola, the firft fyftematic mi-
neralogical writer, may, indeed, be confidered as an exception
tothis rule. He directed his thoughts to the uniting the views
of thefe two claffes of writers, although he certainly inclined
more to thofe of the fecond.

Agricola was the firft who paid attention to external
characters, which were determined by him with tolerable
precifion, and.employed for the diftinétion of the mineral
fubftances then known. Al foffils (corpora fubterranea)
are divided by him into fimple, or fuch as confift of homo-
geneous particles; and into compounded, or fuch as are
formed of heterogeneous parts, taken in a mineralogical
acceptation of the terms. The minerals belouging to the
former of thefe divifions are found in four different forms,
which are, 1. Terra. 2. Succus concretus. 3. Lapis.
4. Metallum. Terra he defines as ** corpus foffile quod poteft
manu fubigi, cum fuerit afperfum humore, aut ex quo, cum
fuerit modefatum, fic lutum."’ Thefe earths he divides
partly according to fome external characters, partly after
their localities, in cafes where their names are derived from
the countries or places in which they are found. Succus
concretus eft corpus foffile ficcum et fubdurum, quod aquis
afperfum aut non mollitur, fed liquefcit, aut, fi mollitur, mul-
tum vel pinguitudine differt a terra, vel materia ex qua
conttat.”? ‘he foffils of this clafs Agricola divided into
macra and pinguia; the former confilt of a juice partly
mixed with earth (fal nitrum), partly with metal (chryfo-
colla, zrugo, ferrugo, ceruleum), partly mixed both with
earth and metal (atramentum {futorium, alumen, &c,): to
the latter he refers fulphur, bitumen, fardarach, and auri-
pigmentum. ‘Lhe ambiguity of this definition, and the im~
propriety of placing in one and the fame clafs fubftances
fo very. diftin& from each other, require no comment. The
{tones are the third clafs of Agricola’s fyttem. Lapis eft
corpus foffile ficcum et durum, quod vel aqua longinquo’
tempore vix mollit, ignis vehemens redigit in pulverem ; vel

_non mollit aqua, fed maximo ignis liquefcit calore.’ The
ftones are fubdivided into lapis, gemma, marmor, and faxum.
His definition of metals, being his fourth clafs, is, “ cor-
pus foffile natura vel liquidum vel durum quidem, fed quod

ae ae 4Fe ignis

MINERALOGY.

ignis liqdefcit calore.” He enumerates ten metals. ‘The
Jatt clafs of Agricola’s fyftem comprehends mixed and com-
pound foffils. 1. Mixtures of ftones and juices (fucci).
2. Of earth and metal. 3. Of ftone and metal. 4. OF
juice, ftone, and metal. ‘T'o the fecond and third divifion
he refers the various ores. What has been faid may convey
an idea of Agricola’s fyftematic knowledge in mineralogy.
Confidered as a firlt effay, his fyftem is indeed very valuable,
and more logical precifion in its execution can {carcely be
expected from its author ; but, on the other hand, it cannot
be denied that he was often ftrangely led aftray by his defi-
ciency in chemical knowledge, nor did he even fufpe& that
the prefervation of unity is at all required in the conitruétion
of a fyftem.

Mott of the fyftematic mineralogical writers who fuc-
ceeded Agricola were chemifts, or rather alchemifts; but
even thefe adopted his fyftem, although it was more or lefs
altered by fome of them. ‘Thus, Cardanus retained the
« {ucci concreti,”? but he followed the chemitts in feparating
the falts from the bitumens. ~

Kentmann, who publifhed in 1569 his book « De omni
rerum foffilium genere,’’ was a nomenclator who adopted
Agricola’s fyftem almoft without making any alteration.
The earths and the fucci concreti are, however, fubdivided
in a different manner, and a treatife on petrifaétions is added,
entitled « Alcyonia, conche et alia, que ex falfo liquore
maris et ex ejus fpuma, cum tenuiffimis fordibus permilta
concrefcunt.””

The celebrated botanift, Czfalpinus, was the firft who
properly feparated the falts from the inflammable foffils.
The divifions of his fyftem are, 1. Mineralia humore folu-
bilia, to which he refers the earths and falts. 2. Oleo
folubilia, which contains the fulphureous fubftances with or-
piment. 3. Llliquabilia, comprehending the rocks, and all
other f{tones, as alfo corals, animal calculi, &c. 4. Liqua-
bilia, or metals.

Aldrovandus, that voluminous writer, compiled his fyftem
from Agricola, Cardanus, and Cefalpinus. With him the
petrifactions begin to be confidered as objects of curiofity.

Befides the many authors of that period, who butied
themfelves by arranging the minerals of the ancients accord-
ing to Agricola’s fyftem, which they now and then altered
conformably to the fuppofed difcoveries of the day, there
were fome who, although not fyftematic writers themfelves,
had confiderable influence on the fyftems of fucceeding pe-
riods. Among thefe was the famous Jefuit, Athanafius
Kircher, who (in his Mundus fubterraneus, Amfterd.
1678) furpaffed all his precurfors in the amaffing of wonder-
ful curiofities and /u/us nature ; although Jontton had not
been remifsin affixing much importance to the ftrange forms
reprefenting celeftial and fublunary bodies, prefented to the
world in his ‘* Notitia regni mineralis,” which appeared at
Leipzig in 1661.

Of greater importance were the advantages which the
{cience of mineralogy derived from the inveltigations of
Beccher, This mineralogift (in his “ Phyfica fubterranea,”’
firft publifhed in 1667,) con!idered water and earth as the
remote, and vitreous, inflammable, and mineral earths (fal,
fulphur, mercurius), as the proximate conftituent parts of
all minerals, which he accordingly arranged under three
claffes ; the firft comprehending fuch ftones in which the vi-
treous earth conftitutes the principal ingredient ; the fecond
and third clafs containing the fubftances in which the two
remaining earths predominate. Though the principles which
thus formed the bafe of his fyftem were derived from gra-
tuitous affumption, yet they ferved to prove the poffibility
ef a chemical arrangement of the genera, and of applying

the differences obfervable in the conftituent parts of the
earths and {tones as fit charaéters for diftinguifhing them.

The {tones Beccher divides into thofe that either calcine or
vitrify in the fire ; thofe that preferve their folidity, or become
friable when ignited ; and thofe that, when ignited and im-
merfed in water, either remain folid or crumble to pieces. In
his work, we for the firft time find antimony, zinc, and bif-
muth, (though, indeed, alfo pyrites,) introduced as imper-
fe&t or femi-metals. The perfect metals, of which he has
fix in number (for mercury he confiders asa decompofitum),
are claffed after the following charaéters: two of them
(gold and filver) melt in a red heat ; two (copper and iron)
are red-hot before they melt ; and two (tin and lead) melt
before they can be heated to rednefs.

The next in fucceffion are the decompofita, or fuch minerals
as are comnofed of feveral earths and itones, earths and me-
tals, &c., or of feveral {pecies belonging to the fame clafs,
fuch as mixtures of metals; and they are divided into terrea,
lapidea, metallica, and aquea.

Bromelius (who publifhed a book intitled “ Catalogus re-
rum curiofarum,” Gothenburg, 1698,) began to refer to the
fame clafs fulphur and the bituminous fubltances, which
he called fulphurea and pinguia: he retained Beccher’s divi-
fion of metallic fubftances into perfeét and imperfe& metals.

Nor fhould the Swedifh mineralogift Hiarne be left unno-
ticed here, who introduced feveral changes into the then pre-
vailing fyftem of mineralogy : thus, for inftance, he was the
firft who feparated the common from arfenical pyrites, which
before him had conftantly been united by authors. Like Bro-
melius he places fulphur and the bituminous fubftances in
the fame clafs ; an arrangement which has been retained by
all fucceeding fyftematic writers in mineralogy : and though
the term ‘ fuccus concretus”’ continued to be employed by
fome of them, it was always ufed as a fynonym of falt.

Towards the clofe of the 17th century Woodward pub.
lifhed his catalogue of minerals. His knowledge of mine-
ralogy was fuperior to that of any other Englifh author of
his time. ,

Of the mineralogitts of the beginning of the 18th century,
the moft celebrated were Beyer, Biitner, and Scheuchzer.
Thefe authors, who were lefs fuperltitious and more to be
depended upon than Aldrovandus and Kircher, princi-
pally prefented the world with their obfervations on petri-
fations. The two latter, however, were not quite free from
prejudice ; they introduced an excefs of biblical teleology
into the mineralogical f{cience, and mott of their obfervations
were made with a view to the univerfal deluge. But it is
not to be denied that all three contributed largely towards
dire€ting the attention of mineralogifts to the ftruéture of
mountain rocks. All the mineralogical writers that had pre-
ceded them were chemifts, praétical miners, or at beft mere
oryctognofians : but about this period naturalifts began to
examine rocks with other than merely metallurgical views;
mineralogy was found fufceptible of being treated in a fcien-
tific manner, and it began to go hand in hand with the other
branches of phytical knowledge. Even Scheuchzer and
Beyer, and fome other authors of thofe times, by not con-
fining themfelves to the mere colleéting of petrifaGtions, but
alfo confidering them as veftigesof important revolutions, .
poet es a new field of inveitigation to the thinking natu-
ralift.

Magnus von Bromell, a Swede and pupil of Hidrne and
Boerhaave, publifhed a fyftem of mineralogy, (Inledning
til kund{cab om Mineralier, &c. Stockh. 1730,) in which he
not only availed himfelf of all the improvements made by
his matters, but alfo propofed a new chemical divifion of {tony
fubftances into fuch as are refraGtory (apyri), or calcinable,

or

MINERALOGY.

or vitrefciblé, in the fire ; to which were added the figured
ftones (fiurati.) me 9%,
After Von Bromell, Linnwus appeared, and it iv chiefly
from this period that the origin of fyftematic mineralogy
may be dated, when our fcience, together with the other
branches of natural hiltory, acquired a degree of popularity
which it had never before enjoyed, It has been queltioned
whether Linneus himfelf contributed to the advance-
ment of the fcience ; and fome writers have even denied him
any knowledye in this department of natural hiltory. But
the fact is that in his earlier years Linneus devoted a confider-
able thare of time to the (tudy of mineralogy, and whatever
his merits in framing his mineralogical fyltem may be, certain
it is that it befpeaks the fame acutenels and the fame original
mode of thinking, which we fo much admire in the other
works of this illuitrious naturaliit. His mineralogical ar-
rangement cannot, indeed, be compared with the matterly
fyitems of zoology and botany, and it even appears that he
added it chiefly for the fake of pair | his grand work
ofa general fyitem of nature. It has been juitly urged againit
the applicabiliry of his fyitem, that it w founded on an er-
roneous principle, vis. on the fuppolition that the cryital-
line form of mineral fubltances is due to different falts, and
that they are to be claffed accordingly ; but even this erro-
neous notion ferved to direct the attention of the ftudeat to
the important characters derived from the diverfity of cryf-
tallization, of which fubfequent mineralogiits availed them-
felves with fignal fuccefs, for the diltinction and ciaffification
of mineral fubttances. (See CrystaLtization.) If, more-
over, we conlider the advantages which neceflarily accrued to
mineralogy by thofe general principles that were introduced
into natural hiftory by Linneus, the precilion of his termi-
nology, his philofophical views of claffification, &e., all of
‘which were equally applicable to our {cience, it can no longer
be a matter of doubt that the labours of the great Swedith
naturalift have, at leatt indire&ly, been of effential fer-
vice to the advancement of this important branch of natural
nowledge. , y
; The ei part of mineralogy began, about this period,
to be cultivated with great fuccefs. The difcoveries of Hen-
kel and Pott, who (if we except Hiarne, and perhaps Bec-
cher) may be looked upon as the firft mineralogical chemilts,
had clearly demonftrated the important advantages which
mineralogy may derive from chemiltry. The external cha-
racters were almott entirely rejected by Henkel as vague and
unfatisfactory. In his «Idea Generalis de Lapidum Ort-
gine,” the inflammable mineral fubftances (to which, how-
ever, he refers alfo vegetable gum and phofphorus) contti-
tute a feparate clafs; the clals of falts contains acids, al-
kalies, and neutral falts, and the alkaline are kept diltin®
from the earthy, and the latter from the metallic neutral
falts ; the earths he divides in the fame manner as Beccher,
and he fubdivides them after the degree of heat required for
their fufion; the clafs of ftones comprifes the calcarex,
filicee, calcareo-filicee or limofe ; a claflification which he
propofes with great modeity, although it may indeed be
conlidered as a great {tep in mineralogical chemitry. Hen-
kel’s « Kies-Hittorie” (Hiitory of Pyrites), confidering the
period in which it was written, difplays an uncommon degree
of accuracy, and contains, as well as others of his works, va-
Iuable contributions towards the natural hiftory of various
ic fub{tances, and their ores.
eerie accurate chemical knowledge marks the works of
the celebrated Pott, who, on account of the valuable dif-

coveries illuftrative of mineralogy, may juitly be called the.

h of the period in which he flourithed. No mine-
raloggit before tien had fo clearly demonitrated that it is the

degree of hardnefs alone which diftinguithes earths from
ftones, and that this property, infinitely variable in various
fubltances, cannot farnith a principal diltin¢tive chara¢ter for
their claflification. Profound chemical knowledye and unin-
termitted application enabled him to fubjeét the fimple earths
toa clofer examination, to determine their character with
greater precifion, and alfo to augment their number, His
claffilication of the earths, which, with foine alterations, juftly
became a thandard for his fucceffors, is the following foe
1. Alcaline earth, which may be burnt into quick-lime, and is
foluble with effervefcence in the acids. 2. Siliceous earth, little
alterable by calcination, and infoluble in acids : this he con-
fidered as the principal caufe of hardnefs of the ftones in
which it predominates. In his “ Lithogeognofie,” Pott
called this latter “ vitrefcible” earth ; but finding afterwards
that the property which gave rife to it is common to all the
earths, he difcontinued. the name. 3- Argillaceous earth,
which, on account of its vifcidity and du@tility, is fulcep-
tible of being turned on the lathe, becomes hard in the fire,
and is infoluble in the acids. 4. Gypfeous earth, which by burn-
ing 18 converted into gypfum, which refilts the acids, and
is difficultly vitrifiable. The fpecies of earthy foffils were
diltributed among thefe claffes, according as one or the other
of the above earths formed the predominant conftituent part
inthem. Had this great chemult lived to extend to the me-
tals the fame itrict examination to which he fubjected the
earths and {tones, mineralogy would undoubtedly, in his time,
have arrived at that perfection which afterwards refulted
from the laborious experiments ‘of fucceeding chemical mi-
neralogitts.

Nearly about the fame time Wallerius publifhed his fyftem
of mineralogy (Mineral-rike indelt och befkrifvit, Stock-
holm 1747), in which, as the difcoveries of Pott were not
then known to him, he adopts the claffification of the older
mineralogilts, feparating earths from ftones, the former of
which he divided into pulverulent earths (terre macre), argil-
laceous earths (terre pingues), mixed earths (terre minerales
{. compofite), and fand (arene) ; the latter (with Bromell
the younger) into lime-ftones (c caret), vitrifiable ftones (vi-
trefcentes), refractory flones (apyr1), and rocks ea?
The fubitances of the third clafs of his fyftem are called mie
nerz, comprehending faline ores (falia), inflammable fub-
ftances (fulfura), and metals. The fourth clafs contains
the concretions (concreta), which are fubdivided into fta-
lactical fubftances (pori), petrifactions (petrificata), figured
{tones (figurata), and calculi.

This work of Wallerius was a welcome prefent to the
mineralogical world. The genera before its appearance were
extremely vague, and the external charaGers pointed out in.
the defcriptions were infufficient for the determination of a
given foffil fubftance ; it was indeed required to be pre-
vioufly acquainted with minerals in order to underftand the
fyftematic works, and the knowledge of foffils was propa-
gated more by tradition than by fcientific inftru€tion. One-
of the chief objeGts of oryctognofy, the determining a given
foffil from defcription alone, even without any previous prac—
tical Knowledge of mineral fubitances, was. in a great meafure
attained by this new work of Wallerius ; the utility of which:
was greatly enhanced by the addition of a correét and cri-.
tical fynonymy of preceding mineralogifts. But however
great the advantages which accrued to the fcience by the la-
bours of this excellent mineralogilt, his fyftem was ftill, in
many parts, eflentially defective: thus, for inftance, the cha-
racters of the Grft, fecond, and fourth claffes were derived:
from the external form, thofe of the third, on the other hand,.
from the mode of occurrence of the fubftances which it con.
tains ; the orders are chemically determined in the three firit

; 8 clafles,

MINERALOGY.

claffes, while thofe of the fourth clafs are derived from the
form, and even the origin jof the minerals) referred to it.
Nothing can be more vague than the definition he gives of
concretions, which to him are ¢* mineral fub{tances compofed
of a foffil and common matter, formed in the ufual manner,
but hardened, and, as it were, cemented, either by fire or
water, and therefore different from other minerals in their
origin, figure, and the localities in which they occur.”

Wolterfdorf, a pupil of Pott, propofed to frame a fyftem,
embracing the whole mineral kingdom, in the manner of his
matter’s fyftem of lapideous fub{tances ; but his chemical
knowledge appears to have been inadequate to the taf which
he undertook; his fyftem, therefore, not being fufficiently
fupported by experiments, fhared the fate of all attempts at
natural arrangement not founded on aétual obfervation,
and proved abortive. ,

Pott’s. difcoveries had paved the way to a more judicious
and proper mode of framing claffes and orders in mineralogy.
In the fame. manner as boranif{ts, in former timnes, feparated
trees from plants, mineralogilts, equally mifled by an appa-
rently important external character, had kept the flones dif-
tinét from the earths ; it was principally Pott who fhewed the
impropriety of this feparation, and alfo that both earths and
{tones are divifible into feveral genera, according to the greater
or lefs proportion they contain of the feveral chemically fim-
ple earths. The idea now prefented itfelf, that perhaps
in future the genera might be fuecefsfully determined after
the number of earths which enter the compofition of each, and
that this principle of claffification might be made fubfervient
~ to the prefervation of unity of the fyftem. The falts were
already arranged, alfo in the mineralogical fyitems, accord-
ing to their more obvious chemical differences. ‘To the clafs
of metallic fubftances all {uch minerals were referred as chiefly
contained metals, and the mineralized ores were no longer
feparated from the native metals. On the other hand, the
writers on petrifactions, Bourguet, d’Argenville, &c.. {till
followed clofely the footfteps of Scheuchzer. Lufus na-
ture, foffil productions imitative of organic {truéture, itll
occupied a econfpicuous place in their arrangements, from
which no fyftematic writer\had yet dared to exclude them.
To do this was referved for Cronftedt.

With Cronttedt begins the fecond principal era of the
fcience of mineralogy, if the firft is to be dated from
Agricola. In his work (Forfog til Mineralogie, &c. Stockh.
1758,) he fets out with giving fome highly interefting and
important obfervations on the gradual effeéts of fire and
water on minerals, and on the flow but unintermitted changes
they experience by phytical and chemical agents in the bowels
of the earth.

The minerals are divided by Cronftedt into earths, bitu-
mens, falts, and metals. ‘he earths are fubdivided accord-
ing to the difference in their mixture, as far as it was then
known, into the following nine orders :—1. Calcareous
ftones; to which order alfo gypfum is referred. 2. Si-
liceous fubftances. 3. Granitic fub{tances (garnet, bafalt,
fhorl.) 4. Argillaceous fubftances. 5. Micaceous fub-
flances (mica, talc.) 6. Fluoric fubftances (fluor fpar.)
7. Afbeftine fubftances.. 8. Zeolite, to which he refers
alfo the lapis lazuli. 9. Manganefian fubftances (man-
ganefe, wolfram.) The falts are clafled according to the
acids or alkalies. The clafs of inflammables, which till then
had been but little elucidated, has hardly undergone any
alterations. He has, however, added the plumbago or
graphite to it. The clafs of metals comprehends as many
geneta as fimple metals were known in the author’s time.
For the firft time we find here the then newly difcovered
platina, and alfo nickel, one of Cronttedt's own difcoveries.

One of the principal and moft ftriking advantages of this
fyftem, is the itri& unity obferved in the principle of . claf-
fification, which is throughout chemical; and the. principles
on which thefe clafies and orders are ettablifhed are. {till
pretty generally acknowledged as genuine by the fy{tema-
tic mineralogilts of the prefent day. The garnets were
not feparated by Cronftedt, from {uppofing them to con-
tain a peculiar.earth ; on the contrary, he himfelf confiders
them as a mere variety of iron-fhot quartz, and the fepara-
tion was fuggelted by fome peculiarities of external and
phyfical charaGters prefented by the garnets and fhorls, the
component parts of which were not as yet known to him. This
unacquaintance with the conitituent parts, and their peculiar
chemical properties, likewife induced him to feparate mica,
talc, afbeit, fluor, zeolite, and azur itone, manganefe and
wolfram from the other earths: though he actually fuf-
pecied that the two former of thefe {fubitances contained
argulaceous earth, and that manganefe and wolfram were
known metals. Soon after, a new acid was difcovered in
fluor {par, a new earth in taic and afbelt, and new metals
in manganefe and wolfram. In fome imftances he has de-
viated from the unity of bis claffification, particularly in the
clafs of infiammable fubftances, to which, probably, on ac-
count of its ufe, iron pyrites is referred, though it does
not difplay thofe properties. which are mentioned as charac-
terittic of that clais. As, on one hand, Cronitedt’s fyitem is
enriched with many new {pecies, fo, onthe the other hand,
this mineralogilt properly rejected a great number of fub-
{tances, which occupied a confpicuous place in the writings
of his predeceflors ; for inftance, the lutus nature, figured
ftones, &c. He alfo fhewed that petrifactions cannot claim
a feparate place in, the: fyftem merely becaufe they have
retained part of their original form ; as alfo that compound
mountain rocks are not admiffible into a fyftem which
comprehends mineralogically fimyle fubftances. . Both thefe
natural productions are treated on in an appendix, ;

No work on mineralogy ever created greater fenfation
than that of Cronfledt. A fhort time after its appear-
ance, it was tranflared into almoft all Europeaa languages,
the fyftem was ftudied in. all civilized countries, and with
fome occafional, often unneceflary deviations, was adopted by
all writers on mineralogy. Yet with ali this, Cronitedt’s
fyftem is not without its great defeéts: thus, for initance,
it is a matter of great difficulty to become acquainted
with a mineral {ubitance by confulting the defcription he
gives of it. Cron{ftedt improved the claflification of mi-
nerals, but the tafk of giving the greateit poffible perfec-
tion to defcription, fo indifpenfably neceffary for the diag-
nofis of foffils, was referved for {ucceeding mineralogilts.:*
He even neglected thofe external characters which were
known and adopted in his time; but thefe, it muft, be
confefled, were, for the greateft part, unfettled and vague. .

At the fame time with Cronttedt’s Mineralogy, or imme-.
diately after, Lehmann and Vogel publithed their’ Syitems,, |
which, however, did not. contribute mpch to the advanee=
ment of the {cience. . ‘rapa

Marggraf demonftrated the peculiar nature of magnefian.
earth, which became the foundation for a new order of
earthy fubitances, _ His writings contain, moreoyer, many.
difcoveries highiy important to. chemiitry, but which it is
not neceffary to detail in this place. }

Wallerius was the frit by whom the principles on which
fyflematic writers had-hitherto arranged mineral fubflanees,
were fubjeéted to a ilrict examination. | He: rejected all,

characters derived from the value, ufe, and geognoftic fitu-,

ation, and eitablithed it as a rule, that the orders and enera
fhould be founded on chemical chara¢ters alone, while the.

pecies

MINERALOGY.

pe Mould principally be determined) by their external
aracters, Thefe principles he employed in the new edi-
tion of his “ Minéralogical Syfem,’* publithed at Srock-
holm in 1772, © The nomenclature of po mineralogical writer
before him had been’ equally correét aud’ preeife. Hisex-
ternal characters, combined with the chemical ones then
known, enabled the fludent, at leat in fome meafure, to
diferiminate minerals by menns of thefe improved deferip-
tions’ The genera, too, were diftinguifhed by him with
DS oi de tt and augmented with many new ones.
Wf 'thefe vefpe€ts Watlerins holda a mott ‘diftinguithed
fair! among mineralogical writers, and his work {till de-
‘to be confolted by the ftudent! in oryétognofy. It

ty however, be denied that his terminology is fill much

: o vague, and his external charaéters far from being fuffi-
ciently complete; for, as Werner very jultly remarks,
defi mn is one of the principal objects of oryftognoly,
and it is better to {ee a mineral badly arranged and well
deferibed, than well arranged and badly deferibed. But
even in his arrangement Wallerius has fallen into errors,
which latter difcoveries might have taught him to avoid.
In feparating earths from ttones he isnot even faithful to
his own principles of claflivcation; and ‘the. reafons he
for fo dain are, indeed, very unfatisfactory. His

ret hes faulty divifion’ into vitrefeible and fixed fones,
his'referring to one ard the: fame clafs the falts, the ful-

phureous and bituminous fubttances, together with the
metals, were among the more important defeéts in his clafli-
fication. :
It was about this time that Engftrom, by pointing out
@ More convenient method of trying’ fome of the chemical
bet mp of minerals by fubjeGing them to the flame urged
y the blowpipe, greatly contributed toward facilitating
the diaguofis of minerals, efpecially that of metallic fub-
ftances.” M f
~ Werner now publifhed his ¢laffical work on the exter-
nal chara&ters of minerals, (Von den duflern Kennzeichen
der Foffilien, Leipzig 1774,) upon the appearance of which
the vague terminology which had, till then, rendered defcrip-
tion almott ufelefs, gave way to a fettled and determinate
language, and the foundation was laid of a fyitem which
has defervedly procured its framer the title of the father of
oe ‘mineralogy. | In the work juft» mentioned, all
characters’ are deferibed with uncommon precifion, which
may appear pedantic tothofe who are ignorant)of the falu-
tary effe&s which this very circumftance has‘ on the dif
crimination of minerals. Tn -1780,) Werner publifhed. a
German tranflation of Cronitedt’s Mineralogy, accompa-
nied, with: notes, ia which he makes us acquainted with his
ideas refpeétine a fyltem of oryognofy... This was fol-
lowed, in 1791, by a defcriptive Catalogue of the Mineral
Colle&tion of M. Pabft von Ohein, in which we have the
fir'tauthentic fketch of his fyitem. ,Thefe two works, and
fome highly interetting memoirs in « The Bergmianithe
Journal,” and fome other periodical publications, is all that
~ has been’ publifhed by this great and modeft mineralogitt.
All the expofitions of his fyftem which we poffefs are by
his pupils ; they are of various: merit, and fome of them are
but ill calculated to convey an adequate idea of its excel-
lencies.
ralogy,” (a work of peculiar merit, on account of the
many original obfervations which it-contains) was the firft
who; made the Wernerian fyftem knownein England; and

after him profeflor Jamefon, a diltiaguifhed pupil of the
Freiberg fchool, has publithed an elaborate work in three:

_ volumes, ‘the two firit of which contain the fyftem of oryc-
dobiient ~ — t :

N
or Pky

The late Mr. Kirwan, -in his“ Syitem of Mine-)

tognoly according to the method of Werner, the third
giving a complete expofition of hin fyem of geognoly:
‘The fundamental principle laid down by Werner, in the
fyftematical arranyement of foflily, is their natural affinity,
which he allows to be founded on the chemical mixture of
their component parts, Thefe may be diflinguithed into
effential and accidental component parts; the former of
which alone are confidered i the CasGfication of mineral
fubftances. © The effential component parts are fubdivided
into “predoninant and charaétentlic ones; and generally
the charatteriltic Happen to. be, at the fame time, the pre-
dominant conftituents. By Humboldt the former are called
the enveloping conftiteent parte. All mineral fub{tances are
diltribured by Werner. into four claffes, which are founded
on what.is called the fundamental conttituent parts, viz. the
earthy, faline, inflammable, and metallic; each clafs being
called ‘after that fundamental conftituent part which pre-
dontinates in and charaférizes it. Thus we have the earths,
the falts, the inflanimables, and the metals... Thefe claffes
are fubdivided into' genera, which are derived from the va-
riety in the component parts of the minerals comprehended
in each clafs; there being as many diltinét genera as there
are predominating, or, at leaft, charaGeriltic conftituent
parts difcovered im their mixture. Werner has himfelf dif-
regarded this rule in feveral inftances, and we fuppofe has
now even entirely difcontinued-the divilion into genera; at
leatt, feveral of his pupils have, ‘in their fyitematic works,
introduced families as the only divifion between clafs and
{pecies ; each family being a group of fpecies that manifeft
clofe ‘affinity to each other, fuch as the ‘“¢ Feldf{par family,’’
the “ Zeolite family’ &c.. By this means the fyftem is fo
far freed from the fhackles of chemiftry, and the contra-
diétions aré ‘avoided, which fo. frequently ftrike the ftudent
of the Wernerian fyftem. In the fame manner perhaps,
alfo, the {pecies might.in fome meafure be made independent
of chemiitry. 'The chara&ter of the fpecies, according to
the original idea of the founder of this fyitem, was to be de-
rived from the chemical mixture, and from the differences in
the quantity and quality of the conftituent parts. But in
moft cafes, where no analyfes exifted of minerals, or no
fatisfactory. ones, external charaGters were fubftituted the
more» readily, as it is an axiom with Werner -that a dif-
ference in external. characters is indicative of a correfponding
difference in the component parts, whether it be in their
quantity and quality, or in the particular ftate of their
chemical combination. _ If, therefore, a mineral differs from
another related fubftance in three or more external charac-
ters, it is mow confidered as a diftin& fpecies. This cir-
cumflance accounts for the confiderable number of fpecies in
the Wernerian. fy tem, compared with thofe of Haiiy’s, whofe
charva&ters employed for f{pecification are confined within a
far more narrow compafs. We fliall thew in another piace,
that the laws for framing f{pecies in mineralogy, whatever
the charaGters may be on which they are founded, muft al-
ways be arbitrary: but fortunately for the {cience, the dif-
ferent opinions entertained by different {chools refpeG@ing
the nature of the fpecies, is a mere matter of fpeculation,
exerting little or no influence either on the diagnofis or
the arrangement of- mineral fubftances: for, provided the
natural conne@tion between two mineral fubftances remain
undifturbed, it is certainly of no great importance whether
one of then be degraded into a.meré variety of its neigh-
bour, or raifed to the rank, of a diltin& fpecies. Werner
enumerates three different kinds of affinity of minerals, viz.
the chemical, depending. on the fimilarity of their conftituent

‘parts; the ory€ognoltical, coniilting in the approximating
: I

~ refem-

©

MINERALOGY.

refemblances of their external characters ; and the geognoftic
affinity, denoting fimilarity in occurrence, relative age, &c.
The fpecies is fubdivided by Werner into /ub/pecies and
variety : by the: former are meant foffils belonging to the
fame {pecies with another, but differing from it in two or
three particular external charaéters; the latter is produced
by the difference in any fingle external character, fuch as
colour, fraéture, &c.

The following is a tabular view of the Wernerian oryc-
tognoftic fyftem, according to the improvements it has ex-
perienced up to 1803; to which are fubjoined the additions
lately made by its founder.

Clafs 1. Eartity Fosstrs. A. Diamond Genus: 1. Dia-
mond. B. Zircon Genus: 2. Zircon. 3. Hyacinth.
4. Cinnamon-itone. C. Flint Genus: Chryfolite Family :
5..Chryfoberyl. 6. Chryfolite. 7. Olivine. 8. Cocco-
lite. 9. Augite. ro. Piftacite. 11. Vefuvian.—Garnet
Family: 12. Leucite. 13. Melanite. 14. Garnet ;
noble, common. 15. Staurolite. .16. Pyrope. — Ruby
Family: 147. Spinelle. 18. Sapphire. 19. Emery.
20. Corundum. 21. Diamond f{par. 22. Ceylanite. 23. To-
paz.—Shorl Family: 24. Euclafe. 25. Emerald. 26. Be-
ryl; noble, fhorlous. 27. Shorl; common. ‘Tourmaline.
28. Axinite. — Quartz Family: 29. Quartz amethytt;
(common, thick fibrous). Rock cryttal. Milk quartz.
Common quartz. Prafe. 30. Iron flint. gr. Hornttone ;
{plintery, conchoidal, wood-itone. 32. Flint flate; common,
Lydian-ftone. 33. Flint. 34. Calcedony ; common, carne-
lian. 35. Hyalite. 36. Opal; noble, common, femi-opal,
wood-opal. 37. Menilite 38. Jafper; Egyptian (red,
brown), ftriped, porcelain, common (conchoidal, earthy).
39. Heliotrope. 40. Chryfoprafe. 41. Plafma. 42. Cat’s-
eye.—Pitch-ftone Family: 43. Obfidian. 44. Pitch-ftone.
45. Pearl-{tone. 46. Pumice.— Zeolite Family: 47. Prebnite;
fibrous, foliated. 48.Zeolite ; mealy, fibrous, toliated, radiated.
4g. Cubicite. 50. Crofs-ftone. 51. Lomonite. 52. Schmelz-
ftein (Dipyre, H.) 53. Natrolite. 54. Lazulite. 55. Azure-
ftone.—Frveldfpar Family: ‘56. Andalufit. 57. Veld{par ;
adularia, Labrador, common, (freth, difintegrated), compact,
hollow {par. 58. Scapolite. 59. Arétizite. 60. Spodu-
mene. 61. Ichthyophthalmice—D. Clay genus: Clay Fa-
mily: 62. Pure clay. 63. Porcelainearth. 64.Common clay ;
loam, pipe-clay, potters’ clay, (earthy, ) variegated, and flate-
clay. 65. Clay-{tone. 66. Adhefive flate. 67. Polifhing flate.
68. Tripoli: 69. Float-ftone. 70. Alum-itone.~Clay-/late
Family : 71. Alum-flate ; common, glofly. 72. Bituminous
fhale. 73. Drawing-flate. 74. Whet-flate. 75. Clay-flate :
—Mica Family: 76. Lepidolite. 77. Mica. 78. Pinite.
79. Pot-ttone. 80. Chlorite ; chloritic earth, chlorite flate,
common and foliated chlorite.—Trap Family: 81. Horn-
blende; common, Labrador, bafaltic, hornblende flate.
82. Bafalt. 83. Wacke. 84. Clink-ftone. 85. Iron-clay.
86. Lava.—Lithomarge Family: 87. Greenearth. 88. Li-
thomarge; friable, indurated. 89. Rock-foap. 90. Umbra.
gt. Yellow earth.—E. Tale Genus: Soap-/tone Family :
92. Native magnefia. 93. Bole. 94. Meerfchaum. 95. Ful-
lers’-earth. 6. Steatite. 97. Bildittein—Zale Family:
98. Nephrite ; common, axe-{tone. 99. Serpentine ; com-
mon, noble, (conchoidal, fplintery). 100. Schillerflein.
1o1. Talc; earthy, common, indurated. 102. Afbeft;
rock-cork, amianth, common afbeft, rock-wood.—A@inote
Family: 103. Kyanite. 104. Strahlftein; afbettous, com-
mon, giafly. 105. Tremolite; afbeftous, common, glafly:
106. Salite.—F. Lime-/fone Genus: Carbonats: 107. Rock-
milk. 108. Chale, 109. Lime-ftone ; compa&, (commen,
roe-ftone), foliated, (granular, calc. fpar), fibrous, (com-

mon, calc. finter,) pea-ftone. 110. Lime-tuff. 111. Foam
earth, 112. Slate-{par, 113. Brown f{par; foliated, fibrous.
114. Schaalftein. 115. Dolomite. 116. Rhomb fpar.
117. Stink-ftone. 118. Marl; marl-earth, indurated m.
119. Bituminous marl-flate. 120. Arragon.—Pho/phats :
121. Appatite. 122. Afparagus-ttone. 123. Phofphorite.
—Fluats : 124. Fluor; compaét, F. fpar—Sulphats: Gyp-
fum; earthy, compact, foliated, fibrous. 126. Selenite.
127. Anhydrite. 128. Cube fpar—F. Baryte Genus:
129. Witherite. 130. Heavy fpar; earthy, compact, gra-
nular, curved lamellar, ftraight lamellar, columnar {par,
prifmatic fpar, Bolognefe ily Strontian Genus :
131. Strontian. 132. Celeftine; fibrous, foliated.—
H. Aalite Genus: 133. Boracite. 134. Cryolite.

Clafs II, Fosstz Saurs.— Carbonats: 135. Natural
foda.—WNitrats: Natural nitre.— Muriats: Natural rock-
falt ; rock-falt, (foliated, fibrous,) lake-falt. 138. Natural
fal-ammoniac.—Sulphats : 139. Natural vitriol. 140. Hair-
falt. 141. Rock-butter. 142. Natural Epfom-falt. 143. Na-
tural Glauber-falt.

Clafs UII, InreramMas ie Fosstrs.— Sulphur Genus :
144. Natural fulphur; common, volcanic. — Bituminous
Genus: 145. Mineral oil. 146. Mineral pitch; elaltic,
earthy, flaggy. 147. Brown coal; bituminous wood, earth
coal, alum earth, common brown coal, moor coal.
148. Black coal; pitch coal, columnar, flaty, foliated,
coarfe, cannel coal.—Graphite Genus: 149. Glance coal ;
conchoidal, flaty, fcaly, compaét. 151. Mineral charcoal.
ne Genus: Amber; white, yellow. 153. Honey-

one. -

Clafs.1V.. Meraxuic Fosstus. — Platina Genus
154. Native platina—Gold Genus: 155. Native gold;
gold-yellow, brafs-yellow, greyifh-yellow.— Mercury Genus :
156. Native mercury. 157. Native amalgam; femi-fluid,
folid. 158. Mercurial horn-ore. 159, Mercurial liver-ore;
compact, flaty. 160. Cinnabar; dark, light-red.—-Si/ver
Genus: 161. Native filver ; common, auriferous. 162. An-
timonial filver. 163. Arfenical filver. 164. Corneous filver-
ore. 165. Silver black. 166. Silver glance. 167. Brittle
filver glance. 168. Red filver-ore ; dark, light. 169. White
filver-ore. 170. Black tilver-ore—Copper Genus: 171. Na-
tive Gopper. 172. Copper glance; compact, foliated.
173. Variegated copper-ore. 174. Copper pyrites.
175. White copper-ore. 176. Grey copper-ore. 177. Cop-
per black. 178. Red copper-ore ; compact, foliated, ca-
pillary. 179. Tile ore; earthy, indurated. 180, Copper
azure; earthy, indurated. 181. Malachite; compaét, fibrous.
182. Copper green. 183. Iron-fhot copper green ; earthy,
flaggy. 184. Copper emerald. 185. Copper mica. 186. Len-
ticular ore. 187. Olive ore. 188. Copper muriat.—/ron
Genus: 189. Native iron. 190. Iron pyrites; common,
radiated, hepatic, capillary. 191. Magnetic pyrites.
192. Magnetic iron-ftone ; common, arenaceous. 193. Iron
glance; common, (compa&, foliated,) micaceous. 194. Red
iron-ftone ;_ red iron-froth, ochrey and compaé red iron-
ftone, red hematite. 195. Brown iron-ftone ; brown iron-
froth, ochrey and compaét iron-flone, brown hematite.
198. Clay iron-itone ; reddle, columnar, lenticular, jafpery,
common, reniform, and piliform clay-ftone. 199. Bog iron-
ore; morafs-ore, fwamp-ore, meadow-ore. 200. Blue
iron-earth. 201. Pitchy iron-ore- 202. Gadolinite.
203. Green iron-earth. 203%. Cube-ore.—Lead Genus :
205. Galena; common, compatt. 206. Blue lead-ore,.
207. Brown lead-ore. 208. Black lead-ore. 209. White lead-
ore. 210. Green lead-ore. 211. Redlead-ore. 212. Yellow
lead-ore. 213. Lead-vitriol. 214. Lead-earth ; coherent,

friable,

MINERALOGY.

friable —Tin Genus: arg. Tin pyrites, 216, Tin-ftone.
217. Wood-tin.—Bi/muth Genus: .218, Native bifmuth.
219 Bifmuth glance. 220, Bifmuth ochre.—Zine Genus:
a21. Blende; yellow, brown, black, 222, Calamine —
Antimony Genus: 223. Native bea 224. Grey anti-
mony ; compact, foliated, radiated, plumofe. 225. Black
antimony. 226. Red antimony. 227. White antimony.
22%. Antimony ochre.— Cobalt Genus: 229. White cobalt
ore. 230. Grey cobalt ore. 231, Cobalt glance. 232. Black
cobalt ochre; earthy, indurated, 833: rown cobalt ochre.
234. Yellow cobalt ochre. 235. Red cobalt ochre ; cobalt
crutt, cobalt bloom. — Niche! Genus: 236, Copper nickel.
237. Nickel ochre.— Mfanganefe Genus: 238. ate manjra-
nele ore; radiated, foliated, compact, earthy. 239. Black man-
anefe. 240. Red manganefe.— Molybdena Genus : 241. Mo-
betta — Ar fenic Genus: 242. Native arfenic. 243. Arfenical
pyrites; common, argentiferous. 244. Orpiment; yellow,
red. 245. Arfenic bloom.—Scheele Genus: 246. Tungiten.
2 7. Wolfram. — Menachine Genus: 248. Menzchan, 249. Oc-
tahedrite. 250. Rutile. as1. Nigrine. 252. [ferine.—Uran
Genus: 253 Pitch ore. 254. Uran mica. 255. Uran ochre.
—Sylvan Genus: 256. Native fylva. 257. Graphic ore.
258. Yellow fylvan ore. 259. Black fylvan ore.—Chrome
Genus: 260. Acicular ore. 261. Chrome ochre.

Werner has fince added feveral new f{pecies to this lift,
and from the place affiyned to one or two of them in the
arrangement, 1t follows that this latter mutt alfo have under-

ne fome flight alterations. Thus zoifite is placed between
piftacite and axinite, which in the above tabular view are

laced at fome diftance from each other. Augite is divided
into common, foliated, conchoidal, and granular; and, as
next f{pecies to it, the coccolite is added. The Siberian

reen garnet forms a diftin& {pecies next to garnet, under
the name of groffular. ‘I’o the fame natural family, Werner
has now alfo added the cinnamon itone, (which, after Lam-
padius’ incorrect analyfis, had before been placed in the
zifcon genus,) and the allochroit of d’Andrada. Between
plafma and cat’s eye, the fettitein or elolite of Klaproth is
laced. The fpecies pumice is divided into three fub-
pecies, common, glafly, and porphyritic p. The dichroite
of Cordier is added, as iolite, to the pitch-ftone family. The
blue feldfpar of Stiria now forms a {pecies diltin& from, but
next to feldfpar, under the name of blau-fpath. A variety
of compa feldfpar (jade of Sauffure) is called variolite.
Porcelain earth now ftands next to feldfpar, from which it
originates. Aifo the meionite and fommit are united with
this family. Potters’ clay is now fub-divided into earthy
(formerly called pipe-clay) and flaty. To the three fub-
fpecies of itrahl{tein or actinote is added a fourth, the gra-
nular. Silver-black is divided into friable and indurated.
What was called capillary iron pyrites, has, by Klaproth’s
analyfis, proved to be native nickel. The menachine genus
has received two additional {pecies in the brown and the
yellow menachan, inferted after ilerine.

Having given this general idea of Werner's fyftem, we
cannot proceed to that of Haiiy, without making honour-
able mention of the celebrated Romé de !'Ifle, whofe inde-
fatigable ‘refearches fo eminently contributed to the pro-

refs of the fcience of mineralogy in general, and whofe
¢ Cryltallographie” (of which the firit edition appeared in
1773) is defervedly characterized as the refult of iabours
immenfe in their extent, almoit entirely novel in their objec,
and of the higheit importance on account of their utility.
His claflitication of minerals has nothing peculiar ; but for the
accuracy, completenefs, and Rie of his defcriptions, and

articularly his {cientitic method of ‘determining the cry{tal-
fe forms, he ftood unrivalled among the mineralogilts of
' Ver. XXIII.

his time. For an account of the labours of this father of
cryflallography, the reader iv referred to the article
Crysrata.

Several memoirs of Haiiy, iMuftrative of his theory of
the firudture of eryftals, were followed, in 1801, by that
celebrated profeffor’s great work, entitled ‘T'raité de Mi-
néralogie.”’ In this important-and truly claffical produétion,
the new theory (of which a detailed view is given under the
article CrystaLLooraruy) is alfo made fubfervient to
the claffification of mineral fubftances. Hlaiiy has defined
the mineralogical {pecies “an aflemblage of bodies, the inte-
grant molecules of which are fimilar to each other, and have
the fame compofition."" According to his mode of viewing
the fubject, minerals have both a geometrical and a chemical
limit ; the former confilts in the invariable form of the mole-
cule, the other in the compofition of the fame molecule.
Haily prefers making wfe of the geometrical limit for de-
termining the fpecies, not only becaufe minerals being in
general more or lefs mixed with heterogeneous matter, it
often happens that the chemical limit is but imperfeélly
reprefented by the refults of the analyfis, whereas mecha-
nical divifion invariably furnifhes the fame form of the mole-
cule; but principally becaufe the geometrical limit is far
more obvious and palpable, fince to obtain it nothing is in
many cafes required but the mechanical divifion of the
cryftal. In the where the integrant molecule belongs ex-
clufively to a determined combination of component prin-
ciples, it alone is fufficient to diftinguith the fpecies ; but there
are forms of molecules which are common to feveral diftiné
fpecies; and thefe forms, as far as they are known, happen
to poflefs the peculiar chara¢ter of fymmetry and regularity,
conttituting, as it were, limits with refpeét to other forms.
As in this latter cafe the character derived from the inte-
grant molecule is not fufficient, Haiiy adds to it another,
chemical or phyfical, charaéter for the difcrimination of the
{pecies: thus, for inftance, the property of diffolving in
water, fuper-added to the cubic form determines muriate of
foda, or common falt ; but if the fame form is united to the
property of becoming electric by heat, we have borate of
en or boracite. The type of the {pecies, according
to Haiiy, being once determined, it is comparatively eafy
to arrange the varieties of cryftallization belonging to the
fame fubitance, by afcertaining, with the affiftance of the
theory of decrements, whether all their forms, even thofe
which no longer retain a trace of the primitive form, are in
exatt correfpondence with the latter. With regard to the
varieties, fuch as thofe compofed of fibrous, granular, or °
compact maffes, of which the type, though it itil exifts in
them, can no longer be determined, their difcrimination de-
pends on the phyfical and chemical properties of the fub-
ftance, fuch as hardnefs, {pecific gravity, eleGricity, &c.
What regards the genera and upper divifions, the diftribu-
tion is made after the component parts or chemical proper-
ties common to all the fubitances contained in the fame divi-
fion. ‘The method adopted by Haiiy, in his defcription of
the mineral f{pécies, is the following. At the head of the
defcription of each mineral is placed the effential charaGer,
founded on the moft conftant properties which diftinguifh
its individuals ; after. which follow the phyfical, the geo-
metrical (comprehending the cleavages and primitive form
of the fubftance), and the chemical charaGter ; to which is
added the diitin@tive charaGter, in which the differences are
pointed out which diitinguifh the fubftance in queftion from
others which might be eafily ntiftaken for it. Thefe general
charaCters are followed by the enumeration of the varieties
of form (divided into determinable and undeterminable), the
varieties depending on light, fuch as colour, tranfparency, &c.

° 4G The

MINERALOGY.

The following outline of Hatiy’s diftribution is principal-
ly taken from his ‘ Tableau comparatif des Réfultats de la
Cryttallographie, et de l’Analyfe chimique,’’ Paris, 1809.
The names included in parenthefes are thofe of the Werne-
rian fchool.

Clafs 1. Acidiferous Subflances. Order 1. Dilengaged
acidiferous fubftances. 1. Sulphuric acid. 2. Boracic acid.
Order 11. Earthy acidiferous fubftances. A. With fimple
bafe :—Fir/? Genus : Chaux (lime), fp. 1. 3. Chaux carbona-
tée, (comprifing all the Wernerian {pecics of carbonates of

lime, with the exception of the following fpecies). 4. Ar-
ragonite. 5. Chaux phofphatée (apatite). 6. Ch. fluatée
(fluor). 7. Ch. fulfatée (gypfum and felenite). 8. Ch.
anhydro-fulfatée (anhydrite). 9. Ch. nitratée. 10. Ch.

arfeniatée(arfenicbloom ; pharmacolite, Klapr. )— Second Ge-
nus: Baryte. 11. Baryte fulfatée (barytes or heavy f{par).
12. Baryte carbonatée (witherite).—Zhird Genus : Stroutian.
13. S. fulfatée (celeftine). 14. S. carbonatée (ftrontian).
—Fourth Genus: Magnefie. 15. M. fultatee (natural Ep-
fom or bitter falt). 16. M. boratée (boracite). 17. M.
carbonatée (native magnefia or talc earth).— Fifth Genus :
Lime and filica. 18. Chaux boratée filiceufe (datholite).—
Sixth Genus; Silica and alumine. 19g. Silice fluatée alumi-
neufe (topaz and pycnite, or fhorl beryl).

Order III. Acidiferous alkaline fubftances.—Firf} Genus :
Potaffe. 20. P. nitratée (natural nitre).—Second Genus :
Soude. 21. §. fulfatée (natural Glauber falt), 22. S. mu-

_ Matée (rock-falt). 23. S. boratée (tinkal, K.) 24. S. car-
-bonatée (natural foda or natron).—Zhird Genus : Ammo-
niaque. 25. A. fulfatée (mafcagnin, K.). 26. A. muria-
tée (natural fal ammoniac).

Order IV. Acidiferous alkaline-earthy _fubftances.
27. Alumine fulfatée alcaline (alum)— Appendix. 28. Alu-
mine fluatée alealine (kryolite). 29. Glauberite.

Clafs 11. Earthy fubitances. (No fubdivifion into orders)
30. Quarz (the whole of Werner’s quarz family comprif-
ing fourteen of his fpecies). 31. Zircon (zircon and
hyacinth). 32. Corindéon (corundum, fapphire, diamond-
fpar, emery). 33. Cymophane (chryfoberyl). 34. Spi-
nelle (fpinel, ceylanit). 35. Emeraude (emerald, beryl).
36. Euclafe. 37. Grenat (garnet, melanite). 38. Am-
phigeéne (leucite). 39. Idocrafe (Vefuvian). 40. Meio-
nite. 41. Feld-{path (feldf{par). 42. Apophyliite (fith-eye
ftone, or ichthyophthalmite). 43. Triphane SF Weenie
44. Axinite. 45. Tourmaline (fhorl). 46. Amphibole
(all the fub-fpecies of hernblende, except Labrador hornbl.,
aétinote, augite and tremolite partly). 47. Pyroxéne (augite,
fahlite). 48. Yenite. 49. Staurotide (ftaurolite). so. Epi-
dote (piftazite, zoifit). 51. Hyperfthene (Labrador horn-
blende). 52. Wernerite (arktizit). 53. Paranthine ({ca-
polite). 54. Dialiage (var. of a€tinote, {chillerflein). 55. Ga-
dolinite. 56. Lazulite (azur-flone). 57. Mefotype (fibrous
and mealy zeolite, nade ftein). 58. Stilbite (radiated and
foliated zeolite). 59. Laumonite (lomonit). 60. Prehnite.
61. Chabafie ({chabafit). 62. Analcime (kubizit). 63. Ne-
pheline (nephelin; fommit, K.) 64. Harmotome (crofs-
{tone). 65. Peridot (chryfolite, olivine). 66. Mica
(glimmer or mica). 67. Pinite. 68. Difthene (cyanite),
69. Dipyre (fchmelz-ftein; dipyr, K.) 70. Abefte.
gi. Talc. 72, ,Marle (hollow fpar ; chiaftolite, K.)

To this clafs are appended the following fub{tances, the
characters of which are not fufficiently well underftood to
affign them their refpetive places in the fyftem.

Allochroite (f{plintery garnet, K.) Alumine pure (pure
clay). Amianthoide. Antophyllit, Schum. and Wern.
Aplome. Bergmannit, Schum, Diafpore. Feldf{pathapyre,
Hi (andalufit). Feld-fpath bleu (var. of compact feldfpar).

Fibrolite, Bourn. Gabbronite, Schum. Jade (common ne-
phrite, axe-ftone). Jolithe, W. aad K. Kaneel or cinna-
mon ftone, W. Lazulit, W. Latialite (Hatiyne). Lepi-
dolite, W. Melilite, Fleuriau. Natrolite, W. Pleudo-fommit,
Fleur de B. Spath en tables ({chaalitein). Spinellane.
Spinelle zincifere? (automalite). Spinthere, H. Tale ?
granuleux (earthy talc), and T. glaphique (bilditein ; agal-
matolite, Kl.

Clafs ILI. Combuttible not metallic fubftances.— Ord. I.
Simple. 73. Soufre (fulphur). 74. Diamant (diamond).
75. Anthracite (kohlenblende, glanz-kohle).—Ord. II.
Compounds. 76. Graphite. 77. Bitume (mineral oil ;
mineral pitch). 78. Houle (black coal). 79. Jayet (pitch
coai). 80. Succin (amber). 81. Mellite (honey-ftone).

Clafs IV. . Metallic fubfances.— Ord. I. Not imme-
diately oxidable, except by a very high degree of heat, and
immediately reducible.— Firff Genus : Platina. 82. P. natif
ferrifere (ative platina).—Second Genus: Or, 83. O. natif.
(native gold).—Third Genus : Argent. 84. A. natif (native
filver). 85. A. antimonial (antimonial filver) ; as appendix
to it, A. antimonial ferro-arfénitere (arfenical filver). 86. A.
fulfuré (vitreous filver-ore). 87. A. aptimonié fulfuré (red-
filver-ore) ; and as appendix to it, A. antimonié fulfuré noir
(brittle vitreous filver). 88. A. carbonaté. 89. A. mu-
riaté (horn-ore or horn-filver).—Ord. II. Immediately oxid-
able and reducible: Mercure. 90. M. natif (native mer-
cury). gt. M. argental (native amalgam). 92. M. fulfuré
(cinnabar) ; and as appendix, Mercure fulfuré bituminifere
(mercurial liver-ore). 93. Mercure muriaté (mercurial
hoen-ore).—Ord. III. Oxidable, but not immediately redu-
cible : a, fenfibly du¢tile —Fir/? Genus : Plomb. 94. P. na-
tif volcanique. gs. P. fulfuré (galena) ; by way of ap-
pendix, P. fulf. antimonifere, and P, fulf. antimonifere et ar-
gentifere (weiflgultig-erz). 96. P.axydé rouge. 97. P.
arfeniaté (flokken-erz, K.) 98. P. chromaté (red lead-ore).
99. P. carbonaté (white lead-ore) ; and, as appendix, P.
carb. noir (black lead-ore, lead earth), and P. carb. cuprifére.
100. P. phofphaté (brown and green lead-ore). 101. P. mo-
lybdaté (yellow lead-ore). 102. P.fulfaté (natural lead vi-°
triol).—Second Genus : Nickel. 103. N. natif (capillary iron
pyrites). roq. N. arfenical (copper nickel). 105. N. oxydé
(nickel ochre).—Third Genus : Cuivre. 106. C. natif (native
copper) 107. C. pyriteux (copper pyrites) ; and, as appendix,
C. pyr. hépatique (variegated copper ore). 108. C. gris (grey
copper ore). 10g. C. fulfuré (vitreous copper ore).
110. C. oxydulé (red copper ore and tile ore). 111, C.
muriaté (faltz-kupfer). 112. C. carbonaté bleu (copper
azur). 113. C. carb. vert (malachite; copper green).
114. C. arfeniaté (lenticular copper ore ; olive ore) ;_as ap-
pendix, C. arfen. ferrifére (cupreous arfeniate of iron, Bourn.)
115. C. dioptafe (copper emerald). 116. C. phofphaté.
117. C. fulfaté (copper vitriol, K.)—Fourth Genus: Fer.
118. Fer natif (native iron), 119. F. oxydulé (magnetic
iron-ftone) ; and, by way of appendix, F. oxydulé granu-
liforme (iron-fand). 120. F. oligifte (f{pecular iron, iron
mica, red iron froth, red hematite ; compaé red iron-{tone,
columnar clay iron-ftone). 121. F. arfenical (common ar-
fenical pyrites) ; and, as appendix, F. arfenical argentifere
(weifs-ertz, W. noble arfenical pyrites, K.) 122 F. fulfuré
(common pyrites) ; and, as appendix, F. fulfuré épigeéne (le-
berkies, but not of Werner), and F, fulfuré ferrifere (magne-
tical pyrites). 123. F. oxydé (brown hematite ; reniform
and lenticular clay iron-ftone ; green iron-earth) ; and, as
appendix,, F. oxydé réfinite (eifenpech-erz, or pitchy iron-
ore) ; alfo part of F. oxydé carbonaté ({parry iron-ftone).
124. F. phofphaté (blue iron earth). 125. F. chromaté
(eifen-chrom, K.) 126. F. arfeniaté (cube ore). Mita: Be

. fulfaté

MIN

fulfaté (native vitriol).—Fifts Genus: Etain, 128. E. oxydé
(tin-ftone) ; and, as appendix, E. oxydé conerétionné (Corn.
ith tin ore, or wood-tin), 129. E, fulfuré (tin pyrites) —Sixth
Genus : Zinc. 130. Z. oxydé (calamine). 131. Z. carbonaté.
132. Z. fulfuré (blende). 133. Z. fulfaté (zine vitriol, K.)—
5, not ductile. —Seventh Genus; Bifmuth.' 134. B. natif (na-
tive bifmuth). 135. B. pi BS frlance) ; and, as
appendix, B. fulf. plumbo-cuprifere (needle ore). 135

be (bifmuth ochre) —ighth Genus: Cobalt. 137. C.
arfenical (white and grey cobalt-ore). 138. C. gris (co-
balt glance), 139. C. oxydé noir (black cobalt ochre).
140. C. arfeniaté Cred cobalt ochre). — Ninth Genus : Arfenic.
141. A. natif (native arfenic), 142. A. oxydé (arfenic
bloom). 143.'A. fulfuré (yellow and red orpiment ) —Tenth
Genus : Manganéfe. 144. M. oxydé (grey and black man-
ganefe ore); and, as appendix, M. oxydé carbonaté (red
manganefe ore). 145. ve fulfuré (manganefe glance, K.)
146. M. phofphaté ferrifére (phofphor. mangan, K.)—
Eleventh Genus: Antimony. 147. A. nati (native

antimony). 148. A. fulfuré (grey antimony ore). 149. A.
oxydé (white antimony ore ; antimony ai 150. A.
oxydé fulfuré (red antimony ore).—Twelfih Genus:

Uran. ‘151. U. oxydulé (pitch ore). 152. U. oxydé
(uran mica; uran ochre).—Thiricenth Genus : Molybdena.
153» M. fulfuré (molybdena).—Fourteenth Genus: Ti-
tane. 154. T. oxydé (rutil; menakan). 155. T. anatafe

(oGaedrit). 156. T. filiceo-calcaire ({phen).—Fifteenth
: Scheelin. 157. S. ferruginé (wolfram). 158. S.
calcaire (tungften).—Sivteenth Genus: Tellure. 159. 'T.

natif ; auro-ferriftré (native fylvan), argentifére (graphic
ore)’; auro-plombifére (nagyag ore).—Seventeenth Genus :
Tantale. 160. T. oxydé ferro-manganéfifére (tantalit, K.)
and yttrifére (yttro-tantalite, K.)— Eighteenth Genus : Cerium.
161. C. oxydé filicifére (cererit, K.)

Two appendices contain, the one, all the compound rocks ;
the other, the volcanic produtious. As neither of thefe
claffes of minerals form a prominent or diftin&tive feature in
the fyftem, it is only neceflary in this place to mention the
fubdivifion of thofe aflemblages. The rocks are divided into
a gates of primary, fecondary, and tertiary formation,
and into thofe compoled of fragments or detritus cemented
together fubfequent to the formation of the fub{tances to
which they belonged. The volcanic productions are divided
into fix claffes: 1. Lavas, (fubdivided into lithoid, glaffy,
and fcorified). 2. Thermantides, or fubftances prefenting
only flight traces of volcanization. 3. Produéts of fublima-
tion, fuch as fulphur, &c. 4. Altered lavas. 5. Volcanic
tuffas. 6. Subftances formed in the interior of lavas, fuch
asmefotype, &c. Conf. Anon. tber das Studium der Mi-
neralogie. Hiaiiy’s Tabl. comparatif. Lucas’ Tabl. des
Efpéces minerales.

INERVA, La, in Geography, a town of Naples, in
the province of Otranto; 20 miles E.S.E. of Matera.

INERVA, in Mythology, derived according to fome 2
minis, from the threats of her ftern countenance, otherwife
called Pallas, is the goddefs of wifdom and the arts; and
the only one of the Gliepring of Jupiter to whom pertain the
prerogatives of the fupreme rank of divinity. _ Minerva is
reprefented, both by the painters and poets of antiquity, as
a beauty of the feverer kind: the diftinguifhing charaGer of
her face is dignity and-a certain fternnefs, which has more of

culine than feminine in it: and, therefore, more apt to

_ © flrike one with awe and terror, than to charm -one, at firft

fight. Her drefs and attributes are adapted to the characters
of her face; fhe moft ufually appeared with a helmet on her
head, and a plume that nodded formidably in the air; in
her right hand fhe fhook her fpear, and in her other grafped

MIN

her thield, with the head of the dying Medufa upon it; the
fame figure appears alfo on ber breaft-plate called Egis,
which was the fkin of a goat, or, as others fay, of a ake
fo called, which vomited fire and committed dreadful havoc
in Phrygia, Phornicia, Egypt and Libya, and which was
killed by Minerva, and hence the wore its fkin upon her
buckler; and fometimes the goddefs herfelf is sett anit as
having living ferpents about her breafts, and about her
fhoulders; the is alfo acconipanied with a cock, which is a
fighting bird, and correfponding to her charaéter as the in-
ventrefs and prefident of war, and anowl, which fees in the
dark, and, therefore, is the image of wifdom. It is probable
that the Romans confidered Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva, as
one and the fame divinity, under three different names :
among which names, that of Jupiter might fignify fupreme
goodnefs; that of Minerva, fupreme wifdom ; and that of
Juno, fupreme power: thus the learned Dr. Cudworth ob-
ferves, Intell. Syft. b. 1. c. 4. p. 450, that the three Capito-
line gods, Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva, may be underftood
to have been nothing elfe but feveral names and_ notions of
one fupreme deity, according to its feveral attributes and
snanifehiations Ciceto mentions five goddeffes of the name
of Minerva, and Clemens Alexandrinus admits alfo the
fame number. Several cities were diflinguifhed by the wor-
fhip which they paid to Minerva; among others Rhodes and
Athens, but Sais in this refpe€ rivalled all the cities in the
world, for here this goddefs had a magnificent temple, which
Herodotus has particularly deferibed. The fame author alfo
{peaks of temples confecrated to this goddefs in feveral
cities of Greece ; but the ifland Dio, or Nexon, though con-
fecrated to Bacchus, was more remarkable for the worfhip
of Minerva, which appears by her reprefentation on three
medals of that city. At Athens the had a magnificent tem-
ple, called « Parthenos,”’ the virgin, which Phidias adorned
with a ftatue of gold and ivory, reckoned his mafter-piece.
The worfhip of Minerva was rendered ftill more folemn by a
feftival, called «« Atheneia,’” celebrated to her honour, and
the pomp of which invited f{pe€tators from all Greece.
This feftival afterwards took the name of ‘ Panathenaia,’”’
in which was a proceffion, when the people carried about
the “ peplus” of Minerva, which was a white robe without
fleeves, wrought with gold, on which were reprefented the
combats and great achievements of Minerva, Jupiter, and
the Hermes.

Minerva is alfo ranked among the mufical deities, to whom
the invention of the flute is afcribed. See FLuTE.

MINERVALIA, among the Romans, called alfo Quin-

atria, were feaits celebrated in honour of Minerva. One ~
of thefe feafts commenced on the 3d of January, and
another on March roth, and lafted five days. The firft
day was {pent in prayers to the goddefs ; the reft in offering
facrifice, feeing gladiators fight, a@ting tragedies upon
mount Albanus, and reciting pieces of wit, wherein the
conqueror had a prize given him. Scholars had then a
vacation, and made a prefent to their mafters, which was
called Minerval.

MINEUR, Fr., Minor, Lat., a mufical term applied
to fuch concords and intervals, as are rendered as flat or
{mall as poffible, without being falfe and out of tune.
Mineur is faid alfo of a key or mode in which the third
above the key note is minor or flat. See Mopz, Masor,
and INTERVAL.

MINGALLA, in Geography, one of the fmall weftern
iflands of Scotland, the largeft of thofe called « Bifhop’s
iflands,’’ about three miles long and one broad. N. lat.
56° 48'.. W. long. 7° 35!.

MINGAN Istanps, a clufter of iflands near the fouth

4G 2 coat

MIN

coalt cf Labrador, in the gulf of St. Laurence, fo called
from the name of the principal of them. N, lat. 50° 15.
W. long. 64°.

. MINGHIOL, fignifying ‘ Thoufand Springs,’ a
mountain in the northern part of Armenia, abounding with
fprings; from which the Euphrates originates.

MINGO, an Indian town on the W. bank of the Ohio
river, 40 miles fouth-welterly of Pittfburg. In the creek,
where it is fituated, there are fprings, that yield the
“ petrol,” a bituminous liquid.

MINGOES, an [ndian nation, inhabiting the vicinity of
the fouthern branch of the Scioto river. The number of
warriors is 40.

MINGOLZHEIM, a town of the duchy of Baden;
14 miles S.E. of Spire.

MINGOTTI, Reema, in Biography, a female opera
finger and a&trefs of great abilities and celebrity, was born
in Carinthia, a German province, in the dominions of
Auttria, and though a native of a tranfalpine country, fhe
became one of the moft eminent vocal performers on the
Italian opera {tage during the lait century. After feeing
and hearing her frequently in England, where fhe arrived
in the year 1754, we met with her, in 1772, at Munich, in
Bavaria, and in converfation obtained from her the follow-
ing fketch of her aCtive profeffional life.

Her parents weve Germans; her father, an officer in the
Auttrian fervice, being called to Naples upon duty, his
wife travelled with him thitker during her pregnancy, and
was there brought to bed of this daughter; who, however,
was carried to Gratz, in Silefia, before fhe was a year old ;
and her father dying while fhe was young, her uncle
placed her in a convent of Urfulines, where fhe was edu-
cated, and where fhe received her firft leflons of mufic.

She told us, that during her childhood, fhe remembers
being fo pleafed with the mutic performed in the chapel of
her convent, particularly with the Lirany fung there one
feltival, that fhe went to the abbefs, with tears in her eyes,
and trembling, both with fear of anger, and of a refufal,
to intreat her to teach her to fing, as /be did in the chapel.
The abbefs put her off, with faying, that fhe was very
bufy that day, but would think of it. The next day fhe
fent one of the elder nuns to afk her who bid her make
that requelt, when the little Regina, as fhe was then called,
replied, that nobody had bid her, but that it was merely
her own love for mulic which in{pired the thought. After
this the abbefs fent for her, and told her, that fhe had
very little time to fpare; but if fhe would promile to be
diligent, fhe would teach her herfelf; adding, that fhe could
only afford her half an hour a day; but with that, fhe
fhould foon find what her genius and induftry were hkely
to produce, and fhe fhould go cn with, or difcontinue her in-
ftructicns accordingly.

Regina was in rapture with this compliance of the abbcfs,
who began to inftruét her the next day, @ table fec, as
fhe expreffed it, without a harpfichord, or any other in-
ftrument.
after, and {till accompanied on it very well. But it was
perhaps owing to her manner of learning to fing without
an inftrument, that fhe acquired the firmnefs in performance,
for which fhe has always been remarkable.

In this manner fhe was taught the elements of mufic and
folfeggi, with the principles of harmony, and was obliged
to fing the treble, while :he abbe!s fung the bafe. She
fhewed us a very {mall book, in which all her firft leffons
were written: the explanations were in the German lan-
guage. °

She remained in this convent till fhe had attained her

She applied to the harpfichord feveral years.

MIN
14th year, at which time, upon the death of her uncle, fhe
went home to her mother. During the life of her uncle,
fhe had been intended for the veil. When fhe quitted the con-
vent, fhe appeared, in the eyes of her mother and fifters,
to be one of the moft ufelefs and helplefs of beings; they
looked upon her asa fine lady, brought up in a boarding
{chool, without knowing any thing of houfhold concerns;
and her mother neither knew what to do with her, or her
fine voice, which both fhe and her filters defpifed, not fore-
fecing that it would one day be productive of fo much
honour and profit to the poffeffor.

Not many years after fhe quitted the convent, fignor
‘Mingotti, an old Venetian, and manager of the opera at
Drefden, was propofed as a hufband for her: She detefted
him, but was at length worried into a compliance, which
was the fooner extorted from her, perhaps, as fhe, like
other young women, imagined that by loling, fhe fhould
gain her liberty.

People talked very much of her fine voice and manner of
finging. Porpora was at this time in the late king of Po-
land’s fervice, at Drefden: he had heard her fing, and
{poke of her at court as a young perfon of great expec-
tations ; which occafioned a propofal to her hufband for her
entering into the fervice of the ele&tor: he had before mar-
riage promifed never to fuffer her to fing on the ftage;
however, he came home one day, and afked her, if fhe.
fhould like to engage in the fervice of the court. She
thought this was done in derifion, and gave him a fhort and
peevifh anfwer; but he continuing to teize her on the fub-
je&t, at length convinced her that he was in earnefl, and
had a commifiion to treat with her. She liked the thoughts
of finging, and turning her voice to fome account, and
therefore gladly entered into articles for a fmall ftipend,
not above 3 or 400 crowns a-year.

When her voice had been heard at court, it was fup-
pofed to raife a jealoufy in Faultina, who was then in that
fervice, but upon the point of retiring; and confequently,
in Haffe, her hufband, particularly when he heard that
Porpora, his old and conttant rival, was to have 100 crowns
a month for teaching her. He faid it was Porpora’s lait
{take ; the only twig he had to catch at} un clou pour
s'accrocher. However, her talents made fuch a noile at
Drefden, that the fame of them reached Naples, to which
place fhe was invited to fing at the great theatre. In her
way thither from Drefden fhe paffed through Vienna, where
fie vilited unexpettediy Metattafio, in whofe « Attilio Re-
gclo’’ fhe had diltinguifhed herfelf ; of which vifit he gives
the following account to the princefs di Belmonte.

“« Signora Regina Mingotti, one of the principal ornaments
of the vocal band at Drefden, being engaged at Naples in
the fame rank, has not efcaped the epidemic delire of bring-
ing with her a letter from me to your excellence. This
requeft, however, would have been fruitlefs, had fhe not
mott wickedly and malicioufly hit upon the following ex-
pedient, for vanquifhing my well-known repugnance to give
way to fuch applications. When fhe left the court of
Drefden, what does fhe do but poft away to Vienna; and
without giving me the leaft previous notice of my danger,
early one fine morning prefents herfelf in my room, and in
a military habit, preceded only by her fame, and accom-
panied by all the graces of youth, vivacity, talents, and
what is ftill worfe, entitled to the chief credit of the fuc
cefs of my ‘+ Attilio”? in Drefden. Now tell me madam, wit
your ufual candour, if ever you heard of fo cunning a
mulical trick, it was hke putting a knife to the throat of a
poor Chriflian, I know not what Socrates, Cato, or Arif.
totle would have done in fuch a cafe; buc this I know,

that

MIN

that T could not help writing the letter, and even devoutly
thanking heaven, that fhe had the moderation to limit her
pretenfiens toa letter only.”

This letter has no date, but it muft have been written
in 1751, when * Attilio’ was firft reprefented at Naples.

At this time the knew but little [talian; however, the
now went ferioufly to work in fludying it.

The firft character the appeared in was Ariftea in the
opera of the Olimpiade,”’ fet by Galuppi. Montecelli per-
formed the part of Seraublen 0 this occafion her talents,
as an aétrefs, gained her as much applaufe as her finging :
fhe was bold and enterprifing ; and, fceing the character in a
different light from what othert had done before her, would,
in {pite of the advice of old ators, who durit not deviate
from cultom, play it in a way quite different from any one
of her predeceffors. It was in this original and courageous
manner, that our Garrick firft furprifed and charmed an
Englith audience, and, in defiance of contracted rules,
which had been eftablifhed by ignorance, prejudice, and
want of genius, ftruck out a ityle of fpeaking and ating,
which the whole nation has ever fince continued to approve,
with acclamation, rather than applaufe.

After this fuccefs at Naples, Signora Mingotti received
letters from all parts of Europe, to offer her terms for en-
gaging at different oberas ; but fhe was not then at liberty
to accept of any of them, being obliged to return to the
court of Drefden, in which fervice fhe was ftill a penfioner ;
however, her falary was confiderably augmented, and the
frequently expreffed her gratitude to that court, and faid
fhe owed to it all her fame and fortune. Here fhe repeated,
with great applaufe, her part in the “ Olimpiade ;”” every one
aged, that in point of voice, execution, and acting, her
powers were very great; but many thought that fhe was
wholly unfit for any thing pathetic or tender.

Haffe was now employed to fet Demofoonte ;’’ and fhe
imagined that he kindly gave her an adagio, accompanied by
the violins, Pizzicati, merely to expofe and {hew her defeé&s.
But fulpeting the fnare, fhe ftudied hard to efcape it ; and
in the fong, ‘* Se tutti i Mali Miei,” which fhe afterwards
fung in England with great applaufe, fhe fucceeded fo
well, as to filence even Fanttina herfelf. Sir Ch. H. Wil-
liams was Englifh minilter here at this time, and being in-
timate with Haffe and his wife, had joined their party,
publicly declaring that Mingotti was utterly unable to fing
a flow and pathetic fong; but when he had heard her, he
made a public recantation, afking her pardon for doubtin
of her abilities, and ever after remained her firm friend aod
adherent.

She went next to Spain, where fhe fung with Gizziello,
inthe operas under the direCtion of Farinelli; who, fhe faid,
was fo rigid a difciplinarian, that he would not allow her
to fing any where but in the opera at court, or even to
praétife in a room next the ftreet. She was reqnefted to
fing at private concerts by many of the firft tiobility and
grandees of Spain, but could not obtain permiffion from the
director ; who carried his prohibition fo far, as to deny a
pregnant lady, of great rank, the fatisfaction of shearing
her, though fhe was unable to go to the theatre, and de-
clared that fhe longed for a fong from Mingotti. The
Spaniards have a religious refpeét for thefe involuntary and
unruly affeGtions in females thus circumitanced, however
they may be treated’ as problematic by M. Buffon and
others. The hufband, therefore, of the lady, complained to
the king of the cruelty of the opera diretor, who, he
faid, would kill both his wife and child, if his majetty did
not interfere. The king lent a favourable ear to the com-
plaint, and ordered Mingotti to receive the lady at her
houfe, in which his majefty was implicitly obeyed, the

MIN

lady's defire was fatisfied, and the ehild prevented, perhaps,
from being marked in fome part of its body with a mufic
papers or from having an Italian fong written with inde-
ible charaéters on its face.

Mingotti remained two years in Spain, whence fhe came
to England, for the firft time, in 1754. How much her
performance wai then admired many perfons now living can
well remember, and tradition has told the reft. She after-
wards fung in every great city of Italy: but always ree

arded Drefden as her home during the life of Auguftus,
the late king of Poland. She was now fettled at Munich,
more it was thought from economy than attachment. She
had no penfion from the court of Bavaria, as was reported ;
but with care and pradence, fhe had juft fufficient from her
favings to bring her fafely through the year. She feemed
to live very comfortably, to be well received at court, and
to be efteemed by all fuch as were able to appreciate her
underltanding, and enjoy her converfation.

It gave us great pleafure to hear her {peak concerning
dramatic mufic, which fhe did with more intelligence than
any maeftro di cappella with whom we ever converfed.
Her knowledge and experience in finging, and powers of exe
co in different ftyles, were dill altonifhing, and muft

ave delighted all fuch as could receive pleafure from fong

unaccompanied with the blandifhments of youth and beauty.
She {poke three different languages, German, French, and
Italian, fo well, that it was difficult to fay which was
her own. Englifh fhe likewife fpoke, and Spanifh, well
enough to converfe in them, and underftood Latin; but
in the three languages firft mentioned fhe was truly elo-
quent.

Her ftyle of finging was always grand, dramatic, and
fuch as difcovered her to be a perfeét miftrefs of her art ;
fhe was a molt judicious and complete actrefs, extending her
intelligence to the poetry, decorations, and every part of
the drama. Yet her greateft admirers allowed that her
voice and manner wad have been more irrefiftible, if na-
ture had allowed her a little more female grace and foftnefs:
Her performance of male parts, however, obviated every
objetion that her greateit enemies could make to her per-
fection, either as a finger or aétrefs.

The firt time Mirgotti came to Englard, fhe remained
here three years; during part of which time fhe and Giar-
dini were joint managers; by which their celebrity was
more increafed by their talents, than their fortune by the
profits of the theatre.

MINGRAY, in Geography, a town of Spain, in Cata-
lonia, near the mouth of the ‘let; 15 miles E. of Gerona.

MINGRELIA, acountry of Alia, the ancient Colchis,
(which fee), is bounded on the N. by Circaffia, on the E-
and S.E. by Imeritia, on the S. by Guriel, and on the W. by
the Black fea aud Abafcia. ‘This country is woody, inter-
mixed with a fmall proportion of arabie iand, which is fo
foft as fearcely to bear the plough. The climate as well
as the foilis relaxed by moifiure ; and it is faid that in many
places the ground founds hollow, from which circumftance
originates an opinion, that the Euxine and Cafpian are con-
neéted by a fubterraneous communication. Mingrelia is
watered by the Phafis, and a great number of other rivers.
The chief food of the inhabitants is “ gom,”? a grain re-
fembling millet; wheaten bread is ufed only by the prince
and nobility. This country was originally rich ir gold,.
and hence, it has been faid, the Argonauts fetched the
golden fleece; but the mines of precious metals are now un-
wrought. Ancient Colchis, of which Mingrelia is a part,
contained a great number of cities and towns, mott of
which have long fince funk into oblivion. The prefent
capital of this part of ‘I'urkey in Afia, called Cotatis or

Cutais,

MIN

Cutais, comprehends hardly 200 houfes, though it is the
refidence of the prince. The air is rendered infalubrious
by frequent rains, and the inhabitants feldom protra& their
lives beyond 60 years. The vines of the country produce
excellent wine, and the paftures, which are excellent, feed
many horfes. The men, as well as women, are generally
well formed and handfome; but they are reckoned, in
general, to be thievith, perfidious, cruel, drunken, and licenti-
ous in theiramours. Infants, that have no means of fupport,
are often put to death, as well as fick perfons, of whofe
recovery there is no reafonable expe&ation. The people
are generally employed in the chafe, and they think them-
felves peculiarly happy, if they poffefs a horfe, a good dog,
and a well-trained falcon. The peafants are flaves to the
nobility ; who have the power of life and death over their
vaffals in Mingrelia, as well as Imeritia, Guriel, and Georgia.
Their religion is that of the Greek church: The prin-
cipality is hereditary, and the prince or chief of Mingrelia
and Guriel affumes the title of “* Dadian,’’ or the chief
of juftice ; and the tribute exaéted by the Turks is a quan-
tity of linen cloth, manufa@tured in the country. The
principal commerce is in flaves.

MINHO, Lat. Minuus, which is faid to derive its name
from “ Minium,”’ or vermilion, found in its neighbourhood,
is a river of Spain, that rifes on the E. of the Sierra Mon-
donado, in the province of Galicia, receives the waters of
the Cuytella and the Ouaria, paffes to Lugo, receives the
Chouro, and at San Martino de Coba the Sil, and then
purfuing the boundary of Galicia, feparates it from Por-
tugal, whence it proceeds and falls into the ocean near the
port of Guardia; its courfe is about 52 leagues, firft from
N. to S., then to the S.W. ;

MINIACI, or Casarrno, a town of Sicily, in the
valley of Demona; 1o miles S.W. of Randazzo.

MINIATO, Sr., a town of Etruria, on the Arno, the
fee of a bifhop, containing four churches befides the cathe-
dral and nine convents; 20 miles W. of Florence. N. lat.

°44'. E. long. 10° 4o!.

MINIATURE, in Painting, a word borrowed of the
French, and derived, as fome fay, from the Latin minimum.
It properly fignifies the reprefentation of natural obje&ts, by
figures drawn and painted in {mall proportions; but there is
fomething arbitrary in its prefent ufe, as it is almoft entirely
confined to portraits painted with water-colours on paper,
vellum, or ivory ; and is not applied to {mall figures painted
in oil, on wood, ftone, or canvas. Thus, Gerard Dow’s
and Adam Eltheimer’s very finely executed works, wherein
fometimes are figures not more than two or three inches
high, and confequently far fmaller than miniature portraits
are ufually painted, which ought therefore, according to
the preceding etymology of the word, to be called minia-
tures, never are fo, but are conftantly {poken of as {mall pic-
tures. But we conceive that the term miniature is derived,
agreeably to the ftatement of other writers, from minium,
vermilion, whence the perfons who put the red letters,
and illuminations in ancient manufcripts, were called minia-
tores.

In this branch of the art of painting, the fame feeling of
character, the fame taite and underltanding of drawing and
chiaro-fcuro are requifite, as in eil painting; but the ufe of
its materials is more facile, and lefs likely to produce, in
unfkilful hands, fuch difcordant and unpleafant effects,
though the procefs is more tedious. It requires great in-
genuity and patience in the artift, as it is wholly performed
with the point of the pencil, either applied in the manner
termed hatching, which confilts of fine trokes croffing or
intermingling with each other ; or that of ftippling, or laying
dots of varigus colours-over the furface of the pi@ture. One

MIN

t
of thefe modes of proceeding is neceflary to produce fof
nefs, with fullnefs and richnefs in miniature; becaufe ivorY
and vellum, from the peculiarity of their textures and fur-~
faces, do not admit of the fyftem called wafhing, or blending
the colours together in a broad foft manner, like aqua-tint :
and in works like thefe, whofe beauties are not difcernible
but on a near infpetion, great neatnefs and perfection in the
finifhing are imperioufly demanded.

The miniatures which are of the oldeft date in England
were chiefly wrought on vellum, though the cabinets of our
nobility and gentry contain fome few in oil colours on thin
copper-plates : and this latter fyftem might well have been
adopted generally, but for the difficulty of producing the
effential beauties of miniature, viz. clearnefs and purity,
with fo grofs a vehicle as oi! is, when compared with water ;
and alfo, that there is much danger, if the piéture be worn,
of fome of the colours changing, and becoming dark: other-
wife, and if merely hung up for ornament, a decided pre-
ference mutt be given them for their durability over thofe
painted in water colours.

The adoption of ivory for miniature painting, in pre-
ference to vellum, which, although limited in fize, is now
almoft univerfal, is founded on three circumftances, viz. its
being fo much lefs likely to be affected by damp, capable of
receiving a {moother texture, and having a more agreeable
hue of colour, which greatly blends with the frefher hue of
the flefh, and gives 1t warmth and harmony. It alfo pof-
fefles a degree of abforption, which renders the colours le{s
likely to fade. So great is the effect of damp upon vellum,
or of the fubftances employed to {mooth and prepare its fur-
face for the artift, that there are few miniatures painted upon
it, of recent date, even the colours of which are not in fome
meafure impaired; and in many they are almoft totally
deftroyed. ‘

The colours beft adapted for miniature painting are thofe
that have the leaft body, and that work clear and clean in
hue; fuch as lakes, carmine, ultramarine, browns, yellows,
and greens made of the juices of certain herbs and flowers.
Mott of the earthy colours, as the ochres, by no means are
eafily applied to this purpofe: their opacity and body render
them unfit agents, where all fhould be light, fplendid, and
clear. The vehicle which belt fuits the purpofe is water, in
which either gum Arabic or gum tragacanth is diffolved.
The colours fhould be firtt ground in pure water, and the
gum-water added afterwards, in fufficient quantity to give
them tenacity, that they may not eafily rub off the furface
of the ivory or vellum; but if too much gum be ufed, there
is great danger of the colours cracking and.falling off.

In the procefs of miniature painting, our modern artilts
cover the ivory with colours more than was ufually done by
thofe of an early period, who were accuftomed to leave the
naked ground or colour of that fubftance in a large propor
tion in the flefhy parts, and contented themfelves with little
more than drawing very delicately the features of their fitters
on it, and rounding the extremities with fhadows. Though
much more rotundity and richnefs of effeét is gained by the
prefent procefs, when fkilfully employed; yet in hands lefs
ingenious, there is great danger of heavinefs, and lofs of
character and fimplicity, thofe prime and ineftimable qua-
lities in all works of art, the want of which cannot be com-
penfated for by all the colour and delicacy of finifh the ut-
moft ftretch of art, without them, is capable of producing.
But, in fag, the capabilities of water colours are become
far more known and underftood of late, as well as the beit
modes of applying them. A new {chool in that branch of
art has arifen in the courfe of the laft ten or fifteen years ;
fince when, effeGts have been produced by them, which
leave all former experience of their power far behind, and of

2 which

MIN

which nothing could have been expeéted, Of this more
under the article Waren-Colours.

The mott fuccefeful artifts in miniature in this country,
till the prefent period, were Nicholas Hilliard and Ifaac
Oliver, in the time of Elizabeth; and P. Oliver and S.
Cooper, in that of Charles 1, The works of the latter are
particularly ftriking, and worthy of obfervation, for the ex-
traordivury breadth of manner, which he appears to have
caught of Vandyke; many of whofe pidtures he copied in
miniature, and whieh his own piétures refemble fo much,
that a magnifying glafs only exhibits to greater effee& the
fimplicity of the tt vile in which they are wrought.

¢ now poflefs a great number of very ingenious artilts
in this branch of the profeffion: but to particularize any
one, when fo many ttand on nearly the fame level, would be
invidious; and the public have ample opportunities of de-
viding on their refpective merits,

For the method of preparing ivory for miniatures, fee
Tvonv.

MINICULATOR, among the Romans, a fervant who
enibellifhed any writing with minium.,

MINIET, or Misten, in Geography, a {mall but fome-
what handfome town, compared with other places in the
fame country, in Upper Egypt, on the weft banks of the
Nile. Its {lreets, however, are narrow and dufty: the
houfes are built of unbaked bricks, cemented with mud;
and many of its edifices are clumfy and irregular. ‘The
houfe occupied by the kiafchef or cachef, as well as thofe
of fome other perfons, are built of ftone, and their whitenefs
relieves the umform reddifh-grey of the reft. The bazars,
or places where the merchants meet, are tolerably com-
modious ; and the crowds which frequent them announce a
nucherous kg as well as fome brifknefs of trade.
Government has here eftablifhed a toll for loaded veffels,
which is eafily colle&ted, as the Nile is not wide at this
lace. Here are manufactured earthen veffels, called « bar-
acks,”? formed of clay in the neighbourhood, and ferving
to preferve the water cool. Columns of granite, broken
and thrown down, and fome {till ftanding, befides heaps of
rubbifh, intimate that Miniet occupies the place of a more
ancient city ; which, according to fome, was ‘* Hermopolis,””
and, according to others, ‘* Cynopolis,”? where the dog was
worfhipped. Mr. Bruce fuppofes Miniet to be the ancient
Philz.’? It is about 50 leagues from Cairo, 22 miles S.
of Abu Girgé, and 14 N. of Athmuneim, or Achmounim.

Miniet Rahiné, a town of Egypt; 6 miles S. of Gizeb.

Minter Selamé, a town of Egypt; 10 miles S. of Faoué.

Minter Semannud, atown of Egypt; 8 miles S. of Man-
fora.

MINIM, in Mufic, from minimus, Lat., the leaft. In
the firit time-table that was framed, where the femibreve
was the fhorteft note, and the firft in a round form, the reft
were fquare. But as the art of counterpoint was improved,
and different parts in notes of different value were attempted,
it was found neceflary to divide the femibréve in two equal

yo
parts, Fe ’ CJ ; diminifhing the length of a femi-

breve one half, by adding a tail to it. This invention has
frequently been afcribed to Vitriaco; but it feems more
properly to belong to Franco, as appears by @*manu(fcript
traét in the Bodléian library at Oxford. Franco flourifhed
200 years before Vitriaco. See Musica Men/urabilis,
Tre, Measure, and Mu/ical CHARACTERS. r

Mixim, Sextuple of the. See SEXTUPLE.

MINIMA Narur#, or Minima Naturalia, among
Philofophers, the primary particles of which bodies confit ;

MIN

the fame with what are otherwife called corpufcles, aud
atoms.

Minima, in the /igher Geometry, the {malleft quantities
attainable in any given cafe, See Maxima.

Minima, Per. See Pen Minima.

MINIME, in old French Mefer was the fame chara4ter
for time as is now called une blanche. See Minim and
‘TIMe-TABLE.

MINIMENT'S, or Muniments. See Munimenrs.

MINIMLI Digiti Extenfor. See Extensor.

Minimi Digitt Pedis Abdudor. See Annucron.

MINIMS, Minimi, an order of religious, inftituted
about the year 1440, by S, Francis de Paulo, confirmed
in 1473, by Sixtus IV., and by Julius II. in 1507. See
Bons-Hommes.

Thefe have improved on the humility of the Minors, by
terming themfelves Minimi or Minims, q. d. leaf, or
{mallett.

MINIMUS Guvvevus. Sce Guiureus.

MENING, Hiflory of. To trace this fubje& up to its
earliclt ftages, and to exhibit the various combinations of
human ingenuity which it has in fucceflive periods produced,
though an inquiry which might afford matter for curious
{peculation, would be one which, if we were to take into
the view the progrefs of mining in all the different countries
where metals have been found, would extend the fubje& to
a length hardly admiffible in any work not wholly devoted to
this object.

From the fimpleft operations, mankind have been gra-
dually led, by following the purfuit of the metals, to efforts
the moft complex and altonifhing, At firft it may be a
fumed, not only from the probability of the thing, but from
evidence which even this country affords, in the remains of
ancient works of this kind, that metals were precured from
detached fragments of the ores, fuch as had been feparated
by various caufes from the upper parts of the veins in which
they were originally depofited: and in this manner is gold
yet procured, by wafhing the fands of certain rivers; and
tin even now fought after, under beds of gravel, in the vallies
of Cornwall and Devon.

The purfuit of feattered pieces of ore naturally would
condu& the perfons, who were thus employed, to the beds
from which they had been detached ; and in turning over the
foil to procure the loofe fragments, the backs of the veins
would be laid open and difcovered. This is a procefs which
is even now daily going on in mining diftri@s, only with a
different obje&t : for having found an accidental {tone of ore,
the miner does not now dig over the earth on the furface,
for the fake of thefe cafual depofits; but reafoning from
their appearance that a vein is near at hand, goes at once
to work in order to find it.

If we allow that this account of the origin of mining be
true, it ought to follow that thofe metals were moft an-
ciently worked, whofe ores are moft attrative in their ap-
pearance, moft eafily reduced into a metallic ftate, or fuch
as are moft ufually found near the furface of the earth. As
far as the Englifh mines afford us the means of judging, dll
this may be afferted to be true. The tin of Cornwall was
undoubtedly the firft metal fought after in Britain, and pro-
bably the firft article of commerce with other nations; and
the ores of tin, from their great weight, indicate their me-
tallic contents, and yield them to the fimpleft treatment with
fire, and are {till found at inconfiderable depths. It may
alfo be obferved, that the traces of the moft ancient tin
works exhibit no fymptams of their having been purfued,
but in fituations where the foil, with which it was mixed,

could be eafily and expeditioufly removed; or where it
could

MINING. »

could be wafhed away by ftreams of water, conduéted over
it for the purpofe, and which, by carrying off the lighter
parts of the foil, laid bare the ores, which are kept from
moving by their fuperior {pecific gravity.

This latter was an ingenious improvement upon the firft
ruder efforts, and is {till the mode employed in many of the
tin ftream works; while there are numerous traces of thefe
attempts accompanied with circumflances, which prove them
of very confiderable antiquity.

Lead is another metal, which not only is often found near
the furface, but the ores exhibit to the eye the appearance
-of metal, and in general yield their contents to the heat of a
moderate fire. This metal, therefore, was probably an ob-
je& of purfuit in the early ages of mining. 5

Copper, on the other hand, is feldom found without
penetrating the earth to confiderable depths; and the pro-
portion of metal in moft of the ores is fo {mall, that a certain
progrefs in the arts of mining and {melting muft be pre-
fumed to have been made, before it could have become an
objet of refearch. “We believe this to have been the fa@ in
molt countries, as well as in this, where copper was cer-
tainly difcovered by working mines in purfuit of tin or
lead.

From the proceffes for finding and feparating metallic ores

from alluvial matter in which they were cafually mixed, the
next {tep was to procure them by digging out the veins them-
felves, and following them into the folid rocks in which they
are formed. At firft this could only have been done, where,
by the elevation of the mountains, it was poffible to work
high enough for the waters to difcharge themfelves by con-
duits or adits from the works; and where the rock was not
fo hard but to yield to tools rudely formed, or perhaps to the
agency of fire, which would, however, produce but a li-
mited effeét in moft cafes.

It was not until machines were applied to pump the wa-
ters, that the metals could be followed to any confiderable
depth, and not until gunpowder had furnifhed the means‘of
{plitting the hardelt rock, that man was enabled to penetrate
itrata of every defcription that oppofed his progrefs.

Thefe inventions, therefore, form tnoft important epochs
in the-hiftory of mining; for, fince mankind have called in
the affiftance of fuch powerful agents, neither the influx of
conttantly flowing water, nor the barriers which the moft in-
durated rock can prefent, are obitacles in the way of the
miner, where rich and produétive veins of ore tempt the
purfuit.

The firft important era was the period in which the ap-
plication of gunpowder to the purpofes of mining took place,
which happened in Hungary, or Germany, about the year
2620, and was firlt introduced into England at the copper-
mine at Eton, in Staffordthire, about the year 1670, by
fome German miners brought over by prince Rupert. It
was in ufe in Somerfetfhire about 1684, and it was not until
after this period, probably, that the Cornifh miners became
acquainted with this powerful affiftant to their operations.

Its importance may be judged of by the amount of the
prefent confumption in the mines of Cornwal! alone, which
has been calculated at an annual value of about forty thou-
fand pounds fterling. ‘ ;

‘There are many mines which could not poffibly have been
worked without the aid of gunpowder, and, until it was
ufed, fubterranean operations muft have been difficult and
very uncertain. The hammer and wedges were probably the
firft inftruments employed for fplitting rocks, and the pick
followed, which is ufed both asa hammer andawedge. ‘The
change of form in thefe inftruments obferved in thofe which
have been found in old works, as well as the materials of

which they are fometimes made, offer evidence ef confiderable
antiquity. ; e

Many tools of oak have been occafionally met with, which
tradition among the Cornifh tinners make to have belonged
to the Saxons or Danes, but it is probable that they were
employed before the time of their having a footing in the
country, and moft likely when iron was little known here.

Wedges of dry wood were made ufe of by driving them
into clefts of the rock, and then wettiag them, fo as to
caufe them to fwell, and thus by repeated fimilar infertions
to force the ground afunder.

Agricola defcribes the application of fire to the fplitting
of rocks, but there is no tradition of its having been applied
to this purpofe in England.

The means employed for raifing or throwing up the ores
and wafte ftuff to the furface, were at firft as rude as the
other operations of mining. The windlu/s and bucket may
be reckoned an improvement which took place ina later ftage
of mining, as fimple a one as it certainly is, and now ina
great meafure fuperfeded by more effetive machinery. It
was, however, at the time an important addition to the ap-
paratus of mines, as water as well as ore could thus be raifed
to moderate heights ; and by the employment of much ma-
nual labour with a number of fuch machines, even confider-
able excavations were kept free from water, and had their
produce lifted to the furface,

The windla{s, probably, like moft of the early improve-
ments in mining, had its origin in Germany, and before it
was introduced here from that country, the mode adopted
for throwing up the ftuff dug in the bottom cf the deeper
pits, was by making fucceflive fteps, or ftages, which were
calied in Cornwall /bammels ; upon each of which men
were placed, whe raifed the excavated matter from one to
the other, until it thus reached the higheit point.

In South America the windlafs is even yet hardly known,
and the ores are either carried up by the Indians employed in
the mines, or, where the fituation admits of floping roads
being made to the bottoms, are conveyed to the furtdce on
the backs of mules.

When mines were worked deep, the labour of raifing the
water which was conftantly colle€&ting, became too great
for mere manual exertion, and hydraulic machines were in-
vented or employed for the purpofe. Pumps were adapted
to the fhafts, and their conftant aGtion fecured by giving
motion to their piltons by wheels turned by defcending
ftreams of water. Where fupplies cf this agent can be ob-
tained, and the fora of the country admits of its application
with confiderable falls, nothing better can be defired, as it is
a more regular power than fteam, and infinitely lefs expen-
five ; ithas, therefore, continued in ufe to the préfent day,
where circumilances admit of its being applied.

The German miners feem in all probability to have had
the merit of thefe inventions, as they appear to. have been
completely in ufe among them when Agricola wrote, who
fully defcribes their con{tru€tion and application.

But though Germany mgy fairly claim the invention of
thefe engines for this purpofe, yet nothing more has been’
done there; but, on the contrary, they are faid to ‘remain
now there in nearly the fame tate as at their original intro-
du@tion. ‘The Enghth miner has improved the pump-work
and the water-engines to their prefent high flate of perfec-
tion in this country.

It is in fome degree owing to neceflity that this has been
the cafe, as there are fingle mines in England which require
that as much water be difcharged from them, as the pumps
of a whole province of German mines could effe&. There

6 is,

MINING.

in, indeed, no need to prove the capacity of Englifh artife
for mechanical improvement,

Hydraulic machines, however, as they require falls of
water to put them into motion, can only be erected where
the circumilances of a country afford the means of working
them ; and if nothing further had been done, many of our
molt valuable mines in Cornwall, not to mention our col-
lieries anc lead mines, would have remained unexplored and
unproductive. ‘The invention of the Jeam-engine gave to the
miner a power capable of univerfal application, and of an
effect that added, as it were, new regions of fubterrancan
country to his controul, Depths hitherto unattainable are
now placed at his command, and no limit can be afligned to
his exertion, but that of the expence compared with the va-
lue of the produce.

The hiflory of the fteam-engine will be a fubject for an-
other place ; but we may here obferve, that the invention
very early excited the attention of the mine owners of Corn-
wh who fucceflively adopted and encouraged the improve-

ments of Savary, Newcomen, and Watt.

Tn this diltrict fome of the earlielt efforts of thefe ingeni-
ous men were feconded and rewarded, and in return the
mines have gained fuch affiltance as could not have been for-
merly anticipated or imagined.

The general hillory of mining in England has never been
very accurately traced ; the diltri€ts famous for their mi-
neral producis have no communication with each other on this
account, and have no common mineral laws or cultoms.

In other countries mining has been foftered and proteéted
bythe {tate, immunities have been granted, the workmen
have been furrounded by particular privileges, and their ope-
rations encouraged by grants of timber from royal foretts,
or the free ufe of lands and waters. Thus peculiar fy{items
of laws have often arifen where the mines were important as
a fource of revenue toythe ftate. Something of this fort is
indeed to be traced in the ftannary laws of Cornwall; thefe
laws, however, are not operative in the other mining diltricts
England, but are confined to the counties of Devon and
Cornwall, which are both included in the royal duchy which
bears the name of the latter. Here the ftannary laws ftill
exifting, now afford the miner but fcanty afliftance, though
they effeCtually provide for the fecure payment of the mineral
revenue to the duke of Cornwall. To this objeé, and to the
adjuiting difputes touching the affairs of tin mines, the pre-
fent adminiftration of thefe laws may be faid to be direted.
The protection to the perfon of the tinner, as to military fer-
vice and proceffes from other courts, has been gradually
removed, and the rights of embounding lands for his pur-
fuits, and of obtaining water-courfes for his engines, have
been queitioned, and, in fome cafes, rendered doubtful. It
caanot, perhaps, be contended that thefe laws could now be
exerciled in their former con{truGtion in the prefent ftate of
property ; but a revifion, accommodating them to the fair
wants of the miner, without prejudice to the land owner,
would be attended with much benefit to the mining intereft.

The copper-mines, being altogether of later date than
thofe of tin, partake of none of the advantages which the

_ ftannary laws afford, and are therefore governed more by
cultom than any thing elle; an extenfion of the privileges
of the tin mines to thefe, and a legal provifion for the pecu-
liar arrangements which fuch undertakings, require, would
remove many fericus obitacles to their profecution,

Mining in England had a very early origin, compared
with the progrefs of other arts in the country ; it wasin all
probability the firft fource of trade to thefe iflands, and the
tin of Britain was known in diitant_parts of the world at a

. very remote period. Itis generally; believed. that the Phee-
nicians were the nation principally engaged in trading to

Vor. XXIII. sit 4 ie

‘of the ftannaries ; (pleas o

Britain for this metal. ‘Tin works were carried on before
iron was in ufe in England, as may be prefumed from the
tools of oak which have been found in ancient mines, Cicero
affirmed that no filver was to be found in Britain, and
though it has fince been proved that he was wrong in that
refpect, yet the notice taken of the fubject ferves to thew
that the metals of the country were the principal temptation
to the Roman conquerors,

The Saxons neglected the purfuit of the metals, but
the Normans appear to have worked for them to advantage,
and from thig time, until the reign of king John, the
mines were moftly in the hands of Jews, when they are
faid not to have been fuccefsful, but in the reign en-
fuing they were worked by the fame people with more
effec. Edward I. caufed the Jews to be banifhed, and the
mines were, in confequence, negleéted, until Edmund, the
elder fon of that king, and earl of Cornwall, willing to
reftore what had produced fo large a proportion of the re
venues of his domain, made grants important to the miner,
which were confirmed by the king, by a charter in the 33d
year of his reign; which ftates that

“ For the advancement of the ftannaries, he frees the
tinners from all pleas of the natives touching the court, and
from an{wering before any juttices, &c. fave only the keeper

Plana, life, and member excepted)
neither are they to be kept from work but by the faid keeper.’”
And it further “indemnifies them from tolls, &c., gives
them libertie to dig tin and turf any where in the faid countie,
and to turn water-courfes for their works at pleafure ; with
many other privileges.’’

It is from this time that the enaétment of laws for the
government of the ftannaries may principally be dated.

Power to fearch for other metals befides tin was granted
to individuals immediately from the crown, and we find that
various perfons held the right of fearching for mines in the
reigns of Edward III. Richard II. Hen. IV. and Hen. VI.
In fome of thefe grants, gold, filver, and copper are men-
tioned as well as lead.

The privileges of the tinners were not interfered with by
any quettion relating to thefe metals, nor, on the other hand,
did the jurifdition of the ftannaries extend to affairs con-
nected with them,

Thus we find an appeal to the exchequer in the reign of
Henry VE. relative to lead mines. From the records, Eafler
term, anno 36. Regni. Devon Memorand. “That John Bott-
wright, governor of the mines of Bury Ferrers in Devon,
complains to this court that Robert Glover, at the command
of Roger Champernown, took away 144 bouls of glance
oar, valued at 1 re 6s. 8d. and made profit of the fame with-
out any thing allowed to the king, to the king’s damage of .
1oo/. and thereupon defireth the advice of the court.”

The mines continued to be proteéted by the crown, and
particularly by Henry VII., until Edward VI., when they
were neglected ; and fell into complete decay during the dif-
altrous government of Mary.

When Elizabeth fucceeded to the crown, the mines of the
kingdom partook of the attention which this enterprifing
queen beftowed on every object from which an increafe to the
refources, or an addition to the ftrength of her government,
might be derived.

The failure of the mines had diminifhed the number, and
annihilated the fkill, of the Englifh miners ; the queen there-
fore invited over Germans, and made extenfive grants in dif-
ferent parts of England to Houghietter and Thurland, and
likewife others to William Humphreys and Chriftopher
Shutz. She alfo eftablithed, in 1568, a corporation, which
{till exifts, called “The Society for the Mines Royal,?? which
had certain grants and privileges in feveral counties, aud of

4H : which

MINING.

which William, earl of Pembroke, was the firft governor.
It does not appear that this fociety, which was originally a
mining company, though now engaged in {melting ores only,
produced any important effe& upon the difcovery of metals
in England ; the tin mines of Cornwall were not worked by
them, but remained in the hands of private adventurers, under
the jurifdiétion of the ftannaries, and increafed in produce
and value in proportion to the demand for this metal. The
whole amount of tin annually raifed in Devon and Cornwall,
in the following reigns of James I. and Charles, was from
fourteen hundred to fixteen hundred tons. ‘It is probable
that the civil wars which fucceeded injured the workings of
the mines, as in the reign of Charles II. it appears from a
note of Mr. Scawen, of Molinek, who was vice warden of
the ftannaries, and quoted by Dr. Pryce, that the tin re-
venues were very {mall.

In the reigns of Anne and George I. the produce of tin
had again become confiderable, and amounted, one year with
another, to fomething more than fixteen hundred tons ; fo
that in the {pace of 1ro years its mean proportion was equal
to fifteen hundred tons per annum.

Since the foregoing time a gradual increafe took place in
the enfuing thirty years; for in the year 1742 a propofal
was made by the Mines Royal Company in London to raife
one hundred and forty thoufand pounds to encourage the tin
trade by farming that commodity for feven years at a certain
price. A committee of Cornifh gentlemen were appointed
to confider of the propofal ; and they reported, * That the
quantity of tin raifed yearly in Cornwall, at an average for
many years laft paft, hath been about two thoufand one hun-
dred tons ;” and refolved, “* That three pounds nine fhillings
for grain tin, and three pounds five fhillings per hundred

weight for common tin, are the loweft prices for which fuch
tin will be fold to the contractors, exclufive of all coinage
duties and fees.”

The produce of the tin mines was much more confiderable
afterwards, and from 1760 to 1780 it was reckoned at about
two thoufand eight hundred tons a-year, which was worth the
annual fum of about 180,000/.

Copper began to be worked in Cornwall in the beginning
of the 18th century, and the amount had attained at the pe-
riod juft quoted to about the fame annual fum of 180,000/,
making the mineral returns of this diltri¢t at this period, viz.
about 1780, to be of the yearly value of 360,000/.

The tin mines have not been fo important to the Cornifh
miners fince the difcovery of copper as they were before, the
produce of the latter having increafed molt rapidly, while the
former have not made any proportional progrefs. As the
fubje& is very interefting in eftimating the power of this coun-
try to fupply raw materials for its numerous manufaGtures,
we fhall give {tatements of the produce and other particulars
of the tin and copper mines of Cornwall and Devon, from
the early part of the laft century to the prefent time.

We fhall firft ftate the produce of the tin mines, and after-
wards give a more detailed account of the effect of the dif-
covery of copper on the mining intereit as well as the trade
of the country.

The chief part of the tin in the following ftatement was
produced from the mines of Cornwall alone, as although
Devon had anciently yielded a large proportion of tin,
yet before this period the mines, or rather the ftream works
of the latter county had become exhautted, and were inca-
pable of producing any notable proportion of ore.

Account of the Quantity and Value of Tin raifed in Cornwall and Devon, from 1700 to 1800. ‘3

Number of Number
Blocks of

64 toa Ton. Tons.

Price per

Dates. Ton.

&

208,000
273,000
162,500
172,779
1775302
178,737
192,295
210,928

1700 to
1720 to
1740 to

32,000
42,000
25,000
26,580
275277
271498
295583

322450

1750 to
1760 to
1770 to
1780 to

1790 to

O00 MNO ODO

From this table we may obferve a regular increafe in the
quantities raifed, the improvements in mining which took
place having contributed, without doubt, to produce this
effe&. The price of the metal did not advance in propor-
tion to the increafe of the charges on labour, and the en-
hanced value of the articles ufed in the mines, and therefore
we cannot account for the greater produce from increafed de-
mand, but from the power derived by improved means of
working, and thus of bringing the metal to market at a
cheaper rate. About the year 1770 the quantity raifed ap-
pears to have been greater than the demand required, and
the price feems to have been lower than at any former period,
which was probably likewife affe&ted by the war, and by the in-
flux of tin imported into Europe by the Dutch from their pof-
feffions in the Eaft Indies, where it is raifed as well as in Eng-
land. ‘The advance in price that followed in the next period,
may be attributed to the revival of trade, in confequence of the

Annual

Quantity
in Tons.

Periods. - Annual Value.

1600
2100
2506
2658
2728
2750
2958
3245

20 years
20 years
10 years
10 years
TO years
IO years
IO years
IO years

138,600
162,500
168,450
180,957
1653275
2015439
227,047

peace which followed the American war, but this again pro-
duced an over quantity in the market, followed by a depref-
fion in value, very injurious to the miners, which was feverely
felt about 1789, when, by the exertions of Mr. G. Unwin, an
export of tin to China, through the Eaft India company, took
place, that abforbed the furplus which the European market
did not require, and thus the price advanced again to a rate
higher than any preceding ore. This export to India has con-
tinued ever fince, and may probably increafe notwithf{tanding
that tin is found in fome confiderable quantity in Afia.

From 1800 to the prefent time the tin mines of Cornwall
have rather declined, and are probably gradually exhautting,
this metal not being found to penetrate fo far into the earth
as copper, and therefore but few mines have been found to
continue produétive at very confiderable depths.

Any decline that may have taken place in the tin mines of
Cornwall has, however, been more than compenfated by “4

rap

MINING,

rapid advances which the copper mines have made in that
and the neighbouring dillrict, whieh of late years have been
fo great as to render them of the highelt confideration, and
to give thefe concerns the precedence over all fimilar under-
takings of any country, For whether we confider the

uantity of their mere the immenfe capitals invetted,
the power and number of their engines, the {kill with which
they are conducted, or the fpirited and rapid execution of
the works, they will probably be found to take the rank
here afligned to them.

Cornwall poffefles many eminent advantages as a mining
country, of which its maritime fituation is among the mott
important, but another is that it is peopled by a race of men
peculiarly fitted for this employment. The Cornifh miners
unite great courage to perfonal ftrength and activity, while
we may obferve in their character intelligence mixed with
—- enterprize, and patience of fatigue with a con-

derable independence of {pirit.

There is no doubt but that the fyftem of management
adopted in the mines, which long ufage has mateo into a
fyftem as beneficial to the mine owners as {limulating to the
exertions of the workmen, has tended much to render the
latter what they now are, though their infulated fituation
has likewife probably preferved to them much of their ori-

inal character as a people.

With fuch advantages, and with a fufficient quantity of
the metallic ores diftributed throughout it, a diftrié& only
requires capitalifts of fufficient wealth, intelligence, and
enterprize, to render it of confequence as a mining country,
and it has happened to Cornwall to have prey ee pot-
feffed of all thefe requifites.

The ftatements which follow will thew how the difcovery
of a valuable metal has been followed up, and an intimate
acquaintance with the Cornifh mines would prove how great
the exertions muft have been, to have produced effects in a
fhort time which the labour of ages in other countries have
{earcely equalled.

We have before obferved that copper began to be fought
after in Cornwall about the beginning of the eighteenth
century, and, as might be expeéted, we have no exact ac-
counts of the fucceis of the undertakings for its purfuit in
their earlielt ftage. In a few years, however, the quantity

roduced had attained to a confiderable amount, and we
all be enabled to trace pretty accurately the progrefs after-
wards made.

The firlt document on the fubje& is the following :
Statement of the Returns of Copper Ores in Cornwall,

from 1726 to 1775.

Average
Price per
Ton.

Annual Quantity

‘ons of Ore. of Fine Copper.

Years. Amount.

(Probably )

4732500 700 Tons.

560,106

731457

6 6) 1,243,045

14 6] 1,778,337

This account is taken from Pryce's Mineralogia Cor-
nubienfis,”” excepting the lalt column of the quantities of
metal produced from the ores, which it was defirable to ex-
hibit, in order to compare the increafe of late years, of which
the quantity of fine copper is the only true criterion, the
ores often differing materially in their metallic content.
The ftatement is, however, given as refpeéto this part of it
only as a near approach to the truth, as we have no certain
data to calculate from; the affay and price of copper, by
which the value paid to the miner was determined, being in
a great part of the period above quoted not eafily afcer-
tained, The amount of metal is, however, calculated from
the moft probable fuppofition.

From the table we fee, that in Cornwall the produce of
copper increafed in fifty years from about 700 tons of fine
metal per annum to 2650 tons.

Copper mines were not attended to in England much be
fore the dates in the preceding table, the difcovery of this
metal probably having taken place in working the tin mines,
which had been wrought time immemorial. Soon after that
difcovery, in 1691, a charter was granted to fir Jofeph
Herne and others, merchants’ of 7 a who were thereby
incorporated as a company for the purpofes of refining and
purifying copper ores.

This company ftill exifts, and is now commonly called the
Englifh Copper Company.

The Mines Royal Company, which had been incorporated
near 100 years before this time, appear originally to have
defigned to apply their refources to the opening and work-
ing mines in various parts of the kingdom, and they had
grants for fearching for copper among other metals, although
it does not appear that any important difcovery of this metal
took place in confequence of their exertions, nor is mining
one of thofe purfuits which is ever likely to flourifh in the
hands of large companies.

In 1694, a copper coinage of halfpence and farthings took
place, and government paid at the rate of 18d. a pound for
the copper, which was of Swedifh produce.

In 1717, a further coinage took place, to the amount of
joo tons of Englifh copper, for which government paid at _
the rate of 153d. per pound, or 147/. per ton.

In 1702, the firit brafs work in England was ere&ted near
Briltol, which has continued to this time, but with great
additions and improvements. Many other copper and brafs
houfes have been fince ereéted in this country, and by that
fpirit, energy, and enterprize,’ for which the people of it
are fo diftinguifhed above all others, the moft valuable
branches of the copper and brafs trade have been eltablifhed
in England, which had before been altogether, and for ages,
carried on in Germany and Folland.

For the firft twenty or thirty years of the laft century,
and always before, mott of the copper and brafs utenfils
for culinary and other purpofes of this country were im-
ported from Hamburgh and Holland, procured from: the
manufaStories immemorially eftablifned at Nuremberg and
various other parts ef Germany; even brafs pans for the
purpofes of the dairies of our country could not be pro-
cured but of the German make.

So ijate as 1745, 1746, and 1750, copper tea-kettles,
faucepans, and pots of all fizes were imported here in large
quantities from Hamburgh and Holland ; but through the
perfevering induftry, capitals, and enterprifing {pirit of our
miners and manufacturers, thefe imports became totally un-
neceflary, being all made here, and far better than any other
country could produce. ,

During all this time the price of copper will be found to
have been as high as it has been in the lait three or four

4H 2 years;

MINING.

years, 1808, 1809, 1810, and 1811, notwithftanding the
great difference in the value of money, and confequent ad-
vance of price on materials ufed in mining, and of the wages
of labour employed therein.

It appears above that government paid for copper ufed ta
their coinages in the year 1694 at the rate of 18d, a pound,
er 168/. a ton for metal the produce of Sweden; and in
1717, they were fupplied with Englifh copper at the rate of
152d. a pound, or 147/. a ton.

The reduétion here {pecified in value may fairly be ac-
counted for by the increafing produce of the Englifh mines,
and accordingly the price went on to lower nearly in propor-
tion to the quantity which was thus brought into the market.

In the year 1720 copper was fold for about 130/. a ton, and
declined towards the year 1772 to the price of 100/. a ton.

About the year 1773, new copper mines being difcovered
in Derbythire and Wales, and frefh fupplies of fine copper
coming ‘from thence to market in competition with the
Cornifh copper, the price of it fell gradually until 1781.
In this year the Eaft India company firlt paid fo little as 79/.
aton for cake copper. This great reduction was owing to
a warm conteft which took place between the owners of the
Cornifh mines and thofe of the Paris Mountain mine in An-
glefea, which had become amazingly produétive, and fo as
to alarm the fears of the former.

Arrangements were afterwards made between the parties
principally concerned in the mines of thefe two diftrics,
by which the price was fomewhat advanced, but did not
exceed at any time 84/. a ton, and continued at nearly the
fame rate until the year 1791.

By this time England, inftead of depending upon foreign
mines for a fupply of copper, had become one of the prin-
cipal fources from which the world at large was furnifhed
with this ufeful metal.

Accordingly, in the year 1791 we find that the exports
of different articles in which copper either formed the whole
or the principal ingredient, amounted to a very confiderable
branch of trade, and that thefe articles went in large quan-
tities to thofe very countries upon which England had for-
merly depended for afupply. Among thefe may be noticed
Holland, Germany, and even Sweden itfelf. i

The total exports were, in 1791,

Tons. C. qrs. lbs. es
Wrought copper 3082 3 3 11 value 358,844
Brafsand plated goods 2324 2 © I1

ssievds
9 1
209,769 8 9g

568,613 17 10

5406 5 3 22

Comparing this with the produce of copper in Cornwall
in the year 1775, as above quoted from Dr. Pryce, which
was only 2650 tons, and allowing for what might be brought
to market from Anglefea, we may, in fome meafure, judge of
the increafe in the quantity of metal from the Cornifh mines
in this period of fixteen years, even under the difcouraging
circumf{tance of great competition and reduced prices.

Befides this vait export, a new fource of confumption for
copper had in the mean time arifen at home in the ufe of
it very extenfively in fheathing and faftening fhips, and this
alone would require confiderable quantities.

The demand having apparently kept pace with the quan-
tity brought to market, the queftion will naturally be
afked, how it happened that the price continued to fall, or
at leaft to remain at a rate fo much under what it brought
100 years before? Though the anfwer to this queftion
muft include other confiderations than thofe conneéted with
mere mining, it may be proper to goa little out of our way
to anfwer it, particularly as it relates to the mines of Corn.

Sr)

wall, which were at one time threatened almoft with ruins ~
from the value of their produce not bearing any proportion
to the increafe in their expences, from the diminifhed value
of money, and the rapidly accumulating charges occurring
from the great depths to which moft of the productive mines
were by this time worked. ;

The reafon, then, of the price of copper not bearing a
proportion to the coft of procuring it, and the demand of
the article, appears to have been fimply this. Neither the
miners nor the great confumers of the copper were fmelters
of the ore; but this bufinefs was in the hands of a very few
companies, employing immenfe capitals in their works, who
thus had the power of managing the market, and of pre-
venting that falutary competition, which alone can regulate
fairly the due courfe of trade.

‘The principal {melters, by a contra€&t which had been en-
tered into improvidently with them by the majority of the
miners, had poflefled themfelves of the greater part of the
copper ores of the county of Cornwall at a fixed price; and
this price being found inadequate to meet the increafing
charges of working the mines, difcontents arofe, which
fpread among the labouring miners, who feared the lofs of
their employ by the ruin of the mines, which was antici-
pated. Many of the proprietors, or adventurers as they
are ufually called, who were not perfonally parties to the
contract, refufed to be bound by the aét of their co-advén-
turers, and confiderable confufion enfited. y

The {mall proportion-of the ores, not included in th
contract, continued to go to public fale, where the price
was advancing; but thefe fales were attended by a few
{melting companies only who had not joined the others, until
the following circumftance occurred, which materially con-
tributed to open a free market to the miner for the fale of
his ores, upon a plan that enfures a fair and equitable price,
according to the demand, as far as is poflible, where the num-
ber of buyers mutt be neceflarily fmall.

Many of the principal manufaéturers of Birmingham,
who were large confumers of copper, had obferved the dif-
ference between the price of the metal in the ore paid to the
miner, and the price at which they bought it when {melted.
They faw no other reafon for the intervention of a third
party between the miner and confumer, but the capital ne-
ceflary for the ere€tion of {melting works; and this being
eafily raifed by fhares, a company was formed under the name
of the Birmingham Mining and Copper Company: their
object being to encourage the produétion of copper, by ad-
venturing in the mines, as well as to procure it for their
manufacture, by purchafing and {melting the ores.

As {oon as the company was eftablifhed, they propofed
to revive the old mode of the fale of ores, which had, owing
to the contract, nearly fallen into difufe, called a ticketing ;
by which, on certain days, the ores of any number of mines,
being previoufly fampled and affayed, are offered for fale by
tenders or tickets, produced by the agents of each {melting
company, and delivered to the chairman of the meeting
which is held tor the purpofe, who declares the offer of
each, and the higheit the buyer.

This revival of the ticketings was effected by the Bir-
mingham company joining the {mall number of {melting
companies who were not concerned in the contraét, and the
competition was rendered complete. A new {fpirit was in-
fufed into the workig mines, by an increafe of the price of
their produce. Other {melting companies were afterwards
formed upon fimilar principles; and the demand for copper
advancing rapidly, while the quantity produced in Anglefea
and other parts of England leffened, the mines of Cornwall
flourifhed in proportion.

The

MINING.

The advance on copper began to be felt about 1792, The conteft that enfued between the miners and the manu-
when it had attained the price of 100/, per ton; and in a facturers produced many curious documents, which were
oer few years after (1799), it had reached 124/.: being laid before the committee of the houfe of commons ap-
fill, however, much lower than it was in the beginning of pointed to invelligate the fubjeét, and from which we are
the 18th century. now enabled to flate particulars of the mines of Cornwall,

We may recollect that the quantity of copper raifed in more exaétly than could have been obtained, had not fuch
Cornwall, in the year 1775, was about 2650 tons a-year; an occafion called them forth.
in 178g it had increafed to about yooo tons; which increafe The matter came fully before parliament, the good fenfe
was Bog etive, as in the year 1797, according to the re- of which defeated the impolitic withes of the propofers of
port laid before the houfe of commons, the quantity the rettri¢tions, and left a miniftry unaccuftomed to defeat
amounted to 5093 tons; and in the following year (1798), in a minority on the queftion.
was 5427 tons. That the predictions of the manufa€turers were groundlefs

So that we fee in the period of about 70 years from may be inferred from what took place afterwards: the price
1726, the annual quantity produced by this diltri&t had of copper ve apc per cent. in the next feven years, and
rifen from 750 to 5427 tons; and that the aggregate the Birmingham trade, notwithftanding, increafed in a@tivit
amount of an, article, Ciahla a9 a raw material, aflording, and confequence. The high price ftimulated the enterprife
after it paffes from the hands of the miner, the means of fub- of the miner, until an over-fupply began to operate ; and in
filtence and ay to thoufands, had rifen from the fum of the laft few years, this, together with the unfortunate ftate

47135¢!- to about 600,000/, a-year. Even this great increafe of foreign trade, has again reduced the price of copper, fo
of produce was far exceeded in the courfe of the next eight or as once more to endanger the exiftence of a great proportion
nine years, when, as we fhall fee heareafter, half as much of the copper mines.

more was added to the quantity, and more than that pro- From the documents before alluded to, we find that, in
portion to the value. February 1799, there were in Cornwall then working fixty

Early in the year 1799 the Birmingham manufacturers, copper mines, which were divided into claffes, to thew
finding the price of copper rapidly increafing, began to be their relative conditions. ‘The accounts are made up for
alarmed left a diminution of their trade fhould be the con- the fix months preceding the ftatement.
fequence, and having apparently overlooked the plain rule Clafs 1. Includes the old deep mines, which produced in
of commerce, that, without unfair reftraint, demand muft the fix months more than half of all the copper raifed in
govern price, applied to government to impofe prohibitions Cornwall.
on the export, and other regulations, which would have 2. Includes the prefitable mines, which produced about
amounted in effeét to the fixing a maximum onthe price, three-eighths of the copper.
and confequently a ruinous reftraint on a valuable fource of 3. T he new mines which were carrying on in the hopes
national wealth, and laudable enterprife and exertion. It of their improvement, and the greater number of which, in
may be juitly wondered at, that any miniftry fhould have fa&, had not begun to yield any ore.
liftened to fuch a propofal; but great as were the boafted The refult of the ftatement is as follows, in which it is to
talents of the then premier, he appears to have been led to‘ be obferved that the value of the ores is accounted for, after
the warm fupport of it, by the narrow confideration which deduéting the proportion paid to the owner of the foil, and
was held out to him, of fupplying the navy with copper therefore does not exhibit an account of all that was raifed.
at a fomewhat lower price; not looking forward to the The firft column of lofs refers to the money funk in the fix
probability that any ftep which might ruin the Britith months for which the account is taken; and the laft co-
copper mines, muft_eventually make the Britifh navy de- lumn of unrecovered lofs includes all the money laid out
pendent on other countries for this effential article of equip- from the commencement of each mine, which had not been
ment. _ paid off by adequate returns.

State of the Copper Mines of Cornwall for fix Months, to the end of February 1799.

Adventurers’

: Cott of Total of Capital
Phy allay Amount of the} working the | Profit on cca employed in yee
ERE Value. Mines. _{fome Mines. "S$: | the Mines. ie

—_—_———— | | |

ons. C. q. lbs| £ sr £ CLO eo de £ Bir a BN sods ei Sitvd,

old and deep

mines -

ven profitable ¢}1083 12 2 24) £6,377 15 3
mines . -
Clafs 3.—For-
ty-three new
mines, of
which _ thir-
teen only had
begun to raife
any ores - J}

49.311 11 1/37,066 4 2 66,813 0 of 5483 17 2

I4l 17 I 13) 14,547 13° 3] 31,813 5 9 173295 12 6] 16,267 0 O| 90,124 16 8

lafs 1.—In-
elyding = 1388 3 1 2I/115,121 13 10/116,209 1 6} 3153 0 3) 4240 7 111102,489 0 0; 69,181 2 10

ooo

2613 13 2 2/216,017 2

———

21,536 0 5,185,569 0 0164,789 16 8
By

197,333 18 4/40,219 4 5

MINING.

By this ftatement we fee, that the total profit of the fix
months, in all the mines, exceeded the lofs by the fum of
18,683/. 4s. od., and in the lofs is included a confiderable
amount, which it does not feem clear fhould have been placed
there, viz. the fums expended on the new mines in the period,
as this may more properly be called an inveftment of capital
with a view to future expected profit.

The unrecovered lofs is fubje&t to the fame remark, though
it is ufual to reckon in mining the expenditure as lofs unnl
the profits have repaid it. ‘The capital, however, which
means the value of {tock upon the mines, ought to be de-
duGted from this unrecovered lofs; and if this be done, and
a fair allowance be made for the value of fuch new mines as
might have been fuppofed likely to become profitable, the

account gives no unfavourable impreflion of the general re-
fult at that time.

Another obfervation may be made on this account
which feems neceffary, as it does not appear on the
face of it. Credit is only given for the adventurers’ part
of copper ores; but feveral of thefe mines returned tin as
well as copper, of which no account is taken, and which
muft, in all probability, have increafed the profits of the fix
months, if ftated.

The next table fhews the general receipts and difburfe-
ments on the copper mines of Cornwall for feven years, end-
ing the 31{t December, 1795, which cannot be deemed fo
favourable as the former, which related to the latter part of
this fame period.

General State of the Copper Mines of Cornwall for Seven Years, ending the 31{t of December, 1798.

Adventurers’

‘| Amount of Ores. Labour.

25237291 10 10 | 1,341,478

Materials.

735,405 19 3

Total Cott. Profit. Lofs.

Hii) wee de Biwara:

£ hanyit £ eh nits ENE SNe &

279,331 15 10] 150,824 12 3] 91,361 6 4] 251,865 19 11 | 27,465 15 11

283,853 12 II 176,333 2 7 | 110,122 15 2 294,226 15 0 10,373 2 1
293853 10 II 179,187 15 5 | 111,093 19 II 2045775 19 5 922 8 6
305,320 6 9 £89,713 10 f | 111,640 2 3 312,047 7 5 6727 0 8
348,836 12 11 201,995 18 6] 105,925 12 1 324,897 18 4 | 23,938 14 7 ’

320,606 I5 9g 189,821 I5 11 | 109,008 7 3 309,060 14 10 | 11,546 O II

405,488 15 9 12)" 2° |P1A6,202" 16" 92 408,248 7 11 2759 12 2

62,950 11 § | 20,782 3 5

2,195,123 2 10

N. B.—The columns of labour and materials, added together, do not make up the total colt, becaufe the acceunts fent
from fome mines do not diftinguifh the amount of labour from materials ; and, therefore, could be no otherwife arranged
than by being carried at oncé to the column of total coft,

The average annual coft of working the copper mines of
Cornwall for this period appears to have been 313,589/.
Out of this fum the labour appears to have colt about
197,640l., and the materials employed about 115,950/. ‘The
proportion of the one to the other being nearly as 5 to 3.

The great amount of the latter may be attributed to the
great depth of many of the mines, whereby the charge for
coals for the fteam-engines, and the wear and tear in the
fhafts of cordage and other articles, is prodigioufly increafed.

If, taking the amount of labour at the above fum, we allow
4o/. as the annual earnings of each man employed, which is
nearly the ufual proportion, we fhall find it would fhew
that there are about 5000 men employed. But as a certain
proportion belongs to the boys working under ground, and
the women and children who drefs the ores on the furface,
who altogether are paid after a much lower rate, the whole
number of hands, including men, women, and children, may

not, at this period, perhaps be over-rated at from 6 to
090. ;

? In order to fhew the refpective ftate of each mine at this
time, we infert the following table, which exhibits the name
of each, with the particulars of their expenditure and re-
turns, as far at leaft as copper is concerned ; for, as was re-
marked before, no notice is taken of the tin produced from
any of them.

We take the year 1798, the laft of the feven years to
which the ftatement given above refers to.

Such is the flu€@tuation of concerns of this fort, that at
the prefent time, 1812, very few of thofe which appear
at the head of the following lift as moft important in con-
fequence and produce, are now working to much extent,
while others, which either then lay negle&ed, or in which
difcoveries had not been made, have fucceeded to fupply
their places.

State

MININ

G.

State of the Copper Mines in Cornwall for the Year 1798.

. Adventurers’

Mines jAmountof Ores

| L via

North Downs -| 52,388 14 6
United Mines -/| 36,194 8 4
Confolidated Mines! 35,613 11 10
Herland 29,233 10 9

St Park d
Wheal Gons 12,125 10 10

Poldice 6 19 9
Wheal Unity = - hae 8 7
ih ony and Oat-
Bl sows ta 3

wheal Treafury - | 19,978 4 10
Cook's Kitchen - | 18,098 5 4
Wheal Rock - 995 19 7
Tin Croft -| 35242 17 1
Trefavean - 7609 2 9
Prince George -| 12,538 16 5
Camberne Vean -| 6456 17 3
Wheal Jewel -| 19,035 18 2
Pednandrea - 5078 7 Io
Wheal Fortune -| 20,767 0 3
Wheal Gorland = - 9032 0 8
Wheal Providence 257 8 o
Wheal Hope -
Scorrier - Ioz 14 6
Cherry Garden - tie iad)
Wheal Sufan- 1407 8 9
Wheal Squire -
Eatt Wheal dail

non t
Drollas Bons - 107514 7
Wheal Captain - 643 9 9
Creegbraws - wae SG
Welt WI. Unity -
Wheal Penrofe -
Wheal Tremayne
Wheal St. Aubyn
Rofe Lobby -
Heart's Eafe -
Bofprowall - 7374, 11. 3
Druid - 17 18 11
Wheal Fanny” -
New Rofkeir —- 475 19. 3
Polgine -
Wheal Chriftee -
Wheal Drim -
Dopps - i510, 0
Nanjiles -
Weit Downs -
Wheal Abraham -
Welt Good Succefs
Whitefield -
Wheal Pink -
Penftruthell -
Wheal Damfel -
Wheal Quick - FATTY
North Good Succefs

Carried over

Labour.
£L Y
33350 2
20,196 o
21,547 4
16,922 2
6660 11
4945 19
10,851 2
9392 10
20,050 i8
16,102 2
“eS RS
15,233 10
5437 1
9945 3
10,710 6
10,587 16
9450 18
3975 17
400 3
509 Io
321 3
1956 13
356 6
1847 5
1054 7
108 6
127.14
53 419
279 7
273 13
1413 I
421 12
640 16
1106 9
43 7
241 12
7t 3
612 .2
1618 11
156 12
4is 3
195 11
373 14
LV:
81 0

3932738 19 6] 241,203

Materials,

d ct. Ma
1 18,890 19 9
3 20,241 19 3
2] 10,877 14 oO
o| 13,789 11 6
© g182 13 ©
3| 5677 3 1
5| 13.510 17 10
2] 10,016 9g II
8). 554 4 2
4}. 3468 13 7
6 417 10 4
2 Gi05 4 3
9} 3°69 2 3
5 1068 4 0
8 FStT BS
8 7287 9 1
7 2560 13 10
o} 1893 19 5
6 247 9 6
6 103*14 7
° 56 11 11
° 1465 1 8
S 4540 5
Il 41 19 2
3 154 18 6
8 12.0, 2
5 219 0
10 TM Fe
8 138 9 5
8 4 19 10
° 398 5 2
+ 264 5 1
4 468 19° 6
3 T20D ica kn 2
10 Io 19 0
a 3I 9 10
7 18 18 o
10 187 13 2
5 815 18 5
2 54h’ 1g
6 198 5 4
2 33 18 7
5 101 16 §
5 204 13 2
5 1) Gg
©} 139,250

5 11387509 4 5157:446 4 9)51:216 9 8

Total Colt. Profit. Lofts.
a 47 B th ‘he 4 wid.
52,241 1 10 347 12 8
40.437 19 6 4243 11 2
32,424 18 2 $188 13 “
30711 13 6 1478 2 9
9843 4 ©| 2282 6 Io
10,623 2 4 3629 2 «7
24,362 0 3/16,968 8 4
19,409 0 I 20 14 6
255592 2 10 5613 18 o
19,570 15 11 1472 10 7
1950 15 10 954 16 3
21,338 14 5§/13:904 2 ss
8506 4 Oo 897 1 3
10113 7 5} 2425 9 ©
byicd Tig 2 ae . :
16,021 II
17,875 5 9 ‘ 125796 17 11
12,011 12 5.|\ 8755 7 10 |
5869 16 5] 3162 4 3
252 7 4 5
647 13 © 647 13 0
ara 355 1 2
377 14 11)
3421 14 8} 2014 5 II
$20 3 7 820 3.7
401 16 8| 4or 16 8
Cigael on 6 10
1209 5 9| ae Iii
83 19 9) 319 9
120 6 10} 120 6 I0
130 13 5! te 13 5
Cols ae |
Bees oe i 6
279.13. 9} 7
pet | 7 18 6
ties
1109 15 10} 1109 15 10
2386 10 5} 1910 Ir 2
1220 3 9} 1220 3 9
54 6 10 54 °
F106. 5 5616 5
27S, 2, ie co E 5
Der
5 16 Hs 799 16 o
eaten “T9019 11
Igo 19 II
6:6 ao 616 8 10
118 18 9 hie Bi 9
229 9 9
475 10 10 475 Io Io
742 2 7 ZOE 5, ‘0
Sali 7) oO 32 7 3

MINING.

Adventurers’

Mines. Amountof Ores.

——

Labour.

Bods id: £
3932738 19 6] 241,203
122

123

Brought ever -
Wheal Bounty
Wheal Rachel
Wheal Royal
Wheal Clinton
Tolcarne
Wett Tolcarne
Wheal Union =
Eaft Wheal Vogue
Wheal Spinfter -
Trefkerby -
Cardrew -
Wheal Leeds =
Trenethick Wood
Wheal Muttral -
Trefkow =
Penberthy Crofts

-| Wheal Kayle =
Eaft Wheal Park
Wheal Ruth -
Wheal Carpenter
Wheal Chance -
Weft Wheal Jewel

Wheal Bog, mt

d.
oO
$f)
5

AUaAwnanmnnm OO ALONW O

Igg5i 17

and materials 1057 12
fold

405,488 15 9] 253,611

About this period a part of the county of Devon began
to attra& notice as a mining diftriG, although it might
rather feem to belong to Cornwall, if a divifion had been
made between the counties by a line that an obferver of
the geology would have chalked out, rather than by the
arbitrary limit of ariver. The mines of Devon may, there-
fore, fairly be ranked as a branch of the great mineral
country adjgining, as their features are nearly alike, the pro-
duéts very fimilar, and the fy{tem of working derived from
Cornwall. A {pace of no inconfiderable extent indeed is to
be found lying between the weftern and moft confiderable
mines in Cornwall, and thofe on its eaftern limits, which in-
tervening tract is comparatively unproductive in mineral
treafures.

The tin mines of Devon have been before alluded to, and
we have feen that they had gradually declined into infigni-
ficance. Copper had now been found, and purfued with
fome fuccefs, and though the quantity was not very great
at this period, it foon led to greater exertion, which in turn
was repaid by the difcovery of new mines and an enlarged
return of valuable preduce.

It. is probable that before 1800 the mines of Devon,
which are moltly fituate within a few miles of the town of
Taviftock, did not yield more in any ome year than about
ioo tons of fine copper, and even this was a very recent
difcovery ; we fhall now fee that they went on, together
with thofe of Cornwall, augmenting in importance.

Materials.

139,

2576

2356

3| 146,

Total Coft. Profit.

#£

250
61
20

bd

a]
no

~~

HAO BU Aw O ORBAN OF BH QOH

38
532
24
20
17
4
14
23

447
18

I

I

Aum vonoPh Qader Oe NNMS
af
_ -

COMM AWOOHNOANTOFS AV O Hew

686

oe

160

a
Orn QAWwy

— et
ses
-_

253 16 4|60,967 15 5

From i798 to 1804, the produce of the Cornifh mines
appears to have continued pretty fteadily at about 5500 tons
of fine copper a-year ; while the Devon mines in the fame
period increafed their returns very rapidly, which had reach-
ed, about this time, to about 300 tons of fine copper
a-year.

The price of the metal we mentioned to have been, in
1799, about 124/. a ton, and until 1804 a gradual in-
creafe was experienced, although the fupply was at leaft
fomewhat larger. In the following year, however, owing
to the flourifhing flate of the export trade, the value of,
copper rofe very rapidly, and reached the unprecedented
price of 180/, a ton to the miner. The confequences of
this were foon felt, and, by the exertion produced by this
ftimulus, the returns of the Cornifh and Devon mines
reached to more than 7000 tons of fine copper, fetching,
at the firit hand, the fum of 1,260,coo/.

From this time to the prefent, the value of copper has ex-
perienced violent and rapid flu€uations, being, at one time,
at half the price of the year 1805; and as this has proved
a caufe of great embarra{iment and lofs to the adventurers
in the mines, fo it has tended to reduce again the quantity
of copper raifed.

The year or two following 1805 were, as might be ex-
pected, even more produétive than that in which the price
attained its higheft pitch, for the exertions it caufed ope-
rated long after the price began to decline,

The

MINING.

The following Table exhibits a Statement of the Quantity of Copper Ores and Fine Copper produced by the Mines of
Cornwall and Devon during the laft four Years, taken up to the End of June in each Year, and the Value calculated

according to the Average Standard, or Miner's Price of the Metal.

Annual Amount after
dedutting Charges of
Smelting.

Copper Oréd. Fine Copper. Average Standard

Tons, ewt. qr.
Cornwall 139434
Devon - 3725

D159 781,348

Cornwall 72,038
Devon - 3210

759248

Cornwall 761525
Devon - 3713

80,238 9695376
7°39

3540
733579 767,379 4

We have now brought the hiftory of the copper mines A lift of Copper Mines, with the Quantities of Ore offered for
up to the prefent period, and we have found what has Sale at the Ticketings from each; in the Year 1811.

been done in one diftriét in the fpace of about 100 years 4 Sig
after the difcovery of the metal. We may obferve, that eae po = or pajeieg yee
in the beginning of the 18th century the annual produce Names of the Mines. Tons of Qre.
of the mines confifted of about 6500 tons of ore, and 700 Wheal Alfred - M - 8946
tons of fine copper, yielding to the miners, who, from their Dolcoath - 4 - 8544
ignorance of the fubjet, did not then receive from the fmelt- Wheal Unity . ‘ - 5545
ers a price for their ores adequate to the value of the Wheal Abraham - - 3950
metal they contained, no more than 45,000/. a-year. And Poldice s “ - 3659
we have found this produce increafed, at the early part of Wheal Damfel % . - 3357
the prefeat century, to the annual quantity of near 80,000 Gunnis Lake - . - 2600
tons of ore, yielding more than 7000 tons of fine copper, Weft Wheal Fortune - - 2594
worth to the miners an annual fum little fhort of 1,000,000/. Whea! Towan rs - 2158
The copper mines now working in Cornwall and Devon Wheal Fanny = . - 1802
may be known from the following lift, which contains fuch Crennis p - 1696
only as are more or lefs produétive, and does not include Oatfield - < 2 - 1630
{uch as make no returns, but may, notwithftanding, be pro- _ Tretkirby 3 4 - 1578
fecuting with a view to future difcovery, many of which Wheal Gorland .- fi - 1485
kind were ftated in the former account of the mines work- Cook’s Kitchen . - 1342
ing in Cornwall in 1798. ; Crenyer - - - 1287
__By referring to that ftatement, we fhall find the produdtive Tin Croft = POE REE
mines to be forty in number, and the unproduétive to amount North Downs 3 = - 41153,
to thirty-fix. : Wheal Friendthip = - 1038
' The following lift will be found to contain fixty-one Wheal Jewel ts es - 968
productive mines, with the quantity of ores eftimated from Wheal Virgin e: - 942
the account of fales at the ticketings, where the computed Saint George =, Pay ee - 938
weight of each parcel of ore is ftated, and the exact quan- United Mines. - a - 934
tity determined after the fale has taken place, ? Welt Wheal Virgin - - 921
Itis poffible that fome few mines may exift which do not Wheal Fortune = - - 916
appear in this lift, and which fell their ores by private con- Wheal Quick - - - 679
tract, but they are not important. ’ : ‘ Camborne Vean - Sani
We fubjoin to the lift the Devon mines, with their quan- Wheal Chance = - = 597
tities of ore, taking account, as in Cornwall, of fuch only as - Wheal Spinfter - E - 584
are produtive ; and the whole is made up to the end of De- a
cember 1811. Carried over 63,636

Vor. XXIII. : Wogl, oe 4lI Wheal

MIN

Brought over 63,636
Wheal Neptune - = § SiiWhB9
Wheal Gons - - - 443
Godolphin - - - Ir
Creegbraws : - - 316
Trefavean - - - 311
Nangiles - - - 266
Botailack - - - 244
Penberthy Crofts - = 212
Wheal Clinton - - - 209
Chacewater - - - 204
Wheal Baffett - - - 204
Wheal Dolphin - - - 183
Wheal Druid - - a ME Wy
United Hills - - = 5977.
Benner Downs ~ . meget {5}
Wheal Maid - - org
Wheal Strawberry = - - 148
Union - - - 146
Wheal Mufic - - 145
Wheal Sparnon - - 97
Wheal Maudlin - Bie 95
Wheal Margaret - - - go
Wheal Lufhington - - 81
Unanimity + - - 49
Wheal Squire = - - el als
Reliftian - ,- - 41
Wheal Spearn - - 20
Wheal Mary - - - 20
Trenowith - . - 18
Wheal Freedom - ai, te 16
Rofkear - - - 10
Rofewarne - - - 7

— 68,886
In the county of Devon feven Mines.

Wheal Friendfhip - - I102
Wheal Crebor “(Zaviffock Canal) 1308
‘Wheal Crowndale - - 863
Eaft Crowndale - + - 913
Ding Dong - - = 250
Wheal Hope - - - 6
Wheal Huckworthy - - 10

45452

Tons 73,338

Hence it will appear, that the copper mines have of late
been declining in their produce, which 1s to be referred to the
general ftate of trade rendering the price of the metal un-
equal to the charge of producing it.

The prefent value of copper, as was obferved in a former
part of this articie, ts as low as it was 100 yearsago, aad we
may account for the poffibility of this happening without
abfolute ruin to the mines, by the facilities which the
great improvements in all the various operations of mining
vave given for leffening manual labour and confequent
expence.

This very improvement has, however, contributed to a
more rapid exhauftion of the ores, and though difcovery has
hitherto in this diftri& kept pace with the gradual wafte,
yet it is impoflible’ not to forefee that as the country is even
now very fully explored, a time muft arrive when the quantity
of metal produced will grow lefs, and the price in confe-
quence mutt advance.

This period we conceive is not fo diftant as fome may
imagine, but it is a fubject not eafily reduced to any very
probable calculation.

MIN’

The hiftory of the mining of a particular diftri@ would
naturally lead to an interefting enquiry on this fubje&, and
to the difcuffion on the probability of a future and continu-
ing fupply of the metals which the bowels of the earth
have hitherto yielded fo abundantly. As this queftion re-
gards one country, it may be affumed that the fupply mult
have its limits; as it regards the whole world, it becomes

. difficult even to conceive what extent or number of depofits

of metal may exilt. ‘

That certain diftri&s may become exhaufted is more than
probable, but others now unexplored by the hand of man
may be found. New powers, as far furpafling thofe of the
fteam engine as they did all former ones, may give the means
of penetrating the earth to depths now unattainable, and
veins may hereafter be followed to fituations which are for-
bidden at prefent by the value of their produce or the want
of fufficient exertion.

The ftores which the earth yields from its bowels are un-
like thofe which its furface produces ; the former are limited
and are not renewed, the latter are conftantly produced by
the encouragirg hand of induftry. The one are gradually ex-
haufting, and feem to demand frugality in their expenditure,
the other grew and increafe in proportion to our care and
exertion.

The refult of a gradual exhauftion of mines now exifting
feems likely -to be this; at firft the price of metals will in-
creafe in proportion to their.fearcity, this advance in value
will lead to a greater produce by new efforts even in the dif-
tri€ts which are exhaufting, and after thefe begin again to
fail, which they will do more rapidly from the increafed ex-
hauftion, new diftriés will be fought after, and perhaps
uncultivated countries even become peopled by the want of
what is now become fo neceflary to human life.

The variation in thefe affairs may at fome time make ma-
terial changes in the ftate of civilization, a pofition which
will not be denied by thofe who duly confider the effeéts that
the ftores of coal and metal have had on the profperity of
Britain.

Minne Procefes, according to the practice of the mi-
neral diftri&s of Cornwall and Devon.

The means purfved’ for the difcovery of veins containing
metal, and the appearances which ferve as indications of the
probable quantity which may be found in them, are treated
of in a former article. See Long. :

The works which follow the difcovery are at firft but
fimple and limited, but they increafe afterwards in propor-
tion as the profpeéts of future fuccefs become more certain ;
or, on the contrary, they are difcontinued when the trial
offers but little encouragement to proceed with the ad-
venture.

By a reference to the article above quoted, it will be un-
der{tood how the depofits of metal are ufually fituated in
the veins ; and as the miner’s object in his firft operations
is to get at fome fhoot or bunch of ore as quickly as pofli-
ble, and to open as much of the lode as he conveniently can,
the moft promifing part on the furface is chofen for the com-
mencement of a /ha/t, which is either funk upon the vein fo
as to follow its dip or underlay, or otherwife is carried down
perpendicularly from fome {pot on the fide to which it dips,
fo as to interfeé it at a given depth, and then is ufually called
an underlayer.

As water is commonly foon met with in fuch quantities as
to impede the workmen, means for removing it mult be pro-
vided, and it fpeedily becomes neceffary to take fteps for
this purpofe. Where the elevation of the ground will admit
of an adit or water-level being made, this is ufually firit had
recourfe to, particularly when it may be obtained by driving

a moderate

MIN

a moderate diflance, or when it can be purfued on the courfe
of the lode, and fo ferve the double parpofe of a drain and
a level tor trying the appearances of the vein.

When the fhaft becomes deeper than the adit, or indeed
when the latter cannot well be had, machinery to draw out
the water is ereéted and employed, fuch as tteam-engines, or
overthot water-wheels where ttreams to drive them can be
obtained: in both cafes thele engines are employed to work
pumps to raife the water.

As foon asa thaft mw funk fufficiently deep, and it becomes
defirable to purfue the lode horizontally, it is flopped for a
time, and a Jewel it commenced on each fide of it, and this
is ufually continued in two oppofite directions upon the
courfe of the vein. The ends of this level being driven out
of the way of the shaft, finking may again be undertaken,
and continued until it is deemed proper to drive another
level ; and thus a {ucceflion of thefe galleries or drifts are
opened under each other, and the vein is divided into parallel
portions, which are left to be worked for the ore contained
therein, and which portions are called backs.

New openings to the furface from thefe levels are after-
wards made by finking more thafts at proper diftances, and
communications from one level to another are formed by
finking a kind of {mall underground fhaft, called a winze,
probably becaufe the only machine employed in their execu-
tion for hauling the {tuff is the common windlafs, which, in
Cornwall, has generally the fame abbreviated or corrupt
appellation. |

When a mine is put into this ftate, and any quantity of ore
difeovered, proper engines provided with fuflicient power
to admit the conttant ening of the mine by keeping the
bottom of the engine thaft, called the /ump, cry, fo as to be
regularly finking: when the ventilation is completed by pro-

r means for that purpofe, and machines conitructed for
Rites up the ores and watte to the furface called whims,
a mine, in the technical language of Cornwall, is faid to be
in due courfe of working.

‘The agents who attend daily to the works are called cap-
tains ; they contract with the different claffes of miners, and
dire& the operations,.under the orders either of the principal
adventurers, or a manager appointed by them.

The fhafts and levels are kept regularly finking and driv-
ing to lead to further difcovery, or to open more of the lode
for working, and the parts of the vein or lode left between
the paffages thus made are worked away, where the ore will
pay the expence of fo doing, by men, who contraé for this
work within certain limits, being paid a proportion of the va-
lue when merchantable, which is called a ¢ribute, and which
varies with the degrees of facility with which the ore can be
procured, either from the different ftates of richnefs of the
lode, or the hardnefs or foftnefs of the rock which mufl be

broken to obtain it.
' ‘The ore is ufually conveyed in wheelbarrows through the
levels under ground by boys to the neareit fhaft, and there
railed in buckets or dibbles to the furface. Thefe kibbles
are wound up by the whims, which are turned either by
horfes, fteam, or water. :

In preparing the ores for {melting, a variety of proceffes
is employed, which require the labour of many hands ;
thefe are carried on upon the furface, and chiefly by women
and children. The obje& being to feparate from the ore
both the ftony and fparry waite, and the mundic or other
ufelefs metallic mixtures with which it is combined, confi-
derabie fkiil is required, from the different {pecific gravities
of the various fubitances, which render it impoffible by mere
wafhing to feparate the ores entirely from the different mix-
tures which-accompany it.

MIN

To drefs ore properly, it is eflential that the whole thould
firft be brought into fuch a ftate of divifion, that the dif-
ferent parts may be feparated by wathing or fifting: and,
therefore, the richer the fate in which the whole is raifed from
under ground, the lefs the labour required in breaking or
ftamping. ‘The better parts of the ore are broken to a
proper lize for {melting, either by flat hammers, or, as is now
ufual in the mines in Devon, by iron cylinders driven by
water. For the coarfer parts much more labour is required
in tlamping, fifting, and wathing, the particular detail of
which will be found under the article Ore.

The ttamping-mills, and other apparatus for drefling the
ores, are ufually fixed as near the mouths of the fhafts on the
furface as poflible, confiftently with the power of leading
ftreams of watertothem. And plots, or floors, are prepared
near them for receiving the merchantable ores until they are
fold to the {melting companies.

The management of thefe proceffes is ufually confided to
a dreffer or grafs captain, who regulates the whole, the ex-
pence being borne by the men a raife the ore on tribute,
who take their proportion of the value according to the
amount of the fales, and, therefore, pay every previous
charge.

The ere€ions on the furface of a mine comprize, befides
fteam or water-engines, whims, ftamping-mills, and theds on
the drefling floors, a fuitable counting-houfe for the cap-
tains and aeiks, where the people are paid monthly, and the
bargains or contraéts made by a kind of public auétion. A
forge, or blackfmith’s fhop, accommodated to the extent
of the mine, where men are generally at work by night
as well as by day, to fharpen tools as well as to make or
repair the iron-work of the different engines. A carpen-
ter’s thop, or timber-hou/e, for work of that defcription, which
is always going on to a confiderable extent. :

From the account given in the Hiflory of Mrxixa, and
the ftatement of the difburfements and returns there exhibited
of all the concerns of that defcription in Cornwall and De-
von, it may be feen how extenfive fome of them are in that
refpect. It may further be here obferved that great depth
has been attained in many of the older ones ; in Dolcoath,
which we believe is rather the deepeft, the loweft part is
fomewhat more than 220 fathoms from the furface. Some’
individual mines in Cornwall employ near 1000 perfons, and
have feveral iteam-engines working for the different purpofes
of pumping the water and raifing the ore. In the county
of Devon, ftreams of water being at hand, large over-fhot
wheels are employed for working the pumps, and feveral have
been ereéted of late years equal in power to the larger fteam-
engines. Within a very late period, the fame economical
means have been applied in a very ingenious manner to the
winding up the ores from under ground, which, from the
crookednefs of the fhafts of copper mines, was a work of
more difficulty than might at firft appear.

We propofe to give more detailed accounts of the pro-
ceffes of breaking, raifing, and dreffing the Ores, under the
article bearing that title; and fhall defcribe the operations
of finking fhafts and driving the levels from them under the
head of Suarr. The pump-work of mines, and the means
for ventilating drifts, will be treated of in their proper
places.

MINION, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the ftraits of
Mozambique, near the W. coaft of Madagafcar. S. lat. 12°
40’. E. long. 49° 32!.

Minton, a fort of cannon, or piece of ordnance, of which
there were formerly two kinds ; large and ordinary, aniwer-
ing to our fix-pounders. See Cannon.

Munion is alfo the name of a type ufed by-printers.

412 MINISH,

MIN

MINISH, or Mynisu, in Geography, one of the many
iflands on the weft coaft of the county of Galway, Ireland:
It belongs to the barony of Ballinahinch.

MINISINK, a town or rather village of America, in
New Jerfey,; in the N.W. corner of the ftate, and on the
W. fide of Delaware river; 57 miles N.W. of Brunfwick.
—Alfo, a townfhip of Orange county, New York; con-
taining 3594 inhabitants.

MINISTER, one that ferves or condu&ts the public
worfhip of God.

In the reformed church, priefts, or thofe ordained to
preach and do the other funétions of the priefthood, are
called abfolutely and fimply minifters.

In which fenfe, bifhops, &c. are faid to be minifters of
God, minifters of the Word, of the Gofpel, &c. In fome
churches they are alfo called pa/fors.

Ministers of the Altar are properly thofe who attend
and affift the prieft at the adminiftration of the eucharitft.
See Deacon and SuBpEACcOoN.

Officers of ftate, &c. are called the king’s minifters ; as
adminiftering the affairs of juftice, policy, &c. for him.

Minister of State, is he with whom a prince entrufts
the adminiftration of his government; or to whom he com-
mits the care and direGtion of the principal affairs thereof.

Boethius is propofed as a model for minifters of ftate.

The grand vizier is the prime minilter of the Ottoman
empire.

Ministers, Foreign, or the minifters of foreign princes,
are their ambafladors, envoys, agents, or refidents in the
courts of other princes.

There are two kinds of foreign minifters. Minilters of
the firft rank, who are alfo called ambaffadors, and envoys
extraordinary.

And minifters of the fecond rank, who are the ordinary
refidents.

Thofe of the firft rank have a reprefentative chara&er,
which the others have not; though thefe laft are fometimes
invelted with fuller powers than the former.

Munster is alfo the title which certain religious orders
give to their fuperior.

In this fenfe we fay, the minifter of the Mathurins, or
Trinitarians.

Minister, among the Je/uits, is the fecond fuperior for
each houfe ; thus called, as being an affiftant to the fuperior,
or rector.

The general of the Cordeliers order is alfo called the
minifler-general. See Jesuits.

MINISTRY, or Ministery, a profeffion, office, or em-
ployment, which a perfon difcharges for the fervice of God,
the public, or fome particular perfon.

In which fenfe we fay, a bifhop muft account to God for
his miniftry, &c.

Ministry is alfo ufed for the government of a ftate, by
fome great minifter, under the fovereign authority.

In which fenfe we fay, the miniftry of the cardinal de
Richelieu, &c. P

Ministry is alfo frequently ufed as a colleftive word,
fignifying the minifters or officers of ftate.

Thus we fay, the miniltry oppofed a thing; meaning the
minifters oppofed it. ’

MINITOBA, in Geography, a lake of Canada, 100 miles
long, and from 10 to 15 wide. N. lat 50° 40'. W. long.
100 20!

MINIUM, in the Natural Hiffory of the Ancients, a name
given to what we now call cinnabar, or native mineral of a
fhining red colour, out of which quickfilver was extracted.
See Mercury.

MIN

As the prepared cinnabar is much preferable to the native
as a pigment, it has long been a confiderable article of che-
mical manufature; and the Dutch having had the reputation
of making the beft, we fhall fubjoin their method of pro-
ceeding, given by M. Tuckert (Ann. de Chem. iv. p. 25.)
cited in Aikin’s Diétionary. This manufaéture confifts of
“two diftin& operations, the one being the preparation of the
zthiops, the other the convertion of the ethiops into cinna-
bar. To make the zthiops, a boiler of iron polifhed on the
infide, and about 2% feet in diameter, and 1 in depth, is
charged with 1o8olbs. of mercury, and 1solbs. of fulphur
(or per cent. 87.8 mercury, and 12.2 fulphur); a moderate
heat is then applied gradually increafing, and accompanied
by fuitable ftirring of the ingredients till the whole appears
to be thoroughly mixed and combined, The black fulphuret
of mercury thus formed, is then removed from the boiler
and pulverized. In order to convert this into cinnabar, three
large earthen fubliming pots are placed in a furnace, and
gradually brought to a red heat by means of turf: at this
time the cover of each (which confifts of a fimple fquare
plate of iron) is removed, and the contents of an earthen
veffel, holding about a pint and a half of zthiops, are poured
into each pot. Ina few feconds a column of flame rifes out
of the pots, to the height of five or fix feet, and, as foon
as it begins to leffen, the further efcape of the contents is
prevented by putting on the iron cover. Ina fhort time
after a fecond charge is poured in, to which fucceeds a
third, and fo on, till at the end of thirty-four hours the
whole of the zthiops has been equally divided between the
three pots, making 41olbs. for each. The fire is now kept
up as fteadily as poffible for thirty-fix hours longer, in order
to accomplifh the fublimation, care being taken to ftir up
the materials at the bottom of the veffels at leaft once every
half hour, by an iron rod made for the purpofe and intro-
duced at the top. At the fame time the workman afcertains
how the procefs is going on by the flame which appears when
the cover is removed; if it rifes to the height of two or
three feet, the heat is too great, as on the other hand it is
too feeble if the flame only lightly quivers about the mouth
of the pot; the proper temperature is marked by the flame
rifing vigoroufly, yet not exceeding three or four inches in
height. When the laft thirty-fix hours are expired, the
furnace is extinguifhed, and the whole allowed to cool: the
fubliming pots are then taken out, the iron hoops with
which they are bound are knocked off, and the pots them-
felves are broken; the cinnabar is found fublimed in the
upper part of the veffel to the amount of 4oolbs. being
tolbs. lefs than the ethiops that was put in: or, in other
words, the lofs of weight fuitained by the converfion of
zthiops into cinnabar, amounts to 2% fer cent.

Minium, or red lead, is a calx of lead of a vivid yellowifh-
red colour, which colour it acquires by a flow calcination
and reverberation.

The method in which minium is made in large quantities
with us, 1s concifely defcribed in our article Leap.

The procefs by which minium is prepared is defcribed in
the following manner by M. Jars. The furnace is of the
reverberatory kind, with two fire-places at the ends; each
fire-place being feparated from the area, or body of the fur-
nace, by a wall twelve inches high. The fire-places are ff-
teen inches broad, and their length is equal to the breadth
of the whole furnace, which is about eight or nine feet.
The length of the area from one place to the other is nine
or ten feet. The quantity of lead ufed in one operation is
about 1500 pounds, of which nine parts are lead obtained
from furnaces where the ore is fmelted, and one part is lead
extracted from the fcoria which is formed in {melting the ore.

; This

MIN

This latter kind is faid to be neceflary, as the former could
not alone be reduced into powder, All the lead is at once
put into the area, the bottom of which is level. ‘The calx,
as fatt ao it is formed, in drawn to one fide by means of a
rake fufpended by a chain before the mouth of the furnace.
In four or five hours the whole quantity of the lead is cal-
cined; or, if any pieces remain uncaleined, they are fepa-
rated and kept for the next operation. The heat employed
is that of a cherry-red, and the fire-places and mouth are
kept open, that the air may accelerate the calcination. The
powder or calx is to be frequently ftirred to prevent its con-
creting, and when this operation has been continued about
twenty-four hours, the matter is taken out of the furnace,
and on a flat pavement. ‘Then cold water is thrown on
it, to give it weight, as the workmen fay; but rather (as
M. Jars thinks) to make it friable. It is then to be ground
ina mill, and the finer part is feparated by wafhing, wh le
the coarfer part, referved for fome following operation, is
to be placed at the mouth of the furnace in order to retain
the melted lead. ‘The fine powder, which is now of a yel-
low colour, is again put into the fame or a fimilar furnace,
and expofed to a very moderate fire, from thirty-fix to forty-
eight hours: during which time it is ftirred frequently to
prevent its concreting; and the powder gradually acquires
its proper red colour. The minium is then to be taken out
of the furnace, cooled, and fifted through an iron fieve

laced ina cafk. Mem. de l’Academie Royale a Paris, 1770.

n Holywell, Flintthire, minium is made from litharge,
which faves the previous calcination. nik oe

A portion of the lead during the operation is loft by vo-
latilization ; part of it beitig diffipated in the air and part
fettling in the chimnies, and on the roofs of the furnace, in
form of a yellowifh-white foot, with cryftallized lumps in-
termixed: this is colle&ed from time to time, and either re-
duced into lead, or mixed with the lead in the fubfequent
calcination. ‘The quantity of fublimate thus collected can-
not be accurately ifeerenined. Dr. (bifhop) Watfon, in his
« Effays,”’ eftimates it at about ;4,dth of the minium pro-
duced. From the circumltances above recited it is not poffi-
ble to determine the full increafe of weight which lead fhould
acquire by its converfion into minium. On an average the
aGtual increafe is about .th; 20 cwt. of lead producing
22 ewt. of minium.

Mrxrum, in the Materia Medica, and the Arts, &c. For
medical purpofes it is ufed externally ; it obtunds the acri-
mony of the humours, allays inflammations, and is excellent
in the cleanfing and healing of old ulcer +:it is ufed on thefe
occafions in many of the plailers and ointraents of ‘the fhops;
it is an ingredient in the officinal compofition, called empla/-
trum de minio, ufed as a deficcative and cicatrizer ; though
more rarely than that made in the fame manner with litharge,
becaufe it does not ftick fo well, and is more difficult of pre-
paration. See Empiastrum, Leap, in Medicine, and Un-

NT.
ii was with minium the ancient Roman and Grecian ladies
tinged their nails and faces of ared colour. For, as to our
modern paints, without doubt, they were not known in
thofe days. vb : I

The bright orange colour of minium might render it va-
luable in painting, if it could ftand with certainty in either
il or water. But as it is fubjet to become black, it cannot
be fafely trufted, except in hard varnifhes: and is, therefore,
feldom ufed in oil, or even in water, unlefs for very grofs
purpofes, or as a ground for vermilion, The goodnefs of
the minium may be diftinguifhed by the brightnefs of its
colour: and the adulteration to which it is liable may be de-
tected, by putting an ounce of it into a crucible, with an

MIN

omee quantity of charcoal-duit, well mixed together, and
p acing the crucible in a common fire fufficient to melt lead,
which is to be covered with another {mall crucible inverted
into it. When it has been continued for fome time on the
fire, take it out and ftrike it againft the ground, the minium
will thus be reduced to its metallic flate ; and its diminifhed
weight, when freed from the charcoal-duft and cold, will
indicate the proportion of adulterated matter. Minium is
alfo ufed as a flux in forming the enamel for grounds, and in
glazing, &e

MINNIGAFFP, in Geography, a town of Scotland, in

ra county of Kircudbright ; 15 miles S.W. of New Gal-
oway.
MINNIN, a ftringed inftrument of mufic among the an-
cient Hebrews, having three or four chords to it. Though
there is reafon to queition the antiquity of this inftrument ;
both becaufe it requires a hair-bow, which was a kind of plec-
trum not known to the ancients, and becaufe it fo much re-
fembles the modern viol. Kircher took the figure of this,
the machul chinnor, and pfaltery, from an old book in the Va-
tican library. Hawkin’s Hilt. Mufic, vol. i. p. a55.

MINO, in Geography, one of the {maller Philippine iflands,
near the E. coatt of the ifland of Bool. N. lat. 10° 6.
E, long. 124° 30’.

MINOMEIT, a town of Pruffia, in Oberland 1g
miles W.N.W. of Heilfperg. ‘

MINONG, or Istz Royat, an ifland of Canada, in
lake Superior, 30 miles long and 10 broad. N. lat. 48°.
W. long. 89°.

MINOR, a Latin term, literally denoting /s, ufed in
oppofition to major, greater.

Thus we fay, St. James Minor, Afia Minor, the minor
excommunication, &c.

Minor Aedilis. See Epi.

Minor Anticus Serratus. See SERRATUS.

Minor Barons. See Baron.

Minor, Canis. See Canis.

Minor Gaffricus. See Gastric.

Minor Oculi Obliquus. See Osxiquus.

Minor Orders. See OrpeErs.

Minor, ReGus. See Recrus. P

Minor, Teres. See TeRes.

Minor, Urfa. See Ursa.

Minor, in Law, denotes a perfon under age, or who, by
the laws of the country, is not yet arrived at the power
of adminiftering his own affairs, or the pofleffion of his
eftate.

Among us, a perfon is a minor till the age of twenty-one ;
before which time his aés are invalid. See Ace and Iy-
FANT. .

It isa maxim in the common law, that in the king there
is no minority, and therefore he hath no legal guardian : and
his royal affents and grants to aéts of parliament are good,
though he has not in his natural capacity attained the legal
age of twenty-one.

The minority of the kings of Sweden, Denmark, and
the provinces of the empire, terminates at eighteen years;
and that of the kings of France at fourteen, by an ordon-
nance of Charles V. in 1374.

It is alfo provided by the cuftom and law of parliament,
that no one {fhall fit and vote in either houfe, unlefs he be
twenty-one yearsof age. This is likewife exprefsly declared
by ftat. 7 & 8 Will. III. cap. 25. with regard to the houfe
of commons.

Minor, in Logic, is the fecond propofition of a formal or
regular fyllogifm, ‘called alfo the aflumption.

Mrxor, in Mujfic, is applied to certain coucords, meh

differ

MIN

@iffer from, or are lower than, others of the fame denomi-
nation by a leffer femitone, or four commas.

Thus we fay, a third minor, or leffer third: or a fixth
major and minor.

Concords that admit of major and minor, é. e. greater and
lefs, are faid to be imperfect concords.

Minors, or Friars Minors, an appellation which the
Francifcans aflume, outof thow of humility ; calling them-
felves fratres minores, i. e. leffer brothers ; and fometimes Mi-
norites. i

There is alfo an order of regular Minors at Naples, which
was eftablithed in the year 1588, and confirmed by Six-
tus V.

MINORBINO, in Geography, a town of Naples, in the
province of Bari, the fee of a bifhop; 85 miles S. of Na-

les. N. lat. 41°5’. E. long. 15° 59).

MINORCA, Insuza Minor, the leffer, when compared
with Majorca, and the fecond of the Balearic ifles, an ifland
of the Mediterranean, is long and narrow, forming part of
a circle from the S.E. end to the N.W.., the hollow part
being towards the 5S. It is thought to be 13 leagues in
length at the longeft part, and near 38 leagues in circum-
ference; it lies about ten leagues to the N.E. of Majorca,
and so E. from the mouth of the Ebro. Minorca. has fuc-
ceflively fallen under the dominion of the Carthaginians, the
Romans, the Vandals, the Moors, the Aragonefe, and the
Cattilians ; and for acentury, from 1708, it has been in the
poffeffion of the houfeof Auftria, the Englifh, French, and
Spaniards, by turns. This iflandis fituated in the middle of
a number of {mall rocks, banks, and iflands; on the fouth
the thore is level. The air is moift, and the foil dry. The
adminiftration is divided into diftri€ts, or terminos, the chief
towns of which are Ciudadella, Mahon, Alayor, Ferarias,
and Mercadal. The principal ports are Mahon, on the E.;
Fornella, on the N. ; and Ciudadella, on the W. The ifle
is level, and there is only one mountain diftinguifhed by its
elevation, viz. Monte Toro. Ciudadella, or Samna, the capi-
tal, is fituated at a {mall diftance from the coaft, towards
the N.W., 11 leagues from Mahon ; it was in the fifth cen-
tury the fee of a bifhop, and the refidence of the governor
of the ifland, and alfo the feat of civil and ecclefiattical ju-
rifdiG@ion. Inthe time of the Carthaginians and Romans
it was a confiderable place ; but its {plendour has declined ;
and port Mahon difputed with it the fuperiority, when the
Englifh e(tablifhed their tribunals and feat of government in
the ifland. (See Port Mahon.) The port is {mall and
marfhy, formed by a canal, bounded by rocks. On the
right and left are towers, correfponding to each other,
to repeat the fignals, and two cannons of a large calibre,
upon {wivels, fufficient to ftop a privateer. The entrance
is difficult of accefs. The city is furrounded in part
with ancient walls, ere&ted by the Moors ; the reft is mo-
dern, formed battions and curtains of hewn-ftone. The
ftreets are of ancient form, being narrow and fhady, paved with
large unhewn ftones ; and in the city are a cathedral, flanked
by a beautiful fquare tower, and fuppofed to be built in the
third century, two churches, three convents, and an hoipi-
tal. The termino, of which Ciudadella is the capital, bear-
ing its name, is above 5 + leagues long, and 2% wide; and
its total population amounts to about 800 perfons. Alayor
is fituated about 44 leagues from Mahon, being the chief
town of the termino of that name, containing about 112
hamlets or manors, and rather more than 4000 people. The
ftreets are uneven, narrow, crooked, and ill paved: but the
honfes are well built. At the entrance into the town is a
church, built of free ftone, in a fimple Gothic ityle ef ar-
chite@ure without, and within decorated with {culptures and

MIN

paintings. The monaftery of Cordeliers has a handfome .

church. Here are alfo an hofpital, and a barrack capable of
accommodating 250 men. The town is well provided with
cifterns, and the water is frefh and falubrious. About one
league from Alayor is Mercadal ; which fee. The moft re-
markable ports of this ifland, befides thofe of Mahon and
Ciudadella, are Fornellaand Adaya. Port Fornella is about
fix miles from mount Toro, of a circular form, with a narrow
entrance, and facing thenorth. The bay iscapable of con-
tainiug the largeft fieet, perfectly fheltered, and defended at
the entrance by a {mall {quare fort, with battions and fofles.
The eftablifhment is capable of containing 300 men. ‘The

-entrance to the port of Adaya is concealed by eminences to-

wards the north ; it is only ufed for fifhing. The ftrength
of the ifland depends upon circumftances. When the Englith
retook it, in 1798, the Spaniards had in it 6000 troops, and
the Englifh, exclufive of their naval force, difembarked
only 3000 foldiers. When the Spaniards, four years after,
were reinftated, they left a garnifon with 3000. infantry,
1500 light infantry, socoengineers and miners, and go heavy
cavalry.

Of the iflands, or iflets, furrounding Minorca, the ‘moft
confiderable are to the S., about 2 of a mile from Cabo Bu-
fara. The ifland of Coloms is elevated, and forms with the
cape a varrow canal. Near it are two {mall iflets. The
large and {mall iflands of Adaya are near the port of the
fame name. To the S.E. is fituated the large ifland of
Aguila. The ifle of Sanitge is near the port of the fame
name on the W. coait ; at fome diftance is an iflet, and be-
yond that the ifland of Bleda. Beyond the rocks of Alayor,
are a {mail ifland named named Galera, and an iflet called
Codrell. The ifle of Layre de Mabon is within reach of
the ancient fort of St. Philip, and there are feveral {mall
iflands near Mahon.

Monte Toro is ata little diftance from Mercadal, and
by its elevation commands the whole ifland : at its bafe it is
fome miles in circumference, andits formis that of the fruf-
tum of acone. Mount St. Agatha is fituated N.W. of
Mercadal, and rifes above feveral mountains that furround
it. Uypon the fummit is a chapel, held in great veneration.
The whole of this canton is inhabited by fhepherds, whofe
flocks fubfift upon a part of the mountains, and the valley
beneath is abundantly fertile.

Minorca is not fheltered from the north winds, which
check vegetation; neverthelefs fnow is feldom feen here in
winter, and in the {pring the air is always temperate and
pure ; the heat of fummer is great, and the drought is pro-
ductive of inconvenience. In the autumn there is much rain.
The foil of the plains is lefs fertile than that. of the coaft ;
and the earth upon the mountains, though thinly {pread over
the rocks, is rich and fertile. In the vallies and plain, the
foil is argillaceous and thin, but it is fertilized with that
which is wafhed down from the mountains. Upon the whole,
this ifland is, in many parts of it, rich in vegetation. The
principal grains cultivated in the ifland are wheat, barley,
and afmall quantity of maize. Red and white wines are
exported ; olive trees are numerous, and here is abardance
of every kind of fruit, fuch as oranges, pomegranates, le-
mons, figs, &c', and the ifland furnifhes great variety of
garden and culinary vegetables. The water-melons are very
fine; and the honey of the ifland, fome of which is export-
ed, is reckoned very good.” The horfes, mules, and affes,
are eilimated at about 2000; the horned cattle at 7000; the
fheep, goats, and {mall animals, at about 45,000; the pigs
at nearly 10,000. Pouitry is fcarce, but birds of different
{pecies are very numerous. The fith all round the ifland, is
abundant at all feafons, and very good? The inhabitants

have

MIN

have no manufacture or fabric for furnifhing articles of ex.
change in commerce, ‘Their export trade confilts of a {mall
quantity of cheefe fent into Ttaly, and a fall furplos of
wool, which produce about 2so0/, Merling; f{alt, wine,
honey, and wax produce from about 17s04yh to 17,292/
, The Yana receives from abroad corn, brandy, rice, fuyar,
coffee, tobacco, fpices, linen, fine cloths, boards, pitch,
cordige, &e., and fome pieces of furniture, The natural
hiftory of this ifland prefents to us a natural and very in-
terelting grotto, culled La Cava Perella, two miles to the 5,
of Clustadlella and alfo a fubterranean lake ; a quantity of
coral is found near the fea-fhore, and a {mall variety of hells.
In many parts of the ifland are mines of iron and lead, and
quarries of {tone and marble, The inhabitants are « quiet,
eaceable people, attached to their own cultoms, and little
bifpoted to change. ‘They regard with reverence the cere-
monies of religion. ‘The fame langease is fpoken in Mi-
norea and Majorca, In this ifland, and particularly in the
territory of Alayor, they have fome altars of ancient date.
Tt has alfo farnifhed Phoenician, Macedonian, Carthaginian,
Celtiberian, Grecian, Roman and Spanifh medals, in gold,
filver, and large and {mall bronze.’ In this ifland, alfo, a
fmall Gothic bronze coin has been difcovered, the impreffion
on which is a crowned head in the centre of a circle, with
thefe words, «* Alphkonfus Rex ;” fuppofed to belong to the
end of the r3thcentury. The ifland alfo has prefented to the
antiquarian ancient fepulchres, vafes, lamps, urns, lacryma-
tories, compofed of a reddifh earth, and marked with illegible
inferiptions. N. lat. 39° 59. E. long 3° 45’.
Minorca, Cape, a cape on the E. coattof Majorca, N.

lat. 39° so'. E. long. 3° 12/.

MINORE, Teal, the fame as minor, Engl.

MINORESSES. See St. Ctars.

MINORL, in sor ce atown of Naples, in Principato
Citra, the fee of a bifhop, fuffragan of Amalfi, near the
fea; three miles N.E. of Amalfi. E.
long. 14° 26'. i

INOS, a {mall ifland near the coaft of South Carolina.
N. lat. 33° 48’. W. long. 78° 38.

Minos, Los, a town on the N. coaft of Mafbate, one
of the Philippine iflands. N. lat. 12° 33/. E. long.
123° To’.

Minos, in Mythology, one of the three judges of hell,
of rank fuperior to the other two, viz. ASacus, who, ac-
cording to Plato, judged the Europeans ; and Rhadaman-
thus, who, having left Crete, and fixed his refidence in A fia,
had the Afiatics and Africans for his lot ; and Minos, as
chief prefident of the infernal court, decided the differences
that arofe between the two other judges. Ali the poets are
agreed in afligning to him the fuperiority over his colleagues.
Homer reprefents him as fitting with a fceptre in his hand,

N. lat. 40° 37/.

in the midit of the ghofts of departed mortals, who plead.

their refpective caufes in his prefence. WVirg. En. vi. v. 432,
places an urn by him, containing the feveral lots of mankind ;
while the ftern Rhadamanthus fees to the execution of the fen-
tences which his brother pronounces. The particular diftri&
of Ades, over which he was fuppofed to prefide, was Erebus:
and it was his office to determine the chara&ter and final con-
dition of the fpirits cited to his tribunal. Minos, it is faid,
was the firft king of Crete, and confidered as the wifeft legif-
lator of antiquity; on which account he obtained the ho-
nour of being judge in the invifble world. This Minos,
whofe inflitutes are faid to have ferved as a model for thofe
of Lycurgus, flourifhed, according to Selden, and others, who
refer for authority to the Arundelian marbles, 1462 years,
but, according to the abbé Banier, only 1340 years before

MIN

Minos, with a view of giving greater authority to his
laws, retired into a cave at Crete, where he feigned that
Jupiter, hiv father, di€tated them to him, and every time he
returned from the cave he announced fome new law. Hence,
Homer (Odyif. 19.) gives bim the tithe of Jupiter's dif.
ciple, Aioy pryadw 6 agrenss which is thus exprefled by Ho.
face (Odyif. 10.), “ Et Jove arcanis Minos admiffus.’’
Jofephus is the only ancient writer, who fays that Minos
had received his laws from Apollo, and that he had tra.
velled to Delphi to receive them from that god. (Lib. ii,
againft Appian.) ‘This Jewith writer owns, that Minos was
the only one among the ancients who deferved to be come
pared to Mofes. If we give credit to Huetius, Minos was
the fame with Mofes, and he alleges that they lived about the
fame time. Byt the opinion of the learned prelate is con-
tradiéted by the decifive teflimony of all antiquity; nor is
the parallel which he has ingenioufly drawn between thefe
eminent a fufficient to convince impartial and candid
inquirers. anier allows, that fome confufed knowledge of
the laws of Mofes furnifhed Minos with a model for thofe
of Crete.

Minos, after having governed his fubjeéts with a mild and
gentle fway, died in Crete, and being interred there, had
this epitaph infcribed upon his tomb, MINOZ TOT AIOE
TAOS; Minos F. Jovis Sepulchrum ; when in procefs of
time the name of Minos was defaced, and there remained
only the two laft words of the epitaph, the Cretans gave out
that this was the tomb of Jupiter. This infcription, it is
faid, was defaced by the malice of the Cretans, who boafted
of poflefling the tomb of the father of the gods, whom they
pretended to have brought up in his infancy. Accordingly,
Callimachus, in a hymn addrefled to Jupiter, tharply re.
proaches them on this account ; for he fays thus to the fol-
lowing purpofe: « ‘The Cretans are always liars, fince they
vaunt that they have thy tomb, O great king, whe liveit
for ever !"’ ‘To this paflage the apottle alludes, when
he upbraids the fame people in the words of Callimachus,.
with the vice of lying.

MINOTAUR, Mrnoraurus, in Antiquity, a fabulous
moniter, much talked of by the poets ; feigned to be half
man and half bull.

The minotaur was brought forth by Pafiphae, wife of
Minos II., king of Crete. It was fhut up in the labyrinth
of that ifland ; and at laft was killed by Thefeus.

The fable of the minctaur was invented by the Greeks
to make Minos odious. The eccafion was this. Minos, hav:
ing laid fiege to Athens, reduced the inhabitants to great
diitrefs ; when, confulting an oracle, they were direéted to
fupplicate peace of Minos, the king of Crete. This he
granted to them on condition that every ninth year, accord.
ing to Plutarch and Ovid, or every feventh year, accord-
ing to Diodorus Siculus and Apollodorus, the Athenians
fhould fend to him feven youths, and as many virgins,
This article being agreed to, Minos raifed the fiege and
withdrew to Crete, carrying with him thofe who were
chofen by lot to be the firit vitims to the prefervation of
their country. Hence the fable originates. The Greeks
faid, that the king of Crete condemned the Athenian
youths, who were fent to him, to fight in the labyrinth
which Dedalus had built, with the minotaur, that was the
offspring of the infamous pafiion of Pafiphae, his queen, for
a white bull which Neptune had produced from the fea;
that Dedalus, who was obliged to leave Athens, and re-
move to Crete, had favoured that monitrous paflion of the
queen ; that from the conjunGion fprung the minotaur.
It was, without doubt, the hatred of the Greeks againtt
Minos that. made them invent this fable; for Plato fays,

that.

MIN

that the favourable charaéter which Homer and Hefiod had
given of this great prince was of no avail again{t the malice
of his enemies; and Plutarch adds, that it is dangerous to
provoke a knowing people, who have it always in their
power to take revenge. Servius gives us the following ex-
plication of this fable. He fays, that a fecretary of king
Minos, named Taurus, du//, had an intrigue with the queen
Pafiphae, in the chamber of Dedalus; and that fhe was
at length delivered of twins, one of which refembled Mi-
nos, and the other Taurus. This occafioned the production
to be reputed monftrous.

In order to account for that part of the fable, that
afcribes the deftruétion of the minotaur to Thefeus, we
obferve, that this young hero, having obtained his father’s
permiffion, prepared with the other youths, who had caft
lots, to fet out for Crete. After the performance of cer-
tain rites, Thefeus fet fail, and with a favourable wind
fpeedily arrived at Crete. His fine addrefs attracted the
notice of Ariadne, Minos’s daughter (fee the article Ant-
ADNE), who gave him a clue, which he happily made ufe
of to find his way out of the labyrinth, after vanquifhing
the minotaur: that is, Ariadne taught her lover to vanquifh
Taurus, furnifhing him with arms; and by the clue we may
underftand the draught and plan of the labyrinth which
the princefs gave him, and of which he made ufe to find
his way thence after the encounter. Some indeed have faid,
that Thefeus encountered Taurus, not in the labyrinth, but
in a public place; and that this young hero, animated by
the prefence of the fair Ariadne; defeated Taurus, an event
which gave great joy to all, even to Minos himfelf, who
thus got rid of a formidable rival. Our author fays,
that the fon of Pafiphae and Taurus making great defo-
lation in the mountains to which Minos had confined him,
this prince fent all \the Athenian flaves to combat. with
him ; and Thefeus having gone thither in his turn, put him
to death with the fword which his miftrefs Ariadne had

iven him.

MINOVERY, formed of the French main-auvre, q. d.
handy-work, a tve{pafs committed in the foreft, by fome-
thing that is a man’s handy-work ; as an engine to catch
deer, &c.

MINOW, or Minin, in Ichthyology, a name given by
the Englifh to the {mall fifh, called by authors the phoxinus.
See Cyprinus Phoxinus.

MINROW, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan, in the

{ Dooab ; 50 miles W. of Paltiary.

MINSFELDEN, or MunzruLpEn, a town of Ger-
many, with a citadel; 25 miles E. of Coblentz.

MINSK, atown of Ruffian Lithuania, and capital of
a-palatinate of the fame name, fituated on the Swiflocz ;
250 miles N.E. of Warfaw. N. lat. 53° 43’. E. long.
27° 40’.

MINSTER, atown of Lower Bavaria ; feven miles N.E.
of Brannau.

Minster, Saxon, Mynfler, or Mynftre, anciently fignified
the church of a monaltery or convent.

MINSTREL, an ancient term for a fiddler, or player on
any other kind of mufical inftrument.

Borel derives the word from manus and hiffrio, one who
diverts with the hand; or from minor biffrio, little buffoon :
Du-Cange from miniflellus, a diminutive of mini/fer, becaufe
the minftrels were anciently ranked among the lower officers,
minifters, or fervants.

According to Dr. Percy, in his Effay on the Ancient
Englith Minftrels, the word is derived from the French
meneftrier ; and was not in ufe here before the Norman
conqueit: and it is remarkable, that our old monkifh hif-

MIN

torians do not ufe the words citharoedus, cantator, or the like,
to’exprefs a minftrel in Latin; but either mimus, Bis
joculator, or fome other word that implies gefture. Hence
it fhould feem that the minftrels fet off their finging by
mimickry or aétion; or, according to Dr. Brown’s hypo-
thefis, united the powers of melody, poem, and dance.
Thefe minftrels were probably the genuine fucceffors of the
ancient bards, who joined the arts of poetry and mufic, and
fung verfes to the harp of their owncompofing. After the
converfion of the Saxons to Chriftianity, the poets apd
min{trels became two feparate profeffions: and the latter
continued to be a diftin& order of men, and got their liveli-
hood by finging verfes to the harp at the houfes of the
great: where they were hofpitably and refpeétfully re-
ceived, retaining many of the honours fhewn to their pre-
deceffors, the Bards and Scalds. And though fome of them
only recited the compofitions of others, many of them itill
compofed fongs themfelves, and all of them could probably
invent a few ftanzas on occafion.

Mr. Ritfon, in his Introdu€tion to ‘ Ancient Englifh
Metrical Romances,’’ blends the Englifh minftrels with the
jugglers, whofe tricks of legerdemain formed another
branch of the amufement of our anceftors. Although it
be allowed, that the fame perfon might occafionally practife
both arts, yet we fee no reafon for doubting, that they
were feparate and diftin@ profeffions; nor can we ad-
mit the fuppofition of Mr. Ritfon, that the minitrels,
whofe’ profeflion was: nrufic and the recitation of poetry,
were not frequently themfelves poets. Their daily bread
depended upon their ftock of tales and fongs; and it muft
have been as natural for them to have compofed the romances
which they fung, as for a modern mufician to compofe the
pieces which he performs. Above all, we cannot fee why
the arts of compofition, which are admitted to have been
exercifed by the minitrels of France, fhould be fuppofed
unattainable by thofe of England. Subfequent to the reign
of Edward III., moft of the popular French romances
were tranflated into Englifh, which then becamé the lan-
guage, as well of the nobles as of the vulgar, Why the
minftrels, who were molt interefted in thefe tranflations,
fhould be deemed unequal to the tafk of accomplifhing them,
we can fee no good reafon for believing. As a wandering
and idle race of men, attendant on the barons who went to
war in France, they had time to acquire both languages ;
and the art of rhyming mult have been eafy to perfons who
almoft every day of their lives were employed in poetical
recitation. Minftrels and bards are often employed as
fynonimous terms, although the poetic powers of the bards
are indifputable. As late as the reign of queen Elizabeth,
this combination occurs in the poem of a Scottith fatirift de-
fcribing London.

«¢ Bot yet the menftrallts and the bairdis,
Thair trowand to obtain rewardis,
About his ludgene loudlie played.’

Legend of the bifchop of St. Androis,

A proof how far the tafk of the poet and of the reciter
were required from the minftrel, occurs in a very ancient
poem, of which there is one MS. in the Britifh Mufeum,
and another in the library of Peterborough cathedral. It
contains the hiftory of an intrigue betwixt Thomas of
Erceldoune, called the Rhymer, and the queen of fairies,
by whom, as every one knows, he was tranfported to the
“ Lond of Faerie,”’ and gifted with thofe fupernatural
powers of poetry and prophefy, by which he was after-
wards diftinguifhed. The following dialogue paffes be-

4 twixt

MINSTREL.

twixt the bard and his fuery leman upon this memorable

on

Fare wel, ‘Thomas, I wend my way,
T may no longer ftande with the.—
Gif me fum tokyo, lady gaye,
That I may fay I fpake with the.—

‘To harp and carpe, Thomas, wher fo ever ze gon,
Thomas, take the thefe with the.

Harping, he faid, ken I non,
For tong is chefe of mynitralcic. —

If thu wil fpelle, or talys tele,
Thomas thu hal never make lye ;
Wher fo ever thu goo, to fryth or felle,
I pray thu fpeke never non ille of me.’”

From this decifive declaration, which a poet and minftrel
made on the nature of his own profeflion, it appears plainly,
that, in more ancient times, the minttrcl’s principal and
moft honourable occupation referred to poetry, rather than
mutic; and the Rhymer might have been jultly deferibed as
one “who united the arts of poetry and mulic, and fung
verfes to the harp, of his own compofing,”’ if he had not
difdained the mufical {kill to which it was Mr. Ritfon’s per-
fuafion that the talents of the minftrel were exclufively li-
mited. See Edinb. Rev. No. XIV. p. 394, &c.

Mr. Ellis, in the Introduétion to his * Specimens of early
Englith Metrical. Romances,” has given ws a plain and com-
prehenfive view of the rife and progrefs of the minitrels and
their poetry. Of his account we {hall avail ourfelves in the
compilation of this article.

Normandy appears to have been the cradle of minftrelfy.
The Northmen who wrefted that province from the feeble
fucceffors of Charlemagne, had, doubtlefs, like all other
barbarous people, efpecially the Scandinavian tribes, their
national poets, under the name of f{calds, or by whatever
other term they were diftinguifhed. On their fettling in
Neuttria, their native fpeech {peedily melted down into the
~ more commodious and extended language ufed by the in-
habitants of Northern France, which was called romance,
being, in faé, a corrupted Latin, introduced by the Ro-
mans into their Gallic province. In this language, the
minitrels compofed moft of their works, until, from that
circumftance, the word romance, from fignifying the early
Norman-French, came at length to mean thofe chivalrous
tales ufualiy compofed in that tongue.

«« It appears likely,”’ fays Mr. Ellis, « that they were car-
ried by Rollo into France, where they probably introduced a
certain number of their native traditions ; thofe, for inftance,
relating to Ogier le Dancis, and other northern heroes, who
were afterwards enliited into the tales of chivalry ; but that,
being deprived of the mythology of their original religion,
and cramped, perhaps, as well by the fober fpirit of Chrif-
uanity, as by the imperfection of a language whofe tameneis
was utterly inapplicable to the fublime obfcurity of their
native poetry, they were obliged to adopt various modes 6f
amuling, and to unite the talents of the mimic and the
juggler, as a compenfation for the defeéts of the mufician
and peet. Their mufical fkill, however, if we may judge
from the number of their initruments, of which very formi-
dable catalogues are to be found in every defeription of a
royal feftival, may not have been contemptible ; and their

try, even though confined to fhort compofitions, was not
Bikely to be void of interelt to their hearers, while employed
on the topics of flattery or fatire. Their rewards were
certainly, in fome cafes, enormous, and prove the efteem in
which they were held ; though this may be partly afcribed

Vor. XXIII.

to the general thirft after amufement, and the difficulty ex.
pericaced by the great in dillipating the tedioufnefs of life;
fo that the gift of three parithes of Gloucetterthire, affigned
by William the Conqueror for the fupport of his joewlator,
may, perhaps, be a lefs accurate meafure of the minftrel's
accomplifhments, than of the monarch’s power and of the
infipidity of his gourt.

** 'T'o the talents already enumerated, the minftrels added,
foon after the birth of French literature, the important eceu-
pation of the di/eur, or declaimer. Perhaps, the declamation
of metrical compolitions might have required, during their
firft {tate of imperfection, fome kind of chant, and even the
affiftance of fome mufical inftruments, to fupply the defi-
ciencies of the meafure ; perhaps, the aids of gefture and
pantomime may have been neceflary to relieve the monotony
of a long recitation: but at all events it is evident, that an
author who wrote for the public at large, during the eleventh,
twelfth, and thirteenth centuries, was not lefs dependent for
his fuccefs on the min(trels, than a modern writer of tragedy
or comedy on the players of the prefent day. A copyiit
might multiply manuferipts for the fupply of convent.
libraries ; but while ecclefiaftics alone were able to read,
there was no accefs to the ears of a military nobility, with-
out the intervention of a body of men who travelled in every
direétion, and were every where welcomed as the promoters
of mirth and conviviality.

* The next ftep waseafy. Being compelled to a frequent
exercife of their talent in extemporaneous compofitions, the
minftrels were probably, like the improvifatori of Italy, at
leaft equal, if not fuperior, to more learned writers, in the
merely mechanical parts of poetry ; they were alfo better
judges of the public tafte. By the preprels of tranflation
they became the depofitaries of nearly all the knowledge of
the age, which was committed to their memory : it was na-
tural, therefore, that they fhould forma variety of new com-
binations from the numerous materials in their poffeffion ;
and it will be fhewn hereafter, that many of our moft po-
pular romances were moit probably brought by their efforts
to the ftate in which we now fee them. This was the moft
{plendid era of their hiftory, and feems to have compre-
hended the latter part of the twelfth, and perhaps the whole

of the thirteenth century. After that time, from the ge-

neral progrefs of inftruétion, the number of readers began
to re a and the metrical romances were infenfibly up-
planted by romances in profe, whofe monotony neither re-
quired nor could derive much affiftance from the art of de-
clamation. The vifits of the minftrels had been only peri-
odical, and generally confined to the great feftivals of the
year ; but the refources, fuch as they were, of the ponderous
profe legend were always acceflible. Thus began the de-
cline of a body of mien, whofe complete degradation feems
to have been the fubfequent refult of their own vices.
During the period of their fuccefs they had moft impudently
abufed the credulity of the public; but it is a whimfical
fa&t, that the fame fables which were difcredited while in
verfe, were again, on their transfufion into profe, received
without fufpicion. It fhould feem that falfhood is es
rally fafe from deteCtion, when concealed under a fufficient
cloak of dulnefs.”’

This hiftory folves a difficulty which Mr. Ritfon, already
cited, found in reconciling the degraded ftate of the min-
ftrels to the high rewards and countenance which they fome-
times received, even in preference to thofe of the clerical
profeffion. It appears, on one occafion, that two mendicant
friars foliciting hofpitality at the gate of a convent, were
received with acclamation under the idea of their being
minftrels, and kicked out —_ when they announced ais

re

4

MIN

real chara&ter. It is alfo proved, we believe, that one min-
ftrel received four fhillings for his performance, and fix priefts
enly fixpence, at the fame feftival. But fuch inftances of
extravagant reward to individuals of a clafs which dedicates
perfonal exertions to public amufement, are confiftent with
the general difrefpe& to which this body in general is con-
demned.

There are two remarkable fais in hiftory, which prove
that the profeffion of a minftrel was held in great reverence
~among the Saxon tribes, as well as among their Danifh
“brethren. -In the year 878, when king Alfred wifhed to
learn the true fituation of the Danifh army, which had
invaded his realm, he aflumed the drefs and charaéter of a
*minftrel, Angens fe joculatorem, affumpta cithara, &c. and un-
“der this chara¢ter, though he could not but be known to be
<a ‘Saxon, obtained an honourable reception. About fixty
~years after, a Danifh king made ufe of the fame difguife to
‘explore the camp of our king Athelftan. The minitrel
“was, therefore, a privileged charaGter with both thefe peo-
‘ple: and fo late as the reign of Edward I1. the minitrels
“were eafily admitted into the royal prefence ; an inftance
"of which Is mentioned by Stow (Survéy of Lond. °1703,
“p- 469.) In the fourth-year of Richard II. John of Gaunt
erected at Tutbury, in Staffordthire, a court of minftrels,
“with full power to receive fuit and fervice from the men of
‘this profeffion within five neighbouring counties, to enact
laws and determine their controverfies, &c. for which they
‘had acharter, See Plott’s Hilt. Staff. p. 4395, &e.

The minftrels continued down to the reign of Elizabeth;
in whofe time, however, they had loft much of their dig-
nity, and were finking into contempt and negle& ; yet ftill
they {uitained a character far fuperior to any thing we, can

“conceive at prefent.of old ballads. Towards the end of the
“fixteenth century this clafs of men loft all credit, and were

funk fo low in the public opinion, that in the thirty-ninth
-year of Elizabeth, a itatute was pafled by which minftrels,
“wandering abroad, were included among rogues, vagabonds,
and fturdy beggars, and were adjudged to be punithed as
fuch, This a& feems to have put an end'to the prefeffion,
for after this time they are no longer mentioned. Judge
Blackftone obferves, that in fome manors, the copyholders
were bound to perform many fervile offices for the lord,
who found them meat and drink, and fometimes {as is {till
the ufe in the Highlands of Scotland) ‘a minftrel or piper
for their diverfion.. Comm. b. ii.
_ Fhe firft compofitions of the minftrels, according to Mr.
Ellis (ubi fupra), feem to have been unadorned annals or
hiftories, reduced to meafure for the convenience of the
reciter, who was to retain them upon his memory. This
field, however, foon became too barren and uninterefting.
Other fources of narration were fought for. Some oecurred
in the ancient fongs of the fealds, the legitimate _produc-
tions of the minttrels. Others of Arabian origin found
their way to France through Spain. But a much more
numerous clafs was derived from the tales of the Armo-
ricans, the neighbours of the Normans, who derived them-
felves froma Welfh colony, From this fource, the minttrels
probably drew their firft accounts of

< —____.____ What refounds
-In fable or romance, of Uther’s fon,
Begirt with-Britifh and Armoric knights.”’

This theme, however, acquired its chief popularity after
the acquifition of England by William the Conqueror. It
is now completely proved, that the earlieft and beft French
romances were compofed for the meridian of the Englifh
court, where that language continued to be exclufively ufed,

MIN

at leaft till the time of Edward ITI. When the Norman
race of monarchs had once fecured themfelves on the throne
of England, and identified the honour of that country with
their own, they began to feel an intereft in its early hiftory,
and to liften with applaufe to the feats of its heroes. The
legends of the Welfh, on thefe occafions, were much more
acceptable than thofe of the Saxons. The latter were the
peaple whom the Normans had conquered, and whofe kings
they had difpoffeffed: the praife, therefore, of their de-
parted heroes revived fentiments of difcord, better forgotten
by all parties. . But the exploits of the Britifh were carried
back to fo ancient a period, and fo intermingled with Celtic
fable, that they recalled no fentiments of ancient independ-
ence, and fuggefted no ideas dangerous to the Norman race.
The exploits of Arthur were therefore unanimoufly adopted
as the fabjeét of tales and romances without end; and
théfe were drawn by the»Norman minftrels from the Britifh
traditions owing from Wales, and floating in what had lately
been the Britifh kingdom of Cumberland; but efpecially
from the works of Geoffrey of Monmouth. ;

Mr. Ellis fhews, that the tlate of Wales, during the ele-
venth, twelfth, and thirteenth: centuries, was favourable to an
exchange of literary materials betwixt the bards of that
country and the Norman minftrels, as well as between the
former and their brethren of: Armorica. ;

But as there is reafon to believe that the Britifh lays
-were feldom if ever committed to-writing, it might be ex-
petted that different minftrels would tell the fame itory with
fome variations ; that, unable to retain in their memory the
whole of a long narrative, they would carry off, in the firft
inftance, detached adventures, which they would afterwards
connect as well as they were able; and that a fyftem of
‘traditional hittory, thus imperfeétly preferved through the
medium of a very loofe tranflation, and already involved in
much geographical and chronological confufion, would af-
fume the fabulous appearance which we find in the French
narratives called romances. See RomANcE.

MINT, the place in which the king’s money -is coined.
Anciently there were mints in almoft every county in Eng-
land.; ‘but as-it is one of the prerogatives of the king to
coin the money of the realm, the bufinefs ef coining was
carried on principally in the Tower of London, from the
time of William the Conqueror to the year-1811. At this
latter period a very elegant building was completed on the
ealtern fide of Tower-hill, in which the coinage is now per-
formed with a fimplicity, difpatch, and accuracy that can
{carcely be conceived by any who have not been witnefles
of the feveral operations, ‘

Coining metallic money was originally performed by the
hammer, and afterwards by what was called the fcrew-prefs,
or mill and fcrew. Thefe operations have been amply
deferibed under the word ComnaGe. to which we beg to
refer our readers. In this place we fhali endeavour, in very
few words, to conduét them through the feveral offices of
the New Mint, and defcribe, as well as we can, the bufinefs
and proceffes carried on in each.

Almoft all the money, now coined in this kingdom, is
from bullion received from the Bank of ‘England ; from
which it is fent to the ‘ mafter of the mint’s aflay-office :’””
here it is received into what is called the ftrong-hold, and
there kept till its finenefs is afcertained, in order that its
true value may be computed.

This being afcertained, the parties concerned are defired
to attend at the office of receipt and delivery to witnefs its
weight, and to be informed of its finenefs, and, confequently,
of its value; the ftandard weight of the bullion being
determined by the calculation of the refpective offices.

A mint-

MINT,

A. mint-bill is now made out and given to the owner of
the bullion, by which he knows the exaét value of his de-
ofit. The next thing is to deliver the bullion to the melting-
oufe, which is furnifhed with a variety of apparatus, adapted,
not only to the melting of the gold and filver, but the lifting
in and out the pots containing the precious metals, with
fafety, cafe, and expedition, ‘The filver is melted in pots of
ealt-iron, but the gold is melted in {maller pots manufac-
tured from black-lead, which, according to the modern
chemiftry, is a carburet of iron. ‘The filver is run into plates
ten inches long, feven wide, and about five-cighths of an
inch thick : the gold-plates are ten inches in length, four in
breadth, and three-eighths of an inch in thicknefss While

the metal is pouring into the moulds, there are three portions ,

taken, from the top, the middle, and bottom of each pot,
and carried to the king’s affay-office, there to be examined
by the matter of that office, and not yereeia to pafs into
work until the finenefs of the metal is accurately deter-
mined, The furnaces ufed are air-furnaces, and the fuel is
coke.

In the procefs of melting there will neceflarily be watte :
every thing, therefore, that can poffibly contain any portion
of the precious metals, fuch as the {weepings of the melting-
houfe, &c. are collected and carried to another apartment,
in which are erected two grinding and two triturating mills,
where the fweep 1s worked up, and the fine metals in part
recovered, in the manner praétiled by refiners and gold-fmiths.

The f{weep, thus brought together, is ground into a pow-
der, and paffed through a fine fieve, by which the larger

rains of metal are obtained. The fweep is then put, in
Frnall portions, into a wooden bowl, having two iron handles,
by which it is carefully wafhed : the lighter particles, being
abforbed by the water, are collected in a large tub; the
heavy or metallic ones are found depofited at the bottom of
thebowl. By thefe means the mott confiderable of the par-
ticles of gold and filver are obtained. ‘Phe powdered
{weepings, however, which have been colleéted after the
wathing procefs, {till contain portions of metal ; to obtain
thefe, he {weep, in certain portions, is put into a mill, con-
taining generally about one hundred weight of mercury, the
remainder of the mill being filled with water: this is com-
monly called the triturating mill, and each charge is agi-
tated about four hours with an iron inftrument, having four
arms placed horizontally, in the fhape of a crofs, and fixed
to the centre of the mill; and for the better agitation of the
fweep and mercury, the motion of this mill can be reverfed
at pleafure.
’ From the melting-houfe, the plates above defcribed, pro-
vided they are found by the aflay-mafterto be of the exa&
degree of finenefs, are carried to the Rotiinc-Mill, (which
fee.) They are firft hot-rolled, that is, made red-hot, in a
furnace adapted to the purpofe, and then paffed through a
pair of calt-iron rollers. In the room in which this opera-
tion is performed there are four pair of rollers, which (as
they require an immenfe power) are put in motion by a
fteam-engine, of a power equal to that of thirty horfes. The
rollers are placed very near the furnaces, and the metal,
being brought to what is called-a blood-red heat, is taken
out by a man with a pair of {mith’s tongs, and immedi-
ately returned by another man, and again pafitd through
while hot two or three times, by which it is greatly ex-
tended : after this, it is annealed. See NEAaLina.

This procefs is called the breaking-down rolling, and
when finifhed the plates of filver are about ,°,ths of an inch
thick. They are then cut into flips bya pair of circular
fhears attached to the fhafts, by which the rollers are worked,

after which they are finifhed in what are culled the adjatting
rollers, which are alfo made of eaft-iron, and very finely po-
lithed. In this procefs the flips are rolled cold, and when a
piece cut from the middle of each is found of the proper
ttandard weight, they are carried to another apartment,
called the cutting-out room, containing twelve machines
worked by a fteam-engine of the power of fixteen horfes,
With thele machines the blank pieces are cut out from the
ftrips or laming juft mentioned with great eafe and velocity.
The only manual labour required, is that performed by a
boy nine or ten years old at each machine ; he quickly learns
the art of prefenting the lamin to the cutters, which in-
ftantly cut out the blank pieces of metal; thefe fo flruck
fall through a hole that conducts to a box placed below to
receive them. Each machine will cut 60 pieces in a mi-
nute, of courfe the twelve will protluce 720 in a minute,
or 43,200 in an hour. Formerly thefe machines were worked
by hand by a man or boy at each cutter, but no manual
labour can operate fo accurately and well as the power ob-
tained by the fteam-engine.. The inftruments with which
the blanks are cut (called a bed and punch), are made of
fteel, of the exact diameter of the piece of money required.

From this apartment the blanks are carried to the adjuft-
ing-room, where every piece is moft accurately weighed,
the gold twice, at leaft, and the filver’once: thofe pieces
that are found too heavy are reduced by the file, called a
float, and thofe that are found too light, which occafionally
occurs, are re-melted.

The blanks, now properly adjufted, are carried to the
milling-room. Into this, the writer of the prefent article was
not allowed toenter; the procefs of milling being a fecret
by the very conftitution of the mint. This has always been
the cafe fince the time of Peter Blondeau, who introduced
the milling in 1662, as appears from an extraét from Mr.
Folkes, in his « Tables of Englifh Silver Coins,’ in which
he obferves, and the obfervation holds good even now,
though at the diftance of fixty-five years ; that “ it may be
noted that this practice of keeping fecret the manner of
edging the money, is ftill obferved in our mint, all thofe
who are entrufted with it being {worn not to difcover it:
notwithitanding, the manner in which the fame operation ix
performed in feveral foreign mints, is there publicly fhewn.’?

The blanks, when milled, are annealed, or foftened, in or-
der that they may be fitted to receive the impreffion.

The next operations are pickling and cleaning, The
procefs of pickling is to throw the pieces of gold, thus an-
nealed, into a ftrong folution of fuper-fulphat of alumine,
thofe of filver into a folution of the fuper-fulphat of potahh.

When the pieces are properly blanched, they are taken
into another room to be dried and cleaned, which operation
is performed by agitatien in fieves, containing faw-duft, over
a gentle heat.

They are now taken to what is properly called the coin-
ing-room. In this apartment there are eight coining-preffes
worked by a ten horfe-power fteam-engine ; the apartment
alfo is, in the winter months, heated with fteam, fo as to be
kept co an uniform temperature. The machines are worked
with the moft perfect accuracy, and with fuch rapidity, that
each wiil produce about 60 in a minute ; and on the average, |
allowing for the neceflary delays in working forty pieces of
money, that is 320 guineas, &c. will pafs through the
eight machines in a minute, or about 19,200 in an hour.
Thefe machines require alfo one boy of ten or twelve years
of age to each, who, by fupplying the machine with the
planchets, runs no rifque of injury to his fingers, as the
machine contains in itfelf a felf-feeder or layer-on; the bufi- -

4K 2 nels

MIN

¥

nefs of the boy being only to fill the layer-on, through a
tube with the blanks. From this tube, the machine places
the blanks upon the dye, and when ftruck, difplaces one
piece and replaces another, and fo on as long as the fteam-
engine is kept at work. The coin thus completed is car-
ried to the mint-office, where the king’s affayer attends, and
where the procefs called Psxina, (which fee,) takes place,
to afcertain the weight and finenefs of the monies before de-
livery.

The two faces of the coin are ftruck at once, the upper
and under dye being both engraved for the purpofe. ‘The
dyes are the workmanfhip of fome capital engraver ; he, of
courfe, makes the pattern upon foft fteel: from this,
many others are taken at an office in the mint, and hardened,
as is defcribed under the article Casz-HARDENING. The
engraver is called upon to verify the acouracy of the dyes
made ufe of, with the pattern or mould which he has fur-
nifhed.

{n the time of Charles II., when the Englifh coins were
brought to great perfe€tion, John Roetier, a native of An-
twerp, and Thomas Simon, were engravers to the mint.
They were both called upon to make models or pattern
pieces of money, to be exhibited at court; his majelty is
faid to have given the preference to thofe by Roetier, which
were ordered to be followed in the puncheons or dyes to
be made for the new money. ‘¢ Which preference,’’ fays
Mr. Folkes, ‘*fo far exafperated Simon, who did not value his
performances lefs than they deferved, nor knew how to fub-
mit to a foreign rivals that he thereupon immediately quitted
the mint, or, for fome apprehended nufbehaviour upon the
occafien, was foon after removed from the office of one of
the chief engravers.’”

It was in the year 1663, that he produced that inimitable
crown, with the petition round the edge, that is now va-
ued by the curious as a mafter-piece in this fort of work-
manip. It refembles what were the common milled five
filling pieces, but the king’s head is larger; the face and
the garment are covered with a fort of frolted work. The
letters are expreffed by outlines frofted in the middle, and
under the head is the name of Simon: upon the reverfe
there is acentre, inftead of the ufual ftar, the figure of St,
George on horfeback, encircled with the garter. The date
is 1663, and upon the edge is the artilt’s petition, viz.
« Thomas Simon moft humbly prays your majeity, to com-
pare this his trial-piece with the Dutch, and if more truly
drawn and embofled, more gracefully ordered, and more ac-
curately engrayen, to relieve him.’ It is faid, there were not
more than twenty of thefe pieces ftruck off with the pe-
tition, and a {mall number without. We have feen one of the
twenty in poffefiion of the Rev. Dr. Difney, from the col-
leGtion of the late Mr. J. Hollis; it is in the higheft ftate
of prefervation: and in the memoirs of Mr. Hollis is a fine
engraving of the medal, a little magnified. It is not af-
certained what relief Simon obtained upon this petition,
but it is pretty clear he was never afterwards employed in
the mint

Mint, Officers of the, are, 1. The warden, who is the
chief, and is to receive the bullion, and overfee ali the other
efficers. This officer has under him a deputy and two
clerks. ¢. The matter-worker, with three clerks; he re-
eeives the bullion from the warden, caufes it to be melted,
and (delivered to the moniers; and takes it from them agam
when coined. 3. Comptroller, with a deputy and clerk,
who is to fee that the money be made to the juit affize,
and to everfee the officers. 4. The affay-mafter, who
weighs the jilver and gold, ay fees whether it be

MIN

ftandard. (See Remepy.) This officer, called the king’s

affay-mafter, has under him aclerk. 5. The mafter’s aflay-
matter, and the probationer aflayer. 6. The furveyor of the
melting, who is to fee the filver calt out, and that it be
not altered after it is delivered to the melter, i. ¢, after
the affay-mafter has made a trial of it. 7. The clerk of
the irons, who is to fee that the irons be clean, and fit to
work with. Thefe two offices are united in one perfon,
who has a deputy andclerk, 8, The chief engraver, who
engraves the dyes and ftamps for the coinage of money:
there is alfo an affiftant engraver, and a probationer engraver,
with a {mith, affiftant to the engravers. g. The melters, who
melt the bullion before it comes to coining. 10. The
blanchers, who anneal, or boil and cleanfe the money.
11. The porter and office-keeper, who keep the gate, &c.
of the mint. 12. The provoit to the company of moniers,
acting as erfgineer, who provides for all the moniers,
and overfees them. And, lattly, the company of moniers ;
fome of whom fhear the money, fome forge it, fome ftamp
Or coin it, and fome round and mill it. In this office, there
are alfo the weigher and teller ; receiver; king’s clerk, and
clerk of the paper; furveyor of the money-prefles; foli-
citor and affiftant ; warden’s deputy, maiter’s deputy, comp-
troller’s deputy, and fubordinate clerks. See Goinace, and
the preceding article.

Mint, Roman, has been juftly regarded as one of the
mott effential ornaments and finews of the ftate. It derived
great importance from the extent of the empire through
which its produce was to circulate. The ‘ Queftor’”
feems at firftto have had the dire€tion of the mint, as well as
of the treafury. About the time of the firlt coinage of filver
in Rome. or 266 years B. C., the ** Triumviri Monetales’?
feem to have been created; though Pomponius afcribes
their firft creation to the year of Rome 463, or 289 B.C.
Thefe were at firft of the fenatorial rank, until Auguttus
appointed them from the equettrian, which alteration feems
to have continued. The title ‘ Triumvyiri,’’ however,
remained till after Caracalla, as appears from infcriptions
given us by Gruter, and by Bouterouc, Under Aurelian,
it is probable there was but one matter of the Roman mint,
called the “ Rationalis ;”? a change fufpeéted by Pinkerton
to have taken place under Gallienus. Aurelian, having
conquered the revolted provinces, and united the whole
empire again, feems to have.altered the form of the mints in
the capital provincial cities, and to have ordered them all to
ftrike money with Latin legends, and of the fame forms ;
for with him firlt appear coins on this plan with mint-marks
of cities and offices. He feems alfo to have permitted the
provincial cities to {trike gold and filver as at Rome: and
we know from his coins that the ‘¢ Aureus,’? which had
diminithed by degrees to about 80 grains, was by him reftored
to 100. On-this occafion, the moniers, who lo! half their
profits, and three-fourths of whom loft their work, caufed
commotions, which terminated ina rebellion, the fuppreffion
of which was attended, on the part of Aurelian, with the
lofs of 7000 of his beft troops, About this.time, the
“ Procuratcr Monete’’ feems to have fuceeeded the «* Ra-
tionalis."? Inthe Roman colonies, the direction of the mint
appears to have been committed to the *¢ Duumviri,”’ or two
annual magiltrates, elefted in imitation of the confuls at
Rome. The engraving of the.dye was a work of labour
and of genius; and at Rome Greek artifts were ufually
employed in it. The engravers of the dye were called
Coelatores:” other officers employed in the mint were
the affayers of the metal, ‘¢ Speétatores,”’ ** Expe€atores,’?
or “ Nummulanii.””?, The refiners were denominated “ Ce-

as (5D

narii ;

MIN

narii ;"? the melters Fufarii,"’ “ Flatuarii,” “ Flaturarii.””
‘The “ Equatores Monctarum" adjutted the weight. The
** Suppoltores" put the pieces in the dye, and the “ Mal-
leatores’’ ftruck it. A * Primicerius’? was at the head of
each office; and there was a foreman, called “ Optio et
Exaétor.”” Pinkerton’s Ef. on Med, vol, i,

Mix was alfo a pretended place of privilege in South-
wark, near the king’s bench, put down by flatute, If any
perfons, within the limits of the mint, fhall obftruct any
officer in the ferving of any writ or procefs, &e. or affault
pe Earn therein, fo as to receive any bodily hurt, the
offender thall be guilty of felony, and be tranfported to the
plantations, &c, Stat. g Geo. I,

Mint, in Botany, &c. See Menrua.

Mint, Corymbiferous, a name given by fome to a f{pecies
of tanzy.

Mist, Cat's, the Englith name of a genus of plants,
called by botanical writers cataria. See Carmine.

MINTERS, or Moniens. See Moneyens and Mint.

MINTING is fometimes ufed for the coining of money.

MINTON, in Geography, an ifland in the Indian fea,
near the W. coalt of the ifland of Sumatra, a little S. of the
line. E. long. 97° 8’.

MINTURN, in Ancient Geography, a town of Italy,
in Latium, upon the Appian way, near Formiz on the W.,
and Sueffa Arunea on the E. fituated on the Liris, at forte
diftance from its mouth. Livy foeaks of it as a very ancient
city. The Romans gained poffeflion of it by treafon, in the
year of Rome 439, and planted a colony init. But the
event which rendered it particularly memorable, was the
imprifonment of Marius in this town, and his efcape, in
confequence of {triking terror into the mind of the foldier
who was fent to aflaflinate him. See Marius.

MINUARTIA, in Botany, fo called by Leefling in com-
memoration of a Spanith botanift of the name of , oe
an apothecary at Madrid, with whom Leefling was ac-
quainted while in Spain, and from whom he received many
botanical obfervation:, as appears by various paffages in his
letters publifhed by Linnzus.—Leefl. It. 48. Linn. Gen. 42.
Schreb. 58. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 492. Mart. Mill, Dict.
v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v.1. 184. Jul. 300. La-
marck Illuftr. t. 52.—Clafs and order, Triandria Trigynia.
Nat. Ord. Caryophylici, Linn. and Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, ere&t, long, compreffed,
of five, awl-fhaped, rather ftiff, permanent leaves. Cor. none.
Neary compofed of a few deprefled glands within the
calyx. Stam. Filaments three, capillary, fhort, inferted into
the receptacle; anthers roundifh. Pi. Germen fuperior,
triangular; ftyles three, fhort, thread-thaped; {tigmas
thickifh. Peric. Capfule oblong, triangular, a little fhorter
than the calyx, of one cell and three valves. Seeds not
numerous, roundifh, compreffed.

Obf. Ainuartta montana is {aid occafionally to be found
with traces of five minute petals, which are poffibly what
Leefling defcribed as neCtanferous glands.

Eff. Ch. Calyx of five leaves. Corolla none.
with one cell and three valves. Seeds few.

1. M. dichotoma. Linn. Sp. Pl. 132. Leefl. It. t. 1.
f, 3.—Leaves briftle-fhaped. Stem fimple,ere&. Flowers
folble, crowded together in a forked manner.—Very plenti-
ful on the hills about Madrid.—This little annual fearcely
exceeds an inch in height. The /fem is fimple, erect, rarely
branched, dichotomous at the upper part. Leaves oppofite,
awl or briftle-fhaped, ere, fo clofe as to cover the whole
_ ftem. Flowers feffile, cymofe, forming a little {quare head,

clofely forked. Bradeas long, awl-thaped, rigid, twice or

Capfule

MIN

thrice as long as the flower, Sredy from five to eight, kid-
ney-fhaped, The whole plant aflumes a browni us
sf any

2. M. montana. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1ga. Leefl. It. t. 1. f. 4.
—Tllowers crowded, lateral, alternate, fhorter than the
braétea.—Found in wet fandy fituations on the fides of hills
about Madrid. —Root annual, fibrous, very fall. Stem
fimple, fearcely an inch in height, jointed, {mooth. Leaves
oppolite ereét, briftle-fhaped, broader at the bafe, ftriated,
acute, rigid. lowers fellile, about three together, rarely
folitary. Seeds from three vo feven, fmall.

3. M. campeftris. Linn. Sp. Pl..132. Lorfl. It. 122.—
Flowers crowded, terminal, alternate, fhorter than the
braétea.—Fourd in fituations fimilar to the two laft fpecies.
—Root annual, very lender and fimple, fomewhat twifled.
Stem quite fimple, and very fhort, covered with leaves, round.
Leaves oppolite, flat, awl-fhaped, flriated, rigid, clofe to the
ftem, numerous. Flowers terminal, forming a compact little
head, partially forked, but net univerfally fo, and in this
refpect the plant chiefly differs from J. dichotoma. Seeds
five or fix, compreffed, kidney-fhaped.—The whole plaut
has a fealy or hufky afpe&,

MINUCCIO p’Anzezzo, in Biography, according to-
Boccaccio, an exquilite finger and player on the viol, in
great favour with Peter of Roan, king of Sicily.

MINUET, or Menuet, in Mujic, a compofition anfwer-
ing to a kind of dance of the fame name, faid to be invented
at Poi&tou; the motion of which is triple, with three crotchets
in a bar 3, though it is commonly performed in the time
$. It has commonly two ftrains, each played twice over;
the firlt has four or eight bars, the laft note of which fhould
be either the dominant or mediant of the mode, never the
final ; and the fecond has eight bars, it ufually ends on the
final of the mode, with a pointed minim or whole bar.

The word is faid to be derived from the French menu,
iittle, and fignifying a finall pace.

It feems as if the air and dance of that.name, in fuch high
favour and ufe during the laft century in all the courts of
Europe, as well as that of France, whence it was adopted,
was either unknown to Broffard, or its character muft have
been very much changed fince his time. In his Dit. de
Muf. he defines minuetto, or menuet, Danfe fort gaye, a very
lively dance. But fo far from lively and gay was this
dance, that its charaéteriftics were grace and gravity.
It has been even faid to be the only grave dance fince the
difufe of the louvre, ft for perfons of high rank and dig-—
nity to dance alone at courts or great balls. But as the
country-dance, at the latter end of the laft century, was
fupplanted by the cotillon, the cotillon by the waltz, the
inftrumental minuet by the jig, the dance itfelf of the flow
minuet is wholly abolifhed. For a further account, fee
MeEnvet.

MINUETTO ger Ballo; Ital..a dancing minuet.

MINURL, in Geography, a town of Naples, in Principato -
Citra; 9 miles S.W. of Salerno.

MINUS, in Algebra. See Cuaracters, in Arithmetic.

Minus Qua, in Law. See Quo Minus.

MINUSCUL2, in Printing, denote the fmall and run--
ning sarees 3 as contradiltinguifhed from majujcule, or”
capitals.

MINUTE, from the Latin minutus; fmail, in Geography.
and Affronomy, isthe fixtieth part of a degree.

In which fénfe minute is alfu called prime, or prime-minute.

The divifions of degrees are fraétions, whofe denomina--
tors increafe in a fexagecupal ratio ; that is, a mirute-or
prime is = (gth;.a fecond, orfeconduminute, = +7g5dth,-
&e,-

. In

MIN

In aftronomical tables, &c. minutes are expreffed by acute
accents, thus,'; the feconds by two,"; the thirds by
three, !".

Minute, in Computation of Time, is ufed for the fixtieth
part of an hour.

Minute, in Archite@ure, ufvally denotes the fixtieth,
fometimes only the thirtieth, part or divifion, of a module.

Minute is alfo ufed to fignify a fhort memoir, or fketch
of any thing haftily taken in writing.

In this fenfe we fay, the minutes of the proceedings of
the houfe of lords, &c. .

Mrnutes of Emerfion, See EMERSION.

Minutes, Meridional. See MeripIoNAL.

Minute Tithes, Minores Decime, {mall tithes of wool,
lambs, pigs, butter, cheefe, &c. See TITHE.

MINUTIUS, Fexix, Marcus, in Biography, an able
apologift for Chriftianity in the third century, probably a
native of Africa, who flourifhed towards the clofe of the
reign of the emperor Septimius Severus, or about the year
a10. He was educated to the profeffion of the law, and
became an eminent pleader at Rome; where he renounced
the heathen religion, and embraced that of Chrift. He
was author of an excellent defence of Chriftianity, entitled
«: O@avius,”’ written in the form of a dialogue, between a
heathen, and a Chriftian, in which Minutius himfelf fits as
judge and moderator. By this contrivance, he replies to
the objeGtions and arguments brought forward by the ad-
verfary, and refutes the calumnies caft upon Chriftians by
the heathen philofophers, and at the fame time expofes the
abfurdities of their creed and worlhip, powerfully demon-
ftrating the reafonablenefs and excellence of the Chriftian
religion. This work was, for a confiderable time, attri-
buted to Arnobius; but in the year 1560, Francis Baldwin,
a learned lawyer, publifhed it at Heidelberg, and made the
difcovery, in a preliminary differtation, that Minutius was
its true author. It has, fince that time, gone through
many editions, of which the beft is that printed at Cam-
bridge in 1712, with the differtation of Baldwin prefixed,
and “ Commodiani Inftru@tiones adverfus Gentium Deos,”
added in the way of appendix. Gen. Biog. Lardner.

MINUZIANO, A gssanpno, a learned printer in the
15th century, was born at St. Severo, in Pugha. After
ftudying under George Merula at Milan, he fucceeded him
as profeffor of rhetoric, and held that chair, with the pro-
feflorfhip of hiftory, feveral years. He interefted himfelf
very much in the editing of the learned works that iflued
from his prefs, and at length eftablifhed a printing-prefs of
his own. The firft fpecimen that he gave was a fine edition
of all Cicero’s works, in four vols. folio. After this, he
publifhed editions of various authors, ancient and modern,
to many of which he prefixed learned prefaces, written in an
elegant ftyle. He was a diligent collator of old manu-
fcripts, and took vaft pains to eftablifh the moft authen-
ticated readings. He was not free from the unfair praCtice,
at that period but too common among printers, of pirating
each other’s works: and when Leo X. caufed the “ An-
nales’? of Tacitus to be printed for the firlt time at Rome,
he found means, by bribing fome of the workmen employed
upon it, to obtain the fheets as they were worked, and
brought out a rival edition. On account of this he incurred
the pope's difpleafure, and involved himfelf in troubles from
which he was {carcely able to extricate himfelf.

MINX, in Zoology, is the name of an animal in North
America, very much refembling the otter. See MusTELa
Vifon |

MINYA, in Ancient Geography, a town of Greece, in
Theffaly, called alfo «* Almonia.”—Alfo, a town of Afia,

MITO

in Phrygia. —Alfo, a town of the ifland Amorgos, fituated

in the moft weftern part of the ifland.

MINYZ, Mixvans, an ancient people of Greece, who
were difperfed through different countries. The moft
ancient people of this name were fettled in Beeotia, and the
inhabitants of Orchomené are faid to have derived it from
Minyas, one of their kings. Some of thefe Minyans con-
dued a colony to Tolcos, and hence the Argonauts have
been fometimes denominated Minyans. Others of them
joined themfelves to a colony which the fons of Codrus
conduéted to Tonia; and they eftablifhed themfelves, under
the dire&tion of Athamas, at Theos, a town fituated to the
fouth of the ilthmus which conneéts the peninfula with the
continent, W. of Smyrna. Others of them, tracing their
derivation from the Argonauts, fettled in the ifle of Lemnos,
whence they were driven by the Pelafgians. Thefe fugitives
failed to Laconia, and having encamped on mount ‘Taygetus,
the Lacedemonians gave them land, and they intermarried
with the Lacedemonians. Of thefe Minyans, fome in pro-
cefs of time afpired to the government, and rebelled againft
the powers that enforced the exifting laws ; and they were
arrefted, thrown into prifon, and threatened with death.
But their wives, having obtained permiffion to vifit them
in prifon at the time when they were to be executed, changed
clothes with them, and thus afforded them the means of
refcue. ‘They then retired to mount Taygetus, where they
mult have perifhed, if, Theras, of the race of Cadmus, had
not obtained their pardon.

MIOGA, in Botany, the Japanefe name of a plant of

_ the natural order of Scitaminea, called by Kampfer Dsjooka,

vulgarly. MZjoga, Mionga, or Mezga, Ameen. Exot. 826."
(Amomum Mioga; Thunb. Jap. 14. Kampf. Ic. t. 1.
Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1.7. Zingiber Mioga; Rofcoe Tr. of
Linn. Soc. v. 8. 348.)—Kempfer defcribes it as “¢ one of
the eatable kinds of Ginger, of a mild tafte, with a reedy
ftem and leaves, refembling thofe of wild Ginger (Zingiber
Zerumbet of Rofcoe). Its flowering bulb grows from the
root near the ftem, at the furface of the ground. The
flowers are produced in fucceffion, each proceeding from
between fcales, hooded, two inches long, of a pale colour,
refembling the flowers of Ginger, with a faint {mell of
Peta/ites, or Butter-bur.’?

‘This curious plant was fent to Kew garden in 1796, by
the right hon. fir Jofeph Banks, but has not yet flowered.
By Kempfer’s plate the flower-ftalk appears remarkably
fhort for a Zingiber, and more refembling a true Amomum,
but there is no effential difference, ‘The coincidences be-
tween the chara¢ters of the flowers, and the qualities of the

roots, in thefe feveral fpecies, confirm the folidity of Mr,

Rofcoe’s arrangement, whicl: is one of the happielt efforts
that have been made in fcientific botany. See SclTAMINER,

MIOKECK, in Geography, a town of Sweden, in Weft
Gothland; 36 miles S.E. of Gotheborg,

MIOLENS, a town of France, in the department of
Mont Blanc, at the conflux of the Arche and Ifere;
10 miles E. of Chambery.—Alfo, a town and fortrefs of
France, in the department of the Lower Alps ; 9 miles W.
of Barcelonetta.

MIOLLON, a {mall ifland on the W. fide of the gulf
of Bothnia. N. lat.63°4!. E. long. 18° 20!,

MIONIKIALLE, a town of Perfia, in the province of
Mazanderan ; 42 miles S. of Fehrabat.

MIOSS, a lake of Norway, in the government of Agger-
huus, about 50 miles long from N. to S., and from 2 to 16
broad, containing one ifland, 8’ miles in circuit ; the fouthern
extremity is 30 miles N.E. of Chriftiania. Mbt oh,

2 MIOU-

MIR

“MIOUTOLON, a {mall ifland in the Indian fea, near
the coatt of Africa,

MIPARTY, Chamber of. See Cuamonn,

MIPROVETZ, in Geography, a town of Bulgaria, the
fee of a Greek archbifhop ; 52 miles N.W, of Sophia.

MIQUELETS, a kind of foot foldiers, inhabiting the
Pyrenean mountains: armed with piftols under their belts, a
carbine, and a dagger. ‘lhe miquelets are dangerous people
for travellers to meet.

MIQUELON, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the Atlan-
tic ocean, cight miles S,W. of Cape May, in Newfoundland.
Tt ig not more than three-fourths of a league in length, and
its foil is indifferent. It was ceded to the French by the
peace of Paris in 1763. ‘The Englith deltroyed the fettle-
ment in 1778, and kept the afland till the year 1783, when it
was reltored by the peace; and in 1793 it was retaken by
the Englith, and reftored at the peace of Amiens. N, lat,
46° 56’. W. long. 56° 5’.

MIR a town of Lithuania, in the palatinate of Novogro-
dek ; a4 miles S.E. of Novogrodek.

Mir Nafer, a town of Perfia, in the province of Adir-
beitzan ; 30 miles W.N.W. of Urmia.

MIRA, a town of Italy; 10 miles E.N.E. of Padua;
eight miles W. of Venice.—Alfo, a town of Moldavia ;

mifes S.W. of Birlat—Alfo, a town of South Ame-
rica, in the province of Chocos ; 50 miles N. of Zitara.—
Alfo, atown of Portugal, in the province of Beira; 16
miles N.W. of Coimbra.—Alfo, a river of Para, which
runs into the Pacific ocean, N. lat. 1° 40!.

MIRABAT, or Mirzar, a town of Arabia, in the
province of Oman ; 260 miles S.W. of Mafcat.

MIRABAUD, Joun Baptist, in Biography, 4 man of
letters, was defcended from a family of Provence, and born
at Paris in 1675. He was intended, in early life, for the
military satel, and was prefent at feveral battles. After
this he ‘became a member of the congregation of the Qra-
tory, to which fociety he.continued warmly attached through
‘the remainder of his life. ~Having fpent many years in lite-
rary, purfuits he engaged in the fervice of the houfe of Or-
leans, and was entruited with the education of two young

rincefles of that family, As an author he was firft known
by his tranflation of Taffo’s “ Jerufalem Delivered.” This
work gave him an entrance into the French academy in’ the
year 1726, though not without fome murmurs from ori-
ginal writers, who did not {cruple to fay that the patronage
of the houfe of Orleans had more contributed to procure him
this diftinction, than his merit as an author. He next tran{-
lated the “‘ Orlando Furiofo,’’ which was alfo favourably re-
ceived by the public. In 1742 he was eleted perpetual fe-
cretary of the French academy, on the acceptance of which
pott, he infifted upon renouncing the right to a double fee of
attendance, which his predeceflors had enjoyed. In return
for this difintereftednefs, the academy procured for him an
apartment in the Louvre, and a penfion was attached to the
fecretaryfhip. Having occupied the place for feveral years,
‘he refigned it to Duclos,. who, however, infifted upon Mi-
rabaud’'s retaining the penfion and apartment in the Louvre,
where he died, with perfeé tranquillity, in 1760, at the age
of 86. He was of a mild and equal temper, and a true
philofopher in his condu& and fentiments. He had com-
pofed various works on interefting topics of literature, hif-
tory, and philofophy ; to the “Syfteme de la Nature,”
publifhed in 1770, his name is prefixed, but it is now gene-
rally believed that he was not the author.

MIRABEAU, Vicror Riquetrti, marquis of, a French
political writer, and one of the leaders of the fe€& of Eco-
enomifts, was born of an ancient family of Provence His

MIR

firtk literary work, entitled “ L’ Ami des Hommes," pnb-
lithed in 1755) in three volumes, contains many ufeful ideas
on rural aud political economy, and difplays liberal and ju-
dicious views of the great interefts of fociety. It obtained
fo much public approbation and celebrity, thet the name of
the work became an epithet of the author, who is diftinguithed
as “ Mirabeau l'amides hommes.’’ He afterwards wrote in
favour of provincial adminiltrations, and publifhed “ Théorie
de I'Impdt:’? all his writings are faid to breathe a fpirit of
improvement and reform, which, together with his ftnétures
on the financiers, was fo little agreeable to the court, that he
was for a fhort time imprifoned in the Baftile. He is va-
rioufly reprefented, according to the different notions and
feelings of the perfons who have {poken of him and his works.
He died in 1790, at the commencement of the revolution,
after he had fhewn an attachment to the court, while his fon
was a mott diltinguifhed leader among the popular party,
All his writings were publithed collectively in eight volumes
12zmo., with the exception of one, entitled «* Hommes a ce-
lebrer,’’ in two volumes 8vo., which he fent in manufeript to
his friend, father Bofcovich, by whom it was printed at Baf-
fano.

Minaseau, Honore-Gasriet Rigverti, count of, fon
of the preceding, was born in 1749. ‘The impetuofity of his
temper led him to difdain the ordinary purfuits of youth,
though it has been thonght that a contempt for thefe purfuits
was the principal caufe of his want of application, for when
Locke on the ‘* Humao Underftanding”’ was put into his
hands, he fat down to the perufal of it with the clofeft atten-
tion, and after making fome progrefs init, exclaimed ‘ This
isthe book £ wanted.’’ While he was ililla ftripling he ex-
hibited an ungovernable and daring fpirit, with a propenfity
to almoft every irregularity. Between him and his father
there was the molt irreconcileable difference, fo that the
marquis, who has been charged by La Harpe with tyranny
in his family, obtained a lettre de cachet againtt his fon, then
only feventeen years old, and had him Sat confined in the
ifle of Rhé for two years. On his liberation he procured a
commiffion in the regiment of dragoons, with which he ferved
a year in Corfica. On his return to France he precipitated
himfelf into every extravagance, and became involved in great
difficulties. He married'a young lady of family and great
fortune, but his father contributed, on the occafion, nothing
more than his confent to this union, and his diflipations foon
brought him. into new difficulties. His condu& towards his
wife was brutal, and his irregularities became fo exceffive and
notorious that he was feveral times imprifoned, and once, on
account of his feducing a lady, the wife of the marquis de
Monnier, he was comn.itted to the caftle of Vincennes, where
he was confined nearly four years. Thefe imprifonments, by
checking his career of diflipation, tended to improve and
ftrengthen his mind, as he found in them no employment
fo interefting as laying in itores of information and refletion,
and acquiring the habit of compofition. At Vincennes he
became an author, and publifhed an abridgment of French
grammar, and fome licentious produGtions. ‘l'hefe were fol-
lowed by his celebrated “ Effai fur les Lettres de Cachet,
et les Prifons d’Etat,” in which he pleaded for the right of
every citizer to perfonal liberty, until he had been deprived
of it by a legal trial, with all the energy and eloquence of one
who had been,a fufferer under uncontrolled authority. He
next commenced an ation againit his father for maintenance
and arrears, in which he was fuccefsful. With the affiftance
of Chamfort, a man of letters of fome celebrity, he compofed
a work entitled Confiderations fur l’Ordre de Cincinnatus,’”
the fubje&t of which was a projeéted fociety in the United
States of North America, which the friends of pnbligantins

looked

MIRABEAU.

‘Yooked upon with jealouly. “During its compofition, he fre-
quently confulted Dr, Franklin, then at Paris. He now be-
came a writer by profeffion, and with a view to his mainte-
nance went to London, where he publifhed fome volumes of
a work called « Le Confervateur,’? in which an analyfis was
given of the moft valuable current publications. In London
he met with very {mall encouragement, and returned to Paris,
where he wrote fome traéts on public finance. In 1786 he
went to Berlin, to obferve the politics of the conrt, and was
admitted into the preferce of, and had a converfation with,
Frederic the Great, who was then attacked with his laft ill-
mefs. From his obfervations he wrote two very free and im-
portant letters of advice, or memorials, to the next king on
his acceffion. .He probably had fome views to employment
in the new reign, but his hopes were fruftrated by his licen-
tious charaéter, and his open profeffion of atheifm. He
chiefly occupied his time at Berlin, with laying in materials
for his flatiftical account of the Pruffian and Saxon ftates,
and for his fecret and fatirical hiftory of the court of Pruffia ;
he became a member of the fociety of J//uminati, and pub-
lifhed an ‘ Effay on the fe& of Illuminées,’’ which appear-
ing to difclofe its fecrets, 18 thought to mix with them fo
many abfurd fictions as to involve the whole in ridicule.

Upon the affembling of the Notables he returned to Paris,
and by the freedom of fome of his remarks, in a pamphlet
againft ftock-jobbing, an order was iffued for his appre-
henfion, which he fortunately evaded by a temporary con-
.cealment near Liege. He did not continue long there, but
on his return to the metropolis ingratiated himfelf with the
minifter Brienne, by writing againft Neckar. In 1787 he
vifited Berlin, and was employed, in conjunGtion with his
friend Mauvillon, in preparing for the prefs the work en-
titled «* Hiftoire de la Monarchie Pruffienne,” which was
publifhed in the following year, in four volumes 4to. and in
eight of the Svo. fize, and obtained for the author a high
reputation for political and fatirical knowledge. In 1789
appeared “ Hiltoire Secrete de la Cour de Berlin,” in which
the reigning king of Pruffia, and feveral other great per-
fonages in his court, were treated with fo much difrefpe&,
that the work was ordered, by the parliament of Paris, to be
burnt by the common hangman.

The affembling of the States-General excited in Mira-
beau’s mind the higheft expe€tations, and he, without doubt,
viewed the approaching troubles of the kingdom as pregnant
with events, in which his abilities would lead him to take a
very con{picuous part. At the time of the eletions he went
to Provence, with the hope of being chofen one of the de-
puties of the nobleffe for that province, but being rejected
as not poffefling any property in it, he opened a grocer’s fhop
at Aix, put on an apron, fold his wares, and rendered him-
felf fo popular, that he was elected, with the greatelt accla-
mations, a deputy of the tiers état of that city. On the
meeting of the ftates, he fet up a daily paper, which he en-
titled ** Lettres de Mirabeau 2 fes Commeitans,’’ which
gave fuch an account of the debates as might ferve the in-
terelts of the popular party. Some feeble attempts were
made to crufh it, but without any effe@, and its circulation
became very extenfive. He foon diltinguifhed himfelf as
the moft eloquent fpeaker, and took a leading part in thofe
difputes between the different orders, which ended in the
affumption of the charaGter of * National Affembly”’ by the
tiérs-état. It was on this occafion that a declaration was
iffued by the affembly, which among other fubjects obferved,
that ‘the denomination of ‘ National Affembly’ is the only
one befitting the affembly in the a€tual fituation of affairs,
hecaufe the members compofing it are the only reprefenta-

tives lawfully and publicly acknowledged and verified; be-

caule they are fent by almoft the whole nation, and becaufe
the Reprefentation being one and indivifible, none of the De-
puties chofen, in whatever order or clafs, has. a right to ex-
ercife his funGtions feparately from the prefent Affembly.”
@n another occafion, after a royal fitting, as it was called,
the deputies were ordered by the king to depart, and the
order was repeated by M. de Breze, grand-maiter of the
ceremonies. Mirabeau rofe, and addreffing Brezé in authori-
tative language, bid bim go and acquaint thofe who fent
him, that they were aflembled by the wiil of the people, and
that nothing but the bayonet fhould feparate them. ‘This
{fpeech confirmed the tiers-état in their refiftance to the royal
authority, and Mirabeau followed it by propofing and carry-
ing a dectee, declaring the inviolability of the perfons of the ©
members. About this time he attached himfelf to the duke
of Orleans, but finding that prince incapable of carrying
into effet any great defigns, he withdrew from his councils.
The death of his father in 1790 was of no advantage to his
fortune, on account of the embarraf{[ment in which he left
his affairs, yet he found means to pay off large debts, and
to live ina fplendid {tyle, which was generally attributed to
the donations of the duke of Orleans. His motions were
fometimes of a popular kind, fometimes tending to the {up-
port of authority. ‘Though apparently a friend to order, he
was thought fecretly to have been the inftigator of the worit
outrages committed by the mob, over whom he poffeffed a
greater influence than any other individual. In the infancy
of the Jacobin club he was a conftant attendant upon its -
meetings, but when the members feemed defirous of over-
fetting the whole fy{tem, he deferted andoppofed them. In
May 1790 he was the warm advocate for the right of peace
and war as inherent in the executive power ; from this period
it was generally faid that he had fold himfelf to the court,
and his popularity was for fome time much impaired. He
had however enough of art and management to recover his
influence, though he {till treated the Jacobins with great
contempt. It is imagined that he was engaged in a plan to
procure the diffolution of the national affembly, and the li-
berty of the king, by means of an appeal to the nation, when
he was attacked by a violent difeafe which proved fatal. The
danger of no individual ever excited fo univerfal an alarm ;
all Paris, as it were, crowded round his doer, with eager en-
quiries, and the king himfelf fent meffages to learn the ftate
of his health. He died April 2d, 1791, at the age of 42.
The honours paid to his memory were almoil unprecedented.
All public foectacles were fufpended till his funeral, which
was attended by all the minifters and deputies, and a vaft num-
ber of other perfons, to the Pantheon, where his body was de-
pofited by the fide of that of Defcartes. His buft was placed
in the halls of moft of the municipalities of the kingdom, and
funeral fervices were performed for'him in feveral of the pro-
vincial capitals. Such, however, were the mutations of the
public mind, that in the very next year, when republicanifm
was triumphant, his bufts were deftroyed, and his remains
diffipated. Befides the works already mentioned, he pub-
lifed a variety of pamphlets. In his perfon, Mirabeau was
grofs and repulfive ; in his manners, paflionate ard brutal.
He was the moft fplendid figure in the earlier fcenes of the
French revolution, but, like a meteor, he dazzled and dif-
appeared without leaving any lafting traces of his exiftence.
No man of the time was perhaps equally qualified to fhine in
political warfare. Pofleffed of great eloquence, he was ca- ~
pable of bearing all before him in popular debate, and of a
prefence of mind which no emergency could difconcert ; ac-
cultomed to lead the opinions of the public, and deriving
more popularity from the boldnefs of his writings, than he
loft by the diffolutenc{s of his morals, he was perfectly fitted
to

MIR

to adt on the tamultuary theatre of revolutionary politics.
His want of principle mult exclude him from the rank of a
real patriot, yet he was probably, on conviétion, a friend to
thofe public rights upon which all jut and enlightened go-
vernment is founded. Gen, Biog, Rabaut's Hin, of the
French Revolution.

MIRABEL, in Geography, a province of Crete or Candia,
lying to the E. of that of Candia, is populous, fertile, and
a ounding with oil, grain, and fruit Pivierly this province
fupplied leveral French vetlels with oil, and thus kept up its
rub for the benefit of the inhabitants ; but they have fince

een obliged to carry it, at a great expence, to Candia, and
to fell it at a low price to the Turkifh proprietors of
the foap houfes eltablihed in that town. In confequence
of this reduction of price, the cultivation of olive trees,
and the manufacture of oil, have declined. The road of
Mirabel faces the eaft, and affords to veffels a tolerably fafe
anchorage. It is theltered and defended by two fmall
iflands fituated in front. ‘The town is greatly diminifhed fince
commerce has taken another direction. Here are {till reckoned
1500 inhabitants, moft of whom are Greeks and culti-
vators. South of Mirabel lies the province of * Hiera-
Petra,”’ or “ Gera-Petra,”’ which produces, like the other

rovince, oil, grain, various fruits, honey, wax, flax, &c.

ut it fuffers equally with Mirabel from the prohibition,
iffued by the baths, of felling commodities any where but at
Candia. Olivier. F

Mirasec, a town of France, in the department of the
Lot; nine miles N. of Montauban.

MIRABELLE, a town of Naples, in the county of
Molifé ; 14 miles S.E. of Molife.—Alfo, a town of Naples,
in Principato Ultra; romiles S.E. of Benevento.—Allo, a
town of Sicily, in the valley of Noto ; four miles N.E. of
Piazza.

MIRABILE, Rere. See Rete.

MIRABILIS, in Botany, a name which originated with
the Spaniards, who applied to the beautiful plant, which
ftill bears this name, the appellation of Aarabillas del Peru,
the Wonder, or Marvel, of Peru, on account of the great
diverfity of colour in its flowers, even on the fame root.
At firft, as profeffor Martyn obferves, every thing that
came from the new continent was thought wonderful. The
French call the plant of which we are {peaking Belle de nuit,
becaufe the flowers expand, and {meil {weet, at night only.
Indeed the botanifts of that nation feem to have taken a vio-
lent diflike to the original name, and ail that belongs to it.
Tournefprt called this genus Jalapa, which is founded in
error’; and Juffier My%ago, derived from the French idea.
The latter is unexceptionable, but fuperfluous.—Linn. Gen.
96. Schreb. 114. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 999. Mart. Mill.
Di&. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 1. 382. Stokes Mat.
Med, v. r. 311. Lamarck Iltuftr. t. 105. Gaertn. t. 127.
palretage 3 Juff. 90. Jalapa ; Tourn. Init. 129. t. 50.)—

lafs and order, Pentandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. dggre-
gate, Linn, Ny@agines, Jufl.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, in five erect,
rather deep, unequal fegments, permanent. Cor. of one
petal, funnel-fhaped ; tube flender, long, gradually dilated
upwards, its bafe permanent, hardened, invefting the feed ;
limb fomewhat f{preading, plaited, in five flight equal feg-
ments.
obfcurely five-toothed atthe margin. Stam. Filaments five,
inferted into the edge of the neGtary, attached to the tube of
the corolla, thread-fhaped, inclining, unequal, extending
rather beyond the tube ; anthers roundi(h, afcending ; pollen
glutinous. Pi. Germen turbinate, fuperior, within the
nectary ; ftyle thread-fhaped, the length and pofition of the

Vou. XXIIL

Ne@tiary f{pherical, flefhy, furrounding the germen,

MIR

Verte, mone,

flamens ; fligma globofe, rough, afcending.
Seed

except the permanent hardened bafe of the corolla,
folitary, ovate, obfcurely five-fided.

Eff. Ch. Calyx inferior, five-cleft. Corolla funnel-fhaped,
its bale inflated and permanent. Nectary a gland furrounding
the germen. Seed folitary, coated.

1. M. dichotoma. Forked Marvel of Peru. Linn. Sp. Pl.
252. (Jalapaofficinmarum; Mart. Decad. 1,t. 1.)—Flowers
nearly feffile, axillary, folitary, ereét.— Native of Mexico,
from whence its feeds were brought very early to Europe.
The plant is naturally perennial, having a thick oblong flethy
root; but if raifed on a hot-bed, it will flower and feed the
fame feafon, like the ufual race of tender annuals. If kept
in a green-houfe, or planted in the open dir clofe to the wall
of e hahents, it will endure many years, and flower more
ubundantly throughout the fummer. The fem is herbaceous,
fucculent, very bufhy, forked, knotty at the joints, three
feet high, round, {mooth except a narrow hairy line at the
two oppofite fides. Leaves oppofite, flalked, ovate, fome-
what heart-fhaped, pointed, entire, very flightly downy or
hairy at the margin and ribs. Flowers trom the forks of the
ftem, on very fhort ftalks, {weet-feented, of a fearlet red ;
their tube one and a half inch long. Calyx bell-thaped, a
quarter of an inch in length.—This plant was by fome bota-
nifts miftaken for the Jalap of the fhops, which is now known
to be a Convolvulus, and has bloflomed this feafon, 1812, in
the garden of A. B. Lambert, efq. ac Boyton, Wilts; a rare
occurrence in Europe, fince the plant was fent over by Houf-
ton, 80 years ago.

2. M. Jalapa. Striped Marvel of Peru. Linn. Sp. Pl.
252. Curt. Mag. t. 371. (Admirabilis peruana, rubro flore;
Cluf. Hitt. v. 2. 89. Mirabilia peruviana, flore luteo; Ger.
em. 343-)—Flowers crowded, ftalked, ere&t. Leaves nearly
{mooth.—Native of the Eaft and Weft Indies. Very clofely
related to the foregoing, except that the calyx is longer, and
the flowers more crowded together, on longer fla/és. The
leaves are not quite {mooth at the edges. The corolla varies
remarkably in colour, on which account, as well as its fra-
grance in the evening, the plant is highly defirable. What
is faid above of the treatment of J. dichotoma, is equally ap-
plicable to this. Some flowers are of an uniform fcarlet red,
others flriped or fpeckled with red and white, in endiefs vari-
ety, on the fame plant. On fome they are all ef an uniform very
delicate yellow ; while other individuals bear parti-coleured
red and yellow bloffloms. Moft botanifts, and among them
Linnzus, have believed this to be the real officinal Jalap ; a
miftake to which we have already alluded. See alfo Con-
voLvuLus, fp. 90, Jalapa.

3- M. Jongiflora. Long-flowered Marvel of Peru. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 252. Stockh. Tranf. for 1755. 176. t. 6. Sm, Exot.
Bot. v. 1. 43. t. 23. (Atzoyatl, Mirabili Mexicana; Her-
nand. Mex, 170.) —Fiowers crowded, terminal, feffile, very °
long, flightly drooping. Leaves downy.—Native of the
more cool and mountainous parts of Mexico, flowering in
September. The feeds of this elegant fpecies were fent by
the French aftronomers, about the middle of the laft century,
from South America, to M. le Monnier at Paris, by whofe
liberality they were difperfed throughout Europe. The
plant has ever fince been preferved, either as a tender annual,
or the roots taken up, and kept from year to year in fand,
they being, like thofe of the two former, truly perennial,
and very large, externally black. The /fem is three or
four feet high, round, repeatedly forked, downy. Leaves
oppofite, heart-fhaped, entire, foft, downy, and vifcid,
foetid when bruifed ; the lower ones ftalked ; the reft feffile.
Flowers feffile, many to at the leafy top of each
branch. Galyx very clammy and fetid. Corolla tour inches

4L long?

MIR

long, with u downy green and purplifh tube; limb white,
with a purple eye. Anthers orange. Stigma large, hairys,
of a rich purple. Seed with a curioufly teffellated dark
brown coat, as big as the kernel of a filbert.

The flowers are highly feented. A few of them gathered
in an evening, when they expand, without the foetid calyx,
and placed ina glafs of water, will perfume a largefapartment
all night. Wedo not however recommend them for a bed-
chamber, or any clofe room, Each flower lafts only one night,
but there is a copious fucceffion till the clofe of autumn.

Mrrapitis, in Gardening, furnilhes plants of the flowery

- perennial kind, of which the {pecies cultivated are, the com-
mon marvel of Peru (M. jalapa) ; the forked marvel of
Peru (M. dichotoma) ; and the fweet-{cented marvel of Peru
(M. longiflora).

The firfl fort has feveral varieties in the colour of the
flowers, as purple and white, and variegated purple and yel-
low, but which refolve them{elves into two principal varieties ;
as with purple and white flowers, which are variable ; fome
being plain purple, others plain white, but moft of them va-
riegated with the two colours, and all found occafionally
on the fame plant ; and with red and yellow flowers, gene-
rally mixed, but fometimes difin@ on the fame plant ; fome
plants having only plain flowers, others only variegated ; but
the plants which are raifed from feeds of the purple and white
never produce red and yellow flowers, or the contrary.

All thefe varieties are highly ornamental during the months
of July, Augufl, and September, and, when the feafon
continues mild, often latt till near the end of Ofober. The

~ flowers opening only towards the evening, while the weather
continues warm, but in moderate cool weather, when the
fun is obfcured, they continue open almo& the whole day,
and are produced So plentifully at the ends of the branches,
that when expanded the plant feems entirely covered with
them, and from fome being plain, others variegated on the
fame plant, have a fine appearance.

The fecond fpecies 1s common in the Welt Indies, where
it is termed the Mour-o’ clock flower, from the circumttance of
the flowers opening at that time of the day.

Method of Culture.—In all thefe forts the propagation is
effected, by fowing the feed in the {pring feafon, either on a
warm border or on a hot-bed; but the latter method pro-
duces the plants confiderably more early, and in the greateft
perfe@ion. When cultivated on warm fouth borders, in the
places where the plants are to remain, the feed fhould be
{own about the middle of April, either in patches or in fhal-
low drills, half an inch deep, and fix inches afunder: and
when the places can be covered with hand-glafles, or a frame
and lights, or the feed be fown in pots under thofe protec-
‘tions, or any other occational fhelter during the night time
or in cold weather, it will greatly forward the germination
of the feed, as well as the yrowth of the young plants
afterwards. In the latter mode about June, the plants will
be fit to plant out into the borders orinto pots. Moift wea-
ther fhould be chofen for this purpofe, and water and occa-
fional fhade be given till well rooted: they then readily grow,
and acquire a tolerable fize; but they do not attain to a large
fize, or flower fo early by a month or fix weeks as thofe
forwarded in the hot-bed.

But inthe latter method of raifing them, a hot-bed fhould

be prepared in March, or early in April, under frame and .

lights, aod earthed over about fix inches deep, then fowing the
feed in the earth of the bed in fhallow drills half an inch deep,
as directed above, or in pots of rich earth the fame depth,
plunging them in the earth of the bed. The latter is the bet-
ter method. ‘The plants foon rife; when they fhould have
frefh air daily, injcommon with the other plants of the bed,

MIR

and frequent refrefhings of water ; and when nearly two inclies
high, be planted out into another frefh hot-bed to forward -
them, placing them either is the earth of the bed, four or
five inches afunder, or fingly in fmall pots (thirty-twos),
plunging them in the bed ; water and fhade fhou!d be imme-
diately given till frefh rooted, continuing the care of admit-
ting frefh air every mild day ; and about the middle or latter
end of May, when they have acquired a goed fize and
ftrength, they fhould be inured by degrees to the full air,
fo as that they may be removed into it fully about the Begin.
ning of June, choofing mild cloudy moift weather, if poffi-
ble, for the bufinefs; taking up fuch as grow in the beds
with bells of earth about theit roots, and planting them ia
the borders ; but thofe in the pots may he turned out with
the whole-ball-entire, and plantedin that way. Some fhould
alfo be removed into large pots for moving into particular
fituations. Water fhould be directly given, and occafional
fhade to fuch as require it, repeating the waterings to the
whole, till they have {truck frefh root and begun to grow,
when they will not require any further culture, except the
occafional fupport of fticks, which is moft neceflary in the
laft fort.

As the feed ripens well, it will frequently prevent the
trouble of preferving the roots. But when thefe are taken
out of the ground in autumn, and laid in dry fand during the
winter, fecure from frolt, and planted again in the fpring,
they grow much larger and flower earlier than the feedling
plants: or when the roots are covered in winter with tanners’
bark to keep out the froft, they often remain fecure in the
borders, where the foil is dry. When the roots thus taken
out of the ground are planted the following {pring in large
pots, and plunged into a hot-bed, under a deep frame, they
may be brought forward, and raifed to the height of four
or five feet, and flower much earlier in the feafon.

It fhould be noticed that in colle&ting the feeds, care fhould
be taken not to fave any from the plants which have plain
flowers; and in order to have variegated flowers, the plain
flowers fhould be pulled off from thofe plants which are
intended to ftand for feed. As the fecond fort is lefs hardy
than the firft and third, unlefs the plants are brought for-

-ward in the {pring they feldom flower till very late, and their
feeds do not ripen perfeétly.

All the forts are proper for the principal borders of plea-
fure grounds, being very ornamental in their large branchy
growth, as well as in their extenfive flowering.

Marasitis Agua. See WATER.

MIRABOLANS, or Miropaans, in Pharmacy. See
MyrosaLans.

MIRACHOW, or Mircuau, in Geography, a town of
Pruffian Pomerelia ; 12 miles W. of Dantzic.

MIRACLE, in a popular fenfe, is a prodigy, or an ex-
traordinary event, that furprifes us by its novelty.

Miraccez, in a more accurate and philofophical fenfe, is
an effeét that does not follow from any of the regular Jaws
of nature; or whichis inconfiftent with fome known law of
it; or contrary to the fettled conftitution and courfe of
things: accordingly all miracles prefuppofe an ettablifhed
fyftem of nature, within the limits of which they operate,
and with the order of which they difagree. :

Spinoza denies that any power can fuperfede that of na-
ture ; or that any thing can difturb, or interrupt, the order
of things; and accordingly defines a miracle to bea rare
event, happening in confequence of fome laws that are un-
known to us.

Divines define a miracle, an extraordinary and wonderful
effect above the power of nature, wrought by God, to ma-
nifeit his power or providence; or to give credit to fome mef=

4 fenger

MIRACLF.

fenyer fent from himfelf. ‘Thus Jefus Chri evinced the
teuth of hiv miffion, and his doétrine, by miracles ; and thus
alfo did Moles, But there are fearcely any theological
writers, that precifely agree in their definition of miracle.
Mr. Locke detines it to be # fenfible operation, which being
ahove the comprehention of the (peétator, is, in his opinion,
contrary to the courfe of nature, and taken by him to be di.
vine. Dr. Clarke's detinition of a miracle, in the theological
fenfe of the word, is this: that it isa work effected in a manner
unufual, or different from the common and regular method
of Providence, by the interpofition either of God himfelf, or
of fome intelligent agent fuperior to man, for the proof or
evidence of fome particular dodirine, or in atteftation to the
authority of fome particular perfon, According to Dr.
Sykes, a miracle is a defigned effec, fenfible, unufual in it-
felf, beyond the art and power of manto do. Dr. Chand-
ler fays, that a miracle is an action done, or an operation vi-
fibly performed by any being, which is really and truly above
the reach, natural power, and capacity of that being who
does it, of himfelf, and without the affiftance of fome fu-
rior agent to perform, With this Dr, Hutchefon’s de-
Frition nearly coincides, vie. that it isa work far exceeding
human power, yet performed by the command, or upon the
volition of aman. And the fame writer further obferves,
that though miracles may prove the fuperintendency of a
voluntary agent, and that the univerfe is not guided by
neceffity or fate ; yet that mind mult be weak and inad-
vertent, who needs them to confirm the belief of a wife
and good Deity; fince the deviation from general laws,
unlefs upon-very extraordinary occafions, mult be a pre-
fumption of inconftancy and weaknefs rather than of a
fteady wifdom and power; and mult weaken the belt
arguments we have for the fagacity and power of the
univerfal mind. Inquiry into the Original of the Ideas of
eauty, &c. ; ‘
. Mr. Farmer, a late ingenious and learned writer, objects
to all thofe definitions of miracles, which reprefent them as
effets unufual, above human power, and manifetting the in-
terpofition of fuperior power: becaufe, he fays, the term
untifual does not diftinguifh real miracles from many things
which are wot miraculous, fuch as the rare and uncommon
appearances of nature: nor does the ca'ling a miracle an
effe& above human power, diftinguifh it from all other
effets equally above human power, produced by {uperior
beings, when acting within their ufual fphere, which, for
that reafon, cannot be miraculous. Befides, as this defini-
tion comprehends many things, which are not miraculous,
and to which no perfons apply the term; fo it excludes
many things which are allowed by all to be proper miracles,
For there feems to be a difference between effects above
human power, or which argue a higher degree of power,
and effects which argue a power barely different from
human, and in no manner fuperior to it. According to this
definition, beafts and birds may work miracles; for they do
many things that are above the power of man. Moreover,
this definition, inftead of defcribing miracles by the nature
of the works themfelves, defcribe them by their author, and
the degree of power neceflary to their performance. To
which it may be added, that works which argue only a
wer more than human, can be no abfolute proofs of a
divine interpofition: and farther, the laft part of the defini-
tion, manifefting the interpofition of fuperior power, is
fuperfluous ; beeaufe it is only faying effects above human
power muift be produced by a power above it.
This writer confiders the contrariety or conformity of the
event itfelf to thofe laws by which the world is governed in
the courfe of God’s general providence, as the only circum-

Mance whieh denominates and contlitutes it a proper miracle
or not: and, therefore, before we can pronotnce with cer-
tainty any effeét to be a true miracle, it iv neceffary (and
nothing more is neceflary than) that the common courle of
nature be in fome degree firft underftood. Miracles, in this
view, are not impoflible to the power of God, rior nece farily
repugnant to our ideas of his wifdom and immutability.
Neither do they imply any inconfiftency in the divine con-
duét, ora defect or diurbance of the laws of nature; fo
that in the general idea of miracles, confidered as variations
from the common courfe of nature, there is nothing that
can furnith a certain univerfal proof againlt their exitence ;
and there is a power fuperior to nature, which is ever able,
and which in certa'n cireum{tanees may reafonably over-rule
what was at firft eftablifhed. The writer, now cited, farther
maintains, that miracles are neither the effeéts of ratural
caufes, nor of fuperior created intelligences, ating from
themfelves alone; but that they are always to be afcribed
to a divine interpofition ; i. ¢. that they are never wrought,
but either immediately by God himfelf, or by fuch other
beings as he commiffions and empowers to perform them.
In proof of this propofition, he alleges, that the fame
arguments which prove the exiftence of fuperior created in-
telligences, do much more {trongly conclude againft their
acting out of their proper {phere. Farther, the fuppofition
of the power of any created agénts to work miracles of
themfelves, in this lower world, is contradi@ed by the ob-
fervation and experience of all ages; there being, in fa@,
no proper evidence of the truth of any miracles, but fuch
as may be fitly afcribed to the Deity. Moreover, the laws

of nature being ordained by God and effential to the order

and happine's of the world, it is impoflible God fhould
delegate to any of his creatures a power of workin gz miracles,

by which thofe divine eftablifhments may be fuperfeded and

controlled. Befides, the afcribing to any fuperior beings,
God excepted, and thoie immediately commiffioned by him,
the power of working miracles, fubverts the foundation of
natural piety, and is a fruitful fource of idolatry and fuper-
ftition, It is further urged, that if miracles were per-
formed in favour of falfe do@rines, mankind would be ex-
pofed to frequent and unavoidable delufion: and, if they
may be performed without a divine permiffion, and in fup-
port of falfhood, they cannot be credentials of a divine
miffion, and criterions of truth. So that, upon the whole,
if fuperior beings really poffefs the miraculous powers which
fome writers have afcribed to them, the exercife of thofe
powers, by good and evil agents, would either expofe man-
kind to neceflary and invincible error, or entirely deftroy the
credit and ufe of miracles, under the idea of criterions of
truth and authentic credentials of a divine miffion. If we
appeal to the evidence of revelation, on this fubje&, we
fhall find, that the view which the {cripture gives us of
good angels, of the devil and his angels, as alfo of the fouls
of departed men, is inconfiftent with their liberty of work-
ing miracles: and the view which the facred writers give
us of the gods of paganifm is alfo abfolutely Ha te
with their poffefling a power of working miracles. Never-
thelefs, it has been much difputed, how far it may be in
the power of the devil to work miracles? or wherein the
{pecific difference lies between the miracles of Mofes, and
thofe of Pharoah’s magicians? thofe of Jefus Chrift and the
apoftles, and thofe of Simon Magus and Apollonius Tya-
neus? Whether the latter were any more than mere delu-
fions of the fenfes ; or whether any fuper-natural and diabo-
lical power concurred with them. See Macician; under
which article it is fhewn, that the magicians, diviners, and
forcerers of antiquity, who pretended by the affiftance of

4L2 the

MIRACLE,

the heathen deities, &c. to foretel future events, or to work
miracles, are branded in fcripture as mere impoftors, inca-
pable of fupporting their pretenfions by any works or pre-
«:€tions beyond human power or fkill. The feripture like-
wife reproaches the pretences to infpiration and miracles,
made by falfe prophets, in fupport of error and idolatry,
as the fole effe&ts of human craft and impofture. And,
therefore, fince angels, whether good or evil, the f{pirits of
departed men, the heathen deities, magicians, and falfe
prophets, are the only agents, who have ever been conceived
as capable of working miracles, either in oppofition to God,
or without an immediate commiffion from him; and the
{eripture denies to all thefe the power of performing any
miracles; it does in effet deny, that any fingle miracle has
ever been performed without the immediate interpofitton of
God. It is likewife alleged, that the fcriptures reprefent
the one true God, as the fole creator and fovereign of the
world, which he governs by fixed and invariable laws; that
to him they appropriate all miracles, and that they urge
them as demonftrations of his divinity and fole dominion
over nature, in oppofition to the claims of all other fuperior
beings. The fcriptures alfo uniformly reprefent all mira-
cles, as being, in themfelves, an abfolute demonftration of
the miffion and dottrine of the prophets, at whofe inftance
they are performed; and never direét us to regard their
doétrines as a teft of the miracles being the effeé&t of divine
interpofition, Accordingly, the miracles of Chrift, in par-
ticular, were a demonftration (not a partial and conditional,
but a complete and abfolute demonftration) of his miflion
from God: and they were farther defigned to evince his
peculiar chara&ter as the Meffiah or anointed ; i. ¢. his regal
commiffion and power, or his right by divine defignation to
dominion and judicature over mankind. And it may be ob-

ferved, with refpe&t to all the miracles of the New Telfta-

ment, that their divinity, confidered in themfelves, is always
either exprefsly afferted, or manifeftly implied ; and they
are accordingly urged as a decifive and abfolute proof of the
divinity of the dotrine and teftimony of their performers,
without ever taking into confideration the nature of the
do@trine, or of the teftimony to be confirmed. It is alfo
fhewn, that the feriptures have not recorded any inftances
of real miracles performed by the devil; in anfwer to the
objeGtions drawn from the cafe of the magicians in Egypt,
from the appearance of Samuel, after his deceafe, to Saul,
which was either the work of human impofture or a divine
miracle, and from our Saviours’s temptation in the wilder-
nefs, which the writer, to whom we now refer, confiders as
a divine vifion. Miracles, confidered as the peculiar works
of God, afford a divine teftimony to the perfon on whofe
account they are wrought, and to that doctrine or meflage,
which he delivers in the name of God. And this proof
from miracles of the divine commiffion, and doGrine of a
prophet, is in itfelf decifive and abfolute. It is alfo the
moft natural and agreeable to the common fenfe of mankind
inall ages. It is the moft eafy and compendious proof of a
new revelation. Miracles are farther a very powerful me-
thod of conviction, making a ftreng impreffion upon the
heart, at the fame time that they carry light to the under-
ftanding. Nor is the neceffity of miracles lefs evident than
their propriety and advantage, in attefting a divine com-
miffion and propagating a new revelation. They alfo ferve
to revive and confirm the principles of natural religion, and
to recover men from thofe two oppofite extremes of atheifm
and idolatry. Finally, the evidence of miracles, whether
of power or knowledge, is the fitteft to accompany a ftand-
ing revelation ; becaufe it is not confined to one age or
vation, but may be extended over the whole globe, and con-

3

veyed to the moft diftant generations. On the nature and
defign of miracles, already illuftrated in this article, fee

Farmer’s Differtation on Miracles, &c. 8vo. 1771, paflim.
. On the other hand, Dr. Clarke, who allows that mi-
racles may be wrought by other agents befides the Deity,
obferves that it cannot certainly be diftinguifhed, by the
miracle itfelf, whether any extraordinary interpofition of fome
power fuperior to men be the immediate interpofition of God
himfelf, or of fome good angel, or of fome evilangel. The
only poffible ways, fays this learned writer, by which a fpec-
tator may certainly and infallibly diftinguifh whether miracles
be indeed the works either immediately of God himfelf, or of
fome good angel employed by him ; and confequently the
doGrine witneffed by the miracles be infallibly true and di-
vinely attefted: or whether, on the contrary, the mirac.es
be the works of evil {pirits, and confequently the doétrine
a fraud and impofition unon men, are thefe; if the doérine
attefted by miracles be in itfelf impious, or manifeftly tend-
ing to promote vice; then, without all queftion, the mira-
cles, how great foever they may appear to us, are neither
wrought by God himfelf nor by his commiffion. If the
dogtrine, attefted by miracles, be in itfelf indifferent, or
fuch as cannot, by the light of nature and right reafon alone,
be certainly known whether it be true or falfe; and at the
fame time, in oppofition to it, and in proof of the dire&
contrary doétrine, there be wrought other miracles, more
and greater than the former, or at leaft attended with fuch
circumftances as evidently fhew the power, by which the
latter are wrought, to be fuperior to the power that pro-
duced the former: then that do&rine, which is attefted by
he fuperior power, muit neceffarily be believed to be divine.
This, he apprehends, was the cafe of Mofes and the Egyptian
magicians. (See Magician.) If, in the lalt place, the
dogtrine attelted by miracles be fuch as, in its own nature
and confequences, tends to promote the hcnour and glory
of God, and the praétice of univerfal righteoufnefs among
men; and yet neverthelefs be not in itfelf demonftrable, nor
could, without revelation, have been difcovered to be ac-
tually true; and there is no pretence of more or greater
miracles, on the oppofite fide, to contradi& it: which is
the cafe of the dodtrine and miracles of Chrift; then the
miracles are unqueftionably divine, and the doétrine mutt,
without all controverfy, be acknowledged as an immediate
and infallible revelation from God. In order to obviate the
obje&tion, that we prove in a circle the dotrine by the mi-
racles, and the miracles by the doctrine; he adds, that the
miracles, in this way of reafoning, are not at all proved by
the dogtrine; but only the poflibility and the good ten-
dency, or at leait the indifferency of the doGtrine, are a ne-
ceffary condition or circum/ftance, without! which, the doc-
trine is not capable of being proved by any miracles. The
doétrine muft be in itfelf pcffible and capable of being
proved, and then miracles will prove it to be actually and
certainly true. Boyle’s Lecture, Sermons, &c. p. 226, &c.
The {ufficiency of the argument in atteftation to the
truth of Chriftianity, deduced from miracles, has heea con-
troverted by feveral feeptical writers; and particularly by
Mr. Hume. It has been alleged, that experience is the
ground of the credit we give to'humaniteftimony. Having
found in pattinftances that men have informed us right, we
are difpoled to believe them in future inftances; but this
experience is by no means conftant; for we often find that
men ‘prevaricate and deceive. On the other hand, what af-
fures us of thofe laws of nature, in the violation of which
the notion of a miracle confilts, is, in like manner, experi-
ence. But this is an experience that has never been inter-
rupted. A miracle, it has been faid, is an event which,
from

MIRACLE.

from its nature, is inconfiftent with all the experience we
ever had, and in the highell degree ineredible and extra
ordinary, In the falthood of sbLiinonts on the contrary,
there is no fuch inconfiltency, nor any faeh incredibility,
fearcely any thing being more common, No regard, there-
fore, can be due to the latter, when it is applied a» a proof
of the former, According to this reafoning, applied to
the cafe of miracles, we are to confider which is molt
likely, thae fuch events thould happen, or that men thould
either deceive or be deceived, Aden there is nothing more
' unlikely than the former, or much more common than the
latter, particularly where religion is concerned, it will be
right to form a general refolution, never to lend any at-
tention to accounts of miracles, with whatever {pecious
retexts they may be covered.’? * Iris,’ fays Mr. Hume

in his « Eflay on Miracles,’’ “ a maxim worthy of our at-
tention, that no teitimony 1s fufficient to eftablifh a miracle,
unlefs the teftimony be of fuch a kind, that its falfhood
be more miraculous than the faé& which it endeavours

to eltablith, And even in that cafe, there isa marked dif-
tinction of arguments, and the fuperior only gives us an
affurance fuitable to that degree of force, which remains after
deducting the inferior, When any one tells me that he faw
a dead man reftored to life, | immediately contider with my-
felf, whether it be more probable that the perfon thould
either deceive or be deceived, or that the fact he relates fhould
really have happened. I weigh the one miracle again{t the
other, and according to the fuperiority which I difcover, I
pronounce my decilion, and always reje&t the greater mi-
racle. If the falfhood of his teitimony would be more mi-
raculous than the event which he relates, then, and not till
then, can he pretend to command my belief or opinion.”
For fuch reafons as thefe Mr. Hume afferts, « that the
evidence of teftimony, when applied to a miracle, carries
falfhood on the very face of it, and is more properly a fub-
je& of derifion than of argument ;’? and that whoever be-
ieves the truth of the Chrilliaa religion ‘ is confcious of
a continued miracle in his own perfon, which fubverts all
the principles of his under{tanding, and gives him a deter-
mination to believe what is mai contrary to cuftom and
experience.’ The principles on which this objection is
founded, fays an excellent writer, Dr. Price, are chiefly,
‘© that the credit we give to teftimony is derived /olelp
_ from experience :”? * that a miracle is a fa& contrary to
* experience: “ that the previous improbability of a fact is
a proof againft it, diminifhing, in proportion to the degree

of it, the proof from teitimony for it;’’ and ‘ that no

teltimony fhould ever gain credit to an event, unlefs it is

more extraordinary that it fhould be falfe, than that the

event fhould have happened.’”? Our author, in his examina-

tion of thefe opinions, begins with confidering the nature

and foundation of that aflurance which experience gives

us of the laws of nature. After a variety of ingenious ob-

fervations on the nature and degree of the aflurance with

regard to future events, which we derive from paft experi-

ence of the courfe of nature, this writer fates the refult
of the whole in the following manner. Upon obferving,

that any natural event has happened often or invariably, we

have only reafon to expe& that it will happen again, with

au affurance proportioned te the frequency of our obferva-

tions. But we have no ab/olute proof that it will happen

again in any future trial ; nor the leaft reafon to believe that

it will always happen. -For aught we know, there may be

occafions on which it will fail, and fecret caufes in the

frame of things which /ometimes may countera& thofe by

which it is produced.’ In examining the ground of the

regard we pay to human teltimony, our author concludes,

mutt refer to the author himfelf, ubi infra.

that itis wot experience only, or that kind of experience
to which we owe our expectation of natural events, the
caules of which are unknown to us. We feel in ourfelves,
that a regard to truth is one principle in human nature ; and
we know, that there muft be fuch a principle in every rea-
fonable being ; and to this chiefly is owing the credit we
give co human teltimony, It i# plain and capable of the
molt fatisfactory proof, that there is a great difference be-
tween the conviétion produced by teftimony, and the con-
vition produced by experience, and the one is capable of
being carried much higher than the other. Befides, the
geeateit part of what is commonly called experience is
merely the report of teltimony. ‘* Our own experience,’’
fays Dr. Adams, “ reaches around, and goes back but a
little way; but the experience of others, on which we
chiefly depend, is derived to us wholly from teftimony.”
In proportion, therefore, as we weaken the evidence of
teftimony, we weaken alfo that of experience ; and in com-
paring them we ought in reafon to oppofe to the former,
only what remains of the latter after that part of it which
is derived from the former, that is, after much the greateft
part of it, isdeduéted. From this reafoning it follows, that
there is no abfurdity in ufing te/fimony for proving a miracle.
This is not ufing a feebler experience to overthrow another
of the fame kind, which is fronger ; but ufing an argument
to eftablith an event, which yields a direct and pofitive
proof, and is capable of producing the ftrongefi conviction,
to overthrow another founded on different principles, and
which, at beft, can prove no more than that, previoufly to
the event, there would have appeared to us a prefumption
againit its happening.

Moreover, a miracle canno:, with propriety, be ftyled an
event contrary to experience; as Mr. Hume afferts. A mi-
racle, fays our author, is more properly an event diffrent
from experience than contrary to it; nor can it be proper
to aflert, as Mr. Hume does, that in every cafe ef a miracle
fupported by teitimony, there is a conteft of two oppofite
experiences, the ftrongeft of which ought always to deter-
mine our judgments, In Mr. Hume’s argument there is,
as Dr. Price intimates, a fundamental error: it is where he
declares, that, ‘* if, previoufly to an event, there was a
greater probability againf its happening, than there is for
the truth of the teflimony endeavouring to eftablifh it, the
former deltroys the latter, and renders the event unlikely
to have happened in proportion to its fuperiority.”” This
is evidently a fundamental point in Mr. Hume's objection ;
or, in other words, in the principle, that no_teflimony
fhould engage our belief, except the improbability in the
falfhood of it is greater, than that in the event which it at-
tefts. In order to evince the erroneoufnefs of this principle,
what our author wifhes to be confidered is, the degree of
improbability which lies again{t almoft ail the common fads,
independently or the evidence of teltimony for them. In
many cafes of particular hiltories, which are immediately
believed on the flighteft teftimony, there would have ap-
peared to us, previoufly to this tettimony, an improbability
of almoft mfinity to one again their reality, as any one
muit perceive, who will think how fure he is of the falfhoad
of all faé&s, that have ne evidence to fupport them, or
which he has only imagined to himfelf. It is then very com-
mon for the flighteft teitimony to overcome an almoft infinite
improbability. That this is the cafe our author has ren-
dered evident by a train of fatisfatory reafoning, which we
have not room to introduce. For ‘further particulars we

Archdeacon Paley has, with his ufual perfpicuity, exa-
mined the objeCtion of Mr. Hume againft the credibility of

miracles,

MIRACLE.

pairacles, which we have above ftated. Having premifed
that there is no antecedent improbability of a revelation from
God, but that the contrary is the cafe ; and that there is no
way in which fuch a revelation can be made but by miracle,
it is not improbable that miracles fhould be wrought. ‘The
improbability which arifes from the miraculous nature of the
things related is not greater than the original improbabitity
that fuch a revelation fhould be imparted by God. Admit-
ting then, that a revelation is not improbable, and that if
there be a revelation, there muft be miracles, the objeétion
that no human teftimony can render miracles credible muft
appear to be unfounded. Mr. Hume’s principle, concifely
ftated, is this; that the truth of a miracle is contrary to ex-

erience, but it is not contrary to experience that teltimony
fhould be falfe. Our author obferves that the term ‘ expe-
rience,’”’ and the phrafes “‘ contrary to experience,” or “* con-
tradi@ting experience,’ are ambiguous, and require explana-
tion. Striétly fpeaking, the narrative of a fact is then only
contrary to experience, when the fa& is related to. have ex-
ifted at a time and place, at which time and place, we, being
prefent, did not perceive it to exift. In this cafe the affer-
tion is contrary to experience, properly fo called ; nor is it
of any confequence, whether the faét be of a miraculous na-
ture or not. This is a contrariety which no evidence can
furmount. But this is not the experience, nor contrariety,
which Mr. Hume meant to exprefs in his objetion ; fhort of
this, no intelligible fignification can be affixed to the term
“ contrary to experience,” but one, vig. that of not having
experienced any thing fimilar to the thing related, or fuch
things not being generally experienced by others. Now the
improbability which arifes from the want of experience, not
contradiction to it, is only equal to the probability there is,
that if the thing were true, we fhould experience things fimi-
lar to it, or that fuch things would be generally experienced.
Suppofing then that miracles were wrought upon the firlt
promulgation of Chriftianity, when nothing but miracles
could decide its authority, is it certain that fuch miracles
would be repeated fo often, and in fo many places, as to be-
come objeéts of general experience? Isit a probability ap-
proaching to certainty? Is ita probability of any great
itrength or force? Is it fuch as no evidence can encounter ?
And yet this probability is the exact conver/e, and therefore
the exa& meafure of the improbability which arifes from the
want of experience, and which Mr. Hume reprefents as in-
vincible by human teftimony. The force of experience, con-
tinues our author, is founded in the prefumption, either that
the courfe of nature is invariable, or that, if it be ever varied,
variations will be frequent and general. Has the neceffity
of this alternative been demonftrated ? Calling the courfe of
nature the agency of an intelligent Being, is there any good
reafon for judging this ftate of the cafe to be probable ? Ought
we not rather to expect, that fuch a Being, upon cccafions
of peculiar importance, may interrupt the order which he
had appointed, yet that fuch occafions fhould return feldom ;
that thefe interruptions confequently fhould be confined to
the experience of a few ; that the want of it, therefore, in
many, fhould be matter neither of furprife nor objection ?
But it is faid, that in our account of miracles, we aflign ef-
feéts without caufes, or we attribute effeéis to caufes inade-
quate to the purpofe, or to caufes of the operation of which
we have no experience. Of what cauies, we mayiaik, and
of what effects, does the objeGtion fpeak? If it be anfwered
thet, when we afcribe the cure of the palfy toa touch, of blind-
nefs to the anointing of the eyes with clay, or the raifing of the
dead to a word, we lay ourfelves open to this imputation ; we
reply, that we afcribe no fuch effects to fuch caufes. We per-
ceive no virtue or energy in thefe things’ more than in other

things of the fame kind. ‘They are merely figns to conneét
the miracle with itsend. ‘The effect we afcribe fimply to the
volition of the Deity ; of whofe exiftence and power, not to
fay of whofe prefence and agency, we have previous and in-
dependent proof. We have therefore all we feek for in the
works of rational agents, a fufficient power and an adequate
motive. Ina word, once believe that there is a God, and mi-
racles are not incredible. Mr. Hume, as our author pro-
ceeds, ftates the cafe of miracles to be a conteft of oppofite
improbabilities, that is to fay, a queition whether it be more
improbable that the miracle fhould be true, or the teflimony
falfe. In this ftatement, however, there is a want of argu-
mentative juftice ; becaufe, in defcriling the improbability
of miracles, he fuppreffes ail thofe circumftances of extenua-
tion, which refult from our knowledge of the exiftence,
power, and difpofition of the Deity, his concern in the
creation, the end anfwered by the miracle, the importance
of that end, andits fubferviency to the plan purfued in the
works of nature. As Mr. Hume has reprefented the quef-
tion, miracles are alike incredible to him who is previoufly
affured of the conftant agency of a divine Being, and to him
who believes that no fuch being exifls in the univerfe. "They
are equally incredible, whether related to have been wrought
upon occafions the moft deferving, and for purpofes the moft
beneficial, or for no affignable end whatever, or for an end
confeffedly trifling or pernicious. This furely cannot be a
correct ftatement. In adjufting alfo the other fide of the ba-
lance, the itrength and weight of teftimony, the author has
provided an an{wer to every poflible accumulation of hif-
torical proof, by telling us, that we are not obliged to ex-
plain how the itory or the evidence arofe. The archdeacon
thinks that we are obliged to dothis. The exiftence of the
teftimony is a phenomenon: the truth of the faét folves the
phenomenon. If we reje& this folution, we ought to be able
to recur to fome other ; and none even by our adverfaries can
be admitted, which 1s not confiftent with the principles that
regulate human affairs and human conduét at prefent, or
which makes men ¢en to have been a different kind of beings
from what they are now. Our author adds ; the fhort con-
fideration, which, independently of every other, convinces
me, that there is no folid foundation in Mr. Hume’s con-
clufion, is the following: when a theorem is propofed to a
mathematician, the firlt thing he does with it is to try it upon
a fimple cafe ; and ifit preduce a falfe refult, he is fure that
there muft be fome miftake in the demontitration. Let us
proceed in this way with what may be called Mr. Hume’s
theorem. ‘ If 12 men, whofe probity and good fenfe I had
long known, fhould ferioufly and circumftantially relate to
me an account of a miracle wrought before their eyes, and
in which it was impoffible that they fhould be deceived ; if
the governor of the country, hearing a rumour of this ac-
count, fhould call thefe men into his prefence, and offer them
u fhort propofal, either to confefs the impofture, or fubmit
to be tied up toa gibbet; if they fhould refufe with one
voice to acknowledge that there exifted any falfhood or im-
polture in the cate; if this threat were communicated to
them feparately, yet with no differeht effect ; if it was at lait
executed ; if I myfelf faw them, one after another, con-
fenting to be racked, burnt, or ftrangled, rather than give
up the truth of this accqunt; itill, if Mr. Hume’s rule be
my guide, I am not to believe them, Now I undertake to
fay, that there exifts not a {ceptic in the world who would
not believe them y or who would defend fuch incredulity.”?

Having expiained the nature and evinced the credibility of
miracles in general, we might take occation to illuftrate the
evidence which the miracles, that are recorded by the founders
and advocates of Chriltianity, afford in atteftation of its truth

and

MIR
and divine origin. Admitting the credibility of miracles in
freneral, and of the Chrittian miracles in particular, we might

allege many direct, collateral, and prefumptive arguments in
proof of their reality, The ae which the New ‘Tefla-
ment records, are in their own nature and defign worthy of
the wifdom, power, and benevolence to which they are af-
cribed, If we confider chefe miracles in themfelves, in their
number and variety ae well ae their nature, in the flate and
circumftances of thofe who were the objeéts of them, in the
unoltentations and yet public manner of their being wrought,
in the multitude and alfo the difpofition and character of thofe
who witneffed them, in the extent and permanence of their
effets, and in theit connection with the reception and pre-
valence of the religion which they were intended to introduce
and eftablifh, we cannot quettion their reality : we cannot
difcover any traces of collufion and deceit : we cannot he-
fitate in allowing them to be fuch as the evangelical hittorians
have defcribed and recorded. As for the hiftorians them-
felves, their character and conduét, their labours and fufferings
undergone and endured in atteftation to the truth of the facts
which they relate, and the death which they preferred to the
infamy of renouncing their belief of them, evince, in the moft
fatisfactory manner, their integrity, and preclude every fuf-
picion of fraud and impofture. This teltimony, tran{mitted
to us with every attendant circumftance of credibility, claims
our confidence, and whillt we believe the reality of the mi-
racles which they record, we cannot demur in tracing the
feligion which, by their writings and teaching, they have
communicated to the world, to a divine origin. But we
mutt defift from enlarging, and refer our readers to Price’s
Four Differtations, Diff. 4. Paley's View of the Evidences
of Chriftianity, vol. i. Adams’s Eff. on Miracles. Bifhop
Douglas’s Criterion. Campbell’s Differtation on Miracles.
See Ciaienian Religion, Reveration, New TksTAMeNT,
and other fimilar articles in the Cyclopedia.

The Romans attribute miracles to their emperors Adrian
and Vefpatian. The church of Rome abounds in miracles ;
if we believe their writers, fome of their monks have wrought
more miracles than all the apoitles; and this without any
vifible neceffity for them.

Mr. Hume has confronted the miracle of Vefpafian related
by Tacitus, that performed ina Spanith church, and related
by cardinal de Retz, and the cures faid to be performed at the
tomb of the abbé Paris, in the early part of the laft century,
with thofe of the New Teilament. With refpe@ to the
latter miracles, we obferve, that the patients who frequented
the abbé’s tomb were fo affected with their devotion, their
expectation of relief, the place, the folemnity, and above all,
by the fympathy of the furrounding multitude, that many
ob them were thrown into violent convulfions, which con-
vulfions, in certain inftances, produced a removal of diforders,
depending upon obitruGtion. The above account may
now be admitted with lefs difficulty, becaufe the fame or
fimilar effe&s have been experienced in the operations of
animal magnetifm. See on the fubje& of thefe miracles,
Douglas’s Criterion.

As full as the Romith church has pretended to be of faints,
it has been a rule with them, that none fhould be ever ca-
nonized till there be a good proof of their having wrought
miracles. So that were all thofe allowed to be good mi-
racles, and to have happened out of the common order of
nature, they are fo numerous, that one would be tempted
to think there was no order or law of nature at all.

Some Proteftant writers have maintained, that the power
of working miracles was exercifed in the Chriftian church
during the three or four firft centuries ; in proof of which

‘they allege that of the thundering legion, &c. But Dr.

MIR

Middleton, in his Free Inquiry into the miraculous Powers,
which are frid to have fubfifted in the Chriftion church, &c,
has maintained a very different opinion, And it muft be ac-
knowledged, that the evidence of the faéts is, to fay the leaft
of it, very doubtful.

The many and flupendous miracles which are faid to have
been ional by the Chriftian miffionaries, who were fent
to convert the barbarous nations, in the eighth century, have
lolt, in our times, the credit they obtained in former ages.

St. Augutltine is a flrong advocate for miracles. He men-
tions feveral, of which he was an eye-witnefa ; and others,
of which he was informed by thofe that were. In the fingle
city of Hippo, he tells us there were feventy miracles
wrought in the {pace of two years, on the building of a chapel
in honour of St, Stephen. ‘There are thofe, however, who
fet afide the authority of all miracles ; thinking it unbe-
coming the wifdom of God to eftablith fuch laws, as that he
fhould find it frequently neceffary to fuperfede. And as
the former, from the avowed authority of fome miracles,
fetch an argument for the truth of all, HY thofe which
are iligured? as well as thofe which are queftioned ; fo thefe
allege the falfe ones very unfairly, as conclufions againtt all.

MIRADOUX, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Gers, and chief place of a canton, in the
diltriét of Lefoure ; 7 miles N.E. of Le€toure. The place
contains 1655, and the canton 6343 inhabitants, on a terri-
tory of 1574 kiliometres, in 12 communes. N. lat. 44°.
E. long. 0” 50’.

MIRAFLORES, a town of South America, in the
province of ‘T'ucuman, on the Salado; 80 miles N.N.E. of
St. Miguel de Tucuman.—Alfo, a town of Peru, in the
audience of Lima; 8 miles S. of Lima.

MIRAGE, the name given by the French failors to an
optical phenomenon, on which M. Monge read a memoir to
the inftitute at Cairo, during the French invafion of Egypt.
It often happens at fea, that a fhip feen at a diftance ap-
pears as if painted in the fky, and not to be fupported by
the water. A fimilar effe& was obferved by the French in
the courfe of their march through the defert ; the villages
feen at a diftance feemed to be built on an ifland in the middle
ofalake. In proportion as they approached, the apparent
furface of the water became narrower ; when they were only
at a {mall diftance, it difappeared, and the fame illufion began,
in regard to the next village. M. Monge afcribes this effe&
to a diminution of the denfity of the lower ftratum of the
atmofphere. This diminution in the defert is produced by
the increafe of heat, ariling from that communicated by the
rays of the fun to the fand, with which this ftratum is in im-
mediate contact. At fea it takes place when, by particular
circumftances, fuch as the a@tion of the wind, the lower
itratum of the atmofphere holds in folution a greater quan-
tity of water than the other firata. In this ftate of things
the rays of light, which come from the lower parts of the
heavens, having arrived at the furface that feparates the lefs
denfe ftratum from thofe above it, do not pafs through that
ftratum, but are refle&ed, and paint in the eye of the ob-
ferver an image of the heavens, which appearing to him to
be below the horizon, he takes it for water, when the pheno-
menon occurs at land. If he is at fea, he thinks he fees in
the heavens all the objets which float on that part of the
furface occupied by the image of the heavens. This pheno-
menon has been confidered and explained by feveral Englith

hilofophers. See Horizontal REFRACTION.

MIRAGOANE, in Geography, a town on the north fide
of the fouth peninfula of the ifland of St. Domingo, and
fouth fide of the bight of Leogane, at the head of a bay of
its name; 15 miles W. of Petit Goave,

MIRA-

MIR ‘
MIRALETUS, in Jchthyology, a name given to the

fpecies of ray, commonly called by others raja oculata. See
Rasa Miraletus—Alo, a name given by Bellonius and
others to the Raga Oxyrinchus ; which fee. i

MIRAMACHI, or Miracui, in Geography, a port,
bay, and river,.on the north coaft of New Brunfwick. The

ort is at the entrance of the bay. In the river there is a
pind fifhery.

MIRAMBEAU, a town of France, in the department
of the Lower Charente, and chief place of the diltri& of
Jonfac; 12 miles S. of Pons, The place contains 2170,
and the canton 15,117 inhabitants, on a territory of 2425
kiliometres, in 19 communes.

MIRANA, a {mall ifland in the North Pacific ocean.
N. lat. 62° 35. E. long. 190° 34!.

MIRANDA, a town of Spain, in Navarre; 13 miles
S.E. of Eftalla—Alfo, a town of Naples, in the country
of Molife; 11 miles W. of Molife.

Miranpa de Corvo, a town of Portugal, in the province
of Beira, containining about 2700 inhabitants; 15 miles
S.E. of Coimbra.

Mrranpa de Duero, atown of Portugal, in the province
_ of Tras-los-Montes, fituated in a barren mountainous

country on the Duero, on the frontiers of Spain; the fee of
a bifhop. It is but a poor mean town; 28 miles S.E. of
Braganza, N. lat. 41° 24’. W. long. 5° 56’.

Miranna d’ Ebro, a {mall town of Spain, in Old Cattile,
beautifully fituated on the Ebro, over which is a noble
bridge of eight arches. It contains a large fquare, embel-
lifhed with fountains. It is environed by mountaine, on
whofe brow are the remains of a caftle, and the ruins of fe-
veral towers, which formerly guarded accefs to it. A co-
pious ftream flows from the mountain, which ferves to work
feveral mills in its vicinity. The town was erected into an
earldom, in the 14th century, by Henry IV., in favour of
Don Diego de Zuniga, and is now governed by its alcade ;
32 miles N.E. of Burgos.

MIRANDE, a town of France, and principal place of
a diftriG, in the department of the Gers. The place con-
tains 1558, and the canton 10,316 inhabitants, on a territory
of 292: kiliometresy in 49 communes. N. lat. 43° 31’. E.
long. 0° 28'.

MIRANDELA, atown of Portugal, in the province
of Tras-los-Montes ; 30 miles S.W. of Braganza. N. lat.
41° 25/.. W. long. 6 58’.

MIRANDOLA, Duchy of, a {mall principality of Italy,
almoft furropnded by the duchy of Mantua. This princi-
pality fhared the fate of Modena, and became a part of the
Cifalpine republic, now the-kingdom of Italy.—Alfo, a city
of Italy, in the department of Panaro; lately capital.of a
duchy united with Modena, ‘ftrong, and defended by a ci-
tadel; the fee of a bifhop. It contains, befides che cathe-
dral, r5 churches; 14 miles-N.N.E. of Modena. N. lat.
442.50’. E. long. 11°59’.

MIRANO, atovwn of Italy, in the Paduan, on the river
Mufan, containing about 3120 inhabitants; 12 miles N.E.
of Padua, ei id ; ’

-MIRAPORVOS, 4a rocky iflet among the Bahamas,
‘near the fouth-weft coalt of Crooked ifland. N. lat. 21°
55'. W. long. 74°46. ter

MIRAPOUR, a town of Bengal; 30 miles E. of
Burdwan.—Alfo, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar of
Schaurunpour ; 15 miles N. of Merat.

MIRASOLE, a town of Italy, in the department of the
Mincio; 9 miles S.S.E, of Mantua.

MIRAVALLES, a town of Spain, in the province of
Bifcay ; 9 miles S. of Bilboa.

MIR

MIRAVEL, a town of Spain, in New Caltile, on the
fide of a hill, defended by a ftrongly fortified caftle; 12
miles §.S.W. of Placencia. -

MIRAW, or Merrow, a town cf Moravia, in the circle
of Olmutz; 22 miles N.W. of Olmutz.

MIRAY Bay, a bay on the coaft of the ifland of Cape
Breton. Large veflels may go up fix leagues, have good
anchorage, and lie fecure from all winds. N. lat. 46° 5’.
W. long. 59° 40’. ,

MIRBELIA, in Botany, named by the writer of this
article, in honour of Monf. Mirbel, Superintendant of the
botanic garden at Malmaifon, member of various learned
academies, and author of feveral excellent works on the ana-
tomy and phyfiology of vegetables. His elucidations of
their reticulated ftructure having excited much attention,
the prefent plant, remarkable for the reticulated afpe& of
its leaves, was judged more particularly f{uited to perpetuate
his name. Smith in Simis and Konig’s Annals of Botany,
v. 1. 511. Brown in Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 3. 21.—

. Clafs and order, Decandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Papilio-

nacee, Linn. Leguminofe, fect. 4. Jufl.

Gen. Ch. Ca/. Perianth inferior, bell-fhaped, two-
lipped, without appendages ; fomewhat angular at the bafe;
upper lip of two abrupt, oblique, parallel fegments; lower
of three lanceolate, acute, equal ones, dilated at the bafe,
rather fhorter than the upper: permanent. Cor. papilio-
naceous, of five petals, about twice the length of the calyx ;
ftandard inverfely heart-fhaped, recurved, with a fhort,
broad, linear claw; wings lanceolute-oblong, rather fhorter
than the ftandard, with a tooth at the upper edge; keel
fhorter ‘than the wings, of two cohering, half-ovate petals,
with linear claws. Stam. Filaments ten, awl-fhaped, equal,
contained within the keel, inferted into thé receptacle; an-
thers roundifh, incumbent. Pi/?. Germen fuperior, ovate-
oblong ; ftyle thick and fhort, bent upwards; ftigma capi-
tate. Peric. Legume heart-fhaped, pointed, tumid, with
a groove at each fide, of two cells, at length feparating
from each other; the partition double, from both the in-
flexed margins of each valve. Seeds folitary, attached to
the lower edge of each valve, oval, compreffed, with a cir-
cular bordered fear. ?

Eff. Ch. Calyx five-cleft, two-lipped. Corolla papilio-
naceous. Style reflexed. Stigma capitate. Legume of.
two cells, tumid, with two feeds ; the partition double,

1. M.-reticulata. Reticulated Mirbelia. Sm. as above.
Tr. of Linn. Soc. v. 9. 265. Venten. Malmaif. t. 119.
(Pultenza rubizfolia; Andr. Repof. t. 351.)—Leaves li--
near-lanceolate, veiny.—Native of the neighbourhood of
Port Jackfon, New South Wales. Dr. White. It was
very early raifed from feeds in this country, and is kept in
the green-houfe, in light fandy peat earth, with little water
in winter, but as much air as poflible ; flowering from May
to Auguft, the fecond year after being fown. The /fem is
fhrubby, much branched, and very bufhy, fmoothiifh, leafy,
angular; the branches moitly ternate, ftraight, and fpread-
ing: Leaves almott always three in a whorl, rarely oppofite
only, on very fhort broad foot{talks, fpreading, an inch
long, linear-lanceolate, fometimes elliptical and fhortened,
{mooth, revolute, flightly crenate or wavy, tipped with a
fpine, furnifhed with one rib and many tranfverfe veins;
paler and moft opaque beneath. F/ewers in little axillary
and terminal tufts, on fhort fa/és; with a pair of linear

_ bra&eas in the middle of each ftalk. Corolla light purple,

with a radiating reddifh ftain at the bafe of the flandard.
Legume a quarter of an inch long, grey, {mooth, tran{verfely
veined, It is curious that this fhrub fhould ever have been

miftaken

MIR
miftaken fora Rubia, which was adtually the cafe before it
flowered.

a. M. dilatata. Lobed-leaved Mirbelia. Brown in Ait.
Hort. Kew, 1. 2.— Leaves wedge-fhaped, dilated and
three-cleft at the extremity. Found by Mr. Brown on the
fouth-welt coult of New Holland, This fpecies was fent to
Kew, in 1803, by Mr. Peter Good, and flowers in the

reenshoufe in May and June, The fem is thrabby. We
a feen no {pecimen, nor is any account given of the colour
of the flowers. :

MIRCHOUR, in Geography, a town of Hindooltan, in
Golconda; 20 miles S S.1. of Canoul.

MLREBALATS, an interior town in the French part
of the ifland of St. Domingo; 30 miles N, of Port au

rimee,

MIREBEAU, a town of France, in the department of
tle Coté d'Or, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri&t of
Dijon; 13 miles N.E. of Dijon. ‘lhe place contains 1100,
and the canton 8578 inhabitants, on a territory of 2574 kili-
ometres, in 22 communes.—Alfo, a town of France, in the
department of the Vienne, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftri& of Poitiers; 12 miles N.N.E. of Poitiers. The
place contains 2021, and the canton 7096 inhabitants, on a
territory of 1924 kiliometres, in 14. communes. N. lat.
40 tTp E. long, o° 16’.

RECOURT, a town of France, and principal place
of a diflri&, in the department of the Vofges; 13 miles
N.W. of Epinal. The place contains 5084, and the can-
ton 11,757 inhabitants, on a territory of 175 kiliometres, in
28 communes. N. lat. 43° 18’. E. long. 6 13’.

MIREMONT, a town of France, in the department of
the Dordogne; ro miles S.W. cf Montignac. - Alfo, a
town of France, in the department of the Upper Garonne ;
7 miles S.E. of Muret.

MIRENI, a town of Walachia, on the Ardgis, near its
confluence with the Danube; 30 miles S. of Buchareft.

MIREPOILX, a town of France, and principal place of
a diftri@, in the department of the Arriege ; 15 miles N.E.
of Tarafcon. The place contains 2819, and the canton
13,589 inhabitants, on a territory of 335 kiliometres, in 37
communes; N. lat. 43° 5’. E. long. 1 56’. :

MIREVELT, “hehe Janson, in Biography, a

ortrait painter, born at Delft in 1568. The extreme re-
emblance of his pictures, the frefhnefs of their colour, and
the neatnefs of their execution, procured Mirevel: a moft ex-
traordinary influx of profeffional occupation ; fo much, that
he is reported by Houbraken to have painted 5000 portraits:

for the {malleit of which, merely a head, he was paid about ~

15/. lterling ; and thofe of larger fizes in proportion.
’ He certainly was a very ingenious artilt, and, where the
~ talents of Rubens were unknown, mult have appeared a
_ luminary of his day ; but the fuperior tafte and freedom ex-
hibited in the works of the latter, and afterwards-in thofe of
his extraordinary pupil Vandyke, render the works of Mire-
velt tame and intipid. He died in 1641.

Mrrevett, Perer, fon of the former, and a painter of
the fame talte, flyle, and ftudy. By many he is. thought
fully equal to his father.

MIRGONDA, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan, in
‘Dovwlatabad ; 25 miles S.W. of Beder.

MIRGOROD, a town of Rouffia, in the government of
Kiev; roa miles E.S.E. of Kiev. WN. lat. 50°. E. long.

2° 54.
. MIRIAM, in Sacred Hiffory, the fitter of Aaron, and a
prophetefs. When Mofes had finifhed his pious effufions in
the firlt hymn on record, after the fafe ae of the Red
fea, at the head of the whole people of .Ifrael, juft efcaped
Vou. XXIII. : a Se Sige

MIR

from bondage, he was feconded on this oecafion by Miriam,
“ who took atimbrel in her hand, and all the women went
out after her with timbrels and with dances, and Miriam
anfwered them, Sing ye to the Lord,’ &c.

Here is an early inftance of women being permitted to
bear a part in the performance of religious rites, as well as
of vocal mufie being accompanied by initrumenral, and by
what was called dancing, which was probably nothing more
than moving or marching in regulated fleps and geflure.

MIRJANAGORE, in Geograp/y, a town of Bengal;
15 miles S, of Moorley.

MIRICK, Cars, a cape on the weft coalt of Africa.
N, lat. 19°. W. long. 6° 5

MIRLOSITO, a town of European Turkey, in Ro-
mania; 24 miles N.E. of Gallipoli.

MIROBRIGA, in Ancient Geography, a town of Spain,
the {cite of which is now occupied by Civipap Rodrigo 5
which fee. This town of Leon was built in the reign of
Ferdivand IL, about the 13th century, and was made a
rampart again{t Portugal. It is fituated in a flat and to-
lerably beautiful country, producing abundance of the ne-
ceffaries of fubfiltence. - Its plains extend five leagues to the
north, and are terminated by a chain of mountains, which
are branches of thofe of Bejar, Pena de Francia, and Geta.

The town is fortified, and is the fee of a bifhop. It has

feven gates, and its ftreets are tolerably regular. Its po-
g oly reg P

pulation amounts to about 10,000 inhabitants. It has a

cathedral, a collegiate church, fix parifh churches, five con-
vents of monks, four of nuns, one feminary, and two hof-
pitals, The river Ague paffes clofe to the town. The
ancient Roman aqueduét is deftroyed; bht the inhabitants
have con{tructed another, which conveys the water requilite
for the town and watering of the trees,,through the ipace
of three leagues. There are alfo fome fountains out of the
walls ; and in.the extent of the diocefe are fome medicinal
Waters, copper, lead, iron, and even gold mines.
-MIROPEL, in Geography, a town of the duchy of
Warfaw; 40 miles W.N.W. of Berdiczow.

MIROPOLBE, atown of Ruffia, in the government of:
Cherkov; 88 miles N.N-W. ef Charkov. eee 22',-
E. long. 34° 34!.

MIROUETTE, in the Manege, is ufed for a dapple-

bay.

MIROW, in Geography, a town of the duchy of Meck-
lenburg ; 44 miles N. ot Spandau.

MIROWITZ, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of
Prachatitz ; 18 miles N.N.E.-of Strakonitz.

MIRROR, a /peculum, or body, which exhibits the-
images of objects prefented to it by reflection.

‘The ufe of mirrors is very ancient.. Mention is made of’
brazen mirrors, or looking-giafles,,in Exodus, xxxviii. 8.
where Mofes-is faid to have made a “ brazen laver, or ba/ox,
of the looking-zlaffes of the women continually aflembled at
the door of the tabernacle.”

brafs; but of glafs, only fet or ‘framed in brafs.. But thé
moft learned among the rabbins do all allow, that in thofe
times the mirrors made ufe of by. the Hebrew women-in-
drefling their heads were of metal; and that the devout wo-
men; mentioned in this paffage, made prefents to Mofes of
all their mirrors, to make the. brazen laver.. See the Jefuir
Borfrerius’s comment on this text. See Grass. ;

It might likewife be proved, that.the ancient Greeks -

made ufe of brazen mirrors, from divers paflages among the -

ancient poets. ‘
Mirror, in the more confined fenfe of the word, is pe-
culiarly ufed to fignify a fmooth furface of glafs, tinned and*
Te 4M quick.

It is true fome modern com. -
_ mentators wil not-allow the mirrors themfelves to have been

MIRROR,

quickfilvered on the back-fide; which exhibits the images
of objects oppofed to it. See Looxinc-Grass.

Mignon, in Catoptrics, denotes any polifhed body im-
pervious to the rays of light, and which of confequence re-
flects them equally.

Thus water in a deep well or river, and {mooth polifhed
metals, are ranked among the number of mirrors.

In this fenfe, the doétrine of mirrors makes the fubject of
catoptrics.

Mirrors are made either of glafs, coated with an amalgam
of mercury and tin, or of metal, as of platiua, of filver, or of
an alloy of copper and tin, to which a little arfenic and filver
are fometimes added. Mirrors of metal are more perfect
than thofe of glafs, becaufe they are free from the incon-
venience of a double refleGtion ; but they are more expentfive,
and are liable to tarnifh. Where a large mirror is required,
with only a weak reflection, we may employ a fingle fur-
face of glafs, the back of the piece being covered with a
black coating of fome fubftauce differing little from glafs in
its refractive derfity, by means of which the fecond reflec-
tion is avoided. See SpecuLum.

The doérine of mirrors is founded on the following general
principles—1. Light refleGied from any mirror, or {pe-
culum, makes the angle of incidence equal to that of re-
flection ; which fee demonftrated under the word REFLEc-
TION.

Hence, a ray of light, as HB, (Plate XIII., Optics,
Jig. t-) falling perpendicularly on the furface of a fpeculum
DE, will be reflected back upon itfelf: as we find by ex-
perience it actually is.

From the fame point of a mirror, therefore, B, there can-
not be feveral rays reflected on the fame point; fince, in that
cafe, all the angles of incidence muft be equal to the fame
angle of reflection CBG, and therefore to each other;
which is abfurd. Nor can the ray AB be reflected to two
or more points; fince, in that cafe, all the angles of reflec-
tion would be equal to the fame angle of incidence A BF;
which is likewife abfurd.

2. From every point of a mirror, are refle@ed rays thrown
on it from every point of a radiant object. Since then rays
coming from different parts of the fame objeét, and ftriking
on the fame point of the mirror, cannot be reflected back to
the fame point ; the rays which flow from different points of
the fame radiating obje@ are again feparated after refle“tion :
fo that each point fhews whence it came.

Hence it is, that the rays refleted from mirrors exhibit
the objeéts to view. Hence alfo, it appears, that rough wn-
even bodies mult refle& the light in fuch a manner as that
rays coming from different points will be blended or thrown
confufedly together.

Mirrors may be divided into plane, concave, convex, cylin-
drical, conical, parabolical, and elliptical.

Mirrors, Plane, are thofe which have a plane or flat
furface.

Thefe, by a popular name, we call Jooking-glaffes.

For the manner of making plane mirrors, or fpecula, fee
Looxinc-Gtass.

Mrrrors, Laws and Phenomena of Plane. 1. Ina plane
mitror, every point of an object, as A, (Plate XIII. Optics,
jig. 2-) is feen in the interfeétion B, of the cathetus of inci-
dence A B, with the reflected ray C B.

Let C D and F E be two reflected rays, correfponding to
the incident rays A.D, A E: then, fince the vertical angle
C DG= WDB; and the angle of refledtion CD H =
A D Gthe angle of incidence, A DH wiilbe = CDG =
EDB. AndHEF=DEB, adHEF=AEG,
therefore DEB=AEG. But AEG+ ADE, as

. 8

wellas BED +BDE, are lefs than two right angles;
confequently the refle&ted rays FE and CD meet in B,
and in the equiangular triangles A D E and DEB, hay-
ing DE common, DB =DA. Wherefore, fince the
angle BDG=CDH=ADG, the angles at G will be
equal, and confequently A B perpendicular to HG: i. e.
AB is the cathetus of incidence: and, therefore, the re-
fle&ted rays F E and CD meet with the cathetus 6f inci-
dence A B in the fame point B ; and the radiant point A is
feen in B.

Hence, 1. As all the refleted rays meet with the cathetus
of incidence in B; by whatever reflected ray the radiant
point A be feen, it will ftill appear in the fame place. Con-
fequently, any number of perfons, viewing the fame objeé& in
the fame mirror, will all fee it in the fame place behind the
mirror. And hence it is, that the fame obje& has only
ohne image, and that we do not fee it double with both
eyes.

pee oe alfo,-the diftance of the image B, from the eye
C, is compounded of the ray of incidence AL), and the
refleted ray CD: and the obje& A radiates refle@edly in
the fame manner as it would do dire€tly, were it removed into
the place of the image.

2. The image of a radiant point, B, appears juft fo far
behind a plane mirror, as the radiant point is before it: be-
caufeA G = BG.

Hence, if the mirror HG be placed horizontally, the
point A wiilfeem fo much below the horizon, as it is really
elevated above it ; confequently, ere&t obje&s will appear as
if inverted ; and therefore men itanding on their feet, as if
on their heads. Or, if the mirror be fattened to the ceiling
of aroom, parallel to the horizon, objeéts on the floor will
appear above the ceiling as much as they really are below it ;
and inverted. 1

3. In a plane mirror the images are perfeétly fimilar,
and equal to the objects; for every point of the cbje& is
feen in the cathetus of incidence, and the mirror bifects that
part of it which is intercepted between the radiant point
and its image. And hence the ufe of mirrors as looking-

laffes.
3 4. Ina plane mirror, things on the right hand appear as
on the left ; and vice veri.

Hence, alfo, we have a method of meafuring any inac-
ceffible altitude, by means of a plane mirror. ‘Thus, the
mirror being placed horizontally in C ( fiz. 3-), retire from
it till fuch time as the top of the tree be feen in it. Mea-
fure the height of the eye D E, the diftance of the ftation
from the point of reflection EC, and the diftance of the
foot of the tree from the fame: then to EC, CB, and
ED, find a fourth proportional A B. This is the altitude
fought.

5. If a plane mirror A E (fig. 4.) be inclined to the ho-
rizon E H, in an angle of 45 degrees, an cbjeét C B perpen-
dicular to it will appear parallel, I K, and the horizontal
object L B perpendicular in M K.

For produce B C ti'l it meets the mirror in A ; then as
H is a rightangle, and E = 45°, A willbe = 45°: there-
fore, if from B be drawn BG perpendicular to the mirror
A°E, ABG will be = 45°;;and A°G —*C Be Let
G K be s= GB, and the image of B wiil be in K; draw
KA, and becaufe KG = GA and G a right angle, K
will be = 45°, and therefore K A paral'el to EH. In
the fame manner it may be fhewn, that the point C would
appear in I, and confequently the image I K will be pa-
rallel to the horizon EH; and wice verfa. Hence, the
eye being placed beneath the mirror, the earth will appear
perpendicularly over it: or if p'aced over the earth will

appear

MIRROR.

appear perperdicularly under it. Hence, alfo, a globe de-
feending down a plane a little inclined, may, by means of a
mirror, be exhibited as mounting up a vertical plane, to the
great furprize of fuch as are unacquainted with catoptrics.
And hence we have a method of reprefenting ourfelves as if
flying: for a mirror inclined to the horizon under au angle
of 45°) we have obferved, will reprefent vertical objects as
if horizontal ; confequently, a large mirror being fo dif-
Serta as you advance towards it, you will feem to move
orizontally ; and nothing will be wanting to the appearance
of flying, but to ftrike out the arms and legs. It mult be
added, however, that ay the floor is elevated along with your
ur feet will fill be feen to walk as along a vertical plane.
© deceive the eye entirely, therefore, it mult be kept from
the feet.

6. If the objec AB (fig. 5.) be parallel to the fpecu-
lum CD, and equally diltant from it, with the eye; the
reflecting line CD will be half the length of the object
A B.

Let the eye O be in the obje& A B, or let the {pectator
view hinfelf in a glafs. Since A B is parallel to C D, the
image G H will be parallel to it likewite. From O let fall
OL perpendicular to CD, which, continued to I, will
be alfo perpendicular to GH; therefore, OL and O[
will be the refpeétive altitudes of the triangles OC D and
OGH, which triangles, having the angles x = oandu= y,
are fimilar : confequently CD: GH :;O L:O1; and
as OL 6) Resi by art. 2. above, C D will be = 4GH

AB.

And hence, to be able to fee the whole body in a
plane mirror, its height and breadth mutt be half your
height and breadth. Confequently the height and breadth
of any objeé&t to be {een in a mirror being given, we
“have alfo the height and breadth of the mirror in which
the whole obje& will appear, at the fame diftance with
the eye.

Hence, alfo, as the length and breadth of the refleGing
part of the fpeculum are fubduple of thofe of the object
to be refleGed; the refleting part of the mirror is to the
furface refle&ed in a fubquadruple ratio. Confequently,
the reflecting portion being a conttant quantity, if in any
place you fee the whole body in a mirror, you will fee it in
every other place, whether you approach nearer or recede
farther from it.

7. If an obje& AB ( fig. 6.) be parallel to the mirror
IF; the length of the reflected line A B is to the refle@-
ing part of the fpeculum CD as the fum of the incident
and reflected rays BD + DO to the refle&ted ray OD;
or as the fum of the diltances of the eye and of the obje&
from the fpeculum, viz. OI + BF to the diftance of the
eye OL. For GE:CD:OE:OD; ive. becavfe
GE=AB,and DE=DB, AB:CD::0D+
DB:OD. Moreover, OE: OD::O0K:0O I, there-
fore GE:CD::O0K:OT; confequently, fince IK =
FE=BF,andGE=AB, we fhall have AB: CD::
OI+ BF:OlF.

8. A {pe&ator will fee his own image as far beyond the
fpeculum as he is before it; and as he moves to or from the
fpeculum, his image will, at the fame time, move towards or
from him on the other fide, but apparently with a double
velocity, becaufe the two motions are equal and contrary.
In like manner, if while the {pe€tator is at reft, am objet be
in motion, its image behind the fpeculum will be feen to rove
at the fame rate. And if the fpectator moves, the images of
objects that are at reft will appear to approach or recede from
him, after the fame manner as when he moves towards real
objects.

9. If feveral mirrors, or feveral fragments or pieces of a
mirror, be all difpofed in the fame place, they will only ex-
hibit an objeé once.

10. If two plane mirrors, or fpecula, meet in any angle,
the eye, gleasl within that angle, will fee the image of an
objeét placed within the fame, as often repeated as there may
be catheti drawn determining the places of the images, and
terminated without the angle.

Hence, as the more catheti, terminated without the angle,
may be drawn as the angle is more acute; the acuter the
angle, the more numerous the images. Thus Z. Traber
found, at an angle of one-third of a circle, the image was
reprefented twice, at $ thrice, at | five times, and at +, ele-
ven times.

Farther, if the mirrors be placed upright, and fo con-
tracted 5 or if you retire from them, or approach to them,
till the images reflected by them coalefce, or run into one,
they will appear monftroufly diflorted ; thus, if they be at
an angle fomewhat greater than a right one, the image of
ny face will appear with only one eye; if the angle be
efs than a right one, you will fee three eyes, two nofes, two
mouths, &c. At an angle ftill lefs, the body will have
two heads. At an angle fomewhat greater than a right
one, at the diftance of four feet, the body will be head-
lefs, &c. Again, if the mirrors be placed, the one pa-
rallel to the horizon, the other inclined to it, or declized
from it, it is eafy to perceive that the images will be {till
more romantic. Thus, one being declined from the ho-
rizon to an angle of 144 degrees, and the other inclined
= it,a man fees himfelf itanding with his head to another's
eet.

Hence it appears, how mirrors may be managed in gar-
dens, &c. fo as to convert the images of thofe near them
into monfters cf various kinds ; and: fince glafs mirrors
will reflect the image of a lucid objeé twice or thrice, if
a candle, &c. be placed in the angle between two mir-
rors, it will be multiplied an infinite number of times.
On thefe principles are founded various catoptric ma-
chines, fome of which reprefent objets infinitely multiplied
and dittorted ; others infinitely magnified, and fet at. vait
diftances.

Mirrors, Burning. See Burnixc-Gha/s.

Mirrors, Convex, are thofe whofe furface is convex.

Note, by convex furfaces, authors generally mean fuch as
are /pherically convex.

Manner of preparing or making convex Specula, or Mirrors.
—There are various methods ufed by divers artifts; par-
ticularly as to the matter or compofition for the filvering.
One of the beft that is known 1s given us by Wollfius,
thus:

Melt one part of tin, another of bifmuth, together; and
to the melted mafs add two parts of mercury: as foon as
the mércury begins to evaporate into {moke (which it pre-
fently does), the whole compeft is to be thrown into cold
water, and when well cooled the water decanted off. The
mixture is then to be ftrained through a linen cloth two or
threefold ; and what is thus feparated, poured into the ca-
vity of a glafs fphere: this fphere is to be turned gently
round its axis till the whole furface is covered,. the reft being
referved for future ufe.

If the {phere were of coloured glafs, the mirror will be fo:
too. And in the fame manner may conic, elliptic, cylindric,.
and other mirrors, be made.

How they may he made of metal, fee under Concave
Mirror. Seealfo Sprevium.

Mirrors, Laws or Phenomena of Convex. 1. Ina fphe--
tical convex mirror HCI (fg. 7.), the refle@ed. ray EM

4M 2 concurs

MIRROR,

concurs with the cathetus of incidence ) L, and the inci-
dent ray DN with the cathetus of reflection E L, between
the tangent AB, and thecentre L. For the perpendicu-
lars, or catheti of incidence, obliquation, and reflection, are
inthe plane of refleGtion, and, therefore, in the plane which
touches the fpeculum in the point of incidence C; the
tangent AC makes a right angle with the cathetus of ob-
liquation F C; but the refle&ed ray EC, or C M, makes
with it an acute angle u, and, therefore, falls between the
tangent AC, and the cathetus of obliquation C L. Where-
fore, fince C L and D L meet in the centre L, the reflected
ray EM ought to interfe&t the cathetus of incidence DL
between the tangent and the centre.» In the fame manner it
is fhewn, that the incident ray D N ought to meet with the
eathetus of reflection between the tangent and the centre.
Hence, the image cf a radiant point appears between the
centre and the tangent, becaufe it appears in the concourfe
of the refleéted ray and cathetus of incidence.

2. In a {pherical convex mirror, the cathetus of inci-
denee DL (jig. 7.) is to DB, the diftance of the object
from the tangent at the point of reflection C, as LM, the
diltance of the image from the centre, is to M P, the dif-
tance of the image from the tangent. Since o=-, and
x == m, o will be equal to m, and, therefore, the right line
CP bifeéting the angle DCM, cuts the bafe DM into
two parts, which are in the fame proportion with the fides ;
confequently, DP: PM:: DC:CM; and if DF be
drawn parallel to CM, w will be = f, and, as u = y,
p=y, and DF = DC. Therefore, tince DF (DC)
:MC:DL:ML, DLwillbeto ML::DP:PM;
and, therefore, DL:DP::ML:PM. Hence, becaufe
DL>DP,and ML> PM; and, therefore, ML much
greater than RM, the diftance of the image from the
‘centre is greater, ‘but from the tangent lefs than half the
femidiameter ; and the image is nearer to the tangent than
the centre.

Hence, alfo, the diftance of the obje& from the tangent is
greater than that of the image, and, confequently, the ob-
je& is farther diftant from the fpeculum than the image.

3. If the arc BD (fg. 8.) intercepted between the
. point of incidence D, and the cathetus A B; or the angle
C, formed in the centre of the mirror by the cathetus of in-
cidence A-C, and that of obliquation F C, be double the
‘angle of incidence, the image B will.appear on the furface
of the fpeculum.

4. If the arc intercepted between the point of incidence
and the cathetus; or the angle C, formed in the centre of
-the mirror by the cathetus of incidence, and the cathetus of
ebliquation, be more.than double the angle of incidence, the
image will be without the mirror.

5. If the arc intercepted between the point of incidence,
-and the cathetus; or the angle, formed in the centre of the
mirror by the cathetus of incidence, and that of obliqnation,
be lefs than double the angle of incidence, the image will
-appear within the fpeculum.

6. In a convex mirror, a remoter point A (fiz. g.) is re-

-fle&ed from a point F, nearer the eye O, than any nearer

point B in the fame cathetus of incidence.

Hence, if the point of the objeét A be reflected from the
point of the mirror F, and the point of the object B from
-the point of the mirror E ; all the intermediate points be-
tween A and B will be reflected from the intermediate
points of the fpeculum between F and E ; and, confequently,
iF E will be the line that reflects A B.

Hence, alfo, a point of the cathetus B feems at a greater
diftance Cd from the centre C, than a more remote
one, A.

~

7. A nearer point B (fig. 10.) not in the fame cathetus
with a remoter H, is reflected to the eye O, from a nearer
point of the fpeculum, than the remoter H.

Hence, if the point of an objeé&t A be refleGted from the
point of a mirror C, and the point of the obje&t B. from
the point of the fpeculum D, all upon the fame point O¢
all the intermediate points betweea A and B will be refleéted
from all the intermediate pomrs between C and D. Confe-
quently, the image FG of the objeé&t BA is contained be-
tween the cathetus BE ard AE. é

8. In a {pherical convex mirror the image is lefs than the
obje&. !

“ind hence the ufe of fuch mirrors in the art of painting,
where objecis are to be reprefented lefs than the life.

g- In a convex mirror, the more remote the objeét the
lefs its image ; and, again, the {maller the mirror the lefs the
image. : :

10. In a convex mirror, the right hand is turned to the
left, and the left to the right ; and magnitudes perpendicular
to the mirror appear inverted.

11. The image of a right line, perpendicular to the mir-
ror, is a right line; but that of a right line either oblique to
the mirror, or parallel to it, is convex. (

12. Rays reflected froma convex mirror diverge more
than if retlected from a plane mirror. ‘ ,

Hence light, by being refleéted from a f{pherical mirror,
is weakened ; and, confequently, the effects of refiected light
are weaker than thofe of dire&t. Hence, alfo, myopes fee
remote obje€is more diftinctly in a convex mirror, than they do
directly.

Rays reflected froma convex mirror of a fmaller {phere di-
verge more than thofe reflected from alarger. Confequently,
the fight is more weakened, and its efieéts are lefs confider-
able in the former cafe than in the latter.

Mirrors, Concave, are thofe whofe furface is concave.
Thefe are generally made of a mixed metal. :

Note, by concave, authors. commonly mean /pherically
concave. ;

Mirrors, Manner of preparing or making Concave. Firlt,
a mould is to be provided for caiting them. In order to this,
take clay well dried, pulverize and fift it; mix it up with
water, and then ftrain or filter it; with this work up horfe-
dung, and hair fhred fmall, till the mafs be fufficiently tough ;
to which, on occafion, may be added charcoal-duft, or brick-
duft, well fifted.

Two coarfe moulds are then prepared of a gritty ftone,
the one concave the other convex ; which are to be ground
by one another with wet fand between, till fuch time as the
one perfectly fits the other. By this means, a perfect {pherical
figure is acquired.

‘The maf:, prepared before, is now to be extended on a
table, by means of a wooden roller, till it be of a thicknefs
proper for the mirror; and then being ftrewed with brick-
dult to prevent its fticking, it is laid over the convex monld,
and fo gets the figure of the mirror, When this is dry, it
is covered with another lay of the.fame mafs; which once
dried, both the covers, or fegments of the clay, are taken
off, The innermoft of the two being laid afide, the ftone
mould is anointed with a pigment prepared of chalk and
milk, and the outer cover again put over it, ,

Laftly, the joining being coyéred over with the fame clay
of which the cover is farmed, the whole mould is bound to- .
gether with an iron wire, and two holes are cut through the
cover, phe one for the melted matter of the mirror to be
poured through, the other for the air to efcape at, to prevent
the mirror’s being fpojled with bubbles, —-

The mould being thus prepared, eight parts of copper,

one

MIRROR.

ene of Englifh tin, and five of bifmuth, are melted together ;
a little of the mixture ie taken out with a ladle, and if it be
too red, when cold, more tin is put ing if too white, more
copper; the mafi is then poured into the mould before pre-
pared, and fo aflumes the figure of a mirror,

/ Some with ten parts of copper mix four of Englith tin,
and a little wntimony and fal ammoning, Mirring the mafs
about as long as any fumes arife in its others have other
compolitions, many of which are deferibed by Schottus and
Zahnius,

The mirror, being thus call, is cemented to a wooden
frame; and thus worked to and fro over the convex ftone
mould, firit with waser and fond, and, lailly, without fand till
it be ht for polifhing ; the ‘Lone mould is then covered with
paper, and that is {meared over with tripel dutt, and calx
of tin, over which the mirror is worked to and fro till it has
fot a perfect polith, And iu the fame manner are glafs mir-
rors polithed, excepting that the convex furface is there

in the concave mould When the mirrors are very
large, they are fixed on a table, and firlt ground witha
gritty ftone, then with pumice, then with fine fand, by
means of a glafs cemented to a wooden frame; and, laflly,

they are rubbed with calx of tin, and tripoli dufl, on .a

wet leather,

For coneave mirrors of glafs, the mould is ufually made
of alabalter; the relt is as in metal mirrors. See Specu-
aum, Grinping, aad Pontsuine.

Mirnors, Laws and Phenomena of Concave. 1. If a ray,
as KI (fig. 11.), fall on a concave mirror EI, under an in-
clination of 60 degrees, and parallel to the axis A B, the
reflected ray I B will concur with the axis A B, in the
pole of the glafs B. Since m = 60°, a alfo will be = 60’,
and becaufe K I is parallel to the axis A B, i = 60°, and
u = 60°; therefore CB =-C 1, the radius. Confequently
the point B, in which the reflected ray 1 B concurs with the
axis, is in the furface of the {peculum. If the inclination
of the incident ray be lefs than 60 degrees, as that of E H,
the reflected ray E F will concur with the axis at the diftance
B F, which is lefs thana fourth part of the diameter. Siace
‘0 = x, and, on account of the parallels H E and A B,
o=y, we thall have x = y, and, therefore, EF = FC;

"but C F + E F > EC, and CE = CB; therefore
CF+EF>CB; confequently CF > FB; ie FB
is lefs than half the radius C B, or a fourth part of the dia-
meter. And, univerfally, the diilance of the point F, in which
the ray H- concurs with the axis, from the centre C, is to
half the radius C D in the ratio of the whole fine, to the co-
fine of inclination. For by the laft demonitration it appears,
that F E is = F C; therefore if from F a perpendicular

FD be let fallon EC, LC willbe = 3 CE; butif CF

be taken for the whole fine, C D will be the fine of the

angle D F C, or the coline of the angle DC F; i. ¢. of the
ps aeiag D E H; and, therefore, C F isto C D as the
whole fine is to the cofine of the inclination.

. Hence it is inferred, by calculation, that in a concave

{pherical mirror, whofe breadth fubtends an angle of fix de-

grees, parallel rays meet, after reflection, in a part of the

axis Jefs than the one thoufand four hundred. fifty-feventh
part of the radius; if the breadth of the concave mirror be
a2) 18, 245 30, 36 degrees; the part of the axis in which

the parallel rays meet, after reflection, is lefs than 53,, :1.,
Yioge xs gigs the! radius. : : :

- And on this principle it is, that burning glaffes are
fermed. . y » td banaed

For fince the rays diffufed through the whole furface of
the concave mirror, after reflection, are contraéted into a

yery fmall compas, the light and heat of the parallel rays

.

an
4 4

will be a circle

mult be prodigioufly increafed thereby; viz. in aduplicots
ratio of the breadth of the mirror, and the diameter of the
circle in which all the rayeare colleéted ; and finve the fan's
rays are, ab toany purpoles on earth, parallel, it is no won-
der that concave mirrors fhould bury with fo much violence.

From this fame principle is likewife deduced a method of
reprefenting the images of objects in a dark room; whieh
fee under Campna obfeura,

2. A lucid body being placed in the focue F, of a con-
cave mirror EI (fig, 12.), the raya, after refleétion, become
parallel, Tor parallel rays are by reflection united wm a
focus; but if the luminous body be in the focus F, that
which was before the reflected ray E F will be now the in-
cident ray, and wice werfi ; pM hos the refleGted ray E H
will now become parallel to. the axis A B, and ail the re-
flected rays parallel ro one another,

Hence an intenfe light may be proje4ted toa valt diftance,
by a lighted candle, &c, placed in the focus of a concave
mirror.

Hence alfo, if the parallel rays be received by anothee
ee mirror, they will again concur in its focus, and

urn,

Zahnius mentions an experiment of this kind made at
Vienna, where two concave mirrors, the one fiy, the other
three feet diameter, being placed about twenty-four feet
apart, with a live coal in the focus of the one, and a match
ue tinder in the other, the rays of the coal lighted the
tinder.

3- If alucid body be placed between the focus F ( fg. 13.)
and the mirror H BC, the rays, after reflection, will di-
verge from the axis BA. If the lucid body were in F,
the reflected ray C E would be parallel to the axis_A B,
and, therefore, it would conftantly preferve the fame diftance
from the axis. But finee DCG > FCG, KCGwill
be > ECG; and, therefore, C K will fall Leyond CE,
and cannot be parallel to the axis, but. mutt continually di-
verge from the axis, the diltance from it increafing : whence
it follows, that light is weakened by refleétion.

4. If a lucid body be placed between the focus F, and
the centre G, as in I, the rays, after reflection, will meet
in the axis beyond the centre. In this cael HG < FHG,
and, therefore, GHA <GHL; confequently, the re-
flected ray H A recedes from the parallel towards the axis,
and its diltance from the axis will be continually diminithed,
till at length it concurs with the axis. But if the lucid body
be placed in A, that which was before the refleded ray AH
will now become the incident ray, and vice ver/é. If, there-
fore, the lucid body be placed beyond the centre G, the
rays after refleGtion will concur with the axis between the
focus ¥ and centre G.

Hence, if a candie be placed in I, the imaze wili appear
in A; if it be placed in A, its image will be in I; in the
intermediate points between [and A, the fe@ion of hight
3 and that fo much the greater, as it is
nearer the point of concourfe, F

5. If a luminous body be placed in the centre of the
mirror, all the rays will be reflected back upon. themfelves :
for as they fall perpendicularly on the f{peculum, they wilk
be reflected into themfelves. Z

Hence, if the eye be’ placed in the centre of a con-ave
mirror, it will fee nothing but itfelf, and that corfu edly,
through the whole mirror, é ; ’

6 If a ray falling from the point of the cethotus 4
(Ag- 14.) on the convex mirror 4 F, be, ‘together with ite
reflex’ I F, continued within the concavity of the mirror,
F H will be the incident ray from the point of the cathetya
H, and FO ite ries. Ford F E= 1PM; but oF &
Yj f > SeeE

MIRROR.

= MFO, adI FM=E FH; therefore MFO=
E FH; and, confequently, if H F be taken for the inci-
dent ray from the point H, F O will be the reflected ray.

Hence, fince the point of the cathetus H is the image of
the point 4 in the convex mirror, but the point 4 the image
of Hin the concave; if the image of an objet, reflected
by a convex fpeculum, be feen by a refle¢tion made in its
concavity, it will appear like the objec itfelf.

And fince the image of an infinite cathetus is lefs in a
convex glafs than one-fourth of its diameter ; a portion of
the éathetus, lefs than a fourth part of the diameter, may
appear of any magnitude required in a concave one. A
point, therefore, diitant from a concave fpeculum lefs than’
one-fourth of the diameter, mut appear behind the mirror
at any diftance, how great foever.

Since the image of any object, how broad foever, is con-
tained in a convex fpeculum, between the two lines of inci-
dence of its extreme points; if an objeét be placed between
the two lines, at a diftance lefs than one-fourth of its diame-
ter, the breadth of the image, how great foever, may all
appear.

Since then the image of an objeét included between two
lines, at a diftance leis than one-fourth of the diameter, may
exceed the juft height and breadth of the object; nay, may
be made of any magnitude, how big foever ; objects placed
between the focus and mirror muft appear of enormous mag-
nitudes in concave mirrors; the image being fo much the
greater in the concave mirror, as it is lefs in the convex.

In a convex mirror, the image cf a remote object appears
nearer the centre than that of a nearer object: therefore, in
~ a concave mirror, the image of an object remote from the
mirror appears at a greater di‘tance than that of a nearer ob-
je&t, provided the diftance of the object from the centre be
lefs than a fourth part of the diameter.

In a convex fpeculum, the image of a remote objec is
lefs than that of a near one: therefore, in a concave one,
the image of an objet placed between the focus and the
mirror, is nearer the focus than the {peculum.

The image, therefore, of an object receding continually
from a concave fpeculum, becomes continually greater, pro-
vided it do not recede beyond the focus, where it becomes
confufed ; and as it approaches, it grows continually lefs.
Ina convex {peculum, if the {phere, of which it is a feg-
ment, be fmaller, the image is {maller than in another of a
larger {phere: therefore in a concave, if the fphere, of which
it is a fegment, be fmaller, the image will be larger than in
another whofe {phere is larger: whence concave mirrors, if
they be fegments of very fimall {pheres, wiil do the office of
microfcopes.

7. If an obje@ A B (fy. 55.) be placed between a con-
cave mirror and its focus, its image will appear behind the
mirror in an inverted fituation. Let A B be the lenzth of
the obje&: fince the point A is feen in the cathetus Ca,
and the point B in the cathetus C 4, the higher point is feen
in the higher place a, and the lower in the lower 4; or the
obje& appears behind the mmror in an ereét fituation. But
if A B reprefent the breadth of the object, it appears in the
fame manner that the part to the right correfponds with the
right, and the left to the left, both of the objeé& and image.
However, in dire&t vifion the right hand part of an object
correfponds to the left of the fpeétator, and the left to
the right; and, therefore, in a concave fpeculum, the parts
to the left hand of an obje& between the focus and {peculum
appear to the right, and the right to the left.

8. If an object A B (fig 16.) be placed between the fo-
cus and the centre, its image E F will appear inverted, and
in the open air, beyond the centre, the eye being placed

beyond the,centre. For the rays, by which the point A is
refle&ed, concur in the cathetus G F, beyond the centre
Cin F, and thofe by which the point B is refle&ed, concur
in the cathetus D F, beyond the centre C in E; therefore
the point B radiates on the eye placed beyond E F as from
E, and the point A as from F; confequently B is feem in
E, and A in F, and the image of the obje& is feen beyond
the centre in an inverted pofition. 9. If an object E F be
placed beyond the centre C, and the eye likewife beyond
the centre, the image will appear inverted in the open air,
between the centre and the focus. Hence, the inverted
images of objects placed beyond the centre, are reflected by
a concave mirror, ereé&t ; and may be received on a paper
applied between the centre and the focus, efpecially if the
room be dark ; if the objeét E F be farther diftant from the
centre than the focus, the image will be lefs than the ob-
ee ee AC is Jefs than EC, and, therefore, A 6
<< . j

Ox this principle, concave mirrors, efpecially thofe which
are fegments of large {pheres, and are capable of reflecting
entire objeéts, exhibit many pleafing phenomena. Thus, if
a man flourifh his {word againft the mirror, another comes
out of it, and meets him with the fame motions; ‘and the
image of his head coming out of the mirror, if he ftrike
with his real fword, the imaginary {word will {trike his real
head. If he ftretch out his hand, another hand will be
ftretched out of the mirror, and meet it at a great diftance
in the open air, &c. Andon the fame principle are con-
ftruéted catoptric ciftule, which, when looked into, exhibit
images much bigger than the cheft. See Caroprric
ciftula.

10. The image of a right line, perpendicular to a con-
cave mirror, is a right line; but all oblique or parallel lines
are concave. For fince every point of a line perpendicular
to the f{peculum is in the cathetus of incidence, its image
will of courfe be a right line. But if A B (fg. 15-) be
parallel, or oblique to the fpeculum, and C F be drawn
from the centre © perpendicular to AB, CA will be
greater than C D ; and, therefore, as C F=CE,FD>
AE; confequently the point D will appear farther behind
the fpeculum than A. ‘Therefore, fince ¢ is farther diflant
from D, than a from A, and d from B, the image acd will
appear concave.

Mirrors, Cylindrical, Conical, Parabolical, and Elliptical,
or fpecula, are thofe terminated by a furface refpectively
cylindrical, conical, parabolical, and {phervidical.

To prepare, or make, cylindrical, conical, parabolical, ellip-
tical, and hyperbolical Mirrors. —For the cylindrical and conical
fort, if they are to be of glafs, the method of preparing
them is the fame as that already laid down for convex
mirrors.

If of metal, they are to be made after the manner of con-
cave mirrors, only that the clay moulds there deferibed,
require other wooden ones of the figure of the mirror.

For elliptical, parabolical, and hyperdclical mirrors, the
mould is to be thus prepared. On a wooden or brazen
plane or table, deferibe the figure of an ellipfis, A B
(fig..17.) a parabola, or an hyperbola, CD (jig. 18.) after
the manner taught under thofe heads; which done, cut out
the figure from the plane with all the accrracy imaginable.

To the elliptic figure fit an axis, as E F, with two fulcra
to fultain it, &c. and a handie to move it; lay a quantity of
the clay, above defcribed, under it; and turn about the axis
by the handle, till the plane A B hath turned, or impreffed
the elliptical figure exatly upon it.

The axis of the parabolical or hyperbolical figure C D,
is'to be fixed. at the vertex E in fuch a manner as that it

may

MIS

may always romain ered; this isto be turned about as above,
till it hath given ite own figure to the clay applied about it,
The pact of the mould, thus formed, is to be dried, and
either {meared over with fat, or fprinkled with brickdu(t ;
‘then a convex mould is to be made, by putting a quantity
of the fame clay into the cavity thus horiatts This latter
is culled the male, as the former the female mou'd. ‘The
male mould, being well dried, is to be applied within the
female, in fuch a manner, as only to leave the intended thick-
nefs of the mirror between them. ‘The reit as for concave
mirrors.

Thefe mirrors are not made without the utmolt difficulty ;
becaufe, if the moulds be ever fo jult, the figure of the
mirror is apt to be damaged in the grinding. See Spr-
CULUM.

Mirxons, Phenomena, or Properties of Cylindrical. 1. The

_ dimentions of objects correfponding lengthwife to the mirror
are not much changed; but thofe Soendedodide breadthwife
have their figures altered, and their dimenfions leffened fo
nich the more, as they are farther from the mirror ; whence
arifes a very great diltortion.

2. If the plane of reflection cut the cylindric mirror
through the axis, the refleétion is performed in the fame
manner as in a plane mirror ; if it cut it parallel to the bafe,
the reflection happens in the fame manner as in a {pherical
mirror; if, la(tly; it cut it obliquely, or be oblique to its
bafe, the reflection is the fame as in an elliptical mirror.
Hence, as the plane of reflection never paffes through the
axis of the mirror, except when the eye and objective line
are in the fame plane ; nor parallel to the bafe, except when
the radiant point and the eye are at the fame height, the
reflection, in a cylindrical mirror, is ufually the fame as in
an elliptical cne.

3- Ifa hollow cylindrical mirror be oppofed direétly to
the fun, inflead of a focus of a point, the rays will be re-
flected into a lucid line, parallel to its axis, at a diltance
fomewhat lefs than a fourth part of its diameter.

Hence arifes a method of drawing anamorphofes, 7. ¢.
wild, deformed figures, on a plane, which appear beautiful
and well proportioned, when viewed in a cylindrical mirror.

Mirrors, as for Elliptic, Parabolic, Ccnic, and Pyramidal,
we are not much acquainted with their properties: only that
in the firlt, if a ray ftrike on it from one of its focules, it
is reflected into the other; fo that a lighted candle being
placed in one, its light will be colle&ed in the other. That
the fecond, inafmuch as all the rays they reflect meet in one
point, make'the beft burning-glafies of all others.

And, laftly, that wild, irregular figures, may be fo drawn
on a plane, as that, the eye being flees over the axis of
the two latt, they fhall appear beautiful, and well propor-
tioned. (See ANAMorrnosis.) For further particulars re-
fpeGting the theory, materials, conftruGtion, and ufe of
mirrors, fee GLAss, GrinpinG, Lens, Microscore, Sre-
CULUM, and TELEscorr.

MIRSERAIT, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in Kho-
rafan; 12 miles W. of Sebfvar.

MIRZAGUNGE, a town of Hindooftan; in Bengal ;
27 miles §.S.E. of Mahmudpour.

MIRZAPOUR, a town of Hindooftan, in Bengal ; 75
tniles S.S.E. of Mahmudpour.—Alfo, a town of Hindoo-
itan, in Bengal; 12 miles S.W. of Kifhenagur.—Alfo, a
town of Hindooitan, in Oude; 33 miles N.E. of Kairabad.
—Alfo, a town of Hindooltan, in Allahabad; 41 miles
S.E. of Allahabad. N. lat. 25° 10’. E.long. 82° 40’.

_ MIRZIN, or Wo cry, a town of Moravia, in the circle
of Iglau; 12 miles E. of Iglau. ~
IS, a particle prefixed to divers words, particularly

MIS

law-terms ¢ denoting fome default or defe@t. As, in mifpri-
Sion; mifdicere, to frandalize one; mifdocere, to teach amifi,

Cc.

MISA, in Geography, a river of Naples, which runs into
the Adriatic, N. lat. 43° 43’. E. long. 13° 12.

MISAGNO, a town of Naples, in the province of
Otranto; feven miles S.W. of Deindifi,

MISANDRA, in Sotany, Jufl. 405, one of Commer-
fon’s fanciful names, the application of which is not very
clear to us. It feems to imply that he was difpleafed at
meeting every where with a fuperabundance of the male
plants of this kind, in the itraits of Magellan, and only once
with the females, fo that he was long unable to judge of the
genus; at leatt this appears to be the conjecture of Juffieu.
See GuNNERA.

MISANI, in Geography, a town io the ifland of Corfica ;
fix miles W. of Cervione.

MISANTHROPY, formed of uso«,
hatred, and as%earos, a man, a general ciflike or averfion to
man, and maukind. In which fenfe it ftands oppofed to
philanthropy, or the love of mankind.

MISAPA, in Geography, a river of Mexico, which runs
into the gulf of Mexico, N. lot. 18° 12!.

MISARA, a town of Egypt, on the left bank of the
Nile; 12 miles S. of Melaui.

MISAVENTURE, or Misapventune, Homicide by,
in Law, See Homicipr. :

In the cafe of mifadventure, the law prefumes negligence,
or at leaft a want of fufficient caution in him who was fo
unfortunate as to commit it; who, therefore, is not alto-
gether faultlefs. The penalty infli€ted by our laws is faid
by fir Edward Ccke to have been anciently no lefs than
death; though others affirm, with greater reafon, that it
confifted in a forfeiture, as fome fay, of all che goods and
chattels; according to others, of only part of them, by
way of fine or weregild; which was probably difpofed of,
as in France, for pious ufes, or for the benefit of the foul
of the deceafed. However, the delinquent has now, and
has had as early as our records will reach, a pardon, and
writ of reftitution of his goods as a matter of ceurfe and
right, only paying for fuirg out the fame ; and, to prevent
this expence, in cafes where the death has notorioufly hap-
pened by mifadventure, or in felf-defence, the judges will
ufually perrnit, if not direét, a general verdi&t of acquittal.
See Homicrpe.

Staundford diftinguifhes between aventure and mifaventure.
The firft he makes to be mere chance: as ifa man, being -
upon or near the water, be taken with fome fudden fick-
nefs, and fo fall in, and be drowned; or into the fire, and
be burnt.

Mifaventure, according to him, is when a man comes to
his death by fome outward violence; as the fall of a tree,
the running of a cart-wheel, the ftroke of a horfe, or the
like.

MISCANELLO, in Geography, a town of Naples, in
Bafilicata ; 26 miles $.E. of Potenza.

MISCARRIAGE, in Midwifery, the birth, or exclu-
fion of a feetus from the womb before it has attained its
maturity.

By fome writers, the word mifcarriage is confined to deli-
veries, or births happening before the end of the fixth or
feventh month, or before the child has acquired fo much
ftrength as to give it a chance of living. Children born in the
eighth or early in the ninth month, are only faid to have come
before their time. (See AzorTion, and Conception.) The
failure in an attempt te perform any thing is alfo called a

mifcarriage.
MISCEL.~

picavoeurrin,

MIS

MISCELLANEA, in Botany, a name given by Lin-
neus to the 54th of his Natural Orders, and which well
exprefles the heterogeneous nature ofthat order, as it {tands
at the end of his Genera Plantarum, where fuch various
genera are brought together, that his leading idea in this
affemblage can hardly be traced. They ftand under eight
heads, as follows.

1. Refeda, Datifca.

2. Poterium, Sangutforba.

3. Piflia, Lemna.

4. Coriaria; and Empetrum with a mark of doubt.

§. Achyranthes, Celofia, Amaranthus, Irefine, Gomphrena,
Phytolacca

6. Nymphaea, Sarracenia.

7. Cedrela, Swietenia.

&. Felephium. ,

Inthe Prele@iones in Ord. Nat. Plantarum, publifhed from
the notes of Gifeke and Fabricius, ‘p. 594, this catalogue is
much diminifhed, and the 4th order confifts of only the
firft four of the above fections, without any remark or ex-
planation. ;

The manufcript notes of Lianzvs, to his own Genera
Plantarum, here afford us fome affiftance. He has there
referred the fecond feétion of the above lift, very juftly, to
his 35th order, Senticofz, before Agrimonia. ’

The third fe@tion he removes to ord. 15, Inundate, which
is but a flight improvement. :

The fifth goes with great propriety to his Holeracee,
ord. r2th.

The fixth to his Rhocadee, ord. 27th, with a queftion
whether the genera here mentioned be not more akin to
Afarum and bis 11th order, Sarmentacee ; under which laft
however he has expreffed a fufpicion that 4riffolochia, Afa-
xum and Cytinus may rather belong, with Nymphaea, to the
27th.

The feventh fection he reduces to his Trihilate, ord. 23d,
and Telephium, which alone makes the eighth, is removed to
the Holeracee.

MisceLLANxE is alfo the name of an order of the Crypto-
gamia, according to Schreber, in his Gen. Pl. 753. Under
it he cemprehends Lquifetum, Lycopodium, Porella, Salvinia,
Marfilea, Pilularia, and Tfeetes. “Thefe have little affinity,
and the order can be confidered merely as a receptacle for
what could not well be placed elfewhere, as its mame feems
to imply.

MISCHARON, in Geagraphy, a town of Perfia, in the

rovince of Irak ; 111 miles S.E. of Hamadan.

MISCHIEF, Malicious, or Damage, in Lazu, is a {pecies

of injury to private property, which the law confiders as a’

public crime. This is fuch as is done, not auimo furandi, or
with an intent of gaining by another’s lofs ; bu: either out of
a fpirit, of wanton cruelty, or diabolical revenge. Any da-
mage ariling from this mifchievous difpofition, though only
a trefpafs at common law, is now by a multitude of f{tatutes
made penal in the higheit degree. 22 Hen. VIII. c. 11.
43 Eliz. c. 13° 22 & 23 Car. Il.c.7, 4&5 W.& M.
c. 23. 1 Ann. ftat. 2. c. g. and 4 Geo. I. c. 12.
12 Ann. ftat.2. c.18. 1Geo.I, c.48. 6Geo.I. c. 23.
9 Geo. I. c. 22. (See Brack 4a) 6 Geo. Il. c. 37.
30 Geo. II. c. 32. 28 Geo. II. c. 19. 6 Geo. III.
c. 36..and 48. and 13 Geo. III. ¢. 33. g Geo. Ill.
c.29. 43 Geo. III. c. 38. See Fetony.

MISCHKA, in Geography, a river of Ruffia, in the
country of the Coflacks, which runs into the Don, near
Verchnei Tchirkoviflaia.

MISCHKIN, atown of Ruffia, in the government of

MIS

Jaroflavl ; 60 miles W. of Jaroflavl. N. lat. 58°42. E-
long. 40° 22’. 1

MISCHNA, or Misuna, from Py3p), iteravit, a part of
the Jewifh Talmud.

The Mifchna contains thestext ; and the Gemara, which
is the fecond part of the Talmud, contains the commentaries ;
fo that the Gemara is, as it were, a gloffary on the Mifchna.

The Mifchna confifts of various traditions of the Jews,
and of explanations of feveral paffages of feripture: thefe
traditions, ferving as an explication of the written law, and
f{upplement to it, are faid to have been delivered to Mofes
during the time of his abode on the Mount ; which he after-
wards communicated to Aaron, Eleazer, and his fervant
Jofhua. By thefe they were tran{mitted to the feventy elders,
by them to the prophets, who communicated them to the
men of the great fanhedrim, from whom the wife men of
Jerufalem and Babylon received them. According to Pri-
deaux’s account, they pafled from Jeremiah to Baruch, from
him to Ezra, and from Ezra to the men of the great fyna-.
gogue, the laft of whom was Simonthe Jnft ; who delivered
them to Antizonus of Socho ; and from him they came down
in regular {ucceflion to Simeon, who took our Saviour in his
arms ; Gamaliel, at whofe feet Paul was educated, and lalt
of ail to Rabbi Judah the Holy, who committed them to
writing in the Mifchna. But Dr. Prideaux rejeCting this
Jewith fiGtion, obferves, that after the death of Simon the
Juft, about two hundred and ninety-two years before Chrift,
the Mifchnial doétors arofe, who, by their comments and con-
clufions, added to the number of thofe traditions, which had
been received and allowed by Ezra, and the men of the great
fynagogue; fo that towards the middle of the fecond’cen-
tury, after Chrift, under the empire of Antoninus Pius, it
was found neceflary to commit thefe traditions to writing 5
more efpecially as their country had confiderably fuffered
under Adrian, and many of their fchools had been diffolved,
and their learned men cut off; and, therefore, the ufual me-
thod of preferving their traditions had failed. Rabbi Judah,
on this occafion, being reGtor of the {chool of Tiberias, and
prefident of the fanhedrim in that place, undertook the work,
and compiled it in fix books, each confilting of feveral trafts,
which altogether make up the number of fixty-three. (Prid.
Conne&. vol. ii. p. 468, &c. ed.g.) This learned author
computes that the Mifchna was compofed about the 150th
year of our Lord; but Dr. Lightfoot fays, that Rabbi
Judah compiled the Mifchna about the year of Chriit 190,
in the latter end of the reign of Commodus; or, as fome
compute, in the year of Chrift 220. Dr. Lardner is of opi+
nion that this work could net have been finifhed before the
year 190, or later, and he thinks that it is placed foon enough
at the year 180. (Colle&. of Jewifh and Heathen Telti-
monies, Xc. vol. i, p. 178.) Others, however, apprehend,
that the Mifchna was not committed to writing till near the
middle of the fifth century, alleging that St. Aultia, who
died in the year 430, fays exprefsly (Cont. Adverf. Leg.
and Proph. lib. ii. c. 1.) that the Jewifh traditions were
notin writing. And yet that it was written before 500 feems
evident, becaufe in 548 Jultinian interdified the ufe of it in
the fynagogues. Kennicott’s State of the Hebrew Text,
vol. 11. p. 443. :

Thus the book called the Mifchna was formed; a book
which the Jews have generally received with the greateft ve-
neration. The original has been publifhed, with a Latin
tranflaticn, by Surenhufius, with notes of his own, and others
from the learned Maimonides, &c. in 6 vols. folio, Amiterd.
A.D. 16981703. See Taimup.

It is written in amuch purer ityle, and is not near fo full
of dreams and yilions, as the Gemara.

MIS-

MIS

MISCIANO, in Geogra dy, a town of Naples, in the
vince of Otranto; 8 iiles W.S.W. of Brindifi.

MISCO, or Misko. See Mixeo.

MISCONTINUANCE, in Law, the fame with dif-
continuance,

MISCOTHINS, in Geography, a {mall tribe of Indians
who inhabit between lake Michigan and the Miflilippi.

MISDEMEANOUR, or Mirenuacseheny in Law, an
offence, or fault, particularly when in the execution of an
office. See Crime. :

High crimes and mifdemeanours denote offences of a heinous
nature, next to high treafon.

MISE, a French term, literally denoting expence, or dif-
‘burfement: it is ufed in our law-books in divers acceptations.
Sometimes for the profits of lands ; fometimes for taxes, or
taillages; and fometimes for expences, or colts: as pro
mifis F cuflagiis, for coils and charges in the entries of
judgments, &c.

ife more peculiarly denotes an honorary gift, or culto-
mary prefent, with which the people of Wales ufed to falute
every new king and prince of Wales, at their entrance upon
the principality. ‘
- Anciently, the mife was given in cattle, wine, corn, &e.
for the fupport of the prince’s family; but when that do-
minion was annexed to the Englifh crown, the gift was
changed into money. The county of Flint paid two thou-
fand marks, &c. for the mile.

The county of Chelter alfo paid a mife or tribute of five
thoufand marks at the change of every owner of the faid earl-
dom, for enjoying the privilege of that palatinate. At Chelter
they have a mife-book, in which every town and village in the
county is rated what to pay towards the mile.

Mite is alfo ufed in fpeaking of a writ of right. What
in other aétions is called an ifue, in a writ of right is called
a mife or me: {o that fo join the mife upon the mere, is as much
as to fay, to join iffue on the mere right, # ¢ to join upon
this point, whether the tenant or demandant has-the more
right.

Vee even ina writ of right, ifa collateral point be tried,
‘it is there called an i/ie, not a mife. See Issur.

Mite is alfo fometimes ufed corruptly for mea/é, a mefluage
-or tenement.

In fome manors, a mif or mea/e place is taken for fuch a
mefluage or tenement as yields the lord an heriot at the
‘death of the tenant.

MISELAR, in Geography, an ifland in the Eatt Indian
fea, of an irregular form, 18 miles long and five broad,
near the W. coalt of Sumatra. N. lat. 1°28’. E. long.
97° 56.

MISEN, Missen, or Mizen, in a Ship, denotes either
the matt, or fail of that name ; but at fea, they always mean
the fail when the word mizen iseufed.

This is the hindmoft of the fixed fails of a hip, extended
fometimes by a gaff, and fometimes by a yard, which croffes
the mait obliquely ; the fore-end reaching always down to
the deck, and the after-end being peeked up as high above the
middle of the yard, where it is attached to the matt. The
figure of the mifen is a trapezium, or parallelogram, one of
whofe corners is cut off by a diagonal, extended from one
of its fides to the oppofite corner, which becomes the peek
of the mifen. Some great fhips require two mifens; in
which cafe that next the main-mait is called the main-mifen,
and that next the poop the denaventure mifén.

The ‘ufe of the mifen is, to keep the fhip clofe to a
wind ; wherefore if a thip is apt to gripe too much, they ufe
no mifen, Butitis often ufed when a hip rides at anchor, to
back her a-ftern ; fo that fhe may not foul her anchor, on the

Vor. XXIII.

M185

turning of the tide; and fometimes a thip lies a-try with her
mifen only,

Misew maf isthe matt upon which tne mifen and its top-
fail and thay-faila are fu ported, befides other fails, which are
fet oceafionally, as the Giver, ring-tail, &c. See Maar.

Misen, Change the, is an order to bring the mifen-yard
over to the other fide of the matt. Peck the mifen, i. e put
the mifen right up and down the matt.

Mise, Set the, at Sea, the word of command to fit the
mifen-fail right as it fhould thand. Spell the mifen, i. . let go
the fheet, and peek it up.

Misen-Stay, ina Ship. See Stay.

Misex-Yard. See Yann.

MISENO, Cave, in Geography, a cape on the N. fide of
the gulPof Naples. N. lat. 40° 48’. E. long. 13” 52%.

MISERE, a river of America, which rans into lake
mag ro N. lat. 46°14’. W. long. 89° 3'.

ISERERE, have mercy, the name, and firk word of
one of the penitential pfalms ; being that commonly given
by the ordinary to fuch condemned malefaétors as are allowed
the benefit of the clergy : whence it is alfo called the p/alm
of mercy

It is alfo the firlt word in the Latin tranflation of the 51ft
pfalm, aud has been elaborately fet to mufic by all’ the
great compofers of the Romith church, from Paleitrina to
Jomelli and Hayda; but no miferere has been fo cele-
brated as that compofed by: Gregorio Allegri, for the pon~
tifical chapel at Rome, in 1629; which has continued to
be folemnly and exquifitely performed there on Wednefday
in Paflion week, and on Good Friday. See Artecni, Jo-
> — and Burney’s Prefent State of Mufic in France and

taly.

Misererrn Mei, denotes a kind of colic, or diforder of
the inteftines, in which the excrements, inftead of pafling off
the common way, are often thrown up by the mouth. The
miferere mei is the fame with what we otherwife call volvulus,
and iliac pajfion.

MISERICORDE, Curretium, in Ancient Armour, the
name of the dagger, which was the conftant companion of
the fword, at lea(t from the days of Edward I., and is men-
tioned in the itatute of Winchelter. Its appellation of
mifericorde is derived by Fauchet, the French antiquary,
either from its being ufed to put perfons out of their pain,
who were irrecoverably wounded, or, from the fight of it
cauling thofe knights who were overthrown to cry out for
quarter or mercy. After the invention of fire-arms, daggers
were {crewed into the muzzles of the mufkets, to anfwer
the prefent purpofe of the bayonet.

MISERICORDIA, Mercy, in Laqw,an arbitrary amer-
ciament, or punifhment impofed on any perfon for an
offence,

Where the plaintiff or defendant in any a€tion is amerced,
the entry is always ideo'in mifericordia.

It is thus called, according to Fitzherbert, becaufé it
ought to be but fmall, and lefs than the offence, according
to the tenor of Magna Charta.

“* Multa lenior fic di&ta, quod leniffima imponitur miferi-
cordia; graviores énim mulétas fines vocant; atrociffimas,
redemptiones.” See Fineand RepempTion.

Hence, if a man be unreafonably amerced in a court not
of record, as a court baron, &c. there is a writ called mode
rata mifericordia, dire&ted to the lord, or his bailiff, command-
ing them to take mederate amerciaments. :

MIsERICORDIA communis, is whena fine is fet on the whole
county, or hundred.

Misericornta in cibis & potu, in our Old Writers, is ufed
for any gratuitous portion of meat and drink, given to the re-

4N ligious

MIS

ligioue in convents beyond their ordinary allowance. (Matt.
Paris.) And in fome convents they had a fated allowance of
thefe over-commons upon extraordinary days, which were
called mifericordie regulares.

MISERREPOUR, in Geography, atown of Hindeottan.
in Dooab ; 15 miles N.W. of Etayah.

MISERY, an ifle between Salem and Cape Ann, in
Maffachufetts.

MISFEASANCE, in Law, a mifdeed or trefpafs.
Whence alfo misfeafor, a trefpafler.

MISFORTUNE. See CHance.

MISGUM, in Jchihyology, the name of a fifh of the an-
guilliform kind, but broader and flatter than the eel, and of
much the fame fize from the head to the tail; it has five
black lines, one on the back, tivo, which are fomewhat
broader, in the middle of the fides, and two cthers, which
are narrower lower down; thefe are all extended from the
head to the tail; the intermediate {paces, and the belly, are
of a fomewhat blueifh-white, dotted with black {pots ; the
‘fins are alfo {potted in the fame manner ; the mouth is {mall
and round like that of the lamprey, and is furrounded with
beards, fix on the upper jaw, and four on the under ; and
there are two other very flender ones near the noftrils; the
eyes are {mall ; the gills four on afide ; and belide the back
fin there are four, two near the gills, and two lower on the
body. This is a common fifh about the German fhores,
and is efteemed a very delicate one at the table; it lays its
{pawn in March, and is in beft feafon for eating in January
and February. It is caught principally in ftanding and
muddy waters ; and it is faid, that when out of water, it
makes a fort of hifling noife.

MISHNA.. See Miscuna.

MISIANO, in Geography, a town of Naples, in Calabria
Ultra; 7 miles N. of Reggio. '

MISILMARI, a town of Sicily, in the valley of Ma-
zara; 6 miles S.S.E. of Palermo.

MISITRA, the ancient Sparta, a town of [European
Turkey, in the Morea, defended by a caitle on a rock,
which is faid to be impregnable. The Chriftians have fe-
veral churches, one of which is reckoned the moft beau-
tiful in the world. The Jews have three fynagogues, and
the Turks have a fuperb mofque and hofpital. ‘This town
is the fee of an archbifhop, and the refidence of a bey, an
aga, and a waywode ; and it contains 12,000 inhabitants.
In 1770 it was taken by the Ruffians; 40 miles S.S.W. of
Argos. N. lat. 37° 10’. E.long. 22° 25/.

MISKERING, Miskerrinc. See ABISHERING.

MISKOTZ, in Geography,a town of Hungary; 30
miles W. of Tokay.

MISLAVA, a town of
betau.

MISLETOE. See Mistieros.

MISLIWECZEK, Joseru, in Biography, fon of a miller
in Bohemia, not far from Prague, a twin, born in 1737:
the brothers refembled each other fo much, that their father
was frequently uncertain to which of them he was {peakin,.
They were both brought up to the father’s trade; but
Jofeph in learning mufic at the common reading and writing
{chool, as all Bohemian children do, difcovered uncommon
genius and Jove for the art. snd his father was fcarcely
dead before he quitted the miller’s trade, and went to
Prague, where he ftudied mufic under the celebrated or-
ganilt Segert with fuch fuccefs, that he fhortly compofed
fix. fymphonies, one each month, from January to June.
‘Then, in 1763, he went to Venice, where he had leffons from
Pifcette, and afterwards to Parma, where he compofed his
firft opera, which fucceeded fo. much, as to. procure him a

Hungary; 10 miles E. of Li-

MIS

scall to Naples, where the opera of “ Belercfonte” fo efta-
blifhed his reputation in Italy, that in the next ten years he
brought nine operas on the ftage; among which * Olim-
piade,”’ in 1778, was particularly admired, efpecially the air,
‘Si circa fi dice.” Soon after the performance of Belero-
fonte, he went to Venice as a matter, where he had been be-
fore only a {cholar, and now was as well received as elfewhere.
Then he removed to Pavia, and thence to Munich in 1779,
and returned to Naples a fecond time. About 1780, Fortune
turned her back upon him: the opera of ‘ Armida,”’ which
he fet for Milan, was performed but once, in which almoft
every thing, except a bravura air for Marchefi, was fi/chiata
(hiffed). Thence he went to Rome, where he had been un-
fortunate before, and where he met with new difgrace in
1781; in which city, after compofing for different theatres
of Italy 30 operas, befides oratorios, and inftrumental mufic
of all kinds, he died, in 1782, in mortification and indigent
circum{tances.

MISLOWITZ, in Geography, a town of Silefia, in the
lordfhip of Plefz, on the borders of Poland ;. 32 miles W. of
Cracow. N. lat. §0° 13’. E. long. 19? 5’.

MISNIA. See Metssen.

MISNOMER, compounded of mis, which in compo-
fition fignities ami/s, and nomer, to name, in Law, a wrong
name, or the ufing of one name for another.

A mifnomer furnifhes one of the principal pleas in abate-
ment. \

MISOLOGIO, in Geography, a town of the Morea,
in the pathawite of Carnia, containing about 5000 inha-
bitants. It is fituated on a fwampy flat, fearcely above the
level of the fea. An extenfive fhallow reaches along the
coaft for many miles, and is paled in for a meir, and kept
in repair by the farmers of the fifhery. This filhery was.-
farmed in 1811 by forty perfons, who pay to the vizier Ali
Pathaw upwards of 3500/. fterlmg. In Mifologio one of
the priefts teaches Greek, and the children, as in other
parts of Greece, are taught writing, &c. by the parochial
clergy. he inhabitants wear the Albanian drefs, and
though they grievoufly complain of the taxes, they admit
the juftice and vigour of Ali Pafliaw’s government, The

town has a fmall fortification ahout two miles diftant from
the fhore. Thearticles exported from Mifologio are fimilar
to thofe which are ufually fent from Patras and Lepanto. It
has lately begun to fend wool to Sicily, which wool is low
priced, but not fo inferior in quality as might be fuppofed
from the rates at which it is fold. :

MISPACH, a town of Bavaria, in the lordfhip of Upper
Waldeck ; 27 miles 8.S.E. of Munich.

MISPRIsION, derived from the old French mefpris, a
negle@ or contempt, in Law, fignifies a nezleé& or overfight,
and is generally ufed to denote all fuch high offences as
under the degree of. capital, but nearly bordering upon
them. 1

Mifprifions are generally, divided into two forts: negative,
which confift in.the concealment of fomething which onght
to be revealed ;_ and pofitive,, which confft in the commiflion
of fomething which ought not to be done.

Misprision of Clerés, is a neglect of clerks, in writing, or
keeping records. ;

By the. mifprifion of clerks, no procefs fall be annulled,
or difcontinued.. And jultices. of affize fhall amend the
defaults. of. clerks mi-fpelling a fyllable,. or letter, in
writing.

Misprision of Felony, which is.the conccalment of a-fe-
lony which a man knows, but never affented to, is punifh-
able, in a public officer, by fat. Weltm. 1.,3 Ed, 1. c. 9.,
with imprifonment for a year and a.day ;.ina.common per~ —

8 fon

M18

fon with imprifonment for a lefe diferetionary time 5 and in
both with fine and ranfom at the king's oomerl declared
_ by the judges in his courts of jultice. Jultices of the Com-
mon Pleas have a power to affefy any amerciaments upon
perfons offending by milprifions, contempts, oF neglects, tor
not doing, or midoing, any thing, in or concerning fines
~ Misvniston of Trea/on, is a negligence in not revealing
treafon, where a perfon knows it to be committed.

Tt in enacted by ftat. 1 & 2 Ph. & Maree. ro. that a bare
concealment of treafon fhall be only held a mifprifion ; which
¢oncealment becomes crimimal, if the party apprifed of the
treafon dovs not, as foon as convenivatly may be, reveal it to
fome jadge of allize, or jultice of the peace. (1 Hal, P, C.
$72.) Betides, the ftatute 13 Eliz. c. 2, enacts, that thofe
who forge foreign coin, not current in this kingdom, their
aiders, abettors, and procerers, fhall al! be guilty of mif-

rifion of treafon, The punifhment of mifprifion of treafon
18 lofs of the profits of lands during hfe, forfeiture of goods,
and imprifonment during hfe. 1 Hal. P, C. 374.

» The mifprifions already recited belong to the clafs of thofe
thatare denominated negative, Mifprilfions, which are merely
potitive, ave generally termed contempis or high mifilemefnors.
See Contemp.

» MISQUE Pocowa, in Comey a town of South
America, in the viceroyalty of Buenos Ayres, and pro-
vince of Santa Cruz de la Sierra; 100 miles S.S.W. of
Santa Cruz.

» MISOUL, atown of Peru; 60 miles N. of La Paz.
» MISR e! Auiké, a town of Egypt, on the Nile, S. of
Cairo, to which it is a kind of fuburb.

MISS, a river of Carinthia, which runs into the Drave ;
five miles E. of Lavamand. :
~ MISSA. See Mass.

Missa Pape Marcelli, is the title of a celebrated mafs
in Mujic, compofed by Paleftrina, and {aid to have prevented
mufic from being banifhed the church. Concerning this
production, it has been related by Antimo Liberati, in his
famous letter to Ovidio Perfapegi, and after him, by Adami,
Bernardi, and other mufical writers, that the pope and
conclave having been offended and fcandalized at the light
and injudicious manner in which the mafs had been long fet
and performed, determined to banifh mufic in parts entirely
from the church ; but that Paleltrina, at the age of twenty-
fix, during the fhort pontificate of Marcellus Cervinus, in-
treated his holinefs to fufpead the execution of his defign
till he had heard a mafs, compofed in what, according: to
his ideas, was the true ecclefiaitical ityle. His requett
being granted, the compofition, in fix parts, was performed
at Eaiter, 1555, before the pope and college of cardinals ;
who found it io grave, noble, elegant, learned, and pleafing,
that mufic was reftored to favour, ard again eftablifhed in
the celebration of facred rites. This mais was afterwards
printed, and dedicated to the fucceffor of Marcellus, pope
Paul 1V., by whom Paleftrina was appointed maeltro di ca-
pella to the pontifical chapel.

’ The friends of choral mufic will doubtlefs be curious to
have a faithful and minute account of a compofition which
had fufficient power to prelerve their favourite art from dif-

race and excommunication ; and having before us an ac-
curate feore of it, which Signor Santarelli, the pope’s maef-
tro di capella, himfelf procured out of the archives of the
Sittine chapel, where it is {till performed, we can venture
to affert, that it is the mofl fimple of all Palettrina’s works :
no canon, inverted Engroes or complicated meafures, have
been attempted throughout the compofition ; the ityle is
grave, the harmony pure, and by its facility the performer
and hearer are equally exempted from trovble. i

MIS

MISSAL, Mrssatey a mafs-book, containing the fevera}
maffes to be uled on the feveral days, featls, &e,

The Romgn miffal wan firlt compiled by pope Gelafius,
and afterwards reduced into better order by pope Gregory
the Great; who called it the book of facraments.

Each diocefe, and each order of relyious, have their per-
ticular miffal, accommodated to the feltivals of the province,
or of the order.

MISSALAND, in Geagruphy, a river of Africa, which
rifes in Dar Fur, and after a courfe of nearly 500 miles
lofen itfelf in the lake of Fittré.

MISSASSAGA Is.anp, an ifland that lies oppofite ta
the mouth of the river ‘T'rent in Upper Canada, and at
the fame diltance from the portage at the head of the bay
of Quito.

MissassaGa River, a river of Upper Canada, which
runs into lake Huron, between le Serpent and Theffalou
rivers, on the N. fhore. See Mussasacues.

MISSEL Bixp, in Ornithology, the common Englifh
name of the larger {pecies of thruth, called alfo the /hrite,
and by authors the Turpus wifiverus major; which fee.
It is much larger than any other of the thru(h kind; its
legs and feet are yellow ; its head of a brownith lead co-
lour, and its back, tail, and rump of the fame colour, with
an admixture cf yellow; but in, the fummer months it a
little changes its colour, and becomes more grey, or of the
colour of unripe pickled olives; its throat, breait, and belly,
are ail variegated with black fpots; the middle of its belly
whitifh, and the upper part of its breait, and part of its
fides, and the under feathers of its tail, yellowifh ; its bill
is fhorter and thicker than that of other thrufhes, and of
a dufky colour, except the bafe of the lower mandible,
which is yellow. It ufually is feen on the top branches of
tall oaks, elms, and other high trees, and fings very {weetly,
and is the largeit bird that is any melody in its note. It
begins its fong, fitting on the fummit of a high tree, very
early in the {pring ; often with the new year, in blowing
fhowery weather, whence it is called in Hamphhire the ftorm-
cock ; the note of anger or fear is very harfh, between a
chatter and thriek. It remains the whole year with us, flies
fiagly, except with its female, and drives all the leffer
{pecies of thrufhes from it. It is the belt of all the kinds
for the table.

MISSELTOE. See Misrieroer.

MISSEN- Mast, or Mizzex-Mof. See Misen.

Missen-Sail. See Misen.

MISSIGUINIPPI River, in Geography, ariver of Cas
nada, which runs into the Saguenay, N. lat. 48° 22'. W.
long. 71° 10’.

MISSILIA, among the Romans, a name given to lar-

efles, thrown among the people on occalion of games and

ows, fuch as {mall gold or filver coins, {weetmeats, and
fometimes animals, as theep, oxen, deer, &c. which were let
loofe to be carried off by the pecple.

The word comes from mittere, to throw, or let loofe.

MISSIMA, in Geography, a town of Japan, in the ifland
of Niphon:

MISSINABE Lakxg, a lake of America, in Canada,
N. lat. 48° 39’ 42". W. long. 84° 2! 42".

Missixape Hou/e, a tation belonging to the Hudfon’s
bay Company, fituated on the E. fide of Moofe river,
and eight miles from Miffinabe lake.

MISSING Woop, a phrafe uled among Bowlers. See
Bow ine.

MISSION, Missio, among the Romans, a term ufed to
fignify the emperor’s fending to refcue a wounded gladiator
from his antagonift. The munzrarii, or perfons who exhi-

: 4N 2 ; bited

MIS

bited the games, and likewife the people, ufed to refcue a
favourite gladiator. The manner of their fignifying this
favour, was pollice preffo, or with the thumb hid in the
palm of the hand. However the gladiator was only faved
for that time; whereas by the rudis he had a free difcharge.

Mission. See Emission, Manumission, REMISSION,
and TRANSMISSION.

Mission, in T4eology, denotes a power or commiffion to
preach the gofpel. Jefus Chrift gave his difciples their mif-
fion in thefe words, ** Go, and teach all nations, &c.’’

‘The Romanilts reproach the Proteftants, that their mi-
nifters have no miffion ; as not being authorifed in the exer-
cife of their mimiftry, either by an uninterrupted fucceffion
from the apoltles, or by miracles, or by any extraordinary
proot of a vocation.

Many among us deny any other miffion’ neceffary for the
miniftry, thanthe talents neceffary to difcharge it.

Misston is alfo ufed for an eftablifhment of people zealous
for the glory of God, and the falvation of fouls ; who
go and preach the gofpel in remote countries and among
infidels.

There are miffions in the Eaft as well as in the Weft Indies.
Among the Romanitts, the religious orders of St, Dominic,
St. Francis, St. Auguftine, and the Jefuits, have miffions
in the Levant, America, &c.

The Jefuits have alfo miffions in China and all other parts
of the globe, where they have been able to penetrate. The
Mendicants abound in miffions.

There have been alfo feveral Proteftant miffions, for dif-
fuling the light of Chriltianity through the benighted re-
gions of Afiaand America. Of this kind has been the
Danith miffion, planned by Frederic IV., in 1706. And
the liberality of private benefa€tors in our own country has
been alfo extended to the fupport of miffionaries among the
Indians in America, &c.

Mission is alfo the name of a congregation of priefts and
laymen, inftituted by Vincent de Paul, and confirmed, in
1632, by pope Urban VIII., under the title of “ Priefts of
the Congregation of the Miffion.”

Thefe profefs to make it their whole bufinefs to affift the
poor people in the country ; and to this purpofe they oblige
themfelves never to preach, or adminifter any of the facra-
ments, in any town where there is an archbifhop, bifhop,
or provincial refiding.

The prietts of the miffion were alfo intrufted with the di-
rection and government of a female order, called ‘ Virgins
of Love, or Daughters of Charity,’’ whofe office it was to
adminifter affiftance and relief to indigent perfons, who were
confined to their beds by ficknefs and infirmity. This order
was founded by a noble virgin, whofe name was Louifa le
Gras, and received, in the year 1660, the approbation of
pope Clement IX.

They are fettled in moft provinces of France, Italy, Ger-
many, and in Poland. At Paris they have a feminary,
which they call the Foreign Miffon, where youth are bred
up, and qualified for miffions abroad.

MISSIONARY, anecclefiaftic who devotes himfelf and
his labours to fome miffion, either for the inftru€tion of the
orthodox, the conviction of heretics, or the converfion of
infidels.

MISSIQUASH River, in Geography, a river which by
its various windings, from its confluence with Beau-bafin
at the head of Chignut channel, to its main fource, and from
thence by a line due E. to the bay of Verte, in the ftraits
of Northumberland, feparates the provinces of Nova Sco-
tia and New Brunfwick.

MISSISIPPI, a large river of America, which, toge-

7

MIS

ther with its eaftern branches, waters {ths of the United
States, forms their weftern boundary, and feparates them
from Louifiana. It rifes in White Bear lake, N. lat. 48°
15’. W. long. 98° 30’, and in its courfe receives feveral
ftreams both from the E. and W., the largeft of whicly
are the Miffouri from the W., and the Illinois, Ohio, and
Tenneffee from the E. The foil on both fides of this river,
and in the vicinity of its tributary ftreams, is not inferior to-
any in North America. This river is navigable to St. An-
thony's Falls, and, as fome fay, beyond them. Salt of ex-
cellent quality is produced from the falt-fprings or licks
that are contiguous to it, and on its upper branches are preat
quantities of coal. An ifland of confiderable fize is formed
by its mouths in the gulf of Mexico, between 29° and 30?
N. lat. and 89° and 90° W. long.

Missisipri Territory, a diftriet formed of the weftern part
of the ftate of, and bounded N. by Tenneffee, W. by the
Miffifippi river, S. to W. by Florida, E. by the Appala-
chicola and Flint rivers. The principal part of this country
is inhabited by the Creek, Cha@taw, Chickafaw, and Che--
rokee nations of Indians. It was ereéted into a territorial’
government in 1800, and divided into three counties, viz.
Walhington, including 1250 inhabitants, Pickering with
2940, and Adams with 4660. The total number is 8850,
of which 3489 are flaves. Natches is the capital. It is
watered by many fine rivers, and contains large traéts of the
beft land in the United States.

MISSISSAGUIS, atribe of Indians who inhabit the
fhores of lake Ontario, and one of the moft numerous
in this part of the country. The men are in general ftout,
and moft excellent hunters and fifhers ;. but lefs warlike than
any of the neighbouring nations. They are of a darker
complexion than othr Indians ; fome of them being nearly
as black as negroes. Both men and women, particularly the
latter, are very dirty and flovenly in their appearance : the
rancid greafeand fifh oil, with which the women daub their
hair, necks, and faces, render them in a fummer’s day extreme-
ly offenfive. Thefe Indians fupply the inhabitants of King-
fton, of Niagara, and of the different towns on the lake, with
fifhand game, the value of which is eftimated by bottles of
brandy and loaves of bread.

MISSIVE, fomething fent to another, from the Latin.
word mitto, I fend.

We fay muflive letters, or letters miffive, meaning letters
fent from one to another.

In propriety letters miflive are letters of buftnefs, but not
bufinefs of great concern ; in contradiftinétion from letters
of gallantry, letters on points of learning, difpatches, &c.
See LeTTErs.

MISSON, Maximi1iay, in Biography, a well known
French writer, was a covnfellor of Paris at the time of the
revocation of Nan‘es, which circumftance obliged him to
quit his country and come over to England. In 1687,
and the following. year, he travelled to Italy with an
Englifh gentleman, in the charaéter of governor, and
foon after his return he publifhed the fruits of his obferva-.
tions, in a work entitled “ Nouveau Voyage d’Italie,’’ in

vols. r2mo. Thefe travels were looked upon as a faith-.
fuland lively picture of the countries defcribed, but the
Catholics were offended at the reprefentations given of the
ceremonies and popular fuperttitions prevalent among them,
which they charge with unfaithfulnefs and exaggeration.
Miffon wrote likewife «« Memoires d’un Voyageur en An-
gleterre ;”? and “* Le Theatre‘facre des Cevennes, ou Recit
des Prodiges arrives dans cette Partie du Languedoc, et des
petits Prophétes.”” He died, at an advanced age, in Lon-
don, in the year 1721. Moreri,

MISSOURI,

MIS
MISSOURI, in Geography, a river of North America,
in Louifiana, which falls inve the Miffifippi from the weit.

ward, 18 miles below the mouth of the Imo, and about
1160 miles from the Balize, or moutha of the Miflifippi, in
the gulf of Mexio. Mutchine faye that it is navigable
1300 miles, wd larger than the Miflifippi,

MISSOURIS, the Indions who inhabit the banks of the
above river, and who are {aid to have 1500 warriors,

MIST, a meteor, called alfo fog. See Foo and Mr-
TERONOLOGY.

The blueith mift whieh we fometimes fee on our fields and

atures in a morning, though often innocent, yet has been
in fome places found to be the aétual caufe of murrain, and
other fatal difeafes among the horned cattle. Dr. Winklar
gives, in the Philofophical T'ranfaétions, an account of a
murrain affecting the cattle in Ftaly and other places, which
was evidently {een to f{pread itfelf over the countries in
form of a blue mit. Wherever this was perceived, the
cattle were fure to come home fick: they appeared dull and
heavy, and refufed their food; and many of them would
die in four-and-twenty hours. Upon diflection there were
found large and corrupted {pleens, fphacelous and corroded
tongues ; and in fome places thofe people who were not care-
ful of themfelves in the management of their cattle, were
infeéted and died as falt themfelves. The principal caufe
of this difeafe feems to be the exhalation of fome unwhole-
fome tteams from the earth; and it was obfervable, that
there had been three earthquakes in Italy the year before it
hap ned. .
he method of cure which fucceeded beft, was this: as
foon as any beait appeared to be fick, they examined the
tongue, and if pith or little blitters were found on it, they
feraped it with a filver inftrument made with fharp teeth at
the fides, till it bled in all thofe parts where the aphthe
were ; the blood was then wiped away with a cloth, and the
whole tongue wathed feveral times with vinegar and falt.
After this the following medicine eb internally : take
of foot, brimltone, gunpowder, and falt, of each equal
parts :. mix thefe in as much water as will makea mixture
thin enough to be fwallowed, and let a fpoonful be given
for a dofe three or four timesa day. The cattle which were
in health had this medicine given them, as well as the fick ;
and the confequenrce was, that very few died in Swiflerland,
while almolt all died in other places,

Tt was very remarkable that this contagion, on this occa
fion, feemed to travel flowly but regularly on: it came
at the rate of about two German miles in twenty-four hours ;
this it kept regularly to during the whole time of its raging,
and never appeared in very diltant places at the fame time.

The whole furface of the earth emitting thefe efluvia, no
eatile efcaped them in the courfe of their way, but thofe
which were kept within doors at rack and manger, fell ill at
the fame time, and in the fame manner with thofe in the
open fields. ;

Dr. Slare was of opinion, that it was owing to certain in-
fects, which could not fly faiter than at the rate of two Ger-
man miles.a day; and that they travelled regularly, and
fpread the mifchief where they paffed; but there wanted
fome judicious perfons, verfed in thefe obfervations, to have
examined both the ftate of the air and the beafts, on this oc-
eafion. Phil. Tranf. N° 145.

MISTAKE Bay, in Geography, a large bay. on the
welt fide of the entrance of Davis's itraits, and N. of Hud-
fon’s {traits ;- from which it is feparated by a peninfula of
the N. main on the W.and Refolution ifland on the S.

MISTAKEN.Bay, a bay onthe N.W. coal of Tavai

MIS

Poenammoo, fo called by Capt. Cook in 1769; 25 miles
8S.W. of Cafeade Point,

Mistaken, Cape, the S, point of the eafternmolt of the
Hermit’s iflands, about three leagues E.N.E. from Cape
Horny at the extremity of South America.

MISTEK, atown of Moravia, in the circle of Prerau ;
7 miles E.N E. of Preyburg
7 MISTELPACH, a town of Aullria; 18 miles N. of

enna,

MISTIC, or Mystic, a fhort river which falls into the
N. fide of Bofton harbour, by a broad mouth on the E. fide
of the peninfula of Charleftown. Its navigable for floops
four miles to the town of Medford, and is crofled by two
bridges, one at its mouth, and another a mile above it. The
Middlefex canal conneéts this river with the Merrimack.

MISTISSINY, a lake of Canada. N. lat. 50° 40. W.

long. 74°.
MISTLETOE, Misteror, or Mifeltoe, in Botany.
See Viscum.

MISTRETTA, in Geography, a town of Sicily, in the
valley of Demona; the fee of a bifhop ; 64 miles W. of
Meflina, N. lat. 38°55’. E. long. 14° 22!,

MISTY, atown of Afiatic Turkey, in Caramania;
miles S. of Yurcup.

MISUSER, in our Old Writers,
or benefit: as he fliall make fine for his mifufer,
Br. 149.

By mifufer, a charter of a corporation may be forfeit-
ed; foalfo an office, &c.

MISWALDE, in Geography, atown of Pruffia, in the
province of Oberland ; 18 miles S. of Elbing.

MISY, in Natural Hiflory, the name of a fofiile fubftance,
ufed very frequently by the ancients in medicine, and fup-
pofed to be one of their now loft-medicines, but erroneoufly ;
it being {till very common in the Turkith dominions, and’
not unfrequently found in the mines of Cremnitz-in Hun-
gary. Itisa confiderably firm fubftance, though of an ir-
regular and feemingly not compaétitexture, and much re-
fembles fome of our gaudy marcafites; but that it wants.
their hardnefs and their weight, and is not infammable..

It is at prefent no where put to any. ufe. The ancients:
efteemed it of the fame nature with the chalcitis, but that:
it poflefled thofe virtues in a more remifs degree ;: they had
it from Aigypt and Cyprus, and uled it externally jn he--
morrhages, and fome cutaneous eruptions.

Misy, in Botany, aname given by Theophraftus, and all:
the old Greek writers, to a kind of truffle or fubterranean
mu(hroom, of a very delicate flavour.. The truffles of Nu--
midia, and fome other parts of Africa, were always elteemed
fuperior to thofe of any other part of the world. They are
called terfez, camaha, or kema, by fome later writers, and
were brought to Rome, and fo greatly efteemed, that no
difh was ranked above them. Thefe were called Lybian
truffles by the Romans, and they feem to have been the fame-
with the Cyrenean mify of the Greeks. It is to be obferved,
that the Greeks in general, in early. times, . were very little
acquainted with the affairs of Africa ;:and all that they had
from this part of the world, was faid to come from Cyrene, .

5@

an abufe of any liberty
Old. Nat.

‘fome old cities of their forefathers being there, and keeping

up afriendfhip and traffic with them. The thyon, a tree
growing. plentifully in almoft all parts of Africa, and
which is the fame with the citrus of the Romans, was in this
manner attributed to Cyrene, by the fame Theophraitus
And thus, when {peaking of truffles, he adds, that the Cy-
renean mify furpaffed all the other kinds in flavour ; his words ;
itand at large in Athenzus;,and.thence-Pliny has taken his.
; account, .

MIU6T

account, which he clofes in this manner: “ The thing which
they call mify, in the provinte of Cyrene, is of this kind;
but it is more flefhy and of a finer tale and fmell.”’ “This
is the fenfe of Pliny, as the text ftands in our copies; but
it is probable that he tranflated Theophraftus better than
they, at leaft as we know that what he fays is not his own
but taken from that author, we have aright to underttand it
in his way, and that is, that the roots‘of this Cyrenean mily
have a delicate {mell refembling that of meat, or fleth newly
cut. Pliny, lib. xix. cap. 3.

It is very certain, that this Cyrenean mify of the old
Grecks is the fame thing with. the delicate African trufile
or terfez of Leo Africanus, and the moderns: and Pliny
had read fome of the ancients who were fenfible of this, and
had taken from them an account that the African truffles are
the fineft inthe world ; and yet did not perceive, that thefe
African truffles were the fame with the Cyrenean mify,
which he immediately after mentions from Theophraftus.

MITCHEL Deay, in Geography. See Dean, Michel.

MITCHELLA, in Botany, named by Linneus in ho-
nour of his friend and corre{poudent Dr. John Mitchell, a
phyfician at Virginia, whofe paper, defcribing thirty new:
genera of plants, is publifhed in the Ephemerides Nature
Curioforum, v. 8, 187, preceded by a differtation on the
principles of fyttematic botany and zoology. This treatife
was afterwards publifhed feparately at Nuremberg in 1769,
about a year after its author’s death. Linn. Gen. 55. Schreb.
73. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1.617. Mart, Mill. Di&. v3. Ait.
Flort. Kew. ed. 2.v. 1. 246. Michaux Boreali-Amer. v. 1.
86. Juff. 208. Lamarck Illuitr. t. 63. (Chamedaphne ;
Mitch. n. 27.)—Clafs and order, Tetrandria Monogynia.
Nat. Ord. Aggregate, Linn. Rubiacea, Ful? 7

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth fuperior, ere&t, four-toothed,
permanent. Cor. of one petal, funnel-fhaped; tube cy-
lindrical ; limb four-cleft, fpreading, hairy within. Stam.
Filaments four, thread-fhaped, ereét, between the fegments
of the corolla; anthers oblong, acute. Pi/?. Germen twin,
inferior, orbiculate, common to two flowers ; ftyle thread-
fhaped, the length of the corolla; ttigmas four, oblong.
Peric. Berry divifible into two parts, globofe, with two
diflin& crowns. Seeds four, compreffed, callous.

Eff. Ch. Corolla of one petal, fuperior; two flowers on
each germen. Stigmas four. Berry in two parts, with
four feeds.

1. M. repens. Linn. Sp. Pl. 161. | (Syringa baccife-
ra; Pluk. Amalth. 198. t. 444. f. 2.)—Native of North
America, and introduced at Kew in 1761, by Mr.
John Bartram, where it fiowers in June. Séem decumbent
and creeping, flender. Leaves in pairs, on fhort ftalks, ovate,
pointed. Flowers terminal, two on each germen, as in fe-
veral of the genus Lonicera.

MITCHELS, among Builders, are Purbeck ftones, from
fifteen inches fquare to two feet, fquared and hewed ready
for paving.

MITCHELSTOWN, in Geography, a poft-town of the
county of Cork, Treland, fituated on the river Funcheon.
In it is a colleze, founded by a former earl of Kingtton, for
the fupport of twelve decayed gentlemen and twelve decayed
gentlewomen, who have each 4o/. per annum, and comfort-
able apartments; and a chaplain with 1oo/. per annum,
with a houfe. A fine feat of the King!ton family adjoins
the town, Nearthis town, at the foot of one of the Gattee
mountains, is the cave.of Skeheenrinky, which is defcribed
by Arthur Young in his Irifh Tour, and preferred by him
to the famous cave in the Peak of Derbyfhire, as it was by
Jord Kingfborough to the Grot d’Aucel in Burgundy.
Mitchelftown is 102 miles S.W, from Dublin, and- about

MIT

= from Cork, on the road from that city to Cafhel. * Carlifle.
oung.

MIETCHIGAMAS, a nation of Indians, who with the
Piorias, inhabit near the fettlements in the Illinois country.

MITE, in Natural Hiflory, the name of a {mall animal
very well known, and found in old cheefe, and in many other
bodies, both recent and perilhing. See Acarus.

To the naked eye the mites in cheefe appear like moving
particles of daft, but the microfcope difcoyers them to be
perfeét animals, having as regular a figure, and performing
all the funéiions of life as perfectly as creatures that exceed
them many tithes in bulk.

They are crultaceous animals, and are ufually tranfparent ;
the principal parts of them are the head, the neck, and the
body ; the head 1s {mall in proportion to the body, and haz
a fharp fnout, aud a mouth that opens and fhuts like a mole’s ;
they have two fimall eyes, and are extremely quick-fighted ;
and when you have once touched them with a pin, yeu will
eafily perceive how cunningly they avoid a fecend touch.

They are of different forts; for fome of them have fix
legs, and others haye eight ; each leg has fix joints furrounded
with hairs, and two little claws atthe extremity, with which
it very nicely takes hold of any thing; the hinder part of
the body is plump and bulky, and ends in an oval form,
from which there iffue out a few exceeding Jong hairs ; other

arts of the body and head are alfo befet with thin and long
hairs.

The males and females are eafily diftinguifhed in thele
little animals. The females are oviparous, as the loufe and
{pider, and from their eggs the young ones are hatched in
their proper form, without having any change to undergo
afterwards. "They are, however, when firft hatched, ex-
tremely minute; and, in their growing to their fril fize,
they caft their {kins feveral times.

Thefe little creatures may be kept alive many months
between two concave glaffes, and applied to the mic: afcope
at pleafure. They are thus often feen in coitu, conjoined
tail to tail; and this is performed by an incredible f{wift
motion. 2

Their eggs, in warm weather, hatch in twelve or fourteen
days ; but, in winter, they are much longer; thefe eggs
are fo {mail, that a regular computation fhews, that ninety
millions of them are not fo large as a common pigeon’s egy.
Baker’s Microfcope, p. 18. .

Mites are very voracious animals; they not only prey
upon cheele, but upon all forts of drj flefh, fith, fruits, and
feeds ; and almoft on all things which have fome degree of
moi(ture, without ever being wet ; and they have often been
feen to eat ore another. Their manner of eating is by
thrufting alternately one jaw forwa d and the other back-
ward; and in this manner grindin s their food; and after
they have dene feeding, they feem to chew the cud. —

There are feveral leffer diltin@ions obfervable in the mites,
which are found among different fubftances. Thofe in
malt-duft and oat-meal are much nimbler than the cheefe-
mites, and have more and longer hairs. The wnites among
figs refemble beetles, and have two feelers at the fnout, and
two very long horns over them; thefe have only fix legs,
and are more flugcifh than thofe in malt-duft. Thofe found
among figs have alfo very long hairs, and thofe befet at cer-
tain diltances with other {maller hairs ; whence M. Leenwen-
hoek conjeGiures that thefe longer and larger hairs are jointed
at thofe places where the fhort ones are found.

There is a fort of wandering mites found wherever there
is| any thing that they can feed on; thefe are often found
in form of a white duft, and are not fufpeéted to be living
creatures,

The

MIT

The mite is an animal very tenacious of life ; it will live
months withaut food; and M. Leeuwenhoek had one
which lived eleven weeks on the point of a pin, on which
he had fixed it for examining it by bia microfeope. Leeuwen-
hoek's Arcan. Nat. tom. iv. p, 368,

Mrrx, a {mall coin, formerly current; equal to about
one-third part of a farthing,

Mire alfo denotes a fmall weight ufed by the moniers.
Tt in equal to the twentieth part of a grain troy, and is di-
vided into twenty-four droits, the droit into twenty periote,
and the periot into twenty-four blanks,
~ MITELLA, in Botany, received its name from Tour-
nefort, in allufion to the thape of the ripe feed-veflel, which,
with its two pointed lobes, refembles a little mitre. — Linn.

. Gen, 223. Schreb. 301. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2.659. Mart.
Mill, Dict. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 3. 73. Jul. 309.
Tourn. t. 126. Michaux Boreali-Amer. v. 1.270. La-
marck Illuitr, t. 373. Gartn. t. 44.—Clafs and order,

Decandria Digynia, Nat. Ord. Succulenta, Linn. Saxi-
Srage, Jum,
en. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, cut half

way down into five fegments, bell-{haped, permanent. Cor.
Petals five, in many capillar f{egments, inferted into the
calyx, twice exceeding it in ion, Stam. Filaments ten,
awl-{haped, inferted into the caiyx, fhorter than the corolla ;
anthers roundifh. i. Germen fuperior, roundifh, cloven ;
flyles fearcely any ; thgmas obtule. Peric. Capfule ovate,
of one cell, divided half way down into two flat, equal
valves, recurved at their points. Seeds numerous.

Ef. Ch. Calyx five-cleft, inferior. Petals five, pinna-
tifid, inferted into the calyx. Capfule of one cell, with two
equal valves. !

1. M. diphylla. Two-leaved Mitella. Linn. Sp. Pl. 580.
Lamarck, fig. 1. (Cortufa americana altera, floribus mi-
nutis fimbriatis; Menz. Pugill. t. 10.) —Leaves_heart-
fhaped, flightly three-lobed, toothed. Stalk with two
oppolite leaves. —Native of North America. Eafily culti-
vated in bog earth, in the fhade, flowering in April and
May. A delicate little perennial Aer}, about a fpan high,
pale green, fomewhat hairy. Leaves heart-fhaped, acute,
flightly lobed and toothed; the radical ones feveral, on
longifh footftalks. F/ower-ftalk folitary, ereé, pears a
pair of feffile, oppofite horizontal leaves about the middle,
and terminating in a flender, upright, downy, rather vifcid
clutter, of minute white fowers, remarkable for their ele-
gantly fringed feather-like petals, Cap/u/e fometimes with
three valves,

2. M. cordifolia. Heart-leaved Mitella. Willd. n.2. La-
marck, fig. 3.— Leaves heart-fhaped, with briltly teeth.
Stalk ion naked. —Suppofed by Willdenow, we know
not on what foundation, to be a native of the north of
Afia. Michaux found it in Canada. This appears to
differ from the former in having fharper briftle-pointed teeth
to the eaves, and only one very {mall leaf, witha few {cales,
on the ftalk. Petals in capillary iegments. We have feen
no fpecimen. f

3--M. nuda. Naked-ftalked Mitella.. Linn. Sp. Pl. 580.
Lamarck, fig. 2. (M. {capo nudo, petalis fimbriatis ;
Gmel. Sib. v. 4. 175. t.63.)—Leaves kidney-thaped, wavy,
fringed. . Stalk naked.—Native of Siberia and North Ame-
rica, in woods. Miller is faid to have cultivated this {pecies
in 1758, but we have never feen it in the gardens of the pre-
fent day. It is fmaller than the firit {pecies, with rounder,
ftrongly briftly, /eaves. Stalk three or four inches high,
quite naked, bearing four or five flowers, the fegments of
whofe petals are quite capillary. ;

4 M. profrata.. Proitrate. Mitella. Michaux. n. 3.—

MIT

“ Root ereeping. Stems prollrate, Leaves alternate,
roandilh-heart-thaped, fharpith, with flight obtufe lobes.” —
Native of the fouthern limits of Canada. Michaux

MITELLA, in Surgery, a foarf for fufpendin

MITGAING, in Geography, a town of Hi
the circar of Surgooja; 40 miles N. of Surgooja.

MITHRA, Feaht of, in Antiquity, were Featts celebrated
among the Romans in honour of Mithra, Mithras, or the fun.

Mithras was an ancient god of the Perfians, whom they
worthipped, as Plutarch fays, according to the laws of
Zoroatter, invoking him as the mediator between Oromazes
and Arimanius.. Mithras was the fun, which was invoked
asa divinity ; to him they offered facrifices, and addrefled
their prayers, and they had priefts fet apart for fervice ; and
they alfo-worfhipped fire as an emblem of the fun; but
they had neither temples, fatues, nor altars, This Mithras
was not well known in Europe, until his worhhip was
brought to Rome, which happened, according to Plutarch,
in the time of the Piratic war, A, U.C. 687. It is from
this epoch, and more efpecially from the time of the fecond
and third century of the Chriftian era, that the worfhip and
myfteries of this divinity were celebrated at Rome. That”
the Romans worfhipped Mithras as the fun, is evident from
an infcription dated in the third confulate ot Trajan, or
about the year of Chritt rot. ‘I’his is the dedication of an
alcar to the fun, under the name of Mithra, deo Soli invido
Mithre. ‘This epithet, invincible, is frequently given to the
fun upon other monuments, aud it denotes that luminary to
be the firlt and bord of all the rett. But the worfhip of
Mithras was not known in Egypt and Syria in the time of
Origen, who died about the year of Chrift 263: though it
was common at Rome for more than a century before this
time. The mytfterics of Mithras were both impious and
abominable, fince human victims were offered on this oc-
calion. The barbarous cultom of facrificing men was
abolifhed by Adrian, but reftored again by Commodus, as
Lampridius informs us. This worfhip made great progrefs
in fucceeding ages. It was not only {pread through Italy
and Greece; but it appears from Socrates and §zomen,
that the Egyptians, and particularly the people of
Alexandria, worfhipped the fame divinity. Mithras was
alfo known in the ifland of Crete.. He was alfo worfhipped
by the Gauls, as appears by a figure of this god found at
Lyons. The worfhip of this divinity was not only ex-
tenfive, but of long duration ; for it-was not deftroyed when
the emperors embraced Chriltianity. At length, this wor-
fhip was profcribed at Rome in the year 378, by order
of Gracchus, prefect of the pretorium. According to
M. Freret, the fealts of Mithras were deérived from
Chaldea, where they had been inftituted for celebrating
the entrance of the {un into the fign Taurus.

Mirura is alfo a name of the fun in the mythology
of the Hindoos. See Surya. ;

MITHRAX, in Natural Hiffory, the name given by
Pliny and the ancients, to a gem found in Perfia, which,
when held up-to the fun, fhewed many colours. It was
probably no cther than the opal. Hence the barbarous
writers of the middle ages feem to have taken their account
of the mithridates.. :

MITHRIDATE, Miruripatium, in Pharmacy, an
antidote or compofition, in form of an eleétuary; ferving
either as a remedy, or a prefervative againit: poifons., Mi-
thridate was formerly one of'the capital medicines in the
apothecaries’ fhops, being compofed of a vaft- number of
drugs ; among which are opium, myrrh, agaric .faffron,.
ginger, cinnamon, {pikenard, frankincenfe, caftor, peppers.
gentian, &c.-

Tt:

the arm.
ooflan, in

MIT

It is‘accounted a cordial, opiate, fudorific, and alexiphar-
mic. Matthiolus fays, it is,more effetual againft poifons
than Venice treacle, and much eafier to be made.

It takes its name from its inventor, Mithridates, king of
Pontus, who is reported to have fo fortified his body again{t
poifons, with antidotes and prefervatives, that when he had
a mind to difpatch himfelf, he could not find any poifon
that would take effect.

The receipt of it was found in his cabinet, written with
his own hand, and was carried to Rome by Pompey. It
was tranflated into verfe by Damocrates, a famous phyfician,
and hence called Confectio Damocratis ; and was atterwards
tranflated by Galen, from whom we have it. It has under-
gone confiderable alterations fince the time of its royal
prefcriber. ;

Miruripate Muflard. See Treacte Muftard.

Mirurware, Muflard Baflard, is a{pecies of iberis.

MITHRIDATEA, in Botany, received its name from
“Commerfon, we prefume in memory of Mithridates, who,
from the celebrated hodge-podge, which he is reported to
have invented, as a counter-poifon, muft have been con-
verfant with herbs and their reputed properties at leaft.
We can trace no reafon for the application of the name to
this particular plant.—Schreb 783. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 27.
(Tambouriffa; Sonnerat Ind. Or. v. 2. 237. Ambora;
Juff. 401, Lamarck Illuftr. t. 784.)—Clafs and order,
Monazdria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Scabride, Linn. Ur-
tice, Juff. ’

Gen. Ch. Common Receptacle of one leaf, flethy, bell-
fhaped, in four large, ovate, f{preading fegments; the upper
furface covered with innumerable, minute, imbedded florets.
Perianth {carcely any. Cor. none. Stam. Filament one,
very fhort, erect ; anther erect, chaumelled, embracing the
ftyle. iff. Germen oval; ftyle fhorter than the ftamen ;
ftigma fimple. Peric none. Common Receptacle enlarged,
pulpy, turbinate, concave, its fegments folded inward, lodg-
ing the feeds in its flefhy fubftance. Seeds folitary to each
floret, oval.

Obf. Juffieu thinks the flowers are monoecious, the re-
ceptacles of the males being molt deeply cut, and expanded,
thofe of the females flightly perforated, by a cruciform in-
cifion, at the top. This feems to agree with our {pecimens
from Commerfon, but by no means with Sonnerat’s defcrip-
tion. Poffibly the flowers may become monoecious occa-
fionally, by the cafual imperfeGlion of their refpective
organs.

Eff. Ch. Common receptacle many-flowered, four-cleft.
Calyx none. Corolla none. Seeds folitary, imbedded in
the flefhy receptacle.

1. M. quadrifida. Ambora, Drum-tree, or Monkey-
apple.—Gathered by Sonnerat in Madagafcar, as well as in
the ifles of Bourbon and Mauritius. Commerfon found it
in the latter. The wood of this tree is light, white and
pithy, as in Ficus, to which the genus is molt nearly allied.
Leaves on the young {mooth branches, nearly oppofite,
ftalked, elliptical, obtufe, entire, evergreen, very {mooth,
aith a ftrong mid-rib, fending off numerous tranfverfe veins ;
their fize on young ¢rees is a ipan in length, and above two
inches in breadth; on old ones about one-third as much.
Flowers in {mooth clutters, from the older branches, or the
trunk ; their partial {talks about an inch long. Receptacles,
before they expand, ovate, about the fize of a filbert, fome-
avhat roughifh or fealy at the outfide; when open the male
ones, as they feem to us, fpread about an inch and a half, dif-
playing abundance of thick-fet_flemens, among which we can
difcern nothing elfe. The ripe fruit is two or three inches
side, of a deprefled, roundifh, unequal form, hollow, its

MIT

pulpy fub{tance, in which theyeeds are vertically imbedded,
as in Dorflenia, being about one-third ofan inch thick.
The pulpy coat, which envelopes the /éeds, is faid to be
orange-coloured, and to be ufed for a dye, like the Ameri-
can Arnotto, Bixa Orellana. Ambora is the Madagafear
name of this tree. The affinity of the genus to lucus and
DorsreniA, (fee thofe articles,) cannot be overlooked. The
foliage however is {mooth; but that is the cafe with fome
others of this natural order, though indeed with but very
few. Juffieu fays the tree difcharges a milky fluid, which
confirms its relationfhip to Ficus; and if monkies eat the
fruit, as one of its names implies, it would certainly not
prove poifonous to mankind, though, like many fpecies of
Ficus, it mzy be either taftelefs or of a difagreeable flavour.

MITHRIDATES, ia Biography, king of Pontus, fur-
named “ Eupator,” and ‘* The Great,” was the fon of Mi-
thridates VI., the firft king of that country who entered
into an alliance with the Romans. At the death of his
father, 123 B. C., he fucceeded tu the crown when he was
only about 12 years of age. He was from a very early
period of life accultomed to martial exercifes, and the {ports
of the chafe, ‘by which he was enured to fatigues. In his
mind were imprinted the characters of turbulence, ferocity,
and fufpicion, by which, particularly the latter, his life vas
preferved from feveral attempts made on him by thofe ap-
pointed to be his guardians. His mother had been ap-
pointed joint heir of the crown, but he very foon deprived
her of power, and kept her in clofe confinement, in which
fhe ended her days. When arrived at the age of manhood

-he took his own filter, Laodice, for a wife, which was the

common praétice of the eaftern monarchs of that period.
After the birth of a fon he made a progrefs through all the
neighbouring A fiatic fates, with the view of obferving their
ftrength and policy. In this journey he fpent three years,
during which his queen attached herfelf. to one of the lords
of the court, and on his return fhe made an attempt to
poifon him. He drank the potion, but his conftitution
was proot againft its baneful contents, and the difcovery of
her infidelity and wicked intentions was the occafion of her
death, with that of all her accomplices.

Mithridates now entered upon his career of ambition: he
overran the neighbouring kingdom of Paphlagonia, which
he at length divided with his ally Nicomedes, the king otf
Bithynia, totally regardlefs of the remonitrances of the
Romans, who had declared it a free ftate. He next re-
duced Galatia, though under the protection of Rome:
after this he anxioufly wifhed to make himfelf mafter of
Cappadocia, then peffeffed by his brother-in-law, and friend
Ariarathes, whom he caufed to be privately affaffinated,
upon which the kingdom was feized by Nicomedes, who
married the widow. Mithridates, however, under the pre-
tence of fecuring the crown for his nephew, drove out Ni-
cotmedes, and feated the young prince upon tle throne,
whom he afterwards flabbed by the moft feandalous trea- _
chery. The Cappadocian army, who were witnefles of the
abominable deed, threw down their weapons, and fuffered
Mithridates to take pofleffion of all the fortreffes in the
kingdom. He now placed on the throne a minor fon of his
own, under the guardianfhip of Gordius, who had been his
wicked inftrument in aflaflinating his brother-in-law. “The
jealoufy of Nicomedes induced him to bring forward a pre-
tended fon of Ariarathes, who was fent to Rome to lay his
complaints before the fenate, and implore its affiftance to
feat him on the throne of his fathers. Mithridates, apprized
of the fat, fent deputies to ftate to the fenate the impoiture,
and in the conclufion both kings were commanded to relin-
quifh their claims, and the crown of Cappadocia = Lo

: erre

MIT

ferred upon Ariobarzanes, This was but the commence.
ment of the difpute, and the Roman commanders, accord-
ing to their ufual practice, endeavoured to excite hollilities
among the Afiatic kings, that they might have a pretence
to interfere in their contells, From the year go B. C. open
war may be confidered as prevailing between the Roman re-
ublicand Mithridates, which was extinguifhed only by the
eath of the latter, ‘The early fucceffes of Mithridates led
him to afpire to the honour of being the inflrument of free-
ing all Afia from the Roman yoke, and at firlt he feemed to
overrun, in an uninterrupted career, all the countries in their
alliance and poffeflion, ene every where received by the
le as their deliverer. His great objeét now was to in-
ratiate himfelf with people of all clafles and countries b
everal popular acts, Fach as reftoring, without ranfom, al
the Afiatic prifoners, who had fallen into his hands, The
free cities of Afia, won over by thefe fpecious acts of gene-
rolity, opened their gates to him, and took pleafure in de-
molifhing all the monuments erected by the Romans. Mi-
thridates, determined upon irreconcileable camity to that
people, and wifhing to involve the Afiatics in the ae prin-
ciples, fent to the magiftrates throughout the cities in which
any Roman citizens had ettablithed themfelves, dire&ting,
that on a certain day a general maflacre {hould be perpe-
trated on all of Italian birth or origin, not excepting women
and the younge(t children, In this horrid maflacre it was
imagined, that at leaft 80,000 Roman citizens loft their
lives; fome accounts have indeed reckoned them at nearly
double that number.

By this matter ftroke of bloody policy, for which his
name mutt for ever be tran{mitted with infamy, Mithridates
made himfelf mafter of the whole of Leffler Afia, and pro-
ceeded, without remorfe or delay, to the conquelt of the
neighbouring iflands, feveral of which he quickly reduced.
At Cos he tvok poffeffion of a large fum of money, which
had been depofited there by the Afiatic Jews, and intended
for the temple of Jerufalem. He next made an attempt
upon Rhodes but was defeated, and incurred fo much per-
fonal rifque, that he ever afterwards felt an abhorrence of the
fea. Archelaus, one of his generals, crofling over to
Greece, made himfelf matter of Athens, while his own
fon Aciarathes conquered Macedonia and Thrace. He
was now at the fummit of power, and is faid to have re-
ceived the homage of twenty-five different nations. His
memory and talent for the acquifition of languages were fo
great that he could converfe with the natives of all of them
without the aid of an interpreter.

From this period we may date his decline; Sylla procured
of his countrymen the chief command againtt Mithridates,
and failing to Greece recovered Athens, in the year 86 B.C.
He afterwards defeated with great flaughter the troops of
Archelaus at Cheronea, and by two other decifive victories
he put an end to the war in Greece. Mithridates was pur-
fued from place to place, till at length he was obliged to
fubmit to conditions, at which the greatnefs of his mind re-
volted: thefe conditions were, that he fhould refign all his
conguelts, and confine himfelf within his paternal dominions
of Pontus; that he fhould releafe all his captives without
ranfom; pay down a large fum of money ; deliver up the

teft part of his fleet; and praCtife no hoitilities againit
thofe who had revolted from him and taken part with the
Romans. Although the king had acquiefced in thefe terms,
t it was with the fecret determination to break them as
oon as he fhould be fufficiently powerful for the purpofe.
A new war -kindled about the year B.C. 74, in which the
fuccefs of Mithridates was fo great that he recovered the
beft part of Pontus, which had, in the early part of the

Vor. XXIII. .

MI‘

coutelt, been wrelled from him, Bithynia, Cappadocia, and
Armen Minor, At length Pompey, invelled with great
powers, was fent by the Romans to put an end to this long
continued war, which he accomplifhed by dellroying, or dif

perfing all the king’s troops, except a body of cavalry with
which he forced a paffage, Muithridates fled into Armenia,
whence he withdrew to Colchis, and thence to Scythia, be

tween the Euxine and Cafpian feas, Here he was fo com-
pletely concealed that it was fuppofed he was dead, till he

emerged from his retreat at the head of a confiderable arnry,
and made himfelf matter of feveral important places. His
fuccefs was but fhort-lived, and thofe even who were willing
to fubmit to his power, had no confidence in his caufe, but
chofe rather to join what they thought was the ftrongeft
party. He now adopted the defign of marching into Eu-
rope, and exciting the Gauls in his caufe, which created
fuch difcentents in the army, as to lead them to choofe
Pharnaces, the favourite fon of Mithridates, as their king.
Having in vain attempted to recal his fon to the principles
of duty, he attempted to deftroy himfelf firft by poifon,
and then by the fword, but in both he failed, and was at
lait difpatched, at his own requeft, by a Gallic mercenary.
This was in the year B. C. 64, when the king had attained
to the 71{t year of his age. He was one of tie mott for-
midable enemies of the Roman republic, and the news of
his death was received with the greateft joy and exultation.
His body was delivered to Pompey, who, with the magnani-
mity of a generous enemy, bettowed upon it a moft magnifi-
cent funeral. Mithridates was learned, anda patron of Jearn-
ing; he was particularly attached to medicine, and an elec-
tuary {till bears his name. Plutarch. Univer. Hitt.

Mirurivates, in Natural Hifory, the name of a ftone
found in fome parts of Perfia, feeming to be the fame as
the mithridax or mithrax.

MITHRIDAX, the name of a gem defcribed by Soli-
nus, to which he afcribes qualities the fame with thofe given
by Pliny to the mithrax ; and therefore probably the fame
flone with it. :

MITIUSCHOV, in Geography, an ifland in the Frozen
ocean, near the weftern coait of Nova Zembla, at the en-
trance of the Metochik Schau. N. lat. 75° 20’. E. long.

55 a Beeb: 2
ITOG, a lake of Thibet, about 36 miles in circum-
ference. N. lat. 31° so’. E. long. 93° 24!.

MITOMBA, a kingdom of Africa, in the country of
Sierra Leona, fituated on the banks of the river Sierra Leona,
called alfo Mitomba.

MITRA, in Botany. See Hetverta, Mirreota, and
OpuiorruiIza.

MITRALIS Vatvuta, ir Anatomy, the valve placed
at the opening, by which the left auricle and ventricle com-
municate. See Heart.

MITRARIA, in Botany, fo denominated from a flight
refemblance to a mitre, in the form of the outer calyx.—
Cavan. Ic. v. 6. 57.—Clafs and order, Didynamia <Angio/-
permia, Nat. Ord. Perfonate, Linn. Scrophularie, Juil.

Gen. Ch. Cai. Perianth double, inferior, permanent, _
each of one leaf: the outer divided on one fide nearly to
the bottom, on the other but half way down; the fegments
ovate, concave, of equal lengths: inner about the fame
length, in five, deep, lanceolate, nearly equal fegments.
Cor. of one petal, ringent; tubes many times longer than
the calyx, round, inflated upward, contraéted at the mouth,
pervious; limb fhort, {preading, in two lips; the upper in
two parallel lobes ; Jower in three very deep ones; all ovate
and obtufe. Stam. Filarnents four, awl-fhaped, two rather
the longeft, all longer than the corolla, inierted into the

ye” 40 bottom

MIT

bottom of its tube, with the rudiment of a fifth; anthers
ovate, two-lobed. Pi/f. Germen fuperior, ovate; ftyle
awl-fhaped, rather longer than the ftamens ; ftigma flightly
fwelling, obtufe. Peric. Berry fucculent, of one cell. Seeds
numerous, oblong, polifhed, imbedded in pulp.

Obf. It is to be prefumed that the germen has two
cells, though they are obliterated in the ripe fruit. The
double calyx diltinguifhes this genus from Befleria.

EM. Ch. Calyx donble; the outer in two lobes; the
inner in five. Corolla two-lipped; the lower lip in three
equal entire fegments: tube inflated. Berry fuperior, of
one cell, with many feeds.

ry. M. coccinea. Cavan. Ie. t. 579-—The only known
fpecies. Gathered by Lewis Nee at St. Carlos, in Chili,
flowering in February. Stem fhrubby, climbing ; with weak
oppolite, {quarith, flightly downy, jointed, leafy branches.
Leaves oppofite, fometimes three together, (as often happens
to the fhrubs of that country, witnefs Fuchfia, Verbena, and
others,) on fhort {talks, ovate, acute, ftrongly ferrated, about
an inch long ; green and flightly hairy above ; glaucous be-
neath. Flowers on fimple axillary ftalks about the length
of the leaves, ufually folitary, fometimes two or three to-
gether, drooping, {welling and roughifh towards the top.
Calyx green; the outer ore hairy. Corolla an inch and half
long, of a rich fearlet. Stamens and /fyle {carlet, with yel-
low anthers. Berry globofe, the fize of a currant, tipped
with the permanent ftyle.

MITRASACME, from pilex, a bifbop’s mitre, and xy,
the fummit ; Labillardiere fays *¢ 2xpn, the flower,” probably
by an accidental miftake, er mifconception. He invented
this name for the plants in queftion, becaufe the acute fum-
mit of the germen feparates, as it advances to maturity, into
two points, each crowned with half the divided ftyle, and re-
fembles the cloven termination of a mitre. Mr. Brown,
though he adopts the name without alteration, obferves,
that Mitragyne would have been better. Labiliard. Nov.
Holl. v. 1. 36. Brown Prodr. Nov. Holl. v. 1. 452.—
Clals and order, Tefrandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Rotacee,
Linn. Gentiane, Juff. Brown. Labillardiere refers it to
the Scrophularie of Juffieu, but certainly erroneoufly.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, angular, in four, rarely
but two, deep, acute, flightly {preading, permanent feg-
ments. Cor. of one petal, deciduous; tube angular, fhort ;
limb flightly fpreading, in four deep, equal fegments.
Siam. Filaments four, awl-fhaped, inferted into the tube,
equal, ufually fhorter than the corolla; aathers heart-
fhaped, incumbent. Pi/f. Germen fuperior, ovate, acute,
fhorter than the valyx, cloven at the point ; ityle terminal,
thread-fhaped, the length of the corolla, foon fplitting
lengthwife at the bafe, and finally all the way up; ftigma
' capitate, two-lobed, filly divided. Peric. Capfule ovate,
pointed, of two valves and two cells, the partitions from the
inflexed margins of the valves, its apex {plitting into two
parts, each crowned with half the ftyle, but still clofed by
the refpeAtive partitions. Seeds numerous, fmall, roundifh,
affixed to the central receptacles.

Eff. Ch. Calyx angular, four-cleft. Corolla deciduous,
four-cleft, regalar; its tube angular. Capfule fuperior,
with two eells and many feeds, divided at the top.’ Style
divided at the bafe. Stigma capitate.

This genus is moft akin to Exacum, (fee that article,)
but’ fufliciently diftin&. Labillardiere deferibes but one
fpecies, Brown nineteen, of which the firft fixteen anfwer
moft perfe@tly to the generic charaéters. Wee thall deferibe
Mr. Brown’s firft ad feurth fpecies, as well as M. Labil-
lardiere’s.

M. polymorpha. Br. n. 1.—Umbel partly compound.

MIT

Flower-ftalk elongated, {mooth like the calyx, whofe feg-
ments are naked at the fummit. Leaves linear, fomewhat
fringed. Stem ere&t, hairy.—Gathered by Dr. White, as
wellas Mr. Brown, near Port Jackfon, New South Wales.
The root feems to be avnual. Stems feveral, ereét, from
three to fix inches high, fimple, or flightly branched, leafy,
round, hairy. eaves oppotite, in pairs croffing each other,
feffile, three quarters of an inch long, pale, iinear, keeled,
revolute, entire, obtufe with a fmall point; more or lefs
fringed towards the bafe; fmooth above ; fometimes hairy
beneath. Flower-/falis terminal, longer than the item,
round, very {mooth, fimple or divided, terminating in an
umbel of two, three, or four flowers, on long flender fmooth
ftalks, one of which ftalks often bears a lateral flower alfo,
fo that the umbel is then rather a cyme. A pair of fhort
leaves accompanies the bafe of the umbcl. The calya is en-
tirely fmooth, pale, with green angles. Corolla white or
purplifh, bearded within, twice as long as the calyx. The
flowers and inflorefcence are not unlike Androface laéea, Curt.
Mag. t. 868, 981, in their general afpeét.

M. canefcens. Br. n. 4—Umbel about three-flowered,
feffile; its ftalks fmooth. Segments of the calyx bearded
at the tips. Leaves linear, obtufe, hairy on both fides.
Stem procumbent, hairy all over; with afcendirg branches.
—Native likewife of Pert Jackfon. Root perennial. Herb
much like the laft but very hairy, and of a darker hue.
The umbels, which have at moft but three flowers, are ac-
companied at the bafe by a pair of fhort ovate hairy haves,
and itand each at the top of an elongated hairy branch.
Calyx {mooth, except a little briftly tuft at the point of each
fegment. Corolla pale blue or purplifh, with fomewhat
broader rounder fegments than the foregoing.

M. pilofa. Labill. Nov. Holl. v. 1. 36° t. 49. Br.
n. 15.—Creeping, hairy. Leaves flalked, ovate, fringed.
Flower-ftalks axillary, folitary, about the length of the
leaves. Calyx hifpid.—Native of moilt places in Van Die-
men’s land. Ladillardiere. Root perennial, branched. Herb
hairy, procumbent, branched. Stem round, hollow. Leaves
oppofite, rather flefhy, ovate, entire, about half an inch
long, tapering at the bafe into a fhort foot/falk. Flower-
fialks fometimes fhorter, fometimes longer than the leaves,
round, fimple, fingle-flowered. Calyx hairy all over. Co-
rolla finely downy within; its limb fhort, in four fhallow
lobes.

All the fpecies are herbaceous, fome {mooth, fome hairy.
Leaves fometimes all crowded about the root; always
fimple, undivided and enure.

None of thefe’ plants have been raifed in Europe.

MITRAVINDA, in Hindoo Mythology, one of the
eight wives afficned to Krifhna.

MITRE, Mirra, from Misex, which fignifies the fame ;
a pontifical ornament, worn on the head by bifhops, and
certain abbots, on folemn occations.

The mitre is a round cap pointed, and cleft at top, with
pendants hanging down on the fhoulders, and fringed at
both ends. ‘The bifhop’s is only furrounded with a fillet of
gold, fet with precious ftenes; the archbifhop’s iffues out
of a ducal coronet. Thefe are never ufed otherwife than on.
their coats of arms. Abbots wear the mitre turned in pro-
file, and bear the crofier inwards, to shew that they have no
fpiritual jurifdi€tion without their own cloifters. y

The pope has alfo granted to fome canons of cathedrals
the privilege of wearing the mitre. The counts of Lyons
are alfo faid to have aflifted at church in mitres.

In Germany, feveral great families bear the mitre for their
erelt; to fhew that they are advocates, or feudatories, of
ancient abbeys, or officers of bifhops, &c. " om

he

MIT

The pope has four mitres, which are more or lefs rich,
according to the folemnity of the feaft-days they are to be
wornon, ‘The mitre was origiaally the womeu's head-drefa,
asthe hat was that of the men, This appears from Remulus
in Virgil, who reproaches the Trojans, that they were
drefled like women, and wore mitres,

Et tunice manican & habent redimicula mitre.’’

The cardinals anciently wore mitres, before the hat, which
was firk granted them by the council of Lyons, in 1243.
Authors make no mention of the mitre as an epifcopal orna-
ment, before the year 1000.

Mirre, in Architedure, is the workmen's term for an
angle that is jult 45 degrees, or half a right one.

If the nt be a quarter of a right angle, they call it a
half-mitre.

To deferibe fuch angles, they have an infrument called
the mitre-fquare ; with this they {trike mitre-lines on their
quarters, or battens; and for difpatch, they have a mitre-
Aox, as they call it, which is made of two pieces of wood,
each about an inch thick, one nailed upright on the edge of
the other; the upper piece hath the mitre-lines ftruck upon
it, on both fides, and a kerf, to direct the faw in cutting
the mitre-joints readily, by only applying the piece into this
box .

Mrrre is ufed by the writers of the Ivith hiftory for a fort
of bafe money, which was very common there about the year
1270, and for thirty years before, and as many after. There
were, befides the mitre, feveral other pieces called according
to the figures impreffed upon them, rolaries, lionades, eagles,
and by the like names. They were imported from France, and
other countries, and were fo much below the proper currency
of the kingdom, that they were not worth fo much as a half-
peony each. They were at length decryed in the year 1300,
and good coins {truck in their place. Thefe were the firit
Irith coins in which the feeptre was left gut. ‘They were
ttruck in the reign of Edward, the fon of our Henry IIL.
and are ftill found among the other antiquities of that coun-
try. They have the king’s head in a triangle full-faced.
The penny, when well preferved, weighs twenty-two grains ;
the halfpenny tea grains and a half.

Mirre-Sils, in Canals, are the angular fils of lock-
gates.

- MITRED Azsors. See Axpzor.

MITREKE, in Geography, a town of Arabia, in the
province of Oman; 44 miles W. of Haffek.

MITREOLA, in Botany, a name given by Linnzus, in
the firlt edition of his Genera Plantarum, to the Mitra of
Houftoun, engraved in the nineteenth unpublifhed plate of
that botanift, both names alluding to the refemblance of the
minute capfule to a mitre. See OpHiorRuiza.

MITROVATZ, in Geography, a town of Sclavonia; 32
miles E.N.E. of Gradifca.

MITTA, in our Old Writers, is an ancient Saxon. mea-

‘-fure. Its quantity is not certainly known ;. but it is faid to
be menjfura decem modiorum, a meafure of ten buthels.
Doomiday.

Mitta, or mitcha, being befides a meafure for falt and
corn, is ufed for the place where the cauldrons were put to
boil falt. “ Chalderias quoque ad fal conficiendum cum
propriis fedibus mitch vocantur.”

MITTAMPOUR, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan,
ja Robileand; 20 miles S.W. of Biflowla.

_ MITTAW,, the capital of the duchy of Courland, the
_vefidence of the duke and of the regency of the country,
fstuated on the river Aa, in that part of the duchy called
- Semigallic.”’ The town is extenfive, containing within

MIT

its circuit many gardens and vacant {paces. The walls and
moats are decayed, and the houfes are deltitute of elegance ;
neverthelefa it 1# tolerably well inhabited. It has two Lu-
theran churches, a beautiful Calviniltic charch, and a Popith
church, The town f{chool, thovgh the principal in the
country, is not flourifhing. The palace, built by the late
duke, w a pile of buildings, in which ave {pacious and hand-
fome apartments almolt wholly unfursifhed. ‘I'he academy,
conflituted at a great expence, contained, in. May 1785,
almoft as many profeflors as (tudente, the former being
eight, and the latter twenty; 56 miles W. of Riga. N.
lat. 56 38’. E. long. 23° 10'.

ITTELWALD, or Miepztnon, a town of Silefia,
in the principality of Oels; 16 miles N.E. of Ocls, _N. lat.
gt 23’. E. long. 17° 40.—Alfo, a town of Silefia, in the
county of Glatz, on the Neiffe, near its fource, and on the
borders of Bohemia ; 27 miles S.of Glatz. N. lat. 50° 2’.
E. long. 16° 29’.

MITTENDARL, among the Romans, commiffioners
fent into the provinces by order of the prafefus pratorii, or
captain of the guards, upon fome public account, as to in-
{pect the behaviour and management of provincial governors,
and obferve whatever was amifs; all which they were to
lay before the prefect, who had authority to remedy fuch
abufes.

MITTENDIS Recordo & Proceffu. See Reconvo.

MITTENDO Manujfcriptum Pedis Finis, in Law, awrit
judicial, direéted to the treafurer and chamberlains of the
exchequer, to fearch for and ‘tranfmit the foot of a fine,
acknowledged before jultices in eyre, into the common
pleas, &c.

MITTENWALD, in Geography, a town of Bavaria,
in the bifhopric of Freyfing; 10 miles N.N.W. of Inn-
{pruck.

MITTENWALDE, a town of Brandenburg, in the
Middle Mark ; 22 miles S.E. of Potzdam, N. lat. 52° I5/.
E. long. 13° 32’.

MITTER w’Esrate, and Miter le droit. See Re-

LEASE.

MITTERBURG, in Geography, a town of Iftria, and
capital of a county, containing jeveral churches and a con-
vent ; defended by a caftle, which is fituated on a rock;
30 miles S.E. of Triefte. N. lat. 45° 23’. E. long.
14°97!

MITTERSILL, a town of Salzburg, on the Salz-
bach; 36 miles S.S.W. of Salzburg.

MITTIMUS, in Law, a writ by which records are
ordered to be transferred from one court to another; fome-
times immediately, as out of the king’s bench into the ex.
chequer; and fometimes by a certiorari into the chancery ;
and-from thence, by a mittimus, into another court.

Mirrius is alfo ufed for a precept in writing, dire@ted
by a juftice of peace to a gaoler, for the receiving and fafe-
keeping a felon, or other offender, by him committed.to the
gaol,
This is a warrant under the hand and feal of the juftice,
containing the caufe of the commitment of the offender.

MITTWEYDA, in Geography, a town of Saxony, in
the circle 'of Leipfic; 30 miles W. of Drefden. N. lat.
50° 58’. E-lomg. 12? 52!.

MITU, or Mivu-vorancu, in Ornithology, the name of
a Brafilian bird of the pheafant kind, according to Mar-
grave, and the generality of thofe who {peak of it; but fup-
pofed-by Mr. Ray rather to approach to the mature of the
peacock or turkey-cock: and in the Linnzan fyitem.a
{pecies of the crax ; the Crax Alor, which fee.

MITY LENE, agent. the ancient Le/bos, one of

402 the

MIT Y LENE.

the moft confiderable iflands of the Grecian Archipelago, is
fituated in the vicinity of the coaft of Natolia, which it feems
to command, and it is placed at an equal diftance from the
gulf of Smyrna and the channel of Conitantinople, not far
from the principal iflands of the Archipelago. By this pofi-
tion the poffeffion of it is extremely important, more efpe-
cially as its interior refources render it fufceptible of the mott
flourifhing ftate. But being in the hands of the Turks, the
advantages of its fituation are loft, and its population, agri-
culture, and induftry are from day to day diminifhing and
falling intodecay. In fome parts of the ifland, faid to be 36
miles long and 14 bread, are volcanic mountains and others
compofed of marble, that extend almoft through the ifland :
its mountains are covered with wood, particularly with pines
that yield excellent pitch for the ufe of the dock-yard
eftablifhed near the fouth harbour, and for the careening of
the veffels and boats whch come to Mitylene for that
purpofe. On thefe mountains are alfo found oaks, the
arbutus, the andrachne, the lentifk, the turpentine tree,
the myrtle, the agnus caftus, a few leguminous fhrubs,
and feveral rock-rofes, among which is that which yields
the ladanum. The ‘“ velana” oak is more common
on the rifing grounds and in the plaius than on the moun-
tains. The elm grows in the low and watered places,
and the plane tree is chiefly found on the brinks of the rivu-
lets and torrents. The mountains alfo afford a variety of
fprings, of which fome are medicinal. The vallies of the
ifland are extremely fertile, well watered, and in fome de-
gree cultivated, though in this refpect they admit of much
improvement. ‘The principal towns of this ifland are Mity-
lene and Molivo, which fee; and its harbours are port
Caloni and port Olivier. At the head of port Caloni is a plain
two leagues in extent, the principal culture of which confifts
in corn, cotton, and olive trees; figs, mufk and water me-
lons, pumpkins, and various legumes are alfo gathered here.
Here are feveral villages; but the population is not propor-
tioned to the fertility and extent of the foil adapted to cul-
ture. The air in this quarter is infalubrious, and often fatal ;
fo that thefe villages are inhabited only by poor Greek
cultivators: the Turks, who are proprietors of lands, pre-
ferring a refidence at Mitylene, Molivo, and the other places
that are beft fituated in the ifland.

Por: Caloni lies in the middle of the fouthern part of the
ifland; it is very extenfive and very fafe, but little fre-
quented; none but veflels thwarted by the wind, or buffeted
by a ftorm, anchoring here, and not one entering it to take
in a cargo, or to unload. The other port, called port Yero
or port Olivier, derives its name from the great number of
olive trees which are planted in the adjoining plain, and on
the declivity of the mountains and hills that furround it. In
the eaftern part of the harbour, there are a few calcareous
hills, which have not been attacked by the fire of vol-
canoes. Here is found near the fea a copious {pring of hot
mineral water, much valued by the inhabitants of Mitylene.
The captain-pacha has built here a bafin capable of containing
ro or 12 perfons ; he has alfo repaired the building, which is
occupied by the Turk charged to receive all thofe who wifh
to make ufe of thefe waters; which are nearly two leagues
from Mitylene. Port Olivier is one of the fafet and moft
fpacious harbours of the Archipelago ; it lies at the eaftern
and fouthern extremity of the ifland, and is faid to abound
with fifhes and conchylia, among which are excellent oyfters,
which are carried to Scio and Smyrna. It is frequented,
during the whole year, by boats and veffels that come hither
to load with the oil which is made in the environs. Although
this ifland isexpofed in winter to fudden gales of wind from
the N.E. and the E., which come from the mouatains of

Afia,‘as well as to the N. wind, which reigns over the
whole Archipelago, the climate is neverthelefs tolerably fine,
and the temperature of the air fomewhat mild. It feldom
freezes in that feafon; but in fummer the heat is rather
powerful on the S. coaft, and the air is, in general, more
unwholefome there than in the other parts of the ifland.
This ifland is divided into lordfhips ; but as the aga of other
countries is obliged to join the land-forces when required at
Mitylene, he is fubje€t to a maritime duty, from which he
contrives to exempt himfelf by fome pecuniary facrifices.
In Mitylene are reckoned 8e00 Greeks paying the karatch,
(capitation tax,) from the age of feven to their death; fo
that the population may be eltimated at near 2¢,000, inelud-
ing the women and children above that age. It is thonght
that there are nearly as many Turks as Greeks in the ifland.
which contains in all 40,000 inhabitants. The Jews are not
fufficiently numerous to be taken into the calculation. Ac-
cording to an ancient cuftom in this ifland, the eldeft daughter
alone inherits the property of the father and mother to the
exclufion of the fons and other daughters. This cuftom has
been long refpected and religioufly Follawed but of late the
patriarch of Conitantinople, the archbifhop, and all the clergy
of Mitylene have fomewhat modified this law, by admitting all
the daughters to a partition inacertain proportion. The quan-
tity of oil which is exported from this ifland in ordinary
feafons is eftimated at upwards of 50,000 quintals; almolt
the whole of which is fent to Conftantinople. The oil is, in
general, but of an indifferent quality, becaufe the inhabitants,
not having a fufficient number of mills, are obliged to
gather their olives flowly. Italy draws from Mitylene 8cco
quintals of “ Velanida,’? a part of which comes from the
coaft of Afia. Dried figs are an article of exportation of
little importance, as well as wool. Cotton, fefamum, filk,
ivory, wax, and different fpecies of grain are gathered in a
{mall quantity ; but the lait are not fufficient for the fupply
of the inhabitants, who draw a great quantity of wheat and
barley from the coaft of Afia. They alfo import oxen,
horfes, and mules fur agriculture and draught, as well as
part of the fheep that are killed at the fanghter boule.
Wine is now fearce, becaufe a great part of the grapes is
employed by the Turks in making confe@ion, and becaufe
the Turks are accuftomed to convert the other into brandy.
The wine of ancient Lefbos has loft its reputation, being
{weet and ill-flavoured, as are, in general, all the wines of
the Archipelago. Although there are no rivers in this
ifland, a few torrents, fupplied by rain waters and fprings,
ferve to furnifh fufficient water for confumption and for
watering part of the plains, fo as to procure for the inhabit-
ants legumes, herbage, and fruits. ;

In the channel formed by the ifland of Mitylene and the
coaft, at the entrance of the sAdramyttian gulf, are fome
fmall iflands, which the Greeks call ‘ Mufconifi,” and
navigators ‘* Myconiffes,’’ but formerly they bore the name
of «© Hecatones.’”? They are faid to be fertile in wines and
oil. For the ancient ftate of this ifland, fee Lesgos.

Mity ene, fometimes called ‘* Caftro,”” or * Metelin,’” —
is the chief town of the ifland above defcribed. It contains
z er 3000 Greeks, 3 or 4000 Turks, and 30 or 40 Jewifh
families. The citadel ‘is fpacious, provided with cannon in
tolerably good condition, and defended by 5 or 600 jani-
zaries, almoft all married and fettled. Within it are two
mofques and a great number of houfes occupied by this
militia. ‘The modern town extends ina femicircle along
the north harbours, on a part of the ground occupied by _
the ancient city ; of the former grandeur of which fome re-
mains are flill vifible. Cicero de Leg. Agr. and Vitruvius,
lib. i. c. 6. expatiate on its magnificence. Such was the

flourifhing

MIX

fourithing fate of the fine arts in the city of Mitylene,
called by Strabo on peyien wots, when Marcellus, after the
battle of Pharfalia, returned to end his days there in literary
eafe, that a modern traveller, after the lapfe of 17 cen-
turies, could behold nothing but proofs of the fplendour to
which they had attained. ‘Tournef, Voy. du Lev. tom. ii.
p» 81. See Lesnos.

The two harbours of Mitylene are feparated by a tongue
of land, on which was contteucted 8 the Genoele a
citadel, which the Turks have preferved. ‘The upper or
north harbour is fecured from the NE. wind by a jetty,
the origin of which is carried back to ancient Greece.
The fouth harbour is open and faces the S.E.; it is a
little lefs extenfive and lefs deep than the other ; uone but
the boats of the country can anchor in it, while the north
harbour can admit {mall merchant vellels. «Men of war and
European hips, which commerce attracts to Mitylene, an-
chor in fummer off the fouth harbour; but they fearcely
expofe themfelves there in ‘winter, becaufe there happen
fometimes in that feafon very impetuous gales from the
N.E., which might occafion their deftruction, or oblige
them to cut their cables, and get under fail with all ex-

dition. There was formerly a canal of communication
teat thefe two harbours, which feparated the tongue of
land jult mentioned, and formed of it an ifland, on which
was built part of the town. ‘Time has choked up the canal,
but it has not deftroyed the jetty, which ran from the little
Mand, and fheltered the north harbour from the worlt wea-
_ ther. N. lat. 39° 20’. E. long. 26° 14'. Olivier’s and
Sonnini’s Travels. Clarke’s Travels, vol. ii,

MITZLER, Lorenz Curistorn, of Kolof, in Bio-
graphy, born in 1711, a fingular chara&ter and voluminous
publither on mutical fubjects. But before he meddled with
mufic, his pretenfions were various. He fet off a doctor of
phyfic, then got ordained a minifter of the Lutheran church,
ej next affumed the charaéter of a counfellor learned in the
law. After trying his hand at thefe profeffions, in mulic he
appeared at frit a theorilt and critic more than a praétical
mufician. In 1740, however, he compofed odes, which
were mathematical, dry, and dull. Thefe were ridiculed
throughout Germany. Matthefon is very jocular on his
works ; but Mitzler took all for ferious panegyric. Among
his numerous produétions fpecified by Gerber, (in his con-
tinuation of Walther’s Mufical Lexicon,) many of which
have, perhaps, never been read, there is no one which feems
to have merited that honour. He died in 1778. If his life
was of little ufe to the world, it muft be owned that he dili-
gently tried to render the world ufeful to himfelf.

MITZUZ, in Geography, a town of Japan, in the ifland
of Niphon; 110 miles W.N.W. of Jedo.

MIXCO, a town of Mexico, in the province of Guati-
mala; 25 miles E. of Guatimala.

MIXEN, in Agriculture, a term applied to a compoft
dunghill. See Compost and Manure.

IXING of Mortar. See Mortar.

MIXIS, Midis, Mixture, in the Ancient Mufic, was one
of the parts of Greek melopeeia, by which the compofer was
_inftru€ted how to combine intervals properly, and diftribute
them in different genera and modes, according to the cha-
rafter of the melody propofed. See MELopaia.

MIXO-LYDIAN, the name of one of the modes of
ancient mufic, called alfo Ayper-Dorian ; which fee. The
mixo-lydian mode was the moit acute of the feven modes to
which Ptolemy had reduced all the modes of the Greek mu-
fic. (See Mops.) This mode was faid to be affeGting and
paflionate, exciting great emotions, and therefore applicable
to tragedy. Arriftoxenus aflures us, that it was invented by

MIX

Sappho; but Plutarch avers, that ancient fables aferibe it
to Pytoclides, He alfo fays that the oo eae fined muficians
who firft adopted it, and who had introc uced into mufic the
ufe of feven ftrings; that is, making the feventh ftring a
key-note,

{1XT, or Mixen Body, in Philofophy, is that which is
compounded of divers elements or principles.

By which mivé {tands contradittinguifhed pe gts or
elementary, which iv applied to bodies confifting of one prin-
ciple only.

The {choolmen define a mixt body to be a whole refulting
from feveral ingredients, altered, or new modified, by the
mixture. On which principle the feveral ingredients do not
aGtually exift in the mixt ; but they are all changed, fo as
to confpire to a new body, of a different form from that
of any of the ingredients, But the modern philofophers
rarely conceive the term in fo much ftri€tnefs, ‘The bufinefs
of chemiltry, we fay, is to refolve mixt bodies into their
principles, or component parts.

The {chool philofophers diftinguifh mixt bodies into per-
feé& and imperfect.

Mixts, Perfed, are the clafs of organized and animated
bodies, where the elements, or ingredients of which they are
compofed, are changed, or transformed, by a perfec mixture.
Such are plants, beafts, and men.

Mixts, /mperfed, are unorganized and inanimate bodies,
the forms of which remain {till the fame as of the ingre-
dients that conftitute them. Such are meteors, minerals,
metals, &c.

Mixt, in Chemifiry. See AGGREGATE.

Mixt, or Mixed A@ion, in Law. See Action.

Mixt Angle, Fable. See AnGe, and Fate.

Mixr Figure, in Geometry, is that which confifts partly
of right lines, and partly of curve lines. — -

Mixr Force, Hiflory, Mathematics. See Force, His-
Tory, and MATHEMATICS.

Mixt, or Mixed Larceny. See Larceny.

Mixt Mode. See Mone.

Mrxt Number, in Arithmetic, that which is partly an inte-
ger, and partly a fraction: as 44.

Mixt Obligation. See OBLIGATION.

Mixr Ratio, or Proportion, is when the fum of the ante-
cedent and confequent is compared with the difference be-

tween the antecedent and confequent: as if 3 ve oe ox
Z DAs cisid
Ponce 2824
then , + b:a—b::¢ + d:e—d.
Mixt Salts, Stairs, Service.
SERVICE. ‘
Mixt Tithes, are thofe of cheefe, milk, &c. and of the
young of beafts. See Tirue.
MIXTILINEAR Ancte. See ANGLE.

MIXTION, Mixrio, or Miffio, the a& of mixing ; or
the union and coalition of divers corfpucles into one body.
The Peripatetics, who hold an alteration effential to mix-
tion, define it the union of feveral altered ingredients, or
mifeibles.

Mixtion makes a confiderable operation in the chemical
and Galenical pharmacy ; where divers powders, {pecies,
and other fimples, are {aid to be mixed, mi/ceri, though with-
out any communication, or tranfition of the virtues of ene
into thofe of another. See CompinaTion and Compo-
SITION. :

MIXTURE, Mescoranza, a conneétion in the modes
of canto-fermo, in chants which go higher or lower than the
o@ave, and modulate into another mode, participatin

bot

See Satts, Srarrs, and

MIX

both of authentic and-plagal. The mixture is only praéti-
cable in modes that go in pairs, as the firft mode or tone,
.and the fecond, the third with the fourth, the plagal with
the authentic, and reciprocally.

Mixture, the name of a {top in the full organ, repeating
the fame intervals of the o¢tave in the key of C throughout
the fcale. See FurNITURE.

Mixture, Miatura, or Miflura, in a philofophical fenfe,
is an affemblage, or union, of feveral bodies of different
properties, in the fame mafs.

To determine the ratio of the ingredients of a mixture,
is that celebrated problem propofed by Hiero, king of Sy-
racufe, to Archimedes, on occafion of a crown of gold,
in which the workman had fraudulently mixed filver ; the
folution of which was matter of fo much tranfport to that
divine mechanic. See Higexo’s Crown.

Mixture, in Matters of Drapery, denotes the union or
blending of feveral wools of different colours, not yet
fpun. Hencea mixture, or mixed ftuff, is that whofe wool
and warp are of wools of different colours, dyed and mixed
before.they were fpun. See CLoTu.

Mixture, in Pharmacy, differs from a julep in this
refpect, that it receives into its compofition not only falts,
extraéts, and other fubftances diffoluble in water, but
alfo earths, powders, and fuch fub{ances as cannot be dif-
folved.

Mixtures depend upon diffufion and fufpenfion in any liquid
.of infoluble fubttances minutely divided ; and for this purpofe,
it is often neceflary that the liquid itfelf fhould be rendered
more denfe by the addition of fome vifcid matter, as muci-
lage or fyrup. Mixtures are fometimes denominated from
their medical properties and effects; fuch as -aftringent,
diuretic, laxative, &c. but moft commonly from the name of
the principal ingredient ufed in their compofition. The Lon-
don college includes under the general head of mixtures
thofe medicines which have ufually been denominated emul-

fions. See Emvtsion.

The principal mixtures are the following :

Miflura ammoniaci, Mixture of gum ammoniac, P. Ge
is formed by rubbing two drachms of gum ammoniac with
half a pint of water gradually poured upon it, until they
are perfectly mixed. A fimilar preparation, under the
name of Jac ammonig, milk of ammoniac, is ordered by the
Dublin college to be made by triturating a drachm of
gum ammoniac in eight fluid-ounces of penny-royal water,
gradually adding the water until the mixture acquires the
appearance of milk, and then ftraining it through linen.
“This preparation is beneficially employed as an expeCtorant
in dofes of from f. 3fs to f. 3j, combined with an equal
quantity of almond mixture.

Miflura amygdale, Almond mixture, P.L. 1809, Lac
amygdale, P. L. 1787, Emulfio communis, P. L. 1745, is
prepared by gradually adding a pint of diftilled water to two
ounces of almond confeGtion, and rubbing them together.
A fimilar mixture, called emulfio amygdala communis, almond
emulfion, in the Edin. difp. is prepared by well beating an
‘ounce of blanched {weet almonds in a ftone mortar, gradu-
ally adding 24 lbs. of water, and then ftraining.. The Jac
amygdala, almond milk of the Dub. coll. is formed by
rubbing 14.02. of {weet almonds blanched with 5 oz. of
purified fugar, adding gradually 2% pints of water, and then
ftraining. The emulfio mimofe nilotice, emulfio arabica, Edin.
‘or emulfion of gum arabic, 1s made in the fame manner as the
almond emulfion, 2 oz. of gum arabic being added during the
trituration of thealmonds. The Arabic emulfion, Dub. is pre-
pared by diffolving two drachms of gum arabic in powder ina
pint of warm decoCtion of barley, and when it is almoft

MIX —

cold, pouring it gradually upon half an ounce of blanched,
{weet almonds beaten to a palte, with the fame quantity of
purified fugar, triturating at the fame time fo as to form a
milky mixture ; and then ftraining.

The mixtures above defcribed are ufed as diluents and
demulcents in inflammatory fevers, ftrangury, dyfury, and
other affections of the urinary organs; but they are prin-
cipally employed as vehicles for the exhibition of more aétive
remedies. The dofe is from f. ij to ofs frequently re-
peated,

Miftura affafetide, Mixture of affafcetida, P. L. 1809, Lac
affafeetide, P. L.1787, is prepared by rubbing two drachms
of affafoctida with half a pint of water, gradually poured
upon it, until they are perfeétly mixed. The /ac affafetide,
milk of affafcetida, Dub. is obtained by triturating a drachm
of affafvetida with eight fluid-ounces of penny-royal water
gradually added until an emulfion is formed. This mixture is
chiefly ufed as an enema in flatulent colic, worms, and con-
vullions of infants occafioned by irritation of the bowels
during dentition. When given by the mouth, the dofe may
be from f. 3fs to f. 3jfs i repeated.

Miflura camphore, Camphor mixture, P. L. 1809, Mif-
tura camphorata, P. L. 1787, Julepum é camphora, P. L.
1745, is formed by rubbing half a drachm of camphor with
10 minims of reétified fpirit, thea adding gradually a pint
of water, and ftraining the liquor. ‘The miflura camphorata,
Dub., camphorated mixture, is prepared by rubbing a
fcruple of camphor with 10 drops of reétified f{pirit of
wine, and then with half an ounce of refined fugar, adding :
a pint of water during the trituration, and itraining the
mixture through linen. This is an elegant vehicle for more
active remedies in low fevers and nervous affections. The
dofe is from f. 3j to f. 3ij, given every three or four hours.
The emulfio camphorata, Edin., camphorated emulfion, is
made of a fcruple of camphor, two drachms of {weet almonds
blanched, a drachm of refined fugar, and 6 oz. of water,
in the fame manner as the common almond emulfion. This
is given with advantage in typhus and nervous cafes in dofes
of f. Zij, every three or four hours. See CAMPHOR.

Miftura cornu ufti, Mixture of burnt hartfhorn, P. L.
1809, Decoétum cornu cervi, P. L. 1787, Decoétum al-
bum, P. L. 1745, is prepared in the manner defcribed
under Hart's Hory.

Mifiura crete, Chalk mixture, P. L. 1809, Miftura cre-
tacea, P. L. 1787, Julepum écreta, P. L. 1745, is formed
by mixing half an ounce of prepared chalk, three drachms
of refined fugar, half an ounce (au ounce Dub.) of acacia
gum powdered in a pint of water. The fotio carbonatis
calcis, olim, potio cretacea, Edin., chalk potion, is made
by rubbing together 10z. of prepared carbonate of lime
(chalk), 40z. of refined fugar, 2 0z. of mucilage of gum
arabic, then gradually adding 24lbs. of water and 2 oz. of
fpirit of cinnamon, and mixing them.

Thefe preparations of chalk are given in acidity of the
prime viz, and-combined with opium or catechu in di-
arrheea. The dofe is from f. 3j to f. 3ij, given every three
or four hours; or after every liquid evacuation.

Miflura ferri compofita, Compound mixture of iron, P. L.
1809, 1s prepared by rubbing together a drachm of ‘pow-
dered myrrh, 25 grains of fubcarbonate of potafs, and a
drachm of refined fugar, and during the trituration adding
gradually, firft, 74 0z. of rofe-water and half a fluid-ounce
of fpirit of nutmeg, and laltly, a feruple of fulphate of
iron powdered. The mixture fhould be immediately poured
into a proper glafs bottle and itopped clofe. The myrrh
requires to be well dried before it can be reduced to powder.
This mixture, which is very fimilar to the celebrated anti-

heétic

MNA

heétic mixture of Dr, Griffiths, is a compound very com.
monly direéted as an uleful tonic, particularly in hytteria
and chlorofix, and in phrhifis, when no aétive inflammatory
diathetis fubfitts, ‘The dote is from f. 3j to f. 31), giver
twoor three timer a day,

Miflura guaiaci, Mixture of guaiacam, P. L, 1809, Lac
guuiaci, P. L. 1787, is made by rubbing 1 drachin of
guaiacum gumyretin with two drachme of refined fugar ;
then with two fluid-drachms of mucilage of acacia gum, and
when they are mixed, pouring on gradually eight fuid-ounces
of cinnamon water, This is adminiftered in dofes of from
f, $f to f. Zij, two or three times a day; diluting freely
with tepid barley water or gruel for aiding its operation.

Miflura mofehi, Mutk mixture, P. L. 1809, Miftura
mofchata, P, L. 1787, Julepum é mofcha, P. L. 1745, is
prepared by rubbing a drachm of mufk with the fame quan-
tity of refined fugar, then with the fame quantity of acacia
gum powdered, and adding by degrees fix fluid-ounces of
refe-water. This may be given to the quantity of f. 3ij
every three or four hours in {palmodic affections and the
finking {tate of typhus. The late Mr. White of Man-
cheiter found this mixture combined with ammonia 3f,
fpirit of lavender f. $i, and {pirit of ig = f. 3j, very ufe-
ful in floughing phagedenic ulcers of a fyphilitic and ftru-
mous nature. ,

MIZAEL, in Geography, a town of Norway, in the
diocefe of Dronttieim ; 44 miles N.E. of Romfdal.

ZELL, a town of Bohemia, in the circle of Bolef-
law ; nine miles S.E. of Jung Buntzel.

MIZEN. See Misen.

MIZEN-HEAD, in Geography, fuppofed to be the No-
tium of Ptolemy, a cape of the county of Cork, Ireland,
being the fouth-weltern extremity of the ifland as well as
of the county of Cork. N. lat. 51° 23’. W. long. 9° 43’.

Mizen-HEAD, a cape of Ireland, in the county of Wick-
low, on the E. coalt between Wicklow-head and Arklow.
N. lat. 52° 52!. W. long. 6’ 4". 8

MIZNEPHETH, in the Jewi/b Antiquities, a kind of
mitre worn by the high-prieft. See Crparts.

MIZQUITL, in Botany, a name ufed by fome authors
for that ipecies of the acacia, or Egyptian thorn, whofe
unripe fruit affords the infpiflated juice, which is the true
fuccus acacie of the thops, and whofe gum naturally flow-
ing from the trunk and branches is the true gum arabic.
izzy, in Agriculture, a term fometimes applied to a
bog, or a quagmire. ;

MLIOWNOWY, in Geography, a town of Poland, in
the palatinate of Kiev ; 40 miles 8.W. of Czyrkafy. —

LAVA, a town of the duchy of Warfaw; 40 miles
N.N.E. of Plozk. anaet

MLODE, a town of Poland, in the palatinate of Kiev ;

eight miles SE. of Bialacerkiew. — _ ;

MNAKEH, a town of Arabia, in the province of
¥emen; 12 miles W. of Sana.

_ MNASIUM, in Botany, is molt probably named by
Schreber from fome refemblance Aig As pwacioy of oT
raftus, an Egyptian plant, eatable like papyrus, and of a

ia taeee he Mart Schreb. 214. Willd. Sp. PI. v. 2.

22. Mart. Mill. Dia. v. 3. (Rapatea; Aubl. Guian.

v. 1. 305. Jufl. 44. Lamarck IMluftr. t. 226.)—Clafs

and order, Hexandria Monogynia. Na:.Ord. En/ate, Linn.

— JSinci, Juil, :
_ Gen. Ch. Cal. Spatha of two, ovate valves, terminated

y alinear, fpreading leaf. Perianth inferior, of one leaf,

- divided into three, lanceolate, concave, acute, bordered
egments. Car. of one petal; tube very fhort; limb
; cloven into three, deep, lanceolate, concave, acute feg-
4 6.

.

MNE

ments. Stam, Filaments fix, very fhort, inferted into the
tube; anthers lony, {quare, terminated by an ovate, ex-
cavated, acute leaflet, Pifl, Germen fuperior, three-lobed,
roundith, marked with three ftrenks; ftyle very long, ftri-
ated ; ftigmas three, fpirally twifted together. eric. and
Seeds unknown.

Eff. Ch. Spatha of two valves, many-flowered, Calyx
three-cleft. Cordlla of one petal, three-cleft, with a very
fhort tube. Anthers terminated by @ leaflet. Stigmas
three, {pirally twilted,

if M. puff Willd. and Martyn. (Rapatea pale.
dofa; Aubl. Guian. t. 118.)—Native of Uses marthes,
and the banks of rivers in Guiana, flowering in June.— Root
pee dey. woody, fibrous. Sra/ée numerous, naked, two
cet high, ftriated, comprefled, bordered, gradually broader
towards the top, and {pringing from the bofoms of the ra-
dical leaves. Leaver very long, narrow, acute, f{mooth,
ftriated, entire ; fheathing at the bafe, and mutually embrac-
ing each other; narrower above the theath. Flower-flalts
fealy beneath the bafe of the calyx. Corolla yellow.

Willdenow obferves, that M/nafium has greatly the habit
of a Pontederia, but that it differs materially from that
genus in the ftruéture of its flowers. -

MNEME-CEPHALICUM Barsamum, the name of

a famous compound balfam, faid to have been purchafed

‘from a certain Englifh phyfician by Charles duke of Bur-

gundy, at the price of 10,000 florins. Some who have
been very lavith in its praifes have affirmed, that it has a
power of preferving in the mind the remembrance of all
things that are oat but this kind of praife feems to be
extravagant and unfounded; infomuch, that we think it
needlefs to enumerate the ingredients of which this famous
balfam (which we regard as fabulous in the effeéts af--
cribed to it) confifts. We fhall therefore content ourfelves
with referring to Sennertus’ account of it in his Pra@..
lib. i. cap. 5.

MNEMONTC Tastes. Among the artifices to affift
the memory, this is one of great ufe.

Mnemonic tables exhibit in a regular manner, what is to
be remembered of the fame fubje&. And although the
fciences ought to be taught in a {cientifical manner, as much
as poffible, and that every thing fhould be fo placed as to
be intelligible and demonitrable from what has preceded it ;
yet tables ought not to be rejected, as they are helps to re-
tain the doGrines of which the mind has had fufficient evi-
dence. In fuch tables the properties of things are to be
expreffed concifely ; illuftrations and demonttrations fhould
be left out, as the propofition ought to have been made
fufficiently clear and certain, before it is regiftered in the
table. Hence, the contents of fuch tables ought only to
be the definitions, and the propofitions relative to the fubje@.-
If a fubject require a long table, this may be fubdivided
into {maller; by making firft a table of the moft general
heads, and referring from each of thefe heads to a feparate
table ; by this means the order and conne@tion of the whole
will be preferved. Such tables would produce a local and:
artificial memory, of great ufe to the retention and re=-
colleétion of things. They would greatly facilitate a dif-
tint view of the properties of their fubje¢ts, and facilitate
recapitulation. Befides, as the expreffions ufed in fuch.
tables ought to be very concife, fo as juft to be fufficient to-
excite the idea of the obje@ to be remembered, foon after -
that idea has been acquired ; after fome time a certain ob--
feurity will be found in perufing the tables, which will give -
us timely warning that our ideas begin to fade, and that
they ought to be renewed. And this may be done without
much trouble, if not too long delayed.

MNEMO--

MNEMONICA.

MNEMONICA, formed of ponpovvw, I retain in me-
mory, denotes the art of memory. Under the article Mz-
mory we have illuftrated the nature and operation of this
faculty, and mentioned fome of the principal methods, both
ancient and modern, which have been invented for aiding
the exercife of it. Since that article was printed, we have
had an opportunity of perufing a publication, entitled
« The Art of Memory, founded upon the principles taught
by M. Gregor Von Feinaigle,”’ &c. The author has, with
great induftry of refearch, detailed the principal fyitems of
artificial memory, both before and after that of Mr. Grey
was announced to the public in his ‘* Memoria Technica,”’
of which we have given a concife account under the article
above cited. It fufficiently appears, without any laboured
proof, that the principal expedient for affifting the memory
is derived from affociation ; and of this expedient Simonides,
Cicero, and Quintilian availed themfelves in the contrivances
which they fuggefted for this purpofe. Having fixed upon
certain fymbols of the fubje€ts which they wifhed to re-
colle&, they would transfer thefe fymbols to the different
compartments of a houfe, or public building, or to the
different patts of the walls of acity, a public road, or a
picture, and when thefe compartments, &c. prefented them-
felyes to view, or occurred in recolleGtion, they would fug-
geft the fymbols attached to them, and thele fymbols would
revive the remembrance of the fentences or fubjects, or
parts of thofe fentences, to which they appertained: and
thus, by means of fuch compartments and fymbols, a whole
difcourfe might be committed to memory, and recollected
when occafion required. Upon thefe principles, as we have
reafon to believe, was founded the topical memory of
the ancients; and from this fource, without doubt, are de-
rived all the various fyftems of local and fymbolical memory,
that have been praétifed in more modern times.

Bradwardine feems to have been the firft, who in this
country made an attempt to form a fyftem of topical me-
mory on the plan of the ancients. (See BRADWARDINE.)
The “ Ars Memorativa’’ of Publicius, probably printed
before the year 1482, treats of the arrangement of places,
and the combination of images, and kas been the fountain
whence many fubfequent writers have derived confiderable
information. Grataroli, in his ‘ Caftel of Memorie,” a
tranflation of which by W. Fulwood was publifhed at
London in 1562, and Thomas Watfon of Oxford, in his
MS. entitled “ Artificiofe Memoriz Libellus,” dated 1583,
preferved in the Britifh Mufeum, have referred to the
ancient plan of dividing houfes and walls for the affiftance
of the memory. J. Baptifta Porta, in his “¢ Ars Reminif-
cendi,’’ printed at Naples in 1602, treats, like the authors
already mentioned, of places and images ; exchanges figures
for fymbols; reprefents letters by fymbols, and gives two
alphabets, one confifting of letters formed from various ob-
jeGts, and another, in which they are deduced from the dif-
ferent pofitions of the human body. Schenckel, a native
of Bois-le-Duc, in 1547, and the author of ‘* Gazophyla-
cium Artis Memoriz,’’ publifhed in 1610, propagated his
difcoveries in the mnemonic art through the Netherlands,
Germany, and France, and they were received with great
applaufe. The performances of this author excited aftonifh-
ment ; he repeated 40 fentences of fome length, without any
conneétion, and after merely writing them down and reading

them twice, backwards and forwards, and in any order that’

was defired. Some of his pupils alfo diftinguifhed them-

felves in a ftill more furprifing manner. -A German tranfla-

tion of Schenckel’s work was publifhed by Dr. Kluber, in

1804, under the title of “« Compendium der Mnemonik,

&c.”? The treatife of John Willis, entitled «* Mnemonica
4

&c.”’ Lond. 1618, and a tranflation of which by Sowerfby
was publifhed at London in 1661, contains many curious
particulars. [is plan is that of a topical memory, or of a
memory to be affifted by fome fuitable edifice, and its ap-
propriate divifions. The ‘ Ars Memoriz localis,’? pub-
lithed at Leipfic in 1620, and written by one of the pro-
feffors of the univerfity, merits preference, according to
Morhof in his “* Polyhiftor,’”’ to all the treatifes on mnemo-
nics for perfpicuity and arrangement. Morhof, in his differ-
tation “ De Arte Lulliana’’ (fee Polyhiftor, T, t. 1. 2.c. 5.)
has preferved an elaborate account of Raymund Lully’s fyftem
of artificial memory, to which he direéted his attention at a
very early period, and lie is fuppofed to have been the firft
among the moderns who praétifed this art. (See the article
Lutty.) D’Affigny’s “ Art of Memory,” a third edition
of which was publifhed in London in 1706, contains many
ufeful obfervations on the importance of a retentive memory,
and on the mode of aiding the exercife of it; but it clofes
with fome fanciful receipts for ‘ comforting the memory,”
principally taken from early writers on this fubject, and
hardly deferving to be refcued from oblivion. Buffier’s
“« Pratique de la Memoire Artificielle, &c.’? 8vo. Paris,
3 tom. 1719 —1723, 1s intended to facilitate the acquifition
of chronology and univerfal hiftory, and his fyftem is faid to
be ingenious and fimple. Of Grey’s ‘* Memoria Technica”’
we haye given a concife account under the article Jrtificial
Memory; more need not here be faid, as this ufeful manual
is in almoft every one’s pofleffion. Lowe’s «¢ Mnemonics deli-
neated in a {mall Compafs and eafy Method, &c.”’ 8vo. Lond.
1737, is confidered by Dr. Watts as a material improve-
ment of Grey’s treatife, and accordingly it has been annexed
to the eighth and laft edition of that work. In Feyjoo’s
© Cartas Ernditas y Curiofas,” 4to. 5 tom. Madrid 1781,
there is a diflertation on remedies for the memory, and one
on the art of memory. In another effay, the principles of
the art are ftated to confift in particular places and images,
and a {phere or globe is divided into various compartments.
In a feétion of this eflay, Feyjoo {peaks of remembering
certain words by the means of images, and in another feCtion
he illuftrates the application of the art to poetry. Siuce
the pofthumous publication of thefe effays, the author having
died in 1765, after haying been with difficulty faved from
the horrors of the Inquifition, for the freedom of his cen-
{ures on the licentioufnefs of the clergy, and the fuperttitions
of the Romifh church, (fee Feysoo,) no mention of the local
and fymbolical memory occurs until the year 1806, when it
was announced in the ‘** Philofophical Magazine,”’ (vol. xxvi.
p- 282.) that the ftudy of the fcience of mnemonica was
revived in Germany. In 1807, M. Gregor Von Feinaigle,
a native of Baden, vifited Paris, and delivered leGures on his
«© New Syftem of Mnemonics and Methodics.’? ‘
In 1811, M. Feinaigle vifited England ; and in June of
that year he obtained leave from the managers of the
“ Royal Inftitution” to exhibit to the public an experiment
of the efficacy of his methed “of facilitating and affifting
memory.’’—“ Four children, two boys and two girls, all under
14 years of age, had been put under M. Feinaigle’s care
but two or three days before: he had one of the girls but
an hour and a half; and the longeft tuition that any of them
had received was but four hours and a half.—One of them
repeated Gold{mith’s Hermit backward and forward, and
ftated the ftanza, the line, and the order of any remarkable
word required of him,— One little girl anfwered to queftions
in the chronology of the Roman emperors; and another
multiplied, without flate or paper, two fums of eight
figures by eight, and declared that fhe had not previoufly
been taught -arithmetic—A, boy determined the geographi-
cal

MNEMONICA.

| fituation, in degrees and minntes, of go different oities ;
Ma ona planifphere chalked out on a board, marked down
the true fituation of places named to him.—Mr, Fincher,
of the Inftitution, alfo recited the mineralogical tables of
Maliy, the fecond part of which he had taught himfelf on
M. Feinaigle's fyftem, together with the fir part of
Briffon’s Plibelontc fyftem ; and he declared, from his
own experience, that the principles of M. Feinaigle's art
were equally calculated to give facility in the acquifition,
and certainty in the retention, of the tables of any other
feience—a fact which was confirmed by feveral gentlemen

refent, who have attended the private courfes of the pro-
eflor.”’—M. Feinaigle has fince that time repeated his exhi-
bitions at Eitrntcl, in Scotland, and in London, to the
aftonifhment of many perfons who attended. —

Locality, or the connection of our ideas with places, as
we are Stine by the anonymous author, whofe treatife
we have cited, is made the foundation of this fyitem. In
this refpect, it is analogous to the fcheme of mnemonics
pradtifed by the ancients, but it is here applied much more
extenfively and advantageoufly than it was by them. How
far it deferves this commendation, the reader who is defirous
of farther information concerning it will be informed by

-confulting the treatife already quoted ; in which, as we con-

ceive, there is a jult developement of the principles of
M. Feinaigle ; but the detail is fo extenfive and fo incapable
of abridgment, that it would be inconfiftent with our limits
to enlarge, fo as to give any fatisfaction to our readers.
The general principle of this art is that of dividing walls
and houfes into different compartments, and annexing num-
bers to them in a particular order, or words together with
the numbers; the recollection of thefe words being affifted
by affociating fome idea of relation between the objects and
their fituation. Confonants are alfo annexed to the figures,
which letters are not merely arbitrary, but adapted as nearly
as poflible to the form of the figures. Thefe letters, and the
figures which they are intended to reprefent, fhould be im-
preffed ftrongly on the memory, as the confonants muft be
converted into words by the introdu€tion of vowels. To
each word fhould be affixed fome ftriking idea; and the
objects that are felected, each of which is expreffed by a
word, mult be arranged in different places, beginning with
the floor, and proceeding to the firfl, fecond, and third wall,
&c. Having divided a room into parts, as the floor and
walls, fubdivided thefe into places, changed figures into
letters, and formed words, we fhall by thefe means be
enabled to remember a feries of figures cr things. For this
purpofe, it would be advantageous to fix upon fome room
to which we have been accuitomed. If this room fhould
have been hung with pi€tures, engravings or plans, or orna-
mented with bufts, &c. the remembrance of places, or
localities, will be facilitated. ‘The order of things in a room
will be familiar to us. The fquares or places may be filled
with fome pictures of our own drawing, and it will be as
eafy to remember the fymbols, or hieroglyphics, as to re.
member the fituation or place of any piéture, or article of
furniture ina room. By fuppofing the floor to be con-
ftru@ted of mofaic, inftead of being covered with a carpet,
we fhall have {paces for fymbols. The outlines of the fym-
bols are intended to reprefent, as accurately as poffible, the
various figures in the two rooms, to which our plan extends,
fo that they may be permanently fixed in our memory.
How thefe fymbols are made applicable’ to chronology,
hiftory, &c. requires a more diffufe detail than our limits
will allow. Having already given our opinion of the various
artifices that have been devifed for aiding the memory, it is
needlefs to enlarge. ‘I'he reader will perceive that it muft

Voi. XXIII.

require time and labour, and no inconfiderable exertion of
memory, to derive any advantage from mechanical modes of
aiding the exercife of it.

Under the article Memony, we have given fome examples
of extraordinary retentivenefs in the ufe of this faculty. To
thofe already mentioned, we fhall here add fome others. See
Avicenna, Furten, Jewer, aod Scarionn.

Lipfius remembered the whole hiftory of Tacitus, and
pledged himfelf to recite it word by word, or any paflage
that might be required. Francis Suarez could repeat all
St. Auguftine’s works by heart, alleging particular lines
and words, with the volume and page in which they oc-
curred. Magliabecchi had a furprifing memory. A gentle.
man who wifhed to try it, lent hima MS. which he was
going to print, and foon after it was returned, the author
came to him with a melancholy afpeé, and pretended it wae
loft. Magliabecchi being requetted to recolleé@t as much of
it as he could, wrote the whole without mifling a word, or
making any variation in the fpelling. We have mentioned
fome extiaordinary inftances of the power of memory pof-
feffed by Jedediah Buxton under his article. Without the
affiftance of pen, ink, chalk, or any other mark, he could
multiply five or fix figures by as many, or divide as large
fums off hand, in lefs time than the moft expert arithmeti-
cians could perform their operations. Being afked how
many cubical 4ths of an iach were contained in a body,
whofe three fides were 23145789 yards, 5641732 yar
and 54965 yards; after about five hours, in the midft
of more than 100 of his fellow labourers, he computed the
refult ; and gave it in a line of 28 figures, without the leaft
hefitation or miftake. He would repeat his anfwers to diffi-
cult queftions a month or two after he had folved them.
Of his own accord he calculated how much one farthing
doubted 140 times would amount to; and the anfwer was
fet down from his lips in 39 places of pounds, and an odd
2s. 6d. Being once afked how many barley corns would
reach eight miles; he anfwered, in 14 minute, 1520640
barley corns. In 13 minutes he computed, that the diftance
of York from London, being 204 miles, a coach-wheel,
whofe circumference was fix yards, would turn round in
that interval 59,840 times. By the ftrength of his memo
he multiplied 39 figures by 39 figures, and had no recourfe
to pen, ink, or paper:

At the moment of writing this article, the editor is in-
formed of a boy, from Vermont in America, not eight years
of age, who performs wonders in extempore calculation.
The rapidity and correétnefs with which he multiplies and
divides large numbers, with which he finds all the faGtors of
a compofite number, and whether any number propofed be
prime or not, and with which he folves a variety of arith-
metical queftions that are propofed to him, are truly afto-
nifhing.

The editor has been favoured by F. Baily, efq. of Gray's
Inn, an eminently competent judge of thofe performances
in which this boy excels, with the following account. His
name is Zerah Colburn. He was born at Cabut, a town
lying at the head of Onion river, in Vermont, America, on
the ift of September 1804. He began to manifeft his ex-
traordinary powers in Auguft 1810, when he was not fix
years of age; though he had derived no other advan
from education beyond what was to be obtained at a
fchool in a remote part of the country. On the 12th of
May 1812 he arrived in this country, and has fince ex-
hibited his aftonifhing performances to a great number of
{peétators, and before many perfons of the firft eminence
for mathematical and philofophical knowledge.

At a meeting of his friends, which was held for the pur-

Aske: pofe

MNE

pofe of concerting the beft method of promoting the views
of the father, this child uridertook, and completely fuc-
ceeded in, raifing the number 8 progreffively up to the
fixteenth power; and in naming the laft refult, viz.
2815474,976,710,656, he was right in every figure. He
‘was then tried as to other numbers, confifting of oné figure;
all of which he raifed (by aétual multiplication and not by
memory) as high as the tenth power, with fo much facility
re difpatch, that the perfon appointed to take down: the re-
fults was obliged to enjoin him not to be fo rapid. With
refpect to numbers confifting of two figures, he would raife
fome of them to the fixth, feventh, and eighth power; but
not always with equal facility: for the larger the products
became,‘ the more difficult he found it to proceed. He was
afked the fquare root of 106929; and before the number
‘could be written down, he immediately anfwered 327. He
was then required to name the cube root of 268,336,125 ;
and with équal facility and promptnefs he replied 645. Va-
rious other queftions of a fimilar nature, refpe€ting the roots
and powers of very high numbers, were propofed by feveral
of the gentlemen prefent ; to’all of which he anf{wered in a
fimilar manner. One of the party requefted him to name the
faGtors which produced the number 247483, which he im-
mediately did by mentioning the two nambers 941 and 263 ;
Which indéed are the only two numbers that will produce it.
Another of them propofed 171395, and he named the fol-
lowing factors as the only ones that would produce it ; viz.
5 X 342793 7 X 24485, 59 X 2905, 83 x 2065, 35x 4897,
295 x 581, and 413 x 41g. He was then afked to give the
factors of 36083; but he immediately replied that it had
tione ; which in fa€t was the cafe, as 36083 is a prime num-
ber. Othet numbers were indifcriminately propofed to him,
and he always fucceeded in giving the corre&t fators, ex-
cept in the cafe of prime numbers, which he difcovered al-
moft as {oon as propofed. One of the gentlemen afked him
how many minutes there were in forty-eight years ; and before
the queftion could be'written down, he replied 25,228,800:
and inftantly added, that the number of feconds in the fame
period was 15513,728,000. Various queltions of the like
kind were put to him ; and to all of them he anfwered with
nearly equal facility and promptitude; fo as to aftonith
every one prefent, and to excite a defire that fo extraor-
dinary a faculty fhould, if poffible, be rendered more ex-
tenfive and ufeful.

~ Being afked to inform the geffilemen prefent how he was
enabled to anfwer, with fuch facility and correGinefs, the
queftions that were propofed to him, he declared that he
did not know how the anfwers came to his mind. It was
obferved, however, that the child performed his feveral ope-
rations by fome rules known only to himfelf. The difcove
was nidde in one or two inftances, when he had been clofely
prefled upon that point. In one cafe he was afked to tell
the {quare of 4369; he at firft hefitated, fearful that he
fhould not be able to'anfwer it Corre@ly : but when he ap-
phed himfelf ‘to it, he faid it was 19,316,025. On being

jueftioned as to the taufe cf ‘his hefitation, he replied that
he did not hke to inuitiply four figures by four figures: but,
faid he, “I found out another way} 1 multiplied 293 by
293, and then multiplied this produa& twice by the number
15, which produced the fame refult.””?» On another occa-

fion, his highnefs the duke of Gloucefter afked him the pro-

duét of 21,734 multiplied by 543: he immediately replied
11,801,562: but, ipon fomeé retiiark ‘being made’ on the
fibje&, the child faid that he’ had, in his own mind, mul-
tiplied 65202 by 181. ‘Now, although in the firit inftance
it mutt be evident to évery mathematician that 4395 is equal
to 293 x i5, and confequently that (4395)? =(293)* x

MNI

(19)?s,and further, that in the fecond cafe 543 is equal
to 181 x 3, and confequently that 21734 x (181 x 3) =
(21734 x 3) x 1815 yet, it is not the lefs remarkable that
this ‘combination fhould be immediately perceived by the
child} and we cannot the lefs admire his ingenuity in thts
feizing inftantly the eafieft method of folving the queftion
propofed to him. Y ,

Amiong{t a variety of cafes of this kind, the following
fingular infance is particularly worthy of being recorded.
He was afked to tell the fquare of 999999: which, after
fome little time, he ftated to be 999,998,000,001 ; and he
further obferved, that he had produced this refult by mul-
tiplying ‘the fquare of 37037 by the fquare of 27. He
then, of his own accord, multiplied that produ€t by 49 ;
and faid that the refult (wiz. 48,999,902,000,049) was
equal. to the fquare of 6,999,993. He afterwards mul-
tiplied this produ& by 49; and obferved that the refult
(viz. .2;400,995,198,002,401) was equal to the fquare of
48,999,951. He wasagain afked to multiply this produ& by
255 andin naming the refult (viz. 60,0245879,950,060,62¢).
he faid that it was equal to the fquare of 2445999755.
Thefe aftonifhing efforts of his mind require no comment;
and fufficiently fhew that he poffeffes a more intimate know-
ledgeyof the {cience of numbers than can be obtained by the
ordinary, or even more abftrufe rules of arithmetic,

It is well known to mathematicians, that Fermat had
afferted that 23* + 1 = 4,294,967,297 was a prime num-
ber; but Euler deteéted that error, by difcovering that it
was equal to 6,700,417 x 641. The fame number was
propofed to this child, who (after a lapfe of fome weeks)
found out the fa€tors by the mere operation of his mind:
and the method which he took to obtain his objeé, clearly
fhewed that he had not derived his information from any
other fource.

MNEMOSILLA, in Botany, a genus of Forfkall’s,
which, according to Juffieu, is the fame as Hypxcoum.
See that article.

MNEMOSYNE, in Mythology, was the daughter of
Celus and Terra, according to the theogony of Hefiod;
and Jupiter being enamoured of her, made her mother to the
nine Mufes. To Mnemofyne is afcribed, according to Dio-
dorus Siculus, the art of reafoning, and giving fuitable
names to every being, fo that we can defcribe them, and
converfe about them without feeing them. Mnemofyne is
generally allowed to have been the firft who ufed helps for
the memory, and this is intimated in her name.

MNETHEL, in Geography, a town of Perfia, in the
province of Chufiftan ;. 102 miles E. of Sutter.

MNEVIS, in Mythology, the name of a facred bull,
confecrated to the fun, and worfhipped by the Egyptians
at Heliopolis. The worfhip of Mnevis gradually difap-
peared, when Apis became the general deity of the country.
From the era in which Cambyfes overthrew the magnificent
temple of Heliopolis, we may date the downfall of the wor-
fhip of Mnevis. This Mnevis was, according to Bryant; a
compound of Men-neuas, the lunar god Nevas, the fame as
Noas, or Noah. The name relates to the fame perfon who,
in Crete, was ftyled Minos; and the fame alfo who was re-
prefented under the emblem of the Men-taur or Mino-taurus.
Ant, Myth. vol. ii. p. 416, &c.

MNIARUM, in Botany, fo called from juiagos, moffy, in
allufion to its habit. Forit. Gen. 1. t.1. Lina. Supp i.
Schreb:,9, Willd;.Sp. Pi. v. 1. 30. Mart. Mill. Dié.
v. 3. Jufl. 441. Brown Prodr. Nov. Holl. v.‘1. 412.
Labill. Nov. Holl. v. 1. 8. (Ditoca; Gaertn. t. 126.)—
Clafs and order, Monandria Digynia. Nat. Ord.’ Holeracee,
Linn. Avriplices, Jufl. Chenopodiis affnia, Brown. le

3 en,

Se ee

MNI

Gen. Ch. Gal. Perianth inferior, pitcherhaped, | per-
manent, etit half way down into four equal, erect, obtule,
rigid fegments, Cor. none. Stam. Fildhvent out, capillary,
erect, inferted into the mouth of the calyx, fearcely longer
tkan its fegments; anther roundith, furrowed. Pi/l, Ger-
men faperfor, oval; {tyles two, thread-thaped, gradually
divaricated, the length of the ftamens ftigmas fimple. Pe-
vie. none, Seed folitary, {mall, oblong, with a membranous
coat, enclofed in the hardened tube of the calyx.

EM Ch. Calyx pitcher-thaped, four-cleft. Corolla none.
Seed one, enclofed in the tube of the calyx.

“Akin to Seleranthus, from which it differs in the ftamen
being, for the mott part, folitary; the calyx four-cleft ;
and the ftalks two-flowered, with four braéteas at the fum-
mit. The feed in both genera is inverted, the embryo
curved round the albumen, the radicle fuperior. Brown.

1. M. bifforum. Linn, Suppl. 81. © Forlt. Prode. 2.
Comm. Goett. v. 9. 19. t. 1. (M. pedunculatum; La-
bill. Nov. Holl. v. 1.8. t. 2. Ditoca mufcofa; Gertn.
v. 2. 196. t. 126. f. 1.)—Stem tufted. Branches. very
{mooth. Leaves finely toothed at the bafe only, thorter
than the fruit-ftalks. 8r.—Native of New Zeeland, Terra
del Fuego, and Van Diemen’s land. The ems compofe
denfe maffy tufts, varying in height, with the afpedt of a
Minuartia. Every part of the herb is fmooth. Leaves
oppofite, awl-fhaped, united and finely toothed at the bafe ;
otherwife entire. Fower-flalks axillary, folitary, fimple, at
firft fhort, but fubfequently elongated beyond the leaves ;
each bearing a pair of minute feffile greenith flowers, accom-

anied by * little ovate dra@eas. The calyx of the fruit
is hardened, tumid, ovate, clofed about the feed, and
crowned with its own little permanent fegments.

2. M fafeiculatum. Br. n. 2.—** Stems’ procumbent,
branched, Branches minutely downy. | Leaves finely
toothed throughout. Fruit-{talks fcarcely fo long as the
leaves.”—Gathered by Mr. Brown in Van Diemen’s land.

UM, a word adopted by Dillenius from the Greeks,
whofe psicy is fynonymous with Mofs. He therefore chofe
it for one of his own genera of Mofles, the character of
which is to have two different kinds of heads, or fruétifica-
tion; the one powdery and naked, that is, dettitute of calyx
as well as of capfule; the other of the fame capfular nature
asin B and Hypnum. Confidering this charaGer as fuf-
ficient to dittinguifh nium from all other Moffes, he pro-
ceeds to inquire into the nature of thefe different parts of
frutification. In his conclufion he miltakes the male for
the female, though his error has not commonly been ob-
ferved, becaufe he terms capfule what he believed to be the
anther, but which is indeed the capfule, properly fo called.
a9 Dittenius and Muscr.) We therefore now refume
the language, though we difcard the ideas, of this eminent
writer,

~ Dillenius, confidering every mofs as a Mnium in which
he met witha powdery head, although he did not dete& the
capfule, has made eight f{pecies; but this principle has

widely mifled him. His fifth and fixth fpecies are Junger-

mannia, his feventh is the Blafia pujilla, previoufly well de-
fined, as a diftin@ genus, by Micheli. In the reft of his
{pecies, Dillenius is as corre as any perfon could, at that
ime, be.

y Linnzus, following up the principle he had adopted from
Dillenius, referred to Mnium every mofs, with a terminal
fruit-ftalk, in which the powdery head of male flowers,
fuppofed by them female, had been obferved, As his fol-
Towers proceeded to look more and more clofely into the
ftru€ture of thefe minute vegetables, the powdery heads, or
ftars, as they were termed when furrounded by leaves, were

M Nel

difcovered in, many fancier hitherto referred to. Br;
Nor is this wonderful, for the difcoveries of Hedwig haye
proved them eflential to every mols, they being unqueftion..
ably the male flowers. For a long time botantis were per-
petually difputing, whether to refer particular [pecies to
Mnium ox Bryum, according as they had met with the pow-
dery head or not. Hudfon alone oo fhewn his judgment,
in confidering the naked or leaflefs head as proper to the
former; by which, except the original blunder refpe@in
two or three Jungermannia, he has preferved himfelf from
error. Hedwig has confufed the fabed by reverfing the
qngieg characters, His Bryum has a round or capitate
male flower, or powdery head; his Mnium a flat or difcoid
one. This leads to no natural charaéter, Indeed the dif-
ference itfelf is uncertainy the part in queftion yarying in
convexity at different periods of growth. The ableft bo-
tanifts who have in general followed Hedwig, as Schreber,
Swartz, and Roth, well aware of his miftake in this inftance,
thought to correét it, by uniting the two genera into one,
under the name of Bryum. Hoffmann, more boldly but lefs
fuccefsfully, recurred to the fringe alone, making almoft
every terminal-fruited mofs with a fingle fringe Bryum, with
a double one Mnium. See Frince of Mofes.

The writer of the prefent article at length propofed to
diflinguith Mnium by the longitudinal furrows of its capfule,
which in another double-fringed genus, Bartramia, had been
found a certain and clear mark of difference. This charac-
ter keeps the original real Mania of Dillenius together, ex-
cept the firft, which is the Tetraphis pellucida; and has the
advantage of aflociating with them moft naturally the dr-
rhenopterum of Hedwig, a genus whofe diftinétion was
founded by its author on the axillary, not terminal, male
flowers ; a character which the flightelt attention to moffes
will fhew to be of no importance, as to generic difcrimina-
tion. JMnium is therefore now defined as follows. Tr. of
Linn. Soc. v. 7. 262. Fl. Brit. 1344.

Eff. Ch. Capfule cylindrical, at length furrowed. Outer
fringe of fixteen tapering teeth; inner a laciniated mem-
brane. Veil fmooth. Flowers terminal.

The furrows are always fixteen, being equal in number
to the teeth of the outer fringe, and indeed to the principal
fegments of the inner one. Six fpecies are defined in the
TranfaGtions of the Linnean Society above quoted.

1, M. androgynum. Narrow-leaved Spriag-mofs. Linn.
Sp. Pl..1574. Sm. Fl. Brit. 1344. Engl. Bot. t. 1238.
Hedw. Theor. 149. t. 12. f. 48—50. (M. peranguttis et
brevibus foliis; Dill. Mufc. 230. t. 31. f. 1. Bryum
androgynum; Hedw. Sp. Mufc. 178. Turn. Mufc.
Hib. y1.)—Monoecious. Capfule ftraight. Lid conical.
Leaves imbricated every way, {preading; toothed at the
point.—Native of moilt fhady boggy places throughout
Europe, flowering in March. The capfules, which ripen
in April or May, are very rare. The fems form denfe
perennial tufts, and are branched, clothed with bright green,
dotted, pellucid, lanceolate, fingle-ribbed, acute leaves is
toothed towards the point; entire and revolute below.
Flowers terminal ; the male in little round ftalked heads;
female on the fame plant, feffile. Cap/ule nearly upright,
on afhining red ftalk an inch long. Lid thort, conical,
blunt, ftriated, a little curved.

2. M. conoideum. Club-fruited Spring-mofs. Sm. Fi.
Brit. 1345. Engl. Bot. t, 1239. (Bryum conoideum ; Dickf.
Crypt. taic. 4:9. t. 11. f..2. Turn. Mufc. Hib. 112. Grim-
mia? Foriteri; Sm. Fl. Brit. 1196. Engl. Bot. t. 2925.
Bryum Forfteri; Dickf. Crypt. fafc. 3. 4. t. 7 fa)
Moncecious? Capfule ftraight, obovate. Lid awl-fhaped.
Leaves imbricated every vere) {preading, entire.—-Native of

4P2

*

MOA

the trunks of trees in Scotland and Ireland, but rare.
Smaller than the former. The ffems compofe fmall, con-
vex, perennial patches, and are moftly fimple, leafy, half
an inch high. Leaves oblong, entire, pale green, fingle-
ribbed, pointlefs, dotted juft as in the foregoing. Male
fowers unknown. Fruit-ftalks folitary, terminal, half an inch
high. Capfule obovate, with a curved lid, of nearly its own
length. The more we confider the matter, the lefs doubt
have we refpeting the above fynonyms.

3- M. palufre. Greater Forked Spring-mofs, Linn.
Sp. Pl. 1574. Sm. Fl. Brit. 1346. Hedw. Sp. Mufc. 188.
Schmidel. Ic. 218. t. 56. f. 2. (M. majus, ramis longioribus
bifurcatis ; Dill. Mufc. 233. t. 31.f. 3, 4. Bryum paluftre ;
Engl. Bot. t. 391. Turn. Mufc. Hib. 113.)—Dioecious.
Capfule oblique. Lid conical. Leaves acute ; the upper
ones curved to one fide. Stem ere&, forked.—Native of
bogs, about mountain rivulets, and in various watery fitua-
tions throughout Europe ; flowering in April and May ;
fruiting in June and July. The flems are three or four
inches high. Leaves of a light yellowifh-green, lanceolate,
acute, channelled, fingle-ribbed, entire ; wavy when dry.
Male flowers like a broad difk, furrounded with radiating
leaves ; often proliferous, throwing up {talked round heads,
like the male flowers of the firlt f{pecies; female feffile.

Fruitftalks folitary between the new fhoots of the feafon, .

two or three inches high, wavy, red below.
with a fhort conical lid.

4. M. reclinatum. Procumbent American Spring-mofs.
Sm. Tr. of Linn. Soc. v. 7. 262. (M. ramis brevibus, in-
ordinaté progredientibus ; Dill. Mufc. 239. t. 31. f. 8.)
—Dicecious. Capfule nearly erect. Lid conical. Leaves
bluntifh, rather turned one way. Stem procumbent, much
branched.—Gathered by Mitchell in bogs in Virginia.
Dillenius. Its colour and habit are like tke laft, but
the fize only half as great. Cap/ule flender, nearly eredt.
Stem much branched, not forked. Male flowers ftalked,
naked.

5. M. pendulum. Pendulous-fruited Spring-mofs. Sm.
n, 5.—Capfule pendulous. Lid nearly flat. Leaves awl-
fhaped, ftriated, recurved. Stem ere&t.—Gathered by Mr.
Menzies, in New Zeeland. Stems determinately branched,
leafy, clothed with rufty down, like many moffes that grow
in clear fprings. Leaves yellowifh, fingle-ribbed, imbricated
every way, but recurved, chiefly toward one fide. Fruit-
Sfralks red, two inches high. Cap/ule cylindrical, or fome-
is bell-fhaped, chefnut-coloured. Lid flat, with a central

nob.

6. M. arrhenopterum. Axillary Spring-mofs. Sm. n. 6.
(Arrhenopterum heteroftichum ; Hedw. Sp. Mufc. 198.
t. 46. f. 1-9. Bryum heteropterum pellucidum; Dill.
Mufe. 352. t. 45. f. 11; butindifferent. B. foliis membra-
naceis obtufis ; Dill. Mufc. 552. t. 35. f. 19; better; both
determined by the Dillenian herbarium. Hypnum illece-
brum; Linn. Sp. Pl. 1594; excluding the fynonym of
Dillenius. Fl. Lapp. ed. 2. 329.)—Capfule inclining. Lid
awl-fhaped. Leaves elliptical, obtufe. Stem erect. Na-
tive of Virginia, Pennfylvania and Lapland.—Stems about
two inches high, branched. , Leaves imbricated, pale whitifh-
green, elliptical, concave, fhining, fingle-ribbed, ferrated at
theend. ruit-falks an inch long, ftraight, rather ftout.
Capfule curved, with a beaked red lid.

here appear to be feveral fpecies ftill referrible to this
genus, which are not as yet any where defcribed.

MO, in Geography, a town of Sweden, in Helfingland ;
fix miles W. of Soderhamn,

MOA, an ifland in the Eaft India fea, about 30 miles
long and re broad. S, lat. 8° 21’. E. long. 127° 45'.

Capfule curved,

MOA

MOAB, Land of, or Moaxitis, fo called from Moab
one of the inceftuous fons of Lot, in Ancient Geography, was
fituated in Arabia Petrza, on the north of Midian, having
the river Arnon on the weft, which divided it all the way
from the tribe of Reuben, the Ifhmaelites on the eaft, and
the land of Gilead on the north. Their country was at firft
inhabited by the gigantic Emims, whom they expelled, mak-
ing themfelves matters of it, and of all its cities, which
were both numerous and confiderable. Some of thefe cities,
mentioned by Jofephus, were on the other fide of the Ar-
non, and therefore not fo properly in Moabitis, as in the
land of the Amorites, or Reubenites ; particularly Hefh-
bon; but they might have been inhabited by the Moabites.
The limits of this country, indeed, were continually fluc-
tuating ; fo that we read of the plains of Moab, called alfo
by Mofes the land of Moab; but which had been taken by
Sihon, quite as far as the river above mentioned. Mount
Nebo is placed by Mofes in the land of Moab, though
feated on the other fide of the Arnon, in the kingdom of
Sihon. This river, however, feems to have been the proper
northern boundary between thefe two kingdoms, as Moab
feems to have been the fouthern boundary between Arabia
Petrza and Deferta. See MoasirTEs.

Moas, in Geography, a town of Arabia, iu the province
of Hadramaut ; 83 miles W. of Hadramaut.—Alfo, atown
of Arabia Felix, in the province of Yemen, and refidence
of the prince, built in 1708, and fituated between Damar
and Sanaa.

Moaz, or E/-Raba, a town of Syria; so miles S.E. of
Jerufalem.

MOABITES, in Ancient Hiffory, the defcendants of
Moab, the fon of Lot, by his eldeit daughter. The pof-
terity of Lot fettled in the country bordering on the moun-
tain, where he was born, which fome make part of Ceele-
fyria, while others allege that it belongs to Arabia; and
having driven out the old inhabitants, they poffeffed a {mall
tra&t called Moabitis, or the land of Moab. (See Moas.)
They were governed by kings, praétifed circumcifion, and
employed themfelves moftly in pafturage and breeding cat-
tle, which conftituted their chief wealth. It is probable
that their language wasa diale& of the Canaanitifh or He-
brew. They had once the knowledge of the true God,
and retained it till the time of Mofes, even after they had
very much corrupted their religion by introducing the wor-
fhip of falfe gods. The idols of the Moabites, mentioned
in {cripture,, were Chemofh and Baal-Peor. Some fuppofe
that thefe were different names of the fame idol: but be
think that Baal-Peor was Bacchus, and Chemofh feems to
have been a different idol. In the prattice of their reli-
gious rites, they facrificed hoth in the open air, on mountains
dedicated to that fervice, and in temples built for their idols
in the cities: befides oxen and rams, they offered on extra-
ordinary occafions human victims, according to the Pheni-
cian cuftom.

The firft inhabitants of the country were a gigantic race,
called Emims, or Terribles, probably defcendants of Ham.
Thefe were expelled by the Moabites ; but the latter in
procefs of time loft that part of their land which lay to
the N. of the river Arnon, When the Ifraelites, after the
death of Othniel, returned again to idolatry, Eglon, king
of Moab, was an inftrument in punifhing them ; he invaded
Ifrael and kept the Ifraelites in fubjection eighteen years.
Ehud, having fecretly put Eglon to death, was obliged to
make his efcape beyond Jordan; and there he affembled a
body of forces, who attacked the Moabites, and flew 10,000
of their beft men. By this difafter the power of the Moa-
bites was broken, and the Ifraelites were freed from the ite

2 °

MOA

of that nation. Notwithftanding the protetion which the
king of Moab afforded to the parents of David and to
David himfelf, when he was perfeeuted by Saul, as foon as he
came to the crown the Moabites entered into a unngetiew
againft him; but in confequence of a fignal victory which
he obtained over them, many of them were put to the
{word, and the reft became his vaflals and tributaries,
From this time they continued fubjeét to Solomon and
Rehoboam, wntil the revolt of the ten tribes, upon which
they became tributaries to the kings of Ifrael, though they
had kings of their own, who were little better than viceroys.
After the death of Ahab, Metha, king of Moab, rebelled
againft his fon Abaziah, but the fhort reign of this prince
not permitting any attempt to reduce him, his brother and
fucceffor Jehoram, affilted by Jehofhaphat, king of Judah,
and the king of Edom, his tributary, made an expedition for
this purpofe ; the refult of which was, the defeat of the
Mosbites and the devattation of a great part of their coun-
try. It was not long before the Moabites, entering into an
alliance with the Ammonites, the Edomites of mount Seir,
and other neighbouring nations, attempted to revenge the
loffes they ha futtained in this invafion of their country on
Jehofhaphat, king of Judah, who had encouraged Jehoram to
undertake it. Their attempt proved unfuccefsful, and termi-
nated in their total ruin. After this period the Moabites do
not feem to have dilturbed Lfrael for many years. On the
declenfion of the kingdom of Ifrael, they feem to have
retaken from the tribes of Reuben and Gad a great part
of the land which formerly belonged to them, before the
invafion of Sihon; but elated by their fuccefs, they be-
haved with pride and infolence, in confequence of which
feveral of the ancient prophets, and [faiah in particular,
threatened them with utter deftru&tion. After the dreadful
difcomfiture of the army of Sennacherib, the fon of Shal-
manefer, the Moabites often revolted from his fucceffors,
and were as often reduced, till they were entirely fubdued by
Nebuchadnezzar ; but upon Nebuchadnezzar’s departure
from Judea and Syria, after his fecond expedition into thefe
parts, they, with the other neighbouring nations, propofed
to Zedekiah to enter into a league again{t the Chaldedns,
to which that prince confented, on the acceflion ot the
Egyptians to their confederacy ; but this meafure, adopted
by Zedekiah againft the remonftrance of the prophet Jere-
miah, became the occafion of his utter ruin; for his new
allies deferted him in his diftrefs. From this period hiftory
makes little mention of the Moabites, who became fubject
to the great empires, and at length coalefced as one people
with the neighbouring nations which inhabited the deferts
of Syria; fo that, although Jofephus mentions the Moa-
bites as a diftin@ nation long after, obferving that they
were fubdued by Alexander Jannzus, king of the Jews, and
that in his time they were a numerous nation; yet, in the
third century after Chrift, they had loft their ancient name,
and were comprehended under the more general denomi-
nation of Arabians. Anc. Un. Hit. vol. i.
MOAGANORE, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan,
in Golconda; 10 miles N.W. of Rachore. ‘
MOAGAS, a clufter of {mall iflands in the Caribbean
fea, near the coait of South America, at the entrance of the
gulf of Venezuela: they are eight or nine in number, ex-
tending from north to fouth, and but one excepted, low,
flat, and covered with trees. The fouthernmoft is the

ft.
a TOAMAA, a port and good harbour of Nubia, in the

ed fea; 15 miles S. of Aidab.
RSTOANESS, 2 cape on the N. coaft of the ifland of

Shetland. N. lat. 60° 44’. W. long. 1° 32’.

MOA
MOANGUNGE, a town of Bengal ; 72 miles N.N.W.

of Dacea.

MOAR, a town of Hindooftan, in Bahar; 22 miles N.E.
of Bahar,

MOAR-LOVRE, in Agriculture, a term made ufe of by
fome to exprefs a peculiar dillemperature of corn, a fort of
blight. In this cafe the earth is faid to fink away from the
roots of the corn, and to leave the plants flanding in a great
part above the ground with naked roots; which are too
weak to fupport the flalks: the plants, of courfe, fall
down, and the ears become light. It is a diflemper pecu-
liar to corn growing on light and loofe lands, which Mr.
Tull has mentioned in his Horfe-hocing Hufbandry. And
it is fuppofed that the belt remedy is to bring up mould
againit the rows, when they are {trong enough to bear it,
and it is fine and dry ; the motion of the {talks with the
wind draws in this loofe powdery mould, and it {preads
equally, fettles about the roots, and covers them fo as to
produce frefh nourifhment and fupport,

MOAT, in Fortification, a deep trench dug round a town
or fertrefs to be defended, on the outfide of the wall, or
rampart. See Plate VII. Fortif. fig. 1. lit. by h, h, &c.

The depth and breadth of a moat often depend on the na-
ture of the foil; according as it is marfhy, rocky, or the
like. ‘The brink of the moat next the rampart in any forti-
fication is called the carp, and the oppofite one the counter-

Jearp. See Ditcn.

Moat, Dry, is that which is deititute of water: this
ought to be deeper than one which is full of water.

oAt, Lined, is that whofe fcarp and counterfcarp are
cafed with a wall of mafon’s work lying aflope.

Moar, Filat-bottomed, is that which hath no floping, ite
corners being fomewhat rounded.

Moar, Angle of the. See ANGLE. _

MOATAZALITES, Morazatirzs, or S, ratifis, a
religious fect among the Turks, who deny all forms and
qualities in the divine Being: or who divefk God of his
attributes.

There are two opinions among the Turkifh divines con-
cerning God. The firft admits metaphyfical forms, or at-
tributes ; as, that God has wifdom, by which he is wife;
power, by which he is powerful; eternity, by which he
is eternal, &c.

The fecond allows God to be wife, powerful, eternal; but
will not allow any form or quality in God, for fear of ad-
mitting a multiplicity.

Thofe who follow this latter opinion are called Moataza-
lites : they who follow the former, Sepbalites.

The Moatazalites alfo believed that the word of God was
created in /ubjeGo, as the f{choolmen term it, and to confift
of letters and found; copies thereof being written in books
to exprefs or imitate the original ; they denied abfolute pre-
deftination, and affirmed that man is a free agent. They
held that if a profeflor of the fame religion be guilty of
a grievous fin, and die without repentance, he will be eter-
nally damned, though his punifhment will be lighter than
that of the infidels. Moreover, they denied all vifion of
God in paradife by the corporeal eye, and rejeGted all com.
parifons or fimilitudes applied to God. This fe& is faid
to have firft invented the fcholatftic divinity, and is fubdi-
vided into no lefs than twenty inferior fe&s, which mutually
brand one another with infidelity. Of thefe the moft re-
markable are the Hodeilians, the Jobbaians, the Hafhemians,
the Nodhamians, the Hayetians, the Jahedhians, the Moz-
darians, the Bacharians, the Thamamians, and the Kada-
rians. Sale’s Prelim. Difc. p. 159, &c.

MOATE, or Moate Grenocug, in Geography, a poft-

tewn,

MOB

town, or rather village in the county of Weftmeath, Ireland.
It is 52 miles W. by N. from Dublin, and 74 from Ath-
lone.

MOAWIYAH, in Biography, fixth caliph of the Ara-
bians, was the fon of Abu Sofian, a chief of Koreifh, and
an eminent commander under Mahomet. Moawiyah was
appointed fecretary to the prophet, an office which he filled
for feveral years, but after the conqueft of Syria, he was
made governor of the province of Omar, and was conti-
nued in that high ftation by Othman. He obtained great
fuccefs againft the Greek emperors, and, in 654, he con-
quered the ifle of Rhodes, and demolifhed the famous co-
loffus of the fun. In the following year he became a com-
petitor for the caliphate, but Ali was eleéted ;.Moawiyah
inftantly declared again{ft him, and prevailed upon Amru to
join him. He was proclaimed caliph at Mecca and at Me-
dina, and maintained a civil war againft Ali, till the affaffina-
tion of that caliph in 660. Moawiyah was, at the fame
time, feverely wounded by one of the three confpirators who
undertook to reftore peace among the Muflulmans by theaf-
faffination of the two rivals, but he efcaped with his life.
At firft, Haffan, Ali’s fon, oppofed the pretenfions of
Moawiyah, but foon refigned his power to his opponent,
who obtained the caliphate without a rival in661, being the
firft prince of the dynafty of the Ommiyans. An infurrec-
tion of the Kharegites was one of the firft events of his
reign, which was quelled by the people of Irak, with the
total extermination of the fe&t. A reconciliation with his
illegitimate brother Ziyad, a man of great talents, who had
taken the part of Ali, and was made governor of Perfia,
added great {trength to the throne of Moawiyah, who, to
gain him, did not feruple to violate the laws of the Koran,
by acknowledging him as the blood of the Koreifh, though
his legal father was a Greek flave. The temper and feverity
of Ziyad was of great fervice in fuppreffing fome commo-
tions which threatened to difturb the peace of the empire.
In 668, Moawiyah fent his fon Yezid with an army to
befiege Conftantinople, but the undertaking was beyond the
Muffulman power, and after {pending feven years in a feries
of repeated fummer attacks, attended with a variety of petty
events, but fignalized by no great aétion, they relinquifhed
the enterprize. he caliph’s arms were more fuccefsful in
another quarter, and obtained for him the complete pof-
feffion of Samarcand. Moawiyah fixed his refidence at Da-
mafcus, and the great object of his latter years was to fe-
cure the crown to his fon Yezid, who was by no means
fitted for the high rank to which he afpired. Moawiyah,
after along ftruggle with the people, procured the public
recognition of Yezid as his own colleague, and prefumptive
heir to the caliphate. In a very fhort time after this he ex-
pired at Damafcus, after a reign of about twenty years, and
when he had attained to the age of feventy-five. He was,
fays his biographer, the moft eminent of the Saracen ca-
liphs, and extolled for his capacity, courage, generofity, and
clemency. He was the firft of the caliphs who wore rich
garments, and affected royal {plendour. He was a patron
of learning, particularly of thofe who were proficients in
poetry. Univer. Hift.

MOBARACGUNGE, in Geography, a town of Hin-
dooftan, in Oude; 14 miles W. of Fyzabad.

MOBAS, a town of New Mexico, in the province of
Hiaqui; 25 miles S.E. of Riochico.

MOBILE, Movean_e., any thing fufceptible of motion,
or that is difpofed to be moved either by itfelf, or by fome
other prior mobile, or mover.

Mosiuz, Primum, in the Ancient Aftronomy, was a ninth

MOC

heaven, or {phere, imagined above thofe of the planets, and
fixed ftars. pe

This was fuppofed to be the firft mover, and to carry all
the lower {pheres round along with it ; by its rapidity com-
municating to them a motion by which they revolved in
twenty-four hours. But the diurnal revolution of the planets
is now accounted for, without the afliltance of any fuch
primum mobile. ,

Mositx, Perpetuum. See Perpetual Motion.

Mosizez, in Geography, a large, navigable river of Ame-
rica, formed by two main branches, the Alabama, and the
Tombeck bee, in the S.W. part of Georgia, juft below a
confiderable ifland, the S. point of which is in about N. lat.
31° 26!, and W. long. 87° 55'. Purfuing a S. courfe into
Welt Florida, the confluent ftream enters the gulf of Mex-
ico at Mobile Point in N. lat. 30° 17/, 11 leagues below
the town of Mobile, Large veffels cannot approach the
town within the diftance of feven miles: the breadth of the
bay is in general about three or four leagues. Alligators of a
large fize and in great number bafk on the fhores, as well as
{wim in the rivers and lagoons. The courfe of this river
from the N.E. fource of the waters of the Alabama to
Mobile Point is eftimated at about 460 miles. Large boats
can navigate 350 miles, and canoes much farther.

Mosite, a city of Weft Florida, formerly important and
{plendid, but now in a ftate of decline. Its figure is ob-
long, and it is fituated on the W. bank of the river. The
bay of Mobile terminates a little to the N.E. of the town
in marfhes and lagoons, which fubje& the inhabitants to
fevers and agues in the hot feafon. The town contains fe-
veral elegant houfes, occupied by French, Englifh, Scotch,
and Irifh. Fort Conde, fituated near the bay, towards the
lower end of the town, is a regular fortrefs of brick; and
there is 4 neat f{quare of barracks for the officers and fol-
diers. Mobile, when poffeffed by the Englifh, fent yearly to
London {kins and furs to the value of from 12 to 15,000/.
fterling. It furrendered to the Spanifh forces in 1780.

MosiLe, Mobiles, plural, in the Ancient Greek ret: the
moveable or central founds of each tetrachord, fuch as
were tuned differently in different genera; whereas the two
extremes, or the loweit and higheft found of each genus,
were fixt: oni flanies. See TeTrRacnorp, Genus, and
Sounp.

MOBILIA Bowa, in the Civil Law, are what in com-
mon law, &c. we call moveables, or moveable goods.

MOBILITY, in the Schools, &c. an aptitude or facility
to be moved.

The hypothefis of the mobility of the earth is the moft
plaufible; and is that univerfally admitted by the later aftro-
nomers. Pope Paul V. appointed commiffioners to examine
the opinion of Copernicus touching the mobility of the earth.
The refult of their enquiry was, a prohibition to affert, not
that the mobility was poffible, but that it was actually
true; that is, they allowed the mobility of the earth to be
held as an hypothefis, which gives an eafy and fenfible folu-
tion of the phenomena of the heavenly motions; but for-
bad the mobility of the earth to be maintained as a thefis,
or real effeGtive thing ; becaufe they conceived it contrary
tofcripture. See CopERNICAN Sy/fem, and CopERNicus.

MOCAMBO, in Geography, a river of Africa, which
runs into the Indian fea; 15 miles S. of Mozambique.

MOCANERA,, in Botany, Juff. 318, the name by which
the Vifnea Mocanera, Linn. Suppl. 251, is known in’ the
Canary Iflands, and which Juffieu preferred as a generic ap-
pellation, becaufe he was informed the perfon from whom
the other was derived, was unworthy of botanical comme-
moration. We have indeed been affured of this by the ar

id

MOC

Mr. Maffon, the difcoverer of the theab, who wa’ very in-
dignant wt the name of /ifwa, Mr. De Vile, defigned to
be honoured by it, was a merchant at Lifbon, who had a
choice garden, and took delight in the enltivation of rare
and curious plants, ina country where that talte was then in
its infancy, So that, though he might ‘not be a {cientific
botanift, hiv claim is equal to chat of abundance of perfons,
on whom a fimilar honour has been, rather too indiferi-
minately indeed, bellowed. See Visn#a, or rather, as
Schreber more corredly has it, Vismea,

MOCARA, in Geography, a village of Egypt, fituated
ina chain of mountains, extending acrofs the defert more
than r50 miles from E. to W., in the road from Cairo to
Siwah, and deriving their name from that of the village ; go
miles W. of Cairo.

MOCARANGA, or Mocara, which has been erro-
neoully called rer we from the title of the monarch, an
extentive country of Africa, fituated at fome diftance from
the Indian fea, between 15° and 20° S. lat., and 28° and 36”
E. long, But within its whole extent other countries are
included, almott as far fouthward as thle Cape of Good Hope,
and on the N.W. to the confines of Congo ; but on the W.
and N.W. it is bounded by Monoemugi, The climate is
pry sot though the mountains called Lupata, or the {pine
of the world, forming a great chain from N. to S., are per-
petually covered with fnow ; the air clear and falubrious, and
the foil fertile arid well watered, fo that its paftures feed a

reat number of cattle, more valued by the inhabitants than
their gold. The country affords plenty of rice, millet, and
other grain, but no wheat; fruit trees in abundance, and
fugar-canes, which grow without culture ; its forefts {warm
with wild beafts and variety of game ; and its rivers abound
with fith, and alfo with gold; neverthelefs it is but thinly
inhabited. Whilft thofe lands which are watered by che
rivers Cuamo or Zambezi, which encircles the kingdom on the
N. and W., and Spiritu San&o, and others that flow into
them, are fertile and produ@tive, the inland parts are fandy,
dry, and barren ; and the occupiers, who are few in number,
are under a neceflity of fetching from a great diftance water
for wathing their gold-duft, if their cifterns, for want of rain,
fail to fupply them. This country, though deititute of
horfes, and other beafts of burden, is overftocked with ele-

hants, many of which are annually deftroyed, fo that the

ortuguefe are plentifully fupplied with ivory. The oftriches
of this part of Africa are of a large fize, and fupply greafe
and oil, which, as the inhabitants conceive, is a fovereign
remedy again{ft pains and aches as well as fprains and rigidity
of the limbs, when taken inwardly, or applied externally.
The natives are black, with woolly hair, they are well formed,
robuit, and healthy, and more agile and active than thofe
of Quiloa, Mombafo, and Melinda: They are fond of war,
which they prefer to traffic ; and thofe of the lower clafs
are habituated to diving ; and by this pra¢tice, they fetch up
from the bottoms of their rivers and lakes the mud that yields
gold ; and having feparated the one from the other, they ex-
change their gold with the Portuguefe for cotton cloths, and
other articles of merchandize, which are brought hither
from India and Europe. Their food confifts of the flefh
of oxen and elephants, falted and dried fifh, and a va-
riety of fruits ; and alfo of bread made in their cities of rice or

fillet ; and their drink is four milk and oil of Sefame or
Turkey wheat. Perfons of fuperior rank and opulence have
ftrong liquors made of honey, millet, and rice, and alfo
_ palm-wine, which is held in high eftimation. Their drefs

extends only from the girdle downwards; that of the com-

mon people is made of dyed cotton; but perfons of quality
wear Indian fiiks, or cotton embroidered with gold, over

MOC

which they commonly have a lion’s fkin, or that of fome
other wild beaft, with the tail hanging behind, and trailing
on the ground, The men marry as many wives as they can
maintain ; but the firft is the chief, and her children are the
father’s heirs, the relt being treated as fervants. The king,
or emperor, is faid to have 1000 wives, all of whom are t
daughters of fome of his vaflal princes; but the title and
honour of queen belong exclufively to the firft. He neither
wears in his own drefs nor fuffers his fubjeéts to wear any
clothes that are manufaétured out of his own dominions,
under an apprehenfion that they conceal fome charm or
poifon. ‘The metropolis of this empire is called “ Bene-
matapa,’’ or “ Banamatapa,” and by fome writers it is
called “ Medrogan.”’ It is a fpacious city, about 20 miles
W. of Sofala. The houfes are neat, white-wafhed within
and without, and adorned with beautiful cloths of cotton,
finely wrought or dyed. But the greateft ornament of the
city is the imperial palace, which is a large and {pacious edi-
fice of wood, well flanked with towers, with four avenues, or
ftately gates, at which a numerous guard is conftantly fta-
tioned. ‘The emperor's guard is faid to confift of women
lightly armed. ‘The Portuguefe have two ‘fortrefles, and
another ftation near the mountains of Fura, which are faid
to abound in gold. One of the emperor's queens is faid
to be the protectrefs of the Portuguefe, and another of
the Moors. The emperor, by the account of a Dutch com-
modore who vifited this country in 1606, ruled from Mo-
zambique to the Cape of Good Hope. The chief pro-
vince isin an ifle or delta, between two branches of the
Cuamo and the Efpirito. This ifle is about 750 French
leagues in circuit, and the chief town was Banamataxa.
At that period there were many fubje& kings, and the em-
peror had a guard of 200 deys. Among the rivers that
roll gold are the Panami, Luanga, and Mangiano. But
later accounts of this country, and of other Portuguefe
fetslements on the eaftern coaft of Africa, are wanting;
the Portuguefe, probably from motives of intereft, are
fiient.

MOCAUMPOUR, capital of acountry of the fame'name
to the N. of the country of Bengal; 40 miles S.S.E. of
Catmandu. N. lat. 27°35’. E. long. 85° 377’.

MOCEFU, a town of Peru, in the diocefe of Truxillo;
10 miles S.E. of Lambayeque.

MOCENIGO, Awnprew, in Biography, a noble Vene-
tian, flourifhed in the early part of the fixteenth century,
and was employed in the public fervice of his country,
which he managed with fuccefs. As an author he wrote in
Latin a “* Hiftory of the War fuftained by the Republic of
Venice, in confequence of the League of Cambray, from
1500 to 1501, in four Books :” and he compofed a poem
in Latin verfe on the war with Bazajet I1., which is loft.
Moreri.

MOCHA, a {mall ifland in the Pacific ocean; near the
coaft of Chili. S. lat. 38° 30’.

Mocua, or Mokha, a town of Arabia, in the province
of Yemen, fituated ona dry and barren fpot in that part of
the province called Tehama, or the plain country. Its-for-
tifications are the walls which furround it, fome towers on
the way to Mufa, dignified with the name of caftles, and
two other caftles of the fame fort, upon the twovarms of
the harbour. The greateft of thefe two caitles is called
<¢ Kalla Tejar,”? and the fmalleft ** Kalla Abdurrah,” from
the names of two faints buried in thefe places. Thefe are
provided with fome few pieces of cannon. The houfesin
the city are built of ftone: fome of them are handfomes
but others, both within and without the walls, are not bet:
ter than the common huts that are found through all the

Tehama.

MOC

Tehama. In the environs of this city are abundance of date
trees and many agreeable ens. Mocha was built about
four centuries ago, and like many other cities of the Tehama,
it owes its origin to a faint, the celebrated {cheik Schzdeli.
This faint was in fuch reputation, that a multitude of perfons
from the mott diftant countries reforted hither to receive his
inftru@ions. His hermitage ftood on the fea-fide, and many
huts were built around it for the accommodation of his follow-
ers: thefe formed a village, which by degrees was enlarged inte
a city. Some other circumftances contributed to give celebrity
to its eltablifhment. A thip bound from India to Jidda cait
anchor, about 400 years ago, in this latitude. Several of
the crew, perceiving huts in the defert, had the curiofity to
vifit them: The ftrangers were hofpitably received by the
{cheik, and regaled with coffee, to which he afcribed fingu-
lar virtues. The Indians, who were unacquainted with the
ufe of coffee, thought that it might bea feafonable remedy to
the matter of the fhip, who was ill. Schedeli affured them,
that he fhould not only be cured by the efficacy of his prayers
and of the coffee, but that if they would land their cargo there,
they might difpofe of it to confiderable advautage. .Aflum-
ing at the fame time the air and the tone of a prophet, he
told them that a city fhould one day be built upon that {pot,
which would become an eminent mart of the Indian trade,
The matter of the veffel vilited the prophet, drank the coffee,
and was reftored to health. Many Arabs flocked to hear
the preaching of the faint, and among them were feveral
merchants, who purchafed the whole cargo. The Indians
returned home, related their adventure, and induced many of
their countrymen to refort to this place, An elegant mofque
was raifed upon the tomb of the prophet, which ftands with-
out the walls of the city. ‘The well that fupplies the inhabit-
ants with water, and one of the city gates, bear his name.
His defcendants are held in honour, and enjoy the title of
fcheik; the people {wear by him; and his name will be re-
membered as long as Mokha ftands. He is not only the pa-
tron of Mokha; but all the Muffulmans who drink coffee
mention him every morning in their prayers, efteeming him
as their patron; thanking God that through his mediation
mankind were taught the ufe of coffee, and imploring the
favour of heaven on the fcheiks, his defcendants. Mokha
was the laft city in Yemen of which the Turks retained pof-
{effion. It is faid that the Arabs did not conquer but buy it.
Since the Turks were difpoffeffed, it has never had an-
other mafter but the Imam. A Dola, having enriched. himfelf
in the government of this city, fortified it, and drew a ditch
round it, which is now filled up. He was fufpected of
afpiring to independence, and was caft into prifon. From
that time, a Dola has never been continued above three years
in this lucrative poft. After the monfoon feafon, the Dola
of Mokha is annually obliged to give an aceount of his ad-
miniftration, and is either confirmed in his employment, or
inftantly recalled to Sana. Many Jews live here in a fepa-
rate village, as in the other cities of Yemen. Here are
alfo about 700 Banians, Rajaputs, and other Indians, fome
of whom are merchants, and others gain a fubfiftence by the
exercife of different mechanic arts. When they have made
a {mall fortune, they return home to India ; and on this ac-
count are always regarded as {trangers. Several nations
frequently traded to this port. The Portuguefe, who two
centuries ago were very powerful on the Arabic gulf, have
long fince ceafed to fend fhips thither. The Dutch rarely
appear here ; and the French never in time of war, though
they ftill continue to rent warehoufes. ‘The Englifh at pre-
fent engrofs, by way of India, almoft exclufively, the whole
trade of this place, which is conducted for them by a Ba-
nian. ‘The trade of Mokha being fo confiderable, the cuf-

MOC

toms mult afford a largerevenue tothe Imam. The Turks,
Arabs, and Indians, pay eight or ten per cent. upon their va-
lue ; after they have been infpeéted at the cuftom-houfe:
all Europeans enjoy the privilege of having their goods in-
{peed in their own warehoufes, and of paying only three

r cent. upon their value. The Indians of late, fince the
Englifh have become fo powerful in Bengal, pay only three
per cent. but the merchants in Mokha pay likewife five per cent.
on all Indian goods which they purchafe. There is alfo a
tonnage duty, regulated not by the tonnage of the veffel
but by the number of its mafts. A merchant, however,
who lades a large European fhip with coffee in this port,
receives from the Dola a premium of 400crowns. The
Arabs have {carcely any artiele for exportation except coffee,
and of this the Indians are not very fond. The- Englifh
fhips muft return empty to India, if they did not gain con-
fiderably by carrying money, with which the Arabian mer-
chants entruft them. When a foreign veflel arrives in the
road of Mokha, it muft not falute with guns, but only hoift
a flag. It is obfervable, that the trade on the coatts of the
Red fea cannot be advantageous to any nation which have not
fettlements in India. The Arabians make no ufe of the pro-
duétions of Europe. There is, indeed, a quantity of iron
fold in Arabia, which has in times paft been purchafed chiefly
from the Danes. A ftranger cannot be too much on his
guard againft Mahometan brokers. He will find it advanta-
geous to addrefs himfelf rather to the Banians, among whom
are many confiderable merchants, who are very honeft men.
N. lat. 13° 19’. E. long. 43° 23!.

Mr. Bruce, in his ¢ Travels to difeover the Source of the
Nile,”? mentions two other Mochas, befides that which we
have above defcribed. The firft is in Arabia Deferta, in
N. lat. 30° nearly, not fat from the bottom of the gulf of Suez.
The fecond is in S. lat. 3°, near Terfhifh on the coalt of
Melinda. The meaning of Mocha, he fays, is in the Ethi-
opic prifon, and it is particularly given to thofe three
places, becaufe in any of them a fhipis forced to ftay or be
detained for months, until the change of the monfoon fets
her at liberty to purfue her voyage.

, MOCHICAGUI, a town of New-Mexico, in the pro-
vince of Cinaloa ; 60 miles W.N.W. of Cinaloa.

MOCHLIA, from poxhos, a lever, in Surgery, -
duétion of bones from an unnatural to a natural puition. a

MOCHO, or Mocoa Stones. See Acate and Den-
DRITIS.

_MOCHOW, in Geography, a town of Bohemia, in the
circle of Kaurzim ; 12 miles W.N.W. of Kaurzim.

MOCK-Birp, Jndian, in Ornithology. See Turpus Cy-
anus.

Mocx-Bird of Guiana. See OntoLus Americanus.

Mocx Lead, in Mineralogy, a name given by the Englifh
writers taa fort of foffil, called alfo dlende and galena.

Mock Nightingale, in Ornitholgy. See Moracitxia 4tri-
capilla.

Mock Orange, in Botany. See PHILADELPHUS.

Mock Privet. See Mock Priver.

_ Mock, or running a muck, is a praétice that has prevailed
time immemorial in Batavia. To run a muck, in the original
fenfe of the word, is to get intoxicated with opium, and
then rufh into the ftreet, with a drawn weapon, and kill an
one that comes in the way, till the party is himfelf either
killed or taken prifoner. If the officer takes one of thefe
omocks or mohawks (as they have been called by an eafy cor-
ruption) alive, he has a confiderable reward, and the unhappy
wretches are always broken alive on the wheel: but fuch
is the fury of their defperation, that ‘three out of four

are

Et ee ein

MOD

are neceflarily deftroyed, in attempting to feeure them. See
Amo,
MOCKELN, in Geography, a lake of Sweden, io the
province of Smaland ; 25 milea &,W. of Wexio.
KERN, «a town of the duchy of Magdeburg ;
16 miles E, of Magdeburg.
MOCKJACK Bay, ahis of America, on the coat of
Virginia, in the Chefapeak, N, lat. 37° 24'. W. long.

76 23!

MOCLIN, atown of Spain, in the province of Grana-
da; 12 miles S. of Loja.

MOCO, in Commerce, a {mall filver coin in the Wett
Indies, which in fome places is {th of the dollar, and in
others 4th, »

MOCOA, in Geography, a town of South America, in
the province of Popayan; 70 miles S.E. of Popayan.—
Alfo, a town of aig in the province of Culiacan, on
the river St. Sebatlian ; 90 miles N.W. of Culiacan.

x MOCOCO, or Maucaco, in Zoology. See Lemur
atto.

MOCODAME, in Geography, a {mall ifland near the S.E.
coatt of Nova Scotia. N. lat. 45° 4’. W. long. 61> 20'°.—
Alfo, ariverof Sumatra.

MOCOES, a tribe of the Eboe flaves, brought from the
interior of Africa. See Enors.

MOCQ-MOCO, atown of Sumatra, the capital of Anac-
Soongey, on the S.W. coalt. This country rofe from the
ruins of Indrapour, and extends on the fea-coaft from Man-
doota river to that of Oori. A {mall tax was laid on the
people of Anac-Soongey, in fatisfaction for the murder of
a prince by the raja of Indrapour, which is now paid to
the fultan of Moco-Moco. The tax is a foocoo (the qth
part of a dollar), a bamboo of rice, and a fowl, from each
village annually. The government of Anac-Soongey is
Malay, but a great part of the country dependent upon it
is inhabited by the original doofoon or village people. ‘The
chiefs are obliged to attend the fultan, and carry their con-
tribution or tax ; but his authority is very much limited.
The officers next in rank to the fultan are called Mantrié, a
corruption, as fome have fuppofed, of Mandarin; 30 miles
S.W. of Indrapour. S. lat. 2°25’, E. long. ror® 12!.
Marfden’s Sumatra.

Moco-Moco, or Little Oraonoko, a river of South Ame-
rica, which runs into the Atlantic, a little S. of Oroo-

noko, :

MOCORITO, a town of Mexico, in the province of
Culiacan ; 72 miles N.W. of Culiacan.

MOCOS, a colleG&tion of fmall iflands in the Indian fea,
near the coaftof Siam, N. lat. 13° 50’. E. long. 97° 52!.

MODAGHIRY, a town of Hindooftan, in Myfore ;
13 miles N. of Vencatighery.

MODAIN, Mapain, or ef Modain, a town of the
Arabian Irak, on the fide of the Tigtis, on the {cite of the
ancient Ctefiphon. It is faid by Herbelot to have been
founded by Sapor and enlarged by Chofroes, who built a
palace here that was the moft magnificent in all the Eatt. In
637 this place was taken and plundered by Said, the lieutenant
ef Omar. The riches of which it was defpoiled were im-
menfe, confiiting, in part, of the throne, the crown, the royal
ftandard, and carpet of the ancient Perfian kings; 20 miles
5. of Bagdad.

MODAL, in Logic, &c. a term applied to propofitions
which include certain conditions and reltri€tions,

Monat, in Mufc. The charaéters for time in the firft
flages of figurative mufic or counter-point were called modal

for the moods.

‘The different modes or moods for afcertaining the guan-

Vou. XXIII.

MOD

tum of each taét, or pulfation of time in mufic, were the
following :

© ©4 for a perfeé long, or three breves.

QO, a perfeét breve, or three femibreves.

G , two imperfeét breves, and, in the compofitions of
Tallis and Bird, fometimes three minims.

C, an imperfect breve, or two ferbreves.

Befides thefe, there were others for a {pecies of jig time, ia
which femibreves or minims were ternary, and moving in trip-
lets, while the longer notes were binary: ( 3, ( 2, C4»
&c. Zacconi, Prat. Muf. lib. ii. cap. 54. makes the modal
figns amount to fourteen.

MODANE, in Geography, a town of France, in the de-
partment of Mont Blane, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftridt of St. Jean de Maurienne ; 15 miles E. of it.
The place contains 925, and the canton 3267 inhabitants, on
a territory of 450 kiliometres, in 7 communes.

MODBURY, a market-town and borough, fituated in
the hundred of Ermington, and county of Devon, Eng-
land. The town confifts chiefly of four fircets, running in
the direétion of the cardinal points, and ercfling each other
atright angles. It is a borough by prefcripticn, but has
loft its right of fending members to parliament, having pe-
titioned to be exempted from that burthen, as it was then con-
fidered, inthe reign of Edward I. The plea of exemption
was the poverty e the inhabitants, who were unable to pa
their reprefentatives, as was cuftomary at that early Roi |
Modbury is now governed by a portreeve (ufually ftyled
mayor), two conitables, ard feveral other officers, who are
ele&ted annually at a court-leet held at Michaelmas. All
perfons who poflefs any freehold within the borough are lia-
ble to be chofen ; being confidered in the light of freemen
or free burgeffes. Even fo late as the commencement of the
laft century, it appears from the records, that the borough-
court here took cognizance of all debts under forty thillings ;
and in the reign of Charles I. the fame records fhew that the
inhabitants poffefled the authority of soroling deeds in the
rolls of the borough. The chief fupport of this town is
its woollen trade, which was formerly much more confider-
able than at prefent. A great quantity of yarn was likewife
{pun here and in the neighbourhood about fifty years ago,
at which time a weekly market washeld, diftin@ly to facili-
tate the fale of that article. This market has long ‘been dif-
continued, but to preferve the right, the bell ftill rings for
the yarn-market at twelve o’clock. A plufh and hat manu-
fa&tory have alfo been eftablifhed of late years. The petty
feffions for the hundred are held here. Thurfday is the mar-
ket-day for provilions.

The population of this town, according to the parlia-
mentary returns of 1801, comprifed 1813 perfors, $32 males,
and gSr females, of which number 862 were returned as
engaged in trade, and 944 in agriculture.

The church of Modbury is a very fpacious and handfome
building, furmounted by a lofty fpire, of later ereétion than
the reft of the edifice. On the fouth aifle flands a fine ala-
bafter ftatue, in armour, fuppofed to be the effigy of one
of the Champernoune farhiily. Befides the eftablifhed church,
there are two other buildings in this town appropriated to
divine worfhip ; one belonging to the: Prefbyterians, and the
other to the Anabaptilts. Here was formerly an alien priory,
dependent on the abbey of St. Peter fur Dive, in Normandy,
which feems to have been founded fhortly after the con-
quelt. Its religious inmates were monks of the order of
St. Benedi@. On the diffolution of the alien monatteries,
inthe reign of Henry VI., this priory was granted to the
college at Eaton. The precife {cite on which it itood is un-
certain, but as there are two fieldsadjoining to the-weftern aE

’ . 3}

MOD
of the church-yard, ftill called « Priors’-patks,”’ it was
moft probably fituated fomewhere near that {pot.. Indeed,
on the oppofite fide of the road which pafles thefe parks, there
appear fome'remains of an ancient building, which may have
formed part of the priory.

The proprictor ‘of the manor here, ata very remote pe-
riod, was fir James Okeftone, or Oxton, from whofe family
it paffed into that of the Champernounes, who poffeffed a
fplendid manfion immediately adjoining to the town, only a
fmall portion of which is now ftanding. Of the grandeur
of this feat, and the magnificent manner in which its owner
lived, tradition {peaks very highly. They are faid, in parti-
cular, to have kept a fine band of fingers and muficians, with
whofe execution queen Elizabeth was fomuch delighted, that
fhe requefted the Joan of them for a month, but being refufed
by Mr. Champernoune, out of pique found fome pretence
to fue him at law, and occafion his ruin ; he being compelled
to fell no lefs' than nineteen manors to fupport the liti-
gation. ;

The vicinity of this town is adorned with a number of family
feats, fome of ancient and others of modern ere€tion. Wimp-
fton, the ancient manfion of the Fortefcues, is particularly
remarkable as being the houfe in which the celebrated fir
John Fortefcue was born. This gentleman raifed himfelf
by his talents to the dignity of chief juftice and chancel-
lor in the reign of king Henry VI., and wrote a work
entitled “De Laudibus Legum Anglie,’? which is {till
held in great repute among legal antiquaries. ‘The other
feats of note near Modbury, are Train, Fleet-houfe, Mad-
ridge, Fowlefcombe, Stowford, Butterford, Shilfton, and
Fardel, which laft was long in poffeffion of the Raleighs.
Polwhele’s Hiftory, &c. of Devonfhire, two vols. folio.
Beauties of England and Wales, vol. iv.

MODDAPOUR, atown of Bengal, on the right bank
of the Ganges; 27 miles N. of Mahmudpour.

MODDIGONG, a town of Hindooftan, in Goond-
wana; 10 miles N. of Ramteak.

MODDIGUBA, a town of Hindoottan, in the circar
of Gooty ; 10 miles W. of Amantpour.

MODE, or Moon, Modus, in Philofophy, a manner of
being ; or a quality or attribute of a fubftance, or fubje&,
which we conceive as neceflarily depending on the fubje@, and
incapable of fubfitting without it.

Mr. Locke defines modes to be thofe ideas (he fhould have
faid things) which do not imply any fuppofition of fubiift-
ing by themfelvés, but are confidered as mere dependencies,
and affetions of fubttances.

Our ideas of things may be reduced to two kinds: the
one of things, which we conceive feparately, and by them-
felves, calied /ub/fances ; and the other of things which we
conceive as exifting in others, in fuch manner as that we can-
not allow them exilting without them, and thefe we call
modes or accidents.

Tt is the charaGteriftic, then, of a true mode, to have
fuch a relation to fome fubjet, as not to be clearly and dif-
tinétly conceivable without conceiving the fubjeét, of which
it is a mode, at thefame time : when, on the other hand, the
conception of the fubje& does not at all infer or require that
of the mode.

Thus, what gives us to know that thought is not a mode
of extended fubftance, or matter, is, that extenfion, and
the other properties. of matter, may be feparated from
thought, without ceafing to conceive thought all the while.

We always confider things as clothed with certain modes,
except we refle&t on them in the abitraét, or general; and
it is the variety of modes, and the relations, that occafions
the’ great variety of denominations of the fame thing.

7

MOD

They are the various modes of matter, ¢. g. that make alf”

the diverfity of bodies, or corporeal beings, in nature.
There are various divifions and kinds of modes: as,
1, efential, or accidental. An effential mode, or attribute, is
that which belongs to the very nature or effence of the fub-
je& in which it is; and the fubjeé can never have the fame

nature without it,°as roundnefs in a bowl, folidity in matter,.

thinking in a {pirit, &c. and this is primary, when it is the
firft or chief thing that conftttutes any being in its parti-
cular eflence or nature, and makes it to be that which it is,
and diftinguifhes it from all other beings, as roundnefs in a
bowl: or /econdary, which is any other attribute of a thing,
that is not of primary confideration, called a property ; as
volubility ina bowl. Am accidental mode, or accident, is

fuch a mode as is not neceflary to the being of a thing ; for -

the fubje&t may be without it, and yet remain of the fame:

nature which it had before; or it is that mode, which may
be feparated from its fubje&, as blacknefs or whitenefs in a
bowl, learning in a man, &c.

2. Modes are ab/olute and relative. sn abfolute mode is-
that which belongs to its fubje& ; without refpe& to any -

other beings whatfoever. A relative mode is derived from

the regard which one being has to others: thus, roundnefs -

and fmoothnefs are the ab/olute modes of a bowl; but great-
nefs and fmallnefs are relative. See RELATION. -

3. Modes are intrinfical, or extrinfical. The former are con--

ceiyed to be in the fubje& or fubftance ; as when we fay a globe
is round, &c. The latter mode is a manner of ‘being which
fome fubftances attain by reafonof fomething-that is exter-
nal or foreign to the fubje&, and is called external denomi-
nation ; as the globe lies within two yards of the wall, &c.
4. Modes are alfo inherent, or adherent; i. ¢. pro
proper. Adherent modes arife from the joining of fern acci-
dental fubftance to the chief fubje&; which yet may be fe-
parated from it; as when a bowl is wet, &c. Jnherent
modes have a fort of in-being in the fubftance itfelf ; as the
bowl is fwift or round, &c.

5. dion and paffion, ufing the terms in a philofophical

fenfe, are modes which belong to fubftances; as- when a

Or im- -

{mith with a hammer ftrikes a piece of iron, the fmith and»

hammer are agents or fubjeéts of ation, and the iron is the
patient, or fubject of pafiion.

6. Modes may be divided into zatural, civily moral, and

Supernatural, all which pertain to the apoftle Paul, who was
a little man, a Roman by the privilege of his birth, a man of
virtue or honefty, and an infpired apottle.

7. Modes belong either to dody, or to /pirit, or to both.

Modes of dody belong only to matter, or corporeal beings ; .

fuch are figure, re/?, motion, &c. Thefe are primary, when

they belong to bodies confidered in- themfelves, whether~

there were any man to take notice of them or no, as fhape,
fize, Sc. 3 or a which are fuch ideas as we afcribe
to bodies, on account of t

fuch are all colours, founds, taftes, fmells, and all taGile
qualities. (See Quatity.) Modes of (irit belong only
to minds, fuch are snowledge, will, &c.
to body and fpirit, are called mixt or human modes, becaufe
they are found in human nature ;. fuch are /exfation, imagina-

tion; paffion, &c. in which there is a concurrence of the opera-.

tion of animal and intelleG&tual nature.

8. There are alfo modes of other modes, which, though
they fubfift in and by the fubftance, as the original
fubje&t of them, are properly and direétly attributed to
fome mode of that fubftance; thus fwiftnefs and flownefs
are modes of motion, which is itfelf the mode of a body.—
Watt’s Logic, p. i. c. 2. § 3 and 4.

Mr.

he various impreffions that are made -
on the fenfes of men by them, called fecondary qualities = .

Modes belonging -

MOD

Mr. Locke divides modes into /impley and mint or com-

utd,

Mopes, Simple, are combinations of imple ideas of the
fame kind, or even of the fame fimple ideas divers times re-
peated; asa dozen, a fcore, &e. which are only the ideas
of fo many dillin& units put together, ‘

The modifications of any imple idea, Mr. Locke obferves,
ave as perfectly different and diitinét ideas in the mind, as
thofe the molt remote and inconfiltent: thus, /evo is as dif-
tinét from three as blindnefs is from heat. Wath this view
that author examines the /imple modes of {pace ; which are
found to be diftance, capacity, extenfion, figure, place, and
duration,

The mind has feveral diftingt ideas of /liding, rolling.
walking, creeping, &c. which are all but the different modili-
cations of motion, Swift and flow are two different ideas
of motion, the meafures of which are made out of the dif-
tance of time and {pace put together, ‘

The like variety we have in founds ; every articulate word
isa different modification of found, as are all notes of dif-
ferent length put together, which makes that complex idea
called time.

The modes of colours might bealfo very various ; fome
of which we take notice of as the different degrees, or as
they are termed /hades of the me colour. But fince we fel-
dom make aflemblages of colours without taking in figure
alfo, asin painting, &c. thofe which are taken notice of, do
mott commonly belong to mixed modes ; as, deauty, rain-
tow, &c. All compounded tattes and {mells are alfo modes
made up of the fimple ideas of thofe fenfes. <

As to the modes of thinking ; when the mind turns its
view inward upon itfelf, sbinding is the firft idea that occurs,
in which it obferves a great variety of modifications ; and
therefore frames to itfel” diftin& ideas.

Thus the perception annexed to any impreflion on the
‘body made by an external objet, is called /en/ation. Where
an idea recurs without the prefence of the object, it is called
aemembrance. When fought after by the mind, and brought
again in view, it is called recolle@ion. When held there long
under attentive confideration, it is called contemplation. When
ideas float in the mind without regard or reflection, it is
called in French a reverie. When the ideas are taken no-
tice of, and, as it were, regiftered in the memory, it is atten-
zion. When the mind fixes its view on any one idea, and
confiders it on all fides, it is intention and fludy.

Of thefe various modes of thinking, the mind forms as
diftinG ideas, as it does of whiteand red, or of a {qnare or
a circle.

Mopes, Mixt, are combinations of fimple ideas of feve-
ral kinds; as in beauty, which confifts in a certain compofi-

tion of colour, figure, &c.; theft, which is the concealed.

schange of poffeffion of any thing, without confent of the
proprietor, &c.

There are three ways by which we get ideas of mixt modes :
x. By experience and obfervation of things themfelves:
thus, by feeing two men wreitle, we get the idea of wreftling.
2. By invention, or voluntary putting together of feveral
fimple ideas of our own minds: fo he that firft invented
printing, had an idea of it firft in his mind before it ever ex-
tited. 3. By explaining the names of ations we never faw,
or notions we cannot fee; and by enumerating all thofe
_ ideas, which go to the making them up: thus, the—mizt
_ mgde which the word /ye ftands for is made up of the fimple

adeas. x. Articulate founds. 2. Certain ideas in the mind
of the fpeaker. 3. Words, the figns of thefe ideas. And,
bhe Thole figns put together by affirmation, or negation,

MOD

otherwife than the ideas they (land for are.io the mind of the
{peaker.

Mixt modes have their unity from an act of the mind,
combining thofe feyeral {imple ideas together, and confider
ing them as one complex one: the mark of this union i»
one name given to that combination.

This gives the reafon, why there are words in every lan-
guage, which cannot be rendered by any one fingle word of
another, For the fafhions and cuftoms of one nation make
feveral combinations of ideas familiar in one, which another
had never any oceafion to make. Such were opgaxirpos
among the Greeks, and profiriptio among the Romans.

This alfo oceafions the conftant change of languages ;
becaufe the change of cuftom and opinion brings with it
new combinations of ideas, which, to avoid long detcriptions,
have new names annexed to them, and fo they become new
{pecies of mised modes.

Of all our fimple ideas, thofe which have had moft mixed
modes made out of them, are thinking, and motion (which
comprehend in them all aétion), and power, from whence
thefe a€tions are conceived to flow.

OF this kind are the modes of aétions, diftinguithed by
their caufes, means, objects, ends, inltruments, time, place,
and other circumftances; as alfo of the powers fitted for
thofe aétions. Thus hina is the power to do or {peak
what we intend, without fear or diforder; and this power
of doing any thing when. it had been acquired by frequent
doing the fame thing, is that idea we call habit; and when
forward and ready, upon every occafion, to break into
action, we call it di/pofition: thus tefline/s is a difpofition or
aptnefs to be angry. Power being the fource of all action,
the fub{tances, in which thofe powers are, when they exert
this power, are called cau/és: and the fubftances thereupon
produced, or the fimple ideas introduced into any fubjeG,
are called «feds. The efficacy by which the new fubftance
or idea is produced, is called in the fubje& exerting that
power, aiou ; and, in the fubjeé& in which any fimple idea
is changed, or produced, ‘Salta: which efficacy, in intel-
lectual agents, we can conceive to be nothing elfe but modes
of thinking and willing: in corporeal agents nothing elfe
but modifications of motion. ;

Mone, Divifion of a. See Division.

Mone, in Grammar. See Moon.

Mone, in Logic. See Moon.

Monk is alfo ufed for the modification of 2 propofition ;
or that which renders it modal and conditional.

Mone, Jadire?. See InpirecT.

Mopr, Fr. a key in Mujic. In plain-chant the modes
are numbered.

The ecclefiaftical modes are called authentic, when the sth

is above the principal, as: E; and plagal, when the 4th
A

is above the principal, and the sth below its oGtave, as 3
D
See Canto-rermo, and Toners of the Cuuren.

Monks of the Ancient Greek Mufic. The ancients differ
extremely among themfelves in detining their modes; ob-
{eure in all parts of their mufic, upon this fubje@ they are
nearly unintelligible. ‘They all agree that a mode is a cer-
tain fyftem or conititution of founds, and it feems as if this
conftitution was in itfelf nothing more than an, o¢tave filled
with all the intermediate founds according to the genus.

In high antiquity, the Greeks had but three modgs, at
the diftance of a tone from each other, which was national:

4 QO 2% the

MOD
the loweft being called the Dorian, the middle the Phrygian,
and the higheft the Lydian.

Afterwards, in dividing the tones into femitones, two
other modes were obtained, as the Jonian and the /Eolian ;
the fir't being inferted between the Dorian and the Phrygian,
the fecond between the Phrygian and the Lydian.

In procefs of time the fyitem being extended above and
below, muficians eftablifhed new modes at both extremities,
which took their denomination from the firft five, adding
the prepofitions Ayper, above, and Aypo, below. Thus the
Lydian mode was followed by the hyper-Dorian, the hyper-
Tonian, the hyper-Phrygian, the hyper-/Bolian, and the
hyper-Lydian, afcending; and after the Dorian mode, came
the hypo-Lydian, the hypo-/Kolian, the hypo-Phrygian,
the hypo-Ionian, and the hypo-Dorian, in afcending. Thefe
fifteen modes are all enumerated in Alypius. See the plate,
where their order and intervals are exprefled in Greek cha-
raters, and by equivalent notes in the Guido fcale. But it
muft be remembered, fays Rouffeau, that the hypo-Dorian
was the only mode whick was ufed to its whole extent. In
proportion as the others mounted, the upper notes were
avoided, in order not to exceed the natural compafs of the
voice. Thefe obfervations are neceflary for the clearing up
fome paflages in ancient authors, which feem to imply that
the loweft modes had the higheft notes, which indeed was
true, in having in their melodies more notes above the key-
rote. For want of this knowledge, Doni is extremely em-
barraffed by thefe apparent contradictions.

Greek theorifts differ in the number of modes: while with
fome they amount to 15, Ariftoxenus, according te ‘Euclid,
admitted only 13, fupprefling the two higheft ; the hyper-
FEolian, and hyper-Lydian. But in the work of Ariftoxe-
nus that is come down to us, he only {pecifies fix, concerning
which he relates the different fentiments of the times.

At length, Ptolemy reduced the number of thefe modes to
feven ; faying that modes were introduced in mufic in order
to vary the melodies by the eontraft of grave and acute;
for it is evident that they may be multiplied far beyond 15;
but thefe feven fuffice to facilitate the tranfition from one
mode to another, by confonant intervals eafy to produce.
“He therefore includes all the modes in the compafs of an
o@ave, of which the Dorian mode was the centre; fo that
the mixo- Lydian was a 4th above, and the hypo-Dorian a 4th
below. The Phrygian a sth above the hypo-Dorian ; the
hypo-Phrygian, a 4th below the Phrygian: whence it ap-
pears, that to count from the hypo-Dorian, which is the
loweft mode, there was the diftance of a tone to the hypo-
Phrygian; from the hypo-Phrygian to the hypo-Lydian,
another tone; from the hypo-Lydian to the Dorian, a femi-
tone; from that to the Phrygian, a tone; from the Phry-
gian to the Lydian ftilla tone, and from the Lydian to the
mixo-Lydian, a femitone, which extend to a feventh, in the
following order :

- Mixo-Lydian.
Lydian.
Phrygian.
Dorian.
Hypo-Lydian.
Hypo-Phrygian.
Hypo-Dorian.

QrHXdowrs

STAM Pp & bP

Ptolemy retrenched all the other modes, pretending tha
thefe feven occupied all the founds of the diatonic ottave.
From thefe feven modes of Ptolemy, with the addition of
the hypo-mixo-Lydian, it is fuppofed that Guido formed
the eight ecclefiattical modes. See Tones of she CHURCH.

I

MOD

Such is the cleareft notion which we are able to form of
the tones or modes of the ancient mufic; while we confider
them as differing from each other only by grave and acute :
but ftill other differences fubfifted, which charaéterized them
more particularly: as expreffion, the kind of poetry to
which they were applied, the kind of inftrument by which
they were accompanied, the rhythm or cadence of the verfe,
names or airs peculiar to certain people from whom the prin-
cipal modes had their names: as the Dorian, Phrygian,
Lydian, Tonian, /£olian.

There were ftill other modes, which fhould rather be
called ftyles or kinds of compofition: as the tragic mode,
appropriated to the theatre; the nomic, confecrated to
Apollo; the dithyrambic, to Bacchus, &c. See Sryte
and MELopaia.

In our old mufic, the word mode, or mood, was applied
to meafure or time, in order to fix the relative value of all
the notes in a movement by a general fign, which was placed
after the clef, at firft by circles and femi-circles pointed, or
without points, according to the numbers 2 and 3, dif-
ferently combined. It is from thefe ancient expedients that

we ftill retain = for common time, and a barred for a

quicker dual meafure. See Mopat and Protarion.

Thefe charatters, exc2pt the two laft mentioned, have
long been difufed; yet it is neceflary to underftand them,
in order to be able to decipher old mutic.

Thus far the chief of this article is from Rouffeau, which
includes almoft all the knowledge on the fubje@, that the
mo laborious and profound commentators of the feven
ancient Greek writers on mufic, publifhed by Meibomius,
ever conjectured, we dare not fay difcovered, on the fubje@.

The general opinion concerning thegmodes of Ptolemy,
till about the middie of the laft century, was fuch as we
have defcribed, till fir Fr. Hafkins Eyles Stiles formed an
ingenious hypothefis concerning them, which was read to
the Royal Society in 1759, and afterwards publifhed in the
Philofophical Tranfactions, vol. li. part ii. for 1760, under
this title: “An Explanation of the Modes or Tones in
the Ancient Grecian Mutic.” Sir Francis in this differta-
tion endeavours to prove, that the ancients had a double
doctrine of the modes, an harmenic and a mujical doGtrine
By the harmonic do@trine, the modes were all one and the
fame feries of intervals, fuch as the general fyftem furnifhes,
only at different pitches; by the mufical, they confifted of
fo many different arrangements of intervals, or f{pecies of
oGave. Sir Francis regarded the harmonic doGrine as only
a tuning trick, to produce more readily the different {pecies
of otave between the fixed founds. ;

He explains this in a diagram, taking his pitch, accord-
ing to Ptolemy, at hypate mefon, our E in the bafe, and
makes ail his mutations between that found and its oGave,
nete die zeugmenon. And this, according to fir F. E.
Stiles, is the diapafon chofen by Ptolemy, cap. 2, lib. it.
for the purpofe of exhibiting his divifions of the feveral
{pecies.

Diagram of the Species of Diapafon in the feven Modes
admitted by Ptolemy, according to the Doétrine of Sir
Francis Hafkins Eyles Stiles.

Mefe
be

Q-o-= ‘
q —— yy Key of

Mixolydian, — D
minor.

Lydian.

———- ~ —

Mele
- —o-. Ce
oS eee =
Lydian, § R2=o*O-”™ ||
Mele -c
> ee B
LS OY A en
Phrygian, heesineien |]
Mele. 9 Qo A
=p nee
Dorian, i-a-8= <a
+ Mefe e-* ~ Cw
we @ Na.) ee
Wypo'ydian. ise —
Mefe Ke am Fx

NE Bi
Hypophrygian. He cate nese ae

Hypodorian,

Sir Francis gives quotations from the ancient Greek
writers in confirmation of his doétrine, feveral of which
indeed feem favourable to it ; at leaft they imply a difference
on fome occafions from the intervals in the natural or great
fyftem: this difference he imagines to be exprefled by the
term psraGoAn, mutation.

He very truly afferts, that no tranfpofition of the fame
melody into a higher or lower key, can have fo powerful
an effe& as a change in the modulation, or fucceflion of in-
tervals ; and obferves, that modern mufic has but two con-
fiderable changes in the fame key; thefe are from major to
minor, and from minor to major.. The firit feems reierved
for pathetic effets.

Sir Fr. Hafkins Eyles Stiles falls foul on all his prede-
ceffors. After his opinion, we have that of Rouffeau, the
chief part of whofe article in his Di&. de Muf. we have
tranflated, and given whatever is moft new and ufeful in
former and fubfequent articles, and his opinion on the ancient
Greek modes and other articles peculiar to the mufic of the
ancients.

Metailafio, in two letters to Saverio Mattei on the
Grecian mufic, has confidered it with his ufual elegance,
candour, and clearnefs ; but he does not treat of the modes
in particular, fo much as on ancient Greek mufic in general.
We fhall therefore referve our extracts from thefe two let-

ters, till Greek mufic and mulic of the ancients are con-

fidered at large. See System.

MODECCA, in Botany, a genus of the Cucurbitaceous
order, figured in Rheede Hort. Malab. v. 8. t. 20—23,
and indicated by Juffieu under Paffffora, Juff. Gen. 398.
A fpecies of the fame, from Sierra Leone, flowered man
years ago, in lady Amelia Hume’s ftove, and {till exifts
there. We believe it to be a perfectly well defined genus,
and have propofed to call it Blepharanthes, on account of the
fringed petals, which make its effential charater, and to

ferve an analogy with its near ally Trichofanthes. We
have only waited for a more correct knowledge of the

MOD

feveral (pecies, and of fome circumftances in the generic
charaéter, It is abundantly diftingét from Paffifora. 8.

MODEL, an eriginal, or pattern, propoled for any one
to copy or imitate,

St. Paul’s church is faid to be built after the model of
St. Peter's at Rome.

Monet is particularly ufed in building for an artificial
pattern, made of wood, flone, plailler, or other matter,
with all its parts and proportions ; in order for the better
conducting and executing fome great work, aod to give an
idea of the effect it will have in large.

In all great buildings it is much the furelt way to make
a model in relievo ; and not to truit to a bare defign, or
draught. There are alfo models for the building of thips,
&c. and for extraordinary {tair-cafes, &c.

Mopet, in Painting and Sculpture, is any thing propofed
to be imitated. And

Hence, in the academies, they give the term model to a
naked man, difpofed in feveral poitures, to give an oppor-
tunity to che {cholars to defign him in various views and
attitudes.

The f{culptors have little models of clay or wax to affilt
them in their defigns of others that are larger, in marble,
&c, and to judge of the attitude and correétnels of a
figure.

Statuaries likewife give the name model to certain figures
of clay or wax, which are but juft fahioned, to ferve by
way of guide for the making of larger, whether of marble
or other matter.

MODENA, Duchy of, in Geography, a principality of
Italy, bounded on the N. by. the duchy of Mantua, on the
E. by the Bolognefe, on the S. by. the republic of Lucca,
and on the W. by the duchy of Parma, and part of Tuf-
cany ; about 60 miles in its greatelt length, and from 20
to 36 in breadth. ‘The foil refembles that of the duchy of
Parma; the agriculture is little fuperior, the middle-men
and metayers impeding induftry, though fome peafants in the
mountains are proprietors of land. ‘The breed of theep is
negle&ted. The country, however, abounds in corn, excel-
lent wine, and other produétions. In fome parts is found
a kind of alkaline earth, which, being reduced to powder,
has been ufed as an antidote to poifons, fevers, dyfenteries,
and others diforders. In other parts weils are dug, 40 or
60 feet deep, and on the water a reddifh petroleum is feen
to float, which abounds moft ia autumn and {pring. Thefe
wells are enclofed, and every fortnight oil is fkimmed off
the furface ; and this oil is ufed for embalming, varnifhing,
painting, and as an ingredient in fome medicinal preparations.
Amber is dug out of a foil impregnated with petroleum.
This duchy affords a variety of petrifaétions. In digging
wells near Modena, to a certain depth, a particular ftratum
is found, on penetrating which the water gufhes up as from
a fubterranean lake or river. About 10 miles S. of the
capital there is an aperture in the earth called ‘« La Salza,’’
whence, particularly in {pring and autumn, afcend, with a
very loud noife, fmoke, flame, afhes, and ftones, attended
with a ftrong fmell of fulphur. Carrara, in the S. of this
duchy, affords the celebrated marble ufed in ftatuary. The
chief rivers are the Croftolo, the Secchia, and the Panaro.
This duchy is a remnant of the power of the celebrated
family of Efte, who alfo poffeffes the adjacent country of
Ferrara, which was feized by the pope in 1598. The re-
maining territory contains about 320,000 fouls, and the
city of Modena 30,000; the revenue being 140,000/. Since
the French revolution, which has produced {uch changes in
the geography, as well as in the general ftate of Europe, the
whole ape duchy forms a part of Italy, and 1s now divided

into

MOD

into the departments 6f the Croftolo, the Panaro, and the
Apennines. ;

Mopena, the capital of the above duchy, and now capital
of the department of Panaro, the ducal refidence, and a
bifhop’s fee, is an ancient, large, tolerably built, fortified
town, with a ftrong citadel, containing a ducal palace,
which is large and {plendid, and diftinguifhed by a well fur-
-nifhed piture-gallery, a cathedral, many parifh churches
and convents, and from 25,000 to 30,000 inhabitants. It
is fituated in a fertile plain ; and its ftreets are, in general,
large, ftraight, and ornamented with porticoes and piazzas.
The univerfity was for a long time under the direction of
eminent profeffors ; and the magnificent college of Charles
Boromeo, is an academy for 70 or 80 young noblemen. In
ca chamber under the cathedral tower is the curiofity fo much
talked of by travellers, called ‘ Secchia rapita,’? which is
nothing more than a well-bucket, with iron hoops, hung up
by an iron chain, taken in a war from the inhabitants of
Bologna, and preferved here as a trivial monument of
courage and victory. The houfe of Efte poffeffed this city
ever fince the year 1288. On the approach of the French,
the duke retired from his dominions, with a large fum of
money, to Venice. Upon an armittice, he agreed to pay to
the republic 7,500,000 livres in cafh, 2,500,000 livres in pro-
vifions and military ftores, and to give, befides, pictures and
other douceurs; 3omiles S.of Mantua. N. lat. 44° 38’.
E. long. 10° 56’.

MODENORE, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar of
Condapilly ; 20 miles N.W. of Mafulipatam.

MODERATA, Misertcorpra, in Law, a writ that
lies for him who is amerced in a court-baron or other court,
not of record, for any tranfgreffion beyond the quality or
quantity of the offence. It 1s dire€ted to the lord of the
court, or his bailiff, commanding them to take a moderate
amercement of the party. This writ is founded upon Magna
-Charta.

If a man be amerced in a court-baron on prefentment by
the jury, where he did not any trefpafs, he fhall not have
this writ, unlefs the amercement be exceflive and outrageous :
and if the fteward of the court, of his own head, will amerce
any tenant or other perfon without caufe, the party ought
not to fue for this writ of moderata mifericordia if he be dif-
trained for that amercement; but he fhall have action of
trefpafs. (New Nat. Br. 167.) When the amercement
which is fet on a perfon is affeered by his peers, this writ of
moderata mifericordia doth not lie; for then it is according
to the ftatute 10 Edw. Il.

MODERATION, in £¢hics, is a virtue confifting in
the proper government of our appetites, paflions, and pur-
fuits, with refpe€&t to honours, riches, and pleafures; and in
this fenfe it is fynonimous with femperances it is alfo often
ufed to denote candour.

MODERATO, Ital. in Mufc, implies a time neither
‘quick nor flow ; much refembling andante, but fomewhat
quicker. See ANDANTE.

MODERATOR, in the Schools, the perfon who pre-
fides at a difpute, or in a public affembly.

Such a doétor was the moderator, that is, the prefident,
at fuch a difputation, in fuch an affembly, &c.

Moperator Ring, it Anatomy, is ufed by Valfalva for
that ring which the mufcles of the eye make round the
optic nerve, at the bottom of the orbit. He alleges, that
the exterior fibres of thefe mufcles which rife from the nerve,
muft fhorten it when they contraé, and when the interior
fibres a& they muft comprefs it; fo that thefe different
fibres of the mufcles affect the nervous fluid here very dif-
derently.

MOD

Valfalva alfo defcribes fuch another ring made round the
motory nerves of the eye; but acknowledges, that it is
neither fo remarkable nor diftinét as the former.. Med. Eff.
Edin, Abr. vol. il. p. 4.10. "Tt

MODERE,, Fr. in Mufic. See Moprrato.

MODERN, fomething new, or of our time.
fition to what is antique, or aucient.

Modern authors, according to Naude, are all thofe who
have written fince Boethius: the modern philofophy com-
mences with Galileo: and the modern aftronomy with
Copernicus.

Movern Medals are reckoned all thofe that have been
ftruck within thefe three hundred years. See Mepau.

Mopern, in rchitedure, is improperly applied to the
prefent, or Italian manner of building ; as being according
to the rules of the antique. Nor is the term lefs abufed
when attributed to architecture purely Gothic.

Modern architecture, in propriety, is only applicable to
that which partakes partly of the antique, retaining fome-
what of its delicacy and folidity ; and partly of the Gothic,
whence it borrows members and ornaments, without pro-
portion or judgment.

Mopern Mufic, Mufica Moderna, may be divided into
two parts: firlt, cntiquo’ moderna, which is generally a ferious
fort of mufic, confilting of many parts; and which has
been in ufe from Guido’s time to the beginning of the laft
-century. Secondly, the modern, which has been ufed in
the two laft centuries: it is very different from the an-
tigue moderna, being brifker, lighter, gayer, and more
{prightly.

Tho charafteriftics of the firft ftate of counterpoint, or
mufic in parts, were plain fimple harmony, confifting of com-
mon chords, of note againit note ; then figurative harmony, or
notes of different lengths, confifting of different figures or
characters moving at the fame time. After this was found
to be poflible, the more artificial contrivances were cultivated
of fugue and canon, but without air or melody, except in
fragments of canto-fermo, and tunes of fuch popular ballads
as were {ung in the ftreets, and upon which moft of the early
maffes in four parts were conftructed.

Mopery, or Moddra, in Geography, a town of Hungary;
14 miles N.N.E. of Prefburg.

MODESTY, in £¢hics, is fometimes ufed to denote
humility ; and fometimes to exprefs chaftity or purity of
fentiment and manners. Modetty was deified by the Romans
under the name of ‘¢ Pudicitia ;?? and at Rome fhe had two
temples, one dedicated to the chaftity of the nobles, and the
other to that of the populace, and alfo altars on which
facrifié@s were offered to her. The origin of the diftinétion
between the chaltity of the Patrician ladies, and that of
the Plebetans, is thus related by Livy (1. x. c.25.) Vir-
ginia, ofa Patrician family, having married a Plebeian named
Volumnius, who was, however, afterwards conful, her fitter,
looking upon this match to be unworthy her name, having
joined with the other matrons, would no longer fuffer her to
partake in the myfteries of the goddefs of Chaftity, but
drove her out of the temple. Virginia, flung with this
affront, got a chapel raifed in the long {treet, the fame where
was the goddefs’s temple from which fhe was excluded,
and fhe dedicated it to the chaftity of the Plebeian ladies ;
where the wives, who were not of the fenatorian order, con-
vened from that time to offer facrifice to that goddefs.
Chattity was reprefented under the figure of a woman veiled,
or feeming to point her right-hand, or her fore-finger, to
her face, to fignify that fle has no reafon to blufh.

MODI, in Geography, a fmall ifland in the gulf of Engia,

NN. lat. 37° 27'. E. long. 23° 33'.
MODIA.

In oppo-

MOD

MODIANORE, a town of Hindooflan, in Myfore ;

5 miler E.N.E. of Bangalore,

MODIBOO, a town of Africa, in the kingdom of Bam-
Darra, delightfully fituated om the banks of the Joliba or
Niger, which is here very broad, and enlivened with many
{mall and verdant iflands,. all of them flocked with cattle,
and crowded with villages ; 65 miles N.E. of Sego. N, lat.
14°38’, W. long. r° 35.

»MODICA, a town of Sicily, in the valley of Noto; 8
miles W, of Noto, N. lat. 36° 1. E. long. 14° 43’.

MODIFICATION, in oh cil that which modifies
athing ; chat is, gives it this or that manner of being,

Quantity aod quality are accidents which eabdlify all
bodies.

According to Spinofa's fyltem, all the beings that com-
pole the univerfe are only fo many different modifications of
one and the fame fubltance, And the different arrangement
7 fituation of their parts make all the difference between
them.

MODIFICATIVE, fomething that modiffes, or gives
a thing a certain manner of being.

Father Buffier eftablifhes a new part of fpeech, which he
calls modificative. Novos and verbs, he obferves, are fuf-
ceptible of divers circum{tances or modifications: in the

hrafe, sea/aés, we have a noun and verb without any modi-
fication; but in that, zea/ without difcretion a&s rafbly, the
noun and verb are each attended with a modification or cir-
cumttance.

The laft kind of words, which ferve to modify nouns and
verbs, fince they have no general name in the common gram-
mars, he choofes to call modificatives: which include what
grammarians commonly call adver}, conjundion, and prepofition.

MODILLIONS, in Archite@ure, mutules carved into
confoles, placed under the foffit or bottom of the drip of
the corona in the Corinthian and Roman orders, for fup-
porting the larmier and cyma, or appearing to perform the
office of fupport.

In Grecian architeCture, the Ionic order is without modil-
lions in the cornice, and alfo the Roman examples of the
fame order, except the temple of Concord at Rome, which
has-both dentils and modillions.

A fingular and curious example of a modillion cornice,
but contrary to the principles of architeCture, is to be found
in the interior cornice of the Tower of the Winds at Athens,
where the projecting part is much thicker than the interior

_ part, where the ftrefs feems to lie, and, confequently, gives
_ the idea of weaknefs.

__ A fingular example of modillions is to be found in the
_ frontifpiece of Nero at Rome, where they confift of two

_ plain faces, feparated by a fmall cyma reverfa, and crowned .

- with an ovolo and bead.
___ Another very extraordinary form of modillions is that
placed in the frieze of the fourth order of the Colifeum, cut
_ on the outfide, or-projeCting part of a cyma reverfe form.
In moft examples of the Cormthianxand Roman orders,
the cornices have both dentils and modillions ; but in our
- epinion, if the two are ufed together,.in good proportion to
the other parts, fo as to appear diftinétly at.a reafonable
diftance, the cornice will-be overcharged, both in proportion
and weight, to the other principal members of the entabla-
ture, or the entablature to the whole order ; the one or the
other ought, therefore, to be omitted in the fame cornice,
_. Inthe general difpofition of -modillions, if each-one is con-
_feived to be divided into two equal parts by a vertical plane at
right angles to the furface of the frieze, one of the modillions
iy dilpofed, that its dividing vertical furface will be en-

———

tirely ina plane paffing through the axis of the column, and

MOD

in the column next the angle of the building there is gene.
rally only one modillion between that through whieh the
plane along the axis paffes, and the angle of the cornice,

The vertical fides of modillions at right augles to the face,
are generally finifhed with volutes of different fizes, and
turned on diferent fides of the fame ling, the greater being
that next to the vertical furface, to which they are attached,
and the leffer at the extremity.

The foffits of the modillions, fo conltruéted, follow the
under line of the volutes, and the connecting undulated Jine
which joins them, ‘Che upper part of each volute is on the
fame level, and is attached to a moulding of the cyma inverfe
form, which returns round it, and this moulding is again at-
tached to the corona, which hangs over the modillion.

In fome of the Roman buildings the modillions are not
placed over the axes of the columns, neither upon thofe at
the extremes, nor over the axes of the intermediate thafts.
In the Pantheon, the modillion next each angle of the build-
ing has its vertical fide, which is oppofed to the next modil-
lion nearer to the central plane of the portico, over the axis
of the column, and confequently the whole breadth of the
modillion on one fide of the axis entirely, and on that fide
next tothe angle of the building. In the whole portico are
forty-feven modillions, including the one at each extreme ; .
the intervals are, therefore, forty-fix in number, and forty-
four between the columns that are between their axes. The
portico is odo-ftyle, and, confequently, the inter-columns
are feven in number ; from this it will be found, that if the
columns were placed equidiftantly, tlie number of inter-mo-
dillions would be 6*ths in number. In this temple the cor-
refponding intervals are very irregular. The two extreme
ones are, according to Defgodetz, 9' 44", and 9’ 23": the
next two, nearer the centre, are 9' 51", and 9! 12”: the
next two, ftill nearer to the centre, are exa&ly equal, being
9! 5" each, and the central intercolumniaticn is 10! 44/': {o
that the modillions appear to be equally divided, without
any regard to the axis of the columns. The fame irregu-
larity in the difpofition of the modillions may be obferved
in the temple of Concord, and in that of Jupiter the
Thusderers In the three remaining columns of the tentple
of Jupiter Stator, each column has a modillién placed over
its axis, and each inter-column has three’modillions regularly
difnofed : the diftance between =he lower ends of the fhafts -
are 3 mod. 4 pa. 4, and the columns are in height 20. modules,
6 parts $ths. '

In the Pantheon, the modillions are placed-in- the: pedi- -
ment, contrary to the authority of Vitruvius.

MODILOWA, in Geography, a town. of Poland, in
Volhynia ; 36 miles N.E. of Zytomiers:

MODIUN, a village of Paleltine, fituated on a-hill, de-
ferving of notice, on account of the tomb’of the Macca-
bees, and alfo of a vi€tory obtained by Judas Maccabzus,
over Antiochus Eupator; 14 miles E.S.E. of Jaffa.

MODINAGUR, a town of Hindooftan, in Bahar ; wes
miles E.N.E. of Hajipour. N? lat. 25° 34'. E. long. 85°

re :
MODIOLI, in Natural Hiffory,-a name given by fome
authors to the trochite or fingle joints of the rays’of the -
petrified magellanic ftar-fifh, which, when conne&ted in num-
bers together, form that -foffil called entrochus. . Others
have alfo-ufed this word, medic/us, to exprefs the compound :
body, or entrochus itfelf. Though the general form of the -
trochite be thin and flat, yet they are fometimes found con- -

-fiderably thick; and though the-entrochi or compound mo-

dioli are ufually fo many cylinders of equal diameter in all

parts, yet there are fometimes found fuch as are thick in .

the middle, and thence gradually taper to each end; fome -
alio

MOD

alfo are compofed of joints, each of this form; thefe differ
very greatly from the common kind, and inftead of confift-
ing of a number of little wheels, are made up of a feries
of little barrels, joined, as it were, end to end.

MODIOLUS, from modus, a meafure, in Surgery,
fince it was formerly fo conftruéted, that it would only enter
to a certain depth: the crown or faw of the trepan.
Anciently it refembled in fhape the nave of a wheel.

MODIUM, in Geognaphy, a town of Norway, in the
province of Aggerhuus; 20 miles W. of Chriftiania.

MODIUS, in Antiquity, a kind of dry meafyre in ufe
among the Romans for feveral forts of grain.

The modius contained thirty-two heminz, or fixteen fex-
taries ; or } of the amphora; amounting to an Englifh peck.
See Measure.

Moptus, Francis, in Biography, a learned critic, was
born at Oudenburg, in Flanders, in 1546. The wars of
the Low Countries obliged him to retire to Cologne, and
he {pent the greater part of hislifein Germany. Being at
Bonne in 1587, he loit all his effets, and was himfelf
dangeroufly wounded. Towards the clofe of life, he was
prefented with a canonry at Aire, where he died in 1597.
Modius wrote annotations upon many of the Latin claffics,
which are moftly to be found in his «¢ Leétiones Nov-anti-
que,’’ which were firft printed at Frankfort in 1584, and
were reprinted in letters by Gruter, in the fifth volume of
his “* Thefaurus Criticus.”” He was author likewife of
poems and other pieces. Moreri.

MODO & Forma, in Law, a phrafe ufed in procefies
and pleadings, by which the defendant abfolutely denies the
thing charged on him by the plaintiff, modo &F forma decla-
rata, in the manner and form fet forth.

The civilians in the like fenfe fay, negat allegata, prout
allegantur, effe vera.

MODON, in Geography, a fea-port town on the S.W.
coaft of the Morea; witha large and fafe harbour. The
town is the refidence of a pacha, and fee of a Greek bifhop;
42 miles W.S.W. of Mifitra. N. lat. 36° 58!. E. long. 21°

'

35 ODRITZ, a town of Moravia, in the circle of Brunn;
five miles S. of Brunn.

MODRSAW,, a town of Auftrian Poland, in the pala-
tinate of Cracow ; 24 miles W. of Cracow.

MODRUSCH, a town of Auttrian Croatia, the fee of
a bifhop; 24 miles W.N.W. of Sluin. .

MODULATION, from Modulatio, Lat., in Mujic, is
one of the moft important terms of a mufical diGtionary.
Inthe articles ComposiTion and COUNTERPOINT, it has been
treated after our own ideas and experience; here we fhall
give our readers the rules laid down by others, not to eon-
fute, but to confirm and firengthen our own. And firit,
we fhould give Padre Martini’s inftru€tions, and thofe of
Dr. Pepufch on the fubje@t, as the moft profound contra-
puntifts of Italy and Germany during the early part of the
la& century, if thefe learned theorifts had not adhered fo
religioufly to the ecclefiaftical modulation of the old matters,
founded on the modes or tones of the church, fo as to pre-
clude all the modulation of fecular mufic, which has been
extended, and in many inftances improved, during the laft
hundred years. We fhall, therefore, now chiefly tranflate
and confine ourfelves to the article Modulation in the diGtion-
ary of Rouffeau, in which it is amply and clearly treated,
according to the practice of the beft mafters at the time of
his writing ; that is, 30 or 40 years ago. See works on the
fame {ubjet by fubfequent writers {till living, fuchas Frike,
Bemitzrieder, Kollmann, &c.

But firk we muft obferve, that to modulate during the

MOD

fixteenth century, implied nothing more than a change of
voice from one found to another ; but the ingenious citizen
of Geneva, more confonant to prefent practice in mufic,
defines modulation, ‘¢ the manner of eftablifhing and treat-
ing a key ;'’ but adds, that the word, at prefent, generally
implies the art of conduéting melody and harmony, fuc-
ceflively, into many keys, in a manner agreeable to the ear,
and according torule. If the key is announced by har-
mony, it is from harmony that the laws of modulation
arife.

Thefe laws are eafy to conceive, but diflicult rigoroufly
to obferve. To modulate properly in the fame . we
muft begin firft by running through all the notes of that
key in good melody, frequently repeating its effential chords,
and ftrongly marking them. That is, pafling from the chord
of the 7th to the 5:h, or § of the 7th to the key-note; but
in various ways to avoid monotony. Secondly, to make
no clofes, nor to repofe but upon thofe two chords, or at
moft on that of the 4th of the key, called by the French
the fubdominant, or 5th below the key. Thirdly, never to
alter any of the founds of the principal key by a flat or
fharp, which would lead to another key.

But to pafs from one key to another, which is now
underflood to be the principal bufinefs of modulatior,
analogy mutt be confulted, with refpeét to the relation of
keys, and the number of chords appertaining to two keys.

Let us begin by a major key, or key with a fharp 3d.
Whether we confider the 5th of the key as being more 1m-
mediately related and conne¢ted with it of any found except
the o€tave of the key-note; or whether we regard it as the
firft found that is heard in the refonance of the key-note,
the 5th will always be found the moit agreeable interval
upon which to eftablifh a modulation the moft analogous to
that of the key-note.

The 4th of the key, if not a part of the chord of the
key-note, the key-note is at leaft a part of the chord of the
4th. For if CEG form the chord of the key-note, that
of the 4th will be F A C; thus C is the bond of union be-
tween the two keys. Indeed it is only neceflary to change
one found of the principal key to form the feale of its sth
above, and 5th below, or sth and 4th of any major key.
In the key of C, an Fx ora Bb does the bufinefs.

There are two minor chords in the key of C, in which
only one note differs from the chord of C, as Ace, andegB.
But the fharp 7th, and other accidents which happen to the
chords and melody of thefe minor keys, changes their cha-
raGter fo much, that the double relation between the chords
of C and A, and C and E is foon effaced.

As all the founds of the {cale of C are comprifed in the
chords of the key-note, and its two sths,

- = Sce plates throughout this
article.

the gammut or {cale of C, if altered only by one fingle harp,
furnifhes the fcale and chords of G, the sth above C,
which fhews the great analogy between thefe two keys, and
facilitates the means of pafling from one to the other by one
alteration only, :

The key of the 5th is, therefore, the firft which prefents itfelf
after the key-note in the order of modulation.
‘The

MOD

The fame fimplicity of relative founds between the key-
note and its sth above is alfo found to fubfilt between the
key-note and ite sth below, or 4th above.

Though the modulating from C to A minor, its 6th, and
from C to E minor, its 3d, is only by che change of one
note in the chords, the fharp 7th mutt be heard in one of
the chords of thefe minor keys, to make either A or E a
key-note,

et SST

Thefe immediate modulations furnifh the means of pafling to
more remote keys by the fame rules, and of returning after-
wards to the key-note, of which we mutt never lofe fight.
We have four regular modulations from the key of C
major; EFGA. To modulste into D, wholly unrelative

» to C, it mut be brought about by means of a confonant

movement of the fundamental A with a fharp 3d.

dited ts ereree ae Ld,
SSeS
Bat we mutt dwell but an inftant in this modulation, lett
the key of C is forgotten, which itfelf is altered in going
into D. A long period in D would require intermediate mo-
dulations to return to C, into which it would be dangerous
to wander. No good modulation into B, the fharp 7th
of C, can have place, at leaft immediately, as it has no
true 5th, and would lead to a harmony too fudden and
remote from that of the principal key.» In every modula-

tion, all the parts muft change the key at the fame inftant, -

to avoid carrying on two modulations at the fame time.
Huygens, fays Rouffeau, has well remarked, that the pro-
hibition of two fucceflive sths has this rule for its princi-
ple; for it is impoffible to have many perfect fucceflive 5ths
between two parts, without modulating into two unrelative
keys. The hexachords are compofed of pure harmony to
fundamental bafes, without modulation. The defcending
feale in the ragle de PoGave, modulates into the 5th of the
key. But, in fa@, only three notes in the bafe can afcend
in one key, diatonically ; the 4th note arrives at a new key
to the top of the {cale, which produces a perpetual modula-
tion by 4ths, from C natural into all the 23 keys.

Yo modulate on a keyed inflrument, is ufually done in ar-
peggio, by preluding extempore, of which the variety, to
a man of feience, is unbounded. Abel, no leffon-player on
the clavichord or harpfichord, poffeffed this talent to a won-

. derful degree.

MODULE, in drchiteSure, a certain meafure taken at
pleafure, for regulating the proportions of columns, and
the fymmetry or diftribution of the whole building.

Archite&s ufually choofe the diameter or femidiameter
of the bottom of the column for their module; and this
they fubdivide into parts or minutes.

Vignola divides his module, which is a femidiameter, into
twelve parts, for the Tufcan and Doric; and.into eighteen,
for the other orders. a:

The module of Palladio, Scamozzi, M. Cambray, Def-

Vou, XXIII. =

MOD

godets, Le Clerc, &e. which is alfo the femidiameter, is
ivided into thirty parts, or minutes in all the orders,

Some divide the whole height of the column into 20 parts
for the Doric, 224 for the Ionic, 25 for the Roman, &e.
and of oue of thefle parts they make a module, by which to
regulate the reft of the building.

There are two ways of determining the meafures or pro-
portions of buildings: the firlt by a fixed ftandard mailore,
which is ufually the diameter of the lower part of the co-
lumn, called a module, fubdivided into fixty parts, called
minutes. In the fecond there are no minutes, nor any cer-
tain and ftated divifion of the module; but it is divided oc-
cafionally into as many parts as are judged neceflary. Thus
the height of the Attic bafe, which is half the module, is
divided either into three, to have the height of the plinth ; or
into four, for that of the greater torus; or into fix, for
that of the leffer. ‘

Both thefe manners have been praétifed by the ancient as
well as the modern architeéts; but the fecond, which was
that chiefly ufed among the ancients, is m the opinion of
Perrault preferable.

As Vitruvius, in the Doric order, has leffened his module»
which, in the other orders, is the diameter of the lower
part of the column, and has reduced that great module to a
mean one, which is a femidiameter; M. Perrault reduces
the module to a third part for the fame reafon, wiz. to ce-
termine the feveral meafures without a fraGtion. For in the
Doric order, befide that the height of the bafe, as in the
other orders, is determined by one of thefe mean modules;
the fame module gives likewife the heights of the capital,
architrave, raeaeete and metopes. But our little module,
taken from the third of the diameter of the lower part of
the column, has ufes much more extenfive ; for, by this, the
heights of pedettals, of columns, and entablatures, in all
orders, are determined without a fraétion.

As then the great module or diameter of the calumn
has fixty minutes ; and the mean module, or half the dia-
meter, thirty minutes; our little module has twenty. See
CoLuMN.

MODULER, Fr. in Mufic; to modulate extempore is
a refearch after new effects and new combinations. Learning,
hand,” and experience are neceffary to do credit to the per-
former, and pleafe and {urprife the hearer. And we may add
that a prelude, toccata, or voluntary by a great player,
feems in{piration, and is worth a hundred pieces committed
to paper.

MODULI Cameanorum, chimes. See Graffineau,
P- 139, a long article on the fubje@t. See Caritions.

MODUNDAH, in Geography, a town of Bengal; 18
miles N.N.E. of Calcutta.

MODUS Decimanpr is when a parcel of land, a fum of
money, or a yearly penfion, belongs to the parfon, either
by compofition or cuftom, time out of mind, in fatisfaGtion
for tithes in kind: or, when there is by cuttom a particular
manner of tithing allowed, different from the general law
of taking tithes in kind, which are the a@ual tenth part
of the annual increafe.

This is fometimes a pecuniary compenfation, as two-
pence an acre for the tithe of land; fometimes it is a-com-
penfation in work and labour, as that the parfon fhall have
only the twelfth cock of hay, and not the tenth, in confi-
deration of the owner’s making it for him: fometimes in
lieu of a large quantity of crude or imperfe& tithe, the
parfon fhall have a lefs quantity, when arrived to greater
maturity, as.a couple of fowls inflead of tithe eggs, &c.
In fhort, any means by which the general law of tithing is

aR altered

MOE

altered, and a new method of taking tithes is introduced,
is called a modus decimandi, or {pecial manner of tithing.
In order to make a good and fufficient modus the following
rules muft be obferved :

1. It muft be certain and invariable. (1 Keb. 602.)
2. The thing given, in lieu of tithes, muft be beneficial to
the parfon, and not for the emolument of third perfons only.
(1 Roll. Abr, 649.) 3. It muft be fomething different
from the thing compounded for. (1 Lev. 179.) 4. One
cannot be difcharged from payment of one fpecies of tithe,
by paying a modus for another. (Cro. Eliz. 446. Salk.
657.) 5. The recompence muft be in its own nature as
durable as the tithes difcharged by it ; 7. e. an inheritance
certain. (2 P. Wms. 462.) 6. The modus mutt not be too
large, which in law is called a rank modus. (11 Mod. 60.)
In thefe cafes of prefcriptive or cuftomary modufes, the
law fuppofes an original real compofition to have been regu-
larly made, which being loft by length of time, the imme-
morial ufage is admitted as evidence to fhew that it did
once exift, and that from thence fuch ufage was derived.
Now time of memory hath been long afcertained by the law,
to commence from the reign of Richard I. and any cuftom
may be deftroyed by evidence of its non-exiftence in any
part of the long period from his days to the prefent.
Blackft. Com. b. ii.

MODYPOUR, in Geosraphy, a town of Hindooftan,
in Bahar; nine miles S. of Patna.

MODZIEN, a town of Perfia, in the province of Ma-
zanderan ; 48 miles S.W. of Aftarabad.

MOECKARN, a town of the duchy of Magdeburg;
16 miles E. of Magdeburg.

MOEDA. See Moinore.

MOEN, or Mona, in Geography, an ifland of Denmark,
in the Baltic, feparated from the S. end of the ifland of
Zealand, and from the N.E. coaft of Faliter, by a narrow
fea, about 16 miles in length, and from three to five in
breadth ; containing one town, viz. Stoege or Stege, and
feveral villages. N. lat. 55°. E. long. 12° 20!.

Moen, or Mov, a river which rifes in Weltphalia, three
miles N.W. of Brilon, pafles by Rhuden, &c., and joins
the Roer at Nehem.

MOENCHIA, in Botany, received its name from
Ehrhart in memory of Conrad Moench, a profeffor of bo-
tany at Heffe Caffel, author of the Flora Haffaca. Ehrh.
Beitr. fafc. 2.177. This genus confifts of only one fpecies,
Sagina ereGa, Linn. Sp. Pl. 185. Sm. Fl. Brit. 200.
Engl. Bot. t. 609. The only difference in the eilential
chara€ter confifts in the ftru@ture of the capfule, which
{plits at the top into eight teeth, inftead of feparating,
more or lefs perfe€tly, into four valves, like other Sagine.
The habit of this elegant little plant muft alfo be allowed
to be diffimilar to that of the genus with which it has
always been affociated. See Sacrna.

MOERDA, See Murper.

MCERHINGIA, in Botany, was named by Linnezus in
honour of Paul Henry Gerard Merhing, a German phy-
fician, in the duchy of Oldenburg, who was the author of
various botanical traéts. His firft treatife appeared in
1733, entitled the anatomy of vegetables, in which the
apparent ftructure of leaves, after being macerated in water,
is particularly confidered—Meerhing printed a catalogue of
his own garden in 1737, and furnifhea afterwards feveral
papers for the Ephemerides Nature Curioforum. He died
in 1792, at the advanced age of 82 years. Linn. Gen. 195.
Schreb. 264. Willd. Sp. Pl.v.2. 439. Mart. Mill. Diet.
vy. 3- Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 2. 416. Jufl. 300. La-

MOE

marck [lluftr. t. 314.—Clafs and order, Odandria Digynia.
Nat. Ord. Caryophyllei, Linn. and Juff. {

Gen, Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of four Janceelates
{preading, permanent leaves. Cor. Petals four, ovate, un-
divided, {preading, fhorter than the calyx. Stam. Fila-
ments eight, capillary ; anthers fimple. Pi/. Germen fu-
perior, globofe ; {tyles two, ereét, the length of the fta-
mens; ftigmas fimple. Peric. Capfule roundifh, of one
cell and four valves. Seeds numerous, roundifh, convex on
one fide, angulated on the other.

Eff. Ch. Calyx inferior, of four leaves.
Capfule of one cell, and four valves.

1. M. mufcofa. Linn. Sp. Pl. 515. Jacq. Auftr. t. 449.
(Alfine faxifraga anguftifolia minima montana; Column.
Ecphr. p. 1. 292. t. 290.)—-Found growing in moffy fitu-
ations, near trickling rills, on mountains in the fouth of
Europe, flowering throughout the fummer. Root peren-
nial, thread-fhaped and creeping. Stems annual, herbace-
ous, thread-fhaped, round, flender, fmooth, much branched.
Leaves oppofite, linear, very narrow, fmooth, dilated at
the bafe, fo as to make the ftem fomewhat perfoliate.
Flowers folitary, on long, ere&, flender, axillary ftalks.
Petals ovato-linear, obtufe, milk white. Cap/ules yellowith
when ripe. Seeds eight or ten, kidney-fhaped, dark-brown,
furnifhed with a large, white, jagged border to their fear
of infertion.

MCERIS, Laks, in Ancient Geography, a lake of Egypt,
concerning the fituation and extent, and even the exiitence
of which, authors have differed. it has been reprefented
as the nobleft and moft wonderful of all the works of the
kings of Egypt; and accordingly Herodotus’ confiders it
as much fuperior to the pyramids or labyrinth. As to
its fituation, Herodotus (lib. ii.) and Strabo (lib. xvii.)
mark it out by placing the labyrinth on its borders, and
by fixing the towns, which were round it, fuch as Achan-
tus to the fouth, Aphroditopolis towards the eait, and
Arfinoé to the north: Diodorus Siculus (lib. i.) and Pliny
(lib. v.) confirm thefe authorities, by placing it at 24
leagues from Memphis, between the province of that name
and that of Arfinoé. If the lake, like that of Mareotis,
had totally difappeared, doubts as to its fituation might ftill
have been entertained; but the pofition marked by the
above-mentioned hiftorians leads us to a lake, a¢tually ex-
ifting, known by the name of Brrxet Caroun, (which fee,)
more than 50 leagues in circumference. With regard to
the extent of this lake, we recur again to the teitimonies
above cited: Herodotus fays, that the circumference of the
lake Meeris was 3600 ftadia, or 60 fchenes, which, fays the
hiftorian, form the dimenfions of the maritime bafe of
Egypt, (75 leagues.) He adds, that it ftretches from N.
to S. and that its greateft depth is 300 feet. The hiftorian
has fixed the meafure of the fchene in Lower Egypt at
four miles, or 1} league, fo that the 60 fchenes make 75
leagues. If we compare the meafures by Strabo and Dio-
dorus Siculus, we fhall find that the bafe of Egypt was
eftimated at 75 leagues, and hence it will follow, according
to the account of Herodotus, that the lake was in circuit
75 leagues. Some writers, who have taken the ufual meafure
of the ftadium at 100 toifes, have affigned to this lake a‘ cir-
cumference of 150 or even 180 leagues. But as the hitto-
rian has determined the meafure af 36c0 ftadja to be 60
fchenes, or 75 leagues, he muft have made ufe of ftadia of
50 toifes each. Boffuet, the bifhop of Meaux, has vindi-
cated the ftatement of the largeft extent of 180 leagues,
which Voltaire has treated with raillery ; and M. Rollin,
conceiving it to be incredible, adopts the opinion of Pompo-

nius

Petals four.

st a Rn

MOE

nive Mela, who fays, that this lake is but 20,000 paces,
that it, feven or cight French leagues in circumference.
Pliny ettimates it at 250,000 paces, or about 80 leagues,
M. d'Anville, with a view of conciliating the different con-
tending parties, has, in his map of Egypty marked a great
canal, to which he gives the name of the ake Meeris. ‘The
depth of 300 feet aflcribed to this lake by hillorians mutt
be exaggerated; but perhaps lefe fo than we may be led to
imagine. ‘The bottom which it occupies is a bafon, formed
by the mountains, Lt is very low, fince the Nile runs into
it even by the canal of ‘Tamieh. Although the mud may
have gradually collected in a feries of ages, its depth is
{till very contiderable. Two pyramids, Sea Herodotus,
conitructed in an ifland towards the middle of the lake, rife
from 300 feet below the water, and are as high out of it.
Each of them has on its fummit a coloffal flatue, feated on
a throne. Their total elevation, taken from the bafe, is a
ftadium of 600 feet; thus marking the meafure of the fta-
dium, as he had before, in giving the circumference of the
lake, reduced it to so toifes. hefe pyramids no longer
exift; nor indeed did they exilt in the time of Augultus,
for they are not Pn es by Strabo. Lake Marris, fays
Herodotus, occupies a foil very dry, and deftitute of
{prings. It derives its waters from the Nile, which runs
into it during fix months; and during the remainder of the
year it reftores them to the river. During the former
period, the fifhery produces a talent of filver daily to the
royal treafury, and 20 minas only during the latter. Ac-
cording to the natives of the country, a canal is pierced
acrofs the mountain, the extended chain of which commands
Memphis. This is an outlet by which the fuperfluous wa-
ters are poured into the fands of Libya on the weftern fide.
As for the earth that was taken from the lake, the hiftorian
was informed, that it had been conveyed to the river, and
carried by the current into the fea. According to the ac-
count of Strabo, the province of Arfinoé contains the won-
derful lake of Meeris, which refembles the fea in its extent,
its colour, and its fhores. As deep as it is.extentive, it re-
ceives at the beginning of the inundation the waters which
would Seereile cover the harvelts and the habitations
of men; they are conducted thither by a large canal.
When the Nile fubfides, they return by two other canals
pte of Tamieh and of Bouch), which, as well as the
ormer, ferve for watering the fields, which is naturally
performed. At the head of the canals fluices are formed,
which are opened at pleafure; whether te introduce or to
let off the waters.

At prefent this lake is only about 50 leagues in circuit ;
but this diminutien by no means proves that Herodotus and
Pliny were deceived in their calculations. Confidering the
revolutions to which Egypt has been fubje& for a feries of
2000 years, it might have undergone itill greater changes.
The noble defign of forming this lake is faid to have been
conceived by one of the Pharaohs, called Mceris, and he
determined to change a part of the country, which was
fandy and defert, into an ufeful lake. After the ex-
cavation had been made by the labour of fome thoufands of
men, and at an immenfe expence, he drew a canal 40 leagues
in length, and 300 feet wide, for the purpofe of conduct-
ing thither a part of the waters of the Nile. This great
canal, which {till fubfifts entire, is known under the name
of * Bahr Joufeph,” Jofeph’s river. It opens near “ Ta-
rout Eccherif,’? and ends at ‘“ Birket Caroun.”? As in
feveral places this canal was cut out of the rock, the labour
and expence. muft have been very great. It was not fuffi-
cient to have difengaged Egypt from the excefs of the
inundation, which in thofe remote ages remained too long on

MOE

the lands, at that time lower than they are io our days, and
occafioned its fterility; it was neceflary alfo to render thefe
waters ufeful to agriculture. This great prince fucceeded
in doing this by drawing two other canals from the lake to
the river. At their opening were formed two fluices, which
were kept fhut during the increafe of the Nile; then the
waters conveyed by the canal of Jofeph were heaped u
in the immenfe inclofure of lake Morris, encompafled wit
dykes and mountains. During the fix months that the Nile
was on the decline, thefe fluices were opened, and a furface
of water of about 80 leagues in circumference, and 30 feet
higher than the mesh, ee of the river, formed a fecond
inundation to be direéted at pleafure. One part returned
to the Nile, and ferved for the navigation. The other
part branched out into innumerable rivulets, watered the
fields, and diffufed fertility even to the very fandy hills.
This great work fupplied the deficiency of water in years
of a moderate overflow, by retaining thofe precious waters,
which otherwife would have flowed ufelefsly to the fea.
Its benefits were {till more {lrongly marked i the time of
a great inundation. It received that hurtful fuperfluity of
them, which would have prevented the fowing of the earth.
Left this artificial fea fhould break down the barriers that
were oppofed to it, and caufe frightful devaftation in the
country, a canal was cut through the mountains, by which
the fuperfluous waters were poured into the fands of Libya.
At prefent this lake has lott almoft all its advantages.
From the period of nearly 1200 years, fince which Egypt
has fallen into the hands of barbarous nations, they have
either deftroyed, or fuffered to perifh, the chief part of
thefe monuments. The Mareotis is dried up, the canal of
Alexandria is no longer navigable, and the Merris is only
50 leagues in caifigdnforenaes [f the canal of Jofeph were
cleared out, where the mud is coHected to a vait height, if the
ancient dykes were re-eltablifhed, and the fluices of the
canals of Tamieh and of Bouch reftored, lake Meeris would
itill ferve the fame purpofes. It would prevent the devaftation,
of the too great {wellings of the rivers, and fupply the de-
ficiency of thofe which are inadequate. We fhould fee it,
as on former occafions, extending itfelf from Nefle and Ar-
finoé to the Libyan mountains, and offering to the view of
the aftonifhed traveller, a fea formed by the hand of man.
Rollin’s Anc. Hift. vol. i. Savary’s Letters in Egypt,
vol. i.

MOERSBERGEN, in Geography, a town of Holland,
in the department of Utrecht; 10 miles E. of Utrecht.

MCESIA, called by the Greeks Myfia, in Ancient Geo-
graphy, a country of Europe, lay N. of Macedonia and
Thrace, and extended from S. to N. as far as the right
bank of the Danube. From W. to E. ic extended from
Pannonia, where the Drinus (Drin), paffing to Sirmium
and Singidunum (Belgrade), in order to difcharge itfelf into
the Danube, ferved for its boundary: to the W., compre-
hending the territory called ‘* Pontus-Euxinus,’’ from the
promontory called ** Hemi-Extrema,"’ and to the S. as far
as the Iftropolis. This large extent of country was di-
vided into two diftin& territories, partly by the mountains,
and partly by the river Cebrus (Zebris), which difcharged
itfelf into the Ifter. The part comprehended between the
Drinus and the Cebrus was called ‘* Meefia Superior,” and
that which extended from the Cebrus to the fea was called
‘© Meefia Inferior ;” i.e. Upper and Lower Meefia. The
principal river of Upper Mcefia was the Margus (Morava),
formed of two other rivers; and farther to the E. it had
the Tinacus (Timak). The principal towns were Singi-
dunum (Belgrade), Viminacium (Minas), Bonomia (Vidin),
and Ratiaria (Artzar). In the interior of the country is

4R2 Neiffus,

MOE

Neiffus (Niffa) ; befides other places mentioned by Ptolemy.
The principal rivers of Lower Mcrfia were the CEfcus
(Efker), the Ofmus (Ofmo), the Utus (Vid), the Iatrus
(Jantra), all which rivers ran from S. to N. and emptied
themfelves into the Danube: the Panyfus ran from W. to
E., and difcharged itfelf into the Euxine fea, near Odeffus
(Vafna). The principal towns are, upon the Danvhe,
Cfcus (Artzar), Nicopolis (Nicopoli), Duroftom (Drittra
or Siliftria), Axopolis (Raffovat), and Trafmi. In the in-
terior country were Sardica or Triaditza, near Sophia,
Taurefium, the birth-place of Juftinian, called Juftiniana
prima (Dginftendil), Nicopolis ad Hzemum_ (Ternova),
Nicopolis ad Iatrum (Nicopi), and Marianopolis (Marien-
opoli). Upon the coaits of the Euxine fea, in the part
ealled Scythia, and S. of this part, were Tomi (Temef-
war), the place of Ovid’s exile, Caria (Kalgri), and Odef-
fus (Varna).

MOESKIRCH, in Geography, a town of Germany, and
capital of a lordfhip, belonging to the princes of Furilten-
burg; 18 miles N. of Conftance. N. lat. 47° 59!. E. long.

ryt
> MOESTLIN, Micuaet, in Bisgraphy, a German Lu-
theran divine, and celebrated mathematician, who flourifhed
in the 17th century, was born at Goppingen, in the duchy
of Wirtemberg. He obtained the friendfhip and patronage
of the duke, who fent him to the univerfity of Tubingen,
where he was quickly diftinguifhed by his diligence and ta-
dents, and took his degrees. After this he embarked in
the miniftry, was abe paftor of the town of Tetfchen,
and difcharged the duties of his office to the fatisfaGtion
of his flock, and acquired univerfal refpe& by his unaf-
feGed piety and exemplary manners. He alfo obtained
confiderable reputation for profound {kill in the mathema-
tics, for which he had a fort of natural turn. On this
account he was elefted mathematical profeffor at Heidel-
berg, where he remained about three years, and then re-
turned to’Tubingen. Here he was appointed to the mathe-
matical chair, in which he continued during the remainder
of his life. Hediedin1650. He is faid to have been the
firft perfon who explained the canfe of the pale light ob-
fervable on the difk of the moon a little before and after
the change. In Italy he delivered an harangue in defence of
the Copernican fyftem, and is thought to have influenced
Galileo in renouncing the old hypothefes, and in embracing
the fy{tem which has now obtained afure footing. He pub-
ifhed « Ephemerides,’’ aud feveral other works connected
with fcience.. Moreri.

MC@URS, Fr. morals, manners. Rouffeau has treated
this word as a mufical term ; and informs us that it confti-
tuted a branch of Greek mufic, under the title of “ Her-
mofmenon,”’ which confifted in knowing how to choofe what
was moft beautiful and proper in each genus, without per-
mitting muficians to give to each objeét and each charaGter
all the forms of which it was fufceptible; but obliged
them to confine themfelves to what was moft appropriate to
the fubje&, the occafion, the perfons, and the circum-
ftances. The morals confifted further in fo arranging
and ‘proportioning all the conftituent requifites in mufical
eompofition, fuch as the mode, the time, the rhythm, melody,
and even the tranfitions; fo that in the entire piece ‘there
fould be a conformity and agreement which left no difpro-
portion ; ‘but that all its feveral parts fhould conttitute orie
perfe&t whole.

Yo prefcribe to what point of perfeGtion an art fhould be
earried, and reduce to ‘rules what is decorous, fitting, and
excellent, was a degree of refmement to which-the moderns
Pretend not to have arrived.. :

fea.

MOF

MOEY, in Geography, a {mall ifland in the Eaft Indian
S. lat. 5° 50’. E.long. 132° 50’. 7

MOFFAT, a large village in the county of Dumfries,
Scotland, is fituated upon the banks of the river Annan,
at the diftance of fifty miles fouth-welt. from Edinburgh,
and is diftinguifhed chiefly as the moft celebrated water-
ing place in the northern divifion of our ifland. It ftands
upon a confiderable eminence, encompaffed on the eaft,
weft, and north fides by hills of different heights, fome
of which are inclofed and cultivated, and others laid
out as pafture lands. A fine holm, or valley, extends to
the fouth, carryirg in its bofom the limpid ftream of the
Annan. The principal ftreet, declining in the dire€tion of
this vale, commands a charming view of it, for the fpace
of feveral miles. The houfes here are for the moft part
well built, and the flreets are kept exceedingly clean and
fmooth ; and from their height and gravelly foundation dry
fo rapidly, that in an hour after the heavielt rain, the inha-
bitants may promenade without the fmalleft inconvenience.
There is one capital inn in the village, where the poft-office:
is kept, and feveral leffer ones, as well as excellent lodging-
houfes, fit for the reception of the moft genteel families.
Here are an aflembly-room and a bowling-green.

The Moffat Well is fituated about a mile and a half from
the village, having an excellent carriage road leading to it,
and along room, ftables, aud other conveniences for the
accommodation of the company when they are ftationed
there. The valuable medicinal properties of this well were
firft difcovered about 160 years ago; fince which time it
has been contlantly held in great eftimation. Its waters
are powerfully diuretic, and generally allowed to be effeGtual
in the cure of {curvy and fcrophula, if the patient’s lungs
are not injured previoufly to the ufe of them. Wher poured
into a glafs the water fparkles like champagne, and is fo ex-
tremely volatile that it cannot be drank in perfection, unlefs
at the fountain. According to the late Dr. Garnet, who
paid confiderable attention to this fubje€t, when’ analyfed, it
is found to contain of muriat of foda (common falt) 36:
grains ; fulphuretted hydrogen gas 10 cubic inches ; azotic
gas 4 ditto ; carbonic acid 5 ditto.

At the diltance of four miles from Moffat, is another
mineral {pring, called the Hartfell Spaw, becaufe iffuing
from a rock of alum-flate in a tremendous ravine, on the
fide of a mountain of that name. The chief mineral fub-
ftances of this water are the fulphats of iron and alumina,
which give it a powerful tonic quality. It is principally
ufed, therefore, in cafes of weaknefs ; but has likewife been-
found ferviceable in tetterous complaints and obftinate old.
ulcers. This well is honoured with high encomiams by
Dr. Johnfon. Several ether chalybeate and petrifying {prings.
have been difcovered in the country adjacent to this village.
One at Evan-bridge is equal in ftrength to the wells at
Harrowgate, bat it has hitherto been entirely negleGed..

The vicinity of Moffat is no lefs fruitful in remains of an--
tiquity than in falubrious fprings. Part of a. Druidical.
temple is ftill vifible clofe to the bank of a rivulet which.
pafles out of a fmall lake, and falls intothe water, deriving
its name from the village. Near this {pot are likewife vefti-
ges of a Roman road; and feveral ftations and éncamp-
ments of that people. A piece of gold was ‘found a few
years ago in a mofs adjoining to: the road, which is fup-
pofed to have formed part of {ome military ornament. Its.
outer edge was adorned with a border, in which were the
following letters formed by cutting through the interitices,.
jOV. AVG. voT. xx. Veftiges of a Britifh encampment
may be feen about three miles fouth-eaft from: the village.
Qn the road between it and the well is a. large ree

MOG

of w conical form, with a very deep ditch round it: another
of fmaller dimenfions ftands at the diftance of a few hun-
dred yards, A mile ealt from the Roman road are two
caves, cut out of free-ttone rock ; they are of a large fize,
but by whom formed, or for what purpofe, itis difficult to
conjecture, Many ruins of old towers are vifible in this
arith, as well asin the adjoining one of Kirkpatrick-juxta ;
‘ome of which are placed in fall enclofures, defended by
walls and ditches. Among the more remarkable of the
entrenched parks, as they are called, is the park of Achen-
cats, where the walls meafure 15 feet in thicknefs, and up-
wards of 20 in height,

According to the parliamentary returns of 1801, the re-
fident population of this parith amounted to 1619 perfons,
vit. 748 males, and 871 females. Sinclair’s Statiltical
Account of Scotland.

MOFFEN Istanp, in Geography, an ifland in the North
fea, N. of Spitzbergen; it is of around form, about two
amiles in diameter, with a lake or large pond of water in the
middle, and between this lake and the feathe ground is from
half a cable's length to a quarter of a mile broad: the
whole ifland, befides this pond, is covered with gravel and
{mall ftones, without the leait verdure or vegetation of any
kind. The navigators of the Carcafs, who vifited this
ifland, faw only one piece of drift wood, about three fa-
thoms long, with a root on it, and as thick as the fhip's
sable which had been thrown up near the high part
wf the land, and lay upon the declivity towards the pond.
They alfo faw there bears, and a number of wild ducks,

fe, and other fea-fowls, with bird's nefts all over the
uland. They found an infcription over the grave of a
Dutchman, who was buried there in July 1771. The tide
feemed to flow eight or nine feet, and a current was found
which. carried the fhip to the N.W. from the ifland, but
which before carried it to the S.E., at the rate of a mile
an hour, towards it. On the W. fide isa fine white fandy
bottom, from two fathoms, at a fhip’s length from the
beach, to five fathoms, at the diftance of halfa mile. It
is remarked, as furprifing, that no notice fhould be taken
of this ifland by the old navigators ; unlefs it may be fup-
pofed that it did not then exiit, and that the ftreams from
the great ocean up the W. fide of Spitzbergen, and through
the Waygat’s thoals, meeting here, raifed this bank, and
etxatidded 6 the quantity of ice that generally blocks up
‘the coaft in its vicinity. N. lat. 80° 5’. E. long. 12° 30’.
Phipps’s Voyage towards the North Pole.

MOFHAK, a fmall town of Arabia, in the province of
Yemen, fituated on the fummit of a fteep hill. This town
has adola. The revenue of the town, and of the territory
‘annexed to it, is enjoyed by one of the Imam’s fons. Mof-
hak lies in the route fro:n Sana to Beit el Fakih.

MOGADOR, or Moconor, called alfo by the Moors
Suera, a town of Morocco, in the province of Hea, which
received its name from a faint, held here in great veneration,
by the name of Sidi Mogodor, whofe tomb is to be feen at

afmall diftance to the fouth of the town. It had formerly
' a wretched caftle, built by the Portuguefe, to-preferve a
communication with their fettlements to the fouth of this
eoaft ; and alfo to proteé& the entrance of a harbour, formed
‘by a channel between the main land anda fmalbifland. The
frtuation appearing favourable for a place of trade, the em-
peror refolved to found a city here; and the wealthier
Moors began to build houfes, to gratify the wifhes of their
fovereion. Foreign merchants were invited to do the fame ;
and with a view of inducing them to comply with the em-
peror’s wifhes, large abatements were offered in the cultom
-deties ; but promifes to this purpofe-were not very {crupu-

MOG
loufly obferved. This city was begun in 1760, and has

fince been completely finithed. Lt contains a great number
of houfes, handfomely and folidly conftructed. The Areets
are all ftraight Jines, and there is no town in the empire in
which a regularity of plan is fo {tri@tly obferved. It is fus-
rovpded with walls, and batteries are ere@ted, not only on
the fea-fide, but towards the land, to defend it from any in-
curfion of the fouthern Moors, ‘The emperor has brought
all the European merchants to fettle at Mogodor, and, not-
withflanding its diltance from Eurcpe, it is the only port on
the coaft which maintains a continual commercial intercourfe
with that quarter of the world, ‘This city flands on marfhy
ground, and fo low, that, at fpring-tides, it is almoft fur-
rounded by the fea. The country about itis a melancholy
defert of accumulated fand. The Europeans, however,.
have the advantage of a more eafy communication with the
fouthern provinces, which, by exchany ing their produétions
for the commodities of Europe, render the trade of this
place very flourifhing. The port of Mogodor is formed by
a channel between the main land and an ifland more than a
mile inlength. ‘The entrance of this channel is to the north-
welt, and tts outlet tothe fouth. It is fufficiently large for
fhips of a middling fize, but in general it has not Saale
depth; and this difadvantage is daily increafed by the ac-
cumulation of fand, ‘The number of fhips which have been
loft in this port in winter, by violent ftorms from the fouth-
weit, fufficiently prove how very dangerous it is in bad
weather ; 80 miles S.W. of Morocco. N. lat. 31° 30! W-
long. 9° 30'. Chenier,

MOGADOURO, a town of Portugal, in the province
of Tras-los-Montes ; 22 miles S.W.of Miranda di Duero.

MOGAMI, a town of Japan, in the ifland of Niphon;
110 miles N. of Jedo.

MOGANOOR, a town of Hindooftan, in Bahar; 11
miles S. of Namacul.

MOGARO, an ifland in the gulf of Venice, near the-
coaft of Friuli, N. lat. 45° 47’. E. long. 32°

MOGATA, a town of Sweden, in Eaft Gothland;
7 miles E. of Sederkioping.

MOGGIO, in Commerce, an Italian corm meafure, which
at Florence contains $ facchi, or 24 ftaja; the ftajo being
4 quarti, 16 metadeli, or 32 mezzete : the moggio contains
about 16 Englifh bufhels. At Leghorn, a moggio con-
tains 2 rubbi, or 74 facchi; a facco, 3 ftaja, or 384 buffoli.
A facco of good wheat weighs about 168 lb. of Leghorn,
and contains 3720 French, or 4503 Englifh cubic inches ;.
fo that 43 fachs of Leghorn are equal to go Englith bufhels.
See Tab. XXXI. under the article MEAsuRE.

MOGGURAH, in Geography, a town of Bengal;
8 miles N.W. of Goragot.

MOGHOSTAN, the denomination by which the
fouthern part of the province of Kerman, in Perfia, is dij~
tinguifhed.

MOGILEV, a town of Roffia, and capital of a govern—
ment, on the river Dnieper. The town is handfome and
commercial, and a place in which the Ruffians carry on.a:
confiderable trade, It was taken from the Ruffians by the
Poles in 1662; and by the divifion of Poland,. in the year
4773: it was ceded.to Ruffia, with its territory, and erected
into an archbifhopric of the Roman church, withan affiftast
bifhop ; 340 miles E.N.E, of Warfaw.. N. lat. 53° 52’.

~ lone. 30° 14!.

MOGILEVSKOE, a government of Ruffia, bounded
on the north by the government of Polotfk, on the north-eaft
by that of Smolenfk, on the fouth-eaft by that of Noygorod
Sieverfkoe, on the fouth by that of Tchernigoy,, and on the

welt

MOG

welt by Poland; about 176 miles in length, in its wideft
breadth 120, in the north part 68, and in the fouth only 24.
N. lat. 52° to 95°. E. long. 29° to 33°.

MOGILNICA, or Moutwicza, a town of the duchy
of Warfaw; 36 miles E. of Rawa.

MOGIMERI, a town of Brazil, in the government of
St. Paul; 35 miles E. of St. Paul.

MOGLA, or Mutta, a town of Afiatic Turkey, and
principal place of a Sangiacat, in Natolia, on the ruins of
the Alinda; roo miles S.E. of Smyrna, N. lat. 37° 8'.
E. long. 28° 22!.

MOGLE, a town of Bofnia; 35 miles E. of Banja-
luka.

MOGNA, a town of Italy, in the Feltrin.

MOGO, a town of Perfia, in Lariftan, on the coaft of
the Perfian gulf; 40 miles W. of Lundsje.

MOGONTUEVSKOI, a town of Ruffia, in the go-
vernment of Irkut{k, on the borders of China; 60 miles
§.S.E. of Doroninfic.

MOGORIN, in Botany, aname given by the Portuguefe
to an Indian or Chinefe flower, growing on a {mall fhrub.
It is of a wonderful white colour, and not unlike the ginjeng,
only that it abounds more with leaves, and {mells much
fweeter; one fingle flower filling a whole houfe with its
odoriferous effuvia. On this account the Chinefe put a high
value upon it, and carefully defend the fhrub it grows on
from the inclemency of the winter, by covering it with vafes

rovided on purpofe.

MOGORIUM, a name of barbarous origin, applied by
Juffieu, Gen. 106, tofuch of the Linnzan f{pecies of Nyc-
tanthes, as have a pulpy fruit, the calyx and corolla of fuch
being prefumed to have at leaft eight divifions ; and the real
NyGanthes, being agreed to have a dry capfular fruit, be-
fides other marks of diftin@tion. Sir Jofeph Banks and Dr.
Solander have referred all the above-mentioned f{pecies to
Jasminum, (fee that article,) in which they have been fol-
lowed by Vahl and Willdenow. The meafure is jultified
by the variablenefs of number in the parts of thefe flowers,
even on the fame individual plant, and the ftrong generic
affinity between them all, independent of number. Such as
have naturally a five-cleft flower, very commonly acquire
one, two, or three additional fegments; and thofe which
have naturally eight, as J. Sambac, are liable to have twelve
or more, without any obliteration of their organs of impreg-
nation. When the latter takes place, the divifions of the
corolla become greatly multiplied, as in other common in-
ftances.

MOGRABIANS, Mocarsa, or Men of the Weft, in
Military Language, a name given to the infantry of the
Turks, compofed of the peafants of Tunis, Algiers, and
Morocco, who have thought proper to feek in Syria and in
Egypt that refpeét which is denied them in their own coun-
try. All the accoutrements and baggage of thefe foldiers
are confined to a rulty firelock, a large knife, a leathern
bag, a cotton fhirt, a pair of drawers, a red cap, and fome-
times flippers. Their pay is ¢ piaftres (about tos. 10d.)
per month, out of which they are obliged to furnifh them-
felves with arms and clothing, They are maintained at the
expence of the pacha, &c.

MOGUAR, in Geography, a town of Spain, in the pro-
vince ‘of Seville, at the mouth of the Tinto; 43 miles W.
of Seville. N. lat. 37°12’. W. long. 6° 58!.

MOGUL Enmpirg, in an extenfive fenfe, denotes that
empire of Afia, over which Tamerlane and his immediate
fucceffors reigned, and in which India was not included ;
but in a more reftrifted fenfe, it fignifies, as cuftom has in
later times appropriated the name, that empire which was

MOG

held by the defcendants of Tamerlane in Hindooftan and
the Deccan. The origin of the Mogulempire is fo far re-
mote, that it is difficult to diftinguifh between fabulous tra-
dition and the records of authentic hiftory. It probably
arofe from {mall beginnings, and extended itfelf by the con-
quelts of ambitious princes. It appears, however, to have
been of very limited extent, if indeed it exifted at all under
this appellation, when T'emujin, better known under the
name of Jenghiz Khan, or Gengiz Cawn, made his appear-
ance. The birth of this conqueror is referred to the year
1163; and at the time of his father’s death, his fubjeéts are
faid to have amounted to between 30,000 and 40,000 fa-
miliés: but a majority of thefe revolted, and in the earlier
part of his life and reign he was left almoft without any fub-
jets. He rofe, however, into notice and power, under the
proteGtion of Vang Khan, who was fovereign of a confider-
able number of Tartar tribes, fituated to the north of Ki-
tay, or China, and who has been known among Europeans
by the name of Prefter John, Thus encouraged and aided,
he fubdued thofe fubje&ts who had revolted in the year 1201,
and was able to keep poffeffion of his throne. It was not
long, however, before Vang Khan became jealous of the
growing power, and perhaps manifeft ambition, of T’emu-
jin, whom he had made his general; fo that he contrived
treacherous meafures for deftroying a prince, whom he con-
fidered as his rival. This difagreement terminated in an
open war, which Temujin profecuted with fuccefs. Vang
Khan was defeated in a battle, by which he loft 40,000
men; and foon after was ungeneroufly put to death by the
father-in-law of Temujin, to whom he had fled for refuge.
The conqueror feized on the dominions of the vanquifhed
Khan, and rapidly extending his marches and vi€tories, re-
duced all the Mogul tribes in the year 1205. Ina diet, held
in the {pring of the following year, to which all the great
lords both of the Moguls and Tartars were f{ummoned, the
Mogul empire was confirmed to him and his fucceffors, to-
gether with thofe kingdoms which he’had fubdued, and he
was folemnly proclaimed emperor. During his inaugura-
tion, a prophet is faid to have appeared in the aflembly with
a divine meflage, declaring that from this time Temujin
fhould affume the name of “ Jenghiz Khan, or the moft
great khan of khans;”’ and at the fame time prediGing,
that his pofterity fhould be khans from one generation to
another. ‘Thus eftablifhed on the throne, and held in the
mott profound veneration by his fubjeéts, he projeéted the
extenfion ef his dominions by more conquefts. He began
with the emperor of Hya, the weltern part of the empire of
Kitay, and in 1209 compelled him to become his tributary :
and when, in 1210, an acknowledgment of his being tri-
butary to the emperor of Kitay was demanded of him, he
refifted the demand, the confequence of which was a war,
that terminated in the diffolution of the Kitay empire. In
the year 1216 he refolved to carry his arms weftward, and,
in his progrefs, defeated an army of 3c0,000 Tartars, who
had revolted; and in 1218 he deputed ambafladors to ex-
prefs his defire of an alliance with Mohammed’ Karazm
(Charafm) Shah, emperor of Gazna or Ghizni. Although
the alliance was concluded, it was foon treacheroufly vio-
lated; and this event occafioned a war, which in 1221 ac-
complifhed the conqueft of the empire of Ghizni, and thus
terminated the dynaity of Charafm. Jenghiz Khan, how-
ever, left Hindooftan undifturbed. After the reduétion of
Charafm, fome of the Moguls marched into Iran or Perfia,
where they made extenlive conquefts; and others invaded
Georgia, and the countries lying wett of it, committing in
their progrefs the moit atrocious enormities. In 1225
Jenghiz Khan returned to Hya, flew the emperor, and de-

2 ftroyed

-

_ though with lefs cruelty.

MOGUL

Aroyed the country. But this was the laf exploit of this
~ ambitious and favage conqueror, who died-in 1227, a» he
was marching to complete the deftrudtion of the Chinefe.
At the death of Jenghiz Khan, the Mogul empire extended
over a prodigious tract of country; being, as it has been
faid, more than 1800 leagues in length from eaft to welt,
and upwards of 1000 in breadth from north to fouth. The
fucceffors of Jenghiz Khan, urged by an infatiable ambition,
urfued the fame plan of conqueft; fo that Oktay was ac-
Petites emperor after Jenghiz, and had under his im-
mediate government Moguleftan, or the country of the
Moguls properly fo called, Kitay, and the countries to the
ealt. of the Tartarian fea, His brother Jagaty governed
under him a great part of the weftern seprpeets. The
country of the Kipjacks, and others to the eait and north-
eaft, north and north-weit, were governed by Batu or Patu,
the fon of Juji, who had fallen in the wars; while Tuli or
Tolay, another fon of Jenghiz Khan, had poffeflion of
Khorafan, Perfia, and that part of India which had been
conquered. On the eaft fide the Mogul arms prevailed, and
fubdued not only the empire of Kitay, but the fouthern part
of China. Inthe year 1254, Magu, or Menkho, the fourth
khan of the Moguls, raifed a large army, and gave the com-
mand of it to his brother Hulaku, or Hula u, for the pur-
pofe of extending his dominions towards the weft. With
this army, in 1255, he invaded Iran, fuppreffing the If-
maelians or Affaflins ; and two years afterwards he advanced
to a pri which he captured. Cruelty and devaitation
marked the footfteps of the Moguls; fire and {word were
the implements of their warfare ; and it is faid, that in Bag-
dad, and its vicinity, the number of flain amounted to
1,600,000. Inthe following year he invaded Syria, took
offeffion of Damafcus without refiftance on the part of the
inhabitants, whofe lives were therefore {pared ; and having
captured Aleppo by ftorm, murdered the inhabitarts, with-
out fparing even the children in their cradles. Thefe cities,
which in ths fucceeding year revolted, were again taken by
the Moguls and plundered, and the inhabitants were either
flaughtered without mercy, or carried into flavery, Hu-
Jaku died in 1264; and at the time of his deceafe we may fix
the greateft extent of the Mogul empire. It comprehended
the whole of the continent of Afia, excepting part of Hin-
dooftan, Siam, Pegu, Cochinchina, and a few of the countries
of Leffer Afia, which the Moguls had not attacked. From
this period, however, this vaft and overgrown empire began
to decline. The ambitious khans failed in their attempts
upon Japan and Cochinchina, and alfo upon Hindooftan ;
and the empire itfelf was divided into feveral {mailer parti-
tions. The governors of Perfia, being of the family of
Jenghiz Khan, owned no allegiance to any fuperior; thofe
of Tartary purfued the fame courfe; the Chinefe threw off
the yoke: and thus the continent of Afia affumed, in a
great degree, the fame afpet which it had before Jenghiz
Khan began his conquefts. At length, in the year 1369,
Timur Bek, or Tamerlane, one of the petty princes of this
‘broken empire, having conquered a number of others, was
crowned.at Balk, with the pompous title of “ Sakeb
Karan,’’ i. ¢. the emperor of the age and conqueror of the
world. He began his reign with the exercife of various
cruelties. — -

In 1370, Timur croffed the Sihon, made war on the Getes,
and attacked Charafm. In 1379 he had fully conquered the
country of the Getes, as well as Khorafan; and from that
time he purfued his conquelts, as Jenghiz Khan had done,

In 1387, he had reduced Arme-

nia, Georgia, and the whole of Perfia; the conqueft of

7

which laft country was completed by the reduction of Ifpa-

EMPIRE.

hans 70,000 of the inhabitants of which city were flaugh-
tered on account of the fedition-of fome difattegted perfons.
After the reduétion of Perfia, Timur turned his arms north.
ward and weftward, fubduing all the countries as far as the
Euphrates, He took the city of Bagdad; reduced Syria;
and having ravaged a great part of Ruffia, returned in 1396
to Perfia, where he made a {plendid feait for his whole army.
After feveral irruptions which had been made by the Moguls
into Hindooftan, after the death of Jenghiz Khan, Timur,
who had already extended his empire over all the weftern
Afia and Tartary, turned his arms towards this country in
1398. In the preceding year he had fent his pity Ne
Mahomed to reduce the Panjab and Moultan, and in Oc-
tober croffed the Indus himfelf ; and joining his grandfon
near Moultan, his army proceeded in different divifions to
Delhi, which fubmitted without what may be properly
termed a battle. The maflacres and exterminations that
fucceeded his taking pofleffion of the city, were executed
under his immediate direétion; and juitly entitled him to
the appellation of the ¢ deftroying prince.” Timur ftaid
in Delhi only 15 days; and then appears to have been on his
return to the feat of his empire, when, hearing of a fortrefs
in the Dooab that had refifted the arms of a former Mogul
invader, he marched towards it and took it. From thence
he proceeded to the place where the Ganges iffues out of the
mountains, and where the Hindoos refort at certain feafons,
in vait numbers, to pay their adorations to, and to purify
themfelves in, that facred ftream. His obje& was the exter-
mination of thefe inoffenfive people; and he partly fuc-
ceeded. From this place, turning to the N.W., along the
foot of mount Sewalick, he continued his maffacres, though
not without oppofition, until he arrived on the frontiers of
Cafhmere. He {pent little more than five months, between
the time of his croffing and recrofiing the Indus, and in
doing this he paid greater attention to the feafons than
Alexander had done. Timur, however, may be faid rather to
over-run than to conquer or fubje&t; for he did not dilturb
the order of fucceffion in Hindooftan, but left Mahmood
on the throne; referving to himfelf the poffeffion of the Pan-
Jab country only ; which his fucceffors did not long retain.
His views were at this time directed towards the Turkith
empire ; and this circumitance induced him to neglect India,
which did not promife fo plentiful a harvett of glory as the
other. During his life, which terminated at Samarcand in
the year 1405, he was prayed for in the mofques of Hin-
dooftan, and the coin was ftruck in his name; but this
might be more the effect of policy in the ufurpers of Mah-
mood's throne than the a& of Timur. On Timur’s death
his empire fell into great diforder, and was diftratted by
civil wars, till at length peace was rettored by the fettle-
ment of Shah Rukh, Timur’s fon, on the throne. The
empire fubject to his dominion was much reduced ; Charafm,
Khorafan, Candahar, Perfia, and part of Hindoolian being
the countries of which it confifted. By him his dominions
in this reduced ftate were tranfmitted to his fon Ulug Beg,
well known by his aftronomical tables. A fucceffion of
princes filled up the interval till the death of A bufaid Mirza,
a lineal defcendant of Timur. From this time we may con-
fider the empire of Timur as diffolved, though his deicend-
ants ftill reigned in Perfia and Hindooftan.

The conquett of Hindooftan was effeéted by Sultan Baber,
a defcendant of Timur or Tamerlane, and Jenghiz Khan. This
prince reigned over a kingdom compofed generally of the pro-
vinces fituated between the Indus and Samarcand. Bein
difpeffefied of the northern part of his dominions by the U
becs, he determined to try his fortune in Hindooftan, whofe
diftracted ftate under Ibrahim II. in 1516, ities his

opes |

MOH
hopes of conquelt. His firft expedition from Cabul, where
he refided, acrofs the Indus, was undertaken in 15183 this
was fucceeded by four others ; and in the fifth (A.D. 1525),
she defeated the emperor of Delhi, and put an end to the
dynafty of Lodi. He reigned only five years in Hindooftan,
chiefly employing himfelf in the redu€tion of the ealtern
provinces. It was in the perfon of Baber that the line of
"Tamerlane firft mounted the throne of Hindooftan; and it
was in that of Acbar, his grandfon, that it was eftablifhed.
The conquelt of their ancettor, about a century and a half
before, had no fhare in effeGting the prefent fettlement.
Baber was, in reality, the founder of the Mogul dynafty ;
and from this event Hindooftan derived the appellation of
the “* Mogul empire.’”’? The princes of the houfe of Timur
have fince their firlt eftablifhment on the throne eagerly pur-
fued the conqueft of the Deccan, not confidering that
this region, which poffefled ample refources within itfelf, and
innumerable advantages in point of fecurity from an enemy
. without, was alfo fituated at fuch a diftance from the capital,
as to hold out to its viceroy the temptation of independence
whenever a favourable opportunity offered. Perhaps, fays
major Rennell, if the Deccan had been originally left to it-
felt, the pofterity of ‘Timur might {till have fwayed the
{ceptre of Hindooftan. In procefs of time the Mogul em-
pire became merely nominal; and the emperors were re-
garded as of no political confequence, otherwife than as
their names and perfons are made ufe of by different parties
to forward their own views. The Mogul empire attained
its full meafure of extent under the reign of Aurungzebe,
fee his article. In this empire many parts of it were
1000 miles diftant from the feat of government ; and ac-
cordingly its hiftory is one continued “leffon to fovereigns,
not to grafp at too much dominion, and to mankind to cir-
cum{cribe the undertakings of their rulers. Rennell’s Me.
moirs, Introd. See Deccan, Dez~ui, and Hinpoosran.
See alfo Moncorrs.

MOGULISTAN, or Mocotisran, the country of the
Mogul Tartars. Ina larger fenfe, this term comprehends
the whole of Tartary, from the Cafpian to the North At-
lantic ; but, in a more reftrifted fenfe, to an extenfive tract
of country between Bucharia and China, north of Thibet.
See Mocur Empire and Moncotes.

MOGULMARY, a town of Bengal; 18 miles S. of
Burdwan. :

MOGULPOUR, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar
of Schaurunpour; 36 miles §.S.W. of Schaurunpour.

MOGULPURRAH, a town of Hindooftan, in Bahar 3
18 miles N.N.W. of Bahar. ;

MOGULS. See Moncotes.

MOGULSERAT, a town of Hindooftan, in Benares;
1o miles S.E. of Benares.—Alfo, a town of Hindooftan, in
the circar of Sirhind; 15 miles N.N.E. of Sirhind.—Alfo,
a town of Hindooftan, in the country of Agra; 24 miles
N.N.W. of Kerowly.

MOGURANI, a town of Walachia; 48 miles N. of
Bucharett.

MOGWITZ, a town of Silefia, in the principality or
Neiffe ; 6 miles N.N.E. of Ottmuchau.

MOGYESZO, a town of Hungary; 12 miles W. of
Tokay.

MOHACS, a town of Hungary, on the Danube; 56
miles W. of Zegedin. N. lat. 46° 2!. E. long. 18° 44!

MOHADAN, At, a town of Arabia, in the province
of Hedsjas; 80 miles E. of Madian,

MOHADY, a town of Hindooftan, in Berar; 31 miles
E.N.E. of Nagpour. :

MOH

MOHAIR, in Commerce, the hair of a kind of goat,
frequent about Angora in Turkey ; the inhabitants of which
city are all employed in the manufaéture of camblet made of
this hair. See Camser and Capra Angorenfis.

Some give the name mohair to the camblets or ftuffs made
of this hair: of thefe there are two kinds; the one {mooth
and plain; the other watered like tabbies: the difference
between the two only confifts in this, that the latter is
calendered, the other not. There are alfo mohairs both
plain and watered, whofe woof is of wool, cotton, or
thread. ;

Monatr-Shell, in Natural Hiftory. See Morne.

MOHANG-LENG, in Geography, a town of the king-
dom of Laos, fo called by the Chinefe; AZohang, in the
language of the country, fignifying town. It is of con-
fiderable extent, but only enclofed with a palifade; on the
weit are large forefts and feveral rivers. This city ftands ou
both fides of a river, called Meinam Tai, which, by the
Chinefe accounts, joins the river of Siam. Fifh is rare, but
buffalo and venifon are common in the markets. ;

MOHANOO, a town of Hindooftan, in-the circar of
Chanderee ; 33 miles W. of Chanderee.

MOHASSIL, formerly called « Difterdar,"’ an officer
at Aleppo, is reckoned the fecond perfon of the city in the
civil line, and, on the demife of the bafhaw, is by the Divan
ufually appointed Mutfillem, or temporary governor, till
orders come from the Porte. He is farmer-general of the
land-tax, the cuftoms, and the capitation tax; on which
account he is obliged to retain a number of fubordinate of-
ficers difperfed in the province, and to perform confiderable
bufinefs. He exercifes a limited judicial power in matters
of revenue, and has a prifon in his own palace. The Mo-
haffil’s influence is confiderable: he lives fplendidly, and is
much courted by the agas or land-renters, as well as by the
merchants. He is, from his office, one of the members of
the Divan, or council.

MOHAUDN, a town of Hindooftan, in Oude; 15 miles
N. of Lucknow.

MOHAWK Bay, a bay in °Frederickfourg, Upper
Canada, which lies oppofite to Mohawk’s fettlement, and
clofe to the mouth of the river Apannac.

Mouawxk River, a river of New York, which rifes to
the northward of Fort Stanwix, about eight miles from
Black or Sable river, a water of lake Ontario, and runs
fouthwardly 20 miles to the fort, then ealtward 110 miles,
and after receiving many tributary ftreams, falls into Hud-
fon’s river, by three mouths, oppofite to Lonfinburgh and
Troy, from feven to ten miles N. of Albany. This fine
river is navigable for boats from Schene€tady, nearly or quite
to its fource ; and the opening of this navigation by means
of the locks and canals round the Little Falls, completed in
1795, is very advantageous to the commerce of the itate.
A fhore of at leaft 1000 mites in length is thus wafhed by
boatable waters, exclufive of all the great lakes ; and many
millions of acres of excellent tillage land, rapidly fettling, are
accommodated with water communications for conveymg
their produce to market. . The intervals on both fides ef this
river, of various widths, are fome of the richeft and beit
lands in the world; and are diftributed into farms, which
are occupied and cultivated principally by Dutch people,
whofe agricultural practice admits of great improvement, as
they negleét to employ the manure of their barns in the cul-
ture of their land. The banks of this river were formerly
thickly fettled with Indians; and at the period when Al-
bany was firft fettled, it is faid that at ScheneGtady there
were 800 warriors, and that 300 warriors fubfifted within a
{pace now occupied by a fingle farm. About three peti

8 rom

MOU

from its entrance into the Hudfon, the river is about 1008
feet wide ; the rock over which it pours, as over a mill-
dam, extends from S.W. to N.E. almoft in a line from one
fide of the river to the other, and is about 40 feet in perpen-
dicular height, and including the defcent above, the fall 1s as
much as 60 or 70 feet. About a mile below the falls is a
handfome bridge ; and immediately below the bridge the
river divides into three branches, which form feveral large
iflands.

Monawk, or Cookguago, a branch of Delaware river,
which, after it mingles with the Popachton branch, is called
Delaware.

Monawk, formerly a town on the S. fide of the river of
the fame name, in Montgomery county, New York, fituated
in a very fertile country. It was abandoned by the Mohawk
Indians in 1780.

Mouawks, an Indian nation, acknowledged by the other
tribes of the Six Nations to be the true old heads of the con-
federacy. They were formerly very powerful, and had
their habitation on Mohawk river. As they were ftrongly
attached to the Johnfon family, a part of them emigrated to
Canada with fir John Johnfon as early as the year 1776.
About 300 of this nation now refide in Upper Canada.

Monawk Settlement is in the bay of Quinti, Upper Ca-
nada, W. of Richmond, and comprehended between the
river Shannon and Bowen's creek.

Moxawk Village, on the Grand river, or Oufe, in Upper
Canada, is the principal village of the Six Nations, in the
tra&t purchafed from the Miffaflaga nation, by his prefent
majefty, on account of their loyalty and attachment during
the late revolution, in which they loft their poffeffions on the
Mohawk river. This tract is too miles long, and 12 wide,
interfeéted by Grand river, from its mouth in lake Erie up-
wards. The village is beautifully fituated, has a neat church
with a fteeple, a {chool-houfe, anda council-houfe; and not
far from it a grift and a faw-mill. Thefe buildings have for
the moft part been ereted by government, which pays a mil-
ler, {choolmafter, and black{mith, for their fervices at the
village ; and the fociety for propagating the gofpel makes
an allowance to a clergyman of the eftablifhed church for oc-
cafional vifits to thefe tribes. The liturgy of the church
of England has been tranflated into the Mohawk language,
and printed for the ufe of the Six Nation Indians. In 1800,
this nation, the Seneca and Oneida pagans, revived their cuf-
tom of facrificing white dogs to their gods, which had been
negleGted for 30 years, under a notion that the negle& of
this facrifiee had been one caufe of their various misfortunes.

Mouawks’ Corn, in Botany, a name given by the Indians
to a peculiar fort of the maize, or Indian corn. It is moft
frequent in the more northerly parts of America. The ge-
neral time of fowing the maize in Virginia and other places,
is in the end of April; but this mohawk kind need not be
fown before June, and yet will come well to maturity be-
fore the winter. The {talks of this kind are fhorter than
thofe of the common fort. The ears alfo are fhorter and
grow nearer the ground, and the corn is generally of various
colours, Phil. Tranf. N° 142.

Mowawx. See Mock.

MOHAWRY, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan, in
the circar of Chanderee ; 45 miles W. of Chanderee.

MOHEGAN, a place fituated between Norwich and
New London, in Conneticut, in America; which is the re-
fidence of the remaining few of the Mohegan tribe of In-
dians. A confiderable part of this {mall number removed
lately to Oneida, with the late Mr. Occom.

MOHELNO, a town of Moravia, in the circle of Znayms ;
24 miles N. of Znaym.

Vou. XXIII.

4

MOH

MOHERNANDO, a town of Spain, in New Caftile ;
to miles N. of Guadalajara.

MOHERRY, atown of Hindooftan, in the circar of
Cicacole ; 20 miles S.W. of Ganjam.

MOHGONG, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar of
Ruttunpour ; 16 miles S.E, of Dumdah.

MOHICCONS, a tribe of Indians, whofe habitations lie
on abranch of the Sufquehannah, between Chagnet and
Gwegy. Hutchins, fome years ago, reckoned them at 100,
but Imlay, in 1773, eftimates them only at 70 fighting men.
They were formerly a confederate tribe of the Delawares.—
Alfo, an Indian tribe, in the N.W. territory, which inhabits
near Sandufky, and between the Scioto and Mutkingum :
their warriors are reckoned to be 60.

MOHILA, one of the Comora iflands, in the Indian

fea, between the ifland of rasa viral and the coaft of

Africa. It has a good road for fhips, and it ie faid to be
fertile. It is governed by a fultan, whofe children fhare his
authority in different diftri€ts of the ifland, bear the fame
appellation, and poffefs the fame infignia of ftate, though
they hold their power in fubordination to him. The fultan
himfelf never appears in public, without being attended by
20 of the priacipal perfons of the ifland, and ‘on fuch occa-
fion his drefs is a long robe of ftriped calico, hanging from
his fhoulders to his feet, with a turban on his head. The
people are alfo generally clad in the fame manner, and are
perpetually chewing the areca, or betle nut, like the Indians
of the Eaft, whofe manners they greatly refemble. S. lat.
12°30!. E. long. 43° 50’.

OHILL, a pott-town of the county of Leitrim, Ire-
land; 78 miles W.N.W. from Dublin.

MOHILNA, a town of Poland, in Volhynia; 44 miles
N.of Zytomiers.

MOHILOW,, a town of Poland, in the palatinate of
Braclaw ; 60 miles S.W. of Braclaw.

MORN, called by the Efthonians «* Muhoma,”? which
literally fignifies the land of boils or fores, an ifland of the
Baltic, feparated from the main land by a ftrait, called the
Great Sound, about two Swedifh miles over in its broadeft
part, and near a mile where it is narreweft; the tranfport
being made in fummer by large boats, called Prames.
Boats of a fimilar kind pafs between Mohn and Oefel, acrofs
the Little Sound, which bears fome refemblance to a fpacious
haven. Mohn kes to the S.W. of Oefel, forming a parifh
of itfelf, with its own church and preacher. Near the mid-
dle of the ifland, on an eminence, ftands the church. Many
of the boors live here comfortably ; and having a little por-
tion of foreft, which, and alfo their hay fields, are inclofed
by a wall of ftones. Asa fhelter from ftorms, to which
thefe feas are fubje&t, fome haye their houfes built in the
midft of thefe little thickets. Not only acorns and bilberries,
but alfo wild nuts and crab apples grow here, of which
laft the boors make a tolerably well tafted cyder ; and in the
farms they ufe them alfo for fwine-wafh. The circumference
of the whole ifland meafures about 95 verfts. The pafage
over the Great Sound in fummer is made with oars in about
four hours, but with a fail and fair wind in lefs than two.
To Mohn belong two {mall iflands ; one lying towards the
N., and quite uninhabited, is merely a hay-field for the boore
of Mohn ; the other lies nearly between Oefel and Mohn in
the Little Sound, and isoccupied by threeboors. On Mecha
is a large ftagnant lake, from which a canal has been made
into the fea. Tooke’s Ruff. Emp. vol. i.

MOHO, a town of Peru, in the diocefe of La Paz; 25
miles S.E. of Afungaro.

MORR, a town of Germany, in the county of Hoya;

five miles W. of Hoya.
ras) MOHRAU,

MOH

MOHRAYW, a town of Silefia, in the principality of
Neiffe, near a river of the fame name ; 28 miles S. of Neiffe.

MOHRIA, in Botany, a curious genus of ferns, named
by lr. Swartz after his friend Dr. D. M. H. Mohr, of Kiel,
the coadjutor of profeffor Weber, in feveral excellent botanical
publications, particularly refpecting the clafs Crypiogamia.
In thefe he has difplayed great knowledge and application,
though not without fome inaccuracy, and rudeneis, rather
than acrimony, of criticifm. Experience, and a naturally
good difpofition, would gradually have overcome fuch de-
feéts, while his f{cientific abilities would have rendered the
moft extenfive fervices to botany, had not an early death dif-
appointed the hopes of his friends. — Swartz. Syn. Fil. 6. 159.
—Clafs and order, Cryptogamia Filices. Nat. Ord. Filices.
Linn. Juff.

Gen. Ch. Cap/ules feffile, diftin@, roundifh, depreffed,
concentrically itriated, of one cell, burfting by a longitu-
dinal fiffure at.one fide, without any feparate ring, fituated
near the margin ofthe frond. Sceds numerous, roundifh, mi-
nute. Jnvolucrum from the crenate inflexed margin of the
lobes.

Eff. Ch. Capfules near the margin of the frond, diftin&,
feffile, concentrically ftriated, without a ring, burfting longi-
tudinally. Involucrum from the crenate inflexed margin.

1. M. thurifraga. Incenfe-fern. Swartz. Syn. Fil. 159.
385. t. 5. (Polypodium caffrorum; Linn. Mant. 307.
‘Adiantum caffrorum ; 447. O{fmunda marginalis ; Lamarck
Did. v. 4. 655. O. thurifera ; Swartz in Schrad. Journ.
for 1800. 105. Filicula zthiopica, denticulatis pinnulis,
averfa parte, A fplenii ritu, villofa lanugine teétis, pediculo
{plendente nigro ; Pluk. Mant. 77. t. 150. f. 3.) —Gathered
by Koenig at the Cape of Good Hope; by Sonnerat, as
well as Commerfon, in the ifleof Bourbon. The roots con-
fift of many long, branched, blackifh, hairy fibres. Fronds
in denfe tufts, near a {pan high, bipinnate, denfely clothed
beneath with imbricated, taper-pointed {cales, as are alfo the

fealks nfome degree. Leaflets of the barren fronds roundifh

or ovate, fharply pinnatilid; thofe of the fertile fronds,
which are confiderably taller, ovate, obtufe, deeply and bluntly
lobed, their edges, or terminations of the lobes, inflexed over
the cap/ules, which are each the fize of the {malleft pin’s head,
ranged in a fimple row, at a little diftance from the margin
of the leaflet. There are generally two cap/ules under each
fegment of the leaflet.

The following Tazz fhews the Affay, Weight,

————

Mohur, or gold rupee of Shah Allum, 177
Mohur of the fame, 1787
Half mohur of the fame, 1787
Quarter mohur of the fame, 1787 - -

Sicca gold mohur of Bengal, dated 19th June, 1789
Old Bombay mohur ftill in circulation
Surat mohur, of the lateft coinage

O°

MOH

The fimell of the recent fern is faid to refemble that of in-
cenfe, or gum benzoin; hence the French in the ifle of Bour-
bon term it /a_feuille d’encens.

We cannot trace the error of Dr. Swartz’s citation of La-
marck. His mifquotation of Plukenet could net, on ac-
count of the confufed arrangement of this author’s book, be,
without great care, avoided ; buat we trutt our correétion is
right.—'This genus differs from O/munda in the ftruéture as
well as fituation of its capfules, and is unqueftionably very
diftin& from that and all others.

MOHRIN, in Geography, a town of Brandenburg, in
the New Mark; 20 miles N. of Cuftrin. N. lat. 52° 54’.
E. long. 14° 31’.

MOHRUNGEN, atown of Proffia, in the province of
Oberland, fituated on a lake of the fame name, which almoft
furrounds it; 55 miles 5.S.W. of Konigfberg. N. lat.
GAg tes oe long. 19 Mg le
_MOHUN, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar of
Kitchwara; 10 miles S. of Bedawar.—Alfo, a town of
Hindooftan, in Oude; 16 miles N E. of Cawnpour.

MOHUNGUR, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar of
Gohud ; 18 milesS.W. of Narwa. =

MOHUR, in Commerce, a coin in the Eaft Indies. Gold
mohurs, fometimes called gold rupees, are ftruck at the mint
of Calcutta, as well as Sicca rupees, called filver rupees; 16
of the latter are, by regulation, to pafs for one of the former.
The value of the gold mohurs has undergone confiderable va-
riations at different periods. At prefent the weight of the
mohur is 13.28 maffa, or 190,894 grains, and its finenefs
23} carats, containing 189.462 grams of fine gold ; and it
is, therefore, worth 1/. 13s. 63d. fterling. At Madras, the
mohurs, or gold rupees ot Bengal, occafionally pafs for four
ftar pagodas. (See Pacopa.) At Bombay, the gold
mohur pafies in account for 15 rupees. In 1774 the coin,
called the gold mohur, or gold rupee, was ordered to be
made of the fame weight as the filver rupee, and ta be equal
in finenefs to a Venetian fequin ; fo that the proportion of
gold to filver in the Bombay coins was nearly as 15 to 1.
Afterwards this preportion ceafed ; and gold, coined ac-
cording to the regulation of 1774, exchanged for only 13
times its weight offilver. Accordingly, in order to remedy
this, it was fettled in 1800, that the mohur fhould be ef the
fame weight and finenefs as the filver rupee; and that.it
fhould pais for 15 fuch rupees.

Contents, and Value of the Eaft Indian Mohurs.

fay. 3 Contents in ~ Value in
Affay pint ie pure Gold. Sterling.
car. gt oz. dwt. gr. Grains. 5) a.
I 23 ae Pay 186.8 > Twos
I 22 OF 4. uae 188.5 1 1g 48
1 23 | © 3 23% 9+ o 16 7
I 25 Or Tage 47+ a 68). 33
ee oe ans | 189.7 Li! 12 we7'¢
o 3h O° 9 4105 170. ty fos ns
o of ome ee 165. I 2}
Tippoo’s gold rupee - - - - I a: o 8 205 i 8 I ‘4 13
Mohur, of the Dutch E. 1. Company, 1783 cp ©.; HO) Sag 181.5 1/12 uu
Ditto = - - 1797 y a °o 9 820 174.5 I 10. 10%
- - 1801 ee 0+..5 5 96.2 OF IJ, wx

Half ditto -

Kelly’s Univ. Cambitt.

MOHUR-

MOI
MOHURBUNGE, a province of Hindoolan, S.W.

of Bengal.

MOHYLNA, a town of Lithuania, in the palatinate of
Mintk ; 36 miles S.S.W, of Mintk,

MOLTA, «a town of Naples, in Principato Citra; 18
miles 5.5.W. of Cangiano.

MOJABRA, a town of Africa, in Tripoli; 1o miles
E. of Augela,

MOJAN, an ifland in the Baltic, belonging to Sweden.
N., lat. 39°22’. E. long. 18 45"

MOJARA, atown of South America, in the province
of 'Tucuman ; 18 miles N. of St. Salvador de Jugui.

MOIDENA, a town of Bengal; 20 miles S. of Kithe-

nagur.
MOIDORE, Mogna, or Lifbennine, in Commerce, an
old gold coin, truck and formerly current in Portugal.

MOI

The moidore and its divifions are reckoned by the ree;
which fee,

The gold pieces coined in Portugal before the year 1722,
are now, on account of the fignorage and the rife in the
price of gold, 20 per cent. higher than their original value ;
thus, the old dobras, coined at 20,000 recs, are worth
24,000: the Lifbonnines or moidores, coined at 4000 rees,
are worth 4800; and the halves and quarters in proportion ;
but few of thefe coins are now in circulation. ‘The gold
coins {truck fince 1722, are the dobra, of 12,800 rees; the
meia dobra, Joanefe, or Portugal piece, of 6400 rees; the
half Joanefe, of 3200 ; the dezefeis teftoons, of 1600; the
quartinho, of 1200; the oito teltoons, of 800; the old
crufado, of 400, now very fearce, and the new crufado, of
459 rees.

The Affay, &c. of Portugal Coins, will appear in the following Tante.

Affay. | Weight.

car.
Standard
Ditto
Ditto
o of

Dobraon of 24000 rees_ -

Meio dobraon of 12,000 rees

Dobra of 12,800 rees -

Joanele of 6400 rees :

Half Joanefe of 3200 rees Hee ts
Moidore, or Lifbonnine (4, &c. in proportion)
Piece of 16 teftoons, or 1600 rees_ - A
Piece of 12 teltoons, or 1200 rees “
Piece of § teftoons - =
Old crufade of 400 rees .
New crufade of 480 rees 4
Milrea, coined for the African colonies, 1755

The impreffions on the gold coins of Portugal are as

lows :

The dobraon: arms of Portugal, with 20,000 on one
fide, and five flowers on the other: legend, JoANNES V.
D.G. PORT. ET ALG. REX. (John V. by the grace of God
king of Portugal and Algarves) : reverfe a crofs, with four
M’s in the four angles ; legend, iv HOC SIGNO VINCEs, (by
this fign thou fhalt conquer). The half dobraon bears the
fame impreflions, except that it is marked 10,000.

The moidore bears the fame impreffions as the dobraon,
except that it is marked 4000, and has four B’s in the four
angles of the crofs ; but fome of an ancient date bear on the
reverfe a crofs, furrounded by four conne@ed femi-circles,
and a whole circle, with the legend ET BRASILILE DOMINUS
ANNO, &c. (and lord of Brazil, in the year, &c.) The
half and quarter moidores are marked 2000 and 1000 ;
their impreffions are in other refpetts the fame as on the
moidore. , é

The Joanefe: head of the reigning fovereign, with name
and titles; thus JOANNES V. D. G. PORT. ET ALG. REX 3 or
MARIA I. D G. PORT. ET ALG. BEGINA, (Mary I. queen of
Portugal and Algarves) ; and the pieces coined by the
prince regent, fince 1804, bear his head, with JOANNES
B. G. PORT. ET ALG. P. REGENS (John, prince regent, &c.) ;
reverfe, arms of Portugal. The dobra or double Joanefe,
the half, quarter, and etghth Joanefe, all bear the fame im-

flions.
P'The quartinho: arms of Portugal, with too, and the

° I
Standard
rs) 3

fo)

°

© 0}
Standard

Value in

Sterling.

Contents in
pure Gold.

Grains.
759+
379°5
401.5
203.
101.5
152.2
49 3
36-7
25-9
13.6
14.7
18.1

gr.

o AO &

PHM pie ie:

Oo;

OF

co0°00e000008
COOm = DARL
CO000O sO mrBwWaQk

legend, MARIA, D. G. &c.: reverfe, a crofs, with four
flowers, and the legend IN HOC SIGNO VINCES, as before.

The old crufade: head of the reigning king ; reverfe, a
crown ; legend, JoAN, V. D. G. P. REX, as_ before.

The new crufade : name of the reigning fovereign, over it
a crown ; and under the name two palms, with 400 at the
bottom ; reverfe the crofs and legend, as in the quartinho.

The milrea: coined for the African colonies,—arms of
Portugal, with 1000 on the fide, and the name and title as
above ; reverfe, a crofs and circles as in the old moidores;
legend, ET DOMINUS AF. OR. ANNO, &c. that is, “* Domi-
nus Afncz orientalis’’ (lord of eaftern Africa). Kelly’s
Un. Cambift.

MOIETY, Menteras, the half of any thing.

MOIGOLSCHAR, in Geography, acape of Ruffia,on
the N.W. coalt of Nova Zembla. N. lat. 72°40. E. long.

rape Uy eA

MOIKA, ariver of Ruffia, which runs from the right
of the Fontanka, not far below its departure from the Neva,
and runs almoit parallel with it, into which it falls to the
left of the Great Neva, clofe above its mouth.

MOILON, is a name given by the French toa kind of
ftone, that forms the upper cruft, and lies round the free ftone
in moft quarries. It is an excellent fubftance for forming the
body of fluxes or foft enamel.

MOIMENTA pe Beira, in Geography, a town of Portu-
gal, in the province of Beira; 13 miles S.W. of Caftel

Rodrigo.
48 2. MOINE,

MOI!

MOINE, PerTer LE, in Biography, was born at Chau-
mont, in Bafligny, in 1602. He entered into the fociety
of the Jefuits at feventeen, and continued to ferve it by his
labours and writings till his death, at Paris, in 1671. The
principal work for which he is famous as a poet, is ‘ Saint
Louis, ou la Couronne reconquiffe fur les Infidelles,’’ in
eighteen books, which, for a time, ftood high among the
epic poems in the French language. It is faid to difplay a
vigorous imagination, and eonfiderable powers of poetical
expreffion. Boileau, being called: upon for an opinion of

Le Moine, faid, ‘‘ he had too much extravagance for his _

praife, and too much poetry for his cenfure.”” He was a
confiderable writer in profe, in which his ftyle and manner
refemble thofe of verfe. His “ Peintures Morales ;”’
6s Traité de l’ Hiftoire ;”’ «« La Galerie des Femmes fortes,”’
have confiderable merit. Moreri.

Moinr, STEPHEN LE, a very learned French Protetft-
ant divine in the 17th century, was born. at Caen, in
Normandy, in the year 1624. Having laid ina good ftock
of elementary learning at his native place, he was fent to
Sedan, where he went through a courfe of divinity under
the celebrated Du Moulin. From thence he went to Leyden
to ftudy the Oriental languages. Upon his return to France
in 1650, he was appointed paftor to the church of Gefoffe.
He afterwards removed to Rouen, where hts zeal in maintain-
ing Proteftant principles expofed him to the perfecution
of the Catholics. In 1676 he left France, came over to
England, and was honoured with the degree of doétor by
the univerfity of Oxford. From hence he pafled over to
Holland, and ebtained the profefforfhip of divinity at Ley-
den, which he occupied with much reputation during the
reft of his life. In the year 1685, he publifhed a colleGtion
of curious Greek treatifes, relating to ecclefiaftical hiftory,
preceded by long prolegomena; it was entitled “ Varia Sacra,
feu Sylloge variorum Opufculorum Grecorum ad rem eccle-
fiafticam {pe€tantium.”? He was author of many other curious
and learned works. He died in 1689, in the 65th year
of his age. Moreri.

Morne, JoHN LE, a French cardinal, who flourifhed
in the 13th and 14th centuries, and founded a college
at Paris called after his name, was a native of Crefly, in Pon-
thieu. He was educated at the univerfity of Paris, where
he ftudied divinity and the canon law, and was admitted to
the degree of door. After various promotions in the
church, he was raifed to the purple, either by pope Celeftine,
or by Boniface VIII. By the laft mentioned pontiff he
was held in high efteem, and appointed his legate in France,
at the time of his conteft with Philip the Fair. In this bu-
finefs the cardinal was ready to facrifice the interefts of the
fovereign and of his country, that he might gratify the am-
bition of the court of Rome. He died at Avignon, in 1313,
He was author of « A Commentary on the fixth Book of
the Decretals,”’ which is faid to difptay the knowledge and
abilities of an able and profound canonift. It wag printed
at Paris in 1536, andat Venicein 1586. Moreri.

Morne, ABRAHAM LE, a French Proteftant divine, who
was born towards the clofe of the 17th century, and
became a refugee in England on account of his religion.
He officiated as minifter to a French church at London, and
died in che year 1760. He is known chiefly by «‘ A Trea-
tife on Miracles,’ which was written im anfwer to Chubb,
and which, on many accounts, was thought well of by the
late learned Mr. Hugh Farmer. Subjoined to the treatife
on miracles isa poftcript, intended to vindicate the authority
ef the ancient fathers, inanfwer to what had been advanced
by Dr. Middleton in his “* Free Enquiry.” Le Moine
publifhed alfo «* A Sermon in Defence of Sacxed Hiftory,

MOT

in Anfwer to Lord Bolingbroke,” and fome other fermons.
He alfo tranflated into the French language bifhop Gibfon’s
«© Paftoral Letters;?? “¢ The Trial of the Witnefles of the
Refurreétion of Jefus ;”’ and * Difcourfes on the Ufe and
Intent of Prophefy,” by bifhop Sherlock. Thefe tranfla-
tions are accompanied with curious and interefting differta-
tions, by the tranflator. Gen. Biog.

Morne, in Geography, a river of Louifiana, which runs from
the N.W. into the Miffifippi, in N. lat. 40° 5'. W. long.

TGA
2 wii, La, a bay on the S. coaft of Newfoundland ;
25 miles E. of Cape Ray.

MOINEAU, in Fortification, isa flat baftion, raifed be-
fore acurtain when it is too long, and the baftions of the
angles too remote to be able to defend one another.

Sometimes the moineau is joined to the curtain, and fome-
times it is divided from it bya moat. Here mufqueteers are

laced, to fire each way.
*“MOINHO Dirco, in Geography, a town of Portugal,
in Eftramadura ; 30 miles N.E. of Lifbon.

MOJOS, a town of South America, and capital of a
province, in the viceroyalty of Buenos Ayres ; 14 miles N.
of St. Salvador de Jujui.

MOIRA, a poft-town of the county of Down, Ireland,
chiefly inhabited by perfons concerned in the linen manufac-
ture, for which the neighbouring country is peculiarly fa-
vourable. White lime-itone is abundant in the neighbour-
hood, Moira gives the title of earl to the Rawdon family.
It is 69 miles N. from Dublin.

Morra’s Strait, an inlet on the E. coaft of the Prince of
Wales’s Archipelago, in the duke of Clarence’s ftrait. N.
lat. of the entrance 54° 58’. E. long. 228° 22!.

MOIRANS, a town of France, in the department of the
Jura, and chief place of a canton, in the diftriét of St. Claude.
The place contains 1190, and the canton 6855 inhabitants,
on aterritory of 195 kiliometres, in 30 communes.

MOIRE, in Conchology, the mohair fhell, a name given
by the French virtuofi to a peculiar fpecies of voluta,
which feems of a clofely and finely reticulated texture :
and refembles on the furface a piece of mohair, ora very
clofe filk-worm’s web. ;

MOISDON ra Rivierzg,in Geography,a town of France,
in the department of the Lower Loire, and chief place of a can-
ton, in the diftri& of Chateau-Briant ; fix miles §. of it. The
place contains 1505, and the canton 4958 inhabitants, on a
territory of 2572 kiliometres, in 5 communes.

MOISIE, a river of Lower Canada, on the N. fhore
of the St. Lawrence, a little E. of the Seven Ifands: it
runs into the latter river in N. lat 50° 15’. W. long. 65°

of. : ;

MOISSAC, a town of France, in the department of
the Lot, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri@ of
Montauban, fituated on the Tarn, near its confluence with
the Garonne; 13 miles N.W. of Montauban. The place
contains 10,035, and the canton 14,008 inhabitants, ona ter-
ritory of 1624 kiliometres, in fix communes. N. lat. 44°
6’. E. long. 1° 10’.

MOISTURE. See Huminiry and Hycromerry.

The inftrument ufed for determining the degree of moif-
ture in the air is called an hygrometer. Under the article
Hycrometry, we forgot to introduce an account of anew
hygrometer, with which the editor was fome years ago fa-
voured by Mr. Coventry, of Southwark, the conftru€tion of
which is as follows: take two fheets of fine tiflue paper,
fuch as is ufed by hatters and watch makers, and fometimes

-ealled lawn-paper, each fheet of which generally weighs

about twenty-feven grains, Let the moiiture be thoroughly

evaporated

oo

pea! re >

MOT

evaporated by the fire, without foorching the ye ; till
after repeated trials it is brought to ite drieft tate : in
this flate cut each theet till i weighs exadtly twenty-five
rains. Thefe theets, thus prepared, thould be kept in a
x or drawer, with a quantity of the fame paper defigned
for ufe ; and they will always foal for determining the pro-
weight of any quantity of paper forother hygrometers.
This paper hung in any place, and kept free from duft, and
wei with a nice pair of {cales, will ferve to exhibit the
moilture of the air, by its increafe of weight above fifty
ins. But to avoid the trouble of weighing, Mr. Coven-

try prepared an hygrometer of it in the following manner.
A (Plate XIV., Hydraulics, fig. 2.) reprefentsa pillar fup-
porting the beam B B, to one end of which are fufpended
fifty grains of paper D, cut round, and threaded on a filk
ftring, with a {mall glafs bead between the fheets, for the
freer admiffion of the air: at the other end of the beam is a
brafs weight E, to counter-balance the weight of the paper
and its appendages. At the bottom there is an ivory feale
F F, of twelve prime divifions, anfwering to twelve grains
of moifture : each prime divifion is fubdivided into ten parts,
making in the whole 120 divifions: on the index C isa flid-
ing weight G, which, with the weight E on the beam, ferves
to adjuft the inftrumeut ; fo that twelve grains fhall make the
index juft traverfe the fcale of the twelve divifions. If the
air was fo dry as to leave no moifture in the paper, the in-
dex would then point too: if it contained fix grains of
moiflure, the index would point to fixty; if twelve grains
were in the paper, it would point to the moift extreme, one
hundred and twenty : but the cir has never yet been obferved
fo moift, as to make the index point to the moilt extreme,
nor fo dry as to allow its reaching to the drieft extreme,
even in the hotteft part of fummer, by nearly twenty divi-
fions : whence it is inferred that there is in the air a greater
quantity of moifture in hot weather than is generally ima-
ined. H isan adjutting fcrew for fixing the ftand upright
y means of the point of a plummet that hangs behind. This
hygrometer, adjuited, may be made to correfpond with an-
other, -afcertained to the fame weight at any diftance: by
which we might determine the exa& difference of the
ftate of the air, with refpe& to moifture, in inland,
and places near the fea-fide. The advantages of this hygro-
meter are the following: as it is made of the thinneft fubftance
that can be procured, it is the fooneft affeéted with drynefs
or moifture, and exhibits immediately the firft change of the
weather : it is not acted upon by heat or cold, or any other
eaufe, as mott other inftruments of this kind are ; it has one
datum from which to reckon, viz. the dry extreme, whence
all other degrees of moifture may be nicely eftimated. All
hygrometers of this fort will aé nearly alike, as thermome-
ters or barometers; and may be reduced to a regular
ftandard. Mr. Coventry found by this hygrometer, that in
clear frofty weather, the air contains a very confiderable de-
gree of moifture : for on Jan. 27, 1776, in the morning,
being a very hard froft, the thermometer in the houfe 24°,
and in the open air 17°, the hygrometer ftood at ten grains,
é. e. at the divifion too: and on the next morning, when a
thaw came on, it {tood at 96; which fhews that there is as
much moifture in the air during the froft, as when we per-
ceive it diffolved in a thaw. Headds, that it is pleafing to
obferve the conitant motion of this hygrometer : for even in
conftant fettled weather, it is always in motion, from moift
towards dry, trom about eight in the morning till about
four in the afternoon : and from dry to moift, from about
4 P.M. to about 8 A.M. Inhot gloomy weather, the hy-
grometer is moftly found to advance with fpeed towards
‘moift, and fhews that the air at fuch times retains a great

MOK

quantity of moifture: and this always forebodes heavy
fhowers. Forcurious experiments fome of thefe hygrome-
ters are made to traverfe the whole feale of divifions for every
grain of moitture that is imbibed by the papers.

Morrunr, Radical. See Rapicar.

MOITORET, ve Biainvitte, Antuony, in Biogra-

hy, a French architeét and geometrician, was born at a vil-
age four leagues from Dijon, in the year 1650. His genius
led him to the ttudy of geometry and architeéture, in which
he became an expert proficient, and fettled in bufinefs at
Rouen. Here he acquired confiderable reputation by his
fcill as an artift, and by his ufeful and popular elementary
writings. He was appointed furveyor and guager-royal of
Rouen, under which office the public breweries of that city
were included by acommiffion from the king. He died at
Rouen in 1710, when he was about fixty years of age: he
was author of “A ‘Treatife on Guaging, with InftruGtions for
meafuring Mafon’s Work, &c.’’ which went through feveral
editions during the author’s life, and after his death it was
republifhed with improvements at Rouen, in 1714, under the
care of M. Hacquet, with the title of « Blainville’s New
Elements of Geometry.” He alfo publithed « A Treatife
on theextenfive Commerce of France, for the Information
of Tradefmen,”? which was reprinted after his death, in
1728, with confiderable additions, in two volumes: he is
author, likewife, of abridgments “ On the Art of Level-
ling ;”? * On Spherics,’”? &c. which were favourably received
by the public, and became very popular.

MOIVRE, Asranam pve. See De Morver.

MOKA, in Geography, a town-of Hindooftan, in Gol-
conda; 28 miles S. of Adoni.

MOKAMO, a town of Hindooftan, in Bahar ; 40 miles
N.E. of Ramgur.

MOKATTAM, a mountain of Egypt, near Cairo;
which fee.

MOKEIA ren Amer, a townof Arabia, in the pro-
vince of Yemen; 22 miles N.N.E. of Chamir.

MOKERAMPOUDR, a town of Bengal, 12 miles from
Midnapour.

MOKESSET, a town of the Arabian Irak, on the Ti-
gris; 116 miles N.W. of Baffora.

MOKEYA, a name given by the Arabs to thofe coffee-
houfes which ftand in the open country, and are intended,
like our inns, for the accommodation of travellers. They
are mere huts, and are fcarcely furnifhed with a“ ferir,” or
long feat of ftraw ropes’; nor do they afford any refrefhment
but “ kifcher,” a hot infufion of coffee-beans. This drink
is ferved out in coarfe earthen cups ; but perfons of diftinc-
tion always carry porcelain cups in their baggage, Frefh
water is diftributed gratis. The matter of the coffee-houfe
lives commonly in fome neighbousing village, whence he
comes every day to wait for paffengers. We may here ob-
ferve that a ‘¢ manfale” is a houfe’in which travellers are re-
ceived and entertained gratis, if they content themfelves with
fuch treatment as is ufual in the country ; they are all lodged
inacommon apartment, which is furnifhed with a « ferir,”?
and are ferved with “ kifcher,”’ hot millet bread, camels’
milk, and butter. Niebuhr.

MOKLAFF, in Geography, a town of Arabia, in the
province of Yemen, the refidence of a fcheick ; 30 miles
S.£. of Loheia.

MOKLIA, or Mucutt, a town of European Turkey,
in the Morea ; 16 miles §.S.W. of Argos.

MOKNAN, or Mowanan, a town of Egypt, on the
W. fide of the Nile, near which, according to Dr. Pocock
and M. d’Anville, was the {cite of the ancient Memphis ;
5 miles 5. of Gizeh. See Memruis.

MOKO,

r

MOL

MOKO, a town and diftri@ of Africa, inthe country of
Calabar.

MOKOKF, in Botany, Kempf. Ameen. 873.t.774) 2
Japanefe tree, with very fragrant but fhort-lived bloffoms,
the Cleyera japonica of Thunb. Jap. 224. This proves of
thefame genus with the Linnaan Ternflroemia, and the Tao-
eabo of Aublet. (See TERNSTROEMIA.) Some difcordance
between the defcriptions of Kempfer and Thunberg, which
puzzled Juffieu, arofe froma degree of inaccuracy in ‘Thun-
therg’sdefcription of the corolla, which is really monopeta-
lous, like, that of Camellia.

MOKOMOE, in Geography, a town of Bengal; 37
miles N.E. of Ramgur.

MOKONTPOUR, a town of Hindooftan, in Oude ;
14 miles S. of Canouge. \

MOKRETZ, atownof European Turkey, in Bulga-
ria; 44 miles S.S.E. of Viddin.

MOKSCHAK, atownof Ruflia, in the government of
Penza, near the fource of the river Mokfcha; 36 miles
W.N.W. of Penza. N. lat. 58°40'. E. long. 44° 50'.

MOKUI, a town of Mingrelia; 20 miles N.E. of
Afgaur. ;

MOL, Fr. an epithet which Ariftoxenus and Ptolemy give
\toa kind of diatonic genus, and a {pecies of the chromatic.
See Genus.

For modern mufic the word mol is only ufed in compo-
fitions where B b occurs, or B mol, in oppolition to B-guarre,
or B-quadro, which formerly was called B-dur, or B-durum.
Zarlino, however, calls the diatonic mol a kind of diatonic
genus. See DiaTonic.

MOLA, Pierro Francesco, in Biography, was a cele-
brated painter, born at Lugano in 1609. He was a dif.
ciple of Cefari d’Arpino, but did not follow the principles
,of that matter long, having too good a tafte not to improve
by an abode which he enjoyed for fome time at Venice,
where he carefully ftudied the works of Titian. Mola pof-
feffed confiderable {kill in hiftorical painting ; but his forte
lay in landfcape ; the heroic ftyle of which he fought from
Titian; but, like him, he often weakened the interett of his
pictures by the introduétion of figures upon fo confiderable
a {cale as to excite a doubt which is principal, the actors or
the fcene. His peculiar excellence lay in the richnefs of his
colour and the freedom and fulnefs of his touch ; together
with the grandeur of compofition which he exhibited in his
Jand{capes, frequently not unworthy of Titian himfelf.
There is a picture by him in the gallery of the Louvre in
Paris, which for fublimity almoft vies with the St. Peter
Martyr; and for colour, is quite equal to it. The fubject
of this pi@ure is St. Bruno's Vifion in the Defart.

The genuine pictures of this matter are rarely to be met
with in this couutry, though there is plenty of thofe which
bear his name, and perhaps were executed by his brother
Giovanni Battifta Mola; whofe works bear more refem-
blance to Albani than thofe of Francefeco. He died in
1665, at the age of 56.

Mora, or Mola di Geta, in Geography, a town of Naples,
in the province of Lavora, fituated near the fea. It hata
cuftom-houfe and a garrifon, which is relieved every week
from Geta. it was anciently a Roman colony, but after
the defeat of the Samnites it became a prefecture, and thus
continued till it was ranked among the military colonies of
Italy by the triumvirs OGavius, Antonius, and Lepidus.
Under the emperors it became confiderable ; but it was at
Jength ranfacked and deftroyed by the Saracens ia 956, and
its bithopric transferred to Geta. It is fituated on the an-
cient Appian way ; and it was from this place that Cicero
endeavoured to make his efcapeinto Greece, (See Cicero.)

MOL

The city of Formiz ftood on or near this fpot. Between
Mola and Geta the road is rendered agreeable by the num-
ber of orange-trees which are planted in the adjoining fields ;
three miles N.E. of Gata. N. lat. 41° 18'. E. long.
13°29! ;

Mora di Bari, a town of Naples, in the province of
Bari, on the coalt of the Adriatic ; 20 miles E, of Bari.

Mota, in Phyfiology. See Mote.

Mora, in Ichthyology, a fpecies of Tetrodon ; which fee:
—Allfo, a fpecies of Diodon ; which fee.

Mo.a, in Anatomy, a bone of the knee, called alfo patella,
rotula, &c.

MOLANAGUR, in Geography, a town of Hindooltan,
in Bahar; 21 miles E.S.E. of Saferam. N. lat. 24° 50!.
E. long. 84° 32’.

MOLANDS, a tom of Norway; 12 miles N.N.E.
of Chriftianfand.

MOLANUS, Joun, in Biography, was born at Lifle, in
Flanders, in the year 1533. As his parents were originally
of Louvain, whither they returned with him while he was
very young, and alfo on account of his having {pent the
greateit part of his life in this city, the farname of Lowa-
nienfis is generally given to him, He was educated at Lou-
vain, where, having feduoufly applied himfeif to the ftudy of
divinity, he was admitted in the year 1570 to the degree of

doGtor of divinity, and for fome years filled the chair of pre-
feffor of that faculty with great reputation. He was nomi-
nated cenfor of books by the pope and the king of Spain, as
well as canon of the churchof St. Peter at Louvain. He died
in 1585, at the age of fifty-two. He was author of a great
number of works which were in high eftimation at the time
when they were written, but are now fcarcely ever enquired
for. He was concerned, with other members of the uni-
verfity, in publifhing the Antwerp edition of the works of
St. Auguftine in the year 1577, and the notes at the end of
the Latin bible of the divines of Louvain, publithed alfo at
Antwerp in 1580. Moreri.

Moranus, Grerarp-WaLtTER, a Lutheran divine and
profeffor in the feventeenth and eighteenth centuries, was
born at Hamelen, in the duchy of Brun{wick-Lunenberg, in
the year 1633. In 1660, he was ele¢ted profeffor of ma-
thematics, and in 1672 he became profeffor of divinity in
the Gymnafium of Rintelen, in the duchy of Schaumburg.
He obtained other inftances of preferment, and took prece-
dency in the ftates of Calenberg, and was prefident of the
confittory of Hanover. He died in 1722, at the age of
eighty-nine. He had colleGted a valuable cabinet of medals,
and an excellent library, of which he made a good ufe. As
an author his moft important work was publifhed frft in the
German language, in the year 1697, aud afterwards repeat-
edly reprinted in Latin, under the title of «¢ Lipfanographia,
feu Thefaurus Reliquiarum Eleétoralis Brunfwico-Lune-
burgicus.’’ He was author alfo of “ Epiftola ad Dominum
Joachimum Meyerum qua exponit cogitationes fuas de num-
mo aureo Pofthumi ab eo edito, &c."’ Moreri.

MOLAPARA, in Geography, a town of Bengal; 30
miles W. of Dacca.

MOLARES, in Anatomy, the grinding teeth. In the
old arrangement, the five polterior teeth on each fide of the
jaw are fo called. At prefent the two front and fmaller of
thefe are called bicufpides, and the term molares is applied
exclufively to the three pofterior ones. Sce the defcription
of the teeth in the article CRANIUM.

Moranis Glandula, one of the mucous glands of the
mouth, placed near the back grinding teeth.

Morangs, in the Natural Hiftory of the Aacients, the name

for

MOL

for the compound mineral bodies we now call pyrite, and
Marealites,

MOLASSES. See Morosses.

MOLBETZKOIL, in Geography, a town of Raffa, in
the government of Novgorod ; 24 miles S.E. of Tichvin.

MOLCHINA, a town of Rullia, in the government of
Tobolfk ; 60 miles S.E. of Narim.

MOLCZAR, a town of Lithuania, in the palatinate of
Novogrodek ; 16 miles S. of Novogrodek.

MOLD, or Moutp, a market-town in the hundred of
Mold, Flintthire, North Wales, is pleafantly fituated in a
fmall but fertile plain, furrounded by lofty and rugged
hills, It _confilts chiefly of one long and very fpacious
ftreet, and, according to the parliamentary returns of
1801, contains a sopobelo of 4235 perfons. The market
is held on Saturday every week, and there are four fairs dur-
ing the year, The aflizes for the county of Flint are holden
in this town. Qn the north fide of it rifes a large mount
called Baily-hill, faid to be partly natural and partly arti-
ficial, the fummit of which was formerly crowned by a
Norman caflle, probably ereéted by Eultace de Cruer in the
reign of William Rufus. This fortrefs feems to have been
a place of great {trength, as the fides of the mount are not
only very arduous of afcent, but are defended by a deep
fofs and ramparts. Hiltory records that it flood feveral
fiees without being compelled to furrender, till at lalt it was
ftormed by the Welth forces under the command of prince
Owen Gwynedd, in the time of Henry I. Subfequent to
this period it fuffered many viciflitudes, and was completely
demolifhed during the de{perate contefts maintained againit
England by the celebrated Owen Glyndwr. Wynne, in his
Hillory ot Wales, informs us, however, that it was foon
rebuilt, and thereafter once more levelled with the ground by
Griffith a Gwynwyn, about the year 1267, fince which time
it does not appear to have been reftored. The view from
the {cite of this caftle, though circumfcribed, is extremely
beautiful. The church here is a very handfome edifice in
the pointed ftyle, confilting of a nave and two fide aifles,
with a tower at the welt end. In the interior are feveral
monuments. The living is a vicarage in the patronage of
the bifhop of St. Afaph. A confiderable cotton-thread
manufactory is carried on here. The vicinity of Mold is
decorated by feveral manfions, fome of ancient and fome of
modern erection, the feats of independent gentlemen, who
generally refide on their eftates. Of thefe the moft confpi-
cuous are Lee{wood, Tower, Rhual, and Nerquis-hall. Im-
mediately adjoining to Rhual is Maes-y-Garmon, or the
field of Germanus, fo called from its having been the fcene
of a moft decifive victory achieved by the Britifh Chriltians
under the miflionary bifhops, Germanus and Lupus, over
the Pagan Piéts and Scots, in the year 448. A pyramidal
ftone, erected on the {pot in 1736, by Nathaniel Griffith, the
then proprietor of Rhual, bears a Latin infcription com-
memorative of the event. The hills which inclofe the vale
in which Mold is fituated abound with rich lead mines
fome of which are wrought with fignal advantage both to
the proprietors and contraGiors. On Meel-y-Famma, the
higheft point of thefe hills, a monument has been lately
ere&ted by fubfcription, as a memorial of the event of our
moft gracious fovereign having reigned for the unufual period
of fifty years. Beauties of England and Wales, vol. xvii.
from Wynne's Hiftory of Wales.

Motp. See Mourn.

MOLDAU, in Geography, a town of Bohemia, in the
circle of Leitmeritz ; 21 miles N.W. of Leitmeritz.

MOLDAVIA,a province of European Turkey, bounded
N. and N.E. by Poland, ie which it is feparated by the

MOL
Duieter, E. by Beflarabia, S. by Walachia, and W. bY
t

"Trantilvania ; ellimated at about 180 miles in its greate
length from N, to &., and fomewhat lefs in breadth from

IE. to W. It is crofled from N. to S. by the river Pruth.
Some lands in this province are very fertile, but a confider.
able part of the ealtern divifion confilts chiefly of deferts,
and is uncultivated ; and on the weltern fide it is very moun-
tainous. The Pruth and the Siret are its principal rivers.
Its inhabitants are of Walachian extraétion, and their relj-
gious profeffion is that of the Greek church; but they are
intermixed by Mahometans, Ruffians, Poles, Rafcians, and
Armenians. About the clofe of the twelfth century a co-
lony of Walachians from Tranfilvania fettled in this country.
‘They migrated under the conduct of a perfon named Bog-
dat:, who eltablifhed their government both civil and oe
fialtical; and who Chekel, with a view to the latter, an
archbifhop and other ecclefiaflics from the patriarch of
Conttantinople. As he was the firft prince, and founded the
chief towns, the country was denominated Bogdania. The
prince or waywode of this province is flyled hofpodar, and
is the vaffal of the Ottoman Porte, to whom he pays a
yearly tribute. Moldavia is divided into Upper and Lower.
Upper Moldavia extends almott to Jaffy, and its boundaries
are the river Dneifter on the E., on the N. that river and
Poland, and on the W. Tranfilvania. Moldavia on the
W. borders on the mountains of Tranfilvania ;_ its fouthern
boundary is the Danube; Beflarabia bounds it on the S.E,
7 on the E, it is bounded by the Dneilter. Its capital is

afly.

MOLDAVICA, in Botany, Tourn. Inft. 184. t. 85:
Moldavian Balm. Sages DracocerHatum.) Tournefort
affociates with it alfo the Dracocephalum canarienfe of Lin-
neus

MOLDAVITZA, in Geography, a town of European
Turkey, in Moldavia ; 40 miles W. of Suczava.

MOLE, Tuomas, in Biography, a learned Englifh Pro-
teftant diffenting minilter, of whom little is known but from
his works. He is fuppofed to have received his academical
education under Mr. Jones of Tewkefbury, by whom bifhop
Butler, and archbifhop Secker, were alfo induéted into the
knowledge of the fciences andtheology. He was probably
firft fettled as minifter at Uxbridge, in Middlefex, in 1725,
from which place he removed in 1728 to Rotherhithe ; and
about the year 1743, he quitted Rotherhithe for Hackney,
where he lived fome years, and then returned to Uxbridge,
or its neighbourhood, to fpend the remainder of his life.
The latter part of his days he employed in writing, in the
Latin language, a life of the celebrated Laurentius Valla,
including the religious and literary hiftory of his time: The
MS. of this work was fold at a common auétion with his
other books, and has probably been long fince confumed as
wate paper. Mr. Mole died near Uxbricge about the year
1780, at a very advanced age. He was the author of fe-
veral fingle fermons and tracts, that do much credit to his
talents as a writer and controverfialift. Dr. Kippis ranks
him, in point of learning, with Lardner, Benfon, and’Chand-
ler ; and Dr. Lardner has fhewn his refpe& for Mr. Mole’s
critical fkill, by incorporating with his-own fome very inge-
nious obfervations that he received from him, on the cafe of
the demoniac who refided among the tombs on the coait of
Gadara. Gen. Biog.

Mote, in Agriculture, is a {mall well-known fubterraneaus-
animal, which often: does great mifchief in the fields, by-
loofening the earth, railing hills, and deftroying the roots
of corn, grafs, and other produétions of the vegetable
kind.

. Tnrefpeé to te natural hiftory of the mole, as connected

2 with

MOL

with the art of hufbandry, it has been obferved by M. Au-
rignac, that it lives under ground. Its health is liable to
be injured by too free accefs of the air: yet that it fome-
times leaves one fubterraneous habitation and paffes on the
furface in fearch of a better. It lives.on the roots of plants,
on infe&ts, and on worms. Hence it is commonly found in
lands of foft fertile foil. It never fixes its abode in miry,
nor in gravelly grounds. If furprifed in its fubterraneous
recefles by water, it {prings in great hafte to the furface.
And that in winter, and during rain, it betakes itfelf to
the upper grounds, which are the leaft humid, and the leaft
liable to be inundated. But in {pring, the mole comes down
from its winter refidence to the meadows, where it finds a
foft mould capable of being eafily penetrated, and contain-
ing plenty of roots. And after fuffering long drought, it
flies to ditches, to the brink of the firft ftream, or to fhelter
under hedges. In the months of February, March, April,
and May, the female produces its young ; bringing com-
monly four or five ata birth. Thefe animals prepare before-
hand, for this occafion, an arched recefs under ground in a
fituation fomewhat elevated, and generally under cover of a
bufh or hedge. To the number of four or five mole-hills
may be obferved very near to the upper fide of this recefs.
It cannot live without being at work. Being obliged to
fearch under ground for its food, it forms there long tunnels
or fubterraneous paflages, named in French doyaux. Thefe
tunnels are ufually parallel to the furface of the earth, and
vary in depth according to the changes of feafons, from
four to fix inches. And as the moles are almoft equally
afraid of cold and of heat, they make their paflages the
deepeft, and work at the greateft diftance under the fur-
face, in fummer and in winter. They are extremely timid
when they perceive themfelves to be indanger. They then
penetrate by a perpendicular opening, to the depth of a
foot anda half below the level of their ordinary refidence.
And in forming their paflages they throw back the mould,
which they remove towards the furface. It is thus the
mole-hills are raifed. Upon every new change of place a
mole raifes three, four, fix, or even nine of thefe hills, ac-
cording to its age. Confequently, all the mole-hills formed
by any one mole, communicate by fubterraneous paflages
with one another. When with any inftrument, a tunnel or
paflage, recently formed by a mole is opened, the mole will,
in a few minutes, come to clofe up the aperture, in order to
fecure herfelf from danger, and from the accefs of the ex-
ternal air. It conftruéts, for this purpofe, over the aper-
ture, an arch of loofe mould, having, externally, the ap-
pearance of an oblong mole-hill, and mending up the tunnel
much in the fame manner in which a plumber might mend
a leaden pipe, by clumfily applying, on the outfide, a piece
ef lead to cover any holeinit. And fhould this new mole-
hill likewife be broken down, the mole will again return to
repair it. Thefe two capital fats conftitute the funda-
mental principles of the art of the mole-catcher. The mole
works in all feafons; becaufe it cannot otherwife have fub-
fiftence. That it fleeps, as fome naturalifts have affirmed,
all wintery is not true. It is, however, languid in this fea-
fon; working now much lefs than in fummer. - It is about
the beginning of f{pring, that the mole fets to work with
the greateft activity, and raifes the greateft number of mole-
hills. Itis then obliged to find food for its young ; as {pring
is its feafon for parturition. The ground is now more
eafily wrought than at other times. The animal, too, in
itfelf becomes more vigorous, by the diminution of the cold,
‘and the return of the genial temperature of {pring. Thefe
are the caufes of its increafed adtivity in toil. The male is
much ftronger than the female, and raifes a greater number

3

MOL

of mole-hills, and thofe larger. The female works lefs than
the male, throws up fewer mole-hills, and thofe fmaller.
And the young moles form only long covered ways at the
furface ; the mould raifed over which is f{carcely fufficient to
hide them. When they begin to make mole-hills, thefe are
{mall, without any regular fhape, and arranged zig-zag. The
hours of working, for moles, are at fun-rife, at the hour of
nine in the morning, at noon,’ at three in the afternoon, and
at fun-fet. But it is at fun-rife, and at fun-fetting, that
they ply their work with the greateit brifknefs. And in
times of drought, they do not throws up mole-hills, except
at{fun-fetting. In winter their moments of working are
when the earth is fomewhat heated by~ gleams of fun-fhine,
The fenfe of feeing is exceedingly obtulein the moles; but
its hearing is exquifitely delicate and acute.

Mote-Caicher, a term applied to a perfon whofe bufinefs
is principally the catching and deftruction of moles. See
Mote. . ;

Mote-Carching, the art of catching and clearing land of
moles. It is ftated in regard to the principles of deftroying
thefe animals, that it is difficult to take moles unlefs when
they are at work. That the moft. favourable time for the
mole-catcher is in the beginning of fpring. And that it is
in the meadows they fhould be, in this feafon, the moft
earneftly attacked. They are to be attacked at fun-rife, at
the hour of nine in the morning, at noon, at’ three in the
afternoon, or at fun-fet. That it is better to commence an
attack upon them at fun-rife, than at any other time in the
day. And that the next moft convenient hour is nine in the
morning ; becaufe, if all the moles which are wifhed to be
deftroyed cannot be then taken, the operations may be re-
newed at thofe other hours in the day at which thefe animals
are known to refume their work. In watching for a fingle
mole, care muft be taken to make no noife, and efiecnly
not to ftamp nor beat upon the ground. One may, at any
time, force a mole to come above ground, by pouring a
fufficient quantity of water into its fubterraneous receiles.
And fhould a perfon happen to be near a mole-hill, when the
mole happens to betray its prefence by ftirring the mould;
let him then, with his hoe, break into the tunnelled paffage
between that and the next mole-hill; and let him, with a
little earth, clofe up the pafflage at the aperture made with
his hoe. The mole is now imprifoned between the mole.
hill, and the place where its paffage is broken into, and
ftopped up. If the earth of a mole-hill be frefhed and
newly raifed, you may conclude that there is a mole within
it- The fame thing may be inferred of any number of
frefh mole-hills within {mall diftances of one another. Yet,
however frefh the earth of any mole-hill, if there be in its
centre a perpendicular hole of about two inches diameter ;
you may be fure that the mole is not within, but has left his —
refidence in fearch of a better. And when you find an
affemblage of mole-hills together, of which the earth is quite
frefh ; then, upon removing them all with the hoe, and lay-
ing open the paflages communicating among them, you can-
not fail to find the mole that works within. This labour
might prove too tedious and troublefome. But it will be-
come very fimple, if the mole can be confined between two
points not remote from each other. Nothing more will
then remain to be done, but to open with the hoe the inter-
mediate paffage between thefe two points. And a mole
may be reduced to confinement between two {uch points,
by making a few flight openings in the length of the tun-
nelled pafflage, in which you defire to confine her. Thefe
openings interrupt her courfe; for fhe will not pafs, till the
fhall have firft repaired them. But when you break into
the tunnelled paffage of a mole, clofe the paflage flightly

with

MOLE-CATCHING.

with a little loofe earth at both ends of the hole you have

made.

Tt may be noticed, that in the practice of mole-catching
on thefe principles, “ the only inftrument abfolutely neceflary
to the mole-catcher isa hoe, But that it will be convenient
that he have likewife at hand, a few pieces of {traw, a few
bits of paper, and a pitcher of water,

And thus prepared, * the firit thing a mole-catcher fhould
do ona farm or eftate which he goes to free from moles, is
to examine how thofe moles may be fo confined, that he fhall
be able to attack them all at once; for by thus attacking
them, he will the foonelt accomplith his whole ta/k."'

In the plate of Agriculture (Moles), areprefentation is given
of a meadow covered with mole-hills, as at figs. 1, 2, 35 45 5,
6, 7, which are taken from the work of alate French writer.
And by furveying this meadow as a mole-catcher, he per-
ceives a detach mole-hill, as fig. 1; and perceiving the
earth compoting it to be frefh, or newly thrown up, he con-
eludes, then, that there is a mole beneath. The mole-hill
is large; he thence knows the mole within it to be a male.
And with refpect to the two mole-hills, fig. 2, they are at no

t diftance one from another; of courfe he knows them

to be the work of a fingle mole. ‘hey appear frefh ; and he

concludes the mole to be {till bufy within. They are fmall;
he, on this account, fuppofes it to be a female that has made
them.

And the three mole-hills, fg. 3, are near to one another;
and, confequently, the work of a fingle mole. They are
freth ; he of courfe knows the mole to be now at work
within. They are large ; and have therefore been thrown
up by a male. The fix mole-hills, fg.4, ave not diftant
from one another ; they muft have been all thrown up by
one mole, They are frefh ; the mole is {till at work. “They
are {mall} and, therefore, raifed by a female. The zig-zag
covered ways, or imperfe& mole-hills, as at fig. 5, are treth ;
a young mole is beneath.

But the five mole-hills, as at fig. 6, are dry; they have
been deferted. And the feven mole-hills at fig..7. are yet
freth ; but one of them, fhewn at M, has a perpendicular
hole opening at the top. The mole by which it was thrown
up is hence known to be but juft gone. By thefe obferva-
tions he knows that there are in this meadow two male
moles, two females, and a young one. And it is of ¢on-
fequence to know whether the moles be males or females,
young or old. The males work quicker than the females;
and are, therefore, to be more narrowly watched. The
young ones, raifing but a very little mould to cover them,
as they move along at the furface, go alfo very quick ; and
fhould therefore be kept coaftantly in view, after they have
once been difcovered.

~ It may be obferved, that in the operations for deftroying
them in the firlt cafe, as where a mole makes but one mole-
hill, fig. 1, the mole-catcher removes this mole-hill with the
hoe; and afcertains whether it has communication with any of
the mole-hills adjacent. For this laft: purpofe, he hems, or
makes a flight noife, at the aperture or mouth of the in-
ternal paffage from the demolithed mole-hill. He at the
fame time applies his ear to liften what enfues within. If
the mole-hill be without any communication with any other;
the mole being nigh is frightened by the noife; he hears it
{tit ; and it cannot efcape him. With his hoe he lays open
the tunnelled,paflage 24; and at 4 he finds the mole. But
the creature, aware of its danger, may poffibly have had
time to defcend deeper into the earth, by the perpendicular
pailage bc; he has then two methods ‘for-taking her; he
either digs to c, and there finds his prey; or he pours in
water at 4, and the mole comes out of herfelf. On the

~ Vor. XXIII.

other hagd, if apon hemming he could not hear her ftir;
he concludes that this mole-hill communicates with others
near it; and he proceeds in the following manner.

This is the fecond cafe, as that where a mole has thrown
up two mole-hills A,B, fig. 2, he now makes an open-
ing de, more than nine inches long, in the direétion of
the tunnel which runs between the two mole-hills. With a
little earth he clofes the two ends d,¢, of the tunnel.
Within a few feconds, the mole, difagreeably affeéted by the
air, and fearful of danger, comes to repair the breach, and
is difcovered by its working at d, or ¢. If it come tod, he
knows that he (hall find it between that point and the mole-
hill A. And when it comes to ¢, he is fure of finding it
between ¢ and the mole-hill B. In either jnftance, he pro-
ceeds a8 was indicated in the firlt cafe; and lays open either
that part of the tunnel which terminates at the mole-hill,
or that which ends at B.

But in the third cafe, where the mole has thrown up
three hillocks, C, D, E, fig. 3, he now makes the four aper-
tures f, g, by i. The mole will be foon difcovered by its
flirring the mould-at /, at g, at 4, or aci. If it work at
Ss it is confined between that point and the hillock C. If
it be perceived to work at i, it is confined between the point
i, and the hillock E. And if it work at & Or h, it is in
the fpace between thefe two points.

And in thefe three fuppofitions, he operates as in the firft
cafe, by laying open that part of the paffage within which
the mole is confined. If the mole be fhut up between ¢ and
A; and he does not choofe to take the trouble of laying all
that {pace open; he then removes the mole-hill D, and
makes a third cut like the others. He watches for the
working of the mole; and he then knows by the fide this
appears en, whether he fhall find the animal between the
third and the point ¢, or between that third cut and the
point 4.

Alfo in the fourth cafe, where amole has made four or
more mole-hills, fig. 4, he takes, for example, the fix mole-
hills F, G, H, 1, K, L. He makes the cut £/ If the
mole come to work at £, it is confined between that point
and the mole-hill F. If, on the contrary, fhe come to /, the
is confined between / and the mole-hill L. In either of
thefe fuppofitions, he makes from K to F, or from / to 1a!
the fame means of operation as in the third cafe; that is, he
proceeds juit as if there were but three mole-hills.

But a different mode of operating in the fecond, third, and
fourth cafes, is this ; he fuppofes, that when‘he has made
the cut de, jig. 2, the mole comes to work at d, and he ob-
ferves it the moment it comes there. He knows that it mut
travel along de, to repair the breach in its tunnel by an
arch of earth, which it muft raife from the bottom of the
place laid open. If he remain there, without making a
noife, he fhall fee it come to work. Then, to take this
mole, he has only to put the end of his hoe behind it, be-
fore it comes to the point e. The earth which he had be-
fore put at the aperture, d, will hinder it to advance; the
end of the hoe will prevent it from retiring ; and he thall
eafily take it, by removing with his fingers that {mall por-
tion of loofe earth with which it is covered. Is it pofiible,
even without an aperture, to know the moment a mole comes
to work at it? Nothing more is, for this end, neceflary,
than to place there a chip of ftraw, bearing a bit of paper at’
its upper end. This {mall ftandard will be fubverted, or
at leatt fhaken by the very firlt movement the mole ‘hall
make at the place where it ftands. The fhaking, or fall of
the chip of ftraw, calls the mole-catcher to watch and take
the animal within.

Alfo in the fifth cafe, where the mole comes not to work:

rod b at

MOLE-CATCHING.

at the cuts made firlt by the mole-catcher, he fuppofes, that
if, after making the aperture 4 /, he finds that the mole con-
tinues to work at the mole-hill L; he is now fure that it
is between the point / and the mole-hill L, and his. fubfe-
quent operations are the fame as in the third cafe; that is,
he muft act as if there were but three mole-hills I, K, L.

In order to. know whether a mole fhall come during his
abfence to work under a mole-hill, he foftly flattens the
mole-hill with his foot ; and if, on his return, he perceives a
fall eminence to have been-raifed on the level, he can then
have no doubt but the mole has been working there.

However, in the fixth cafe, there is a different manner of
operating from cafes fecond, third, fourth, and fifth, where
a perfon happens to be near a mole-hill at the moment when
the mole breathes or blows at it. Should he be befide the
mole-hill L, fiz.4, at the moment when the mole comes to
work there; he docs not ufe the uncertain method of the
gardeners, who remove the mole-hill with the fpade ; but
he cuts at mn, the tunnel communicating between the mole-
hill and the next one K. This is a certain means of con-
fining the mole between the mole-hill and the point mn.
When the mole is thus inclofed, he proceeds, as in the firft
eafe, and lays open the fpace within which it is confined,

And in the feventh cafe, as when feveral frefh mole-hills
are found near to fome other mole-hills, old and dry, as
Ags. 4 and 6, which is more troublefome than any other of
the mole-catcher, it is doubtful whether the frefh mole-
hills do or do not communicate by tunnels with the old and
dry ones. It is neceffary to begin by making cuts between
the old and the new hillocks, that the mole, when attacked
in the new, may not be able to efcape to the old. One may
then proceed, according to circumitances, as in the fore-
going cafes. When this happens to be the cafe, too many
euts cannot be made, unlefs a perfon is anxious to {pare
the furface of the ground. It is good, for inftance, as in
Jigs. 4.and 6, to make a cut in the direétion from H to N,
and another in the dire€tion from H to O; as there may be
a tunnel in either, or tunnels in both of thefe dire€tions.

But on this, it is obferved, that ‘if one were conftantly
to watch a fingle mole, and not to proceed againit any other,
till after the firlt were taken; only a very few could be de-
ftroyed inone day. But when a farm is furveyed to difcover
the moles, all the freth hillocks fhould be greatly flattened
with the foot, and all the neceflary cuts made,—as of thefe too
many cannot be made, unlefs a perfon is afraid of breaking
the furface too much. Set up little ftandards of ftraw with
paper ftreamers. Then pafs about from one mole-hill to
another, and proceed as direQed above. If you thus pro-
ceed againit feveral moles at once, you mutt exercife great
vigilance ;, otherwife, while you are bufy with one mole,
others may make a good paflage acrofs the cuts; and then
you will have to begin with them anew. A mole will be
longer in repairing and crofling one of the cuts, if a lump
of hardened earth is put at the bottom. This precaution
fhould be always taken.’? This is confidered by M. Dralet,
the tranflator of the above, as ‘of all the means hitherto
employed for the extermination of moles, the eafief and the
fureft.’”’

In the fixth volume of the Agricultural Magazine, a
writer, however, propofes a more fimple, eafy, and efleCtual
practice, and which is lefs troublefome and expenfive. It
is the invention of a common labourer, who clears nearly one
half of the county of Glamorgan. His contrivance is com-
poled entirely of oak, deal, or elm wood, but the frit is
the beft, and common nails, and may be made by any car-
penter or wheel-wright, and fet to work by any common
labourer, This is fhewn at fg. 8, in the plate. A and B

are two boards of oak, forming the:fides of the trap, eighteer
inches long, five inches wide, and half an inch thick. C, the
bottom of the trap, more fully explained in fg. 9. E,a
piece of oak board, five inches long, two inches wide, half
an inch thick, nailed on the top edges of the boards A and
B, both. te flrengthen the trap and to keep the fides at 2
proper diftance. A (jfig--9) 12 the trap with its bottom
upwards. C, C, two pieces of oak board, five inches wide,
four inches and a half long, half an inch thick. D, an
aperture, nine inches long, four inches wide, made to re-
ceive the fall of the trap. L, a hole fur a common clout-
nail (forming the pivot of the fall) to turn in. And at
fig. 10. is D, the fall of the trap, nine inches long from F to
H, three quarters of an inch thick (the diltance from ¥° to
G two inches and a half, or three inches), from G to H half
an inch thick and four inches wide. G fhews the hole for
the clout-nail forming the pivot. M, the dotted lines, fhews
the manner in which the upper part of the fall D muft be
bevilled, to prevent its falling both ways. At fig. 11. is
feen ‘the mole-pot, the ufes of which will be more fully
explained afterwards, compofed of four pieces of oak board,
each five inches wide at the top, nine inches wide at tne bot-
tom, twelve inches long, one inch thick, or thereabouts,
having two ears, as at K, K, with a hole in each large
enough to carry a piece of {mall rope or fpun-yarn.’’ And
at fig. 12. is fhewn a mole-trap fet in the fide of a ditch.

In the view of finding the runs or tunnels, ‘ the farmer
or his fervant mult carefully examine the ditches of each ~
field, in order to difcover where the moles have made their
main tracks; which having once found, and the trap fet’
thereon, he may reft aflured that every one pafling through
it will be inevitably deftroyed ; neither are their runs at alk
difficult to be found, as the only thing neceflary to obferve
is, whereabouts they have broken out moft on that part of
the field the neareit to the ditch, in the fide of which he
mutt then make an opening with a {mall common fpade, op-
pofite to the neareft place where they are obferved to work
moft, in order to open the run. Should the frit endeavour
to {trike upon it prove unfuccefsful, he will not fail to find .
it by fearching thereabouts, either a little higher or lower.
In common fields and uninclofed lands a different method
mutt be purfued; and as, of courfe, there are no ditches,
the higher grounds and banks will be the certain and proper
place to fearch for their runs, which having once found, the
workman mut proceed in the tollowing manners Firft, a
hole mult be cut out the length of the trap, as reprefented
in fig. 12, in fuch a manner that when it is inferted, the run
may enter each of its ends, as fhewn by the dotted lines ;
and alfo a hole or well of fuch a fize that the mole-pot may
be eafily fufpended therein. Secondly, a {mall clout-nail,
of which he fhould take feveral in his pocket; or fhould he
have forgotten to do fo, a thorn out of the hedge muit be
thruft into the hole 2, fig.9, which alfo communicates with
the hole n, fg. 10, and will effe€tually prevent the fall from
ating. Thirdly, a fmall handful of fine earth, like that
ufually thrown up by moles whilft working, and which may
be taken from one of their heaps, mutt be fcattered all over
the bottom of the trap fo as to cover it, as well as both ends
communicating with the run. Fourthly, a turf, fomething
longer and wider than the trap, muft be cut off the head-
land, both to ferve as a cover to it, as is feen at PP PP,
(fig. 12.), and as a certain mark by which it may be found
with the greateft eafe: and laftly, two pieces cf {pun-yara
mult be fattened, one to each ear of the mole-pot 11, fig. 4,
by which it muit be tied on the tray in fuch a manner, that
any weight put upon the fall D at 11 may be thrown to the
bottom; the carpenter having previoufly taken care that the

: weight

MOLE-CATCHING,

weight of the fall from F to G thall more than counter-
balance that from G to 11, fo that no fooner hall a mole
be thrown into the pot than it will (pontaneoully refume ite
former fituation, and be on a level with the relt of the
bottom,"

After the trap with the fall has been faflened up by the
clont-nail at x. the fine earth ttrewa over the bottom, the
turf covered over the top, and the mole-pot properly ful-

nded, by being tied over the whole; nothing further will
g required to be done to it for three orfour days, (for the
moles mult be allowed to pals freely along it for that time,
as it will induce them to ufe their ran without fear, and be
the means of taking them with the greater certainty), The
workman mult now carefully examine his trap, and on
gently lifting up the turf will plainly perceive their marks,
(taking care, however, not te leave any opening for the light
toventer), and pulling out the clout-nail at a, the trap will
then be fet fic for working, and the fall will throw them into
the mole-pot, out of which it is impoffible for them ever to
efeape.” And farther, « thould the farmer have friéily
followed the above in/tructions, and notwithitanding the
moles {till continue psow about his land, he may be cer-
tain they have forfaken the run on whichvhe has fet his trap,
and he mult therefore fearch for their new one,’’ It is con-
cluded that “ the advantages arifing from ufing traps of the
above conitruction are, that the materials are to be procured
every where; they can be made by any common mechanic at
a very {mall expence, (the wood being ufed rough as it comes
from the faw,) are very durable if made of oak; are not
liable to get out of repair, and if they fhould, can be
mended mot probably by a labourer ; they catch the whole

r, and do not require looking after more than three or

ur times in that period, and that will comparatively require
fo fhort a time, that a workman may with eafe look over all
the traps on a very large farm; and fuppofing the fields to
lie contiguous to each other, one trap for each ten acres
would, onan average, be fully fufficient.””

It is ftated, by the firit writer noticed above, that mole-
traps are either fimple or complex. The fimple mole-trap 1s
a hollow cylinder oF wood, white-iron, or pottery, thirteen
or fourteen inches long, and in diameter a little larger
than the tunnels of the mole. This cylinder is clofed at
one end, and has at the other a fucker or valve prefling
agaiait anexterioreedging. When the mole comes to the
extremity covered by the fucker or valve, fhe prefles this
back in order to continue her progrefs through the cylinder,
and can return no more. Two of the traps may be united
fo as to form a doubletrap, having a valve at eachend. By
this the mole may be taken as fhe enters, whatever fide fhe
approach. [t is added, that ‘¢the moft remarkable of the
complex traps ufed in Normandy, is a {mall piece of board

- fixed in the ground by four iron pins with crofs points ex-

tending from them ; and on thefe points the mole transtixes
itfelf. “It is'very-feldom that thofe fucceed who make ule
of thefe and other mole-traps: for they do not ufe the fit
means toventice the creature to the faare. That method is,
neverthelefs, very fimple. Nothing more is neceflary than
to make a few holes by which the air may enter the tunnel
of the mole, and give her notice of the injury done to her
work. It will be eafy to him who has read the preceding
information and dire¢tions, to employ fuch mole-traps, in
certain cafes, with infallible fuccefs. He fuppofes, for in-
ftance, the two mole-iaiils A, B, ( fg. 2.) and makes the aper-
ture de. If the mole itir the earth at d, he there prefents
the valve of either the fimple or the double mole-trap ; and

_ he is fure of taking it. It, on the contrary, it prefents it.

—s,

felf ate, he mult there ufethe trap. He aéts in the fame
way in every one of the cafes mentioned above. Jt may be
ealily believed, that there are fome of thofe cafes in which it
will be convenient to ufe mole-traps, They are exceedingly
ufefal when the mole-hills happen to be at confiderable dit-
tances one from another, as in the end of winter. But, ia
the time of drought, and when the weather is very cold, the
hillocks are fo very near to one another, that the traps cao
be of litue ufe.

But the common method of deflroying moles is, however,
by traps, made in the following manner: take a {mall board,
about three inches and a half broad and five inches long ;
on one fide thereof raife two {mall round hoops or arches,
one at each end, like the two hoops or bails of a carvier’s
waggon, capacious enough for a mole to creep through
cally: in the middle of the board make a hole about the
bignefs of a goofe-quill, and have in readinefs to put into it
a itick about two inches anda half long, fitted at one end to
the hole and a little forked at the other. Cut alfo a hazel
or other flick, about a yard or a yard and a half long,
which will rife with pretty ftrong elailicity when it is luck
into the ground; and to the end of this ftick faften a very
flrong noofe of {tring or horfe-hair, made fo as to flip eafily.
Have likewife in readinefs four imall hooked fticks ; then go
to the furrow or paflage of the mole, and after you have
opened it fit in the little board with the bended hoops down-
ward, fo that when the mole pafles that way it may go di-
rectly through the two femicircular hoops. But before you fix
the board in this manner, put the hair ftring through the hole
in the middle of it; place the noofe in a circular form, fo.as
to make it an{wer to the two hoops; put the {mall ftick before
mentioned gently into the hole in the middle of the board,
fo as juit to ftop the knot of the hair {pring, without enter-
ing fo far as abfolutely to tighten it. Then fatten the board
down with four hooked iticks, and cover it with earth.
When the mole, paffing in its furrow, comes into this trap,
it will difplace the {mall ftick that hangs eres
downward, the knot will then be drawn through the hole,
and the noofe inftantly ftraightened by the rifing of the end of
the hazel {tick to which it is faltened, will.catch the mole
round the neck or body and hold it faft.

Mowers, Fumigating of. This is 2 mode adopted in order
‘to fuffocate the mole in its retreat, for which fome advife
to take a {mall nut-fhell, or any little vafe, folid and of {mall
capacity, -and in it to burn cedar root, or wax and fulphur,
with a portion of itraw, then to ftop up every hole by which
the {moke might iffue out. The fuccefs ot thefe methods
is very uncertain, and indeed none at all in the hands of any
perfon not well acquainted ,with the artifices and haunts of
the mole. Sometimes all the mole-hills in a garden or a
meadow, whether frefh or dry, communicate by many dif-
ferent paflages with one another, as has been fhewr. In
this cafe ail thefe mole-hills mutt be prefied down and clofed
up. But in doing this you will yourfelf preferve the mole
from the threatened fuffecation. Suppofe, for inftance, that
the mole which made the hillocks (fg. 4.) .is to be fuffocated,
and that you put the combuitible matters in at H. If the
mole be at I or L, the imoke will be hindered from pene-—
trating beyond I, by your fhuttmg up the paffage there;
and your precaution to enfure the death of the mole will
prove the very means of its efcape. It is only by cuts in the
pailages that fumigation can be made effectual. ‘To fuffo-
cate the mole of the hiilocks (fiz. q.), make the breach7£:
clofe up its extremities; put in your combuftible matters
between £ and F, and between / and L, after levelling the
lullocks L, F. But you muft firft afcertain whether the

4T 2 mole--

MOL

mole-hill, H, (fg. 4.) has any communication with thofe of
Jig. 6, and if it has, cut off that communication by other
breaches,” in the manner already defcribed.

There are fome other modes propofed for the deftruétion
of ‘this animal, but they are much ?efs certain than thofe
which have been juft detailed.

Motes, Poifoning of. It may be noticed, that for this
purpofe there are {everal recipes; fome propofe to throw
into their retreats nuts, which have been pierced on one fide
and boiled in a ftrong lixivium. Others boil fuch nuts in
water, with a handful of hemlock, and ufe them as above.
In fome countries people take the root of white hellebore,
with the bark of dog’s ‘colewort pulverized and fifted ;
mix this’ with barley-meal: fteep the mixture in wine and
milk; cut it in {mall pieces, then throw it into the mole-hills.
In other countries it is ufual to take the green of a leek, or
to put arfenic on the white, and bury this in the frefheft
mole-hill that can be difcovered. 'Thefe poifons, it is ob-
ferved, are in general ufed injudicioufly, The mole rarely
feeks its food at the furface where its hillocks are placed.
It pufhes back the earth, as it works, to the extremity of
its tunnel. That earth raifes the layer next above it; and
by the continual repetition of this procefs, the mole-hill is
at laft formed. The mele, while undifturbed, keeps always
within its tunnel; and it is into the tunnel, therefore, that
the poifoned bait ought always to be calt, inftead of being
left in the hillock. In order to deftroy the mole which
formed the mole-hills A, B, (fig. 2.) make a cut, de, in the
tunnel which communicates between them. Put the poifoned
bait then into it, ar either d or e, or even between them.
The animal will come of courfe to repair the breach, will
find the fubflance, eat it, and be deftroyed.

Mote-Hil/, a term applied to a {mall mouldy heap of
earth, thrown up by the mole on grafs or other Jands. Et
has been obferved by a late writer, that “ in the more rich
and fertile foils, hills of this fort are frequently thrown up
in great numbers, from their abounding more with the food
ef the fubterraneous animals that produce them. Meadows
are often extenfively and ferioufly injured by them, on ac-
count of their depth of foft humid foil. Moles ufually re-
fide, deftroy, and render ufelefs the grafs, not only of the
tery fpot where the hills are raifed, but likewife to fome
extent immediately around them, as well as impeding the
free courfe of the feythe: for thefe reafons, the extermina-
tion of moles becomes an obje& of great confequence to
grafs hufbandry. In the early fpring months, when fuch
hills are in a tolerably dry and powdery ftate, no time fhould
be loft in fpreading them out, and difperfing them, in as
even and regular a manner as peffible, over the furface of
the {ward that adjoins them; as, when they remain long
without being fealed, they do confiderable injury to the
grafs plants underneath them, by blanching and rendering
them tender. This bufinefs may be very conveniently per-
formed by a common iron-tcothed garden rake. But it is
invariably the beft method never to fuffer the animals to re-
main in the land, but to procure an expert mole-catcher to
deftroy them, and thus wholly prevent the hills being thrown
up.’ As foon as the hills have been difperfed over the
land in the manner dire&ted above, the operator fhould be
careful in raking up all the fmall ftones, that may have been
thrown out with the mould; as when left upen the ground,
efpecially where it is to be mown, they prove a very dif-
agreeable impediment to the fcythe.
dene, it is beneficial to make ufe of a bufh-harrow,

Mots- Plough, an implement intended for the purpofe of
draining land, by forming a fort of pipe in it-

8 :

But before this 1s

MOL

This plough was long ago invented by Mr. Adam Scott,
and as fince improved, and made ufe of in the midland
counties, is an implement which, in fuitable foils and fitua-
tions, as in parks, pleafure-grounds, and where much re-
gard is had to the furface-appearance of the land, may be of
confiderable benefit in forming temporary drains. It makes
a drain, without opening the furface any more than merely
for the paffage of a thin coulter, the mark of which foon
difappears. This inftrument is chiefly employed in fuch
grafs-lands as have a declination of furface, and where there
are not many obftruétions to contend with: but it may be
ufed in other kinds of land, as on turnip grounds that are
too wet for the fheep to feed them off, or where, on ac-
count of the wetnefs, the feed cannot be put into the earth.
With this plough the drains fhould be made at the diftance
of ten or fifteen feet, in ttraight lines, and alfo contrived fo-
as to difcharge themfelves into one large open furrow, or
grip, at the bottom of the field. As it requires great
ftrength to draw this implement, it can only be ufed where
a good team is kept. It is fuggefted by an intelligent
farmer, that in deep clayey foils it may be highly ufeful ;
but that, where there are beds of gravel or fand intervening,
it cannot be employed with advantage. And it has been
found ufeful in thin peaty foils.

This fort of plough is reprefented at fg 1, in Plate Agricul-
ture (Ploughs), in which ais the beam ; 4,.the coulter; and c,
the cone which forms the drain. It has been lately improved,
fo as to require much lefs force of draught, by having wheels
placed before, andaroller behind. But a greater and more
important improvement has been made on this tool by Mr.
Lumbert.. Mr. A. Young itates, that “in a communica-
tion from his fon, inferted in the 36th volume of the Annals
of Agriculture, mention is made of this plongh haying been
greatly altered by Mr. Lumbert of Rifington Wick, near
Stow, on the Wolds of Gloucefterfhire, who worked it by
eight men turning windlafles. This he takes to be the firit
public notice of any fuch invention. Thomas Eftecourt,
efq. M. P. for Cricklade, and a member of the Board of
Agriculture, had, fince that period, feveral times mentioned:
the fame objeé&t to him. In March 1804, he had the good-
nefs to inform him, that the plough was then working at
Cricklade ; and, upon his expreffing a wifh to fee it, ob-
ligingly propofed to write to Mr. Wells, furgeon at Crick-
lade, informing him of his intention, and requetting his.
writing to Mr. Lumbert, the inventor, to defire his prefence
at the fame time. Thefe neceflary previous fteps being
taken, he arrived at Cricklade, Mareh 21ft, and had the
fatisfaction to find that the plough was then at work within
a mile of the town, whither he repaired with Mr. Wells and
Mr. Lumbert. The field in which the machine was working
belongs to Mr. Champernoun of Cricklade ; the foil a very
rich furface loam upon a clay bottem, which made it wet,
and demanded the operation of draining. The ftate of the
furface (though grafs) was fuch as would have been very
materially injured, by fo many horfes as muft have been ne-
ceflary to draw the mole at the depth he found it working,
which was from 37 to 18 inches. Eight women work it =
and in re{pe& to the labour exerted, it is fufficient to note
that Mr. Lumbert contraéts for the work at three halfpence
per perch, lug, or rod, of 54 yards; his foreman contra@—
ing with him for doing it at three farthings, the machine
being found by the maiter, the man paying himfelf and the
women out of that {um. The plough does, according to
foil and circumftantes, from 150 to 200 perches a-day :
goo have been done. At 200, three farthings a perch are
125. 6d. per diem; the eight women at. 8d. are 5s. 4d.; leav.

ing.

MOL

ing 7s. 2d for the foreman's pay, and the reparation of the
chain, the chief object in the repairs, as it breaks often, and
wants the dddition of a falle link whenever that accident
happens. He timed the motion of the plough for fome
rods, and found the average five yards in a minute. At
this {peed, 490 perches would be done in nine hours; but
the time of moving the windlafs, frame, and anchor, is a
large deduction, though he fhould have conceived not fuffi-
cient to reduce the performance to 200 perches. He could
not but much admire the efficacy of the anchor and forts,
in quickly fixing and preferving the fteadinefs of the ma-
chinery, in refiltance of fo great a force as is neceffary to
move the mole deep buried in clay.”

And it is added, that “ the prefent conftruction of the
machine was the refult of many experiments, in making
them under divers variations. Mr. Lumbert {peaks of two
cireumitances particularly, which coft him much attention
and many trials: the line of traGtion, and the due elevation
of the beam. He has not comprehended why the beam
fhould be elevated (other circumitances remaining the fame) ;
why any elevation further than parallel to the horizon fhould
be neceflary, the parts connected forming one piece in either
cafe. This quettion, which is intimately conneéted with the
ftructure of all wheel-ploughs, and is found under great va-
riations, from the elevated beam of the Norfolk he h to
the very depreffed pofition of the beam of the Hertford one,
deferves more attention than it has commonly met with.
The line of furface being 1: 2, and the tendency of the fhare
into the ground 1:3, fhould the elevation of the beam be
proportioned as 1:4? The line of traétion, in Mr. Lum-
bert’s plough, being to a little above 1, fuppofe his mole
working at 5, he feems to have proportioned the elevation
of his beam fomewhat to the fame angle above ground at 6,
that is, at 224 degrees. He found it neceffary that the line
of traction fhould cut the centre of the front roller, but not
drawing by it. If a line be drawn from the horfe’s fhoul-
der, while drawing, to the heel of the Norfolk plough, he
has often found, when the ploughs are /aid to go well, that
fuch line paffes by the centre of the wheels ; but the Norfolk
plough is truly a wheel machine, the draught being to the
carriage, and not to the plough itfelf: whereas Mr. Lum-
bert draws from the heel of his beam. The line of traction,
however, in Mr. Lumbert’s machine, is always varying : the
angle is very acute, when the women begin to turn; but
neceffarily becomes lefs and lefs fo, till the mole arrives at
the windlafs frame. The elevation of his beam throws a
great weight on it, by counteracting the tendency of the
mole into the ground. Quzere, if this line of traétion be
not to the centre of the compound refiftance? If fo, it ex-
plains the reafon for his greater eafe of draught ; but it does
not explain why he fhould not have availed bimfelf of high
wheels in front, inftead of a low roller, converting his ma-
chine into a true wheel-plough, and drawing from the car-
Triage ; the chain from the plough heel being fixed to the
carriage, as that from the coulter (or near it) is in the com-
mon wheel-plough.”’

The fame writer further ftates, that « Mr. Lumbert has
made this great improvement of the mole-plough about
feven or eight years, and the fuccefs attending it has been
eonfiderable. Mr. Poulton of Cricklade and Mr. Wells
have ufed it, as well as Mr. Champernoun. Mr. Coxe at
Water Eaton has drained, as he was informed, fome hun-
dreds of acres with it. Many have ufed it at Perton; nor
had Mr. Adams heard of any failures. All known here
have been on clay ; but they have heard’ of its anfwering on
lefs {ff bottoms. The drains run well after three years.’’

It is added, that «* Mr. Lumbert, in their examination

MOL

of the machine, defired him to obferve that the bottom of
the mole was not at all bright, there being no wear there,
while the upper parts were worn quite bright; and from
this circumftance he concludes, that any attention to keep
frofts out of the flit made by the coulter and ftandard is un-
neceflary. He conceives that the force of preffure, and
confequent platlering, is all en the upper fide of the pipe,
infomuch that he is firmly perfuaded that the operation is
chiefly at the bottom of the pipe, where the foil is left
porous, on comparifon with the top of it: and he is fo much
of this opinion, that he conceives the water, which runs
down by the flit, is more likely to be conduéted over the
pipe than to get into it.’’ Mr. Young flates, that “ he
merely reports his remarks without a comment.”

It 1s hinted, that “ the improver goes to any part of the
kingdom with his machine for draining of td. per rod;
but if tea diitance, mult have infured work, in the propor-
tion of 200 rods for every mile he travels Boing out. At
any confiderable diftance, this amounts to fo hg a quan-
tity, that, in many cafes, it would be advifable for feveral
neighbours to join for providing fufficient employment. He
fells the tool complete at 50 guineas, having a patent.
He can go 24 inches deep; and he has, on his own farm,
drains that have flood well feven years. When the ditch of
a field is not in fuch a direétion as fuits for the conveyance
of the water from the pipes made by the mole, or other
circumitances render it neceflary to have a bottom main
drain to take the water, his mode of making thefe clay-drains,
as he calls them, is by digging to a certain depth with com-
mon {pades ; and at the bottom of the trench fo opened he
takes a fpit, with a narrow fpade that has a cutting edge.
This tool opens a trench, which juft receives a jointed
wooden frame, with a chain at the end, by which it is drawn
on by the application of a lever. This frame, fitting the
{pace left by the narrow fpade, is covered with clay, rammed
clofe and firmly to it, being firft wetted, that it may flide
from this clay vault when drawn on by the lever: and from
much experience he finds thefe drains perfeétly fafe and
durable. Over the rammed clay mould, enough to fill to
the furface is thrown in.”’

The writer alfo mentions, that in difcourfng * with him
on other applications of the power he exerts in drawing the
mole, he D iiemed him that Mr. Barker of Fairford has a
water, that was fo choked up with mud and weeds, that a
duck could fearcely fwim in it. He applied the windlafs,
frame, and chain, to drag out all; and with fuch fuccefs,
that no other method would have cleanfed the water at fo
cheap a rate: fome drag, fcraper, or other contrivance,
mult of courfe be neceflary for taking and retaining the
mud,” &c. And Mr. Young fuppofes, that “a very ufe-
ful application of this power would be to the purpofe of
drawing turnips or cabbages from off wet land, which, by
common carting, is attended with fo. much mifchief. He
has feen temporary fheds roughly ere&ed, on the borders of
turnip-fields in Suffolk, for ftall-feeding beafts: the addition
of the windlafs, to draw the turnips to fuch fheds, would
be extremely important. Another application of this force,
well deferving attention, is, for drawing the machine which
he has feen in the maritime part of Effex, wherewith crofs-
roads are levelled. Where ruts are deep, and combs and
quarters high, with other inequahties, this tool, a fort of
harrow, might be very cheaply ufed for effe€tually fmooth-
ing the whole, and improving the roads at a very {mall ex

ence.” And as “ much the moft economical fyftem in
which the thrafhing-mill can be applied is, that of a circular
iron rail-way, whereon to draw the ftacks tothe mill, as he

has fully explained in the 33d volume of the Annals: in-
flead

MOL

Ylead of the application of the power of the wind or horfes
to draw the ftacks, the windlafs and anchor of the mole-
plough might be moft cheaply applied. Another applica-
tion of this power which he fhall mention is, for the draught
of ploughs and other machines, when comparatively tried:
the ferce exerted would be more regular and iteady than
that of horfes, or even oxen; and the only attention parti-
cularly demanded would be to keep the chain parallel to the
furrow, and at the right diltance from it.”

But Mr. Young fuggeils, that “in the operation of
hollow draining itfelf, a moft important defideratum yet
remains, and that is the drawing a plough that fhall cut
an open trench, for filling ep with ftraw, wood, or {tone.
Two fuch ‘ploughs have been invented: Mr. Arbuthnot’s,
a plate and explanation of which are to be feen in_ his
«© Eaftern Tour 3’? and Mr. Makin’s, which is kept in the
Society's repofitory in the Adelphi buildings. ‘The tramp-
ling of fo many horfes as thefe ploughs required, was the
great objection to their ufe. This ferious evil is done away
zu the windlafs fcheme; and he caanot but recommend to
Mr. Lumbert’s attention the improvement of one of thofe
ploughs, or the invention of another, for executing thefe
drains by means of his windlafs. He ftates, that ‘in all
forts of hollow draining, Mr, Lumbert is decidedly of
opinion that the cuts fhould be in the dire@&tion of, and with
the flope of the land: not diagonally acrofs it, which is the
common pra¢tice. In the latter method, the drains operate
but on one fide: cutting off the courfe of the water, as it
defcends, it drains the land only below the cuts; but if
made with the flope, they operate equally on either fide ;
and as he fuppofes the veins or pores of the foil, which con-
4ué& the water to a& in every diretion, provided the water
itfelf is taken away, his cuts in the direction of the flope
receive it lateraily from every portion of the land between.
the drains, the defcent from which to the bettom of the
drain is greater than the angle of the defcent of the natural
furface of the field. It would not be eafy to bring this
opinion to the teft of exast experiment; but a very in-
genious farmer in Suffolk, Mr. Simpfon of Witnefham,
near Ipfwich, has the fame conviction, and has drained fome
hundreds of acres very fuccefsfully upon this plan.”

But the nature, ufe, and application of this implement
may, however, be better underitood from Jig: 2, in Plate
Agriculture (Ploughs), in which,

1. The beam.

2. The mole, to which fegments for lengthening it {crew
on at 3.

4. The roller at heel, on which, it preffes.

5- The chain, 50 to 60 yards long, which winds on to
the two cylinders, 7, 7.

6. A pulley, around which the chain, 5, plays.

.$, 8, 8, 8. Windlaffes turned each by two women.

g. Stays, which entering the ground, affiit in keeping
the machine fleady.

to. The.anchor.

And the proportion and refpective angles of all the parts
may.be meafured by the fcale which is given in the plate.
See PLoucu.

Motr-Traps, the name of fuch traps as are contrived for
the purpofe of taking and deltroying moles. ‘They are of
feveral different kinds. See More-Catching.

Motz, Mola, or Mola Carnea,in Phyfiology, amif-fhapen
ma{s of hard flefh, fometimes generated in the wombs of
women, initead of a feetus ; called alfo a fal/e conception. It
is, however, a very rare produStion; what is called a mole
by women being generally found on examination to be ne-
thing more than coagulated blood. The following ap-

MOL

proaches neare{t to what the ancients conceived to be a mole,
of any thing that has occurred to the writer of this article.
A woman, about twenty-feven years of age, was.delivered
of a female fcctus, and its placenta, in which nothing un-
common was obferved ; and although the uterus remained
of an unufual fize, yet the pains not recommencing, there
was no fufpicion entertained hut that its bulk was occa-
fioned by coagulated blocd. Qn the third day the pains
became violent, and this monfler was born. Its fhape was
{pherical, but fomewhat flattened. It meafured in its largelt
diameter eight inches, and weighed about eighteen ounces.
It received its nourifhment by an umbilical cord, to which
was attached a portion of membranes, and although no pla-
centa was found, it is probable it had a fmall one, and that
it was inclofed in its own involucrum. It was completely
covered with a cuticule, and a little above the part where
the navel-ftring terminated, there was a hairy {calp cover-
ing a bony prominence, fomewhat refembling the arch of
the cranium. On difleGion it was found to be plentifully
fupplied with blood-veffels, proceeding from the navel-{tring,
and branching through every part cf it. It had a {mall
brain, and nerves palling from thence through the foramina
of the bones; but no reiemblance of any thoracic or abdo-.
minal vifcera. The reft of its bulk was made up of fat.
This was inferted, with the plate of the external appearance
of the objet, in the feventy-iirlt volume of the Philofophical
TranfaCtions.

Motz, Moles, a mafiive work formed of large flones
laid in the fea by means of coffer-dams, extended either in
aright line, or an arch of a circle, before a port; which
it ferves to clofe; to defend the veifels in it from the impe-
tuofity of the waves, and to prevent the paflage of fhips
without leave.

Thus we fay the mole of the harbour of Meffina, &c.

Motz is fometimes alfo ufed to fignify the harbour itfelf

Mo tz, Moles, among the Romans, was alfo ufed for a
kind of maufoleum, built in manner of a round tower on a
{quare bafe, infulate, encompafied with columns, and covered
with a dome.

The mole of the emperor Adrian, now the caftle of St.
Angelo, was the greateit, and molt itately of all the moles.
It was crowned with a brazen pine-apple, in which was.a
golden urn containing the afhes of the emperor.

Mo cg, in Zoology. See Tatra, aad the article Moir,
Supra.

Mote-Cricket, Gryllotalpa, in Entomology. See GRYLLUs.,

MOLECULE, Mozecura, in Phy/ics, a little mais or
portien of any body.

The air, by reipiration, infinuating itfelf into the veins.
and arteries, endeavours by its elaitic power to divide and
break the molecules of the blood, which on their part refift
fuch pirificn. .

MOLEEAH,, in Geography, a town of Bengal ; miles
W.N.W. of Midnapour. m om

MOLENE, a {mall ifland in the Englifh channel, near
the W. coaft of France ; fix miles S.E. of Ufhant..N. iat.
48° 24'. W. long. 4° 52!

MOLENES, a {mall ifland in the Englifh channel, near
the coait of France; 13 miles W. of the ifland of Bas. N. lat.
49 47'-. BE. long. 37 33! :

MOLENPURG, a town of Auftria; 16 miles S.W.
of Crems.

MOLES Cagnzea, in Anatomy, a name given by Velalius,
and others, to a muicle called by Winflow, Albinus, and
others, the complexus. Spigelius calls it the carnea ‘moles
trigemino adjunda.

Moves Carnea labia formans, a name given by Fallopius

is to

MOL
to the mufele called by Albinus ordicularis oris, and by Cow-

per conflridor labiorum.
MOLESTANDO. See Now ——
MOLESWORTH, Ronent, in iography, vifeount
Molefworth of Ireland, defcended feom an ancient Englith
family, was born at Dublin in 1656. Having received the
elements of a good education, he was fent to complete bis
{udies at Dublin college. He married, at an early age, the
filler of the curl of Balamsti. When the prince of Orange
came to England in 1688, Mr. Molefworth rendered himfelf
confpicnous as a friend to hberty and the Protettant religion,
for which he was afterwards attainted and his eftate er
tered by king James’s Trifh parliament. The fuccefs of the
Popith king, even in Treland, was very fhort lived, _and Mr,
Molefworth was immediately noticed by king William, who
railed him to the rank of privy-counfellor. In 1692 he
was fent out envoy-extraordinary to the court of Denmark,
where he relided three years. He had not, however, been very
long in his fituation before he found reafon to be difgutted
with the manners and habits of that newly enflaved country,
and his eagernefs to infilt upon privileges which he conceived
were his due in the high character of ambaffador, gave
offence, and he was forbidden to enter the court. With-
out the ceregnony of taking leave, he withdrew to Flanders,
on pretence of butinefs, and thence returned to England,
where he fet about writing ‘* An Account of Denmark.”
This work, written probably in refentment for the ill treat-
ment he had met with, gave fuch an unfavourable account
of the government and nation, that it was noticed by prince
George of Denmark, confort to the princefs Anne, after-
wards queen of England,-and a memorial was prefented to
King William, by the Danih envoy, complaining of the in-
falt. It was undoubtedly one of the publications of that
period which was moft hoitile to arbitrary power, and
which expofed with the greatelt freedom the arts by which
public liberty was overthrown, Dr. King was employed
to anfwer this work, in the performance of which, being
furnifhed with fa&s by the Danifh refident, he was enabled
to dete fome raiftdlies and mifreprefentations ; the book
was however well received, and was tranflated into feveral
foreign languages. For the author it procured the elteem
and friendfhip of lord Shaftefbury, in unifon with whole po-
litical principles he always a&ted. Mr. Molefworth was con-
tinued a member of the privy councibtill the latter part of the
reign of queen Anne, when he was removed on account of a
complaint from the clergy in convocation, to whofe increaf-
ing influence he was always inimical. On the acceffion of
George I. he was taken again into favour, and in 1716 was
called to the houfe of lords in Ireland, by the title of vif.
count Molefworth. After this he {pent his time chiefly in a
literary retirement, conneéted with and much efteemed by
feyeral men of learning and liberal principles, among whom
were Locke, Molyneux, and Toland. To the latter he was
a warm friend and benefactor, though his own circum lances
were narrow. Lord Molefworth died in 1725, at his feat
near Dublin, in the fixty-ninth year of his age. Befides
the work. already referred to, he wrote an addrefs to the
houfe of commons for the encouragement of agriculture 5
and to his pen were afcribed feveral temporary publications
in favour of the Englifh conftitution, and the general prin-
ciples of liberty. Ore of his daughters, Mary, the wife of
George Monk, efq. at her death, in 715, left a collection
of poems, which her father publithed, and dedicated to
the princefs of Wales, afterwards queen Caroline. Biog.
eMOLEVETO, in Geography, a town of the’ ifland of
Ceylon...

MOL

MOLFETTA, & town of Naples, in the province of
Bari, on the coat of the Adriatic, the fee of a bithop ;
eight miles E.S.E. of Trani. N. lat. 41°18" ¥, long.

10 Wie

OLIERE, Joun-Bartisr Poquenr bY,
graphy, the molt celebrated of modern writers in comedy,
was born at Paris in 1620. His father, who was valet de
chambre upholiterer to the king, and kept a broker’s thop,
deligned to bring him up to his own employment, and gave
him a conformable education, The youth, without any
advantages of education beyond thofe of mere reading and
writing, imbibed a talte for literature, and was fent to the
Jefuits’ college as a day-fcholar. His affiduity was foon
obferved ; he became conneéted with Chapelle and Bernier,
with whom he attended le¢tures in philofophy, under Gaf-
fendi. His father, with increaling years, became very infirm,
and the bufinefs of the royal houfhold was devolved on the
fon, and he attended Louis XIII. to Narbonne in 1641.
On his return to Paris he refolved to devote himfelf to
theatrical employments. He connected himfelf with a com-
pany of young perfons, who aéted in the fuburbs of St.
Germain, and alfuming the name of Moliere, compofed
feveral little pieces of the comic kind, and performed his
part on the ftage. At length he joined La Bejart, a pro-
vincial aétrefs, and they formed a company, which, in
1p reprefented at Lyons his firlt regular comedy in-verfe,.
“ L’Etourdi."" ‘This was followed by “ Le Depit Amou-
retfx,”? and ** Les Precieufes ridicules,” exhibited at Beziers,
where Moliere was favourably received by the prince of
Conti, who was chief of the {tates of Languedoc. He
next vilite¢ Grenoble and Rouen, and from the latter came
to Paris, under the proteétion of Gatton, duke of Orleans,.
who introduced him to Lewis XIV. He foon. obtained:
permiffion to open a theatre in the metropolis, which was
firft in the old Louvre, and afterwards in the Palais Royal,-
and in the year 1665 he was placed inthe fervice of the
king, with a penfion. He rofe in reputation.as a writer by:
the new pieces which he prefented- to the public, and be—
came more and more perfect as he advanced in experience
and obfervation. At mature age he married the daughter’
of the actrefs Bejart, who alfo followed the fame profefiion,.
and he is faid to have incurred very defervedly the fame fort
of ridicule as that whicly he beftows plentifully upon the
poor hufbands in his comedies. In friendfhip he was more
happy, and he numbered among his. intimates not-only men.
of wit, but fome of the greateit perfons. about the court.
He died in confequence ot his exertions in acting: a principal.
part in- his play, “ Le Malade Imaginaire.”” He was la-
bouring under a flight pulmonary complaint, and was ftrongly
urged to poftpone the reprefentation: «* What,’ fays he,-
«* will become of fo many poor people who depend on it for
the very means of fubfiftence. I fhould reproach myfelf for
having neglected a fingle day to fupply them with that of
which they itand in need.” He exerted himfelf with un=
ufual fpirit, and his efforts brought on the rupture of a
blood-veflel, by: which he was fuffocated.. This event hap~
pened-in February, 1653, when=he was only in the fifty—
third year of his age. By almoft the general confent of
Europe, he is placed at the head-of that genuine comedy,
which has for its fubje@ the ridiculous in charaéter and
manners 5 and it is agreed that no one ever united more-
pleafantry in-dialogue and- incident,- with: more good fenfe
and penetration in felecting jult obje&s for comic fatire.
He is alfo regarded as the great reformer of the French:
theatre in refpe€t to comedy, as Corneille was in refpedt to.
tragedy. His more ferious compofitions, and thofe written:
in yerfe, are by his countrymen elteemed -his mafter-pieces,

efpecially:

in Bios

MOL

efpecially the « Mifanthrope’’ and the “ Tartuffe.”” The
latter, touching upon religious hypocrify, excited a great
clamour againft him from the pretended devotees, who had
intereft to procurea prohibition of its fecond reprefentation
from the parliament. This temporary attack has not prevented
the «« Tartuffe’’ from retaining its place as one of the great
ornaments of the French flage. Moaliere had always a large
portion of the philofophy of good fenfe, and rarely failed
to difcern the weak part of what he chofe for the topic of
his farcafm. He had alfo a juft fenfe of propriety in the
condué of life, and in ferious humour he is always the
friend of honour and integrity. His own charaer was,
in many refpeéts, cftimable. He was kind, obliging, and
generous. Neverthelefs, after his death, the archbifhop of
Paris, Harlai, a man of loofe morals, without, probably,
half the good qualities of the actor, but defirous of pleafing
the rigorifts of the Roman church, refufed him Chriftian
burial, and the king’s authority was requilite to procure him
private interment in a chapel belonging to the church of St.
Euftace. The bigotry of the mob, whom the priefts had
kept ignorant to make them engines in their own caufe, im-
“peded even this obfcure ceremonial, and they could not be
difperfed till money was given them for the purpofe.
«‘ Such,”’ fays an able biographer, ‘« was the treatment of a
man who wasan honour to his country, and who will ever rank
among the principal ornaments of the age in which he lived !
No one was more imprefled by a fenfe of his merit than the
great Conde, who, in reply to a wretched rhymer, that had
brought him an epitaph on Moliere, «* Would to heaven he
had prefented me with thine !”’? He is honoured with me-
morials by Boileau, Voltaire, and the king, who being
afked to name the firft writer that had appeared in his reign,
named Moliere, without the fmalleft hefitation. His ityle in
profe is perfe&tly natural and eafy: in verfe he has been
accounted incorre&t and carelefs. Asan ator he excelled
only im comedy : his voice was feeble and indiftin&, but his
{trong features, animated by intelligence, rendered him the
perfect reprefentative of the characters, in his own pieces,
which he took upon himfelf. His works have been a
thoufand times reprinted: the beft edition is faid to be
that of Bret, at Paris, in fix volumes, with commentaries.
Moreri.

MOLIERES, Joseru-Privat pe, a celebrated French
prieft and mathematician, who flourifhed in the eighteenth
century, was born at Tarafcon, in the county of Foix, in
the year 1677. Owing toa tender and delicate conftitution,
he chofe for himfelf a life of ftudy, and became, ina fhort
time, famous for his learning on diverstopics, but. parti-
cularly in the feveral branches of belles lettres and mathe-
matics. His elder brother, who had obtained confiderable
rank in the army, having been flain in battle in 1695, M.
Molieres’ parents were defirous that he fhould fettle in the
world, but his love of f{tudy rendered their perfuafions in-
effeQual. That he might put an end to all importunity on
this head, he entered at once into the church, and was or-
dained prieft in the year 1701. He afterwards entered in
the congregation of the oratory, and taught the claflics and
philofophy with great fuccefs in feveral of their feminaries.
Some years after this, having read and greatly admired the
works of father Malebranche, he was anxious to become
acquainted with their author; and for that purpofe quitted
the oratory and repaired to Paris. Here he attached him-
felf clofely to that philofopher, and during his ftay in the
metropolis, he prefented feveral memoirs to the Academy of
Sciences, and in 1721 he was admitted into it as an adjunct
to the mechanical clafs. Two years afterwards he ebtained
the profeflorfhip of the College-royal, andin 1729 rofe to the

MOL

rank of affociate in the Academy of Sciences. He had
already publifhed a work, entitled ** Mathematical Leffons,
&c.,”” in which the principles of algebra and arithmetical
calculations are methodically laid down, and the theorems
explained and demonftrated. After this, which was weil
received, he publifhed four volumes of ‘ Leétures on Na-
tural Philofophy, containing the Elements of Phyfics deter-
mined folely by the Laws of Mechanics, &c.’? This was
faid to be a very whimfical performance, in which he endea-
voured to unite the fy{ftem of Defcartes with the principles
of Newton, and he attempted to reétify the ideas of the
French, by the experiments of the Englifh philofopher. In
1741 he publifhed the-firft part of his ‘¢ Elements of Geo-
metry,’ intended as~an introduétion to his phyfical le&tures.
He was a very irritable man, which led him frequently into
paffions, of which one was the caufe of his death in 1742.
In other refpects he was reckoned a very amiable character,
but was apt to be fo abferit, or abforbed in his ftudies, as to
appear almoft wholly infenfible to furrounding objeéts. His
infirmity in this refpeét became known, and he was accord-
ingly made the fubje¢t of depredations. A fhoe-black, once
finding him profoundly abforbed in a reverie, contrived to
fteal the filver buckles from his fhoes, replacing them with
iron ones. At another time, while at his fundies, a villain
broke into the room in which he was fitting, and demanded
his money; Molieres, without rifing from his ftudies, or
giving any alarm, coolly fhewed him where it was, requefting
him, asa great favour, that he would not derange his papers.
Moreri. a ;

Motierss, in Geography, a town of France, in the de- -
partment of the Lot, and chief place of a canton, in the
diftrit of Montauban; 10 miles N. of it. The place
contains 2493, and the canton 6870 inhabitants, on a ter-
ritory of 1324 kiliometres, in feven communes.

MOLIETTA, a town of Naples, in Bari; eight miles
E.S.E. of Trani. 4

MOLILLA, a town of Hindooftan, in Bednore; 10
miles E. of Bednore.

MOLIN, a town of Perfia, in Khorafan ; 16 miles N.W.
of Zeuzan.

MOLINA, in Biography. See Motinists.

Mo tina, in Geography, a {mall town of Spain, in the
province of Murcia, pleafantly fituated on the borders of a
valley, which is watered by the Sagara. Itis furrounded by
confiderable plantations of all kinds of trees, and fertile rich
gardens, embellifhed with oranges, lemons, olives, -pomegra-
nates, and palms. ‘The ftreets are large, ftraight, airy, and
pleafant: the number of inhabitants is about 3000. The
parifh church is a handfome ftru€ture, but deformed by: bad
paintings; eight miles N. of Murcia.

Mo ina, a town of Spain, and capital of a lordfhip:in
New Cattile, fituated on a river of the fame name, which
runs into the Tagus, 15 miles S.W. of it ; 100 miles N.E.
of Madrid. N. lat. 41° 8. W.long. 2° 1/.

Motina, in Botany, Lamarck Dict. y. 4.227. Cavan.
Monadelph. 435. t. 263, fo called by the writer laft men-
tioned, in honour of John Ignatius Molina, author of a na-
tural and civil hiftory of Chili, from which Juffieu has
adopted feveral genera, with moft uncouth names. See
G#RTNERA. -

MOLINA, fo denominated by Commerfon, according
to Juffiex, in memory of Johannes Molinzus (Jean des
Moulins,) to whofe affiftance Dalechamp had recourfe in
the compolition of his laborious work, after John Bauhin had
been driven away from Lyons by the bigotry of the Papifts ;
his learning and excellent charatter having made him too
confpicuous there for a Proteftant, like his father at Paris.

(Seo

MOL

(See Baunin.) Commerfon, it feema, intended at the fame
time to commemorate his friend Defmouling, suthor of an
arrangement of the plants about Clugni, publifhed in Du-
rande’s Flore de Bourgogne —Jufl, 248. Willd. Sp. PI.
¥. a 329. Lamarck Iluftr, t. 305. (Trigonis ; Jacq.
Amer. 102? Jull, 248 ?)—Clafy and order, Ofandria Mo-
nogynia, Nat. Ord. Trihilate, Linn. Sapindi, Jufl. See
Curanta, to which Molinea and Trigonis are there referred
by our excellent predeceffor, the Rev. Mr. Wood, on the
authority of Mr. Dryander, or rather of Lamarck. From
an examination of Commerfon's {pecimens, we have no doubt
of the propriety of this meafure. We find an evident flyle
in Molinea, though perhaps it may not be protruded till
after impregnation; but this removes one of Wildenow’s
objections. As to the ari/lus, or tunic of the feed, Lamarck’s
plate, fig. i, feems to indicate gne, though not perhaps fo
remarkable as that in Plumier’s Now. Gen. t. 19. Cupania,
being the oldeft name and unexceptionable, is neceffarily pre-
ferred to the above.

MOLINE), in Heraldry. A crofs moliné is that which
turns round both ways at all extremities, though not fo wide
or fharp as that faid to be anchored.

MOLINET, Craupe pv, in Biography, a learned French
ecclefiaftic and antiquary in the feventeenth century, was
born at Chalons, in Champagne, in the year 1620. Having
been inftru&ted in the rudiments of learning at his native
place, he was fent to Paris to go throngh his courfe of

hilofophy. Here he entered among the canons-regular of

t. Genevieve of the order of St. Auguttine, and after-
wards became attorney-general of that congregation. He
might have been raifed to higher dignities, but his love of
ttudy and retirement induced him to decline them. Medals
and antiquities of various kinds were his favourite fubjects of
purfuit, and having been attached to them from almoft his
earlieft years, he had colleGted a confiderable cabinet, which
he annexed to the library of St. Genevieve, together with
other rarities and curiofities. He was employed by Lewis
XIV. to arrange his cabinet of medals, and augment their
numbers, as well as to purchafe agates and other precious
ftones, of which father Molinet was reckoned an excellent
judge. He added more than 800 medals to the royal col-
le€tion, and was amply and nobly remunerated by his fove-
reign’s liberality, of which the library at St. Genevieve fup-
plied abundant evidence ; for the improvement of that infti-
tution was the prime objet to which all the fruits of his
labours were devoted. He died in 1687, at the age of
fixty-feven. He is known as an author by learned notes to
an édition of the letters of Stephen, bifhop of Tournay ;
« Hiftoria Summorum Pontilicum a Martino V. ad Inno-
centium XI. per eorum Numifmata ;’" “ The Cabinet of
the Library of St. Genevieve ;’”” ‘¢ Refle€ticns on the Origin
of Secular Canons, and on the Antiquity of Canons-Re-
gular ;’” and other woxxs which difplay much learning, and
will afford gratification to antiquarians. Moreri.

MOLINEUX’s Harzour, in Geography, a bay on the
§.E. coait of Tavai-Poenammoo, the fouthern ifland of New
Yealand. S. lat. 46°24! W.long. 189° 50’.

MOLINISTS., in Ecclefiafical Hiftory, a fe& in the
Romifh church who followed the doétrine and fentiments of
the Jefuit Molina, relating to fufficient and efficacious grace.
Lewis Molina, after whofe name this fe&t was called, was

~a Spanifh Jefuit, and profeffor of divinity in the univerfity
of Ebora, in Portugal. In the year 1588, he publifhed a
book, to fhew that the operations of divine grace were en-
tirely confiltent with the freedom of human will; and he
introduced a new kind of hypothefis to remove the difficulties
attending the doétrines of predettination and liberty, and to
Vou. XXTIT. .

MOL

reconcile the jarring opinions of Auguttinians, Thomiit ,
Semi-Pelagians, od other contentious divines. Molina
affirmed, that the decree of predeftination to eternal glory
was founded upon a previous knowledge and confideration
of the merits of the eleét; that the grace from whofe ope-
ration thefe merits are derived, is not efficacious by its own
intrinfic power only, but alfo by the confent of our own
will, and becaufe it is adminiftered in thofe circumftances,
in Which the Deity, by that branch of his knowledge, which
is called /cientia media, forefees that it will be efficacious.
The kind of prefcience, denominated in the fchools /cientia
media, is that foreknowledge of future contingents, that
arifes from an acquaintance with the nature and faculties of
rational beings, of the circum{tances in which they fhall be
placed, of the objects that fhall be prefented to them, and
of the influence which thefe circumf{tances and objeéts mut
have on their actions.

The great antagonifts of the Molinifts were the Jan-
fenifts. ; '

MOLINO, in Geography, a town of Naples, in Abruzzo
Ultra; 13 miles S.S.E. of Aquila.

MOLINOS, in Biography. See Quietists.

MOLINOSISTS, in Ecclefiafiical Hiflory, a fe& among
the Romanilts, who adhere to the doétrines of Molinos.
Thefe are the fame with what are otherwife called

metifts.

MOLISE, in Geography, a city of Naples, which,
though not the cipinaly gives name to the county or diftri&
to which it belongs; 48 miles N.N.E. from Naples. N.
lat. 41° 39°. E. long. 14° 25'. ;

Mottse, County of, a province of Naples, having N.
Abruzzo Citra, E. Capitanata, S. Lavora, and W. thofe
which “were denominated the ftates of the church. Of all
the provinces of Naples, this is the {malleft, being about 30
miles long, and 24 wide. It is fertile in corn, wine, and
faffron, and affords plenty of game and filk. The capital
is Campo-baffo.

MOLIVO, a fea-port town on the N.W. coaft of the
ifland of Metelin, or Mitylene, built on rocks of bafaltes,
precifely on the fpot formerly occupied by Methymna: it
is commanded by a caftle almoft in ruins : its population may
be eftimated at 2 or 3000 inhabitants, as well Turks as
Greeks ; its territory is formed of a plain of moderate ex-
tent, very fertile, and furrounded by volcanic mountains:
its productions confift principally of eil, corn, and barley ;
it furnifhes a little wine and various fruits; and alfo cot-
ton and feveral kitchen-garden plants; 20 miles N.N.W.
of Caftro.

MOLL, a town of France, in the department of the
Two Nethes, ‘and chief place of a canton, in the diftri&t of
Turnhoul; ro miles from Harenthals. The place con-
tains 3694, and the canton 15,679 inhabitants, on a ter-
ritory of 265 kiliometres, in five communes.

MOLLARU, atown of Hindoofan, in the circar of
Rajamundry ; 45 miles N.E. of Rajamundry.

MOLLE, in Botany, Cluf. Exot. 322. Tourn. Inft,
661, a barbarous name, of Peruvian origin. See Scuinus.

Mo1_tz, in Geography, a town of Norway, in the province
of Drontheim. N. lat. 62° 48’. E. long. 7° 36'.

Motz, in fchthyology, the name of a {mall fpecies of
whiting, common in the Mediterranean, and in the markets
of Rome, Venice, &c. and called by authors the afellus om-
nium minimus, and the merlangus. Itis a fpecies of Gadus ;
which fee.

Morte, Ital., Mol, Fr., Mollis, Lat. In the primitive feale
of Guido, the found B, when flat in the hexachord of F,
was called B molle, fweet, foft, compared with B in the

4U hexachord

MOL

hexachord of G, when it was called B-durum, harfh, and
B-quadro, {quare, from the form of the 6, which was made
like a Gothic B, or rather 6 for half; a chara@er flill re-
tained by the Germans for B natural. In folmifation,
B-durum implies more than B &, and B molle, B b.

MOLLER, Henry, iu Biography, a learned German
Lutheran divine in the fixteenth cencury, was born at
Hamburgh in the year 1530. He officiated fome time as
paftor to a church in the landgraviate of Hefle with great
reputation, and was honoured with the degree of doftor of
divinity. He was much celebrated for his fkill in biblical
literature, and he particularly excelled in the knowledge of
the Hebrew and Chaldee languages. During fourteen years
he filled the chair of profeflor of the Greek and the Oriental
languages in the univerfity of Wirtemberg, of which he was
probably deprived forrefufing fubmiffion to the famous‘ Form
of Concord.’”? He died at Hamburgh in 158g, in the fixtieth
year of his age. He was author of ‘* Commentariee’’ on the
book of Pfalms, and the prophecy of Ifaiah. He was
likewife known as apoet, Moreri.

MOLLERUSA, in Geography, a town of Spain, in
Catalonia; 10 miles E.N.E. of Lerida.

MOLLIDON, a town of Hindooftan, on the Dooab ;
18 miles N.N.W. of Etaya.

MOLLIENS-Vipamge, a towa of France, in the de-
partment of the Somme, and chief place of a canton, in
the diftri€t of Amiens. The place contains 836, and the
canton 13,456 inhabitants, on a territory of 232% kilio-
metres, in 29 communes.

MOLLINARI, Simone, in Biography, was maeftro di
capella del Duomo at Genoa, and publifhed, in 1605, ‘* Con-
certi Ecclefiaftici,’’ as they are called ; but thefe, which are
in Dr. Aldrich’s Colle@tion of Mufic in Chrift-church, Oxon,
were only maffes and motets, accompanied by inftruments,
which, about this time, became very commen in Italy.

MOLLIS Porrio. See Porrio.

MOLLITIES Osstum. This curious and extraordi-
nary difeafe may be defined to be a morbid foftnefs and
flexibility of the bones, arifing from a deficiency of the
phofphat of lime in their ftru&ure. Whether their firm-
nefs and ftability are loft, in confequence of this matter
being too abundantly abforbed, or of its not being duly and
fufficiently fecreted, is a queftion which we cannot undertake
to refolve. Some writers treat of the mollities offium with
rickets; but although it is true, that, in both thefe dif-
eafes, the bones lofe their natural folidity and proper fhape,
it appears to us that the two affeCtions deferve a marked
diftinGtion, inafmuch as rachitis is an affection peculiar to
childhood, and the bones only change their fhape gradually ;
whereas the mollities offium has frequently been obferved
to afi adults, and occafion fuch a foftnefs of the bones,
that, in the extreme ftage of the difeafe, they may be at
once bent in any direétion whatfoever.

The following cafe, drawn up by Mr. Gooch, will ferve
to imprefs the reader with an idea of the diforder : ‘¢ Mary
Hayes, of Stoke-Holy-Crofs, near Norwich, in Norfolk,
was born January 11, 1718, had never been married, and al-
ways lived a regular, temperate life. Her father was un-
healthy, but it is not known to what difeafe he was fubject ;
her mother was healthy, and fhe herfelf was always looked
upon asa {trong healthy girl, till about fifteen years of age,
when fhe fell into the green ficknefs, and took various medi-
cines tono purpofe. She had no other complaints till O&o-
ber, 1748, when fhe was feized with pains, univerfally at-
tended with feverifh fymptoms; and thus fhe continued
fome weeks, after which the pain was chiefly confined to
her legs and thighs, but not increafed by external preffure.

jo

MOL

“ She broke her leg in June, 1749, a8 fhe was walking from
her bed to her chair, without falling down, and heard the
bones fnap. The fra€ture was properly treated by one of
the ableft furgeons, and due regard had to her indifpofition.
No callus was generated; but in a few months the benes
grew flexible, from the knee to the ankle. Thofe of the
other leg and thigh were vifibly affeéted foon afterwards, in
the like manner; and both legs and thighs then became
cedematous, and fubjeé to be excoriated, rg ba a thin
yellow ichor. About this time,’’ fays Mr. Gooch, « I
firft faw her with the furgeon who had the care of her.

‘“‘ The winter after breaking her leg fhe had fymptoms of
the fcurvy, and bled much at the gums. :

*¢ Many eminent phyficians prefcribed for her, but without
any effect, unlefs the regularity of her menftruation, for the
laft eighteen months, be afcribed to chalybeate medicines,
which were part of their prefcriptions; though the fame
kind of medicines were formerly prefcribed, and long con-
tinued, without having that effeét, even when fhe was in a
condition to take’exercife.

«< About a year before her death fhe was removed to the
parifh fhe belonged to, where I had an opportunity of vifit-
ing her often, and obferving the progrefs of her difeafe.
She told me fhe had found but little alteration of her com-
plaints in general, for fome time paft, and thought her appe-
tite and digeftion rather mended. She breathed with diffi-
culty, and her thorax appeared fo much ftraightened, as necef-
farily impeded the expanfion of the lungs. Her fpine was
much diftorted, and any motion of the vertebrz of the loins
excited extreme pain. Her legs and thighs being quite
ufelefs, fhe was confined to her bed in a fitting poflure.
The bones fhe refted upon, having loft their folidity, were
much fpread, and the ends of her fingers and thumbs, by
frequent efforts to raife herfelf, were become very broad,
with a curvature of their phalanges. She now meafured but
Sour feet, though before this difeafe fae was five feet and a half
high, and well fhaped.

«‘ From this time,’ fays Mr. Gooch, ‘I obferved the
flexibility of her bones became gradually more general, and
the difficulty of breathing increafed, with a wafting of her
fleth. For the laft f& ur months of her life fhe had a total
fuppreffion of the menftrual difcharge, and a great tendency
in her legs to mortify, which had long been anafarcous, and
excoriated almoft all over. She retained her fenfes perfectly
to the laft, and but a few minutes before fhe died, talked
concerning her miferable condition and approaching end, in
a very rational and compofed manner, with her nurfe, who
perceived no figns of the change which was juft at hand;
then reclined her head, and expired inftantly without a

roan.

one Two days after her death, which happened on Feb. 6,

1753, her limbs being firft well ttretched out, fhe was mea-

fured, and found wanting, in her natural flature, two feet and
two inches! I opened the abdomen and thorax, removing the

fternum entirely, with fome portion of the ribs, in order to

gain at once a full view of thofe cavities, and to obferve how

the vifcera contained in them had obftruéted each other in,
their refpective fun@tions, as well as to infpeé the ftate of
them. The heart and lungs were found, but flaccid, and

much confined in their motion, to which the enormous fize

of the liver contributed in fome meafure, extending quite

acrofs the abdomen, and bearing hard againit the diaphragm,

&c. The lungs did not adhere to the pleura, nor was the

liver {cirrhous ; it was faulty only in its bulk. The me-

fentery was found, except one large {cirrhous gland in it.

The {pleen was extremely fmall, Nothing elfe was found
obfervable in thefe cavities.

“ All

MOL

“ All her bones, except her teeth, were more or lefs
affe&ted, and fearcely any would refit the knife. Thofe of
the head, thorax, f{pine, and pelvis, were nearly of the
fame degree of foftnefs, Thole of the lower extremities
were much more diffolved than thofe of the upper, or of
any other part. They were changed into a parenchymous
fubftance, like foft dark-coloured liver, without the leaft
offenfive fmell. I cut through the whole length, without
turning the edge of the knife, and found lef refiftance than
firm mufcular flefh would have made, meeting only here
and there with bony laming, as thin as any eg ‘hell.

« Thofe bones were moft diffolved, whic, in their na-
tural ftate, are moft compa, and contain moft marrow in
their cavities, &c.’"

Mr, Gooch further acquaints us, that the periofteum was
rather thicker than ordinary ; the cartilages thinner, but no
where in a ftate of diffolution like the bones. He fhewed
fpecimens of the diffolved bones to fir John Pringle, in
London, and then fent them to Dr. Hunter, who occafion-
ally exhibited them in his anatomical leQures.

r.Gooch alfo fent fome of the fame fubftance to an
ingenious chemilt, defiring him to analyfe it; the latter
“could difcover neither acid nor alkali prevailing in it;
but that it contained near feven-eighths of an eleaginous
fubftance, with a fmall portion of earth.’”

July 1753, Mr. Gooch faw a fimilar cafe to this in a
woman, aged twenty-five, in the workhoufe at Norwich,
under the care of Mr. Swift, an ingenious man, and a very
able fi n. In this example, the ribs, having become ex-
ceedingly foft, « fell (to ule Mr. Gooch's words) with the
fternum flat upon the lungs,"’ and obitruéted refpiration to
fuch a degree, that when this gentleman faw her, fhe lay
panting for life. In the other cafe, of which the narrative
is given above, the ribs and fternum turned outwards, and
the refpiration was not quite fo much obitructed.

Cafes of the mollities offium are recorded in the Philo-
fophical Tranfactions ; Mém. de l’Acad. Royale des Sci-
ences; AG. Hafniens; German. Ephem. Foreftus and
Saviard have alfo detailed cafes of the fame difeafe; and a
moft remarkable example was publifhed by Morand, at
Paris, in 1752.

The caules of this fingular diforder have hitherto baffled
inveftigation. In the famous cafe of Madame Supiot, the
patient had been in the habit of eating an extraordinary
quantity of falt, and this circumftance was immediately fuf-
pected asthe caufe of the difeafe ; yet, in other cafes, the
immoderate ufe of falt could not fall into fufpicion, and
Madame Supiot herfelf certainly continued to grow worfe
and worfe, long after fhe had relinquifhed the cuftom of
taking fo much falt with her vi€tuals. We are. therefore,
juftified in concluding that the eating of this fubftance had
nothing to do with the production of the difeale. Were
falt capable of having this effe&t, failors and others, who
live fo much on falted provifions, ought frequently to be
afflicted with mollities offium ; yet this does not appear to
be the faa. “3 r ;

With re to the treatment, it does not appear that an
fuccefsful Lhe has been difcovered. The deficiency of
the phofphat of lime in the ftruGture of the affeéted bones,
has led to the fuggeftion of exhibiting this fubitance as a
medicine. This may eafily be done; but how to make the
fecerning arteries depofit it in the bones is a more baffling
confideration. We know of no cafes, in fhort, exemplify-
ing the efficacy of this plan, though it is both rational and
free from danger.

Madder, from its known property of tinging the bones
red, has been fuppofed to have a particular a¢tion on the

MOL

offeous fyftem; but, fays Boyer, it is now well afcer.
tained, that it has no greater effect in rickets (which is «
difeafe at all events analogous to mollities) than any other
bitter plant. Malad. des Os, tom. ii.

MOLLUGO, in Botany, a name in Pliny, book xxvi.
chap. 10, which he indicates as belonging to a plant rough
both in foliage and flavour. Linnxus retains it for a genus
of a {mooth and tender habit, to which, if derived from
mollis, it would be moft fuitable.—Linn. Gen. 42. Schreb. 58.
Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 491. Mart. Mill. Di@. v. 3. Ait. Hort.
Kew. ed. 2. v. 1. 184. Juff. 300. Lamarck fide. t. §2.
Michaux Boreali-Amer. v. 1. 77. Gaertn. t. 130.—Clafs and
— Triandria Trigynia. Nat Ord. Caryophyllea, Linn.

uff,

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of five oblong, flightly
Frage Laetregre leaves, internally coloured. Cor. none.
Stam. Filaments three, briftle-fhaped, fhorter than the calyx,
approaching the piftil ; anthers vertical, oblong, cloven at
the bafe. Pif. Germen fuperior, ovate, with three fure
rows; ftyles three, very fhort ; {tigmas obtufe. Peric. Cap-
fule ovate, corrugated, of three membranous pellucid valves,
and three cells ; the partitions from the middle of each valve.
Seeds numerous, roundifh-kidney-fhaped, polifhed.

Eff. Ch. Calyx of five leaves. Corolla none. Capfule
of ers cells and three valves. Seeds numerous.

1. M. oppo ola. Oppofite-leaved Mollugo. Linn. Sp,
Pl. 131. . sh 523 [oon Zeyl, a1. Joon ; Bt
Zeyl. + Alfine {pergulz facie Bengalenfis, folus anguttis ad
eee a binis, flofculis autem plurimis ad caulem radiatis,
emine mioutiffimo fulvo; Pluk. Phyt.t. 75. f. 6.)— Leaves
oppofite, lanceolate. Branches alternate. Flower-ftalks
lateral, feveral together, fingle-flowered. Native of Cey-
lon. Linnzus defcribes it as “ an annual herb, with long,
diffufe, {mooth, alternate branches. Leaves oppofite, lan-
ceolate, fmooth, running down into Sootfalks Flower flalks
feveral, axillary, equal, capillary, fingle-flowered. Calyz
of five leaves.’—Plukenet’s figure, quoted at the fuggeftion
of Burmann, an{wers pretty well to this defcription; and
though it has the afpect of an Hedyotis, the inferior calyx,
proper to Mollugo, is fufficiently indicated. According to
Hermann this herb is eaten in fallads by the vulgar. -

2. M. frri@a. Clofe-leaved Mollugo. Linn. Sp. Pl. 131.
Burm. Ind. 31. t. 5. f. 3. (Alfine multifolia floribunda
glabra, ex finu Bengalenfi, foliis fubrotundis, flore majore ;
Pluk. Almagett. ar. t. 257. f. 2.)—Leaves about four toge-
ther, lanceolate. Flowers in panicled clufters, drooping.
Stem ereét, angular.—Native of Java and Bengal. Root
fibrous, annual. Stems feveral, from two to twelve inches
high, ere@, flender, angular, fmooth, bent at the lower
joints, leafy. three, four, or more, at each joint,
lanceolate, entire, fmooth, of a pale glaucous green, taper-
ing at the bafe into a fort of footftalk ; in ftarved plants
broader and fhorter. Stipulas in pairs, {mall, membranous,
roundifh. F/owers very {mall, whitifh, in long, flender, al-
moft capillary, {mooth clufters, colle&ed into flight pani-
cles ; the partial ftalks bent downward. Cap/ule roundifh,
very thin and membranous. Seeds almoft black”

3. M. 4irte, Hairy Mollugo. Thunb. Prodr. 24.—De-
cumbent. Leaves four together, obovate, hairy. Native
of the Cape of Good Hope. Annual. Of this we have
no further knowledge.

4. M. — Five-leaved Mollugo. Linn. Sp. Pl.
131. (Alfize ramofa procumbens quelialis, ad a
polyphylla; Burm. Zeyl. 13. t. 8. f. 1.)}—Leaves obovate ;
thofe of the ftem four or five at a joint. Panicles cymofe,
fomewhat racemofe.—Native of various parts of the Eait
Indies. This differs from M. friGa in having numerous

4U 2 Jflems

MOL

frems {preading circularly, nearly proftrate, and obovate
leaves. The flowers are twice as large, with a tawny hue,

at leaft when dried, and compofe more denfe, level-topped,
forked or cymofe panicles, whofe branches are f{carcely race-
mofe, and by no means elongated.

5. M. nudicaulis. Naked-leaved Mollugo. (Alfine foliis
ad radicem pofitis; Burm. Zeyl. 14. t. 8. f. 2.)—Leaves
obovate, ali radical. Stems panicled, forked, naked.
Flowers four-cleft. Native of Ceylon; Burmann ; of
Sierra Leone; Afxelivs. Linnzus confounded this with
the la{t, not perceiving that Burmann had figured two very
different plants in his tad. 8, without numbering them ; and
he citest. 8. f. 1, 2.. This by an error of the prefs is be-
come 12, which Willdenow copies. Burmann refers to a
wrong fynonym in Sloane, but he defcribes the prefent
{pecies very well, as having all the eaves at the root, with
very long, radical, flower-/lalks, and four-cleft flowers, all
which circumftances diftingnifh it from the latt.

6. M. Spergula. Spurrey Mollugo.- Linn. Sp. Pl. 131.

Burm. Ind. 31, t.5. f.4 (Pharnaceum Mollugo ; Linn,
Mant. 561. Wiild. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 15085 but not Linn. Sp.
Pl. 389, which is well figured in Herm. Lugd.-Bat. t. 21,
and from which it appears, by his Mant. 562, Linnzus
meant to diftinguifh the prefent f{pecies, intending probably
to have called it P. Spergula, P. Mollugo being an error of
the pen in p. 561.)—Leaves obovate, rough-edged, four or
five together. Branches alternate, hairy at one fide. Stalks
axillary, fingle-flowered—Native of the Eaft Indies. Stems
procumbent, alternately branched, leafy, round, {mooth,
except a hairy lateral line. Leaves four or five at each joint,
obovate, {preading, from two lines to half an inch long,
rough or toothed at the edge ; on fhort, often woolly, foot-
fialks. Flower-flaiks axillary, folitary to each leaf, fimple,
fingle-flowered, the length of the leaf. Linnzus defcribes
minute, linear, cloven petals, and five barren hlaments, alter-
nate with the five fertie ones, all which is hoftile to the cha-
raéter of Mollugo ; and removes this fpecies to Pharnaceum
at lea(t, if not elfewhere. We merely defcribe it here to
corre& the above errors, and as being what he really meant
for M. Spergula.

7. M. verticillata. Whorled Mollugo. Linn. Sp. Pl. 131.
Willd. n. 5. (M. Spergula; Linn. Syft. Nat. ed. ro.
v. 2.881. Alfine fpergula mariana, latiori folio, floribus ad
nodos, pediculis curtis circa caulem infidentibus, calyculis
elegantér punétatis ; Pluk. Mant. g. t. 332. f.4. A.erecta
pentaphylla, flore albo; Burm. Zeyl. 13. t. 7, “A. pro-
cumbens, gallii facie; Ehret. Pict. t. 6. f. 3-)—Leaves
whorled, {patulate, unequal. Branches alternate, {mooth,
Flower-ftalks fhorter than the leaves, fingle-flowered.—Na-
tive of Virginia. Cultivated in the Englith gardens in 1748,
when Ehret delineated it: This fpecies is a hardy annual,
flowering from June to Augult. The /lems aré proitrate,
{mooth, much branche’, and widely fpreading. Leaves obo-
vate, acute, entire, fmooth, tapering into a footltalk ; their
length from half to one and a half inch. Flower-ftalks feveral
together, lateral, not axillary, capillary, detiexed, much
fhorter than the leaves. Seeds very prominent through
the capfule, marked with dorfal furrows.

The botanical hiftory of this genus is fo confufed, that
though we have cleared it up in fome degree, with the necef{-
fary affiltance of the Linnzan herbarium, we are by no means
certain that nothing more remains to be done. The {pecies
yequire to be confronted throughout with thofe of Pharna-
ceum, a genus fearcely differing but in number of itamene,
the moft trivial of all poflible charaéters in this tribe. See
PHARNACEUM. 5S.

MOLLUSCA, in Natural Hifory, the name of the fe-

II

MOL

cond order of the Linnean clafs of Vermes; and it includes
animals that are naked ; and furnifhed with tentacula or arms :
for the moft part they are inhabitants of the fea; and b
their phofphorefcent quality illuminate the dark aby(s of the
waters. (See Luminous Animals.) This order, which
comprifes fimple animals furnifhed with limbs, is feparated
into diftin& divifions, clafled accordirg to the fituation of
the mouth, and the ftruéture of the body ; thus:

In divifion A the mouth is placed above ; this divifion in-
cludes the following genera :

A@inia, Mammaria,
Afeidia, Pediceliaria,
Clava, Salpa.
Dagytia,

In divifion B the mouth is placed before ; and in this are
the
Derris

In divifion C the mouth is placed defore ; and the body has
a lateral perforation. In this there are four genera, viz.
the

and Pterotrachea.

Doris,
Laplytia,

Limax,
Tethys.

In divifion D the mouth is before ; but the body is fur-
rounded wlth feelers on the fore-part. ‘There are two genera
only, viz.

Terebella.

In divifion E the mouth is defore ; and the body furnifhed
with arms. Of thefe there are feven genera, viz. ;

Itolothuria

Clio, Scylliea,
Lernza, Sepia,
Lobaria, Triton.
Onchidium,

In divifion F the mouth is defore ; and the body furnifhed
with peduncles or feet. In this there are the following five

genera :
Amphitrite, Nereis,
Aphrodite, Spio.
Nais,

In the laft divifion G, the mouth is placed beneath ; and ge-
nerally central. There are five genera in this, viz.

Afterias, Medufa,
Echinus, Phy flophora.
Lucernaria,

See VERMES.
MOLLUSCUM, in Medicine, an appellation applied by

Dr. Willan; to a fingular cutaneous difeafe, of which there
are not many cafes recorded. It confifts of numerous foft
tubercles, containing an atheromatous matter, which are of
various fizes, from that of a vetch to that of a pigeon’s egg,
and of different forms, fome being feffile, and fome attached
byaneck. It isnot uncommon to meet with one or two of
thefe mollufca; but the fingularity above alluded to is, that
they fometimes grow all over the furface of the body, and
that without any diforder of the general habit, ‘They have
no tendency to ulceration or fuppuration, but continue per-
manent through life, having apparently no natura! termina-
tion. The knife or ligature might be employed for the re-
moval of thofe which are attached by a peduncle; but the
great number of thefe, independently of thofe which are
{effile, deters from the attempt. BES voy

MOLMAN, in our Old Writers, a man fubje& to do fer-
vice. It isapplied to the feryantsin a monaftery.

MOLMA-

MOL

MOLMASECA, in Geography, a town of Spain, in the
province of Leon; zo miles W. of Aflorga,

MOLMUTIN, or Mounurian Jaws, the laws of Dun-
wallo Molmutius XVI. king of the Britons, who is faid to
have begun his reign four hundred and forty years before
the incarnation,

He was the firft who publithed any laws in this land; and
they continued famous chard till the time of Wil'iam the
Conqueror.

MOLNPATTY, in Geography, a town of the ifland of
Ceylon; 18 miles N.W, of Princpatales:

MOLOCH, in Mythology, the chief and peculiar deity
of the Ammonites, who are faid, by Voffius and others, to
have worfhipped the fun under this appellation, and to have
facrificed their children to him, In the {cripture it is frequent-
ly afferted that the « Ammonites paffed their {eed through
fire unto Moloch.” As to the meaning of this expreffion
there is a confiderable difagreement among ancient and mo-
dern authors. ‘The Jewifh writers very generally maintain,
that the children were merely carried or led between two
fires, by way of purification ; whereas the Chriftian writers
have been of opinion, that they a€tually burnt their children
by way of facrifice to this grim idol. Near Jerufalem
there was a place in which this horrid cuftom was obferved ;
it was called the valley of the fons of Hinnom, fo named, as
it is faid, from the thricks of the children that were facri-
ficed; and alfo Topheth, from a Hebrew word “ toph,”
fignifying a drum or tabret, which they ufed, among other
in{trumenta, to drown the dreadful outcries of the unhappy
victims. The Canaanites in general were, in the days of
Mofes, become incorrigible idolaters, and they are accufed
of offering human facrifices to Moloch. See the paflage
above cited from Levit. xviii. 21. I'rom them this deteftable
worhhip was tran{mitted to their de{cendants the Pheenicians ;
and as the Carthaginians were a colony that came from Phe-
nicia, the firft gods of Carthage were the fame as thofe who
were adored at Tyre and Sidon. The latter people are
known to have worfhipped Saturn, and Saturn was the fame
with Moloch, to whom they facrificed their children. Mo-
loch was reprefented among the Ammonites under the mon-
ftrous figure of aman and acaif, About the feet of the ftatue
svere conitru&ted feveral furnaces, into which they threw
the children whom they offered up to that god, and their
cries were drowned, as we have already obferved, by drums
and other mufical inftruments. Who this Moloch was, has
been a fubje& of various conjetures. Some fay that he was
the fame as Priapus; others affert that he was the fun; but
the moft common opinion has been, that he was the fame with
Saturn; and as Saturn is thought to have been Abraham, it
has been concluded that the worfhip of Moloch was formed
upon the imperfeé& accounts which the pagans had collected
concerning that ancient patriarch ; and that all the circum-
ftances of the facrifices offered to Moloch were expreffive of
Abraham’s adventures.

MOLOCHATH, in Ancient Geography. See Mv-

LUCHA. :
MOLOCHI, in Geography, a town of Naples, in Ca-
labria Ultra; three miles N.E. of Oppido.
MOLOCHITES, in Natural Hiffory. See Mara-

CHITES.

MOLODIVE, in Geography, a town of the ifland of

Ceylon, on a tongue of land ieparated by a narrow channel
from the E. coaft; 46 miles N. of Trincomalee.
. MOLOGA, atown of Ruffia, in the government of Ja-
roflavl, at the union of the river Mologa with the Volga;
6> miles N.W. of Jaroflavl. N. Jat. 58°. E. long. 38°
ae’.

MOL

MOLOPS, 4 word ufed by fome medical writers to ex-
prefs the purple {pots which appear upon the fkin in malig-
nant fevers. .

MOLOS, in Geography, a town of Arabia, in the pro-
vince of Yemen; 16 miles N.N.E. of Jerim.

MOLOSSES, Mo.assys, or Melafis, that grofe, yet
fluid matter remaining of fugar, after refining, and which
no boiling willbbring to aconliltence more folid than that of
fyrup ; hence alfo called /yrup of fugar.

In the manufacture of {ugar in the Welt Indies, the mo-
loffes, not improperly called the treacle of fugar, is obtained
by the following procefs. The curing-houfe, which is a
large airy building, is provided with a capacious moloffles
ciftern, the fides of which are floped and lined with tarras or
boards. Over this ciftern there is a frame of maffy joift work
without boarding. On the joilts of this frame empty hogfheads
without headings are ranged. In the bottoms of thefe
hogfheads eight or ten holes are bored, through each of which
the ftalk of a plantain leaf is thruft, fix or eight inches below
the joifts, and which is long enough to ftand upright above
the top of the hogfhead. Into thefe hogtheads, the mafs
from the cooler is put, which is called potting ; and the mo-
loffes drains through the fpongy ftalk and drops into the
ciltern, from which it is occafionally taken for diftillation.
For other particulars, fee the article Sucar ; and parti-
cularly the method of claying fugar.

The term molafes has heen ufed to denote the fediment of
one kind of fugar called chypre, or brown fugar, which is
the refufe of other fugars not to be whitened, or reduced
into loaves. (SeeSuGar.) Moloffes have been much ufed
in Holland among poor people, for the preparation of to-
bacco, and alfo inftead of fugar.

Mo tosses, Artificial. There has been found a method of
making moloffes from apples, without the addition of fugar.
The apple that fucceeds beft in this operation is the fummer-
f{weeting of a middle fize, pleafant to the tafle, and fo full
of juice, that feven bufhels will yield a barrel of cyder.
The manner of making it is this: the apples are to be ground
and preffed, then the juice is to be boiled in a large copper
till three quarters of it be evaporated: this will be done with
a moderate fire in about fix hours, with the quantity of juice
above mentioned ; by this time it will be of the confiftence
and tafte as well as the colour of moloffes.

This new moloffes ferves to all the purpofes of the common
kind, and is of great ufe in preferving cyder. “Two quarts
of it putnto a barrel of racked cyder, will preferve it, and
give it an agreeable colour.

The invention of this kind of moloffes was owing to Mr.
Chandler, of Woodftock, in New England, who living at
a diftance from the fea, and where the common moloffes was
very dear and f{carce, provided this for the fupply of his own
family, and foon made the practice general among the pzople
of the neighbourhood. It is to be obferved, that this fort
of apple, the fweeting, is of great ufe in making cyder, one
of the very beft kinds we know being made of it. ‘The peo-
ple in New England alfo feed their hogs with the fallings of
their orchards of thefe apples; and the confequence of this
is, that their pork is the fineft in the world. Phil. Tranf
N° 374. p- 230.

) Motossss Spirit, a very clean and pure fpirit, much ufed
in England, and made from moloffes or commen treacle dif-
folved in water, and fermented in the fame manner as malt or
the common malt-fpirit. “If fome particular art is not ufed
inthe making of this, it will not prove fo vinous as the’malt-
fpirit, but more flat and lefs pungent andacid, though other-
wife much cleaner tafted, as its effential oil is of a lefs nau-
feous flavour. Whence if good freth wine leys, abounding

la

MOL

in tartar, be duly fermented in the folution made thin for that
purpofe, the fpirit will by that means become much more
vinous and brifk, and appreach more to the nature of the fo-
reign {pirits.

After the firft diftilling of moloffes fpirits from the wafh
into low wines, it is to be reétified; and in the fucceeding
rectifications proper additions are to be made. Alkaline
falts, fo common in the rectifying of the malt-fpirits, muft be
avoided in this cafe, as not at all fuiting this {pirit, and the
neutral ones only muft be ufed, fuch as fandiver, common
decrepitated falt, fal enixum Paracelfi, and the like ; but upon
the whole nothing fo confiderable is to be expected from
thefe falts, as from a careful reétification in balneo Mariz,
without any other admixture; by this alone repeated two
or three times with frefh water each time, the fpirit will at
once be made fit for the niceft ufes.

Where the moloffes {pirit is brought to the common proof-
ftrength, if it be found not to have enough of the vinofity in
it, it will be very proper to add to it fome good fpiritus
nitri dulcis; and if the fpirit be clean worked, it may by this
addition alone be made to pafs on ordinary judgments for
French brandy.

When newly diftilled, this {pirit, like all others, is colour-
lefe, and limpid as water; but our diftillers always give it
the fame fort of yellow tinge, which the foreign {pirits are
found to obtain from the cafks in which they are fent over.
They have many ways of giving this colour extempore ;
but the two moft in ufe are, either by an extraét of oak-
wood, or by burnt fugar.

* Moloffes fpirit being occafionally dearer than that of malt,
it is frequently met with bafely adulterated with a mixture of
that f{pirit, and indeed feldom is to be bought without fome
dafh of it. Many have a way of mixing malt in the fer-
menting liquor; by this the yield ef the whole is greatly in-
creafed, and the maker may affure the buyer that the {pirit
is pure as it ran from the worm.

England is the principal place where this fpirit is made at

this time: it was at one time prepared in great quantities |

in France, efpecially on the river Loire; but it has been
forbidden there under a fevere penalty. In Holland alfo
they have it not, on account of the high duty laid upon
treacle in favour of their own fugar-bakers.

We meet with very little of moloffes fpirit reduced to the
ftrength of alcohol or fpirit of wine, though, when reétified
to this ftate in a proper manner, it is very little inferior to
the real alcohol of wine, the:name of which is fo well known
among us, though the thing itfelf is perhaps never feen here.
All that we call {pirit of wine being no other than malt fpirit
reduced to an imperfeét alcohol, ora {pirit almoft totally in-
flammable. ’

Great quantities of moloffes fpirit are ufed in the adulte-

rating of brandy, rum, and arrack ; and great quantities are
ufed alone in the making of cherry-brandy and other drams
by infufion, in all which many prefer it even to the foreign
{pirits.
5 In moft of the nice cafes in our compound diftillery, the
moloffes fpirit fuppHes the place of a pure and clean malt-
fpirit, which we have not yet the way of producing in the
large way to advantage. Our cinnamon, citron, and other
fine cordial waters, are made with it; forthe malt fpirit
would give thefe a very difagreeable flavour.

There is alfo another of to which this fpirit ferves ex-
tremely well, and in which even a foreign {pirit that has any
yemarkable flaveur will not do fo well; this is the making
of the extemporaneous wine, which fome people are fo fond
of. See Extemporancous WINE. :

It gives a yellow ftain to the hands, or other fubftances

MOL

dipped into it : and may therefore be of ufe in dyeing. It is
poffible alfo, that the vinegar-makers may find ufe for it in
their way ; but the molt advantageous of all its ufes is to
the diftiller himfelf, a quantity ef it added to new treacle
intended for fermentation will be of great ufe in the procefs,
and increafe very confiderably the quantity of {pirit ; but the
preportion in regard to the new matter muft not be too
great. Shaw’s Effay on Diftillery.

For the method of extra¢ting {pirits from moloffes in the
Weft Indies, fee the article Rum.

MOLOSSIS, in Ancient Geography, an inland province of
the ancient kingdom of Epirus; which, aecotding te Scylax,
was only 40 ftadia, or furlongs, incompals. It derived ité
name from Moloffus, the fon of Pyrrhus and Andromache,
and contained the following cities, viz. Dodona, (which
fee,) Paffaron, Tecmon, Phylace, and Horreum. See
Epirus.

MOLOSSUS, in the Greek and Latin Poetry, a foot
confifting of three long fyllables, as audiri, contabant, vir-
tutem. It takes its name either from a dance in ufe among
the people called Moloffi, or Epirote; or from the temple of
Jupiter Moloffus, where odes were fung in which this foot
had a great fhare ; or elfe becaufe the march of the Moloffi,
when they went to the combat, was compofed of thefe feet,
or had their cadence. The fame foot was alfo called
among the ancients, Vertumnus, extenfipes, bippius, © canius.
Dion. iii, p. 475.

MOLRAUZEPOLLAM, in Geography, a town of
Hindooftan, in the Carnatic ; 10 miles N.W. of Madras.

MOLSEN, or Hohen Motsen, a town of Saxony, in
Thuringia ; 28 miles N.E. of Weimar. N. lat. 51° 10’.
E. long. 12° 5!.

MOLSHEIM, a town of France, in the department of
the Lower Rhine, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
Strafburg ; 10 miles W.S.W. of Strafburg. The place
contains 2534, and the canton 16,072 inhabitants, on a ter-
ritory of 1674 kiliometres, in 18 communes. N. lat. 48°
gz’. E. long. 7° 34!.

MOLTA, or Mottura, a duty or toll paid by vaffals to
the lord for grinding their corn at his mill.

MOLTCHANA Piarsxia, in Geography, a town of
Ruffia, in the government of Tobolfk, on the Oby; 80
miles S.S.E. of Narim.

MOLTCHANOVKA, a town of Ruiffia, in the go-
vernment of Tobolfk, on the Oby; 92 miles S.S.E. of
Narim.

MOLTEN Greases, in the Mamege. See GREASE.

MOLTER, in Rural Economy, the toll taken at a mill.
See MoutTer.

MOLTIFAO, in Geography, a town of Corfica; 19
miles N. of Corte.

MOLTING, or Moutting, the falling off or change of
hair, feathers, fkins, horns, or other parts of animals, hap-
pening in fome annually, in others only at certain ftages of
their life. See Mouxtine.

The generality of beafts molt in the {pring.

The molting of a hawk is called mewing.

The molting of a deer is the quitting of his horns’ in Fe-
bruary or March,

The molting of a ferpent is putting off his fkin. See
Exvuviz.

MOLTON, Sours, in Geography, an ancient market and
borough town in the hundred of the fame name, and county
of Devon, England, is fituated on an eminence near the weft-
ern banks of the river Moule, at the diftance of 29 miles from

Exeter,.and 182 from London. Previoufly to the Norman
conqueft

MOL

conqueft it formed part of the royal demefnes. It then
came into the pofleffion of private patos and in the reign of
Richard IT, reverted to the crown. Lt was afterwards pur-
chafed by the burgeffes : and the civil government is now
velted in a mayor, eighteen capital ne 4 a recorder,
town clerk, and two ferjeants at mace. town was re-
peeeeed in parliament in the thirtieth year of Edward I. ;

ut no return has been made fince that period. It is alfo
remarkable for having been conftitated an epifcopal fee, by an
act pafled the twenty-fixth of Henry VIII. ; but it does not
appear that any bilhop was ordained. The parifh church is
a {pacious ftru&ture, and contains feveral monuments. The
guildhall is a convenient fabric; and the market place is ex-
tenfive and well built. The number of houfes was, in the
year t8o1, returned to parliament as 572, occupied by 2753
a) of thefe many derive employment from the manu-
acture of ferges, thalloons, and felts; and in obtaining lime
from the various kilns in the neighbourhood. Provifion is
made for the education of the cheldren of the more refpect-
able natives, by a well-regulated free-{chool, founded in 1614,
and of thofe of an inferior clafs by a charity-fchool: in the
former the late judge Buller acquired the rudiments of that
extenfive legal knowledge, by which he afterwards became fo
diftinguifhed. ‘The town has the privilege of fix annual
fairs, and a weekly market on Saturday.

South Molton was the birth-place of the late Rev. Samuel
Badcock, who acquired confiderable literary reputation by
his critiques on the authenticity of Chatterton’s poems, and
on other publications. He died in 1788, aged 41.

Between the towns of South Molton and Chumleigh, the
Roman {tation Termolus is fuppofed to have been fituated.
It has been conjectured to have been near the junction of the
rivers Taw and Mole ; but antiquaries have not been able to
identify the precife fpot. The vicinity affords many rem-
pe of Roman antiquity. Beauties of England and Wales,
vol, iv.

MOLUCCA Baum, in Botany. See Motuccetia.

Motucea Bean. See Bran.

Mo tucea Nuts. See Guiranprna and Bran.

Motvcca ds, in Geography, iflands in the Eat In-
dian fea, firft difcovered by the Portuguefe in the year 151o.
Stritly fpeaking, this appellation comprehends only the five
following iflands, vix. Ternat, Tidore, Motir, Makian,
and Bakian or Batchian ; but fince the kings of the Mo-
luecas have poffeffed territory in Gilolo, and other adja-
* cent ifles, and as the term Molucca iflands is confidered as
fynonimous with that of Spice iflands, the appellation has been
extended. (See Spice J/lands.) The Moluccas, properly fo
called, having been difcovered by the Portuguele, afforded
to the Spaniards an inducement to make their firft circum-
navigation under the condu& of Magellan, a Portuguefe
commander. Thefe two nations for fome time contefted the
right of poffefling thefe iflands, till at length they were fur-
rendered to the Portuguefe, and from them they were wrefted
in 1607 by the Dutch. The opulent commerce in thefe feas
wasalfo claimed by the Englith; and in 1619 a treaty was
figned, which declared the Moluccas, as well as Amboyna
and Banda, common to both, fo that the Englifh were to

have §d of the produce and the Dutch ?ds: whilft each of p

thefe powers contributed its refpe€tive proportion for de-
fending the iflands from invaders. But a moft atrocious
plot was foon framed and carried into execution by the Dutch
for rendering themfelves independent of all competitors.
As each of the iflands will be defcribed under its proper
a ation, we fhall not enlarge here.

OLUCCELLA, in Botany, called Molucca by Tour-
nefort, becaufe it was fuppofed to grow in the Molucca

MOL

iMands. The name, as Linneus has altered it, may be tole-

rated, but it is none of his beft.—Linn. Gen. 296. Schreb.
92. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 3. 128. Mart. Mill. Di¢t. v. 3. Sm.
rod, Fl. Grae. v. 1. 415, Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 3.

410. Jufl. 115. Lamarck Illuftr. t. 10. Gaertn. t. 66.

(Molucea; Tournef. t. 88.)—Clafs and order, Didynamia

Me saterg Nat. Ord. Verticillata, Linn. Labiate,
aff.

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, very large,
turbinate, gradually terminating in a very wide, bell-thaped,
toothed or {pinous, incurved, permanent limb. Cor. of one
petal, ringent, {maller than the calyx ; tube and throat hort ;
upper lip ere&t, concave, undivided; lower cloven into three
fegments, of which the middle one is moft prominent and
emarginate. Stam. Filaments four, under the upper lip,
two of them fhorter; anthers fimple. if. Germen fupe-
rior, four-cleft ; ftyle in fixe and fituation like the ftamens ;
ftigma cloven. erie. Capfule none, SJruit top-fhaped,
truncated, in the bottom of the open calyx. Sveds four,
convex on ore fide, angulated on the other, broader up-
wards, truncated.

Obf. M. fpinofa has the calyx with feven long {pines ;
M., lavis has tive {mall ones; and the calyx of M. frutefcens
is furnifhed with twelve {preading f{pines. In fome fpecies
the calyx is longer than the corolla, in others fhorter.

Eff. Ch. Calyx bell-fhaped, dilated, much wider than the
corolla, {pinous,

1. M. fpinofa. Linn. Sp. Pl. 821. Fl. Grec. t. 567, un-
publifhed. (Molucca fpinofa; Ger. em. 6g1.)—Upper lip
of the calyx lanceolate, with a very long point; lower
rounded, with feven fpines. Leaves on ftalks, ovate, pal-
mate and cut.—A native of the Levant, and gathered by
Dr. Sibthorp on mount Parnaffus, It flowers in July and
Auguft.—Root annual. Stem about four feet high, ereG,
{mooth, fquare, purplifh, branched atthe bottom. Leaves
oppofite, on longifh ftalks, ftrongly veined, fmooth, dark
green, palmate and cut. Flowers ten or twelve in a whorl,
remarkable for the large pyramidal, upper tooth of their
calyx, and the many radiating {pines of the lower border.
Corolla white, its upper lip tes: palate ftreaked with
purple.

2. M. /evis. Linn. Sp. Pl. 821. Fl. Grac. t. 566, un-
publifhed. (Meliffa Molucca levis; Ger. em. 691.)—Calyx
bell-fhaped, flightly five-toothed; teeth equal, minutely
fpinous. Leaves on longifh ftalks, roundifh or ovate,
toothed.—Native of Syria, and found by Dr. Sibthorp be-
tween Smyrna and Burfa. Time of flowering like the laft.
Root annual. Stems about three feet high, branched, {mooth,
{quare, variegated with purple. Branches oppofite, fmooth.
Leaves on long ftalks, roundifh, deeply notched or toothed,
fmooth, light green. Flowers axillary, about fix in a whorl,
the numerous whorls crowded together into a long fpike,
confpicuous for the rounded, reticulated calyxes which be-
come tawny by age. Corolla white with a lilac tinge, fhorter
than the calyx.

3. M. tuberofa. Willd. n. 3. Pallas. It. v. 3. app. n. 101.
t. T.—Calyx funnel-fhaped, five-toethed; teeth equal,
ointed. Stem-leaves nearly feffile, oblong wedge-fhaped,
toothed.— Native of muddy places, on hills in the fouth of
Tartary, flowering in May and fruiting in July— Root pe-
rennial, large, compofed of two or three ovate knobs, ac- _
cafionally fimple, like a radifh, and fomewhat bitter. Siem
erect, branched, jointed, divaricated, {quare, {mooth, hairy
at the joints. Radical-leaves on long rough ftalks, ovate,
deeply notched; thofe of the ftem almolt feffile, wedge- -

fhaped, veined, nearly imooth. lowers abeut one or
our

MOL

four in a whorl, forming a loofe fpike.
low, twice as long as the calyx.

4. M. perfica. Willd. n. 4. Burm, Ind. 128. t. 38. £ 2.—
Calyx funnel-fhaped, five-toothed. Leaves feffile, wedge-
Shaped, ferrated and f{pinous.—A native of Perfia. Will-
denow fays that Linnzus confounded this fpecies very erro-
neoufly with the following, JZ. frutefcens, with which however
it by no means agrees, except inhabit. Stem fimple, erect,
very {mooth, hoary, jointed, furnifhed with fimple, long,
unequal fpines at each joint, generally from five to twelve in
number. Leaves wedge-fhaped, entire at the bafe, ferrated
at the end; the ferratures terminating in downy {pines,
Flowers in denfe whorls. Spinous teeth of the calyx minute.
Corolla twice the length of the calyx. From Burmann’s
figure.

ae M. frutefcens. Linn. Sp. Pl. 821. Fl. Grae. t. 563,
unpublifhed. Allion. Pedem.n. 122. t. 2. f, 2.—Calyx fun-
nel-fhaped, five-toothed ; teeth {fpinous. Leaves on fhort
(talks, elliptical, obtule, flightly five-toothed.— Found by
Sherard in Italy, and by Dr. Sibthorp in the ifle of Cyprus.
Stem fhrubby, much branched, round or nearly fo, with
downy branches. Spines at each joint four, awl-fhaped, re-
curved. Leaves ovate, downy, on fhort ftalks. Flowers
axillary, folitary, their ftalks about as long as the leaf-ftalks.
Calyx tubular, with five, broad, f{pinous teeth, nearly equal.
Corolla {carcely exceeding the calyx, white, with purple
ftreaks on the lower lip. We have feparated the lait fpectes,
which grows in Perfia, from this, although profeffor Martyn
is of opinion that they are the fame plant; comparifon,
however, of Dr. Sibthorp’s drawing with Burmann’s figure
fhews them to be fufficiently diftinet.

6. M. grandiflora. Willd. n.6. (M. diacanthophylla ;
Pallas, Nov. AG. Petrop. v. ro. 380. t. 11.—** Calyx fun-
nel-fhaped, five-cleft, its fegments pointed. Leaves feffile,
in three, deep, cut fegments.’’—Native of Tartary. We
have feen neither fpecimen nor figure of this. Willdenow
defcribes the corolla as longer than the calyx, its upper lip
hairy and*cloven.

Mo.xucceLxa, in Gardening, comprehends plants of the
herbaceous annual exotic kind, of which the fpecies culti-
vated are; the f{mooth Molucca balm (M. levis) ; and the
prickly Molucca balm (M. fpinofa).

Method of Culture.—Thefe plants may be increafed by
fowing the feeds in the early autumn on a mild hot-bed, or
in pots plunged into it, and when the plants have attained a
little growth be planted in fmall pots, and placed under a
hot-bed frame in winter, where they may have free air in
mild weather by taking off the glafles, being carefully co-
vered in frofty weather, keeping them pretty dry, otherwife
they are apttorot. Inthe {pring the plants may be turned
out of the pots, with the earth about their roots, and planted
ina warm border, defended from strong winds, giving them a
little water to fettle the earth to their roots; after which they
require no other care but to be kept clean from weeds, and
be fupported with ftakes as there may be occafion.

Thefe plants afford ornament and variety in the borders
among other tender annual kinds.

MOLUCHES, in Geography, a tribe of Patagonians
inhabiting the weftern part of the country. The dead
among them are buried in fquare pits, in a fitting pofture,
with their weapons and drinking utenfils; andan old matron
annually opens the grave to cleanfe and clothe the fkeletons.
Aroundare thofe of the flain horfes, fupported with props.
The language of the Moluches is more copious and elegant
than could have been expected, ‘the verbs having three num-
bers, and as many tenfes asthe Greek. See PATAGONIA.

MOLUTA Arma. See Arma.

Coretta bright yel-

MOL
MOLWITZ, in Geography, a town of Silefia, in the

Principality of Brieg ; three miles from Brieg.

MOLY, in Botany. See Axtium.

This plant is fuppofed to have been wild rue, whofe root is
black, and the flower white, whence Ovid (Met. I. 14.)
fays :

« Pacifer huic dederat florem Cyllenius album,
Moly vocant fuperi, nigra radice tenetur.””

According to Homer, Mercury gave this plant to Ulyffes,
by which he had evaded Circe’s charms, the meaning of
which is faid to be, that he was thus taught to recover him-
felf from his remifenefs, and to give counfel to his compa-
nions to quit fo dangerous an abode. This plant, fo diffi-
cult to be found, according to Homer, ‘is the prudence
which Ulyfles exerted in extricating his foldiers from the feat
of voluptuoufnefs ; and it may be fuppofed that all the
transformations which Homer, Ovid, and the other poets
fay this princefs wrought, were rather the effeéts of her
charms and beauty than of her magic, though Horace
(1 Epift. 2. 23.) leads us to underltand, that they were the
potions which fhe adminiltered that produced thefe wonder-
ful effects. :

MOLYBDANA, Leapwonrt, a name given by fome
authors to the great toothwort, or dentillaria Fs Rondeletius.
See Tooruworrt. ;

MOLYBDENUM, in Chemiftry, a fimple oxydable body
and a metal. It isobtained from a blueifh-black fubftance,
which, till the experiments of Scheele, was confounded with
plumbago. Like the latter fubftance, it has confiderable
luftre, Feels as if it were greafy, and foils the fingers, but
not to the fame degree with plumbago.

Scheele found this fubftance to confift of fulphur and a
white. powder, which poffeffed acid properties, and which
he denominated the acid of molybdena.

Bergman was the firlt who fufpeéted this acid to be the
oxyd of a metal. He accordingly requefted Hielm in the
year 1782 to make fome experiments with a view to deter-
mine this fact. This experimentalift mixed the acid of this
metal with linfeed oil into the form of paite. This was ex-
pofed in a clofe crucible, lined with charcoal, to a very
itrong heat. By this means he fucceeded in reducing the
metal.

In order to obtain it in greater purity, he firt roafted
the ore to expel the fulphur, which reduced it to the ftate
of powder. ‘This powder being made very fine, he next
diffolved it in ammonia, filtered the folution, and then eva-
porated it to drynefs. By boiling this refiduum with nitric
acid he obtained a white powder, which was the molybdic
acid. This being mixed with oil, and treated as before, af-
forded the metal in {mall grains.

This metal is fo very infufible, that it has hitherto not
been obtained but in fmall granulated bits. On this account
we know very little of its phyfical properties. Its metallié
nature, however, has been clearly made out, by the addi-
tional labours of Pelletier, Heyer, and others.

It is faid to be of a greyifh-white colour, poffefling me-
tallic luftre. Its fpecific gravity is fuppofed to be about
feven.

We are indebted to Mr. Hatchett for fome experiments
upon the oxyds of this metal. He found it capable of four
ftages of oxydation ; namely, the black, the blue, and the
green oxyds, befides the white, whichis the acid. Thefe dif-
ferent oxyds, it appears, have been obtained by abftra@ting

‘oxygen from the acid. The black is procured by heating the

acid in contact with carbon, and the blue by a longer
continuation of the fame procefs, The latter is alfo ob-
tained

so ee ee er le

MOL

went by immerfing a plate of tin into a folution of the
acid.

The acid is obtained by diftilling nitric acid two or three
times from any of the oxyds of this metal, The proportions
of oxygen in molybdenum have not been afcertained, and
vill then we cannot, with much certainty, rely upon the
number of its oxyde. )

Molybdenum combines with fulphur. Indeed its native
ore isa fulphuret. It is tingular that we have no accurate
analyfie of the native fulphuret, as it might lead to fome
knowledge of its other compounds. It readily combines
with fulphur, and forms a fubttance fimilar to the native ful-
phuret.

If the acid be heated with fulphur in a clofe veffel, fuch as
a retort, part of the fulphur combines with the oxygen and
forms fulphurous acid ; the remainder combines either with
a lefler oxyd, or with the metal forming a fulphuret. Molyb-
denum combines with phofphorus, but the compound has
not been examined.

Hielm, who firft reduced this metal, has fucceeded in
alloying it with many of the other metals, He combined it
with gold, platinium, filver, copper, iron, tin, nickel,
zinc, lead, and {cme others. None of thefe alloys, how-
ever, appear to be important, they are almoit all of them
brittle.

MOLYBDIA, in Natura! Hifory, the name of a genus
of cryttals, . The word is derived from the Greek poau@dos,
dead; and exprefles cryftals altered in their figure by particles
of that pee The cryttals of this genus are of a cubic
form, or compofed of fix fides, at right angles, like a dye.
OF this genus there are three known {pecies.

MOLYBDIC Acip, in Chemifiry. This fubftance, to
which we have already alluded, is arranged among the reit of
theacids. Scheele, as has appeared under the account of the
metal, was the difcoverer of this acid. We are indebted for
additional faéts relative to this fubitance, to Hatchett and
Bucholz, it may be prepared by boiling nitro-muriatic
acid upon the fulphuret for fome time ; or, by diftilling this
acid repeatedly it, a white powder will be formed,
mixed with fulphuric acid. This latter, being wafhed away,
will leave the molybdic acid tolerably pure. Another
method has been given by Bucholz. He directs the ore
to be reduced to fine powder, and roafted at a red heat,
gradually orem the temperature, and ftirring it fre-
quently, to keep the powder from adhering. This powder
is of a grey colour, and contains a contiderable portion of
the acid oxyd. This is digelted with foda or ammonia,
which takes up the molybdic acid. It is remarkable, that
molybdats of potath and foda are colourlefs. May not the
colour above-mentioned arife from abilraétion of oxygen?
For thefe facts we are indebted to Mr. Hatchett.

This acid forms infoluble falts with many of the metals.
Hence it precipitates mercury, copper, lead, &c. from their
folutions.

Tin filings change this acid into the blue oxyd, by ab-
ftraGting fome of its oxygen.

Bucholz has attempted the analyfis of this acid. He
digefted 100 grains of molybdenum with nitric acid, till

the whole was converted into molybdic acid, which weighed |

rgograins. He, therefore, concluded that the acid confifts
of 100 of the metals, and 40 of oxygen, which gives in the
z00, 67.1 of metal, and 32.9 oxygen. If the acid be the
fourth oxyd of molybdenum, we may form fome idea of
the other oxyds, and the re{t of the compounds of molyb-

denum. If we take the acid at 33 ger cent. of oxygen, and

Vou. XXIII.

MOL
put the weight of the atom of molybdenum equal #, then

v 67
——— as =, and nearly.
4% Fn OK bape
1090

Hence for the protoxyd tt => or 11 fer cent.

2
1 Back a) <2, or nearly zo

nearly. The fecond oxyd
percent. Yromthefe data, the third will contain 29 per cent.
of oxygen. From the famé reafoning, taking the atom of
fulphur at 13, the fil fulphuret will contain 18 to 19
per cent. of fulphur.

MOLYBDOMANTIA, Morv@2oparrua, in Antiquity, s
{pecies of divination, by obferving the motions, figures, &c.
of melted lead.

MOLYN, Peren, in Biography. See Tempesta.

MOLYNEUX, Wittiam, an excellent mathematician
and altronomer, was bora at Dublin in the vear 1656. As
his con(titution was naturally very tender, he was not fect
to {chool, but inflruéted in the elementary parts of learning
by a private tutor at home. -At the age of fifteen he was
entered ac Trinity college, in his native city, where he diftin-
guifhed himfelf for the vigour of his abilities, and the exem-
plarinefs of his manners; and having made a remarkable
progrefs in aeademical learning, he was admitted to the
degree of B. A. _ From Dublin college he went to London,
at was entered a ftudent of the Middle Temple in 1675.
Here he {pent three years, and obtained as much law as was
neceffary for a gentleman who did not intend to follow it as
a profeffion. The bent of his genius led him to devote much
of his time to mathematical and philofophical purfuits, and
he returned to his native country in 1678, where he mar-
ried, and continued to profecute fuch branches of natural
and experimental philofophy as were moit agretable to his
tafte. Being much attached to the principles of aftronomy,
he began, in 1681, to make obfervations, and commenced
a literary correfpondence with Mr. Flamitead, the aftrono-
mer-royal of London. Shortly after this, he projeéted
the defign of eitablifhing a Philofophical Society in Dublin,
in imitation of the Royal Society, that had been but a few
years eftablifhed in London under the aufpices of the king.
Sir William Petty accepted the office of prefident, and our
author was appointed the firft fecretary. The meetings of
the fociety were held weekly, and by means of them Mr.
Molyneux’s fcientific reputation became widely extended,
and procured him the efteem of perfons of the higheft rank,
and, among others, of the duke of Ormond, then lord-lieu-
tenant of Irelaad, to whofe influence he was chiefly indebted
for his appointment, jointly with fir William Robinfon, to
the offices of furveyor-general of the king’s buildings and
works, and chief engineer. In 1685, he was elected fellow
of the Royal Society at London, and in the fame yeer, for
the purpofe of improving himfelf in the art ef engineerin
he cbtained an appointment to view the moft confiderabl
fortrefles in Flanders. In the courfe of his tour he was
introduced to Caffini, and the other celebrated aftronomers,
in the places through which he paffed. Upon his return,
in 1686, he publifhed his ‘¢ Sciothericum Telefcopium, or
A new Contrivance-of adapting a Telefcope to an horizontal
Dial, for obferving the Moment of Time by Day or Night.”
In 1687, when fir Ifaac Newton’s ‘¢ Principia’ firlt ap-

d, he exprefied his altonifhment.at fuch an effort of
human intellect, at the fame time modeftly doubting if he
fhould be able to comprehend all its parts. He was, per.

4% hare,

- MOL

haps, one of the firft who was anxious to apply the princi-
ples, difcovered in the book, to the praétical purpofes of
religion: ‘ One obfervation,”” fays he, ‘is truly to be
wondered at, and that is, the /e/guialtera ratio between the
periods and diftances of the planets, and that not only
among the primary erratics, but even among the leffer fets
of dancers.—It is, in my opinion, an amazing thought to
confider how univerfally this great law runs through the
whole frame of nature, and agrees to bodies at fuch vaft
diltances, and that feem to have no tie or refpeét to each
other. It is to me, beyond exception, the ftrongeft argu-
ment that ean be drawn from the frame of the univerfe, for
the proof ofa God, to fee one law fo fixed and inviolable
among thofe vaft and diftant Chori, who certainly could not
therefore be put into this pofture and motion by chance,
but by an omnipotent intelligent Being.” In 1688, owing
to the confvfion that exifted at that period, the Philofo-
phical Society of Dublin was broken up and difperfed ;
after Mr. Molyneux had diftinguifhed himfelf by the com-
munication of feveral papers upon curious fubjeéts, fome of
which were fent to the Royal Society at London, and
printed in their Tranfactions. During the following year,
he, in common with a number of other Proteftants, with-
drew from the difturbances in Ireland into England. Mr.
Molyneux, after a fhort refidence in the metropolis, fettled
with his family at Chefter, where he emplcyed himfelf in
arranging and corre€ting the materials which he had before
prepared for his Dioptrics. The work was publifhed in
1692, under the title of ‘ Dioptrica Nova, A Treatife on
Dioptrics, in Two Parts, &c.”? He gave it the title Nova,
becaufe it was almoft entirely new, very little being taken
from other writers, and becaufe it was the firft book that
had appeared in Englifh upon the fubje&. It contains
feveral generally ufeful propofitions for praGtice, demon-
ftrated in a clear and eafy manner, and the hiftory of the
difcoveries made by feveral optical inftruments. In the pre-
face, the author notices the ¢ Effay on the Human Under-
ttanding,”’ which, he fays, “has reGtified more received
miftakes, and delivered more profound truths, eftablifhed
upon experience and obfervation, for the direétion of man’s
mind in the profecution of knowledge, than are to be met
with in all the volumes of the ancients.” This compliment
proved introdu€tory to an acquaintance between the two
philofophers, and a mutual corre{pondence was carried on
by them as long as Mr. Molyneux lived, to whom, it is be-
lieved, many improvements in the fecond edition of Mr.
Locke’s work are to be attributed. When tranquillity
was reftored to Ireland, Mr. Molyneux returned, and was
elected one of the reprefentatives for the city of Dublin, in
the parliament that was convened in 1692. In the follow-
ing parliament, in 1695, he was chofen reprefentative for the
univerfity, and held that feat during the remainder of his
life. He was likewife nominated by the lord-lieutenant one
of the commiflioners of the forfeited eftates, with a falary of
scol. per annum ; but he declined the office, confidering it
to be an invidious employment. He was a zealous friend
to the linen manufattory, and was at all times an open and
avowed advocate for the freedom and independence of his
country, and in this charater he publifhed « The Cafe of
Ireland, ftated in relation to its being bound by Aé&s of
Parliament made in England,” which is faid to contain the
fubftance of all that can be advanced on this very interefting
fabje&, written with great clearnefs and ftrength of reafon-
ing. The book was drawn up with great caution ; never-
thelefs, a complaint was preferred again{t it to the houfe of
commons, who thought proper to addrefs his «majefty on

M O.L

the occafion, afferting the dependency and fubordination of
Ireland to the kingdom of England. Mr. Molyneux, oe
vioufly to the publication, had afked the opinion of Mr.
Locke concerning the fundamental principle upon which his
argument was founded; but this excellent man, inftead of
an{wering the letter of his friend, urged him to come to
Enuland, that they might talk over the fubje& together.
To this he affented, and fpent five of the happieft weeks
in his life with Mr. Locke. When they feparated, it was
with an intention to renew the meeting in the following
{pring ; but ere that arrived, death had deprived the world
of Mr. Molyneux, who died in O&ober, 1698, in the forty-
third year of his age. He wrote feveral papers, that are
inferted in the Philofophical 'Trantations, from vol. xiv. to
xxix. Many of his letters are preferved in the colleétion
of ‘ Familiar Letters between Mr. Locke and feveral of
his Friends.” Biog. Brit.

Motynevux, SAMUEL, the only defcendant of the preced-
ing, was born at Chetter in the year 1689. He was edu-
cated according to the plan laid down by the friend of his
father, Mr. Locke. The progrefs of the child was very
rapid, fo that he knew more at the age of fix or feven,
than moft children do at double that age. On the death of
his father, the care of his education devolved upon an uncle,
Dr. Thomas Molyneux, an eminent phyfician at Dublin,
and a friend alfo of Mr. Locke, who executed the truft re-
pofed on him with honour and fidelity. The young man,
improving all the advantages beltowed upon him, became
one of the molt polifhed and accomplifhed gentlemen of his
age, and was appointed fecretary to the prince of Wales,
afterwards king George IJ. As he was poffeffed of an
ample fortune, he purfued, with great ardour, the fciences
of aftronomy and optics, and projeéted many fchemes for
their advancement. He applied himfelf to find out a con-
venient method of manufaéturing f{pecula for fir Ifaac New-
ton’s refleGting telefcope, in which his chief defign was to
reduce the method of making thefe inftruments to a fort of
certainty, in order that the difficulty in conftructing them,
and the danger of mifcarrying, might no longer difcourage
any workman from attempting to make them for public fale.
With the affiftance of Mr. Bradley, the Savilian profeffor
of aftronomy at Oxford, he fucceeded fo well, that the
whole procefs, being communicated to a fkilful optician,
the conftrution of thefe telefcopes was, afterwards, executed
with great readinefs and difpatch. His zeal for the im-
provement of his favourite fciences, induced Mr. Molyneux
not only to colleét and confider what had been written and
prattifed by others, but alfo to procure a complete ap-
paratus for the purpofe of making new experiments. In
the mid{t of thefe avocations, which were honourable to him
as a philofopher, he was appointed one of the lords com-
miffioners of the admiralty, by which means he became fo
involved in public affairs, that he had no leifure to promote
the interefts of philofophy and fcience. He accordingly
gave all his papers to Dr. Robert Smith, profeffor of aftro-
nomy at Cambridge, whom he invited to make ufe of his
houfe and inftruments, in order to finifh what he had left
incomplete. By the death of Mr. Molyneux, which hap-
pened foon after this, the profeffor was precluded from the
benefit of this invitation: he, however, fupplied what was
unfinifhed by our ingenious author from Huygens and
others, and publifhed the whole in his «‘ Complete Treatife
on Optics.””
to the earl of Effex, but had no children. Biog. Brit.

MOLZA, Francisco Marta, a diftinguifhed charaGter

among the Italian literati, was born in 1489, at Modena.-

From

Mr. Molyneux married lady Elizabeth, fifter -

wate em,

MOM

From a very early age he was confpicuous for the readinels
and avidity with which he imbibed claffical literature: to
his knowledge of the Greek and Roman languages, he
added that of Hebrew. At the age of fixteen, he was fent
to Rome to purfue his fludics, but unfortunately he met
with bad company, and entered upon a licentious courte,
which influenced the fortunes of the remainder of his life. To
reclaim him, he was married to a Modenefe young lady of
noble defcent, when he had fearcely attained to man’s eltate,
with whom he lived till the had borne him four children. In
1576, he returned to Rome, where he fpent almott all the
remainder of his life. Study and pleafure feem alternately
to have occupied all his thoughts. Among the many
obj of his tranfitory attachments, is mentioned Furnia,
a Roman courtezan, of whom he was fo much cnamoured,
that it has been faid he affumed the furname of Furnius on
her account; but as his own mother’s family name was
De Forni, he probably derived the additional appellation
from that. By thefe amours, he did ferious injury to his
reputation, and was once brought into the moft imminent
danger from the hand of an affaffin; and he finally con-
tracted a difeafe, the confequence of illicit connections,
which brought him, as it has thoufands, and tens of thou-
fands of the votaries to pleafure, to a miferable end. From
the year 1529 to 1535, Molza was at Rome in the court
of cardinal Ippolito de Medici; after whofe death, and the
elevation of Paul to the popedom, he removed’ to that of
cardinal Farnefe. The profligacy of his conduct was no
obitacle to an intimacy with many men of letters, fuch as
Bembo, Sadoleto, Colocci, &c., and he was regarded as one
of the principal ornaments of the literary academies then
flourifhing in that capital. His compofitions were chiefly
poems both in Italian and Latin, and on topics of all kinds,
moral and ferious, {portive and amorous, in all which he
excelled. His elegies are excellent. imitations of Tibullus.
He was reckoned a powerful orator, and his epiftles are
graceful and elegant. He died, as we have already hinted,
under the moft excruciating fufferings, in 1544. Of his
works, many were publifhed feparately, but no edition of
the whole colle&tively appeared till that of Bergamo, in
1749, to which an account of his life is prefixed by Serafli.
Morza, Tarquinia, daughter of Camillo, the eldeft fon
of the fubje& of the fore ving article, was born at Modena
in 5542. She was inftructed in the claffics, in Hebrew, and
in the belles lettres, and made great progrefs in every thing
which fhe undertook: fhe became an adept in fome of the
abitrufer branches of {cience, and was a proficient in mufic ;
but with all thefe, fhe was diftinguifhed by the graces and
amiable qualities of her fex. She was married, in 1560, to
Paul Porrino, but never had any children; and aiter his
death, in 1578, fhe paffed her life in literary retirement at
Modena, where fhe died in 1617. She diftinguifhed herfelf
by her writings, confifting of Latin and Italian poems, and
tranflations from Plato, and other claffics. Her remains
were printed ia the Bergamo edition of her grandfather’s
works. ‘This lady was the fubject of numerous eulogies
from contemporary writers; but the moft extraordinary
honour that fhe received, was that of being prefented with
the citizenfhip of Rome, by the fenate and people of that
city, in a patent reciting her fingular merits, and conferring
upon her the title of Unica. The honour is extended to the
whole noble family of Molza.
- MOM, in Geography, a town of Arabia, in the province of
Hedsjas ; 5 miles N. of Mecca.
MOMAPANE Laks, a lake of Canada; 160 miles
N.of Quebec. N. lat. 49° go’. W. long. 71°.
MOMARACKPOUR, atown of Mindooftan, in Bahar;

’

MOM

21 miles N.W, of Chuprah. N. lat. a6° 50’. E. longwe
84° 38'.—Alfo, a town of Hindoofan, fd Kithabed , —
miles N. of Gazypour.

MOM BACA, or Momnaza, a kingdom of Africa, near
the coaft of the Indian fea, fouth of Melinda, of unknown
extent. The foil is very fertile, and produces rice, millet,
and other grain, fruit-trees, and v: getables of various kinds:
great numbers of cattle and of poultry are bred in this
country; and it abounds with excellent {prings of frefh
water, The climate is temperate, and the air 1s healthy.
The capital, formerly on a peninfula, has been infulated by
cutting a canal acrofs the ilthmus, The houfes are flone,
cemented with mortar, and covered with paintings and
other ornaments; the {treets, though narrow, are ftraight
and the houfes are contiguous, and terraced on the tops.
The city is defended by a citadel, which ferved the Portu-
guefe for a place of retreat, from which, however, they were
expelled by an Arabian {cheick in 1631; but they re-
gated their pofleffions in 1729. Before the city is a com-
modious bay, being both fpacious and affording deep water.
From this port a confiderable commerce is carried on with
the neighbouring countries. ‘he inhabitants are various
in their complexion; but their drefs is after the Arabian
fafhion. They differ alfo with regard to religion, as
Chriftians, Mahometans ‘and idolaters, are intermixed ; but
they are faid to be more civil and hofpitable to ftrangers
than any others on the fame coaft. S. lat. 3° 30'.

MOMBEIRA, a river of Africa, in Benguela, which
runs into the Atlantic, S. lat. 15° 15".

MOMBEL, a town of France, in the department of
Map eens 10 miles W.N.W. of Chambery.

i RAN, a town of Spain, in ile ;
27 miles S.S.W. of Avila. eet ane

MOMBRIZO, Boniyy, in Biography, an Italian man
of letters in the 15th century, was born at Milan, and
became profeffor of eloquence in that city. He;was author
of feveral works, which were well received, and among
others fome Latin poems, particularly one “ On the Suffer.
ings of Jefus Chrift.” His chief performance is entitled
“ Sanétuarium, five ata vite Santorum,” in two volumes.
For this, it } generally admitted, that ecclefiaftical hifo.
rians are under great obligations to him, as he has drawn
from obfcurity many important and valuable faéts, which,
without his refearches, would have been loft to the world
Of this work, fubfequent writers have availed themfelves 5
but a perfect copy of it is now exceedingly rare, and greatly
fought for by curious colle@ors. Moreri.

MOMDSONA, in Geography, a town of Thibet; 9 miles
S. of Laffa. ;

_MOMEGASTRO, a town of Spain,
a cute Balbattro.

LSDORYF, a town of the duch ;
9g miles N.W. of Ebern. penne Ee .

MOMENT, in Time, the moft minute and indivifible
part of duration ; or what we otherwife call an in ant.

_ A moment ought not to be conceived as the a part of
time, but as a termination or limit of time. Maclaurin’s
Fluxions, vol. i. P- 245.

_ Moments, in the new do@rine of infinites, denote the
infinitely {mall parts of quantity.

Moments are the fame with what we otherwife call in-
Jaitefimals, and differences ; being the momentary incre-
ments, or decrements of quantity, confidered as in a con-
tinual flux. Moments are the generative principles of
magnitude: they have no determined magnitude of their
own ; but are only inceptive of it. nae

Hence, as it is the fame thing, if, in lieu of thefe moments,

4X 2 ; the

in Aragon; 12

MOM

thie velocities of their increafes and decreafes be made ufe
of, or the finite quantities proportionable to fuch velocities ;
the method of proceeding, which confiders the motions,
changes, or fluxions of quantities, is denominated, by fir
Tfaac Newton, the method of fluxions.

Leibnitz, and moft foreigners, confidering thefe infinitely
{mall parts, or infinitefimals, as the differences of two quan-
tities ; and thereby endeavouring to find the differences of
quz2ntities, 7. e. fome moments, or quantities infinitely {mall,
which being taken an infinite number of times, ‘fhall equal
given quantities; call thefe moments, diférences; and the
method of procedure the differential calculus. See Car-
cutus Diffrentialis.

Moment, Afomentum, in Mechanics, is the fame with
impetus ; or the quantity of motion in a moving body. See
Force.

Momewntvm is fometimes alfo ufed fimply for the motion
itfelf. Moment is frequently defined by the vis infita, or
the power by which moving bodies continually change place.
In comparing the motion of bodies, the ratio of their mo-
menta 1s always compounded of the quantity of matter,
and the celerity of the moving body; fo that the moment
of any fuch body may be confidered as a reétangle under
the quantity of matter, and the celerity.

And fince it is certain, that all equal re€tangles have
their fides reciprocally proportionable ; therefore, if the
moments of any moving bodies be equal, the quantity of
matter in one to that of the other, will be reciprocally as the
celerity of the latter to the celerity of the former ; and, on
the contrary, if the quantities of matter be reciprocally pro-
portionable to the celerities, the moments or quantities in
each will be equal.

The moment, alfo, of any moving body may be confidered
as the aggregate or fum of-all the moments of the parts of
that body ; and, therefore, where the magnitudes and number
of particles are the fame, and where they are moved with
the fame celerity, there will be the fame moments of the
wholes.

MOMENTARY Motion. See Quantity.

MOMFLOT, in Geography. _See Monratout.

MOMORDICA, in Botany, a name of whofe derivation
we find no fatisfactory account. Linneus deduces it from
mordeo, to bite, becaufe, he fays, ‘ the feeds feem to have
been bitten.” But this applies rather to the pulpy fruit,
which, in the original fpecies, cracks and’ flies afunder irre-
gularly, fo as to have that appearance. ‘The name was firlt

iven to this plant by Caftor Durante, and appears to be

talian, having originally belonged to fome fort of Geranium.
—Linn. Gen. 506. Schreb.662. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 4. Gor.
Mart. Mill. Di&. v.3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1. v. 3. 380.
Juff. 395. Tourn. t. 29, 30. Lamarck Iluftr. t. 794.
Gertn. t. 88. —Clafs and order, Afonvecia Syngenefia 3 or ra-
ther Monoecia Polyadelphia; fee Sm. Intr. to Botany, 478.
Nat. Ord. Cucurbitacee, Linn. Juff.

Gen. Ch. Male, Ca/. Perianth of one leaf, concave, in
five lanceolate fpreading fegments. Cor. in five deep divi-
fions, united to the calyx, but larger and more fpreading,
veiny and rugofe. Stam. Filaments three, awl-fhaped, fhort ;
anthers on two of the filaments double, or cloven, with two
appendages at each fide; on the third filament fimple, with
appendages on one fide only, and confilting of a compreffed
body, with a pollen-bearing line once reflexed.

Female on the fame plant. Ca/. Perianth like that of the
male, fuperior, deciduous. Cor. as inthe male. Stam. Fi-
laments three, very fhort, without anthers. Pi/f. Germen
inferior, large; ftyle one, cylindrical, columnar, three-
cieft; ftigmas three, tumid, oblong, direfted outwards.

MOM

Peric, Berry {pongy, oblong, feparating elaftically, of three
cells, with foft, membranous, diftant partitions. Seede
feveral, compreffed.

Eff. Ch. Male, Calyx five-cleft.
cleft. Filaments three.

Female, Calyx five-cleft. - Corolla deeply five-cleft-
Style three-cleft. Berry feparating elattically.

1. M. Balfamina. Common, or Male, Balfam-apple.
Linn. Sp. Pl. 1433. Lamarck Di&. v. 4. 237. Zorn
Pl. Med. t. 45. (Balfamina mas; Ger. em. 362. B.masy
fruétu_ puniceo, and Momordica fru€tu luteo-rubefcente ;
Befl. Eyft. autumn. ord. 1. t. 4. f. 2, 3 )—Fruit roundifh-
ovate, pointed, angulated and tubercular. Braétea heart-
fhaped, toothed, above the middle of the flower-ftalk.
Leaves fmooth, five-lobed, palmate, deeply toothed.—
Native of the Eaft Indies. A very tender annual in our
gardens, kept ccalvortlly for curiofity merely, notwith-
ftanding its reputed vulnerary or balfamic virtues, from whence
the fpecific name arofe. The ripe fruit, infufed in olive oil,
faid to poffefs a tonic and healing quality, is now out of ufe.
The ffems are long, weak, flender, {mocth, leafy, fupported
by long, fimole, fpiral, capillary tendrils, oppotite to each
leaf-ftalk. Leaves alternate, ftalked, about two inches wide,
of a bright fhining green, naked, finely dotted, cut half
way down into five, {carcely feven, broad, fpreading lobes,
with broad, fharp capillary-pointed teeth. Flowers large,
yellow, on axillary, folitary, fimple ftalks, twice the length
of the leaf-ftalks, and bearing at the top a rounded éraac2.
Fruit about two inches long and one broad, orange-co-
loured, or almoft fcarlet, fplitting at one fide when ripe,
and difcharging its feeds with fome force through. the cleft,
by means of the elafticity of its coat.

2. M. Charastia. Hairy Balfam-apple. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1433. I. Mill. Iiluftr. t. 83. (Balfamina cucumerina
indica, fru€tu majore flavefcente ; Comm. Hort. v. 1. 103.
t. 4. Amaraindica; Rumph. Amb. book to. 470. t. 151.)
—Fruit oblong, taper-pointed, angulated and tubercular.
Bra&tea heart-fhaped, entire, below the middle of the
flower-ftalk. Leaves feven-lobed, palmate, bluntly toothed,
fomewhat hairy.—Native of the Eatt Indies. Cultivated by
Miller in 1731. It differs from the former in having a much
longer fruit, more pointed at each end ; faves ufuaily more
deeply palmate, with broader more fhallow teeth, their veins
very hairy beneath ; flower-falls elongated, rather hairy,.
bearing their bra&ea, which is entire, in their lower part.

3- M. muricata. Muricated Balfam-apple. Willd. n. 3.
(M. Charantia 8; Linn. Sp. Pl. 1433. Lamarck Dict.
v. 4.239. M. zeylanica; Mill. Dié&. ed. 8. n. 3. Pavel;
Rheede Malab. v. 8. 18. t. 10.)— Fruit oblong, muri-
cated, taper-pointed. Braétea heart-fhaped, nearly entire,
below the middle of the flower-fialk. Leaves feven lobed,
palmate, toothed, pointed.”—Native of the Eaft Indies.
The caves of this are nearly fmooth, lefs deeply lobed and
toothed, with taper points. Frui# only an inch and half
long, not furrowed, but befet with numerous fharp prominent
points.

4. M. fenegalenfis. African Balfam-apple. Lamarck.
Did. v. 4. 239. Willd. n. 4.—*¢ Fruit ovate, acute, tu-
bercular. Bractea heart fhaped, entire, near the bafe of the
flower-ftalk. Leaves feven-lobed, deeply palmate, fomewhat
toothed, and rather hairy.— Gathered by M. Rouffillon in
Senegal. Lamarck. More hairy or downy than Jf. Cha-
rantia, the leaves {maller, more deeply lobed ; flower-/lalks
generally longer ; fruit fhorter, being oval, and not above an
inch long, warty ; flowers {mall. Lamarck.

5. M. operculata. overed Balfam-apple. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1433. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 3. ¥. 3.499. Willd. n. 5.

7 (M, ame-

Corolla deeply five-

MOMORDICA.

(M. americana, fru&u reticulate ficco; Comm. Rar. 22.
t. 22.)—Fraic elliptical, angular, a! 4 tuberculated,
with a beaked lid. Leayes five-lobed, toothed. —Native of
the Weft Indies. Sent to Kew, in 1789, by Mr. Alex
Anderfon. It is annual like the reft, bad flowers from June
to September in the flove, The /eaves are finely downy, with
five fhallow fpreading lobes. Tyndrils divided. Fruit ovate,
or obovate, an inch and half long, its angles armed with

ointed tubercles, its top a taper deciduous lid, leaving a

mall orifice, through which the feeds efeape, the reft of the
fruit when old becoming dry and reticulated,

6. M. Lug. Egyptinn Balfam-apple. Linn. Sp,
PI. 1433, (Cucumis wgyptius reticulatus, feu Luffa ara-
bum; Vefling. ZEgypt. 48. t. so, 91. Petola; Rumph.
Amb, book 10. 4yos. t. 147.) —Fruit oblong, fomewhat
cylindrical, furrowed, fmooth; reticulated within. Male
flowers corymbofe. Brattea heart-fhaped. entire, at the bafe
of each partial ftalk. Leaves rough, five-lobed, toothed.—
Native of the Ealt Indies. Cultivated near Cairo by the
Arabs, (who call it Zufa,) rather, as it appears, for cu-
riofity than ufe, the fruit not being eatable. This has the
herbage more like fome fort of Melon than the reft of the
fpecies. The /eaves are rough with minute tubercles. Ten-
dil many-cleft. DZale fowers numerous, pale yellow with
orange ftreaks, in a downy corymbus, with fmall fmooth
brafeas. At the bottom of their long common ftalk flands
a folitary ftalked female fower, whofe long germen is clothed
with denfe down. ‘The famens are truly polyadelphous, with
large finuous anthers. Fruit a {pan long, {welling upwards,
f{mooth, difplayjng, when the fin is removed, a molt elegant
reticulated ftructure, in which the feeds are !odged.—_Luffa
Setida, Cav. Tc. v. 1. 7. t. 9, 10, is evidently nearly allied
to this plant, but its ttamens are faid to be all feoarate. The
angles of the fruit moreover feem to be {harper, and its coat
thicker, opening by a lid, as inthe lalt. ‘lhe tendrils and
inflorefcence agree with MM. Luffa, but, as Cavanilles ob-
ferves, the two plants require to be compared ina living
ftate, efpecially their ftamens. See Lurra. :

7. M. cylindrica. Cylindrical Balfam-apple. Linn. Sp.

Pl. 1433. 9 Willd. n. 7.—Fruit cylindrical, very long.
BraGea heart-fhaped, entire, at the bafe of the flower-ftalk.
Leaves heart-fhaped, angular, toothed.—Native of Ceylon
and China. Of this we find no figure. The Linnean f{pe-
cimen has an angular fem. Tendrils fimple, very long. Leaves
heart-fhaped, finely toothed, rough, angular rather than
Tobed, on rough (talks. Flowers fmall, with very hairy
fialks and calyx. Fruit, according to Linnzus, a foot long,
rather hairy. Seeds black. J Yowers yellow —This feems by
Willdenow to be cultivated in Germany, but we have it
not.
8. M. érifoliata. Three-leaved Balfam-apple. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 1434. Willd. n. 8. (Poppya_fylveftris; Rumph.
Amb. book 9. 414 t. 152. f. 2.)—Fruit ovate, prickly.
Leaves ternate, téothed.— Native of the Ealt Indies. Dif-
tinguifhed by its ternate eves, which are fmooth on the
upper fide ; the leaflets all equally ftalked. Fruit red, the
fize and fhape of ahen’s egg, rough with fmall prickly pro-
tuberances. ;

9. M. pedata. Pedate Balfam-apple. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1434.
(M. fruatu itriato levi, vulgd Caigua; Feuill. Peruv.
W.. I. 754. t. 41.)—Fruit ovate, ftriated. Leaves pedate,
ferrated.—Native of Peru. We have never feen this but in
the garden of the Marquis Hippolito Durazzo, at Genoa,
in 1789. Feuillée fays the Peruvians eat the freit in their
foups, its cooling qualities being peculiariy welcome in that
hot climate. The /eaves are dark green, rough with callous

subereles, and remarkable for being pedate ; their lobes are’

pinnatifid, rather than ferrated, in our fpecimen. Floavers
Ymall, greenith-yellow ; the ma/e ones umbellate ; female {o-
litary, at the bafe of their common talk, Calyx with long,
narrow, acute ferments. Germen rough. Fruit, according
to Feuillée, about four inches long, greevifh-white, fpongy,
with a fharpifh tafte. He reprefents the tendrils as of two or
three branches; in our’s they are fimple. This, with the
pay t cut /eaves, and their callous roughnefs, not mentioned
in his prolix defeription, makes us fulpect our’s may be a
diflin& fpecies. ‘There is no foecimen in the herbarium of
Linnwur, as he merely copied Feuillée.

10. M. fanata, Woolly Balfam-apple. ‘Thunb. Prodr. 13.
Willd. n. 10.—“ Leaves ternate, pinnatifid, rough. Fruit
woolly,"’"—Native of the Cape of Good Hope.

11. M. echinata. Briflly Balfam-apple. Muhlenb. MSS.
Willd. ». 11. (Sicyos lobata; Michaux. Boreal-Amer.
v. 2. 217.) —Fruit with four feeds, roundith, befet with
Jong briitles. Leaves heart-fhaped, roughith, with five
fharp angular lobes, obf{curely coothed.—Native of Penn-
fylvania, towards the river Ohio. We have fpecimens from:
the Rev. Dr. Muhlenberg. The fem is deeply furrowed,
fmooth. Tendrils long, divided, not many-cleft. Leaver
on long ftalks, oppofite to each tendril, of a pentagonal
figure, with five divaricated, pointed, diftantly toothed
lobes ; heart-fhaped at the bafe, where there is alfo a fimall
additional lobe, or dilatation, at each fide. Both furfaces
of the aves are rough with extremely minute prickles,
efpecially on the ribs and veins, in our fpecimens, though

ichaux and Willdenow defcribe them as {mooth. Flowers
{mall ; the males very numerous, in axillary downy panicles,
from two to fix inches long: females folitary, flalked, at the
bafe of the ftalk of the pazicle. Germen globofe, befet with»
long weak prickles. Fruit roundith, the fize of a goofe-
berry, likewife prickly, with only four feeds.

12. M. divica. Dioecicus Balfam-apple. Roxb. in
Willd. n. 12.—« Fruit elliptical, muricated. Flowers dioes
cious. Leaves heart-fhaped, pointed, toothed.’"—Native of
the Ealt Indies—Stem angular, climbing. Leaver heart-
fhaped, undivided, pointed, toothed, fmooth on both fides,
two inches long = Teadri/s fimple. Flowers dioecious ; the
female ones axillary, ‘{olitary. Fruit the fize of the firft
fpecies, elliptical, very thickly befet with fharp tubercles.
Willdenow.

13. M. fpicata. Spiked Balfam-apple. Linn. MSS.—
Leaves heart-fhaped, flightly three-lobed, wavy, rough.
Male flowers in long loofe {pikes, with fan-fhaped, rough,
toothed bracteas ; female axillary folitary.. Germen ellip-
tical, rough.—Of this we find a fpecimen in the herbarium
of the younger Linnzus, under the above name, but with=
out any indication of its native country. The /lem is fur-
rowed, flightly prickly. Tendrils, as far as we can judge,
fimple. eaves on long rough ftalks, oppofite to the ten-
drils, heart-fhaped, with three or five flight angular lobes,
wavy, rough with minute callous tubercles,.the veins hifpid.
Male flowers in lax, fimple, folitary, axillary, leng-ftalked’
{pikes, each flower accompanied by a large, feffile, fan-
fhaped, rough draaea, toothed at-the fummit ;* Semale {oli--
tary, on a fhort axillary itaik.; its germen elliptical, fur--
rowed, hifpid; ca/ya with a very long tube. — ‘The male in-
florefcence marks this as a very diftinG {pecies; that feems not:
to be any where defcribed.

14. M. Elaterium. Squirting Balfam-apple or Squirting:
Cucumber. Linn? Sp. Pi. 1434. Bullard t. 81. (Cu-
cumis fyiveftris; Camer. Epit. 946. C..afininus; Ger.
em. 912.)—Fruit elliptical, hifpid, elaflic at the bafe.
Leaves heart-fhaped, wavy, rough. Tendrils none.—Na--
tive of wafte ground in the fouth of Europe, It is a hardy’

annual,.

MOM

annual, now and then allowed a place in curious gardens for
the fake of its fruit, which, to the furprife of thofe who
togch it unawares, {tarts from its ftalk with a violent fpring,
{quirting out the feeds by the orifice. The serb is a rank,
{preading, rough and hairy, rather glaucous, weed, with
round thick branches, deftitute of tendrils. J/owers dull
yellow ; the males but few together in an axillary clufter, ac-
companied at the bottom by one female bloffom. Fruit pen-
dulous, elliptical, blunt at each end, about two inches long,
green, rough with innumerable {mall briftles, of a thick co-
riaceous texture, without valves.—The extract of this fruit,
known by the name of ELaterium, (fee that article,) is a
violent and dangerous purge.

Momornica, in Gardening, contains plants of the annual
trailing and perennial kinds, of which the {pecies cultivated
are, the common momordica, or male balfam apple (M. bal-
{amina); the hairy momordica (M. charantia) ; the Egyptian
momordica (M. luffa) ; and the elaltic momordica (M. ela-
terium).

Method of Culture —All thefe plants may be increafed by
fowing the feeds of the firft three forts upon a moderate hot-
bed, in the early {pring months, as about March; and when
the plants have had a little growth, let them be pricked out
into another hot-bed, frefh air being given in fine weather,
and water occafionally ; or they may be let remain in the
firft hot-bed till they have acquired fufficient growth, and
have four or five leaves, when they fhould be removed into
the hot-bed where they are to remain, one or two plants
being put into each light, due fhade and water being given
till frefh rooted. ‘They afterwards demand the fame ma-
nagement as the cucumber kind, the branches being fuffered
to extend theml[elves in the fame manner. Whenthus managed,
and properly treated, in refpeét to air and water, they pro-
duce fruit and ripe feeds in the latter end of fummer, when
it muft be immediately gathered, to prevent its being dif-
perfed. The plants may likewife be fet in pots, and placed
in the hot-houfe, their vines or ftems being fupported by
fticks, in which mode they have a much better appearance
vand effect.

The fourth fort may be fown or fuffered to fcatter, where
the plants are to remain, or on beds of fine mould in the au-
tumn, the plants being afterwards thinned out, or removed
into rows in an open fituation, three or four feet apart, and
as many diftant in them, requiring only the further culture
of being kept clean from weeds. _ Where the foil is dry, they
often continue three or four years.

Allthe forts afford ornament, the firft three forts in the
ftove, and the laft in the open borders. The fruit of the
laft alfo affords a medicinal fubftance by infpiffation:

Momorpica, Stinking. See Bryonia.

MOMOT, in Ornithology. See Rampuastos Momota,
and Monmorus.

Momort Phea/ant of Latham. See Puastanus Motmot.
‘ MOMOTUS, in Natural Hiflory, a genus of birds of
the order Pice, of which there is but a fingle fpecies: the
generic chara¢ter is, bill ftrong, flightly curved, ferrate at
the edges; noftrils feathered ; tail wedged; feet grefforial.

Species.

Brasiviensis, or Brafilian Momot. Green; front
blueifh-green ; hind-head violet ; crown black. This bird,
remarkable for the beauty of its plumage, is a native cf
South America, and feems to be chiefly found in Brafil,
whence it derives its name. It was firft defcribed by Her-
nandez, in his Hittory of Mexico; who fays, ‘It is the
fize of adove, and has fcarlet eyes, with a black pupil; a
crooked blackifh bill, almait three inches long, fharp-

MOM

pointed, with the lower mandible fhorteft, and the upper fer-
rated; the head is blue like that of the peacock; the legs
and feet brown, and the reft of the bird green ; and what 1s
extraordinary, is, that the tail has one quill longer than the
re{t, and feathered only at the end.’? ‘This defcription was
regarded by Ray as very inaccurate, and in his edition of
Willoughby’s Ornithology, he fays, *¢ This is, I dare fay,
more ftrange than true, for the tails of all birds, I ever yet
faw, have their feathers growing by pairs, that is, two of a
fort, on each fide.’? Edwards, about half a century ago,
defcribed it asa {pecies of Roller, and named it the ‘* Saw-
billed Roller’ According to this naturalift, ¢ It is fhort-
legged in proportion, and not long-winged ; the bill is pretty
ftraight, moderately bending downwards at the point, toothed
on the edges like a faw; the upper mandible dufky, the
lower flefh-coloured towards its bafis; the noftrils are covered
with {mall black feathers, and fome black briftles pointing °
forward round the upper mandible ; the upper part. and the
fides of the bill are encompafled with black, from which run
black lines through the eyes, and broader black lifts, mixed
with a little blue, from the corners of the mouth down the
fides of the neck; the top of the head is of an ultramarine
blue, though next the bill inclining to fea-green; in the
middle of this blue fpace, on the crown of the head, is a black
fpot ; it has alfo a {pot of black feathers, edged with blue,
on the fore part of the neck, a little below the throat ; other-
wife the whole underfide, from the bill to the covert-fea-
thers beneath the tail, is of an olive or greenifh buff colour.’’
Other naturalifts have given defcriptions rather different.
Linnzus confidered it asa fpecies of the Ramphattos, or
Toucan genus, and denominated it “ RampHastos Mo-
mota ;" but Dr. Latham. inftituted for it a feparate genus,
the ftruéture of the feet forbidding it to be affociated with
the Toucans, which have {canforial or climbing feet, having
the toes placed two forwards and two backwards, as the
parrot genus. Edwards had noticed as a great fingularity in
this bird, that the two long tail-feathers feem as if they were
{tripped of their webs on each fide for an inch fpace, a little
within their tips; but Latham fays, ‘* That though the tail,
in many fpecimens, exhibited the very remarkable _particu-“
larity defcribed by Edwards, yet in its truly natural, or per-
fe&tly complete itate, the two middle feathers are entirely
webbed throughout their whole length.” The momotus is
nearly equal in fize to a magpie, meafuring about eighteen
inches in length. It is faid to be a bird of folitary habits,
frequenting thick woods, and is feen fingly. It makes its neft
on the ground, fometimes in the deferted hole of an arma-~
dillo, or other quadruped ; it is compofed of dry grafs and
ftalks, and it lays commonly two eggs.

In Gmelin’s laft edition of Linnzus, there is a variety
mentioned, and defcribed as variegated with green, tawny,
blue, and cinereous. ‘The body above olive green, beneath
rulty ; head large; crown blue,, black in the middle ; bill
black, fcarcely two inches long ; the legs are black, and the
claws hooked.

This bird feeds on infe€ts and raw flefh, the fragments of
which it mzcerates in water ; when taken it ftrikes violently
with the bill ; the voice is harfh, weak, and tremulous. Shaw,
Latham. Gmeiin’s edit. of Linnzus.

MOMPOX, or Santa Cruz de Mompox, in Geography, a
town of South America, in the province of Carthagena,
on the left bank of the Magdalena; 110 miles S.S.E. of
Carthagena. -Mompox, which is a very commercial port,
has a royal cuftom-houfe, and a handfome quay of confider-
able height, as the river rifes regularly 12 or 13 feet in the
beginning of December. N.lat.g 19. W. long. 74° 11'.

MOMUS, in Mythology, was, according to Hefiod, the

fon

MON

fon of Night and Sleep, and was a both by the
Greeks and Romans to be the god of buffoonery and jelts,
Satirical to excels, he made even the gods, and Jupiter him-
felf, the objedts of his mott pungent raillery. None of the
ancients have exhibited him in his true and lively colours
more appropriately than Lucian. Momus is faid to have de-
rived his name from the free and bold manner in which he cen-
fured the vices and defects of others ; Mayor in Greek imply-
ing cenfure. It was he who found fault with the gods, be-
enufe, in the formation of man, they had not made a little
hole or window in his brealt, that one might have feen into his
heart what were his thoughts: though Vitruvius afcribes
this reflection to Socrates. ;

MONA, in Geography, or LA Gurnon, a fmall ifland
in the Weft Indies, between Hifpaniola and Porto Rico.
N. lat. 18° 10’. W. long. 68° 28’,

Mona, in Ancient Geography, an ifland of Great Britain,
now called Anglefea, the ancient feat of the Druids; which
was firlt attempted by Sueronius Paulinus, and afterwards
reduced by Agricola. In the Britifh tongue it was called
Mon, and when conquered by the Englith, Anglefey, that
is, Englith ifland. See Anavesey.

MONACHUS, in Zoology, a {pecies of Phoca; which
fee.

Mownacus, in Ornithology, a {pecies of ultur ; which fee.

MONACO, in Geography, was, before the French revo-
lution, a fmall principality of Italy, fituated on the coaft of
the Mediterranean, between the county of Nice and the
Genoefe territory, and about four or five Italian miles in
circuit. The chief line of the Grimaldi, who had governed
this principality for Soo years fucceffively, failed in (731;
but the eldeit daughter of Antony Grimaldi, having been,
in 1715, declared heirefs of the principality, was married to
Francis Leonorus, count de Torrigny ; and the fruit of

this marriage. was Honoratus Camiilus Leonorus, who

adopted the name and arms of Grimaldi. Monaco is now
united to France.

Monaco, a town of France, and principal place of a
diftri&, in the department of the Maritime Alps, late capital
of the principality above-mentioned, and the refidence of the
duke. It is a {mall town, with narrow {ftreets, fituated on a
rock near the fea: it is fortified and has a garrifon and a

ood harbour, and poffeffes a right of compelling all fhips
that pafs by to put in and pay toll ; 6 miles N.E. of Nice.
The place contains 1130, and the canton 3730 inhabitants,
on a territory of 374 kiliometres, in 4 communes. N. lat.
43° 43. E..long. 7° 22’. ‘ ;

MONACONDA, a town of Hindooftan, in Tellingana ;
8 miles W.S.W. of Warangole.

MONAD, in the Philofophy of Leibnitz, is a fimple
fubftance without parts. The exiftence of monads ntuft be
admitted, fince without thefe no compound or aggregate of
fimple fubftances could exiit. Thefe fimple fubitances are
properly called monads, becaufe, as unity is the fountain
and origin of numbers, and comprehends all their powers, fo
fimple fabRtances are the matter of which all corporeal maffes
are formed. Since monads have no parts, they have neither
extenfion, figure, nor divifibility. They are the true atoms of
nature,and Bepicats of things, incapable of deftruCtion, except
by the power of God. Each monad differs from every other ;
for it is impoffible that any two things fhould be found in
nature perfeétly alike. Monads have an internal principle
of variation, by which they are continually varying m a cer-
tain manner ; and hence arifes a plurality of properties and
relations. ‘This perpetually varying ftate, which involves
and reprefents multitude in unity, 1s perception, which is

not, however, to be confounded with confcioufnefs. The

MON

ation of the eternal principle of monads, by which a tranfi-
tion is made from one perception to another, may be called
appetite. The perception and a »petite of monads are not
to be explained mechanically by (am and motion, becaufe
they are affections of a fimple fub(tance without parts. In
monads, therefore, nothing is found but perception and
appetite ; and in this refpeét all monads may be faid to par-
take of the nature of foul; although that term is more pro-
perly applied to thofe living beings, which have diftiné pers
ception united with memory. The prefent ftate of monads
arifes from the palt, and perception from petception, as
motion from motion. Monads are, in a itate of perception,
fimilar to that of a mind in a ftupor, which has a perpetual
fucceffion of minute and indiltinét perceptions. God alone,
fays Leibnitz, is primitive unity, or fimple original fubftance,
from whom are produced all created or derived monads.
Thefe owe their exiftence to the effufion of the rays of
divinity, limited in their effeéts by the finite capacity of the
creatures who receive them. Creatures have not proceeded
neceflarily from the divine effence, but have been created, ‘
according to the plan of the divine underftanding, by the
energy of the divine will and power; and their continued
prefervation is a continual creation. .

Monads have univerfally an influence on each other, and
are reciprocally aétive and paflive. They are ative, in pro-
portion as their perceptions are diftinét ; paflive, as they are
confufed. In fimple fubftances, the influence of one monad
upon another is not mechanical, but ideal, and is not ef-
feéted without the intervention of the Deity, who direéts
them according to the ideas of his own intelle&. From the
univerfal influence of all creatures upon each individual, and
of each upon all, it follows, that every fimple fubftance re-
ceives an impreffion or image of all the reft, and becomes,
as it were, a perpetual living mirror of the univerfe. As
the fame city viewed from different places appears differ-
ent, and is optically multiplied; fo it happens, that in con-
fequence of the infinite multitude of fimple fubftances in
nature, pictures of the univerfe are multiplied without end,
according to the different points of fight of different monads.
By thefe means, -all poffible variety, and, confequently, all
poflible perfection, is produced in the univerfe. Since there
is in nature a univerfal plenum, the motion of any body or
compofition of monads mutt affe& every other body by
means of intervening bodies ; and every prefent motion will
have a neceflary conneétion with every other future motion;
whence he who fees all things can read in the prefent what-
ever will happen in any future time or diftant place. Al-
though each created monad refleéts the whole univerfe, that
monad which is the animating principle of any body, affe@s
that body more diftin@ly than all others. As the whole
body reflects the whole univerfe by the connection of all
matter in pleno, fo-alfo the foul refle&s the whole univerfe,
while it refle&ts that organized body, by which it is ina pe-
culiar manner perceived, and with which it feems a livin
animal. Since matter is not only infinitely divifible, but is
actually divided without limit, every portion of matter may
be conceived to be a world of living creatures ; and every
part of a living body to be itfelf full of all other living
bodies. All bodies are like rivers, perpetually flowing ;
fome parts entering, and others paffing away. The foul
changes its body, not inftantaneoufly, but by degrees, fo
that, ftrily fpeaking, there is no fuch thing as death, ora
ftate in which the foul is feparated from the body. In con-
ception, no new animal is produced; but a pre-exifting
animal is difpofed to a transformation, by which it paffes
into another fpecies. In death, though the machine in part
perihes, the animal itfelf remains indeftru@ible, “:

ay rom

MON

From this concife ftatement of Leibnitz’s fyftem, as it
yefpeGis monads, it will be eafily perceived, that his mo-
nads approach nearer to the permanent intelligent natures,
called by Pythagoras numbers, and by Plato ideas, than to
the folid and indivifible atoms of Epicurus. —Brucker's
Philof. by Enfield, vol. ii. See Lereyitzian Philofophy.

MONADELPHIA, in Botany, from ows, one, and
adadgo-, a brother, the r6th clafs of the Linnzan artificial,
or fexual, fyftem, confifting of plants whofe filaments are
united into one parcel, or fet. This union is more or lefs
complete. In the Mallow tribe, the combined filarnents
make a long tube, crowned at its fummit by the anthers,
which, from its refemblance to a column, has obtained the
name of columnifere for fuch flowers. In the Geranium
family the union is much more flight ; while in fome genera,
as Ovalis, it is but partial, or confined to certain {pecies
only. The late profeffor Cavanilles, of Madrid, undertook
an illuftration of the clafs ALonadelphia, in feveral quarto
differtations, with plates, which make all together two rather
thick volumes. In this work he has referred to the clafs in
queftion a vaft number of genera, never before fufpected
to belong to it, and which unqueftionably want its true cha-
raéter. This charaGer confifts in an a€tual union, or imme-
diate .coalefcence, of the filamentsthemfelves into one body ;
whereas many of the plants confidered by Cavanilles as mo-
nadelphous, are fo merely through the medium ofa tubular
nectary, or of fome other body, which is no part of the
ftamens. This is totally inadmiffible, for we might juft as
well refer to this clafs, every plant whofe filaments are con-
meted by infertion into a corolla, or calyx, of one piece.

The clafs M/onadelphia is not in itfelf a natural one, though
it embraces fome tribes that are natural combinations, as the
Columnifere and Gerania. Its orders are diftinguifhed by
the number of ftamens, eafily determined at their upper
part, bearing the anthers, where they are always, for a con-
fiderable diltance, feparate and diftin&. Thefe orders are
eight, Triandria, Pentandria, Heptandria, Ofandria, Decan-
dria, Endecandria, Dodecandria, and Polyandria; of which
the laft, comprifing the Columnifere, and fome other noble
plants, is the moft numerous and important.

MonapELPHIA is alfo the name of an order of the 21f
‘and 22d claffes ( Monoecia and Dicecia) of the Linnean fyf-
tem, founded on the fame charaéter as the clafs fo denomi-
tated. This order in the 21ft clafs is chiefly formed of the
Fir, or coniferous, tribe, and of fome of the natural or-
der of Euphorbie of Juffieu; in the 22d alfo it contains
fome of the allies of the Fir, with a very few genera be-
fides. Profeffor Willdenow has, removed the Gourd or
Cucumber tribe to the Monoccia Monadelphia, juftly perceiv-
ing that they were inaccurately referred to Monadelphia
Syngenefa by Linnzus ; an order which, as far as is hitherto
known, has no exiftence in nature. Their anthers in fact

are quite diltin&, their filaments only being more or lefs

combined, But this combination is not into one fet, except
perhaps in Sicyos and Sechium. The reft of this tribe are by
no means monadelphous, but polyadelphous, their five {ta-
mens being united by their filaments into three fets, See
Momorpiea.

MONADNOCK, Great, in Geography, a mountain of
America, in Chefhire county, New Hamphhire, between the
towns of Jeffrey and Dublin. The foot of the hill is 1395
feet, and its fummit 3254 feet, above the level of the fea.
Its bafe is five miles in diameter from N. to S., and three
from E,to W. On the fides are fome appearances, of fub-
terraneous fires,

. Monapnyocx, Upper Great, a high mountain in Canaan,
in the N.E. corner of the ftate of Vermont.

MON

MONAGHAN, acounty of Ireland, in the province of
Uliter. Itis rather of an oblong form, having its greateft
extent from north to fouth, and being very narrow, except
in one part, where it ftretches between the counties of Fer-
managh and Cavan, which form its weltern boundary. On
the north it runs into the county of Tyrone in an angular
direGtion, being feparated from it on the north-eaft by the
river Blackwater. ‘I'he county of Armagh lies on the eaft
of it, that of Louth on the fouth-eaft, and that of Meath on
the fouth. The length of this county is 30 miles (38 Eng-
lifh) from north to fouth ; its greatelt breadth is 19 mules
(24 Englifh), but in moft parts it does not exceed 10, and
is not always fo much. The area is 179,609 Irifh planta-
tion equal to 288,500 Englifh acres; and in fquare miles
280 Irifh or 450 Englifh. This is the ftatement of Dr.
Beaufort.and fir Charles Coote. Mr. Wakefield, for what
reafon he does not ftate, fays the area is gog Englifh miles.
The whole is divided into 21 parifhes, of which 20 had
churches when Dr. Beaufort publifhed, all in the diocefe of ,
Clogher. ‘The population 1s ftated by Dr. Beaufort at
118,000 for 21,523 houfes; but the general increafe fince
the publication of his work is fufficient ground for confider-
ing it too low an etlimate.

Monaghan has a large proportion of bog, and a great
number of {mail lakes, which, together with its being ex-
pofed to the north-weiterly winds, render it very damp,
though it is far from being unwholefome. On the north-
welt the Slicbh-Baught mountains divide it from Tyrone ;
and on the ealt the Fews mountains are the boundary. In
moft parts of the county the furface is hilly, but no part
is inacceffible to the plough. The turf bogs, fupplying
abundance of fuel, are of great value, and have been reckon-
ed one caufe of its great population, in which it is inferior
to no county in Ireland, Dublin and Armagh alone excepted.
The ‘foil is in general deep clay, which is particularly favour-
able for flax, and this is the principal crop. In 1809 three
thoufand two hundred acres were fown with flax, a greater
number in proportion to the extent than in any county ex-
cept Armagh. - Potatoes and oats are fuccefsfully culti-
vated, but there is very little wheat ; and the fmall farms
into which the land is divided do not anfwer for grazing or
dairy hufbandry. ‘The lower clafles are fenfible of the value
of vegetables, which are raifed very abundantly in their little
gardens ; and with fimilar encouragement to that given by
lord Hardwicke on his eltate in Cambridgefhire, thefe gar-
dens would contribute in a {till greater degree to the comfort
of the proprietors. The linen manufacture is the great ob-
jet of the people, and is productive of irs ufual happy ef-
fe&ts, though it is not favourable to improved agriculture.
The Slieb-Baught mountains, which extend into this county
from Tyrone, form an uninterrupted ridge of high land, the
higheft part of which is called Cairnmore. Thefe have, in
general, neither a fruitful foil, nor.any natural beauties to
recommend thei, being an uninteretting wafte, and almoft
always wet and moory. There are parts, however, which
have beds of the richeit limettone, and abundance of marie,
particularly on the eaftern fide of Cairnmore. This moun-
tain is famous for its millftone quarry. Thofe moft valued
confift of a red and very hard grit or fanditone, the grain
of whichis clofe. There is al!o a foft whitith fandilone,
which is more eafily procured, but which foon wattes away.
In this neighbourhood is alfo a fine kind of potters’ clay,
which is carried to the pottery at Dundalk, and is ufed in
making the beft thin glazed ware. Indications of coal have
alfo been obferved here, and in other parts of the county,
Crieve, which is fouth of the town of Ballibay, is the
higheit ground in Monaghan. ‘The ftone here is of a very

hard

MON

hard quality, of a colour between blue and dark green, and
is found to anfwer very well for building, It is called
whinflone, wnd feems to be a kind of greenftone. Crieve
abounds with lead ore of the richeft quality. On the fum-
mit of this mountain is a lake covering about fifty acres,
which is very deep, and is principally fupplied from {prings.
This lake ferves as a refervoir for Lesh ing a auaher of
bleach-mills, fourteen of them being carla by the ftream
flowing from it. The confequence of thefe eftabliiments
has been the reclaiming of a confiderable part of the moun-
tain, notwithttanding the badnefs of the foil; fo that what
was regarded’a few years ago as a walte with nothing to re-
commend it, has, in confequence of the application of a
ream of water to the prevailing manufacture, become a
molt thriving and valuable dittridh It has been alread

mentioned, that Monaghan abounds with fmall lakes which
might be turned to the fupply of a canal extending through
it from lough Neagh to lough Erne, which feems to be
practicable without very great expence, fhould the improve-
ment of the country render it defirable. The number of
thefe lakes is 184, of which 30 are confiderable fheets of
water. Lough Barrac, near Cattle Blayney, and the lake
of Kilcrow at Coote Hill, principally deferve notice for their
extent and beauty. The rivers are numerous, but inconfider-
able. Of Monaghan, the county town, an account will
a iven in the next article. Clones, Carrickmacrofs,

{tle Blayney, and Ballibay, have been noticed in preceding
volumes under their refpective heads. As none of them
are boroughs fince the Union, Monaghan is reprefented in
parliament by only two members, who are, according to Mr.
Wakefield, returned by no individual prevailing interett.

In the hiftory of Ireland we do not find any matter of mo-
ment relating to this county until the reign of. James I., when
$00,000 acres in Uliter were efcheated to the crown under
the charge of the proprietors being difaffeted to the king’s
government, which forfeiture included almoft the whole of
Monaghan. at part of thefe lands was foon after
afligned to Britith adventurers, moftly Scotch ; but con-
fiderable eftates were left, according to fir John Davis’s
itatement, to feveral of the name of M*Mahon, which had
been the prevailing family in it. Thefe were probably for-
feited at a fubfequent period, as the name of M‘Mahon
does not occur in the litt of the prefent proprietors given
by fir Charles Coote. “The rent rolls of large eftates,’’
fays the writer laft named, ‘ will be found from near 20,000/. to
1,000/. per annum, and a very confiderable part is held in grants
from 20/, to soo/. per annum. The large eftates are in no in-
itance refided on by the immediate proprietors, but the leffer
ones are almoft uniformly otherwife, and are held in grants
from the crown, fince the Scotch colony was introduced here ;
and alfo a confiderable fhare of thefe lands comprehended gifts
to Cromwell’s foldiers, many of whofe pofterity now enjoy
fo fmall a tract, as does not yield above 20/. annual income.
1 fuppofe taking the large farms in Monaghan they would
not average 25 acres; nor could the fmall ones, which are
far more numerous, average {ix acres, fo that ten may be the
mean rate of the whole county.” ‘ The largeft eftates,”
according to Mr. Wakefield, “exhibit the moft wretched
cultivation ; fields without hedge-rows, and enclofed only
by earthen banks or dykes ; land running to wafte, which,
with great truth, may be compared to its inhabitants, that
is, lofing its ftrength for want of proper nourifhment, and
exifting in a ftate of the utmoft poverty.” It would be
eafy to enlarge upon the evils arifing from non-refident
- landlords, rack-rents paid to middle men, and a confequent
wretched fyftem of agriculture ; but to do fo in this place
would not be likely to contribute to amendment, and the re-

Vor. XXIII.

MON

marke would not belong to this more than to many other
counties. Beaufort’s Semoir, Sir C. Coote’s Statittical
Survey. Wakefield's Account of Ireland.

Mowaonan, a market and polt-town of Ireland, and the
fhire-town of the county of Monaghan, defcribed in the
preceding article. Before the Union it was a borough, but
18 not slow reprefented. It is 62 miles N.N.W. from Dub-
lin. N. lat.54° 16’. W. long. 6° 40’.

MONAH, a town of Hindooftan, in Baramaul ;
miles N. of Namacul.

MONAHAN, a townthip of America,
Pennfylvania.

MONAINCHA, in Ecclefiaftical Antiquities, the name of
a celebrated old monaftery in Ireland, which belonged to
the Culdees, and is mentioned by Cambrenfis. It is Rested
in the bog of Monela, in the county of Tipperary ; three
miles S.E. from Rofcrea. Archdall. Ledwich.

MONAMBASCHAGATT, a town of Africa, on the
river Camarones.

MONANDRIA, in Botany, from jxvo;, one, and amps
a man, the firft clafs of the Linnean fexual, or artificial,
fyftem, characterized by having one ftamen only, in the
fame flower with the piftil. It confifts of two orders,
diftinguifhed by the number of their ftyles, or feffile ftigmas;
like all the orders of the firlt 13 claffes of this fy tem.
Some few fpecies of Valeriana, a naturally triandrous genus,
are monandrous.

The character of this clafs is in general eafy and obvious,
but a difference of opinion exifts among botanilts, concern-
ing fome genera which Linnzus has referred to it. Thefe
are of the natural order of Scitaminee, in feveral of which
order the two lobes of the anther are feparated by the
breadth of the filament, which is ia them unufually great.
But that thefe two lobes do really conftitute one anther
only, is evident from other genera of the fame natural order,
in which, the filament being but of the ordinary flender di-
mentions, the two lobes are brought clofely together. There
are other initances of a fimilar diftance between the twe
lobes of an anther, as in Berberis.

Monanopria is likewife the name of an order of the clafs
Gynandria, as well as of the Monoecia and Dioecia. Re-
{pecting the two laft, every body is agreed, but the firit
has been eftablifhed fince the time of Linnzus, and confifts
of all the known Orchidee, except Cypripedium, which that
great botanift confidered as having two anthers, but which
prove, on a correé inveftigation, and efpecially by the ana-
logy of the Scitamince, to have really but one. See Or-
CHIDEX and ScITAMINE.

Some fpecies of Salix, confidered as monandrous, are
perhaps more truly monadelphous, their anther being cer-
tainly double, and their filaments two, united into one from
the bottom to the very fummit. In other fpecies this union
o but partial, and thefe are univerfally deemed menadel-
phous.

MONANTHUEIL, Henry pz, in Biography, or, when
latinized, Monantholius, a French phyfician and mathemati-
cian, was born of a noble family, poffeffed of an eftate of the
fame name, in the Vermandois, about the year 1536. His
birth place was Rheims; but he received his education in
the college of Prefla, at Paris, under the direGion of the ce-
lebrated Ramus, whofe doétriges he afterwards defended.
He then transferred his ftudies to the college royal, where he
applied with ardour both to mathematics and medicine, and
received the degree of doétor in the latter fcience. He held
the office of dean of the faculty of medicine for two fuccef-
five years, 1578 and 1579. His mathematical acquirements
had obtained for him the appointment of profeflor in 1576,

4¥Y¥ which

eight

in York county,

MON

whieh he fulfilled with fo much diftinGtion, as to gain the
honour of numbering amonz his auditors the celebrated James
Auguftus de Thou, the learned Peter de Lamoignon, and
other eminent charaGters. He continued to perform the
duties of this profefforfhip with undiminithed zeal and repu-
tation, for a period of thirty years ; while at the fame time
he did not neglect thofe of his medical office. He was ex-
tremely active in maintaining the privileges of the faculty,
and fuccefsfully expofed the impolitions of a noted empiric
of his day, named La Riviere, who was exiled from Paris
by an arrét of parliament. He was on terms of intimate
frieadthip with William du Vair, keeper of the feals ; and
was the Mufeus, on whom that gentleman beftowed fo high
an eulogium in his difcourfe «« On Conftancy.’? He was dif-
tinguifhed by his tteady loyalty during the trouble of the
Jeague, and pronounced the firit pubhe panegyric on king
Henry IV., when his majefty obtained the poileffion of Paris
from the hands of that faction. He died in the year 1606, high-
ly refpeGted for every quality that could adorn the man and the
{cholar. He was author of the following works: ‘ Liber de
Angulo Contactus, adverfus Jacobum Peletarium,” 1581 ;—
« Oratio, quale efle deberet Collegium Profefforum Regio-
yum,)”1595;——" Ludus Jatro-mathematicus, Mufis factus,”’
1597 3—*¢ Commentarii in Librum Ariftotelis de Mechani-
cis,’’ with the Greek text, and a new Latin verfion, 1599 3—
& De Pun@o, primo Geometrie principio, Liber,” 1600 ;—
« Problematis omnium que 2 1200 annis inventa funt nobi-
lifimi Demonftratio,” 1600. And he left in an unfinifhed
itate a large mathematical work, entitled Hepatecnon Ma-
thematicum,’’ on which he had been long occupied. Gen.
Biog. Eloy Dié. Hitt.

MONARCHICI, in Church Hiffory, heretics towards
the end of the fecond century, who allowed but one perfon
in the godhead, and maintained that the father, the creator
of all things, had united himfelf to the human nature of
Chriit ; whence they were called Monarchians ; and they
alfo taught that the father was erucified ; on this account
they were denominated Patripaffians.

MONARCHY, poxpxsy a large flate governed by one;
or a ftate where the fupreme power is lodged in the hands
of a fingle perfon.

The word comes from the Greek povepync, one who go-
werns alone; formed of jovos, folus, and cpyny imperium, go-
wernment.

Of the three forms of government, wiz. democracy, arif-
tocracy, and monarchy, the laft is the moft powerful, all
the finews of government being knit together, and united
in the hand of the prince; but then there is imminent
danger of his employing that ftrength to improvident or op-
preflive purpofes. Asa democracy is the beft calculated to
dire@& the end of a law, and an ariftocracy to invent the
means by which that end fhall be obtained, a monarchy is
mott fit for carrying thofe means into execution.

Honour, fays Montefquieu, which afpires to preferments
and diftinguifhing titles, is the prevailing principle in mo-
narchies ; this fets all the parts of the body politic in mo-
tion ; by its very action it conne@s them, and thus each in-
dividual advances the public good, while he only thinks of
promoting his own particular intereft ; this principle gives
life, not only to the whole body politic, but to the laws,
and even ta the virtues themfelves. This principle is alto-
gether unknown in defpotic governments ; of which feax is
the principle.

As honour is the principle of a monarchical government,
fyflems of education, and of legiflation fhould be formed
and conducted with a conftant regard to this principle.
‘The nobility fhould be rendered refpeCtable and hereditary,

MON

and their lands fhould have privileges annexed to them ag
well as their perfons. The laws fhould alfo favour all kinds
of commerce, confiftent with the conftitution of the govern
ment, that the fubjeéts may be able, without ruining them=
felves, to fatisfy the continual cravings of the prince and his
court. Some fixed regulation fhould alfo be eftablitheds
that the manner of colle@ing the taxes may not be more
burdenfome than the taxes themfelves,
Monarchy has a great advantage over a defpotic govern
ment. As it naturally requires there fhould be feveral
orders belonging to the conititution under the prince, the
ftate is more fixed, the conftitution more fteady, and the
perfon of him that governs more fecure. We may alfo add,
that as people who live under a good government, are hap-
pier than thofe who, without rule or leaders, wander about
the forelts ; fo monarchs who live under the fundamentat
laws of their country, are far happier than defpotic princes,
who have nothing to regulate cither their own, or their fub-.
jets’ hearts. In monarchies, where honour alone predomi-
nates, the prince’s rewards would confift only of marks of
diftin€tion, if the diftinétions eltablifhed by honour were not
annexed to a luxury which is neceffarily attended with wants;
the prince therefore is obliged to confer honours that lead
to wealth; and it is a general rule, that great rewards, ir
monarchies and republics, are a fign of their decline > be-
caufe they are a proof of their principles being corrupted
and that the idea of herour has no longer the fame force “a
monarchy, nor the title of citizen the fame force im a re=
public. The very worft Roman emperors were thofe who
were mott profufe in their largefles, viz. Caligula, Claudius,
Nero, Otho, Vitellius, Commodus, Heliogabalus, and
Caracalla. The beft, {uch as Auguitus, Vefpafian, Anto-
ninus Pius, Marcus Aurelius, and Pertinax, were econo-
mifts. Under good emperors the ftate refumed its. princi-
ples; all other treafures were fupplied by that of honour.
In a republic prefents are odious, becaufe virtue does not
need them. In monarchies honour is a much ftronger in-
centive than prefents. But in a defpotic government, where:
there is neither. honour nor virtue, people cannot be deter-
mined to act but through hopes of the conveniences of life.
In monarchical governments, Montefquieu is of opinion
that the laws ought not to oblige a fubject to accept of =
public employment ; nor fhould a fubject be obliged to ac-
cept of a polt in the army inferior to what he held before,
becaufe honour, true or falfe, will never bear with what it
calls degrading itfelf; nor fhould civil and military emp!oy-
ments be conferred on the fame perfom; nor is venality of
public employments improper, as he thinks, in monarchies.
He adds, that in monarchies there fhould be no cenfors, be-
caufe being founded on honour, it is in thenature of honour
to have the whole univerfe for a cenfor. In monarchies, the
adminiftration of jultice, which deeides not only in regard to
life and property, but likewife to honour, demands very
{crupulous inquiries. In monarchies, it is a great inconve-
nience for the minilters of the prince to be judges. Our
author thinks, that luxury is extremely proper for mona--
chies, and that under this government there ought to be no
fumptuary laws. Republics, he fays, end with luxury, and
monarchies with poverty. As democracies are deftroyed
when the people defpoil the fenate, magiftrates, and judges
of their :unétions ; fo monarchies are corrupted when the
prince infenlibly deprives focieties of their prerogatives, or
cities of their privileges. .In the firft eaie the multitude:
ufurp a defpotic power; in the fecond it is ufurped by @
fingle perfon. Monarchy is deftroyed, when a prince thinks-
he fhews a greater exertion of power in changing, than in-
conforming to the ufes of things; when he deprives fome of

Bis

MONARCHY.

his fubjects of their hereditary employments, to beflow them
arbitrarily upon others, and when he fonder of bein
guided by his tape than by his judgment, — It is deltroyeds
when the prince, direéting every thing to himfelf, calls the
flate to his capital, the capitul to his court, and the court
to his own perfon, Monarchy is deftroyed, in fine, when
the prince mitlakes his authority, his fituation, and the love
of his people ; and when he is not fully perfuaded, that a
pea ought to think himfelffecure, as a defpotic prince
ought to think himfelf in danger. Montefy. Sp. of Laws,
vol, i. palin.

The molt ancient monarchy was that of the Affyrians,
which was founded foon after the deluge, in the year 2059
B.C. We ufually reckon four grand or univer du monar-
chies; the Affyrian, Perfian, Grecian, and Roman: though
St. Augultine makes them but two, wis. thofe «f Babylon
and Rome, SBelus is placed at the head of the feries of
Affyrian kings who reigned at Babylon, and is by profane
authors efteemed the founder of it, and by fome the fame
whom the {criptures call Nimrod. The principal Affyrian
kings after Belus were Ninus, who built Nineveh, und re-
moved the feat of empire to it; Semiramis, who, difguifin
her fex, took poffeffion of the kingdom inftead of her fon,
and was killed and fucceeded by her fon Ninyas; and Sarda-
napalus, the lait of the Affyrian monarchs, and more effe-
minate than a weman. With him terminated the ancient
monarchy of Affyria, in the year 820 BC. After his
death, the Affyrian empire was fplit into three feparate
Kingdoms; iz. the Median, Aflyrian, and Babylonian.
The firit king or prefect of the Median kingdom was Ar-
baces; and this kingdom lated till the time of Aftyages,
who was fubdued and divelted of his kingdom by Cyrus,
The firit king of the new Affyrian kingdom was Phul, who
began his reign in the year 777 B.C., and this kingdom was
united to that of Babylon under Affaradinus, 6S0 B.C.
The Babylonian kingdom commenced under Nabonaffar,
747 B.C., and after being united to that of Affyria, was
again feparated, 667 B.C., Saofduchinus being its firlt king,
and Ninus II. king of Affyria. Thefe monarchies con-
tinued feparate uotil the year 606 B.C., when Affyria was
united to Media. The Babylonian kingdom terminated by
the conqgueft of Cyrus, 538’B.C. In the time of Cyrus,
there arofe a new and fecond monarchy, called the Perlian ;
which ftood upwards of two hundred years, from Cyrus,
whofe reign began 559 B.C., to Darius Codomannus, who
was conquered by Alexander, 331 B.C., and the empire
tranflated to the Greeks. The firft monarch was Cyrus,
founder ef the empire ; the fecond Cambyfes, the fon of
Cyrus. 3: Smerdis. 4. Darius, the fon of Hyttafpes,
who began his reign 521 B.C. 5. Xerxes, who fucceeded
Darius, 485 B.C. 6. Artaxerxes Longimanus, who com-
menced his reign 464 B.C. 7. Xerxes II., who began
his reign 425 B.C. 8. Ochus, or Darius, called Nothus,
424 BC. 9g. Artaxerxes Mnemon, 404 B.C. 10. Arta-
xerxes Ochus, 358 B.C. 11. Aries, 337 B.C. 12. Da-
rius Codomannus, 335 B.C., who was defeated by Alex-
ander the Great, and deprived of his kingdom and life
about 331 B.C.; the dominion of Perfia after his death was
tranflated to the Greeks. ‘The third monarchy was the
Grecian. As Alexander when he died did not declare who
fhould fucceed him, there ftarted up as many kings as there
were commanders. At firit they governed the provinces,
that were divided among them, under the title of viceroys ;
but when the family of Alexander the Great was extin@,
they took upon them the name of kings. Hence, in procels
ef time, the whole empire of Alexander produced four

difin& kingdoms; viz. 1. The Macedonian, the kings

of which, after Alexander, were Phikp, called Aridcur,
323 B.C., Caflander, 316 B.C, Antipater and Alex-
ander, 298 B.C,, Demetrius Poliorcetes, 294 BC., Pyr-
rhus, 287 B.C., Lyfimachus, 286 B.C., Prolemy, called
Ceraunus, 280 B.C., Meleayer, 279 B.C., Antipater the
Etefian, 278 B.C., Antigonus Gonatas, 277 B.C., Detme-
trius, 243 B.C. Antigonus Dofon, 232 B.C., Philip,
221 B.C., and Perfeus, 179 .C., under whom the Mace-
donian kingdom was reduced to the form of a Roman pro-
vince, 2. The Afiatic kingdom, which, upon the death of
Alexander, fell to Antigonus, 411 B.C., comprehending
that country now called Natolia, together with fome other
regions, beyond Mount Taurus. From this kingdom pro-
ceeded three lefler ones; vis. that of Pergamus, whofe firlt
king was Phileterus the Eunuch, 283 B-C., and whofe latt
king, Attalus, called Philometor, in the year 132 B.C.,
appointed the Roman people to be his heir: Pontus, reduced
by the Romans into the form of # province, when they had
fubdued the lait king, Mithridates; and the Syrian. 3. “Phe
Syrian, to which that of Babylon was united, of whofe
twenty-two kings the mott celebrated were Seleucus Nica~
tor, founder of the kingdom, 312 B.C., Antiochus Deus,
261 B.C., Antiochus the Great, 223 B.C., Antiochus
Epiphanes, 175 B.C., Tigranes, 83 B.C., and Autio-
chus Afiaticus, 69 B.C., who was conquered by thie Ro-
mans under Pompey ; and Syria was reduced into the form
of a Roman province, 65 B.C. 4. The Egyptian, which
was formed by the Grecks in Egypt, and flourifhed near
two hundred and forty years under twelve kings ; the prin-
cipal of whom were Ptolemy Lagus, its founder, 323 B.C.,
Ptolemy Philadelphus, 284 B.C. founder of the Alexan-
drian library; and queen Cleopatra, who was overcome by
Auguitus ; in confequence of which Egypt was added tu
the dominion cf the Romans, 30 B.C. ‘The fourth mo-
narchy was the Roman, which latted two hundred aud forty-
four years, from the building of the city, until the time
when the royal power was abrogated. The kings of Rome
were Romulus its founder, Numa Pompilius, Tullus Holti-
lius, Ancus Martius, T'arquinius Prifeus, Servius Tullius,
and Tarquin the Proud, who was banifhed, and with whom
terminated the regal power. Holberg’s Introd. to Univ.
Hilt. by Dr. Sharp, p. 85, &e.

‘There feems, ia reality, no neceflity to make the Medes,
Perfians, and Greeks, fucceed to the whole power of the
Affyrians, to multiply the number of the monarchies : it
was the fame empire itill, and the feveral changes that hap-
pened in it, did not conttitute different monarchies. ‘Thus
the Roman empire was fucceflively governed by princes of
different nations, yet without any new monarchy being
formed thereby. Rome, therefore; may be faid to have
immediately fucceeded Babylon in the empire of the world.
See Expire.

Of monarchies fome are ab/olute and de/potic, where the
will of the monarch is uncontrollable, as Denmark, &c. ;
others are limited, where the prince’s authority is rettrained
by laws, and part of the fupreme power lodged in other
hands; asin England. See GovERNMENT.

Some monarchies, again, are hereditary, where the fuc-
ceflion devolves immediately from father to fon ; and others
are eledive, where, on the death of the monarch, his fuc-
celfor 1s appointed by election.

According to Hobbes, monarchy, as well as ariftocracyy
derives all its authority from the people, who transfer ail

their right, v. gr the fapreme power, by a plurality of
fuffrages, &c. to fome one perfon called a monarch ; fo

that whatever the people could have done before this

tranflation, may be now oe done by him to ate

4 2 the

MON

the tranflation is made. ‘This done, the people are no
longer to be looked upon as a body, but a diffolved
multitude; becaufe they were only one by virtue of the
fupreme power, which they have now transferred to an-
other.

Nor can the monarch, according to this author, oblige
himfelf by any covenants, to any perfon, for the authority
he has received ; becaufe he receives the power from the
people, which, as foon as that is done, ceafes to be a body ;
and the body ceafing, the obligation to the body ceafes of
courfe. The people, therefore, are obliged to pay obedi-
ence to the monarch, by virtue of thofe covenants, whereby
they mutually oblige themfelves to what the people, asa
body, enjoin to be done.

He argues, farther, that as a monarch cannot be obliged
by any covenants; fo neither can he do any injury to his
fubjeéts ; an injury being nothing elfe but a breach of cove-
nant ; and where there is no covenant, there can be no breach
of one. De Cive, c. 8.. See Hozpism.

Fifth-Monarcuy Men, in the Ecclefaftical Hiftory of Eng-
land, were a fet of wrong-headed and turbulent enthu-
fiafts who rofe in the time of Cromwell, and who expected
Chrift’s fudden appearance upon earth to eftablifh a new
kingdom : and, aéting in confequence of thisillufion, aimed
at the fubverfion of all human government. Burnet’s Hitt.
of his Own Times, vol.i. p. 67.

MONARDA, in Botany, named in honour of Nicholas
Monardes, a Spanifh phyfician and botanift who lived at
Seville towards the clofe of the fixteenth century, and who
publithed various treatifes relating to the natural productions,
and efpecially to the Mareria Medica, of the new world.—
Linn. Gen. 16. Schreb. 22. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 124.
Mart. Mill. Did. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew, ed. 2. v. 1. So.
Vahl. Enum. v. 1.217. Michaux. Boreal-Amer. v. 1. 16.
Juff. orz. Lamarck Illuftr. t. 19. Gertn. t. 66.—Clafs
and order, Diandria Monogynia. Nat. Ord. Verticillate,
Linn. Labiate, Jui.

Gen. Ch: Cal. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, tubular,
cylindrical, ftriated, permanent, with a fiye-toothedc, equal
mouth. Cor. unequal; tube cylindrical, longer than the
calyx ; limb ringent: upper lip ftraight, narrow, linear,
undivided ; lower reflexed, broader, cloven into three feg-
ments, of which the middle one is longer, narrower, and
emarginate ; its fides obtufe. Stam. Filaments two, briftle-
fhaped, as long as the upper lip, by which they are em-
braced; anthers compreffled, truncated at the top, convex
and ftraight at the lower part. Pi. Germen fuperior,
four-cleft ; ftyle thread-fhaped, parallel to the ftamens ;
ftigma cloven, acute. Peric. none. Seeds four, roundifh,
lying at the bottom of the calyx.

Obf. MM. didyma has four ftamens, two of which are
abortive. A

Eff. Ch. Corolla unequal, its upper lip linear, and in-
clofing the filament. Seeds four.

1. M. fflulbfa. Purple or Crimfon Canada Monarda.
Linn. Sp. Pl. 32. J. Miller. Iluftr, t. 3. (M. fiftulofa,
var; Curt. Mag. t. 145.)—Leaves, oblong-lanceolate,
pointed, hairy, flat. Stems obtufely angular—Native of
Canada as well as other‘parts of North America, cultivated
by Mr. John Tradefcant in 1656. It flowers from June to
Auguit.—Root perennial, ftrongly fibrous and fpreading.
Stems nearly three feet high, obtufely angular, hairy, branch-
ed at the upper part. Leaves oppofite, on fhort ftalks,
broad at the bafe, but tharply pointed at the end, hairy
and toothed. Fv/owers in one or two terminal, denfe whorls,
of a beautiful deep crimfon colour.—The whole herb is
remarkable for its fragrance as well as beauty, and is not

MON

unfrequently cultivated in our gardens. . The variety figured
by Curtis, and quoted above, is larger and more fhowy
than the original fpecies, its bloffoms far furpafling that
in fize and brilliancy of colour. The floral leaves alfo are
richly tinted with lilac or purple—Upon comparing Cur-
tis’s figure with the Linnean Herbarium, it appears that
this variety of fflulofa is what Linneus has called M. mollis
in the third volume of the Amenitates Academica, p. 399-—
It may be propagated by parting its roots.

2. M. oblongata. Long-leaved Monarda. Willd. n. 2.
Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 1. 51.—Leaves oblong-lanceo-
late, rounded and fomewhat contracted at the bafe, hairy,
flat.—Native of North America, and cultivated in 1761, by
Mr. James Gordon. It flowers from July to September.—
There is no figure of this fpecies, but, from a f{pecimen in
Dr. Smith’s herbarium, we find that it chiefly differs from
the preceding in having its eaves more oblong, and more
attenuated, though not aétually tapering, at the bafe ;
they are alfo more hairy on the under fide. The calyx
is fhorter and more hairy at the margin. The flowers alio
are {maller.

°3. M. didyma. Scarlet Monarda, or Ofwego-Tea. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 33. Curt. Mag. t. 546. (M. coccinea; Michaux.
Boreal-Amer. v. 1. 16.)—lLeaves ovate, fmooth. Whorls
of flowers capitate, with two imperfeét, additional ftamens.
Stem acutely angular.—Native of rills on the mountains of
North America; introduced into this country by Peter
Collinfon, before 1752. It flowers from June to Augutt.
—Root perennial. Stems about two feet high, fquare,
acutely angular, branched fo as to become bufhy towards
the top. Leaves oppofite, on fhort ftalks, toothed and
fringed at the edge, when bruifed, emitting a grateful, re-
frefhing {mell, which, independently of the beauty of the
plant, would entitle it to a place in every garden. Floqers
much like thofe of AZ. fi/tulofa in habit, but larger, and of
a rich f{carlet hue ; molt of them furnifhed with two addi-
tional abortive ftamens, whence the fpecific name.—This
increafes greatly by throwing out radical fhoots, which may
be tranfplanted.

4. M. rugofa. White Monarda. Willd. n. 4. Ait.
Hort. Kew. ed. 2, v. 1. 51.—Leaves ovato-lanceolate, heart-
fhaped, fmooth, rugofe.—Native of North America ; culti-
vated in 1761, by Mr. James Gordon; flowering from
July to September.—This fpecies is adopted by Vahl and
Martyn from Aiton, but as we are unacquainted with any
{pecimen or figure, we can only give profeflor Willdenow’s
defcription, who fays that it is very nearly allied to the fol-
lowing fpecies, M. clinopodia, but that its leaves are longer,
fmooth, and fomewhat rugofe like thofe of many fpecies of
Salvia. The flowers alfo are white. A

5. M. clinopodia. Wild Bafil-leaved Monarda. Linn.
Sp. Pl. 32.—Leaves ovato-lanceolate, {mooth, rounded and
unequal at the bafe.—Native of Virginia; cultivated by
Mr. William Malcolm in 1771. It flowers in July.— Root
creeping. Stems about two feet high, fquare, rather acutely
angular, branched. Leaves oppofite, remarkably {mooth,
attenuated, remotely ferrated ; the floral ones narrower, and
coloured at the bafe. Flowers capitate, terminal, of a pale
colour.—The fpecific name originated from a ftriking re-
femblance in the leaves to thofe of Clinopodium incanum,
and was originally written by Linneus, on the {pecimen in
his herbarium, clinopodifolia.

6. M, pun@ata. Spotted Monarda. Linn. Sp. Pl. 32. Andr.
Repof. t. 546. Sm. Infe@s of Georgia, t.24. (M. lutea ;-
Michaux Boreal-Amer, v. 1. 16.)— Flowers in whorls. Co-
rolla fpotted. Braéteas large and coloured.—Native of
North America; cultivated here in 1714, by Mr. Thomas

Fairchild.

MON

Fairchild. Root biennial. Stems eredty nearly two feet
high, branched, jointed. Leaves in flalka, lanceolate, in
cluitera at cach joint, ferrated from the middle to the end,
fmooth, «veined, / lowers axillary, in denfe whorls, yellow,
fpotted with purple, accompanied by very handfome, crim-
ton dradeas. Michaux has changed the fpecific name to
lutea, becaule he obferves, the corolla in every {pecies of
Monarda is {potted, We cannot however accede to this
change, a8 in our prefent plant, the {pots on the corolla are
fo infinitely more apparent than in any other, as to render
the name fufficiently defcriptive.

7. M. angele. Various-leaved Monarda. Vahl. Enum.
¥, 1, alg. ichaux. Boreal-Amer. v. 1, 16,—Leaves ob-
long, ferrated. Calyx bearded at the border. Flowers ca-

itate, terminal.—VFound by Michaux in North America,
rom whom and Vahl all that we know of it is colleéted.
The former fays, that the fhape, ferratures, and pubefcence
its deaver are fo various as to induce a fuppofition that
its varieties may conititute different {pecies. F/ewers fleth-
coloured.

8. M. ciliata. Virginian ciliated Monarda. Linn. Sp.
Pl. 33. (Clinopodium anguftifolium non ramofum, flore
e#ruleo: labio trifido, atropurpureis maculis ornato ;
Pluk. Alm. t. 164. f. 3.)—Leaves oblong or oval, gra-
dually pointed. Flowers capitate, whorled. Braéteas ci-
aie As at of Virginia and Carolina. Introduced at
Kew by Mr. Francis Maffon in 1798. It flowers in July,
—Root creeping. . Stems a foot or more in height, dif-
tantly jointed, hairy, efpecially at the upper part. Lower
feaveson {talks, roundifh, an inch long, notched ; upper ones
feffile, narrower. Flowers capitate, in whorls, large, blue,
elegantly marked, with dark purple fpots. The habit and
appearance of this {pecies are different to all the reft, and it
has the {mell of Mint.

Mownarpa, in Gardening, contains plants of the fibrous-
rooted, herbaceous, flowery, biennial, and perennial kinds,
of which the fpecies cultivated are: the purple monarda
(M. fiftulofa) ; the long-leaved monarda (M. cblongata ) 5
the fearlet monarda, or Ofwego tea (M. didyma) ; the
white monarda (M. rugofa) ; and the {potted monarda
(M. pun@ata).

_ Method of Culture.—.All thefe plants may be increafed by

ing the roots. and fome of them by flips and cuttings as
well as feeds. But as the firft fort does not increafe faft by
the roots, the feeds may be fown in the autumn on a bed of
good earth, and in the following fummer the plants be re-
moved into nurfery rows half a foot apart, in a rather
fhady fituation, and in the beginning of the following autumn
fet out where they are to remain and flower. They fucceed
beft in a foft loamy foil not too much expofed.

The roots fhould be divided either in the autumn or very
early fpring, but the former is the better feafon, being after-
wards either planted out in rows till they are ftrong, or, when
firong, at once where they are to remain. And trong flips
er cuttings of the branches may be taken off in the begin-
ning of fummer, and planted out in a fhady border, due
fhade and water being given til well rooted, when in the
autumn they may be removed to where they are to remain.

The third fpecies fucceeds beft in a light foil in an eaftern

afpe&t.

soa plants all afford ornament in the borders and clumps
of pleafure-grounds, &c.

. MONARDES, Nicuoras, in Biography, a Spanith
phyfician, was born at Seville in the early part of the fix-
teenth century. He received his education at the univerfity
of Alcala de Henarez, and fettled in the praétice of his pro-

3

M O'N

feflion in. his native city. Little is recorded refpedting his
life, which terminated at the fame place in the year 1578.
He was confiderably diltinguithed, however, by his writings,
the frit of whichwelated to a controverted queltion, and was
entitled, “ De fecanda vena in Pleuritide inter Grecos et
Arabes concordia,"’ Hifpal, 1539. His next was a traé,
** De Rofa et partibus ejus; de fueci Rofarum temperatura,
&c,"’—But his reputation was chiefly extended by his work,
in the Spanith language, concerning the medicinal fubftances
imported from the new world, entitled, “ Dos Libros de las
cofas que fe traen de las Indias Occidentales, que firven al
ufo de Medicina,” Sevilla 1565. It was reprinted in 1569
and 1580, and to the latter edition a third book was added.
Charles |’Eclufe, or Clufius, tranflated this work into
Latin, with the title of « Simplicium Medicamentorum ex
novo orbe delatorum, quorum in Medicina ufus eft, Hif-
toria,”” Antw. 1574, and improved it by his annotations,
and by the addition of figures. This work was alfo tranf-
lated into Italian and French, The botanift will feek in vain
for accuracy in his defcriptions, but the work was ufeful, by
exciting the public attention to medicines heretofore littie
known, Monardes alfo publifhed three works in Spanifh,
which were tranflated into Latin by l'Eclufe, with the ti-
tle of ‘ Nicolai Monardi Libri tres, magna Medicine fe-
creta et varia Experimenta continentes,”’ Lugd. 1601. The
firft of thefe relates to the lapis bezoardicus ; the fecond, to
the ufe and properties of fteel, which he was the firft after
Rhazes to recommend as a deobftruent, according to Dr.
Freind ; and the third, to the efficacy of fnow. His name
is perpetuated by the botanical genus Monarda, in the clafs
diandria of Linneus. Eloy Dict. Hift. Gen. Biog.

MONAS, in Natural Hiflory, a genus of infe&s of the
order Infuforia, The generic charaéter is, worm invifible
to the naked eye, moft fimple, pellucid, refembling a point.
This genus includes five fpecies, of -which three are found
in our own country. Mr. Adams deferibes five other
{pecies,

Species.

* Aromus. Whitifh, with a variable point. The ani-
malculum itfelf appears as a white poiat, which, when highly
magnified, is egg-fhaped : the fmaller end is generally marked
with a black point, of which the fituation is fometimes va-
ried, and found at the otherend. Sometimes there are two
black points feen crofling the middle of the body. Mr.
Adams fays it was found in fea-water that had been kept
the whole winter ; it was not fetid, but no other {pecies of
animalcula could be difcovered in the fame water.

Punerum. A folid opaque black point. The animal-
cula of this fpecies are very minute points, folid, opaque, and
black, round and long. They are difperfed in the infufion,
and move with a flow wavering metion, and were found ina
fetid infufion of pears.

* Mica. This is tranfparent, or rather femi-tranfparent,
like talc, with an oval moveable circle in the middle. It
may be difcovered fometimes in very pure waters with the
third lens of a fingle microfcope: when the magnifying
power is increafed, it appears nearly {pherical, or oval, as
it feems able to affume either of thefe forms at pleafure.
There is a confiderable variety in its motions: it often turns
round for a long time in the fame place. An appearance
has been exhibited like two kidnies in the middle of the
body, and the little animal is beautifully encompaffed with
a kind of halo, arifing, moft probably, from invifible and
vibrating fibrille. 2

* Lens. This, as its name imports, is tranfparent, with

frequently

MON

frequently agreenifh margin. tis nearly of a round figure,
and fo ‘pellucid, that it is not poffible to difcover the leaft
veltige of inteftines. The animalcula of this fpecies are
frequently feen colleéted together, forming a kind of vefi-
cular or membranaceous mafs. The motions of the dens are in
general rapid, and Mr. Adams fays that two united together
may frequently be feen {wimming among the reft ; while in
this fituation they have been miftaken by obfervers for a
different fpecies, but it is the fame generating another by
Givifion. It is found in almoft all kinds of water; alfo in
infufions of animal and vegetable fubltances, myriads are faid
to be contained in a fingle drop.

Tero. A moft minute {imple gelatinous point. Of
this Mr. Adams obferves, ‘‘ Among the various animalcula
avhich are difcovered by the micrefcope, this is the moft
minute and the moft fimple ; a {mall jelly-like point, eluding
the powers of the compound microfcope, and being but
imperfeétly feen by the fingle ; thefe and fome others of the
Monas kind are fo delicate and flender, that it is no wonder
they often efcape the fight of many who have examined in-
fufions with attention ; in a full light they totily difappear,
their thin and tranfparent forms blending as it were with
the water in which they fwim. ‘Small drops of infufed
water are often fo full of thefe, that it is not eafy to dif-
cover the leaft empty f{pace, fo that the water itfelf appears
changed into another fubftanee lefs tranfparent, but confift-
ing of innumerable globular points, thickly fown together ;
which, though full of life, feem only a kind of inflated
ladder, In this a motion may be perceived, fomething
fimilar to that which obferved when thefun’s rays fhine
on the water, the animalcula being violently agitated, or in
commotion like a‘hive.of bees.’’

Such are the f{pecies defcribed in Gmelin’s edition of
Linneus. Mr. Adamshas mentioned five others as follow:

Ocrerius. Trafparent like talc, with a point in the mid-
dle. The margin is black ; it moves irregularly ; is found
in ditches covered with conferva, and frequently with the
«© Cyclidium milium.”’

Tranouitta. Egg-fhaped, tranfparent, with a black
margin. ‘The animalcula of this fpecics feem to be ani-
mated points, and nearly fixed to one fpot, where they have
a fluétuating and reeling motion ; they are frequently fur-
-rounded with a halo, like the mica, but differ in their figure,
being fometimes fpherical, and fometimes quadrangular.
They are found inurine-kept fome time. This fluid is, after
it has remained any length of time in the veflel, covered
with a dark.coloured pellicle, in which the little animals exift.
In moft cafesa fingle drop of urine is fatal to animalcula, but
the difcovery of thefe prove that there are beings of a pecu-
liar kind appropriated to and flourifhing:in it. ; c

LameELLura. Flat and tranfparent. Found chiefly in
fea-water. Its colour is whitifh, twice as long as it is broad,
tranfparent, with a dark margin, the motion is.wacillatory ;
it often appears as.if it were double. ?

PunviscuLus. Tranfparent, witha green. margin. The
animalcula of this:{pecies appear, when properly magnified,
like fpherical pellucid grains of different fizes ; the cireum-
ference is green, and a green bent line ,pafles through the
middle of {ome of ‘them, fuppofed to indicate that they are
feparating into-two.diftin@ animaleule. They rove about
with a wavering motion, and are found early in the fpring in
marfhy grounds. 4 x

Uva. Tranfparent and gregarious. ‘The animalcula of
this fpecies, when collected in a heap, have a rotatory mo-
tion. The {maller particles feparate from the larger, dividing,
fometimes, into as many portions as there are conftituent par-

7

MON

ticles in the proup, when feparated they revolve with incre-
diblefwiftnefs. « Totry,’’ fays Mr. Adams, ‘* whether this
group of animalcula was colleéted together by mere chance,
or whether it was their natural ftate, the following experi-
ment was made. A fingle corpufcle was taken the moment
it was feparated from the reft, and placed in a glafs by itfelf;
it foon increafed in fize, and when it had attained nearly the
fame bulk as the group from which it was feparated, the fur-
face began to affume a wrinkled appearance, which gradu-
ally changed till it became exactly fimilar to the parent
group.” The fame procefs was again tried, and with
fimilar fuccefs. It is found in a variety of infufions.

MONASABA, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan,
in Oude; 25 miles E. of Mahomdy.

MONASERAT, a town of Hindooftan, in the circar
of Sumbulpour; 10 miles S.E. of Sumbulpour.

MONASIO, a town of Italy, in the department of the
Lario; 15 miles N. of Como.

MONASTEER, a town of Africa, built by the Arabs,
ona peninfula, which advances into the fea; 50 miles S.E.
of Tunis. i

MONASTER, a town of Ruffian Poland, in the pala-
tinate of Kiev; 40 miles E. of Bialacerkiev.

MONASTEREVEN, a poft-town of Ireland, in the
county of Kildare and province of Leinfter. It is fituated
on the river Barrow, and the Athy branch of the grand
canal pafles very near it. It has a flourifhing trade, and a
confiderable population. There was an abbey here, which
after the fuppreffion came into the Moore family. It {till
wears the venerable appearance, and retains the name of
an abbey, and under the appellation of Moore abbey
is the feat of the marquis of Drogheda. Monaftereven
{fs 30 miles S.W. from Dublin, and 10 N.W. from Mary-
borough.

MONASTERII Provisor. See Provisor.

MONASTEROLO, in Geography, a towa of France,
in the department of the Stura; three miles N.W. of Sa-
vigliano,

MONASTERY, aconvent, or houfe built for the re-
ception of religious ; whether it be abbey, priory, nunnery,
or the like. :

Monastery is only properly applied to the houfes of
monks, mendicant friars, and nuns. The relt are more pro-
perly calied religious Aoufes.

For the origin of monafteries, fee Monastic and Monk.
The houfes belonging to the feveral religious orders, which
obtained in England and Wales, were cathedrals, colleges,
abbies, priories, preceptories, commanderies, hofpitals, friaries,
hermitages, chantries, and free chapels. ‘Thefe were under
the direétion and management of feveral officers. ‘Ihe dif-
folution of houfes of this kind began fo early as the year
1312, when the l’emplars were fuppreffed ; and in 1323,
their lands, churches, advowfons, and liberties, here in
England, were given by 17 Edw. II. flat. 3. to the priory
and brethren of the hofpital of St. John of Jerufalem. In
the years 1390, 1437, 1441, 1459, 1497, 1505, 1508, and
1515, feveral'other houfes were difllolved, and their revenues
fettled on different colleges in Oxford and Cambridge.
Soon after the laft period, cardinal Wolfey, by licence of
the king and pope, obtained a diffolution of above thirty
religious houfes, for the founding and endowing his colleges
at Oxford and Ipfwich. About the fame time a bull was
granted by the fame pope to cardinal Wolley to fupprefs
monalteries, where there were not above fix monks, to in

yvaine

MONASTERY.

value of eight thoufund ducats a year, for endowing W indfor,
and King's college in Cambridge s and two other bulls
were granted to cardinale Wolley and Campeius, where
there were lefi than twelve monks, and to annex them to
the greater monatterics ; and another bull to the fame car-
dinals to enquire about abbics, to be fupprefled, in order to
be made cathedrals. Although nothing appears to have
been done in confequence of thefe bulls, the motive which
induced Wolfey, and many others, to fupprefs thefe houfes,
was the defire of promoting learning; and archbifhop
Cranmer engaged in it with a view of carrying on the Re-
formation. ‘There were other cavfes that concurred to
bring on their ruin: many of the religious were loofe and
vicious ; the monks were generally thought to be, in their
hearts, attached to the pope's fupremacy ; their revenues
were not employed according to the intent of the donors ;
many cheats in images, feigned miracles, and comnterfeit
relics, had been difcovered, which brought the monks into
difgrace ; the Obfervant friars lad oppofed the king’s di-
vorce from queen Catherine ; and thete cireumitances oper-
ated, in concurrence with the king’s want of a large fupply,
and the people’sdelire to fave their money, to forward a mo-
tion in parliament, that, in order to [apport the king's tate,
and fupply his wants, all the religious houfes might be con-
ferred upon the crown, which were not able to {pend
above 200/. a-year ; and an act was paffed for that purpofe,
27 Hen, VILI.c. 28. By this act about 380 houles were
diffolved, anda revenue of 30 or 32,000/.a-year came to the
erewm; belides about 1o0,c00/. in plate and jewels. The
fupprelflion of thefe houfes occationed great difeontent, and
at length an open rebellion; whem this was appeafed; the
hing refolved to fupprefs the reft of the monatteries, and
appointed a new vilitation ; whicl caufed the greaterabbies
to be furrendered apace; and it was enacted by 34 Hem
VIII. c. 13. that all monatteries,. &c. which have been fur-
rendered fince the fourth of February, in the twenty-feventh
of his majelty’s reign, and which: hereafter fhall be
frranhteretl fhall be velted in the king. The knights of
St. Joha of Jerufalem were alfo fupprefled by the 32 Hen.
VIII..0.24. ‘Phe fuppreffion of thefe greater houfes by
thefe two acts, produced a revenue to the king of above
r00,000/. a-year, belides a larye fum in plate and jewels.
The laft a& of diffolution in this king’s reiza was the a@
of 37 Hen: VIEL. c. 4. for diffolving colleges, free chapelsy
chantries, &c. which act wasfarther enforced by 1 Edw. VI:
o. 14. By this a& were fupprefled 9@ colleges, rro hof-
pitals, and 2374 chantries-and free chapels. The-number of
houles and places fupprefled from firit to laft, fo far as any
calculations appear to. have’ been made, feems. tobe a3
follows :
OF lefler monatteries, of which we have the

valuation 3 - - $74
QF greater monalteries = - - - ¥86
Belonging: tothe hofpitallers - - 48
Colleges - - - _ 90
Hoipitals - - - - 110
@hantries.and free chapels. = - 2374
Total 3182

Befides the friars’ houfes, and thofe fuppreffed by Wolfley,
and many fmall houfes, of which we have no particular
account. .

The fum total of-the clear yearly revenue of the feveral
houfes at the time of their diffolution, of which we have
any account, feems to be as follows :.

£ aE;
Of the greater monalteries =~ - 104,919 13 3h

Of all thofe of the lefler monaflerics,

of whicly we have the valuation 29,702 1 10}
Knights hofpitallers head houfe in

London . - - : 2,385 12
We have the valuation of only 28 of

their houfes in the country - 3026 9 5

Friars’ houfes, of which we have the

valuation - - : 751 2 of

Total @ 140,784 19 3%

If proper allowances: are made for the lefler monalteries,
and hoafes not included in this eflimate, and for the plate,
&e. whieh came into the hands: of the king by the diffolu-
tion, and for'the vale of money at that time, which was at
lealt fix times as mach as at prefent; and we alfo confider
that the eftimate of the lands was generally fuppofed to be
much under the real worth, we mult conclude their whole
revenues to have been immenfe.

It doth not appear that any computation hath been
made of the number of perfons contained in the religious
houfes.

Thofe of the leffer monafteries diflolved by

27 Hen. VIIT. were reckoned at about = =
Ff we fuppofe the colleges and hofpitals to
have contained’ a proportionable number,
thefe will make about —- SPR Bites

' If we reckon the numberin the greater’monaf
teries, according to the proportion of their
revenues, they will be about 35,000; but as
probably titey had larger alhowances in pro-
portion to their number than thofe of the
lefler monatteries, if we abate upon that ac-
count 50c0, they will then be = a
One for each chantry and freachapel - -

Botal

10,000

59347

30,000
2537+

47,72®

But asthere were probably more than one perfen to of-
ficiate in feveral of the free chapels, and there were other
boufes which are not ineluded. within this calculation, per-
haps they may be computed in one general eftimate at about
50,000. As'there were penfions paid to almoft all thofe of
the greater monalteries, the king did not immediately come
into the full enjoyment of their whole revenues: however;.
by means of what he did receive, he founded fix new bifhop-
rics, viz. thofe of Weftminiler, (which was changed by
queen Elizabeth into a:deanery,-with twelve prebends and a
{chool,) Peterborough, Cheiter, Gloucefter, Briltol, and
Oxford. And in eight other fees he founded deaneries and
chapters, by converting the priors and monks into deans and.
prebendaries, vix. Canterbury, Winclefter, Durham, Wor=
cefter, Rochelter, Norwich, Ely, and Carlifle. He founded
alfo the colleges of Chrilt-church-ia Oxford, and Trinity in-
Cambridge, and finiftied King’s college chapel there. He
hkewife-founded profefforfhips of divinity, law, phytic, and.
of the Hebrew and.Greek tongues, in both the {aid univer-
fities. He gave the houfe of Grep Friars, and St. Bartho-
lomew’s hofpizal, to the city of London; and-a perpetual
penfion to the poor knights of Windfor ; and laid out great:
fums in building and fortifying many ports in the channel.
kis obfervable, upon the whole, that the diffolution of their.
houfes was an aét, not of the church, but of the ftate; in
the period preceding the Reformation, by a king and parlia~

ment.

MON

ment of the Roman Catholic ‘communion, in all points ex-
cept the king's fupremacy ; to which the pope himfelf, by
his bulls and licences, had led the way.

Although none, in this enlightened period, can approve
either the original eftablifhment or continued fubfiftence of
monafteries; yet the deftruétion of them was felt and la-
mented, for a confiderable time, as a great evil. One in-
convenience that attended their diffolution was the lofs of
many valuable books, which their feveral libraries contained :
for during the dark ages, religious houfes were the repofi-
tories of literature and {cience. Befides, they were {chools
of education and learning ; for every convent had one perfon
or more appointed for this purpofe; and all the neighbours
that defired it might have their children taught grammar
and church mufic there, without any expence. In the nun-
neries alfo young females were taught to work and read ;
and not only people of the lower rank, but moft of the
noblemen’s and gentlemen’s daughters were inftruéted in
thofe places. All the monafteries were alfo in effeét great
hofpitals, and were moft of them obliged to relieve many
poor people every day. They were likewife houfes of en-
tertainment for all travellers. And the nobility and gentry
provided not only for their old fervants in thefe houfes, by
corrodies, but for their younger children, and impoverifhed
friends, by making them firft monks and nuns, and in time
priors and prioreffes, abbots and abbeffes. On the other
hand, they were very injurious to the fecular and parochial
clergy, by taking on themfelves many prebends and bene-
fices, by getting many churches appropriated to them, and
penfions out of many others; and by the exemptions they
got from the epifcopal jurifdi€tion, and from the payment of
tithes. Nor were they lefs injurious to the nation in general,
by depriving the public of fo many hands, which might
have been very ferviceable to it in trade and other employ-
ments; by greatly diminifhing the number of people, in
confequence of the inftitution of celibacy; and by their
houfes or churches being fan@tuaries for almoft all forts of
offenders. And if the fuperftition had continued, and the
zeal of eftablifhing religious inftitutions had exerted itfelf
with equal vigour to the prefent age, we fhould ere this
have been a nation of monks and friars, or probably have
become a prey to fome foreign invader. We fay nothing
now of the aéts of moral turpitude, which were committed
in thefe abodes of celibacy and indolence; which, however
they might have been exaggerated, were without doubt
flagrant and atrocious. See Tanner’s Notitia Monattica ;
and for an abftra&t, Burn’s Eccl. Law, art. Mona/fteries.

MONASTIC, fomething belonging to monks, or the
monkith life.

The monattic profeffion is a kind of civil death, which in
all worldly matters has the fame effe& with the natural
death.

The council of Trent, &c. fix fixteen years for the age
at which a perfon may be admitted into the monattical
ftate.

St. Anthony is the perfon who, in the fourth century,
firft inftituted the monaftic life; as St. Pachomius, in the
fame century, is faid to have firft fet on foot the ccenobitic
life, i. e. regular communities of religious.

Ina fhort time the deferts of Egypt became inhabited
with a fet of folitariés, who took upon them the monattic
profeffion. (See Ancnorrr, Hermir, &c.) St. Bafil
carried the monkifh humour into the Eaft, where he com-
pofed a rule, which afterwards obtained through a great
part of the Wett. \

Jn the eleventh century, the monattic difcipline was grown

MON

very remifs. St. Odo firft began to retrieve it in the mo-
naltery of Cluny: that monaftery, by the conditions of its
ereétion, was put under the immediate prote€tion of the
holy fee, with a prohibition to all powers, both fecular and
ecclefiaftical, to difturb the monks in the poffeffion of their
effe&ts, or the cle&tion of their abbot. In virtue hereof,
they pleaded an exemption from the jurifdiétion of the
bifhop, and extended this privilege to all the houfes de-
pendent on Cluny. This made the firft congregation of fe-
veral houfes under one chief immediately fubjeét to the pope,
fo as to conftitute one body, or, as they now call it, one
religious order. ‘Till then, each monaftery was independent,
and fubjeét to the bifhop. See Monx.

MONASTIER, in Geography, a town of France, in the
department of the Upper Loire, and chief place of a canton,
in the diftriG& of Le Puy; 9 miles S.S.E. of Le Puy. The
place contains 1766, and the canton 8255 inhabitants, ona
territory of 1974 kiliometres, in 9 communes.

MONASTIRSKA, a town of Ruffia, in the govern-
ment of Tobolfk, on the Mura. N. lat. 57° 4! E. long.
99° 24'.

"MONATOO, a town of Bengal, in the province of Pa-
lamow, where is a paffage acrofs mountains to Koonda;
23 miles N.N.E, of Palamow.

MONAZZO, a town of Naples, in the province of
Otranto; 14 miles S.E. of Tarento.

MONBACHIO, a town of Naples, in Principato Ul-
tra; 15 miles E. of Conza.

MONBIN, or Most, in Botany, the French and
Spanifh name of a Welt Indian fruit, called by the Englifh
Hog Plum, Spondias lutea, Linn. Sp. Pl. 614; Monbin
arbor foliis fraxini, fru€tu luteo racemofo; Plum. Nov.
Gen, 44. t. 22, Madam Merian, who gives an excellent
reprefentation of this plant in her tab. 13, deferibes the fruit
as of an aftringent quality, but caufing perfpiration, which
is of the fame yellow colour as itfelf. See SponpiAs.

MONBLANCG, in Geography, a town of Spain, in Ca-
talonia, on the river Francoli; 17 miles N. of Taragon.

MONBODDO, Lorn, in Biography, fo called according
to the courtefy of the Scottifh bar, and on this account he
is more generally known by that title, than by his name of
James Burnet, was born about the year 1714. He was
educated at one of the Scotch univerfities, and paid a great
attention to claffical ftudies: but as foon as he had deter-
mined on the law as the future profeffion of his life, he
paffed through the ordinary courfe of juridical ftudies, and
was, in the year 1737, admitted a member of the faculty of
advocates at Edinburgh. His application to literary and
juridical ftudies was almoft inceffant, and he acquired a high

reputation for legal knowledge, as well as for an extenfive

acquaintance with the Grecian language and literature. In
the year 1767 he obtained a judge’s feat on the bench of the
court of feffion, and performed with credit and honour the
duties of that high office; infomuch that it is recorded,
that no fentence pafled by him was ever reverfed by the
houfe of peers. In the courfe of his literary ftudies, he was
led to attempt the compofition of a work, that might raife
his name to diftin&@tion among men of letters, the main ob-
je& of which is to prove the fuperior wifdom of the an-
cients, compared’ with that of the moderns. The firit
volume of his intended work, entitled ‘‘ The Origin and
Progrefs of Language,” was given to the public in 1773,
which was followed, at different periods, by five other vo-
lumes. With the philofophical hiftory of language was
involved neceffarily that of civilization and knowledge ; and
what the author wrote on thefe fubjects was perufed by

critics

MON

critics with fentiments of mingled refpe@, derifion, and in-
dignatton, His lordfhip had, however, many advocates,
whofe zeal, to fay the lealt, was in every refpeét equal to
their knowledge and learning. ‘Thofe who were partis! to
toodern literature, fays a biographer of lord Monboddo, on
aceount of their ignorance of, and inability to enter into that
of antiquity; or who, though not unacquainted with the
more popular of the ancient authors, were, however, flrangers
to the ios mylteries of Greek erudition, condemned
Jord Monboddo’s work with bitter and contemptuous cen-
fure. The Scotch literati generally held the labours of their
countryman in much difetteem; but in England its recep-
tion was more favourable to the author's expedtations.
Here were found fome critics of univerfally acknowledged
talents and profound learning, who, while they fmiled at
many of his {trange notions and hypothefes, were willing to
applaud him for the fervice he had done to the interefts of
learning. In the late Mr. Harris, the author of Philo-
fophical Grammar, and other erudite works, he found an
admirer and literary friend, who was exceedingly delighted
to meet with a perfon that had cultivated thofe ftudies with
an ardour equal to what he had himfelf beftowed on them,
and who almoft worthipped the excellence of the ancient
Greeks, as far furpaffing all other excellence. While lord
Monboddo was proceeding in his publication of this work,
he commenced the compotition of a larger undertaking, with
the exprefs view of unfolding and vindicating the principles
of Grecian philofophy. This work, entitled “ Ancient Meta-
phyfics,"’ confilted of five volumes, quarto, of which the
firit was publifhed in 1779, and the lait appeared after the
author’s death. In this he vainly attempts to revive the ab-
furd principles of the Ariftotelian philofophy, and treats
modern fyitems, not excepting that of the immortal New-
ton, with a fort of ridicule and contempt, that only expofed
himfelf to well merited derifion, or to the more worthy emo-
tions of pity and compaffion, Lord Morboddo's private
ife was {pent in the practice of all the focial virtues, and in
the enjoyment of much domeftic happinefs. He married an
amiable lady, by whom he had a fon and two daughters ; but
of thefe joys in the cup of life, he was quickly bereaved by the
lofs of his fon and wife,—affliftions which cut deep to the
heart: but like a true philofopher, when he found forrow of
no avail, he roufed himfelf to exertion, and called forth his
Chriftian principles, which, in the midit of calamity, led
him to truft and hope in him who gave, and who has a right
to take away. : : ’ .
He was now offered, in addition to his place as judge in
the fupreme civil court in Scotland, a feat in the court of
juiticiary, the fupreme criminal court, on which he would
ve done the higheft honour, compared with fome of the
men who have fince fat there, and who will be everlaftingly
remembered for their fentences in the years 1793, 1794, &c.
Though the falary of this office would have produced a con-
venient increale of his income, he was fatisfied with his pre-
fent emoluments, and refufed to accept what had been of-
fered, left its bufinefs fhould too much detach him from his
favourite ftudies. His patrimonial eftate did not amount to
more than a clear income of 300/. per annum, yet he would
never raife his rents, fuppoling that he was by this means
ferving his tenants; an idea unqueltionably founded in error.
We have known many initances, in which land has been
vaitly improved, and tenants enriched, by demanding of
them a nife in their rents, correfponding to the increafed
demands of the times. The error of lord Monboddo was,
however, very venial: it originated from the beft and moit
humane motives. He fhewed, indeed, at no time a parti-

- Vou. XXIII.

MON

cular folicitude for any great improvement of his laods: his
main obje& was, that the perfons who lived on them thould
be amply fupported by the produce. The vacations of the
court of feflion afforded him leifure to retire every year, in
the {pring and autumn, to the country, where he was accuf-
tomed to drefe ina ft yle of fimplicity, as if he had been only
a plain farmer, and to live among the people upon his eftate
with all the kind familiarity and attention of a father among
his children. In this ftate he had a vifit from Dr. Samuel
Johnfon; and though, probably, no two perfons could
differ more than thefe, yet lord Monboddo was too hofpit-
able to enter into any contentious difcuffions with a ftranger
in his own houfe. His lordship frequently vifited Lon-
don, during his vacations; to which cily he was allured by
the great number of men of profound erudition, whofe con-
verfation he had an opportunity of enjoying there. In all
his journies he was accuftomed to ride on horfeback, at-
tended by a fingle fervant. On his return from the lait
vifit, which he made purpofely to take leave of his friends,
he was taken ill on the road, and would probably never have
reached home, had not a friend overtaken him, and pre-
vailed on him to travel the remainder of the way in his car-
riage. His lordthip died in June 1799, in the 85th year of
his age. Although rigidly temperate in his habits, he de-
lighted much in the convivial fociety of his friends; and
among thefe he could number all the moft eminent charafters
in Scotland for virtue, literature, and real elegance of con-
verfation. Of his various excellencies we have heard much
from a noble lady, now herfelf no more, who never ceafed
to cherifh his memory with ref{pe@ and honour.

MONBRUN, in Geography, a town of Africa, in the
kingdom of Hoval ; 15 miles $.W. of Gourbel.

MONBUEY, a town of Spain, in the province of Leon;
30 miles §.S.W. of A ttorga.

MONCADA, a town of Spain, in Catalonia; $ miles
N. of Barcelona.——Alfo, a town of Spain, in Valencia;
7 miles N.W. of Valencia. This town is now reduced to a
village: it has a parith church, a convent of Dominicans,
and a population of about 1000 inhabitants.

MONCALIER, a town of France, in the department
of the Po, on an eminence near the river, containing two
churches, feveral convents, and a royal palace; 4 miles S.
of Turin. '

MONCALVO, a town of Iftria; 7 miles S. of Ro-
vigno.—Alfo, a town of France, in che department of
Marengo; 9 miles N. of Afti.

MONCAON, a fmall but fortified town of Portugal, in
the province of Entre Duero é Minho, on the Minho; 25
miles N. of Braga. N. lat. 42°. E. long. 8° 10.

MONCARAS, a town of Portugal, in Alentejo, on the
Guadiana, containing more than 1500 inhabitants; 2 5 miles
E. of Evora.

MONCAYO, a town of Spain, in Aragon; 11 miles
W. of Borja.

MONCHABOO, a town of the Birman empire, which
was formerly its capital; 52 miles N. of Ava. N. lat. 22?
34’. E. long. 97° 40’.

MONCLAR, a town of France, in the department of
the Lot, and chief place of.a canton, in the diftrid of
Montauban ; 10 miles E.S.E. of it. The place contains
1776, and the canton 5267 inhabitants, on a territory of
150 kiliometres, in 8 communes. N. lat. 43° 58', E. long.
1° 40°.—Alfo, a town of France, in the department of the
Lot and Garonne, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri@
of Villeneuve-d’Agen; 7 miles weft from it. The place

4Z contains

MON

contains 2061, and the canton $462 inhabitants, on a terri
tory of 150 kiliometres, in 10 communes. a

MONCON, a town, with a caitle, of Spain, in Ara-
gon, on the river Cinca; 25 miles N.W. of Lerida.

MONCONTOUR, a town of France, in the. depart-
ment of the Vienne, and chief place of a canton, in the dif-
tri@ of Loudun; 7 miles $.S.W. of Loudun. The place
contains 819, and the canton 7173 inhabitants, ona terri
tory of 212} kiliometres, in 18 communes. N. lat. 46° 53’.
E, long. 0° 4'—Alfo, a town of France, in the department
of the North Coafts, and chief place of a canton, in the dil-
tri& of St. Brieuc; 10 miles S.S.E. of St. Brieuc. The
place contains 1685, and the canton 14,350 inhabitants, on
a territory of 215 kiliometres, in 1% communes.

MONCONYS, BaLTHuasaR DE, in Biography, a writer
of travels, was born at Lyons, and received the early part
of his education in the Jefuits’ college of that city. ‘The
plague, which in 1628 defolated many countries, at this
period, forced him to quit his native place ; and he went to
Spain, where he completed his ttudies at the univerfty of
Salamanca. He attached himfelf to mathematics, che-
miftry, and aftrology ; and in Portugal, which he vilited,
he gained’ confiderable reputation by his facility in forming
horofcopes. From Portugal he travelled into the Ealt, for
the purpofe of increafing his knowledge in the occult {ciences,
as they were falfely called, and tracing the remains of the
philofophy of Hermes Trifmegittus, and Zoroatter. Dif-
covering, perhaps, the vanity of the purfuit, he returned to
France, and devoted himfelf to mathematical and phyfical
ftudies, which engaged him in correfpondence with moft of
the learned men of his time. He died at Lyons in 1665;
foon after which his travels were publifhed, ia three volumes,
quarto: they are faid to contain many rare and very curious
obfervations. Moreri.

MONCOORAH, in Geography, an ifland in the mouth
of the Ganges, about twelve miles long, and three broad.
N. lat. 22° ro’. E, long. 91° 10!. é

MONCOQ, a town of France, in the department of the
Lot, and chief place of acanton, in the diftrict of Cahors ;
12 miles §.W. of Cahors. The place contains 1970, and
the canton 10,804 inhabitants, on a territory of 205 kalio-
metres, in 16 communes. ~N. lat: 44° 20!. EE. long.
eG AA - phat

MONCRIF, Lea gies Sa PARADIS ae in ae

-aphy, a French poet and polite writer, was born of a
Pail in middle life, at Paris, in 1687. Though intended
for a bufinefs fuited to his rank in fociety, he devored him-
felf to literature, hoping to obtain the patronage of fome
perfon of confequence. “One of his earlieit compofitions was
an “ Odeon the Death of Lovis-le-Grand,” by which he
expeGted to conciliate the favour of the regent. But he did
not excel in lyrics, and is chiefly diftinguithed by {mail
theatrical pieces, complimentary vertes, madrigals, and bal-
lads, which the French call romances. He was an actor as
well asa writer, read with grace, and acted in a very agree-
able way in the dramatic interludes then in vogue, and thus
rendered himfelf acceptable to the mot cultivated focieties 5
at the fame time, by his difcretion and good humour,
avoided every thing that might give offence. He obtained
the pofts of private fecretary to the count of Clermont, and
reader to the queen, and was admitted to many honours in
the court of Lewis KV. He did not live wholly to himfelf,
but was liberal to his poor relations, zealous in the fervice
of his friends, and grateful for palt favours; an inftance of

which laft quality he gave, in his requeft to be allowed to

MON

follow into his retreat the count d’Argenfon, who was ex-
iled in 1757. Moncrif lived enjoying perfect health till a
very fhort time before his death, which took place in 1770,
when he had attained the age of 83. As an author, his
principal produétions are ‘ Effai fur la Neceffité et fur les
Moyens de plaire,’’ which is a very inftruétive work on the
art of becoming agreeable in fociety ; *“¢ Les Abderites,” a
comedy; ‘ Poefies diverfes;’? fome diflertations; and fe- ,
veral little dramatic pieces of the opera kind. His « Hif- ©
toire des Chats’’ was a trifle of the fportive kind. His
works have been publifhed colle€tively in four volumes.
MONDA, or Munna, in Geography, a town of Spain,
in Grenada, near which Cefar gained a victory over the fons

- of Pompey; 23 miles W. of Malaga.

MONDAGELE, a town on the eaft coaft of Ceylon ;
28 miles S. of Trincoili. !

MONDAHLU, a river of Brazil, which runs into the
Atlantic, S. lat. 3° 10’. W. long. 40° 46'.

MONDARA, a town of Nubia; 40 miles S.W. of
Dekin.

MONDAY, Pioucn. See PLoven.

Monpay Bay, in Geography, a bay on the coaft of Terra
del Fuego, in the itraits of Magellan, affording good an-
chorage in 20 fathoms; 15 miles S.E. of Cape Upright.

MONDEGO, a river of Portugal, which rifes near
Guarda, in the province of Beira, and difcharges itfelf into
the Atlantic, 12 miles S.W. of Montemor e Velho.

MONDEJAR, a town of Spain, in New Catftile ; 25
miles E. of Madrid.

MONDELLO, a town of Sicily, in the valley of Ma-
zara; 8 miles N. of Palermo.

MONDIM, a town of Portugal, in the province of
Beira; 10 miles S.S,E. of Lamego.

MONDINO, or in Latin Munprxus, in Biography, a
phyfician defervedly celebrated in the dark ages, was born
at Milan, according to Freind, and flourifhed early in the
14th century. He held the profefforfhip of medicine at
Bologna in the year 1316, and enjoyed an extenfive reputa-
tion throughout Italy, then the great feat of fcienee, for his
medical fkill. His principal claim to diftin@ion, however,
refts upon his zeal and fuccefs in the cultivation of anaton:y,
of which art he muft be deemed the reftorer, having been the
firft among the moderns who diffeéted human bodies. He
was the author of a work, entitled * Anatomia omnium
humani Corporis interiorum Membrorum,”’ firft printed at
Pavia in 1478, and afterwards frequently republifhed, with
various commentaries. It is a methodical treatife, very
copious upon the fubje& of the vifcera, in the defcription
of which he introduced many original obfervations, but
pafles lightly over the fubjeét of the nerves and blood-veffels,
It abounds, however, with a multitude of errors, refulting
from his attachment to the opinions of Galen and Avicenna,
and is marked by the rudenefs and inaccuracy of the times.
Neverthelefs, it conferred a real benefit on the infant feience,
and acquired fuch a high chara&ter for authority in Italy,
that the ftatutes of Padua, and fome other medical fchools
of Italy, prohibited the ufe of every other work, as a text-
book for the ftudents of anatomy : and it continued in this
general eftimation for nearly two centuries. Mundinus died
at Bologna in 1325, or 1326, and was buried in the church
of St. Vital. Freind’s Hift. of Med. Eloy Di@. Hitt.

MONDONEDO, in Geography, a town of Spain, in Ga-
licia, 25 leagues N.E, of St. Jago, and at a fimilar diftance W.
ot Oviedo, is furrounded by mountains; fituated at the bottom
of a hill, at the entrance of a fertile and pleafant valley, and
in the midft of feveral fprings and brooks, and feparated by

MON

the two rivers Sigto and Ruzos from its fuburbs. Tt is the
fee of a bithop, fulfragan of Compoltella, and hos feven
churches, including the cathedral and convents, one chapter
of canons, one feminary, one oratory, and two hofpitale.
‘The town, which is tolerably large, ig encompafled by walle,
and haa five gates and two bridges. ‘The houfes are toler-
ably built, of good {lone ; the ftreets are rather narrow, but
regular; the grand f{quare is watered by a fountain, and
many other fountains cool and cleanfe the ftreets. The air
is very falubrious. ‘The popolation confilts of 5600 perfons
The place is defended by the cattle of Cafttd Oro. The
river Mino rifes at a little diftauce north of this town.

Mowponeno, Sierra de, a mountain’ of Galicia of great
extent, accupying the whole extremity of the north-eatt of
Galicia, towards the Alturian boundary to the eat, and
proceeding to the north as far as Cabo Ortegal, and to the
welt as far as the Atlantic ocean.

MONDONVILLE, Joun Josertr CAssayea ‘pr, in

iography, born at Narbonne in 1711, owes his reputa-
aa gra Bhi fortune to inceffant dilixence and toil, a he
paffion for his art, and a regular conduét. He at firlt ac-
uired his reputation by the violin: he was the rival of the
amous Guignon, who was at the head of his art. They
executed together at the Concert Spirituel, and varied with
great tafte numerous favourite airs in duo, to the infinite
atisfa@tion of the public. He is celebrated by the famous
Le Cat of Roan, for producing the fons harmoniques upon
his violin, of which art he feems to have been the firft who
Ciltinguifhed hunfelf. ;

He compofed fonatas for the harpfichord, with an accom:

‘paniment obfigato for the violin, which at one time were in
igh favour all over Europe. After this, motets for a fingle
voice, accompanied by difficult leflons on the harpfichord,
which gained him the place of matter of the chapel royal.
He dire&ted the Concert Spirituel during many years with
teat reputation, and likewife compofed feveral pieces for
the opera, which had great fuccefs.

M. Laborde, from whom this article is extraGted, has re-
corded his private character in a way that does his memory
more honour, perhaps, than his compofitions ; which, though
in t favour in thefe days at Paris, were always too much
cat in a French mould to be equally admired elfewhere.
His melody was national, but his accompaniments were
fpirited and ingenious. He died in 1772, at 61.

MONDOVI, in Geography, a town of France, in the de-

ment of the Stura, late capital. of a {mall province in Pied-
mont, to which it gave name ; fituated at the foot of the Apen-
nines, on a mountain near the river Ebro. It was ereGted into
a bithoprie by pope Urban VI. in 1388, under the arch-
bifhopric of Turin. Befides the cathedral, it has five parifh
churches, an univerfity, twelve convents, and about 10,000
inhabitants. It was taken by the French, after a {plendid
viGory, in 1796; 30 miles S. of Turin. N. lat. 44° 24’.
E. long. 7° 56!. -” att

MONDRAGON, a town of Spain, in the diftrict 6f
Guipufcoa, in the province of Bifcay, near which are medi-
cinal {prings, and a mine of excellent iron ; 24 miles S.S.W.
of St. Sebattian. :

MONDRAGONE, a town of Naples, in Lavora, near
the fea-coaft, celebrated on account of its medicinal baths;
13 miles N.W. of Capua. :

MONDUKOLSKOI, a town of Roeffia, in the go-
vernment of Irkutfk,on the borders of China. N. lat. 50°
8!. E. long. 103° 24". : /

MONEAH, a town of Hindooftan, in Bahar, on the
right bank of the Ganges ; 17 miles W.of Patna.

MON

MONEBA, a town of Africa, in Calbari, on the Cama-
ron’. N. lat, 3” go’,

MONEDA, a town of Sweden, in the province of
Smaland; 14 miles N.W. of Wexio.

MONEDULA, JACKDAW, in Ornithology, a {pecies of
Corvus ; which fee.—Alfo, a {peciesof Crotophaga. Sec
Crprornaca Ani.

LONEER, in Geography, a town of Hindooftan, in
Bahar ; 23 miles N.W. of Saferam.

MONEGAL, atown of Hindooftan, in Golconda; 33
miles 8. of Combamet.

MONEGLIA, a town of the Ligurian republic; feven
miles W. of Brugneto.

MONEINS, atown of France, in the department of the
Lower Pyrenées, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri@
of Oleron ; g miles W.of Pau. The place contains 555%
and the canton 11,004 inhabitants, on a territory of 1574
kiliometres, in communes,

MONEMERION, Momutpior, among the ancient Ro-
mans, a fhow, according to fome, wherein none but tame
bealts were expofed to view.

Others will have it to be a how of one day’s continuance.

MONESTIER, in Geography, a town of France, in
the department of the Higher Alps, and chief place of a
canton, in the dittrié&t of Briancon ; 13 miles N.W. of Gap.
The place contains. 2708, and the canton 4736 inhabitants,
on a territory of 2124 kiliometres, in three communes.

Mownestisr-de-Clermont, a town of Trance, in the de-
partment of the Ifere, and chief place of a canton, in the
dittri&t of Grenoble; 16 miles S. of Grenoble. ‘The place
contains 569, and the canton 4258 inhabitants, on a terri
tory of 355 kiliometres, in 10 communes.

MONESTIES, a town of France, in the department
of the Tarn, and chief place of a canton, in the dittriG of
Alby ; 9 miles N. of Alby. The place contains 1210, and
the canton 8ror inhabitants, on a territory of 250 kilio-
metres, in 18 communes.

MONETA, or Juno Moneta, in Mythology, the god-
defs of money, who had a temple at Rome, is reprefented
upon medals with the inftruments of coinage, the hammer,
the anvil, the pincers: and the die, with the Latin word
« moneta.”? Others fay, that this name is formed from
moneo, 1 warn or advife, becaufe a little before the Gauls
befieged Rome, fhe had warned the people to buy a fow big
with young, an etymology that is fupported by the authority
of Cicero: ‘ Junonem appellatam monetam, a moneo vide-
licet verbo, denominatam.’? See Money.

MONET Prs. See Pzs.

MONETAGIUM, Monerace, or Mintage, the right
or privilege of coining money.

MONETALES Trremvirr. See Trrumvirt.

MONETARIUS, or Moneyenr, a name which antiqua-
ries and medallifts give to thofe who ftruck the ancient coins
or monies.

Many of the old Roman, &c. coins have the name of the
monetarius, either written at length, or at leaft the initial
letters of it. See Mepat.

MONETIA, in Botany, received its name from L? He-
ritier, in compliment to the celebrated J. B. de Monet, Cle-
valier de ‘Lamarck ; fee Lamarcxia.—L’Herit. Stirp.
Nov. 1.t.1. Schreb. 81. App.813. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1.
669. Mart. Mill. Di&. v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 1
264. (Azima; Lamarck Did. v. 1.343. Illufr. t. 807.
Juff. 425.)—Clafsand order, Tetrandria Monogynia, L’ Hes
rit. (Divecia Tetrandria, Schreb. 813.) Nat. Ord. un-
certain. : ;

4Z2 Gen.

MON
Gen. Ch. Cai. Perianth inferior, of one leaf, fwelling,

permanent, cloven into four, lanceolate, acute, reflexed
fegments, two of which are deeper than the ret. Cor.
Petals four, linear, acute, recurved, longer than the calyx.
Stam. Filaments four, ereét, inferted into the receptacle, al-
moft .as long as the corolla; anthers ovate, incumbent.
Pijt. Germen fuperior, nearly fquare, terminating in a thick-
ifh, conical ftyle, fhorter than the ftamens ; ftigma acute.
Peric. Berry? juicelefs, globular, with a little point, fur-
rounded by the calyx, of two cells? Szeds folitary, flat
on one fide, convex on the other.

Obf. The flowers are occalionally trifid or bifid.

Eff. Ch. Calyx inferior, four-cleft. Corolla of four pe-

tals. Berry? of twocells. Seeds folitary.
1. M. barlericides. Four-fpined Monetia. L’Herit. Stirp.
Nov.t. 4. Willd. Thunb. Prodr. 28. (Azima tetracantha ;
Lamarck Did. v. 1.343. Lycium indicum fpinis quaternis
ad foliorum fingulorum exortum; Seb. Thef. v. 1. 21.t. 13.
f. 1.)—Spinesfour. Leaves {mooth on both fides. Native
of India, and the Cape of Good Hope. It flowers in the
ftove about Auguft or September. This is « middling-fized
fpinous fhrub, refembling Barleria hyffrix in habit. Root
perennial, woody, branched, cracked, with the tafte of li-
quorice. Stem ereé, full of chinks, afh-coloured. Branches
oppofite, diffufe, denfe ; the fmaller ones prickly, deflexed,
fqnare, green at firlt, afterwards greyifh. Shoots green, na-
turally downy, but becoming fmooth by culture. Prickles
four together, croffing each other horizentally, awl-fhaped,
fharp-pointed, withering at the tip, with ore internal ftreak,
about half as long as the leaves. Leaves oppofite, on very
fhort ftalks, {preading, ovate, pointed, entire, ribbed.
Flowers axillary, on the young fhoots, about three in a
clufter, fomctimes felitary, feffile and herbaceous. BradGeas
two-leaved, oppofite, adhering to the flowers laterally, very
narrow, acute, changing into prickles.

2. M. diacantha. ‘Two-fpined Monetia. Willd. (Azi-
ma diacantha; Lamarck Di&. v.1. 343. Amaranthoides
indicum verticillatum pariectarie hirfutis foliis, fpinofum ;
Pluk. Alm. t. 133. £3. Tsjérou-Kara; Rheed. Hort.
Malab. v. 5.73 t. 37-)—Spines two. ; Leaves downy be-
neath. Native of India.—This is an evergreen fhrub, rifing
to the height of fix feet, with a thickifh /em, and numerous
ath-céloured branches, which are very fpinous. Leaves two
or three together, almoft feffile, roundifh-oblong, thick,
elofe ; dark green, fmooth and fhining above, paler and hairy
beneath. Flowers axillary, at the bafe of the fpines, fmall
and greenifh. The whole herb has a bitter flavour.

Mr. Dryander, in his remarks on Profeflor Gmelin’s edi-
tion of the Sy/ema Nature, Linn. Tranf. y. 2. 221, obferves
“that Azima nova he fuppofes is meant for Azima tetracan-
tha of Lamarck. 4. diacantha being only taken from Pluke-
net's figure, is confequently doubtful.”’—-We have however
retained it after the example of Willdenow, relying upon the
accuracy of Rheede’s defcription and’ figure.—lKanden-
Kara; Rheed. Hort. Malab. v. 5. 71.t. 36, feems undoubt-
edly of this genus, and perhaps rherely a variety of diacantha.

Schreber, on reviling this genus, has removed it from Te-
trandria to Dioecia, a meafure, of which we do not fee the
propriety, both organs being prefent in all the flowers,
though, as it appears, each is occafionally defective.

MONETOU Isranps, in Geography, two iflands in lake
M'chigan. N. lat. 44° 50’. W. long. 85° 28'.

MONEY, in Commerce, is a general term for coin, paper,
or any other meafure of value, or reprefentative of property,
that paffes current from hand to hand as a circulating me-
dium. See Bank, Casu, CincunaTion, Coin, CURRENCY,

MON
Excuance, Parer Money, and Poxiticat Economy. For
an accurate definition of money, fee the next article.

The origin of money feems to have been coeval with the
firft regulations of civil fociety, or at leaft it is too remote
to be traced by any authentic hiftory. The invention of this
common mealure, or ftandard, according to which all other
things fhould be eftimated, is afcribed by fome perfons, on
the authority of Jefephus, to Cain; although the firft in-
formation chat has been tranf{mitted concerning it, originates
with the patriarch Abraham, who paid 400 fhekels for a
burying place. The Greeks refer the invention of money
to Hermodice, wife of king Midas; and the Latins to
Janus. Barter, that is the exchange of one commodity for
another, was the ordinary mode of traffic in the earlier pe-
riods of the world: thus we find in Homer, that Glaucus’s
golden armour.was valued at 100 oxen, and Diomedes’s ar-
mour at 10. This method, which ftill obtains among fayage
nations, muft have been found extremely inconvenient in the
early ages of commerce, and hence the necefflity of adopting
fome commodity of general utility and demand as a meafure
of value. This Hecchhity and its expedient are well explained
by Ariftotle in his Politics (booki. chap. 6.) * All ufeful
things,’’ fays the philofopher, ‘‘ could not, without great
difficulty, be tranfported from place to place, it was re-
folved, by common confent, that in bartering commodities,
they fhould reciprocally give and receive lame fubltance,
which, being in its nature applicable to the purpofes of life,
might, at the fame time, be eafily carried about.”

The fubftance which has been adopted asa circulating
medium, or meafure of value, has been various in different
ages and countries. In Italy it was originally cattle, if we
may judge from the Latin word pecunia, money, which is
faid to be derived from pecus, a herd or flock. Thus Sca-
liger fays, ‘a pecu formatur pecunius, unde pecunia: fub-
intelligatur res vel quid fimile, et ficat veterum divitiz con-
fiftebant in copia pecudis, ita moneta pecudis effigie primim
notata fuit. Et apud Athenienfes nummi figura boum fig-
natifuerunt.”? Pliny fays, that money was called pecunia, be-
caufe their firft coin was {tamped with the figure of a cow.
The Latin word moneta for money is however probably more
modern than pecunia, and is faid to be derived from moneo, to.
advife or mark, that is, to fhew by fome mark the weight
and finenefs of the metal of which coins were compofed.
Thus, according to Ifidorus, «« Moneta ita appellatur, quia
monet né qua fraus in pondere vel metallo fiat.”?. In favour
of this etymology, Suidas obferves, that when the Romans
were in want of money, Juno admonifbed them to prattife
juftice, and then there would be no want of money ; and
when they had found the good effe& of this counfel, fhe was
furnamed Juno Moneta, and money was coined in her tem-
ple. In procefs of time, money was made a goddefs, and
enfhrined by the name of Dea Pecunia, under the figure of a
woman holding a balance in one hand, and a cornucopia in
the other.

In all nations where commerce has made any confiderable
progrefs, the precious metals, either in coins or ingots, or
their reprefentative value in paper, have been adopted as
money. Other fubftances, however, are {till ufed for this
purpofe in different countries, efpecially for the cominon or
inferior purpofes of trade, as cowries or {mall fhells in India,
and falt bricks, and beads, in Abyffinia. See Coin, and
the fequel of this article.

As we have already given an account of the progrefs
and prefent {tate of metallic monies under the article Corn,
and of monies of exchange under the head Excnanee, it
remains here to explain what is to be underftood by monies

of

MONEY.

ef account, and to dtate their names in different countries,
and alfo their value compared with fterling.

Money iw diftinguifhed into real and imaginary. By real
money is underltood coin, or any other circulating medium,
and by imaginary, or ideal money, a nominal fum, which is
not reprefented any piece or coin, but which is ufled in
— accounts, as the pound flerling, the livre ‘Tournois,

c.

Imaginary monies have had their origin, for the mott part,
in real coins, or in weights. Thefe units, which were ori-
ginally adopted as meafures of value, have been always con-
tinued under the fame denomination, notwithitanding the
fluétuations which may have taken place in the prices of me-
tals, or of merchandize. There are, however, imayinary
monies which have not thus originated, but have been con-
trived for the purpofe of fimplifying accounts, as the cen-
times of France, and the cents in America. It thould, how-
ever, be obferved, that all monies of account are not ima-
gw » hor are they, 1 all ~— the monies of exchange,

ut they are moft generally fo.

In order to Saleriiand the monies of account in the fol-
lowing table, fome preliminary explanations may be neceflary.

Monies are diltinguifhed in different countries by parti-
cular denominations, as pecie efettive, currency, bancoy giro,
moneta di cambio, ca/b, valuta, Sc.

Specie and ef€Give generally mean coin, but in Germany
the word /pecie is applied to the rix-dollar and its divifions, as
coined after the rate of the empire.

‘Currency mottly fignifies the common or current money of
a place, which, in Holland, is cailed caf, in Venice moneta
piccola, and in other parts of [taly moneta lunga ; but in fome
parts of Germany, and particularly in Aug{burg, currency
means money of account, and it has the fame meaning in
America and the Weft Indies, where it derives its name from
a ass currency which has been long depreciated and difcon-
tinned.

Banco is the money which is placed in banks of depofit,

and which is not drawn ont, but transferred from one perfon
to another, in the payment of debts and contracts.

Giro, in molt parts of Germany, means money of exchange,
which in Italy 19 called moneta di cambio.

Cafb geverally means real money, bucan Hanover the term
is applied to a certain fuperior kind of money ufed for large
payments, as diftinguifhed from another fort, ufed in inferior
departments of bufinefs, called ,old value. ‘The word cath
is likewife applied to a fmall coin in China, and in fome parts
of India beyond the Ganges.

The word waluta, or valeur, is applied in molt parts of the
continent of Europe tothe prices or rates at which different
kinds of monies are reckoned in commercial tranfa@tions.

The difference of one fort of money compared with an-
other is moftly reckoned at fo much per cent. When a better
fort is given for a worfe, the premium or per centage is called
agio. But when the difference or per centage is confidered
with regard to the inferior fort of money, it is called di/count.
Difcount is likewife a term applied to an allowance of fo much
per cent. per annum for the payment of money before it be-
comes due, and this difcount differs from the former as agia
differs from intere/l.

Intereft is an allowance of fo much per cent. per annum for

the ufe of money, and is therefore an addition to the prin-
cipal, but agio adds nothing to the capital, being only the
attual difference in value. In the fame manner difcount
between different forts of monies, and difcount for prompt
payment differ ; in the former cafe there is no lofs nor dimi-
nution, but in the latter there is a deduction from the prin-
cipal. See Acio, Iyrerest, and Discount.
The following table, which we extract, by permiffion, from
the Univerfal Cambift, will fhew the value of the principal
monies of accouat of the-chief trading gee in fterling, ac-
cording to the mint regulations of thofe countries compared
with the mint laws of England; and though molt of the
monies are imaginary, yet, as they reprefent certain fums of
coined money, their value is thence eafily known.

Taste of Monies of Account, containing the Value of the Monies of Account of different Places (expreffed‘in Pence
and Decimals of Pence), according to the Mint Price both of Gold and Silver in England ;. that is, 3/. 175. 10342

per Oz. for Gold, and ss. 2d. per Oz. for Silver.

| Value in Silver. | Value in Gold.
: | d. dec. d. dec.
Aig la Chapelle ~ Rixdollar Current ~ - 31 © 40 3 «43
Alicant - - Libraor Pefo —- - - ; 39 40 27 3S
Anmiterdam - - Rixdollar Banco (agio at 4 percent.) | 54 64 variable*
Florin Banco’. - - - 2t 85 ditto
Pound Flemifh Banco - - 13t Io- ditto
Rixdollar current - ~- G2) St ditto
Florin current = - - - | 21 ditto
Pound Flemifh current - - 126 ditto
Antwerp - - Pound Flemifh (money of exchange) L297) P25. 123 8%
Florin (money of exchange) —- 20 $4 20: 64
Pound Flemifh current - - 105 = 65, 106 18
Florin current’ - - - 17 60- Ij) 90
Arragon ~ Libra Jaquefa_ = - - 49) 25 46 95
Augiburg - ~ Florin Giro, or money of exchange 32 3h 83
Florin current - - - 2 20 a6.) OF
Barcelona - - LibraCaralan - - - «28 14 26 70
Bafil - - Rixdollar, or Ecu of exchange - 47 27 A7 sll
Rixdollar current - . 42-—~45 42-20

* In the places marked per 2 Fy the price of the coins is not fixed ; and, therefore, the intrinfie>
value in gold of the monies of. account cannot be afcertained for any length of time. -

MONEY.

Value in Silver. | Value in Gold.
d.

lec. d. dec.

Bergamo - ‘= Scudo of 7 Lire ~ 3 35. 67 36 50
Berlin - - Pound Banco” - = = Agr 25 variable _
Rixdollar current - 5 30 ditto
Rixdollar in Fredericks - - * 39 ~«=—«68
Bern - - Ecu of 3 Livres - : 42 64 42 go
Crown of 25 Batzen - ~ 25) ies 95 WE
Bologna - - Liracorrente - - : 10 686 10. ‘62
Lira money of exchange - = rr ie 10 ©6689
Bolfano - - Florin Giron, or money of exchange 33. 26 33. «08
Florin moneta lunga, or currency 25. 51 20 25 06
Bremen - - Rixdollar current - - 37. ~80 variable
Rixdoller in Carls d’or - - as 39 — 688
Canary Iflands - Realcurrent = - - S. 3° 95 3. 66
Caffel - - Rixdollar current - - 37. +80 variable
Cologne - - Rixdollar fpecie of 80 Albufes - Fras ditto
Rixdollar current of 78 Albufes go. 60 ditto
Conftantinople - Piaftre, or Dollar - 13, ra uncertain
Dantzic - = Gulden or Florin - 9 9
Denmark - - Rixdollar fpecie - - 54 72 —_——
Rixdollar Sundifh fpecie - Say tt 21 __
Rixdollar Crown money - 43 37

44 27 44 88
43 78 44 16"

Rixdollar Danifh currency
Rixdollar Holftein currency

te lt oe Bot. tos wt Mee eee

England = - - Pound fterling - - 240 240
Florence == - Lira. - - - Io Br 53
Ducat, or Crown current 56 70 59-991
Scudo d’oro, or Gold Crown = 63 97
France ° - Livre Tournois - - git ign 9 38
Franc (new fyftem) - Q Fo g «K2
Francfort - - Rixdollar Convention money - 237) &80 37 56.6
Rixdollar Muntze, or in {mall coins 31 50 —.
Germany - - Rixdollar current - - 37. 80 variable
Rixdollar fpecie - - - 50 40 ditto
Florin of the Empire - - 25 20 ditto
Rixdollar Muatze - - 3) igo ditto
Florin Muntze - - - 21 ditto
Geneva - . Livre current - - - 16 13 16 93
Florin - - - 4 60 4 84
Genoa - - Lira fuori Banco ~ - 7 99 7 83
Pezza, or Dollar of exchange - 45. 94 AS con:
Scudo di cambio, or Crown of exchange 862 Rr 36 02
Scudo d’oro marche - - 85 49 CE ii nay |
Hamburgh - - Mark ‘Banco (at a medium) - 18 22 variable
Pound Flemifh Banco - - 136 665 ditto
Mark cwrent - - - 14 82 ditto
Pound Flemifh current - = 125.1 A ditto
Hanover - - Rixdollar, in cafh - - 42 42° 26 |
Rixdollar, gold value - - 39 39h
Ireland - - Pound Irifh = = = 2ar. 56 221 568
Konigfberg - - Gulden or Florin - 3 12 variable
Leghorn - - Pezza of 8 Reals - - 46.95 49 16
Lira moneta buona - - Sans Sh AGS
Lira moneta lunga - - 7. 99 See
Leipfic - - _ Rixdollar convention money . -37 80 variable
Rixdollar in Louis d’or or Fredericks — 39— «68
Lucca - se) Lira 932 -- - - 7 40-|) wopepegy
Scudo d’oro - - - 552 So 58 = 99
. Scudo corrente -- - - 5 80 54 39
Malta - - Scudo or Crown - = BE.” 32) 23... 34

* Where the columns are marked witha dafh, it is to be underftood that there is no coin in the metal
of that column by which the monies of account can be computed,

MONEY.

Value in Silver Value in Gold,
d, dec d. dec,
Milan . - Liralmperiale - ° 3 Io (4! 10 | 53
Lira corrente - ° 7 36 7 6
Scudo Imperiale . : 60 go 61 60
Scudo corrente - - . 42 «32 42 «78
Modena - : Lira - . : . g 8a
Munich . . Gulden or Florin - . ai 21 a8
Nancy . - Livre (money of Lorraine) : 7 ©6338 26
Naples - - Ducat regno - - - 40 ~=Bo uncertain
Navarre - - Real - - - 4 92 4 67
Libra - - - - S: at 7 99
Neufchatel - - Livre Tournois - - : 19 (63 13 40
Livre foible - - - ae 5 36
Novi - - Scudo d’oro marche - - 85 49 83 «O77
Parma : - Lira - - - - 2 45 2 40
Perfia - - Toman of 100 Mamoodis - 287 60
Poland - - Gulden or Florin - - 6 08 6 27
Portugal =—- - Milree - - - - 68 75 67 34
Old Crufade = - - 27. «50 26 94
Prague - - See Vienna.
Riga ° . ixdollar Alberts - - $2 54 variable
Rixdollar currency (agio at 40 per cent.) gpg ditto
Rome - - Scudo or Crown - - [tf ek St 63
Scudo di Stampa d'oro - - 79? "37 78 73
Ruffia a - Ruble - S - - 38 50 39, 35
St. Gall - - Florin, money of exchange : 27 «44 variable
Florin current - - - zz 96 ditto
St. Remo - - Lira - - - - 8 46 8 go
Sardinia - - Lira - - - - 1 21 18 82
Sicilly - - Ounce - - - - 122 54 124 80
Scudo or Crown - - 49 02 49 92
Spain - - Real of old plate - - 4 93 4 57
Real of new plate - - ge oy 4 86
Real of Mexican plate - - 6 “5% 6 oOo
Real Vellon - . - 2° 64 2 43
Dollar of old plate or of exchange 39 «45 36 9
Stralfund = - - Rixdollar of accounts - - 28° 35 variable
Pomeranian Gulden - = 14 18 ditto
Strafburg - + Livre and Franc ( ee France.)
Florin - - - - 1g oS 18 76
_ Sweden - - Rixdollar - - - ST ee 56 43
Switzerland - - Frane (new fyftem) - - 2a") Tg
Triefte - - Florin, Auftrian currency - 25 20 25 of
Lira, Triefte currency - - 4 76 4 73
Lira di piazza - - - 4 65 4 63
Turin - - Lira - - - - Ir 28 IT) 23
Valencia - . Libra - - - - 39 «45 36 9
. Venice - . Lira piccola (in the old coins) - 5. 07 variable
Lira piccola f in the coins introduced di
by the Auftrians) - 7 Ais ato
Vienna - - . Florin - - - - 25 20 25° “or
Zant - - Real = = = - 4 06 variable
Zurich - - Florin, money of exchange £ as 85 ditto
Florin current = - - - a2 04 50 ditto

From the above table the Intrinfic Par of exchange may
be computed where the monies of account and of exchange
are the fame; but for a more fy{tematic and comprehen-
five ftatement of the par, both according to affays and mint
regulations ; fee ExcHANGE.

We {hall here fubjoin fome additions to the hiftorical part
of the prefent article, as well as to that of Corn and
CoinAGeE, to which the reader is referred.

. 8

Among the ancient Britons, iron rings, or, as fome fay,
iron plates, or tin plates and rings, were ufed for money.
Among the Lacedemonians, iron bars were quenched with
vinegar, thus intending that they fhould not ferve for any
other ufe. Seneca obferves, that there was anciently
ftamped money of leather, corium forma publica impreffum 3
and the fame thing was put in praétice by Frederic II. at
the fiege of Milan; to fay nothing of an old tradition

among

MONEY.

among ourfelves, that, in the confufed time of the barons
wars, the like was done in England. In 1360, king John of
France, who agreed to pay our Edward IIT. for the ranfom
of his perfon 3,000,000 of gold crowns, was reduced to the
neceflity of paying for the neceffaries of his houfhold in
leather money, in the middle of which there was a little nail
of filver. ‘The Hollanders, we know, coined great quan-
tities of pafteboard in the year 1574. Numa Pompilius
made money of wood and leather; nor does it appear
that the ‘Romans were much acquainted with the art of
ftriking money in metal during the time of their kings:
'There is reaforn to believe, that both gold and filver money
were very early in ufe in Egypt and Afia, and thence foon
afterwards introduced into Carthage and Greece. From
Greece it was brought to Rome, and thence gradually
wellward into all the Roman provinces.

The firft fhape, fays Mr. Pinkerton, in which money
appeared, was that of pieces of metal without. any ftated
form or impreflion, but merely regulated to a certain
weight ; for weight was the grand ftandard of ancient
coinage, fo that all large fums were paid in weight even
down to the Saxon period of England. With. us weight
is now applied to each particular piece, and that only in
gold: whereas, with the ancients, weight was applied to
the fum total; to filver as well as gold; nay, in fome in-
ftances, to brafs. In Greece large fums were referred to
fo many “ Mne,”’ or “ Minz,”’ and alfo to the larger de-
nomination of fo many “ Talents.”” (See Miya and Ta-
ent.) Asin Greece the firft eftimation of money was
merely by weight, this was likewife the cafe in Rame. Silver
was the metal firft ufed in Grecian coinage, but copper. in
the Roman; the former metal having been long unknown
to the Romans. The firft valuation of Roman money was
by the “ libra gravis zris,”” or pound of heavy brafs ; and
when by the progrefs of their conquelts they obtained filver
and gold, thefe were regulated in the fame manner. ‘The
common Roman pound, yet ufed at Rome, confilted of
12 ounces of 458 grains each, equal to our ounce avoir-
dupois ; but the money ounce feems to have had only 420
troy grains,and the pound so4o. This was the ftandard
of copper; and when filver came to be coined, feven denarii
went to the ounce, as in Greece eight drachms: the gold
was regulated by the feriptulum, ferupulum, feruple, or
third part of.a denarius, and by the larger weights juft men-
tioned. (See Denantus, Ais, and SestrerTius.) Money
in old Rome, when rifing to a high fum, was eftimated not
by the talent, a term unknown to the Romans, but by the
hundred weight of brafs, called « Pondus” by way of emi-
uence. See SESTERTIUM.

As to the origin of the Roman coinage we may obferve,
that the ftates adjoining to Latium, and from which moft
probably the form of the firft Roman coinage was derived,
were, on the N. and W. the Etrufcans; and upon the
S. and E., at a great diftance, the Grecian colonies in
Magna Grecia and Sicily. To the Etrufcans Mr. Pin-
kerton afcribes the origin of the Roman coinage, and not
to the Grecian colonies, or to the Sicilians. (See Lipra.)
The firft Roman coinage, according to Pliny and other
refpeGtable authors, took place in the reign of Servius
Tullus in the year 460 B.C., or according to the common
calculation 550 years B.C. The coinage of Tullus feems
to have been confined to the As, Zs, or piece of brafs
only. (See As.) The largeft imperial brafs coin was a
piece of the value of two-pence Englith, called « Selter-
tius;’? which fee. Before the time of the firlt Czfar, as
Mr. Pinkerton thinks, yellow brafs began to be ufed in

the Roman coinage, and this was always confidered as
double in value to the Cyprian, or copper. From Au-
guftus downward, the large brafs were all of the yellow
fort, and not one of them copper. The largeft of thofe
that are called the middle fize were likewife all of yellow
brafs; and that of the next fize, which is the As, weighing
the half ounce, is univerfally copper. The orichalcum, or
what we term brafs, was by the ancients held in far fuperior
efteem to copper, or the ‘* Es Cyprium.”’ It is obferved,
that all the large brafs coins were of yellow metal, and the
middle brafs yellow, or red; but the former were always
of the fineft’ workmanfhip. The ruft, with which time
covers them, ‘has confounded them together, and our putting
little more value on brafs than on copper hath confirmed the
deceit, whereas the ancients put double the value on brafs

- that they put on copper ; but the large brafs fhould not be

taken for copper, becaufe they fometimes have now a
copper hue: before the perfon who examines can decide,
he muft always ferape the fide of the metal; and he will
thus learn that the ancient coinages of brafs and of copper
were kept as diftin& as thofe of gold and filver. (See
Sesrertius.) Under Valerian and Gallienus, there appeared
a new coinage of copper waiaed with filver. Coins of this
fort are juft the fize of the denarius ; and, indeed, they are
the “ denarii,’’ or ‘ philippei erei.”’ See DenArrus and
Fotis. For an account of the filver coinage of Rome;
fee DENARIUS.

The gold coinage of Rome took place, according to
Pliny, fixty-two years after filver, that is, in the 547th
year of the city, by vulgar account, or 204 B.C. At that
time the feruple, which even now remains, pafled for 20
felterces. Afterwards it was thought proper to coin 40
pieces out of the pound of gold; and by degrees this
weight was diminifhed to 45 in the pound. See ScruPLe.

The aureus, or common gold coin, in the firft coin-
age was worth 30 filver denarii, equal to r/. fterling ;
gold being to filver as 173 to 1. It thus continued till
Sylla’s time, when it weighed no lefs than 166 grains
at an average, or 30 in the pound of gold. About the
year of Rome 675, 77 years B.C., the aureus fell to
the rate of 40 to the pound, and paffed for 20 denarii.
In.the reign of Claudius the aureus went for too fef-
tertii, or 25 filver denarii ; at which rate it remained. The
aureus fell by degrees to 45 in the pound, or about 110 grains
of medial weight each, and continued of this ftandard till
the time of Elagabalus, when it fell to about 92 grains at an
average, or near 55 in the pound. Under Philip aurei of
two or three fizes appear, of a rude fabric, and having a
head of Rome on one fide, and various reverfes ; and this
practice of making different fizes of gold coins continued,
fo that uxder Valerian I., Gallienus, and his fucceffors,
five or fix fizes occur. That the aureus went for 25
filver denarii down to Alexander Severus is .clear, but
the value of thefe different fizes-does not appear. Sup-
poling that ftandard to remain till the time of Conitantine I.
the double aureus will have borne 50 filver denarii, and
the aureus 25. The “ triens’? mutt have had eight filver
denarii, and two denarii zrei; the double triens twice as
much. The denarius was not then worth above 14s. Eng-
lifh. Under Aurelian and his fucceffor Probus, the aureus
was of 100 grains ; and there were alfo halves of about 50
grains, and double aurei, upwards of 200 grains, of very
fine workmanfhip. Down to Conftantine I. the awreus ftood
at between So and 70 grains. This prince, without altering
the fize of the coin, introduced, inftead of the aureus, the
folidus of 6 in the ounce of gold, and to pafs for 14 of his

new

new filver coins, called Milliarenfes, and 2¢ denarii as be-
fore; gold being to filver about 14 to 1 ‘The folidas, or
chief gold coin, continued of the fame ftandard to the clofe
of tie Bysantine empire; for gold was common in Conftan-
tinople, while filver oe Fr more and more fearce. The
Olidus was worth 12. fterling. See Sonus.

In the firft gold coinage at Rome, the aureus was di-
vided into four inferior parts ; the femiflis, or half, of 60
feitertii ; the tremiffis, or third, of 4o; ‘the fourth, of 303
and the fixth, or ferupulum, of 20, But foon after all
thefe fubdivifions were difcontinued, except the femiffis,
or half; which occurs in the confular times, and in thofe of
fome emperors, but is extremely fearce, fo that few of them
muft have been ftruck. Some have fuppofed, without fuf-
ficient authority, that the Romans called. the gold femiflis a
denarius aureus. Denarius was ufed, as our penny, for a
coin. The common aureus was called denarius aureus very
naturally, becaufe it was of the fame fize with the filver de-
narius. See Aureus. —

With regard to the materials of Englith money, fee
Cor.

As for the imprefion of money, the Jews, though they

detetted images, yet ftamped on the one fide of their
fhekel, the golden pot which had the manna: and on the
other, Aaron’s rod; the Dardans, two cocks fighting ;
Alexander, as is held by fome, his horfe Bucephalus :
though this may be doubted of, becaufe the horfe is found
_as frequently on the coins of feveral of the kings of Mace-
jdon, his predeceffors, as his. The Athenians ftamped their
‘coins with an owl, or an ox; whence the proverb on
‘bribed lawyers, dos in lingua ; the people of /Egina with a
‘tortoife ; whence that other faying, Virtutem & fapientiam
\ vincunt tefludines. As to the Romans, the monetarit fome-
‘times impreffed the images of men that had been eminent in
“their families, on their coins; bug no living man’s head was
‘ever ftamped on the Roman coin till after the fal! of the
commonwealth; after that time they bore the emperor’s
head on one fide; and, from this time, the practice of
ftamping the prince’s image on coins has obtained among
all civilized nations, the Turks and other Mahometans ex-
cepted ; | who, in deteltation of images, infcribe only the
{prince’s name, with the year of the tranfmigration of their
prophet. ;

For r account of the imprefiion of Britifh money, fee
'Corn. “

i As to the figure of money, it is either round, as in Eng-
Jand ; moultangular, or irregular, as in Spain ; fquare, as
‘in fome parts of the Indies; or nearly globular,as in moft
‘of the refit. F
After the arrival of the Romans in this ifland, the Britons
‘imitated them, coining both gold and filver with the images
.of their kings ftamped on-them; when the Romans had
‘fubdued the kings of the Britons, they alfo fuppreffed their
‘coins, and brought in their own, which were current
‘here from the time of Claudius to thateof Valentinian
_ the Younger, this being about the {pace of five hundred
years. |

Mr. Camden obferves, that the moft ancient Englifh coin
the had known, was that of Ethelbert, king of Kent, the
firft Chriftian king in the ifland; in whole time all money
‘accounts began to pafs by the names of pounds, fhillings,
‘pence, and mancufes. f _
| The penny feems borrowed from the Latin pécunia, or

_ yather from pendo, en account of its juft weight, which,
rill Edward I1I.’s reign, contained as much filver as about
‘three-pence of our money: thefe were coarfely ftamped
with the king’s image on one fide, and either the mint maf-

Vor. XXIII.

MONEY.

ter’s name, or the city’s where it wad coined, on the othe? -
five of thefe pente made their fcilling, probably fo called
from fcilingus, which the Romans ufed for the fourth part
of an ounce; forty of thefe fillings made their pound,
and four hundred of thefe pounds were a legacy, or a por-
tion fora king"s daughter; as appears by the laft will of
king Alfred. ;

By thefe names they tranflated all {ums of money in their
old Englith teftament; talents by punder; Judas'’s thirty
pieces of filver by thirtig /cillinga ; tribute-money, by pem-
ning ; and the mite by feorthling.

But it mutt be obferved they had no other real money,
but pence only; the re(t being imaginary monies, i.¢. names
of numbers, or weights: thirty of thefe pence made a man-
cus, which fome take to be the fame with a mark; manca,
as appears by an old MS., was guinta pars uncie. hele
mancas, or mancufes, were reckoned both in gold and filver ;
for in the year 680, we read, that Ina, king of the Weft
Saxons, obliged the Kentifh men to buy their peace at the
pees of thirty thoufand mancas of gold. In the notes on

ing Canute’s laws, we find this dittin@ion, that mancufa
was as much as a mark of filver ; and manca, a fquare piece
of gold, valued at thirty-pence. See Maxcus.

The Danes introduced a way of reckonin moncy by
ores, per oras, mentioned in Domefday book ; but whether
they were a diftin€& coin, or a certain fum, does not plainly
appear: this, however, may be gathered from the abbey-
book of Burton, that twenty ores were equivalent to two
marks.

They had alfo a gold coin called byzantine, or bezant,
as being coined at Conttantinople, then called Byzantium ;
the value of which coin is not only now loft, but was fo
entirely forgotten, even in the time of king Edward III.
that, whereas the bifhop of Norwich was fined a byzan-
tine of gold, to be paid the abbot of St. Edmuntbury, for
infringing his liberty (as it had been enaéted by parliament
inthe cime of the Conquerer), no man, then living, could
tell how much it was; fo that it was referred to the king to
rate how much he fhould pay ; which is the more unac-
countable, becaufe, but a hundred years before, two huns
dred thoufand bezants were exa¢ted by the fultan, for the
ranfom of St. Lewis, of France; which were then valued at
one handred thoufand livres.

Though the coining of money be a f{pecial prerogative of
the king, yet the ancient Saxon princes communicated it to
their fubje&ts ; infomuch, that in every good town there was,
at leaft, one mint, but at London eight; at Canterbury
four for the king, two for the archbifhon, one for the abbot
at Winchefter, fix at Rochefter, at Haftings two, &c.

The Norman kings continued the fame cultom of coining
only pence, with the prince’s image on ene fide, and on the
other the name of the city where it was coined, with a
crofs fo deeply impreffed that it might be eafily parted, and
broken into two halves, which, fo broken, they call Salf-
pence, or into four parts, which they called furthings, or
farthings. : .

In the time of king John, money coined in the eait parts
of Germany came in fpecial requeft in England, on ac-
count of its purity, and was called eafferling mancy, as all
the inhabitants of thofe parts were called Eujlerlings ; and,
fhortly after, fome of thofe people, killed in coining, werd
fent for hither, to bring the coin to perfeétion ; which, ever
fince, has been called ferling, from eafferling. :

King Edward I. who firft adjuited the meafure of an
ell by the length of his arm, herein imitating Charles the
Great, was the firft, alfo, who eftablifhed a certain ftand
ard for the cain, which is exprefled to. this effect by Gre-

5a gory

MONEY.

gory Rockley, mayor of London, and mint-mafter. «A
pound of money containeth twelve ounces: ina pound there
ought to be cleven ounces, two eafterlings, and one farthing,
the reft alloy : the faid pound ought to weigh twenty fhil-
lings and three-pence in account and weight; the ounce
eught to weigh twenty-pence, and a penny twenty-four

rains and a half. Note, that eleven ounces two-pence
Resling ought to be of pure filver, called Laf-/ilver ; and
the minter muft add, of other weight, feventeen-pence half-
penny farthing, if the filver be fo pure.”

About the year 1320, the ftates of Europe firft began to
soin gold; and, among the reft, our king Edward Ill.

The firft pieces he coined were called Forences, as being
coined by Florentines ; afterwards he coined nobles ; then
rofe nobles, current at fix fhillings and eight-pence ; half-
nobles, called Aalfpennies, at three fhillin s and four-pence, of
gold; and quarters at twenty-pence, called /arthings of gold.
The fucceeding kings coined rofe-nobles, and double rofe-
nobles, great fovereigns, and half Henry nobles, angels, and
fhillings.

Kine James I. coined units, double crowns, Britain
crowns ; then crowns, half-crowns, &c. On this fubje@,
fee MEepALs.

Tastes of Gold and Silver, compofed from the Authority of Mr. Lowndes, who infpeéted the original Indentures, and
from Bifhop Fleetwood.

Gold Table.

Silver Table.

Reigns. Specie. Divifion. Tale. |Stand. fine. Specie. Tale. | Stand. fine. | Propor.
. s d. fi | s.}"!d,
28 Edw. I. -- — —
18 Edw. III. | Florins Vi rg Reyes:
Eodem ann. Nobles VigsiMASEt es ad,
20 Ditto Ditto 14 0 0
27 —— Ditto Ditto 1S) Oyo
30> 37> 46 .
18 Ric. II. Ditto Ditto Ditto
3 Hen. IV. |
9 Hen. V. Ditto Ditto | 16) Wane
1 eos Mele ee | ee ued 22 10 © Ditto axxvirvi | Ditto
4 — Nobles VI vul. | 1613 4 Ditto XxX Ditto
24 — Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto
39 — Angels VI vul | 22 10 0 Ditto xxxvilv1 | Ditto
4 Edw. IV. — —_— 90 16 0 Ditto Ditto Ditto
5— Nobles x
Angels VI Vill | |.22.10. 0 Ditto Ditto Ditto
8, 11 16,
22 .
r Ric. III. ar a 3 ba a
9 Hen. VIL.
Sovereigns XXII VI
1 Hen, VIII. | Royals PeSilery, AHKIL of: '
| Angels j vin )vr$|] 27 0 0 Ditto XXXV Ditto
Nobles | VE VIII
Crowns v Gold ftand. lowered
4 Ditto WE. HV Lepeal iid Steel $2 a Ditto _ Ditto
Silver ftand. lowered.
34 i ie i 28°16 0 | 23 0 “7 . MTC) srvnt 10 04]
36 —— Crowns v 1 30 .0..Q1 22.$0 Ditto Ditto Hod S
Say aca _ _ 390 0 O| 20 0 Ditto Ditto rn: e
1 Edw. VI. | Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto ||
3— Bitto Ditto | 34 0 o| 22 0 |xm LXXII 6 o [Is
—— overelons XXIV . =e
4 a Bests } 28 16 o | 23 32 _ _ Ditto =
5— _ a _ _ Ditto Ditto 3 oJ|5
6— Sovereigns | xxx 6 a
Angels x } 3 o oO 23 3 € . Lx

MONEY.

Gold Table. Silver Table.

Se ae. «

Reigns, Specie.

Divifion. | Tale. [Stand fine ie | Tale. | Stand. fine. | Propor.

— — -— | I SCOt—

Sovereigns

Crowns
_— . * . Lx

Sovereigns

Royals ; : 3 3 vioiv Old ftand.

) Angels mm 491

| Sovereigns XX

Crowns : 3 hie

Angels | §° 31 Ditto

Nobles xv

Sovereigns

Crowns

,

IL

Angels x 4 3! Jv 2z6xn(

a er 4 \

Sovereigns
Crowns
Unites

"oe eahotally Be ol q Ditto Ditto
j

I
I

Britifh crow. I

'
|
|
/
s. 8, d. d. )|
Thiftl. crow. |
| Royals
| Angels
| Ditto
Unites |
Doub. Ca- : |
rolus’s, Tt y
Rofe Royals |,xxx
Spur Royals | x
Angels ‘
Unites
Dub. crow.
Britifh crow.
r2 Car. IT. _ The fame of both kinds and value, gold and filver.
2 | Guineas
4 Guinéas x
2 Guineas XL
5 Guineas c
1 Jac. II. Ditto | Ditto Ditto | Ditto Ditto

44 10-0] 22 0 Ditto LXIE

Ditto Ditto

1W.&M. |f Ido not find any alteration in the ftandard of the gold or filver down to the prefent }
time. 22 carats fine and 2 alloy are the lb. of gold, and 11 oz. 2 dwt. fine, and 18 dwt.
Queen Anne alloy, the flandard Ib. of filver ; and the divifion of the pound of gold continues the fame;
} that is to fay, into 441 guineas, and the filver into the ufual number of crowns, &c.
George I. But the guineas have varied in the nominal value feveral times, rifing up to xxxs. and P| 5 24
George II. declining to xx1, the prefent current value; but never have been reduced again to their i
intended level of xxs., nor indeed ought, when compared with the Portugal pieces of | |
L3/. 125., 1/. 16s., the guinea appears to be better woryh xx1s. J

To the lb. Troy. wherein the Portugal is much more defe€tive than the Englifh :

Portugal - #3 12 - 13 £46 16 coins, may be very good reafons for their being refufed in
Englith guineas Tog - 445 46 14 payments in any of the receipts of the public revenue ; but |
— aniwer very well the purpofe'of thofe who benefit by the ir-

°

6

6 regularity, in trading with the heavier, and paffing off the

6 lighter by tale; and which, if they can turn into guineas or |

heavy filver, make another gain. }
How our ftandard is proportioned to that of other coum- |

————_ tries, and thence what the true par of exchange is between

This, and the difference in point of exaétnefs in coining, us, fee Corn.

: 6; 2
And the Portuguefe ftandard worfe 3 grain o 2
Total worfe Ib. troy by ftandard and tale - 0 4 0

sA2 A Tamir

A Tasur exhibiting the Standard, Weight, Value,

MONEY.

William I., A.D. 1066, to King George III. A.D. 1764.

Years of the kings’ apd queens’ reigns,
or the dates of the feveral mint in-
dentures,

Anni Regnorum.

William I, =
William IT. -
, LL.
18th Edw. VIL.
18th fame : 4
20th fame We.
27 30, 375 and 46th d°
18th Richard IT.
and 3d Henry IV.
oth Henry V. :
1ft and 39th Henry VI. { ‘
4th fame - -
4th Edw. kt
5, 8, 11, 16, and 22d d°
ift Richard III. -
and gth Henry VII.
i{t and 23d Henry
Vill.

rft and 23d fame

34th fame -
36th fame
37th fame -
ft and 2d VI.
Edw. IX.
3d fame -
4th fame
6th fame = =
6th fame - 2
1ft Mary I. -
2d Elizabeth -

2d and 35th fame {

1oth and 26th fame {

43d fame = A

43d fame -

1{ft James I.

2d fame .

3d fame

‘roth fame

roth fame

2d Charles I.

12th Charles II.

2d Charles I.

22d Charles IT.

rft James II.
Wilham IIT.

3d George I.

ad George III.

L. dw.
18
18

18

18
18

Standard of the gold at
each pertod.

Fine gold.

-|oz. dw.

J

Value or

number of
pounds, &e,
the lb. troy
of ftand. gold

has been
Alloy. comed into.
———————
gr. |<
I
1

I

I
I

ie)

-OOH HO O

© o0000 O0O00000

Value or
number of
pounds, Ke.
the 07. troy

has been
coined into.

Ww

bh Oo
Caan wbl fiw

i]
oom
baled

nN >
wie con Bite

n

Value of 20

fhillings of

coined gold
at each
period of

our prefent
money.

S. le

o

12

if

BI BI ee

Mw Om

Fle

co omnn

ie]

~

Se I oe oe OE oe oe
pwhihmnp~I~7 ©

” “
ooo mH
cM BI DH

~
Oo
we we

°

Proportion
of the fame
20 fhillings
to our
prefent 20
fhillings.

5-63414
3-38048
3.55118
3.62194

3-38048

3.04243

2.25365
5*O48AG

I-41 591

2) 1.37426

1.76066
1.40853

‘| 1-41 5Q1

1.40853
1.41591
1.40853

i} 1-38924
3| 1-39477

1.24600
1.25604
1.25203
1615243
L.14195

co

ce

1.05000

6319-76743

°

1.00000

13948 |
-13948.

and comparative View of Englifh Gold Money from King

Proportion
between the
current value | Proportion of,
of the lb. troy! ‘fine filver to
of fiandard | fine gold at
filver and | cach period.
flandard gold.

—--~——- ——— |

8.36874)
13-7754 |.

12.0917
11.5714

9-0000
14.8148
13.0041
eee

12.0000 | II.1581

II.1IIT 10.3315

11.1581
10.3315
10.3316

12.0000
II.1111

I1.1111I

12.0000 | 11.1581

12.0000. | 11.1581

11.1656

12.0000
12.5000

11.2682

10.4348
6.81818

12.5000 | 5.0000

99-4444
8.0000

12.0000
11.0000

5-515
2.01048
11.1078
11.0500 } ®

12.0000

11.0576

11T.0000 11.1000

’
12.0000

11.7741
10.8064

12.0967

12.0000
13.0645
14.1935
X3°1935

14.3548
13.2258
14-3548
15-4314
15.07258

11.1581

10.9481

10.9047
12.2067 .

12.1091,
12.1479
381977
13.3189

13.3478
13-3460
14-4853
LSS TTF
5.20960

For

MONEY.

7

A ‘Tanne, (hewing the Standard Weight, Value, aud comparative View of Englifth Silver Money, from King William T.,
A. D. 1066; to A.D. 1765.

i

n /
-) H. JPRS, fe Bs Fs cz |.Pe.). be
i 4 Pal ry BD: | Lé | F4 at ay
7 cy Lai ® ‘3 ere | 8,” Pn ee wae ph ectel 4
&, g, as B 8, & 2, ; A ™ | a5 es | ” §
+ =. | oe a am is rt } =i } x 4
Sn a ol Be] Wipe Podge Bb: cong 4
3 3 Lis ns BP va] omy *t | 3
. 2 | ROR BE Rove” Be g: BS] kn .
& a E a a 8 5s ao | s
Fy a jak) Se 5 og ae 2 F 3 3
= » 4 is . - x
= Bode to aie é BS 2 -| 2 z
ee eee ke) Petre perce
m : = | 7 = be] fe
Bie 4 | Bs - 4 2 3. oF & 4
3 Silver, | Alloy..1 2 Rg z. 2 | a i ca é : &
E & 2 5 S| | x
}

oz. dw, | oz.dw. | a. d. vs oz, dw. gr | € & da Gitte!) ,s
112|018 | arg{ar 5 o|10 8 3 | 2 18% 14 | 2.9062 | 5 2 I William Conq.
ti 2},0 18 | 200/972 0 of}. 18 2 0 | } 20 } 37000] 5 2 r 9% | Wilham Rufus.
TR2») 0.28.20, 3 | rt -T7 - 2 t0KIg Gol Zrir § 2% | 39,0614] 5 2 1 97 | Edward I.
t1ri2 | 0 18 |.22. 6] 10 13 84+9 17. 8 2tS PP VISSP GSH 2 2 of / Edward III.
' !
In 2|018\250] g 12 of S17 11h | 2 g 7$ | 24802 | 5 2 | 2 3 | Richard II.
} Henry IV.
11.2}.0 18 | 32.0] 7 10 0} 6 18.18 118 g 1.9375 | 5 2 a 104
Th 2 f0'18 [30:0 ).°8 oO, OO} 7% 8 od Bootes 4) 2.0666.) 5.02 2 8!) Henry VI.
11.2) 018) 37-6] 6.8 0} $18 10 4 B23 10} } 1.65325) 5) 12 3 44
Memos! 30 oO} 6 Oo O11.7 0. oO -| 2 X42. 12.0600 15 12 2 82

} |
| Edward IV.
13 1.6531 | a
| Edward V.
Henry VII.
IS) AHO 1.6 O40 |> 5.115 © 11m 0 sf 55000] 5.2 3.73
112/018) 45'05|"*5 6 ‘16 418 6 ly 9 68 | 1.377 52 4 of ‘Henry VIII.
1oo0}/2 0 480} 5.0 0 Adge 8 | Wer gk 116354) 4ow TRopcigns 9
6:0.}|63.0) 48.0} 5:0 of 210.0. |] 0 313 21f | 0.6984 nb dered
40 S 0/48 2 5.0.0} 113 8 © 9g 32} 04656 | 1,103 | 12 ©
; 1 |
6.0,| 6. 0} 72 |). 3. 6 16 113 8 |0 g 3%) 04656 | 295/12 0 | Edward VI.
aa 19.0 | 24.04 23 616} 01616 |0 4 7% | 0.2328 | 1 43 [ 24.0
Irr}o19| 600) 4 0 ©} 31316 | t © 63} 1.0286 | 5 18! 5 5%) Mary I.
rr 2"! 0 x8 600} 4 0 6 BeeeOe |X oO. Soot (Lea 24 bidiect 5 4% | Elizabeth.
| | ne
| } James I.
| | Charles I.
112} 018 | 620 3°17 10 erates) Teo0) Gel t-0000 a 2a] og | Charles II.
* } i |
: } ) James II.
j | | George I.
/ | | George III.

For tables containing the principal gold and filver coins hibiting the finenefs of all filver coins, compared with the
of all nations: the firit table fhewing the finenefs of thofe of Englifh ftandard of 11 0z. 2 dwts., their weight and con-
gold, compared with the Englifh ftandard of 22 carats, tents in pure filver, with their value according to the mint
with their weight, and contents in pure gold, and their price of filver in England, i.e. 55. 2d. per ounce, ftandard ;
value, according to the mint price of gold in England, i.e. we refer to the valuable publication of Dr. Kelly, entitled
ju. 17s. told. per ounce, ftandard ; and the fecond table ex- “ Univerfal Cambift.”’

The

MONEY.

The king, by proclamation, may at any time prohibit all
his fubjects, not exceeding one year, to lend or advance
money to any foreign prince or ftate, without licence under
the great or privy feal; and if any perfon knowingly offend
in the premifes, he fhall forfeit treble the value of the money
lent, &c. two-thirds to the king, and the other to the in-
former; but perfons may deal in foreign ftocks, or be in-
terefted in any bank abroad, eftablifhed before iffuing his
majefty’s proclamation. Stat. 3 Geo. II. cap. 5.

Money, taking the term in its moft comprehenfive fenfe,
may be defined to mean any commodity that can be employed
for the purpofe of facilitating the iaterchange of what men
poffefs for what they defire.

In the fcience of political economy, difcuffion is much
retarded and perplexed, by the loofe and ambiguous meaning
_of the terms employed, and by the want of ‘introductory
and preparatory axioms: the terms ufed in this feience
have, in the common concerns and language of life, ac-
quired certain meanings fo firmly, that it is difficult to fhake
them loofe and forget-them, when we come to employ them
in it. The confequenee is, that the reader, not aware that
words, the meaning of which is familiar to him, are to be
taken, in the difeuffion on which the author has entered, in
anew and peculiar fenfe, is ftartled and thrown back into
doubt and confufion, when, after having followed the train
of reafoning for fome time, and admitted its juftnefs and
force, he finds that he and the author have throughout it
been affixing very different meanings to the fame terms.
The fame perplexing confequences refult from the want of
introduétory and preparatory axioms: perhaps every {cience
would be benefited as well as mathematics, though not to
fuch a degree, if the terms to be employed were previoufly
defined, and the pofitions to be taken for granted were previ-
oufly laid down. It is certain that thus the way would be
cleared at the commencement, and this every perfon eonverfant
with fubjects which requirea long and intricate train of reafon-
ing knows to be of the utmoft importance towards the attain-
ment of the truth.

Thefe obfervations are introduced to apologize for, or
rather to warrant the time that may be occupied in purfuing
the juftnefs and accuracy of the definition given of money,
and in pointing out the erroneous and defeétive character of
fome other definitions, before entering on the fubjeé itfelf.

Hume, in his Effay on Money, has defined it to be ¢ the
inftrument which men have agreed upon to facilitate the ex-
change of one commodity for another.” At firit fight it
may feem that this definition of Hume, and that which ftands
at the head of this article, are precifely the fame; they,no
doubt, are very fimilar; and if precition and’ fullnefs were not
abfolutely indifpenfable in all definitions, and if political
economy, as has been already remarked, did not more than
moft other f{ciences, require this fullnefs and precifion, Mr.
Hume’s definition muft have been adopted as {fficiently accu-
rate. But on examining it we fhall find, that, taking it
ftriGly (and. a definition, if it will not bear to be taken
ftriGly, lofes its effential character and its whole utility), it
does not comprehend money, when employed to imterchange
labour and fkill for commodities. In all cafes where one
commodity is exchanged for another commodity, and an in-
ftrument is.employed. for the purpofe of facilitating that
exchange, that inftcument, according to Mr. Hume’s defini-
tion, 13 money; but if we adhere {tri€tly to his definition,
the facilitating of no exchange except of one commodity
for another is effe€ted by money; or rather, Mr. Hume’s
definition does not comprehend any other kind of exchange,
except that of one commodity for another, and here he does
not comprehend all the ufes of money, or employs the term

commodity in a fenfe not generally known and admitted : in
either cafe it is obje¢tionable ; in the firft, becaufe there are
inftances of interchange which it does not comprehend, and
in the fecond cafe, becaufe it employs a term in a meaning
not known and acknowledged.

After all, however, Mr. Hume’s definition of money ap-
proaches much nearer the truth than thofe which are com-
monly given. According to fome, money may be defined
to be the ftandard of value. Here another fource of error
and confufion opens to our view: in all fcientific difcuffions,
metaphorical language, or terms borrowed from other fub-
jets, if not employed with great caution and judgment, are
very prejudicial: they either leave no diftiné&t idea when
transformed from their appropriate fubjeéts, or more fre-
quently carry with them more of their original meaning and
force than the fubjeét to which they are applied will admit
of. If we examine the phrafe ftandard of value, without
at prefent enquiring how far it is a proper definition of
money, we fhall find that it gives no diftinét idea: the word
ftandard is here employed in a meaning perfeétly different
from that which is given to it, in fubjeéts where it is a com-
mon and appropriate term. If we were to talk of the
flandard of weight, of height, or of finenefs, we fhould be
immediately {truck with the expreffion as conveying no mean-
ing, as, in fact, nonfenfe: it is well known what a ftandard
weight, height, or finenefs are; they mean a weight, height,
or finenefs fixed by law or cuftom. Standard of value,
therefore, as applied to money, cannot define it, becaufe, if
examined, it will be found to convey no meaning: and if the
terms be altered, and ‘ ftandard value” ufed in their ftead,
though thefe words convey a meaning, it is a meaning which
cannot be applied to them, if employed as a definition of
money. Money cannot be faid to be the ftandard value of
commodities: if the price of any commodity were fixed by
law, fuppofe, for inftance, that the price of a bufhel of wheat
were fixed’ at one guinea, then this coin, this defcription of
money might be faid to be the itandard value of a buthel of
wheat ; but in no point of view can money, generally fpeak-
ing, be faid to be the ftandard value of commodities ; and
we have fhewn that the expreflion ftandard of value has no
meaning.

It perhaps may be thought that more time has been oc-
cupied in pointing out the abfurdity of this definition than
was neceflary ; but in political economy, as much is to be
done by removing error, as by eftablifhing truth: when error
is completely removed, fo that the way is clear and open,
common fenfe will do much in this branch of fcience.

The next definition of money is much more plaufible :
thofe who are aware, either of the abfurdity, or who fufpect
the incorreétnefs of the former definition, maintain that
moncy is the meafure of value. In our remarks on that de-
finition which made money the ftandard of value, it was
not deemed neceflary to inveftigate the proper meaning of
the word value, becaufe the remarks that were offered on
the other term were deemed amply fufficient to fet it afide.
But on examining this definition, both the terms muft be
fcrutinized.

Smith, in his Wealth of Nations, has obferved that every
commodity has two forts of value, a value in ufe and a value
in exchange ; but in political economy the term value can”
have only one meaning. Political.economy relates only to a
ftate of fociety, where a divifion of labour exiits; where,
of courfe, each man has more of the commodities his labour
and fkill have produced than he has occafion for, and confe-
quently wifhes to exchange them for commodities produced
by the labour and {kill of others. Where ne divifion of la.
bour exifts ; where there is, confequently, no interchange of

commo-

MONEY.

commodities; there is, friétly (peaking, no wealth, no value;
there is no room, no opealion for the {cieuce of political
economy. Whether, in treating of other fubjects, value
fhould or can be ufed in a feafe different from that which is
given it in political economy, as a {cience relating to the in-
terclhange of commodities, is a quettion foreign to the prefent
difeuffion, In political economy, and under the circum-
flunces of fociety, which polieioat economy fuppofes and re-
fers to, value ought only to be employed in one feofe, What
that fenfe is a little reflection will teach us.

In the ftate of fociety we are fuppofing commodities are
interchanged: before this can take place, the quantities or
weights of each commodity that are to be given for any
other commodity, mult be fixed; and that particular weight
or quantity of any given commodity, which can be obtained
fora certain weight or quantity of another commodity, may,
ftriétly fpeaking, be {aid to be the value of this fecond com-
modity; it avails or has power to obtain the former com-
modity. But this expreflion may be reciprocally ufed: if,
for inttance a bufhel of wheat is exchanged for golb. of
meat, the value of the bufhel of wheat may be faid to be
3olb. of meat, and the value of 3olb. of meat to be a buthel
of wheat. Value, therefore, is a term which, in political
economy, has, properly {peaking, only one meaning, becaufe
this fcience relates folely to a flate of fociety, where inter-
change of commodities takes place: and this meaning of the
word value, referring to the interchange of commodities,
implies that where any two commodities are interchanged,
each can procure a certain portion of the other.

Let us now revert to the definition of money under con-
fideration: according to it, money is the meafure of value.

*The expreffion, at firft fight, feems fufficiently precife and
clear, whatever opinion may be formed of its propriety and
juitnefs as a definition of money. But a clofer infpeétion
and examination of it will probably convince us that it is
not fo precife and clear as at firit fight in feems to be.
When we talk of a yard as a meafure of length, we have
precife and clear ideas affixed to our expreffion: we mean,
that if fuch a table is a yard long, we can immediately not
only figure to ourfelves its length, but compare it with other
objects which poffefs length. How willthis apply to money
defined and confidered as the meafure of value? Whoever
knows what ‘a yard is, immediately and clearly knows
what is meant by a yard of cloth; but he whe equaily
well knows what an ounce of gold, or a guinea is, by no
means, therefore, certainly knows what quantity of corn, or
any other commodity, this ounce of gold or guinea will
mé@afure. Indeed the very application of the term mea/ure,
as applied to value, when thus brought forward in a parti-
cular cafe, and not ufed generally and loofely, muft ftrike us
as improper, and contrary to analogy. We have feen what
is the meaning of the term va/ue; it expreffes the quantity
of any vaitcelar commodity which can be procured in ex-
change for another commodity :—in order to do as much
juitice as poflible to the definition of money, under cenfider-
ation, let us take money as one of the commodities, and corn
as another; we hall ftill perceive that the definition is in-
corre&. How can money be faid to meafure the value of
corn? It has been obferved, that value is a reciprocal ex-
preflion ; that is, it can be equally well applied to either of
the two commodities, which are interchanged for each other :
if money, therefore, may be defined to be the meafure of
the value of any commodity, of cotn for inftance ; corn,
with equal propriety, may be defined to be the meafure of
the value of money. But in neither cafe can the definition be
ufed; for nothing changeable in value, that is, which at one

time will command a greater or lefs quantity of any com-
modity than at another time, can meafure value,

It may, perhaps, be urged, that if the term were changed,
and if money were defined to be the expreffion of the value
of commodities, the objection would be removed ; there is
fome weight and propriety ia this remark: value muft have
reference to two commodities; it muft exprefs how much
of any particular commodity can be obtamed for another
commodity ; and as money is ufed as that commodity, for
which all others are direétls given in exchange, the value of
all others would naturally be expreffed with reference to
But full this would be a very incomplete definition

money.
<eere and when we come to enquire how money (accord-
ing to the definition given at the head of this article) faci-

litates the interchange of what men poflefs for what they
defire, we fhall find that this definition includes the former.

Let us now inquire what qualities money mutt poffefs, in
order that it may anfwer the purpofe pointed out in the
definition ; viz. that of facilitating the interchange of what
men poffefs for what they defire. Money, it has been faid,
being the meafure of value, muft have value, on the fome
principle and for the fame reafon, that whatever mea{ures
length mutt have length. It may be true that money muft
have value ; but not for the reafon (if reafon it can be called)
here alleged. This mode of reafoning affords another in-
{tance of the bad effects of borrowing illnftrations and proofs
in political economy from other {udjeéts. At firk fight, the
conclufion that money, being the meafure of value, muft
have value, appears to follow neceflarily from the fa&s
brought forward in fupport of it; though thofe faéts are
merely analogous, and not belonging to the fubje& to be
proved; but it requires only a little time for refleétion, it
merely requires that the judgment fhould have time to with-
draw itfelf from the influence of powerful but irrelevant
aflociations, in order to perceive that there is no force in the
remark, that becaufe what meafures length pofleffes length,
therefore what meafures value (allowing the expecta)
fhould poffefs value.

There is, in faét, not the leaft occafion for bringing in this
analogy to prove that money, in its character of money,
mutt poffefs value: that is implied in the very meaning of
the term ; nothing can facilitate the interchange of commo=
dities ; nothing can be exchanged itfelf for any other com-
modity which does not poffefs value. But a much more
important and difficult queition remains to be noticed, dif-
cuffed, and folved. Is it effential tothe charaéter and ufes
of money that the commodity of which it is formed fhould
poffefs value, independent of its application as fuch? An-
other queltion arifes out of this, or rather is involved in it.
Can the value of any commodity, when ufed as mouey, be
greater than it poffeifed when not applied to this purpofe ?

In order that thefe intricate and important queftions may
be confidered with due deliberation, on fufficient data, and
in regular order, it will be proper to call in the aid both
of {peculative reafoning, and of what we know to be fa@.
Our acquaintance with the hiftory of nations, at that period
when they firft began to perceive the neceflity of adopting
fome inftrument of barter, is fo very imperfe&t, that we are
not fupplied with a detail of the different methods they
purfued previous to the adoption of the metals for that pur
pofe: it is eafy to imagine, however, how they would pro-
ceed ; and by the help of what we aCtually know to have been
the cafe, and of what we may fairly conclude to have been the
intermediate fteps, where hiftory is filent, we may gain the
point we have in view; viz. an anfwer to the queftions,
whether it is effential to the character and ufes of money,

3 that

MONEY.

that the commodity of which it is formed fhould poffefs
value, independent of its application as fuch ; and whether
the value of any commodity, when ufed as money, is greater
than it poffeffled when not applied to this purpofe. All
hiftory coincides in informing us that the commodities firft
ufed as money poffefled value prior to, and independently
of, their being invefted with this chara@ter. Cattle appear
to have been ufed for this purpofe at as early a period of
hiftory as we can trace back ; and when the metals were
firit employed, thofe kinds were chofen which were in re-
gular ufe and demand, and which, confequently, poflefled
value. Indeed it is natural to fuppofe, that if a perfon
could not, in exchange for the produce of his labour, pro-
cure direétly what he wanted, he would difpofe of it only
‘for {uch a commodity as he knew was in general demand,
and which, therefore, he could-be at no lo{s to difpofe of.
Unlefs we can imagine that men would barter their com-
modities for what they neither needed at the moment, nor
what, at fome future period, would procure them what they
needed, this muft have been the cafe. Let us fuppofe that
a perfon, in this ftate of fociety, had more corn than his
own wants required ; and that another perfon ftood in need
of this corn, but had only fome commodity to offer in ex-
change for it, which the firft perfon did not then require :
if this commodity were of fuch a nature, as the firft perfon
were likely foon to require, or if it were fuch as he knew
was in demand, and would, therefore, be the certain means
of obtaining him any other commodity which he might
with for, he would have no objeétion to exchange his corn
for it. But it is evident, that in both thefe cafes the ex-
change is that of commodities that are valuable; i. ¢. each
of which avails to purchafe or procure fome other ufeful and
defirable’ commodity. In the latter cafe, where the ex-
change of the corn was made for a commodity which was to
be employed again in exchange, that commodity, in fact, was
money: it aniwers exactly to the definition of money, it fa-
cilitates the exchange of commodities: the perfon who pof-
feffed the corn, wifhed, for inftance, to exchange it for meat ;
but the perfon who was difpofed to take his corn, and to
whom, at that period, we could fuppofe he could alone
difpofe of it, had no meat; he, therefore, offered him fome
other commodity, and if this commodity would avail, either by
direét or indirect exchange, to procure meat, the perfon pof-
feffing the corn would not hefitate to part with the one for the
ether. But it is plain, that unlefs this commodity would avail
to obtain, either dire@ly or indirectly, the meat which he
needed {or whatever elfe it might be), the perfon could not
part with his corn. Money, therefore, or that commodity
which is employed for the purpofe of facilitating the ex-
ehange of what men poffefs for what they delire, muft
poffefs value, at leaft when firlt ufed in that character.

It- ftill, however, remains to be inquired, whether a
commodity ufedas money, and, as fuch, pofleffed of value,
when firlt employed for that purpofe, may not retain its
charatter and power of money, when deprived of its pro-
perty of value. As the metals are now ufed for money,
let us fuppofe that gold and filver were to lofe all value,
independently of their character as money ; that there was no
demand for them as articles of luxury or ufe :—would they
ftill be as valuable as money ?. It would, at firit ight, ap-
pear certain, that as they had derived their power as money
folely from their being valuable’ commodities, when they
were ftript of their value, they would at the fame. time be
neceffarily ftript of their charaéter of money: But this
may be doubted, both from what we know of the human
mindyandefrom what aétually takes place. Men, having been

+

fo long accuitomed to receive gold and filver m exchange
for their commodities ; and having fo long ceafed to revert
to, or confider cn every occafion of parting with their com-
modities for thefe metals, that they were receiving fome-
thing in exchange intrinfically valuable; 7. e. valuable in-
dependently of its charaéter of money ; would, by the mere
force of habit and affociation, and by the confidence which
they had produced, continue to receive gold and filver,
even after their intrinfic value had ceafed; i. ¢. after they
had loft that property which at firlt had made them pafs
as money. This we fee partly to be the cafe: men
do not hefitate to receive coin that is much worn; or,
in other words, they exchange their commodities for coin,
after it has loft part of its value; and the habit and aflocia-
tion are much more likely to be broken, by a diminution
in thegize, or an alteration in the appearance of the coin,
while the value of what is actually received remains the fame,
than by receiving coin in exaétly the fame {tate as ufual,
only that the metal of which it is made has lott its intrinfic
value. \

We may therefore infer, on this part of the fubject, that
no commodity can be employed at firlt as money, unlefs‘it
poflefs value; that any circumttance wlich affe&s this value,
will, for a very confiderable time, affect the chara¢ter and
credit of the commodity as money ; but that, in procefs of
time, the confideration of the intrinfic value of the commo-
dity lofes much of its force, and it is taken as money without
reference to this intrinfic value.:

In one refpeét, however, the value of money would fall, if
the commoditiy of which it were formed loft its intrinfic value ;
ie, if it‘no longer were in demand for any other purpofe but
that of money. Let us fuppofe that the demand for gold:
and filver, except for the purpofe of money, fuddenly
ceafed: the natural and immediate confequence would be,
that what was before ufed for articles of luxury, &c. would
be coined into money ; and the quantity of money being
thus increafed, its value would neceflarily fall. The other
quettion that was ftarted, viz. can the value of any com-
modity, when ufed as money, be greater than it pofleffed,
when not applied to this purpofe; has, ina great meafure,
been folved in the obfervations already made. In all cafes
where worn coin is taken, this is, in faét, the cafe. It may,
indeed, be urged, that worn coin, only of the inferior
metals, is received at its original value; that gold coin is
not fo received ; and that in the initances where filver coin,
when worn, ts received at its original vaiue, it is only fo re-
ceived as part of the gold coin. But as there can be no
doubt of the faét, that the value of twenty-one worn fhillings,
when compared with the value of a guinea, is much lefs than
the value of that quantity of filver which would form twenty-
one mint fhillings, when compared with a guinea, the in-
ference is indubitable, that in all cafes where worn filver
coin is received cither for commodities, or for gold coin at
its original valne, the value of filver ufed as money is greater
than its value as a fimple commodity. ‘

The inference which has been drawn, however, from this
circumitance is by no means correct ;—that money does not
derive its character from the intrinfic value of the commodity
of which it is formed, nor from the general confidence re-
fulting from the knowledge of that value, and the confequent
willing, and habitual aeceptance of it in exchange for all
commodities ; but from authority. Thofe who are of this
opinion, contend that the flamp on the coin gains it a ready
circulation, not becaute it proves its legal weight and purity,
but becaufe it is the fign of the authority of government ;
that in receiving money no regard is paid to the material of

4 which

MONEY.

which it is formed, nor to the value of that material, but
Bay to the authority which iffued it. If this were true,
the fame sathonty could make flamped leather pafs as cur.
rent as flamped gold and filver. But this opinion is grounded
entirely on a.mifconception of the nature of money, and of
the manner in which any given commodity is invelted with
that character ; it alfo confounds two things quite diftingt
and unconnected, ‘There can be no doubt that government,
or any body of men, who receive a large portion of the
wealth of the community, could give a partial circulation to
any kind of money, independently of its intrinfic value, by
declaring their readinefs to receive it in payment of their de-
mands, In Scotland, and in the provincial diltriéts of
England, where local bank notes are common, confidence
and circulation are often given to them ina great degree, by
the declaration of the agents of government, that they will
receive them in payment cf the aimerent taxes; but this is
not authority; this mode of giving circulation to any kind
of money is merely an illuftration of the doétrine that has
been laid down in this article ; that the reafon why any com-
aiat’ f when originally employed as money, fhould poflefs
intrinfic value, is, that thus it will be readily and generally
received ; but if this ready and general acceptance can be
iven any other way, the purpofe is effectually anfwered.
na rude ftate of fociety, the only mode of enfuring this
was, to offer fome commodity in general ufe and demand;
and therefore when a perfon parted with the produce of his
labour, if he could not get for it what he wanted, he fe-
~ leéted, and kept by him, fome commodity which would
always enfure the obtaining of the obje& of is wilhes either
directly or indire&tly. In a more advanced {tate of fociety,
confidence would effe& the fame obje@ ; but there is a great
difference between authority and confidence ; there is a great
difference between commanding that any commodity fhould
be received as money, and declaring that it will be received
as fuch. The former mode, we know from hiftory, has always
failed of fuccefs, whenever the command was not fupported
’ by the intrinfic value of the commodity ordered to pafs as
money. The latter mode, if the declaration came from
thofe through whofe hands a great portion of the money of
the country muft pafs, will give credit and circulation as
money to any commodity, nearly with as much facility and
certainty ; thougli not to fuch an extent, as if the com-
modity poffeffed intrinfic value equal to that at which it was
iffued as money.

Money, then, or any commodity which can be employed
for the purpofe of facilitating the interchange of what men
poffefs, for what they defire, mutt, in the firit inftance, have

fleffed intrinfic value: if this intrinfic value were leffened,

fore its character and ufe, as money, had become fo firmly
fixed, as to have fuperfeded or effaced, in commercial tranf-
ations, all reference to its intrinfic value, then the value of
it, as money, would fall in proportion as its intrinfic value
were leffened. But this would not be the cafe, at leait fo
certainly, and in fuch exact proportion, if the leffening of
the intrinfic value took place in a country of great com-
merce and confidence, in a gradual manner, and by no
means that were calculated to create alarm or difruft.

The next topic, in point of order and importance, con-
neéted with the confideration of the principles of money, is
fuggefted, and will be beit explained by a paflage in the
3 “© OF Money” by Hume, already referred to, «It
was a fhrewd obfervation of Anacharlis the Scythian, who
had never feen money in his own country, that gold and filver
feemed to him of no ufe to the Greeks, but to affift them in
enumeration and arithmetic.” In this fentiment of Ana-
charfis, we may perceive the germ of the opinions of thofe

Vor. XXIII.

authors, who maintain either what they call the doétrine of
an abltraét currency, or that money is oe counters where.
with to reckon the different commodities that are mutually
exchanged in the concerns of life ; and it iv alfo worthy of
remark, that the mode in which the ufe of money is fupplied
in London and all commercial cities, where obfervation and
experience have fuggelled expedients for it, is exaétly that
which Anacharfis fuppoles to have been the only mode, ia
which gold and filver were of ufe to the Greeks. Our mo-
cern merchants, in many of their tranfactions, merely fet off
the value of one commodity againtt the value of another;
this they indeed do by rating the value in their books by
younds, fillings, and pence, but real money is not ufed
1n the tranfaction. But to return to the confideration ef the
more immediate and relevant topic fuggefled by the remark
of Anacharfis, If gold and filver were of no ufe, but to
affift in numeration and arithmetic, as he dire@ly main-
tained ; and as thofe who regard it only as counters, virtually
maintain ; or if the real currency of a country could be only
an abftract currency ; then the value of this money or cur-
rency could not vary, except by a variation in the fu ply of
commodities ; for, confining ourfelves at prefent to - doc-
trine which reprefents money only as counters, it is evident
that they muit always bear the {ame proportion to the com-
modities (provided, as before remarked, that the fupply
of commodities did not vary) which they ferved to rate or
eftimate, in the fame manner as if all exchanges of commo-
dities were effeGted by the mode adopted in London for man
of them, the only circumftance which could make any dif-
ference in the value at which they were re{peétively rated in
the books of the merchants, would be a variation in the fup-
Py ; for if money were only counters, and of no ufe but to
aflit in numeration and arithmetic, there would be no motive
to increafe the quantity of it, and confequently any variation
between the fupply of it and of commodities, muft arife
from a greater or lefs {upply of the latter. The inference,
that any difference in the value of money, or the command
it pofleffes over commodities, mu‘t arife from a variation in
the fupply of the latrer, follows more direétly and neceffarily
from the doétrine of an abitra& currency. It is, however,
fo very difficult to conceive of fuch a currency, and there-
fore to reafon upon it, that very few obfervations may fuf-
fice. Thofe who maintain it feem to confound two things ;
the name and denomination, and the power of the currency ;
and to infer, becaufe the former may be confidered as fomee
thing abftract, therefore the latter is fo alfo; that becaufe
the aie: remains the fame, therefore there ts no change in
the latter. If, however, by ab‘tra&t currency, they mean
money of account, (and that feems the only clear meaning
that can be affixed to the terms,) then the obfervation juft
made holds perfeétly good; that if there were no other
money but money of account, or abftra& currency, any va-
riation in the power or value of this, when compared with
commodities, mult proceed from a change in the fupply of
the commodities ; for it is impoffible that mere abftra& cur-
rency, Or money of account, not having actual exittence,
can vary. .

But money is of fome other ufe than merely to affift in ou-
meration and arithmetic ; and this leads us to the confidera-
tion of it, not merely in the character of a commodity which
can facilitate the interchange of what men poffefs for what
they defire—though that is the effential charaGter of it ; but
as the fource of induftry, fkill, and enterprize, and confe-
quently of real wealth. Mr. Hume, remarking on the cb-
fervation of Anacharfis, fays, “It is indeed evident that
money is nothing but the reprefentation of labour and com-
modities, and ferves only as a method of rating and eftimating

eB them,

MONEY.

them. Where coin isin greater plenty, as a greater quan-
tity of it is required to reprefent the fame quantity of goods ;
it can have no effeé& either good or bad, taking a nation
within itfelf, any more than it would make an alteration in
a merchdnt’s. books; if, inftead of the Arabian method of
notation, which requires few characters, he fhould make ufe
of the Roman, which requires a great many.
greater quantity of money, like the Roman charatters, is
rather inconvenient, and requires greater trouble both to
keep and tranfport it;’’ it is not however perfectly correct
to fay, that, taking a nation within itfelf, a greater plenty
of coin can have no effeét, either good or bad; and indeed
Mr. Hume afterwards points out fome effe&s both good and
bad, which a greater fupply of coin produces. One effect,
however, he does not advert to, which 1s of fo injurious a
nature, that if it were not generally, and in a great degree
counterbalanced by the beneficial confequences of this greater
fupply, it would render it a moft ferious evil. If, where
coin is in greater plenty, a greater quantity of it is required
to reprefent the fame quantity of goods; then the power of
all thofe who poflefs only money, over thofe goods, muft be
diminifhed. We muft therefore look to the other confe-
quences of a greater fupply of money.

Thefe Mr. Hume has detailed, but the order and manner
in which he fuppofes them to flow, is by no means correct,
or warranted by faéts. As this is a moft important and inte-
refting topic, it will be'neceffary to quote his obfervations,
before we proceed to point out their error.

“ Though the high price of commodities be a neceffary
confequence of the increafe of gold and filver, yet it follows
not immediately upon that increafe, but fome time is re-
quired before the money circulates through the whole ftate,
and makes its effect be felt on all ranks of people. At firlt
no alteration is perceived ; by degrees the price rifes, firft
of one commodity, then of another, till the whole at laft
reaches a juft proportion with the new quantity of fpecie
which is in the kingdom. In my opinion it is only in this
interval or intermediate fituation between the acquifition of
money and rife of prices, that the increafing quantity of
gold and filver is favourable to induftry. When any quan-
tity of money is imported into a nation, it is not at firlt dif-
perfed into many hands, but is confined to the coffers of a
few perfons, who immediately feek to employ it to advan-
tage. Here are a fet of manufacturers or merchants, we
fhallfuppofe, who have received returns of gold or filver for
goods which they fent to Cadiz. They are thereby enabled
to employ more workmen than formerly, who never dream
of demanding higher wages, but are glad of employment
from fuch good paymatters. If workmen become {fearce,
the manufacturer gives higher wages, but at firft requires an
increafe of labour ; and this is willingly fubmitted to by the
artizan, who can now eat and drink better, to compenfate
his additional toil and fatigue. He carries his money to
market, where he finds every thing at the fame price as for-
merly, but returns with greater quantity and of better
kinds, for the ufe of his family. The farmer and gardener,
finding that’all their commodities are taken off, apply them-
felves with alacrity to the raifing more, and at the fame time
can afford to take better and more clothes from their tradef-
men, whcele price is the fame as formerly, and their induftry
only whetted by fo much new gain. It is eafy to trace the
money in its progrefs through the whole commonwealth,
where we fhall find that it muft firlt quicken the diligence of
every individual, before it increafes the price of labour.”

Now there are three pofitions maintained in this illultrative
reafoning, the firft of which may, or may not, be true, ac-
cording to circumftances 3 the other two cannot be true

Nay the.

under any circumftance. It is aflumed that the price of
labour will not be increafed, in the firft inftance, by an in-
creafe in the quantity of money, becaufe a greater number of
workmen will be employed; and of courfe the number of
workmen thus increafed, bearing the fame proportion to the
increafed money, that they formerly did, no addition will be
made to the price of labour; this, however, cannot be the
cafe, unlefs we fuppofe that before the increafed quantity of
money gave employment to thefe workmen, they were en-
tirely unemployed ; for if they were previoufly employed, the
greater demand for them, occafioned by the increafe of
money, mutt undoubtedly and neceffarily raife the price of
labour. Again, Mr. Hume fuppofes that the workmen
who have thus yained employment, find every thing in the
market at the fame price as formerly, though an increafed
demand for the commodities fold there is neceflarily occa-
fioned by the increafed money thefe workmen carry to market.
If the price of commodities in the market is not increafed
immediately on the increafe of demand for them, when, or
how, can it be raifed? not afterwards, for,as Mr. Hume
juttly obferves, the farmer and gardener apply themfelves
with alacrity to raifing an additional fupply ; and if the
price was not raifed, when there was only the ufual fupply,
and a more than ufual demand, it muft fail when the fupply
is raifed proportionally to the demand. The fame remarks
may be applied to the third pofition laid down by Mr, Hume,
viz. that the farmer and gardener, though they go to their
tradefmen with more money in their pockets, and can there-
fore afford to buy better, and more clothes than formerly,
yet get them at the old prices.

In fact, the procefs by which an increafe of money in any
country promotes indultry and raifes prices, varies accord-
ing to circumftances: if the increafed fupply is brought in
by thofe who lay out money principally or entirely in con-
fumption, the procefs goes on in one mode ; if the increafed
fupply is brought in by thofe who lay out money principally
for the purpofes of produétion, the procefs goes on in another
way. In the firft inftance, the perfons into whofe poffeffion
the increafe of money has come, naturally lay it out accord-
ing to their fancies and habits, either in obtaining a larger
quantity of thofe commodities which they formerly bought,
or in the purchafe of other commodities: which their inferior
means hitherto prevented them from obtaining: ineither cafe
there is a greater demand in the market while the fupply is
the fame. If, for inftance, the increafed money comes into the
pofleffion of labouring men, they either lay it out in getting
more bread fer themfelves and families; or if they previ-
oufly had enough of that, but could not procure meat, the
increafed money is laid out in the purchafe of meat. In
the one cafe there is a greater demand for bread, in the
other for meat ; while the fupply isthe fame: a rife in price
mutt therefore take place. ‘The next flep in the procefs is
that the bakers or butchers, finding a greater demand for
their articles, and obtaining confequently a higher price for
them, are induced to increafe the fupply : here then we may
fuppole the increafed money and the bread or meat to have
balanced each other. But we muft Jook a little farther ;
the baker or the butcher, in the firit inftance, obtaining a
higher price for their commodities, and fubfequently feiling
a greater quantity, and thus increafing their profits, are en-
abled, in their turn, to do what the labouring men did
when they obtained more money. They can afford to {pend
more; (for at prefent, all the cafes we fuppofe are thole of
men who lay out their increafed money in con{umpiion, not
in production) ; the articles on which they fpend their in-
creafed profits mult in their turn experience a rife of price,
which will produce a greater fupply. It is needlefs to pur-

fue

MONEY.

fue the operations of this additional fupply of money any
further, or to point out how it will be gradually {pread over
the community, always in fome degree affecting the prices
of thofe commodities to the purchafe of which it is ap-
plied. It'may, however, be further remarked, that there
are many dilturbing forces, which may prevent the con-
fequences now enumerated from following certainly, and
in the order laid ‘down, from an increafed fupply of mo-
ney; and that the rife of price is feldom or never pro-
portioned exactly to the increafed demand; while, on
the other hand, a fupply equal to the increafed demand
feldom brings the prices down to their former level.

Let us now fuppofe that the increafed quantity of money
is in the pofleffion of thofe who will expend it in produc-
tions; fome individual cafe will render the fabjec& more clear,
and enable us to trace the confequences more direétly and
minutely. A cotton manufacturer, for inftance, has his
capital doubled, and determines to apply this increafe of
fortune folely to the extenfion of his trade: of courfe he mutt
employ more men to work for him, and more of the raw
material. Unlefs we can imagine that there were quite
unemployed the additional number of men that he would
need, his demand for more workmen mutt raife the price of
labour ; and even on the fuppofition that there were a fuffi-
cient number of unemployed workmen, ftill, if we refle&
a little, we mult be convinced that the price of labour will
be raifed, even in this cafe ; for thefe unemployed workmen,
being of courfe anxious to procure Lepage mel be
confidered as a fupply greater than the demand in the market ;
of courfe this circum{tance muft have a confiderable effeé&
in lowering the price of labour ; but when the cotton ma-
nika@ree bires them, he in faét increafes the demaud for
workmen, and therefore mult raife the price. So that the
effect is not altered in its nature, though it is in degree,
whether we fuppofe the cotton Satna tsder to go inte the
market for workmen, where all are already engaged, or
where there are a fufficient number: to be found unem-
ployed : in the former cafe, the price of labour weuld rife
much higher than it would in the latter cafe ; for we are to
reflec that the lowering of the price of labour or of any
commodity is effeted, not only by thofe who want it not
being fo numerous, or not being fo able and willing to pur-
chafe it at the former price, but allo, in nearly an equal de-
gree, by thofe who have it to difpofe of, on their perceiving
the demand diminifhed, offering it at a lower rate, each be-
ing anxious, under thefe circumitances, to get rid of the
article he has in the market.

The firft effeét, then, of the increafed capital of the cot-
ton manufaCturer is to raife the price of labour: it is unne-
ceffary to point out again how the increafed wages which the
labourer obtains will operate on the price of commodities,
and fubfequently on their fupply ; this has already been
done. But befidesa rife in the price of labour, the in-
creafed capital of the manufacturer, being partly expended
on cotton, and partly alfo on the buildings and machinery ne-
ceflary to manufacture this additional quantity of cotton, its
effeéts on thefe mutt alfo be apparent, at firit in the rife of
price, and afterwards in the greater fupply. On the other
hand, the fupply of cotton goods in the market being in-
creafed, while the demand remains the fame, the price of

them muft fall; here then we may perceive an effential differ.

ence between the effe&s of an increafed fupply of money,
accordingly as it comes into the hands of thofe who lay it
out in 4p lees or into the hands of thofe who lay it
out in production. In the ijatter cafe, the immediate effeé
is arifein price, the indirect and fubfequent is a greater fup-
ply, ftimulated by this rife in price; but this greater fupply

may not be more than fufficient to meet the greater demand,
in the former cafe, although a rife in the price of labour,
and of thofe articles neceflary for the manufaéture is occa.
fioned, which is alfo met by a greater fupply; yer, befides
thefe effects correfponding to the effeéts in the latter inflance,
there is a greater tee of cotton goods in the market; fo
that whatever opinion may be formed refpedting the confe-
quences (as they affect the national profperity) of an in-
creafed fupply of money in the hands of thofe who expend
itin confumption, there feems to be no reafon for doubting
that the confequences are beneficial, when the increafed fup-
ply is expended on produétion.

But it will be proper to look more clofely into the effets
of a greater quantity of money, in order to perceive in
what cafe it is beneficial to a nation, and by what means it
is beneficial ; and in what cafes it is prejudicial to a nation,
and by what means it is fo.

When the effect of a greater fupply of money is to flimu-
late induftry, fo as to bring a greater quantity of commo-
dities into the market, then there can be no doubt that it is
beneficial toa nation. At firit fight it may appear of little
moment, whether there is a greater quantity of commodi-
ties produced or not, if the price of them is not diminifhed:
but the real wealth and profperity of a nation does not con-
fit in there being few commodities produced, though they
are fold at ever fo cheap a rate; it confifts in the wach aA
fupply, provided there isa demand for that fupply, what-
ever be the price of them ; for an abundant fupply and a
Mert demand proves that all clafles of the community

ve fullemployment ; that they are exerting their fkill and
induftry, and that this fkill and induftry are well paid.
Now there is no motive which will {timulare men fo power-
fully and generally to the exertion of additional {kill and
induftry, as the profpeét of greater gain ; and the profpect
of greater gain cannot be held out, unlefs there is a greater
demand for their goods, and aconfequent higher price fiven
for them ; this, it is evident, cannot be the cafe, unleis the
quantity of money in the nation be increafed. It may, in-
deed, be alleged, that a greater demand for any particular
commodity may be created by the abftraGion of demand for
fome other commodity ; but in this cafe it is evident, that
what is gained to the nation in one cafe, is loft in the other ;
for thofe who produce the latter commodity will fuffer from
the diminution of demand, as much as thofe who produce
the former commodity will be benefited by an increafe of
demand. The cafe fuppofed, therefore, mult be that of a
greater demand for any particular defeription of commodities,
without any variation in the demand for any other commodity;
and this cafe cannot exift, unlefs there be a greater quantity
of money in the nation.

This illuftration of the effeéts of an increafed quantity of
money has proceeded on the fuppofition that they were con-
fined within the nation where the increafe took piace: but it
may be proper to examine what will be the effeéts on the com-
mercial tranfactions of this nation with other nations: thefe
effeéts will be fimilar to thofe which are known to proceed
from great capital ; i.e. the ability ro purchafe the raw ma-
terials of manufaéiure clieaper, by taking them in greater
quantities, and for ready money, and to fe] the manufaétured
article cheaper, both from the circumfance of the raw ma-
terials having been bought cheaper, and from the increafe
of capital, and confequeutly of trade, enabling the manne
faGturer to be fatisfied with lefs proportional profits. It is
evident, however, that all thefe berieficial confequences de-
pend on ene important circumilence ; that the increafed
quantity of money, oa whatever it is expended, though ir at
firft raifes:‘the price, yet foon afterwards, by Simulating in

SBa duitry,

»

MONEY.

duftry, brings in fuch an additional fupply, as fully anfwers
the increafed demand. In this cafe alone money, when it
flows with greater abundance than formerly into a nation,
is beneficial to it.

A greater abundance of money will be prejudicial to a
nation, either whenit flows in too rapidly or irregularly ;
or when the nation, previoufly to this additional fupply of
money, had exerted its induftry and fkill to the utmoit. As
this latter cafe is a very improbable one, we fhall confine our
obfervations principally to the former.

When a greater quantity of money flows in very rapidly,
the induftry of the nation cannot keep pace with it ; prices
are fuddenly raifed very high ; and though the fame effec
follows in fome degree, even in this cafe, which we have feen
to be the natural confequence of a greater quantity of mo-
ney, a greater demand, and a rife in the price of commodi-
ties, viz. that a greater fupply is produced by the ftimulus
given to induftry ; yet, induftry muft have fome time in
which to exert itfeif, and it alfo has its limits. Befides,
it by no means follows, that the increafed demand for any
commodity, is in the exa& proportion of the increafed
quantity of money brought into market for the pur-
chafe of that commodity ; fo that if the increafed fupply
of it be regulated by the increafed quantity of money, in-
dependently of any regard to what is the aétual amount of
the increafed demand, the conf2quence will be that a larger
quantity of the commodity will be brought into the market,
than can find vent there, at leaft at a fair price. Now this
circumttance is moft likely to happen, where a greater abun-
dance of money flows in very rapidly ; the immediate con-
fequence is that there is a {trong competitior, and the price
of the commodity is forced up much higher than would have
been the cafe, if the flow of money into the market had
been gradual and progreffive.

The fame evil refults from the circumftance of a greater
abundance of money flowing in irregularly ; partly in
the mode juft detailed, and partly in another manner. No-
thing renders the produGtion of any commodity fo certain
and fteady, and confequently nothing benefits a nation at
large, and thofe whofe labour gives birth to it, fo much as
a regular and known demand for it : but ifat one time there is
a large fupply of money in the market, and at another time
the fupply is comparatively {mall, the manufacturer does not
know how to regulate his labour, and as it is fafer and more
prudent to err onthe fide of a deficient fupply, the market
is moft likely to fuffer in this refpe@.

We may therefore conclude that where a greater abun-
dance of money flows into a nation flowly, gradually, and re-
gularly, the nation will be benefited by it: induftry and
{kill will proceed in their natural courfe, by advances hke-
wife flow, gradual, and reguiar; and the ground which
they thus fecure, they will keep certainly and firmly. The
wealth of the nation refting ona firm foundation, will not
be apt to be fhaken or diminifhed. But, on the other hand,
where the influx of wealth is fudden, rapid, or irregular,
wt will certainly tend much more to raifethe prices than to
increafe the fupply of commodities ; and even that increafed
fupply, as far as it does take place, will not be conftant or
regular.

The other cafe, in which a greater abundance of money
was itated to be prejudicial to a nation, was that, where,
previoufly to this additional fupply, the nation had exerted its
indultry and fkill to the utmoft. This, it wasadded, wasa
very improbable cafe ; yet it certainly exifted in Holland
fome time before the French revolution dettroyed the com-
merce of that country. Money was there.fo abundant, that
it could fearcely be employed in any manner, fo as to produce

8

a {mall profit. In this country, therefore, under thefe cir-
cumftances, it is evident that a greater abundance muft have
been prejudicial ; the only effeét it could have would have
been that of {till farther depreffing the profits of thofe who
either had money to lend, or who employed it themfelves.

Let us now look at the effeéts on the property of a na-
tion, which would be produced by diminifhing the quantity
of its money ; and, in order that we may perceive and trace
thefe effeéts more clearly, let us fuppofe a particular cafe.
Let us fuppofe that the quantity of money brought into the’
market for the purchafe of meat was diminifhed: the imme-
diate refult would be, that each butcher, anxious to difpofe of
his meat, would offer it below the ufual price; or, if we
can fuppofe that they ail perfifled in feeking, and aétually
obtained the ufual price, then, in this cafe, part of the
meat muft remain unfold. In either cafe, the butchers would
carcy home lefs money than ufual, and of courfe would be
able to {pend lefs on the commodities they were in the habit
of buying; the venders of thofe commodities, in their turn,
would either Le obliged to difpofe of them all at reduced
prices, or there would remain unfold a part of them. This
would happen if the money withdrawn were what was
ufually laid out in articles of confumption ; but if it were
what were ufually laid out on labour, and for the manufac-
ture of commodities, it is plain that the price of labour
would fall, and the fupply of manufaured articles would be
diminifhed. In procefs of time, no doubt all things would
accommodate themfelves to this diminifhed fupply of money ;
but in the mean while induftry would be checked, and the
real ftrength and profperity of the nation would be affeéted.

It is a curious and difficult queftion to folve, whether, un-
der any circumitances of the diminution of money, the fupply
of commodities would ftill remain the fame, fo that, in faét,
the only confequence would be that all things would be
cheaper ; in the fame manner, that the only confequence of
an increafed fupply of money may, under certain circum-
ftances be, that the price of commodities is raifed ; or whe-
ther, as on the latter fuppofition, the confequence may be,
either that the price is raifed, or that induitry being ftimu-
lated, the {upply of commodities is increafed in a proportion
equal to the increafe of money ; fo, on the former fuppofition,
of a diminution of money, the confequences may be either
a diminution of price, or a proportioval diminution of
fupply. One thing, however, is certain, that as it is fearcely
poflible for money to flow into a nation in greater abundance
than formerly, without flimulating the indultry of the na-
tion, whatever may be its permanent effects on the price of
commodities ; fo it is fcarcely poffible for money to be taken
away from a nation, without checking its induftry, what-
ever may be the effeéts of this meafure on price.

Dr. Smith juftly obferves, that it is impoflible to determine
what is the proportion which the circulating money of any
country bears to the whole value of the annual produce cir-
culated by mears of it; but though it is impoffible to de-
termine this, yet one rule for approximating towards the
truth islaid down, which, as it feems to proceed on an erro-
neous idea of the nature of money, deferves fome notice in
a difcuffion on the principles of that commodity. It has
been faid, that the quantity of money required to condu& the
commerce of any nation, muft be direétly as the amount of
that commerce, and as the rapidity with which the money
circulates ; it is this latter divifion of the rule for ettimating
the neceflary quantity of money, that requires feme notice,
as proceeding on an erroneous idea of it. Whenever any
commodity employed as money ceafes to circulate, it ceafes
to be money; it is only money, itriftly and properly
fpeaking, while it circulates ; and in the intervals of its cir-

culation,

MONEY.

culation, be they long or fhort, it fuffera a temporary lofs of
that amas besarte it in not then perferming the office
of money. A thoufand guineas locked up in the chelt of
amifer, or by any other means kept unemployed, can with
no more propriety be called money than a thoufand ounces
of plate, or a thoufand medals of gold in the fame fituation.
The phrafe rapidity of circulation, therefore, ought to be
fet afide, as conveying an erroneous idea, ‘To put thisin a
{tronger and clearer point of view ; let us fuppofe that the
circulating medium atoms country confifts of a million gui-
veas; and that there are coined at the mint an additional
hundred thoufand : while thefe continue in the mint, it could
not with any propriety be faid, that the circulating medium
was increafed one-tenth; nor could this be faid, if, as foon
as they were iffued from the mint, they were locked up, and
not brought into circulation. Let us now fuppofe, that the
circulating medium confilts of 1,100,000/., but that one-
eleventh of this, or 100,000/., are conttantly unemployed :
they, ftrictly fpeaking, could not be faid to conititute any

art of the money of the nation; nor, if they were thrown
into regular and conftant circulation, could it be faid that the
rapidity of the circulation was increafed, any more than it
could be faid with propriety that the circulation was increafed
by the additional fupply of one hundred thoufand guineas
from the mint, or from the. che/t in which they had been
Jocked up. It makes no real difference in the circulating
medium of a country, whether the fame hundred thoufand
guineas are conttantly locked up, or when a fum to that
amount, the guineas conitituting it continually changing, is
conftantly unemployed: the circulating medium in both
cafes would be actually increafed, if that fum were added to
the money of the country ; i.e. if it were evs, 7 into con-
ftant ufe; in neither cafe could it properly be faid that the
rapidity of circulation was increafed.

An erroneous idea, founded ona fimilar mifconception of
the real nature of money, is very generally entertained re-
{peéting the caufe of a high or low rate of intereft. That
de rate of intereft fhould below when money is plentiful in
a country ; andthat, on the other hand, it fhould be high
when money is {carce, are fuppofed to be the natural, ob-
vious, and neceflary confequences of thefe circumftances re-
fpeétively, Now, as in the cafe of coin unemployed, it has
not the character, and cannot fulfil the offices of money ; fo
in the cafe of money not brought into competition with any

iven commodity, it cannot affeet the price of that commo-

ity. ‘There is as little reafon to fuppofe that an increafed
quantity of money would directly and neceffarily raife the
price of meat, if it were all expended in the purchafe of
dread, as to imagine that this increafed fupply, merely be-
caule it flows into a nation, fhould lower the rate of intereft :
the rate of intere!t, like the price of all commodities, mutt
depend on the proportion between the fupply and demand :
if the increafed quantity of money is employed to enlarge
the fupply of money to be lent out at interelt, while the de-
mand continues the fame, then the rate of intereft will be
lowered; but if it is employed for any other purpofe, then
it can have no effect on the rate of intereft. Such are the
leading and moft important topics conneéted with the difcuf-
fion of the principles of money, to which alone this article
has been contined. An attempt has been made to illuftrate
‘thefe principles, in the firft place, by pointing out the real
nature of money, or the qualities neceflary in any commo-
dity which is to be employed for the purpofe of facilitating
the interchange of what men poflefs for what they defire ; in
the fecond place, by pointing out the modes in which mo-
ney operates in the interchange of commodities ; and in the

third place, by detailing and explaining the effects produced

on the profperity of a nation, by an increafe or diminution
in the troply of money. Some collateral and incidental to-
pics have alfo been touched upon, all tending to the fame
obje&t, viz. that of illuftrating the nature of money, and the
mode of its operations,

It has been thought proper to abftain from introducing
any difcuflion refpetting the different kinds of money that
have been, or are, generally employed, or refpecting the
queftions to which this branch of the fubje¢t would oaturally
give rife; as whether, if metallic money is employed, one
metal alone fhould be the ftandard and legal tender, and the
others fhould be permitted to circulate along with it, accord-
ing to their market price ; or whether the proportions fhould
be fixed by law ; the difcuffion of this point will fall under
the head of Sitver. What are the advantages and difad-
vantages of a metallic and paper currency ; and the various
important queftions connected with this branch of the fub-
ject of money ; thefe will fall under the head Parer Cur-
rency : and what circumftances affe€&t the proportional value
of the currency of one country, as compared with that of
other countries ; thefe will be confidered under the head Pax
of Exchange. In the courfe of the prefent article, the na-
ture of value has been flightly touched upon; this will be
more fully and particularly treated of under its proper
head ; ait fome further illuftration of the nature and opera-
tions of money, will occur under the articles Price, Stock
or Capital, and Weaitu, which could not fo properly find
a place in this article.

In noticing the authors that treat on the principles of mo-
ney, itis fearcely neceflary to mention Smith, in his Wealth
of Nations; on this, as on mofl of the fundamental topics
of political economy, this author is perfpicuous and fatif-
factory, though he does not always exhauft the fubje& on
which he treats.

On the principles of money, much perhaps may be gained
from his incidental illuftrations, and from the general princi-

le that pervades his works, and lies at the foundation of his
eden than from what he dire@tly advances on the fubjeét.
Hume, in his eflay “« OF Money,” has thrown out only fome
very luminous ideas, which, though not always exa@ly cor-
reét, as we have endeavoured to prove, yet almoit unavoid-
ably, in the mind of an attentive reader, give rife, not merely
tothe perception of the error which they contain, but alfo to
fuch a train of reflections as {till further iliuftrate the fubje&.
Indeed it is the fingular merit of this author in his eflays,
that he guides and Himilates his readers to refle@ion. Sir
James Stewart, in his Enquiry into the Principles of Politicak
Economy, has entered pretty fully into the fubje& of money
in the 28thchapter of his 2d book: there is a very ftriking
and effential difference between the works of this author and
that of Smith in his Wealth of Nations. Throughout the
whole work of Stewart, there is that want of methodical
and luminous arrangement, that ob{curity and unfatisfaéto-
rinefs in reafoning, and that clafhing and contradiGtorinefs
of opinion, which muft exift, where there are no clear and
well grounded general principles eftablifhed and purfued.
His chapter on money, however, contains many valuable
and found do@rines; pufhed in fome inftances too far, as where
he endeavours to prove that an increafe of money in a nation
cannot affect the prices; the opinion that it neceflarily, uni-
formly, and permanently muft raife the prices, is no doubt
erroneous ; butif the illuftrations in this article are corre,
the contrary opinion, that it cannot produce this effet, is alfo
erroneous. The cortroverfy which took place towards the
clofe of the 17+hcentury refpeéting the ftate of the curren-
cy, and that which took place a few years ago, gave rife to
many pamphlets, fome of which treat dire@ly and entirely
on

MON
on the principles of money, and others of them only inci-
dentally ; thefe are, of courfe, of various merit, and will
not add much that is fatisfaétory and folid to what may be
gathered from Smith, Hume, and Stewart. ;

Moxey, Falje, or Bafe, is either ftruck by an unqualified
perfon, and of unftatutable metals ; or that which has lott of
its weight, either by being clipped on the corners, or filed
on the edges: or, laflly, by having fome of its furface
eaten off; if gold, by aqua regia: if filver, by aqua fortis. -

Another kind of bafe money is that made of pieces of
iron, copper, or other metal, covered on each fide with a thin
plate or leaf of gold or filver, neatly foldered and joined
round the edges, and ftruck, like other coin, with figures,
legends, &c, only to be diftinguifhed from them by the bulk
and weight, and found.

Moyey-Bills, in Parliamentary Language, comprehend all
bills, by which money is directed to be raifed upon the fubjeé,
for any purpofe or in any fhape whatfoever ; either for the
exigencies of government, and colle&ted from the kingdom in
general, as the land-tax : or for private benefit, and coilected
inany particular diltriG, as by turnpikes, parifh-rates, and the
like. With refpe& to thefe bills, the commons are fo rea-
fonably jealous of their privilege of framing new taxes for
the fubjeét, that they will not fuffer the other houfe to exert
any other power but that of rejeting : they will not per-
mit the leaft alteration or amendment to be made by the
lords to the mode of taxing the people by bills of this
nature.

Money, Cert. See CeRT-MONEY.

Money, Chimney, Madning, Poll, Preft, Preftation, Sal-
wage, Ship, and Trophy. See the feveral articles.

Money-wort, in Botany. See NuMMULARIA.

MONEYERS, Moneyors, or Moniers, officers of the
mint, who work and coin gold and filver money ; and an-

{wer all the watte and charges.

Monevyenrs is fometimes alfo ufed for hawkers ; or thofe
who make a trade of turning and returning money. (

MONEYGALL, in Geography, a {mall pott-town of Ire-
Jand, in the King’s county. It 1s 69 miles S.W. from
Dublin, and ro S.W. from Rofcrea.

MONEYMORE, a {mall poft-town of the county of
Londonderry, province of Uliter, Ireland, in the fouthern
part of the courty. It is 83 miles N. from Dublin, and two
miles from Cookitown.

MONFALCO, a town of Spain, in Catalonia; 5 miles
N.E. of Cervera.

MONFALCONE, a town of Italy, capital of a {mall
principality of the fame name, feated on the coalt of the
Adriatic, and containing about 1200 inhabitants ;_ the whole
territory comprehends 20 villages, and about 4600 inhabit-
ants; 15 miles N.W. of Triefte, N. lat. 45° 53’. E. long.
13° 30'.

*MONFALOUT, orMomrtor. See ManFraLourT.

MONFIA, an ifland in the Indian fea, near the coaft of
Africa, governed by a king, tributary to the Portuguefe ;
about 60 miles in circumference. S. lat. 7° 30'.

MONFORT-L’amaury, a town of France, in the de-
partment of the Seine and Oife, and chief place of a canton,
in the diftri&t of Verfailles. The place contains 2400, and the
canton 15,809 inhabitants, ona territory of 2124” kiliome-
tres, in 28 communes.

MONFORTE, or Moxtrort, a town of Portugal, in
the province of ‘I'ras-los-Montes ; 33 miles W. of Bragan-
¢2.—Alfo, a town of Spain, in Valencia ; 13 miles W.N.W.
of Alicant.—Alfo, a town of Portugal, in the province of
Alantejo; 12 miles S. of Portalegre. N. lat. 38° 56’. W.
jong. 7°? 12'—-Alfo, a town of Portugal, in Bewa; 15

MON :

miles §.E. of Caftel Branco. N. lat. 39° 38!. Ww. long.
6° 58'—Alfo, atown of Sicily, in the valley of Demona ;
1o miles W.S.W. of Meffina. ,

Monrorre de Lamos, a town of Spain, in Galicia; 15
miles N.N.E. of Orenfe.

MONGAELLT, a fea-port of Madagafcar, on the W.
coat. §. lat. 13° 55’.

MONGAGUBA, a river of Brazil, which runs into the
Atlantic, S.lat. 9°20’. W. long. 34° 56".

MONGALLO, or Gatto, a kingdom of Africa, N. of
Mocaranga ; having a capital of the fame name, on a river
called Mongallo, which runs into the Indian ocean, S. lat.
162 Gls es gous. 20% 14.

MONGALORE, a town of Hindooftan, in the Car-

natic ; 15 miles W. of Gingee.

*® MONGAN, atown of Chinefe Tartary. N. lat. 41°

46". FE. long. 123° 54". ’

MONGANORE, a town of Hindooftan, in Golconda ;
12 miles W.N.W. of Rachore.

MONGAS, a country of Africa, S. of Sofala, furnifh-
ing a great quantity of gold, particularly at Maffapa and
Maninas, and the mountain of Ophir, whence, as fome have
f{uppofed, Solomon derived his treafures. The Portuguefe
are fettled at Maflapa, under the government of Mozam-
bigue.

‘MONGASABA, a town of Hindooftan, in Oude; 28
miles N. of Kairabad.

MONGAULT, Nicnoias-HuperT be, in Biography,
aman of letters, who was born at Paris in 1674, entered, at an
eariy age, into the congregation of the Fathers of the Ora-
tory, and was fent to ttudy philofophy at Mans. The fyf-
tem then taught in the fchools was that of Ariftotle, which,
as Mongault could not comprehend, he did not fcruple to
reject, and adopted that of Defcartes in its flead, the prin-
ciples of which he openly maintained in public exhibitions.
His want of health obliged him to retire, in 1699, to the
college of Burgundy, at Paris, where he finifhed a tranfla-
tion of Herodian, which was publifhed in the followin
year. Ina few months afterwards, he publifhed the fire
volume of a tranflation of the ‘ Letters of Cicero to Atti-
cus,’’ and almoft immediately after, Colbert, archbifhop of
Touloufe, gave him apartments in his palace. Ina fhort
time the fuperintendant Foucault, who wilhed for the con-
verfation and fervices of a man of learning, prevailed upon
Mongault to refide with him, and obtained for him admif-
fion into the Academy of Infcriptions and Belles Lettres.
In 1710, the duke of Orleans appointed him tutor to his
fon, the duke of Chartres: in this fituation he is celebrated
-by Duclos, in his Memoirs of the Regency, as ‘a man of
parts and erudition ; a theologian, who thought freely on
the fubjeéts of religion ;”” but whether he thought his pupil
incapable of enlightened principles, or that princes fhould

themfelves be fubjeG&ed to the moft powerful reftraints, he-

certainly endeavoured to imprefs on the mind of the young
prince a fyftem of religien which had a tendency to excite
the greateit degree of terror. The refult was, as might
have been expected, that after his father’s death, the youth
went into all the aulterities of monkifh devotion, in which he
continued till his death. The abbe’s fervices were, however,
fo well received by the family, that he obtained, through
their means, feveral church benetices and civil places. For
many years of his life he was fubje&t to melancholy, but

when free from this compiaint, his converfation was lively.

and inftruétive. -He died in 1746: belides his tranflation of
Cicero’s letters, in fix volumes, he publifhed two differta-
tions in the Memoirs of the Academy of Infcriptions. He
avas admitted into the French academy in 1718. Moreri, ~

7 MON-

a

ee a

MON

MONGELLA, in Geography, 0 fmall ifland in the Per-
fian gulf, near Cape Bardillan, N. lat. 27° 97°.

MONGER, a little fea veflel which filhermen ufc,

When a word ends with monger, it fignifies merehunt ; from
the Saxon manger, i. ©. mereator.

MONGERAH, in Geography, a town of Hindooltan,
in Onde ; §§ miles N.W. of Manickpour.

MONGHIR, atown and fortrefs of Hindooftan, in
Bahar, on the S, coalt of the Ganges; go miles E. of
Bahar. N, lat. 25° 25’. E. long, 86° 36.

MONG-HOA, a city of China, of the firlt rank, in
the province of Yun-nan, to which no diltriét belongs; it
is furrounded with high mountains, which abound with
the animals that yield mufk. N. lat. 25°18’ EE. long.
100° 4/,

MONGIA, or Muata, a fea-port town of Spain, in
~— near the fea-coalt; 35 miles W.N.W. of Com-

itella.

MONGIARDIA, a town of the Ligurian republic ;
23 miles N. of Genoa.

MONGLEE, a town of Hindooftan, in Dowlatabad ;
28 miles S. of Renapour, al

MONGLEGOARRY, a town of Hindooftan, in the
circar of Guntoor; 12 miles E. of Guntoor.

MONGLETORE, a town of Hindooltan, in Goicon-
da; 30 miles S.W. of Rachore.

MONGOL, one of the fmall Philippine iflands, N.E.
of Mafbate. N. lat. 12° 14’. E-long. 123° 55’.

MONGOLBONG,, one of the fmaller Philippine iflands,
Ex of Mafbate. N. lat. 12° ro’ EF long. 124°.

MONGOLES, Moneuts, or Moguls, a people of an-
cient origin, and of widely extended dominions in the north-
weltern parts of Atia; whofe conquetts, as far as hiltory
can trace them, might be configned to oblivion, if they had
not produced in fucceflive ages fignal revolutions in the {late
of governments and of mankind. It is not eafy to feparate
them from the people called Tartars, or to afcertain their
firft rife, and their early progrefs towards that vaft empire
which they ultimately acquired. Both the Moguls and
Tartars are faid to have been the defcendants of Japhet, the
eldeft fon of Noah. The progeny of Mazog, Methech, and
Tubal, as many learned men have maintained, planted both
the Scythias, and confequently the country of the ancient
Moguls and Tartars. The Tartars claim priority of origin,
and pretend to be defcended from Turk, the eldelt fon of
Japhet, whom they call Japhis. From their ancient an-
celter they derive the name of Turks, which they feem to
have retained till the time of Jenghiz Khan. This name was
fucceeded by that of 'Tartars or Tatars; and this appella-
tion was afterwards changed by fome of their tribes into
that of Monguls or Moguls, which appellation prevailed till
the dominion of the people, thus denominated, over the
fouthern provinces of Afia expired, when the former name
was again refumed. The immediate fucceffor of Turk was
his fen Taunak, who contributed to enrich and aggrandize
the nation over which he prefided; and the government
defcended in this line, from which Timur Beg at a future
period is faid to have fprung. One of thefe princes, ca!led
Alanza Khan, having twin fons, viz. Tatar and Mogul, or
more properly Mung’l, divided his dominions between them,
not long before his deceafe... From Tatar Khan, the Tatars
or Tartars derived their name, as the Moguls deduce theirs
from Mogul or Mung’! Khan. The latter prince, the firft
monarch of the Moguls, was of a very melancholy difpofi-
tion, which circumftance gave occafion to his name; Aung,
in the Tartarian language, fignifying melincholy. At his
death he left four fons, from the eldeft of whom, in a dire&

MON

line, defeended the famous Jenghiz Khan. Kara Khan, the
eldett of thefe fons, afcended the throne upon the deceafe of
his father; and the Tartare fay, that in hin time the true
religion was banifhed out of the world, and idolatry fub-
ftituted in its place. His fon and fucceflor, Owus Khan,

is faid to have worfhipped the true God; and iffued an order,

that every one in his dominions fhould embrace the true reli-

gion. Ogus Khan was a valiant and victorious prince, and

fubdued by his arms the people of Kitay or Kathay, and

thofe of other nations. Opus Khan, who extended his

conquefts through a long reign, as the ‘T'vrtars fay, of 116

Sar was held in high veneration over a great part of the

Ralt, and regarded as the greateft hero, except Jenghiz

Khan, that ever lived in the eaftern parts of the world, by

the Turks and Tartars of all denominations. ‘The Otto-

mans, or Ottoman Turks, fo called in contradiftin€tion to

the Turkith or Tartarian tribes fettled in Great and Little

Turtary, from him affume the name of Oguzians; and pre-

tend that the Othman or Ottoman family is defcended in

a direé& line from Ogus Khan. ‘The Tartar hiftorians blend

many fictions with their account of the Tartarian and

Mogul princes, fo that at this diftance of time, and without

the affiltunce of collateral records, it is impoflible to diltin-

guifh between the true and the fabulous relations which their

hiftory contains. Although they are nfiftaken in their chro-

nology, as is the cafe particularly with Abu’! Ghazi Baha-

dur, whofe artarian MS. containing the genealogical

hiltory of the Turks, Tartars, and Moguls, was brought into

Europe by M. Von Strahlenberg, by him tranflated into the

German tongue, and afterwards into French, and pablithed:
at Leyden in 1726, who refer Ogus Khan to the ninth ges

neration from Noah; it hevbetleléfe appears, that this

prince was at the head of a powerful nation in the Eaft, from

which the prefent Tartars fprung, and rendered himfelf

famous by his conquefts. Some have fuppofed, that this

Ogus Khan was the fame with the Madyes of Herodotus,

and, therefore, that the conquefts of this prince terminated

in the reduétion of the Upper Alia, and that he put an end
to his expeditions about the year 634 B.C.

Difmiffing the ancient hiftory of the Mongoles or Mogals,
between whom and the Tartars many contentions fubfifted
for feveral fucceffive ages, we fhall confine our account of
them, in the fequel of this article, to a later period. In the
gth century Ave nations appeared roaming about the
northern fide of China and Corea ; in the welt, oc Modern
Mongolia, the Mong-u, afterwards called Monk-kos and
Mongoles ; further to the eaft, the Kitanes; and laftly,
beyond Corea, as far as the eaftern ocean, the Niudfches or
Kin, who, generally fpeaking, are the fame people-with the
Tungufes, and the Mandfchu or Mantchew, the prefent
fovereigns of China, Thefe shree people, gradually in-
ereafing, became at length powerful nations; though at
firft they were weak and inconfiderable. In the roth century,
the Kitanes firft fubdued the two other nations, and then
the northern provinces of China. The Niudfches, however,
foon rebelled, and being called to their afliftance by the
Chinefe, gained the afcendancy over them, as well as the
Kitanes. Upon this, a part of the latter retreated welt-
wards, and took poffeflion of the Leffler Bucharia, where
they have fince borne the name of Karakitans, or Karaki-
tayans. In the mean time the Niudfches ruled over the
north of China, and the Mongoley as far.as the eaftern ocean.
The Mongoles were divided into feveral hordes, who, not-
withftanding the fupremacy of the Niudfches, had their
own kbans. It was one of thefe petty princes, Temud{chin
or Temulin, who, under the name of Tfchinghis-khan, or
Jenghiz-khan, became the founder of a new monarchy,

ang

MONGOLES. /

and one of the moft memorable ravagers of the world. He
was only thirteen years old, on the death of his father in
1176, when he became fovereign of 40,000 families. His
career lafted twenty years ; during which time he defolated
the countries and fubjeGted the people from the Mongoley
and from China to the further Afia, and in Europe quite
up to the fhores of the Dnieper. In the firft three years of
his warfare, he fubdued the Naimanes, Kirghifes, and the
other Tartarian hordes. He received the voluntary fub-
miffion of the Igures, a polifhed nation, who communicated
the art of writing to the Mongoles, from whom afterwards
the Mandfchu received it. About the fame time he preffed
forward into the north-weltern parts of China, and made the
king of Tangut his vaffal. Soon after he turned his arms
againft the Niudfches, proceeding in his conquefts, murder,
and rapine, as far as the capital of Irnking, forced it to
furrender, and found in it the wife Llidfchutzay, a truly
great and noble-minded man, whom he made his firit officer
of {tate ; and who not only refcued feveral millions of per-
fons from their impending fate, who would otherwife have
fallen victims to the favage Mongoles, but who may be alfo
jutly faid to have created the Mongolian ftate, by polifhing
the manners of that people, and, as far as he was able, diflemi-
nating among them the arts and {ciences. While the Mon-
golian army was fighting againft the Niud{fches, in 1217,
the flames of war broke out with increafing fury on the
weltern fide of the Mongolian empire, which, in procefs of
time, communicated to all the countries round, and the Mon-
goles advanced to nether Afia, and thence again to Europe.
Having defeated Kefchluk, king of the Naimanes, and
caufed the country to fubmit, Tichinghis haftened to meet
the fultan of Khovarefm, who had caufed his ambaflador to
be flain, and who was his mightieft and mott dangerous
adverfary, and obliged him to fubmit. In 1220, Khovarefm,
the capital, was captured, and on this occalion the number
of the killed amounted to upwards of 100,000 perfons, and
every Mongolian warrior received to his own fhare twenty-
four flaves. About the fame time all the countries aud
nations round, as far as the Oxus, fubmitted to his arms.
Tichinghis now difpatched an army acrofs that river, took
Khorafan, and drove the new khovarefmian fultan to India.
Another army was engaged in China againft the Niud{ches ;
a third was making conquefts in Kaptf{chak, on the N. fide
of the Cafpian; and a fourth, which had reduced the
countries on the S. fide of that fea, was now advancing
againft the Kaptfchaks. In 1223, the Polovtzes, a branch
of the Kapt{fchaks, and Ruffians loft the great battle on the
Kalka, and were purfued as far as the Dnieper by the Mon-
goles; who, without proceeding farther into Rufiia, returned,
laden with their booty, by Kaptfchak to Bucharia, to join
T{chinghis. In this year T{chinghis convoked a general
diet, in which was fettled the form of government to be
adopted by the conquering countries. His intended pro-
grefs to India was refifted by the army ; and, therefore,
after an abfence of feven years he returned, in 1225, to
Mongoley; but in the following year he was obliged to
undertake a campaign againft the rebellious Tangut.
The Mongoles penetrated acrofs the great fandy defert
into that country, and were every where victorious; the
royal race was exterminated, and the inhabitants were
flaughtered in fuch fhocking multitudes, that fearcely one in
fifty was fpared. After this conqueft, and when Tfchinghis
was meditating the deftru€tion of the empire of the
Niudfches in China, death, in 5227, terminated all his
projects. Oktay, the fon and fucceffor of Tfchinghis,
put an end to the empire of the Niudiches in China, and
yeduced the whole northern China to his authority; he then

made war upon the kings of Corea, and determined, with
an army of more than a million and a half of men, to over-
run the world from one end of one hemifphere to the
other. With 600,000 of his troops he marched in perfon
againft the dynalty of Song in fouthern China; while the
main body of his army, under the command of his fon
Kayuk and his nephews Baaty and Menku, proceeded to
the weft. In their progrefs they fubdued the Tcherkafles
and Avkhafes, penetrated the Bafchkirey, into Kazan and
Bulgaria, and finally came to Mofcow. Fourteen Ruffian
towns were burnt in one month, February 1238. Baaty
proceeded toward Novgorod, and ordered ali the inhabitants
in his-paflage to be maffacred: but fuddeuly changing the
dire&tion cf his march, he haftened to the regions of the
Polovtzes and Bulgarians on the Volga. After a defperate
refiftance of ten weeks, Kief furrendered (1240), and re-
ceived a Mongolian viceroy. All Ruffia, except Novgo-
rod, was now tributary to the Mongoles, who every where
appointed viceroys, without expelling the Ruffian princes.

. Baaty khan, with two great armies, ravaged Poland, Silefia,

and Moravia; marched in perfon into Hungary, pillaged
and murdered wherever he went, both here and in Slavonia,
Bofnia, Servia, and Bulgaria. While the Mongoles were
committing fuch horrors in Europe, and profecuting the
war againtt the Coreans and the fouthern Chinefe, they
overran likewife, with their numerous hofts, the hither
Afia. A force was fent through T{cherkaffia, or Cir-
caffia, to make an incurfion upon Armenia; and the Mon-
goles penetrated into the regions of Arbela, marched through
Nineveh, approached Bagdad, conquered Erzerum, ravaged
and {ubjugated feveral cities and diltri€s of the Leffer Afia,
and in 1242 made the fultan of Iconium their vaffal. In
the following year they purfued their inroads into Syria,
and came to Aleppo. The death of Oktay faved Afia
for a time, and Europe for ever. After an interregnum of
four years, the fucceeding graud khan Kayuk made formi-
dable preparations for war in Europe, but death defeated
his projeéts. His fucceffor Menku abolifhed the caliphate,
and fubjected the fultan of Iconium and Afia Minor, as far
as the ttraits of Conftantinople, to the Mongolianauthority.
Menku was fucceeded in 1259 by Koblay. The diftance
of the paramount fovereign from the other Mongolian
ftates, which extended from the eaftern ocean as far as the
Dnieper and the Mediterranean fea, accelerated by difcord
and ambition the diffolution of this enormous monarchy,
which now feparated into the following extenfive ilates,
viz. China, Iran or Perfia, as far as the hither Afia,
D{chagatay or Tchagatay, fo called after its founder, Kapt-
{chak, and Turan ; which fee refpectively. The next ambi-
tious conqueror, or cruel deftroyer, as we may call him,
that occurs to our notice in the hiftory of the Mongoles, is
Timur or Tamerlane, who was prince of Kefch, near Samar-
cand, about the time when the Mongoles were entirely ex-
pelled from China. His dominion took its rife in Grand
Bucharia, a part ef the ancient Dichagatay. Having
fucceeded in the reduétion of that empire, he received, in
1369, the homage of the grandees, and the title of the fo-
vereign of the world. Of his expeditions and conquetts
we have given fome account under the article Mocun Em-
pire, and referring to his biographical article, we fhall here
only fay that juft as he was preparing to reftore the domi-
nion of the Mongoles in China, he was removed by death.
His fucceffors loft, one after another, all the countries
which Tamerlane had left them, Bukharay and Khorafan
excepted ; and even thefe the lait khan Baber, in 1498, was
obliged to abandon, who, however, from being an outcait
and a tugitive, became the founder of the ftate of Grand

Mongolia,

MONGOLES,

Mongolia in Hindoofan, With the fall of the Grand
Mongolian empire of the 'T {chinghifes began alfo the epocha
of their declioe: the diffolution into fmaller flates, whieh
parted again into fmaller ftill, and were then reduced to
inion. at length brought about a divifion into tems
and hordes, and, confequently, a complete retrogradation
from the ftate of civilization to the condition of raw uncul.
tivated man, It appears that many centuries ayo the Mon-
soles were divided into two leading nations, whofe partition
might probably be owing either to national circum{tances,
or to a natural feparation by mountains, and afterwards
kept up by the feprate interefts of their princes, or from
4 national enmity occafioned by perpetual diffeations. Thiele
two vations were brought to a union into one common {tate
by the great Tichinghis ; but on the deftruétion of the mo-
navchy which he had ereéted, they were feparated again
by the ancient feuds, and have ever fince, to their mutual
ruin, been engaged in almoit perpetual holtilities. The
bre. soy properly fo called, compofe the one, and the
Doe -Oiret the other of thefe nations, Doerben-
Oiret means the quadruple alliance, and is the common ap-
pellation of four principal races, viz. the Oeloet, Kho-it,
‘Tummut, and Barga-Burat. The Oeloet conititute that
branch, which in Weltern Afia and in Europe is known
under the name of Kalmucks, which fee: the freond fhoot,
Kho-it, is almoft exting, if we except fome remains among
the Soongares and Mongoles: of the Tummut, even the
place of their prefent abode is not certainly known; and
the fourth item, Barga-Burat, which probably, at the time
of the troubles excited by ‘T{chinghis, took up its refidence
in the mountains about the Baikal, has, with all its branches,
ever fince the conquett of Siberia, been under the Ruffian fo-
bar a The Mongoles comprehend the remainder of that
people who were driven out of China in the 14th century
by the dynafty of Ming, and are at prefent for the .moit
part under the Mandbhur fovereigns of that empire; though
a {mall portion of them own the Ruffian {ceptre. Since the
demolition of the Soongarian authority, and the reftoration
of peace in the Mongoley, they have inhabited the {pacious
region between Siberia and proper China, from the eaftern
ocean tothe Soongarey ; and at prefent there is fcarcely
any difcernible difference between the yellow Mongoles,
_? from remote ages under the Chinefe protection, and
the former Tfchinghifes or Kalkas-Mongoles. See KaLKas.

When Siberia was conquered by the Ruffians at the be-
ginning of the 17th century, the .Mongoles were itill a na-
merous and free people, governed by their own khans, under
whofe fovereignty were alfo feveral Siberian nations. At firit
they fubmitted to the Ruffian arms ; foon afterwards they
regained their liberty, and even granted fupport to feveral
nations of Siberia in their refiftance to that power. In their
inteltine wars with the Kalmucks, they were generally cons
querors, with the lofs, however, of one race after the other.
Their frequent and bloody wars with China were: ftill more
unfortunate in their iflue, as their perpetual feuds finally ter-
_ minated in a complete fubjugation. A\t prefent they are not
in a condition to berate themfelves from the yoke ; though
they have preferved their paternal feat, and oftenfibly live

under the government of their own hereditary princes. The

Mongoles, who now form a part of the inhabitants of the
Ruffian empire, withdrew themfelves in the 17th century
from the Chinefe dominions, and put themfelves under the
Ruffian fupremacy ; but this feceffion avas reftrained by a
border treaty entered into in the 18th century between
Ruffia and China, the former itipulating not to give admit-
tance any more to Mongelianrunaways. The Ruffian Mone

Vor. XXIII.

goles inhabit the regions about the Selenga in the Irkutfkoj
diftridt of tie government of Irkuth, their dwelling place
extending from the 122d to the sagth degree of longitude,
and between the soth and 54d deyree of north latitude.
They confit of ihe flems, and thefe of 20 families or

** aimaks,"’ which, by the enumeration of the year 1466,
comprifed, befides 219 baptized, 6918 males.

The valt country of the Mongoles or Moguls is bounded
on the N. by Siberia, on the E. by Eaftern Chinefe Tar.
tary, on the S. by the great wall and Leao-tong, and on
the W, by Independent Tartary. Tt was partly from ‘thefe
dry deferts that thofe conquerors iffued, who made all A fia
tremble, ‘The Mogul nation is fub-divided into a multitude
of others, who all fpeak the fame language, called the
Mogul language, comprehending feveral dialeéts underftood
by one another. Thefe have neither towns, villages, nor
houfes; they form themfelves into wandering hordes, and live
under plain tents, which they tranfport from one place to
another, according to the temperature of the different feafons,
or the wants of their flocks ; they pafs the fummer on the
banks of rivers, and the winter at the foot of fome moun-’
tain, or little hill, which fhelters them from the fharp north
wind. Each of thefe tribes has its refpe@tive limits, nor can
they go beyond them without being thought to commit an
a& of hoftility. They are naturally clownifh, and dirty in
their drefs, as well as in their tents, where they live amidft
the dung of their flocks, which, when dried, they burn as
fuel. Enemies to labour, they fatisfy themfelves with the
food fupplied by their flocks rather than take the trouble of
cultivating the earth; they negle€t agriculture more from
pene ‘alleging that “the grafs was for beafts, and beafts

or man.”’ The men hunt the numerous beafts, and game,

that roam through their valt wilds; the women tan leather,

dig the culinary roots, prepare the winter provifions dried
or falted, and diftil the koumifs, or f{pirit of mares’ milk.
In fummer they live only on milk, ufing, without diftin€tion,
that of the cow, mare, ewe, goat, and camel. Their ordi-
nary drink is an infufion of coarfe tea in warm water; with
which they mix cream, milk, or butter, according to their
circumitances. Before they diftil their four miik, thofe of
better condition mix with it fome of the flefh of their fheep,
which, as well as the milk, has been left to ferment. This
liquor is ftrong and nourifhing ; and their moft voluptuous
orgies confift in getting irda. with it. Mead and brandy
are now great favourites with them. The Mogulsare rather
fhort in ftature, with flat vifage, {mall oblique eyes, thick’
lips, and a fhort chin, with a fcanty beard. Their ears are
large and prominent, the hair black, and the complexion
of a reddifh or yellowifh-brown; but that of the women is
clear, and of a healthy white and red. They have fur-
prifing quicknefs of fight, and apprehenfion. In their dif!
pofition they are free, open, and fincere ; they are docile,
hofpitable, beneficent, ative, and voluptuous. Induftry is
a virtue, entirely female ; and though great, it is accom-
panied with perpetual cheerfulnefs. They pride themfelves
chiefly on their dexterity in handling the bow and arrow,
mounting on horfeback, and hunting wild beaits. Poly-
gamy is allowed, though they commonly content themfelves
with one wife ; marriages are celebrated at an early age, and
the bride brings a dower in cattle or fheep. Their tents are
circular, in form of the fruftum of a cone, and covered with
a large piece of white or grey felt. A round hole in the top
ives paflage to the fmoke, which rifes from a fire made in
1 middle of the tent. Thefe tents, which they have been
accuitomed to prefer to the Chinefe houfes, are cold in win-
ter, and infupportably warm, and noxioufly damp, in fummer:
aye Mine sits aPne

MON

The tents of the nobles are hung with filk, and the floor
covered with Perfian carpets. The houfhold utenfils are nu-
merous; and in the fuperior tents are veffels of pewter,
filver, and porcelain. Their drefs confifts of a flat yellow
bonnet, which covers the head that is fhaven, except one
lock, wide trowfers, a vet of light ftuff with narrow fleeves,
and a girdle, which fupports the fabre, knife, and imple-
mehts for fmoking tobacco. The outer veftment is of
cloth, or fkin, with wide fleeves, and linen is wound about
the feet, over which are drawn bufkins of leather, generally
black or yellow. Shirts are unknown. The drefs of the
avomen is the fame, but inftead of the outer garment they
wear a gown without fleeves. The fkins, which they ufe
for clothing, are generally, thofe of fheep; the wool fide
being inmoft, and the fkin on the outtide. They are well
acquainted with the method of preparing and whitening
thefe {kins. But thefe fkins, however carefully prepared,
exhale a ftrong and dilagreeable fmell, on which account
they are called by the Chinefe Tfao-tatfe,’’ ftinking Tar-
tars. The hair of the females is long, and plaited in treffes.

When pafturage begins to fail, all the tribes ftrike their
tents, generally from ten to fifteen times in the year, pro-
ceeding in the fummer to the northern, and in the winter to
the fouthern wilds. The herds, men, women, and children,
form a regular proceffion ; and are followed by the girls,
finging with harmony and fpirit. The amufements of thefe
jovial wanderers confift in running races on horfeback, in
which even the girls excel; archery, wreltling, pantomime,
dances, and the fongs of the young women, generally ac-
companied by the lute, viol, and pipe ; the themes of their
ditties being tales of gigantic chivalry, and amorous adven-
tures and fentiments ; but the melody is harfh and difmal.
Cards are not unknown, but the favourite game is chefs.
The bodies of the princes and chief men are burned with
many folemnities ; and the tombs are fometimes walled, and
ornamented with high poles and fantaftic drapery. They
are unacquainted with the ufe of money, and trade only by
barter. Such, alfo, with fome thades of difference, are the
manners of the Tartars and Mandfhurs. In the Mogul
language there are many books written in the various coun-
tries to which their wide conquefts extended.

The religion of the Mogul Tartars is confined to the
worfhip of Fo. For their «‘ Lamas” they entertain the
mott fuperftitious veneration ; though thefe are clownith,
ignorant, and licentious priefts, yet to them they attribute
the power of calling down hail or rain; and to them they
give the moft valuable of their effeéts in return for prayers,
which they go about reciting from tent to tent. ‘Thefe
people are very devout, and continually wear hanging at
their necks a kind of chaplet, over which they fay their
prayers.

All the Moguls are governed by khans, or particular
princes independent one of the other, but all fubject to the
emperor of China, whom they confider as the grand khan
of the T'artars, When the Mantchews fubdued China, they
conferred on the moft powerful of the Mogul princes the
titles of « vang,’? “ peilé,’’ * peizé,’” and “cong,’’ which
correfpond to our titles of king, duke, count, and mar-
quifs; each of them had a revenue affigned him, but far
inferior to the appointments of the Mantchew lords at Pe-

king. The emperor fettled the limits of their refpeCtive:

territories, and appointed the laws, according to which they
are at prefent governed. Thefe tributary khans have not
the power of condemning their fubjeéts to death, nor of
depriving them of their poffeffions: the two cafes of death
and confifcation being referved for the fupreme tribunal

MON

eltablifhed at Pe-king for the affairs of the Moguls, to
which every individual may appeal from the fentence of
his prince, who is obliged to appear in perfon whenever he
is cited.

All the Mogul nations, under the Chinefé government, of
which we have given an account in the clofing paragraph of .
this article, are divided into four principal tribes, which are
the Moguls, properly fo called, the Kalkas, Ortous, and
Tartars of Kokonor. The country of the Moguls, accord-
ing to the map of Chinefe Tartary, taken from the Memoirs
of the Jefuits, extends more than 30c leagues from E. to
W., and 200 from N. to S.; it is inclofed between the
country of the Ortous, the great wall, Ealtern Tartary,
and the country of the Kalkas; thefe people compofe 49
“Iki,” or ftandards ; every ftandard comprehending an inde-
terminate number of companies, each of which confifts of
150 heads of families ; and each company may be reckoned
to contain 1000 individuals. Befides thefe 49 ftandards,
there are five others, under the immediate government of
the emperor of China, and commanded by officers whom he
fends thither. ‘

The beft cultivated canton of all the Mogul territcries is
the diftri€ of_‘ Cartching,”’ near the great wall, where the
emperor every year hunts, and where he has caufed to be built
feveral pleafure-houfes, the principal of which is * Geho.”*
The extenfive domains in this diftri@, belonging to the
emperor, are let out to farmers, and the number of cattle
kept by them is immenfe. It has been faid that they rec-
koned there 190,000 fheep, diftributed into 225 flocks, and
almoft as many oxen and cows, divided into herds, each of
which contained 100. The number of ftallions there is
more confiderable. Thefe riches in farms, ftuds and flocks
make greater impreffion on the minds of the Tartar and
Mogul princes, and render them much more fenfible of the
majefty of the emperor, than all the magnificence of his
court at Pe-king. Anc. Un. Hilt. vol. xviii. Toooke’s
Ruffia, vol. i. Grofier’s China, vol. i. See Mocut Em-

ire, and TARTARY.

MONGON, a town of Peru, fituated on its coaft, in
the fouth Pacific ocean; 10 leagues N. of the harbour of
Guarmey, and four leagues from Bermajo ifland: it is
known at fea by a high mountain juft over it, which is feen
at greater diftance than any others on this part of the
coatt.

Moncon, Cape; lies on the S. fide of the ifland of St.
Domingo. .

MONGOOSE, or Moneooz, in Zoology, is a fpecies
of /emur in the Linnean fyftem, the woolly maucauco of
Pennant, and by fome called the Macaffar fox. See Lemur’
Mongoz.

. MONGOPUNGOLE, in Geography, a town of Hin-
dooftan, in the circar of Meywar ; 36 miles E. of Cheitore.

MONGOU K1amen, a poft of Chinefe Tartary. N.
lat. 44° 46’. E. long. 125° 28'.

MONGUILLEM, a town of France, in the depart-
ment of the Gers; nine miles N.W. of Nogaro. N. lat.

° 52! W. long. 0° 7’. 4

MONGUIPATANE, a town of Hindooftan, in the
circar of Aurungabad; 24 miles S. of Aurungabad.

MONGULCOTE, a town of Hindooftan, in Bengal ;
18 miles N. of Burdwan.

MONGULHAUT, a town of Hindooftan, in Bengal ;
16 miles N. of Rungpour.

MONGUMMA, a town of Hindooftan, in Boggil-
cund; 15 miles N.E. of Rewah.

MONHEGAN, or MenuecGan, a {mall ifland in the

: I Atlantic

3

~

MON

Atlantic ocean; 12 miles S.E. of Pemaquid Point, in the
county of Lincoln and {tate of Maine.

MONHEIM, a town of the duchy of Berg, on the
Rhine; nine miles S.S.E. of Daffeldorp.—Alfo, «a town
of Bavaria, in the principality of Neuburg; 18 miles
W.N.W, of Neuburg. N. lat. 48° 47. E. long. 10° 46'.

MONI, a fmall ifland in the gulf of Engia.

MONIAGUR, a town of Hindooltan, in Concan; 48
miles N. of Bancout.

MONIAN, a town of Bengal; 20 miles S. of Calcutta.

MONIEH, one of the {maller Hebrides, N lat. 57° 28’,
W. long. 7° 36’.

MON! eS, a cluftet of {mall iflands in the Spapith
main, near the coalt of South America. N. lat. 12°.
W. long. 70° 40!

MONIGLIA, Gio. Anpnea, of Florence, in Bio-

by, member of the academy della Crufea; a phyfician
y profeffion, was author of a great number of poems for
mulic. Ele may be regarded, fays M. Laborde, as one of
the firlt who began to reform the abufes of the age; but
this was only in his dramatic works, they were all printed
at Florence, and dedicated to the grand duke, in 1698.
He was eftablithed in the fervice of his court, which, by
expenfive efforts, feems to have delighted in the ex-
hibition of whatever the wild imagination of poets could
invent. His works were brought on the different flages of
Italy from 1657 to about 1680.
MONIKEDAM, or MonrkenpaM, in Geography, a
fea-port town of Holland, on the river Monick, on the
borders of the Zuyder fee, with a {mall port; nine
miles N.E. of Amiterdam. N. lat. 52° 29’. E. long.
eat.
MONILIA, in Botany, from monile, a necklace, allud-
ing tothe beaded appearance of the threads, which are fup-
fed to be the feat of the fru@tification. Perf. Syn.
ung. 691. Obf. Mycolog. fafc, 2. t. 4. f. 8,9. (Afper-
gillus; Mich. Gen. 212. t.91.)—Clafs and order, Crypto-
ia Fungi. Nat. Ord. Fungi.

Eff. Ch. Stalked or difperted, fibrous. Threads beaded
or jointed.

erfoon defines 12 fpecies of this minute, but curious

nus. ‘They are confounded by common obfervers, under

the general idea of Mucor, or Mould, being found on vari-

ous putrifying vegetable fubftances; fometimes on the dung

of animals. The author juft mentioned difpofes them in
three feétions, of which we fhal! cite an example or two.

Se@tion 1. Stalked ; the threads colleGed into a round head.

M. glauca. Perf. n. 4. (Afpergillus capitatus, capitulo

lauco, femiuibus rotundis; Mich. Gen. 212. t. g1. f. 1.

ucor glaucus; Linn. Sp. Pl. 1656. Fl. Dan. t. 777.
f. 2.)—Tufted, of a glaucous grey.—Common on rotten
apples; peaches, melons, &c. It forms tender greyith-
white patches, of no determinate figure. When examined
with a microfeope, each minute individual proves to be a

lobofe head of threads, radiating in every direction, and
upported by a long flender /la/. The texture is fo tender
and evanefcent, that the plant cannot be preferved.

M. penicillus. Perf. n.7. Obf. Mycol. fafc. 2. 35. t. 4.
f. 8, 9,.—Cluitered, lemon-coloured, permanent. Stalk
downy. Threads even.—Found by Perfoon on the dung
of mice, but very rarely. The texture is durable. Stalls
rigid, fhorter than the former, their height fearcely exceed-
ing the diameter of the head. The threads are fmooth,
not beaded, forming an exception to the generic character,
fo that Perfoon jultly doubts, whether this little plant -be
properly referred to AZonilia. It cau hardly however be re-
duced to any other known genus.

MON

Setion 2. Caulefeent ; threads flraight, digitate.

M. digitata. Perf. n. 9. (Afpergillus albus tenuiffimus,
graminis dattyloidis facie, feminibus rotundis; Mich.
Gen. 215, t or f. 3. Mucor cruftaceus; Linn. Sp
Vl, 1656, with an-erroneous quotation of Micheli’s letter-
prefs. M, penicillatus; Bull. v. 1. 107. t. so4, f. 11. )—
Glaucous, Stalk fimple. Threads finger-like.—Very com-
mon on all kinds of fermenting or corruptible fubttances,
compoling greyifh uneven tufts, of an extremely delicate
and minute, ftruéture, The beaded threads ftand four or
five together, radiating, at the top of each commen flalk,
The latter is faid by Bulliard to’ be fometimes branched.

"nage 3- Difperfed, flemlefs 5 threads irregularly Scattered,
mufly.

M. antennata. Perf. n.12. (Dematium antennaforme ;
Hoffm. Germ. Crypt. u. 13. £. 4. Afpergillus cefpitofus,
ex obfcuro nigricans, feminibus ovatis; Mich. Gen. 212.
t. or. f. 62)—Difperfed, black. Joints of the threads
ovate-—Common in autumn on the trunks of trees, or on
pales, which it renders black in patches. In fummer it ig
faid by Perfoon to be, ina young flate, tender, more {cat-
tered, and almoft of an olive colour.

Such minute produdtions as this, muft neceflarily be
liable to confufion. Thofe who ftudy Conferve, and look
no further, would confider the prefent as of that genus;
Lichenographilts might fuppofe it a Collema, deftitute of
fructification, or more probably a Lepraria, confifting of
nothing elfe. The patient obfervers of thefe intricate works
of creation do great fervice in colle@ting them together,
even under a confined or partial view of the fubject, for
the ufe of thofe who can confider it ona larger feale ; be-
caufe every body cannot be fo laborioufly intent on every
department of nature.

MONILIFERA, Vaillant’s name for the Ofteofpermum
of Linnzus, alluding to the globofe form and hard fub-
ftance of its feeds, which are extremely fiagular in the
clafs Syngenefia. See OstrosPenmuM.

MONIMASCA, in Geography, a town of Africa, in
Cacongo, ou the right bank ot the Zaire. S. lat. Sup5'.
E. long. 12° go’.

MONJOUL, a town of Hindooftan, in Bahar; 45 miles
E. of Hajypour. N. lat. 25° 34’. E. long. 86° 18’.

MONISTROL pve Loirz,-a town of France, in the
department of the Upper Loire, and chief place of acanton,
in the diftri& of Yflengeaux ; 19 miles N.E. of Le Puy.
The place contains 3913, and the canton 10,453 inhabitants,

on a territory of 192+ kiliometres, in five communes. N.
lat. 45 17’. E. long, 4° 13'.
MONITORY, Lertenrs, are letters of warning and

admonition, fent from an ecclefiaftical judge upon informa-
tion of feandals and abufes within the cognizance of his
court.

MONITOU Isranns, in Geography. See Monetov.

MONJUIEH. See Moysrt-sovy.

MONJUR, a town of Afiatic Turkey, in Caramania;
20 miles S. of Kirfhehr.

MONTY, ariver of Brazil, which runs into the bay of
Maranhao. S. lat. 2° 4o'.. W. long. 45° 29’.

MONK, Georcs, in Biography, duke of Albermarle,
was fon of fir Thomas Monk, and born in 1608. He re-
ceived his education chiefly from the care of his maternal
grandfather fir George Smith, with whom he refided. His
father was in reduced circumftances, and having fubjeGted
himielf to an arreft for debt, the fon, indignant at the fheriff’s
officer who came to ferve the procefs, aflaulted and caned
him without mercy. To avoid the confequence of this out-
rage, he entered at the age of feventeen as a volunteer, under

5C 2 his

MONK.

his relation fir Richard Greenville, then about to embark on
an expedition againft the Spaniards, In this and a follow-
ing enterprize the fuccefs was trifling, and in 1629 he went
to ferve in the Low Countries, firft under lord Oxford, and
then under lord Goring, the latter of whom advanced him
to the rank of captain. During the following ten years he
was prefent at various fieges and battles, and laid ina ftock
of profeffional knowledge, which qualified him for a higher
command. He returned home at the commencement of the
civil wars, and was engaged in behalf of the king, but he
appears, ina fhort time, to have fallen under fufpicion of
being inclined to the caufe of parliament, and orders had
been actually iffued to arreft him on his arrival, and his
regiment was taken away. He was permitted to go on his
parole to Oxford, where he completely juftified himfelf to
the king, and was raifed to the rank of major-general in the
Irifh brigade, then employed under lord Byron, in the fiege
of Nantwich. He was foon made prifoner, and his whole
brigade, by Fairfax, and being fent to the Tower of Lon-
don, was kept in confinement till November 1646. He
amufed himfelf, during his leifure, by compofing * Obfer-
vations on military and political Affairs,” which he fent
in manufcript to lord Lifle, by whofe diretion they were
publifhed after his death. Through the intereft of this
nobleman, Monk was liberated, on condition of taking the
covenant ; he went to Ireland, where he was appointed
commander-in-chief for the parliament in the north of Ire-
land, and obliged O'Neal, who was at the head of a rebel-
Hon of the natives, to raife the fiege of Londonderry.
The fuperiority of the royalifts, another party at that time
in Treland, and the unwillingnefs of the Scotch troops to
a&t with thofe of the parliament, fo embarrafled him, that he
found it neceflary to make a treaty with O’Neal, and to put
Dundalk into the hands of the king’s troops, after which he
returned to England. The parliament was indignant at this
termination, and paffed a vote of difapprobation of the
treaty with O'Neal, but at the fame time fo far acquitted
Monk, that it was refolved his condu&. fhould not be en-
quired. into.’ Monk probably never forgave this proceeding,
though he foon after accepted a command in Scotland under
Cromwell} who formed a regiment for him, and made him
lieutenant-general of artillery. He performed feveral im-
portant fervices for the government, and when Cromwell
left Scotland in purfuit of Charles II., Monk was left to
command in that country at the head of 7ooo men. In
this {tation he a€ted with vigour and fuccefs: befieged and
took Stirling caftle, whence he fent all the records of the
kingdom to London. He ftormed Dundee, and, in imita-
tion of Cromwell in Ireland, put the governor, and all the
men in arms, to the fword. This example of favage feverity
deterred other places from refittance, and he becanie matter
of the whole country, with the exception of fome of the
inacceffible parts of the Highlands. His health declined,
and in 1652 he was obliged to go to Bath, but on his
recovery he returned to Scotland, as one of the commif-
fioners for its union with the Englifh commonwealth.

The Dutch war, in the mean time, broke out, and in 1653
Monk was transferred to the fea-fervice.. ‘* He was now,”’
fays Dr. Campbell, in his Lives of the Admirals, “nearly
forty-five years of age, which feémed a little of the lateft
to bring a man into a new fcene of life, yet it mutt be re-
membered, that he was bred in a maritime country, and had
ferved at fea in his youth; fo that the preferment was not
abfolutely out of his way; or if it was, he foon made it
appear that he could eafily accommodate himfelf to any fer-
vice that might be beneficial to his country.’”’ In June 1653
he engaged, with the fleet. of which he had the command,

the Dutch fleet: and being on board the Refolution with
admiral Deane, who in the very beginning of the ation was
killed by a chain-fhot, a new invention afcribed to De Witte,
Monk with great prefence of mind threw his own cloak
over the dead body, and having taken two or three turns on
the deck, and encouraged the men to do their duty, or-
dered it to be removed into his cabin. The conteft lafted
two days, and at length terminated in a complete victory
obtained by the Englifh. Soon after Van Tromp had fitted
out another fleet, with which, on the 29th of July, he en-
gaged the Enzlifh under Monk. The Dutch admiral was
killed in the aGion, and a moft decifive victory accrued to
the Engl.th, teftified by the capture or deftruétion of more
than thirty fhips, and the moment the refult was known the
States General were obliged to fend their minifters here to
conclude a peace upon any terms that could be obtained.
At an entertainment fubfequent to the thank{giving for this
victory, Cromwell, now prote€tor, with his own hand put
a gold chain around the neck of his fuccefsful admiral.
After this he was employed again in Scotland, and con-
duéted the government with which he was entrufted, fo as to
conciliate the perfonal good-will of the nation, however dif-
affected in their hearts, to the rule to which they were forced
to fubmit.. His former attachment to the royal caufe ex-
cited fome diftruft of him on the part of Cromwell, and
fome hopes of him in the royalifts, but he was very cau-
tious, and took care to give no ground of fufpicion by his
actions. By his letters, and by his conduct, there feems
now no doubt that he was fteadily and ftrongly attached to
Cromwell, to whom he not only communicated all that he
could difcover of the king’s intelligence with others, but
fenc him alfo a copy of the letter, written by king Charles II.
to himfelf, which for a confiderable time was confidered as a
proof of Monk's early affection for the king’s fervice, a
fuppofition that is now clearly and abfolutely overturned.
Cromwell, however, was fufpicious of him to the laft, and
but a fhort time before his death he wrote the general, or
admiral, a long letter, concluding with the following poft-
fcript, “which,” fays the difcerning Campbell, I con-
ceive affords us a better pi€ture of Oliver than is any where
to be met with, and which is no lefs fingular, drawn by his
own hand :?’

P.S. “There be that tell me, that there is a certain
cunning fellow in Scotland, called Gzorce Monk, who is
faid to lie in wait there to introduce CuarLes Stuart. I

pray you ufe your diligence to apprehend him, and fend him

up to me.”’

Immediately on the death of Oliver, Monk proclaimed
Richard, from whom he received a very kind letter, which
among other things faid, “that his father had directed him
to be governed chiefly by his advice.” To this, Monk re-
turned a prudent an{wer, but did not commit himfelf: he
forefaw that Richard would not be able long to maintain
his authority, and was unqueftionably preparing to ac ae-
cording tocircumftances. Butwhatever were his private views,
no politician could have kept them more clofely concealed.
His relation and early patron, fir John Greenville, fent the
general’s brother to him in Scotland, with a letter from the
king, foliciting his fupport ; but though he received his
brother with kindnefs, he fent him back with no confidential
communication on the fubje@t. Lambert, his principal rival,
was at this period poffeffed of the chief influence over the
army in England. By dire¢tion of the Committee of Safety,
who now held the reins of government, he marched north-
wards with the view of overawing Monk. The latter, to
gain time, difpatched commiffioners to London to treat of
an accommodation, and in the mean while the parliament re-

s fumed

MON

fumed ite authority. Monk fet out on his journey to the
metropolis: his character was fo highly eftimated, that he
received addreffes on all fides requetting that he would ufe
his influence, and exert his powers, in fettling « legal and
equitable government. On bis arrival he took his quarters
in Weitminiter, affecting a perfect and unlimited obedience
to the exitting parliament, and even caufed fome of their
orders to be executed which revolted againtt his own mind.
At length he complained of the odious fervice forced upon
him, and required the Houfe, in a peremptory manner, to
iffue writs for aflembling a new and a free parliament. This
was the death warrant to the long, or rump parliament, and
the general rejoicings that were made on the oceafion fuf-
ficiently proved the odium which that affembly had incurred
with the nation. Every thing now manifettly tended to the
reltoration of monarchy, and yet Monk ftill maintained the
appearance of attachment to republican principles, and al-
lowed, at leaft openly, no channel of communication be-
tween him and the king. At length the general unbofomed
himfelf to a perfon by the name of Morrice, a relation and
intimate friend, and through his means fir John Greenville
was admitted to a conference with the general, and entrufted
with a verbal meflage to the king, confi(ting of affurances
of fidelity, and advice for his conduét. Thus was the refto-
ration begun, profecuted, and perfected by Monk, who
affitted, on the 8th of May, 1660, at the proclamation of
Charles II. in the capital. On the landing of the king at
Dover, he was met by the general, who was hailed by
Charles and his brother with all the diftinGion juftly due to
one who had been fo in{trumental in the great event. It
was unqueltionably regarded as an additional benefit con-
ferred on the fovereign, though perfeétly unjultifiable on
the part of Monk, that he Hh pen and oppofed all
all thofe limitations of the royal power and prerogative
which fome ef the beft and mott judicious friends to politi-
cal liberty had propofed, and infifted that his reftoration
fhould be unconditional. His rewards, as was natural, foon
followed, and they were as ample as a fubje& could expe.
His titles, preferments, and fortune he received as favours
from the king, all which he might, perhaps, have re-
ceived in another way, as a very large party in the country
would have gladly made him Oliver’s fucceffor, but as Camp-
bell expreffes it, ‘‘ Monk generoufly defpifed a diadem to
which he had no right, and with equal greatnefs of mind,
refufed to make any terms with him to whom it belonged,
chufing to leave the king’s power, and the people’s freedom,
to be difeuffed in the only affembly that could have a right
to meddle with them.”” He was created a knight of the
Garter, was admitted into the privy-council, made matter of
the horfe, tleman of the bed-chamber, firft commiffioner
of the aalee. and created duke of Albermarle, with the
grant of a landed eltate of 7ooo/. per annum. His vatt ele-
vation he bore with the modefty and difcretion that feemed
to be inherent in his difpofition. He fat as one of the com-
miffioners for the trial of the regicides, an oflice which, it is
_ hoped, he undertook with a view of moderating the ferocity
- of others conne&ed with him, in the fame commiffion. As
for Monk, he condutted himfelf with at leaft the appearance
of humanity in every cafe, except in the production of
private letters from the marquis of Argyle on the trial of
that nobleman, and for this he has been juftly cenfured.

The queftion refpeGting the produétion of thefe letters, to

the prejudice of the marquis of Argyle, has been lately

difcuffed with much eagernefs. Mr. Fox, in his pofthumous

hiftorical work, has no doubt of the fact, and he fpeaks of

Monk, with that indignation which he was always known to

feel for bafenefs and hypoerify. He fays, All depended

4

MON

upon the army, and that army bad fallen intdé the hands of
one, than whom a bafer could not have been found in ite
loweft ranks. Perfonal courage appears to have been Monk’s
only virtue 5 referve and diflimulation made up the whole
ftock of his wifdom.’’ Mr. Rofe endeavours to vindicate
the chara¢ter of the general, but his arguments are feeble,
and his reafoning inconclufive, Mr. Serjeant Heywood, in
hie Vindication of Mr, Fox's Hiftorical Work,” relates
very fully and clearly the arguments, for believing that Monk
was guilty of the charge imputed to him with refpeét to the
unfortunate marquis. He proves, in the moft {atisfaétory
manner, that it is highly probable Monk did receive letters
from Argyle which might affeét his life, and then offers
itrong vested to fhew that he moft likely produced them to
the parliament, which was fitting in judgment on the mar-
quis. Of Monk, the learned ferjeant fays, ‘ though not
guilty of the precife crime for which they [the regicides}
were to be tried, he had waded to his dukedom throu F blood.
fhed, duplicity, and crimes.” And he further adds, “he
probably became the reftorer of monarchy, only becaufe
he was difappointed in the hope of fucceeding to the pro-
te&torate, on the abdication of Richard. He had recently
acted with fome of thofe who were brought before him for
trial, and his crimes deferved the fame punifhment which he
unblufhing corcurred in infliéting upon theirs.” On this fub-
je&t we refer our readers for more ample information to
Heywood’s ‘“ Vindication,” and to the Monthly Review,
vols. lix. and lxix. p. 366, 367.

Monk joined the lord chancellor Hyde in the contti-
tutional meafure of difbanding the army, with an exception
in favour of his own regiment: and he was chiefly inftru-
mental in the fuppreffion of the infurreGtion of the Fifth-
monarchy men. At the breaking out of the Dutch war
in 1664, he exerted all his powers in refitting and manning
the fleet, and was appointed joint-admiral of the fleet with
prince Rupert. ‘The two commanders put to fea in April
1666, and fell in with the Dutch ander the younger Tromp
and De Ruyter. By the duke’s advice prince Rupert
took a divifion of the fleet to oppofe that of the French,
which was coming to the aid of the Dutch. The Eng-
lifh was now much inferior in number to their enemy, but
the duke of Albermarle did not hefitate to begin the at-
tack onthe iit of June, and a moft bloody engagement
enfued, which lafted four days. On the firft three, the

. Englifh, much inferior to the enemy, were obliged to make

a retreating fight, the duke himfelf clofing the rear, with
the full refolution of blowing up his fhip rather than be
taken. On the fourth, the return of prince Rupert ena-
bled the Englifh to face ahout, and a frefh action enfued, at
the end of which they retired to their harbours, having been
on the whole the principal fufferers. A new combat, by
the fame commanders om both fides, on the 25th of July,
ended to the difadvantage of the Dutch; after which the
duke of Albermarle came home and ftruck his flag. The
daring enterprize of the Dutch in 1667, who failed up the
Thames, and burnt fome fhips at Chatham, called forth the
exertions of this veteran once more, who expofed himfelf to
danger in their defence. At this time he was much out of
health, being affected with fymptoms of dropfy, which put
a period to his life, in January 1670, in the 62d year of his
age. His remains were depofited, with great funeral pomp,
in Henry VIIth’s chapel, in Weltminiter Abbey. Biog.
Brit. Hume's Hiit. Stockdale’s edition of Campbell’s
Lives of the Admirals, vol. ii.

Monk, anciently denoted a perfon who retired from the
world to give himfelf up wholly to God, and to live in
folitude and abftinence.

The

MON

The word is derived from the Latin monachus, and that
from the Greek povxxos, folitary, of pov, folus, alone; be-
caufe the ancient monks lived in folitude, as the true monks
ftill do.

Such were the hermits and anachorets, who withdrew into
deferts, and lived remote from all commerce of mankind.

Some writers, as father Helyot, (Differt. Prelim.) trace
the origin of monks up as early as the time of the Thera-
peut ; and maintain, that there had been an uninterrupted
fucceffion of monks from the Therapeute to St. Anthony.
Others, on the contrary, are contented with going back as
far as St. Paul the Hermit.

The original of monks feems to have been this. The
perfecutions which attended the firlt ages of the gofpel,
forced fome Chriftians to retire from the world, and live in
defarts and places moft private and unfrequented, in hopes
of finding that peace and comfort among beaits, which
were denied them among men. And this being the cafe of
fome very extraordinary perfons, their example gave fo
much reputation to retirement, that the practice was con-
tinued when the reafon of its commencement ceafed. After
the empire became Chriflian, inftances of this kind were
numerous, and thofe, whofe fecurity had obliged them to
live feparately and apart, became afterwards united into fo-
cieties. We may alfo add, that the myitic theology, which
gained ground towards the clofe of the third century, con-
tributed to produce the fame effe€t, and to drive men into
folitude for the purpofe of enthufialtic devotion. _

In this kingdom many perfons might feek this kind of
refuge, during the perfecution of Diocletian about the
year 303, and in thofe perilous and afflictive times, when
the Romans oppreffed the Britons, and when their fituation
was rendered more diftrefling by the invafion of the Scots
from Ireland, the Pi&s and Attacots from the north, and
the Saxons and Franks from the eaft and fouth.

The monks, at leait the ancient ones, were diftinguifhed
into /olitaries, canobites, and /arabaites. '

The folitary are thofe who live alone, in places remote
from all towns and habitations of men, as do ftill fome of
the hermits.

The ccenobites are thofe who live in community with fe-
veral others in the fame houfe, and under the fame fuperiors,

The farabaites were ftrolling monks, having no fixed rule
or refidence.

The houfes of monks again were of two kinds, viz.
monafteries, and laure. See Monastery, and Laura.

Thofe we call monks now-a-days are ccenobites, who live
together in a convent or monaftery, who make vows of living
according to a certain rule eftablifhed by the founder, and
who weer a habit which diltinguifhes their order.

Thofe that are endowed, or have a fixed revenue, are
moft properly called monks, monachi ; as the Chartreux,
Benedictines, Bernardines, &c. ‘Che Mendicants, or thofe
that beg, as the Capuchins and Francifcans, are more pro-
perly called religious, and friars ; though the names are fre-
quently confounded.

The firft monks were thofe of St. Anthony; who, to-
wards the year 305, formed them into a regtlar body, en-

aged them to live in fociety with each other, and pre-
foribed to them fixed rules for the direétion of their con-
du@. Thefe regulations, which Anthony made in Egypt,
were foon introduced into Paleftine and Syria by his dif
ciple Hilarion. Almoft about the fame time, Aones, or
Eugenius, with their companions Gaddanas and Azyzas,
inftituted the monaftic order in Mefopotamia, and the ad-
jacent countries ; and their example was followed with fuch
rapid fuccefs, that, in a fhort time, the whole Eaft was

MON

filled with a lazy fet of mortals, who, abandoning all human
connexions, advantages, pleafures, and concerns, wore out
a languifhing and miferable life amidft the hardfhips of want,
and various kinds of fuffering, in order to arrive at amore
clofe and rapturous communication with God and angels.
From the Eaft this gloomy inftitution paffed into the
Weft, and firft into Italy and its neighbouring iflands;
though it is uncertain who tranfplanted it thither. St.
Martin, the celebrated bifhop of Tours, erected the firlt
monatteries in Gaul, and recommended this religious folitude
with fuch power and efficacy. both by his inftruétions and
his example, that his funeral is faid to have been attended
by no lefs than 2000 monks. From hence, the monaftic
difcipline extended, gradually, its progrefs through the
other provinces and countries of Europe. There was,
however, a great difference in point of aufterity between
the weftern and oriental monks; for the former could
never be brought to bear the fevere rules to which the
latter voluntarily fubmitted ; and the reafon of this differ-
ence may be partly derived from the nature of the re-
{pective climates in which they dwell. The Europezn
countries do not fo much abound with delirious fanatics,
and with perfons of a morofe and aultere complexion, as
thofe arid regions that lie towards the burning ealt; nor
are our bedies capable of fupporting that rigid and ablte-
mious method of living, which is familiar and eafy to thofe
who are placed under a glowing firmament, and who breathe
in a fultry and fcorching atmofphere. It was, therefore,
the name, more than the thing itfelf, that was tranfported
into the European countries ; though this name was indeed
accompanied with a certain refemblance or diftant imitation
of the monaltic life inftituted by Anthony and others in
the Eaft. There were befides the monks of St, Bafil,
called in the Eaft, Calogeri, from xcAos yepu, good old man,
and thofe of St. Jerom, the hermits of St. Auguitine, and
afterwards thofe of St. Benedi& and St. Bernard, at length
came thofe of St. Francis and St. Dominic, with a legion
of others; all which fee under their proper heads, Brenez-

DICTINES, &c.
Towards the clofe of the fifth century, the monks, who
had formerly lived only for themfelves in folitary retreats,
and had never thought of affuming any rank among the
facerdotal order, were now gradually diftinguifhed from the
populace, and endowed with fuch opulence and honourable
privileges, that they found themfelves in a condition to
cjaim an eminent ftation among the fupports and pillars of
the Chrittian community. The fame of theit piety and ~
fanétity was fo great, that bifhops and prefbyters were often
chofen out of their order; and the paffion of ereéting edi
fices ard convents, in which the monks and holy virgins
might ferve God, in the moft commodious manner, was at
this time carried beyond all bounds. However, their licen-
tioufnefs, even in this century, was become a proverb; and
they are faid to have excited the moft dreadful tumults and
feditions in various places. The monaftic orders were at
firft under the immediate jurifdiétion of the bifhops, from
which they were exempted by the Roman pontiff, about the
end of the feventh century; and the monks, in return, de-
voted themfelves wholly to advance the intere!ts, and to
maintain the dignity of the bifhop of Rome. This immu-
nity which they obtained was a fruitful fource of licen-
tioufnefs and diforder, and occafioned the greateft part of
the vices with which they were afterwards fo jultly charged.
In the eighth century the monattic difcipline was extremely
relaxed both in the eaftern and weftern provinces, and all
efforts to reltore it were ineffeGtual. Neverthelefs, this kind
of inftitution was in the highelt elteem, and nothing could
equal

MON

equal the veneration that was paid, about the clofe of the
ninth century, to fuch as devoted themfelves to the facred

loom and indolence of a convent, This veneration in-
pe feveral kings and emperors to call them to their
courts, and to employ them im eivil affairs of the greatelt
moment. ‘Their reformation was attempted by Lewis the
Meek, but the effect was of thort duration. In the eleventh
century they were exempted by the popes from the autho-
rity of their fovereigns, and new orders of monks were con-
tinually ellablithed ; inafmuch that in the council of La-
teran, that was held in the year 1215, a decree was pafled,
by the advice of Innocent ut to prevent any new monaltic
inflitutions, and feveral were entirely fupprefled. In the
fifteenth and fixteenth centuries, it appears from the tefti-
monies of the belt writers, that the monks were genera!l
lazy, illiterate, profligate, and licentious epicureans, whole
views in life were conlined to opulence, idlenefs, and plea-
fure. However,, the reformation had a manifett influence
in reltraining their exceffes, and rendering them more cir-
cumfpeét and cautious in their external conduct.

Monks are diftinguifhed by the colour of their habits
into black, white, grey, &c. Among the monks, fome are
called monks of the choir, others profe/éd monks, and others
fay monks; which lait are deltined for the fervice of th
convent, and have neither clericate nor literature. ,

Monks, Cloiffered, are thofe who aétually refide in the
houfe ; in oppoiition to extra-monks, who have benefices de-
pending on the monattery.

Monks are alfo diftinguifhed into reformed, whom the civil
and ecclefiaftical authority have made matters of ancient
convents, and put in their power to retrieve the ancient
difcipline, which had been relaxed ; and ancient, who re-
main in the convent, to live in it according to its eftablifh-
ment at the time when they made their vows, without
obliging themfelves to any new reform.

Anciently, the monks were all lay-men, and were only
diftinguifhed from the re{t of the people by a particular
habit, and an extraordinary devotion. Not only the monks
were prohibited the priefthood, but even prieits were ex-
prefsly prehibited from becoming monks, as appears from
the letters of St. Gregory. Pope Syricius was the iirit who
called them to the clericate, on occafion of fome great
{carcity of priefts, that the church was then fuppofed to
labour under: and fince that time the priefthood has been
ufually united to the monattical profeffion.

Mowks, Profifed. Sce Proressep.

Monks, Proprietary. See ProrrieTary.

Monk. Fi, cailed alfo Angel.f/a, in Ichthyology, a {pecies
See Squatus Sguatina. eo

ONK’s-Hood, a name given to feveral fpecies of aconite,
or wolf’s-bane. See AconiTuM.

Monk’s-Réubard. See Ruvusars, and Rumex.

Monx’s-Seam, among Svilors, is, when the felvedges of
fails are laid a little ever one another, and fewed on both
fides.

MONKAH, in Geography, a town of Bengal; eight
miles S. of Palamow.

MONKEARY,,a town of Bengal; 20 miles S.S.E. of

we i

MONKEDOO, a town on the W. coaft of Borneo.
S. lat. 2° 40’. E. long. 109° 51’.

MONKEY, in Zoology, a name given by way of diftinc-

of

tion to thofe apes which have tails ; the others, or thofe _

without tails, being more properly called apes.
The fame diltinétion holds in Latin, the tailed ones being
called papiones or baboons, when they have fhort tails; cerco-

.

MON

pitheci, when their tails are longer; and thofe without
tails fimie. See Cuncorrrmecus and Sima.

Monkey of the Weft Indies. See Guana, and Sita
Beelachub.

Monkey, Green. See Caciivnicuus and Simta Sabea.

Monkey, in Ship Building, a machine for driving bolts
where more force is required than the common method, by a
mall. It is compofed of a long pig of iron traverfing in a
groove, or in atrame, with handles, witha groove on the
underfide, and flides upon a ridge of iron fixed in a bed.
‘The whole is fixed to centre the bolt to be driven, and then
the monkey is forcibly drawn, to {trike the bolt, by ropes
and poliies.

It alfo denotes the ftand for the pinion and winch-handle,
which draw the lock-paddles ina canal, &c. PlateV. Canals,
Sig. 38 and 39, 4, &.

Monkry-Boat, a name fometimes applied to a long nar-
row fort of boat. ‘

Monkey-Blocks, in Ship-Building. See Brocks.

Monkey’s-Bread, in Gardening. See ApANSONIA.

Monxey-Flower, the common name of a flower plant.
See Mimu cus.

Monkey-J/land, in Geography, a {mall ifland in Currituck
found, near the coaft of North Carolina. N. lat. 36° 22’.
W. long. 76° 4'.

Monkex-KXey, a {mall ifland in the bay of Honduras,
near the coalt of Mexico. N. lat. 16°25’. W. long. 89°
ant

Monxey-Point. See Punta Chica.

MON-KIEU-TCHIN-HOTUN, atown of Corea. N.
lat. 43° 1'. E. long. 129° 50’.

MONKTON, a polt-town of America, in Addifon
county, Vermont, E. of Ferrifburg ; containing 1080 inha-
bitants.—Alfo, a townfhip of Aanapolis county, in Nova
Scotia, inhabited by Acadians, and a few families from New
England; it confilts chiefly of wood-land and falt-marth,
and contains about 60 families.

MONLIRAS, a town of the ifland of Cuba; 45 miles
E. of Bayamo.

MONMOUTH, a large maritime county of New Jerfey,
in the United States, of a triangular fhape; So miles in
length, and from 25 to 40 in breadth ; it is divided into fix
townfhips, and contains 19,872 inhabitants, including 1633
flaves. The face of the country is generally level, with
few high lands, the moit noted of which are Navefink and
Centre-hill. The foil is for the moft part fandy ; but other
parts are fertile. At the mouth of Navefink river there isa
curious cave, now in a ruined ftate, 30 feet long, and 15
wide, containing three arched apartments.

Mownmouru, or Freehold, a polt-town and capital of the
fore-mentioned county, fituated 22 miles N.E. by E. of
Allentown, 34 E. of Trenton, and 64 N.E. by E. of Phi-
ladelphia. It contains a court-houfe, gaol, and a few com-
pa& dwelling houfes, with a Prefbyterian and Baptift meet-
ing-houfe. 5

Monmoutu, a poft-town of Lincoln county, on the E.
fide of Androfcoggin river; 49 miles N. of Portland, con-
taining 701 inhabitants.

Monmoutu, Cape, lies on the E. fide of the ftraits of
Magellan.

Monmoutn-J/land, one of the four iflands of Royal
Reach, in the ftraits of Magellan, and the fecond from the
weftward.

MownmovutH-J/land, one of the Bafhee iflands in the Eait
Indian fea. 5

MoxmourtH, a market-town and borough in the hun-
dred of Scenfreth and county of Monmouth, Eng-

d,

MONM

land, ftands on a narrow peninfula, formed by the con-
fluence of the rivers Monnow and Wye. It is a town
of great antiquity, anc accerding to Horfley (in his Bri-
tannia Romana) was the Bleftium of Antoninus. No Ro-
man remains, however, have been found here to corroborate
this opinion, which, though probable, is chiefly founded on
the faé&t of the coincidence of diftances between that and
the connecting ftations, northward and fouthward, with the
agtual diftances between thofe and the prefent {cite of Mon-
mouth. The caftle at this place is mentioned in ancient re-
cords as being one of the ftrong holds garrifoned by the early
Saxons, to fecure their conquetts of the country between the
Severn and the Wye; and to curb the depredatory incur-
fions of the Welfh. Very little, however, befides this bare
fat, is known concerning this fortrefs, till the era of the
Norman conqueft, when it appears, froma paflage in Domef-
day book, to have belonged to the king. William, the fon
of William Fitz-Baderon, to whom four ‘ carucates of land
in the caftle of Monmouth, part of the royal demefne, were
given in cuftody’’ about this time, took the furname of
de Monmouth, from the place, which continued in the pof-
{effion of his defcendants till the reign of Henry III., when
John de Monmouth became the proprietor. During the
reign of that monarch, which is recorded to have been one
continued feene of civil ftrife, this fortrefs was occafionally
befieged and occupied by both parties ; and was ultimately
refigned, together with the honour, to prince Edward and
his heirs for ever, in confideration of certain lands granted
for life. The prince foon afterwards furrendered it to the
king, who beltowed it on his younger fon Edmund, earl
of Lancaiter, from whom it defcended to John of Gaunt,
king of Catftile and duke of Lancafter, who, as well as his
fon, Henry of Bolingbroke, (afterwards Henry IV.) made
it their favourite refidence. Henry V., the celebrated hero
of Agincourt, was born in one of the rooms of Monmouth
eaftle in the year 1387, and feems alfo to have paffed
his infancy here. This caftle fubfequently became the pro-
perty of Henry VI. as part of the duchy of Lancaiter,
which had defcended to him by inheritance. Upon his de-
thronement and attainder, it fell to Edward 1V., who
granted it to William, lord Herbert, whom he created earl
of Pembroke ; but having once more reverted to the crown,
Henry VII. poffeffed it by the fame right that he afcended
the throne. Since that period, the caftle has become
private property, but at what date its alienation from the
duchy took place is not afcertained. Previoufly, however,
to the clofe of the 17th century, we find it in the poffeffion of
Henry, the firit duke of Beaufort, and it is now the pro-
perty of his illuftrious defcendant, the prefent duke.

Under the aufpices of its lords, Monmouth early be-
came a privileged place, and particularly enjoyed many im-
munities as forming a parcel of the duchy of Lancalter.
The earlieft charter, however, which appears in the archives,
is dated in the year 1549, and was granted by the monarch
then reigning “to the burgeffes of his burgh and town of
Monmouth, in the marches of Wales, and within his duchy
of Lancafter.”” This deed confirms various frarchfes and
privileges beftowed upon the inhabitants by Henry VIII. ;
and in addition confers the power of eleéting a mayor and
two bailiffs. Since that time therefore Monmouth has been
governed by officers under that denomination, who are af-
- fifted by a common council, compofed of eighteen mem-
bers.

The fituation of this town is extremely pleafant and
highly piGturefque: it ftands near the extremity of an ex-
panded vale, furrounded by gentle hills and fwelling emi-
nences, either covered to their fummits with rich woods, or

OUTH. ;

laid out in fields of corn and pafture. It is a place of con-
fiderable extent, and contains many refpectable buildings,
but has only one principal ftreet, which leads from the
bridge over the Monnow,. to the market place. In this
{treet ftands the town-hall, an edifice of modern ereétion,
built upon pillars, which form a handf{ome colonnade. A
{tatue of Henry V. is placed in a niche over the front en-
trance. The other ftreets are moftly narrow. One of
them leads from the market place to St. Mary’s church.

That edifice formerly belonged to an alien priory for black ,

monks of the Benediétine order, an inflitution which was
founded in the time of Henry [. by Wihenoc, grandfon of
Fitz-Baderon and third lord of Monmouth. Only a few
veltiges of the monaftery can now be difcovered a little to
the north of the church, which, with the exception of the
tower and fpire, is entirely a new building.. The church

of St. Thomas, now fubordinate to St. Mary's, is an an- -

cient ftru€ture. Coxe, in his hiftorical tour through this
county, fays, ‘that the fimplicity of its form, the circular
fhape of the door-ways, and of the arch feparating the nave
from the chancel, and the ftyle of their ornaments, which
bear a Saxon chara¢ter, feem to indicate that it was built
before the conqueft.’” Some authors even fuggett, that
there is a probability of the more ancient parts being of
Britifh origin. It is certainly, for Wales, a moft curious
{pecimen of early architecture ; and in no mean degree de-
ferves the attention of the antiquary, particularly the femi-
circular arch of the northern door-way.

The county gaol is a new maflive edifice, well adapted
to its purpofe; the apartments are airy ; and much atten-
tion is paid to the health and morals of the prifoners. This
building ftands at one extremity of the town, on the banks
of the Monnow. Here is a free fchool founded by Wil-
liam Jones in the reign of James I.; alfo an alms-houfe
for 20 poor people, elftablifhed and endowed by the fame
individual. {

The remains of walls, lines of circumvallation, curtains,
baftions, and other works of defence, clearly fhew that
this town mutt have been, at one time, a ftrongly fortified
place, and from its fituation, there is little doubt but it
might eafily be made fo again. On thofe fides which were
unprotected by the river, it has been evidently environed by
{trong walls, and a deep fofle capable of being filled with
water. It had four gates, only one of which is now ftanding.
The fuburb of St. Thomas was defended in the fame man-
ner as the town, with which it communicated, as now, by
a {tone bridge with battion-towers on each fide thrown over
the Monnow. There are two other bridges in the imme-
diate vicinity of the town, the Wye-bridge and Tibb’s-
bridge ; the former of which is conftruéted of ftone, and the
latter of wocd.

The ruins of the caftle of Monmouth, the ancient refi-
dence of its powerful lords, are difcovered occupying the
ridge of an eminence fituated between the market place and
the river Monnow. From a view of thefe it is evident,
that this fortrefs has been the work of feveral and even dif-
tant periods. Some portions of them befpeak a Saxon if not,
a Roman origin, while others are of a date pofterior to the
reign of Henry III. The maffive ftruéture of part of the
walls is particularly remarkable, being from fix to ten feet
thick, and are compofed of pebbles and liquidated cement, fo
clofely compaéted as not to yield in hardnefs to ftone itfelf.
The chamber, in which king Henry was born, is wholly

.demolifhed, but fome of the beams, which fupported the
flooring, {till remain vifible. Adjoining to it is a large
apartment, which probably formed the baronial hall, and
was afterwards ufed for the county aflizes till about the

middle

. MON

middle of the lat century. A handfome domettic edifice,
conitruéted of ftone, flands in the middle of thie vatt pile
of ruins. From the date over the principal door it appears
to have been built in 1673, for the oceafional refidence of
the Beaufort family, ‘T'wo hofpitals, founded here by John
de Monmouth about the year 1240, are now entirely le-
velled with the ground,

The manufactures of Monmouth, at the prefent period,
are trifling ; fo that the inhabitants are chiefly fupported by
the navigation of the river Wye, the trade with Hereford
and Briltol, the fupply of the neighbouring diftrict with
various kinds of thop-goods, and the number of perfons of
independent fortune, who refide either conftantly or occa-
fionally in the town, or its vicinity. The paring and
cleanfing of bark brought from the forefts of the Upper
Wye, for the purpofe of exportation, contlitutes, during
the feafon, the employment of a number of men, women,
and children among the lower ranks. But though fallen in
refpeé of its manufacturing importance now, Meceieah
feems to have carried on a very confiderable trade fome
centuries ago.

Monmouth caps ave celebrated by Shak{peare in his play
of Henry V.; “If your majefties is remembered of it,
the Welfhmen did goot fervice in a garden, where leeks
did grow, wearing leeks in their Monmouth caps.”’ Fuller
likewife praifes them highly, by calling them the moft « an-
cient, general, warm, and profitable coverings of men’s
heads in this ifland.'’ The old ballad of the caps, printed
in “ The Antidote againft Melancholy,” fays,

« The foldiers that the Monmouth wear,
On cattles’ tops their enfigns rear.”’

‘Monmouth has fent one member to parliament fince the
reign of Henry VIII. The right of election is in the
burgefles inhabitants, in conjunction with the burgeffes in-
habitants of the towns of Newport and Usk, as decided
by the houfe of commons on a petition of right in 1680.
According to the parliamentary returns of 1801, the po-
in of this town then amounted to 3345 perfons, but

r. Coxe, in his “ Hiftorical Tour,’’ fixes it at about 2600
fouls.

The vicinity of this town difplays much beautiful and
interefting fcenery. The views from the high conical hill,
called the Kymin, are particularly fine, extenfive, and di-
verfified. A walk leads to the fummit of this hill, which
terminates in a level plain crowned with a wood, through
which fix viftas have been cut. Each of thefe exhibits in
fine perfpeGtive a rich, grand, and varied profpe&, of an
expanfive tra&t of country. In the centre of the wood, a
pavilion, intended for a naval monument, has been lately
ereGted by fub{cription. It is a circular edifice, confifting

_of two ftories, and built in the form of an embattled tower.
The frieze round it is ornamented with medallions of the
moft eminent Britifh admirals, accompanied with emblema-
tical and appropriate devices. The view from the fummit
of this pavilion is perhaps the fineft and moft extenfive in
England, embracing a circumference of nearly 300 miles,
and including within its range all the materials of fublime
and beautiful {cenery.

Troy-houfe, the ancient feat of the family of Herbert,
and afterwards of that of Somerfet, is fituated about a mile
from the town on the banks of the Trothy, from which
river its name is corruptly derived. Of the original edifice
few traces can now be difcovered, except an old gate-way
with a pointed arch. The prefent manfion was built under
the direGtion of the celebrated Inigo Jones, but though

Vor. XXIII.

MON

well proportioned and commodious, it poflefles no features
of peculiar beauty. ‘This place was formerly much
famed for its excellent and luxuriant gardens, particularly
in the time of Charles I. when they were the property of
fir Thomas Somerfet, brother to the marquis of Worcefter.
Two miles welt from hence is a Treowen, the feat of the
Jones, family, but now converted into a farm-houfe. In
the parith of Lanvibangel Tavanbarch’, at the diftance of
three miles to the north, ftand the remains of Grace-Dieu
abbey, which was founded by John of Monmouth in the
year 1229. In the parith of Landeilo Crefleney appear
the magnificent ruins of White Caftle, anciently called an-
teilo caftle, or Caftell-Gwin. This fortrefs, at the time of
the conquelt, formed part of the poffeflions of Brian-Fitz-
count, earl of Hereford, from whom it came, firft to the
Cantalupee, and afterwards to the Braofes. Coxe’s Hil-
torical Tour through Monmouthhire, 4to. 1801, Beauties
of England and Wales, vol. x.

MONMOUTHSHIRE, one of the weftern counties
of England, ie bounded on the fouth-eaft by the Severn
fea or Briftol channel ; on the weft by Glamorganfhire and
part of Brecknockfhire ; on the north by part of the latter
county, and that of Hereford ; and on the eaft by Gloucef-
terfhire. It extends about 33 miles in length, and 20 in
breadth, and comprifes, according to the lateft furveys, an
area of 55° {quare miles, or 352,000 acres. By the re-
turns made to parliament in 1801, it contained 9365 houfes,
and a population of 45,582 inhabitants. The whole county
is now divided into fix hundreds: Scenfreth, Abergavenny,
Wenatloog, Caldecot, Ufk, and Raglan; and comprehends
127 parifhes, and feven towns, The latter are Monmouth,
Caerleon, Chepftow, Ufk, Abergavenny, Newport, and
Pontypool. Ail the parifhes, with refpe& to ecclefiafti-
cal jurifdiGion, are included in the province of Canter-
bury, and alfo in the diocefe of Landaff, with the exception
of fix, viz. Welfh-Bicknor, Dixon, and St. Mary’s being in
the diocefe of Hereford; and Oldcaftle, Llanthory, and
Cwmyoy, belong to St. David’s.

At the period of the Roman. invafion Monmouthshire
formed part of the territory inhabited by the Silures, who,
befides this diftri&, poffeffed the counties of Glamorgan,
Brecknock, Radnor, Hereford, and fuch parts of Gloucef-
terfhire as lay between the Severn, the Teme, and the Towy,
On the divifion of Britain into provinces by the Romans,
this county was included in Britannia Secunda. From the
period at which ‘thefe illuftrious conquerors left our ifland,
till the eftablifhment of the Saxon heptarchy, the hiltory
of Monmouththire, in common with that of almoft every
portion of Britain, is uncertain and contraditory. In the
legends of thefe times, however, it makes a moft con{picuous
figure. Many of the heroic expleits of Uther Pendragon,
and of the celebrated Arthur, are faid to have taken place
within its boundaries. Caerleon was long the capital of the
Britifh dominions, and is frequently defcribed by the bards as
equalling Rome in {plendour and magnificence. After the full
eftablifhment of the Saxon power in England, this county
feems to have formed a petty principality of itfelf, under the
name of Gwent, whofe princes were fometimes bold enough
to afpire at independence, but who, for the moft part, paid
tribute to the princes of South Wales. The invincible
courage which had marked their charater at a more re-
mote period, {till continued in full force during this era,
and oppofed a moft effe€tual barrier to the attempts of
the Saxon monarchs to fubjugate the principality. Canute,
the Dane, entered Gwent with a powerful army, in the year
1034, but though he ge Rytherch-ap-Jettin, og

5 o:

MONMOUTHSHIRE.

of South Wales, he was unable to hold poffeflion of the
country. It was not, indeed, till the reign of Edward the
Confeffor, that the Gwentians could be regarded as con-
quered, when Harold, having penetrated into the heart of
Wales, forced the inhabitants to {wear fealty to the crown
of England, and retained military poffeflion of this county,
in order the more effectually to fecure the advantages he
had gained. The Norman invafion, however, was the fignal
toall the Welfh tribes for renewing the war, and throwing
off the yoke which had been thus impofed. In order
again to reduce them, the conqueror, too politic to weaken
his own army in fuch a warfare as Wales prefented, encou-
raged his powerful barons to make incurfions into that
country at their own expence, and with their own retainers,
and, as a reward, granted them the privilege of holding
the lands they conquered in capite. Monmouthfhire was
accordingly overrun in this way after a long and bloody
ftruggle for its independence; but the conquerors having
built numerous caftles and fortreffes in order to overawe the
inhabitants, foon began, in their turn, to arrogate to them-
felves an independent authority. Continual difputes took
place betwixt them, with refpe& to the extent and bounda-
ries of their lands, which not unfrequently terminated in
open hoftility to each other, and even to the crown of
England. The power poffeffed by thefe barons marchers,
within the limits of their property, was little inferior to that
of a prince. They held courts and adminiltered juitice at
will to their tenants and dependants, in all quettions both civil
and criminal. This fyftem of jurifprudence, perhaps the
moft wretched and deplorable that could poffibly be adopted,
continued in this county, as well as in the other marches of
Wales, till the reign of Henry VIII., when the government
of the lords marchers was abolifhed, and Monmouthfhire
was detached from the principality, and iacluded among
the counties of England. The itatute, however, autho-
rifing this change, does not feem to have been immediately
aGted upon, for we find Monmouth regarded as a Welfh
county fo late as the reign of Charles IT., when it firlt began
‘¢ to be reckoned an Englifh county, becaufe the judges kept
the affizes here on the Oxford circuit.” From this circum-
ftance it is difficult to fix, precifely, the period at which Mon-
mouthfhire might be ftri€tly confidered as an Englifh county:
probably, however, not before the jurifdi€tion of the fu-
preme ‘“ court of lords marchers,’’ ufually held at Ludlow,
was finally abolifhed in'the firft year of William and Mary.
The general afpe& of Monmouthfhire prefents to the eye
a continual recurrence of hill and dale, wood and water,
corn fields and meadows; ‘the fublime of wildly magni-
ficent, and the beauty of mild and cultivated fcenery com-
bine to delight the traveller at every turn he makes in this
uncommonly diverfified diftri@.’? Nor is the air lefs fa-
vourable to health, than the face of the country is intereft-
ing to the view. Except on the more elevated ridges,
which are no doubt cold and bleak, it is, for the moft part,
mild and temperate. tis a remarkable circumftance, that
the fogs here, during winter, fhift periodically ; fo that it is
no uncommon thing to fee the hills enveloped feveral days
with a thick fog, while the valley beneath has the {plendour
of a genial fun: but on a fudden thefe effects are entirely
reveried ; the fog defcends into the valley, and the moun-
tains are, in their turn, left open to the rays of heaven.
Monmouthfhire abounds with rivers, of which the principal
are the Severn, the Wye, the Ufk, the Rumney, the Mon-
now, or Mynwy, andthe Ebwy. The Wye is particularly
remarkable fer the beauty and variety of its fcenery, exhi-
biting a continued feries of enchanting views, which have

been amply defcanted on by Gilpin, Ireland, Warner,
and many other tourifts; and latterly by Bloomfield, im 2
poem exprefsiy devoted to the fubje@. (See Wyz.) The
Uik likewife difplays many charming fcenes, and when
{welled by mountain torrents fpreads itfelf out into expan-
five lakes, and occafionally inundates the adjacent country.
This river is navigable for barges up to Tredonnoc,bridge.
There is only one canal in this county, which was begun
in 1792, and finifhed in 1798. It enters Monmouthfhire
from Brecknockfhire, and divides it nearly into two equal
parts, pafling in its courfe clofe to the towns of Aberga-
venny and Pontypool, and falls into the eftuary of the Ufk
at a fhort diftance below Newport. About a mile above that
town, a branch ftrikes off to Cramlin-bridge, near Llan-
hiddel, where it terminates. Still further to facilitate the
conveyance of the more weighty articles which this county
preduces, rail-roads have been formed in different parts of
it. One, which conneéts the iron-works at Blaenavon with
the canal at Pontnewydd, is‘particularly remarkable, It
only extends five miles and a quarter in length, and rifes
no lefs than 610 feet. The roads in Monmouthfhire, with
the exception of thofe from New-Paflage to Newport,
Caerdiff, and Ufk, and thence to Abergavenny, were, till
lately, proverbially bad; and though improved, are ca-
pable of {till further amendment.

Monmouthfhire, confidered in an agricultural point of
view, may be properly divided into three diftri&s, The firft,
comprifing the fouthern part of the county, confitts, al-
moft entirely, of moor, or marth lands, witha portion of
meadow-grounds, The fecond divifion, which takes in the
eaftern line of the county, is particularly fertile. The third
divifion forms the weftern and moft hilly part of the county.
The kinds of corn generally raifed are wheat, barley, and
oats, witha very {mall proportion of peas andbeans. Thefe
are, of courfe, principally produced in the eaftern divifion,
the other two being much more paitoral, or grazing, than
farming diftriéts. The cattle reared are oxen, fheep, and
mules. The firft are principally bred in the northern parts,
and fed inthe fouthern. Thefe generally grow to a large
fize, are extremely docile, and well fitted for the labours of
the field. The theep are naturally of an inferior kind, but
the ftock has been greatly improved of late years, by va-
rious crofles with the Cotefwold, Southdown and Dorfet
breeds. Mules are very abundant here, and are a pecu-
liarly fine race, ftrong in the bone, and of exquifite fym-
metry, running from fourteen to fixteen hands high, and
are fo valuable as to fell for thirty or forty pounds each. The
breed is conftantly kept up to its priitine ftandard of ex-
cellence by the importation of ftallion affes from Spain.
But whether this traffic fhould be encouraged is extremely
doubtful, confidering the fuperior qualifications of the horfe,
the breeding of which animal is, in confequence, almoft
wholly negleéted in this county. Indeed the Monmouth-
fhire horfes are by far the moft miferable race of their {pe-
cies in our ifland, neither adapted for the faddle, nor ufeful
for agricultural purpofes.

Monmouthfhire was formerly celebrated for its manu-
facture of ftockings and knit caps, but that trade almolt
entirely difappeared foon after the eftablifhment of the iron
works in the reign of queen Elizabeth. Since that period
the iron bufinefs, though in different degrees at different
times, has conitituted the chief employment of the manu-
faGturing claffes in the county. This branch of trade has
of late years increafed to a prodigious extent, fo that Mon-
mouthfhire will, in all probability, foon take the precedence,
as an iron diftri€t, of every other county in Great ein

t

—

MON

At Pontypool and at Ufc there are fill confiderable manu-
faétorics of japanned goods, generally diflinguithed by the
name of ‘Pontypool ware, Pome firft invented in that
town, but this trade has fuffered much from the competi-
tion of Birmingham, joined to the unfavourable ftate of our
foreign relations. ‘The commeree of Monmouththire, which
is very confiderable, is almoft entirely confined to the towns
of Chepflow and Ufk: under thefe refpective names the
reader will find the different articles of export mentioned.
See Newronr and Usx.

Monmouthfhire, to the antiquary, is particularly in-
terefting : Caerwent was firft the capital of the Silurian
dominions, and afterwards a Roman ftation. The other
{tations of that people in this diftri& were [{ca-Silurum
at Caerleon, Gabannum at Abergavenny, Burrium at Usk,
and Bleftium at Monmouth ; but fome antiquaries place the
two laft at Oldcaftle and at Caerphilly. To trace the diree-
tion of the Roman roads, partietilesty of the Julia Strata,
in their paflage through this country, is a fubjeét of much
difficulty. ‘This has arifen chiefly from the difagreement of
antiquaries with refpect to the point at which the legionary
troops ufually crofled the Severn, which fome have fixed at
Ame(bury, and others at Oldbury, Autt, New Paflage,
Henbury, and Portifhead. ‘Che Julia Strata is molt dif-
tinGly vifible in the vicinity of Caerwent, running in the
dire&tion of Penhow. A few traces of it can likewife be
difcovered near Caerleon and Newport, but its courfe be-
tween thefe towns is wholly uncertain. Mr. Evans, how-
ever, conjectured that it proceeded along the right bank of
the Ufk, leaving Malpas church on the welt, and Crinda-
houfe on the eaft, and pafled to the {cite af St. Woolo’s
church, on the lull north of Newport, where is a large
encampment, and a tumulus, now nearly deftroyed, which
Mr, Harris regarded as an arx /peculatoria. Of the roads
which {truck off from the Julia Strata, one led from Ifca-
Silurum to Burrium, where dividing into two ramifications,
one proceeded to Gobannium and the other to Bleftium,
Another has evidently run in a fouth-weftward diretion,
from Abergavenny to Neath, or to fome ftation in Gloucef-
terfhire. This road is called by the natives Sarn-hir, or the
long paved caufeway, and in the neighbourhood of Byd-
welly {till remains almoft entire. Befides thefe, various
other marks of Roman civilization have been difcovered in
this county at different periods, confilting of aqueduéts,
baths, teffellated pavements, columns, ftatues, bas-relievos,
fudatories, hyppocaults, altars, votive and fepulchral ftones,
farcophagi, urns, medals, coins, fibule, &c. Numerous
encampments of different forms and fizes are likewife
diftributed over this county, fome of them no doubt ori-

inally Britifh, and afterwards altered by the Romans,
Aas or Danes, and others of them originally Roman,
and altered in the fame way by the warriors of a later
riod. A few feem to be Saxon or Danifh entirely.
Cattles and other places of more permanent defence, are no
lefs frequent here than encampments. Several of thefe
have claims to very high antiquity, but the precife period
of their ereGtion is unknown. The moft diftinguifhed
among them are the caftles of Caerleon, Ufk, and Scen-
freth, which are faid to be of Britifh origin. The reft are
- no doubt of a much later date, and moft probably not
earlier than the period of the Norman conqueit. Some of
the churches in this county are very ancient, as appears
from the ftyle of their architeQure, the circular arch, and the
crenellated and billetted moulding for which they are fo con-
{picuous, being characteriftic of the Saxon and early Norman

1
‘eras, The cuftom of avhitewafhing thefe edifices'is unhap-

MON

pily too much pradtifed here, and deftroys the venerable ap-
pearance which they would otherwife difplay, The difguk.
ing and highly injurious practice of burying in churches is
likewife extremely prevalent in Mohmonthibiee.

In concluding this article, it may be remarked, that
though Monmouthhhire is an Englith county, the inhabitants
more generally fpeak the Welfh than the Englith language,

articularly in the north-weltern and fouth-weltern diltritts,
Their manners and cuftoms bear a very ftrong refemblance ia
every refpect to thofe of the principality. They difplay
the fame antipathy to the language and manners of the
Englifh, and an attachment to their own ancient praAtices,
Catholics are very numerous in this county, and not only
they, but the Proteftants alfo, retain many veltiges of
Romitfh fuperitition. Thus the cultom of begging bread
for the foule of the departed, {till continues to be praétifed,
on,All-Souls’ day, among the lower orders. A very in-
terefting and fatisfactory account of the antiquities, fcenery,
&e. of this county, will be found in Coxe's “ Hiftorical
Tour in Monmouthfhire,” 4to.

MONNEROJ, a {mall ifland in the channel of Tartary,
between the ifland of Saghalien, and the continent. N.
lat. 46° 20'. E. long. 142° 21'.

ONNIER, Perer ve, in Biography, an eminent pro-
feffor of philofophy, was born at Vire, in Normandy, about
the year 1685. By his talents he became profeffor in the
college of Harcourt, at Paris, and was eleéted a member of
the Royal Academy of Sciences. He died Nov. 24, 1767.
He was author of “ Curfus Philofophicus,” in fix volumes
12mo., which was made a text-book in many of the French
colleges. Monnier contributed alfo a variety of papers,
that form a part of the “ Memoirs’’ of the academy of
which he wasa member. He left behind him two fons, in-
heritors of his abilities, and both of them admitted to feats
in the Academy of Sciences, of whom the eldeft is the fub-
je&t of the following article; the youngeft, Lewis William,
was made phylician to the king at St. Germain-en Laye. Du
Frefnoy.

Monnier, Peter-CHarves LE, a celebrated French
aftronomer, was born at Paris in 1715. From a very early
period of his life he devoted himfelf to the ftudy oP anAe
nomy, and is faid to have made very accurate obfervations
when he was only fixteen years old. At the age of twenty
he had the high honour of being nominated a member of the
Royal Academy of Sciences at Paris. At this period he
accompanied Maupertuis in his expedition to Lapland for
the purpofe of meafuring a degree of latitude. In 1748 he
went to Scotland, to join lord Macclesfield in obferving an
annular eclipfe of the fun, and he was the firft aftronomer
who had the fatisfaGtion to meafure the diameter of the
moon on the fun’s difk. The king of France, Lewis XV.,
was much attached to aftronomy, and patronized thofe who
fuccefsfully purfued that fcience ; and it is faid he not only
refpeéted, but honoured and even loved Le Monnier. « I
have feen the king,”’ fays Lalande, ‘‘ come out of his cabinet,
and look around for Le Monnier, and when his younger
brother was prefented to him, on his appointment to the
office of firft phyfician, his majefty was pleafed to wifh him
the merit and reputation of his brother the aftronomer.’’
Monnier was always with the king when he obferved the
remarkable celeftial phenomena. ‘Thus they were together
to witnefs the two tranfits of Venus, in the year 1761 and
1769. While thefe important obfervations were making,
at which the celebrated La Condamine was prefent, the
king was particularly careful not to difturb, by the fmalleft
motion, the aftronomers in their occupation. It is fo de-

fe Li {cribed

MON

feribed by the aftronomer himfelf, in his diflertation on the
fubject ; “¢ His majefty,”’ fays he, ‘ perceiving that we
judged the laft contaéts to be of the greateft importance, a
molt profound filence, at that moment, reigned around us.”
In the year 1750, Le Monnier was dire&ted to draw a me-
ridian-line at the royal chateau of Bellevue, where the king
was accuftomed to make his obfervations. On this occafion
Lewis prefented him with fifteen thoufand livres, which the
aftronomer expended in inftruments, with which he after-
wards made his beft and moft important obfervations. The
king had already prefented him with a beautiful houfe at
Paris, where he refided till the revolution, and purfued his
aftronomical labours. Le Monnier was inceflant in his ap-
plication to his favourite fcience, and apparently unwearied
in thofe obfervations which tended to perfe&t it. Le Mon-
nier was the precepter of Lalande,. and was worthy of fuch
a {cholar, as the fcholar was of his inftruétor. Le Monnier
forefaw in young Lalande, when he was but fixteen years
old, the acute, learned, and indefatigable aftronomer. When
Lalande was fent to Berlin in 1742, to make obfervations
for the purpofe of determining the parallaxes of the moon,
Le Monnier lent him his five feet mural quadrant. Le
Monnier died at Lizieux, in Normandy, on the fecond of
April 1799, at the advanced age of eighty-four years. He
was ardent in his friendfhips, but his hatred was implacable.
Lalande once difpleafed him, and he could never after regain
his favour, but his pupil’s gratitude and refpe& for him
were always the fame, and were, on every occafion, pub-
licly declared. In 1797, Lalande wrote an eulogium on
Le Monnier for the ‘* Connoiffance des Temps,”’ in the lan-
guage of gratitude, refulting from fentiments of profound
véneration and efteem for the venerable aftronomer, but Le
Monnier refufed to read it. This great man left behind
him a number of valuable MSS. with fome good obferva-
tions. He had by him a feries of lunar obfervations, and a
multitude of obfervations of the ftars, which he had an-
nounced as early as the year 1741, but he refufed to pub-
lifh them, nor could the moft earneft entreaties of thofe
whom he moft efteemed, lead him to alter his intentions.
Annual Regifter 1799. See Lz Monnier.

MONNIERIA, in Botany, fo named by Leefling and
Linnzus, in honour of M, le Monnier, firft phyfician to the
French king Louis XV., who accompanied Caffini through
the fouthern provinces of France, in the fummer of 1739)
and fubjoined an account of their natural hiltory, particu-
larly their more curious plants, to the geometrical remarks
of that aftronomer.’ M. le Monnier was greatly inftru-
mental in promoting the introduétion of hardy exotics into
France. He hada choice garden at Verfailles, where the
writer of this vifited him in 1786, and a very extenfive and
valuable herbarium. Of the time of his death we have no
information. Another genus had been previoufly dedicated
to this able botanift, by Bernard de Juffieu; but this was
reduced by Linneus, and fubfequent writers, to Graticla.
Mr. R. Brown has however re-eftablifhed it, under the appel-
lation of Herprstis; fee that ‘article, and Gratiora.—
Leefl. It. 197. Linn. Gen, 363. Schreb. 480. Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. 3. 856. Mart. Mill. Diet. v.3. Juff. 421. Lamarck
Di&. v.'4. 261. Tlluftr. t.:596,.—-Clafs and order, Diadel-
phia Pentandria. Nat. Ord. uncertains fufpe&ed by Juffien
and Liamarek to be near the Borraginee, (Afperifolie of
Linnzus,) or poffibly akin to Spigelia. We perceive ftrong
indications of the Euphorbie in fome of its charafters, how-
ever ‘difcordant others may appear.

Gen. Ch. Ca/. Perianth inferior, ‘in five deep, ‘unequal,
permanent fegments ; the upper one longeft, linear, incurved

MON

over the flower; the lateral one on the outer fide lanceolate,
half as long, the reft {till fhorter and obtufe. Cor. of one
petal, fhorter than the upper fegment of the calyx, ringent;
tube cylindrical, narroweft in the middle, curved; upper
lip ovate, obtufe, undivided ; lower in four equal, parallel,
itraight, obleng, obtufe, deep fegments. Neétary an
ovate fcale, at the bafe of the germen, within the lower
filament. Stam. Filaments two, dilated, membranous; the
uppermoft concave, cloven at the extremity ; the lowermoft
flat, three-cleft ; anthers on the upper filament two, com-
bined, hairy within, embracing the ftigma; on the lower
three, very minute, cylindrical, probably fterile. Pi/?.
Germen fuperior, roundifh, five-angled, five-lobed; ftyle
folitary, thread-fhaped ; ftigma capitate, oblong, flattened
within, orbicular, fharp-edged. Peric. Capfules five, ovate,,
fhort, compreffed, of one cell, divided half way down into
two valves. Seeds folitary, ovate, tubercular, filling the
capfule, ftraighter and blunter at their inner margin, each

enclofed in a tunic, of two {mooth elaftic valves.

1. M. @rifolia. Linn. Sp. Pl. 986. Aubl. Guian. v. 2.
730. t. 293.—Gathered by Leefling at Cumana in South
America; by Aublet in the meadows and cultivated land
of Cayenne and Guiana. A {pecimen, fent by Mr. Alex.
Anderfon, from the Dutch fettlements in the laft-mentioned
country, was given us by fir Jofeph Banks, there being
none in the Linnean herbarium. The roof is annual and
fibrous. Stem about a foot high, repeatedly forked, leafy,
round; the upper part rough with minute hairs, curved up-
ward. Leaves ternate, on hairy ftalks, the lower ones op-
polite, the reit ufually alternate; leaflets nearly equal, above
an inch long, ovate, entire, pale green, hairy, efpecially the
edges and ribs, thickly befprinkled on both fides with {mall
refinous dots; the middle one flightly ftalked. FYowers in
terminal, folitary, cloven, divaricated, fimple clufters, rather
than fpikes, with a folitary flower between, at the bafe.
Calyx hairy. Corolla white. The saves, though they
have been dried 20 years, retain an acrid or buraing flavour,
without any fragrancy—The natural affinity of this rare
plant has puzzled the greateft botanifts. We venture to
hint its relationfhip to the Euphorbie, rather as a:conjecture
than otherwife. The cap/ules are pale, dotted like the leaves.
Seeds dark grey, almoft black, rough with prominent points.
S

MONNOYE, Bernarp DE LA, in Biography, was born at
Dijon in the year 1641. He was brought up to the bar, but
his tafte and eagernefs for polite literature gave him difgutt for
legal purfuits. He contented himfelf therefore with a very
trifling office, the duties of which gave him an opportunity
to employ much time in his favourite ftudies. He acquired
an accurate knowledge of the Greek, Latin, Spanifh, and
Italian languages, and attained confiderable excellence in
the compofition of French poetry. In 1671, he obtained a
prize of the Trench academy for a poem entitled « Le
Duel aboli.”” Several of his other pieces, written in praife
of Lewis XIV., obtained fimilar honours. He was free
from ambition, and notwithftanding the celebrity which he
had acquired, he preferred living in his native province to a
refidence in the capital. He paffed his time in an eafy ftate
of independence, till the fatal fyftem of Law reduced him,
with thoufands, to abfolute poverty. (See Law.) In this
fituation his merit was not overlocked; his diftrefs was alle-
viated ‘by a penfion from the duke of Villeroi, and he lived
to the advanced age of eighty-eight. He was extremely
converfant with literature in all its branches, and was ac-
counted the oracle of bibliographers of his time. The
works by which he is principally known are ** Poefies Fran-

coifes,””

MON

coifes,"’ and “ Nouvelles Poelies,”” whieh confift of mif-
cellaneous pieces of different degrees of merit. There are
annexed to them Latin poems me {mall pieces which may be
ranked with fables, epigrame, and tales, written with ele-

nee and true claffical Amplicity, but many of them have a

centious tendency. ‘The Latin poems were alfo publithed
by the abbé d’Olivet, together with thofe of Huet, Maffieu,
and Fraugier; “ Noels Bourguignons,’”? a fet of Chriltmas
carols in the Burgundian dialeét, much applauded for their
humour, but on account of the groflvefs of fome of them,
they were condemned by the Sorboune. Monnoye was
pe alfo of « Remarques fur le Menagiana avec une Dif-
fertation fur le Livre De tribus Impoftoribus;’’ « Re-
marques fur les Bibliotheques de du Verdier et de la Croix-
du-Maine.”’ He was editor of * Recueil des Pieces choifies."’
His own works have been printed in three vols. 8vo.

Moreri. i

MONOCASY, in Geography, a river of America, in
Maryland, which, after a S.S.W. courfe, difcharges itfelf
into the Patowmec, about 50 miles above Georgetown.

MONOCEROS, Unicorn, in Affronomy, a fouthern
conttellation formed hy Hevelius, coobeming in his catalogue,
nineteen (tars, and in the Britannic Catalogue thirty-one.
See ConsTeLLATION.

Monocenros, in Jchvhyology, a {pecies of monodon; which
fee.—Alfo, a {pecies of Balifes, with the fin of the. head
unirradiated, and the caudal rays carinated. ‘This is the
Balifles unicornu of Bloch, with 51 rays in the anal fin, the
Caprifeus longus, &c. of Klein, and the Acaramucu of Mare-
grave and Willoughby. There is a variety of this, or
a dillin& genus of Baliffes, denominated Scriptus 8, the
unicorn fh of Bahama, defcribed in Catefby’s Carolina.
It is found in the fea that wafhes the coafts of Afia and
South America; its colour is varied with -cinereous and
brown; the firft is fomewhat more than a foot in length ;
the fecond is three feet long; they feed on young aescneias
and the latter is held to be poifonous.

Monoceros, a name which has been given to feveral ani-
mals, among which are, the unicorn, generally fuppofed to
be a fabulous animal, but the exiftence of which, in the
interior of Africa, is infifted upon by feveral writers. A
Mahometan African prince is faid to have fent two of them
to Mecca in the year 1799; an infe& called Meloé mono-
ceros by Linnzus, and Notoxus monoceros by Fabricius.
See the preceding article.

MONOCHORD, a mufical inftrument with which to try
the variety and proportion of mutfical founds.

he monochord, according to Boethius, is an inftrument
invented by Pythagoras, for meafuring geometrically, or
by lines, the quantities and proportions of founds.

The ancient monochord was compofed of a rule divided
and fubdivided into divers parts, on which there was a {tring
pretty well f{tretched upon two bridges, at each extremity.
In the middle between both was a moveable bridge, called
magas, by means of which, in applying it to the different
divifions of the line, the founds were found to be in the fame
proportion to one another, as the divifions of the line cut by
the bridge were.

"The monochord is alfo called the Aarmonical canon, or ca-
nonical rule ; becaufe ferving to meafure the degrees of gra-
vity, and acutenefs of founds. Ptolemy examines his har-
monical intervals by the monochord.

There are alfo monochords with divers ftrings, and a mul-
titude of fixed bridges ; but the ufe of all the may be fup-
plied by one fingle moveable bridge; by only fhifting it under
a new chord or ftring, which is placed in the middle, and re-

MON

prefents the entire found, or open note, anfwering to all the
divifions on the other bridges.

When the chord was divided into equal parts, fo that the
terms were as t and 1, they called them unifons; if they
were a8 2 to 1, ottaves, or diapafons; when they were as
Sto 2, fifths, or diapentes; if they were as 4 to 3, they
called them fourths, or diateffarons; if the terms were as 5
to 4, diton, or a greater third; if as 6 to 5, demi-diton,
or alefler third; laftly, if as 24 to 25, palep Any or
diefis,

The monochord, being thus divided, was probably what
they calla fyftem, of which there were many Kinds, accord-
ing to the different divifions of the monochord.

Dr. Wallis has taaght the divifion of the monochord
in the Philofophical Tranfaétions ; but that inftrument is
now difufed, the modern mufic not requiring fuch divi-
fion.

Cenforinus informs us that Apollo found the monochord
in the found of the ftring of his filter Diana's bow ; and it
feems at leaft probable, that the firtt ftringed goftrument was
a monochord, and that that fingle firing was the flr ing of a
bow.

Ariftides Quintilianus fays that the monochord was re-
commended by Pythagoras on his death-bed as the mufical
invettigator, the criterion of truth. It appears to haye
been in conftant ufe among the ancients, as the only means
of forming the ear to the accurate perception, and the voice
to the true intonation of thofe minute and difficult intervals
which were then praétifed in melody,

Monocuorp, Moyoxoedo-, formed of pov, folus, fingle,
and x02”, chord, is alfo ufed for any mufical inftrument,
confilting of only one chord or ftring.

The monochord, called alfo the viele, and vulgarly the
hurdy-gurdy, has frets which are raifed by the a@tion of the
fingers on a row of keys; and inftead of a bow, the ftring
is made to vibrate by the motion of a wooden wheel : there
is alfo a fecond itring ferving as a drone, producing always
the fame found : this is furnifhed with a bridge loofely fixed,
which ftrikes continually agajnit the founding board, and
produces a peculiar nafal feet, The trumpet marine, or
trumpet Marigni, was a {tring of the fame kind, which was
lightly touched at proper points,‘ fo as to produce harmonic
notes only; it was impelled hy abow. The ARolian harp
is alfo an inftrument, which, when agitated by the wind,
affords a very {mooth and delicate tone, frequently changing
from one to another of the harmonics of the ftring, accord-
ing as the force of the wind varies, and as it aéts more or
lels unequally on different parts of the ftring. See ZZoLus’s

Harp.
MONOCHROMA, Movoxewux, compounded of ovr,
Jingle, and xpwyx, colour, a picture all of one colour.

MONOCOLIT, Movoxwra, a kind of fabulous men, who,
as the Arabians give out, inhabit the country of Segir, in
Arabia Felix ; and are but half formed.

The word is Greek, compounded of uovo:, one, and xxAoy?
a member.

MONOCOTYLEDONES, in Botany, from povs, one,
and xclvAndwy, a cotyledon, or feminal leaf, one of three great
tribes or affemblages of plants, into which the whole vegetable
kingdom is divided, by botanifts who ftudy a natural fyf-
tem of arrangement, the other two being the AcoTyLEDONES
and DicotyLeponss ; fee thofe articles, efpecially the latter.
Some plants indeed have been efteemed polycotyledonous, as
Flax, and the Fir tribe. But thefe are fo very few, and
agree fo perfectly in their nature and phyfiology with the
Dicotyledones, that they are beft comprehended bnilet, the

ame

MON

fame denomination. The only vegetables for which we
fhould be difpofed to eftablifh a clafs of Polycotyledones, are
the Ferns and Moffes, hitherto referred, by Juffieu and his
followers, to the Acotyledones, but phyfiologitts are not agreed
on the fubje& of the germination of thefe plants. (See
Finices and Muscr). A ftill greater difficulty exifts as to
adiftin@tion between the Monocotyledones and the Acotyle-
dones, to which we have already fafixautly adverted ; fee
Coryiepones and Germination. We fhall therefore
here confider thofe two fuppofed families as but one, for
which the denomination of Acotyledones would be the moft
proper of the two, the other term having originated in an old
opinion, that what is now known to be the albumen of the
plants in queftion, (and was obferved in palms and graffes,
which make a part of the number,) was really a fimple
cotyledon.

But although we confider the above two families as but
one, asfar as concerns the prefence, or rather abfence, of a
cotyledon, we mean not to fay the Fungi, Alge, and Hepa-
tice, which make the firft three orders of Juffieu’s Acotyle-
dones, have any confiderable affinity to thofe of his orders
which he refers to Monocotyledones. On the contrary, they
are, as well as the Filices and Mu/ci, his 4th and sth orders,
fo very diftin&, that no fyftem which combines them all
together can be called natural, As to his remaining order
of Acotyledones, the Naiades, they are too heterogeneous for
us to decide upon with any certainty ; but their natural afh-
nity to the Monocotyledones of Juffieu, and their diffimilitude
to his Aootyledones, are equally obvious. In the following
remarks therefore we wifh to be underftood as fpeaking of
thofe natural orders which the great French botanift com-
prehends under his divifion of Monocotyledones, though we
confider them as not having properly any cotyledon at all.
Thefe are fixteen in number, Aroidee, Typhe, Cypercidee,
Graminee, Palme, Afparagi, Junci, Lilia, Bromelia, Af-
phodeli, Narciffi, Irides, Mufe, Canna, Orchidee, and Hy-
drocharides. Under the laft however Juffieu, by mittake,
comprehends fome dicotyledonous plants.

The plants in queftion arg remarkable for a great fimpli-
city or plainnefs of ftructure. Their leaves are for the
moft part alternate, fimple, with fimple parallel ribs. The
number three prevails in ‘the parts of fruétification inftead
of five, which belongs to the dicotyledones. Their germina-
tion is lateral; their interior fubftance peculiarly foft and
cellular. It is a favourite hypothefis of Juffieu that thefe
flowers have no corolla, the gorgeous integument of the
liliaceous plants being confidered by him as a coloured calyx.
His arguments in fupport of this opinion only prove the

reat fimplicity, and want of decided diftin&tion, in their
foacral parts. Thus, the petal of a tulip is alike liable to
become half leaf, or half ftamen. The ourfide of petals of
lilies, however richly they may be adorned within, in many
inftances approaches to the colour and texture of a calyx ;
while in Pancratium and Narciffus, there is a fuperabundance,
or doubling as it were, of the more delicate part of the
flower, fo that thefe genera, far from wanting a corolla, ap-
pear to have twe.

The internal ftru€ture of the Monocotyledones, as explained
by the learned Desfontaines and Mirbel, is extremely pecu-
liar, and differs very effentially from that of other plants.
They have no proper bark and wood, augmented gradually
by concentric layers. (See Cortex, and CircuLaTion of
the Sap). Their cuticle indeed is like that of the Dico-
tyledones, generally {peaking ; except that in fome it abounds
with a flinty fecretion, in no fmall quantity, nor is that fe-
cretion always confined to the cuticle ; witnefs the order of

\

MON

graffes. Their woody fubftance is dépofited round their nu-
merous longitudinal tubes, as fo many centres, fuch tubes
uniting here and there, compofing a fort of network, which
gives firmnefs and tenacity to the body of the plant.
Indeed the depofition of wood, though not in concentric
layers, isregular, according. to fome determinate arrange-
ment in each family, and in feveral acquires a great de-
gree of denfity and hardnefs. The peculiar fecretions of
this tribe are very frequently of a facccharine nature; and
{earcely ever of a mucilaginous, never, we believe, of a
refinous kind. In their conftitutiors, fome of them are
very tender with regard to cold, others, in every refpec&
nearly, the moft hardy of plants; all are generally of rather
rapid growth, though fome very long-lived. ‘Their roots
are very generally perennial, to which there is fearcely an

. exception, befides what occur in the natural order of graffes.

In confideration of the order laft mentioned, the Monocoty-
ledones deferve to be confidered as the molt important of all
plants for the fupport of mankind.

MONOCULUS, in Entomology, a genus of infe&ts of
the order Aptera, of which the generic charafer is as
follows: legs from four to eight, formed for {wimming, and
very long ; body covered with a cruft or fhell divided into
fegments ; fome have four, fome two antenne, and fome
are without any ; it has one or tqwo eyes, notwith{tanding its
name monoculus ; when there are two eyes they approximate
and are fixed inthe fhell ; there are four feelers, in continual
motion when {fwimming ; the hind ones.are very {mall, {and
hook-fhaped.

There are fixty-eight {pecies, feparated into eight divifions,
named according to the firit eight letters in the alphabet.
Thefe are found chiefly in Europe, a few in India, com-
monly in muddy ditches, frequently in fea-waters, often pa-
rafitic on fuci, conferve, ulve, and other aquatic plants.
Many inhabit our own ditches or fea-coatts.

Of all the monoculi by far the greater part are very {mall
water infects, requiring the affiftance of the microfcope for
the inveftigation of their particular organs ; fome, however,
as we fhall fee, are fo large as to require no very mifute in-
fpection, and one {pecies is of a fize fo gigantic that it is ge-
nerally confidered as the largeft of the whole cruftaceous
tribe. This is the polyphemus, and will be found in the
divifion G. -

The infe&s in divifion A have a fingle eye and cruftaceous
body.

Species.

Ocutus. In this {pecies there are no antennz, but twe
feelers, which are long and branched ; the tail is inflected.
The infeéts of this {pecies are found in the pools and ftag-
nant waters in many parts of Europe ; they {wim in {warms
upon their back ; each infe&t has a large black eye, which
appears to occupy the whole of the head.

* Quapricornis. The antenna in this {pecies are four ;
the tail is ftraight and bifid, the divifions are branched. It
is defcribed in Donovan’s Englifh Infe&is. It is found in
different parts of Europe, and in the itagnant waters of this
country. The body is fometimes greyith or greenifh, {mooth
or covered with hair; it has efght legs that are hairy ; the
female poffeffes an oval bag, containing the eggs on each
fide the tail. This is a very minute infect, it derives its fpe-
cific name from its four horns, and is well known, being very
common in almoft every ftagnant water, and fometimes
makes its appearance in that of pumps and wells, and is ac-
cordingly obfervable frequently in water. brought to table.

Ite

—--

a oo ee

MONOCULUS.

Its fize is not greatly fuperior to that of the common
mite,

Minv'tus. Here the antenne aré two and linear; the
tail ending in two briltles, This infeét is found at the banks
of ditches, generally among duck-weed, and at firl fight
is thought to refemble the Lepifma faecharina. The
number of legs is ten, which are nde and hairy ; the tail
ends in two papille.

Canuteus. Antenne two, linear; body blueith, with
a flraight two-lobed tail, It inhabits Germany in muddy
ditches. "The head, the tail, and antenne are red ; the eyes
black ; abdomen green ; legs eight.

*Runens. Antenne two, linear; body reddith, with a
ftraight forked tail. Found in ditches and rivulets, and
is common through the whole year ; it haseight legs.

Lacrnutatus. ‘In this the antenne are two, linear
and white; tail curved forked. It inhabits Germany, in
ditches.

Loneicornis. Antenne two, linear and very long;

tail bifid. It inhabits the fea round Finmark. The tail
ends in two briftles.

Caprivus. Antenne two, linear; head covered with a
dilated fhield; tail ftraight cleft. This is found in Germany.
It has fix legs; and the tail has fix joints:

Mrxuricornis. In this the antenne are two, fhort and
linear ; the tail is cleft and ending in two brittles. Ic is
fometimes though not often found in fea-water. The feelers
are about half as long as the antennz.

Cuiavicer. The antenne two, fubclavate, rigid; tail
bifid. It inhabits, though-very rarely, the rivers of Ger-
many, and i flowly along, alternately on its back,
fides, and belly, and fometimes it will raife itfelf upright.
The body above is white, and red beneath ; the tail is with-
out joints, and the legs are eight.

Crassicornis. The antenne two, dilated and fhort ; tail
bicufpidate. Sometimes found in marfhy places. The
body is in five fegments; the anteane branched at the
bafe.

Curficornis. Antenne two, which are minute and
ftraight, with three hairs at the tip ; the body is inarticulate ;
the hands unarmed ; the tail forked.

Cuevivrer. Antenne two, fhort and recurved ; body
inarticulate ; hands chelate; tail forked. Found in fea-
water. ‘

Brevicornis. Antenne two, thofe of the male hooked ;
the tail is fet with very fhort briftles. It inhabits fea-marfhes,
and refembles the quadricorais. The antenaz of the female
are forked at the tip.

The infe&s in diviion B have a fingle eye and bivalve hell ;
the antennz are branched. ;

Species.

*Pourex. Tail infle&ed; fhell mucronate behind. This
infe& derives its {pecific name, pulex or water-flea, on account
of its peculiar ftarting or {pringing motion ; it is almoift an
ee inhabitant of itagnant waters, appearing fometimes in
fuch vaft {warms as to caufe an apparent difcolouration of the
water. It isan infect of a highly fingular and elegant ap-

ce, exhibiting, when magnified,, a beautiful diftribu-
‘tion of internal organs. It is generally about ;’th of an
inch in length, but fometimes confiderably larger. It is of
an oval fhape, fomewhat truncated in front, and fharply
pointed behind ; the body is inclofed in a bivalve tranfparent
fhell, which, when examined by the microfcepe, appears
finely reticulated. The eyes of thefe animals are of a fin-

gular con{truétion, they are large in proportion to the infeét,
and placed very near each other, and appear to confit of
many feparate globules of a black colour, united under a
common fkin, fn the female infeét the ovarium is generally
very con{picuous, filling the greater part of the {pace be-
tween the fhells; the ova are very large in proportion to the
fize of the animal, and the young are hatched before their
exclufion from the parent. This animal is faid to poffefs,
in an inferior degree, the furprifing property of the genus
aphis, wie. that of producing a feries of onde impreg-

nated defcendants,

Lonoispinus. Tail infle&ted; thell ferrulate before
and prickly behind. Found in freth water. The thell is
ovate, white, and pellucid, ending behind in a ftrong {pine
saoeste each fide, and half as long as the fhell; it has eight
cys.

QuaprancuLa. The tail is inflected ; hell quadrangu-
lar unarmed, Found in flagnant pools; the body is fome-
times red, and it has fix legs.

Simus. ‘Tail infle&ted ; fhell oval unarmed; found in
marthes ; the fhellis pellucid and yeilowith.

Recrirostris. ‘Tail inflected; hind head with two
projecting horns: inhabits marfhes, The fhell is oval pel-
ucid, with gaping valves, and ciliate on the fore-margin ;
the tail two me briftles ; legs fix to eight.

Curvirostris. ‘Tail infleted; the front has two in-
fieGted horns. It is found in pools ; the fhell is hairy on the
fore-margins ; front has two pendent horns ; the tail ends
in two hooks ; it has eight legs.

*Mucronatus. Tail infleéted ; fhell ovate, beneath in-
fle&ted, and prickly behind. Itis found in marfhes. Swims
on its back on the furface of the water. The bhell has four
black dorfal ftreaks ; it has twelve legs.

Crystatuinus. Tail infle&ted; obloug cryftalline ; head
with two fhort horns at the tip. Found in frefh water. The
body is white pellucid, with twelve hairy legs.

Pepicutus.. The tail of this {pecies is infle@ed.
habirs freth water.

Serirer. The tailis ftraighs ; fhells with long tufts of
hair at the angles of the valves. It inhabits ftagnant pools.
The fhellis oblong, pellucid, and cryftalline ¢ the antenne
have three branches; the legs, which are eight or more,
are very hairy ; and the tail is divided at tip.

The infeéts in divifion C have a fingle eye and bivalve
fhell ; the antennz are fimple.

It in-

Species.

Virinis. Shell ovate, downy, green; the fore-legs fal-
cate, and ferrate within. It is found in fea-water on fuci
and conferve.

* Lureus.
Found on fuci.

* Fravious.. Shell oblong, glabrous, pale yellow. It
is found frequently on the Fluitra lineata. The fhell is
pellucid ; fore-legs round.

Grssosus. Shell ovate, hifpid, and gibbous each fide.
Foundonulve. The fhell is ovate, pale, and briftly.

Coarcratus. Shell ovate, glabrous, and contraéed in
the middle. It inhabits fuci. The fhell is of a greenifh
hue, with a black eye.

The infe&s in divifion D have a fingle eye and bivalve
fhell ; antennz tufted at the tip.

Shell ovate, gibbous, glabrous, pale yellow.

Species.

Derecrus. Shell oblong, white, pellucid; tail with
2 : ; two

MONOCULUS.

two briftles. Inhabits ditches. It has four legs, the fore
ones are recurved ; hind-ones reflected,

Srricatus. Shell kidney-fhaped, brown, with three
white bands. Found in muddy ruts. The fhell is glabrous ;
the antennz have eleven briftles.

Ornatus. The fhell,of this fpecies is ovate, fituate
beneath, on the fore-part, and variegated with white, green,
and fulvous. r

Pitosus. The fhell is ovate, brown,-ciliate before and
behind. ‘This {pecies is found in the ne¢taries of the Utri-
cularia minor. The hell is fmooth, glabrous, and opaque.

Canopipus. Shell ovate, fnhow-white, immaculate. It
is found in marfhes. Shell obtufe before and behind.

Levis. Shell ovate, glabrous, greenifh. _Inhabits

ditches. The fhell is obtufe and opaque; tail ending in a
, {pire.

VIDUA.
Found in muddy water.
are in the middle, and one on the fore-margin.
are gibbous and whitifh.

TeLemus. Shell fub-globular, three-toothed ‘behind-
with a truncate lip on the fore-part. It is found at Algira,
and is pellucid. Some naturalifts imagine that it does not
belong to this genus.

Lenticutaris. Shell compreffed and lentiform. Found
in Finland.

* Concuaceus. Shell ovate, downy. Found in ftagnant
water. This is an Englifh infe&t, and has been defcribed
and figured by Mr. Donovan. The body is green, opaque,
with yellowifh legs; its abdomen nearly two-lobed, and
fulvous, with a black circle in the middle: it contra¢ts
itfelf within the fhell, and {wims on the belly.

Fascratus. The fhell is oblong, whitifh, with a green
band.” Found in ftagnant water, and refembles a grain of
barley. The green band is placed in the middle behind the
eye.

iiiaeaad Shell glabrous, yellow, edged with black ;
the fhell is opaque, truncate before, and rounded behind.

Shell ovate, white, with three black bands.
In this fpecies two of the bands
The valves

Crassus. Shell oblong, gibbous, yellowifh, with an
oblique, abbreviated, fulvous band. It inhabits fenny
places. ‘

Infe&s in divifion E with a fingle eye and univalve fhells,
and two antennz.

* Satyrus. Shell ovate, pellucid, and emarginate be-
hind; antennz obtufe. This fpecies is noticed by Baker
and Adams on the microfcope. The fhell is flat and mem-
branaceous ; fore-legs with a double fhank ; tail truncate,
and cleft in the middle.

Sitenus. Shell is ovate, opaque, and fub-marginate be-
hind ; laft joint of the antenne fubulate. I[t is found in
ditches filled with the leaves of trees. The fhell is fome-
times yellowifh.

Manus. Shell oval; antennz horizontally extended ;
body truncate at the bafe. Inhabits fea-water. Swims on
its back ; fhell with a convex fulvous back.

Faunus. Shell ovate, pellucid, and emarginate behind ;
laft joint of the antennz fubulate. Found in ditches among
duck-weed. Shell gibbous ; antennz bent back.

Baccuus. The fhell is ovate, emarginate behind, and
ending in two briftles, It inhabits rivers. The antenne
are ftretched forwards.

Tuyas. The fhell of this fpecies is dilated, linear; the
antennz are incumbent. Found in ftinking fea-water. The
fore-legs are branched.

Bracteatus. The fhell is globular, and unarmed ; it

has fix legs. Is found in frefh water. The antenne are
obtufe; fhell very pellucid.

* Savtarortius. Shell oval-oblong, and briftly behind.
This is deferibed by Baker and Adams, The fhell is pel-
lucid, and terminated by briftles.

Infe&ts in divifion F have their fhells univalve, and two
eyes placed beneath.

Cuaron. Shell pellucid, and four legs. Found in
ditches. ‘I'he eyes are {pherical, remote, deep black, with
four capillary circles round them.

* Dereninus. Shell gibbous; eight legs. Inhabits
rivers. It is defcribed by Baker on the microfcope.

Armicer. ‘This fpecies has fix legs.

Infeéts in divifion G have their thells bivalve ; two.eyes
placed on the back.

Species.

Potyrurmus. Shell orbicular; the future lunate, and
toothed behind ; tail fubulate, and very long. .This fpecies
is commonly diftingnifhed by the title of molucca, or king-
crab. Specimens have fometimes been feen two feet in
length, exclufive of the tail. It is a native of the Indian
ocean, and is generally found in pairs. The colour of the
whole animal is of a yellowifh-brown; the fhell is very
convex, rounded in front, and lunated behind, where it joins
the lower part of the body. The fhell, which is of a crufta-
ceous nature, is marked on each fide into feveral {piny inci-
fions. It has feven legs on each fide, which are fituated
beneath the concavity of the large or round part of the fhell,
and are each terminated by a double claw; the branchiz,
or refpiratory organs, are difpofed in the form of feveral
flat, rounded, imbricated lamelle, on each fide the lower
part of the body ; the tail, which is ftraight, triangular, and
of the fame cruftaceous nature with the reft of the fhell, is
equal in length to the whole body, and Aiea in! tapers toa
fharp point. Theeyesin this {pecies are diftant fromeach other,
of a femi-lunar form, and the furface is divided into a great
number of minute conical convexities : this part is, however,
regarded as conttituting the cornea, or exterior covering of
the eye, the organs themfelves being placed on a pedicle,
beneath each of the femi-lunar corneez. A writer in the
Philofophical Tranfaétions, fpeaking of this infe&, fays,
‘ the eyes, inftead of being approximated, as is required in
the Linnean generic character, are extremely diftant from
each other, being fituated towards the fides of the fhell.
The whole ftruéture of the animal is very remarkable, and
particularly his eyes, which are between the fourth and laft
pair of claws on each fide, reckoning from his mouth, and
excluding the {mall pair there placed, are inférted the rudi-
ments of another pair, or a claw broken off on each fide, at
the fecond joint or elbow: on thefe extremities are the eyes,
like thofe of the horns of fnails, but under the covert of a
thick and opaque fhell, nature in that place hath wonder-
fully contrived a tranfparent lanthorn, through which the
light is conveyed.

Cyctoprs. Shell convex, with three lines of raifed {pines ;
tail very long, and unarmed. It is about one-third the
fize of the polyphemus, and is found in India. Shell
lunate before, with three raifed dorfal lines, and two acute
teeth, finely ferrate behind, with a raifed linc in the middle,
in which are three teeth. ;

* Apus. Shell oblong, truncate, and ferrate behind;
tail ending in two briflles. It is found in ftagnant water.
This is the largeft of the European monoculi. It is a rare
{pecies in this country, having been only obferved in a few
particular fituations, In its general fhape it is confiderably

3 allied

MON

allied to the large exotic {pecica abovedeferibed, but the
form of the body is more leanthens The branchie, or
relpiratory organs, are large, and diftributed into numerous
imbricated rows on the under part of the body: beneath
the front is a pair of jointed trifid arma, extending on each
fide to a confiderable diftance ; the eyes are placed near
each other in front of the thell ; the tail is terminated by a
pair of long forko, or fetaceous proceffes ; the colour of the
whole infeét is of a pale greenifh-brown above, and reddith
beneath, An account has been given inthe goth vol, of the
Phil. Tranf. that this fpecies has been feen in numbers in
a.pond at Bexley, in Kent. It is alfo added, that the fame
pond, having been perfectly dried, and being fuddenly filled,
during a heavy thunder-(torm, {warms of the fame animals
were again obferved in it within the {pace of forty-cight
hours a

* Piscinus. Shell heart-fhaped ‘and flat; body hort;
tail bifid, and compofed of one thin flap. It is a native of
European feas. Found on flounders, cod-fifh, falmon, &c.
adhering on the outfide between the feales, running {wiftly,
with its tail elevated, both on the fith and on the water.
Shell pellucid, with yellowith marks; abdomen very hort,
with a long bifid tail.

Pennicerus. Shell hemifpherical, with a linear future ;
tail feathered. Inhabits freth water.

Satmongus. Shell oblong; tail imbricate, and four-
leaved. It is found, as its name denotes, fticking to the
falmon, between the {cales.

Infeéts of divifion H have bivalve fhells,-two eyes, and
capillary antenne.

Species.

Bracuyurvus. Shell globular ; tail defle&ted ; four an-

tenne. [tis found in saielipat The fhellis pellucid, reddifh-

_ brown when young, and green as it grows older, with a white
eye on the fore-part, and a black one behind; legs are
twenty to twenty-four.

*Spuznicus. Shell globular; tail infle&ted; two an-
tenne. This fpecies is found among the duck-weed in
ftagnant water. It is a native of Europe, and found fre-
quently in this country. It is very minute; the fhell is
reddifh ; it has two antennz ; twelve legs; and the tail is
furnifhed with a {mall hook at the extremity, and concave
beneath ; the ovariz are green.

QuaprRanGuLaris. Shell quadrangular, hence its {pecific
name; tail infleted; antenne two; legs in number are
from twelve to fixteen, befides numerous {maller ones ; the
tail is armed with two minute {pines at the tip.

Lametratus. Shell ventricofe; tail infleted kamellate ;
antenne two. Found in ftagnant water. The hell is con-
vex ; eyes are green; legs capillary; the tail has a broad
ferrate lamina beneath, and two {pines at the tip.

Trigonettus. Shell gibbous before ;_ tail inflected, fer-
sate; fourantenne. Foundinditches. The thellis ciliate,
with a fharp probofcis; antenne with three briftles at the
tip; ovaries black.

Truycartus. Shell ovate, and toothed behind ; tail in-
fle&ed, ferrate ; four antennez. Inheabits ftagnant waters.
Shell oblique, ftriated, ciliate before, and ferrate behind ;
the tail is broadifh, and ending in a claw.

Lonezrostris. Shell roundifh; tail infle@ed; ‘hell
prickly on the fore-part. It inhabits rivulets. The pro-
bofcis is longer than the head, curved, and fubulate.

_ Macrourus. Shell oblong; tail itraight; antenne
four. It is found in lakes. The shell is pellucid, whitifh ;

s eight ; nail-lanceolate.

Vou. XXIII.

MON

Socons. Shell ovate ; tail projecting, curved; antenne
two. Found in almoft all kinds of waters. The thell is
pellucid, without flrie, teeth, or fringe. It has four legs,
and the tail is bicufpidate at the tip.

Monocutus, or Monophthalmus, (from owt, fingle,
and oculus, or of0m>yoe, an eye,) a bandaye in Surgery,
formerly much more employed than at prefent. It con-
fifted ofa roller, ten or twelve fect in length, and about three
inches in breadth. It was firlt fixed on the occiput, about
a foot of the bandage being left hanging down. It was
then carried obliquely round the head, over the forehead, to
the occiput again. After being applied thrice round the
head in this oblique direétion, the remainder of the bandage
was expended in more horizontal turns. The end, han ing
down behind, was laftly brought over the vertex to the fore-
head, and the whole was fecured with pins. The chief ufe
of the monoculus was to retain dreflings and application on
difeafes about the eye. The old furgeons had alfoa double
monoculus; but it fearcely merits defcription, as it is
now feldom or never made ufe of.

MONODON, in Jchthyology, a genus of fithes of the
order Cete. The generic character is: two teeth in the
upper jaw, extending ftraight forwards, long, {piral; {piracle
on the fore and upper part of the head. Dr. Shaw has
altered the generic charaéter, by ufing the fingular, tooth
projecting, inftead of avo teeth, becaufe though he admits
there are fometimes two teeth, yet as the animal is gene-
rally found with one only, and becaufe the generic name
monodon is derived from that very circumitance, the altera-
tion feems neceflary. According to Gmelin there is but
one {pecies, viz. the monoceros, but Dr. Shaw mentions two
{fpecies, , We fhall defcribe them both:

Species.

Monoceros, or Narqal, is a native of the northern feas,
where it is fometimes feen of more than twenty feet in length
from the mouth to the tail. It is at once diftinguifhable
from every other kind of whale, by its very long, Caaaite
tooth, which is perfetly ftraight, of a white or yellowifh-
white colour, {pirally wreathed throughout its whole length,
and gradually tapers to a fharp point. It meafures from fix
to nine or ten feet in length, and proceeds from a focket on
one fide of the upper jaw, having a large cavity at its bafe
or root, ‘running through the greater part of the whole
length. In young ones, and fometimes in thofe that are full

rown, there are two teeth, but in general the narwal is
ound with a fingle tooth, the focket of the other being
clofed, or at moft but obfurely vifible, and now and then the
appearance of a fecond tooth in an extremely {mall ftate, or
juft beginning to emerge, is perceptible, as if intended by
nature to fupply the place of the other, if broken or calt.
The head of the narwal is fhort, and convex above, the
mouth is fmall; the fpiracle or breathing-hole is duplicated
within; the tongue is long; the pectoral fins are {mall.
‘The general form of the animal is rather long than thick in
proportion to its fize. The colour, when young, is nearly
black, but the belly is lighter. As, however, 1t advances
in age, it becomes marbled, or variegated with black and
white on the back and fides, while the belly is nearly
white. The fkin is {mooth, and there is a confiderable depth
of oil or blubber beneath it. It is chiefly found in the
northern parts of Davis's ftraits, and its food is fuppofed
to confift of {mall flat fith, as well as of aGtiniz, medufz,
and other marine animals. It is commonly feen in the fmall
open or unfrozen {pots towards the coaits of the northera
feas. To fuch places the poms refort in multitudes, for
t

ee

MON

the conveniency of agent and becaufe they are fure to
find, near the fhores, a due {upply of food: they are taken
by means of harpoons, and the flefh is eaten by the Green-
landers, raw, boiled, and dried; the inteftines and oil
are alfo ufed asa food; the tendons make good thread, and
the teeth ferve the purpofe of hunting horns, as well as that
of building tents and houfes. A throne made for the Danifh
monarchs is faid to be {till preferved in the cattle of Rofen-
berg, compofed entirely of narwals’ teeth, which were for-
merly confidered as more valuable than gold.

Spurtus. This, if it be a diftin@ fpecies of the monodon,
has a pinnated back, and two {mall teeth in the upper jaw.

It is defcribed by Fabricius, in his Fauna Groenlandica,
as a fpecies moft allied to the narwal, but not perhaps,
ftriGly fpeaking, of the fame genus; it has no teeth in the
mouth, but from the extremity of the upper mandible pro-
je& two minute, conic, obtufe teeth, a little curved at the
tips, weak, and not above an inch long; the body is elon-
gated, cylindric, black. Befides the pectoral fins and hori-
zontal tail, there is alfo a minute dorfal fin. Its flefh and
oil are confidered as purgative; it is among the rareft of
whales, and inhabits the main ocean, feldom coming to the
fhore. Ithasa fpiracle like other whales. It is very feldom
taken alive, but found dead on the fhores.

MONODY, Monopra, compounded of ovo: /olus, and
w3n, a fong, in the Ancient Poetry, a kind of mournful fong
or ditty, fung bya perfon alone, to utter his grief.

Monopy, in Mujic, a fong for a fingle voice, in oppofi-
tion to what the ancients called chorodies, or mutic executed
by a chorus.

MONOECIA, in Botany, from jsovos, one, and oixiz, @
Aoufz, the 21{t clafs of the artificial fyftem of Linnzus, con-
fitting of fuch plants as have barren, or male, flowers on
the fame individual with fertile, or female, ones; whereas in
the 22d clafs fuch flowers grow upon diltin& individuals of
the fame fpecies. (See Dioxcra.) How far thefe claffes are
natural or not, we kave explained under that article.

The orders of Moncecia in Linneus are eleven, diftin-
guifhed upon the fame principles as thofe of Dioecia. 1. Mo-
nandria is exemplified by Aegopricon and Zannichellia, perma-
nently monoecious genera, as having a different ftructure in
the acceflory parts of their male and female flowers. 2. Di-
andria is fcarcely tenable, one of its two genera, Anguria,
having no fuch difference of ftru€ture, and the other, Lemna,
having certainly the ftamens and piftil in the fame flower, ex-
cept by accidental or partial imperfeétion. 3. Z7iandria con-
tains Carex, Sparganium, &c., with fome plants of the order
of Tricocce, or Euphorbie, all properly placed here. 4. Te-
trandria confifts of the Littorella, Betula, Buxus, Urtica and
others. 5. Pentandria- embraces a remarkable tribe, clofely
allied, for the moft part, to the Syngenefious, or compound,
clafs; but their anthers are feparate, and in fome of them,
as Xanthium and Nephelium, the female flowers have no re-
femblance to that clafs, nor to their own males. 6. Hexan-
dria confifts chiefly of avery few grafles. 7. Heptandria de-
pends only on Gueitarda, much better placed in Pentandria
Monogynia. (See Guerrarpa and Marrnioxa.) /8. Poly-
andria, (having eight or more ftamens,) is beft illuftrated
by the important genera Fagus, Quercus, Juglans, &c. whofe
male flowers are, in moft cafes, amentaceous. 9. Monadel-
phia has the no lefs important genus Pinus, with fome of the
Euphorbie. 10. Syngenefia confits of the Gourd or Cucum-
ber tribe; but it is difficult to account for their being placed
here, their anthets being in no manner combined. On the
contrary, their filaments are more or lefs united, infomuch

that Willdenow removes them to the oth order, Monadelphia.
35

MON

This does not feem corre& with refpe& to any of the tribe ;
and in thofe we have examined the filaments are united, more
or lefs completely, into three fets, fo as ftriétly to conftitute
an order of Monoecia Polyadelphia, which fhould take place
of this 10th Linnasan order. (See Momornica.) 11. Gy- _
nandria, compofed of Andrachne and Agyneia, does not ap<
pear to exift in nature at all, thefe genera belonging more
properly to the oth order, Monadelphia, where fome of their
allies already find a place.

We cannot too often proteft againft the abolition of the
monoecious and dioecious claffes, whether we confider them
in the light of natural or commodious arrangements, al-
— fome plants may have been improperly referred to
them.

MONOEMUGI, or Nimaama, in Geography, a king-
dom of Africa, having, as it is faid, greatextent, and reac
ing northward to Abyflinia; bounded on the E. by the king-
doms of Mongallo, Mozambique, and other {mall ftates along
the coaft of the Indian fea; on the S. by Mocaranga, and on
the W. by Congo and Angola; but its real limits have not
been afcertained. The fovereign, however, is reprefented as
a rich and powerful prince, and has fubdued moft of the
furrounding and adjaceut kingdoms. To this fovereign be-
long many rich gold, filver, and copper mines, which enable
him to carry on commerce with Abyfiinia and other countries,
as well as with fome of the eaftern coafters, with whom he
is under a neceflity of exchanging the precious metals for
Indian and European commodities, as he has no port of his
own in either the eaftern or weftern fea. Elephants being
numerous fupply vaft quantities of ivory for this trade, and
afford to the emperor confiderable profit, as well as benefit
to his fubje&ts. M. de Lifle, in his Atlas, divides this king-
dom into the five following provinces or fovereignties: viz.
the Maracates, the Moffagueras, the kingdom of the Ben-
gas, of Maity, and of .Maravi; and this laft M. d’Anville
places on the foythernmoft border of the lake of that name.

MONOGAMIA, in Botany, from jxoys and yapor @
fimple marriage, the fixth order of the clafs Syngenefia in the
Linnzan fyftem, as left by its author, deftined to admit fuch
genera as have their anthers combined, the flowers being
fimple. Such were fuppofed to be Lobelia, Viola, Impa-
tiens, Jafione, among Britifh plants, and the exotic Seriphium,
Strumpfia, and Corymbium, to which might be added Cal-
cera, Cavan. Ic. t. 358, and Barreria of Schreber. But
the union ef the anthers is found by no means univerfal
throughout all the fpecies of thefe genera, at leaft of the
two firft, which are very natural genera; and on the other
hand this union occurs here and there among the fpecies of
others no lefs natural, as Gentiana. In fhort, the charaéter
in queftion proves of no avail in fimple flowers ; nor is there
any natural affinity, between the above Britifh genera at
leaft, and the moft natural clafs of compound flowers with
combined anthers, the true Syngenefia. Seriphium and Co-
rymbium caufe no difficulty ; for they are in every refpect ,
genuine Syngenefious plants, and though the florets are foli-
tary in each partial calyx, the flowers are aggregate, er col-
le&ted in a common calyx; fo that they readily go to the 5th
order of Syngenefia, termed Polysemia-fegregata, and ferve
but to ftrengthen and confirm that moft natural clafs. The
order Monogamia is now therefore generally abolifhed, cer-
tainly with great advantage. The plants which compofed
it are removed to Pentandria Monogynia, where moft of
them meet with rim! natural allies. Calicera of Cavanilles
appears to be feferrible to Syngenefia Polygamia: ata.
The affinity of Strumpfia is Pe ory Fe eeg) aN
Poraqueiba, is confidered by Juffieu as akin to his Berberides.

MONO-

MON

MONOGAMY, compounded of pom folar, and yapyon
marriage, the {tate or condition of thofe who have only mar-
fied once, or are reftrained to a fingle wife. See Pouy-

GAMY.

MONOGASTRIC, in Anatomy, a name given by Vieul.
fens, and fome of the French writers, toone of the mufeles
of the ear, called by Cowper the internus auriv, and more
properly by Albinus, the tenfor tympani.

MONOGRAM, Mownocranmus, a cipher, or charac.
ter, compofed of one or more letters interwoven; bemg a
kind of abbreviation of a name; anciently much ufed as a
badge, feal, arms, &c.

Among medallilts, a monogram is the name of a prince,
city, or the like, of which the charadters are, as it were,
woven together, and the limb of one character applies to
three or four’ others; fo that in the finall {pace of one or
two characters a whole name is comprehended.

Under the eaftern empire, it is ufval to find MI K, whieh
are the monogram of Maria, Jefus, Conttantine.

The ufe of monograms is of an ancient ftanding, as ap-
pears from Plutarch, and from fore Greck medals of the
time of Philip of Macedon, Alexander his fon, &c. The
Roman labarum bore the monogram of Jefus Chrilt, con-
filting of two letters, a P placed perpendicularly through

the middle of an X, ¢. gr. x, as we find it in feveral
medals of the time of Conttantine, thofe being the two firft
letters of the word Xgishs, Chri/l.

Kings formerly marked their coins with their monograms :
of this we have inftances in Charlemagne’s coins. That
prince alfo ufed the monogram for his fignature. Eginhard
gives us this reafon for it, viz. that Charlemagne could not
write; and that, having attempted in vain to learn in his
grown age, he was reduced to the neceflity of figning with
a Monogram.

The ancients alfo ufed monograms as notes, or abbrevia-
tions of infcriptions; for the underftanding of which we have
exprefs treatifes of Valerius Probus, Sert. Urfatus, &c.

ONOGRAPHT, in Botany, authors who have written
exprefs treatifes on only one plant; as Douglas on the Guern-
fey lily, &c. :

MONOGYNIA, from povo:, one, and ‘yum, a ert is
the name of fuch orders in the firft thirteen clafles of the
Linnzan fyftem, as have a fingle ttyle, or feffile ftigma, in
éach flower. A fingle ftyle however is by no means con-
. fined to thefe claffes, being univerfal in the 14th and 15th as
well as in the 17th and roth, all very extenfive and natural
claffes of the fame fyftem, and it occurs here and there
amongft the others; though in none of thefe initances does
it give a denomination to any order, or feGtion. See Dr-
GYNIA.

MONOK, in Geography, a town of Hungary ; 12 miles
W.N.W. of Tokay. '

“MONOKA, ariver of Maryland, which runs into the
Chefapeak, N. lat. 38° 10’. W. long. 76° 53’.

MONOLOGUE, Fr. an opera tune by one aétor alone,
who only {peaks or rather fings to himfelf. In declamation
it is a foliloque. ‘It is in monologues (fay the French) that
all the powers of mufic are difplayed; the performer giving
way to all the ardour of his genius, unreftrained in the
length of his air or recitative by the prefence of an inter-
locutor.” The accompanied recitatives of the Italians,
which produce fuch great effeéts, are always monologues.

MONOMACHIA, Movoueyix, from pores, folus, and
paxn, combat, a duel, or fingle combat of man again{t man.

Monomachia was anciently allowed by law, for the trial

MON

or proof of crimes. It was even permitted in pecuniary
caufes, as appears by ancient records, It is now forbidden
both by the civil be canon laws. See Compart,

Alciat has written a treatife « De Monomachin.”

MONOMERES, aword ufed by the ancients alone, but
more frequently joined with the word phorbeia, to exprefs
one fort of the bandage ufed to confine the brea’, by thofe
who played on the ancient pipe. ‘This confilted only of one
Ktraight and one tranfverfe piece; and the latter came fully
over the mouth, and clofed it up, except that a hole was
cut in it to receive the mouth-piece of the pipe. “The. die-
nea confifted of feveral. pieces, and only tied up the lower-
ip.

MONOMIAL, in Algebra, a root or quantity that has
but one name; or confilts but of one part or member.
Such are ab, aah, aaabb. See Quantity, Bryomias,
Tinomiat, Roor, &c.

Monomials may be either rational, or irrational.

MONOMIES Casvrxz, in Geography, a fort of America,

on the river Winebago. N. lat. 44° 18’. W. long. 87”
34".
Monomies River, a river of North America, from which
is derived the name of a tribe of Indians, and which runs
into that part of lake Michigan, called “ Green bay,” N.
lat. 44° 46’. W.-long 87° #7’,

MONOMONIL, a town of N. America, on the W.
fide of Green bay. N. lat. 44° 32'. W. long. 87° 28’.

MONOMOTAPA. See Mocaranca.

MONONGAHELA River, «a branch of the Ohio,
400 yards wide at its jun&ion with the Alleghany at Pittf-
burg; navigable with batteaux and barges beyond Reditone
creek, and itil farther with lighter craft. ‘It rifes at the
foot of the Laurel mountain in Virginia, pafles into Pean-
fylvania, feparates Fayette and Wellmoreland from Wath-
ington county, and then joining the Alleghany river at Pittf-
burg, forms the Ohio.

MONONGALIA, a county in the N.W. part of Vie-
ginia, about 4o miles long and 30 broad; containing 8540
inhabitants. f

MONOPAGIA, a word ufed by fome medical writers,
for that {pecies of head-ache which affeéts only one point, or
{mall part of the head.

MONOPETALOUS, in Botany, a flower whofe corolla
confilts of but one piece, or petal, as in the Primrofe. A
monopetalous corolla is almo{t univerfally tubular. Very
rarely the tube is flit, from top to bottom, at one fide, as in
Goodenia and Scevola. There are indeed a few monopetalous
flowers which feem to be fo from a partial defe&, as Amor-
pha, the only petal of whofe corolla is the ftandard (vexillum),
the wings and keel being wanting, though the form of every
part of the frudtification, as well as the habit of the fhrub,
indicates its {triGly papilionaceous nature. Another genus,
Rittera of Schreber, (Poffra of Aublet and Juffieu,) which
is alfo of the leguminous kind, though not papilionaceous,
has a fingle lateral petal, of a broad roundifh figure, with a ©
very fhort claw. (See Rirrera.) The diftinction between
a monopetalous and polypetalous corolla, is the moft abfo-
lute of all, in the fyftems of thofe who arrange plants by
this part; and is indeed lefs liable to variation than even the
abfence or prefence of the corolla itfelf. See CoroLvAa and
CLASSIFICATION.

MONOPHAGI, Mow2azye, in Antiquity, a defignation
given to thofe who celebrated the /Ezinean feltival, becaufe
they feaited or eat together without the affiftance of their
fervants ; none but the denizens of that ifland being allowed

to be prefent.
Ry ae MONO.

MON

MONOPHYSITES, from [409055 Solus, and Qucisy na-
tura, in Ecclefiaftical Hiflory, a general name given to all
thofe fetaries in the Levant, who only own one nature in
Jefus Chrift ; and maintain, that the divine and human na-
tures of Chrift were fo united, as to form only one nature,
yet without any change, confufion, or mixture of the two
natures. See EuTYCHIANS.

The Monophyfites, however, properly fo called, are the
followers of Severus, a learned monk of Paleftine, who was
created patriarch of Antioch in 513, and Petrus Fullenfis,
whence they were called ** Severians.”’

The Monophyfites were encouraged by the emperor
Anaftafius, but depreffed by, Juftin and fucceeding emperors.
However, this feét was reftored by the eloquence, activity, and
diligence of Jacob Baradzus, an obfcure monk, infomuch,
that when he died bifhop of Edeffa, A.D. 578, he left it in
a moft flourifhing flate in Syria, Mefopotamia, Armenia,
Egypt, Nubia, Abyffinia, and other countries. The labo-
rious efforts of Jacob were feconded in Egypt, and the
adjacent countries, by Theodofius, bifhop of Alexandria,
and he became fo famous, that all the Monophyfites of the
Eaft confidered him as their fecond parent and founder, and:
are to this day called Jacobites, in honour of their new
chief. The Monophyfites are divided into two feéts or par-
ties ; the one African, the other Afiatic: at the head of
the latter is the .patriarch of Antioch, who refides, for the
moft part, in the monaiftery of St. Ananias, near the city of
Merdin, his epifcopal feat; and alfo at Amida; Aleppo,
and other Syrian cities : the former are under the jurifdiction
of the patriarch of Alexandria, who generally refides at
Grand Cairo, and are fubdivided into Cophts and Abyflinians.
From the fifteenth century downwards, all the patriarchs of
the Monophyfites have taken the name of Ignatius, in order
to fhew that they are the lineal fucceflors of Ignatius, who
was bifhop of Antioch in the firft century, and confequently
the lawful patriarchs of Antioch. In the 17th century, a
{mall body of the Monophyfites in Afia, abandoned, for
fome time, the doétrines and inftitutions of their anceftors,
and embraced the communion of Rome : but the African
Monophyfites, notwithftanding that poverty and ignorance
which expofed them to the feduétions of fophiftry and gain,
ftood firm in their principles, and made an obftinate refiftance
to the promifes, prefents, and attempts employed by the pa-
pal miffionaries, to bring them under the Roman yoke: and
in the 18th century, thofe of Afia and Africa have perfifted
in their refufal to enter into the communion of the Roman
church, notwithftanding the earneft intreaties and alluring
offers, that have been made from time to time by the pope’s
legates, to conquer their inflexible conftancy. The Mono-
phyfites propagate their doctrine in Afia with zeal and affi-
duity, and have not long ago gained over to their communion
apart of the Neftorians, who inhabit the maritime coats of
India. Mofheim’s Eccl. Hitt.

MONOPIN Huizt, in Geography, a hill onthe ifland of
Banca, which forms the N.E. point of the entrance of the
Straits. S. lat. 2° 3’. E.long. 105° 18'. Thedifference
of longitude between the ifland Lufepara, which lies in the
§. entrance of the ftraits of Banca, and Monopin hill, which
forms one fide of the entrance from the north, is g5'. See
Siraits of Banca.

MONOPOLI, a town of Naples, in the province of
Bari, on the coaft of the Adriatic fea; the fee of a bifhop ;
containing fix churches and nine convents; 144 miles E.
of Naples. N. lat. 41° 8’. E. long. 17° 19%.

MONOPOLY, ftriftly fpeaking, in the language of the
Jaw, is very fimilar to engroffing : the latter is the a& of

MON.

buying up corn and other provifions, for the purpofe of felf-
ing them again ; the former is the fame offence, extended te
other branches of trade: both are fuppofed to be done for
the purpofe of gaining the entire command of the market,
and by this means raifing the prices of the commodities en«
groffed or monopolifed.

Monopoly is alfo a term applied to a * licence or privilege
allowed by the king, for the fole buying, felling, making,
working and ufing of any thing whatfoever, whereby the
fubje is reftrained from that liberty of manufaGturing or
trading which he had before.’? Thefe licences and privileges,
in all defpotic governments, have been made ufe of to fa-
vour and enrich individuals; or, by the fale of them; to
contribute to the wants of the fovereigns: and even in freer
governments, ignorant of the real mode of promoting induf-
try and enriching the people, licences and privileges of this
kind have been too frequently granted on the erroneous idea,
that their commerce would be foftered and proteéted in its
infancy. In this kingdom, during the reigns of Elizabeth
and James I. monopolies were carried to a moft vexatious
and deftruGtive extent ; fo that many branches of trade and
manufaGture were abfolutely clofed, except to thofe who
had obtained licences to engage in them, and the great body
of confumers were inadequately fupplied with bad articles
at an exorbitant rate. Thefe evils at laft became fo oppref-
five and glaring, that by the 21/t James I. c. 3. all fuch
monopolies were declared to be eontrary to law and void (ex-
cept patents to the authors of new and uleful inventions,
for a term not exceeding fourteen years). By the fame fla-
tutes, monopolifts are liable to be punifhed by treble da-
mages and double cofts, if they difturb any perfons engaged
in a trade to which they claim the privilege of monopoly.
This ftatute evidently refers only to thofe cafes where a mo-
nopoly licence is claimed, and endeavoured to be aéted upon,
fo as to difturb the trade ef thofe engaged in the fame line.

The engrofling or monopoly of corn and provifions is an
offence at common law, and is defcribed by ftatute 5and6
Edw. VI. c. 14.; by this ftatute, the penalty is the forfeit.
ure of the goods or their value, and two months imprifon-
ment for the firft offence ; double value, and fix months
imprifonment for the fecond; and for the third, the of.
fender to forfeit all his goods, to be fet in the pillory, and
imprifoned at the king’s pleafure.

Monopoly, as a fubjeét in political economy, may be con-
fidered under three points of view. In the firft place, the
practicability of the alleged crime of gettig into one’s pof-
{effion, or buying up, all, or fuch a quantity of, any com-
modity as will give the command of the market, and confe-
quently of the price. In the fecond place, the monopoly,
which by patent is given fora term of years, to the ee
thors of new and uleful inventions: the propriety and policy
of this kind of monopoly afford ample room for difcuf-
fion ; of courfe, if this kind of monopoly were to be
fet afide, fome other mode of rewarding the authors of new
inventions, lefs objectionable, muit be fuzgefled: this kind
of monopoly will be confidered under the article Parent.
In the third place, that {pecies of monopoly, wherein a govern-
ment grants either to a body of men, which fecures them
any particular trade ; or to the nation at large, by which
the colonial trade is not fuffered to be touched by any. fo-
reign nation, This lalt fpecies of monopoly, or the mono-
poly of the colonial trade, will be confidered under the arti-
cle Navigation 4@: at prefent, therefore, we thall-con-
fine our obfervations to the alleged crime of engrofling or
monopolizing any commodity, for the purpofe of command-
ing the market, and raifing the price ; and to that monopoly

which

MON

which a povernment grants to any particelar body of men,
by which they alone can carry on the trade which is the
objedt of the monopoly, Vi

Smith's opinion refpecting engrofling and foreftalling is
well known : the popular fear refpecting them he compares to
the popular terrors and {ufpicions of witcheraft, and he con-
cludes by obferving, that the law which fhould reftore entire
freedom to the inland trade of corn would probably prove as
effe&tual to put an end to the popular fears of engrofling and
foreltalling ; as the law which He an end to all profecutions
for witchcraft, deltroyed the fear and fufpicion of it, by
taking away the great caufe which encouraged and {upported
them

Indeed, when we confider the numerous and | gat obfta-
cles and difficulties which mutt lie in the way of every per-
fon who attempts to get into his poffeflion the whole, or
the greater part of any commodity ; the immenfe capital, or
credit which he mutt poffefs ; the confidence he mutt place
on the integrity of his agents, and the reliance he mutt have
on their Hill and judgment ; the effect on the price of the
commodity, which his attempts to monopolize it mult ne-
ceflarily produce ; and the great probability that he will be
compelled to defift from his undertaking, long before he has
brought it to a clofe, from am erroneous calculation of his
means : it will appear evident that it cannot be the interett of
any man to rifque his capital in fuch an abfurd and imprac-
ticable undertaking. If there thould be perfons fo blind to
their own interefts as to begin the attempt, their punifhment
may fafely be left to flow from their own meafures, as, long
before they can materially, or even in a trifling degree, injure
the public, they will either open their eyes to their own
folly, or be incapacitated by their own ruin from proceeding
in their enterprife. ;

But though monopoly, {triGly fpeaking, appears thus im-
practicable, yet there is no doubt that the price of commo-
dities may be partially and temporarily affected by the
uantity of capital poffeffed by thofe who have them for
file. It is well known that if the farmer, for inftance, be
ftraightened for money, he will be compelled to bring his grain
to market early in the feafon, ina much larger proportion
than if his capital were fufficient to enable him to pay his
rent, and carry on his agricultural labour, without having
recourfe to this meafure : if, on the other hand, his capital
is fuch, that he has no occafion for the money the early fale
of his corn would produce, he will bring it to market only in
_ thofe quantitities, and at thofe feafons, which he thinks will
conduce moft to his own intereft. At firft fight it might
feem as if the public would be moft benefited by farmers of
the former defeription; buta very little reflection will con-
vince us, that the temporary reduétion in the price of corn,
occafioned by their want of adequate capital, will be much
more than balanced, in a national point of view, by the un-
equal diftribution of it through the year, to which this will

ive rife, as well as by the want of economy in the ufe of
it, which the forced and unauthorized reduction of it will
roduce.

It may then fafely be inferred that the attempt to mono-
polize any commodity is fo abfurd, and fo contrary to the
molt narrow and obfcure views of {felf-interett, that no
. law is neceflary to prevent or punith it ; and that, with re-

~ {pe& to the fuppofed effet of capital, in railing the price
of commodities, in many points of view capital, by enlarg-
ing the quantity produced, and giving rife to competition,
mult have the oppofite effe& ; while an inadequate capital
mutt narrow and thwart the induftry and operations of the
poffeffor, and even at the time that it compels him to difpofe

MON

of his produce, isinjurious, not only to himfelf, but to the
nation at large,

In a monopoly of the colony trade, no particular body of
men in the nation are favoured ; the monopoly regards the
whole nation as contradiftinguithed from foreigners: but
in the monopoly of any trade granted by government to a
particular body of men, the privilege is granted at the ex.
pence, and to the lofs of the reft of the nation. ‘This is the
firft and moft firiking evil, but there are others not inferior
in magnitude and extent. Not only isa large portion of the
nation excluded from the means of increafing their induftry
and confequently their wealth; but they are compelled to
purchafe the articles of the monopoly trade at the monopoly
price, and to fell fuch articles as they manufaéture for that
trade, at the price which the holders of the exclufive privi-
lege may choofe to give. Nothing fupplics a market {fo re
gularly, or fo cheaply, or with goods of uch good quality, as
open and fair competition ; not ing, on the contrary, renders
the fupply fo irregular, or the goods fo high priced, or of
fuch inferior quality, as monopoly. For thefe and various
other fubordinate reafons, therefore, a monopoly trade muft
be injurious to the nation at large; and it not unfrequently
happens that it is conduéted with fuch negligence, ignorance,
and extravagance, as not to be beneficial to thofe who pof.
fefs it. Under certain circumftances, when there was little
fpirit of enterprize, when individual capital was {mall, and
combined with thefe circumftances, in cafes where the rifque
was great, where great length of time was neceflary to she.
blifh the trade, and where the returcs, at firft, were low
and trifling, it might have been wife and politic to grant ex-
clufive privileges of trade; but certainly it cannot be wife
and politic to grant or to continue them, under circumftances
of an oppofite defcription.

MONOPS, in Natural Hifory, a name given by /Elian,
and fome other of the old Greek writers, to the bonafus.
The name monapus was given this animal, according to Arif-
totle, by the people of the country where the creature was
moft frequent, and therefore is not to be attempted on any
Greek etymology. Some of the Greeks have called the
fame creature monepos, and fome belinthos.

MONOPTERE, Movzzeges, a kind of temple among
the ancients, round, and without walls; having its dome
fupported by columns. 7

MONOPTOTE, Mowoproton, in Grammar, a noun,
which has only one cafe; as inficigs.

MONOPTRAL Tenprz, ‘in Architefure, an edifice,
conliiting of a circular colonnade fupporting a dome. ‘The
monoptral temple is open, or without any inclofing wall,
and confequently without a cell, as in other temples.

MONOPYRENEOUS Fruits, in Botany, are fuch as
only contain one kernel or feed.

MONORCHIS, the fpecific name of an Ophrys in Lin-
neus, Sm. Fi. Grit. 936. Engl. Bot. t. 71, which remains
in the fame genus in Dr. Swartz's new arrangement of this
tribe. It is fo called from having but one apparent globular-
bulb, or rather knob, to the root; the other being formed
at the end ef a longifh fhoot, about, or after, the time of:
flowering, fo as commonly to efcape obfervation.

Moworcuis. Befide the common fignification of this
word as the name of a plant, phyficians have alfo ufed it
to exprefs a man who has but one tefticle.

MONORHYMA, from pov, Salus, and jv®nG-, rhyme,
a poetical compofition, all the verfes of which end with the
fame rhyme.

Monorhymes are faid to have been invented by the old
French poet Leonin, who addreffed fome Latin verfes of

10 this

MON

this kind-to pope Alexander III., whence they are alfo
called Leonine. verfes.

MONOS, in Geography, a river of Guinea, which runs
into the Atlantic, 15 miles S. of Tombi.

MONOSPERM-ALTHA, in Botany, a name con-
trived by Ifnard for the Waltheria of Linnzus, and intended
to exprefs a plant of the Marfh-mallow kind, with a fingle
feed. See WALTHERIA.

MONOSTICH, Monosticuon, an epigram, or poetical

iece, confifting of one fingle verte.

MONOSYLLABLE, MownosyLiasum, a word of a
fingle fyllable; or, that confifts of one or more letters which
are pronounced together.

The French language abounds in monofyllables more than
any other. This renders it the mcee perplexing to fo-
reigners, and yet the beauty of the language feems to con-
fift init. One of the beft and fmootheft lines in Malherbe
confifts of twelve monofyllables: {peaking of Califta, he
fays, ‘ Et moi je ne voi rien quand je ne la voi pas.””_ In
this the genius of the Englifh tongue differs very much from
the French, an uninterrupted feries of monofyllables in the
former having always an ill effect. ‘This Mr. Pope both in-
timates and exemplifies in the fame verfe. ‘* And ten low
words oft creep in one dull line.”? Pafquier cites an elegy
of forty-two verfes, confifting wholly of monofyllables.

MONOTHELITES, compounded of pov, fingle, and
Lrsua, will, of Sav, volo, I will, in Ecchfiaftical Hiftory,
an ancient fet, which fprung out of the Eutychians and
Monophyfites ;' thus called, as only allowing of one will in
Jefus Chritt.

The opinion of the Monothelites had its rife in 630, and
had the emperor Heraclius for an adherent, who, by pub-
lifhing-an edi@ in favour of it, hoped thus to reftore peace
and concord both in church and ftate: it was the fame with
that of the Acephalous Severians.

They allowed of two wills in Chrift, confidered with re-
gard to the two natures ; but reduced them to one, by reafon
of the union of the two natures; thinking it abfurd there
fhould be two free wills in one and the fame perfon. See
Ecuruesis and Type.

They were condemned by the, fixth general council, in
680, as being fuppofed to deftroy the perfeGtion of the
humanity of Jefus Chrift, depriving it of will and operation.
Mofheim gives the following account of the ftate of this
fubtile controverfy ; the grounds of which are not, indeed,
eafily underflood and explained. 1. The Monothelites de-
clared, that they had no connection with the Entychians
and Monophyfites; but maintained, in oppofition to both
thefe fe&ts, that in Chrift there were two diftin& natures,
which were fo united, though without the lea mixture
or confufion, as to form by their union only one perfon.
2. They acknowledged, that the foul of Chrift was en-
dowed with a will, or faculty of volition, which is ftill
retained, after its union with the divine nature. For they
taught, that Chrift was not only perfe& God, but alfo per-
fe&i man; whence it followed, that his foul was endowed
with the faculty of volition. 3. They denied that this fa-
culty of volition in the foul of Chrift was abfolutely inactive ;
maintaining, on the contrary, that it co-operated with the
divine will. 4. They, therefore, in effe&, attributed to our
Lord two wiils, and thefe, moreover, operating and ative.
5. They, however, affirmed, that, in a certain fenfe, only
one will and one manner of operation were in Chrift.
Their fentiments were afterwards embraced by the Ma-
ronites.

MONOTOCA, in Betany, from jsovos, one, and coxos,

MON

a fetus, oY conception, becaufe the germen has, from the-firft,
the rudiments of but one feed, by which this genus is dif-
tinguifhed from others of its natural order. Brown. Prodr.
Nov.’ Holl. v. 1. 546.—Clafs and order, Pentandria Mono-
gynia. Nat. Ord. Epacridee, Brown.

Gen. Ch. Ca/. Perianth inferior, of five equal, ere&,
concave, permanent leaves, with a pair of f{maller ones at
the bafe, which are fometimes deciduous. Cor. of one
petal, funnel-fhaped, twice the length of the calyx ; its limb
in five equal, fpreading, {mooth, beaked fegments; throat
naked and pervious. Neé#ry a lobed cup-fhaped gland,
furrounding the bafe of the germen. Stam. Filaments five,
thread-fhaped, equal, inferted into the tube of tbe corolla,
fhorter than its limb; anthers oblong, incumbent. Pf.
Germen fuperior, roundifh; ftyle columnar, fhort; ftigma
obtufe. Peric. Drupa oval, pulpy. Nut folitary, oval, of
one cell. Seed folitary. :

Eff. Ch. Outer calyx of two leaves. Corollapfive-cleft,
funnel-fhaped, naked at the mouth and border. Germen
fingle-feeded. Drupa pulpy.

A New Holland genus of fhrubs, or fmall trees, fepa-
rated by Mr. Brown from the Styphelie of preceding authors,
on account of the above characters. The J/eaves are fcat-
tered, fimple. Spikes axillary, rarely terminal, of few
flowers, which are fmall, white, often becoming dioecious,
by a partial defeé& in their organs of impregnation.

SeGtion 1. Outer calyx deciduous. Small trees, with dioe-
cious flowers.

1. M. elliptica. (Styphelia elliptica; Sm. Bot. of New
Holl. 49.)—Clufters ere&t, either nearly terminal and ag-
gregate, or axillary and folitary. Leaves elliptic-oblong,
four times as long as broad.—Sent by Dr. J. White, in
1793, from the neighbourhood of Port Jackfon, New
South Wales, where it was alfo gathered by Mr. Brown.
The branches are varioufly divided, round, leafy, downy
when young. eaves numerous, fearcely an inch long,
obovate or elliptic-lanceolate, entire, tipped with a {pinous
point; dark glaucous green and {mooth above; pale, con-

vex, with fomewhat radiating, but nearly parallel, ribs be-
neath. Footffalks broad and fhort. Cluffers about the

length of the leaves, their ftalks angular and downy. Brac-
teas folitary, concave, at the bale of each partial ftalk.
Flowers {carcely a line in length. The outer calyx is per-
manent in our {pecimens.

2. M. albens. Br. n. 2.—Clufters ere&, folitary, either
terminal or axillary. Leaves oblong-linear, acute, fpinous-
pointed, white beneath.—Native of Port Jackfon. Like
the former, but the aves are longer, narrower, and paler,

more tapering at the point; their edges appearing minutely

crenate under a microfcope.

3. M. lineata. Br. n. 2.- (Styphelia glauca; Labi. .
Nov. Holl. v. 1. 45. t. 61.)—Spikes axillary, very fhort,
drooping, ftalked. Leaves elliptic-oblong, acute, {pinous-
pointed, nearly flat —Native of Van Diemen’s land, where
it was gathered by both the above authors. The fhape of
the daves is moft like the firlt {pecies, but the very fhort, -
axillary, ftalked, obtufe /pikes (not cluffers}, which Mr.
Brown fays are drooping, though the French author repre-
fents them ere€t, diflinguifh the prefent plant. The germen
is, erroneoufly it feems, drawn with five cells in Labil-
lardiere’s plate. ep

Seétion = Outer calyx permanent. Shrubs, with both
organs of the jiower ed.

vig Mt ined WSerineta fcoparia; Sm. Bot. of New
Holl. 48.)—Spikes axillary, very fhort, nearly feffile,
drooping, of few flowers. Leaves linear-oblong, fomewhat

revolute.

MON

Stem ereét.— Native of Port Jackfon, New
South Wales. ‘The fem in very bufhy, branched in a deter-
minate manner, fmooth throughout, Leaves numerous,
about half an ineh long, narrow, but fomewhat elliptical,
entire, f inous-tipped, Se edges reflexed, Flowers (mull,
three or four, in a little, recurved, minutely bracteated, {pike.

5. M. empetrifolia. Br. n. §.— Spikes axillary, droop-
ing, of two or three flowers, Leaves oblong-oval, pointed,
divaricated ; convex above; fhriated and whitifh beneath,
Stem proftrate.”’—Gathered by Mr, Brown in Van Diemen’s
land. Of this we have {een no {pecimen.

MONOTONIA, Mownorony, in Rhetoric, a want of
wariation, or inflexion of the veice; or a fault in pronun-
ciation, where a long feries of words is delivered with one
unvaried tone, This is one of the principal faults of our
Englith orators.

c. Blair obferves, that monotony is the great fault into
which writers are apt to fall, who are fond of harmonious
arrangement; and to have only one tune, or meafure, is not
much better than having none at all. A very vulgar ear
will enable a writer to catch fome one melody, and to form
the run of his fentences according to it; which foon proves
difgutting. But a juft and correét ear is requifite for vary-
ing and diverfifying the melody; and hence we fo feldom
meet with authors, whe are remarkably happy in this

revolute,

n pronunciation, care fhould be taken to guard againft
monotony. It is juftly obferved by a good writer on this
fubje&t, that for an orator always to ule the fame tone or
degree of his voice, and to expect to anfwer all his views by
it, would be much the fame thing, as if a phyfician fhould

ropofe to cure all diftempers by one medicine. From

habs it is evident, that though various inflections and tones
of the voice are requifite to make it harmonious and pleafing
to the ear, yet the degree of it fhould differ according to the
nature of the fubje&, and defign of the fpeaker. And asa
perfe& monotony is always unpleafant, fo it can never be
neceffary in any difcourfe. Leé. on Rhet., &c.* vol. i.
Ward’s Orat., vol. ii. See Prriop, Pronunciation,
Senrence, and Votce.

Monotonia is oppofed to chanting or finging in fpeaking.

MONOTONOUS, Mownorony, ufed figuratively in
mufic, except in {peaking of drums, implies dull, pfalmodic
ftrains, always in the fame {tyle or key.

MONOTRIGLYPH,, in 4rchite@ure, denotes the {pace
of one triglyph, between two pilafters or two columns.

MONOTROPA, in Botany, received that appellation
from Linneus, in exchange for Hypopitys, though the al-
teratioh feems, in our humble opinion, by no means for the
better. The word is formed from jovc, one, and resra, to
regard or confider, alluding to the regard paid by its author
to the fingle terminal flower, for the determination of the
clafs and genus, in preference to the lateral ones, according
to a favourite principle aflumed by himfelf, and exemplified
in this genus, Ruta, Adoxa, Chryfofplenium, and others.
He appears in the Philofophia Botanica, p. 186, to have loft
fight of this original idea, clafling the name in queftion with
thofe deduced from the foil, tumbling, as it were, between
folum and folus ; an error rather to be lamented than cen-
fured, when we reflect that this immortal book was dictated
haftily from a fick bed. (See Linnmus.) We mutt never-
thelefs ftill contend, that the name previoufly beftowed on
this plant by Bauhin and Dillenius, from io, under, and
wis, a fir-tree, alluding to its perhaps invariable ftation,
was liable to no exception. Linn. Gen. 214. Schreb. 291.

Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 2.573. Mart. Mill. Did. v. 3. Sm.

MON
Fi. Brit. 440. Jull. 430. Michaux Boreali-Amer, v. 1,
266. (Hypopitys; Dill. Gen, 134. t. 7-)—Clafe and

order, Decandria Monogynia. Nat, Ord. doubtful, Linn.
Jul, The latter obferves, that ic is “a genus by itfelf,
akin to no other.’ Ite habit is that of Cytinus, whatever
difficulty there may be in bringing them together by tech-
nical charaéters, The want of reen in the colour of fuch
parafitical plants is remarked by Linowus, in Fl. Succ. 145,
—— the difcovery has lately been attributed to one of his
pupi 5.

Gen.Ch. Cal. none, unlefs the five outer petals be con-
fidered as a coloured calyx. Cor. Petals ten, inferior, ob-
long, ereét, parallel, ferrated at the extremity, deciduous;
the five outermolt, or alternate, ones gibbous at the bafe,
concave, and bearing honey, at the infide. Stam. Filaments
ten, awl-fhaped, ereét, fimple; anthers fimple, two-lobed.
Pift. Germen {uperior, roundifh, pointed; ftyle cylindrical,
the length of the ftamens; fligma capitate, obtufe. Perie.
Capfule ovate, with five angles, obtufe, of five valves.
Seeds numerous, chaffy.

Obf. This defcription is taken from the terminal flower,
according to the rule in Phil. Bot. fect. 178. The lateral
flowers, in fuch fpecies as have any, lofe one-fifth, in the
number of every part of the fruétification.

Eff. Ch. Calyx none. Petals ten; the five outermoft
concave and honey-bearing at their bafe. Capfule fuperior,
of five valves.

1. M. Hypopitys. Yellow Bird’s-neft. Linn. Sp. Pl. A
Engl. Bot. Aes, Fl. Dan. t. 232. Ehrh. Phy kiph ok,
Pipe hypopitys.lutea; Mentz: Pugill. t. 3. Morif.
ect, 12. t. 16. f. 13.) —Flowers {piked, externally {mooth,
as well as their bra¢teas; the lateral ones o&tandrous.—Na-
tive of fir woods in Europe and North America, growing
parafitically on the roots of thofe trees, and flowering in
July, Dillenius fays, on the authority of Mr. Manning-
ham, that it grows alfo in beech woods. Michaux aflerts
the American plant to be but half the fize of the European.
With us it is nearly afpan high. The whole herb fucculent,
of a pale ftraw-colour, turning brownifh when arrived at ma-
turity, and then acquiring a fragrant fmell, like that of
primrofe flowers, though generally compared te their roots.
The fem is fimple, thick, round, clothed with feattered
ovate fcales, rather than /eaves, and terminating in a /pike
of feveral flowers, at firft drooping, finally ere&. Each
jlower is accompanied by a braGea, exactly refembling the
fcales of the item, rather fhorter than the flower, which,
with its’ very fhort partial ftalk, is nearly an inch long.
Sometimes the ffamens, and inner fide of the petals, are
hairy. ‘Willdenow fays there is a variety with upright
flowers, which is occafionally fingle-flowered. We have
fometimes found the lateral bloffoms with only fix petals and
ftamens.

2. M. /anuginofa. Downy Bird’s-neft. Michaux n. 2.——
Flowers {piked, all over downy, as well as their braéteas.—
Sent from North America, by Kalm, to Linnzus, who
confounded it with the former. Michaux gathered the fame
in the woods of North Carolina. He juilly defcribes it as
having the habit of the foregoing, but {maller in all its parts,
varying with a drooping or upright /pige, the flowers turned
all one way. The /eales of the ffem are rather pointed.
The flem, feales, petals, and every other part of the fowers,
are clothed with fine, foft, denfe hairs, peculiar to this
fpecies. The fpecimen of the former in the Linnzan her-
barium, as well as one we have from France, has indeed
feattered hairs on the famens, as well as on the inner fide of
the petals, near the edge. Whether thefe indicate a fpecific

diftinGiog,

MON

diftin@ion, we have not materials to decide, but we have
feen them in no Britifh fpecimen.

3. M. uniflora. Drooping Single-flowered Bird’s-nett.
Linn. Sp. Pl. 555. Michaux n. 3. (Orobanche vir-
iniana, flore pentapetalo cernuo; Pluk. Phyt. t. 209.
. 7.) —Stem fingle-flowered. Scales bluntifh. Flower
pendulous.—Native of Maryland, Virginia, and Canada;
Linn. ; of fhady woods in South Carolina 5. Michaux. Root
a denfe congeries of entangled fibres. Stem about fix inches
high, feldom quite ftraight in any part, angular, {mooth.
Scales obovate, bluntith, fmooth, fcattered, nct numerous.
Flower terminal, folitary, perfeGtly pendulous, the upper
part of the ftem, for about an inch, being curved into an

arch. Corolla bell-fhaped, the fize of the firft {pecies, or
bigger. Stamens ten, hairy. Plukenet’s figure is very
good.

4. M. Morifoniana. Upright Single-flowered Bird's-neft.
Michaux n. 4. (Orobanche monanthos virginiana, flore
majore; Morif. feét. 12. t. 16. f. 5.) —Stem fingle-flowered,
ftraight. Scales lanceolate. Flower ere&t.—Native of the
fhady woods of Carolina. Michaux. A {pecimen, fent by
Kalm from North America, is confounded in the Linnzan
herbarium with the laft. The /lem of the prefent {pecies is
nearly twice the height of MM. uniflora, perfectly ftraight,
except its taper bafe, which is flightly flexuofe. Scales
larger, more lanceolate and acute, efpecially the upper
ones. Flower always perfeétly ereét, about the fize of the
laft, or rather bigger, with ten pefa/s, and-as many hairy
famens.

Morifon’s figure, with which Linnzus finds fault, fup-
pofing it done for the foregoing, expreffes this {pecies fuf-
ficiently well. Michaux has firit diftinguifhed the two, and,
as it appears to us, very juftly. He defcribes the /cales as
more diftant in the prefent, which is not the cafe in the only
{pecimen we have feen, any more than in Morifon’s plate.
The /fem, in five {pecimens of the uniflora before us, is alfo
the moft flender of the two; Michaux terms it thick, as well
as fhorter than the other. '

No fuccefsful attempt, as far as we have heard, was ever
made to cultivate any of this genus; yet as gardeners now
fucceed with feveral of the Orchidee, at one time thought
quite as unmanageable, we know not why they fhould de-
fpair, even of thefe parafitical plants. Rotten ftumps of
fir, placed fo as to receive their minute feeds, and then re-
moved into a fit fituation, might poflibly attain the defired
end. S.

MONOU, in Geography, a country of Africa, north of
the Grain coatt.

MONOVAG, a town of Spain, in the province of Va-
lencia; 21 miles W. of Alicant.

MONOULLAH, a town of Bengal; 12 miles N.W.
of Goragot.

MON-PADRE, a town of the ifland of Margaretta.

MONPARA, ariver on the weit coaft of the ifland of
Borneo, which runs into the fea, N. lat. o° 36’. E. long.
10 oO P.

MONPAZIER, a town of France, in the department
of the Dordogne, and chief place of acanton, in the diftri&
of Bergerac; 18 miles S.W.of Sarlat. The place contains
1028, and the canton 4691 inhabitants, on a territory of
245 kiliometres, in 14 communes. N. lat. 44° 40. E. long.
°° 59!.

MONPON, a town of France, in the department of the
Dordogne, and chief place of a canton, in the diftri& of
Riberac, The place contains 1500, and the eanton 5615

MON

inhabitants, on a territory of 247% kiliometres, in 10 come
miunes

MONQUEGNA, a jurifdi€tion of South America, in
the diocefe of Arequipa; about 40 leagues S. of the city of
Arequipa, and 16 from the coaft of the South fea. This
jurifdiction extends at leaft 40 leagues in length, in an agree~
able climate, adorned with large vineyards, from the pro-
duce of which great quantities of wine and brandy are made,
which conftitute its whole commerce. They fupply all the
provinces bordering on the Cordilleras, as far as Potofi,
by land carriage ; while they are exported by fea to Callao,
where they are greatly valued. Here are alfo papas and
olives. The principal town, which bears the fame name, is
inhabited by Spaniards, among whom are feveral noble and
opulent families. S. lat. 17° 24'. W. long. 70° 56’.

MONREAL, a town of Spain, in Aragon; 23 miles
W. of Calataiud—Alfo, a town of Spain, in Navarre ;
8 miles S.E. of Pamplona. ¢

MONREALE, a town of Sicily, in the valley of Ma-
zara, fituated on a lofty hill; 3 miles W.S.W. of Pa-
lermo.

MONRO, Atexanver, M.D., in Biography, an emie
nent anatomift, and the father of the medical fchool of Edin-
burgh, was defcended both by his paternal and maternal
parents from diftinguifhed families in the north of Scotland.
He was born in London, in September 1697, where his
father; then a furgeon in the army of king William in Flan-
ders, refided upon leave of abfence in the winter. On quit-
ting the army, Mr. Monro fettled in Edinburgh; and per-
ceiving early indications of talent in Alexander, his only
child, he took great intereft in fuperintending his education.
After having given him the belt inftruétion which Edinburgh
then afforded, he fent himt to London, where he attended
the anatomical courfes of Chefelden, and was extremely af-
fiduous in diffeCtions: he made numerous anatomical pre-
parations, which he fent home; and, while here, even laid
the foundation of his moft important work on the bones, a
fetch of which he read before a fociety of young phyficians
and furgeons, of which he had been elected a member.
From London, Alexander went to Paris, where he purfued
the fame objet; and in the autumn of 1718, repaired to
Leyden, with the view of profiting by the tuition of the
great Boerhaave, who conceived a high opinion of his ta-
lents and induftry, and wrote a favourable account of him
to his friends. On his return to Edinburgh, in the autumn
of 1719, he was appointed profeflor and demonftrator of
anatomy to the company of furgeons, the joint demonitrators
having {pontaneoufly refigned in his favour. Soon after ac-
cepting this appointment, he began alfo to give public lec-
tures on anatomy, illuftrating them by the preparations
which he had made when abroad ; and at the fame time Dr.
Alfton, then a young man, united with himin the plan, and
began a courfe of lectures on the materia medica and botany.
Thefe were the firft public courfes that had ever been given
at Edinburgh, and may be regarded as the opening of that
medical fchool, which has fince extended its fame, not only
throughout Europe, but over the new world. Mr. Monro
fuggeited this plan; and by the following circumftance,
probably, contributed to lead his fon into a mode of lec-
turing, which’ fubfequently carried him to excellence,
Without the young teacher’s knowledge, he invited the
prefident and fellows of the College of Phyficians, and the
whole company of furgeons, to honour the firft day’s le@ture
with their prefence. This unexpected company threw the
door into fuch confufion, that he forgot the words of the
difcourfe, which he had written and committed to memory.

Having

MONRO.

Having left his papers at home, he was ata lofs for a little
time what to do: but, with much prefence of mind, he im-
mediately began to fhew fome of the anatomical prepara-
tions, in order to gain time for reculleétion; and very foon
refolved not to attempt to repeat the difeourfe which he had
prepared, but to exprefs himfelf in fuch language as Mould
occur to him from the fubjeét, which he was confident that
he underftood. The experiment fuceeeded: he delivered
himfelf well, and gained great applaufe ay a good and ready
fpeaker. ‘Thus difcovering his own ftrenyth, he refolved
henceforth never to recite any written difcourfe in teaching,
and acquired a free and elegant ityle of delivering lec-
tures,

In the fame year, 1720, a regular feries of medical in-
ftru€tion was inflituted at Edinburgh, through the interett
of Dr. Monro’s father: thefe two leétureflips were put
upon the univerfity eftablifhment, to which were foon after
added thofe of Drs, Sinclair, Rutherford, Innes, and Plum-
mer. This fyltem of medical education was, however, in-
complete, without affording fome opportunity to the ftu-
dents of witnefling the progrefs and treatment of difeafes, as
well as of hearing lectures. A propofal was, therefore,
made to erect and endow an hofpital by fubfeription ; and
Dr. Monro publifhed a pamphiet, explaining the advan-
tages of fach an inftitution. The royal infirmary was
fpeedily raifed, endowed, and eftablifhed by charter; and
the inftitution of clinical lectures, which were commenced
by Dr. Monro on the furgical cafes, and afterwards by Dr.
Rutherford, in 1748, on the medical cafes, completed that
admirable fyftem cf inftruction, upon which the reputation
and ufefulnefs of the medical {chool of Edinburgh have been
fubfequently founded.

None of the new profeffors contributed fo much to the
celebrity of this fchool as Dr. Monro, who was indefatigable
in the labours of his office, and in the cultivation of his art,
and foon made himfelf known to the profeffional world by a
variety of ingenious and valuable publications. During a
period of neatly forty years he continued, without any in-
terruption, to deliver a courfe of le€tures, extending from
the end of Oober to the beginning of May: ard fo great
was the reputation which he acquired, both for himfelf and
the univerfity, that ftudents flocked to him from the mott
diftant corners of the kingdom,

His firft and principal publication was his “ Ofteology,
or Treatife on the Anatomy of the Bones,’ which appeared
in 1726, and was intended for the ufe of his pupils; but it
became a very popular work among the faculty m general :
for he had the fatisfaGtion of feeing it pais through eight
editions during his life, and it was tranflated into molt of
the languages of Europe. The French edition, in folio,

ublifhed by Mr. Sue, demonftrator of fculpture to the
Royal Academy of Paris, was adorned with moit elegant
and mafterly figures. To the later editions of this work he
fubjoined a concife neurology, or defcription of the nerves,
and a very accurate account of the lacteal fyftem and tho-
racic du&.

Dr. Monro was alfo the father and aétive fupporter of a
feciety, which was eltablifhed by the profeffors and other
pratitioners of the town, for the purpofe of colie&ting and
publifhing papers on profeflional fubje@s, and to which the
public is indebted for fix volumes of “ Medical Effays and
Obfervations by a Society at Edinburgh,” the firft of which
appeared in 1732. Dr. Monro was the fecretasy of this fo-
ciety ; and after the publication of the firft volume, when
the members of the fociety became remifs in their attendance,
the whole labour of collection and publication was carried

Vou. XXIII.

on by himfelf 5 “infomuch that after this,’ fays his biogra-
pher, ** fearce any other member ever faw a paper of the
five laft volumes, except thofe they were the authors of, till
printed copies were fent them by the bookfeller.’”’ OF this
collection, many of the moft valuable papers were written by
Dr. Monro, on anatomical, phyfiological, and practical
fubje&a: the molt elaborate off thefe is an “ Effay on the
Nutrition of the Fetus,’’ in three differtations. Haller,
ipeaking of thefe volomes as highly valuable to the profef-
fon, adde, ** Monrous ibi eminet.’’ ?

After the conclufion of this publication, the fociety wat
revived, at the fuggeltion of the celebrated mathematical
profellor, Colin Muclauria, and was extended to the admif-
fion of literary and philofophical topics. Dr. Monro again
took an active part in its proceedings, as one of its vicc-
prefidents, efpecially after the death of Maclaurin, when
two volumes of its memoirs, entitled “ Eflays Phyfical and
Literary,”’ were publifhed, and fome materials fora third
colle€ted, to which Dr. Monro contributed feveral ufeful
we pa The third was not publifhed curing his life. His
att publication was an ** Account of the Succefs of Inocu-
lation in Scotland,'’ written originally as an anfwer to fome
inquiries addreffed to him from the committee of the faculty
of phylicians at Paris, appointed to inveftigate the merits of
the practice. It was afterwards publifhed at the requeft of
fome of his friends, and contributed to extend the praétice
in Scotland. Befides the works which he publifhed, he left
feveral MSS. written at different times, of which the fol-
lowing are the principal; wiz. A Hittory of Anatomical
Writers ;—An Encheirefis Anatomica ;—Heads of many
of his Leétures ;-- A Treatife on Comparative Anatomy ;
—A Treatife on Wounds and Tumours ;—and, An Oration
de Cuticula. This lait, as well as the fhort tra&t on compa-
rative anatomy, has been printed inan edition of his whole
works, in one volume, quarto, publifhed by his fon, Dr.
Alexander Monro, at Edinburgh, in1781. This tra&t had
been publifhed furreptitioufly, in 1744, from notes taken at
his lectures ; but is here given in a more correét form.

In the year 1759, Dr. Monro refigned his anatomical
chair, which be had fo long occupied with the higheft reputa-
tion, to his fon, juit mentioned; but he ftill continued to
le€iure as one of the clinical profeffors on the cafes in the in-
firmary. His life was alfo a fcene of continued a@tivity in
other affairs, as long as his health permitted. For he was
not only amember, but a molt affiduous‘attendant, of many
focieties and inititutions for promoting literature, arts,
{ciences, and manufaGtures in. Scotland ; he was alfoa di-
re€tor of the bank of Scotland, a juitice of the peace, a
commiffioner of high roads, &c. and was punétual in the
difcharge of allhis duties. His charaéterin private life was
as amiable and exempiary as it was ufeful in public. To the
literary honours, which he attamed at home, were added
thofe of a fellow of the Royal Society of London, and an
honorary member of the Royal Academy of Surgery, at
Paris. :

Dr. Monro was a man of middle ftature, mufcular, and:
pofleffed of great ftrength and aétivity ; but was fubje& for
many years to a fpitting of blood on catching the leatt cold,
aod through his hfe to frequent inflammatory fevers. After
an attack of the influenza, in 1762, he was affli@ed with
fymptoms of a difeafe of a painful and tedious nature, which
continued ever after, until it terminated his exiftenace.. This.
was a fungous ulcer of the bladder and re€tum, the diftrefs
of which he bore with great fortitude and refignation, and.
died with perfe&t calmnels, on the roth of July, 1767, at:

the age of feventy.
pee Two.

MON

Two of his fons became ditinguifhed phyficians. Dr.
Alexander, his fucceffor, filled the anatomical chair with
‘great credit to himfelf and to the univerfity, for upwards
“of forty years, and became known throughout Europe by
his valuable publications ; efpecially by his Treatife on the
Lymphatics, in 1770 ;—On the Anatomy of Fifhes, 1785 ;
—On the Nerves, 1783 ;—On the Burfe Mucofz, 1788 5
and three treatifes on the Brain, the Eye, and the Ear, in
1797. Advancing in years, and wi(hing to relieve him-
felf from the fatigues of the profeflorfhip, he affociated with
himfelf, in i801, his fon, the third Alexander Monro, who
now, 1812, continuesto carry on the bufinefs of that chair
with confiderable zeal and credit, while the refpected vete-
ran {pends his age in repofe.

Dr. Donald Monro, the other fon-of the firft Alexander, fet-
tled as a phyfician in London, and attained confiderable emi-
nence. He became known asthe author of an Effay on the
Dropfy, in 1765 ;—Qn the Difeafes of Military Hofpitals,
1764;—On Mineral Waters, 1771 ;—On preferving the
Health of Soldiers; and fome other works, and died in the
year 1802. See Life of Dr. Monro, prefixed to his works.
Gen. B.og.

MONROE, in Geography, a county of Virginia, taken
from Green Briar, on the fouth fide; 320 miles from
Wafhington.

MONROYO, a town of Spain, in Aragon, on the
frontiers .of Catalonia and Valencia; 20 miles S. of Al-
caniz.

“MONS Vewents, in Anatomy, the elevation of the in-
teguments over the pubes in the female fubject. See Gr-
NERATION.

Mons, in Geography, a town of France, and principal
place of a diftri@, in the department of Jemmappe, or Gem-
mappe, of which it is the capital, fo called frcm its fituation
ena hill. The river Trouide, which runs through it, joins
the Haifne in its fauxbourg. Its cattle, which was de-
molifhed in 1618, is faid to have been built by Julius Cefar,
and Quintus Cicero, brother to the celebrated orator, was
befieged in this place, and relieved by Czfar, 50 years B.C.
The town is large, the ftreets are broad, and the great
market-place, which is very {pacious, contains the town-
houfe, which is a fine old building, with a fteeple ere&ted by
the {tatesin 1716, the palace of the government, and that of
the council of the province. Thefe three palaces are adorned
with fculpture and painting. The great church is a fine
building, the fide altar and chapel being wholly conftruéted
of fine marble: here is a marble tomb, finely embeliifhed ;
and the ftatues, among which are the four cardinal virtues,
and the refurreGtion, are in high eftimation. Mons isa place
of good trade for various articles, particularly woollen ftuffs,
which are manufa¢tured here in large quantities. The
magiitracy is compofed of a chief, ten fchevins, two pen-
fioners, three greffiers, &c. This town has frequently fuf-
fered by the calamities of war. In 1746 its fortifications
were demolifhed by the French; and in this ftate it was re-
ftored to the emperor by the peace of Aix-la~Chapelle.
After the battle of Jemmappe, it was fummoned by Du-
mourier, and furrendered the next morning. It contains
38,291 inhabitants, in 2 cantons; the north canton in-
cluding 13,381, ona territory of 374 kilometres, in 5 com-
munes; and the fouth containing 44,252, on a territory of
45. kihometres, in 8 communes. N. lat. 50° 27'10"%. E.
long. 3° 37! 1571.

.. MONSEFU, a town of Peru, in the bifhopric of
Truxillo; 12 miles S. of Lambayeque.

6

MON
MONSEIGNEUR, compounded of mon, my, and /eig-

neur, lord, in the plural meffeigneurs, a title of honour and
refpe& ufed by the French in writing to perfons of fuperior
rank or quality.

Dukes, peers, archbifhops, bifhops, and prefidents a /a
mortier, are complimented with the title of monfeigneur.

In the petitions prefented to the fovereign courts, they
ufe the term mefleigneurs.

Mowseiexeur, abfolutely ufed, was a title formerly re-
ftrained to the dauphin of France.

This cuftom was unknown till the times of Lovis XIV.,
till then the dauphin was {tyled monfieur le dauphin.

MONSIEUR, a compound of mon, my, and freur, fir,
in the plural meffieurs, a term or title of civility, ufed by
the French, in {peaking to their equals, or thofe a little be-
low them ; anfwering to Mr. or Sir, among the Englifh.

The fuperfcription of all letters begin 4 monjieur, mon-

Jur {uch a one.

The ufe of the word monfieur was formerly more extenfiye
than at prefent: they applied it to people who lived many
ages before them. ‘Chus monfieur St. Auguftine, monfieur
St. Ambrofe; and the vulgar ftiil fay, monfteur St. Paul,
monfieur St. Jaques, &c. The Romans, during the flou-
rifhing time of their liberty, were unacquainted with that
term of parade and flattery, which they afterwards made
ufe of in the word dominus. In {peaking or writing to each
other, they only gave each other their proper names ; which
practice laited even after Cefar had brought the republic
under his command: but after the Roman emperors were
once well feated on the’throne, the courtiers and minions,
who by flattery fought to procure favours from them, ftudied
new honours. Suetonius obferves, that a comedian on the
theatre having called Auguttus dominus, lord ; the {pe€tators
all ftared at him; fo that the emperor forbad, for the future,
the title to be attributed to him. Caligula was the firlt who
exprefsly commanded himfelf to be called dominus. Martial,
entirely devoted to tyranny, calls Domitian dominum deumgue
nofirum. In time, the title, was alfo applied to the people ;
and of dominus, at length was formed dom.

Mowsievr, abfolutely ufed, is a title or quality formerly
appropriated to the fecond fon of France, or the king’s
brother.

In a letter of Philip De Valois, that prince, {peaking
FE his predeceffor, calls him .monfieur fe roy, monfieur the

ing.

MONSIGNI, M. peg, in Biography, formerly maitre
d'hotel to the duke of Orleans, father of ’Egalité, was one
of, the creators of the French comic opera, for which, be-
tween the years 1759 and 1777, he compofed eleven or
twelve different dramas, which, we believe, were all fuc-
cefsful; particularly ** Le Cadé Dupé; on ne s’avife jamais
de tout ;”’ ‘* Le Roiet le Fermier ;”’ “ Rofe et Colas, &c.””

This kind of drama was eltablifhed at the theatre de la
Foire, in 1754, upon the idea of the Italian burletta, in all
things except the recitative, the dialogue in the French
opera comique being fpoken, and incidentally mixed with
airs. This ingenious and pleafing compofer’s name of
Monfigni feems Italian; but his ityle of melody is neither
Italiac nor French, but a mixture of both. Nothing could
be more pleafing and amufing than thefe dramas to the
natives. of all Europe, not great critics in finging ; for it
mult be owned, that they were all well written, well fet,
and well aéted ; and in the principal man’s part, when per.
formed by the admirable Caillot, well fung. Duni, Phi-
lidor, and Monfigni, were the patriarchs of the comic mulical

dramas, and Gretry the king David. ’
MONSOL,

MON

MONSOL, in Geography, a town of Africa, in the
kingdom of Anziko, and relidence of the micocco or king.
S. lat. 1°. E. long. 3° gol.

MONSON, Sir Wittiam, in Biography, a naval com-
mander, and a writer upon naval fubjeéts, was born about
the year 1569, and was fent, at an early age, to Baliol college,
Oxtord, where he remained about two years. Being
defirous of engaging in the fea-fervice, to which, probably,
his parents objected, he entered, without their knowledge,
on board a fmall veffel, fitted out to cruife againtt the
Spaniards. After fome years’ adtive fervice, he accom-

ained the earl of Cumberland in two expeditions, in the
feeond of which he was taken by the Spaniards, and was
detained a prifoner ¢wo years. As foon as he was liberated,
in 1593, he attached himfelf again to the earl’s fervice, in
which he made two more voyages. In 1596, he was cap-
tain of a thip in the earl of Eifex’s expedition to Cadiz, and
in the next year in that to the Azores. After the acceffion
of king James, he was appointed, in 1604, admiral of the
narrow feas, an office which he fultained twelve years with
credit to his own well earned reputation, and honour to the
British flag, by proteing the trade and fifheries from all en-
croachments. is zeal againft the pretentions of the Dutch,
and his endeavours to promote an enquiry into the ftate of
the navy, againit the will of the earl of Nottingham, lord
high admiral, involved him in troubles, and occafioned his
committal to the Tower, in 1616; but upon examination
into his conduct he was difcharged. He was confulted on
the duke of Buckingham’s expedition againft Algiers,
Cadiz, and the ifle of Rhé, all which he difapproved, and his
opinion was fully ju‘tified by their want of fuccefs. To his
country his oppolition was unavailing, and to him it was
unfortunate, having been kept out of employ for feveral
years ; but in 1635 he was appointed vice-admiral. After
this he withdrew to a life of privacy, and employed him-
felf in finifhing his «* Naval Traéts.”’ He died in February,

1642-3, leaving a high reputation as a brave, prudent, and-

upright commander. He had not the good fortune to per-
form any very {plendid fervices, yet his zeal for the improve-
ment of the navy of his country merits an honourable
mention. His Naval ‘Tracts contain p!ans and projeéts for
the advancentent of the interefts of trade and navigation.
They are inferted in the third volume of Churchill’s Col-
le&tion of Voyayes. Biog. Brit. Campbell’s Lives of the
Admirals, Stockdale's edition.

Moxsoy, in Geography, a townthip of Hampfhire county,
Maflachuletts, E. of Brimfield.

MONSONIA, in Botany, is defigned to commemorate
the late lady Ann Monfon, a lady of diftinguifhed talents,
as well as of eminent botanical taite and knowledge, who by
a long refidence in the Eaft Indies, had great opportunities
of cultivating the {tudy of plants, as well as infeéts. We
truft we fhall betray no inviolable fecret, in recording that
it was to this excellent lady the late Mr. Lee alluded, in the
preface to his Introduction to Botany, firft publifhed in
1760, where he fays he was enjoined not to acknowledge his
obligations to thofe who had kindly helped him in his under-
taking. A moft elegant Eaft Indian Siecebrum was firft
chofen by Koenig, if we miftake not, to bear the name of
Monfonia, which remains as its {pecilic appellation; and a
more diitin€& genus, of greater fplendour, has been fele&ted
for the purpofe. Some have thought this but too near to
Geranium.—Liun. Mant. 14. Schreb. 459. Willd. Sp. PI.
v. 3.717. Mart. Mill. Dié.v. 3. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 1.
v. 3. 100. Juff. 269. Lamarck Illuftr. t. 638. Cavan.
Diff. 179. -—Clafs and order, Polyadelphia Dodecandria.
Nat. Ord. Gruinales, Linn, Gerania, Jufl.

MON

Gen. Ch. Cal. Perianth inferior, of five lanceolate,
awned, equal, permanent leaves, Cor. Petals five, obovate,
abruptly toothed, and jagged, longer than the calyx, in-
ferted into the fhort annular receptacle, or neCtary. Stam.
Filaments fifteen, united into five fets, three in each fet, all
inferted into the nectary ; anthers oblong. Pi, Germen
fuperior, pentagonal, fhort ; ftyle awl-thaped; {tigmas five,
> aos {preading. Peric. Capfules five, aggregate, car-
tilaginous, oblong, lateral, feparating at their inlide, each
attached upwards to a very long, f{piral, elaltic awn. Seeds
folitary, lateral, oblong, fomewhat cylindrical.

Eff. Ch. Calyx of five leaves. Petals five, abrupt,
toothed. Stamens in five feta, united by a common bafe.
Style tive-cleft. Fruit beaked, of five aggregate capfules,
with long fpiral awns.

1. M. /peciofa. Large-flowered Monfonia. Linn. Mant.
105. Curt. Mag. t.73. Cavan. Diff. 179. t. 74. f. 1.—
Leaves quinate ; leaflets bipinnatifid.—Native of the Cape
of Good Hope, like the whole genus. It was fent to Kew
in 1774, by Mr. Maffon, and decorates the green-houfe
magnificently in f{pring. Root perennial. Stems fometimes
very fhort. Leaves numerous, moflly radical, on long
ftalks, and compoled of five radiating hairy leaflets, doubly
pinnatifid ; their fegments. linear-lanceolate, bluntifh, de-
current. owers two or three inches broad, with deeply
cut petals, variegated with fhades of rofe-colour, ribbed,
the eye purple and white; each on a long, bent, fimple

Jlalk, with a whorl of lanceolate bradeas at its joint. Calyx-
leaves membranous at the edge, downy upward. Beak of
the fruit three inches long, its awns hairy at the infide.

2. M. lobata. Broad-leaved Monfonia. Dryand. in Ait.
Hort. Kew. ed. 1. v. 3. 100. Willd. n. 3. (M. filia;
Linn, Suppl. 341. Cavan. Diff. 180. t. 74. f. 2. Andr.
Repof. t. 276. )—Leaves heart-fhaped, deeply lobed, toothed.
— Differs from the lait in having the /aves lobed, not com-
pound, though they are fometimes fo deeply cut as almoft
to approach the former. In the flowers there is fcarcely a
permanent diitin¢tion. The feta/s of the prefent f{pecies
are ufually greenifh at the back, white, with a tinge of red,
above. It is much to be fufpected that thefe are but va-
rieties of each other.

3. M. ovata. Undulated Monfonia. Willd. n. 4. Cavan.
Diff, 193. t. 113. f.1. (M. emarginata; L’Herit. Geran.
t. 41. Geramium emarginatum; Linn. Suppl. 306.)—
Leaves ovate-oblong, toothed, plaited; fomewhat heart-
fhaped at the bafe.—Sent from the Cape to Kew garden, in
(774, by Mr. Maffon, with both the former. This is more
caulefcent than thofe, but more flender, and only a biennial.
The /eaves are nearly ovate, about an inch long. Flowers
pale yellow, about an inch in diameter. Beak of the fruit
two inches in length. ‘he dranches, fowerftalks, and calyx
are clothed with very long fpreading hairs.

4. M. /pinofa. Thorny Monfonia. Willd. n. 5. L’Herit.
Geran. t. 42.—Leaves elliptical, pointed, entire. Foot-
italks permanent, hardening into thorns. —Svem fhrubby,
branched, befet with thorns, which are the hardened foot-
Jfralks of former leaves. Flowers larger than in the laft.

M. tenuifolia, Wiildenow's firft {pecies, is our Grielum
tenuifolium. See GRiIELUM.

Mownsonta, in Gardening, contains plants of the herba.
ceous under-fhrubby biennial and perennial kinds, for the
green-houfe, of which the f{pecies cultivated are, the fine-
leaved monfonia (M. {peciofa) ; the broad-leaved monfonia,
(M. lobata) ; the undulated monfonia (M. oyata.)

Method of Culture.—-The firft fort, as it. rarely if eyer
ripens feeds in this climate, muft be increafed by cuttings gf

ic

MON

the root, which fhould be planted in pots of good mould,
and plunged in a tan hot-bed, watering them occafionally,
when in a little time buds appear on the tops of the cuttings
which are left out of the ground.. They fhould be treated
as hardy green-houfe plants, or be afterwards removed into
feparate pots, and fheltered under a good garden-frame in
the winter feafcn. And the fecond fort may be beft raifed
in the fame manner.

But the third fort fhould be raifed from feeds, which muft
be fown in the early fpring, in pots of light earth, and
plunged in a mild hot-bed. When the plants are come up,
they fhould be removed into other pots feparately and be
managed as the other kinds.

Thefe afford variety among other potted plants.

_ MONSOON, a regular or periodical wind in the Eaft
Indies, blowing conftantly the fame way, during {ix months
of the year, and the contrary way the remaining fix.

In the Indian ocean, the winds are partly general, and
blow all the year round the fame way, as in the Ethiopic
ocean; and partly feriodical, i. e. half the year blow one
way; and the other half year on the oppofite points:
and thofe points and times of fhifting differ in different

MON

parts of this ocean. Thefe latter are what we call mon-
foons.

The thifting of thefe monfoons is not all at once: and in
fome places the time of the change is attended with calms,
in others with variable winds, and particularly thofe of
China, at ceafing to be wefterly, are very fubje& to be
tempeftuous: and fuch is their violence, that they feem to
be of the nature of the Welt India hurricanes, and render
the navigation of thofe feas very unfafe at that time of the
year. "Lhefe tempetts the feamen call the breaking up of the
monfoons. .

Monfoons, then, are a {pecies of what we otherwife call
trade-winds.

They take the denomination monfoon from an ancient
pilot, who firlt croffed the Indian fea by means of it.
Though others derive the name from a Portuguefe word
fignifying motion, or change of wind, and fea.

Lucretius and Apoilonius make mention of annual winds
which arife every year, etefia flabria, which feem to be the
fame with what in the Fait Indies we now call monfoons.
For the phyfical caufe of thefe winds, fee MetzoroLocry
and Winp- ’

END OF VOL. XXII

Strahan and Prefton,
New-ftreet Square, London,

BINDING SECT. QCT 2 1980

Rees, Abraham
The cyclopaedia

b p00 €0 9b St €l 6€
2 WALI SOd JTHS AVG JONVY OG

MAlASNMOG LV 1.1